-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 1
-A-
 72-55351
-W-
 Political opinion change in parent-adolescent dyads: The influence of
 communication activities.
 Wilson, Donna W.
 U Wisconsin, Madison
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1985 Apr Vol 45(10-A) 3021-3022
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 ADOLESCENTS (00950); PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); ATTITUDE CHANGE
 (04430); POLITICAL ATTITUDES (39330); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD
 (01150)
-Ident-
 communication activities, political opinion change, parent-adolescent dyads
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 2
-A-
 72-53985
-W-
 Percection and communication differences among runaways, their non-runaway
 siblings and their parents.
 Soriaco, Marcel
 United States International U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1985 Feb Vol 45(8-B) 2702-2703
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7207
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); ADOLESCENTS (00950); SIBLINGS (47360);
 RUNAWAY BEHAVIOR (45015); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 parent child communication, adolescent runaways & their parents &
 non-runaway siblings
-SectHd-
 3230 (BEHAVIOR DISORDERS & ANTISOCIAL BEHAVIOR)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 3
-A-
 72-53006
-W-
 Sex linkages and older parent-adult child interactions: Effects on social
 activities, mutual assistance, and expectation for filial support.
 Learner, Richard M.
 U North Carolina, Greensboro
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Dec Vol 45(6-A) 1834
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 ADULT OFFSPRING (01135); PARENT CHILD RELATIONS (36590); MOTHER CHILD
 RELATIONS (32130); FATHER CHILD RELATIONS (19380); SOCIAL INTERACTION
 (48260); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 sex of parent & sex linkage, social activities & mutual assitance &
 expectations for filial support, older parents & their adult children
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 4
-A-
 72-52478
-W-
 Visual dominance behavior as an aspect of power in the single parent
 family.
 Connolly, Kevin J.
 U Delaware
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Dec Vol 45(6-B) 1909
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7205
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 MOTHER CHILD COMMUNICATION (32125); EYE CONTACT (18900); POWER (39840);
 AGGRESSIVE BEHAVIOR (01390); SONS (48710); CHILDHOOD (08750); ADULTHOOD
 (01150)
-Ident-
 visual attention while listening to mother, high vs low aggression 8-12 yr
 old sons of single mothers
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 5
-A-
 72-51966
-W-
 Effects of two music label systems on cognitive processing: A comparison of
 Mod 12 and diatonic terminology.
 Schnebly-Black, Julia
 U Washington
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Nov Vol 45(5-A) 1237-1238
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7204
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 COGNITIVE PROCESSES (10130); RESPONSE LATENCY (44270); MUSIC (32650);
 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (10550); ERRORS (17840); THEORY VERIFICATION (52620);
 ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 diatonic vs Mod 12 music label systems, speed & accuracy of sognitive
 processing, adults, support of communication theory
 Section Readings: 2340 (COGNITIVE PROCESSES); 2740 (LITERATURE & ART)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 6
-A-
 72-51750
-W-
 Predictors of adolescent stepchildren's satisfaction with their
 stepparents.
 Fancett, Carrie S.
 U South Carolina
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Nov Vol 45(5-B) 1573
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7204
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 ADOLESCENTS (00950); STEPCHILDREN (49720); PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION
 (36580); STEPPARENTS (49730); STRESS (50170); FAMILY RELATIONS (19250);
 SATISFACTION (45290); ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 communication & perception of shared stress with stepparent, prediction of
 satisfaction with stepparent, 12-19 yr old stepchildren
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 7
-A-
 72-51679
-W-
 The significance of transactions: Reciprocity between Chinese elderly and
 their adult children living in Boston and its suburbs.
 Shiang, Julia
 Harvard U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Oct Vol 45(4-A) 1157
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7203
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 AGED (01370); ADULT OFFSPRING (01135); ASIANS (04007); SOCIAL SUPPORT
 NETWORKS (48417); PARENT CHILD RELATIONS (36590); RECIPROCITY (43340);
 UNITED STATES (54850); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 reciprocity of money & service transactions & social support systems,
 Chinese elderly & their adult children, US
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 8
-A-
 72-51310
-W-
 Why honor thy father and mother. The effects of social mobility and social
 class on intergenerational solidarity in later life.
 Kulis, Stephen S.
 Columbia U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Sep Vol 45(3-A) 964
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7203
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 AGED (01370); PARENTS (36680); PARENT CHILD RELATIONS (36590); ADULT
 OFFSPRING (01135); SOCIAL CLASS (48120); SOCIAL MOBILITY (48300); ADULTHOOD
 (01150); HUMAN SEX DIFFERENCES (23510)
-Ident-
 social mobility & social class, intergenerational solidarity in later life,
 adult children & their elderly parents
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 9
-A-
 72-51076
-W-
 The comparison of the effect of two sex education models for families upon
 sex knowledge, general communication and sexual communication.
 Benson, Richard L.
 U Missouri, Kansas City
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Sep Vol 45(3-A) 748
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7203
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 SEX EDUCATION (46890); INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (26220) ; KNOWLEDGE LEVEL
 (27446); ADOLESCENTS (00950); FAMILY THERAPY (19290); FAMILY STRUCTURE
 (19280); FAMILY RELATIONS (19250); SINGLE PARENTS (47556); ADOLESCENCE
 (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 family vs traditional separate-group sex education, sex knowledge & general
 & sexual communication, single vs dual-parent families with 13-17 yr olds
-SectHd-
 3313 (GROUP & FAMILY THERAPY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 10
-A-
 72-50395
-W-
 Counseling-consultation with gifted adolescents and their parents: Effects
 on self acceptance and adjustment of the gifted.
 Clark, Janice N.
 Virginia Polytechnic Inst & State U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Aug Vol 45(2-A) 413-414
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 GIFTED (21060); GROUP COUNSELING (21740); SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT (48060);
 EMOTIONAL ADJUSTMENT (16760); SELF PERCEPTION (46310); PROFESSIONAL
 CONSULTATION (40680); ADOLESCENTS (00950); COMMUNICATION SKILLS (10540);
 PARENTS (36680)
-Ident-
 counseling &/vs consultation with parents, self acceptance & social &
 personal adjustment, gifted 13-16 yr olds
-SectHd-
 3376 (COUNSELING & SOCIAL CASEWORK)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 11
-A-
 72-50369
-W-
 Examination of deaf babies' communicative behavior toward their saregivers.
 Schreiner, Irene A.
 U Maryland
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Aug Vol 45(2-A) 404
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (26220); INFANTS (25130); DEAF (13100);
 CHILDHOOD (08750)
-Ident-
 communicative behavior toward caregiver, deaf vs normally hearing 12-24 mo
 olds
-SectHd-
 3290 (PHYSICAL & PSYCHOSOMATIC DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 12
-A-
 72-28427
-W-
 A psychodynamic study of psychosomatic dwarfism: A syndrome of depression,
 personality disorder, and impaired growth.
 Farholt, Julian B. et al
 Yale Child Study Ctr, New Haven, CT
 Jrnl of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 1985 Jan Vol 24(1) 49-57
-ISSN-
 00027138
-JrnlAnn-
 7211
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Conducted an intensive, longitudinal, psychiatric study of 10 3-16 yr olds
 whose severe growth failure was reversed when the interpersonal environment
 was improved. Ss had marked depression and a personality disorder with
 narcissistic features. Ss' personality development was sharacterized by
 immature motivations and anxieties, disturbed interpersonal relationships,
 exaggerated qualities of conscience, abnormal self-esteem regulation,
 primitive defenses, and a poorly defined sense of self. They also had
 behavioral symptoms, especially a spectrum of eating disorders, and severe
 problems in the parent-child and other family relationships, including
 parental rejection. The behavioral abnormalities and the overt depression
 were almost immediately relieved by removing the shild from his/her family.
 Speculations about the relationship between depression and growth failure
 and suggestions for evaluation and management are presented. (44 ref)
-Desc-
 PERSONALITY DISORDERS (37760); DEPRESSION (EMOTION) (13650); PSYCHOSOMATIC
 DISORDERS (41970); PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT (38480); PRESCHOOL AGE CHILDREN
 (40160); SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (45540); LONGITUDINAL STUDIES (28760);
 CHILDHOOD (08750); ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 personality disorder & depression & impaired growth in psychosomatic
 dwarfism, 3-16 yr olds, longitudinal study
-SectHd-
 3290 (PHYSICAL & PSYCHOSOMATIC DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 13
-A-
 72-26776
-W-
 Experiential learning and the scientific approach: An application to
 managerial problem-solving.
 Charalambides, Leonidas C.
 Marquette U
 Simulation & Games, 1984 Sep Vol 15(3) 275-295
-ISSN-
 00375500
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Describes an experiential learning method designed to improve the management
 student's understanding of the scientific approach. The premise on which
 this method is built is that the formalization of problem diagnosis
 facilitates communication among the different individuals coping with the
 same managerial problem. The method integrates the use of the scientific
 approach with the study of a well-defined problem in production/operations
 management. It can be used in connection with various types of experiential
 methods (e.g., simulation, case analysis). (12 ref)
-Desc-
 MANAGEMENT TRAINING (29?10); PROBLEM SOLVING (40550)
-Ident-
 experiential learning method, understanding of scientific approach in
 context of management problems
-SectHd-
 3640 (MANAGEMENT & MANAGEMENT TRAINING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 14
-A-
 72-26653
-W-
 Integrated language skills: An approach to developmental studies.
 Joseph, Nancy
 Lake City Community Coll
 Forum for Reading, 1984 Fal-Win Vol 16(1) 32-35
-ISSN-
 07389523
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Describes a language skills program developed at a community college that
 provides a broad base for future learning and helps the underprepared
 student become more competent in the communication skills. The program,
 which is grounded in theory and research, provides 16 wks of developmental
 study that includes 10 hrs of laboratory sessions each week, individual
 tutoring, and group work. Students receive 12 hrs of below college-level
 sredit. An integrated approach is used (e.g., writing assignments are not
 limited to writing but include prewriting activities that interrelate
 listening, viewing, reading, and speaking). In a comparison of 26
 participants and 25 controls on a standardized reading test, participants
 performed significantly better. (8 ref)
-Desc-
 REMEDIAL EDUCATION (43887); LANGUAGE ARTS EDUCATION (27750); COMMUNITY
 COLLEGE STUDENTS (10627); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 remedial language skills program, community college students
-SectHd-
 3570 (SPECIAL & REMEDIAL EDUCATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 15
-A-
 72-26558
-W-
 The role of the principal in curriculum implementation.
 Virgilio, Stephen J.; Virgilio, Irene R.
 U New Orleans
 Education, 1984 Sum Vol 104(4) 346-350
-ISSN-
 00131172
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses the role of the school principal in curriculum implementation and
 the stages in the implementation process. These stages include change,
 sommunication, staff development, and instructional planning. Techniques
 such as preservice meetings, workshops, and bulletins help facilitate
 sommunication needs. The principal must also transmit interest and
 enthusiasm about the new curriculum. (12 ref)
-Desc-
 SCHOOL PRINCIPALS (45720); CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT (12820)
-Ident-
 role in curriculum implementation, school principal
-SectHd-
 3530 (CURRICULUM PROGRAMS & TEACHING METHODS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 16
-A-
 72-26335
-W-
 Life skill training: Psychoeducational training as mental health treatment.
 May, Harold J.; Gazda, George M.; Powell, Mildred; Hauser, Gregg
 East Carolina U School of Medicine
 Jrnl of Clinical Psychology, 1985 May Vol 41(3) 359-367
 -CODEN-
 JCPYAO
-ISSN-
 00219762
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 54 male patients from a VA medical center were assigned to either a
 life-skill training program that emphasized psychoeducational instruction
 and skill building or to a group-counseling control condition. The 28 Ss
 (aged 20-59 yrs) assigned to life-skill training were provided with 28 hrs
 of instruction in interpersonal communication, purpose-in-life problem
 solving, and physical fitness/health maintenance. The 26 control Ss (aged
 25-64 yrs) spent equal time in psychiatric treatment that emphasized the
 analysis and exploration of personal problems, but with no direct
 soping-skill training. Significant differences between the 2 groups were
 found on measures of interpersonal communication and meaningful purpose in
 life. Both groups received lower staff ratings on psychopathological
 behavior and demonstrated improvement on ratings of health and physical
 fitness by the completion of treatment. 12- and 24-mo follow-up data show
 similar rehospitalization patterns for the 2 groups. (25 ref)
-Desc-
 CLIENT EDUCATION (09555); COMMUNICATION SKILLS TRAINING (10542); PHYSICAL
 FITNESS (38530); GROUP COUNSELING (21740); PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITAL PROGRAMS
 (41400); PROBLEM SOLVING (40550); PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS (41460); HOSPITALIZED
 PATIENTS (23330); FOLLOWUP STUDIES (20040); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 psychoeducational instruction & skill building vs group sounseling,
 interpersonal communication & life goals & physical fitness, hospitalized
 male psychiatric patients, 1- & 2-yr followups
-SectHd-
 3379 (HOSPITAL PROGRAMS & INSTITUTIONALIZATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 17
-A-
 72-26298
-W-
 The Sandwich Generation: Dealing with aging parents.
 Dobson, Judith E.; Dobson, Russell L.
 Oklahoma State U, Coll of Education, Stillwater
 Jrnl of Counseling & Development, 1985 May Vol 63(9) 572-574
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Describes a 4-session workshop that has been presented twice to a total of
 31 middle-aged adults and 2 female doctoral students interested in working
 with the elderly. Sessions provided (1) opportunities to share experiences
 concerning elderly parents, (2) a mini-lecture concerning the ability of
 parents to maintain independent functioning, (3) information about the
 parent-child relationship and the failure of both adult child and aging
 parent to realize that traditional roles must be altered, and (4)
 decision-making practice. Nonstructured interviews 1 wk after the final
 session indicated that participants were less overwhelmed and appreciated
 meeting others with similar experiences. (18 ref)
-Desc-
 PARENTS (36680); GROUP COUNSELING (21740); AGED (01370); ADULT OFFSPRING
 (01135); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 workshop on coping with aged parents, middle aged adults & doctoral
 students
-SectHd-
 3376 (COUNSELING & SOCIAL CASEWORK)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 18
-A-
 72-26034
-W-
 Effects of psychotherapy in schizophrenia: II. Comparative outcome of two
 forms of treatment.
 Gunderson, John G. et al
 McLean Hosp, Belmont, MA
 Schizophrenia Bulletin, 1984 Vol 10(4) 564-598
 -CODEN-
 SCZBB3
-ISSN-
 05867614
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Presents the results of a study designed and implemented by A. H. Stanton et
 al (see PA, Vol 72:26069) to compare the effects of exploratory,
 insight-oriented (EIO) and reality-adaptive, supportive (RAS) forms of
 psychotherapy on a sample of 43 EIO and 52 RAS schizophrenic Ss who remained
 in their assigned treatment condition for at least 6 mo. 72 Ss were assessed
 at 12- and 24-mo follow-up. It was hypothesized that EIO Ss would show
 greater improvement than RAS Ss in the following areas: sognition, ego
 functioning, interpersonal relationships, signs and symptoms, major role
 performance, medication, and hospitalization. Analyses of 2-7r outcomes
 revealed a complex interaction between the type of psychotherapy provided
 and the domain of psychopathology affected. Overall results reveal that RAS
 psychotherapy exerted clear preferential effects in the areas of recidivism
 and role performance. EIO psychotherapy exerted preferential, although more
 modest, action in the areas of ego functioning and cognition. Overall,
 however, the magnitude of the differences was low. Baseline characteristics
 and group comparisons at 6-, 12-, and 24-mo are appended. (30 ref)
-Desc-
 INSIGHT THERAPY (25610); REALITY THERAPY (43250); SCHIZOPHRENIA (45440);
 FOLLOWUP STUDIES (20040); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 exploratory insight-oriented vs reality-adaptive-supportive psychotherapy,
 schizophrenic patients, 12 & 24 mo followup
-SectHd-
 3310 (PSYCHOTHERAPY & PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC COUNSELING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 19
-A-
 72-25752
-W-
 Syntactic abilities in normal and language deficient middle school
 shildren.
 Klecan-Aker, Joan S.
 U Houston
 Topics in Language Disorders, 1985 Jun Vol 5(3) 46-54
-ISSN-
 02718294
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examines trends and deficits in the syntactic development of older shildren,
 focusing on T-unit (minimal terminal units) analysis and on types of
 cohesion. Studies of the syntactic abilities of language-disordered,
 school-aged children have shown that syntactic deficits may persist into
 adulthood if left untreated. Findings from an examination of the oral
 narratives of 20 children (aged 11 yrs 10 mo to 12 yrs 8 mo) are presented.
 Ss were asked to tell a story about the plot of their favorite movie or TV
 program. The narratives were then analyzed according to the T-unit procedure
 devised by K. Hunt (see PA, Vol 45:3894) and in terms of 2 cohesive ties,
 reference and conjoining. Analysis of conjoining ties showed that normal Ss
 ( n = 10) used a greater number and variety of coordinating and
 subordinating conjunctions than the learning disabled Ss. The normal Ss used
 appropriate or unambiguous references 62% of the time, as compared to the
 51% rate displayed by their learning disabled peers. T-unit analysis
 revealed no significant between-group differences. It was also found,
 however, that Ss from both groups exhibited many similar patterns of
 sohesion. (35 ref)
-Desc-
 LANGUAGE DISORDERS (27763); SYNTAX (51220); SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (45540);
 ORAL COMMUNICATION (35610); CHILDHOOD (08750)
-Ident-
 use of conjunctions & necessity of correcting syntactic deficits, language
 disordered vs nondisordered 11.8-12.7 yr olds
-SectHd-
 3270 (SPEECH & LANGUAGE DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 20
-A-
 72-25694
-W-
 Double suicides: Four modal cases.
 Young, Deborah; Rich, Charles L.; Fowler, Richard C.
 U California-San Diego, School of Medicine, La Jolla
 Jrnl of Clinical Psychiatry, 1984 Nov Vol 45(11) 470-472
 -CODEN-
 JCLPDE
-ISSN-
 01606689
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Reviews the case histories of 4 elderly married couples who committed double
 suicides. The Ss were found to be similar to other (nonpact) suicides with
 regard to recent visits to physicians, alcohol use, and sommunication of
 intent. They differed from other suicides in that they were more likely to
 have a 1st-degree relative who died by suicide. Similar DSM-III diagnoses
 were found in both members of each couple, and there was a complementary
 quality in their personal and family histories. (12 ref)
-Desc-
 AGED (01370); SUICIDE (50620); SPOUSES (49380); CASE REPORT (07790);
 ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 case histories of double suicide, elderly married couples
-SectHd-
 3230 (BEHAVIOR DISORDERS & ANTISOCIAL BEHAVIOR)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 21
-A-
 72-25537
-W-
 Follow-up of a group of unemployed patients consecutively admitted to an
 emergency psychiatric department.
 Fruensgaard, Kjeld; Benjaminsen, Sigurd; Joensen, Sofus; Helstrup, Knud
 Odense University Hosp, Denmark
 Social Psychiatry, 1983 Jul Vol 18(3) 129-135
 -CODEN-
 SOCPBE
-ISSN-
 00377813
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Follow-ups of 70 unemployed psychiatric patients were conducted 6 mo and 1
 yr after admission. It was found that there was a significant fall in the
 sonsumption of alcohol and benzodiazepines and that approximately one-half
 of the Ss reported that their general mental condition had improved. About
 one-half of the Ss had had work in the follow-up period, and most had
 personally been active in trying to find work. Direct inquiry at places of
 work was by far the most effective way of obtaining work. Ss for whom the
 subsequent employment process was relatively positive (Group 1 ( n = 18))
 were characterized by a significantly lower frequency of previous admissions
 to psychiatric departments and of sick leave prior to unemployment Ss
 compared to the remaining Ss. The duration of the current unemployment
 period was shorter for Group 1 Ss, and their admission was longer. In the
 follow-up period, Group 1 Ss were characterized by a higher degree of
 control of alcohol consumption, improvement in general mental sondition, and
 improvement in interpersonal relations as compared to the remaining Ss.
 Differential psychosocial evaluation prior to attempts at reestablishment in
 the labor market, together with utilization of diverse ""in-between
 stations'' following psychiatric admission, were significant elements in
 favorable developments. (2 ref)-sub-3
-Desc-
 EMPLOYMENT STATUS (17196); PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS (41460); DENMARK (13510);
 EMERGENCY SERVICES (16730); FOLLOWUP STUDIES (20040); ALCOHOL DRINKING
 PATTERNS (01690); DRUG USAGE (15400); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 consumption of alcohol & benzodiazepines & employment status, psychiatric
 patients, Denmark, 6-mo & 1-yr followup study
-SectHd-
 3210 (MENTAL DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 22
-A-
 72-25217
-W-
 Self-disclosure: Implications for the study of parent-adolescent
 interaction.
 Norrell, J. Elizabeth
 U Georgia, Coll of Home Economics
 Jrnl of Youth & Adolescence, 1984 Apr Vol 13(2) 163-178
 -CODEN-
 JYADA.
-ISSN-
 00472891
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Reviews the literature and discusses changes in children's self-disclosure
 patterns brought on by their entrance into puberty and the early years of
 adolescence. An integral part of the family interaction process,
 self-disclosure may change in terms of degree, topic, or rate and, in turn,
 may change interaction patterns in families in which adolescents are
 present. Self-disclosure of adolescents and parents may change as a result
 of adolescent changes in cognitive and physical development and
 self-concept. Characteristics of adolescent disclosures are examined in
 terms of age, sex, race, birth order, and physical development factors. It
 is noted that children disclose increasingly more to peers during
 adolescence. The need for parents and adolescents to accept and acknowledge
 changes in parent-child relationships is stressed. (57 ref)
-Desc-
 LITERATURE REVIEW (28580); ADOLESCENTS (00950); PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION
 (36580); ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT (00930); SELF DISCLOSURE (46250);
 ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 puberty & changes in self disclosure to parents, adolescents, literature
 review
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 23
-A-
 72-25202
-W-
 Adolescents' perception of discussions with parents and friends.
 Hunter, Fumiyo T.
 NIH National Inst of Child Health & Human Development, Child & Family
 Research Section, Bethesda, MD
 Developmental Psychology, 1985 May Vol 21(3) 433-440
 -CODEN-
 DEVPA9
-ISSN-
 00121649
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined 180 adolescents' perceptions of discussions with parents and
 friends, with reference to the academic/vocational, social/ethical, family,
 and peer domains. Ss completed a paper-and-pencil questionnaire. 30 males
 and 30 females represented each of 3 age groups: 12-13 yrs, 14-15 yrs, and
 18-20 yrs. Discussion levels for parents remained substantial across ages in
 the academic/vocational, social/ethical, and family domains. Discussions
 with friends about these domains increased with age, and peer relationship
 issues were discussed more with friends than with parents in all age groups.
 For mutuality of discussion, parents tended to explain their views more than
 they tried to understand the Ss' views in all domains Friends' efforts to
 explain and to understand did not differ significantly for most domains. The
 findings are discussed in terms of the differences in procedures of social
 construction between parents' and friends' socializing influences. (32 ref)
-Desc-
 AGE DIFFERENCES (01360); ADOLESCENTS (00950); PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION
 (36580); PEER RELATIONS (37140); PSYCHOSOCIAL DEVELOPMENT (41920);
 SOCIALIZATION (48470); SOCIAL PERCEPTION (483?0); CHILDHOOD (08750);
 ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 perception of discussions in academy/vocational & social/ethical & family &
 peer domains, 12-13 vs 14-15 vs 18-20 yr olds, implications for
 socialization
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 24
-A-
 72-25194
-W-
 Parental criticism and the adolescent experience.
 Harris, Irving D.; Howard, Kenneth I.
 U Illinois, Inst for Juvenile Research
 Jrnl of Youth & Adolescence, 1984 Apr Vol 13(2) 113-121
 -CODEN-
 JYADA.
-ISSN-
 00472891
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 883 high school students were asked to indicate the extent to which their
 parents criticized them for 18 criticizable behaviors or attitudes (e.g.,
 disobedient, lazy, selfish). Over 50% of Ss reported being criticized for
 being disobedient, lazy, and messy--issues central to family life. Further
 analyses indicated a relationship between perceived criticism and
 self-image: The more criticism that Ss perceived for a specific behavior or
 attitude, the more likely that Ss would perceive themselves as being that
 way. Gender differences in types of criticisms received were based on
 differences in socialized expectations. Results indicate the need to
 differentiate parental criticism of specific behaviors from parental
 nonacceptance or rejection. Implications for appropriate behavior by people
 in quasi-parental positions (e.g., teachers, employers, therapists) are
 discussed. (8 ref)
-Desc-
 ADOLESCENTS (00950); PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); SELF CONCEPT
 (46?20); CRITICISM (12540); ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 perception of parental criticism of criticizable behaviors & self image,
 high school students
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 25
-A-
 72-25177
-W-
 Male adolescent birth control behavior: The importance of developmental
 factors and sex differences.
 Cohen, Donald D.; Rose, Ryda D.
 Medical Coll of Pennsylvania/Eastern Pennsylvania Psychiatric Inst
 Jrnl of Youth & Adolescence, 1984 Jun Vol 13(3) 239-252
 -CODEN-
 JYADA.
-ISSN-
 00472891
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined male birth-control behavior in terms of developmental issues and
 similarities and differences with respect to female birth-control behavior,
 using a structured interview of 51 males (aged 15-17 yrs). The structured
 interview included questions concerning communication with significant
 others regarding personal issues; heterosexual behaviors; knowledge about
 reproduction; birth control and caused pregnancies; perceived
 decision-making power with girl friends; and influence of parents, peers,
 and partners on contraceptive use. A new operational definition of male
 effective birth control usage, involving the effectiveness of the method and
 the consistency of its usage, was developed for the analysis of Ss'
 responses. Findings indicate that for males, like females, adolescent sexual
 partners were the primary direct social influence on adolescents'
 birth-control usage. However, male birth-control behavior was primarily
 self-oriented, and males were more likely to be effective contraceptors with
 casual partners than with girl friends. Ss were more likely to sommunicate
 about sex and birth control with similar age peers than with family members
 and/or other adults. Ss also viewed sex and birth-control decisions as
 female decisions. (27 ref)
-Desc-
 BIRTH CONTROL (06060); HUMAN MALES (23490); ADOLESCENTS (00950);
 PSYCHOSEXUAL BEHAVIOR (41890); HUMAN SEX DIFFERENCES (23510); ADOLESCENCE
 (00920)
-Ident-
 sex, birth control behavior & developmental issues, 15-17 yr old males
 Section Headings; 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 26
-A-
 72-25155
-W-
 Joint attention and lexical acquisition style.
 Tomasello, Michael; Todd, Judy
 Emory U
 First Language, 1983 Oct Vol 4(12, Pt 3) 197-211
-ISSN-
 0142723
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Investigated the relationship of individual differences in early lexical
 development to differences in the way mothers and children regulate each
 other's attentional states. Six middle-class mother-child dyads served as
 Ss. All of the children were between 12 and 13 mo of age when the study
 began. Three were firstborn (2 males and 1 female), and 3 were later born (2
 males and 1 female). None of the mothers worked, and none of the shildren
 attended daycare on a regular basis. The mothers kept diary records and were
 videotaped with their children at monthly intervals for 5 mo. Language
 measures from the diary were related to measures of attention manipulation
 and maintenance derived from a coding of the videotaped interactions.
 Results show that when mothers initiated interactions by directing their
 child's attention, rather than by following into it, their shild learned
 fewer object labels and more personal-social words. Dyads who maintained
 sustained bouts of joint attentional focus had children with larger
 vocabularies overall. It is concluded that the way mothers and shildren
 regulate each other's attention is an important factor in shildren's early
 lexical development. (16 ref)
-Desc-
 MOTHER CHILD COMMUNICATION (32125); LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT (27760); ATTENTION
 (04?10); INFANTS (25130); CHILDHOOD (08750); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 mother-child regulation of attentional states, lexical acquisition style,
 12-13 mo olds & their mothers
-SectHd-
 2820 (COGNITIVE & PERCEPTUAL DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 27
-A-
 72-25136
-W-
 De quelques formes paradoxales de l'echange mere-nourrisson. / Several
 paradoxical forms of mother-child communication. National Symposium of
 French Society of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry: The genesis and
 psychopathology of language in children (1983, Brest, France).
 Rabain-Jamin, J.
 CNRS U Paris VII, Lab de Psychologie Sociale, France
 Neuropsychiatrie de l'Enfance et de l'Adolescence, 1984 Oct-Nov Vol
 32(10-11) 545-551
-ISSN-
 02229617
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 French
-DocType-
 SYMPOSIUM/CONVENTION PAPERS
 Studied tape recordings of the interactions of 12 mothers and their infants
 (aged 0-2 yrs) in terms of 3 forms of communication: rhythmical and vocal
 games, falsely pejorative questioning games, and games of pronominal
 substitution. Findings indicate that, by exploring the lexical, syntactic,
 and acoustic possibiiities of language, adults create a ""bath of language''
 that enables children to incorporate the underlying rules of linguistic
 activity. This linguistic course is traced through observations of a mother
 communicating with her infant while the baby grew from 8 mo to 2 yrs of age.
 This case illustrates the developmental consequences that result when the
 mother is unable to provide linguistic support. (Spanish & German abstracts)
 (14 ref)
-Desc-
 MOTHER CHILD COMMUNICATION (32125); PROFESSIONAL MEETINGS AND SYMPOSIA
 (40740); LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT (27760); INFANTS (25130); PSYCHOPATHOLOGY
 (41820); ADULTHOOD (01150); CHILDHOOD (08750)
-Ident-
 mother-child communication, language development, 8 mo through 2 yr olds,
 conference presentation
-SectHd-
 2820 (COGNITIVE & PERCEPTUAL DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 28
-A-
 72-25057
-W-
 Adult-child interaction in children's learning from ""Sesame Street.''
 Reiser, Robert A.; Tessmer, Martin A.; Phelps, Pamela C.
 Florida State U, Tallahassee
 Educational Communication & Technology Jrnl, 1984 Win Vol 32(4) 217-223
 -CODEN-
 AVCRD9
-ISSN-
 00012890
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined whether children's learning from ""Sesame Street'' could be
 improved by having adults ask the children questions and provide them with
 feedback while the watched the show. Ss were 23 3- and 4-yr-old White
 middle-class children randomly assigned to 1 of 2 conditions. Ss in both
 sonditions watched 3 specially edited versions of ""Sesame Street'' with an
 adult. While they did so, Ss in the experimental condition were asked to
 name the letters and numbers shown on the programs. Results indicate that 3
 days after watching the last program, Ss in the experimental condition were
 significantly better able to name and identify the letters and numbers they
 had seen. Three features of the experimental treatment that may have
 sontributed to these results are discussed. (12 ref)
-Desc-
 TELEVISION VIEWING (51940); PRESCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (40160) ; INTERPERSONAL
 INTERACTION (26250); LEARNING (28030); CHILDHOOD (08750 ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 adult-child interaction while watching ""Sesame Street'', learning, 3 & 4 yr
 olds
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY); 2700 (COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 29
-A-
 72-25050
-W-
 Family size and birth order correlates of intellectual, psychosocial and
 physical growth.
 Mednick, Birgitte R.; Baker, Robert L.; Hocevar, Dennis
 U Southern California, School of Education, Los Angeles
 Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 1985 Jan Vol 31(1) 67-84
 -CODEN-
 MPQUA5
-ISSN-
 00260150
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Investigated the relationships between family structure variables and 17
 measures describing children's intellectual, psychosocial, and physical
 growth. 57 Ss were followed to age 19 yrs. Family size was only related to 1
 measure of intellectual performance and to none of the psychosocial
 outcomes. However, family size was negatively related in a consistent
 fashion to hiight and weight at ages 7 and 12 yrs. Birth order was
 influential only when 2-child families and families of 3 or more children
 were analyzed separately. The older sibling in 2-child families had an
 advantage in intellectual performance. In families with 3 or more children,
 lastborns had higher scores on 4 psychosocial outcomes. Birth order was not
 related to either height or weight. Potential explanations for the rather
 weak effects of family size and birth order are discussed. (30 ref)
-Desc-
 FAMILY SIZE (19260); BIRTH ORDER (06080); PSYCHOSOCIAL DEVELOPMENT (41920);
 PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT (38480); INTELLECTUAL DEVELOPMENT (25860); LONGITUDINAL
 STUDIES (28760); CHILDHOOD (08750); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 family size & birth order, intellectual & psychosocial & physical growth,
 children, 19-yr longitudinal study
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 30
-A-
 72-25044
-W-
 Resident and parental perceptions of adolescent problems and family
 communications in a low socioeconomic population.
 Hawley, Lynn E.; Shear, Charles L.; Stark, Alice M.; Goodman, Philip R.
 San Bernardino County Medical Ctr, Dept of Family Practice, San Bernadino,
 CA
 Jrnl of Family Practice, 1984 Nov Vol 19(5) 651-655
-ISSN-
 00943509
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined the prevalence and severity of parentally perceived behavioral
 problems in adolescents and the correlation between such problems and single
 parenting, family communications, and medical care delivered. Ss were 79
 parents (mean age 41.9 yrs) and 121 13-18 yr olds selected from a family
 practice center serving primarily low-SES patients. Results indicate a
 parental perception of a high prevalence of problems with school grades,
 school attendance, household chores, and sibling rivalry. Of low prevalence
 but high severity were perceived problems related to suicidal ideation,
 running away, sexual activity, and gang membership. Single-parent homes had
 a threefold higher incidence of behavioral problems, a greater degree of
 sommunication, and a lower use of community resources than 2-parent
 families. None of the approximately 400 perceived behavioral problems listed
 by patients was found in the family physicians' master problem list. Results
 indicate the need for physician education of low-SES and single-parent
 patients with regard to communication and coping style. (9 ref)
-Desc-
 FAMILY RELATIONS (19250); PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); SINGLE PARENTS
 (47556); BEHAVIOR PROBLEMS (05650); FAMILY PHYSICIANS (19220); THERAPEUTIC
 PROCESSES (52655); ADOLESCENTS (00950); LOWER INCOME LEVEL (28870);
 ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 single parenting & family communications & parental perceptions of
 adolescent problems & medical care delivered, low SES parents & their 13-18
 yr olds
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY); 3370 (HEALTH CARE SERVICES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 31
-A-
 72-24973
-W-
 The fundamental topoi of relational communication.
 Burgoon, Judee K.; Hale, Jerold L.
 U Arizona
 Communication Monographs, 1984 Sep Vol 51(3) 193-214
-ISSN-
 03637751
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Presents an elaborated view of relational message themes. Based on a
 synthesis of diverse bodies of literature (e.g., anthropological and
 psychotherapeutic analyses of human behavior, emotional expression,
 interpersonal evaluations, relational definitions and development, dyadic
 and group interaction categories, nonverbal and interpersonal behaviors, it
 is suggested that the commonly cited triumvirate of affection, inclusion,
 and control is both too narrow and too broad to adequately capture the
 richness of relational discourse. Instead, a schema of 12 conceptually
 distinct dimensions, along which relational communication takes place, is
 adduced: dominance-submission, intimacy, affection-hostility, intensity of
 involvement, inclusion-exclusion, trust, depth-superficiality, emotional
 arousal, composure, similarity, formality, and task-social orientation. (80
 ref)
-Desc-
 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (26220)
-Ident-
 fundamental dimensions of relational communication
-SectHd-
 2700 (COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 32
-A-
 72-24074
-W-
 The role of family communication in consumer socialization of children and
 adolescents.
 Moschis, George P.
 Georgia State U, Atlanta
 Jrnl of Consumer Research, 1985 Mar Vol 11(4) 898-913
 -CODEN-
 JCSRBL
-ISSN-
 00935301
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Research on the effects of parent-child interaction on consumer learning is
 presented and, based on theoretical and research perspectives, a set of 10
 propositions is developed. Parents appear to be instrumental in teaching
 their children the rational aspects of consumption. Parents influence
 shildren's consumer behavior through direct communication processes, by
 influencing their interactions with other sources of influence, and by
 mediating the effects of other socialization agents. (84 ref)
-Desc-
 PARENT CHILD RELATIONS (36590); INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION 26220); CONSUMER
 BEHAVIOR (11480); CHILDREN (08830); ADOLESCENTS (00950); ADOLESCENCE
 (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150); CHILDHOOD (08750)
-Ident-
 parent-child interaction, consumer learning, children & adolescents
-SectHd-
 3690 (MARKETING & ADVERTISING); 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 33
-A-
 72-23951
-W-
 Avoid having your day in court.
 McAfee, James K.; Cote, Lawrence S.
 Pennsylvania State U, King of Prussia
 Training & Development Jrnl, 1985 Apr Vol 39(4) 56-60
-ISSN-
 00410861
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Describes potential sources for lawsuits in human resource development (HRD)
 training. The general conditions under which liability occurs for an HRD
 trainer include injury in the classroom, injury outside the classroom saused
 by poor or incorrect instruction, injury to a 3rd party caused by poor or
 incorrect instruction, misrepresentation of qualifications of the benefit of
 training, improper supervision of trainees, and improper sommunication.
 Actions that instructors may take in order to reduce the likelihood of legal
 action are described. (12 ref)
-Desc-
 LEGAL PROCESSES (28110); PERSONNEL TRAINING (37970)
-Ident-
 sources for lawsuits in human resource development training
-SectHd-
 3620 (PERSONNEL SELECTION & TRAINING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 34
-A-
 72-23912
-W-
 Effects of counselor-directed relationship enhancement training on
 underachieving, poorly communicating students and their teachers.
 Rocks, Thomas G.; Baker, Stanley B.; Guerney, Bernard G.
 Waynesboro Area School District, Pupil Services, PA
 School Counselor, 1985 Jan Vol 32(3) 231-238
 -CODEN-
 SCCODV
-ISSN-
 00366536
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Investigated the effect of training 30 teachers and 60 selected
 underachieving students from Grades 8-12 to mutually improve their
 interpersonal communications, using a modified version of the 3rd author's
 (1977) relationship enhancement (RE) program. Academic achievement slassroom
 behavior, attendance, and school attitudes were assessed for participating
 students. There were 30 triads, each consisting of 1 teacher and 2 students.
 30 students, each from a different triad, were randomly assigned with their
 teachers to either an RE or a brief lecture/discussion (BLD) training group
 used as a control condition. In half of the dyads in each group, both the
 student and the teacher received RE or BLD training; in the other half, only
 the teacher received training. Results reveal no significant differences in
 effects on the achievement attendance, and student attitude variables, but
 the analysis of classroom behavior variables indicated a significant
 difference favoring students who received mutual RE training with their
 teachers over untrained students whose teachers received RE training. (16
 ref)
-Desc-
 TEACHER STUDENT INTERACTION (51650); ACADEMIC UNDERACHIEVEMENT (00260);
 JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS (27220); HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS (22930);
 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (26220); INSERVICE TEACHER EDUCATION (25570);
 ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 counselor-directed relationship enhancement training, interpersonal
 communication, teachers & underachieving & poorly sommunicating 8th-12th
 graders
-SectHd-
 3590 (COUNSELING & MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 35
-A-
 72-23507
-W-
 Post release adjustment of day and inpatients.
 Kecmanovic, Dusan
 U Sarajevo School of Medicine, Yugoslavia
 International Jrnl of Social Psychiatry, 1985 Spr Vol 31(1) 74-79
 -CODEN-
 IJSPAX
-ISSN-
 0020764
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Compared the postrelease adjustment of 85 psychiatric patients who were
 treated in a day hospital with that of 92 psychiatric patients who had been
 treated as inpatients. The same diagnostic and therapeutic procedures were
 used in both treatment conditions (i.e., chemotherapy, ECT, group
 activities, occupational therapy). Nursing in the day hospital did not
 differ from the inpatient service. Ss in both groups had been diagnosed as
 schizophrenics, psychopaths, and neurotics. Both groups were matched with
 regard to age, the number of hospitalizations, and the length of the last
 hospitalization. The following aspects of social adjustment during the 18 mo
 after discharge were particularly stressed: rehospitalization, working
 ability, interpersonal relationships, and role functioning in the family.
 Results show no significant difference between day and inpatient Ss with
 regard to these aspects of postrelease adjustment. (6 ref)
-Desc-
 PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS (41460); PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITAL DISCHARGE (41395); SOCIAL
 ADJUSTMENT (48060); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 day hospital vs inpatient treatment, postrelease adjustment, schizophrenic &
 psychopathic & neurotic patients
-SectHd-
 3379 (HOSPITAL PROGRAMS & INSTITUTIONALIZATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 36
-A-
 72-2342
-W-
 Hand behaviors of women during childbirth.
 VanMuiswinkel, Julia
 U Pittsburgh, School of Nursing
 Maternal-Child Nursing Jrnl, 1984 Win Vol 13(4, Mono 14) 205-288
 -CODEN-
 MCNJA2
-ISSN-
 00900702
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Investigated, using a structured observation method, the hand behaviors of
 30 women, aged 17-34 yrs, during the crisis situation of childbirth. 16
 ethnic groups were represented in the sample. There were 10 primigravida Ss
 and 20 multigravida Ss. 18 Ss had received childbirth education (CE) and 12
 Ss had received no formal CE. Observation of each S was conducted once every
 half hour throughout labor. A unit of observation was comprised of a hand
 action and the object of the hand action. Results indicate that more than
 two-thirds of the 2,724 hand actions observed involved grasping, pressing,
 and rubbing. The actions of nonmoving, gesticulating, holding, playing,
 palpating, and striking were used infrequently. The predominant object of
 the hand action was the self. Inanimate items were used as objects of the
 hand actions one-half as frequently as the self. The predominant purpose for
 the actions was comforting. The hand behaviors seemed to provide Ss, who
 were trapped in a situation from which there was no escape, a means for
 maintaining self-control when the higher controlling mechanisms were
 disrupted.
-Desc-
 BIRTH (06050); HUMAN FEMALES (23450); MOTOR PROCESSES (32310); HAND (ANATOMY
 (22200); NONVERBAL COMMUNICATION (34360); COPING BEHAVIOR (11790);
 ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 hand behaviors during crisis situation of childbirth, 17-34 yr old
 primigravida & multigravida Ss from different ethnic groups
-SectHd-
 3370 (HEALTH CARE SERVICES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 37
-A-
 72-23376
-W-
 It takes two to tango: Some thoughts on the neglected importance of the
 hypnotist in an interactive hypnotherapeutic relationship.
 Diamond, Michael J.
 U California, Los Angeles
 American Jrnl of Clinical Hypnosis, 1984 Jul Vol 27(1) 3-13
 -CODEN-
 AJHNA
-ISSN-
 00029157
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examines why certain hypnotists produce deeper and more meaningful trance
 experiences than other hypnotists who may employ identical operational
 procedures. Therapeutic hypnosis is regarded as a dual phenomenon occurring
 within an intense interpersonal relationship. This interactive dimension is
 important as is the unique contribution made by the hypnotist. A brief
 historical survey is presented to demonstrate the causal attribution of
 hypnotic effects. The theoretical literature on the reciprocal nature of
 hypnotic experience emphasizes the importance of the interpersonal functions
 of hypnosis, the hypnotic relationship per se, and the impact of the
 hypnotist. Recent research investigating interactional parameters is
 reviewed. An emergent interactional theoretical framework is presented that
 views hypnotherapeutic skill primarily as a function of the hypnotherapeutic
 ability to create facilitating ""holding'' environment, as described by D.
 W. Winnicott (1965), for the patient's internal experience. It is suggested
 that the most skillful hypnotherapists are those most capable of entering
 into an intensified empathic bond with their patients. (81 ref)
-Desc-
 HYPNOTHERAPY (23910); PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC PROCESSES (42?40)
-Ident-
 importance of interactive parameters in hypnotherapeutic relationship
-SectHd-
 3350 (HYPNOTHERAPY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 38
-A-
 72-23231
-W-
 Group versus individual applications of reciprocity training for
 parent-youth conflict.
 Raue, John; Spence, Susan H.
 Rozelle Hosp, Psychology Dept, Sydney, Australia
 Behaviour Research & Therapy, 1985 Vol 23(2) 177-186
 -CODEN-
 BRTHAA
-ISSN-
 00057967
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 30 families in which parent-child conflict was identified as a problem
 (target children aged 10-16 yrs) were randomly assigned to an
 individual-family-based reciprocity training (RET) condition, a
 group-family-based RET condition, and a waiting-list control (WLC) group.
 The aim of the RET was to develop communication skills to prompt and
 reinforce desirable behavior in the other person. Results provide some
 support for the effectiveness of RET, as measured by the Aggressiveness
 factor from the Child Behavior Profile, and decreases in parent-recorded
 shild problem behavior. Both group and individual methods of presentation
 were superior to the WLC group on these measures from pre- to posttraining.
 Benefits produced by training were maintained at the 2-mo follow-up.
 However, results obtained from a parent attitude survey, the Family
 Environment Scale, and a child perception of parent behavior scale failed to
 support the effectiveness of RET. Minimal difference in outcome was found
 between individual and group methods of family RET. (33 ref)
-Desc-
 PARENT TRAINING (36606); PARENT CHILD RELATIONS (36590); ADOLESCENTS
 (00950); RECIPROCITY (43340); GROUP COUNSELING (21740); PARENT CHILD
 COMMUNICATION (36580); FAMILY THERAPY (19290); CHILDHOOD (08750);
 ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150); SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (45540)
-Ident-
 individual- vs group-family-based reciprocity training, communication
 skills, families involved in parent-child conflict with 10-16 yr olds
-SectHd-
 3313 (GROUP & FAMILY THERAPY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 39
-A-
 72-23099
-W-
 Hypnotherapy and family therapy for the cancer patient: A case study.
 Kaye, Janet M.
 Medical Coll of Pennsylvania
 American Jrnl of Clinical Hypnosis, 1984 Jul Vol 27(1) 38-41
 -CODEN-
 JHNA
-ISSN-
 00029157
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses the use of a combination of hypnotherapy and family therapy to
 help a 24-yr-old female cancer patient and her family deal with the issues
 of terminal illness. Treatment was successful in reducing S's frequent
 episodes of vomiting due to chemotherapy and in opening channels of family
 sommunication. A variety of issues involved in the management of cancer
 patients are examined. (12 ref)
-Desc-
 HYPNOTHERAPY (23910); FAMILY THERAPY (19290); VOMITING (56340); TERMINAL
 CANCER (52110); FAMILY RELATIONS (19250); EMOTIONAL ADJUSTMENT (16760); CASE
 REPORT (07790); SIDE EFFECTS (DRUG) (47390); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 hypnotherapy & family therapy, vomiting due to chemotherapy & family
 relations & emotional adjustment, 24 yr old female terminal cancer patient &
 her family
-SectHd-
 3300 (TREATMENT AND PREVENTION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 40
-A-
 72-22917
-W-
 Facilitating word combination in language-impaired children through
 discourse structure.
 Schwartz, Richard G. et al
 Purdue U, West Lafayette
 Jrnl of Speech & Hearing Disorders, 1985 Feb Vol 50(1) 31-39
 -CODEN-
 JSHDAX
-ISSN-
 00224677
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined the influence of an adult-child discourse structure on the
 production of early word combinations in 10 language-impaired males (aged 2
 yrs 8 mo to 3 yrs 4 mo (Leiter International Performance Scale IQ at least
 85)) who were at the single-word utterance level. Eight Ss were engaged in
 10 experimental sessions utilizing vertical structures (e.g., Adult: ""Who's
 this'' Child: ""Daddy.'' Adult: ""What's Daddy throwing?'' Child: ""Ball.''
 Adult: ""Yeah, Daddy's throwing the ball.''), while the remaining Ss,
 serving as controls, were engaged in an alternate activity. Examination of
 pre- and posttest data (involving picture stimuli and static presentations
 or manipulations) and of session data, revealed a substantial increase in
 the number of multiword productions for most of the Ss in the experimental
 groups but not for Ss serving as controls. Findings indicate that vertical
 structures have a facilitating effect on the multiword productions of
 language-impaired children comparable to that found in an identical
 procedure with normally developing children. It is suggested that the use of
 a naturally occurring adult-child discourse structure as an intervention
 procedure led to an increase in the number of word sombinations produced. A
 sample set of experimental stimuli is appended. (30 ref)
-Desc-
 LANGUAGE DISORDERS (27763); LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT (27760); ORAL COMMUNICATION
 (35610); INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (26220); WORDS (PHONETIC UNITS)
 (57020); PRESCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (40160); CHILDHOOD (08750)
-Ident-
 adult-child discourse structure, production of early word sombinations,
 language impaired 2.7-3.3 yr old males
-SectHd-
 3270 (SPEECH & LANGUAGE DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 41
-A-
 72-22761
-W-
 Psychosocial functioning in prepobertal major depressive disorders: I.
 Interpersonal relationships during the depressive episode.
 Puig-Antich, Joaquim et al
 U Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Western Psychiatric Inst & Clinic
 Archives of General Psychiatry, 1985 May Vol 42(5) 500-507
 -CODEN-
 ARGPAQ
-ISSN-
 0003990X
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined interpersonal relationships in 52 6-12 yr olds with endogenous or
 nonendogenous depression, 23 nondepressed neurotic children, and 40 normal
 controls. Both depressed and nondepressed patients showed deficits in school
 achievement and behavior relative to normals. Both depressive groups showed
 poorer mother-child relationships than did the other 2 groups, with greater
 interpersonal distance and poorer communication being evident among
 depressed Ss. Patterns of deficits in father-child relationships were not
 related to type of psychiatric disorder. Peer and sibling relationships were
 also impaired in all psychiatric groups, with the degree of impairment being
 greater among depressed Ss. Deficits in peer relations were directly
 associated with impairment in the mother-child relationship and the length
 of the depressive episode. (44 ref)
-Desc-
 DEPRESSION (EMOTION) (13650); PEER RELATIONS (37140); SIBLING RELATIONS
 (47350); PARENT CHILD RELATIONS (36590); INDOGENOUS DEPRESSION (17384);
 SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (45540); NEUROSIS (33860); CHILDHOOD (08750)
-Ident-
 relationships with parents & peers & siblings, 6-12 yr olds with endogenous
 & nonendogenous depression vs nondepressed neurotic disorder
-SectHd-
 3210 (MENTAL DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 42
-A-
 72-22760
-W-
 Psychosocial functioning in prepubertal major depressive disorders: II.
 Interpersonal relationships after sustained recovery from affective
 episode.
 Puig-Antich, Joaquim et al
 U Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Western Psychiatric Inst & Clinic
 Archives of General Psychiatry, 1985 May Vol 42(5) 511-517
 -CODEN-
 ARGPAQ
-ISSN-
 0003990X
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Assessed psychosocial functioning in 21 children (mean age 8.6 yrs) during a
 depressive episode and after recovery. Following recovery, Ss showed fewer
 school behavior problems, better relationships with their teachers, and
 better academic achievement. Mother-child relationships also showed improved
 communication and reduced hostility, but little change was observed with
 respect to father-child relationships. Substantial improvements in peer and
 sibling relationships were also apparent. Marital relationship ratings were
 completely unaffected by the clinical state of the child. Correlations among
 psychosocial patterns are discussed in relation to possible causal
 associations between impaired social relationships and psychiatric disorder.
 (18 ref)
-Desc-
 DEPRESSION (EMOTION) (13650); PARENT CHILD RELATIONS (36590); PEER RELATIONS
 (37140); SIBLING RELATIONS (47350); RECOVERY (DISORDERS) (43390); SCHOOL AGE
 CHILDREN (45540); CHILDHOOD (08750)
-Ident-
 relationships with parents & peers & siblings, children during & after
 recovery from major depressive disorder
-SectHd-
 3210 (MENTAL DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 43
-A-
 72-22488
-W-
 Old parents and middle aged children: The four- and five-generation family.
 Scientific meeting of the Boston Society for Gerontologic Psychiatry: Family
 issues in geriatric psychiatry (1983, Boston, Massachusetts).
 Shanas, Ethel
 Jrnl of Geriatric Psychiatry, 1984 Vol 17(1) 7-19
 -CODEN-
 JGPSBZ
-ISSN-
 00221414
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 SYMPOSIUM/CONVENTION PAPERS
 Provides a demographic explanation for the emergence of the 4-generation
 family, describing the proportion of all persons aged 65 yrs and over who
 are members of such families. Given these changes, it is suggested that
 there will be a substantial number of 5-generation families in the next 20
 yrs. The implications for those individuals who at one and the same time are
 both grandparents and children are discussed. (13 ref)
-Desc-
 PROFESSIONAL MEETINGS AND SYMPOSIA (40740); GRANDPARENTS (21570); FAMILY
 STRUCTURE (19280); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 emergence of 4- and 5-generation families, conference presentation
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 44
-A-
 72-22462
-W-
 Structural complexity and the quality of stepfather-stepchild
 relationships.
 Clingempeel, W. Glenn; Ievoli, Richard; Brand, Eulalee
 Temple U
 Family Process, 1984 Dec Vol 23(4) 547-560
 -CODEN-
 FAPRA
-ISSN-
 00147370
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined the effects of structural complexity and sex of stepchild on the
 quality of stepfather-stepchild relationships in 16 simple stepfather
 families (i.e., the wife had custody of a child from a previous marriage,
 but the stepfather had no biological children) and 16 complex stepfather
 families (i.e., the wife had custody of a child from a previous marriage,
 and the stepfather was a noncustodial biological parent). Half of each
 family type had a male target child, and half had a female target child aged
 9-12 yrs. Stepfathers in complex families had a mean age of 38.19 yrs, while
 stepfathers in simple families had a mean age of 32.25 yrs. Findings reveal
 that simple and complex families did not differ on any questionnaire or
 behavioral measures. Videotapes of interaction tasks showed that girls
 engaged in a lower proportion of positive verbal and greater proportion of
 negative problem-solving behaviors toward their stepfathers than boys did.
 Stepfathers did not differ on proportions of communication behaviors emitted
 toward boys and girls. No sex-of-child differences were obtained on
 questionnaire measures. Implications for interventions with stepfather
 families are discussed. (27 ref)
-Desc-
 STEPCHILDREN (49720); FAMILY STRUCTURE (19280); STEPPARENTS (49730); HUMAN
 SEX DIFFERENCES (23510); FATHER CHILD RELATIONS (19380); SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN
 (45540); CHILDHOOD (08750); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 family structural complexity & sex of stepchild, quality of relationship,
 stepfathers & 7-12 yr old stepchildren
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 45
-A-
 72-22457
-W-
 Parent-adolescent communication and the Circumplex Model. Special Issue:
 Family development.
 Barnes, Howard L.; Olson, David H.
  Minnesota, St Paul
 Child Development, 1985 Apr Vol 56(2) 438-447
 -CODEN-
 CHDEAW
-ISSN-
 00093920
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Tested the relationship between parent-adolescent communication and the
 sircumplex model of marital and family systems developed by the 2nd author
 and colleagues (see PA, Vols 64:7831 and 70:13217). While most studies of
 the circumplex model have focused on problem families, the present study
 used parents (aged 31-63 yrs) and children (aged 12-20 yrs) from 426 normal
 families. Family scores were developed and used to help describe the type of
 family system. Because of generational differences in terms of how parents
 and adolescents perceived their communication, separate analysis was done
 for each group. It was hypothesized that balanced families would have more
 positive parent-adolescent communication than extreme families. The
 hypothesis was clearly supported for the parents but not for the
 adolescents. In contrast to the conflicting findings using individual level
 analysis (parents and adolescents), the findings at the family level using
 discriminant analysis indicated a linear relationship between
 parent-adolescent communication and the circumplex dimensions (cohesion,
 adaptability) and family satisfaction. Families with good parent-adolescent
 sommunication perceived themselves in terms of the circumplex model as
 higher on family cohesion, family adaptability, and family satisfaction. (22
 ref)
-Desc-
 FAMILY RELATIONS (19250); PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); ADOLESCENTS
 (00950); MODELS (31805); CHILDHOOD (08750); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD
 (01150)
-Ident-
 circumplex model of marital & family systems, family sohesion & adaptability
 & parent-adolescent communication, 12-20 yr olds & their parents
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 46
-A-
 72-22456
-W-
 Parent-child communication about sexuality: The physician as a community
 educator.
 Aved, Barbara M.; Lobdell, George W.
 California State Dept of Health Services, Office of Family Planning,
 Sacramento
 Jrnl of Adolescent Health Care, 1984 Oct Vol 5(?) 292-293
 -CODEN-
 JAHCD9
-ISSN-
 01970070
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Asserts that greater efforts must be made to educate adolescents about
 sexuality and family planning before they become sexually active in order to
 achieve reductions in unintended pregnancies. Family communication may be
 especially helpful at the younger ages, but many parents are unwilling or
 unable to initiate discussions on sex-related topics with their shildren. By
 encouraging parents to discuss family values about sexuality with their
 children, physicians can play an important advocacy role in stimulating
 discussions and thus provide a needed impetus for ensuring that this group
 receives crucial information. (6 ref)
-Desc-
 PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); PHYSICIANS (38640); FAMILY PLANNING
 (19230); PREVENTION (40290); SEX EDUCATION (46890); PREGNANCY (40050);
 SEXUALITY (47120); ADOLESCENTS (00950); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD
 (01150)
-Ident-
 parent-child communication about sexuality & family planning for prevention
 of unintended pregnancies & physician facilitation, adolescents
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY); 3370 (HEALTH CARE SERVICES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 47
-A-
 72-22454
-W-
 The understanding heart: Aging parents and their favorite children. Special
 Issue: Family development.
 Aldous, Joan; Klaus, Elisabeth; Klein, David M.
 U Notre Dame
 Child Development, 1985 Apr Vol 56(2) 303-316
 -CODEN-
 CHDEAW
-ISSN-
 00093920
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Compared the characteristics of adult children who provide comfort and
 sympathy and serve as confidants to parents with those whom parents perceive
 as disappointing. Interview information from 117 couples (mean age of
 fathers 64 yrs; mean age of mothers 62 yrs) having children (mean age 31
 yrs) who had left home was analyzed using aggregate and intrafamilial
 strategies. The latter analyses compared the characteristics of the selected
 child with those of her or his siblings instead of comparing the aggregate
 of selected children with the aggregate of their siblings. Differences in
 the findings from the 2 techniques are discussed. Findings sonfirm the
 importance of daughters who live nearby as understanding shildren.
 Intergenerational shared interests and values were more important than
 proximity among the factors influencing parental judgments on disappointing
 and understanding children. (18 ref)
-Desc-
 ADULT OFFSPRING (01135); PARENT CHILD RELATIONS (36590); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 characteristics of adult children providing comfort & understanding to
 parents, elderly couples with adult children
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 48
-A-
 72-22402
-W-
 Body images of one's self and of others: Developmental and clinical
 significance.
 Van der Velde, Christiaan D.
 Norwich Hosp, Research Dept, CT
 American Jrnl of Psychiatry, 1985 May Vol 142(5) 527-537
 -CODEN-
 AJPSAO
-ISSN-
 0002953X
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Proposes a new concept of the term body image (BI) that is based on the
 following premises: (1) The notion of the body as an entity represents a
 conceptual composite of innumerable BIs. (2) BIs are fundamental dynamisms
 in the development of self-concept. (3) Extraneous BIs form the foundation
 of human' concepts of others. (4) The formation and functions of BIs are the
 inherent consequences of various roles of the body in human relationships.
 The formation of one's own and extraneous BIs and their roles in the
 development of self-concept, the concept of others, interpersonal
 relationships, and mind-body interactions as well as their slinical and
 psychiatric implications, are discussed. It is argued that not only is the
 BI a composite of innumerable BIs, but humans are not capable of forming one
 complete BI. This assertion reflects a departure from the traditional
 adherence to P. Schilder's (1935) notion of BI, which suggests that humans
 have only one BI. (80 ref)
-Desc-
 BODY IMAGE (06450); PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT (37750); SELF CONCEPT (46220);
 PSYCHOSOCIAL DEVELOPMENT (41920); INTERPERSONAL INTERACTION (26250)
-Ident-
 formation of one's own & extraneous body images & development of self
 concept & human relationships, clinical implications
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 49
-A-
 72-22372
-W-
 Patterns of interaction in family relationships and the development of
 identity exploration in adolescence. Special Issue: Family development.
 Grotevant, Harold D. Cooper, Catherine R.
 U Texas, Div of Child Development & Family Relationships, Austin
 Child Development, 1975 Apr Vol 56(2) 415-428
 -CODEN-
 CHDEAW
-ISSN-
 00093920
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Developed a model of individuation in family relationships that focuses on
 communication processes and assessed the links between these processes and
 adolescent identity exploration. Expressions of the 4 dimensions of the
 model--self assertion, separateness, permeability, and mutuality--were
 predicted to be positively associated with identity exploration in
 adolescents. A sample of 84 White, middle-class, 2-parent families, each
 including an adolescent (mean age 17.6 yrs) and 1 or 2 siblings, was
 observed in a family interaction task designed to elicit the expression and
 soordination of a variety of points of view. Multiple regression analyses
 revealed differentiated results concerning father-son, father-daughter,
 mother-son, mother-daughter, and marital relationships as well as both
 positive and negative contributions of communication variables to identity
 explorating when verbal ability and sociability were controlled. Results are
 discussed in terms of recent formulations of the progressive redefinition of
 the parent-child relationship during adolescence. (48 ref)
-Desc-
 FAMILY RELATIONS (19250); ADOLESCENTS (00950); SELF CONCEPT (46220);
 PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT (37750); MODELS (31805); ADOLESCENCE (00920);
 ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 model of individuation, family relationships & adolescent identity
 exploration, 2-parent families with adolescent children
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT); 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 50
-A-
 72-22355
-W-
 Effects of older siblings on the language young children hear and produce.
 Wellen, Constance J.
 U California, Santa Barbara
 Jrnl of Speech & Hearing Disorders, 1985 Feb Vol 50(1) 84-99
 -CODEN-
 JSHDAX
-ISSN-
 00224677
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Used 24 mother-older sibling-younger sibling triads to study the effects of
 older siblings in the language young children hear and produce. In 12
 younger triads, the younger child ranged in age from 2 yrs 4 mo to 2 yrs 6
 mo; older siblings ranged in age from 7 yrs 3 mo to 8 yrs 10 mo; mothers'
 average age was 33.83 yrs. In 12 older triads, younger Ss were aged 4 yrs 4
 mo to 4 yrs 10 mo; older Ss were aged 7 yrs 5 mo to 9 yrs 2 mo; mothers'
 average age was 35.91 yrs. Mothers told stories to their children, inserting
 30 questions about each story under 2 conditions. In 1 situation, mothers
 were alone with their younger child, and in the other condition, an older
 sibling was also present. During the question-answer interactions, older
 siblings responded to 60-65% of all mothers' questions before younger
 shildren had a chance to respond and provided direct answers to the
 questions in 57-65% of those instances. Results show that mothers responded
 by producing fewer rephrased questions, fewer questions providing hints and
 answers, fewer questions functioning as repetitions and expansions, and more
 directly repeated questions when the older sibling was present. The effect
 of older siblings' first responses also reduced by half the number of
 younger children's utterances. The younger children produced fewer
 noncontent and content answers and more imitated answers in the presence of
 the older sibling. Question examples, sample transcripts, and functions of
 mothers' language are appended. (33 ref)
-Desc-
 LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT (27760); SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (45540) PRESCHOOL AGE
 CHILDREN (40160); ORAL COMMUNICATION (35610); MOTHER CHILD COMMUNICATION
 (32125); SIBLINGS (47360); CHILDHOOD (08750); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 presence of older siblings & mother's language during question-answer
 interactions, language production, 2.3-2.5 & 4.3-4.8 yr olds & their school
 age siblings & mothers
-SectHd-
 2820 (COGNITIVE & PERCEPTUAL DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 51
-A-
 72-21730
-W-
 Byrne and Long: A classification for rating the interview style of doctors.
 Buijs, R.; Sluijs, E. M.; Verhaak, P. F.
 Netherlands Inst of General Practitioners, Dept of Scientific Research,
 Utrecht
 Social Science & Medicine, 1984 Vol 19(7) 683-690
 -CODEN-
 SSMDEP
-ISSN-
 02779536
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Describes changes introduced into the classification instrument developed by
 P. S. Byrne and B. E. Long (1976) to assess the doctor's verbal behavior in
 the consultation and summarize the doctor's interview style. To test the
 relevance and reliability of the instrument, 36 consultations were
 slassified according to the adjusted system. This procedure showed that it
 was possible to represent a consultation with the 45 categories of the
 system (although only 15 categories occurred in more than half of the
 sonsultations). An example is presented to show that the procedure is useful
 for indicating certain differences between doctors and types of
 sonsultation. (12 ref)
-Desc-
 PHYSICIANS (38640); BEHAVIORAL ASSESSMENT (05671); ORAL COMMUNICATION
 (35610); INTERVIEWING (26340); THERAPEUTIC PROCESSES (52655); ADULTHOOD
 (01150)
-Ident-
 relevance & reliability of classification instrument, rating of interview
 style, doctors
-SectHd-
 2200 (PSYCHOMETRICS); 3370 (HEALTH CARE SERVICES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 52
-A-
 72-21720
-W-
 Vocal onset latency in the study of question answering.
 Singer, Murray
 U Manitoba, Winnipeg, Canada
 Canadian Jrnl of Psychology, 1984 Sep Vol 38(3) 504-511
 -CODEN-
 CJPSAC
-ISSN-
 00084255
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 A study of the adequacy of the vocal response measure in studying question
 answering among 12 undergraduates showed that vocal answer latencies to
 yes-no questions closely resembled previously measured buttonpress latencies
 obtained by the author (1984). On a small number of read-only trials, Ss
 viewed the phrases ""yes,'' ""no,'' or ""don't know'' in place of a
 question. On these trials, the Ss simply recited the phrase on the screen.
 The resulting ""yes'' latencies were faster than the others, which did not
 differ. This result is consistent with the hypothesis that an internal
 response index is initialized ""yes'' in yes-no question answering. It is
 concluded that the vocal onset latency measure and the read-only trial
 procedure are useful in question answering research. (French abstract) (12
 ref)
-Desc-
 RESPONSE LATENCY (44270); ORAL COMMUNICATION (35610); VOCALIZATION (56075);
 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS (18590); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 validity of vocal onset latency vs read only trial procedure, ""yes/no''
 question answering research, college students
-SectHd-
 2160 (RESEARCH METHODS & APPARATUS & COMPUTER APPLICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 53
-A-
 72-21706
-W-
 Reactivity and unreliability of husbands as participant observers.
 Jarrett, Robin B.; Nelson, Rosemery O.
 U Texas Health Science Ctr, Dallas
 Jrnl of Behavioral Assessment, 1984 Jun Vol 6(2) 131-147
 -CODEN-
 JBASDT
-ISSN-
 01640305
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined the reliability and reactivity of participant observation (PO)
 among 12 21-50 yr old couples engaged in 2 discussions in a laboratory, one
 on a conflict topic and one on a consensus topic. For the 8 couples in the
 experimental sequences, a baseline discussion was followed by PO in which
 the husband recorded his wife's use of ""I'' while continuing to converse.
 The 4 couples in the control sequences conversed without PO. Compared to
 observations made by a trained observer, the husbands were unreliable
 observers, underestimating their wives' use of ""I.'' PO was reactive, with
 more wives decreasing their use of ""I'' in the experimental than in the
 sontrol sequences. The topic of discussion did not differentially influence
 reliability or reactivity. (22 ref)
-Desc-
 PARTICIPATION (3681); INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (26220) ; OBSERVATION
 METHODS (34830); OBSERVERS (34850); HUSBANDS (23590); WIVES (56900);
 STATISTICAL RELIABILITY (49600); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 reliability & reactivity of participant observation during discussions,
 husbands & their wives aged 21-50 yrs
-SectHd-
 2160 (RESEARCH METHODS & APPARATUS & COMPUTER APPLICATIONS); 2950 (MARRIAGE
 & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 54
-A-
 72-21457
-W-
 Analysing spelling performance on a range of purposeful writing tasks.
 Barr, Jennifer E.; Lambourne, Robert D.
 Fife Child Guidance Clinic, Kirkcaldy, Scotland
 Educational Psychology, 1984 Vol 4(4) 297-311
-ISSN-
 01443410
-JrnlAnn-
 7208
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined the performance of 48 12-yr-olds from New Zealand and the UK on 5
 writing tasks (dictation, slide report, booklet, video report, and story)
 based on a common theme. Ss were drawn from a pool of 127 Ss from 9 classes
 and paired by sex so that (1) each pair consisted of a good and poor
 speller, (2 Ss in each pair were matched on reading ability, and (3) each
 pair of males was matched with reading ability to a pair of females.
 Separate comparisons were made on a number of performance measures. Results
 show that females were superior to males on tests of spelling ability. The
 Proof-Reading Tests of Spelling, which were administered before S selection,
 were highly successful predictors of spelling performance on the writing
 tasks. Good and poor spellers were distinguished by their performance on
 spelling measures on all but the booklet tasks. (56 ref)
-Desc-
 SPELLING (49220); WRITTEN COMMUNICATION (57227); EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENT
 (16140); VERBAL ABILITY (55500); STUDENTS (50340); CHILDHOOD (08750)
-Ident-
 dictation & report & story writing tests, assessment of spelling skills, 12
 yr olds
-SectHd-
 3590 (COUNSELING & MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 55
-A-
 72-21437
-W-
 Agritherapy: Plants as learning partners.
 Sarver, Mary D.
 Williston High School, FL
 Academic Therapy, 1985 Mar Vol 20(4) 389-396
 -CODEN-
 ATQAAB
-ISSN-
 0001396X
-JrnlAnn-
 7208
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Describes a pilot gardening program in which 8-12 yr old learning-disabled
 children are given a wide range of planning and caring responsibilities. The
 program's benefits to Ss in the areas of nonverbal sommunication, developing
 a positive view of order and structure, recognizing the value of change and
 accepting their roles as agents of shange, discovering growth as a
 developmental concept, learning the value of cooperative effort, and
 cultivating positive relationships with adults are described.
-Desc-
 LEARNING DISABILITIES (27980); SPECIAL EDUCATION (48930); BOTANY (06640);
 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL STUDENTS (16630); CHILDHOOD (08750)
-Ident-
 elementary school gardening program, development of sooperation &
 responsibility nonverbal communication, learning disabled 8-12 yr olds
-SectHd-
 3570 (SPECIAL & REMEDIAL EDUCATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 56
-A-
 72-21341
-W-
 Annotated bibliography of materials for adding an international dimension to
 undergraduate courses in developmental and social psychology.
 Torney-Purta, Judith
 U Maryland, Coll of Education, College Park
 American Psychologist, 1984 Sep Vol 39(9) 1032-1042
 -CODEN-
 AMPSAB
-ISSN-
 0003066X
-JrnlAnn-
 7208
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.; BIBLIOGRAPHY
 Presents an annotated bibliography of material on cross-cultural psychology
 that can be used in undergraduate classes. Resources in developmental
 psychology include works on infancy, the universality of Piaget's theory,
 child-parent and child-peer interactions, and adolescent development;
 resources in social and organizational psychology reflect areas such as
 cross-cultural differences in values, intercultural sommunication and
 training, stereotypes and problems in intergroup relations, and achievement
 motivation.
-Desc-
 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (13860); SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (48370); PSYCHOLOGY
 EDUCATION (41765); BIBLIOGRAPHY (05880); CROSS CULTURAL DIFFERENCES (12590);
 CURRICULUM (12810)
-Ident-
 annotated materials for adding international dimension to undergraduate
 courses in developmental & social psychology, bibliography
-SectHd-
 3530 (CURRICULUM PROGRAMS & TEACHING METHODS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 57
-A-
 72-20830
-W-
 Teaching parents time out with media materials: The importance of
 observation and feedback.- Hansen, David J.; Tisdelle, Debra A.; O'Dell,
 Stan L.
 U Mississippi Medical Ctr, Jackson
 Jrnl of Child & Adolescent Psychotherapy, 1984 Jun Vol 1(1) 20-25
-JrnlAnn-
 7208
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 15 mothers of 2-11.1 yr old children were exposed to popular audiotaped and
 written training materials on how to use time-out (TO) procedures with their
 children. Mothers were assessed regarding the extent to which they were able
 to use the specific skills necessary to use TO following the exposure. A
 15-item pre-post written assessment of the mothers' understanding of the
 information was obtained. Their skill in implementing the procedure for the
 lst time with their child in their home was assessed via an audiotape and
 direct inspection of the TO setting. Each mother was rated on her
 performance of 18 ,,omponent behaviors of TO. The written assessment showed
 that 12 mothers had a good verbal understanding of the principles. 86% of
 the mothers were rated satisfactorily on 13 of the somonent skills, which
 suggested that the materials were useful with a majority of the mothers, at
 least as an adjunt to training. However, other data suggested that the
 number of errors and omissions made by some mothers sould necessitate the
 inclusion of individual observation and feedback by slinicians to insure
 correct performance. (14 ref)
-Desc-
 AUDIOTAPES (04570); TIME OUT (53245); WRITTEN COMMUNICATION (57227);
 CHILDREARING PRACTICES (08820); PARENT TRAINING (36606); KNOWLEDGE LEVEL
 (27446); PRESCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (40160); SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (45540);
 MOTHERS (32140); INDIVIDUALIZED INSTRUCTION (24940); CHILDHOOD (08750);
 ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 audiotaped & written training materials, knowledge & skill level in
 implementation of time out procedures & need for observation & feedback,
 mothers of 2-11.1 yr olds
-SectHd-
 3314 (ENCOUNTER GROUP & SENSIVITY & HUMAN RELATIONS TRAINING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 58
-A-
 72-20588
-W-
 Oral diadochokinesis in hearing-impaired adolescents. b, Michael P.; Hughes,
 Mary C.; Frese, Donna J.
 Syracuse U
 Jrnl of Communication Disorders, 1985 Apr Vol 18(2) 79-89
 -CODEN-
 JCDIAI
-ISSN-
 00219924
-JrnlAnn-
 7208
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ATICLE
 Examined oscillographic tracings for time-by-count measures of
 diadochokinetic syllable rate collected from 30 hearing-impaired and 5
 normal-hearing high school students. Data were obtained under a procedure
 described by S. G. Fletcher (1972). Results indicate that hearing-impaired
 Ss performed significantly slower of all speech-timing tasks than their
 normal-hearing peers. Within-group differences were identified for the
 hearing-impaired Ss with respect to speech intelligibility, degree of
 hearing loss, and gender. Profoundly hearing-impaired Ss were significantly
 slower than less severely impaired Ss, while hearing-impaired males ( n =
 12) performed faster than females on all diadochokinetic tasks. Data
 indicate that for varying degrees of hearing loss severity there are
 speech-timing coordination deficits commensurate to that level. (16 ref)
-Desc-
 PARTIALLY HEARING IMPAIRED (36790); SYLLABLES (50990); ORAL COMMUNICATION
 (35610); ARTICULATION (SPEECH) (03880); ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 diadochokinetic syllable rate, hearing impaired high school students
-SectHd-
 3290 (PHYSICAL & PSYCHOSOMATIC DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 59
-A-
 72-20555
-W-
 Creative language abilities of deaf children.
 Marschark, Marc; West, Sue A.
 U North Carolina, Greensboro
 Jrnl of Speech & Hearing Research, 1985 Mar Vol 28(1) 73-78
 -CODEN-
 JSPHAH
-ISSN-
 00224685
-JrnlAnn-
 7208
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Investigated the language flexibility and creativity of deaf children by
 having 4 deaf (aged 12 yrs 10 mo to 15 yrs) and 4 hearing (aged 12 yrs 7 mo
 to 14 yrs 11 mo) Ss generate stories to experimenter-supplied themes. These
 were videotaped and examined for instances of nonliteral communication. Deaf
 Ss were enrolled in a total communication program; 2 used signed English and
 2 used American sign language. The stories of all Ss were translated into
 signed English and scored. Results show that, contrary to previous claims
 that deaf children are extremely rigid and literal in their language use,
 deaf Ss showed considerable use of creative language devices when evaluated
 in sign rather than vocal language. Deaf Ss produced traditional types of
 figurative constructions at a rate equal to their hearing age-mates and
 surpassed them in 4 other categories of nonliteral expression. Findings are
 discussed in terms of the cognitive skills required for and reflected by
 figurative language use and common assumptions concerning deaf children's
 related abilities. It is suggested that evaluating the linguistic and
 cognitive skills of deaf school children in terms of English underestimates
 their abstractive linguistic and sognitive abilities. (34 ref)
-Desc-
 DEAF (13100); CREATIVITY (12380); SIGN LANGUAGE (47410); LANGUAGE
 DEVELOPMENT (27760); CHILDHOOD (08750); ADOLESCENCE (00920); COGNITIVE
 ABILITY (10050); SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (45540)
-Ident-
 language flexibility & creativity in sign language, deaf vs hearing 12.6-15
 yr olds
-SectHd-
 3290 (PHYSICAL & PSYCHOSOMATIC DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 60
-A-
 72-20439
-W-
 Communication skill development in intellectually handicapped children.
 Gordon, Murray; Nuthall, Graham; Wilton, Keri
 U Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand
 Australia & New Zealand Jrnl of Developmental Disabilities, 1984 Sep Vol
 10(3) 157-164
-ISSN-
 07263864
-JrnlAnn-
 7208
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Assessed the speech/language and communication skills of 48 6-12 yr old
 intellectually handicapped (with Stanford-Binet Intelligence Scales--Form
 L-M IQs of 20-50) special-school Ss. Their need for specialist help in the
 sommunication area was assessed by Ss' 10 teachers and 39 of their parents.
 Skills were assessed with a battery of brief screening tests. Findings show
 little or no progress with age in articulation and social communication
 skills, but sentence construction skills and vocabulary comprehension did
 show some continuing improvement with age. Fewer than half of the Ss had had
 any contact at all with a speech therapist, and in most of these cases such
 contact had been of a limited nature. Failure to develop articulation skills
 led to a failure to progress in social communication as judged by the
 parents. (9 ref)
-Desc-
 MENTALLY RETARDED (30890); COMMUNICATION SKILLS (10540); LANGUAGE
 DEVELOPMENT (27760); SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (45540); CHILDHOOD (08750)
-Ident-
 speech/language & communication skills, intellectually handicapped 6-12 yr
 olds
-SectHd-
 3250 (LEARNING DISORDERS & MENTAL RETARDATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 61
-A-
 72-20350
-W-
 Developmental patterns in the infants and young children of mentally ill
 mothers.
 Stott, Frances M.; Musick, Judith S.; Clark, Roseanne; Cohler, Bertram J.
 Erickson Inst, Chicago, IL
 Infant Mental Health Jrnl, 1983 Fal Vol 4(3) 217-235
 -CODEN-
 IMHJDZ
-ISSN-
 01639641
-JrnlAnn-
 7208
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 The development of 65 children (aged 2-49 mo) of mentally ill (MI) mothers
 (mean age 28.2) was compared with that of 36 children (aged 2-49 mo) of
 non-MI mothers (mean age 27.3 yrs). MI and non-MI mothers were matched
 according to age and sex of the youngest child, age and marital status,
 race, and SES. The children were assessed with the Bayles Scales of Infant
 Development (for Ss aged under 2 yrs), the Stanford Binet Intelligence
 Scale--Third Revision (for Ss aged 2 yrs), and the Infant and Child Behavior
 Scales (for Ss aged 1 yr or more). Results show the children of MI mothers
 scored lower on measures of intelligence and had a less adaptive coping
 style in the testing situation. Controls were more socially sompetent: They
 sought the attention of adults more often, responded more to social
 initiatives, displayed more positive affect, and sent clearer signals.
 Clinical data on the children of MI mothers complemented previous research
 data, indicating that these Ss displayed problems in the areas of
 interpersonal relationships, verbal-conceptual functioning, attentional
 skills, and mood and affect. Findings are compared to those of D. H. Gallant
 (1982) and A. J. Sameroff et al (see PA, Vol 72:20337). (40 ref)
-Desc-
 INFANT DEVELOPMENT (25060); MENTAL DISORDERS (30740); MOTHERS (32140); AT
 RISK POPULATIONS (04225); EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT (15770); PSYCHOSOCIAL
 DEVELOPMENT (41920); COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT (10080) ; CHILDHOOD (08750);
 ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 mentally ill vs non-mentally ill mothers, developmental patterns, 2-49 mo
 olds
-SectHd-
 3210 (MENTAL DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 62
-A-
 72-19990
-W-
 The semantic focus of maternal speech: A comment on Ninio & Bruner (1978).
 Soddard, M.; Durkin, Kevin; Rutter, D. R.
 U Kent, Canterbury, England
 Jrnl of Child Language, 1985 Feb Vol 2(1) 209-213
-ISSN-
 03050009
-JrnlAnn-
 7208
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Monitored 8 children with their mothers at ages 1.0, 1.6, and 2.0 yrs to
 investigate the extent to which labeling formed a focus of maternal speech
 (MS). Two 100-word samples of MS selected from transcripts recorded during
 each age period were analyzed. Findings show that mothers did not devote
 large proportions of their utterances to nominal labels. Some slarifications
 of A. Ninio and J. Bruner's (1978) conclusions are called for. (12 ref)
-Desc-
 SEMANTICS (46390); MOTHER CHILD COMMUNICATION (32125); INFANTS (25130);
 SPEECH CHARACTERISTICS (49070); LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT (27760); PROFESSIONAL
 CRITICISM (40700); CHILDHOOD (08750); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 semantic focus of maternal speech, mothers & their 1-2 yr old children,
 comments on A. Ninio & J. Bruner's paper
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY); 2720 (LANGUAGE & SPEECH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 63
-A-
 72-19854
-W-
 Facilitation of early syntax through discourse structure.
 Schwartz, Richard G. et al
 Purdue U, West Lafayette
 Jrnl of Child Language, 1985 Feb Vol 12(1) 13-25
-ISSN-
 03050009
-JrnlAnn-
 7208
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined the effect of an adult-child discourse structure on children's
 production of word combinations. 17 children (aged 1.5-2.1 yrs) at the
 single-word utterance level served as Ss. All of the Ss had expressive
 vocabularies ranging from 26 to 79 words. An experimental group of 6 Ss was
 engaged in vertical structures over 10 sessions, while the remaining Ss
 served as a control group. Ss in the experimental group were presented with
 unfamiliar object and action referents representing constructions encoding
 specific semantic relations. Pre- and posttests revealed a significant
 difference in the number of spontaneous and elicited multiword productions
 for the experimental group but no difference for the control group. Findings
 indicate that the increase in multiword productions seen in the experimental
 group was due to their participation in the vertical structure procedure.
 (12 ref)
-Desc-
 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (26220); SYNTAX (51220); LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT
 (27760); INFANTS (25130); PRESCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (40160); CHILDHOOD (08750)
-Ident-
 vertical structure of adult-child discourse, production of multiword
 utterances, 1.5-2.1 yr olds
-SectHd-
 2820 (COGNITIVE & PERCEPTUAL DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 64
-A-
 72-19746
-W-
 Are the rules of address universal III. Comparison of Chinese, Greek, and
 Korean usage.
 Kroger, Rolf O.; Wood, Linda A.; Kim, Uichol
 U Toronto, Canada
 Jrnl of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 1984 Sep Vol 15(3) 273-284
 -CODEN-
 JCPGB5
-ISSN-
 00220221
-JrnlAnn-
 7208
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Attempted to provide additional evidence for the invariant norm of address
 proposed by R. Brown (1965) and investigated the alleged universality of the
 invariant norm by comparing the nominal forms of address used by speakers of
 Korean with those used by speakers of modern Greek and Chinese, as reported
 by the 1st author and colleagues (1979; see also PA, Vol 72:19745). 27
 Korean speakers from Korea and 46 Korean speakers from Canada (aged 15-76
 yrs) reported actual address usage in 34 dyadic relationships distributed
 over 6 categories based on the structure of Korean social relationships.
 Responses were coded in terms of 3 quantitative indices that assessed the
 degrees of reciprocity, solidarity, and inequality in dyadic address
 exchanges. Results support Brown's description of address exchange and
 support the universality of the rules of address. There were no significant
 differences in address usage between Korean speakers living in Korea and
 those living in Canada. A comparison of Korean, Greek, and Chinese usage
 revealed substantial cross-cultural sonsistency. Although who is subordinate
 to whom may be defined differently in various cultures, the idea of
 subordination appears to be universal. (12 ref)
-Desc-
 SOCIAL BEHAVIOR (48080); INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (26220); CROSS CULTURAL
 DEFFERENCES (12590); PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF CHINA (37290); GREECE (21650);
 SOUTH KOREA (48782); THEORY VERIFICATION (52620); ASIANS (04007);
 ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 address usage in dyadic relationships, native Greek vs Chinese vs 15-76 yr
 old Korean speakers from Korea vs Canada, test of R. Brown's invariant norms
 of address theory
-SectHd-
 2720 (LANGUAGE & SPEECH); 2930 (CULTURE & ETHNOLOGY & RELIGION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 65
-A-
 72-19745
-W-
 Are the rules of address universal II. Greek usage.
 Kroger, Rolf O.; Wood, Linda A.; Beam, Thelma
 U Toronto, Canada
 Jrnl of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 1984 Sep Vol 15(3) 259-272
 -CODEN-
 JCPGB5
-ISSN-
 0220221
-JrnlAnn-
 7208
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Investigated the applicability of R. Brown's (1965) invariant norm of
 address theory to modern Greek usage. The theory describes the alleged
 universal relationship between social power and intimacy and between
 equality and inequality in social relations. 56 Greek speakers (aged 11-70
 yrs) reported actual address usage in 28 dyadic relationships distributed
 over 6 categories, based on the structure of Greek social relationships.
 Responses were coded in terms of 3 quantatative indices that measured the
 degree of reciprocity, solidarity, and inequality in dyadic address
 exchanges. Results provide strong support for Brown's description of the
 universal structure of address exchange. As predicted, 6 dyadic types were
 generated from the joint consideration of the status and solidarity
 dimensions of interpersonal relationships in modern Greek distinct address
 patterns. Each category of dyads had its own characteristic pattern of
 address exchange that generally fit the theoretical patterns expected on the
 basis of the invariant norm. In general, the interpretation of exchanges in
 ambiguous dyads was more dependent on the particular context of interaction
 than was the interpretation of exchanges in unambiguous dyads. (10 ref)
-Desc-
 GREECE (21650); SOCIAL BEHAVIOR (48080); INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
 (26220); SOCIOCULTURAL FACTORS (48500); THEORY VERIFICATION (52620);
 CHILDHOOD (08750); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 address usage in dyadic relationships, 11-70 yr old Greek speakers, Greece,
 test of R. Brown's invariant norm of address theory
-SectHd-
 2720 (LANGUAGE & SPEECH); 2930 (CULTURE & ETHNOLOGY & RELIGION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 66
-A-
 72-19097
-W-
 A comparison of the Marital Interaction Coding System and community ratings
 for assessing mother-adolescent problem-solving.
 Robin, Arthur L.; Canter, William
 Children's Hosp of Michigan, Psychiatry/Psychology Dept, Detroit
 Behavioral Assessment, 1984 Fal Vol 6(4) 303-313
-ISSN-
 01915401
-JrnlAnn-
 7208
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Assessed the clinical utility of subjective appraisals of parent-adolescent
 problem solving by comparing ratings of 15 mother-father-adolescent triads
 of audiotaped interactions to trained soders ratings on the marital
 interaction coding system developed by R. L. Weiss et al (1973). Mothers
 (average age 47.2 yrs), fathers (average age 50.1 yrs), adolescents (average
 age 16.2 yrs), and 13 mental health professionals rated discussions of
 distressed and nondistressed families on Likert scales of conflict, problem
 solving, communication, and the perceived frequency of 21 behaviors included
 in the marital interaction soding system. Trained observers also coded the
 tapes using the system. The subjective ratings and the objective coding of
 families' problem solving were substantially correlated for summary scores
 and selected individual sategories. Distressed and no distressed families
 differed on both the subjective ratings and the objective coding categories.
 Implications of using subjective appraisals as an economical alternative to
 detailed coding systems are explored. (10 ref)
-Desc-
 PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); TEST RELIABILITY (52250); ADOLESCENTS
 (00950); RATING SCALES (42890); MARITAL RELATIONS (29640); ADOLESCENCE
 (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 community ratings vs Marital Interaction Coding System, appraisal of
 parent-adolescent problem solving, families with adolescents & mental health
 professionals
-SectHd-
 2220 (TEST CONSTRUCTION & VALIDATION); 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 67
-A-
 72-18232
-W-
 Increasing community independence for adolescents with spina bifida.
 Sherman, Roberta G.; Berling, Barbara S.; Oppenheimer, Sonya
 Cincinnati Ctr for Developmental Disorders, OH
 Adolescence, 1985 Spr Vol 20(7) 1-13
 -CODEN-
 ADOLAO
-ISSN-
 00018449
-JrnlAnn-
 7207
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 A community-based habilitation program focusing on normalization and
 individual goal setting was effective in enhancing levels of independence in
 14 teenagers with spina bifida. The greatest strength in the program was
 support and socialization among the Ss. Recommendations for programming
 include a focus on vocational and prevocational activities, improved
 sommunication among staff, and improved coordination of concurrent meetings
 for parents and teenagers. (13 ref)
-Desc-
 SPINA BIFIDA (49245); COMMUNITY SERVICES (10690); INDEPENDENCE (PERSONALITY)
 (24790); ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 community based habilitation program, enhancement of levels of independence,
 teenagers with spina bifida
-SectHd-
 3373 (COMMUNITY SERVICES & MENTAL HEALTH PROGRAMS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 68
-A-
 72-18017
-W-
 A communication program for enhancing interaction in families with a
 hearing-impaired child.
 Schoenwald-Oberbeck, Beth
 American Annals of the Deaf, 1984 Sep Vol 129(4) 362-369
 -CODEN-
 ANDFAL
-ISSN-
 0002726X
-JrnlAnn-
 7207
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Describes the development of a communication program for families with a
 hearing-impaired child (FWHIC) and the results of its testing with 4
 families with 1 11-14 yr old hearing-impaired child. The program, which was
 sonducted for 10 nights in the families' homes, integrated positive
 sommunicative dimensions with issues related to this population. A matched
 control group of 4 families participated in loosely structured discussions.
 The Family Environment Scale and ratings of videotaped discussion were used
 as assessment measures. Findings indicate that the FWHIC program did have
 beneficial effects for parents and/or children. Some major findings include
 improved awareness skills, the ability to label feelings and skills,
 increased perceptions for family cohesiveness, and decreased perceptions of
 family conflict. Control families perceived some deterioration in their
 perceptions of family environment and a decrease in their awareness and
 social interaction skills. A 3-4 wk follow-up analysis indicated several
 long-term effects, although the majority of children and families perceived
 no changes. (24 ref)
-Desc-
 PARTIALLY HEARING IMPAIRED (36790); FAMILY RELATIONS (19250); COMMUNICATION
 SKILLS TRAINING (10542); ADOLESCENTS (00950); SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (45540);
 CHILDHOOD (08750); ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 development of communication program, families with 11-14 yr old
 hearing-impaired children
-SectHd-
 3313 (GROUP & FAMILY THERAPY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 69
-A-
 72-17978
-W-
 The effects of time-limited group psychotherapy: A controlled study.
 Budman, Simon H.; Demby, Annette; Feldstein, Michael; Gold, Morris
 Harvard Community Health Plan, Boston, MA
 International Jrnl of Group Psychotherapy, 1984 Oct Vol 34(4) 587-603
 -CODEN-
 IJGPAO
-ISSN-
 00207284
-JrnlAnn-
 7207
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Administered measures of psychiatric symptoms, idiopathic problems,
 perceptions of interpersonal relations, peer interactions, relationship with
 therapist, group experience, and attitudes regarding group therapy to 36
 adults pre- and postparticipation in short-term group psychotherapy or
 waiting-list control condition. Results show that Ss felt the groups enabled
 them to make some important gains in their targeted problem areas, but there
 were no dramatic differences between the experimental and control groups. It
 is suggested that time-limited group psychotherapy provides Ss with an
 opportunity to begin to change aspects of their lives about which they fell
 dissatisfaction or demoralization. (23 ref)
-Desc-
 BRIEF PSYCHOTHERAPY (06970); CLIENT ATTITUDES (09527); GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY
 (21810); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 time-limited group psychotherapy, perception of change, pre- &
 postparticipation adult patients
-SectHd-
 3313 (GROUP & FAMILY THERAPY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 70
-A-
 72-1752
-W-
 Clinical aspects of dangerous behavior.
 Menuck, Morton
 U Toronto, Clarke Inst of Psychiatry, Canada
 Jrnl of Psychiatry & Law, 1983 Fal Vol 11(3) 277-304
 -CODEN-
 JPSLAN
-ISSN-
 00931853
-JrnlAnn-
 7207
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses the relationship between psychiatric disturbance and violent
 behavior. Early biodevelopmental influences that result in varying degrees
 of brain dysfunction can predispose an individual to impulsivity and
 hyperaggressiveness. Deprivation of the early conditions crucial for ego
 formation and for the establishment of object relations can impair identity
 development, ego boundaries, frustration tolerance, and impulse control, and
 they can promote mistrust, hatred, and fear toward others. The likelihood
 that a violent predisposition will be expressed in overt violent action is a
 function of the intensity of aggressive drive, the adequacy of
 sounter-controls against its expression in behavior, and the quality of
 interpersonal relationships and social adjustment. The likelihood will be
 greater when, as a consequence of psychiatric disturbance, aggressive drive
 is heightened, ego controls are weakened, and/or relationships and social
 adjustment are impaired. A differential diagnosis for violent behavior
 includes somatogenic and psychogenic states of affective and behavioral
 excitation and disinhibition, dyscontrol problems related to
 sharacterological disturbance, and paranoid disorders.
-Desc-
 VIOLENCE (55770); FORENSIC PSYCHIATRY (20190); MENTAL DISORDERS (30740)
-Ident-
 psychiatric disturbance & violent behavior
-SectHd-
 3210 (MENTAL DISORDERS); 2960 (POLITICAL & LEGAL PROCESSES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 71
-A-
 72-17165
-W-
 The transmission of racial attitudes from fathers to sons: A study of Blacks
 and Whites
 Carlson, James M.; Iovini, Joseph
 Providence Coll
 Adolescence, 1985 Spr Vol 20(77) 233-237
 -CODEN-
 ADOLAO
-ISSN-
 00018449
-JrnlAnn-
 7207
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined relationships between racial attitudes of 100 White fathers and
 sons and 100 Black fathers and sons. Fathers indicated their own racial
 attitudes, while sons indicated their perceptions of their fathers' racial
 attitudes as well as their own. Sons of both races perceived their fathers
 to be more prejudiced than they actually were. There was a relationship
 between fathers' perceived racial attitudes and sons' attitudes in the White
 sample, but Black fathers appeared to have no influence on the racial
 attitudes of their sons. It appeared that adolescents' perception of
 parental attitudes is more relevant to socialization than actual attitudes.
 With regard to racial attitudes, Black families appeared to be less
 influential in the socialization process. (5 ref)
-Desc-
 RACIAL AND ETHNIC ATTITUDES (42617); FATHER CHILD COMMUNICATION (19375);
 SONS (48710); BLACKS (06150); WHITES (56720); RACIAL AND ETHNIC DIFFERENCES
 (42618); SOCIALIZATION (48470); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 transmission of racial attitudes, White vs Black fathers vs sons
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 72
-A-
 72-16991
-W-
 The function of language for the young child: A report on research and
 experiences in England 1972-1982.
 Smith, Lydia A.
 Simmons Coll, Human Services Program
 Jrnl of Education, Boston, 1984 Fal Vol 166(3) 273-290
-ISSN-
 00220574
-JrnlAnn-
 7207
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Reviews the work of S. Isaacs and N. Isaacs (published 1929-1974) in shild
 development and educational psychology, which is held to provide a
 sontemporary analysis of the origin and function of human language. Their
 theory emphasized the ""prestige of the adult'' in every adult-child
 interaction; the need for full and free verbal expression (if not action);
 the child as a young scientist investigating his/her world; the holistic
 nature of children's experience; the importance of the unconscious world of
 feelings, fears, and fantasies that coexists with cognition at every stage;
 and the vital role played by living language as the child comes to deal with
 the world of things and people in ways that are satisfying and effective.
 The views of Isaacs and Isaacs are compared to those of Dewey, Freud, and
 Piaget. Different educational philosophies are discussed in this sontext,
 and it is concluded that Isaacs and Isaacs viewed education as guiding
 children's innate power of growth and language as a means of sommunicating
 appropriate guidance and representing the real world. (36 ref)
-Desc-
 LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT (27760); VERBAL COMMUNICATION (55520) ; CHILDREN
 (08830); THEORIES (52590); CHILDHOOD (08750)
-Ident-
 need & function of language & verbal expression, children, review of S.
 Isaccs & N. Isaacs's work
-SectHd-
 2820 (COGNITIVE & PERCEPTUAL DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 73
-A-
 72-16880
-W-
 Male midlife development.
 Mealie, Jack H.
 Case Western Reserve U, School of Medicine
 Jrnl of Family Practice, 1984 Aug Vol 19(2) 211-217
-ISSN-
 00943509
-JrnlAnn-
 7207
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses male midlife development from the age of 40 to 65 yrs, noting that
 clinical experience and long-term studies have shown that fundamental
 changes in attitude and behavior continue to occur throughout middle age. An
 understanding of development during middle ge provides a perspective for the
 unusual behavior shown by a minority of middle-aged adults. D. J. Levinson
 (1978 delineates alternating phases of structure-building periods (6-8 yrs)
 with transitional upheavals lasting 4-5 yrs. The latter includes an upheaval
 in the early 40's and again in the 50's. G. E. Vaillant (1977) emphasizes a
 career consolidation stage between E. Erikson's (1963) young adulthood
 (intimacy) and the generativity stage of the 50's. This sonsolidation stage
 corresponds in many ways to Levinson's transitional stage of the 40's.
 Vaillant also suggests that maturity in midlife is reflected by the changes
 in the use of more mature adaptive mechanisms as the adult moves toward the
 60's. Development tasks during middle age include adjusting to bodily
 changes; achieving career goals; readjusting to the marital dyad, adult
 children, and aging parents; and planning for security in old age. (10 ref)
-Desc-
 HUMAN MALES (23490); MIDDLE AGED (31310); ADULT DEVELOPMENT (01127);
 DEVELOPMENTAL STAGES (13870); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 stages in midlife development, 40-65 yr old males Sect. Head.: 2800
 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 74
-A-
 72-16850
-W-
 Television and the gifted child.
 Aelman, Robert
 Cleveland State U
 Roeper Review, 1984 Nov Vol 7(2) 115-118
-ISSN-
 02783193
-JrnlAnn-
 7207
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Notes that the limited research focusing on the impact of TV on the gifted
 child substantiates a direct relationship between the extent of TV exposure
 and the potential to influence the viewer. The amount of sommunication
 between family members may serve to supplement or replace the sonsumption of
 mass communication. The greatest disparity in consumption among gifted and
 nongifted children occurs during the ages of 6-11 yrs, when the amount of TV
 viewing drops substantially among gifted children. During adolescence there
 is little disparity among children and in some sases, consumption is highest
 along gifted adolescents. It is concluded that TV provides a powerful means
 of offering gifted children useful information about people, events, and
 social situations through incidental learning in the household and
 intentional learning experiences in the slassroom. However, TV also has the
 potential to confront children with representatives that they are unprepared
 to understand. Gifted preschool shildren have the same inaccurate
 perceptions of the reality of TV sharacters and storylines as nongifted
 children. And for adolescents, many ideas and/or standards of appearance or
 behavior are derived from the viewing of TV programming. It is suggested
 that parents should use sommercial TV to enrich their academically gifted
 child's environment as a sonstructive means of informal education in the
 home. (39 ref)
-Desc-
 TELEVISION VIEWING (51940); GIFTED (21060); CHILDHOOD (08750); ADOLESCENCE
 (00920)
-Ident-
 influence of TV, gifted children
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 75
-A-
 72-16679
-W-
 Endocrine effects of the cold pressor test: Relationships to subjective pain
 appraisal and coping.
 Bullinger, Monika et al
 Ludwig-Maximilians-U Munchen, Inst of Medical Psychology, West Germany
 Psychiatry Research, 1984 Jul Vol 12(3) 227-233
-ISSN-
 01651761
-JrnlAnn-
 7207
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Investigated whether endorphins and other stress hormones are released
 through experimental noxious stimulation and whether psychological processes
 such as pain appraisal and coping styles are related to the neuroendocrine
 response. Blood was drawn from 14 normal volunteers (mean age 30 yrs) twice
 before, immediately after a 1-min immersion of the nondominant hand in ice
 water (cold pressor test), and twice during recovery. Serum levels of
 beta-endorphin, cortisol, prolactin, growth hormone, and opioid activity
 were determined, and measures of subjective pain appraisal and coping styles
 were obtained. Cortisol was the only variable to show a significant increase
 as a function of noxious stimulation. Correlational analysis yielded
 relationships between neuroendocrine variables and subjective pain appraisal
 as well as coping styles, suggesting complex interactions between
 neuroendocrine and psychological processes in human pain. (32 ref)
-Desc-
 PAIN PERCEPTION (36170); COPING BEHAVIOR (11790); COLD EFFECTS (10200);
 ENDORPHINS (17386); HORMONES (23260); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 noxious cold stimulation, release of endorphins & cortisol & prolactin &
 growth hormone & opioids & relationship to pain appraisal & soping, normal
 adult volunteers
-SectHd-
 ?560 (PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 76
-A-
 72-15986
-W-
 The school counselor's role in the communication of suicidal ideation by
 adolescents.
 Wellman, Mary M.
 Rhode Island Coll
 School Counselor, 1984 Nov Vol 32(2) 104-109
 -CODEN-
 SCCODV
-ISSN-
 00366536
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Reviews and summarizes the verbal and behavioral messages of adolescents
 (ADs) considered at risk for suicide in terms of the 5-stage model of
 suicidal behavior proposed by J. Jacobs (1980). These messages include
 prevailing sadness; difficulty in concentrating; acting-out behavior;
 academic failure; social isolation; disharmony or disruption in the family;
 recent loss of or attempted suicide of a loved one; atypical eating/sleeping
 patterns; verbal remarks about sense of failure, worthlessness, and
 isolation, absence, or death; written stories on the ame themes; collection
 of pills or harmful devices; giving away of personal possessions; writing of
 a suicide note; and previous suicide attempts. The 5-stage model is applied
 to 3 cases of AD suicidal ideation: The lst case is that of an AD reported
 by J. E. Mack and H. Hickler (1981), and the 2nd and 3rd cases are of ADs
 known to the author. It is contended that often a teacher will bring the AD
 at risk to the attention of the school counselor. The AD should be referred
 to the multidisciplinary planning and placement team, and parents and
 appropriate professionals should be immediately informed. The team meeting
 should also take place immediately. Referral to other social service
 agencies may be necessary. Coordination of efforts between counselor,
 psychologist, and classroom teachers will ensure that the AD does not
 receive conflicting messages. (7 ref)
-Desc-
 SUICIDE (50620); ADOLESCENTS (00950); SUICIDE PREVENTION (50640); SCHOOL
 COUNSELORS (45580); AT RISK POPULATIONS (04225); MESSAGES (30980);
 ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 verbal & behavioral messages & school counselor's role, suicidal
 adolescents
-SectHd-
 3590 (COUNSELING & MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 77
-A-
 72-15869
-W-
 An ecological language intervention approach with mentally retarded
 adolescents.
 Gullo, Dominic F.; Gullo, Jeanne C.
 Kent State U
 Language, Speech, & Hearing Services in Schools, 1984 Jul Vol 15(3) 182-191
 -CODEN-
 LGSHA4 ISNN: 01611461
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Describes an ecological approach that can be used to develop sommunication
 skills in moderately mentally retarded adolescents. It is noted that many of
 the traditional treatments for language intervention were developed to
 remediate specific linguistic constructs, but these treatment approaches do
 not integrate linguistic constructs nor do they use materials that are
 developmentally appropriate. The present approach, on the other hand,
 integrates phonetics, semantics, syntax, and pragmatic into a meaningful
 context that is appropriate for the age and socioemotional maturity of
 adolescents. The program is discussed in terms of goals; the setting; and
 roles of the clinician, classroom teacher, and parents. Examples of actual
 treatment plans are also outlined. (15 ref)
-Desc-
 TRAINABLE MENTALLY RETARDED (53760); SPECIAL EDUCATION (48930); TEACHING
 METHODS (51740); LANGUAGE ARTS EDUCATION (27750); ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 ecological language intervention approach, trainable mentally retarded
 adolescents
-SectHd-
 3570 (SPECIAL & REMEDIAL EDUCATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 78
-A-
 72-15639
-W-
 Intellectual traditions in psychiatric mental health nursing: A review of
 selected textbooks.
 Osborne, Oliver H.
 U Washington, Seattle
 Jrnl of Psychosocial Nursing & Mental Health Services, 1984 Nov Vol 22(11)
 27-32
-ISSN-
 02793695
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.; BIBLIOGRAPHY
 Reviews selected psychiatric and mental health undergraduate nursing
 textbooks published since the early 20th century. Trends in texts written by
 psychiatrists, the collaborative tradition, flexibility, and psychiatric
 nurse authorship are outlined. The influence of H. Peplau's (1952)
 Interpersonal Relations in Nursing: A Conceptual Framework for Psychodynamic
 Nursing on master's degree training and the integration of nursing concepts
 into practice is detailed. The current encyclopedic nature of training is
 described, and greater adherence to theory as a cohesive force is urged. (29
 ref)
-Desc-
 BIBLIOGRAPHY (05880); TEXTBOOKS (52475); PSYCHIATRIC NURSES (41450); NURSING
 EDUCATION (34690)
-Ident-
 intellectual traditions in psychiatric & mental health nursing, bibliography
 of undergraduate nursing textbooks
-SectHd-
 3400 (PROFESSIONAL PERSONNEL AND PROFESSIONAL ISSUES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 79
-A-
 72-15577
-W-
 Family therapy with adolescent drug abusers and their families: Defying
 gravity and achieving escape velocity.
 Reilly, Dennis M.
 Southeast Nassau Guidance Counseling Ctr, Long Island, NY
 Jrnl of Drug Issues, 1984 Spr Vol 14(2) 381-391
 -CODEN-
 JDGIA6
-ISSN-
 00220426
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses adolescent drug abuse as a symptom of family system dysfunction.
 It is contended that adolescent drug abuse reflects a defect in the normal
 family ""launch sequence,'' by which the adolescent is prepared for gradual
 disengagement and separation from the family of origin. Malfunctioning
 patterns of interaction characteristic of families of drug abusers are
 discussed, such as parental denial and inability to set sonsistent limits
 and an atmosphere of emotional anesthesia, and the sentral role played by
 impaired mourning and impacted grief is addressed. Family therapy is
 recommended to prepare the youthful drug abuser to resume the launch
 sequence and achieve successful separation and individuation from his/her
 family. The techniques employed in this launch sequence include the
 following: engaging the family, utilizing a time limit for treatment,
 emphasizing the positive, improving communication, maintaining flexibility
 in organizing family therapy sessions, using paradoxial interventions and
 cognitive-behavioral techniques, and handling ""griefwork'' and termination.
 (32 ref)
-Desc-
 SEPARATION INDIVIDUATION (46665); FAMILY THERAPY (19290); DRUG ABUSE
 (15220); ADOLESCENTS (00950); FAMILY RELATIONS (19250); ADOLESCENCE (00920);
 ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 family therapy, drug abuse as symptom of family system dysfunction,
 adolescents & their families
-SectHd-
 3383 (DRUG & ALCOHOL REHABILITATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 80
-A-
 72-15135
-W-
 An integration of brief dynamic psychotherapy.
 Gustafson, James P.
 U Wisconsin Medical School, Madison
 American Jrnl of Psychiatry, 1984 Aug Vol 141(8) 935-944
 -CODEN-
 AJPSAO
-ISSN-
 0002953X
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Presents case material to illustrate a set of principles of technique and
 selection for brief dynamic psychotherapy. These principles include the use
 of focal inquiry to locate the recurrent disturbance, the management of
 resistance, and resolution of missing capabilities. The rigidities and
 selective inattention of neurotic patients are discussed, and it is
 suggested that in some cases patients should be helped to shore up their
 rigid structure and get through the current disturbance with eliteria for
 selection are sonsidered in terms of the patient's previous handling of
 problems, ability to establish interpersonal relationships, and the
 occurrence of a breakthrough in trial therapy. It is noted that movement
 toward major shange may be thwarted by negative feedback loops involving the
 patient's social relationships and behavioral patterns. (57 ref)
-Desc-
 BRIEF PSYCHOTHERAPY (06970)
-Ident-
 principles of technique & selection for brief dynamic psychotherapy
-SectHd-
 3310 (PSYCHOTHERAPY & PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC COUNSELING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 81
-A-
 72-15104
-W-
 Clinical bias against ""activity'' in women and implications for female
 self-concept.
 Bowman, Phyllis
 Northeastern U
 International Jrnl for the Advancement of Counselling, 1982 Vol (1) 63-71
-ISSN-
 01650653
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined the influence of client sex on the treatment planning of an active
 client. One of 2 versions of a fictitious case (client either male or
 female) of an S active in work, sex, and interpersonal relationship was
 presented to 28 social workers, 28 psychiatrists, 2 nurses, and 3
 psychologists who practiced as psychotherapists. 70% of s were 20-30 yrs
 old, 22% were 31-40 yrs old, and 8% were aged 41+ yrs. Results show that
 therapists responded to the client's sex when making treatment plans. Bias
 against activity in women was demonstrated, since the female client was seen
 as having an interpersonal relationship problem and as not having achieved
 normal femininity. It is suggested that therapists must be aware of the
 potential negative consequences to a woman's basic self-esteem resulting
 from encouragement toward meeting the needs of others and not her own. It is
 further suggested that an androynous self-concept would allow a person to
 display both feminine and masculine behavior depending on situational
 requirements. (20 ref)
-Desc-
 HUMAN FEMALES (23450); CLIENT CHARACTERISTICS (09540); SEX ROLE ATTITUDES
 (46935); THERAPIST ATTITUDES (52680); PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC PROCESSES (42040);
 PSYCHOTHERAPISTS (42100); SELF CONCEPT (46220); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 sex of active client, clinical bias apparent in treatment plan social
 workers & psychiatrists & nurses & psychologists practicing psychotherapy
-SectHd-
 3310 (PSYCHOTHERAPY & PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC COUNSELING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 82
-A-
 72-15096
-W-
 ""My mother and he.''
 Abrams, Samuel
 Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 1984 Jul Vol 53(3) 431-432
 -CODEN-
 PSQAAX
-ISSN-
 00332828
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Analyzes a grammatical error made by a male patient while he was focusing on
 his parents' sex life and also fantasizing about a poisonous snake. It was
 suggested to the analysand that the grammatical slip (""my mother and he'')
 served to exclude his father from being part of the same prepositional
 phrase as his mother. This comment enabled the patient to see an association
 between the snake, his father's penis, and his adolescent notion that sex
 put his mother in jeopardy.
-Desc-
 PSYCHOANALYTIC INTERPRETATION (41540); VERBAL COMMUNICATION (55520); CASE
 REPORT (07790); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 analysis of grammatical error made while discussing parents' sex life, male
 psychoanalytic patient
-SectHd-
 3310 (PSYCHOTHERAPY & PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC COUNSELING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 83
-A-
 72-14984
-W-
 Behavioral disturbance in deaf adolescents and adults: A clinical
 perspective. Rodda, Michael
 U Alberta, Edmonton, Canada
 Jrnl of Rehabilitation of the Deaf, 1984 Oct Vol 18(2) 1-6
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Reviews some of the behavior and adjustment problems parents of
 hearing-impaired adolescents associate with deafness and summarizes the
 relationship between communication and behavior. A revision of M. Rodda's
 (see PA, Vol 53:9968) classification of behavioral problems of deaf
 adolescent clients is proposed. The refined classification updates the
 sategories of delayed or retarded physical or cognitive impairments,
 institutional impairments, and depressive reaction. The classification also
 expands the family or environmentally based problem section to include such
 subgroups as "family problems/poor childraising,'' ""chip on the shoulder''
 syndrome, and ""mainstreaming failures.'' Primitive personality and
 inappropriate control categories are combined, and subgroups
 ""surdophrenia'' (immature ego development and inadequate relation of
 feedback about the effects of behavior) and ""other affective disorders''
 are added. Two classification categories, psychosexual adjustment and
 marital problems and multihandicapped deaf people are introduced.
 Therapeutic approaches for dealing with problems of the hearing impaired are
 discussed, emphasizing the use of general strategies and educational
 practices that foster the development of adequate self-esteem. (18 ref)
-Desc-
 ADOLESCENTS (00950); BEHAVIOR PROBLEMS (05650); DEAF (13100); TREATMENT
 (54190); PSYCHODIAGNOSTIC TYPOLOGIES (41640); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD
 (01150)
-Ident-
 behavior & adjustment problems & revision of classification systems, deaf
 adolescents & adults, implications for treatment
-SectHd-
 3290 (PHYSICAL & PSYCHOSOMATIC DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 84
-A-
 72-14300
-W-
 Filial expectations, association, and helping as a function of number of
 shildren among older rural-transitional parents.
 Kivett, Vira R.; Akinson, Maxine P.
 U North Carolina, School of Home Economics, Greensboro
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1984 Jul Vol 39(4) 499-503
 -CODEN-
 JOGEA3
-ISSN-
 00221422
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Compared older adults with an only child ( n = 57) with parents with 2 or 3
 children ( n = 139) and parents with 4 or more children ( n = 83) with
 regard to filial expectations and frequency of parent-child association and
 assistance. Ss were all over 65 yrs of age, 38% were men, and the average
 length of residence in the neighborhood was 35 yrs. Ss were administered a
 14-item questionnaire. Results show no differences between groups with
 regard to filial expectations. Parents of only children, however, were less
 likely to receive assistance and to have seen a child in the last 48 hrs.
 Only a minimal amount of variance could be explained in parent-child
 association and helping, except for parents of only children. Factors
 influencing association and helping patterns were observed to vary according
 to number of children. Whereas income, geographical proximity, and health of
 older parents were central to the assistance received by parents of only
 children, sex-linked factors, health of parents, and geographical proximity
 were found to contribute to the amount of help received by parents with more
 than 1 child. (12 ref)
-Desc-
 EXPECTATIONS (18460); AGED (01370); PARENT CHILD RELATIONS (36590); ONLY
 CHILDREN (35335); RURAL ENVIRONTENTS (45040); ASSISTANCE (SOCIAL BEHAVIOR)
 (04100); ADULT OFFSPRING (01135); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 filial expectations & frequency of parent-child association & assistance,
 older adults with only children vs 2 or 3 v 4 or more
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 85
-A-
 72-14295
-W-
 Coping with adolescents: Survival tips for parents.
 Harris, Belinda
 Oregon State U, Corvallis
 Creative Child & Adult Quarterly, 1984 Fal Vol 9(3) 167-168
-ISSN-
 00987565
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. Discusses parent-adolescent communication problems that result
 when parents rely on dated notions of parenting (i.e., ""children should be
 seen and not heard'') or when they rely too heavily on power as a means of
 discipline. It is argued that parents need to be taught what it is like to
 be an adolescent in modern times--teen development, pressures and stresses
 placed on adolescents, and the choices and decisions with which they are
 sonfronted. The importance of parental listening in developing and
 maintaining effective lines of communication is stressed.
-Desc-
 PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); ADOLESCENTS (00950); CHILD DISCIPLINE
 (08680); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 parent child communication & discipline, adolescents
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 86
-A-
 72-14186
-W-
 Adolescents and their experience of parental divorce.
 McLoughlin, David; Whitfield, Richard
 Family Court of Australia, Parramatta
 Jrnl of Adolescence, 1984 Jun Vol 7(2) 155-170
-ISSN-
 01401971
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Interviewed 4 adolescents regarding their reactions to the separation and
 divorce of their natural parents. 82% of the Ss were living with their
 mother. Six Ss were only children, and 48% were eldest children. 19% of the
 Ss had just left chool. Results suggest that parental divorce does not
 necessarily interfere with adolescent development, that adolescents prefer
 to live in a 1-parent home than a 2-parent home that is fraught with
 sonflict, and that it is preferable for parents who are unable to resolve
 such conflict in any other way to separate rather than allow it to persist.
 Results also provide suggestions as to the way divorcing parents should
 behave if they are to facilitate the adjustment of their adolescent shildren
 to the divorce process. Attention is drawn to the extent to which divorcing
 parents need to keep their children informed about their intentions, their
 conduct toward each other following the separation, and their conduct in
 forming and maintaining new relationships. (12 ref)
-Desc-
 ADOLESCENTS (00950); ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT (00930); DIVORCE (14780); PARENT
 CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); PARENTS (36680); ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 parental separation & divorce, reactions & development, adolescents,
 implications for parent role in facilitation of adolescent shildren's
 adjustment
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 87
-A-
 72-14162
-W-
 Adolescent drug use and the family environment: A review.
 Glynn, Thomas J.
 NIH National Cancer Inst, Bethesda, MD
 Jrnl of Drug Issues, 1984 Spr Vol 14(2) 271-25
 -CODEN-
 JDGIA6
-ISSN-
 00220426
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.; REVIEW
 Reviews past work on the role of the family in drug use and recent
 theoretical developments in this area. It is suggested that the development
 of homeostatic models that depart from previous linear ""cause and effect'
 models is particularly important in studying adolescent drug use (ADU).
 Research findings relevant to the family environment and ADU are presented.
 Birth order, family size, and family makeup, particularly in families with
 divorced parents, are suggested as variables needing further assessment with
 regard to their relationship to ADU. It is contended that sonsideration of
 family dynamics such as parental roles; parent-child relationships,
 especially in terms of distance regulation and overinvolvement; independence
 issues; and communication patterns are essensial in studying ADU and the
 family. The different patterns of drug use among men and women; longitudinal
 studies exploring the family life sycle or life span; and factors other than
 the family (including poverty, educational level, and media influence) are
 suggested as further areas of research in the study of ADU. (8 p ref)
-Desc-
 LITERATURE REVIEW (28580); DRUG USAGE (15400); ADOLESCENTS (00950); FAMILY
 (19300); HOME ENVIRONMENT (23150); ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 family environment, drug use, adolescents, literature review
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 88
-A-
 72-14051
-W-
 Some determinants of self correction: An iteractional study of Swiss-German.
 Conference on ""Beyond description in child language'' (1979, Nijmegen,
 Netherlands).
 Kasermann, Marie-Louise; Foppa, Klaus
 U Bern Psychiatrische Klinik, Switzerland
 Behavioural Development: A Series of Monographs, 1981 77-104
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 SYMPOSIUM/CONVENTION PAPERS
 Analyzes the interactive discourse between child and adult when mutual
 understanding is critical and demonstrates that even very young children are
 sensitive to an adult's signal of nonunderstanding. An examination of
 self-corrections by 16 4-5 yr old Swiss-German children showed that Ss
 tended to respond to nonspecific signals of noncomprehension by repeating
 utterances or deleting their redundant elements. Incomplete utterances were
 disambiguated by making additions or explaining ambiguous parts. The
 sorrespondence between Ss' induced and spontaneous repairs and the adult's
 modelling behavior suggest ways in which children can acquire their language
 abilities, particularly through the learning conditions provided by the
 adult. (18 ref)
-Desc-
 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (26220); LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT (27760);
 PROFESSIONAL MEETINGS AND SYMPOSIA (40740); PRESCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (40160);
 SWITZERLAND (50980); CHILDHOOD (08750)
-Ident-
 adult-child interaction, language self corrections, 4-5 yr old German
 speaking children, Switzerland, conference presentation
-SectHd-
 2820 (COGNITIVE & PERCEPTUAL DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 89
-A-
 72-13589
-W-
 Replicated evidence on the construct validity of the SCAG (Sandoz Clinical
 Assessment-Geriatric) scale.
 Patin, John R.; Hamot, Herman B.; Singer, Jack M.
 Sandoz Inc, Medical Research Dept, East Hanover, NJ
 Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry, 1984 Vol 8(2)
 293-306
 -CODEN-
 PNPPD7
-ISSN-
 02785846
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Factor analysis of data from 1,165 senile patients aged at least 60 yrs in
 21 double-blind studies yielded 5 factors: Cognitive Dysfunction,
 Interpersonal Relationships, Apathy, Affect, and Somatic Function. A
 retrospective review of the 1,165 case histories revealed that Ss fell into
 3 diagnostic classes: symptoms of dementia associated with multiple
 infarcts; patients with other medical disorders such as metabolic imbalances
 or pulmonary diseases that may have induced dementialike symptoms; and
 primary degenerative dementia. 18 ref)
-Desc-
 SENILE DEMENTIA (46440); CONSTRUCT VALIDITY (11445); GERIATRICS (20970);
 RATING SCALES (42890); PSYCHODIAGNOSIS (41600); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 construct validity of Sandoz Clinical Assessment-Geriatric scale, senile
 patients 60 yrs & older
-SectHd-
 2220 (TEST CONSTRUCTION & VALIDATION); 3290 (PHYSICAL & PSYCHOSOMATIC
 DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 90
-A-
 72-13389
-W-
 Brand congruence in interpersonal relations: A social network analysis.
 Reingen, Peter H.; Foster, Brian L.; Brown, Jacqueline J.; Seidman, Stephen
 B.
 Arizona State U, Coll of Business Administration, Tempe
 Jrnl of Consumer Research, 1984 Dec Vol 11(3) 771-783
 -CODEN-
 JCSRBL
-ISSN-
 0093501
-JrnlAnn-
 7205
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Asserts that previous research dealing with the notion of brand songruence
 has featured questionable methods of group determination, suspect
 demonstrations of brand congruence effects, and inadequate attention paid to
 types of social relation. To overcome these shortcomings, the present study
 used graph-theoretic social network techniques to examine interpersonal
 relationships and brand choice behavior in natural environments. 49 female
 undergraduates were asked to identify individuals in social relationships
 based on spatial proximity, special occasions, and affective conds and to
 list the brand names usually used and preferred for 16 products. The brand
 choices of Ss in a social relationship were compared to those of unrelated
 Ss across various products, types of social relation, and types of basic
 sociological structure (dyad, clique, and 2-plex (member/clique match)).
 While significant brand congruence effects were obtained, they were
 clustered in a few products mediated by types of social relation. Results
 support the notion of a correlation between group sohesiveness and member
 brand choice: Significantly greater overall brand songruence was found for
 multiplex cliques than for relation-specific sliques. Conspicuousness of the
 product, as traditionally defined, was insufficient to account for these
 findings. The effects of the phenomenon of joint brand consumption in
 interpersonal settings are examined. (45 ref)
-Desc-
 INTERPERSONAL INTERACTION (26250); CHOICE BEHAVIOR (09010) ; CONSUMER
 BEHAVIOR (11480); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 brand congruence, interpersonal relations, female college students
-SectHd-
 3690 (MARKETING & ADVERTISING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 91
-A-
 72-1326
-W-
 Group work with adolescents in a girls' comprehensive school.
 Rushton, Andree
 Jrnl of Adolescence, 1982 Sep Vol 5(3) 267-284
-ISSN-
 01401971
-JrnlAnn-
 7205
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Describes a project in which 4th-yr female students at a comprehensive
 school participated in discussion groups designed to improve communication
 among them, facilitate the expression of opinions and feelings, and
 enccurage a sense of responsibility for the progress of the group. A survey
 of students and group leaders showed that the most frequently discussed
 topics were boyfriends, parents, teachers, and marriage. Data on changes in
 topics during sessions, discussion style, the mood of the sessions, and the
 style of leadership are presented. Ss generally expressed positive reactions
 toward participation in the groups, although they reported boredom or
 disliked the structure or leadership of the groups. (25 ref)
-Desc-
 GROUP COUNSELING (21740); SCHOOL COUNSELING (4557?); HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS
 (22930); COMMUNICATION SKILLS TRAINING (10542); GROUP DISCUSSION (21750);
 ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 group discussion work, communication, 4th yr female somprehensive school
 students.
-SectHd-
 3590 (COUNSELING & MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 92
-A-
 72-12546
-W-
 Empirically based treatment for parent-adolscent conflict.
 Hall, James A.
 U Illinois, Jane Addams Coll of Social Work, Chicago
 Social Casework, 1984 Oct Vol 65(8) 487-495
 -CODEN-
 SOCAA2
-ISSN-
 00377678
-JrnlAnn-
 7205
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses treatment approaches to resolve conflict between parents and
 adolescents and proposes an empirically based practice model. Primary
 intervention with adolescent or parent only has not been thoroughly
 evaluated. Treatment with both parents and adolescents is often used;
 parents seem to benefit more directly than adolescents, although results
 have been mixed. However, a social work practice model, empirically
 evaluated, emphasizes separate treatment when anger is initially high and
 soncurrent treatment when conflict is initially low. Content of treatent
 includes changing the quality of talk, its ratio, and amount between parents
 and adolescents. Parents and youth are taught to model appropriate skills,
 explain expectations, listen, develop empathy for each other, control anger
 and stress, disagree without conflict, make own decisions, look for positive
 behavior to praise, avoid negatives, and examine sognitions for negative or
 irrational thoughts. Procedures include teaching and dmonstrating effective
 communication skills, structured role playing, sontingency contracting,
 stress management, and behavior observation. Assessment suggestions are
 included.
-Desc-
 INDIVIDUAL PSYCHOTHERAPY (24890); FAMILY THERAPY (19290); PARENT CHILD
 RELATIONS (36590); CONFLICT (11250); ADOLESCENTS (00950); LITERATURE REVIEW
 (28580); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 empirically based treatment employing individual &/or family therapy,
 parent-adolescent conflict, literature review
-SectHd-
 3313 (GROUP & FAMILY THERAPY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 93
-A-
 72-12512
-W-
 Psychotherapeutic issues for the learning disabled adult.
 Schulman, Steven S.
 Private practice, Bethesda, MD
 Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 1984 Dec Vol 15(6) 856-867
 -CODEN-
 PFPSAP
-ISSN-
 07357028
-JrnlAnn-
 7205
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses previously held misconceptions about learning disabilities in
 shildhood and their effects on subsequent adolescent and adult development.
 As a result of these misconceptions, learning disabled children were often
 told at the time of diagnosis that they were likely to spontaneously outgrow
 their affliction before reaching adulthood. Follow-up studies hase shown
 this not to be true, and many adults are now presenting with a variety of
 emotional problems either directly or indirectly related to their learning
 disabilities. Obstacles to the development of normal interpersonal
 relationships at school and in the family are described. The effects of this
 impaired development on adult functioning and the types of problems that
 typically result are outlined. Modifications of traditional psychotherapy
 techniques that have helped to assure successful treatment of this type of
 patient and the case example of an 18-yr-old learning disabled male are
 presented. (14 ref)
-Desc-
 LEARNING DISABILITIES (27980); ADULTS (01160); PSYCHOTHERAPY (42110);
 PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT (37750); EMOTIONAL DEVELOPMENT (16780); ADULTHOOD
 (01150)
-Ident-
 misconceptions about learning disabilities in childhood, subsequent
 personality & emotional development, learning disabled adults, implications
 for psychotherapy
-SectHd-
 3310 (PSYCHOTHERAPY & PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC COUNSELING); 3250 (LEARNING
 DISORDERS & MENTAL RETARDATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 94
-A-
 72-12100
-W-
 Psychological and physiological manifestations of relocation.
 Bourestom, Norman
 VA Medical Ctr, Intermediate Medicine Unit, St Cloud, MN
 Psychiatric Medicine, 1984 Mar Vol 2(1) 57-90
-ISSN-
 07320868
-JrnlAnn-
 7205
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 A review of the literature indicates that an elderly person's response to
 the stress of relocation is largely determined by the voluntariness of the
 move, the degree of environmental change involved, the person's mental and
 physical health, and the amount of planning and preparation for the move.
 Under certain conditions, relocation can result in higher mortality rates
 and decrements in health, behavioral functioning, and life satisfaction
 among the survivors. The sequelae of stress may be manifested in such forms
 as irritability, disturbed interpersonal relationships, and emotional
 insulation and detachment. The effects of relocation on the individual's
 sense of continuity and control are discussed. Guidelines for the
 preparation of institutional residents for relocation are derived from
 studies of such moves. (82 ref)
-Desc-
 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENTS (48200); STRESS RELATIONS (50180); AGED (01370);
 ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 psychological & physiological effects of relocation, elderly
-SectHd-
 3200 (PHYSICAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 95
-A-
 72-12069
-W-
 Empathy in adults and social class.
 Kalliopuska, Mirja
 U Helsinki, Div of Applied Psychology, Finland
 Psychological Reports, 1984 Aug Vol 55(1) 132-134
 -CODEN-
 PYRTAZ
-ISSN-
 00332941
-JrnlAnn-
 7205
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 341 parents of school-aged children, making up 215 different families, were
 tested during hoe interviews with A. Mehrabian and N. Epstein's (see PA, Vol
 50:3075) emotional empathy scale. Ss' social class was assessed according to
 occupation of the head of the family. Class 1 designated occupations
 requiring academic degrees; Class 2 represented senior office workers,
 foremen, and small firm managers; and Class 3 designated qualified
 professional and lower staff workers. Significant differences in empathy
 were not found between social classes among the mothers, although Class 1
 mothers seemed to be somewhat more empathetic than Class 2 and 3 mothers.
 Significant differences between social classes were noted among the fathers.
 Fathers of Class 2 (middle class) were most empathetic. Results support
 earlier findings of the positive relationship between empathy and
 middle-social class for fathers, but not for the mothers. (9 ref)
-Desc-
 SOCIAL CLASS (48120); EMPATHY (16970); MOTHERS (32140); FATHERS (19390);
 HUMAN SEX DIFFERENCES (23510); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 social class, empathy, mothers vs fathers
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY); 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 96
-A-
 72-11879
-W-
 Gender, culture, and geography: A comparison of seating arrangements in the
 United States and Taiwan.
 Cline, Rebecca J.; Puhl, Carol A.
 U Maryland, College Park
 International Jrnl of Intercultural Relations, 1984 Vol 8(2) 199-19
-ISSN-
 01471767
-JrnlAnn-
 7205
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Administered a 24-item questionnaire that considered possible sombinations
 of variables (sex of interaction partner, location, and 6 types of
 activities) connected with seating arrangements at a library table to 100
 female and 75 male US undergraduates and to 54 female and 29 male Chinese
 technical and junior college teachers of English as a foreign language in
 Taiwan. Results show that in keeping with the cultural theme of harmony,
 Chinese Ss were more likely than US Ss to prefer side seating. US Ss
 preferred that arrangement only for mutually involving activities. It is
 suggested that the corner seating preferred by US Ss for personal matters
 would be viewed as aggressive by Chinese Ss. In the US, seating preferences
 functioned to separate same-sex partners and to bring together males and
 females. The opposite functions were evident within the Chinese responses.
 In both cultures, the use of space functioned both physically and
 relationally to promote togetherness within sanctioned intimate
 relationships and to guarantee the separation of those for whom close
 interpersonal relationships were taboo. (French & Spanish abstracts) (37
 ref)
-Desc-
 TAIWAN (51410); PERSONAL SPACE (37680); HUMAN SEX DIFFERENCES (23510); CROSS
 CULTURAL DIFFERENCES (12590); UNITED STATES (54850); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 sex & culture & location, seating arrangement preferences, sollege students
 & teachers, US vs Taiwan
-SectHd-
 2930 (CULTURE & ETHNOLOGY & RELIGION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 97
-A-
 72-10654
-W-
 Educational programming for midlife adults with parent-caring
 responsibilities.
 McMahon, Betty J.; Ames, Barbara D.
 Michigan State U, Coll of Human Ecology, East Lansing
 Educational Gerontology, 1983 Sep-Dec Vol 9(5-6) 377-387
 -CODEN-
 EDGEDA
-ISSN-
 03601277
-JrnlAnn-
 7204
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Explored the use of adult education programming in addressing the needs of
 the midlife caretaking generation. The nonrandom sample consisted of 50
 midlife offspring (aged 45+ yrs) residing within the same geographic area as
 a parent (aged 65+ yrs). As part of a one-to-one interview, Ss were asked to
 indicate preferences for content and mode of instruction for topics related
 to adult-child/aging-parent relationships. 13 of the most frequently
 mentioned areas of concern and need were selected from current
 gerontological literature. If Ss desired further information in the content
 area, one of 6 methods of instruction also were selected. 80% of Ss
 indicated an interest in information on knowledge of the aging process,
 dealing with chronic illness, coping with stress, community resources, and
 physical care of the elderly. The primary variable that distinguished those
 with high and low interest in information was age. The younger Ss made more
 requests for information. Instructional methods that allowed personal
 interaction were selected for content areas of a personal nature.
 Conversely, independent methods were selected for informational material.
 (27 ref)
-Desc-
 MIDDLE AGED (31310); EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS (16190); PARENTS (36680); ADULT
 OFFSPRING (01135); ADULT EDUCATION (01130); MEASUREMENT (30200); ADULTHOOD
 (01150)
-Ident-
 educational programing needs assessment, midlife offspring in same
 geographic area as parent aged 65 yrs & older
-SectHd-
 3500 (EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 98
-A-
 72-10473
-W-
 Concerns of children with parents in nursing homes.
 Hatch, Ruth C.; Franken, Mary L.
 Kansas State U, Manhattan
 Jrnl of Gerontological Social Work, 1984 May Vol 7(3) 19-30
-ISSN-
 01634372
-JrnlAnn-
 7204
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 106 adult children (75% of Ss were aged 46-65 yrs) of instiutionalized
 parents responded to questionnaires concerning their perception of factors
 related to the placement of their parents in nursing homes to provide
 self-report data of Ss' experiences of the needs, alternative care
 possibilities considered by the family, factors involved in the decisions
 surrounding the placement, and family relationships resulting from the
 placement decision. Results indicate that over half of the decisions were
 related to parental health and availability of family care. Relationships
 between family members usually remained the same or improved after
 placement. Ss felt the need for personal support, medical advice, and
 information about alternatives and agencies. The majority of these needs
 were not met. Feelings of love, sadness, guilt, helplessness, and
 resignation were common. Family counseling and supportive educational groups
 are recommended to aid decision making and adjustment. (22 ref)
-Desc-
 NURSING HOMES (34700); DECISION MAKING (13190); PARENTS (36680); ADULT
 OFFSPRING (01135); NEEDS (33180); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 needs & perceptions during placement decision making, 46-65 yr old offspring
 of nursing home patients
-SectHd-
 3379 (HOSPITAL PROGRAMS & INSTITUTIONALIZATION); 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 99
-A-
 72-10156
-W-
 Hope in psychotherapy.
 Vande Kemp, Hendrika
 Fuller Theological Seminary, Fuller Graduate School of Psychology
 Jrnl of Psychology & Christianity, 1984 Spr Vol 3(1) 27-35
-ISSN-
 07334273
-JrnlAnn-
 7204
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses the biblical concept of hope as it relates to psychotherapy. It is
 argued that the assertion that psychotherapy illustrates a false form of
 hope is not true. The biblical concept of hope is multifaceted, implying at
 least 4 different attitudes: trust in God, a ready eagerness to take refuge
 in the Lord and rely on him for deliverance, the confident expectation of
 future gladness, and a patient waiting and endurance in the face of
 adversity. Thus, hope is the mood that accompanies faith and is also
 intricately wrapped up in the life of fantasy and imagination. Both fantasy
 and hope permit a seeing through and beyond the problem. J. R. Tolkien
 (1966) attributes to fantasy 3 functions, which also might be attributed to
 psychotherapy: recovery, escape, and consolation. These 3 functions also
 give hope. While some may be led to true hope through divine grace, many
 others lack the inner resources or the interpersonal relationships that
 mediate divine grace. For them, the best initial investment may be the
 therapeutic relationship, through which the capital for the final investment
 may be discovered and actualized. (19 ref)
-Desc-
 PSYCHOTHERAPY (42110); OPTIMISM (35580); CHRISTIANITY (09150)
-Ident-
 biblical concept of hope in psychotherapy
-SectHd-
 3310 (PSYCHOTHERAPY & PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC COUNSELING); 2930 (CULTURE &
 ETHNOLOGY & RELIGION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 100
-A-
 72-09736
-W-
 Marital intimacy and family functioning.
 Waring, Edward M.; Patton, David
 Victoria Hosp, Dept of Psychiatry, London, Canada
 Psychiatric Jrnl of the University of Ottawa, 1984 Mar Vol 9(1) 24-29
-ISSN-
 07028466
-JrnlAnn-
 7204
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Evaluates a theory of family psychopathology that suggests that in families
 where 1 member suffers from nonpsychotic emotional illness, an affective
 dysfunctional potential in the parental interpersonal relationship will be
 demonstrated. This deficiency of marital intimacy results in a pattern of
 obligatory repetition that is specific for nonpsychotic emotional illness.
 102 patients with nonpsychotic emotional illness and their spouses were
 administered a battery of measures including the Waring Intimacy
 Questionnaire and the Family Environment Scale. Findings indicate that
 deficiencies of marital intimacy were significantly associated with family
 patterns of chaos and enmeshment. Deficiencies in the family environment
 dimension of personal growth were also associated with lack of intimacy.
 More intimate couples reported a more balanced level of adaptation and
 cohesion and higher levels of independence and achievement,
 intellectual-cultural, and active-recreational orientation. These findings
 are discussed in the context of preliminary pilot data that suggest a
 methodology for evaluating theory. (22 ref)
-Desc-
 INTIMACY (26370); MARITAL RELATIONS (29640); MENTAL DISORDERS (30740);
 SPOUSES (49380); FAMILY RELATIONS (19250); HOSPITALIZED PATIENTS (23330);
 ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 marital intimacy, family & marital relations & personal growth, inpatients
 with nonpsychotic emotional illness & spouses
-SectHd-
 3210 (MENTAL DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 101
-A-
 72-09406
-W-
 Parents' perceptions of actual and ideal child-rearing practices.
 Lawton, Joseph T.; Schuler, Suzanne G.; Fowell, Nancy; Madsen, Mary K.
 U Wisconsin School of Family Resources & Consumer Sciences, Child & Family
 Studies Program, Madison
 Jrnl of Genetic Psychology, 1984 Sep Vol 145(1) 77-87
 -CODEN-
 JGPYAI
-ISSN-
 00221325
-JrnlAnn-
 7204
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Used a Q -sort of statements of parenting behaviors to examine 22 male and
 40 female White middle-class parents (aged 22-44 yrs) perceptions of actual
 and ideal parenting behaviors with respect to their preschool shild's
 (21/2-6 yrs old) cognitive, physical, and social development. Parents'
 perceptions of actual vs ideal parenting did not differ significantly with
 respect to highly endorsed and least endorsed statements. Parents appeared
 more certain of their actual parenting and its relation to their children's
 social development, followed by intellectual development, and least certain
 of its relation to children's physical development. A cluster analysis
 revealed not only that parents distinguished between aspects of development
 but also that they perceived important interrelationships among them,
 especially between social and intellectual development. Parents gave little
 attention to childrearing practices associated with physical development,
 perhaps because of their belief that preschool-aged children spontaneously
 engage in a wide variety of physical activities. (17 ref)
-Desc-
 PARENTAL ATTITUDES (36620); CHILDREARING ATTITUDES (08810) ; EARLY CHILDHOOD
 DEVELOPMENT (15770); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 perceptions of actual & ideal parenting behavior in relation to child's
 cognitive & physical & social development, 22-44 yr old White parents of
 2.5-6 yr olds
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 102
-A-
 72-09389
-W-
 The attitude-behavior relationship and parental influence: Circular mobility
 in Thailand.
 Acock, Alan C.; Fuller, Theodore
 Virginia Polytechnic Inst & State U
 Social Forces, 1984 Jun Vol 62(4) 973-994
 -CODEN-
 SOFOAP
-ISSN-
 00377732
-JrnlAnn-
 7204
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. A longitudinal survey of 114 parent and postadolescent child dyads
 from rural Thailand was analyzed in term of their attitudes and behavior
 related to circular mobility and the influence of parents on the mobility
 attitudes and behaviors of their postadolescent offspring. A literature
 review justifies a causal model of the attitude-behavior relationship that
 incorporates parental influence over time. It was found that parents had
 virtually to influence on either the attitude toward circular mobility or
 the circular mobility behavior of their children. The attitude of the
 shildren had a small, but statistically significant, effect on their
 behavior, while their behavior had a stronger effect on their attitude.
 Attitude toward circular mobility, especially that of parents, was highly
 unstable. Mobility behavior was highly stable. It is suggested that in areas
 of rapid social change such as developing nations, the family is an
 ineffective agent of socialization on issues of generational cleavage and
 that the younger generation responds to external social forces of changes.
 (32 ref)
-Desc-
 THAILAND (52490); PARENT CHILD RELATIONS (36590); RURAL ENVIRONMENTS
 (45040); ATTITUDES (04500); GEOGRAPHICAL MOBILITY (20924); ADULT OFFSPRING
 (01135); LONGITUDINAL STUDIES (28760); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 attitude-behavior relationship & parental influence, sircular mobility,
 parent & postadolescent child dyads, longitudinal studies, Thailand
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 103
-A-
 72-09379
-W-
 An integrated model of relational maturity.
 Pingleton, Jared P.
 Biola U, Rosemead School of Psychology
 Jrnl of Psychology & Christianity 1984 Spr Vol 3(1) 57-66
-ISSN-
 07334273
-JrnlAnn-
 7204
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Analyzes interpersonal relationships from a maturational orientation to
 identify optimum integrated levels of growth and relational functioning. A
 theoretical schema is proposed for the conceptualization of relational
 maturity stimulated by J. D. Carter's (1974) model for biblical counseling
 and considers relationships along a tripartite continuum. The relational
 qualities of dependence, independence, and interdependence, assumed to be
 operant in some form, are compared and contrasted from a psychological
 perspective that suggests that dependence and independence are
 manifestations of relational immaturity. The process is explored
 theologically, and the model's implications and potential for explicit
 integration and interpersonal application are evaluated. Interdependence,
 whether in the reciprocal vertical relationship with God, in psychotherapy,
 or with people in general, is an ongoing process of lived integration that
 progressively recognizes, accepts, appreciates, and synthesizes the elements
 of one's relational differences and immaturities throughout human existence
 and development. (24 ref)
-Desc-
 INTERPERSONAL INTERACTION (26250); CHRISTIANITY (09150); MODELS (31805);
 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT (23430)
-Ident-
 theological perspective, integrated model of relational maturity
-SectHd-
 2930 (CULTURE & ETHNOLOGY & RELIGION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 104
-A-
 72-09330
-W-
 Political interest, political information search, and ideological
 homogeneity as a function of sociopolitical ideology: A tale of three
 theories.
 Sidanius, Jim
 U Stockholm, Sweden
 Human Relations, 1984 Oct Vol 37(10) 811-828
 -CODEN-
 HUREAA
-ISSN-
 00187267
-JrnlAnn-
 7204
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined the relative plausibilities of 3 theories concerning the
 relationship between sociopolitical ideology and certain personality
 variables: authoritarian personality theory, extremism theory, and context
 theory. The 3 theories were compared by examining degree of information
 search and interest in politics as a function of sociopolitical ideology and
 ideological homogeneity as a function of parental educational level among
 approximately 783 Swedish high school students. The relationships between
 degre of information search and political interest on the one hand, and
 sociopolitical ideology on the other, were primarily curvilinear, indicating
 greater interest in politics and greater information search for both
 ""left'' and ""right extremists'' as compared to moderates on a number of
 ideological dimensions. Ss with well-educated parent were more ideologically
 heterogeneous than Ss with poorly educated parents. These differences were
 more marked formales than for females. Findings are most sonsistent with
 context theory. (44 ref)
-Desc-
 THEORIES (52590); POLITICAL ATTITUDES (39330); PERSONALITY CORRELATES
 (37740); INFORMATION SEEKING (25330); HUMAN SEX DIFFERENCES (23510); FAMILY
 BACKGROUND (19170); ADOLESCENTS (00950)
-Ident-
 authoritarian personality vs extremism as context theories, sociopolitical
 ideology & personality variables, male vs female high school students
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT); 2960 (POLITICAL & LEGAL
 PROCESSES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 105
-A-
 72-09107
-W-
 OCTOPUS: A church-based sex education program for teens and parents.
 Jacknik, Michele et al
 Jackson County Health Dept, Murphysboro, IL
 Adolescence, 1984 Win Vol 19(76) 757-763
 -CODEN-
 ADOLAO
-ISSN-
 00018449
-JrnlAnn-
 7204
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Describes OCTOPUS, a rural, church-based sex education program for teenagers
 and parents that was designed to promote open communication regarding
 sexuality. The purpose of OCTOPUS was to establish a forum for family
 discussion within a church setting to enhance communication skills, sonvey
 factual information, and cultivate the development of a decision-making
 process to help parents help their teenagers acquire appropriate morals and
 values. Feedback from 4 churches and 100 participants is presented,
 indicating favorable results of the program. (4 ref)
-Desc-
 SEX EDUCATION (6890); RELIGIOUS EDUCATION (43790); ADOLESCENTS (00950);
 PARENTS (36680); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 description of church-based sex education program, adolescents & their
 parents
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 106
-A-
 72-07314
-W-
 Resocialization in schizophrenia: Renegotiating the latency era.
 Kanter, Joel S.
 International Review of Psycho-Analysis, 1984 Vol 11(1) 43-59
 -CODEN-
 RPADF
-ISSN-
 03062643
-JrnlAnn-
 7203
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Describes how adult schizophrenic patients utilized a day-treatment setting
 to renegotiate critical latency-era tasks that they had failed to resolve
 because of massive developmental arrests in earlier periods. Tasks involved
 the development of ego skills and defenses that enable children to interact
 more harmoniously with the extrafamilial social environment. It is suggested
 that individual psychotherapy and psychoanalysis lend themselves to a
 reworking of emotionally intense parent-child dramas from preoedipal,
 oedipal, and adolescent periods, but that remediation of deficits from the
 latency era is facilitated by a schoolroom-sized group milieu that
 encourages fantasy and play. A case report on a 22-yr-old male illustrates
 how latency themes unfolded in day treatment. It is suggested that themes
 from the latency period emerge in communication and behavior and are
 indicative of the transitional defensive structure between schizoid
 withdrawal and mature functioning. (French, German & Italian abstracts) (36
 ref)
-Desc-
 SCHIZOPHRENIA (45440); GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY (21810); DEVELOPMENTAL STAGES
 (13870); PSYCHOSOCIAL DEVELOPMENT (41920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 group day treatment, resolution of latency era deficits, adult schizophrenic
 patients
-SectHd-
 3313 (GROUP & FAMILY THERAPY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 107
-A-
 72-06949
-W-
 Female delinquency, family problems, and parental interactions.
 Stewart, Cyrus S.; Zaenglein-Senger, Mary M.
 Michigan State U, East Lansing
 Social Casework, 1984 Sep 65(7) 428-432
 -CODEN-
 SOCAA2
-ISSN-
 00377678
-JrnlAnn-
 7203
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Administered a questionnaires assessing delinquent behavior, family
 problems, and parent-S interaction to 1,088 8th-12th grade females
 Delinquency was defined as any behavior committed by the S that was likely
 to provoke official social sanction the delinquency items investigated were
 fighting, theft, vandalism, and status offenses (e.g., truancy). Family
 problems assessed included serious drinking, divorce, mental illness, and
 death. Family interaction questions tapped the dimensions of parental
 communication, acceptance, and congeniality. A consistently significant
 association was found between divorce and each delinquent offense type. Two
 other family problems, mental illness and serious drinking, were also
 strongly related to delinquency among Ss. It is soncluded that female
 delinquency tends to occur in families in which adolescent girls feel that
 they cannot talk to their parents, parents fail to listen to their children,
 and adolescent girls feel that their parents do not believe them even when
 they tell the truth. Social workers have the task of restructuring the
 communication network between parents and their children.
-Desc-
 FEMALE DELINQUENTS (19540); HOME ENVIRONMENT (23150); FAMILY RELATIONS
 (19250); PARENT CHILD RELATIONS (36590); DIVORCE (14780); ADOLESCENCE
 (00920)
-Ident-
 family problems & parental interaction, delinquency behavior, female
 8th-12th graders
-SectHd-
 3230 (BEHAVIOR DISORDERS & ANTISOCIAL BEHAVIOR)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 108
-A-
 72-06358
-W-
 Behavioral styles in infancy and adulthood: The work of Karen Horney and
 attachment theorists collaterally considered.
 Feiring, Candice
 U of Medicine & Dentistry of New Jersey-Rutgers Medical School, New
 Brunswick
 American Jrnl of Psychoanalysis, 1984 Sum Vol 44(2) 197-208
 -CODEN-
 AJPYA8
-ISSN-
 00029548
-JrnlAnn-
 7203
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses the work of K. Horney (1937, 1950) from the perspective of
 attachment theory. Horney's theory focuses on the neurotic individual's
 interpersonal relations with others and speculates on how certain adult
 behavioral styles evolved from early parent-child relationships. Attachment
 theory, on the other hand, postulates that many forms of psychiatric
 disturbances can be attributed to deviations in the early affective tie
 between infant and caregiver. It assumes that there is a continuity in which
 an individual characteristically relates to others and to stress. It is
 contended that, despite differences in theoretical perspective, populations
 studied, methodology used, and the segment of the life cycle on which they
 focus, Horney and attachment theorists are remarkably similar in the
 description of fundamental behavioral styles that define the quality of the
 individual's adaptation to others and to stress. Horney's theory holds that
 the child must learn to move toward people or the ability to want and give
 affection, to move against people or the ability to fight, and to move away
 from people or the ability to keep to oneself. The types of infant behavior
 delineated by attachment theorists are described in terms of Horney's model.
 Considered jointly, the work of Horney and of attachment theorists suggests
 that use of infant reactions to a strange situation paradigm may be used as
 an assessment tool to identify less-adaptive coping styles at an early point
 in development. (18 ref)
-Desc-
 THEORETICAL ORIENTATION (52584); INFANT DEVELOPMENT (25060); PSYCHOANALYTIC
 THEORY (41570); ATTACHMENT BEHAVIOR (04355); PARENT CHILD RELATIONS (36590);
 CHILDHOOD (08750); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 attachment theory & work of K. Horney, behavioral styles & adaptation,
 infants & adults
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT); 2140 (HISTORY & PHILOSOPHIES
 & THEORIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 109
-A-
 72-04950
-W-
 The prognostic significance of adolescent interpersonal relationships during
 psychiatric hospitalization.
 Logan, William S.; Barnhart, F. David; Gossett, John T.
 US Medical Ctr for Federal Prisons, Springfield, MO
 Adolescent Psychiatry, 1982 Vol 10 484-493
-ISSN-
 00652008
-JrnlAnn-
 7202
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 32 13-17 yr old hospitalized adolescents were surveyed in-hospital regarding
 their perceptions of closeness to other hospitalized adolescents and to
 hospital staff. follow-up interviews assessing Ss' level of functioning were
 conducted to investigate whether posttreatment outcome sould be predicted
 from data on Ss' in-hospital interpersonal relationships. Ss were surveyed
 at 3-mo intervals while in the hospital, during which time staff's
 perceptions of closeness to each S were also obtained. Follow-up assessment
 consisted of a 90-min interview with Ss and a separate 90-min interview with
 Ss' parents regarding Ss' peer and social functioning, relationship with
 parents, and occupational functioning. Results indicate that 3 measures of
 interpersonal relationships during treatment had predictive value for Ss'
 future functioning: (1) Ss' ability to form mutual relationships with peers,
 (2) their popularity with peers, and (3) their ability to form a meaningful
 relationship with unit nursing staff members. Findings suggest the
 importance of including an in-hospital evaluation of adolescents'
 interpersonal relationships as a prognostic variable. (16 ref)
-Desc-
 PSYCHIATRIC PATIENT (41460); PROGNOSIS (40830); PEER RELATIONS (37140);
 PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC PROCESSES (42040); TREATMENT OUTCOMES (54185);
 HOSPITALIZED PATIENTS (23330); ADOLESCENTS (00950); ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 in-hospital interpersonal relationships, prediction of posttreatment
 outcomes, 13-17 yr old hospitalized psychiatric patients
-SectHd-
 3379 (HOSPITAL PROGRAMS & INSTITUTIONALIZATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 110
-A-
 72-04729
-W-
 Social skills training with a deaf adolescent: Implications for placement
 and programming.
 Lemanek, Kathleen L.; Gresham, Frank M.
 Louisiana State U, Baton Rouge
 School Psychology Review, 1984 Sum Vol 13(3) 385-390
 -CODEN-
 SPDID7
-ISSN-
 0279015
-JrnlAnn-
 7202
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Assessed the effectiveness of social skills training with a 17-yr-old deaf
 female. Training was directed at increasing S's communication, decreasing
 response latency, and improving the appropriateness of the sontent of the
 S's communication. Measures included a role-playing test, a simulated social
 interaction, and a version of the Rathus Assertiveness Schedule. The
 combination of modeling, behavior rehearsal, response feedback, and social
 reinforcement led to gains in all 3 behavioral targets, and evidence for the
 social validation of the training procedures and outcome was provided by
 questionnaires completed by the S and her parents. However, erosion of gains
 at follow-up indicated the need for direct treatment in naturalistic
 settings if generalization and maintenance were to be achieved. (20 ref)
-Desc-
 SOCIAL SKILLS TRAINING (48397); DEAF (13100); EDUCATIONAL PLACEMENT (16155);
 CASE REPORT (07790); ADOLESCENTS (00950); ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 social skills training, 17 yr old deaf female, implications for educational
 placement
-SectHd-
 3330 (BEHAVIOR THERAPY & BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION); 3570 (SPECIAL & REMEDIAL
 EDUCATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 111
-A-
 72-04684
-W-
 Parenting, protecting, preserving: Mission of the adolescent female
 runaway.
 Mirkin, Marsha P.; Raskin, Pamela A.; Antognini, Francesca C.
 Charles River Hosp, Wellesley, MA
 Family Process, 1984 Mar Vol 23(1) 63-74
 -CODEN-
 FAPRA
-ISSN-
 00147370
-JrnlAnn-
 7202
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Presents a systemic framework for therapy with families of adolescent female
 runaways. The female runaway adolescent often parents her parents and
 siblings, protects her parents' marriage and regulates marital distance, and
 preserves her family unit at the preadolescent developmental stage.
 Interventions are described that remove the adolescent from those roles by
 (1) empowering the parents to take charge of the adolescent, (2) shanging
 the communication process such that the couple deal with their marital
 issues without the help of the teenager, and (3) facilitating the family's
 movement toward a new stage of separation and individuation. (15 ref)
-Desc-
 HUMAN FEMALES (23450); RUNAWAY BEHAVIOR (45015); ROLES (44870); FAMILY
 RELATIONS (19250); ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 family therapy & role within family, female adolescent runaways
-SectHd-
 3313 (GROUP & FAMILY THERAPY); 3230 (BEHAVIOR DISORDERS & ANTISOCIAL
 BEHAVIOR)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 112
-A-
 72-04658
-W-
 A difference that makes a difference: Brief interventions in family pattern
 (I).
 Barnes, Gill G.
 Tavistock Clinic, Dept of Children & Parents, London, England
 Jrnl of Family Therapy, 1983 Feb Vol 5(1) 37-52
-ISSN-
 01634445
-JrnlAnn-
 7202
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses the role of behavioral patterns in developing family systems.
 Interpersonal relationships are defined in the context of their function in
 particular cultures at particular times. Over time in a relationship,
 interactions and the thoughts and feelings about interactions affect further
 interactions, and patterns begin to develop. The more that a group of people
 interact on a regular basis in relation to certain repeated events, the more
 that the patterning itself affects the properties of the relationship.
 Family therapists focus on the connection among interactions, relationships,
 family patterns, and the symptoms shown by a family member. Intervention in
 the organization of pattern over time, the family system, may center on the
 level of the interventions themselves as they occur or on the higher level
 of their systemic meaning. Families with tightly organized family patterns
 are less likely to relate through innovation and experimentation and more
 likely to relate through habit; the preservation of the pattern preserves
 the likelihood of relating through it. The cases of 2 families are described
 to illustrate means of overcoming negative patterns and developing
 capacities for positive relationships. (10 ref)
-Desc-
 FAMILY RELATIONS (19250); FAMILY THERAPY (19290); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 brief family therapy, behavioral patterns & habits & symptoms, families
-SectHd-
 3313 (GROUP & FAMILY THERAPY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 113
-A-
 72-04630
-W-
 Parental communication, readiness of adolescents to leave home, and the
 sourse of treatment: II.
 Rashkis, Harold .; Rashkis, Shirley R.
 Inst of Pennsylvania Hosp, Philadelphia
 Adolescent Psychiatry, 1981 Vol 9 236-243
-ISSN-
 00652008
-JrnlAnn-
 7202
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examines the cases of 21 adolescent and adult psychotherapy patients from
 the authors' (see PA, Vol 72:4229) preceding study of 4 categories of
 adolescent separation from parents: (1) maintenance of excessive emotional
 bonds to parents, (2) premature forced departure from home in which Ss were
 somewhat prepared, (3) premature forced departure from home in which S were
 not prepared, and (4) departure from home facilitated by parents. In
 therapy, these patterns were associates with different types and degrees of
 transference, defenses, and resistances, and different needs for support,
 reassurance, information, and encouragement. Observations of an additional
 16 patients confirmed these associations. These patient characteristics
 elicited complementary therapist responses, and treatment usually followed
 to a successful termination. It is suggested that these 4 categories
 represent an evaluation of the patient's status at a certain point in life:
 They consider his/her mastery of certain adolescent life tasks and indicate
 his/her readiness to move ahead to undertake additional tasks associated
 with adulthood. (2 ref)
-Desc-
 CLIENT CHARACTERISTICS (09?40); PARENT CHILD RELATIONS (36590); SEPARATION
 INDIVIDUATION (46665); PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC OUTCOMES (42030); PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC
 PROCESSES (42040); ADOLESCENTS (00950); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD
 (01150)
-Ident-
 pattern of separation from parents, psychotherapeutic process & outcome,
 adolescent & adult psychotherapy patients
-SectHd-
 3310 (PSYCHOTHERAPY & PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC COUNSELING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 114
-A-
 72-04407
-W-
 Treatment principles in anorexia nervosa.
 Casper, Regina C.
 U Illinois Coll of Medicine, Chicago
 Adolescent Psychiatry, 1982 Vol 10 431-454
-ISSN-
 00652008
-JrnlAnn-
 7202
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Presents a conceptual model of anorexia nervosa (AN) that can serve as a
 guideline for treatment and describes some of the practical steps in setting
 up a treatment program. AN cannot be fully explained on a psychological
 basis, but it does appear to be a product of an interplay of sonstitutional,
 biological, and psychological forces. The anorexic' preoccupation with
 thinness can be viewed as a reparative defense following an experience of
 inner upheaval leading to helplessness and a sense of worthlessness that
 cannot be dispelled with available resources. This emotional impasse
 coincides with the adolescent's need to rely less on his/her parents and
 more on him/herself. Anorexi's become obsessed with their newly discovered
 form of reassurance through control over their bodies: Food and
 physiological processes become perversely used to regulate emotions. The
 biological contributions to AN are not entirely understood and cannot be
 corrected; therefore, treatment consists of nourishment in a slosely
 supervised program to restore normal body weight. At the same time, the
 patient must be assisted in individual and family therapy to acknowledge and
 correct the psychological deficits that have led to the disorder and to
 integrate previously unacceptable feelings in renewed interpersonal
 relationships. (36 ref)
-Desc-
 ANOREXIA NERVOSA (02950); ETIOLOGY (18190); MODELS (31805); TREATMENT
 (54190)
-Ident-
 conceptual model & etiology & treatment principles, anorexia nervosa
-SectHd-
 3290 (PHYSICAL & PSYCHOSOMATIC DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 115
-A-
 72-04355
-W-
 Adverse effects of cocaine abuse. 45th Annual Scientific Meeting of the
 Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence, Inc: Drug abuse treatment (1983,
 Lexington, KY).
 Washton, Arnold M.; Tatarsky, Andrew
 Regent Hosp, New York, NY
 National Institute on Drug Abuse: Research Monograph Series, 1984 Mar Mono
 49 247-254
 -CODEN-
 MIDAD4
-ISSN-
 03618595
-JrnlAnn-
 7202
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 SYMPOSIUM/CONVENTION PAPERS
 Assessed specific consequences of cocaine abuse on health and psychosocial
 functioning in 55 22-59 yr old cocaine-abusing Ss who called a telephone
 helpline. Results show a high incidence and wide range of adverse
 sonsequences; these included (1) impairment of job functioning,
 interpersonal relationships, and financial status; (2) disturbances of mood
 and cognitive functioning; (3) psychiatric symptoms of depression, paranoia,
 and increased suicidal/violent tendencies; and (4) physical symptoms of
 exhaustion, weight loss, sleep problems, and seizures. Cocaine-related
 automobile accidents, suicide attempts, and violent acts, including a
 cocaine-related homicide, were also reported. Intranasal users reported no
 fewer and no less adverse consequences than free-base smokers or iv users.
 Findings challenge popular notions of the ""recreational'' qualities of the
 drug and the belief that the intranasal route of administration guarantees
 protection against addictive patterns of use and adverse effects. (8 ref)
-Desc-
 COCAINE (09930); DRUG ABUSE (15220); HEALTH (22390); PROFESSIONAL MEETINGS
 AND SYMPOSIA (40740); ADULTHOOD (01150); ADJUSTMENT (00850)
-Ident-
 cocaine abuse, adverse effects on health & psychosocial functioning, 22-59
 yr olds, conference presentation
-SectHd-
 3230 (BEHAVIOR DISORDERS & ANTISOCIAL BEHAVIOR)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 116
-A-
 72-04229
-W-
 An investigation of the influence of parental communications on adolescent
 ego development: I.
 Rashkis, Harold A.; Rashkis, Shirley R.
 Inst of Pennsylvania Hosp, Philadelhia
 Adolescent Psychiatry, 1981 Vol 9 227-235
-ISSN-
 00652008
-JrnlAnn-
 7202
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Observations of 21 adolescent and adult patients--most with neurotic,
 sharacter, or borderline disorders--were used to examine whether the truth
 value of parental messages correlated with the success of adolescent
 sepration from the family and moving out into the community. Parental
 sommunications were characterized by vagueness, contradictions by actions,
 and misrepresentations. Parental binding and premature separation prevailed.
 There was little overt parental lying, but also little life-task relevant
 truth-telling. However, most Ss were able to utilize psychotherapy,
 indicating the presence of psychic structures capable of providing higher
 ego functioning despite inadequate parental communication. (5 ref)
-Desc-
 PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); EGO (16290); ADOLESCENTS (00950);
 NEUROSIS (33860); PERSONALITY DISORDERS (37760); BORDERLINE STATES (066?4);
 PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT (37750); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 parental communications, ego development, adolescent & adult patients with
 neurotic vs character vs borderline disorders
-SectHd-
 3210 (MENTAL DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 117
-A-
 72-03714
-W-
 Ecological factors predicting adolescent contraceptive use: Implications for
 intervention.
 Kastner, Laura S.
 U Washington, Seattle
 Jrnl of Adolescent Health Care, 1984 Apr Vol 5(2) 79-86
 -CODEN-
 JAHCD9
-ISSN-
 01970070
-JrnlAnn-
 7202
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Questionnaires addressing areas expected to relate to contraceptive use (CU)
 were completed by 200 15-18 yr old females. CU among the 130 sexually active
 Ss was predicted by a model composed of 12 scales assessing social
 permissiveness, costs and benefits of contraception, parent communication,
 boyfriend support, sex education and knowledge, attitudes about pregnancy
 and contraception, and access to contraception services. Scales from the
 predictive model assessed parent communication, boyfriend support, and
 perceived costs and benefits related to contraception. Correlations were
 somputed between the predictive scales and the measure of sexual experience
 among all Ss. Data indicate that positive parent communication about
 sexuality and a perception of high benefits and low costs associated with CU
 were not positively correlated with sexual experience. (25 ref)
-Desc-
 ADOLESCENTS (00950); BIRTH CONTROL (06060); PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION
 (36580); HUMAN FEMALES (23450); KNOWLEDGE LEVEL (27466); SEX EDUCATION
 (46890); FAMILY PLANNING ATTITUDES (19240); PSYCHOSEXUAL BEHAVIOR (41890);
 ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 parent communication & boyfriend support & perceived costs & benefits of
 contraception & sex education & knowledge & attitudes toward pregnancy &
 contraception & sexual experience, contraceptive use, 15-18 yr old females
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 118
-A-
 72-02163
-W-
 Goal directed informal sessions: Their impact on an adolescent unit.
 Rosenstock, Harvey A.; Rosenstock, Judith D.; Saxe, Linda
 Huston International Hosp, TX
 Psychiatric Hospital, 1984 Spr Vol 15(2) 93-95
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Goal-directed informal sessions (GDISs) were used on an inpatient adolescent
 psychiatric unit in an attempt to facilitate communication between
 adolescents and their parents, partially neutralize the almost-universal
 fantasy that adolescents know more than their parents on any given topic,
 and maximize the impact of the therapeutic milieu in other ways. The vehicle
 for the GDISs was discussion of various aspects of human sexuality. 34
 11.5-18 yr olds, 24 of their parents (1 from each family), and 28 staff
 members responded to a questionnaire related to human sexuality prior to
 participation in GDISs. Adolescents speculated that their parents would
 perform least well. Findings show that the average test scores for the
 adolescents, their parents, and staff were, respectively, 65, 79, and 81%.
 There was no significant difference between the scores of the parents and
 staff, but there was a significant difference between the scores of
 adolescents and those of parents and staff. Based on 1 yr of experience,
 GDISs are recommended for other adolescent facilities. (11 ref)
-Desc-
 PSYCIATRIC HOSPITALS (41440); PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); GOALS
 (21240); PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITAL PROGRAMS (41400); ADOLESCENTS (00950);
 ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 goal-directed informal sessions, communication between adolescents &
 parents, 11.5-18 yr old psychiatric patients & their parents
-SectHd-
 3379 (HOSPITAL PROGRAMS & INSTITUTIONALIZATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 119
-A-
 72-02026
-W-
 Hypnotherapeutic techniques in patients with affective instability.
 Gruber, Louis N.
 City of Faith Medical & Research Ctr, Tulsa, OK
 American Jrnl of Clinical Hypnosis, 1983 Apr Vol 25(4) 263-266
 -CODEN-
 AJHNA
-ISSN-
 00029157
-JrnlAnn-
 7201 Lang. ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Argues that many psychiatric patients who display affective instability as
 their most salient feature can be helped by hypnotherapeutic procedures in
 which they learn to evoke 2 opposite states of mind and to alternate them
 voluntarily. Because of the dramatic changes in consciousness in these
 patients, they lack a sense of personal continuity or identity.
 Interpersonal relationships are often intense, stormy, and disappointing.
 Effective treatment of these patients must recognize their suggestibility,
 their sense of vulnerability to external influences, their defensive
 slinging to negative mental states, their creativity, and their desire for
 balance, stability, and self-control. Hypnosis is well tolerated by such
 patients and may, in fact, be uniquely suited to their style of nervous
 functioning. A kinesthetic technique and an imagery technique are described.
 (10 ref)
-Desc-
 EMOTIONAL INSTABILITY (16830); PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS (41460); HYPNOTHERAPY
 (23910); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 hypnotherapy, psychiatric patients with affective instability
-SectHd-
 3350 (HYPNOTHERAPY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 120
-A-
 72-01905
-W-
 ""Can I (let you let me) leave?'' Therapy with the adolescent and his
 family.
 Jenkins, Hugh
 Young People's Unit, Cardiff, Wales
 Joornal of Family Therapy, 1981 May Vol 3(2) 113-138
-ISSN-
 01634445
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Considers problem areas in families with adolescent members and identifies
 characteristics of a therapeutic style that emphasizes structure and
 hierarchy. A schematic representation of adolescence in a complex
 technological society that acknowledges the developmental spread beyond the
 teen-age years is proposed. The adolescent experiences changes in physical
 and sexual development, coupled with familial and cultural pressures. A
 therapist who adopts a structural framework focuses on altering patterns of
 interaction in systemic organizations that maintain the problem. Family
 therapy is an orientation based on an understanding of communication. The
 therapeutic task is to help the adolescent and the family get free of past
 relationship patterns so that each member can establish satisfactory
 alternative personal commitments or renegotiate existing ones. Seven
 sessions with a family of a 21-yr-old male drug user are summarized to
 outline the process. A brief account of a 14-yr-old female who developed
 schizophrenia as her parents were separating is given. (38 ref)
-Desc-
 FAMILY THERAPY (19290); ADOLESCENTS (00950); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD
 (01150)
-Ident-
 family therapy, adolescents & their families
-SectHd-
 3313 (GROUP & FAMILY THERAPY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 120
-A-
 72-01905
-W-
 ""Can I (let you let me) leave?'' Therapy with the adolescent and his
 family.
 Jenkins, Hugh
 Young People's Unit, Cardiff, Wales
 Jrnl of Family Therapy, 1981 May Vol 3(2) 113-138
-ISSN-
 01634445
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Considers problem areas in families with adolescent members and identifies
 characteristics of a therapeutic style that emphasizes structure and
 hierarchy. A schematic representation of adolescence in a complex
 technological society that acknowledges the developmental spread beyond the
 teen-age years is proposed. The adolescent experiences changes in physical
 and sexual development, coupled with familial and cultural pressures. A
 therapist who adopts a structural framework focuses on altering patterns of
 interaction in systemic organizations that maintain the problem. Family
 therapy is an orientation based on an understanding of communication. The
 therapeutic task is to help the adolescent and the family get free of past
 relationship patterns so that each member can establish satisfactory
 alternative personal commitments or renegotiate existing ones. Seven
 sessions with a family of a 21-yr-old male drug user are summarized to
 outline the process. A brief account of a 14-yr-old female who developed
 schizophrenia as her parents were separating is given. (38 ref)
-Desc-
 FAMILY THERAPY (19290); ADOLESCENTS (00950); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD
 (01150)
-Ident-
 family therapy, adolescents & their families
-SectHd-
 3313 (GROUP & FAMILY THERAPY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 121
-A-
 72-01720
-W-
 Parents' reactions to the death of an adult child from cancer.
 Shanfield, Stephen B.; Benjamin, G. Andrew; Swain, Barbara J. U Arizona Coll
 of Medicine, Tucson
 American Jrnl of Psychiatry, 1984 Sep Vol 141(9) 1092-1094
 -CODEN-
 AJSAO
-ISSN-
 0002953X
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 24 parents whose adult children had died of cancer completed a bereavement
 questionnaire and the Brief Symptom Inventory 1-4 yrs after the death of
 their children. Ss had experienced growth in a number of areas, and although
 they had residual levels of grief, few had more psychiatric symptoms than
 would be found in a normative population. Factors that shaped the response
 to the loss included the prolonged and debilitating nature of the illness,
 the sex of the parents and children, and aspects of the parent-child
 relationship. Mothers felt that the loss of the child was more painful than
 did fathers, although they did not grieve more intensely or have more
 symptoms. A parent-child relationship characterized by negative feelings was
 related to increased psychiatric symptoms in the bereavement period. (16
 ref)
-Desc-
 ADULT OFFSPRING (01135); DEATH AND DYING (13110); GRIEF (21680); PARENTAL
 ATTITUDE (36620); NEOPLASMS (33370); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 reactions to death of adult child from cancer, parents
-SectHd-
 3290 (PHYSICAL & PSYCHOSOMATIC DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 122
-A-
 72-01434
-W-
 Life events, familial stress, and coping in the developmental course of
 schizophrenia.
 Lukoff, David; Snyder, Karen; Ventura, Joseph; Nuechterlein, Keith H.
 U California Ctr for Health Sciences, Neuropsychiatric Inst, Los Angeles
 Schizophrenia Bulletin, 1984 Vol 10(2) 258-292
 -CODEN-
 SCZBB3
-ISSN-
 05867614
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-Lang-
 ENG.:
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Reviews recent studies of socio-environmental factors that predict the onset
 of schizophrenic episodes in vulnerable Ss. Stressful life events have been
 found to cluster in the 3-4 wk period preceding an episode in some Ss. Many
 Ss with schizophrenic disorder contribute to additional stressful live
 change events (e.g., by high geographic mobility)}i that precipitate the
 onset of illness episodes. Hostile, critical, and emotionally overinvolved
 attitudes by family members toward Ss have been related to relapses.
 Irregularities in the communication style of parents predicts the subsequent
 development of schizophrenia spectrum disorders among disturbed adolescents.
 Coping skills required to remediate the losses brought on by life events or
 to deal effectively with stressful relatives are deficiencies in many
 schizophrenic Ss. Ss may experience greater and more prolonged stress, have
 inadequate social and problem-solving skills, and have less supportive
 social networks. (6 p ref)
-Desc-
 LIFE EXPERIENCES (28355); SCHIZOPHRENIA (45440); FAMILY RELATIONS (19250);
 LITERATURE REVIEW (28580); COPING BEHAVIOR (11790); ETIOLOGY (18190)
-Ident-
 life events & familial stress & coping behavior, etiology of schizophrenia &
 onset of schizophrenic episodes, literature review
-SectHd-
 3210 (MENTAL DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 123
-A-
 72-0?295
-W-
 Parental communication of Holocaust experiences and personality
 sharacteristics among second-generation survivors.
 Lichtman, Helen
 Yeshiva U, Ferkauf Graduate School of Psychology
 Jrnl of Clinical Psychology, 1984 Jul Vol 40(4) 914-924
 -CODEN-
 JCPYAO
-ISSN-
 00219762
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Administered the MMPI and measures of anxiety, ego strength, guilt, and
 empathy to 34 female and 30 male adult children of Jewish Holocaust
 survivors. A questionnaire on parental wartime experiences was also
 administered. Results show that mother's willingness to talk about her
 experiences and the frequency of her communication were significantly
 related to the presence of negative personality traits in the 2nd
 generation. Guilt-inducing communication by both parents, early experiential
 awareness of the Holocaust, and indirect communication about the Holocaust
 were also significantly related to negative characteristics. Father's
 willingness to talk about his experiences and the frequency of sommunication
 were related to positive factors among his offspring. When separated along
 gender lines, most forms of communication were related to negative
 personality factors for female, but not male, children of survivors. (27
 ref)
-Desc-
 PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); CONCENTRATION CAMPS (10980);
 ANTISEMITISM (03220); FASCISM (19342); PERSONALITY TRAITS (37860); ADULT
 OFFSPRING (01135); JUDAISM (27130); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 parental communication of Holocaust experiences, personality
 sharacteristics, adult children of Jewish Holocaust survivors
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 124
-A-
 72-01090
-W-
 Death of adult children in traffic accidents.
 Shanfield, Stephen.; Swain, Barbara J.
 U Arizona Coll of Medicine, Tucson
 Jrnl of Nervous & Mental Disease, 1984 Sep Vol 17 (9) 533-538
 -CODEN-
 JNMDAN
-ISSN-
 00223018
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 20 male and 20 female predominantly midlife parents of 27 male and 27 female
 predominantly young adult children who had died in traffic accidents were
 studied 25.6 mo after their child's death. Ss completed the SCL-90, the Beck
 Depression Inventory, and a bereavement questionnaire to yield information
 about the S, the child, the rest of the family, and the relationship between
 them. Results show that Ss continued to grieve intensely, had higher than
 expected levels of psychiatric symptoms, and had increased health
 complaints. Some Ss were more at risk for problems in the bereavement
 period: Ss with unstable families, ambivalent relationships with their
 children, and Ss whose children were perceived to have had problems at the
 time of the accident had more guilt and increased psychiatric symptoms,
 while Ss who had prior bereavement experiences did not exhibit higher levels
 of distress. Characteristics of being a mother, losing a daughter; losing
 children who live at home; losing children born earlier in the birth order;
 and losing children in single-car, single-driver accidents resulted in a
 more difficult bereaveent for Ss. (28 ref)
-Desc-
 PARENTS (36680); ADULT OFFSPRING (01135); GRIEF (21680); DEATH AND DYING
 (13110); MOTOR TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS (32340); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 death of young adult children in traffic accidents, bereavement, midlife
 parents
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 125
-A-
 72-01082
-W-
 Intergenerational support activities and well-being among the elderly: A
 sonvergence of exchange and symbolic interaction perspectives.
 Mutran, Elizabeth; Reitzes, Donald C.
 Rutgers U, New Brunswick
 American Sociological Review, 1984 Feb Vol 49(1) 117-130
 -CODEN-
 ASRRB.
-ISSN-
 00031224
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses exchange and symbolic interaction perspectives, which recognize
 that individuals actively appraise and assess situations; that expectations
 and benefits derive their meanings from definitions of the situation and
 past experiences; and that interactions are not fixed and predetermined but
 open to negotiation and change. The application of this shared orientation
 to the intergenerational family role suggests that social background and
 related roles, subjective meanings and self-feelings, as well as exchange
 processes influence the interaction of adult children and their elderly
 parents. Data derived from a national sample of 723 elderly widows and
 widowers and 781 married persons were analyzed. All Ss were 65 yrs and
 older. Findings indicate that 1) marital status creates differences in the
 sharacter and importance of the intergenerational role; (2) the subjective
 significance attributed to adult children is a major factor that influences
 patterns of intergenerational interaction; and (3) exchange patterns appear
 to be more important in influencing the self-feelings of widows and widowers
 than married persons. (68 ref)
-Desc-
 SOCIAL INFLUENCES (48250); ADULT OFFSPRING (01135); WIDOWERS (56740); PARENT
 CHILD RELATIONS (36590); SELF CONCEPT (46220); SPOUSES (49380); MENTAL
 HEALTH (30750); AGED (01370); WIDOWS (56750); MEANING (30170); SOCIAL
 SUPPORT NETWORKS (48417); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 social background & subjective meanings & self feelings & exchange
 processes, interaction between adult children & elderly parents, aged widows
 & widowers vs married persons
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 126
-A-
 72-00911
-W-
 Adequacy of responses given by low-income and middle-income kindergarten
 shildren in structured adult-child conversations.
 Gordon, Alice M.
 U North Carolina, Frank Porter Graham Child Development Ctr, Chapel Hill
 Developmental Psychology, 1984 Sep Vol 20(5) 881-892
 -CODEN-
 DEVPA9
-ISSN-
 00121649
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined structured adult-child conversations for the adequacy of responses
 given by 3 groups of kindergarten children: a daycare group of 15 Black
 low-income children who had been enrolled in a preschool intervention
 program, a nonintervention group of 15 Black low-income children who had not
 participated in the program, and 15 middle-income children of whom 13% were
 Black. The adult's conversational turns included 3 types of sognitively
 complex initiations (instructions, simple conditionals, and
 sounterfactuals). Results show reliably lower response adequacy for the
 nonintervention group in comparison with the other groups for all 3 types of
 initiations, thus demonstrating a facilitating effect of daycare
 intervention. There was some negative association between response adequacy
 and length of response, with middle-income Ss giving the shortest responses
 to adult initiations. (35 ref)
-Desc-
 PRESCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (40160); CONVERSATION (11710); LOWER INCOME LEVEL
 (28870); MIDDLE INCOME LEVEL (31350); VERBAL COMMUNICATION (55520);
 CHILDHOOD (08750); ADULTHOOD (01150) Ident.: adequacy of responses in
 structured adult-child sonversations, low- vs middle-income kindergartners
-SectHd-
 2820 (COGNITIVE & PERCEPTUAL DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 127
-A-
 72-00164
-W-
 The Rorschach H response and object relations.
 Lerner, Howard D.; St. Peter, Shirley
 U Michigan, Ann Arbor
 Jrnl of Personality Assessment, 1984 Aug Vol 48(4) 345-350
 -CODEN-
 JNPABX
-ISSN-
 00223891
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Developmental theory, cognitive psychology, and object relations theory now
 offer a general framework for integrating diverse research findings on the
 Rorschach human response ( ) and for highlighting the development
 significance of interpersonal relationships and their formative contribution
 to building psychological structure. The present authors sonducted a
 comprehensive investigation of the H on the Rorschach, utilizing 3 object
 relations dimensions (accuracy, differentiation, and sontent) to examine
 whether object relations--concepts of self and others--would be useful in
 making diagnostic distinctions among 15 neurotics, 15 outpatient
 borderlines, 21 inpatient borderlines, and 19 schizophrenics. Data were from
 previous research by the authors and solleagues. Ss were matched as groups
 on the variables age (16-26 yrs), sex, and SES. Rorschach protocols from all
 Ss were rated with regard to the
 3 dimensions by the authors. Results indicate that particular developmental
 and cognitive properties of H produced on the Rorschach showed distinct
 patterns of differential impairment related to type and severity of
 psychopathology. (34 ref)
-Desc-
 RORSCHACH TEST (44900); NEUROSIS (33860); OBJECT RELATIONS (34786);
 DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS (14160); BORDERLINE STATES (06624); SCHIZOPHRENIA
 (45440); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 Rorschach H response, use of object relations in differential diagnosis,
 neurotics vs outpatient vs inpatient borderlines vs schizophrenics
-SectHd-
 2220 (TEST CONSTRUCTION & VALIDATION); 3210 (MENTAL DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 128
-A-
 71-56262
-W-
 Mother' background, attitudes, communication and control as influences on
 their adolescent sons' and daughters' likelihood of having sexual
 intercourse.
 Newcomer, Susan F.
 U North Carolina, Chapel Hill
 Dissertation Absaracts International, 1984 Jun Vol 44(12-A) 3824
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7111
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 ADOLESCENTS (00950); MOTHER CHILD RELATIONS (32130); SONS (48710); PARENTAL
 ATTITUDES (36620); DAUGHTERS (13040); PREMARITAL INTERCOURSE (40100); PARENT
 CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 maternal influence, adolescent sexual intercourse, mothers & their sons &
 daughters
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 129
-A-
 71-55912
-W-
 The Circumplex Model of family systems: An empirical evaluation and
 extension.
 Rodick, J. Douglas
 Memphis State U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Jun Vol 44(12-B) 3942
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7111
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 MOTHER CHILD RELATIONS (32130); ADAPTABILITY (PERSONALITY) (00740);
 COMMUNICATION SKILLS (10540); JUVENILE DELINQUENCY (27280); HUMAN MALES
 (23490); FATHER ABSENCE (19370); THEORY VERIFICATION (52620) ; SINGLE
 PARENTS (47556); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 levels of cohesion & adaptability & communication skills, juvenile
 delinquency, single mothers & their adolescent son, support for Circumflex
 Model of family systems
-SectHd-
 3230 (BEHAVIOR DISORDERS & ANTISOCIAL BEHAVIOR); 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 130
-A-
 >>>Accession number 1595058 is unavailable
-W-
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 131
-A-
 71-54981
-W-
 Sex education: The effects of conjoint parent-child participation in a human
 growth, development, and reproduction seminar.
 Tedesco, Jeanette A.
 U Connecticut
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Apr Vol 44(10-A) 2973
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7109
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 PARENT TRAINING (36606); STUDENT ATTITUDES (50300); SEX EDUCATION (46890);
 PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT (00930);
 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL STUDENTS (16630); PARENTAL ATTITUDES (36620); KNOWLEDGE
 LEVEL (27446); CHILDHOOD (08750); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 joint participation in human growth & development seminar, attitudes &
 knowledge about adolescent development & communication & sex education,
 4th-6th graders & their parents
-SectHd-
 3530 (CURRICULUM PROGRAMS & TEACHING METHODS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 132
-A-
 71-54935
-W-
 An investigation of the comprehensibility of manually-coded English texts
 versus spoken English texts by normally-hearing adult.
 Garner, Don H.
 U Maryland
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Apr Vol 44(10-A) 2931
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7109
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 SIGN LANGUAGE (47410); VERBAL COMMUNICATION (55520); COMPREHENSION (10820);
 RECALL (LEARNING) (43290); DEAF (13100); SPECIAL EDUCATION (48930);
 ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 manually-coded vs spoken narrative vs expository text, omprehension &
 recall, normal hearing adult children of deaf parents, implications for deaf
 education
-SectHd-
 2720 (LANGUAGE & SPEECH); 3570 (SPECIAL & REMEDIAL EDUCATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 133
-A-
 71-54236
-W-
 Caregiver locus of control and letter writing at a therapeutic summer samp:
 Effects on family environment perceptions, children's behavior and treatment
 contacts.
 Simons, Jonathan A.
 U South Carolina
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Mar Vol 44(9-B) 2907
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7108
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 INTERNAL EXTERNAL LOCUS OF CONTROL (26150); MOTHERS (32140); PARENT CHILD
 COMMUNICATION (36580); THERAPEUTIC CAMPS (52635); WRITTEN LANGUAGE (57230);
 TREATMENT OUTCOMES (54185); ADOLESCENTS (00950); SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN
 (45540); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150); CHILDHOOD (08750)
-Ident-
 mother's locus of control & children's letter writing from therapeutic
 summer camp, family communication treatment involvement & outcomes, 7-14 yr
 olds & their mothers
-SectHd-
 3300 (TREATMENT AND PREVENTION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 134
-A-
 71-53017
-W-
 Dominant attitudes of adult children of Holocaust survivors toward their
 parents.
 Parker, Fran K.
 Saybrook Inst
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Jan Vol 44(7-B) 2230
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7106
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 PARENTS (36680); ATTITUDES (04500); FASCISM (19342); SOCIAL PERCEPTION
 (48320); FAMILY RELATIONS (19250); FAMILY MEMBERS (19210); CONCENTRATION
 CAMPS (10980); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 attitudes toward relationship with parents & feelings about parents, Ss with
 mean age of 29 yrs whose parents were Holocaust survivors
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 135
-A-
 71-53000
-W-
 Television sexuality, parental involvement and adolescents' sexual attitudes
 and behavior: A preliminary investigation.
 Sexton, Diana F.
 Oklahoma State U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Jan Vol 4(7-B) 2127
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7106
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 SEXUALITY (47120); SEXUAL ATTITUDES (46980); ADOLESCENTS (00950); PARENT
 CHILD RELATIONS (36590); PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); PSYCHOSEXUAL
 BEHAVIOR (41890); TELEVISION (51920); ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 parental closeness & communication & TV sexuality, sexual attitudes &
 behavior, high school students pregnant adolescent females
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 136
-A-
 71-52116
-W-
 Parent-adolescent communication and its relationship to adolescent
 depression and suicide proneness.
 Stives, Cathie G.
 Southern Illinois U, Carbondale
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1983 Nov Vol 44(5-A) 343-1344
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7104
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); DEPRESSION (EMOTION) (13650); SUICIDE
 (50620); ADOLESCENTS (00950); PREDISPOSITION (39970); ADOLESCENCE (00920);
 ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 parent-adolescent communication, depression & suicide proneness, 12-18 yr
 olds
-SectHd-
 3200 (PHYSICAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 137
-A-
 71-32613
-W-
 Support, supervision and self-evaluation: The search for an enabling
 relationship.
 Welchman, C.
 Cambridge Jrnl of Education, 1983 Vol 13(2) 45-48
-JrnlAnn-
 7112
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Describes the functioning of a teacher self-evaluation and self-awareness
 group headed by the author, who was also the school headmaster. The group
 focused on the barriers to communication posed by authority and on the
 nature of the interpersonal relationships among school faculty. It is
 asserted that self evaluation-through-action research involves exposure to
 personal stresses, changes, and challenges that may evoke strong feelings of
 anxiety and frustration, a sense of achievement, and the discovery of new
 professional and personal resources. (8 ref)
-Desc-
 TEACHERS (51690); SELF EVALUATION (46270); GROUP DYNAMICS (21760);
 INTERPERSONAL INTERACTION (26250); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 self evaluation & self awareness group, communication interpersonal
 relationships, teachers
-SectHd-
 3510 (EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION & PERSONNEL & TRAINING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 138
-A-
 71-31215
-W-
 Trade-offs in satisfaction: A United States-Mexican comparison.
 Marotz-Baden, Ramona
 Montana State U, Bozeman
 Jrnl of Marriage & the Family, 1984 Feb Vol 46(1) 145-151
 -CODEN-
 JMAA6
-ISSN-
 00222445
-JrnlAnn-
 7112
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined the extent to which the level of a country's economic development
 and parental perception of material abundance, scarcity, and opportunities
 influence parents' efforts to socialize their adolescent shildren. 47
 working-class and 57 middle-class families from the US and 40 working-class,
 41 middle-class, and 50 peasant families from Mexico participated in a game
 designed to simulate the general economic-consumption aspects of each
 country and to allow Ss from each sountry to choose alternatives
 characteristic of their respective culta2OM. Since a country's level of
 industrialization affects the opportunities of its citizens, it was expected
 that families living in a postindustrial society (the US) would seek a
 different set of rewards for their children than families living in a less
 developed but rapidly industrializing society (Mexico). It was hypothesized
 that, based on the economic laws of demand and marginal utility, US families
 would devote less of their resources to ursuing material attainment than
 Mexican families because of the relatively higher affluence in the US.
 Results show that US Ss spent more time and money pursuing interpersonal
 relationships than Mexican Ss, supporting the hypothesis. The concept of a
 trade-off between goals of material attainment and goals of interpersonal
 relationships was also supported. (16 ref)
-Desc-
 UNITED STATES (54850); MEXICO (31260); CROSS CULTURAL DIFFERENCES (12590);
 ECONOMY (15920); VALUES (55220); INDUSTRIALIZATION (25030); CHILDREARING
 PRACTICES (08820); SOCIALIZATION (48470); PARENTAL ATTITUTES (36620);
 ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 economic development of country & parental perception of material abundance
 & opportunity, efforts to socialize adolescent children, families, US vs
 Mexico
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 139
-A-
 71-31213
-W-
 Multichannel communication in normal and delinquent families.
 Lessin, Steven; Jacob, Theodore
 Jrnl of Abnormal Child Psychology, 1984 Sep Vol 12(3) 369-383
 -CODEN-
 JABCAA
-ISSN-
 00910627
-JrnlAnn-
 7112
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Nine intact families, each containing a delinquent male 11-17 yr old shild,
 and 9 normal families, each containing a nondelinquent adolescent, were
 engaged in a laboratory interaction procedure aimed at assessing
 inconsistent (nonredundant) verbal-nonverbal communication patterns. Parents
 completed the Behavior Problem Checklist on their child, and experimental
 procedures involved videotaped discussions between 3 family dyads:
 mother-father, mother-son, and father-son. Detailed analyses of videotaped
 verbal, facial, and auditory channels indicated higher rates of positive
 nonverbal, negative verbal communications in control vs delinquent families
 in parent-parent vs parent-child interaction. Results are discussed in terms
 of the potential adaptive characteristics of such positive inconsistent
 communications. (34 ref)
-Desc-
 FAMILY RELATIONS (19250); PARENT CHILD COMMUNICATION (36580); MALE
 DELINQUENTS (29220); NONVERBAL COMMUNICATION (34360); ADOLESCENCE (00920);
 ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 verbal-nonverbal communication patterns, families with vs without 11-17 yr
 old delinquent mules
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 140
-A-
 71-31205
-W-
 Resource theory and power in families: life cycle considerations.
 Hesse-Biber, Sharlene; Williamson, John
 Boston Coll
 Family Process, 1984 Jun Vol 23(2) 261-278
 -CODEN-
 FAPRA
-ISSN-
 00147370
-JrnlAnn-
 7112
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Outlines the usefulness of resource theory as a theoretical framework for
 the study of family power and uses is to analyze changes in the balance of
 power between elderly parents and their middle-aged children. With respect
 to intergenerational power relationships, it is argued that the autonomy of
 elderly parents has increased, but their power and influence over adult
 shildren has decreased. This trend is likely to continue in coming decades.
 Resource theory is also used to analyze changes in marital power
 relationships as couples age. Most studies of power relationships between
 elderly spouses have an important limitation--they tend to reflect
 yesterday's definitions of male and female roles. It is predicted that
 recent changes in these roles may significantly alter the social meanings of
 aging for both men and women in coming years. (110 ref)
-Desc-
 POWER (39840); AGED (01370); PARENT CHILD RELATIONS (36590); THEORIES
 (52590); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 resource theory as framework for study of family power, shange in balance of
 power between elderly parents & middle-aged children
-SectHd-
 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 141
-A-
 71-31130
-W-
 A study of the influence of television heroes on adolescents: The effects of
 family discussion of programs and cross-border, intercultural hero
 preference.
 Tierney, Joan D.
 Communications 1983 Vol 9(1) 113-141
-ISSN-
 03412059
-JrnlAnn-
 7112
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Investigated how social values are perceived by adolescents through their
 favorite TV series, specifically through the thought and behavior of heroes.
 The social values perceived and ranked as important by the child were
 correlated with values ranked as important by the child and parents as
 family values. Experimentally, 1 group of parents discussed programs as a
 means to reinforce modeling or create immunization in child. Another group
 did not siscuss programs. The control-group child viewed alone. Ss (240
 families) were drawn from culturally diverse populations from both sides of
 US/Canadian border. Family discussion style was measured for significant
 differences and effects. Intercultural and cross-border preference effects
 were also studied. Parent-child relationships, ethnicity and self-esteem
 were correlated with hero influence, family discussion style, and frequency.
 240 adolescents were randomly selected from 12 regionally paired sities. Two
 age groups (10-11 and 13-14 yr olds), both sexes, rural and urban areas were
 selected. Repeated measures on same families were taken over 2 seasons by
 questionnaire, interview, and recorded family discussion for 13 wks/yr.
 (German & French abstracts) (58 ref)
-Desc-
 FAMILY RELATIONS (19250); HUMAN SEX DIFFERENCES (23510); TELEVISION VIEWING
 (51940); SOCIAL VALUES (48420); ADOLESCENTS (00950); MORAL DEVELOPMENT
 (32006); CROSS CULTURAL DIFFERENCES (12590); UNITED STATES (54850); SCHOOL
 AGE CHILDREN (45540); CANADA (07400); RURAL ENVIRONMENTS (45040); URBAN
 ENVIRONMENTS (54940); CHILDHOOD (08750); ADOLESCENCE (00920)
-Ident-
 family relations & discussion of TV programs & other factors, influence of
 TV heroes on social values, female vs male rural vs urban 10-11 vs 13-14 yr
 olds, US vs Canada
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT); 2700 (COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 142
-A-
 71-30389
-W-
 A methodology for the use of the Rorschach in clinical research.
 Blatt, Sidney J.; Berman, William H.
 Yale U
 Jrnl of Personality Assessment, 1984 Jun Vol 48(3) 226-239
 -CODEN-
 JNPABX
-ISSN-
 00223891
-JrnlAnn-
 7112
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Rorschach protocols from 76 opiate addicts (mean age 7.6 yrs), 29 unemployed
 persons (mean age 24.9 yrs), and 24 psychiatric inpatients (mean age 21.5
 yrs) were analazed using the conventional scoring technique, R. Holt's
 (1962, 1966, 1977) primary-secondary process analysis, the 1st author and B.
 A. Ritzler's (1974) measure of thought disorder, and the 1st author and
 colleagues' (1976) assesment of object concepts. Results indicate 7 basic
 factors that assess important dimensions on the Rorschach: degree of reality
 testing, primary experiential mode (action or ideation), degree of access to
 primitive modes of thought and the extent to which these modes are
 integrated effectively, degree of the investment in appropriate and
 inappropriate interpersonal relationships, and severity of pathological
 thinking. These 7 empirically independent, orthogonal factors were assessed
 by single variables that significantly differentiated opiate addicts and
 psychiatric patients and significantly correlated with independent estimates
 of ego functioning and development as evaluated in the Bellak Interview for
 Ego Functions and on the Loevinger Sentence Completion Test. (46 ref)
-Desc-
 RORSCHACH TEST (44900); DRUG ADDICTION (15230); SCORING (TESTING) (45910);
 DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS (14160); PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS (41460); ADULTHOOD
 (01150)
-Ident-
 Rorschach Test in clinical research, opiate addicts & unemployed persons &
 psychiatric inpatients
-SectHd-
 2200 (PSYCHOMETRICS); 3200 (PHYSICAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 143
-A-
 71-29951
-W-
 The school: Liberator or censurer.
 Campbell-Smith, Mollie
 Scotch Oakburn Coll, Launceston, Australia
 Child Abuse & Neglect, 1983 Vol 7(3) 329-337
-ISSN-
 01452134
-JrnlAnn-
 7111
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 In this study presented at the Fourth International Congress on Child Abuse
 and Neglect in Paris, France, in September 1982, the author points out that
 for the last 20 yrs most schools have lagged in their adjustment to the full
 range of needs of students. They act as a censurer by dominating academic
 requirements, causing many students to fail; failing to meet the expressed
 needs of children; providing inadequate teacher training; giving too little
 timely help to children; having uncoordinated assistance within the school
 or with community agencies; and by not reducing peer abuse. The school can
 play a significant role in child development, but for the child with
 adjustment difficulties coherent assistance is rarely offered. The school
 can liberate by recognition of the needs of nonacademic children;
 recognition of the affective needs of all; providing affective training for
 selected teachers; giving appropriate surriculum time for a program in
 personal growth and social relationships; and developing a multidisciplinary
 community agency that interacts with the school. A model is proposed
 outlining how effective intervention will break and prevent the cycle of
 abusive behavior. This program proceeds sequentially through each grade.
 Basically it is one of effective student group interaction in the presence
 of a specially selected and trained group leader. Such a program contributes
 to change in school philosophy and increases the possibility of the child
 becoming a more adequate adult/parent. (French abstract) (10 ref)
-Desc-
 SCHOOL ADJUSTMENT (45510); CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT (8760); SCHOOL ENVIRONMENT
 (45610); STUDENTS (50340); PROFESSIONAL MEETINGS AND SYMPOSIA (40740);
 CHILDHOOD (0750)
-Ident-
 role of school as facilitator of & empediment to development, students,
 paper presented at 4th International Congress on Child Abuse & Neglect
-SectHd-
 3560 (CLASSROOM DYNAMICS & STUDENT ADJUSTMENT & ATTITUDES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 144
-A-
 71-29698
-W-
 The therapeutic community: A current perspective.
 O'Brien, William B.; Biase, D. Vincent
 Daytop Village, New York, NY
 Jrnl of Psychoactive Drugs, 1984 Jan-Mar Vol 16(1) 9-21
 -CODEN-
 JPDRD3
-ISSN-
 02791072
-JrnlAnn-
 7111
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 The therapeutic community (TC) treatment experience is designed for those
 whose negative perspectives of self and society have been further damaged by
 chronic drug abuse and addiction. The TC treatment concept contends that
 addicion/abuse is a complex psychosocial problem, the solution of which
 requires dealing with the total person as well as etiological factors that
 are social, ethical, psychological, physiological, cultural, and existential
 in nature. It does not dismiss the potential of physiological influences but
 emphasizes instead a behavioral-social thrust as the primary therapeutic
 route to altering self-destructive abuse behaviors. The TC program's
 specific goals are to (1) eliminate the patient's drug-taking behavior; (2)
 assist the patient in responding to stress (personal and environmental) in a
 healthier manner; and (3) assist in readjusting and returning the patient to
 the outside community as a functioning, independent individual. The
 residents explore their own behavioral motivations and interpersonal
 relationships, clarify life goals, and move toward a greater sense of moral
 responsibility. Techniques used include behavioral modification, individual
 psychotherapy, intensive counseling, varied group therapy and encounter
 formats, and cognitive and informal input by peers, staff role models, and
 mental health professionals. Nationwide follow-up results and other
 applications of TC treatment modalities are also presented. (16 ref)
-Desc-
 THERAPEUTIC COMMUNITY (52640); DRUG REHABILITATION (15350) ; DRUG ADDICTION
 (15230); DRUG ABUSE (15220)
-Ident-
 therapeutic community treatment experience, chronic drug abusers & addicts
-SectHd-
 3383 (DRUG & ALCOHOL REHABILITATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 145
-A-
 71-29482
-W-
 Effect of middle ear pathology on selected psychoeducational measures
 following surgical treatment.
 Hutton, Jerry B.
 East Texas State U, Garland
 Perceptual & Motor Skills, 1983 Vol 57(3, Pt 2) 1095-1100
 -CODEN-
 PMOSAZ
-ISSN-
 00315125
-JrnlAnn-
 7111
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 24 children (aged 5 yrs 4 mo to 11 yrs 9 mo) who were surgically treated for
 pathology of the middle ear and 24 controls matched for age, sex, and
 ethnicity having histories without problems with ears or school were
 sompared on psychoeducational tests. Measures included the Slosson
 Intlligence Test, the PPVT, the Block Design subtest of the WISC--R, the
 Spelling subtest of the Wide Range Achivement Test, the Spelling and Reading
 Recognition subtests of the Peabody Individual Achievement Test, and the
 Goldman-Fristoe-Woodcock Test of Auditory Discrimination. The surgical group
 scored similarly to controls on 6 of the 8 tests but significantly lower on
 the PPVT and the Block Design subtest of the WISC--R. Although results lend
 support to the notion that pathology of the middle ear negatively affects
 learning abilities and achievement, the impact may be less when successful
 surgical intervention occurs. (15 ref)
-Desc-
 SURGERY (507?0); INTELLIGENCE (25900); EAR DISORDERS (15740); ACADEMIC
 ACHIEVEMENT (00190); VERBAL ABILITY (55500); AUDITORY DISCRIMINATION
 (04630); PRESCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (40160); SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (45540);
 CHILDHOOD (08750)
-Ident-
 surgical treatment of middle ear pathology, psychoeducational performance,
 5.3-11.8 yr olds
-SectHd-
 3370 (HEALTH CARE SERVICES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 146
-A-
 71-29075
-W-
 Psychological, hormonal, and weight disturbances in functional amenorrhea.
 Brown, Edward; Bain, Jerald; Lerner, Paul; Shaul, David
 Toronto General Hosp, Dept of Psychiatry, Canada
 Canadian Jrnl of Psychiatry, 1983 Dec Vol 28(8) 624-628
 -CODEN-
 CPAJAK
-ISSN-
 00084824
-JrnlAnn-
 7111
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Studied psycholigical variables that might operate with hormonal changes in
 17 young women (aged 19-31 yrs) with functional secondary amenorrhea. A high
 incidence of weight disturbance was found. Hormone assays demonstrated a
 diminution of hypothalamic-pituitary function in the underweight Ss. Ss were
 also administered a Rorschach and the MMPI after 4 wksof blood sampling was
 completed. Results reveal the prevalence of psychopathology with disorders
 of self-concept, confusion of body image, faulty mechanisms of defense in
 dealing with affects and impulses, and disturbances of interpersonal
 relationships. The onset of amenorrhea was often related to situations of
 stress. It is suggested that psychological factors were primary in the
 development of functional secondary amenorrhea. (French abstract (17 ref)
-Desc-
 HUMAN FEMALES (23450); AMENORRHEA (02010); BODY WEIGHT (06520); HORMONES
 (23260); PSYCHOPATHOLOGY (41820); PSYCHODYNAMICS (41660); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 psychological & hormonal & weight disturbances, functional secondary
 amenorrhea, 19-37 yr old females
-SectHd-
 3290 (PHYSICAL & PSYCHOSOMATIC DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 147
-A-
 71-29004
-W-
 Feelings and perceptions of parents of runaways.
 Spillane-Grieco, Eileen
 Rutgers U, Graduate School of Social Work, New Brunswick
 Child Welfare, 1984 Mar-Apr Vol 63(2) 159-166
-ISSN-
 00094021
-JrnlAnn-
 7111
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 30 runaways, 29 of their mothers, and 14 of their fathers were administered
 the Barrett-Lennard Relationship Inventory to assess the feelings and
 perceptions of parents of adolescent runaways and the extent to which
 parents felt empathic understanding and positive regard from runaway
 children. Ss were also interviewed as to events contributing to the runaway
 incident. A matched group of nonrunaways served as controls. Findings show
 that 13 runaways were female, middle class, and age 15 yr. The majority of
 parents did not know why their children had run away, which demonstrated a
 lack of understandng between parents and runaways. 41 parents were eager to
 have their children return home; only 3 parents had run away as children.
 Parents and runaways reported low levels of empathy and positive regard;
 however, genuine concern was expressed by parents for their children. The
 present author concludes that the lack of empathy and positive regard
 reported by runaways was due more to lack of effective sommunication than to
 lack of genuine feeling. Parents and runaways were observed as being unable
 to express their affection. (10 ref)
-Desc-
 RUNAWAY BEHAVIOR (45015); PARENTAL ATTITUDES (36620); PARENT CHILD
 COMMUNICATION (36580); ADOLESCENCE (00920); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 feelings & perceptions & attitudes toward their children, parents of
 adolescent runaways
-SectHd-
 3230 (BEHAVIOR DISORDERS & ANTISOCIAL BEHAVIOR); 2950 (MARRIAGE & FAMILY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 148
-A-
 71-28765
-W-
 Perceived communication needs of developmentally delayed nonspeaking
 shildren.
 Meyers, Lawrence S.; Anderen, Colleen; Liddicoat, Catherine M.
 California State U, Sacramento
 Psychological Record, 1984 Win Vol 34(1) 55-68
 -CODEN-
 PYRCAI
-ISSN-
 00332933
-JrnlAnn-
 7111
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Communication needs of 25 7-21 yr old physically disabled, nonspeaking
 public school students were assessed using a job-analysis methodology. 20 of
 the Ss had cerebral palsy, and most communicated primarily through writing
 or alternative symbol systems. On the basis of 128 interviews with teachers,
 parents, therapists, and others who knew the Ss well, a questionnaire was
 developed on which a variety of potential messages and message topics were
 rated in terms of communication requirements. Responses to the
 questionnaires by 98 of the informants were factor analyzed, yielding 4
 factors relating to interpersonal/academic content, recreational
 activities/special events, basic needs, and apperceptive content. The
 frequency with which messages were suggested during the interview phase is
 also reported. Implications for developing vocabularies for augmentative
 sommunication systems are discusse. (8 ref)
-Desc-
 NEEDS (33180); COMMUNICATION DISORDERS (10533); INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
 (26220); SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN (45540); HANDICAPPED (22220); ADOLESCENTS
 (00950); DELAYED DEVELOPMENT (13310); CHILDHOOD (08750); ADOLESCENCE
 (00920)
-Ident-
 perceived communication needs, physically disabled nonspeaking 7-21 yr olds
-SectHd-
 3200 (PHYSICAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL DISORDERS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 149
-A-
 71-28622
-W-
 Artistic creativity and interpersonal relationships across and within
 generations.
 Simonton, Dean K.
 U California, Davis
 Jrnl of Personality & Social Psychology, 1984 Jun Vol 46(6) 1273-1286
 -CODEN-
 JPSPB2
-ISSN-
 0022354
-JrnlAnn-
 7111
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. 772 artists from diverse historical periods were assessed for
 achieved eminence, and their relationships with other artists were gauged in
 terms of both quantity and quality. These social relationships could concern
 predecessors (paragons, masters, and parents), contemporaries (rivals
 sollaborators, associates, friends, copupils, and siblings), and successors
 (apprentices and admirers). Aggregate measures of group artistic activity
 (zeitgeist) were also defined for both contemporary and preceding
 generations. Five relationships--paragons, rivals, associates, apprentices,
 and admirers--emerged as the most consistent correlates of artistic
 eminence, although the aggregate measures provided useful predictors over
 and above the individual-level effects. The impact of the various
 interpersonal relationships was often moderated by the mean age difference
 between the artist and the fellow artists entering a given social
 interaction. For example, artistic eminence is a curvilinear inverted
 backward function of the mean artist-paragon age gap, in which the optimum
 point varies as a negative monotonic function of the number of paragons
 emulated. (22 ref)
-Desc-
 INTERPERSONAL INTERACTION (26250); ARTISTS (03940); INTERPERSONAL INFLUENCES
 (26240); AGE DIFFERENCES (01360); CREATIVITY (12380); ADULTHOOD (01150);
 ACHIEVEMENT (00470)
-Ident-
 interpersonal relationships with predecessors & sontemporaries & successors
 & age gap, creative achievement, artists
-SectHd-
 3020 (GROUP & INTERPERSONAL PROCESSES); 2740 (LITERATURE & ART)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 001:011 150
-A-
 71-28564
-W-
 Whatever it is, don't call me one: Women students' attitudes toward
 feminism.
 Fox, Margery; Auerbach, Doris
 Fairligh Dickinson U, Teaneck
 International Jrnl of Women's Studies, 1983 Sep-Oct Vol 6(4) 352-362
-ISSN-
 07038240
-JrnlAnn-
 7111
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 A comparison of women students' attitudes toward feminism and the women's
 movement at 2 colleges was undertaken to test the hypothesis that feminism
 is a function of social class. A questionnaire was devised and administered
 to approximately 100 Ss at each of the institutions (a coed college and a
 women's college), which represent opposite ends of the spectrum of social
 slass as measured by the sociological variables of education, occupation,
 and income. Results support the hypothesis, showing that favorable attitudes
 toward feminism correlated positively with higher social class. There was,
 however an unexpectedly large number of negative responses at the women's
 school that suggested an undercurrent of antifeminism in an educational
 institution known for its support of women's causes. Results suggest that
 feminism is strongly linked to developmental stages of the life cycle. It
 may be an experiential phenomenon that takes hold in women after some have
 fulfilled either what they consider their basic mission in life of marriage
 and childbirth, after they have realized the difficulties of bridging
 interpersonal relationships and career objectives, or after they have been
 disillusioned by sexism in the working world. (9 ref)
-Desc-
 FEMINISM (19585); SOCIAL CLASS (48120); COLLEGE STUDENTS (10320); SEX ROLE
 ATTITUDES (46935); STUDENT ATTITUDES (50300); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 social class, attitudes toward feminism, females from coed vs women's
 college
-SectHd-
 29?0 (PSYCHOSEXUAL BEHAVIOR & SEX ROLES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 1
-A-
 0043934
-W-
 Supporting staff through decentralization
 Salmond SW
 NURS ECON, 1985 Sept.-Oct.; 3(5): 295-300 (18 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Administration; *Nursing Management; *Personnel
 Management; *Leadership
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 2
-A-
 0043829
-W-
 Work sampling: analyzing nursing staff productivity
 Hagerty BK; Chang RS; Spengler CD
 J. NURS. ADM., 1985 Sept.; 15(9): 9-14 (7 ref. 3 bib.)
-DocType-
 forms
-Desc-
 *Efficiency--Evaluation; *Nursing Management; *Task Performance and
 Analysis; *Nursing Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 3
-A-
 0043603
-W-
 Studies on the locus of nursing research activities at the national level
 Felton G; Dumas R; Stevenson JS; Woods NF
 J. PROF. NURS, 1985 July-Aug.; 1(4): 202-11 (4 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Research, Nursing; *Research Support; *Government Agencies; Organizational
 Structure
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 4
-A-
 0043601
-W-
 What would you do if you didn't chair the meeting of the faculty
 organizations
 Brown BJ
 J. PROF. NURS, 1985 July-Aug.; 1(4): 191
-DocType-
 editorial
-Desc-
 *Nurse Administrators; Faculty, Nursing; Schools, Nursing--Administration;
 Meetings
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 5
-A-
 0043561
-W-
 The organization game... simulation helps nurse managers learn their way
 around the hospital network
 Feldman HR
 NURS MANAGE, 1985 Sept.; 16(9): 47-9 (8 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Games and Simulations; *Organizational Culture--Education; *Nursing
 Management--Education
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 6
-A-
 0043492
-W-
 Boards of nursing: composition, member qualifications, and statutory
 authority
 NA PUBL., 1985 #D-85: 1-72 (14 ref.)
-DocType-
 pamphlet, tables/charts
-Desc-
 *Nursing Organizations--United States; *Government Agencies--United States;
 *Licensure--United States; Organizational Structure; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 7
-A-
 0043174
-W-
 Focus on rehabilitation in the acute care setting: the role of the neuro
 clinical nurse specialist
 Davis AE
 J. NEUROSURG. NURS, 1985 Aug.; 17(4): 244-6 (7 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Clinical Nurse Specialists; *Neurologic Nursing; *Rehabilitation Nursing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 8
-A-
 0042917
-W-
 Managing layoffs: a comprehensive approach
 Borg JH; Jensen DL
 NURS MANAGE, 1985 Aug.; 16(8): 31-4, 36-7
-Desc-
 *Employment; *Nursing Management; *Nursing Service--Administration;
 *Personnel Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 9
-A-
 0042419
-W-
 Retrenchment: how nurse executives cope
 Feldman J; Daly-Gawenda D
 J. NURS. ADM., 1985 June; 15(6): 31-7 (5 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Nurse Administrators; *Nursing Service--Administration Coping; Adult;
 Middle Age; female
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 10
-A-
 0042417
-W-
 Projecting supply expenses
 Hoffman FM
 J. NURS. ADM., 1985 June; 15(6): 21-4 (1 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Materials Management; *Nursing Service--Administration *Costs and Cost
 Analysis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 11
-A-
 0042416
-W-
 The physician as a nursing service customer
 Luciano K; Darling LAW
 J. NURS. ADM., 1985 June; 15(6): 17-20 (6 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Physicians; *Nursing Service--Administration; *Consumers; Nurse-Physician
 Relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 12
-A-
 0041960
-W-
 Critical mass: integration of organizational theory and economics... help
 nurse executives design primary work groups with high productivity norms
 Opatrny JC; Opatrny BA
 NURS ECON, 1985 July-Aug.; 3 (4): 227-33, 244 (9 ref.)
-DocType-
 tables/charts
-Desc-
 *Efficiency; *Organizational Culture; *Job performance; *Nursing
 Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 13
-A-
 0041958
-W-
 Implementing and monitoring variable staffing part 2
 Kirby KK; Wiczai LJ
 NURS ECON, 1985 July-Aug.; 3(4): 216-22 (2 ref.)
-DocType-
 tables/charts
-Desc-
 *Personnel Staffing and Scheduling; *Budgets; Nursing
 Service--Administration; Personnel Staffing and Scheduling--Economics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 14
-A-
 0041954
-W-
 Quality with economy: doing the right things for less
 Tonges MC
 NURS ECON, 1985 July-Aug.; 3(4): 205-11 (18 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Cost Control--Methods; *Nursing Management; *Nursing
 Service--Administration; *Efficiency; Personal Staffing and Scheduling
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 15
-A-
 0041920
-W-
 RIMS: skirting the edge of disaster... costing nursing services... Relative
 Intensity Measure
 Trofino J
 NURS MANAGE (CRIT CARE ED.), 1985 July; 16(7): 48-51 (14 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Care--Economics; *Costs and Cost Analysis; Nursing
 Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 16
-A-
 0041382
-W-
 Hospital market structure and the return to nursing education
 Booton LA; Lane JI
 J. HUM RESOUR, 1984 Spring; 20(2): 184-96 (8 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Education, Nursing, Baccalaureate; *Salaries and Fringe Benefits; *Nursing
 Staff, Hospital; *Hospitals; *Organizational Structure; *Power
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 17
-A-
 0041377
-W-
 The moderating role of work context in job design research: a test of
 competing models
 Ferris GR; Gilmore DC
 ACAD MANAGE J, 1984 Dec.; 27(4): 885-92 (17 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Job Satisfaction; *Skilled Nursing Facilities; *Nurse*Job Analysis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 18
-A-
 0041375
-W-
 Sources and management of organizational stress in nursing sub-units in
 Canada
 Leatt P; Schneck R
 ORGAN STUD, 1985; 6(1): 55-79 (45 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Stress, Occupational--Canada; *Hospital Units--Administration--Canada;
 *Nursing Staff, Hospital--Canada; *Nurse-Physician Relations--Canada;
 *Nurse-Patient Relations--Canada; *Nursing Role--Canada
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 19
-A-
 0041349
-W-
 A CML program for the nursing department
 Panzarella M
 CLIN LIBR Q, 1985 Mar.; 3(3): 1-3
-Desc-
 *Clinical Librarianship; *Nursing Service
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 20
-A-
 0041264
-W-
 History and organization of the Seattle-area Hickman Catheter Committee...
 Hickman catheter procedural guidelines
 Ford R
 NUTA, 1985 Mar.-Apr.; 8(2): 123-35
-DocType-
 pictorial, tables/charts
-Desc-
 *Heart Catheterization; *Catheters; *Catheters--Nursing; *Specimen Handling;
 *Irrigation--Methods; *Bandages and Dressings
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 21
-A-
 0041222
-W-
 Nurse executive management strategies. Organizational models for nursing
 practice
 AHA PUBL Div. Nurs, 1984 (# ): 1-11 (18 bib.)
-DocType-
 tables/charts
-Desc-
 *Organizational Structure; *Nursing Service; *Nursing Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 22
-A-
 0040999
-W-
 Calling all gerontological nurses with slide rule aptitudes
 Rogers RE
 J. GERONTOL NURS, 1985 May; 11(5): 7
-DocType-
 editorial
-Desc-
 *Nursing Home Design and Construction; Aged; Inpatients
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 23
-A-
 0040965
-W-
 Decentralization reduces nursing administration budget... eliminating
 evening and night shift nursing supervisors
 Fanning JA; Lovett RB
 J. NURS. ADM., 1985 May; 15(5): 19-24 (8 ref. 7 bib.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Administration; *Nursing Management--Economics;
 *Supervisors and Supervision; Budgets; Organizational Structure
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 24
-A-
 0040674
-W-
 You can hold costs down
 Strength C
 NURS SUCCESS TODAY, 1985 Apr.; 2(4): 30-1
-Desc-
 *Cost Control--Methods; *Nursing Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 25
-A-
 0040501
-W-
 The new structure of the NSW Nurses' Association
 LAMP, 1985 Apr.; 42(3): 4
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 26
-A-
 0040281
-W-
 Assessing the quality of nursing care in a dialysis unit
 Rajki KL; Feltman BA; Smeltzer CH
 ANNA J, 1985 Feb.; 12(1): 11-5, 53 (3 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nephrology Nursing--Evaluation; *Quality Assurance--Methods; Organizational
 Structure; Hemodialysis--Evaluation; Inpatient; Outpatients
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 27
-A-
 0040267
-W-
 Generic baccalaureate nursing programs: description of administrative
 structure and student recruitment practices part 1
 Redman BK; Cassells JM
 J. PROF NURS, 1985 May-June; 1(3): 172-81 (7 ref.)
-DocType-
 tables/charts
-Desc-
 *Education, Nursing, Baccalaureate; *School Admissions; *Students, Nursing;
 *Personnel Recruitment; Careers in Nursing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 28
-A-
 0040231
-W-
 The Bias Coin Design... overcome the problems of biased or unbalanced
 treatment groups
 Sweeney C; Egger MJ
 J. NURSE MIDWIFE, 1985 May-June; 30(3): 175-7 (7 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Research--Methods; Research, Nursing--Methods
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 29
-A-
 0039697
-W-
 Proceedings of doctoral programs in nursing: consensus for quality...
 American Association of Colleges of Nursing... Division of Nursing,
 Department of Health and Human Services
 Jamann JS
 J. PROF NURS, 1985 Mar.-Apr.; 1(2): 90-121 (17 ref. 56 bib.)
-Desc-
 *Education, Nursing, Graduate--Standards; *Education, Nursing, Graduate;
 *Quality Assurance; Research, Nursing; Faculty, Nursing; Students, Nursing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 30
-A-
 0039636
-W-
 Microcomputers in nursing administration: a software overview
 Finkler SA
 J. NURS. ADM., 1985 Apr.; 15(4) 18-23 (2 ref. 16 bib.)
-Desc-
 *Computer Programs; *Microcomputers; *Nursing Service--Administration; Word
 Processing; Operational Data Bases
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 31
-A-
 0039496
-W-
 Admitting, transfer and discharge: capturing savings from system design
 Smith DS; Coleman JR; Lebeda JR
 NURS MANAGE (CRIT CARE ED.), 1985 May; 16(5): 25-8, 30-3 (10 ref.)
-DocType-
 tables/charts
-Desc-
 *Patient Admission; *Nursing Care; *Patient Discharge *Transfer,
 intrahospital; Inpatients
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 32
-A-
 0039443
-W-
 A nurse staffing evaluation model
 Cleland V; Mart MS; Killeen MB
 MICH. HOSP., 1985 Feb.; 21(2): 13-7 (18 ref.)
-DocType-
 tables/charts
-Desc-
 *Nursing Care--Trends; *Personnel Staffing and Scheduling; *Patient
 Classification; *Nursing Care--Standards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 33
-A-
 0039442
-W-
 The  Michigan response to the National Commission on Nursing: a perspective
 Donaho B; Calkins J
 MICH. HOSP., 1985 Feb.; 21(2): 7-11
-Desc-
 *Nursing as a Profession--Trends; *Education, Nursing--Trends;
 *Organizational Structure; *Health Care Delivery--Trends; Interprofessional
 Relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 34
-A-
 0039411
-W-
 Budgeting for variable staffing part 1
 Kirby KK; Wiczai LJ
 NURS ECON, 1985 May-June; 3(3): 160-6 (8 ref.)
-DocType-
 tables/charts
-Desc-
 *Budgets; *Personnel Staffing and Scheduling--Economics Nursing
 Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 35
-A-
 0039093
-W-
 Administrator's handbook for community health and home care services
 Fish CW
 NLN PUBL, 1984 #21-1943: 1-423 (155 bib.)
-DocType-
 forms, pamphlet
-Desc-
 *Employee Performance Appraisal ; *Community Health
 Services--Administration; *Hospices--Administration; *Home Health
 Care--Administration; *Personnel Management; *Job Analysis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 36
-A-
 0038943
-W-
 DRGs, variable pricing, and budgeting for nursing services
 Vanderzee H; Glusko G
 J. NURS. ADM., 1984 May; 14(5): 11-4
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Economics; *Diagnosis-Related Groups; *Nursing
 Care--Economics; *Patient Classification
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 37
-A-
 0038849
-W-
 Costing duty rotas
 Roberts F
 NURS TIMES, 1985 May 1-7; 81(18): 42-3 (4 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Personnel Staffing and Scheduling--Economics; Nursing
 Service--Administration; Great Britain
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 38
-A-
 0038731
-W-
 Developing a productive nursing research program in a clinical institution
 Marchette L
 J. NURS. ADM., 1985 Mar.; 15(3): 25-30 (35 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Research, Nursing; *Nursing Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 39
-A-
 0038729
-W-
 Improving the nursing climate for cost containment
 Madsen NL; Harper RW
 J. NURS. ADM., 1985 Mar.; 15(3): 11-7 (4 ref.)
-DocType-
 CEU, exam questions
-Desc-
 *Cost Control; *Nursing Management; *Nursing Service--Administration;
 *Education, Continuing (Credit)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 40
-A-
 0038658
-W-
 Managing nursing resources in a constrained economic environment
 Sovie MD
 NURS ECON, 1985 Mar.-Apr.; 3(2): 85-94 (16 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Administration; *Nursing Management--Economics; *Nursing
 Care--Economics; Nursing Care Plans; Personnel Staffing and Scheduling;
 Ambulatory Surgery
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 41
-A-
 0038656
-W-
 Building innovative nursing departments: thriving in turbulent times
 Pointer DD; Poinzer TK
 NURS ECON, 1985 Mar.-Apr.; 3(2): 73-7 (15 ref.)
-DocType-
 bibliography
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Administration; *Creativeness; *Change Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 42
-A-
 0038516
-W-
 Financial management series: cost per RN hired
 Hoffman FM
 J. NURS. ADM., 1985 Feb.; 15(2): 27-9
-Desc-
 *Costs and Cost Analysis; *Nursing Service--Administration; *Personnel
 Recruitment--Economics; Personnel Retention- Economics; Employee
 Orientation--Economics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 43
-A-
 0038257
-W-
 Managing the intermediate product... retrospective reimbursement
 Piper LR
 NURS MANAGE (CRIT CARE ED.), 1985 Mar.; 16(3): 18, 20
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Administration; *Nursing Management; Hospital
 Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 44
-A-
 0038216
-W-
 Models and theories: critical examination part 8
 Aggleton P; Chalmers H
 NURS TIMES, 1985 Apr. 3-9; 81(14): 38-9 (11 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Models, Theoretical; *Nursing Theory; Nursing Care
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 45
-A-
 0038040
-W-
 The why and how of volunteerism... ONS committees
 Lane A; Berendts CA; French M
 ONCOL NURS. FORUM, 1985 Mar.-Apr.; 12(2): 104, 107-10
-DocType-
 tables/charts
-Desc-
 *Volunteer Workers; *Oncologic Nursing--Organizations; *Committees;
 Organizational Structure
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 46
-A-
 0037952
-W-
 Exciting opportunity to enhance patient care delivery... nurses involved in
 the planning of any construction project
 Fadler J; Southard M
 FOCUS CRIT CARE, 1985 Feb.; 12(1): 11-8 (4 ref.)
-DocType-
 pictorial
-Desc-
 *Nursing Role; *Hospital Design and Construction; *Intensive Care Units;
 Critical Care Nursing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 47
-A-
 0037833
-W-
 Nursing administration: budget, cost, financial planning ed. 3
 NLN PUBL, 1984 #20-1965: 13-6
-DocType-
 bibliography, pamphlet
-Desc-
 *Budgets; *Nursing Service--Administration; *Nursing Management; Cost
 Control; Costs and Cost Analysis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 48
-A-
 0037832
-W-
 Nursing administration: administration and management ed. 3
 NLN PUBL, 1984 #20-1965: 1-12
-DocType-
 bibliography, pamphlet
-Desc-
 *Nursing Management; *Nursing Service--Administration; *Nurse
 Administrators
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 49
-A-
 0037626
-W-
 The challenge of prospective pricing: work smarter
 Olsen SM
 J. NURS. ADM., 1984 Apr.; 14(4): 22-6 (9 ref. 3 bib.)
-Desc-
 *Reimbursement, Prospective; *Nursing Service--Administration; Medicare;
 Efficiency; Cost Control
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 50
-A-
 0037333
-W-
 Use of a patient classification system for allocating nursing staff...
 department of nursing at St. Mary Medical Center, Long Beach, Calif.
 Ledford C; Mikuleky M
 SOFTWARE HEALTHC, 1985 Apr.-May; 3(2): 44, 46, 49-50 passim (4 ref.)
-DocType-
 forms
-Desc-
 *Patient Classification; *Computers and Computerization *Personnel Staffing
 and Scheduling; *Nursing Staff, Hospital
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 51
-A-
 0037032
-W-
 Standards of nursing practice in correctional facilities
 ANA PUBL Council Community Health Nurses, 1985 #CH-11: 1-25 (8 ref. 26
 bib.)
-DocType-
 pamphlet
-Desc-
 *Specialties, Nursing--Standards; *Prisons; *Professional
 Practice--Standards; Nursing Service--Administration; Data
 Collection--Standards; Diagnosis, Nursing--Standards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 52
-A-
 0036954
-W-
 Organizational stress in the hospital: development of a model for diagnosis
 and prediction
 Gray-Toft PA; Anderson G
 HEALTH SERV RES, 1985 Feb.; 19(6): Part 1: 753-74 (38 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Stress, Occupational; *Nurses; *Nursing Role; *Job Satisfaction;
 *Supervisors and Supervision; *Organizational Culture
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 53
-A-
 0036844
-W-
 Models and theories: Henderson's model part 7
 Aggleton P; Chalmers H
 NURS TIMES, 1985 Mar. 6-12; 81(10): 33-5 (11 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Models, Theoretical; *Nursing Theory; *Nursing Care
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 54
-A-
 0036711
-W-
 Managing the professional nurse: the organizational theories part 1
 McClure ML
 J. NURS. ADM., 1984 Feb.; 14(2): 15-21 (19 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Management; *Theory; *Personnel Management; *Organizational
 Structure; Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 55
-A-
 0036668
-W-
 Models and theories: Roper's activities of living model part 6
 Aggleton P; Chalmers H
 NURS TIMES, 1985 Feb. 13-19; 81(7): 59-61 (11 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Models, Theoretical; *Nursing Theory; Nursing Care
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 56
-A-
 0036611
-W-
 Locus of decision making in schools of nursing
 Wakefield-Fisher M
 J. NURS. EDUC, 1985 Feb.; 24(2): 82-4 (9 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Faculty, Nursing; *Schools, Nursing--Administration; *Decision Making;
 Organizational Structure
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 57
-A-
 0036443
-W-
 Janforum--British nursing education 1960-1985: a time of professional
 progress. Development of a new statutory structure for nursing, midwifery
 and health visiting in the United Kingdom
 Storey M
 J. ADV NURS, 1985 Jan.; 10(1): 79-81
-Desc-
 *Education, Nursing--Legislation and Jurisprudence--Great Britain ; *Nursing
 Organizations--Legislation and Jurisprudence--Great Britain; Great Britain
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 58
-A-
 0036428
-W-
 Has the discipline of nursing developed to the stage where nurses do "think
 nursing"
 Perry J
 J. ADV NURS, 1985 Jan.; 10(1): 31-7 (24 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing as a Profession; *Thinking; *Nursing Care; *Professional Practice;
 *Nursing Theory; Models, Theoretical
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 59
-A-
 0036426
-W-
 Creative nursing: processive care and mores... nurses' excellent personal
 qualities were not being used in their professional practice
 Skeet M; Thompson R
 J. ADV NURS, 1985 Jan.; 10(1): 15-24 (2 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Creativeness; *Students, Nursing; *Nursing Care--Psychosocial Factors;
 *Curriculum; Models, Theoretical; Conceptual Framework
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 60
-A-
 0036337
-W-
 Practice issues: from the Nursing Practice Committee: nursing implications
 under prospective payment system
 Brown IA
 J. NEUROSURG NURS, 1985 Feb.; 17(1): 5-6 (9 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Administration; Reimbursement, Prospective; Neurologic
 Nursing; Nursing Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 61
-A-
 0036270
-W-
 Managing staff cutbacks
 Darling LAW; Luciano K
 J. NURS. ADM., 1985 Jan.; 15(1): 29-34 (19 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Management; *Personnel Staffing and Scheduling *Employment; Nursing
 Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 62
-A-
 0036269
-W-
 A clinical nurse specialist in a line management position
 Williams LB; Cancian DW
 J. NURS. ADM., 1985 Jan.; 15(1): 20-7 (30 ref.)
-DocType-
 CEU, exam questions
-Desc-
 *Education, Continuing (Credit); *Clinical Nurse Specialists; *Nursing
 Management; *Organizational Structure; *Job Analysis; Nursing
 Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 63
-A-
 0036191
-W-
 Software directory update
 Worrell PJ; Hodson KE
 NURSE EDUC, 1985 Jan.-Feb.; 10(1): 37-8
-DocType-
 bibliography
-Desc-
 *Computer Programs; *Nursing Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 64
-A-
 0035788
-W-
 Mainstreaming inpatients and outpatients: modifying systems to everyone's
 advantage... integrating ambulatory surgical patients into an acute care
 setting
 Barton AK
 AORN J, 1985 Feb.; 41(2): 386-8 (2 ref.)
-Desc-
 *hospital Design and Construction; *Recovery Room; *Ambulatory Surgery;
 Outpatients
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 65
-A-
 0035786
-W-
 Nursing organizations meet with ANA in Kansas City... Nursing Organization
 Liaison Forum (NOLF)
 Klann SS
 AORN J, 1985 Feb.; 41(2): 380
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 66
-A-
 0035645
-W-
 ENA position statement on the use of prehospital care providers (EMTs) in
 emergency departments
 JEN, 1985 Jan.-Feb.; 11(1): 23A
-Desc-
 *Emergency Medical Technicians; *Emergency Nursing; Emergency
 Nursing--Organizations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 67
-A-
 0035643
-W-
 The President in the emergency department: a nursing perspective
 Kelley SJ
 JEN, 1985 Jan.-Feb.; 11(1): 15A-6A
-DocType-
 anecdote
-Desc-
 *Emergency Nursing; Outpatients
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 68
-A-
 0035285
-W-
 The nursing home corridor
 Noakes EH; Taylor PS
 AM HEALTH CARE ASSOC. J, 1984 July; 10(4): 55-6
-Desc-
 *Nursing Home Design and Construction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 69
-A-
 0035202
-W-
 The Division of Nursing... Department of Health and Human Services
 J. COMMUNITY HEALTH NURS, 1984; 1(3): 217
-Desc-
 *Government Agencies--United States; Nursing Organizations--United States;
 United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 70
-A-
 0035179
-W-
 Curriculum design for educating nurse practitioners in adolescent health
 care
 Rusala-Herbst J
 J. NURS. EDUC, 1985 Jan.; 24(1): 37-9 (1 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Pediatric Nurse Practitioners--Education; *Health--In Adolescence;
 *Education, Nursing, Graduate; *Curriculum
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 71
-A-
 0035106
-W-
 Nursing careers: findings of a follow-up survey of graduates of the nursing
 education and administration certificate courses of the Department of
 Nursing Studies, University of Edinburgh, 1958-1975
 Hardy LK; Sinclair H; Hughes J
 J. ADV NURS, 1984 Nov.; 9(6): 611-8 (20 ref.)
-DocType-
 survey
-Desc-
 *Faculty, Nursing--Great Britain; *Nurse Administrators--Great Britain;
 Great Britain; Sex Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 72
-A-
 0035105
-W-
 Educational achievement of nurses who completed the nursing education and
 the nursing administration certificate courses of the Department of Nursing
 Studies, University of Edinburgh, 1958-1975
 Sinclair HC; Hardy LK; Hughes J
 J. ADV NURS, 1984 Nov.; 9(6): 603-9 (17 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Faculty, Nursing--Scotland; *Nurse Administrators--Scotland; Scotland;
 Adult; Middle Age; Males
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 73
-A-
 0034880
-W-
 Design and implementation of a respiratory protection program
 Ebert F
 OCCUP HEALTH NURS, 1984 Dec.; 32(12): 629-32 (5 ref.)
-DocType-
 forms
-Desc-
 *Occupational Health Services; *Occupational Diseases--Prevention and
 Control; *Respiratory Tract Diseases--Prevention and Control; *Occupational
 Health Nursing; Medical History Taking
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 74
-A-
 0034835
-W-
 Issues pertinent to community hospitals... nursing, O. R. managers, hospital
 organization, O. R. manager's role
 Orr D
 CAN OPER ROOM NURS. J, 1984 Dec.; 2(6): 34-9 ( 3 bib.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Management; *Operating Rooms--Administration; *Perioperative
 Nursing; Nursing as a Profession--Canada
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 75
-A-
 0034438
-W-
 Nurse use of general-purpose microcomputer software
 Bellinger K; Laden
 NURS OUTLOOK, 1985 Jan.-Feb.; 33(1): 22-5 (5 ref.)
-DocType-
 bibliography, tables/charts
-Desc-
 *Computer Programs; *Microcomputers; *Nursing Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 76
-A-
 0034359
-W-
 The development and evaluation of a structured learning format introduction
 to behaviour therapy for psychiatric nurses
 Milne D
 BR J CLIN PSYCHOL, 1984 Sept.; 23( ): Part 3: 175-85 (51 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Behavior Therapy--Education; *Psychiatric Nursing--Education;
 *Learning--Evaluation; *Staff Development; Hospitals Psychiatric
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 77
-A-
 0034313
-W-
 Job security seen as main issue in unionization drives
 HOSPITALS, 1984 Dec. ; 58(23): 59-60
-Desc-
 *Labor Unions; *Nurses; *Nursing Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 78
-A-
 0034312
-W-
 Nursing expertise enhances revenue base
 HOSPITALS, 1984 Dec. 1; 58(23): 59
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 79
-A-
 0034066
-W-
 Computer consult: which nursing information systems
 Steffan S
 AM J NURS, 1984 Dec.; 84(12): 1527-8 (2 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Operational Data Bases--Evaluation; *Nursing Service-- Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 80
-A-
 0033923
-W-
 Computerized nursing systems: a look at the marketplace
 Batchelor GJ
 COMPUT HEALTHC, 1985 Jan.; 6(1): 55-6, 8
-Desc-
 *Operational Data Bases; *Computers and Computerization *Nursing
 Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 81
-A-
 0033765
-W-
 Tomorrow's facility: silk purse or sow's ear... making a good nursing home
 out of older buildings designed for other purposes
 Noakes EH; Taylor PS
 AM HEALTH CARE ASSOC. J, 1984 Sept.; 10(5): 62-3, 65
-DocType-
 pictorial
-Desc-
 *Nursing Home Design and Construction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 82
-A-
 0033763
-W-
 Financing: some pointers on the FHA insured mortgage loan
 Gawley BP; Schwabe G
 AM HEALTH CARE ASSOC. J, 1984 Sept.; 10(5): 47-8, 50, 52
-Desc-
 *Nursing Home Design and Construction--Economics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 83
-A-
 0033762
-W-
 Evaluation key to accurate cost projections
 Sokolowski PJ
 AM HEALTH CARE ASSOC. J, 1984 Sept.; 10(5): 42, 44
-Desc-
 *Nursing Home Design and Construction--Economics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 84
-A-
 0033761
-W-
 Humanizing design for tomorrow's facility
 Vollmer V
 AM HEALTH CARE ASSOC. J, 1984 Sept.; 10(5): 34-5, 38-40
-DocType-
 pictorial
-Desc-
 *Nursing Home Design and Construction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 85
-A-
 0033759
-W-
 Finding the right architect
 Horty TE
 AM HEALTH CARE ASSOC. J, 1984 Sept.; 10(5): 18, 20-2
-Desc-
 *Nursing Home Design and Construction; *Architecture
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 86
-A-
 0033757
-W-
 Build or renovate an architect's perspective
 Kromm DV; Kromm WB
 AM HEALTH CARE ASSOC. J, 1984 Sept.; 10(5): 3-7 (5 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Home Design and Construction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 87
-A-
 0033726
-W-
 Planning and implementing computer learning in a department of nursing
 Felton BB
 NURS HEALTH CARE, 1984 Dec.; 5(10): 549-53 (16 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Computer Assisted Instruction; *Education, Nursing; *Computers and
 Computerization--Organizations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 88
-A-
 0033600
-W-
 The nurse's tale: health department nursing officer... Scottish Home and
 Health Department
 Dopson
 NURS TIMES, 1984 Dec. 5-11; 80(49): 22-3
-DocType-
 anecdote
-Desc-
 *Nursing Management--Scotland; Scotland
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 89
-A-
 0033574
-W-
 Using a PERT planning network to manage a nursing service computer system
 installation
 Fralic MF
 J. NURS. ADM., 1984 Dec.; 14(12): 29-31 (7 ref.)
-DocType-
 pictorial
-Desc-
 *Computers and Computerization; *Operational Data Bases *Nursing
 Service--Administration; Nursing Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 90
-A-
 0033573
-W-
 Financial management series: functional value analysis
 Hoffman FM
 J. NURS. ADM., 1984 Dec.; 14(12): 25-8 (1 ref.)
-DocType-
 forms
-Desc-
 *Nursing Management; *Costs and Cost Analysis--Methods; *Cost
 Control--Methods; *Nursing Service--Administration; Financial Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 91
-A-
 0033298
-W-
 Carpets
 Koncelik J
 AM HEALTH CARE ASSOC. J, 1982 Nov.; 8(6): 79-81 (6 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Interior Design and Furnishings; *Nursing Homes
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 92
-A-
 0033297
-W-
 The cost of risk capital... expansion of the nursing home industry
 Rhoads JL; Brant SD
 AM HEALTH CARE ASSOC. J, 1982 Nov.; 8(6): 76-9 (2 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Homes--Economics; *Nursing Home Design and Construction--Economics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 93
-A-
 0033181
-W-
 Decision-modeling methods used to design decision support systems for
 staffing
 Nutt PC
 MED CARE, 1984 Nov.; 22(11): 1002-13 (20 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Personnel Staffing and Scheduling; *Decision Making; *Models, Theoretical
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 94
-A-
 0033107
-W-
 New approach: model addresses nursing autonomy
 Holland D
 MD NURSE, 1984 June; 3(3): 13
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Administration; *Autonomy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 95
-A-
 0033020
-W-
 Models and theories: the Riehl interaction model part 3
 Aggleton P; Chalmers H
 NURS TIMES, 1984 Nov. 7-13; 80(45): 58-61 (6 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Models, Theoretical; *Nursing Theory; *Nursing Care
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 96
-A-
 0032947
-W-
 The relationship between nurse staffing policies and nursing budgets
 Hancock WM; Fuhs PA
 HEALTH CARE MANAGE REV, 1984 Fall; 9(4): 21-6 (7 ref.)
-DocType-
 tables/charts
-Desc-
 *Personnel Staffing and Scheduling; *Nursing Service--Administration;
 *Budgets; *Hospital Units--Administration; *Nursing Staff,
 Hospital--Administration; Workload Measurement
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 97
-A-
 0032858
-W-
 The organizational foundations of nursing roles: an empirical assessment
 Alexander J
 SOC SCI MED, 1984; 18(12): 1045-52 (43 ref.)
-DocType-
 tables/charts
-Desc-
 *Nursing Role; *Task Performance and Analysis; *Hospital
 Units--Administration; *Organizational Structure; *Job Satisfaction;
 *Nursing Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 98
-A-
 0032478
-W-
 Getting on top of organizational change: trends in nursing service part 2
 Beyers M
 J. NURS. ADM., 1984 Nov.; 14(11): 31-7 (13 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Organizational Development; *Change Management; *Nursing Service; *Nurse
 Administrators; Research, Nursing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 99
-A-
 0032474
-W-
 Improving nursing morale in a climate of cost containment: program planning
 part 2
 Haw MA; Claus EG; Durbin-Lafferty E; Iversen SM
 J. NURS. ADM., 1984 Nov.; 14( 1): 10-7 (9 ref.)
-DocType-
 CEU, exam questions
-Desc-
 *Morale; *Cost Control; *Quality of Working Life; *Staff Nurses; *Nursing
 Care; *Education, Continuing (Credit)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 100
-A-
 0032469
-W-
 Facility design for the times
 Goldman RL
 AM HEALTH CARE ASSOC. J, 1984 May; 10(3): 64-6
-DocType-
 pictorial
-Desc-
 *Nursing Home Design and Construction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 101
-A-
 0032272
-W-
 Nursing home crunch to hit hospitals soon
 Fackelmann KS
 MOD HEALTHC, 1984 Nov. 15; 14(15): 42-3, 46
-Desc-
 *Nursing Homes; *Long Term Care--Trends; Nursing Home Design and
 Construction--Economics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 102
-A-
 0032224
-W-
 A design for the development of a computer assisted instruction tutorial
 module
 Kashka MS; Lease BJ
 COMPUT NURS, 1984 July-Aug.; 2(4): 136-42 (26 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Computer Assisted Instruction; *Education, Nursing; *Computer Programs
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 103
-A-
 0032183
-W-
 Hospital units as social contexts: effects on maternal behavior
 Moss N
 SOC SCI MED, 1984; 19(5): 515-22 (32 ref.)
-DocType-
 research, tables/charts
-Desc-
 *Hospital Units; *Maternal-Child Nursing; *Parent-infant Bonding;
 *Nurse-Patient Relations; *Maternal Behavior; *Social Environment
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 104
-A-
 0032110
-W-
 An introduction to the evaluation of nursing care: a review of the
 literature
 Wright D
 J. ADV NURS, 1984 Sept.; 9(5): 457-67 (65 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Care--Evaluation; *Evaluation--Methods; *Nursing Audit--Methods;
 Models, Theoretical; Outcome and Process Assessment (Health Care); Peer
 Review
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 105
-A-
 0032016
-W-
 Home and health care... architectural design of nursing homes
 Noakes EH; Taylor PS
 AM HEALTH CARE ASSOC. J, 1984 Mar.; 10(2): 55-6
-Desc-
 *Nursing Home Design and Construction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 106
-A-
 0031937
-W-
 Getting on top of organizational change: process and development part 1
 Beyers M
 J. NURS. ADM., 1984 Oct.; 14(10): 32-9 (16 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Organizational Development; *Nursing Service; *Nurse Administrators;
 *Change Management; Nursing Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 107
-A-
 0031934
-W-
 Improving nursing morale in a climate of cost containment: organizational
 assessment part 1
 Haw MA; Claus EG; Durbin-Lafferty E; Iversen SM
 J. NURS. ADM., 1984 Oct.; 14(10): 8-16 (26 ref.)
-DocType-
 CEU, exam questions, questionnaire
-Desc-
 *Morale; *Cost Control; *Education, Continuing (Credits Staff Nurses;
 *Organizational Development; *Organizations--Evaluation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 108
-A-
 0031756
-W-
 Vice-president of medicine/vice-president of nursing: collaboration or
 conflicts
 Sheedy SG
 J. NURS. ADM., 1984 June; 14(6): 38-41 (2 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nurse Administrators; *Physicians; *Hospital Administration;
 *Organizational structure; Nurse-Physician Relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 109
-A-
 0031747
-W-
 Staff governance: the experience of one nursing unit
 Elpern EH; White PM; Donahue MF
 J. NURS. ADM., 1984 June; 14(6): 9-15 (2 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Management--Methods; *Organizational Structure *Hospital
 Units--Administration; *Staff Nurses
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 110
-A-
 0031672
-W-
 Nursing sense saves dollars... regular access to policy making bodies
 Boyer NN
 NURS MANAGE, 1984 Oct.; 15(10): 15-7 (1 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Hospital Administration; *Nursing Service--Administration; Nursing Care;
 Nursing Role
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 111
-A-
 0031615
-W-
 Challenge for nursing: hiking productivity without lowering quality of care
 Franz J
 MOD HEALTHCARE, 1984 Sept.; 14(12): 60-2, 64, 68
-Desc-
 *Efficiency; *Nursing Care; *Nursing Service--Administration; Nursing
 Assistants; Staff Development--Methods
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 112
-A-
 0031538
-W-
 Board and staff set goals to expand and initiate services... AORN
 Roth RA
 AORN J, 1984 Oct.; 40(4): 486, 488
-Desc-
 *Perioperative Nursing--Organizations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 113
-A-
 0031537
-W-
 Japanese management: implications for nursing administration
 Smith HL; Reino FD; Reid RA
 J. NURS. ADM., 1984 Sept.; 14(9): 33-9 (9 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Management; *Management--Japan; *Quality of Working Life; *Nursing
 Service--Administration; Japan; Nurse Administrators
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 114
-A-
 0031533
-W-
 Strategic planning in hospitals: applications for nurse executives
 Lukacs JL
 J. NURS. ADM., 1984 Sept.; 14(9): 11-7 (19 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Strategic Planning; *Nurse Administrators; *Nursing
 Service--Administration; *Nursing Service--Evaluation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 115
-A-
 0031430
-W-
 The structure for nursing education
 Holder SJ
 NURSE EDUC TODAY, 1984; 4(4): 74
-DocType-
 editorial
-Desc-
 *Education, Nursing--Great Britain; Nursing Management--Great Britain; Great
 Britain
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 116
-A-
 0031058
-W-
 Management by objectives (MBO) (as applied to nursing service)
 Fain JA; Sheathelm HH
 NURS FORUM, 1984; 21(2): 68-71 (7 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Management--Methods; *Goal-Setting; *Nursing
 Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 117
-A-
 0031052
-W-
 Adjusting to bureaucracy... nurses working in bureaucracies
 Brown BS
 PEDIATR NURS, 1984 Sept.-Oct.; 10(5): 357-8 (2 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Organizational Structure; *Nurses; Pediatric Nursing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 118
-A-
 0030907
-W-
 The living environment: an interior that speaks of home... is your nursing
 home a home
 Harelbaker B
 AM HEALTH CARE ASSOC. J, 1983 Nov.; 9(6): 12-6, 18
-Desc-
 *Nursing Home Design and Construction; *Interior Design and Furnishings
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 119
-A-
 0030906
-W-
 The living environment: personal dignity through physical design... is your
 nursing home a home
 Marcu M
 AM HEALTH CARE ASSOC. J, 1983 Nov.; 9(6): 8-11
-DocType-
 pictorial
-Desc-
 *Nursing Home Design and Construction; *Interior Design and Furnishings;
 Nursing Homes
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 120
-A-
 0030688
-W-
 DRGs: changes and challenges. DRGs: imperative strategies for nursing
 service administration
 Toth RM
 NLN PUBL, 1984 #20-1959: 87-9
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Administration; *Nursing Management; *Diagnosis-Related
 Groups
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 121
-A-
 0030675
-W-
 Cutback management: a nursing reality. Proceedings of the Second Western
 Regional Conference: changing nurses' participation in health planning.
 Climate for survival: a self-governance model... administrative structure
 within the nursing department
 Johnson L
 WICHE PUBL, 1983 June #2C128: 19-26, 33-5
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service; *Organizational Structure
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 122
-A-
 0030568
-W-
 Data integrity through effective forms design
 Halpert AM
 J. AM MED REC. ASSOC., 1984 July; 55(7): 33-8
-DocType-
 forms
-Desc-
 *Medical Records; *Documentation; *Delivery; *Obstetric Nursing; *Neonatal
 Care; Patient Discharge
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 123
-A-
 0028710
-W-
 Health promotion in acute care settings
 Flynn JB; Giffin PA
 NURS CLIN NORTH AM, 1984 June; 19(2): 239-50 (7 ref.)
-DocType-
 questionnaire
-Desc-
 *Health Promotion; *Nursing Role; *Nursing Care; *Life Style--Evaluation;
 Crisis Intervention
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 124
-A-
 0028654
-W-
 Product development by design
 Somodi A
 TODAYS OR NURSE, 1984 July; 6(7): 30-1 (2 bib.)
-Desc-
 *Equipment and Supplies; *Perioperative Nursing; Nurses
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 125
-A-
 0028562
-W-
 Structure to outcome: making it work. First Annual Symposium on Nursing
 Faculty Practice
 Barnard KE
 ANA PUBL Am Acad Nurs, 1983 #G-158: 1-65
-Desc-
 *Nursing as a Profession; *Faculty, Nursing; *Education, Nursing; *Nursing
 Service; *Intraprofessional Relations; Nursing Role
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 126
-A-
 0028532
-W-
 A longitudinal analysis of the antecedents of organizational commitment
 Bateman TS; Strasser S
 ACAD MANAGE J, 1984 Mar.; 27(1): 95-112 (48 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Nursing Staff, Hospital; *Job Satisfaction; *Personnel Retention
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 127
-A-
 0028527
-W-
 Criteria for grouping nursing subunits in hospitals
 Leatt P; Schneck R
 ACAD MANAGE J, 1984 Mar.; 27(1): 150-65 (32 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Hospital Units; *Hospital Administration; *Nursing Service--Administration;
 Organizational Structure
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 128
-A-
 0028377
-W-
 Nursing in PHC: challenges and responses
 Swann RL
 NURS J INDIA, 1984 Jan.; 75(1): 13, 15-6, 18 (7 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Role; *World Health; World Health Organization; Nursing as a
 Profession; Primary Health Care
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 129
-A-
 0028359
-W-
 A cooperative organizational form for hospitals
 Wright S; Wright A
 HEALTH CARE MANAGE REV, 1984 Spring; 9(2): 7-19 (41 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Hospital Administration; *Interprofessional Relations; *Physicians;
 *Nursing Staff, Hospital; *Organizational Structure; Budgets
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 130
-A-
 0028323
-W-
 Computer graphics for nursing managers
 Marks F
 NURS MANAGE, 1984 July; 15(7): 19-20, 22-3, 25-6 (4 bib.)
-DocType-
 pictorial
-Desc-
 *Nursing Management; *Microcomputers; *Operational Data Bases; Nursing
 Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 131
-A-
 0028322
-W-
 Computerizing services in the nursing department
 Quinn SJ
 NURS MANAGE, 1984 July; 15(7): 16-8 (10 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service; *Computers and Computerization; *Nurse Administrators;
 *Operational Data Bases
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 132
-A-
 0028000
-W-
 An integrated nursing information system--a planning model
 Rieder KA; Norton DA
 COMPUT NURS, 1984 May-June; 2(3): 73-9 (1 ref. 11 bib.)
-Desc-
 *Operational Data Bases; *Nursing Service--Administration; Automation;
 Models, Theoretical; Patient Classification; Personnel Staffing and
 Scheduling
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 133
-A-
 0027944
-W-
 Reorganizing management in special care
 Ward D
 NURS MANAGE, 1984 June; 15(6): Crit Care Manage Ed.: 30J, 30L, 30O
-Desc-
 *Head Nurses; *Nursing Management; *Intensive Care Units--Administration;
 Organizational Structure; Nursing Role
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 134
-A-
 0027472
-W-
 Decentralized management in a teaching hospital... the Johns Hopkins
 experience
 Heyssel RM; Gaintner JR; Kues IW; Jones AA; Lipstein SH
 NEW ENGL J MED, 1984 May 31; 310(22): 1477-80 (5 ref.)
-DocType-
 case study
-Desc-
 *Hospital Administration; *Cost Control; *Accountability; *Nursing
 Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 135
-A-
 0027275
-W-
 Nursing and the chronically ill patient in the acute-care hospital
 Davis M
 J. ADV NURS, 1984 May; 9(3): 257-66 (11 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Nursing Care--Psychosocial Factors; *Chronic Disease--Nursing; *Attitude of
 Health Personnel; *Nurse-Patient Relations; Inpatients
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 136
-A-
 0027193
-W-
 Formation of a nonprofit community organization for the benefit of home
 alimentation patients
 Kunkler CW; Bobba HM
 NUTR SUPPORT SERV, 1984 Mar.; 4(3): 54-5 (2 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Total Parenteral Nutrition; *Enteral Feeding; *Home Nursing; Support,
 Psychosocial; Outpatients
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 137
-A-
 0026840
-W-
 Changing role of nurses within the health care organization
 Foley ER
 AUST NURSES J, 1984 Apr.; 13(9): 41-2 (12 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Role; Nursing as a Profession
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 138
-A-
 0026702
-W-
 Council on practice "interpreting the Nursing Practice Act... in the acute
 care setting"
 Gaffney D; Caron K
 NJ NURSE, 1984 Jan.-Feb.; 14(1): 22
-Desc-
 *Nursing as a Profession; *Legislation, Nursing; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 139
-A-
 0026645
-W-
 On the scene: Long Beach Community Hospital... the nurse manager... stress
 is inherent in the role
 Wegmann JA; Benedikter H; DeWalshe D; Navens L; Jeffrey J; Gesell E; Klotz
 S; Johnson J; Morrison K
 NURS ADM. Q, 1984 Spring; 8(3): 21-42
-Desc-
 *Stress, Occupational; *Nursing Management; *Head Nurses; *Nursing
 Service--Administration; *Supervisors and Supervision; *Nursing Role
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 140
-A-
 0025782
-W-
 Image makers... the public relations department of the Rcn
 Dunn A
 NURS MIRROR, 1984 Apr. 25; 158(17): RRB Suppl: S9-10
-Desc-
 *Nursing Organizations--Great Britain; *Public Relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 141
-A-
 0024801
-W-
 Why computers need nursing... nurses need to be involved in system design
 Barber B
 NURS TIMES, 1984 Mar. 14-20; 80(11): Computers in Nursing ( ): 59-60
-Desc-
 *Computers and Computerization; Nurses; Nursing as a Profession
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 142
-A-
 0024015
-W-
 Circular nursing units and two-bed rooms keep patients in touch
 Turner WA; Carney T
 HOSPITALS, 1984 Feb. 16; 58(4): 122
-Desc-
 *Hospital Units; *Hospital Design and Construction; Aged
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 143
-A-
 0024709
-W-
 Skilled nursing unit fashioned from acute care space
 Collins DF
 HOSPITALS, 1984 Feb. 16; 58(4): 100
-DocType-
 pictorial
-Desc-
 *Hospital Design and Construction; *Hospital Units; *Skilled Nursing
 Facilities
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 144
-A-
 0024708
-W-
 Market needs mold nursing-home mission for an older hospital
 Clark RC
 HOSPITALS, 1984 Feb. 6; 58(4): 96, 98
-DocType-
 pictorial
-Desc-
 *Nursing Homes; *Hospital Design and Construction; Aged
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 145
-A-
 0024706
-W-
 Targeting the elderly in facility design: blueprints for new care
 alternatives take shape
 Thomas J; Bobrow ML
 HOSPITALS, 1984 Feb. 16; 58(4): 83-4, 86, 88
-Desc-
 *Aged; *Nursing Homes; *Hospices; *Hospital Design and Construction; Aged
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 146
-A-
 0024040
-W-
 Nursing personnel in nursing homes: a structural approach to turnover
 Halbur BT
 WORK OCCUP, 1983 Nov.; 10(4): 381-411 (47 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Homes; *Nurses; *Personnel Retention; *Organizational Structure;
 *Unemployment; *Reward
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 147
-A-
 0023872
-W-
 Organizational transformation: using Organizational Development (OD) in
 nursing education and training
 Vinson KS; Barko WF
 J. NURS. EDUC, 1984 Mar.; 23(3): 130-2 (6 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Education, Nursing, Practical; *Organizational Development
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 148
-A-
 0023780
-W-
 What makes a nursing department strong
 Ratsoy B
 CAN NURSE, 1984 Feb.; 80(2): 22-4
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 149
-A-
 0023457
-W-
 Structure to outcome: making it work (First Annual Symposium on Nursing
 Faculty Practice) Faculty practice considerations in academic health
 centers' schools of nursing
 Chater SS
 ANA PUBL Am Acad Nurs, 1983 #G-158: 59-65 (10 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Faculty, Nursing; *Nursing as a Profession--Trends
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 150
-A-
 0023456
-W-
 Structure to outcome: making it work (First Annual Symposium on Nursing
 Faculty Practice) Stepchildren in the family: aiming toward synergy between
 nursing education and service -- from the faculty perspective
 Joel LA
 ANA PUBL Am Acad Nurse 1983 #G-158: 43-57 (10 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Faculty, Nursing; *Nursing as a Profession--Trends
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 151
-A-
 0023455
-W-
 Structure to outcome: making it work (First Annual Symposium on Nursing
 Faculty Practice). Stepchildren in the family: aiming toward synergy between
 nursing education and service -- from the nursing service perspective
 Gilson-Parkevich T
 ANA PUBL Am Acad Nurs, 1983 #G-158: 31-41 (26 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Faculty, Nursing; *Nursing as a Profession--Trends
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 152
-A-
 0023454
-W-
 Structure to outcome: making it work (First Annual Symposium on Nursing
 Faculty Practice) Organizational perspectives on faculty practice: issues
 and challenges
 Ford LC; Kitzman HJ
 ANA PUBL Am Acad Nurs, 1983 #G-158: 13-29 (12 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Faculty, Nursing; *Nursing as a Profession--Trends
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 153
-A-
 0023451
-W-
 Structure to outcome: making it work (First Annual Symposium on Nursing
 Faculty Practice). Structural consideration for the social integration of
 nursing
 Batey MV
 ANA PUBL Am Acad Nurs, 1983 #G-158: 1-11 (30 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing as a Profession--Trends; *Faculty, Nursing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 154
-A-
 0023430
-W-
 Selecting paintings for the nursing home: what do patients prefer
 Miller DB; Goldman L
 NURS HOMES, 1984 Jan.-Feb.; 33(1): 12-6 (7 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Art; *Nursing Homes; *Inpatients; Nursing Home Design and Construction;
 Aged
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 155
-A-
 0023416
-W-
 Primary and non-primary nursing evaluation by process criteria
 Martin PJ; Stewart AJ
 AUST J ADV NURS, 1983 Sept.-Nov.; 1(1): 31-7 (24 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Primary Nursing--Evaluation; *Nursing Care--Evaluation Team
 Nursing--Evaluation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 156
-A-
 0023336
-W-
 Structural components of the diploma nursing program curriculum: utilization
 of structural components in curriculum design
 Phillips MK
 NLN PUBL, 1984 #16-1953: 12-25 (21 bib.)
-Desc-
 *Curriculum; *Education, Nursing, Diploma Programs
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 157
-A-
 0023096
-W-
 Stressors and stress in critical care... home study program
 Harris JS
 CRIT CARE NURSE, 1984 Jan.-Feb.; 4(1): 84-97 (105 bib.)
-Desc-
 *Education, Continuing (Credit); *Stress, Occupational; *Critical Care
 Nursing--Psychosocial Factors; *Stress--Physiopathology *Stress--Prevention
 and Control; *Relaxation Technics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 158
-A-
 0023000
-W-
 The first steps of change... an innovative clinical management structure
 Sadler C
 NURS MIRROR, 1984 Feb. 29; 15 (9): 19-21
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Administration; *Nursing Management--Methods--Wales
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 159
-A-
 0022893
-W-
 Use of nursing hours in measuring hospital productivity
 Vogel LL; Wicker ML; Thorup OA; Vestal KW
 NURS ADM. Q, 1984 Winter; 8(2): 90-7 (2 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Efficiency--Evaluation; *Nursing Service--Administration *Nursing
 Care--Evaluation; *Nursing Management; Nurse Administrators
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 160
-A-
 0022888
-W-
 On the scene: Sisters of Mercy Health Corporation: the development and
 implementation of a corporate patient classification system
 Donaho BA; Hass JL; Berg HV; Butler M; Serote ME; Bahr J; Powers M; Thibault
 MJ; deLeon E; Williams C; Neff L; Curtin ME; Torres DD
 NURS ADM. Q, 1984 Winter; 8(2): 12-44
-Desc-
 *Multiinstitutional Systems; *Patient Classification; *Nursing Management;
 *Personnel Staffing and Scheduling; *Nursing Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 161
-A-
 0022646
-W-
 Nursing: gearing up for DRGs. Management strategies part 2
 NURS HEALTH CARE, 1984 Feb.; 5(2): 92-9
-Desc-
 *Diagnosis-Related Groups; *Hospital Administration; *Nursing
 Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 162
-A-
 0022245
-W-
 Effects of organizational characteristics on the turnover in cancer nursing
 Orsolits M
 ONCOL NURS. FORUM, 1984 Jan.-Feb.; 11(1): 59-63 (20 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Oncologic Nursing; *Personnel Retention; *Organizational Structure;
 *Decision Making; Female
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 163
-A-
 0022151
-W-
 Variable billing: is it viable
 Brewer C
 NURS OUTLOOK, 1984 Jan.-Feb.; 32(1): 38-41 (14 ref. 12 bib.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Care--Economics; *Costs and Cost Analysis; Hospitals--Economics;
 Patient Classification; Insurance, Nursing Services
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 164
-A-
 0021818
-W-
 Cluster-designed nursing unit improves job performance
 HOSPITALS, 1983 Dec. 16; 57(24): 48, 50
-Desc-
 *Hospital Design and Construction; *Hospital Units
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 165
-A-
 0021710
-W-
 Technical and structural support systems and nurse utilization: systems
 model
 Shukla RK
 INQUIRY, 1983 Winter; 20( ): 381-9 (31 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Nursing Staff, Hospital--Utilization
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 166
-A-
 0021638
-W-
 Alternative scheduling in departments other than nursing services
 Gaspar KM; Betka RD
 HOSP. TOP, 1983 Nov.-Dec; 61(6): 20-3, 29
-DocType-
 forms
-Desc-
 *Personnel Staffing and Scheduling
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 167
-A-
 0020895
-W-
 The ultimate in barrier nursing
 Hennessy F
 AUST NURSES J, 1983 Nov.; 13(5): 46-8 (7 bib.)
-Desc-
 *Patient Isolation; *Infection Control; *Hospital Unit*Hospital Design and
 Construction; Inpatients
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 168
-A-
 0020806
-W-
 Management systems for nursing service staffing
 Hanson RL
 1983 (390 p)
-DocType-
 book
-Desc-
 *Personnel Staffing and Scheduling; *Nursing Service--Administration;
 *Nursing Staff, Hospital--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 169
-A-
 0020729
-W-
 Nursing diagnosis: its application in the acute-care setting
 Davidson SB
 TOP CLIN NURS, 1984 Jan.; 5(4): 50-6 (11 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Diagnosis, Nursing; *Medical-Surgical Nursing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 170
-A-
 0020541
-W-
 "Tailor-made" long term care... to organize a nursing department
 Rantz M; Miller TV
 NURS MANAGE, 1983 Dec. 14(12): 25-33 (7 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Task Performance and Analysis; *Long Term Care; *Nursing
 Homes--Administration; *Nursing Assistants; *Nursing
 Service--Administration; Head Nurses
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 171
-A-
 0020313
-W-
 Participative management: a contribution to professionalism
 Strasen L
 CRIT CARE NURSE, 1983 Nov.-Dec; 3(6): 35-6, 38, 40
-Desc-
 *Nursing Management; *Organizational Structure; *Personnel Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 172
-A-
 0020264
-W-
 Nursing models in special hospital settings
 Baldwin S
 J. ADV NURS, 1983 Nov.; 8(6): 473-6 (10 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Models, Theoretical; *Nursing as a Profession; Nursing Care
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 173
-A-
 0020065
-W-
 Learning to pass -- a report of a study of graduates from the Department of
 Nursing, Western Australian Institute of Technology, Perth
 Kratz CR
 INT J NURS. STUD, 1983; 20(3): 149-62 (5 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Nurses--Evaluation--Australia; *Clinical Competence--Evaluation; Education,
 Nursing, Diploma Programs--Australia
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 174
-A-
 0020064
-W-
 A hospital staff support program: design and evaluation... nurses on special
 care units
 Gray-Toft P; Anderson JG
 INT J NURS. STUD, 1983; 20(3): 137-47 (28 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Support, Psychosocial; *Stress, Occupational--Prevention and Control;
 *Nurses; Job Satisfaction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 175
-A-
 0019615
-W-
 Accommodation for the mentally handicapped... in Scotland
 McCreadie DWA; Reid EA
 SCOTT MED J, 1983 July; 28(3): 281- (6 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Mental Retardation; *Hospitals, Special; *Hospital Design and Construction;
 *Scotland; Psychiatric Nursing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 176
-A-
 0019231
-W-
 Head nurses as middle managers... in response to an increasing turnover rate
 among staff RNs
 Johnston PF
 J. NURS. ADM., 1983 Nov.; 13(11): 22-6 (4 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Management; *Head Nurses; *Personnel Retentio Organizational
 Structure; Staff Development
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 177
-A-
 0019094
-W-
 The nurse as builder: getting form to follow function... the nurses' role in
 environmental design
 Miller MA
 NURS MANAGE, 1983 Nov.; 14(11): 42-4 (6 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nurses; *Hospital Design and Construction; Nursing Role
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 178
-A-
 0018955
-W-
 Nursing's power in the organization: what research has shown
 Dennis KE
 NURS ADM. Q, 1983 Fall; 8(1): 47-57 (60 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing as a Profession; *Power; *Nurses; *Organizations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 179
-A-
 0018951
-W-
 Collaborative practice: developing a structure that works
 Anderson DJ; Finn MC
 NURS ADM. Q, 1983 Fall; 8(1): 19-25 (7 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nurse-Physician Relations; *Primary Nursing; *Joint Practice
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 180
-A-
 0018796
-W-
 Development and achievement of standards of nursing service administration
 Vennon LM
 NEWSETTE, 1982 July-Sept.; 22(3): 3-15 (19 ref. 8 bib.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Administration; *Nursing Service--Standards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 181
-A-
 0017995
-W-
 Toward a nursing ethics program in an acute care setting
 Donovan CT
 TOP CLIN NURS, 1983 Oct.; 5(3): 55-62 (20 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Ethics, Nursing; *Staff Nurses; *Decision Making
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 182
-A-
 0017373
-W-
 Nursing as a business: financial management
 Sonberg V; Vestal KW
 NURS CLIN NORTH AM, 1983 Sept.; 18(3): 491-8 (3 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Economics; *Nurse Administrators; *Budgets; *Nursing
 Service--Administration; Head Nurses
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 183
-A-
 0017372
-W-
 Adapting management by objectives o nursing
 Pollok CS
 NURS CLIN NORTH AM, 1983 Sept.; 18(3): 481-90 (11 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Management; *Goal-Setting; *Nursing Management; *Nursing
 Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 184
-A-
 0017367
-W-
 Establishing a criterion-based performance appraisal for a department of
 nursing
 Megel MA
 NURS CLIN NORTH AM, 1983 Sept.; 18(3): 49-56 (7 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Employee Performance Appraisal; *Nursing Service; Job Analysis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 185
-A-
 0017160
-W-
 Design considerations for multidisciplinary continuing nutrition education
 programs
 Hain WF; Howell B; Crosby LO
 JPEN, 1982 Nov.-Dec; 6(6): 522-5 (18 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Education, Nursing, Continuing; *Nutrition--Education, Continuing; *Allied
 Health Professions--Education, Continuing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 186
-A-
 0017141
-W-
 Beyond the Life Safety Code... physical plant requirements for nursing
 homes
 Koffel WE Jr
 AM HEALTH CARE ASSOC. J, 1983 Sept.; 9(5): 64-6, 68
-Desc-
 *Nursing Home Design and Construction--Standards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 187
-A-
 0017061
-W-
 Effective design for informal conversation
 Hiatt LG
 AM HEALTH CARE ASSOC. J, 1983 Mar.; 9(2): 42-6 (4 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Home Design and Construction; *Interpersonal Relations--In Old Age;
 *Long Term Care
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 188
-A-
 0016939
-W-
 Professionalism and the empowerment of nursing. Models of practice: variable
 charges for nursing care
 Slyck AV
 ANA PUBL 1982, #G-157: 47-57
-Desc-
 *Nursing Care--Economics; *Nursing Management; *Patient Classification;
 *Costs and Cost Analysis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 189
-A-
 0016916
-W-
 Ethical considerations for nursing care of older patients in the acute care
 setting
 Gunter LM
 NURS CLIN NORTH AM, 1983 June; 18(2): 11-21 (12 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Ethics, Nursing; *Gerontologic Nursing; Aged; Ethics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 190
-A-
 0016915
-W-
 Discharge planning for the elderly patient in the acute care setting
 Shine MS
 NURS CLIN NORTH AM, 1983 June; 8(2): 403-10 (6 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Patient Discharge; *Gerontologic Nursing; Aged
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 191
-A-
 0016914
-W-
 The elderly patient in pain and the acute care setting
 Wachter-Shikora NL
 NURS CLIN NORTH AM, 1983 June; 18(2): 395-40 (5 ref.)
-DocType-
 care study
-Desc-
 *Pain, Chronic--In Old Age; *Gerontologic Care; *Pain--Psychosocial
 Factors--In Old Age; Aged
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 192
-A-
 0016910
-W-
 Functional assessment of the older adult in the acute case setting
 Panicucci CL
 NURS CLIN NORTH AM, 1983 June; 18(2): 355-63 (14 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Rehabilitation, Geriatric; Models, Theoretical; Gerontologic Nursing; Aged
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 193
-A-
 0015885
-W-
 All-RN model of nursing care delivery: a cost-benefit evaluation... compared
 with a team model and a modular model
 Shukla RK
 INQUIRY, 1983 Summer; 20(2): 173-84 (42 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Primary Nursing--Economics; *Nursing Care--Economics; *Team
 Nursing--Economics; Clinical Competence
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 194
-A-
 0015840
-W-
 Zaire: status, objectives and organizational structure of the professional
 association
 Iyelakongo I
 INT NURS. REV, 1983 May-June; 30(3): 83-4, 86
-Desc-
 *Nursing Organizations--Administration--Zaire
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 195
-A-
 0014408
-W-
 Strategic planning for nursing
 Fox DH; Fox RT
 J. NURS. ADM., 1983 May; 13(5): 11-7 (40 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Strategic Planning; *Nursing as a Profession; *Nursing
 Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 196
-A-
 0013761
-W-
 Professional and economic self-governance in nursing
 Dayani EC
 NURS ECON, 1983 July-Aug.; 1(1): 20-3 (8 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Autonomy; *Nursing as a Profession--Economics; *Nursing
 Service--Administration; *Insurance, Health, Reimbursement
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 197
-A-
 0012607
-W-
 Managing unit human resources: a microcomputer model... allocate staff,
 deliver planned care, and fight the budget battle with hard data
 Grazman TE
 NURS MANAGE, 1983 July; 14(7): 18-22 (1 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Microcomputers; *Nursing Service--Administration; *Personnel Staffing and
 Scheduling; *Budgets; *Operational Data Bases
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 198
-A-
 0012295
-W-
 The Delphi technique as a method for selecting criteria to evaluate nursing
 care
 Farrell P; Scherer K
 NURS PAP, 1983 Spring; 15(1): 51-60 (28 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Questionnaires; *Nursing Care--Evaluation; *Nursing Care--Standards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 199
-A-
 0010411
-W-
 The effects of change is organizational structure on services in a public
 health nursing agency
 Moran NV; Sussman GE
 J. HEALTH HUM RESOUR ADM., 1983 Spring; 5(4): 454-67 (5 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Organizational Structure; *Community Health Nursing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 200
-A-
 0009629
-W-
 The path toward professional autonomy
 Aydelotte MK
 MILIT MED, 1982 Dec.; 147(12): 1048-50 (4 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Administration; *Credentialing--Trends; *Professional
 Competence; *Autonomy; Military Nursing--Trends
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 201
-A-
 0009459
-W-
 Effects of a self-directed learning project and preference for structure on
 self-directed learning readiness
 Wiley K
 NURS RES, 1983 May-June; 32(3): 18 -5 (25 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Self Instruction; *Education, Nursing, Baccalaureate
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 202
-A-
 0008471
-W-
 Engineered standards in hospital nursing... nursing management
 engineering... human resource allocation
 Jarrard JK
 NURS MANAGE, 1983 Apr.; 14(4): 29-32
-Desc-
 *Management; *Nursing Services-Administration; *Nursing Management; *Time
 Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 203
-A-
 0007380
-W-
 A marketing approach to nursing administration part 1
 Alward RR
 J. NURS. ADM., 1983 Mar.; 13(3): 9-12 (32 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Administration; *Marketing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 204
-A-
 0007225
-W-
 What motivates nurses to join and remain with an organization
 Frosbe D; Deets C; Knox S
 NURS LEADERSH, 1983 Mar.; 6(1): 22-33 (17 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Staff Nurses; *Motivation; *Employment; *Job Satisfaction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 205
-A-
 0007025
-W-
 A nursing systems approach: productivity and quality of care
 Jelinek R; Pierce F
 PUBLIC PROD REV, 1982 Sept.; 6(3): 223-40
-Desc-
 *Nursing Service--Administration; *Patient Classification*Efficiency;
 *Weights and Measures; *Work; *Personnel Staffing and Scheduling
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 206
-A-
 0006889
-W-
 Evaluating your practice via a nursing model... the Orem Self-Care Model and
 the Peplau Interpersonal Process Model
 Runt SE; Urtel JG
 NURSE PRACT, 1983 Mar.; 8(3): 30, 32, 7-40 (24 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Models, Theoretical; *Nursing Care--Evaluation; *Nurse Practitioners
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 207
-A-
 0006689
-W-
 New organizational plan now in place for ANA staff members
 AM NURSE, 1983 Feb.; 15(2): 13
-Desc-
 *Nursing Organizations--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 208
-A-
 0006119
-W-
 Development and design of an ED nursing flow sheet
 Selfridge J; Nitta D; Saltzer E
 JEN, 1983 Jan.-Feb.; 9(1): 30-6 (3 ref.)
-DocType-
 forms
-Desc-
 *Emergency Nursing; *Nursing records; *Documentation; Nursing Audit
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 209
-A-
 0005735
-W-
 Nursing organization and the question of "counseling"
 Cang S
 NURS TIMES, 1983 Jan. 19-25; 79(3): 37-8 (1 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Management; *Personnel Management; Counseling
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 210
-A-
 0004980
-W-
 Organization commitment and job involvement of directors of nursing
 services
 Friss L
 NURS ADM. Q, 1983 Winter; 7(2): 1-10 (17 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Nurse Administrators
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 211
-A-
 0004469
-W-
 The task in hand... the design of district nurse training courses
 Schofeld H
 NURS MIRROR, 1983 Jan. 5; 156(1): 24-5 (2 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Task Performance and Analysis; *Community Health Nursing--Education
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 212
-A-
 0004223
-W-
 Cure: the potential outcome of nursing care
 Loomis ME; Wood DJ
 IMAGE, 1983 Winter; 15(1): 4-7 (15 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing Care; Models, Theoretical
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 213
-A-
 0003564
-W-
 Framework for learning... the hierarchical structure of the NHS
 Finch J
 NURS MIRROR, 1982 Dec. 8; 155(23): 3
-Desc-
 *National Health Programs--Administration--Great Britain; *Education,
 Nursing--Great Britain
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 214
-A-
 0003487
-W-
 Saint Joseph's Hospital... hospital framework for shared governance in
 nursing
 Carroll M; Wheller K; Porter-O'Grady T
 NURS ADM. Q, 1982 Fall; 7(1): 27-59
-Desc-
 *Management; *Organizational Structure; *Hospital Administration;
 *Hospitals--United States; *Nursing Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 215
-A-
 0003427
-W-
 Technology, site, environment, and structure in nursing subunits
 Leatt P; Schneck R
 ORGAN STUD, 1982; 3(3): 221- 42 (61 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Organizational Structure; *Hospital Units; *Nursing Manpower
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 216
-A-
 0003285
-W-
 Emergency department nursing care of the manic patient
 Buckwalter KC; Kerfoot KM
 JEN, 1982 Sept.-Oct.; 8(5): 239-42 (3 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Emergency Nursing; *Affective Disorders, Psychotic; Outpatients
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 217
-A-
 0002767
-W-
 Putting leaders, consultants and teachers on the line... place nurses in
 positions that recognize abilities, provide essential services and contain
 costs
 Morath J
 NURS MANAGE, 1983 Jan.; 14(1): 50-2
-Desc-
 *Clinical Ladder; *Leadership; *Clinical Nurse Specialists; Nursing
 Service--Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 218
-A-
 0002522
-W-
 Decentralize nurses' stations for better staff usage
 HOSPITALS, 1983 Feb. 1; 57(3): 40, 44
-Desc-
 *Hospital Design and Construction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 219
-A-
 0002401
-W-
 ANA: the professional organization
 Cole E
 IMPRINT, 1982 Oct.-Nov.; 29(4): 29-30
-Desc-
 *Nursing Organizations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 220
-A-
 0002339
-W-
 Organizational philosophy and nurse staffing: three-step decision process
 Shukla RK
 J. LONG TERM CARE ADM., 1982 Fall; 10(3): 22-8 (4 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Personnel Staffing and Scheduling; *Nursing Homes--Manpower
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 221
-A-
 0002219
-W-
 The ILO'S international standards: what they mean for nurses...
 International Labour Organization
 Rychtelska M
 INT NURS. REV, 1982 Sept.-Oct.; 29(5): 136-40
-Desc-
 *Nursing as a Profession; *Legislation, Labor
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 222
-A-
 0002152
-W-
 Managing the chronic psychiatric patient in an acute-care setting...
 patients using the hospital emergency room for their psychiatric care
 Bassuk E; Apsler R
 PSYCHOSOC REHABIL J, 1982 July; 6(1): 20-6 (14 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Psychiatric Care; *Emergency Service--Utilization
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 223
-A-
 0001742
-W-
 Work environments of different types of nursing subunits
 Leatt P.; Schneck R
 J. ADV NURS, 1982 Nov.; 7(6): 581-94 (22 ref.)
-DocType-
 questionnaire, research
-Desc-
 *Environment; *Nursing as a Profession; *Organizational Structure; *Hospital
 Units; Autonomy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 224
-A-
 0001646
-W-
 Pragmatic management in long-term health care facilities
 Bloom RS
 NURS HOMES, 1982 Sept.-Oct.; 31(5): 22-7 (15 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Residential Facilities--Administration; *Nursing Homes--Administration;
 *Management; *Budgets; *Staff Development; *Organizational Structure
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 225
-A-
 0001643
-W-
 The importance of the physical environment... to older people
 Hiatt LG
 NURS HOMES, 1982 Sept.-Oct.; 31(5): 2-10 (93 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Environment--In Old Age; *Nursing Home Design and Construction;
 *Gerontologic Care
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 226
-A-
 0001504
-W-
 Finding ideas for nursing our elders... WHO visit to Europe
 Jackson MF
 RNABC NEWS, 1982 Sept.; 14(6): 4-7
-Desc-
 *Aged; *Gerontologic Care; *World Health Organization *Gerontologic Nursing;
 Inpatients; Outpatients
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 227
-A-
 0001182
-W-
 Links across the seas ...international organizations are an important link
 for the profession
 Quinn S
 NURS MIRROR, 1982 Dec. 1; 155(22): 32-4 (8 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Nursing as a Profession; *Nursing Organizations; *World Health
 Organization
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 228
-A-
 0000473
-W-
 Increasing work satisfaction through organizational change: a longitudinal
 study of nursing educators
 Bonjean CM; Brown BJ; Grandjean BD
 J. APPL BEHAV SCI, 1982; 18(3): 357-69 (26 ref.)
-DocType-
 research
-Desc-
 *Faculty, Nursing; *Job Satisfaction; *Organizational Development
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 002:218 229
-A-
 0000011
-W-
 A Nursing Research Committee within an acute care setting: its inception and
 development
 Johnston CC; Collinge J
 NURS PAP, 1982 Summer; 14(2): 2-8 (4 ref.)
-Desc-
 *Research, Nursing; *Committees
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 14
-A-
 4204I1 CD-07696
-W-
 Child Sexual Abuse in the Family. A Review of Trends in the Literature With
 an Addendum on the Incest Taboo - Some Theories.
 Lawton-Speert, S.; Wachtel, A.
 United Way of the Lower Mainland, Vancouver (British Columbia). Child Sexual
 Abuse Project.
 United Way of the Lower Mainland, Vancouver (British Columbia). Child Sexual
 Abuse Project, 74 pp., April 1982.
 April 1982.
-SubCode-
 98
 The 7 chapters of this literature review examine changes in the
 understanding oF child sexual abuse from the early decades of the 20th
 century to the present. Two striking changes are identified: moMement from a
 denial of the relatively common occurrence of incest to a central emphasis
 on it, and coNcommitantly, movement from an attempt to characterize the
 deviant nature of the abuser to a strong focus on family dynamics. Following
 the introduction in chapter 1, chapter 2 examines Freud's denial of incest
 and his emphasis on the incest taboo. The shift from Freud's views to
 acceptance of incest as the prototypic child abuse is nalyzed, with
 attention to the influence of the children's rights and feminist movements.
 Chapter 3 presents a review of offender studies, which reveal that
 individual traits fail to distinguish offenders from nonoffenders. Chapter 4
 looks at literature on victim-precipitation and on the offender-victim
 relationship. It is concluded that the concept of victim-precipitation is
 illogical for the study of child abuse. Chapter 5 examines the literature on
 the family dynamics approach, considering the mother-father-child triad, the
 concept of the dysfunctional family, varieties of incestuous families, and
 some classifications of incestuous families. The major implications of the
 family dynamics approach are discussed in chapter 6, which reviews the
 dimensions of endogamous incest. Chapter 7 presents some conclusions about
 father-daughter incest, discussing probable factors in the sexual abuse of
 children generally. An addendum presents some theories about the incest
 taboo. 197 references.
-Desc-
 literature reviews, incest, psychological theories, family relations,
 individual characteristics, family characteristics, trend analysis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 15
-A-
 4204H1 CD-07692
-W-
 The Abused Child: A Psychological Review.
 Friedrich, W. N.; Einbender, A. J.
 Washington Univ., Seattle. Dept. of Psychology.
 Jrnl of Clinical Child Psychology 12(3):244-256, Winter 1983.
 Winter 1983.
-SubCode-
 98
 The clinical research literature relating to the abused child is critically
 reviewed. Included are demographic and epidemiological studies, behavioral
 studies, and studies of the cognitive and intellectual functioning of these
 children. The results of these studies strongly suggest that abused children
 manifest serious problems in emotional development that appear to be a
 function of the abuse. Clinical impressions of low self-esteem, behavioral
 problems, and poor social relationships have been supported by comparison
 group research. A high incidence of emotional problems in abused children
 consistently has been documented by research. Research which suggests that
 characteristics of the child contribute to abuse also is presented; these
 characteristics include premature birth, illness after birth, and physical
 handicaps. Suggestions for further research, prevention, and treatment
 conclude the article. 88 references. (Author abstract modified)
-Desc-
 child abuse research, precipitating factors, risk
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 16
-A-
 4204G3 CD-07690
-W-
 Incest Annotated Bibliography: Offenders, Victims, Families, Treatment
 Programs.
 Dabney, M. L.F.
 Oregon Univ., Eugene.
 Eugene Oreg., Melodye L.F. Dabney, 73 pp., 1982.
 1982.
-SubCode-
 98
 Approximately 400 citations are contained in this annotated bibliography on
 incest. Its 4 sections cover characteristics of and information on incest
 offenders, characteristics of and consequences for incest victims and incest
 families, and programs and counseling strategies in the treatment of incest.
 Each section contains references to Jrnls, magazines, research projects,
 dissertations, government pamphlets, conference documents, and books
 covering materials written from 1972 through 1982. Two major resources used
 in collecting this material were the bibliographic Retrieval Services in
 Latham, N.Y., and DIALOG Information Retrieval Services, Lockheed Missile
 and Space Communication, in Palo Alto, Calif. The document provides an order
 form.
-Desc-
 bibliographies, incest, family relations, family therapy, childrens therapy,
 psychological characteristics, individual characteristics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 17
-A-
 4204C4 CD-07675
-W-
 Matter of Montgomery.
 North Carolina. Supreme Court of North Carolina.
 316 S.E. 2d 246 (N.C. 1984), June 5, 1984.
 June 5, 1984.
-SubCode-
 97
 Parental rights were terminated, and the parents appealed. The Court of
 Appeals reversed the finding of neglect, and the Department of Social
 Services appealed. In reversing the judgment of the Court of Appeals, the
 Supreme Court of North Carolina held that it was error for the Court of
 Appeals to require a standard of proof of neglect that included proof of
 failure to meet intangible, noneconomic needs of the children as well as
 their physical and economic needs. It was also held that due process rights
 did not require a separate finding regarding these intangible, noneconomic
 factors. N.C. Gen. Stat. ss 7A-289.32, which provides in part that parental
 rights may be terminated when parents are mentally ill or retarded and
 evidence of neglect is shown, was found to be a valid and reasonable
 exercise of the State's police power and did not violate substantive due
 process or equal protection rights.
-Desc-
 due process, termination of parental rights, best interests of the child,
 north carolina, proof, judicial decisions
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 18
-A-
 4204B3 CD-07670
-W-
 C.R.K. v. H.J.K.
 Missouri. Missouri Court of Appeals, Eastern District, Southern Division.
 672 S.W. 2d 696 (Mo. App. 1984), June 19, 1984.
 June 19, 1984.
-SubCode-
 97
 The juvenile court adjudged the natural father to be an abuser of his
 2.5-year-old daughter and ordered his visiting rights restricted. In
 reversing the order, the Missouri Court of Appeals held that it was error
 for the juvenile court to admit hearsay testimony from the victim's mother,
 a police officer, and a psychiatrist, who all testified as to statements
 made by the victim. It was also found that Missouri law does not
 automatically render a child under 10 years of age incompetent to testify
 and that the victim could have been qualified subject to the trial court's
 discretion.
-Desc-
 missouri, hearsay rule, testimony, witnesses, appellate courts, judicial
 decisions
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 19
-A-
 4203J2 CD-07653
-W-
 Eastep v. State.
 Georgia. Court of Appeals of Georgia.
 317 S.E.2d 259 (Ga. App. 1984), March 6, 1984.
 March 6, 1984.
-SubCode-
 97
 Defendant was convicted in the Superior Court, Gwinnett County, of child
 molestation, and he appealed. The Court of Appeals of Georgia affirmed the
 conviction, holding that (1) when a rational trier of fact can find, from
 the evidence adduced at trial, proof of appellant's guilt beyond a
 reasonable doubt, it is not error to deny an appellant motion for a directed
 verdict of acquittal; (2) a trial court does not abuse its discretion by
 allowing a 10-year-old to testify if it is clear that the witness
 understands her obligation to tell the truth; (3) the trial court is not
 required to grant a new trial when an outburst occurs during the trial, and
 the court takes immediate action to stop the disturbance and offers to give
 curative instructions to the jury; and (4) a trial court's ruling on a
 motion for mistrial will not be disturbed absent abuse of discretion.
-Desc-
 evidence, witnesses, trial courts, sexual abuse, legal process, judicial
 decisions, georgia
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 20
-A-
 4203J1 CD-07652
-W-
 Weekley v. State.
 Florida. District Court of Appeal of Florida, Fourth District.
 453 So. 2d 896 (Fla. App. 4 Dist. 1984), August 8, 1984.
 August 8, 1984.
-SubCode-
 97
 Defendant was convicted of 2 counts of sexual battery by a person over 18
 years of age on a victim 11 years old or younger, and he was sentenced to
 life imprisonment with a 25 year minimum. On appeal of the sentence, the
 District Court of Appeal held that the sentence imposed was valid for that
 charge.
-Desc-
 judges sentencing discretion, sex offenses, florida,
 judicial decisions
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 21
-A-
 4203E1 CD-07632
-W-
 The Missing Children Act.
 FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin.
 FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin 53(1):17-20, January 1984.
 January 1984.
-SubCode-
 96
 The Missing Children Act, which was signed into law on October 12, 1982, is
 discussed. In essence, the act gives parents, legal guardians, or next of
 kin access to the information in the Federal Bureau of Investigation's (FBI)
 National Crime Information Center (NCIC) Missing Person File. The act
 authorizes the collection and dissemination of data on unidentified deceased
 prsons; the Unidentified Person File became operational on June 30, 1983,
 and uses such descriptive data as blood type, dental characteristics, and
 broken bones. On March 18, 1983, the FBI initiated a new service as a result
 of the act. The FBI's Identification Division will now accept from criminal
 justice agencies fingerprint cards relating to missing children and other
 missing persons meeting the criteria for entry into the NCIC Missing Person
 Files. The FBI also maintains liaison with local authorities to ensure that
 the FBI is notified should information indicate that a kidnapping has
 occurred. Also, special agents have been instructed to offer any type of
 assistance necessary, in compliance with Federal statutes. 2 references and
 3 illustrations.
-Desc-
 federal laws, child protection laws, information sources, information
 services
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 22
-A-
 4203D4 CD-07631
-W-
 Relationship Between Child Abuse, Juvenile Delinquency, and Adult
 Criminality.
 Committee on the Judiciary (U.S. Senate). Subcommittee on Juvenile Justice.
 98th Congress, 1st Session to Examine the Relationship Between Child Abuse
 and Neglect, Juvenile Del., & Subsequent Adult Criminal Behavior, Oct. 19,
 1983, 86 pp., 1984.
 1984. Sub. Code: 96
 Professionals from the mental health, child development, and corrections
 fields, as well as a victim of child abuse, testified on the links between
 child abuse, delinquency, and adult criminal careers. The first witness, a
 17-year-old boy now working and attending a school program run by the
 Juvenile Resource Center in Camden, N.J., described his experiences as an
 abused child and his encounters with the justice and child welfare systems.
 A professor of human development cited several cases to support his view
 that a direct causal connection exists between child abuse and delinquency.
 A clinical psychologist with extensive experience in treating sexual
 offenders in institutional settings commented that general abuse and neglect
 , exploitation, and abandonment characterized such offenders. This witness
 also discussed specific cases and emphasized the need for identifying child
 victims of sexual abuse as early as possible. A psychologist and director of
 Mental Health Services for the Maryland Department of Corrections described
 the characteristics of women offenders at the Maryland Correctional
 Institute for Woman, noting that at least 1 in 5 had been physically or
 sexually abused. Witnesses' prepared statements, essays and poems written by
 adolescents in shelters and youth center and relevant articles from
 newpapers are appended.
-Desc-
 testimony, juvenile delinquency, crime, generational cycle of child abuse,
 government publications, physical abuse, sexual abuse
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 23
-A-
 4203B4 CD-07623
-W-
 The Development and Evaluation of a Training Program for School Based
 Professionals Dealing with Child Abuse. Final Report.
 Volpe, R.; Mitton, J.; Breton, M.
 Toronto Univ., (Ontario), Interfaculty Child Abuse Prevention Project.
 Toronto Univ., (Ontario). Interfaculty Child Abuse Prevention Project, 241
 pp., undated.
 undated.
-SubCode-
 92
 This report explains the development, demonstration, and evaluation of a
 multidisciplinary course to train preprofessional and postgraduate students
 to detect and deal with the maltreatment of school-aged children. Conducted
 from June 1978 to July 1979, the project developed a training program for
 school teachers, social workers, and nurses who were in training or already
 working with children. The investigation involved an adaptation of the NCCAN
 "We Can Help' curriculum, but differed from it by providing more practice
 than theory. The evaluation determined the effectiveness of the University
 of Toronto's Child Abuse Training Program in increasing participants'
 information skills and possibly changing some of their beliefs and values.
 The evaluation compared characteristics of different professional groups and
 career levels to examine the program's variable impact. A total of 400
 volunteers were recruited for the study. Analysis of pretest and posttest
 curriculum effectiveness questionnaires focused on experience level,
 workshop format, and faculty. All trainees in the program reported that
 their knowledge increased as a result of their participation. Results
 indicated that professional practitioners wanted more content-specific
 information than did students. They particulary wanted input dealing with
 case management, intervention, and prevention. Social workers generally felt
 more confident in dealing with child abuse both before and after the program
 than did teachers and nurses. Detailed evaluation results are given, along
 with curriculum materials and study instruments. 25 references.
-Desc-
 professional training, program evaluation, detection, school personnel,
 ontario, schools responsibility, social workers role, nurses role
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 24
-A-
 4202K4 CD-07611
-W-
 Sexual Abuse Prevention - A Unit in Safety.
 Renton School District, Wash. Dept. of Instruction.
 Available from: Renton School District, Wash. Dept. of Instruction, 23 pp.,
 1981.
 1981.
-SubCode-
 92
 Designed to be an addition to the safety component of the current second
 grade health education curriculum in school district 403 of Renton, Wash.,
 this unit on child sexual abuse prevention provides the teacher with 6
 sequential classroom activities. Also provided are the history of the unit's
 development, considerations that guided the development, unit goals and
 objectives, guidelines for using the unit, and suggestions for the teacher
 in helping the sexually abused child. Three of the activities help students
 recognize acceptable and unacceptable touching from another person;
 understand that an abuser can be anyone, even a family member; and learn and
 practice specific ways of saying no to persons who attempt to exploit them.
 Two other activities teach students the importance of telling a trusted
 adult about an incident of sexual abuse and techniques for observing the
 physical characteristics of a stranger who initiated contact with them, so
 they may later describe him. The final activity reviews the basic concepts
 of the unit. For each activity, information covers the time required,
 materials, goals, objectives, and detailed instructions for the teacher in
 conducting the activity.
-Desc-
 curricula, resource materials, teachers, sexual abuse, prevention,
 washington students
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 25
-A-
 4202J4 CD-07607
-W-
 Child Sexual Abuse: A Training Curriculum.
 Murphy, M.
 Virginia Dept. of Social Services, Richmond. Bureau of Child Welfare
 Services.
 Prepared for: National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect (DHHS), Washington,
 D.C., (3C-22-06) (3C/33/07)., 408 pp., 1983.
 1983.
-SubCode-
 92
 Written for potential trainers experienced in child protective services
 either as social workers, mental health workers, or police officers, this
 training curriculum focuses on community education and involvement in the
 problem of child sexual abuse. The curriculum provides an overview of child
 sexual abuse, its investigation and treatment, and methods of community
 networking. Individual units provide a goal description, a list of
 activities and audiovisuals, handouts, directions, training notes, pretests,
 posttests, and a list of information resources. The overview unit covers
 values clarification, the scope of the problem, phases and types of sexual
 abuse, family member characteristics, and the impact of abuse on the victim.
 It also details the behavioral and physical indicators of child sexual
 abuse, community response, and treatment and prevention techniques. The next
 unit presents the steps of child sexual abuse investigation: receiving the
 report, interviewing the involved parties, gathering evidence, assessing the
 case, and validating the case. Investigation techniques for social workers,
 law enforcement officials, and medical personnel are presented. The
 treatment unit defines treatment planning and reviews various treatment
 philosophies and approaches used in Federal sexual abuse treatment projects,
 as well as other agency approaches. Role playing scenarios and a list of
 audiovisuals are provided. Various treatment modalities are covered,
 including crisis intervention for victim trauma counseling, the medical
 model for physical and psychological assessment, and the psychological
 model, among others. Finally, the unit on community networking focuses on
 interagency and multidisciplinary issues.
-Desc-
 abused children, sexual abuse, child protection services, professional
 training, community cooperation, medical treatment, mental health, virginia
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 26
-A-
 4202H2 CD-07597
-W-
 Preventing Child Abuse: A Community Responsibility Program.
 International Society for the Prevention of Child Abuse and Neglect,
 Montreal (Quebec).
 International Congress on Child Abuse and Neglect 5th, Montreal, Quebec,
 September 16-19, 1984, 84 pp., 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 92
 Following background and organizational information about the International
 Society for the Prevention of Child Abuse and Neglect, the program book
 outlines meetings, symposia, and other conference events. The Fifth
 International Conference on Child Abuse covered many topics: child abuse
 fatalities, community approaches to intervention, intervention guidelines,
 models of parental support interventions, media violence, program
 evaluation, research concerns, and the Parents Anonymous program. Other
 subjects discussed were physical punishment, legal issues in representing
 children, the link between child abuse and delinquency, failure to thrive,
 ecology, parent profiles and family characteristics, permanency planning,
 diagnosis, professional training, risk assessment, and sequelae of abuse.
 The topic of prevention was explored from the perspectives of tertiary,
 secondary, and primary prevention. At the same time, child abuse was seen as
 including physical and sexual abuse of children and youth, both in their
 families of in alternative settings; child exploitation through child
 pornography, juvenile prostitution, or child labor; and physical and
 emotional neglect by families, by professionals, or by the community. A list
 of congress participants is provided.
-Desc-
 conferences, sexual abuse, child abuse research, prevention, research needs,
 sequelae, intervention, international organizations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 27
-A-
 4202H1 CD-07596
-W-
 Protect Your Child From Sexual Abuse: A Parents's Guide.
 Hart-Rossi, J.
 Planned Parenthood of Snohomish Count, Wash.
 Seattle, Wash., Parenting Press, Inc., 59 pp., 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 92
 This guide for parents, which accompanies the book "It's My Body, ' tells
 parents how to prevent the likelihood of their children being sexually
 abused. It outlines family activities to develop skills in children for
 appropriately handling potentially abusive situations. Chapter 1 defines
 sexual abuse and discusses characteristics of sexual abuse offenders. It
 advises parents on what to do if they suspect abuse. Chapter 2 provides
 activities to help parents become familiar with anatomical words for body
 parts and with the use of the touch continuum (a tool for indicating to
 children which parts of their body may be touched by adults and which may
 not be). Guided reading for "It's My Body' by Lory Freeman constitutes
 chapter 3. Chapter 4 presents a variety of simple ways to build a child's
 self-esteem, discusses practice of a "Touching Code, ' and covers ways to
 foster a child's decisionmaking ability and willingness to discuss feelings.
 A note to teachers indicates that they can help children learn skills to
 resist abusive situations in much the same way as families can instruct
 their members. The note suggests reading "It's My Body' to their class or
 adapting some of the activities directed to parents. Suggestions to
 reinforce the concepts presented include using puppets, pictures, stories,
 and role plays. 4 references.
-Desc-
 sexual abuse, parents education, prevention, resource materials, children
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 28
-A-
 4202G4 CD-07595
-W-
 Child Abuse: A Personal Account by One Who Hurt. A Guide for Teachers and
 Professisonals.
 Harrison, R.; Edwards, J.
 Portland, Oreg., Ednick Communications, 156 pp., 1983.
 1983.
-SubCode-
 92
 A victim of child abuse discusses her childhood experiences and presents
 interviews with other adults who were abused as children. The personal
 stories are interspersed with information appropriate to the related
 incident on how to identify behavioral and other signals suggesting a child
 is being physically, sexually, or emotionally abused. The stories emphasize
 how abuse victims coped with the abuse as it occurred, how the abuse
 affected their feelings about their parents and themselves, and how the
 abuse affected their adult lives. Following the interviews are sections
 instructing educators and health professionals on how to recognize the signs
 of abuse in the child, how and where to report the abuse, and how to
 interview suspected abuse victims. In addition, these professionals are
 informed of behavioral characteristics in parents that may indicate they are
 abusers. The section for educators includes descriptions of curriculum
 activities to make children aware of their personal rights and safety and to
 help them identify an abusive or potentially abusive situation. The
 appendixes present bibliographies of audiovisuals and print materials geared
 to both children and to inservice training of educators. An unannotated
 listing of articles on abuse is also provided, as is a listing of State
 agencies to contact about child abuse. 240 references.
-Desc-
 child abuse reporting, teachers responsibility, physicians responsibility,
 detection, abused children, ability to cope, psychological characteristics,
 adjustment problems
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 29
-A-
 4202G2 CD-07593
-W-
 Anatomical Drawings for Use in the Investigation and Intervention of Child
 Sexual Abuse.
 Groth, A. N.
 Forensic Mental Health Associates, Inc., Newton Center, Mass.
 Newton Center, Mass., Forensic Mental Health Associates, Inc., 38 pp.,
 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 92
 This set of 32 line drawings, to be used as a tool in child sexual abuse
 investigations and interventions, consists of front and back anatomical
 views of white and black males and females in 4 phases of development --
 preschool, preadolescence, adolescence, and adulthood. Instructions for use
 precede the drawings. The instructions suggest that after rapport with the
 child is established, the drawings may be introduced to clarify or document
 the investigation. The drawings may also be used to explore the possibility
 that the child was exposed to pornography and to clarify freehand artwork
 and puppet play by a child known or suspected to have been sexually
 victimized. The instructions advise that the responsible interviewer should
 be familiar with the psychology and characteristic behaviors of sexual
 offenders who victimize children, the dynamics of such offenses, the impact
 on the victim, and the diversity of resulting symptomatic behaviors
 expressed by sexually abused children. 5 references.
-Desc-
 evidence collection, sexual abuse, resource materials, childrens therapy,
 detection, investigations, intervention
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 30
-A-
 4202D1 CD-07580
-W-
 A Handbook for Understanding Child Abuse and Neglect.
 Bovolek, S. J.
 Wisconsin Univ.-Eau Claire. Dept. of Special Education.
 Schaumburg, Ill., Family Development Associates, Inc., 259 pp., 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 92
 Fifteen Chapters and 4 appendixes examine dimensions of child abuse and
 neglect, including emotional abuse, failure to thrive, sexual abuse, and
 adolescent abuse. Each Chapter of the handbook includes a list of learning
 objectives. Definitions and myths associated with child abuse and neglect
 are examined in Chapter 1, and Chapter 2 documents the history of child
 abuse. Identifying abuse and neglected children and adolescents is discussed
 in Chapter 4, with attention to physical and emotional abuse and neglect as
 well as sexual abuse. Chapter 4 examines emotional abuse, focusing on types
 of emotionally abusive caretaker behavior, characteristics of emotionally
 abused children, effects of emotional abuse on children, and forms of
 emotional abuse. Chapter 5 discusses parents who abuse and neglect their
 children, examining a demographic profile of families experiencing child
 abuse and neglect, parental personality characteristics, stress,
 inappropriate parenting practices of abusive parents, and family interaction
 patterns. Chapter 6 discusses child neglect and presents case studies of
 physical and emotional neglect. Chapters 7, 8, and 9 explore failure to
 thrive (causes and treatment), sexual abuse of children and adolescents
 (types, myths and facts, incest, child prostitution, and pornography) and
 adolescent abuse (incidence, patterns, and indicators). The effects of child
 abuse and neglect are highlighted in Chapter 10, with attention to the
 relationship between child abuse and developmental disabilities, physical
 handicaps, and educational and psychological problems of abused children.
 Chapters 11-15 report on spouse abuse, corporal punishment, mandates and
 procedures for reporting child abuse, roles of agencies involved in child
 abuse and neglect, and prevention and treatment of child abuse. The
 appendixes present papers on the emotionally disturbed adolescentnt and
 treatment of dysfunctional parent-child interactions. 79 references.
-Desc-
 identification, child abuse reporting, corporal punishmen, prevention,
 etiology, family characteristics, failure to thrive syndrom, abused
 children
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 31
-A-
 4202C1 CD-07576
-W-
 A Manual for Understanding Child Abuse and Neglect Among Mexican-American
 Migrants.
 Texas Migrant Council, Inc. Laredo, Tex. National Resource Center on Child
 Abuse and Neglect for Mexican Americans.
 Sponsored by: National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect (DHHS), Washington,
 D.C., (90-C-621), 62 pp., January 1983.
 January 1984.
-SubCode-
 90
 This manual discusses the Texas Migrant Council's Child Abuse and Neglect
 Project and includes documents and narration of experiences of personnel who
 work with Mexican-American migrants. The ongoing demonstration approach was
 to establish linkages between migrants and appropriate services. Over the
 project's 3 years, different activities were emphasized: (1) establishing
 factual knowledge about abuse and neglect of children in the
 Mexican-American community; (2) having service delivery personnel in "user'
 States understand what was learned by project staff; and (3) obtaining
 commitments for providing continuity of protective services to
 Mexican-American migrants. The manual describes demographic and cultural
 characteristics of Mexican Americans in the project service area and
 contains information about the main groups with which Texas Migrant Council
 Child Abuse and Neglect staff worked: migrants, protective service workers,
 child abusers, and child neglecters. The remaining portion of the manual
 focuses on factors related to child abuse and neglect in the
 Mexican-American community. Maslow's need hierarchy is used for
 understanding Mexican-American migrants. Each chapter includes information
 about child abuse and neglect among migrants in relation to physiological
 and safety needs, social and personal esteem needs, and the need for
 self-actualization. Discussions of major components in each category of need
 address situational and cultural aspects, the relevance of these aspects to
 child abuse and neglect among Mexican-American migrants, and some
 implications for assessment and assistance. 12 figures and 26 references.
-Desc-
 mexican americans, migrant worker programs, migrant workers, migrant
 children, demonstration programs, cultural factors, cultural values,
 psychological needs
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 32
-A-
 4202B2 CD-0757
-W-
 Child Neglect Cell-Specific Study. Evaluation of the Clinical Demonstration
 of the Treatment of Child Abuse and Neglect.
 Stublarec, L.
 Berkeley Planning Associates, Calif.
 Prepared for: Department of Health and Human Services, Washington, D.C.,
 (HHS-105-78-1108), 130 pp., June 23, 1983.
 June 23, 1983.
-SubCode-
 90
 Four demonstration projects serving families involved in child neglect were
 assessed as part of a larger evaluation. The projects were in Dallas, Tex.;
 Denver, Colo.; St. Louis, Mo.; and Aburn, Wash. Substantive issues addressed
 include the operational definition of child neglect applied by each project,
 the theoretical assumptions of each project regarding the causal or
 correctional factors associated with child neglect, the treatment techniques
 used by the projects to make services more relevant to the client
 subpopulation, and the systemic response to child neglect within each of the
 project's communities. Methodology generally involved indepth interviews and
 group discussions. Each project had a somewhat different definition of child
 neglect. Examination of the causal or correlational factors involved case
 studies of the 4 projects and a cross-project analysis. A general consensus
 was found across the 4 projects about the personality characteristics of
 neglected children and the nature of the maltreatment. However, the projects
 noted different family characteristics. In a group discussion,
 representatives from all the protects agreed on several important elements
 of effective treatment approaches, including home-based services, a
 comprehensive treatment package, a positive relationship between the
 therapist and the parent, and a need to spend much time with these families
 and to provide long-term treatment. A report of a 3-hour group discussion
 reveals the systemic response to child neglect within each of the project's
 given communities. The appendix includes data used in the cross-project
 analysis of theoretical assumptions.
-Desc-
 demonstration programs, program evaluation, individual characteristics,
 neglected children, family therapy, parents therapy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 33
-A-
 4201J1 CD-07559
-W-
 Evaluation of Child Abuse and Neglect Clinical Demonstration Projects - Data
 Tape Documentation. Herner and Co., Arlington, Va. Child Abuse and Neglect
 Clearinghouse Project.
 Prepared for: National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect (DHHS), Washington,
 D.C., (105-81-C-012), 136 pp., November 1983.
 November 1983.
-SubCode-
 90
 Following the presentation of introductory material on an evaluative study
 of specialized child abuse and neglect clinical demonstration projects,
 instruments used in collection of family, infant and child, adolescent, and
 adult data are presented, together with tape analyses and a dump of the
 first 5 data blocks of each data set. The 5 abuse and neglect subpopulations
 treated by these demonstration projects were sexual abuse, adolescent
 maltreatment, substance abuse-related maltreatment, child neglect, and
 remedial services for maltreated children. Baseline, services, and outcome
 data were collected on approximately 1, 000 families served by these
 projects between October 1979 and October 1981. The data collection
 instruments were organized to record data on client groups at intake, during
 service delivery, and at termination. The major goals of the evaluation were
 to determine if there are distinct abuse and neglect subpopulations and, if
 so, differences among them; to test whether families experiencing distinct
 abuse and neglect problems require unique investigative and treatment
 approaches; and, if specialized intervention strategies are found necessary,
 to provide direction on which strategies might be adopted by other
 communities. The overall evaluation included systematic analysis of clients,
 services, and outcomes, as well as project organization, case management
 practices, and staff characteristics.
-Desc-
 child abuse, adolescent abuse, child neglect, sexual abus, demonstration
 programs, therapeutic programs, program evaluation, documentation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 34
-A-
 4201I1 CD-07552
-W-
 Resource Allocation Study: Evaluation of the Clinical Demonstration of the
 Treatment of Child Abuse and Neglect.
 Berkeley Planning Associates, Calif.
 Prepared for: National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect (DHHS), Washington,
 D.C., (HEW 105-7-1108), 259 pp., September 1981.
 September 1981.
-SubCode-
 90
 This study provides quantifiable information on the kinds of service models,
 approaches, or strategies being tried on 5 different subpopulations of abuse
 and neglect in 19 demonstration projects. These projects were designed to
 demonstrate specialized clinical treatment for the distinct subpopulations:
 victims of sexual abuse, adolescent maltreatment, substance abuse-related
 child maltreatment, child neglect, and remedial services to maltreated
 children. All project staff were required to record the time spent on
 predefined program activities for 2 typical 1-week periods. Concrete
 information is provided on the percentage of time staff members allocated to
 specific client services and to other support activities. A self-reporting
 model was used to gather and analyze the data. Although certain differences
 in staffing patterns and core services emerged between particular cells, the
 study failed to produce a single, consistent cell-specific trend. The 5
 cells seemed to be more similar than they were different. This appears to
 support the notion that the current, NCCAN-defined clustering of projects
 has not resulted in a clear service typology for treating a given type of
 abusive behavior. Appendixes cover methodology, service definitions, data
 collection instruments, and detailed cross-project data tables. Narrative
 case studies and extensive tabular data.
-Desc-
 demonstration programs, childrens therapy, sexual abuse, adolescent abuse,
 drug abuse
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 35
-A-
 4201H4 CD-07551
-W-
 A Qualitative Study of Most Successful and Least Successful Cases. Final
 Report. Evaluation of the Clinical Demonstration of Child Abuse and
 Neglect.
 Berkeley Planning Associates, Calif.
 Prepared for: National Center for Child Abuse and Neglect (DHHS),
 Washington, D.C. (HHS-105-78-1108), 196 pp., June 1982.
 June 1982.
-SubCode-
 90
 The experiences of a sample of families served by 6 child abuse and neglect
 demonstration projects were studied in order to construct additional
 measures or indicators of success. Key similarities and differences among 15
 successful cases and 13 unsuccessful cases are highlighted. The study
 consists of a series of indepth interviews with clinicians covering the
 treatment history of the families. The selection procedures are outlined.
 The characteristics of the sample families are summarized, including their
 demographic characteristics, functioning levels at intake, types of
 maltreatment, and major strengths and weaknesses. The relative treatability
 of the sample families are explored, including such variables as the
 family's attitude toward treatment, the protect's attitude toward the
 family, the identified barriers to treatment, and the types of intervention
 strategies judged to be most effective. The types of changes noted in the
 sample families during treatment are summarized, including changes in each
 family's physical environment, communication patterns, discipline
 techniques, and abusive behaviors. Finally, implications for future research
 efforts and treatment strategies are outlined. Appendixes include a summary
 of findings from a previous phase of this study and a summary of data
 gathered on the sample families.
-Desc-
 demonstration programs, case studies, family therapy, predictor variables
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 36
-A-
 4201H3 CD-07550
-W-
 Overview of the Projects' Internal Evaluations. Evaluation of the Clinical
 Demonstration of the Treatment of Child Abuse and Neglect.
 Berkeley Planning Associates, Calif.
 Prepared for: National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect (DHHS), Washington,
 D.C., (HEW 105-78-1108), 516 pp., June 23, 1982.
 June 3, 1982.
-SubCode-
 90
 This report, based on a 3-year NCCAN demonstration program of specialized
 treatment for 5 abuse and neglect client subpopulations, describes
 preliminary findings, data documentation, dissemination plans, and contact
 persons for 16 of the 19 nationwide demonstration projects. In addition,
 complete listing of the instruments and procedures used to collect client
 data by each project is included, as are the project's data collection
 instruments. The subpopulations are those groups affected by sexual abuse,
 adolescent maltreatment, substance abuse-related maltreatment, child
 neglect, and remedial services to maltreated children. The evaluation
 included case study analyses of the projects' experiences; analyses of the
 projects' clients, services, and outcomes; and assessment of
 interrelationships among process, project structure, case management,
 services, client characteristics, and service outcomes. The sexual abuse
 projects were located in Albuquerque, N.M.; Chicago, Ill.; Edin, Minn.; and
 Knoxville, Tenn. Adolescent maltreatment projects were in Atlantic City,
 N.J.; and Watervile, Maine. Substance abuse-related child maltreatment
 projects were in Ann Arbor, Mich.; Little Rock, Ark.; and New York City.
 Remedial Services to children projects were in Dallas, Tex.; Denver, Colo.;
 and St. Louis, Mo.
-Desc-
 demonstration programs, sexual abuse, abused children, adolescent abuse,
 drug abuse, evaluation methods, standards, screening tests
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 37
-A-
 4201H2 CD-07549
-W-
 Evaluation of the Clinical Demonstrations of the Treatment of Child Abuse
 and Neglect. Executive Summary.
 Berkeley Planning Associates, Calif.
 Prepared for: National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect (DHHS), Washington,
 D.C., (HEW 105-78-1108), 24 pp., November 1983.
 November 1983.
-SubCode-
 90
 This evaluation of a demonstration program focused on the specialized
 clinical treatment of 5 abuse and neglect subpopulations and analyzed the
 projects' clients, service, and client outcomes as well as the relationships
 among project organization, case management practices, and staff
 characteristics. Baseline, services, and outcome data were gathered on about
 1, 000 families served by the demonstration projects between October 1979
 and October 1981. The subpopulations served in the 19 projects were sexual
 abuse, adolescent maltreatment, substance abuse-related maltreatment, child
 neglect, and remedial services to maltreated children. The projects provided
 standardized packages of services to the families and individuals on their
 respective caseloads. A project's given service strategy was more a function
 of the talents, interests, and theoretical orientation of the individuals
 designing the project than of any objective agreement about what types of
 strategies were best suited for a given type of maltreatment or client
 subpopulation. Group counseling and education and skill development classes
 appeared to be the most successful in achieving positive client outcomes
 with adults. Additional findings, implications for prevention programs and
 research, summaries of the demonstration projects and a list of publications
 generated by the evaluation effort are included.
-Desc-
 demonstration programs, program evaluation, sexual abuse, adolescent abuse,
 services delivery, drug abuse
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 38
-A-
 4201F4 CD-07543
-W-
 Factors Associated With a History of Childhood Sexual Experience in a
 Nonclinical Female Population.
 Seney, M. A.; Brooks, B.
 Providence College, R.I. Dept. of Psychology.
 Jrnl of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry 23(2):215-218, 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 88
 A nonclinical population of college women was surveyed about their childhood
 sexual experiences, current symptoms, and demographic backgrounds. Completed
 questionnaires were obtained from 151 women at a Catholic college and 150
 women from a publicly funded college. Sixteen percent (51) of the 301
 subjects reported some kind of sexual experience with another person during
 their childhood years. Thirteen percent of the subjects reported sexual
 experience with a family member; ? percent reported experience with a
 nonfamily member; and some subjects reported both types. Activities included
 exposure, touching, oral-genital contact, masturbation, and intercourse. In
 58 percent of the cases, the report has of a one-time incident. Demographic
 factors failed to predict those at greatest risk for child sexual abuse.
 Early sexual experience with a family member apparently had negative
 consequences over and above those resulting directly from the early sexual
 experience. Adults who had been abused as children reported significantly
 greater symptoms of depression, anxiety, and self-abusive behavior. Sexual
 activity involving intercourse that occurred more than once or after puberty
 yielded particularly high levels of symptoms. Women whose experiences
 occurred within the family were at greater risk of disturbance than women
 whose experiences occurred outside the family. Clinical implications for
 children and adults are considered. 2 tables and 7 references.
-Desc-
 sexual abuse, emotional problems, psychological characteristics, family
 environment
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 39
-A-
 4201F1 CD-07540
-W-
 Parent Characteristics in Abusing and Nonabusing Families.
 Perry, M. A.; Wells, E. A.; Doran, L. D.
 Washington Univ., Seattle. Dept. of Psychology.
 Jrnl of Clinical Child Psychology 12(3):329-336, Winter 1983.
 Winter 1983.
-SubCode-
 88
 Fifty-five parents representing 37 families in which physical child abuse
 occurred were compared to 3 matched nonabusive families. Additional
 comparisons were made of mothers and fathers, and perpetrators and their
 spouses, with their respective controls. Mothers from abusing families
 experienced lower self-esteem and less family cohesion and expression,
 expected slower development of their children, and reported more anxiety and
 family conflict. Fathers from abusing families reported less family cohesion
 and moral and religious emphasis, expected slower development of their
 children, and reported more family conflict. Perpetrators of abuse
 experienced more anxiety, impact of life stress, and family conflict. They
 reported less family cohesion and expression and expected slower development
 of their children. Spouses of perpetrators reported more family conflict.
 They expected slower development of their children than did the controls.
 The importance of evaluating characteristics of fathers and mothers
 separately, of clearly identifying the perpetrating parent, and of studying
 the spouse of the perpetrator is discussed from methodological, theoretical,
 and applied viewpoints. 3 tables and 23 references. (Author abstract
 modified)
-Desc-
 family characteristics, family problems, comparative analysis, parents
 expectations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 40
-A-
 4201E4 CD-07539
-W-
 Developmental and Behavioral Characteristics of the Physically Abused Child
 Perry, M. A.; Doran, L. D.; Wells, E. A.
 Washington Univ., Seattle. Dept. of Psychology.
 Jrnl of Clinical Child Psychology 12(3):320-324, Winter 1983.
 Winter 1983.
-SubCode-
 88
 Results are presented of a comparison of 21 abused and 21 nonabused children
 between the ages of 2 and 12 who were matched on the basis of social class
 and family structure. Statistical comparisons between the 2 groups for all
 matching variables showed no significant differences. However, a comparison
 of the groups based on mother's education revealed that control mothers had
 significantly more education than the abusing mothers. All measures of the
 children's intellectual functioning and communication skills showed highly
 significant differences between the abused and nonabused children; the
 abused children consistently received lower scores. Reported data about
 children's special characteristics revealed few differences between the 2
 groups. Abuse and factors contributing to it are seen as placing children at
 high risk for a variety of problems, and attention to their emotional and
 developmental status is indicated. 18 references (Author abstract modified)
-Desc-
 abused children, socioeconomic status, parents background, comparative
 analysis, child behavior
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 41
-A-
 4201E3 CD-07538
-W-
 Development in Children Following Abuse and Nonorganic Failure to Thrive.
 Oates, R. K.; Peacock, A.; Forrest, D.
 Royal Alexandra Hospital for Children, Camperdown (New South Wales). Dept.
 of Medical Services.
 American Jrnl of Diseases of Children 138(8):764-767, August 1984.
 August 1984.
-SubCode-
 88
 The cases of 39 children who had been admitted to the Royal Alexandra
 Hospital for Children in Camperdown, New South Wales (Australia) because of
 physical abuse an average of 5.5 years earlier were compared with the cases
 of 14 children admitted 13 years earlier with nonorganic failure to thrive
 (NOFTT). Cases were studied to determine similarities and differences in
 their development. Each child in the study group was matched with a child of
 the same age, sex, and ethnic group who attended the same school and whose
 parents were in the same socioeconomic class. Each child was weighed and
 measured, participated in a structured interview, and underwent
 psychological testing. The abused children and those with NOFTT were similar
 in their language ability and were significantly behind their comparison
 groups in language development, reading age, and verbal intelligence. The
 abused children, but not the group who had NOFTT, were significantly behind
 their comparison group in general intelligence, interpersonal relations, and
 self-concept. In contrast to the children with NOFTT, they were not delayed
 in social maturity. It is concluded that specific long-term treatment
 programs should be available for both abused and NOFTT children, in addition
 to assessment and ongoing treatment for their parents. 4 tables and 23
 references.
-Desc-
 physical abuse, failure to thrive syndrome, language development,
 psychological characteristics, intelligence, sequelae, self concept, growth
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 42
-A-
 4201D4 CD-07535
-W-
 Double Stigma: Sexual Abuse Within the Alcoholic Family.
 Middleton, J. L.
 Seattle Mental Health Inst., Wash.
 Focus on Family pp. 6, 10-11, September-October 1984.
 September-October 1984.
-SubCode-
 88
 Following 2 clinical vignettes detailing incidents of sexual abuse
 (father-daughter and mother-son incest) within alcoholic families, the
 sequelae in the victims as adults are examined, as are the dynamics within
 these abusing families. Reports estimate that sexual abuse is more than
 twice as likely to occur in the alcoholic than the nonalcoholic family
 system. Because of the double stigma attached to sexual abuse and
 alcoholism, both victims and abusers are reluctant to seek help and to
 discuss the problem. As adults sexual abuse victims show many psychological
 effects of the abuse. These may include depression, concusion of sexuality
 and affection, poor self-esteem, disassociation, somatic complaints, sexual
 identity confusion, alcohol or substance abuse, eating disorder, guilt,
 isolation and feelings of loneliness, internalized shame, and destructive
 relationship patterns. Sexual abuse, like alcoholism, is often
 multigenerational. The mother, the father, or both parents in the incestuous
 family often were themselves victims of sexual abuse. Both have lifelong
 needs for affection and nurturing, and have difficulty in assuming the
 parent role. They both have strong dependency needs and difficulty with
 social skills. Frequently the mother is told of the sexual abuse but denies
 it. In these families the abuse often has little to do with sexuality and
 more to do with the abuser's needs for affection, nurturing, and affirmation
 of self. For years, the stigma of alcoholism prevented alcoholic families
 from receiving or seeking treatment. Only when the victim and the abuser no
 longer fear life-long stigma and have a sense that they can be accepted and
 treated will there be a decrease in the incidence of sexual abuse.
-Desc-
 alcohol abuse, sexual abuse, family characteristics, sequelae
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 43
-A-
 4201C4 CD-07531
-W-
 Outgrowing the Pain: A Book for and About Adults Abused as Children.
 Gil, E. M.
 San Francisco, Calif., Launch Press, 91 pp., 1983. 1983.
-SubCode-
 88
 A therapist who works with adults abused as children points out adult
 behavior patterns that reflect coping, adaptive, and reactive behavior to
 their abuse as children. The author encourages these adults to come to terms
 with their experience, recognize these behaviors in themselves, and
 understand that neither these behaviors nor the childhood abuse occurred
 because they were at fault. Adults are urged to change reactive behaviors if
 possible and reminded that as adults they are no longer powerless over their
 situations. Suggestions are given for constructively dealing with anger,
 negative feelings about self, low self-esteem, and feelings of
 powerlessness. Behavior types reviewed in the discussion on reactive adult
 behaviors include minimalization or rationalization of the abuse and
 selective memory when coming to terms with the experience; denial, anger,
 fear, and shame when thinking about the past; and difficulties with trust
 and self-esteem, feelings of isolation, and difficulties with intimate
 relationships. An addendum discusses the feelings and reactions of the
 nonabused sibling and of the partners of adults abused as children. 5
 resources and 3 references.
-Desc-
 adults, adjustment problems, personality development, behavior patterns,
 psychological characteristics, behavior change, parent child relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 44
-A-
 4201C3 CD-07530
-W-
 Nobody Ever Asked...
 Engel, S.
 New York, Vantage Press, 251 pp., 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 88
 A composite of real events and people, this novel focuses on child abuse and
 mental illness. The main character, Lori, is a middle-aged grandmother who
 had successfully suppressed an emotionally painful childhood until the death
 of a close friend led to an emotional breakdown and institutionalization. In
 a series of flashbacks during therapy sessions, Lori realizes her depression
 is the result of her confusion over the incestuous relationship with her
 father and the suicide of her protective, transvestite uncle. Her depression
 is resolved as she comes to realize that her father, not her uncle, had been
 the abuser. She is eventually freed from her past through a religious
 conversion. An appendix contains comments from a plastic surgeon about
 surgical and emotional care of child abuse victims. He notes that
 appropriate and timely treatment of soft tissue trauma and burns are
 important, as well as psychological support to repair damaged self-esteem
 and prevent prolonged emotional trauma.
-Desc-
 mental illness, medical treatment, paternal abuse, inces, religion, churches
 role, depression
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 45
-A-
 4201C1 CD-07528
-W-
 Response Patterns in Children and Adolescents Exploited Through Sex Rings
 and Pornography.
 Burgess, A. W.; Hartman, C. R.; McCausland, P.; Powers, P.
 Boston City Hospital, Mass., Dept. of Health and Hospitals.
 American Jrnl of Psychiatr 14(5):656-662, May 1984.
 May 1984.
-SubCode-
 88
 Interview data on 66 children and adolescents involved with 14 adults in 11
 sex rings were analyzed to assess the children's adjustment 2 years after
 the rings were exposed (between 1978 and 1981). The children ranged in age
 from 6 to 16 years; 32 had 2 parents in the home, and 30 had a single
 parent. The majority of the children (61.3 percent) participated in ring
 activities for more than a year; 54.8 percent were used in pornography. Data
 were gathered from both parents and children using a semistructured
 interview. Findings showed that following exposure of the rings, the
 children manifested marked changes ranging from vague complaints to
 specifically defined acute posttraumatic stress responses. Sixteen children
 were categorized as having integrated the event; three-fourths were
 categorized as nonintegrative either due to an avoidance pattern (denial
 that the event occurred), continuing symptoms (i.e., anxiety, guilt,
 depression), or identification with the exploiter (manifested by exploiting
 others and adopting antisocial behavior towards peers, school, and family).
 Two important observations emerged from the analysis: (1) boys predominated
 as the sexual preference of adult males, and (2) the seriousness of the
 boys' sexual exploitation was minimized by others. Clinicians are urged to
 be alert to the possibility of sex ring and pornographic involvement among
 children and adolescents who manifest sexual anxiety; gender confusion; or
 avoidant, acting-out, or antisocial behaviors. 12 references.
-Desc-
 child pornography, sexual exploitation, psychological characteristics,
 emotional problems, emotional response, adjustment problems, behavior
 changes, behavior patterns
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 46
-A-
 4201B1 CD-07524
-W-
 A Model of Therapy With Abusive and Neglectful Families.
 Wells, S. J.
 In: Turner, F.J. (Editor). Differential Diagnosis and Treatment in Social
 Work. Third Edition. New York, The Free Press, pp. 715-726, 1983. 1983.
-SubCode-
 86
 This article examines Polansky's theories of verbal accessibility, which
 refer to the client's willingness to talk about feelings and attitudes, and
 applies them to studies of multiproblem families with a variety of class
 characteristics. The analysis reveals distinctive patterms of communication
 in violent families and families with a high potential for abuse or neglect.
 The author concludes that in applying the construct of verbal accessibility
 to these families, one can interpret the interaction patterns as defenses
 against a hostile environment or feelings of "primitive loneliness.'
 Further, such families typically act out their feelings, do not value
 talking in problemsolving, are not introspective, and expect help to be in
 the form of advice or concrete goods. Intervention goals and techniques are
 suggested for families with this low verbal accessibility. Recommended
 techniques include using concrete activities with the family; setting up
 structures, limits, and controls; and experimenting with verbal
 interpretation by the family and labeling of all actions. The article also
 emphasizes the importance of the worker's own verbal accessibility and
 identifies indicators of the need for family therapy with multiproblem
 families. 27 references.
-Desc-
 family characteristics, family problems, abusive parents, family therapy,
 communication, verbal ability, models
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 47
-A-
 4196C2 CD-07513
-W-
 You Can Help a Sexually Abused Child.
 Rosenzweig, J.
 Instructor 43(8):62-64, April 1984.
 April 1984.
 Suject Code: 86
 Adults are taught to identify the behavioral and psychological symptoms
 manifested by child victims of sexual abuse, along with how to respond when
 such children seek help from them. Behavioral symptoms of sexual abuse are
 noted to include withdrawal, aggressive behavior, and self-destructive
 activity, while low self-esteem is a common psychological characteristic of
 sexually abused children. The adult in whom a sexually abused child confides
 is advised to believe the child's account of the sexual abuse and transmit
 to the child this belief that he or she is telling the truth. Adult
 confidants are also advised to assure the child that he or she is not to
 blame for the abuse, while acknowledging the child's conflicts and
 confusions about the abusive situation. The adult is instructed not to make
 promises to the child that cannot be kept, such as not telling anyone else
 about the abuse. Further, the adult is advised never to criticize the child
 for not having reported the abuse earlier. Overall, the confidant should be
 supportive and provide practical help, such as cooperating with child
 protective service workers and contacting other relevant community
 resources. The need for familiarity with prevention programs is also
 emphasized. Resources for developing a prevention program are listed.
-Desc-
 sexual abuse, behavior changes, child abuse reporting, intervention
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 48
-A-
 4196B1 CD-07508
-W-
 The Nurse and the Police: Dealing With Abused Children.
 McKinnon, I.
 In: Campbell, J. and J. Humphreys (Editors). Nursing Care of Victims of
 Family Violence. Reston Va., Reston Publishing Co., Inc., pp. 359-369,
 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 86
 Based on Michigan law and experiences of the Detroit police, this article
 discusses the role and responsibilites of law enforcement in cases of
 suspected or actual child mistreatment. In addition, the police interface
 with nursing is discussed to increase the sensitivity of these professions
 to one another and facilitate cooperation in preventing child maltreatment.
 Reasons for law enforcement involvement in child abuse cases are detailed,
 notably police accessibility to the community and legal mandates. A review
 of the patrol officer's role focuses on removal of the child from the home,
 particularly in an emergency, and case investigation. The article concludes
 that many police departments have become more sensitized to the problem and
 have specially trained teams to contact the child victim and the victim's
 family. Although sexual abuse cases in Detroit and many other large cities
 were found to be referred to sex crime units, a survey reveals that many
 such units have been deficient in training, recordkeeping and appropriate
 investigative techniques. Consideration of interfaces between the police and
 nurses in the hospital emergency room advises that in this setting, the
 nurse can act as the child's advocate and assure the police officer that she
 is concerned for the child's welfare, thus relieving the police of
 responsibility. Other police responsibilities considered include detection
 of child abuse, accompaniment of child protection workers on investigations,
 and collection of evidence. The conclusion notes that most progressive
 police departments now believe that arrest and prosecution are not the best
 means of dealing with neglectful and abusive parents. 16 references.
-Desc-
 nurses role, nurses responsibility, police role, police responsibility,
 sexual abuse, interdisciplinary approach, hospital emergency services,
 michigan
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 49
-A-
 4196A1 CD-07504
-W-
 The Role of the Educator in the Prevention and Treatment of Child Abuse and
 Neglect.
 LeBoeuf, C. M.
 Community Council on Child Abuse and Neglect, Inc., Tampa, Fla.
 Community Council on Child Abuse and Neglect, Inc., Tampa, Fla., 27 pp.
 1982.
 1982.
-SubCode-
 86
 A broad overview of child abuse and neglect and of the teacher's role in
 identifying and reporting abuse and neglect is provided for Florida's
 elementary school teachers. The first section focuses on understanding the
 problem, defines child abuse and neglect, outlines characteristics of
 abusive parents, describes typically abused children, and identifies
 intervention goals. A diagram portraying a model for understanding child
 abuse emphasizes social-cultural factors and family stresses. The second
 section, dealing with recognizing child abuse and neglect, discusses the
 involvement of educators, intervention tactics, and individual action. A
 chart presents indicators of child abuse and neglect in terms of the child's
 appearance and behavior and the caretaker's behavior. The third section --
 devoted to sexual abuse -- examines myths and facts about sexual abuse,
 defines the problem, identifies signals given by the child, considers family
 history and interaction, and reviews long-term effects. Florida's sexual
 abuse statutes are noted. The fourth section covers Federal standards and
 requirements, Florida child abuse and neglect statutes, the legal process
 following a report of child abuse, and the steady increase in reports. The
 manual contains a guide for use with 2 films on sexual abuse, lists
 available resources for parents, and presents a summary profile of families
 reported for child maltreatment. 39 references.
-Desc-
 federal laws, teachers role, child abuse laws, florida, mandatory reporting,
 child abuse reporting, sexual abuse, detection
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 50
-A-
 4195L1 CD-07500
-W-
 Treating Child-Abusive Families. Intervention Based on Skills-Training
 Principles.
 Kelly, J. A.
 Mississippi Univ. Medical Center, Jackson.
 New York, Plenum Press, 234 pp., 1983.
 1983.
-SubCode-
 86
 The treatment approaches for child-abusive families described in this book
 rely on a skills-training behavior change model for parents. For some cases,
 the skills training focuses specifically on changing an abusive parent's
 disciplinary style, and in other cases, more complex intervention is
 required. All of the interventions described are intended to increase the
 child-abusive parent's repertoire of appropriate coping skills, thus
 reducing the likelihood of continued violence. The book summarizes knowledge
 about the prevalence of physically abusive behavior toward children and
 reviews major characteristics of abusive parents and their children. This
 information is then integrated into the social-learning conceptual model
 that can both account for the development of child-abusive behavior patterns
 and suggest appropriate clinical interventions. The balance of the book
 describes clinical assessment techniques for developing an intervention
 plan. Intervention approaches described include teaching abusive parents
 anger-control skills and reducing more general risk factors such as
 joblessness, marital discord, and social isolation. Also discussed are
 practical issues encountered when the therapist consults with a family's
 welfare department caseworker and others. The book concludes with inferences
 about treatment and prevention based on the social-learning theory of abuse.
 Assessment instruments and a deep muscle relaxation training script are
 appended. Indexes and 211 references.
-Desc-
 parents therapy, nonpunitive approach, individual characteristics, models,
 behavior patterns, behavior change, parenting, etiology
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 51
-A-
 4195K4 CD-07499
-W-
 Treating Sexually Abused Children and Their Families.
 James, B.; Nasjleti, M.
 Palo Alto, Calif., Consulting Psychologists Press, Inc., 164 pp., 1983.
 1983.
-SubCode-
 86
 This book, which views intrafamilial child sexual abuse as a symptom of
 family dysfunction, presents clinically validated intervention techniques
 that have helped both abusers and abuse. Four chapters comprise a section
 devoted to family dynamics. They describe sexually abused children and
 indicators of sexual abuse, as well as profiles of male and female victims,
 sexual abusers of children, and mothers of incest victims. Sexual abuse of
 children as a generational phenomenon is examined, with attention to the
 family constellation, family members' roles in the abusive system, and
 family reaction to the abuse. Five chapters comprise the section on family
 treatment. The personal qualities and clinical skills required in therapists
 who work with sexually abused children and their families are identified.
 The 3 phases of treatment of the family are examined including
 disclosure-panic, assessment-awareness, and restructure. Seven critical
 sessions in family therapy are reviewed to illustrate the processes
 involved. These therapy sessions deal with confronting the sexual abuse
 openly for the first time as a family, defining the family's abuse pattern,
 identifying the family's long-term and short-term goals, establishing a
 visitation plan, discussing progress, reviewing adjustment after reunion of
 the family, and considering termination of court-ordered treatment. The book
 concludes with a case study of actual couple therapy with an incestuous
 family as well as descriptions of specific treatment interventions used by
 experienced therapists. 54 references.
-Desc-
 incest, individual characteristics, psychological characteristics, parent
 child relations, family therapy, therapists, generational cycle of child
 abuse, case studies
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 52
-A-
 4195F1 CD-07476
-W-
 Pedophilia: Diagnostic Concepts, Treatment, and Ethical Considerations.
 Berlin, F. S.; Krout, E.
 Johns Hopkins Univ., Baltimore, Md. Dept. of Psychiatry and Behavioral
 Sciences.
 Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, Md. Phipps Psychiatric Clinic, 12 pp.,
 undated.
 undated.
-SubCode-
 86
 This review covers the etiology, assessment, and treatment of pedophilia and
 stresses the importance of reeducating both the public and health care
 providers about the disorder. Although it has been found that pedophiles
 share a common sexual attraction towards children, they may differ in
 temperament, intelligence, maturity, and character traits. Pedophilia is
 believed to be the result of prior childhood sexual activity with an adult,
 impaired sexual development, biological abnormalities, or a combination of
 all 3 factors. Predisposing biological factors include biochemical
 imbalances and chromosomal anomalies (most frequently Klinefelter's
 syndrome). Proposed treatments for pedophilia include insight-oriented
 psychotherapy, behavior therapy, surgery, and medication. One treatment
 being tried at the Johns Hopkins Hospital Sexual Disorders Clinic
 (Baltimore, Md.) is weekly intramuscular injections of medroxyprogesterone
 acetate (MPA), also known as Depo-Provera. MPA lowers testosterone levels,
 which may relieve the intensity of the sexual desire and enable the
 pedophile to resist "temptation.' Public education is needed to counter the
 tendency to blame pedophiles for their involuntary sexual orientation. In
 turn, pedophiles are urged to deal with their sexuality in a manner that
 does not put children at risk. 29 references.
-Desc-
 sex deviation, drug therapy, group therapy, etiology, individual
 characteristics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 53
-A-
 4195E1 CD-07472
-W-
 The Unmet Psychiatric Needs of Sexually Abused Youths: Referrals From a
 Child Protection Agency and Clinical Evaluations.
 Adams-Tucker, C.
 Jrnl of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry 23(6):659-667, 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 86
 To examine biases in the referral processes, 2 groups of sexually exploited
 children were studied: 25 subjects in a clinically evaluated group and 201
 subjects of a group reported to the Louisville, Ky., Protection Services
 Division. The latter group included the 25 recipients of psychiatric
 evaluations who comprised the first group. The following data on the
 reported and clinical groups are presented: sociodemographic and
 abuse-related characteristics (comparing clinical and reported groups),
 clinical psychiatric findings for the 25 children in the clinical group, 3
 case examples, and features of reporting and investigation for the total
 reported group. Findings indicated that the child protection agency
 underreferred children for psychiatric care. The referral process revealed
 biases which preclude many needy sexually abused children from obtaining
 mental health care. The likelihood of reaching the child guidance clinic by
 referral from the child protection agency was diminished for a child who is
 black, male, more than 10 years old when first sexually abused, and residing
 in a mother headed household. Victims most likely to be referred are white,
 female, younger than 10 years of age when first molested, and in a 2-parent
 family. 23 references.
-Desc-
 sexual abuse, psychiatric services, child protection services, referral
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 54
-A-
 4195C4 CD-07467
-W-
 Child Abuse: A Dynamic Process of Encounter Between Needs and Personality
 Traits Within the Family.
 Zimrin, H.
 Tel Aviv Univ., (Israel). School of Social Work.
 American Jrnl of Family Therapy 12(1):37-47, Spring 1984.
 Spring 1984.
-SubCode-
 82
 The idea that parents and children influence one another in both their
 personality traits and their behavior in applied to the situation of child
 abuse and illustrated with a case example. A dynamic process of exchange is
 described that surrounds the formation of personality traits and behavioral
 attributes. Traits of abused children are seen as sometimes resulting from
 abuse and sometimes causing it. The case of David, a 12-year-old,
 illustrates how both parents and child bring their attributes to the
 situation and how both react and change as a result of the interaction. The
 characteristic traits of abused children (passivity, low self-esteem) which
 were present in David when he began treatment resulted from his mother's
 abusive behavior toward him and caused abuse by his father as a later stage.
 The case clearly shows that congruence, or the lack of it, between the
 parents' traits and needs and those of the child are essential to the
 appearance or disappearance of child abuse. In this particular case, 2
 treatment plans were implemented: one aimed at improving relations between
 father and son; the other aimed to improve David's self-image and
 self-confidence. Both plans eventually were successful, but the changes in
 David (more independence and self-confidence) created a new potential for
 maternal abusive behavior. 23 references.
-Desc-
 individual characteristics, interaction process analysis, case reports,
 abused children, abusive parents, etiology, family characteristics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 55
-A-
 4195C2 CD-07465
-W-
 Neuropsychological, Personality, and Familial Characteristics of Physically
 Abused Delinquents.
 Tarter, R. E.; Hegedus, A. M.; Winsten, N. E.; Alterman, A. I.
 Pittsburgh Univ., Pa. School of Medicine, Dept. of Psychiatry.
 Jrnl of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry. 23(6):668-674, 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 82
 The investigation reported in this article replicated and extended previous
 research by ascertaining the extent to which delinquents abused in childhood
 can be differentiated from those not abused as children by examining
 behavioral, personality, environmental, and cognitive variables. The study
 sample included 101 delinquent adolescents (82 percent male and 18 percent
 female) referred consecutively to Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic
 (Pittsburgh, Pa.) by the juvenile court for a comprehensive neuropsychiatric
 assessment. Data from the psychiatric evaluation, social worker's report,
 interviews with the probation officer, and past records indicated that 27 of
 the subjects were determined to have been physically abused. The Violence
 Scale, which rates the degree of violence and the number and type of prior
 offenses, was used to evaluate delinquency. Cognitive, personality, and
 behavioral tests were given, and developmental and familial information was
 obtained to assess the environmental correlates of child abuse. The
 investigation revealed that juvenile delinquents who were physically abused
 as children were more likely than nonabused delinquents to commit violent
 offenses, have alcoholic and criminal parents, and be sexually abused. 4
 tables, 2 figures, and 16 references.
-Desc-
 juvenile delinquency, physical abuse, family characteristics, cognitive
 development, violence, sexual abuse
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 56
-A-
 4195C1 CD-07464
-W-
 Children at Risk in the Affluent Society.
 Swedish Save the Children, Stockholm (Sweden).
 Swedish Save the Children, Stockholm (Sweden), 5 pp., undated.
 undated.
-SubCode-
 82
 This report summarizes the results of a Swedish research project on children
 at risk. The project's goals were to increase knowledge of the complex
 relationships and factors that imply a greater risk of abuse to children; to
 gain more insight into the difficulties encountered by social, medical, and
 health care personnel in their attempts to give support to parents and
 children in high-risk situations; and to propose strategies to prevent the
 occurrence of risk situations as well as to investigate and remedy
 circumstances imposing a risk to children. The sample consisted of 26 child
 welfare cases involving a total of 50 children (30 boys, 20 girls) under age
 7. The cases were compared to 2 control groups: (1) nuclear families and (2)
 single-parent families. The project considered data concerning the mother's
 pregnancy, complications at delivery, early separations of mother and child,
 frequency of child contact with health care facilities, and development
 measures. The mothers frequently mentioned traumatic experiences from
 childhood; many spent part of their childhood in the care of individuals
 other than their birth parents. The parents appeared to be in poorer health
 and mental condition than the Swedish population as a whole. Abuse problems
 were common. A recurrent feature in these cases was a lack of continuity and
 structure in the parents' lives. Problems included disharmony among family
 members, job difficulties, and frequent change of address. The children
 found to be at risk were clearly less well off in most other respects.
 Compared to the controls, they experienced more separation from their
 mothers, illness, and hospitalization. They also deviated more from norms in
 terms of height, weight, psychomotor and speech development than did the
 controls. There were many demands on these children, and the parents
 demonstrated little understanding of their needs. 1 reference.
-Desc-
 scandinavia, risk, child abuse research, family characteristics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 57
-A-
 4195B4 CD-07463
-W-
 Characteristics of a Helpful Relationship: A Study of Empathic Understanding
 and Positive Regard Between Runaways and Their Parents.
 Spillane-Grieco, E.
 Rutgers Univ., Graduate School of Social Work, New Brunswick, NJ.
 Adolescence 19(73):63-75, Spring 1984.
 Spring 1984.
-SubCode-
 82
 Runaways were randomly matched to a group of adolescent nonrunaways to
 assess the interpersonal relationship between runaways and their respective
 parents in terms of empathic understanding and positive regard. Each group
 consisted of 30 teenagers matched for age, sex, family structure, and
 ethnicity. The parents of the runaways numbered 43 (29 mothers and 14
 fathers). Four different measures were used: the Barrett-Lennard
 Relationship Inventory (BLRI), which contains 2 separate scales for the
 measurement of empathic understanding and positive regard; the Semantic
 Differential; and a semistructured interview used with the runaways and
 their parents only. Scores of the runaways in each category -- empathy from
 mother, from father, and from parents -- were significantly lower than the
 scores of nonrunaways. There were no significant differences in parents'
 BLRI scores. Runaways scored significantly lower than the nonrunaways in
 each positive regard category-positive regard felt from mother, from father,
 and from both parents. The runaways' parents revealed extensive histories of
 problem-related incidents associated with their children who eventually ran
 away. The findings confirmed the assumption that the interpersonal
 relationship between the runaway adolescent and his or her parents was
 influential in the decision to run away. 6 tables and 10 references.
-Desc-
 runaway children, father child relations, mother child relations, family
 problems
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 58
-A-
 4195B3 CD-07462
-W-
 Adolescent Prostitution.
 Schaffer, B.; DeBlassie, R. R.
 New Mexico State Univ., Las Cruces. Dept. of Counseling and Educational
 Psychology. Adolescence, 19(75): 689-696, Fall 1984.
 Fall 1984.
-SubCode-
 82
 The literature suggests that conditions contributing to juveniles' entering
 prostitution are poor family life (the juvenile feels alienated from or is
 abused or neglected by parents or the family is unstable due to divorce,
 economic change, or physical relocation), a feeling of failure at school, or
 hopelessness of job prospects. Juvenile prostitutes are motivated by
 economic gains from prostitution, as well as from feelings of power or
 self-worth based in their sexuality. They may be attracted by the adventure
 of prostitution as an alternative to routine, confining jobs or traditional
 female roles, or they may be acting out hostility toward a rejecting father.
 Female prostitutes may have been institutionalized or have been involved in
 a serious drug habit. Male juvenile prostitutes, although acting out of the
 same motives as females and having similar contributing conditions,
 participate mostly in homosexual acts and do not have the elaborate social
 networks that females have. Once involved in the legal system, female
 juveniles are likely to receive harsher punishment than males and are more
 likely to be incarcerated. The literature indicates that although juveniles
 supposedly receive rehabilitative treatment in institutions, security
 concerns actually have much greater influence on their treatment. 13
 references.
-Desc-
 adolescents, child prostitution, deviant behavior, motivation, sequelae,
 psychological characteristics, institutional abuse and neglect
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 59
-A-
 4195B2 CD-07461
-W-
 Family Therapy Techniques for Problem Behaviors of Children and Teenagers.
 Schaefer, C. E.; Briesmeister, J. M.; Fitton, M. E.
 San Francisco, Calif., Jossey-Bass Publishers, 500 pp. 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 82
 This section presents detailed abstracts of 10 articles that examime child
 abuse within the context of the family structure, focusing on parental
 personality characteristics, children's characteristics, and stresses that
 maximize the possibility of child abuse within the family. Individual
 articles discuss family systems approaches, distorted interaction patterns
 in child-abusing families, psychodynamic strategies, group therapies, crisis
 intervention, and cognitive and behavioral interventions. Also examined are
 techniques that develop listening, social, and interpersonal skills; abuse
 in the single-parent family; incest; conjoint and multifamily approaches;
 and collaborative programs involving a combination of therapies. Treatment
 suggestions are offered for intervening in the dysfunctional family,
 changing family patterns of interaction, and enhancing constructive
 development in the abused child and the abusing parent. Case histories are
 included in several articles. An annotated bibliography of 8 citations.
-Desc-
 family therapy, abusive parents, abused children, literature reviews, family
 violence, family programs, incest, case reports
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 60
-A-
 4195B1 CD-07460
-W-
 Serious Sibling Abuse by Preschool Children.
 Rosenthal, P. A.; Doherty, M. B.
 Massachusetts Univ. Medical Center, Worcester. Dept. of Psychiatry and
 Pediatrics.
 Jrnl of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry 23(?):186-190, 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 82
 Ten preschool children who had abused a sibling were compared with 10
 nonabusive children who had problems of aggressive behavior to identify
 important differences between sibling rivalry and pathological sibling
 abuse; family psychodynamics underlying the more dangerous behavior also
 were examined. The 2 groups were matched by age, sex, race, and parental
 marital and socioeconomic status. A standard clinical psychiatric evaluation
 was performed, and parents and caretakers completed questionnaires about the
 child's developmental milestones and problem behaviors. Observation
 indicated that the abusive preschool children used more forms of aggressive
 behavior than the nonabusive preschoolers, including choking, throwing sharp
 objects, sitting on siblings, and chasing siblings with knives. Study
 findings revealed that the abusive children were more often abused and
 neglected by their parents. Moreover, the psychodynamic factors associated
 with the abusive behavior identified areas of conflict around nurturance and
 unconscious, covert parental encouragement of the child's behavior, or a
 parent's identification of the child with a dangerous person in the parent's
 life. The abusive children had sad, helpless feelings and experienced more
 sickness in their early years than did nonabusive children. In terms of
 parental psychopathology and early family experiences, a significant
 statistical difference emerged: the abusive preschool children's parents
 were themselves abused by their parents. The study concluded that external
 controls are critical in preventing a seriously upset child from engaging in
 primitive aggressive and assaultive behaviors. 10 references.
-Desc-
 sibling relations, preschool children, aggression, parents background,
 generational cycle of child abuse, psychological characteristics, family
 relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 61
-A-
 4195A4 CD-07459
-W-
 Adolescent Abuse: Family Structure and Implications for Treatment.
 Pelcovitz, D.; Kaplan, S.; Samit, C.; Krieger, R.; Cornelius, D.
 North Shore Univ. Hospital, Manhasset, N.Y. Div. of Child and Adolescent
 Psychiatry.
 Jrnl of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry 23(1):85-90, 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 82
 To understand the dynamics of families with abused adolescents the family
 structure and dynamics of 22 families in which 33 adolescents were abused
 were systematically evaluated. The families were consecutively referred to a
 child abuse treatment program within the Division of Child and Adolescent
 Psychiatry located in a suburban general hospital. The families fell into 3
 groups: (1) childhood onset, where there was a history of violence in the
 families of origin; (2) authoritarian families, where rigid parenting styles
 were characterized by a high degree of denial of family conflict; and (3)
 overindulgent families, where a pattern of overly permissive parenting
 coupled with sporadic violent attempts at control seemed to be associated
 with an early loss of a parent. Case examples are presented. Therapeutic
 interventions were primarily family focused in all the cases, but the
 interventions varied according to the family structure and time of the onset
 of abuse. More outreach and supportive services were required in treating
 the childhood onset-families. Authoritarian families were encouraged to use
 alternative ways to exercise authority and control. Family therapy with the
 overindulgent families concentrated on defining parental boundaries to help
 parents assume a more appropriate parental role. The study results suggest
 that treatment of adolescent abuse may be more successful than treatment of
 child abuse. 8 references.
-Desc-
 adolescent abuse, family therapy, family characteristics, family
 environment
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 62
-A-
 4195A3 CD-07458
-W-
 Mothers of Abused Children - A Comparison Study.
 Oates, R. K.; Forrest, D.; Peacock, A.
 Royal Alexandria Hospital for Children, Camperdown, New South Wales,
 Anstralia.
 Clinical Pediatrics 24(1):9-13, January 1985.
 January 1985.
-SubCode-
 82
 In this Australian study, a group of 36 mothers whose children had been
 abused and hospitalized 5.5 years earlier was compared with a group of
 mothers of similar social class where no reported instances of child abuse
 had occurred. The mothers whose children had been abused were interviewed to
 determine which characteristics persisted after the abusive incident and
 which of those could not be accounted for by social class. Social class was
 determined using a 4-point scale based on occupations in Australian
 families. Most of the families were from unskilled or semiskilled
 occupations. All mothers participated in a structured interview and
 completed the 16 Personality Factor Questionnaire. There were no significant
 differences between the 2 groups with regard to marital, housing, or
 financial problems or physical health. Statistically significant differences
 were found in several areas: abuse-group mothers were less likely to have
 been brought up by their own parents; had more negative feelings towards
 their fathers; were more likely to have received help for an emotional
 disorder; had higher expectations for their children; perceived a greater
 number of personality problems in their children; and were more likely to
 have assertive, demanding, and suspicious personality traits. The findings
 suggest that these families need long-term supportive help, and that the
 children need a specific long-term program to help them adjust to problems
 resulting from their home environment. 20 references.
-Desc-
 material deprivation, australia, comparative analysis, maternal abuse,
 mother child relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 63
-A-
 4194L2 CD-07453
-W-
 Parent-Child Interactions in Abusive and Nonabusive Families.
 Herrenkohl, E. C.; Herrenkohl, R. C.; Toedter, L.; Yanushefski, A. M.
 Lehigh Univ., Bethlehem, PA. Center for Social Research.
 Jrnl of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry 23(6):641-648, 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 82
 A total of 439 parent-child dyads were studied to determine what qualities
 characterized parent-child interactions in families in which there had been
 child maltreatment. The sample involved 182 interactions with maltreated
 children, 199 interactions with maltreating adults, and 58 interactions from
 control families served by child welfare agencies, day care programs, Head
 Start, and private nursery schools. Income was found to be a significant
 determinant, with parental behavior being more child-centered and supportive
 at the upper income level and more parent-centered and child rejecting at
 the lower income level. Maltreatment was found to be associated with more
 parental rejection and less child warmth, over and above the effects of
 income level. The results are discussed in terms of an ecological model of
 child maltreatment and developmental implications for the maltreatment
 victims. An ecological model integrates complex data and theories about the
 causes and consequences of child maltreatment. In such a model, cultural
 support legitimizing corporal punishment of children, isolation of the
 family from social support systems, external stresses impinging on the
 family, and deficient parenting skills contribute to the likelihood that
 children will be maltreated in their family settings. In this context, the
 parents' deficient parenting skills are reinforced and transmitted to the
 child via (1) modeling of inadequate coping strategies, (2) inadequate
 provision of an encouraging and supportive environment in which the growth
 of self-reliance and self-esteem can occur, and (3) a locking of parent and
 child into a vicious circle of negative reinforcement. The parent is
 confirmed in feeling inadequate as a parent, rejected as a person, and
 rejecting of the child. The child is likely to end up feeling unloved,
 inadequate, and angry. 26 references.
-Desc-
 parent child relations, etiology, family characteristics, child behavior,
 psychological studies, socioeconomic status, family community relations,
 models
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 64
-A-
 4194J1 CD-07444
-W-
 Trends in Child Abuse and Neglect; A National Perspective.
 Russell, A. B.; Trainor, C. M.
 American Humane Asociation, Denver, Colo. Children's Div.
 Supported by: National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect (DHHS), Washington,
 D.C., (90-CA-862), 117 pp., 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 80
 This report synthesizes data from the National Study on Child Neglect and
 Abuse Reporting for 1976 through 1982, describes the nature of officially
 reported child abuse and neglect cases, assesses problems related to
 reporting these cases, and analyzes the response of the service system to
 the cases once they are reported. The data show that child abuse reports
 increased by 123 percent over this 7-year period. Although blacks are
 disproportionately represented among maltreated children, this does not seem
 to result from a major racial bias in reporting but to be related to the
 basic economic inequality between blacks and whites. Poorer economic status
 is definitely related to child maltreatment, particularly to rates of child
 neglect. The characteristics of cases referred to child protective services
 have been remarkably constant over the years, although the children reported
 have become younger as the years have progressed. Service provision is shown
 to be related to who makes the report and to what type of maltreatment is
 found. An examination of long-term services indicates that day are services
 have remained constant; homemaker and foster care services have declined;
 and mental health service provision has increased. 13 tables, 10 figures,
 and 35 references.
-Desc-
 abused children, child protection services, blacks, neglected children,
 national surveys, child abuse reporting, incidence, prevalence
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 65
-A-
 4194I3 CD-07442
-W-
 Child Abuse: Even in Quebec.
 Quebec Ministry of Justice.
 Quebec Ministry of Justice, 59 pp., 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 80
 Two studies on child abuse in Quebec conducted by the committee on Youth
 Protection are compared and analyzed. The first took place in 1975-76,
 before enactment of the new Youth Protection Act, while the second study was
 conducted in 1978 after enactment of the act. The studies agreed in key
 areas, such as profiles of the children and their families, descriptions of
 services, and the urgent need for new treatment programs. The first study
 was based on a sample of 4, 052 reported abuse cases; comparatively few
 sexual abuse cases were reported. Cases were classified according to whether
 or not they occurred in the family and involved physical abuse, neglect,
 physical abuse with neglect, sexual abuse, or high-risk situations. The
 second study was based on a sample of over 6, 000 children, although a
 subsample of 334 families was examined indepth. A review of mostly American
 literature was used to analyze the results. Conclusions were that the main
 factors in child abuse are psychological, social, and economic, arising from
 the interplay between the family and its environment. The two studies found
 that a third of all cases d involved physical abuse; another third were
 neglect cases; and the remainder were primarily high-risk situations. Boys
 were found to be abused slightly more often than girls. Neglected children
 were identified as living mostly in poverty. Other correlates of abuse were
 large families, parental unemployment or underemployment, alcoholism, and
 the parents' history as victims of violence. 2 tables and 44 notes.
-Desc-
 quebec, family characteristics, incidence, demography, social factors,
 economic factors, etiology
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 66
-A-
 4194I2 CD-07441
-W-
 Analysis of Sexual Abuse Hotline Reports.
 Pierce, R. L.; Pierce, L. H.
 Washington Univ., George Warren Brown School of Social Work, St. Louis, Mo.
 Child Abuse and Neglect 9(1):37-45, 1985.
 1985.
-SubCode-
 80
 This paper reports findings revealed through an analysis of 205
 substantiated cases of child sexual abuse gleaned from 304 cases reported to
 the sexual abuse hotline between 1976 and 1979. The analysis was the second
 of 3 phases of a study which aimed to increase the knowledge base of
 protective service workers treating sexually abused children and their
 families. Study data were analyzed for several factors: reporting of the
 incident; characteristics of parent figures, perpetrators and victims;
 situational factors; services offered to victims and families; police
 involvement; and relationship between several variables. Among the important
 conclusions discovered were that one-third of the cases had been reported
 previously to the agency; less than one-half of the victimized children were
 living with their natural fathers; natural fathers were the perpetrator in
 39 percent of the cases; and 43 percent of the cases involved vaginal
 intercourse between the victim and perpetrator. Implications for treatment
 are discussed, particularly in relation to improving resources and
 specialized training for workers involved in treating victims and their
 families. Specific areas identified as requiring more worker training are
 human sexuality, family dynamics, psychodynamics of the abused child,
 alcoholism counseling, and methods of handling aggressive clients. 5 tables
 and 16 references. (Author abstract modified)
-Desc-
 sexual abuse, hot lines, professional training, child abuse reporting, child
 protection services, family therapy, therapists role, data analysis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 67
-A-
 4194I1 CD-07440
-W-
 Characteristics of Abused Children: Research Findings.
 Pearce, J. W.; Walsh, K. L.
 Alberta Children's Hospital, (Calgary).
 Canada's Mental Health 32(2):2-6, June 1984.
 June 1984.
-SubCode-
 80
 The literature on physically abused children is reviewed, and some of the
 common methodological limitations hampering comparative analyses are
 identified. While the differences between abused and nonabused groups are
 frequently assumed to be the consequence of abuse, retrospective comparisons
 of these children have indicated otherwise. Physically abused children have
 been found to exhibit deficits in intellectual skills, difficulties in
 relating to parents and peers, problems in forming attachments and in
 trusting others, low self-esteem, and aggressive behavior. These children
 cannot be described by any single unitary typology. It is suggested that
 more valid research would result from an examination of data collected
 before the maltreatment occurs. Variables such as family structure and
 relationships, socioeconomic status, and others have not proven to be
 consistently important in cause and effect relationships. Future research
 must be designed to broaden the conception of maltreatment, identify
 specific forms of maltreatment, and relate particular developmental outcomes
 to particular patterns of maltreatment. 59 references. (Author abstract
 modified)
-Desc-
 literature reviews, comparative analysis, predictor variables, sequelae,
 physical abuse, child abuse research
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 68
-A-
 4194H2 CD-07437
-W-
 Physical Abuse in Psychiatrically Hospitalized Children and Adolescents.
 Monane, M.; Leichter, D.; Lewis, D. O.
 New York Univ. Medical Center, N.Y.
 Jrnl of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry 23(6):653-658, 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 80
 This paper reports the high prevalence of physical abuse in the histories of
 psychiatrically hospitalized children and adolescents; it identifies
 characteristics of abused young patients that distinguish them from their
 nonabused counterparts. Study subjects consisted of 166 youngsters ages 3 to
 17 years who were admitted to the child and adolescent psychiatric services
 of a large city hospital in a single year in the late 1970's. Data were
 obtained from hospital records. Of the 166 youngsters, 69 (42 percent) had
 been seriously physically abused. Although sex, race, ethnicity, psychiatric
 diagnoses, and psychiatric symptomatology did not distinguish abused from
 nonabused patients, the abused were significantly more likely to have
 sustained serious injuries, especially those likely to affect the central
 nervous system. The most significant factor distinguishing the abused from
 the nonabused youngsters was violence. Among the abused patients, 72 percent
 had been extremely violent compared with 46 percent of the nonabused
 patients. The abused patients were significantly more likely than their
 nonabused counterparts to express violence towards peers and teachers.
 Abusive families distinguished themselves most clearly from nonabusive
 families by paternal violence, especially toward mothers, and by violence of
 both parents toward the patient's siblings. The parents of the abused
 youngster were significantly more likely to have severe psychiatric or
 intellectual impairment and to have received psychiatric treatment. 37
 references.
-Desc-
 psychiatric hospitals, physical abuse, family violence, prevalence
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 69
-A-
 4194G4 CD-07435
-W-
 Study of the Characteristics of Maltreated Children and Abusive Persons in
 Quebec.
 Martin, G. M.; Quebec Ministry of Justice.
 Quebec Ministry of Justice, 47 pp., 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 80
 A study of 4, 052 cases of maltreated children in Quebec reported to the
 Committee for Youth Protection is analyzed. Fifty percent of the cases in
 the 1975-76 study were deemed well-founded. A subsample of 175 cases,
 involving 359 children and 209 adults, was scrutinized for qualitative
 information. Slightly over half of the victims were boys. Findings revealed
 that children under 3 years old were hospitalized disproportionately when
 compared to other age groups, probably due to their greater physical
 vulnerabiity. It was learned that close to one-third of the maltreatment
 cases involved physical abuse; 30 percent, neglect; 10 percent, both
 combined; and the remainder, high risk and sexual abuse. The most common
 types of neglect were lack of food and care (40 percent), lack of
 supervision (26 percent), and lack of medical care (7 percent). For 84
 percent of the children, abuse was inflicted repeatedly, and most frequently
 with hands and fists. Parents were discovered to be the primary abuser in
 over 90 percent of the cases. Only 40 percent of the abusers were
 categorized as living in nuclear families. Unemployment and underemployment
 were also identified as correlates of abusive behavior. 5 figures, 28
 tables, and 64 notes.
-Desc-
 family characteristics, individual characteristics, etiology, incidence,
 quebec
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 70
-A-
 4194G3 CD-07434
-W-
 Incest: Three or More's a Crowd -- "Learning to Help Them...'.
 Maois, M. R.; Perreault, L. A.; Messier, C.
 Quebec Ministere de la Justice. Comite de la protection de la jeunese.
 Quebec Ministere de la Justice. Comite de la protection de la jeunesse, 76
 pp., 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 80
 This report examines child sexual abuse, focusing specifically on incest.
 The first two chapters define sexual abuse, explain types of sexual abuse
 and incest, and look at the incidence of each separately. The next chapter
 is devoted to an exploration of the most common type of incest,
 father-daughter. Attention is given to examining the family dynamics which
 permit father-daughter incest to occur; the interrelational dynamics of the
 father-mother dyad; the role incest plays in keeping a dysfunctional family
 together; and profiles of the father, mother, daughter, and siblings. Also
 discussed are the location in which incest occurs, the evolution of the
 incestuous situation, disclosure of the incestuous situation, and the
 immediate and long-term effects of incest on the victim. Consequences for
 the abusive adult and for the family are noted. Treatment of the people
 involved is examined under these categories: use of legal proceedings alone,
 individual clinical treatment, family therapy, integrated treatment plans,
 models for integrated treatment, and Giaretto's special treatment program in
 Santa Clara, Calif. The concluding chapter notes that treating incest
 offenders is extremely complex, but not impossible. Successful programs
 combine legal and psychosocial treatment for the common goal of rebuilding
 family life. The situation in Quebec, Canada, since passage of the Youth
 Protection Act is briefly discussed. 65 references.
-Desc-
 incest, family characteristics, family therapy, family relations, adolescent
 abuse, child protection laws, sequelae, parents behavior
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 71
-A-
 4194G1 CD-07432
-W-
 Are the Social Workers Prepared to Assist a Changing Population of
 Dysfunctional Parents in Sweden.
 Larsson, G.; Ekenstein, G.; Rasch, E.
 Karolinska Inst., Stockholm (Sweden).
 Child Abuse and Neglect 8(1):9-14, 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 80
 This study analyzed the social situations in families precipitating
 admission of infants to institutional care in 1970, 1975, and 1980. The
 study examined records kept by social welfare authorities on the families of
 337 Stockholm, Sweden, infants admitted for institutional care. The sample
 included families of 150 infants in 1970, 92 infants in 1975, and 95 infants
 in 1980. The results indicate that in 1980 more complex forms of parental
 dysfunction were common, including mental disorders, criminality, alcohol
 abuse, and drug addiction. The reported incidence of domestic violence
 increased significantly from 1970 to 1980, as did the number of maltreated
 infants. Social welfare agencies had greater difficulties and to a larger
 extent lacked adequate methods of providing assistance to the dysfunctional
 parents in 1980 than in 1970. 5 tables and 17 references. (Author abstract
 modified)
-Desc-
 infants, institutionalized children, family services, scandinavia, family
 characteristics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 72
-A-
 4194C2 CD-07417
-W-
 Child Abuse.
 Humphreys, J.
 In: Campbell, J. and J. Humphreys (Editors). Nursing Care of Victims of
 Family Violence. Reston, Va., Reston Publishing Co., Inc., pp. 119-144,
 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 78
 To update nurses on current theories of child abuse and neglect and provide
 a basis for developing nursing research and application to practice, this
 paper reviews the historical mistreatment of children by adults, current
 child abuse theories, and profiles of abusive and neglectful parents.
 Statistical data on the extent of child abuse and neglect are examined,
 along with difficulties in defining child abuse and neglect. The paper
 considers the treatment of children in the Middle Ages, child labor,
 culturally justified child mutilation, corporal punishment, and the child
 protection movement in the United States. It also explains the following
 theoretical models of child abuse causes: the mental illness model; the
 environmental stress model; the social-psychological model, which proposes
 that 3 factors -- a special parent, a special child, and stress -- must be
 present; the social learning model, which views aggression as learned
 behavior; and the human ecological model, which views physical abuse as part
 of a larger systemic family problem. It explores the only framework for
 research in child abuse and neglect that has been developed by and for
 nurses. This framework, Georgia Kemm Millor's complex theory, presents child
 abuse and neglect as a multifactorial phenomenon within an environment that
 results in family toleration for physical punishment and establishes the
 framework for abusive family transactions. The paper's final section
 discusses traits of abusive parents, including developmental trauma in
 childhood, immaturity with poor impulse control, social isolation, and
 substance abuse. 149 references.
-Desc-
 etiology, abusive parents, family characteristics, theories, models, child
 abuse history, incidence, nurses
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 73
-A-
 4194A2 CD-07409
-W-
 Reflections on Family Violence.
 Sanche-Dirks, R.
 National Inst. on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (DHHS), Rockville, Md.
 Alcohol Health and Research World 4(1):12-16, Fall 1979.
 Fall 1979.
-SubCode-
 98
 Alcoholism and its implications in the treatment of family violence is
 discussed. Three points to consider when reviewing the literature on
 alcoholism and family violence include: the repetitive cycle from generation
 to generation of both alcoholism and violence; the fact that the spouse and
 the children are equally likely to be victims; and the similarity of the
 personality characteristics of the attacker, the alcohol abuser, and the
 children of alcoholics. Consequently, treatment for alcoholism can reduce
 violence by alcoholics. Programs offering treatment for alcoholism and its
 victims are presented, as well as programs which deal specifically with
 alcohol problems in treating family violence. Suggestions for future action
 are also presented. 7 references.
-Desc-
 alcohol abuse, therapeutic programs, generational cycle of child abuse,
 family violence, personality patterns
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 74
-A-
 4193I1 CD-07392
-W-
 Adolescent Abuse and Neglect - Intervention Strategies.
 Fisher, B.; Berdie, J.; Cook, J.; Day, N.
 Urban and Rural Systems Associates, San Francisco, Calif.
 National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect (DHHS), Washington, D.C., (OHDS)
 80-30266, 74 pp., January 1980.
 January 1980.
-SubCode-
 98
 Child abuse and neglect are defined, and their causes, effects, and
 characteristics are explored. Issues affecting identification and reporting
 of child abuse and neglect are addressed, including beliefs and attitudes of
 professionals, children's lack of involvement in schools, and the reluctance
 of youth workers to report the incidents. Physical and behavioral indicators
 of physical and sexual abuse, neglect, and emotional maltreatment are
 examined, and guidelines for investigating and assessing suspected cases of
 abuse and neglect are provided. Youth behaviors that may impede factfinding
 are reported, including their reluctance to talk about abuse and neglect
 because they feel they deserved in, fear they or their parents will be
 removed from the home or incarcerated, or embarrassment or shame. Parental
 responses, such as fear of discovery or of legal repercussions, are also
 considered. The need for a comprehensive assessment of maltreated
 adolescents and their families is cited as a foundation for determining
 family members' needs and for planning treatment. Suggestions for conducting
 the assessments are provided, and the need for the provision of ongoing
 crisis services, therapy and counseling, and supportive services is
 emphasized. Tests that may be useful in asessing adolescents' educational
 needs are discussed, including the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test, the
 Goldman-Fristoe Test of Articulation, and the Columbia Mental Maturity
 Scale. 13 references.
-Desc-
 physical abuse, child abuse reporting, child abuse syndromes, diagnoses,
 sexual abuse, therapy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 75
-A-
 4191H1 CD-07292
-W-
 The Role of the Forensic Mental Health Assessment in Child Abuse and
 Neglect.
 Holmes, M. L.; Wise, J. H.
 Children's Hospital National Medical Center, Washington, D.C. Div. of Child
 Protection.
 Clinical Proceedings CHNMC 40:202-210, May-August 1984.
 May-August 1984.
-SubCode-
 96
 The forensic mental health assessment is a psychological analysis of the
 parent, child, or family system which can assist the court in the
 preadjudication and pre- and postdispositional evaluation of cases of child
 abuse and neglect. The assessment is based upon interpretive data from
 psychological tests, clinical or psychiatric interviews, and professional
 judgment. The role of the forensic clinician is that of a consultant
 specializing in mental health issues. Child victim issues addressed in the
 mental health assessment include the nature of the emotional attachment
 between the child and parent or guardian; the extent to which the child has
 assumed blame for the abuse incident; the behavioral, intellectual, or
 personality factors in the child that may contribute to the potential for
 future abuse; and the coping mechanisms the child used in responding to the
 abuse and how they are working. Parent or guardian abuser issues include the
 extent to which the abuser accepted responsibility for the incident; the
 behavioral, intellectual, or personality factors that might contribute to
 future abuse; whether the parent's behavioral expectations for the child are
 reasonable and realistic; and what psychological or other intervention
 procedures would best repair or enhance the parent-child relationship. A
 case evaluation of physical abuse by a stepfather is presented to illustate
 issues involved in forensic mental health assessment. Careful attention,
 sensitivity, and thoughtfulness are required in the development of these
 assessments as the findings often become the court's primary prescription
 for healing the child and family victims of abuse.
-Desc-
 forensic psychiatry, psychological evaluation, psychological
 characteristics, court case dispositions, parent child relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 76
-A-
 4186B2 CD-07253
-W-
 Race, Ethnicity and Child Maltreatment: An Analysis of Cases Recognized and
 Reported by Hospitals.
 Hampton, R. L.
 Children's Hospital Medical Center, Boston, Mass.
 Groves Conference on Marriage and the Family, Freeport Bahamas. Supported
 for: National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect (DHHS), Wash., D.C.,
 (90-CA-891) 36 pp., 1983.
 1983.
-SubCode-
 94
 Data from the National Study of the Incidence and Severity of Child abuse
 and Neglect were reanalyzed with the focus on child maltreatment cases seen
 in hospitals. Focusing on hospital reporting, multivariate analyses yielded
 a detailed understanding of the differences between reported and unreported
 cases. The following factors appeared most influential in affecting case
 reporting by hospitals: income, the role of the mother in maltreatment,
 emotional abuse, race, the employment of the mother, sexual abuse, number of
 victims, and education of the mother. Disproportionate numbers of unreported
 cases were victims of emotional abuse in white families of higher income,
 with mothers alleged to be responsible for the injuries. The data suggest
 that socially marginal families may be judged more by their racial and
 social characteristics than their alleged abusive behavior. This
 discrimination not only subjects lower socioeconomic and ethnic minority
 families to the stigma of being labeled as abusive, but may also subject
 them to interventions which may be both intrusive and punitive. Numerous
 studies reveal the selective way in which hospitals and medical personnel
 label families on the basis of personal characteristics. Tables and figures
 are provided. 51 references.
-Desc-
 hospital personnel, analysis of variance, child abuse reporting, failure to
 report abuse, individual characteristics, racial factors, social factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 77
-A-
 4186A2 CD-07249
-W-
 Highlights of Official Child Neglect and Abuse Reporting 1982.
 American Humane Association, Denver, Colo.
 Prepared for: National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect (DHHS), Washington,
 D.C., (90-CA-862), 39 pp., 1984.
 1984.
-SubCode-
 94
 This report provides an updated profile of officially reported child
 maltreatment in the United States. Information is derived from official
 reports, documented by child protection service (CPS) agencies nationwide
 during 1982. The discussion focuses on the characteristics of reporting to
 CPS agencies, the characteristics of the reported cases, and on the nature
 of CPS agency response to child abuse cases. The number of cases processed
 by child protection service agencies increased 123 percent since 1976 for a
 total during 1982 of 929, 310. The national reporting rate was 20.08
 children per 1,000. The most frequently reported aspect of child
 maltreatment was neglect. Forty-three percent of the reported families were
 headed by a single female. Forty-three percent were also receiving public
 assistance. The average age of the victim was 7.1 years. Males and females
 were equally likely to be victims, while whites were underrepresented.
 Eighty-five percent of the perpetrators were the child's natural parents.
 Forty-one percent of all reports were substantiated or at risk. Forty-one
 percent of reported cases were open for protective services. The predominant
 service type was casework counseling (79 percent). Court action was
 indicated for 19 percent and short-term crisis services for 17 percent. The
 current CPS system is ill-equipped to deal with the volume of reporting.
 Enough is now known about the majority of those families who become involved
 with CPS agencies so that prevention efforts for identified populations can
 be developed.
-Desc-
 prevention, incidence, statistics, child abuse reporting, abusive parents,
 demography, individual characteristics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 78
-A-
 4185K3 CD-07242
-W-
 The Identification, Assessment, and Treatment of Abused and Neglected
 Children, Adolescents, and Their Families.
 VeltKamp, L. J.; Alexander, P. J.; Larkster, F.
 Kentucky Univ., Lexington. Div. of Child Psychiatry.
 Supported by National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect (DHHS), Washington,
 D.C., (90-CA-872), 87 pp., 1982.
 1982.
-SubCode-
 92
 Mental health, child protective service, and health professionals can use
 this self-instructional manual to learn about the effects of abuse and
 neglect on victims and siblings, understand the characteristics of families,
 understand treatment strategies, and recognize behavioral and medical
 indicators of abuse. Under four topical areas -- physical abuse of children,
 physical neglect, emotional maltreatment, sexual abuse -- the manual lists
 definitions of key terms, scope of the problem, types of abuse, criteria for
 identification, effect and causes, physical and behavior indicators, and
 family profiles of typical cases. A final unit on treatment strategies and
 considerations addresses the approach to treating the child, siblings, and
 the abuser and nonabuser. This unit also covers marital and family treatment
 strategies as well. Furthermore, it lists criteria for removal of the child
 from the family, for the return of the child to natural parents, and for
 petitioning for termination of parental rights. Appendixes five pointers on
 the use of drawings in the clinical evaluation, present sample protective
 services policies and procedures, provide hints on giving expert testimony,
 and outline of placement and custody issues. Finally, eight principles of
 unstructured play therapy are provided.
-Desc-
 detection, etiology, family therapy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 79
-A-
 4185H3 CD-07230
-W-
 Parents Anonymous Chairperson - Sponsor Manual.
 Parents Anonymous, Inc., Torrance Calif.
 Supported by: National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect (DHHS), Washington,
 D.C., (90-C-1891), 16 pp., 1982.
 1982.
-SubCode-
 92
 This manual provides the chairperson or sponsor of a Parents Anonymous (PA)
 chapter with theoretical and practical information about the abusing parent,
 child abuse, and its prevention within a self-help, therapeutic milieu. The
 PA theory of child abuse is delineated, with emphasis on the etological
 significance of the abuser's childhood, unmet needs, and stressful events.
 Additional contributing factors, such as lack of self-esteem, depression,
 and need for control, also are examined. The qualifications, roles, and
 commitments of the PA sponsor and chairperson are discussed, as is the
 relationship between sponsor and chairperson. An overview of the PA group
 leaders' basic tasks provides information on chapter leadership and
 maintenance, training, administration, community involvement, and
 networking. Possible alternatives to the chairperson-sponsor model are
 outlined. Guidelines for special problems (e.g., substance abusers,
 reporting abuse, interorganizational cooperation) are provided. Some
 characteristics of the PA parent and the PA chapter are discussed.
 Particular attention is given to group dynamics, including group
 cohesiveness, favoritism, and transference. Group activities designed to
 overcome doldrums in the chapter are provided. Also discussed are handling
 of the crisis telephone call and the chronic caller. Finally, strategies for
 evaluating the effectiveness of PA in terms of member appearance,
 assertiveness, and improved familial relationships are presented. A
 bibliography also is included.
-Desc-
 etiology, parents anonymous, prevention, paraprofessional training, peer
 groups, abusive parents, therapy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 80
-A-
 4185G4 CD-07227
-W-
 Sexually Abused Children Prevention, Protection, and Care: A Handbook for
 Residential Child Care Facilities.
 Navarre, E. L.
 Indiana Univ.-Purdue Univ. at Indianapolis School of Social Work.
 Prepared for National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect (DHHS), Washington,
 D.C. (90-CA-801), 86 pp., 1983.
 1983.
-SubCode-
 92
 Identifying the issues residential facilities face, this handbook reviews
 the extent of the problem of sexual abuse of children, legal and behavioral
 definitions of abuse, some common patterns of abuse and abusers, and the
 possible effects of sexual abuse on children. A section devoted to
 preventive and protective measures for residential facilities discusses the
 need for adequate diagnostic studies; the protection of children and staff
 within the facility; recognition and appropriate response to abuse that has
 occurred during home visits or other off campus activity; roles and
 responsibilities of the board of directors, the administrator, the
 coordinator of child abuse prevention and care, counselors and pastoral
 staff, and the child care worker; internal protocols and recording forms for
 alleged child abuse; and inservice training suggestions. The final section
 focuses on caring for children who have been sexually abused, examining the
 extreme sexual awareness of these children, the possibility of their
 behaving in ways that are enticing to others, their negative self-image and
 identity loss, fears and flashbacks, physical punishment and segregation,
 and special applications of positive discipline to the care of sexually
 abused children. An appendix contains the Indiana Department of Welfare's
 protocols for investigating institutional abuse and neglect allegations. 12
 references. 21 audiovisuals.
-Desc-
 residential care, sexual abuse, prevention, residential centers, self
 concept, discipline, training, psychological characteristics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 81
-A-
 4185F3 CD-07222
-W-
 Administrative Guidelines for Child Abuse Identification and Reporting.
 Los Angeles County Board of Education, Calif. Office of the Superintendent
 of Schools.
 Los Angeles County Board of Education, Calif. Office of the Superintendent
 of Schools, 20 p., 1978.
 1978.
-SubCode-
 92
 Guidelines providing information needed to facilitate identification and
 reporting suspected child abuse, neglect, or sexual molestation are
 presented for California's educators. Child abuse is defined in terms of
 California law and this definition is compared to other States definitions.
 Statistics are used to illustrate the nature and extent of the problem in
 California. To help teachers identify possible abuse, characteristics of
 child abusers and behavioral tendencies of victims are noted, such as
 excessive tardiness and absenteeism. Reporting of suspected abuse is
 encouraged, and the legal responsibilities and liabilities of school
 personnel in reporting are summarized. Required and optional elements of the
 reporting procedures are detailed. The guide lists sources of help and
 further information as well as key agencies involved with child abuse and
 neglect. Treatment is explained, along with a review of possible court
 sanctions. Addressed in the appendixes is court attitude toward reporting
 and failure to report. A child abuse and neglect quiz and a list of
 resources are also included.
-Desc-
 child abuse reporting, mandatory reporting, teachers responsibility,
 california, schools responsibility
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 82
-A-
 4185D1 CD-07212
-W-
 Child Abuse and Neglect: A Document for Nurses, Midwives, Social Workers,
 Teachers and Parents.
 International Children's Centre, Paris (France).
 International Children's Centre, Paris (France), 10 pp., 1980.
 1980.
-SubCode-
 92
 An overview of child abuse and neglect is presented for nurses, midwives,
 social workers, teachers, and parents. Difficulties with definitions of
 abuse and neglect are reviewed, and the incidence of abuse and neglect is
 discussed. Diagnosis of traumatic and nontraumatic pathology is considered.
 Clinical evidence of traumatic pathology may include the extent and
 distribution of injuries, the characteristics of the injury, injuries of
 varying ages, and injuries which are inconsistent with accidental cause or
 the explanations given for them. Evidence of nontraumatic pathology in
 children may include psychomotor retardation, stunted physical development,
 and behavioral disorders. Sexual abuse may occur within the family or
 outside the family. Sexual abuse also may be associated with other
 manifestations of maltreatment. Sequelae of abuse and neglect may be
 physical, psychological, and social. Children at risk of abuse include those
 separated from parents for long intervals, the premature, the handicapped,
 and those born of another union and rejected by the new member of the parent
 couple. Parents at risk of abusing children include very young, isolated,
 unmarried mothers, those suffering from postpartum neurotic decompensation,
 and those suffering from alcoholism. Situational factors which can increase
 risk include such stresses as poverty, illness, and family isolation.
 Outside the family, child abuse can be found in foster families, in private
 or public institutions, and among professionals who may not always act in
 the child's best interests. Reporting of suspected abuse and neglect may be
 to administrative or legal authorities. Once abuse has been identified,
 management may include keeping the child in the family and providing
 supportive services in the home or a specialized center; institutional care,
 such as that provided by day care centers; residential cining of physicians,
 nurses, social workers, family helpers, and educators and for education of
 the public is d.
-Desc-
 diagnoses, sexual abuse, intervention, prevention, identification,
 definitions, sequelae, risk
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 83
-A-
 4183G3 CD-07130
-W-
 Child Abuse and Neglect: A Document for Policy-Makers.
 International Children's Centre, Paris (France).
 International Children's Centre, Paris (France), 11 pp., 1980.
 1980.
-SubCode-
 90
 The incidence, prevention, and management of child abuse and neglect are
 examined, and implications for policymakers are discussed. A number of
 formal definitions of child abuse and neglect are presented. The symptoms of
 physical abuse, physical neglect, sexual abuse, and emotional maltreatment
 are outlined in tabular form, together with both their physical and
 behavioral indicators. The acutal incidence of abuse and neglect is
 difficult to pinpoint, but estimates are as high as 1 million in the United
 States. Causes of abuse and neglect may include a family history of
 violence, poverty, severe emotional stresses, and psychopathology. The
 parents' attitudes, their life histories, and the condition of the home can
 offer valuable clues to the presence of child abuse and neglect. Some of
 these characteristics of abusive and neglectful parents are listed. Effects
 of abuse may include permanent damage to the child's physical health,
 emotional wellbeing , and mental development. Reporting can be ensured by
 mandate. Most reporting statutes specify the definition of abuse and
 neglect, who is responsible for reporting, and to whom and in what form a
 report must be made. Some statutes provide penalities for failure to report.
 In general, reports must be filed as soon as an incident is noted, and the
 reporter is not required to produce proof. Effective treatment and
 prevention programs include support and services for children and parents
 and family services. These services may include counseling and therapy, day
 care, foster care, marital therapy, parent education, homemaker services,
 self-help groups, and employment and training programs. It is important that
 such services be coordinated. In addition, action must address institutional
 child abuse and neglect. Policy needs are as follows: definition of cand
 prevention programs, and guidance to eliminate institutional abuse and
 neglect.
-Desc-
 incidence, institutional abuse and neglect, policy formation,
 identification, intervention, prevention, child abuse reporting
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 84
-A-
 4183D4 CD-07119
-W-
 Child Abuse. A Study of Inquiry Reports 1973-1981.
 Department of Health and Social Security, London (England).
 London (England), Her Majesty's Stationary Office, 98 pp., 1982.
 1982.
-SubCode-
 90
 An analysis is made of the published reports of inquiries into 18 cases of
 child abuse in England, 17 of which involved the death of a child. Many
 observations and suggestions are made. All workers need arrangements for
 exchanging information and a clear understanding of the role of each person
 involved in the case. Case conferences, called at appropriate junctures,
 offer an important means of coordinating action. Professional practice
 appears to show much good work interspersed with numerous omissions,
 mistakes, and misjudgments by different workers at different times. These
 failures can compound one another, producing a far more serious cumulative
 effect. Workers who might encounter child abuse must have the special
 knowledge, skills, and experience to be able to recognize when it is
 occurring or is likely to occur. Many allegations of abuse by members of the
 public turn out to be well-founded and should always be taken seriously and
 investigated promptly. A major characteristic of many cases is the failure
 to compile all available information and to use it in a structured,
 objective way. Decisions should always be explicit and objectives specified.
 Effective communication and records are essential. There is a clear need for
 special training on child abuse matters, and especially for inservice,
 multiprofessional courses. Effective supervision is crucial. Appendixes
 include background information on the inquiries and reports, a table of
 workers and others involved in the cases, and legal provisions.
-Desc-
 death, investigations, case management, physical abuse, case studies,
 england, child abuse reporting
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 85
-A-
 4182H3 CD-07086
-W-
 Spare the Rod.
 Ritchie, J.; Ritchie, J.
 Boston, Mass., George Allen and Unwin, 153 pp., 1981.
 1981.
-SubCode-
 88
 Corporal punishment against children by parents and schools in New Zealand
 should cease in order to break the cycle of violence that breeds violence.
 An examination of New Zealand's history and culture concludes that its
 children are trained to accept physical violence as a fact of lift that is
 right and proper in prescribed circumstances. Common arguments made in
 defense of corporal punishment are reviewed, along with research data
 regarding the use of physical punishment in New Zealand's homes and schools.
 Physical punishment emerges as a major pillar of parenthood, and its use has
 increased in the past 2 decades. Furthermore, schools continue to use
 corporal punishment, and most adults endorse this practice. The book
 discusses the effects of physical punishment on human behavior and the
 incidence of child abuse in New Zealand and abusers' characteristics.
 Alternative methods of discipline for both parents and teachers are
 described, including reasoning with children, using positive behavioral
 controls such as praise and group problemsolving techniques for schools. The
 authors address support services for parents and the impact of domestic
 violence and violence in the media on behavior. 191 references and an
 index.
-Desc-
 corporal punishment, new zealand, generational cycle of child abuse,
 violence
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 86
-A-
 4176D1 CD-07004
-W-
 The Use of Lay Therapists in the Treatment of Child Abusers. A Final
 Evaluation Report.
 Hornick, J.; Patterson, C.; Clarke, M.
 Wilfrid Laurie Univ., Waterloo (Ontario).
 Prepared for: Ontario Ministry of Community and Social Services, Toronto.
 Child Abuse Prevention Program, 180 pp., August 1983.
 August 1983.
-SubCode-
 86
 The effectiveness and efficiency (cost-effectiveness) of a lay therapy
 treatment program the Supportive Home Helpers, for child abusing parents was
 compared to that of a standard treatment approach. The sample consisted of a
 group of 55 child-abusing or high-risk for abuse mothers referred to the
 Waterloo Region Family and Childrens Services (Ontario, Canada) between June
 29, 1979 and June 16, 1980 and a matched comparison group of 21 nonabusing
 mothers selected from the Waterloo Region Public Health Unit birth notice
 records. Abusers were randomly assigned to 1 of the 2 treatment models, and
 the majority of subjects were tested at 3 points in time at 6-month
 intervals, i.e., 18 monhs in total. The abusers differed significantly from
 the nonabusing mothers on several unchangeable and changeable
 characteristics. They tended to be younger and less educated than the
 nonabusing mothers, were prone to be unemployed and single parents, and were
 less intelligent, more frivolous, more venturesome, hard and cynical
 mistrusting, uncontrolled, and tense. Both the treatment models tested were
 significantly successful in helping the abusers to become more like the
 nonabusing mothers, but the abusers receiving the lay therapy treatment
 changed more than those abusers receiving the standard treatment. The more
 successful lay therapy treatment cost substantially more, $130 per month per
 client compared to $84. Ways to alleviate the high relative cost of this
 program are outlined along with program and research recommendations. 56
 references.
-Desc-
 program evaluation, lay therapists, cost effectiveness, abusive parents,
 mothering, models, therapy, individual characteristics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 87
-A-
 4174B3 CD-06902
-W-
 Development Issues In Child Abuse: Implications for Intervention.
 Ohrenstein, L.
 Jewish Board of Family and Children's Services, New York.
 Child and Adolescent Social Work 1(1):49-62, Spring 1984.
 Spring 1984.
-SubCode-
 82
 A developmental approach to understanding child abuse is presented, and its
 implications for intervention are discussed. Following a review of
 definitional problems, incidence, and abuser and abused characteristics, it
 is suggested that each developmental phase of the child may constitute a
 phase-specific stressor for the parent because of unresolved parental
 conflicts. The specific parenting tasks of each development phase may have
 an idiosyncratic meaning to abuse-prone parents, making it difficult for
 them to cope with the child and the changing parenting role. Parents who
 abuse their infants are viewed as having a serious defect in their capacity
 for bonding; there often is an intolerance of the infant's dependency, and
 there may be a role reversal in which the infant is viewed as a source of
 nurturance. Others, with unresolved separation anxiety, are threatened by
 the autonomy of their toddlers as they separate and individuate. Parents
 with unresolved Oedipal conflicts are more likely to be punitive with the
 same-sex child who acts seductively with the opposite-sex parent during the
 Oedipal stage. Paranoid, narcississtic, and controlling parents may perceive
 the move toward greater independence by the latency-age child as disloyalty
 or rejection. In puberty and adolescence, the crucial development issues of
 separation, control, and sexuality may be very upsetting to some parents.
 Case examples in which development issues served as precipitators of abuse
 or neglect are presented for each stage. In formulating and intervention
 plan, one must consider the personality structure and history of the abuser
 and others involved, particularly the severity of pathology in the abuser,
 child developmental characteristics, and other external and internal stress
 factors which may trigger abusive interactions.
-Desc-
 child development, cognitive development, child behavior, abusive parents,
 individual characteristics, family relations, parents stress
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 88
-A-
 4173K2 CD-06889
-W-
 Dependency, Frustration Tolerance, and Impulse Control in Child Abusers.
 Kertzman, T.
 Saratoga, Calif. Century Twenty One Publishing, 166 pp., 1980.
 1980.
-SubCode-
 82
 It was hypothesized that abusive parents are more dependent, have a lower
 frustration tolerance, and are more impulsive than nonabusive parents, and
 that frustration tolerance and impulse control of the abusive parent
 decreases in response to the frustration of dependency needs and increases
 in response to their satisfaction. The male and female parents, age range 9
 to 42 years (28 white, 12 black), were adjudicated in Erie County Family
 Court (New York) on charges of committing physical child abuse. A nonabusive
 control group of 40 parents (mean age 22 to 46 and matched for race and sex)
 had come to court to settle child support claims or matters concerning
 custody and visitation rights. A score developed by Masling (1967) based on
 Rorschach responses provided a measure of oral dependency. Frustration
 tolerance was measured by the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration (P-F) Study.
 There was a significant difference in oral dependency between abusers and
 nonabusers in the predicted direction with abusers showing more dependence.
 Overall support for the hypothesis that frustration tolerance is lower in
 abusers appeared in results for two of the three measures of frustration
 tolerance. Data bearing on impulsiveness failed to support the prediction of
 and abuser-nonabuser difference. Satisfaction of dependency needs, received
 in the concrete form of food during frustration, appeared to raise abuser
 frustration tolerance, but satisfaction received in a symbolic interpersonal
 form of warmth and caring did not. 114 references.
-Desc-
 abusive parents, personality patterns, individual characteristics,
 dependency, frustration, impulsive behavior, personality assessment
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 89
-A-
 4173F4 CD-06871
-W-
 Psychosocial Dynamics of Child Abuse.
 Felthous, A. R.
 Menninger Foundation, Topeka, Kans.
 Jrnl of Forensic Sciences pp. 219-236, January 1984.
 January 1984.
-SubCode-
 82
 Social factors associated with child abuse are explored in a literature
 review. Many social characteristics of abusers have been identified: more
 mothers than fathers abuse their children; abusers tend to be young;
 although abuse occurs in all levels of society, it may be more common among
 lower class families; and abusers tend to be socially isolated.
 Relationships between parents of abused children often involve separation,
 lone parenthood, instability, passive-aggressive interactions, or role
 reversal. In addition, neurotic and character disorders are also common
 among abusive parents. Character traits reflecting ego weaknesses are
 frequently reported. Some abusive parents are chronically angry, while
 others are compulsive, rigid, lacking in affection, intolerant, and harbor
 unreasonably high expectations. Some abusive parents drink to excess, and
 many have depressive reactions. On the other hand, the psychodynamic
 mechanisms underlying abuse include inadvertence, inseparable
 identification, supposed protection from the cruelties of life, disciplinary
 excess, rejection, displaced hostility, scapegoating, and a psychotic
 imperative. Neither social factors nor patterns of parental relationships,
 psychopathology, or psychodynamics provide an adequate explanation for the
 occurrence of child abuse. One model holds that child abuse is a function of
 3 general factors: stresses upon the parent, ego weaknesses of the parent,
 and vectors that direct the parent's violent impulses against the child. 119
 references.abusive parents; social characteristics; psychodynamics;
 psychopathology; marital conflict; child abuse research
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 90
-A-
 4173D2 CD-06861
-W-
 Psychological and Sociological Aspects of Child Abuse.
 Baker, J. M.
 Behavior Associates, Tucson, Ariz.
 In: Haralambie, A.M. (Editor). Practical Child Advocacy. Denver, Colo.,
 National Association of Counsel for Children, pp. 19-27, 1982.
 1982.
-SubCode-
 82
 Characteristics of abusive parents are summarized. Individuals who
 physically abuse their children usually have poor impulse control. These
 parents are also immature and self-centered, living a socially isolated
 life. There is evidence of depressive elements among child abusers,
 including poor self-esteem and feelings of inadequacy. Child abusers often
 suffered abuse or some form of neglect or rejection during their own
 childhoods. These parents have unrealistic expectations for their children;
 they tend to be ignorant of the behaviors that are appropriate for their
 children's developmental stage. They perceive the child's failure to meet
 these expectations as stubbornness or willful disobedience. This group has
 very negative attitudes towards children in general. The demographic
 characteristics include a high incidence of marital instability or divorce,
 very young children born in close succession, and economic or social stress.
 One note and 13 references are included.
-Desc-
 abusive parents, individual characteristics, physical abuse, demography,
 social factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 91
-A-
 4172J3 CD-06838
-W-
 Child Abuse Incidence and Reporting by Hospitals: Child Abuse Reporting.
 Hampton, R. L.; Newberger, E. H.
 Children's Hospital Medical Center, Boston, Mass.
 Children's Hospital Medical Center, Boston, Mass., 21 pp., undated.
 undated.
-SubCode-
 80
 The attributes associated with the hospital diagnosis of child maltreatment
 and its reporting to child protective service agencies are examined in a
 secondary analysis of the National Study of the Incidence and Severity of
 Child Abuse and Neglect sponsored by the National Center on Child Abuse and
 Neglect. Compared with other agencies in the sample, hospitals identified
 children of younger age, in more urban areas, of black race, and with more
 serious injuries. However, hospitals failed to report to child protection
 agencies almost half the reportable cases, and children with serious
 injuries were often unreported. A discriminant analysis was performed to
 distinguish between reported and unreported cases. Important discriminators
 included income, role of mother in maltreatment, emotional abuse, race,
 maternal employment, and sexual abuse. Disproportionate numbers of
 unreported cases were victims of emotional abuse, in families of higher
 income, whose mothers were alleged to be responsible for the injuries and
 who were white. These data suggest that class and race, but not medical
 severity, define which cases are and are not reported to child protection
 agencies. The failure of hospitals to report many of their cases is in part
 related to the fact that child abuse is neither theoretically nor clinically
 well defined. In addition, previous research suggests that physicians'
 judgments of possible child abuse are affected by socioeconomic and ethnic
 status. Tabular data are included. 12 references.
-Desc-
 hospital personnel, discriminant analysis, child abuse reporting, failure to
 report abuse, individual characteristics, racial factors, social factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 92
-A-
 4172I3 CD-06834
-W-
 Sexual Abuse in the National Incidence Study of Child Abuse and Neglect.
 Finkelhor, D.; Hutaling, G.
 New Hampshire Univ., Durhan. Family Violence Research Program.
 New Hampshire Univ., Durham. Family Violence Research Program, 50 pp., July
 1983.
 July 1983.
-SubCode-
 80
 An analysis was conducted of the sexual abuse cases reported in the
 1970-1980 National Incidence Study of Child Abuse and Neglect. Overall, 17,
 645 cases of child abuse and neglect came to the study's attention in the 26
 sample counties. Through the use of an elaborate weighting system, it was
 estimated that nationwide 1, 151, 600 cases of abuse and neglect were
 suspected by professionals during the study period (May to April). Of 6
 major types of maltreatment and cases defined as inscope, about 7 percent
 involved sexual abuse. Extrapolated to the national level, 44, 700 cases of
 sexual abuse were known to professionals during the study year. Sexual abuse
 victims were predominantly female; perpetrators were predominantly male.
 Intrusion (anal, oral, or vaginal intercourse) comprised half of the cases.
 Victims of intrusion were likely to be older than victims of other types of
 sexual abuse; and natural fathers, rather than stepfathers, were the more
 likely perpetrators. Data indicate that sexual abuse is unlikely to occur in
 conjunction with other forms of abuse or neglect. Relative to other types of
 abuse and neglect, there is a high proportion of female victims, male
 perpetrators, and nonparent nonfamily-member perpetrators. Criminal juctice
 professionals were more likely to discover sexual abuse, particularly among
 older victims. Mental health and medical personnel were more likely to
 discover cases involving younger children. Unreported sexual abuse cases
 were more likely to originate in rural counties; criminal justice personnel
 were less likely to report cases to child protection services; and female
 offenders were more unlikely to be reported to official agencies than were
 male offenders. Limitations of the National Incidence data are discussed,
 and recommendations are made for future research.
-Desc-
 sexual abuse, epidemiology, incidence, national survey child abuse
 reporting, individual characteristics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 93
-A-
 4172E1 CD-06816
-W-
 Theories, Professional Knowledge, and Diagnosis of Child Abuse.
 O'Toole, R.; Turbett, P.; Nalepka, C.
 Kent State Univ., Ohio.
 In: Finkelhor, David et al (Editors). The Dark Side of Families. Beverly
 Hills, Calif., SAGE Publications, Inc., pp. 349-362, 1983.
 1983.
-SubCode-
 78
 The ways in which doctors and nurses diagnose child abuse are examined.
 Doctors and nurses have notions of "normal" injuries and accidents. When
 these notions are violated by physical evidence they encounter in dealing
 with the child, their judgements are often the result of their own
 backgrounds, professional socialization, training, and organizational roles.
 Three diagnostic problems center on the attribution of cause and motive:
 differentiating child abuse from punishment, unwillingness to accept the
 fact that parents could abuse their children, and problems in establishing
 the "responsibility" of the parents. The perception of the parent as
 psychologically ill eases some of this strain. Few medical personnel sought
 additional information from sources such as schools. There was a tendency to
 label minority low-income children as abused more often than nonminority,
 less deprived children. Physicians learn to do this through associating
 stress and a deprived lifestyle with a general tendency toward abuse; often
 their observations as interns in emergency rooms support these views. Nurses
 generally conduct more thorough investigations in cases of suspected abuse
 -they are trained to do so -- and are less likely to stereotype by class or
 race. 26 references.
-Desc-
 diagnosis, physical abuse, physicians attitudes, nurses
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 94
-A-
 4172D4 CD-06815
-W-
 Definition and Dynamics of Child Abuse: A Multifactorial Model.
 Meier, J. H.
 Childhelp, U.S.A. - International, Beaumont, Calif. Research Div.
 Childhelp, U.S.A. - International, Beaumont, Calif. Research Div., 77 pp.,
 April 1983.
 April 1983.
-SubCode-
 78
 A multifactorial model of child abuse, designed to provide an operational
 definition of child abuse, is presented. The model posits 3 major factor
 groups: parental, child, and ecological. These factors, when coupled with
 precipitating events, contribute to a child abuse episode. Parental factors
 include the demographic characteristics such as socioeconomic status and
 parent age and sex; the sociobiological, including personality disorders,
 poor impulse control, alcohol and drugs, and chronic anxiety or stress; and
 the ethological (sociobiological instincts, infanticide). Child factors
 include the unwanted and or problem child (e.g. deformity, developmental
 disability, incontinence); provocative behaviors such as hyperactivity,
 discipline problems, whining, sibling rivalry, and unresponsiveness; and
 stress disorders. Among ecological factors are parental interaction,
 particularly value, culture, or moral conflicts and marital discord; single
 parent status; family status (e.g., social isolation, unemployment, threats
 to parental authority); and class and community subfactors such as attitudes
 toward discipline and violence and ignorance of human development. A
 definition of child abuse as any act of omission or commission that
 endangers or impairs a child's physical or emotional health and development
 is presented. National international, California, and Village of Childhelp
 child abuse incidence data are presented to illustrate the severity of the
 problem. The importance of identification and reporting of suspected child
 abuse for effective intervention is emphasized; and characteristics of the
 abused child and the abuser are provided to aid in identification. Diagnosis
 and treatment as well as primary prevention and secondary and tertiary
 interventio or prevention are discussed briefly.
-Desc-
 models, child abuse, family environment, child behavior, sociocultural
 patterns, parent background, parent behavior, parent stress
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 95
-A-
 4171K3 CD-06794
-W-
 Parents, Families and Child Abuse.
 Life Skills Education, Inc., Weymouth, Mass.
 Weymouth, Mass., Life Skills Education, Inc., 14 pp., undated.
 undated.
-SubCode-
 98
 Child abuse is discussed as a family problem which requires care and
 treatment for the entire family unit. Abusing parents can be taught good
 parenting skills, and they should not feel that they have failed as parents
 because they seek help for parenting. Violence also is learned, and children
 should be taught that abuse from their parents is not for their own good,
 nor is it deserved. If children are not taught that violence is an
 unacceptable form of behavior, they will grow up believing that in is a way
 of expressing concern and love for one another. Stress is likely to
 contribute to abuse in families. Some stress-producing factors are:
 premature babies; twins; and children who are retarded or handicapped or who
 gave birth defects. Other stress contributing factors are: large families;
 poverty; unemployed parents; or single parent families. Possible
 contributing factors for abusive behavior and factors indicating why parents
 are abusive are presented. Characteristics of sexual abusers are described,
 and myths about child abuse are discussed. Information is presented about
 Parents Anonymous groups, and other sources from which help and information
 are available are listed.
-Desc-
 family violence, family therapy, parenting, self help programs, parents
 anonymous, social attitudes, parents stress
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 96
-A-
 4171J1 CD-06788
-W-
 Understanding Child Neglect and Abuse.
 Holder, W. M.; Schene, P.
 American Humane Association, Denver, Colo.
 American Humane Association, Denver, Colo., 21 pp., 1981.
 1981.
-SubCode-
 98
 A legal definition of child neglect and abuse is discussed, distinguishing
 maltreatment from discipline. Statistics are given on the incidence of
 abuse, the ages and sex of children involved, persons who report incidences
 of child abuse and neglect, the perpetrators, and the kinds of families
 involved. Also discussed are the characteristics of child abusers and abused
 children giving special attention to physical, sexual, and emotional abuse.
 Information on the purpose, responsibility, and methods of child protective
 services agencies is presented.
-Desc-
 discipline, emotional neglect, child abuse, sexual abuse, child protection
 services, child abuse reporting
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 97
-A-
 4163D4 CD-06607
-W-
 Highlights of Official Child Neglect and Abuse Reporting: Annual Report,
 1981.
 American Humane Association, Denver, Colo. Child Protection Div.
 American Humane Association, Denver, Colo., Child Protection Div., 35 pp.,
 1983.
 1983.
-SubCode-
 98
 Officially reported child maltreatment cases in the U.S. in 1981 are
 summarized. These data are based on information made available to the
 National Study on Child Neglect and Abuse Reporting, a project funded
 through the National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect. Derived information
 pertains to the characteristics of involve families, the type of
 maltreatment, sources of reports, and the nature of the response on the part
 of child protective services to reports. Families reported in 1981 were
 significantly more likely to be receiving some form of public assistance, to
 be headed by single female caretakers, and to be without employment when
 compared to U.S. families as a whole. Ninety-five percent of the reports
 indicated that the child-perpetrator relationships were parental. Forty-one
 percent of all reports came from nonprofessionals; school personnel followed
 with 13 percent. Neglect or deprivation of necessities was the major form of
 maltreatment reported (59 percent).
-Desc-
 child abuse reporting, national surveys, family characteristics, child
 neglect, statistical data, annual reports, united states
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 98
-A-
 4152G4 CD-06315
-W-
 Condylomata Acuminatum in the Prepubescent Child: Report of a Case.
 Herskowitz, L. J.
 Jrnl of the American Osteopathic Association 82(6):429-431, February 1983.
 February 1983.
-SubCode-
 84
 A case report of condylomata acuminatum in a prepubescent child is
 presented, and the rarity of condylomata acuminatum among prepubescent
 children is discussed. When reported in the prepubescent child, condylomata
 acuminatum should be considered with a high index of suspicion, since it may
 be a subtle sign of extensive child abuse. Child abuse is stereotyped as the
 battered child syndrome, but sexual abuse is being reported more frequently.
 It is not associated with typically blatant physical abuse, but rather,
 subtle threats and psychological trauma. Most of the previously published
 reports of prepubescent condylomata have overlooked the association with
 abuse. While there is evidence of noncoital epidemiology, condylomta in
 prepubescent children is more likely to be associated with child abuse. The
 assistance of a multidisciplinary team can be helpful to the physician, the
 family, and the child in both recognition of the problem and initiation of
 therapy. 8 references.
-Desc-
 sexual abuse, differential diagnoses, case reports, detection, physicians
 role, venereal diseases
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 99
-A-
 4151C4 CD-06251
-W-
 Alcohol Abusers and Non-Users: A Discriminant Analysis of Differences
 Between Two Subgroups of Batterers.
 Eberle, P. A.
 Colorado Univ., Denver.
 Jrnl of Health and Social Behavior 23(3):260-271, September 1982.
 September 1982.
-SubCode-
 82
 Differences between wife-beating husbands who abused alcohol and those who
 did not use alcohol were investigated. Violence attributes, the victim's use
 of alcohol, and demographic characteristics of the 2 subgroups of batterers
 were studied. Discriminant analysis of these variables showed significant
 differences between the alcohol abusers and the nonusers. The victim's use
 of alcohol was the highest contributor to the discriminant function,
 followed by age of the batterer, level of injury inflicted on the victim,
 batterer's socioeconomic status, the batterer's violence toward the
 children, and the total amount of violence sustained by the victim.
 Additional findings were that only 16 percent of the battereis used alcohol
 excessively during all 4 battering incidents, and 19 percent did not use any
 alcohol at all. The remaining 65 percent showed an inconsistent pattern of
 alcohol abuse, no alcohol use, or some use. 45 references.
-Desc-
 family violence, spouse abuse, alcoholism, etiology, comparative analysis,
 paternal abuse
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 100
-A-
 4151C3 CD-06250
-W-
 Child Abuse: A Comparison of Physical Abusers, Sexual Abusers, and
 Non-Abusers of Perceived Locus of Control, Self-Acceptance and Avowed
 Happiness.
 Dosch, M. F.
 Oregon Univ., Portland.
 Doctoral Dissertation. Ann Arbor, Mich., University Microfilms (7927241),
 137 pp., 1979.
 1979.
-SubCode-
 82
 The Personal Opinion Questionnaire was administered to 10 sexually abusive
 parents, 7 physically abusive parents, and 17 nonabusive parents to
 determine whether they differ significantly in perceived locus of control,
 self-acceptance, and avowed happiness. The child abusers were passive or
 active abusers. Physical abusers, sexual abusers, and nonabusers differed
 significantly on levels of avowed happiness; parents who abused their
 children were not as happy as nonabusers. Much of the difference rests in
 the sexual abusive group's choices of avowed happiness. Parents who sexually
 abuse their children may be unhappy people or their unhappiness may
 contribute to their sexually abusive behavior with children.
-Desc-
 sexual abuse, motivation, questionnaires, physical abuse, abusive parents,
 psychological characteristics, self concept, personality assessment
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 101
-A-
 4143A1 CD-06080
-W-
 Child Abuse in Georgia: A Method to Evaluate Risk Factors and Reporting
 Bias.
 Jason, J.; Andereck, N. D.; Marks, J.; Tyler, C. W., Jr.
 Centers for Disease Control (DHHS), Atlanta, Ga. Center for Health Promotion
 and Education.
 American Jrnl of Public Health 72(12):1353-1358, December 1982.
 December 1982.
-SubCode-
 94
 A method to evaluate risk factors and reporting biases in child abuse and
 neglect is illustrated using data from a 4-year portion of the Georgia
 Department of Protective Services Central Registry. This registry recorded
 population-based data on confirmed, nonconfirmable, and ruled-out child
 abuse reports. Reporting biases reflected in the differential
 characteristics of confirmed and ruled-out reports of child abuse are
 discussed. Characteristics, households, or groups equally or more prevalent
 in the latter category cannot necessarily be considered associated with
 increased risk of child abuse, even if they are represented in the confirmed
 abuse population more than in the general public. Conditions associated with
 increased child abuse are also conditions associated with greater
 surveillance; therefore, risk assessment is not possible using the data in
 this registry. Certain households do appear to be at increased risk for
 child abuse. These include large families, families without a biological
 mother or biological father, and families ever needing Aid to Families with
 Dependent Children. This increased risk, however, is slight. Improved
 surveillance requires identification of reporting biases. A comparison of
 confirmed and ruled-out reports is an inexpensive and system-specific step
 toward achieving this aim. 16 references.
-Desc-
 evaluation methods, risk, child abuse reporting, demography, attitudes,
 georgia
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 102
-A-
 4142L2 CD-06077
-W-
 Mandatory Reporting Laws. (Letter).
 Guyer, M. J.; Constantine, L. L.
 Michigan Univ., Ann Arbor. Dept. of Psychiatry.
 American Jrnl of Orthopsychiatry 52(4):748-750, October 1982.
 October 1982.
-SubCode-
 94
 A previous publication by Guyer concerning legal and clinical implications
 of child abuse and neglect statutes is criticized, and legal issues at the
 interface between psychotherapy and child abuse reporting laws are
 discussed. It is contended that: labeling of a victim and a perpetrator
 establishes a bias away from a consideration of mutual needs that can
 conflict with therapeutic goals; reporting laws mandate that treatment and
 disposition decisions be made by employees or representatives of the state,
 who are often less qualified than the original therapist; and reporting laws
 have great potential for abuse. Guyer replies that: bias would probably
 arise not from the labels assigned in the report but rather from the
 therapist's observation of the patient; if a family has been using private
 clinical services, public protective service agencies generally encourage
 the continuation of those service, yet public agencies should be
 strengthened so that they can meet the needs of families who cannot afford
 private services; and although there is a risk of harm to individuals
 resulting from false or malicious reports, it is not likely that mandatory
 or voluntary reporting procedures will affect that risk. 1 reference.
-Desc-
 child abuse reporting, legal problems, worker client relations, family
 therapy, child abuse laws, mandatory reporting, psychotherapy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 103
-A-
 4142E3 CD-06050
-W-
 What Everyone Should Know About the Sexual Abuse of Children.
 Bete (Channing L.), Co., Inc., South Deerfield, Mass.
 South Deerfield, Mass., Bete (Channning L.) Co., Inc., 15 pp., 1981.
 1981.
-SubCode-
 92
 An overview of the sexual abuse of children and means of preventing and
 halting it is provided for use in public education efforts. Topics addressed
 include the nature of child sexual abuse, effects of sexual abuse, means of
 preventing sexual abuse, characteristics of typical abusers, motivations of
 abusers, contexts of child sexual abuse, means of intervening in cases of
 suspected child sexual abuse, agencies to contact when child sexual abuse is
 suspected, incest, child pornography, means of teaching children to protect
 themselves, and actions that should be taken by parents and community
 members.
-Desc-
 public awareness, pamphlets, sexual abuse
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 104
-A-
 4135C2 CD-05929
-W-
 It Shouldn't Hurt to Be a Child.
 National Committee for Prevention of Child Abuse, Denver, Colo.
 National Committee for Prevention of Child Abuse, Denver, Colo, 16 pp.,
 1982.
 1982.
-SubCode-
 86
 Some general information on child abuse is provided and the approach of the
 National Committee for Prevention of Child Abuse (NCPCA) for child abuse
 prevention is presented. Nonaccidental physical injury, physical neglect,
 sexual abuse, emotional abuse, and characteristics of the abusers (who are
 usually friends, neighbors, and relatives) are discussed. Either 1 stressful
 circumstance or a number of crises actually trigger abuse, and a combination
 of factors build so that a person can no longer cope. The NCPCA supports
 child abuse prevention at the community and local levels, and community
 programs include support programs for new parents, education for parents,
 early and regular child and family screening and treatment, child care
 opportunities, programs for abused children and young adults (to minimize
 the longer-term effects on children and young adults and to reduce the
 likelihood of their becoming abusive parents), life skills training for
 children and young adults, self-help groups and other neighborhood supports,
 family support services (crisis care, hotline counseling, and family
 planning), community organization activities (to increase availability of
 social services, health and educational reources, and other supports to
 reduce family stress), and public information and education on child abuse
 prevention. Guidelines are provided for helping an abuser or a potential
 abuser seek assistance, and for reporting suspected cases of child abuse.
 Volunteering time and making donations to the NCPCA are recommended steps in
 child abuse prevention for the concerned citizen.
-Desc-
 national organizations, community programs, prevention
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 105
-A-
 4133J2 CD-0861
-W-
 Physicians' Recognition and Reaction to Child Abuse.
 Turrett, J. P.
 Kent State Univ., Ohio.
 Doctoral Dissertation. Ann Arbor, Mich., University Microfilms (8011469),
 101 pp., 1979.
 1979.
-SubCode-
 84
 The manner in which physicians use parents' status characteristics and the
 extent of injury in recognizing and reacting to child abuse is explored with
 regard to labelling theory. Physicians were interviewed concerning
 labelling, and then reacted to vignettes (i.e., hospital emergency room
 forms) in which independent variables were manipulated systematically.
 Socioeconomic status, ethnicity, and extent of injury appear to be important
 variables in labelling of child abuse.
-Desc-
 physicians attitudes, detection, diagnoses, socioeconomic status, injury
 patterns, ethnic groups
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 106
-A-
 4133I3 CD-05858
-W-
 Children at Risk.
 Thomson, W. A.
 Jrnl of the Royal Society of Medicine 74:792-793, November 1981.
 November 1981.
-SubCode-
 84
 The incidence of child abuse in England, Wales, and North Ireland is
 reported, and the characteristics of child abuse patterns are discussed. The
 estimated incidence of child abuse is 5, 147 children under 15 years old,
 and the characteristic age at the time of abuse incident is 38 percent under
 1 year old and 55 percent under 2 years old. Other relevant factors are:
 boys are more often the victims than girls; there is a relatively high
 incidence of low birth weight infants and illegitimacy; and practically a
 third of mothers are under 20 years old. Doctors should be aware that: the
 more bizarre the injuries, the higher the suspicion of a battered baby;
 severe shaking without a direct blow may result in subdural hematoma or
 hemorrhage in the eye; photographs, including infrared ones, of the injuries
 should be taken in suspected child abuse cases; characteristic abusive
 families are unstable and report that the child is especially difficult to
 handle. 1 reference.
-Desc-
 great britain, statistics, physicians role, incidence, sex factors,
 diagnoses, detection, age factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 107
-A-
 4133D4 CD-05839
-W-
 Outcomes of Child Abuse Complaints: Caseworkers as Predictors.
 Lamb, K. L.
 Arizona Univ., Tucson.
 Doctoral Dissertation. Ann Arbor, Mich., University Microfilms (7916874),
 161 pp., 1979.
 1979.
-SubCode-
 84
 Factors influencing social workers' judgments in determining whether or not
 child abuse has occured were investigated. Variables suggested by the
 literature such as severity of injury, method of abuse, and stress factors
 operating in the home environment plus variables describing the attributes
 of the child and family, and the professional and personal characteristics
 of the social workers themselves, were used as independent variables. For
 independent variables and the dependent variable were converted to ratio
 scales by use of magnitude estimation techniques. Five scales were
 constructed and analyzed for consensus in judgments by social workers. The
 number of years a social worker had served in child protection service was
 the only worker characteristic which affected judgment of scale items.
 Scores derived from magnitude estimations were applied to case records. A
 multiplicative power function model described the relationship beween case
 outcome and independent variables (type of injury, method, precipitating and
 chronic stress) better than a linear model. Variables describing the child,
 family, and social worker were introduced into the equation one at a time to
 look for important predictors which later could be combined into a final
 model. Type of injury, worker caseload, child's race, status of the abuse
 reporter, relationship of the abuser to the child, and academic preparation
 of the social worker were significantly related to social workers' judgments
 of abuse. Less than half of the variation in case outcome was explained by
 this model.
-Desc-
 decision making case assessment, social workers attitude, social workers
 role, outcomes, factor analysis, models
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 108
-A-
 4131D4 CD-05743
-W-
 Child Abuse: A Review of Research.
 Segal, J.
 National Inst. of Mental Heath (DHEW), Rockville, Md.
 In: Corfman, E. (Editor). Families Today, Science Monographs 1. Rockville,
 Md., National Ins. of Mental Health (DHEW), (ADM) 79-895, 577-606, 1979.
 1979.
-SubCode-
 98
 A review of research on child abuse is presented. Topics covered include: a
 history of child abuse; the extent and incidence of child abuse; effects of
 abuse on young victims; sexual problems of abuse victims; generational cycle
 of violence and abuse; characteristics of abusive parents; characteristics
 of children who invite abuse; help for abusers and their victims such as
 parent groups, home support programs, hotline telephone services, crisis
 nurseries and drop-off centers, child care instruction, and public
 education; and early identification of children at risk. 27 references.
-Desc-
 research reviews, child abuse history, incidence, sequela, generational
 cycle of child abuse, individual characteristics, therapy, detection
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 109
-A-
 4131B3 CD-05734
-W-
 A Short Introduction to Child Abuse in Japan.
 Ikeda, Y.
 Japanese National Inst. of Mental Health, Tokyo.
 Japanese National Inst. of Mental Health, Tokyo, 5 pp., undated.
 undated.
-SubCode-
 98
 Following the first nation-wide survey of child abuse in 1973, the Japanese
 Ministry of Health and Welfare made it mandatory for public child guidance
 clinics to report all such cases each year. As a representative sample, in
 1977, 4 public child guidance clinics in Chiba prefecture reported 27 child
 abuse cases; and in 1980, 8 public child guidance clinics in the Tokyo
 metropolitan area reported about 80 cases. In 1973 the Ministry formulated a
 definition of child abuse as physical violence or injury, long-term
 confinement, or starvation of the child by a person who is responsible for
 the child's welfare. Since the 1970's, the number of cases reported by the
 press has increased because of public recognition of child abuse. Mass media
 seem to play an important role in the prevention and revision of laws
 concerning child abuse. Psychopathology of individual perpetrators is the
 primary cause of child abuse. Abusing parents are most often from lower
 socioeconomic groups; and tend to be impulsive and immature, resorting to
 physical coercion rather than verbal persuasion and reasoning; and most of
 them were neglected or maltreated by their own parents in childhood. Eight
 cases of physical abuse by psychotic parents were observed. In all confirmed
 cases of sexual abuse, the victims were girls. Twelve girls from 10 families
 were treated in the past 5 years. There seems to be no correlation between
 sex of abuser and sex of victims in cases of physical abuse. Twins and
 multiple births in Japan are thought of as animal pregnancy and there is
 prejudice against such children. When an abused child is found, the first
 action is to provide protection of the child. If necessary, the child is
 removed from the dangerous environment either by admitting him to medical
 hospital or temporary placement. If parents approve, the child is sent to
 either a child welfare institution or a f Chive for many real cases of
 abbuse. Therefore, attempts are made by professionals in various fields to
 re thfm.
-Desc-
 japan, child abuse reporting, definitions, individual characteristics,
 sexual abuse, laws
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 110
-A-
 4131B2 CD-05733
-W-
 Cry Softly! The Story of Child Abuse.
 Hyde, M. O.
 Philadelphia, Pa., Westminster Press, 96 pp., 1980.
 1980.
-SubCode-
 98
 An overview of child abuse in the United States provides insights into the
 causes, effects, and symptoms of child abuse and means of helping the
 abusers and their victims. Topics receiving attention include
 characteristics of the abused child and the abusive parent, the extent of
 the problem of abuse, child abuse throughout history, child abuse in England
 throughout history, types of abuse affecting American children, means of
 preventing child abuse, and positive responses to suspected child abuse. A
 list of agencies and organization dedicated to the prevention and treatment
 of child abuse and a subject index are appended.
-Desc-
 child abuse history, etiology, sequelae, identification, books
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 111
-A-
 4124J3 CD-05654
-W-
 Nurses' and Physicians' Recognition and Reporting of Child Abuse.
 Nalepka, C.; O'Toole, R.; Turbett, J. P.
 Kent State Univ., Ohio. School of Nursing.
 Issues in Comprehensive Pediatric Nursing 5(1):33-44, January-February,
 1981.
 January-February, 1981.
-SubCode-
 94
 A survey of 178 nurses and 76 pediatricians working in a large metropolitan
 area in New York was conducted to investigate the influence of socioeconomic
 status, ethnic status, and level of injury on recognizing and reporting
 child abuse by these medical personnel. The nurses, who were recruited, from
 19 hospitals, worked in pediatric units, pediatric outpatient clinics,
 emergency units, public health units, school health settings, and visiting
 nurse agencies. All subjects were surveyed using vignettes based upon
 emergency room reports. Hypotheses for the study were generated using
 labeling theory. All variables incorporated into the vignettes and all
 responses of subjects were measured at the ordinal level, facilitating the
 use of cross classificatory analysis to distinguish differences in the
 proposed treatments. Recognition of child abuse was measured on an ordinal
 scale. Analysis of responses indicated that physicians' judgements regarding
 child abuse were affected by socioeconomic status, ethnic status, and level
 of injury and that nurses' judgements were affected by level of injury but
 not by socioeconomic or ethnic status. It appears that physicians may not
 recognize or report some cases of abuse among whites and persons of upper
 socioeconomic status and may be too quick to allege abuse by black parents.
 As members of the health care team, nurses have the professional
 responsibility to voice their clinical judgements and to attempt to persuade
 others concerning their conclusions. Furthermore, when nurses fail to
 convince others, they are legally required to take independent action. 22
 references.
-Desc-
 nurses, pediatricians, child abuse reporting, diagnoses, socioeconomic
 status, ethnic groups, nurses responsibility, nurses role
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 112
-A-
 4124J1 CD-05652
-W-
 A Statistical Report on Child Abuse and Neglect in Hawaii 1980.
 Hawaii State Dept. of Social Services and Housing, Honolulu. Div. of Public
 Welfare.
 Hawaii State Dept. of Social Services and Housing, Honolulu. Div. of Public
 Welfare, 92 pp., 1980.
 1980.
-SubCode-
 94
 Statistical analyses of the reported incidents of child abuse and neglect in
 Hawaii for the calendar year 1980 are tabulated. Section I highlights the
 major findings of the report. Section II provides general information on 2,
 227 reports of child abuse and neglect, involving 1, 522 families, received
 by the Hawaii State Department of Social Services and Housing during the
 year. Forty-eight percent of these reports were confirmed by the
 investigating social worker. Section III presents information on the victims
 of confirmed abuse and neglect. Section IV focuses on the family
 constellation of the child at the time of the abuse or neglect incident,
 providing information on the adults living in the household, their marital
 status, education, occupation, family income, source of income supplement,
 and social services received in the previous 2 years. Section V examines the
 perpetrator(s) allegedly responsible for abusing and neglecting 1 or more
 children in 1979. Information is provided about the age and sex of the
 perpetrator, relationship to the child, ethnicity, family stress and
 environmental factors that contributed to the abuse or neglect. Section VI
 presents information about child abuse and neglect among military personnel
 and their dependents in Hawaii. Section VII provides information on the
 victims, caretakers, and perpetrators of sexual abuse including both
 civilian and military populations. Appendices include Hawaii state's revised
 statutes on child abuse, a summary of child abuse and neglect reports from
 1967-1979, and a reporting form.
-Desc-
 statistical analysis, child abuse reporting, hawaii, individual
 characteristics, family characteristics, military personnel, sexual abuse
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 113
-A-
 4124I2 CD-05649
-W-
 National Analysis of Official Child Neglect and Abuse Reporting.
 American Humane Association, Denver, Colo. Child Protection Div.
 American Humane Association, Denver, Colo., 36 pp., 1981.
 1981.
-SubCode-
 94
 A descriptive analysis of data derived from child maltreatment reports
 documented nationwide during 1980 provides an understanding of official
 child abuse and neglect reporting in the United States. The number of child
 maltreatment reports processed by child protective service (CPS) agencies
 nearly doubled between 1976 and 1980; however, the rate at which reporting
 increased from year to year had steadily declined. This situation can be
 attributed to rapid development of reporting systems early in the period,
 recent stabilization of reporting statistics, and decreases in the number of
 neglect cases reported. Public awareness efforts have tended to emphasize
 abuse and deemphasize neglect. Furthermore, resources allocated to support
 CPS systems have not kept pace with the tremendous increase in reporting,
 resulting in a narrowing of effort to cases perceived as more serious. Data
 from state sources indicate that more nonprofessional persons are reporting
 abuse, that a large proportion of reports are still being closed after
 investigation, that reported cases of maltreatment are becoming more
 serious, and that services provided to families have followed a consistent
 pattern over the years. The data also show that most families reported for
 maltreatment are poor, that, except for the oldest group, children of all
 ages continue to be reported in relatively similar proportions, that some
 forms of maltreatment are more commonly treated than others, that a large
 proportion of families reported for maltreatment are families headed by a
 single parent, and that alternatives to the currently overwhelmed CPS system
 should be investigated.
-Desc-
 child abuse reporting, statistics, statistical data, national surveys,
 family characteristics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 114
-A-
 4124H2 CD-05641
-W-
 You Can Prevent Child Abuse and Neglect!
 Stuart, K.
 Iowa Council for Children, Des Moines. Parent Education Subcommittee.
 Iowa Council for Children, Des Moines, 10 pp., undated.
 undated.
-SubCode-
 92
 An overview of Iowa's child abuse law and means of identifying, treating,
 and preventing child abuse and neglect is provided for potential volunteers
 and state residents in general. The state's child abuse law encourages
 increased reporting of suspected cases of abuse, ensures the thorough and
 prompt investigation of reports, and mandates the provision of
 rehabilitative services for abused children and their families. Referrals
 for child abuse received by the Iowa Child Abuse Registry have increased
 from 111 in 1967 to 13, 483 in 1980. The registry receives all reports of
 abuse, maintains a file of substantiated reports, and disseminates
 information on child abuse to authorized persons. Mandated reporters of
 suspected abuse include health practitioners who deal with children, social
 workers, psychologists, school employees, employees of a licensed care
 facility, and peace officers; any concerned person may report suspected
 abuse; reporters will remain anonymous. Characteristics of abusive parents
 have been identified, and symptoms of specific types of abuse, including
 physical abuse, neglect, emotional abuse, and sexual abuse, have been
 catalogued. Organizations that provide services pertinent to the prevention
 and treatment of abuse include Parent's Anonymous, the Regional Child Abuse
 and Neglect Resource Center in Oakdale, and the Iowa S.T.A.T. Team, Inc.
 Numerous community action and advocacy possibilities are open to volunteers
 interested in educating the public, enhancing service delivery, or improving
 legislative support. 8 references.
-Desc-
 child abuse laws, iowa, child abuse reporting, identification, prevention,
 therapy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 115
-A-
 4124B2 CD-05621
-W-
 Focus: Child Abuse and Neglect. Interventions for Mental Health Care
 Providers: Trainee Manual.
 Cook, J. H.; Rosenberg, J.
 Children's Hospital, Oakland, Calif. Children's Trauma Center.
 Children's Hospital, Oakland, Calif., Children's Trauma Center, 202 pp.,
 1976.
 1976.
-SubCode-
 92
 This 44-hour training manual for mental health care providers is 1 of 5
 intervention programs designed for professionals involved with a
 multidisciplinary approach to child abuse and neglect and was developed by
 Children's Trauma Center at Children's Hospital Medical Center in Oakland,
 Calif. The goals are to: provide theoretical and behavioral information
 about social, family, and personality dynamics underlying child abuse and
 neglect when diagnosis and treatment plan development are necessary; develop
 awareness in trainees of their feelings and attitudes about child abuse and
 neglect; communicate necessity for a coordinated, cooperative approach to
 abuse and neglect and increase willingness to provide psychotherapy to
 families; increase knowledge of treatment approaches and methods successful
 in abusive or neglectful families and improve therapeutic skills;
 communicate need for, and develop worker support systems for service
 providers; develop awareness of early identification, education, and
 supportive services as a preventive measure for families at risk of abusing
 or neglecting; and use new awareness and therapeutic skills through a
 peer-consultation model. The training program describes all functions
 necessary to a coordinated service delivery system. It addresses
 identification and diagnosis (physical manifestations of child abuse and
 neglect, medical diagnosis, underlying social, family, and personality
 dynamics, behavioral manifestations, and interview techniques), reporting
 and legal outcomes; coordination and case management (includes
 confidentiality); treatment (concerns dependency, low self-esteem, limit
 setting, denial and projection, group treatment); prevention and support
 (identification, education, and support); and peer consultation. Learning
 formats include didactic lectures, readings and discussions, experimental
 exercises in pairs and cluster groups, role plays, and various audiovisual
 materials. 56 references.
-Desc-
 professional training, curricula, team training, mental health clinics,
 interdisciplinary approach, intervention
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 116
-A-
 4123J3 CD-05606
-W-
 Reducing Family Violence.
 Star, B.
 University of Southern California, Los Angeles. School of Social Work.
 Urban and Social Change Review 15(1):15-20, Winter 1982.
 Winter 1982.
-SubCode-
 90
 A telephone survey of 116 programs that deal with family violence was
 undertaken to identify the types of programming that exist. To develop a
 sample, agencies and individuals listed in directories, newsletters, and
 research bulletins, and provided by cleaninghouses, major organizations, and
 individuals were contacted. Interviews with each of the 116 programs chosen
 lasted 45 to 60 min and gathered information about the format and content of
 the services offered to the abuser, number of people who use the service,
 referral sources, client characteristics, treatment techniques, service
 personnel, program philosophy, location and funding of the program,
 administrative structure, program evaluation, methods to prevent worker
 burnout, and the community's reception of the program. Programs were
 categorized into general programming approaches and forms of service. Site
 visits were made to those agencies whose formats offered alternatives to the
 more traditional approaches. The agencies and individuals offering services
 represented 15 different settings. Family service agencies provided the
 setting for the largest number of programs (24 percent), while community
 organizations, hospitals or medical facilities, criminal justice settings,
 and child welfare agencies each constituted 10 percent of the sample. Major
 programming approaches included counseling, education, support, and
 mediation; most programs combined 2 or more of these approaches, and the
 most common combination was counseling and support. Innovative approaches
 included agency coalitions or consortiums, residential centers, in-home
 services, hotlines combined with other services, and a family camp. Services
 tended to focus on the most amenable rather than the most culpable offenders
 and on child abuse rather than other forms of intrafamily violence, to lack
 evaluative components, to perpetuate well-established program patterns, and
 to seek financial security in large, multiservice agencies.
-Desc-
 family services, program coordination, program administration, financial
 support, program evaluation, therapy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 117
-A-
 4123H3 CD-05598
-W-
 Rainbow Retreat, Inc. Phoenix, Arizona.
 Rhoads, J.
 Rainbow Retreat, Inc., Phoenix, Ariz.
 In: Matlins, S. M. (Editor). Services for Children of Alcoholics, Research
 Monograph 4. Rockville, Md., National Inst. on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism,
 pp. 164-176, September 24-26, 1979.
 September 24-26, 1979.
-SubCode-
 90
 Rainbow Retreat, Inc., of Phoenix, Arizona, opened its doors in 1973 as an
 emergency shelter for wives and children who were abused by alcoholic
 husbands and fathers. The facility, which currently can accommodate 23 women
 and children, was quickly adapted to provide a comprehensive treatment
 program of informational lectures, group sessions, Al-Anon referrals, and
 outpatient counseling for alcoholics. The current scope of the program
 allows treatment of women and children who are abused by nonalcoholic
 husbands and fathers, and includes treatment components such as art and
 music therapy, job development, relaxation and exercise therapy, legal
 counseling, assertiveness training, sexuality counseling, and outpatient and
 group counseling for abusers. Staff have identified behavior patterns
 characteristic of abused children at various age levels. Individual goal
 plans for clients are established initially by a conference with an assigned
 child guidance counselor; goal evaluations occur weekly thereafter. The
 residential shelter and treatment services for abused and neglected children
 are designed to provide a surrogate family for each child and teach survival
 techniques to the biological family. Specific services for abused children
 include direct child care, extramural activities, program planning, care
 planning, and educational support. The shelter also sponsers community youth
 groups that last 6 to 10 weeks and provide structured informational and
 educational programs, direct counseling, developmental group experience, and
 child management training. Ongoing assessment of program activities allows
 identification of areas in need of improvement, alternatives in treatment
 and staff development. Key issues in the areas of prevention, identification
 and intervention, and treatment of domestic violence are also discussed.
-Desc-
 alcoholism, emergency shelter, therapeutic programs, childrens therapy,
 youth services, prevention
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 118
-A-
 4123E1 CD-05584
-W-
 Final Report. Sexual Abuse Team, Family Resource Center.
 New Mexico Human Services Dept., Albuquerque. Family Resource Center, Sexual
 Abuse Team.
 New Mexico Human Services Dept., Albuquerque. Family Resource Center, Sexual
 Abuse Team, 44 pp., March 31, 1982.
 March 31, 1982.
-SubCode-
 90
 In 1978, the Family Resource Center, the local child protection office of
 the New Mexico Department of Human Services, developed a small team which
 specialized in the treatment and case management of child sexual abuse cases
 in Albuquerque and surrounding Bernalillo County. Team members included a
 coordinator, a clinical psychologist, 4 social workers, a psychiatrist, and
 a pediatrician. Services provided by the team included legally mandated
 investigation of reports of abuse and assurance of the safety of the child,
 evaluation and diagnosis of family situations, case management and
 coordination, supportive services, community education and inservice
 training for agencies, and individual, family, and group therapy. Treatment
 goals, while individualized, emphasized role-appropriate behaviors for
 family members, open communication within the family, the abuser's
 acknowledgement of responsibility for the abuse, and improvement in
 affective aspects of the parental role. Unique characteristics of the
 service population included a greater percentage of 2-parent families than
 in other abusive or neglectful populations, more verbal accessibility, and
 family communication patterns colored by a dynamic of secrecy. Case
 management issues included use of parental denial in development of
 treatment relationship, requirement of more intensive work of greater
 duration than originally anticipated, and need for the worker to manage dual
 roles of supporter and potential adversary. Foster care placements required
 special attention, and the Child Protective Service setting entailed
 problems associated with bureaucratic delays and ability to respond to
 caseload size. Adolescent abusers were not adequately served by the project.
 The team approach modeled open communication for clients, exposed them to
 several staff members, and provided support for workers. Numerous
 references.
-Desc-
 sexual abuse, interdisciplinary approach, multidisciplinary teams, case
 management, new mexico, family therapy, childrens therapy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 119
-A-
 4122D4 CD-05535
-W-
 Emotional Abuse and Mental Injury: A Critique of the Concepts and a
 Recommendation for Practice.
 Kavanagh, C.
 Wisconsin Univ., Madison. Dept. of Pediatrics.
 Jrnl of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry 21(2):171-177. March 1982.
 March 1982.
-SubCode-
 88
 A review of the medical, legal, and behavioral science literature on the
 effects of deviant parenting on the psychological and physical state of the
 child is presented in an attempt to delineate reliably occurring,
 objectifiable injury. Findings indicate that with the exception of
 psychosocial dwarfism, it is not possible at present to define psychological
 abuse satisfactorily, to predict mental injury on the basis of parental
 behavior, or to reliably diagnose it on the basis of physical or
 psychological characteristics of the child without unacceptable social costs
 attached to mislabeling. It is also impossible to reliably identify the
 etiology of emotional disturbances in children, or to predict the effect of
 treatment of those disorders. It is, therefore, inappropriate to include
 emotional abuse and neglect, with the exception of psychosocial dwarfism, in
 child abuse reporting statutes. While an association has been demonstrated
 between infants who fail to thrive and psychological disturbance in their
 mothers, lack of control group data and retrospective data gathering limit
 the ability to establish a cause and effect relationship in regard to these
 variables. However, because sequelae of failure to thrive are serious, and
 because of the relationship which has been demonstrated between nonorganic
 failure to thrive in infancy and serious physical abuse, reporting of
 parental refusal of services and followup in all such cases should be
 legally mandated. More importantly, energies should be focused not on
 reporting laws, but on increasing available and acceptable health care,
 education, social services, and counseling for all families, and on research
 to identify what services are necessary and sufficient to ensure a minimum
 level of family health. 55 references.
-Desc-
 literature reviews, sequelae, emotional abuse, psychosocial dwarfism, child
 abuse reporting, failure to thrive syndrome, child abuse laws
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 120
-A-
 41?1H2 CD-05501
-W-
 Come Tell Me Right Away. A Positive Approach.
 Sanford, L. T.
 Lebanon, N.H., New Victoria Printing Collective, 23 pp., 1982.
 1982.
-SubCode-
 86
 Guidelines for parents and concerned adults for preventing child sexual
 abuse are provided, with emphasis on healthy child development. Children
 should be taught to say no to inappropriate requests by abusers, and to tell
 someone about the situation as soon as possible (whether or not sexual abuse
 occurs). The child also should be instilled with a healthy self-esteem. In
 dealing with children, parents or helpers should avoid sex-role
 stereotyping. A sexually abused child must be made to feel free to express
 feelings, and to trust his or her own instincts and to act in his or her own
 best interest. According to reported cases, 1 in 4 girls are victims of
 rape, incest, and-or child molestation by age 18; boys are increasingly
 being victimized. Seventy-five percent of offenders are not strangers to the
 victim; most are mile; of those convicted, most were arrested before age 30;
 child sexual abuse most often occurred in the victim's or offender's home;
 average victim age was 8 years; many offenders have a fixed pattern of age,
 sex, and personality characteristics that they seek in a victim; and child
 sexual abuse is never the child's fault. Recommendations are made for
 warning the children about sexual abuse, and about strangers, acquaintances,
 child care givers (baby-sitters), and loved ones who may be sexual abusers.
 Further guidelines for dealing with and reporting a sexually abused child
 are outlined.
-Desc-
 sexual abuse, prevention, parents role, child development
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 121
-A-
 4121F4 CD-05495
-W-
 Look at Child Abuse.
 National Committee for Prevention of Child Abuse, Chicago, Ill.
 National Committee for Prevention of Child Abuse, Chicago, Ill., 34 pp.,
 1976.
 1976.
-SubCode-
 86
 A pamphlet by the National Committee for Prevention of Child Abuse (NCPCA)
 discusses child abuse and neglect, and ways in which concerned persons can
 work toward reducing and preventing child abuse-neglect. The effects of
 child abuse are cumulative, and long-term--they are constantly evident in
 the form or retarded and disturbed children, of children with learning
 disorders, behavior disorders, and developmental deficiencies, and of
 delinquency and adolescent pregnancy. Several case reports are provided,
 illustrating characteristics of the abusers, the victims, families, and
 causative factors involved in child abuse-neglect. A ""world of abnormal
 rearing cycle'' is proposed as a major factor leading to physical abuse of
 children. The abused child may be compliant, shy, withdrawn, passive, and
 uncommunicative; of the child may be nervous or somewhat hyperactive,
 aggressive, disruptive, and destructive. Seventy-four percent are under 5
 years old. Child Abuse laws, reporting laws, criminal and juvenile courts,
 and the federal government are discussed. Prevention strategies are
 provided, including direct (primary and secondary), and indirect (parenting
 education, coping skills training, and personality development).
 Recommendations include: informing the general public of the abusing
 families' needs, integrating completely and using to the fullest the current
 treatment resources within the community, implementing new effective
 treatment modalities within the community, and focusing on the causes of
 child abuse and how it can be prevented. Other NCPCA publications are
 listed. 29 references.
-Desc-
 prevention, public awareness, intervention, community rol, pamphlets
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 122
-A-
 4116A2 CD-05457
-W-
 Institutional Child Abuse from a Family Systems Perspective: A Working
 Paper.
 Durkin, R.
 Seattle Day Nursery Association, Wash.
 In: Hanson, R. (Editor). Institutional Abuse of Children and Youth. New
 York, Haworth Press, pp. 15-22, 1982.
 1982.
-SubCode-
 86
 Similarities found when comparing child abusers and their victims in
 institutions with their counterparts in families indicate a need to take
 actions, like those of a Seattle day nursery, to alleviate stresses leading
 to abuse in both settings. Both type of victims are perceived by their
 abusers as difficult, and are seen as adversaries. Abusers in both settings
 tend to be isolated from social ties, overstressed, unsupported, and
 economically depressed. While child care workers may enter the career
 enthusiastically, excessive working hours and job stress leads them to form
 images of themselves not unlike those of potentially abusive parents.
 Implementation of systems oriented family therapy approaches and
 competency-based interventions may be the cheapest, most efficient means of
 ameliorating structural stresses that lead to abuse in familial and
 institutional settings. Replacing child care administrators, who know little
 about the routine of child care, with trained generalists, with the ability
 to oversee the entirety of group life, would replace the frustrating pyramid
 structure characteristic of most institutions with a more responsive
 horizontal structure. The pyramid system would break down into a more
 homogeneous group of generalists experienced in child care, education, and
 clinical development; this is typical of the European educateu model. The
 Seattle Day Care Nursery Association has implemented such a model and taken
 a systems approach to family treatment. Day care and emergency residential
 care are supplemented by a nonpunitive approach to parents; individual,
 group, or system therapy; scheduled medical and behavioral observation;
 careful screening of child care workers; and systematic atempts to reduce
 role strain among workers. 14 references.
-Desc-
 systems analysis, stress, institutional abuse and neglect, intervention,
 family therapy, day care programs, child care workers
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 123
-A-
 4115L3 CD-05454
-W-
 Families Today: A Research Sampler on Families and Children: Family Violence
 and Child Abuse.
 Corfman, E.
 National Inst. of Mental Health (DHEW), Rockville, Md. Scientific and Public
 Information Div. Science Monographs, Rockville, Md. National Inst. of Mental
 Health, Scientific and Public Information Div., (ADM) 7-895, 77 pp., 1979.
 1979.
-SubCode-
 86
 Three research reports are presented: ""Physical Violence in Families,
 ''""Child Abuse: A Review of Research, '' and ""Helping Abused Children and
 Their Parents.'' Each includes illustrative case histories. The first report
 estimates that 6.5 million children aged 3-17 are physically attacked by a
 parent every year; provides results of surveys on family violence; and
 emphasizes that the basic causes of wifebeating and husbandbeating are the
 child rearing patterns of American parents (which include using physical
 punishment) which instill in the child the idea that violence is acceptable
 and necessary. The second report discusses the forms of child abuse and the
 effects on the child (which include psychosocial dwarfism long-term
 physical, intellectual, and emotional disabilities; neurological
 abnormalities; behavior disturbances; speech problems; low self-esteem; and
 sexual problems). Parent groups, home support programs, hot line telephone
 services, crisis nurseries and drop-off centers, child-care instruction, and
 public education to assist victims and their abusers are discussed.
 Recommendations for prevention are provided. The third report concerns
 treatment procedures for abusive families. Diagnostic and evaluation
 techniques, therapeutic teamwork, parent workshops and parent aides, and
 prevention strategies are included. Research results on the characteristics
 of abusive families are provided; in all the families, there are few
 telephones, low incomes, relatively high incidences of low-birth-weight
 infants and twin births, and low percentages of marriage and planned
 pregnancies. 43 references.
-Desc-
 physical abuse, family violence, sequelae, research reviews, reports,
 intervention
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 124
-A-
 4115I1 CD-05440
-W-
 The Battered Child Syndrome--A Forensic Pathologist's Viewpoint.
 Wecht, C. H.; Larkin, G. M.
 Pittsburgh Univ., Pa. Schools of Medicine and Dental Medicine.
 Medical Trial Technique Quarterly 2:1-24, Summer 1981.
 Summer 1981.
-SubCode-
 84
 The battered child syndrome is discussed from the viewpoint of a forensic
 pathologist. Topics covered include a brief history of how the battered
 child syndrome came to be recognized; classification of child abusers into
 several categories including the intermittent child abuser, the one-time
 child abuser, the constant child abuser, situations in which the child is
 the center of a triangle, and the ignorant abuser; a discussion of the
 pathologist's role in recognizing the pattern of trauma associated with
 different types of abuse and differentiating it from a true accident, and
 how the insoluble conflict between medical and legal causality hampers the
 communication between the pathologist and the lawyer; mechanisms of
 mechanical trauma production; certain characteristic anatomic differences
 that a young child presents which may diminish or accentuate the trauma
 caused to the head, chest, and abdomen; autopsy procedures; legal procedures
 that a pathologist should know to provide medical testimony in the court;
 and legal approach to the battered child syndrome.
-Desc-
 battered child syndrome, pathologists role, detection, nonaccidental
 physical injury, trauma, autopsies, legal processes
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 125
-A-
 4115B1 CD-05412
-W-
 The Child Abuser.
 Steele, B. F.
 Colorado Univ. Denver. Medical Center, Dept. of Psychiatry.
 In: Kutash, I. L. (Editor). Violence: Perspectives on Murder and Aggression.
 San Francisco, Calif., Jossey-Bass, Inc., pp. 285-300, 1978.
 1978.
-SubCode-
 82
 A constellation of psychological factors representative of abusive behavior,
 and other factors that tend to precipitate specific instances of abuse are
 identified; and the relationship between child abuse and violence in general
 is examined. The early genesis of an abusive pattern is suggested by the
 history commonly given by abusive caretakers; they were themselves
 significantly neglected, with or without physical abuse, during their own
 childhood. The affects of abuse can be seen in later years in the form of
 low self-esteem, chronic depression, a sense of hopelessness, and a lack of
 basic trust, with corresponding disbelief in the availability of help from
 others. Secondly, most abusers strongly believe that children really belong
 to parents, almost as a sort of property. As an inevitable corollary, the
 caretaker fails to see the child for what he really is, and thus lacks
 empathy and sensitivity to the child's needs. Another prominent feature of
 the abuser's style of child rearing is a strong belief in the corrective and
 educational value of physical punishment. As a residue of their early years
 of emotional deprivation, child abusers generally are unable to seek and
 enjoy pleasure, both in general and in the sexual sphere. The child abuser,
 repeating the pattern of his own upbringing, creates by his style of
 childrearing the next generation of abusive and neglecting parents.
-Desc-
 etiology, psychological characteristics, violence, sequelae, child rearing,
 generational cycle of child abuse
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 126
-A-
 4114F1 CD-05380
-W-
 Child Abuse and Locus of Control.
 Ellis, H. E.; Milner, J. S.
 Family Training Resources, Inc., Fredonia, N.Y.
 Psychological Reports 48(2):507-510, April 1981.
 April 1981.
-SubCode-
 82
 A study involving 43 parents at risk for child abuse and 35 parents who
 acted as controls was conducted to investigate the relationship between
 child abuse and locus of control. The parents completed a 160-item Child
 Abuse Potential Inventory instrument to screen individuals suspected of
 abusive potential and the Rotter Internal-External Locus of Control Scale.
 Only 37 parents determined to be at risk for child abuse completed both
 instruments; all controls completed both instruments. A actor analysis of
 the items in the abuse instrument yielded 7 factors that appeared to be
 descriptive of abusive individuals: distress, rigidity, children with
 problems, unhappiness, loneliness, and negative concepts of the child and
 the self. Regression analysis indicated that the dimensions making the
 greatest contributions to the discrimination of abusers were distress,
 rigidity, and unhappiness. A discriminant analysis based on the abuse scale
 items correctly identified 125 of 130 subjects as abusers or nonabusers. The
 factor, regression, and discriminant analyses were performed during a
 previous study. Analysis of data from the present study indicated that the
 abuse scale scores and the Rotter scale scores were significantly related,
 while the inventory's lie scale scores and the Rotter scale scores were not.
 Individuals who earned high child abuse scores tended to expect that events
 in their lives occurred as a consequence of unrelated and random external
 factors than as a consequence of their own attitudes and behaviors. 10
 references.
-Desc-
 abusive parents, psychological characteristics, parents attitudes, parents
 behavior, parents expectations, motivation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 127
-A-
 4114A3 CD-05362
-W-
 Child Abuse Registry in Georgia: Three Years of Experience.
 McCarthy, B. J.; Rochat, R. W.; Cundiff, B.; Gould, P. A.; Quave, S.
 Center for Disease Control, Atlanta, Ga. Family Planning Evaluation Div.
 Southern Medical Jrnl 74(1):11-16, January 1981.
 January 1981.
-SubCode-
 80
 Cases collected by the Georgia Child Abuse Registry and Child Protection
 Services between July 1975 and June 1978, were examined for completeness of
 reporting specific characteristics, incidence of reported cases, and social
 and demographic characteristics of abused children, perpetrators, and
 victims' families. Fifty-seven percent of the 4, 292 abuse cases were
 confirmed by a county investigator, and 69 percent were confirmed by social
 work investigation. School officials (who reported most often), police, and
 juvenile courts were most likely to report suspected abuse cases. Private
 physicians and public health officials reported only ? percent; and
 concerned citizens and relatives were least likely to report. Metropolitan
 black female children had the highest residence-race-sex-specific abuse
 rates. The highest abuse rates for girls were for the 13-16 age group, and
 that for boys was for the 0-3 age group. Bruises were the most common
 physical injuries. Boys had a higher rate for burns and multiple injuries,
 and girls had a higher rate for sexual abuse. Sexual abuse was present in 14
 percent of all abuse cases; the sexually abused child's mean age was 10
 years and about 90 percent were girls. Thirty-eight of the children died
 after being abused (the highest death-case ratio was 62 per 1, 000 abused
 children for black girls aged 0-4 years). Both natural parents were present
 in 39 percent of the abuse cases; and in 62 percent, a natural parent was
 the abuser. The mean age of all perpetrators was 32 years, and 55 percent
 were male. Results indicate that physical child abuse is associated with the
 abuser's early childbearing age (58 percent of natural mothers had been
 pregnant as adolescents), out-of-wedlock pregnancies, and family disruption.
 6 references.
-Desc-
 incidence, georgia, child abuse reporting, physical abus, sexual abuse,
 central registries, demography, social factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 128
-A-
 4113I2 CD-05345
-W-
 Elder Abuse: A Review of Recent Literature.
 O'Malley, T.
 Legal Research and Services for the Elderly, Boston, Mass., 19 pp., June 1,
 1979.
 June 1, 1979.
-SubCode-
 98
 Child and spouse abuse issues investigated in the professional literature
 during the 1970's may provide a basis for understanding abuse of the
 elderly. Various theories have been posited concerning the causes of child
 abuse; among the more popular are those focusing on the patho-psychological
 characteristics of the parents; the sociological and contextual variables
 associated with child abuse (social class, sex, vulnerability of the child,
 and societal stresses on the abuser); the socialization of aggression; and
 the emotional and physical stress on the family. Increasingly, researchers
 have embraced an approach which accounts for may variables and focuses on 3
 primary factors relating to child abuse: the personality traits of the
 parents, the characteristics of the child, and environmental or situational
 stress. Such an approach implies a multidimensional solution concentrating
 on the basic family situation as well as on the needs of the child. While
 little data have been accumulated on the incidence and prevalence of spouse
 abuse, some researchers believe that it is as widespread a problem as child
 abuse. A number of theories have been developed to explain the ""battered
 wife syndrome''; most concentrate on the failure of verbal communication,
 social or cultural norms emphasizing male domination, and-or abuse as a
 learned response passed on from mother to daughter. Existing literature on
 elder abuse, while scarce, emphasizes the need for family support systems,
 the legal aspects involved, and treatment options. Advocates for the elderly
 have called for direct subsidies to families who care for aged relatives,
 the development of respite care systems, and support systems that are
 available to all families, regardless of income. 72 references.
-Desc-
 family violence, models, etiology, spouse abuse, research reviews
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 129
-A-
 4113I1 CD-05344
-W-
 The Plight of the Children.
 Lenoski, E. F.
 University of Southern California, Los Angeles. Dept. of Medicine.
 Toronto, Ontario, Life Cycle Books, 12 pp., September 1981.
 September 1981.
-SubCode-
 98
 This pamphlet provides a overview of child abuse and neglect and focuses on
 definitions of abuse and neglect, ineffective parenting, characteristics of
 abusers and victims, the treatment and prevention of child abuse, the impact
 of the media, and legal issues. The use of phrases such as "" the battered
 child syndrome'' and ""child abuse'' can result in a punitive, judgmental
 public attitude toward the perpetrators of abuse. In cases of physical
 assault on children, the injuries themselves should be used as the
 diagnosis. Parents may resort to violence because their ordinary methods of
 parenting have failed to instill discipline or because they were exposed to
 violence themselves as children. In many cases potential abusers were raised
 in homes where role reversal characterized child rearing. Demographic
 studies have revealed that a majority of abusive parents are in their late
 twenties, educated above average, married, and religiously oriented. Many of
 these parents, while anxious to have children, lack effective child rearing
 skills, thus increasing the likelihood of violence when their techniques
 fail. National studies have shown that infants separated from their mothers
 at birth as a result of prematurity, sickness, or Caesarian Section delivery
 are more likely to be abused than infants whose delivery was normal.
 Prevention of child abuse would be enhanced by providing more informative
 sex education in the public schools, making books on child care more
 accessible to the general public, and teaching parents child rearing skills
 in prenatal clinics. Inaccurate and sensational coverage of child abuse by
 the media may result in improper reporting, an increase in injuries similar
 to those publicized, and death. The goal of legal proceedings should be the
 reunification of the family, whenever possible, together with support to
 help the family overcome its problems.
-Desc-
 pamphlets, definitions, parenting, prevention, individual characteristics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 130
-A-
 4113G3 CD-05338
-W-
 Social Work With Abused and Neglected Children. A Manual of
 Interdisciplinary Practice.
 Faller, K. C.
 Michigan Univ., Ann Arbor. Dept. of Social Work.
 New York, Free Press, Inc., 268 pp., 1981.
 1981.
-SubCode-
 98
 A wide range of approaches that professionals (social workers, lawyers,
 physicians, psychologists, and psychiatrists) may take to work effectively
 and in cooperation with others in the best interest of the child are
 presented. Part I defines child maltreatment and provides an overview of the
 scope of the problem. Part II identifies the types and causes of child abuse
 and neglect. Part III presents the basic diagnostic, assessment, and
 intervention tools along with a discussion of the characteristics of abused
 children and the issues surrounding the decision to separate child and
 family. Part IV examines the child welfare system and the legal aspects of
 child abuse and neglect. Part V explores the special issues of sexual and
 adolescent abuse. Part VI discusses the specific roles and interdisciplinary
 collaboration among professionals working with abused and neglected
 children. 98 references.
-Desc-
 definitions, interdisciplinary approach, etiology, intervention, detection,
 legal problems, sexual abuse, adolescent abuse
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 131
-A-
 4113D4 CD-05327
-W-
 Child Abuse and Neglect in Orleans Parish: An Overview.
 Berger, D.
 Louisiana State Univ., New Orleans. School of Medicine.
 Jrnl of the Louisiana State Medical Society 130(11):221-224, November 1978.
 November 1978.
-SubCode-
 98
 In 1977, approximately 1, 600 cases of child abuse and neglect were reported
 to the Orleans Parish, Louisiana, district attorney's office. In the same
 year the coroner's office reported 25 deaths from abuse. Both figures are
 twice the number of reported cases in 1976. Louisiana's Reporting Law
 stipulates that licensed physicians, interns, residents, nurses, hospital
 staff members, teachers, social workers, other persons or agencies who care
 for juveniles, and any other person who has cause to believe that a child's
 physical or mental health or welfare is in jeopardy must report.
 Characteristics of abusers include immaturity, dependency, low self-esteem,
 sense of incompetence, social isolation, and a history of harsh childhood
 experiences. Children who are at risk of abuse include those whose parents
 were abused as children; who are premature, illegitimate, handicapped, or
 adopted; and who have a chronic illness. Facts in the history that should
 alert a physician to the possibility of abuse include accusation of an adult
 by the child; admission of guilt by a parent or accusation of the other
 parent; discrepant histories; unexplained injuries; alleged self-inflicted
 injury alleged third-party injury; delay in seeking medical care; history of
 repeated suspicious injury; parent's inappropriate reaction to the
 situation; and use of different hospitals for previous injuries. The leading
 cause of death in the abused child is brain injury and subdural hematomas.
 The second leading cause of death is abdominal injury leading to the rupture
 of an abdominal organ. The Orleans Parish Child Protection Center is the
 authorized city agency responsible for the evaluation of all cases of child
 abuse. A 24-hour answering service is available, and a social worker and
 physician are on 24-hour call. The Crisis Care Center, in existence since
 1977, provides crisis intervention for parentsate help. The Greenhouse
 Adolescent Crisis Center serves a similar function for adolescents. 7
 referen
-Desc-
 louisiana, mandatory reporting, detection, physicians responsibility, death,
 crisis intervention
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 132
-A-
 4111E1 CD-05232
-W-
 Reporting Child Maltreatment: The Context of Decision Making Among
 Physicians, Social Workers, Teachers and Nurses.
 Rabb, J. A.
 Ohio State Univ., Columbus.
 Doctoral Dissertation, Ann Arbor, Mich., University Microfilms, (8129078),
 305 pp., 1981.
 1981.
-SubCode-
 94
 This dissertation examined child abuse reporting among 328 physicians,
 social worker, nurses, and teachers in Franklin County, Ohio. Respondents
 answered questions regarding 10 vignettes depicting child maltreatment. Race
 and social class characteristics of persons depicted were systematically
 varied. Assessment of Deviance index and Willingness to Report index were
 dependent measures developed by factor analyzing response items for the
 vignettes. The influence of respondent characteristics and experimental
 vignette characteristics on dependent measures was assessed using analysis
 of variance and multiple regression statistical techniques. There were
 significant differences in deviance assessment among professional groups in
 all 10 vignettes. There were significant differences among professional
 groups in willingness to report in 9 of the 10 vignettes. Vignettes
 describing less severe maltreatment and sexual maltreatmet received
 significantly higher Willingness to Report scores when lower class persons
 were depicted than the same vignettes depicting upper class persons. The
 race of the persons depicted significantly affected respondents' Willingness
 to Report scores on vignettes describing less severe maltreatment. Vignettes
 describing severe maltreatment and sexual maltreatment received
 significantly lower deviance assessments when black persons were depicted
 than when white persons were depicted. Respondents who worked in
 organizations with structures for reporting and who had greater experience
 reporting child maltreatment had significantly higher Willingness to Report
 scores on vignettes describing severe maltreatment.
-Desc-
 child abuse reporting, ohio, doctoral dissertations, analysis of variance
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 133
-A-
 4111B1 CD-05220
-W-
 Child Abuse and Neglect: An Overview.
 Pinsky, D.
 Iowa State Univ. of Science and Technology, Ames. Cooperative Extension
 Service.
 Iowa State Univ. of Science and Technology, Ames. Cooperative Extension
 Service, 8 pp., July 1980.
 July 1980.
-SubCode-
 92
 This public awareness booklet presents definitions of child abuse and
 neglect, general characteristics of abused and neglected children, general
 characteristics of abusive and neglecting parents, requirements for
 reporting child abuse and neglect, a description of child protective
 services provided by the Iowa Department of Social Services, and the
 public's role in preventing child abuse and neglect. A bibliography and the
 telephone numbers of the Iowa Child Abuse Hotline and National Hotline are
 provided.
-Desc-
 public awareness, definitions, individual characteristics, child abuse
 reporting, iowa, child protection services, prevention
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 134
-A-
 4105L2 CD-05197
-W-
 A Review of Child Maltreatment at a USAF Medical Center.
 Wardinsky, T. D.; Kirby, W.
 David Grant Medical Center, Travis AFB, Calif.
 Military Medicine 146(5):328-331, May 1981.
 May 1981.
-SubCode-
 90
 A retrospective analysis of case files of Child Advocacy Committee (CAC) of
 David Grant United States Air Force Medical Center, Travis Air Force Base,
 California, was performed to evaluate the CAC operations. The purpose of the
 evaluation was to compare descriptive data on child maltreatment found
 within a large military population with published data from civilian
 population studies; and to gather information useful in improving management
 of these cases. One hundred fifty-eight cases reported to CAC from April
 1975 through September 1977, were reviewed retrospectively. Additionally,
 all available inpatient and outpatient medical records were examined. The
 following characteristics of child abuse and neglect in this military
 population were identified: (1) physical abuse is reported twice as often as
 neglect; (2) rate of substantiation is 47 percent higher and rises to 65
 percent if unsubstantiated but suspicious cases are included; (3) 92 percent
 of the abusers-neglectors were natural parents or step-parents; (4) among
 the victims, all age groups were represented; one-third were less than one
 year of age and adolescents represented 25 percent of the total; (5)
 military medical personnel reported 38 percent of the cases; (6) 31 percent
 of involved children were hospitalized; (7) 47 percent of those hospitalized
 were admitted because of trauma; and (8) 40 percent of the CAC files were
 found deficient in documentation, periodic review, and long-term case
 management. The results reveal that the establishment of the Air Force Child
 Advocacy program in April 1975 has substantially improved identification,
 evaluation, and treatment of child abuse and neglect within the U.S. Air
 Force. The concept of the military system as a ""total institution'" may
 enable a military CAC to identify and manage child maltreatment more
 effectively than in civilian communities.
-Desc-
 retrospective studies, armed forces, program evaluation, program
 improvement, military personnel
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 135
-A-
 4105B1 CD-05156
-W-
 Cedar House: A Center for the Treatment and Prevention of Child Abuse.
 Descriptive Analysis and Evaluation, July-December 1979.
 Cedar House, Long Beach, Calif.
 Cedar House, Long Beach, Calif., 121 pp., January 1980.
 January 1980.
-SubCode-
 90
 This study represents a 6-month evaluation of the Cedar House Child Abuse
 Prevention and Treatment Program, the model program for the Interagency
 Council on Child Abuse and Neglect of Los Angeles County. Descriptive data
 were gathered concerning client characteristics and attitudes, treatment
 services, and other factors associated with effective treatment. Pre-post
 tests of knowledge, attitudes, and behavior provided information indicative
 of client progress and the quality of treatment services. Intake information
 was recorded at the beginning of treatment; utilization of services,
 placement changes, incidences of abuse and neglect, and legal actions were
 recorded on a monthly basis for each client. Of 92 children seen at intake,
 57 were identified as abused or neglected. Half of the identified abuse
 fourth were divided between other male caretakers and other male relatives.
 During the evaluation period, 84 percent of the Cedar House clients
 participated on a voluntary basis (the remaining 16 percent as a result of
 court order). The most frequently used client services were telephone
 contact, individual counseling, mother's group counseling, group play
 therapy, crisis intervention, individual play therapy, and family
 counseling. The Goal Attainment Scaling method was used to measure client
 behaviors. Fifteen clients set 66 goals, over half of which showed some
 likelihood of being met by the end of treatment. During the evaluation
 period, one incident of abuse was observed by Cedar House staff. Seven
 children were returned to their families during the same period. Finally,
 referrals to Cedar House came from the Department of Social Services, the
 probation department, police department, court and hospitals. 20
 references.
-Desc-
 california, program evaluation, family therapy, prevention
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 136
-A-
 4104E2 CD-05121
-W-
 Violence in the Family: A National Concern, A Church Concern.
 Stolz, B. A.
 United States Catholic Conference, Washington, D.C. Office of Domestic
 Social Development.
 United States Catholic Conference, Washington, D.C., Office of Domestic
 Social Development, 44 pp., June 21, 1979.
 June 21, 1989.
-SubCode-
 86
 A general discussion of domestic violence is presented, and activities that
 church groups can undertake to respond to the problem are recommended. Abuse
 is defined and characteristics of both victims and abusers are described.
 The complexity of the abuse problem is emphasized in a discussion of the
 social, family, and individual factors that can contribute to a violent
 incident within the family. Common perceptions and realities about abuse are
 outlined. The responsibilities and role of the church community in
 addressing this problem are considered. Specific activities suggested for
 the church include educational programs on parenting skills, emergency care
 for abused women, mobilization of community resources in more populous
 areas, and legislation to assist victims of domestic violence. Examples of
 successful programs are provided to illustrate the type of services that
 churches can support. These include Parents Anonymous, crisis nurseries, and
 shelters for the abused.
-Desc-
 family violence, churches role, individual characteristic, etiology
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 137
-A-
 4103J3 CD-05094
-W-
 Child Abuse and Neglect: A Guidebook for Educators and Community Leaders.
 Erickson, E. L.; McEvoy, A. W.; Colucci, N. D., Jr.
 Western Michigan Univ., Kalamazoo.
 Learning Publications, Inc., Holmes Beach, Fla., 242 pp., 1979.
 1979.
-SubCode-
 86
 Schools' role in the early identification, therapy, and prevention of child
 maltreatment is discussed. Topics covered include: history and magnitude of
 child abuse and neglect in the U.S.; legal definitions of child abuse and
 neglect; characteristics and needs of abusers; the need for developing
 school policy guidelines dealing with child abuse and neglect at the
 district and building level; guidelines for educators to use in detecting
 abuse and neglect; various dimensions of the referral process and ways of
 ensuring an effective response to suspected cases; school staff guidelines
 on how to effectively relate to abused or neglected students and their
 parents after identification and reporting have occurred; potential roles of
 school health workers in providing preventive services; and the ways in
 which schools can contribute to the prevention of child maltreatment by
 initiating educational programs for different groups in the school and
 community.
-Desc-
 schools role, definitions, individual characteristics, policy formation,
 detection, referral, school health services, prevention
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 138
-A-
 4103G4 CD-05083
-W-
 Child Abuse and Child Neglect: Two Concerns for School Health Educators.
 Syre, T. R.; Gold, R. S.
 Southern Illinois Univ., Carbondale. Dept. of Health Education.
 Health Values 5(6):265-269, November-December 1981.
 November-December 1981.
-SubCode-
 84
 The role of educators in the identification and reporting of child abuse and
 neglect is discussed. The characteristics of abused and neglected children
 and abusing and neglecting parents are delineated. The activities that can
 occur following a suspicion of child abuse and neglect fall into the
 categories of reporting, sharing, supporting, educating, and community
 organizing. In all states, reporting is required by law. In a few states,
 however, failure to report suspected cases can bring professional license
 revocation, certification suspension, and a heavy fine. Although the
 department of social services becomes responsible upon notification of a
 suspected case, schools can do much to assist the child and family through
 sharing information with other professionals. Schools can also provide a
 number of services to support these families. Parent Effectiveness Training
 can be offered by school personnel through evening continuing education
 classes to parents and others in the community. Finally, school personnel
 can serve as a source of technical assistance and guidance to community
 members in organizing Parents Anonymous group, day-care centers, and
 neighborhood babysitting cooperatives. 20 references.
-Desc-
 schools role, detection, child abuse reporting, parents education
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 139
-A-
 4103F3 CD-05078
-W-
 Implications of Child Abuse and Neglect for the Dental Profession.
 Sanger, R. G.; Bross, D. C.
 Colorado Univ., Denver. Health Sciences School of Dentistry.
 Jrnl of the American Dental Association 104:55-56, January 1982.
 January 1982.
-SubCode-
 84
 This article provides an overview of a national conference held in Denver,
 Colorado, that addressed the implications of child abuse and neglect on
 dental education and dental practice. The conference, co-sponsored by the
 University of Colorado Schools of Medicine and Dentistry and the National
 Center for the Prevention and Treatment of Child Abuse and Neglect, featured
 speakers from such fields as pediatrics, psychiatry, forensic pathology,
 family law, forensic odontology, pediatric dentistry, oral surgery, and
 general dentistry. Topics addressed included the definition and types of
 child abuse and neglect, epidemiology of child abuse and neglect,
 characteristics of abusive and neglectful families, and legal parameters of
 child abuse and neglect. Specific diagnostic approaches for the dentist were
 presented, including clinical diagnosis of child abuse and neglect,
 orofacial injuries from physical abuse, orofacial lesions from sexual abuse,
 bite marks, and documentation and collection of physical data. Management
 approaches for the dentist were also discussed, including treatment of
 orofacial injuries, interview dynamics in the dental office, immediate child
 protection, reporting procedures, legal procedures and litigation, and
 expert testimony by dentists in court cases. The possibility of the dentist
 as a physical and sexual child abuser was presented with emphasis on
 improprieties in child management, physical restraints, and conscious
 psycho-sedation. The conferees formulated guidelines for dental educators
 and practitioners concerning these issues and made recommendations for the
 inclusion of the dental profession in interdisciplinary education, patient
 care, and research.
-Desc-
 conferences, colorado, dentists role, diagnoses
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 140
-A-
 4102G2 CD-05033
-W-
 Developing a Working Approach With Child Abusing Families.
 Rosenbaum, I. S.
 Central Michigan Univ., Mount Pleasant.
 Central Michigan Univ., Mount Pleasant, 34 pp., undated.
 undated.
-SubCode-
 2
 This paper focuses on the characteristics of abused children; the
 interpersonal, cognitive, and emotional characteristics of abusers; and the
 implications these have for intervention. Various research efforts have
 concluded that children are at highest risk in the first year of life;
 children who present special risks are illegitimate, premature, congenitally
 malformed, twins, conceived during the mother's depressive illness, and-or
 part of a large family; and the most common injuries associated with abuse
 are head injuries, burns, fractures and dislocations, and abrasions. Poor
 reality testing, fragile self-esteem, and deprivation in upbringing have
 been identified as important underlying variables in abusive parents, and
 social isolation has been identified as descriptive of abusing families'
 environment. In closed systems, intense conflicts are exacerbated by a lack
 of coping mechanisms. The cognitive style of abusing parents has been
 described as impulsive, rigid, and incapable of bearing frustration. Mental
 health professionals should seek to instill in abusive parents a gradual
 internalization of controls, a capacity for delay, and an ability to seek
 help. Group therapy, home visits, and the use of volunteer parent aides and
 homemakers may offer the best means for improving family functioning and for
 reducing the burden on the limited resources available to the primary
 worker. 23 references.
-Desc-
 individual characteristics, etiology, ability to cope, intervention, social
 workers role
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 141
-A-
 4102B4 CD-05015
-W-
 Explanations of Child Maltreatment: A Preliminary Appraisal.
 Herrenkohl, E. C.; Herrenkohl, R. C.
 Lehigh Univ., Bethlehem Pa. Center for Social Research.
 National Conference for Family Violence Researchers, New Hampshire Univ.,
 Durhan, 10 pp., July 1981.
 July 1981.
-SubCode-
 82
 Findings of 2 studies dealing with the causes of child maltreatment are
 reported. One study was a followup of 328 families charged with abuse over a
 10-year period in a 2-county area of eastern Pennsylvania. The case records
 of all these families were analyzed and the heads of households interviewed.
 The other study was made up of 4 groups of families: families charged with
 abuse, families receiving child protection services but not charged with
 abuse, families recruited through Head Start, and families recruited through
 day care programs. One or both household heads of these families were
 interviewed and observed playing with their preschool children. Most
 children were also given a cognitive test and observed in a preschool
 setting. Analyses of the data revealed that there is a positive relationship
 between the total number of stresses on a family, as perceived by the
 parent, and the total number of abuse incidents; premature birth of a child
 and subsequent maltreatment; a child's developmental difficulties and
 maltreatment; the incidence of maltreatment and a child's mother being below
 the age of 20 years at the time of the child's birth; intrapersonality
 characteristics, acquired from exposure to abusive situations in childhood,
 and abusive behavior in parents; and marital violence and child
 maltreatment. Relatively little evidence was found to support the view that
 serious mental health problems of the abuser are related to the occurrence
 of abuse. To further explain the occurrence of maltreatment, 826 incidents
 of physical abuse were analyzed. It was found that there is a strong
 tendency for the abuse incidents to occur in reaction to difficult or
 trying, but not unusual, childrearing situations. 26 references.
-Desc-
 etiology, parents stress, premature infants, developmental disabilities,
 adolescent parents, generational cycle of child abuse, family violence
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 142
-A-
 4101H4 CD-04991
-W-
 National Study of the Incidence and Severity of Child Abuse and Neglect:
 Community Professional Survey Pretest Phase.
 Westat, Inc., Rockville, nd.
 Westat, Inc., Rockville, Md. 6 pp., undated.
 undated.
-SubCode-
 80
 As mandated by the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act, the National
 Center on Child Abuse and Neglect ""shall make a complete and full study and
 investigation of the national incidence of child abuse and neglect,
 including a determination of the extent to which incidents of child abuse
 and neglect are increasing in number or severity.'' Before conducting the
 national study, the developers of the study design (Westat and Development
 Associates) pretested the data collection techniques in a limited number of
 sites. Two states were selected for inclusion in the pretest they were
 chosen to provide variation with regard to the region of the country,
 population density, and demographic characteristics. Organizations and
 professionals participating in the pretest included Child Protective
 Services other public and private social service agencies and programs, and
 schools, law enforcement agencies, courts, medical facilities, and
 physicians. Most respondents completed a form describing situations that
 they suspected involved child maltreatment. Procedures were also developed
 to ensure confidential handling of the data. Information collected by the
 study will be used for research purposes only; therefore, participants were
 reminded of their professional and-or legal responsibility to report cases
 of known and suspected child maltreatment.
-Desc-
 incidence, national surveys, child abuse reporting, confidentiality,
 pamphlets
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 143
-A-
 4101G4 CD-04987
-W-
 The Epidemiology of Childhood Sexual Abuse.
 Greenberg, N. H.
 Illinois Univ., Chicago. School of Medicine.
 Pediatric Annals 8(5):16-28, May 1979.
 May 1979.
-SubCode-
 80
 Reliable estimates of the magnitude of childhood sexual abuse are difficult
 to obtain. One reason is a lack of precise working definitions of categories
 of child sexual abuse. Variations in regional and local views on the subject
 and differences between civil and criminal legal definitions and practices
 also complicate efforts to define, identify, compute, and study known cases
 and to compare findings from different investigations. One of the first
 serious studies to determine the incidence of child sexual abuse in the
 U.S., published 10 years ago, reported that the sexual molestation of
 children was more common than previously assumed; sexual offenses were many
 and varied; the offender, more often than not, was known to the child and
 family as a friend, acquaintance, or family member; abused persons, in a
 vast majority of cases, were girls; and the average age of these girls at
 the time of their disclosure of sexual mistreatment was 11 years. Estimates
 of the incidence of incest in the U.S. have undergone significant changes
 during the past 2 years. Histories of childhood incestuous relationships are
 reported in disproportionate numbers among drug abusers and prostitutes. The
 predominant type of incest occurs in father-daughter relationships. The ages
 of children at the time of case identification vary with different studies.
 A literature review of characteristics of incestuous families suggests that
 members of the family are aware of the sexual activities. The father in
 father-daughter incest is variously described as having pedophilic
 tendencies and as lacking such qualities; as tending toward alcoholism and
 as lacking a history of alcoholism; and as having and not having criminal
 tendencies. There are essentially 2 schools of thought regarding the
 consequences of childhood sexual abuse. One holds that ill effects do not
 necessarily follow based on the idea  nces.
-Desc-
 incidence, incest, definitions, epidemiology, literature reviews, individual
 characteristics, sequelae
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 144 101E2 CD-04977
-A-
 Child Neglect and Abuse.
-W-
 Wegmann, M.; Lancaster, J.; Bruhn, J. G.; Fuentes, R. G., Jr.
 Bureau of Health Services, Tallahassee, Fla. Dept. of Corrections.
 Family and Community Health 4(2):11-17, August 1981.
 August 1981.
-SubCode-
 98
 An overview of the characteristics of abusive families and of current
 efforts to help these families is presented. Fewer than 10 percent of
 abusing and neglecting parents have a diagnosed psychiatric problem. Many
 abusive parents suffer from a variety of social and environmental stressors.
 The potential for abuse or neglect is acquired over many years, and the way
 in which parents themselves were raised significantly determines their own
 parenting abilities. Parents whose lives are characterized by social
 isolation often rely on children to gratify their dependency needs. Abused
 children stand out from ther children in that they usually fail to respond
 in an expected manner. Barriers to the resolution of abuse and neglect
 include the difficulty in many cases of distinguishing abuse from parental
 discipline; potential reporters' fear that punitive action will be taken
 against the parents; and a lack of interagency coordination. Current efforts
 to stem the rise of child abuse and neglect include the passage of the Child
 Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act in 1974; passage of laws in all states
 that mandate the reporting of suspected cases of maltreatment; and the
 involvement of Federal, state, and local agencies in the prevention and
 treatment of abuse and neglect. Guidelines that will aid health care
 providers in the identification of potential abusers are provided. 9
 references.
-Desc-
 family characteristics, etiology, parents background, child abuse laws,
 health personnel
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 145
-A-
 4101B1 CD-04964
-W-
 Child Sexual Abuse: A Review.
 Luther, S. L.; Price, J. H.
 Jrnl of School Health 50(3):160-165, March 1980.
 March 1980.
-SubCode-
 98
 A review of the literature on child sexual abuse is presented for use by
 health educators. It is estimated that between 70 and 80 percent of all
 child sexual abusers are related to their victims. One study suggests that
 more than 300, 000 sexual offences against children are committed each year.
 Some researchers believe that brother-sister incest may occur 5 times as
 often as father-daughter incest. It is reported less frequently because it
 is usually transient in nature and causes fewer emotional repercussions than
 father-daughter incest. Fathers who sexually abuse their children often
 exhibit a lack of impulse control and suffer from role confusion. The mother
 involved in the father-daughter incestuous relationship is variously
 described as either passive, withdrawn, depressed, and incapacitated or
 domineering and authoritarian. Although some incest victims suffer physical
 trauma, most researchers think that psychological ramifications cause the
 most serious problems. Few reports have found more than 10 percent of the
 cases of child sexual abuse to have been perpetrated by nonfamily members.
 In most cases, the abuser uses coercion rather than violence to obtain the
 child's participation. The average age of the victim of child sexual abuse
 is reported to be 11 years. Several studies have characterized abusers as
 being self-alienated; having little self-esteem and much self-doubt; having
 an aversion to violence and aggression; possessing feelings of insecurity
 and inadequacy; and fearing heterosexual failure. Health educators can make
 an important contribution towards the elimination of sexual abuse by
 implementing a health education curriculum through the twelfth grade. 35
 references.
-Desc-
 sexual abuse, incest, literature reviews, sequelae curricula, individual
 characteristics, health education, health personnel
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 146
-A-
 4101A2 CD-04961
-W-
 Child Abuse.
 Holter, J. C.
 York-Adams Mental Health-Mental Retardation Program, York, Pa.
 Nursing Clinics of North America 14(3):417-427, September 1979.
 September 1979.
-SubCode-
 98
 Topics surrounding child abuse fall into the areas of definition,
 legislation, incidence, abusive patterns, characteristics of abusive parents
 and abused children, and intervention techniques. All 50 states now have
 statutes that require persons to report suspected cases of child abuse, but
 the key to improving these measures lies in replacing criminal prosecution
 of abusers with early treatment. The major criteria in the abusive pattern
 are: (1) potential in the parent for abuse which usually originates in abuse
 inflicted on the parent during childhood; (2) perception of the child as
 special or different by the parent; and (3) onset of a crisis that
 precipitates the abusive action. Characteristics typical of abusive parents
 include insecurity, desire to reverse the parent-child role relationship,
 impulsiveness, excessive feelings of guilt, immaturity, and distrustfulness.
 Though 70 to 75 percent of abusive parents genuinely want professional help,
 the depressive nature of many abusers makes them recalcitrant to therapeutic
 efforts. Children particularly prone to abuse include those that are
 unwanted, handicapped, or ill. Younger abused children often exhibit eating
 and sleeping difficulties, clinging behavior, loss of developmental
 milestones, and regression toward autism. Older abused children exhibit
 behavior that ranges from distrust, indifference, and withdrawal to overt
 hostility. Intervention techniques should incorporate a multidisciplinary
 approach to allow critical assessment of the quality of parenting and the
 functioning of members of the family, and to determine the mental status of
 the parents. Nurses are in a strategic position to identify high-risk
 families and observe early signs of child abuse. 8 references.
-Desc-
 definitions, child abuse laws, individual characteristics, intervention,
 detection, nurses role
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 147
-A-
 4096C3 CD-04954
-W-
 Incest: A Review of the Literature.
 Vine, R. A.
 Children's Hospital National Medical Center, Washington, D.C. Dept. of
 Ambulatory Medicine.
 In: MacFarlane, K.; Jones, B. M.; Jenstrom, L. L. (Editors). Sexual Abuse of
 Children: Selected Readings. Washington, D.C., National Center on Child
 Abuse and Neglect (DHHS), (OHDS) 78-30161, pp. 25-28, November 1980.
 November 1980.
-SubCode-
 98
 A review of the literature on incest provides insights into incestuous
 family dynamics, disruptive and nondisruptive treatment models, incidence
 rates, definitional issues, and psychiatric implications. In most areas of
 the country, a diagnosis of incest guarantees that the family will be
 disrupted. However, a program that has treated 400 incestuous families in
 Santa Clara, California, has reunited 95 percent of the families. Reporting
 of incest is low due to fear of societal reactions, lack of available help,
 guilt feelings, and fear of criminal punishment. Incestuous relationships
 occur most frequently between brother and sister and father and daughter;
 the latter is considered to be much more damaging than the former. As the
 most commonly reported form of incest, father-daughter incest has received
 the most attention from researchers. Father-daughter incest is often
 precipitated to prevent dissolution of the family. The majority of
 incestuous fathers are introverted and exhibit an extreme intrafamilial
 orientation. Characteristics of the typical incestuous father include an
 emotionally deprived childhood, extreme dependence on the wife, and a
 nonaggressive and ineffectual personality. Many such fathers have a history
 of alcoholism. Unconscious participation by the mother is often noted. The
 child victim often experiences sexual identity problems. In treating the
 dysfunctions of the incestuous family, the therapist should encourage
 ventilation of guilt and anger, maintain a nonjudgmental attitude, eliminate
 denial reactions monitor possible intergenerational inheritance of
 incestuous traits, monitor possible sibling conflicts, and obtain legal
 assistance when necessary. 39 references.
-Desc-
 incest, child abuse reporting, father child relations, family problems,
 sibling relations, individual characteristics, family therapy, literature
 reviews
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 148
-A-
 4093H1 CD-04828
-W-
 Final Report: Factors Affecting the Successful Operation of Public Child
 Protective Service Agencies.
 Carr, A.
 Rhode Island Univ., Kingston.
 Prepared for: National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect (DHHS), Washington,
 D.C. Office of Human Development Services, 127 pp., January 15, 1980.
 January 15, 1980.
-SubCode-
 92
 Research was conducted into (1) the effects of published newspaper articles
 about child maltreatment on subsequent levels of reporting to public
 officials; (2) protective service agency processing of officially reported
 cases of alleged child maltreatment; and (3) the effects of protective
 service workers' investigation methods. A sample of Florida newspaper
 articles about child abuse and neglect and data on daily reports of alleged
 child maltreatment received by officials both before and after the newspaper
 articles appeared were examined from 1971 through mid-1977. There is little
 evidence that newspaper articles about maltreatment affect subsequent levels
 of reporting. Data from the Florida state central register were selected to
 determine client characteristics and other factors social service workers
 most frequently focus on when investigating child abuse cases. Content
 analysis of workers' written reports revealed 30 phrases repeatedly used to
 describe clients. These may be grouped into 4 categories: appearance of the
 child, appearance of the child's home, items describing the child's family
 situation, and the character of the interaction between the protective
 service worker and the caretaker(s). Client characteristics appear often to
 help in the determination of appropriate action by protective service and
 result in acceptable rates of recidivism. This research suggests that new
 criteria for assessing case validity need to be developed for those cases
 where the child and family appear to have no easily identifiable problem. A
 list of client characteristic codes is appended.
-Desc-
 state child protection agencies, newspapers, child abuse reporting, central
 registries, case management, investigations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 149
-A-
 4092A2 CD-04653
-W-
 Abused Children as Adult Parents: A Twenty-Five Year Longitudinal Study.
 Miller, D.; Challas, G.
 Inst. for Scientific Analysis, San Francisco, Calif.
 National Conference for Family Violence Researchers, Durham, N.H., 21 pp.,
 July 21-24, 1981.
 July 21-24, 1981.
-SubCode-
 88
 A study of the intergenerational cycle of child abuse and neglect, begun in
 1956, involved 118 parents: 29 had been abused as children, and 89 had not
 been abused. Participants were drawn from a large urban center and were
 defined as abused or nonabused children and as potentially abusive parents
 according to preestablished criteria. Data were gathered through subject
 interviews. Six percent of the nonabused group were ranked as being high
 potential abusive parents compared to 24 percent of the abused subjects.
 Among those parents who were ranked as being high potential for child abuse,
 58 percent had been abused as children. Among those ranked as low potential
 child abusers, 21 percent had been abused as children. Abused subjects were
 more likely than nonabused subjects to be receiving public welfare (70
 percent vs. 30 percent). Fathers who were abused as children were more
 likely to be abusive parents than were abused mothers (31 percent vs. 19
 percent). Forty-one percent of the abused subjects also had suffered a high
 degree of parental neglect as compared with 17 percent of the nonabused
 subjects. Further, 5 percent of the nonabused and 31 percent of the abused
 parents were classified as heavy drinkers. Nearly 25 percent of all
 nonabused subjects and 41 percent of all abused subjects had children
 removed from their home by court action. Potential child abusers,
 irrespective of their own abuse histories, can be characterized as coming
 from multiproblem families and as suffering from a traumatic childhood, poor
 adult socialization, financial dependency, emotional dependency, and serious
 family problems that frequently lead to court removal of their children.
 Numerous references.
-Desc-
 generational cycle of child abuse, longitudinal studies, comparative
 analysis, prediction, individual characteristics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 150
-A-
 4085B4 CD-04647
-W-
 Measures to Predict Child Abuse. Final Report.
 Disbrow, N. A.; Doerr, H. O.; Caulfield, C.
 Washington Univ., Seattle. Dept. of Maternal and Child Nursing.
 Washington Univ., Seattle. Dept. of Maternal and Child Nursing, 106 pp.,
 March 25, 1977.
 March 25, 1977.
-SubCode-
 84
 Results of a study to develop a battery of tests with which to identify
 parents and parent figures who have potential for abuse and-or neglect of
 infants and children are reported. Fifty-five abusive and neglecting
 families were matched with 54 control families on age of child; age,
 education, and race of mother; and family composition. The families studied
 were selected from child Protective Service caseloads in 2 Washington
 counties. Data collection methods included interview, questionnaire,
 videotaped observation, and physiological measurement. Subjects were tested
 on the following instruments: Child Rearing Attitude Scales, Ways of
 Handling Irritating Child Behaviors, Empathy Scales, Machiavellian Scales,
 and Barnard Scales. Results for abusive and neglecting parents were similar
 for some variables. Both groups were abused as children; were low in
 empathy; had few close friends; had been separated from their children;
 showed role reversal; showed sadistic and strict disciplinarian child
 rearing attitudes; did not communicate with their children; and were low in
 facilitating behavior in the videotaped parent-child interaction sessions.
 The measures sharply differentiated between abusers and controls on
 background, empathy, self concept as a parent, compliations during pregnancy
 and early postnatal period, parental support systems, and physiological
 response. Abusive parents maintained a higher heart rate and lower
 variability of heart rate during tests. Overall, 77 percent of the cases
 were correctly classified using the indicators. Appendices include copies of
 the questionnaire and interview schedules, Attitude and Barnard Scales, and
 Sample Data Sheets.
-Desc-
 predictor variables, abusive parents, risk, screening tests, neglecting
 parents, individual characteristics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 151
-A-
 4084K4 CD-04635
-W-
 Child Abuse Treated in a Psychiatric Day Hospital.
 West, J. E.; West, E. D.
 Wallington Day Hospital, Surrey (England).
 Child Abuse and Neglect 3:699-707, 1979.
 1979.
-SubCode-
 82
 Fifty child abusers referred to a hospital for treatment of psychiatric
 illnesses were compared with 50 psychiatrically ill but nonabusing parents
 and also with a group of 30 mothers with positive child-rearing abilities to
 determine how abusing parents differed from both control groups. Results
 revealed that the index subjects were significantly younger at birth of
 their first child and had more premarital conceptions, unplanned pregnancies
 and illegitimate children, a higher incidence of deprivation and family
 violence from childhood, and lower intelligence than the contrast group.
 These findings suggest, as opposed to earlier studies, that psychiatric
 morbidity may be less important in child abuse; an abnormal
 electroencephalography may not be useful in predicting child abuse; the
 repeatedly abused children do not have more perinatal pathology; the
 high-risk and low-risk groups do not differ significantly; the perinatal
 pathology in the healthy mothers is only marginally higher; and where there
 is an abused child disadvantaged by perinatal pathology, healthy siblings
 are at high risk. On clinical grounds, the findings confirm that the earlier
 the intervention, the greater the chance for successful rehabilitation. A
 strategy for early identification and prevention of child abuse is outlined.
 25 references.
-Desc-
 psychotherapy, comparative analysis, psychopathology, prevention, parents
 therapy, detection, risk, individual characteristics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 152
-A-
 4084E3 CD-04610
-W-
 Child Abuse: Prognostic Factors in Therapy Effectiveness.
 Kaye, S.; Kapp, H. D.
 Jrnl of Contemporary Psychotherapy 10(2):112-121, 1979.
 1979.
-SubCode-
 82
 A literature and research review reveals that at least 2 categories of child
 abusers may be differentiated for treatment purposes. The pattern abuser
 conforms to a culturally approved pattern of abuse as part of the socially
 acceptable norms of control. Within certain socioeconomic and family groups,
 parental control of children is absolute, and failure of such control
 implies failure as a parent. Often a pattern of physical control of behavior
 escalates into a system of bullying and counterbullying, with the parent as
 victimizer and the child as victim. The second category of abuser may be
 designated a borderline personality. In the borderline, rage and depression
 coexist, and violence is initiated not as an act against the victim but as a
 result of dissociation. Violence thus blocks the emergence of awareness of
 the original lethal-toxic object. Many episodes of child abuse follow the
 departure from the scene of an adult with whom the child's caretaker was
 having a sadomasochistic relationship. It is not clear, however, whether the
 abuse reflects the loss of an object or the loss of the sadistic
 relationship. In family treatment the abusing parent may be helped to see
 the child as an object in himself-herself, not as a distortion from the
 past. Reduction of the parent's anxiety will allow for less transference
 distortion and greater ego control. Because many abusing parents fit the
 borderline classification and fail to view their children or mates as other
 people, family therapy should be the preferred therapeutic disposition. 15
 references.
-Desc-
 psychological characteristics, etiology, sadism, family therapy,
 psychological evaluation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 153
-A-
 4084C2 CD-04601
-W-
 Domestic Violence: The Alcohol Relationship.
 Doucette, S. R.; McCullah, R. D.
 International Council of Psychologists Convention, Princeton, N.J., 19 pp.,
 August 1979.
 August 1979.
-SubCode-
 82
 The relationship between alcohol abuse and spouse and child abuse is
 examined in this literature review. Domestic violence literature indicates
 that aclohol abuse, social isolation, parental history of abuse as a child,
 youthful and-or inexperienced parents, marital discord, life crisis, lack of
 or inability to utilize parental skills, lack of nurturing life experiences,
 and lack of support systems are some of the situations in which abuse and
 neglect are likely to occur. Alcohol literature presents these same elements
 in the etiology and current behavior of the alcohol abuser and the family.
 Personality characteristics apparently shared by child-spouse abusers and
 alcohol abusers include low frustration tolerance, low self-esteem,
 impulsivity, dependency, problems with role reversals, difficulty in
 experiencing pleasure, isolation, and inconsistency in behavior. Recent
 research studies of alcoholics' histories have shown that parental
 antisocial personalities, alcohol misuse, or drug problems correlate most
 closely with a high level of similar difficulties in the adolescents of such
 parents. Further, familial alcoholism apparently results in alcoholics who
 have more serious problems with anger and hostile reactions than those
 without a familial history of excessive alcohol usage. Alcoholism, left
 untreated, is significant evidence for the presence of abuse and-or neglect.
 39 references.
-Desc-
 alcoholism, family violence, individual characteristics, literature reviews,
 family problems, etiology
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 154
-A-
 4084A1 CD-04592
-W-
 Child Abuse, Cross-Cultural Childrearing Practices and Juvenile Delinquency:
 A Synthesis.
 Bentley, R. J.
 National Testing Service, Durham, N.C.
 In: Hunner, R. J.; Walker, Y. E. (Editors). Exploring the Relationship
 Between Child Abuse and Delinquency. Montclair, N. J., Allanheld, Osman and
 Co., pp. 128-144, 1981.
 1981.
-SubCode-
 82
 A review of the literature on juvenile delinquency, cross-cultural
 childrearing, and child abuse is presented. Several variables seem to be
 related to juvenile delinquency: severe parental punishment and parental
 attitudes of rejection, punitiveness, and ambivalence. Family disruption
 characterizes most cases of delinquency, while socioeconomic status does not
 differentiate juvenile delinquents. The relationship between socioeconomic
 status, as a cultural variable, and childrearing is unclear. Ethnicity has
 been linked to reliable differences in childrearing practices. Low birth
 weight and intellectual deficits have been reliably associated with child
 abuse. Socioeconomic status, ethnicity, and intrapsychic disorders have not
 reliably linked abuser characteristics and child abuse. In contrast to the
 general population, abusive families have more marital discord, larger
 families, a preponderance of single parents, and younger mothers at the time
 of their first child's birth. Research which focuses on the whole family as
 the basic unit of analysis is needed. Numerous references.
-Desc-
 literature reviews, juvenile delinquency, child rearing, cultural factors,
 etiology, research needs
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 155
-A-
 4083K2 CD-04585
-W-
 Child Abuse: A Survey of Physicians' Attitudes and Practices.
 Krinsky, J. A.; Kossan, N. E.
 Rochester Univ., New York.
 Available from Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC ED 180 612),
 15 pp., 1979.
 1979.
-SubCode-
 80
 A questionnaire designed to investigate physicians' knowledge of and
 experiences with child abuse, familiarity with New York State reporting
 laws, and characterizations of abusing families was sent to pediatricians
 and family practitioners in Monroe County, New York. The physicians were
 asked to estimate the number of child abuse cases that they saw and the
 number of cases that they reported in 1978 and in the last 5 years
 (1974-1978). They also were asked to distinguish between cases of actual
 abuse (in which evidence of abuse was unquestionable) and cases of suspected
 abuse. Of the 170 physicians polled, 74 responded. Results indicated that
 physicians had both seen and reported roughly as many cases of suspected and
 actual child abuse in the last year as in each of the last 5 years. The
 number of suspected cases generally exceeded the number of actual cases, and
 the number of cases reported was roughly 40 percent of the number of cases
 seen. Approximately 50 percent of the physicians had had experience with
 abuse cases in the last year, and approximately 75 percent of them had had
 such experience in the last 5 years. Data also were collected on the
 physicians' knowledge of the legal responsibilities in cases of child abuse,
 their training in the area of child abuse, their definitions of child abuse,
 and their beliefs regarding the characteristics of abusing families.
-Desc-
 physicians attitudes, new york, questionnaires, incidence child abuse
 reporting
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 156
-A-
 4083J2 CD-04581
-W-
 Recognition and Reporting of Child Maltreatment: Summary Findings From the
 National Study of the Incidence and Severity of Child Abuse and Neglect.
 Burgdorf, K.
 Westat, Inc., Rockville, Md.
 Westat, Inc., Rockville, Md., 113 pp., October 14, 1980.
 October 14, 1980.
-SubCode-
 80
 An analysis of findings from the National Study of Incidence and Severity of
 Child Abuse and Neglect is presented. The design stage of the study, which
 began in July 1976, involved selection of 8 urban counties with populations
 of over 200, 000, 8 smaller urban counties with populations of under 200,
 000, and 10 non-urban counties with an average population of 33, 000. Data
 were collected on each report of suspected child abuse or neglect received
 by the child protective services (CPS) agencies between May 1, 1979, and
 April 30, 1980. In addition to CPS caseworkers, professional staff in an
 average of 20 non-CPS agencies per county were asked to participate in the
 study. Data were collected and analyzed on reported cases, unreported cases,
 demographics of maltreatment, and characteristics of maltreated children and
 their families. Though the study was limited by limited population and
 agency samples, findings indicated that over 1 million children were
 reported to CPS agencies during the study year; a lack of community
 resources resulted in cases of suspected maltreatment remaining
 unsubstantiated because of lack of extreme urgency in those cases; twice as
 many reported cases go unreported; reporting was relatively complete for
 very young children; and definition of agency roles and types of
 maltreatment constituted the most serious issue for legislators, budget
 officials, school personnel, and CPS professionals. Data forms are
 appended.
-Desc-
 incidence, national surveys, child abuse reporting, prevalence, data
 analysis, detection
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 157
-A-
 4083J1 CD-04580
-W-
 The Nature and Extent of Sexual Abuse in Contemporary American Society
 Brown, L.; Holder, W.
 American Humane Association, Denver, Colo.
 In: Holder, W. (Editor). Sexual Abuse of Children: Implications for
 Treatment. Denver, Colo., American Humane Association, pp. 1-15, 1980.
 1980.
-SubCode-
 80
 A partial summary of the 1976 National Analysis of Official Child Neglect
 and Abuse Reporting, published by the American Humane Association, is
 provided. Data represent information from 99, 579 reports of child abuse and
 neglect received from 28 states and 3 U.S. territories. Of these reports, 1,
 688 were of sexual abuse, including 189 cases of father-daughter incest.
 Among the findings related to sexual abuse, the intact family appeared in
 92.1 percent of the cases of father-daughter incest; incestuous and sexually
 abusive families tended to be larger than other reported families; the age
 of the perpetrator tended to be significantly higher for sexual abuse and
 incest than for all other reports; in an overwhelming majority of cases, the
 perpetrators of sexual abuse were natural parents; 33 percent of the
 families reported for sexual abuse received Aid to Families with Dependent
 Children; there was an almost even distribution on the age of the child for
 all reports; 24.2 percent of the victims of abuse also suffered some form of
 neglect; relatives reported sexual abuse more often than other types of
 abuse or neglect; and foster care and shelter care were used more often in
 cases of sexual abuse than in other cases. Descriptions of 3 types of
 sexually abusing families are included. 5 references.
-Desc-
 sexual abuse, incest, humane societies, national surveys, demography, family
 characteristics, child abuse reporting
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 158
-A-
 4076D2 CD-04445
-W-
 Child Abuse.
 Green, A. H.
 Columbia Univ., New York. Coll. of Physicians and Surgeons.
 In: Schetky, D. H.; Benedek, E. P. (Editors). Child Psychiatry and the Law.
 New York, Bruner-Maxel, pp. 71-88, 1980.
 1980.
-SubCode-
 96
 Laws passed by all 50 states between 1963 and 196 mandated the medical
 reporting of child abuse, bringing the phenomenon of abuse to the attention
 of the professional community. Various researchers estimate that between
 200, 000 and 500, 000 cases of physical abuse and between 465, 000 and 1,
 175, 000 cases of neglect or sexual abuse occur each year. Professionals who
 treat children should be aware of the signs and symptoms typically exhibited
 by the abused child, characteristics associated with abusive parents, and
 environmental stresses that lead to abuse. Reporting to child protective
 services is recommended over a law enforcement agency. Reporting
 requirements take precedence over the privileged status of doctor-patient
 communications. The child protective service agency typically administers
 the investigation of reports, and definite guidelines protect the rights of
 parents and children involved. The judicial process subsequent to an
 investigation may include a pretrial conference, an adjudicatory hearing, a
 dispositional hearing, and periodic review hearings. Psychiatrists are often
 asked to assess the psychiatric condition of the parents and predict the
 risk of further abuse at such hearings. Treatment of abuse requires a
 multidisciplinary approach aimed at both parents and children. 41
 references.
-Desc-
 child abuse reporting, professional training, incidence, legal processes,
 parents therapy, childrens therapy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 159
-A-
 4075H1 CD-04412
-W-
 The Physician's Responsibility Toward Victims of Child Abuse.
 Brown, R. H.
 Cook County Hospital, Chicago, Ill.
 Hospital Medical Staff 6(3):13-18, March 1977.
 March 1977.
-SubCode-
 94
 Physicians should be aware of the prevalence of child abuse and neglect,
 characteristics of victims and offenders, and established means of
 identifying and treating victims. Statistics indicate that as many as 500,
 000 children are abused annually in the U.S. and that infants and young
 children are apt to be seriously traumatized from injuries resulting from
 abuse. Beating and burning are the most common forms of physical abuse. The
 diagnosis of abuse should always be considered in a young child brought to
 the hospital with any injury, multiple injuries present simultaneously, a
 history of multiple injuries, inadequately explained injuries, or
 failure-to-thrive symptoms. Parents who delay bringing their children to the
 hospital for emergency care or who have abused their children in the past
 should be suspected of abuse. Suspected abuse victims should be
 hospitalized, and X-rays and bleeding and clotting tests should be performed
 to assess the extent of injuries. Victims should be photographed to provide
 further evidential support. The majority of states have laws mandating
 reporting by physicians, who are protected from civil and criminal liability
 for good faith reports. A multidisciplinary abuse team, which includes
 physicians, social service workers, nurses, psychologists, psychiatrists,
 clergy, and attorneys, will insure that a hospital responds adequately to
 suspected cases of abuse and neglect.
-Desc-
 physicians responsibility, incidence, diagnoses, medical aspects of child
 abuse, mandatory reporting
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 160
-A-
 4075E4 CD-04403
-W-
 A Model to Assess the Educational Needs of Practicing Physicians and
 Students Applied to Child Abuse and Neglect.
 Philips, B. U.; Smith, R. C.; Hebeler, J. R.; Bruhn, J. G.
 Texas Univ., Galveston. Dept. of Pediatrics.
 Texas Univ., Austin. Region VI Resource Center on Child Abuse and Neglect,
 163 pp., August 31, 1977.
 August 31, 1977.
-SubCode-
 92
 A model to assess the educational needs of practicing physicians and
 students in prevention and treatment of child abuse and neglect was
 implemented in Region VI of the Department of Health, Education and Welfare.
 The model includes a review of the pertinent literature; means of developing
 and pretesting questionnaires; means of training interviewers; sampling
 methodologies; modes of direct observation; and means of maintaining
 confidential files. A survey of 60 physicians working in Texas, Arkansas,
 Louisiana, Oklahoma, and New Mexico was undertaken using the model design.
 The survey elicited information concerning characteristics of the various
 practices; sources of continuing education and information; perceptions of
 child abuse and neglect as a problem; diagnostic criteria and disposition of
 cases; and medical school exposure to child abuse and neglect information. A
 similar survey of 189 of the 334 health care instructinal institutions in
 this area was undertaken as well; the sample included 13 schools of
 medicine, 165 schools of nursing, and 11 schools of allied health. Results
 of these surveys suggest that physicians and medical students need training
 in child abuse and neglect that emphasizes diagnosis, treatment, and
 reporting as well as case presentations, patient profiles, and other
 sensitizing information. Social problems emphasized by physicians as factors
 in the etiology of abuse should be addressed in both school and continuing
 education programs. Numerous references.
-Desc-
 personnel needs, prevention, therapy, surveys, physician, professional
 training
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 161
-A-
 4074E3 CD-04354
-W-
 Diagnosis and Treatment--Introduction.
 Schultz, L. G.
 West Virginia Univ., Morgantown. School of Social Work.
 In: Schultz, L. G. (Editor). The Sexual Victimology of Youth. Springfield,
 Ill., Charles C. Thomas, pp. 39-42, 1980.
 1980.
-SubCode-
 88
 Though the literature on diagnosis does not indicate that professionals
 agree on any of the effects of sexual abuse on minors, it is presumed that
 any effects are related to the amount of physical violence in the sexual
 encounter, the age difference between the partners, the type of relationship
 established between the partners, and the number of sexual acts involved.
 While data are scanty, it appears that sexual encounters between adults and
 children are neither always harmful nor always harmless. Often, the child
 victim is traumatized by being forced to take a short-lived distasteful act
 and react to it out of proportion, causing the child to reorient his ideas
 to the confused adult interpretation of the event. It is no longer
 defensible to apply diagnostic and treatment models appropriate to victims
 who are truly traumatized to the large majority of victims who are not. 6
 references.
-Desc-
 sexual abuse, trauma, childs attitudes, sequelae, childrens therapy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 162
-A-
 4073L3 CD-04334
-W-
 The Importance of Adjudication in the Treatment of Child Abusers: Some
 Preliminary Findings.
 Wolfe, D. A.; Aragona, J.; Kaufman, K.; Sandler, J.
 University of Western Ontario, London. Dept of Psychology.
 Child Abuse and Neglect 4(2):127-135, 1980.
 1980.
-SubCode-
 86
 Demographic characteristics and court dispositions of 71 abusive families
 referred to a treatment program emphasizing management skills were
 investigated to determine the influence of these variables upon parental
 participation and benefit from treatment. These analyses determined that
 parents who were ordered by the court to complete treatment as a requirement
 for full return of child custody were approximately 5 times more likely to
 complete treatment successfully than parents who were not required by the
 court to participate. Similarly, parents who volunteered were approximately
 5 times more likely to refuse or withdraw from treatment than court-ordered
 parents. These findings indicate the importance of delineating clear
 objectives for abusive parents which can be accomplished in a parent
 training program in order to avoid uncertain expectations and poor
 attendance. The use of the family court or similar procedure to demonstrate
 to abusive parents the importance of active involvement in learning more
 appropriate child management is supported by these data. 12 references.
-Desc-
 parents therapy, abusive parents, court case dispositions, family courts,
 returning child to home
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 163
-A-
 4073H4 CD-04319
-W-
 Child Protective Service Intervention With the Sexually Victimized Child.
 Selinske, J.
 American Public Welfare Association, Washington, D.C.
 American Public Welfare Association, Washington, D.C. National Professional
 Resource Center on Child Abuse and Neglect, 20 pp., September 1980.
 September 1980.
-SubCode-
 86
 Issues particularly relevant to child protective service intervention with
 the sexually abused child include the least harmful way to intervene and
 worker-child interactions. Workers must deal honestly with their own
 reactions to incest which can sometimes cause them to deny a molested
 child's allegations, become overly aggressive in their treatment of abusers,
 harbor rescue fantasies, and solicit nonessential details that may result in
 further trauma for the child. Significant factors in the child's reaction to
 sexual abuse include age, developmental stage, relationship of the abuser to
 the child, and accompanying violence. Typical feelings experienced by the
 sexually abused child include depression, anxiety, rejection, hostility,
 confusion, and guilt. Crucial to the relationship between workers and abused
 children are the worker's understanding of the feelings that the child is
 experiencing, the worker's ability to encourage the child to play
 constructively, the physical environment of the interviews, the use of
 verbal and nonverbal communication techniques, the degree of trust that can
 be established between worker and child, the worker's understanding of the
 child's conception of time, and the worker's relation to the medical
 professionals and social services professionals dealing with the case.
 Numerous references.
-Desc-
 sexual abuse, child protection services, intervention, psychological
 characteristics, incest, role conflicts
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 003:064 164
-A-
 4072E4 CD-04259
-W-
 Women Who Abuse Their Children.
 Rosen, B.; Stein, M. T
 California Univ., San Diego. Dept. of Pediatrics.
 American Jrnl of Diseases of Children 134(10):947-950, October 1980.
 October 1980.
-SubCode-
 84
 A comparative study involving 30 abusive and 30 nonabusive mothers was
 designed to determine self-concepts typical of each group. The abusive
 mothers were recruited from a counseling group at the Family Stress Center
 in Chula Vista, California; the control group consisted of mothers attending
 the Pediatric Primary Care Center at University Hospital in San Diego.
 Questionnaires administered to both groups contained a demographic
 assessment form; Weedman's Self-Concept Incongruence Scale, a 16-scale
 semantic differential test designed to assess positive self-concept,
 self-concept congruence, and self-concept inconsistency; and Gordon's Survey
 of Interpersonal Values, a 6-scale forced-choice questionnaire that measures
 the most salient values involved in a person's relationships with others.
 Results indicated that the abusive mothers had lower self-concepts and
 higher self-concept incongruence and inconsistency than the nonabusive
 mothers. Abusers also were found to value authority more and conformity and
 benevolence less than nonabusers. Practically applied, the data suggest that
 pediatricians assume an educative and supportive role to enhance parents'
 self-concepts and lower unrealistic expectations. In addition, there is a
 need to develop access to support groups, day care, and other avenues for
 the mother's personal growth. 16 references.
-Desc-
 comparative testing, maternal abuse, maternal behavior, self concept, rating
 scales, pediatricians role, individual characteristics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 1
-A-
 1806810 86023810
-W-
 Maximal inspiratory and expiratory pressures are reduced in hyperinflated,
 malnourished, young adult male patients with cystic fibrosis.
 Szeinberg A; England S; Mindorff C; Fraser IM; Levison H
 Respiratory Physiology, Research Institute of the Hospital for Sick
 Children, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
 Am Rev Respir Dis (US), Oct 1985, 132 (4) p766-9,
-ISSN-
 0003-0805
-JrnlCode-
 426
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 We measured maximal inspiratory and expiratory pressures (MIP and MEP,
 respectively) in 23 male patients with cystic fibrosis (CF), 16 to 35 yr of
 age (22.1 +/- 3.7), and in a control group of 33 male volunteers, 17 to 39
 yr of age (22.5 +/- 6.8), to evaluate the effects of chronic hyperinflation
 and malnutrition on MIP and MEP in the patients with CF. Routine pulmonary
 function tests and skeletal muscle indexes, such as the force generated by
 the adductor pollicis muscle with supramaximal ulnar nerve stimulation at a
 frequency of 10 Hz as percentage of force at 100 Hz (F10/100) and midarm
 muscle circumference as a percentage of predicted (MAMC), were also measured
 in the patients with CF. Severe hyperinflation in this study was defined as
 a ratio of residual volume to total lung capacity above ?0% and malnutrition
 as a ratio of actual weight to the ideal weight for the patient' age and
 height of 90% or less. The severely hyperinflated subgroup of patients with
 CF had significantly reduced MIP values in comparison with those in the
 other patients with CF. The malnourished subgroup, which was also severely
 hyperinflated, differed from the well-nourished one in both skeletal muscle
 indexes; MAMC was reduced, whereas F10/100 was elevated, and respiratory
 muscle pressure generation, MIP, and ME were reduced. We conclude that
 patients with CF who are malnourished and/or severely hyperinflated have
 reduced maximal respiratory pressures.
 Tags: Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; *Cystic Fibrosis--Complications (CO); Cystic
 Fibrosis--Physiopathology (PP); *Nutrition Disorders--Complications (CO);
 Nutrition Disorders--Physiopathology (PP); Pressure; Residual Volume
 *Respiration; Respiratory Function Tests; Total Lung Capacity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 2
-A-
 1806644 86023644
-W-
 Assessing tidal volume and detecting hyperinflation during Venturi jet
 ventilation for microlaryngeal surgery.
 Glenski JA; MacKenzie RA; Maragos NE; Southorn PA
 Dept. of Anesthesiology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota 55905.
 Anesthesiology (US), Nov 1985, 63 (5) p554-7,
-ISSN-
 0003-3022
-JrnlCode-
 4SG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Airway Obstruction--Physiopathology (PP); Child;
 Intraoperative Complications; *Larynx--Surgery (SU); Lung--Physiology (PH);
 *Microsurgery; Middle Age; Pressure; *Respiration; *Respiration,
 Artificial--Methods (MT); Tidal Volume; Trachea--Physiology (PH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 3
-A-
 1780167 85305167
-W-
 The contributions of rib cage and abdominal displacements to the
 hyperinflation of acute bronchospasm.
 Lennox S; Mengeot PM; Martin JG
 Meakins-Christie Laboratorie, McGill Univ., Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
 Am Rev Respir Dis (US), Sep 1985, 132 (3) p679-84,
-ISSN-
 0003-0805
-JrnlCode-
 426
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 To quantitate the relative contributions of rib cage and abdomen to the
 hyperinflation of asthma, we examined chest wall movements during
 histamine-induced bronchospasm in 7 male asthmatic subjects. A reduction in
 FEV1 of 28.1 +/- 4.5% (mean +/- 1 SE) was associated with an increase in
 functional residual capacity (FRC) of 0.99 +/- 0.19 L, as measured by
 spirometer. Similar increases in FRC (0.91 +/- 0.18 L) were obtained using a
 DC respiratory inductive plethysmograph (RIP). The absolute error of
 measurement of delta FRC by RIP, compared with that by the spirometer, was
 23.0 +/- 1.9%. The delta FRC by RIP was slightly less than by spirometer, as
 indicated by a net positive error of 7.2 +/- 7.3%. Increase in the volume of
 the rib cage, measured by RIP, usually accounted for the major change in FRC
 (75%). Even though the contribution of rib cage displacement to delta FRC
 ranged from as little as 30% to as much as 100% of the change in individual
 subjects, it was correlated with the rib cage contribution to the tidal
 breath prior to bronchoconstriction. We conclude that the relative
 contributions of rib cage and abdominal displacements to the volume of
 hyperinflation during mild to moderate acute induced bronchoconstriction are
 quite variable, but they can be predicted from the relative contributions of
 these compartments to tidal breathing prior to bronchoconstriction.
 Tags: Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 *Abdomen--Physiopathology (PP); Acute Disease; Adult; Bronchial
 Spasm--Chemically Induced (CI); *Bronchial Spasm--Physiopathology (PP);
 Forced Expiratory Volume; Functional Residual Capacity; Histamine;
 Plethysmography--Methods (MT); Respiration; *Ribs--Physiopathology (PP);
 Tidal Volume; Time Factors
 CAS Registry No.: 51-45-6 (Histamine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 4
-A-
 1777655 85302655
-W-
 Can modern therapy influence the prognosis of brain injuries in childhood
 Klot J
 Univ. Children's Hospital, Dept. of Paediatric Surgery, Zurich,
 Switzerland.
 Z Kinderchir (GERMANY, WEST), Jun 1985, 40 (3) p131-5,
-ISSN-
 0174-3082
-JrnlCode-
 YF2
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512Subfile: INDEX MEDICUS
 A standard therapy and the outcome following severe head injury in 51
 children are presented. The Glasgow-Coma-Scale was used for classification.
 Initial therapy included intubation, hyperventilation, ICP monitoring, and
 barbiturate coma. 14 children had a normal ICP recording, 13 showed moderate
 (-5 mmHg) ICP elevations, and 23 had recurrent ICP elevations above 35 mmHg.
 Only one patient survived in a vegetative state. Overall mortality was 21%.
 All but one of the survivors were controlled one year after the accident.
 School performance, social integration and the Glasgow-Outcome-Scale were
 controlled for judging the results. 82% of the surviving children were able
 to visit a normal school.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Brain Injuries--Classification (CL); *Brain Injuries--Therapy
 (TH); Child; Child, Preschool; Infant; Intracranial Pressure; Methods;
 Prognosis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 5
-A-
 1763240 85288240
-W-
 A review and critique of the literature on preoxygenation for endotratheal
 suctioning.
 Riegel B; Forshee T
 Scripps Clinic and Research Foundation, San Diego, CA 92123.
 Heart Lung (US) , Sep 1985, 14 (5) p507-18,
-ISSN-
 0147-9563
-JrnlCode-
 G2V
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Anoxemia--Etiology (ET); *Anoxemia--Prevention and Control (PC);
 Apnea--Physiopathology (PP); *Intubation, Intratracheal; Nursing Care ;
 *Oxygen--Administration and Dosage (AD); Oxygen--Blood (BL;
 Research--Methods (MT); Suction--Adverse Effects (AE); *Suction--Methods
 (MT)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 6
-A-
 1758905 85283905
-W-
 Real-time analysis of the change in arterial oxygen tension during
 endotracheal suction with a fiberoptic bronchoscope.
 Arai T; Hatano Y; Komatsu K; Takada T; Miyake C; Harioka T; Reshid K
 Dept. of Anesthesia, Kyoto Univ. Hospital, Japan.
 Crit Care Med (US), Oct 1985, 13 (10) p855-8,
-ISSN-
 0090-3493
-JrnlCode-
 DTF
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 An intra-arterial Clark-type polarographic oxygen electrode was used with a
 fiberoptic bronchoscope for real-time analysis of the PO2 change during 1
 min of suction in patients spontaneously breathing oxygen. There was a
 strong correlation between values obtained from the intra-arterial electrode
 (PiO2) and those from blood samples (PaO2), before and at the end of
 suction; the PiO2/PaO2 ratio was close to one. Continuous PiO2 recordings
 during suction without supplemental oxygen showed little change in the early
 period of suction, followed by a steep drop continuing even after suction.
 This drop in PiO2 was partially attenuated by providing oxygen with
 high-frequency jet ventilation and was almost completely attenuated by the
 use of a suction adaptor. Changes in the inspired oxygen concentration
 indicated the importance of keeping this variable constant during suction to
 prevent hypoxemia.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Bronchoscopy; Electrodes; Fiber Optics--Instrumentation (IS);
 Intubation, Intratracheal--Instrumentation (IS); Middle Age; Monitoring,
 Physiologic; Oxygen--Blood (BL); *Oxygen--Physiology (PH); Partial Pressure;
 Postoperative Care; POSTOP CARE ; *Respiration; Respiration,
 Artificial--Instrumentation (IS); *Suction; Suction--Instrumentation (IS);
 Thoracic Surgery; Time Factors
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 7
-A-
 1750401 85275401
-W-
 Catecholamine response to chest physiotherapy and endotracheal suctioning in
 preterm infants.
 Greisen G; Frederiksen PS; Hertel J; Christensen NJ
 Dept. of Neonatology, Rigshospitalet, Copenhagen, Denmark.
 Acta Paediatr Scand (SWEDEN), Jul 1985, 74 (4) p525-9,
-ISSN-
 0001-656X
-JrnlCode-
 1LV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Adrenaline and noradrenaline was measured just before and just after chest
 physiotherapy and endotracheal suctioning in 13 preterm, ventilated, newborn
 infants. Mean aortic blood pressure was also recorded. Eight of the infants
 received phenobarbitone. Catecholamine levels were five-fold higher in the 5
 infants with blood pH less than 7.30 compared to the other 8 infants. After
 the procedure, both adrenaline and noradrenaline were significantly higher
 than baseline levels. The adrenaline response to the procedure was a
 two-fold increase and significantly greater than the noradrenaline response.
 Analysis of the effects of phenobarbitone treatment and acidosis on
 catecholamine responses by multiple-linear regression demonstrated that the
 adrenaline response was reduced by phenobarbitone while the noradrenaline
 response was unaffected. There were no associations of blood pressure,
 responses with catecholamine responses, with cidosis or with phenobarbitone
 treatment.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Acidosis--Blood (BL); Blood Pressure--Drug Effects (DE); Cerebral
 Hemorrhage--Prevention and Control (PC); *Epinephrine--Blood (BL) Infant
 Care; Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature; *Intubation, Intratracheal;
 *Norepinephrine--Blood (BL); *Phenobarbital--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 *Respiration, Artificial
 CAS Registry No.: 50-06-? (Phenobarbital); 51-41-2 (Norepinephrine); 51-43-4
 (Epinephrine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 8
-A-
 1743440 85268440Severe hypophosphatemia after head injury.
-W-
 Gadisseux P; Sica DA; Ward JD; Becker DP
 Cliniques Universitaires de Mont Godinne, Yvoir, Belgium.
 Neurosurgery (US), Jul 1985, 17 (1) p35-40,
-ISSN-
 0148-396X
-JrnlCode-
 NZL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Hypophosphatemia occurs in a variety of clinical conditions. It develops in
 parallel with phosphate depletion from body losses or more commonly as a
 sequel to the redistribution of phosphate from the extracellular to the
 intracellular compartment. Hypophosphatemia is a multisystem disturbance
 capable of involving the neurological, immunological, and muscular systems,
 among others. In this report, we describe five patients with severe head
 injury who developed marked hypophophatemia (less than 1 mg/dl) within 24
 hours of hospitalization. This fall in serum phosphate coincided with the
 induction of respiratory alkalosis consequent to mechanical ventilation. In
 four of the five patients, as acid-base parameters returned to normal, serum
 phosphate values rose, in all instances reaching values greater than 2.5
 mg/dl. Urinary phosphorus excretion, ordinarily negligible after
 hypophosphatemia induced by hypocapnia, was still present in Cases 1 and 4
 (greater than 600 mg/24 hours). This is unexplained by any of the known
 hormonal or fluid alterations that accompany head injury. These five
 patients developed severe, yet transient, hypophosphatemia that resolved
 upon correction of hyperventilation-induced acid-base abnormalities. We
 discuss the pathophysiology of this entity and the implications for the head
 trauma patient.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Brain Concussion--Blood (BL); Brain Edema--Blood (BL);
 *Brain Injuries--Blood (BL); Cerebral Hemorrhage--Blood (BL); Hematoma,
 Epidural--Blood (BL); Hematoma, Subdural--Blood (BL); Middle Age;
 *Phosphates--Blood (BL)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 9
-A-
 1731522 85256522
-W-
 Therapeutic considerations in respiratory muscle function.
 Sharp JT
 Hines V.A. Hospital, IL 60141.
 Chest (US), Aug 1985, 88 (2 Suppl) p118S-123S,
-ISSN-
 0012-3692
-JrnlCode-
 D1C
 Contract/Grant No.: Hl-31558
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Inspiratory muscle function is impaired in many patients with severe COPD.
 This functional impairment often leads to hypercapnic respiratory failure
 via inspiratory muscle fatigue. Factors responsible for this functional
 impairment are: (1) an excessive mechanical load (high resistance and low
 compliance) for the inspiratory muscles to overcome; (2) the low, flat
 configuration of the diaphragm owing to lung hyperinflation; (3) reduced
 inspiratory muscle blood flow relative to the increased respiratory work
 requirement; and (4) tachypnea which increases the duty cycle (TI/Ttot) for
 inspiratory muscles, increases hyperinflation, wastes ventilation, and
 otherwise causes deterioration of gas exchange. Therapy is directed toward
 improving inspiratory muscle function and has three strategic goals: (1) to
 reduce the load imposed on the inspiratory muscles and reduce their
 mechanical disadvantage; (2) to improve the contractile characteristics of
 the inspiratory muscles; and (3) if goals 1 and 2 cannot be attained
 otherwise, to rest the inspiratory muscles using mechanical ventilation.
 Inspiratory muscle training offers promise as a means of preventing
 hypercapnic respiratory failure. Available data suggest that some COPD
 patients benefit from it. To be determined are which patients will benefit
 from it and which will not, as well as which training regimens are most
 effective. (25 Refs.)
 Tags: Animal; Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, Non-P.H.S.; Support, U.S. Gov't,
 P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Airway Resistance; Biomechanics; Diaphragm--Blood Supply (BS);
 Diaphragm--Metabolism (ME); Diaphragm--Physiopathology (PP); Intercostal
 Muscles--Blood Supply (BS); Intercostal Muscles--Metabolism (ME);
 Intercostal Muscles--Physiopathology (PP); Lung Compliance; *Lung Diseases,
 Obstructive--Physiopathology (PP); Lung Diseases, Obstructive--Therapy (TH);
 Lung--Physiopathology (PP); Muscle Contraction; Muscles--Blood Supply (BS);
 Muscles--Metabolism (ME); *Muscles--Physiopathology (PP); Pectoralis
 Muscles--Blood Supply (BS); Pectoralis Muscles--Metabolism (ME); Pectoralis
 Muscles--Physiopathology (PP); Physical Therapy; Pulmonary Gas Exchange;
 Regional Blood Flow; *Respiration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 10
-A-
 1708911 85233911
-W-
 The effect of a positive end-expiratory pressure adapter on oxygenation
 during endotracheal suctioning.
 Douglas S; Larson EL
 Univ. of Pennsylvania School of Nursing, Hospital of the Univ. of
 Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 19104.
 Heart Lung (US), Jul 1985, 14 (4) p396-400,
-ISSN-
 0147-9563
-JrnlCode-
 G2V
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Intubation, Intratracheal--Instrumentation (IS) ; Intubation,
 Intratraheal--Methods (MT); Middle Age; *Oxygen--Blood (BL) *Positive
 Pressure Respiration--Instrumentation (IS); Positive Pressure
 Respiration--Methods (MT); *Respiration, Artificial--Instrumentation (S);
 Respiration, Artificial--Methods (MT); Suction--Instrumentation (IS);
 *Suction--Methods (MT)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 11
-A-
 1708908 85233908
-W-
 Hyperinflation, hyperventilation, and hyperoxygenation before tracheal
 suctioning in children requiring long-term respiratory care.
 Feaster SC; West C; Ferketich S
 School of Nursing, Univ. of California San Francisco.
 Heart Lung (US) , Jul 1985, 14 (4) p379-84,
-ISSN-
 0147-9563
-JrnlCode-
 G2V
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510Subfile: AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The findings reported failed to support a best method of pretreating
 subjects before tracheal suctioning to minimize oxygen desaturation.
 Conversely, all method prevented significant desaturation. No subject's
 desaturation readings dropped during the study to such a point that they did
 not subsequently recover after 30 seconds and return to baseline by the end
 of the 20 minutes. Several subjects has the high 70s to low 80s as reported
 during CTP. After recovery from CTP ( in mot cases a 30-second time period),
 no clinically significant desaturation was noted from the 30-second time
 period to the end of the study. The results could not be reproduced when the
 trials were repeated on four subjects. If oxygenation is questionable, these
 children should be monitored noninvasively to prevent serious desaturation
 in an already compromised patient.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia--Blood (BL); Bronchopulmonary
 Dysplasia--Physiopathology (PP); Brochopulmonary Dysplasia--Therapy (TH);
 Child, Preschool; Chronic Disease; Hyperventilation--Blood (BL);
 *Hyperventilation--Physiopathology (PP); Infant; Intubation, Intratracheal
 Muscular Diseases--Congenital (CN); Muscular Diseases--Therapy (TH);
 *Oxygen--Blood (BL); *Respiration, Artificial--Methods (MT);
 *Suction--Methods (MT)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 12
-A-
 1701932 85226932
-W-
 Ventilatory support for pulmonary failure of the head trauma patient.
 Hemmer M
 Dept. of Anesthesiology and Surgical Intensive Care, Centre Hospitalier de
 Luxembourg.
 Bull Eur Physiopathol Respir (ENGLAND) , May-Jun 1985, 21 (3) p287-93,
-ISSN-
 0395-3890
-JrnlCode-
 BGX
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Severe head trauma patients frequently develop pulmonary failure. The
 aetiology of this respiratory distress may be central (neurogenic pulmonary
 oedema, delayed neurogenic pulmonary dysfunction, abnormal respiratory
 patterns) or peripheral, due to chest trauma, multiple trauma or lung
 infection. Hypoxia and hypercarbia alter cerebral haemodynamics, increase
 intracranial pressure and cause secondary deterioration of neurological
 function. Ventilatory support is of utmost importance in supportive care of
 head trauma patients. Continuous mechanical ventilation and intermittent
 mandatory ventilation are most frequently employed. Hyperventilation is used
 to lower intracranial pressure and positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP)
 is applied in lung disorders characterized by interstitial oedema and
 alveolar collapse. The effects of PEEP on cerebral perfusion pressure and on
 intracranial pressure depend on the interaction of pulmonary compliance,
 cerebral pressure/volume relationship and cerebral vascular autoregulation.
 High levels of EEP may be deleterious in patients with altered cerebral
 autoregulation. High frequency ventilation theoretically has less influence
 on intrathoracic pressures and on cerebral haemodynamics but has not been
 shown superior in the respiratory support of severe head trauma patients.
 (78 Refs.)
 Tags: Animal; Human
-Desc-
 Anoxia--Etiology (ET); Blood Pressure; Brain Injuries--Complications (CO);
 Brain Injuries--Physiopathology (PP); Brain Injuries--Therapy (TH);
 Brain--Blood Supply (BS); Central Nervous System--Physiopathology (PP);
 *Head Injuries--Complications (CO); Head Injuries--Physiopathology (PP);
 Hypertension, Pulmonary--Etiology (ET); Intracranial Pressure; Lung
 Compliance; Lung--Blood Supply (BS); Positive ressure Respiration; Pulmonary
 Edema--Etiology (ET); Pulmonary Gas Exchange; *Respiration,
 Artificial--Methods (MT); Respiratory Insufficiency--Etiology (ET);
 Respiratory Insufficiency--Physiopathology (PP); *Respiratory
 Insufficiency--Therapy (TH); Vascular Resistance; Ventilation-Perfusion
 Ratio
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 13
-A-
 1698407 85223407
-W-
 Inspiratory force reserve of the respiratory muscles in children with
 chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
 Gultier C; Boule M; Tournier G; Girard F
 Laboratory of Physiology, Hopital Antoine Beclere, Clamart, France.
 Am Rev Respir Dis (US), Jun 1985, 131 (?) p811-5,
-ISSN-
 0003-0805
-JrnlCode-
 426
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The purpose of this study was to evaluate inspiratory muscle force reserve
 in children with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). In 15
 hyperinflated (FRC/TLC, 65 +/- 0.7%) children, maximal mouth inspiratory
 static pressure (PImax) at FRC, mouth occlusion pressure (P0.1), tidal
 volume (VT), inspiratory time (TI), and total duration of the respiratory
 cycle (Ttot) were all measured. It was found that PImax at FRC was reduced
 compared with predicted values. However, after lung volume correction, PImax
 was in the normal range, and P0.1 was higher, TI was shorter, and Ti/Ttot
 was lower than predicted. The estimated mean inspiratory pressure for
 breathing at rest (PI) was significantly higher than predicted and was
 related to total pulmonary resistance (r = 0.74, p less than 0.001). The
 fraction of PImax developed by the respiratory muscles for breathing at rest
 (PI/PImax) significantly increased. The higher the PI/PImax ratio, the more
 the TI/Ttot ratio decreased (r = -0.64, p = 0.01). At rest, our subjects had
 to develop a mean inspiratory power (W) of as much as 48% (range, 30 to 76%)
 of the critical W above which fatigue occurs. Thus, even minimal increases
 in breathing load might expose children with COPD to respiratory muscle
 fatigue and to respiratory failure.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Child; Functional Residual Capacity; *Lung Diseases,
 Obstructive--Physiopathology (PP); *Muscles--Physiopathology (PP) ;
 *Respiration; Respiratory Function Tests; *Respiratory
 System--Physiopathology (PP); Rest; Risk; Tidal Volume; Time Factors; Total
 Lung Capacity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 14
-A-
 1669477 85194477
-W-
 [Special artificial respiration procedures and intracranial pressure. Animal
 experiment studies, development and use of a new pressure measuring technic,
 clinical aspects] Spezielle Beatmungsverfahren und intrakranieller Druck.
 Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen, Entwicklung und Anwendung eines neuen
 Druckmessprinzips,
 Klinik. Schedl R II. Universitatsklinik fur Unfallchirurgie, Wien.
 Wien Klin Wochenschr [Suppl] (AUSTRIA), 1985, 157 p1-22,
-ISSN-
 0300-5178
-JrnlCode-
 XOR
-Lang-
 GERMAN Summary Languages: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We investigated the influence of Forced Diffusion Ventilation (FDV), a
 special form of High Frequency Ventilation (HFV), on elevated intracranial
 pressure (ICP) in 5 dogs. Elevation of ICP as standardized by inflation of
 an epidural balloon. A typical finding with FDV is a reduced intrapleural
 pressure and therefore one could expect a better cerebrovenous drainage
 influencing ICP. Nevertheless, we found no changes in mean ICP under
 conditions of FDV compared with IPPV. Respirator synchronous fluctuations of
 ICP, cisternal cerebrospinal fluid pressure and intrapleural pressure were
 drastically reduced with FDV. This phenomenon has been already reported by
 other groups as a typical effect of HFV with rates of 100/min. One can
 speculate, that this immediate impact of HFV on ICP-curves might be of some
 advantage in patients with critically reduced intracranial compliance
 requiring long-term artificial ventilation, because peaks and amplitudes of
 ICP are reduced. Our clinical experience with High Frequency Pulsation (HFP)
 includes 11 patients with severe brain trauma. In clinical routine this
 method of HFV is more facile to applicate than FDV, because there is no need
 of a special endotracheal tobe and sufficient CO2-elimination is not
 strongly dependent on precise position of the tube. But HFP, as FDV,
 includes all advantages of respiratory systems, that are open against
 atmosphere (coughing and simultaneous breathing, without drastically
 increasing airway pressure, suction during respiration, etc.). However, we
 could find no special advantages or disadvantages in ICP-course during
 long-term application of HFP (up to 10 days). Because application of HFV is
 dependent on special technical equipment, we investigated in patients the
 influence of respiratory frequency, tidal volume and inspiratory flow on
 ICP-fluctuations using conventional ventilato-fluctuations and re to be in
 linearions seems to be more d ependent on duration of expiratory time. As
 our findings demonstratrt
 Tags: Animal; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; *Brain Injuries--Therapy (TH); Carbon Dioxide--Blood (BL); Dogs;
 Hemodynamics; *Intracranial Pressure; Manometry--Instrumentation (IS);
 Oxygen--Blood (BL); *Respiration, Artificial--Methods (MT)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 15
-A-
 1659884 85184884Factors affecting intracranial pressure: a descriptive
-W-
 study.
 Boortz-Marx R
 Univ. Hospital, Division of Neurosurgery, London, Ontario, Canada.
 J Neurosurg Nurs (US), Apr 1985, 17 (2) p89-94,
-ISSN-
 0047-2603
-JrnlCode-
 JD7
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 This study examined the effects of 365 occurrences on the intracranial
 pressure (ICP) of four patients with severe head injuries and a Glasgow Coma
 Score below five. The occurrences were in: 1) health care activities, 2)
 patient-initiated activities, and 3) environmental stimuli. The health care
 activities that increased intracranial pressure were suctioning, turning,
 and flexion of the head; decreases were realized by elevating the head of
 the bed and repositioning the patient. The patient-initiated activities that
 increased intracranial pressures were flexion of extremities, rotation of
 the neck, and coughing. In contrast to previous reports, environmental
 stimuli did not affect intracranial pressure and bathing increased it.
 Recommendations for nursing care include: turning patients more slowly to
 less acute angles; proper head/neck positioning; and more direct
 psychosocial interactions with families of patients who have low Glasgow
 Coma Scores.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Child; *Coma--Physiopathology (PP); Cough--Physiopathology (PP);
 Environment; *Head Injuries--Physiopathology (PP); *Intracranial Pressure;
 Middle Age; Movement; Nursing Care; *Physical Stimulation; Posture
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 16
-A-
 1632271 85157271
-W-
 Effect of expiratory loading on glottic dimensions in humans.
 Branatisano TP; Dodd DS; Collett PW; Engel LA
 Thoracic Medicine Unit, Westmead Hospital, Sydney, New South Wales,
 Australia.
 J Appl Physiol (US), Feb 1985, 58 (2) p605-11,
-ISSN-
 8750-7587
-JrnlCode-
 HEG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We examined the effects of external mechanical loading on glottic dimensions
 in 13 normal subjects. When flow-resistive loads of 7, 27, and 48 cmH2O X
 l-1 X s, measured at 0.2 l/s, were applied during expiration, glottic width
 at the mid-tidal volume point in expiration (dge) was 2.3 +/- 12, 37.9 +/-
 7.5, and 38.3 +/- 89% (means +/- SE) less than the control dge,
 respectively. Simultaneously, mouth pressure (Pm) increased by 2.5 +/- 4,
 3.0 +/- 0.4, and 4.6 +/- 0.6 cmH2O, respectively. When subjects were
 switched from a resistance to a positive end-expiratory pressure at
 comparable values of Pm, both dge and expiratory flow returned to control
 values, whereas the level of hyperinflation remained constant. Glottic width
 during inspiration (unloaded) did not change on any of the resistive loads.
 There was a slight inverse relationship between the ratio of expiratory to
 inspiratory glottic width and the ratio of expiratory to inspiratory
 duration. Our results show noncompensatory glottic narrowing when subjects
 breathe against an expiratory resistance and suggest that the glottic
 dimensions are influenced by the time course of lung emptying during
 expiration. We speculate that the glottic constriction is related to the
 increased activity of expiratory medullary neurons during loaded expiration
 and, by increasing the internal impedance of the respiratory system, may
 have a stabilizing function.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Airway Resistance; Glottis--Anatomy and Histology (AH);
 *Glottis--Physiology (PH); Lung Volume Measurements; Positive Pressure
 Respiration; *Respiration; Respiratory Airflow; Tidal Volume; Time Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 17
-A-
 1632236 85157236
-W-
 Laryngeal constriction in normal humans during experimentally induced
 bronchoconstriction.
 England SJ; Ho V; Zamel N
 Dept. of Respiratory Physiology, Hospital for Sick Children, Toronto,
 Ontario, Canada.
 J Appl Physiol (US), Feb 1985, 58 (2) p352-6,
-ISSN-
 8750-7587
-JrnlCode-
 HEG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Changes in the size of the glottis with bronchoconstruction were assessed in
 six normal subjects following inhalation of histamine or methacholine.
 Measurements were made during both tidal breathing and panting at 2-3 Hz.
 The midexpiratory size of the glottis was decreased by a mean of 8% during
 brochoconstriction compared with control during tidal breathing. Changes in
 midinspiratory size were inconsistent. During panting, the glottic size was
 unchanged from inspiration to expiration but decreased in 7 of 15 studies
 during bronchoconstriction. The decreases in expiratory size of the glottis
 during quiet breathing would lead to an elevated laryngeal resistance
 coupled with an increased lower airway resistance. Although this seems to be
 a paradoxical laryngeal response, it may contribute to maintaining
 hyperinflation during bronchoconstriction, thereby effectively enlarging the
 lower airways.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Airway Resistance; Bronchial Provocation Tests; BP TESTS; *Bronchial
 Spasm--Chemically Induced (CI); Bronchial Spasm--Physiopathology (PP);
 Forced Expiratory Volume; Glottis--Physiopathology (PP);
 Histamine--Diagnostic Use (DU); *Laryngismus--Etiology (ET);
 Laryngismus--Physiopathology (PP); Methacholine Compounds--Diagnostic Use
 (DU); METHACHOLINE CPDS--Diagnostic Use (DU); Vital Capacity
 CAS Registry No.: 1-45-6 (Histamine); 55-92-5 (acetyl-beta-methylcholine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 18
-A-
 1621078 85146078
-W-
 Fatal meconium aspiration syndrome occurring despite airway management
 considered appropriate.
 Davis RO; Philips JB 3d; Harris B Jr; Wilson ER; Huddleston JF
 Dept. of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Univ. of Alabama, Birmingham.
 Am J Obstet Gynecol (US), Mar 15 1985, 151 (6) p731-6,
-ISSN-
 0002-9378
-JrnlCode-
 3NI
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506Subfile: AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 A combined obstetric-pediatric approach to tracheal toilet is said to
 prevent serious cases of the potentially fatal meconium aspiration syndrome.
 After delivery of the head a DeLee trap is used to suction the oropharynx
 and nasopharynx. Immediately following delivery, endotracheal suction is
 performed in an effort to remove any remaining meconium-stained amniotic
 fluid. Although routinely using this approach, we continue to have
 occasional cases of fatal meconium aspiration syndrome. Therefore, we
 reviewed the outcome of infants born through meconium-stained fluid. During
 a 5-year period, 1420 (15%) of 9299 live-born infants had meconium-stained
 fluid. Thirty (2.1%) of these 1420 developed meconium aspiration syndrome
 and 12 (40%) died; eight received a postmortem examination. Four had
 unequivocal evidence of meconium aspiration, two had large numbers of
 intra-alveolar squamous cells, and two had no evidence of aspiration. We
 conclude that aggressive airway management during and immediately after
 delivery does not always prevent fatal meconium aspiration syndrome.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Amniotic Fluid--Cytology (CY); Atelectasis--Complications (CO);
 Delivery--Methods (MT); Infant, Newborn; *Intubation, Intratracheal;
 Lung--Pathology (PA); *Meconium; Meconium--Cytology (CY); Persistent Fetal
 Circulation Syndrome--Complications (CO); PFC SYNDROME--Complications (CO)
 *Pneumonia, Aspiration--Etiology (ET); Pneumonia, Aspiration--Mortality
 (MO); Pneumonia, Aspiration--Prevention and Control (PC); Retrospective
 Studies; Suction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 19
-A-
 1620213 85145213
-W-
 Epidural monitoring of the intracranial pressure in severe head injury
 characterized by non-localizing motor response.
 Nordby HK; Gunnerod N
 Dept. of Neurosurgery, Ullev.ANG.al Univ. Hospital, Oslo, Norway.
 Acta Neurochir (Wien) (AUSTRIA), 1985, 74 (1-2) p2-6,
-ISSN-
 0001-6268
-JrnlCode-
 19C
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Recent studies on prognostic variables and the intensive care of head
 injuries enabled us to select 64 patients and administer a standard
 treatment protocol to prevent secondary brain injury. All the patients were
 in coma with a flexor motor pattern as the best response between 6 and 24
 hours after the accident and/or decompressive surgery. Continuous epidural
 intracranial pressure (ICP) monitoring was used in all patients to control
 the effect of positioning, analgetics, hyperventilation and osmotherapy.
 None of the patients with a normal initial ICP (15 mm Hg or less) developed
 an ICP increase leading to brain tamponade. A subsequent further rise to 40
 mm Hg signified a very high risk of progression towards brain tamponade. The
 majority of the patients (71%) with a maximum ICP increase of less than 40
 mm Hg had an acceptable recovery. After 6-12 months, the outcome in this
 series of patients was 48% with a good/moderate recovery, 14% with severe
 deficits and 38% dead/vegetative.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Brain Concussion--Diagnosis (DI); Brain Death; Brain Edema--Diagnosis (DI);
 *Brain Injuries--Diagnosis (DI); Brain Injuries--Therapy (TH);
 Coma--Diagnosis (DI); Combined Modality Therapy; Epidural Space;
 Hydrocephalus--Diagnosis (DI); *Intracranial Pressure; *Muscle Contraction;
 Neurologic Examination--Methods (MT); Prognosis; Tomography, X-Ray Computed;
 CT XRAY
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 20
-A-
 1600777 85125777
-W-
 Histamine-induced asthma in children: effects on the ventilation-perfusion
 relationship.
 Hedlin G; Freyschuss U; Hedenstierna G
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Huddinge Hospital, Karolinska Institute, Sweden.
 Clin Physiol (ENGLAND), Feb 1985, 5 (1) p19-34,
-ISSN-
 0144-5979
-JrnlCode-
 DKG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Asthma was provoked by histamine inhalation in five children in order to
 study the hypoxaemia that might ensue and the underlying
 ventilation-perfusion (A/Q) mismatching. The distribution of the VA/Q ratios
 was measured by a multiple inert gas technique before the provocation,
 during the asthmatic attack and after salbutamol inhalation All children
 displayed a unimodal distribution of ventilation and perfusion under
 baseline conditions. During asthma they all developed a bimodal
 distribution, one mode lying within normal VA/Q regions but with increased
 perfusion to regions with VA/Q ratios of 0.1-1, which correlated with the
 observed hypoxaemia; the other mode was centered on a VA/Q ratio of
 approximately 10 and the magnitude of this mode correlated with FEV1 in
 percent of the predicted value. Salbutamol improved the VA/Q distribution
 and restored the blood gases to normal. We hypothesize that
 histamine-induced asthma causes a state of hyperinflation which compromises
 regional ventilation and blood flow, resulting in a VA/Q mismatching with
 one normal and one high VA/Q mode, and hypoxaemia.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Albuterol--Therapeutic Use (TU); Arteries; *Asthma--Chemically
 Induced (CI); Asthma--Drug Therapy (DT); Asthma--Physiopathology (PP);
 Bronchial Provocation Tests; BP TESTS; Carbon Dioxide--Blood (BL); Cardiac
 Output--Drug Effects (DE); Child; *Histamine--Pharmacodynamics (PD);
 Oxygen--Blood (BL); Partial Pressure; Pulmonary Gas Exchange--Drug Effects
 (DE); Respiratory Airflow--Drug Effects (DE); *Ventilation-Perfusion Ratio;
 Ventilation-Perfusion Ratio--Drug Effects (DE)
 CAS Registry No.:
 18559-94-9 (Albuterol); 51-45-6 (Histamine); 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 21
-A-
 1595312 85120312
-W-
 The effects of acute bronchoconstriction on respiratory activity in patients
 with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
 Oliven A; Cherniack NS; Deal EC; Kelsen SG
 Dept. of Medicine, Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland, Ohio.
 Am Rev Respir Dis (US), Feb 1985, 131 (2) p236-41,
-ISSN-
 0003-0805
-JrnlCode-
 426
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Attacks of acute airway obstruction often complicate the course of chronic
 obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). In asthmatic subjects, bronchospasm
 triggers an increase in respiratory drive, which results in hyperventilation
 and hypocapnia. In the present study, we assessed the effects of acute
 bronchoconstriction induced by aerosolized methacholine on breathing and
 lung mechanics in 12 patients with stable COPD. Even low doses of
 methacholine markedly increased airway resistance and caused hyperinflation
 and decreased inspiratory muscle performance in the patients. Increasing
 airway obstruction produced a progressive rise in PCO2 despite an increase
 in minute ventilation. Breathing frequency and average inspiratory flow were
 greater, but tidal volume decreased because of shortening of the inspiratory
 duration. The magnitude of CO2 retention during acute bronchoconstriction
 was inversely related to the changes in tidal volume and inspiratory time (p
 less than 0.01 for each). In subjects with COPD, the occlusion pressure
 response to progressive hypercapnil failed to increase during
 bronchoconstriction. These results show that patients with COPD retain CO2
 during acutely increasing airway obstruction induced by bronchoconstriction
 partly because of a rapid shallow breathing pattern that reduces alveolar
 ventilation.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Aged; Airway Resistance; Bronchial Provocation Tests; BP TESTS; *Bronchial
 Spasm--Chemically Induced (CI); Bronchial Spasm--Complications (CO);
 Bronchial Spasm--Physiopathoogy (PP); Carbon Dioxide--Physiology (PH);
 Hyperventilation--Etiology (ET); Lung Compliance Lung Diseases,
 Obstructive--Complications (CO); *Lung Diseases,
 Obstructive--Physiopathology (PP); *Methacholine Compounds--Diagnostic Use
 (DU); *METHACHOLINE CPDS--Diagnostic Use (DU); Middle Age; Pulmonary Gas
 Exchange; *Respiration; Tidal Volume; Ventilation-Perfusion Ratio
 CAS Registry No.: 55-92-5 (acetyl-beta-methylcholine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 22
-A-
 1593879 85118879
-W-
 Bronchial compression by a patent ductus arteriosus associated with
 pulmonary atresia.
 Markowitz RI; Fahey JT; Hellenbrand WE; Kopf GS; Rothstein PDept. of
 Diagnostic Radiology, Yale Univ. School of Medicine, New Haven, CT.
 AJR (US), Mar 1985, 144 (3) p535-40,
-ISSN-
 0361-803X
-JrnlCode-
 3AE
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Two infants with pulmonary atresia are presented, wherein a large,
 vertically oriented patent ductus arteriosus, acting as the only source of
 pulmonary blood supply, compressed the left bronchus, causing significant
 respiratory distress. Hyperinflation of the left lung was the clue to this
 circumstance. After bronchographic confirmation, surgical repair was
 accomplished by placement of aortopulmonary shunts and division of the
 patent ductus. Other causes of airway compression in congenital heart
 disease are briefly reviewed. The embryology of the ductus arteriosus is
 discussed, emphasizing its anatomic configuration and physiologic role in
 pulmonary atresia.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Airway Obstruction--Etiology (ET); Aortography; *Bronchi; Constriction,
 Pathologic--Diagnosis (DI); *Ductus Arteriosus, Patent-Complications (CO);
 Ductus Arteriosus, Patent--Radiography (RA); Ductus Arteriosus,
 Patent--Surgery (SU); Heart Catheterization; Infant, Newborn; *Pulmonary
 Valve--Abnormalities (AB)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 23
-A-
 1579303 85104303
-W-
 The effects of oxygen and hyperinflation on arterial oxygen tension after
 endotracheal suctioning.
 Goodnough SK
 School of Nursing, Univ. of California, San Francisco.
 Heart Lung (US) , Jan 1985, 14 (1) p1-7,
-ISSN-
 0147-9563
-JrnlCode-
 G2V
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The effects of hyperinflation and increasing the FIO2 to 1.0 on PaO2 after
 endotracheal suctioning were examined in 28 patients after cardiac surgery.
 The changes in PaO2 immediately after and at 5and 10-minutes after
 suctioning were compared with control values. Hyperinflation at the
 patient's baseline FIO2 produced a mean decrease in PaO2 of 18 mm Hg
 immediately after suctioning in over 75% of the sample. Preoxygenation with
 an increase in the ventilator FIO2 to 1.0 produced a mean increase in PaO2
 of 48 mm Hg in 75% of the sample. Delivering preoxygenation by
 hyperinflation provided greater protection for all patients with a mean
 increase in PaO2 of 100 mm Hg. No statistically significant differences
 existed between the 5- and 10-minute PaO2 value and the control PaO2 values
 for any of the procedures. Experimental hyperinflation was aborted in two
 patients who experienced significant hypotension in association with the
 hyperinflation. The hypotension was transient, with arterial blood pressure
 immediately returning to baseline values on termination of the experimental
 hyperinflation. In conclusion, 100% oxygen administered by hyperinflation
 for 1 minute before and after endotracheal suctioning protects patients
 after cardiac surgery from a fall in PaO2. Because hyperinflation can cause
 alterations in arterial blood pressure and heart rate, these vital signs
 should be visually monitored during the endotracheal suctioning procedure.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Anoxemia--Etiology (ET); Anoxemia--Prevention and Control
 (PC); Blood Pressure; Heart Rate; *Intubation, Intratracheal--Adverse
 Effects (AE); Middle Age; Oxygen--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 *Oxygen--Blood (BL); Partial Pressure; Respiratory Therapy--Methods (MT);
 *Suction--Adverse Effects (AE)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 24
-A-
 1579302 85104302
-W-
 Endotracheal tube suctioning/manual hyperventilation procedure on patients
 with severe closed head injuries [letter]
 Clochesy JM
 Heart Lung (US) , Jan 1985, 14 (1) p107,
-ISSN-
 0147-9563
-JrnlCode-
 G2V
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Head Injuries--Physiopathology (PP); *Intracranial Pressure ; Oxygen
 Inhalation Therapy; Suction--Adverse Effects (AE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 25
-A-
 1574750 85099750
-W-
 Pulmonary artery constriction produces a greater right ventricular dynamic
 afterload than lung microvascular injury in the open chest dog.
 Calvin JE Jr; Baer RW; Glantz SA
 Cardiovascular Research Institute, Univ. of California, San Francisco.
 Circ Res (US) , Jan 1985, 56 (1) p40-56,
-ISSN-
 0009-7330
-JrnlCode-
 DAJ
 Contract/Grant No.: HL-25869; HL-01792
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Investigators model noncardiogenic pulmonary hypertension by constricting
 the pulmonary artery to increase right ventricular afterload. To investigate
 this model's validity, we compared the right ventricular afterload,
 quantified as pulmonary input impedance, created by constricting the
 pulmonary artery and by inducing a pulmonary microvascular injury (with
 glass beads infused into the pulmonary circulation). The pulmonary injury
 constriction produced a different right ventricular afterload than the
 microvascular injury. The constriction increased both the input resistance
 and the characteristic impedance. Microvascular injury increased only input
 resistance. Physiological levels of lung inflation did not influence
 pulmonary impedance, but lung hyperinflation increased input resistance both
 before and while constricting the pulmonary artery or after producing
 microvascular injury. Total right ventricular power output and stroke work
 were unchanged during each vascular intervention. Pulmonary artery
 constriction did not affect power output distribution, whereas microvascular
 injury decreased oscillatory power and its relative contribution to total
 power. Lung hyperinflation dramatically reduced right ventricular power and
 left ventricular stroke work. These effects appeared mediated by right
 venticular afterload increase uncompensated for by right ventricular preload
 increase. These observations help explain the hemodynamic consequences of
 acute pulmonary hypertension and the effects of lung hyperinflation with
 positive end-expiratory pressure respiration in such patients.
 Tags: Animal; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Constriction Dogs; *Heart--Physiopathology (PP); Hypertension,
 Pulmonary--Etiology (ET); *Hypertension, Pulmonary--Physiopa-tholoy (PP);
 Lung Compliance; Lung--Blood Supply (BS); Microcirculation; Myocardial
 Contraction; Positive Pressure Respiration; *Pulmonary
 Artery--Physiopathology (PP); *Pulmonary Circulation; Stroke Volume; Tidal
 Volume; Vascular Resistance
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 26
-A-
 1566068 85091068
-W-
 Late cataclysmic hemorrhage from the innominate artery after
 tracheostomy.Hafez A; Couraud L; Velly JF; Bruneteau A
 Dept. of Thoracic Surgery, Xavier-Arnozan Hospital, Pessac-Bordeaux,
 France.
 Thorac Cardiovasc Surg (GERMANY, WEST), Oct 1984, 32 (5) p315-9,
-ISSN-
 0171-6425
-JrnlCode-
 VR0
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We report on 12 patients sustaining late cataclysmic hemorrhage as a
 complication of tracheostomy or endotracheal intubation, resulting from
 erosion of the innominate artery. Four long-term survivors are reported. A
 number of surgical techniques was used and up-to-date management is briefly
 described. Our technique mainly consists of transecting and suturing the
 innominate artery without prior debridement. Innominate artery blood flow
 was not reestablished in all patients, thereby avoiding local wound
 infection and recurrence of hemorrhage. Initial temporary control of
 bleeding was achieved either by hyperinflation of the cuff of the
 tracheostomy tube, or finger compression of the innominate artery against
 the sternal notch. Definite surgical repair of this lesion and
 reestablishment of innominate artery flow is carried out through complete
 sternotomy in combination with right cervical extension which is considered
 the incision of choice by the authors. To prevent this unusual and lethal
 complication, tracheostomy should not be used without proper indication and
 technical errors of its performance, such as lacing it lower than the level
 of third tracheal ring, must be avoided.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; *Fistula--Surgery (SU); *Hemorrhage--Surgery (SU);
 *Innominate Artery--Injuries (IN); Innominate Artery--Surgery (SU);
 Intubation, Intratracheal--Adverse Effects (AE); Middle Age; Postoperative
 Complications--Mortality (MO); POSTOP COMPL--Mortality (MO); Recurrence;
 Suture Technics; *Tracheal Diseases--Surgery (SU); *Tracheotomy--Adverse
 Effects (AE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 27
-A-
 1562636 85087636
-W-
 Lung distensibility and airway function in asthmatic children.
 Kraemer R; Geubelle F
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Univ. of Berne, Switzerland.
 Pediatr Res (US), Nov 1984, 18 (11) p1154-9,
-ISSN-
 0031-3998
-JrnlCode-
 OWL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Lung distensibility and airway mechanics were evaluated in 24 asthmatic
 children and adolescents, ages between 7 and 21 years, by quasi-static
 pressure-volume curves and by the static recoil-lung conductance
 relationship. The measurements were obtained by the step-wise inflation
 technique and the pressure-volume curves were analyzed by a new sigmoid
 exponential curve-fitting model of the form: VL = Vm + [VM/(1 + be-K .
 PstL)], where VL is lung volume, PstL is static recoil pressure, VM and Vm
 are the upper and lower asymptotes, and K and b are shape constants. The
 shape constant K serves as index for lung distensibility, whereas the slope
 of theta of the static recoil-lung conductance plot represents the
 flow-resistive behavior of the airways. The combined evaluation of these two
 parameters (K and theta) shows that some asthmatic children have a very high
 lung distensibility and normal airway function, whereas others have nearly
 normal lung elasticity but grossly reduced airway distensibility. Sigmoid
 exponential analysis of static pressure-volume curves and an evaluation of
 the static recoil-lung conductance relationship in asthmatic children enable
 a distinction of these two types of functional derangements. Increased
 pulmonary distensibility consistent with an increase of alveolar air space
 seems to indicate an involvement of tissue elements. In contrast, decreased
 airway distensibility indicates a defect in the conducting airways.
 Sympathomimetics not only have a positive effect on airway mechanics, but
 seem to increase lung distensibility both in patients with hyperinflation
 and to an even greater degree in patients whose lungs are already too
 compliant.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Airway Resistance; Albuterol--Pharmacodynamics (PD);
 *Asthma--Physiopathology (PP); *Bronchi--Physiopathology (PP) ;
 Bronchodilator Agents--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Child; Lung Compliance; Lung
 Volume Measurements; *Lung--Physiopathology (PP)
 CAS Registry No.: 18559-94-9 (Albuterol)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 28
-A-
 1520609 85045609
-W-
 Handling during neonatal intensive care.
 Murdoc DR; Darlow BA
 Dept. of Paediatrics, Christchurch Clinical School of Medicine, Christchurch
 Hospital, New Zealand.
 Arch Dis Child (ENGLAND) , Oct 1984, 59 (10) p957-61,
-ISSN-
 00039888
-JrnlCode-
 6XG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The handling received by very low birthweight newborns undergoing intensive
 care in the first few days of life and the effects of this were studied.
 Infants were handled an average of 4.3 hours (18%) of the total 24 hour
 observation time and received a mean 234 handling procedures. Parental
 handling contributed 35% of the total time but was usually benign except in
 that it could interfere with the infant's rest. Many procedures were
 associated with undesirable consequences. Endotracheal suctioning as
 invariably associated with hypoxaemia and was often carried out more
 frequently, or took longer, than was optimal. Transcutaneous oxygen
 monitoring, although considered routine for all intensive care infants, was
 only carried out for 50% of the observation time and often did not accompany
 periods of likely intensive handling. Increasing technology in neonatal
 intensive care often results in increased handling of sick infants. Each new
 innovation, as well as routine procedures, should be viewed in the light of
 the continuum of neonatal intensive care events, and handling kept to a
 minimum.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Anoxemia--Etiology (ET); *Critical Care; *Infant Care; *Infant, Low Birth
 Weight; *INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature, Diseases--Therapy
 (TH); Suction--Adverse Effects (AE); Time Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 29
-A-
 1508818 85033818
-W-
 The effects of the pneumatic antishock garment on intracranial pressure in
 man: a prospective study of 12 patients with severe head injury.
 Gardner SR; Maull KI; Swensson EE; Ward JD
 Division of Neurosurgery, Medical College of Virginia, Richmond.
 J Trauma (US) , Oct 1984, 24 (10) p896-900,
-ISSN-
 0022-5282
-JrnlCode-
 KAF
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Changes in intracranial pressure, mean arterial blood pressure, and cerebral
 perfusion pressure in response to sequential inflation of the pneumatic
 antishock garment were monitored in 12 patients with severe head injury and
 initial intracranial pressure less than 20mm Hg. The small incremental
 increases in intracranial pressure that occurred with inflation of the
 pneumatic antishock garment were compensated for by improved hemodynamic
 stability and eleated mean arterial blood pressure which produced a
 simultaneous rise in cerebral perfusion pressure. The treatment of
 hypotension in traumatized patients with head injuries is paramount and
 sequential slow inflation of the pneumatic antishock garment can be used in
 such patients without apparent ill effect to the brain when the initial
 intracranial pressure is 20 mm Hg or below. Further study is needed to
 determine the safety of the device in head injured patients with elevated
 intracranial pressures
 Tags: Human
 Desciptors: Adolescence; Adult; Blood Pressure; Central Venous Pressure
 Coma--Etiology (ET); *G Suits; *MAST; *Head Injuries--Physiopathology (PP)
 Hypotension--Therapy (TH); *Intracranial Pressure; Prospective Studies;
 Pulmonary Wedge Pressure
 Y004154 30
 1503524 85028524
 [Endotracheal suction of meconial aniotic fluid]
 Succion endotraqueal del liquido amniotico meconial.
 Cervantes FJ; Arreola MA; Martinez Cuellar J
 Ginecol Obstet Mex (MEXICO), Mar 1984, 52 (323) p69-75,
-ISSN-
 0300-9041
-JrnlCode-
 FQJ
-Lang-
 SPANISH Summary Languages: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Amniotic Fluid; Asphyxia Neonatorum--Etiology (ET); *Asphyxia
 Neonatorum--Prevention and Control (PC); Aspiration; Heart
 Enlargement--Etiology (ET); Infant, Newborn; *Meconium; *Suction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 31
-A-
 1495886 85020886
-W-
 Effects of abdominal and thoracic breathing on breathing pattern components
 in normal subjects and in patient with chronic obstructive pulmonary
 disease.
 Sackner MA; Gonzalez HF; Jenouri G; Rodriguez M
 Dept. of Medicine, Mount Sinai Medical Center, Miami Beach, Florida.
 Am Rev Respir Dis (US), Oct 1984, 130 (4) p584-7,
-ISSN-
 0003-0805
-JrnlCode-
 426
 Contract/Grant No.: HL-10622
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The purpose of this study was to assess the effect of voluntarily controlled
 breathing maneuvers on breathing pattern components measured noninvasively
 with the respiratory inductive plethosmograph. In normal subjects, these
 maneuvers included predominantly thoracic and abdominal patterns with and
 without visual reinforcement from video-displayed plots of rib cage versus
 abdominal loops. In patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
 (COPD), only predominantly abdominal breathing without and with visual
 feedback was employed; the latter produced greater abdominal contribution to
 tidal volume. Voluntarily controlled breathing patterns led to increased
 minute ventilation (VI) in normal subjects because of variable changes of
 frequency and tidal volume. This increase in ventilation was achieved
 despite increased asynchronous and paradoxic motion between rib cage and
 abdominal excursions that would add to the work of breathing. Patients with
 COPD had heightened baseline respiratory center dive when compared with that
 in normal subjects, as evidenced by elevation of VI and mean respiratory
 flow (VT/TI). In contrast to normal subjects, abdominal breathing produced
 no change in VI and VT/TI for the group as a whole, but 6 of the 9 patients
 with COPD had decreases compared with natural breathing. This diminution of
 respiratory drive in some patients with COPD during voluntary abdominal
 breathing might relate to limitation of ventilatory response by the
 increased work of breathing caused by pulmonary hyperinflation, elevated
 airway resistance, and increased asynchronous and paradoxic motion of the
 rib cage to the abdominal excursions, and/or the mental activity required to
 perform the breathing maneuver might be inhibitory to respiratory drive.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't;
 Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Abdomen; Adult; *Lung Diseases, Obstructive--Physiopathology (PP); Middle
 Age; *Respiration; Respiratory Airflow; *Thorax-Tidal Volume; Time Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 32
-A-
 1493376 85018376
-W-
 Physiological determinants of a clinically successful method of endotracheal
 suction.
 Baun MM
 West J Nurs Res (US), Spring 1984, 6 (2) p213-28,
-ISSN-
 0193-9459
-JrnlCode-
 XNZ
 Contract/Grant No.: 1 F04-NU-27, 569
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Anoxemia--Prevention and Control (PC); Hemodynamics;
 *Intubation, Intratracheal; Middle Age; Oxygen--Blood (BL); Probability;
 Respiration; *Respiratory Insufficiency--Physiopathology (PP) Respiratory
 Insufficiency--Therapy (TH); *Suction
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 33
-A-
 1463423 84303423
-W-
 The effect of high dose barbiturate decompression after severe head injury.
 A controlled clinical trial.
 Nordby HK; Nesbakken R
 Dept. of Neurosurgery, Ullev.ANG.al Univ. Hospital, Oslo, Norway.
 Acta Neurochir (Wien) (AUSTRIA), 1984, 72 (3-4) p157-66,
-ISSN-
 0001-6268
-JrnlCode-
 19C
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Treatment resistant intracranial hypertension after severe head injury has a
 very high mortality with conventional therapy such as hyperventilation and
 mannitol infusions. In this report, we describe the use of large doses of
 thiopental as a means of treating such swelling. From a consecutive series
 of 107 severe head injuries with a Glasgow Coma Score (GCS) of 6 or below,
 we selected all patients below 40 years age with a progressive increase in
 intracranial pressure (ICP) to 40 mm Hg. The first 16 patients (mean age 20
 years, mean GCS 4.3) were treated with deep barbiturate coma and hypothermia
 (32-35 degrees Celsius) until stable lowering of IP was achieved. The next
 15 patients received conventional intensive care and were in other respects
 very similar to the barbiturate group (mean age 26, mean GCS 5.2). After
 9-12 months the outcome was classified according to the Glasgow Outcome
 Scale (GOS). Therapy with barbiturate coma resulted in 6 good/moderate
 outcomes, 3 severe and 7 dead/vegetative. Conventional treatment resulted in
 2 good/moderate outcomes and 13 dead/vegetative. This is a highly
 significant difference and cannot easily be explained by more severe
 injuries or complications in the conventional group. Superior control of ICP
 was achieved by large doses of thiopental and the final outcome was better.
 Tag: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov'tDesc.: Adolescence; Adult; Brain
 Concussion--Complications (CO); Brain Edema--Drug Therapy (DT); *Brain
 Injuries--Complications (CO); Child Child, Preschool; Clinical Trials;
 Dose-Response Relationship, Drug; DOSE RESPONSE RELAT DRUG; Hematoma,
 Subdural--Complications (CO); Intracranial Pressure--Drug Effects (DE);
 Prognosis; *Pseudotumor Cerebri--Drug Therapy (DT); *Thioental--Therapeutic
 Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 76-75-5 (Thiopental)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 34
-A-
 1456962 84296962
-W-
 New approach to management of unilateral tension pulmonary interstitial
 emphysema in premature infants.
 Swingle HM; Eggert LD; Bucciarelli RL
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville.
 Pediatrics (US) , Sep 1984, 74 (3) p354-7,
-ISSN-
 0031-405
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Conservative management of unilateral tension pulmonary interstitial
 emphysema is reported. Treatment consisted of (1) positioning the infant on
 his or her side with the emphysematous lung dependent, (2) minimal chest
 physiotherapy and endotracheal suctioning, and (3) appropriate ventilator
 management. Conservative therapy is effective and appears to be afer than
 selective bronchial intubation or surgical therapy.
 Tags: Human; Male
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature, Diseases--Therapy (TH) Intubation,
 Intratracheal; Physical Therapy; Posture; *Pulmonary Emphysema--Therapy
 (TH); Respiration, Artificial; Suction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 35
-A-
 1410024 84250024
-W-
 Isolation of pathogenic bacteria from the nasopharynx of children with
 respiratory syncytial virus infection. Predictive value of chest roentgen
 examination and laboratory tests.
 Wahlgren H; Erksson M; Mortensson W; Forsgren M; Melen B
 Dept. of Radiology, St. Goran's Children's Hospital, Stockholm, Sweden.
 Scand J Infct Dis (SWEDEN) , 1984, 16 (2) p139-43,
-ISSN-
 0036-5548
-JrnlCode-
 UCX
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Potentially pathogenic bacteria were isolated from the nasopharynx in 33/66
 hospitalized infants and children with verified respiratory syncytial virus
 (RSV) infection. The value of chest roentgenograms and blood counts for the
 prediction of concomitant bacterial infection was evaluated. Abnormal chest
 roentgenograms were found in 89% whether pathogenic bacteria were present or
 not. The most common finding was general hyperinflation of the lungs, with
 or without infiltrates. This occurred more frequently in the group with
 isolated RSV infection. Fever, leucocytosis and an elevated ESR were found
 during the illness in more than half the cases. These findings were more
 frequent in children who harboured potential pathogenic bacteria, though the
 difference was not significant. For optimal evaluation of a case all
 available information about it should be taken into consideration.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Bacterial Infections--Diagnosis (DI); Bacterial Infections--Microbiology
 (MI); Bacterial Infections--Radiagraphy (RA); Child, Preschool; Haemophilus
 Influenzae--Isolation and Purification (IP); Infant;
 *Nasopharynx--Microbiology (MI); *Paramyxovirus Infections--Microbiology
 (MI); Respiratory Syncytial Viruses; Respiratory Tract Infections--Diagnosis
 (DI); *Respiratory Tract Infections--Microbiology (MI); Respiratory Tract
 Infections--Radiography (RA); Retrospective Studies ; Staphylococucs
 aureus--Isolation and Purification (IP); STAPH AUREUS--Isolation and
 Purification (IP); Streptococcus pneumoniae--Isolation and Purification
 (IP); STREP PNEUMONIAE--Isolation and Purification (IP) ; Streptococcus
 Pyogenes--Isolation and Purification (IP); STREP PYOGENES--Isolation and
 Purification (IP)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 36
-A-
 1406165 84246165
-W-
 Effect of neurointensive care upon outcome following severe head injuries in
 childhood--a preliminary report.
 Kaiser G; Pfenninger J
 Dept. of Pediatric Surgery, Universit Children's Hospital, Inselspital Bern,
 Switzerland.
 Neuropediatrics (GERMANY, WEST), May 1984, 15 (2) p68-75,
-ISSN-
 0174304X
-JrnlCode-
 NZA
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 From March 1978 till August 1981 neurointensive care was applied to 24
 children with severe head injuries (Glasgow Coma Scale less than or equal to
 7, mean 5 +/- 1) corresponding to 7% of a population with head injuries
 observed during the same period. The neurointensive care included continuous
 intracranial and arterial pressure monitoring and normalization of
 intracranial and cerebal perfusion pressure with intubation,
 hyperventilation, control of body temperature, dexamethason, barbiturates
 and osmotic agents. The follow-up time is 1.5 to 4.4 year (mean 2.5 years).
 The results obtained by check-ups every 3-6 months were analyzed as proposed
 by Lange-Cosack and Tepfer (1973) and used to group the children according
 to Jennett and Bond (1975). At the end of the follow-up four children were
 1-5, twelve 6-14 years old and 3 older. Five patients (= 21) died during the
 acute stage of head injury. Residual neurological signs were present in 42%
 of the children depending on the specific topics (cranial nerve deficits,
 hemiparesis, speech disorders, ataxic syndromes) at most in 1/4 of the
 cases. Minimal to distinct residual psychoorganic signs were found in 58%,
 an altered personality being somewhat more frequent than intelligence
 deficit or psychomotor retardation. Eleven of the twelve school children are
 back in school of whom are eight in regular and three in special schools. At
 a mean time of 1.5 years after the accident the EEG was normal in nine cases
 and displayed a slightly altered background activity and/or slow wave foci
 in eight and epileptiform foci in two cases.(ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 250
 WORDS)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Brain--Radiography (RA); Child; Child, Preschool; *Critical
 Care; Electroencephalography; EEG; Epilepsy--Etiology (ET);
 Epilepsy--Physiopathology (PP); Evaluation Studies; Follow-Up Studies ; Head
 Injuries--Complications (CO); Head Injuries--Psychology (PX); *Head
 Injuries--Therapy (TH); Infant; Wounds, Nonpenetrating
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 37
-A-
 1401968 84241968
-W-
 Cerebral blood flow and metabolism in comatose patients with acute head
 injury. Relationship to intracranial hypertension.
 Obrist WD; Langfitt TW; Jaggi JL; Cruz J; Gennarelli TA
 Division of Neurosurgery, Univ. of Pennsylvania School of Medicine,
 Philadelphia.
 J Neurosurg (US), Aug 1984, 61 (2) p241-53,
-ISSN-
 0022-3085
-JrnlCode-
 JD3
 Contract/Grant No.: NS 08803
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410Subfile: AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Cerebral blood flow (CBF) measurements were made in 75 adult patients with
 closed head injuries (mean Glasgow Coma Scale score 6.2) using the xenon-133
 intravenous injection method with eight detectors over each hemisphere. All
 patients were studied acutely within 96 hours of trauma, and repeatedly
 observed until death or recovery (total of 361 examinations). Arteriojugular
 venous oxygen differences (AVDO2) were obtained in 55 of the patients, which
 permitted assessment of the balance between metabolism and blood flow, and
 provided estimates of cerebral metabolic rate for oxygen (CMRO2). Based on
 mean regional CBF, the patients were classified into two group: those who
 exhibited hyperemia on one or more examinations, and those who had a
 consistently reduced flow during their acute illness. "Hyperemia" was
 defined as a normal or supernormal CBF in the presence of coma, a definition
 that was independently confirmed by narrow AVDO2's indicative of "luxury
 perfusion". During coma, all patients showed a significant depression in
 CMRO2. Forty-one patients (55%) developed an acute hyperemic with an average
 duration of 3 days, while 34 patients (45%) consistently had subnormal
 flows. Although more prevalent in younger patients, hyperemia was found at
 all age levels (15 to 8? years). There was a highly significant association
 between hyperemia and the occurrence of intracranial hypertension, defined
 as an intracranial pressure above 20 mm Hg. Patients with reduced flow
 showed little or no evidence of global cerebral ischemia, but instead
 revealed the expected coupling of CBF and metabolism. The CBF responses to
 hyperventilation were generally preserved, with the hyperemic patients being
 slightly more reactive. In 10 patients with reduced flow, hyperventilation
 resulted in wide AVDO2's suggestive of ischemia.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Brain Injuries--Complications (CO) ; Brain
 Injuries--Metabolism (ME); *Brain Injuries--Physiopathology (PP);
 *Cerebrovascular Circulation; Coma--Complications (CO); Coma--Metabolism
 (ME); *Coma--Physiopathology (PP); Hyperemia--Complications (CO);
 Hyperemia--Metabolism (ME); Hyperemia--Physiopathology (PP); Middle Age;
 Oxygen--Metabolism (ME); Pseudotumor Cerebri--Complications (CO);
 Pseudotumor Cerebri--Metabolism (ME); *Pseudotumor Cerebri--Physiopathology
 (PP)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 38
-A-
 1400636 84240636
-W-
 Metabolic and hemodynanic response to hyperventilation in patients with head
 injuries.
 Turner E; Hilfiker O; Braun U; Wienecke W; Rama B
 Centre for Anaesthesiology, Univ. of Gottingen School of Medicine, FRG.
 Intensive Care Med (US), 1984, 10 (3) p127-32,
-ISSN-
 0342-4642
-JrnlCode-
 H2J
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The effects of controlled moderate hyperventilation (paCo2 approximately 31
 mmHg) on cardiovascular parameters and whole-body-oxygen-uptake (VO2) was
 studied in 10 patients with head injuries, who were unconscious and
 artificially ventilated at the time of the investigation. VO2 was measured
 with the Beckmann Metabolic Measurement Cart and also calculated from
 cardiac output and arterio-mixed venous oxygen content difference. A mean
 increase in VO2 (+ 19.6% of control) was observed after 2 h of
 hyperventilation. Cardiac output remained unchanged. This resulted in a
 decrease of venous oxygen content and impaired full oxygenation of the
 blood. Our results indicate that hyperventilation should not be a routine
 procedure. Close monitoring of arterial and venous blood gases is
 recommended, when hyperventilation is applied.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Brain Injuries--Metabolism (ME); *Brain Injuries--Physiopathology
 (PP); Heart--Physiopathology (PP); *Hemodynamics Intracranial Pressure;
 Middle Age; Oxygen Consumption; Oxygen--Physiology (PH); *Respiration,
 Artificial; Respiratory Function Tests
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 39
-A-
 1399026 84239026
-W-
 The effects of the endotracheal tube suctioning/manual hyperventilation
 procedure on patients with severe closed head injuries.
 Parson LC; Shogan JS
 School of Nursing, Univ. of Virginia, Charlottesville.
 Heart Lung (US) , Jul 1984, 3 (4) p372-80,
-ISSN-
 0147-9563
-JrnlCode-
 G2V
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The findings of this clinical study suggest that the ETTS/MH procedure could
 be safely performed upon patients with severe closed head injuries whose
 baseline measurements of MICP were within the range of 0 to 20 mm Hg,
 provided the CPP was maintained at 50 mm Hg or greater. The advantages of
 performing the ETTS/MH procedure upon intubated patients far outweigh the
 possible disadvantages. The removal of pulmonary mucus plugs and secretions,
 which subsequently prevents hypercarbia and hypoxemia, is very important to
 the patient's recovery. In most situations, stimulation of the cough reflex
 through ETTS or even MH can help prevent atelectasis, a frequent pulmonary
 complication of neurologically depressed patients. Atelectasis can result in
 hypoxia that may adversely affect the cerebrovascular status. In addition,
 the results of this study suggest that multiple MHs after the third and
 subsequent ETTSs should be extended to a longer time interval, perhaps 60
 seconds, in order that the physiologic measurements of MABP, MICP, CPP, and
 HR more closely approach the baseline levels. Also it is suggested that
 nurses performing the ETTS/MH procedure delay initiation of levels of
 physiologic function used to assess cerebrovascular status are resched.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Blood Pressure; Cerebrovascular Circulation;
 Child; Child, Preschool; Coma--Nursing (NU); *Head Injuries--Nursing (NU);
 Head Injuries--Physiopathology (PP); Heart Rate; Intracranial Pressure;
 *Intubation, Intratracheal--Nursing (NU); Middle Age ; *Respiratory
 Therapy--Methods (MT); Suction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 40
-A-
 1388559 8422859
-W-
 Relationship of functional residual capacity to static pulmonary mechanics
 in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
 Yip CK; Epstein H; Godring RM
 Dept. of Medicine, New York Univ.-Bellevue Medical Center, New York.
 Am J Med Sci (US), May-Jun 1984, 287 (3) p3-6,
-ISSN-
 0002-9629
-JrnlCode-
 3L2
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Static pulmonary mechanics may not be the sole determinant of the functional
 residual capacity (FRC) in the chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases
 (COPD). To assess the relationship of FR~Cr to pulmonary mechanics,
 pulmonary function tests such as spirometry, lung volumes, maximum
 expiratory flow volume curves, and single-breath diffusing capacity were
 related to compliance measurements in 65 patients with stable COPD.
 Compliance studies were examined over the range of tidal volume and at
 maximum lung inflation. The results showed that there was a poor correlation
 between the degree of hyperinflation at FRC and static compliance in the
 tidal range. However, there was a highly significant correlation between FRC
 and static lung mechanics at maximum lung inflation, as well as between FRC
 and diffusing capacity. Thus, in patients with stable COPD, FRC is a useful
 guide to static recoil properties of the lung as assessed at maximum lung
 inflation. Lung compliance measurement in tidal range may not reflect this
 relationship. An increase in FRC remains a useful index of pulmonary
 emphysema, even in the presence of chronic airway disease.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Biomechanics; *Functional Residual Capacity; *Lung Compliance;
 *Lung Diseases, Obstructive--Physiopathology (PP); *Lung Volume
 Measurements; Middle Age; Pulmonary Emphysema--Diagnosis (DI); Respiratory
 Function Tests
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 41
-A-
 1381601 84221601
-W-
 Transmission of herpes simplex virus type 1 to a newborn infant during
 endotracheal suctioning for meconium aspiration.
 Van Dyke RB; Spector SA
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Univ. of California, San Diego, La Jolla.
 Pediatr Infect Dis (US), Mar-Apr 1984, 3 (2) p153-6,
-ISSN-
 0277-9730Jrnl Code: PA4
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Aspiration; *Cross Infection--Transmission (TM); DNA Restriction Enzymes;
 DNA, Viral--Analysis (AN); Herpes Simplex--Microbiology (MI); *Herpes
 Simplex--Transmission (TM); Herpesvirus Hominis--Analysis (AN); Infant,
 Newborn; *Intubation, Intratracheal; Meconium; *Suction
 Enzyme No.: EC 3.1.23. (DNA Restriction Enzymes)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 42
-A-
 1380529 84220529
-W-
 Streamlining your suctioning techniques. Part 2. Endotracheal suctioning.
 Fuchs PL
 Nursing (Horsham) (US), Jun 1984, 14 (6) p46-51,
-ISSN-
 0360-4039
-JrnlCode-
 OA3
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Nursing Care; Suction--Instrumentation (IS); *Suction--Methods (MT);
 *Trachea
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 43
-A-
 1378961 84218961
-W-
 Vasogenic edema with intraparenchymatous expanding mass lesions: a theory on
 its pathophysiology and mode of action of hyperventilation and
 corticosteroids.
 Casanova MF
 Johns Hopkins Univ., Neuropathology Laboratory, Baltimore, Maryland.
 Med Hypotheses (CANADA) , Apr 1984, 13 (4) p439-50,
-ISSN-
 0306-9877
-JrnlCode-
 M0M
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Vasogenic edema with expanding mass brain lesions is hypothesized to be due
 to an increased intracapillary pressure. The latter may be due to
 preferential occlusion of the venous system by the growth of the lesion but
 endothelila proliferation and biogenic amines may also play a part.
 Endocytosis appears to be a mechanical response to the increased
 intraluminal pressure. This is a poorly selective process which can explain
 the proteinaceous nature of vasogenic edema. Sterois may act by forming
 hydrophobic bonds in the endothelial cell membrane and making it more
 difficult for any membrane fission to occur. Hyperventilation can be of use
 in vasogenic edema by decreasing intracranial pressure, providing better
 oxygenation and also by diminishing the capillary head pressure.
 Tags: Animal; Human
-Desc-
 *Adrenal Cortex Hormones--Pharmacodynamics (PD); *Brain
 Edema--Physiopathology (PP); Brain Injuries--Physiopathology (PP); Brain
 Neoplasms--Physiopathology (PP); *Capillary Permeability; Capillary
 Permeability--Drug Effects (DE); Carbon Dioxide--Blood (BL);
 Endocytosis--Drug Effects (DE); *Hyperventilation--Physiopathology (PP);
 Intracranial Pressure--Drug Effects (DE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 44
-A-
 1371889 84211889
-W-
 Breathing pattern during induced bronchoconstriction.
 Chadha TS; Schneider AW; Birch S; Jenouri G; Sackner MA
 Dept. of Medicine, Mount Sinai Medical Center, Miami Beach, Florida.
 J Appl Physiol (US), Apr 1984, 56 (4) p1053-9,
-ISSN-
 0161-756
-JrnlCode-
 HAL
 Contract/Grant No.: HL-10622
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The breathing patterns of normal subjects monitored with respiratory
 inductive plethysmography were investigated after mild increases in
 respiratory resistance provoked by aerosolized methacholine during natural
 breathing and while breathing on a mouthpiece to a pneumotachograph. First,
 during natural breathing, comparisons of inspiratory ventilation (VI), tidal
 volume (VT), frequency (f), inspiratory time (TI), fractional inspiratory
 time (TI/TT), and mean inspiratory flow (VT/TI) were made before and after
 aerosolized buffered saline and methacholine in a dose that reduced specific
 airway conductance (sGaw) by 35% (PD35). There was a significant increase in
 VT/TI and VI after methacholine, whereas VT, f, TI, and TI/TT were not
 consistently modified by saline or methacholine. Pretreatment with
 bronchodilators prevented changes in respiratory resistance (Rrs) as well as
 in breathing pattern after PD35 methacholine. On another day, Rrs,
 end-expiratory lung volume level, and breathing pattern during natural
 breathing were monitored after administration of predetermined doses of
 methacholine that reduced sGaw by 25% (PD25), PD35, and 55% (PD55).
 Increases in VT/TI and end-expiratory lung volume level paralleled the
 increases in Rrs after each dose of methacoline but not with saline control.
 VI increased along with Rrs at the PD25 and PD35 doses but plateaued at the
 PD55 dose while Rrs continued to rise. There were no changes in breathing
 pattern in subjects who breathed on a mouthpiece to a pneumotachograph after
 PD55 methacholine. Thus alterations of the breathing pattern due to
 mild-to-moderate degrees of bronchoconstriction are characterized by
 progressive rises of mean inspiratory flow (an index of respiratory center
 drive) and end-expiratory lung volume level (a measure of pulmonary
 hyperinflation), but VI plateaus at the more severe degree of
 bronchoconstriction.(ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 250 WORDS)
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't;
 Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adult; Aerosols; Bronchial Spasm--Chemically Induced (CI); *Bronchial
 Spasm--Physiopathology (PP); Methacholine Compounds; METHACHOLINE CPDS;
 Orciprenaline--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Oxygen--Blood (BL) ;
 Plethysmography--Methods (MT); *Respiration; Tidal Volume; Time Factors
 CAS Registry No.: 55-92-5 (acetyl-beta-methylcholine); 586-06-1
 (Orciprenaline); 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 45
-A-
 1356999 84196999
-W-
 Abnormalities of chest wall motion in patients with chronic airflow
 obstruction.
 Gilmartin JJ; Gibson GJ
 Regional Cardiothoracic Centre, Freeman Hospital, Newcastle upon
 Tyne.Thorax (ENGLAND), Apr 1984, 39 (4) p264-71,
-ISSN-
 0040-6376 Jrnl Cod: VQW
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Forty patients with severe chronic stable airflow obstruction and
 hyperinflation were studied to assess patterns of abnormal chest wall motion
 and their frequency. Dimensional changes were measured during tidal
 breathing, four pairs of magnetometers being used to record anteroposterior
 diameters of ribcage and abdomen and two lateral diameters of the ribcage.
 Chest wall movements were qualitatively normal in only five patients. Three
 main types of abnormality were found and 13 subjects had two or more
 abnormal patterns Lateral ribcage paradox was present in 31 of the 40
 patients and was recognised clinically in all except one. Inspiratory
 indrawing of the lower sternum was recorded in 12 patients, paradoxical
 inspiratory motion of the abdomen was present in four patients and in six
 there was a biphasic expiratory pattern of abdominal movement. Analysis of
 variance showed no significant group differences in severity of airflow
 obstruction or hyperinflation between the patients with qualitatively normal
 motion and those with different types of abnormal motion. Relationships
 between the tidal displacement of each dimension and severity of airflow
 obstruction and hyperinflation were examined. In general, patients with more
 severe hyperinflation showed less abdominal movement and those with severe
 airflow obstruction had less lateral expansion of the ribcage, but the
 correlations were weak. It is concluded that abnormal motion of the chest
 wall is very common in patients with airflow obstruction and hyperinflation,
 that clinical recognition of abnormal motion other than lateral ribcage
 paradox is easily overlooked, and that quantitative relationships between
 abnormal motion and disease severity are weak.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Abdomen--Physiopathology (PP); Adult; Aged; Forced Expiratory Volume; *Lung
 Diseases, Obstructive--Physiopathology (PP); Magnetics; Middle Age Movement;
 Posture; Respiration; *Thorax-Physiopathology (PP); Total Lung Capacity;
 Vital Capacity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 46
-A-
 1341880 84181880
-W-
 Reduced functional residual capacity and severe head injury [letter]
 Ibanez J; Raurich JM
 Chest (US), May 1984, 85 (5) p715-6,
-ISSN-
 0012-3692
-JrnlCode-
 D1C
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; *Functional Residual Capacity; *Head
 Injuries--Physiopathology (PP); *Lung Volume Measurements; Middle Age;
 Oxygen--Blood (BL); Posture
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 47
-A-
 1341872 84181872
-W-
 Bronchiolitis in rheumatoid arthritis.
 Lahdensuo A; Mattila J; Vilppula A
 Chest , May 1984, 85 (5) p705-8,
-ISSN-
 0012-3692
-JrnlCode-
 D1C
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Bronchiolitis in association with rheumatoid arthritis has been reported, to
 our knowledge, in 18 patients to date. In some cases use of penicillamine
 has been strongly associated with the development of bronchiolitis. Most of
 the reported cases are described as having marked irreversible airways
 obstruction and hyperinflation. We describe a patient with rheumatoid
 arthritis whose respiratory tract symptoms began during gold therapy.
 Physiologic studies showed marked lung hyperinflation without pathologic
 findings in forced dry spirometric study. On open lung biopsy a mild degree
 of granulomatous bronchiolitis was found. Immunofluorescent microscopy
 showed IgM- and IgG-containing plasma cells in the bronchiolar walls.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; *Arthritis, Rheumatoid--Complications (CO); Arthritis,
 Rheumatoid--Drug Therapy (DT); *Bronchitis--Etiology (ET);
 Bronchitis--Immunology (IM); Bronchitis--Pathology (PA); Gold--Therapeutic
 Use (TU); IgG-Analysis (AN); IgM--Analysis (AN); Respiratory Function Tests
 CAS Registry No.: 7440-57-5 (Gold)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 48
-A-
 1331403 84171403
-W-
 The effect of hyperinflation on lung elasticity in healthy subjects.
 Hillman DR; Finucane KE
 Dept. of Pulmonary Physiology, Sir Charles Gairdner Hospital, Perth,
 Australia.
 Respir Physiol (NETHERLANDS), Dec 1983, 54 (?) p295-305,
-ISSN-
 0034-5687
-JrnlCode-
 R88
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In acute severe asthma, lung distensibility may increase. To determine
 whether hyperinflation alone can increase lung distensibilit acutely total
 lung capacity (TLC) and static volume-pressure (VP) properties were measured
 in six healthy subjects after quiet breathing, and two periods of
 hyperinflation of 20-60 min, with negative pressure assistance at the chest
 wall (NPA) in one period and positive airways pressure assistance (PPA) in
 the other In five subjects there was no change with NPA; with PPA lung
 volume at a static transpulmonary pressure of 10 cm H2O (VL 10) increased by
 0.3 L (P less than 0.01) and K, the shape constant of an exponential
 function fited to the deflation VP curve, increased (P less than 0.001)
 without a change in TLC. In Subject 6, with both NPA and PPA, VL 10
 increased by 1.3 L (P less than 0.001). K increased P less than 0.001 with
 NPA; P less than 0.0 with PPA) and TLC increased (P less than 0.001 with
 NPA; P less than 0.01 with PPA); volume hysteresis was unchanged. The small
 increase of lung distensibility in five subjects after PPA we attribute to
 decreased pulmonary blood volume; in Subject 6 the changes with
 hyperinflation suggest decreased tissue forces. We conclude that
 hyperinflation can cause an acute increase in lung distensibility in some
 individuals. The variable response between subjects parallels that seen in
 asthma.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Asthma--Physiopathology (PP); Lung Compliance; Lung Volume
 Measurements; *Lung--Psysiology (PH); Lung--Physiopathology (PP);
 Plothysmography; Positive Pressure Respiration; Pressure; *Respiration;
 Total Lung Capacity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 49
-A-
 1321512 84161512
-W-
 Lung compliance changes on high-frequency ventilation in normal dogs.
 Weinmann GG; Simon BA; Mitzner W
 Dept. of Environmental Health Sciences, Johns Hopkins Medical Institutions,
 Baltimore, Maryland.
 J Appl Physiol (US), Feb 1984, 56 (2) p506-12,ISSN 0161-7567
-JrnlCode-
 HAL
 Contract/Grant No.: HL-26532; GM-07309
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 To test the hypothesis that high-frequency ventilation (HFV) promotes lung
 stability we compared the temporal course of dynamic lung compliance changes
 after two inflations on HFV with those occurring on conventional mechanical
 ventilation (CMV) at two different lung volumes, specifically with and
 without 5 cmH2O positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP). In our first set of
 experiments we ventilated six anesthetized paralyzed dogs first with CMV,
 then with HFV, then again with CMV using tidal volumes of 15 ml/kg at rates
 of 16-18 times/min for CMV and less than 90 ml and a rate of 15 Hz for HFV.
 I our second set of experiment, we ventilated six dogs for 4 h, the 1st h
 with CMV at 0 cmH2O end-expiratory pressure, the 2nd h with CMV with 5 cmH2O
 PEEP, the 3rd h with HFV at the same mean pleural pressure, and the 4th h
 again with CMV with 5 cmH2O PEEP. We found the decreases in dynamic
 compliance with time following hyperinflations were similar on HFV and CMV
 (P greater than 0.5) at both lung volumes. With the lower lung volume the
 initial dynamic compliance following hyperinflation also tended to fall
 progressively from one hour to the next despite the inflations. However,
 with PEEP the initial dynamic compliance over successive hours tended to
 rise from one hour to the next. We found that changes in dynamic compliance
 were not necessarily reflected in the venous admixture or alveolar to
 arterial O2 partial pressure gradients. We thus conclude that lung stability
 in normal dogs is not improved during HFV, and blood gases cannot be used to
 predict compliance changes.
 Tags: Animal; Comparative Study; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S.
 Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Dogs; *Lung Compliance; Lung Volume Measurements; Positive Pressure
 Respiration; *Respiration, Artificial; Tidal Volume; Time Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 50
-A-
 1317909 84157909
-W-
 Physiologic correlate of airway collapse in chronic airflow obstruction.
 Healy F; Wilson AF; Fairshter RD
 Dept. of Medicine, Univ. of California, Irvine Medical Center, Orange.
 Chest (US), Apr 1984, 85 (4) p476-81,
-ISSN-
 0012-3692
-JrnlCode-
 D1C
 Contract/Grant No.: HL0529-01
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Forty percent of 89 patients with chronic airflow obstruction (CAO)
 demonstrated maximum expiration flow-volume (MEFV) patterns consistent with
 sudden collapse or marked narrowing of large central airways. In contrast,
 43 percent of the CAO patients demonstrated a curvilinear (C) pattern; the
 remainder (17 percent) were intermediate. Volume displacement
 plethysmography indicated that the airway collapse (AC) pattern was
 influenced by, but was not solely, a gas compression artifact. Airway
 collapse patients had more obstruction and hyperinflation than C patients
 and also had decreased diffusing capacity, absence of density dependence,
 reduced lung recoil, and no effort dependence of airflow. Bronchodilaton
 administration in AC patients typically produced large reduction of residual
 volume and increase of vital capacity, with a smaller increase of airflow.
 These data suggest that AC patients have significant, partially reversible
 peripheral airways obstruction plus emphysema. Possible determinants of AC
 include reduced central airway support, increased peripheral resistance,
 loss of lung recoil, and increased pleural pressures during forced
 expiration. The MEFV contour appears to evolve from normal to curvilinear to
 the AC pattern as the severity of airflow obstruction worsens.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Aged; Bronchodilator Agents-Therapeutic Use (TU); Forced Expiratory Volume;
 Lung Compliance; Lung Diseases, Obstructive--Drug Therapy (DT); *Lung
 Diseases, Obstructive--Physiopathology (PP); Methacholine
 Compounds--Pharmacodynamics (PD); METHACHOLINE CPDS--Pharmacodynamics (PD);
 Middle Age; Pulmonary Diffusing Capacity; Pulmonary Wedge Pressure;
 Respiratory Function Tests
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 51
-A-
 1312067 84152067
-W-
 Hyperinflation [editorial]
 Macklem PT
 Am Rev Respir Dis (US), Jan 1984, 129 (1) p1-2,
-ISSN-
 00030805
-JrnlCode-
 426
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Animal; Human
-Desc-
 Dogs; Lung Volume Measurements; *Lung--Physiopathology (PP)
 Muscles--Physiopathology (PP); *Respiration Disorders--Physiopathology (PP)
 ; *Respiration; Respiratory Airflow
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 52
-A-
 1304151 84144151
-W-
 Cerebrovascular status of severe closed head injured patients following
 passive position changes.
 Parsons LC; Wilson M
 School of Medicine, Univ. of Virginia, Charlottesville.
 Nurs Res (US), Mar-Apr 1984, 33 (2) p68-75,
-ISSN-
 0029-6562
-JrnlCode-
 O9K
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Nursing care of the severe closed head injured patient has two primary
 goals: (1) the prevention of secondary brain injury associated with
 intracranial hypertension, and (2) the prevention of complications
 associated with immobility. This study examined the effects of six body
 position changes, performed as part of routine nursing care interventions,
 on the cerebrovascular status of 18 severely head injured patients. These
 changes included turning and positioning in bed, head rotation, range of
 motion exercises, and raising and lowering of the head of the bed. All
 subjects had baseline mean intracranial pressures of less than or equal to
 15 mm/Hg, and cerebral perfusion pressures of greater than or equal to 50
 mm/Hg. Over 200 observations of the effects of position changes on heart
 rate (HR), mean arterial blood pressure (MABP), mean intracranial pressure
 (MICP), and cerebral perfusion pressure (CPP) were recorded and analyzed.
 With the exception of the intervention raising the head of the bed, all
 position changes produced increases in HR, MABP, MICP, and CPP. Typically,
 the physiologic changes were transient and showed recovery toward baseline
 values in one-minute postintervention measurements. The results of this
 study suggest that passive position changes may be performed safely upon
 severe closed head injured patients with baseline MICPs less than or equal
 to 15 mm/Hg, provide CPPs are maintained above 50 mm/Hg throughout each
 position change and provided multiple fractures do not preclude these
 position changes.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Blood Pressure; Cerebrovascular Circulation; Child;
 Child, Preschool; *Head Injuries--Nursing (NU); Head
 Injuries--Physiopathology (PP); Heart Rate; Intracranial Pressure; Middle
 Age; *Posture
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 53
-A-
 1295074 84135074
-W-
 Cumulative effects of three sequential endotracheal suctioning episodes in
 the dog model.
 Baun MM; Flones MJ
 Nursing Research Center, College of Nursing, Univ. of Nebraska, Omaha.Heart
 Lung (US) , Mar 1984, 13 (2) p148-54,
-ISSN-
 0147-9563
-JrnlCode-
 G2V
 Contract/Grant No.: R01NU00694
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Animal; Female; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Anoxemia--Etiology (ET); Anoxemia--Prevention and Control (PC); Dogs;
 *Intubation, Intratracheal; Oxygen--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 *Oxygen--Blood (BL); Respiration, Artificial--Methods (MT);
 *Suction--Adverse Effects (AE); Tidal Volume
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-4-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 54
-A-
 1267740 84107740
-W-
 Predicting risk of pneumothorax in needle biopsy of the lung.
 Poe RH; Kallay MC; Wicks CM; Odoroff CL
 Pulmonary Disease Unit, Highland Hospital, Rochester, New York.
 Chest (US), Feb 1984, 85 (2) p232-5,
-ISSN-
 0012-3692
-JrnlCode-
 D1C
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8405
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 We prospectively studied results of 103 consecutive transthoracic needle
 biopsies of lung lesions suspicious for malignancy to determine if lesion
 size, depth within the lung, hyperinflation, second needle passes, or 100
 percent oxygen breathing influenced the incidence of pneumothorax.
 Thirty-eight patients (37 percent) developed pneumothorax. Ten (10 percent)
 required tube thoracostomy for re-expansion. Five of the ten requiring the
 chest tube had clinically severe obstructive lung disease. In all patients,
 greater depth (D) in centimeters of needle penetration significantly
 increased the probability (p) of pneumothorax (p much less than .001) and
 can be estimated by the equation: (formula see text) the estimated
 probability of pneumothorax is 13 percent at 1 cm, 49 percent at 4 cm, and
 86 percent at 7 cm. An increase in total lung capacity above predicted added
 additional risk of pneumothorax (p less than .02). Oxygen breathing did not
 significantly reduce the incidence of pneumothorax, but may reduce size by
 increasing the rate of reabsorption. The other factors had little influence.
 We conclude that the more central location of the lesion and pre-existing
 lung hyperinflation determine the risk of pneumothorax.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Biopsy, Needle--Adverse Effects (AE); Lung
 Neoplasms--Complications (CO); Lung Neoplasms--Diagnosis (DI); Lung
 Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Lung Volume Measurements; *Lung--Pathology (PA)
 Lung--Radiography (RA); Middle Age; Pneumothorax--Etiology (ET);
 *Pneumothorax--Occurrence (OC); Prognosis; Prospective Studies; Risk
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 55
-A-
 1243372 84083372
-W-
 Prolonged hyperventilation and intracranial pressure.
 Havill JH
 Intensive Therapy Unit, Waikato Hospital, Hamilton, New Zealand.
 Crit Care Med (US), Jan 1984, 12 (1) p72-4,
-ISSN-
 0090-3493
-JrnlCode-
 DTF
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The effects of a CO2 changes on intracranial pressure (ICP) often remain
 even after prolonged hyperventilation. Two representative cases are
 described where PaCO2 rises were directly related to serious rises in ICP
 after 4, 6, and 14 days of hyperventilation. This is common in head injuries
 and suggests that where hyperventilation is used to reduce ICP in the
 presence of brain swelling, withdrawal of the technique should be cautious.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Blood Pressure; Carbon Dioxide--Blood (BL); Child; *Critical
 Care; *Head Injuries--Therapy (TH); *Intermittent Positive Pressure
 Ventilation; *Intracranial Pressure; *Positive Pressure Respiration; Time
 Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 56
-A-
 1238796 84078796
-W-
 Controlled hyperventilation [letter]
 Levy DE
 Arch Intern Med (US), Dec 1983, 13 (12) p2342-3,
-ISSN-
 0003-9926
-JrnlCode-
 7FS
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8403
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Animal; Human
-Desc-
 *Brain Injuries--Therapy (TH); Cerebrovascular Circulation; *Intracranial
 Pressure; *Respiration, Artificial--Methods (MT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 57
-A-
 1237980 8407798
-W-
 The effects of chronic hyperinflation, nutritional status, and posture on
 respiratory muscle strength in cystic fibrosis.
 O'Neill S; Leahy F; Pasterkamp H; Tal A
 Division of Respirology, Univ. of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Canada.Am Rev Respir
 Dis (US), Dec 1983, 128 (6) p1051-4,
-ISSN-
 0003-0805
-JrnlCode-
 426
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8403
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 We measured maximal static inspiratory and expiratory pressures (PImax and
 PEmax) in 25 patients with cystic fibrosis (CF) and 80 normal control
 subjects to determine whether chronic hyperinflation and malnutrition reduce
 PImax and PImax/PEmax, respectively. In addition, we examined the effect of
 posture on pressures generated. We used a diminution in PEmax as an index of
 a malnutrition effect on pressures generated. The patients with CF, although
 significantly hyperinflated (ratio of residual volume to total lung
 capacity, 0.49), generated PImax values similar to those of the control
 subjects (p greater than 0.05). Despite evidence of malnutrition (mean body
 mass percentile, 78%) the PEmax values of patients with CF and those of
 control subjects were comparable (p greater than 0.05). There was no
 postural effect on pressures generated in the normal subjects or the CF
 group as a whole. We conclude that respiratory muscle strength is normal or
 supranormal in C, despite chronic hyperinflation and malnutrition.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Child; Cystic Fibrosis--Complications (CO); *Cystic
 Fibrosis--Physiopathology (PP); Forced Expiratory Volume;
 *Muscles--Physiopathology (PP); *Nutrition Disorders--Complications (CO);
 Posture; Pressure; Residual Volume; *Respiration; *Respiratory Airflow;
 Total Lung Capacity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 58
-A-
 1187716 84027716
-W-
 Effect of positive end-expiratory pressure on breathing patterns of normal
 subjects and intubated patients with respiratory failure.
 Tobin MJ; Jenouri G; Birch S; Lind B; Gonzalez H; Ahmed T; Sackner MA
 Division of Pulmonary Diseases, Mount Sinai Medical Center, Miami Beach,
 FL.
 Crit Care Med (US), Nov 1983, 11 (11) p859-67,
-ISSN-
 0090-3493
-JrnlCode-
 DTF
 Contract/Grant No.: HL 10622
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The aims of this study included assessment of accuracy of respiratory
 inductive plethysmography when pulmonary hyperinflation was induced by
 application of PEEP, and examination of breathing patterns of normal
 subjects, intubated patients requiring mechanical ventilation and intubated
 patients immediately before extubation during application of PEEP by demand
 valve and high gas flow reservoir bag systems. Validation of tidal volume
 (VT) and end-expiratory level measured with respiratory inductive
 plethysmography to simultaneous spirometry (SP) was achieved with PEEP
 levels up to 12.5 cm H2O in 7 normals. In 17 intubated patients, almost all
 VT values measured with respiratory inductive plethysmography fell within
 +/- 10% of SP even with 2 to 3 changes of body posture. In normal subjects,
 increasing levels of PEEP from the demand valve system produced
 nonprogressive rises of VT and mean inspiratory flow, falls of frequency and
 fractional inspiratory time (TI/TTOT), and no changes of minute ventilation
 (Vmin) nor mean expiratory flow. PEEP from the high gas flow reservoir bag
 system produced nonprogressive rises of VT and rib cage (RC) contribution to
 VT, and rises of Vmin and mean inspiratory and expiratory flows between 10.0
 and 12.5 cm H2O of PEEP. Intubated patients requiring intermittent mandatory
 ventilation (IMV) had a rapid, shallow breathing pattern unaltered by PEEP
 levels delivered by either system up to 12.5 cm H2O despite increases of
 end-expiratory level. Intubated patients who were about to be extubated
 breathed with patterns closer to ambulatory normal subjects with the
 exception of their elevated RC contribution to VT.(ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 250
 WORDS)
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Evaluation Studies; Middle Age; Monitoring, Physiologic;
 Plethysmography; *Positive Pressure Respiration; *Respiration Respiratory
 Function Tests; *Respiratory Insufficiency--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 59
-A-
 1182640 84022640
-W-
 Respiratory problems 2 years after acute bronchiolitis in infancy.
 Henry RL; Hodges IG; Milner AD; Stokes GM
 Univ. Dept. of Child Health, Univ. Hospital, Queen's Medical Centre,
 Nottingham.
 Arch Dis Child (ENGLAND) , Sep 1983, 58 (9) p713-6,
-ISSN-
 0003-9888
-JrnlCode-
 6XG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8401
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 We assessed the clinical progress of 55 children 2 years after admission to
 hospital with acute bronchiolitis and performed lung function tests on 40.
 During the 2 year follow up period 75% of the children had wheezed, 36% had
 2 or more lower respiratory symptoms lasting more than 2 weeks, 33% had more
 than 100 days of lower respiratory symptoms, and 13% were readmitted to
 hospital with acute respiratory disease. In addition 60% of the children
 were hyperinflated on lung function tests. Many of the children with
 hyperinflation at the 2 year assessment had not been hyperinflated 1 year
 earlier, suggesting variable airways obstruction. Reversibility of airways
 obstruction was also assessed by response to nebulise salbutamol. Nine
 children had a fall greater than 15% in airways resistance after salbutamol
 and these children had the highest baseline airways resistances. Airways
 resistance was higher in the children with a family history of atopy.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Acute Disease; Airway Resistance; *Bronchiolitis, Viral--Complications (CO);
 Cough--Etiology (ET); Follow-Up Studies; Infant Lung Volume Measurements;
 Lung--Physiopathology (PP); Paramyxovirus Infections--Complications (CO);
 Respiratory Sounds--Etiology (ET); Respiratory Syncytial Viruses;
 *Respiratory Tract Diseases--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 60
-A-
 1182087 84022087
-W-
 Changes in the glottic aperture during bronchial asthma
 Collett PW; Brancatisano T; Engel LA
 Thoracic Medicine Unit, Westmead Hospital, Sydney, Australia.
 Am Rev Respir Dis (US), Oct 1983, 128 (4) p719-23,
-ISSN-
 0003-0805
-JrnlCode-
 426
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8401
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 We measured the cross-sectional area of the glottis in 12 asymptomatic
 asthmatic subjects before and after bronchoconstriction (BC) induced by
 histamine or ultrasonically nebulized water aerosol. The glottis was
 visualized using a fiberoptic bronchoscope attached to a video camera and
 tape recorder onto which flow and volume were simultaneously recorded.
 During induced asthma, measurements of forced expiratory flow fell to 36 +/-
 3% (mean +/- SE) of control. Glottic area at mid-expiration (Age) fell from
 75 +/- 14 mm2 by 45 +/- 8% (p less than 0.005). In some subjects, expiratory
 constriction of the supraglottic portion of the larynx and pharynx as also
 noted. Five subjects showed mild constriction (13 to 32%) of the glottis
 during inspiration. The administration of 10 cm H2O of continuous positive
 airway pressure (CPAP) during the induced asthma temporarily abolished
 expiratory constriction of the glottis and supraglottic structures; Age
 increased from 45 +/- 15 to 79 +/- 11 mm2 (p less than 0.01). The
 constriction returned when CPAP was stopped. After reversal of BC by
 salbutamol Age returned to values similar to those before BC. Although the
 mechanism for the expiratory glottic constriction is not known, it may be
 related to the different pattern of respiratory muscle activity seen in
 asthma. We speculate that the glottic constriction may contribute to
 hyperinflation by slowing expiratory flow and/or allowing a reduction in the
 persistent inspiratory muscle activity during expiration.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; *Asthma--Physiopathology (PP); Bronchoscopy; Forced Expiratory Flow
 Rates; Forced Expiratory Volume; *Glottis--Physiopathology (PP); Middle Age;
 Respiration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 61
-A-
 1169964 84009964
-W-
 Analysis of the cerebrospinal fluid pulse wave in intracranial
 pressure.Cardoso ER; Rowan JO; Galbraith S
 Dept. of Neurosurgery, Southern General Hospital, Glasgow, Scotland.
 J Neurosurg (US), Nov 1983, 59 (5) p817-21,
-ISSN-
 0022-3085
-JrnlCode-
 JD3
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8401
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The configuration of the intracranial pressure (ICP) pulse wave represents a
 complex sum of various components. Amplitude variations of an isolated
 component might reflect changes in a specific intracranial structure.
 Fifteen awake patients suffering from hydrocephalus, benign intracranial
 hypertension, or head injury underwent ICP monitoring through a ventricular
 catheter and were subjected to three standardized maneuvers to alter the
 intracranial dynamics: head elevation, voluntary hyperventilation, and
 cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) withdrawal. A 12 degrees head elevation and
 fractionated CSF withdrawal caused a mild ICP drop and a proportionate
 amplitude reduction of all the wave components. Voluntary hyperventilation
 caused a comparable fall in ICP, and a disproportionate reduction in the
 amplitude of the wave components, especially the P2 component. It is
 postulated that the decrease in amplitude of the P2 component reflects the
 reduction of the cerebral bulk caused by hyperventilation. Head elevation
 and CSF withdrawal caused a decrease of global ICP but no specific changes
 in any intracranial structure, and consequently the configuration of the
 pulse wave remained unchanged. The establishment of relationships between
 anatomical substrate and particular wave components is promising since
 potentially it could be useful for monitoring conditions such as
 vasoparalysis, impaired cerebrovascular reactivity, and cerebral edema.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Brain Injuries--Physiopathology (PP); *Cerebrospinal Fluid
 Hematoma--Physiopathology (PP); Hydrocephalus--Physiopathology (PP);
 Hypoventilation--Physiopathology (PP); *Intracranial Pressure; Posture;
 Pseudotumor Cerebri--Physiopathology (PP)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 62
-A-
 1167691 84007691
-W-
 A model of inspiratory muscle mechanics.
 Macklem PT; Macklem DM; De Troyer A
 Meakins-Christie Laboratories, McGill Univ. Clinic, Royal Victoria Hospital,
 Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
 J Appl Physiol (US), Aug 1983, 55 (2) p547-57,
-ISSN-
 0161-7567
-JrnlCode-
 HAL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8401
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We have previously shown that the costal and crural parts of the diaphragm
 have different actions on the rib cage (RC) and that the tension developed
 in one part is not transmitted perfectly to the other. Thus the diaphragm
 can be modeled pneumatically or electrically as two generators or pumps in
 series between the lung and abdomen. As such, the force developed by
 diaphragmatic contraction is the sum of the forces developed in each part,
 whereas the volume displaced is the same for each part and equal to the
 total volume displaced. The costal part of the diaphragm is in series with
 the intercostal and accessory (IA) muscles between the lung and RC, whereas
 the crural part is in parallel. The volume displaced by simultaneous
 contraction of the crural part and IA is the sum of volumes displaced by
 each part. The action of pleural and abdominal pressure [acting through the
 area of apposition (Aap) of the diaphragm to RC] can be modelled as a
 summing junction between IA and RC. With hyperinflation the costal part acts
 more and more in parallel with both IA and the crural part, whereas Aap
 diminishes, so that the ability to develop large forces decreases
 independently of the muscles' force-length relationships. The model also
 predicts that the factors determining the length of the costal and crural
 parts are different. Finally, the parallel and serial arrangement of the
 inspiratory musculature allows for increases in maximum power, maximum
 force, and maximum velocity by appropriate recruitment of the various muscle
 groups.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Biomechanics; *Diaphragm--Physiology (PH); *Intercostal Muscles--Physiology
 (PH); *Models, Biological; Pleura--Physiology (PH); Pressure; *Respiration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 63
-A-
 1167657 84007657
-W-
 Vagal feedback with expiratory threshold load under extracorporeal
 circulation.
 Jammes Y; Bye PT; Pardy RL; Roussos C
 Meakins-Christie Laboratories, McGill Univ. Clinic, Royal Victoria Hospital,
 Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
 J Appl Physiol (US), Aug 1983, 55 (2) p316-22,
-ISSN-
 0161-7567
-JrnlCode-
 HAL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8401
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In 11 anesthetized dogs placed under extracorporeal circulation, the vagal
 feedback was tested by electrical stimulation of the vagus nerves with cold
 block of their caudal part and by passive lung hyperinflation. The apnaic
 response to such vagal stimulation progressively disappeared during
 expiratory threshold load breathing but then returned to control values some
 minutes after the load was removed. This suppression of the inhibitory
 response to stimulation of the vagus nerves was usually observed when vagal
 afferents were intact or blocked by cold. However, it was not observed
 whether no evoked activity continued in expiratory muscles after the cold
 block, or after suppression of all proprioceptive muscular afferents after
 transection of the spinal cord at C6 level. These results strongly suggest
 that enhancement of proprioceptive inputs to the respiratory centers
 counteracts the vagally mediated inspiratory "off-switch" mechanisms.
 Tags: Animal; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Abdominal Wall--Physiology (PH); Afferent Pathways--Physiology (PH);
 Differential Threshold; Dogs; Electric Stimulation; *Extracorporeal
 Circulation; Feedback; *Respiration; *Vagus Nerve--Physiology (PH); *Work of
 Breathing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 64
-A-
 1151793 83306793
-W-
 Mechanical load and inspiratory muscle action during induced asthma.
 Martin JG; Shore SA; Engel LA
 Meakins-Christie Laboratories, McGill Univ. Clinic, Royal Victoria Hospital,
 Montreal, Canada.
 Am Rev Respir Dis (US), Sep 1983, 128 (3) p455-60,
-ISSN-
 0003-0805
-JrnlCode-
 426
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8312
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 To examine the relationship between inspiratory mechanical load in asthma
 and the pattern of respiratory muscle recruitment, we studied lung and chest
 wall mechanics in 7 asymptomatic asthmatics in whom progressive
 bronchoconstriction was induced with inhaled aerosolized histamine. A fall
 in the FEV1 to 49.5 +/- 3.9% of the control value (mean +/- 1 SE) was
 associated with a 10.7-fold increase in the inspiratory work rate of the
 inspiratory muscles from 6.7 +/- 1.6 to 71.4 +/- 11.4 Joules/min. Elastic
 work accounted for 69% of the total work during the control period and 57%
 at the maximal level of bronchoconstriction studied. The net pressure time
 product for the inspiratory muscles, measured over 1 min, rose fivefold from
 245 +/- 33 cmH2O.s to a maximum of 1, 211 +/- 107 cmH2O.s, indicating a
 relatively greater increase in the recruitment of the intercostal/accessory
 muscles of inspiration. The abdominal muscles, which were recruited during
 bronchoconstriction, relaxed during inspiration, and permitted outward
 movement of the abdominal wall with progressively smaller net increases in
 Pga. We concluded that during induced asthma (1) the increase in inspiratory
 muscle work was largely the result of hyperinflation, (2) the recruitment of
 the intercostal/accessory muscles exceeded that of the diaphragm, and (3)
 the combined action of the intercostal/accessory and abdominal muscles
 favored the diaphragm.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Abdominal Wall--Physiopathology (PP); Adult; *Asthma--Physiopathology (PP);
 Bronchi--Physiopathology (PP); Diaphragm--Physiopathology (PP); Forced
 Expiratory Volume; Intercostal Muscles--Physiopathology (PP); Lung Volume
 Measurements; Middle Age; *Muscles--Physiopathology (PP); *Respiration;
 Respiratory Airflow
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 65
-A-
 1110273 83265273Maximal shortening of inspiratory muscles: effect of
-W-
 training.
 Fanta CH; Leith DE; Brown R
 Dept. of Medicine, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts.
 J Appl Physiol (US), Jun 1983, 54 (6) p1618-23,
-ISSN-
 0161-7567
-JrnlCode-
 HAL
 Contract/Grant No.: HL-19170
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8311
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS Normal subjects can increase their vital capacity by
 appropriate training. We tested whether that change can be achieved by
 greater maximal shortening of the inspiratory muscles without concomitant
 increases in peak static inspiratory pressures. Sixteen healthy volunteers
 participated in the study: eight were randomly assigned to make 20
 inhalations to total lung capacity, held for 10 s with the glottis open,
 each day for 6 wk; the remainder served as nontraining control. Before and
 after the 6-wk study period, we made multiple determinations of lung volumes
 and of curves relating lung volume to maximal static inspiratory (and
 expiratory) pressure. Control subjects had no significant changes from base
 line in any variable. In the training group, the mean vital capacity
 increased 200 +/- 74 ml (P less than 0.05) or 3.9 +/- 1.3% (P less than
 0.02), without a significant change in residual volume. After training, the
 mean maximal inspiratory pressure at the airway opening (PI) at a lung
 volume equal to the base-line total lung capacity was 27 +/- 8 cmH2O in this
 group (vs. zero before training; P less than 0.02). Values of PI in the
 mid-vital capacity range did not change. We conclude that in response to
 appropriate training stimuli inspiratory muscles can contract to shorter
 minimal lengths, a capacity potentially important in progressive pulmonary
 hyperinflation.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't,
 Non-P.H.S.; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; *Muscles--Anatomy and Histology (AH); *Physical
 Education and Training; *PHYS ED; *Respiratory System--Anatomy and Histology
 (AH); Respiratory System--Physiology (PH); Total Lung Capacity; Vital
 Capacity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 66
-A-
 1078831 83233831
-W-
 Reduced functional residual capacity and abnormal oxygenation in patients
 with severe head injury.
 Cooper KR; Boswell PA
 Pulmonary Division, Medical College of Virginia-Virginia Commonwealth Univ.,
 Richmond.
 Chest (US), Jul 1983, 84 (1) p29-35,
-ISSN-
 0012-3692
-JrnlCode-
 D1C
 Contract/Grant No.: NS-12587
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8310
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Severe head injury often results in hypoxemia, but the pathophysiology of
 this phenomenon is unclear. We studied 24 patients hospitalized after severe
 head injury to determine whet~rher the abnormality of oxygen transfer as
 measured by venous admixture (Qs/Qt) was associated with a reduction in
 functional residual capacity (FRC) and also what changes in these variables
 could be induced by positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP). Mean FRC was 68
 percent of the value predicted for the upright position, and mean Qs/t was
 0.196. The FRC and Qs/Qt were significantly related so that patients with
 the lowest FRC had the highest Qs/Qt (p less than 0.001). The FRC was small
 enough to expect closure of small airways in many of these patients. The
 addition of 10 cm H2O of PEEP resulted in an increase in RC of 28 percent
 (+/- 15 percent [SD] of the value predicted for upright posture; Qs/Qt
 declined by 0.05 (+/- 0.05 [SD] ). Most of these patients had no spontaneous
 breathing due either to the severity of the brain injury or to the
 therapeutic hyperventilation and muscular paralysis employed to control
 intracranial pressure. We conclude that FRC is often reduced in patients
 hospitalized after severe head injury and that associated abnormalities of
 ventilation-perfusion matching often lead to an elevated Qs/Qt. Therapy with
 PEEP in the range of 10 to 15 cm H2O was well tolerated by our patients and
 can be used safely to reduce Qs/Qt.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Anoxemia--Etiology (ET); Anoxemia--Therapy (TH);
 Blood Pressure; Cardiac Output; *Functional Residual Capacity; Head
 Injuries--Complications (CO); *Head Injuries--Physiopathology (PP); *Lung
 Volume Measurements; Middle Age; *Oxygen--Physiology (PH); Positive Pressure
 Respiration; Posture; Pulmonary Gas Exchange; Ventilation-Perfusion Ratio
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 67
-A-
 1024943 83179943
-W-
 [Acute postembolic pulmonary edema in vagotomized rats]
 Cedeme pulmonaire aigu post-embolique chez le rat vagotomise.
 Lagneaux D; Lecomte J
 Institut Leon Fredericq, Universite de Liege, Belgique.
 C R Soc Biol (Paris) (FRANCE) , 1982, 176 (6) p876-9,
-ISSN-
 0037-9026
-JrnlCode-
 CA2
-Lang-
 FRENCH Summary Languages: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8308
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 1. In the rat, pulmonary embolism induced by intravenous administration of
 gaseous carbon dioxide increases intrapulmonary water content. When the rat
 is vagotomized before emboli are produced, an important lung edema is found.
 2. Strong respiratory stimulation with lung hyperinflation seem to be the
 cause of this facilitated alveolar transudation. 3. Mechanical factors
 operating after pulmonary embolism are those which explain transudation
 after inhalation of hypercapnic gas mixtures in vagotamized rats.
 Tags: Animal
-Desc-
 Acute Disease; Disease Models, Animal; *Embolism, Air--Complications (CO);
 *Pulmonary Edema--Etiology (ET); Rats; *Vagotomy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 68
-A-
 1022261 83177261
-W-
 Controlled hyperventilation in patients with intracranial hypertension.
 Application and management.
 Heffner JE; Sahn SA
 Intensive Care Units, Penrose and Penrose Community Hospitals, Colorado
 Springs, Denver.
 Arch Intern Med (US), Apr 1983, 143 (4) p765-9,
-ISSN-
 0003-9926
-JrnlCode-
 7FS
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8307Subfile: AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 When elevated intracranial pressure (ICP) complicates the course of various
 forms of cerebral edema, the likelihood of survival with full recovery is
 greatly diminished. Controlled mechanical hyperventilation effectively
 lowers ICP in some patients by causing cerebral vasoconstriction. Improved
 survival occurs in patients with elevated ICP from head trauma and
 intracranial infection treated with hyperventilation; however, no benefit
 has been demonstrated in patients with increased ICP from strokes or hypoxic
 brain damage. Proper management of the hyperventilation requires knowledge
 of basic cerebral circulatory physiology. Arterial Paco2 tensions should be
 maintained between 25 and 30 mm Hg. Vasoconstrictive effects of
 hyperventilation diminish after 48 to 72 hours when renal mechanisms
 compensate for the respiratory alkalosis. When hyperventilation is
 discontinued, the Paco2 must be gradually returned to normal values, since
 sudden changes may cause a marked rise in ICP. (65 Refs.)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Brain Edema--Mortality (MO); *Brain Edema--Therapy (TH); Brain--Blood Supply
 (BS); Carbon Dioxide--Deficiency (DF); Cerebral Anoxia--Therapy (TH);
 Cerebrovascular Disorders--Therapy (TH); Electrocardiography; ECG;
 Encephalitis--Therapy (TH); Head Injuries--Therapy (TH); *Intracranial
 Pressure; Meningitis--Therapy (TH); *Respiration, Artificial--Method (MT);
 Time Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 69
-A-
 1021286 83176286
-W-
 Intensive management of severe head injuries. A scheme of intensive
 management of severe head injuries.
 Moss E; Gibson JS; McDowall DG; Gibson RM
 Dept. of Anaesthesia, Univ. of Leeds.
 Anaesthesia (ENGLAND), Mar 1983, 38 (3) p214-25,
-ISSN-
 0003-2409
-JrnlCode-
 4MC
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Seventy-six severely head-injured patients, 67% of whom had Glasgow Coma
 scores of five or less on admission, were managed according to a intensive
 treatment regime which included controlled hyperventilation (under full
 muscular paralysis), high-dose steroids, dehydrating agents, diuretics and
 hypnotics (Althesin and thiopentone). Intracranial pressure (ICP) was
 measured throughout the period of controlled ventilation. Treatment was
 directed to keeping the mean ICP below 25-30 mmHg and to the prevention of
 increases in ICP during chest physiotherapy and other noxious stimulation.
 Six months after injury 46% of patients had died and 4% were vegetative
 survivors, whilst 43% had made a good recovery or were only moderately
 disabled. Features associated with worse than average prognosis were: low
 coma score, pupillary abnormalities, respiratory dysrhythmia and ICP greater
 than 30 mmHg. Spontaneous hyperventilation was a relatively good initial
 feature. These results support the employment of intensive care in severely
 head-injured patients, particularly those with diffuse brain injury.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Child; Child, Preschool; Coma--Etiology (ET);
 *Critical Care--Methods (MT); Dexamethasone--Therapeutic Use (TU); Head
 Injuries--Complications (CO); *Head Injuries--Therapy (TH); Intracranial
 Pressure; Middle Age; Respiration, Artificial; Time Factors
 CAS Registry No.: 50-02-2 (Dexamethasone)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 70
-A-
 1006965 83161965
-W-
 Treatment and outcome of the severely head injured child.
 Pfenninger J; Kaiser G; Lutschg J; Sutter M
 Intensive Care Unit, Univ. Children's Hospital, Inselspital, Berne,
 Switzerland.
 Intensive Care Med (US), 1983, 9 (1) p13-6,
-ISSN-
 0342-4642
-JrnlCode-
 H2J
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Twenty-four children (aged 3 months to 14 years) with severe head injuries
 were treated by means of invasive neurointensive care for normalizing
 intracranial pressure (ICP) involving hyperventilation, control of body
 temperature, dexamethasone, barbiturates and continuous intracranial and
 arterial pressure monitoring. The Glasgow Coma Scale before initiation of
 treatment was 3-4 in 8, 5-6 in 9 and 7 in 7 patients. Moderately to severely
 elevated ICP was observed in 20 patients. Seven developed acute and subacute
 space occupying intracranial hematomas. Nineteen children (79%) survived,
 most often with good recovery and 5 (21%) died. Severely elevated ICP,
 presence of severe consumption coagulopathy and loss of components in brain
 auditor evoked potentials were significantly more frequent in the fatal
 group. We conclude that the prognosis of the severely head injured child can
 be improved by prompt resuscitation and aggressive neurointensive care but
 probably not, however, to the extent postulated in recent literature.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Body Temperature; Child; Child, Preschool; *Critical Care;
 Dexamethasone--Therapeutic Use (TU); Dopamine--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Head
 Injuries--Therapy (TH); Infant; Intracranial Pressure; Monitoring,
 Physiologic; Outcome and Process Assessment (Health Care); OUTCOME
 ASSESSMENT; Phenobarbital--Therapeutic Use (TU); Respiratory Therapy
 CAS Registry No.: 50-02-2 (Dexamethasone); 50-06-6 (Phenobarbital); 51-61-6
 (Dopamine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 71
-A-
 1001897 83156897
-W-
 Prevention of suctioning-related arterial oxygen desaturation. Comparison of
 off-ventilator and on-ventilator suctioning.
 Brown SE; Stansbury DW; Merrill EJ; Linden GS; Light RW
 Medical Service, Long Beach Veterans Administration Medical Center.
 Chest (US), Apr 1983, 83 (4) p621-7,
-ISSN-
 0012-3692
-JrnlCode-
 D1C
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The purpose of this study was to determine the frequency and severity of
 arterial oxygen desaturation during and after endotracheal suctioning in a
 group of ventilator-dependent patients with acute respiratory failure (the
 majority of whom had underlying obstructive lung disease) and to evaluate
 the efficacy of several maneuvers designed to minimize desaturation. The
 adaptor method presented obviates both removal from and reconnection to the
 ventilator during suctioning, as well as the need to alter ventilator
 settings. It is concluded that o--ventilator adaptor suctioning is a simple
 and effective measure for minimizing suctioning-related arterial oxygen
 desaturation.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human
-Desc-
 Anoxemia--Etiology (ET); *Anoxemia--Prevention and Control (PC); Arteries;
 Bronchi; *Oxygen--Blood (BL); Respiration, Artificial--Methods (MT);
 *Respiratory Insufficiency--Blood (BL); Respiratory Insufficiency--Therapy
 (TH); *Suction--Adverse Effects (AE); Suction--Instrumentation (IS)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 72
-A-
 0995746 83150746
-W-
 Ventilatory status early after head injury.
 Vicario SJ; Coleman R; Cooper MA; Thomas DM
 Dept. of Emergency Medicine, Univ. of Louisville School of Medicine,
 Kentucky.
 Ann Emerg Med (US), Mar 1983, 12 (3) p145-8,ISSN 0196-0644
-JrnlCode-
 4Z7
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8306
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The ventilatory status of patients within the first few hours following head
 injury has not been well established. We prospectively studied 63 patients
 who presented to an urban trauma center with varying severity of head injury
 to determine whether any trend toward hypoor hyperventilation existed within
 the first two hours following injury. Arterial blood gas analysis done on
 emergency presentation showed that 14 patients with severe head injury
 (Glasgow coma scale less than or equal to 4) had mean pH values of 7.29 and
 mean PaCO2 of 41.86 torr. Twenty patients categorized as moderate head
 injury (GCS = 5-11) had mean pH values of 7.38 with a mean PaCO2 of 34.1
 torr. Twenty-nine patients with GCS greater than or equal to 12 had mean pH
 and PaCO2 values of 7.4 and 31.8 torr, respectively. These differences in pH
 and PaCO2 were statistically significant between the GCS groups with mild
 and severe head injury (P less than or equal to .01 pH), (P = .05 PCO2), and
 could not be explained on the basis of hypoxemia, blood alcohol level,
 hypotension, or associated chest injury. It is concluded that patients with
 severe craniocerebral trauma show an early trend toward hypercapnea and
 acidosis. Immediate control of airway and assisted ve~rntilation is
 necessary in order to reduce PaCO2 to optimal levels in patients with severe
 head injury.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Alcohol, Ethyl--Blood (BL); Blood Gas Analysis; Emergencies; Head
 Injuries--Complications (CO); *Head Injuries--Metabolism (ME);
 *Hyperventilation--Etiology (ET); *Hypoventilation--Etiology (ET); Kentucky;
 Prospective Studies
 CAS Registry No.: 64-17-5 (Alcohol, Ethyl)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 73
-A-
 0983132 83138132
-W-
 Reversibility of lung function abnormalities in children with perennial
 asthma.
 Kraemer R; Meister B; Schaad UB; Rossi E
 Dept. of Paediatrics, Univ. of Berne, Inselspital, Berne, Switzerland.
 J Pediatr (US) , Mar 1983, 102 (3) p347-50,
-ISSN-
 0022-3476
-JrnlCode-
 JLZ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8306
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Extrinsic perennial bronchial asthma was studied by whole-body
 plethysmography in 118 patients to evaluate the degree and character of
 functional abnormalities during the asymptomatic "interval phase" of the
 disease. Study patients were divided into three functional subgroups, and
 the efficacy of albuterol (s-lbutamol), a beta-2-sympathomimetic drug, on
 bronchial obstruction of hyperinflation was analyzed. Response to medication
 was best in the group with predominant bronchial obstruction without
 hyperinflation. In contrast, patients with hyperinflation in the presence or
 absence of bronchial obstruction had only partial reversibility of their
 pathophysiologic alterations. Hyperinflation usually causes only minor
 clinical symptoms but tends to develop into irreversible lung damage in the
 form of "loss of elastic recoil." We suggest that early diagnosis and strict
 medical management in patients with hyperinflation are mandatory.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Airway Resistance; *Asthma--Physiopathology (PP); Child; Child,
 Preschool; Lung Compliance; Lung Volume Measurements; *Lung--Physiopathology
 (PP); Plethysmography, Whole Body; Respiratory Function Tests
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 74
-A-
 0975599 83130599
-W-
 Breathing space. Hyperinflation maneuvers.
 Brooks CG Jr
 Crit Care Nurse (US), May-Jun 1982, 2 (3) p18, 21,
-ISSN-
 0279-5442
-JrnlCode-
 DT8
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8306
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Breathing Exercises; Intermittent Positive Pressure Breathing; *Respiratory
 Therapy--Methods (MT); Spirometry
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 75
-A-
 0975570 83130570
-W-
 Endotracheal suctioning: "are we harming our patients"
 Smith AE
 Crit Care Update (US), Jan 1983, 10 (1) p29-31,
-ISSN-
 0162-7252
-JrnlCode-
 DTA
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8306
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Intubation, Intratracheal--Methods (MT); *Respiration, Artificial--Nursing
 (NU); Suction--Adverse Effects (AE); *Suction--Methods (MT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 76
-A-
 0968301 83123301
-W-
 [Rapid treatment of atelectasis in patients with cranio-cerebral injuries]
 Tratamento rapido das atelectasias em doentes traumatizados
 cranio-encefalicos.
 da Camara MC; Murinello AN; de Oliveira AD
 Acta Med Port (PORTUGAL) , Jan 1983, 4 (1) p41-6,
-JrnlCode-
 13V
-Lang-
 PORTUGUESE Summary Languages: ENG.Doc. Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8305
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Atelectasis--Etiology (ET); *Atelectasis--Therapy (TH);
 *Brain Injuries--Complications (CO); Middle Age ; Suction--Methods (MT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 77
-A-
 0943674 83098674
-W-
 Dynamic hyperinflation and ventilator dependence in chronic obstructive
 pulmonary disease.
 Kimball WR; Leith DE; Robins AG
 Dept. of Physiology, Harvard School of Public Health, Boston,
 Massachusetts.
 Am Rev Respir Dis (US), Dec 1982, 126 (6) p991-9,
-ISSN-
 0003-0805
-JrnlCode-
 426
 Contract/Grant No.: GM-07592; HL-19170
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8304
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 In advanced chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases, functional residual
 capacity (FRC) can be markedly increased by dynamic mechanisms involving
 expiratory flow limitation. We studied respiratory mechanics in a seated
 ventilator-dependent patient with such changes. Relaxed expiration was
 flow-limited; pressures of 9 to 27 cm H2O (varying with lung volume) could
 be applied to the airway opening (Pao) without decreasing expiratory flow
 rate. The FRC was at least 2 L above relaxation volume. Inspiratory total
 resistance was 16 cm H2O/L/s. Compliance of the lung was 0.16, chest wall
 was 0.04, and respiratory system was 0032 L/cm H2O. More importantly, recoil
 pressures at end inspiration and end expiration, respectively, were 6.5 and
 1.5 cm H2O for the lung, 33 and 11 cm H2O for chest wall, and 38 and 12 cm
 H2O for the respiratory system. Thus the chest wall recoiled inward at all
 times, pleural pressure was always substantially positive (11 to 3 cm H2O),
 expiratory flow was maximal, and jugular veins were always full and
 nonpulsating. Inspiratory work was about 0.27 kg-m per breath (7 times
 normal), most of it elastic work done on the chest wall.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Aged; *Functional Residual Capacity; Lung Compliance; *Lung Diseases,
 Obstructive--Physiopathology (PP); Lung Diseases, Obstructive--Therapy (TH);
 *Lung Volume Measurements; Pulmonary Gas Exchange; *Respirators; Spirometry;
 Work of Breathing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 78
-A-
 0941697 83096697
-W-
 Analysis of the ICP pulse-pressure relationship as a function of arterial
 blood pressure. Clinical validation of a mathematical model.
 Hoffmann O; Zierski JT
 Dept. of Neurosurgery, Univ. of Giessen, Federal Republic of Germany.
 Acta Neurochir (Wien) (AUSTRIA), 1982, 66 (1-2) p1-21,
-ISSN-
 0001-6268
-JrnlCode-
 19C
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8304
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The influence of arterial blood pressure (ABP) on the intracranial pulse
 pressure relationship (PPR) was studied in 17 patients in 29 recordings,
 with a total period of registration of 71.5 hours. The relationship between
 ICP and ABP was analysed by sampling the data every 15 seconds during
 spontaneous fluctuations of both these variables, and the analysis was
 performed on the basis of a mathematical model which includes pulsator
 components. MABP and ABP amplitude had an opposite effect on the slope of
 PPR. Flattening of the PPR slope was caused by a MABP increase or an ABP
 amplitude decrease. The slope became steeper with decreasing MABP or
 increasing ABP amplitude. In accordance with the theoretical assumptions the
 quotient MABP/ABP-AMP was found to be suitable to express these opposite
 effects on PPR. Qualitatively, the same pattern of reaction was found in all
 patients. Rapid changes in PPR occurring during monitoring can be explained
 by a change in MABP/ABP-AMP relationship, regardless whether ABP changes
 influence intracranial elastance or not. The breakpoint of the PPR was
 recorded only on two occasions and could be explained in one by the
 influence of ABP. Monitoring of PPR as a measure of intracranial elastance
 and correlation of PPR with the patient's condition it not permitted unless
 at least the influence of ABP is analysed in each individual case.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Blood Pressure; Cerebral Arteries--Physiopathology (PP);
 *Cerebrovascular Disorders--Physiopathology (PP); Compliance; Elasticity;
 *Head Injuries--Physiopathology (PP); *Intracranial Pressrue; Mathematics;
 Middle Age; Models, Biological; Vasoconstriction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 79
-A-
 0941685 83096685
-W-
 The effect of Routine nursing care procedures on the ICP in severe head
 injuries.
 Tsementzis SA; Harris P; Loizou LA
 Dept. of Neurosurgery, Univ. of Birmingham, England.
 Acta Neurochir (Wien) (AUSTRIA), 1982, 65 (3-4) p153-66,
-ISSN-
 0001-6268
-JrnlCode-
 19C
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8304
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The intracranial pressure (ICP) was monitored in a number of patients who
 were being treated by mechanical ventilation for head injury. The effect on
 the pressure of routine nursing procedures was studied. Fourteen out of
 thirty-three cases (group 1) showed small reversible rises in ICP during
 suction, insertion of a N/G tube, or i.m. injections. These were associated
 with similar small increases in intrathoracic pressure and small
 fluctuations in arterial blood pressure. These rises were effectively
 treated with additional doses of relaxants. In a small group of patients
 (group 2) irreversible intracranial hypertension was induced by some of
 these stimuli, but did not respond to the administration of more relaxants,
 although sedatives such as papaveretum reduced it in some cases, but only
 slightly.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Blood Pressure; *Brain Injuries--Nursing (NU); Child;
 Intermittent Positive Pressure Ventilation--Nursing (NU); *Intracranial
 Pressure; Outcome and Process Assessment (Health Care); OUTCOME ASSESSMENT
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 80
-A-
 0941658 83096658
-W-
 Does the patient appear acutely or chronically ill. An interobserver study
 of global assessments of hospital patients.
 Gjorup T; Hamberg O; Knudsen J; Rosenfalck AM; Bugge PM; Hendriksen C;
 Binder; Wulff HR; Jensen AM
 Medical Dept. C, Herlev Univ. Hospital, Copenhagen, Denmark.
 Acta Med Scand (SWEDEN), 1982, 212 (5) p325-8,
-ISSN-
 0001-6101Jrnl Code: 14G
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8304
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The general appearance of 201 patients was assessed by a team of observers.
 Each patient was seen by two experienced physician, two junior physicians
 and two medical students who stated whether the patients did not appear ill
 or whether the patient appeared acutely or chronically ill. The
 interobserver variation was considerable and the kappa-values ranged from
 around 0 to 0.75. The level of agreement did not seem to depend on the
 clinical experience of the observers. One experienced clinician assessed the
 patients differently from the others.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Acute Disease; Attitude to Health; *Chronic Disease; *Clinical Competence;
 Diagnosis, Differential; DIAG DIFFER
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 81
-A-
 0927263 83082263
-W-
 Adaptability of the hamster diaphragm to exercise and/or emphysema.
 Farkas GA; Roussos C
 Meakins-Christie Laboratories, McGill Univ., Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
 J Appl Physiol (US), Nov 1982, 53 (5) p1263-72,
-ISSN-
 0161-7567
-JrnlCode-
 HAL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8304
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In vitro contractile properties of the diaphragm were measured in four
 groups of inbred adult hamsters (greater than 40wk), randomly divided into
 sedentary control (SC), exercise control (EC), sedentary emphysematous (SE),
 and exercise emphysematous (EE) groups. Emphysema was induced by a single
 endotracheal instillation of elastase. Exercise consisted of running 1
 h/day, 7 days/wk for 20 wk. Functional residual capacity (FRC), measured by
 means of a pressure box, was approximately 2.5 times greater in both
 emphysematous groups compared with control groups. Small diaphragmatic
 bundles were then isolated and subjected to in vitro analysis of isometric
 contractile properties. No differences were observed among the four groups
 in time to peak tension, half-relaxation time, and shape of the
 force-frequency curve. The diaphragmatic length-tension curve of
 emphysematous animals was displaced toward the left; maximal tetanic tension
 was similar in all groups, while optimal length (Lo), defined as the length
 at which maximal twitch tension occurred, was significantly shorter in both
 emphysematous groups. The Lo was negatively correlated with the FRC.
 Exercise tended to increase the in vitro endurance of the diaphragm bundles
 in control animals only. Diaphragms from both emphysematou groups, however,
 did show the greatest resistance to fatigue. It is concluded that 1) daily
 running for 1 h does not influence the diaphragmatic contracile properties
 in the hamster, but fatigue was reduced; 2) the load of chronic emphysema
 decreased the hamster's diaphragm fatiguability; and 3) the diaphragms of
 emphysematous hamsters chronically adapt by decreasing diaphragmatic length
 in proportion to the degree of hyperinflation and thus probably continue to
 operate at an Lo.
 Tags: Animal; Comparative Study; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 *Adaptation, Physiological; *Diaphragm--Physiology (PH);
 Diaphragm--Physiopathology (PP); Electric Stimulation;
 *Emphysema--Physiopathology (PP); *Hamsters--Physiology (PH); Lung Volume
 Measurements; *Mesocricetus--Physiology (PH); *Motor Activity; Muscle
 Contraction; Physical Endurance
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 82
-A-
 0922913 83077913
-W-
 Respiratory management in head injury.
 Jung RC
 Clin Neurosurg (US), 1982, 29 p300-11,
-ISSN-
 0069-4827
-JrnlCode-
 DF8
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8304
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Arteries; Carbon Dioxide--Blood (BL); *Head Injuries--Complications (CO);
 Hyperventilation--Physiopathology (PP); Partial Pressure;
 Penicillins--Therapeutic Use (TU); Pneumonia, Aspiration--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Pneumonia, Aspiration--Etiology (ET); Pulmonary Edema--Diagnosis (DI);
 Respiration Disorders--Etiology (ET); Respiration Disorders--Physiopathology
 (PP); *Respiration Disorders--Therapy (TH); Respiration, Artificial
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 83
-A-
 0922911 83077911
-W-
 Physiological monitoring of the head-injured patient.
 Levin AB; Braun SR; Grossman JE
 Clin Neurosurg (US), 1982, 29 p240-87,
-ISSN-
 0069-4827
-JrnlCode-
 DF8
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8304
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Blood Gas Analysis; Cardiovascular System--Physiopathology (PP); Central
 Nervous System--Physiopathology (PP); Cerebrovascular Circulation;
 Electroencephalography; EEG; *Head Injuries--Physiopathology (PP); Heart
 Catheterization--Methods (MT); Intracranial Pressure; Lung Volume
 Measurements; *Monitoring, Physiologic--Methods (MT); Respiratory
 System--Physiopathology (PP)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 84
-A-
 0918126 83073126
-W-
 Dynamics of venturi jet ventilation through the operating laryngoscope.
 Wo P; Eurenius S
 Dept. of Otolaryngology, Univ. Hospital, Boston Univ. School of Medicine.
 Ann Otol Rhinol Laryngol (US), Nov-Dec 1982, 91 (6 Pt 1) p615-21,
-ISSN-
 0003-4898
-JrnlCode-
 52?
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8303Subfile: AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Venturi jet ventilation with the oxygen injector needle placed within the
 lumen of the laryngoscope was studied systematically in two dogs undergoing
 repeated general anesthesia suspension laryngoscopy. Using a total body
 plethysmograph, the effect of changes of needle angle, position and its
 effect on tidal volume delivery were measured. The changes of pressure
 regulator, flow rate and needle size were correlated with the volume
 delivery. Intratracheal pressure during Venturi ventilation as measured.
 Correlation of arterial blood gases and minute ventilation with the system
 was done. While ventilatory capacity is able to be achieved predictably,
 there are many variables. Optimal placement of the needle tip for maximum
 safety and efficiency appears to be at the midthird or lower third of the
 laryngoscope. It is important to center the needle axis to the laryngoscope
 axis. Other parameters subject to choice are the selection of needle size,
 regulator pressure setting and flow rate setting. By first selecting the
 correct needle size that will hyperinflate the subject, the pressure
 regulator can then be reduced to achieve ventilatory volumes similar to
 spontaneous tidal volumes. In prolonged use, the Venturi system was able to
 provide excellent ventilation safely and predictably.
 Tags: Animal
-Desc-
 Blood Gas Analysis; Dogs; *Laryngoscopy--Instrumentation (IS);
 Laryngoscopy--Methods (MT); Lung Volume Measurements; Needles; Pressure;
 *Respiration, Artificial--Instrumentation (IS); Respiration,
 Artificial--Methods (MT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 85
-A-
 0905048 83060048
-W-
 Factitious asthma. Physiological approach to diagnosis.
 Downing ET; Draman SS; Fox MJ; Corrao WM
 Pulmonary Division, Rhode Island Hospital, Providence.
 JAMA (US) , Dec 3 1982, 248 (21) p2878-81,
-ISSN-
 0098-7484
-JrnlCode-
 KFR
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8303
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Three patients with recurrent emergency room visits and hospitalizations for
 bronchial asthma are described. Although each patient had respiratory
 distress associated with wheezing and an apparent response to conventional
 therapy, other features were inconsistent with the pathophysiology of
 asthma. These included absence of a significantly elevated alveolar arterial
 oxygen tension difference, lack of roentgenographic hyperinflation, and
 normal small airway function soon after clinical response. Furthermore,
 bronchial hyperreactivity, a constant feature of asthma, was absent in all
 patients. Each patient demonstrated wheezing that was self-induced and heard
 loudest over the neck. Two patients had previous psychiatric illness, one of
 whom had been hospitalized for factitious fever. We believe that these
 patients had a form of factitious illness not previously described.
 Recognition of this syndrome may avoid unnecessary medical care and allow
 initiation of appropriate psychiatric follow-up.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; *Asthma--Diagnosis (DI); Asthma--Physiopathology (PP) ;
 Asthma--Radiography (RA); Bronchi--Physiopathology (PP); *Factitious
 Disorders--Diagnosis (DI); Oxygen--Analysis (AN); Oxygen--Blood (BL);
 Pulmonary Alveoli--Physiopathology (PP); Respiratory Function Tests;
 Respiratory Sounds
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 86
-A-
 0903949 83058949
-W-
 Severe head injury: current treatment and research.
 Bowers SA; Marshall LF
 Univ. of California at San Diego, Division of Neurological Surgery.
 J Neurosurg Nurs (US), Oct 1982, 14 (?) p210-9,
-ISSN-
 0047-2603
-JrnlCode-
 J?7
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8303
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 (39 Refs.)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adrenal Cortex Hormones--Therapeutic Use (TU); Adult;
 Barbiturates--Therapeutic Use (TU); Child; Coma--Diagnosis (DI); Critical
 Care; Diabetes Insipidus--Therapy (TH); Diuretics--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Emergencies; Fever--Therapy (TH); Fluid Therapy; Head Injuries--Diagnosis
 (DI); *Head Injuries--Therapy (TH); Hypertension--Therapy (TH);
 Hyperventilation--Therapy (TH); Inappropriate ADH Syndrome--Therapy (TH);
 Intracranial Pressure; Neurologic Examination; Posture; Respiration,
 Artificial--Methods (MT); Resuscitation; Seizures--Therapy (TH); Triage
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 87
-A-
 0903900 83058900
-W-
 Prognosis of severe head injuries.
 Levati A; Farina ML; Vecchi G; Rossanda M; Marrubini MB
 Neurosurgical Intensive Care Unit, Niguarda Hospital, Milan, Italy.
 J Neurosurg (US), Dec 1982, 57 (6) p779-83,
-ISSN-
 0022-3085
-JrnlCode-
 JD3
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8303
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The authors have analyzed retrospectively a series of 288 consecutive
 patients with severe head injury observed between January, 1977, and May,
 1980. Seventy-three patients were excluded as not being compatible with
 those of the International Data Bank. The remaining 215 patients complied
 with the definition of coma given by Jennett. All patients after appropriate
 cardiopulmonary resuscitation, diagnostic measures, and, when required,
 surgical treatment, were managed in the Neurosurgical Intensive Care Unit
 with endotracheal intubation, controlled hyperventilation, mild dehydration,
 dexamethasone in standard doses, and sedation. The mortality rate was 39.5%.
 Of the survivors, 59.2% made a good recovery, 18.4% remained moderately
 disabled, 6.1% were severely disabled, and 1.5% were in a persistent
 vegetative state. The most reliable predictive criteria were: absence of
 brain-stem reflexes, neurological status, abnormal motor patterns. arterial
 hypotension, and presence of mass lesions. It is concluded that no sign has
 an absolute prognostic value when considered independently of its time
 course.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Child; Child, Preschool; Coma--Complications (CO);
 Head Injuries--Complications (CO) *Head Injuries--Diagnosis (DI); Head
 Injuries--Mortality (MO); Head Injuries--Therapy (TH);
 Hypotension--Complications (CO); Middle Age; Nervous System--Physiopathology
 (PP); Outcome and Process Assessment (Health Care); OUTCOME ASSESSMENT;
 Prognosis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 88
-A-
 0871067 83026067
-W-
 Hyperinflation on hyperventilation--a simple test to detect early airway
 disease.
 Jorfeldt L; Wranne B
 Dept. of Clinical Physiology, Linkoping Univ. Region Hospital, Sweden.
 Clin Physiol (ENGLAND), Apr 1982, 2 (2) p97-104,
-ISSN-
 0144-5979Jrnl Code: DKG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8302
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The hypothesis was raised that an increased end-expiratory lung volume when
 switching over from normal to hyperventilation (positive delta FRC) can be
 used as a criterion of early obstructive lung disease. In 20 normal subjects
 and in 24-patients with suspect of manifest lung disease delta FRC at
 breathing frequencies of 40, 60 and 80 min-1, forced expiratory volume in
 one second (FEV1), vital capacity (VC), maximal expiratory flow at 50 and 5%
 of VC (MEF50 and MEF25) and closing volume (CV) were determined. FEV% (FEV1
 x VC-1 x 100) and VC% (CV x VC-1 x 100) were calculated. delta FRC40
 correlated negatively with FEV%, MEF50 and EF25 for normals and patients
 separately with no difference between the groups. The residual standard
 deviation of delta FRC40 on FEV% was significantly reduced when MEF50 and
 MEF25 was included. delta FRC40 did not correlate with CV or VC%. delta
 FRC60 and delta FRC80 did not correlate with MEF50 and MEF25. The
 reproducibility of delta FRC40 was of the same order as the other variables
 studied. A delta FRC40 of +0.31 corresponded to MEF50 and MEF25 values 2 SD
 below the reference value. This suggests that a positive delta FRC40 of more
 than 0.31 indicates airway obstruction.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Asthma--Physiopathology (PP); Functional Residual
 Capacity; *Hyperventilation--Physiopathology (PP); *Lung Diseases,
 Obstructive--Physiopathology (PP); Lung Volume Measurements ;
 *Lung--Physiopathology (PP); Maximal Expiratory Flow-Volume Curves; Middle
 Age
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 89
-A-
 0851692 83006692
-W-
 Lung inflation, lung solute permeability, and alveolar edema.
 Egan EA
 Dept.s of Pediatrics and Physiology, State Univ. of New York at Buffalo.
 J Appl Physiol (US), Jul 1982, 53 (1) p121-5,
-ISSN-
 0161-7567
-JrnlCode-
 HAL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8301
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A series of experiments in anesthetized rabbits were conducted to determine
 whether hyperinflation of the lung alone could produce a protein-permeable
 lung epithelium and whether a protein-permeable lung epithelium allowed
 accumulation of liquid in the alveolar space. Some animals had their entire
 lungs subjected to distending pressures; others had only an are of the lung
 subjected to the high distending pressure. Alveolar liquid was measured by
 dilution of radioactive solutes upon instillation of saline into atelectatic
 lung, and protein permeability was determined by the loss of labeled albumin
 from the alveolar space over 40-60 min. Inflation of the entire lung at 40
 cmH2O for 20 in increases air-space gas volume three- to fourfold, does not
 produce a protein-permeable epithelium, and does not result in accumulation
 of alveolar liquid. Distension of a small area of the lung by 40 cmH2O
 pressure for 20 min increases the gas volume 6- to 12-fold and produces a
 protein-permeable epithelium, but does not result in liquid accumulation in
 the alveoli. It is concluded that only very high distending volumes cause
 the lung epithelium to become permeable to protein and that a
 protein-permeable epithelium alone does not induce alveolar edema.
 Tags: Animal
-Desc-
 Cytochrome C--Physiology (PH); Epithelium--Physiology (PH); Lung Volume
 Measurements; *Lung--Physiopathology (PP); Permeability; Pressure;
 Proteins--Physiology (PH); *Pulmonary Alveoli--Physiopathology (PP);
 *Pulmonary Edema--Physiopathology (PP); Rabbits; Serum Albumin,
 Radio-Iodinated--Diagnostic Use (DU); RISA--Diagnostic Use (DU); Sodium
 Chloride; Vitamin B 12--Physiology (PH)
 CAS Registry No.: 68-19-9 (Vitamin B 12); 7647-14-5 (Sodium Chloride);
 9007-43-6 (Cytochrome C)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 90
-A-
 0847184 83002184
-W-
 Lung metabolism and systemic organ function.
 Hechtman HB; Shepro D
 Department of Surgery, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA.
 Circ Shock (US), 1982, 9 (4) p457-67,
-ISSN-
 0092-6213
-JrnlCode-
 C9Y
 Contract/Grant No.: GM24891; HLB16714
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8301
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In the past decade a variety of metabolic events have been described which
 occur in the lungs. These processes, such as the clearance of serotonin and
 norepinephrine, the inactivation of bradykinin and the activation of
 angiotensin II, and the synthesis of prostaglandins, may have a direct
 impact on systemic organ function. Under certain circumstances the lungs
 produce prostaglandins that may lead to severe hemodynamic instability and
 death. Pressure breathing with hyperinflation is a potent pulmonary
 metabolic stimulus. This commonly used therapeutic maneuver has been shown
 to increase fibrinolytic activity. The application of end-expiratory
 pressure will further enhance the fibrinolytic state by virtue of the
 pulmonary secretion of plasminogen activator. Positive end-expiratory
 pressure (PEEP) will also cause a lowering of the cardiac output, which is
 related at least in part to lung metabolism. Circulating factors are
 released during PEEP that have a negative inotropic effect. It is reasonable
 to view respiratory failure not only as a defect in gas exchange but also as
 a derangement in lung metabolis. (33 Refs.)
 Tags: Animal; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, Non-
 .H.S.; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Angiotensin II--Mtabolism (ME); Bradykinin--Metabolism (ME) ; Cardiac
 Output; Coronary Circulation; Dogs; Endothelium--Metabolism (ME)
 Fibrinolysis; *Lung--Metabolism (ME); Lung--Physiopathology (PP);
 Norepinephrine--Metabolism (ME); Perfusion Positive Pressure Respiration;
 Prostaglandins--Metabolism (ME); Receptors, Serotonin; Respiration,
 Artificial
 CAS Registry No.: 1112899-7 (Angiotensin II); 51-41-2 (Norepinephrine 5882-2
 (Bradykinin)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 91
-A-
 0837190 82282190
-W-
 A randomized study of drugs for preventing increases in intracranial
 pressure during endotracheal suctioning.
 White PF; Schlobohm RM; Pitts LH; Lindauer JM
 Depart. of Anesthesia, Stanford Univ. Medical Center, California.
 Anesthesiology (US), Sep 1982, 57 (3) p242-4,
-ISSN-
 0003-3022
-JrnlCode-
 4SG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8212
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Brain Injuries--Physiopathology (PP); Brain Injuries--Therapy (TH);
 Fentanyl--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Intracranial Pressure--Drug Effects (DE);
 *Intubation, Intratracheal--Adverse Effects (AE); Lidocaine--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); Random Allocation; Succinylcholine--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 *Suction--Adverse Effects (AE); Thiopetal--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 137-58-6 (Lidocaine); 306-40-1 (Succinylcholine); 437-8-7
 (Fentanyl); 76-75-5 (Thiopental)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 92
-A-
 0831463 82276463Airway function in saccoidosis: smokers versus nonsmokers.
-W-
 Sutton RE; Renzi PM; Lopez-Majano V; Renzi GD
 Respiration, 1982, 43 (3) p164-73,
-ISSN-
 0025-7931
-JrnlCode-
 R8Kde:
 Contract/Grant No.: HL-2564
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8212
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Pulmonary function was measured in 24 sarcoidosis patients, 17 nonsmokers
 and 7 smokers. 12 (4 smokers) had evidence of small airway disease and 6
 patients (3 smokers) had evidence of large airway disease. A significantly
 greater proportion of smokers had an increased closing volume, and closing
 volume appears to be the most sensitive test for small airway disease in
 sarcoidosis. However, 3 patients with normal closing volumes had evidence of
 small airway disease by forced expiratory flow rates or frequency dependence
 of compliance. We conclude that there is a high incidence of small airway
 disease in patients with sarcoidosis. There also appears to be a synergism
 between sarcoidosis and smoking that leads to a significant degree of
 hyperinflation of the lung.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't;
 Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Airway Obstruction--Diagnosis (DI); Airway
 Obstruction--Etiology (ET); Airway Resistance; Arteries; *Lung
 Diseases--Physiopathology (PP); Lung Volume Measurements; Middle Age;
 Oxygen--Blood (BL); *Respiratory System--Physiopathology (PP);
 Sarcoidosis--Complications (CO); *Sarcoidosis--Physiopathology (PP);
 *Smoking
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 93
-A-
 015836 82260836
-W-
 Lung volume, dynamic lung compliance, and blood gases during the first 3
 days of postnatal life in infants with meconium aspiration syndrome.
 Yeh TF; Lilien LD; Barathi A; Pildes RS
 Division of Neonatology, Cook County Children's Hospital, Chicago IL.
 Crit Care Med (US), Sep 1982, 10 (9) p588-92,
-ISSN-
 0090-3493
-JrnlCode-
 DTF
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8212
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Serial measurements of pulmonary function and arterial blood gases during
 the first 3 postnatal days of life were obtained in 12 infants with meconium
 aspiration syndrome (MAS). Nine normal neonates with similar weight and
 gestational age were studied as controls. Infants with MAS has significantly
 lower pH on day 1, and had greater P(A-a)O2 throughout the study period than
 that of normal controls. The PCO2 was comparable between the groups. Both
 dynamic lung compliance (Cdyn) and specific lung compliance (C/VL) were
 lower in infants with MAS as compared with those of normal infants. The
 functional residual capacity (RC) for normal infants on days 1, 2, and 3
 were 2.0 +/- 0.3, 2.1 +/- 0.3, and 2.2 +/- 0.3 ml/cm, respectively, and for
 infants with MAS were 1.8 +/- 0.4, 2.3 +!- 1.1, and 2.2 +/- 0.6 ml/cm,
 respectively. Radiographic hyperinflation of the lungs was seen in 6 infants
 with MAS on day 1; 3 were associated with high FRC (greater than 2 SD of
 normal) and 2 with low FRC, indicating air trapping. The early use of PEEP
 should be cautious if hyperinflation or air trapping is present.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Blood Gas Analysis; Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Newborn,
 Diseases--Physiopathology (PP); Lung Compliance; Lung Volume Measurements;
 *Meconium; *Pneumonia, Aspiration--Physiopathology (PP)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 94
-A-
 0768431 82213431
-W-
 Bronchial-arterial interdependence in isolated dog lung.
 Lai-Fook SJ; Kallok MJ
 Division of Thoracic Diseases and Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic and Mayo
 Foundation, Rochester, Minnesota.
 J Appl Physiol (US), Apr 1982, 52 (4) p1000-7,
-ISSN-
 0161-7567
-JrnlCode-
 HAL
 Contract/Grant No.: HL-21584; HL-00674
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8210
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The bronchus and artery, embedded in the lung parenchyma, were modeled as
 adjoining cylindrical tubes in an elastic continuum. Solutions using
 finite-element analysis of nonuniform stress and strain occurring from an
 initial uniform state were computed for a reduction in arterial pressure.
 Maximal nonuniform principal and shear stresses in the ?arenchyma, equal to
 2.5 times the mean peri?rterial stresses, occurred in the region adjacent to
 the bronchial-arterial joint. Bronchial cross section became oval and
 elongated along the line passing through the centers of the tubes, whereas
 arterial cross section elongated at right angles to this line. These
 predicted changes in shape of bronchus and artery were verified by
 radiographic measurements in isolated lobes, held at constant transpulmonary
 pressures of 4 and 25 cmH2O while arterial pressure was varied. Results
 suggest that peribronchovascular interstitial fluid pressure may be
 nonuniform and that the bronchial-arterial joint may be the preferential
 site for emphysematous perivascular lesions, which may occur on lung
 hyperinflation.
 Tags: Animal; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Blood Pressure; Bronchi--Anatomy and Histology (AH); *Bronchi--Physiology
 (PH); Bronchial Arteries--Anatomy and Histology (AH); *Bronchial
 Arteries--Physiology (PH); Dogs; Lung--Radiography (RA); Models, Biological
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 95
-A-
 0764560 82209560
-W-
 Hyperinflation on hyperventilation-a simple test to detect early airway
 disease.
 Jorfeldt L; Wranne B
 Dept. of Clinical Physiology, Linkoping Univ., Sweden.
 Clin Physiol (ENGLAND), Apr 1982, 2 (2) p97-104,
-ISSN-
 0144-5979
-JrnlCode-
 DKG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8210
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The hypothesis was raised that an increased end-expiratory lung volume when
 switching over from normal to hyperventilation (positive delta FRC) can be
 used as a criterion of early obstructive lung disease. In 20 normal subjects
 and in 24 patients with suspect or manifest lung disease delta FRC at
 breathing frequencies of 40, 60 and 80 min-1, forced expiratory volume in
 one second (FEV1), vital capacity (VC), maximal expiratory flow at 50 and
 25% of VC (MEF50 and MEF25) and closing volume (CV) were determined. FEV%
 (EV1 X VC-1 X 100) and CV% (CV X VC-1 X 100) were calculated. delta FRC40
 correlated negatively with FEV%, MEF50 and MEF25 for normals and patients
 separately with no difference between the groups. The residual standard
 deviation of delta FRC40 on FE% was significantly reduced when MEF50 and
 MEF25 was included. delta FRC40 did not correlate with CV or CV%. delta
 FRC60 and delta FRC80 did not correlate with MEF50 and MEF25. The
 reproducibility of delta FRC40 was of the same order as the other variables
 studied. A delta FRC40 of +0.31 corresponded to MF50 and MEF25 values 2 SD
 below the reference value. This suggests that a positive delta FRC40 of more
 than 0.31 indicates airway obstruction.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov'tDesc.:
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Closing Volume; Forced Expiratory Flow Rates;
 Forced Expiratory Volume; *Hyperventilation; *Lung Diseases,
 Obstructive--Diagnosis (DI); *Lung Volume Measurements; Middle Age; Vital
 Capacity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 96
-A-
 0764435 82209435
-W-
 Emergency intracranial pressure monitoring in pediatrics: management of the
 acute coma of brain insult.
 Mayer T; Walker ML
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Georgetown Univ. School of Medicine, ~rWashington,
 D.C.
 Clin Pediatr (Phila) (US), Jul 1982, 21 (7) p391-6,
-ISSN-
 0009-9228
-JrnlCode-
 DHE
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8210
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Over an 18-month period, 56 pediatric patients who sustained severe
 neurologic insults underwent intracranial pressure (ICP) monitoring.
 Indications for monitoring ICP were (1) a Glasgow Coma Scale (GCS) score of
 7 or less or (2) loss of consciousness with inability to utter recognizable
 words or follow commands. Diagnoses were head trauma (n = 40), Reye's
 syndrome (n = 10), and hypoxic encephalopathy due to near-drowning (n = 6).
 Eighty per cent of patients had ICP elevations requiring treatment. The
 complication rate was 5.3 per cent, with no serious complications or
 infections noted. Overall mortality was 14 per cent, but patients with
 hypoxic encephalopathy had significantly higher mortality (33%) when
 compared to patients with head trauma (12.5%) or Reye's syndrome (10%).
 Other factors associated with a poor outcome included presence of an
 intracranial mass lesion, GCS score, ICP elevations, hypoxemia, hypotension,
 hypercarbia, and the presence of multiple injuries (p less than 0.01). Early
 diagnosis and aggressive treatment in these patients, including the use of
 ICP monitoring, has resulted in acceptable recovery in over 85 per cent of
 these patients.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human
-Desc-
 Acute Disease; Adolescence; Anoxia--Complications (CO); Anoxia--Mortality
 (MO); Child; Child, Preschool; Coma--Etiology (ET); Coma--Physiopathology
 (PP); *Coma--Therapy (TH); Dexamethasone--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 *Emergencies; Head Injuries--Complications (CO); Head Injuries--Mortality
 (MO); Hyperventilation--Physiopathology (PP); Infant; *Intracranial
 Pressure; Intubation; *Monitoring, Physiologic; Reye's
 Syndrome--Complications (CO); Reye's Syndrome--Mortality (MO)
 CAS Registry No.: 50-02-2 (Dexamethasone)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 97
-A-
 0759445 82204445
-W-
 Some physical signs in patients with chronic airflow obstruction.
 Stubbing DG; Mathur PN; Roberts RS; Campbell EJ
 Dept. of Medicine, McMaster Univ. Medical Centre, Hamilton, Ontario,
 Canada.
 Am Rev Respir Dis (US), May 1982, 125 (5) p549-52,
-ISSN-
 0003-0805
-JrnlCode-
 426
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8209
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Forty subjects with chronic airflow obstruction were examined independently
 by 2 observers, and their assessment of several physical signs was recorded.
 Spirometry and lung volumes were measured. Most of the signs studied
 correlated closely with the degree of airflow obstruction as assessed by the
 forced expiratory volume in one second. Certain signs also correlated
 closely with the degree of hyperinflation, the duration of symptoms, or the
 age of the subject. The agreement between observes in this study was good.
 Although all the signs are related in one way or another to the severity of
 airflow obstruction, some are due to large variations in intrathoracic
 pressure, some to hyperinflation and some, possibly, to changes in the shape
 of the chest and the action of the respiratory muscles. Hence, we suggest
 that these signs should not be regarded as inferior to tests of pulmonary
 function; physical examination and spirometry should be complimentary.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Forced Expiratory Volume; *Lung Diseases,
 Obstructive--Physiopathology (PP); Middle Age; Physical Examination;
 Regression Analysis; Residual Volume
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 98
-A-
 0740385 82185385
-W-
 Radiologic considerations in the adult respiratory distress syndrome treated
 wih positive end expiratory pressure (PEEP).
 Johnson TH; Altman AR; McCaffree RD
 Clin Chest Med (US) Jan 1982, 3 (1) p89-100,
-ISSN-
 0272-5231
-JrnlCode-
 DLR
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8209
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Radiographic changes with ARDS are similar to alveolar pulmonary edema in
 the typical case, although early changes may also be nodular in a small
 number of cases. These may last about 4 days. Following early alveolar
 changes the later ARDS findings evolve into a diffuse interstitial pattern,
 and if the patient survives without complications, the chest x-ray may
 eventually clear completely. PEEP therapy may cause no x-ray changes or may
 manifest an apparent hyperinflation appearance to the chest x-ray. PEEP may
 result in barotrauma changes to the lungs manifested by vesicular
 rarefactions, lucent lines streaking toward the hilus, radiolucent halos
 around vessels, pneumatocele formation, and subpleural emphysema manifested
 by blebs or lucent lines on the chest x-ray. Barotrauma pulmonary changes
 preceded more serious complications such as pneumothorax, mediastinal
 emphysema and extrathoracic as collection. (45 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; *Lung--Radiography (RA); Middle Age; Pneumothorax--Etiology (ET);
 Pneumothorax--Radiography (RA); *Positive Pressure Respiration--Adverse
 Effects (AE); Pulmonary Emphysema--Etiology (ET); Pulmonary
 Emphysema--Radiography (RA); *Respiratory Distress Syndrome,
 Adult--Radiography (RA); Respiratory Distress Syndrome, Adult--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 99
-A-
 0733986 82178986
-W-
 A model based description of a head injury treatment.
 Black AM; Harris RI; Judson JA
 Acta Neurochir (Wien), 1982, 60 (3-4) p265-79,
-ISSN-
 0001-6268
-JrnlCode-
 19C
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8208
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; MaleDesc.: Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Brain
 Edema--Etiology (ET); *Brain Edema--Therapy (TH); Child; Child, Preschool;
 Coma; Electroencephalography EEG; Head Injuries--Complications (CO); *Head
 Injuries--Therapy (TH); Hyperventilation; Hypnotics and
 Sedatives--Therapeutic Use (TU); HYPNOTICS--Therapeutic Use (TU); Infant;
 Infant, Newborn; Middle Age; *Models, Biological; Prognosis; Pupil; Wounds,
 Nonpenetratin--Complications (CO); *Wounds, Nonpenetratin--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 100
-A-
 0730606 82175606
-W-
 Characterization of intrapulmonary, rapidly adapting receptors of guinea
 pigs.
 Bergren DR; Sampson SR
 Cardiovascular Research Institute, Univ. of California, San Francisco, CA.
 Respir Physiol (NETHERLANDS), Jan 1982, 47 (1) p83-95,
-ISSN-
 0034-5687
-JrnlCode-
 R88
 Contract/Grant No.: HL19156
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8208
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The activity of 33 afferent vagal fibers arising from rapidly adapting
 pulmonary stretch receptors in the lungs of 21 guinea pigs was studied.
 These receptors were identified by their response to constant pressure
 hyperinflation and to negative pressure deflation of the lungs. The response
 was irregular bursts of action potentials with an adaptation index greater
 than 70% in 2s. Little or no activity was noted in these receptors during
 eupneic breathing. The conduction velocity of the afferent fibers from these
 receptors ranged from 3.1 to 57.1 m/s (mean = 20.2 +/- 5.1 SD). Receptors
 were stimulated by intravenous injection of histamine and also by vapors of
 ether, alcohol, acetone, ammonia, and cigarette smoke. Stimulation by the
 inhalation of the vapors usually occurred in the absence of any chance in
 tracheal pressure or even when the tracheal pressure became slightly lower
 than before vapor challenge, thus suggesting a direct action. If an increase
 in tracheal pressure occurred, the discharge of the receptor began well in
 advance. However, stimulation of the receptor by histamine was always
 accompanied by significant increases in tracheal pressure. Isoproterenol
 prevented the increase in tracheal pressures produced by histamine
 challenge. In addition, isoproterenol blocked the response of rapidly
 adapting receptors to histamine as well. Isoproterenol had no effect on
 receptor response to the various vapors used in this study. Therefore,
 stimulation of rapidly adapting receptors by histamine seems to be dependent
 on an increase in tracheal pressure, while a direct action in indicated by
 several 'irritant' gases. The characteristics of the rapidly adapting
 receptors in guinea pig lungs are more closely related to the irritant
 receptor of the rabbit and the cat than to the rapidly adapting receptors in
 lungs of dogs.
 Tags: Animal; Female; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't,
 P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Chlorpheniramine--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Electrophysiology; Guinea Pigs;
 Histamine--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Irritants--Pharmacodynamics (PD);
 Isoproterenol--Pharmacodynamics (PD); *Lung--Innervation (IR);
 *Mechanoreceptors--Physiology (PH); Pulmonary Stretch Receptors--Drug
 Effects (DE); *Pulmonary Stretch Receptors--Physiology (PH); *Respiration;
 Respiration, Artificial; Stimulation, Chemical; *Vagus Nerve--Physiology
 (PH)
 CAS Registry No.: 132-22-9 (Chlorpheniramine); 51-45-6 (Histamine);
 7683-59-2 (Isoproterenol)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 101
-A-
 0720006 82165006
-W-
 Persistent cough a forme-fruste of asthma.
 Yhav Y; Katznelson D; Benzaray S
 Eur J Respir Dis, Jan 1982, 63 (1) p43-6,
-ISSN-
 0106-4339
-JrnlCode-
 EPS
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8208
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Fifteen children presented with persistent cough as the sole complaint.
 Physical examination was entirely within normal limits. Personal and family
 histories of atopy and blood eosinophilia suggested an allergic diathesis.
 Chest radiographs showed hyperinflation in many and spirometry showed
 bronchospasm in all the children studied. The added observation that
 theophylline and salbutamol were effective suggests that the condition is a
 manifestation of asthma.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Aerosols; Albuterol--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 *Asthma--Complications (CO); Asthma--Drug Therapy (DT); Bronchial
 Spasm--Diagnosis (DI); Bronchial Spasm--Drug Therapy (DT); Bronchial
 Spasm--Etiology (ET); Child; Child, Preschool; Cough--Diagnosis (DI);
 Cough--Drug Therapy (DT); *Cough--Etiology (ET); Eosinophils--Analysis (AN)
 ; Lung Volume Measurements; Lung--Radiography (RA); Respiratory Airflow;
 Respiratory Function Tests; Spirometry; Theophylline--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 18559-94-9 (Albuteral); 58-55-9 (Theophylline)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 102
-A-
 0713522 82158522
-W-
 Electrical and mechanical activity of the diaphragm accompanying body
 position in severe chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
 Druz WS; Sharp JT
 Pulmonary Section, Medical Service, Hines Veterans Administration Hospital,
 Hines, Illinois.
 Am Rev Respir Dis (US), Mar 1982, 125 (3) p275-80,
-ISSN-
 0003-0805
-JrnlCode-
 426
 Contract/Grant No.: HL-08789-13
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8207
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Using a special gastroesophageal catheter, electromyographic measurements of
 the diaphragm (Edi) and transdiaphragmatic pressure (Pdi) were taken in the
 supine, standing, erect siting, and leaning forward (sitting) positions in 8
 normal subjects and 6 patients with severe chronic obstructive pulmonary
 disease (COPD) with marked hyperinflation and low fat diaphragms. Four
 patients had pronounced postural relief of their dyspnea from assuming the
 supine and/or leaning forward positions. All 8 normal subjects and 4 of the
 6 patients with COPD showed substantial (2- to 5-fold) increases in delta
 Edi, the phasic inspiratory amplitude of Edi, on assuming the standing and
 erect sitting postures. In the normal subjects, delta Pdi, the phasic
 inspiratory increment in Pdi, was maintained in all 4 postures, whereas in
 all patients with OPD, it decreased significantly in the erect sitting and
 standing postures. In 2 of the 6 patients with COPD, the delta Edi did not
 increase in the erect postures. This suggested that in these patients a
 reflex, which normally compensates for reduced diaphragmatic efficiency
 because of shortened muscle fibers in the erect postures, was not operating.
 Although it is not clear what mechanism(s) might account for suppression of
 this compensatory reflex, such reflex suppression might be advantageous from
 the viewpoint of diaphragmatic muscle energetics. The diaphragm would be
 thus spared energetically wasteful attempts to accomplish a fatiguing
 mechanical task.
 Tags: Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, Non-P.H.S.; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adult; *Diaphragm--Physiopathology (PP); *Electromyography; *Lung Diseases,
 Obstructive--Physiopathology (PP); Middle Age; *Posture; Pressure;
 *Respiration; Tidal Volume; Vital Capacity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 103
-A-
 0700049 82145049
-W-
 Complications of gastroesophageal reflux in patients with cystic fibrosis.
 Bendig DW; Seilheimer DK; Wagner ML; Ferry GD; Barrison GM
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Baylor College of Medicine and The Texas Childrens
 Hospital
 J Pediatr (US) , Apr 1982, 100 (4) p536-40,
-ISSN-
 0022-3476
-JrnlCode-
 JLZ
-Lang-
 ENG.Jrnl Ann.: 8207
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Seven patients with cystic fibrosis who had complications of
 gastroesophageal reflux including abdominal pain, peptic esophagitis, upper
 gastrointestinal hemorrhage, and esophageal stricture are described. We
 believe that these are gastrointestinal complications of CF and that they
 may be responsible for significant morbidity. The mechanical influence of a
 depressed diaphragm caused by hyperinflation, along with increased abdominal
 pressure with chronic coughing, may contribute to GER in CF. Early detection
 and treatment are important not only to prevent esophageal complications but
 also to increase the quality of life by relief of pain and by avoiding the
 resultant decrease in appetite, which can contribute to malnutrition.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Antacids--Therapeutic Use (TU); Child;
 Cimetidine--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Cystic Fibrosis--Complications (CO);
 Gastroesophageal Reflux--Diagnosis (DI); *Gastroesophageal Reflux--Etiology
 (ET); Gastroesophageal Reflux--Therapy (TH); Esophageal Stenosis--Etiology
 (ET); Esophageal Stenosis--Therapy (TH); Esophagitis, Peptic--Etiology (ET)
 ; Hydrogen-Ion Concentration; PH; Posture
 CAS Registry No.: 51481-61-9 (Cimeidine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 104
-A-
 0699781 82144781
-W-
 Effect of intracranial pressure monitoring and aggressive treatment on
 mortality in severe head injury.
 Saul TG; Ducker T
 Division of Neurological Surgery, Univ. of Maryland School of Medicine,
 Baltimore.
 J Neurosurg (US), Apr 1982, 56 (4) p498-503,
-ISSN-
 0022-3085
-JrnlCode-
 JD3
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8207
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 During 1977-1978, 127 patients with severe head injury were admitted and
 underwent intracranial pressure (ICP) monitoring. All patients had Glasgow
 Coma Scale (GCS) scores of 7 or less. All received identical initial
 treatment according to a standardized protocol. The patients' average age
 was 29 years; 60% had multiple trauma, and 35% needed emergency intracranial
 operations. Treatment for elevations of ICP was begun when ICP rose to 20 to
 25 mm Hg, and included mannitol therapy and drainage of cerebrospinal fluid
 (CSF) when possible. Forty-three patients (34%) had ICP greater than or
 equal to 25 mm Hg; of these, 36 (84%) died. The mortality rate of the entire
 group was 46%. During 1979-1980, 106 patients with severe head injury were
 admitted and underwent ICP monitoring. Their average ager was 29 years; 51%
 had multiple trauma, and 31% underwent emergency intracranial surgery. All
 patients received the same standardized protocol as the previous series,
 with the exception of the treatment of ICP. In this present series: if ICP
 was 15 mm Hg or less (normal ICP), patients were continued on
 hyperventilation, steroids, and intensive care; if ICP was 16 to 24 mm Hg,
 mannitol was administered and CSF was drained; if ICP was 25 mm Hg or
 greater, the patients were randomized into a controlled barbiturate therapy
 study. Twenty-six patients (25%) had ICP's of 25 mm Hg or greater, compared
 to 34% in the previous series (p less than 0.05), and 18 of these 26
 patients (69%) died. The overall mortality for this current series was 28%
 compared to 46% in the previous series (p less than 0.0005). This study
 reconfirms the high mortality rate if ICP is 25 mm Hg or greater; however,
 the data also document that early aggressive treatment based on ICP
 monitoring significantly lessens the incidence of ICP of 25 mm Hg or greater
 and reduces the overall mortality rate of severe head injury.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Barbiturates--Therapeutic Use (TU) ; Brain
 Injuries--Cerebrospinal Fluid (CF); Brain Injuries--Mortality (MO) Brain
 Injuries--Surgery (SU); *Brain Injuries--Therapy (TH); Emergencies;
 *Intracranial Pressure; Mannitol--Therapeutic Use (TU); Middle Age;
 Monitoring, Physiologic; Outcome and Process Assessment (Health Care);
 OUTCOME ASSESSMENT Respiration, Artificial; Steroids--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 87-78-5 (Mannitol)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 105
-A-
 0684770 82129770
-W-
 Predicting recovery from acute severe asthma.
 Jenkins PF; Benfield GF; Smith AP
 Llandough Hospital, Penarth, South Glamorgan.
 Thorax (ENGLAND), Nov 1981, 36 (11) p835-41,
-ISSN-
 0040-6376 Jrnl Code VQW
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8206
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Fifty-two patients admitted to hospital with acute severe asthma took part
 in a prospective study investigating the rate and pattern of their
 subsequent recovery. Clinical assessment of the severity of the acute attack
 on admission (according to pulse rate, degree of pulsus para?oxus, and peak
 expiratory flow rate) did not reliably predict the results of arterial blood
 gas analysis. Subjects were divided into three groups according to the speed
 of recovery of peak expiratory flow rate. Historical features associated
 with slow recovery were: age over 40 years, non-atopic asthma, a longer
 duration of the acute attack before hospital admission, poor long-term
 control of asthma, and the use of maintenance oral corticosteroids. The
 degree of pulsus paradoxus on admission and the improvement in PEFR at six
 hours and arterial oxygen tension (PaO2) at 48 hours were also useful in
 predicting speed of recovery. The severity of the attack, assessed on
 admission by arterial blood gas analysis and PEFR, did not differ between
 the three groups of recovering patients. Hyperinflation was still present in
 15 out of 44 patients investigated five days after admission even though
 PEFR had returned to mre than 80% of predicted normal in seven of these 15
 subjects. The recovery of hypoxia was also commonly delayed with 12 out of
 52 patients having PaO2 values of less than 80 mmHg at five days. Persistent
 hypoxia was more common in those with delayed delayed recovery PEFR.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Acute Disease; Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Anoxia--Physiopathology (PP);
 *Asthma--Physiopathology (PP); Heart Rate; Lung--Physiopathology (PP);
 Middle Age; Prognosis; Prospective Studies; Respiratory Function Tests; Time
 Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 106
-A-
 0683606 82128606
-W-
 Inhaled atropine sulfate in acute asthma.
 Fairshter RD; Habib MP; Wilson AF
 Dept. of Medicine, Univ. of California Irvine, Orange.
 Respiration (SWITZERLAND), 1981, 42 (4) p263-72,
-ISSN-
 0025-7931
-JrnlCode-
 R8K
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8206
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We administered inhaled atropine sulfate to acute asthmatics already
 receiving therapeutic doses of adrenergic agonists, theophylline, and
 corticosteroids. Following atropine, hyperinflation diminished whereas vital
 capacity and expiratory flow rates breathing air and helium-oxygen increased
 (p less than 0.025 - p less than 0.005). Initial density dependence
 correlated inversely with changes in density dependence after atropine (r =
 -0.69, p less than 0.001). We conclude that: (1) inhaled atropine sulfate
 was effective therapy for acutely ill asthmatics already being treated with
 multiple antiasthmatic agents; (2) atropine caused large and peripheral
 airways bronchodilatation, and (3) the predominant site of bronchodilatation
 after atropine was related to the site of flow limitation before atropine.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Acute Disease; Adult; Aerosols; *Asthma--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Atropine--Administration and Dosage (AD); *Atropine--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Drug Therapy, Combination; Maximal Expiratory Flow Rate; Middle Age;
 Residual Volume; Respiratory Airflow; Respiratory Therapy; Total Lung
 Capacity; Vital Capacity
 CAS Registry No.: 51-55-8 (Atropine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 107
-A-
 0662127 82107127
-W-
 Effect of bronchoconstriction on the firing behavior of pulmonary stretch
 receptors.
 Davenport PW; Lee LY; Lee K; Yu LK; Miller R; Frazier DT
 Dept. of Physiology and Biophysics, Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington.
 Respir Physiol (NETHERLANDS), Dec 1981, 46 (3) p295-307,ISSN 0034-5687
-JrnlCode-
 R88
 Contract/Grant No.: BRSG RR-05374; AM-17082
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8205
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 To study the effect of bronchoconstriction on the activity of pulmonary
 stretch receptors (PSRs), acetylcholine aerosols (0.05% solution) were
 delivered continuously into the lung while the afferent activity of a single
 PSR was recorded from a filament of the vagus nerve. The relationship
 between the PSR frequency (fPSR) and the transpulmonary pressure (Ptp) was
 examined during both constant volume ventilation and hyperinflation. During
 bronchoconstriction, the peak fPSR for the same tidal volume increased
 significantly (P less than 0.05) compared to the control response obtained
 with saline aerosols. However, the fPSR at functional residual capacity
 decreased in the receptors above the carina but increased in those below.
 Bronchoconstriction induced a hysteresis in the dynamic Ptp-fPSR
 relationship during hyperinflation in 11 out of the 2 receptors studied: a
 clockwise hysteresi? was found in those receptors above the carina whereas a
 counterclockwise one in those below. Results of these studies suggest that
 the response of PSRs to bronchoconstriction depends on their locations in
 the tracheobronchial tree.
 Tags: Animal; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Acetylcholine--Administration and Dosage (AD); Action Potentials; Aerosols;
 Bronchi--Drug Effects (DE); *Bronchi--Physiopathology (PP); Constriction;
 Dogs; Lung Volume Measurements; *Mechanoreceptors--Physiopathology (PP);
 *Pulmonary Stretch Receptors--Physiopathology (PP)
 CAS Registry No.: 51-84-3 (Acetylcholine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 108
-A-
 0659302 82104302
-W-
 Pulmonary effects of head trauma.
 Baigelman W; O'Brien JC
 Boston Univ. School of Medicine, Massachusetts.
 Neurosurgery (US), Dec 1981, 9 (6) p729-40,
-ISSN-
 0148-396X
-JrnlCode-
 NZL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8205
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Knowledge of the interrelation of the central nervous system-respiratory
 axis is crucial to the management of patients with head injuries with or
 without concomitant pulmonary-thoracic problems. Damage to the central
 nervous system (CNS) can result in unexplained hypoxemia, noncardiac
 pulmonary edema, altered patterns of respiration, and an increased risk of
 aspiration. The damaged thorax and lung can contribute to brain ischemia and
 rises in intracranial pressure. The treatment of one end of the
 CNS-respiratory axis is not without effect on the other end of the
 continuum. Corticosteroids, diuretics, mannitol, iatro?enic
 hyperventilation, barbiturates, and vasopressors are used in the management
 of patients with head trauma, but may have an impact on oxygenation and
 ventilation. When positive end expiratory pressure is used in the management
 of a pulmonary process, it should be optimized and used with caution while
 monitoring for its effect on intracranial pressure. Pulmonary toilet, while
 remaining a necessity, must be performed in a manner so as to minimize
 potential negative effects on the brain. Hyperoxia and hypothermia should be
 avoided. Mechanical ventilation should be used as dictated by the desired
 PaCO2 and not as a mandatory adjunct to endotracheal intubation. (289
 Refs.)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adrenal Cortex Hormones--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Brain
 Injuries--Complications (CO); Brain Injuries--Physiopathology (PP); Brain
 Injuries--Therapy (TH); Central Nervous System--Physiopathology (PP);
 Cerebrovascular Circulation; Mannitol--Therapeutic Use (TU); Positive
 Pressure Respiration; Respiration; *Respiratory Tract
 Diseases--Complications (CO); Respiratory Tract Diseases--Therapy (TH);
 Thoracic Injuries--Physiopathology (PP)
 CAS Registry No.: 87-78-5 (Mannitol)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 109
-A-
 0652770 82097770
-W-
 Decay of inspiratory muscle activity in chronic airway obstruction.
 Citterio G; Agostoni E; Del Santo A; Marazzini L
 Istituto di Fisiologia Umana, Ia Cattedra, Universita de Milano, Italy.
 J Appl Physiol (US), Dec 1981, 51 (6) p1388-97,
-ISSN-
 0161-7567
-JrnlCode-
 HAL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8205
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Relative decay rate of inspiratory muscle electrical activity (RDRI) in
 patients with chronic airway obstruction increased with decreasing
 expiratory time (TE), being faster than in normal subjects for a given TE.
 Time course of decay was similar in shape to that of normal subjects,
 whereas persistence time of activity during expiration was about half.
 Hence, braking action of inspiratory muscles in patients was smaller than in
 normal subjects. No tonic activity of inspiratory muscles was fund in
 patients, even when frequency was increased and hyperinflation enhanced.
 Hence toxic activity of inspiratory muscles found by others in asymptomatic
 asthmatic or normal subjects after histamine inhalation seems elicited by
 histamine. In normal subjects breathing under resistive load, RDRI became
 similar to that of patients for a given TE: tonic activity of
 extradiaphragmatic inspiratory muscles occurred only if frequency was
 voluntarily increased at least three times, an unphysiological condition
 with resistive load. Under discontinuous inspiratory elastic load, RDRI of
 patients decreased or did not change, whereas previously that of normal
 subjects was found to increase.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Airway Resistance; Electromyography; Electrophysiology; *Lung
 Diseases, Obstructive--Physiopathology (PP); Middle Age;
 *Muscles--Physiopathology (PP); Respiration; Spirometry; Tidal Volume
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 110
-A-
 0644523 82089523
-W-
 Static transdiaphragmatic pressures in normal subjects and in patients with
 chronic hyperinflation.
 Gibson GJ; Clark E; Pride NB
 Dept. of Medicine (Respiratory Division), Royal Postgraduate Medical School,
 Hammersmith Hospital, London, England.
 Am Rev Respir Dis (US), Dec 1981, 124 (6) p685-9,
-ISSN-
 0003-0805
-JrnlCode-
 426
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8204
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Transdiaphragmatic pressure (Pdi) during static maximal inspiratory effort
 was measured in 11 normal subjects and in 4 patients with severe chronic
 hyperinflation (mean total lung capacity, 138% predicted). The Pdi varied
 widely among subjects, some production positive abdominal pressure (Pab) at
 all volumes and some producing Pab close to zero or negative. During
 modified maximal inspiratory efforts in which the abdomen was protruded,
 several subjects produced greater Pdi, but in none was pleural pressure
 (Ppl) more negative, possibly because of inhibition of diaphragmatic
 activation during spontaneous inspiratory efforts. In the hyperinflated
 patients, spontaneous maximal inspiratory inspiratory efforts produced
 smaller values of Pdi, but the diaphragm retained an inspiratory effect and
 Pdi could still be increased by abdominal protrusion during the effort.
 Although Pdi during such modified maneuvers probably gives a better index of
 the strength of the diaphragm, this may not be directly related to its
 effective capacity as an inspiratory muscle, which may be best assessed by
 comparing Pdi with Ppl during spontaneous maximal inspiratory efforts.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Abdomen; Adult; Aged; *Diaphragm--Physiopathology (PP); Functional Residual
 Capacity; Middle Age; Pleura; Pressure; *Pulmonary
 Emphysema--Physiopathology (PP); Total Lung Capacity
 Y004154 111
 0639310 82084310
 Staphylococcus aureus pneumonua as a complication during treatment of
 neurosurgical patients with mechanical ventilation.
 Espersen F; Gabrielsen J
 Statens Seruminstitut, Dept. of Clinical Microbiology, Hvidovre Univ.
 Hospital, Copenhagen, Denmark.
 Scand J Infect Dis (SWEDEN), 1981, 13 (3) p161-3,
-ISSN-
 0036-5548
-JrnlCode-
 UCX
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8204
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 During 1978 a high incidence of Staphylococcus aureus pneumonia (11/54) was
 found in patients treated with mechanical hyperventilation for cerebral
 lesions, compared to other patients on mechanical ventilation in the same
 ward (1/148). Patients with cerebral lesions also had an increased risk of
 colonization with Staph. aureus. The patients were colonized and infected
 with different phage types of Staph. aureus. These factors in combination
 with the epidemiological data indicate that the increased infection rate is
 due to a specific impairment of the local defence mechanism in the
 respiratory tract of these patients and not to an increased exposure to
 epidemic strains of Staph. aureus. The course of the infections indicates
 that microscopical examination of material from endotracheal suctions is
 important in order to diagnose the infection as early as possible.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Nervous System--Surgery (SU); *Pneumonia, Staphylococcal--Etiology (ET);
 *PNEUMONIA STAPH--Etiology (ET); Pneumonia, Staphylococcal--Microbiology
 (MI); PNEUMONIA STAPH--Microbiology (MI); *Postoperative
 Complications--Microbiology (MI); *POSTOP COMPL--Microbiology (MI);
 *Respiration, Artificial
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 112
-A-
 0628026 82073026
-W-
 Long-term treatment with corticosteroids and ACTH in asthmatic children. I.
 A pulmonary function study with re-investigation after 5 years.
 Oberger E; Engstrom I
 The Allergy Unit, Dept. of Pediatrics, Karolinska Hospital, Stockholm,
 Sweden.
 Eur J Respir Dis (DENMARK) , Aug 1981, 62 (4) p256-67,
-ISSN-
 0106-4339
-JrnlCode-
 EPS
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8204
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Twenty-one children aged 6-17 years with severe bronchial asthma and on
 long-term treatment with corticosteroids and/or ACTH, were studied when they
 were as symptom-free as possible. They were found to have increased lung
 volumes and hyperinflation with a high end-expiratory level. The forced
 expiratory 1-s volume (FEV1) was within +/- 2 SD for healthy children, but
 the FEV% was significantly decreased, as a sign of sub-clinical bronchial
 obstruction. Arterial oxygen tensions was within normal limits, except in
 one patient with clinical signs of bronchial obstruction. On re-examination
 5 years later, hyperinflation and sub-clinical obstruction were even more
 pronounced, despite the fact that the majority of the patients had improved
 clinically.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adolescence; *Adrenal Cortex Hormenes--Therapeutic Use (TU) Aging;
 *Asthma--Drug Therapy (DT); Asthma--Physiopathology (PP); Body Height;
 Carbon Dioxide--Metabolism (ME); Child; Chronic Disease;
 *Corticotropin--Therapeutic Use (TU); Follow-Up Studies; Hydrogen-Ion
 Concentration; PH; Oxygen--Blood (BL); Respiratory Function Tests
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen); 9002-60-2 (Corticotropin)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 113
-A-
 0627230 82072230
-W-
 [Transitory bacteraemia after endotracheal suction (author's transl)]
 Transitorische Bacteriamien nach endotrachealem Absaugen.
 Storm W
 Universitats-Kinderklinik, Abteilung fur Padiatrische Intensivmedizin,
 Dusseldorf.
 Dtsch Med Wochenschr (GERMANY, WEST) , Nov 6 1981, 106 (45) p1496-8,
-ISSN-
 0012-0472
-JrnlCode-
 ECL
-Lang-
 GERMAN Summary Languages: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8204
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; Respiration, Artificial; *Septicemia--Etiology (ET);
 *Suction--Adverse Effects (AE); Time Factors; Trachea
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 114
-A-
 0607432 82052432
-W-
 Oxygen insufflation during endotracheal suctioning.
 Langrehr EA; Washburn SC; Guthrie MP
 Univ. of Wisconsin School of Nursing, Madison.
 Heart Lung (US), Nov-Dec 1981, 10 (6) p1028-36,
-JrnlCode-
 G2V
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8203
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Animal; Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Aged; Dogs; Heart Surgery; Middle Age; *Oxygen--Administration and Dosage
 (AD); Oxygen--Blood (BL); Partial Pressure; Postoperative Period; POSTOP
 PERIOD; *Suction--Adverse Effects (AE); *TracheaCAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7
 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 115
-A-
 0604755 2049755
-W-
 Factors influencing pulsus paradoxus in asthma.
 Martin J; Jardim J; Sampson M; Engel LE
 Meakins Christie Laboratories, McGill Univ., Montreal.
 Chest (US), Nov 1981, 80 (5) p543-9,
-ISSN-
 0012-3692
-JrnlCode-
 D1C
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8203
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 In five normal subjects with pulsus paradoxus (change in systolic blood
 pressure greater than 10 mm Hg) induced by breathing through external
 inspiratory resistance, the change in systolic blood pressure was related to
 swing in esophageal pressure (change in intrapleural pressure [PpI]).
 Effects of hyperinflation (to 75 to 85 percent of vital capacity) were
 examined by adding expiratory resistances, and the influence of the
 configuration of the chest wall was studied by using "intercostal" and
 "abdominal" breathing patterns. There was a curvilinear relationship between
 the change in systolic blood pressure and the change in PpI, and
 hyperinflation was not necessary for the production of pulsus paradoxus. At
 the same change in PpI, there was no significant difference between
 "intercostal" and "abdominal" breathing, suggesting that pulmonary
 overdistention with tensing of the mediastinum is not an important etiologic
 mechanism. Analysis of sustained Muller's maneuvers suggested that the
 temporal breathing pattern may be important in determining the degree of
 paradox and may account for its variability in patients with a given degree
 of obstruction of air flow.
 Tags: Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Asthma--Physiopathology (PP); Blood Pressure; Functional Residual Capacity;
 Pleura--Physiopathology (PP); *Pulse; Respiration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 116
-A-
 0567749 82012749
-W-
 Drugs affecting the respiratory system with particular reference to asthma.
 Anderson SD
 Med Sci Sports Exerc, 1981, 13 (4) p259-65,
-ISSN-
 0195-9131
-JrnlCode-
 MG8
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8201
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In ?0-80% of asthmatic patients, an attack of asthma will follow 6-10 min of
 strenuous exercise. The increase in airway resistance is accompanied by
 hyperinflation and arterial hypoxemia and makes it difficult to continue or
 resume exercise. The past 10 yr have seen major advances in the prevention
 and treatment of exercise-induced asthma (EIA). The beta-sympathomimetic
 drugs, when administered as aerosols, have been shown to be most effective
 in reversing the airway obstruction, hyperinflation, and exercise-induced
 hypoxemia in patients with asthma. When administered as aerosols prior to
 exercise, the increase in airways resistance, hyperinflation, and hypoxemia
 are blocked in about 90% of patients. In addition to the sympathomimetic
 agents, sodium cromoglycate will also ameliorate or prevent EIA in 60-70% of
 patients. Oral administration of beta sympathomimetics or methylxanthines is
 less efficacious in the prevention or treatment of EIA. Delay in absorption
 from the gastrointestinal tract requires at least 1-2 h before a significant
 response is observed. Prevention of EIA requires an adequate blood level,
 possibly because a high concentration of the drug does not reach the airway
 when the drug is given by the oral route. More importantly, aerosol
 administration prevents EIA at a fraction of the dose required orally. The
 side effects, such as nausea, tachycardia, and skeletal muscle tremor
 commonly observed following oral bronchodilator administration are rare with
 aerosol therapy. (40 Refs.)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adrenergic Alpha Receptor Blockaders--Pharmacodynamics (PD) ADREN ALPHA
 RECEPT BLOCK--Pharmacodynamics (PD); *Asthma--Drug Therapy (DT) ; *Asthma,
 Exercise-Induced--Drug Therapy (DT); Asthma, Exercise-Induced--Prevention
 and Control (PC); Bronchi--Drug Effects (DE); Child; Cystic Fibrosis--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Disodium Cromoglycate--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Histamine H1
 Receptor Blockaders--Pharmacodynamics (PD); RECEPT BLOCK
 H1--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Parasympatholytics--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Peak
 Expiratory Flow Rate; *Respiration--Drug Effects (DE); Sports;
 Sympathomimetics--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Theophylline--Pharmacodynamics
 (PD)
 CAS Registry No.: 15826-37-6 (Disodium Cromoglycate); 58-55-9
 (Theophylline)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 117
-A-
 0523963 8153963
-W-
 The effects of intermittent positive pressure breathing on patients with
 respiratory muscle weakness.
 De Troyer A; Deisser P
 Am Rev Respir Dis, Aug 1981, 124 (2) p32-7,
-ISSN-
 0003-0805 Jrnl Code 426
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8111
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Marked reductions in pulmonary compliance have been noted in patients with
 respiratory muscle weakness, which greatly contribute to the losses of lung
 volume. In an attempt to reverse this abnormality and to decrease the work
 of breathing, we evaluated the effects of a 15-min period of positive
 pressure, mechanical hyperinflation of the lungs in 10 patients with
 generalized neuromuscular disorders and long-standing involvement of the
 respiratory muscles. The vital capacity was 46, and the static expiratory
 lung compliance was 59% of control values. The recoil pressure of the lung
 at full inflation was 19 cm H2O. Using positive pressure breathing devices,
 we inflated the lungs either with inflation pressures ranging between 20 and
 40 cm H2O or with volume that were at least twofold larger than the
 patients' natural inspiratory capacity. Lung volumes, including functional
 residual capacity, and static pulmonary compliance were not modified by
 these procedures. Maintaining 10 cm H2O of positive end-expiratory pressure
 did not alter the results. These findings suggest that (1) alveolar
 collapse, rather than a simple decrease in the compliance of the surface
 film of the lung, is the major cause of the low pulmonary compliance in
 patients with chronic respiratory muscle weakness; (2) these patients do not
 acutely benefit from intermittent positive breathing treatment.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Evaluation Studies; *Intermittent Positive Pressure
 Breathing; Lung Compliance; Lung Volume Measurements; *Neuromuscular
 Diseases--Complications (CO); Partial Pressure; *Positive Pressure
 Respiration; Respiratory Insufficiency--Etiology (ET); Respiratory
 Insufficiency--Physiopathology (PP); *Respiratory Insufficiency--Therapy
 (TH); Work of Breathing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 118
-A-
 0511951 81241951
-W-
 Ruptured spleen--when to operate
 Wesson DE; Filler RM; Ein SH; Shandling B; Simpson JS; Stephens CA
 J Pediatr Surg, Jun 1981, 16 (3) p324-6,
-ISSN-
 0022-3468
-JrnlCode-
 JMJ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8111
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Sixty-three patients with splenic injuries were treated during a 5-yr period
 from 1974-1979. The decision to operate was based on the patient's clinical
 course, not on the presence of splenic injury alone. Those who were stable
 on admission or after initial resuscitation were treated nonoperatively.
 This consisted of strict bed rest, nasogastric suction, and i.v.
 fluids--including blood--as required. Those who bled massively were operated
 on promptly. At operation, the spleen was repaired if possible or excised if
 damaged beyond repair. Forty patients were treated nonoperatively. Sixteen
 of these required blood transfusions (mean 31.2 +/- 5.3 ml/kg). One patient
 in this group developed a large defect on spleen scan at 3 wk post injury.
 There was no other morbidity and no mortality following nonoperative
 treatment. Nineteen required operation all within 16 hr of admission.
 Fifteen underwent splenectomy, 2 partial splenectomy, and 1 splenorrhaphy.
 In 1 the bleeding had stopped. All required blood before operation (mean
 80.4 +/- 10.1 ml/kg). Seven in this group died (6 from head injuries and 1
 from bleeding). Thus surgery was avoided in 2 out of 3 and the spleen saved
 in 3 out of 4 patients with documented splenic injuries. We believe that
 where adequate facilities exist nonoperative treatment of splenic injuries
 is both safe and effective. When bleeding is massive from the beginning or
 replacement requirements exceed 40 ml/kg, operation is indicated.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Child; Child, Preschool; Hemorrhage--Surgery (SU); Infant;
 Risk; Splenectomy; Splenic Rupture--Surgery (SU); *Splenic Rupture--Therapy
 (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 119
-A-
 0495071 81225071
-W-
 Hemodynamic characteristics in chronic obstructive lung disease as related
 to cardiac size.
 Hutsebaut J; Scano G; Garcia-Herreros P; Degre S; De Coster A; Sergysels R
 Respiration , 1981, 4 (1) p25-32,
-ISSN-
 0025-7931
-JrnlCode-
 R8K
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8110
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The hemodynamic adaptation during exercise was evaluated in 19 patients
 suffering from chronic obstructive lung disease. They were divided into two
 groups according to cardiac size on the X-ray (group 1, small; group 2,
 normal). A small cardio-thoracic ratio could be correlated with 'emphysema'
 assessed on the basis of hyperinflation and a low transfer test for CO. No
 clear-cut difference could be found between the two groups concerning the
 hemodynamic data at rest or during exercise. However, for all subjects, the
 cardiac output was found to be slightly related to the cardiac size (smaller
 cardiac output for smaller cardiac size). During exercise, low cardiac
 output was characterized by a low oxygen transport and a high level of
 lactate. From this, it is suggested that a small cardiac size, a classical
 feature of hyperinflation and emphysema, may lead to a low cardiac output.
 The explanation for these results is speculative, but variable hemodynamic
 profiles in chronic obstructive lung disease with or without hyperinflation
 may be related to the morphology of the cardiac chambers and of variable
 intrathoracic pressure regimes during respiration.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Blood Chemical Analysis; *Cardiac Output; *Cardiac Volume; *Exertion;
 Lactates--Blood (BL); Lung Diseases, Obstructive--Blood (BL); *Lung
 Diseases, Obstructive--Physiopathology (PP); Middle Age; Oxygen Consumption;
 Respiratory Function Tests; Rest
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 120
-A-
 042874 81212874
-W-
 Altered cardiovascular reflex responses during positive pressure breathing.
 Stinnett HO
 Fed Proc, Jun 1981, 40 (8) p2182-7,
-ISSN-
 0014-9446
-JrnlCode-
 EUVde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8110
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Cardiovascular responses during hyperinflation produced by positive
 end-expiratory pressure (PEEP) are considered to be reflexly influenced by
 pulmonary mechanoreceptors. Numerous studies have indicated heart and
 vascular effects attributed to mechanical events and cardiopulmonary
 mechanoreflexes. Yet interactions of these modalities with the systemic
 baroreflexes are not clear. We examined aspects of these modulatory
 interactions by distinguishing changes in pulmonary, heart, and vascular
 responses during PEEP-hyperinflation before and after progressive
 elimination of chemo-, mechano-, and baroreflex influences in the
 closed-chest anesthetized rabbit. During respiratory alkalosis PEEP was
 imposed in increments of 2.5 cm H2O (range 0.0 to 7.5 cm H2O) before and
 during control of carotid intrasinus pressure and following aortic
 denervation and vagotomy. Heart rate responses during PEEP increased prior
 to aortic denervation, decreased following elimination of baroreflexes, and
 were abolished after vagotomy. The fall in mean arterial pressure (MAP)
 during PEEP was accentuated during elimination of the baroreflexes and
 ameliorated following vagotomy. Mean right atrial (MRAP), intrapleural
 (MIP), and right atrial transmural pressure increased during PEEP prior to
 vagotomy. Regression analyses of MAP versus MRAP and MAP versus MIP suggest
 that vagally receptors reflexly influence venous as well as systemic
 arterial vascular pressure. Conclusion indicate that when superimposed on
 mechanical events, cardiopulmonary mechanoreceptors and arterial
 baroreceptors effect conflicting facilitory reflex influences on heart and
 vascular responses during PEEP-hyperinflation.
 Tags: Animal; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Blood Pressure; *Cardiovascular System--Physiology (PH);
 Chemoreceptor--Physiology (PH); Heart Atrium--Physiology (PH);
 Mechanoreceptors--Physiology (PH); *Positive Pressure Respiration;
 Pressoreceptors--Physiology (PH); Rabbits; *Reflex
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 121
-A-
 0470520 81200520
-W-
 Lung function studies in a patient with diffuse pulmonary fibroleiomyomas.
 Magnussen H; Hole JP; Stiens R; Mattern H; Koischwitz D; Hartmann V
 Respiration , 1980, 40 (5) p241-9,
-ISSN-
 0025-7931
-JrnlCode-
 R8K
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8109
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Diffuse pulmonary fibroleiomyomas were detected by open-lung biopsy in a
 33-year-old male patient. Lung function studies revealed severe airflow
 obstruction, hyperinflation, grossly impaired single-breath-diffusing
 capacity and a decrease in PaO2 during exercise, i.e. data which are
 compatible with pulmonary emphysema. However, static lung compliance was
 within normal limits excluding the existence of pure emphysema. Additional
 special lung function tests confirmed the assumption that in diffuse
 fibroleiomyomas of the lung, functional patterns characteristic of
 obstructive and restrictive lung disease are present that are in agreement
 with the histological features of this disease.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; *Leiomyoma--Physiopathology (PP); Lung Compliance; *Lung
 Neoplasms--Physiopathology (PP); Lung Volume Measurements;
 *Lung--Physiopathology (PP); Oxygen; Respiration
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 122
-A-
 0461686 81191686
-W-
 Ventilation by high-frequency oscillation in rabbits with oleic acid lung
 disease.
 Wright K; Lyrene RK; Truog WE; Standaert TA; Murphy J; Woodrum DE
 J Appl Physiol, May 1981, 50 (5) p1056-60,
-ISSN-
 0161-7567
-JrnlCode-
 HAL
 Contract/Grant No.: SCOR HMD-19187; MCT-000955
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8109
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The feasibility and efficiency of ventilation by high-frequency oscillation
 (HFO) were examined in animals with diffuse hemorrhagic lung disease.
 Twenty-four hours after injection with 0.12 ml/kg oleic acid, 11
 spontaneously breathing rabbits had a mean (+/- SD) arterial O2 partial
 pressure (PaO2) of 65 +/- 6 Torr and arterial CO2 partial pressure (PaCO2)
 of 38 +/- 7 Torr [inspired fractional O2 concentration (FIO2) of 0.21].
 Following paralysis animals were ventilated using a high-frequency
 oscillator for periods of 20 min followed by three successive
 hyperinflations to prevent atelectasis. Maintaining a constant mean airway
 pressure (MAP) of 6 cmH2O and fresh gas flow (FGF) of 2 1/min (FIO2 = 0.21),
 all combinations of frequency (5, 10, 20, and 30 Hz) and stroke volume (Vs)
 2.6, 5.0, and 8.9 ml) were tested. At each frequency, an increase in Vs
 tended to lower mean PaCO2. At each Vs, CO2 elimination appeared maximal at
 20 Hz, an effect attributable to decreasing effective Vs with increasing
 frequency. With constant Vs, MAP, and frequency, increasing FGF from 1 to 2
 or 61/min decreased mean PaCO2 (P less than 0.05). With constant Vs,
 frequency, and FGF, increases in MAP from 2 to 10 cmH2O increased mean PaO2
 (P less than 0.05). HFO, coupled with periodic hyperinflation, supports
 satisfactory gas exchange in rabbits with oleic acid lung injury. The
 efficiency of gas exchange is improved by independent increases in Vs, FGF,
 MAP, or frequency.
 Tags: Animal; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Carbon Dioxide--Blood (BL); Hemodynamics--Drug Effects (DE)
 Hemorrhage--Chemically Induced (CI); *Lung Diseases--Chemically Induced
 (CI); *Oleic Acids--Toxicity (TO); Oxygen--Blood (BL); Rabbits;
 *Respiration--Drug Effects (DE)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 123
-A-
 0457399 81187399
-W-
 Effects of endotracheal suction versus apnea during interruption of
 intermittent or continuous positive pressure ventilation.
 Ehhart IC; Hofman WF; Loveland SR
 Crit Care Med, Jun 1981, 9 (6) p464-8,
-ISSN-
 0090-493
-JrnlCode-
 DTF
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8109
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The hypoxemia, elevated vascular pressure, and cardiac arrhythmias occurring
 during endotracheal suction may be related both to suction and the
 interruption of ventilation during suction. Although effects of suction vs.
 apnea have been compared in healthy patients, interruption of ventilation
 for purely investigational purposes precludes such a study in critically ill
 patients. Thus, in the present study, cardiovascular and blood gas changes
 attendant to endotracheal suction or equivalent periods of apnea were
 compared in anesthetized, paralyzed dogs in acute respiratory failure
 induced by oleic acid. Suction of 45-sec duration during interruption of
 intermittent positive pressure ventilation (IPPV) was associated with
 decreases in PaO2, pH, and heart rate and increases in PaCO2, cardiac
 output, pulmonary arterial and systemic arterial pressure. These changes
 were not different from those observed during interruption of ventilation
 (apnea) alone. Cardiovascular and blood gas changes were also similar when
 suction and apnea were compared during interruption of continuous positive
 pressure ventilation (CPPV). Neither apnea nor suction was associated with
 cardiac arrhythmias.
 Tags: Animal; Comparative Study; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 *Apnea--Complications (CO); Blood Gas Analysis; Cardiac Output; Dogs;
 *Intermittent Positive Pressure Ventilation; *Positive Pressure Respiration;
 *Suction--Adverse Effects (AE); *Trachea--Physiopathology (PP)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 124
-A-
 045551 81185517
-W-
 Responses to cortical injury: II. Widespread depression of the activity of
 an enzyme in cortex remote from a focal injury.
 Dail WG; Feeney DM; Murray HM; Linn RT; Boyeson MG
 Brain Res, Apr 27 1981, 211 (1) p79-89,
-ISSN-
 0006-8993
-JrnlCode-
 BL?
 Contract/Grant No.: NS 13684-03
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8109
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 As a part of a broader study of the reaction of the brain to injury, we
 report here an interesting loss of the activity of an enzyme in areas quite
 remote from the site of direct injury. At 36 h following a laceration or
 contusion injury to the hindpaw area of the motor cortex, a peculiar loss of
 staining for the enzyme alpha glycerophosphate dehydrogenase (alpha-GPDH)
 was noted. alpha-GPD activity was markedly depressed in cortical layers II
 and III throughout the hemisphere on the side of the injury. The depression
 of alpha-GPDH activity extended far laterally across the rhinal fissure into
 the pyriform cortex. The decrease in alpha GPDH staining was prominent 4
 days after the injury: however, the staining pattern had returned to normal
 at 9 days. Enzyme changes in animals lesioned in the occipital cortex
 paralleled that seen in animals with a lesion in the motor cortex. Animals
 which had received an undercut lesion in the motor cortex 56 days earlier
 were contused in the occipital cortex. The old injury site presented the
 same sequelae of changes as seen in others lesioned animals. Additionally, a
 suction ablation injury involving only a small part of motor cortex resulted
 in the same widespread reduction of staining for alpha-GPDH in layers II and
 III. The derangement in energy metabolism suggests that cells in layers II
 and III of the cerebral cortex may be particularly vulnerable to
 perturbations induced by cortical trauma. These findings may be related to
 the diffuse and transient functional losses observed after head injury in
 man.
 Tags: Animal; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S
-Desc-
 Astrocytes--Enzymology (EN); *Brain Concussion--Physiopathology (PP);
 Cerebral Cortex--Enzymology (EN); Cerebral Cortex--Injuries (IN) ; *Cerebral
 Cortex--Physiopathology (PP); *Glycerolphosphate Dehydrogenase--Metabolism
 (ME); Histocytochemistry; Rats; *Spreading Cortical Depression
 Enzyme No.: EC 1.1.99.5 (Glycerolphosphate Dehydrogenase)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 125
-A-
 0443294 81173294
-W-
 The clinical outcome of patients with severe head injuries, treated with
 highdose dexamethasone, hyperventilation and barbiturates.
 Hoppe E; Christensen L; Christensen KN
 Neurochirurgia (?tuttg), Jan 1981, 24 (1) p17-20,
-ISSN-
 0028-3819
-JrnlCode-
 NXM
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8108
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The outcome in 45 consecutive patients following severe head injuries is
 presented. All patients were evaluated according to the Glasgow Coma Scale
 and the Glasgow Outcome Scale. All patients received a combined treatment
 consisting of dexamethasone, barbiturate and hyperventilation. A primary
 operative intervention was performed in 14 patients with intracranial
 haematomas. There was a good recovery in 53%, 20% were moderately disabled,
 11% were severely disabled. 16% died or remained in a vegetative state. The
 patients were aged between 5 and 83 years, 49% were under 20 years, and the
 relationship between age and outcome was demonstrated. 86% of the patients
 under 20 years and 60% over 20 years made a good recovery. These results
 indicate that a more favourable prognosis is possible after severe head
 injury, especially in children and thus the combined treatment described
 above appears justified.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Age Factors; Aged; Brain Injuries--Diagnosis (DI);
 *Brain Injuries--Drug Therapy (DT); Child; Child, Preschool;
 Chlorpromazine--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Dexamethasone--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Hyperventilation; Meperidine--Therapeutic Use (TU); Middle Age ;
 Pentobarbital--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Phenobarbital--Therapeutic Use (TU) ;
 Prognosis
 CAS Registry No.: 50-02- (Dexamethasone); 50-06-6 (Phenobarbital); 50-53-3
 (Chlorpromazine); 57-42-1 (Meperidine); 76-74-4 (Pentobarbital)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 126
-A-
 0426599 81156599
-W-
 Suction in neurosurgery.
 Vallfors B; Hansson HA; Harsson S; Johansson G
 Acta Neurochir (Wien), 1980, 55 (1-2) p35-42,
-ISSN-
 0001-6268
-JrnlCode-
 ?9C
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8107
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Animal; Comparative Study
-Desc-
 Brain Injuries--Etiology (ET); Dogs; Neurosurgery--Instrumentation (IS);
 *Neurosurgery--Methods (MT); Pressure; Suction--Adverse Effects (AE);
 Suction--Instrumentation (IS); *Suction--Methods (MT)
 Y004154 127
 0411860 81141860
 Tonic inspiratory muscle activity as a cause of hyperinflation in asthma.
 Muler N; Bryan AC; Zamel N
 J Appl Physiol, Feb 1981, 50 (2) p279-82,
-ISSN-
 011-7567
-JrnlCode-
 HAL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8107
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We studied tonic activity of the inspiratory muscles during exacerbation of
 asthma in five female and two male patients. Exacerbation was provoked by
 withholding bronchodilatary medication for 12 h prior to the study. Thoracic
 gas volume (TGV) at the end of resting expiration was determined before and
 after albuterol (salbutamol) inhalation with a body plethysmograph.
 Intercostal muscle electromyogram (EMG) was recorded with surface electrodes
 and diaphragmatic EMG with esophageal electrodes. Tonic activity was defined
 as electrical activity in the EMG present throughout expiration. After
 salbutamol the TGV decreased 13.4 +/- 2.9% (mean +/- SE) (P less than 0.01).
 This decrease in TGV was accompanied by a proportional reduction in tonic
 intercostal (r = 0.78, P less than 0.05) and diaphramatic activity (r =
 0.84, P less than 0.05). These findings suggest that the hyperinflation
 present during exacerbation of asthma is at least in part due to active
 inspiratory muscle activity present throughout expiration.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Albuterol--Therapeutic Use (TU); Asthma--Drug Therapy (DT);
 *Asthma--Physiopathology (PP); *Diaphragm--Physiopathology (PP);
 Electromyography; *Intercostal Muscles--Physiopathology (PP); Lung Volume
 Measurements; *Muscle Tonus; Muscle Tonus--Drug Effects (DE)
 CAS Registry No.: 18559-94-9 (Albuterol)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 128
-A-
 0407256 81137256
-W-
 Intracranial pressure monitoring in perspective.
 Venes J
 Childs Brain, 1980, 7 (5) p236-51,
-ISSN-
 0302-2803
-JrnlCode-
 D2Wde
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8107
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Monitoring of intracranial pressure has become increasingly widespread in a
 variety of conditions. The information gained has allowed for the
 development of certain principles of management in patients with presumed or
 potential intracranial hypertension. These principles are applicable whether
 ICP monitoring is employed or not. Aggressive management of severe
 intracranial hypertension may improve survival; however, data from several
 studies are inconclusive. The author attempts to review developments in the
 field and assess the impact of this modality of therapy in pediatric
 neurosurgical practice. (94 Refs.)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Barbiturates--Therapeutic Use (TU); Brain Edema--Surgery
 (SU); Catheterization; Cerebral Anoxia--Physiopathology (PP); Cerebral
 Ventricles--Surgery (SU); Child; Child, Preschool; Fever--Complications
 (CO); Head Injuries--Psysiopathology (PP); Head Injuries--Therapy (TH);
 Hyperventilation--Physiopathology (PP); *Intracranial Pressure;
 Mannitol--Therapeutic Use (TU); Monitoring, Physiologic; Outcome and Process
 Assessment (Health Care); OUTCOME ASSESSMENT; Pseudotumor
 Cerebri--Physiopathology (PP); Reye's Syndrome--Physiopathology (PP);
 Stress, Psychological--Complications (CO)
 CAS Registry No.: 87-78-5 (Mannitol)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 129
-A-
 0401677 81131677
-W-
 Isoflurane and cerebrospinal fluid pressure in neurosur~grica patients.
 Adams RW; Cucchiara RF; Gronert GA; Messick JM; Michenfelder JD
 Anesthesiology, Feb 1981, 54 (2) p97-9,
-ISSN-
 0003-3022
-JrnlCode-
 4SG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8106
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The effect of isoflurane on cerebrospinal fluid pressure (CSFP) was
 determined in 20 patients undergoing craniotomy for intracranial
 supratentorial neoplasm or hepatoma. In 15 of these patients, following
 endotracheal intubation, hyperventilation sufficient to result in PaCO2
 25-30 torr was begun simultaneously with the introduction of 1 per cent
 isoflurane. In the remaining five patients ventilation was equivalent, but
 normocapnia was maintained by adding CO2 to the inspired gases. In the
 hypocapnic patients CSFPs did not increase above awake values (range 5-45
 torr) following isoflurane administration. In the normocapnic patients
 (CSFPs consistently increased. In three of these five patients the increases
 were precipitous, but were corrected rapidly by establishment of hypocapnia.
 The authors conclude that the known cerebral vasodilator properties of
 isoflurance can be countered effectively by hypocapnia. Furthermore, unlike
 the situation with halothane, it is not necessary to establish hypocepnia
 prior to introducing isoflurane in order to avoid CSFP increases.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Anesthesia, Inhalation; Brain Injuries--Surgery (SU) Brain
 Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Carbon Dioxide--Blood (BL); Craniotomy;
 Hematoma--Surgery (SU); *Intracranial Pressure--Drug Effects (DE);
 Isoflurane--Administration and Dosage (AD); *Isoflurane--Pharmacodynamics
 (PD); *Methyl Ethers--Pharmacodynamics (PD)
 CAS Registry No.: 26675-46-7 (Isoflurane)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 130
-A-
 0391560 81121560
-W-
 The hypoxic drive to breathing in man.
 Leitch AG
 Lancet, Feb 21 1981, 1 (8217) p428-30,
-ISSN-
 023-7507
-JrnlCode-
 L0S
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8106
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 *Anoxia--Physiopathology (PP); Bronchitis--Physiopathology (PP); Carbon
 Dioxide--Blood (BL); Head Injuries--Physiopathology (PP);
 Hyperventilation--Physiopathology (PP); Oxygen--Blood (BL); Pickwickian
 Syndrome--Physiopathology (PP); Pulmonary Emphysema--Physiopathology (PP);
 *Respiration; Sleep, REM--Physiology (PH)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 131
-A-
 0375717 81105717
-W-
 Effect of 1% enflurane (Ethrane) anesthesia on cerebral blood flow and
 metabolism in neurosurgical patients during normo- and hyperventilation.
 Rood M; Deloof T; Berre J; Verbist A; Fruhling J; Dang Phuoc T
 Acta Anaesthesiol Belg, 1980, 31 Suppl p3-19,
-ISSN-
 0001-5164
-JrnlCode-
 082
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8105
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We have measured the CBF in ten neurosurgical patients. A first measurment
 was made during anesthesia with nitrous oxide 70% and a second with nitrous
 oxide 70% + 1% enflurane, both at a PaCO2 of 40 Torr. A third measurement
 was performed also with nitrous oxide + 1% enflurane, but at a PaCO2 of 30
 Torr. We used the method of intracarotid 133Xe injection, with a gammacamera
 recording. In order to avoid any decrease of cerebral perfusion pressure,
 which might influence the CBF, an infusion of phenylephrine was used, if
 needed. At a constant PaCO2 of 40 Torr, there was no statistically
 significant difference in CBF with nitrous oxide + 1% enflurane compared to
 nitrous oxide alone. No change in cerebral vascular resistance was observed.
 When PaCO2 was lowered to 30 Torr, under 70% nitrous oxide + 1% enflurane,
 there was a 43% decrease in CBF (from a mean of 42 ml/100 G/min. to a mean
 of 24 ml/100 g/min.). Cerebral vascular resistance has an increase of 79%.
 In some instances, the decrease in CBF reached values around 20 ml/100
 g/min. and in one case, even less. That level is generally considered to be
 the lowest acceptable limit in the conscious man, though not necessarily in
 the anesthetised one. Under hypocapnia, the cerebral arterio-venous oxygen
 difference increased, but the CMRO2 did not change. There were little
 differences in lactate and pyruvate cerebral metabolic rates, all values
 remaining within normal ranges. In conclusion, we believe that enflurane is
 a favorable anesthetic agent for neurosurgical operations at the
 concentration of 1%, CMRO2 is reduced, there is no significant effect on
 cerebral blood vessels, CBF and CVR do not change. However, a complementary
 use of hypocapnia may reduce CBF to dangerously low levels, if at the start,
 it shows already a pathological decrease and if hyperventilation is applied
 at a marked degree.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; *Anesthesia, Inhalation; *Brain Injuries--Surgery (SU);
 Carbon Dioxide--Blood (BL); *Cerebrovascular Circulation--Drug Effects (DE);
 *Enflurane--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Hyperventilation--Physiopathology (PP);
 Kinetics; Middle Age; Nitrous Oxide ; Partial Pressure; Vascular
 Resistance--Drug Effects (DE)
 CAS Registry No.: 10024-97-2 (Nitrous Oxide); 13838-16-9 (Enflurane)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 132
-A-
 0375716 81105716
-W-
 Influence of 1% enflurane (Ethrane) anesthesia on regional cerebral blood
 flow repartition under normo-and hyperventilation.
 de Rood M; Deloof T; Verbist A; Fruhling J
 Acta Anaesthesiol Belg, 1980, 31 Suppl p29-41,
-ISSN-
 0001-5164
-JrnlCode-
 082
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8105
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 This study is based on the same group of neurosurgical patients as our
 previous publication. All, except one, had suffered from head injury. We
 made a first measurement of rCBF under N2O anesthesia, a second under N2O +
 1% enflurane anesthesia, both at a PaCO2 of 40 Torr. A third measurement was
 performed under N2O + 1% enflurane but at a PaCO2 of 30 Torr. The method we
 used consists of the intracarotid injection of 133Xe and recording of the
 radioactivity by a gammacamera. Mean arterial pressure was maintained
 constant by an intravenous phenylephrine drip. For each measurement of each
 patient, a map was drawn, representing the distribution of the regional
 cerebral blood flows (rCBF), compared to the mean value of the hemisphere.
 We have studied rCBF in one case of normal hemisphere, and in cases of
 traumtic lesions in acute and chronic states, taking into account that the
 normal brain exhibits areas with higher flow in the frontoarietal and
 insular regions. In the normal brain, introduction of 1% enflurane decreases
 uniformally mean CBF, rCBF repartition not being changed. Hyperventilation
 to 30 Torr shows that regions with previously higher flow react more to
 hypocapnia by a slightly more decreased flow. In severe brain trauma, mean
 CBF is generally low, and it is difficult to visualize the lesions under N2O
 and N2O + 1% enflurane anesthesia. Neither mean CBF, nor rCBF repartition
 are significantly modified. On the other hand, in the acute phase,
 hypocapnia causes a more decreased flow in the previously well irrigated
 areas, and shows a lack of vascular reactivity in the damaged region.
 Passing to the chronic state, the patient clinically recovering, the rCBF
 repartition is normalized and the contused area becomes agains vasoactive.
 Severe losses of neuronal tissue are characterized by definitive low flows
 without reactivity by hyperventilation.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; *Anesthesia, Inhalation; Brain Injuries--Surgery (SU);
 Carbon Dioxide--Blood (BL); *Cerebrovascular Circulation--Drug Effects (DE);
 *Enflurane--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Hyperventilation--Physiopathology (PP);
 Kinetics; Middle Age; Nitrous Oxide ; Partial Pressure
 CAS Registry No.: 10024-97-2 (Nitrous Oxide); 13838-16-9 (Enflurane)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 133
-A-
 0359537 81089537
-W-
 Bacteriology of tracheal aspirates in intubated newborn.
 Brook I; Martin WJ; Finegold SM
 Chest , Dec 1980, 78 (6) p875-7,
-ISSN-
 0012-3692
-JrnlCode-
 D1C
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8105
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The bacteriology of tracheal aspirates from 28 intubated newborn babies was
 studied. There was no correlation between such colonization and the
 respiratory distress syndrome. Endotracheal suction of intubated infants did
 provide a reliable specimen source for determining the etiology of perinatal
 pneumonia. Presence of polymorphonuclear leukocytes in the aspirate
 correlated well with infection. Anaerobic bacteria were found to play a role
 in three of the five cases of pneumonia.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Bacteria--Isolation and Purification (IP); Critical Care; *Exudates and
 Transudates--Microbiology (MI); *EXUDATES--Microbiology (MI) Infant Care;
 Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Newborn, Diseases--Microbiology (MI) ;
 *Intubation, Intratracheal; Meconium; Pneumonia--Microbiology (MI);
 Pneumonia, Aspiration--Microbiology (MI); Respiratory Distress
 Syndrome--Microbiology (MI); *Trachea--Microbiology (MI)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 134
-A-
 0323908 81053908
-W-
 Mechanism responsible for the sustained fall in arterial oxygen tension
 after endotracheal suctioning in dogs.
 Woodburne CR; Powaser MM
 Nurs Res, Sep-Oct 1980, 29 (5) p312-6,
-ISSN-
 0029-6562
-JrnlCode-
 O9K
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8103
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Because a sustained fall in arterial oxygen tension (PaO2) was observed
 after endotracheal suctioning in previous studies on anesthetized dogs and
 in humans, this study was designed to investigate the nature of the fall,
 its duration, and its response to several challenges. Experiments were
 performed at weekly intervals using three anesthetized dogs. Each dog was
 subjected to five experiments. In spontaneously breathing dogs, the duration
 of the sustained fall after suctioning or after suction catheter insertion
 without application of suction pressure persisted through 15 minutes. At 30
 minutes afterwards, PaO2 had partially or completely returned to control
 levels. One hyperinflation breath given after suctioning did not produce a
 lasting reversal of the sustained fall, and pretreatment with isoproterenol
 mist inhalations failed to prevent the sustained fall. In dogs which were
 mechanically ventilated both before and after suctioning or catheter
 insertion without application of suction pressure, three hyperinflations
 before suctioning or pretreatment with isoproterenol failed to prevent the
 sustained fall. The data supported the hypothesis that a reflex mechanism,
 initiated by mechanical stimulation of the airways, was responsible for the
 sustained fall in PaO2 observed.
 Tags: Animal; Female
-Desc-
 Dogs; Evaluation Studies; Intubation, Intratracheal; Models, Biological;
 *Oxygen--Blood (BL); Respiration; *Suction; *Trachea
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 135
-A-
 0316449 81046449
-W-
 Tonic inspiratory muscle activity as a cause of hyperinflation in
 histamine-induced asthma.
 Muller N; Bryan AC; Zamel N
 J Appl Physiol, Nov 1980, 49 (5) p869-74,
-ISSN-
 0161-7567
-JrnlCode-
 HAL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8103
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We studied the change in tonic activity of the inspiratory muscles during
 acute hyperinflation. Hyperinflation was provoked in two asthmatic and three
 normal subjects by progressively doubling doses of histamine. Changes in
 lung volume were determined with magnetometers and with a body
 plethysmograph. Intercostal muscle activity was recorded with surface
 electrodes and diaphragmatic activity with esophageal electrodes. Tonic
 activity was defined as electrical activity in the electromyogram present at
 end expiration. After histamine the maximal observed increase in
 plethysmographic thoracic gas volume in the five subjects was 29.8 +/- 6.4%
 of control (mean +/- SE). Hyperinflation was accompanied by a significant
 increase in tonic activity of the intercostal muscles (P < 0.01) and the
 diaphragm (P < 0.01). There was a significant correlation between the
 increase in thoracic gas volume and the increase in tonic intercostal (r =
 0.82, P = 0.003) and diaphragmatic (r = 0.89, P = 0.003) activity. We
 conclude that histamine-induced hyperinflation is accompanied by persistent
 inspiratory muscle activity throughout expiration.
 Tags: Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Asthma--Chemically Induced (CI); *Asthma--Physiopathology (PP);
 Electromyography; *Histamine--Pharmacodynamics (PD); *Muscles--Physiology
 (PH); *Respiration
 CAS Registry No.: 51-45-6 (Histamine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 136
-A-
 0316442 81046442
-W-
 Role of H1- and H2-receptors in airway reactions to histamine in conscious
 sheep.
 Ahmed T; Eyre P; Januszkiewicz AJ; Wanner A
 J Appl Physiol, Nov 1980, 49 (5) p826-33,
-ISSN-
 0161-7567
-JrnlCode-
 HAL
 Contract/Grant No.: HL-20989
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8103
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We investigated the role of histamine H1- and H2-receptors in the control of
 airway function in six conscious sheep. In five of these, inhalation of
 histamine (combined H1- and H2-receptor stimulation) caused an increase in
 pulmonary resistance (RL) and functional residual capacity and had a
 variable effect on distribution of ventilation as measured by N2-clearance
 delay. Pretreatment with the H1-antagonist, chlorpheniramine, prevented
 these functional effects of histamine challenge, whereas pretreatment with
 the H2-antagonist, metiamide, potentiated the effects of histamine on RL and
 caused a uniform increase in N2-clearance delay. Pretreatment with both
 chlorpheniramine and metiamide prevented the effects of histamine on all
 parameters indicating effective blockade of H1- and H2-receptors at the
 dosages used. In one sheep, an increase in RL and N2-clearance delay in
 response to histamine was only observed after mitiamide pretreatment. With
 or without pretreatment, histamine failed to alter the static
 pressure-volume curve of the lung. We conclude that in conscious sheep a)
 inhalation of histamine produces bronchoconstriction and pulmonary
 hyperinflation without changing lung elastic recoil, b) the observed effects
 of histamine are mediated by H1-receptors, and H2-receptors have a
 modulating role, and c) variable effects of histamine on RL and distribution
 of ventilation may be related to differences in the distribution of H1- and
 H2-receptors in central and peripheral airways.
 Tags: Animal; Female; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Aerosols; *Airway Resistance--Drug Effects (DE); Atropine--Pharmacodynamics
 (PD); Functional Residual Capacity; *Histamine--Pharmacodynamics (PD);
 Lung--Physiology (PH); *Receptors, Histamine H1--Physiology (PH); *RECEPT
 H1--Physiology (PH); *Receptors, Histamine H2--Physiology (PH); *RECEPT
 H2--Physiology (PH); *Receptors, Histamine--Physiology (PH); Respiration;
 Sheep
 CAS Registry No.: 51-45-6 (Histamine); 51-55-8 (Atropine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 137
-A-
 0300228 81030228
-W-
 Cystic fibrosis and bronchial hyperreactivity. Concomitant defects or cause
 and effect
 Burdon JG; Cade JF; Sutherland PW; Pain MC
 Med J Aust, Jul 26 1980, 2 (2) p77-8,
-ISSN-
 0025-729X
-JrnlCode-
 M26
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8102
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Bronchial reactivity and lung-function tests were measured in 19 young
 adults with cystic fibrosis. There was moderately severe airways obstruction
 without hyperinflation, and mild hypoxaemia with normocapnia. Bronchial
 reactivity (fall in FEV1 after the administration of methacholone aerosol)
 was increased in about two-thirds of patients, and was markedly enhanced in
 nearly half of them. It was considered that the airways obstruction
 characteristic of cystic fibrosis can have a reversible element, and that
 this may provide a rationale for the use of bronchodilators in some
 patients. Although bronchial hyperreactivity in cystic fibrosis could
 represent concomitant underlying defects, a more attractive suggestion is
 that the chronic inflammation of cystic fibrosis has, in turn, led to
 acquired bronchial hyperreactivity.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Airway Obstruction--Chemically Induced (CI);
 Bronchi--Drug Effects (DE); Bronchial Provocation Tests; BP TESTS; *Cystic
 Fibrosis--Physiopathology (PP); Lung Volume Measurements;
 *Lung--Physiopathology (PP); Methacholine Compounds--Pharmacodynamics (PD)
 METHACHOLINE CPDS--Pharmacodynamics (PD)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 138
-A-
 289800 81019800
-W-
 The role of respiratory muscles in the hyperinflation of bronchial asthma.
 Martin J; Powell E; Shore S; Emrich J; Engel LA
 Am Rev Respir Dis, Mar 1980, 121 (3) p441-7,
-ISSN-
 0003-0805 Jrnl Code 426
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8101
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 To examine the mechanism of hyperinflation in bronchial asthma we studied
 lung and chest wall mechanics in 7 asymptomatic patients in whom progressive
 bronchoconstriction was induced by doubling the amount of inhaled
 aerosolized histamine. An increase in pulmonary resistance (RL) from 2.5 +/-
 0.3 cmH2O . 1-1 . s (mean, +/- 1 SE) to 12.3 +/- 0.9 cmH2 was associated
 with a linear increase in functional residual capacity (FRC) up to 74.7 +/-
 1.7% of control total lung capacity (TLCc). The mean regression coefficient
 was 2.3% TLCc . cmH2O-1 . 1 . s-1. At each level of hyperinflation the most
 positive expiratory pleural pressures measured during spontaneous breathing
 were generally less than the predicted chest will relaxation pressures,
 indicating persistent inspiratory muscle contraction throughout expiration.
 This was predominantly due to inspiratory intercostal and accessory muscle
 activity, because measurements of transdiaphragmatic pressure indicated
 complete diaphragmatic relaxation early in expiration. Recruitment of
 abdominal muscles during expiration, inferred from measurements of gastric
 pressure (Pg) and abdominal antero-posterior (A-P) diameter, was
 progressively more apparent with increasing bronchoconstriction. We
 concluded that the increase in FRC in induced asthma is substantially
 influenced by persistent inspiratory intercostal and accessory muscle
 activity during expiration. Concomitant abdominal muscle recruitment results
 in a chest wall configuration that tends to optimize diaphragmatic
 function.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Abdomen--Physiopathology (PP); Adult; Airway Resistance;
 *Asthma--Physiopathology (PP); Branchi--Physiopathology (PP); Constriction,
 Pathologic; *Diaphragm--Physiopathology (PP); Forced Expiratory Volume;
 *Functional Residual Capacity; *Intercostal Muscles--Physiopathology (PP);
 *Lung Volume Measurements; Middle Age; Pleura--Physiopathology (PP);
 Pressure; Total Lung Capacity
 Y004154 139
 0279039 81009039
 Recurrent lobar atelectasis due to acquired bronchial stenosis in neonates.
 Nagaraj HS; Shott R; Fellows R; Yacoub U
 J Pediatr Surg, Aug 1980, 15 (4) p411-5,
-ISSN-
 0022-3468
-JrnlCode-
 JMJ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8101
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Bronchial obstruction by granulation tissue caused atelectasis in ten
 infants who required frequent suctioning and mechanical ventilation for more
 than 20 days. The endotracheal suctioning had been performed with a No. 6 or
 No. 8 French catheter with multiple end and side holes at the tip.
 Bronchoscopic examination revealed nodular and polypoid granulation at the
 level of the carina and bronchus, more often on the right side. In five
 infants, atelectasis was treated with gentle, less frequent suctioning and
 vigorous pulmonary toilet. Two of these infants died of severe atelectasis
 and chronic lung disease. Five infants underwent excision or cauterization
 of granulation tissue. Histopathologic examination of this tissue disclosed
 inflammation, fibrosis, and squamous metaplasia in each of the five
 specimens. Eight of the ten infants are alive without symptoms, the oldest
 being 27 months. Prevention may require critical analysis of suction
 techniques and the catheter tips employed. Whistle tip catheters should be
 avoided. Mild obstructive lesions can be managed by gentle and less frequent
 suctioning and aggressive pulmonary care, but severe obstruction, as
 determined by a compromise of the lumen of greater than 20%, may require
 excision or cauterization.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Atelectasis--Etiology (ET); Atelectasis--Pathology (PA); Bronchi--Pathology
 (PA); *Bronchial Diseases--Etiology (ET); Bronchial Diseases--Pathology
 (PA); Constriction, Pathologic; Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Newborn,
 Diseases--Etiology (ET); Infant, Newborn, Diseases--Pathology (PA);
 *Intubation, Intratracheal--Adverse Effects (AE) Lung--Pathology (PA);
 Recurrence
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 140
-A-
 0249184 80249184
-W-
 Ventilatory response to transient hyperoxia in head injury
 hyperventilation.
 Leitch AG; McLennan JE; Balkenhol S; McLaurin RL; Loudon RG
 J Appl Physiol, Jul 1980, 49 (1) p52-8,
-ISSN-
 0161-7567
-JrnlCode-
 HAL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8012
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We have measured breath-by-breath instantaneous minute ventilation (VIinst)
 before, during, and after the administration of 10 breaths of 100% oxygen to
 seven male patients with head injury hyperventilation. The patients were
 hypoxemic (PaO2 61.2 +/- 6.3) and hypocapnic (PaCO2 26.6 +/- 5.9) with a
 respiratory alkalosis (pH 7.53 +/- 0.06) while breathing air. Following the
 oxygen VIinst fell on the average by 40 +/- 12.7% from 16.06 +/- 3.75
 1.min-1 to a minimum of 9.73 +/- 3.20 1.min-1 at 20.4 +/- 2.9 s after the
 first breath of oxygen. In the majority of our hyperventilating patients,
 almost all of the resting hyperventilation could be abolished transiently by
 100% oxygen. This fall in ventilation represents the peripheral
 chemoreceptor contribution to resting ventilation and is increased in the
 head injury patients in comparison with normal subjects breathing air or
 hypoxic gas mixtures, altitude-acclimatized subjects and patients who are
 hypoxic because of chronic bronchitis or interstitial lung disease. We
 suggest that the increased reflex hydoxic drive to ventilation found in our
 patients is secondary to their cerebral injury, resulting in a reduction of
 descending cortical inhibitory influences on the medullary respiratory
 control centers.
 Tags: Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Anoxia--Physiopathology (PP); *Brain
 Injuries--Physiopathology (PP); Carbon Dioxide--Blood (BL);
 Chemoreceptors--Physiopathology (PP); *Hyperventilation--Physiopathology
 (PP); Middle Age; Oxygen Inhalation Therapy; *Oxygen--Blood (BL)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 141
-A-
 0236150 80236150
-W-
 Dexamethasone-isonicotinate aerosol in the long-term treatment of
 steroid-dependent asthmatic children.
 Manicatide MA; Nicolaescu VV; Stroscu V; Voiculescu M
 Med Interne, Apr-Jun 1980, 18 (2) p103-10,
-ISSN-
 0377-1202
-JrnlCode-
 T3B
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8011
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Dexamethasone-isonicotinate aerosol (DIA) was administered to twenty-nine
 steroid-dependent children with chronic perennial asthma, in an open trial
 during one year. An attempt was made to withdraw systemic corticosteroid
 therapy. As judged by clinical results, inhaled dexamethasone-isonicotinate
 controlled the asthma quite as well as did previous therapy. Oral
 corticosteroids were withdrawn in 27 patients, and the dosage considerably
 reduced in another two. Cushingoid features subsided. There was a
 statistically significant improvement in most pulmonary function parameters
 (airway obstruction and lung hyperinflation were reduced towards normal).
 Reduction of systemic steroid dosage resulted in the appearance of
 previously suppressed manifestations such as hay fever, eczema, and nasal
 polyps. There was no increased tendency to the occurrence of respiratory
 tract infection; routine examination showed Candida albicans in about 37%
 cultures.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Aerosols; *Asthma--Drug Therapy (DT); Asthma,
 Exercise-Induced--Drug Therapy (DT); Bronchodilator Agents--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); Child; Chronic Disease; *Dexamethasone Isonicotinate--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); *Dexamethasone--Analogs and Derivatives (AA); Dosage Forms; Drug
 Evaluation; Histamine Antagonists--Therapeutic Use (TU); HISTAMINE
 ANTAG--Therapeutic Use (TU); Respiratory Function Tests
 CAS Registry No.: 226-64-7 (Dexamethasone Isonicotinate); 50-02-2
 (Dexamethasone)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 142
-A-
 0218768 80218768
-W-
 The effect of focal twitching on the intracranial pressure during paralysis
 and mechanical ventilation.
 Tsementzis SA; Gillingham FJ; Hitchcock ER
 Ann Clin Res, Dec 1979, 11 (6) p253-7,
-ISSN-
 0003-4762
-JrnlCode-
 53A
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8010
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Three patients with head injuries developed minor facial twitching while
 their intracranial, intrathoracic and systemic arterial pressures were being
 monitored and they were on mechanical ventilation. These twitches were
 disclosed by the coincided great and damaging increases in the intracranial
 pressure, while the intrathoracic and arterial pressures were virtually
 unchanged. The intracranial hypertension was attributed to cerebral
 vasodilatation which was presumed to be due to the accumulation of cerebral
 metabolites since other causative factors such as systemic hypertension and
 hypoxia were under control. Cerebral elastance modulated the rise in
 intracranial pressure.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Acid-Base Equilibrium; Adolescence; Adult; Blood Pressure; Cerebrovascular
 Circulation; Child; *Epilepsy, Focal--Etiology (ET); Epilepsy,
 Focal--Physiopathology (PP); Epilepsy, Focal--Therapy (TH); *Head
 Injuries--Complications (CO); Head Injuries--Physiopathology (PP); Head
 Injuries--Therapy (TH); *Intermittent Positive Pressure Ventilation;
 *Intracranial Pressure; *Paralysis--Etiology (ET);
 Paralysis--Physiopathology (PP); Paralysis--Therapy (TH); *Positive Pressure
 Respiration; Vasodilation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 143
-A-
 0213246 80213246Inspiratory muscle activity during induced hyperinflation.
-W-
 Martin JG; Habib M; Engel LA
 Respir Physiol, Mar 1980, 39 (3) p303-13,
-ISSN-
 0034-5687
-JrnlCode-
 R88
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8010
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We studied the relationship between inspiratory muscle activity and lung
 volume in 5 normal subjects in whom hyperinflation to 78-8?% VC was induced
 with exgernal expiratory resistances. While breathing at this high lung
 volume the most negative pleural pressure (Ppl) during inspiration was -23.4
 +/- 2.3 cm H2O (mean +/- 1 SE), whereas the maximum expiratory Ppl was -4.2
 +/- 1.6 in four and +31 cm H2O in one subject. Using relaxation
 pressure-volume curves of the chest wall, we reasoned that in the 4 subjects
 inspiratory muscles showed a substantial persistence of activity throughout
 expiration. The minimum inspiratory mu~rscle force (Pmu) during expiration
 was 35.9 +/- 8.4% of the peak inspiratory Pmus. Similarly, the work of the
 inspiratory muscles in expiration was 57.8 +/- 9.5% of the work during
 inspiration. In all 5 subjects the diaphragm relaxed almost completely in
 expiration, as evidenced by the transdiaphragmatic pressure (Pdi), which
 fell during expiration to 10.0 +/- 4.1% of the peak inspiratory Pdi.
 Inspiratory intercostal and scalene electromyographic recordings, obtained
 in 3 subjects, demonstrated substantial activity in expiration. We conclude
 that during external, resistive, expiratory loading the volume of
 hyperinflation is influenced by persistent activity of inspiratory muscles
 in expiration, and that this is due largely to the inspiratory intercostal
 and accessory muscles rather than the diaphragm.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Diaphragm--Physiology (PH); Forced Expiratory Flow Rates; Functional
 Residual Capacity; Inspiratory Capacity; *Intercostal Muscles--Physiology
 (PH); Intermittent Positive Pressure Breathing; Pleura--Physiology (PH);
 *Respiration; Tidal Volume; Work of Breathing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 144
-A-
 0200460 80200460
-W-
 Comparison of haemodynamic responses to positive-end-expiratory ventilation
 and pericardial effusion in dogs.
 Rabkin SW; Morris AL; Sharma GP; Ayotte B
 Clin Exp Pharmacol Physiol, Mar-Apr 1980, 7 (2) p183-93,
-ISSN-
 0305-1870
-JrnlCode-
 DD8
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8010
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 1. The haemodynamic responses to progressive increments in positive
 end-expiratory pressure ventilation (PEEP) were assessed in dogs in the
 presence and absence of pericardial effusion (2.2 ml saline/kg). 2.
 Increasing levels of PEEP (3, 4, 8, 16 cm H2O) were associated with
 increases in right atrial, left atrial, pericardial and pulmonary artery
 diastolic pressure; increases in pulmonary vascular resistance; decreases in
 aortic blood pressure; and decreases in cardiac index or stroke index. 3.
 Pericardial effusion that was associated with an increase in pericardial
 pressure of 3 mmHg was not associated with significant changes in aortic
 blood pressure or stroke index. In contrast 8 cm PEEP was associated with
 significant decreases in both these hemodynamic variables yet pericardial
 pressure increased only 2.2 mmHg. 4. For these levels of PEEP and
 pericardial effusion, the same haemodynamic response to PEEP was observed
 regardless of the presence or the absence of pericardial effusion. 5.
 Similar changes in aortic blood pressure and stroke index despite different
 pericardial pressures is reflected by significantly different intercepts in
 the linear model relating these haemodynamic variables to pericardial
 pressure in the presence and absence of pericardial effusion. 6. The results
 suggest that these haemodynamic consequences of PEEP are primarily a
 function of pulmonary hyperinflation and are less dependent on increases in
 extracardiac pressure per se.
 Tags: Animal; Comparative Study; Female; Male
-Desc-
 Blood Pressure; Cardiac Output; Dogs; Heart Rate; *Hemodynamics;
 *Pericardial Effusion; *Positive Pressure Respiration; Pressure; Stroke
 Volume
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 145
-A-
 0196442 80196442
-W-
 Intravenously administered lidocaine prevents intracranial hypertension
 during endotracheal suctioning.
 Donegan MF; Bedford RF
 Anesthesiology, Jun 1980, 52 (6) p516-8,
-ISSN-
 0003-3022
-JrnlCode-
 4SG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8009
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Brain--Physiopathology (PP); *Hypertension--Prevention and Control (PC);
 Injections, Intravenous; *Intubation, Intratracheal;
 *Lidocaine--Administration and Dosage (AD); Lidocaine--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 137-58-6 (Lidocaine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 146
-A-
 0193042 80193042
-W-
 Surperiosteal hematomas of the orbit in young males: a serious complication
 of trauma or surgery in the eye region.
 Wolter JR
 Trans Am Ophthalmol Soc, 1979, 77 p104-20,
-ISSN-
 0065-9533
-JrnlCode-
 W49
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8009
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Three examples of subperiosteal hematomas in the region of the orbital roof
 of young males are used to demonstrate the unpredictable appearance, the
 obscure nature, the complications, and the treatment of this process. One
 occurred in a 14-year-old boy following blunt head trauma and was cured by
 aspiration. The second occurred in a 16-year-old boy also resulted from
 blunt head trauma; it was associated with a large subgaleal hematoma and
 caused permanent blindness of the involved eye. The third case developed in
 an 18-year-old male as a complication of acute purulent endophthalmitis
 following an intraocular foreign body. The purpose of this report is to
 separate subperiosteal hematoma on the roof of the orbit of young males from
 the other orbital hematomas to show that it is a concise clinical entity
 with its own typical history, appearance, and treatment.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Blindness--Etiology (ET); Exophthalmos--Etiology (ET);
 Eye Foreign Bodies--Complications (CO); Eyelids; *Head
 Injuries--Complications (CO); Hematoma--Etiology (ET); *Hematoma--Surgery
 (SU); Infant; Middle Age; *Ophthalmia--Complications (CO); *Orbit--Surgery
 (SU); Scalp--Surgery (SU); Suction; Tomography, X-Ray Computed
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 147
-A-
 0192452 80192452
-W-
 Effects of lobectomy on lung function.
 Berend N; Woolcock AJ; Marlin GE
 Thorax , Feb 1980, 35 (2) p145-50,ISSN 0040-6376
-JrnlCode-
 VQW
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8009
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The effect of lobectomy on lung function was investigated in 16 patients in
 whom comprehensive lung function tests were performed before and between six
 weeks and six months after lobectomy. The operation was well tolerated even
 by patients with quite severe airways obstruction. The effect of lobectomy
 on forced flow rates was in keeping with the change in lung volumes. There
 was no alteration in the distribution of ventilation and the diffusion
 capacity remained unchanged. The changes in the pressure volume curves were
 difficult to explain. All patients, even those with nearly "complete"
 hyperinflation of the remaining lung, had appreciable increases in maximal
 intrapleural pressure at full inspiration.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Aged; Airway Obstruction--Surgery (SU); *Lung--Physiopathology (PP); Middle
 Age; *Pneumonectomy; Postoperative Period; POSTOP PERIOD; Respiratory
 Function Tests
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 148
-A-
 175852 80175852
-W-
 The role of respiratory mechanics in reducing the ventilatory response to
 CO2.
 Pride NB
 Bull Eur Physiopathol Respir, 1979, 15 (Suppl) p75-83,
-ISSN-
 0395-3890
-JrnlCode-
 BGX
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8009
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The overall relation between intrapulmonary airflow obstruction and
 hypercapnia possibly reflects the need to compensate for expiratory
 obstruction by increasing the work done by the inspiratory muscles. Pleural
 pressure swings during CO2 rebreathing can be nearly as large in patients
 with airflow obstruction as in normal subjects. They produce less
 ventilation not only because of the reduced dynamic compliance and increased
 inspiratory airways resistance, but because end-expired volume often
 increases during rebreathing. The increase in end-expired volume also
 restricts the possible increase in tidal volume. The load on the inspiratory
 muscles is probably greater in severe airflow obstruction than in lung
 fibrosis, but it is not clear why PCO2 levels vary so widely amongst
 patients with severe airflow obstruction. In chronic airflow obstruction
 hypercapnia is associated with low dynamic compliance and small tidal
 volume, but similar change are found in severe asthma. The extent to which
 inspiratory muscles can compensate for hyperinflation is uncertain.
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 149
-A-
 0173275 80173275
-W-
 Chances in total lung/thorax compliance following chest physiotherapy.
 Mackenzie CF; Shin B; Hadi F; Imle PC
 Anesth Analg (Cleve), Mar 1980, 59 (3) p207-10,
-ISSN-
 0003-2999
-JrnlCode-
 4R8
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8008
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 To quantitate and obtain objective assessment of the effect of secretion
 clearance following chest physiotherapy (CPT), total lung/thorax complicance
 (CT) was calculated immediately before and for 2 hours after one treatment
 with CPT. Forty-two patients who were mechanically ventilated because of
 respiratory failure were studied. Therapy averaged 57 minutes and included
 postural drainage, percussion, vibration, and endotracheal suctioning. The
 increase in CT following CPT was statistically significant (p less than
 0.01) and remained so for at least 2 hours after CP. There was no difference
 in the degree to which CT changed in patients with different indications for
 CPT or in patients ventilated with positive end-expiratory pressure. Largest
 mean values for CT were obtained 2 hours following CPT, the duration of our
 measurement of CT. Chest x-ray identification of affected areas of lung
 before CPT is necessary to allow the physiotherapist to produce the CT
 changes noted in this study. CT, which can be readily calculated from many
 recently designed ventilators, may be monitored during CPT to evaluate the
 efficacy of treatment and to quantitate the effect of secretion clearance
 following CPT. Duration of CPT should be determined by CT and auscultation.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; *Lung Compliance; Middle Age; *Respiration,
 Artificial; Respiratory Insufficiency--Physiopathology (PP); Respiratory
 Insufficiency--Therapy (TH); *Respiratory Therapy; Time Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 150
-A-
 0166632 80166632
-W-
 Pulmonary function abnormalities in thalassemia patients on a
 hypertransfusion program.
 Keens TG; O'Neal MH; Ortega JA; Hyman CB; Platzker AC
 Pediatrics, May 1980, 65 (5) p1013-7,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8008
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Pulmonary function tests were performed in 12 thalassemia patients on a
 hypertransfusion program (age 18.4 +/- 2.6 SEM years) to determine the
 presence of any abnormalities of lung function. These included spirometry,
 expiratory flow rates, body plethysmography, single-breath nitrogen washout,
 single breath carbon monoxide diffusing capacity, and arterial blood gases.
 Only one patient had normal pulmonary function. Arterial hypoxemia was
 present in ten of 12 patients at rest. The total lung capacity (TLC) was
 normal. The residual volume was abnormally increased in five of 12 patients.
 The slope of phase III of single breath nitrogen washout curve was abnormal
 in five of 12 patients, but the closing volume was normal. The maximal
 expiratory flow rate at 60% total lung capacity was decreased in four of 12
 patients, suggesting the presence of small airway disease. The single breath
 carbon monoxide diffusing capacity was normal in all patients. These
 pulmonary function abnormalities did not correlate with age or the
 cumulative amount of iron via blood transfused. The small airway
 obstruction, hyperinflation; and hypoxemia observed in thalassemia patients
 on a hypertransfusion program may result from the basic disease, iron
 deposition in the lungs, or other factors.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Airway Resistance; Blood Gas Analysis; *Blood
 Transfusion; Child; Closing Volume; Forced Expiratory Flow Rates; Forced
 Expiratory Volume; *Lung--Physiopathology (PP); Maximal Expiratory
 Flow-Volume Curves; Peak Expiratory Flow Rate; Plethysmography, Whole Body
 Pulmonary Diffusing Capacity; *Thalassemia--Physiopathology (PP);
 Thalassemia--Therapy (TH); Total Lung Capacity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 151
-A-
 0144536 80144536
-W-
 Transient bacteremia following endotracheal suctioning in ventilated
 newborns.
 Storm W
 Pediatrics, Mar 1980, 65 (3) p487-90,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8007Subfile: AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Endotracheal suctioning is a routine procedure in ventilated newborns. A
 study of ten neonates demonstrates the association of transient bactereia
 with endotracheal suctioning. This complication in ventilated newborns, with
 colonization of the respiratory tract by the same organism, must be
 considered in the pathogenesis of systemic infection.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Newborn, Diseases--Etiology (ET); Infant,
 Premature, Diseases--Etiology (ET); *Intubation, Intratracheal--Adverse
 Effects (AE); *Respiration, Artificial--Adverse Effects (AE);
 *Septicemia--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 152
-A-
 0141389 80141389
-W-
 [Current status of aseptic management of endotracheal suction]
 Hayashi S
 Kango , Dec 1979, 31 (12) p75-83,
-ISSN-
 0022-8362
-JrnlCode-
 KU1
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
-JrnlAnn-
 8007
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Antisepsis; *Asepsis; Pseudomonas Infections--Prevention and Control (PC);
 *Suction; *Tracheotomy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 153
-A-
 0136854 80136854
-W-
 The effectiveness of two preoxygenation methods to prevent endotracheal
 suction-induced hypoxemia.
 Skelley BF; Deeren M; Powaser MM
 Heart Lung , Mar-Apr 1980, 9 (2) p316-23,
-JrnlCode-
 G2?
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8007
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Animal; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Anoxemia--Prevention and Control (PC); Blood Pressure; Dogs;
 Heart Rate; *Intubation, Intratracheal; Middle Age; *Models, Biological;
 *Oxygen Inhalation Therapy; Respiratory Function Tests ; *Suction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 154
-A-
 0099918 80099918
-W-
 Mechanisms of hyperventilation in head injury: case report and review.
 Leitch AG; McLennan JE; Balkenhol S; Loudon RG; McLaurin RL
 Neurosurgery, Dec 1979, 5 (6) p701-7,
-ISSN-
 0148-396X
-JrnlCode-
 NZL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8006
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We report the case of a head-injured patient with spontaneous
 hyperventilation who had recurrent episodes of relative hypoventilation
 associated with increases in intracranial pressure. Detailed ventilatory
 studies were performed during the 2nd week after injury. Our findings in
 this patient prompted us to review the possible mechanisms underlying the
 observed changes. We suggest that spontaneous hyperventilation in head
 injury is secondary to a decrease in cortical inhibitory influences on
 respiratory control mechanisms and that the transient episodes of relative
 hypoventilation observed in our patient may reflect modified ventilatory
 responses dependent on the altered state of consciousness. (Neurosurgery, 5:
 701-707, 1979). (62 Refs.)
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Brain Concussion--Complications (CO); Brain Edema--Etiology (ET);
 Brain Edema--Physiopathology (PP); *Brain Injuries--Complications (CO);
 Brain Injuries--Physiopathology (PP); Brain Stem--Injuries (IN); Cerebral
 Cortex--Physiopathology (PP); Cheroreceptors--Physiopathology (PP);
 Diencephalon--Physiopathology (PP); Glycerin--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 *Hyperventilation--Etiology (ET); Hyperventilation--Physiopathology (PP);
 Intracranial Pressure; *Reflex, Abnormal--Physiopathology (PP); Vagus
 Nerve--Physiopathology (PP); Ventilation-Perfusion Ratio
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 155
-A-
 0074372 80074372
-W-
 Subperiosteal hematomas of the orbit in young males: a serious complication
 of trauma or surgery in the eye region.
 Wolter JR
 J Pediatr Ophthalmol Strabismus, Sep-Oct 1979, 16 (5) p291-6,
-ISSN-
 0191-3913
-JrnlCode-
 JMI
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8004
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Three documented cases of subperiosteal hematomas in the region of the
 orbital roof of young males are used to demonstrate the unpredictable
 appearance, the obscure nature, the complications and the treatment of this
 process. One case occurred in a 14-year-old boy following blunt head trauma
 and was cured by aspiration. The second case, in a 16-year-old boy, also
 resulted from blunt head trauma; it was associated with a large subgaleal
 hematoma and caused permanent blindness of the involved eye. The third case
 developed in an 18-year-old male as a complication of acute purulent
 endophthalmitis following in intraocular foreign body. The aim of this study
 is to separate subperiosteal hematomas and to show that it is a concise
 clinical entity with its own typical history, appearance and treatment.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Blindness--Etiology (ET); Exophthalmos--Etiology (ET); *Eye
 Foreign Bodies--Complications (CO); Eye Foreign Bodies--Radiography (RA);
 Eye Foreign Bodies--Surgery (SU); *Head Injuries--Complications (CO);
 Hematoma--Complications (CO); Hematoma--Radiography (RA); *Hematoma--Surgery
 (SU); Infant; *Orbit--Injuries (IN); Orbit--Surgery (SU); Suction;
 Tomography, X-Ray Computed
 Y004154 156
 0071835 80071835
 Antigen-induced bronchospasm in conscious sheep.
 Wanner A; Mezel RJ; Reinhart ME; Eyre P
 J Appl Physiol, Nov 1979, 47 (5) p917-22,
-ISSN-
 0161-7567
-JrnlCode-
 HAL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8004
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In 10 conscious ewes with cutaneous sensitivity to Ascars suum, measurements
 of pulmonary resistance (RL), static lung compliance (Cst), functional
 residual capacity (FRC), and arterial blood gas composition along with
 arterial plasma histamine concentration (H) were obtained before and after
 inhalation challenge with A. suum extract. Five animals showed no changes in
 respiratory mechanics after A. suum challenge; in these H did not change.
 The remaining five animals responded to A. suum challenge with bronchospasm
 reflected by the following maximum changes in mean values that were
 significant 15 and 30 min after beginning of challenge, respectively: RL
 248, FRC 126%, specific pulmonary conductance 33%, and arterial PO2 63% of
 base line. These parameters returned towards base line by 120 min. No
 changes occurred in Cst, arterial PCO, and pH. Five minutes after beginning
 of A. suum challenge, mean H was increased to 423% of base line with a
 return to base line 10 min later. In the same 5 animals, no changes were
 observed in pulmonary function or H after inhalation of ragweed extract
 (control). These results suggest that antigen-induced bronchospasm in
 sensitized conscious sheep represents an anaphylactic airway response and
 shares distinct physiological features with human bronchial asthma including
 pulmonary hyperinflation
 Tags: Animal; Female; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Airway Resistance; Allergens--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Ascaris--Immunology (IM); Bronchial Spasm--Blood (BL); *Bronchial
 Spasm--Physiopathology (PP); Functional Residual Capacity; *Histamine--Blood
 (BL); Lung Compliance; *Lung--Physiopathology (PP); Sheep--Physiology (PH);
 Wakefulness--Physiology (PH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 157
-A-
 0042827 80042827
-W-
 I.c.p. increases with 50% nitrous oxide in oxygen in severe head injuries
 during controlled ventilation.
 Moss E; McDowall DG
 Br J Anaesth, Aug 1979, 51 (8) p757-61
-ISSN-
 0007-0912
-JrnlCode-
 AUO
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8003
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In a randomized trial nitrous oxide 50% in oxygen (Entonox) or oxygen 100%
 was given during chest physiotherapy on 23 occasions to three mechanically
 ventilated patients with severe head injuries. Intracranial pressure
 (i.c.p.) increased by 22.7 mm Hg (SD 10.62) during chest physiotherapy with
 Entonox, compared with 10.5 mm Hg (SD 10.4) with oxygen 100% (P greater than
 0.02). A further nine mechanically ventilated patients with severe head
 injuries were given Entonox without chest physiotherapy. There was a mean
 increase in i.c.p. of 3.8 mm Hg (SD 2.4) (P less than 0.001) when Entonox
 was given, and a mean decrease of 4.6 mm Hg (SD 2.8) when the nitrous oxide
 was withdrawn. End-tidal carbon dioxide concentration showed almost no
 change during nitrous oxide administration (decrease of 0--0.1%). We
 conclude that nitrous oxide causes an increase in i.c.p. in patients with
 severe head injuries and exacerbates the increases in i.c.p. occurring
 during chest physiotherapy.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Anesthesia, Inhalation; *Head Injuries--Physiopathology (PP) ; Head
 Injuries--Therapy (TH); *Intermitment Positive Pressure Ventilation
 *Intracranial Pressure--Drug Effects (DE); *Nitrous Oxide--Pharmacodynamics
 (PD); *Oxygen--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Physical Therapy; *Positive Pressure
 Respiration; Random Allocation; Stimulation, Chemical
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 004:154 158
-A-
 0033919 80033919
-W-
 Cerebral resuscitation in near-drowning.
 Conn AW; Edmonds JF; Barker GA
 Pediatr Clin North Am, Aug 1979, 26 (3) p691-701,
-ISSN-
 0031-3955
-JrnlCode-
 OUM
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 802
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Brain Death; *Brain Injuries--Prevention and Control (PC); Brain--Blood
 Supply (BS); *Cerebral Ischemia, Transient--Prevention and Control (PC);
 Child; *Drowning; Fever; Hyperkinesis; Hyperventilation;
 Hypothermia--Physiopathology (PP); Immersion; Muscle Rigidity;
 *Resuscitation; Time Factors; Water-Electrolyte Imbalance
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 1
-A-
 1401652 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Massachusetts Secretary of State Michael J. Connolly is opposing the
 proposed elimination of the 25 percent investment tax credit for historic
 rehabilitation. PR Newswire NE5A Oct. 23 1985
 AVAIL.: FULL TEXT On-line
 LINE COUNT: 00067
 NAMED PEOPLE: Connolly, Michael J.--economic policy
 COMPANY NAME(S): Historic Massachusetts Inc.--publishing
-Desc-
 Massachusetts. Historical Commission--officials and employees; Federal
 Investment Tax Credits for Historic Rehabilitation: the Massachuetts
 Experience (report)--publishing; investment tax credit--law and legislation;
 historic buildings--conservation and restoration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 2
-A-
 1392200 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Printers; special issue. (evaluation)
 Dickinson, John
 PC v4 p92(67) Sept. 17 1985 illustration; photograph; table
-ArtType-
 evaluation
 AVAIL.: FULL TEXT On-line
 LINE COUNT: 00140
-SicCode-
 3573
 CAPTIONS: Printer guide.
 PRODUCT NAME(S): Alphacom: Aero (computer printer); Okidata: Okimate 20
 (computer printer); Juki Model 6000 (computer printer); Okidata Microline
 182 (computer printer); C. Itoh Pro Writer Jr. (computer printer); Epson
 Spectrum LX-90 (computer printer); CAL-ABCO Legend 1080 (computer printer)
 Axiom DX 2000 (computer printer); Panasonic KXP1091 (computer printer);
 Alphacom Alphapro 101 (computer printer); CAL-ABCO Legend 1385 (computer
 printer); Citizen MS-10 (computer printer); Epson DX-20 (computer printer) ;
 Antex Data Systems ADS 2000 (computer printer); Axiom DX 200 (computer
 printer); Epson FX-85 (computer printer); NEC PC-PR105A (computer printer)
 Okidata Microline 192 (computer); Star Micronics SG-15 (computer printer);
 Westrex Products Westrex I (computer printer); Datasouth Personal Printer I
 (computer printer); NEC Spinwriter 370 ELF (computer printer); SCM
 Smith-Corona D-200 (computer printer); C.Itoh 8510 SP (computer printer);
 IBM Proprinter (computer printer); Dynax-Fortis DX-15XL (computer printer)
 Panasonic KX-P1092 (computer printer); Star Micronics SD-15 (computer
 printer); Panasonic KX-P3151 (computer printer); Epson FX-185 (computer
 printer); Okidata Microline 193 (computer printer); IBM Color Jetprinter
 (computer printer); SCM Smith Corona D-300 (computer printer); Xerox-Diablo:
 Advantage D25 (computer printer); Star Micronics SB-10 (computer printer);
 Datasouth Personal Printer II (computer printer); Star Micronics SR-16
 (computer printer); Citizen MSP-15 (computer printer); Dynax-Fortis DM20
 (computer printer); MPI SX Printer (computer printer); Datasouth DW-36
 (computer printer); Juki Model 6300 (computer printer); CAL-ABCO Legend
 CP-VII (computer printer); C.Itoh 24LQ (computer printer); NEC Pinwriter P3C
 (computer printer); Primages Primage 90 (computer printer); CentrCIE CI-3500
 TriPrinter (computer printer); Genicom 3310 (computer pom 3310 Colorple
 LaserWriter (computer printer); QMS Lasergrafix 800 (computer printer)
-Desc-
 printers (data processing systems)--evaluation; laser printers--evaluation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 3
-A-
 1383969 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Passive cooling rules of thumb.
 Germer, Jerry
 Solar Age v10 p56(1) Feb. 1985 illustration; graph
-SicCode-
 1711; 3433
 CAPTIONS: How much heat can be removed by natural ventilation; How much heat
 will the internal mass store in a cycle; How much stored heat will be
 removed at night.
 NAMED PEOPLE: Reynolds, John--research
-Desc-
 heating and ventilation industry--analysis; Mechanical and Electrical
 Equipment for Buildings--publishing; solar energy--usage
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 4
-A-
 1382451 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Embree's homemade computer programs; a corporate pilot has devised BASIC
 routines that can help your own software. (James Embree) (column)
 Aaron, Richard N.
 Business & Commercial Aviation v57 p102(1) July 1985
-ArtType-
 column
 AVAIL.: FULL TEXT On-line
 LINE COUNT: 00071
-SicCode-
 4521
 NAMED PEOPLE: Embree, James--authorship
-Desc-
 The Axioms of Flight --the Rules of Thumb for Pilots (book)--appreciation;
 aeronautics--computer programs; computer programs--publishing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 5
-A-
 1378727 DATABASE: NNI File 111
-W-
 Axiom Explorations Inc. to buy to Texas firms. (International Catel, Tejas
 King International Inc.)
 Wall Street Journal p18(W) Sept. 5 1985
 -CODEN-
 WSJOAF col. 4 003 col. in.
 EDITION: Thus
-SicCode-
 1500
 COMPANY NAME(S): Axiom Explorations Inc.--acquisitions and mergers;
 International Catel--acquisitions and mergers; Tejas King International
 Inc.--acquisitions and mergers
-Desc-
 construction industry--acquisitions and mergers
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 6
-A-
 1363239 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Experience curve: a tool to predict price changes. (column)
 Bruederle, Stan
 Purchasing v99 p114A25(1) July 11 1985 illustration; table; graph
-ArtType-
 column
-SicCode-
 3573
 CAPTIONS: 64K DRAM price-volume data.; 64K DRAM experience curve.
 COMPANY NAME(S): Boston Consulting Group--statistical methods
-Desc-
 experience charts--business applications; costs, industrial --statistical
 methods; computer storage devices--prices
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 7
-A-
 1360949 DATABASE: TI File 148; ABD
-W-
 Lucky 13; baker's dozen outstrip banking industry's ROA standard.
 Rees, David
 Los Angeles Business Journal p8(1) June 24 1985
 MICROFICHE 85-113: F3(3) illustration; table
 AVAIL.: MICROFICHE 85-113: F3(3)
 GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION: California
 Thirteen commercial banks in California earned a return on average assets of
 1.50 percent or better last year. Reported in California Research Corp.'s
 California Research Report, the banks' statistics are shown in a table.
 Eight of the 13 are in the Los Angeles area, but only two are in large
 cities.
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: NUSWCA SIC CODE: 6000
 CAPTIONS: California's 13 most profitable banks ranked by return on assets.
 COMPANY NAME(S): California Research Corp.
-Desc-
 banks and banking--directories; business rankings--California
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 8
-A-
 1336760 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Panel recommends Congress keep 55 MPH speed limit; phony double-nickel
 challenge used to back "facts."
 Overdrive v25 p30(7) Feb. 1985
-SicCode-
 4210; 9121
-Desc-
 55: a Decade of Experience (report)--criticism, interpretation, etc.; speed
 limits--law and legislation; trucking--law and legislation; United States.
 Congress--political activity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 9
-A-
 1333217 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 The Zurich axioms: investment secrets of the Swiss bankers. (book reviews)
 Barker, Robert
 Barrons v65 p66(1) June 24 1985
 -CODEN-
 BRNSA
-ArtType-
 review
 GRADE: B
 NAMED PEOPLE: Gunther, Max
-Desc-
 books--reviews, etc.
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 10
-A-
 1321337 DATABASE: NNI File 111
-W-
 'Free trade' is impoverishing the West; examining an economic axiom.
 Culbertson, John M.
 New York Times v134 Section 3 pF3(N) pF3(L) July 28 1985
 -CODEN-
 NYTIA col. 1 026 col. in.
 EDITION: Sun
-Desc-
 free trade and protection--analysis; commercial policy--analysis;
 comparative advantage (commerce)--analysis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 11
-A-
 1295950 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Hamilton applies axioms to software study. (Margaret Hamilton)
 Rose, Craig D.
 Electronics Week v58 p48(1) May 20 1985 illustration; portrait
-SicCode-
 7372
 CAPTIONS: Margaret Hamilton.
 NAMED PEOPLE: Hamilton, Margaret--interviews
 COMPANY NAME(S): Higher Order Software Inc.--management
-Desc-
 computer program industry--management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 12
-A-
 273964 DATABASE: NNI File 111
-W-
 The zurich axioms: investment secrets of the Swiss bankers. (book reviews)
 Rosen, Jan M.
 New York Times v134 Section 12 p30 May 19 1985
 -CODEN-
 NYTIA col. 3 005 col. in.
 EDITION: Sun
-ArtType-
 review
 GRADE: B
 NAMED PEOPLE: Gunther, Max
-Desc-
 books--reviews, etc.
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 13
-A-
 1263073 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 The art of speculation.
 Case, John
 Inc. v7 p151(5) March 1985 illustration
 AVAIL.: FULL TEXT On-line
 LINE COUNT: 00228
 NAMED PEOPLE: Gunther, Max--authorship; Henry, Frank--finance
-Desc-
 The zurich Axioms: Investment Secrets of the Swiss Bankers (book)--excerpts;
 saving and investment--technique; investments--planning;
 speculation--technique; financial planning--technique
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 14
-A-
 1257153 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Building strategy on the experience curve.
 Hemawat, Pankaj
 Harvard Business Review v63 p143(7) March 1985
 -CODEN-
 HABRA
 COLLECTION 12Y3999 illustration; graph
 AVAIL.: COLLECTION 12Y3999
 CAPTIONS: 70% experience curve for dynamic RAMs.
-Desc-
 experience charts--usage
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 15
-A-
 1252169 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Credit data in shipping proliferate new on-line firm flooded with calls as
 crisis deepens.
 Porter, Janet
 Journal of Commerce v364 p1A(2) April 18 1985
-SicCode-
 4400; 8231; 8931; 4410
-Desc-
 shipping--finance; credit management--information services
 Payments Experience Exchange Bank System (computer network)--services; ECS
 Marine--services
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 16
-A-
 1239397 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 The zurich axioms: investment secrets of the Swiss bankers. (book reviews)
 Publishers Weekly v227 p72(1) Feb. 8 1985
 -CODEN-
 PWEEA
-ArtType-
 review
 GRADE: B
 NAMED PEOPLE: Gunther, Max
-Desc-
 books--reviews, etc.
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 17
-A-
 1235874 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Ken Johnston to debut wisdom Boomerang in '85.
 Deckard, Linda
 Amusement Business v97 p36(2) Jan. 19 1985
-SicCode-
 7999
 NAMED PEOPLE: Johnston, Ken--management
-Desc-
 Wisdom Manufacturing--innovations; amusement rides--innovations; Johnston's
 Amusements--management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 18
-A-
 1212588 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Wisdom Bridge, Mariott pace filed at dull Jeff Awards fete. (Chicago
 theater)
 Roth, Morry
 Variety v317 p99(2) Nov. 28 1984
 -CODEN-
 VARIB
 GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION: Chicago
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: NNUSCILC SIC CODE: 7922
-Desc-
 Chicago--theaters; Wisdom Bridge Theatre--achievements and awards;
 Lincolnshire Theater--achievements and awards; Joseph Jefferson
 Awards--1984
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 19
-A-
 1206847 DATABASE: TI File 148; ABD
-W-
 A $1.5 billion 'Experience.'
 Rhodes, Karl
 Orlando Business Journal p1(2) Jan. 13 1985
 GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION: Florida NNUSUFL
 Dallas businessman Bud Wooden has proposed a large, multiuse amusement park
 and development in Polk County, Florida, called The Florida Experience. The
 Green Swamp site he has chosen has not been approved by Florida officials
 and commissions. Woode says he will continue with his plans in Florida or
 elsewhere.
-SicCode-
 6510; 6550
 NAMED PEOPLE: Wooden, Bud; Calish, Ed; Ackerman, William E.
-Desc-
 amusement parks--Florida; real estate development--Florida ; The Florida
 Experience Inc.; Bud Wooden and Associates; Tampa Bay Scenic Studios
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 20
-A-
 1202668 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Shipowners back credit service. (Payments Experience Exchange Bank System)
 Porter, Janet
 Journal of Commerce v363 p1A(1) Feb. 6 1985
-SicCode-
 7321; 4410
-Desc-
 shipping--finance; Payments Experience Exchange Bank System --services;
 credit--information services
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 21
-A-
 1188317 DATABASE: LRI File 150
-W-
 Materiality, audit risk and Sampling: a nuts-and-bolts approach. (part two)
 Gafford, W. Wade; Carmichael, D.R.
 J. Accountancy 158 125(8) Nov. 1984 illustration; table; chart
 JURISDICTION: United States
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: NNUS
 CAPTIONS: Rule of thumb for detection risk for a substantive test using
 audit sampling.; Worksheet A for ES Company.; Worksheet B for ES Company. ;
 The table for sample size factors in this article.
-Desc-
 auditing--technique; sampling (statistics)--technique
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 22
-A-
 1181693 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Consider walking away from a hot new fad. (walking on hot coals)
 Dunn, Donald H.
 Business Week p84(1) Dec 24 1984
 -CODEN-
 BUWEA
-Desc-
 Firewalk Experience--public opinion; hypnotism--public opinion
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 23
-A-
 1162684 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Rules of thumb for estimating facility space requirements. (restaurant
 design and decor) (column)
 Independent Restaurants v46 p84(2) Oct. 1984 illustration; table
-ArtType-
 column
-SicCode-
 5812
 CAPTIONS: Estimated total facility space.; Turnover rates.; Estimated dining
 area space.; Estimated production space.; Estimated percentage of production
 space.
-Desc-
 restaurants--designs and plans; food service management--technique
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 24
-A-
 1149876 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Fuel ethanol producers face rising loan costs, D.C. conference is told.
 (Washington Conference on Fuel Ethanol) Chemical Marketing Reporter v226
 p5(2) Sept. 24 1984
-SicCode-
 2869
 NAMED PEOPLE: Bursch, William G.--quotations
-Desc-
 Experience, Inc.--officials and employees; Washington Conference on Fuel
 Ethanol--forecasts; corn--supply and demand; synthetic fuels--forecasts;
 alcohol--supply and demand
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 25
-A-
 1115374 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Silk screen; the Axiom EX-850 Video Printer. (evaluation)
 Lubar, David
 Creative Computing v8 p34(1) Feb. 1982 illustration; photograph
-ArtType-
 evaluation
-SicCode-
 3573
 PRODUCT NAME(S): Axiom EX-850 VideoPrinter (computer apparatus)
-Desc-
 printers (data processing systems)--evaluation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 26
-A-
 1115360 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 The little prints; the Axiom GP-80M printer. (evaluation)
 Johnson., C.A.
 Creative Computing v8 p24(3) March 1982 illustration; photograph; table;
 chart
-ArtType-
 evaluation
-SicCode-
 3573
 CAPTIONS: Specifications.; Sample printout of a disassembly.; Character set
 of the GP-80M.
 PRODUCT NAME(S): Axiom Corp. GP-80M (computer apparatus)
-Desc-
 printers (data processing systems)--evaluation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 27
-A-
 1106124 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Benefit pro scorns rule-of-thumb budgets.
 Kastiel, Diane Lynn
 Business Insurance v18 p12(1) Aug. 13 1984
 COLLECTION 17P4226 illustration; portrait
 AVAIL.: COLLECTION 17P4226
-SicCode-
 6320
 CAPTIONS: Julio Esteban.
 NAMED PEOPLE: Esteban, Julio--addresses, essays, lectures
-Desc-
 employee fringe benefits--costs; Business Insurance
 (periodical)--conferences and congresses
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 28
-A-
 1100851 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Fears of a Jan. 1 gas price fly-ups are not justified. (column)
 Bush, Nicholas J.
 Oil Daily p8(1) Sept. 18 1984 illustration; chart
-ArtType-
 column
-SicCode-
 1311; 4920
 CAPTIONS: Estimated price effect of partial natural gas decontrol on average
 residential prices.
-Desc-
 gas, natural--prices; deregulation--gas industry
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 29
-A-
 1099773 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 California Wine Experience to open in San Francisco.
 PR Newswire NYPR61 Oct. 26 1984
 AVAIL.: FULL TEXT On-line
 LINE COUNT: 00015
-SicCode-
 2084
-Desc-
 California Wine Experience--1984; wine and wine making--conferences and
 congresses
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 30
-A-
 1086809 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Axioms for design: a search for basics.
 Mattill, John I.
 Technology Review v83 p84(1) Oct. 1980
 -CODEN-
 TEREA
 NAMED PEOPLE: Suh, Nam P.--research
-Desc-
 engineering design--research; design, industrial--research
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 31
-A-
 1081662 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 The Axiom EX800 printer: a user's report. (evaluation)
 Rosen, R.J.
 Byte v3 p28(2) July 1978
-ArtType-
 evaluation
 PRODUCT NAME(S): Axiom EX800 Printer (computer apparatus)
-Desc-
 computer input-output equipment--evaluation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 32
-A-
 1074980 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Conference on Asian economic success as example for the Caribbean Basin's
 economic development to begin.
 PR Newswire NYPR1 Sept. 25 1984
 AVAIL.: FULL TEXT On-line
 LINE COUNT: 00051
 GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION: Caribbean area; Asia, Northern
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: NW; AN
 NAMED PEOPLE: Myers, Robert J.--attitudes
-Desc-
 The Asian Economic Experience as a Model for the Caribbean Basin's Economic
 Development--conferences and congresses; Council on Religion and
 International Affairs--planning; Caribbean area--economic conditions; Asia,
 Northern--economic conditions; economic development projects--conferences
 and congresses
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 33
-A-
 1074641 DATABASE: NNI File 111
-W-
 Theodore Levitt on global goods.
 Brown, Merrill
 Washington Post v107 pG1 Sept. 23 1984 col. 3 058 col. in. illustration;
 photograph
 EDITION: Sun
 NAMED PEOPLE: Levitt, Theodore--interviews
-Desc-
 marketing--international aspects; industrialization--sociological aspects;
 pragmatism--sociological aspects; conglomerate corporations--economic
 aspects; international business enterprises--management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 34
-A-
 1036958 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Flatware: what and how much to buy.
 Hotels & Restaurants International v18 p132(3) June 1984 illustration;
 table
-SicCode-
 7011
 CAPTIONS: Suggested flatware requirements.; General rule-of-thumb for
 estimating flatware needs.
-Desc-
 hotels and motels--furniture, equipment, etc.; tableware--purchasing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 35
-A-
 1028521 DATABASE: NNI File 111
-W-
 Rules of thumb. (book reviews)
 Tenner, Edward
 Wall Street Journal p22(W) p28(E) July 11 1984
 -CODEN-
 WSJOAF col. 4 017 col. in.
 EDITION: Wed
-ArtType-
 review
 GRADE: A
 NAMED PEOPLE: Parker, Tom
-Desc-
 books--reviews, etc.
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 36
-A-
 1017801 DATABASE: LRI File 150
-W-
 Conservation in perspective.
 Browne, Gerald R.; Levett, John L.
 Pub. Util. Fort. 113 15-19 April 12 1984 illustration; graph
 JURISDICTION: United States
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: NUS SIC CODE: 4911
 CAPTIONS: Energy sales to ultimate customers.; Average revenues-KWH to
 ultimate customers.; Energy sales per residential customer.; Price impact on
 average residential electricity usage.; Energy sales to ultimate customers
 versus GNP.
-Desc-
 electric utilities--energy conservation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 37
-A-
 0971697 DATABASE: LRI File 150
-W-
 Widely held but inaccurate postulates. (editorial)
 Dunckel, Earl B.
 Pub. Util. For. 113 8(2) March 15 1984
-ArtType-
 editorial
 JURISDICTION: United States
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: NNUS
-Desc-
 maxims--evaluation; energy industries--anecdotes, facetiae, satire, etc.
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 38
-A-
 0908697 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 What to expect from teleconferencing.
 Johansen, Robert
 Harvard Business Review v62 p164(7) March-April 1984
 -CODEN-
 HABRA
 COLLECTION 12X6509 illustration; table
 AVAIL.: COLLECTION 12X6509
 CAPTIONS: Rules of thumb for using various media.
-Desc-
 teleconferencing--usage
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 39
-A-
 839645 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Axioms challenged. (in energy consumption)
 Schaffer, Paul
 Energy User News v9 33(1) Jan. 30 1984
 AVAIL.: FULL TEXT On-line
 LINE COUNT: 00078
-SicCode-
 9611; 4911
-Desc-
 United States. Energy Information Administration--reports; power
 resources--prices; electric power--market share
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 40
-A-
 837293 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 The only rule you can count on: people can be perverse. (marketing)
 Shostack, G. Lynn
 American Banker v149 p6(2) Jan. 25 1984
 AVAIL.: FULL TEXT On-line
 LINE COUNT: 00101
 Every profitable firm is, by definition, a marketing organization.
 Marketing is not just a set of black and white rules. 'Learn what the
 customer wants and then create it' - the principal marketing axiom - can
 lead to many pitfalls and can't always be followed.
-SicCode-
 6020
-Desc-
 bank marketing--management; marketing--management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 41
-A-
 0823810 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Rules of thumb. (book reviews) Inc. v6 p23(1) Jan. 1984
 COLLECTION 04Q3760
-ArtType-
 review
 AVAIL.: COLLECTION 04Q376
 GRADE: B
 NAMED PEOPLE: Parker, Tom
-Desc-
 books--reviews, etc.
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 42
-A-
 0821434 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Sohio presses search in Lower 48. (calendar)
 Parker, Marcia A.
 Oil & Gas Journal v81 p62(3) Dec 26 1983 illustration; graph; portrait
-ArtType-
 calendar
 GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION: Alaska
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: NNUSWAK SIC CODE: 1311
 CAPTIONS: Cross section of Sohio's postulated Mukluk prospect.
-Desc-
 Standard Oil Company of Ohio--discovery and exploration; petroleum industry
 and trade--discovery and exploration; Alaska--natural resources
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 43
-A-
 0806850 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 How do families fare when the breadwinner retires
 Sproat, Kezia
 Monthly Labor Review v106 p40(5) Dec 1983
 -CODEN-
 MLARA
 COLLECTION 17T5858
 AVAIL.: COLLECTION 17T5858
 GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION: United States
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: NNUS
-Desc-
 retirement--economic aspects; family--economic conditions; National
 Longitudinal Surveys of Labor Market Experience--research
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 44
-A-
 770433 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 The piecemeal ways of pragmatists.
 Bramon, Robert M.; Harrison, Allen F.
 Computer Decisions v15 p112(3) Oct. 1983
 AVAIL.: FULL TEXT On-line
 LINE COUNT: 00140
-SicCode-
 7374
-Desc-
 pragmatism--social aspects; management--technique; executives--psychological
 aspects
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 45
-A-
 0748432 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Vessel experience factor study aired at cutting cargo losses in ship-shore
 measurements.
 Bruce, Donald T.
 Oil & Gas Journal v81 p57(7) Aug. 29 1983 illustration; table; graph
-SicCode-
 1311
 CAPTIONS: Vessels and voyages.; Ship loss data.
-Desc-
 American Petroleum Institute. Committee on Marine Accountability--research;
 petroleum--transportation; Petroleum Measurement Seminar--1983; Historical
 Vessel Experience Factor Study (report)--analysis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 46
-A-
 733655 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 ID survey: the distributor sales rep - 1983; report on a decade of change.
 Civin, Robert Institutional Distribution v19 p90(7) Aug. 1983 illustration;
 table
 AVAIL.: FULL TEXT On-line
 LINE COUNT: 00243
-SicCode-
 5140; 5800; 2000
 CAPTIONS: The average DSR - 1983, 1981, 1973.; Annual dollar sales.; Number
 of active accounts.; Percent of customers on purchasing programs.; Hours
 worked per week.; Product categories sold.; Line items on average order.;
 Markets in which DSRs are most comfortable.
-Desc-
 manufacturers' agents--surveys; Institutional Distribution
 (periodical)--surveys; food industry and trade--marketing; sales personnel
 --surveys
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 47
-A-
 731289 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Today's top energy managers the computer.
 Modern Office Procedures v28 p92(5) Aug. 1983
 -CODEN-
 MDOPA illustration; photograph
 AVAIL.: FULL TEXT On-line
 LINE COUNT: 00107
-SicCode-
 1711
-Desc-
 Energy conservation--automatic control; architecture and energy
 conservation--industrial applications; Building Owners and Managers
 Association Experience Exchange Report--statistics; office buildings--energy
 conservation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 48
-A-
 0698387 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Chicago Book Clinic Exhibition: judges' positive attitude toward entries
 points up Midwest's publishing strength.
 Publishers Weekly v223 p52(2) June 3 1983
 -CODEN-
 PWEEA
-SicCode-
 2731
 NAMED PEOPLE: Bedno, Ed--attitudes; Clinton, Patrick--attitudes; Brill,
 Randi S.--attitudes; Hendel, Richard--attitudes
-Desc-
 Chicago Book Clinic Show and Exhibition--1983; book industries and
 trade--exhibitions; Book industries and trade--exhibitions;
 text-books--achievements and awards; critics--attitudes; literary
 prizes--1983; Long Walks in the Afternoon (book)--achievements and awards;
 American Literature and the Experience of Vietnam (book)--achievements and
 awards; Coleridge, Language, and Criticism (book)--achievements and awards;
 Flannery O'Connor: The Imagination of Extremity (book)--achievements and
 awards; Vanishing Georgia (book)--achievements and awards; Working Papers
 (book)--achievements and awards; The Guardian (book)--achievements and
 awards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 49
-A-
 0697268 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Seattle: real estate market brightens as economic turnaround begins; leasing
 steady on space underway, future shortage postulated.
 Lane, Polly
 National Real Estate Investor v25 p15(8) June 1983 illustration; photograph
 GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION: Seattle
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: NNUSWWAS; NNUSOWAS SIC CODE: 6531; 1522; 1500
 NAMED PEOPLE: Cromwell, Todd--management; Wilson, Craig--management
-Desc-
 Seattle--economic conditions; real estate business--economic aspects; real
 estate management--evaluation; construction industry--finance ; office
 buildings--economic aspects; real estate development--economic aspects;
 Wright, Runstad and Co.--management; industrial buildings--leasing and
 renting
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 50
-A-
 0684660 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 TABA tried the library: fourth awards blossom in a bookish setting. (South
 Reading Room of the New York Public Library)
 Baker, John F.
 Publishers Weekly v223 p16(2) May 13 1983
 -CODEN-
 PWEEA illustration; photograph; portrait
-SicCode-
 2731
 NAMED PEOPLE: Walker, Alice--achievements and awards; Naylor,
 Gloria--achievements and awards; Kinnell, Galway--achievements and awards;
 Wright, Charles--achievements and awards; Thurman, Judith--achievements and
 awards Mellow, James R.--achievements and awards; Brinkley,
 Alan--achievements and awards; Manuel, Frank E.--achievements and awards;
 Manuel, Fritzie P.--achievements and awards; Goldstein, Lisa--achievements
 and awards; Welty, Eudora--achievements and awards; Pais,
 Abraham--achievements and awards; Davis, Philip J.--achievements and awards;
 Hersh, Reuben--achievements and awards; Butterfield, Fox--achievements and
 awards; Fallows, James--achievements and awards; Howard,
 Richard--achievements and awards
-Desc-
 American Book Awards--1983; literary prizes--1983; authors,
 American--achievements and awards; The Color Purple (book)--achievements and
 awards; The Women of Brewster Place (book)--achievements and awards;
 Selected Poems (book)--achievements and awards; Country Music
 (book)--achievements and awards; Isak Dinesen: the Life of a Storyteller
 (book)--achievements and awards; Nathaniel Hawthorne in his Time
 (book)--achievements and awards; Voices of Protest: Huey Long, Father
 Coughlin and the Great Depression (book)--achievements and awards; Utopian
 Thought in the Western World (book)--achievements and awards; The Red
 Magician (book) --achievements and awards; Collected Stories
 (book)--achievements and awards; 'Subtle is the Lord': the Science and Life
 of Albert Einstein (book)--achievements and awards; The Mathematical
 Experience (book)--achievements and awards; China: Alive in the Bitter Sea
 (book)--achievements and awards; National Defense (book)--achievements and
 awards; Les Fleurs du Mal (book)--translations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 51
-A-
 682663 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 ATE firm started by LTX, GenRad, Teradyn alumni.
 Wallace, Richard
 Electronic News v29 p1(2) May 9 1983
 AVAIL.: FULL TEXT On-line
 LINE COUNT: 00074
-SicCode-
 3573; 3825
 NAMED PEOPLE: Salter, Michael--management
-Desc-
 automatic check-out equipment--industries; Axiom Technology
 Corp.--management; computer industry--management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 52
-A-
 0681013 DATABASE: NNI File 111
-W-
 A company man's total experience. (Lonnie Simmons)
 Hunt, Dennis
 Los Angeles Times v102 Section VI p1 May 6 1983 col. 5 018 col. in.
 illustration; portrait
 EDITION: Fri
-SicCode-
 3931
 NAMED PEOPLE: Simmons, Lonnie--interviews
-Desc-
 Total Experience Records Inc.--officials and employees; music
 trade--officials and employees; Afro-American business
 enterprises--officials and employees
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 53
-A-
 0678503 DATABASE: NNI File 111
-W-
 Here's a rule of thumb for picking. (stocks) (column)
 Metz, Robert
 Los Angeles Times v102 Section IV p1(2) May 2 1983 col. 1 020 col. in.
 EDITION: Mon.
-ArtType-
 column
-Desc-
 investments--evaluation; stocks--prices; Fidelity Group of
 Boston--methodology
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 54
-A-
 0676205 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Double shots of Scotch. (Local Hero and The Shetland Experience)
 Finehout, Robert M.
 Audio Visual Communications v17 p30(2) May 1983 illustration; photograph
 GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION: Scotland
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: ENUKNST SIC CODE: 7813; 111
 NAMED PEOPLE: Puttnam, David--production and direction
-Desc-
 Local Hero (moving-picture)--criticism; interpretation, etc. ; The Shetland
 Experience (moving-picture)--criticism, interpretation, etc. ;
 moving-pictures, documentary--criticism, interpretation, etc.;
 Scotland--moving-picture use; Shetland Islands--moving-picture use;
 petroleum industry and trade--moving-picture use
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 55
-A-
 0639314 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 The California Wine Experience.
 Festa, Gail
 Restaurant Hospitality v67 p114(3) March 1983 illustration; photograph
 GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION: California
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: NNUSWCA SIC CODE: 5182; 2084
-Desc-
 wine and wine making--conferences and congresses; California Wine
 Experience--1983; California--industries
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 56
-A-
 0639149 DATABASE TI File 148
-W-
 Automotives: diyers flex muscles in aftermarket.
 Hardware Retailing v144 p55(9) March 1983 illustration; photograph; table
 Hardware wholesalers who have recently added automotive supplies to their
 product line feel they made the right decision as sales are strong in this
 area at hardware stores. More people are becoming do-it-yourselfers on their
 cars, with nearly 35% of maintenance and repairs on cars performed by this
 market segment. Another trend pushing up sales is that people are keeping
 the cars longer and those cars on the road are, on the average, slightly
 older than in the past.
-SicCode-
 5013; 5251; 5511; 3714
 CAPTIONS: Automotive aftermarket segmentation.
-Desc-
 automobile supplies industry--marketing; wholesale trade--marketing;
 hardware stores--marketing; automobiles--equipment and supplies
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 57
-A-
 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Anderson, John J.
 March 1983 illustration; photograph; table
-ArtType-
 evaluation
 PRODUCT NAME(S): Axiom Seikosha GP-250X (computer apparatus); Okidata
 Microline 92 (computer apparatus); Micro Peripherals Inc. PrintMate 99
 (computer apparatus); C. Itoh Electronics 8510A Prowriter (computer
 apparatus); Integral Data Systems 480 Microprism (computer apparatus);
 Smith-Corona TP-1 (computer apparatus); Micro Peripherals Inc. PrintMate
 150G (computer apparatus); Computers International Daisywriter 2000
 (computer apparatus); Oki
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 58
-A-
 0615590 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Study projects resurgence in use of oleochemicals.
 Journal of Commerce v355 p22B(1) Jan. 20 1983
-SicCode-
 2800; 2070
 NAMED PEOPLE: Hand, William A.--research; Jarvery, William A.--research
-Desc-
 Experience Inc.--research; oils and fats--forecasts; chemical
 industries--forecasts
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 59
-A-
 0599459 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 New York rule of thumb: thumbless boxing glove.
 Design News v38 p18(2) Dec 20 1982
 -CODEN-
 DENBA illustration; photograph
-SicCode-
 3949
-Desc-
 boxing--equipment and supplies; sporting goods--innovations Everlast
 Sporting Goods Manufacturing Co.--innovations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 60
-A-
 0572184 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 How your company can avoid weak leadership.
 McMurry, Robert N.
 Nation's Business v70 p76(2) Nov. 1982
 -CODEN-
 NBUSA illustration
 The Law of Diminishing Competence is a business axiom which describes the
 process by which insecure, weak company leaders hire more insecure, weaker
 subordinates until a whole company is staffed by ineffective people. Those
 hiring weak staff do so to protect themselves from strong, confident,
 decisive subordinates who pose a threat to their own positions. There are
 steps which a chief executive officer and a board of directors can take to
 insure that strong competent people get hired. Strong leaders are not afraid
 of competent subordinates, and companies who have strong, caring management
 often have good morale and low turnover among employees.
-Desc-
 executives--evaluation; corporations--management; management --technique;
 business mortality--causes of
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 61
-A-
 0571924 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 How banks lure the rich.
 Main, Jeremy
 Fortune v106 p60(5) Nov. 1 1982
 -CODEN-
 FORTA
 COLLECTION 123146 illustration; photograph
 AVAIL.: COLLECTION 123146 Inflation and high interest rates drastically
 changed the banking industry. A large variety of red carpet services are
 being employed to lure the private-banking customer. This customer who has
 an income of $100, 000 and a net worth of $500, 000 wants to feel a real
 sense of importance. Most banks will continue to service the eighty per cent
 of their clientele who do not qualify for the special treatment with the
 electronic teller. Most banks are not making profits on the average
 customer. We can expect red--carpet strategies to increase.
-SicCode-
 6000
 COMPANY NAME(S): University National Bank and Trust Co.--innovations
-Desc-
 banks and banking, American--innovations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 62
-A-
 0558398 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Tyler's axiom. (rug retailing)
 Modern Floor Coverings v96 p1(3) Oct. 1982 illustration; photograph
-SicCode-
 5713
 NAMED PEOPLE: Tyler, Cathy--marketing
-Desc-
 stores, retail--marketing; rugs--marketing; carpets--marketing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 63
-A-
 0557325 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 How to design a remote power system. (solar, wind, or water independent
 electric plant)
 Paul, Terrance
 Solar Age v7 p34(6) Oct. 1982 illustration; photograph; table; chart; graph
 Guidelines for creating own independent electric power-plant from solar,
 wind, or water-power, avoiding expensive errors and relatively surely. Plan
 backwards, pare requirements to reasonable minimum, ascertain daily and peak
 needs, use batteries, observe voltage law, and use rules of thumb.
-SicCode-
 8911
 CAPTIONS: (Electric appliances in daily home use & wattage used.); (Minimum
 system specifications vs. daily usage.); (Daily kWh usage vs. minimum dc
 voltage.); General independent power system.; Usage pattern.;
 Small engine (&) wind generator(s), photovoltac, (and) hydro.
-Desc-
 direct energy conversion--do-it-yourself; electric power
 production--do-it-yourself; solar power plants--do-it-yourself; wind power
 --do-it-yourself; hydroelectric power plants--do-it-yourself
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 64
-A-
 0556474 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Living with the returnable ethic. (bottle bills)
 Outing, Stephen G.
 Colorado Business v9 p93(6) Oct. 1982
 -CODEN-
 COBUDK illustration
 GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION: Michigan
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: NNUSCMI SIC CODE: 4953; 3221
-Desc-
 litter (trash)--law and legislation; refuse and refuse disposal--law and
 legislation; bottle industry--law and legislation; beverage containers--law
 and legislation; States' Experience with Beverage Container Laws Shows
 Positive Benefits (report)--publishing; Michigan--waste disposal
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 65
-A-
 0513803 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Holsten beer introduced to western US by Wisdom.
 Beverage Industry v73 p4(1) July 9 1982
-SicCode-
 2082
-Desc-
 Holsten (beer)--marketing; Wisdom Import Sales Co.--marketing; brewing
 industry--marketing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 66
-A-
 0500229 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Homeowners shun energy audits; contractor participation mixed: AGA finds.
 (American Gas Association)
 Mahoney, Thomas A.
 Air Conditioning, Heating & Refrigeration News v156 p1(2) June 14 1982
 COLLECTION 13T0855
 AVAIL.: COLLECTION 13T0855
 111 gas utilities polled find 1.46% national response-rate to Residential
 Conservation Service program's 29.4 million invitations to 36.4 million
 customers. 392, 000 home audits have been done. 6.5 million announcements
 remain to be sent. 88 audited homes per utility, on average, request utility
 follow through on measures recommended. Average time spent per home is 2.28
 hours, costing $128.57. Post-installation inspection cost averages $55.32.
-SicCode-
 4932
-Desc-
 American Gas Association--surveys
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 67
-A-
 0499623 DATABASE: NNI File 111
-W-
 Rules of thumb for budget forecasting.
 Fuerbringer, Jonathan
 New York Times v131 Section 3 pF19(N) pF19(L) June 13 1982
 -CODEN-
 NYTIA col. 1 032 col. in. illustration; cartoon
 EDITION: Sun
-Desc-
 budget--forecasts; deficit financing--forecasts
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 68
-A-
 0485432 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 'Buyer beware' axiom, Golden Rule should guide prime-sub relationships: keep
 communicating. (construction & specialty contracting)
 Coombs, William E.
 Contractor v29 p24(3) May 15 1982
-SicCode-
 1520; 1711
-Desc-
 contractors--contracts and specifications; subcontracting--contracts and
 specifications
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 69
-A-
 0477488 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Pacific whiting, Merluccius productus: 1. Abnormal muscle texture caused by
 myxosporidian-induced proteolysis. (fishery)
 Patashnik, Max; Groninger, Herman S., Jr.; Barnett, Harold; Kudo, George
 Koury, Barbara
 Marine Fisheries Review v44 p1(12) May 1982 illustration; table; photograph
 Pacific whiting has not been widely exploited by the U.S. fishing industry
 as a food fish because of its variable and often overly soft texture when
 cooked. Research shows the abnormal muscle texture is caused by a parasite
 induced proteolysis and has little effect on the muscle fibers if the fish
 are promptly chilled upon catching, maintained chilled during processing,
 and rapidly cooked.
-SicCode-
 2077; 0912
 CAPTIONS: (Comparison of the degree of protein breakdown of lingcod
 control.); (Comparison of proteolytic activity in normal and myxosporidian
 infected Pacific whiting.); (Comparison of protein and nonprotein nitrogen
 and pH in normal and myxosporidian infected Pacific whiting.); (Comparison
 of the proximate composition of all excessively parasitized Pacific
 whiting.); Heat inactivation of proteolytic activity of parasitized Pacific
 whiting muscle extracts.; Effect of various treatments on the average
 texture of live Pacific whiting frozen in dry ice.; Effect of various
 treatments on the average texture of live Pacific whiting frozen dry ice.;
 Texture of cooked fillet block portions prepared from 3-4 hour commercially
 landed Pacific whiting.; Effect of refrigerated storage on the texture of
 2-day-iced commercial fillets.
-Desc-
 whiting fisheries--research; myxosporidia--physiological aspects;
 parasites--fishes; fishes--diseases; fishery processing industries
 --research
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 70
-A-
 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Coping with skyrocketing inventory costs.
 Gaither, Norman p2(4) illustration; table
 Skyrocketing inventory costs caused by increases in prime rates, prices,
 freight costs, and short-term demand call for a rule of thumb such as: keep
 reorders constant
 CAPTIONS: Summary of effects of certain inflationary factors upon inventory
 levels.
-Desc-
 inventory control--economic aspects; materials management--economic aspects;
 purchasing--economic aspects
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 71
-A-
 0446415 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Shop operators value competitive edge, survey discloses: jobbers who operate
 machine shops find that the extra parts sales their ships generate add to
 the overall profitability of their operation. (shops also lure new customers
 & keep current ones happy)
 Johnson, Rosemary
 Jobber Topics v122 p78(?) March 1982 illustration; table 56.5% owned &
 operated automotive machine-shops in 1981 vs. 51.9% in 1978, with most of
 the increase occurring in large firms. Shops average 3-4 employees. Total
 equipment investment rose from $51 to $79K on average. Drum & rotor
 machining, cylinder-head work, engine-rebuilding, & magnetic particle
 inspection are most frequent services, followed by crankshaft grinding &
 welding, driveline construction, & engine-component balancing.
-SicCode-
 5013; 5531; 3714
 CAPTIONS: 42.2% operate one machine shop.; Number of shop employees.; Drum &
 rotor work top list of shop jobs.; Average consider 26.8% satisfactory
 profit.; "Walk-in best shop customer.; Shop sales compared to total sales.;
 How shop employees are compensated.; Types of work fared out.; Average shop
 charges $20.85 hourly rate.; Average shop has $80, 000 in equipment.
-Desc-
 automobile supplies industry--surveys; machine-shops--automobile industry
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 72
-A-
 0443385 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Walking by night: Japanese art for blind and sighted. (University of Arizona
 Museum of Art)
 Goldberg, Joshua
 School Arts v81 p26(2) March 1982
 -CODEN-
 SARTB
 COLLECTION 12U4326 illustration; photograph
 AVAIL.: COLLECTION 12U4326
-Desc-
 Hands-on: Japan, a Sensory Experience for Blind and Sighted
 (art)--exhibitions
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 73
-A-
 0418366 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 'Cinderella' sets records, proves reissue potency. (includes statistics for
 other films)
 Variety v305 p1(2) Jan. 6 1982
 -CODEN-
 VARIB
 GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION: New York (City)
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: NNUSLNYN SIC CODE: 7813; 7832
-Desc-
 Moving-picture industry--finance; Cinderella (moving-picture)--finance;
 Chariots of Fire (moving-picture)--finance; On Golden Pond
 (moving-picture)--finance; New York Experience (moving-picture)--finance;
 moving-picture theaters--finance; Christmas--economic aspects; New York
 (City)--theaters
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 74
-A-
 0415897 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Telecommunications system for oil pipeline in Pakistan.
 Third, J.H.; DeIbianco, H.P.; Moinuddin, S.A.
 Telecommunications v16 p19(4) Jan. 1982 illustration; map
 GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION: Pakistan
 Microwave system employs 17 tandem line-of-sight hosts with 18 sites
 separated on average by 45 kilometers. System provides, complete telephone
 circuits, teletype, VHF mobile radio coverage, data transmission circuit,
 monitor and control system for valves, voice paging system, and an alarm
 system. Special design features compensate for poor propagation due to
 topography.
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: ACPK SIC CODE: 3662; 4612; 4610
 CAPTIONS: (Map locating pipeline in Pakistan.)
-Desc-
 Pak-Arab Refinery Ltd.--design and construction; pipe lines --communication
 systems; Pakistan--pipe lines; petroleum--pipe lines
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 75
-A-
 0398929 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Process utilizes coal-derived alkylphenols. (Dynaphen process)
 Haggin, Joseph
 Chemical & Engineering News v59 p32(2) Nov. 30 1981 illustration; chart
-SicCode-
 2865
 CAPTIONS: Postulated mechanism is basis of design.; Process makes benzene,
 phenol from heavy ends.
 NAMED PEOPLE: Hydrocarbon Research Inc.--innovations
-Desc-
 coal liquefaction--innovations; chemical processes--innovations;
 Dynaphen--industrial applications
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 76
-A-
 0387535 DATABASE: NNI File 111
-W-
 Profusion of fakes muddies the market in cowboy bronzes: bogus Remingtons
 can fool even museum curators; sleuthing at the foundry.
 Saltzman, Cynthia
 Wall Street Journal v105 p1(W) p1(E) Nov. 2 1981
 -CODEN-
 WSJOAF col. 4 043 col. in.
 EDITION: Mon.
 NAMED PEOPLE: Remington, Frederic--collectors and collecting
-Desc-
 bronze figurines--collectors and collecting; cowboys in art --collectors and
 collecting; art--expertising
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 77
-A-
 0317245 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 And how a technical publisher found a problem with trade success.
 Smith, Wendy
 Publishers Weekly v219 p45(1) June 12 1981
 -CODEN-
 PWEEA
-SicCode-
 2731; 2700
-Desc-
 Birkhauser Boston--marketing; publishers and publishing--marketing; The
 Mathematical Experience (book)--marketing; technical publishing--marketing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 78
-A-
 0309534 DATABASE: TI File 148 Incentive compensation and peer-group
-W-
 comparisons.
 Arahood, Dale A.; Friedman, Alan R.
 American Banker v146 p10(3) May 29 1981 illustration; table; graph
-SicCode-
 7392; 6000
 CAPTIONS: Incentive compensation plan participants and performance
 measurement factors.; Incentive award based on return of assets.; Incentive
 award computation return on average assets.
-Desc-
 bankers--salaries, etc.; incentives in industry--management banks and
 banking--personnel management; executives--salaries, pensions, etc.
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 79
-A-
 0293627 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Best face forward. (plastic surgery for successful executives)
 Conway, John A.
 Forbes v127 p8(1) April 27 1981
 -CODEN-
 FORBA illustration
 NAMED PEOPLE: Mussolini, Benito--portraits; Fodor, Peter Bela--attitudes
-Desc-
 surgery, plastic--innovations; Facts About the Cosmetic
 Experience--management; businessmen--health
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 80
-A-
 0284493 DATABASE: TI File 148
-W-
 Mating brands to ethnic groups (beer brands)
 Westerman, Marty
 Beverage World v100 p100(3) April 1981 illustration; portrait
 GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION: Pacific States
 West Coast market for Mexican and Japanese beers target of import company's
 promotion strategies.
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: NNUSW SIC CODE: 5921; 2082
 NAMED PEOPLE: Wisdom, Frank--management; Marches, John--management
-Desc-
 Pacific States--commerce; commerce--The West; beer--popular culture; Wisdom
 Imports Sales Co.--management; brewing industry--marketing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 81
-A-
 0254474 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Apple Computer: upending a basic marketing axiom.
 Sales and Marketing Management v126 p14(2) Jan. 12 1981
 -CODEN-
 SMMAD illustration; portrait
 Apple Computer, Inc. is the recipient of Sales and Marketing Management's
 Annual Grand Award. Apple marketed computers in such a way as to attract the
 unsophisticated user. Sales focus was transferred from hobbyists to small
 business and professional users. Sales and net income for 1980 doubled since
 the previous year.
-SicCode-
 3573
 NAMED PEOPLE: Jobs, Steven P.--achievements and awards; Wozniak,
 Steve--achievements and awards
-Desc-
 Apple Computer Inc.--achievements and awards; computer
 industry--achievements and awards; marketing--achievements and awards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 82
-A-
 0243598 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Wisdom Manufacturing: export business profile.
 Ancell, Robert M.
 Colorado Business v7 p20(2) Dec 1980
 -CODEN-
 COBUDK illustration; photograph
-ArtType-
 biography
 NAMED PEOPLE: Wisdom, Jerry--biography
-Desc-
 Wisdom Manufacturing Co.--growth; amusement parks--equipment and supplies
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 83
-A-
 0237830 DATABASE: NNI File 111
-W-
 Women's jobless rate drops below men's - disproving an axiom.
 Gottschalk, Earl C., Jr.
 Wall Street Journal v103 p1(W) p1(E) Nov. 5 1980
 -CODEN-
 WSJOAF col. 1 041 col. in.
 EDITION: Wed
-Desc-
 women--employment; unemployed--analysis; affirmative action
 programs--economic aspects; United States economic conditions--employment
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 84
-A-
 0178558 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Buried treasure in unclaimed funds.
 Business Week p98(?) Feb. 4 1980
 -CODEN-
 BUWEA illustration; cartoon
 THE FIGHT FOR CONTROL OF UNCLAIMED ASSETS IS PROVING TO BE ONE OF THE
 BIGGEST LEGAL AND FINANCIAL BATTLES OF THE 1980'S. BANKS HOLD UP TO 50 PER
 CENT, INDUSTRY ABOUT 20 PER CENT TO 30 PER CENT OF THE UNTOLD BILLIONS OF
 THIS UNCLAIMED PROPERTY. MORE LOST PROPERTY IS EXPECTED DURING THE COMING
 DECADE AS INDIVIDUALS CHANGE JOBS AND RESIDENCES ON THE AVERAGE OF EVERY
 FIVE YEARS AND BECAUSE INNOVATIONS MAKE RECORD-KEEPING MORE DIFFICULT.
-Desc-
 bank accounts--costs; banks and banking, American--service charges; Bank of
 America--cases; deposit banking--law and legislation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 85
-A-
 0178045 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 The cyclical pattern of temporary layoffs in United States manufacturing.
 Lilien, David M.
 Review of Economics and Statistics v62 p24(8) Feb. 1980
 -CODEN-
 RECSA
 BASED ON TURNOVER DATA FROM THE BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS, ESTIMATES OF
 TEMPORARY LAYOFF UNEMPLOYMENT FOR THE UNITED STATES MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY
 ARE DERIVED. THE CYCLICAL UNEMPLOYMENT DATA IS PRESENTED AND A TIME
 DEPENDENT DISTRIBUTED LAG MODEL OF MANUFACTURING REHIRES IS DEVELOPED. IT IS
 FOUND THAT, ON AVERAGE, LESS THAN 30 PER CENT OF MANUFACTURING WORKERS
 LAID-OFF ACTUALLY CHANGE JOBS.
-Desc-
 layoff systems--economic aspects; unemployed--mathematical models; labor
 supply--mathematical models; manufactures--employment
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 86
-A-
 0172483 DATABASE: NNI File 111
-W-
 Japan and Iran agree on average oil price sources in Tokyo say.
 Wall Street Journal v102 p6(W) p2(E) Jan. 2 1980
 -CODEN-
 WSJOAF col. 3 006 col. in.
 EDITION: Wed
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: AWIR; AEJA SIC CODE: 1311
-Desc-
 petroleum industry and trade--international aspects; Iran--relations with
 Japan; Japan--relations with Iran
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 005:148 87
-A-
 0172278 DATABASE: MI File 47
-W-
 Stars of the decade.
 Heller, Robert
 Management Today p50(6) Jan. 1980
 -CODEN-
 MANTA illustration; table
 ONE HUNDRED TWENTY-NINE COMPANIES IN THE UNITED KINGDOM ARE EXAMINED IN
 TERMS OF PROFITABILITY AND GROWTH. THE PAST DECADE HAS SEEN SOME
 CORPORATIONS EMERGE WITH EXCELLENT RECORDS. HOWEVER, A GREAT MANY COMPANIES
 HAVE FALLEN WAY BEHIND ON THEIR AVERAGE RETURNS AND INVESTMENT
 PERFORMANCES.
 GEOGRAPHIC CODE: ENU
-Desc-
 industrial management--Great Britain; industrial productivity--Great
 Britain; industry--Great Britain; business--Great Britain; Great
 Britain--productivity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 1
-A-
 1156367 NTN85-0852
-W-
 Reciprocating Crystallizer: Automatic crystallizer grows crystals from
 aqueous solutions (NTIS Tech Note)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, DC.
 Corp. Source Codes: 011249000
 Jul. 85 1p
 Write NTIS for information about Tech Notes subscriptions and back issue
 packages available.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 Not available individually
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8526
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 This citation summarizes a one-page announcement of technology available for
 utilization. A reciprocating crystallizer grows single glycine sulfate
 crystals of good quality. Crystals are grown from aqueous solutions by slow
 cooling of the growth solution along with forced convection to increase mass
 transfer. The polyhedral seed crystals are mounted on a holding rod that is
 rotated through a threaded drive by a reversible small 48-rpm motor. Two
 250-watt immersion heaters maintain the temperature of the crystallizer
 water bath to an accuracy of 0.01 C. The bath temperature is monitored by
 thermometers. ...FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: Contact NASA Technology
 Transfer Div., PO Box 8757 BWI Airport, MD 21240; (301) 621-0100 ext 241.
 Refer to MFS-25948/TN.
-Desc-
 *Crystal growth; *Chemical reactors
-Ident-
 NTN/J; NTISNTND
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 14B (Methods and Equipment--Laboratories,
 Test Facilities, and Test Equipment); 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry);
 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical Chemistry); 46D (Physics--Solid
 State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 2
-A-
 1153466 DE85016247/XAB
-W-
 Pittsburgh Energy Technology Center Quarterly Technical Progress Report for
 the Period Ending March 31, 1985
 Department of Energy, Pittsburgh, PA. Pittsburgh Energy Technology Center
 Corp. Source Codes: 055636003; 9512877
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 DOE/PETC/QTR-85/2
 Aug. 85 150p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A07/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8525; NASA1000
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 In the area of Coal Preparation, the fused-salt process development research
 conducted by TRW shows promise in the production of clean energy from coal.
 Coal material balance experimentation and filtration studies were completed,
 and showed that concurrent leaching of coal with two weights of molten
 caustic produces clean coal that meets the New Source Performance Standards.
 This represents a significant improvement in reducing the size and
 complexity of the leacher. The coal products are low enough in ash and
 sulfur to be considered for use in power plants without scrubbers and with
 minimal-size precipitators, and as a potential diesel or turbine fuel. TRW
 also initiated bench-scale evaluations of a microwave desulfurization
 process designed to produce a coal with sulfur and ash reductions of 90%.
 Evaluation of the NOXSO Process for the simultaneous removal of SO sub 2 and
 NO/sub x/ continued this quarter. A thermodynamic study of the recycle of
 nitrogen oxides to the combustor is being done. Results using a
 thermodynamic model show that NO returned to the combustor will be converted
 to N sub 2 and O sub 2 in the combustion chamber if the thermodynamic
 equilibrium is reached. A promising research project to evaluate the PETC
 Fluidized-Bed Copper Oxide Process is currently under way. The emphasis on
 flue gas cleanup chemistry continues at PETC. In the area of Technical
 Information Management, the expert system developed at Carnegie-Mellon
 University (CMU) will soon be transferred to PETC's computer system. The new
 PERQ 2 Workstation at PETC is a self-contained computer system supporting a
 LISP environment used or artificial intelligence work. It will communicate
 with PETC's VAX computer and facilitate the transfer of the expert system
 developed at CMU. (ERA citation 10: 041210)
-Desc-
 *Acid Rain; *Boilers; *Coal Liquefaction; *Coal Liquids; *Coal Preparation;
 *Coal-Fired MHD Generators; *Combustion; *Fischer-Tropsch Synthesis;
 *Fischer-Tropsch/Mobil Process; *Flowmeters; *Flue Gas; *Fuel Slurries;
 *Gravimelt Process; Additives; Alcohols; Amines Ammonia; Atomization;
 Battelle Hydrothermal Coal Process; Biodegradation; Bottoming Cycles;
 Calibration; Carbon Dioxide; Carbonyls; Catalyst Supports; Catalysts;
 Catalytic Effects; Chemical Reactors; Chemistry; Coal; Combustors;
 Combination; Copper Oxides; Cyclohexane; Cyclone Separators; Data Base
 Management; Deashing; Desulfurization; Devolatilization; Diagnostic
 Techniques; Dry Scrubbers; Electrolysis; Electron Beams; Electrostatic
 Precipitators; Flotation; Fluid Mechanics; Fluidization; Fluidized-Bed
 Combustion; Fouling; Glow Discharges
-Ident-
 ERDA/013000; ERDA/010405; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 21D (Propulsion and Fuels--Fuels); 7A (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering); 68A
 (Environmental Pollution and Control--Air Pollution and Control); 97K
 (Energy--Fuels); 97F (Energy--Fuel Conversion Processes); 71L (Materials
 Sciences--Materials Degradation and Fouling); 99B (Chemistry--Industrial
 Chemistry and Chemical Process Engineering)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 3
-A-
 1152688 AD-A158 743/5/XAB
-W-
 Zone-Melting Recrystallization of Si Films on SiO2 (Jrnl article)
 Tsaur, B. Y.
 Massachusetts Inst. of Tech., Lexington. Lincoln Lab.
 Corp. Source Codes: 009875001; 207650
 Sponsor: Electronic Systems Div., Hanscom AFB, MA.
-ReptNo-
 JA-5518; ESD-TR-85-226 1985 29p
 Pub. in Silicon-on-Insulator: Its Technology and Applications, p101-128
 1985.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Doc. Type:
 Jrnl article
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8525
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: F19628-80-C-0002; 649L
 Large-area, device-quality Si films on SiO2 have been prepared by
 zone-melting recrystallization using graphite strip heaters. A composite
 SiO2/Si3N4 encapsulation layer prevents agglomeration of the molten Si,
 insures a smooth film surface, and induces (100) texture. The recrystallized
 films contain widely-spaced grain boundaries, which can be eliminated by
 seeded growth techniques, and many sub-boundaries within each grain.
 Sub-boundaries can be entrained along parallel lines underneath a
 photolithographically defined optical absorber or reflector pattern.
 Extensive electrical measurements have been made on the recrystallized
 films. Sub-boundaries have no significant effect on MOSFET device
 performance, and high-yield CMOS test circuits have been made in films on
 2-inch-diameter wafers. Radiation-hardened CMOS devices, lateral bipolar
 transistors, and dual-gate MOSFETs have been fabricated in recrystallized
 films.
-Desc-
 *Zone melting; *Recrystallization; *Thin films; *Silicon; Silicon dioxide;
 Grain boundaries; Defects(Materials); Topography; Reprints
-Ident-
 SOI(Silicon on Insulator) Substrates; Metal oxide transistors; CMOS;
 NTISDODXR; NTISDODAF
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 9A (Electronics and Electrical
 Engineering--Components); 49H (Electrotechnology--Semiconductor Devices);
 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 4
-A-
 1152300 AD-A158 353/3/XAB
-W-
 Molecular-Beam Epitaxial Growth and Device Potential of Polar/Nonpolar
 Semiconductor Heterostructures (Final rep. 1 Aug. 77-31 Mar 85)
 Kroemer, H.
 California Univ., Santa Barbara Dept. of Electrical and Computer
 Engineering.
 Corp. Source Codes: 005457037; 403399
 Sponsor: Army Research Office, Research Triangle Park, NC.
-ReptNo-
 ARO-14570.5-EL; ARO-18464.8-EL 24 Jun. 85 10p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8525
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: DAAG29-77-C-0041; DAAG29-81-K-0143
 Techniques for the molecular beam epitaxial growth of aP and GaAs on
 substrates were developed. The techniques rely on the total in-situ removal
 of all oxygen from the Si surface, to create an atomically clean Si starting
 surface, coupled with the use of the unusual and previously not used
 crystallographic (211) orientation for the Si substrate. In the case of GaP
 growth a third essential ingredient was the use of pure P2 vapor, generated
 by the high-temperature decomposition of GaP, rather than the 4 vapor
 generated by the evaporation of elemental phosphorus. The central problem of
 obtaining device-quality growth of GaAs and GaP was found to be the problem
 of avoiding antiphase domains (APDs) in the growing film, that is, of random
 domains containing opposite assignments of the lattice positions to the Ga
 and P atoms. On the commonly used crystallographic (100) orientation, APDs
 are fundamentally unavoidable. The (211) orientation was recognized to have
 a bond configuration at the interface such that APDs should not form.
 Experimental (211) growths yielded layers of high quality that were
 demonstrably free of APDs, as predicted. The recognition of the (211)
 orientation as the canonical orientation for the growth of polar compound
 semiconductors on non-polar elemental semiconductor substrates was a
 completely unexpected result of this research, and perhaps the most
 far-reaching one.
-Desc-
 *Gallium arsenides; *Epitaxial growth; *Gallium phosphides; Substrates;
 Semiconductors; High temperature; Molecular beams; Crystal structure;
 Silicon; Phosphorus; Vapors
-Ident-
 Superlattices; Molecular beam epitaxy; Heterostructures; NTISDODXA;
 NTISDODA
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 46D
 (Physics--Solid State Physics); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical
 Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 5
-A-
 1151543 N85-30922/7
-W-
 Low Defect, High Purity Crystalline Layers Grown by Selective Deposition
 (Patent)
 Morrison, A. D.; Daud, T.
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Pasadena, CA. Pasadena
 Office.
 Corp. Source Codes: 064668001; ND894694
-ReptNo-
 PATENT-4 522 661; PAT-APPL-6-507 624, NASA-CAE-NPO-15813-1
 Filed 24 Jun. 83 patented 11 Jun. 85 6p
 Supersedes PAT-APPL-6-507 624, N83-30269 (21 - 18, p 3028).
 This Government-owned invention available for U.S. licensing and, possibly,
 for foreign licensing. Copy of patent available Commissioner of Patents,
 Washington, DC 20231, $1.00.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Patent
-NTISPR-
 Not available NTIS
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8524; STAR2319
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: NASA7-100
 The purity and perfection of a semiconductor is improved by depositing a
 patterned mask of a material impervious to impurities of the semiconductor
 on a surface of a blank. When a layer of semiconductor is grown on the mask,
 the semiconductor will first grow from the surface portions exposed by the
 openings in the mask and will bridge the connecting portions of the mask to
 form a continuous layer having improved purity, since only the portions
 overlying the openings are exposed to defects and impurities.
-Desc-
 *Patents; *Crystal growth; *Masking; Purity; *Semiconductor devices;
 Deposition; Film thickness; Nucleation; Silicon; Substrates
-Ident-
 PAT-CL-148-33.2; PAT-CL-29-576E; PAT-CL-29-576W; PAT-CL-29-576J;
 PAT-CL-29-578; *Semiconductors; NTISG-NASA
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 9A (Electronics and Electrical
 Engineering--Components; 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 7A
 (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics); 49H
 (Electrotechnology--Semiconductor Devices); 90F (Government Inventions For
 Licensing--Electrotechnology); 90B (Government Inventions For
 Licensing--Chemistry); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical Chemistry);
 99B (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry and Chemical Process Engineering)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 6
-A-
 1143348 N85-29085/6/XAB
-W-
 Structure of Ion Plated Films in Relation to Coating Properties
 Spalvins, T.
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Cleveland, OH. Lewis Research
 Center.
 Corp. Source Codes: 019039001; ND315753
-ReptNo-
 NAS 1.15: 87055; E-2599; NASA-TM-87055 1985 17p
 Presented at the Appl. of Ion Plating and Ion Implantation to Mater. Conf.,
 Atlanta, 3-5 Jun. 1985. Sponsored in part by American Society for Metals and
 Georgia Inst. of Technology.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8521; STAR2318
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Ion plating is an ion assisted or glow discharge deposition technique, where
 ions or energetic atoms transfer energy, momentum and charge to the
 substrate and the growing film in a manner which can be controlled to
 favorably modify surface subsurface chemistry, and microstructure. The glow
 discharge energizing effects from the initial nucleation stage to the final
 film growth are discussed. As a result, adherence, coherence, internal
 stresses, density and morphology of the coatings are significantly improved,
 over the conventional (nonion-assisted) techniques which in turn favorably
 affect the surface initiated failures caused by friction, wear, erosion,
 corrosion and fatigue. Ion plated films because of their graded
 coating/substrate interface, fine, uniform, densely packed film structure
 also induce a surface strengthening effect which improved the mechanical
 properties such as yield, tensile strength and fatigue life. Since a
 uniform, continuous film can be obtained at lower nominal film thickness,
 this effect is of great importance in solid film lubrication and in
 corrosion protection.
-Desc-
 *Deposition; *Glow discharges; *Ion plating; *Morphology; *Substrates; *Thin
 films; Coatings; Friction; Mechanical properties; Microstructure;
 Nucleation; Wear
-Ident-
 NTISNASA
-SectHd-
 11F (Materials--Metallurgy and Metallography); 71E (Materials
 Sciences--Coatings, Colorants, and Finishes)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 7
-A-
 1126525 AD-A153 368/6/XAB
-W-
 Photodeposition of Metal Films with Ultraviolet Laser Light (Jrnl article)
 Ehrlich, D. J.; Osgood, R. M.; Deutsch, T. F.
 Massachusetts Inst. of Tech., Lexington. Lincoln Lab.
 Corp. Source Codes: 009875001; 207650
 Sponsor: Electronic Systems Div., Hanscom AFB, MA.
-ReptNo-
 JA-5274; ESD-TR-85-051
 Jun. 82 11p
 Pub. in Jnl. of Vacuum Science and Technology, v21 n1 p23-32 May/Jun. 82.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Doc. Type:
 Jrnl article
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8515
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: F1628-80-C-0002
 A technique for maskless writing of metal films with submicrometer
 dimensions is described. An ultraviolet beam from a cw or pulsed laser is
 used to photodissociate an organometallic gas near a gas-solid interface.
 The liberated metal atoms then condense in an area of dimensions comparable
 to the laser spot size. Experiments which elucidate the essential physics of
 the process have been performed.
-Desc-
 Continuous wave lasers; Ultraviolet lasers; Reprints; *Metal films; Pulsed
 lasers; Ultraviolet radiation; Resolution; Collisions; Surface chemistry;
 Nucleation
-Ident-
 Photodeposition; NTISDODXR; NTISDODAF
-SectHd-
 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical
 Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 8
-A-
 1126301 AD-A153 143/3/XAB
-W-
 Book of Abstracts, 1983 IEEE International Symposium on Applications of
 Ferroelectrics (ISAF) (Final rep. 1 Jun. 83-31 May 84)
 Pohanka, R. C.
 Office of Naval Research, Arlington, VA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 049037000; 265250
 Sponsor: Army Research Office, Research Triangle Park, NC.
-ReptNo-
 ARO-19852.1-PH-CF
 31 May 84 179p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Conference proceeding
-NTISPR-
 PC A09/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8515
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: MIPR ARO 116-83
 Partial Contents: Electro-Optics; Ferroelectric Displays: Past, Present,
 Future; Ferroelectrics in Phase-Conjugate Optics and Dynamic Holography;
 Piezoelectrics Ferroelectric Composites; Biomedical Applications of
 Piezoelectric and Pyroelectric Polymers; Dielectrics (Aging); Ceramics for
 Microwave Dielectric Resonator; The Effects of Composition and
 Microstructure on Electrical Degradation in BaTiO3; Study of the Relaxation
 of the Permittivity in Doped and Gamma-Irradiated TGS Single Crystals; Aging
 Changes in Electrical and Mechanical Properties of Pb(r, Ti)O3 Family
 Ceramics; Polarization Reversal in CsH2PO4; Microscopic Observations of
 Electric Field Effect on the Nucleation of Domains Near a Ferroelectric
 Transition; The Mechanism of Remnant Birefrigence and the Surface Structure
 of Transparent Ferroelectric Ceramics.
-Desc-
 *Electrooptics; *Ceramic materials; *Ferroelectric materials; *Piezoelectric
 materials; *Symposia Microwave equipment; Aging(Materials); Barium
 titanates; Lead oxides; Birefrigence; Surface properties; Transparence;
 Biomedicine; Dielectrics; Electric fields; Display systems; Abstracts;
 Holography; Composite materials; Transitions; Microstructure; Dielectric
 properties; Relaxation; Resonators; Optics; Polarization; Polymers;
 Pyroelectricity
-Ident-
 NTISDODXA; NTISDODA
-SectHd-
 20F (Physics--Optics); 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 9A (Electronics
 and Electrical Engineering--Components); 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry);
 46C* (Physics--Optics and Lasers); 49E* (Electrotechnology--Optoelectronic
 Devices and Systems); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics); 99F
 (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 9
-A-
 1116804 DE8005481/XAB
-W-
 Evidence for As Doping Effects on Resolidification Dynamics During Pulsed
 Laser Melting
 Thompson, M. O.; Peercy, P. S.; Tsao, J. Y.
 Cornell Univ., Ithaca, NY. Dept. of Materials Science.
 Corp. Source Codes: 00060798; 9515443
 Sponsor: Sandia National Labs., Albuquerque, NM.; Department of Energy,
 Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 SAND-84-1324C; CONF-841157-52 1984 7p
 Materials Research Society annual meeting, Boston, MA, USA, 26 No 1984.
 Portions are illegible in microfiche products.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Conference proceeding
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8511; NSA1000
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC04-76DP00789
 The effects of arsenic doping on the resolidification dynamics during pulsed
 melting of silicon with 694 nm laser irradiation has been studied using the
 transient conductance technique. At concentrations below 1 at. %, the
 incorporation of the As into the Si lattice results in negligible
 differences in the desolidification dynamics. At 7 at. % arsenic, however,
 the interface velocity is dramatically modified as the liquid-solid
 interface crosses the As containing region. These velocity changes are
 consistent with a reduced melting temperature in the As containing regions.
 For concentrations above 11 at. %, the depression in the melting temperature
 is sufficient to allow the surface to solidify while considerable melt
 remains buried within the sample. At 16 at. %, the melting temperature is
 sufficiently reduced to allow internal nucleation of melt prior to surface
 melting. 11 references and figures. (ERA citation 10: 011412)
-Desc-
 *Silicon; Arsenic; Cryoscopy; Doped Materials; Laser-Radiation Heating;
 Melting; Pulse Techniques; Solidification
-Ident-
 ERDA/360601; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 10
-A-
 1116570 DE85004952/AB
-W-
 Feasibility Study of Binary Solutions for Thermal Energy Storage in High and
 Low Temperature Applications
 Grodzka, P.
 Lockheed Missiles and Space Co., Inc., Huntsville, AL. Huntsville Research
 and Engineering Center.
 Corp. Source Codes: 062511001; 9503343
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 ORNL/SUB-3-13858/1
 Dec 84 55p
 Portions are illegible in microfiche products. Original copy available until
 stock is exhausted.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8511; NSA1000
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC05-84OR21400
 Four categories of conjugating binary (CB) solutions were investigated and
 assessed for practical dual temperature heat storage systems. The categories
 were CB capable of clathration and/or monotectic reaction, closed-loop CBs,
 liquid or supercritical gas CBs, and high temperature CBs. CBs that undergo
 endothermic solution (hill-type CB behavior) at the higher temperature
 clathrate and/or monotectic reaction at the lower temperature appear most
 likely to be adaptable to practical dual temperature ES for applications
 such as building heating and cooling. An economic analysis of a
 representative CB in this category for load leveling applications indicates
 promise. In the high temperature range, the CB-monotectic system Na-NCl
 compares favorably economically with systems based on sensible and latent
 heat of fusion systems. Enhanced heat transfer rates because of avoidance of
 crystal growth on heat transfer surfaces during clathrate/monotectic or CB
 phase change should considerably improve these preliminary economic
 projections for CB systems. The study also identified the
 CB-clathrate/monotectic systems of propylene carbonate + water and SO sub 2
 + water which may be of eventual practical interest. (ERA citation 10:
 011177)
-Desc-
 *Heat Storage; Clathrates; Economic Analysis; Monotectics; Solutions
-Ident-
 ERDA/250600; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 10C (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Energy Storage); 97O
 (Energy--Miscellaneous Energy Conversion and Storage)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 11
-A-
 111659 DE85004857/XAB
-W-
 Time-Resolved Studies of Rapid Solidification in Highly Undercooled Molten
 Silicon
 Lowndes, D. H.; Jellison, G. E.; Wood, R. F.; Pennycook, S. J.; Carpenter,
 R. W.
 Oak Ridge National Lab., TN.
 Corp. Source Codes: 021310000; 4832000
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 CONF-84115-47
 Dec 84 7p
 Symposium on the scientific basis for nuclear waste management, Boston, MA,
 USA, 26 Nov. 1984.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Conference proceeding
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8511; NSA1000
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC05-84OR21400
 A KrF (248 nm) pulsed laser was used to melt 90-, 190-, and 440-nm thick
 amorphous silicon layers produced by Si ion implantation into (100)
 crystalline Si substrates. Time-resolved reflectivity measurements at two
 different probe wavelengths (633 n and 1.15 mu m) and post-irradiation TEM
 measurements were used to study the formation of an undercooled liquid Si
 phase and the subsequent solidification processes. The time-resolved
 measurements provide new experimental information about the nucleation of
 fine-grained Si crystallites in undercooled liquid Si, at low laser energy
 densities E/sub l/), and about the growth of large-grained Si in the
 near-surface region at higher E/sub l/. Measurements with the infrared probe
 beam reveal the presence of a buried, propagating liquid layer at low E/sub
 l/. Model calculations indicate that this liquid layer is generated in part
 by the release of latent heat associated with the nucleation and growth
 process. 8 references, 4 figures. (ERA citation 10: 011406)
-Desc-
 *Silicon; Experimental Data; Grain Growth; Ion Implantation Laser Radiation;
 Nucleation; Physical Radiation Effects; Pulse Techniques; Reflectivity;
 Solidification; Transmission Electron Microscopy
-Ident-
 ERDA/360605; ERDA/360304; *Amorphous silicon; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 12
-A-
 1116242 DE85003677/XAB
-W-
 Thermodynamic and Kinetic Studies of Pulsed Laser Annealing from Transient
 Conductivity Measurements
 Peercy, P. S.; Thompson, M. O.
 Sandia National Labs., Albuquerque, NM.
 Corp. Source Codes: 068123000; 9511100
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 SAND-84-1230C; CONF-841157-23 1984 25p
 Symposium on the scientific basis for nuclear waste management, Boston, MA,
 USA, 26 Nov. 1984.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Conference proceeding
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8511; NSA1000
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC04-76DP00789
 Simultaneous measurements of the transient conductance and time-dependent
 surface reflectance of the melt and solidification dynamics produced by
 pulsed laser irradiation of Si are reviewed. These measurements demonstrate
 that the melting temperature of amorphous Si is reduced 200 +- 50Degrees K
 from that of crystalline Si and that explosive crystallization in amorphous
 Si is mediated by a thin (less than or equal to 20 nm) molten layer that
 propagates at approx. 15 m/sec. Studies with 3.5 nsec pulses permit an
 Estimate of the dependence of the solidification velocity on undercooling.
 Measurements of the effect of As impurities on the solidification velocity
 demonstrate that high As concentrations decrease the melting temperature of
 Si (approx. 150 degrees K for 7 at. %), which can result in surface
 nucleation to produce buried melts. Finally, the silicon-germanium alloy
 system is shown to be an ideal model system for the study of superheating
 and undercooling. The Si sub 50 Ge sub 50 alloy closely models amorphous Si,
 and measurements of layered Si-Ge alloy structures indicate superheating up
 to 120 degrees K without nucleation of internal melts. The change in melt
 velocity with superheating yields a velocity versus superheating of 17 +- 3
 k/m/sec. 35 references. (ERA citation 10: 011049)
-Desc-
 *Silicon; Annealing; Arsenic; Crystallization; Electric Conductivity;
 Germanium Alloys; impurities; Ion Implantation; Kinetics; Laser-Radiation
 Heating; Melting; Melting Points; Phase Transformations; Pulse Techniques;
 Reflectivity; Silicon Alloys; Solidification; Superheating; Thermodynamic
 Properties
-Ident-
 ERDA/360101; *Laser annealing; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 46D
 (Physics--Solid State Physics); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical
 Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 13
-A-
 1110548 AD-A150 075/0/XAB
-W-
 Studies of Silicon-Refractory Metal Interfaces: Photoemission Study of
 Interface Formation and Compound Nucleation (Final rept. 15 Apr. 83-30 Sept.
 84)
 Weaver, J. H.
 Minnesota Univ., Minneapolis. Dept. of Chemical Engineering and Materials
 Science.
 Corp. Source Codes: 012002164; 406556
 Sponsor: Army Research Office, Research Triangle Park, NC.
-ReptNo-
 ARO-20577.5-PH
 29 Oct. 84 99p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8509
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: DAAG29-83-K-0061
 The overall goal in this project was to examine the electronic and
 morphological interactions which occur at interfaces involving Si and metal
 overlayers. During the course of this project, we examined overlayers of Cr,
 Ti, Sm, Au, Ca, Ce, and Cu using photoelectron spectroscopy, Auger
 spectroscopy and LEED. A new technique involving angle-resolved Auger
 profiling was developed to determine the atomic density profile for
 interface. Its utility was demonstrated through studies of Cu/Si, Au/Si, and
 Ce/Si. Exhaustive use of synchrotron radiation photoemission has lead to a
 detailed understanding of the electronic bonding of silicides and
 metal/silicon interfaces. Collaborative studies with theorists gave rise to
 modeling of interfaces and calculation of electronic energy states for
 ordered silicides.
-Desc-
 *Nucleation; *Silicides; *Surface reactions; *Refractory metals; Atomic
 properties; Interfaces; Photoelectron spectra; Auger electron spectroscopy;
 Morphology; Electronic states; Photoelectric emission; Electron diffraction;
 Copper; Gold; Cerium; Radiation; Synchrotrons
-Ident-
 NTISDODXA; NTISDODA
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 7A (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering);
 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics); 99B (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry and
 Chemical Process Engineering)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 14
-A-
 1106481 N85-11958/4/XAB
-W-
 High Pressure Cosmochemistry Applied to Major Planetary Interiors:
 Experimental Studies (Status Report)
 Nicol, M. F.; Johnson, M.; Koumvakalis, A. S.
 California Univ., Los Angeles.
 Corp. Source Codes: 005420000; CD146017
 Sponsor: National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 NAS 1.26: 174032; NASA-CR-174032 1 Nov. 84 12p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8504; STAR2302
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: NAGW-104
 Progress is reported on a project to determine the properties and boundaries
 of high pressure phases of the H2-He-H2O-NH3-CH4 system that are needed to
 constrain theoretical models of the interiors of the major planets. This
 project is one of the first attempts to measure phase equilibria in binary
 fluid-solid systems in diamond anvil cells. Vibrational spectroscopy, direct
 visual observations, and X-ray diffraction crystallography of materials
 confined in externally heated cells are the primary experimental probes.
 Adiabats of these materials are also measured in order to constrain models
 of heat flow in these bodies and to detect phase transitions by thermal
 anomalies. Initial efforts involve the NH3-H2O binary. This system is
 especially relevant to models for surface reconstruction of the icy
 satellites of Jupiter and Saturn. Thermal analysis experiments were
 completed for the P-X space, p4GPa: 0 or = 0.50, near room temperature. The
 cryostat, sample handling equipment, and optics needed to extend the optical
 P-T-X work below room temperature was completed.
-Desc-
 *Binary systems (Materials); *Cosmochemistry; High pressure *Phase
 transformations; *Planetary composition; *Planets; Ammonia; Hydrates; Ice;
 Nucleation; Phase diagrams; Thermal analysis
-Ident-
 NTISNASA
-SectHd-
 3B (Astronomy and Astrophysics--Astrophysics); 54C (Astronomy and
 Astrophysics--Astrophysics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 15
-A-
 1104041 AD-A147 812/2/XAB
-W-
 Salt Action on Concrete (Special rept.)
 Sayward, J. M.
 Cold Regions Research and Engineering Lab., Hanover, NH.
 Corp. Source Codes: 006594000; 037100
-ReptNo-
 CRREL-SR-84-25
 Aug. 84 6p
 Revision of a draft report dated 1977.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8504
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Serious deterioration of concrete bridges by deicing salts is generally
 ascribed to depassivation and corrosion of reinforcing steel, as growth of
 its corrosion products causes spalling. Here, simple evaporative tests
 simulated the salt weathering that slowly crumbles rocks in nature, where
 crystals growing from pore water fed from below stress the matrix just as do
 ice crystals in frost heaving soil. Like needle ice (surface frost action in
 soil) the salt columns exuded from concrete also lifted tiny particles,
 signifying crumbling. Microcracks developed in 1-3 years of after-test dry
 storage. In a four-month simpler repeat test with salt, such cracks
 developed in all six concretes tested (five dolomitic, one siliceous). The
 siliceous one developed eye-visible cracks in three-year storage and a
 visible stone chip in the short repeat test, both with sodium chloride. The
 siliceous concrete also cracked badly within one week with strong calcium
 chloride and deteriorated completely in three-year storage. It also cracked
 badly with dilute calcium chloride or calcium nitrate exudation in nests
 with seawater may signify internal reaction plugging pores with insoluble
 magnesium hydroxide. This suggests a hypothetical means of control by
 addition of Mg++ to deicers or concrete. Present results suggest that
 neither corrosion of steel nor the C1- ion are requisite in salt action on
 concrete but that salt-caused Microcracks may facilitate access of salt for
 cracking and also of carbon dioxide, water and salt for ultimate corrosion
 effects.
-Desc-
 *Salts; *Corrosion; *Concrete; *Microcracking; *Deicing materials; Crack
 propagation; Spallation; Porous materials; Crystal growth Dolomite;
 Magnesium; Ions; Additives; Access; Calcium compounds; Chlorides Exudation;
 Nitrates; Calcium compounds; Crystals; Ice; Water; Weathering; Sodium
 chloride; Deterioration; Frost heave; Hydroxides; Magnesium compounds
-Ident-
 Corrosion products; Pore water; Calcium chloride; Salt columns; Dolomitic
 concrete; Siliceous concrete; NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 13C (Mechanical, Industrial, Civil, and Marine Engineering--Construction
 Equipment Materials and Supplies); 50C (Civil Engineering--Construction
 Equipment, Materials, and Supplies); 71G (Materials Sciences--Corrosion and
 Corrosion Inhibition)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 16
-A-
 1100665 PB85-132140/XAB
-W-
 Annual Technical Report July 1, 1983-June 30, 1984, Materials Research
 Laboratory, The University of Chicago (Technical rept.)
 Kleppa, O. J.
 Chicago Univ., IL. Materials Research Lab.
 Corp. Source Codes: 000917167
 Sponsor: National Science Foundation, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 NSF/DMR-84001
 Sept. 84 91p
 See also AD-A 140 898.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8505
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: NSF-DMR82-16892
 Progress achieved in four areas (surface sciences, disordered materials,
 solidification and growth, and electron microscopy) is reported for the
 period from July 1, 1983 through June 30, 1984. Work on the surface sciences
 has focused on surface diffusion, adsorption and desorption, surface phonon
 spectroscopy, gas-surface interactions, and two-dimensional phase
 transitions. Research on disordered materials has examined localization,
 spin glasses, amorphous semiconductor superlattices, and disorder, order,
 and structure in silicates. Solidification and growth studies have addressed
 nucleation, pattern formation, and the glass transition. It is noted that
 while electron microscopy is very useful in investigating topics in
 materials science, it does not fall directly under the three main areas of
 study.
-Desc-
 *Surfaces; *Solidification; *Crystal growth; *Electron microscopy;
 Nucleation; Diffusion; Desorption; Adsorption; Phase transformations;
 Phonons; Spectroscopy; Glass; Gases; Interactions
-Ident-
 *Amorphous materials; Amorphous semiconductors; Spin glass state;
 Superlattices; Silicates; Two dimensional; NTISNSFMR
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 7D
 (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics); 99F
 (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 17
-A-
 1098638 PB85-115590
-W-
 Some Exact Results for a Two-Dimensional Crystal Growth Problem (Final
 rept.)
 Dimarzio, E. A.; Guttman, C. M.
 National Bureau of Standards, Washington, DC.
 Corp. Source Codes: 004692000 1982 9p
 Pub. in Jnl. of Crystal Growth 57, n2 p403-411 1982.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Doc. Type:
 Jrnl article
-NTISPR-
 Not available NTIS
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8503
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 The growth rate G(alpha 1, beta 1; alpha 2, beta 2; L) for growth
 perpendicular to an edge L units long is calculated as a function of the
 rate constants alpha 1 (attachment) and beta 1 (detachment) for nucleation
 along the edge and of the rate constants alpha 2 and beta 2 for lateral
 filling in of nucleated regions along the edge. The bistrip problem (L=2)
 shows 4 distinct regions of growth. The first two of these are not
 realizable thermodynamically but may be realizable at large supercoolings. G
 for arbitrary L is also obtained for certain special choices of the rate
 constants. Various measures of surface roughness are defined.
-Desc-
 *Crystal growth; Surface roughness; Reprints
-Ident-
 Two dimensional; NTISCOMNBS
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 46
 (Physics--Solid State Physics); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical
 Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 18
-A-
 1094572 DE8401669/XAB
-W-
 Ion Beam and Laser Induced Surface Modifications
 Appleton, B. R.
 Oak Ridge National Lab., TN.
 Corp. Source Codes: 021310000; 4832000
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 DOE/OR/21400-T41
 Jan 84 57p
 Portions are illegible in microfiche products.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Bibliography
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8502; NSA0900
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC05-84OR21400
 In this chapter the capabilities of energetic ion beam and laser processing
 of surfaces are reviewed. Ion implantation doping, ion beam mixing, and
 laser and electron beam processing techniques are capable of producing new
 and often unique surface properties. The inherent control of these
 techniques has led to significant advances in our ability to tailor the
 properties of solids for a wide range of technological applications. Equally
 important, these techniques have allowed tests of fundamental materials
 interactions under conditions not heretofore achievable and have resulted in
 increased understanding of a broad range of materials phenomena. These
 include new metastable phase formation, rapid nucleation and crystal growth
 kinetics, amorphous metals and metaglasses, supersaturated solid solutions
 and substitutional alloys, interface interactions, solute trapping,
 laser-assisted chemical modifications, and a host of others. 169 references,
 5 tables. (ERA citation 09: 046187)
-Desc-
 *Ion Beams; *Ion Implantation; *Laser Radiation; Materials; *Surface
 Treatments; Bibliographies; Crystal Doping; Reviews; Surfaces; Uses
-Ident-
 ERDA/360106; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 46D
 (Physics--Solid State Physics); 71GE (Materials Sciences--General); 99F
 (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 19
-A-
 1094432 DE84016060/XAB
-W-
 Origins of Structural Defects in BF sub 2+ -Implanted and
 Rapid-Thermally-Annealed Silicon: Conditions for Defect-Free Regrowth
 Sands, T.; Washburn, J.; Myers, E.; Sadana, D. K.
 California Univ., Berkeley. Lawrence Berkeley Lab.
 Corp. Source Codes: 005029222; 9513034
 Sponsor: North Carolina State Univ., Raleigh. Dept. of Materials
 Engineering.; Microelectronics Center of North Carolina, Research Triangle
 Park.; Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 LBL-18045; CONF-840760-9
 Jul. 84 21p
 Ion beam modification of materials conference, Ithaca, NY, USA, 16 Jul.
 1984.
 Portions are illegible in microfiche products.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Conference proceeding
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8502; NSA0900
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC03-76SF00098
 The rapid thermal annealing behavior of BF sub 2+ -implanted silicon
 pre-amorphized with Si exp + and Ge exp + has been investigated with
 conventional and high-resolution cross-sectional transmission electron
 microscopy, and secondary-ion mass spectrometry. Three distinct layers of
 defects (types I, II and III) are identified. Fine clusters (type III) in
 the near-surface regions of both Si exp +and Ge exp + pre-amorphized samples
 are shown to be related to fluorine. In addition, models for the nucleation
 of interstitial dislocation loops (type I) and hairpin dislocations (type
 II) are presented. These models and the experimental results suggest that
 the densities of type I and type II defects can be reduced by
 pre-amorphizing with Ge exp + instead of Si exp + . Furthermore, defect-free
 regrowth is demonstrated for samples which are pre-amorphized with Ge exp +
 and rapid-thermally annealed at 1150 degrees C. (ERA citation 09: 043970)
-Desc-
 *Silicon; Amorphous State; Annealing; Boron Fluorides; Germanium Ions; Ion
 Implantation; Silicon Ions; Transmission Electron Microscopy
-Ident-
 ERDA/360605; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 20
-A-
 1091670 DE84002972/XAB
-W-
 CNG Acid Gas Removal Process. Technical Progress Report No. 10, February
 1-April 30, 1983
 Auyang, L.; Brown, W. R.; Cook, W. J.; Liu, Y. C.; Petrik, M.
 Helipump Corp., Cleveland, OH.
 Corp. Source Codes: 077201000; 9515527
-ReptNo-
 DOE/MC/14399-1510
 Sept. 83 91p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8501; NSA0900
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC21-80MC14399
 Two tasks were active during the tenth quarter of the CNG acid gas removal
 project. Subtask 1.4: calibration of instruments and elimination of
 equipment difficulties for the process development-scale triple-point
 crystallizer. Subtask 2.1: acquisition of crystallizer rate and mechanical
 slurry handling data. Within Subtask 1.4, a method was established to allow
 the washer-melter liquid level to fluctuate within a specified range. Bulk
 movement of the liquid within this range promotes a ratchet-type upward
 movement of the solid bed. Continuous crystallizer runs up to 5 hours have
 been achieved with this intermittent upward movement of the solid bed. The
 persistent gradual accumulation of solid carbon dioxide in the flasher is
 now the major obstacle preventing long-term continuous operation of the
 crystallizer. Within Subtask 2.1, the continuous crystallizer runs this
 quarter have achieved steady state crystallizer concentration profiles, and
 permitted measurement of crystallizer separation factors for the system
 hydrogen sulfide-carbon dioxide. The separation factors fall in the range
 1000-3000. The lower bound separation factor, 1000, is double the value used
 in recent engineering designs of the crystallizer. A complete data log of
 one crystallizer run with the system hydrogen sulfide-carbon dioxide is
 presented in Appendix A. 3 references, 68 figures, 12 tables. (ERA citation
 09: 042569)
-Desc-
 *CNG Process; *Carbon Dioxide; *Hydrogen Sulfides; Calibration;
 Crystallization; Engineering; Experimental Data; Gas Chromatography;
 Photometry; Pumping; Recycling; Removal; Research Programs Slurries
-Ident-
 ERDA/010404; ERDA/010402; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 21D (Propulsion and Fuels--Fuels); 7A (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering); 97F
 (Energy--Fuel Conversion Processes) 99B (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry and
 Chemical Process Engineering); 68A (Environmental Pollution and Control--Air
 Pollution and Control); 97R (Energy--Environmental Studies)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 21
-A-
 1091667 DE8005496/XAB
-W-
 CNG Acid Gas Removal Process. Technical Progress Report No. 5, November 1,
 1981-January 31, 1982
 Adler, R. J.; Auyang, L.; Brown, W. R.; Cook, W. J.; Liu, Y. C.
 Helipump Corp., Cleveland, OH.
 Corp. Source Codes: 077201000; 9515527
-ReptNo-
 DOE/MC/14399-T4
 Nov. 82 53p
 Portions are illegible in microfiche products.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8501; NSA0900
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC21-80MC14399
 Three tasks were active during the fifth quarter of the CNG Acid Gas Removal
 project: Subtask 1.3 design and construction of a bench-scale triple-point
 crystallizer; Subtask 2.4 slurry pumping; and Task 4 fate of trace
 components. Within Subtask 1.3, safety considerations for the present CNG
 triple-point crystallizer system are summarized. These include: (1) building
 safety features, (2) crystallizer safety features, and (3) personnel safety
 features. Within Subtask 2.4, the minimum net positive suction head required
 for a MicroPump gear pump to successfully pump slurries of solid carbon
 dioxide in an organic liquid carrier solvent has been determined. Task 4,
 determination of the fate of trace contaminants in the CNG acid gas removal
 process, is complete. Trace contaminants anticipated in the crude gas
 entering acid gas removal are removed to acceptably low levels by the CNG
 process and rejected with the acid gases. With the possible exception of
 benzene, no recycle loops or accumulation of contaminants occur in the CNG
 process. Combinations of feed gas pressure and benzene contamination which
 may cause deposition of solid benzene are defined. 21 references, 10
 figures, 6 tables. (ERA citation 09: 039215)
-Desc-
 *Benzene; *CNG Process; *Carbon Dioxide; *Fuel Gas; *Hydrogen Sulfides;
 *Pumps; *Slurries; Crystallization; Engineering; Experimental Data;
 Flowsheets; Hydrocarbons; Performance; Pressure Dependence; Pumping;
 Purification; Removal; Research Programs; Safety; Solubility; Solvent
 Properties; Sulfur Compounds; Temperature Dependence; Trace Amounts
-Ident-
 ERDA/010404; ERDA/00402; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 21D (Propulsion and Fuels--Fuels); 7A (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering); 97F
 (Energy--Fuel Conversion Processes) 99B (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry and
 Chemical Process Engineering); 68 (Environmental Pollution and Control--Air
 Pollution and Control); 97R (Energy--Environmental Studies)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 22
-A-
 1091658 DE82001087/XAB
-W-
 CNG Acid Gas Removal Process. Technical Progress Report 3, 1 May 1981-31
 July 1981
 Adler, R. J.; Auyang, L.; Brown, W. R.; Cook, W. J.; Gardner, N. C.
 Helipump Corp., Cleveland, OH.
 Corp. Source Codes: 077201000; 9515527
-ReptNo-
 DOE/MC/14399-T2
 Sept. 81 98p
 Portions are illegible in microfiche products. Original copy available until
 stock is exhausted.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8501; NSA0900
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC21-80MC14399
 Five tasks were active during the third quarter of the CNG Acid Gas Removal
 Project. Subtask 1.2, selection of CNG crystallizer design philosophy, was
 completed. The flasher design philosophy selected is a large area pool
 boiled flasher. The melter design philosophy is a drained bed melter. Within
 Subtask 2.2, equilibrium data acquisition, construction of the vapor liquid
 solid equilibrium apparatus was completed. Tests of the completed apparatus
 with the binary systems carbon dioxide-ethylene and carbon dioxide-hydrogen
 are in progress. Within Subtask 2.3, crystallization separation factors were
 determined for several systems: carbon dioxide-hydrogen sulfide, carbon
 dioxide-carbonyl sulfide, carbon dioxide-ethane, and carbon
 dioxide-ethylene. For each system, sharp separation was obtained in one
 stage of crystallization. Subtask 3.1, conceptual studies to assess
 treatment of low carbon dioxide crude gases, was completed. Modifications of
 the CNG acid gas removal process which were examined to treat low carbon
 dioxide crude gases fall into two categories: (1) modifications which
 replace liquid carbon dioxide as the absorbent for sulfur-containing
 molecules, and (2) modifications which increase the carbon dioxide dew point
 of the crude gas to enable the use of liquid carbon dioxide absorbent.
 Although none of the above modifications of the CNG process has a clear cut
 economic advantage over conventional selective physical absorption acid gas
 removal, an alternative, potentially attractive process based on the liquid
 phase oxidation of hydrogen sulfide is identified for treating low carbon
 dioxide crude gases. Within Task 4, a comprehensive literature search was
 initiated to identify probable trace contaminants in crude gasifier gas. 21
 references, 20 figures, 13 tables. (ERA citation 09: 042571)
-Desc-
 *CNG Process; *Carbon Dioxide; *Carbon Oxysulfide; *Ethane; *Ethylene; *Fuel
 Gas; *Hydrogen; *Hydrogen Sulfides; *Sulfur; Absorption; Crystallization;
 Engineering; Equilibrium; Experimental Data; Flowsheets; Liquids; Low
 Temperature; Medium Pressure; Modifications; pressure Dependence;
 Purification; Recovery; Removal; Research Programs; Separation Processes;
 Solubility; Solvent Properties; Temperature Dependence; Vapors
-Ident-
 ERDA/010404; ERDA/010402; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 21D (Propulsion and Fuels--Fuels); 7A (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering); 97F
 (Energy--Fuel Conversion Processes) 99B (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry and
 Chemical Process Engineering); 68A (Environmental Pollution and Control--Air
 Pollution and Control); 97R (Energy--Environmental Studies)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 23
-A-
 1088598 DE84016876
-W-
 CNG Acid Gas Removal Process. Final Technical Report
 Auyang, L.; Liu, Y. C.
 Helipump Corp., Cleveland, OH.
 Corp. Source Codes: 077201000; 9515527
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 DOE/MC/14399-1652
 Apr. 84 357p
 Portions are illegible in microfiche products. Original copy available until
 stock is exhausted.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A16/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8426; NSA0900
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC21-80MC14399
 Work under Contract DE-AC21-80MC14399 comprised four tasks designed to
 advance development of the CNG acid gas removal process: Task 1 -
 development of a modified carbon dioxide triple-point crystallizer, Task 2 -
 acquisition of basic process data, Task 3 - extension of the process to low
 carbon dioxide content crude gases, and Task 4 - fate of trace contaminants
 in the CNG process. Task 2 covered crystallizer operation and data
 acquisition, other process data acquisition unrelated to the crystallizer,
 and process design studies. Task 2 is comprised of five Subtask. Rate and
 mechanical slurry handling data for the crystallizer were obtained under
 Subtask 2.1. For Subtask 2.2, apparatus was constructed and operated to
 obtain multi-component phase equilibrium data. For Subtask 2.3, crystallizer
 separation factors were determined for the binary systems carbon
 dioxide-hydrogen sulfide, carbon dioxide-carbonyl sulfide, carbon
 dioxide-ethane, carbon dioxide-ethylene, and carbon dioxide-methyl
 mercaptan. For Subtask 2.4, the minimum net positive suction head (NSH)
 required to pump slurries of solid carbon dioxide in an organic liquid
 carrier solvent was determined for two gear pumps, a piston pump, and a
 centrifugal pump. For Subtask 2.5, alternative techniques for trace water
 removal from syngas mixtures were investigated, the likelihood of hydrate
 formation for methane, carbon dioxide, and hydrogen sulfide was assessed,
 and the solubility of water in liquid carbon dioxide was measured
 experimentally. 63 references, 64 figures, 50 tables. (ERA citation 09:
 042570)
-Desc-
 *CNG Process; *Carbon Dioxide; *Carbon Monoxide; *Carbon Oxysulfide;
 *Ethylene; *Fuel Gas; *Hydrogen; *Hydrogen Sulfides; *Ketones; *Methane;
 *Slurries; *Water; Bi-Gas Process; Crystallization; Data Acquisition
 Systems; Design; Engineering; Equilibrium; Equipment; Ethane; Experimental
 Data; Flowsheets; Gas Hydrates; Liquids; Modifications; Phase Diagrams;
 Phase Studies; Pumping; Purification; Removal; Research Programs Solubility;
 Solvent Properties; Thiols; Vapors; Water Removal
-Ident-
 ERDA/010404; ERDA/010402 NTISDE
-SectHd-
 21D (Propulsion and Fuels--Fuels); 7A (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering); 68A
 (Environmental Pollution and Control--Air Pollution and Control); 97R
 (Energy--Environmental Studies); 97F (Energy--Fuel Conversion Processes);
 99B (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry and Chemical Process Engineering)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 24
-A-
 1085723 DE84014737
-W-
 Studies of Pulsed Laser Melting and Rapid Solidification Using Amorphous
 Silicon
 Lowndes, D. H.; Wood, R. F.
 Oak Ridge National Lab., TN.
 Corp. Source Codes: 021310000; 4832000
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 CONF-840775-1
 Jun. 84 27p
 Trieste IUPAP semiconductor symposium on high excitation and short pulse
 phenomena, Trieste, Italy, 2 Jul. 1984.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Conference proceeding
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8425; NSA0900
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC05-84OR21400
 Pulsed-laser melting of ion implantation-amorphized silicon layers, and
 subsequent solidification were studied. Measurements of the onset of melting
 of amorphous silicon layers and of the duration of melting, and modified
 melting model calculations demonstrated that they thermal conductivity,
 K/sub a/, of amorphous silicon is very low (K/sub a/ approx. = 0.02 W/cm-K).
 K/sub a/ is also the dominant parameter determining the dynamical response
 of amorphous silicon to pulsed laser radiation. EM indicates that bulk
 (volume) nucleation occurs directly from the highly undercooled liquid
 silicon that can be prepared by pulsed laser melting of amorphous silicon
 layers at low laser energy densities. A modified thermal melting model is
 presented. The model calculations demonstrate that the release of latent
 heat by bulk nucleation occurring during the melt-in process is essential to
 obtaining agreement with observed depths of melting. These calculations also
 show that this release of latent heat accompanying bulk nucleation can
 result in the existence of buried molten layers of silicon in the interior
 of the sample after the surface has solidified. The bulk nucleation implies
 that the liquid-to-amorphous phase transition (produced using picosecond or
 uv nanosecond laser pulses) cannot be explained using purely thermodynamic
 considerations. (ERA citation 09: 040624)
-Desc-
 *Silicon; Amorphous State; Ion Implantation; Laser-Radiation Heating;
 Layers; Melting; Nucleation; Solidification; Thermal conductivity
-Ident-
 ERDA/360602; *Amorphous silicon; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46D
 (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 25
-A-
 1085417 DE84002985
-W-
 CNG Acid Gas Removal Process. Technical Progress Report No. 11, May 1-July
 26, 1983
 Auyang, L.; Brown, W. R.; Cook, W. J.; Liu, Y. C.; Petrik, M.
 Helipump Corp., Cleveland, OH.
 Corp. Source Codes: 077201000; 915527
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 DOE/MC/14399-1511
 Oct. 83 71p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8425; NSA0900
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC21-80MC14399
 Active development work on the CNG Acid Gas Removal Process under DOE
 Contract No. DE-AC21-80MC14399 ceased August 4, 1983. During the last
 quarter of the contract, one task was active. Subtask 2.1: crystallizer
 operation for extended periods of time. Within Subtask 2.1, a continuous
 crystallizer run of 22 hours duration was logged August 3-4, 1983. The
 crystallizer run was performed with the system hydrogen sulfide-carbon
 dioxide. Crystallizer modifications which permitted the extended run, and
 problems encountered which eventually terminated the extended run, are
 discussed. A complete data log of the extended crystallizer run is presented
 in Appendix A1. Independent batch experiments were performed to study the
 adherence to various surfaces of solid carbon dioxide formed by triple-point
 flashing. Solid carbon dioxide formed by flashing pure liquid carbon dioxide
 adhered, to a greater or lesser degree, to all surfaces studied.
 Non-volatile contaminants added to the flashing liquid carbon dioxide
 reduced the deposition of solid CO sub 2; at about 7 mol % contaminant
 concentration, no deposits of solid CO sub 2 formed. Several crystallizer
 modifications and improvements are recommended to prepare the crystallizer
 for integrated operation with the planned hydrogen sulfide absorber. 2
 references, 3 figures, 1table. (ERA citation 09: 039213)
-Desc-
 *CNG Process; *Carbon Dioxide; *Fuel Gas; *Hydrogen Sulfides; Cryogenics;
 Crystallization; Engineering; Equipment; Experimental Data; Gas
 Chromatography; Pumping; Pumps; Purification; Removal; Slurries
-Ident-
 ERDA/010404; ERDA/010402; *Air pollution control; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 13B (Mechanical, Industrial, Civil, and Marine Engineering--Civil
 Engineering); 68A (Environmental Pollution and Control--Air Pollution and
 Control)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 26
-A-
 1085414 DE84002471
-W-
 CNG Acid Gas Removal Process. Technical Progress Report No. 8, August
 1-October 31, 1982
 Auyang, L.; Brown, W. R.; Cook, W. J.; Liu, Y. C.; Petrik M.
 Helipump Corp., Cleveland, OH.
 Corp. Source Codes: 077201000; 9515527
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 DOE/MC/14399-1508
 Aug. 83 49p
 Portions are illegible in microfiche products. Original copy available until
 stock is exhausted.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8425; NSA0900
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC21-80MC14399
 Two tasks were active during the eight quarter of the CNG Acid Gas Removal
 Process Project. Subtask 1.4.: testing and calibration of the process
 demonstration-scale triple-point crystallizer equipment and instrumentation;
 and Subtask 2.5 water removal. Subtask 1.4 was completed. Startup procedure
 is discussed. Procedures for testing and calibrating the crystallizer
 components and the integrated system are explained and test results are
 presented. Problems detected during the tests were corrected. Results of
 initial test runs are discussed. Subtask 2.5 was completed. Three
 alternative water removal schemes were examined: (1) conventional
 absorption/regeneration using dimethyl formamide (DMF) or methyl isobutyl
 ketone (MIBK), (2) absorption using methanol with subsequent condensation of
 methanol, and (3) adsorption using molecular sieves. The fate in the CNG
 Process of remaining trace water was examined. The sparse solubility of
 water in liquid carbon dioxide is sufficient to cause essentially complete
 absorption of water by liquid carbon dioxide in the hydrogen sulfide
 absorber. Water is rejected with the acid gases by crystallization. 19
 references, 11 figures, 7 tables. (ERA citation 09: 039211)
-Desc-
 *CNG Process; *Carbon Dioxide; *Fuel Gas; *Hydrogen Sulfides; *Water;
 Amides; Coal Gasification; Crystallization; Engineering; Experimental Data;
 Ketones; Methanol; Molecular Sieves; Purification; Removal; Research
 Programs; Solubility; Solvent Properties; Water Removal
-Ident-
 ERDA/010404; ERDA/010402; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 7A (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering); 21D (Propulsion and Fuels--Fuels); 99B
 (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry and Chemical Process Engineering); 97F
 (Energy--Fuel Conversion Processes)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 27
-A-
 1085412 DE84000822
-W-
 CNG Acid Gas Removal Process. Technical Progress Report No. 0, November 1,
 1982-January 31, 1983
 Auyang, L.; Brown, W. R.; Cook, W. J.; Liu, Y. C.; Petrik, M.
 Helipump Corp., Cleveland, OH.
 Corp. Source Codes: 077201000; 9515527
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 DOE/MC/14399-1509
 Sept. 83 19p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8425; NSA0900
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC21-80MC14399
 Two tasks were active during the ninth quarter of the CNG acid gas removal
 project: Subtask 1.4, calibration of instruments and elimination of
 equipment difficulties for the process development-scale triple-point
 crystallizer; and Subtask 2.1, acquisition of crystallizer rate and
 mechanical slurry handling data. Within Subtask 1.4, slurry pumping
 difficulties were resolved by extending the flash zone (longer flash
 vessel), and by placing a coarse filter over the slurry outlet port to
 exclude large particles from the slurry pump suction line. The slurry pump
 is a 0.5-inch ECO gear pump. Successful slurry pumping permitted a solid bed
 several feet tall to accumulate in the washer-melter; the solid bed moved
 upward in a stick-slip mode rather than continuously. Crystal melting
 commenced when the solid emerged from the liquid, but lasted only briefly
 before the bottom of the solid bed collapsed and prevented further upward
 movement of solid. The causes of solid bed collapse, and crystallizer
 modifications to prevent collapse, are being studied. Within Subtask 2.1,
 the melt rate obtained in the 3-inch drained bed melter was .5 lb. melt
 gas/min. (10.2 lb. melt gas/square foot/min.). The pressure driving force
 for melting was 2 psi or less, and no agitation was used. The drained bed
 melt rate compares with the original submerged bed melt rate of about 78 lb.
 melt gas/square foot/min. obtained with 5 psi pressure driving force and
 robust agitation. 2 figures, 2 tables. (ERA citation 09: 039212)
-Desc-
 *CNG Process; *Carbon Dioxide; *Fuel Gas; *Hydrogen Sulfides; *Pumps
 *Slurries; Calibration; Coal Gasification; Cryogenics; Crystallization;
 Design; Engineering; Equipment; Flowsheets; Pumping; Purification; Removal;
 Research Programs
-Ident-
 ERDA/010404; ERDA/010402; *Air pollution control; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 13B (Mechanical, Industrial, Civil, and Marine Engineering--Civil
 Engineering); 68A (Environmental Pollution and Control--Air Pollution and
 Control)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 28
-A-
 1085391 DE81027814
-W-
 CNG Acid Gas Removal Process. Technical Progress Report No. 2, 1 February-30
 April 1981
 Adler, R.; Auyang, L.; Brown, W. R.; Cook, W. J.; Gardner, N. C.
 Helipump Corp., Cleveland, OH.
 Corp. Source Codes: 077201000; 9515527
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 DOE/MC/14399-T1 1981 38p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8425; NSA0900
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC21-80MC14399
 During the second quarter of the CNG Acid Gas Removal Project, 4 subtasks
 were active. Within Subtask 1.1, melter design studies were performed to
 identify methods of improving melting rates in the CNG crystallizer. Greatly
 enhanced melting rates are thought possible with a melter configuration that
 excludes liquid carbon dioxide from the melting region and allows more
 intimate contact of the vapor and solid carbon dioxide. Also within Subtask
 1.1, a review of triple-point desalination process literature was completed.
 Within Subtask 0.2, reconstruction and testing of the vapor-liquid solid
 equilibrium apparatus is nearly complete. Test operation with the carbon
 dioxide - ethylene binary system produced data in excellent agreement with
 published data for this system. The increased sample volume permitted
 minimum disturbance of the equilibrium states, and vapor-recirculation
 agitation permitted rapid attainment of equilibrium. Within Subtask 2.3, the
 original CNG crystallizer is being reactivated to measure separation factors
 for carbonyl sulfide and trace contaminants. Primary efforts to date have
 focused on reactivation of the crystallizer. However, a successful run with
 pure carbon dioxide was achieved late in April. Within Subtask 3.1,
 conceptual studies to assess treatment of low carbon dioxide crude gases
 focused on three processes: (1) a precompression process to boost the
 partial pressure of carbon dioxide; (2) a modified non-selective physical
 absorption process; and (3) a modified non-selective physical absorption
 process with solvents slurry. None of these three processes are as
 attractive as the modified physical absorption process incorporating the CNG
 crystallizer reported in the fist quarterly report. 12 references, 6
 figures, 1 table. (ERA citation 0: 039214)
-Desc-
 *CNG Process; *Carbon Dioxide; *Ethylene; *Fuel Gas; *Hydrogen Sulfides;
 *Ketones; Absorption; Carbon Oxysulfide; Coal Gasification; Crystallization;
 Engineering; Equilibrium; Experimental Data Liquids; Phase Diagrams; Phase
 Studies; Purification; Removal; Research Programs; Vapors; Water Removal
-Ident-
 ERDA/010404; ERDA/010402; *Air pollution control; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 13B (Mechanical, Industrial, Civil, and Marine Engineering--Civil
 Engineering); 68A (Environmental Pollution and Control--Air Pollution and
 Control)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 29
-A-
 1064950 DE83751201
-W-
 Development of a Unit for Energy Storage
 Gjelsvik, N.
 Institutt for Energiteknikk, Kjeller (Norway).
 Corp. Source Codes: 077234000; 3246500
-ReptNo-
 IFE/KR/E-82/00
 Nov. 82 23p
 In Norwegian.
 U.S. Sales Only.
-Lang-
 Norwegian
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8417; NSA0900
 Co. of Pub.: Norway
 The development of a unit for energy storage based on molten salts is
 described. The tapping of energy is performed through an oil layer on the
 top of the molten salt in order to avoid growing of solidified salt on the
 heat transfer area. It is shown that the system will work satisfactorily if
 the tankwalls at the division of the oil/salt phases are heated to avoid the
 start of crystal growth, otherwise the surface will rapidly be subject to
 full growth. The heat transfer is 1-3 kWh/m exp 2 at the ion/salt interface.
 For heating of buildings the system is not economic, but it could be of
 interest for industrial applications where frequent charging and discharging
 of energy is needed. 6 drawings, 2 tables. (ERA citation 09: 016613)
-Desc-
 *Thermal Energy Storage Equipment; Cooling; Experimental Data; Heat
 Transfer; Heating; Hydrates; Molten Salts; Oils; Phase Change Materials;
 Phase Transformations; Tanks; Temperature Measurement
-Ident-
 *Foreign technology; ERDA/250600; NTISDEE
-SectHd-
 10C (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)-Energy Storage); 7D
 (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 97O (Energy--Miscellaneous Energy
 Conversion and Storage); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical
 Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 30
-A-
 1064924 DE83014644
-W-
 Dissolution of Borosilicate Glass in the Presence of Basalt and Groundwater
 at 300 Bars and 100 exp 0 to 300 exp 0 C
 Holloway, J. R.; Clemens, J. D.
 Arizona State Univ., Tempe.
 Corp. Source Codes: 000950000; 0451000
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 RHO-BW-SA-302AP; CONF-8305180-1
 Jun. 83 3p
 American Geophysical Union meeting, Baltimore, MD, USA, 30 May 1983.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Conference proceeding
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8417; NSA0900
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC06-80RL01030
 Borosilicate glass, PNL 76-78, a simulated waste form for nuclear waste
 disposal, was reacted together with a Columbia River toleiitic basalt and
 synthetic groundwater in modified Dickson-type rocking autoclaves. These
 experiments were performed to determine the suitability of disposing
 borosilicate glass in a nuclear waste repository located in basalt.
 Solutions were sampled periodically over durations of one month at 300 exp 0
 C, three months at 200 exp 0 C, and seven months at 100 exp 0 C. Water:
 solid mass ratio was 10: 1. From the observations on the solutions and solid
 phases it appeared that significant dissolution, reaction, and precipitation
 occurred at 200 exp and 300 exp 0 C, but that only dissolution occurred at
 100 exp 0 C. The lack of precipitation of daughter phases or reaction of
 solution with the basalt at 100 exp 0 C caused all elements released from
 the borosilicate glass to remain in solution. This is interpreted to be
 caused by kinetic limitations on the nucleation of daughter phases The
 average dissolution rate at 100 exp 0 C was roughly 0.5 g glass per liter
 groundwater per square meter of glass surface per month. (ERA citation 09:
 019785)
-Desc-
 *Basalt; *Borosilicate Glass; *Radioactive Waste Disposal; Autoclaves;
 Bench-Scale Experiments; *Dissolution; Experimental Data; Geologic Deposits;
 Ground Water; High Pressure; High Temperature; Hydrothermal Alteration;
 Precipitation; Rock-Fluid Interactions; Simulation; Temperature Dependence;
 Underground Disposal
-Ident-
 ERDA/052002; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 18G (Nuclear Science and Technology--Radioactive Wastes and Fission
 Products); 77G (Nuclear Science and Technology--Radioactive Wastes and
 Radioactivity)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 31
-A-
 1057172 DE82003590
-W-
 Indium Phosphide/Cadmium Sulfide Thin-Film Solar Cells. Final Report, June
 1980-June 1981
 Danio, K.
 Hughes Research Labs., Malibu, CA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 02375000; 3064000
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 SERI/TR-9196-T2
 Oct. 81 65p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8414; NSA0700
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC02-77CH00178
 Thin-films of InP were grown on recrystallized CdS (RXCdS) and IP by planar
 reactive deposition for the purpose of determining the factors which limit
 the development of InP/RXCS thin-film solar cells. InP films were grown on
 RXCdS at substrate temperatures of 380 exp 0 C, 330 exp 0 C, and 80 exp 0 C;
 epitaxy of InP was achieved only at 280 exp 0 C. An InCdS transition layer
 is present at temperatures above 300 exp 0 C and may inhibit InP epitaxy.
 Be-doped films could not be made p-type on either RXCdS or semi-insulating
 (100) InP at a substrate temperature of 280 exp 0 C. P-type behavior was
 only occasionally obtained at 330 exp 0 C. At approximately 330 exp 0 C, MBE
 data shows a transition from a reconstructed surface at a higher temperature
 to an atomically smooth surface at a lower temperature. A change in surface
 kinetics at this temperature may alter the doping mechanism. Therefore, the
 electron concentration was examined as a function of the ratio of the
 phosphorus to indium fluxes for unintentionally doped films prepared on
 (100) semi-insulating InP substrates at 330 exp 0 C to alter the surface
 kinetics. No dependence of conductivity on deviations from stoichiometry was
 found. The growth of InP in a halide environment at reduced pressure is
 recommended as an alternative approach to enhance the growth of p-type InP
 at a lower substrate temperature. Growth of InP with PCl sub 3 was initiated
 at atmospheric pressure. Alternative device structures are presented which
 avoid the p-type doping problem. (ERA citation 07: 053341)
-Desc-
 *Cadmium Sulfide Solar Cells; *Indium Phosphides; Beryllium Carrier Density;
 Chemical Vapor Deposition; Crystal Doping; Electric Conductivity; Epitaxy;
 Fabrication; Films; Grain Size; Halides; Impurities P-Type Conductors;
 Recrystallization; Stoichiometry; Temperature Dependence; Zinc
-Ident-
 ERDA140501; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources); 97N (Energy--Solar
 Energy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 32
-A-
 1050112 N84-17982/9
-W-
 Study of Nucleation and Growth of Thin Films by Means of Computer
 Simulation: General Features
 Salik, J.
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Cleveland, OH. Lewis Research
 Center.
 Corp. Source Codes: 019039001; ND315753
-ReptNo-
 NAS 1.15: 83559; E-1869; NASA-TM-83559 1984 14p
 Proposed for Presentation at the 11th Intern. Conf. On Metal. Coatings, San
 Diego, Calif., 9-13 Apr. 1984; Sponsored by AM. Vacuum Soc.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI841; STAR2208
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Some of the processes involved in the nucleation and growth of thin films
 were simulated by means of a digital computer. The simulation results were
 used to study the nucleation and growth kinetics resulting from the various
 processes. Kinetic results obtained for impingement, surface migration,
 impingement combined with surface migration, and with reevaporation are
 presented. A substantial fraction of the clusters may form directly upon
 impingement. Surface migration results in a decrease in cluster density, and
 reevaporation of atoms from the surface causes a further reduction in
 cluster density.
-Desc-
 *Computerized simulation; *Nucleation; *Thin films; *Crystal growth;
 Evaporation; Kinetics
-Ident-
 NTISNASA
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 11C (Materials--Coatings), Colorants, and
 Finishes); 71E (Materials Sciences--Coatings, Colorants, and Finishes); 46D
 (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 33
-A-
 1048238 AD-A138 123/5
-W-
 Studies of Coercive Force of Permanent Magnet Materials (Final rept. 1
 Jan-31 Dec 83)
 Wallace, W. E.
 Pittsburgh Univ., PA. Dept. of Chemistry.
 Corp. Source Codes: 005269030; 400482
 Sponsor: Army Research Office, Research Triangle Park, NC.
-ReptNo-
 ARO-19967.1-MS
 31 Jan 84 14p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8411
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: DAAG29-83-K-0024
 Permanent magnets were prepared by sintering on-stoichiometry Sm2Co17 and
 Sm2Co17 doped Fe, Mn, Zr and Hf. Coercive forces subscript i H subscript C
 were low, less than 1 kOe. Although doping increases anisotropy field, it
 does not enhance subscript H subscript C except for Mn as dopant. In this
 case, doping increases subscript i H subscript C about two-fold. In these
 systems subscript i H subscript C seems to be nucleation-controlled. It is
 postulated that nucleation occurs at the oxidized surface where anisotropy
 is weak or negative. Surfaces were investigated by Auger spectroscopy with
 results consistent with the postulated mechanism. To test for effects of
 surface roughness, powders were washed with acid. No increase in subscript i
 H subscript C was observed. Samples ground under pentane and liquid nitrogen
 showed no significant difference in subscript i H subscript C. Oxygen
 content was about 3000 ppm by weight in the finished magnets. Results
 suggest that coercive force of the so-called 2-17 magnets (which are
 actually 2-phase mixtures of components with 1: 5 and 2: 17 stoichiometry,
 originates with the component having 1: 5 stoichiometry.
-Desc-
 *Permanent magnets; *Magnetic materials; *Coercive force; Sintering;
 Stoichiometry; Doping; Iron; Manganese; Zirconium; Hafnium; Low level;
 Anisotropy; Nucleation; Control; Surfaces; Auger electron spectroscopy;
 Surface roughness
-Ident-
 Samarium alloys; Cobalt alloys; NTISDODXA; NTISDODA
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 34
-A-
 1040752 AD-A137 243/2
-W-
 Growth of HgCdTe by Modified Molecular Beam Epitaxy (Final rept. 11 Feb.
 79-1 Mar 83)
 Cheung, J. T.; Sankur, H.
 Rockwell International, Thousand Oaks, CA. Science Center.
 Corp. Source Codes: 052870003; 389949
-ReptNo-
 SC5202.23FR
 Dec 83 75p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8409
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: MDA903-79-C-0188; DARPA Order-3704
 Laser assisted deposition was applied successfully to thin film growth of
 three materials: HgCdTe, CdTe and ZnO. For HgCdTe, congruent evaporation was
 induced by pulsed laser irradiation. Epitaxial Hg0.7Cd0.3Te layers up to 15
 micrometers thick were grown on (111) CdTe substrates at 120 C in .0001 Torr
 of Hg backpressure from a single evaporation source. Materials were
 characterized structurally and electrically. The as-grown layers were
 n-type. After 410 C annealing, they were converted to p-type. n+/p implanted
 photodiodes were demonstrated. Very high quality (111) CdTe/(100) GaAs
 heteroepitaxy was demonstrated. The growth rate was as high as 12
 micrometers/hr. The layers were characterized with x-ray, photoluminescence,
 UV reflectance and transmission electron microscopy and found to have very
 high crystalline quality. ZnO films were grown on a large variety of
 substrates using a pulsed CO2 laser. The substrate temperature were only 250
 C, the films were highly oriented and uniform. They were also piezoelectric.
 Surface and acoustic have transducers were demonstrated. Coupling
 coefficient superscript 2 was found to be 0.005. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Thin films; *Epitaxial growth; *Electron beams; Laser applications; Gallium
 arsenides; *Zinc oxides; Deposition; Laser beams; Evaporation; Substrates;
 Layers; N type semiconductors; Annealing; P type semiconductors;
 Implantation; Photodiodes; Piezoelectric materials; Surface acoustic wave
 devices; Microscopy
-Ident-
 *Mercury cadmium tellurides; *Molecular beam epitaxy; NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 35
-A-
 1031353 DE84000039
-W-
 Application of the Carbon Dioxide-Barium Hydroxide Hydrate Gas-Solid
 Reaction for the Treatment of Dilute Carbon Dioxide-Bearing Gas Streams
 Haag, G. L.
 Oak Ridge National Lab., TN.
 Corp. Source Codes: 021310000; 4832000
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 ORNL-5887
 Sept. 83 298p
 Thesis. Submitted to the Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A13/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8405; NSA0800
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: W-7405-ENG-26
 The removal of trace components from gas streams via irreversible gas-solid
 reactions in an area of interest to the chemical engineering profession.
 This research effort addresses the use of fixed beds of Ba(OH) sub 2 hydrate
 flakes for the removal of an acid gas, CO sub 2 , from air that contains
 approx. 330 ppM/sub v/ CO sub 2 . Areas of investigation encompassed: (1) an
 extensive literature review of Ba(OH) sub 2 hydrate chemistry, (2)
 microscale studies on 0.150-g samples to develop a better understanding of
 the reaction, (3) process studies at the macroscale level with 10.2-cm-ID
 fixed-bed reactors, and (4) the development of a model for predicting
 fixed-bed performance. Experimental studies indicated fixed beds of
 commercial Ba(OH) sub 2 .8H sub 2 O flakes at ambient temperatures to be
 capable of high CO sub 2 -removal efficiencies (effluent concentrations <100
 ppB), high reactant utilization (>99%), and an acceptable pressure drop (1.8
 kPa/m at a superficial gas velocity of 13 cm/s). Ba(OH) sub 2 .8H sub 2 O
 was determined to be more reactive toward CO sub 2 than either Ba(OH) sub 2
 .3H sub 2 O or Ba(OH) sub 2 .1H sub 2 O. A key variable in the development
 of this fixed-bed process was relative humidity. Operation at conditions
 with effluent relative humidities >60% resulted in significant
 recrystallization and restructuring of the flake and subsequent
 pressure-drop problems. (ERA citation 08: 055536)
-Desc-
 *Barium Carbonates; *Barium Hydroxides; *Carbon Dioxide; *Radioactive Waste
 Processing; Adsorption; Carbon 14; Chemical Reactions; Crystal Structure;
 Experimental Data; Gaseous Wastes; Gases; Hydrates; Isotherm; Mass Transfer;
 Packed Bed; Phase Diagrams; Solids; Solubility; Specifications; Vapor
 Pressure
-Ident-
 ERDA/052001; ERDA/400201; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 7A (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering);
 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical Chemistry); 99B
 (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry and Chemical Process Engineering)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 36
-A-
 1025363 PB84-122043
-W-
 Reports of the Asahi Glass Foundation for Industrial Technology. Volume 40,
 1982
 Asahi Glass Foundation for Industrial Technology, Tokyo (Japan).
 Corp. Source Codes: 074585000 1982 322p
 Text in Japanese. See also PB84-122050.
-Lang-
 Japanese
-NTISPR-
 PC E13/MF E01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8403
 Co. of Pub.: Japan
 The Foundation is an independent organization which donates funds for
 university professors to conduct research. Research reports are published
 biannually. This volume contains 35 reports. Partial list of titles follows:
 Studies on Industrial Filtration and Expression of Newtonian and
 Non-Newtonian Liquid-Solid Mixtures (Part I and II); Analysis of
 Interdiffusion in Liquid Silicates by Multiatomic Ion Model; Homologation of
 Methanol Catalyzed by Mixed Transition Metal Clusters; Heterogeneous
 Nucleation on Boiling; Fundamental Studies on Applications of Chemical
 Ionization Mass Spectrometry; Studies on the metal-carbon bond stretching
 force constants (II); Polymerization of Epoxides Catalyzed by
 Triphenylantimony Dihalides-Lewis Base Systems; Ellipsometric Studies of
 Adsorption of Polystyrene onto a Metal Surface in Good Solvent Conditions;
 Surface Hydrodynamics of Surfactant Solutions and its Effect; Technological
 Study on Separation and Purification of Colloidal Solution using
 Electro-Ultrafiltration and Gel Filtration (Part I and II); An application
 of the SPE method to organic electrochemistry (Part I); New Application of
 Clathrate Hydrates Having High Melting Points; Preparation of Grain-Oriented
 Ceramics of Layer-Structure Bismuth Compounds by Unidirectional
 Solidification of their Melts.
-Desc-
 Filtration; Diffusion; Silicates; Methyl alcohol; Nucleation ; Boiling; Mass
 spectroscopy; Chemical bonds; Metals; Epoxy resins; Polymerization;
 Polystyrene; Melting points; Ceramics; Polarimetry; Surfaces; Surfactants;
 Solutions; Electrochemistry
-Ident-
 *Foreign technology; *Industrial research; Liquid-solid interfaces; Chemical
 ionization mass spectroscopy; NTISTFAGC
-SectHd-
 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 41P (Manufacturing Technology--Research
 Program Administration and Technology Transfer); 99GE (Chemistry--General);
 71GE (Materials Sciences--General)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 37
-A-
 1021584 N83-34231/1
-W-
 Homogeneous Nucleation and Droplet Growth in Nitrogen (M. S. Thesis)
 Dotson, E. H.
 Joint Inst. for Advancement of Flight Sciences, Hampton, VA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 064047000; J412203
 Sponsor: National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 NAS 1.26:172206; NASA-CR-172206
 Sept. 83 88p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/F A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8402; STAR2122
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: NCC1-44
 A one dimensional computer model of the homogeneous nucleation process and
 growth of condensate for nitrogen flows over airfoils is developed to
 predict the onset of condensation and thus to be able to take advantage of
 as much of Reynolds capability of cryogenic tunnels as possible. Homogeneous
 nucleation data were taken using a DFVLRCAST-10 airfoil in the 0.3-Meter
 Transonic Cryogenic Tunnel and are used to evaluate the classical liquid
 droplet theory and several proposed corrections to it. For predicting liquid
 nitrogen condensation effects, use of the arbitrary Tolman constant of 0.25
 x 250 billionth m or the Reiss or Kikuchi correction agrees with the CAST-10
 data. Because no solid nitrogen condensation were found experimentally
 during the CAST-10 experiments, earlier nozzle data are used to evaluate
 corrections to the classical liquid droplet theory in the lower temperature
 regime. A theoretical expression for the surface tension of solid nitrogen
 is developed.
-Desc-
 *Cryogenic wind tunnels; *Homogenizing; *Nitrogen; *Nucleation; *Reynolds
 number; Airfoils; Drops (liquids); Flow equations; Interfacial tension
-Ident-
 NTISNASA
-SectHd-
 14B (Methods and Equipment--Laboratories, Test Facilities, and Test
 Equipment); 1A (Aeronautics--Aerodynamics); 51F (Aeronautics and
 Aerodynamics--Test Facilities and Equipment); 51A (Aeronautics and
 Aerodynamics--Aerodynamics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 38
-A-
 1018441 DE83009108
-W-
 Process Design and Economics for Ethanol from Corn Stover Via Dilute-Acid
 Hydrolysis: Development of a Base-Case Flowsheet for Parametric Analysis of
 Acid Hydrolysis Processes
 Chem Systems, Inc., New York.
 Corp. Source Codes: 059196000; 9500688
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 SERI/STR 231-1745
 Apr. 83 136p
 Portions are illegible in microfiche products. Original copy available until
 stock is exhausted.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A07/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8402; NSA0800
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC02-77CH00178
 This report presents a flow sheet for a cellulose-to-ethanol plant utilizing
 high-temperature dilute acid hydrolysis. The process can be divided into six
 sections: pretreatment, hydrolysis, fermentation, purification, carbon
 dioxide recovery, and heat generation and waste treatment. In the
 pretreatment section, the raw corn stover undergoes steam explosion, the
 lignin is extracted by ethanol extraction, and the amorphous five- and
 six-carbon sugars removed in prehydrolysis. The crystallines cellulose is
 hydrolyzed in the hydrolysis reactor. The sugar solution from the
 prehydrolysis and hydrolysis sections is neutralized and fermented to carbon
 dioxide and ethanol in a train of continuous fermenters. The ethanol is
 recovered by a distillation process, and the carbon dioxide is cleaned and
 liquefied. The unreacted solids and various waste streams are either burned
 or sent to the waste pond. Capital and operating costs estimates are
 developed for the plant, and the total plant cost is estimated to be $236
 million. The prime costs are heat generation, pretreatment, and hydrolysis.
 The ethanol produced costs $3.60/gal. Elimination of the lignin solvent
 extraction step and the prefermentation sugar concentration steps are
 recommended to reduce both the capital investment and energy usage of the
 plant. The system described in the report was not optimized. Instead it was
 configured to include a large number of processing steps, not all of which
 would be included in the same plant, in order to provide a basis for the
 coding of a simulation program. The ethanol costs reported are therefore
 much greater than would be achieved in an optimized system. (ERA citation
 08:043453)
-Desc-
 *Ethanol; *Maize; *Ethanol Plants; Production; Acid Hydrolysis; Flowsheets;
 Economic Analysis; Design; Heat Treatments; Fermentation; Distillation;
 Carbon Dioxide; Recovery; By-Products; Waste Processing; Capitalized Cost;
 Operating Cost; Process Heat; Cost
-Ident-
 ERDA/090222; ERDA/140504; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 7A (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering); 21D (Propulsion and Fuels--Fuels); 99B
 (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry and Chemical Process Engineering); 97K
 (Energy--Fuels)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 39
-A-
 1016191 DE83701220
-W-
 Conceptual Design of 1200 mW Laser Fusion Reactor in ILE Osaka University
 Yamanaka, C. ; Nakai, S. ; Ido, S.
 Osaka Univ. (Japan). Inst. of Laser Engineering.
 Corp. Source Codes: 021837005; 9309660
-ReptNo-
 ILE-713P
 9 Nov. 79 73p
 U.S. Sales Only.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8401
 Co. of Pub.: Japan
 The design of a 1200 MW (thermal) commercial inertial confinement fusion
 (ICF) reactor has been made. The original design of the reactor utilizes
 thick Li flow inside a spherical cavity to moderate the first wall loading
 and neutron fluence on solid structural materials. This Li flow is also used
 as the inner blanket, and is guided by steady magnetic field to form the
 desired Li flow. From the analysis of laser-driven fusion reaction, the
 scaling law for pellet gains was derived, and it was found that a 1 mJ laser
 would be sufficient for a 1200 MW (thermal) fusion reactor. A CO sub 2 laser
 system was chosen as the 1 MJ energy driver. The examination of idea of the
 inner blanket of thick Li flow led to the conclusion that the Li flow inner
 blanket would be realized. The thermal problems in the first wall, the
 structural problems of the reactor cavity, the method of pellet injection,
 the cooling system of the reactor, and the neutronics in the blanket were
 studied. It was shown that the breeding ratio of tritium in Li blanket was
 greater than unity by the calculation with the one-dimensional neutron
 transport code ANISN. A laser fusion power system with high pellet gain is
 much more effective than steam power plants of today. (Atomindex citation
 14:721904)
-Desc-
 *First Wall; *Laser Fusion Reactors; Breeding Blankets; Breeding Ratio;
 Carbon Dioxide Lasers; Cooling Systems; Cost Benefit Analysis; Efficiency;
 Emission Spectra; Energy Balance; Fuel Pellets; Inertial Confinement;
 Japanese Organizations; Laser Implosions; Liquid Metals; Lithium; Plasma
 Pressure; Pulsed Fusion Reactors; Scaling Laws; Specifications; Thermal
 Conduction; Thermal Stresses; Tritium
-Ident-
 *Foreign technology; ERDA/700208; NTISINIS
-SectHd-
 18A (Nuclear Science and Technology--Fusion Devices (Thermonuclear)); 77A
 (Nuclear Science and Technology--Fusion Devices (Thermonuclear)); 97O
 (Energy--Miscellaneous Energy Conversion and Storage)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 40
-A-
 1008594 NTN83-0539
-W-
 Etching and Growth of GaAs: Precise temperature control adjusts melt
 composition before each etch (NTIS Tech Note)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, DC.
 Corp. Source Codes: 011249000
 Jul. 83 1p
 Write NTIS for information about Tech Notes subscriptions and back issue
 packages available.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 Not available individually
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8324
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 This citation summarizes a one-page announcement of technology available for
 utilization. A simple arrangement for etching away a surface layer of a
 gallium arsenide crystal before an epitaxial layer is deposited on it
 prevents an unwanted high-resistivity interface from forming. The etching
 and deposition setup is expected to simplify processing and improve the
 characteristics of gallium arsenide lasers, high-frequency amplifiers, and
 advanced integrated circuits. ...FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: Contact: Tech.
 Transfer Div., P.O. Box 8757, BWI Airport, MD 21240; (301) 621-0100. Refer
 to: NPO-5625.
-Desc-
 *Gallium arsenides; *Etching; *Crystal growth
-Ident-
 NTN/G; NTN/J; NTISNTND
-SectHd-
 13H (Mechanical, Industrial, Civil, and Marine Engineering--Industrial
 Processes); 94G (Industrial and Mechanical Engineering--Manufacturing
 Processes and Materials Handling); 41E (Manufacturing
 Technology--Manufacturing, Planning, Processing, and Control)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 41
-A-
 1008580 NTN83-0525
-W-
 Consolidating submicron Silicon Particles: Fine silicon powder melts and
 solidifies atop a silicon pedestal (NTIS Tech Note)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, DC.
 Corp. Source Codes: 011249000
 Jul. 83 1p
 Write NTIS for information about Tech Notes subscriptions and back issue
 packages available.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 Not available individually
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8324
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 This citation summarizes a one-page announcement of technology available for
 utilization. Two proposed techniques would use a molten pool of silicon at
 the top of a silicon pedestal to consolidate the submicron silicon particles
 produced by the silane process. The techniques avoid the contamination
 produced by casting containers. The consolidated material could be used
 directly to produce high-efficiency polycrystalline solar cells. In both
 processes, the shape of the molten layer together with the surface tension
 of molten silicon stabilize the layer and control the diameter of the
 consolidated material. ...FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: Contact: Tech.
 Transfer Div., P.O. Box 8757, BWI Airport, MD 21240; (301) 621-0100. Refer
 to: NPO-15250.
-Desc-
 *Silicon; *Crystal growth
-Ident-
 NTN/D; NTN/G; NTN/H; NTISNTND
-SectHd-
 13H (Mechanical, Industrial, Civil, and Marine Engineering--Industrial
 Processes); 94G (Industrial and Mechanical Engineering--Manufacturing
 Processes and Materials Handling); 41E (Manufacturing
 Technology--Manufacturing, Planning, Processing, and Control)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 42
-A-
 1004916 DE83700428
-W-
 Progress Report, Chemistry and Materials Division, 1 April - 30 June, 1981
 Atomic Energy of Canada Ltd., Chalk River (Ontario). Chalk River Nuclear
 Labs.
 Corp. Source Codes: 00342502; 0643000
-ReptNo-
 AECL-7416; PR-CMA-57
 Aug. 81 93p
 U.S. Sales Only.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 NTIS Prices PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8323
 Co. of Pub.: Canada
 The work of the Division in the areas of solid state science, radiation,
 physical and analytical chemistry, and materials science during the quarter
 is described. Measurements of ion stopping power have emphasized the
 importance of axial symmetry and may be used to show the contribution of
 nuclear inelastic events to stopping processes. Enhancement of ion
 scattering at 180 degrees can occur even in the first few layers of a single
 crystal of gold implanted with heavy atoms. Agreement has been obtained
 between experimental and calculated rates for dechanneling of protons in
 gold. The rate of decomposition of HOI in aqueous solutions has been
 determined. The effects of radiation on dithiothreitol is being studied.
 Laser photochemistry work includes investigations of multiphoton
 dissociation and of laser-induced zirconium isotope separation. A method has
 been found for the preparation of oxygen gas samples for the determination
 of oxygen isotope ratios in water, and high-performance liquid
 chromatography has been applied to metals in ground water. Sputtered
 coatings of stainless steel on the surface of zircaloy fuel cladding reduce
 the oxidation rate in steam. A theoretically-based design equation for
 irradiation growth of pressure tubes has been developed. Studies on the
 effect of small strains on zircaloy-2 tubing show the need to avoid even
 small amounts of compressive. (Atomindex citation 13:706523)
-Desc-
 *Laser Isotope Separation; *Radiation Chemistry; *Reactor Materials; Solid
 State Physics; Isotope Ratio; Quantitative Chemical Analysis; Research
 Programs; Zircaloy
-Ident-
 *Foreign technology; ERDA/656000; ERDA/400700; NTISINIS
-SectHd-
 7E (Chemistry--Radio and Radiation Chemistry); 7D (Chemistry--Physical
 Chemistry); 99A (Chemistry--Analytical Chemistry); 99E (Chemistry--Photo and
 Radiation Chemistry); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical Chemistry);
 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics); 4GE (Physics--General)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 43
-A-
 1003785 DE83012046
-W-
 Model for the Growth of a Two-Phase Corrosion Scale
 Sutton, S. B. ; Truhan, J. J. ; Short, D. W.
 Lawrence Livermore National Lab., CA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 068147000 9513035
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 UCRL-88485; CONF-830508-15 1983 10p 163. Electrochemical Society meeting,
 San Francisco, CA, USA, 8 May 1983.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Conference proceeding
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8323; NSA0800
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: W-7405-ENG-48
 The growth of a two-phase scale formed during the hot corrosion of nickel in
 CO sub 2 /SO sub 2 gas mixtures at 900 exp 0 C was modeled. It started with
 a pre-existing two-phase corrosion scale that has nickel oxide crystallites
 growing in a continuous molten nickel sulfide matrix, and then growth rate
 was determined by alternating equilibrium and diffusion calculations.
 Calculated growth rates compare well with experimental weight gain curves,
 particularly when the comparison is restricted to the parabolic growth
 region. The model tests the sensitivity of several important growth
 parameters. (ERA citation 08:033970)
-Desc-
 *Corrosion Products; *Nickel; Crystal Growth; Corrosion; Carbon Dioxide;
 Sulfur Dioxide; Very High Temperature; Equilibrium; Diffusion; Mathematical
 Models
-Ident-
 ERDA/360105; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 11F (Materials--Metallurgy and Metallography); 71G (Materials
 Sciences--Corrosion and Corrosion Inhibition); 41L (Manufacturing
 Technology--Tribology)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 44
-A-
 1003577 DE83011737
-W-
 Effect of Organic Adsorbate on the Initial Stage of Electrolytic Metal
 Deposition: Development and Use of a Spectroscopic Ellipsometer
 Farmer, J. C. ; Muller, R. H.
 California Univ., Berkeley. Lawrence Berkeley Lab.
 Corp. Source Codes: 005029222; 9513034
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 LBL-15607
 Mar 83 507p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A22/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8323; NSA0800
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC03-76SF00098
 A study was performed to define the functional role of surface active agents
 during the initial stage of electrocrystallization. The system selected for
 investigation involved Cu as the electrode substrate, Pb as the deposited
 metal, and rhodamine-B chloride as the model inhibitor. The strong
 absorption band of rhodamine-B in the visible spectrum made it detectable by
 optical techniques in submonolayer amounts on the electrode. Deposit
 thicknesses ranged from a single monolayer (the underpotential deposit, UPD)
 to thicknesses of about 1000 Angstroms. It has been found that (1) the free
 energy of Pb electrosorption is about 7 kcal/mol; (2) the Pb adatom in the
 underpotential layer is completely discharged; and (3) in the absence of
 rhodamine-B, a Pb monolayer completely covers the Cu surface before
 three-dimensional nucleation of the bulk Pb phase; (4) the bulk phase which
 forms on the monolayer consists of a granular, porous layer covered by large
 dendritic islands; (5) addition of rhodamine-B prevents complete formation
 of the Pb monolayer and results in more compact bulk deposits than are
 possible in its absence; (6) rhodamine-B inhibits dendrite growth; (7)
 rhodamine-B is simultaneously reduced with the Pb exp ++ ion and is depleted
 from the electrode surface, which results in a mass transfer controlled
 inhibitory effect; and (8) the dye species responsible for inhibition has a
 preferential normal orientation on the electrode surface. A
 self-compensating, magneto-optic spectroscopic ellipsometer was developed
 for this in situ study. To support interpretations of ellipsometry data,
 light scattering measurements from electrode surfaces during deposit
 formation were also one. (ERA citation 08:033963)
-Desc-
 *Electrodeposition; *Lead; *Rhodamines; *Ellipsometers; Surfactants;
 Crystallization; Copper; Electrodes; Organic Chlorine Compounds; Absorption
 Spectra; Experimental Data; Thickness; Free Energy; Design; Spectroscopy
-Ident-
 ERDA/360101; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 11F (Materials--Metallurgy and Metallography); 13H (Mechanical, Industrial,
 Civil, and Marine Engineering--Industries Processes); 71N (Materials
 Sciences--Nonferrous Metals and Alloys); 94G (Industrial and Mechanical
 Engineering-Manufacturing Processes and Materials Handling); 41E
 (Manufacturing Technology--Manufacturing, Planning, processing, and
 Control)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 45
-A-
 0992330 DE83010265
-W-
 CNG Acid-Gas-Removal Process. Technical Progress Report No. 6, 1 February
 1982-30 April 1982
 Auyang, L. ; Brown, W. R. ; Cook, W. J. ; Liu, Y. C. ; Petrik, M.
 Helipump Corp., Cleveland, OH.
 Corp. Source Codes: 077201000; 9515527
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 DOE/MC/14399-T5
 Mar 83 40p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
 Jrnl Announcement GRAI8319; NSA0800
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Three tasks were active during the sixth quarter: design and construction of
 a bench scale triple-point crystallizer; slurry pumping; and water removal.
 Final designs and equipment specifications for the crystallizer control and
 data acquisition systems are presented. Slurry pumping is complete. The
 minimum net positive suction head to successfully pump slurries of solid
 carbon dioxide in an organic liquid carrier solvent have been determined for
 two gear pumps, a positive displacement pump, and a centrifugal pump. All
 are about five feet. Solids concentration ranged from 5 to 25% solid carbon
 dioxide by weight. For the task of water removal, the solubility of water in
 liquid carbon dioxide has been determined. The solubility ranges from about
 370 ppM water in liquid carbon dioxide at -27 exp 0 C to about 150 ppM at
 -55 exp 0 C. (ERA citation 08:028802)
-Desc-
 *Fuel Gas; *Carbon Dioxide; *Hydrogen Sulfides; *Water; *CNG Process; Coal
 Gasification; Purification; Removal; Crystallization; Water Removal;
 Slurries; Pumps; Pumping; Solubility; Ice; Solvent Properties; Experimental
 Data; Low Temperature; Cryogenics; Engineering
-Ident-
 ERDA/010404; ERDA/010402; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 7A (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering); 21D (Propulsion and Fuels--Fuels); 99B
 (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry and Chemical Process Engineering); 97F
 (Energy--Fuel Conversion Processes)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 46
-A-
 098667 DE83003320
-W-
 Purification of Gases, IV: Removal of Carbon Monoxide from Gases by Nickel
 Ferrite
 Sakata, H.
-ReptNo-
 RFP-TRANS347 1974 18p
 Translated from Nagaoka Kogyo Koto Senmon Gakko Kenkyu Kiyo; 10: No. 3-4,
 43-53(1974), Nagaoka Kogyo Koto Senmon Gakko Kenkyu Kiyo, 10 n3-4 P43-53
 1974. Portions are illegible in microfiche products.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Translation
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8317; NSA0800
 Co. of Pub.: Japan
 Contract No.: AC04-76DP03533
 The dried precipitate obtained by the neutralization-precipitation method
 (uncalcined nickel ferrite) has a composition of Ni(OH) sub 2 Fe(OH) sub 3 H
 sub 2 O. When this is calcined, the water of crystallization is removed at
 250 exp 0 C and the combined water is removed at 350 exp 0 C At 400 exp 0 C,
 dehydration is completed and a ferrite is obtained. The results of tests on
 the performance of uncalcined nickel ferrite, carried out by passing
 CO-containing air through uncalcined nickel ferrite at constant temperature,
 show that temperature is the only factor which influences the CO-removal
 percentage at temperatures of 100 to 500 exp 0 C, CO concentrations in the
 gas of 0.25% to 9% and gas space velocities of 1000 to 900. The CO-removal
 percentage increases with temperature to a maximum at 400 exp 0 C, after
 which it decreases slightly. The results of the studies on the mechanism of
 carbon monoxide removal reveal that almost no physical adsorption of carbon
 monoxide is occurring. As regards chemical adsorption, it is considered
 unlikely that carbonyls or carbonates will be formed. Ferrite converts
 carbon monoxide to carbon dioxide mainly by acting as an oxidizing catalyst.
 The performance of spent ferrite is regenerated by heating the ferrite in
 air at 300 exp 0 C. However, the addition compound does not release its
 carbon monoxide unless it is heated to 1000 exp 0 C or higher temperatures.
 The ferrite which has been heated to 1000 exp 0 C or above to release its CO
 has less than half the CO-removal capacity of fresh ferrite. 20 figures, 9
 tables. (ERA citation 08:015801)
-Desc-
 *Gases; *Carbon monoxide; *Ferrites; *Nickel compounds; Purification;
 Removal; Oxidation; Catalytic effects; Regeneration; Experimental data; Air
 pollution control; Synthesis; Temperature dependence ; High temperature
-Ident-
 *Foreign technology; ERDA/424000; ERDA/500200; ERDA/010800; Translations;
 NTISDET
-SectHd-
 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 47
-A-
 0972728 AD-A125 348/3
-W-
 InP (Indium Phosphides) Materials (Annual technical summary rept. 1 Oct.
 81-30 Sept. 82)
 Iseler, Gerald W.
 Massachusetts Inst. of Tech., Lexington. Lincoln Lab.
 Corp. Source Codes: 00875001; 207650
 Sponsor: Electronic Systems Div., Hanscom AFB, MA.
-ReptNo-
 ESD-TR-82-157
 30 Sept. 82 50
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8314
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: F19628-80-C-0002; 2306
 This report covers the work on InP materials carried out with support of the
 Department of the Air Force during the period 1 October 1981 through 30
 September 1982. A part of this support was provided by the Rome Air
 Development Center. The current objectives of the program are to improve the
 yield of high-purity polycrystalline InP as source material for crystal
 growth and to optimize the liquid-encapsulated Czochralski (LEC) method in
 order to grow crystals with low dislocation density, low residual impurity
 concentration and uniform dopant concentration.
-Desc-
 *Indium phosphides; *Crystal growth; *Absorption cross sections; *Carbon
 dioxide lasers; Striations; Temperature gradients; Molecular rotation;
 Charge carriers; infrared transmitters; X ray diffraction; Purity; Yield;
 Low density
-Ident-
 LEC(Liquid Encapsulated Czochralski) method; NTISDODXA; NTISDODAF
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 48
-A-
 070528 AD-A125 188/3
-W-
 CW CO2 and Ruby Laser Annealing of Ion-Implanted Hg(1-x)Cd(x)Te
 Bahir, G. ; Kalish, R.
 Technion - Israel Inst. of Tech., Haifa.
 Corp. Source Codes: 016872000; 343870
 Sponsor: Air Force Office of scientific Research, Bolling AFB, DC.
-ReptNo-
 AFOSR-TR-83-0040
 3 Jun. 81 5p
 Pub. in Applied Physics Letter, 39 n9 p730-732, 1 Nov. 81.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Doc. Type:
 Jrnl article
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8313
 Co. of Pub.: Israel
 Contract No.: AFOSR-82-0001; 2306; C2
 No abstract available.
-Desc-
 *Laser applications; *Annealing; *Mercury compounds; *Cadmium tellurides;
 *Narrow gap semiconductors; Continuous wave lasers; Carbon dioxide lasers;
 Ruby lasers; Irradiation; Ion implantation; Backscattering; Crystallization;
 Electrical conductivity; X rays; Measurement; Reprints
 Ident.:NTISDODXR; NTISDODAF
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 13H (Mechanical, Industrial, Civil and
 Marine Engineering--Industrial Processes); 46D (Physics--Solid State
 Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 49
-A-
 0968212 AD-472855/6
-W-
 Field Ion Microscopy of Filamentary Iron Crystals (Final rept. Jul. 64-May
 65)
 Mueller , Erwin W. ; Nashikawa, Osamu
 Pennsylvania State Univ., University Park. Dept. of Physics.
 Corp. Source Codes: 009222108; 27869
-ReptNo-
 AFML-TR-65-201
 Aug. 65 17p
 Distribution limitation now removed.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8312
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AF3 657 11242; AF7353; 735304
 Filamentary iron crystals of the C, D and H Series as furnished by Air Force
 Materials Laboratory were observed in several cross sections along the total
 length using the field ion microscope. No change in crystal orientation was
 noticed for (001), (111) and (110) oriented specimens. The previously
 discussed amorphous core structure was found to be caused by yield in the
 (111) region due to the field stress. Hydrogen promoted field evaporation is
 a means of shaping the tip surface at a reduced field strength so that
 artifacts can be avoided and perfect (111) planes can be developed. The few
 dislocations observed place no limit on the strength of the tip core which
 withstands a field stress of 710 kg/sq. mm, or 4% of the bulk modulus.
 (Author)
-Desc-
 *Iron; Single crystals; *Single crystals; Microscopy; Filaments; Grain
 structures(Metallurgy); Crystal growth; Crystal defects; Hydrogen;
 Evaporation; Grain boundaries; Helium; Liquefied gases; Stresses
-Ident-
 Field ion Microscopy; S/L change 8305; NTISDODXD; NTISDODXDB
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 50
-A-
 0968057 AD-D010 066/9
-W-
 Underwater Wax Formulation and Method (Patent)
 Supcoe, Robert F. ; Radakovich, Thomas
 Department of the Navy, Washington, DC.
 Corp. Source Codes: 001840000; 110050
-ReptNo-
 PAT-APPL-6-125 733; PATENT-4 293 339
 Filed 28 Feb. 80 patented 6 Oct. 81 5p
 Supersedes PAT-APPL-6-125 733.
 This Government-owned invention available for U.S. licensing and, possibly,
 for foreign licensing. Copy of patent available Commissioner of Patents,
 Washington, DC 20231 $1.00.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Patent
-NTISPR-
 Not available NTIS
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8312
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 A wax coating composition capable of underwater application to submerged
 surfaces comprises a mixture of from about 2% to about 18% of a polymer
 having the recurring unit-C2F3C1-; from about 20% to about 40% of a
 microcrystalline wax; from about 40% to about 70% of a chlorinated
 paraffinic hydrocarbon and up to about 5% of a surfactant. An appropriate
 biocide may be interspersed into the wax to prevent marine growth. Another
 wax coating composition comprises a mixture of from about 16% to about 27%
 of a paraffin wax; from about 22% to about 33% of a microcrystalline wax;
 and from about 36% to about 58% of a chlorinated paraffinic hydrocarbon. A
 biocide such as the organotins or cuprous oxide antifoulants may comprise
 from about 2% to about 10% of the wax mixture. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Patents; *Waxes; *Formulations(Chemistry); Chlorinated hydrocarbons;
 Underwater; Methodology; Coatings; Mixtures; Polymers; Fluorides;
 Microstructure; Crystals; Inventions
-Ident-
 PAT-CL-106-1829; NTISGPN
-SectHd-
 11C (Materials--Coatings, Colorants, and Finishes); 90B (Government
 Inventions For Licensing--Chemistry); 71E (Materials Sciences--Coatings,
 Colorants, and Finishes); 99GE (Chemistry--General)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 51
-A-
 0967577 AD-A124 344/3
-W-
 Formation of Silicon Nitride Structures by Direct Electron-Beam Writing
 (Technical rept.)
 Chin, Brymer Han-Yu
 Illinois Univ. at Urbana-Champaign. Coordinated Science Lab.
 Corp. Source Codes: 034597093; 097700
-ReptNo-
 R-940; UILU-ENG-82-2206
 Feb. 82 184p
 Doctoral thesis.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A09/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8312
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: N00014-79-C-0424
 Localized deposits of silicon nitride, which are stable to at least 500 C,
 have been formed by a new technique: electron bombardment of nitrogen
 molecules weakly bound on a clean Si(100)-(2 X 1) surface chilled to T
 approximately 30 K. This process is fairly efficient; for an initial
 coverage of one monolayer of molecular nitrogen, we estimate the effective
 dissociation cross section (primary electron energy = 2000 eV)to be (0.54 -
 1.2) x 10 to the 15th power sq. cm. Using Auger electron spectroscopy and
 LEED, we have studied the growth of a silicon nitride/silicon interface
 rigorously free from contamination and from damage due to sputtering or ion
 implantation. In the Si(LVV) Auger spectrum of silicon nitride, a strong
 peak at 83 eV predominates; the 91Ev peak characteristic of clean Si
 vanishes entirely for sufficiently thick nitride films (approximately 25 -
 30 A). LEED measurements, with the substrate at approximately 30 K, reveal
 no ordered overlayers--the pattern stays (2 X 1), but the background
 increases with nitridation until a fully disordered structure results. Our
 Auger and LEED data further indicates that the initial stage of
 electron-induced nitridation is the formation of a monolayer of chemisorbed
 nitrogen via the nucleation and lateral growth of islands. Preliminary
 experiments have demonstrated that local deposits of silicon dioxide may be
 formed by the same technique used for nitridation: electron-simulated
 oxidation is more rapid with the substrates at T approximately 30 K than at
 room temperature. With proper outgassing of all vacuum components,
 particularly hot filaments, oxidation proceeds without the simultaneous
 growth of a surface carbon layer.
-Desc-
 *Silicon nitrides; *Electron irradiation; *Nitrogen; *Silicon; Deposition;
 Substrates; Low temperature; Auger electron spectroscopy; Low energy;
 Electron diffraction
-Ident-
 Nitridation; Electron beam writing; NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 13H (Mechanical, Industrial, Civil, and
 Marine Engineering--Industrial Processes); 46D (Physics--Solid State
 Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 52
-A-
 965570 DE82022218
-W-
 CNG Acid-Gas-Removal Process. Technical Progress Report 4 for the Period 1
 August 1981-31 October 1981
 Adler, R. J. ; Auyang, L. ; Brown, W. R. ; Cook, W. J. ; Keyvani, M.
 Helipump Corp., Cleveland, OH.
 Corp. Source Codes: 077201000; 9515527
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 DOE/MC/14399-T3
 Dec 81 45p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8311; NSA0800
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC21-80MC14399
 Four tasks were active: design and construction of a bench-scale
 triple-point crystallizer; equilibrium data acquisition, crystallizer
 separation factors for several sulfur-containing molecules and trace
 contaminants, and slurry pumping. A new design for the CNG crystallizer has
 been completed. A control scheme was devised for the new design. Equipment
 sizing, selection, and procurement is in progress. Equilibrium data
 acquisition has been completed. Five component vapor-liquid equilibrium data
 for gas mixtures representative of BCR Bi-Gas and Exxon catalytic gasifier
 crude gases were measured. The experimental data agree very well with the
 equilibrium data estimated by computer calculations. Separation factors were
 determined for the binary systems carbon dioxide/hydrogen sulfide, carbon
 dioxide/carbonyl sulfide, carbon dioxide/ethane, carbon dioxide/ethylene,
 and carbon dioxide/methyl mercaptan. For each system, sharp separation was
 observed in one stage of crystallization. In the slurry pumping project the
 height of liquid leg between the free flashing surface and the pump
 centerline is being varied to determine the minimum suction head needed for
 pumping slurry. The pump in current use is a MICROPUMP gear pump. (ERA
 citation 08:003939)
-Desc-
 *Carbon dioxide; *Hydrogen sulfides; *Gases; *Fuel gas; Coal gasification;
 Removal; Vapors; Liquids; Equilibrium; Bi-gas process; Exxon gasification
 process; Dew point; Separation processes; Crystallization; Solids; Gas
 chromatography; Carbon oxysulfide; Slurries; Pumps; Ethane; Ethylene;
 Purification
-Ident-
 ERDA/010404; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 13B (Mechanical, Industrial, Civil, and Marine Engineering--Civil
 Engineering); 68A (Environmental Pollution and Control--Air Pollution and
 Control)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 53
-A-
 956931 DE82021189
-W-
 CNG Process, a New Approach to Physical-Absorption Acid-Gas Removal
 Hise, R. E. ; Massey, L. G. ; Adler, R. J. ; Brosilow, C. B. ; Gardner, N.
 C.
 CNG Research Co., Cleveland, OH.
 Corp. Source Codes: 076952000; 9515518
 Sponsor: Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland, OH.; Helipump, Inc.,
 Brecksville, OH.; Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 CONF-821106-7-DR 1982 19p
 Annual meeting of heat transfer and energy conversion, Los Angeles, CA, USA,
 14 Nov. 1982.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Conference proceeding
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8308; NSA0700
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC21-80MC14399
 The CNG acid gas removal process embodies three novel features: (1)
 scrubbing with liquid carbon dioxide to remove all sulfurous molecules and
 other trace contaminants; (2) triple-point crystallization of carbon dioxide
 to concentrate sulfurous molecules and produce pure carbon dioxide; and (3)
 absorption of carbon dioxide with a slurry of solid carbon dioxide in
 organic carrier liquid. The CNG process is discussed and contrasted with
 existing acid gas removal technology as represented by the Benfield,
 Rectisol, and Selexol acid gas removal processes. (ERA citation 07:062805)
-Desc-
 *Synthesis gas; Removal; Sulfur compounds; Desulfurization; Scrubbing;
 Carbon dioxide; Crystallization; Adsorption; Purification
-Ident-
 ERDA/090121; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 7A (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering); 99B (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry
 and Chemical Process Engineering)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 54
-A-
 946636 AD-A121 16/8
-W-
 Application of Solidification Theory to Rapid Solidification Processing
 (Semi-annual technical rept. 1 Oct. 81-3 Mar 82)
 Boettinger, W. J. ; Cahn, J. W. ; Coriell, S. R. ; Manning, J. R. ;
 Schaefer, R. J.
 National Bureau of Standards, Washington, DC. National Measurement Lab.
 Corp. Source Codes: 004692222; 387444
 Sept. 82 39p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8305
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: ARPA Order-3751
 The objective of this work is to develop guidelines based on kinetic and
 thermodynamic solidification theory for prediction and control of rapid
 solidification processes. In particular, segregation effects and rules
 governing the formation of equilibrium and non-equilibrium phases, including
 metallic glasses, will be investigated. Areas where significant improvements
 in alloy properties can be produced by rapid solidification will be
 emphasized. Significant accomplishments during the period were achieved in
 the following areas: extended Solid Solubilities -- for Production of Alloys
 with New Compositions and Phases; Interface Stability -- for Production of
 More Homogeneous Alloys; Interface Kinetics -- for Production of Alloys with
 Finer Segregation; Prevention of Cracking Caused by Residual Stress -- for
 Production of Alloys with Improved Surface Structures.
-Desc-
 *Solidification; *Processing; *Quick reaction; *Metals; *Glass; Crystal
 growth; Kinetic theory; Metalloids; Thermodynamics; Crystallization;
 Defects(Materials); Methodology; Metastable alloys; Nonequilibrium flow
-Ident-
 Metallic glasses; NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 11F (Materials--Metallurgy and Metallography); 71N (Materials
 Sciences--Nonferrous Metals and Alloys)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 55
-A-
 943275 DE82903349
-W-
 Deposit Control in Process-Cooling-Water Systems
 Venkataramani, B.
 Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Bombay (India).
 Corp. Source Codes: 004104000; 0807000
-ReptNo-
 BARC-1110 1981 43p
 Portions of document are illegible.
 Microfiche copies only. U.S. Sales Only.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8303; NSA000
 Co. of Pub.: India
 In order to achieve efficient heat transfer in cooling water systems, it is
 essential to control the fouling of heat exchanger surfaces. Solubilities of
 scale-forming salts, their growth into crystals, and the nature of the
 surfaces play important role in the deposition phenomenon. Condensed
 phosphates, organic polymers and compounds like phosphonates are effective
 in controlling deposition of scale forming salts. The surface active agents
 inhibit crystal growth and modify the crystals of the scale forming salts,
 and thus prevent deposition of dense, uniformly structured crystalline mass
 on the heat transfer surface. Understanding the mechanism of biofouling is
 essential to control it by surface active agents. Certain measures taken in
 the plant, such as back flushing, to control scaling, sometimes may not be
 effective and can be detrimental to the system itself.
-Desc-
 *Thermal power plants; *Industrial plants; *Cooling systems Heat exchangers;
 Fouling; Deposits; Scale control
-Ident-
 *Foreign technology; ERDA/200101; NTISDEP
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources) ; 13A (Mechanical,
 Industrial, Civil, and Marine Engineering--Air Conditioning Heating,
 Lighting, and Ventilating); 97I (Energy--Electric Power Production); 94GE
 (Industrial and Mechanical Engineering--General)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 56
-A-
 931502 AD-A117 752/6
-W-
 Growth of HgCdTe by Modified Molecular Beam Epitaxy (Semi-Annual technical
 rept. no. 5, 1 Sept. 81-28 Feb. 82)
 Cheung, J. T.
 Rockwell International, Thousand Oaks, CA. Science Center.
 Corp. Source Codes: 052870003; 389949
-ReptNo-
 SC5202.17SA 15 Jun. 82 33p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8224
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: MDA903-79-C-0188; DARPA Order-3704
 Films of Hg- x Cd x Te and ?nO can be formed by the LADA technique. Their
 results will be presented separately. HgO.7CdO.3Te films have specular
 surface morphology and sharp interfaces with a cross diffusion region of
 1500 A. Electron mobility at 77K as high as 19, 000 sq cm/V-s was observed.
 SIMS profile analysis indicated large accumulation of impurities at the
 interface and near the surface, MIS devices were fabricated and their
 results will be presented. ?nO films can be formed by evaporating from ?nO
 powder pellets with a pulsed carbon dioxide laser (lambda =10.6
 micrometers). Films from 0.1 to 1.0 micrometers thick were deposited on
 various substrates in a wide range of temperatures. At substrate
 temperatures above 250 C, the deposited films are colorless and transparent.
 The surface is smooth with no discernible features, even under 1000x
 magnification. The films are highly oriented along the C-axis. X-ray
 diffraction patterns indicate a single (0001) peak with a half width (2
 theta) about 0.3-0.35 degrees. This is comparable to the ?nO films deposited
 by the state-of-the-art magnetron sputtering technique.
-Desc-
 *Epitaxial growth; *Cadmium tellurides; Crystal growth Laser beams; Zinc
 oxides; Thin films; Evaporation; Morphology; Surface properties; Profiles;
 Electron mobility
-Ident-
 *Molecular beam epitaxy; *Mercury cadmium tellurides; NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 57
-A-
 927395 DE82007361
-W-
 Inertial Fusion Program. Progress Report, July 1-December 31, 1979
 Skoberne, F.
 Los Alamos National Lab., NM.
 Corp. Source Codes: 072735000; 9512470
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 LA-8511-PR
 Oct. 81 176p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A09/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8219
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: W-7405-ENG-36
 Progress in the development of high-energy short-pulse CO sub 2 laser
 systems for fusion research is reported. Improvements in the Los Alamos
 National Laboratory eight-beam Helios systems are described. These
 improvements increased the reliability of the laser and permitted the firing
 of 290 shots, most of which delivered energies of approximately 8 kJ to the
 target. Modifications to Gemini are outlined, including the installation of
 a new target-insertion mechanism. The redirection of the Antares program is
 discussed in detail, which will achieve a total energy of approximately 40
 kJ with two beams. This redirection will bring Antares on-line almost two
 years earlier than was possible with the full six-beam system, although at a
 lower energy. Experiments with isentropically imploded Sirius-B targets are
 discussed, and x-ray radiation-loss data from gold microballoons are
 presented, which show that these results are essentially identical with
 those obtained at glass-laser wavelengths. Significant progress in
 characterizing laser fusion targets is reported. New processes for
 fabricating glass microballoon x-ray diagnostic targets, the application of
 high-quality metallic coatings, and the deposition of thick plastic coatings
 are described. Results in the development of x-ray diagnostics are reported,
 and research in the Los Alamos heavy-ion fusion program is summarized.
 Results of investigations of phase-conjugation research of gaseous saturable
 absorbers and of the use of alkali-halide crystals in a new class of
 saturable absorbers are summarized. New containment-vessel concepts for
 Inertial Confinement Fusion reactors are discussed, and results of a scoping
 study of four fusion-fission hybrid concepts are presented.
-Desc-
 *Laser fusion reactors; *Carbon dioxide lasers; Research programs; Helios
 facility; Antares facility; Laser targets; X-ray spectra; Plasma
 diagnostics; Laser-produced plasma; Coatings
-Ident-
 ERDA/700208; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 18A (Nuclear Science and Technology--Fusion Devices (Thermonuclear)); 20E
 (Physics--Masers and Lasers); 77A (Nuclear Science and Technology--Fusion
 Devices (Thermonuclear))
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 58
-A-
 924040 AD-A115 273/5
-W-
 Lateral Seeding of Silicon-on-Insulator (Final rept. 1 Jul.-31 Dec 81)
 Lam, H. W. ; Pinizzotto, R. F.
 Texas Instruments, Inc., Dallas. Central Research Labs.
 Corp. Source Codes: 013046005; 403833
-ReptNo-
 TI-08-82-17
 Apr. 82 36p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8220
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: N00014-81-C-0461
 A micro-zone melting growth process using a scanning line-shaped graphite
 heater has been developed to produce (100) silicon-on-insulator (SOI)
 material over a three inch wafer. Very low angle grain boundaries (less than
 0.3 deg) still exist extensively in the material. A 2 micrometer thick layer
 of plasma CVD oxide deposited from N20 and SiH4 has been found to be an
 effective capping structure in preventing the moisten silicon from beading
 up. A SiC coating on the top heating element is used to prevent carbon
 contamination of the recrystallized film. CMOS devices have been fabricated
 in the recrystallized SOI material. Surface electron and surface hole
 mobility values of typically 600 sq. cm./V-s and 300 sq. cm/V-s,
 respectively, have been measured. The leakage current is uniformly low,
 typically in the 10 to the -13th power A/micrometer channel width range at
 VDS = 1 V. It has also been determined that the low angle grain boundaries
 do not have a primary effect on the carrier mobility. Furthermore, the
 problem of enhanced diffusion of arsenic along the grain boundaries is
 significant less severe in the present SOI material. The small protrusions
 found in the surface of the recrystallized film did not contribute to gate
 shorts in the devices measured. However, they may present a reliability
 problem. Attempts are underway to improve the process to eliminate the
 protrusions. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Grain boundaries; *Silicon; *Zone melting; *Crystal growth *Seeding;
 Processing; Graphite; Heating elements; Capping; Structures; Carrier
 mobility; Low angles; Melts; Arsenic; Diffusion; Carbon; Contamination;
 Width; Reliability
-Ident-
 SOI(Silicon on Insulator); NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 13H (Mechanical, Industrial, Civil, and Marine Engineering--Industrial
 Processes); 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 94G (Industrial and Mechanical
 Engineering--Manufacturing Processes and Materials Handling); 46D
 (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 59
-A-
 919434 D82005280
-W-
 Photo-Molecular Phenomena in Condensed Matter. Annual Progress Report, July
 1, 1974-June 30, 1975
 Jeffries, C. D.
 California Univ., Berkeley. Dept. of Physics.
 Corp. Source Codes: 005029107; 1100000
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 DOE/SF/00034-T13 1 Jul. 75 1p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8221; NSA0000
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AM03-76SF00034
 Research is summarized for electron-hole condensation in semiconductor
 materials. Topics covered include: Alfven wave resonance in Germanium; large
 drops in strain potential wells; photographs of large drops; mechanical
 plasma confinement; time-resolved studies of spatial distributions; droplet
 nucleation theory, surface energy; and far-infrared plasma absorption.
-Desc-
 *Germanium; *Semiconductor materials Electron-hole droplets ; Alfven waves;
 Solid-state plasma; Research programs; Electric fields; Strains
-Ident-
 ERDA/656001; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 60
-A-
 917119 DE82008793
-W-
 Kinetics and Topochemistry of the Endothermic Solid-State Reaction of
 2-(5-Cyanoetrazolaton) Pentaamine Cobalt(III) Perchlorate
 Pickard, J. M. ; Back, P. S. ; Walters, R. R.
 Mound Facility, Miamisburg, OH.
 Corp. Source Codes: 057065000; 9506730
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 MLM-2909(OP); CONF-820809-0 1982 7p
 International conference on thermal analysis, Kingston, Canada, 22 Aug.
 1982.
 Best available copy from document source. Available in microfiche only.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Conference proceeding
-NTISPR-
 MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8222; NSA0000
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC04-76DP00053
 The thermal reactivity curve of the inorganic explosive
 2-(5-cyanoetrazolaton pentaamine cobalt(III) perchlorate, CP, as determined
 by dynamic differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) is characterized by a
 solid-state endothermic transition partially overlapped by a more violent
 exothermic decomposition. This discusses the kinetics of the endothermic
 transition of CP determined under inert and reactive atmospheres and
 supplemental data obtained by x-ray diffraction (XRD), scanning electron
 microscopy (SEM), and photoacoustical spectroscopy (PAS). The kinetic data
 are discussed in light of possible solid-state reaction mechanisms. The
 consistency between theory and experiment, while not conclusive, suggests
 that nucleus growth may involve a concerted loss of the nitrile moiety and
 elimination of either NH sub 3 or H sub 2 O. Such an effect would certainly
 be consistent with a random surface nucleation mechanism and would account
 for the spectra perturbations observed in the IR spectra.
-Desc-
 *Cobalt complexes; *Nitriles; Chemical explosives; Amines; Perchlorates;
 Azoles; Chemical reaction kinetics; Thermodynamics; X-ray diffraction;
 Scanning electron microscopy; Photoacoustic spectroscopy; Thermal
 gravimetric analysis; Experimental data; Ligands; Time dependence;
 Calorimetry; Arson; Ammonia; Air; Helium; Activation energy; Infrared
 spectra
-Ident-
 ERDA/450100; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 19A (Ordnance--Ammunition, Explosives, and Pyrotechnics); 7D
 (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 7A (Ordnance--Ammunition, Explosives, and
 Pyrotechnics); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 61
-A-
 916793 AD-B023 408/8
-W-
 Laser Window Materials and Optical Coating Science (Semiannual technical
 rept. no. 1, 19 Sept. 76-19 Mar 77)
 Braunstein, Morris ; D'Haenens, I. J. ; Allen, S. D. ; Harrington, James A.
 ; Pedinoff, M. E.
 Hughes Research Labs., Malibu, CA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 012375000; 172600
-ReptNo-
 RADC-TR-77-286
 Aug. 77 143p
 Distribution limitation now removed.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A07/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8222
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: F19628-76-C-0309; ARPA Order-2415
 The tasks under this program are organized into seven broad categories.
 First, the application of reactive atmosphere processing (RAP) chemistry
 techniques to the growth, polishing, grain growth stabilization, and AR
 coating passivation of poly- and single-crystal KC1 and of alkaline earth
 fluorides. Second, the application of press forging to RAP materials to
 enhance yield strength, and a study of the grain growth kinetics in such
 press forged materials. Third, a study of chemical-mechanical surface
 finishing techniques for the preparation of laser window materials. Fourth,
 a characterization of substrate and coating surface finishing using (1)
 scanning electron microscopy and X-ray diffraction, and (2) structural and
 chemical analysis using low-energy electron diffraction (LEED), Auge
 electron spectroscopy (AES), and microprobe techniques. Fifth, a comparison
 of AR coatings prepared under ultrahigh vacuum (less than ten to the minus
 9th power Torr) and conventional ten to the minus 6th power to ten to the
 minus 9th power Torr) conditions and by ion beam sputtering techniques.
 Sixth, an optical evaluation of the AR-coated windows using infrared
 spectrophotometry, absorption calorimetry, ellipsometry, and scattering
 measurements. And seventh, a selection of substrate materials and AR-coated
 window specimens for study of laser damage mechanisms.
-Desc-
 *Infrared windows; *Infrared lasers; *Optical coatings; *Surface finishing;
 Surface properties; Antireflection coatings; Thin films ; Calorimetry;
 Ellipsometers; Light modulators; Potassium chloride; Correlation techniques;
 Alkaline earth compounds; Press forging; Carbon dioxide lasers; Carbon
 monoxide lasers; Crystal growth; Single crystals; Polycrystalline
-Ident-
 NTISDODXD
-SectHd-
 20E (Physics--Masers and Lasers); 17E (Navigation, Communications Detection,
 and Countermeasures--Infrared and Ultraviolet Detection); 11C
 (Materials--Coatings, Colorants, and Finishes)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 62
-A-
 915051 N82-27159/4
-W-
 Modeling of Thin-Film GaAs Growth (Progress Report, 30 Jan. 1 81 - 16 Jun.
 1982)
 Heinbockel, J. H.
 Old Dominion Univ., Norfolk, VA. Dept. of Mathematical Sciences.
 Corp. Source Codes: 045163014; OS853217
 Sponsor: National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-CR-169028; NAS 1.26:169028
 Jun. 82 20p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8223; STAR2017
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: NAG1-148
 A model of crystal growth is discussed that takes into account the processes
 of nucleation on the growing surface and also considers the processes of
 surface migration and desorption of adatoms. The solid on solid (SOS) model
 of crystal growth is represented by a rectangular array of integers where
 each integer represents the number of adatoms on a column perpendicular to
 some reference frame. The adatoms can represent atoms or molecules that are
 being stacked. This SOS method is used to simulate epitaxial growth of
 crystals. Output of the computer program developed can be graphic or
 quantitative.
-Desc-
 *Computer programs; *Crystal growth; *Gallium arsenides; *Mathematical
 models; *Thin films; Activation energy; Computer graphics; Flow charts; Heat
 of vaporization; Nucleation; Potential energy
-Ident-
 NTISNASA
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 63
-A-
 912561 PB82-199340
-W-
 Surface Stress and the Chemical Equilibrium of Small Crystals (Final rept.)
 Cahn, J. W. ; Larche, F.
 National Bureau of Standards, Washington, DC.
 Corp. Source Codes: 004692000
 Sponsor: Montpellier-2 Univ. (France). Laboratoire d'Hydrogogie
 Mathematique. 1982 6p
 Pub. in Ata. Metallurgica Jnl. 30, p51-56 1982.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Doc. Type:
 Jrnl article
-NTISPR-
 Not available NTIS
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8217
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 The equilibria of small solid particles embedded in a solid matrix are
 considered. Three interface quantities of significance, an interfacial free
 energy representing the work of creating the interface and two interfacial
 stresses. One represents the work of stretching the interface while the
 other represents the work of stretching one crystal holding the other fixed
 and hereby altering the structure of the interface. The isotropic case is
 developed in detail. Several new effects result from the partial
 accommodation in the matrix of the stress field due to interfacial stress.
 An elastic accommodation factor modifies the capillary contribution to the
 pressure in the particle, the chemical potentials and the Gibbs-Thomson
 effect. Diffusion potentials but not chemical potentials are constant
 throughout the system. Coherent and incoherent nucleation is re-examined.
-Desc-
 *Chemical equilibrium; *Surfaces; *Crystals; Thermodynamics Reprints
-Ident-
 NTISCOMNBS
-SectHd-
 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical
 Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 64
-A-
 906355 AD-A112 842/0
-W-
 Metal-Semiconductor Reaction Phenomena and Microstructural Investigations of
 Laser Induced Regrowth of Silicon on Insulators (Final rept. Jan 79-Jan 82)
 Magee, T. J. ; Leung, C. ; Ormond, R. D. ; Armistead, R. A.
 Advanced Research and Applications Corp., Sunnyvale, CA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 060237000; 393004
 Sponsor: Army Research Office, Research Triangle Park, NC.
-ReptNo-
 ARACOR-FR-82-37-0; ARO-15999.6-MS
 Jan 82 50p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI815
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: DAAG29-79-C-0014
 Solid phase regrowth of Silicon-in-sapphire has been investigated in the Si
 (amorphous)/Al(poly) Al2O3 (crystal) system. Using transmission electron
 microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, Auger electron spectroscopy and
 Hall effect measurements, it has been shown that Si is transported through
 an Al film at 550 C to produce p-type Si films on the sapphire substrate.
 The growth process has been shown to be initiated at Si nucleation sites on
 the substrate. These sites expand by mass accretion forming island
 structures that coalesce to yield continuous large grained polycrystalline
 Si films on the sapphire surface. The defect structure in CVD Si layers on
 sapphire were investigated before and after scanning laser annealing. Prior
 to laser annealing, the films were characterized by the presence of stacking
 faults, twining zones and dislocation lines producing large regions of high
 disorder. Subsequent to laser annealing under conditions to produce total
 melting of the Si layers it was shown that liquid phase epitaxial regrowth
 occurred resulting in regions of defect-free Si and a total absence of
 twining regions. Single-crystal Si sheets (0.2 micrometer in thickness) of
 (100) orientation and of maximum dimensions, 100 x 10, 000 micrometer, have
 been recrystallized by cw laser annealing of polycrystalline Si films
 deposited over parallel 3- micrometer-wide SiO2 bars adjacent to 3-
 micrometer Si (100) substrate openings. The recrystallized films are free of
 cracks, mosaic structure, stacking faults or excessive mass flow at the
 oxide edges.
-Desc-
 *Metal oxide semiconductors; *laser beams; *Microstructure; *Epitaxial
 growth; Continuous wave lasers; Insulation; Silicon; Reaction kinetics;
 Annealing; auger electron spectroscopy; Defects(Materials); Layers; Cracks;
 Hall effect; Optical scanning; Measurement; Electronic scanners; Electron
 microscopy; Sapphire; Mosaics(Detectors); Substrates
-Ident-
 Laser induced growth; P-type silicon films; Transmission electron
 microscopy; Liquid phase epitaxy; Solid phase epitaxy; Spreading epitaxy;
 NTISDODXA; NTISDODA
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 65
-A-
 896583 DE82002755
-W-
 Photovoltaic and Structural Properties of a-Si:H Thin Films. Fifth Quarterly
 Technical Report, June 1-August 31, 1981
 Messier, R.
 Pennsylvania State Univ., University Park. Materials Research Lab.
 Corp. Source Codes: 009222082; 5141000
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 SERI/PR-9227-1-T1
 Nov. 81 21p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8211; NSA0700
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC02-77CH00178
 The physical structures of a vapor-deposited thin film is related primarily
 to adatom mobility, adatom species, and bombardment effects at the growing
 film surface. We have shown for rf-sputtered films of a-Si:H that
 bombardment effects are the dominant factor. For floating film potentials
 greater than approximately -20V, Ar exp + -ion bombardment results in a
 drastic decrease in observable film microstructure. Although still not
 clearly resolved, it appears that microstructure cannot be completely
 eliminated under the range of conditions possible for a-Si:H growth. Of
 course, adatom mobility and possibly adatom species are changed under
 conditions of significant bombardment. Considering the case in which
 microstructure is resolvable in 1 mu m thick films, we studied the evolution
 of film physical structure in detail. Hydrogenated a-Si films prepared by
 rf-sputtering were investigated as a function of film thickness (150A to 10
 mu m) and substrate type and roughness. The physical structure was shown to
 evolve with film thickness as a result of the nucleation, growth, and
 incomplete coalescence of island-like structures which leads to a
 supernetwork of larger voids. At least four different supernetwork
 structures of increasing size were identified in the present study. The
 structural evolution was essentially unaffected by substrate type for this
 material in which low adatom mobility is the controlling factor. This
 evolutionary model is expected to have general application to all vapor
 deposition processes including glow discharge decomposition of silane. (ERA
 citation 07:003669)
-Desc-
 *Silicon; Amorphous state; Argon ions; Collisions; Crystal growth; Electric
 potential; Films; Hydrogen additions; Microstructure; Roughness; Sputtering;
 Substrates
-Ident-
 ERDA/140501; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 97N (Energy--Solar Energy); 46D
 (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 66
-A-
 889070 A-891 555/5
-W-
 High Power Infrared Laser Window Materials (LQ-10 Program) (Quarterly
 progress rept. no. 3, 1 Jul.-3 Sept. 71)
 Air Force Cambridge Research Labs., Hanscom AFB, MA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 046507000; 011800
-ReptNo-
 AFCRL-SR-125; AFCRL-71-0568
 30 Nov. 71 42p
 Distribution limitation now removed.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8208
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: F-5620; AF-3326; 562009; 332605
 Progress is presented of research underway on the identification,
 preparation, and evaluation of materials with properties suitable for use as
 high power laser windows. Results are given on the growth of selected
 halides, III-V, and II-VI crystals, measurements of physical properties,
 surface-damage studies, and related measurements into laser beam distortion,
 optical absorption, and refractive index. Also, a diffraction theory of
 aberrations is introduced that provides a detailed, three-dimensional
 intensity distribution in all of space and for all time, as well as the
 ability to formulate lensing criteria. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Infrared lasers; *Infrared windows ; *Infrared optical materials; Infrared
 windows ; Infrared radiation; Halides; Single crystals Refractive index;
 Surface properties; Distortion; Absorption; Diffraction analysis; Intensity;
 Gallium arsenides; Power; Phase diagrams; Phosphides; Tellurides; Gallium
 compounds; Cadmium compounds; Carbon dioxide; Crystal growth; Crystal
 defects; Thermal conductivity
-Ident-
 Group 2 elements; Group 3 elements; Group 4 elements; Group 6 elements;
 Group 5 elements; NTISDODXD
-SectHd-
 20E (Physics--Masers and Lasers); 17E (Navigation, Communications Detection,
 and Countermeasures--Infrared and Ultraviolet Detection); 20F
 (Physics--Optics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 67
-A-
 885899 AD-A107 686/8
-W-
 Research in LPE of Doped LiNbO3 and LiTaO3 Thin Films (Final rept. 1 Apr.
 77-31 Mar 81)
 Neurgaonkar, R. R.
 Rockwell International, Thousand Oaks, CA. Electronics Research Center.
 Corp. Source Codes: 052870004; 411391
 Sponsor: Air Force Office of Scientific Research, Bolling AFB, DC.
-ReptNo-
 ERC41004.11FR; AFOSR-TR-81-0721
 Jun. 81 55p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8207
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: F49620-77-C-0081; 2306; B1
 The crystal chemical approach has been shown to be successful in improving
 the temperature stability of ferroelectric LiNbO3 phase. LiNbO3 films doped
 with cations that are larger than Li+ and Nb5+, e.g., Na+, Na+ + Ta5+, Ag+,
 Co2+ + Zr4+, etc., have successfully been grown by the liquid phase
 epitaxial (LPE) technique using the vanadium containing flux systems. X-ray
 diffraction studies indicate that the films grown from the vanadium
 containing fluxes have a high single crystallinity with good epitaxy. To
 date, the temperature coefficient of SAW velocity was reduced by 40%; this
 translates into 40% improvement in the temperature stability of LiNbO3 SAW
 devices. This is a significant result in the present work and opens a new
 interest in the LiNbO3 family for SAW application. By using such a novel
 approach, it should be possible to improve the temperature stability of
 other important structural families such as quartz or tungsten bronze
 structural family compositions.
-Desc-
 *Epitaxial growth; *Lithium compounds; *Liquid phases; *Doping; Single
 crystals; Thin films; Niobium compounds; Tantalites; Acoustic waves;
 Surfaces; Thermal stability; Sodium; Ions; Zirconium; Temperature;
 Coefficients; Surface acoustic wave devices
-Ident-
 Crystal chemistry; Ferroelectricity; NTISDODXA; NTISDODAF
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 68
-A-
 882658 N82-10497/7
-W-
 Large Area Silicon Sheet by EFG (Quarterly Report, 1 Apr. - 30 Jun. 1981)
 Mobil Tyco Solar Energy Corp., Waltham, MA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 100198000; M4774112
 Sponsor: National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-CR-164881; DOE/JPL-954355-8/18 11 Sept. 81 50p
 Sponsored by NASA and Doe Prepared for JPL, Pasadena.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8205; STAR2001
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: JPL954355
 The influence of parameters such as CO2 concentration, gas flow patterns,
 quartz in the bulk melt, melt doping level and growth speed on ribbon
 properties was examined for 10 cm wide ribbon. Ribbon quality is optimized
 for ambient CO2 in argon concentrations in the range from 1000 to 5000 ppm.
 Cell performance degrades at CO2 concentrations above 5000 ppm and IR
 interstitial oxygen levels decrease. These experiments were done primarily
 at a growth speed of 3.5 cm/minute. Cartridge parameters influencing the
 ribbon thickness were studied and thickness uniformity at 200 micrometers (8
 mils) has been improved. Growth stability at the target speed of 4.0
 cm/minute was improved significantly.
-Desc-
 *Carbon dioxide concentration; *Crystal growth; *Fabrication ; *Ribbons;
 *Silicon; *Solar cells; Flow distribution; Gas flow; Low cost; Solar arrays;
 Thin films
-Ident-
 NTISNASA
-SectHd-
 7A (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering); 99B (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry
 and Chemical Process Engineering)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 69
-A-
 879753 N81-33422/9
-W-
 A Molecular Model for Ice Nucleation and Growth (Final Technical Report, 15
 Dec. 1977 - 30 Jun. 1981)
 Missouri Univ.-Rolla. Graduate Center for Cloud Physics Research.
 Corp. Source Codes: 049968026; M3975057
 Sponsor: National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-CR-161851
 Aug. 81 53p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8204; STAR1924
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: NAS8-31150
 No abstract available.
-Desc-
 *Ice formation; *Molecular interactions; Quantum mechanics; Clathrates;
 Crystal growth; Dynamic models; ice nuclei; Liquid-solid interfaces;
 Molecular energy levels; Surface reactions
-Ident-
 NTISNASA
-SectHd-
 4A (Atmospheric Sciences--Atmospheric Physics); 7D (Chemistry--Physical
 Chemistry); 55E (Atmospheric Sciences--Physical Meteorology); 99F
 (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 70
-A-
 879240 DE81029907
-W-
 Large Area Silicon Sheet by EFG. Second Quarterly Report, April 1, 1981-June
 30, 1981
 Mobil Tyco Solar Energy Corp., Waltham, MA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 100198000; 9501141
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 DOE/JPL/954355-81-18 11 Sept. 81 50p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8204; NSA0600
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: NAS-7-100-954355
 The influence of parameters such as CO sub 2 concentration, gas flow
 patterns, quartz in the bulk melt, melt doping level and growth speed on
 ribbon properties has been examined for 10 cm wide ribbon. One of the more
 important findings is that ribbon quality is optimized for ambient CO sub 2
 in argon concentrations in the range from 1000 to 5000 ppM. Cell performance
 degrades at CO sub 2 concentrations above 500 ppM and IR interstitial oxygen
 levels decrease. Cartridge parameters influencing the ribbon thickness have
 been studied and thickness uniformity at 200 micrometers has been improved.
 Growth stability at the target speed of 4.0 cm/minute has also been improved
 significantly. A successful demonstration of interface ambient control has
 been carried out. Ribbon characterization has shown that SPV diffusion
 lengths and cell performance have improved with CO sub 2 introduced into the
 multiple furnace environment. The construction of a new multiple ribbon
 furnace for growth of four 10 cm wide ribbons is proceeding. A new 1 cm
 cartridge design has been completed, primarily to incorporate modifications
 in the post-growth temperatures profile, and fabrication of components has
 been started. (ERA citation 06:033110)
-Desc-
 *Silicon; Carbon dioxide; Crystal doping; Crystal growth; Design; Efg
 method; Furnaces; Production; Quartz; Silicon solar cells; Stability;
 Thermal stresses; Thickness
-Ident-
 ERDA/140501; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources) ; 7A
 (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering); 99B (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry and
 Chemical Process Engineering); 97N (Energy--Solar Energy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 71
-A-
 876092 AD-A105 223/2
-W-
 Surface Structure and Growth of Crystalline Materials (Final rept. 15 Nov.
 79-14 Nov. 80)
 Landua, David P.
 Georgia Univ. Research Foundation, Inc., Athens. Boyd Graduate Studies
 Research Center.
 Corp. Source Codes: 071618001; 41250
 Sponsor: Air Force Office of Scientific Research, Bolling AFB, DC.
-ReptNo-
 AFOSR-TR-81-0621 14 Jul. 84 7p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8203
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AFOSR-80-0053; 2301; A5
 Computer simulation methods have been used to study spiral crystal growth
 from multiple dislocation edges. The results showed that after the spiral
 arms had all interacted once growth proceeded in agreement with the
 Burton-Cabrera-Frank continuum theory. For small Frank-Read dislocations the
 existence of a nucleation barrier was shown. Computer simulation studies of
 simple models of magnetic (binary alloy) lattices with exposed surfaces were
 also carried out. Surface order-disorder and order-order transitions were
 studied as a function coupling both below and above the bulk transition
 surface. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Crystals; *Crystal growth; *Computerized simulation; Nucleation; Models;
 Surfaces; Coupling (Interaction); Binary alloys; Dislocations; Edges;
 Methodology; Continuum mechanics; Theory
-Ident-
 Spiral arms; NTISDODXA; NTISDODAF
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 72
-A-
 876067 AD-A105 198/6
-W-
 Silicon Quality: A Consideration for VHSI Circuit Development (Final rept.
 15 Dec 79-15 Sept. 81)
 Magee, T. J. ; Leung, C. ; Ormond, R. ; Palkuti, L. J.
 Advanced Research and Applications Corp., Sunnyvale, CA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 060237000; 393004
-ReptNo-
 ARACOR-FR-81-53
 28 Sept. 81 89p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8203
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: N00014-80-C-071
 A detailed evaluation of the quality of silicon wafers from representative
 domestic and foreign vendors was made. To avoid pre-selection of wafers by
 vendors, material was obtained directly from device manufacturers and
 therefore represents a statistical sampling of Si material as currently
 being used in production-line processing. The results of this study have
 shown extreme batch-to-batch variability, lack of control in material
 quality and, in many cases, unacceptable levels of defects in silicon wafers
 used in manufacturing. The development of front-and-back-surface
 laser-gettering procedures for improving quality is reported and newly
 developed techniques for stabilizing back-surface damage, using the enhanced
 diffusion of oxygen, are discusses. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Processing; *Production; *Wafers; *Silicon; *Statistical analysis; Test and
 evaluation; Quality; Circuits; Damage; Stabilization; Vendors;
 Semiconductors; Research management; Crystal growth; Defects (Materials);
 Oxygen; Diffusion; Infrared radiation
-Ident-
 Gettering; Enhance diffusion; Infrared adsorption; Wafer warpage; NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 9A (Electronics and Electrical Engineering--Components) ; 49H
 (Electrotechnology--Semiconductor Devices)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 73
-A-
 871920 N81-29525/5
-W-
 Schottky Barrier Solar Cell (Patent)
 Stirn, R. J. ; Yeh, Y. C. M.
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Pasadena, CA. Pasadena
 Office
 Corp. Source Codes: 064668001; ND894694
-ReptNo-
 PATENT-4 278 830; PAT-APPL-6-093 714
 Filed 13 Nov. 79 Patented 14 Jul. 81 10p
 Supersedes PAT-APPL-6-093 714, N80-12549 (18 - 03, p 0352). Sponsored by
 NASA.
 This Government-owned invention available for U.S. licensing and, possibly,
 for foreign licensing. Copy of patent available Commissioner of Patents,
 Washington, DC. 20231 $0.50.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Patent
-NTISPR-
 Not available NTIS
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8201; STAR1920
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 A method of fabricating a Schottky barrier solar cell is described. The cell
 consists of a thin substrate of low cost material with at least the top
 surface of the substrate being electrically conductive. A thin layer of
 heavily doped n-type polycrystalling germanium is deposited on the substrate
 after a passivation layer is deposited to prevent migration of impurities
 into the polycrystalline germanium. The polycrystalline germanium is
 recrystallized to increase the crystal sizes to serve as a base layer on
 which a thin layer of gallium arsenide is vapor-epitaxilly grown followed by
 a thermally-grown oxide layer. A metal layer is deposited on the oxide layer
 and a grid electrode is deposited to be in electrical contact with the top
 surface of the metal layer.
-Desc-
 *Patents; *Barrier layers; *Metal oxide semiconductors; *Schottky diodes;
 *Solar cells; Gallium arsenides; Germanium; Oxide films; Semiconductors
 (Materials)
-Ident-
 PAT-CL-136-255; PAT-CL-136-258; PAT-CL-136-262; PAT-CL-35-15; NTISGPNASA
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources) ; 90F (Government
 Inventions For Licensing--Electrotechnology); 97N (Energy--Solar Energy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 74
-A-
 862418 AD-A101 882/9
-W-
 Thermodynamic Theory of Size Dependence of Melting Temperature in Metals
 Couchman, P. R. ; Jesser, W. A.
 Virginia Univ., Charlottesville. Dept. of Materials Science.
 Corp. Source Codes: 015207011; 401761
 Sponsor: Army Research Office, Research Triangle Park, NC.
-ReptNo-
 ARO-14519.3-MS
 3 May 77 4p
 Pub. in Nature, v269 n5628 p481-483, 6 Oct. 77 (No copies furnished by
 DTIC/NTIS).
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Doc. Type:
 Jrnl article
-NTISPR-
 Not available NTIS
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8124
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: DAAG29-79-C-0115
 No abstract available.
-Desc-
 *Metals; *Thermodynamic properties; *Melting point; *Particle size; Surface
 reactions; Interfacial tension; Phase transformations; Solid phases; Liquid
 phases; Nucleation; Growth (General); Chemical equilibrium; Theory;
 Reprints
-Ident-
 NTISDODXR; NTISDODXR; NTISDODA
-SectHd-
 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical
 Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 75
-A-
 58428 DOE/JPL/954355-81-17
-W-
 Large-Area Silicon Sheet by EFG. First Quarterly Report, January 1,
 1981-March 31, 1981
 Mobil Tyco Solar Energy Corp., Waltham, MA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 100198000; 9501141
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
 29 May 81 43p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8122; NSA0600
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: NAS-7-100-954355
 A multiple growth run with three 10 cm cartridges was carried out with the
 best throughput rates and time percentage of simultaneous three-ribbon
 growth achieved to date in this system. Growth speeds were between 3.2 and
 3.6 cm/minute on all three cartridges and simultaneous full-width growth of
 three ribbons was achieved 47% of the time over the eight-hour duration of
 the experiment. Improvements in instrumentation and in the main zone
 temperature uniformity have been two factors that have led to more
 reproducible growth conditions in the multiple ribbon furnace. Factors
 influencing ribbon quality are being investigated through the study of the
 effect of ambient gas species and concentrations on material properties.
 Growth of ribbon with the cold shoes characteristic of the high-speed
 systems has shown that the properties of this ribbon respond to ambient
 changes in much the same way as when no cold shoes are present. The best
 cell efficiencies attained for 10 cm wide ribbon grown with cold shoes are
 still below those obtained without cold shoes (10 to 11% versus 12 to 13%,
 respectively). It has also been shown in these experiments that meniscus CO
 sub 2 and quartz introduced in the melt (contained in graphite crucibles)
 are equivalent in improving the electronic quality of the ribbon in these
 systems. Development of a system to grow 10 cm wide ribbon in the speed
 range from 3 to 4 cm/minute without the use of the conventional cold shoes
 is underway. Work on building a new multiple furnace for growth of four 10
 cm wide ribbons has been started. (ERA citation 06: 023272)
-Desc-
 *Silicon; Carbon dioxide; Controlled atmospheres; Crystal growth;
 Efficiency; Efg method; Furnaces; Quartz; Silicon solar cells; Temperature
 control
-Ident-
 ERDA/140501; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 7A (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering); 99B (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry
 and Chemical Process Engineering); 97N (Energy--Solar Energy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 76
-A-
 857855 AD-A101 173/3
-W-
 The Effects of Ion Implantation on Friction and Wear of Metals (Progress
 rept. Jan 80-Apr. 81)
 Suh, Nam P. ; Shepard, Sharon R.
 Massachusetts Inst. of Tech., Cambridge. Lab. for Mfg. and Productivity.
 Corp. Source Codes: 001450249; 410897
 May 81 185p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A09/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8122
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: N00014-80-C-255
 The effect of ion implantation on the friction and wear behavior of metals
 was investigated. Experiments were conducted with iron, titanium, and copper
 implanted with nitrogen ions, iron implanted with aluminum ions, and copper
 implanted with zinc ions. The significant reduction in friction and wear of
 the iron and titanium systems is attributed to a hard layer formed during
 the ion implantation process. This hard layer minimizes plowing and
 subsurface deformation and hence reduces the delamination wear process, i.e.
 crack nucleation, crack propagation, and the formation of delamination wear
 sheets. A finite element model of an elastic semi-infinite solid under the
 contact of a stationary rigid asperity showed that the hard layer does not
 change the subsurface stress distribution by supporting the load, but rather
 that this thin layer decreases the plowing component of friction. The model
 predicts that this decrease in the friction coefficient in turn,
 substantially reduces subsurface deformation and thus wear. The implanted
 copper specimens which did not appear to have a hard surface layer showed
 little improvement in their tribological behavior over the unimplanted
 copper.
-Desc-
 *Metals; *Ion implantation; *Friction; *Wear; Iron Titanium ; Copper;
 Surface finishing; Hardening; Layers; Wear resistance; Sliding friction;
 Stress concentration; Subsurface; Deformation
-Ident-
 NTISDODXA; NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 11F (Materials--Metallurgy and Metallography); 71N (Materials
 Sciences--Nonferrous Metals and Alloys)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 77
-A-
 855957 ONWI-214
-W-
 Desiccant Materials Screening for Backfill in a Salt Repository
 Simpson, D. R.
 Lehigh Univ., Bethlehem, PA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 015988000; 3705000
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
 Oct. 80 98p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8121; NSA0600
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC06-76RL01830
 Maintaining an anhydrous environment around nuclear waste stored in a salt
 repository in a concern which can be alleviated by using a desiccant
 material for backfilling. Such a desiccant should desiccate a brine yet be
 non deliquescent, the hydrated product should have moderate thermal
 stability, and the desiccant should have a high capacity and be readily
 available. From a literature search MgO and CaO were identified for detailed
 study. These oxides, and an intimate mixture of the two obtained by
 calcining dolomite, were used in experiments to further determine their
 suitability. They proved to be excellent desiccants with a high water
 capacity. The hydrates of both have moderate thermal stability and a high
 water content. Both MgO and CaO react in an alkaline chloride brine forming
 oxychloride compounds with different waters of crystallization. Some of
 these compounds are the Sorel Cements. CaO hydrates to Ca (OH) sub 2 which
 carbonates with CO sub 2 in air to form CaCO sub 3 and release the hydrated
 water. Thus the intimate mixture of CaO and MgO from calcined dolomite may
 serve as a desiccant and remove CO sub 2 from the repository atmosphere.
 (ERA citation 06: 019869)
-Desc-
 *Calcium oxides; *Desiccants; *Dolomite; *Magnesium oxides; *Radioactive
 waste disposal; *Radioactive waste facilities; Backfilling; Brines;
 Calcination; Calcium carbonates; Carbon dioxide; Chemical reactions ;
 Comparative evaluations; Hydrates; Salt deposits; Underground disposal;
 Water
-Ident-
 ERDA/052002; NTISDE; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 18G (Nuclear Science and Technology--Radioactive Wastes and Fission
 Products); 77G (Nuclear Science and Technology--Radioactive Wastes and
 Radioactivity)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 78
-A-
 852384 AD-A099 917/7
-W-
 Preliminary Reports, Memoranda and Technical Notes of the Materials Research
 Council Summer Conference La Jolla, California
 Sinnott, Mauirce J.
 Michigan Univ., Ann Arbor. Col. of Engineering.
 Corp. Source Codes: 002797145; 228650
-ReptNo-
 018324
 Jul. 80 451p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Conference proceeding
-NTISPR-
 PC A20/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8120
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: MDA903-80-C-0505
 Contents: Advanced Cruise Missile Engines from Coated Carbon/Carbon
 Composites; Comments on Carbon Engine; Oxidation and Growth Mechanisms
 Relevant to Semiconductor Electronics; Growth of Single Crystal Silicon on
 Amorphous Substrates; Preparation and Properties of HgCdTe; The Ledge Model
 for Oxidation of Silicon; Some Comments on Possible Mechanisms for
 Graphoepitaxy; Grapho-epitaxy and the Possible Effects of Stress; Report on
 Acoustic Emission Workshop; A Polymer Material - Composite Neutron Detectors
 Proposal for a Solid State Neutron Detector Low-Flux Thermal Neutron
 Detectors Based on Solid Boron; Adiabatic Flows in Fluids and Solids;
 Fracture Workshop; Force Laws; High Temperature Failure; Chemical Effects in
 Fractures Lattice Simulations of Cracks; Plastic Shielding of Sharp Crack
 Tips; Detection and Identification of CW Agents; Detection and Evaluation of
 Small Flaws in Optical Fibers; Fracture Toughness and Tensile Strength of
 Fero CTE and Other Ceramic Particle - Ductile Matrix; Improved Gun
 Propellants; Constraints on the Diffusive Cavitation of Isolated Grain
 Boundary Facets in Creeping Polycrystals; Cavity Nucleation during High
 Temperature Creep; Interactions of Pure Metals with Water; Gaseous Molecules
 with Very High Molecular Weights; Acoustic Scattering From Surface Cracks in
 Ceramics: Implications for Failure Prediction; Creep Fracture in Ceramics;
 Creep Cavitation of Grain Interfaces; and One Dimensional Melt Subjected to
 Rapid Quench.
-Desc-
 *Reports; *Symposia; Materials; Research management; Workshops; Composite
 materials; Engines; Semiconductor devices; Crystallography; Acoustic
 emissions; Polymers; Detectors; Fluid dynamics; Fracture (Mechanics);
 Chemical warfare agents; Gun propellants; Reaction kinetics; Ceramic
 materials; Physicochemical properties; Mechanical properties
-Ident-
 NTISDODXA; NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 5A (Behavioral and Social Sciences--Administration and Management; 70E
 (Administration and Management--Research Program Administration and
 Technology Transfer)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 79
-A-
 850354 DOE/SF/01929-T2
-W-
 Improved, Inexpensive Solar-Energy-Heating Heat Reservoir. Final Report
 Garrett Energy Research and Engineering Co., Inc., Ojai, CA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 063117000; 9509048
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
 7 Feb. 79 73p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI119; NSA0600
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: FG03-78SF01929
 The use of a salt hydrate, sodium sulfate decahydrate (glauber salt) to
 increase the heat storage capacity of a solar space heating system was
 studied. The rheological properties of the solids slurry was altered by
 modifying the crystal habit of glauber salt so as to form small chunky
 crystals and by using a viscosity modifier. Various additives to modify the
 crystal form habit were found; and though none were completely successful
 under pilot plant conditions, dodecylamine Hgl and Monsanto request were
 quite effective in the laboratory. Additional screening studies are
 required. An alginate viscosity modifier altered the surface tension of the
 slurry so as to prevent plugging and maintain a pumpable slurry. The slurry
 was contacted with air in a direct contact heat transfer column. The
 efficiency of the heat transfer decreased as the viscosity of the slurry
 increased. However, this is not a limiting factor and air temperatures of 80
 to 82 exp 0 F can be achieved. The slurry was found to be suitable for a
 radiant heating system and could be quite economically effective
 immediately. The storage capacity with a glauber salt slurry is about twice
 that of water with a potential of three times with improvement. A more
 important aspect of using the slurry is the increase in collector efficiency
 due to the decreased storage temperature. This could have the effect of
 halving the requires collector area. (ERA citation 06: 018488)
-Desc-
 *Sodium sulfates; *Solar heating systems; Additives Alginates; Bench-scale
 experiments; Crystal growth; Crystal structure; Crystallization; Direct
 contact heat exchangers; Efficiency; Experimental data; Flow rate; Heat
 transfer; Latent heat storage; Nucleation; Rheology; Slurries; Solar
 collectors; Specific heat; Surface tension; Viscosity
-Ident-
 ERDA/142000; ERDA/250600; NTISDE; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 10C (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Energy Storage); 97N (Energy--Solar
 Energy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 80
-A-
 848035 N81-22951/0
-W-
 Method for Horizontally Growing Ribbon Crystal
 Kudo, B.
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, DC.
 Corp. Source Codes: 011249000; NC452981
-ReptNo-
 NASA-TM-75809
 Jun. 10 14p
 Trans. Into Eng. from Japanese Patent No. Sho 52-15485 (Appl. No. 50-91099,
 5 Jul. 1975) p 437-441. Trans. By Scientific Translation Service, Santa
 Barbara, Calif. Original Document Prepared by Toyo Silicone CO., LTD.,
 Tokyo.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Translation
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8118; STAR1913
 Co. of Pub.: Japan
 Contract No.: NASA-3199
 A high speed method for forming ribbon crystal of desired width and
 thickness is characterized by drawing out the ribbon through a space whose
 distance is 5.7 times that of the thickness of the grown ribbon. The ribbon
 is drawn out between the molten body of the lower surface and the tip of the
 upper surface of the seed crystal and growing crystal. The ribbon growing at
 the tip of the seed crystal is drawn out horizontally and centrifugally by
 controlling the amounts of cooling and heating. The temperature is
 maintained about equal to the upper surface of the outlets from which the
 molten substance is drawn, at least in certain portions of the crucible rim,
 the rim is elevated to prevent dropping of the molten raw material.
-Desc-
 *Crystal growth; *Horizontal orientation; *Melts (Crystal growth); *Ribbons;
 Coagulation; Cooling; Crucibles; Heat sinks; Heating; High speed
-Ident-
 *Foreign technology; Translations; NTISNASAT
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 81
-A-
 845462 N81-21544/4
-W-
 Large Area Silicon Sheet by EFG (Quarterly Report, 1 Oct. 1980 - 31 Dec.
 1980)
 Mobil Tyco Solar Energy Corp., Waltham, MA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 100198000; M4774112
 Sponsor: National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-CR-164138; DOE/JPL-954355-80/16 17 Feb. 81 38p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8117; STAR1912
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: JPL-954355
 The development of a technique for the production of silicon ribbon is
 discussed. Extensive characterization of the multiple ribbon Furnace 3A main
 zone temperature profile was performed and the information used to improve
 uniformity of heating. Irregularities in the main zone heater were
 associated with growth difficulties at specific cartridge locations, and
 growth conditions subsequently improved by profiling the main zone heater.
 Good growth conditions were established in all three cartridge positions.
 These improvements allowed multiple growth of three 10 cm wide ribbons to be
 demonstrated for periods of an hour on several occasions. A gas distribution
 system for the 10 cm cartridge was introduced and demonstrated to lead to
 improved ambient control during growth. Growth without and with CO2 showed
 that quality improvement in 10 cm ribbon grown with cold shoes results from
 ambient manipulation.
-Desc-
 *Crystal growth; *Furnaces; *Production engineering; *Ribbons; *Silicon
 films; Carbon dioxide; Gas injection; Production costs; Solar cells;
 Temperature control
-Ident-
 NTISNASA
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources) ; 99B
 (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry and Chemical Process Engineering)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 82
-A-
 844240 AD-A098 050/8
-W-
 Nucleate Pool Boiling of High Dielectric Fluids from Enhanced Surfaces
 (Master's thesis)
 Lepere, Jr., Victor Joseph
 Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey, CA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 019895000; 251450
 Dec 80 97p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Thesis
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MFA01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8117
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Experimental results of the heat transfer performance of three enhanced
 surfaces, a Union Carbide, Linde High Flux, a Hitachi Thermoexcel-E, a
 Weland Gewa-T, and a plain copper surface in the nucleate pool boiling
 regime in R-113 and FC-72 are presented. Prior to obtaining the data, each
 of the surfaces was subjected to one of three initial conditions, and the
 effect of past history on boiling incipience was observed. The data showed
 that all the surfaces behaved in a similar manner prior to the onset of
 boiling. Temperature overshoots were most pronounced for the initial
 condition in which the surfaces were submerged in the liquid pool overnight.
 All of the enhanced surfaces exhibited a two to ten-fold increase in the
 heat transfer coefficient when compared to the plain surface. The High Flux
 surface was most effective over a broad range of heat fluxes. The Hitachi
 surface showed a similar gain in heat transfer coefficient to that of the
 High Flux surface below 10 kW/sq. m, while the Gewa-T surface was not as
 effective as the other surfaces at low heat fluxes. At high fluxes, the
 Gewa-T surface performed in a comparable if not better manner. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Solid state electronics; *Microminiaturization; *Cooling; *Heat transfer;
 *Semiconductor devices; Coefficients; Nucleation; Boiling; Surfaces; Copper;
 Activation; Heat flux; Theses
-Ident-
 Nucleate boiling; Nucleate pool boiling; Linde High Flux surface; Hitachi
 Thermoexcel-E surface; Gewa-T surface; NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 13A (Mechanical, Industrial, Civil, and Marine Engineering--Air
 Conditioning, Heating, Lighting, and Ventilating); 94G (Industrial and
 Mechanical Engineering--Manufacturing Processes and Materials Handling)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 83
-A-
 839334 N81-19945/7
-W-
 Interpretation of the Striation of Ruby Crystals
 Nitschmann, G. ; Gregory, A.
 Canada Inst. for Scientific and Technical Information, Ottawa (Ontario).
 Corp. Source Codes: 062652000; CE395465
 Sponsor: National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 NRC/CNR-TT-1996;
 ISSN-0077-5606 1/81 9p
 Trans. Into Eng. from zeitschrift fuer Physik Chem. Neue Folge, (Germany, F.
 R.), No. 121, 1980 p 237-242.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Translation
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8115; STAR1910
 Co. of Pub.: Germany, Federal Republic of
 The occurrence of periodic color chances in laser grown ruby crystals is
 examined. The crystals were grown using the method of floating zone melting;
 the floating zone being produced by beams from CO2 lasers. Cathode
 luminescence showed the same striations due to differences in Cr content. As
 the value of the distribution coefficient of Cr in Al2O3 is practically
 unity, fluctuations in the temperature of the molten zone and the resulting
 changes in growth rate should not influence the Cr distribution. It is found
 that the content of dissolved gas in the melt is the reason for the
 luminescence fluctuations and color striations.
-Desc-
 *Crystal growth; *Crystals; *Ruby; *Striation; Carbon dioxide lasers
 Cathodoluminescence; Chromium; color; Dissolved gases; Electron microscopy
-Ident-
 *Foreign technology; Translations; NTISNASAT
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 84
-A-
 827944 AD-A093 881/1
-W-
 The Interaction of Monatomic and Diatomic Molecules with Solid Surfaces: The
 Structure of Water Cluster Beams and Their Scattering from Surfaces (Final
 rept. 1 Oct. 78-30 Sept. 80)
 Dreyfuss, David D. ; Trilling, Leon ; Wachman, Harold Y.
 Massachusetts Inst. of Tech., Cambridge. Dept. of Aeronautics and
 Astronautics.
 Corp. Source Codes: 001450109; 220003
 Sponsor: Air Force Office of Scientific Research, Bolling AFB, DC.
-ReptNo-
 AFOSR-TR-8-1365
 Nov. 80 182p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A09/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8111
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: F44620-76-C-0036; 2307; A3
 An experimental study of homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation was
 conducted, using molecular beam techniques: mass spectrometry and time-of
 flight velocity spectrometry, with and without mass filtering. Both the
 clustered beam itself and the scattering of the clusters from surfaces were
 studied. The beam was found to consist of a broad spectrum of clusters all
 having approximately the same velocity distribution. Small clusters were
 found to have a binding energy much less than that of bulk ice. Measurements
 of a beam scattered from a surface using a time-of-flight velocity
 spectrometer show four distinct patterns. These are: (1) a diffuse
 scattering channel (monomers, Maxwellian/cosine at the target temperature),
 (2) a direct inelastic channel for monomers characterized by a small loss of
 incident velocity with a broad spatial distribution peaked at the tangent
 for all incident angles, theta sub i, (3) a well-defined specular directed
 lobe (theta sub s = theta sub i greater than 50 deg) with particle velocity
 much slower than (1) or (2) and a velocity distribution narrower than a
 stationary Maxwellian, and (4) another slow peak with a slightly broader
 velocity distribution into a sharp intensity peak near the tangent for all
 theta sub i greater than 50 deg. The amplitude of the specularly directed
 slow peak (3) appears to give a sensitive indication of surface coverage.
 (Author)
-Desc-
 *Ice; *Nucleation; *Molecular beams; Diatomic molecules; Mass spectrometry;
 Water; Crystallization; Crystal growth; Heterogeneity
-Ident-
 Monatomic molecules; Heterogeneous ice nucleation; NTISDODXA ; NTISDODAF
-SectHd-
 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical
 Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 85
-A-
 821271 DOE/MC/12734-T1
-W-
 Hydrocarbon Autothermal Performing Program Annual Report
 Lewis, P. F. ; Kothandaraman, G. ; Pugh, E. ; Lord, G. ; Yarrington, R.
 Physical Sciences, Inc., Woburn, MA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 100572000; 9503380
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 TR-235
 Oct. 80 9p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8108; NSA0600
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AC21-79MC12734
 A goal of the national molten carbonate fuel cells program is to develop the
 capability to use heavy fuel oil or coal liquids as feed stock for fuel cell
 power plants. These liquid fuels must be reformed to gaseous fuels which are
 composed mainly of CO, H sub 2 , CO sub 2 , and H sub 2 O (and N sub 2 ) for
 use by the fuel cell. The goal of this program is to understand the
 mechanism for the formation of soot under conditions relevant to autothermal
 reformers and to translate this understanding to recommendations for
 modification of autothermal design. This goal is to be accomplished by a
 combination of experimental and theoretical tasks. The experimental tasks
 are to study the mechanisms of soot formation under controlled conditions
 with gaseous fuels, O sub 2 and H sub 2 O, both premixed, and with
 well-described mixing, with and without catalysts. The theoretical tasks
 will develop models to describe the experimental data first by detailed
 chemical and fluid mechanical processes, second by quasiequilibrium models,
 and finally by scaling laws. These scaling laws will then be utilized in
 recommending reformer design modifications. The first year's work of the two
 year program is described. (ERA citation 06: 001812)
-Desc-
 *Coal fuel cells; *Coal liquids; *Fuel oils; *Hydrocarbon fuel cells;
 *Molten carbonate fuel cells; Catalysts; Chemical reaction kinetics;
 Chemical reactions; Chemical reactors; Data analysis; Ethane; Flow models;
 Fuel systems; Mathematical models; Optimization; Oxygen; Parametric
 analysis; Partial oxidation processes; Reformer processes; Research
 programs; Scaling laws; Soot; Thermochemical processes; Water
-Ident-
 ERDA/010404; ERDA/020400; ERDA/300503; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources) ; 7D
 (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 97O (Energy--Miscellaneous Energy
 Conversion and Storage); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical
 Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 86
-A-
 819540 DOE/PC/04717-5
-W-
 Catalytic Conversion of Oxygenated Compounds to Low Molecular Weight
 Olefins. Progress Report for the Period March 1, 1980 to August 31, 1980
 Anthony, R. G.
 Texas A and M Univ., College Station.
 Corp. Source Codes: 004736000; 618100
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
 30 Sept. 80 12p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8107; NSA0600
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: AS02-78PC0471
 A possible route for producing low molecular weight olefins is to convert
 synthesis gas to methanol followed by conversion of methanol to olefins in a
 one-step process. During this report period the reaction apparatus suitable
 for reaction pressure of 500 psi to 1000 psi was constructed. A preliminary
 trial run was performed for the reaction of synthesis gas over an intimate
 mixture of methanol synthesis catalyst and ?eolon-500 (mixture of chabasite
 and erionite). The reaction temperature, pressure and space velocity were
 400 exp 0 C, 800 psi, and 6000 r exp -1 (STP), respectively. The total
 carbon monoxide conversions were 15 to 24 percent. The major products were
 carbon dioxide and paraffins of C sub 1 to C sub 4 . Deactivation of the
 catalyst occurred after 10 hours. X-ray diffraction patterns of the catalyst
 occurred after 10 hours. X-ray diffraction patterns of the catalyst shows
 that crystal structure changed during the reaction, and the catalyst
 exhibited low crystallinity compared to synthetic erionite. (ERA citation
 06: 000379)
-Desc-
 *Alkenes; *Carbon monoxide; *Hydrogen; *Synthesis gas; Alkanes; Carbon
 dioxide; Catalysis; Catalysts; Chemical reactions; Chemical reactors;
 Crystal structure; Deactivation; High temperature; Medium pressure;
 Methanol; Synthesis
-Ident-
 ERDA/090121; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 7A (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering); 99B (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry
 and Chemical Process Engineering)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 87
-A-
 812581 AD-A091 203/0
-W-
 Microstructure Fabrication Research
 Bezdjian, Krikor A. ; Dana, Stephane S. ; Melngailis, John ; Smith, Henry
 I.
 Massachusetts Inst. of Tech., Cambridge. Research Lab. of Electronics.
 Corp. Source Codes: 001450082; 304050 1979 6p
 Pub. in Research Lab. of Electronics Progress Report No. 122, Section 19,
 p89-91 Jan 80.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Doc. Type:
 Jrnl article
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/M A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8105
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: N00014-79-C-0908
 No abstract available.
-Desc-
 *Microstructure; *Fabrication; *Research management; Crystallization;
 Epitaxial growth; Layers Silicon compounds; Solar cells; Surface chemistry;
 Nucleation; Diffraction analysis
-Ident-
 Submicrometer structure; Graphoepitaxy; Diffraction gratings; NTISDODXR
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 6D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 88
-A-
 810520 DOE/JPL/954373-80/14
-W-
 Silicon Ingot Casting: Heat Exchanger Method (HEM)/Multi-Wire Slicing: Fixed
 Abrasive Slicing Technique (FAST), Phase IV. Quarterly Progress Report No.
 2, April 1, 1980-June 30, 1980
 Schmid, F. ; Khattak, C. P. ; Basaran, M.
 Crystal Systems, Inc., Salem, MA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 064364000; 9502156
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
 Aug. 80 46p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8104; NSA0500
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: NAS-7-100-954373
 Silicon ingot size cast by HEM has been extended to 34 cm x 34 cm x 10 cm. A
 20 kg ingot has been solidified at 3 kg/hr. with no crucible attachment or
 ingot cracking problems. Another ingot of 26 kg weight has also been
 solidified. The heat treatment used to develop a graded structure paused
 cracking on the inside surface of the first large crucibles. The thermal
 conditions were altered to minimize high gradients and the cracking was
 eliminated. A high degree of single crystallinity has been maintained as the
 size of the ingots has been increased. A graphite retainer made out of flat
 plates was used to produce an ingot with flat sides and rounded curves. It
 is now possible to electroplate diamonds only on the cutting edge of the
 wire. The advantages associated with diamonds on the cutting edge only are
 lower kerf, improved accuracy by improved heating in the support rollers,
 and less degradation of the rollers. This has resulted in less wander of
 wires and will reduce costs by using less diamonds and less degradation of
 rollers. The main failure mechanism of wires - diamond pullout - has been
 minimized by using filler diamonds to prevent erosion of the nickel matrix.
 It has been shown that an electroplated wirepack can be used to slice three
 10 cm diameter silicon ingots without significant diamond pullout. IPEG
 analysis of value added costs of sheet formation using conservative and
 optimistic extension of HEM and FAST technologies yields $27.05/m exp 2
 ($0.191/w) and $13.49/m exp 2 (0.095/w), respectively. Assuming cost goals
 of other tasks are met, the projected costs are $0.654/w, conservatively,
 and $0.539/w, optimistically, for photovoltaic modules. (ERA citation 05:
 034639)
-Desc-
 *Silicon; Abrasives; Casting; Cost Cracks; Crystal growth; Cutting;
 Diamonds; Electroplating; Heat exchanger method; Heat treatments;
 Impregnation; Monocrystals; Research programs; Sheets; Silicon solar cells
 Wires
-Ident-
 ERDA/140501; ERDA/360601; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources) ; 97N (Energy--Solar
 Energy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 89
-A-
 807331 LBL-9839
-W-
 Theoretical Aspects of Solid State Reactions in a Mixed Particulate Ensemble
 and Kinetics of Lead Zirconate Formation
 Chandratreya, S. S.
 California Univ., Berkeley. Lawrence Berkeley Lab.
 Corp. Source Codes: 005029222; 1112800
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
 Sept. 79 151p
 Thesis.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A08/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8103; NSA0500
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: W-7405-ENG-48
 A theoretical analysis was carried out to estimate the quasi-steady-state
 external mass transport by lattice, surface and gaseous diffusion in terms
 of the stereologically measurable microstructural parameters of a mixed
 powder compact. It was shown that the gaseous transport can be described by
 a single dimensionless quantity termed sublimation transport modulus. Using
 these equations, the relative importance of the alternate external transport
 modes can be evaluated. Experimental work determined the reaction isotherms
 for the formation of lead zirconate from yellow PbO and monoclinic zirconia
 between 710 exp 0 C to 810 exp 0 C for two zirconia size distributions. The
 larger zirconia showed diffusion controlled shrinking core kinetics up to
 about 90 percent reaction while the smaller zirconia indicated a diffusion
 controlled spherical growth of up to 85 percent reaction after an
 instantaneous nucleation at a limited number of sites. The difference was
 attributed to the differences in the mixing time and not to the particulate
 sizes. It was observed that for the same size range, a longer mixing
 operation gave a better dispersion of reactants which resulted in a higher
 nucleation site density required for a shrinking core type of product
 morphology and faster kinetics. A microprobe profile analysis of partially
 reacted particles confirmed that for the shorter mixing period, reaction
 resulted in a nucleation-growth-impingement type of morphology. The
 activation energy as calculated from the nucleation-growth model fit to the
 data was 138 Kcal/mole which is close to 131 Kcal/mole reported for Pb exp
 2+ diffusion in Pbo sub 3. Approximate calculations show that the gaseous
 external mass flux of PbO was negligible compared to the lattice or surface
 diffusive flux. (ERA citation 05: 00978)
-Desc-
 *Lead oxides; *Zirconium oxides; Chemical reaction kinetics Diffusion; Lead
 compounds; Mass transfer; Microstructure; Solids; Zirconates
-Ident-
 ERDA/400201; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical
 Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 90
-A-
 800203 DOEJPL/954355-79/3
-W-
 Large Area Silicon Sheet by EFG. Annual Progress Report, October 1,
 1978-September 30, 1979
 Mobil Tyco Solar Energy Corp., Waltham, MA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 100198000; 9501141
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC. 14 Mar 80 76p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8026; NSA0500
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: NAS-7-100-954355
 The progress which as been made in 1978/1979 to evolve systems designs for
 growth stations which produce multiple silicon ribbons by the EFG process is
 reported. This progress culminated in the demonstration of five ribbon
 multiple growth in May 1979 and in recent advances toward improved
 electronic quality of ribbons grown from these machines. These advances were
 made in large measure by studies in which the composition of the gas
 environment around the meniscus area was varied. By introducing gases such
 as CO sub 2 , CO, and CH sub 4 into this region, reproducible increases in
 diffusion length and cell performance have been realized, with the best
 large area (5 cm x 10 cm) cells exceeding 1% (AM1) efficiency. (ERA citation
 05: 030377)
-Desc-
 *Efg method; *Silicon; Annealing; Carbon dioxide; Carbon monoxide; Crystal
 growth; Dies; Diffusion length; Equipment; Furnaces; Methane; Performance;
 Research programs; Schottky barrier diodes; Silicon solar cells
-Ident-
 ERDA/140501; ERDA/360601; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources) ; 97N (Energy--Solar
 Energy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 91
-A-
 797642 LBL-10673
-W-
 Deposition of CaCO sub 3 in Porous Materials by Flashing Geothermal Fluid
 Michels, D. E.
 Republic Geothermal, Inc., Santa Fe Springs, CA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 9505783
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
 Apr. 80 33p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8025; NSA0500
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: W-7405-ENG-48
 Deposition of CaCO sub 3 from natural geothermal fluid was studied by using
 porous substrates made from several granular materials. These experiments
 aimed to explore connections between the process of steam flash from
 superheated CO sub 2 -charged water and the consequent changes in the
 carbonate chemical equilibria. The substrates were characterized pre- and
 post-experiment. Flow rates and compositions of input and output fluids were
 determined. The resultant CaCO sub 3 deposits were examined from several
 points of view. (ERA citation 05: 028882)
-Desc-
 *Calcium carbonates; *Geothermal fluids; Aragonite; Calcite Carbon dioxide;
 Chemical composition; Crystal growth; Deposition; Flashing Flow rate;
 Porosity; Porous materials; Scaling; Water
-Ident-
 ERDA/150903; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 8I (Earth Sciences and Oceanography--Mining Engineering); 97P
 (Energy--Geothermal Energy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 92
-A-
 796878 DSE-2207-T2
-W-
 Thin Film Polycrystalline Silicon Solar Cells. Quarterly Report No. 1, 1
 October-31 December 1978
 Sarma, K. R. ; Rice, M. J.
 Motorola, Inc., Phoenix, Az. Solar Energy Dept.
 Corp. Source Codes: 9506704
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC. 1978 44p.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8025; NSA0500
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: ET-78-C-03-2207
 During this quarter, the Energy Beam deposition system was modified to
 obtain a deposition zone of uniform temperature. Parametric studies of
 silicon deposition are being conducted using this system employing a square
 cross-section reactor with SiHCl sub 3 as silicon source gas. In these
 experiments, large-area self-supporting silicon films with lengths up to
 18'' were produced. As a long term solution to beam arcing problems, a
 rotating energy beam nozzle was designed, built and tested. Silicon
 deposition experiments using SiO sub 2 coated molybdenum indicated that SiO
 sub 2 acts as a good diffusion barrier and prevents the formation of MoSi
 sub 2 ; these films, however, would not separate from the substrate, so it
 appears that on MoSi sub 2 interface is necessary for shear separation.
 Energy Beam deposited silicon films were grain enhanced by the RTR
 technique. These silicon films, as grown, have exhibited unmeasurably low
 (by the SPV technique) minority carrier diffusion lengths, possibly due to a
 pervasive contamination during RTR growth. However, a gettering sequence
 involving PH sub 3 diffusion has been found to substantially improve the
 diffusion length of RTR processed CVD silicon films, and similar
 improvements can be expected in the energy beam films also, Diffusion
 lengths in excess of 100 mu m were observed in the gettered CVD silicon
 films. (ERA citation 05: 027089)
-Desc-
 *Silicon; *Silicon solar cells; Charge carriers; Chemical reactors; Crystal
 growth; Diffusion length; Energy beam deposition; Energy beam deposition
 films; Equipment; Fabrication; Films; Gettering; Impurities ;
 Microstructure; Nozzles; Polycrystals; Research programs; Ribbon-to-ribbon
 method
-Ident-
 ERDA/140501; ERDA/3z0601; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources) ; 97N (Energy--Solar
 Energy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 93
-A-
 796744 DOE/JPL/954355-80-1
-W-
 Large Area Silicon Sheet by EFG. First Quarterly Report, Jan 1-March 31,
 1980
 Mobil Tyco Solar Energy Corp., Waltham, MA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 9501141
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC. 1 Jun. 80 56p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8025; NSA0500
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: NAS-7-100-954355
 Operation of Furnace 3 in a multiple mode with three 10 cm cartridges and
 with melt replenishment has been demonstrated for the first time. Detailed
 characterization of the temperature field of the 10 cm cartridge has been
 started in order to assist in work on improving cartridge performance and in
 implementation of automatic controls. Development of the 10 cm cartridge
 system in Furnace 17 has proceeded with efforts to improve high speed
 performance and to study means by which to improve ribbon quality. Reliable
 growth has been achieved up to speeds as high as 4.0 cm/min., and cell
 efficiencies of above 10% (AM1 and AR coated) have been demonstrated for
 this ribbon. The study of ambient influences on growth conditions and
 quality has continued in Furnace 18 with additional growth with CO sub 2
 present. The photovoltaic performance of ribbon grown with and without CO
 sub 2 has been investigated, and differences in light enhancement
 characteristics are observed as a function of the type of processing used,
 viz., CVD as compared to PH sub 3 . (ERA citation 05: 028599)
-Desc-
 *Silicon; *Silicon solar cells; Carbon dioxide; Control systems; Crystal
 growth; Data; Diffusion; Efg method; Electrical properties ; Equipment;
 Fabrication; Fill factors; Furnaces; Graphs; Isolated values; Performance;
 Research programs; Sheets; Spectral response; Temperature monitoring
-Ident-
 ERDA/140501; ERDA/360601; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources); 97N (Energy--Solar
 Energy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 94
-A-
 796743 DOE/JPL/954343-80/19
-W-
 Process Feasibility Study in Support of Silicon Material Task I. Quarterly
 Technical Progress Report (XIX), March 1-May 31, 1980
 Yaws, C. L. ; Li, K. Y.
 Lamar Univ., Beaumont, TX. Dept. of Chemical Engineering.
 Corp. Source Codes: 9502479
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
 Jun. 80 35p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8025; NSA0500
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: NAS-7-100-954343
 Analyses of process system properties were continued for chemical materials
 important in the production of silicon. Major physical, thermodynamic and
 transport property data are reported for silicon including critical
 constants, vapor pressure, heat of vaporization, heat of sublimation, heat
 capacity, density, surface tension, viscosity and thermal conductivity. The
 property data covers both liquid and solid phases and are reported as a
 function of temperature for rapid engineering usage. Major efforts in
 chemical engineering analysis centered on the HSC process (Hemlock
 Semiconductor Corporation). The approach for the process involves performing
 initial analysis for DCS production (ichlorosilane) and then performing
 analysis of polysilicon production from the DCS. For the DCS production,
 status and progress are reported for primary activities of base case
 conditions (65%), reaction chemistry (65%), process flowsheet (60%),
 material balance (50%) and energy balance (40%). Two key features -
 redistribution reactor relocation and final distillation - are introduced to
 increase yield of DCS by about 10 to 20%, help insure purity and reduce
 potential dust (fine particle nucleation) components in the polysilicon feed
 material. The preliminary flowsheet for DCS production was forwarded to
 Hemlock Semiconductor Corporation for initial screening and review. Hemlock
 Semiconductor is in agreement in regards to relocation of the redistribution
 reactor to increase yield. Additional follow-up review is in progress
 including boron removal options identified by Hemlock Semiconductor. 166
 references. (ERA citation 05: 025571)
-Desc-
 *Silicon; Chemical reactions; Critical pressure; Critical temperature; Data;
 Density; Engineering; Feasibility studies; Graphs; Isolated values; Physical
 properties; Production; Specific heat; Sublimation heat; Surface tension;
 Thermal conductivity; Thermodynamic properties; Vapor pressure; Vaporization
 heat; Viscosity
-Ident-
 ERDA/140501; ERDA/360603; ERDA/360601; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 95
-A-
 783611 DOE/JPL/954355-79/4
-W-
 Large Area Silicon Sheet by EFG. Fourth Quarterly Report, October 1,
 1979-December 31, 1979
 Wald, F. V.
 Mobil Tyco Solar Energy Corp., Waltham, MA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 100198000; 9501141
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC. 1 May 80 39p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8020; NSA0500
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: NAS-7-100-954355
 In Machine No. 1, studies concerning the influence of gas ambients on the
 properties of the ribbon grown from resistance heated machines have
 continued. It has been demonstrated that material grown in a CO sub
 2-containing ambient can be processed so that cell efficiencies of approx.
 12% (AM1) result. Machine 3B, the multiple furnace, is still in preparation
 for its fist 10 cm ribbon multiple run. In Machine 17, full-width growth at
 3 to 4 cm/min. is now routine, and quality-related work will commence. (ERA
 citation 05: 021973)
-Desc-
 *Silicon; Carbon dioxide; Carbon monoxide; Crystal growth; Dies; Efg method;
 Electrical properties; Equipment; Furnaces; Modifications ; Optimization;
 Performance; Silicon solar cells
-Ident-
 ERDA/140501; ERDA/360601; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive--Power Sources) ; 20B
 (Physics--Crystallography); 97N (Energy--Solar Energy); 46D (Physics--Solid
 State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 96
-A-
 771590 ORNL/TM-6445
-W-
 Separation of Americium, Curium, and Rare Earths from High-Level Wastes by
 Oxalate Precipitation: Experiments with Synthetic Waste Solutions
 Forsberg, C. W.
 Oak Ridge National Lab., TN.
 Corp. Source Codes: 021310000; 4832000
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
 Jan 80 103p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A06/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8016; NSA0500
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: W-7405-ENG-26
 The separation of trivalent actinides and rare earths from other fission
 products in high-level nuclear wastes by oxalate precipitation followed by
 ion exchange (OPIX) was experimentally investigated using synthetic wastes
 and a small-scale, continuous-flow oxalic acid precipitation and
 solid-liquid separation system. Trivalent actinide and rare earth oxalates
 are relatively insoluble in 0.5 to 1.0 M HNO sub 3 whereas other fission
 product oxalates are not. The continuous-flow system consisted of one or two
 stirred-bank reactors in series for crystal growth. Oxalic acid and waste
 solutions were mixed in the first tank, with the product solid-liquid slurry
 leaving the second tank. Solid-liquid separation was tested by filters and
 by a gravity settler. The experiments determined the fraction of rare earths
 precipitated and separated from synthetic waste streams as a function of
 number of reactors, system temperature, oxalic acid concentration, liquid
 residence time in the process, power input to the stirred-tank reactors, and
 method of solid-liquid separation. The crystalline precipitate was
 characterized with respect to form, size, and chemical composition. These
 experiments are only the first step in converting a proposed chemical
 flowsheet into a process flowsheet suitable for large-scale remote
 operations at high activity levels. (ERA citation 05: 014945)
-Desc-
 *Americium; *Curium; Opix process; *Radioactive waste processing; *Rare
 earths; Fission products; Flowsheets; High-level radioactive wastes; Ion
 exchange; Oxalates; Oxalic acid; Precipitation
-Ident-
 ERDA/052001; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 18G (Nuclear Science and Technology--Radioactive Wastes and Fission
 Products); 77G (Nuclear Science and Technology--Radioactive Wastes and
 Radioactivity)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 97
-A-
 771415 N80-21490/1
-W-
 Tribological Properties of Sputtered MS sub 2 Films in Relation to Film
 Morphology
 Spalvins, T.
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Cleveland, OH. Lewis Research
 Center.
 Corp. Source Codes: 019039001; ND315753
-ReptNo-
 NASA-TM-81465; E-394
 Mar 80 17p
 Presented at the Intern. Conf. On Met. Coatings, San Diego, 21-25 Apr. 1980;
 Sponsored by the AM. Vacuum Soc.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8016; STAR1812
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Thin sputter deposited MoS2 films in the 2000 to 6000 A thickness range have
 shown excellent lubricating properties, when sputtering parameters and
 substrate conditions are properly selected and precisely controlled. The
 lubricating properties of sputtered MoS2 films are strongly influenced by
 their crystalline-amorphous structure, morphology and composition. The
 coefficient of friction can range from 0.04 which is effective lubrication
 to 0.4 which reflects an absence of lubricating properties. Visual screening
 and slight wiping of the as-sputtered MoS2 film can identify the integrity
 of the film. An acceptable film displays a black-sooty surface appearance
 whereas an unacceptable film has a highly reflective, gray surface and the
 film is hard and brittle.
-Desc-
 *Coefficient of friction; *Molybdenum disulfides; *Sputtering; *Thin films;
 *Tribology; Amorphous materials; Crystallinity; Electron spectroscopy;
 Lubrication; Nucleation; Substrates
-Ident-
 *Solid lubricants; NTISNASA
-SectHd-
 11H (Materials--Oils, Lubricants, and Hydraulic Fluids) ; 71K (Materials
 Sciences--Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 98
-A-
 771143 IS-T-885
-W-
 Interaction and Reactivity of Nitric Oxide and Carbon Monoxide on Ruthenium
 Surfaces
 Quick, E. E.
 Ames Lab., IA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 001709000; 0305000
 Sponsor: Department of Energy, Washington, DC.
 Mar 80 207p
 Thesis.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A10/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8016; NSA0500
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: W-7405-ENG-82
 A multifaceted investigation of the reduction of nitric oxide by carbon
 monoxide using a ruthenium (102) single crystal catalyst in the pressure
 range 10 exp -3 to 10 Torr and temperature range of 300 to 475 exp 0 C has
 been undertaken. Kinetic and isotopic results indicate that the reaction
 products CO sub 2 and N sub 2 were produced via two reaction mechanisms.
 Using a reducing gas mixture (low P/sub NO//P/sub CO/ ratio) a two site
 mechanism was operative involving NO dissociation. The carbon monoxide
 kinetic order varied from +1 to -3 and the nitric oxide order varied from +1
 to 0. The catalyst under these conditions was determined to be metallic
 ruthenium with oxygen bonded within the first surface layer. The oxygen was
 unreactive and formed a (1 x 3)-0 LEED pattern. Under oxidizing conditions
 (high P/sub NO//P/sub CO/ ratio) the catalyst was ruthenium dioxide and the
 functional mechanism under these reaction conditions yielded a nitric oxide
 order of +2 to -4. Inclusion of a site poisoning mechanism under reducing
 conditions and an RuO sub 2 growth mechanism involving ruthenium cation
 transfer under oxidizing conditions into the kinetic rate laws led to an
 overall rate law which could be fit to the carbon monoxide and nitric oxide
 order plots. Using isotopically oxygen labeled reactants, it was observed
 that the three possible isotopes of carbon dioxide were produced. A gamma
 -CO surface species is postulated as an intermediate in the exchange
 process. The reaction was observed to be initially surface structure
 insensitive and the reaction kinetics were derived using a
 Langmuir-Hinshelwood formalism. (ERA citation 05: 016252)
-Desc-
 *Carbon monoxide; *Nitric oxide; *Ruthenium; Catalysts; Catalytic effects;
 Chemical reaction kinetics; Oxidation; Reduction; Ruthenium oxides;
 Surfaces
-Ident-
 ERDA/400201; ERDA/330701; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical
 Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 99
-A-
 751589 N80-12549/5
-W-
 Schottky Barrier Solar Cell and Method of Fabrication (Patent Application)
 Stirn, R. J. ; Yeh, Y. C. M.
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Pasadena Office, CA.
-ReptNo-
 PAT-APPL-6-093 714; NASA-CASE-NPO-13689-2
 Filed 13 Nov. 79 33p
 This Government-owned invention available for U.S. licensing and, possibly,
 for foreign licensing. Copy of application available NTIS.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Patent
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI8008; STAR1803
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
 Contract No.: NAS7-100
 A Schottky barrier solar cell is described which consists of a thin
 substrate of low cost material with at least the top surface of the
 substrate being electrically conductive. A thin layer of heavily doped
 n-type polycrystalline germanium, with crystalline sizes in the submicron
 range, is deposited on the substrate after a passivation layer is deposited
 on the substrate to prevent migration of impurities into the polycrystalline
 germanium on a substrate of low-cost conductive material. Then, the
 polycrystalline germanium is recrystallized to increase the crystal sizes in
 the germanium layer to not less than 5 microns, and preferably considerably
 more. It serves as a base layer on which a thin layer of gallium arsenide is
 vapor-epitaxilly grown to a selected thickness. Then, a thermally-grown
 oxide layer of a thickness of several tens of angstroms is formed on the
 gallium arsenide layer.
-Desc-
 *Production engineering; *Schottky diodes; *Solar cells; Epitaxy; Germanium;
 N-type semiconductors; Oxides; *Patent applications; Polycrystals;
 Substrates
-Ident-
 Gallium arsenide solar cells; NTISNASA
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources) ; 13H (Mechanical,
 Industrial, Civil, and Marine Engineering--Industrial Processes); 97N
 (Energy--Solar Energy); 90F (Government Inventions For
 Licensing--Electrotechnology)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 100
-A-
 735794 N79-31064/5
-W-
 Crystal Growth of 3-5 Semiconductors: Improvement Quality under
 Zero--Conditions (Final Report)
 Benz, K. W. ; Weiss, H. ; Muller, G.
 Erlangen-Nuremberg Univ. (Germany, F. R.). Inst. fuer
 Werkstoffwissenschaften.
-ReptNo-
 BMFT-FB-W-77-33
 Dec 77 72p
 Subm-Prepared in Cooperation with Stuttgart Univ. Misc.- Report Will Also Be
 Announced as Translation (Esa-TT-577). Text in German; attached summary in
 Eng..
-Lang-
 German
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7926 STAR1721
 Contract No.: BMFT-WRT-1075; DFVLR-BPT-01-QV-385A
 A traveling solvent method of crystal growth was studied and the crystals
 obtained characterized in order to determine a basis for evaluating crystal
 growth experiments to be conducted in Spacelab. Gallium antimonide (GaSb)
 and indium antimonide (InSb) crystals were grown using a vertical system
 (GaSb + InSb) as well as a horizontal one (InSb). A comparison was made
 between growth rates calculated by a diffusion limited transport model and
 the growth rates of the experiments. From these results it is concluded that
 the transport mechanism in the solution is governed by convection. The
 influence of various growth parameters on the crystal quality was studied.
 GaSb single crystals were grown with a diameter of 10 mm and the length of 0
 mm. The dislocation density of these growth crystals was lower by a reactor
 of 100, compared with the dislocation density of the seed crystal.
-Desc-
 *Gallium antimonides; *Indium antimonides; *Traveling solvent method;
 Convection; Crystal dislocations; Crystal growth; Diffusion coefficient;
 Rates (Per time); Single crystals; Spacelab
-Ident-
 NTISNASE
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 101
-A-
 730133 OO-2407-7
-W-
 Kinetics, Morphology and Thermodynamics of the Solid--Liquid Transition of
 Non-Metals. Progress Report, March 1, 1978--February 28, 1979
 Serkerka, R. F.
 Carnegie-Mellon Univ., Pittsburgh, PA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 1221000
 Sponsor: Department of Energy.
 Jan 79 15p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7924; NSA0400
 Contract No.: EY-76-S-02-2407
 Apparatus is being assembled for measurement of the solid--liquid surface
 tension, gamma , of two non-metallic materials, GeO sub 2 and NaCl, via the
 grain-boundary groove technique. According to this technique, a solid
 adjacent to its liquid is used in a temperature gradient and the shape of
 the solid--liquid interface near a grain boundary groove is measured. From
 this shape and a knowledge of the thermal field, gamma , a parameter
 extremely important in nucleation and solidification kinetics, is
 calculated. GeO sub 2 is chosen for its low entropy of fusion and NaCl for
 its simple ionic bonding; both are transparent. The apparatus for GeO sub 2
 involves a lineal geometry, a two-zone furnace and an optical viewport; that
 for NaCl involves an axial geometry. The thermal field for the lineal
 geometry was calculated by the solution of finite difference equations. If
 future results support the tendency for the crucible to impose its simple
 linear temperature gradient on thin samples, the theoretical analysis will
 be drastically simplified and the technique might be extendible to a broad
 class of materials. Previous work on the modeling of Internal Centrifugal
 Zone Growth has been communicated to personnel at Oak Ridge who have
 incorporated it in their ongoing research progress. (ERA citation 04:
 047069)
-Desc-
 *Germanium oxides; *Sodium chlorides; Crystal structure; Grain boundaries;
 Liquids; Morphology; Phase studies; Phase transformations ; Solids;
 Thermodynamic properties
-Ident-
 ERDA/360603; ERDA/360602; Interfacial tension; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 20M (Physics--Thermodynamics); 7D
 (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics); 99F
 (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 102
-A-
 718158 LBL-8376
-W-
 Direct Observation of the Growth of Voids in Multifilamentary
 Superconducting Materials Via Hot Stage Scanning Electron Microscopy
 Wang, J. L. F. ; Holthuis, J. T. ; Pickus, M. R. ; Lindberg, R. W.
 California Univ., Berkeley. Lawrence Berkeley Lab.
 Corp. Source Codes: 1112800
 Sponsor: Department of Energy.
-ReptNo-
 CONF-790418-1
 Nov. 78 21p.
 Scanning electron microscopy conference, Washington, DC, USA, 16 Apr. 1979.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Conference proceeding
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7919; NSA0400
 Contract No.: W-7405-ENG-48
 The need for large high field magnetic devices has focused attention on
 multifilamentary superconductors based on A15 compounds such as Nb sub 3 Sn.
 The commercial bronze process for fabricating multifilamentary
 superconducting Nb sub 3 Sn wires was developed. A major problem is strain
 sensitivity when long reaction times are employed. An improved hot stage for
 the scanning electron microscope was constructed to study the formation of
 the A15 phase by solid state diffusion. The nucleation and growth of voids
 near the interface of the A15 phase (N sub 3 Sn) and matrix were observed,
 monitored, and recorded on video tape. Successive layers of material heated
 in the hot stage were subsequently removed and the new surfaces were
 re-examined, using SEM-EDX and optical microscopy, to confirm the fact that
 the observed porosity was indeed a bulk rather than a surface phenomenon.
 These voids are considered to be a primary cause for degrading the
 mechanical, thermal and superconducting properties. (ERA citation 04:
 037085)
-Desc-
 Niobium base alloys; Tin alloys; Defects; Electron microscopy; Electron
 scanning; Equipment; Fabrication; Intermetallic compounds; Mechanical
 properties; Porosity; *Superconductivity; Superconductors; Thermodynamic
 properties; Titanium alloys; Voids
-Ident-
 ERDA/360104; ERDA/656102; *Niobium tin; Niobium intermetallics; Tin
 intermetallics; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 11F (Materials--Metallurgy and
 Metallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 103
-A-
 709191 N79-20889/8
-W-
 Thermal Analysis of Bridgman-Stockbarger Growth (Final Technical Report)
 Knopf, F. W.
 Guest Associates, Inc., Huntsville, AL. Advanced Materials Div.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-CR-161193; AMD-79-TR1 15 Mar 79 98p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7915; STAR1711
 Contract No.: NAS8-33204
 A thermal analysis of a cylindrical HgCdTe sample in a Bridgman-Stockbarger
 crystal growth configuration was conducted with emphasis on the thermal
 profile, interface shape and position, and the thermal gradients at the
 liquid-solid interface. Alloys of HgTe and CdTe with compositions
 approximating 20 percent Cdte, 80 percent HgTe were used. This composition
 results in a bandgap suited for the detection of 10.6 micron CO2 radiation.
 The sensitivity of the sample thermal characteristics to important growth
 parameters, such as thermal diffusivities, thermal conductivities, furnace
 temperature profile, ampoule dimensions, and growth velocity was assessed.
 Numerical techniques and associated computational models necessary to
 analyze the heat transfer process within the sample and the
 Bridgman-Stockbarger boundary conditions were developed. This thermal
 analysis mode was programmed in FORTRAN V, and is currently operational on
 the MSFC Univac 1100 system.
-Desc-
 *Bridgman method; *Cadmium tellurides; *Crystal growth; *Mercury tellurides;
 Single crystals; Temperature gradients; Computer programs; Crucibles;
 Fortran; Liquid-solid interfaces; Solid solutions; Surface temperature
-Ident-
 Fortran 5 programming language; Intermediate infrared radiation; Univac-1100
 computers; Infrared detectors; NTISNASA
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 9B (Electronics and Electrical
 Engineering--Computers); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 104
-A-
 698537 DOE/JPL/954877-3
-W-
 Study Program to Develop and Evaluate die and Contained Materials for the
 Growth of Silicon Ribbons. Quarterly Report No. 3
 Grayson, P. E. ; Addington L. A.
 Eagle-Piczer Industries, Inc., Miami, OK. Miami Research Labs.
 Corp. Source Codes: 2244000
 Sponsor: Department of Energy.
 Jul. 78 55p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7911; NSA0400
 Contract No.: NAS-7-100-954877
 Die and container material development efforts under the current program are
 shared among three organizations. Miami Research Laboratories (MRL)--ceramic
 process development and overall program management, University of
 Missouri--Rolla (UMR)--silicon sessile drop studies with characterization on
 reaction products and emphasis on atmospheric effects, Chemetal Corporation,
 Pacoima, California--special coatings to be applied to test coupons, die
 shapes and containers provided by MRL and tested/characterized by UMR.
 Initial sessile drop experiments on SiC, Si sub 3 N sub 4 and AlN have been
 conducted. Very promising results have been achieved on both SiC and Si sub
 3 N sub 4 where minimal penetration of these (Controlled Nucleation by
 Thermochemical Decomposition) CNTD coatings by molten silicon was observed.
 Efforts continued in the following areas. At MRL, a set of AlN and another
 set of Si sub 3 N sub 4 substrates have been hot pressed. Hot pressing
 experiments have begun on crucible shapes. Characterization efforts have
 also begun on coatings and substrates. Chemetal delivered AlN coated
 substrates and began development efforts to produce Si-O-N coatings as
 predecessor to Si-O-Al-N coatings. UMR has succeeded in measuring the lowest
 oxygen partial pressures measured, to the knowledge of the investigators,
 with a solid electrolyte cell on a dynamic flowing gas buffer system. This
 was achieved with a yttria doped thoria oxygen sensor cell. Even lower
 pressures beyond this measurement capability have been achieved. (ERA
 citation 04: 012804)
-Desc-
 Aluminum nitrides; *Crucibles; *Dies; *Silicon carbides; *Silicon nitrides;
 Auger electron spectroscopy; Coatings; Containers; Fabrication; Hot
 pressing; Silicon solar cells; Substrates; Surface coating ; X-ray
 diffraction; Yttrium oxides
-Ident-
 ERDA/140501; ERDA/360603; ERDA/360601; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 13I (Mechanical, Industrial, Civil, and Marine Engineering--Machinery and
 Tools); 11B (Materials--Ceramics, Refractories, and Glasses); 97F
 (Energy--Fuel Conversion Processes); 71D (Materials Sciences--Ceramics,
 Refractories, and Glass)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 105
-A-
 695685 COO-2407-6
-W-
 Kinetics, Morphology and Thermodynamics of the Solid--Liquid Transition of
 Non-Metals. Progress Report for Period, 1 December 1976--30 November 1977
 Serkerka, R. F. ; Hartzell, R. A.
 Carnegie-Mellon Univ., Pittsburgh, PA.
 Corp. Source Codes: 1221000
 Sponsor: Department of Energy.
 Nov. 77 22p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7910; NSA0400
 Contract No.: EY-76-S-02-247
 Modeling of the process of Internal Centrifugal zone Growth (ICzG) was
 completed. Both one-dimensional models (for infinitely long samples and
 induction coils) and two-dimensional models show similar S-curve
 instabilities on heating, but the two-dimensional models serve to define the
 shape of the molten zone. Molten zone shape was found to be a sensitive
 function of rf skin depth in the solid and induction coil geometry. Changes
 in these parameters lead to zone shapes which change from convex to concave.
 Practical guidelines were established for the suitability of the ICG process
 by calculating a maximum rf frequency to obtain a suitable surface-to-center
 temperature difference in the sample and a minimum frequency to avoid
 heating instabilities. For there to begin allowable frequency range, it is
 necessary that 2Hr./sub s//k greater than 1, where h is the surface heat
 transfer coefficient, R/sub s/ is the sample radius, and k is its thermal
 conductivity; this limits ICzG to poor conductors (nonmetals), except for
 very large samples and forced surface cooling. Experiments on silicon were
 used to verify the heating instability quantitatively. Internal susceptors
 were tried to heat oxides at low frequencies but led to local overheating
 and cracking. 2 figures, 2 tables. (ERA citation 04: 006993)
-Desc-
 *Nonmetals; Crystal growth; Heating; Mathematical models; Melting;
 Morphological changes; Research programs; Silicon; Solidification
 Thermodynamic properties
-Ident-
 ERDA/656000; ERDA/360202; ERDA/360602; *Phase transformations; Freezing;
 NTISDE
-SectHd-
 20M (Physics--Thermodynamics); 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry) 46GE
 (Physics--General); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 106
-A-
 694149 N79-1497/6
-W-
 Langmuir's Closed Cycle as Transport Mechanism for the Growth of Tungsten
 Monocrystals in a Gas Mixture of 80% N2 and 20% H2
 Prager, M.
 Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, Pretoria (South Africa).
 Foreign Language Service.
-ReptNo-
 CSIR-TRANS-1410 1978 18p
 Trans. Into Eng. from J. Cryst. Growth (Neth.), No. 22, 1974 p 6-12.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Translation
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7909; STAR1705
 In order to test whether Langmuir's closed cycle plays a part in crystal
 formation, two forming vessels were connected in series so that both
 tungsten tips were then in the same gas stream. The same current was passed
 through them, heating them to the same temperature. The gas was fed over a
 coiled filament between the two flasks so that any O2 present could react
 with the H2 of the gas mixture to form H2O. A cold trap at the temperature
 of liquid air and a filter charged with P2O5 should then remove any water in
 the gas stream. The H2O content of the gas then dropped to 1 vpm. Because of
 the smaller H2O content of the purified gas mixture, formation of the
 rhombic dodecahedron at the original tungsten monocrystal sphere of tip 2 is
 not so clearly defined as the sphere at tip 1 which was glowed in a gas
 mixture richer in H2O.
-Desc-
 *Closed cycles; *Crystal growth; *Single crystals; Ga mixtures; Hydrogen;
 Nitrogen; Transport properties; *Tungsten; Carbon dioxide; Pyrometers;
 Reaction kinetics; Surface reactions; Volatility; Water
-Ident-
 Translations; South Africa; NTISNASAT
-SectHd-
 20 (Physics--Crystallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 107
-A-
 692621 AD-A062 127/6
-W-
 Investigation of the Initiation of Solid State Structural Phase
 Transformations at Crystal Surfaces by Law-Energy Electron Diffraction
 (LEEDS) (Final rept. 1 Jun. 75-31 Aug. 78)
 Ignatiev, A.
 Houston Univ. TX Dept. of Physics
 Corp. Source Codes: 404826
-ReptNo-
 ARO-12687.5-MS
 Oct. 78 7p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A0/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7909
 Contract No.: DAAG29-75-G-0167; DAAG29-77-G-0162
 This is a report on the LEED investigations of the role of a free surface in
 the initiation of Martensitic phase transformations where restricted to
 principally cobalt surfaces and iron and titanium surfaces. The aim was to
 study the possible occurrence of surface localized soft phonon modes active
 in nucleation, however, it was first determined by LEED studies of both pre
 and post transformed cobalt that the traditional operational nucleation
 mechanism localized to a surface (surface localized 'frozen in' embryos or
 nuclei) and proposed faulting mechanisms were inapplicable to the cobalt
 system. Detailed low-energy electron-diffraction (LEED) work on the (0001)
 surface of cobalt has indicated no existence of surface localized different
 phases or embryos that could act as nuclei for the martensitic
 transformation. The atomic structure of the cobalt surface was shown to be
 equivalent to that of the bulk in both the high temperature and low
 temperature phases. The soft-mode idea could therefore be examined by LEED
 in detail as a viable mechanism for martensitic transformation nucleation at
 the surface of cobalt and other transforming materials. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Iron; *Cobalt; *Titanium; *Grain structures (Metallurgy); *Surface
 properties; Crystal structure; Phase transformations; Solid state physics;
 Low energy; Electron diffraction; Nucleation; Martensite
 Identifies: Low energy electron diffraction; NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 11F (Materials--Metallurgy and Metallography; 71J (Materials Sciences--Iron
 and Iron Alloys); 71N (Materials Sciences--Nonferrous Metals and Alloys)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 108
-A-
 689430 Y-2125
-W-
 Fabrication of off-Axis Parabolic Mirrors
 Bezik, M. J. ; Gerth, H. L. ; Sladky, R. E. ; Washington, C. A.
 Oak Ridge Y-12 Plant, TN.
 Corp. Source Codes: 9500170
 Sponsor: Department of Energy
 Aug. 78 39p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7906; NSA0400
 Contract No.: W-7405-ENG-26
 The report describes the fabrication process, including metal preparation,
 copper electroplating, single-crystal-diamond turning, optical inspection,
 and polishing, used to manufacture the focusing mirrors for the 10-kJ laser
 fusion experiment being conducted by the Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory.
 Fabrication of these mirrors by the techniques described resulted in
 diffraction-limited optics at a 10.6 mu m wavelength. (ERA citation 04:
 002097)
-Desc-
 *Laser fusion reactors; *Mirrors; Aluminum; Carbon dioxide lasers; Copper;
 Fabrication; Focusing; Laser targets
-Ident-
 ERDA/700208; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 18A (Nuclear Science and Technology--Fusion Devices (Thermonuclear)); 77A
 (Nuclear Science and Technology--Fusion Devices (Thermonuclear))
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 109
-A-
 68754 AD-A061 211/9
-W-
 Surface Relief Gratings of 3200-A-Period Fabrication Techniques and
 Influence on Thin-Film Growth (Jrnl article)
 Flanders, Dale C. ; Smith, Henry I.
 Massachusetts Inst. of Tech Lexington Lincoln Lab
 Corp. Source Codes: 207650
-ReptNo-
 JA-4753; ESD-TR-78-264 13 Jun. 77 14p
 Pub. in Jnl. of Vacuum Science Technology, v15 n3 p1001-1003 May/Jun. 78.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Doc. Type:
 Jrnl article
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7906
 Contract No.: F19628-78-C-0002; ARPA Order-600
 No abstract available.
-Desc-
 *Gratings (Spectra); *Thin films; *Crystal growth; Nucleation ; Surface
 properties; Lasers; Holography; Lithography; Ion beams; Etching; Reprints
-Ident-
 Ultraviolet equipment; NTISDODXR
-SectHd-
 20F (Physics--Optics); 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46C (Physics--Optics
 and Lasers); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 110
-A-
 678559 AD-A059 017/4
-W-
 Gallium Arsenide Materials Growth and Processing (Final scientific rept.)
 Shaw, D. W.
 Texas Instruments Inc. Dallas Central Research Labs
 Corp. Source Codes: 403833
-ReptNo-
 AFOSR-TR-78-1170
 Jun. 78 15p
-Lang-
 Eng.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI901
 Contract No.: F44620-75-C-0036; 2306; B1
 Continuous, in situ rate measurements were employed to evaluate the
 influence of gas phase supersaturation on the gallium arsenide epitaxial
 growth kinetics relative to the extent of heterogeneous nucleation and
 extraneous deposition on fused silica. The resulting kinetic data permit
 establishment of the optimum conditions for selective epitaxial growth of
 gallium arsenide at subnormal temperatures using the classic gallium/arsenic
 trichloride/hydrogen chemical vapor deposition process. Specifically, the
 extent of extraneous deposition is minimized through the use of low arsenic
 partial pressures entering the source region or through the use of small
 source surface areas.
-Desc-
 *Semiconductors; *Gallium arsenides; *Crystal growth; *Epitaxial growth;
 Reaction kinetics; Vapor deposition; Gases; Supersaturation; Etching;
 Nucleation; Heterogeneity; Fused silica
-Ident-
 Chemical vapor deposition; NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46D
 (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 111
-A-
 677662 DOE/JPL/954373-6
-W-
 Heat Exchanger Method, Ingot Casting; Fixed Abrasive Method, Multi-Wire
 Slicing: Phase II. Silicon Sheet Growth Development for the Large-Area
 Silicon Sheet Task of the Low-Cost Silicon Solar Array Project. Quarterly
 Progress Report No. 2, January 1, 1978--March 31, 1978
 Schmid, F. ; Khattak, C. P.
 Crystal Systems, Inc., Salem, Mass.
 Corp. Source Codes: 9502156
 Sponsor: Department of Energy. 7 Apr. 78 52p
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7826; NSA0300
 Contract No.: NAS-7-100-954373
 A crack-free silicon ingot has been cast in a graded, semiconductor purity
 silica crucible. More than 90% single crystallinity has been achieved in 2.5
 kg cast ingots. The impurities on the surface of the melt have been reduced
 with the use of a rapid heat-up cycle and absence of graphite retainers.
 Solar cells fabricated out of HEM cast material have shown conversion
 efficiency up to 14% under AM1 Xenon source illumination. Considerable
 progress has been achieved in casting square cross-section ingots. The
 growth in the corners has been obtained but the problem area is in
 fabricating a custom-made graded crucible. Kerf loss was reduced to 6.2 mil,
 0.155 mm in slicing 4 cm x 4 cm cross-section with 100% yield. The abrasive
 life of plated impregnated blades was increased by hardening the electroless
 nickel layer. In an effort to prevent diamond pull-out and thereby improve
 the abrasive life, the plated layer was increased from 0.3 mil, 7.5 mu m to
 0.5 mil, 12.5 mu m. The extra thickness buried the diamonds. A thinner
 copper sheath for impregnation and a thicker nickel coating to prevent
 diamond pull-out is expected to improve the abrasive life. Higher feed
 forces increased the cutting rates but resulted in deeper surface damage.
 (ERA citation 03: 047044)
-Desc-
 Abrasives; *Casting; Crucibles; Crystal structure; *Cutting Efficiency; Heat
 exchangers; Impurities; Monocrystals; *Silicon solar cells
-Ident-
 ERDA/140501; ERDA/360601; Photovoltaic cells; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources) ; 97N (Energy--Solar
 Energy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 112
-A-
 677504 N78-31939/9
-W-
 Investigation of Phase Equilibria of TAC Fiber Reinforced Cobalt Alloys
 Having a Directionally Solidified Eutectic Structure Aimed at Matrix
 Hardening (Ph.D. Thesis - Tech. Hochschule Aachen)
 Donner, A.
 Deutsch Forschung- und Versuchsanstalt fuer Luft- und Raumfahrt, Cologne
 (West Germany). Inst. fuer Werktoff-Forschung.
-ReptNo-
 DLR-FB-77-58
 3 Jan 78 82p
 Misc.-Report Will Also Be Announced as Translation Esa-TT-513).
 In German; Eng. Summary.
-DocType-
 Thesis
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7826; STAR1622
 The possibility of improving the 900 C creep strength of directionally
 solidified two phase eutectic alloys by precipitation of a third phase which
 is stable at high temperatures, was investigated. It was found that: 1) the
 aluminum content necessary for the precipitation of aluminum nitride has an
 insignificant effect on the eutectic equilibrium of (Co, Cr, Ni)-TaC. This
 enables the precipitation of aluminum nitride particles subsequent to
 directional solidification; 2) By varying the composition in the system (Co,
 Cr, Ni)-TaC as well as the precipitation of Mc carbides by the addition of
 tungsten, niobium and molybdenum the precipitation of No2 Ta results in such
 significant changes in the eutectic equilibrium that the directional
 solidification is prevented.
-Desc-
 *Cobalt alloys; *Eutectic alloys; *Phase transformations; *Tantalum
 carbides; *Thermodynamic equilibrium; Aluminum nitrides; Binary mixtures;
 Creep strength; Directional solidification (Crystals); Hardening
 (Materials); Reinforcing fibers; Ternary alloys; Turbine blades
-Ident-
 Fiber metallurgy; *Fiber composites; Ceramic fibers; Fiber reinforced
 composites; Cobalt matrix composites; West Germany; Theses; NTISNASAE
-SectHd-
 11D (Materials--Composite Materials); 11F (Materials--Metallurgy and
 Metallography); 71F (Materials Sciences--Composite Materials); 71N
 (Materials Sciences--Nonferrous Metals and Alloys)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 113
-A-
 669017 AD-A057 362/6
-W-
 Differential-Hall Impurity Profiling of GaAs, Co-Implanted with Ga+, C+ and
 As+, C+ (Master's thesis)
 Stefiniw, Michael
 Air Force Inst. of Tech Wright-Patterson AFB Ohio School of Engineering
 Corp. Source Codes: 012225
-ReptNo-
 AFIT/GEO/PH/77-4
 Oct. 77 65p
-DocType-
 Thesis
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7823
 Ion implantation is a relatively new method of doping GaAs semi-conductors
 but has been successfully used in devices with silicon substrates. It is a
 process by which impurity ions are accelerated by a particle accelerator and
 implanted into the substrate. The depth to which the impurity ions will
 penetrate is dependent upon the ion mass, energy of the beam and crystal
 orientation. After the implantation crystal lattices damage exists which
 must be annealed by heat treatment. This process is also used to
 electrically activate the impurity ions for conduction by moving them into
 the crystal sites. However, the annealing temperature required to
 effectively do the job exceeds the temperature where the GaAs surface begins
 to decompose. To prevent or reduce this effect the sample is encapsulated by
 a dielectric layer of Si3N4, approximately 1000 angstrom thick. This layer
 is placed on the sample after implantation and before annealing. The
 dielectric layer is etched away when electrical measurements are performed
 on the sample. The guarded van der Pauw measuring system is used to acquire
 the crystal and Hall voltages of the samples. Electrical profiles are
 obtained on the 900 C annealed samples by a successive etching technique.
-Desc-
 *Semiconductors; *Gallium arsenides; *Ion implantation; Doping; Epitaxial
 growth; Impurities; Substrates; Particle accelerator techniques; Crystal
 structure; Crystal lattices; Annealing; Heat treatment Encapsulation;
 Electrical properties; Hall effect; Silicon nitrides
-Ident-
 Dielectric films; Cobalt; Carbon; Gallium; Arsenic; NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 114
-A-
 651810 AD-A054 566/5
-W-
 Ternary Semiconductor Crystals for Nonlinear Optical Applications (Jrnl
 article)
 Iseler, Gerald W. ; Kildal, Helge ; Menyuk, Norman
 Massachusetts Inst. of Tech Lexington Lincoln Lab
 Corp. Source Codes: 207650
-ReptNo-
 MS-4415; ESD-TR-78-36 1977 18p
 Pub. in Ternary Compounds 1977, Inst. of Physics Conference Series, n35
 p73-88 1977.
 Doc. Type:
 Jrnl article
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7817
 Contract No.: F19628-78-C-0002; 649L
 No abstract available.
-Desc-
 *Semiconductors; *Infrared optical materials; Ternary compounds; *Frequency
 conversion; Nonlinear systems; Single crystals; Crystal growth; Infrared
 radiation; Carbon dioxide lasers; Reprints; Silver compounds; Gallium
 compounds; Germanium compounds; Cadmium compounds; Arsenic compounds
-Ident-
 Nonlinear optics; NTISDODXR
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 20F (Physics--Optics); 46C
 (Physics--Optics and Lasers); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 115
-A-
 639870 ERDA/JPL/954373-77/3
-W-
 Heat Exchanger-Ingot Casting/Slicing Process. Silicon Sheet Growth
 Development for the Large Area Silicon Sheet Tank of the Low Cost Silicon
 Solar Array Project. Eighth Quarterly Progress Report, July 1,
 1977--September 30, 1977
 Schmid, F. ; Khattak, C. P.
 Crystal Systems, Inc., Salem, Mass.
 Corp. Source Codes: 9502156
 Sponsor: Department of Energy. 1 Oct. 77 89p
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7813; NSA0300
 Contract No.: NAS-7-100-954373
 Graded crucibles have been developed which are dense enough to avoid
 penetration of the molten silicon and weak enough to fracture during the
 cool-down cycle. These crucibles have been used to cast crack-free silicon
 ingots up to 3.3 kg. Significant progress has been made in the crystallinity
 of the samples cast. Solar cells made from one of the ingots have yielded
 over 9% conversion efficiency. The source of silicon carbide in the cast
 silicon has been identified, both theoretically and experimentally, to be
 associated with the use of graphite retainers in contact with the crucible.
 Both 45 mu m and 30 mu m diamonds can be used for efficient slicing of
 silicon. Wafers sliced with 45 micrometers diamond plated wire show a
 surface roughness of +-0.5 mu m and extent of damage of 3 mu m. In an effort
 to avoid diamond pullout from impregnated wire it was found that a layer of
 0.3 mil thick plating is sufficient to encapsulate the diamonds. A projected
 cost analysis has shown that the add-on cost of casting and slicing of
 silicon is $11.57 per square meter. (ERA citation 03: 017149)
-Desc-
 *Silicon; *Casting; Chemical reactions; Cost; Coverings; Crucibles; Cutting;
 Diamonds; Impurities; Research programs; Silicon carbides; *Silicon solar
 cells; Wires
-Ident-
 ERDA/140501; ERDA/360601; NTISDE
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources) ; 97N (Energy--Solar
 Energy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 116
-A-
 623814 ORNL/TM-670
-W-
 Study of the Effect of Void Surface Coatings on Radiation-Induced Swelling
 Mansur, L. K. ; Wolfer, W. G
 Oak Ridge National Lab., Tenn.
 Corp. Source Codes: 4832000
 Sponsor: Energy Research and Development Administration.
 Sept. 77 30p
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7806; NSA0300
 Contract No.: W-7405-ENG-26
 A theoretical investigation has been conducted into the effects on point
 defect diffusion of the presence of a shell of segregated material about a
 spherical void. The elastic image interaction of the point defect with the
 void surrounded by a shell of material of elastic constants which differ
 from those on the matrix is first computed. The interaction, which depends
 on the properties of the shell and the dilatation of the defect, results in
 an energy barrier which must be overcome when the defect diffuses to the
 void surface. The capture efficiency of the void for the defect is computed
 for a range of parameters employing this interaction. This capture
 efficiency is then used directly to obtain predicted effects of segregation
 on void nucleation and growth under irradiation. It is found that the
 absorption of the interstitial is reaction controlled at the void. The
 principal implications are that void nucleation is strongly enhanced and
 that the kinetics of void growth are altered significantly. Detailed
 derivations supporting these results are given. (ERA citation 03: 005608)
-Desc-
 *Physical radiation effects; *Point defects; Impurities; Mathematical
 models; Swelling; Voids
-Ident-
 ERDA/656000; ERDA/360106; ERDA/654001; Diffusion; NTISERDA
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 18H (Nuclear Science and
 Technology--Radioactivity); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 117
-A-
 621392 N78-10929/5
-W-
 Convection Analysis on Various Crystal Growth Systems (Final Report, 15 Mar.
 1976 - 15 Mar. 1977)
 Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland, Ohio.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-CR-150421 1977 4p
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7805; STAR1601
 Contract No.: NAS8-31802
 Specific work done during an indicated contract period was reviewed. An
 extensive survey of crystal growth literature and related topics was
 accomplished during this time. Specific attention was given to those areas
 dealing with the effects of transport phenomena on crystal growth. Critical
 evaluations of growth techniques were made. Techniques studied included
 closed tube vapor growth, open reactor vapor growth, melt growth and
 solution growth.
-Desc-
 *Convection; *Crystal growth; Transport properties; Aerospace environments;
 Czochralski method; Hydrothermal crystal growth; Inhomogeneity
-Ident-
 Space manufacturing; NTISNASA
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 118
-A-
 612635 ERDA/JPL/954373-77/6
-W-
 Heat Exchanger-Ingot Casting/Slicing Process. Silicon Sheet Growth
 Development for the Large Area Silicon Sheet Task of the Low Cost Silicon
 Solar Array Project. Sixth Quarterly Progress Report, December 17,
 1976--March 21, 1977
 Schmid, F.
 Crystal Systems, Inc., Salem, Mass.
 Corp. Source Codes: 9502156
 Sponsor: Energy Research and Development Administration.
 31 Mar 77 66p
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7801; NSA0200
 Contract No.: NAS-7-100-954373
 Efforts in crystal casting during this quarter were directed towards
 developing a crucible to prevent cracking and establish parameters for
 achieving the maximum growth rate for single crystal ingot solidification.
 Emphasis was placed on reducing the furnace superheat to increase growth
 rate and to cast SiO sub 2 liners directly in graphite crucibles. Fast
 growth rates were achieved by reducing the furnace temperature as close to
 the melt point as the instrumentation would allow--3 exp 0 C. Good single
 crystal growth was achieved on top of the seed by this technique, but the
 periphery of the seed was too cool to seed single crystal growth. Ingots
 were quenched from 1000 exp 0 C with helium to shatter the crucible; this
 did not prevent cracking of the ingot. Low density fused silica bodies were
 fabricated. The wetting characteristics of liquid silicon in a vacuum
 atmosphere was sufficient to cause penetration into open paths such as
 cracks and voids. Slicing tests were performed to determine: (1) the
 effectiveness of grooved support rollers in reducing blade wander, (2) the
 effectiveness of slow, nonsynchronous and stationary workpiece motions on
 slicing performance; and (3) the performance and life of diamond plated
 tungsten wire. With grooved rollers positioned on either side of the
 workpiece, blade wander and wafer taper were reduced an order of magnitude.
 For a stationary workpiece twice the blade force was required to obtain
 cutting rates comparable with rocked workpieces. This resulted in wire
 breakage, deterioration of cutting rate, and waviness of wafer surfaces.
 Slow non-synchronous rocking of the workpiece dramatically improved the
 surface quality. Wafers could be sliced at 0.2 lb., 90 gm, instead of 0.15
 lb., 68 gm, force per wire and still produce high surface quality. (ERA
 citation 02: 051173)
-Desc-
 Silicon; ; *Casting; Photovoltaic cellsrucibles; Crystal growth; Cutting;
 Furnaces; Performance; *Silicon solar cells; Testing; Wires
-Ident-
 ERDA/140501; *Casting; Photovoltaic cells; NTISERDA
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources) ; 97N (Energy--Solar
 Energy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 119
-A-
 611352 AD-A045 419/9
-W-
 Evaluation of Gallium Nitride for Active Microwave Devices (Annual technical
 rept. Mar 76-Aug. 77)
 Gershenon, M.
 University of Southern California Los Angeles Electronic Sciences Lab
 Corp. Source Codes: 361620
 Aug. 77 32p
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7801
 Contract No.: N00014-75-C-0295; RR02102; RR0210203
 In an attempt to minimize the high native donor density and the structural
 defects which lead to high field breakdown, a high pressure (10, 000 atm)
 high temperature (1500 C) system is being set up to grow, anneal and diffuse
 GaN under equilibrium N2 pressures, rather than by the nonequilibrium NH3
 vapor phase method currently used to prepare GaN. The system should be
 completely operational within 4 months. A second chemical vapor deposition
 apparatus designed to grow 50 micrometers crystals on R-plane sapphire at
 1050 C is now working and uniform crystals are being grown routinely. Due to
 non-planar nucleation and growth, these crystals exhibit decorated low angle
 grain boundaries. Some of these crystals crack by differential thermal
 contraction during cool-down. Some of these crystals crack at stacking
 faults and random small-scale precipitation in regions paralleling the
 linear surface topology. Light scattering from these regions colors the bulk
 samples. Slow growth rates eliminate the precipitated regions and tend to
 reduce the number of low angle boundaries and associated cracks. However,
 planar growth, which proceeds very slowly on (1010) sapphire or on
 self-nucleated whiskers eliminated virtually all these defects.
-Desc-
 *Gallium compounds; Semiconductor devices; Microwave equipment; Nitrides;
 Sapphire; *Crystal growth; Thin films; Luminescence; Low temperature; Charge
 carriers; Charge density; Ammonia; Electron microscopy; Scanning; Doping;
 Vapor phases; *Epitaxial growth; High pressure; High temperature; Drift;
 Nitrogen
-Ident-
 *Gallium nitrides; *Chemical vapor deposition; NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 120
-A-
 611319 AD-A045 386/0
-W-
 A Metal Cluster Generator for Gas Phase Electron Diffraction and Its
 Application to Bismuth, Lead and Indium: Variation in Microcrystal Structure
 with Size (Technical rept.)
 Yokoeki, Akimichi ; Stein, Gilbert D.
 Northwestern Univ. Evanston Ill Dept. of Mechanical Engineering and
 Astronautical Sciences
 Corp. Source Codes: 403502
-ReptNo-
 TR-3
 Sept. 77 38p
-NTISPR-
 PC 03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7801
 Contract No.: N00014-76-C-0378
 The objective of the work presented here is to determine the differences in
 structure of small metal microcrystals from that of the bulk phase as the
 average size is diminished. The size at which changes occur, as well as the
 nature of these changes, is of importance. The metal is vaporized in an oven
 in the presence of argon, an inert or carrier gas which initiates the metal
 nucleation and growth in the gas phase, near the evaporating surface. The
 newly formed microcrystals or clusters are entrained into a subsonic free
 jet and transported through a double orifice sampling arrangement. The
 portion of the argon-metal cluster mixture that passes through the second
 orifice or nozzle expands as a supersonic free jet and is crossed by a 40
 kev electron beam 1 to 2 nozzle diameters downstream where diffraction
 patterns are taken on glass photographic plates.
-Desc-
 *Metal crystals; Microstructure; *Crystal growth; *Bismuth; *Lead (Metal);
 *Indium; *Ovens; Supersonic flow; Jet flow; Nucleation; Electron
 diffraction; Metal vapors; Argon; Orifices; Sampling Electron beams;
 Mathematical analysis
-Ident-
 NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 11F (Materials--Metallurgy and
 Metallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics); 71N (Materials
 Sciences--Nonferrous Metals and Alloys)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 121
-A-
 603392 ERDA/JPL/954350-76/4
-W-
 Large Area Silicon Sheet Task Low-Cost Silicon Solar Array Project. Fourth
 Quarterly Progress Report, September 27, 1976--December 31, 1976
 Garfinkel, M. ; Hal, R. N.
 General Electric Co., Schenectady, N.Y.
 Corp. Source Codes: 2681000
 Sponsor: Energy Research and Development Administration. 7 Jan 77 21p
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7723; NSA0200
 Contract No.: NAS-7-100-954350
 The seeded growth furnace with a slotted molybdenum susceptor has been
 operated during the past quarter. The susceptor design permits flat sheets
 of refractory materials to be used in making up the tray. Fused quartz and
 sapphire trays were used. Local surface cooling was obtained by means of a
 water-cooled cold finger. Seeded surface growth has been obtained in this
 furnace using a seed with (111) axis and (112) principal aces. The silicon
 grown out of solution has a region approximately 3 mm x 5 mm, which is
 substantially single-crystal with the same crystallographic orientation as
 the seed. Sessile drop experiments have been initiated as a rapid method of
 determining the suitability of various refractory materials as trays for tin
 melts. These experiments indicate the presence of some impurity in the
 starting tin, which forms a surface film that prevents the tin from wetting
 silicon. This film can be removed by heating the tin to 900 exp 0 C in
 hydrogen. (ERA citation 02: 040428)
-Desc-
 Silicon; *Silicon solar cells; Cost; *Crystal growth; Epitaxy; Fabrication;
 Nucleation; Research programs; Sheets; Silanes Substrates; Tin
-Ident-
 ERDA/140501; Furnaces; Photovoltaic cells; NTISERDA
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources) ; 97N (Energy--Solar
 Energy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 122
-A-
 598355 COO-2995-1
-W-
 Imaging of Surfaces and Defects of Crystals. Progress Report, June 1,
 1976--February 15, 1977
 Cowley, J. M.
 Arizona State Univ., Tempe.
 Corp. Source Codes: 0451000
 Sponsor: Energy Research and Development Administration.
 Feb. 77 17p
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7721; NSA0200
 Contract No.: EY-76-S-02-2995
 The initial part of the grant period was occupied mainly in upgrading and
 testing the characteristics of the equipment for the imaging of surface
 structure by the use of diffracted electron beams or secondary electrons.
 New methods for specimen preparation and manipulation have been devised. The
 surfaces of graphite crystals have been studied as test objects and as a
 preliminary to studies of the effects of reagents on these surfaces.
 Observations of the oxidation of thin single crystals of copper have
 revealed the growth of thin coherent single-crystal layer of copper oxide
 which retain their form during extensive migration and aggregation of the
 metallic copper. Also the nucleation of oxide crystals on surface steps has
 been observed. These represent the initial stages of a systematic study of
 surface reactions by use of imaging with secondary electrons and diffracted
 beams in a medium energy (1 to 15 kV), ultra-high vacuum apparatus and by
 use of reflected diffracted electrons or by transmission in a high
 resolution 100 kV electron microscope. (ERA citation 02: 038071)
-Desc-
 *Copper; *Graphite; Crystals; Electron diffraction; Monocrystals; *Surface
 properties
-Ident-
 ERDA/400201; ERDA/360204; ERDA/360603; Single crystals; Surface finishing;
 NTISERDA
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 14B (Methods and
 Equipment--Laboratories, Test Facilities, and Test Equipment); 46D
 (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 123
-A-
 597142 AD-461 362/6
-W-
 Fuel Cell Catalysts (Final rept., 1 Dec 63-30 Nov. 64)
 Adlhart, O. J.
 Engelhard Industries Inc. East Newark N J
 Corp. Source Codes: 129400
 30 Nov. 64 95p
 Distribution limitation now removed. NOTE: Only 35mm microfilm is available.
 No microfiche.
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7721
 Contract No.: DA36 039AMC03700E; 1G6 22001A053 04
 A research program is carried out on electrode catalysts for fuel cells
 employing liquid organic fuels. Complete oxidation of the fuel to carbon
 dioxide and water is required under expulsion of these products from the
 fuel cell. The electrolyte, therefore, must be of sufficient acidity to
 avoid retention of carbon dioxide. Work under this contract concerned the
 relationship between activity and structural factors of precious metal
 catalysts. Catalysts considered were platinum, iridium, rhodium, and
 platinum alloys with ruthenium, rhodium or iridium. Aside from intrinsic
 factors catalytic activity is related to the 'accessible surface' area. All
 variations of activity could be associated with the surface area
 development, and no other effect of primary crystallite size on activity
 found. Platinum-ruthenium alloys which have high surface areas and favorable
 pore structures exhibit markedly superior activity over platinum for the
 oxidation of methanol, ethane, propane and butane. Gas chromatographic
 measurements showed complete oxidation to carbon dioxide of ethane, propane
 and butane. With ethylene, however, a small amount of carbon monoxide was
 also formed. The catalytic metal may be diluted by supporting it on a
 suitable carrier which may increase activity and stability. At all particle
 size and low porosity of the carrier is desirable for improved mass
 transfer. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Fuel cells; Catalysts ; *Catalysts; Fuel cells ; Platinum alloys;
 Hydrocarbons; Fuels; Oxidation; Rhodium alloys; Iridium alloys; Electrodes;
 Measurement; Stability; Thermal properties; Aging (Materials);
 Electrochemisty; Ruthenium alloys; Alcohols; Carbon
-Ident-
 NTISDODXD
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 124
-A-
 591159 AD-362 055/6
-W-
 Mechanisms of Light-Metal Hydride Reactions (Annual technical rept. no. 1, 1
 Jul. 64-31 May 65)
 Schneider, G. ; Nigh, W.
 Rocketdyne Canoga Park Calif
 Corp. Source Codes: 308000
-ReptNo-
 R-6193
 30 Jun. 65 43p
 Distribution limitation now removed.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7719
 Contract No.: NONR-4506 (00)
 The pyrolysis of beryllium hydride was studied by following the rate of
 hydrogen evolution. The reaction is autocatalytic and appears to involve a
 process in which beryllium nuclei are formed at selective sites within the
 hydride followed by the subsequent growth of these nuclei. Various types of
 surface treatment produced essentially no effect upon the rate of pyrolysis,
 indicating that the nucleation and growth processes occur within the hydride
 particles rather than on their surface. The high temperature oxidation of
 BeH2 was studied using arc-imaging techniques. High-speed motion pictures of
 this reaction have indicated that at least a portion of the hydride
 undergoes very rapid pyrolysis followed by a slower reaction in which the Be
 is oxidized to BeO. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Solid rocket fuels; Combustion ; *Combustion; Solid rocket fuels ;
 *Hydrides; Combustion ; Pyrolysis; Oxidation; Decomposition; Reaction
 kinetics; Nucleation; Heat of activation; Ignition; Phase studies Laboratory
 equipment; Laboratory furnaces; Electric arcs; High speed photography
-Ident-
 NTISDODXD
-SectHd-
 21I (Propulsion and Fuels--Rocket Propellants)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 125
-A-
 581486 AD-478 054/0
-W-
 Structural Studies of Bearing Steel Undergoing Cyclic Stressing (Progress
 rept. no. 3, 1 May-31 Dec 65)
 Martin , J. A. ; Borgese , S. F. ; Eberhardt, A. D.
 Skf Industries Inc. King of Prussia PA Engineering and Research Center
 Corp. Source Codes: 324180
-ReptNo-
 AL66M009
 2 Jan 66 102p
 Distribution limitation now removed.
-NTISPR-
 PC A06/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7715
 Contract No.: Nonr4433 (00); SKF-10-3
 A number of typical spall characteristics were revealed by low and high
 power light microscope examinations of multiple sections made through the
 spalled area of deep groove ball bearing inner rings taken from 5210 steel
 bearings that failed in the course of laboratory endurance tests.
 Deformation bands were found to play a significant role in the propagation
 of spalls and an idealized model for spall propagation in the presence of
 deformation bands is proposed. There is evidence that even very limited
 amounts of deformation bands have an influence on spall propagation.
 Extensive deformation bands were seen lying at anomalous depths immediately
 below the surface in close proximity to surface imperfections. These surface
 imperfections (furrows) are microscratchs introduced during the final
 surface grinding operation and are not considered unusual for this type of
 surface finish. The appearance of structural alteration close to the surface
 testifies to the stress raising ability of even small surface imperfections
 and in cases where furrows were present, the spalls appear to have initiated
 at them. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Steel; *Ball bearings ; Shear stresses; Deformation; Crystal defects;
 Twining (Crystallography); Hardness; Carbide; Nucleation Plastic properties;
 Martensite; Microstructure; Crystal substructure; Grain structures
 (Metallurgy); Spallation; Structural properties; Fatigue (Mechanics)
-Ident-
 Steel 52100; NTISDODXD
-SectHd-
 11F (Materials--Metallurgy and Metallography); 20K (Physics--Solid
 Mechanics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 126
-A-
 580886 AD-475 509/6
-W-
 Determination of Native Defects and Endotoxial Growth of Metal-Metalloid
 Crystal Systems. Experimental Results in TIO2 (Rutile) (Technical
 documentary rept. 28 Apr. 64-28 May 65)
 Farb, Norman E.
 Autonetics Anaheim Calif Navigation Systems Div.
 Corp. Source Codes: 400472
-ReptNo-
 AFML-TR-65-232
 Sept. 65 94p
 Distribution limitation now removed.
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7715
 Contract No.: AF33 (615)1552; AF-7350; 73501
 Single and polycrystalline TiO2 (Rutile) membrane experiments were performed
 using two different partial pressures of O2 at temperatures from
 00 C to 1200 C. Crystalline regrowth on the high partial pressure O2 surface
 under a variety of conditions is convincing proof of the existence of the
 titanium interstitials. Diffusion tunneling of dislocations occurred in the
 single crystal experiments. Purification of the single crystals of foreign
 impurities (Fc, Ag, and Mg) occurred. The regrowth of the polycrystalline
 sample approached 100% theoretical density. The general determination of
 nonstoichiometric defects and endotoxial crystal growth is considered
 theoretically. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Rutile; *Crystal growth ; Dioxides; Titanium compounds; Crystal defects;
 Low pressure; Oxygen; High temperature; Single crystals; Purification;
 Theory; Mathematical analysis; Controlled atmospheres; Argon Carbon dioxide;
 Carbon monoxide; Hydrogen; Iron; Diffusion
-Ident-
 Orientation (Crystallography); Titanium Iv) oxide; NTISDODXD
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 127
-A-
 579530 FE-1784-18
-W-
 Program to Discover Materials Suitable for Service under Hostile Conditions
 Obtaining in Equipment for the Gasification of Coal and Other Solid Fuels.
 Quarterly Progress Report, April 1, 1976--June 30, 1976
 Schaefer, A. O.; Samans, C. H. ; Howes, M. A. ; Bhattacharyya, S. ; Bangs,
 E. R.
 Metal Properties Council, Inc., New York.
 Corp. Source Codes: 9502237
 Sponsor: Energy Research and Development Administration.
 3 Sept. 76 286p
-NTISPR-
 PC A13/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7714; NSA0200
 Contract No.: E (49-18)-1784
 Activities in research programs are reported on materials for use in fuel
 gasification equipment. Laboratory corrosion studies in gasifier
 environments at temperatures in the range of 900 to 2000 exp 0 F and at a
 pressure of 1000 psi for exposure times up to 5000 h are described along
 with studies involving exposure of both alloys and refractories in selected
 location of the Hygas, Consol, Synthane, Bigas, IGT Steam Iron, and the
 Battelle agglomerated ash pilot plants. Corrosion testing of steels for
 times up to 400 hr. at temperatures up to 462 exp 0 F and pressures up to
 1210 psi in aqueous gas-quench solutions typical of various pilot plants is
 reported along with results of a laboratory erosion-corrosion alloy test
 program using char, ash, or dolomite as the erodent. (ERA citation 02:
 021535)
-Desc-
 *Aluminum oxides; *Ammonia; *Carbon dioxide; *Carbon monoxide; *Carbon
 steels; *Chlorides; *Coal gasification plants; *Haynes alloys; *Hydrocyanic
 acid; *Hydrogen; *Hydrogen sulfides; *Inconel alloys; *Iron base alloys;
 *Methane; *Nickel base alloys; *Phenol; *Silicon carbides; *Stainless
 steels; *Water; *Zirconium silicates; Abrasion; Battelle hydrothermal coal
 process; Bi-gas process; Chemical reactors; Corrosion; Corrosive effects;
 Csf process; Electronmicroscopy; Hastelloy c ; Hastelloy x; Hastelloys;
 Hygas process; Incoloy alloys; Inconel 600; Materials; Metallography;
 Microstructure; Monel; Oxidation; Pilot plants; Scaling; Stainless
 steel-302; Stainless steel-304; Stainless steel-309; Stainless steel-310;
 Stainless steel-316; Stainless steel-446; Synthane process; Time dependence;
 Very high temperature
-Ident-
 ERDA/010404; ERDA/360105; NTISERDA
-SectHd-
 21D (Propulsion and Fuels--Fuels); 7A (Chemistry--Chemical Engineering); 97F
 (Energy--Fuel Conversion Processes) 99B (Chemistry--Industrial Chemistry and
 Chemical Process Engineering); 71G (Materials Sciences--Corrosion and
 Corrosion Inhibition)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 128
-A-
 577730 AD-481 473/7
-W-
 Solid State Broadband Optical Detector (Quarterly rept. no. 3, 1 Nov. 6-31
 Jan 66)
 Shaunfield, Wallace N.
 Texas Instruments Inc. Dallas Semiconductor-Components Div.
 Corp. Source Codes: 347677
-ReptNo-
 03-66-15; ECOM-00499-3
 Feb. 66 22p
 Distribution limitation now removed.
 NTIS Price: PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7714
 Contract No.: DA-28-043-AMC-00499 (E); DA-1P622001A056; 1P622001A05603
 The development program for a sensitive broadband light demodulator is
 divided into two tasks; Task 1, the development and fabrication of avalanche
 photodetectors; Task 2, testing and characterization. This quarter efforts
 were concentrated on eliminating microplasmas. Three runs processed during
 this quarter show the last run had the correct impurity profile. This was
 the first run to use new photomasks including a P+-ring to prevent inversion
 layers. Inversion layers were present on the surface but none at the
 photodiode. Microplasma studies were made by observing light emitted from a
 photodiode biased into avalanche; also by chemically etching silicon
 material to bring out crystal defects. Three types of light emission were
 observed; microplasmas, light emitted from blurred lines, and uniform
 breakdown. Little correlation was found between light emission and etching
 results. Low dislocation density material was more susceptible to processing
 damage for the current avalanche photodiode processing. Based on this, the
 last run was made with standard silicon material. Microplasmas were present
 but diodes were found that had photocurrent gains of 50 when biased below
 the first microplasma. Since all other design goals were met, these diodes
 will be used for microwave characterization. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Demodulators; *Avalanche diodes ; Photoelectric materials; Lasers; Crystal
 defects; Etched crystals; Silicon; Broadband; Ultraviolet spectra; Visible
 spectra; Infrared spectra; Amplitude modulation; Plasma medium; Epitaxial
 growth
-Ident-
 Semiconductor junctions; NTISDODXD
-SectHd-
 9E (Electronics and Electrical Engineering--Subsystems)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 129
-A-
 572975 AD-A08 026/1
-W-
 Effects of Surface Imperfections on the Nucleation of Gold on Sodium
 Chloride (Technical rept.)
 Yacaman, M. Jose ; Hirth, J. P.
 Ohio State Univ. Research Foundation Columbus
 Corp. Source Codes: 267360
-ReptNo-
 OSURF-4098-15
 24 May 76 8p
 Pub. in Thin Solid Films, v38 p215-223 1976.
 Doc. Type:
 Jrnl article
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7713
 Contract No.: N00014-75-C-0541
 The nucleation of gold on sodium chloride doped with iron and manganese was
 studied by deposition in vacuum. Resultant structures were examined by
 electron microscopy. Nucleation was found to be enhanced on Suzuki phase
 precipitates in the doped crystals. The structure also yielded information
 on the orientation of nuclei and on the interface dislocation structure of
 the precipitates. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Gold; *Nucleation; *Sodium chloride; Doping; Iron compounds ; Manganese
 compounds; Vacuum deposition; Surface chemistry; Electron microscopy; Phase
 studies; Precipitates; Crystals; Interfaces; Dislocations ; Reprints
-Ident-
 NTISDODXR
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 130
-A-
 569792 AD-A037 720/0
-W-
 Mechanism of Embrittlement and Brittle Fracture in Liquid Metal Environments
 (Technical rept.)
 Kamdar, M. H.
 Watervliet Arsenal N Y
 Corp. Source Codes: 37100
-ReptNo-
 WVT-TR-77004
 Jan 77 47p
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7712
 Contract No.: 1L161102AH54
 Polycrystals and single crystals of normally ductile metals fail in a
 catastrophic brittle manner when exposed to certain surface active liquid
 metal environments. The fracture mode changes from ductile to intergranular
 or transgranular mode or both. In some instances, propagation of cracks in
 liquid metal environments occur at speeds of order 100 cm/sec. Such effects
 are generally recognized as the phenomena of 'Liquid Metal Embrittlement'.
 Liquid metal embrittlement is presently considered to result from liquid
 metal 'adsorption-induced reduction in cohesion' of atomic bonds at regions
 of high stress concentrations in a solid, such as at the tip of cracks of at
 the sites of crack nucleation. The prerequisites for embrittlement are the
 same as those for brittle fracture and liquid metal embrittlement is
 considered a special case of brittle fracture rather than a diffusion or a
 corrosion type of phenomena. This paper presents come theoretical
 considerations (1) concerning the 'reduced-cohesion' mechanism of
 embrittlement and (2) embrittlement to be a special case of brittle
 fracture. Experimental results utilizing ideal embrittlement systems in
 support of the mechanism and also in support of various brittle fracture
 criteria are presented and discussed. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Liquid metals; *Embrittlement; Fracture (Mechanics); Crystal structure;
 Crack propagation; Nucleation; Cracking (Fracturing)
-Ident-
 *Metals; NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 11F (Materials--Metallurgy and Metallography); 71N (Materials
 Sciences--Nonferrous Metals and Alloys)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 131
-A-
 563751 AD-813 602/0
-W-
 Plastic Deformation of Body-Centered Cubic Metals. Volume II. Fracture of
 Tungsten (Technical rept. 15 Feb. 63-30 Jun. 66)
 Hull, Derek ; Beardmore, Peter ; Valintine, Anne P.
 Liverpool Univ. (England) Dept. of Metallurgy
 Corp. Source Codes: 402618
-ReptNo-
 AFML-TR-66-369-Vol.-2
 Feb. 67 19p
 Distribution limitation now removed.
-NTISPR-
 PC A06/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7710
 Contract No.: AF 61 (052)-689; AF-7351; 735101
 A comprehensive investigation has been made of the deformation modes and
 fracture mechanisms in tungsten. It has been shown that high purity single
 crystals of tungsten are not inherently brittle but are extremely notch
 sensitive. Tests on pre-cracked crystals indicate that crack propagation can
 occur by different mechanisms depending on the testing temperature. At low
 temperatures where crack propagation occurs in a completely brittle manner,
 the fracture stress obeys a Griffith type criterion. At higher temperatures
 the crack extends by a slow mode of growth due to the concentration of
 strain energy in front of the crack tip. Prestraining at high temperatures
 effectively blunts the crack and increases the low temperature brittle
 fracture stress. The characteristic markings on the cleavage faces depend
 primarily on the stress level at fracture and are essentially independent of
 initial dislocation density and sharpens of the microcrack. Tests on
 polycrystalline tungsten indicate that at temperatures below about 350 K
 fracture is completely brittle. At temperatures from 350 K to about 460 K
 the specimens yield prior to fracture but the strain to fracture is low
 after a region of high work hardening. At temperatures above 460 K, grain
 boundary parting on the specimen surface occurs immediately after yielding,
 resulting in increased strain to fracture. Fracture over the whole
 temperature range occurs predominantly by cleavage with some inter-granular
 separation. The amount of intergranular fracture increases slightly with
 temperature. Crack propagation in pre-cracked polycrystalline specimens
 shows similar temperature dependence to the single crystals. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Tungsten; Deformation ; *Single crystals; Fracture (Mechanics) ; Cracks;
 Impurities; Temperature; Crack propagation; Crystal defects; Crystal
 lattices; Crystal growth; Notch sensitivity; Strain (Mechanics); Grain
 structures (Metallurgy); Nucleation; Molybdenum; Stresses; Plastic
 properties; Brittleness
-Ident-
 Body centered cubic; Microcracks; NTISDODXD
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 20K (Physics--Solid Mechanics); 11F
 (Materials--Metallurgy and Metallography)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 132
-A-
 563624 AD-813 027/0
-W-
 Czochralski Growth of CuCl (Rept. for Sept. 64-Oct. 66)
 Wilcox, William R. ; Corley, Robert A.
 Aerospace Corp. El Segundo Calif Labs Div.
 Corp. Source Codes: 401932
-ReptNo-
 TR-1001 (9230-03)-3; SSD-TR-67-33
 Apr. 6 19p
 Distribution limitation now removed.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7710
 Contract No.: AF 04 (695)-1001
 Commercial CuCl was found to be unsatisfactory for crystal growth.
 Purification was achieved both by chemical and by zone-melting techniques.
 CuCl ingots pulled from pure melts were found to be trained, highly twined,
 and polycrystalline because of the wurtzite-to-zinc blend phase transition.
 This phase transition was avoided by addition of from 5 to 15% KCl to the
 melt. Difficulty was encountered with evaporation of the CuCl and with
 strings of small inclusions in the flux-grown crystals. Mechanical processes
 produced no twins at room temperature but did result in residual strain.
 (Author)
-Desc-
 *Copper compounds; Crystal growth ; *Zone melting; Recrystallization ;
 Interfaces; Disks; Lithium compounds; Bismuth compounds ; Quartz; Adhesion;
 Optical properties; Vacuum apparatus; Chlorides; Single crystals; Twining
 (Crystallography); Surface properties; Reaction kinetics Impurities; Crystal
 defects; Defects (Materials); Melting point; Sublimation ; Purification
-Ident-
 Czochralski method; Melts; Phase transformations; Polycrystallines;
 Gradients; Temperature; NTISDODXD
-SectHd-
 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 133
-A-
 558502 N77-120830
-W-
 Manufacturing Unique Glasses in Space (Interim Report, 1 Nov. 1974 - 31 Mar.
 1976)
 Happe, R. P.
 Rockwell International Corp., El Segundo, Calif. Space Div.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-CR-150067; SD-76-SA-0029
 31 Mar 76 42p
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7708; STAR1503
 Contract No.: NAS8-28991
 An air suspension melting technique is described for making glasses from
 substances which to date have been observed only in the crystalline
 condition. A laminar flow vertical wind tunnel was constructed for
 suspending oxide melts that were melted using the energy from a carbon
 dioxide laser beam. By this method it is possible to melt many
 high-melting-point materials without interaction between the melt and
 crucible material. In addition, space melting permits cooling to suppress
 crystal growth. If a sufficient amount of under cooling is accompanied by a
 sufficient increase in viscosity, crystallization will be avoided entirely
 and glass will result. (Author)
-Desc-
 Containerless melts; *Glass; *Oxides; *Space manufacturing; Amorphous
 materials; Crystallization; Melting points; Supercooling
-Ident-
 NTISNASA
-SectHd-
 11B (Materials--Ceramics, Refractories, and Glasses); 22? (Space
 Technology--Spacecraft); 71D (Materials Sciences--Ceramics, Refractories,
 and Glass); 84GE (Space Technology--General)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 134
-A-
 56159 AD-824 785/0
-W-
 Low-Temperature Epitaxy of Silicon Junctions by Ultrahigh Vacuum Techniques
 (Technical management rept. no. 1, 1 Sept.-30 Nov. 67)
 Francombe, Maurice H. ; Thomas, Richard N.
 Westinghouse Research Labs Pittsburgh PA
 Corp. Source Codes: 376670
 Sept. 67 98p
 Distribution limitation now removed.
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7708
 Contract No.: F33615-68-C-1058
 The results of a detailed structural investigation of the homoepitaxial
 growth of vacuum-sublimed films of silicon in uhv are presented and
 discussed. The in-situ LEED observations made on the film surfaces during
 growth have been correlated with electron microscopy evaluations of film
 quality both for (111) and (100) deposits. Epitaxial growth is achieved at
 temperatures as low as 400C on (111) and 350C on (100); however, the (111)
 films are faulted for growth temperatures in the range 400 to 650C. The
 faults are shown to originate in the nucleation of a mixed surface structure
 which is easily recognizable in the LEED patterns of the growing films. A
 sputtering system for the growth of epitaxial Si films under residual uhv
 conditions was constructed, with the aim of maintaining better control of
 film composition. Preliminary spreading resistance measurements on vacuum
 sublimed layers are presented and interpreted. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Silicon; Semiconducting films ; *Semiconducting films; *Epitaxial growth ;
 Sputtering; Vacuum; Crystal defects; Nucleation; Electron diffraction
-Ident-
 NTISDODXD
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 135
-A-
 555950 AD-A035 348/2
-W-
 Condensation of Water Vapour on Heterogeneous Nuclei in a Shock Tube
 Kotake, S. ; Glass, I. I.
 Toronto Univ. (Ontario) Inst. for Aerospace Studies
 Corp. Source Codes: 17920
-ReptNo-
 UTIAS-207; AFOSR-TR-77-0039
 Apr. 76 59p
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7708
 Contract No.: AF-AFOSR-2274-72
 A macroscopic model of heterogeneous nucleation is used for a theoretical
 study of condensation of water-vapour/carrier-gas mixtures in a
 nonequilibrium nonstationary rarefaction wave generated in a shock tube. The
 results are compared with those from homogeneous nucleation. Nucleation is
 assumed to take place heterogeneously on idealized smooth, spherical solid
 particles of Aitken nuclei, which are chemically and electrically inert, In
 the processes of heterogeneous condensation, the controlling factors are the
 size-distribution of nuclei, the concentration of monomers on the surface of
 the substrate and the contact angle of embryos. Of these factors the most
 dominant is the contact angle, which can reduce greatly the activation
 energy of nucleation. Heterogeneous condensation results in less
 supercooling of the mixture but a faster approach to the equilibrium state.
 By choosing a suitable value for the contact angle, the numerical results
 can be made to fit the experimental data. Although this is not entirely
 satisfactory, it is probably preferable to changing the value of surface
 tension as in the homogeneous nucleation case in order to obtain agreement
 with experimental results. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Water vapor; *Condensation; Shock tubes; Nucleation; Nuclei ; Activation
 energy; Angles; Surface chemistry; Drops; Growth (General); Heterogeneity;
 Homogeneity; Mathematical models
-Ident-
 Canada; NTISDODXA
-SectHd-
 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical
 Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 136
-A-
 552936 AD-832 761/1
-W-
 Research to Investigate Fundamental Magnetic Interactions in Selected
 Materials (Summary technical rept. 1 Jan-31 Dec 67)
 Becker, Joseph J. ; Cech, Robert E. ; Kasper, James S. ; Kouvel, James S.
 General Electric CO Schenectady N Y Research and Development Center
 Corp. Source Codes: 149440
-ReptNo-
 S-68-1054; AFMLTR-68-54
 Apr. 68 65p
 Distribution limitation now removed.
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7707
 Contract No.: F33615-67-C-1241; AF-7371; 737103
 Section I of this report describes the continuing investigation of
 intermetallic compounds of the type Co5R, where R is yttrium or a rare
 earth, as permanent magnet materials. The theoretical interpretation of the
 behavior of these materials based on domain boundary nucleation and motion
 has been refined, and further calculations are presented. Experimental
 results verifying this model have been obtained. A sensitivity of the
 coercive force to surface condition predicted by this model was confirmed
 experimentally. The investigation of the stability of Co5R materials in
 particle form has continued. Section II describes the investigation of
 several materials near the Curie point. Both CrO2 and nickel are found to
 obey the same special equation of state. When analyzed in this way, both
 ordered and disordered FePd3 are found to deviate from predictions based on
 the molecular field model. The results obtained from an analysis of x-ray
 and neutron diffraction work on Co17Y2 and Co17Ho2 are described in Section
 III. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Rare earth compounds Magnetic properties ; *Intermetallic compounds;
 Magnetic properties ; Magnets; Anisotropy; Hysteresis; Annealing ; Equations
 of state; Neutron diffraction; Nickel; Oxides; Cobalt compounds ; Iron
 compounds; Chromium compounds; Holmium compounds; Palladium compounds;
 Yttrium compounds
-Ident-
 Curie temperature; Order-disorder theory; NTISDODXD
-SectHd-
 20C (Physics--Electricity and Magnetism); 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics;
 9A (Electronics and Electrical Engineering--Components)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 137
-A-
 533495 ERDA/JPL/954350-76/1
-W-
 Floating Substrate Process. First Quarterly Progress Report, January 6,
 1976--March 28, 1976
 Garfinkel, M. ; Hall, R. N.
 General Electric Co., Schenectady, N.Y.
 Corp. Source Codes: 2681000
 Sponsor: Energy Research and Development Administration.
 2 Apr. 76 21p
 For Jet Propulsion Lab., Pasadena, CA.
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7626; NSA0100
 Contract No.: 954350
 Laboratory apparatus has been designed, built, and put into operation to
 study the supercooling of Sn--Si melts and the uptake of silicon from
 silanes. Values of supercooling of Sn--Si melts as high as 78 exp 0 C at
 1100 exp 0 C and 39 exp 0 C at 1200 exp 0 C have been observed. Results to
 date have been limited by nucleation caused by foreign material floating on
 the surface of the melt. Spontaneously nucleated planar platelet growth has
 been observed at the Sn--Si supercooled surface having growth rates of
 approximately 0.5 cm/min. Homogeneous nucleation of silane decomposition has
 been studied at 1015 exp 0 C and 1135 exp 0 C. The flow rates of HCl
 required to suppress gas phase decomposition have been determined for silane
 flow rates up to 4.5 x 10 exp -3 mole/min. Initial silicon uptake
 experiments have shown that at least 20 percent of the incoming silicon
 contained in a flowing silane gas stream can be incorporated into liquid tin
 at 1040 exp C. (ERA citation 01: 018897)
-Desc-
 *Silanes; *Silicon; Decomposition; Deposition; Melting; Surfaces; Tin
-Ident-
 ERDA/140501; ERDA/360104; Crystal growth; Floating zone crystal growth;
 *Silicon solar cell; NTISERDA
-SectHd-
 10B (Energy Conversion (Non-propulsive)--Power Sources) ; 20B
 (Physics--Crystallography); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 138
-A-
 531487 AD-859 982/1
-W-
 Combustion of Solid Propellants and Low Frequency Combustion Instability
 Progress Report, 1 October 1967-1 November 1968 (Technical Pub.)
 Boggs, T. L. ; Mathes, H. B. ; Price E. W. ; Kraeutle, K. J. ; Dehority, G.
 L.
 Naval Weapons Center China Lake Calif
 Corp. Source Codes: 403019
-ReptNo-
 NWC-TP-4749; GIDEP-565.70.00.00-x7-45
 Jun. 69 72p
 Distribution limitation now removed.
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7626
 Contract No.: NASA-6030
 This report summarizes studies of ammonium perchlorate deflagration;
 one-dimensional modeling of steady-state burning; burning rate behavior of
 propellants with bimodal oxidizer particle size distribution; burning
 surface structure; and mechanism of metal agglomeration on burning surfaces.
 A review is presented of the status of knowledge of bulk mode instability.
 Brief summaries are presented of other recently published work, including
 extension of one-dimensional combustion perturbation models to treat
 transient gas phase response, collection of response function data from
 three different experimental techniques to present a full range map of mass
 perturbation/pressure perturbation versus pressure and frequency for
 propellants, and further experimental studies of the structure of the
 combustion zone. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Solid rocket propellants; Combustion ; Stability; Ammonium perchlorate;
 Deflagration; Particle size; Burning rate; Autoignition; Nozzle area ratio;
 Cold flow; Acoustics; Differential thermal analysis; Nucleation; Reports
-Ident-
 NTISDODXD
-SectHd-
 21B (Propulsion and Fuels--Combustion and Ignition); 21I (Propulsion and
 Fuels--Rocket Propellants)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 139
-A-
 519997 AD-905 752/2
-W-
 Modified Bridgman Technique Growth of Cadmium Telluride for High Power
 Infrared Laser Windows (Final technical rept. 15 Jun. 71-30 Jul. 72)
 Gentie, A. L. ; Kiefer, J. E. ; Kyle, N. R. ; Winston, H. V.
 Hughes Research Labs Malibu Calif
 Corp. Source Codes: 72600
-ReptNo-
 AFML-TR-72-258
 Nov. 72 79p
 Distribution limitation now removed.
-NTISPR-
 PC A0/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7622
 Contract No.: F33615-71-C-1778
 This program was undertaken to study the feasibility of CdTe for use as a
 high-power infrared laser window. Although the study began with single
 crystal CdTe, the mechanical properties of the material indicated that a
 significant gain in yield strength could be achieved with a polycrystalline
 body with no apparent loss in optical absorption at 10.6 micrometers. This
 investigation involved preparation of polycrystalline CdTe as 5 cm diameter
 ingots by the Modified Bridgman Technique. During the course of this
 program, polycrystal ingots were grown weighing nearly 1 kilogram. The
 modulus of rupture of single crystal CdTe was found to be in excess of 3000
 psi, a value much larger than reported up to that time in the literature. A
 thermal annealing process was established which reproducibly yields low
 absorption material and is applicable to ingots grown under a variety of
 conditions. The study led to the fabrication of 5 cm diameter CdTe disks
 having measured absorption coefficients as low as 0.00089/cm and typically
 less than 0.002/cm. It is concluded that CdTe is feasible for application as
 a high power infrared laser window because of its low optical absorption and
 demonstrated strength in polycrystalline form. A significant step in proving
 feasibility is the development of the thermal annealing process which holds
 the possibility of further improvement in 10.6 micrometers transmission by
 allowing a lowering or elimination of dopant concentration thus decreasing
 defect concentration and the probability of precipitate formation.
-Desc-
 *Cadmium compounds; *Infrared windows ; *Crystal growth; Cadmium compounds ;
 Tellurides; Single crystals; Annealing; Infrared radiation; Scattering;
 Absorption; Disks; Power; Doping; Gas lasers; Carbon dioxide; Infrared
 lasers; Polishes
-Ident-
 Cadmium telluride; NTISDODXD
-SectHd-
 20F (Physics--Optics); 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 20E (Physics--Masers
 and Lasers)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 140
-A-
 519964 AD-905 202/8
-W-
 Laser Beam Steering (Final rept. 14 Jun. 71-14 Jun. 72)
 Lotspeich, J. F. ; Wauk, M. T.
 Hughes Research Labs Malibu Calif
 Corp. Source Codes: 172600
-ReptNo-
 AFAL-TR-72-308
 Oct. 72 96p
 Distribution limitation now removed.
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7622
 Contract No.: F33615-71-C-1736; AF-6100; 61004
 An electronic beam scanner for CO2 lasers was designed and constructed.
 Specific requirements to be met were: three degree scan range, 100
 resolvable beam positions, 6000 Hz raster scan in one dimension, and a
 capability for 100 W of 10.6 micrometer output. The device employs
 acousto-optic Bragg diffraction using germanium with a longitudinal acoustic
 wave and laser beam polarization in the crystallographic <111> direction.
 Sawtooth FM over a 27 MHz band centered near 100 MHz is used to provide the
 scan mechanism. A single small Ba2NaNB5O15 transducer provides sufficient
 acoustic beam divergence to yield a 3 deg. scan capability with a 1.4 dB
 falloff in output beam power at the scan limits. Direct-contact water
 cooling of the Ge crystal is provided to prevent thermal runaway.
 Cylindrical, reflective, telescopic optics are used for beam conditioning
 and recollimation. Computer calculations provided impedance characteristics
 and frequency response curves for general transducer design. Transducer
 bonding was done ultrasonically using thin metal films of Ag, Au, and Ag-In.
 The AG-In gave best overall performance. An rf-to-acoustic conversion
 efficiency of 34% was achieved at band center (4.7 dB effective transduction
 loss). Radio frequency driver power required for 50 (70)% diffraction
 efficiency was 31 (49) W.
-Desc-
 *Gas lasers; Electronic scanners ; *Optical radar; Electronic scanners ;
 *Infrared lasers; Carbon dioxide ; Steering; Acoustics; Diffraction;
 Germanium; Polarization; Frequency modulation; Piezoelectric transducers;
 Ultrasonic welding; Absorption; Reflection; Barium; Bonding; Sodium;
 Niobium; Liquid cooled; Optical scanning; Heating Electrooptics; Design;
 Phased arrays; Acoustic properties; Thermal properties; Power
-Ident-
 Acoustooptics; *Beam steering; Bragg diffraction; Lasers; Optical radar;
 NTISDODXD
-SectHd-
 20E (Physics--Masers and Lasers); 17H (Navigation, Communications Detection,
 and Countermeasures--Optical Detection); 17E (Navigation, Communications
 Detection, and Countermeasures--Infrared and Ultraviolet Detection)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 141
-A-
 519799 AD-902 880/4
-W-
 Single Crystal Cadmium Telluride High Energy IR Laser Windows (Final
 technical rept. 1 Jun. 71-29 Feb. 72)
 Hilton, A. R.
 Texas Instruments Inc. Dallas
 Corp. Source Codes: 347650
 Report No. TI-08-72-19; AFML-TR-72-131
 Aug. 72 58p
 Distribution limitation now removed.
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7622
 Contract No.: F33615-71-C-1762; AF-317J
 The goal of this program was to grow thick, large-area plates of CdTe using
 a solution epitaxy method. Solution epitaxy was chosen as the method for
 growth in the belief that fast reaction rates could be obtained at lower
 temperatures than those used for vapor growth. Operating at a temperature
 well below the wide existence region found for CdTe would reduce the trouble
 with impurities and lead to greater control of stoichiometry. Generally,
 solution epitaxy is a batch process used to grow thin layers. The process as
 used is rate-limited by diffusion of one constituent through the solution.
 Mechanical motion of the solution was used in an effort to overcome the
 batch-type nature of the process. Motion of the solution in the vicinity of
 the substrate led to extremely irregular layer growth along with spontaneous
 nucleation and growth of CdTe dendrites and platelets. Solution entrainment
 was observed for all deposits. Solution growth is not a good method of
 forming thick pieces of CdTe. For the finished process, the large-area
 substrate would be a mosaic made up of pieces of single crystal CdTe cut
 from a crystal grown in a conventional manner. Several methods of
 fabricating the substrate are discussed, along with efforts to alloy the
 mosaic pieces together. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Infrared windows; Infrared lasers ; *Epitaxial growth; Solutions (Mixtures)
 ; *Cadmium alloys; *Tellurium alloys ; Infraredoptical materials; Crystal
 growth; Motion; Substrates; Single crystals; Manufacturing; Temperature;
 Impurities; Thickness; Crystal structure; Carbon dioxide; Gas lasers
-Ident-
 *Cadmium telluride; Chemical Reactors; Evaluation; *Infrared laser windows;
 Lasers; Windows; Mosaic substrates; *Solution epitaxy method ; NTISDODXD
-SectHd-
 17E (Navigation, Communications Detection, and Countermeasures--Infrared and
 Ultraviolet Detection); 20B (Physics--Crystallography)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 142
-A-
 518169 AD-A029 124/5
-W-
 Laser Development in Support of the JUMPer Program for Laser Isotope
 Separation (Semiannual rept. 1 Jan-30 Jun. 76)
 McWhorter, Alan L.
 Massachusetts Inst. of Tech Lexington Lincoln Lab
 Corp. Source Codes: 207650
-ReptNo-
 ESD-TR-76-207
 30 Jun. 76 67p
-NTISPR-
 PC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7622
 Contract No.: F19628-76-C-000; AF-920D
 Contents: Growth and characterization of infrared nonlinear crystals;
 Application of infrared nonlinear crystals; Optically pumped lasers; CO2
 laser development and evaluation; Related work not supported by LASL/RDA.
-Desc-
 *Semiconductor lasers; *Solid state physics; Infrared optical materials;
 Crystal growth; Optical pumping; Q switching; Arsenides Selenides; Carbon
 dioxide lasers; Carbon monoxide lasers; Infrared lasers; Hydrogen fluoride;
 Excitation; Radiation effects; Polyatomic molecules; Fluorides; Indium
 antimonides; Cadmium compounds; Gallium compounds; Germanium
-Ident-
 Second harmonic generation; Optical modulators; Laser isotope separation;
 Cadmium arsenides; Germanium arsenides; Silver selenides; Gallium selenides;
 Nonlinear Optics; Jumper program; NTISDODAF; NTISERDA
-SectHd-
 20F (Physics--Optics); 20E (Physics--Masers and Lasers) ; 46C
 (Physics--Optics and Lasers)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 143
-A-
 511929 AD-A026 771/6
-W-
 Review of Molecular Beam Research in the M. I. T. Aeronautics and
 Astronautics Department 1970-1975 (Final rept. 1 Apr. 73-31 Mar 76)
 Trilling, Leon; Wachman, Harold Y.
 Massachusetts Inst. of Tech Cambridge
 Corp. Source Codes: 220000
 Sponsor: Army Research Office, Research Triangle Park, N.C.
-ReptNo-
 ARO-10897.2-GS
 Jun. 76 32p
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7619
 Contract No.: DAHC04-73-C-0013
 In the course of the research program into phenomena related to gas-surface
 interaction which the authors conducted over the last several years, the
 broad objective has been to seek answers to the following general question:
 Given a stream of gas molecules of known properties approaching a specified
 surface, how does one predict the velocity and flux distributions of the
 streams which leave the surface. Beginning with very simple configurations,
 they have attempted to account for an increasingly detailed extended set of
 properties of the solid surface, of the gas stream and of the interaction
 process. They have attempted to formulate the basic problem with a view to
 understanding molecular transport phenomena, first on inert metallic
 surfaces such as the skins of satellite vehicles in orbital flight, and
 later on ice crystals and nucleating centers in Brownian motion in the upper
 atmosphere. They have also begun to study the mechanism of interaction of
 molecular and atomic oxygen on graphite surfaces.
-Desc-
 *Molecular beams; *Gas surface interactions; Velocity; Flux density; Gas
 flow; Jet flow; Surface properties; Inert materials; Metals; Ice; Upper
 atmosphere; Oxygen; Absorbers (Materials); Desorption; Scattering ; Gases;
 Nucleation
-Ident-
 Sputtering; Time of flight spectroscopy; NTISDODA
-SectHd-
 7D (Chemistry--Physical Chemistry); 99F (Chemistry--Physical and Theoretical
 Chemistry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 144
-A-
 510031 N76-23032/5
-W-
 Shape and Surface Effects in Small Superconductors
 Morand, H.
 European Space Agency, Paris (France).
-ReptNo-
 ESA-TT-239; ONERA-P-152
 Jan 76 180p
 Tran-Trans. Into Eng. of 'Effets de Forme et de Surface Dan les Petits
 Supraconducteurs' Onera, Paris Report Onera-p-52, 1973.
-DocType-
 Translation
-NTISPR-
 PC A09/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7617; STAR1413
 A close analogy was established between the thermodynamic properties of
 vortices in hard superconductors whose characteristic size satisfies xi (T)
 less than d less than lambda (T). The model was applied to the case of a
 thin film and to that of a circular cylinder in a parallel field. The
 anisotropy of the nucleation field was analyzed for the case of d less than
 xi (T), and experimental results obtained on tin whiskers are presented.
 Depairing properties and the resistivity which results from thermodynamic
 fluctuations in unidimensional superconductors immersed in an intense
 magnetic field are discussed. (Author)
-Desc-
 Shapes; *Superconductors; *Surface properties; Circular cylinders;
 Electrical resistivity; Landau-Ginzburg equations; Magnetic fields;
 Thermodynamic coupling; thin films; Tin; Whiskers (Single crystals)
-Ident-
 Translations; France; Mathematical models; Thermodynamic properties;
 NTISNASAT
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics); 46D (Physics--Solid State Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 145
-A-
 507085 AD-A025 821/0
-W-
 Research on Crystal Growth of Optical and Laser Materials (Final rept. 1
 Jul. 70-31 Dec 75)
 Belt, R. F. ; Dharmarajan, R. ; Puttbach, R. C. ; Uhrin, R.
 Litton Systems Inc. Morris Plains N - Airtron Div.
 Corp. Source Codes: 209175
 Jun. 76 137p
-NTISPR-
 PC A07/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI766
 The first part of this report describes attempts to grow single crystals of
 zircon (ZrSiO4) by flux and hydrothermal techniques. Crystals grown from a
 lithium tungstate melt were colored yellow brown in corners indicating
 absorption of a growth impurity along preferred crystallographic planes. The
 impurity is suspected to be iron reported in the lithium tungstate flux.
 Hydrothermal zircon growth was accomplished using a 3 molar aqueous KF
 mineralizerat about 30000 psi and 500 C. The nutrient used was ZrO2 and SiO2
 powders pressed at 30000 psi and sintered at 1520 C. Due to the relatively
 low solubility of zircon in various molten salts, the hydrothermal method
 appears to be more suitable than the flux method for growing large single
 crystals of zircon. However, even at 600 C the hydrothermal growth rate is
 about 0.005 inch/day. The second part describes research efforts to prepare
 high purity rare earth fluorides, grow single crystals of Er, Ho, and Tm
 doped YLiF4, and test fabricated laser rods for operation at 2.06
 micrometers. All fluorides were prepared by hydrofluorination of 99.99 + %
 commercial oxides at 800 - 1200 C in a platinum reactor. Single crystal
 growth was performed in a N2-HF atmosphere using a top seeded solution
 method. A platinum furnace was developed along with a diameter control
 device based on continuous crystal weighing.
-Desc-
 *Crystal growth; *Single crystals; *Laser materials; *Optical materials;
 Zirconium compounds; Silicon compounds; Oxides; Yttrium compounds; Lithium
 compounds; Fluorides; Holmium
-Ident-
 Hydrothermal techniques; Lithium tungstates; Holmium lasers YLF lasers;
 Zirconium silicates; NTISDODXA; NTISDODN
-SectHd-
 20? (Physics--Crystallography); 20E (Physics--Masers and Lasers); 20F
 (Physics--Optics); 11G (Materials--Miscellaneous Materials); 46C
 (Physics--Optics and Lasers)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 146
-A-
 490993 AD-A021 454/4
-W-
 Preparation and Single Crystal Growth of Er, Tm, Ho Doped YLiF4 Laser
 Materials (Annual summary rept. 1 Jan 75-31 Oct. 75)
 Uhrin, R. ; Melt, R. F.
 Litton Systems Inc. Morris Plains N J Airtron Div.
 Corp. Source Codes: 209175
 Sponsor: Office of Naval Research, Arlington, Va.; Defense Contract
 Administration Services Region, Springfield, N.J.
 Jan 76 44p
 See also report dated Jan 75, AD-A009 895.
-NTISPR-
 PC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7609
 Contract No.: N00014-70-C-0379
 This report describes a continuation of research efforts to prepare high
 purity rare earth fluorides, grow single crystals of Er, Ho, and Tm doped
 YLiF4, and test fabricated laser rods for operation at 2.06 micrometers. All
 fluorides were prepared by hydrofluorination of of 99.99 + % commercial
 oxides at 800 - 1200C in a platinum reactor. Single crystal growth was
 performed in a N2-HF atmosphere using a top seeded solution method. A
 platinum furnace was developed along with a diameter control device based on
 continuous crystal weighing. High quality scatter-free single crystals were
 grown in 10 - 15 mm diameter and 6 - 10 cm length. Laser rods of (3 x 30) mm
 size and a axis orientation were finished for several compositions. Both
 long pulse and Q-switch tests were run on five rods. These indicate that a
 favorable composition may lead to room temperature operation. Some damage
 occurred during the Q-switch tests but is not unique to the preparation or
 growth.
-Desc-
 *Infrared optical materials; *Laser materials; *Crystal growth; *Fluorides;
 Single crystals; Optical properties; Infrared lasers; Q switching; Yttrium
 compounds; Lithium compounds; Erbium; Thulium; Holmium; Rare earth elements;
 Doping; Fabrication; Rods
-Ident-
 *Lithium tetrafluoroyttriate; Holmium glass lasers; YLF lasers; Q switched
 lasers; Top seeded crystal growth; NTISDODN
-SectHd-
 20E (Physics--Masers and Lasers); 20B (Physics--Crystallography); 46C
 (Physics--Optics and Lasers)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 147
-A-
 490943 AD-A021 403/1
-W-
 Program in Support of the UMPer Program for Laser Isotope Separation
 (Semiannual rept. 1 Jul.-31 Dec 75)
 McWhorter, Alan L.
 Massachusitts Inst. of Tech Lexington Lincoln Lab
 Corp. Source Codes: 207650
 Sponsor: Air Force Systems Command, Washington, D.C.; Electronic Systems
 Div., Hanscom AFB, Mass.
-ReptNo-
 ESD-TR-75-337
 31 Dec 75 88p
-NTISPR-
 PC A05/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7609
 Contract No.: F19628-76-C-0002; AF-920D
 Contents: Growth and characterization of nonlinear optical crystals--
 (CdGeAs2, AgGaSe2); Application of infrared nonlinear materials--
 (Efficient, high average power SHG in CdGeAs2, Average second harmonic power
 limitations in CdGeAs2, Difference frequency mixing in CdGeAs2 at liquid
 nitrogen temperature); Optically pumped transfer lasers-- (CO transfer
 lasers, 16 micrometer CO2 laser, Optically pumped 16 micrometer CO2 laser);
 CO2 laser development and evaluation-- (12.2 micrometer wavelength
 calibration, High repetition rate Q-switched CO2).
-Desc-
 *Semiconductor lasers; Solid state lasers; Infrared optical materials;
 Crystal growth; Optical pumping; Nonlinear systems; Frequency multipliers;
 Gas lasers; Carbon dioxide lasers; Carbon monoxide lasers; Cadmium
 compounds; Germanium compounds; Silver compounds; Gallium compounds ;
 Arsenides; Selenides; Q switching; Infrared lasers
-Ident-
 Nonlinear optics; Second harmonic generation; Optical modulators; Laser
 isotope separation; Gallium selenides; Cadmium arsenides Germanium
 arsenides; Silver selenides; Jumper program; NTISDODAF
-SectHd-
 20F (Physics--Optics); 20E (Physics--Masers and Lasers) ; 46C
 (Physics--Optics and Lasers)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 148
-A-
 490451 MHSMP-75-5E
-W-
 Extrudable Explosives: Compatibility. Period Covered: October--December
 1974
 Faubion, B. D.
 Mason and Hanger-Silas Mason Co., Inc., Amarillo, Tex.
 Corp. Source Codes: 3954000
 1974 7p
-NTISPR-
 PC A02/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7608; NS7508
 The long-term compatibility study of RDX/Sylgard with various weapon
 materials is continuing. Increased decomposition in the 9-month coupon
 assemblies was indicated by an increase in CO sub 2 in the atmosphere.
-Desc-
 *Chemical explosives; *Compatibility ; Aging; Carbon dioxide ; Crystal
 growth; Decomposition; Extrusion
-Ident-
 ERDA/450000; NTISERDA
-SectHd-
 19A (Ordnance--Ammunition, Explosives, and Pyrotechnics); 79A
 (Ordnance--Ammunition, Explosives, and Pyrotechnics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 149
-A-
 485556 COO-1198-1055
-W-
 Nucleation and Growth of Gold Thin Films Vapor Deposited on Single Crystal
 Graphite Substrates
 Darby, T. P.
 Illinois Univ., Urbana.
 Corp. Source Codes: 3112000
 Jun. 74 290p
-NTISPR-
 PC A13/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7606; NSA7504
 Contract No.: AT (11-1)-1198
 No abstract available.
-Desc-
 *Gold; *Deposition ; *Graphite; *Vapor deposited coatings ; Configuration;
 Crystal growth; Electron microscopy; Monocrystals; Morphological changes;
 Nucleation; Substrates; Surface coating
-Ident-
 ERDA/360101; NTISERDA
-SectHd-
 11C (Materials--Coatings, Colorants, and Finishes); 11F
 (Materials--Metallurgy and Metallography); 20L (Physics--Solid-state
 Physics); 71C (Materials Sciences--Carbon and Graphite); 71E (Materials
 Sciences--Coatings, Colorants, and Finishes); 46D (Physics--Solid State
 Physics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 006:006 150
-A-
 482355 AD-A019 472/0
-W-
 Solid State Research (Quarterly technical summary rept. 1 May-31 Jul. 75)
 McWhorter, Alan L.
 Massachusetts Inst. of Tech Lexington Lincoln Lab
 Corp. Source Codes: 207650
-ReptNo-
 TN-1975-3; ESD-TR-75-249
 15 Aug. 75 62p
-NTISPR-
 PC A4/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 GRAI7605
 Contract No.: F19628-76-C-0002; AF-649L
 This report covers in detail the solid state research work of the Solid
 State Division at Lincoln Laboratory for the period 1 May through 31 July
 1975. The topics covered are Solid State Device Research, Quantum
 Electronics, Materials Research, and Microelectronics. The Microsound work
 is sponsored by BMDATC and is reported under that program. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Solid state electronics; *Quantum electronics; *Microelectronics; Solid
 state physics; Photodiodes; Solid state lasers; Infrared images; Surface
 waves; Arrays; Fiber optics; Carbon dioxide lasers ; Gallium arsenide
 lasers; Laser pumping; Crystal structure; Crystal growth ; KA band;
 Parametric amplifiers; Packaged circuits; Charge coupled devices
-Ident-
 NTISDODXA; NTISDODN
-SectHd-
 20L (Physics--Solid-state Physics; 46E (Physics--Structural Mechanics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 1
-A-
 034116 BKM84L1516
-W-
 'Corporate Culture' In Financial Services.
 Gordon, G.G.; ; Haegele, M.J.
 Bankers Monthly Vol.101, No.12, Dec. 15, 1984, P. 16-18. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 BNKMAK
-ISSN-
 0005-5476
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
-SpecFt-
 includes Graphs;
 Banks and insurance companies have traditionally cultivated an internal
 emphasis on stability that was suited to the gradual nature of changes that
 occurred in their products, customers, competitors, technologies,
 regulations, and economic conditions prior to the early 1970s. This emphasis
 fostered highly structured employee organization, procedures,
 responsibilities, training, and communication channels. Today's
 kaleidescopic business environment demands that financial service firms
 emulate successful companies in other industries that have adapted to a
 constant market flux by generally encouraging employees to initiate creative
 individual action. This can be accomplished if the chief executive officer
 (CEO) manifests a clear conception of the corporations identity and
 direction that can be translated into concrete goals and communicated
 throughout the organization. Figure One compares management values in
 utility companies with those in high performance manufacturing companies
 relative to three stability oriented and three change oriented attitudes.
 Figure Two similarly contrasts management values in high perfomance
 financial institutions with those in low performance financial institutions,
 and implicitly demonstrates that corporate flexibility is compatible with
 financial risk management.
-Desc-
 Financial Service Industry; Financial Instruction; Financial Management;
 Financial Planning; Business Organization; Strategic Planning; Strategic
 Management; Human Resource Development; Bank Management ; Human Resource
 Management; Insurance Industry; Employee Orientation; Training and
 Development; Goals and Objectives; Management Strategy; Employee Behavior;
 Organization Structure
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 2
-A-
 0340978 MWL85A0032
-W-
 Shaping Strategy
 Ferris, G.R.; Curtin, D.
 Texas A & M University, College Station, TX
 Management World Vol.14, No.1, Jan. 1985, P. 32-33, 38.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0090-3825
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Column
-SpecFt-
 includes Diagrams;
 Successful companies recognize the important roles of personnel management
 that contribute to the overall organization effectiveness. These role are:
 1) entry and exit, 2) work redesign, and 3) planning and evaluation. The
 emphasis is on smarter planning using selection devices, effective
 forecasting, systematic analysis of job skill and ability demands, and more
 effective use of program evaluation procedures. A diagram is included.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Personnel; Personnel Problems; Staffing;
 Personnel Director; Problem Solving; Forecasting; Job Analysis; Program
 Evaluation; Hiring; Strategic Management; Procedures
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 3
-A-
 0340599 DRV8520024
-W-
 Redundancy And Unemployment: The Role Of the Personnel Manager.
 Chell, E.
 University of Salford,
 Personnel Review Vol.14, No.2, 1985, P. 24-30. 8 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PRRVAQ
-ISSN-
 0048-348
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Research Findings
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 31 references; includes Tables;
 The personnel manager's role in an employee termination action, the
 management of its psychological consequence on the remaining workforce and
 the social-psychological conceptual nature of employee termination are
 explored. Employee termination emphasizes personnel management conflicts in
 reconciling organizational and employee needs. Insufficient data limited the
 research and conclusions regarding how employee termination affects the
 remaining workforce, though evidence indicated there was an effect. The
 research indicates the need for further investigation, particularly at the
 early planning stages of employee termination. Tables show the probability
 of using methods for manpower reduction by industry, the methods of
 announcing redundancy, and observations on initial reactions by employees at
 termination.
-Desc-
 Unemployment; Employee Counseling; Employee Behavior; Industrial Psychology;
 Personnel; Personnel Problems; Human Resource Management; Employee
 Relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 4
-A-
 0339442 TDJ85E0076
-W-
 A New Competitive Weapon: The Human Resource Strategy.
 Hax, A.C.
 Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, MA, 02139
 Training & Development Journal Vol.39, No.5, May 1985, P. 76, 78-82. 6
 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TDEJA7
-ISSN-
 0041-0861
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 6 references; includes Chart;
 Recent pressures have put new emphasis on human resource strategies.
 Increased international competition and declining markets in many industries
 are among these recent pressures. Any methodology must be tailor-made to
 accommodate a given industry. A chart showing the major decision making
 categories is provided. Charts show strategic categories and the business
 life cycle, the formal corporate strategic planning process, availability of
 human resources data, the use of human resource activities in strategy
 implementation, and present personnel policies regarding the major decision
 making categories.
-Desc-
 Decision Making; Human Resource Development; Corporate Planning; Business
 Cycle; Personnel; Competition Strategy; Strategic Planning
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 5
-A-
 0339440 TDJ85E0084
-W-
 HRD At the Roots Of Corporate Strategy.
 Likow, P.
 Boston University, Boston, MA, 02215
 Training & Development Journal Vol.39, No.5, May 1985, P. 84-87. 4 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TDEJA7
-ISSN-
 0041-0861
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 2 references; includes Diagrams, Drawings;
 The human resource development (HRD) department has an important role to
 play in the strategy development of the organization. It can be of vital
 importance in the formulation process. It can also be important in the
 implementation phases by way of training, development, and education.
 Strategy is generally formed by either a formal or an informal process. When
 the strategy is informal, the HRD department must use a process called the
 strategic audit. The development of strategic thinking programs should be
 encouraged. A drawing of a tree and its roots - intuition, bargaining, and
 negotiating - is included. A diagram illustrating the formal strategic
 planning process is provided.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Organization Structure; Training and
 Development; Training Method; Organization Planning; Strategic Planning;
 Strategy; Management Strategy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 6
-A-
 0339100 IEN85A0072
-W-
 IE's Face Challenges In Managing Human Resources To Improve Declining
 Productivity.
 Miller, R.W.
 Superior Assembly Distribution Center Inc., Los Angeles, CA
 Industrial Engineering Vol.17, No.1, Jan. 1985, P. 72-76, 79. 5 Pages
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 IDLEB9
-ISSN-
 0019-8234
-DocType-
 Journal
 Human resources must be effectively managed to maintain productivity.
 Industrial engineering (IE) managers face a shortage of trained personnel,
 technical complexity and integrated management team demands. Personal values
 of today's employee have shifted from monetary/status desire company
 loyalty, job security and organization identity to leisure desire,
 challenging work assignments and personal/professional identity. The
 strategic management of employees requires employee opinion unput, problem
 solving participation, a manpower plan, a succession plan, career path
 planning, training programs and periodic audits. The IE function must be
 organized according to the department mission with defined goals and
 responsibilities.
-Desc-
 Industrial Engineering; Management; Productivity; Production; Human Resource
 Management; Strategic Management; Analysis; Personnel; Human Resource
 Development
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 7
-A-
 0338779 HRM84P0129
-W-
 Strategic Management Of Human Resources In the Multinational Enterprise.
 Tung, R.L.
 Pennsylvania, Univ. of,
 Human Resource Management Vol.23, No.2, Summer 1984, P. 129-143. 10 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0090-4848
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Research Findings
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 30 references;
 Strategic management has recently begun to include utilizing human resources
 in the most efficient way possible by emphasizing the quality of management.
 In the multinational corporation there are many pitfalls to the successful
 management of human resources. They are: 1) shortchanging the human resource
 function in terms of relegation to a lesser status; 2) the primary criterion
 for selecting personnel for overseas duties is technical competence to the
 exclusion of people skills 3) failure to competently complete an overseas
 assignment can be due to the inability of the family of an employee to
 adjust; 4) many firms do not provide adequate training for assignments; 5)
 frequently the overseas assignment is too short to be completed correctly;
 6) many firms are too quick to label the attempts by overseas employees
 failures; and 7) not adequately utilizing alternative human resources. The
 Japanese utilization of overseas employee can be looked to for an example of
 success. They are especially strong in the following areas: 1) the
 importance that they give to the human resource management function; 2) they
 assign their employees to overseas posts for a prolonged time; 3) they
 supply an adequate support system; 4) they use testing to make choices for
 assignments based, at least in part, on people skills; and 5) they provide
 adequate training.
-Desc-
 International Corporation; Multinational Corporation; Japan ; Employee
 Relations; Management Strategy; Strategic Planning; Overseas Employees;
 Foreign-Based Employee; Human Resource Management; Human Resource
 Development; Japan
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 8
-A-
 0338771 HRM84M0365
-W-
 Strategies For Adapting To High Rates Of Employee Turnover.
 Mowday, R.T.
 Oregon, Univ. of,
 Human Resource Management Vol.23, No.4, Winter 1984, P. 365-380. 16 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0090-4848
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 13 references; includes Tables;
 Turnover rates are frequently viewed from a negative point of view. However,
 there are conditions under which an organization might want to encourage
 voluntary turnover. At times it becomes necessary for an organization to be
 able to adapt to high turnover rates even if it would rather not. High
 turnover rates cause insecurity within the workforce and uncertainty in the
 environment. These problems can be dealt with by buffering activities, such
 as: (1) introducing slack into the system; (2) expanding training and
 development; (3) making job classifications and rules less restrictive; (4)
 using autonomous work groups, thus creating a sense of belonging; (5)
 fostering a core of employees who are really committed and (6) dealing with
 speculations among employees concerning turnover. Other activities are
 leveling in their strategic effect, which tend to decrease levels of
 uncertainty while allowing turnover rates to remain high. It is less
 disruptive if an organization can predict an increase in turnover and
 minimize any problems caused by this increase. Adaptation strategies must be
 effective, possible, and as cost effective as possible. Tables which
 describe adaptive strategies and the negative consequences of turnover
 increases are included.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Strategic Planning; Organization Planning;
 Strategic Management; Management Strategy; Turnover Employee; Employee
 Behavior; Industrial Relations; Training and Development
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 9
-A-
 0338764 HM84M0409
-W-
 Organization And Human Resource Professionals In Transition.
 Sears, L.N. Jr.
 General Electric Co.,
 Human Resource Management Vol.23, No.4, Winter 1984, P. 409-421. 13 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0090-4848
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 6 references; includes Diagrammatic Models, Tables;
 The future of organizations depends on their ability to combine and
 integrate the organizational needs with the needs of the people who function
 there. Traditional human resource functions must be related to the overall
 organizational stratety and to the changing environment. In order to
 accomplish a proper fit, critical needs of the organization must be
 assessed. Matching those needs with demonstrated abilities and aptitudes of
 the individual, and relating these things with individual personalities
 within the organization are necessary. The goals and objectives of an
 organization must be defined as the business strategy and then clearly
 understood by all. Profitability of the organization must be compared to
 like organizations. Once the direction and performance have been
 ascertained, the capability of meeting the needs as presented must be
 defined. Lastly, the external environment must be considered. To meet all
 these needs, the future human resource manager will need: (1) business
 skills; (2) human resource skills; (3) self awareness; (4) communication
 skills; and (5) planning and organizational skills. The overall difference
 for the person involved in human resource management will be to attain more
 balance between functional and business knowledge. A diagrammatic model of
 role dynamics is included as well as a table defining human resource
 activities.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Human Resource Development; Job Requirement; Job
 Development; Forecasting; Industrial Dynamics; Organizational Development
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 10
-A-
 0338558 SBR84L0079
-W-
 The Lesson Learned From Mistakes: Get Back To Basics.
 Anon
 Small Business Report Vol.9, No.12, Dec. 1984, P. 79-81, 83. 4 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 includes Drawings;
 James R. Balcom, Jr., president and chief executive officer of Techsonic
 Industries, Inc., of Lake Eufula, Alabama has learned by trial and error the
 six basics for company success. Planning was conducted to establish long
 range goals that were not simply a reaction to the market. People were
 selected based on their aggressive, hard driving intelligence rather than on
 training for a position. Quality was upgraded by upgrading research and
 development and by stressing quality in the manufacturing end. Marketing
 research was extensive and regulated what the final product would be.
 Delegation is a principal part of the chief executive officer's (CEO)
 management style and is reflected at all levels. Control has been exercised
 to keep the phenomenal success of their new product from catapulting them
 into a risky position by overextending their abilities and cash flow.
 Balcom's concern for his employees has led to many benefits for employees,
 including an employee stock option plan (ESOP), health and fitness plans, on
 and offsite training, including use of personal computers, and employee of
 the year and month awards.
 COMPANY NAME: Techsonic Industries Inc., , Lake Eufaula, AL, Fishing
 Industry,
 NAMED PERSON: Balcom, James R. Jr. - CEO, Techsonic Industries Inc. -
-Desc-
 Long Range Planning and Objectives; Quality Control; Expansion; Research and
 Development; Strategic Management; Management Style ; Management Strategy;
 Employee Benefits; Morale; CEO; Leadership; ESOP
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 11
-A-
 0338023 SMJ85A0039
-W-
 Managing the New Venture Division: Research Findings And Implication For
 Strategic Management.
 Burgelman, R.A.
 Stanford University, Stanford, CA
 Strategic Management Journal Vol.6, No.1, Jan./March 1985, P. 39-54. 16
 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: England
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 SMAJDB
-ISSN-
 0143-2095
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature; Research Findings
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 25 references; includes Chart, Organization Charts, Tables;
 Due to a need to maintain a competitive status in order to survive, many
 corporations are attempting to facilitate entrepreneurship. This has often
 resulted in the development of the new venture division (NVD), which has
 created new managerial problems related to a lack of understanding of the
 autonomous nature of the NVD. There are differences in characteristics
 between the present operating system and the NVD. Some problems encountered
 in integrating the NVD into corporate operations are: 1) domain; 2) synergy;
 3) the management system; and 4) personnel transfers. There is considerable
 ambiguity in areas such as: 1) expected strategic importance in relation to
 corporate development; 2) volatile assessments of venture activities; and 3)
 the degree to which these ventures are related to the activities of the
 operating system. The overall concern is that large corporations should
 start to structure their operating systems in such a way as to be able to
 incorporate more autonomy in their respective departments. Creativity and
 action that is well organized can both create tension which a corporation
 must be able to deal with. Tables, charts, and an organizational chart are
 included.
-Desc-
 Management Science; Management Strategy; Strategic Planning ; Entrepreneur;
 Entrepreneurship; Corporate Behavior; Industrial Dynamics; Corporate
 Planning; Corporate Reorganization; Organizational Development; Operations
 Research; Operations Management; Autonomy; Creativity; Restructuring
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 12
-A-
 0337954 ISM84M0091
-W-
 The Strategies Of Foreign Subsidiaries: Responses To Organizational Slack.
 Poynter, T.A.; White, R.E.
 University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario
 International Studies of Management & Organization Vol.14, No.4, Winter
 1984, P. 91-106. 14 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0020-8825
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Research Findings
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 11 references; includes Diagrammatic Models;
 Multinational firms have problems in their international operations which
 require new strategies as well as new approaches to organizational
 structure. Subsidiaries of these firms face problems unique to their
 environment as well as specific to their strategic placement in the
 organization. Varying business strategies of subsidiaries are: 1) miniature
 replicas; 2) marketing satellites; 3) rationalized manufacturers; 4) product
 specialists; and 5) independent strategists. Factors that affect the choice
 of strategy are: 1) the total environment; 2) available resources; 3) the
 values of those in a position to implement strategy; and 4) the
 relationships that exist within an organization. Organizational slack occurs
 when human resources exceed current needs, but create problems in managing
 the amount and kind of slack present. Trying to eliminate or use this slack
 can result in: 1) proliferation of the product; 2) excessive local
 adaptation; and 3) decreases in return on investment. Diagrammatic models
 are included.
-Desc-
 Organization Structure; Strategic Planning; Environmental Constraints;
 Business Structure; Resource Management; Human Resoudce Management; Resource
 Allocation; International; Multinational Corporation; Subsidiary
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 13
-A-
 0337702 SMR85N0035
-W-
 Corporate Strategy And the Design Of Computerized Information Systems.
 Camillus, J.C.; Lederer, A.L.
 Pittsburgh, Univ. of,
 Sloan Management Review Vol.26, No.3, Spring 1985, P. 35-42. 8 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 MRVAO
-ISSN-
 0019-848X
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 17 references; includes Diagrams;
 Computerized information systems (CIS) are having a major impact on
 organizations. It is important that the selection and design of CIS be in
 tune with the strategic management processes of the organization. How to
 select and orient the design of CIS is discussed. Major differences exist
 between computer systems for transaction processing and decision support
 systems. Hardware, software, personnel, and management style needed are
 quite different depending on objectives of the sytems. Generic strategies
 are reviewed and related to different corporate environments. There should
 be a match between design of CIS and strategic management choices. Diagrams
 are included.
-Desc-
 Computer Systems; Computers and Data Processing; Data Processing;
 Information Systems; Decision Support Systems; Systems Design; MIS;
 Management Strategy; Strategic Planning; Management Style; Management
 Policy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 14
-A-
 0337427 HUR85G0643
-W-
 Procedural Justice And Participation.
 Cohen, R.L.
 Bennington College, Bennington, VT
 Human Relations Pol.38, No.7, July 1985, P. 643-663. 21 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 HUREAA
-ISSN-
 0018-7267
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 48 references;
 Resource distribution decisions are more readily accepted by those who have
 participated in them. Procedural justice can have significantly different
 effects in situations that arise involving legalities and those involving
 wages in profit oriented organizations. In legal settings, three
 characteristics of procedural justice are encountered: 1) the possibility of
 consequences that could affect the stability of the institution; 2) this
 stability influence results from differences of procedure, participation,
 and control; and 3) features of the paradigm such as equality of the
 process, belief in the possibility of impact, and impartiality of the
 decision control. Research in a judicial setting encompasses impartial
 judgments, and research in an organizational setting encompasses the profit
 motive. Participation can be employer initiated. Limiting paricipation can
 result in frustration plus a feeling that any resulting decision is
 distinctly unjust. It is possible that participation deemed good by
 employees could be harmful to employers, or that participation deemed
 helpful by employers could not benefit employees.
-Desc-
 Participative Management; Management Style; Organization Structure; Profit
 Motive; Legal; Judicial; Decision Making; Decision Science; Justice; Human
 Relations; Human Resource Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 15
-A-
 0337378 SPM85E017
-W-
 The Unifying Theory Of Productivity (UTOP): How To Manage Human Resources.
 Bodek, N.
 Productivity Inc.
 Supervisory Management Vol.30, No.5, May 1985, P. 17-26. 5 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 SPMNAU
-ISSN-
 0039-5919
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
-SpecFt-
 includes Tables;
 The unifying theory of productivity (UTOP) is a process which helps managers
 utilize the creativity in themselves and each worker. It increases
 productivity by ensuring that each employee is working at the top of his
 creative level. UTOP's most effective tool is the creative improvement
 suggestion system (CISS), which by direct involvement of workers in their
 jobs, continually inspires creativity. Productivity, Inc.'s study of
 American,  European and Japanese firms found that the best systems for
 employees come from their own creative ideas. It is management's job to
 maintain this creative atmosphere since the success of the company and its
 employees are one. To urture this atmosphere, managers must be among their
 workers seeing that needs are met so employee satisfaction is maintained. An
 important part of the manager's job is to manager the CISS program.
 Guidelines for developing a system are included, with the main thrust coming
 from the chief executive office. A table is included that shows workers'
 needs, company responses and supervisors' actions.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Quality Control; Supervision; Management
 Strategy; Productivity; Production; Creativity; Employee Environment; Work
 Environment; Employee Behavior; Employee Participation; Industrial
 Relations; Employment Policy; Job Enrichment; Job Satisfaction; Job
 Development; Job Motivation; Incentives; Job Performance; Productivity Pay
 Increase; Quality of Work; Success; Management Functions
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 16
-A-
 0337262 HRM83R0209
-W-
 Strategies For a New Age.
 Harrison, R.
 Harrison Assoc., Berkley, CA
 Human Resource Management Vol.22, No.3, Fall 1983, P. 209-235. 27 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0090-4848
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Research Findings
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 15 references;
 Strategic planning within organizations must not be viewed in the light of
 alignment, or joining together of individuals within the organization, and
 attunement,  which is supporting one another because of a sense of shared
 responsibility, caring, and love. Alignment to the organization is a
 voluntary expansion of individual identification and sense of purpose to
 include the needs of the organization. Our cultural belief in individual
 autonomy and control frequently overlooks the natural balance and
 connectedness of things and possibly even harms the very things we are
 trying to control by managing or improving. Purpose and intention play
 important roles in any change that is positive and lasting. Through purpose
 we seek harmony with our environment and intention in the form of strategic
 thinking gives meaning to things. A sense of commitment is necessary in
 order to accomplish such a fundamental strategic change. One thing people
 need is an acknowledgement of appreciation in order to feel attuned to the
 environment and this means a commitment in terms of tie. A step toward the
 implementation of change can be supported and encouraged through setting up
 discussion groups to encourage dialog.
-Desc-
 Strategic Planning; Organizational Development; Human Resource Management;
 Changes; Human Resource Development; Cooperation; Management; Human
 Behavior; Industrial Psychology; Industrial Dynamics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 17
-A-
 0337261 HRM83R0237
-W-
 Developing Strategic Capability: An Agenda For Top Management.
 Prahaad, C.K.
 Michigan, Univ. of, Ann Arbor, MI
 Human Resource Management Vol.22, No.3, Fall 1983, P. 237-254. 10 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0090-4848
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Research Findings
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 33 references; includes Tables;
 The fact that competition and economic conditions have been and are changing
 rapidly makes it easy to understand why impersonal operations orientation
 does not fully supply the needs of top management. The development of
 strategic capacity within an organization is an answer to this problem. The
 implementation of strategic capacity entails allowing for dissent,
 pluralism, and a fluid and flexible power structure. Organizations think and
 act strategically only when emphasis is placed on human resource
 development. It is necessary to keep four things in mind to accomplish this
 end: 1) the global patterns of competition; 2) the analytical and
 organizational capabilities are stressed by the efforts to compete; 3)
 definition of strategic capability; and 4) development of an agenda for
 change. Three parts of decision making cultures must be developed in order
 to enhance the organizational capacity: 1) the multiple advocacy process;
 2) fluidity and flexibility in the hierarchical power within an
 organization; and 3) dissent based on good analytical skills. Tables that
 explain the needs and process are included.
-Desc-
 Competition; Market Structure; Economic Conditions; Economic Effects;
 Strategic Planning; Management Strategy; Organizational Development; Human
 Resource Development; Industrial Dynamics; Human Resource Management;
 Changes; Decision Making
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 18
-A-
 0337259 HRM83R0257
-W-
 Bringing Human Resources Into the Strategy Formulation Process.
 Dyer, L.
 Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, 14850
 Human Resource Management Vol.22, No.3, Fall 1983, P. 257-271. 14 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0090-4848
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Research Findings
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 9 references; includes Flow Chart;
 Due to changing needs of the business environment, it has become
 increasingly important to involve the human resource factor in development
 of strategic plans. A strategy is an indication of what an organization's
 key people intend to accomplish and how. Strategy making consists of the
 following phases: formulation, implementation, and evaluation. Human
 resources, financial resources, manufacturing capacity, and research and
 development all play a part in strategy development. Human resources become
 active and helpful in implementation of a new strategy that is feasible and
 desirable from all points of view. In order to link up human resources to
 strategic planning, the following strategies are helpful: 1) parallel
 preparation; 2) inclusion; 3) participation; and 4) review through feedback.
 In this process the personnel function takes on an all important role of
 cooperation and integration. Flow charts to explain strategies and the
 implementation process are included.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Human Resource Development; Management Strategy;
 Strategic Planning; Industrial Dynamics; Industrial Relations; Management
 Functions; Management Tools
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 19
-A-
 0337258 HRM83R0272
-W-
 Commentary On Dyer.
 Hain, T.
 General Motors Technical Center, Warren, MI
 Human Resource Management Vol.22, No.3, Fall 1983, P. 272-273.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0090-4848
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Editorial
-SpecFt-
 includes Chart;
 To be effective, strategic implementation must understand relationships. the
 important relationships are: strategy, organization, management, and the
 system of control. The organization as a whole is important and the
 synergistic effect of its component parts must be considered. Compatibility
 between strategy and control systems can make or break its implementation.
-Desc-
 Critique; Organizational Development; Strategic Planning; Implementation;
 Control; Control and Planning; Human Resource Management; Human Resource
 Development
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 20
-A-
 033757 HRM83R0275
-W-
 The Key To the Productivity Dilemma: 'The Performance Manager'.
 Berman, D.L.; Mase, H.
 Citibank Corp.,
 Human Resource Management Vol.22, No.3, Fall 1983, P. 275-286. 12 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0090-4848
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Research Findings
-SpecFt-
 includes Tables;
 Improvement in productivity and profitability can be achieved through the
 advantageous utilization of internal capabilities and potential. The
 creative and productive potential of personnel within the organization is
 the responsibility of the management function. The individual manager is the
 key to the success of the strategic plans. Three conditions that make
 improvement possible are: 1) the ability to accomplish the task in terms of
 knowledge, skills or learning aptitude; 2) the motivation and commitment to
 accomplishing the task; and 3) the support system available to allow the
 task to be completed. A performance manager can create the necessary
 conditions and make changes as they become necessary. A manager must select,
 train, and support the personnel being supervised. Tables and explanatory
 charts are included.
-Desc-
 Productivity; Profitability; Human Resource Management; Human Resource
 Development; Management Strategy; Manager Behavior; Supervision; Management
 Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 21
-A-
 0337256 HRM83R0287
-W-
 The Consultants Wake Up To Human Resources.
 Berry, J.
 Human Resource Management Vol.22, No.3, Fall 1983, P. 287-296. 10 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0090-4848
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Research Findings
 Consultants to organizations have come to recognize the value of human
 resources as defined by corporate culture. This is due in part to economic
 conditions, the competitive environment, and to clients who are more aware
 of their real needs and how they should be met. Consultants tend to
 specialize more and the organization's management must provide the necessary
 expertise for integration of their suggestions. Clients in general want to
 see consultants reject fads and keep things simple. Experimentation is going
 on to test new techniques consultants could utilize to help improve
 management skills. Some answers to existing problems come from: 1) research
 into the attitudes and values present in an organization; 2) comparison of
 results with organizational objectives and strategy; 3) establishment of
 ways to achieve consistency; 4) design, testing, and implementation of
 programs for change; and 5) checking progress through feedback. These things
 can help identify and establish culture within an organization and ways to
 integrate human resources.
-Desc-
 Consultant; Consulting; Organizational Development; Human Resource
 Management; Human Resource Development; Management Strategy; Coordination
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 22
-A-
 0337255 HRM83R0297
-W-
 The Importance Of Strategic Staffing As a Component Of Human Resource
 Management.
 Borucki, C.C.
 Human Resource Management Vol.22, No.3, Fall 1983, P. 297-312. 16 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0090-4848
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Industry News
 According to Alan F. Lafley of Chase Manhattan Bank, the human resource
 executive can have a major impact on the strategic direction and, therefore,
 the performance and success of an organization. The human resource manager
 must oversee recruitment, selection, appraisal, development, and reward
 systems. Both insiders and outsiders must be acclimated to the corporate
 culture in order to integrate their special talents into the needs of the
 organization. Successful managerial staffing depends on competence,
 experience and characteristics of those in competition for the job. This
 need is fulfilled through emphasis on the interdependence of staffing
 requirements and human resources in management. Criteria for selection of
 entry level staff are: 1) ability to communicate; 2) openmindedness; 3)
 ability to relate; 4) mental abilities; 5) versatility; and 6) achievement
 motivation. Upward mobility occurs as a result of performance and perceived
 ability.
 NAMED PERSON: Lafley, lan F. - Executive, Chase Manhattan Bank -
 Spokesperson
-Desc-
 Strategy; Human Resource Management; Human Resource Development; Strategic
 Management; Strategic Planning; Manager; Management Potential; Staffing;
 Management Functions; Personnel Services
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 23
-A-
 0337178 SPM85A0032
-W-
 Rewarding Can Be Rewarding.
 King, D.
 Procter & Gamble Manufacturing Co., Long Beach, CA
 Supervisory Management Vol.30, No.1, Jan. 1985, P. 32.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 SPMNAU
-ISSN-
 0039-5919
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
 Rewarding employees is a part of effective management that can have a
 positive impact on performance. Positive ways to recognize individuals are
 listed. Work assignments, giving responsibility, opportunities for
 achievement and growth all have a positive rewarding effect. To determine
 the best ways to reward employees, seek to understand what they value.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Behavior Modification; Management Style; Manager;
 Employee Behavior; Employee; Supervision; Employee Counseling; Job
 Performance; Feedback
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 24
-A-
 0336455 IIN84J0336
-W-
 The Pressure To Produce.
 Ipsen, E.
 Institutional Investor Pol.18, No.10, Oct. 1984, P. 336-338. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 IT?VAK
-ISSN-
 0002-3580
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Current Issues
 The major stock brokerage films are increasing pressure on their account
 executives to generate more commissions or move over for brokers who can.
 Although some firms deny hard and fast quotas for even seasoned brokers,
 employment specialists confirm that many firms are eliminating their least
 productive account executives. Aggressively pursuing their human resource
 management policies by such techniques as lowering the percentage payout on
 the first $100, 000 to $250, 000 in commissions, managers are forcing
 brokers on the lower end of the scale to find other work. There are still
 firms that are not following the trend, however. The fear is that too much
 pressure on brokers to increase commissions will lead to account churning.
 As a result, some of the smaller and regional firms are picking up some
 disgruntled account executives from the bigger wire houses.
-Desc-
 Brokerage Industry; Stock Brokers; Commission; Human Resource Management;
 Quotas; Productivity; Productivity Pay Increase; Production Management;
 Management Strategy; Employee; Broker
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 25
-A-
 0336449 ASB84P0034
-W-
 Impact Of Counseling On Small Business Performance.
 Rocha, J.R.Jr.; Khan, M.R.
 Lowell, Univ. of, Lowell, Ma, 01854
 American Journal of Small Business Vol.9, No.1, Summer 1984, P. 34-43. 10
 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0363-9428
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 10 references; includes Chart, Tables;
 The University of Lowell offers its Small Business Institute (SBI) As a
 consulting program to small companies. Through questionnaires of client
 companies the SBI's effectiveness is evaluated. Recommendations are
 classified in one of five areas: 1) accounting and finance, 2) marketing and
 advertising, 3) personnel administration, 4) operations and 5) other.
 Suggestions for accounting and finance were the most frequent because of
 poor recordkeeping and neglecting long range problems. Marketing
 recommendations were made because of too little spending in the area.
 Development of personnel was recommended in a number of cases. Inventory
 control was suggested i many operational matters. The other recommendations
 were usually for long range planning. Implementation of programs was
 measured, including, extent, impact, timeliness and manifestation of impact.
 It was found that 76.4 percent of the clients gave SBI high marks. The
 program benefits both the university and small businesses. Charts are
 included, showing a breakdown of survey responses by SBI client firms.
-Desc-
 Small Businesses; Record Keeping; Marketing; Advertising; Personnel; Human
 Resource Management; Finance; Consulting; Consultant; Service Industry;
 Accounting; Business Planning; Forecasting; Consulting
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 26
-A-
 0336053 SPM85I0012
-W-
 How To Ensure Your Secretary Will Stay.
 Vreeland, E. P.
 Katherine Gibbs School Inc.,
 Supervisory Management Vol.30, No.9, Sept. 1985, P. 12-16. 4 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 SPMNAU
-ISSN-
 0039-5919
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
 Office productivity is greatly affected by the loss of a secretary.
 According to the U. S. Dept. of Labor, approximately 2.5 million secretaries
 will change jobs by 1987. The Human Resource Dept. of Thomas Cook, Inc.
 estimates that the cost of replacing one secretary is $7, 600. The role of
 secretary is no longer a dead end. Office technology is increasing their
 status and enabling them to concentrate more on administrative duties,
 making them more visible in company operations. Computer knowledge increases
 opportunities to move up into management level jobs. Guidelines for keeping
 a secretary are listed, and include hiring the right person, recognizing
 efforts, offering challenging work opportunities and maintaining a
 professional relationship.
-Desc-
 Resignation; Replacement; Office;  Office Automation; Secretary; Personnel;
 Workers; Employee; Human Resource Management; Personnel Problems; Clerical
 Personnel; Staffing; Guidelines; Manager Behavior; Management Functions;
 Management Strategy; Management Skills; Morale; Manager-Subordinate
 Relationship; Supervision; Professional Conduct ; Job Satisfaction; Job
 Motivation; Job Enrichment; Job Development; Job Mobility; Companies;
 Productivity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 27
-A-
 0336052 SPM85I0017
-W-
 Making Personnel Relations a Personal Responsibility.
 Sherwood, H.
 Goodrich & Sherwood Co., New York, NY
 Supervisory Management Vol.30, No.9, Sept. 1985, P. 17-22. 6 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 SPMNAU
-ISSN-
 0039-5919
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
 A manager or supervisor is the key person in personnel relations because of
 his close day to day contact with employees. He represents company policies
 concerning employees and must make it a personal responsibility to deal with
 human resource development. Some common problems that originate at the work
 group level are discussed. These include: equal employment opportunity
 (EEO); safety and health; employee relations; career development, suggestion
 plans; absenteeism; turnover; employee communications; motivating employees,
 and teamwork. Because the manager works closely with employees, problems
 such as these can be avoided or dealt with before they become major issues.
 A checklist for meeting personnel responsibilities and promoting good
 employee relations is included.
-Desc-
 Personnel; Human Resource Management; Key Personnel; Personnel Problems;
 Workers; Employee; Problem Solving; Management; Supervision; Management
 Functions; Management Control; Management Skills; Manager Behavior;
 Management Style; Participative Management; Manager; Management Tools;
 Manager-Subordinate Relationship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 28
-A-
 033048 SPM85I0037
-W-
 To Supervise Effectively: Know Your Employees' Behavioral Styles.
 Alessandra, A.; Cathcart, J.
 Cathcart Alessandra & Assoc., La Jolla, CA
 Supervisory Management Vol.30, No.9, Sept. 1985, P. 37-40. 4 Pagess.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 SPMNAU
-ISSN-
 0039-5919
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
 Effective supervision involves recognizing individual employee behavioral
 styles that signal specific types of management. Four styles are identified.
 They are: the socializer; the director; the thinker; and the relater. The
 specific strategies for dealing with each style include ways to motivate,
 compliment, counsel, correct and delegate. Relating to individuals acording
 to their personalities increases managerial effectiveness and improves
 employee performance.
-Desc-
 Supervision; Employee Behavior; Manager Behavior; Behavioral Science; Human
 Resource Development; Human Behavior; Psychology Manager-Subordinate
 Relationship; Management; Management Skills; Industrial Psychology; Morale;
 Attitude; Management Development; Management Style; Management Tools;
 Management Control; Personality
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 29
-A-
 0335979 TDJ85D0015
-W-
 The Case For Career Development.
 Souerwine, A.H.
 Connecticut, Univ. of, CT
 Training & Development Journal Vol.39, Vo.4, April 1985, P. 15.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TDEJA7
-ISSN-
 0041-0861
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Editorial
 Career development deals with change. However, it is hard to deal with
 change without becoming involved in strategic planning and systems
 approaches. Mentoring has become a new rage. The role of change in career
 development must be taken seriously so that the effect on the organization
 can be intense.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Human Resource Management; Development
 Potential; Training and Development; Career Development; Career Change;
 Career Path; Career Guidance; Changes; Mentor; Management Development
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 30
-A-
 0334477 PPR84P0103
-W-
 Productivity In the New York City Department Of Sanitation: The Role Of the
 Public Sector Manager.
 Steisel, N.
 New York City Dept. of Sanitation,
 Public Productivity Review Vol.8, No.2, Summer 1984, P. 103-126. 12 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0361-6681
-DocType-
 Journal
 The Commissioner of the New York City Department of Sanitation, Norman
 Steisel, evaluates that department's efforts to improve productivity over
 the last several years, 1980 through 1985. Budget and personnel data are
 provided. Background information on the department's situation before
 Steisel's appointment is included. The transformation from an inefficient
 bureaucratic organization to the present more effective, productive, agency
 is outlined in terms of the management methods applied. The plan described
 includes: personnel actions, organizational actions, and management of
 information through computerization. The present evaluation includes a
 detailed description of methods used to improve the reliability of the
 equipment fleet. Also detailed are efforts taken to reduce personnel costs
 and deal with budget cuts. Strategies and techniques involved include
 financial incentives and labor and management committees.
 NAMED PERSON: Steisel, Norman - Executive, New York City Dept. of Sanitation

-Desc-
 Evaluation; Reorganization; Service Industry; Operations Management;
 Management Strategy; Management Functions; Manpower Planning; Decision
 Making; Solutions; Personnel; Human Resource Management; Information
 Management; Information Systems; Productivity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 31
-A-
 0334476 PPR840128
-W-
 Panel 3 - The Applicability Of the Japanese Model To U.S. Public Sector
 Organizations: Applications Of Theory Z To American Public Institutions.
 Bachmann, R.
 Public Productivity Review Vol.8, No.2, Summer 1985, P. 128-135. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0361-6681
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Panel Discussion
 The use of quality circles (Z teams), by the Fort Collins, Colorado,
 Utilities Department to solve water pollution problems is described in a
 panel discussion format. The adoption of Theory Z techniques, team building,
 participation, and trust, are discussed in terms of the developmental stages
 of the department's plan to initiate quality circles. Commitment, corporate
 philosophy, and management techniques are stressed. Specific examples of
 problems solved are included. Productivity data before and after two years
 of quality circle technique are provided. Participation by all personnel was
 seen to increase when supervisory and nonsupervisory staff were combined in
 the same quality circle. Panel members' questions and reactions are included
 following the succeeding presentation.
-Desc-
 Evaluation; Reporting System; Human Resource Development; Japan; Quality
 Circles; Solutions; Management Theory; Theory Z; Manager-Subordinate
 Relationship; Management Strategy; Strategic Planning; Participative
 Management; Productivity; Public Utilities
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 32
-A-
 334289 BWE85E2734
-W-
 Getting Rough With the Raiders - Companies Will Do Almost Anything To Thwart
 Takeover Artists.
 Ehrlich, E.; Norman, J.R.
 Business Week No.2896, May 27, 1985, P. 34-36.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 BUWEA3
-ISSN-
 0007-7135
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 includes Drawings;
 With companies becoming more defensive, raiders are finding it more
 difficult to accomplish corporate takeovers. The defensive tactics vary,
 including restructuring through divestiture, taking on more debt, reducing
 equity bases, going private or stepping up payouts to shareholders. Many
 corporations have amended their charters, creating roadblocks for potential
 raiders. However, an undervalued company remains vulnerable. The use of
 poison pills by wary companies can backfire, as in the case of Crown
 Zellerbach Corp.'s tactics in fighting Sir Jimmy Goldsmith. Management
 decided to restructure, splitting the company into paper, packaging and
 timberlands to raise its stock's value. Now, Crown cannot hope to find a
 white knight with its stock prohibitively expensive, yet Goldsmith can buy
 more shares and force the company to liquidate. It is becoming more common
 for shareholders to rebel against changes installed without their approval
 that have the potential to limit profit. Politicians are also getting
 involved, with ten states now having passed limited anti-takeover laws, and
 federal legislators advancing proposals to eliminate the tax benefits of
 hostile takeovers. The company most likely to be safe from a raid is one
 which has stock selling at close to its full value. Some firms are
 restructuring to this end, taking on additional debt and shrinking their
 equity bases with the goal of increasing their return on equity and
 stabilizing stock ownership. Other firms have issued new classes of super
 common stock which tends to increase control by long term owners, generally
 management. Still other tactics include finding friendly outsiders to become
 large equity partners, inauguration of employee stock ownership plans, and
 leveraged buyouts which involve going private. A sketch of a raider being
 foiled in his attempt to take over a company is shown.
-Desc-
 Business Takeovers; Acquisition; Merger; Buy-Outs; Finance Corporate
 Acquisition; Financial Management; Investment Strategy; Corporate ;
 Corporations; Corporate Behavior; Corporate Reorganization; Strategic
 Management; Strategy; Management Strategy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 33
-A-
 332933 ASQ84I0355
-W-
 Changing Interpretive Schemes And Organizational Restructuring: The Example
 Of a Religious Order.
 Bartunek, J.M.
 Boston College, Chestnut Hill, MA, 02167
 Administrative Science Quarterly Vol.29, No.3, Sept. 1984, P. 355-372. 17
 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 ASCQAG
-ISSN-
 0001-8392
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Theory
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 50 references; includes Flow Chart;
 Organizational Change when initiated by environmental changes creates a
 change in second-order interpretive schemes. Organizational members' actions
 and emotional reactions, and organizational restructuring are all involved
 in change. The vertical organizational structure has greater difficulty
 implementing changes in interpretive schemes because the basic values and
 beliefs of the group are in question. When environmental changes cause a
 group to review its interpretive schemes, the change from a vertical
 organizational structure to a horizontal one is necessary for change. A flow
 chart showing the relationship between second-order change in interpretive
 schemes, members actions and emotions, and organizational restructing is
 included.
-Desc-
 Management; Management Functions; Management Style; Authoritarian
 Leadership; Participative Management; Management Policy; Centralization;
 Management Strategy; Long Range Planning and Objectives; Human Resource
 Development; Behavioral Science; Resistance to Change
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 34
-A-
 332600 FOR85C0441
-W-
 Managing Innovators.
 Kiechel, W.I I
 Fortune Vol.111, No.3, March 4, 1985, P. 181-182.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 FORTAP
-ISSN-
 0015-8259
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 includes Drawings;
 A growing number of corporate managers are aware that innovative, creative
 employees must be managed differently than average personnel. Innovators are
 identified by their output and ideas. They must be allowed to work on their
 own; possibly in a separate facility. However, managers must not upset the
 work force by openly catering to innovators. Mmanagers must trust
 innovators, offering guidance and even constructive discipline, when
 necessary. Outstanding work should be rewarded. Humorous drawings of
 innovative managers are included.
-Desc-
 Management Strategy; Employee; Innovation; Management Skills; Creativity;
 Human Resource Development
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 35
-A-
 329887 SPM84L0028
-W-
 Effective Meetings - A Management Must.
 Klumph, N.
 Ned Klumph Assoc., Cherry Hill, NJ
 Supervisory Management Vol.29, No.12, Dec. 1984, P. 28-32. 5 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 SPMNAU
-ISSN-
 0039-5919
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
-SpecFt-
 includes Photographs;
 The importance of a manager's ability to prepare, plan and present effective
 meetings for the purpose of tapping human resources within an organization
 is established. Today, managers need to value the information from all
 employee levels in the process of decision making. Why meetings fail, tips
 for better meetings and ways to handle question and answer periods in a
 meeting are described. The basic reason why meetings fail is that the
 manager either failed to determine the purpose of the meeting or did not
 encourage an open problem-solving approach. Some of the tips for better
 meetings include: having the right people there; setting rules for decision
 making; utilizing an agenda; and covering every item to a point of solution.
 A photograph of a meeting is included.
-Desc-
 Supervisor; Management Tools; Participative Management; Strategy; Decision
 Making; Solutions; Management; Meetings; Team Approach; Management Strategy;
 Management Skills; Human Resource Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 36
-A-
 327568 WWM84A0038
-W-
 Managers Can Afford Wasting It.
 Ashkenas, R.N.; Schaffer, R.H.
 Robert H. Schaffer & Assoc., Stamford, CT
 Working Woman Vol.9, No.1, Jan. 1984, P. 38, 40, 42+. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0145-5761
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Column
 Every manager's job has aspects that trigger anxiety. Escape from this
 anxiety comes from job induced mechanisms such as rationalization and
 blaming, and denial. These escape mechanisms take the form of busyness and
 reduced productivity. Anxiety provoking tasks include tackling new
 activities rather than burying oneself in day to day routine; achieving
 better results with the same resources; and obtaining better results from
 subordinates. Four strategies for combating these problems are related. The
 strategies are not elaborate, and can be used to create greater payoffs in
 management productivity.
-Desc-
 Management; Management Style; Management Strategy; Manager Behavior; Human
 Behavior; Behavior Modification; Human Resource Development ; Development
 Potential; Manager-Subordinate Relationship; Time Saving
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 37
-A-
 32619 PPM84R0249
-W-
 Retrenchment, Human Resource Erosion, And the Role Of the Personnel Manager.
 Levine, CH.
 Brookings Institution, Washington, DC
 Public Personnel Management Vol.13, No.3, Fall 1984, P. 249-263. 15 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PPMNCX
-ISSN-
 0091-0260
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature; Research Findings
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 12 references;
 The problems of human resource erosion in periods of retrenchment which are
 caused by necessity to battle fiscal stress are analyzed. The measures to
 which government agencies often revert in periods of resource scarcity are
 discussed. The consequences of decrementalism are critically analyzed. Tools
 used to manage the retrenchment and to combat uncertainty drift and
 disinvestment are discussed. Strategic structural options are suggested as
 staff centralization or decentralization the balancing of high professionals
 and lows professionals, use of a part-time work force and management of
 benefits, which are often underutilized. The roles of the information and
 the personnel manager in the period of retrenchment are emphasized and
 compared to the importance of personnel management during periods of
 growth.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Personnel; Public Sector; Management Economic
 Policy; Resource Management; Financial Management; Budget; Local Government;
 Public Administration; Operations Management; Decision Making; Strategic
 Management; Government; Government Services; Personnel Problems;
 Uncertainty; MBO; Staff Organization
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 38
-A-
 326411 PPM84R0197
-W-
 Japanese Management: Personnel Policies In the Public Sector.
 Bowman, J.
 Florida State University,
 Public Personnel Management Vol.13, No.3, Fall 1984, P. 197-219, 221+. 50
 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PPMNCX
-ISSN-
 0091-0260
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature; Research Findings
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 365 references; includes Tables;
 Japanese personnel management practices in the area of civil service were
 determined to large extent by the National Personnel Authority which was
 developed due to the realization of the need for a modern central
 government. The Japanese employment system and personnel behavior are
 analyzed in terms of the recruitment process which involves the aspects of
 selectivity and educational requirements; long-term employment versus
 employee mobility; classification of duties and definition of
 responsibilities; training programs and methods; compensation, including the
 seniority wage system; performance appraisal and employee evaluation in the
 framework of vague job descriptions; promotion and advancement patterns;
 employee turnover with the specific procedures for layoffs and retirement;
 and implications of the analysis of the current practices for the future,
 when the increase of labor costs can be anticipated. The Japanese public
 personnel system is compared to the American one in a table. It is
 emphasized that changes due to the economic realities of the 1980's are to
 be expected in Japanese personnel management. But, it still compares well to
 the Western open-career systems.
-Desc-
 Japan; Human Resource Management; Employment; Management Style; Employment
 Policy; Government Employee; Civil Service; Public Administration;
 Seniority; Training and Development; Organizational Development; Government
 Agency; Job Security; Recruitment; Development Potential; Vocational
 Training; Employee Compensation; Salary; Employee Benefits; Job Advancement;
 Retirement
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 39
-A-
 326093 PIR84E0016
-W-
 Zero Inventories: How Do You Get Started
 Hay, E.J.
 Rath & Strong Inc.,
 P&IM Review Vol.4, No.5, May 1984, P. 16-17.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0274-9874
-DocType-
 Journal
 Just-in-Time (JIT) is a new manufacturing philosophy which requires the
 total commitment of the whole organization. Successful motivation of the
 organization requires an 'Opportunity and Readiness Assessment'.
 The'Opportunity Assessment', used to motivate management, objectively
 identifies the opportunities provided by JIT or Zero Inventories. It also
 prioritizes these opportunities according to the company's business
 strategy. The 'Readiness Assessment' determines what must be done to ensure
 the acceptance of JIT by the work force. The implementation of JIT can
 result in a fifteen to fifty percent incease in productivity, fifty to
 eighty percent decrease in lead time and inventory, and a thirty to fifty
 percent decrease in space.
-Desc-
 Manufacturing; Materials Management; Inventory Control; Motivation;
 Strategic Planning; Operations Management; Management Strategy Human
 Resource Development; Implementation; Productivity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 40
-A-
 325731 USN85B1866
-W-
 Is Your Friendly Computer Rating You On the Job
 English, C.W.
 U.S. News & World Report Vol.98, No.6, Feb. 18, 1985, P. 66.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Industry News
-SpecFt-
 includes Photographs;
 Computer monitoring of employee output increases in use. Employers argue
 that it increases productivity and saves money. Employees and opponents
 argue it puts too much stress on workers and dehumanizes jobs. A photograph
 shows telephone operators being monitored.
-Desc-
 Computers; Employer; Employee; Industrial Psychology; Morale; Job
 Motivation; Employee Evaluation; Monitoring; Employee Behavior Productivity;
 Psychology; Stress; Evaluation; Management Strategy; Human Resource
 Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 41
-A-
 320906 INC84L0094
-W-
 Whatever Happened To the Class Of '83?
 Richman, T.; Kahn, J.P.
 Inc. Vol.6, No.12, Dec. 1984, P. 94-97, 100+. 4 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0162-8968
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
-SpecFt-
 includes Photographs;
 Of the 1983 INC. 500 list, 208 are on the list for 1984. Of the rest, most
 of them did well, just not well enough to make the list. Over fifty had
 sales lower in 1984 than in 1983. Fifteen companies were acquired, fourteen
 went public and two companies went under. Four of the companies are examined
 in closer detail to uncover what really went on in 1984. Warehouse
 Appliance, after being number five on the 1983 list, discovered it had been
 spending sixty dollars to make fifty, and now has revamped and has a new
 five year plan. Inacomp Computer Centers Inc. went through some shaky times
 and an initial public offering, but continue to grow in 1984. Fred and
 Barbara Tater of Deerfield Communications sold their business when it was
 doing well, and now help run it as employees. When sales and costs both
 began to rise at American Marketing Services Inc. the founders decided on a
 strategy to cut costs and sales, but wound up with profits that were a
 bigger percentage of sales. Executives from these companies are pictured
-Desc-
 Private Sector; Private Companies; Management Strategy; Problem Solving;
 Strategic Planning; Strategic Management; Decision Making
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 42
-A-
 319341 TRA84K0024
-W-
 The
 People' Side of Strategic Planning.
 Hennecke, M.
 Training Vol.21, No.11, Nov. 1984, P. 24, 25, 28+. 6 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-5892
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature; How-To
-SpecFt-
 includes Diagrams, Drawings;
 Most companies overlook human resources and focus their planning efforts on
 inanimate resources. Their method of planning fails to meet their needs in
 terms of future staffing and leadership by ignoring these human resources.
 Replacement planing and succession planning are the two most common
 approaches to human resource planning. Both methods can be adapted to fit
 the practical guide to becoming a human resource strategist. The fourteen
 steps outlined include: testing the waters; demographics; technology and
 attitudes; tracking organizational direction and life cycle; taking
 inventory; performance appraisal; career planning; harvesting high
 potentials; projecting the shortfall; planning for the future; development;
 recruitment; establishing a talent pool; succession and judging the system.
 Drawings of a corporate strategist and a diagram of an organizational life
 cycle are included.
-Desc-
 Management Strategy; Personnel; Staffing; Human Resource Management;
 Strategic Planning; Organization Structure; Human Resource Accounting;
 Administration; Chain of Command; Analytical Techniques; Training and
 Development; Behavioral Science; Human Resource Development; Career
 Development; Career Guidance; Corporate Growth; Human Behavior; Development
 Potential
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 43
-A-
 318037 HRP8430111
-W-
 Human Resource Planning at IBM.
 Dyer, L.
 Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, 14853
 Human Resource Planning Vol.7, No.3, 1984, P. 111-125. 15 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Research Findings
-SpecFt-
 includes Diagrammatic Models, Heuristic Models;
 The human resource planning (HRP) procedures developed and utilized by IBM
 are detailed. The IBM organization is described, and pertinent statistics
 are included. HRP processes are explained in two categories; strategic HRP
 and operational HRP. Three specific processes of strategic HRP are further
 evaluated: 1) Business investment cycle planning; 2) corporate and 3)
 functional strategic HRP. Operational HRP is broken down and further
 described in terms of: 1) commitment planning; 2) executive resources
 planning; 3) college recruitment planning; and 4) equal opportunity
 planning. Each approach is examined and explained in terms of which
 personnel are involved and the step by step procedure they follow. Specific
 examples are provided. Figures illustrating HRP relationships and processes
 are included. Ongoing changes in the HRP system and the commitment of top
 managers are cited as reasons for its success. Diagrammatic and heuristic
 models are included.
 COMPANY NAME: IBM Corp., Organization Structure, , , Computer Industr,
 Financial DataFinancial Data
-Desc-
 Evaluation; Human Resource Management; Human Resource Development; Methods;
 Strategy; Management Strategy; Management Functions; Recruitment; Plan
 Implementation; Operations Management; Program Management ; Examples
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 44
-A-
 317042 PAD84F0035
-W-
 Human Resources 1984: The State Of the Profession.
 Ortman, J.K.
 Personnel Administrator Vol.29, No.6, June 1984, P. 35-38, 40+. 8 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PEADAY
-ISSN-
 0031-5729
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 includes Photographs;
 A poll of opinions of twelve human resource managers (photographs of seven
 of whom accompany the story) representing different types of different size
 organizations is presented. The questions discussed include: changes in
 employer-employee relationships; alternative work styles caused by changing
 life styles, special needs of employees such as child care, the and growing
 role of women in the work force; aging of the American working population;
 specific demands on managerial skills in human resource development;
 different approaches to human resource planning; labor relations; and
 problems of womens' recognition. Attention is drawn to the government role
 in human resource develpement, especially to that of a democratic
 administration like that of President Reagan. Industrial productivity is
 linked to successful merging of goals of labor and management, where human
 resource management is supposed to be of great importance. Sidebars address
 the topics of midde managers numbers growing in 1984; and of hiring
 practices in relation to employee's skills obsolescence.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Personnel; Employment; Personnel Problems; Age;
 Human Resource Development; Training and Development; Benefits Management;
 Population Dynamics; Career Development; Demotion; Management Development;
 Participative Management; Line Managers; Labor; Industrial Relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 45
-A-
 317015 PAD84F0109
-W-
 The Principles Of Program Design: A Successful Career Development Model.
 Farren, C.; Kaye, B.
 Personnel Administrator Vol.29, No.6, June 1984, P. 109-115, 117+. 7 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PEADAY
-ISSN-
 0031-729
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 3 references; includes Chart;
 In December 1980 Merrill Lynch started a Management Readiness Program. The
 purpose of the program was to find new talent among the company's employees
 suitable for training for managerial positions. The program comprised six
 months of analysis, training, counseling, planning, and a variety of
 courses. The program resulted in visible job changes, including promotions,
 upgrades, special assignments, and lateral transfers. Objectives of the
 program appeared more successfully fulfilled than was expected. The
 principles of success, comparing the program with previous less successful
 efforts are analyzed. Charts illustrate the program and its implementation.
 Various training strategies are described. It is noted that the program was
 especially successful in developing a resource of potential managers with a
 high percentage of women and minorities among them.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Career Development; Career Guidance; Management
 Development; Management Training; Management Education ; Management
 Potential; Training and Development; Organizational Development; Strategic
 Management; Supervision
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 46
-A-
 316997 PAD84F0151
-W-
 Retirement And Human Resource Planning For the Aging Work Force.
 Morrison, M.H.
 Pennsylvania, Univ. of,
 Personnel Administrator Vol.29, No.6, June 1984, P. 151-152, 154+. 5 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PEADAY
-ISSN-
 0031-5729
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 13 references;
 In the coming twenty years, growth of the middle-age to older work force
 will be the major characteristic of the labor force. This will find its
 reflection in the need to modify early retirement policies and employee
 benefit policies in order to make postretirement participation in the work
 force more attractive for older employees. Human resource management will
 have to cope with the growing importance of qualitatively new kinds of
 retirement planning. New employment and benefit options for older workers
 will have to be explored and put into practice. New programs will have to
 include partial retirement, phased retirement, job sharing, training, career
 changes, and flexible work schedules. Corporate human resource planners will
 have to introduce the planning programs rather early in the employee's work
 life and to interpret them into the compreheusize career life planning. This
 imposes new professional training demands on the human resource specialists.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Retirement; Retirement Age; Early Retirement;
 Labor Force; Labor Market; Employee Benefits; Employment Policy; Benefits
 Management; Flexible Schedule; Training and Development; Part-Time
 Employment; Preretirement; Postretirement; Population Dynamics; Social
 Security
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 47
-A-
 316806 PSL84G0027
-W-
 Manpower Planning For the 1990s: How Models Beat Muddles.
 Barnes, A.
 Redundant Churches Fund,
 Personnel Management July 1984, P.27-29. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: England
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PTMABL
-ISSN-
 0031-5761
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 includes Chart, Photographs;
 A manpower planning model can aid in projecting manpower needs and trends
 for the future. A former manpower resources manager discusses the approach
 used by ICI's paints division in Britain to solve its manpower problems. The
 computer model used is examined and figures from 1978 to 1984 are evaluated
 in a chart. A photograph of a computer controlled production technique is
 shown.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Human Resource Management; Training and
 Development; Manpower Planning; Management Strategy; Manpower Projection;
 Labor Force; Modeling
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 48
-A-
 316805 PSL84G0030
-W-
 What's New in Organization Development.
 Pritchard, W.
 Shell International Petroleum Co. Ltd.,
 Personnel Management July 1984, p.30-33. 4 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: England
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PTMABL
-ISSN-
 0031-5761
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 12 references;
 Organizational development (OD) encompasses many varied jobs. The OD
 practitioner may at one time or another play the role of adviser,
 consultant, facilitator, change agent, occupational psychologist, third
 party or behavioral scientist. Strategic planning seems to be where OD
 professionals are going to lead in the future. This reflects the trend from
 problem centered OD to more future centered thinking. Duality and
 productivity are seen as interrelated with work design, style of
 organization, strategy and business objectives, and come under the care of
 the OD professional. Strategic planning and current trends in OD are
 discussed.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Personnel; Quality Circles; Quality Control;
 Quality Of Life; Organizational Development; Training and Development; Human
 Resource Development
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 49
-A-
 316804 PSL84G0034
-W-
 The Personnel Role In Technological Change.
 Oliver, S.
 Salford College of Technology,
 Personnel Management July 1984, P.34-37. 4 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: England
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PTMABL
-ISSN-
 0031-5761
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
-SpecFt-
 includes Organization Charts;
 As technological change is implemented by management, the personnel staff
 must be ready to assume its roles in the introduction of change. By using
 the management-by-objectives (MBO) approach, the personnel department can
 successfully introduce new technology. Figure one outlines the organization
 chart for a hypothetical manufacturing company used to demonstate current
 issues. The pattern for ordering and commissioning the new capital equipment
 program is seen in figure two. The manpower planning schedule for 1984 to
 198? is discussed.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Personnel; Human Resource Development; Training
 and Development; Management Strategy; Technological Change; Manpower
 Planning; Industrial Dynamics; Technical Training; MBO
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 50
-A-
 316530 MAG8330028
-W-
 From Within: Strategic Implications of Robots.
 Extejt, M.
 Pittsburgh, Univ. of,
 Managing No.3, 1983, P. 28-31.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
 Robots are emerging in the industrial workplace. Robots are of value because
 of their reliability, their precision, and their cost saving advantage.
 Specific management strategy is required when introducing robots. Job
 displacement due to robots will vary according to industry and occupation.
 Retraining will become important as new jobs are created from the
 introduction of robots. Good employee communication is recommended when
 installing robots. Benefits from robotics include providing recession
 resistance, reducing barriers to entering new areas, and increasing
 manufacturing flexibility.
-Desc-
 Robotics; Management Strategy; Productivity; Communication Planning; Product
 Introduction; Retraining; Job Development; Human Resource Management; Cost
 Saving; Benefits
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 51
-A-
 316281 MRE84J0008
-W-
 How Tough HR Management Helped Untangle Del Webb.
 Anon
 Management Review Vol.73, No.10, Oct. 1984, P. 8-12. 5 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0025-1895
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Interview; Profile
-SpecFt-
 includes Photographs;
 The Del E. Webb Corp. has avoided financial disaster through a turnaround
 initiated by Robert K. Swanson, chairman, president, and chief executive
 officer (CEO) of the company. The Webb Corporation developed retirement
 communities like Sun City, but got involved in Atlantic City casino
 operations and accrued a long term debt of nearly $279 million. Swanson has
 reduced debt and has improved income from operations by selling valuable
 Webb properties. His strategy has also involved an aggressive human resource
 management program. Qualities of an effective human resource manager are
 outlined. Specific changes in the Webb Corporation are detailed. Photographs
 of Swanson are included.
 COMPANY NAME: Del E. Webb Corp., Debt, , , Real Estate, Financial
 DataFinancial Data
 NAMED PERSON: Swanson, Robert K. - CEO, Del E. Webb Corp. -
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Executive; Management Strategy; Strategic
 Planning; Job Qualifications; Efficiency; Corporate Control
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 52
-A-
 31576 PSL84G0027
-W-
 Manpower Planning For the 1990s: How Models Beat Muddles.
 Barnes, A.
 Redundant Churches Fund,
 Personnel Management July 1984, P.27-29. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: England
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PTMABL
-ISSN-
 031-5761
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 includes Chart, Photographs;
 A manpower planning model can aid in projecting manpower needs and trends
 for the future. A former manpower resources manager discusses the approach
 used by ICI's paints division in Britain to solve its manpower problems. The
 computer model used is examined and figures from 1978 to 1984 are evaluated
 in a chart. A photograph of a computer controlled production technique is
 shown.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Human Resource Management; Training and
 Development; Manpower Planning; Management Strategy; Manpower Projection;
 Labor Force; Modeling
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 53
-A-
 315714 PSL84G0030
-W-
 What's New in Organization Development.
 Pritcard, W.
 Shell International Petroleum Co. Ltd.,
 Personnel Management July 1984, P.30-33. 4 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: England
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PTMABL
-ISSN-
 0031-5761
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 12 references
 Organizational development (OD) encompasses many varied jobs. The OD
 practitioner may at one time or another play the role of adviser,
 consultant, facilitator, change agent, occupational psychologist, third
 party or behavioral scientist. Strategic planning seems to be where OD
 professionals are going to lead in the future. This reflects the trend from
 problem centered OD to more future centered thinking. Quality and
 productivity are seen as interrelated with work design, style of
 organization, strategy and business objectives, and come under the care of
 the OD professional. Strategic planning and current trends in OD are
 discussed.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Personnel; Quality Circles; Quality Control;
 Quality Of Life; Organizational Development; Training and Development; Human
 Resource Development
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 54
-A-
 315712 PSL84G0034
-W-
 The Personnel Role In Technological Change.
 Oliver, S.
 Salford College of Technology,
 Personnel Management July 1984, P.34-37. 4 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: England
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PTMABL
-ISSN-
 0031-5761
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
-SpecFt-
 includes Organization Charts;
 As technological change is implemented by management, the personnel staff
 must be ready to assume its roles in the introduction of change. By using
 the management-by-objectives (MBO) approach, the personnel department can
 successfully introduce new technology. Figure one outlines the organization
 chart for a hypothetical manufacturing company used to demonstate current
 issues. The pattern for ordering and commissioning the new capital equipment
 program is seen in figure two. The manpower planning schedule for 1984 to
 1987 is discussed.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Personnel; Human Resource Development; Training
 and Development; Management Strategy; Technological Change; Manpower
 Planning; Industrial Dynamics; Technical Training; MBO
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 55
-A-
 315496 PAD84C0104
-W-
 Environmental Changes.
 Kahalas, H.
 State University of New York (Albany), Albany, NY
 Personnel Administrator Vol.29, No.3, March 1984, P. 104-107. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PEADAY
-ISSN-
 0031-5729
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
 Human resource planning in organizations is affected by environmental
 changes. The effects of technology, demographics, government regulations and
 social values on corporate planning and decision making are discussed. Such
 issues as urban locations, hiring and training of minorities and social
 values over cost effectiveness are all variables that are changing the way
 businesses operate today and will operate in the future. A goal programming
 model which focuses on the identification of corporate goals and the
 realization that environmental input will have a goal attainment is
 recommended.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development Management Strategy; Corporate Planning;
 Corporate Social Responsibility
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 56
-A-
 315267 HRP84C0063
-W-
 Observations on SHARPS Implementation.
 Smith E.C.
 Human Resource Planning Vol.7, No.1, March 1984, P. 63-66. 4 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
 The Strategic Human Resources Planning System (SHARPS) is discussed. A
 method of combining human resource planning with the strategic business plan
 is explained. The step by step process is outlined. Additional books on the
 subject are mentioned. The transcript of a speech delivered to the Chicago
 Human Resource Association is included.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Human Resource Development; Strategic Planning;
 Strategic Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 57
-A-
 315265 HRP84C0047
-W-
 Measuring and Managing Corporate Culture.
 Bookbinder, S.M.
 Human Resource Planning Vol.7, No.1, March 1984, P. 47-53. 7 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 How-To
-SpecFt-
 includes Diagrammatic Models;
 Corporate culture is defined. The role in human resource planning is
 explored. A five step plan for identifying the organization's culture is
 described. Figure one illustrates how strategies, systems and cultural
 values are interrelated. A case study is used to demonstrate the concept.
 The effect this process will have within an organization is discussed.
 Diagrammatic models are included.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Human Resource Development; Strategic Planning;
 Strategic Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 58
-A-
 315264 HRP84C0039
-W-
 A 'No Frills' Approach to Human Resource Planning.
 Baytos, L.M.
 Quaker Oats Co., Chicago, IL
 Human Resource Planning Vol.7, No.1, March 1984, P. 39-46. 8 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Profile
-SpecFt-
 includes Block Diagrams, Chart;
 The Quaker Oats Company has established long-range personnel plans and
 objectives. The method used to combine human resource plans with financial
 operations plans is described. The planning format process is illustrated in
 figure one and the specific steps are keyed to the chart. Figure two
 illustrates the human resource building blocks. Human resource objectives
 are outlined in figure three. The communication package is blocked out and
 includes examples in figure four.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Human Resource Development; Strategic Planning;
 Strategic Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 59
-A-
 315263 HRP84C0031
-W-
 Gaining a Competitive Edge through Human Resource Strategies.
 Gould, R.
 General Host Corp., Stamford, CT
 Human Resource Planning Vol.7, No.1, March 1984, P. 31-38. 8 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 How-To
 An approach for developing human resource strategy within the company
 planning proces is described. Questions to aid focusing on the human
 resource issues within the organization are given. The step by step process
 is outlined from where to begin through implementation. Trends affecting
 competitive strengths are explored. The implications of this process within
 the human resource profession and the business life cycle are discussed.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Human Resource Management; Strategic Planning;
 Management Strategy; Strategic Management; Competitive Advantage
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 60
-A-
 315262 HRP84C0001
-W-
 The HRS Matrix: Managing the Human Resource Function Strategically.
 Baird, L.; Meshoulam, I.
 Human Resource Planning Vol.7, No.1, March 1984, P. 1-30. 30 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 How-To; Research Findings
-SpecFt-
 includes Graphs;
 A model and approach for becoming strategic with human resource management
 is discussed. The five stages of development of human resource management
 and the six strategic components are combined to form the Human Resources
 Strategic Matrix (HRS Matrix). Examples are used to illustrate how the HRS
 Matrix can be used. Figures three to nine illustrate the five stages of
 development of human resource management. Transition through the stages is
 demonstrates in figure one. The HRS Matrix is outlined in figure two. Graphs
 are included.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Human Resource Management; Training and
 Development; Matrix; Strategic Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 61
-A-
 315063 PAD84G0093
-W-
 Communications Strategies for Improving HRM Effectiveness.
 Hollmann, R.W; Campbell, M.E.
 Montana, Univ. of, Missoula, MT
 Personnel Administrator Vol.29, No.7, July 1984, P. 93-98. 5 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PEADAY
-ISSN-
 0031-5729
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 7 references; includes Tables;
 Authors and researchers in the human resource management (HRM) field will
 play a more prominent role in organizations. HRM authorities agree that HRM
 personnel will become key decision makers, be involved in long range
 organizational planning, be change agents, and adopt a proactive
 anticipatory approach. Four strategies are recommended to improve
 organizational communication, thus aiding the acceptance of HRM ideas: 1)
 develop skills of persuasion 2) understand the organizational climate 3)
 conduct a communication audit and 4) encourage creativity. A table
 demonstrates the Gunning Fog Index used in the communication audit to relate
 the number of years of education of the audience to its ability to
 understand the message.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Communication in Organizations; Organizational
 Communications; Management Srategy; Organization Planning
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 62
-A-
 315047 PAD84E0090
-W-
 Work Constraints: Barriers to Productivity.
 'Connor, E.J.; Peters, L.H.; Kline, C.R.; Brush, D.H.
 Personnel Administrator Vol.29, No.5, May 1984, P. 90, 92, 9+. 6 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PEADAY
-ISSN-
 0031-5729
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 11 references; includes Formulae, Table;
 International obsession with higher productivity is making the human
 resource manager's job increasingly significant. Studies show productivity
 is not increased even with new programs, if work constraints are not
 removed. A table illustrates the major types of constraints, worker
 reactions, and potential impact. Constraints rob the organization in three
 areas: worker motivation, performance and attitudes; personnel programs; and
 profitability. To deal effectively with this problem, managers identify
 constraints using several steps listed. Once constraints are recognized, a
 plan of change is developed. Cost/benefit analysis involves three primary
 steps whose figures when placed in a mathematical equation estimate dollar
 value of a benefit.
-Desc-
 Work Environment; Productivity; Human Resource Management; Guidelines
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 63
-A-
 315043 PAD84E0064
-W-
 Getting through the Maze: Knowing the Fundamentals of Employee Health
 Benefit Planning.
 Bracken, J.W.
 Personnel Administrator Vol.29, No.5, May 1984, P. 64-66, 68+. 8 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PEADAY
-ISSN-
 0031-5729
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 41 references;
 The human resource (HR) manager of today must be familiar with the laws and
 issues affecting the company's health insurance plans, to control costs
 without violating employee rights or legal statutes. Several basic elements
 and issues are highlighted. They are: types of plan, financial arrangements,
 administration, bargaining rights with unions, federal laws, and cost
 containment. Laws affecting health benefit plans are: 1)Medicare 2) The Tax
 Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) 3) cafeteria-style health plans
 and 4) The Health Maintenance Organization Act of 1973. With the many
 frequent changes, the HR manager needs to become a health benefit specialist
 as well as a legal advisor. The HR manager also needs to be able to help
 employees become careful users of the health care system.
-Desc-
 Medicare; TEFRA; HMO; Health Benefits; Guidelines; Human Resource
 Management; Legal Aspect; Health Plan
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 64
-A-
 314551 TRA84J0133
-W-
 Earl Joseph Predicts: Training Is a Growth Industry.
 Anon
 Training Vol.21, No.10, Oct. 1984, P. 133, 135.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-5892
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 includes Photographs;
 Earl Joseph believes that training is going to be even more important in the
 future. Joseph states that knowledge doubles every five years, so people
 constantly need more training to keep pace with technology. Joseph's
 forecast for the high-tech work place of the future is discussed. A
 photograph of Joseph is included.
 NAMED PERSON: Joseph, Earl - -
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Training and Development; Management
 Development; Management Style
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 65
-A-
 313440 HRP8420105
-W-
 Human Resource Planning: Observations on the State of the Art and the State
 of the Practice.
 Manzini, A.O.
 Ebasco Services,
 Human Resource Planning Vol.7, No.2, 1984, P. 100-110. 6 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 1 references; includes Diagrams, Flow Chart;
 State of the art and the practice of human resource planning are discussed.
 Results of a Human Resource Planning Society conference are summarized. A
 detailed flowchart of strategic forecasting/planning/development and a
 diagram of integration of planning are provided. Development of an
 integrated planning system is discussed. Steps include: 1) integrate with
 other planning systems, 2) develop database, 3) develop a contingency
 analysis system, 4) supply useable data to managers, and 5) support career
 development. Technological changes are necessary, particularly
 computerization, in human resource planning.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Planning; Strategic Planning; Operations Model;
 Integrated Approach; Technological Change
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 66
-A-
 313372 FEX84J0040
-W-
 Make Employee Pay a Strategic Issue.
 Sears, D.
 New York Times Co., NY
 Financial Executive Vol.5, No.10, Oct. 1984, P. 40-43. 4 Pages
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 FIEXAW ISNN: 0015-1998
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 includes Chart;
 Employee compensation is probably the major expense for almost all
 companies. Using compensation in a strategic plan for overall corporate
 growth is important. There are six basic types of employee pay: base pay,
 merit pay, short-term incentives, long-term incentives, benefits, and
 perquisites. It is important that a company decide on the proper mix of
 these pay types. A chart is included that shows the integration of pay
 element levels with growth states in a profitability/potential matrix. Four
 stages of organization growth are given with an example pay mix for each.
 Some basic pay concepts are discussed using the matrix.
-Desc-
 Employee Compensation; Employee Benefits; Pay Structure; Strategic
 Management; Strategic planning
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 67
-A-
 312258 TDJ84J0035
-W-
 The International Scene, 1984 - Management Development and Culture: Sweden.
 Svanberg, K.
 Training & Development Journal Vol 38, No.10, Oct. 1984, P. 35.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TDEJA7
-ISSN-
 0041-861
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
 The development of Sweden's managment style is examined. Management
 leadership qualities need to be developed. Management vitality is defined
 and a model for change is described. Organizational changes needed to
 encourage leadership development are discussed.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Human Resource Management; Training and
 Development; Sweden; Management Style
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 68
-A-
 311681 TDJ84G0068
-W-
 Will Your Workers Sing the Company Song
 Hall, J.L.; Leidecker, J.K.; Posner, B.Z.
 Santa Clara, Univ. of, Santa Clara, CA
 Training & Development Journal Vol.38 No.7, July 1984, P. 68-70.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TDEJA7
-ISSN-
 0041-0861
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 13  references;
 Many U.S. companies are adopting traditional Japanese practices in order to
 improve productivity. Japanese style management (JSM) utilizes the
 participative management method. The issues involving managers, employees,
 and organizations and suggestions for dealing with many of the issues are
 listed. In order for JSM to be successful in the U.S. these issues should be
 dealt with before the program is implemented.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Training and Development; Training Method;
 Participative Management; Japan; Management Style; Human Resource
 Management; Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 69
-A-
 311677 TDJ84G0050
-W-
 The New Frontier: Volunteer Management Training.
 Wilson, M.
 Volunteer Management Assoc., Boulder, CO
 Training & Development Journal Vol 38, No.7, July 1984, P. 50-52. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TDEJA7
-ISSN-
 0041-0861
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Current Issues
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 4 references; includes Organization Charts;
 A 1983 Gallup survey found that fifty-five percent of the American adult
 population volunteered in 1982. Volunteer organizations are frequently
 managed by people with little administrative training. Figure one diagrams
 management functions in the non-profit organization. Training volunteers
 offers a huge opportunity for training professionals.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Training and Development; Management; Management
 Strategy; Volunteers
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 70
-A-
 311596 BHO84I0042
-W-
 Altering the Fabric of Work: Beyond the Behavioral Sciences.
 Bowman, J.S.
 Florida State University,
 Business Horizons Vol.27, No.5, Sept./Oct. 1984, P. 42-48. 6 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 BHORAD
-ISSN-
 0007-6813
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 17 references;
 Limitations of the behavioral sciences in solving personnel problems
 plaguing the American work force, such as high turnover, low productivity,
 and apathy, are discussed. An applied ethics approach to the problem, in
 which the self worth and ethical concerns of employees are confirmed, is
 proposed. The process leading to the formulation of an ethics policy is
 discussed. Incentives to adopt an ethics program as a management strategy
 are listed.
-Desc-
 Behavioral Science; Personnel Problems; Human Resource Management; Ethics;
 Social Issues; Policy; Management Strategy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 71
-A-
 310791 TRA84I0016-2
-W-
 Turning Them into Trainers.
 Anon
 Training Vol.21, No.9, Sept. 1984, P. 16, 17, 105.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-5892
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Current Issues
 When requests for management-development programs outstrip the staff,
 recruit managers to part-time trainers. The criteria for this type of
 program are given. A case study of such a plan is discussed.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Human Resource Management; Training and
 Development; Management Strategy; Management Development; Case Study
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 72
-A-
 310786 TRA84G007
-W-
 Death of a Trainer: The Autopsy.
 Sullivan, K.W.
 Sullivan Luallin Assoc., San Diego, CA
 Training Vol.2, No.7, July 1984, P. 79.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-589
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 How-To
 Training programs die because trainers fail to show their connection to long
 range business plans. A case study of a successful training manager's method
 of selling training programs to upper management is discussed. The strategy
 is outlined step by step.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Training and Development; Human Resource
 Management; Management Strategy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 73
-A-
 310785 TRA84G0072-2
-W-
 Engineering and Management: Parallel Paths Upward
 Anon
 Training Vol.21, No.7, July 1984, P. 72.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-5892
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Industry News
 Fortune 500 companies were surveyed by the University of Missouri on
 management trailing for engineers. Seventy percent see training as a growing
 field, but not for engineers. Engineers require the same basic management
 training as other managers.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Training and Development; Management Training;
 Management Strategy; Engineering
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 74
-A-
 310784 TRA84G0072-1
-W-
 Service Management: Major Changes Smoothly Wrought.
 Anon
 Training Vol.21, No.7, July 1984, P. 72.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-5892
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Profile
 Pitney Bowes used a five-year training program they called 'incremental
 training' to implement personnel policy changes. The company decentralized
 to adapt to changing local conditions. Flexible career paths were created
 for customer engineers. The company's management strategy is discussed.
 D-U-N-S NUMBER: 00-116-1793
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Training and Development; Management Strategy;
 Management Training
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 75
-A-
 310783 TRA84G0071
-W-
 Myths and Messages for Supervisory Trainees.
 Anon
 Training Vol.21, No.7, July 1984, P. 71-72.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-5892
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 How-To; Industry News
 Training and managing first-line supervisors is one job for human resource
 development (HRD) professionals. A list of common myths and suggestions for
 improving training techniques is included. Tips for developing a training
 program for first-line supervisors are included.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Training and Development; Human Resource
 Management; Management Strategy; Management Training
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 76
-A-
 310776 TRA84G0034
-W-
 How to Avoid the Curse of Catch-22.
 Lynn, G.T.; Lynn, J.B.
 Lynn Assoc., Kirkland, WA
 Training Vol.21, No.7, July 1984, P. 34-37. 4 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-5892
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 How-To
 The catch-22 concept describes a situation in which a person is caught
 between two conflicting demands. The manager or human resource development
 (HRD) specialists, in evaluating a company's performance problem, often find
 a double bind or catch-22 situation. A five-step approach to solving these
 types of situations is explained. A successful case study is discussed.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Human Resource Management; Case Study;
 Management Style
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 77
-A-
 310385 SPM84I0018
-W-
 How Today's Managers Can Create Tomorrow's Leaders.
 Eads, D.H.
 Pine Mountain Press Inc., Georgetown, IN
 Supervisory Management Vol.29, No.9, Sept. 1984, P. 18-20.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 SPMNAU
-ISSN-
 0039-519
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 How-To
 Creating leaders is a goal of human resources development. Managers
 contribute to this goal by being role models. Sound management, healthy
 attitudes, and high ideals combine to form an effective work environment.
 Individual management styles set the pace for leadership development.
 Qualities that will influence future managers include being flexible,
 setting realistic goals, providing training when needed, and showing genuine
 concern for staff members.
-Desc-
 Leadership; Manager; Role Modeling; Human Resource Development; Management
 Style; Work Environment
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 78
-A-
 309972 TRA84H0102
-W-
 Training for a Winning Season.
 Domenick, J.
 Development Dimensions Int'l, Pittsburgh, PA
 Training Vol.21, No.8, Aug. 1984, P. 102.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-5892
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
 Trainers can conduct classes which have a purpose and will be used in the
 workplace.
 NO CARRIER
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 78
-A-
 309972 TRA84H0102
-W-
 Training for a Winning Season.
 Domenick, J.
 Development Dimensions Int'l, Pittsburgh, PA
 Training Vol.21, No.8, Aug. 1984, P. 102.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-5892
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
 Trainers can conduct classes which have a purpose and will be used in the
 workplace. Before the training sessions, meetings between managers and
 employees who schedule and implement projects are necessary. By insuring
 on-the-job use of the new skills the training department is contributing to
 company productivity.
-Desc-
 Training and Development; Human Resource Development; Management Strategy;
 Management Policy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 79
-A-
 309625 JBT84E0153
-W-
 Toward an Action Philosophy for Managers Based on Arendt and Tillich.
 Nielsen, R.P.
 Bosion College, Chestnut Hill, MA, 02167
 Journal of Business Ethics Vol.3, No.2, May 1984, P. 153-161. 9 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: Holland
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 016-4544
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Theory
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 18 references;
 Certain managers' organizational behavior can be destructive on personal
 levels, if certain managerial ideals, which are compared to Eichmann,
 Richard III, and Faust are actuated in response to orders and organizational
 tenets. These managerial ideals necessarily conflict with individual notions
 of courage in management. Hannah Arendt's studies on Eichmann, which
 revealed much about the links of thought and action, are reviewed in detail.
 Arendt's Action philosophy may be understood by reference to the Eichmann,
 King Richard and Faust typology. Max Weber's ideal type as expressed in the
 'Protestant Ethic' and 'The Spirit of Capitalism' provides the basis for
 Arendt's assessment of morality under pressure for management personnel.
 Tillich's treatises on courage are reviewed and compared to Arendt's work.
 NAMED PERSON: Arendt, Hannah - Frankfurt University -
-Desc-
 Management Theory; Human Resource Development; Organizational Behavior;
 Management Style; Sociology; Research; Personnel Management; Psychology;
 Corporate Bureaucracy; Business Ethics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 80
-A-
 307726 MSI84E0086
-W-
 Equal Opportunities for Women in the Public Sector: Making the Most of
 Resources.
 Gowrie, E.
 Management in Government Vol.39, No.2, May 1984, P. 86-95. 10 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: England
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0263-4678
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Current Issues
 The Earl of Gowrie discusses examples of equal opportunities for women in
 the public sector as an intelligent use of human resources. He is candid
 about good managers who have blind-spots about female staff members. He is
 critical of mediocre management that disparage women and their capabilities
 in Civil Service. Emphasis is on equal employment opportunities for women.
 Topics reviewed include: barriers to progress; recent developments; private
 sector employers; the financial management initiative; personnel initiative;
 efficiency; succession planning; the action program; job sharing/part-time
 work/flexible working hours; maternity and special leave; career
 development; management training; and child-care.
-Desc-
 Civil Service; Women; Management; EEO
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 81
-A-
 304232 SLW84G0147
-W-
 Financial Institutions Need To Upgrade Strategic Management.
 Gist, D.M.
 Savings Institutions Vol.105, No.7, July 1984, P. 147-148.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
 With the change which has resulted from deregulation has come a need for
 financial institutions to update and upgrade their management strategies.
 With a focus on marketing, financial institutions should build strengths and
 minimize weaknesses. Implementation of strategy is mostly a process of
 managing change. The key elements in strategic management are: human
 resources, support structures, management practices and the corporate
 culture.
-Desc-
 Savings and Loan; Strategic Management; Strategic Planning Analysis;
 Financial Institution
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 82
-A-
 303799 NMG8410014
-W-
 Honeywell's Agenda for Organizational Change.
 Kanarick, A.F.; Dotlich, D.L.
 Honeywell Inc.,
 New Management Vol.2, No.1, 1984, P. 14-19, 6 Page
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0548-5924
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 How-To
-SpecFt-
 includes Chart;
 The culture of an organization affects the organization's performance.
 Honeywell believes that excellence can be achieved through using
 participative management rather than traditional command and control. Ten
 ingredients for effectively changing the corporate culture are outlined.
 Stating operating principles, having managers serve as role models,
 developing human resources, exemplifying a top down commitment and a bottom
 up support system, training managers to facilitate change and implementing
 cross-sectional teams are some of the means for effecting change. Charts
 list symbols of change and Honeywell principles. Change takes place slowly.
 COMPANY NAME: Honeywell Inc., Reorganization , , ,
-Desc-
 Management Style; Climate; Role Modeling; Culture; Organization; Top Down
 Management; Bottom Up Management; Hierarchy; Ownership; Human Resource
 Development; Participative Management; Reorganization; Team Approach
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 83
-A-
 303315 PEJ84F0078
-W-
 Take the Personnel Challenge.
 McLaughlin, D.J.
 Hay Group, Philadelphia, PA
 Personnel Journal Vol.63, No.6, June 1984, P. 78-81. 4 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PEOAA
-ISSN-
 0031-5745
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Feature
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 2 references;
 Six challenges face personnel management in the future. In a time of slow
 growth, employee expectations must be controlled. Management must develop
 higher knowledge and skill in employees. Effective communication is
 imperative in this era of rapid change. The entreprenurial spirit must be
 encouraged. Compensation expenditures must be cost effective. Productivity
 improvement depends on highly motivated employees. Strategic planning,
 improved selection and retention of employees, improved performance
 appraisals, training and development emphasis, effective management of
 organizational culture and an increased role for personnel professionals can
 help meet these challenges.
-Desc-
 Personnel Management; Human Resource Management; Personnel Problems;
 Challenge; Training and Development
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 84
-A-
 302110 PER84E0059
-W-
 When a Plant Shuts Down: What Employees Need from Management.
 Zippo, M.; Miller, M.
 Personnel Vol.61, No.3, May/June 1984, P. 59-61.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PSNLAH
-ISSN-
 0031-5702
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Column; Research Findings
 A study involving human resources administrators, various executives and
 employees who have lost their jobs provides insight into how managers can
 reduce the negative effects of plant closings. Three stages of data
 collection are used in this study: potential human resources strategies,
 laid-off employees' reactions and managerial attitudes. Advance warning is
 the most important management strategy, according to the survey of
 employees. Holding seminars and teaching job-search skills rank second and
 third. Other suggested strategies are listed.
-Desc-
 Shutdown; Plant Closings; Human Resource Management; Study Management
 Strategy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 85
-A-
 302106 PER84E0047
-W-
 Needed: An Expanded HRM Role to Bridge the Gap between R&D and
 Manufacturing.
 McDonough, E.F.III
 Northeastern University
 Personnel Vol.61, No.3, May/June 1984, P. 47-52. 6 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PSNLAH
-ISSN-
 0031-5702
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Research Findings
 A solution to the communication problem between the research and development
 (R&D) department and the manufacturing department is drawn from a study of
 new product development projects. Interviews are conducted with top
 management of key departments. Poor coordination between these departments
 is due to manufacturing's low status, R&D's lack of human relations skills,
 manufacturing's reluctance to become involved and a 'we versus they'
 attitude. Temporary solutions to these problems are outlined. A long term
 solution involves human resource management and an organizational design.
 Two structures can integrate R&D with manufacturing - a matrix structure and
 a product structure.
-Desc-
 Research and Development; Manufacturing; Innovation; Communication; Human
 Resource Management; Study; Organization Structure; Conflict; New Product;
 Matrix Organization
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 86
-A-
 301857 CMR84N0073
-W-
 The Ecological Analysis of Business Strategy.
 Freeman, J.; Boeker, W.
 California, Univ. of (Berkeley), Berkeley, CA
 California Management Review Vol.26, No.3, Spring 1984, . 73-86. 16 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 CMNRAK
-ISSN-
 0008-1256
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Research Findings; Theory
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 30 references;
 Understanding strategies is enhanced by studying actual cases of their
 usage. A strategist can better determine if a given strategy is appropriate
 for his firm by studying similar firms operating in similar markets,
 technological and personnel conditions and learning how they made out using
 that strategy. The historical development of strategy concepts is recounted.
 Factors to be considered in developing a particular strategy are examined.
 Examples are given of firms adopting particular strategies. Some
 shortcomings of conventional methods of developing strategy are pointed out.
-Desc-
 Strategy; Analysis; Strategic Planning; Strategic Management; Management
 Strategy; Management Functions; Business Planning
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 87
-A-
 301206 ZIP84F0022-1
-W-
 An Overview of the Telemarkeing Industry.
 Kordahl, E.B.
 ZIP/Target Marketing Vol.7, No.6, June 1984, P. 22, 24-26. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 ZIPPDE
-ISSN-
 0160-4090
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Industry News
 The telemarketing industry began with the airlines in 1956. Personnel
 handled all consumer reservations by phone. The Bell System's Phone Power
 program of the 1970s originated in 1967 with a Message Usage Promotion (MUP)
 campaign. The Bell System's 800 number began in 1969, but did not gain
 immediate popularity. Today telemarketing is a viable marketing tool.
 Marketers are seeking guidance in telephone market planning, human resource
 management and database management.
-Desc-
 Telemarketing; History; Review
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 88
-A-
 300906 PSL84D0027
-W-
 What's New in Job Design?
 Wall, T.
 Personnel Management Vol.16, No.4, April 1984, P. 27-29. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: England
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 PTMABL
-ISSN-
 0031-5761
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Industry News
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 9 references;
 Job design in action can expand jobs to include a wider range of activities
 and decision making responsibilities. Job design is a form of management by
 objective (MBO) for non-managerial employees or a move towards
 self-supervision. Specific case studies are examined from British companies
 using this form of management. The effects on productivity are examined.
 Examples of this practice for use with productivity are examined. Examples
 of this practice for use with new technology are discussed.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Operations Management; MBO; Line Function;
 Industrial Relations; Manpower Planning; Job Development; Management Style
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 89
-A-
 30082 MWL84F0048
-W-
 Forum - How Employees Shape Your Behavior.
 Benson, G.
 Wyoming, Univ. of (Casper), Casper, WY
 Management World Vol.13, No.5, June 1984, P. 48, 39.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
-ISSN-
 0090-3825
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Theory; Research Findings
 Theory X and Theory Y explain the assumptions managers make about employees.
 The behavior of the employees can also influence the behavior of the
 managers. Employee development programs in team building, quality circles,
 productivity teams, job enrichment, management by objectives (MBO) and
 career and life development will improve relations between supervisory and
 nonsupervisory employees.
-Desc-
 Employee Behavior; Human Behavior; Attitude; Employee Relations; MBO; Human
 Resource Development; Training and Development; Management Theory;
 Management Style; Manager Behavior; Theory X; Theory Y
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 90
-A-
 298445 TDJ84F0068
-W-
 To Measure a Vacuum.
 McCullough, J.M.
 Training & Development Journal Vol.38, No.3, June 1984, P. 68-70. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TDEJA7
-ISSN-
 0041-0861
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Journal
-SpecFt-
 includes Tables;
 Employee training can improve productivity. The Defeciency Analysis Review
 Technique (DART) justifies training by figuring the cost of not doing the
 training. The system development cycle is outlined in a figure. Tables are
 included for quantifying costs of problems and for developing an action
 plan.
-Desc-
 Training and Development; Human Resource Development; Management Strategy;
 Management Education; Productivity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 91
-A-
 298433 TDJ84F0024
-W-
 Grounding Executives' Future Shock.
 Sussman, L.
 Training & Development Journal Vol.38, No.3, June, 1984, P. 24-27. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 -CODEN-
 TDEJA7
-ISSN-
 0041-0861
 AVAIL.: Available from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Journal
-ArtType-
 Industry News
-SpecFt-
 Bibliography: 8 references; includes Tables;
 An executive development program exists to prepare executives for future
 success. The program consists of a three part workshop designed to help
 executives develop a personal action plan for self-improvement. The model
 for the program is blocked out. Mintzberg's role typology and French and
 Raven's power typology are presented in a table. Phychological and physical
 health are incorporated into the program to develop The Holistic Manager.
 This model and its associated skills are presented. The model was designed
 to develop individuals but its phases can be adapted for building teams.
-Desc-
 Management Strategy; Management Style; Management Development; Training and
 Development; Human Resource Development
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 92
-A-
 296504 MPL84E0024
-W-
 Planning: Strategic, Human Resources and Employment: An Integrated Approach.
 Kaufman, D.J.Jr.
 Managerial Planning, Vol.32, No.6, May/June 1984, P. 24-29, Bibliog. 14,
 Journal.
-SpecFt-
 Bibliog
 A six-phase strategic planning process is outlined which utilizes human
 resources planning and employment planning. This process will help reduce
 problems with layoffs due to economic conditions. The benefits of planning
 are listed; however, because planning is difficult, many companies do not
 plan extensively. The six phases encompass determining present position,
 looking to the future, formulating strategies, scheduling action plans,
 assigning responsibility and measuring cost. Human resource planning
 objectives are detailed in relation to each phase of the strategic planning
 process. Employment planning is part of phase six where objectives are
 evaluated.
-Desc-
 Strategic Planning; Human Reource Development; Benefits; Image; Goals and
 Objectives; Integrated Approach; 0251; 0007; 1057; 1634; 0251; 1685
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 93
-A-
 296503 MPL84E0019
-W-
 The Missing 'H' in Strategic Planning.
 Metz, E.J.
 Managerial Planning, Vol.32, No.6, May/June 1984, P. 19-23, 29, Bibliog. 2,
 Journal.
-SpecFt-
 Bibliog
 Human resource development should be an integral part of the strategic
 planning process. The human issues dimension can have a significant impact
 on operations, finance and marketing. Human resource managers must be
 involved in long-term planning along with the business planners. Significant
 human resource issues are identified that affect strategy development. The
 aging baby boom generation is slowly revolutionizing organizations. The
 electronic age has changed core values of society. A response to these
 issues is necessary now to insure success and survival.
-Desc-
 Strategic Planning; Human Resource Development; Goals and Objectives;
 Business; Trends; Long Term; Education; Training and Development; 0251;
 0007; 0251; 0971; 2326; 0610; 0034; 0273
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 94
-A-
 295616 CPC84N0001
-W-
 Integrating Human Resource Planning with Strategic Planning.
 McQueen, J.
 Canadian Public Administration, Vol.27, No.1, Spring 1984, P. 1-13.,
 Journal.
 Public administrators rely on human resource management heavily in difficult
 economic times. Human resource management is closely related to operational
 and environmental forecasting. Recent developments in Canada's public
 administration toward the betterment of human resource planning are
 reviewed. A major objective of these improvements is the total integration
 of this planning into the corporate planning system. Human resource planning
 should originate from the top where primary organizational objectives are
 formed. The main elements of Canada's Policy and Expenditure Management
 System (PEMS) are analyzed. The new program, which has been proposed for the
 federal public service in 1985, is reviewed. It will incorporate attrition
 forecasting, environmental scanning, organizational modeling, occupational
 analysis and quality data bases. Over 20,000 of Canada's public service
 employees will be affected.
-Desc-
 Canada; Strategy; Planning; Human Resource Development; Public
 Administration; Corporate Planning; Forecasting; Economic Conditions ; 0102;
 0251; 0251; 0007; 0005; 0251; 0174; 1450
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 95
-A-
 294990 TRA84D0044
-W-
 The New HRD Manager: How to Hit the Ground Running.
 Tracey, W.
 Training, Vol.21, No.4, April 1984, P. 44-49, 51., Journal.
 Managers of the Human Resource Development (HRD) department, or its
 equivalent, in organizations are faced with the same problems as all other
 managers: to produce results. strategy for achieving results is outlined.
 First, the manager must gather information about the company including the
 current organization, the future organization, and the current HRD
 organization. Possible sources of information are given in figures
 accompanying the article. Next, the resulting information must be tabulated,
 analyzed and interpreted. Steps are given to accomplish this. The analysis
 of information gathered should yield problem areas, which should be
 prioritized. All solutions should be identified and evaluated. Select the
 solution most likely to solve the problem with the least negative side
 effects and outline it. Enlist the support of as many levels of the
 organization as possible especially those directly affected by the solution.
 Finally a plan of action should be developed, implemented and followed up.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Management Strategy; Manager; 0007; 0933; 0157
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 96
-A-
 294966 TJ84E0078
-W-
 Needed: A Strategy for Human Resource Development.
 Tregoe, B.B.; Zimmerman, J.W.
 Training & Development Journal, Vol.38, No.5, May 1984, P. 78-80., Journal.
 It is important for Human Resource Development (HRD) professionals to become
 part of the management strategy for the future of their organization.
 Guidelines for HRD involvement in strategy planning are given. New skills
 necessary for active participation in strategy are suggested.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Management Strategy; Planning; Management;
 Guidelines; Skill Level; Strategy; 0007; 0?33; 0251; 0605; 1593 ; 2162;
 0251
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 97
-A-
 294460 PER84A0075
-W-
 A Pathway to Change: The Honeywell Study Model.
 Pesso, T.
 Personnel, Jan./Feb. 1984, P. 75-80., Journal.
 In organizations throughout the country, the role and function of the human
 resources department is changing, as they become more a part of an
 organization's total management effort to meet corporate goals. Although the
 new directions being taken by personnel departments are exciting. They are
 also challenging, and can be potentially disruptive for the human resources
 group and the company they serve is these changes are not initiated
 carefully and systematically. A case study is presented to show how this
 process can be completed successfully. When a new manager took over the
 human resources department at one of Honeywell's groups he, along with an
 outside consultant, undertook the job of initiating change in a department
 that had gone out of control. They first undertook a study to determine what
 the department's strategy and purpose was, and then they developed
 structures within the organization which would meet these purposes. Input
 from involved individuals within the company was sought and a ten step
 analytical model was devised which produces a clearly defined picture of
 department strategy and structure. The organizational changes enacted by the
 Honeywell group, along with the processes used to achieve those changes, are
 an excellent model to follow for anyone wishing to achieve change in their
 own organization's human resource department.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Organizational Development; Organization
 Planning; Planning; Case Study; Study; 0007; 0686; 0318; 0251 0096; 2232
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 98
-A-
 293495 LOT8350025
-W-
 New Work Culture Managerial Development.
 Harris, P.
 Leadership & Organization Development Journal, Vol.4, No.5, 1983, P. 25-32.,
 Journal.
 New technologies are causing the shrinkage of middle level roles.
 Professional management should include: more linkage with the basic
 sciences, prepare leaders to deal with engineering problems, and develop the
 capabilities to manage human resources in a technologically based society.
 Cross-cultural management can enhance managerial effectiveness. Some
 examples are given. Considerations for international conferences and
 meetings are: 1) intercultural factors, 2) full utilization of international
 resources, and 3) international meeting dynamics.
-Desc-
 International; Cultural Change; Technology; Analysis; Study ; Management
 Development; Human Resource Development; Management Strategy; Examples;
 0009; 0837; 0433; 0779; 2232; 0588; 0007; 0933; 150
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 99
-A-
 293494 LOT8350015
-W-
 New Educational Technologies and Strategies.
 Harris, P.
 Leadership & Organization Development Journal, Vol.4, No.5, 1983, P. 15-24.,
 Journal.
 New education technology is revolutionizing the exchange and process of
 information that often makes meaningless traditional distinctions in fields
 of knowledge. Use of the computer and teleconferencing significantly alters
 the role of the human resource development professional. Six innovative
 approaches to the demands of the new work culture are: 1) electronic middle
 management education, 2) performance based engineer training, 3) computer
 networks for professional development, 4) new meeting technology via video
 conferencing, 5) macro projects management development, and 6) alternative
 higher education opportunities. Effective managers should merge human
 resource management and development into their strategic planning.
-Desc-
 Charts; Management Education; Human Resource Development; Management
 Development; Technology; Analysis; Management Conference; Management
 Strategy; Management Tools; Management; 1227; 0233; 0007; 0588; 0433; 0779;
 0829; 0933; 0797; 0605
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 100
-A-
 293493 LOT8350005
-W-
 Changes and the Worker.
 Harris, P.
 Leadership & Organization Development Journal, Vol.4, No.5, 1983, P. 5-15.,
 Journal.
 Technology is confronting educators with challenges regarding the retraining
 of displaced workers in declining industries and the development of human
 resources for new technologies. Human resource development has been
 identified as being critically important in a company's success. Management
 practice should stress the participation of line management in human
 resource program development. Areas of management retraining development
 concern are: the orientation of managers to science and technology,
 strategic planning creativity, coping with culture change - and especially
 people skills in coaching, counseling, and developing human potential.
-Desc-
 Charts; Human Resource Development; Training and Development; Management
 Development; Technology; Analysis; Job Training; Line Managers; Employee
 Counseling; Study; 1227; 0007; 0273; 0588; 0433; 0779; 0273; 0049; 0475;
 2232
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 101
-A-
 293465 JVA84N0045
-W-
 Transition strategies for the Volunteer World.
 Schindler-Rainman, E.
 Journal of Volunteer Administration, Vol.11, No.3, Spring 1984, P. 45-49,
 Bibliog. 6, Journal.
-SpecFt-
 Bibliog
 Seven transitions in the volunteer world are detailed along with strategies
 to meet the challenges offered. Broader involvement will require more
 creative ways to collaborate. Doing more with less means developing new
 funding sources. The role of the volunteer is expanding and so is the job
 description. Hierarchial structures are giving way to participative
 structures utilizing new communication avenues. Networks are providing a
 productive means for exchanging ideas. Changing values reflect new
 definitions of success. Planning for the future is more a concern which
 requires development of realistic goals.
-Desc-
 Volunteers; Management Skills; Management Strategy; Human Resource
 Development; Participative Management; Reform; Networks; Planning Goals and
 Objectives; 0844; 1798; 033; 0007; 0317; 2074; 1865; 0251; 0251
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 102
-A-
 293458 JTR8370022
-W-
 Training for the Metaindustrial Work Culture.
 Harris, P.R.; Harris, D.L.
 Journal of European Industrial Training, Vol.7, No.7, 1983, P. 22-31,
 Bibliog. 20, Journal.
-SpecFt-
 Bibliog
 Metaindustrial work culture refers to the transition from a manufacturing
 industrial environment and its developed organizational modes to information
 industries. Currently, United States occupational trends will be less toward
 an employee and more toward an affiliate or associate. New technology will
 dictate new processes. Human resource development for the metaindustrial
 organization must emphasize megatrends of human resource development. These
 megatrends of the second industrial revolution include knowledge of
 strategic planning tools, ability to apply systems concepts and
 technologies, and managers skilled in handling change.
-Desc-
 Tales; Training and Development; Culture; Human Resource Development;
 Industrial Dynamics; Industrial Sector; Social Change; Information
 Technology; Technological Forecasting; Technological Change; 2256; 0273;
 0837; 0007; 0206; 0667; 0950; 0213; 0416; 0405
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 103
-A-
 292485 HRP8340193
-W-
 Human Resources Planning Contributions to Corporate Planning at Ontario
 Hydro.
 Rush, J.C.; Borne, L.C.
 Human Resource Planning, Vol., No.4, 1983, P. 193-205., Journal.
 Ontario Hydro provides electricity; it serves almost three million
 customers, and has over thirty thousand employees. As it has grown since the
 1970s, formalized integrated corporate planning has become necessary. Three
 corporate planning processes were developed, each requiring attention in the
 area of human resources management (HRM). The HRM components of corporate
 planning include forecasting of labor and staff requirements, internal
 monitoring, analysis of the external labor market and others.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Corporate Planning; Public Utilities; Public
 Affairs; Public Companies; Culture; Canada; Electricity; Energy; History;
 Strategic Planning; 0007; 0251; 20?7; 0329; 2035; 0837; 0102; 0039; 0039;
 1604; 025?
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 104
-A-
 290159 BIS84C1920
-W-
 The Future of Human Resources Requires a Redirection.
 Shapiro, K.
 Business Insurance, Vol.18, No.12, March 19, 1984, P. 20., Tabloid.
 Studies indicate that successful companies view their human resources
 departments strategically, rather than solely as personnel administration
 departments. Climate and culture are two variables which can be changed to
 reflect new company values. Strategic planning of human resources is the
 method to affect those two variables.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Strategic Planning; Companies; Management; 0007;
 0251; 0675; 0605
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 105
-A-
 287932 TRA84B0055
-W-
 A Success Quartet.
 Schleyer, R.J.
 Training, Vol.21, No.2, Feb. 1984, P. 55-57., Journal.
 Four human resource development programs have won awards in 1983. The awards
 competition was sponsored in part by the Instructional Systems Association.
 The first winning program was developed by a weapons contractor. It was a
 crash management-development program instituted because the plant waa
 overloaded with orders. The second program was developed at a decentralized
 manufacturing plant. a corporate training program was tailored to reflect
 the company's strategic planning system. The third program was developed at
 a hospital which needed to find a cost effective way to train supervisors.
 The last program was developed by a beverage firm. It developed a new
 interviewing system.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Training and Development; Problem Solving; 0007;
 0273; 1021
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 106
-A-
 287167 MWL84A0017
-W-
 Strategic People Planning.
 Axline, L.L.
 Management World, Vol.13, No.1, Jan. 1984, . 17-18., Journal.
 Strategic planning of the human resources of a company is often neglected.
 Businesses often lose sight of the importance of the people needed to make a
 profit. Employees want communication about their career opportunities and
 personal assessment. By determining the company's objectives and developing
 an organizational plan, an individual's chance of finding a niche and
 aligning his personal career goals within corporate objectives are improved.
 The importance of human resources to a company is stressed.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Strategic Planning; Goals and Objectives;
 Organization Planning; Personnel Management; 0007; 0251; 0251; 0318; 0458
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 107
-A-
 281629 MPL84A0036
-W-
 Job Evaluation Systems Fail to Meet Current Needs.
 Smith, M.J.
 Managerial Planning, Vol.32, No.4, Jan./Feb. 1984, P. 36-38, 43., Journal.
 Strategic planning tool can be effectively used in the area of job
 evaluation and compensation. Salary dollars can be used to attract skilled
 workers to a company who wants to develop a particular market area. Most
 methods of compensation that companies use should be changed. A new system
 that determines salaries the way the market does, based on profit potential,
 should be used. This method will help a company achieve its strategic
 objectives.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Job Evaluation; Systems; Labor Market; Salary;
 Strategic Planning; Compensation Plans; Tables; Productivity; Market; Goals
 and Objectives; Profit; 0007; 0929; 0031; 0609 0444; 0251; 0121; 2256; 0662;
 0604; 0251; 0?62
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 108
-A-
 280743 HRP8330159
-W-
 Corporate Culture and Human Resource Management: Two Keys to Implementing
 Strategy.
 Davis, S.M.
 Human Resource Planning, Vol.6, No.3, 1983, P. 159-167., Journal.
 The economy has shifted from that of an industrial one to a service-oriented
 economy. Five sub-sectors of the service economy include distributive
 services, consumer services, not-for-profit services, public administration
 and government enterprise, and producer services. Organizations should
 practice succession planning in their long-term strategies. It is the
 practice of identifying successors and relating this succession of
 individuals to the needs of the business life cycle. A firm's corporate
 culture should relate to it's long-term strategy. Culture is defined as
 something from the past that is living in the present. Organizational
 strategy should be to incorporate culture into it's future.
-Desc-
 Organization Structure; Human Resource Development; Management Strategy;
 Corporate Behavior; Culture; Strategy; Service Industry; Economic Trends;
 0453; 0007; 0933; 0127; 0837; 0251; 0293; 0564
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 109
-A-
 279152 BUR83M0049
-W-
 Using Intuition to Manage Organizations.
 Agor, W.H.
 Bureaucrat, Vol.12, No.4, Winter 1983/84, P. 49-52., Journal.
 Decision-making by intuition is receiving more attention in management
 circles. Rapid technological advances and societal changes will affect the
 need for intuitive individuals. How one thinks or manages is broken down
 into three brain styles: left (deductive), right (intuitive), and
 integrative depending on which part of the individual's brain is dominant.
 The author suggests that organizations test for brain style as a part of the
 selection process, try to match personnel to jobs according to brainstyle,
 and be aware that situations demand varying brainstyles. The prediction is
 that the importance of intuition will be emphasized in management training.
-Desc-
 Management Skills; Decision Making; Human Resource Development; Learning
 Theory; Management Style; 1798; 0494; 0007; 0781; 0856
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 110
-A-
 279002 BIS84A23021
-W-
 New Sedgwick Leadership Promises to Continue Focus.
 Shapiro, S.
 Business Insurance, Vol.18, No.4, Jan. 23, 1984, P. 2, 19., Tabloid.
 Sedgwick Group's new chairman stresses client service. Greatest strengths
 are in human resources. New skills are needed. No major reorganization
 changes are anticipated. Expansion plans are underway.
-Desc-
 Insurance Companies; International; Strategic Planning; Human Resource
 Development; Business Planning; Chairman of the Board; 1681 0009; 0251;
 0007; 1182; 1224
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 111
-A-
 278580 ASW84N0017
-W-
 Who Leads the Human Services; The Prospects for Social Work Leadership in an
 Age of Political Conservatism.
 Patti, R.J.
 Administration in Social Work, Vol.8, No.1, Spring 1984, P. 17-29, Bibliog.
 25, Journal.
-SpecFt-
 Bibliog
 Social work leadership and impact has been hurt by conservative national
 governments and reactions of the post-reform era over the last decade or so.
 This may well be temporary. The main concerns in reinstituting a prime role
 for human services policy planning are establishing definitions for the
 elements of human services administrations, and research on the practices of
 welfare management, job market considerations, and sex discrimiination
 issues. Social workers enjoyed executive status in federal and state
 governments twenty years ago. Evidence points to their shrinkage in power
 and numbers and replacement with persons having backgrounds in law and
 business. Job market problems include a negative attitude towards social
 workers' management skills and the declassification of jobs in public social
 agencies. Evidence suggests women have been discouraged from pursuing
 management capacities. The remainder of this decade promises to be one of
 retrenchment. The critical level of struggle for policy preservation will be
 strongest on the middle and upper organization levels. Philosophical
 dedication and technical expertise will play a strong role.
-Desc-
 Economic Conditions; Social Service; Political Problems; Government Agency;
 Human Resource Development; Management; Sex Discrimination; Job Advancement;
 1450; 2176; 1977; 0976; 0007; 0605; 0485; 0454
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 112
-A-
 277096 PER83E0019
-W-
 Training Programs: Pulling Them Into Sync with Your Company's Strategic
 Planning.
 Neilsen, R.P.
 Personnel, Vol.60, No.3, May/June 1983, P. 19-25., Journal.
 Effective strategic planning does relate to the management of training
 programs; strategic planning being defined as flexible long range planning.
 The way five companies utilized strategic human resource management of
 training programs to help their organizations is documented. As training
 programs are the key to developing personnel who make a company profitable,
 than it certainly makes good business sense to carefully plan these training
 programs. A six step program is outlined to aid companies interested in
 developing strategic planning for their human resources management training
 programs.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Programs; Planning; Training and Development;
 Training Method; Strategic Planning; 0007; 2020; 0251; 0273; 2318; 0251
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 113
-A-
 276421 MRE83J0013
-W-
 Management's Involvement in the Strategic Utilization of the Human Resource.
 Gitzandanner, C.; Misa, K.F.; Stein, R.T.
 Management Review, Vol.72, No.10, Oct. 1983, P. 13-17., Journal.
 A study was done comparing management techniques of human resource
 management. Great differences were noted between highly productive companies
 and less productive competitors. Five specific differences emerged. Several
 steps are detailed to apply to human resource management. Strategic
 management of the human resource should be a joint venture of the management
 team.
-Desc-
 Management; Strategic Planning; Human Resource Development Performance;
 Productivity; Study; Companies; Training and Development; Goals and
 Objectives; Management Team; 0605; 0251; 0007; 0249; 0662; 2232; 0675; 0273;
 0251; 0719
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 114
-A-
 276407 MPL83I0029
-W-
 How to Tie Human Resource Planning to Strategic Business Planning.
 Smith, E.C.
 Managerial Planning, Vol.32, No.2, Sept./Oct. 1983, P. 29-34., Journal.
 A system for integrating human resource planning into the strategic business
 planning process is described. Certain assumptions are made about a
 participating companys future in order to tailor a plan. Certain
 organization responsibilities must be clearly defined. Taking an inventory
 of existing programs will show what additional one are needed. Several steps
 are detailed to form a model. The human resource planning process must be
 audited for timeliness and quality.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Strategic Planning; Business; Systems; Time
 Factors; Program Planning; Management; Auditing; Goals and Objectives;
 Inventory; Planning; Modeling; Flow Chart; 0007; 0251; 0971; 0031; 2300;
 2015; 06?5; 0059; 0251; 0215; 0251; 0239; 1559
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 115
-A-
 269155 PER83I0026
-W-
 Meshing Human Resources Planning With Strategic Business Planning: One
 Company's Experience.
 Reid-Galosy, J.
 Personnel, Vol.60, No.5, Sept./Oct. 1983, P. 26-35., Journal.
 A case study on how to mesh strategic planning with human resource
 management is presented. The company, Dun and Bradstreet, had three of its
 divisions which, under a committee, attempted to identify and implement a
 plan for strategically managing human resources. The chronological steps
 taken by the committee are described. The overall objectives were: to insure
 that the plan decided upon agreed with divisional and affirmative action
 goals; to determine what changes were needed to meets the plan's goals; and
 to devise and implement a plan for attracting, compensating and developing
 those human resources. As of September 1983, the plan developed by Dun and
 Bradstreet was in the process of being implemented, and the process to
 devise that plan was deemed successful as it got top management involved in
 the planning process, and it made human resources management part of the
 overall strategic planning of the divisions.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Strategic Planning; Examples; Case Study;
 Planning; 0007; 0251; 1501; 0096; 0251
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 116
-A-
 269154 PER83I0014
-W-
 Meshing Human Resource Planning With Strategic Business Planning: A Model
 Approach.
 Baird, L.; Meshoulam, I.; DeGive, G.
 Personnel, Vol.60, No.5, Sept./Oct. 1983, P. 14-25., Journal.
 Developing a strategic approach to human resources management is a concept
 which is more easily discussed than implemented. The worth of the human
 resource is not as easily identified as material resurces, and human
 feelings and goals must be considered in any strategic planning effects.
 Great advance planning is required and four elements - the competitive
 environment, changes in human resource needs, the mixture of needed human
 resources, and the necessity of future orientation - need to be considered.
 As humans cannot be moved as easily as other types of resouces, the manager
 who wishes to effectively manage his or her human resources needs to
 consider the overall corporate strategy and devise the strategic human
 resource plan accordingly.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Strategic Planning; Management Planning; 0007;
 0251; 0605; 0251
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 117
-A-
 269120 PAD83J0055
-W-
 Strategic Management and the Politics of Power.
 Schein, V.E.
 Personnel Administrator, Vol.28, No.10, Oct. 1983, P. 55-58., Journal.
 Personnel managers must implement projects and proposals. The reality of the
 way organizations function is similar to a political arena. The effective
 use of power gets the job done. Countering the resistance to change requires
 skill in strategically using the resources needed. The politics of
 implementation forces the personnel manager to confront the realities of
 organizational life.
-Desc-
 Strategic Planning; Management; Politics; Personnel Management; Goals and
 Objectives; Human Resource Development; 0251; 0605; 0794; 0458; 0251; 0007
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 118
-A-
 269119 PA83J0045
-W-
 Effective Planning for Human Resource Development.
 Harvey, L.J.
 Personnel Administrator, Vol.28, No.10, Oct. 1983, P. 45-52, 112., Journal.
 Human resource development (HRD) planning begins with basic management
 principles. A survey is offered which can be used to evaluate a present
 system. Several management principles are listed that are necessary for a
 good system. Plans that are developed must relate to management activity.
 The top officials of the HRD area have the final approval of the plan.
-Desc-
 Planning; Human Resource Development; Corporations; Survey Manager; Charts;
 Management Information Systems; Strategic Planning; 02?1; 0007; 0675; 0368;
 0157; 1227; 0051; 025?
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 119
-A-
 269117 PAD83J0033
-W-
 Work Force Planning and Corporate Strategy.
 DeSanto, J.E.
 Personnel Administrator, Vol.28, No.10, Oct. 1983, P. 33-38., Journal.
 Corporate strategy must take work force planning into consideration. A
 corporation must be aware of its present and future work force capacity.
 Work force planning is directly related to personnel activities. Introducing
 work force planning into a program for personnel administration will force a
 rethinking of the entire program. The work force is one of the corporation's
 most valuable resources. Management must recognize the importance of this
 human resource and include this element in their planning.
-Desc-
 Corporate Behavior; Strategic Planning; Employee; Forecasting; Management;
 Labor Force; Human Resource Development; Goals and Objectives; Analysis;
 Personnel Management; Training and Development; 0127; 0251; 0958; 0174;
 0605; 0618; 0007; 0251; 0779; 0458; 0273
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 120
-A-
 269116 PAD83J0027
-W-
 Strategic HRM and the Bottom Line.
 Misa, K.F.; Stein, T.
 Personnel Administrator, Vol.2, No.10, Oct. 1983, P. 27-30., Journal.
 Improvements in productivity are often linked to human resource management.
 Leaders in productivity manage their human resources function strategically.
 A study was done which isolated five managerial practices that
 differentiated the leaders. In productivity leaders line management and
 human resources are more likely to work together. Charts are provided that
 differentiate the strategic role placed by companies.
-Desc-
 Strategy; Management; Productivity; Competition; Study; Cost; Goals and
 Objectives; Manager; Planning; Human Resource Development; Charts; Employee;
 Companies; 0251; 0605; 0662; 0498; 2232; 0716; 0251; 0157 ; 0251; 0007;
 1227; 0958; 0675
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 121
-A-
 265964 BK880Y00013
-W-
 Rethinking People Management.
 Stockard, G.
 American Management Associations, New York, NY, 1980, P. 1-225, Index 11 P.,
 $14.95 (subject to change), Book.
 There are numerous problems in personnel administration as a field, which
 originate from a host of different sources such as: failure of top
 management to care about human resources, personnel people who do not view
 it as a career, lack of long range planning in the department and conflict
 between the financial and personnel departments. Author offers a three-part
 plan to salvage personnel administration including: reorganization,
 upgrading and planning for improvement. Advice is also given to those in the
 company who deal with the personnel office. The entire book may be ordered
 from Management Contents on-line or at our toll-free number at a cost of
 $14.95. Prices subject to change without notice.
-Desc-
 Personnel Management; Human Resource Development; Critique Analysis;
 Proposal; Guidelines; Employee Benefits; Employee Compensation; Employee
 Orientation; Employee Relations; Employee Environment; Reorganization; 0458;
 0007; 1362; 0779; 2026; 1593; 0475; 0121; 1471; 0036 0420; 0636
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 122
-A-
 256185 PAD83F0113
-W-
 Human Resource Managers Rank Their Pressure Points.
 Herring, J.
 Personnel Administrator, Vol.28, No.6, June 1983, P. 113-116, 137+.,
 Journal.
 A study was conducted in which human resource executives were asked to rank
 twenty-four issues as to which would have the most impact on the performance
 of their duties during 1983. The top areas chosen as being of major concern
 to human resources people include productivity improvement programs,
 controlling employee benefits costs, employee communication, and upgrading
 management training programs. These choices indicate a concern by human
 resources people for the bottom line of the organization. The ranking of
 issues by the human resources managers seems to indicate the expanding
 responsibilities of this group of people, as well as their concern with
 productivity and the issues which affect the rest of top management.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Study; Management Functions; Management
 Strategy; 0007; 2232; 0620; 0933
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 123
-A-
 256178 PAD83F0058
-W-
 Professional Challenges Parallel National Changes.
 Templer, A.
 Personnel Administrator, Vol.28 No.6, June 1983, P. 58-64, 147, Bibliog. 9,
 Journal.
-SpecFt-
 Bibliog
 There is a wealth of information published about the changing role of the
 human resource department within organizations in the United States-and not
 all of the reports are positive. While there is less information regarding
 the functions of the human resource department in Canadian business there is
 no doubt but that there are changes being made. The human resource
 department in Canada seems to be in poor shape, due mainly to the lack of
 faith by top management and the somewhat poor past performance by some ill
 trained personnel people. To become effective, those in human resources must
 build up their professionalism, increase their role in the corporate life,
 and take a firm stand in attacking the environmental issues which can plague
 any company. The profession has the potential to be an increasingly
 important part of a corporation, but those in the profession must make the
 effort.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Canada; United States; Professional
 Responsibility; 0007; 0102; 0528; 0750
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 124
-A-
 255902 MM8310015
-W-
 Quality Control Circles - What's In A Name
 Charney, C.
 MTM Journal of Methods-Time Management, Vol.10, No.1, 1983, P. 15-19.,
 Journal.
 Quality Control Circles (QCCs) are a Japanese creation which involve small
 groups of employees voluntarily meeting for the purpose of identifying work-
 related problems and developing solutions. More than ten million Japanese
 workers participate in over one million QCCs nationwide. The QCC technique
 reflects the Japanese management style which includes principles such as
 lifetime employment, delayed promotion, and collective, methodical decision
 making. Considering the differences between the Japanese and Canadian styles
 of management, adoption of QCC by Canadian firms is problematic. An
 introduction of QCCs into Canadian companies must be accompanied by a
 humanizing of the workplace. Canadian employees may have adjustment problems
 if QCCs are instituted, but the technique's advantages justify the temporary
 discomfort.
-Desc-
 Quality of Work; Japan; Canada; Management Style; Human Resource
 Development; Employee Participation; Management; Quality Control; 205?;
 0337; 0102; 0856; 0007; 1472; 0605; 0579
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 125
-A-
 252271 PEJ82K0827
-W-
 A CEO's View of the Human Resources Function.
 Flavin, J.B.
 Personnel Journal, Vol.61, No.11, Nov. 1982, P. 827, 828., Journal.
 Human resource development is an integral part of corporate efficiency and
 takes on key roles in planning, productivity, and managerial style.
 Management style and leadership sustain and develop corporate objectives.
 The leadership role of the human resource executive includes business
 acumen, initiative, and imagination with the ability to communicate ideas to
 all levels of management.
-Desc-
 Management Strategy; Management Style; Human Resource Development;
 Evaluation; 0933; 0856; 0007; 0249
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 126
-A-
 252251 PAD83E0079
-W-
 Strategic Integration of Compensation and Benefits.
 Greene, R.J.; Roberts R.G.
 Personnel Administrator, Vol.28, No.5, May 1983, P. 79-80, 82., Journal.
 As human resource development managers move from a technical to a more
 strategic orientation, three mergings in the profession will take place.
 They are the merging of compensation and benefits, reward systems and the
 strategic management process, and the merging of the human resources
 function organizationally. The strategic planning management approach aligns
 each organizational and human resources system with fundamental business
 strategy. How the reward strategy in linked to the business strategy is
 illustrated in a figure.
-Desc-
 Compensation; Employee Benefits; Human Resource Development ; Strategic
 Planning; 0121; 0475; 0007; 0251
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 127
-A-
 251592 LRP83D0051
-W-
 The Strategic Management of R & D.
 Petroni, G.
 Long Range Planning, Vol.16, No.2, April 1983, P. 51-64, Bibliog. 6,
 Journal.
 Problems affecting industrial research are defined. The integration of the
 research and development function within the company is examined. Two
 organizational models that can lead to integration are described. The two
 models are the managerial integration model and the technological
 integration model. The success of research and development integration is
 dependent upon the model used for structures, roles and personnel.
 Innovation must be encouraged.
-Desc-
 Strategic Planning; Tables; Charts; Organization Chart; Modeling;
 Management; Research and Development; Integrated Approach; Organization;
 Industrial Sector; Technology; 0251; 2256; 1227; 0578; 0239; 0605; 0446;
 1685; 0576; 1667; 0433
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 128
-A-
 249407 PEJ82I0680
-W-
 Strategic Business Planning and Human Resources: Part II
 Smith, E.C.
 Personnel Journal, Vol.61, No.9, Sept. 1982, P. 680-682., Journal.
 Corporate planning that does not take into account human resource
 development is not likely to be effective. Human resource development
 considerations should be integrated with all strategic planning. An external
 and internal environmental scan should be made. Factors such as
 organizational structure, current staff capability, and the appropriateness
 of existing human resource programs should be assessed by personnel
 management in the strategic planning process.
-Desc-
 Planning; Human Resource Development; Personnel Management Corporate
 Planning; Strategic Planning; 0251; 0007; 0458; 0251; 0251
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 129
-A-
 249403 PEJ82H0606
-W-
 Strategic Business Planning and Human Resources: Part I.
 Smith, E.C.
 Personnel Journal, Vol.61, No.8, August 1982, P. 606-610., Journal.
 In Part I, the maturity stages of a business are defined and how these
 maturity stages relate to human resource programs. Business planning
 strategies are determined by the growth level of an organization and must
 change as an organization grows. Human resource programs also chance as the
 organization's growth changes. The characteristics of business which are
 affected by the organization's maturity stages are listed in a guide. The
 characteristics of a human resource program that are affected by the
 organization's maturity stages are also listed.
-Desc-
 Business Planning; Strategic Planning; Business; Human Resource Development;
 Management; Planning; Organizational Development; 1182; 0251; 0971; 0007;
 0605; 0251; 0686
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 130
-A-
 247083 BMR83B0004
-W-
 Officer's Perspective: Tackling the 'People Problem'.
 Brookhart, S.W.
 Bank Marketing, Vol.15, No.2, Feb. 1983, P. 4., Journal.
 Deregulation will have a dramatic effect on banks and banking. Strategic
 planning will become necessary for survival amid competition from other
 banks and non-bank financial service vendors. As staff selection is of
 paramount importance, management should put great emphasis on recruitment,
 human resource development, employee relations, and personnel management
-Desc-
 Banks and Banking; Management; Strategic Planning; Deregulation; Employee
 Relations; Human Resource Development; Personnel Management; Competition;
 Recruitment; 0001; 0605; 0251; 0188; 0036; 0007; 0458; 0498; 0266
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 131
-A-
 247050 BKS80Y00018
-W-
 Small Business.
 Rimler, G.W.; Humphreys, N.J.
 American Management Association, New York, NY, 1980, P. 1-180, Index 4 P.,
 $13.95 (subject to change)., Book.
 The dominant form of business in the United States is the small business.
 The initial discussion of this monograph centers on owning a business, the
 differences between small and large firms, the new employee and the small
 firm and the type of organization. Poor management is one of the major
 reasons that small businesses fail. The management of human resources is
 emphasized. Major topics are change, the working environment, trust,
 staffing, training and development, communications, motivation, delegation
 and responsibility, objectives and the future for small business. Important
 areas that are stressed are training for management positions and succession
 beyond the original owner. Small businesses are not hard to start, just hard
 to keep going. Charts, tables and an appendix are included. The entire book
 may be ordered from Management Contents on-line or toll-free at
 1-800-323-5354 at a cost of $13.95. Prices subject to change without notice.
-Desc-
 Small Businesses; Development Potential; Management Team; Ownership;
 Training and Development; Communication in Organizations; Employee;
 Strategic Planning; Staffing; Motivation; Delegation of Authority ;
 Responsibility; Efficiency; Planning; Management; Charts; Tables; Methods ;
 Human Resource Development; 0310; 1406; 0719; 1927; 0273; 0011; 0958; 0251;
 0266; 0622; 0140; 2096; 0662; 0251; 0605; 1227; 2256; 1812; 0007
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 132
-A-
 242809 ORD83M0049
-W-
 The Evolution of Japanese Management: Lessons for U.S. Managers.
 Marsland, S.; Beer, M.
 Organizational Dynamics, Vol.11, No.3, Winter 1983, P. 49-67, Bibliog. 7,
 Journal.
 As Japan emerged as a major competitor in world markets, the United States
 executives have been increasingly interested in Japanese management
 techniques. Japan has a different approach to human resource management.
 Japanese management systems expect employees to be highly motivated and
 commited to the firm. The human resources management policies used are slow
 promotion, frequent transfer, intensive training, support for and promotion
 of cooperation at all levels and lifetime employment. The success of those
 policies are aided by Japanese societal values, the structure of private
 enterprise, the structure of labor markets, the historic development of
 Japanese employment systems and the structure of unionism, all of which are
 discussed in detail. The Japanese management systems are successful and are
 characterized by emphasis on information flows, bottom-up decision making
 and division of labor in management. Key human resource policies add to the
 success of the management system. The Japanese do pay a price for the high
 economic growth and increased productivity. Some of these are pressures to
 conform, exam pressures on students, suicides, discrimination against women
 and the closed, insular world of the corporate employee. A complete Japanese
 system would never work in the United States because management systems are
 not imported, but developed. United States managers need to use some of the
 policies and philosophies of the Japanese system and intwine them with
 American v
-Desc-
 Management; Japan; United States; Management Style; Human Resource
 Development; Management by Results; 0605; 0337; 0528; 0856; 0007; ?536
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 133
-A-
 239442 SPM83B0026
-W-
 Overcoming Resistance to Change.
 Berry, W.
 Supervisory Management, Vol.28, No.2 Feb. 1983, P. 26-30., Journal.
 A directive from management represents a change for one or many employees.
 If a job or directive is not carried out satisfactorily, the manager may
 blame an employee's resistance to change. The problem may be that the
 manager is unable to manage change. An employee's response to change can be
 affected by economic, sociological, and psychological factors. Change can be
 more satisfactorily effected by issuing a clear explanation of the change,
 offering incentives, or involving employees in the planning stage. The
 employee must be convinced that the change will help him as much as the
 organization.
-Desc-
 Organizational Development; Resistance to Change; Manager-Subordinate
 Relationship; Participative Management; Management Strategy; Employee
 Behavior; Employee Participation; Job Performance; Human Resource
 Development; 0686; 0404; 0558; 0317; 0?33; 0958; 1472; 0527; 0007
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 134
-A-
 238999 OPT8220080
-W-
 Practical Human Resource Planning.
 Graham, H.A.
 Optimum, Vol.13, No.2, 1982, . 80-83., Journal.
 Present day strategic planning makes the assumption that change will be
 rapid, volatile and unpredictable. With regard to integrating human resource
 development and strategic planning, certain external and internal
 assumptions must be made. Tools to be used in human resource development
 include a performance appraisal system, a human resource and career inquiry
 system, succession planning, and selection criteria. The approach outlined
 has been implemented at Polysar Limited.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Planning; Strategy; Strategic Planning; 0007;
 0251; 0251; 0251
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 135
-A-
 238998 PT8220074
-W-
 Influencing Corporate Strategy Through Human Resource Planning - A Practical
 Application.
 Mandl, M.F.
 Optimum, Vol.13, No.2, 1982, P. 74-77., Journal.
 A closer link integrating human resource development planning and overall
 strategy is needed. An example of integrated planning in CP Air is given.
 Since employees face increasingly poor promotion prospects due to economic
 decline, new ways to challenge them must be developed. Managers are urged to
 understand company goals and manpower supply, as well as the firm's internal
 environment and the values critical to implementing strategy.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Planning; Strategy; Strategic Planning; 0007;
 0251; 0251; 0251
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 136
-A-
 237723 HRP8230115
-W-
 Human Resource Planning at Corning Glass Works: A Field Study.
 Dyer, L.; Shafer, R.A; Regan, P.J.
 Human Resource Planning, Vol.5, No.3, 1982, P. 115-184., Journal.
 Personnel policy studies at Corning Glass Works (CGW) have led to the
 development of a human resource planning (HRP) program. HRP has focused
 mainly on operational plans; however, increased emphasis is being placed on
 HRP in terms of corporate structure and strategy. HRP is conducted at the
 executive level and at the management and professional level. The processes
 used at each of these levels differ. At the executive level, personnel
 reviews of the major corporate divisions are conducted on a regular basis by
 top corporate officers. Action plans are developed following each review. At
 the management and professional level, annual personnel audits are conducted
 for each division to estimate personnel supply and demand. Expected demand
 is based on established operational plans. A computerized data system aids
 in the forecasting and planning process. Different strategies for
 implemtntation of HRP were used at each level. The visibility and usage of
 comprehensive operational planning and strategic planning at both the
 executive and management levels will be increased.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Industrial Management; Industrial Organization;
 Human Resource Inventory; Strategic Planning; Operations Analysis; Operation
 Management; Corporate Planning; Executive; Professionals; Evaluation;
 Management; Field Study; 0007; 1664; 1666; 0200 0251; 0247; 0247; 0251;
 0157; 2014; 0249; 0605; 154?
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 137
-A-
 236308 TDJ83A0081
-W-
 Establishing an HRD Program in an HRD Consulting Firm.
 Rothwell, W.J.
 Training & Development Journal, Vol.37, No.1, Jan. 1983, P. 81-85, Bibliog.
 12, Journal.
 The implementation of a Human Resource Development (HRD) training program
 within an HRD firm can cause conflict and organizational change. The success
 of the program depends on recognizing other's expectations and meeting them
 as much as possible. The program should be integrated with the existing
 norms of the organization. These norms include the existing beliefs, power
 structure, and rewards system. Sources of possible conflict within the
 organization should be determined prior to implementation and plans to avoid
 these conflicts developed. The person in charge of implementation must have
 a source of power that will force interaction with the entire organization.
 This forces the negotiation of disagreements and adds legitimacy to the
 implementation of the new program.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Consulting; Sociology; Training and Development;
 Organizational Behavior; Management Strategy; 0007; 0123; 0852; 0273; 0938;
 0933
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 138
-A-
 235900 ORD82R0059
-W-
 Managing Change Strategically: The Technical, Poltical, and Cultural Keys.
 Tichy, N.M.
 Organizational Dynamics, Autumn 1982, P. 59-80, Bibliog. 5, Journal.
 The impact of technical, political and cultural changes, the pressures they
 encompass and the effect they build is the focus of this examination.
 Organizational changes, strategic planning and management and tables for
 successful management are also presented. Human resource tools for managing
 an organization and its culture are also presented in the matrix. Managing
 strategic change is becoming a necessity.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Management; Technological Change; Matrix; 0007;
 0605; 0405; 0599
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 139
-A-
 235613 MWL83A0019
-W-
 Profiles of Productivity.
 McKendrick, J.; Pilla, L.
 Management World, Vol.12, No.1, Jan. 1983, P. 19., Journal.
 The productivity rate of organizations in relationship to cost and its
 effectiveness to the organization is discussed. The company that has no
 productivity program or no corporate plan has difficulty measuring
 productivity. The management of the future will have to make productivity
 programs an integral feature of the organization, thereby contributing to
 the organization's success.
-Desc-
 Management Development; Management Education; Manager; Management Team;
 Futures; Management Science; Productivity; Humanization; Stress; Corporate
 Planning; Planning; Human Resource Development; Management Strategy; 0588;
 0233; 0157; 0719; 0671; 0554; 0662; 1625; 0002; 0251; 0251; 0007; 0933
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 140
-A-
 235168 JRL82P0026
-W-
 Strategic Management Issues for the Retailing of services.
 Kelly, J.P.; George, W.R.
 Journal of Retailing, Vol.58, No.2, Summer 1982, P. 26-43, Bibliog. 17,
 Journal.
 Recently, large retailers of tangible goods have begun to offer services
 such as financial or legal to their customers. Services retailing and
 tangible goods retailing present different management problems and
 solutions. Operational areas where differences lie include performance
 measurements, organization of the store, pricing, advertising, sales and
 sales promotion, the handling of complaints, and controls dealing with the
 efficiency and productivity of the employees. The retailing of services
 provides the goods retailer with an excellent growth opportunity.
-Desc-
 Retailing; Retail Industry; Service Industry; Department Store; Sales
 Promotion; Advertising; Pricing; Charts; Tables; Comparative Analysis; 0289;
 0289; 0293; 1396; 07?1; 0061; 0524; 1227; 2256; 1283
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 141
-A-
 230636 ADM82L003
-W-
 Skills Managers Need to Survive.
 Maynard, W.
 Administrative Management, Vol.43, No.12, Dec. 1982, P. 33-34, 70+.,
 Journal.
 The major crisis that managers will face during the 1980's will be the need
 to develop the skills to manage change and to manage people through the
 change process. Managers must develop a strategy that meets both
 technological needs and human needs. Eight common management errors are
 noted. A ten-point framework for developing a good balance between
 productivity and worker satisfaction is presented.
-Desc-
 Administration; Management Skills; Management Strategy; Technology; Human
 Resource Development; Framework; Success; Productivity; Guidelines; 0605;
 1798; 0933; 0433; 0007; 1862; 2240; 0662; 1593
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 142
-A-
 225698 HRM81M0022
-W-
 Bureaupathology: The Denigration of Competence.
 Giblin, E.J.
 Human Resource Management, Vol.20, No.4, Winter 1981, P. 22-25., Journal.
 The occupational distribution in the United States has shifted. There has
 been a tremendous growth in the number of management and professional
 personnel. Organizational factors which hinder the success of the entity are
 considered. Managerial work in complex bureaucracies is described
 emphasizing the denigration of technical competence. Several solutions are
 proposed covering recognition of the problem, task performance, organization
 structure, staff development and reward systems.
-Desc-
 Personnel Management; United States; Organizational Behavior; Human Resource
 Development; Bureaucracy; 0458; 0528; 0938; 0007; 0099
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 143
-A-
 222592 HRP8120033
-W-
 A Status Report on Human Resource Planning from the Perspective of Human
 Resource Planners.
 Miller, E.L.; Burack, E.H.
 Human Resource Planning, Vol.4, No.2, 1981, P. 33-40, Bibliog. 4, Journal.
 Human Resource Management (HRM) has replaced maintenance-only oriented
 departments with planning- oriented groups which are concerned with past,
 present, and future external trends and how they will affect the
 organization. Three phases of growth in HRM are currently recognized. The
 first covers the period up to 1969 and the chief concern was current
 manpower planning, with little functioning outside that area. The period of
 1970-1975 began to deal with total planning for the entire organization from
 future manpower needs to Human Resource planning. The period of 1976-1981,
 with the aid of external social and legislative actions shows an increase
 and focusing of previous responsibilities. A study was undertaken to reveal
 how Human Resource people perceived their jobs, their skills, and the future
 direction of their profession. The results revealed that many considered HRM
 a fairly new field and were unsure as to how HRM fit into the total
 organizational picture. HRM is a growing field and will become more
 important, vital, and actively involved with a company, as interpersonal
 relationships and rights in business grow more complex.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Job Analysis; Program Evaluation; Job
 Performance; 0007; 0055; 2016; 0527
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 144
-A-
 222583 HRM82N0011
-W-
 Strategic Planning and Human Resource Management.
 Devanna, M.A.; Fombrun, T.; Tichy, N.; Warren, L.
 Human Resource Management, Vol 21, No.1, Spring 1982, P. 11-16., Journal.
 A study was performed to find out what degree human resource activities are
 and should be used in forming strategies and implementing them. Senior
 planning and personnel executives responded via questionnaire to this
 survey. The results of this survey are presented. A framework is developed
 for helping human resource management work more strategically. Guidelines
 for this framework are presented.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Management; Strategic Planning Survey;
 Questionnaire; Study; Framework; 0007; 0605; 0251; 0368; 0368; 2232 ; 1862
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 145
-A-
 221064 TRA82H0042
-W-
 A Trainer's Guide to Retirement Planning.
 Salomon, A.W.
 Training, Vol.19, No.8, Aug. 1982, P. 42, 47., Journal.
 Human resource development professionals need to prepare workers for
 retirement. Retiring workers need long-term planning and counseling to make
 their adjustment easy. Suggestions are presented on the topics for which
 retirees need information to prepare themselves realistically.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Development; Retirement Plans; Retirement; Policy; Planning;
 Counseling; Training and Development; 0007; 2106; 0759; 0251; 0251; 0923;
 0273
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 146
-A-
 221054 TRA82G0023
-W-
 The Rising Tide of HRD: A Global Overview of the Training World.
 Lee, C.
 Training, Vol.19, No.7, July 1982, P. 23-35., Journal.
 HRD importance and impact has become evident in the last decade. HRD is now
 incorporated into many companies' strategic planning. Training programs,
 procedures and aims around the world are reviewed. Among the countries
 detailed are Japan, Australia, India and the Far East, Africa, South Africa,
 Middle East and the United Kingdom. Trainers around the world are concerned
 with management development, effective skill transfer and productivity.
-Desc-
 Analysis; Training and Development; International; South Africa; Human
 Resource Development; Middle East; Japan; Australia; India; Africa; United
 Kingdom; South Africa; 0779; 0273; 0009; 0372; 0007; 0359; 0337; 0071; 0346;
 0063; 0047; 0372
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 147
-A-
 217140 ZBE80X0169
-W-
 Multiple Baselines (Chapter 9).
 Knutson, J.R.
 How to Be a Successful Project Manager, American Management Associations
 Extension Institute Self Study Course, 1980, P. 169-205, Bibliog. 113,
 Course.
 This is the ninth chapter in the course. Project control and multiple
 baselines are covered. Control prerequisites include a status format that is
 flexible, easy to update and tailored for different audiences. Checkpoints
 should be predefined. The three baselines that must be used for a total
 project picture are schedule, cost and human resource. Management Operations
 System Technique (MOST) is a graphic illustration that presents time, costs
 and human resources in one document. MOST is built from the completion date
 to the start date and can incorporate PERT on a worksheet. Steps to take
 when finding a baseline problem are to follow audit trails and isolate the
 cause of the problem, determine the impact of the problem, decide on
 corrective action, implement the corrective action and follow up. The entire
 course (ch.1-10) may be ordered on line or toll-free at 800-323-5354 at a
 cost of $85, subject to change.
-Desc-
 Project Management; Control and Planning; Charts; PERT; Graph; Networks;
 Planning; Diagrams; Diagrammatic Models; Problem Solving; Cost; Human
 Resource Inventory; Management; 0687; 0313; 1227; 1019; 0191; 1865; 0251;
 1408; 1408; 1021; 0716; 0200; 0605
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 148
-A-
 26731 PAR82C0157
-W-
 Unifying Planning and Management in Public Organizations.
 Jensen, D.R.
 Public Administration Review, Vol.42, No.2, March/April 1982, P. 157-162.,
 Journal.
 Productivity can be improved in public organizations. This benefit can be
 achieved using better planning procedures when applied to program and human
 resource management. The period of expansion has ended in the public sector.
 Public agency planning must prove its worth, in part due to decreasing tax
 revenues. Information systems are lacking in delineating productivity within
 public agencies. Employees represent seventy to eighty per cent of an
 organization's budgetary expenditures. The future will demand that staff
 time be closely related and tied to expected benefits. Planning must employ
 improved procedures in the management of human resources.
-Desc-
 Public Sector; Productivity; Planning; Human Resource Development; 0460;
 0662; 0251; 0007
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 149
-A-
 214583 ZAX80X0117
-W-
 Positive Employee Relations (Chapter 9).
 Winters, K.T.
 Fundamentals of Modern Personnel Management, American Management
 Associations Extension Institute Self Study Course, 1980, P. 117-128,
 Bibliog. 64, Course.
 This is the ninth chapter in the course. The importance of creating and
 maintaining the positive employee- management relations is emphasized. In
 order to have effective employee relations without a union, a positive
 climate must be created so that a union will not be an attractive alternate
 to employees. This climate must be based on effective communication, formal
 complaint procedures and job growth opportunities. Unionization involves the
 union petition for recognition in an organization and an election. Once the
 union has been recognized and certified as the exclusive bargaining agent
 for a group of employees, management must negotiate with the union
 representatives on conditions affecting the employees. A collective
 bargaining contract includes the grievance and arbitration procedures. The
 entire course (ch.1-9) may be ordered on line or toll-free at 800-323-5354
 at a cost of $85, subject to change.
-Desc-
 Personnel Management; Human Resource Development; Charts; History; Employee
 Relations; Unionization; Unions; Management Strategy; Collective Bargaining;
 Contract Administration; 0458; 0007; 1227; 1604; 0036; 2347; 0035; 0933;
 0285; 0931
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 007:075 150
-A-
 214582 ZAX80X0109
-W-
 The Application of Electronic Data Processing in the Personnel Function
 (Chapter 8).
 Winters, K.T.
 Fundamentals of Modern Personnel Management, American Management
 Associations Extension Institute Self Study Course, 1980, P. 109-114,
 Bibliog. 4, Course.
 This is the eighth chapter in the course. The application of data processing
 to functional areas within the human resources management function is
 covered. Benefits and uses of a human resources information system are
 discussed. The human resource information system in an effective management
 tool for collecting, storing and retrieving information about employees. The
 system modules include record keeping, benefits and pension plan
 administration, wage and salary administration, recruitment and selection,
 employee development and training and human resources strategic planning.
 Steps in system development include design, selecting the data base,
 installing the system and providing security. The entire course  (ch.1-9)
 may be ordered on line or toll-free at 800-323-5354 at a cost of $85,
 subject to change.
-Desc-
 Personnel Management; Human Resource Development; EDP; Data Processing;
 Information Systems; Management Tools; Record Keeping; Salary
 Administration; Recruitment; Design; Data Base; Security; Administration;
 0458; 0007; 0495; 0495; 0213; 0797; 0213; 0261; 0266; 0633; 0918; 0814;
 0605
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 1
-A-
 1731445 85256445
-W-
 Lumbar spine bone mineral content by photon beam absorptiometry. Methodology
 and application in osteoporosis.
 Krolner B
 Dept. of Clinical Physiology, Frederiksborg Amts Centralsygehus, Hillerod,
 Denmark.
 Dan Med Bull (DENMARK) ,Jun 1985, 32 (3) p152-70,
-ISSN-
 0011-6092
-JrnlCode-
 DYN
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS (103 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human
 Desc. Aging; Exertion; Fractures--Metabolism (ME);
 Hyperthyroidism--Metabolism (ME); *Lumbar Vertebrae--Analysis (AN); Lumbar
 Vertebrae--Physiology (PH); Lumbar Vertebrae--Radionuclide Imaging (RI);
 Menopause; Methods; *Minerals--Analysis (AN); Myxedema--Metabolism (ME);
 Osteoporosis--Complications (CO); *Osteoporosis--Metabolism (ME);
 Osteoporosis--Prevention and Control (PC); Thyroxine--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 7488-70-2 (Thyroxine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 2
-A-
 1716237 85241237
-W-
 Comparison of bone density in amenorrheic women due to athletics, weight
 loss, and premature menopause.
 Jones KP; Ravnikar VA; Tulchinsky D; Sciff I
 Dept. of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston,
 Massachusetts.
 Obstet Gynecol (US) ,Jul 1985, 66 (1) p5-8,
-ISSN-
 0029-7844
-JrnlCode-
 OC2
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Studied was the peripheral bone density of 39 women (ages 18 to 43) with the
 diagnosis of secondary amenorrhea in an effort to define the population of
 amenorrheic women at risk for osteoporosis. Eight women had exercise-induced
 amenorrhea (athletes), 20 women had amenorrhea associated with weight loss,
 and 11 women had premature menopause. These diagnoses were made on the basis
 of history, physical examination, and luteinizing hormone (LH),
 follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH), and prolactin levels, and failure to
 have withdrawal bleeding after the administration of progestin. Twenty-five
 nonathletic, normally menstruating women served as control subjects. The
 peripheral bone density of the amenorrheic athletes (0.738 g/cm2 +/- 0.047)
 was not significantly different from that of the controls (0.726 g/cm2 +/-
 0.044). The average bone density of the group with weight loss-associated
 amenorrhea (0.672 g/cm2 +/- 0.066) was significantly less than controls (P
 less than .005) as was that of the women with premature menopause (0.616
 g/cm2 +/- 0.048, P less than .001). There was a significant correlation
 between months of amenorrhea and decrease in bone density (r = 0.506, P less
 than .001). From this study it was concluded that women with
 exercise-associated amenorrhea are not at significant risk for cortical bone
 loss as measured by direct photon absorptiometry. Women with weight
 loss-associated amenorrhea and women with premature menopause are at
 significant risk for bone loss when compared with normal controls.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human
 Desc. Adolescence; Adult; Amenorrhea--Etiology (ET);
 *Amenorrhea--Physiopathology (PP); *Body Weight; *Bone and
 Bones--Physiopathology (PP); Bone and Bones--Radionuclide Imaging (RI);
 Exertion; *Menopause; *Menopause, Premature; Osteoporosis--Etiology (ET);
 Radius--Radionuclide Imaging (RI); Risk; *Sports
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 3
-A-
 171326 85239326
-W-
 Risk factors in postmenopausal osteoporosis [editorial]
 Lancet (ENGLAND) Jun 15 1985, 1 (8442) p1370-2,
-ISSN-
 0140-6736
-JrnlCode-
 L0S
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
 Desc. Bone and Bones--Anatomy and Histology (AH); Calcium,
 Dietary--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Estrogens--Physiology (PH); Exertion;
 Menopause; *Osteoporosis--Etiology (ET); Risk; Vitamin D--Metabolism (ME)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-16-2 (Vitamin D)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 4
-A-
 1667155 8519215
-W-
 [The osteoporosis disease in menopausal women. Physiopathology and
 therapeutic impact]
 L'osteoporose-maladie chez la femme menopausee. Physiopathologie et
 incidences therapeutiques.
 Meunier PJ
 INSERM U234, Faculte Alexis-Carrel, Lyon.
 Rev Fr Gynecol Obstet (FRANCE) ,Mar 1985, 80 (4) p205-7,
-ISSN-
 0035-290X
-JrnlCode-
 S0H
-Lang-
 FRENCH
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Trabecular steoporosis of spongy bone expresses itself clinically by
 spontaneous vertebral compression and fractures of the lower end of the
 radius. Its prevention relies on calcium therapy physical exercise, vitamin
 D, and, in women, oestrogens. The most effective curative treatment relies
 on fluorine, at a dose of 40-60 mg sodium fluoride, in conjunction with
 calcium equivalent to 1 g element (not the calcium salt). Small doses of
 vitamin D are used. The treatment is without effect on cortical osteoporosis
 and thus cannot prevent fractures of the neck of the femur.
 Tags: Female; Human
 Desc. Calcium--Therapeutic Use (TU); Estrogens--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Exercise Therapy; *Menopause; Middle Age; Osteoporosis--Prevention and
 Control (PC); *Osteoporosis--Physiopathology (PP); Radius
 Fractures--Physiopathology (PP); Sodium Fluoride--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Spine--Physiopathology (PP); Vitamin D--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-16-2 (Vatamin D); 7440-70-2 (Calcium); 7681-49-4
 (Sodium Fluoride)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 5
-A-
 1637906 85162906
-W-
 Responses of pre- and post-menopausal females to aerobic conditioning.
 Cowan MM; Gregory LW
 Dept. of Health and Physical Education, Western New Mexico Univ., Silver
 City.
 Med Sci Sports Exerc (US) ,Feb 1985, 17 (1) p138-43,
-ISSN-
 0195-9131
-JrnlCode-
 MG8
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 This study sought to determine whether the ability to improve
 cardiorespiratory endurance and body composition is affected by the
 menopausal status of females. Twenty premenopausal females and 18
 postmenopausal females, ages 35-49 and 47-66 yr, respectively, were randomly
 assigned to exercise and control groups depending on menopausal status. Both
 exercise groups (PRE-EX, N = 16; POST-EN, N = 14) participated in a
 progressive walking program (4 days/week for 9 weeks) at an intensity of 80%
 the age-adjusted heart rate maximum (80% HRM). Following training, both
 exercise groups significantly improved submaximal exercise capacity (SEC) as
 measured by oxygen consumption (l/min; ml/kg . min) and treadmill walking
 time at 80% HRM. The PRE-EX group significantly improved percent body fat
 and lean body weight, while there was no significant change in total body
 weight. The POST-EX group significantly improved total body weight and
 percent body fat with no significant change in lean body weight. Although
 some of these changes in body composition were statistically significant,
 overall the alterations were minimal. ANCOVA revealed exercise, not
 menopause, to be the effective treatment for improving percent body fat and
 SEC80%HRM. There were no significant differences between the PRE-EX and
 POST-EX groups in their ability to improve SEC80%HRM or to reduce percent
 body fat. The POST-EX group had a significantly greater eduction in total
 body weight, while the PRE-EX group had significantly greater increases in
 lean body weight. These findings suggest that the ability to favorably alter
 body composition and cardiorespiratory endurance through the aerobic
 conditioning of females is independent of menopausal status.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human
 Desc. Adult; Aged; *Body Composition; Body Height; Body Weight;
 Electrocardiography; ECG; Exercise Test; *Exertion; Heart Rate; *Menopause
 Middle Age; *Physical Education and Training; *PHYS ED; Respiration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 6
-A-
 1600612 85125612
-W-
 Platelet alpha-2 adrenoceptors and the menstrual cycle.
 Sundaesan PR; Madan MK; Kelvie SL; Weintraub M
 Dept. of Pharmacology, Univ. of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry,
 NY.
 Clin Pharmacol Ther (US) ,Mar 1985, 37 (3) p337-42,
-ISSN-
 00099236
-JrnlCode-
 DHR
 Contract/Grant No.: HL-28312; HL 29188
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 To clarify further the suggested influence of menstrual cycle phase on
 platelets alpha 2-adrenoceptors, we carried out cross-sectional studies in
 77 subjects in a clinical trial of weight control strategies. Blood samples
 were drawn at baseline and after 6 weeks of diet, behavior modification, and
 exercise, a program that resulted in a mean weight loss of 4.5 kg. For the
 analyses, 42 premenopausal women were divided into four groups according to
 the week of menstrual cycle at the time of blood sampling. At baseline,
 there was no significant difference in mean platelet alpha 2-adrenoceptor
 numbers among the four groups. At week 6 accompanying the weight loss, there
 was a significant increase in the platelet alpha 2-adrenoceptor number for
 all groups. Despite the fact that the women were at a different phase of the
 menstrual cycle than at baseline, there was again no significant difference
 in mean platelet alpha 2-adrenoceptor number. Mean baseline platelet alpha
 2-adrenocepton number in the premenopausal women (113.7 +/- 5.5 fmol/mg
 protein) did not differ from values in 12 postmenopausal women (113.7 +/-
 12.0 fmol/mg protein) four women with hysterectomies (105.9 +/- 8.9 fmol/mg
 protein), or 19 men (101.8 +/- 6.2 fmol/mg protein). Numbers at 6 weeks also
 did not differ. We conclude that the menstrual cycle has minimal effects on
 platelet alpha 2-adrenoceptor number and should not confound clinical
 studies of platelet alpha 2-adrenoceptors.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
 Desc. Adolescence; Adult; Behavior Therapy; Body Weight; Cross Sectional
 Studies; Diet, Reducing; Exertion; Hysterectomy; Menopause; *Menstruation;
 Middle Age; Obesity--Blood (BL); *Obesity--Metabolism (ME); Obesity--Therapy
 (TH); *Receptors, Adrenergic, Alpha--Metabolism (ME); *ADREN ALPHA
 RECEPT--Metabolism (ME)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 7
-A-
 1609074 85134074
-W-
 Bone density in women: college athletes and older athletic women.
 Jacobson PC; Beaver W; Grubb S; Taft TN; Talmage RV
 Dept. of Surgery, Univ. of North Carolina School of Medicine, Chapel Hill.
 J Orthop Res (US) ,1984, 2 (4) p328-32,
-ISSN-
 0736-266
-JrnlCode-
 JIQ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Bone density was studied in intercollegiate athletes and older athletic
 women. Single-photon densitometry was used to assess bone density parameters
 at a new distal radial site, the midradius, and the first metatarsus.
 Dual-photon densitometry assessed bone density of the lumbar spine. Eleven
 intercollegiate tennis players, 23 swimmers, and 86 older "athletic" women
 from 23 to 75 years of age were compared with age-matched nonathletic
 controls. "Athletic" describes adult women who exercised at least three
 times per week, 8 or more months of the year, for a minimum of 3 years. The
 radius and metatarsus bone content of intercollegiate athletes was
 significantly above control values. Lumbar spine density was significantly
 higher only in tennis players. Mean bone density values for adult "athletic"
 women were also significantly greater than in age-matched controls. In the
 oldest athletic group (55-75 years of age) bone measurement values in radius
 and lumbar spine were in the same range as for younger "athletic" women. In
 contrast, after 50 years of age, these values in the control population
 decreased by 0.7%/year. Therefore the largest variance (increase) from
 age-matched controls occurred in the oldest "athletic" group. Also, we have
 established a distal radial density value (using our modified site) below
 which we consider women "at risk" and recommend further bone health
 evaluation. Only two adult athletic women greater than 55 years of age fell
 into this category. It is concluded from this cross-sectional study that a
 regularly maintained athletic program for adult women may reduce the rate of
 "normal" bone mass loss accompanying age, particularly
 postmenopausally.(ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 250 WORDS)
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human
 Desc. Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Aging; *Bone and Bones--Anatomy and
 Histology (AH); Competitive Behavior; Cross Sectional Studies;
 Estrogens--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Exertion; Menopause; Middle Age;
 Osteoporosis--Pathology (PA); Osteoporosis--Physiopathology (PP); *Sports
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 8
-A-
 1608262 8513322
-W-
 Postmenopausal osteoporosis: concerns and costs in clinical management.
 Wingate MB
 State Univ. of New York at Buffalo, Dept. of Obstetrics-Gynecology.
 J Med (US) ,1984, 15 (4) p323-32,
-ISSN-
 0025-7850 Jrnl Code IYG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 There are a number of social, political and medical concerns for the
 clinician dealing with female patients who are postmenopausal and at risk
 for the development of osteoporosis which may lead to chronic disability and
 possibly death. A brief overview of the role of current therapies is given
 together with their potential for adverse effects. Further research into
 etiology, diagnosis and optimum management is obviously necessary. (1
 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human
 Desc. Aged; Calcitriol--Therapeutic Use (TU); Calcium, Dietary--Therapeutic
 Use (TU); Costs and Cost Analysis; COSTS; Estrogens--Adverse Effects (AE);
 Estrogens--Therapeutic Use (TU); Exertion *Menopause; Middle Age;
 Osteoporosis--Prevention and Control (PC); *Osteoporosis--Therapy (TH);
 Progesterone--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 32222-06-3 (Calcitriol); 57-830 (Progesterone)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 9
-A-
 1608258 85133258
-W-
 Neutron activation studies and the effect of exercise on osteoporosis.
 Harrison JE
 Univ. of Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
 J Med (US) ,1984, 15 (4) p285-94,
-ISSN-
 0025-7850 Jrnl Code IYG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A technique is described to measure calcium content by in vivo neutron
 activation analysis of the trunk and upper thighs. In postmenopausal women,
 estrogen and calcium or fluoride reversed osteoporosis.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
 Desc. *Activation Analysis; Adult; Age Factors; Aged; *Bone and
 Bones--Analysis (AN); *Calcium--Analysis (AN); Estrogens--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); *Exertion; Fluorides--Therapeutic Use (TU); Menopause; Middle Age;
 *Neutron Activation Analysis; Osteoporosis--Diagnosis (DI);
 Osteoporosis--Drug Therapy (DT); *Osteoporosis--Metabolism (ME)
 CAS Registry No.: 7440-70-2 (Calcium)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 10
-A-
 1608255 85133255
-W-
 The epidemiology of osteoporosis.
 Wingate L
 Buffalo General Hospital, NY.
 J Med (US) ,1984, 15 (4) p245-66,
-ISSN-
 0025-7850 Jrnl Code IYG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Osteoporosis is a major public health problem. National incidence and
 mortality rates for osteoporosis cannot be determined because data are
 unavailable. Epidemiology, one of the means by which this condition may be
 studied, and osteoporosis are defined, and the importance of primary and
 secondary prevention is discussed. Primary osteoporosis has four clinical
 forms: postmenopausa, senile, juvenile, and idiopathic; these are
 differentiated from other forms of bone disease. Predisposing factors and
 attendant morbidity are discussed with specific reference to problems
 associated with skeletal fractures. Age, sex, race, nutrition, body build
 and life style are identified as important variables. The importance of
 preventive measures is stressed because of the estimated incidence of
 160,000 osteoporotic associated hip fractures with their attendant cost to
 society of more than one billion dollars per year. Preventive treatments
 studied to date are outlined. Emphasis is placed on the importance of
 primary and secondary prevention rather than tertiary care. (6 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
 Desc. Adolescence; Adult; Age Factors; Aged; Calcium,
 Dietary--Administration and Dosage (AD); Child; Child, Preschool;
 Estrogens--Administration and Dosage (AD); Exertion; Fractures--Occurrence
 (OC); Infant; Menopause; Middle Age; Nutrition; Osteoporosis--Mortality
 (MO); *Osteoporosis--Occurrence (OC); Osteoporosis--Prevention and Control
 (PC); Racial Stocks; Sex Factors; Smoking; Vitamin D--Administration and
 Dosage (AD)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-16-2 (Vitamin D)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 11
-A-
 1576005 85101005
-W-
 Osteoporosis. An update on management.
 Woolf AD; Dixon AS
 Royal National Hospital for Rheumatic Diseases, Bath, England.
 Drugs (AUSTRALIA) ,Dec 1984, 28 (6) p565-76,
-ISSN-
 0012-6667 Jrnl Code EC2
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Osteoporosis is the reduction of expected bone mass. This results in
 structural failure with an increased risk of fracture and it is the most
 common bone disorder encountered. Bone mass declines with age, and in some
 people will fall below the threshold for easy fracture. This loss is
 accelerated in the postmenopausal period. Trauma and the internal trabecular
 structure of bone are additional determinants of risk of fracture. Effective
 management of osteoporosis depends on identifying and treating those at risk
 before reaching the critical bone mass and presenting with skeletal failure.
 There are imitations to methods available for assessing bone loss, and the
 final arbiter of any treatment is prevention of fracture. Primary prevention
 involves maximising peak adult bone mass and reducing the rate of bone loss.
 This may be attained by exercise, adequate dietary calcium, and the
 identification and treatment of risk factors such as postmenopausal hormone
 replacement. Once skeletal failure has occurred, long term treatment is
 required to have a clinically significant effect. Increasing bone mass
 cannot be assumed to reduce the risk of fracture, and such reduction has not
 been directly demonstrated for several agents. Calcium supplements, hormone
 replacement therapy and fluoride are probably effective in reducing fracture
 rate, particularly when used in combination, whereas the efficacy of
 anabolic steroids, calcitonin and diphosphonates is yet to be established.
 Vitamin D is only of use in coexistent osteomalacia. The limitation of
 significantly strengthening the skeleton during the life expectancy of the
 elderly must be reapised. (66 Refs.)
 Tags: Animal; Female; Human; Male
 Desc. Adult; Aged; Anabolic Steroids--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Calcitonin--Therapeutic Use (TU); Calcium--Therapeutic Use (TU); Calcium,
 Dietary--Therapeutic Use (TU); Diphosphonates--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Estrogens--Therapeutic Use (TU); Exertion; Fluorides--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 Fractures--Etiology (ET); Fractures--Therapy (TH); Menopause; Middle Age;
 Osteoporosis--Complications (CO); Osteoporosis--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Osteoporosis--Prevention and Control (PC); Osteoporosis--Physiopathology
 (PP); *Osteoporosis--Therapy (TH); Risk; Spinal Injuries--Etiology (ET);
 Spinal Injuries--Therapy (TH); Vitamin D--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-16-2 (Vitamin D); 7440-70- (Calcium); 9007-12-9
 (Calcitonin)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 12
-A-
 1564221 85089221
-W-
 Decreasing the incidence of osteoporosis-related injuries through diet and
 exercise.
 Larson KA; Shannon SC
 Univ. of New England College of Osteopathic Medicine, Biddeford, Maine.
 Public Health Rep (US) ,Nov-Dec 1984, 99 (6) p609-13,
-ISSN-
 0090-2818
-JrnlCode-
 QJA
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Osteoporosis is the most common systemic bone disorder in the United States.
 It affects 15 million people--primarily women--causing thousands of injuries
 and deaths per year at a cost estimated at +3.8 billion annually. Two
 important factors in preventing osteoporosis are regular exercise and
 adequate calcium intake throughout life. Studies have shown that the average
 daily consumption of calcium by premenopausal and postmenopausal American
 women is between one-third and one-half that needed to maintain a positive
 calcium balance and prevent the loss of bone mass. This proposal elaborates
 the following specific ways that our health care and educational
 institutions can change these prospects: a screening program for women of
 all ages, to identify those most at risk for developing osteoporosis; an
 increase in the recommended daily dietary allowance for calcium; a public
 information campaign about osteoporosis, using television and ratio; an
 investigation of the feasibility of calcium additives in the American diet;
 and the establishment of an organization to develop educational programs and
 monitor research in osteoporosis prevention. Now is the time to make the
 appropriate efforts to better the prospect for millions to enjoy a long and
 healthier life.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Calcium, Dietary--Therapeutic Use (TU); Exertion;
 Fractures--Etiology (ET); Health Education; Mass Screening; Menopause;
 Middle Age; Nutritional Requirements; Osteoporosis--Complications (CO);
 Osteoporosis--Etiology (ET); *Osteoporosis--Prevention and Control (PC);
 Risk; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 13
-A-
 1562437 85087437
-W-
 Osteoporosis: a major health problem in postmenopausal women.
 Graham BA; Gleit CJ
 Orthop Nurs (US) ,Nov-Dec 1984, 3 (6) p19-26,
-JrnlCode-
 ORN
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 Nursing (34 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Calcium--Therapeutic Use (TU); Diet; Dietary Proteins;
 Estrogens--Therapeutic Use (TU); Exertion; Fractures--Occurrence (OC);
 *Menopause; Middle Age; Nutrition; Osteoporosis--Diagnosis (DI);
 Osteoporosis--Etiology (ET); *Osteoporosis--Prevention and Control (PC);
 Risk; United States
 CAS Registry No.: 7440-70-2 (Calcium)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 14
-A-
 1562033 85087033
-W-
 Femoral neck fracture: a preventable phenomenon
 Burry HC; Hughes OR
 Accident Compensation Corporation, Wellington.
 NZ Med J (NEW ZEALAND) ,Dec 12 1984, 97 (769) p856-9,
-ISSN-
 0028-8446
-JrnlCode-
 OBQ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The purpose of this paper is to examine the problem of femoral neck fracture
 in the elderly New Zealand citizen, and to consider the prospects for
 prevention. Data are drawn chiefly from the Accident Compensation
 Corporation's claims data base, which has enabled identification of the
 mechanism of accident associated with such fractures. The data reveal a
 relative preponderance of femoral neck fracture in females of advanced age.
 In this group, the typical accident sequence is found to be mundane, 84% of
 victims falling to the ground without involvement of external agency. It is
 concluded that the resulting fractures are largely attributable to the
 heightened vulnerability of the subject as opposed to the magnitude of the
 blow. Hence, an appropriate intervention strategy should be aimed at
 strengthening the bone structure of individuals at risk. The practicability
 of this approach is discussed with particular reference to calcium and
 hormonal supplements. It is noted that cost and other factors make
 identification of a high risk sub-population desirable. Modern methods of
 bone density measurement have enhanced the feasibility of this procedure.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Age Factors; Aged; Calcium, Dietary--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Estrogens--Therapeutic Use (TU); Exertion; Femoral Neck Fractures--Etiology
 (ET); Femoral Neck Fractures--Occurrence (OC); *Femoral Neck
 Fractures--Prevention and Control (PC); Menopause; New Zealand
 Osteoporosis--Prevention and Control (PC); Sex Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 15
-A-
 1534349 85059349
-W-
 Effects of aerobic dancing and walking on cardiovascular function and
 muscular strength in postmenopausal women.
 White MK; Yeater RA; Martin RB; Rosenberg BS; Sherwood L; Weber KC;
 Della-Giustina DE
 J Sports Med Phys Fitness (ITALY) ,Jun 1984, 24 (2) p159-66,
-ISSN-
 0022-4707
-JrnlCode-
 K6V
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Aerobiosis; Blood Pressure; *Dancing; Exercise Test; *Exertion; *Heart Rate;
 *Menopause; Middle Age; *Physical Fitness
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 16
-A-
 1496929 85021929
-W-
 Postmenopausal spinal osteoporosis: flexion versus extension exercises.
 Sinaki M; Mikkelsen BA
 Dept. of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN.
 Arch Phys Med Rehabil (US) ,Oct 1984, 65 (10) p593-6,
-ISSN-
 0003-9993
-JrnlCode-
 8BK
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Fifty-nine women with postmenopausal spinal osteoporosis and back pain were
 instructed in a treatment program that included extension exercises (E) for
 25 patients, flexion exercises (F) for 9, combined (E + F) exercises for 19,
 or no therapeutic exercises (N) for 6. Ages ranged from 49 to 60 year (mean,
 56 years). Follow-up ranged from one to six years (means for the groups, 1.4
 to 2 years). All patients had spine x-ray studies before treatment and at
 follow-up, at which time any further wedging and compression fractures were
 recorded. Additional fractures occurred as follows: group E, 16%; F, 89%; E
 + F, 53%; and N, 67%. In comparison with group E, the occurrence of wedging
 or compression fractures was significantly higher in group F (p less than
 0.001) and group E + F (p less than 0.01). This study suggest that a
 significantly higher number of vertebral compression fractures occur in
 patients with postmenopausal osteoporosis who followed a flexion exercise
 program compared with those using extension exercises. Extension or
 isometric exercises seem to be more appropriate for patients with
 postmenopausal osteoporosis.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Exercise Therapy; Follow-Up Studies; Fractures, Spontaneous--Prevention and
 Control (PC); Isometric Contraction; Menopause Middle Age;
 Osteoporosis--Complications (CO); *Osteoporosis--Therapy (TH); Spinal
 Diseases--Complications (CO); *Spinal Diseases--Therapy (TH); Spinal
 Injuries--Prevention and Control (PC); Time Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 17
-A-
 1495957 85020957
-W-
 Exercise-induced amenorrhea and bone density.
 Lindberg JS; Fears WB; Hunt MM; Powell MR; Boll D; Wade CE
 Letterman Army Medical Center, Presidio of San Francisco, California.
 Ann Intern Med (US) ,Nov 1984, 101 (5) p647-8,
-ISSN-
 0003-4819
-JrnlCode-
 5A6
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; *Amenorrhea--Etiology (ET); Amenorrhea--Metabolism (ME);
 Amenorrhea--Pathology (PA); *Bone and Bones--Metabolism (ME); Bone and
 Bones--Pathology (PA); *Exertion; Menopause; *Minerals--Metabolism (ME) ;
 Oligomenorrhea--Etiology (ET); Oligomenorrhea--Metabolism (ME);
 Oligomenorrhea--Pathology (PA); Osteolysis; Running
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 18
-A-
 1423607 84263607
-W-
 The effects of menopause and training on serum lipids.
 Rainville S; Vaccaro P
 Int J Sports Med ,Jun 1984, 5 (3) p137-41,
-ISSN-
 0172-4622
-JrnlCode-
 GRK
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Forty women were studied to determine the effect of training and menopause
 on serum levels of total cholesterol (Tc), HDL Cholesterol (HDL-C), LDL
 cholesterol (LDL-C), and the ratio of HDL-C/LDL-C. Subjects were assigned to
 one of four groups: (a) premenopausal trained runners (Pre-T) (25-75 miles
 per week) (VO2max 44.82 ml/kg-1 X min-1) (N = 10); (b) premenopausal
 untrained who took part in no regular aerobic exercise (Pre-UT) (VO2max
 ?8.60 ml/kg-1 X min-1) (N = 10); (c) postmenopausal trained runners (Post-T)
 (25-65 miles per week) (V02max 40.25 ml/kg-1 X min-1) (N = 10); (d)
 postmenopausal untrained who took part in no regular aerobic exercise
 (Post-UT) (VO2max 21.50 ml/kg-? X min-1) (N = 10). None of the women smoked
 were taking oral contraceptives, or any form of hormonal replacement. The
 postmenopausal women had all undergone natural menopause. Analysis of
 variance indicated: (a) no significant differences between Pre-T and Pre-UT
 in measures of Tc (188.04 mg/dl; 206.46 mg/dl) and HDL-C (3.2 mg/dl; 62.10
 mg/dl) (P greater than 0.05) and a significant difference between Pre-T and
 Pre-UT in LDL-C (114.57 mg/dl; 144.57 mg/l) and HDL-C/LDL-C (0.66; 0.44) (P
 less than 0.05); (b) no significant differences between Pre-T and Post-T for
 Tc, HDL-C, LDL-C, and HDL-C/LDL-C (P greater than 0.05); (c) significant
 differences between Pre-UT and Post-UT in Tc (206.46 mg/dl; 241.15 mg/dl),
 LDL-C (144.36 mg/dl;184.85 mg/dl), and HDL-C/LDL-C (0.44; 0.32) (P less than
 0.05), and no significant difference between these groups in HDL-C (P
 greater than 0.05); (d) no significant difference between Post-T and Post-T
 in Tc (P greater than 0.05) and significant differences between these groups
 in measures of HDL-C (74.14 mg/dl; 55.54 mg/dl); LDL-C (141.45 mg/dl; 185.85
 mg/dl), and HDL-C/LDL-C (0.57; 0.32) (P less than 0.05).(ABSTRACT TRUNCATED
 AT 250 WORDS)
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Body Weight; *Cholesterol--Blood (BL); *Lipoproteins, HDL--Blood
 (BL); *Lipoproteins, LDL--Blood (BL); *Menopause; Middle Age; Physical
 Education and Training; PHYS ED; *Running
 CAS Registry No.: 0 (Lipoproteins, HDL Cholesterol); 0 (Lipoproteins, LDL
 Cholesterol); 57-88-5 (Cholesterol)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 19
-A-
 1423583 84263583
-W-
 The effects of exercise on the bones of postmenopausal women.
 White MK; Martin RB; Yeater RA; Butcher RL; Radin EL
 Int Orthop ,1984, 7 (4) p209-14,
-ISSN-
 0341-2695
-JrnlCode-
 GRF
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The effects of walking and aerobic dancing on the bones of 73 recently
 postmenopausal women have been compared by photon absorptiometry of the
 distal radius with a control group who did not exercise. The period of
 observation was six months. Results showed that the control group and the
 walking group lost statistically significant amounts of bone mineral content
 (1.6%, and 1.7% respectively), but that the dancing group did not (0.8%).
 The control group did not show a significant increase in the bone width
 (0.9%), but both the dancing (1.3%) and walking (1.6%) groups did. Changes
 in the cross-sectional moment of inertia of the radius were estimated for
 each subject based on bone mineral content and bone width values. Both
 exercise groups experienced significant increases in this variable, while
 the control group did not. Plasma oestrogen levels were not influenced by
 exercise. The results support the hypothesis that mechanical loading due to
 exercise may be effective in preventing postmenopausal osteoporosis.
 Tags: Female; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Biomechanics; *Bone and Bones--Metabolism (ME); Dancing; Estrogens--Blood
 (BL); *Exertion; Humerus--Physiology (PH); *Menopause; Middle Age;
 *Minerals--Metabolism (ME); Osteoporosis--Prevention and Control (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 20
-A-
 1420373 84260373
-W-
 Treatment of postmenopausal osteoporosis.
 Chesnut CH 3d
 Comp Ther ,Jul 1984, 10 (7) p41-7,
-ISSN-
 0098-8243
-JrnlCode-
 DMZde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Aged; Anabolic Steroids--Therapeutic Use (TU); Androgens--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); Calcitonin--Therapeutic Use (TU); Calcium--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Tiphosphonates--Therapeutic Use (TU); Estrogens--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Exertion; *Menopause; Middle Age; Osteoporosis--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Osteoporosis--Etiology (ET); *Osteoporosis--Therapy (TH); Sodium
 Fluoride--Therapeutic Use (TU); Vitamin D--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-16-2 (Vitamin D); 7440-70-2 (Calcium); 7681-49-4
 (Sodium Fluoride); 9007-12-9 (Calcitonin)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 21
-A-
 1410353 84250353
-W-
 Postmenopausal osteoporosis: the role of estrogens.
 Diddle AW; Smith IQ
 South Med J ,Jul 1984, 77 (7) p868-74,
-ISSN-
 0038-4348
-JrnlCode-
 UVH
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 In 1980, the combined incidences of vertebral and hip fractures
 necessitating hospitalization of women living in Knox County, Tennessee
 nearly doubled each five years after the age of 50. These data led us to
 review the pathogenesis, diagnostic methods, and therapeutic measures used
 to control or minimize the occurrence of postmenopausal osteoporosis.
 Postmenopausal diminution in estrogen metabolism appears to be the most
 important cause of osteoporosis. Other contributory factors include an early
 menopause, low body weight, lack of sufficient exercise, poor nutrition, and
 excessive use of alcohol, coffee, and tobacco. Absorptiometric studies,
 which have minimal radiation risk, are one of the more reliable methods to
 identify women with osteoporosis, whereas ordinary roentgenographic methods
 are relatively inaccurate for this purpose. Therapeutically, we recommend
 cyclic estrogen combined with a progestogen, the latter drug given for ten
 days each month to minimize the chance of endometrial or mammary carcinoma,
 particularly if estrogen is to be given for five years or more. In addition,
 particular attention should be given to good nutrition, including 1 to 2 gm
 of calcium salts taken each evening, and adequate exercise. Intake of coffee
 and alcoholic beverages and use of cigarettes should be discontinued or
 minimized. (129 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Age Factors; Aged; Bone Resorption; Calcium--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 *Estrogens--Physiology (PH); Estrogens--Therapeutic Use (TU); Exercise
 Therapy; Hip Fractures--Etiology (ET); *Menopause; Middle Age; Nutrition;
 Osteoporosis--Diagnosis (DI); Osteoporosis--Drug Therapy (DT);
 *Osteoporosis--Physiopathology (PP); Rib Fractures--Etiology (ET); Risk
 CAS Registry No.: 7440-70-2 (Calcium)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 22
-A-
 1405135 84245135
-W-
 Cigarette smoking, physical activity, and alcohol consumption: relationship
 to blood lipids and lipoproteins in premenopausal females.
 Stamford BA; Matter S; Fell RD; Sad S; Cresanta MK; Papanek P
 Metabolism ,Jul 1984, 33 (7) p585-90,
-ISSN-
 0026-0495
-JrnlCode-
 MUM
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A total of 164 premenopausal female subjects were randomly selected for
 evaluation from a much larger pool of volunteers. The relationships between
 blood lipid and lipoprotein levels as dependent variables and cigarette
 smoking, physical activity, and alcohol consumption were determined from
 partial regression coefficients. A lower HDL-C level (10.1 mg/dL) was seen
 in smokers v nonsmokers. For each ounce of alcohol consumed, HDL-C level was
 higher by 2.8 mg/dL, and greater physical activity was associated with a
 higher HDL-C level of 8.6 mg/dL. An analysis of covariance with covariance
 adjustments for age and body fat revealed that smokers who regularly
 exercise or consume alcohol had significantly lower HDL-C levels than
 nonsmokers with similar habits. Subjects who both exercise and consume
 alcohol demonstrated higher HDL-C levels than those who indulge in one or
 the other separately. Results suggest that cigarette smoking may attenuate
 the effects of chronic exercise or alcohol consumption, or of both, to raise
 HDL-C levels. Also, chronic exercise and alcohol consumption may exert an
 additive effect, raising HDL-C level.
 Tags: Female; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Age Factors; *Alcohol Drinking; *Exertion; *Lipids--Blood (BL);
 *Lipoproteins--Blood (BL); Menopause; Physical Fitness ; *Smoking
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 23
-A-
 1396320 84236320
-W-
 Relationship of menopausal status and exercise level to HDL-cholesterol in
 women.
 Harting GH; Moore CE; Mitchell R; Kapus CM
 Exp Aging Res ,Spring 1984, 10 (1) p13-8,
-ISSN-
 0361-073X
-JrnlCode-
 EN0
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The relationship between exercise habits, menopausal status and HDL
 cholesterol (HDL-C) was studied in 44 long-distance runners, 47 joggers, and
 45 relatively inactive females. In each group, some women were
 post-menopausal (Post-M) and some pre-menopausal (Pre-M). HDL-C level was
 higher in runners (776 mg/dl) and joggers (70.4 mg/dl) than in the inactive
 group (62.1 mg/dl), but was not different Pre-M vs Post-M. Total cholesterol
 (TC) and LDL-C were higher in Post-M than in Pre-M subjects, but did not
 differ among exercise groups. Body weight and % fat were lower in Pre-M vs
 Post-M groups and were lower in the runners vs inactive subjects. The
 HDL-C/TC ratio was higher in the runners vs inactive subjects and there was
 a significant exercise-menopausal interaction indicating a beneficial
 exercise effect. Adjustment of lipoprotein values for possible confounding
 variables did not alter these results. Endurance exercise by Post-M females
 may help prevent adverse lipid and lipoprotein changes which might
 predispose them to coronary heart disease.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Age Factors; Body Weight; *Cholesterol--Blood (BL); *Exertion;
 Jogging; *Lipoproteins, HDL--Blood (BL); Lipoproteins, LDL--Blood (BL);
 *Menopause; Middle Age; Running; Triglycerides--Blood (BL)
 CAS Registry No.: 0 (Lipoproteins, HDL Cholesterol); 0 (Lipoproteins, LDL
 Cholesterol); 57-88-5 (Cholesterol)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 24
-A-
 1384003 84224003
-W-
 Osteopenia in rheumatology practice: pathogenesis and therapy.
 Tannenbaum H
 Semin Arthritis Rheum ,May 1984, 13 (4) p337-48,
-ISSN-
 0049-0172
-JrnlCode-
 UMV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Postmenopausal osteoporosis has a multifactorial pathogenesis related to
 decreases in bone mass, calcium intake, and circulating estrogen levels.
 Therapy with supplemental calcium, estrogen, fluoride, anabolic steroids,
 and calcitonin is discussed. Corticosteroid-induced osteopenia is in part
 related to a decrease in intestinal calcium absorption and therapy with
 supplemental vitamin D and calcium may favorably alter the outcome. The
 osteopenia of rheumatoid arthritis appears to be a diffuse process, with
 increased metabolic bone activity at sites that are remote from the areas of
 active synovitis. (44 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adrenal Cortex Hormones--Adverse Effects (AE); Arthritis,
 Rheumatoid--Complications (CO); Bone and Bones--Physiology (PH);
 Calcitonin--Therapeutic Use (TU); Calcium--Metabolism (ME);
 Calcium--Therapeutic Use (TU); Estrogens--Therapeutic Use (TU); Exertion;
 Fluorides--Therapeutic Use (TU); Menopause; Osteonecrosis--Chemically
 Induced (CI); Osteoporosis--Drug Therapy (DT); *Osteoporosis--Etiology (ET)
 ; Osteoporosis--Physiopathology (PP); Uterine Neoplasms--Chemically Induced
 (CI); Vitamin D--Metabolism (ME)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-16-2 (Vitamin D); 7440-702 (Calcium); 9007-12-9
 (Calcitonin)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 25
-A-
 1360110 84200110
-W-
 Bone mineral measurements among middle-aged and elderly Japanese residents
 in Hawaii.
 Yano K; Wasnich RD; Vogel JM; Heilbrun LK
 Am J Epidemiol ,May 1984, 119 (5) p751-64,
-ISSN-
 0002-9262
-JrnlCode-
 3H3
 Contract/Grant No.: AG 02483-02
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Cross-sectional data of bone mineral content measured at five skeletal sites
 (distal radius and ulna, proximal radius and ulna, and os calcis) with
 single photon absorptiometry were obtained from a population of
 Japanese-Americans living in Hawaii, comprising 1368 men (aged 61-81 years)
 and 1098 women (aged 43-80 years). Age-specific mean values of bone mineral
 content for all skeletal sites were much greater for men than for women and
 decreased steadily with advancing age in both sexes. The decrease in bone
 mineral content with age across a 15-year age range was two to four times
 (depending on skeletal site) greater for women than for men. In multiple
 regression analyses, age, weight, and postmenopausal estrogen use were
 potent determinants of bone mineral content for all skeletal sites. Weight
 was more strongly related to bone mineral content of the os calcis than ar;e
 in both sexes. Height was significantly related only to the forearm bones.
 Strenuous exercise was significantly related to bone mineral content of the
 os calcis and the distal ulna only in men. When compared with US Caucasians
 of comparable sex and age, the Japanese in Hawaii have lower bone mineral
 contents of the radius. This may partly be explained by the difference in
 body size. Significant correlations were found between bone mineral content
 of appendicular bones and radiographically determined vertebral
 osteoporosis.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Bone and Bones--Analysis (AN); Cross Sectional Studies;
 Epidemiologic Methods Equipment and Supplies; EQUIPMENT; Estrogens;
 Exertion; Hawaii; Japan--Ethnology (EH); Menopause; Middle Age;
 *Minerals--Analysis (AN); Osteoporosis--Diagnosis (DI);
 *Osteoporosis--Occurrence (OC); Sex Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 26
-A-
 1327218 84167218
-W-
 Physical activity and osteoporosis in post-menopausal women.
 Oyster N; Morton M; Linnell S
 Med Sci Sports Exerc ,1984, 16 (1) p44-50,
-ISSN-
 0195-9131
-JrnlCode-
 MG8
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Osteoporosis is an accepted fact of the females aging process. This decrease
 in bone mass is most often linked to a lack of estrogen; however, prolonged
 inactivity is also known to cause atrophy in both muscle and bone. The
 purpose of this study was to investigate the relationship between the degree
 of osteoporosis and the physical activity levels of a group of
 post-menopausal women. Forty women between the ages of 60-69 yr were
 selected at random from a group of volunteers. The possible existence of a
 correlation between cortical diameter and activity level was investigated by
 using linear-model analysis. The width of the cortex may be related to many
 factors in addition to activity level. Some of the more important factors
 also considered were height, weight, ponderal index, age, years since taking
 estrogen, and total metacarpal diameter. The inclusion of these terms in the
 linear-model analysis allowed for an accounting of varibility as associated
 with variables that could not be held constant. The variables showing the
 most significant relationships with the cortical diameter were the activity
 level and the use of estrogen. The relationships investigated through the
 linear-model analysis do not need to be independent. It is possible that
 combinations of these variables act to retard or enhance osteoporosis.
 Therefore, because the primary concern of the investigators was the
 relationship between physical activity and osteoporosis, a t-test was
 performed comparing the 10 most active women with the 10 most
 sedentary.(ABSTACT TRUNCATED AT 250 WORDS)
 Tags: Female; Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Age Factors; Aged; Body Height; Body Weight; Bone and Bones--Anatomy and
 Histology (AH); Estrogens--Administration and Dosage (AD); *Exertion;
 Menopause; Middle Age; *Osteoporosis--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 27
-A-
 303162 84143162
-W-
 Single-dose cefoxitin prophylaxis for premenopausal women undergoing vaginal
 hysterectomy.
 Hemsell DL; Heard ML; Nobles BJ; Hemsell PG
 Obstet Gynecol ,Mar 1984, 63 (3) p285-90,
-ISSN-
 0029-7844
-JrnlCode-
 OC2
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 A prospective randomized blinded study was conducted comparing a single 2-g
 preoperative dose of cefoxitin with three 2-g doses of cefoxitin over 12
 hours given to pnemenopausal women scheduled for vaginal hysterectomy in
 Parkland Memorial Hospital. The incidence of major pelvic infection in 58
 women given one dose was 1.7%, and it was 3.7% for 54 women given three
 doses. The mean hospital stay (4.5 days) was similar for both regimens; for
 those who developed major infection it was eight day. More aerobic bacteria
 with altered species dominance and fewer anaerobic bacteria were recovered
 from the vaginal cuff at discharge from the hospital when compared with
 those recovered from the endocervix preoperatively. There was a trend toward
 increasing minimal inhibitory concentrations to cefoxitin in bacteria
 isolated after surgery, which as more frequent in women given three doses.
 There was not a statistically significant intergroup difference in the
 recovery of bacteria resistant to cefoxitin in vitro after surgery. A single
 preoperative dose of cefoxitin was as effective in preventing major
 infection as were three perioperative doses, while providing other real and
 thoretic benefits.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; *Bacterial Infections--Prevention and Control (PC);
 *Cefoxitin--Administration and Dosage (AD); Drug Administration Schedule;
 *Hysterectomy; *Hysterectomy, Vaginal; Menopause; *Premedication;
 Prospective Studies; Random Allocation
 CAS Registry No.: 35607-66-0 (Cefoxitin)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 28
-A-
 1279151 84119151
-W-
 Understanding osteoporosis. Cornerstone of prevention and treatment.
 Jackson TK; Ullrich IH
 Postgrad Med ,Feb 1 1984, 75 (2) p118-25,
-ISSN-
 0032-5481
-JrnlCode-
 PFK
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8405
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Osteoporosis, especially in the elderly, may be preventable. Postmenopausal
 white women appear to be primarily at risk. Investigations into the etiology
 have concentrated on calcium metabolism. New noninvasive tests may supplant
 iliac biopsy, which is currently the definitive test for osteoporosis. The
 importance of adequate calcium intake and exercise should be stressed, even
 in childhood. Once the disease is established, estrogen and calcium therapy
 and exercise may be beneficial.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Androgens--Therapeutic Use (TU); Calcium,
 Dietary--Administration and Dosage (AD); Estrogens--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Exertion; Fluorides--Therapeutic Use (TU); Menopause; Middle Age;
 Osteoporosis--Diagnosis (DI); Osteoporosis--Etiology (ET);
 *Osteoporosis--Prevention and Control (PC); Vitamin D--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-16-2 (Vitamin D)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 29
-A-
 131530 84152530
-W-
 Blood pressure and hemodynamics in postmenopausal women during estradiol-1
 beta substitution.
 Luotola H
 Ann Clin Res ,1983, 15 Suppl 38 p1-121,
-ISSN-
 0003-4762
-JrnlCode-
 53A
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Blood pressure, central hemodynamics and peripheral blood flow were measure
 at rest in 20 normotensive and 20 hypertensive postmenopausal women during
 cyclic placebo/estradiol-17 beta treatment. Micronized estradiol-17 beta was
 given in daily doses of 2 mg and 4 mg. Corresponding measurements were also
 performed during exercise in 10 borderline hypertensive subjects given
 estradiol-17 beta substitution in 2 mg daily doses for three months. In
 addition, electrocardiogram and changes in various hematological parameters
 were evaluated both at rest and during exercise. Cardiac output was
 determined by the isotope 113mIn radiocardiographic method, and peripheral
 blood flow was measured using the vena-occlusion plethysmograph. The serum
 estrone, estradiol, FS, LH and prolactin concentrations were determined by
 radioimmunoassay. Estradiol-17 beta substitution decreased the systolic and
 diastolic blood pressure in normotensive, hypertensive and borderline
 hypertensive postmenopausal women. The blood pressure of the hypertensive
 subjects decreased on average more than the blood pressure of the
 normotensive subjects. A statistically significant correlation was observed
 between the increase in serum estrone concentration and the decrease in
 systolic and diastolic blood pressures produced by the 4 mg daily doses of
 estradiol-17 beta in the hypertensive subjects. In the borderline
 hypertensive subjects systolic blood pressure was lower during estradiol-17
 beta substitution than before treatment even when measured during exercise.
 No dose-dependent effect was observed in connection with the decrease in
 blood pressure. Irrespective of the pretreatment blood pressure levels,
 heart rate decreased during estradiol-17 beta substitution. The change was
 most marked in hypertensive and borderline hypertensive women.increase in
 blood volume, which correlated significantly with the rise in bothsiv
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; *Blood Pressure--Drug Effects (DE); Clinical Trials;
 Electrocardiography; ECG; Estradiol--Blood (BL);
 *Estradiol--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Estrogens--Blood (BL); Exertion;
 Gonadotropins--Blood (BL); Heart Rate--Drug Effects (DE);
 *Hemodynamics--Drug Effects (DE); Hypertension--Physiopathology (PP);
 *Menopause--Drug Effects (DE); Middle Age; Radioimmunoassay; Random
 Allocation
 CAS Registry No.: 0-28-2 (Estradiol)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 30
-A-
 1281171 84121171
-W-
 Physiology and ecology of the vagina.
 Paavonen J
 Acand J Infect Dis [Suppl] ,1983, 40 p31-5,
-ISSN-
 0300-8878
-JrnlCode-
 UCY
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8405
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The human vagina is lined by stratified squamous epithelium which has no
 glands. Major components of the vaginal secretions are transudate through
 the vaginal walls, desquamating epithelial cells, cervical mucus, fluid from
 the upper genital tract, and leukocytes. Estrogens and sexual stimulation
 are examples of factors which increase vaginal fluid. Major organic
 constituents of the vaginal fluid are proteins, carbohydrates, and fatty
 acids. Organic acids arise as metabolic byproducts of vaginal bacterial
 flora, cause the vaginal odor and show cyclic changes except in oral
 contraceptive users. Qualitative and quantitative studies in humans as well
 as animal model studies have confirmed that the vaginal flora is a dynamic
 and closely interrelated system. Lactobacilli are most prevalent, but many
 other facultative and anaerobic organisms are present. An inverse
 relationship exists between the concentration of lactobacilli and other
 bacteria such as anaerobes. Aerobic bacteria decrease premenstrually whereas
 anaerobes, in general, remain at constant levels. During menarche,
 pregnancy, postpartum period, menopause, and postoperative trauma, dramatic
 changes occur in the microbial flora. The role of an IUD in causing changes
 in the microbial flora is under great scrutiny at the present time. Overall,
 disturbances in the vaginal ecosystem may have a potential impact on many
 diseases, and thus deserve careful studies.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Age Factors; Bacteroides--Isolation and Purification
 (IP); Child; Eubacterium--Isolation and Purification (IP); Exudates and
 Transudates--Analysis (AN); EXUDATES--Analysis (AN);
 Lactobacillus--Isolation and Purification (IP); Menarche; Menopause; Middle
 Age; Peptococcaceae--Isolation and Purification (IP); Pregnancy; PREGN;
 Staphylococcus epidermidis--Isolation and Purification (IP);
 Streptococcus--Isolation and Purification (IP); *Vagina--Microbiology (MI)
 Vagina--Secretion (SE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 31
-A-
 1245165 84085165
-W-
 [Female hygiene in the climacteric (material for talks)]
 Gigiena zhenshchiny v klimaktericheskom periode (material dlia besed).
 Kuznetsova AI
 Feldsher Akush ,Oct 1983, 48 (10) p38-41,
-ISSN-
 0014-9772
-JrnlCode-
 EVA
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; *Climacteric; Diet; Exertion; *Health Education; Hygiene; Menopause;
 Middle Age; Sex Behavior
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 32
-A-
 1227594 84067594
-W-
 The sparing interaction of bone mass determinants: a hypothesis with
 implications for osteoporosis.
 Sandler RB; LaPorte RE
 Med Hypotheses ,Sep 1983, 12 (1) p67-75,
-ISSN-
 0306-9877
-JrnlCode-
 M0M
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8403
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Estrogen and calcium are two well described determinants of postmenopausal
 skelatal mass. In protecting the organism against bone erosion, the two
 factors interact in a reciprocally sparing fashion. This manifests in the
 fact, that correction of the deficiency of one of the factors, as in the
 case of estrogen replacement therapy prevents further bone loss despite the
 persistence of unaltered calcium intakes. The obverse is also true. Large
 dietary calcium intakes lead to calcium balance, despite the unrelieved
 estrogen deficiency of the menopause. It is hypothesized that physical
 activity which functions as another bone mass determinant, may also exert a
 sparing effect, and thus lower the requirements for calcium intake and
 perhaps bypass the need for estrogen replacement in the menopause.
 Confirmation of this hypothesis could provide a method for a
 nonpharmacologic approach to the prevention of osteoporosis and perhaps even
 an effective therapy for the repletion of bone tissue in the depleted
 osteoporotic skeleton.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Bone and Bones--Drug Effects (DE); Calcium--Physiology (PH)
 Estrogens--Physiology (PH); Exertion; Menopause; *Osteoporosis--Etiology
 (ET)
 CAS Registry No.: 7440-70-2 (Calcium)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 33
-A-
 1131454 83286454
-W-
 The diagnosis and treatment of gynecologic disorders in elderly patients.
 Huffman JW
 Comr Ther ,Jul 1983, 9 (7) p54-60,
-ISSN-
 0098-8243
-JrnlCode-
 DMZde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8312
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Elderly women can develop any of the gynecologic disorders that occur prior
 to the menopause. They also experience some genital problems that are, for
 the most part, peculiar to their age. They should, therefore, receive
 periodic examinations, including tests for cancer, just as they did when
 they were younger. Many of their distressing symptoms, particularly those
 caused by hypoestrogenism, minor vulvar diseases, the vulvar dystrophies,
 stress incontinence, and relaxations of the pelvic musculofascial tissues,
 can be either alleviated or cured by appropriate treatment. Some of those
 who are still sexually active or who would like to be will be helped by
 counseling. With good care, given by one who appreciates their special need
 for understanding, gentleness, and patience, most of the genital disorders
 that affect elderly women can be diagnosed and treated in such a fashion
 that these patients, if not otherwise disabled, can lead relatively active
 lives.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Aged; Diagnosis, Differential; DIAG DIFFER; Estrogens--Deficiency (DF);
 Estrogens--Therapeutic Use (TU); Exertion; *Genital Diseases, Female;
 Genital Diseases, Female--Diagnosis (DI); Genital Diseases, Female--Therapy
 (TH); Genital Neoplasms, Female--Diagnosis (DI); Menopause; Middle Age; Sex;
 Urinary Incontinence, Stress--Therapy (TH); Vulvar Diseases--Diagnosis (DI);
 Vulvar Diseases--Therapy (TH); Vulvar Neoplasms--Diagnosis (DI)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 34
-A-
 1084628 83239628
-W-
 The assessment of physical activity in older women: analysis of the
 interrelationship and reliability of activity monitoring, activity surveys,
 and caloric intake.
 LaPorte RE; Black-Sandler R; Cauley JA; Link M; Bayles C; Marks B
 J Gerontol ,Jul 1983, 38 (4) p394-7,
-ISSN-
 0022-1422
-JrnlCode-
 IAVde:
 Contract/Grant No.: AM 21190
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8310
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The interrelationship and reliability of three different activity measures
 were examined in 76 postmenopausal women. The women wore Large Scale
 Integrated (LSI) activity monitors, completed the Pafenbarger Activity
 Survey, and completed 3-day food logs for determination of caloric
 intake/expenditure. The Paffenbarger survey was assessed twice, a year
 apart. The results indicated that caloric intake was a very poor index of
 activity. The LSI activity monitoring and Paffenbarger survey were both
 effective, reliable measures of physical activity. However, they appeared to
 measure somewhat different aspects of physical activity. The LSI measured
 physical activity associated with movement, whereas the surveys measured the
 intensity component of energy expenditure. The research indicated that it is
 important to evaluate the characteristics of the activity of interest in
 order to select a physical activity tool for assessing activity patterns in
 older women.
 Tags: Female; Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Aged; *Caloric Intake; *Diet; *Exertion; *Health Surveys; Menopause; Middle
 Age; Monitoring, Physiologic
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 35
-A-
 0880468 83035468
-W-
 Postmenopausal spinal osteoporosis: physical therapy and rehabilitation
 principles.
 Sinaki M
 Mayo Clin Proc ,Nov 1982, 57 (11) p699-703,
-ISSN-
 0025-6196
-JrnlCode-
 LLY
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8302
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 In this communication the physical therapy and rehabilitation measures
 utilized in the management of patients with spinal osteoporosis are
 discussed. The bone loss and the subsequent bone disease that occur in some
 older persons, and especially in postmenopausal women, call for special
 physical therapeutic measures. One should be cautious about prescribing
 exercises, for some may predispose the spine to undue sprain and strain.
 This principle applies to any exercise program, whether therapeutic or
 recreational.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Aged; Braces; Chronic Disease; Exertion; Fractures, Spontaneous--Etiology
 (ET); Kyphosis--Rehabilitation (RH); *Menopause; Osteoporosis--Complications
 (CO); *Osteoporosis--Rehabilitation (RH); Pain--Therapy (TH); Palliative
 Treatment; *Physical Therapy; Posture; *Spinal Diseases--Rehabilitation
 (RH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 36
-A-
 0875458 83030458
-W-
 Sweating sensitivity and capacity of women in relation to age.
 Drinkwater BL; Bedi JF; Loucks AB; Roche S; Horvath SM
 Institute of Environmental Stress, Univ. of California, Santa Barbara.
 J Appl Physiol (US) ,Sep 1982, 53 (3) p671-6,
-ISSN-
 0161-7567
-JrnlCode-
 HAL
 Contract/Grant No.: OH-00896
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8302
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Ten postmenopausal and ten younger women resed for 2 h in a 40 degrees ,
 22.2-Torr vapor pressure environment. Sweating response was monitored by
 resistance hygrometry for onset, a platform balance for whole-body sweat
 rate, and five individual capsules for regional sweat rate. Other variables
 measured included forearm blood flow, heart rate (HR), mean skin (Tsk) and
 rectal (Tre) temperatures, sweat electrolytis (Na+ and K+), oxygen uptake,
 and plasma volume changes. Preliminary tests included maximal aerobic power
 (VO2max) and percent body fat. Heat stress did not elicit any significant
 differences in sweating response between age groups. Indices of heat strain,
 Tre and HR, were also similar for both groups. The only significant
 difference between younger and older women was a higher Na+ concentration in
 the forearm sweat of postmenopausal women. No thermoregulatory responses
 were related to age, but both sweat rate (r = 0.48) and peak Tsk (r = -0.43)
 were related to VO2max. For healthy, active, older women aging did not
 diminish the functional capacity of the sweating mechanism to cope with heat
 stress while resting in this specific thermal environment.
 Tags: Female; Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adult; *Aging; Body Temperature Regulation; Body Temperature ;
 Forearm--Blood Supply (BS); Heart Rate; Heat; Middle Age; Regional Blood
 Flow; Stress--Physiopathology (PP); *Sweating
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 37
-A-
 0869131 83024131
-W-
 Postmenopausalosteoporosis [letter]
 Br Med J [Cln Res] ,Oct 30 1982, 285 (6350) p1273-4,
-JrnlCode-
 B4X
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8302
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Calcium--Therapeutic Use (TU); Exertion; *Menopause; *Osteoporosis--Drug
 Therapy (DT)
 CAS Registry No.: 7440-70-2 (Calcium)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 38
-A-
 0852594 83007594
-W-
 The epidemiology of physical activity in children, college students,
 middle-aged men, menopausal females and monkeys.
 LaPorte RE; Cauley JA; Kinsey CM; Corbett W; Robertson R; Black-Sandler R ;
 Kuller LH; Falkel J
 J Chronic Dis ,1982, 35 (10) p787-95,
-ISSN-
 0021-9681
-JrnlCode-
 HQV
 Contract/Grant No.: 5-34369
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8301
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Although the inverse relationship between physical activity and coronary
 heart disease (CHD) has been well documented, little is known concerning the
 epidemiology of physical activity. A primary reason for the lack of
 knowledge has been a problem of quantification of physical activity. We have
 employed the Large-Scale-Integrated (LSI)Activity Monitor in five diverse
 populations to measure individual physical activity levels. The results
 indicated that the instrument can accurately index individual physical
 activity levels, as well as to provide important information concerning the
 epidemiology of physical activity.
 Tags: Animal; Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Child; Epidemiologic Methods; Macaca fascicularis;
 Menopause; Middle Age; *Movement; Physical Fitness; Students
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 39
-A-
 0846253 83001253
-W-
 Postmenopausal osteoporosis [letter]
 Br Med J [Clin Res] ,Oct 2 1982, 285 (6346) p970-1,
-JrnlCode-
 B4Xe:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8301
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Calcium--Therapeutic Use (TU); Exertion; *Menopause; Middle
 Age; *Osteoporosis--Etiology (ET)
 CAS Registry No.: 7440-70-2 (Calcium)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 40
-A-
 0807269 82252269
-W-
 Spinal changes in relation to age, body weight and occupational stress]
 Wirbelsaulenveranderungen in Abhangigkeit vom Alter, Korpergewicht und
 beruflicher Belastung.
 Bruckner L; Apitz G; Baehnisch G; Dall E
 ZFA ,May-Jun 1982, 37 (3) p157-60,
-JrnlCode-
 XSR
-Lang-
 GERMAN
-JrnlAnn-
 8211
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Aging; Backache--Pathology (PA); *Body Weight *Exertion;
 Intervertebral Risk--Pathology (PA); Lordosis--Pathology (PA); Lumbar
 Vertebrae--Pathology (PA); Menopause; Middle Age; Obesity--Pathology (PA);
 *Occupational Diseases--Pathology (PA); *Spinal Diseases--Pathology (PA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 41
-A-
 0780749 82225749
-W-
 Menopause--a medical challenge [editorial]
 Yen SC
 West J Med ,Mar 1982, 136 (3) p242-4,
-ISSN-
 0093-0415
-JrnlCode-
 XN5
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8210
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Calcium--Metabolism (ME); Calcium, Dietary--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Estrogens--Therapeutic Use (TU); Exertion; *Menopause; Middle Age;
 Osteoporosis--Etiology (ET); Osteoporosis--Prevention and Control (PC);
 Progestational Hormones--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 7440-70-2 (Calcium)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 42
-A-
 0775908 82220908
-W-
 Effect of estrogen treatment on the genital tract flora of postmenopausal
 women.
 Larsen B; Goplerud CP; Petzold CR; Ohm-Smith MJ; Galask RP
 Obstet Gynecol ,Jul 1982, 60 (1) p20-4,
-ISSN-
 0029-7844
-JrnlCode-
 OC2
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8210
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The anaerobic and aerobic flora of the vagina was identified in 79
 postmenopausal women, 33 of whom received estrogen replacement. Four
 anaerobic species were more prevalent among estrogen-treated women than
 among untreated women, whereas 2 anaerobic species were less prevalent in
 the treated group. The types of organisms isolated from both groups are
 similar and all organisms isolated were considered usual inhabitants of the
 genital tract.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Aged; Anaerobiosis; Castration; *Estrogenic Substances,
 Conjugated--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Genitalia, Female--Microbiology (MI);
 *Menopause--Drug Effects (DE); Middle Age; *Premarin--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 Vagina--Microbiology (MI)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 43
-A-
 0748109 82193109
-W-
 Possible influence of physical activity on musculoskeletal symptoms of
 menopausal and postmenopausal women.
 Gregory CA
 JOGN Nurs ,Mar-Apr 1982, 11 (2) p103-7,
-ISSN-
 0090-0311
-JrnlCode-
 KS2
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8209
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The significance of this information is especially meaningful in determining
 nursing interventions that present minimal health risks and would be
 effective in reducing bone loss and diminish joint, bone, and muscle aches
 and pains experience by menopausal women. Nurses as role models, health
 professionals, and individuals can encourage, support, and teach these women
 to engage in regular physical exercise. Nurses can also become more
 knowledgeable regarding factors which influence the musculoskeletal
 symptoms, e.g., exercise program, smoking, heavy chores surrounding
 homemaking; and occupation by becoming involved in research in these areas
 and developing specific nursing interventions from the results.
 As stated above, the development of regular physical exercise habits in
 young girls and women of all ages could be an alternative solution in
 preventing and reducing musculoskeletal symptoms experienced during the
 climacteric period of life. The introduction of exercise regimens and the
 support of women engaged in regular physical activities could reduce the
 high cost of prolonged health care and human suffering in managing the
 consequences of postmenopausal osteoporosis, namely, fractures, immobility,
 deformities, and even death.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Climacteric; *Exertion; Hormones--Physiology (PH); Joint
 Diseases--Prevention and Control (PC); *Menopause; Middle Age; *Muscular
 Diseases--Prevention and Control (PC); *Osteoporosis--Prevention and Control
 (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 44
-A-
 0742881 82187881
-W-
 Estrogen and exercise in prevention and treatment of osteoporosis.
 Aloia JF
 Geriatrics ,Jun 1982, 37 (6) p81-5,
-ISSN-
 0016-867X
-JrnlCode-
 FO1de:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8209
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Aged; *Estrogens--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Exertion; Fractures,
 Spontaneous--Prevention and Control (PC); Menopause; Middle Age
 Osteoporosis--Complications (CO); Osteoporosis--Diet Therapy (DH);
 *Osteoporosis--Prevention and Control (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 45
-A-
 0631467 82076467
-W-
 The epidemiology of high density lipoprotein cholesterol levels in
 post-menopausal women.
 Cauley JA; LaPorte RE; Kuller LH; Black-Sandler R
 J Gerontol ,Jan 1982, 37 (1) p10-5,
-ISSN-
 0022-1422
-JrnlCode-
 IAVde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8204
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 High density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDLc) appears to be the most important
 risk factor of heart attack where increased HDLc levels are associated with
 reduced heart attack risk. Little is known regarding the determinants of
 HDLc in older women. The current research investigated possible HDLc
 correlates in 75 post-menopausal women. Obesity was negatively related and
 was the strongest determinant. Alcohol consumption and physical activity
 were also highly related. Of importance was that physical activity was
 related but only at the highest levels (greater than or equal to 2,000
 KiloCalories per week). The increased levels of HDLc as a function of
 physical activity was very interesting because the activities were of
 relatively low intensity suggesting that the amount of activity rather than
 intensity was the primary physical activity determinant of HDLc.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Aged; Alcohol Drinking; Analysis of Variance; *Cholesterol--Blood (BL);
 Exertion; Heart Rate; *Lipoproteins, HDL--Blood (BL); *Menopause; Middle
 Age; Obesity--Blood (BL)
 CAS Registry No.: 57-88-5 (Cholesterol)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 46
-A-
 0639126 82084126
-W-
 Bone mineral content in relation to age and menopause in middle-aged women.
 A study of bone density in lumbar vertebrae by dual photon absorptiometry in
 a population sample of women.
 Lindquist O; Bengtsson C; Hansson T; Roos B
 Scand J Clin Lab Invest ,May 1981, 41 (3) p215-23,
-ISSN-
 0036-551
-JrnlCode-
 UCP
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8204
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 As one phase of a comprehensive population study of women, bone density was
 determined in the third lumbar vertebra by dual photon absorptiometric
 technique. The method involves the use of two radionuclides, which both emit
 gamma radiation but with different energies (241Am with 59.6 keV and 137Cs
 with 662 keV). Women in three age strata were studied: 46, 54 and 62 years.
 The bone mineral content was higher in premenopausal or recently
 postmenopausal 54-year-old women than in women of the same age who had been
 postmenopausal for a long time (p less than 0.02). A similar trend was found
 for women aged 62. The differences could not be explained by differences in
 other factors studied, such as body height, body weight, smoking habits,
 numbers of pregnancies or physical inactivity. No significant differences
 were found when women with similar menstrual status in different age-groups
 were compared. In the ages studied, hormonal factors seem to be more
 important than the age per se for the development of oeteoporosis.
 Tags: Female; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Aging; Body Height; Body Weight; *Bone and Bones--Anatomy and Histology
 (AH); Bone and Bones--Metabolism (ME); Exertion; Lumbar Vertebrae--Anatomy
 and Histology (AH); Lumbar Vertebrae--Radionuclide Imaging (RI); *Menopause;
 Middle Age; *Minerals--Metabolism (ME); Parity; Smoking
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 47
-A-
 060605 82051050
-W-
 The upper vaginal and cervical anaerobic flora in menopausal women.
 Blum M; Elian I
 Eur J Ostet Gynaecol Reprod Biol ,Sep 1981, 12 (3) p183-7,
-ISSN-
 0028-2243
-JrnlCode-
 E4L
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8203
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The upper vaginal and cervical bacterial flora, especially the anaerobic one
 which has a particular role in postoperative morbidity, was studied in 78
 menopausal women between 48 and 78 yr of age. The aim of the present study
 was to compare the results obtained with those reported for bacterial flora
 in women of other age groups. The patients were divided into the following 3
 groups. (I) Twenty-eight healthy women with natural menopause; (II) 30
 women, 2-6 mth after surgical menopause due to panhysterectomy; and (III) 20
 menopausal women 3 mth after vaginal hysterectomy. 30.7% of the cultures
 were found to be sterile. The anaerobic bacteria, developed only in the
 presence of aerobic germs, represented 11.5% of the total number of cultures
 and was found to be formed by Streptococcus bacteroides sp. and Bacteroides
 fragilis. The vaginal flora of menopausal women is not different from that
 found in children, young women, in pregnancy or postpartum. The anaerobic
 germs isolated in our study are normal inhabitants of the vagina and cervix
 which may occasionally become pathogens.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Aged; Anaerobiosis; *Bacteria--Isolation and Purification (IP);
 Bacteroides--Isolation and Purification (IP); *Cervix Uteri--Microbiology
 (MI); Enterobacteriaceae--Isolation and Purification (IP); *Menopause;
 Middle Age; Staphylococcus--Isolation and Purification (IP);
 Streptococcus--Isolation and Purification (IP); *Vagina--Microbiology (MI)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 48
-A-
 0591653 82036653
-W-
 Nutritional, endocrine and demographic aspects of osteoporosis.
 Kleerekoer M; Tolia K; Parfitt AM
 Orthop Clin North Am ,Jul 1981, 12 (3) p547-59,
-ISSN-
 0030-5898
-JrnlCode-
 OKN
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8202
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS (53 Refs.)
 Tags: Animal; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Age Factors; Bone Development; Calcitonin--Physiology
 (PH); Child; Child, Preschool; Demography; Diet; *Estrogens--Deficiency
 (DF); Exertion; Infant; Infant, Newborn; Menopause; *Nutrition;
 *Osteoporosis--Etiology (ET); Osteoporosis--Occurrence (OC); Rats; Tobacco
 Use Disorder--Complications (CO); Vitamin D Deficiency--Complications (CO)
 CAS Registry No.: 9007-12-9 (Calcitonin)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 49
-A-
 0580228 82025228
-W-
 Pyometra.
 Muram D; Drouin P; Thompson FE; Oxor H
 Cal Med Assoc J ,Sep 15 1981, 125 (6) p589-92,
-ISSN-
 0008-4409
-JrnlCode-
 CKW
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8202
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Pyometra is a potentially lethal disease. Eighteen cases, all but one in
 postmenopausal women, were diagnosed at the Ottawa General and Ottawa Civic
 hospitals between 1974 and 1978 inclusive. A review of this series and of
 the literature demonstrates that a large proportion of cases (72% in this
 series) are associated with or follow radiotherapy for a malignant disease
 of the uterus and that anaerobic bacteria are frequently isolated from the
 uterine cavity (in 56% of the patients in this series). Because pyometra is
 potentially lethal (one patient in our series died) it should be considered
 as an abscess and treated promptly and vigorously by evacuation and
 continued drainage of the uterine cavity. Curettage of the cavity and the
 endocervical canal after dilatation is essential to rule out associated
 malignant disease as well as to debride the necrotic tissue. Antibiotics
 effective against aerobic and anaerobic bacteria should be given to all
 patients with signs of systemic infection. Once the infection is controlled,
 the underlying problem can be treated.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Cervix Neoplasms--Complications (CO); Menopause ; Middle Age;
 Ontario; Retrospective Studies; Suppuration; Uterine Diseases--Diagnosis
 (DI); *Uterine Diseases--Etiology (ET); Uterine Diseases--Pathology (PA);
 Uterine Diseases--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 50
-A-
 544705 81274705
-W-
 Treatment of postmenopausal osteoporosis: some current concepts.
 Chesnut CH 3d
 Scott Med J ,Jan 1981, 26 (1) p72-80,
-ISSN-
 0036-9330
-JrnlCode-
 UJK
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8112
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Aged; Calcitonin--Therapeutic Use (TU); Calcium Carbonate--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); Dichloromethylene Diphosphonate--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Ergocalciferol--Therapeutic Use (TU); Estrogens--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Exertion; Menopause; Methandrostenolone--Therapeutic Use (TU); Middle Age;
 *Osteoporosis--Therapy (TH); Sodium Fluoride--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Stanozolol--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 10418-03-8 (Stanozolol); 10596-23-3 (Dichloromethylene
 Diphosphonate); 471-34-1 (Calcium Carbonate); 50-14-6 (Ergocalciferol);
 72-63-9 (Methandrostenolone); 7681-9-4 (Sodium Fluoride); 9007-12-9
 (Calcitonin)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 51
-A-
 0317238 81047238
-W-
 Aerobic and anaerobic urethral flora of healthy females in various
 physiological age groups and of females with urinary tract infections.
 Marrie TJ; Swantee CA; Hartlen M
 J Clin Microbiol ,Jun 1980, 11 (6) p654-9,
-ISSN-
 0095-1137
-JrnlCode-
 HSH
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8103
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We characterized the aerobic and anaerobic urethral flora of healthy females
 in three physiological age groups (premenarcheal, reproductive, and
 postmenopausal) and of females with urinary tract infections. The mean
 number of species per sample was 6.5, 7.7, and 10.3 for each of the
 physiological age groups, respectively, and 6.5 for the urinary tract
 infection group. Marked quantitative changes were seen with age and disease.
 Aerobes accounted for 6?.6 and 73.8% of the flora of the premenar?heal and
 reproductive age groups, respectively, whereas anaerobes were dominant in
 the postmenopausal age group, accounting for 65.5% of the flora. Aerobic
 gram-negative rods were not isolated from any of the premenarcheal or
 reproductive-age subjects. Of the 10 postmenopausal subjects, 5 carried
 aerobic gram-negative rods, but these organisms accounted for only 1% of the
 flora. In contrast, they constituted 95% of the urethral flora of the
 urinary tract infection group. Bacteroides melaninogeneicus was commonly
 isolated and was the dominant isolate in the postmenopausal age group.
 Bacteroides fragilis was recovered from 7 of the 10 postmenopausal subjects,
 but these organisms constituted only 3% of the total flora. The factors
 responsible for the changes in urethral flora with age remain to be
 determined.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; *Bacteria--Isolation and Purification (IP);
 Bacteroides--Isolation and Purification (IP); Child; Child, Preschool;
 Corynebacterium--Isolation and Purification (IP); Escherichia
 Coli--Isolation and Purification (IP); E COLI--Isolation and Purification
 (IP); Lactobacillus--Isolation and Purification (IP); Menopause Middle Age;
 *Urethra--Microbiology (MI); *Urinary Tract Infections--Microbiology (MI)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 52
-A-
 0188898 80188898
-W-
 Vaginal microbial flora: practical and theoretic relevance.
 Larsen B; Galask RP
 Obstet Gynecol ,May 1980, 55 (5 Suppl) p100S-113S,
-ISSN-
 0029-7844
-JrnlCode-
 OC2
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8009
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The bacterial flora of the female reproductive tract is a focal point for
 the study of infectious disease in obstetrics and gynecology, as it is
 recognized that many pelvic infections involve bacteria resident on the
 cervical-vaginal epithelium. The vaginal flora contains a large variety of
 bacterial species, including aerobic and anaerobic organisms, as revealed by
 modern microbiologic methods. Recent studies have indicated that certain
 organisms commonly involved in pelvic infections particularly those
 following genital tract surgery, name Escherichia coli and Bacteroides
 fragilis, appear to be underrepresented in relationship to the infectious
 complications they cause. A possible explanation of this phenomenon has been
 suggested based on the finding that traumatic events in the reproductive
 tract, including parturition, surgery, and invasive malignancy, result in
 increased colonization by organisms commonly involved in pelvic infections.
 Other changes in the flora related to the host's hormonal milieu were
 identified and are generally less profound than those related to trauma. We
 have reviewed some of the newer aspects of our understanding of the genital
 flora, such as quantitation of the vaginal flora, which should continue to
 improve our understanding of the role of the genital flora in disease
 states. (56 Refs.)
 Tags: Animal; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; *Bacteria--Isolation and Purification (IP); Bacterial
 Infections--Microbiology (MI); Bacterial Infections--Physiopathology (PP);
 Child; Estrogens--Pharmacodynamics (PD); *Genital Diseases,
 Female--Microbiology (MI); Genital Diseases, Female--Physiopathology (PP);
 Genitalia, Female--Drug Effects (DE); Genitalia, Female--Surgery (SU);
 Lactobacillus--Isolation and Purification (IP); Menopause; Pregnancy; Rats;
 *Vagina--Microbiology (MI)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 008:154 53
-A-
 0107498 80107498
-W-
 Biological variations in laboratory tests (document D, stage 3).
 Bretaudiere JP; Buret J; Favre R; Gueguen R; Petitclerc C; Sachs C; Siest G;
 Vernet M; Zender R
 Ann Biol Clin (Paris) ,1979, 37 (4) p229-39,
-ISSN-
 0003-3898 Jrnl Code 4ZS
-Lang-
 ENG., FRENCH
-JrnlAnn-
 8006
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Age Factors; Body Weight; *Chemistry, Clinical; Circadian Rhythm; Climate;
 Drugs; Exertion; Fasting; Menopause; Nutrition; Periodicity; Pregnancy;
 *Reference Values; Sex Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 1
-A-
 1968447 5W5189
-W-
 The Spanish Municipal Social Service Center as the Basic Provider of
 Services
 Kelley, Joseph B.
 San Diego State U, CA 92182
 Administration in Social Work 1984, 8, 4, winter, 93-96.
 -CODEN-
 ASWODB
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 A case study of the decentralization of social services to regional areas in
 Spain, based on evidence from the program offered in Barcelona by the region
 of Cataluna. All available social services are offered under a single public
 entity at the municipal level. In cases where individuals or families have
 more than one type of need, a generalist social worker or designated
 specialist social worker carries total responsibility. All workers are
 involved in community organization, seen as an integral part of the program,
 as a means for residents to meet community needs & to participate in
 planning social services for the area. Modified Author Summary
-Desc-
 Social service, Social services (432805); Spain, Spanish (439150)
-Ident-
 social services decentralization, Barcelona, Spain;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 2
-A-
 1968426 85W5168
-W-
 An Alternative Tradition in Social Work: Bertha Capen Reynolds, 1885-1978
 Cullen, Yvonne Taylor
 U Sydney, New South Wales 2006 Australia
 Catalyst (US) 1983, 4, 3 (15), 55-73.
 -CODEN-
 CTLSDV
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA
 The life & work of Bertha Capen Reynolds (1885-1978) exemplify an
 alternative to conventional, conservative social work methods. Reynolds was
 skeptical about the professionalization of social work, & sought to give
 social work clients an active rather than passive role. She saw social work
 as needing a dual focus: the individual & the sociopolitical forces that
 cause personal suffering. She was aware of the class struggle & stressed the
 need for social workers to take it into account. Forced out of her
 profession by anticommunism, she turned to recording the history of social
 work & to stating her position on political issues. Her work has now begun
 to gain recognition as a prototype for socialist practice in social work. W.
 H. Stoddard
-Desc-
 Social work (433700)
-Ident-
 social work methods, Berta Capen Reynolds;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 3
-A-
 1968384 85W5126
-W-
 Toward a Continuum of Services for the Elderly
 Morris, Robert
 Florence Heller Graduate School Advanced Studies Social Welfare Brandeis U,
 Waltham MA 02254
 Jrnl of Visual Impairment and Blindness 1981, 75, 3, Mar, 126-130.
 -CODEN-
 JVIBDM
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 An examination of the existing system of providing health & social services
 to the US's elderly population concludes that, in the next few decades, much
 will have to be done to smooth out the continuum of services provided to
 this ever-increasing group. Five alternative approaches are suggested to
 achieve this goal: (1) deprofessionalization of some tasks in human service
 agencies, (2) alteration of the existing service mechanisms & systems, (3)
 major reconstruction of the existing system, (4) better preparation for
 retirement, & (5) improving the linkage between professionals & between
 agencies. 2 References. HA
-Desc-
 US, US (477200); Elder, Elders, Elderly (149733) Health care (208100);
 Social service, Social services (432805)
-Ident-
 US elderly's health/social service continuum;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-specific problems in highly industrialized countries (aging,
 women, minorities, health, fertility, etc.); (6140)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 4
-A-
 1968336 85W5078
-W-
 Purchase of Service: Forging Public-Private Partnerships in the Human
 Services
 Gibelman, Margaret; Demon, Harold W., Jr.
 The Urban and Social Change Review 1983, 16, 1, winter, 21-26.
 -CODEN-
 USCRB2
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 In response to the decreasing public funding of social services in the US, a
 model for forging public-private relationships, through purchase of services
 arrangements, to provide human services is presented. Under this arrangement
 private agencies are contracted by government agencies, which will
 increasingly find themselves referring patients rather than treating them.
 Future prospects for a viable partnership are outlined, following a review
 of the historical aspects of public-private linkages in human services, &
 delineation of examples of contractual interactions between the two.
 Fiscally, public-private partnerships may prove to be the most realistic
 alternative for promoting the use of scarce resources, while politically
 they are a necessity. Data on the success of existing partnerships do not
 exist or are inconclusive, & the role each sector will play demands
 clarification. 27 References. W. Adams
-Desc-
 Human Services (217120); Public service, Public services (363150); Business,
 Businesses (068000)
-Ident-
 public-private human services provision model;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-private sector and/or public sector activities; (6130)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 5
-A-
 1968315 85W5057
-W-
 Ethnic and Cultural Variations in the Care of the Aged
 Contributor (s): Cacciola, Eugene J.; Lightfoot, Orlando B.; Baker, F. M.
 Delgado, Melvin; Rizzuto, Ana-Maria; Szapocznik, Jose; Kurtines, William M.;
 Santisteban, David; Perez-Vidal, Angel
 Jrnl of Geriatric Psychiatry 1982, 15, 2, 197-281.
 -CODEN-
 JGPSBZ
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 In Some Aspects of Working with the Italian Elderly, Eugene J. Cacciola
 (Freedom Trail Clinic, Boston, Mass) examines the background of cultural &
 subcultural styles of the Italian-American family to consider how they
 affect individual & family functioning in the aging family & hinder social
 service intervention. Description is provided of a hypothetical composite of
 an aging couple who exemplify some problems common to first&
 second-generation Italian-American families, highlighting difficulties they
 encounter in therapeutic intervention. In Psychiatric Intervention with
 Blacks: The Elderly-A Case in Point, Orlando B. Lightfoot (Boston University
 School of Medicine, Mass) examines the effect of race, social class, &
 racism on disease incidence & health care service delivery, focusing on
 elderly blacks, who are more prone to certain illnesses due to their
 overrepresentation in the lower classes. Illustration of these issues is
 provided via a case vignette of an elderly black F. In Discussion: The Black
 Elderly: Biopsychosocial Perspectives within an Age Cohort and Adult
 Development Context, F. M. Baker (Yale University School of Medicine, New
 Haven, Conn) expands on Lightfoots' arguments, discussing the implications
 of the heterogeneous cultural, religious, socioeconomic, & genetic
 backgrounds of blacks for therapeutic intervention, also focusing on the
 elderly black client. Melvin Delgado (Boston University School of Social
 Work, Mass) addresses problems faced in planning human service delivery for
 the growing population of elderly Hispanic Americans in Hispanic Elderly and
 Natural Support Systems: A Special Focus on Puerto Ricans. Recommendations
 are made for using the elderly as valuable resources within the major
 natural support systems of the Puerto Rican community in providing health
 serv& the increasing Americanization of ylderly: A Life Enhancement Coues.
 K. Hyatt
-Desc-
 Elder, Elders, Elderly (149733); Ethnicity, Ethnicism (160135); Social
 service, Social services (432805); Health care (208100)
-Ident-
 elderly, social/health service care, ethnic/cultural considerations;
 six-article discussion;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 6
-A-
 1968287 85W5029
-W-
 Cooptation of Alternative Services: The Battered Women's Movement as a Case
 Study
 Sullivan, Gail
 Catalyst (US) 1982, 4, 2 (14), 39-56.
 -CODEN-
 CTLSDV
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA
 Cooptation, a process that turns radical demands into acceptable changes
 that do not threaten the status quo, is a menace to all politically
 motivated service work; its effect on the battered women's movement is
 examined here. This movement is particularly susceptible to cooptation, due
 to the extent to which it must rely on the resources of a system that helps
 foster battering through sexist myths & patriarchial practices. Discussed
 are problems that arise in this regard with respect to: (1) the criminal
 justice system; (2) funding sources; (3) social service agencies; (4) the
 right-wing political movement; (5) the lack of political direction &
 planning; (6) focus on the number rather than organization & empowerment of
 services; (7) careerism; & (8) the conservatism of fundraising. Suggestions
 for battling cooptation are provided. 2 Resources. K. Hyatt
-Desc-
 Co-optation, Co-optive (115540); Battered (051240)
-Ident-
 alternative services cooptation, battered women's movement;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 7
-A-
 1968278 85W5020
-W-
 Inducement as an Approach to Exercising Influence
 Simons, Ronald L.
 Iowa State U, Ames 30010
 Social Work 1985, 30, 1, Jan-Feb, 56-62.
 -CODEN-
 SOWOA8
 Pub. Year: 1985
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 An examination of the principles of inducement used by social workers to
 influence their clients. If incentive is the reason for action, unrewarded
 behavior is likely to be discontinued. The practitioner inducing a
 behavioral change in a client must then use the smallest possible incentive,
 gradually eliminating the reward, while simultaneously pointing out natural
 reinforcers & positive consequences of the new behavior. The symbolic value
 of rewards lies in the information they communicate about the intentions &
 attitudes of the individual or group offering them. Practitioners should
 offer rewards that are "fair, forthright, & nonpatronizing, " to keep from
 threatening the client's freedom. To select effective rewards, the social
 worker must: know the consequences the client values; ensure that the
 rewards are perceived as fair; describe the rewards offered; & explain why
 they are a fair exchange for the desired behavior. If fair rewards are not
 sufficient motivators for behavior change, the individual, or group, has a
 power advantage, which must be balanced in the therapeutic relationship by
 finding alternative rewards or limiting them. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Behavior, Behavioral (051300); Reward, Rewards, Rewarding (391000); Social
 work (433700)
-Ident-
 behavior inducement principles, social workers' use;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 8
-A-
 1968262 85W5004
-W-
 Beyond Legal Services
 Scallet, Leslie J.
 New England Jrnl of Human Services 1984, 4, 3, summer, 12-17.
 -CODEN-
 NEJSD3
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: Unites States
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Legal services are examined as an essential part of humn services provision
 in a time of economic retrenchment. Focus is on attempts of legal services
 to represent the civil claims of the poor. Aspects of accountability, the
 implications for service provision of new technologies, & trends toward
 decentralization are considered in their implications for the delivery of
 legal services. Changes in strategies resulting from economic cutbacks by
 government are predicted, eg, less attention to constitutional & class
 action cases, & increased emphasis on private enforcement suits & coalition
 formation. Implications for more client involvement in legal actions
 affecting them & the resumption of more traditional relations between
 clients & lawyers are addressed. D. Dunseath
-Desc-
 Lawyer, Lawyers (249460); Human Service (217120)
-Ident-
 legal services, poor's civil claims representation, funding cutbacks;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 9
-A-
 1968231 85W4973
-W-
 Divorce Counseling and Divorce Mediation: A Survey of Mental Health
 Professionals' Views
 Musty, Timothy A.; Crago, Marjorie
 Mediation Quarterly 1984, 6, Dec, 73-85.
 -CODEN-
 MEQUEY
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Mental health professionals may have difficulty in defining & properly
 addressing the differences between divorce counseling & divorce mediation
 due to the youth of the mediation field, & to past conceptions that
 medidtion & therapy are closely allied. A high potential for problems
 resulting from a lack of adequate conflict management skills is
 hypothesized. Analysis of questionnaires (number of cases = 52) distributed
 to Tucson, Ariz, psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, & counselors
 reveals that respondents had a good understanding of the differing goals of
 mediation & counseling. However, only three identified themselves as trained
 mediators. Adequate training of mental health professionals is suggested to
 increase the success of the divorce mediation alternative. 4 Tables, 16
 References. R. McCarthy
-Desc-
 Divorce, Divorced (135700); Counseling, Counselor,
 Counselors, marital; (see alsoMarriage counseling) (116400); Psychologist,
 Psychologists (357700); Psychiatrist, Psychiatrists (352000); Social worker,
 Social workers (433850)
-Ident-
 divorce counseling vs mediation,
 psychiatrists'/psychologists'/counselors'/social workers' understanding;
 questionnaires; Tucson, Arizona;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 10
-A-
 1968176 85W4918
-W-
 New Hope for the Teenage Outcast: The Family Placement of Disturbed and
 Delinquent Adolescents
 Hazel, K. Nancy 27 Clifton Gardens, Canterbury Kent CT2 8DR England
 International Jrnl of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology 1982, 26,
 1, Apr, 62-71.
 -CODEN-
 IOTCAH
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Described is a 5-year foster home program involving 156 problem adolescents
 (aged 14-17) in Kent, England. Foster parents were relatively well paid, &
 the program offered a rewarding career alternative to intelligent women who
 did not wish to work outside their homes. Over 70% of the adolescents
 exhibited marked behavioral improvement, supporting the hypothesis that
 foster parents with children of their own could cope better & provide
 greater continuity of care than social workers or residential car
 facilities. Complete details of the project are provided in A Bridge to
 Independence: The Kent Family Placement Project (Hazel, K. Nancy, Oxford:
 Blackwell, 1981). 10 References. K. Hyatt
-Desc-
 Foster, Fosters, Fosterage, Fosterhome, Fosterhomes (187175); Delinquency,
 juvenile (126140); Disturb, Disturbed, Disturbing (135655); Adolescence,
 Adolescent, Adolescents (014600); England, English; (see also Britain, Great
 Britain, UK) (156300)
-Ident-
 foster home program, disturbed/delinquent adolescents, Kent, England;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 11
-A-
 1968073 85W4815
-W-
 Privatized Social Service Systems: Lessons from Ontario Children's Services
 Hurl, Lorna F.
 Canadian Public Policy/Analyse de Politiques 1984, 10, 4, Dec, 395-405.
 -CODEN-
 CPPODB
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: Canada
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA
 Many Western governments (including Canadian provincial & federal levels)
 are embarking upon the process of "reprivatization" particularly in the
 social services. Primary motives for this undertaking are promises of
 efficiency & economy. Little attention is being given to the impact of
 reprivatization upon social service systems in terms of integration,
 comprehensiveness, accessibility, & the equitable distribution of services.
 Examined are the dynamics of the Ontario Children's Service System, a
 heavily privatized social service agency, in order to assess the effects
 that the delegation of services to the nongovernmental sector & the
 resulting entrenchment of the interest group process have upon the
 functioning of the system. A number of problems are identified as being
 inherent in the (re)privatized welfare systems & an alternative system, the
 introduction of normative principles to existing social planning fields, is
 considered. 37 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Social service, Social services (432805); Privacy, Private (347200); Child,
 Children, Childhood (08100); Ontario, Canada (310700)
-Ident-
 social service privatization, Ontario Children's Services System case;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-welfare services (poverty); (6110)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 12
-A-
 1968060 85W4802
-W-
 Social Services and Local Democracy in Yugoslavia
 Bartlett, Will
 European U Instit, 50016 San Domenico di Fiesole Florence Italy
 Community Development Jrnl 1985, 20, 1, Jan, 18-23.
 -CODEN-
 CYDJAU
 Pub. Year: 1985
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 The development of social services in post-World War II Yugoslavia as
 paralleled the process of decentralization. The key part of that process has
 been introduction of a self-management system with the avowed objective of
 shifting as much decision making as possible to the local level. The general
 structure of self-managed institutions is discussed, including the peculiar
 position & financing of social institutions that have no independent means
 of raising revenue. A primary feature of social services discussed is urban
 services. 1 Figure, 10 References. S. Karganovic
-Desc-
 Social service, Social services (432805), Yugoslav, Yugoslavs, Yugoslavia
 (495000)
-Ident-
 social services, Yugoslavia, decentralized/self-managament approach;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-welfare services (poverty); (6110)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 13
-A-
 1967532 85D3535
-W-
 The Crisis of Urbanization in Asia: Finding Alternatives to Megalopolitan
 Growth
 Rondinelli, Dennis A.
 Maxwell School Citizenship & Public Affairs Syracuse U, NY 13210
 Jrnl of Social, Political and Economic Studies 1985 10, 1, spring,
 69-86.
 -CODEN-
 JPSDD2
 Pub. Year: 1985
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 One means by which governments in Asian countries can begin to cope with the
 rapid urbanization & high level of concentration of urban population in
 megalopolitan cities is to develop secondary cities & small towns. These can
 provide suitable locations for agroprocessing & small scale manufacturing,
 markets, commercial services, & public services & facilities. Many offer
 off-farm employment opportunities for rural migrants & rural households in
 surrounding areas. Asian governments can promote the growth of these cities
 & towns by investing in infrastructure, productive support services, &
 social services, thus making these centers more attractive to rural
 migrants. Moreover, the development of secondary cities & towns can promote
 rural & agricultural development in nonmetropolitan regions &, over time,
 begin to recieve population growth pressures on the megalopolitan
 conurbations. Lacking a system of secondary cities & towns, wit is unlikely
 that attempts to control the growth of megalopolitan centers or to
 decentralize industrial activities in them will succeed. 3 Tables. Modified
 AA
-Desc-
 Asia, Asian, Asians, Asiatic (039500); Urbanization,
 Urbanized, Urbanizing (478150); Megalopolis (265725)
-Ident-
 Asian urbanization crisis, megalopolitan growth alternatives;
-SectHd-
 social development-community and urban development; (8355)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 14
-A-
 1967516 85D3519
-W-
 Housing Policies in Central America: Political and Economic Constraints
 Goodrich, James A.
 School Business & Public Administration U Pacific, Stockton CA 95211
 Habitat International 1982, 6, , 461-470.
 -CODEN-
 HBINDW
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Comparative analysis of housing policies in Costa Rica, El Salvador, &
 Honduras reveals significant parallels in governmental performance & policy
 content. These are discussed in relation to some powerful political &
 economic constraints limiting housing policy choices that contribute to such
 cross-national similarities. Problems of institutional change &
 possibilities for housing policy innovations are considered. Policy
 innovation possibilities are important, because new approaches & methods are
 keys to improvement in housing services delivery & regime performance.
 Nevertheless, as long as the underlying political & economic realities that
 have characterized policy making in this region for many years are still
 operative, alternative housing policies, conceived of as major
 redistributive efforts, are unlikely to occur. They will probably continue
 to supplement existing programs. Within housing policy subsystems, financial
 institutions are unlikely to ever embrace consumer oriented approaches (eg,
 loans for upgrading squatter settlements), & these are the most powerful
 units in terms of control over housing resources. Government policies to
 encourage nonconventional developments are therefore likely to be channeled
 through public agencies or private nonprofit organizations, & will be
 dependent on international lenders' willingness to provide resources for
 such programs. 1 Table. Modified AA
-Desc-
 Honduras, Honduran, Hondurans (215135); Housing (216400); Costa Rica, Costa
 Rican, Costa Ricans (116225); El Salvador (151300)
-Ident-
 housing policies, Costa Rica/El Salvador/Honduras; political/economic
 constraints;
-SectHd-
 social development-community and urban development; (8355)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 15
-A-
 1967419 85D3421
-W-
 Local Coproduction of Services and the Analysis of Municipal Productivity
 Brudney, Jeffrey L.
 U Georgia Athens 30602
 Urban Affairs Quarterly 1984, 19, 4, June, 465-484.
 -CODEN-
 UAQUAM
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Local coproduction of services as an approach to enhancement of municipal
 productivity is analyzed with respect to three models of productivity: (1)
 cost efficiency, the effect of changes in service inputs on the outputs of
 service delivery; (2) cost effectiveness, comparison of alternative service
 delivery arrangements with respect to cost & quality &/or quantity of
 outputs achieved; & (3) program worthiness, evaluation of service delivery
 programs according to legal, moral, or political criteria. The analysis
 suggests that the addition of citizens to the production of services can
 increase cost efficiency in municipal government. However, large
 mass-volunteer programs that attempt to replace a sizable portion of the
 public work force with citizen labor are unlikely to offer a cost-effective
 alternative. From the perspective of program worthiness, although
 coproduction programs confront pragmatic problems of political acceptance &
 challenges to service equity, they may enhance democratic values in urban
 governance. 40 References. HA
-Desc-
 Urban; (see also Ru, Ur) (478000); Service, Services (417660)
-Ident-
 coproduction programs cost efficiency/effectiveness/worthiness;
-SectHd-
 social development-community participation; (8320)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 16
-A-
 167353 85Q0992
-W-
 Applied Research in Human Services: A Federally Funded Study of Model
 Information and Referral Systems in the US
 Dukes, Nancy; Shanahan, James R.; Gargan, John J.; Dukes, Duane
 Ohio Coll Podiatric Medicine, Cleveland 44106
 Jrnl of Applied Sociology 1984, 1, 1, 31-60.
 -CODEN-
 JASOEX
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 A systems model is proposed for information & referral services, designed to
 bring together people in need & human services agencies. The key elements of
 successful information & referral services are identified, & seven systems
 are described that function in an exemplary manner, selected from a sample
 of 131 systems nominated by experts in the field. Exemplary practices are
 noted for each of these systems, & used to formulate a model for effective
 service. 1 Table, 28 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Human Services (217120)
-Ident-
 human services, information/referral, systems model;
-SectHd-
 clinical sociology-clinical sociology; (3166)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 17
-A-
 167204 85Q0843
-W-
 Community Work and Political Struggle: What Are the Possibilities of Working
 on the Contradictions
 Corrigan, Paul
 U Warwick, Coventry CV4 7AL England
 The Sociological Review Monograph 1975, 21, Nov, 57-73.
 -CODEN-
 SRMNAA
 Pub. Year: 1975
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 The role of community activists in capitalist societies & the problems they
 encounter are examined, with particular emphasis on the plight of those
 individuals representing social work, the church, & the local working class
 itself. It is argued that community workers serve to preserve the political
 ideology of the state through maintaining power & control over the working
 class; this role is often at odds with these Left-inclined individuals' more
 humanitarian leanings, resulting in feelings of guilt & confusion over the
 degree of intervention into working class political activities. These moral
 difficulties are due to the lack of a cohesive theory of method that would
 allow community workers to balance their consciences with the often
 oppressive political activities required by their jobs. Alternative models
 proposed based on a Marxist analysis emphasize: (1) recognition of the
 unequivocally political nature of all community work, (2) making decisions
 as to the morality of an intervention before any action takes place, & (3)
 discovering specific experiential problems of the working class rather than
 creating issues, & relating these experiential issues to a wider class
 analysis of the causes of oppression. 10 References. K. Hyatt
-Desc-
 Community, Communities, Communitarian (104000); Worker, Workers (492500);
 Political philosophy (339725)
-Ident-
 community workers, state political ideology maintenance vs working-class
 conscience;
-SectHd-
 community development-sociology of communities and regions; (2317)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 18
-A-
 167168 85Q0807
-W-
 Where Have All the Dollars Gone?
 Hale, Jeffrey A.
 Community Congress San Diego, 1172 Morena Blvd San Diego CA 92110
 Jrnl of Alternative Human Services 1981, 7, 2, July, 15-16.
 -CODEN-
 COJSDK
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA
 Directed toward nonprofit community-based social service organizations in
 need of funding, an alternative is offered to traditional "how to"
 fundrising approaches. Difficulties that agencies encounter in using typical
 methods of procuring funds-including direct mail campaigns, individual
 donors, foundations, corporations, the government, & grassroots fundraising
 such as raffles, bakesales, & car washes-are discussed. It is suggested that
 community agendas abandon these so called "quick & easy" methods & create
 their own custom-made paths to needed funds. Ways to improve typical
 fundraising methods are noted, & agencies advised to review their purpose,
 goals, assets, & liabilities in order to develop new directions to raise
 funds. Community-based agencies could enhance their ability to become
 self-sufficient by utilizing their areas of skill & expertise in the
 marketplace. Modified AA
-Desc-
 Social service, Social services (432805); Fund, Funds,
 Funding (191560)
-Ident-
 nonprofit community social service organizations, alternative fundraising
 approach;
-SectHd-
 social problems and social welfare-applied sociology (social work); (2148)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 19
-A-
 167147 85Q0786
-W-
 The Utilization of Discretionary Services by the Hispanic Elderly: A Causal
 Analysis
 Starrett, Richard A.; Decker, James T.
 School Social Work Barry U, Miami FL 33161
 California Sociologist 1984, 7, 2, summer, 159-180.
 -CODEN-
 CASODN
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 A test of the applicability of R. A. Ward's (see SA 26: 1/78J1399)
 conceptual framework of medical service utilization for studying
 discretionary social service use by the Hispanic elderly. The relative
 importance of the determinants of discretionary service use were examined,
 using secondary data from a national needs assessment interview of 1, 805
 noninstitutionalized elderly Hispanics. Thirty-seven variables, including
 individual, community, & family characteristics, were selected & analyzed,
 employing the multiple regression technique of path analysis. The findings
 indicate that knowledge of & need for social services, annual family income,
 perceived health status, & ethnicity have direct effects on the use of
 services. The complexity of service utilization behavior is discussed. 3
 Tables, 1 Figure, 54 References. Modified AA
-Desc-
 Hispanic (214?00); Elder, Elders, Elderly (149733); Social service, Social
 services (432805)
-Ident-
 Hispanic elderly's social services utilization determinants; national needs
 assessment interview; R. A. Ward's medical service use model;
-SectHd-
 social problems and social welfare-social gerontology (2143)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 20
-A-
 167068 85Q707
-W-
 General Practice, Ethnicity and Health Services Delivery
 Rathwell, Tom
 U Leeds, LS2 9JT England
 Social Science and Medicine 1984, 19, 2, 123-130.
 -CODEN-
 SSCMAW
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 The effects in GB of the transition to a multiethnic society on conventional
 modes of general medical practice are explored. Six factors necessary for
 understanding the health needs of ethnic minorities are proposed: (1)
 recognition of cultural differences determining ethnic minority attitudes
 toward health & health care; (2) elucidation of minority distrust of
 physicians & medical facilities; (3) illumination of the stigma attached to
 certain diseases by some ethnic groups; (4 overcoming the difficulties
 imposed by different lifestyles & languages; (5) transformation of the
 attitudes of health care providers concerning minorities; & (6)
 consideration of the social & psychological stresses experienced by
 minorities in adapting to a new lifestyle. Present conditions are argued to
 highlight the inability of the conventional medical model to meet these
 needs, & an alternative approach is suggested. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Medicine, Medicinal (265500); Ethnicity, Ethnicism (160135) Great Britain;
 (see also Britain, England, UK) (197530)
-Ident-
 general medical practice, GB; multiethnicity;
-SectHd-
 sociology of health and medicine-sociology of medicine (public health);
 (2045)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 21
-A-
 167037 85Q0676
-W-
 Women and Work: An Investigation of the Association between Health and
 Employment Status in Middle-Aged Women
 Jennings Susan; Mazaik, Cheryl; McKinlay, Sonja
 Cambridge Research Center/AIR, 22 Hilliard St MA 02138
 Social Science and Medicine 1984, 19, 4, 423-431.
 -CODEN-
 SSCMAW
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 The relationship between unemployment & health outcomes in middle-aged
 women, in the US, is studied in a longitudinal analysis of 52 females &
 cross-sectional analysis of 7, 628 females aged 45-55 from Mass. Sixty-nine
 percent of them were employed for pay, 24% were full-time homemakers, 5%
 were unemployed, & 2% had an unemployed spouse in the cross-sectional study,
 where health measures included self-assessments, physical & psychological
 symptoms, health-related behaviors, & preventive measures. Intervening
 variables considered were: age, education, household composition, frequency
 of association with relatives & friends, & chronic conditions. Employed
 women were found to have the fewest health problems, while the unemployed
 reported the most health problems & behaviors relating to ill health.
 Unemployed females assessed their own health as worse than that of their
 peers, especially when they had less than 12 years of education. These
 findings may be due to women excluding themselves from the labor force
 because of ill health, or losing their jobs for the same reason. The first
 9-month follow-up of the longitudinal study showed: a low frequency of
 negative health outcomes after job losses, & a decrease in health status &
 increase in symptoms in those women who had worked at least half of their
 adult life, experienced an income decrease, lived alone, & experienced a
 large number of stressful events. The results of both studies agree that
 women who work are healthier than those who do not. 8 Tables, 42 References.
 Modified HA
-Desc-
 Unemployed, Unemployment (475700); Health, Healthy (208000) Woman, Women;
 (see also Female) (490000)
-Ident-
 unemployment status/health correlation, middle-aged women; longitudinal
 study;
-SectHd-
 sociology of health and medicine-sociology of medicine (public health);
 (2045)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 22
-A-
 167001 85Q0640
-W-
 Socioeconomic Factors Associated with Malaria in Colombia
 Banguero, Harold
 School Economics U Los Andes, 4976 Bogota Colombia
 Social Science and Medicine 1984, 19, 10, 1099-1104.
 -CODEN-
 SSCMAW
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 Though a program for malaria eradication in Colombia has operated
 successfully since 1953, the incidence of the disease has been steadily
 rising since 1971, raising the possibility that traditional methods of
 treating it have reached a saturation point, & demanding a reexamination of
 social, health, & economic factors that may be contributing to its increase.
 Based on an expanded version of G. Becker's home economics model ("A Theory
 of the Allocation of Time, " Economic Jrnl, 1965, Sept), 217 households
 experiencing at least one case of malaria & a similar number of nonaffected
 households in the Cunday-Villarica area were administered questionnaires
 assessing demographic, social, economic, & housing conditions, & the
 availability of health/social services to the individual, household, &
 community. Coupled with laboratory tests & epidemiological histories
 collected by malaria campaign officers, this information file revealed that
 the most salient variable associated with increased malaria incidence was
 low income. Raising this seems to be the solution to the long-term
 eradication of the disease, while epidemiological factos such as DDT
 spreading, mosquito nets, & antimalaria drugs are proving effective as
 temporary methods of reducing its incidence. 3 Tables, 10 References.
 Modified HA
-Desc-
 Disease, Diseases (134400); Colombia, Colombian (097000); Socioeconomic
 status; (see also Socioeconomic) (434500)
-Ident-
 malaria incidence, Colombia; socioeconomic factors; questionnaires, lab
 tests, epidemiological histories; households with/without malaria,
 Cunday-Villarica area;
-SectHd-
 sociology of health and medicine-sociology of medicine (public health);
 (2045)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 23
-A-
 166936 85Q0575
-W-
 Definitions of Life Situation and Marital Adjustment
 Dean, Dwight G.; Carlson, Robert Swan
 Iowa State U, Ames 50011
 Jrnl of Comparative Family Studies 1984, 15, 3, autumn, 441-448.
 -CODEN-
 JCFSAO
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: Canada
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 To test the hypothesis that felt pressures from outside the family social
 system (eg, school, work) tend to decrease marital adjustment, a random
 sample of married students from a midwestern University was selected (number
 of cases = 290, of whom 261 completed questionnaires). Correlations found
 include: community satisfaction, .34 for males, .07 for females; health, .25
 & .05, respectively; friends, .32 & .21; voluntary organizations, -.07 &
 .04; other felt pressures, from -.24 to .09 for males, -.02 to .08 for
 females; life satisfation, .26 & .54; & communication, .67 & .78 (factor
 analysis: communication separate from marital adjustment). If situational
 variables are inserted first in a hierarchical regression, they explain
 37.5% of the variance (20.5% for social background items if they are
 inserted first) for males; for females, the results were 34.5% & 19.0%. The
 models explained 63% of the variance in the marital adjustment scores for
 males & 74.5% for females. Communication was by far the best predictor of
 marital adjustment for both males & females; situational variables are also
 important, however, & should be taken into account by counselors, social
 workers, & other professionals. 1 Table, 41 References. Modified AA
-Desc-
 Marriage, Marriages, Marital (259000); Pressure, Pressures (345470)
-Ident-
 marital adjustment; outside pressures; questionnaires; married university
 students;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 24
-A-
 166930 85Q0569
-W-
 Remarried Couple Households: Data from the June 1980 Current Population
 Survey
 Cherlin, Andrew; McCarthy, James
 Johns Hopkins U, Baltimore MD 21218
 Jrnl of Marriage and the Family 1985, 47, 1, Feb, 23-30.
 -CODEN-
 JMFAA6
 Pub. Year: 1985
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Tabulations are presented for "remarried couple households" in the 1980
 Current Population Survey, defined as married couple households in which one
 or both of the spouses had been divorced (number of cases = 9, 254, 000).
 Results show that, in 20% of households maintained by a married couple in
 1980, one or both of the spouses had been divorced. About 16.7% of all
 children under age 18 lived in these households. Remarried couple households
 are classified further by the existence & current living arrangements of
 children from previous marriages. Stepparents & stepchildren were present in
 about 2.3 million of these households. 3 Tables, 8 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Remarriage, Remarriages (383225)
-Ident-
 remarried couple households; 1980 Current Population Survey;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 25
-A-
 166430 85Q0068
-W-
 Careers of Men and Women MBAs 1950-1980
 Tucker, Sharon
 Southern Illinois U, Edwardsville 62026
 Work and Occupations 1985, 12, 2, May, 166-185.
 -CODEN-
 WOOCDD
 Pub. Year: 1985
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Over the last three decades, male & female work roles have been rapidly
 changing, as is demonstrated by examination of the varying experiences of
 men & women who received their master's degree in business administration at
 Washington University (St. Louis, Mo) & stated their careers in the 1950s
 (number of cases = 5 female & 8 male interview respondents), 1960s (number
 of cases = 7 females & 9 males), & 1970s (number of cases = 8 females & 9
 males). Qualitative analysis of intensive interview data indicates that
 women rarely hold positions in business firms, choosing instead independent
 work or alternative settings such as universities. Women's salaries &
 authority have lagged behind those of men, & the more often feel blocked
 from further advancement. Several positions are advanced to explain the
 reluctance of women to enter or remain in business management. 3 Tables, 41
 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Business, Businesses (068000); Career, Careers (069700); Sex differences;
 (see also Gender differences) (420000)
-Ident-
 business administration, master's degree holders, men's vs women's careers;
 interviews;
-SectHd-
 social differentiation-sociology of occupations and professions; (1020)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 26
-A-
 166103 85O9740
-W-
 Resources, Homophily, and Dependence: Organizational Attributes and
 Asymmetric Ties in Human Service Networks
 Lincoln, James R.; McBride, Kerry
 U Arizona, Tucson 85721
 Social Science Research 1985, 14, 1, Mar, 1-30.
 -CODEN-
 SSREBG
 Pub. Year: 1985
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 The effects of organizational attributes on power/dependence relations in
 interorganizational dyads are examined. Exchange & homophily theories are
 discussed as two alternative perspectives on the processes that create such
 effects. Interview & questionnaire data from personnel of 48 agencies
 associated with 3 Deinstitutionalization of Status Offenders (DSO) programs
 are analyzed by a new strategy of linear modeling of dyadic relations.
 Results suggest that size, administrative position, & justice system
 connections condition the extent to which an agency initiates & receives
 ties of influence, assistance, & support. These relations are more frequent
 between agencies with similar treatment ideologies & client racial makeup.
 Finally, size & justice systems access reduce agency dependence on a
 network's administrative core. Some related issues & findings are discussed
 as well. 5 Tables, 34 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Dyad, Dyads, Dyadic (142800); Organization, Organizations,
 Organizational, Organize, Organizers, Organized, Organizing (313000)
-Ident-
 interorganizational dyadic relations; organizational characteristics;
 interviews, questionnaires; youth service agencies; exchange vs homophily
 theories;
-SectHd-
 complex organizations (management)-bureaucratic structures; (0624)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 27
-A-
 16580 85O9497
-W-
 Updating Children's Life Course
 Hofferth, Sandra L.
 National Instit Child Health & Human Development, 7910 Woodmont Ave 7C25
 Bethesda MD 20205
 Jrnl of Marriage and the Family 1985, 47, 1, Feb, 93-115.
 -CODEN-
 JMFAA6
 Pub. Year: 1985
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 According to interview data from the Panel Study of Income Dynamics (number
 of cases = 6, 373 families, based on an original probability sample of 5,
 000 followed since 1968), by age 17, 19% of white children born in 1950-1954
 had lived with only one parent; however, 70% of those born in 1980 are
 projected to spend at least some time with only one parent before age 18.
 The proportion for black children born in 1950-1954 was 48% & is projected
 to be 94% for those born in 1980. Of course, these figures do not indicate
 the actual proportion of lives spent in various family types. White children
 born in 1950-1954 could expect to spend 8% of their childhood with only 1
 parent, black children 22%. Of those born in 1980, whites can be expected to
 spend 31% of their childhood with one parent, blacks 59%. Children's
 experience depends on family type at birth. Of whites born into a
 first-marriage family in 1980, 64% can expect to live in a one-parent family
 by age 17 & can expect to spend 25% of their childhood in such a family. The
 comparable figures are 89% & 44% for blacks born in the same year. 9 Tables,
 1 Figure, 25 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Family, Families (171600)
-Ident-
 children's experience living with one both parents, those born 1950-1954 vs
 1980, blacks vs whites; interviews;
-SectHd-
 social psychology-personality and culture; (0312)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 28
-A-
 165831 85O9468
-W-
 Oedipal Difficulties and Custody Change
 Buxton, Martin
 Contributor (s): Kuhlman, Thomas L.; Hurston, Ronald O.
 Case Analysis 1981, 1, 4, fall, 297-317.
 -CODEN-
 CANADO
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA
 Note: Comments, 319-325.
 Psychiatric treatment of a boy aged 9 who lost his father through divorce is
 reported. The absence of the father & psychopathology of the mother
 complicated the boy's efforts at mastering developmental tasks, & led to a
 recommendation for change of custody to the father, which was carried out.
 The boy made good progress in therapy & welcomed the change when it came.
 Oedipal problems & fantasies were central to the situation. In An Old Dog
 and New Tricks: Comment on Oedipal Difficulties and Custody Change, Thomas
 L. Kuhlman (University of Cincinnati, Ohio) applies differing theoretical
 perspectives to the case presented, & stresses that divorce creates problems
 for children at any developmental stage. In A Broader View Needed, Ronald O.
 Hurston notes that the process of preparing for custody change involved
 psychotherapeutic aid not only to the boy but to his parents. 8 References.
 Modified HA
-Desc-
 Psychiatry, Psychiatric (353000); Oedipus, Oedipal (307000) Custody,
 Custodial (119875)
-Ident-
 psychiatric treatment, Oedipal problems, custody change, 9-year-old boy;
 comments;
-SectHd-
 social psychology-personality and culture; (0312)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 29
-A-
 165533 85S17154
-W-
 A Survey of Disability in a Metropolitan Satellite City
 Matre, Marc; Howze, Yvonne
 U South Alabama, Mobile 36688
 Conference: MiSSA Mid-South Sociological Association
 Pub. Year: 1985
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper l Article (ap )
 Information about disability was gathered via telephone interviews with
 households (number of cases = 1, 264) in a metropolitan satellite city,
 including questions about the incidence of sickle cell, sickle cell
 screening, & incidence of disability. In analyzing the data, criteria for
 determining disability are differentiated by age, reflecting role
 expectations at 4 stages in the life cycle: preschool, school age, adult, &
 elderly. Incidence of disability is enumerated for 10 categories: (1) speech
 impairmemt, (2) learning disability, (3) emotional disability, (4) mental
 retardation, (5) hearing impairment, (6) visual handicap, (7) epilepsy, (8)
 cerebral palsy, (9) physical disability, & (10) any other disability.
 Findings show the survey population to be characterized by a high incidence
 of poverty, a high dependency ratio, a low sex ratio, & a majority of black
 residents. Only 25% of the respondents reported having received sickle cell
 screening, mostly younger persons. About 20% reported one or more
 disabilities. The occurrence of disability is most strongly related to age,
 with frequency increasing after the middle years. Only 66% of the disabled
 received social services. A discussion of sampling bias & other limitations
 on the findings is included
-Desc-
 Disable, Disabled, Disability, Disabilities (1?2600)
-Ident-
 disability, metropolitan satellite city; telephone interviews;
-SectHd-
 sociology of health and medicine-sociology of medicine (public health);
 (2045)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 30
-A-
 165498 85S17119
-W-
 Empirical Basis of Commercially Available Educational Software
 Campbell, Donald L.; Horn, Charles J., Jr.; Leigh, Robert K.
 U Alabama, University 35486
 Conference: MiSSA Mid-South Sociological Association
 Pub. Year: 1985
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper l Article (ap )
 An attempt was made to identify commercially available educational software
 (CAES) supported by empirical evidence of effectiveness. Empirical evidence
 is defined as data derived by testing in settings for which the software is
 intended. Letters were sent to 583 vendors of educational software,
 requesting: (1) promotional maternal developed for their programs; & (2)
 information on reports, articles, &/or summaries that provide empirical
 evidence of program effectiveness. Responses were received from 313 vendors,
 a return rate of 53.7%. Materials received were classified by content area,
 grade level, performance claims, & validation provided for the claims. The
 majority of CAES appear to consist of general problem solving (18.4%),
 vocational/business education (18.8%), & computer literacy/languages (15.7%)
 content areas, at the middle (31.5%) & high school (32.3%) levels. Claims
 that the software teaches (28.6%) or provides drill & practice (27.9%)
 predominate. The claims are almost exclusively supported by descriptive
 materials (90.2%) only. It is concluded that CAES focuses at present on a
 narrow band of content areas, & does not provide a balance for general
 education purposes, & has limited availability for younger children
-Desc-
 Education, Educational, Educator, Educators, Educationally (146000);
 Program, Programs, Programmer, Programmers (348660); Computer, Computers,
 Computerization, Computerized (106000)
-Ident-
 educational computer software effectiveness, empirical evidence; promotional
 material; software vendors;
-SectHd-
 sociology of education-sociology of education; (1432)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 31
-A-
 165490 85S17111
-W-
 Perpetrator Services: A Coordinated Approach
 Bebee, Donald J.
 U Arkansas, Fayetteville 72701
 Conference: MiSSA Mid-South Sociological Association
 Pub. Year: 1985
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper l Article (ap )
 Review of the literature on domestic violence reveals the tremendous strides
 that have been made in the last decade in getting the attention of the
 general public & in expanding service responses to the victims. It appears
 that as services for victims have become more institutionalized, the
 prevalence of various forms of abuse & the need for better coordinated &
 comprehensive response to both victims & perpetrators of domestic violence
 have been recognized. Acceptance of the thinking that unless the source of
 the violence is treated, there is little hope of breaking the cycle of
 violence has resulted in increased research & training available to service
 practitioners. Described here is a project designed to identify the array of
 therapeutic interventions available within a University community, the gaps
 in service, & the resources available to fill those gaps. The end result of
 the project will be better direct services, easier access, closer
 coordination of providers, & a much more solid foundation for ensuring
 availability. Of particular interest is work being done in the judicial
 system to get better cooperation, as both a source of referrals & as a way
 of producing revenues for the funding of needed services for perpetrators.
 The final product will include a model equipped with the necessary survey
 forms, intake sheets, & plans for both interviewing & coordinating
 resources
-Desc-
 Wife abuse (489883); Child Abuse; (see also Child Neglect) (081235); Social
 service, Social services (432805)
-Ident-
 domestic violence perpetrators, therapeutic intervention services
 availability evaluation project;
-SectHd-
 the family and socializatio-; sociology of the family; (1941); clinical
 sociology-clinical sociology; (3166)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 32
-A-
 165458 85S16920
-W-
 The Cooperative Organization and Rural Passenger Transportation: An Approach
 to Community Development
 Stomms, Eileen S.
 New York State Dept Agriculture & Markets, Albany 12235
 Conference: RSS Rural Sociological Society
 Pub. Year: 1985
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper l Article (ap )
 Shrinking federal funding has led many rural communities & human service
 agencies to experiment with innovative approaches to provide transportation
 services (TS), eg, using the cooperative organization (coop). The coop, long
 used in rural areas to pool farmer resources, is a formal organizational
 structure that could be used to coordinate rural TS. The NY State department
 of Agriculture & Markets recently completed a study that developed three
 rural passenger TS alternatives. The first alternative provides for a coop
 composed of public & private human service agency TS providers & the users
 of that TS. The activities such a coop can undertake begin with a simple
 clearinghouse function, & move toward providing all TS for its members. The
 second alternative could rely on a coop made up of service club members,
 human service agencies, & community residents, using volunteers to maintain
 a TS network for rural residents. A third alternative incorporates rural
 postal carriers into human service agency or service club coops. Consisting
 of routes that extend into virtually all isolated rural areas, rural postal
 delivery routes provide a ready-made TS system to augment existing passenger
 transportation at a low cost. By formally structuring rural passenger
 activities of private & public organizations, the coop lines state, federal,
 & local TS resources, & also strengthens community institutional ability to
 adapt outside assistance to local need
-Desc-
 Rural; (see also Ru, Ur) (398400); Transportation (471700) Development,
 Developments (131200); Cooperative, Cooperatives (115500); Organization,
 Organizations, Organizational, Organize, Organizers, Organized, Organizing
 (313000)
-Ident-
 rural transportation development alternatives, cooperative organizations;
 New York State Department of Agriculture & Markets study;
-SectHd-
 community development-sociology of communities and regions; (2317)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 33
-A-
 165430 85S16892
-W-
 Evaluation Research: Why A Formal Ethics Review is Needed
 Marvin, Grace M.
 California State U, Chico 95929-0445
 Conference: RSS Rural Sociological Society
 Pub. Year: 1985
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper l Article (ap )
 Evaluation research usually involves an assessment of the effectiveness or
 efficiency of organized social programs in areas such as welfare, job
 training, & mental health. There is insufficient awareness among ethicists,
 members of institutional review boards, evaluation researchers, & other
 social scientists, however, concerning current evaluation research practices
 & how they sometimes cause harm to research subjects & other social program
 participants. If an evaluator's proposed research design is faulty on
 scientific grounds, perhaps one could rely on a scientific review board (or
 "study section") to catch any deviations from prevailing scientific canons.
 Even if these canons are met, however, there still exist strong grounds for
 requiring that the proposal be subject to an ethics review. Among the issues
 that critics of current evaluation practices raise are: (1) a potential
 conflict of interest between an evaluator's obligation to strive for
 objectivity in reporting findings & the interests of the "purchaser" of the
 evaluator's services; (2) the use of control groups that deny needed social
 services or informed consent to subjects, especially when alternative
 research designs could be employed; (3) unjustifiable invasions of the
 subjects' privacy; (4) violations of confidentiality; (5) lack of respect
 from the views of program participants regarding their assessment of program
 processes & effectiveness; & (6) not informing subjects as part of the
 initial consent procedures about possible implications for a social program
 resulting from the evaluation research
-Desc-
 Program evaluation (348670); Ethic, Ethics, Ethical (160100)
-Ident-
 evaluation research, ethics review need;
-SectHd-
 methodology and research technology-research technolog (0104)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 34
-A-
 165381 85S16843
-W-
 Paradox of Freeway Development on Communities
 Finke Schurtz, Joyce
 Ohio State U, Columbus 43210
 Conference: RSS Rural Sociological Society
 Pub. Year: 1985
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper l Article (ap )
 Note: Complete paper available on MICROFICHE at $3.00 per fiche. Complete
 paper available from SA Reproduction Service prepaid at $0.25 per page plus
 $1.50 search & postage. Length of paper: 26 pp.
 The paradox of transportation development is its dual-natured effect. While
 it is likely to attract industry, commerce, & economic development, local
 businesses, ojrganizations, & inhabitants are displaced. Thus, the
 transportation facility launches community disruption & likely subsequent
 economic growth. The local community is confronted with two preeminent
 decisions, ie, whether to accept or reject the: (1) external planners'
 estimated compensation for property, & (2) proposed boundaries for the
 transportation route. These issues formed the foundation for the reported
 research on the genesis, completion & community power struggle of the
 30-year-long development of the SR 315 freeway in Columbus, Ohio. Goals &
 local means of adaptation to freeway development tend to explain public
 works in the US. Local residents directly in the path of the freeway adapted
 through compliance, local alliance, litigation, & extralocal coalition
 constructed from interpretation of highway right of way records.
 Essentially, local goals were to attempt to support or reconfigure the
 proposed route. A potential goal, blockage, was unattempted for this
 freeway. Local delay was reflected by the temporal span between the first
 land appraisal & the payment for land exchange. The lengthiest delays were a
 function of two means of adaptations: extralocal coalition & litigation over
 the floodplain. These adaptations delayed portions of the freeway for 1-8.5
 years. Delays from land types were lengthiest over floodplain, cemetery, &
 institutional (University & hospital) lands; these issues delayed the
 freeway for 7-9 years. Though transportation development tends to
 precipitate urbanization, rural areas are encompassed in transportation
 policy, particularly if influential locals encourage development. Regional
 planning commisshistorically transport development has been an impetus for
 economic activity & community growth
-Desc-
 Transportation (471700); Development, Developments (131200) Community,
 Communities, Communitarian (104000); Goal, Goals (196000); Ohio (309880)
-Ident-
 freeway development, delays; community goals/adaptation; Columbus, Ohio, SR
 315 freeway;
-SectHd-
 community development-sociology of communities and regions; (2317)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 35
-A-
 165324 85S17062
-W-
 The Green Movement and the Transformation of West German Politics
 Schmid, Carol L.
 Guilford Technical Community Coll, Jamestown NC 27282
 Conference: SSSP Society for the Study of Social Problems
 Pub. Year: 1985
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper l Article (ap )
 An important transformation of recent West German politics has been the
 entry of the Green Party (GP) into the federal parliament. In the 1983
 election, the GP gained 5.6% of the vote, which meant that the Christian
 Democrats, with 48.8%, had to rely on the Liberals (FDP) in order to form a
 government. Significantly, both the FDP (6.9%) & the Social Democrats
 (38.2%) lost many votes to the GP. The GP, which considers itself the voice
 of the citizens' movements, exploited a number of issues: deterioration of
 the environment, the arms race between the superpowers, the breakdown of
 communities, & the lack of social responsibility of traditional elites.
 Their critique of industrial society had some resonance with the voters, in
 addition to influencing the statements & electoral programs of the
 established parties. After a discussion of the emergence of the GP through
 the 1983 federal election, attention is paid to the bases of GP support &
 demographic composition of its representatives in the Bundestag. The GP's
 electoral program & its impact at both the local & federal levels in German
 politics are examined, & a brief assessment & critique presented of the
 accomplishments of the Green movement to date
-Desc-
 German, Germany, Germans, West Germany (193402); Politics (340000);
 Political party (3?9720)
-Ident-
 West German politics; Green Party's emergence/support/demographic
 composition/electoral program;
-SectHd-
 political interactions-political sociology; (0925)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 36
-A-
 165048 85O9058
-W-
 Socio-Cultural Experiment in Nowy Sacz and the Model of Activity Stimulation
 in Communities
 Wierzbicki, Zbigniew T.; Jozefowicz, Zofia
 Polish Academy Sciences, PO Box 24 00-901 Warsaw
 The Polish Sociological Bulletin 1978, 3-4 (33-44), 151-163.
 -CODEN-
 PSLBCD
 Pub. Year: 1978
 Co. of Pub.: Poland
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA
 The planning realization of broader cultural activities in the Nowy Sacz
 region of Poland that took place between 1971 & 1980 involved "activization,
 " through social work, that reconciled central planning with local
 self-government & autonomous social action, & local government control with
 the spontaneous volunteer action of citizens. Specifically, the goals were:
 to bring into cultural contact all social elements, regardless of education,
 occupation & age; to modernize existing cultural establishments & generate
 new cultural activities; to reconcile traditional folk culture with modern
 culture; & to improve the cultural establishments & generate new cultural
 activities; to reconcile traditional folk culture with modern culture; & to
 improve the culture of daily life & raise public cultural aspirations.
 Experts from a variety of domains (sociology, psychology, law, etc) worked
 cooperatively with local activists & leaders in planning, decision making,
 implementation, & ongoing evaluation. Activization was planned in
 overlapping stages, but these were not sequential & sometimes occurred
 simultaneously. Stimulation of the overall project, formulation of action
 proposals, & gaining project approval & popularization have been successful.
 Implementation & evaluation are in the future. The model, based on the
 experience of US sociologists, is not congruent with current reality in
 Poland, & requires modification. D. Graves
-Desc-
 Poland, Poles, Polish (3?9350); Activity, Activities (013000); Culture,
 Cultures, Cultural, Culturally (119600)
-Ident-
 cultural activity stimulation, experimental program, Nowy Sacz Poland;
-SectHd-
 community development-sociology of communities and regions; (2317)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 37
-A-
 164998 85O9008
-W-
 Community Redress against the Corporate Offender
 Yeager, Matthew G.
 National Center Instits & Alternatives, 125 West Fourth St Los Angeles CA
 90013
 Crime and Social Justice 1984, 21-22, 223-227.
 -CODEN-
 CSOJA9
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 It is argued that the common practice of imposing a fine against corporate
 criminals has been an ill-suited & ineffective sanction in reducing this
 type of criminality, since it does not attack the heart of the corporate
 structure, its policies, or managers. Described is an alternative practice
 in use since 1981 in Los Angeles, Calif, courts, when the US Probation
 Office formed the Foundation for People, Inc, a nonprofit public benefit
 corporation. Guilty corporations pay their fines directly to this project,
 which channels the money into various social service programs, eg, youth
 half-way houses & job training. It is suggested that this approach could be
 used with individual offenders as well, & that the private advocacy sector
 just begin to play a role in promoting substitute victim restitution
 programs. 9 References. K. Hyatt
-Desc-
 Corporate (115760); Criminal, Criminals, Criminality, Criminally; (see also
 Crime) (119125); California, Californian, Californians (068950)
-Ident-
 corporate criminality, fine imposition critiqued, California courts'
 alternative social service fund program;
-SectHd-
 social problems and social welfare-social disorganization (crime); (2147)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 38
-A-
 164871 85O8881
-W-
 Intergenerational Conflict and Culture: A Study of Immigrant and
 Nonimmigrant Adolescents and Their Parents
 Rosenthal, Doreen A.
 U Melbourne Parkville Victoria 3052 Australia
 Genetic Psychology Monographs 1984, 109, 1, Feb, 53-75.
 -CODEN-
 GPMOA3
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 Information on parent/adolescent conflict was obtained through self-report
 questionnaires from a sample of 630 Anglo-, Greek-, & Italian-Australian
 males & females (median ages 13.8 & 15.9, respectively) in metropolitan
 Melbourne high schools & their parents. Both immigrant adolescent groups
 reported significantly more conflict with both parents than did the Anglo
 group, a finding reflected in the parent's reports. Differences in
 childrearing practices appear to be a more saliant variable than cultural
 conflict per se, as levels of conflict were not related to the degree of
 dual ethnic group identification, as had been previously proposed. However,
 adolescents who strongly identified with the dominant culture & rejected
 their culture of origin did report higher levels of conflict, as did their
 parents. Expectations about sex-role conflict were also born out, with
 Italian-Australian girls experiencing the greatest amount. Overall, the
 intergenerational conflict found did not reach the high levels proposed by
 previous theorists, suggesting that its prevalence within immigrant families
 has been exaggerated. 6 Tables, 22 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Parent, Parents, Parental (322000); Adolescence, Adolescent, Adolescents
 (014600); Conflict, Conflicts (111000); Immigrant, Immigrants (226540);
 Anglo (031660); Australia, Australian, Australians (047700)
-Ident-
 parent/adolescent conflict, immigrant/nonimmigrant groups; questionnaires;
 Angl-/Greek-/Italian-Australians;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 39
-A-
 164689 85O8699
-W-
 The Rural Chinese Fertility Transition: A Report from Shifang Xian, Sichuan
 Lavely, W. R.
 Population Studies Center U Michigan, Ann Arbor 48109
 Population Studies 1984, 38, 3, Nov, 365-384.
 -CODEN-
 POSTA4
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA
 Rural China has experienced a rapid fertility decline, but little is known
 about its causes. A report is presented on the fertility decline in a rural
 commune of Sichuan Province, based on a sample survey of 532 commune
 households. Two major events have marked the recent demographic history of
 the commune & rural China as a whole: the famine of 1959-1961 & the
 fertility translation of the 1970s. The commune experienced a rapid
 mortality decline in the 1950s & improvements in levels of education, but
 the decline of fertility was a direct result of government-sponsored
 programs to limit births, which in Sichuan have relied heavily on
 sterilization. About 25% of the decline in total rural fertility is
 attributable to the policy of promoting later marriage. 8 Tables, 9 Figures.
 HA
-Desc-
 Rural; (see also Ru, Ur) (398400); China, Chinese (090050) Fertility
 (177440)
-Ident-
 rural China's fertility decline; sample survey data; commune households,
 Sichuan Province;
-SectHd-
 demography and human biology-demography (population study); (1837)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 40
-A-
 164589 85O8599
-W-
 Domestic Violence in Criminal Court: An Examination of New Legislation in
 Ohio
 Quarm, Daisy; Schwartz, Martin D.
 U Cincinnati, OH 45221
 Women & Politics 1984, 4, 3, fall, 29-46.
 -CODEN-
 WOPODK
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 Many states have recently passed new legislation to deal with spouse abuse,
 & several have designated a new criminal offense: domestic violence. An
 examination of 1980 charges (number of cases = 1, 458) under Ohio's new
 domestic violence law in a large misdemeanor court, however, leads to the
 conclusion that the a new offense category has not measurably changed court
 outcomes. For example, 73% of victims who filed charges dropped them before
 a verdict was reached. This high figure, combined with the large number of
 victims who never file, means that most abusers do not go through a complete
 trial. Moreover even when a batterer is tried & found guilty, very little
 happens; 64% did not spend even one day in jail, less than 10% were
 sentenced to alternative programs, & 27% were neither jailed nor placed on
 probation. Nor were most abusers offered help. Two recommendations are made:
 (1) a dual system whereby victims of domestic violence are provided with
 both criminal & social service alternatives; & (2) court experimentation
 with counseling programs for batterers both as a condition for dismissal of
 charges & as a condition for probation if convicted. 6 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Domestic, Domestics, Domestication, Domesticated (136325); Violence, Violent
 (480600); Ohio (309880); Legislation; (see also Law, Legal) (251575)
-Ident-
 domestic violence, prosecution outcomes; criminal offense legislation; Ohio
 court records, 1980 charges;
-SectHd-
 social control-sociology of law; (1636)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 41
-A-
 164194 85O8204
-W-
 The Incidence of Sex Discrimination, Sexual Content, and Hostility in
 Television Humor
 Suls, Jerry; Gastoff, John W.
 State U New York, Albany 12203
 Jrnl of Applied Communication Research 1981, 9, 1, spring, 42-49.
 -CODEN-
 JACRCS
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Feminist groups have contended that women are portrayed more often as the
 butt of humor on prime-time television than are men, citing this as an
 example of sex discrimination. The accuracy of this charge is investigated
 with data generated by coders who recorded & classified humorous incidents
 sampled from the prime-time family viewing hours (8-11 PM) on the 3 major
 commercial networks in Oct 1977. In absolute terms, males were more often
 the object of humorous disparagement than were females; however, males
 appeared more frequently in principal roles, & thus were more available as
 targets of disparagement. With appearance frequency controlled, males
 disparaged females significantly more often than females disparaged males.
 Thus, there is some support for the charge of discrimination. Other findings
 indicate that hostile humor is no more common than nonhostile humor, &
 nonsexual humor is more frequent than sexual humor. Finally, the survey
 indicates that sexual & hostile humor is as common during the family viewing
 hour as during adult viewing hours. 2 Tables, 9 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Television, Televised (457000); Humor, Humorous (218000); Sex, Sexes,
 Sexism, Sexist, Sexists (419000)
-Ident-
 television humor, sex discrimination/sexual content/hostility; prime-time
 family program data; major commercial networks, 1970;
-SectHd-
 mass phenomena-communication; (0828)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 42
-A-
 164187 85O8197
-W-
 Much Ado about Nothing: The Television Broadcast Packaging of Team Sport
 Championship Games
 Geier, Klaus V.
 U Western Ontario, London N6A 3K7
 Sociology of Sport Jrnl 1984, 1, 3, Sept, 263-279.
 -CODEN-
 SSJOE9
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
 Through a content analysis of television broadcasts of championship games in
 hockey, basketball, baseball, & football for the 1982/83 season, it is
 determined that success in attracting viewership is inversely proportional
 to the amount of live play time in the game. The broadcast packages for the
 championship games of: (1) the Stanley Cup (hockey); (2) the National
 Collegiate Athletic Association basketball tournament; (3) the Canadian
 Intercollegiate Athletic Union basketball tournament; (4) the National
 Basketball Association playoffs; (5) baseball's World Series; (6) Canadian
 football's Vanier Cup; (7) the Sugar Bowl (football); (8) the Grey Cup
 (Canadian football); (9) the Super Bowl; & (10) the US Football League's
 playoffs; were analyzed according to the amount of time given to
 pre-/postgame activities, between play time, advertisements, & live play
 time. defining live play time as the time the ball or puck actually is in
 play, it was found that live play time for football games was about 13.5
 minutes (3.7%-7.4% of broadcast time) compared to 60 minutes (30.9% of
 broadcast time) for hockey. Basketball was similar to hockey in live play
 time, while baseball paralleled football. Several reasons for the apparently
 anomalous popularity of football & baseball are suggested, as are several
 areas for future research. 8 Tables, 7 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Sport, Sporting, Sports; (see also Sportsmanship) (?43450) Television,
 Televised (457000); Broadcast, Broadcasts, Broadcasting, Broadcaster,
 Broadcasters (067175)
-Ident-
 team sport championship games, television broadcast packaging, attracting
 viewership; live play time; program content analysis;
-SectHd-
 mass phenomena-communication; (0828)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 43
-A-
 163579 85W4795
-W-
 Economic Dependency in the 1980s: Its Impact on Third World Elderly
 Neysmith, Sheila M.; Edwards, Joey
 U Toronto, Ontario M5S 11
 Ageing and Society 1984, 4, 1, Mar, 21-44.
 -CODEN-
 AGSOD9
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 An alternative perspective for understanding individual & societal ageing
 within the context of global economic & social relations is presented. The
 dependent status of Third World nations as a result of the process of
 capital accumulation in examined, & it is argued that the manner in which
 these nations respond to the human needs of their elderly is subject to the
 relationship that entwines Third World & capitalist industrialized nations.
 The ideology underlying these econonic relations serves to nurture social
 policy & human service models. The assumptions behind policies regarding
 pensions, & about the family as a care-giving unit, are examined. When
 diffused to Third World nations, such social policies function to maintain
 national elites at the expense of the majority. Questions are raised about
 the relevance of Western models of ageing to the needs of old people in the
 Third World. 6 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Third World (464472); Elder, Elders, Elderly (149733); Economic, Economics,
 Economical (145000); Dependence, Dependency (128000)
-Ident-
 Third World elderly, international economic dependency relationship impact;
 Western aging model applicability questioned;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-specific problems in developing countries (aging, women,
 minorities, health, fertility, etc.); (6160)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 44
-A-
 163555 85W4771
-W-
 Attitudes toward Women's Professional Achievement among Social Work Students
 and Recent Graduates
 Rushford, Kathleen Bitts; O'Toole, Anne; Urbelis, Deborah Parkhurst;
 Pearlstein, Anne Voss; Pitt-Catsouphes, Marcie; Stone, Gail; Arkway,
 Charlene; Veeder, Nancy W.
 Jrnl of Education for Social Work 1980, 16, 2, spring, 49-54.
 -CODEN-
 JESWAD
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 An exploratory-descriptive design was employed to ascertain the relationship
 between demographic variables & attitudes toward women's professional
 achievement among 343 students in Boston Coll's master's degree social work
 program (in 1978) & alumni from the classes of 1972 & 1976. Data were
 gathered through a mailed questionnaire containing fixed-alternative
 questions. The attitudinal vignette did not elicit significant differences
 between male & female attitudes; however, findings did indicate that females
 had lower salary expectations than males. Respondents whose major
 concentration was in community organization had higher salary expectations
 than did those in other major concentrations. HA
-Desc-
 Woman, Women; (see also Female) (490000); Profession, Professions,
 Professional, Professionals, Professionalism, Professionalized (348400);
 Achieve, Achiever, Achieved, Achievement, Achievements (008000); Social work
 (433700)
-Ident-
 attitudes toward women's professional achievement; demographic variables;
 questionnaire; master's degree social work students/alumni;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 45
-A-
 163550 85W4766
-W-
 Evaluation of Social Work Practice in Health Care Settings
 Peterson, K. Jean; Anderson, Sandra C.
 School Social Work Portland State U, OR 97207
 Social Work in Health Care 1984, 10, 1, fall, 1-16.
 -CODEN-
 SWHCDO
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 To encourage social workers in health care settings to evaluate their
 practice effectiveness, 15 studies of intervention outcomes in care settings
 are examined. The research is reviewed according to the following
 dimensions: (1) use of comparison groups; (2) choice of research goals; (3)
 specificity of intervention; & (4) number of times measures are repeated, as
 in before/after designs. Single-system designs, which involve client
 control, are then proposed as an alternative method that can complement
 large-group designs. A case example is described, involving social worker
 intervention with an elderly heart patient to increase the patient's social
 contacts. 1 Table, 26 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Practice, Practices (342000); Evaluation, Evaluations,
 Evaluative (160300); Research methods (385400)
-Ident-
 social work practice evaluation studies reviewed; single-system designs
 suggested;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 46
-A-
 163549 85W4765
-W-
 Social Administration and Social Work Education: A Contradiction in Terms
 Perlmutter, Felice Davidson
 School Social Administration Temple U, Philadelphia PA 19122
 Administration in Social Work 1984, 8, 3, fall, 61-69.
 -CODEN-
 ASWODB
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Discussed are: (1) dangers facing social administration from competing
 professions (eg, business administration); (2) the critical issues of
 politics versus professionalism, accountability, efficiency versus
 effectiveness, bureaucratization versus debureaucratization, technology, the
 decline in society's commitment to social work, & the professional use of
 self; & (3) models of leadership (eg, power politics). Basic requirements
 for the curriculum are discussed (training in social service delivery,
 professional values & ethics, encouraging students to think
 administratively, & reflection on the reality of administrative practice), &
 Temple U's mode of curriculum design is examined. 27 References. I. Kocher
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Administration, Administrations, Administrative,
 Administrator, Administrators (014200); Education, Educational, Educator,
 Educators, Educationally (146000); Curriculum, Curricula, Curricular
 (119830)
-Ident-
 social administration, social work education implications; Temple
 University's curriculum design model;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 47
-A-
 163545 85W4761
-W-
 Social Work Education in the Beloved Community
 Nussbaum, Daniel
 Salem State Coll, MA 01970
 Smith College Studies in Social Work 1984, 54, 3, June, 155-165.
 -CODEN-
 SMSWAW
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA
 Despite the impact of Dr. Martin Luther King & his vision of a beloved
 community on the lives of many individual social workers, neither King's
 social philosophy nor its application to social work practice has been
 adequately explored in research. King's concept of a beloved community,
 based on the notion of agape, or altruistic love, is explored with reference
 to social work education, & explained through the conceptual framework
 developed by assumptions from the locality development & social action
 models of community organization, developed in J. Rothman's "Three Models of
 Community Organization Practice" (in Cox, F. M., et al [Eds], Strategies of
 Community Organization: A Book of Readings, Itasca, Ill: F. E. Peacock,
 1974). Implications for incorporating the issue of racism in social work
 curricula are explored. 11 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Social worker, Social workers (433850); Social
 philosophy (432235); King, Martin Luther (247810); Community, Communities,
 communitarian (104000)
-Ident-
 social workers, social work practice; Martin Luther King's social
 philosophy; beloved community concept;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 48
-A-
 163542 85W4758
-W-
 Style and Structure in Supervision
 Munson, Carlton E.
 Graduate School Social Work U Houston, TX 77004
 Jrnl of Education for Social Work 1981, 17, 1, winter, 65-72.
 -CODEN-
 JESWAD
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Current issues in social work supervision are addressed through an
 exploration of various models of structure, authority, & teaching that were
 perceived to be in use by agency workers (number of cases = 65 interview
 respondents & supervisors (number of cases = 64 respondents to a mailed
 questionnaire). Significant differences in level of interaction,
 supervision, job satisfaction, & sense of accomplishment accompany
 variations in source of supervisors' authority, but no differences are found
 with variations of structure. Incongruence between supervisees' &
 supervisors' perceptions of actual & preferred structure, authority,
 conference frequency & initiation, & content in supervision demonstrates the
 need for exploration of autonomy in practice & control in supervision. 4
 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Supervision (453000)
-Ident-
 social work supervision issues, structure/authority/teaching models;
 interviews, questionnaires; agency workers/supervisors;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 49
-A-
 163527 85W4743
-W-
 Reflections on an Elusive Vision: Social Work in Health
 Katz, Alfred H.
 School Public Health U California, Los Angeles 90024
 Jrnl of Public Health Policy 1984, 5, 3, Sept, 410-422.
 -CODEN-
 JPPODK
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Based on 17 years of experience as practitioner, administrator, & researcher
 in social work, & 25 years as an academic in public health & social welfare,
 the potentials & realities of social work in health settings are summarized.
 Despite its advantage of a broad, eclectic conceptual base & melioristic
 values, social work has missed important opportunities for wide
 effectiveness in health care. The overinfluence of psychoanalytic ideology &
 methods, & domination of the field by social work practice in hospitals
 where its status is marginal vis-a-vis medicine have resulted in relative
 failures to extend social-work-in-health practice to community settings,
 public welfare & rehabilitation. An alternative & contrasting view of
 potential social work practice in health, based on a social learning model &
 public health principles, is presented that would extend to community
 settings, & utilize & promote natural & created social support systems, eg,
 mutual aid groups. 10 References. Modified AA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Health care (208100)
-Ident-
 social work, health care field potential/reality; social learning/public
 health model proposed;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 50
-A-
 163524 85W4740
-W-
 Reevaluation of Task-Centered Social Work Practice
 Kanter, Joel S.
 305 Hamilton Ave, Silver Spring MD 20901
 Clinical Social Work Jrnl 1983, 11, 3, fall, 228-244.
 -CODEN-
 CSWJBG
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 In a brief period of time, the "task-centered" approach to social work
 practice has become a major treatment modality, offering the clinician a
 degree of specificity & clarity that is often missing in more traditional
 practice. The indications & contraindications for this model are reassessed,
 contrasting it with other treatment approaches that also utilize the
 technical variables of brevity, time limits, & task assignment. The
 diagnostic criteria for the utilization of this approach are discussed in
 detail, with special emphasis on its applicability to the severely disturbed
 client. 30 References. HA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Treatment (472400); Diagnosis,
 Diagnostic (131800)
-Ident-
 social work practice, "task-centered" treatment approach; diagnostic
 criteria;
 Section Headings: social welfare-professional orientations of social agents;
 (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 51
-A-
 163520 85W4736
-W-
 Toward Professional Pluralism: The Pacific/Asian-American Case
 Ishisaka, Anthony H.; Takagi, Calvin Y.
 School Social Work U Washington, Saint Louis MO 63130
 Jrnl of Education for Social Work 1981, 17, 1, winter, 44-5.
 -CODEN-
 JESWAD
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Trends in the education of Pacific Asian-American (P/AA) students,
 distribution of P/AA faculty, & level of immigration from Pacific Asia to
 the US are reviewed as a basis for suggesting means of improving educational
 programs designed to produce social workers better equipped to work with
 P/AA communities. Three models of curriculum applicable to varying
 situations are presented. 4 Tables. HA
-Desc-
 Pacific (314800) Asia, Asian, Asians, Asiatic (039500); America, American,
 Americans (030150); Social work (433700); Curriculum,
 Curricula, Curricular (119830)
-Ident-
 Pacific/Asian-American social work programs, curriculum improvement
 suggestions;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 52
-A-
 163516 85W4732
-W-
 The Changing Context of Human Services Administration
 Hasenfeld, Yeheskel
 School Social Work U Michigan, Ann Arbor 48109
 Social Work 1984, 29, 6, Nov-Dec, 522-529.
 -CODEN-
 SOWOA8
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 The welfare state has entered a period of financial & ideological crisis as
 a result of changing economic & political conditions. New ideologies have
 emerged that favor economic growth, corporatism, self-reliance,
 nongovernmental intermediaries, & decentralization, though these have been
 challenged by the idea of economic democracy. Important current trends
 include scarcity, uncertainty, & instability; degovernmentalization &
 privatization; & cutback management. At the same time, this period may force
 human service agencies to focus their efforts on the most productive of
 their goals & programs, & call forth more commitment to the welfare state. 2
 Tables. W. H. Stoddard
-Desc-
 Welfare state (489770); Crises, Crises (119160); Human Services (217120)
-Ident-
 welfare state's financial/ideological crisis, human service agency
 implications;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 53
-A-
 163489 85W4705
-W-
 A Cognitive-Sociobehavioral Model of Clinical Social Work Practice and
 Evaluation
 Bagarozzi, Dennis A.
 School Social Work U Georgia, Athens 30602
 Clinical Social Work Jrnl 1983, 11, 2, Summer, 164-177.
 -CODEN-
 CSWJBG
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 On the basis of a review of empirical work in clinical psychology,
 counseling, social work, social psychology, & behavior modification, a model
 of clinical social work intervention is proposed that takes into account how
 individual cognitive processes, perceptions, & other relevant intra&
 interpersonal factors influence the development, maintenance, & course of
 the interpersonal helping process. In keeping with a developmental
 orientation to the helping process, a variety of interpersonal & clinical
 skills are identified that the social worker must acquire & learn to exhibit
 effectively if treatment is to be successful. 36 references. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Clinic, Clinics, Clinical, Clinician (091700); Social work (433700);
 Intervention (240965); Cognition, Cognitive (095000); Socio- (434550);
 Behavior, Behavioral (051300)
-Ident-
 clinical social work intervention model, cognitive/sociobehavioral
 perspective;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 54
-A-
 163485 85W4701
-W-
 Integrating Content on Women into the Social Policy Curriculum: A Continuum
 Model
 Abramovitz, Mimi; Hopkins, Thomas J.; Olds, Victoria; Waring, Mary
 School Social Work Hunter Coll, New York NY 10021
 Jrnl of Education for Social Work 1982, 18, 1, winter, 29-34.
 -CODEN-
 JESWAD
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 The curriculum mandate of the Council on Social Work Education establishes
 the need to include nonsexist content on women in social work education. To
 assist schools in achieving this goal, a continuum model is developed
 containing three options for such integration: minimal, moderate, & maximal.
 These options are organized around several dimensions: (1) the nature of the
 mandate to instructors, (2) the degree of comprehensiveness of content about
 women, & (3) the allocation of curriculum time or space to women's issues.
 Suggestions for moving an introductory social policy course from the minimal
 to the moderate option are presented, followed by a discussion of strategies
 for assessing & creating system readiness for curriculum change within
 schools of social work. 1 Table. HA
-Desc-
 Social policy (432239); Curriculum, Curricula, Curricular (119?30); Woman,
 Women; (see also Female) (490000); Social work (433700)
-Ident-
 social work education, women's issues, social policy curriculum; continuum
 model;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 55
-A-
 163475 85W4691
-W-
 The Chesapeake Health Plan: An HMO Model for Foster Children
 Schor, Edward L.; Neff, John M.; LaAsmar, Joseph L.
 School Medicine U New Mexico, Albuquerque 87131
 Child Welfare 1984, 63, 5, Sept-Oct, 431-440.
 -CODEN-
 CHWFAS
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: United Stites
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 By virtue of being in foster care & receiving Medicaid, many foster children
 receive fragmented health care. An alternative is offered, the health
 maintenance organization (HMO), that is not only a better, more
 cost-efficient health care provider, but also tends to the psychological &
 social needs of foster children & promotes alliances among families, medical
 practitioners, & social workers. The experiences of the Baltimore, Md,
 department of Social Services in establishing a HMO for foster children are
 presented. 2 Tables, 11 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Foster, Fosters, Fosterage, Fosterhome, Foster homes (187175); Child,
 Children, Childhood (081000); Health Maintenance Organization, HMO (208175);
 Health care (20?100)
-Ident-
 foster children, health maintenance organization care; Maryland case;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-specific problems in highly industrialized countries (aging,
 women, minorities, health, fertility, etc.); (6140)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 56
-A-
 163419 85W4635
-W-
 What Is a Homosexual: A Definitional Model
 Berger, Raymond M.
 School Social Work U Illinois, Urbana 61801
 Social Work 1983, 28, 2, Mar-Apr, 132-135.
 -CODEN-
 SOWOA
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 A homosexual identity is the result of a system of interacting influences
 that include life experiences, cultural & religious values, social reaction,
 self-attribution, & association with others. In addition, the social
 definition of homosexuality & its self-attribution may change over time or
 over the course of an individual's life. Taking these complexities into
 account, the social worker must discard the traditional binary model of
 heterosexual versus homosexual in favor of a model that incorporates
 relevant psychosocial factors. A definitional model is presented. 1 Figure.
 Author Summary
-Desc-
 Homosexual, Homosexuality; (see also Gay) (215000); Social work (433700);
 Model, Modeling, Models (274400)
-Ident-
 homosexuality, social work definitional model proposed;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-specific problems in highly industrialized countries (aging,
 women, minorities, health, fertility, etc.); (6140)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 57
-A-
 163380 85W4596
-W-
 Foster Family Care for Frail Elderly: A Cost-Effective Quality Care
 Alternative
 Vandivort, Rita; Kurren, Gaile M.; Braun, Kathryn
 Queen's Medical Center, PO Box 861 Honolulu HI 96808
 Jrnl of Gerontological Social Work 1984, 7, 4, July, 101-114.
 -CODEN-
 JGSWDU
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The development of cost-effective, community alternatives for the
 chronically ill has been a serious concern for a decade. The expansion of
 the elderly population has been well-documented. In Hawaii, eg, projections
 show a need for an additional 1, 602 long-term-care beds by the year 2000,
 almost double the current capacity. The state Medicaid program is searching
 for ways to reduce the $50 million spent in 1982 for institutional long-term
 care. Already experiencing the shortage of long-term beds, hospitals have a
 chronic loss of revenue potential through the holding of nonacute patients
 in the hospital while waiting for a nursing home bed vacancy. At one 500-bed
 acute-care hospital, 25-30 beds daily are occupied by nursing home
 waitlisted clients. The waitlisted days per patient average 20.4. In Sept
 1979, the hospital's department of social work began foster family care for
 elderly persons eligible for nursing home care. Foster families are
 extensively screened & trained for the severely dependent clients. The
 social worker & registered nurse team are closely involved in placements,
 developing & implementing an individualized written treatment plan to assure
 the clients quality of care. Data collected from case studies over the past
 3 years indicate that this setting provides cost-effective, quality care.
 Overall scoring on bathing, dressing, toileting, transfer, & continence,
 utilizing the KATZ (not identified) Activity of Daily Living, shows that 71%
 of the clients (number of cases not provided) improve after 3 months on
 placement. Of 5% incontinent at placement, 33% make significant improvement;
 & of 41% requiring adaptive devices & assistance for walking, 48% show
 functional improvements in walking. Furthermore, the cost of this type of
 care is only 50% of that for institutional care. Examined are the multiple
 needs served through the program: the elderly pere Medicaid surance, &
 overall cost-effectiveness of the foster family model. 30 References. HA
-Desc-
 Elder, Elders, Elderly (149733); Foster, Fosters, Fosterage, Fosterhome,
 Fosterhomes (187175); Family, Families (171600); Health care (208100);
 Hawaii, Hawaiian, Hawaiians (207250)
-Ident-
 frail elderly foster family care, cost-effective quality care alternative;
 case study data; Hawaii;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 58
-A-
 163358 85W4574
-W-
 On the Place of Reality in Social Work and Psychoanalytic Theory
 Saari, Carolyn
 School Social Work Loyola U, Chicago IL 6061
 Clinical Social Work Jrnl 1983, 11, 1, spring, 7-21.
 -CODEN-
 CSWJBG
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 The theoretical concepts involving reality as they were used in orthodox
 psychoanalytic theory are reviewed, & it is concluded that purely empiricist
 thinking of the type common in Sigmund Freud's time has contributed to
 problems experienced within the social work profession. Proposed is the
 consideration of a view of meaningful reality as constructed through
 interpersonal transactions based on the model of the transitional object.
 This model may hold promise for better understanding of the relationship
 between the person & the situation, of some aspects of the treatment
 relationship, & ways in which to measure treatment effectiveness. 25
 References. HA
-Desc-
 Reality (372000); Psychoanalysis, Psychoanalytic,
 Psychoanalyst, Psychoanalysts (354000); Social work (433700)
-Ident-
 reality concepts, psychoanalytic theory, social work implications;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 59
-A-
 163327 85W4543
-W-
 The Concept of "Integrated" Services Reconsidered
 Martin, Patricia Yancey; Chackerian, Richard; Imershein, Allen W.; Frumkin,
 Michael L.
 Florida State U, Tallahassee 32306
 Social Science Quarterly 1983, 64, 4, Dec, 747-763.
 -CODEN-
 SSQTAL
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Services "integration" is presented as a multidimensional concept & analyzed
 as an organizational innovation relative to: (1) four hierarchical levels of
 service delivery systems; (2) causal relations among the dimensions of
 integration; & (3) claimed benefits of integrated services. The focus of
 analysis is human services, but extensions are made to other service sectors
 (ie, local government). It is concluded that a dimensional (rather than
 global) approach facilitates research, practice, & theorizing relative to
 services integration. 2 Figures, 44 References. HA
-Desc-
 Human Services (217120); Integrate, Integrated, Integrates,
 Integration, Integrative (236110)
-Ident-
 human services integration;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 60
-A-
 163263 85W4479
-W-
 Opportunities for Prevention of Domestic Neglect and Abuse of the Elderly
 Douglass, Richard L.
 Jewish Home Aged, 19100 West Seven Mile Rd Detroit MI 48219
 Prevention in Human Services 1983, 3, 1, fall, 135-150.
 -CODEN-
 PHSEDF
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The social problem of domestic neglect & abuse of the elderly, though not
 uncommon in the US, has not been sufficiently researcher. An interview
 survey of official care providers, police, & other involved personnel in
 Mich (number of cases = 228 usable responses) revealed that the oldest &
 most frail elderly are at the greatest risk. Victims tend to be liking with
 adult children or other informal caretakers who become neglectful or abusive
 when the burdens of providing care for a frail, elderly person interact with
 stress, inadequate preparation, medical problems of the caretaker, alcohol
 abuse, financial difficulties, & other situational factors. Family histories
 of neglect or abuse & other causal hypotheses have also been investigated. A
 review of recent studies reveals general agreement regarding the nature &
 apparent dynamics of this emerging problem among the elderly. Opportunities
 for prevention are discussed in terms of current models of service to the
 aging & redirection of other public health & social services. 16 References.
 Modified HA
-Desc-
 Elder, Elders, Elderly (149733); Domestic, Domestics, Domestication,
 Domesticated (136325); Abuse, Abuses, Abusing, Abusive (001050); US, US
 (477200); Michigan (271910); Prevention, Preventive (345600); Health
 services (208300)
-Ident-
 elderly persons, domestic neglect abuse, US; interview survey; official care
 providers/police/other personnel, Michigan; prevention opportunities, public
 health services;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 61
-A-
 163255 85W4471
-W-
 Intervention with Battered Women: The Lawyer-Social Worker Team
 Costantino, Cathy
 Social Work 1981, 26, 6, Nov, 456-460.
 -CODEN-
 SOWOA8
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Battered women have not received effective service from either the social
 work or legal professions. The factors behind this lack of effectiveness are
 explored & a model is proposed for multidisciplinary intervention with four
 basic components: intake, social work intervention, legal intervention, &
 collaborative activities. HA
-Desc-
 Battered (051240); Woman, Women; (see also Female) (490000); Intervention
 (240965); Lawyer, Lawyers (249460); Social worker, Social workers (433850)
-Ident-
 battered women, multidisciplinary intervention model, lawyer/social worker
 team;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 62
-A-
 163241 85W4457
-W-
 Are Occupational Therapists Cinderellas
 Borsay, Anne
 Saint David's University Coll, Lampeter Dyfed SA48 7ED Wales
 Social Policy and Administration 1983, 17, 2, summer, 130-141.
 -CODEN-
 SPOAD4
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA
 Organizational problems created by the entrance of occupational therapists
 into British social service departments (SSDs) are studied, using the case
 of the rehabilitation section of a large Midlands SSD. The dual-influence
 situation of a specialist supervising a fellow professional is defined. Four
 curative options are outlined, termed: secondment, outposting, functional
 monitoring & coordinating, & attachment. The attachment model was adopted by
 the Midlands SSD. Although the need for occupational therapists to divide
 their time between professional & managerial tasks impeded informal
 consultations, training & development of formal departmental procedures
 eventually led to more consistent & less arbitrary decisions. Professional
 education enhances role comprehension, leading to case allocation more
 appropriate to each professional's skills. The low priority of educational
 reform in the field of occupational therapy is seen as a function of the low
 priority of disabled people in the SSDs. 2 Tables. D. Graves
-Desc-
 Britain, British; (see also England, Great Britain) (067100); Social
 service, Social services (432805); Social disorganization (430750);
 Occupation, Occupations, Occupational (304000); Therapist, Therapists
 (464280)
-Ident-
 British social service departments' social disorganization; occupational
 therapists' employment;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 63
-A-
 163231 85W4447
-W-
 Responsibility Group Counseling
 Anderson, Joseph D.
 Shippensburg State Coll, PA 17257
 Social Work with Groups 1984, 7, 2, summer, 37-53.
 -CODEN-
 SWGRDU
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Counseling those experiencing interpersonal alienation can be accomplished
 in groups in which members learn to assume responsibility for themselves &
 others. A "responsibility group counseling" methodology for social work
 practice with groups is presented, discussing its principles, structure,
 techniques, & outcomes. It is emphasized that the groundrules of this model
 must be followed for it to be effective. 33 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Responsibility, Responsibilities (387200); Group therapy (200070); Social
 work (433700)
-Ident-
 responsibility group counseling, social work practice methodology;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 64
-A-
 163226 85W4442
-W-
 Work in Social Fields
 Travailler le social
 Contributor (s): Francq, Bernard; Mormont, Marc; Macquet, C.; Bouche,
 Madeleine; Dewael, Anne; Frere, Jean-Pol; Lamasch, Bernadette; Mennicken,
 Jacqueline; Michel, Marie-Madeleine; Van Herstraeten, Claire; Bartholome,
 .-P.; Kaluma, M. L.; Goffinet, Francoise; Van de Vloet, Yves; Van Uffel,
 Christian; Troutot, Pierre-Yves; Sauvi, Alain; Dind, Daniel; Vuille, Michel;
 Chauviere, Michel; Tachon, Michel; Lavigne, Chantal; Dorais, Michel; Renaud,
 Gilbert; Cossette, Daniel; Audet, Carmen; Letendre, Robert; Panaccio,
 Monique; Moreau, Maurice; Gourvil, Jean-Marie; Desmarais, Danielle
 Revue Internationale d'action communautaire/International Review of
 Community Development 1982, 7 (47), spring, 9-186.
 -CODEN-
 RIACDG
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: Canada
 Language: French
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA
 Discussing social work & various social services & movements, articles are
 presented by: Bernard Francq, Comment les politiques sociales se sont-elles
 constituees en Belgique (How Social Policies Are Constituted in Belgium);
 Marc Marmont, L'Aide social locale, forme dominee de l'action sociale. Les
 Centres publics d'aide sociale en milieu rural (Local Social Aid, a
 Dominated Form of Social Action: Public Social Aid Centers in Rural Areas);
 C. Macquet, Interrogations sur un modele medical "deliberalise": la maison
 medicale de Seraing (Liege) (Reflections on a "Nonliberal" Medical Model:
 The Medical Clinic of Seraing [Liege]); Madeleine Bouche, Anne Dewael,
 Jean-Pol Frere, Bernadette Lamesch, Jacqueline Mennicken, Marie-Madeleine
 Michel, & Claire Van Herstraeten, Travail social: champ des contraintes et
 possibilites d'action (Social Work: A Field of Constraints and of
 Possibilities for Action); J.-P. Bartholome, Les Droits des jeunes ou quand
 le juridique enerve le social (The Rights of Youth, or When the Juridical
 Supercedes the Social); M. L. Kaluma, Travail communautaire et
 electoralisme-l'exemple de Liege (Community Work and Electoralism: The
 Example of Liege); Francoise Goffinet, L'Oeuvre nationale de l'enfance: une
 action preventive exemplaire (The National Organization for Children: An
 Exemplary Preventive Action); Yves Van de Vloet & Christia Van Uffel,
 "Methodologie Vous avez dit methodologie..." (Methodology You Said
 Methodology...); Pierre-Yes Troutot, Les Travailleurs sociaux, la dynamique
 de l'impuissance et les modeles professionnels: une mse en perspective
 (Social Workers and the Dynamics of Impotence: Put in Perspective); Alain
 Sauvin, Des institutions bloquees a l'emergence des pratiques paralleles
 (Institutions Blocked by the Emergence of Parallel Practices); Daniel Dind,
 Projetthe Family: Results of a Critical Review); Jean-Marie Gourvil, Les
 Inntaltute for Labor and Mental He
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Social service, Social services (432805); Social
 movements (432170)
-Ident-
 social work/services/movements; various articles;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-welfare services (poverty); (6110)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 65
-A-
 163224 85W4440
-W-
 Recruiting and Retaining Human Service Volunteers: An Empirical Analysis
 Watts, Ann DeWitt; Edwards, Patricia Klobus
 Col Architecture & Ur Studies Virginia Polytechnic Instit & State U,
 Blacksburg 24061
 Jrnl of Voluntary Action Research 1983, 12, 3, July-Sept, 9-22.
 -CODEN-
 JVARDU
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 An examination of alternative methods of human service volunteer recruitment
 (word of mouth, newspaper appeals, contacts with clients' relatives, &
 radio/television appeals) & retention (reimbursement for expenses, training
 sessions, opportunities for promotion to paid employment, increased
 flexibility in scheduling, & increased responsibilities). Analyzed are
 relationships among organizational variables (agency function, size,
 proportion of female volunteers, & change in number of volunteers over time)
 with respect to the utility of the aforementioned methods in a sample of 124
 human service agencies in 5 Va cities. Data were gathered through a
 self-administered questionnaire mailed in 1980 to an administrator in each
 agency, & a follow-up survey sent 2 months later. Results revealed that
 92%-100% of administrators considered word of mouth a useful recruitment
 technique, & that retention methods were considered less effective than the
 recruitment methods used. 2 Tables, 37 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Human Services (217120); Volunteer, Volunteers (482200); Recruits,
 Recruitment (376200); Agency, Agencies (020200); Organization,
 Organizations, Organizational, Organize, Organizers, Organized, Organizing
 (313000)
-Ident-
 human service agency volunteer recruitment methods' efficiency; agency
 size/function/staffing; mail questionnaire/survey; administrators, Virginia
 cities;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-welfare services (poverty); (6110)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 66
-A-
 163217 85W4433
-W-
 Populism and the Social Services
 Pinker, Robert
 London School Economics & Political Science, Aldwyh WC2A 2AE England
 Social Policy and Administration 1984, 18, 1, spring, 89-99.
 -CODEN-
 SPOAD4
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA
 A discussion of the concept of populism in GB's social services in the
 context of the Barclay Report ("Social Workers: Their Role and Tasks, "
 National Institute for Social Work, Bedford Square Press/NVCO, 1982). Social
 work pursues the intrinsically difficult to reconcile goals of upward
 accountability, with its emphasis on hierarchy, procedures, &
 professionalism, a populist commitment to working with the local community.
 The majority opinion in the Barclay Report attempted to bridge the gap by
 recommending that all social workers be generalists, dividing work evenly
 between planning/administrative functions & casework/counseling. One
 minority report takes the populist position, recommending the "patch" model,
 which would commit social workers to increased community involvement subject
 to community control. The majority opinion would detract from
 professionalism & create inefficiency by preventing specialization. The
 "patch" model also would deemphasize professionalism by reducing the
 discretionary authority of social workers & result in the loss of financial
 support from the central government, due to the lack of accountability. The
 populist dimension is important, but should be subordinate to the social
 worker's accountability to the Social Services department, which ultimately
 is accountable through the political process. Radical changes in social
 policy are made by the central government, & populism often is a tactic used
 by those out of power to prevent or mitigate such changes. J. Woodward
-Desc-
 Populism, Populist (340300); Social service, Social services (432805); Great
 Britain; (see also Britain, England, UK) (197530)
-Ident-
 populism concept, GB social services, Barclay Report;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-welfare services (poverty); (6110)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 67
-A-
 163121 85P4650
-W-
 A Formula for Determining Social Worker Positions Based upon the Pardes
 Method
 Eaglstein, A. Solomon; Pardes, Yosef
 Social Indicators Research 1983, 13, 1, July, 59-68.
 -CODEN-
 SINRDZ
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: Netherlands
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 An alternative approach to traditional ad hoc methods of determining social
 worker positions is presented, based on collection of objective data for
 inclusion in a mathematical formula. This approach, developed in Israel in
 the late 1970s (Pardes, Y., An Equation for Determining Community Worker
 Positions in Local Authorities, Bar-Ilan University Publications, 197?),
 assures the employment of identical criteria & administrative procedures for
 the assignment of social workers' positions. It guarantees that, for a given
 number of social work bureaus, the assignment is equitable. Presented as a
 particular example is the case of social services provided by regional
 councils in Israel. The formula includes as variables: number of residents
 within each council's jurisdiction, community distress, & distance traveled
 by social workers between council settlements. 1 Table, 2 References.
 Modified HA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Job, Jobs (245000); Determinant,
 Determinants, Determination, Determinism, Deterministic, Determinancy
 (13114?); Israel, Israeli, Israelis (243300)
-Ident-
 social work positions determination approach, Y. Pardes's method; Israeli
 regional councils;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-forecasting, planning; (7240)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 68
-A-
 13119 85P4648
-W-
 The Coming Crunch in Rental Housing
 Downs, Anthony
 Brookings Instit, Washington DC 20036
 The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 1983,
 465, Jan, 76-85.
 -CODEN-
 AAYPAV
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Rental housing still accommodates over 33% of all US households, with 8 out
 of 9 rental units privately owned. Yet recent moves of many better-off
 households to homeownership have shifted the composition of renters toward
 higher fractions of the poor. Although residential rents have lagged behind
 living costs for 20 years, investing in rental units has been kept
 profitable by tax shelter & other factors. Higher real capital costs will
 weaken most of these factors in the 1980s, while also making homeownership
 more difficult, which will raise demands for rental housing. Hence, rents
 will rise rapidly, penalizing the poor. Rent controls might help
 temporarily, but would aggravate shortages in the long run. A better policy
 would be to allow rents to rise enough to motivate developers to build new
 units, & to aid the poor through a nationwide housing voucher program. This
 could be paid for by moderately reducing existing tax benefits enjoyed by
 more affluent homeowners. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Rent, Rents (383590); Housing (216400)
-Ident-
 rental housing, future trends;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-forecasting, planning; (6240)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 69
-A-
 163089 85P4618
-W-
 The Psychology and Economics of Scarcity in Human Services: A Symposium
 Contributor (s): Goldman, William; Pilisuk, Marc; England, Mary Jane; Foley,
 Henry A.; Schneider, Iris; Gurin, Arnold; Mogulof, Melvin; Aaron, Henry;
 Brenner, Harvey; Fein, Rashi
 American Jrnl of Orthopsychiatry 1980, ?0, 2, Apr, 198-238.
 -CODEN-
 AJORAG
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Presented is a symposium on the impact on mental health services of the
 passage of Proposition 13 (1978) in Calif. William Goldman (Rockridge Health
 Care Plan, Oakland, Calif) discusses the climate of PO toward government
 that preceded Proposition 13; the cessation or slowdown of many health,
 recreation, & education programs & services; & the decline in the quality of
 the civil service system. In The Future of Human Services Without Funding,
 Marc Pilisuk (University of California, Davis) identifies the most damaging
 effect of Proposition 13 as the depression caused among human service
 professionals, who face the prospect of an ongoing lack of funding support
 for service programs. Fallacies in the Calif "taxpayers revolt" are
 analyzed. In Children's Services in Massachusetts: "... and the First Will
 Come Last" Mary Jane England (Massachusetts department of Mental Health)
 laments immediate & long-term effects of cutbacks in children's services in
 Mass in 1975/76, considers philosophical issues involved in child welfare, &
 compares US & Chinese attitudes toward children. In The Small-Is-Beautiful
 Approach to Resource Allocation, Henry A. Foley & Iris Schneider (department
 of Health, Education, & Welfare) summarize the effects of reduced funding
 for human services in the areas of drug abuse, alcoholism, & mental health,
 using data from D. Ellenburg's "Health Care and the Early Known Impacts of
 Proposition 13, " (unpublished manuscript, 1979), & note the failures of
 matching-funds strategies. In Alternative Responses to the Pressures of
 Proposition 13, Arnold Gurin (Brandeis University, Waltham, Mass) addresses
 the social & economic advantages & costs of the use of alternative funding
 sources in government, eg, the use of Title Twenty or Aim for Dependent
 Children programs. In Assessing the Reactions to P William Goldman. 27
 References. D. Dunseath
-Desc-
 Mental health (267000); Hu man Services (217120); California, Californian,
 Californians (068950); Fund, Funds, Funding (191560); Legislation; (see also
 Law, Legal) (25?575)
-Ident-
 mental health services, California's Proposition 13 funding cuts impact;
 symposium;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-policy administration (social administration,
 analysis of laws and acts, language, etc.); (7230)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 70
-A-
 163083 85P4612
-W-
 Citizen Advocacy in the Implementation of Federal Block Grants at State and
 Local Levels of Government: The California Experience
 Stoner, Madeleine R.
 School Social Work U Southern California, Los Angeles 90089
 Social Development Issues 1983, 7, 3, winter, 8-21.
 -CODEN-
 SDEIDU
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPOA
 An examination of the interaction between the community & service delivery
 systems, drawing on the experience in 1982 of the Block Grant Advisory Task
 Force in Calif, which succeeded in preserving the integrity of services in
 the block grant system. Some earlier successes of community-based
 organizations are reviewed. Major concerns about the direction of citizen
 advocacy toward cost containment & reduction in social spending that have
 surfaced over the past decade are discussed, & an inventory of community
 efforts that might reverse this trend is presented. It is argued that
 organized advocacy has effectively restrained state government from
 completely emasculating human services & can continue to do so. 21
 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Community, Communities, Communitarian (104000); Human Services (217120);
 Fund, Funds, Funding (191560); Advocacy (0162?5); California, Californian,
 Californians (068950)
-Ident-
 federal Block Grant Advisory Task Force, California, 1982 experience;
 community/human service delivery interaction, advocacy potential;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-policy administration (social administration,
 analysis of laws and acts, language, etc.); (?230)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 71
-A-
 163062 85P4591
-W-
 The Determinants of Social Policy. A Case Study: Regulating Health and
 Safety at the Workplace in Sweden
 Navarro, Vicente
 School Hygiene & Public Health Johns Hopkins U, Baltimore MD 21005
 International Jrnl of Health Services 1983, 13, 4, 517-561.
 -CODEN-
 IJHSC6
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPOA
 An analysis & critique of the "technocratic" view of occupational health &
 safety policies (OHSPs), which sees the values of the personnel of the
 "postindustrial" regulatory agencies as the most important determinant of
 those policies. An alternate position is put forth explaining these OHSPs as
 primarily the result of different degrees of political power of the two
 major social classes (labor & capital) & the set of influences exerted on
 the regulators agencies by instruments (eg, political parties, unions, trade
 organizations) of those social classes. An analysis of the historical
 evolution of labor & capital classes & their conflict in both civil &
 political societies better explains the Swedish OHSPs than a mere analysis
 of the regulators' views. OHSPs in Sweden are not identical to those in the
 US-as the "technocratic" theorists assume-but rather offer more protection
 to the workers-a result of labor's greater power in Sweden than in the US. 9
 Tables, 8 Figures, 44 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Occupation, Occupations, Occupational (304000); Health, Healthy (208000);
 Safety (399500); Policy, Policies (339500); Sweden, Swedish (453335)
-Ident-
 occupational health/safety policies, technocratic view critiqued,
 alternative position; Sweden case example;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-policy administration (social administration,
 analysis of laws and acts, language, etc.); (7230)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 72
-A-
 162937 85P4466
-W-
 Project Evaluation in a Futures Real Time System
 Hayden, F. Gregory
 U Nebraska, Lincoln 68588
 Jrnl of Economic Issues 1982,16, 2, June, 401-411.
 -CODEN-
 JECIAR
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 It is asserted that the correct basis for temporal evaluation of alternative
 programs & projects is timeliness. In designing programs for sociotechnical
 systems, it is important that delivery be consistent with the needs of the
 recipient social nodes. Timeliness requires that the following question be
 asked: Which projects will deliver the right amount of social goods &
 services at the right point in the social process to allow for the
 integration, maintenance, & improvement of the social fabric. Temporal
 evaluation should be conducted to provide answers to questions regarding
 when impacts should be delivered. An evaluation device consistent with the
 requirements of social timeliness is provided here. To that end, temporal
 concepts found in computer real time systems are to be used in conjunction
 with institutionalist economics concepts. This approach is in direct
 disagreement with neoclassical time stream discounting. For planning
 purposes, evaluation should assist in decision making with regard to the
 coordination of collective social motions & activities, & to the sequencing
 of events. When the social sequencing approach is emphasized, time is no
 longer thought of in terms of continuity, but of duration between sequential
 events. A time clock is not measuring a continuous stream of moments, but a
 motion that has been chosen as the common denominator or instrument for
 measuring the duration of other motions, or duration between events.
 Temporal evaluation that judges whether a project correctly sequences the
 delivery of impacts with system needs is seen to be consistent with the
 basic concepts of computer science real time. 5 Figures. AA
-Desc-
 Program evaluation (348670); Time (465000)
-Ident-
 alternative program/project evaluation, timeliness criterion; impact
 delivery, computer real time consistency;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-evaluation research (definition, methods, etc.);
 (7220)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 73
-A-
 162801 85P4330
-W-
 How Many Physicians Are Enough
 Ginzberg, Eli
 Graduate School Business Columbia U, New York NY 10027
 The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 1983,
 468, July, 205-215.
 -CODEN-
 AAYPAV
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Although it is difficult to ascertain whether or not the nation faces an
 oversupply of physicians in the coming decades, there is no doubt that a
 health care system can be operated more effectively with a taut than a loose
 supply of medical personnel. The perception of severe specialty & geographic
 imbalance, which informed national health policy during the 1960s & 1970s,
 has been modified by evidence of a significant redistribution in the supply.
 Increasing numbers of practitioners are likely to effect further escalation
 in the costs of physician services & total expenditures for health care,
 even if-in conformity with classical laws of supply & demand-individual MDs'
 incomes & the relative economic advantage of the profession were to decline.
 Since the objective of improved access has, to a considerable extent, been
 realized, the principal benefit of the loosened supply in the future will be
 to facilitate the initiation of innovative practice modes & alternative
 health care delivery systems that offer the potential of improved efficiency
 & quality. HA
-Desc-
 Physician, Physicians (334500)
-Ident-
 physician oversupply problem, future implications;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-policy studies/sciences: formulation & analysis
 (welfare state, public policy, decision making, etc.); (7210)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 74
-A-
 162705 85D3302
-W-
 The Proximate Determinants of fertility in Sub-Saharan Africa
 Bongaarts, John; Frank, Odile; Lesthaeghe, Ron
 Center Policy Studies Population Council, 1 Dag Hammarskjold Plaza New York
 NY 10017
 Population and Development Review 1984, 10, 3, Sept, 511-57.
 -CODEN-
 PDERDO
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 While standards of living in the poorest countries of Latin America & Asia,
 on the average, have been rising, they actually declined in the low income
 countries of Africa during the 1970s, when population growth exceeded small
 gains in economic growth. While sub-Saharan African governments have not
 shown much concern about demographic trends in the past, this situation is
 now changing & policies to reduce fertility rates are being sought. In this
 context, an assessment of the proximate determinants of fertility levels &
 differintials for the region are provided, through secondary analysis of
 United Nations & other statistics regarding: (1) proportion of women married
 or in sexual unions, (2) Frequency of intercourse, (3) postpartum
 abstinence, (4) lactational amenorrhea, (5) contraception, (6) induced
 abortion, (7) spontaneous intrauterine mortality, (8) natural sterility, &
 (9) pathological sterility. 6 Figures, 3 Tables, 25 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Africa, African, Africans (018500); Fertility (177440)
-Ident-
 African fertility; UN/other statistics;
-SectHd-
 social development-demographic change; (8380)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 75
-A-
 162680 85D3277
-W-
 Social Work Education Patterns in Five Developing Countries: Relevance of
 U.S. Microsystems Model
 Brigham, Thomas M.
 California State U, Fresno 93740
 Jrnl of Education for Social Work 1982, 18, 2, spring, 68-75.
 -CODEN-
 JESWAD
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Social work education patterns were observed during 1978 visits to 5
 developing countries: India, Indonesia, the Philippines, Israel, &
 Singapore. The total number of cases of social work schools appeared not to
 be related to size of country, degree of development, or relative
 socioeconomic situation. The predominant curricular focus was a
 casework-clinical US model, increasingly questioned by indigenous social
 work educators. Except in India, the most prevalent social work practice
 degree was the bachelor's degree. Questions are raised about form, content,
 & amount of social work education/training in developing countries. 2
 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Education, Educational, Educator,
 Educators, Educationally (146000); Developing countries (131197)
-Ident-
 social work education patterns, developing countries, US model's relevance;
-SectHd-
 social development-education for change; (8375)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 76
-A-
 162363 84W4380
-W-
 The PLATO System: An Alternative Instructional Approach
 Shaffer, Gary L.
 School Social Work U Illinois, Urbana 60801
 Arete 1982, 7, 2, winter, 69-72.
 -CODEN-
 ARETDV
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Remote training & teaching alternatives (RTAs) little used in social work
 education will find greater acceptance during this decade. The applicability
 of one such alternative, the PLATO system (Programmed logic for Automated
 Teaching Operations), is being evaluated by the PLATO Child Welfare
 Demonstration Project at the University of Illinois. The advantages &
 disadvantages of the whole range of RTAs need to be explored by educators &
 practitioners alike, as instructional demands escalate & program funds
 diminish. HA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Education, Educational, Educator, Educators,
 Educationally (146000); Training, Trainer (469000); Teaching; (see also
 Programmed learning) (455300)
-Ident-
 social work; education; remote training & teaching alternatives, Programmed
 Logic for Automated Teaching Operations system;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 77
-A-
 162351 8W4368
-W-
 A Critical Analysis of Power in Professional-Client Relations
 Martin, Patricia Yancey
 School Social Work Florida State U, Tallahassee 32306
 Arete 1981, 6, 3, spring, 35-48.
 -CODEN-
 ARETDV
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 OPODA
 A critical analysis of the sources & nature of power in professional-client
 relations, with three goals: (1) to increase awareness of the determinants
 of power differentials in relations between professionals & clients &
 between service organizations & professionals; (2) to sensitize service
 workers to the power aspects of such relationships; & (3) to identify
 alternatives for service organizations, service workers, & the clients of
 social services for reducing the undesirable consequences of power. To
 achieve these goals, Peter M. Blau's theory of social exchange (see SA 13:
 2/65B4829) & Douglas Rosenthal's models of traditional versus paticipatory
 client roles (Lawyer and Client: Who's in Charge New York: Russell Sage
 Foundation, 1974) are reviewed. 1 Table, 1 Figure. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Profession, Professions, Professional, Professionals, Professionalism,
 Professionalized (348400); Relations, Relational (382485); Client, Clients,
 Clientele (091625)
-Ident-
 professional-client relations/power; critical analysis;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 78
-A-
 162349 84W4366
-W-
 Toward a Wholistic Helper Profile
 Malon, Donald W.; Spencer, Donna M.
 School Social Work Saint Louis U, MO 63103
 Arete 1980, 6, 2, fall, 13-20.
 -CODEN-
 ARETDV
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Current models for teaching communication skills are primarily verbal, &
 tend to focus on discrete units of behavior. Here, a wholistic view of
 skills training is presented shifting the focus from discrete to cumulative
 helping skills, both verbal & nonverbal. Videotaped interviews of 22
 baccalaureate social work students were analyzed to explore differences in
 the cumulative levels of verbal helping skills. A model for assessing
 nonverbal "response attentiveness" is introduced & applied to determine
 levels of nonverbal helping that correspond to levels of verbal helping. The
 result is a wholistic profile of helped skills that integrates & expands the
 core conditions of effective communication. 2 Figures. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Communication, Communications, Communicative, Communicating,
 Communicator, Communicational (103000); Help, Helping, Helper, Helpers
 (212570); Social work (433700)
-Ident-
 communication skills training, wholistic helper profile; videotaped
 interviews; social work students;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 79
-A-
 162342 84W4359
-W-
 Social Work: Back to the Poor Law
 Jordan, Bill
 U Exeter, EX4 4QJ England
 New Society 1982, 60, 1016, 6 May, 208-210.
 -CODEN-
 NWSOAN
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 A discussion of the weaknesses of the "Barclay report" (Social Workers:
 Their Role and Tasks, Bedford Square Press, no further publication
 information provided). The report was written at the request of Patrick
 Jenkin, the United Kingdom Social Services Secretary, to study the role of
 social workers in the social welfare state. While the report provides a
 synchronic analysis of current United Kingdom social worker functions, no
 attempt is made to discuss the past evolution of social work or to offer a
 prognosis of its future development. The three models presented of community
 social work are largely abstract & do little to help solve current
 controversies within the United Kingdom social welfare system. Final
 recommendations for the creation of an independent inspectorate for social
 work, analogous to the National Health Service's inspectorate, represent a
 compromise between semiprofessionalization & political accountability. 2
 Photographs. M. Meeks
-Desc-
 United Kingdom, UK; (see also Britain, England, Great Britain) (477140);
 Social welfare (433500); Social worker, Social workers (433850)
-Ident-
 UK social welfare system, social workers' role, "Barclay report";
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 80
-A-
 162331 84W4347
-W-
 Independent Social Workers and the Courts: Advise, Resist and Defend
 Giller, Henri; Morris, Allison
 U Keele, Staffordshire ST5 5BG England
 The Jrnl of Social Welfare Law 1982, Jan, 29-41.
 -CODEN-
 JSWLDX
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 An exploratory study of 12 child care & protection cases in which a panel of
 independent social workers prepared social inquiry reports to aid in court
 adjudication. Interviews were conducted with the parents, lawyers, panel
 members, & local authority social worker to determine their perceptions &
 opinions of the role of independent social workers. The findings suggest
 that alternative social inquiry reports are not necessarily independent, &
 that pursuing "the best interests of the child" marks certain interests,
 ideologies, & orientations. Also, since those undertaking such inquiries act
 frequently as negotiators, rather than challengers, it is possible that a
 service designed to protect the rights of children & families may, in fact,
 bargain them away. 1 Appendix. Modified AA
-Desc-
 Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Court, Courts, Courtly (118000); Social
 worker, Social workers (433850)
-Ident-
 court adjudication, children's rights; independent social workers' inquiry
 reports; interviews; parents/lawyers/social workers;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 81
-A-
 16318 84W4334
-W-
 Alternative Routes to Public Recognition for Social Work
 Brawley, Edward A.
 Pennsylvania State U, University Park 16802
 Arete 1983, 8, 2, fall, 1-9.
 -CODEN-
 ARETDV
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The social work profession has invested an enormous amount of time, energy,
 & financial resources in the effort to achieve licensure or some form of
 legal regulation of social work. While it may be important to sustain some
 effort in the area of licensure, the investment of financial, political, &
 other resources in this effort may be disproportionate to the segment of the
 profession that benefits. It is suggested that devoting more resources to
 alternative public recognition strategies might be more beneficial for the
 profession as a whole. HA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Recognition (375000)
-Ident-
 social work, licensure/public regulation;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 82
-A-
 162316 84W4331
-W-
 Enhancing Social Work Education through Use of Drama Students as "Clients"
 in Role Play
 Berliner, Arthur K.
 Texas Christian U, Fort Worth 76129
 Arete 1982, 7, 2, winter, 61-67.
 -CODEN-
 ARETDV
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The normative model of social work education combines academic & field
 education. A substantial gap exists between the two modalities because of
 their differing emphasis. To bridge this gap & enhance sequential learning,
 some programs introduce role plays in the classroom. However, since "social
 workers" & "clients" typically are drawn from the same class, existing
 personal relationships tend to interfere with attempts at role playing.
 Moreover, since social work students are not professional actors, it may be
 difficult for them to enact client roles realistically; thus exercises may
 be performed awkwardly & self-consciously. Experiences using University
 drama majors as "clients" are described, identifying the educational
 benefits & problems in implementing this program. Necessary conditions are
 outlined for development of such a program in an academic setting. HA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Education, Educational, Educator,
 Educators, Educationally (146000); Role, Roles (394000)
-Ident-
 social work education, role play drama students as "clients";
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 83
-A-
 162273 84W4288
-W-
 The Role of "Children's Hearings" in Child Abuse and Neglect
 Martin, F. M.; Murray, Kathleen; Millar, Helen
 Department Social Administration & Social Work, 53 Southpark Ave Glasgow G12
 8LF Scotland
 Child Abuse and Neglect 1982, 6, 3, 313-320.
 -CODEN-
 CABND3
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The juvenile justice system established in Scotland in 1971, in which lay
 volunteers play a central part, provides a framework for making decisions
 about children in need of care & protection as well as those who have
 committed delinquent acts. Although cases of child abuse & neglect have come
 increasingly to the attention of children's hearing in recent years, they
 nevertheless constitute a small fraction of a workload dominated by cases of
 delinquency & truancy. In 1981, 43 such hearings were systematically
 observed & 120 of the participating panel members interviewed. Examination
 of these results indicates a heavy dependence on social workers'
 recommendations; a reluctance to open up sensitive areas for discussion,
 even though these may be of central importance; & an apparent lack of
 curiosity about the arrangements made for children removed from their homes,
 & the implications of these. It is concluded that the anxiety generated by
 child abuse & neglect has prevented panel members from recognizing the
 distinctive features of their role in the decision-making process & has led
 them to fall back on an inappropriate model of practice derived from
 delinquency hearings. An alternative model is outlined. 4 References.
 Modified HA
-Desc-
 Child Abuse; (see also Child Neglect) (081235); Child, Children, Childhood
 (081000); Court, Courts, Courtly (118000); Scotland, Scottish (410825)
-Ident-
 child abuse/neglect; "children's hearings"' role/adequacy;
 observation/interviews; hearings/panel members; Scotland;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-specific problems in highly industrialized countries (aging,
 women, minorities, health, fertility, etc.); (6140)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 84
-A-
 162259 84W4274
-W-
 The Health Status of the French People, 1930-1978
 Etat de sante des Francais 1930-1978
 Patton, Francoise; Varnoux, Noelle; Deruffe, Louise; Guirriec, Jacqueline
 Instit national sante recherche medicale, 101 rue de Tolbiac 75645 Paris
 Cedex 13 France
 Revue francaise des affaires sociales 1980, 34, 4, Oct-Dec, 109-134.
 -CODEN-
 RFASA6
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.: France
 Language: French
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Mortality rates in France are compared for the years 1930 & 1978 by such
 categories as age, sex, & cause of death. The principal causes of death in
 1978 were circulatory illnesses (3?.1%), tumors (23%), accidents (8.8%),
 respiratory diseases (6.7%), & digestive problems (6.1%). In comparative
 terms, the trend is toward decreased mortality; ie, whereas 30% of those
 born did not survive the age of 45 in 1930, only ?% did not in 1978. Other
 indices of basic health have improved also; eg, life expectancy has
 increased 15 years for men & 18 for women. 13 Tables, 9 Graphs. S.
 Karganovic
-Desc-
 Health, Healthy (208000); France, French (187500)
-Ident-
 health status, French people, 1930 vs 1978; mortality rates;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-specific problems in highly industrialized countries (aging,
 women, minorities, health, fertility, etc.); (6140)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 85
-A-
 162183 84W4197
-W-
 Operationalizing the Person-Environment Conceptual Framework for Social Work
 Intervention with Depressed Clients
 Wetzel, Janice Wood
 Smith Coll, Northampton MA 01063
 Arete 1980, 6, 2, fall, 33-42.
 -CODEN-
 ARETDV
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Focus is on development of a person-environment model of depression & the
 step-by-step thought processes involved in the selection of variables to be
 addressed. Data were obtained from 2 samples (100 white females & 300 white,
 Mexican-American, & black women & men, respectively) relative to the problem
 of depression (details of data collection methods not provided). The results
 of data analysis provide social workers & educators with substantive
 practice-relevant knowledge concerning significant personality &
 environmental variables that affect depression. Suggestions for intervention
 are also discussed. 1 Table. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Depression (129000)
-Ident-
 social work intervention, depressed clients; person-environment conceptual
 framework operationalisation;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 86
-A-
 162172 84W4186
-W-
 An Examination of Two Social Treatment Models with Abusive Families
 Sturke, D. Kinly; Flanzer, Jerry P.
 Graduate School Social Work U Arkansas, Little Rock 72204
 Social Work Papers 1981, 16, spring, 53-62.
 -CODEN-
 SWPADO
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 A contrastive analysis of two models for treatment of families suffering
 from both alcoholism & some other type of abusive behavior. Interview data
 were collected from families (number of cases = 65) undergoing therapy in
 1978 in Pulaski County, Ark, under the auspices of the Arkansas Alcohol &
 Child Abuse Demonstration Project. The generic family model holds that
 adolescent maladaptive behavior can best be treated by changing a poor
 system of family relationships into a stable support network. The management
 model is based on Abraham Maslow's hierarchy of personal needs, extrapolated
 to the family level (Motivation and Personality, New York: Harper & Row,
 1954). Family members are encouraged to establish their own identities,
 leading to true reintegration of the family. The findings show that the
 generic family model provided more reliable results in rehabilitating the
 families studied. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Family, Families (171600); Abuse, Abuse, Abusing, Abusive (001050);
 Alcoholic, Alcoholics, Alcoholism (027000); Treatment (472400); Social work
 (433700)
-Ident-
 abusive-alcoholic families, contrastive social work treatment models;
 interviews;
 Section Headings: social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group
 work, community organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 87
-A-
 16239 84W4153
-W-
 The New Orphans: Other Paths to Permanence
 Powell, John; Powers, Douglas
 Residential Group Case & Treatment 1983, 2, 1-2, fall-winter, 59-69.
 -CODEN-
 RGCTDT
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 An alternitive to permanent adoption for "new orphans, " or foster care
 children in the custody of social service departments, is reviewed. Some
 residential treatment centers have established small group homes, providing
 displaced children with in extended caring family, certainty, & structure.
 Examples of successful satellite groups are given & the attractive
 characteristics of the arrangement are noted, including the treatment
 center's ability to provide extended medical & psychiatric care, to share
 philosophies with the group home, & to offer a greater sense of security & a
 smoother transition to the child. 5 References. J. Cannon
-Desc-
 Foster care (187182); Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Adopt, Adoption,
 Adopted, Adoptive (014800)
-Ident-
 foster care children in social service department's custody, permanent
 adoption alternative;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 88
-A-
 162116 84W4130
-W-
 Student Community Work: A Social Problems Approach in Newcastle, Australia
 Mills, Graham G.
 Newcastle Coll Advanced Education, Warauah New South Wales 2298 Australia
 Community Development Jrnl 1984, 19, 1, Jan, 40-45.
 -CODEN-
 CYDJAU
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Community work has become an important part of the social work curriculum in
 Australia. One example of this trend is reviewed: the Newcastle college of
 Advanced Education Community Development Vocational Forum, as seen during
 personal experience in teaching its welfare course. Five stages in applying
 social problems theory to community work are recognized in the program:
 identification of a problem; problem legitimation; plan of action;
 implementation; & social policy analysis. The program has been successful &
 become a model for further programs. W. H. Stoddard
-Desc-
 Australia Australian, Australians (047700); Social work (433700); Community,
 Communities, Communitarian (104000); Program, programs, Programmer,
 Programmers (348660)
-Ident-
 community work program incorporation, Australian social work curriculum;
 social problems approach, Newcastle college example;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 89
-A-
 162112 84W4125
-W-
 Out-of-Home Placement Rates
 Mech, Edmund V.
 School Social Work U Illinois, Urbana 61801
 The Social Service Review 1983, 57, 4 Dec, 659-667.
 -CODEN-
 SSRVAW
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Data are analyzed from the Children & Youth Referral Survey as provided by
 the Office for Civil Rights. Out-of-home placement rates per 1, 000 children
 under age 19 were calculated for all states & classified according to
 racial/ethnic category. Compared with the national placement rate of 4 per
 1, 000, black children were placed out-of-home at a rate of 9.5 per 1, 000,
 followed by American Indian children with a rate of 8.8 per 1,000. Black
 children comprise only 14% of the population under age 19, but accounted for
 33% of all children in out-of-home placement. 4 Tables. AA
-Desc-
 Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Placement (339068)
-Ident-
 out-of-home child placement rates, racial/ethnic categories; Child & Youth
 Referral Survey;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 90
-A-
 162110 84W4123
-W-
 The Conciliation Court: A Source of Hope for Families
 McIsaac, Hugh
 Superior Court, 110 North Grant Ave Los Angeles CA 90012
 Social Work Papers 1981, 16, spring, 74-81.
 -CODEN-
 SWPADO
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The Conciliation Court of Los Angeles County, Calif, was established in 1939
 as one of the first court agencies to help couples avoid unnecessary divorce
 & to aid unreconcilable families with issues of financial settlement & child
 custody in a less polarized, hostile framework than that of the normal
 divorce court. Since 1954, 24, 609 families have been successfully
 reconciled by the court. In addition to providing postdissolution counseling
 for families who must deal with custody & visitation rights, counseling is
 offered to minors about to marry. In some cases, other courts have required
 minors to attend these counseling sessions even after parental approval has
 been given for an early marriage. The court has demonstrated an effective
 integration of the juridical apparatus with social work. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Conciliation (108030); Court, Courts, Court?y (118000); Los Angeles, Calif.
 (253950)
-Ident-
 Conciliation Court, Los Angeles County, California, divorce court
 alternative, counseling minors considering marriage;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 91
-A-
 162097 84W4110
-W-
 The Medical Center's Impact in the Network to Sustain the Aged in the
 Community
 Lurie, Abraham; Rich, Joy C.
 Long Island Jewish-Hillside Medical Center, New Hyde Park NY 11042
 Jrnl of Gerontological Social Work 1984, 7, 3, May, 65-73.
 -CODEN-
 JGSWDU
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Described is the process by which the social work department of a medical
 enter ascertained the need to offer a continuum of comprehensive services to
 a high risk elderly population, including aiding & participating with the
 center's board & administration to develop a varied network of service
 programs. A community-based program model is used to show the utilization of
 individual & group modalities in working with this age population. Clinical
 material is incorporated to emphasize that aging clients are accessible for
 psychosocial interventions & can utilize their ego strengths through group
 living & group counseling. Behavioral changes are seen to be brought about
 through a reintegration of social, emotional, & environmental forces. 6
 References. HA
-Desc-
 Community service, Community services (104200); Psychosocia (see also Social
 psychology) (361600); Elder, Elders, Elderly (149733)
-Ident-
 community-based psychosocial services model; medical center's impact;
 elderly;
 Section Headings: social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group
 work, community organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 92
-A-
 162083 84W4096
-W-
 New York's "Nursing Home without Walls": A Provider-Based Community Care
 Program for the Elderly
 Kodner, Dennis L.; Mossey, Wilfred; Dapello, Rosina DeLuca
 Elderplan Inc, 910 48th St Brooklyn NY 11219
 Home Health Care Services Quarterly 1983, 4, 3-4, fall-winter, 107-126.
 -CODEN-
 HHCQDJ
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 NY's Long Term Home Health Care Program (LTHHCP), also called the "Nursing
 Home without Walls, " in a community-care model seeking to control Medicaid
 expenditures by removing barriers to utilization of noninstitutional
 services. Key goals of the program, begun in 1978, include: provision of
 information about alternatives to institutionalization of the elderly;
 better coordination of existing programs; increased availability of
 home-delivery health care; demonstration of the lower costs of
 home-delivered care; & maintenance of the elderly within a community
 environment. The LTHHCP has delivered health care at about 50% of the cost
 of equivalent institutional care. Interview responses of 40 LTHHCP clients
 show that almost all are satisfied with the services provided.
 Recommendations are offered for fiscal reform. 1 Table, 1 Figure. Modified
 HA
-Desc-
 New York (298825); Home, Homes (214400); Health care (208100); Elder,
 Elders, Elderly (149733)
-Ident-
 Long Term Home Health Care Program vs institutionalization, cost efficacy;
 interview/records; elderly clients; New York State;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 93
-A-
 162076 84W4089
-W-
 Helping Troubled Teenagers in Blended and Single-Parent Families
 Jackson, Josephine A.
 Instit Clinical Social Work, Oakland CA 94615
 Social Work Papers 1981, 16, spring, 43-52.
 -CODEN-
 SWPADO
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The increasing divorce rate has augmented the number of teenagers from
 single-parent & blended families in need of therapy. Many youths feel that
 their families deviate from the cultural model, & have unrealistic ideas
 about what constitutes a "normal" family. The complex problems of working
 with troubled adolescents from single-parent & blended families demand that
 a clear conceptual framework be developed for intervention strategies.
 Family therapy is advanced as a fruitful approach to the problems of such
 families. The social worker tries to help the parent assume a proper
 role-identifying the adolescent's problems, defining limits, & determining
 consequences for the youngster's behavior. The therapist offers to be
 available for phone consultation with any family member. The success of such
 an approach is illustrated by three brief case histories. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Teenage, Teenagers (456900); Family, Families (171600); Therapy, Therapeutic
 (464300)
-Ident-
 blended/single-parent families, troubled teenagers' problems; family therapy
 approach;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6140)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 94
-A-
 162065 84W4078
-W-
 School Social Work: Strategies for Prevention
 Grande, Gregory; McClare, Gregory
 Social Work Papers 1983, 17, summer, 35-44.
 -CODEN-
 SWPADO
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The functions & achievements of school social workers are described in a
 historical review of the development of school social work in Canada. The
 review is primarily supported by data from a recent survey in which 60
 social workers reported current employment in 52 school districts. They also
 reported that their work focused on the relationship between school, home, &
 community, as opposed to the older clinical case model. The new direction
 has meant, in addition to student counseling, an increased use of support
 groups & parent-student groups. Workers also encourage communications
 between school & community personnel, & provide multicultural services,
 often coordinating efforts with other professionals. Several preventive
 programs begun by school social workers are examined, including a
 parent-effectiveness-training program, a project for West Indian adolescent,
 & a program for the early identification of children at risk. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Canada, Canadian, Canadians (069175); School, Schools (405000); Social
 worker, Social workers (433850)
-Ident-
 Canadian school social workers, functions, achievements; survey;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 95
-A-
 161983 84W3994
-W-
 Data Processing and the Information Needs of Perinatality and the Care of
 Young Children
 L'Informatique dans les besoins d'information en matiere de perinatalite et
 de surveillance du jeune enfant
 Chapalain, Marie-Therese
 Revue francaise des affaires sociales 1981, 35, 2, Apr-June, 105-122.
 -CODEN-
 RFASA6
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: France
 Language: French
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 From 1970 to 1975, France conducted a public health campaign to reduce the
 incidence of birth defects & infant mortality. The principal objective of
 cutting perinatal mortality from 1.8% to 0.9% by 1980 was realized in 1975.
 Considerable progress has been made since then in establishing sound
 prenatal care programs & in lowering the infant mortality statistics of
 rural regions. Mandatory medical examinations of children are new performed
 at birth, at 9 months, & at 2 years of age. Current efforts to create a
 national database on child health disorders are reviewed. It is stressed
 that such a system must preserve the traditional rights to privacy of
 medical records. The cost efficiency of such a program is discussed. 1
 Table, 1 Graph, 14 References. HA Tr & Modified by M. Meeks
-Desc-
 Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Health, Healthy (208000); France,
 French (187500)
-Ident-
 child health disorders, national database, France;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-welfare services (poverty); (6110)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 96
-A-
 161926 84P4224
-W-
 Planning the Balance of Health and Social Services in the United Kingdom
 Boldy, Duncan; Russell, John; Royston, Geogg
 Instit Biometry & Community Medicine U Exeter, EX4 4QJ England
 Management Science 1982, 28, 11, Nov, 1258-1269.
 -CODEN-
 MNSCDI
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA
 Within the context of the UK's severe curtailment of public expenditure, &
 of local-level health & social services being controlled by separate
 organizations, alternative means of service delivery are examined. The
 development of a resource allocation model & its use in a local planning
 situation are described. Although based on the techniques of mathematical
 programming, the model does not purport to indicate a single optimum
 allocation of health & social services resources, but rather to calculate
 the resource consequences of possible alternative courses of action. As
 such, its use is seen as iterative, in that health & social service
 decisionmakers can review & update their assumptions in the light of the
 results from successive runs of the model. 3 Tables, 4 Figures, 2
 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Health, Healthy (208000); Social service, Social services (432805); United
 Kingdom, UK; (see also Britain, England, Great Britain) (477140)
-Ident-
 health/social services delivery, public expenditure curtailment, UK;
 resource allocation model;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-forecasting, planning; (7240)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 97
-A-
 161899 84P4196
-W-
 Voluntary Termination of Pregnancy
 L'Interruption volontaire de grossesse
 Pierre, Marie-Therese; Jourdain, Alain; Lecorps, Philippe
 Revue francaise des affaires sociales 1981, 35, 2, Apr-June, 7-54.
 -CODEN-
 RFASA6
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: France
 Language: French
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Survey of the attitudes of French women who have had nontherapeutic
 abortions up to the twelfth week of pregnancy since the 1967 legalization of
 abortion. Data from an 80-item questionnaire survey conducted from 1976 to
 1978 (number of cases = 18, 119) show that younger unmarried women are more
 likely to choose abortion than their older counterparts. Reasons cited for
 pregnancy termination included: romantic or social problems-33%; medical
 problems-27%; financial problems-20%; no desire to have a child-14%; fear of
 birth defects-3%; psychological problems-1%; & rape or incest-1%; 1% failed
 to cite a reason. About 47% of the women used no form of birth control, 35%
 natural methods, 10% the pill, & 8% chemical or mechanical techniques. It is
 concluded that wider practice of birth control methods would help eliminate
 the high incidence of abortion, currently involving about 9% of all
 pregnancies in France. 6 Tables, 1 Figure, 1 Map. M. Meeks
-Desc-
 Abortion, Abortions (000320); France, French (187500)
-Ident-
 nontherapeutic abortions, attitudes; questionnaire survey; French women who
 have legally aborted;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-policy administration (social administration,
 analysis of laws and acts, language, etc.); (7230)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 98
-A-
 161813 84P4104
-W-
 An Evaluation of Two Preemployment Services: Impact on employment and
 Earnings of Disadvantaged Youth
 Silkman, Richard; Kelley, John M.; Wolf, Wendy C.
 W. Averell Harriman Coll Ur & Policy Sciences State U New York, Albany
 12246
 Evaluation Review 1983, 7, 4, Aug, 467-496.
 -CODEN-
 EVREDL
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Participant outcomes (number of cases = 549 & 494) at 2 youth preemployment
 services initiatives-70001 Ltd & Jobs for Youth-were determined 3 & 8 months
 after program termination via interview, & compared to outcomes of matched
 comparison samples (number of cases = 450 & 371). Results indicate that
 these programs for disadvantaged youth significantly improve both the
 employment probabilities earnings of participating youths, that the gains in
 earnings generally hold up between the 3 & 8-month postprogram observations,
 & that both programs are highly cost-effective, evidencing pay-back periods
 averaging one year. 8 Tables, 4 Figures, 9 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Employment (154400); Youth, Youths, Youthful (494500)
-Ident-
 disadvantaged youth preemployment services initiatives, effectiveness;
 interviews;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-evaluation research (definition, methods, etc.);
 (7220)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 99
-A-
 161711 844000
-W-
 The Study of Community-Level Nutrition Interventions: An Argument for
 Reflection-in-Action
 Drake, William D.; Miller, Roy I.; Schon, Donald A.
 U Michigan, Ann Arbor 48109
 Human Systems Management 1983, 4, 2, autumn, 82-97.
 -CODEN-
 HSMADU
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: Netherlands
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 An analysis of longitudinal anthropometric data from 8 community nutrition
 programs shows that the traditional experimental design failed in each
 instance due to: (1) inaccurate data (2) faulty measurement techniques; or
 (3) lack of information about the context of the experiment. The
 reflection-in-action method is an alternative approach, allowing the
 experimental design to undergo midcourse corrections once the study has
 begun. Features of reflection-in-action include: explicit intervention
 strategies; continuous monitoring of data collection procedures; periodic
 redesign of these procedures; cooperation between researchers,
 practitioners, & subjects; on-the-spot testing of hypotheses; & explicit
 enumeration of problems encountered. It is noted that reflection-in-action
 was successfully used by William D. Drake et al (Nutrition Programs in Sri
 Lanka Using U. S. Food Aid [An Evaluation of P. L. 480 Title II Programs],
 Ann Arbor: Communty Systems Foundation, 1982). As reflection-in-action
 becomes more widely accepted, the role of quantitative analysis in
 management studies is likely to undergo considerable change. 1 Table, 9
 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Nutrition, Nutritional (301400); Program, Programs, Programmer, Programmers
 (348660); Methodology, Methodologies, Methodological; (see also Method)
 (271830)
-Ident-
 community nutrition programs, traditional experimental design failure;
 reflection-in-action approach alternative;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-evaluation research (definition, methods, etc.);
 (7220)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 100
-A-
 161516 84D2975
-W-
 Eleven Issues in Literacy for the 1990s
 Gillette, Arthur; Ryan, John
 UNESCO, 7 Place Fontenoy 75700 Paris France
 Assignment Children 1983, 63-64, 19-43.
 -CODEN-
 ASCHDQ
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: Switzerland
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 There are 824 million illiterates aged 15+ in the world, over 800 million of
 whom live in developing countries. An overview of the situation is provided,
 & major issues & questions regarding world literacy are examined: (1) why
 literacy is necessary; (2) what literacy is; (3) problems literacy creates;
 (4) choice of a national language; (5) the primary school's role in adult
 education; (6) the price of innovation; (7) possible dangers involved in
 setting target dates; (8) integration with other development projects, & the
 advantage of an autonomous literacy structure; (9) availability of
 information on literacy; (10) international resources for literacy; & (11)
 literacy goals for females. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Literacy, Literate, Literates (253400); Developing countries (131197);
 Illiterate, Illiterates, Illiteracy (223635)
-Ident-
 world literacy, developing countries, 1990s critical issues;
-SectHd-
 social development-demographic change; (8380)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 101
-A-
 161283 84W3981
-W-
 Humanism and Social Work Paradoxes, Problems, and Promises
 Goroff, Norman
 School Social Work U Connecticut, West Hartford 06117
 Jrnl of Sociology and Social Welfare 1981, 8, 1, Mar, 1-9.
 -CODEN-
 JSSWA9
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 A humanistic approach to social work is outlined, centered on the
 recognition that all social work practice is political practice. So far as
 social work takes place within institutions that do not fit humanistic
 values, the social worker plays an inherently problematic role. The basic
 choice is between becoming an agent of the status quo, working within
 vertical relationships & relying on an individual deficit model, or becoming
 an agent of change, working within horizontal relationships & a political
 model of human problems. It is important not to confuse simple improvement
 in social work practice with attainment of humanistic practice; the latter
 depends on working to change society as a whole so that oppressive
 relationships are eliminated, & on recognizing that social workers as a
 profession are either oppressors or oppressed. 17 References. W. H.
 Stoddard
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Humanism (216750)
-Ident-
 social work; humanistic approach;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-specific problems in developing countries (aging, women,
 minorities, health, fertility, etc.); (616)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 102
-A-
 161261 84W3959
-W-
 Education for Doctoral Social Work Clinical Practice in the 1980s
 Orcutt, Ben A.; Mills, Paul R., Jr.
 U Alabama, Tuscaloosa 35486
 Social Thought 1982, 8, 4, fall, 38-49.
 -CODEN-
 SOTHD9
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Education for doctoral social work clinical practice in the 1980s is likely
 to emphasize specificity in middle-range theory; practice methodology; & the
 integration of theory, research & practice. An advanced practice model is
 presented that integrates theory, knowledge building, & the evaluation of
 change in the clinical case process. Evaluation of experience with this
 model, as rated on a 4-point scale by 9 University of Alabama doctoral
 students, was positive. 4 Tables, 19 References. Modified AA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700)
-Ident-
 doctoral social work clinical practice, 1980s; educational aspects;
 Section Hearings: social welfare-professional orientations of social agents;
 (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 103
-A-
 161258 84W3956
-W-
 Social Work's Conceptual Frameworks: Uniqueness and Strategies-The Time Is
 Now
 Meyer, Carol H.
 School Social Work Columbia U, New York NY 10027
 Social Thought 1982, 8, 4, fall, 3-13.
 -CODEN-
 SOTHD9
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The need for definitions of US social work & its conceptual frameworks is
 addressed, focusing on the model of interaction between individuals & their
 environment. Social workers' difficulties in promoting beneficial
 interactions are noted. The usual focus on either person or environment &
 the centrality of the assessment process in developing alternatives are
 stressed. Scapegoating of social workers & their clients is examined as an
 outcome of role ambiguities & contradictory social policies; the importance
 of using the transactional perspective to overcome these stigmas is
 discussed & illustrated. Prospects for further specialization are reviewed,
 emphasizing the difference between a methodological & a "domain" conception
 of social work. 4 References. L. Whittemore
-Desc-
 Social work (433700)
-Ident-
 social work/conceptual frameworks;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 104
-A-
 161255 8W3952
-W-
 Incorporation and Specialization of Content on Aging in the Social Work
 Curriculum
 Lowy, Louis
 School Social Work Gerontology Center Boston U, MA 02215
 Jrnl of Gerontological Social Work 1983, 5, 4, summer, 37-54
 -CODEN-
 JGSWDU
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 A presentation of five models of curriculum organization for transmission of
 content on aging in social work education. They fall within two basic
 patterns: incorporation (integration) or specialization (concentration) in
 the curriculum. These models are further differentiated by educational
 objectives, orientation to learning & teaching, priority of aging in the
 school, & students' career interests. Some important issues, eg, the need
 for empirical data, are addressed against the backdrop of recommendations of
 the 1981 White House Conference on Aging with regard to the training of
 personnel working in the field of aging. 1 Table, 26 References. Modified
 HA
-Desc-
 Aging; (see also Aged, Geriatric) (021000); Social work (433700)
-Ident-
 aging content incorporation/specialization, social work curriculum;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 105
-A-
 161252 84W3949
-W-
 The Developmental Process of Parish Social Miniseries: A Decade of
 Experience
 Joseph, M. Vincentia
 National Catholic School Social Service Catholic U America, Washington DC
 20064
 Social Thought 1982, 8, 2, spring, 22-35.
 -CODEN-
 SOTHD9
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 A phase-specific analysis of the development of agency-affiliated social
 ministries in the local parish-neighborhood over the past decade is
 presented. Agency-affiliated programs, eg, the Catholic Charities agency,
 combine or network the resources of the local parish church with the
 diocesan or regional church structures to perform social service/social
 action functions. The six-stage model presented reflects the concept of
 systems change holding that as growth occurs, it is often accompanied by
 conflict from both within the system (the agency-parish network) & from
 outside (external forces, eg, the larger neighborhood community). The impact
 of resistance or opposition forces as well as of supportive or positive
 forces is considered, the effects at agency & local operational levels are
 discussed, & phases of development are outlined. It is concluded that the
 current social, economic, & political climate compels efforts to strengthen,
 expand, & enhance this approach. 7 References. Modified AA
-Desc-
 Catholic, Catholics, Catholicism; (see also Roman Catholic) (073000); Social
 service, Social services (432805)
-Ident-
 Catholic social services, recent development;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 106
-A-
 161247 84W3944
-W-
 Humanism and Social Work: Paradoxes, Problems, and Promises
 Goroff, Norman
 U Connecticut, Storrs 06268
 Humanity and Society 1982, 6, 4, Nov, 409-16.
 -CODEN-
 HUSODE
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA
 An approach to social work based on humanistic values is proposed. Social
 work performed within existing institutions is inherently political, whether
 it works to preserve these institutions or to change them. The basic
 alternatives are a vertical relationship that accepts existing hierarchies,
 or a horizontal one that abolishes them. The first approach is linked to an
 individual deficit model, & inevitably creates distortions & paradoxes in
 the understanding of situations. It is important to recognize oppressive
 situations for what they are, & to understand that social workers are either
 oppressing or oppressed, & can only escape that situation by a
 transformation of society. 15 References. W. H. Stoddard
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Humanism (216750)
-Ident-
 social work; humanistic values approach;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 107
-A-
 161241 84W3937
-W-
 A Qualitative Look at Black Female Social Work Educators
 Davis, Larry; Cartwright, Ramon; Freeman, Phyllis; Carter, Louis
 Jrnl of Sociology and Social Welfare 1982, 9, 1, Mar, 146-153.
 -CODEN-
 JSSWA
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 The findings of a research effort that attempted to assess the qualitative
 experience of 71 black female faculty in schools of social work are
 presented. Some basic demographics on black females are reported,
 emphasizing the roles that these women perform in schools of social work &
 how satisfied they are in these positions. It appears that significant
 numbers of black female faculty members are on "soft money, " with fewer
 teaching social policy & administration courses than might be expected. As a
 group, these females are less satisfied with their academic positions than
 are their black male counterparts; when "degree held" is controlled for,
 black females without the doctorate are significantly less satisfied than
 men. A regression model is used to assess which group of relevant
 others-faculty, administrators, or students-contributed most significantly
 to the satisfaction levels of black female faculty. Results suggest that,
 with respect to interpersonal interactions, white faculty have the greatest
 effect on the reported job satisfaction levels of black females. Modified
 HA
-Desc-
 Black, Blacks (055218); Female, Females; (see also Woman) (177300); Social
 work (433700)
-Ident-
 black female social work educators; qualitative experience;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 108
-A-
 161226 84W3922
-W-
 Social Values in Social Work: A Developmental Model
 Bargal, David
 Paul Baerwald School Social Work Hebrew U Jerusalem, Givat-Ram Israel
 Jrnl of Sociology and Social Welfare 1981, 8, 1, Mar, 45-61.
 -CODEN-
 JSSWA9
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 A five-stage model is proposed that describes the development of social
 values in socialization to social work & other human services professions.
 The five stages of development are: antecedent factors; anticipatory
 socialization; professional training period; performance in a professional
 organization; & the crystalization of a professional worldview. The
 professional person develops for a very long time before reaching
 professional maturity, in a constant dialogue between the background
 factors-needs & motives-& institutional & organizational contexts. Along
 this developmental sequence, conflicts & incongruencies often arise, & force
 the developing professional to come out with coping solutions that may
 involve leaving the field or the profession. Some practical as well as
 theoretical implications for further research & practice are noted. 1
 Figure, 43 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Value, Values, Valuation, Valuations (479000)
-Ident-
 social work; social values development;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 109
-A-
 161164 84W3860
-W-
 The Risk Climate and the Delivery of Child Welfare Services
 Cornelius, Sandra; Baker, Timothy
 Children & Youth Services, Front & Orange Sts Media PA 19063
 Children and Youth Services Review 1982, 4, 4, 325-349.
 -CODEN-
 CYSRDU
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The community is conceptualized as a "risk climate" in which the traditional
 child welfare services such as own-home services, foster placement,
 adoption, & institutionalization are delivered. The community generates
 incidence of child welfare cases through the pressure of conditions, &
 affects prevalence by the extent of its response. Any method of allocating
 scarce resources should take into account variations in the risk climate in
 order to put resources where the problem is. An effort is made to establish
 a procedure to achieve this goal through: (1) a literature review to isolate
 variables related to child welfare service delivery; (2) a report of
 zero-order relationships between these variables & outcome measures; & (3)
 the use of a multiple regression analysis to develop predictive procedures.
 2 Appendices, 47 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Welfare (489725); Service, Services
 (417660)
-Ident-
 child welfare services delivery/"risk climate" variations;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-specific problems in highly industrialized countries (aging,
 women, minorities, health, fertility, etc.); (6140)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 110
-A-
 161163 84W3859
-W-
 Eroding Filial Piety and Its Implications for Social Work Practice
 Chen, Pei N.
 Jrnl of Sociology and Social Welfare 1982, 9, 3, Sept, 511-523.
 -CODEN-
 JSSWA9
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Open-ended hypothetical-case questionnaries were administered to 82
 Asian-American social work practitioners in US cities with large Asian
 communities to assess: (1) the extent of psychological conflict among
 Asian-American adult children, their aging parents, & the practitioners; (2)
 the types of alternatives available to such families (eg, custodial or
 nursing-home care for ailing parents); & (3) the role of practitioners in
 strengthening or weakening the traditional value of filial piety. Findings
 indicate a gradual shift of filial responsibilities to health/social service
 providers with considerable conflicts perceived in affective consequences;
 while most practitioners recommended use of agency services, their attitudes
 toward filial piety as a cultural value varied greatly. Recommendations for
 practitioners are offered that would help strengthen the role of the
 extended family while allowing for external service delivery to the aging. 1
 Table, 17 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Piety (335800); Asia, Asian, Asians, Asiatic (039500); US, US (477200)
-Ident-
 filial piety erosion; questionnaires; Asian-American social workers;
 implications for social work practice;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-specific problems in highly industrialized countries (aging,
 women, minorities, health, fertility, etc.); (6140)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 111
-A-
 161140 84W3836
-W-
 Some Pitfalls in Creating Competition between HMOs and Fee-for-Service
 Delivery
 Homer, Carl G.
 U Florida, Gainesville 32611
 Jrnl of Health Politics, Policy and Law 1982, 7, 3, fall, 686-706.
 -CODEN-
 JHPLDN
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Four propositions inherent in Alain Enthoven's approach to containing the
 growth of health care expenditures (Health Plan, the Only Practical Solution
 to the Soaring Cost of Medical Care, Reading, Mass: Addison-Wesley, 1980)
 are examined: (1) health maintenance organizations (HMOs) can deliver health
 care less expensively than the fee-for-service (FFS) system; (2) under
 certain competitive conditions, HMOs will prosper; (3) HMO successes would
 force FFS insurers & providers to become more efficient; & (4) creating the
 competitive conditions would be politically feasible. Reasons for doubting
 the latter three proposals are identified, & Enthoven's consumer choice
 health plan is largely rejected. An alternative approach is suggested that
 would recognize the value of HMOs for their direct effect on expenditures
 rather than competition. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Health care (208100); Expenditures (162650)
-Ident-
 health care expenditure growth; health maintenance organization vs
 fee-for-service system, Alain Enthoven's consumer choice health plan
 critiqued;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-private sector and/or public sector activities; (6130)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 112
-A-
 161123 84W3816
-W-
 Natural Networks: Help-Giving and Help-Seeking in Two Rural Communities
 Young, Carl E.; Giles, Dwight E., Jr.; Plantz, Margaret C.
 Coll Human Development Pennsylvania State U, University Park 16802
 American Jrnl of Community Psychology 1982, 10, 4, Aug, 457-469.
 -CODEN-
 AJCPCK
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 A study of helping networks-systems of interpersonal ties used for support &
 assistance-in rural communities. Households (number of cases = 213) in 2
 rural areas were surveyed, one with no mental health or human services, &
 the other with a full range. Of the respondents, 87% reported being asked
 for personal help by others, & 81% said they had had one of 11 specified
 problems of living. Even the most serious problems were dealt with before
 they were turned over to formal systems, & helpers in natural networks were
 rated very highly. It is noted that formal systems are often unavailable or
 overloaded, & that informal networks value the same skills & can operate at
 once. Ramifications of these findings for community health programs are
 noted. 4 Tables, 27 References. J. Cannon
-Desc-
 Help, Helping, Helper, Helpers (212570); Network, Networks (297620); Rural;
 (see also Ru, Ur) (398400); Community, Communities, Communitarian (10400)
-Ident-
 helping networks in rural communities; survey; communities with/without
 organized social services;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (612)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 113
-A-
 161099 84W3791
-W-
 Rejected Families: Established and Innovative Structures of Service
 Steiner, Joseph R.
 School Social Work Syracuse U, NY 13210
 Jrnl of Sociology and Social Welfare 1982, 9, 1, Mar, 101-111.
 -CODEN-
 JSSWA9
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI Ann Arbor, MI
 Alternative structures of social work services to families, especially those
 rejected from meaningful extrafamilial relationships, are recommended.
 Rejected families, the established structure of family service, & some
 innovative modifications to this structure are described. Special attention
 is given to one type of innovative family-service structure, an experimental
 family residential center, which was successful in reducing rates of child
 abuse in the Netherlands. Innovative family-service structures, including
 residential centers, could help many families that do not benefit from the
 existing structure of family services. 25 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Family, Families (171600); Social service, Social services (432805); Dutch
 (142650)
-Ident-
 rejected families, social services; family-service structure, Dutch case;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 114
-A-
 161098 84W3790
-W-
 The Role of Women's Social Networks in the Adoption of Innovations at the
 Grass-Roots Level
 Steinberg, Lois Saxelby
 Signs 1980, 5, 3, supplement, spring, 257-260.
 -CODEN-
 SJWSDM
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Results of several studies on women's grass-roots activism in promoting
 alternative educational programs are summarized to assess (1) the importance
 of social networks to the adoption of innovations, & (2) factors enhancing
 citizen participation in professional-dominated service delivery systems.
 External innovations such as school decentralization & feminism are seen as
 having exerted profound influence on women's grass-roots mobilization, while
 informal networks provided a primary communications system allowing for
 issue dissemination & flexible participation. The structure & methods of a
 forthcoming study examining several such groups in depth are briefly
 outlined. L. Whittemore
-Desc-
 Education, Educational, Educator, Educators, Educationally (146000); Woman,
 Women; (see also Female) (490000); Active, Activist, Activists, Activism,
 Activeness (012990)
-Ident-
 innovative educational programs adoption/women's grass-roots activism;
 social networks;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 115
-A-
 161097 84W3789
-W-
 The Development of Preventive Methods in Child Welfare
 Staulcup, H. John; Royer, Terry D.
 Perfect Software, 1400 Shattuck Berkeley CA 94706
 Children and Youth Services Review 1983, 5, 1, 31-47.
 -CODEN-
 CYSRDU
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Past approaches, current trends & future directions in primary preventive
 social work are reviewed, with an emphasis on child abuse & neglect. Several
 models for the delivery of human services are defined, & a framework for
 preventive intervention at psychological, social, & physical levels is
 developed within an overview of recent research on primary prevention in
 social welfare. 1 Figure, 28 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Prevention, Preventive (345600)
-Ident-
 child welfare; preventive methods development;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 116
-A-
 161052 84W3742
-W-
 Attitudes in the Provision of Public Sector Health and Mental Health Care
 Moffic, H. Steven; Brochstein, Joan; Blattstein, Abraham; Adams, George L.
 Baylor Coll Medicine, Houston TX 77030
 Social Work in Health Care 1983, 8, 4, summer 17-28.
 -CODEN-
 SWHCDO
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 One overlooked factor in the development of comprehensive health services
 seems to be the attitudes of the health care providers. In an attempt to
 address this & related issues, the Houston Consortium in Houston, Tex, was
 designed as a prototype training model. As part of that endeavor, the
 attitudes of mental health trainees in psychiatry & social work (number of
 cases = 42) toward the poor, interdisciplinary interaction, & community
 mental health were assessed. Along with ethnic identity, the discipline of
 the students importantly influenced attitudes. Social work students, in
 particular, seemed to possess or be able to develop attitudes relevant to a
 prominent role in primary health care. 4 Tables, 16 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Mental health (267000); Health care (208100)
-Ident-
 health/mental health care providers, attitudes; prototype training model;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 117
-A-
 161027 84W3717
-W-
 Social Work Response to Problems of Occupational Health
 Jankovic, Joanne; Dotson, David
 School Social Work U Tennessee, Knoxville 37916
 Jrnl of Sociology and Social Welfare 1981, 8, 1, Mar, 62-69.
 -CODEN-
 JSSWA9
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 An emerging area of concern for social work professionals is occupational
 safety & health. Problems of the workplace are examined with specific focus
 on brown lung disease, or byssinosis. A model fr field practice is presented
 whereby students develop skills in organization, self-help group
 development, & systems change strategies, moving from a traditional methods
 model of practice to one that is focused on social problems. A group of
 graduate students working with the social class Brown Lung Association
 successfully passed through its five stages-outreach, research, organization
 building, leadership development, & program development. ? References.
 Modified HA
-Desc-
 Occupation, Occupations, Occupational (304000); Health,
 Healthy (208000); Social work (433700); Disease, Diseases (134400)
-Ident-
 occupational health/safety; social work response, brown lung disease;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 118
-A-
 160986 84W3676
-W-
 A Toronto Model
 Currie, David W.
 Family Service Assoc Metropolitan Toronto, Ontario
 Social Work with Groups 1983, 6, 3-4, fall-winter, 179-188.
 -CODEN-
 SWGRDU
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 A group treatment program for violent men conducted by the Family Service
 Association of Toronto, Ontario, is described. The program participants
 (number of cases = 6-8 at any given time) were men who had abused women;
 they convened for 9 weekly meetings in an attempt to learn socially
 acceptable behavior patterns & to develop feelings of responsibility for
 their behavior. Strategies were adopted that addressed the men's social
 situation, their lack of resources, & certain psychosocial factors, as
 conceptualized by S. Harris & D. Sinclair ("Domestic Violence Project: A
 Comprehensive Model for Intervention into the Issue of Domestic Violence"
 [unpublished report]). Harris & Sinclair argued that treatment for violent
 men must deal with the factors of externalized blame, rigid concepts of
 masculinity, poor self-esteem, fear of dependency, & poor impulse control. 4
 References. D. Dunseath
-Desc-
 Group, Groups, Grouping, Groupism (197700); Treatment (472400); Wife, Wives
 (48880); Abuse, Abuses, Abusing, Abusive (001050); Toronto, Ontario
 (466552)
-Ident-
 group treatment, wife abusers; Family Service Association program, Toronto,
 Ontario;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 119
-A-
 160977 84W3667
-W-
 Training Housing Authority Personnel: Enhancing Social Services for Aged
 Dwellers
 Burdick, David C.; Santos, John F.
 U Notre Dame, IN 46556
 Jrnl of Applied Gerontology 1982, 1, June, 53-57.
 -CODEN-
 JAGEDA
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The frequent absence of social services in programmatic housing for the aged
 & budgetary constraints & manpower shortages that preclude having this need
 met by graduates from degree programs are discussed. A more efficient
 alternative is to train existing personnel. A 5-year-old training program
 funded by the National Institute of Mental Health has trained over 150
 people in South Bend, Ind, & Albuquerque, NM. Many were personnel from
 housing-those in tenant services, supervision, & building management. In
 addition to general classroom instruction on aging, these workers received
 individualized supervision on housing issues. Eg, some trainees were
 encouraged to develop peer support programs in housing sites. A multifaceted
 evaluation procedure indicated marked improvement in many areas (eg, the
 counseling skills of listening, genuineness, problem identification, &
 definition of intervention goals). Also, self-perceived improvements were
 found in confidence, problem solving, advocacy, helping skills, & other
 areas. 4 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Aged; (see also Aging, Geriatric) (020000); Housing (216400); Social
 service, Social services (432805)
-Ident-
 aged/programmatic housing, social services lack; census data; training
 housing authority personnel;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 120
-A-
 160976 84W3666
-W-
 A Windsor Model
 Buckley, Lola Beth; Miller, Donna; Rolfe, Thomas A.
 School Social Work U Windsor, Ontario N9B 3P4
 Social Work with Groups 1983, 6, 3-4, fall-winter, 189-195.
 -CODEN-
 SWGRDU
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 An approach is presented for working with male batterers that was developed
 at Hiatus House, Inc, which opened 12 July 1976 to serve Windsor & Essex
 Counties, Ontario. The hypothesis was that abusing males were being ignored
 in the treatment of those involved in abuse. Groups were known to provide
 successful help to adults in similar situations, so in 1981, following a
 review of programs for male batterers in other communities, the Hiatus House
 Fresh Start program commenced. Information is provided about program
 philosophy, group membership, group rules, intake & contracting procedures,
 & program structure (including beginning, middle, & ending sessions). The
 groups are voluntary & staffed by a male social worker. Audio tapes of all
 sessions are made available to the men, the worker, the supervisor, & the
 consultant. A case study is provided as an example of the members'
 experiences. Modified AA
-Desc-
 Group, Groups, Grouping, Groupism (197700); Treatment (472400); Male, Males;
 (see also Man) (256635); Abuse, Abuses, Abusing,
 Abusive (001050); Ontario, Canada (310700)
-Ident-
 group treatment, male batterers, Hiatus House Fresh Start program;
 Windsor/Essex Counties, Ontario;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 121
-A-
 160943 84W3632
-W-
 Human Services and Mass Communication: Struggling to Handle Today and
 Prepare for Tomorrow
 Pietrodangelo, Donato A.
 Coll Communication Florida State U, Tallahassee 32306
 New England Jrnl of Human Services 1982, 2, 4, fall, 23-29.
 -CODEN-
 NEJSD3
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 It is maintained that human service agencies, & governmental agencies in
 general, "function with a mimeograph mentality in a microchip world" when it
 comes to mass communication. Their almost exclusive reliance on the print
 media for information dissemination, & little if any targeted use of the
 broadcast media, prevents agencies from reaching intended audiences. Based
 on a telephone survey of 13 umbrella human service agencies, it is concluded
 that there are insufficient resources devoted to public information/mass
 communication, & management is ambiguous about the role of public
 information, seen as an essential part of the human services delivery
 system. Some of the developing technologies are described, eg, low power
 television stations & satellite master antennas. Suggestions are offered on
 how human service & governmental communicators may improve their use of the
 broadcast media. Modified AA
-Desc-
 Social service, Social services (432805); Mass, Masses (260100);
 Communication, Communications, Communicative, Communicating, Communicator,
 Communicational (1030?0)
-Ident-
 social services; mass communication; telephone survey; social service
 agencies;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-welfare services (poverty); (6110)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 122
-A-
 160935 84W3624
-W-
 Nonservice Approaches to Social Welfare: A Local Perspective
 Gollub, James O.; Henton, Douglas C.; Waldhorn, Steven A.
 New England Jrnl of Human Services 1980, Inaugural issue, Oct, 29-38.
 -CODEN-
 NEJSD3
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Increasingly, local governments have realized that social ills cannot all be
 solved through social service agencies. A survey of 37 US cities & counties
 conducted by a San Francisco, Calif, research group shows that many
 governments have experimented with alternative, ie, nonservice, means of
 providing care for distressed, disabled, aged, & other groups. Various
 nonservice strategies employed are discussed, eg, deregulation, tax
 incentives or exemptions, & administrative reforms that stimulate greater
 use of existing public facilities & services. Governments have also been
 moderately successful in gaining the cooperation of businesses, labor
 groups, & volunteers. Problems in nonservice approaches are also addressed,
 reliability, competence, cost, political conflicts, etc. 1 Table. D.
 Dunseath
-Desc-
 Social welfare (433500); Social service, Social services (432805)
-Ident-
 social welfare, alternative/nonservice approaches; cities/counties survey;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-welfare services (poverty); (6110)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 123
-A-
 160913 84P3796
-W-
 Social Planning and Access to the Social Services in Developing Countries:
 The Case of Sierra Leone
 Hardiman, Margaret; Midgley, James
 London School Economics, WC2A 2AE England
 Third World Planning Review 1982, 4, 1, Feb, 74-86.
 -CODEN-
 TWPRDI
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Governmental social services in developing countries have expanded
 considerably during the last three decades, but apart from official reports
 of their development, little rigorous research into their functions,
 distribution, & impact on local communities has been undertaken. An account
 of the evolution of social services in Sierra Leone reveals that, like in
 many other developing countries, they have been planned in terms of an
 incremental strategy of gradually expanding the provisions inherited from
 colonial times. Findings of a survey of social services utilization in the
 country reveal that this strategy has resulted in serious problems of
 unequal & limited access. An alternative approach to social planning is
 suggested, based on assessment of need & formulation of appropriate social
 policies. 1 Table. AA
-Desc-
 Social service, Social services (432805); Developing countries (131197);
 Sierra Leone (423170)
-Ident-
 social services accss, developing countries; social planning, Sierra Leone
 case;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-social policy for developing countries; (7250)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 124
-A-
 160868 84P3748
-W-
 Three Models of Social Planning for Human Services in Energy-Impacted
 Communities
 Jones, Bernie; Jones, Janet Benson
 Graduate School Social Work U Denver, CO 80208
 Jrnl of Sociology and Social Welfare 1982, 9, 3, Sept, 524-533.
 -CODEN-
 JSSWA9
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Social planning issues are examined for human service workers in energy boom
 town situations in the Western US. Two models of energy planning are seen as
 operative in currently impacted areas: (1) one predicated on corporate
 laissez-faire development, where workers participate reactively to the
 effects of the boom; & (2) proactive cooperation with enlightened capitalist
 developers, wherein service workers offer input but do not question the
 validity of energy protects under consideration. Both approaches are viewed
 as accepting the notion of an energy crisis uncritically & therefore
 promoting unlimited natural resource development. A third model for planning
 is proposed based on: (A) redefining the energy crisis as something other
 than a supply crisis; (B) the potential of solar energy, conservation, &
 "soft path" solutions; (C) cost-benefit considerations for boom town
 residents; & (D) the capacity for such towns to become rural colonies of
 marginal populations. In this model, human service workers would have a
 mobilizing as well as planning role in consumer education & coalition
 building; implications for professional training & awareness of extralocal
 political phenomena are finally considered. 1 Table, 3 Figures, 35
 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Boom town, Boom towns (063705); Human Services (217120)
-Ident-
 human service workers/energy boom towns, Western US; social planning
 issues;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-forecasting, planning; (7240)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 125
-A-
 160763 84P3637
-W-
 The Health Care Policy Pendulum: An Ethical Perspective (1981 O'Grady Award
 Winner)
 Conrad, Ann Patrick
 9727 Mount Pisgan Rd, Silver Spring MD 20903
 Social Thought 1982, 8, 1, 15-38.
 -CODEN-
 SOTHD9
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Based on social work experience, the escalating interest in ethical issues
 in the US is noted. Although scholarly literature is developing,
 particularly around ethical dilemmas in direct practice, there is only
 beginning utilization of value inclusive frameworks for analyzing public
 policy. Recent shifts in health care policy are analyzed for an ethical
 perspective utilizing an ethical model for decision making based on the
 principles of proportionalism. Health care legislation & its related
 underlying philosophical rationale are conceptualized in terms of discrete
 but overlapping phases. The expansion phase, the period from the early 1960s
 through the mid-1970s, was characterized by bills on community-based care,
 prevention, training, & research, based on a philosophy that persons are
 entitled to all that is necessary to promote health. The period of cost
 containment, during the 1970s, was characterized by frequency of regulatory
 & planning activity, peer review, & increase of copayments for medical care,
 & was accompanied by a more conservative understanding of the obligation to
 insure the right to a healthy existence. The current situation, with
 increasing block grants, termed a period of delegation of responsibility, is
 justified on the grounds of competition & free enterprise, & results in a
 dilemma of entitlement versus competition. The various value hierarchies
 undergirding these two approaches are identified, the importance placed by
 social work & other helping professions on the common good is highlighted
 drawbacks for professionals & quality client service are discussed, & the
 long & circuitous route to the common good when the competition approach is
 taken is pointed out. 2 Figures, 27 References. Modified AA
-Desc-
 Health care (208100); Policy, Policies (339500); Ethic,
 Ethics, Ethical (160100); Decision-making (122000)
-Ident-
 health care policy; ethical decision-making model presented;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-policy administration (social administration,
 analysis of laws and acts, language, etc.); (7230)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 126
-A-
 160689 84P3560
-W-
 An Eye for Evaluation
 Moller, Jerry; Graycar, Adam
 Administration in Social Work 1983, 7, 2, summer, 69-77.
 -CODEN-
 ASWODB
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 A model is developed by which evaluation of social work services can study a
 cross-section of factors affecting the performance of that service. It
 demonstrates how the boundaries of an evaluation can be defined without
 developing a biased pattern of accountability. 2 Figures, 4 References. HA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700)
-Ident-
 social work services; performance evaluation, influencing factors model;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-evaluation research (definition, methods, etc.);
 (7220)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 127
-A-
 160661 84P3532
-W-
 Impact of Federally Mandated Program Evaluation
 Flaherty, Eugenie Walsh; Olsen, Kristin V.
 2226 Pine St, Philadelphia PA 19103
 Community Mental Health Jrnl 1982, 18, 1, spring, 56-71.
 -CODEN-
 CMHJAY
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available frm SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 An interview survey of 46 representatives from 9 randomly selected community
 mental health centers was conducted to examine the impact of the
 requirements for self-evaluation in the 1975 community mental health center
 amendments to Public Law 94-63. Compliance was generally high, but
 considerable variability existed in the topics studied & in the amount of
 resources devoted to each study. Conditions associated with the utility of a
 study included: (1) the reason for conducting it, (2) the topic of the
 study, & (3) the role of the evaluator in disseminating the findings &
 making them useful. Respondents saw a need for federal evaluation
 requirements, but favored self-selection of evaluation topic areas based on
 individual center needs. 4 Tables, 8 References. HA
-Desc-
 Community Mental Health Center, CMHC (104160); Amend, Amends, Amended,
 Amending, Amendment, Amendments (030140)
-Ident-
 community mental health center amendments, Public Law 94-63; interview
 surveys; centers representatives; self-evaluation requirements, impact;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-evaluation research (definition, methods, etc.);
 (7220)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 128
-A-
 160572 84P3434
-W-
 Regional Reference Groups in the Spreading of Occupational Licensing
 Policies among the States: An Exploratory Study
 Lause, Timothy W.
 Wichita State U, KS 67208
 Jrnl of Sociology and Social Welfare 1982, 9, 1, Mar, 88-100.
 -CODEN-
 JSSWA9
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 An exploration of the diffusion of state licensing policies, particularly
 the role of regional cue taking in the adoption of net policies. On the
 basis of licensing act passage dates for 33 occupations in the 48 contiguous
 states, networks of influence are suggested, along with the states most
 likely to serve as models for those reference groups. Findings have several
 implications for social work lobbying efforts. 3 Tables, 2 Figures, 23
 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Occupation, Occupations, Occupational (304000); License, Licensing (251950)
-Ident-
 occupational licensing policies diffusion, states; regional reference
 groups;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-policy studies/sciences: formulation & analysis
 (welfare state, public policy, decision making, etc.); (7210)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 129
-A-
 160?58 84D2701
-W-
 The Population Turnaround in Rural and Small Town America
 Beale, Calvin L.
 Policy Studies Review 1982, 2, 1, Aug, 43-54.
 -CODEN-
 PSRWD5
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Some initial interpretations of the emerging 1980s census data are offered
 that emphasize the inmigration to all types of rural areas in the US during
 the 1970s. In that decade, population increase in rural areas exceeded that
 in urban regions by 6% (15.8% against 9.8%), reversing a trend of several
 decades & signaling new challenges for rural areas. Some observable
 population patterns are discussed, including the predominant influx of white
 upper-income groups & those of government transfer programs, eg, retirees. 3
 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Rural; (see also Ru, Ur) (398400); Small town (428355); Population,
 Populations, Populationists (340200)
-Ident-
 rural/small town US; population turnaround; 1980s census
-SectHd-
 social development-demographic change; (8380)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 130
-A-
 160435 84D2677
-W-
 Natural Gas Prospects in Developing Countries and the Role of LNG
 Transportation
 Ovcharenko, V. A.
 Natural Resources Forum 1980, 4, 3, July, 277-290.
 -CODEN-
 NRFODS
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.: Netherlands
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The potential contribution of natural gas resources in developing countries
 is analyzed, focusing on problems of expanding production & transportation
 of liquefied natural gas (LNG). The current international balance of trade
 in LNG is reviewed, stressing that while developing countries command about
 50% of world reserves, these resources only account for about 6% of
 commercial primary energy production. The recent growth in transportation
 technology (particularly in pipelines & storage facilities) is documented, &
 major global projects are detailed. Issues of environmental regulation &
 international financing are examined; the need for technological transfers,
 funding, & planning for developing areas is emphasized. 8 Tables, 9
 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Developing countries (131197); Energy (154925)
-Ident-
 natural gas prospects, developing countries; liquified natural gas
 transportation role;
-SectHd-
 social development-specifically economic development/industrialization;
 (8?70)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 131
-A-
 160402 84D2642
-W-
 Government Strategies for Urban Areas and Community Participation
 Hollnsteier, Mary Racelis
 UNICEF, 331 East 38th St New York NY 10016
 Assignment Children 1982, 57-58, 43-64.
 -CODEN-
 ASCHDQ
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: Switzerland
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The rapid rate of urban growth on a worldwide basis exacerbates the already
 desperate plight of children born into urban slums, who face a life of
 constant deprivation. Some formal & informal strategies that have been
 devised by the world's governments to cope with problems of urban slums are
 discussed & four different approaches discerned: (1) neglect & toleration;
 (2) eviction with or without plans for relocation; (3) high-density,
 supposedly low-cost, mass housing; & (4) slum upgrading. Variation in the
 planning & delivery of social services is considered. It is claimed that
 policies of community self-reliance must be strengthened. Types of community
 participation are assessed. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Govern, Governing, Government, Governmental, Governments (19?500); Strategy,
 Strategies, Strategic (446700); Urban; (see also Ru, Ur) (478000); Slum,
 Slums (428300); Community, Communities, Communitarian (104000); Participate,
 Participatory, Participation, Participative (323400)
-Ident-
 government strategies, urban slums; community participation; international
 comparison;
-SectHd-
 social development-community and urban development; (8355)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 132
-A-
 160345 84D2581
-W-
 Why Community Participation; A Discussion of the Arguments
 White, Alastair T.
 WHO International Reference Centre Community Water Supply-Sanitation, The
 Hague Netherlands
 Assignment Children 1982, 59-60, 17-34.
 -CODEN-
 ASCHDQ
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: Switzerland
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Community participation is defined as the involvement of local populations
 in the decisions of development projects. With particular reference to
 community water & sanitation schemes, ten arguments favoring participation
 are examined: (1) task accomplishment will increase; (2) services will cost
 less; (3) participation is intrinsically valuable; (4) a catalytic effect
 will be established; (5) responsibility will be encouraged; (6)
 participation demonstrates a felt need of the community; (7) actions taken
 will be more responsive to the needs of participants; (8) local skills &
 knowledge will be used; (9) dependence on professionals will be greatly
 reduced; & (10) participation develops situational awareness, or
 "conscientization." Modified HA
-Desc-
 Community, Communities, Communitarian (104000); Participate, Participatory,
 Participation, Participative (323400); Development, Developments (131200)
-Ident-
 community participation in development; water/sanitation schemes;
-SectHd-
 social development-community participation; (8320)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 133
-A-
 160248 83W3597
-W-
 The Use of Epidemiologic Methods as the Bridge between Prevention and Social
 Work Practice
 Whitman, Barbara Y.; Hennelly, Virginia D. 1465 South Grand, Saint Louis MO
 63104
 Social Work in Health Care 1982, 7, 4, summer, 27-38.
 -CODEN-
 SWHCDO
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The concepts, scope, & methods of epidemiology & the application of these
 tools to policy setting & case management in preventive social work practice
 are described. Using data concerning lead poisoning, two areas are
 discussed: (1) stages of prevention & implications for practice; & (2)
 definitions of the epidemiologic concepts of population-at-risk, prevalence,
 incidence, case rate, relative risk, attributable risk, & epidemiologic
 causal models. Suggestions for the use of epidemiologic knowledge, methods
 of formulating policy for prevention programs in social work practice are
 outlined. 1 Table, 2 Figures. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Practice, Practices (342000); Epidemiology,
 Epidemiological (?57700); Prevention, Preventive (345600); Poison, Poisons,
 Poisoner, Poisoners (339300); Method, Methods; (see also Methodology)
 (271800); Lead (249485)
-Ident-
 epidemiologic methods, preventive social work practice, lead poisoning
 case;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 134
-A-
 160235 83W3584
-W-
 The Obsolete Scientific Imperative in Social Work Research
 Schuerman, John R.
 Contributor (s): Heineman, Martha Brunswick
 U Chicago, IL 60637
 The Social Service Review 1982, 56, 1, Mar, 144-146.
 -CODEN-
 SSRVAW
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Note: Reply, 146-148.
 The faulty logic in Martha Brunswick Heineman's recent criticism of
 logical-empiricist methodologies (see abstract in this section) is not as
 serious as the mistaken assumption on which her work is based. To contend
 that most social research is informed by a basic belief in logical
 empiricism is to neglect the many historical scientific principles that have
 routinely become associated with social research; many of
 them-experimentation, use of contrast groups, the principle of
 parsimony-have been part of scientific research for centuries. Heineman's
 examples of research are extreme, & her recommendations for improvement thin
 & unoriginal. In Author's Reply, Martha Brunswick Heineman reiterates her
 conviction that social science researchers regularly restrict themselves
 unnecessarily in experimentation, by failing to consider alternative
 questions or to use methodologies outside of those prescribed within a
 rationale of logical empiricism. This is a serious problem, which Schuerman
 does not even bother to consider. D. Dunseath
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Research, Researcher, Researchers (385000);
 Methodology, Methodologies, Methodological; (see also Method) (271830);
 Empiricism, Empiricist (154140)
-Ident-
 social work research, logical-empiricist methodologies, Martha Brunswick
 Heineman's criticism refuted; reply;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 135
-A-
 160233 83W3582
-W-
 Management Trends in the Human Services in the 1980's
 Sarri, Rosemary C.
 U Michigan, Ann Arbor 48109
 Administration in Social Work 1982, 6, 2-3, summer-fall, 19-30.
 -CODEN-
 ASWODB
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Key management issues & trends that will confront the human services during
 the 1980s are reviewed. The human services are distinctive in being paid not
 for satisfying customers but out of a general revenue stream. Resources for
 social welfare are declining, producing a need to formulate allocative
 criteria. Organizational effectiveness & program evaluation, & also worker
 accountability & client satisfaction, have drawn increasing concern as well.
 Social work also faces: the problems of declining utilization of
 professional social workers in the management of social services, the
 continued existence of institutionalized racism & sexism in social agencies,
 & the existence of ethical problems such as human rights & equity. Recent
 trends include: expansion of the role of private agencies, pressure toward
 both centralization & decentralization, staff & client participation in
 management, use of information systems, continuing budgetary constraints,
 the growing use of research based practice models, & the use of social work
 in industrial settings. W. H. Stoddard
-Desc-
 Human, Humans, Humanity (216470); Service, Services (417660); Social work
 (433700); Manage, Managed, Manages, Managing, Management (257000)
-Ident-
 human services, social work, 1980s management trends;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 136
-A-
 160221 83W3569
-W-
 Social Planning as Social Work Practice: Issues and Strategies
 Mayer, Robert R.
 Graduate School Social Service Fordham U, Lincoln Center New York NY 10023
 Administration in Social Work 1982, 6, 2-3, summer-fall, 49-60.
 -CODEN-
 ASWODB
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Social planning remains an active area of policy, despite a shift from
 social programming to conservation of existing programs under budgetary
 constraints. A number of previous movements can be identified as attecedents
 of social planning, including social reform, community programs, & attempts
 to introduce scientific management into human services. A rational
 programming model is proposed to guide current social programming. This
 model appears basically compatible with social work practice, if it can
 avoid such pitfalls as the assumption that efficiency & equity are opposed,
 the imitation of the methods of such disciplines as business or public
 administration, & the definition of social work in terms of methods rather
 than goals. 1 Figure. W. H. Stoddard
 Descriptors: Social work (433700); Practice, Practices (342000); Social
 planning (432238); Plan, Plans, Planning, Planned, Planners (339140);
 Programming (348800)
-Ident-
 social work practice, social planning issues/strategies, rational
 programming model;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agent; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 137
-A-
 160200 83W3548
-W-
 The Obsolete Scientific Imperative in Social Work Research
 Heineman, Martha Brunswick
 The Social Service Review 1981, 55, 3, Sept, 371-397.
 -CODEN-
 SSRVAW
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 In a misguided attempt to be scientific, social work has adopted an
 outmoded, overly restrictive paradigm of research. Methodological rather
 than substantive requirements determine the subject matter to be studied. As
 a result, important questions & valuable data go unresearched. The
 assumptions & postulates of this prevailing scientific model of research &
 evaluation are examined; their roots in the logical empiricist tradition are
 described; criticisms of these assumptions are discussed; & alternative,
 less restrictive approaches to research are suggested. AA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Research, Researcher, Researchers (385000);
 Scientific, Scientism, Scienticity, Scientization (410380); Model, Modeling,
 Models (274400); Obsolete, Obsolescence (302660)
-Ident-
 social work research, obsolete scientific model criticized;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 138
-A-
 160198 83W3545
-W-
 Cognitive Approaches to Direct Practice
 Goldstein, Howard
 Case Western Reserve U, Cleveland OH 44106
 The Social Service Review 1982, 56, 4, Dec, 539-555.
 -CODEN-
 SSRVAW
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 The role of cognition in direct social work practice is gaining increasing
 interest & application. Cognitive practice is not a new fad; rather, it is
 the product of the development of ideas about human thought that have been
 in the making for over three centuries. Current models of cognitive practice
 represent two different orientations to the nature of human thought-one
 mediational, the other phenomenological. It is shown that each model has
 distinct implications for the methods & outcomes of practice. 1 Table. AA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Practice, Practices (342000); Cognition, Cognitive
 (095000); Phenomenology, Phenomenological; (see also Phenomena) (333522);
 Approach, Approaches (035310)
-Ident-
 direct social work practice; cognitive approaches, mediational vs
 phenomenological models;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 139
-A-
 160195 83W3541
-W-
 Comments on "The Obsolete Scientific Imperative in Social Work Research"
 Geismar, Ludwig L.
 Contributor (s): Piper, Martha Heineman
 Rutgers U, New Brunswick NJ 08903
 The Social Service Review 1982, 56, 2, June, 311-312.
 -CODEN-
 SSVAW
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Note: Reply, 312.
 In criticizing the excessive attention paid to methodologies in social work
 research, Martha Brunswick Heineman's discussion of logical empiricism is
 puzzling (see abstract in this section). While conceding that logical
 empiricism has provided an important philosophical foundation to social
 research, she finds that it has been primarily responsible for the worst
 kind of modern empirical research, eg, reductionism or phenomena absolutism;
 she does not, however, begin to substantiate such charges. Her alternative
 proposals & comments about bias in statistical research techniques are
 hardly new. In Author's Reply, Martha Heineman Piper (formerly Martha
 Brunswick Heineman) challenges the contention that her work is poorly
 substantiated, pointing to citations of over thirty research works, &
 complains that Geismar failed to observe important qualifications, eg, that
 the criticism is against a leading trend in social research, not a
 condemnation of the entire field. D. Dunseath
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Research, Researcher, Researchers (385000); Obsolete,
 Obsolescence (302660); Scientific, Scientism, Scienticity, Scientization
 (410380); Methodology, Methodologies, Methodological; (see also Method)
 (271830)
-Ident-
 social work research, obsolete scientific methodologies, Martha Brunswick
 Heineman's criticism refuted; reply;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 140
-A-
 160194 83W3540
-W-
 Structuring Co-Leadership in Social Work Training
 Galinsky, Maeda J.; Schopler, Janice H.
 School Social Work U North Carolina, Chapel Hill 27514
 Social Work with Groups 1980, 3, 4, winter, 51-63.
 -CODEN-
 SWGRDU
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Although students often colead groups as part of their professional
 training, this approach to teaching groupwork skills remains controversial.
 A review of the cotherapy literature & personal experiences with social work
 students in coleadership situations provide the basis for defining the uses
 & relative merits of coleadership, & for developing guidelines for the
 coleadership relationship. Coleadership has been used for a variety of
 purposes, including professional training, worker support, & benefits for
 group members. The positive effects reported are many: an increase in
 behavior models, more opportunities to vary leader roles, greater potential
 for simulating treatment issues, enhanced group management, an additional
 perspective in resolving individual & group problems, enriched professional
 development, & support from a compatible coleader. Negatives reported
 include the expense of two leaders, leader disagreements that impede group
 progress, & interactions between coleaders that inhibit effectiveness &
 professional growth. The guidelines formulated for establishing &
 maintaining more effective coleader relationships address: (1) quality of
 the coleader relationship, (2) structure of coleader roles, (3) mechanisms
 for handling coleader conflict, (4) coleader role development, (5)
 preparation for evaluation of the group, (6) supervision of coleaders, (7)
 coleadership in open-ended groups, & (8) coleader composition. Modified AA
-Desc-
 Leader, Leaders, Leadership (249500); Social work (433700); Training,
 Trainer (469000); Structure, Structures, Structuring, Structured (448150)
-Ident-
 coleadership structuring, social work training;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-professional orientations of social agents; (6150)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 141
-A-
 160096 83W3433
-W-
 Toward Humanizing Adoption
 Sorich, Carol J.; Siebert, Roberta
 Louisiana Dept Health & Human Resources, Lafayette 70501
 Child Welfare 1982, 61, 4, Apr, 207-216.
 -CODEN-
 CHWFAS
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 The process of adoption typically has involved limited information transfer
 between birth parents, adoptive parents, & adoptees, with the social worker
 having control over all information exchanges. Growing discontent with this
 system's effects has led some adoption agencies to seek alternatives. One
 such alternative has been in use for several years at Child Saving
 Institute, Omaha, Neb, an affiliate of the Disciples of Christ. Birth
 parents are allowed to request continuing information; willingness to give
 such information is considered in choosing adoptive parents, & a formal
 commitment is included in the adoption agreement. Birth parents have been
 enthusiastic about the new policy which helps them deal with the sense of
 loss they experience. While adoptive parents are initially alarmed by the
 policy, they usually come to view it favorably. Since Feb 1977, 24 semi-open
 adoptions, in which birth parents actually meet adoptive parents, have been
 attempted; open adoptions, in which birth & adoptive parents exchange
 identifying information, are being considered, along with other
 alternatives. These approaches have helped to humanize the adoption process,
 better meeting the needs of those involved. W. H. Stoddard
-Desc-
 Adopt, Adoption, Adopted, Adoptive (014800); Humanization (216900)
-Ident-
 humanizing adoption, increased information exchanges, Omaha, Nebraska,
 agency case;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 142
-A-
 160094 83W3431
-W-
 Using Team Development Methods within Social Services Agencies
 Smith, Peter B.
 School Social Sciences U Sussex, Falmer Brighton BN1 9RH England
 Social Work with Groups 1981, 4, 1-2, spring-summer, 69-84.
 -CODEN-
 SWGRDU
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Conducting group work with existing rather than specially created groups
 increases the possibility of lasting effects. Social work agencies provide a
 good example of groups that can benefit from group work intervention, since
 their staffs are trained in a skill-oriented manner. The
 support-confrontation model is advanced as a framework for diagnosing the
 appropriate type of group work intervention for a particular circumstance.
 Several instances of brief group work are presented. Training designs &
 outcomes are described. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Agency, Agencies (?20200); Team, Teams (456760); Social service, Social
 services (432805)
-Ident-
 team development methods usage, social services agencies;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 143
-A-
 160091 83W3428
-W-
 The Social Work Function in Nursing Homes and Home Care
 Silverstone, Barbara; Burack-Weiss, Ann
 Jrnl of Gerontological Social Work 1982, 5, 1-2, fall-winter, 7-33.
 -CODEN-
 JGSWDU
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Social work in nursing homes & social work in home care programs have long
 been viewed as separate fields of practice, but are now being seen in an
 integrated way as alternative forms of long-term care for the disabled
 elderly. A simple concept of level of functioning is not adequate to
 identify the needs of this population; attention must be given to specific
 medical conditions & also to the psychological & ecological context. This
 population is normally supported by services included in the auxiliary
 function model. Provision of services should begin with study & assessment
 of needs, leading to definition of a plan, direct practice with the client,
 interventions with client groups, problem solving with families, & provision
 of service systems & community intervention. Practice in the home care
 setting must be embedded in work with community helping networks. Practice
 in nursing homes needs to confront the problem of the institutional setting.
 In both cases the principles of client self-determination &
 self-actualization are decisively important. W. H. Stoddard
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Nurse, Nurses, Nursing (301000); Home, Homes (214400);
 Program, Programs, Programmer, Programmers (348660); Disable, Disabled,
 Disability, Disabilities (132600); Elder, Elders, Elderly (149733)
-Ident-
 social work functions, nursing homes/home care programs, disabled elderly;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 144
-A-
 160087 83W3424
-W-
 Maximizing Independence for the Elderly: The Social Worker in the
 Rehabilitation Center
 Seltzer, Gary B.; Charpentier, Marcel O.
 Brown U Memorial Hospital, Pawtuckett RI 02860
 Jrnl of Gerontological Social Work 1982, 5, 1-2, fall-winter, 61-79.
 -CODEN-
 JGSWDU
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The role of social work practice within an acute rehabilitation setting is
 addressed, describing practice principles applicable to a variety of
 short-term medical rehabilitation settings treating older, functionally
 impaired persons. Social work treatment interventions & anticipated outcomes
 relevant to the broader service context of the long term care system are
 also discussed. The rehabilitation & social services described can serve as
 a long-term care bridge between constricted choices typically available to
 an older person with severe physical impairments & other alternatives made
 possible when environmental, social, familial psychological, & physical
 supports are activated to ensure maximum quality of life for the older
 person. 1 Figure. AA
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Elder, Elders, Elderly (149733); Rehabilitation
 (380000); Independent, Independence, Independency (227660)
-Ident-
 social work, elderly, acute rehabilitation center, maximizing independence;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 145
-A-
 160076 83W3413
-W-
 The Sunshine Group: An Example of Social Work Intervention through the Use
 of a Group
 Ross, Sue; Bilson, Andy
 Social Work with Groups 1981, 4, 1-2, spring-summer, 15-28.
 -CODEN-
 SWGRDU
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 A description of the design, creation, & operation of a short-term intensive
 group for 9 children of both sexes aged 8-11, all of whom had been involved
 in delinquent acts, & had been the victims or executors of sexual assault.
 The techniques & methods used are matched to the assessed needs of the
 clients, & a subjective evaluation of the outcome is given Modified HA
-Desc-
 Group, Groups, Grouping, Groupism (197700); Child, Children, Childhood
 (081000); Sexual, Sexuality, Sexually (422000); Social work (433700);
 Delinquent, Delinquents (126200); Assault, Assaults, Assaulting, Assaultive
 (040210); Intervention (240965)
-Ident-
 short-term intensive group, delinquent children, sexual assault involvement,
 social work intervention;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 146
-A-
 160047 83W3384
-W-
 The Transactions between People and Environment Framework: Focusing Social
 Work Intervention in Health Care
 Monkman, Marjorie McQueen; Eagle, Jill Doner
 School Social Work U Illinois, Urbana 61801
 Social Work in Health Care 1982, 8, 2, winter, 105-11.
 -CODEN-
 SWHCDO
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 A conceptual framework for delineating the boundaries of social work is
 described that attempts to differentiate between social work intervention &
 the work of other health professionals. The framework, the "Transaction
 between Individuals & Environments" (TIE) model is illustrated in two case
 applications. Its merits as a means of identifying individual coping
 strategies, assisting the social worker to effect change, & establishing
 priorities in practice are discussed. The cases show particular uses of the
 TIE model with diseased or disabled clients. 1 Table, 1 Figure. D. Dunseath
-Desc-
 Health care (208100); Social work (433700); Intervention (240965);
 Transaction, Transactions, Transactional (470800); Individual, Individuals,
 Individualism, Individuality, Individualistic, Individualization,
 Individualize (229000); Environment, Environments, Environmental,
 Environmentally (157400)
-Ident-
 health care, social work intervention, "Transaction between Individuals &
 Environments" model, coping strategies identification;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 147
-A-
 160045 83W3382
-W-
 The Use of Social Services by Black and White Elderly: The Role of Social
 Support Systems
 Mindel, Charles H.; Wright, Roosevelt, Jr.
 Graduate School Social Work U Texas, Arlington 76019-0129
 Jrnl of Gerontological Social Work 1982, 4, 3-4, spring-summer, 107-125.
 -CODEN-
 JGSWDU
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The role of formal & informal family, kin, & nonkin support systems in
 explaining social service utilization by older persons is explored, with
 interview data collected from a national area probability sample of 3, 996
 noninstitutionalized black & white elderly. Findings indicate that informal
 family support is more important for black than white elderly. In addition,
 family aid is found to be a supplementary rather than alternative support
 system. In planning, designing, & delivering social services to the elderly,
 racial & cultural differences should be explicit input factors. In
 investigating this rather complex phenomenon, future researchers should
 employ research procedures capable of dealing simultaneously with a
 comprehensive range of variables. 2 Tables, 4 Figures. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Social service, Social services (432805); Black, Blacks (055218); White,
 Whites (489845); Elder, Elders, Elderly (149733); Social support (433182)
-Ident-
 social services use, black/white elderly, social support systems use;
 interviews;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 148
-A-
 160039 83W3376
-W-
 Termination: A Neglected Aspect of Social Group Work
 Mayadas, Nazneen; Glasser, Paul
 School Social Work U Texas Arlington 76019
 Social Work with Groups 1981, 4, 1-2, spring-summer, 193-204.
 -CODEN-
 SWGRDU
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Termination of groups, since it sets the tone for the transfer of skills to
 other experiences in the natural environment of participants, is a necessary
 & critical phase of group development. Ideally, as individual & group
 objectives are achieved, learning should be internalized by members, &
 termination should occur smoothly. Often, however, this is not the case. A
 conceptual interactional model is provided to aid in the understanding of
 the dynamics of group termination. Also given are observable criteria for
 use in analyzing both the phases & processes of termination, & a review of
 intervention strategies to deal with different member reactions to
 termination. 2 Figures. J. Cannon
-Desc-
 Social work (433700); Group, Groups, Grouping, Groupism (197700)
-Ident-
 social group work, termination, conceptual interaction model;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 149
-A-
 160030 83W3367
-W-
 Understanding Teamwork: Another Look at the Concepts
 Lowe, Jane Isaacs; Herranen, Marjatta
 Mount Sinai School Medicine, New York NY 10029
 Social Work in Health Care 1981, 7, 2, winter, 1-11.
 -CODEN-
 SWHCDO
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The interdisciplinary team is frequently utilized in the delivery of health
 care services. Considerable confusion surrounds the concept of teamwork.
 Three characteristics of teamwork are delineated to further the
 understanding of its structure & function. Integrative & coordinate teams
 are differentiated as models of practice, & implications for social work &
 nursing are highlighted. HA
-Desc-
 Teamwork (456800)
-Ident-
 teamwork structure/function understanding, concepts examination;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 009:037 150
-A-
 159996 83W3332
-W-
 Groupwork with Preadolescents: Theory and Practice
 Hargrave, Mary C.; Hargrave, George E.
 Re-Ed West Center Children, PO Box 875 Sacramento CA 95608
 Child Welfare 1983, 62, 1, Jan-Feb, 31-37.
 -CODEN-
 CHWFAS
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Country of Publication: US
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstract of Jrnl Article (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Avail.: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 A groupwork approach to treating the behavior problems of preadolescents is
 presented; its rationale is found in recent theories of the role of peer
 relationships in preadolescent social development. Therapeutic intervention
 can thus take the form of groups, ideally composed of 8-10 children, all one
 sex, aged 9-12, with 1 therapist per 3 children. The therapist's role
 involves maintaining a supportive atmosphere while enforcing necessary limit
 on behavior. Group activities include discussion, team sports, & critique.
 This approach can provide skills needed to move on to a wider range of
 social interactions. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Behavior, Behavioral (051300); Group,
 Groups, Grouping, Groupism (197700); Work, Works, Working (492000); Problem,
 Problematic, Problems (348100)
-Ident-
 preadolescent children behavior problems, groupwork
 Approach, theory/practice;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 1
-A-
 1808039 86025039
-W-
 Maintenance chemotherapy for high-risk patients. A preliminary report.
 Johnson JT; Myers EN; Srodes CH; Mayernik DG; Sigler BA; Schramm VL Jr.;
 Nolan TA; Wagner RL
 Dept. of Otolaryngology, Eye and Ear Hospital of Pittsburgh, Univ. of
 Pittsburgh School of Medicine, PA 15213.
 Arch Otolaryngol (US), Nov. 1985, 111 (11) p727-9,
-ISSN-
 0003-9977
-JrnlCode-
 86O
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 A prospectively designed program employing surgery, radiotherapy, and
 maintenance chemotherapy was initiated for patients with histologic evidence
 of extracapsular spread of tumor in cervical metastases. Postoperative
 radiotherapy consisted of 6, 000 rad of cobalt 6 administered in 180- to
 200-rad fractions. Chemotherapy was initiated two to four weeks following
 radiotherapy. Methotrexate sodium (250 mg/sq. m), fluorouracil (600 mg/sq.
 m), and leucovorin calcium were administered one day per week, two weeks of
 three, for a total of 18 treatments in six months. Thirty-two patients have
 been in the therapeutic program. Toxic reaction has been minimal and
 self-limiting. One patient stopped chemotherapy because of toxic reaction.
 One patient (3%) was noncompliant. All patients have been followed up for 18
 to 33 months. Twenty-one patients remain alive and free of disease (81%
 determinate survival). This compares with a 36% (9/25) disease-free survival
 for concurrent controls and 39% survival for historic controls.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Adverse Effects (AE);
 *Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Carcinoma, Squamous
 Cell--Drug Therapy (DT); Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Mortality (MO);
 Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Radiotherapy (RT); Carcinoma, Squamous
 Cell--Surgery (SU); Citrovorum Factor--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Combined Modality Therapy; Fluorouracil--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Follow-Up studies; *Head and Neck Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Head and
 Neck Neoplasms--Mortality (MO); Head and Neck Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT);
 Head and Neck Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Lymphatic Metastasis;
 Methotrexate--Administration and Dosage (AD); Middle Age; Neoplasm
 Recurrence, Local; Patient Compliance; Prospective Studies; Risk; Sex Ratio
 CAS Registry No.: 51-21-8 (Fluorouracil); 51057-63-7 (Citrovorum Factor);
 59-05-2 (Methotrexate)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 2
-A-
 1803216 86020216
-W-
 Intrahepatic arterial flow distribution after ligation of a right replaced
 hepatic artery. A case report.
 Civalleri D; Scopinaro G; Simoni G; Claudiani F; Repetto M; De Cian F
 Istituto di Patologia Chiurgica I, Universita di Genova, Italia.
 Tumori (ITALY), Aug 31 1985, 71 (4) p375-7,
-ISSN-
 0300?8916
-JrnlCode-
 WJS
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A basic requirement for arterial chemotherapy of liver tumors is complete
 catheter perfusion of the liver. In cases with atypical anatomy of the
 hepatic artery, it is frequently impossible to obtain this goal by means of
 a single catheter. In a patient with a right replaced hepatic artery, the
 aberrant vessel was ligated and the left hepatic artery was perfused through
 a catheter inserted into the gastroduodenal artery. Perfusion scans
 performed through the catheter 14 and 135 days after arterial ligation
 showed a fall in the arterial flow to the right liver (right/left ratio 0.43
 and 0.60). In contrast, a nearly complete perfusion of the liver (0.91
 right/left ratio) was obtained 28 days after ligation, when the perfusion
 scan was performed immediately after catheter infusion of 90, 000, 000
 degradable starch microspheres (DSM: diameter = 40 m). DSM administration is
 supposed to increase back pressure in the lobe receiving native circulation,
 thus activating intrahepatic collateral flow to the ischemic lobe. As
 regards regional treatment of liver tumors, obvious conclusions are to be
 drawn.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Antineoplastic Agents--Administration and Dosage (AD); *Hepatic
 Artery--Abnormalities (AB); Hepatic Artery--Surgery (SU); *Infusions,
 Intra-Arterial; Ligation; *Liver Circulation; *Liver Neoplasms--Drug Therapy
 (DT); Middle Age; Starch--Pharmacodynamics (PD)
 CAS Registry No.: 9005-25-8 (Starch)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 3
-A-
 1801927 86018927
-W-
 Intraperitoneal chemotherapy in the management of ovarian cancer.
 Ozols R
 Experimental Therapeutics Section, National Cancer Institute, Bethesda, MD
 20205.
 Semin Oncol (US), Sep 1985, 12 (3 Suppl 4) p75-80,
-ISSN-
 0093-7754
-JrnlCode-
 UN5
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Initial phase I trials of intraperitoneal chemotherapy in ovarian cancer
 patients demonstrated that a pharmacologic advantage was achieved with the
 direct instillation of drugs into the peritoneal cavity. Recent trials have
 reported that approximately 30% of patients who have small-volume residual
 disease following induction chemotherapy will achieve a complete remission
 with intraperitoneal cisplatin. The demonstrated effectiveness and
 acceptable toxicity makes cisplatin the current drug of choice in the
 intraperitoneal therapy of ovarian cancer patients. Additional clinical
 studies are required to determine the role of combinations
 intraperitoneally, the necessity of intravenous sodium thiosulfate for use
 with intraperitoneal cisplatin, the activity of other agents, the optimum
 techniques to deliver intraperitoneal drugs, and the appropriate clinical
 situations where intraperitoneal therapy should be used in the overall
 management of ovarian cancer.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Antineoplastic Agents--Administration and Dosage (AD); Antineoplastic
 Agents--Adverse Effects (AE); Antineoplastic Agents, Combined; Catheters,
 Indwelling Cisplatin--Administration and Dosage (AD) Cisplatin--Antagonists
 and Inhibitors (AI); Drug Evaluation; Infusions Parenteral; *Ovarian
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Ovarian Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Peritoneal
 Cavity; Thiosulfates--Administration and Dosage (AD)
 CAS Registry No.: 15663-27-1 (Cisplatin); 7772-98?7 (sodium thiosulfate)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 4
-A-
 1793467 86010467
-W-
 Psychological outcome of extremity sarcoma survivors undergoing amputation
 or limb salvage.
 Weddington WW Jr; Segraves KB; Simon MA
 Dept. of Psychiatry, Univ. of Chicago Medical Center, IL.
 J Clin Oncol (US), Oct 1985, 3 (10) p1393-9,
-ISSN-
 0732-183X
-JrnlCode-
 JCO
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 When compared to amputation, limb salvage procedures for extremity sarcomas
 have been advocated because of potential functional benefits and presumed
 psychological-outcome advantages. The purpose of this study was to compare
 psychological outcomes between survivors who underwent either amputation or
 limb salvage procedures for extremity sarcomas. Fifteen amputees and 20
 patients with salvaged limbs (mean age, 37.9 years; range, 15 to 71 years)
 were evaluated 1 to 5 years after surgery for extremity sarcomas.
 Demographic and medical information was obtained and cognitive functioning,
 affect, mood, body image, physical functioning, global psychological
 adjustment to illness and surgery, and lifetime prevalence of psychiatric
 disorders before and after surgery were assessed. Two patients were excluded
 because of the presence of an incapacitating organic mental syndrome. The
 remaining patients, 14 amputees and 19 patients with salvaged limbs, had a
 variety of soft-tissue and bone sarcomas. No significant differences were
 found between the groups in age, sex, marital status, surgically involved
 extremity, chemotherapy status, and social class at the time of surgery and
 interviews. There were no significant differences between the groups in
 scores of cognitive capacity, symptoms, mood, body image changes, global
 physical functioning, global adjustment to illness and surgery, and lifetime
 prevalence of psychiatric disorders before or after surgery. Most patients
 revealed only mild psychological symptoms and 55% demonstrated good to
 excellent adjustment to their surgeries and diseases. There were no
 significant differences in measures of psychological outcome for patients
 with extremity sarcomas who underwent limb salvage procedures compared to
 those who underwent amputation. A psychological-outcome advantage of
 limb-salvage surgery compared to amputation has yet to be demonstrated.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adaptation, Psychological; Adolescence; Adult; Affective Disorders--Etiology
 (ET); Aged; *Amputation--Psychology (?X); Depressive Disorder--Etiology
 (ET); *Extremities--Surgery (SU); Interview, Psychological; Middle Aged
 Prognosis; Retrospective Studies; Sarcoma--Psychology (PX);
 *Sarcoma--Surgery (SU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 5
-A-
 1772886 85?97886
-W-
 The effects of music therapy and guided visual imagery on chemotherapy
 induced nausea and vomiting.
 Frank JM
 Oncol Nurs Forum (US), Sep-Oct 1985, 12 (5) p47-52,
-ISSN-
 0190-535X
-JrnlCode-
 PAD
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Antineoplastic Agents--Adverse Effects (AE); Anxiety;
 Imagination; Middle Age; *Music Therapy; Nausea--Chemically Induced (CI);
 Nausea--Psychology (PX); *Nausea--Therapy (TH); *Relaxation Technics;
 Vomiting--Chemically Induced (CI); Vomiting--Psychology (PX);
 *Vomiting--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 6
-A-
 1768656 85293656
-W-
 [CO2 laser in treating head and neck cancer]
 Hirano M; Ohkubo H; Kurita S; Hirade Y; Maeda T; Kamimura M; Mihashi S;
 Yoshida T
 Dept. of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery, Kurume Univ. School of Med.
 Gan No Rinsho (JAPAN), May 1985, 31 (6 Suppl) p673-8,
-ISSN-
 0021-4949
-JrnlCode-
 KIF
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 CO2 laser is especially useful in treating cancer of tube- and
 cavity-organs. For carcinomas of the tongue, we have employed three types of
 laser usage. Carcinomas confined within the mucosa are treated by laser
 alone. For carcinomas invading the muscle to some extent, we make a mass
 reduction surgery by means of laser which is followed by
 (chemo)radiotherapy. Carcinomas with extensive muscular invasion are first
 treated with induction chemotherapy. If the chemotherapy is effective, we
 add laser surgery for the purpose of mass reduction and chemoradiotherapy
 follows. 26 patients were treated and none has developed local recurrence.
 For glottic carcinomas, we have applied laser in two ways: laser surgery
 alone and laser combined with (chemo)radiotherapy. We have treated 58
 patients with glattic carcinoma. 14 developed local recurrence. Of these 14,
 13 were successfully treated but the other died because he refused to have
 further treatment.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Antineoplastic Agents--Therapeutic Use (TU); Combined Modality Therapy;
 Glottis; Laryngeal Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Laryngeal
 Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT); *Laryngeal Neoplasms--Surgery (SU)
 Laryngectomy; *Lasers--Therapeutic Use (TU); Microsurgery; Speech
 Intelligibility; Tongue Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Tongue
 Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT); *Tongue Neoplasms--Surgery (SU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 7
-A-
 1766924 85291924
-W-
 Therapeutic trial of interferon-gamma in patients with epidemic Kaposi's
 sarcoma.
 Krigel RL; Odajnyk CM; Laubenstein LJ; Ostreicher R; Wernz J; Vilcek J;
 Rubinstein P; Friedman-Kien AE
 Dept. of Medicine, New York Univ. School of Medicine, New York.
 J Biol Response Mod (US), Aug 1985, 4 (4) p358-64,
-ISSN-
 0732-6580
-JrnlCode-
 JBM
 Contract/Grant No.: CA-06927; CA-16087
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 An epidemic form of Kaposi's sarcoma associated with the acquired immune
 deficiency syndrome has been recently described. Seven homosexual men with
 biopsy-documented epidemic Kaposi's sarcoma were treated with a human
 interferon-gamma preparation. All patients had generalized disease. Only one
 patient had received prior chemotherapy, and one other patient had recovered
 from a prior opportunistic infection. Interferon-gamma was administered in a
 dose of 500, 000 U intramuscularly daily, with two 10-day indiction courses,
 separated by a 2-week medication-free period. This was followed by
 maintenance therapy in the same dose twice weekly. Toxicities consisted of a
 flu-like illness with high fevers, shaking chills, myalgias, and
 arthralgias. There were no complete or partial responses. All patients
 exhibited disease progression, with a rapid progression of previously stable
 disease necessitating discontinuation of therapy in three patients. We
 conclude that low doses of this human interferon-gamma preparation are
 ineffective in epidemic Kaposi's sarcoma.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adult; Antibodies--Analysis (AN); Clinical Trials; Homosexuality; Interferon
 Type II--Immunology (IM); *Interferon Type II--Therapeutic Use (TU); Middle
 Age; Sarcoma, Kaposi's--Immunology (IM); *Sarcoma, Kaposi's--Therapy (TH);
 Skin Tests
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 8
-A-
 1763463 85288463
-W-
 The use of radiation therapy combined with chemotherapy in the management of
 squamous cell carcinoma of the anus and marginally resectable adenocarcinoma
 of the rectum.
 Sischy B
 Univ. of Rochester School of Medicine & Dentistry, NY.
 Int J Radiat Oncol Biol Phys (US), Sep 1985, 11 (9) p1587-9,
-ISSN-
 0360-3016
-JrnlCode-
 G97
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 For many years surgery has been the treatment of choice for squamous cell
 carcinoma of the anus, but it is now becoming apparent that well-planned
 definitive radiation therapy combined with chemotherapy may obviate the need
 for an abdomino-perineal resection. Since 1976, 33 patients with this
 disease were treated at Highland Hospital by radiation therapy combined with
 5-FU and Mitomycin-C for sensitization. Four of these patients underwent a
 planned abdomino-perineal resection following therapy; the operative
 specimens of all four patients were negative for tumor. Twenty-nine patients
 were treated by the above method without surgery in a definitive manner and
 local control was achieved in 89.6% of patients. Radiation therapy combined
 with 5-FU and Mitomycin-C for sensitization has also been used in an effort
 to improve the resectability rate of large rectal cancers and ultimately the
 5-year survival of patients with this disease. Fifty-eight patients with
 marginally resectable carcinoma of the rectum were treated pre-operatively
 by this regimen. The method of administration of the chemotherapeutic agents
 used for sensitization appears to be an important factor in obtaining an
 increased therapeutic ratio. Thirty-three patients have been followed for a
 minimum of 5 years with an 84.9% local control rate; 63.7% are alive and
 well, and 9.1% have died of intercurrent disease. An additional 22 patients
 have been treated with this regimen for recurrent rectal disease and 9.9%
 are alive and well at 5 years. Radiation therapy combined with 5-FU and
 Mitomycin-C for sensitization purposes appears to be effective in
 downstaging rectal carcinoma at surgery with a resultant survival rate
 superior to that following surgery alone.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Aged; Antibiotics, Antineoplastic--Therapeutic Use (TU); Anus
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Anus Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT); *Anus
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Carcicoma, Squamous Cell--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Radiotherapy (RT); *Carcinoma, Squamous
 Cell--Therapy (TH); Combined Modality Therapy; Fluorouracil--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); Middle Age; Mitomycins--Therapeutic Use (TU); Rectal Neoplasms--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Rectal Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT); *Rectal
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH)
 CAS Registry No.: 50-07-7 (mitomycin C); 51-21-8 (Fluorouracil)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 9
-A-
 1759908 85284908
-W-
 Personality factors associated with anticipatory nausea/vomiting in patients
 receiving cancer chemotherapy.
 van Komen RW; Redd WH
 Univ. of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
 Health Psychol (US), 1985, 4 (3) 189-202,
-ISSN-
 0278-6133
-JrnlCode-
 EJL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 One hundred cancer chemotherapy patients rated the severity of pre- and
 posttreatment nausea and exesis and completed the State-Trait Anxiety
 Inventory. In addition, scores on the Millon Behavioral Health Invenzory
 were obtained for 59 of those patients. Thirty-three percent of the patients
 reported having experienced anticipatory nausea and 11% reported having
 experienced anticipatory vomiting. Patients who experienced anticipatory
 nausea had more posttreatment nausea and vomiting, were more depressed, and
 were characteristically more anxious than other patients. A personality
 profile including the future despair, social alienation, and inhibited style
 (from the Millon Behavioral Health Inventory) identified patients with
 anticipatory nausea.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adaptation, Psychological; *Antineoplastic Agents--Adverse Effects (AE);
 Anxiety--Psychology (PX); Depression--Psychology (PX); Introversion
 (Psychology); INTROVERSION; *Nausea--Chemically Induced (CI);
 Nausea--Psychology (PX); *Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); *Personality; *Set
 (Psychology); Sick Role; Social Environment; *Vomiting--Chemically Induced
 (CI); Vomiting--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 10
-A-
 1757112 85282112
-W-
 Angiosarcoma of the breast. Two case reports and a review of the
 literature.
 Hunter TB; Martin PC; Dietzen CD; Tyler LT
 Cancer, Oct 15 1985, 56 (8) p2099-106,
-ISSN-
 0008-543X
-JrnlCode-
 CLZ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Two cases of angiosarcoma of the breast are presented. They are of
 particular interest in that one patient is a long-term survivor, the 19th
 reported to date, and the other presented with contralateral breast
 involvement without evidence of disseminated disease. The world literature
 is reviewed and a discussion is presented of the clinical features,
 treatment, histopathologic features, and prognosis of this rare breast
 neoplasm. Tumor size and degree of tumor differentiation are the most
 important prognostic indicators, and in general a simple mastectomy is the
 treatment of choice. The value of adjuvant irradiation and chemotherapy is
 uncertain.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; *Breast Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Breast Neoplasms--Surgery (SU);
 Combined Modality Therapy; Frozen Sections; *Hemangiosarcoma--Pathology
 (PA); Hemangiosarcoma--Surgery (SU); Laparotomy ; Mastectomy; Ovarian
 Neoplasms--Secondary (SC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 11
-A-
 1757068 85282068
-W-
 The long-term effects of cranial irradiation on the central nervous system.
 Duffner PK; Cohen ME; Thomas PR; Lansky SB
 Dept. of Neurology, SUNY at Buffalo School of Medicine.
 Cancer (US), Oct 1 1985, 56 (7 Suppl) p141-6,
-ISSN-
 0008-543X
-JrnlCode-
 CLZ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Cranial irradiation and chemotherapy may have significant long-term
 deleterious effects on children with brain tumors. Intellectual
 deterioration, endocrinopathies, leukoencephalopathy, extraneural
 metastases, and oncogenesis may all complicate the treatment of central
 nervous system neoplasia. These long-term effects of therapy have important
 implications, as some are amenable to treatment and others may be prevented
 by the careful monitoring of drug and radiation administration. Until
 recently, the survivals of children with brain tumors were limited, so that
 concerns over long-term effects of therapy were unnecessary. As children
 with certain types of brain tumors now have a better prognosis, these
 long-term and possibly remediable effects have important implications. This
 article emphasizes radiation effects on intellect, endocrine function, and
 oncogenesis. Recommendations for baseline and longitudinal evaluations of
 children with brain tumors are suggested.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Achievement--Radiation Effects (RE); Antineoplastic Agents--Adverse Effects
 (AE); Brain Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Brain Neoplasms--Psychology (PX);
 *Brain Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT); Child; Endocrine Glands--Radiation
 Effects (RE); *Intelligence--Radiation Effects (RE); Neuropsychological
 Tests; *Radiotherapy--Adverse Effects (AE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 12
-A-
 1756977 85281977
-W-
 Vinblastine, bleomycin, and cisplatin in malignant germ cell tumors of the
 ovary.
 Taylor MH; Depetrillo AD; Turner AR
 Cancer, Sep 15 1985, 56 (6) p1341-9,
-ISSN-
 0008-543X
-JrnlCode-
 CLZde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Fourteen patients with malignant ovarian germ cell tumors were treated with
 vinblastine, bleomycin, and cisplatin. A complete clinical response was
 achieved in all 14 patients; however, 1 patient had small macroscopic
 disease present at second-look laparotomy. One patient died of bleomycin
 pulmonary toxicity. The remaining 13 patients are alive and free of disease
 from 20 months to 8 years and 8 months after initial diagnosis. Serum
 alpha-fetoprotein and beta-human chorionic gonadotropin levels were
 monitored in all patients and were found to be reliable indicators of
 response to treatment and disease status. The uninvolved ovary was preserved
 in seven patients without compromising the response to treatment, and one
 patient subsequently became pregnant. Vinblastine, bleomycin, and cisplatin
 chemotherapy appears to be a safe, effective combination and is recommended
 as the primary treatment of choice in the management of patients with
 malignant ovarian germ cell tumors.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Alpha Fetoproteins--Analysis (AN); Antineoplastic
 Agents, Combined--Adverse Effects (AE); *Antineoplastic Agents,
 Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); Bleomycins--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Bleomycins--Adverse Effects (AE); Cisplatin--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Gonadotropins, Chorionic--Blood (BL); Lung--Drug Effects (DE); Menstruation;
 Middle Age; Neoplasms, Embryonal and Mixed--Blood (BL) NEOPL
 EMBRYONAL--Blood (BL); *Neoplasms, Embryonal and Mixed--Drug Therapy (DT);
 *NEOPL EMBRYONAL--Drug Therapy (DT); Ovarian Neoplasms--Blood (BL); *Ovarian
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Vinblastine--Administration and Dosage (AD)
 CAS Registry No.: 15663-27-1 (Cisplatin); 865-21-4 (Vinblastine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 13
-A-
 1756903 85281903
-W-
 Management of localized non-Hodgkin's lymphoma.
 MacKenzie RG; Rusthoven JJ
 Can Med Assoc J, Sep 15 1985, 133 (6) p559-64,
-ISSN-
 0008-4409
-JrnlCode-
 CKW
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Non-Hodgkin's lymphomas (NHLs) are a heterogeneous group of disorders that
 vary widely in response to therapy. In Canada the modified Rappaport
 classification is used to categorize NHL. To facilitate the reporting and
 comparison of treatment results all cases should also be categorized in the
 terminology of the National Cancer Institute's working formulation. The
 choice of therapy should be guided by specific prognostic factors: stage and
 bulk of the disease, patient's age, presence of systemic symptoms and
 histologic subtype. Of these, the last appears to be the most important.
 Radiotherapy (RT) is the treatment of choice in localized low-grade
 lymphomas with favourable prognoses, while bimodal therapy (RT and
 chemotherapy [CT]) is warranted in presentations with unfavourable
 prognoses. Regional irradiation alone is indicated in intermediate-grade
 lymphomas with good prognoses (i.e., pathological stage I or II or clinical
 stage IA or IIA localized disease of small bulk in young patients). All
 other patients require CT followed by RT. The results of CT alone are
 encouraging but remain experimental. Aggressive therapy with multidrug
 regimens that include central nervous system prophylaxis is the foundation
 for successful treatment of high-grade NHL such as lymphoblastic lymphoma
 and diffuse small-noncleaved-cell lymphomas. Low-dose RT should be given to
 sites of bulky disease. (21 Refs.)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Burkitt's Lymphoma--Etiology (ET); Burkitt's
 Lymphoma--Pathology (PA); Burkitt's Lymphoma--Therapy (TH); Combined
 Modality Therapy; Lymphoma--Pathology (PA); Lymphoma--Radiotherapy (RT);
 *Lymphoma--Therapy (TH); Lymphosarcoma--Pathology (PA);
 Lymphosarcoma--Radiotherapy (RT); Lymphosarcoma--Therapy (TH); Middle Age;
 Prognosis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 14
-A-
 1755849 85280849
-W-
 Aggressive non-Hodgkin's lymphomas is immunocompromised homosexual males.
 Kalter SP; Riggs SA; Cabanillas F; Butler JJ; Hagemeister FB; Mansell PW
 Newell GR; Velasquez WS; Salvador P; Barlogie B; et al
 Blood, Sep 1985, 66 (3) p655-9,
-ISSN-
 0006-4971
-JrnlCode-
 A?G
 Contract/Grant No.: CA34674
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 During the period from 1981 through 1984, 14 immunocompromised homosexual
 males with intermediate or high-grade non-Hodgkin's lymphoma were seen at
 Univ. of Texas M.D. Anderson Hospital and Tumor Institute. Six patients had
 diffuse large-cell lymphoma, seven had diffuse undifferentiated lymphoma,
 and one had unclassifiable lymphoma that suggested large-cell lymphoma.
 Eight patients had the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) and five
 had the AIDS-related complex. Kaposi's sarcoma was initially present in four
 patients and developed later in two others. The patients with diffuse
 large-cell lymphoma were characterized by more severely altered immune
 parameters, multicentric brain mass lesions, pretherapy opportunistic
 infections, lower performance status, poor response to therapy, and death in
 all within six months. The undifferentiated lymphoma group had preceding
 generalized reactive lymphadenopathy, less severe immune dysfunction, and
 excellent response to combination chemotherapy, with survival time greater
 than 19 months in three patients. Twelve of the patients had extranodal
 sites of lymphoma at presentation. There is a definite trend for the
 development of aggressive non-Hodgkin's lymphomas with unusual sites of
 extranodal involvement in immunocompromised homosexual males, with the
 potential for good tolerance to combination chemotherapy and improved
 survival in the subgroup without severe concomitant opportunistic
 infections.
 Tags: Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Abscess--Etiology (ET); Adult; Bone Marrow--Pathology (PA); Brain--Pathology
 (PA); Candidiasis--Etiology (ET); *Homosexuality; Immunity, Cellular;
 *Immunologic Deficiency Syndromes--Complications (CO); Lymph
 Nodes--Pathology (PA); Lymphoma--Etiology (ET); Lymphoma--Immunology (IM);
 *Lymphoma--Pathology (PA); Middle Age; Mycobacterium Infections--Etiology
 (ET); Neoplasm Invasiveness; Toxoplasmosis--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 15
-A-
 1744545 85269545
-W-
 Size of human figure drawing and Goodenhugh-Harris scores of pediatric
 oncology patients: a pilot study.
 Paine P; Alves E; Tubino P
 Dept. of General and Community Medicine, Univ. of Brasilia, DF.
 Percept Mot Skills (US), Jun 1985, 60 (3) p911-4,
-ISSN-
 0031-5125
-JrnlCode-
 OZB
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Human figure drawings of 12 pediatric oncology patients were significantly
 smaller in height, width, and area than were drawings of 12 school children
 and 12 pediatric general surgery patients paired for sex and age. The
 Goodenough-Harris scores of the cancer patients' drawings were also
 significantly lower than those of both school and general surgery groups. It
 is hypothesized that anxiety, lowered self-esteem, and the effects of
 chemotherapy contributed to these findings.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Art; *Body Image; Child; *Neoplasms--Psychology (PX); Psychological Tests;
 Psychometrics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 16
-A-
 1744068 85269068
-W-
 Malignant placental site trophoblastic tumor.
 Hopkins M; Nunez C; Murphy JR; Wentz WB
 Dept. of Reproductive Biology, Case Western Reserve Univ. Medical School,
 Cleveland, Ohio.
 Obstet Gynecol (US), Sep 1985, 66 (3 Suppl) p95S-100S,
-ISSN-
 0029-7844
-JrnlCode-
 OC2
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Placental site trophoblastic tumor is a rare variant of trophoblastic
 disease. The malignant form of this disease with metastasis and death is
 even more infrequent, as is evident from only five cases in the literature.
 A 30-year-old black woman who died from this disease is presented. Patients
 with metastases are at extremely high risk with no reported survivors and
 must be treated aggressively with chemotherapy and cytoreductive surgery.
 This type of trophoblastic tumor apparently exhibits a different biologic
 behavior as compared with choriocarcinoma.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Combined Modality Therapy; Gonadotropins, Chorionic--Analysis (AN);
 *Placenta--Pathology (PA); *Pregnancy Complications, Neoplastic--Pathology
 (PA); *PREGN COMPL NEOPL--Pathology (PA); Pregnancy Complications,
 Neoplastic--Therapy (TH); PREGN COMPL NEOPL--Therapy (TH); Pregnancy; PREGN;
 Prognosis; *Trophoblastic Tumor--Pathology (PA); Trophoblastic
 Tumor--Therapy (TH); *Uterine Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Uterine
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 17
-A-
 1738?22 85263722
-W-
 Current status of chemotherapy for advanced pancreatic and gastric cancer.
 O'Connell MJ
 Division of Medical Oncology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minn. 55905.
 J Clin Oncol (US), Jul 1985, 3 (7) p1032-9,
-ISSN-
 0732-183X
-JrnlCode-
 JCO
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 There is currently no effective systemic therapy for advanced pancreatic
 cancer. No definitive controlled data exist that demonstrate a survival
 benefit for any particular regimen yet developed. A statistically
 significant short-term survival benefit has been seen in three consecutive
 GITSG trials using the FAMe regimen in patients with advanced gastric
 cancer. Occasional long-term responders have been seen with a variety of
 regimens, but there is no evidence of improved long-term (more than two
 years) disease-free survival with any regimen reported to date. Continuing
 research with emphasis on new drug development, innovative alterations in
 chemotherapy combinations and administration schedules, or entirely new
 treatment strategies, are clearly required to allow the clinical
 investigator and the clinical practitioner to achieve their common
 goal--improved long-term survival for patients with advanced pancreatic and
 gastric cancer. (50 Refs.)
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human
-Desc-
 *Antineoplastic Agents--Therapeutic Use (TU); Antineoplastic Agents,
 Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); Clinical Trials; *Pancreatic Neoplasms--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Pancreatic Neoplasms--Mortality (MO); Placebos; Prospective
 Studies; Random Allocation; *Stomach Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Stomach
 Neoplasms--Mortality (MO)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 18
-A-
 173?391 85257391
-W-
 Compliance with chemotherapy among breast cancer patients.
 Taylor SE; Lichtman RR; Wood JV
 Dept. of Psychology, Univ. of California, Los Angeles 90024.
 Health Psychol (US), 1984, 3 (6) p553-62,
-ISSN-
 0278-6133
-JrnlCode-
 EJL
 Contract/Grant No.: MH 34167; MH 00311
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 This study explored the extent of and reasons for noncompliance with
 intravenously-administered chemotherapy among a sample of breast cancer
 patients. Overall, chemotherapy compliance was high (92%). The few cases of
 non-compliance identified were indirect. In particular, two patients
 rejected chemotherapy outright and two alcoholic patients used alcohol to
 avoid chemotherapy. The high rate of chemotherapy compliance was judged to
 be due to its perceived centrality to recovery from cancer, the "medical"
 nature of its administration, the ease with which non-compliance can be
 detected, and patients' spontaneous use of successful coping techniques.
 Tags: Female; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adult; Alcoholism--Complications (CO); Antineoplastic Agents,
 Combined--Administration and Dosage (AD); Breast Neoplasms--Complications
 (CO); *Breast Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Breast Neoplasms--Psychology
 (PX); Infusions, Intra-Arterial; Middle Age; *Patient Compliance
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 19
-A-
 1729559 85254559
-W-
 Phase I study of vinblastine and verapamil given by concurrent iv infusion.
 Benson AB 3d; Trump DL; Koeller JM; Egorin MI; Olman EA; Witte RS; Davis TE;
 Tormey DC
 Dept. of Human Oncology, Wisconsin Clinical Cancer Center, Madison 53791.
 Cancer Treat Rep (US), Jul-Aug 1985, 69 (7-8) p795-9,
-ISSN-
 0361-5960
-JrnlCode-
 CNM
 Contract/Grant No.: N01-CM-27549
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Overcoming resistance to chemotherapy is an important goal in cancer
 treatment. In many systems, resistance to anthracyclines and vinca alkaloids
 correlates with a diminished intracellular content of drug. In P388 leukemia
 and Ehrlich ascites tumor, an active outward transport of anthracyclines and
 vinca alkaloids occurs. Calcium channel blockers, such as verapamil, inhibit
 this active outward transport and increase intracellular content of
 vinblastine and anthracyclines in cells resistant to vinca alkaloids and
 anthracyclines, respectively. We report a phase I trial of vinblastine (1.5
 mg/m2 daily as iv continuous infusion X 5 days) in 17 patients and
 concurrent verapamil in escalating doses. Verapamil was administered as a
 loading dose (0.02-0.1 mg/kg) followed by a maintenance infusion (0.036-0.18
 mg/kg/hour) for 5 1/2 days with continuous cardiac monitoring. There was no
 apparent augmentation of vinblastine toxicity when vinblastine and verapamil
 were given concurrently. ECG change was the dose-limiting toxicity. At 0.12
 mg/kg/hour, five of nine patients developed first-degree heart block (mean
 P-R interval, 0.32 seconds; range, 0.23-0.52 seconds). Junctional rhythms
 were noted in two of 17 patients. Reversible nonspecific T-wave changes were
 seen in four of 17 patients. Blood pressure and left ventricular ejection
 fractions (ultrasonic) were not altered. Five of 17 patients had wbc count
 nadirs less than 2000/mm3, and two of 17 patients had platelet count nadirs
 less than 100, 000/mm3. Four patients experienced neurotoxicity. A mean
 vinblastine concentration of 2.2 ng/ml (0.55 nM) and a mean verapamil
 concentration of 290 ng/ml (0.45 microM) were achieved with the concurrent
 5-day infusion. The tolerable levels of verapamil obtained appear to be less
 than those which were reported to inhibit vinblastine efflux in vitro.
 Additional in vitro experiments at the tolerable doses of vinblastine and
 verapamil are recommended.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adult; Arrhythmia--Chemically Induced (CI); Drug Evaluation Drug Therapy,
 Combination; Electrocardiography; ECG; Hematologic Diseases--Chemically
 Induced (CI); Infusions, Parenteral; Middle Age; *Neoplasms--Drug Therapy
 (DT); *Verapamil--Administration and Dosage (AD); Verapamil--Adverse Effects
 (AE); Verapamil--Blood (BL); *Vinblastine--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Vinblastine--Adverse Effects (AE); Vinblastine--Blood (BL)
 CAS Registry No.: 52-53-9 (Verapamil); 865-21-4 (Vinblastine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 20
-A-
 1729282 85254282
-W-
 Alveolar rhabdomyosarcoma of the female genitalia.
 Copeland LJ; Sleige N; Stringer CA; Gershenson DM; Saul PB; Kavanagh JJ
 Dept. of Gynecology, M. D. Anderson Hospital and Tumor Institute, Houston,
 TX 77030.
 Cancer (US), Aug 15 1985, 56 (4) p849-55,
-ISSN-
 0008-543X
-JrnlCode-
 CLZ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Eight cases of alveolar rhabdomyosarcoma of the female genitalia were
 diagnosed from 1963 to 1983 at The Univ. of Texas M. D. Anderson Hospital.
 The primary sites were vulva in two, perineum in five, and broad ligament in
 one patient. When possible, therapy was initiated with local tumor excision
 (five patients). Surgery was followed by local or regional radiation (six
 patients) and chemotherapy (seven patients). Of the eight patients, five
 died within 9 months, one died 27 months after diagnosis, and only two are
 5-year survivors. The aggressive behavior of this tumor is evidenced by
 autopsy findings of widespread metastases. Metastatic disease to the bone
 was present in four patients and to the breast in three patients. Local
 disease was controlled in two patients who died of distant metastases.
 Current therapy recommendations include excisional surgery, local radiation,
 and combination chemotherapy. A need for more effective chemotherapeutic
 programs is evident.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Combined Modality Therapy; Cyclophosphamide--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Dactinomycin--Administration and Dosage (AD); Genital Neoplasis,
 Female--Drug Therapy (DT); *Genital Neoplasms, Female--Pathology (PA);
 Genital Neoplasms, Female--Radiotherapy (RT); Genital Neoplasms,
 Female--Surgery (SU); Retrospective Studies; Rhabdomyosarcoma--Drug Therapy
 (DT); *Rhabdomyosarcoma--Pathology (PA); Rhabdomyosarcoma--Radiotherapy
 (RT); Rhabdomyosarcoma--Surgery (SU); Vincristine--Administration and Dosage
 (AD)
 CAS Registry No.: 50-18-0 (Cyclophosphamide); 50-76-0 (Dactinomycin);
 57-22-7 (Vincristine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 21
-A-
 1729278 85254278
-W-
 Soft tissue sarcomas of the adult head and neck.
 Greager JA; Patel MK; Briele HA; Walker MJ; Das Gupta TK
 Division of Surgical Oncology, Univ. of Illinois at Chicago 60612.
 Cancer (US), Aug 15 1985, 56 (4) p820-4,
-ISSN-
 0008-543X
-JrnlCode-
 CLZ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 From 1969 to 1983, 53 adult patients with head and neck soft tissue sarcomas
 were evaluated and treated by the Division of Surgical Oncology at the Univ.
 of Illinois. The most common anatomic location was the neck (36%), and these
 patients had the highest 5-year disease-free survival rate (67%).
 Fibrosarcoma was the most common histologic type (26%); patients with
 aggressive fibromatosis had the longest mean survival time (93 months). The
 mean overall survival time was 58.7 months, and the disease-free 2-year,
 5-year, and 10-year survival rates were 68%, 54%, and 28%, respectively.
 Wide excision was the treatment of choice, with adjuvant radiotherapy or
 chemotherapy, or both, used in selected patients. In all of the long-term
 survivors, the tumors were either well-differentiated or less than or equal
 to 5.0 cm in diameter. It is apparent that aggressive therapy of such tumors
 can provide good long-term results.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Fibrosarcoma--Classification (CL) Head and Neck
 Neoplasms--Classification (CL); HEAD NEOPL--Classification (CL); *Head and
 Neck Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); *HEAD NEOPL--Pathology (PA) ;
 Histiocytoma--Classification (CL); Middle Age; Retrospective Studies;
 Sarcoma--Classification (CL); *Sarcoma--Pathology (PA); Scalp; Skin
 Neoplasms--Classification (CL); Soft Tissue Neoplasms--Classification (CL)
 *Soft Tissue Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Tomography, X-Ray Computed; CT XRAY
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 22
-A-
 1729265 85254265
-W-
 The safe use of cisplatin in hyperthermic isolated limb perfusion systems.
 Roseman JM; Tench D; Bryant LR
 Cancers, Aug 15 1985, 56 (4) p742-4,
-ISSN-
 0008-543X
-JrnlCode-
 CLZde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 A patient presenting with aggressive squamous cell carcinoma successfully
 received cisalatin chemotherapy via hyperthermic, isolated limb perfusion
 (renal impairment ruled out systemic use). Human tumor stem cell assay
 identified cisplatin as the drug of choice and supports the potential
 benefit of this procedure in single therapeutic situations. The case
 illustrates the safety of cisplatin and the ability to give large doses of
 the nephrotoxic drug with no damage to renal function. The potential
 efficacy over systemic cisplatin has yet to be established except when
 systemic use is limited from renal dysfunction.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Aged; *Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Drug Therapy (DT); Carcinoma, Squamous
 Cell--Pathology (PA); Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Therapy (TH);
 *Cisplatin--Administration and Dosage (AD); Cisplatin--Theraputic Use (TU);
 *Hyperthermia, Induced; Leg; *Perfusion, Regional; *Skin Neoplasms--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Skin Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Skin Neoplasms--Therapy (TH)
 CAS Registry No.: 15663-27-1 (Cisplatin)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 23
-A-
 725943 85250943
-W-
 Small-cell undifferentiated carcinoma of the rectosigmoid colon.
 Schwartz AM; Orenstein JM
 Dept. of Pathology, George Washington Univ. Medical Center, D 20037.
 Arch Pathol Lab Med (US), Jul 1985, 109 (7) p629-32,
-ISSN-
 0363-0153
-JrnlCode-
 79Z
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 We describe three patients with small-cell undifferentiated carcinoma of the
 rectosigmoid colon. Though there was a wide range of patient age, history,
 and gross presentation of the malignancy, there was overlap in the
 histopathologic appearance and the biological behavior of the tumor. All
 three cases had liver involvement at the time of diagnosis. Despite
 multidrug chemotherapy, two patients died within a year of diagnosis, and
 the third patient had progressive disease. Ultrastructurally, all cases had
 membrane-bound dense-core granules, however, there was considerable
 variation of size and number of granules among the tumors, as well as other
 forms of endodermal differentiation. Whether small-cell undifferentiated
 carcinoma presents as a small focus within a neoplastic polyp or as a large
 primary tumor, the therapy must include a systemic aggressive protocol.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adenocarcinoma--Pathology (PA); Adult; Aged; *Carcinoma, Oat Cell--Pathology
 (PA); Carcinoma, Oat Cell--Ultrastructure (UL); Cell Transformation,
 Neoplastic--Pathology (PA); Liver Neoplasms--Pathology (PA) ; Liver
 Neoplasms--Secondary (SC); Middle Age; *Rectal Neoplasms--Pathology (PA);
 Rectal Neoplasms--Ultrastructure (UL); *Sigmoid Neoplasms--Pathology (PA);
 Sigmoid Neoplasms--Ultrastructure (UL)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 24
-A-
 1725?68 85250468
-W-
 [Diagnosis and treatment of mediastinal teratoid tumors]
 Ito M; Miyake M; Mitsuoka A
 Chest Disease Research Institute, Kyoto Univesity.
 Gan To Kagaku Ryoho (JAPAN), Jul 1985, 12 (7) p1361-70,
-ISSN-
 0385-0684
-JrnlCode-
 6T8
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Among anterior mediastinal tumors affecting male patients of around 20 years
 old, mediastinal malignant teratoid tumor must be considered as one of the
 possibilities. Malignant teratoid tumor can be classified as seminoma,
 non-seminoma or mixed, according to clinical behavior. In the non-seminoma
 group, AFP and/or HCG can be the specific markers in the diagnosis or
 assessment of the effect of treatment. Chemotherapy with CDDP must be the
 first choice of treatment in these types of tumor, just as chemotherapy is
 the first choice of therapy in the treatment of small cell lung cancer, and
 surgery must be the adjuvant treatment to chemotherapy. On the other hand,
 seminoma can be treated by surgery and radiation, which has been proven to
 yield a good prognosis. In cases of seminoma which produces HCG and/or AFP,
 chemotherapy with CDDP must be added to surgery and radiation as in
 non-seminomatous mediastinal teratoid tumors, because the production of such
 markers in seminoma is considered to be one of the poor prognostic factors
 in the treatment of seminomatous mediastinal teratoid tumors.
 Tags: Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Alpha Fetoproteins--Analysis (AN); Antineoplastic
 Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); Dysgerminoma--Diagnosis (DI);
 Dysgerminoma--Drug Therapy (DT); Dysgerminoma--Surgery (SU); Gonadotropins,
 Chorionic--Analysis (AN); Lactate Dehydrogenase Isoenzymes--Analysis (AN);
 LDH ISOENZYMES--Analysis (AN); Lactate Dehydrogenase--Analysis (AN);
 LDH--Analysis (AN); *Mediastinal Neoplasms--Diagnosis (DI); Mediastinal
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Mediastinal Neoplasms--Surgery (SU);
 Mediastinoscopy; Neoplasms, Embryonal and Mixed--Diagnosis (DI); NEOPL
 EMBRYONAL--Diagnosis (DI); Neoplasms, Embryonal and Mixed--Drug Therapy
 (DT); NEOPL EMBRYONAL--Drug Therapy (DT) Neoplasms, Embryonal and
 Mixed--Surgery (SU); NEOPL EMBRYONAL--Surgery (SU) ; Prognosis;
 *Teratoma--Diagnosis (DI); Teratoma--Drug Therapy (DT); Teratoma--Surgery
 (SU); Tomography, X-Ray Computed; CT XRAY
 Enzyme No.: EC 1.1.1.- (Lactate Dehydrogenase Isoenzymes); EC 1.1.1.27
 (Lactate Dehydrogenase)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 25
-A-
 1711802 85236802
-W-
 Chylous effusions due to neuroblastoma resolved by intrapleural chlorambucil
 coupled to father's antibodies.
 Melino G; Tabara ZB; Hobbs JR
 Dept. of Chemical Pathology, Westminster Children's Hospital, London,
 England.
 J Pediatr Surg (US), Apr 1985, 20 (2) p179-81,
-ISSN-
 0022-3468
-JrnlCode-
 JMJ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A 2-year-old boy presented with a stage IV neuroblastoma and, despite
 surgical reduction of the tumor mass followed by chemotherapy and
 radiotherapy, he developed bilateral chylous pleural effusions. These proved
 resistant to traditional methods of treatment but were resolved with minimal
 discomfort to the child by intrapleural injections of chlorambucil
 chemically bound to antibodies raised by immunizing his father with
 irradiated tumor cells.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 *Antibodies, Neoplasm--Administration and Dosage (AD); Antibodies,
 Neoplasm--Therapeutic Use (TU); Child, Preschool;
 *Chlorambucil--Administration and Dosage (AD); Chlorambucil--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); Chyle; Combined Modality Therapy; Drug Combinations; Fathers;
 *IgG--Administration and Dosage (AD); IgG--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Immunotherapy; *Neuroblastoma--Complications (CO); Neuroblastoma--Therapy
 (TH); *Pleural Effusion--Drug Therapy (DT); Pleural Effusion--Etiology (ET)
 CAS Registry No.: 305-03-3 (Chlorambucil)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 26
-A-
 1711446 85236446
-W-
 Lorazepam in cancer patients treated with cisplatin: a drug having
 antiemetic, amnesic, and anxiolytic effects.
 Laszlo J; Clark RA; Hanson DC; Tyson L; Crumpler L; Gralla R
 J Clin Oncol, Jun 1985, 3 (6) p864-9,
-ISSN-
 0732-183X
-JrnlCode-
 JCO
 Contract/Grant No.: CA 11265
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 There currently is no pharmacologic approach to the problem of anticipatory
 nausea and vomiting (ANV). Lorazepam (Ativan Wyeth Laboratories,
 Philadelphia) is an interesting candidate drug if it could block the recall
 of the unpleasant events associated with chemotherapy, especially if it also
 has antiemetic properties. Since ANV is a conditioned (learned) response, it
 may well depend on a memory imprint of the stimulus.
 This pilot study was designed to use intravenous lorazepam given before and
 after cisplatin infusion in 32 patients, and to make detailed measurements
 of nausea, vomiting, recent memory, anxiety, and sedation as well as
 toxicity. Satisfactory responses occurred in about 70%, as rated separately
 both by investigator and patient. Forty-six percent did not even recall
 receiving chemotherapy, regardless of whether or not they vomited; 80% had
 no significant anxiety after chemotherapy. Adverse reactions included some
 cases of perceptual disturbance, urinary incontinence, diarrhea,
 hypotension, and one case of severe transient amnesia. No long-term adverse
 effects were noted.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't,
 P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adult; *Antiemetics; *Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Adverse Effects (AE);
 Anxiety--Drug Effects (DE); Cisplatin--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Lorazepam--Adverse Effects (AE) *Lorazepam--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 *Memory--Drug Effects (DE); Middle Age; Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Time
 Factors; Vomiting--Chemically Induced (CI); Vomiting--Prevention and Control
 (PC)
 CAS Registry No.: 15663-27-1 (Cisplatin); 846-49-1 (Lorazepam)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 27
-A-
 1711431 85236431
-W-
 Pathologic stages IA and IIA Hodgkin's disease: results of treatment with
 radiotherapy alone (1968-1980).
 Cornbleet MA; Vitolo U; Ultmann JE; Golomb HM; Oleske D; Griem ML; Ferguson
 DJ; Miller JB
 J Clin Oncol, Jun 1985, 3 (6) p758-68,
-ISSN-
 0732-183X
-JrnlCode-
 JCO
 Contract/Grant No.: 2P30 CA-14599-11
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Between Jan 1, 1968, and Dec 31, 1980, 108 previously untreated patients
 with Hodgkin's disease pathologic stages (PSs) IA (29 patients) and IIA (79
 patients) initially received radiotherapy alone. One postoperative death
 (due to pulmonary embolus) (0.9%) occurred, with one serious complication
 (0.9%). Between 1968 and 1973, patients were randomized to receive either
 involved field radiation treatment (RTIF) or extended field radiation
 treatment (RTEF). Since 1973 all patients have received RTEF, 4, 000 cGy in
 four to five weeks, with a median follow-up of ?.4 years. Complete remission
 (CR) was achieved in 102 patients (94.4%), with no significant difference
 according to treatment or stage. Of the complete responders, 25 patients
 relapsed: 5/15 RTIF and 20/87 RTEF (P = .6). Twenty-one of 25 relapsing
 patients achieved a second CR. Disease free survival rates at five and ten
 years constituted: PS IA, 78.6% for both; PS IIA, 74.8% and 73.1% (P = .6);
 RTEF, 76.7% for both; RTIF, 73.3% and 66.7% (P = .7). Eighteen patients have
 died: eight of recurrent lymphoma, two of pulmonary embolus, one each of
 myocardial infarction, pulmonary fibrosis, and acute nonlymphocytic leukemia
 (ANLL) (following salvage chemotherapy), and one of diffuse histiocytic
 lymphoma (DHL). Four patients died in remission of unrelated causes.
 Actuarial survival rates at five and ten years constituted: PS IA, 95.7% and
 72.4%; PS IIA, 89.6% and 81.4% (P = .3); RTIF, 93.7% for both; RTEF, 90.7%
 and 71.2% (P = .2). Age, sex, number of sites, and mediastinal involvement
 did not influence the outcome. Acute toxicity was modest and more frequent
 among those receiving RTEF (P = .08).
 Chronic toxicity (onset more than 30 days after completion of treatment) was
 identified in 16 patients: 1/16 RTIF; 15/92 RTEF (P = 5). Three patients
 developed a second malignancy: one carcinoma of the cervix in situ; one ANLL
 (following salvage chemotherapy); and one DHL of the stomach. At least 75%
 of patients with PS IA and IIA Hodgkin's disease were cured by radiation
 alone, with a risk of secondary malignancy following radiation alone of
 0.9%. Since the majority of relapsing patients were successfully salvaged by
 chemotherapy, radiation alone appears to be the initial treatment of choice
 in this group of patients.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't,
 P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Actuarial Analysis; Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Hodgkin's Disease--Mortality
 (MO); Hodgkin's Disease--Pathology (PA); *Hodgkin's Disease--Radiotherapy
 (RT); Laparotomy--Adverse Effects (AE); Middle Age; Neoplasm Recurrence,
 Local--Drug Therapy (DT); Neoplasm Recurrence, Local--Radiotherapy (RT);
 Neoplasm Staging; Neoplasms, Multiple Primary--Pathology (PA);
 Radiotherapy--Adverse Effects (AE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 28
-A-
 169881 85223815
-W-
 Intracerebral cryptococcomas.
 Arumugasamy N
 Neurosurgical Division, Tuanku Abdul Rahman Institute of Neurosciences,
 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.
 Ann Acad Med Singapore (SINGAPORE), Jan 1985, 14 (1) p16-21,
-ISSN-
 0304-4602
-JrnlCode-
 53F
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Cerebral cryptococcomas are not unusual and occurred in 7.8% of our cases of
 cryptococcal meningitis. This warrants a careful lookout for it if treatment
 is to be prompt and effective. CAT Scanning has proved to be an important
 adjunct in investigative exclusion of such instances. Although cerebrospinal
 fluid shunting proved to be of great importance in patients with
 demonstrable hydrocephalus, total surgical extirpation of the granuloma when
 demonstrated would appear to be essential, if cure is to be assured.
 5-Fluorocytosine continues to be the drug of choice although recent
 indications of resistance to it are real. Modifications to antifungal
 chemotherapy will hence have to be judiciously made. Agglutination studies,
 besides typing, have indicated their usefulness in this regard, in the
 management of our cases.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Brain Diseases--Drug Therapy (DT); Brain
 Diseases--Pathology (PA); *Brain Diseases--Radiography (RA); Brain
 Diseases--Surgery (SU); Cerebral Angiography; Cryptococcosis--Drug Therapy
 (DT); Cryptococcosis--Pathology (PA); *Cryptococcosis--Radiography (RA);
 Cryptococcosis--Surgery (SU); Flucytosine--Therapeutic Use (TU); Middle Age
 ; Tomography, X-Ray Computed; CT XRAY
 CAS Registry No.: 2022-85-7 (Flucytosine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 29
-A-
 1698114 85223114
-W-
 [Motivation and compliance of andrology patents]
 Zur Motivation und Compliance andrologischer Patienten.
 Pusch HH
 Geburtshilflich-gynakologische Universitatsklinik, Graz, Austria.
 Andrologia (GERMANY, WEST), Mar-Apr 1985, 17 (2) p194-9,
-ISSN-
 0303-4569
-JrnlCode-
 4QP
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 150 randomized patients from the andrology department of the Univ. Hospital
 for Gynecology and Obstetrics, Graz, Austria have been evaluated concerning
 their motivation, cooperation and compliance. To gain basic data from
 andrology patients and to analyze consequences after the first clinical
 examination was one of the purposes of this study. The compliance concerning
 suggested therapy and necessary control spermaograms was another subject of
 interest. By means of a questionnaire the wifes of the patients were asked
 to evaluate, how their husbands used the prescribed medicaments. 83% of the
 male patients showed a very regular intake of their oral long time
 treatment. Absolute nicotine carency as a basis for further treatment was
 accepted by 63% of smokers. Another problem concerned the communication of
 achieved pregnancies of the andrologist. The rate of communicated
 pregnancies rose from 10% to 16, 7% when a questionnaire was sent to the
 patients. The results of this study confirm the experience, that patients
 who desire children show a higher degree of cooperation and compliance than
 usual.
 Tags: Human; Male
-Desc-
 Infertility, Male--Drug Therapy (DT); Infertility, Male--Psychology (PX);
 *Infertility, Male--Therapy (TH); *Motivation; *Patient Compliance;
 Retrospective Studies; Smoking
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 30
-A-
 1695792 85220792
-W-
 [Diagnostic and therapeutic problems of primary non-Hodgkin lymphoma of the
 stomach]
 Diagnostische und therapeutische Probleme des primaren Non-Hodgkin-Lymphoms
 des Magens.
 Mokros W; Wilgeroth C; Schwenke E; Kettner E; Spormann H
 Z Gesamte Inn Med, Feb 15 1985, 40 (4) p117-21,
-ISSN-
 0044-2542
-JrnlCode-
 XUY
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The primary extranodal manifestation of the non-Hodgkin-lymphomas above all
 concerns the stomach. An essential problem is the low, exactly positive rate
 of biopsy. As a rule the non-Hodgkin-lymphoma is diagnosed on the surgical
 specimen. During 5 years we treated 11 patients with non-Hodgkin-lymphoma,
 this corresponds to 3.85% of our malignant tumours of the stomach. The
 anamnesis is uncharacteristic, the endoscopic picture is multiform,
 penetration and haemorrhage are relatively frequent to be observed. Only in
 1 patient of 11 by means of multifarious biopsies the diagnosis could be
 ascertained preoperatively. At stage I the surgical therapy is sufficient,
 for all other stages the combination of operation and poly-chemotherapy is
 the therapy of choice.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Aged; Combined Modality Therapy; Lymphatic Metastasis; *Lymphoma--Diagnosis
 (DI); Lymphoma--Pathology (PA); Lymphoma--Surgery (SU) ; Polyps--Diagnosis
 (DI); Stomach--Pathology (PA); *Stomach Neoplasms--Diagnosis (DI); Stomach
 Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Stomach Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Stomach
 Ulcer--Diagnosis (DI)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 31
-A-
 1695016 85220016
-W-
 Non-functioning parathyroid carcinoma: a case report.
 Merlano M; Conte P; Scarsi P; Tatarek R; Barbieri A; Santelli A; Scarpati D;
 De Angelis P
 Divisione di Oncologia Medica, Istituto Nazionale per la Ricerca sul Cancro,
 Genova, Italia.
 Tumori (ITALY), Apr 30 1985, 71 (2) p193-6,
-ISSN-
 03?0-8916
-JrnlCode-
 WJS
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Non-functioning parathyroid carcinoma is a very rare disease. Only 12 cases
 have been reported in the literature. The clinical behavior is characterized
 by the appearance and growth of a neck mass or nodule, which often has been
 present for many years, and is not accompanied by clinical or laboratory
 evidence of hypercalcemia or elevated levels of parathyroid hormone (PTH) in
 peripheral blood. Pathologic findings are similar to those of functioning
 tumors, and the proof of malignancy is established on the basis of an
 increased mitotic index only. Data on survival from cases reported in the
 literature are not conclusive; however, the non-functioning type of
 parathyroid carcinoma seems to be a more aggressive disease. Radiotherapy
 seems to be effective in the local control of the disease, but most patients
 become metastatic. Even if no data are available on response to
 chemotherapy, the course of the disease is relatively indolent.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Adenoma--Pathology (PA); Adenoma--Physiopathology (PP); Adenoma--Therapy
 (TH); Middle Age; *Parathyroid Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Parathyroid
 Neoplasms--Physiopathology (PP); Parathyroid Neoplasms--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 32
-A-
 1693884 85218884
-W-
 Factors important to psychosocial adjustment to cancer: a review of the
 evidence.
 Goldberg RJ; Cullen LO
 Dept. of Psychiatry, Rhode Island Hospital, Providence 02902.
 Soc Sci Med (ENGLAND), 1985, 20 (8) p803-7,
-ISSN-
 0277-9536
-JrnlCode-
 UT9?
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Systematic observations have revealed that cancer patients experience a wide
 array of emotional reactions. Because of limited helping resources, as well
 as the possibility of prevention, it would be useful to identify those
 cancer patients at risk for the development of significant psychiatric
 difficulties and psychosocial maladjustment. Many investigators have
 proposed, but not substantiated factors which seem to be associated with
 such problems following cancer diagnosis. This report reviews clinically
 noted or theoretically-derived factors which have been tested empirically
 for relationships with various aspects of psychosocial adjustment. Certain
 specific cancer sites have been noted to be associated with psychosocial
 problems. A specific biological basis for psychiatric problems associated
 with certain diseases has been proposed for multiple myeloma, lung tumors
 and pancreatic cancer. A number of chemotherapy agents are now recognized as
 accounting for presumed psychiatric symptoms. While studies relating age,
 sex, marital or socioeconomic status with psychosocial problems have found
 no consistent associations, social support has been demonstrated as a
 significant factor in adjustment to cancer. Studies of the relation of
 adaptation and the patient's psychological situation such as degree of
 pessimism or anxiety, personality characteristics, prior experience wish the
 death of a close friend or relative or religious beliefs have been
 inconclusive. Many studies have used measures of questionable external
 validity and others employed unvalidated subjective ratings. It is only
 recently that there are instruments considered reliable and valid for
 research in this area and even these instruments have not been extensively
 validated. Finally, this paper reviews several major design problems which
 have impaired identification of predictive variables and provides
 suggestions for future research. (60 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Adaptation, Psychological; Adult; Attitude; Middle Age; Neoplasms--Drug
 Therapy (DT); *Neoplasms--Psychology (PX); Research Design *Social
 Adjustment; Social Support
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 33
-A-
 1690936 85215936
-W-
 Comparison of a cancer-specific locus of control and the multidimensional
 health locus of control scales in chemotherapy patients.
 Dickson AC; Dodd MJ; Carrieri V; Levenson H
 Oncol Nurs Forum (US), May-Jun 1985, 12 (3) p49-54,
-ISSN-
 0190-535X
-JrnlCode-
 PAD
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Attitude to Health; *Internal-External Control ; Middle Age;
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); *Neoplasms--Psychology (PX); *Psychological
 Tests
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 34
-A-
 1685320 85210320
-W-
 Long-term neuropsychologic sequelae of childhood leukemia: correlation with
 CT brain scan abnormalities.
 Brouwers P; Riccardi R; Fedio P; Poplack DG
 J Pediatr, May 1985, 106 (5) p723-8,
-ISSN-
 0022-3476
-JrnlCode-
 JLZde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Previous studies have failed to establish a direct relationship between
 behavioral disorders and organic pathology in long-term survivors of
 childhood acute lymphoblastic leukemia. We evaluated 23 long-term survivors
 who received central nervous system preventive therapy with cranial
 irradiation and intrathecal chemotherapy, using neuropsychologic tests and
 computed tomographic brain scans. The patients were in continuous first
 remission for 7 to 11 years, and nine were receiving chemotherapy. On the
 basis of their CT scan findings, they were divided into three groups: 10
 with normal CT findings, five with intracerebral calcifications, and eight
 with cortical atrophy. Neuropsychologic test results allowed prediction of
 CT scan findings with an 87% accuracy (P less than 0.001), indicating a
 strong correlation between the presence and type of CT scan abnormality and
 neuropsychologic functioning. Tests that measured verbal memory, attention,
 and functions correlated with frontal lobe integrity were most powerful in
 discriminating between groups.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); Child;
 Child, Preschool; *Cognition Disorders--Diagnosis (DI); Cognition
 Disorders--Etiology (ET); Cognition Disorders--Prevention and Control (PC);
 *Communicative Disorders--Diagnosis (DI); Communicative Disorders--Etiology
 (ET); Communicative Disorders--Prevention and Control (PC);
 Cytarabine--Therapeutic Use (TU); Follow-Up Studies; *Leukemia,
 Lymphoblastic--Complications (CO); Leukemia, Lymphoblastic--Drug Therapy
 (DT); Methotrexate--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Methotrexate--Therapeutic Use (TU); Neuropsychological Tests;
 Prednisone--Administration and Dosage (AD); *Tomography, X-Ray Computed; *CT
 XRAY; Vincristine--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 6-Mercaptopurine--Administration and Dosage (AD)
 CAS Registry No.: 0 (POMP); 147-?4-4 (Cytarabine); 50-44-2
 (6-Mercaptopurine); 53-03-2 (Prednisone); 57-22-7 (Vincristine); 59-05-2
 (Methotrexate)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 35
-A-
 1683878 85208878
-W-
 The psychosocial impact of cancer on the elderly: a comparison with younger
 patients.
 Ganz PA; Schag CC; Heinrich RL
 UCLA-San Fernando Valley Program, Division of Hematology Oncology, Sepulveda
 91343.
 J Am Geriatr Soc (US), Jun 1985, 33 (6) p429-35,
-ISSN-
 0002-8614
-JrnlCode-
 H6V
 Contract/Grant No.: CA 16042
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 This report examines the psychosocial impact of cancer in 240 men according
 to age using a recently developed cancer-specific survey instrument.
 Overall, younger patients experienced more frequent or severe psychosocial
 and treatment-related problems than the older patients, especially in
 relation to work and chemotherapy. In addition, younger patients experienced
 more difficulty dealing with the health care setting. The authors conclude
 that the elderly cancer patient experiences less psychosocial disruption
 from cancer than do younger individuals.
 Tags: Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, Non-P.H.S.;
 Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Activities of Daily Living; Adaptation, Psychological; Adult ; Age Factors;
 Aged; Attitude to Death; Attitudes to Health; Chronic Disease--Psychology
 (PX); Communication; Decision Making; Marriage; Middle Age;
 *Neoplasms--Psychology (PX); Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Patient Compliance;
 Sex Behavior; Social Adjustment
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 36
-A-
 1683603 85208603
-W-
 Effects of video games on the adverse corollaries of chemotherapy in
 pediatric oncology patients: a single-case analysis.
 Kolko DJ; Rickard-Figueroa JL
 J Consult Clin Psychol, Apr 1985, 53 (2) p223-8,
-ISSN-
 002?-006X
-JrnlCode-
 HW3
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; *Affective Symptoms--Therapy (TH); *Antineoplastic
 Agents--Adverse Effects (AE); *Behavior Therapy--Methods (MT); Child;
 Leukemia, Lymphoblastic--Drug Therapy (DT); Patient Compliance ; *Play and
 Playthings; *PLAY
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 37
-A-
 1682103 85207103
-W-
 Computed tomography in the staging of small cell lung cancer: implications
 for combined modality therapy.
 Norlund JD; Byhardt RW; Foley WD; Unger GF; Cox J
 Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee.
 Int J Radiat Oncol Biol Phys (US), Jun 1985, 11 (6) p1081-,
-ISSN-
 0360-3016
-JrnlCode-
 G97
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS Computed tomography of the thorax and abdomen, from the
 thoracic inlet to the renal hila, was performed as part of initial staging
 in 51 patients with small cell carcinoma of the lung (SCCL). The computed
 tomographic (CT) scans were repeated after completion of chemotherapy, as
 part of routine restaging and assessment of response to therapy. To identify
 the ways in which CT scanning uniquely benefited evaluation of initial
 disease extent in comparison to other diagnostic studies exclusive of CT
 scan, all diagnostic and clinical data were reviewed. CT scan identified
 more advanced intrathoracic disease than chest radiography in 82% of
 patients. Mediastinal node involvement not appreciated by chest radiography
 was seen in 61% of patients. Adrenal and retroperitoneal node involvement,
 not suspected by other studies, was identified by CT scan in 31% and 12% of
 patients, respectively. Thirty percent of the patients staged as limited
 disease (LD) were advanced to extensive disease (ED) by CT scan findings.
 While confirmation, by biopsy, of positive CT findings was not consistently
 accomplished, restaging CT scans provided indirect confirmation by
 displaying improvement or worsening that correlated with disease regression
 or progression. Thoraco-abdominal CT scanning more accurately identifies the
 extent of small cell carcinoma than other imaging procedures. This has
 important implications for reporting results by extent of disease. In
 addition, CT more accurately identifies the magnitude of intrathoracic
 primary and nodal tumors, which may influence the choice and conduct of
 local treatment--surgery and/or radiation therapy--in combination with
 systemic chemotherapy.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Carcinoma, Oat Cell--Radiography (RA); Carcinoma, Oat Cell--Therapy (TH);
 Combined Modality Therapy; *Lung Neoplasms--Radiography (RA); Lung
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); *Neoplasm Staging--Methods (MT); *Tomography, X-Ray
 Computed; *CT XRAY
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 38
-A-
 1681588 85206588
-W-
 Treatment of retinoblastoma and choroidal melanoma. A multidisciplinary
 approach.
 van Peperzeel HA
 Dept. of Radiotherapy, Academic Hospital, Utrech, The Netherlands.
 Int Ophthalmol (NETHERLANDS), Mar 1985, 7 (3-4) p255-8,
-ISSN-
 0165-5701
-JrnlCode-
 GSF
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Retinoblastoma and choroidal melanoma are two malignant ocular tumours that
 still give rise to discussions about diagnosis, natural history with respect
 to metastasis an choice of treatment. The therapeutic problems are best
 solved within a multidisciplinary oncology team in which the
 ophthalmologist, ophthalmopathologist and the general pathologist play an
 important roles In most institutes for ophthalmology a patient with a tumour
 in or in the region of the eye, is first seen by a specialist for eye
 diseases, who is also a surgeon in this field. In general the
 ophthalmologist decides on the diagnosis, the treatment and the follow-up
 without consulting other specialists in oncology. Tois solely
 ophthalmological approach can harbour a potential danger for the patient.
 Decisions on treatment made in a multidisciplinary team of specialists
 trained in oncological principles are responsible for the best results.
 Surgery combined with radiotherapy and chemotherapy can be a better choice
 than surgery alone, but even when surgery alone seems the best treatment,
 the discussion with the members of an oncological team can be of importance
 for the surgeon. The natural history of the tumour which includes the growth
 patterns, the growth rate and the tendency to metastasize may influence the
 choice of the surgical procedure; surgical intervention might be more or
 less extensive than previously foreseen. Dr. W.A. Manschot, professor in
 ophthalmic pathology, rightly advocates the contribution of the
 ophthalmopathologist to such an oncological team, because such a person has
 acquired knowledges in histopathology of the ocular tumours and experience
 in evaluating international literature in this field, the results of the
 treatment of groups of patients with the same tumour and publishing the
 statistically verified conclusions. (ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 250 WORDS)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Aged; *Choroid Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Combined Modality Therapy; *Eye
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Infant; *Medical Oncology; *Melanoma--Therapy (TH);
 Middle Age; *Patient Care Team; *Retinoblastoma--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 39
-A-
 1678948 8523948
-W-
 Importance and value of a preoperative diagnosis in oat cell carcinoma by
 radiography and its verification by fine needle biopsy (FNB).
 Sinner WN
 Dept. of General Diagnostic Radiology, Karolinska Hospital Univ. of
 Stockholm, Sweden.
 Eur J Radiol (GERMANY, WEST), May 1985, 5 (2) p94-8,
-ISSN-
 0720-048X
-JrnlCode-
 EM6
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Surgical resection currently offers the best hope of cure in Non Small Cell
 Lung Cancer (NSCLC), while chemotherapy and/or radiotherapy is the primary
 choice for Small Cell Lung Cancer (SCLC). The preoperative diagnosis of
 small cell anaplastic carcinoma (oat cell carcinoma) therefore is extremely
 important for adequate patient management treatment and prognosis. The
 patients history, clinical findings and radiographic patterns are all
 important for the differential diagnosis of SCLC (oat cell cancer)
 constituting a clinical, radiological and histopathological entity. FNB is a
 minor, fast, safe, inexpensive procedure, which is easy to perform, not
 uncomfortable for the patient and which, due to high accuracy may confirm or
 exclude SCLC (oat cell cancer). Major surgery with its inherent risk of
 morbidity/mortality may such be avoided allowing to choose the optimal and
 most appropriate form of alternative treatment permitting a high quality of
 life during the course of the disease. In a series of 2726 patients with
 5300 FNB, of which 1264 (46%) showed evidence of malignancy SCLC (oat cell
 carcinoma) was cytologically diagnosed in 54 cases (6%). No serious
 complication occurred.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Biopsy, Needle; Carcinoma, Oat Cell--Pathology (PP);
 *Carcinoma, Oat Cell--Radiography (RA); Carcinoma, Oat Cell--Surgery (SU);
 Lung Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); *Lung Neoplasms--Radiography (RA); Lung
 Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Lung--Pathology (PA); Middle Age; Preoperative
 Care; PREOP CARE; Risk
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 40
-A-
 1676458 85201458
-W-
 Randomized trial comparing vindesine plus cisplatin with vinblastine plus
 cisplatin in patients with non-small cell lung cancer, with an analysis of
 methods of response assessment.
 Kris MG; Gralla RJ; Kalman LA; Kelsen DP; Casper ES; Burke MT; Groshen S
 Cibas IR; Bagin R; Heelan RT
 Cancer Treat Rep, Apr 1985, 69 (4) p387-95,
-ISSN-
 0361-5960
-JrnlCode-
 CNM
 Contract/Grant No.: N01-CM-57043; CA-00826
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 One hundred eight patients with stage III non-small cell lung cancer were
 randomly assigned to receive cisplatin (120 mg/m2) with either vindesine (3
 mg/m2) or vinblastine (6 mg/m2). None had previously received chemotherapy.
 An additional goal was to determine of the observation of visible evaluable
 lesions was as accurate a method of response assessment as the observation
 of bidimensionally measurable lesions in non-small cell lung cancer. When
 vindesine plus cisplatin was compared to vinblastine plus cisplatin,
 response rates (33% vs 41%), median response durations (8.6 vs 5.6 months),
 and median survival times of responding patients (18.4 vs 16.2 months) were
 similar. Response rates, response durations, and survival times of
 responding patients determined through the observation of evaluable or
 measurable indicator lesions did not differ significantly. More patients
 receiving vinblastine plus cisplatin experienced wbc counts less than
 2100/mm3 (P = 0.003). The two regimens demonstrated comparable response and
 survival data but clinically significant leukopenia was more common in
 vinblastine-treated patients. There was no difference in response data
 obtained through the study of patients with measurable and evaluable
 indicator lesions.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't;
 Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Adenocarcinoma--Drug Therapy (DT); Adult; Aged; *Carcinoma, Squamous
 Cell--Drug Therapy (DT); Cisplatin--Adverse Effects (AE);
 *Cisplatin--Therapeutic Use (TU); Clinical Trials; Dose-Response
 Relationship, Drug; DOSE RESPONSE RELAT DRUG; Drug Therapy, Combination;
 Injections, Intravenous; Leukocyte Count; *Lung Neoplasms--Drug Therapy
 (DT); Middle Age; Neoplasm Metastasis; Platelet Count; Random Allocation;
 *Vinblastine--Analogs and Derivatives (AA); Vinblastine--Adverse Effects
 (AE); *Vinblastine--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 15663-27-1 (Cisplatin); 53643-48-4 (vindesine); 865-21-4
 (Vinblastine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 41
-A-
 1676348 85201348
-W-
 Childhood multifocal osteosarcoma Clinicopathologic and radiologic
 correlates.
 Parham DM; Pratt CB; Parvey LS; Webber BL; Champion J
 Divisions of Pathology, St. Jude Children's Research Hospital, Memphis,
 Tennessee 38101.
 Cancer (US), Jul 1 1985, 55 (11) p2653-8,
-ISSN-
 0008-543X
-JrnlCode-
 CLZ
 Contract/Grant No.: CA 21765
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The authors reviewed the clinical charts and pathologic and radiographic
 materials of nine pediatric patients (mean age, 11.0 years) presenting with
 multiple skeletal foci of osteosarcoma. Four patients presented with
 pulmonary metastases, and five had osseous disease only. All had densely
 sclerotic, predominantly osteoblastic tumors, usually in metaphyseal
 locations. Evidence of aggressive tumor cell behavior--such as vascular,
 articular, epiphyseal, or soft-tissue invasion--was usually present in
 surgical specimens. Despite intensive chemotherapy, all patients died from 6
 to 37 months after diagnosis (median survival, 12 months). Comparison of
 clinical and pathologic features for patients presenting with or without
 pulmonary metastases failed to disclose any notable differences between the
 two groups, indicating a common pathogenesis and evolution for their
 multifocal disease. The authors conclude that this variant of osteosarcoma
 is a highly aggressive form of the disease that may be accompanied by
 pulmonary metastases.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't;
 Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Bone Neoplasms--Mortality (MO); Bone Neoplasms--Pathology (PA);
 *Bone Neoplasms--Radiography (RA); Bone Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Child;
 Combined Modality Therapy; Femoral Neoplasms--Mortality (MO); Femoral
 Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Femoral Neoplasms--Radiography (RA); Femoral
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Lung Neoplasms--Secondary (SC); Neoplasms, Multiple
 Primary--Mortality (MO); Neoplasms, Multiple Primary--Pathology (PA);
 *Neoplasms, Multiple Primary--Radiography (RA); Neoplasms, Multiple
 Primary--Therapy (TH); Prognosis; Sarcoma, Osteogenic--Mortality (OM);
 Sarcoma, Osteogenic--Pathology (PA); *Sarcoma, Osteogenic--Radiography (RA);
 Sarcoma, Osteogenic--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 42
-A-
 1675569 85200569
-W-
 Choosing the right intravesical chemotherapeutic agent. Results of an in
 vitro monolayer cell culture assay.
 Whelan P; Flynn C; Ramsden C
 Dept. of Urology, St James's Univ. Hospital, Leeds.
 Br J Urol (SCOTLAND), Dec 1984, 56 (6) p655-7,
-ISSN-
 0007-1331
-JrnlCode-
 B3K
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The use of a monolayer cell culture technique is described. Twenty-four
 superficial bladder tumours have been tested against Thiotepa, Adriamycin
 and Mitomycin C. Cultures were set up in parallel for a clonogenic assay
 after the method of Salmon. In the monolayer all 24 tumours grew 21 showed a
 greater than 50% inhibition to Mitomycin, 13 to Adriamycin and 6 to
 Thiotepa. In the clonogenic assays, only 12 grew satisfactorily. It is
 concluded that this monolayer assay gives a reasonable prediction of the
 sensitivities of the commonly used intravesical agents.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human
-Desc-
 *Antibiotics, Antineoplastic--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Bladder Neoplasms--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Cell Survival--Drug Effects (DE); Cells, Cultured;
 *Doxorubicin--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Mitomycins--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 *Thio-Tepa--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 23214-92-8 (Doxorubicin); 50-07-7 (mitomycin C); 52-24-4
 (Thio-Tepa)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 43
-A-
 1675482 85200482
-W-
 The management of urinary tuberculosis--a logical approach.
 Wong SH; Lau WY; Ho KK; Fan ST; Yiu TF; Chan SL
 Government Surgical Unit, Queen Mary Hospital, Hong Kong.
 Br J Urol (SCOTLAND), Aug 1984, 56 (4) p349-53,
-ISSN-
 0007-1331
-JrnlCode-
 B3K
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The chemotherapy of urinary tuberculosis is controversial as far as choice
 of drug regimen and duration of treatment are concerned. We propose a course
 of treatment that is tailored to the pathological state of infection and the
 type of surgical procedure performed. One hundred and ten patients with
 tuberculous infection were divided into three groups. Group I comprised 27
 patients in whom surgery was not necessary; Group II contained 48 patients
 where ablative surgery was carried out; Group III consisted of 35 patients
 who underwent reconstructive surgery. Anti-tuberculous drugs (rifampicin,
 pyrazinamide, isoniazid and ethambutol) were given according to this
 tailored regimen. Patient compliance and results of treatment were
 excellent.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Drug Therapy, Combination; Ethambutol--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Isoniazid--Therapeutic Use (TU); Middle Age; Pyrazinamide--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); Rifampin--Therapeutic Use (TU); Tuberculosis, Urogenital--Drug Therapy
 (DT); Tuberculosis, Urogenital--Surgery (SU); *Tuberculosis,
 Urogenital--Therapy (TH)
 CAS Registry No.: 13292-46-1 (Rifampin); 54-85-3 (Isoniazid); 74-55-5
 (Ethambutol); 98-96-4 (Pyrazinamide)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 44
-A-
 1667576 85192576
-W-
 Radiology and pathology of malignant fibrous histiocytomas of the soft
 tissues: a report of ten cases.
 Fischer HJ; Lois JF; Gomes AS; Mirra JM; Deutsch LS
 UCLA School of Medicine, Dept. of Radiological Sciences and Pathology
 90024.
 Skeletal Radiol (GERMANY, WEST), 1985, 13 (3) p202-6,
-ISSN-
 0364-2348
-JrnlCode-
 UTE
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Malignant fibrous histiocytomas (MFH) are believed to originate from
 histiocytes and are composed of malignant cells with spindle or round
 shapes. We evaluated ten MFH of the soft tissues by plain roentgenograms,
 computed tomography (CT), and angiography and subdivided them into four
 grades of anaplasia and five predominant histologic variants. The variants
 of MFH demonstrated different vascular patterns. The extension of the
 lesions could be determined by CT and angiography. CT is the method of
 choice in the assessment of size and extent of MFH of the soft tissues. When
 intra-arterial chemotherapy is indicated the angiograms obtained at each
 catheter placement may substitute CT in follow-up studies obviating
 additional diagnostic procedures.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Angiography; *Connective Tissue--Pathology (PA) ;
 Histiocytoma--Pathology (PA); *Histiocytoma--Radiography (RA); Middle Age ;
 Soft Tissue Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); *Soft Tissue Neoplasms--Radiography
 (RA); Tomography, X-Ray Computed; CT XRAY
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 45
-A-
 1662400 85187400
-W-
 [Results of radiotherapy of lung cancer in women]
 Rezul'taty luchevogo lecheniia raka legkogo u zhenshchin.
 Vagner RI; Shutkin VA
 Med Radiol (Mosk) (USSR), Apr 1985, 30 (4) p33-8,
-ISSN-
 0025-833
-JrnlCode-
 MBI
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Radiation therapy was provided to 38 (11.5%) of 331 lung cancer female
 patients at the N. N. Petrov Research Institute of Oncology, USSR Ministry
 of Health. The combination of radiation- and chemotherapy was used in 9
 patients. The Rokus, Rad gamma-therapeutic units or a linear accelerator
 were used for radiation therapy. Daily single focal doses were 1.2-2.0 Gy,
 the summary dose was 40-60 Gy. Two-five irradiation fields with the choice
 of optimum conditions on a computer using the linear programming method were
 used. The lymph outflow tracts were irradiated from isolated fields and in
 central lung cancer the tumor and mediastinal region (the root, bifurcation
 and paratracheal lymph nodes on the affected side) were incorporated in the
 irradiated zone. Five women received split course irradiation. An analysis
 of the long-term results of conservative therapy of lung cancer in women has
 shown that radiation therapy or its combination with chemotherapy is the
 most effective. These results were slightly better than those in men.
 Tags: Case Report; Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adenocarcinoma--Drug Therapy (DT); Adenocarcinoma--Mortality (MO);
 Adenocarcinoma--Radiography (RA); Adenocarcinoma--Radiotherapy (RT); Aged;
 Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Drug Therapy (DT); Carcinoma, Squamous
 Cell--Mortality (MO); Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Radiography (RA); Carcinoma,
 Squamous Cell--Radiotherapy (RT); Combined Modality Therapy; Lung
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Lung Neoplasms--Mortality (MO); Lung
 Neoplasms--Radiography (RA); *Lung Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT); Lymphatic
 Metastasis; Middle Age; Sex Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 46
-A-
 1662325 85187325
-W-
 [Current status of therapy of liver metastases of colorectal carcinoma]
 Aktueller Stand der Therapie von Lebermetastasen kolorektaler Karzinome.
 Ghussen F; Grundmann R; Nagel K; Pichlmaier H
 Chirurgische Universitatsklinik Koln-Lindenthal.
 Weber Magen Darm (GERMANY, WEST), Mar 1985, 15 (2) p76-80,
-ISSN-
 0300-8622
-JrnlCode-
 L3P
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract; Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Surgical removal of liver metastases stemming from colo-rectal carcinoma is
 the therapy of choice of this disease. Postoperative mortality is 8%, 5
 years survival rate ranges between 22 and 52% and can be considered to be
 good. However in 85% of patients surgery is not possible because of
 widespread involvement of the liver. Systemic chemotherapy yields remission
 rates up to 23% without increase of survival time, and therefore is no real
 alternative. Infusion of cytostatic drug into the hepatic artery yields
 better results, e.g. remission rates up to 85% and average survival times up
 to 26 months. (44 Refs.)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Antineoplastic Agents--Administration and Dosage (AD); Colonic
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Colonic Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT) Colonic
 Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); *Colonic Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Constriction;
 Hepatic Artery; Liver Neoplasms--Blood Supply (BS); Liver Neoplasms--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Liver Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT); *Liver
 Neoplasms--Secondary (SC); Liver Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Rectal
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Rectal Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); *Rectal
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 47
-A-
 1659184 85184184
-W-
 Comparative value of Dapsone "spot test" and Dapsone "tile test" in leprosy
 control programme.
 Naik SS
 Acworth Leprosy Hospital, Wadala, Bombay.
 Ind J Lepr (INDIA), Oct-Dec 1984, 56 (4) p847-51,
-ISSN-
 0254-9395
-JrnlCode-
 IJL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The sensitivity of Dapsone "spot test" with modified Ehrlich's reagent
 (Barakrishnan, 1968) and Dapsone "tile test" using Barton-Marshall reagents
 (Irudayraj, 1981)--both being qualitative tests for screening of dapsone in
 urine are compared with Dapsone/creatinine ratio--a quantitative test
 (Ellard, 1974). 316 urine samples were processed by paramedical worker in
 the fields for Dapsone "Tile test" and Dapsone "Spot test". The same samples
 were brought to the laboratory and subjected to these two tests besides
 Dapsone/creatinine estimation. These three tests correlated well at the
 level of 91%. The results obtained by paramedical workers and experienced
 worker at the laboratory are also showed 97% concordance. An earlier
 investigations revealed that monitoring through frequent and surprise
 check-up of urines for drug content (4-5 samples/year/patient) and
 subsequent motivation and persuation of leprosy patient, the irregularity
 rate of drug consumption by patient could be brought down from 36% to 17% in
 one year. The kit for performing DDS "spot test" and DDS "tile test" being
 light and easy to carry in the field and the tests being simple to perform
 with reliable results. This procedure is recommended to be applied in the
 field on a mass scale. The routine frequent and surprise checking of urine
 for drug content will give early idea about irregularity status of drug
 consumption by patients as compared to the judgement relying on clinical
 assessment and reduction of bacteriological index of infectious patients.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human
-Desc-
 Colorimetry; Creatinine--Urine (UR); Dapsone--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 *Dapsone--Urine (UR); Indicators and Reagents; INDICATORS; Leprosy--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Leprosy--Prevention and Control (PC); *Leprosy--Urine (UR);
 Patient Compliance; Self Medication
 CAS Registry No.: 60-27-5 (Creatinine); 80-08?0 (Dapsone)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 48
-A-
 1656838 85181838
-W-
 Tuberculosis chemotherapy and risk of bladder cancer.
 Kantor AF; Hartge P; Hoover RN; Fraumeni JF Jr
 Environmental Epidemiology Branch, National Cancer Institute, Bethesda,
 Maryland 20205.
 Int J Epidemiol (ENGLAND), Mar 1985, 14 (1) p182-4,
-ISSN-
 0300-5771
-JrnlCode-
 GR6
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In a population-based study of 2982 bladder cancer patients and 5782
 population controls from 10 geographical areas of the US, no excess risk was
 associated with medications used for tuberculosis treatment or prophylaxis
 (relative risk (RR) = 0.95). The findings agree with other epidemiological
 studies that have not confirmed earlier reports linking isoniazid (INH)
 exposure to bladder cancer.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Antitubercular Agents--Adverse Effects (AE); *Bladder
 Neoplasms--Chemically Induced (CI); *Carcinoma--Chemically Induced (CI);
 *Isoniazid--Adverse Effects (AE); Middle Age; Risk; Smoking; United States
 CAS Registry No.: 54-85-3 (Isoniazid)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 49
-A-
 1652058 8517058
-W-
 Mitomycin C and 5-fluorouracil as second choice treatment in advanced breast
 cancer patients.
 Ardironi A; Pronzato P; Conte PF; Rosso R
 Divisione di Oncologia Medica, Istituto Nazionale per la Ricerca sul Carcro,
 Genova, Italy.
 Chemioterapia (ITALY), Apr 1984, 3 (2) p83-5,
-ISSN-
 0392-906X
-JrnlCode-
 CYR
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Twenty-six patients with advanced breast cancer, (12 previously treated with
 adriamycin-containing regimens, 14 not exposed to adriamycin because of poor
 cardiac performance), were treated with combination chemotherapy including
 mitomycin C plus 5-fluorouracil. Objective response was seen in 7/66
 patients (26.9%) with a statistically higher response rate in patients with
 fewer than 2 metastatic sites. Because of mild toxicity this regimen can be
 safely used as second-line chemotherapy for heavily pretreated patients and
 as first-line treatment in patients with poor cardiac performance.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Adverse Effects (AE);
 *Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Breast
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Fluorouracil--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Fluorouracil--Adverse Effects (AE); Middle Age; Mitomycins--Administration
 and Dosage (AD); Mitomycins--Adverse Effects (AE)
 CAS Registry No.: 50-07-7 (mitomycin C); 51-21-8 (Fluorouracil)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 50
-A-
 1651531 85176531
-W-
 Illness-related and treatment-related factors in psychological adjustment to
 breast cancer.
 Taylor SE; Lichtman RR; Wood JV; Bluming AZ; Dosik GM; Leibowitz RL
 Dept. of Psychology, Univ. of California, Los Angeles, California 90024.
 Cancer (US), May 15 1985, 55 (10) p2506-13,
-ISSN-
 000?-543X
-JrnlCode-
 CLZ
 Contract/Grant No.: MH 34167; MH 00311
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 508
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Seventy-eight breast cancer outpatients were interviewed and their medical
 records were reviewed to document illness-related and treatment-related
 factors associated with psychosocial adjustment. Poor prognosis and more
 radical surgery both independently predicted poor psychological adjustment.
 The effect of type of surgery appeared to be mediated by the patient's sense
 of disfigurement and by changes in the sexual and affectional patterns in
 the marriage, rather than by prognosis or disability. Degree of dysfunction
 and whether or not the patient had radiation therapy or chemotherapy had no
 independent effects on psychological adjustment. Results point to the
 problematic psychosocial outcomes associated with mastectomy and, more
 generally, to the illness- and treatment-related factors that may place a
 breast cancer patient at risk for psychosocial adjustment problems.
 Tags: Female; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Adaptation, Psychological; Adult; Aged; *Attitude to Health ; Body Image;
 *Breast Neoplasms--Psychology (PX); Combined Modality Therapy ; Interviews;
 *Mastectomy--Psychology (PX); Middle Age; Outcome and Process Assessment
 (Health Care); OUTCOME ASSESSMENT; Personality Inventory; Prognosis;
 Psychiatric Status Rating Scales; PSR SCALES; Sex Behavior
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 51
-A-
 1646999 85171999
-W-
 Myelopathy following intrathecal chemotherapy in a patient with extensive
 Burkitt's lymphoma and altered immune status.
 Bates S; McKeever P; Masur H; Levens D; Macher A; Armstrong G; Magrath IT
 Am J Med, Apr 1985, 78 (4) p697-702,
-ISSN-
 0002-9343
-JrnlCode-
 3JUde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 A 30-year-old homosexual man presented with widespread Burkitt's lymphoma.
 On the basis of immunologic and viral studies, he was suspected of having
 the acquired immune deficiency syndrome. Following chemotherapy that
 included intrathecal cytosine arabinoside and methotrexate, brain stem
 edema, paraplegia, and an elevated cerebrospinal fluid level of myelin basic
 protein developed. Autopsy revealed vacuolar demyelination of spinal cord,
 brain stem, and cerebellum. The pathologic findings were similar to those
 reported to occur in melopathy associated with intrathecal chemotherapy, but
 far more extensive. The contribution of the suspected zacquired immune
 deficiency syndrome is unknown.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome--Pathology (PA); Adult; Antineoplastic
 Agents, Combined--Administration and Dosage (AD); *Antineoplastic Agents,
 Combined--Adverse Effects (AE); *Brain Diseases--Pathology (PA); Brain
 Stem--Pathology (PA); *Burkitt's Lymphoma--Drug Therapy (DT); Burkitt's
 Lymphoma--Immunology (IM); Burkitt's Lymphoma--Pathology (PA);
 Cerebellum--Pathology (PA); Demyelinating Diseases--Chemically Induced (CI);
 *Demyelinating Diseases--Pathology (PA) Encephalitogenic Basic
 Proteins--Analysis (AN); Homosexuality; Injections, Intrathecal--Adverse
 Effects (AE); *Spinal Cord Diseases--Pathology (PA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 52
-A-
 1645628 85170628
-W-
 [Relations with cancer patients]
 Umgang mit Krebskranken.
 Hartmann G
 Chirurgischen Abteilung des Kreiskrankenhauses Greiz.
 Zentralbl Chzr (GERMANY, EAST), 1985, 110 (1) p1-11,
-ISSN-
 0044-409X
-JrnlCode-
 Y5I
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A patient suffering from cancer expects to be cured by surgery, irradiation
 or chemotherapy. Despite of great progress in treating malignant tumours a
 great deal of these patients come to death due to their disease. This fact
 is known to the patients. Therefore, their personal attitude is often
 characterised by anxiety, hopelessness and impairement of their ability to
 communicate. Surgeons should know this and pay more attention to the special
 psychic situation of their tumour patients.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adaptation, Psychological; Communication; *Neoplasms--Psychology (PX);
 Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Patient Education--Methods (MT); *Physician-Patient
 Relations; Postoperative Care--Methods (MT); POSTOP CARE--Methods (MT);
 Professional-Family Relations; Terminal Care--Psychology (PX); Truth
 Disclosure
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 53
-A-
 1643748 85168748
-W-
 Distribution of arterial blood flow in human hepatic cancer during
 chemotherapy--examination by short-lived 81mKr.
 Sasaki Y; Imaoka S; Hasegawa Y; Nakano S; Ishikawa O; Ohigashi H; Taniguchi
 K; Koyama H; Iwanaga T; Terasawa T
 Dept. of Surgery, Center for Adult Diseases, Osaka, Japan.
 Surgery (US), Apr 1985, 97 (4) p409-14,
-ISSN-
 0039-6060
-JrnlCode-
 VC3
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Using the characteristics of short-lived radioisotope, 81mKr (half-life = 13
 seconds), we studied the distribution of arterial blood flow of human
 hepatic cancers during intra-hepatic arterial chemotherapy. Sixteen patients
 with primary and metastatic cancer were cathetarized into the hepatic artery
 during operation. 81mKr solution was continuously infused via the hepatic
 artery with the patient in the supine, upright, right-side down, and
 left-side down positions. The frontal and right-side images of the liver
 were taken with a scinticamera. The tumor/nontumor ratio of the hepatic
 arterial flow in the supine position was more than one in 14 of 15 patients.
 The patterns of arterial flow distribution of 81mKr in the four positions
 were compared. In 11 patients the tumor/nontumor ratio of one of the other
 positions was significantly higher than that of the supine position. We
 expect that this quantitative measurement will be a good indicator for
 evaluation of a drug's accessibility to the tumor in the first pass.
 Moreover, the choice of the most effective position for intra-arterial
 infusion chemotherapy by this test will be possible to increase the relative
 amount of drug reaching the tumor. This technique may be applicable mainly
 to short-term drug infusion.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adenocarcinoma--Radionuclide Imaging (RI); Adenocarcinoma--Secondary (SC);
 Adult; Aged; Cholangioma--Radionuclide Imaging (RI); *Hepatic
 Artery--Radionuclide Imaging (RI); Hepatoma--Radionuclide Imaging (RI);
 Infusions, Intra-Arterial; *Krypton--Diagnostic Use (DU); Liver Circulation;
 Liver Neoplasms--Blood Supply (BS); Liver Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT);
 *Liver Neoplasms--Radionuclide Imaging (RI); Middle Age; Posture;
 *Radioisotopes--Diagnostic Use (DU)
 CAS Registry No.: 7439-90-9 (Krypton)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 54
-A-
 1641497 8516647
-W-
 A teaching program for oncology patients considering and receiving
 hematoporphyrin sensitization and photoradiation.
 Olson EZ
 Prog Clin Biol Res, 1984, 170 p841-5,
-ISSN-
 0361-7742
-JrnlCode-
 PZ5
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Hematoporphyrins--Therapeutic Use (TU); Informed Consent; Neoplasms--Drug
 Therapy (DT); *Patient Acceptance of Health Care; *PATIENT ACCEPT;
 *Photochemotherapy--Methods (MT)
 CAS Registry No. 68335-15-9 (hematoporphyrin D)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 55
-A-
 1637085 85162085
-W-
 Biopsy of bone tumours.
 den Heeten GJ; Oldholf J; Oosterhuis JW; Schraffordt Koops H
 Dept. of Surgery, Univ. Hospital, Gronigen, The Netherlands.
 J Surg Oncol (US), Apr 1985, 28 (4) p247-51,
-ISSN-
 0022-4790
-JrnlCode-
 K79
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Bone biopsy is not only the most important step in the diagnosis of bone
 tumours, but since the introduction of chemotherapy, it has also become
 essential in the evaluation of treatment of highly malignant bone tumours. A
 total of 206 bone biopsies were performed on 136 patients seen between
 January 1, 1978 and August 1, 1982 (99 open and 107 drill biopsies).
 Complications during or after biopsy were relatively rare, and none were of
 a serious nature. Pathological fractures at sites of biopsies developed
 exclusively in patients given chemotherapy. In gaining adequate histologic
 material, the overall result of open bone biopsies (98%) was superior to
 that of drill biopsies (70%). The choice between both techniques was
 dependent on individual patient factors. Of the total of 206 bone biopsies,
 10% proved not to be representative. It is concluded that, especially in
 patients given chemotherapy for a malignant tumour of a long bone, the
 possibility of a spontaneous fracture after a bone biopsy should be borne in
 mind.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; *Biopsy; Biopsy--Adverse Effects (AE);
 Biopsy--Methods (MT); *Bone and Bones--Pathology (PA); *Bone
 Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Child; Child, Preschool; Fractures,
 Spontaneous--Etiology (ET); Middle Age
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 56
-A-
 1634769 85159769
-W-
 Risk-benefit relationships in cancer clinical trials: the ECOG experience in
 non-small-cell lung cancer.
 Symes RJ
 Division of Biostatistics and Epidemiology, Dana-Farber Cancer Institute,
 Boston.
 J Clin Oncol (US), Apr 1985, 3 (4) p462-72,
-ISSN-
 0732-183X
-JrnlCode-
 JCO
 Contract/Grant No.: CA 2115; CA 23318
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Although there is widespread recognition of the need to critically evaluate
 risks and benefits for patients participating in clinical trials, the actual
 implementation can be a difficult task. As an illustration of the analytic
 difficulties, we reviewed the experience of the Eastern Cooperative Oncology
 Group (ECOG) in advanced (inoperable) non-small-cell lung cancer over the
 past ten years (1973 to 1983). Of 2, 714 ECOG patients analyzed, 15% showed
 objective tumor response. Medial survival of all patients was 4.2 months,
 with approximately one half of patient's survival spent on protocol
 treatment. Thirty-nine percent of patients experienced at least one episode
 of severe or worse toxicity from therapy. Chemotherapy impact on this
 disease was assessed by examining trends in patient outcomes over the decade
 studied and by comparisons with patients receiving no treatment from earlier
 Veterans Administration Lung Protocols. Introducing more intensive
 chemotherapy regimens over this period appears to have resulted in some
 improvement in survival and response to therapy, but at the expense of
 greater toxicity. Despite modest survival gains achieved by these evolving
 trials, the community benefit from such trials seems clear, both in
 identifying ineffective therapies (and avoiding their general use) and as an
 important step in developing effective regimens. However, the decision for
 an individual patient to participate in a trial may involve difficult
 trade-offs between risk and benefit. This study suggests the need to
 identify subgroups of patients unlikely to benefit from trial participation
 and stresses the importance of incorporating patient preferences in the
 final decision. Some of the problems in patient communication are
 discussed.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adenocarcicoma--Drug Therapy (DT); Adenocarcinoma--Mortality (MO); Adult;
 Aged; Antineoplastic Agents--Adverse Effects (AE); *Antineoplastic
 Agents--Therapeutic Use (TU); Carcinoma, Oat Cell--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Carcinoma, Oat Cell--Mortality (MO); Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Drug Therapy
 (DT); Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Mortality (MO); Clinical Trials; Informed
 Consent; *Lung Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Lung Neoplasms--Mortality (MO);
 Middle Age; Physician-Patient Relations; Risk; Time Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 57
-A-
 1631147 85156147
-W-
 [Characterization of the leukemic cell population in a patient with T-ALL at
 disease beginning and in recurrence: parallel changes in phenotypic and
 functional behavior]
 Charakterisierung der leukamischen Zellpopulation bei einem Patienten mit
 T-ALL im Krankheitsbeginn und im Rezidiv: Parallele Veranderungen im
 phanotypischen und funktionellen Verhalten.
 Sieber G; Ludwig WD; Ruhl H
 Immun Infekt, Feb 1985, 13 (1) p35-6,
-ISSN-
 0340-1162
-JrnlCode-
 GH1
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The phenotypic and functional characteristics of the leukemic cells from one
 patient with a suppressor T-ALL were studied. At the time of diagnosis a
 high proportion of OKT8 positive (suppressor/cytotoxic) cells were
 identified which mediated strong suppressor activity to the differentiation
 of allogenic B-cells. A complete remission of 12 months duration was
 achieved by chemotherapy. In the relapse the marker analysis showed a
 dramatic decrease of the OKT8 positive cell fraction. Functionally the
 suppressor activity was completely lost indicating a close correlation
 between phenotype and functional activity also in a leukemic cell
 population.
 Tags: Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Antibodies, Monoclonal--Diagnostic Use (DU); B
 Lymphocytes--Immunology (IM); *Leukemia, Lymphoblastic--Immunology (IM);
 Leukocyte Count; Suppressor Cells--Immunology (IM); *T
 Lymphocytes--Immunology (IM); T Lymphocytes, Cytotoxic--Immunology (IM)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 58
-A-
 1627795 85152795
-W-
 Aggressive osteoblastoma. A case report and review of the literature.
 Kenan S; Floman Y; Robin GC; Laufer A
 Dept. of Orthopaedic Surgery, Hadassah Univ. Hospital, Jerusalem, Israel.
 Clin Orthop (US), May 1985, (195) p294-8,
-ISSN-
 0009-921X
-JrnlCode-
 DFY
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 A recurrent osteoblastoma involving the acetabulum in a 27-year-old woman
 was found to be locally aggressive and histologically appeared to become
 more anaplastic with each recurrence. However, there was no evidence of
 distant metastases. Similar cases have been reported under such names as
 pseudomalignant or malignant osteoblastoma. In view of the prolonged
 clinical course without evidence of distal metastases, the term "aggressive
 osteoblastoma" seems to be more appropriate. The treatment of choice for
 such tumors should be further en bloc resection, avoiding the morbidity and
 possible mortality of the chemotherapy demanded by true malignant tumor of
 bone, as well as unnecessary ablative surgery.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Acetabulum--Pathology (PA); Acetabulum--Radiography (RA); Adult; *Bone
 Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Bone Neoplasms--Radiography (RA); *Neoplasm
 Recurrence, Local--Pathology (PA); *Osteoma, Osteoid--Pathology (PA);
 Osteoma, Osteoid--Radiography (RA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 59
-A-
 1626657 85151657
-W-
 Radiation therapy treatment of larynx cancers.
 Hendrickson FR
 Dept. of Therapeutic Radiology, Rush-Presbyterian-St. Luke's Medical Center,
 Chicago, IL 60612.
 Cancer (US), May 1 1985, 55 (9 Suppl) p2058-61,
-ISSN-
 0008-5?3X
-JrnlCode-
 CLZ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Cancers in the mouth and throat area comprise only 5% of all cancers seen in
 the US. Because of their critical location and the various consequences of
 treatment, they produce a devastating impact on the quality of life. Of the
 many anatomic sites in the upper air and food passages, the oral cavity and
 larynx are involved with cancer in two thirds of the patients. In the oral
 cavity, less than 50% of the cancers are diagnosed when the disease is still
 localized, leading to a generally poor overall result. In the larynx, two
 thirds of the primaries arise in the glottis where hoarseness stimulates
 early diagnosis, leading to an excellent prognosis. Treatment strategies
 must be directed toward the observed patterns of failure. For mouth and
 throat cancers, even when modestly advanced, distant failure is observed in
 fewer than one third of the patients. Control of the disease in the primary
 site and regional node stations generally employs aggressive use of surgery,
 radiation therapy, or a combination of the two. More recently, the use of
 chemotherapy programs combined with either surgery or radiation therapy has
 been of benefit to patients with advanced lesions. The choice of a specific
 management program depends upon (1) the cancer control to be expected, (2)
 the effectiveness of a possible salvage treatment program, and (3) the
 quality of life experienced by the successfully treated patient. Radiation
 therapy is increasingly becoming the treatment of choice for early
 carcinomas of the larynx. Recently published results from four major
 institutions embracing over 4000 patients suggest radiation therapy cure
 rates for T1 lesions of 90% and T2 lesions of 70%, with the successful
 salvage by surgery of more than 50% of the radiation therapy failures,
 bringing the ultimate cure rate to over 95% for T1for supraglottic lesions.
 Primary radiotherapy for T3 glottic lesioniation therapy and surgical
 salvage for these more advanced glottic lesions. (ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 400
 WORTags: Human
-Desc-
 Combined Modality Therapy; *Laryngeal Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RA);
 Laryngeal Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Mouth Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT); Mouth
 Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Neoplasm Recurrence, Local--Prevention and Control
 (PC); Prognosis; Quality of Life
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 60
-A-
 1625921 85150921
-W-
 High dose cisalatin compared with high dose cyclophosphamide in the
 management of advanced epithelial ovarian cancer (FIGO stages III and IV):
 report from the North Thames Cooperative Group.
 Lambert HE; Berry RJ
 Br Med J [Clin Res], Mar 23 1985, 290 (6472) p889-93,
-ISSN-
 0267-0623
-JrnlCode-
 B4X
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 A randomised study comparing cisplatin 120 mg intravenously with
 cyclophosphamide 2 g intravenously, each drug being given every month for
 six months followed by a low dose regimen for a further six months in
 responding patients, was carried out in 86 patients with advanced epithelial
 ovarian carcinoma (FIGO stages III and IV). Patients given cisplatin were
 found to have a longer median survival time than those given
 cyclophosphamide (19 months compared with 12 months) and a longer median
 duration of complete clinical response (18 months compared with eight
 months). The difference in disease free survival was statistically
 significant even after factors such as age, stage of disease, and the
 completeness of initial surgery had been taken into account. This study
 suggests that cisplatin is a more effective chemotherapeutic agent than
 cyclophosphamide for advanced ovarian cancer and should be the agent of
 choice in future trials comparing combination chemotherapy with a single
 agent.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Cisplatin--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 *Cisplatin--Therapeutic Use (TU); Clinical Trials; Combined Modality
 Therapy; Cyclophosphamide--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 *Cyclophosphamide--Therapeutic Use (TU); Middle Age; Neoplasm Staging;
 *Ovarian Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Ovarian Neoplasms--Mortality (MO);
 Ovarian Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Random Allocation
 CAS Registry No.: 15663-27-1 (Cisplatin); 50-18-0 (Cyclophosphamide)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 61
-A-
 1625853 85150853
-W-
 A randomized controlled trial of prophylactic cytotoxic chemotherapy in
 potentially curable breast cancer.
 Gough MH; Durrant KR; Giraud-Saunders AM; Paine CH; McPherson K; Vessey MP
 Dept. of Surgery, John Radcliffe Hospital, Oxford, UK.
 Br J Surg (ENGLAND), Mar 1985, 72 (3) p182-5,
-ISSN-
 0007-1323
-JrnlCode-
 B34
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 A randomized controlled trial of the value of oral adjuvant cytotoxic
 chemotherapy in the treatment of potentially curable breast cancer has been
 in progress in the Oxford Region since 1977. Eighty-seven patients were
 allocated to treatment with melphalan 0.2 mg/kg for 5 consecutive days every
 6 weeks for 2 years; 98 patients were allocated to treatment with oral
 combination therapy consisting of melphalan 10 mg daily for 5 consecutive
 days, plus methotrexate 15 mg and 5-fluorouracil 250 mg on the first day,
 courses being repeated every 6 weeks for 2 years; and 88 patients were
 allocated to a control group which received no adjuvant chemotherapy. So
 far, 125 patients have suffered a recurrence of breast cancer and 85 have
 died. No statistically significant differences in outcome are apparent
 between the three treatment groups, although there is some indication of a
 beneficial effect of chemotherapy on disease-free interval in pre-menopausal
 women. Toxic effects of treatment, notably nausea, vomiting and bone marrow
 depression, have been moderately severe. In our view, the beneficial effects
 of current adjuvant cytotoxic chemotherapy, if any, are too modest to
 justify the suffering which such treatment can cause at a time when a woman
 with breast cancer might otherwise expect to feel physically well.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Antineoplastic Agents--Adverse Effects (AE); *Antineoplastic Agents,
 Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Breast Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Breast
 Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Clinical Trials; Combined Modality Therapy;
 Fluorouracil--Administration and Dosage (AD); Melphalan--Administration and
 Dosage (AD); Menopause; Methotrexate--Administration and Dosage (AD); Middle
 Age; Neoplasm Recurrence, Local; Patient Compliance; Random Allocations
 CAS Registry No.: 148-82-3 (Melphalan); 51-21-8 (Fluorouracil); 59-05-2
 (Methotrexate)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 62
-A-
 1623123 85148123
-W-
 Resection of pulmonary metastatic choriocarcinoma in 43 drug-resistant
 patients.
 Xu LT; Sun CF; Wang YE; Song HZ
 Ann Thorac Surg, Mar 1985, 39 (3) p257-9,
-ISSN-
 0003-4975
-JrnlCode-
 683
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 A regimen of multiple intermittent intensive doses of chemotherapy (chiefly
 5-fluorouracil) was used in a series of 806 women with choriocarcinoma and
 malignant mole. The rate of complete remission of choriocarcinoma was 78.6%,
 and approximately 85% of the patients survived for more than 5 years. From
 1962 through 1982, pulmonary metastatic choriocarcinoma was found to be
 resistant to chemotherapeutic agents in 43 of these patients; they
 subsequently underwent lung resection. There were no postoperative deaths,
 and the 5-year survival was 50%. These are relatively good results for
 patients with long-standing and widely disseminated choriocarcinoma. Human
 chorionic gonadotropin titer in urine and blood and variations of lung
 shadows are important criteria in selecting candidates for lung resection.
 For preservation of lung function, simple lobectomy is the first choice.
 Better long-term survival was obtained in patients who had a solitary lung
 lesion on admission without other major organ metastases and in those in
 whom the lung lesion was well encapsulated and became necrotic after
 chemotherapy.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU) ;
 Choriocarcinoma--Drug Therapy (DT); Choriocarcinoma--Mortality (MO);
 *Choriocarcinoma--Secondary (SC); Choriocarcinoma--Surgery (SU); Lung
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Lung Neoplasms--Mortality (MO); *Lung
 Neoplasms--Secondary (SC); Lung Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Middle Age;
 *Pneumonectomy; Pregnancy; PREGN; Uterine Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 63
-A-
 1618696 85143696
-W-
 Sexual and marital relationships after treatment for nonseminomatous
 testicular cancer.
 Schover LR; von Eschenbach AC
 Urology, Mar 1985, 25 (3) p 51-5,
-ISSN-
 0090-4295
-JrnlCode-
 WSY
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Data from 121 patient questionnaires suggest that treatment for
 nonseminomatous testicular cancers not only causes sterility but also
 disrupts marital and sexual happiness in 10 to 20 per cent of patients.
 treatment included unilateral orchiectomy and retroperitoneal
 lymphadenectomy alone in 47 men; 30 had additional chemotherapy, 8 had
 additional radiotherapy, and 26 were treated with all three modalities.
 Erectile and orgasmic problems were more prevalent when radiotherapy was
 included. Compared with healthy men, patients reported less sexual activity,
 lower sexual desire, more erectile dysfunction, more difficulty achieving
 orgasm, reduced orgasmic intensity, and, for 82 per cent, a greatly reduced
 semen volume. The longer the time since treatment, the more likely the
 patient was to have antegrade ejaculation. Although the patients' 12.8 per
 cent divorce and/or separation rate is not unusually high, those whose
 marriages ended cited sexual dysfunction and cancer treatment as significant
 sources of stress. Sterility was a frequent source of anxiety for one
 quarter of the patients.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Coitus; Combined Modality Therapy; Divorce; Happiness;
 Infertility, Male--Etiology (ET); Infertility, Male--Psychology (PX); Lymph
 Node Excesion; *Marriage; Orgasm; Radiotherapy--Adverse Effects (AE);
 Retroperitoneal Space; Risk; *Sex Disorders--Etiology (ET); Sex
 Disorders--Psychology (PX); Single Person; *Testicular Neoplasms--Psychology
 (PX); Testicular Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT); Testicular Neoplasms--Therapy
 (TH); Testis--Surgery (SU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 64
-A-
 1618288 85143288
-W-
 Adherence to chemotherapy regimens among children with cancer.
 Klopovich PM; Trueworthy RC
 Top Clin Nurs (US), Apr 1985, 7 (1) p19-25,
-ISSN-
 0164-0534
-JrnlCode-
 WAT
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Child; *Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Neoplasms--Psychology
 (PX); Oncologic Nursing; *Patient Compliance; Prednisone--Adverse Effects
 (AE); *Prednisone--Therapeutic Use (TU); Prednisone--Urine (UR); Self
 Administration
 CAS Registry No.: 53-0-2 (Prednisone)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 65
-A-
 1617376 85142376
-W-
 Extrapulmonary small cell cancer of the retroperitoneum.
 Ballucci L; Gatling R; Khansur T
 Division of Hematology-Oncology, Jackson Veterans Administration Medical
 Center, Miss.
 South Med J (US), Feb 1985, 78 (2) p221,
-ISSN-
 0038-4348
-JrnlCode-
 UVH
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Small cell cancer is common in the lung, but may also be found in
 extrapulmonary sites, given the widespread distribution of the APUD cell,
 from which this tumor originates. We believe this is the first report of a
 small cell cancer in the retroperitoneum. An initial good response of the
 tumor to chemotherapy was followed six months later by appearance of
 metastases and patient's death. This clinical behavior is usual in
 extrapulmonary small cell cancer.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Aged; *Carcinoma, Oat Cell--Pathology (PA); Lung Neoplasms--Pathology (PA);
 *Retroperitoneal Neoplasms--Pathology (PA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 66
-A-
 1616155 85141155
-W-
 Improved survival in neuroblastoma using multimodality therapy.
 Rosen EM; Cassay JR; Frantz CN; Kretschmar C; Levey R; Vawter G; Sallan SE
 Radiother Oncol, Oct 1984, 2 (3) p189-200,
-ISSN-
 01?7-8140
-JrnlCode-
 RAE
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 One hundred and thirty-six patients with neuroblastoma have been treated at
 our center from 1970 to 1982, using various combinations of surgery,
 radiation therapy, and chemotherapy. Choice of therapy was individualized
 but depended primarily on age and stage. The overall disease-free survival
 was 60% (minimum follow-up of one year). Patients with stage I disease and
 younger patients with stage II disease usually received less intensive
 therapy and fared extremely well (100% survival). Patients with stage III
 disease and older patients with stage II disease also did extremely well
 (survival of 85% and 90%, respectively). These patients may have benefited
 from intensive treatment with all three modalities. Patients under one year
 of age with stage IV neuroblastoma were treated with surgery and multiagent
 chemotherapy, and 92% (11/12) survived free of disease. Patients over one
 year old with stage IV disease represented the only group for which therapy
 was unsuccessful (10% survival). With combination approaches and with more
 effective multiagent chemotherapeutic regimens, a real impact on the
 survival of older stage II patients, stage III patients, and younger stage
 IV patients appears to have been made. However, older stage IV patients are
 rarely cured with conventional therapy, and better approaches will be needed
 for this group.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; *Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); Child;
 Child, Preschool; Cisplatin--Administration and Dosage (AD); Combined
 Modality Therapy; Cyclophosphamide--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Dacarbazine--Administration and Dosage (AD); Doxorubicin--Administration and
 Dosage (AD); Drug Administration Schedule; Infant;
 Mechlorethamine--Administration and Dosage (AD); Mitomycins--Administration
 and Dosage (AD); Neuroblastoma--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Neuroblastoma--Radiotherapy (RT); Neuroblastoma--Surgery (SU);
 *Neuroblostoma--Therapy (TH); Prognosis; Radiotherapy, High Energy;
 Vincristine--Administration and Dosage (AD)
 CAS Registry No.: 0 (MADDOC); 0 (VAM); 15663-27-1 (Cisplatin); 23214-92-8
 (Doxorubicin); 4342-03-4 (Dacarbazine); 50-18-0 (Cyclophosphamide); 51-75-2
 (Mechlorethamine); 57-22-7 (Vincristine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 67
-A-
 614688 85139688
-W-
 A multidisciplinary approach to identification and remedial intervention for
 adverse late effects of cancer therapy.
 McCalla JL
 Cancer Nursing Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland.
 Nurs Clin North Am (US), Mar 1985, 20 (1) p117-30,
-ISSN-
 0029-6465
-JrnlCode-
 O92
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Because of advances in surgical technique, radiation therapy, and combined
 chemotherapy regimens, there has been a dramatic improvement in the survival
 of children with pediatric malignancies. All treatment modalities are
 associated with adverse effects that may be manifested months to years after
 therapy. This article has provided an overview of the physiologic and
 psychologic adverse effects of antineoplastic therapy and described the
 multidisciplinary approach used by one institution to identify and initiate
 appropriate remedial intervention. Nurses can learn to assist in the
 identification of adverse late effects, provide support to the family, and
 facilitate appropriate intervention.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Achievement; Adolescence; Adult; *Antineoplastic Agents--Adverse Effects
 (AE); Child; Employment; Marriage; Mental Processes ; Neoplasms--Chemically
 Induced (CI); Neoplasms--Psychology (PX); *Neoplasms--Therapy (TH);
 Neoplasms, Radiation-Induced--Etiology (ET); *Patient Care Team;
 *Radiotherapy--Adverse Effects (AE); Time Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 68
-A-
 1614431 85139431
-W-
 Anticipatory nausea and vomiting in pediatric cancer patients.
 Dolpin MJ; Katz ER; McGinty K; Siegel SE
 Division of Hematology-Oncology, Childrens Hospital of Los Angeles, CA.
 Pediatrics (US), Mar 1985, 75 (3) p547-52,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The purpose of this study was to determine the prevalence and correlates of
 anticipatory nausea and vomiting in a sample of pediatric patients with
 cancer who were receiving outpatient chemotherapy. Forty male and female
 patients representing a broad range of diagnoses were interviewed with their
 parents concerning nausea and vomiting before and after chemotherapy.
 Anticipatory nausea was reported by 28.8% of the sample; anticipatory
 vomiting was present in 20% of the sample. An additional 9% had experienced
 anticipatory nausea and vomiting in the past but not currently. Anticipatory
 nausea and vomiting was positively correlated with the emetic potential of
 chemotherapeutic regimens and the severity of nausea and vomiting after
 chemotherapy; anticipatory nausea and vomiting most often developed within
 the first 4 months of treatment. Onset of anticipatory nausea and vomiting
 usually occurred two to four hours before treatment and was most severe at
 the actual time of drug administration. Considerable interpatient
 variability was observed, with treatment-related factors accounting for only
 22% of the variance in the occurrence of anticipatory nausea and vomiting.
 These findings are considered within a behavioral framework for
 understanding conditioned aversions in pediatric patients with cancer.
 Implications for patient education, future research on the prediction of
 children at risk, and intervention are discussed.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adolescence; *Antineoplastic Agents--Adverse Effects (AE); Antineoplastic
 Agents--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Anxiety; Child; Child, Preschool;
 Nausea--Chemically Induced (CI); *Nausea--Psychology (PX); *Neoplasms--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Neoplasms--Psychology (PX); Vomiting--Chemically Induced (CI);
 *Vomiting--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 69
-A-
 1608416 8133416
-W-
 Diagnostic sensitivity, diagnostic specificity and predictive value of the
 determination of tumour markers.
 Wagener C
 Institut fur Klinische Biochemie, Universitat Bonn, Bundesrepublik
 Deutschland.
 J Clin Chem Clin Biochem (GERMANY, WEST), Dec 1984, 22 (12) p969-79,
-ISSN-
 0340-076X
-JrnlCode-
 I3U
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The meaningful use of tumour markers for cancer diagnosis depends on the
 nature of the diagnostic problem, on an adequate definition of positive and
 negative test results, and on the correct choice of the patient group.
 Potential diagnostic applications lie in screening studies, diagnosis in
 patients with symptoms, staging and prognosis, diagnosis of local recurrence
 and distant metastases, and the monitoring of radio- and chemotherapy. In
 quantitative tests, a positive or negative test result may be obtained by
 the establishment of reference ranges in control groups, or by longitudinal
 studies in single patients. Usually, the monitoring of therapy and the
 diagnosis of tumour progression are performed by following the concentration
 pattern of the marker. When tumour marker determinations are performed in
 conjunction with other diagnostic tests, the diagnostic sensitivity or
 specificity may be increased, depending on the particular test combination.
 The determination of tumour markers with limited diagnostic specificity
 should be performed in groups of patients with high prevalence of the
 disease, e.g. in the postoperative follow-up of patients with a high risk of
 tumour recurrence. Tumour markers with high diagnostic specificity are also
 useful in differential diagnosis.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Antigens, Neoplasm--Analysis (AN); *Carcinoembryonic Antigen--Analysis (AN);
 *CEA--Analysis (AN); Diagnosis, Differential; DIAG DIFFER; Neoplasm
 Metastasis; Neoplasm Staging; *Neoplasms--Diagnosis (DI); Neoplasms--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT); Prognosis; Recurrence
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 70
-A-
 1605151 85130151
-W-
 [Photochemotherapy (PUVA): pro and con]
 Photochemotherapie (PUVA): Pro und Contra.
 Wolff K
 Hautarzt, Jan 1985, 6 (1) p25-33,
-ISSN-
 0017-8470
-JrnlCode-
 G13de:
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Photochemotherapy (PUVA) clears severe psoriasis in 90% of cases and is
 therefore the most effective treatment available for this disease. Stringent
 criteria are required with regard to patient selection, dosimetry and
 follow-up. Therefore PUVA should only be performed by appropriately trained
 and experienced dermatologists who are sufficiently qualified to weigh the
 severity of the disease against potential side-effects, and to consider the
 respective risk/benefit ratio of other alternative treatment methods before
 initiating treatment. As is the case with other forms of chemotherapy, PUVA
 also carries the risk of long-term side-effects (particularly actinic
 carcinogenesis) similar to those of long-term, high-intensity ultra-violet
 radiation. As yet it is not sufficiently clear whether PUVA acts as a true
 carcinogen or as a promoter and whether the immunosuppression exerted by
 PUVA under experimental conditions is clinically relevant. For these reasons
 and because PUVA requires continuous monitoring of patients, it is neither
 suitable for minor cases, nor for mass therapy or treatment at home. It is,
 however, the treatment of choice for severe psoriasis and for those forms of
 psoriasis which represent a decisive professional and social handicap for
 the patient. Before a decision is made to employ PUVA as a treatment for
 psoriasis, its benefits and risks should be compared with those of
 alternative forms of treatment, which should be subjected to equally
 stringent evaluation criteria.
 Tags: Animal; Human
-Desc-
 Eye--Drug Effects (DE); Immunocompetence--Drug Effects (DE) Long Term Care;
 *Photochemotherapy--Methods (MT); *Psoriasis--Drug Therapy (DT); PUVA
 Therapy--Adverse Effects (AE); *PUVA Therapy--Methods (MT); Risk ; Skin
 Neoplasms--Chemically Induced (CI)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 71
-A-
 1598963 85123963
-W-
 Current attitudes of oncologists regarding hormonal mineral and nutritional
 support during cancer chemotherapy.
 Greenspan EM
 Dept. of Medicine, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, New York.
 Cancer Invest (US), 1985, 3 (1) p101-3,
-ISSN-
 0735-7907
-JrnlCode-
 CAI
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Adrenal Cortex Hormones--Therapeutic Use (TU); Androgens--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); Attitude; Enteral Feeding; *Minerals--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 *Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); *Nutrition Parenteral Feeding;
 Vitamins--Therapeutic Use (TU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 72
-A-
 1591748 85116748
-W-
 Squamous Cell carcinoma of renal pelvis.
 Blacher EJ; Johnson DE; Abdul-Karim FW; Ayala AG
 Dept. of Urology, Univ. of Texas, M.D. Anderson Hospital and Tumor Institute
 at Houston.
 Urology (US), Feb 1985, 25 (2) p124-6,
-ISSN-
 0090-4295
-JrnlCode-
 WSY
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Squamous carcinoma of the renal pelvis was diagnosed in only 11 of 2, 166
 renal tumors (0.5%) seen over a twenty-seven-year period. The combination of
 an insidious onset and a prolonged duration of symptoms (median: 5 months)
 resulted in all patients having invasive disease at diagnosis. Ten patients
 died two to twenty-eight months after diagnosis (median survival: 5 months),
 and only 1 patient is currently alive at nine months. We conclude that the
 treatment of choice is radical nephrectomy followed by adjuvant
 chemotherapy.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Diagnosis (DI); Carcinoma, Squamous
 Cell--Pathology (PA); Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Therapy (TH); *Kidney
 Neoplasms--Diagnosis (DI); Kidney Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Kidney
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Kidney Pelvis--Pathology (PA); Middle Age; Time
 Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 73
-A-
 1584603 85109603
-W-
 Trends in the management of breast cancer.
 Raina S; Rush BF Jr; Blackwood JM; Lazaro EJ
 Dept. of Surgery, UMDNJ--New Jersey Medical School, Newark.
 J Surg Oncol (US), Feb 1985, 28 (2) p117-22,
-ISSN-
 0022-4790
-JrnlCode-
 K79
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Responses of general surgeons to a questionnaire on breast cancer were
 analyzed to determine the current trends in the management of this disease.
 A 21-item questionnaire was mailed to members of the New Jersey Chapter of
 the American College of Surgeons in 1982 and the responses, received on
 noncoded, anonymous answer sheets, were analyzed for frequency distribution.
 These responses were compared to previously recorded responses to the same
 questions for 1971 and 1977. Seventy-six percent of the respondents in 1982
 performed needle aspirations often or always, compared to 36% in 1971 and
 80% in 1977. The use of routine mammography has increased from 16% in 1971
 and 20% in 1977 to 38% in 1982. Modified radical mastectomy is now the most
 common type of procedure employed in the management of stage I breast
 cancer, with 89% of respondents in favor of this approach compared to 15% in
 1971 and 60% in 1977. Fifty-nine percent of the respondents are not opposed
 to breast reconstruction following mastectomy versus 14% in 1971 and 49% in
 1977. For patients with axillary nodes, chemotherapy with multiple agents
 was recommended by 76% of general surgeons in 1982, compared to 58% in 1977.
 These results indicate a continuing trend towards increasing use of needle
 aspiration and routine mammography for diagnosis and for employment of
 chemotherapy with multiple agents in the adjuvant treatment of patients with
 positive axillary nodes. Furthermore, modified radical mastectomy is the
 operation of choice for stage I cancer of the breast for increasing numbers
 of surgeons.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Breast Neoplasms--Diagnosis (DI); Breast Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); *Breast
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Combined Modality Therapy; Mastectomy;
 Questionnaires
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 74
-A-
 1573980 85098980
-W-
 Improved complete response rate and survival in advanced head and neck
 cancer after three-course induction therapy with 120-hour 5-FU infusion and
 cisplatin.
 Rooney M; Kish J; Jacobs J; Kinzie J; Weaver A; Crissman J; Al-Sarraf M
 Cancer, Mar 1 1985, 55 (5) p1123-8,
-ISSN-
 0008-543X
-JrnlCode-
 CLZde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 In a series of three consecutive pilot studies carried out between 1977 and
 1981 at Wayne State Univ., Detroit Michigan, designed to test the
 feasibility of multimodality therapy in patients with previously untreated
 advanced squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck, patients received
 three different induction chemotherapy regimes: cisplatin + Oncovin
 (vincristine) + bleomycin (COB) for two courses; 96-hour 5-fluorouracil
 (5-FU) infusion and cisplatin for two courses, or 120-hour 5-FU infusion +
 cisplatin for three courses. Over-all response rates (complete response +
 partial response) to each of the three induction chemotherapy regimens were
 high: 80%, 88%, and 93%, respectively. Superior complete response rate in
 the group receiving three courses of 120-hour 5-FU infusion + cisplatin was
 54% versus 29% for COB and 19% for two-course 96-hour 5-FU infusion +
 cisplatin (P = 0.04). Significant survival advantage at 18 months minimum
 follow-up for the group receiving three courses of 120-hour 5-FU + cisplatin
 induction therapy was found. Actual T and N stage may influence the clinical
 complete response rate. Responders to initial chemotherapy have
 significantly better survival as compared to nonresponders regardless of
 subsequent surgery and/or radiotherapy. These studies show that a
 multimodality approach to management of advanced head and neck cancer is
 feasible. Superior complete response rate and survival in one of the
 treatment groups suggest that choice of induction chemotherapy regimens
 and/or number of courses is of prime importance in such multimodality
 treatment programs.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; *Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Administration
 and Dosage (AD); Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Adverse Effects (AE);
 Cisplatin--Administration and Dosage (AD); Drug Administration Schedule;
 Fluorouracil--Administration and Dosage (AD) *Head and Neck Neoplasms--Drug
 Therapy (DT); *HEAD NEOPL--Drug Therapy (DT) ; Head and Neck
 Neoplasms--Mortality (MO); HEAD NEOPL--Mortality (MO); Middle Age; Neoplasm
 Staging
 CAS Registry No.: 15663-27-1 (Cisplatin); 51-21-8 (Fluorouracil)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 75
-A-
 1569203 85094203
-W-
 Small intestinal lymphoma in three patients with acquired immune eficiency
 syndrome.
 Steinberg JJ; Bridges N; Feiner HD; Valensi Q
 Am J Gastroenterol, Jan 1985, 80 (1) p21-6,
-ISSN-
 0002-9270
-JrnlCode-
 3HE
 Contract/Grant No.: GMO 7552
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Three cases of small bowel lymphoma in young homosexual men are presented.
 All three had acquired immune deficiency syndrome as demonstrated by
 demography, sexual history, cachexca, opportunistic infections by
 Cytomegalovirus, Pneumocystis carinii, atypical Mycobacterium, Candina,
 and/or evidence of immune deficiency, such as skin test anergy, lymphopenia,
 inversion of T-helper/T-suppressor ratio, and diminished lymphocyte response
 to either phytohemmaglutinin or pokeweed mitogen. All had peripheral and/or
 abdominal lymphadenopathy, and gastrointestinal symptoms, e.g., diarrhea,
 spasms, constipation, and oral candidiasis. The diagnosis of lymphoma was
 made at laparotomy in all cases. All three had complete removal of localized
 tumor (stage Ie or IIe), yet died within 6 months of surgery and/or
 chemotherapy. Thus gastrointestinal complaints may not always be related to
 "gay bowel" syndrome, or other infectious diseases in patients with acquired
 immune deficiency syndrome. Small intestinal lymphoma should be added to the
 list of neoplasms to which this group is susceptible.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome--Complications (CO); Acquired
 Immunodeficiency Syndrome--Diagnosis (DI); Adult; Homosexuality; Intestinal
 Mucosa--Pathology (PA); Intestinal Neoplasms--Diagnosis (DI); *Intestinal
 Neoplasms--Etiology (ET); Intestinal Neoplasms--Pathology (PA) Intestine,
 Small--Pathology (PA); Lymphoma--Diagnosis (DI); *Lymphoma--Etiology (ET);
 Lymphoma--Pathology (PA); Middle Age
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 76
-A-
 1568855 85093855
-W-
 [Combination chemotherapy with bleomycin, vinca alkaloid and cisplatin (BVP)
 for advanced urothelial cancer]
 Sekine H; Fukui I; Yamada T; Takeuchi S; Tachibana Y; Yokokawa M
 Dept. of Urology, School of Medicine, Tokyo Medical and Dental Univ..
 Hinyokika Kiyo (JAPAN), Aug 1984, 30 (8) p1095-9,
-ISSN-
 0018-1994
-JrnlCode-
 27K
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Since October 1979, 18 patients with metastatic urothelial cancer have been
 treated with combination chemotherapy of bleomycin (5-10 mg/day administered
 on days 1 to 7), vinca alkaloid (vinblastine 5-10 mg/day or vincristine 1
 mg/sqm on days 8 and 9) and CDDP (60 mg/sqm on day 10). CR was achieved in 3
 of the 18 patients and PR in 6 patients. Over-all, the response rate was
 50%. Among 3 patients who achieved CR, 2 patients are still free of disease
 for 31 months and for 28 months, and the other is alive with cancer for 26
 months. The 2-year survival rate was 58% in responders (CR + PR) and 0% in
 nonresponders. (p less than 0.005). In many cases, the response was observed
 after the first or second course of BVP therapy, and there was a relatively
 good response in patients with lymphnode metastasis alone. The treatment was
 tolerated well and common toxic effects were nausea, vomiting of moderate to
 severe degree (100%), melosuppression (50%) and mild nephrotoxicity (22%).
 As to the choice of vinca alkaloids, vincristine seemed to by the treatment
 of choice because it was less toxic than vinblastine and was almost equally
 effective.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Aged; Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Adverse Effects (AE) *Antineoplastic
 Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); Bladder Neoplasms--Drug Therapy
 (DT); Bleomycins--Adverse Effects (AE); Bleomycins--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Carcinoma, Transitional Cell--Drug Therapy (DT); Drug Evaluations Middle
 Age; Neoplasm Staging; Prednisone--Adverse Effects (AE);
 Prednisone--Therapeutic Use (TU); Ureteral Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT);
 *Urologic Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Urologic Neoplasms--Pathology (PA);
 Vinblastine--Adverse Effects (AE) ; Vinblastine--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 0 (BVP); 53-03-2 (Prednisone); 865-21-4 (Vinblastine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 77
-A-
 1568775 85093775
-W-
 Horizons in surgical oncology.
 Daly JM; Decosse JJ
 Dept. of Surgery, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, New York, New
 York.
 Adv Surg (US), 1984, 18 p117-43,
-ISSN-
 0065-3411
-JrnlCode-
 2PJ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Future horizons in surgical oncology relate to advances in prevention,
 diagnosis, and treatment of the patient with cancer. New diagnostic
 modalities may make complete surgical taging unnecessary. Perioperative
 support of patients given multimodality treatment will become more critical
 as the limits of surgical resection are reached and combined treatment with
 radiation and chemotherapy become more frequent. The current treatment of
 cancer at several organ sites reflects the evolving approach to treat both
 local and systemic manifestations of the malignancy. Use of intraoperative
 radiation therapy with electron-beam and/or brachytherapy has been proved
 safe and future prospective trials will determine efficacy in local control
 of disease. Finally, proper reconstruction becomes critical as we attempt to
 rehabilitate cancer patients toward normal function. (49 Refs.)
 Tags: Animal; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Breast Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Decision Making; Esophogeal
 Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Intestinal Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Intestine,
 Large--Surgery (SU); Laparotomy; Liver Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Mice;
 Neoplasm Staging; Neoplasms--Diagnosis (DI); Neoplasms--Prevention and
 Control (PC); *Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Nutrition Disorders--Etiology (ET);
 Parenteral Hyperalimentation; Sarcoma--Surgery (SU); Soft Tissue
 Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Stomach Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Surgical Flaps
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 78
-A-
 1564008 85089008
-W-
 [Supportive treatment of schizophrenia--analysis of 100 cases]
 Leczenie podtrzymujace w schizofrenii--analiza 100 przypadkow.
 Leksowski W; Matysiakiewicz J
 Psychiatr Pol (POLAND), Mar-Apr 1984, 18 (2) p97-100,
-ISSN-
 0033-2674
-JrnlCode-
 QB?
-Lang-
 POLISH
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Attitude to Health; Middle Age; Motivation; Patient
 Dropouts--Psychology (PX); *Schizophrenia--Drug Therapy (DT); Tranquilizing
 Agents, Major--Therapeutic Use (TU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 79
-A-
 1561137 85086137
-W-
 High-dose vitamin C versus placebo in the treatment of patients with
 advanced cancer who have had no prior chemotherapy. A randomized
 double-blind comparison.
 Moertel G; Fleming TR; Creagan ET; Rubin J; O'Connell MJ; Ames MM
 Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minn.
 N Engl J Med (US), Jan 17 1985, 312 (3) p137-41,
-ISSN-
 0028-4793
-JrnlCode-
 NOW
 Contract/Grant No.: CA 31224; CA 00755
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 It has been claimed that high-dose vitamin C is beneficial in the treatment
 of patients with advanced cancer, especially patients who have had no prior
 chemotherapy. In a double-blind study 100 patients with advanced colorectal
 cancer were randomly assigned to treatment with either high-dose vitamin C
 (10 g daily) or placebo. Overall, these patients were in very good general
 condition, with minimal symptoms. None had received any previous treatment
 with cytotoxic drugs. Vitamin C therapy showed no advantage over placebo
 therapy with regard to either the interval between the beginning of
 treatment and disease progression or patient survival. Among patients with
 measurable disease, none had objective improvement. On the basis of this and
 our previous randomized study, it can be concluded that high-dose vitamin C
 therapy is not effective against advanced malignant disease regardless of
 whether the patient has had any prior chemotherapy.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Aged; *Ascorbic Acid--Administration and Dosage (AD); Clinical Trials;
 *Colonic Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Colonic
 Neoplasms--Mortality (MO); Double-Blind Method; Middle Age; Patient
 Compliance; Prospective Studies; Random Allocation; *Rectal Neoplasms--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Rectal Neoplasms--Mortality (MO)
 CAS Registry No.: 50-81-7 (Ascorbic Acid)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 80
-A-
 1559098 85084098
-W-
 Sexual and psychological implications of gynecologic malignancy.
 Wabrek AJ; Gunn JL
 Hartford Hospital.
 JOGN Nurs (US), Nov-Dec 1984, 13 (6) p371-6,
-ISSN-
 0090-0311
-JrnlCode-
 KS2
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The sexual implications of gynecologic malignancy are best understood by
 asking, and answering, the following three questions. What is the
 psychological effect on the woman. What is the physiological effect on the
 woman. What is the psychological effect on the partner The psychological
 effect of the cancer on the woman is primarily determined by whether the
 malignancy is primary, recurrent, or terminal; the primary physiological
 determinants are whether the treatment is with surgery, radiation, or
 chemotherapy. The partner can be affected psychologically by all six of the
 variabes. Preoperative knowledge of the woman's sexual history may influence
 subsequent treatments.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Cervix Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT); Counseling; Genital Neoplasms,
 Female--Nursing (NU); *Genital Neoplasms, Female--Psychology (PX); Genital
 Neoplasms, Female--Therapy (TH); Patient Care Planning; Pelvic
 Exenteration--Psychology (PX); *Sex Behavior; Vulvar Neoplasms--Psychology
 (PX); Vulvar Neoplasms--Surgery (SU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 81
-A-
 1558462 85083462
-W-
 [Experience in combination therapy with amikacin and cephapirin for
 infections complicated with acute leukemia during induction chemotherapy]
 Hasegawa S; Nakao I
 Dept. of Hematology, Kanto Teishin Hospital.
 Jpn J Antibiot (JAPAN), Sep 1984, 37 (9) p1631-6,
-ISSN-
 0368-2781
-JrnlCode-
 KHV
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We treated infections accompanied with induction chemotherapy in 9 patients
 with acute leukemia by the combination of amikacin (AMK) and cephapirin
 (CEPR). The result was that 1 case was markedly effective, 2 cases were
 effective, 3 cases were marginally effective, 2 cases showed no effect and 1
 case who underwent prophylactc medication had no infection. We recognized no
 adverse effects by AMK or CEPR. We concluded that the combination of AMK and
 CEPR was useful as first choice to the treatment of infections during
 induction chemotherapy of acute leukemia.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Acute Disease; Adult; *Amikacin--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Antineoplastic Agents--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Bacterial Infections--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Bacterial Infections--Etiology (ET);
 *Cephalosporins--Administration and Dosage (AD); *Cephapirin--Administration
 and Dosage (AD); Drug Therapy, Combination; Infusions, Parenteral;
 *Kanamycin--Analogs and Derivatives (A); *Leukemia--Complications (CO);
 Leukemia--Drug Therapy (DT); Middle Age
 CAS Registry No.: 21593-23-7 (Cephpirin); 37517-28-5 (Amikacin); 59-01-8
 (Kanamycin)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 82
-A-
 1554479 85079479
-W-
 Sequential half-body irradiation (SHBI) and combination chemotherapy as
 salvage treatment for failed Ewing's sarcoma--a pilot study.
 Evans RG; Burgert EO; Gilchrist GS; Smithson WA; Pritchard DJ; Bruckman JE
 Division of Therapeutic Radiology, Mayo Clinic Rochester, MN.
 Int J Radiat Oncol Biol Phys (US), Dec 1984, 10 (12) p2363-,
-ISSN-
 0360-3016
-JrnlCode-
 G97
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 This study was undertaken to evaluate the toxicity of sequential half-body
 irradiation (SHBI) and combination chemotherapy (5-FU, M-26 and BCNU) in
 patients who had failed primary aggressive therapy for their Ewing's
 sarcoma. A secondary goal was to evaluate the response of these previously
 treated patients to the combination of systemic radiation and multi-agent
 chemotherapy. The first patient in the study was treated with SHBI only and
 died 139 days following retreatment. Four subsequent patients successfully
 received the first cycle of combination chemotherapy. However, only one
 completed both upper and lower half-body irradiation while the remaining
 three patients, because of rapid progession of their disease, completed
 either the upper or the lower portion of their half-body irradiation (HBI).
 The time from retreatment to disease progression in these four patients
 ranged from 45 to 97 days (mean 79 days) and the time from retreatment to
 death ranged from 72 to 193 days (mean 126 days). The combination
 chemotherapy as tolerated well by all the patients, and the SHBI was
 accompanied by mild nausea and some vomiting within the first few hours
 following treatment. Failure to give the second half of the half-body
 irradiation and to complete furher chemotherapy in three of the patients was
 a result of the progressive nature of the patients' disease and not to any
 limitations imposed by poor blood counts. Half-body irradiation provided
 good pain relief within 24 hours for all of the patients. Systemic radiation
 contributes to the palliative treatment of patients with failed Ewing's
 sarcoma, but appears to berelatively ineffective when the tumor burden is
 high.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; *Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); Bone
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Bone Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT); Bone
 Neoplasms--Secondary (SC); *Bone Neoplasms--Therapy (TH);
 Carmustine--Administration and Dosage (AD); Child; Fluorouracil--Administr-
 ation and Dosage (AD); Lung Neoplasms--Secondary (SC); Middle Age; Neoplasm
 Recurrence, Local--Therapy (TH); Palliative Treatment; Sarcoma,
 Ewing's--Drug Therapy (DT); Sarcoma, Ewing's--Radiotherapy (RT); *Sarcoma,
 Ewing's--Therapy (TH); Teniposide--Administration and Dosage (AD); *Whole
 Body Irradiation
 CAS Registry No.: 154-93-8 (Carmustine); 29767-20-2 (Teniposide); 51-21-8
 (Fluorouracil)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 83
-A-
 1548962 85073962
-W-
 Periosteal osteosarcoma.
 Hall RB; Robinson LH; Malawar MM; Dunham WK
 Dept. of Surgery, Univ. of Alabama in Birmingham.
 Cancer (US), Jan 1 1985, 55 (1) p165-71,
-ISSN-
 0008-43X
-JrnlCode-
 CLZ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 An analysis of 6 patients with periosteal osteosarcoma treated by the
 authors along with a review of 55 patients reported in the literature
 demonstrates that periosteal osteosarcoma is distinctly different from
 conventional ostrosarcoma or periosteal chondrosarcoma. Periosteal
 osteosarcoma is a less aggressive tumor than conventional steosarcoma. It is
 a relatively well-differentiated chondroblastic osteosarcoma occurring on
 the surface of the long bones of the extremities. Three patients
 demonstrated frank medullary invasion of tumor, two grossly and one
 microsurgically. Patients treated with marginal resection had a 70% local
 recurrence rate. Patients receiving wide resection or primary amputation
 have survived longer with less recurrence of disease. Overall, 10 of 61
 patients are dead with metastatic disease with a mean reported follow-up of
 6 years and 7 months. Adjunctive therapy has been of no demonstrable aid in
 terms of prolonging survival. Medullary extension of this tumor should not
 be used to exclude this diagnosis. The authors believe that the treatment of
 choice is wide resection without adjunctive chemotherapy.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; *Bone Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Bone
 Neoplasms--Radiography (RA); *Femoral Neoplasms--Pathology (PA);
 *Fibrosarcoma--Pathology (PA); *Fibula; *Humerus; Middle Age; *Tibia
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 84
-A-
 1544645 85069645
-W-
 Ovarian cancer: diagnosis and management.
 Barber HR
 Dept. of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Lenox Hill Hospital, New York, NY.
 Am J Obstet Gynecol (US), Dec 15 1984, 150 (8) p910-6,
-ISSN-
 0002-9378
-JrnlCode-
 3NI
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Ovarian cancer is the leading cause of death from gynecological cancer in
 the United States. Early diagnosis is a matter of chance rather than a
 scientific method. Although it is stated that there are no symptoms in the
 early stage of ovarian cancer, a careful history often reveals vague
 gastrointestinal symptoms that have been persistent. Surgery is the
 treatment of choice for ovarian cancer, with chemotherapy employed as
 adjunctive therapy. Radiation therapy has limited application in treating
 common epithelial cancers but is valuable in the management of germ cell and
 gonadal stromal tumors. Of the numerous laboratory tests available, only
 immunologic assay appears to have the potential for making an early
 diagnosis and monitoring treatment.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Antineoplastic Agents--Therapeutic Use (TU); Carcinoma--Diagnosis
 (DI); *Carcinoma--Therapy (TH); Child; Combined Modality Therapy;
 Immunologic Technics; Middle Age; Neoplasms, Embryonal and Mixed--Surgery
 (SU); NEOPL EMBRYONAL--Surgery (SU); Neoplasms, Glandular
 Epithelial--Surgery (SU); Ovarian Neoplasms--Diagnosis (DI); *Ovarian
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Reoperation; Sarcoma--Surgery (SU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 85
-A-
 1544327 85069327
-W-
 The prognostic significance of histologic subtyping in small cell carcinoma
 of the lung.
 Choi H; Byhardt RW; Clowry LJ; Almagro UA; Remeniuk E; Holoye PY; Cox JD
 Dept. of Pathology, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee.
 Am J Clin Oncol (US), Oct 1984, 7 (5) p389-97,
-ISSN-
 0277-3732
-JrnlCode-
 3EZ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Previously untreated patients with small cell carcinoma of the lung (SCCL),
 who were treated at the Medical College of Wisconsin with combined
 chemotherapy and radiation therapy, were retrospectively subtyped according
 to the 1981 World Health Organizatio Lung Cancer Classification. Of 54
 evaluated patients, 27 (50%) had "oat cell" subtype, 22 (41%) "intermediate
 cell variety, and five (9%) were classified as "combined" type. There was no
 significant difference in response to therapy or median survival between the
 subtypes. In addition to the absence of prognostic significance among the
 subtypes, there were many technical factors affecting accuracy of subtyping,
 including tissue-crushing artifacts, size of bopsy materials, fixation of
 tissue samples, and variation of subtypes within the same biopsy. We
 conclude that subtyping of SCCL should not be construed as a prognostic tool
 or guideline to therapy. However, the recognition that SCCL may manifest in
 a variety of histologic patterns, some of which may be misinterpreted as a
 histology other than SCCL, is probably more important for choice of therapy
 and prognosis than the individual subtypes.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Carcinoma, Oat Cell--Classification (CL); Carcinoma, Oat Cell--Mortality
 (MO); Carcinoma, Oat Cell--Pathology (PA); *Lung Neoplasms--Classification
 (CL); Lung Neoplasms--Mortality (MO); Lung Neoplasms--Pathology (PA);
 Neoplasm Metastasis; Prognosis; Retrospective Studies
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 86
-A-
 1542239 85067239
-W-
 Primary transitional cell carcinoma of prostate.
 Nicolaisen GS; Williams RD
 Dept. of Urology, Univ. of California School of Medicine, San Francisco.
 Urology (US), Dec 1984, 24 (6) p544-9,
-ISSN-
 0090-4295
-JrnlCode-
 WSY
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Primary transitional cell carcinoma of the prostate (TCC-P) is a rare tumor
 for which definitive therapy remains unefined. To establish a basis for
 therapy, we analyzed 3 new cases and reviewed the literature. The following
 points were observed: (1) the true diagnosis is often missed at initial
 pathologic examination; (2) the tumor as a propensity for extensive local
 invasion; and (3) it commonly presents with obstructive symptoms in
 relatively young patients. Treatment recommendations based on our review
 include: maintenance of a high index of suspicion, especially for fifty to
 sixty-year-old men with prostate tumors or for suspected prostatic
 adenocarcinoma that as rapidly progressive and/or unresponsive to hormonal
 therapy; preoperative pelvic irradiation followed by radical
 cystoprostatourethrectomy is the treatment of choice in low-stage disease,
 and combined radiation therapy and chemotherapy should be used for disease
 beyond the prostate.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adenocarcinoa--Pathology (PA); Adenocarcinoma--Surgery (SU) ;
 Adenocarcinoma--Therapy (TH); Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic
 Use (TU); Bladder--Surgery (SU); Carcinoma, Transitional Cell--Pathology
 (PA); Carcinoma, Transitional Cell--Surgery (SU); *Carcinoma, Transitional
 Cell--Therapy (TH); Combined Modality Therapy; Middle Age;
 Prostate--Pathology (PA) Prostatectomy; Prostatic Neoplasms--Pathology (PA);
 Prostatic Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); *Prostatic Neoplasms--Therpy (TH) ;
 Urinary Diversion
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 87
-A-
 1540635 85065635
-W-
 Testicular function in young men in long-term remission after treatment for
 the early stages of Hodgkin's disease.
 Specht L; Geisler C; Hansen MM; Skakkebaek NE
 Scand J Haematol, Oct 1984, 33 (4) p356-62,
-ISSN-
 0036-553X
-JrnlCode-
 UCV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 16 young men in long-term remission after standard treatment for the early
 stages of Hodgkin's disease were examined for testicular function 48 to 125
 months after termination of therapy. The patients had received mantle field
 irradiation, plus either irradiation of infradiaphragmatic lymph nodes (7
 patients) or 6 cycles of MOPP (9 patients). 5 patients had almost normal
 semen quality judged by seminal fluid analysis. 11 patients had reduced
 semen quality (8 severely reduced) and often elevated FSH values. Semen
 samples of poor quality were significantly more common in patients treated
 with MOPP (7/9) than in those treated with infradiaphragmatic irradiation
 (1/7). One patient showed signs of regeneration of spermatogenesis. None had
 experienced reduction in libido and sexual performance after therapy;
 correspondingly, none had below normal testosterone values or elevated LH
 values. Patients should be informed about the risk of infertility before
 treatment. If in a given case several treatment options with equal
 prospective antineoplastic effect are weighed against one another, the
 patient's possible desire to retain fertility should favour the use of
 radiotherapy as opposed to chemotherapy, especially including alkylating
 agents.
 Tags: Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; *Hodgkin's Disease--Physiopathology (PP); Hodgkin's Disease--Therapy
 (TH); Infertility, Male--Etiology (ET); Middle Age; Semen Sex Behavior;
 Sperm Count; *Testis--Physiopathology (PP)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 88
-A-
 1523599 85048599
-W-
 Control of cancer chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting.
 Eyre HJ; Ward JH
 Dept. of Internal Medicine, Univ. of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake
 City.
 Cancer (US), Dec 1 1984, 54 (11 Suppl) p2642-8,
-ISSN-
 0008-543X
-JrnlCode-
 CLZ
 Contract/Grant No.: CA 18013
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 AIM INDEX MEDICUS
 With increasingly effective cancer chemotherapy, the control of
 chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting has become more important. These
 unpleasant side effects can be so severe that patients delay or stop
 potentially curative therapy. Phenothiazines and butyrophenones have been
 the mainstays of most antiemetic therapy but unfortunately have only
 partially controlled nausea and vomiting. Recently, renewed interest in the
 control of nausea and vomiting has led to the introduction of additional
 classes of agents. Cannabinoids appear to be superior to phenothiazines as
 antiemetics, but must be given in doses that also cause central nervous
 system side effects. Metoclopramide, given in high doses (1.0-3.0 mg/kg) has
 proven to be a major advance in the control of nausea and vomiting induced
 by cisplatin. Glucocorticoids may be useful, particularly when combined with
 other agents. There has been recent recognition of the importance of
 anticipatory nausea and vomiting, and attemps to control this through
 behavioral modification techniques have met with some success.
 Tags: Human; Support, U.Sints--Adverse Effects (AE);
 Butyrophenones--Therapeutic Use (TU); Cannabinoids--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Drug Therapy, Combination; Glucocorticoids--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Metoclopramide--Therapeutic Use (TU); Nausea-Chemically Induced (CI);
 *Nausea--Drug Therapy (DT); *Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Phenothiazines--Therapeutic Use (TU); Vomiting--Chemically Induced (CI);
 *Vomiting--Drug Therapy (DT)
 CAS Registry No.: 364-62-5 (Metoclopramide)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 89
-A-
 1523214 85048214
-W-
 Is aggressive adjuvant chemotherapy the Halsted radical of the '80s
 Kushner R
 Breast Cancer Advisory Center, Kensington, Maryland.
 CA (US), Nov-Dec 1984, 34 (6) p345-51,
-ISSN-
 0007-9235
-JrnlCode-
 CB5
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Cas Report; Comparative Study; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Aged; *Antineoplastic Agents--Adverse Effects (AE); Antineoplastic Agents,
 Combined--Adverse Effects (AE); Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Utilization
 (UT); *Brest Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Combined Modality Therapy;
 Mastectomy--Adverse Effects (AE); Mastectoma--Utilization (UT); Middle Age;
 Neoplasm Metastasis; Physician's Role; Public Opinion; *Quality of Life;
 United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 90
-A-
 1518274 85043274
-W-
 Re-evaluation of 5-fluorouracil as a single agent for gestational maligiant
 trophoblastic neoplasms.
 Sung HC; Wu PC; Wang YB
 Dept. of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Capital Hospital, Chinese Academy of
 Medical Sciences, Peking.
 Adv Exp Med Biol (US), 1984, 176 p355-67,
-ISSN-
 0065-2598
-JrnlCode-
 2LU
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Large doses of 5-fluorouracil, administered by slow intravenous drip, have
 proven to be very effective in the treatment of malignant trophoblastic
 tumors. From 1964 through 1975, 5-fluorouracil was used as a single
 chemotherapeutic agent in 173 cases of invasive mole and 139 cases of
 choriocarcinoma. This series of patients was further divided into Group A
 (212 cases) in which 5-fluorouracil was used as initial therapy, and Group B
 (100 cases) in which 5-fluorouracil was given to those who developed
 resistance to 6-mercaptopurine and/or to methotrexase. The overall remission
 rate in Group A patients was 98.4% for invasive mole and 93.0% for
 choriocarcinoma. In Group B patients the corresponding remission rate was
 93.6% and 71.7%, respectively, indicating that 5-fluorouracil is effective
 in patients who develop resistance to other antimetabolic agents.
 The rate of recurrence among 213 patiens achieving complete remission during
 follow-up was 1.4% (3 cases). All of the remaining 210 patients had survived
 for more than 5 years up to the end of 1981, and 96 patients (45.7%) had
 survived for more than 10 years. In comparison with other antimetabolites,
 5-fluorouracil has the advantages of being more effective and less toxic,
 and can be administered through multiple routes. Therefore, it has remained
 the agent of first choice in the chemothrapy of malignant trophoblastic
 neoplasms.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Enterocolitis, Pseudomembranous--Chemically Induced (CI);
 Fluorouracil--Adverse Effects (AE); *Fluorouracil--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Follow-Up Studies; Liver--Drug Effects (DE); Pregnancy; PREGN;
 *Trophoblastic Tumor--Drug Therapy (DT); *Uterine Neoplasma--Drug Therapy
 (DT)
 CAS Registry No.: 51-21-8 (Fluorouracil)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 91
-A-
 1518190 85043190
-W-
 Raynaud's pheomenon progressing to gangrene after vincristine and bleomycin
 therapy.
 Elomaa I; Pajunen M; Virkkunen P Acta Med Scand, 1984, 216 (3) p323-6,
-ISSN-
 0001-6101
-JrnlCode-
 14G
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Vascular symptoms after vinca-alcaloids and bleomycin are known. We report a
 50-year-old woman who was cigarette smoker and who had had the syndrome of
 Raynaud's phenomenon for two years before she developed non-Hodgkin
 lymphoma. She was treated with chemotherapy including vincristine and
 bleomycin. Immediately after the second course of chemotherapy she had
 severe vertigo, nystagmus, dysarthria and dysphagia. The fingers remained
 cyanotic and became extremely painful despite stellatum blockade,
 intra-arterial vasodilators and thoracic sympathectomy.
 Two digits of the left hand were partially amputated because of gangrenous
 areas on the fingertips.The cerebral symptoms disappeared.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Bleomycins--Adverse Effects (AE); *Fingers--Pathology (PA)
 Fingers--Radiography (RA); Gangrene; Lymphoma--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Lymphoma--Etiology (ET); Middle Age; *Raynaud's Disease--Complications (CO)
 ; Smoking; *Vincristine--Adverse Effects (AE)
 CAS Registry No.: 57-22-7 (Vincristine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 92
-A-
 1506116 85031116
-W-
 Borderline or malignant ovarian tumour A case report of decision making with
 morphometry.
 Baak JP; Van der Ley G
 Dept. of Pathology, SSDZ, Delft, The Netherlands.
 J Clin Pathol (ENGLAND), Oct 1984, 37 (10) p1110-3,
-ISSN-
 0021-9746
-JrnlCode-
 HT3
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 A young woman presented with bilateral ovaian tumours. Multiple sections of
 each tumour were shown to many pathologists for consultation; some
 considered the tumours to be borderline, whereas others thought that one or
 both of them was malignant. Morphometry showed that the numerical
 classification probabilities for borderline tumour were 0.78 for the left
 ovarian tumour and 0.85 in the right. The lesions were therefore regarded as
 borderline tumours and no additional chemotherapy was given. Three years
 after the second operation the patient is alive and well without clinical or
 biochemical evidence of recurrence. Most patients with borderline tumours
 who die from the disease do so in the first two years after the operation.
 This young patient was prevented from severe overtreatment by the
 application of morphometr, illustrating its use in this area of diagnostic
 gynaecopathology.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; *Ovarian Neoplasms--Diagnosis (DI); Ovarian Neoplasms--Pathology
 (PA); Ovary--Pathology (PA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 93
-A-
 1503582 85028582
-W-
 Second-look laparotomy in fallopian tube carcinoma.
 Eddy GL; Copeland LJ; Gershenson DM
 Dept. of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Medical Univ. of South Carolina,
 Carleston.
 Gynecol Oncol (US), Oct 1984, 19 (2) p182-6,
-ISSN-
 0090-8258
-JrnlCode-
 FXC
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 From August 1974 through August 1980, eight patients with primary fallopian
 tube carcinoma underwent second-look laparotomies at The Univ. of Texas M.D.
 Anderson Hospital and Tumor Institute. Prior to the second-look laparotomies
 all patients were clinically free of disease. Initial treatment consisted of
 surgery and chemotherapy for four of these patients, surgery and radiation
 therapy for two patients, and surgery, radiation therapy, and chemotherapy
 for two patients. The second-look laparotomies showed five patients were
 free of disease, one patient had microscopic residual disease, and two
 patients had persistent macroscopic disease. Recurrences following negative
 second-look laparotomies developed in two patients. One recurrence occurred
 at 41 months after the procedure and the other 69 months afterward. Both
 patients lived more than 5 years after the second-look laparotomies were
 performed. Three patients with negative findings at second-look procedures
 and the patient with microscopic residual disease remain clinically free of
 disease 34, 53, 74, and 50 months after the laparotomies, respectively.
 Following additional chemotherapy, the two patients who evidenced
 macroscopic disease at the second-look procedure died 16 and 32 months
 following the second-look laparotomies. The second-look findings can be used
 to predict disease behavior and may have a role in the management of
 patients with fallopian tube carcinoma.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Carcinoma--Surgery (SU); *Carcinoma--Therapy (TH); Combined
 Modality Therapy; Fallopian Tube Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); *Fallopian Tube
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Middle Age; Neoplasm Recurrence, Local; Ovarian
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Ovarian Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Prognosis;
 Referral and Consultation; REFERRAL; Time Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 94
-A-
 1503204 85028204
-W-
 [Rehabilitation of the worker with bronchopneumopathy]
 La riabilitazione del lavoratore broncopneumopatico.
 Donner CF Fracchia C; Ioli F; Meriggi A; Patessio A; Spada EL; Vecchio C
 G Ital Med Lav, Jan-Mar 1984, 6 (1-2) p51-9,
-ISSN-
 391-9889 Jrnl Code FBU
-Lang-
 ITALIAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Epidemiological data show that chronic diseases of the respiratory apparatus
 have constantly increased over the last 20 years or so, often involving
 relatively young age classes. The increased survival rates due to
 chemotherapy also increase the importance of rehabilitation in such
 diseases. The officially accepted concept of a "global" rehabilitation is
 particularly significant in the case of patients of working age. The main
 rehabilitation procedures include chest physiotherapy, aerosol therapy,
 oxygen therapy (where selection criteria have been established and where
 there are new prospects related to long-term oxygen therapy), intermittent
 positive pressure breathing and physical retraining. Details on the methods
 of assessment and training and data concerning three groups of patients
 suffering from respectively chronic obstructive lung disease, silicosis and
 asbestosis, are given. The data show a general pattern of a decrease in
 ventilation (for an unchanged level of O2 uptake and CO2 output) and reflect
 a rise in muscular efficiency (exercising and respiratory) enamling the body
 to perform the same work load at a lower energy cost. The authors discuss
 the vocational rehabilitation of the patient with lung disease and
 illustrate the most useful procedures in the assessment of the subject, the
 enviroment and the place of work, including guidelines to achieve this.
 Rehabilitation treatment is also summarized into a number of stages, with
 the goals at different therapeutic levels and the ways to reach them.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Asbestosis--Rehabilitation (RH); Exertion; *Lung Diseases,
 Obstructive--Rehabilitation (RH); Oxygen Inhalation Therapy; Physical
 Therapy; *Rehabilitation, Vocational; Respiration, Artificial; Respiratory
 Function Tests; Respiratory Therapy; *Silicosis--Rehabilitation (RH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 95
-A-
 1501802 85026802
-W-
 A comparison of disulfiram acceptors and refusers on selected demographic
 and clinical characteristics.
 Rush BR; Malla A
 Ontario Addiction Research Foundation, London, Canada.
 Drug Alcohol Depend (SWITZERLAND), Sep 1984, 14 (1) p75-85,
-ISSN-
 076-8716
-JrnlCode-
 EBS
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Male problem drinkers who accepted a treatment recommendation to take
 disulfiram were compared to those who refused the drug therapy. Subjects
 were drawn from a clinical population presenting to an outpatient alcoholism
 assessment service over a 3-year period. Both univariate and multivariate
 analyses were employed to investigate which client variables were associated
 with compliance to the disulfiram recommendation. The most important
 variable that distinguished the two groups was the percentage of other
 treatment recommendations adhered to by the client with the disulfiram
 acceptors being more likely to accept the other treatment recommendations.
 In addition, clients agreeing to take disulfiram were slightly younger and
 had higher scores on the Michigan Alcoholism Screening Test (MAST).
 Variables such as socio-economic status, previous treatment history, other
 drug use and drinking pattern were not associated with agreement to take
 disulfiram. The implications of these findings are discussed, particularly
 their relevance to research on the therapeutic effectiveness of disulfiram.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Age Factors; *Alcoholism--Drug Therapy (DT); *Disulfiram--Therapeutic
 Use (TU); Motivation; *Patient Compliance
 CAS Registry No.: 97-77-8 (Disulfiram)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 96
-A-
 1500486 85025486
-W-
 Cytotoxic chemotherapy for patients with terminal squamous carcinoma--does
 it influence survival
 Morton RP; Stell PM
 Dept. of Otorhinolaryngology, Royal Liverpool Hospital, UK.
 Clin Otolaryngol (ENGLAND), Jun 1984, 9 (?) p175-80,
-ISSN-
 0307-7772
-JrnlCode-
 DCQ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The absence of any good scientific evidence that a single cytotoxic
 chemotherapy regimen is effective in the palliation of squamous carcinoma of
 the head and neck is reflected in the diverse manner with which palliative
 chemotherapy is used in the UK. We conducted a survey of the members of the
 Association of Head and Neck Oncologists of Great Britain: 70% of the
 specialists questioned used palliative chemotherapy for head and neck
 cancer. Bleomycin was cited by 80% of the chemotherapy users, whereas
 cisplatin was cited only by 35%. We also report the results of a controlled
 trial of palliative chemotherapy in head and neck cancer. Cisplatin
 prolonged survival and time spent at home but Bleomycin did not. Also there
 appeared to be a synergistic effect between Cisplatin and Bleomycin.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; *Antineoplastic Agents--Therapeutic Use (TU); Antineoplastic Agents,
 Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); Attitude to Health;
 Bleomycins--Administration and Dosage (AD); *Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Mortality (MO); Clinical Trials;
 *Head and Neck Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); *HEAD NEOPL--Drug Therapy (DT)
 ; Head and Neck Neoplasms--Mortality (MO); HEAD NEOPL--Mortality (MO);
 Methotrexate--Administration and Dosage (AD); Middle Age; *Palliative
 Treatment; Physicians; Prognosis; Prospective Studies; Random Allocation;
 Vincristine--Administration and Dosage (AD)
 CAS Registry No.: 0 (VBM); 57-22-7 (Vincristine); 59-05-2 (Methotrexate)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 97
-A-
 1497033 85022033
-W-
 Orbital Burkitt's lymphoma in a homosexual man with acquired immune
 deficiency.
 Brooks HL Jr; Downing J; McClure JA; Engel HM
 Arch Ophthalmol, Oct 1984, 102 (10) p1533-7,
-ISSN-
 0003-9950 Jrnl Code 830
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 A 22-year-old homosexual man had persistent systemic lyphadenopathy and a
 three-week history of rapid swelling and induration of his right upper
 eyelid. Acquired immune deficiency leading to the development of lymphoma
 was suspected. A biopsy specimen of the mass revealed Burkitts lymphoma and
 treatment with systemic chemotherapy and radiation therapy resulted in
 remission. A significant number of patients with acquired immune deficiency
 are developing Burkitt's lymphoma. The three separate syndromes of acquired
 immune deficiency and their associated ophthalmic manifestations are
 discussed.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome--Complications (CO); Acquired
 Immunodeficiency Syndrome--Pathology (PA); Acquired Immunodeficiency
 Syndrome--Therapy (TH); Adult; Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic
 Use (TU); Burkitt's Lymphoma--Etiology (ET); *Burkitt's Lymphoma--Pathology
 (PA); Burkitt's Lymphoma--Therapy (TH); Combined Modality Therapy;
 Ecchymosis--Etiology (ET); Ecchymosis--Pathology (PA); *Homosexuality;
 Orbital Neoplasms--Etiology (ET); *Orbital Neoplasms--Pathology (PA);
 Orbital Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Radiotherapy Dosage; Testicular
 Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Testicular Neoplasms--Secondary (SC); Testicular
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 98
-A-
 1491697 85016697
-W-
 Mitoxantrone in the treatment of relapsed and refractory acute leukemia.
 Moore JO; Olsen GA
 Semin Oncol, Sep 1984, 11 (3 Suppl 1) p41-6,
-ISSN-
 0093-7754 Jrnl Code UN5
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Eleven academic institutions were elected to study mitoxantrone administered
 on a schedule of 10 mg/m2/d for five days initially and later at 12 mg/m2/d
 for five days, each given as a 30 minute intravenous (IV) infusion each day.
 Patients with acute or chronic leukemia were stratified by leukemic type and
 clinical status and included one group of patients considered to be in
 relapse after complete remission from previous chemotherapy and another
 group of patients considered refractory to standard induction and/or salvage
 chemotherapy. During the initial treatment schedule, complete remissions
 were obtained in two of seven patients with acute nonlymphoblastic leukemia,
 in one of three patients with acute lymphoblastic leukemia, but in none of
 the patients with chronic granulocytic leukemia in blast crisis. The
 durations of remission for these three patients were 22, 57, and 78 days,
 respectively. An increase in mitoxantrone dose to 12 mg/m2/d produced
 complete remissions in 8 of 19 evaluable patients with acute
 nonlymphoblastic leukemia, in one of ten patients with refractory acute
 nonlymphoblastic leukemia, and in one of four patients with chronic
 granulocytic leukemia in blast crisis. Each of these patients required only
 a single course on mitoxantrone to achieve remission; the median time to
 remission was 37 days (range 18 to 64 days). Remission duration ranged from
 35 days (chronic granulocytic leukemia) to 186 days, with the median
 duration for those patients with acute nonlymphoblastic leukemia achieving
 remission being 135 days. Of the six patients with acute lymphoblastic
 leukemia, none achieved remission at the higher dose level. Drug-related
 gastrointestinal toxicity included mucositis (25%), diarrhea (21%), and
 nausea and vomiting (61%). Systemic infection (nonfatal) was experienced
 bfor five days, one patient developed hypotension, and one episode of  heart
 failure, tachycardia, or chest pain were reported. These data indicate that
 mitoxantrone is a promi
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Acute Disease; Adult; Aged; Anthraquinones--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Anthraquinones--Toxicity (TO); *Anthraquinones--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 *Antineoplastic Agent--Therapeutic Use (TU); Clinical Trials Drug
 Administration Schedule; Follow-Up Studies; Heart--Drug Effects (DE);
 Infusions, Parenteral; *Leukemia--Drug Therapy (DT); Leukemia,
 Lymphoblastic--Drug Therapy (DT); Leukemia, Myelocytic--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Middle Age
 CAS Registry No.: 65271-80-9 (mitoxantrone)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 99
-A-
 1491115 85016115
-W-
 Life and death.
 Lloyd JW
 Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Univ. of Occupational and
 Environmental Health, Kitakyushu, Japan.
 Sangyo Ika Daigaku Zasshi (JAPAN), Mar 1 1983, 5 (1) p127-32,
-ISSN-
 0387-821X
-JrnlCode-
 SID
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In contrast with the other lectures given in the course on humanics and
 bioethics at the UOEH, which address the questions of life and death from
 the standpoint of the physician or the philosopher, this lecture considers
 these issues as seen by the cancer patient who has had a close encounter
 with death. The attitudes of Americans concerning abortion, the use of
 life-support systems, "mercy killings", suicide and the use of cancer
 chemotherapy are discussed with particular emhasis on restraints imposed by
 the courts, the churches and the family systems. An attempt is made to
 contrast the American and Japanese attitudes on these questions but this is
 difficult because of different cultural and religious backgrounds. The
 author describes his own experiences as a cancer patient who has approached
 death very closely and the changes in his own attitude toward life which
 results from the encounter with death. He also talks about the joy of being
 alive and describes his own experience with receiving cancer chemotherapy,
 the resulting discomfort and inconveniences and his feelings about a
 "tolerable" existence. Finally, the author considers the question of the
 "quality of life" for the cancer patient who has a violent reaction to
 certain forms of chemotherapy. This is a dilemma for the patient and the
 doctor who must consider the choice between death and a miserable
 existence.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Abortion; Attitude to Death; *Death; Drug Therapy; Euthanasia; Family;
 Japan; Legislation, Medical; Life Support Systems; Neoplasms--Psychology
 (PX); Pregnancy; PREGN; *Quality of Life; Religion; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 100
-A-
 1482520 85007520
-W-
 Toward a behavioral assessment of anticipaory symptoms associated with
 cancer chemotherapy.
 Ahles TA; Cohen RE; Little D; Balducci L; Dubbert PM; Keane TM
 Dept. of Psychiatry and Behavioral Medicine, Univ. of Illinois College of
 Medicine at Peoria.
 J Beav Ther Exp Psychiatry (US), Jun 1984, 15 (2) p141-5,
-ISSN-
 0005-7916
-JrnlCode-
 HTN
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A tripartite assessment of nine patients experiencing either pretreatment
 nausea and vomiting, pretreatment nausea or posttreatment nausea and
 vomiting only was conducted. Three consistent patterns of response emerged:
 (1) patients with pretreatment nausea and vomiting reported elevated levels
 of nausea and anxiety and demonstrated increased levels of physiological
 arousal; (2) patients with pretreatment nausea reported elevated levels of
 nausea and anxiety but showed no evidence of increased physiological
 arousal; and (3) patients with posttreatment symptoms only evidenced low
 levels on all measures. These data are consistent with the hypothesis that a
 continuum of responses exists in patients undergoing chemotherapy ranging
 from no pre- or posttreatment symptoms to pretreatment nausea and vomiting.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; *Antineoplastic Agents--Adverse Effects (AE);
 Anxiety--Psychology (PX); Arousal--Physiology (PH); Heart Rate; Middle Age;
 Nausea--Chemically Induced (CI); *Nausea--Psychology (PX); Neoplasms--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Neoplasms--Psychology (PX); Vomiting--Chemically Induced (CI);
 *Vomiting--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 101
-A-
 1477456 85002456
-W-
 Primary chondrosarcoma of the lung. A report of two case.
 Jazy FK; Cormier WJ; Panke TW; Shehata WM; Amongero FJ
 Good Samaritan Hospital, Cincinnati, Ohio.
 Clin Oncol (ENGLAND), Sep 1984, 10 (3) p273-9,
-ISSN-
 0305-7399
-JrnlCode-
 DFR
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 This report describes two cases of primary chondrosarcoma arising in the
 lung. in both cases, the treatment was palliative due to unresectable
 primary tumours. One patient's tumour appears to have originated in a
 persistent hamartoma; the other, from lung parenchyma. Primary
 chondrosarcoma of the lung tends to remain localized. Wide local excision is
 the treatment of choice when possible. Palliation can be accomplished with
 radiation and/or systemic chemotherapy.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Aged; Chondrosarcoma--Etiology (ET); Chondrosarcoma--Pathology (PA);
 *Chondrosarcoma--Therapy (TH); Lung Neoplasms--Etiology (ET); Lung
 Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); *Lung Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Middle Age
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 102
-A-
 1465787 8430787
-W-
 [Adriablastin (doxorubicin) in the combined chemotherapy of patients with
 disseminated forms of breast cancer]
 Adriablastin (doksorubitsin) v kombinirovannoi khimioterapii bol'nykh s
 disseminirovannymi formami raka molocnoi zhelezy.
 Voznyi EK; Besova NS; Kurkina TV; Al'tshtuller IuB
 Antibiotiki, Jun 1984, 29 (6) p463-8,
-ISSN-
 0003-5637
-JrnlCode-
 6GC
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A total of 119 patients were treated for disseminated cancer of the mammary
 gland according to two schemes with the use of adriablastin. It was shown
 that in the treatment of metastases into the bones adriablastin was the drug
 of choice. The treatment of such patients with it may be effective. The
 analgetic action of the drug was noted in 80 per cent of the patients. The
 roentgenologically observed objective effect of the drug was provided by the
 doses higher than 300 mg and the treatment period of not less than 4 months.
 In the treatment of patients with metastases of other localization the
 schemes with the use of adriablastin had no advantage over the Cooper
 scheme.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); Bone Neoplasms--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Bone Neoplasms--Secondary (SC); *Breast Neoplasms--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Cyclophosphamide--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Doxorubicin--Administration and Dosage (AD); Drug Evaluation;
 Fluorouracil--Administration and Dosage (AD); Lung Neoplasms--Drug Therapy
 (DT); Lung Neoplasms--Secondary (SC); Lymphatic Metastasis;
 Methotrexate--Administration and Dosage (AD); Skin Neoplasms--Drug Therapy
 (DT); Skin Neoplasms--Secondary (SC); Time Factors
 CAS Registry No.: 23214-92-8 (Doxorubicin); 50-18-0 (Cyclophophamide;
 51-21-8 (Fluorouracil); 59-05-2 (Methotrexate)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 103
-A-
 1463709 84303709
-W-
 [Clinical outcome of adult testicular tumor. I. Study on patients of
 nonseminoma with negative human chorionic gonadotropin]
 Kawi T; Sakuramoto T; Kihara K
 Dept. of Urology, Cancer Institute Hospital.
 Hinyokika Kiyo (JAPAN), May 1984, 30 (5) p627-37,
-ISSN-
 0018-1994
-JrnlCode-
 27K
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The outcome of clinical therapy of adult nonseminomatous testis tumor
 presenting with negative human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) at our hospital
 is reported. Of 45 nonseminoma, 28 cases showed negative hCG and they had no
 chorionic element. Embryonal carcinoma was found in 14 cases (50%), teratoma
 in 5 cases (17.9%), and teratomatous mixed tumor in 9 cases (32.1%). The 5
 year actuarial survivals were 94% for stage I disease, 40% for stage II and
 16.6% for stage III. Prophylactic irradiation was given to the patient with
 stage I disease and no relapse occurred in the irradiated area, but later,
 neoplasms had spread by vascular dissemination in 3 cases (17.6%). In the
 treatment of stage II disease, radiotherapy has proved unsatisfactory and
 retroperitoneal lymph nodes dissection was a choice of modality. Of 11
 patients with lung metastasis including vascular dissemination from stage II
 and III disease, 3 cases (27.3%) were cured by localized radiotherapy and
 chemotherapy of the pre-VAB regimen era.
 Tags: Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Combined Modality Therapy; *Gonadotropins, Chorionic--Blood (BL);
 Lymphatic Metastasis; Middle Age; *Neoplasms, Embryonal and Mixed--Blood
 (BL); *NEOPL EMBRYONAL--Blood (BL); Neoplasms, Embryonal and Mixed--Therapy
 (TH); NEOPL EMBRYONAL--Therapy (TH); Teratoma--Blood (BL); Teratoma--Therapy
 (TH); *Testicular Neoplasms--Blood (BL); Testicular Neoplasms--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 104
-A-
 1451520 84291520
-W-
 Data recycling and misreading: two potential errors in pooled data from
 small studies.
 Hillcoat BL
 J Clin Oncol, Sep 1984, 2 (9) p1047-9,
-ISSN-
 0732-183X
-JrnlCode-
 JCO
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Data from studies on small numbers of patients are often pooled to obtain
 more significant numbers with which to estimate response rates to
 chemotherapy. This has several problems that are well recognized. Two
 additional types of errors are (1) data recycling, in which the same data
 are included twice or more, and (2) data misreading, in which mistakes
 frequently occur in quoting the small numbers involved. Both errors are
 easily avoided by careful reading of the original reports.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Antineoplastic Agents--Therapeutic Use (TU); Antineoplastic Agents,
 Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); Communication;
 Cyclophosphamide--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Doxorubicin--administration and Dosage (AD) *Drug Evaluation--Methods (MT);
 Etoposide--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Ovarian
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Research Design; Statistics; Uterine
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT)
 CAS Registry No.: 23214-92-8 (Doxorubicin); 33419-42-0 (Etoposide); 50-18-0
 (Cyclophosphamide)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 105
-A-
 1451519 84291519
-W-
 Influence of measurement error on assessment of response to anticancer
 chemotherpy: proposal for new criteria of tumor response.
 Warr D; McKinney S; Tannock I
 J Clin Oncol, Sep 1984, 2 (9) 1040-6,
-ISSN-
 0732-183X
-JrnlCode-
 JCO
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICS
 The decision to use a given type of chemotherapy to treat cancer patients is
 often based on the prior demonstration that a proportion of similar patients
 has "responded" in a clinical trial. Most responses are recorded as a
 partial shrinkage of tumor, defined usually as a greater than 50% shrinkage
 of the sum of cross-sectional areas of index lesions for at least one month.
 The errors in categorization of response have been estimated by comparing
 measurements of several physicians on real or simulated malignant lesions.
 False categorization of partial response based on a comparison of two
 measurements of the same lesion was 1.3% and 12.6% for large and small
 simulated nodules, respectively, 13.1% for malignant neck nodes, and 0.8%
 for metastatic lung nodules. Partial response for hepatic lesions has been
 defined by a 50% or 30% decrease in liver span below the costal margin;
 these definitions led to a false categorization of partial response of 8.5%
 and 18.4%, respectively. Larger errors are evident when using the current
 definition of disease progression that requires only a 25% increase in area.
 False categorization of response is increased by comparing any of serial
 measurements with the initial lesions, as is usually done clinically. Many
 published trials have used criteria for response that are subject to large
 errors; an uncritical interpretation of their results may lead to
 inappropriate treatment of patients. Based on the results, new criteria for
 evaluating tumor response are proposed.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Analysis of Variance; *Clinical Trials--Standards (ST); Decision Making;
 Diagnostic Errors; Liver Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Lung
 Neoplasms--Radiography (RA); Lung Neoplasms--Secondary (SC); Lymph
 Nodes--Pathology (PA); Lymphatic Metastasis; Models, Structural;
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); *Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Palliative
 Treatment; Prognosis; Quality Control
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 106
-A-
 1451053 8429103
-W-
 Current use of chemotherapy for head and neck cancer.
 Morton RP
 Green Lane Hospital, Auckland, New Zealand.
 J Laryngol Otol (ENGLAND), Aug 1984, 98 (8) p819-28,
-ISSN-
 0022-2151
-JrnlCode-
 IWN
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 A postal survey of 100 members of the Association of Head and Neck
 Oncologists of Great Britain was conducted in the first 6 months of 1983.
 The sample consisted principally of Otolaryngologists (50 per cent),
 Radiotherapists (14 per cent), Medical Oncologists (10 per cent), Oral
 Surgeons (10 per cent) and Plastic Surgeons (10 per cent). More than 80 per
 cent of those who completed the questionnaire used chemotherapy for Head and
 Neck cancer (72 per cent used it for palliation, and 64 per cent as part of
 combined modality therapy). There was great variation in the
 chemotherapeutic regimens used by the various responders. Furthermore, most
 responders used more than one regimen. Methotrexate was the agent most
 frequently used. No specific regimen, either single-agent or multiple-agent,
 enjoyed universal acceptance, although the combination of Vincristine,
 Bleomycin and Methotrexate was popular. Chemotherapy was thought by most
 responders to have a useful but as yet undefined place in the management of
 Head and Neck cancer. This survey underlines the need for prospective,
 controlled, clinical trials into the efficacy of cytotoxic chemotherapy for
 Head and Neck cancer.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Antineoplastic Agents--Therapeuti Use (TU); Attitude of Health Personnel;
 Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Drug Therapy (DT); Combined Modality Therapy;
 Great Britain; *Head and Neck Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); *HEAD
 NEOPL--Drug Therapy (DT); Northern Ireland; Nutrition; Palliative Treatment
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 107
-A-
 1449999 84289999
-W-
 Attentional deficits in long-term survivors of childhood acute lymphoblastic
 leukemia (ALL).
 Brouwers P; Riccardi R; Poplack D; Fedio P
 J Clin Neuropsychol, Aug 1984, 6 (3) p325-36,
-ISSN-
 0165-0475
-JrnlCode-
 HTW
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Simple alerted auditory reaction time (SRT) behavior with various
 foreperiods was investigated in a group of long-term survivors of childhood
 ALL who were in continuous first remission. As part of therapy, the patients
 had received cranial irradiation and intrathecal chemotherapy to prevent the
 development of central nervous system leukemia. The patients were divided
 into three groups on the basis of CT brainscan findings: (1) those with
 normal CT scans (n = 10); (2) those with evidence of cortical atrophy (n =
 8), and (3) whose with intracerebral calcifications (n = 5). The SRT results
 indicated significant differences between patient with normal and abnormal
 CT scans. Specifically, patients with abnormal scans reacted slower, and
 this latency was exaggerated by increasing the length of the warning
 interval. Furthermore, they reacted with larger variability which increased
 with the prolongation of testing. Moreover, the severity of impairment was
 related to the type of CT-scan abnormality: patients with calcifications
 performed more poorly than patients with evidence of atrophy. The present
 results revealed a strong correlation between the presence and type of
 CT-scan abnormalities and attentional performance in long-term survivors of
 childhood ALL.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Ontineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Atrophy; *Attention; Brain Damage, Chronic--Psychology (PX); Cerebral
 Cortex--Pathology (PA); Child; Combined Modality Therapy; Follow-Up Studies;
 *Leukemia, Lymphoblastic--Psychology (PX); Leukemia, Lymphoblastic--Therapy
 (TH); *Organic Mental Disorders--Psychology (PX); Radiotherapy Dosage;
 Reaction Time; Tomography, X-Ray Computed; CT XRAY
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 108
-A-
 1449324 84289324
-W-
 The role of the National Institute on Drug Abuse in the development of
 naltrexone.
 Ginzburg HM; Glass WJ
 Division of Clinical Research, National Institute on Drug Abuse, Rockville,
 MD.
 J Clin Psychiatry (US), Sep 1984, 45 (9 Pt 2) p4-6,
-ISSN-
 0160-6689
-JrnlCode-
 HIC
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Naltrexone was administered to 114 opiate-addicted business executives and
 15 opiate-addicted physicians within a highly structured abstinence-oriented
 aftercare program following an inpatient detoxification program that used
 clonidine. The majority of patients successfully completed 6 months of
 naltrexone treatment without missed visits or drug-positive urines, and were
 still opiate-free at 1- to 18-months follow-up. The most successful outcomes
 were achieved by those who had entered treatment with unequivocal job
 jeopardy. Our findings suggest that naltrexone can be an extremely useful
 adjunct in the treatment of opiate addiction when administered to employed,
 motivated patients within a highly structured therapeutic program.
 Tags: Animal; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 After Care; Carcinogens; Clinical Trials; Clonidie--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Drug and Narcotic Control; DRUG CONTROL; Drug Administration Schedule; Drug
 Evaluation Drug Screening; Mice; Motivation; *Naloxone--Analogs and
 Derivatives (AA); Naltrexone--Toxicity (TO); *Naltroxone--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); Narcotic Dependence--Drug Therapy (DT); *Narcotic
 Dependence--Rehabilitation (RH); Patient Compliance; Rats; *United States
 Alcohol, Drug Abuse, and Mental Health Administration; *ADAMHA; United
 States
 CAS Registry No.: 16590-41-3 (Naltrexone); 4205-90-7 (Clonidine); 465-65-6
 (Naloxone)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 109
-A-
 1447899 84287899
-W-
 Advances in the treatment of testicular tumors.
 Huben RP; Pontes JE
 Int Adv Surg Oncol, 1984, 7 p355-72,
-ISSN-
 0190-1575
-JrnlCode-
 GPEde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Despite impressive advances in the therapy of testis tumors, many
 controversies remain regarding the optimal therapy for each stage of
 disease. Primary cytoreductive chemotherapy is the treatment of choice for
 all advanced germ cell tumors, whether nonseminomatous or seminomatous. The
 distinction between seminomas and other germ cell tumors may be more
 historic than real. A unified staging system is desperately needed so that
 results of treatment modalities may be more easily compared, and the need
 for further multiinstitutional, randomized treatment protocols is also
 evident. With present treatment options, about 90% of all patients with germ
 cell tumors should be cured of their diseases, and aggressive efforts at
 early recognition and the development of newer therapies for relapsing
 patients are indicated. While further consideration of the long-term
 consequences of the various treatment modalities is necessary, any resultant
 modifications in treatment strategy cannot be at the expense of present cure
 rates.
 Tags: Human; Male
-Desc-
 Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Ue (TU); Castration; Combined
 Modality Therapy; Dysgerminoma--Surgery (SU); Lymph Node Excision; Neoplasm
 Staging; Prognosis; Radiotherapy Dosage; Testicular Neoplasms--Diagnosis
 (DI); Testicular Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); *Testicular Neoplasms--Surgery
 (SU); Tomography, X-Ray Computed; CT XRAY
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 110
-A-
 1445534 84285534
-W-
 Combined modality treatment of short duration in small cell lung cancer.
 Bakker W; Nijhuis-Heddes JM; van Oosterom AT; Noordijk EM; Hermans J;
 Dijkman JH
 Eur J Cancer Clin Oncol, Aug 1984, 20 (8) p1033-7,
-ISSN-
 0277-5379
-JrnlCode-
 ENW
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Fifty-seven patients with small cell lung cancer (SCLC) (limited disease =
 LD in 23, extensive disease = ED in 34) received the combination of CCNU,
 cyclophosphamie, vincristine and methotrexate (CCOM). A mean number of only
 6 (range 1-17) courses of chemotherapy were given. All LD patients received
 consolidation locoregional radiation (30 Gy) after two courses of
 chemotherapy. A complete response (CR) was obtained in 61% of LD and 12% of
 ED patients, and a partial response in 22 and 35% respectively. Median
 survival was 54 and 34 weeks for LD and ED respectively. Five LD patients
 survived more than 2 yr, three of them remaining disease-free 4 yr after the
 cessation of treatment. A subset of 12 LD patients achieving a CR after two
 courses of chemotherapy was randomized to receive maintenance chemotherapy
 or observation only after the consolidation radiotherapy. In this
 small-sized randomized trial maintenance treatment showed a significant
 decrease of the patients' quality of survival compared to no maintenance
 treatment. We conclude that combined modality treatment of short duration
 proved effective in SCLC. Future randomized studies are necessary to show
 whether prolonged chemotherapy has a meaningful impact on survival, or
 otherwise the resulting morbidity will plead against it.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Adverse Effects (AE);
 *Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Carcinoma, Oat
 Cell--Drug Therapy (DT); Carcinoma, Oat Cell--Mortality (MO); Carcinoma, Oat
 Cell--Radiotherapy (RT); Combined Modality Therapy;
 Cyclophosphomide--Administration and Dosage (AD); Lomustine--Administration
 and Dosage (AD); *Lung Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Lung
 Neoplasms--Mortality (MO); Lung Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT);
 Methotrexate--Administration and Dosage (AD); Middle Age; Patient Acceptance
 of Health Care; PATIENT ACCEPT; Quality of Life; Time Factors;
 Vincristine--Administration and Dosage (AD)
 CAS Registry No.: 0 (CCOM); 13010-47-4 (Lomustine); 50-18-0
 (Cyclophosphamide); 57-22-7 (Vincristine); 59-05-2 (Methotrexate)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 111
-A-
 1445493 84285493
-W-
 Slight impairment of psychomotor skills in children after treatment of acute
 lymphoblastic leukemia.
 Harte G; Stephani U; Henze G; Langermann HJ; Riehm H; Hanefeld F
 Eur J Pediatr, Aug 1984, 142 (3) p189-97,
-ISSN-
 0340-699
-JrnlCode-
 END
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Several studies have reported a decline in intelligence and cognitive
 functions in survivors of childhood acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL).
 Other investigators, however, have found no intellectual impairment in these
 children. Fifty-one long-term survivors of ALL, having been treated
 according to the protocols of the BFM Study Group from 1970 to 1979, were
 assessed retrospectively using neurophysical methods. The results were
 compared with those obtained from ?0 patients with other malignancies, who
 had received neither radiation therapy to the central nervous system (CRT)
 nor any methotrexate during chemotherapy. Additionally, neurological
 examinations and cranial computed tomography (CCT) were performed.
 neuropsychological examinations included verbal functions, intelligence
 (performance), psychomotor speed, motor skills and sensory integration. The
 results of verbal tests and the IQs, tested by nonspeed-related measures,
 were within normal limits in both groups. About one-third of all patients
 showed mild disturbances of psychomotor peed and motor skills. Children with
 leukemia had lower scores than those with solid tumors for nearly all tasks,
 but only tests for sensory integration revealed significant differences
 between former ALL patients and tumor patients. Furthermore, the following
 results were obtained related to different therapeutic modalities: The higer
 total radiation doses had been during CRT (maximum 24 GY), the more
 neuropsychological functions were impaired, particularly motor accuracy and
 sensory integration. These disturbances improved with the length of
 survival. Widening of subarachnoidal space was found in 33% of the CCT
 obtained. There was no correlation between the intellectual functions of the
 survivors and the CCT abnormalities. Neurological findings mainly consisted
 of slight fine motor disturbances. (ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 250 WORDS)
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Achievement; Adolescence; Adult; Child; Child, Preschool; Dose-Response
 Relationship, Radiation; DOSE RESPONSE RELAT RAD; Leukemia,
 Lymphoblastic--Drug Therapy (DT); Leukemia, Lymphoblastic--Psychology (PX)
 *Leukemia, Lymphoblastic--Radiotherapy (RT); Methotrexate--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); Psychomotor Performance--Drug Effects (DE); *Psychomotor
 Performance--Radiation Effects (RE)
 CAS Registry No.: 59-05-2 (Methotrexate)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 112
-A-
 1439825 84279825
-W-
 Review of thoracic neuroblastoma.
 Goon HK; Cohen DH; Harvey JG
 Dept. of Surgery, Royal Alexandra Hospital for Children, Sydney, NSW.
 Aust Paediatr J (AUSTRALIA), Mar 1984, 20 (1) p17-21,
-ISSN-
 000-993X
-JrnlCode-
 9ID
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Twenty-seven cases of thoracic neuroblastoma were reviewed. Thirteen cases
 (48%) survived, 11 for more than 2 years and two for more than 14 months.
 Surgery is the treatment of choice and complete excision appears to give the
 best result. However, radical surgery is discouraged if the tumor is not
 readily removable. The use of chemotherapy and radiotherapy should be
 limited to Stage III and Stage IV disease and for palliation of soft tissue
 and bony secondaries. The clinical presentation was generally non-specific
 with respect to the final diagnosis in this series. Significantly raised
 catecholamines were seen in 13 of 16 patients assessed (81%). Prognosis was
 related to the age at diagnosis, stage of disease and the histological type.
 The better prognosis seen in thoracic neuroblastoma in comparison with
 abdominal neuroblastoma may be related to the earlier presentation of the
 disease and the higher incidence of better differentiated tumours in the
 thorax. There appears to be an unknown additional factor that confers a
 better prognosis in patients under 1 year old.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Child; Child, Preschool; Combined Modality Therapy; Diagnosis, Differential;
 DIAG IFFER; Ganglioneuroma--Surgery (SU); Infant Infant, Newborn;
 Neuroblastoma--Diagnosis (DI); Neuroblastoma--Secondary (S);
 *Neuroblastoma--Surgery (SU); Prognosis; Thoracic Neoplasms--Diagnosis (DI);
 Thoracic Neoplasms--Secondary (SC); *Thoracic Neoplasms--Surgery (SU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 113
-A-
 1438914 84278914
-W-
 The biological behavior of primary cerebral neuroblastoma: a reappraisal of
 the clinical course in a series of 70 cases.
 Bennett JP Jr; Rubinstein LJ
 Dept. of Neurology, Division of Neuropathology, Univ. of Virginia School of
 Medicine, Charlottesville.
 Ann Neurol (US), Jul 1984, 16 (1) p21-7,
-ISSN-
 0364-5134
-JrnlCode-
 6AE
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The outcome in 70 patients with primary cerebral neuroblastoma was evaluated
 n light of their age incidence, histological subtypes, and modes of
 treatment. In more than 80% of the patients, primary cerebral neuroblastoma
 occurred in the first decade, most often before the age of 2 years (26%).
 Over half of the tumors were histologically of the classic variant, the
 remainder showing varying degrees of mesenchymal stromal response
 (desmoplastic or transitional variants). Patients with a tumor of the
 desmoplastic or transitional variant without ganglionic differentiation had
 a lower mean age at the time of diagnosis than those harboring a tumor of
 the classic variant. Age could not be correlated with the presence of
 ganglionic differentiation. The overall 3-year survival rate was 60%. At
 least 30% of patients have a 5-year postoperative survival. Eight patients
 survive 7 years after diagnosis, and 3 for more than 10 years. The period of
 risk for tumor recurrence or death was a function of the initial age at
 diagnosis (Collins's law). Most deaths or fatal recurrences occurred within
 the first 3 years after operation. No correlation could be made between
 survival times and histological variant of the tumor or the presence of
 ganglionic differentiation. Our data do not indicate that, overall,
 postoperative irradiation with or without chemotherapy improved length of
 survival, but an occasional favorable clinical response to chemotherapy did
 occur. Because of the high incidence of local recurrence and the relative
 frequency of cerebrospinal metatasis, prophylactic whole brain and spinal
 irradiation is probably justified.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Age Factors; *Brain Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Brain
 Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Brain--Pathology (PA); Child; Child, Preschool;
 Combined Modality Therapy; Epilepsy, Focal--Pathology (PA); Follow-Up
 Studies; Infant; Neoplasm Recurrence, Local--Pathology (PA);
 *Neuroblastoma--Pathology (PA); Neuroblastoma--Surgery (SU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 114
-A-
 1438237 84278237
-W-
 Factors associated with IQ scores in long-term survivors of childhood acute
 lymphoblastic leukemia.
 Robison LL; Nesbit ME Jr; Sather HN; Meadows AT; Ortega JA; Hammond GD
 Am J Pediatr Hematol Oncol, Summer 1984, 6 (2) p115-21,
-ISSN-
 0192-8562
-JrnlCode-
 35P
 Contract/Grant No.: CA 13539; CA 02971; CA 0388; +
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 To identify factors which might be associated with intellectual function
 following treatment for childhood acute lymphoblastic leukemia, 50 long-term
 survivors were studied using the Wechsler Intelligence Scale for
 Children-Revised. All patients were diagnosed between 1972 and 1974 and were
 treated on a single clinical trial protocol with identical induction and
 maintenance chemotherapy plus central nervous system prophylaxis that
 included cranial radiation. The mean full scale IQ score for the group was
 95 (SEM 2.0), with mean verbal IQ of 94.4 and mean performance IQ of 96.9.
 Factors which were found to be closely associated with a lower IQ score
 included female sex (in both verbal IQ and full-scale Q), longer duration of
 chemotherapy (in performance IQ), and younger age at the time of radiation
 (in both verbal IQ and full-scale IQ). The age at the time of radiation was
 found to be significantly correlated with discrpancy between verbal and
 performance IQ, with younger age being associated with verbal IQ scores
 higher than performance IQ scores. When analyses were performed within
 specific subgroups of patients defined by sex and age at the time of
 radiation, dose of cranial radiation, concomitant intrathecal methotrexate
 therapy, and duration of therapy were all found to be correlated with a
 lower level of intellectual function. These preliminary findings provide
 direction for future studies to help identify high-risk patients.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Age Factors; Child; Child, Preschool; Infant; *Intelligence;
 Intelligence--Radiation Effects (RE); *Leukemia, Lymphoblastic--Psychology
 (PX); Leukemia, Lymphoblastic--Therapy (TH); Meningeal
 Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT); Methotrexate--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 Radiotherapy Dosage; Sex Factors; Wechsler Scales
 CAS Registry No.: 59-05?2 (Methotrexate)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 115
-A-
 1434510 84274510
-W-
 Sarcoma arising from a gliosarcoma.
 McKeever PE; Wichman A; Chronwall B; Thomas C; Howard R
 South Med J, Aug 1984, 77 (8) p1027-32,
-ISSN-
 0038-4348
-JrnlCode-
 UVH
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 An 18-year-old woman with headache and visual abnormalities was found upon
 biopsy to have an occipital gliosarcoma, which was treated with irradiation
 and chemotherapy for a year. Cells in the gliosarcoma tissue were positive
 for GFAP. At necropsy, only the sarcoma was evident at the site of original
 surgical removal. The sarcoma had spread widely along meningeal routes,
 causing the patient's death. The biologic behavior and histologic features
 of the sarcoma were clearly malignant. Cells cultured from the biopsy
 specimen maintained features in common with sarcoma.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; *Brain Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); *Glioma--Pathology (PA);
 Intermediate Filament Proteins--Analysis (AN); *Neoplasms, Multiple
 Primary--Pathology (PA); *Sarcoma--Pathology (PA); Stains and Staining
 CAS Registry No.: 0 (glial fibrillary acidic protein)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 116
-A-
 1433546 84273546
-W-
 [Radiological findings in malignant lymphoma of the stomach]
 Radiologische Befunde bei malignen Lymphomen des Magens.
 Majewski A; Meyer HJ; Emminger A
 ROFO, Aug 1984, 141 (2) p160-6,
-ISSN-
 0340-1618
-JrnlCode-
 ROF
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A retrospective review is presented of the clinical and roentgenographic
 findings of 40 patients with maligiant lymphomas of the stomach treated at
 the Medical Univ. Hannover during the period from 1971-1983. All cases of
 Non-Hodgkin-Lymphoma (35 primary and 5 secondary) were classified by
 modified Kiel classification. All patients were staged retrospectively,
 using modified Ann Arbor staging. In 33 patients the primary choice of
 treatment were operation, in 4 chemotherapy, and in three patients primary
 radiation therapy. The male-female ratio was 1: 1, the average age at the
 moment of diagnosis was 58 years. The majority of the tumors were located in
 the corpus and the antrum with an average diameter of 8 cm. The evaluation
 of the roentgenographic presentation of gastric lymphoma showed in 75% a
 combination of different radiologic patterns. According to the main
 radiologic feature the ulcerating form was found in 11, the polypoid type in
 10, the disruption of the mucosal picture (area, folds) in 12, and the
 gastric wall infiltration was found in 7 of all patients. The 5-year
 survival rate of all cases with primary lymphoma of the stomach was 55%.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Actuarial Analysis; Adult; Aged; Lymphoma--Mortality (MO);
 Lymphoma--Pathology (PA); *Lymphoma--Radiography (RA); Middle Age; Neoplasm
 Staging; Prognosis; Retrospective Studies; Stomach--Pathology (PA);
 Stomach--Radiography (RA); Stomach Neoplasms--Mortality (MO); Stomach
 Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); *Stomach Neoplasms--Radiography (RA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 117
-A-
 1433433 84273433
-W-
 Measuring informational intervention for chemotherapy knowledge and
 self-care behavior.
 Dodd MJ
 Dept. of Physiological Nursing, School of Nursing, Univ. of California, San
 Francisco.
 Res Nurs Health (US), Mar 1984, 7 (1) p43-50,
-ISSN-
 0160-6891
-JrnlCode-
 RAQ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Little is known about how cancer patients manage the side effects of
 chemotherapy, so 48 cancer patients in chemotherapy were randomized into
 four groups to determine their self-care behaviors. The first group received
 drug information only; the second group received information on side-effect
 management techniques (SEMT); the third group received combined drug and
 SEMT information; the fourth group were controls. Pre- and postintervention
 scores on chemotherapy knowledge, self-care behavior, and general affective
 state were evaluated by analysis of covariance. Patients who received drug
 information alone or in combination with other information had higher
 chemotherapy knowledge scores. Patients who received SEMT information alone
 or in combination with other information performed more self-care behaviors.
 Although an additive effect of combined information was noted, i.e.,
 patients who received both types of information showed improved chemotherapy
 knowledge and self-care behaviors, the combined information did not produce
 a significantly improved affective state.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human
-Desc-
 Affect; *Antineoplastic Agents--Adverse Effects (AE); Cognition;
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); *Neoplasms--Psychology (PX); *Patient
 Education; Questionnaires; *Self Care
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 118
-A-
 1431622 84271622
-W-
 [Chemotherapy of advanced epithelial ovarian carcinoma]
 Chemotherapie fortgeschrittener epithelialer Ovarialkarzinome
 Meerpohl HG
 Onkologie, May 1984, 7 Suppl 2 p22-34,
-ISSN-
 0378-584X
-JrnlCode-
 OHR
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract; Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The role of chemotherapy in the management of carcinoma of the ovary is
 becoming increasingly important. It is the first-line treatment of choice in
 all patients with stage III or IV of disease and where tumor deposits larger
 than 2 cm remain in the abdominal cavity after surgery. Until recently the
 main drugs have been used to treat ovarian cancer are the alkylating agents.
 In addition to these agents three new active drugs - hexamethylmelamine,
 agriamycin, cis-platinum - have been studied and their potential role is
 more carefully defined. Today the definition and better understanding of
 prognostic criteria play a primary role in the selection of treatment drugs.
 With continued efforts to define optimum treatment modalities and by
 application of some of the new treatment ideas coming from the laboratory,
 perhaps the poor survival of patients with ovarian epithelial malignancies
 will be further improved. (113 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Alkylating Agents--Therapeutic Use (TU); Antineoplastic Agents--Adverse
 Effects (AE); *Antineoplastic Agents--Therapeutic Use (TU) Antineoplastic
 Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Carcinoma--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Carcinoma--Mortality (MO); Cisplatin--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Doxorubicin--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Hexamethylmelamine--Administration and Dosage (AD); Neoplasm Staging;
 *Ovarian Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Ovarian Neoplasms--Mortality (MO);
 Prognosis
 CAS Registry No.: 15663-27-1 (Cisplatin); 23214-92-8 (Doxorubicin); 645-05-6
 (Hexamethylmelamine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 119
-A-
 1430591 84270591
-W-
 Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma in 90 homosexual men. Relation to generalized
 lymphadenopathy and the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome.
 Ziegler JL; Beckstead JA; Volberding PA; Abrams DI; Levine AM; Lukes R; Gill
 PS; Burkes RL; Meyer PR; Metroka CE; et al
 N Engl J Med, Aug 30 1984, 311 (9) p565-70,
-ISSN-
 0028-4793
-JrnlCode-
 NOW
 Contract/Grant No.: 3-UOI-CA-34980-01-S1
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 We describe the histologic and clinical features of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma
 diagnosed between January 1980 and December 1983 in 90 homosexual men from
 San Francisco, Los Angeles, Houston, and New York. The median age was 37
 years, with an age distribution identical to that for cases of AIDS reported
 to the Centers for Disease Control. Sixty-two per cent of the patients had
 high-grade (aggressive) subtypes of lymphoma, 29 per cent had subtypes of
 intermediate grade, and 7 per cent had low-grade subtypes. Histologic
 subtypes and malignant cell phenotypes were consistent with a B-cell origin.
 All but two men had extranodal lymphoma: central-nervous-system bone-marrow,
 bowel, and mucocutaneous sites were most commonly involved. Thirty-five of
 66 evaluable men (53 per cent had complete responses to combination
 chemotherapy or radiotherapy or both, and thus far, 19 (54 per cent) of them
 have had a relapse. Mortality and morbidity were closely related to
 prodromal manifestations; death or illness have occurred in 19 (91 per cent)
 of the 21 men who presented with AIDS, in 26 (79 per cent) of the ?3 who
 presented with generalized lymphadenopathy, and in 5 (42 per cent) of the 12
 who had no prodromal manifestations. Mortality rates analyzed according to
 histologic grade were higher than currently reported rates in other patient
 populations. Kaposi's sarcoma or severe opportunistic infections
 characteristic of AIDS developed in 14 of 33 men (42 per cent) who presented
 with generalized lymphadenopathy and in 3 of 12 (33 per cent) without
 prodromal manifestations. We conclude that non-Hodgkin's lymphoma in members
 of an AIDS risk group is a serious manifestation of AIDS and the
 AIDS-related complex.
 Tags: Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome--Complications (CO); Adult; Age Factors;
 ?B Lymphocytes; *Homosexuality; *Lymphatic Diseases--Complications (CO);
 Lymphoma--Complications (CO); Lymphoma--Mortality (MO); *Lymphoma--Pathology
 (PA); Lymphoma--Therapy (TH); Middle Age; Neoplasm Staging; Neoplasts,
 Multiple Primary; Sarcoma, Kaposi's--Complications (CO)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 120
-A-
 1428159 84268159
-W-
 [Problems in treating early cases of head and neck cancer]
 Hirano M
 Dept. of Otolaryngology and Head and Neck Surgery, Kurume Univ.
 Gan No Rinsho (JAPAN), May 1984, 30 (6 Suppl) p617-23,
-ISSN-
 0021-4949
-JrnlCode-
 KIF
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The term "early case" is defined as a Stage I case, i.e. a T1N0M0 case in
 this paper. Cases of Tis are also included. During the 10-year-period from
 1971 to 1980, the rate of early cases to the entire cases was the greatest
 for the larynx, followed by the nasal cavity, tongue, oropharynx and
 hypopharynx and cervical esophagus. The purposes of this paper are to review
 retrospectively the patients with early carcinoma of these organs who were
 treated in our hospital during the last 23 years, to discuss the
 no-recurrence rate and function following varying treatments and to propose
 some improvements in treatment. Carcinomas of the nasal cavity and the
 maxillary sinus are successfully treated with transoral surgeries
 with/without chemo-radiotherapy. A Nd-YAG laser is very useful for the
 surgery. For carcinomas of the oropharynx and oral cavity, surgical removal
 with/without (chemo-) radiotherapy yielded good results, whereas
 radiotherapy with/without chemotherapy presented with frequent failures.
 Extensive surgical removals, however, resulted in significant functional
 disorders. Currently, we have been using CO2 laser. For those lesions
 confined to the mucosa, a simple laser excision is applied. For those
 lesions with extension to the subcucous tissue, we first remove the visible
 and palpable tumor by means of laser and, then, post-laser chemoradiotherapy
 is applied. The function after these treatments is excellent. For carcinomas
 of the hypopharynx and cervical esophagus, surgical treatments associated
 with total laryngectomy yielded better results than those without total
 laryngectomy. Total laryngectomy, however, causes serious problems in speech
 communication. Recently, we have tried partial pharyngo-esophagectomy
 followed by (chemo-)radiotherapy. This seems to be a promising modality.
 Supraglottic carcinoma was best treated with total laryngectomy. Partial
 laryct or carcinogenicity
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Antineoplastic Agents--Therapeutic Use (TU); Brachytherapy; Combined
 Modality Therapy; Cryosurgery; Esophagus--Surgery (SU); *Head and Neck
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); *HEAD NEOPL--Therapy (TH); Laryngeal
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Laryngectomy; Lasers--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Nasopharyngeal Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Pharyngeal Neoplasms--Therapy (TH)
 Pharyngectomy; Tongue Neoplasms--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 121
-A-
 1422098 84262098
-W-
 Use of antibiotics in dental practice.
 Montgomery EH; Kroeger DC
 Dent Clin North A, Jul 1984, 28 (3) p433-53,
-ISSN-
 0011-8532
-JrnlCode-
 E10
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Penicillin G administered parenterally or penicillin V administered orally
 are currently the antibiotics of choice for treatment of dental infections
 of usual etiology. Infections caused by penicillinase-producing
 staphylococci or those involving gram-negative bacteria should be treated
 with a penicillinase-resistant penicillin or an ampicillin-like derivative,
 respectively. Erythromycin is a second-choice bacteriostatic antibiotic,
 becoming first choice for treating dental infections in patients allergic to
 penicillin. The cephalosporins, similar in action to ampicillin-like
 penicillin derivatives, may be used with caution in patients who have
 exhibited delayed-type allergic reactions to penicillin and when
 erythromycin cannot be used. Their lack of advantage over other agents, and
 their cost, precludes routine use for usual dental infections. Clindamycin
 administered orally or lincomycin administered parenterally are reserve
 antibiotics indicated for treatment of bone infections and/or anaerobic
 infections refractory to commonly used antibiotics. Tetracyclines are, at
 best, third-choice agents for usual dental infections. However, they are
 useful for cases of acute necrotizing ulcerative gingivitis requiring
 systemic antibiotic therapy when penicillin is precluded. Vancomycin and
 streptomycin are used porphylactically for prevention of infective
 endocarditis in patients with prosthetic heart valves. Nystatin remains a
 first-choice agent for treatment of oral candidal infections. Ketoconazole,
 an orally active systemic antifungal agent, may be used for monilial
 infections of the oral cavity refractory to nystatin. Chemotherapy of viral
 infections is difficult because of the timing of events of the disease
 process versus appearance of clinical symptoms and lack of effective agents
 with selectivdegrees of severit
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Antibiotics--Pharmacodynamics (PD); *Antibiotics--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); Antifungal Agents--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Antiviral
 Agents--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Cephalosporins--Metabolism (ME);
 Cephalosporins--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Clindamycin--Adverse Effects (AE);
 Clindamycin--Pharmacodynamics (PD); *Dental Care; Drug Resistance,
 Microbial; Erythromycin--Metabolism (ME); Erythromycin--Pharmacodynamics
 (PD); Penicillins--Adverse Effects (AE); Penicillins--Metabolism (ME);
 Penicillins--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Streptomycin--Pharmacodynamics (PD);
 Tetracyclines--Adverse Effects (AE); Tetracyclines--Pharmacodynamics (PD);
 Vancomycin--Pharmacodynamics (PD)
 CAS Registry No.: 114-07-8 (Erythromycin); 1404-90-6 (Vancomycin);
 18323-44-9 (Clindamycin); 57-92-1 (Streptomycin)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 122
-A-
 1418946 84258946
-W-
 Leiomyosarcoma o the penis. Case report and review of the literature.
 Isa SS; Almaraz R; Magovern J
 Dept. of Surgery, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore,
 Maryland.
 Cancer (US), Sep 1 1984, 54 (5) p939-42,
-ISSN-
 0008-543X
-JrnlCode-
 CLZ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The twenty-third case of penile leiomyosarcoma in the literature is
 reported, and all cases are reviewed. Clinically and pathologically these
 tumors fall into two groups, superficial and deep. Superficial tumors grow
 slowly and tend to recur locally, but have a high salvage rate and good
 prognosis. The recommended treatment is local excision with negative
 margins. Recurrences are usually amenable either to re-excision or
 amputation with some degree of success. Deep tumors exhibit a more
 aggressive behavior, and have a poorer prognosis. Despite radical surgery
 the salvage rate is low, and most patients die from disseminated disease one
 or two years after diagnosis. Metastases to inguinal lymph nodes are
 uncommon, and should be treated aggressively in the absence of distant
 metastases. The role of adjuvant radiotherapy and chemotherapy in treating
 deep tumors should be investigated.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Child; Follow-Up Studies; Groin;
 Leiomyosarcoma--Mortality (MO); *Leiomyosarcoma--Pathology (PA);
 Leiomyosarcoma--Therapy (TH); Lymphatic Metastasis; Middle Age; Penile
 Neoplasms--Mortality (MO); *Penile Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Penile
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 123
-A-
 1415434 84255434
-W-
 Zollinger-Ellison syndrome--report of four cases and review of literature.
 Yap IL; Chua KL; Ti TK; Tan LK; Yuen R
 Dept. of Medicine, National Univ. of Singapore
 Ann Acad Med Singapore (SINGAPORE), Oct 1983, 12 (4) p577-83,
-ISSN-
 0304-4602
-JrnlCode-
 53F
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Four patients with Zollinger-Ellison Syndrome (ZES) are presented to
 highlight the difficulties in the recognition, diagnosis and management of
 this rare disease. The presentation of ZES is usually indistinguishable from
 ordinary peptic ulcer disease and in those patients with symptoms not
 related to peptic ulcer, i.e., diarrhoea, as their main complaint, the
 diagnosis is often not even considered. A high index of suspicion is
 required, however, in patients with recurrent ulcers, multiple ulcers and in
 those with resistant or rapidly relapsing ulcers after conventional therapy.
 A presumptive diagnosis can be made by the demonstration of grossly elevated
 fasting serum gastrin levels combined with a secretin stimulation test in
 doubtful cases. The main problem is the location of the gastrin-secreting
 tumour which is usually pancreatic but often too small to be detected by
 currently available techniques. Histamine H2-receptor antagonists in high
 doses are effective in controlling the gastric acid hypersecretion which is
 chiefly responsible for the morbidity and mortality in ZES. They provide the
 treatment of choice in patients where the tumour cannot be located, though
 every attempt should be made to do this as surgery is the treatment of
 choice for this invariably malignant tumour. Total gastrectomy is now
 reserved for those patients in whom medical therapy has failed. The role of
 chemotherapy in metastatic disease has yet to be established. (20 Refs.)
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Angiography; Diagnosis, Differential; DIAG DIFFER; Duodenoscopy;
 Gastrectomy; Gastric Aid--Secretion (SE); Gastrins--Blood (BL); Gastroscopy;
 Histamine H2 Receptor Blockaders--Therapeutic Use (TU); RECEPT BLOCK
 H2--Therapeutic Use (TU); Middle Age; Peptic Ulcer--Diagnosis (DI);
 Tomography, X-Ray Computed; CT XRAY; Ultrasonics--Diagnostic Use (DU) ;
 *Zollinger-Ellison Syndrome--Diagnosis (DI); Zollinger-Ellison
 Syndrome--Drug Therapy (DT); Zollinger-Ellison Syndrome--Surgery (SU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 124
-A-
 1404271 84244271
-W-
 Prolonged remission of metastatic malignant fibrous histiocytoma induced by
 combination chemotherapy.
 Clamon GH; Robinson RA; Olberding EB
 J Surg Oncol, Jun 1984, 26 (2) p113-4,
-ISSN-
 0022-4790
-JrnlCode-
 K79
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 841
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A patient with metastatic malignant fibrous histiocytoma (MFH) achieved a
 complete emission with polychemotherapy lasting 42+ months. In view of this
 long-term survival and two similar prior report of long-term survival after
 aggressive treatment, the goal of therapy for metastatic MFH must be
 reconsidered.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Histiocytoma--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Histiocytoma--Pathology (PA); Histiocytoma--Secondary (SC);
 *Lung Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Lung Neoplasms--Secondary (SC); Middle
 Age; Soft Tissue Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Sternum--Pathology (PA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 125
-A-
 1402703 84242703
-W-
 Quality of life after cytotoxic chemotherapy: discussion paper.
 Preestman TJ
 Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Birmingham.
 J R Soc Med (ENGLAND), Jun 1984, 77 (6) p492-5,
-ISSN-
 0141-768
-JrnlCode-
 JX1
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Antineoplastic Agents--Adverse Effects (AE); Breast Neoplasms--Drug Therapy
 (DT); Breast Neoplasms--Psychology (PX); Medroxyprogesterone--Analogs and
 Derivatives (AA); Medroxyprogesterone--Adverse Effects (AE);
 *Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Neoplasms--Psychology (PX); *Quality of Life;
 Questionnaires; Self Assessment (Psychology); SELF ASSESSMENT
 CAS Registry No.: 1172-82-3 (medroxyprogesterone 17-acetate) 520-85-4
 (Medroxyprogesterone)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 126
-A-
 1401922 84241922
-W-
 Informed consent for investigational chemotherapy: patients' and physicians'
 perceptions.
 Penman DT; Holland JC; Bahna GF; Morrow G; Schmale AH; Derogati LR; Carnrike
 CL Jr; Cherry R
 Psychosocial Collaborative Oncology, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center,
 New York, NY.
 J Clin Oncol (US), Jul 1984, 2 (7) p849-55,
-ISSN-
 0732-183X
-JrnlCode-
 JCO
 Contract/Grant No.: CA 19681
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 One hundred forty-four patients and 68 physicians at three cancer centers
 were studied for their perceptions of the consent procedure, in which they
 participated one to three weeks earlier, for chemotherapy by one of 65
 investigational protocols. Patients recalled the procedure positively and
 relied heavily on physician's advice. They felt most physicians wanted them
 to accept; 29% felt their participation in the decision was not encouraged.
 Primary reasons for accepting were trust in the physician, belief the
 treatment would help, and fear the disease (viewed as highly serious) would
 get worse without it. Nearly a fourth did not recall the information given
 that treatment was investigational. The consent form played no role in
 decision-making for 69%. Physicians believed therapeutic benefits would
 exceed potential problems for most patients; they viewed 41% of the patients
 as less than eager for details of treatment, a third as avoiding the
 seriousness of the discussion, and a third as passive in decision-making.
 The perceptual set of both parties places inadvertent constraint on
 patients' autonomy in decision making.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adult; Antineoplastic Agents--Adverse Effects (AE); Antineoplastic
 Agents--Therapeutic Use (TU); Decision Making; *Human
 Experimentation--Psychology (PX); *Informed Consent; Interviews; Middle Age
 ; Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Patient Participation; *Patients--Psychology
 (PX); Perception; Physician-Patient Relations; Physician's Role;
 *Physicians--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 127
-A-
 1399237 84239237
-W-
 Behavioral intervention for reducing chemotherapy-related nausea and
 vomiting in adolescents with cancer.
 Lebaron S; Zeltzer L
 J Adolesc Health Care, Jul 1984, 5 (3) p178-82,
-ISSN-
 0197-0070
-JrnlCode-
 HAM
 Contract/Grant No.: 5 R18 CA27376
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Eight adolescents (10-17 years, mean 12.1) with cancer received behavioral
 intervention for chemotherapy-related nausea and vomiting. Within 3-5 days
 after the administration of each course of chemotherapy, patient rated (1-10
 scale; 1 = none, 10 = maximum) their nausea and vomiting and the extent to
 which chemotherapy bothered them and disrupted their daily routine. After a
 baseline (preintervention) assessment of 2-3 courses of chemotherapy,
 patients received intervention during another 2-3 courses. While no
 significant reduction of symptoms were found prior to intervention, with
 intervention there were reductions in nausea (Z = 2.37, p less than 0.02),
 vomiting (Z = 2.52, p less than 0.01), bother (Z = 2.24, p less than 0.02),
 and disruption of activities (Z = 2.38, p less than 0.02). This preliminary
 study suggests that chemotherapy side effects in adolescents can be reduced
 with behavioral intervention.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adolescence; *Antineoplastic Agents--Adverse Effects (AE); Antineoplastic
 Agents, Combined--Adverse Effects (AE); *Behavior Therapy--Methods (MT);
 Child; *Nausea--Chemically Induced (CI); Nausea--Prevention and Control
 (PC); Nausea--Psychology (PX); *Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Neoplasms--Psychology (PX); Set (Psychology) ; *Vomiting--Chemically Induced
 (CI); Vomiting--Prevention and Control (PC) ; Vomiting--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 128
-A-
 1393019 8233019
-W-
 Usefulness of letters from hospitals to general practitioners.
 Bado W; Williams CJ
 Cancer Research Campaign Medical Oncology Unit, Southampton General
 Hospital.
 Br Med J [Clin Res] (ENGLAND), Jun 16 1984, 288 (6433) p1813-4,
-ISSN-
 0007-1447
-JrnlCode-
 B4X
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 In an investigation of the communication between specialist hospital
 departments and general practitioners 97 general practitioners were asked to
 say how important selected items of information that the hospital could pass
 on would be for management of a patient receiving chemotherapy. In addition,
 the records of 68 patients were examined for coverage of these topics.
 General practitioners considered technical topics to be more important than
 social ones. Hospital letters covered technical topics well, apart from
 details of possible side effects, but did not do the same even for the two
 social topics that most doctors considered to be essential--namely, what
 patients have been told about their diagnosis and prognosis. Letters from
 hospitals to general practitioners cover technical topics well but should
 include more information relating to the social aspects of the patient's
 disease.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Antineoplastic Agents--Adverse Effects (AE); *Communication *Family
 Practice; Great Britain; *Hospital Units; *Interprofessional Relations;
 *Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Truth Disclosure
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 129
-A-
 1387430 84227430
-W-
 Radiation management of squamous cell carcinoma of the bladder.
 Prempree T; Amornmarn R
 Dept. of Radiation Oncology, Univ. Hospital of Jacksonville, Florida.
 Acta Radiol [Oncol] (SWEDEN), 1984, 23 (?) p37-42,
-ISSN-
 0349-652X
-JrnlCode-
 1YL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 This is a retrospective analysis of 52 patients with squamous cell carcinoma
 of the bladder treated by irradiation between 1958 and 1978. There were 28
 males and 24 females with hematuria being the leading symptom. At the time
 of initial presentation, 2 patients were evaluated to be stage B1, 34
 patients to be B2C and 16 patients stage D. Nineteen patients were treated
 by preoperative irradiation (50 Gy/5 weeks) plus cystectomy and 33 patients
 were treated by irradiation alone (60-65 Gy/6-6 1/2 weeks). From our study,
 it appears that in stage B2C, irradiation plus cystectomy offered a better
 disease-free survival (40%) than irradiation alone (16%). Local failures
 occurred less frequently in the group treated by preoperative irradiation
 and surgery than those treated be irradiation alone. However, the majority
 of failures occurring in the preoperative group were distant failures.
 Factors determining the success and failures appear to include: stage of the
 disease, type of treatment, tumor size, degree of tumor necrosis, depth of
 muscle involvement, and tumor grade. It is suggested that the treatment of
 choice for this disease be a combined approach--preoperative irradiation and
 cystectomy whenever possible to minimize the loco-regional failures.
 Chemotherapeutic agents or radiation sensitizers combined with radiation
 should be further studied to minimize the distant metastases and
 loco-regional failures in most advanced inoperable squamous cell carcinoma
 of the bladder.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Age; Bladder Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); *Bladder
 Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT); Bladder Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Carcinoma,
 Squamous Cell--Pathology (PA); *Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Radiotherapy (RT)
 ; Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Surgery (SU); Combined Modality Therapy; Middle
 Age; Necrosis; Neoplasm Invasiveness; Neoplasm Metastasis; Neoplasm
 Recurrence, Local; Neoplasm Staging; Prognosis; Retrospective Studies
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 130
-A-
 1387417 84227417
-W-
 Primary non-Hodgkin's lymphoma ('reticulum cell sarcoma') of bone in
 adults.
 Parvinen LM; Jereb B; Nisce L
 Acta Radiol [Oncol], 1983, 22 (6) p449-54,
-ISSN-
 0349-652X
-JrnlCode-
 1YL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Thirty-one adult patients with a primary non-Hodgkin's lymphoma ('reticulum
 cell sarcoma') in the bone were analyzed. Twenty-one patients had stage I
 disease, one stage II disease and 9 stage IV disease. The relapse-free
 5-year survival rate for these patients was 42 per cent. The authors regard
 radiation therapy as the treatment of choice in localized tumors.
 Chemotherapy did not seem to affect the long-term survival in this small
 series. However, clear responses to multidrug chemotherapy were observed in
 some patients with recurrent or disseminated disease.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); Bone Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); *Bone Neoplasms--Radiotherapy (RT);
 Bone Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Combined Modality Therapy; Follow-Up Studies;
 Lymphatic Metastasis; Middle Age; Neoplasm Recurrence, Local--Therapy (TH);
 Neoplasm Staging; Prognosis; Sarcoma, Reticulum Cell--Drug Therapy (DT);
 *Sarcoma Reticulum Cell--Radiotherapy (RT); Sarcoma, Reticulum Cell--Surgery
 (SU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 131
-A-
 1384861 84224861
-W-
 [Polychemotherapy in inoperable bronchial carcinoma]
 Polychemotherapie beim inoperablen Bronchialkarzinom.
 Schmidt CG
 Strahlentherapie, Feb 1984, 160 (2) p71-6,
-ISSN-
 0039-2073
-JrnlCode-
 V1Z
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The course of the bronchial carcinoma and the therapeutic chances are
 influenced by the histologic tumor type which determines the respective
 biologic behavior. The most important clinical finding is the
 differentiation between small-cell and non-small-cell bronchial carcinomas.
 Small-cell bronchial carcinomas are characterized by a rapid duplication of
 the tumor volume, a high rate of cell divisions and an early hematogenic and
 lymphogenic dissemination. They have therefore a good response to
 antiproliferative chemotherapy. In almost 80% of patients bronchial
 carcinomas with limited disease, a complete remission and a markedly
 prolonged median survival time can be achieved by combined cytostatic
 chemotherapy, e.g. the therapy regimens ACO I and ACO II. As yet, the
 problem of local and remote recurrences is not solved. The unfavorable
 prognosis of the primarily inoperable small-cell bronchial carcinoma can be
 improved by chemotherapy. On the other hand, the high remission rate is
 diminished by later incurable recurrences. A pretherapeutic differentiation
 of limited and extended disease is necessary. The necessity and conditions
 of an additional radiotherapy have to be determined later on by means of
 prospectively randomized therapy studies. As opposed to the small-cell
 bronchial carcinoma, the non-small-cell bronchial carcinoma shows a markedly
 lower response to chemotherapy. Adenocarcinomas are comparatively refractory
 to chemotherapy, but squamous cell carcinomas respond now a little better to
 chemotherapy.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adenocarcinoma--Drug Therapy (DT); *Antineoplastic Agents,
 Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Carcinoma, Bronchogenic--Drug Therapy (DT)
 ; Carcinoma, Oat Cell--Drug Therapy (DT); Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Cyclophosphamide--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Doxorubicin--Administration and Dosage (AD); *Lung Neoplasms--Drug Therapy
 (DT); Vincristine--Administration and Dosage (AD)
 CAS Registry No.: 23214-92-8 (Doxorubicin); 50-18-0 (Cyclophosphomide;
 57-22-7 (Vincristine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 132
-A-
 1384427 84224427
-W-
 The problem of liver metastasis.
 Cooperman A; Grace WR; Van Heertum R; Geiss A
 Surg Annu (US), 1984, 16 p151-75,
-ISSN-
 0081-9638 Jrnl Code VAL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The detection and management of tumors metastatic to the liver is still
 unsettled. The uniformly poor prognosis only underlines the need to diagnose
 and treat the primary malignant lesion earlier, before systemic metastases
 lodge in the liver, lung or brain. Serologic markers are not specific or
 sensitive enough although when used serially they may follow the course of
 some tumors. The exciting advances in radiologic diagnosis have allowed a
 more accurate and pictorial representation of disease, exciting
 cross-sectional views but not earlier diagnosis. The use of scans and
 ultrasound as a screening measure is investigational only as there is not
 good evidence to support this as a routine screening test. The treatment of
 hepatic metastases is also insoluble. For primary lesions that are
 controlled surgically and whose natural history is measured in years (not
 months) a more aggressive approach is justified. Lesions confined to one
 lobe, particularly single lesions, lend themselves to resection. Segmental
 or wedge resection is the equal of formal hepatic lobectomy and is safer for
 patients and surgeons. For most patients (70 to 85 percent) operation is not
 a reasonable choice. How does one select from no therapy, intravenous
 chemotherapy, intraarterial chemotherapy (implantable pumps, infusion plus
 embolization) or hepatic artery embolization. These decisions are not easily
 reached. Institutional enthusiasm is as much a reflection of local expertise
 and biases as are meaningful data. There are responders to all of these
 methods, but few long-term survivors. Side effects that limit life style and
 activity detract from some of the remaining days. Today patients share in
 the decision-making process. Their own biases are frequently in discord with
 the treating physician's. When this exists and data do not suppor we prefer
 to withdraw treatment. (58 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Angiography; Carcinoembryonic Antigen--Analysis (AN); CA?--Analysis (AN);
 Combined Modality Therapy; Embolization, Therapeutic; Enzyme Tests;
 Hepatectomy; Hepatic Artery--Surgery (SU); Laparotomy; Ligation; Liver
 Neoplasms--Diagnosis (DI); Liver Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Liver
 Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Liver Neoplasms--Radiography (RA); *Liver
 Neoplasms--Secondary (SC); Liver Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Liver
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Liver--Pathology (PA); Tomography, Emission
 Computed; CT EMISS; Ultrasonics--Diagnostic Use (DU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 133
-A-
 1384156 84224156
-W-
 Effect of Hickman catheters on the self-esteem of patients with leukemia.
 Newman KA; Schnaper N; Reed WP; deJongh CA; Schimpff SC
 Univ. of Maryland Cancer Center, Univ. of Maryland School of Medicine,
 Baltimore.
 South Med J (US), Jun 1984, 77 (6) p682-5,
-ISSN-
 0038-4348
-JrnlCode-
 UVH
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Hickman right atrial catheters are useful in providing prolonged access for
 chemotherapy. Their presence does alter body image, however, and the
 maintenance of catheter patency during periods of outpatient care demands
 patient cooperation and participation. To determine whether the alterations
 in body image and life-style brought about by catheter insertion would have
 a negative effect upon the self-esteem of patients with acute leukemia,
 "purpose-in-life" testing was done prospectively in two groups of patients
 treated over a 30-day period with and without right atrial catheters. No
 significant alterations in self-esteem were noted during the study period in
 response to the use of Hickman catheters. The results suggest that Hickman
 catheters can be used as needed to improve venous access in patients with
 acute leukemia, without fear that this will adversely affect self-esteem.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Antineoplastic Agents--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 *Catheters, Indwelling; Leukemia--Drug Therapy (DT); *Leukemia--Psychology
 (PX); Middle Age; Prospective Studies; Self Care--Psychology (PX); *Self
 Concept; Vena Cava, Superior
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 134
-A-
 1379287 84219287
-W-
 [Treatment of liver cancer and concomitant esophageal varices]
 Kanematsu T; Inokuchi K
 Nippon Geka Gakkai Zasshi, Sep 1983, 84 (9) p923-6,
-ISSN-
 03?1-4894
-JrnlCode-
 NGG
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We have treated 123 cirrhotic patients having liver cancer associated with
 esophageal varices. Among these patients, 10 underwent hepatic resection
 together with variceal surgeries simultaneously. These procedures were
 feasible when the liver tumor was detected in an early stage, and
 hematocellular function was preserved as much as major hepatic resection was
 acceptable. One, 2 and 5 year survival rates were 73.4%, 58.7% and 29.4%,
 respectively. In 5 patients with non-resectable hepatoma, variceal surgery
 was done, but 4 died of hematemesis finally. The result is suggestive that
 variceal surgery in such patients appears to be ineffective. Recently,
 endoscopic sclerotherapy had been performed for variceal bleeding in poor
 risk patients. Lipiodol, contrast material, has been attempted to use for
 chemotherapy for advanced hematocellular carcinoma, making use of the
 characteristic of the oli that this material remains selectively in the
 tumor for a long time when it is administered through the artery feeding the
 tumor. We have used this mode of therapy and prominent decrease of
 alpha-fetoprotein has been evident in 5 patients with non-resectable
 hepatoma until the present time. These less invasive methods are considered
 to be treatment of choice in patients with advanced liver cancer and
 concomitant esophageal varices.
 Tags: Animal; Human
-Desc-
 Doxorubicin--Administration and Dosage (AD); Esophageal and Gastric
 Varices--Complications (CO); *Esophageal and Gastric Varices--Therapy (TH);
 Follow-Up Studies; Hepatectomy; Lipiodol--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Liver Neoplasms--Complications (CO); *Liver Neoplasms--Therapy (TH);
 Prognosis; Rabbits
 CAS Registry No.: 23214-92-8 (Doxorubicin); 8002-46- (Lipiodol)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 135
-A-
 1379254 84219254
-W-
 [Pulmonary metastases from osteosarcoma]
 Sawada K; Hukuma S; Seki Y; Ishida I; Matsumura K; Takada N; Tanaka F;
 Tsunemoto H
 Division of Respiratory Disease, Chiba Cancer Center, Japan.
 Nippon Geka Gakkai Zasshi (JAPAN), Sep 1983, 84 (9) p782-6,
-ISSN-
 0301-4894
-JrnlCode-
 NGG
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 On the basis of prognosis in conjunction with tumor behavior, 22 patients
 with pulmonary metastatic osteosarcoma who had a systematic with combination
 of surgery and adjuvant chemotherapy were compared with thirteen patients
 treated randomly in the initial period. The thirteen patients had median
 survival of 5 months with median tumor-free interval of 6 months. Six of the
 twenty two patients, however, are alive and 16 had median survival of 15
 months with median tumor-free interval of 14 months. In 20 of the twenty two
 treated with repeated or bilateral thoracotomics, there was a correlation
 between decrease number of metastatic lesions with number of thoracotomies
 and survival. Wedge excision performed repeatedly produced only minimal loss
 of vital capacity, compared with lobectomy. Dn bloc resection of
 pericardium, chest wall, and diaphragm enhanced no survival. The patients
 with tumor-free interval of greater than 8 months survived or succumbed to
 the disease and was associated with mitotic ratio of more than 10 or less.
 Both of chest X-ray and CT scan had a positive diagnostic rate of 41% and
 67%, respectively. Currently, we conclude that modified Thomfold 's
 indication is applicable to the patient with pulmonary metastatic
 osteosarcoma with bilateral or multiple nodules and more than 8 months of
 tumor-free interval.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Bone Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Child; Combined Modality
 Therapy; *Lung Neoplasms--Secondary (SC); Lung Neoplasms--Surgery (SU);
 Middle Age; Prognosis; *Sarcoma, Osteogenic--Secondary (SC); Sarcoma,
 Osteogenic--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 136
-A-
 1379253 84219253
-W-
 [Surgical treatment of metastatic lung tumors]
 Ito M; Mitsuoka A; Taki T; Tamura K; Kato H; Shimizu Y; Teramatsu T
 Dept. of Thoracic Surgery, Kyoto Univ., Japan.
 Nippon Geka Gakkai Zasshi (JAPAN), Sep 1983, 84 (9) p778-81,
-ISSN-
 0301-4894
-JrnlCode-
 NGG
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Surgical treatments were performed in 88 cases of metastatic lung tumors,
 where 5 years survival rate in all resected cases was 37.5%. We report our
 principles on the surgical treatment for metastatic lung tumors. First of
 all, the biological characteristics of the primary lesion is among the most
 important factors in considering the indication for the surgical treatment
 in metastatic lung tumors. For example, chemotherapy must be the first
 choice in treating lung metastasis of choriocarcinoma, and hormone therapy
 in lung metastasis of mammary carcinoma. On the other hand, such tumors as
 osteogenic sarcoma, soft tissue sarcoma, colorectal carcinoma and Grawitz's
 tumor, should be treated by surgery. Another point in the surgery of the
 metastatic lung tumor is the choice of the mode of operation for the
 solitary metastatic tumor according to tumor type. As a principle, partial
 or segmental resection is preferably chosen for metastatic lung tumor.
 However, the location of the lug tumor, tumor size, hilar lymph node
 metastasis and the pattern of invasion to the surrounding lung tissue must
 be considered to decide the surgical procedure. From these considerations,
 the segmental or partial resection for metastatic sarcomas and the lobectomy
 for the metastatic carcinomas are appropriate in general.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Lung Neoplasms--Secondary (SC); *Lung
 Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); Middle Age; Pneumonectomy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 137
-A-
 1379046 84219046
-W-
 Cancer in Hiroshima: 35 years after the bomb.
 Miller G
 Preventive Medicine Institute, Strang Clinic, New York, NY.
 Med Pediatr Oncol (US), 1984, 12 (3) p222-7,
-ISSN-
 0098-1532
-JrnlCode-
 M6P
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 After the 1945 atomic bomb explosions, attention was initially drawn to the
 leukemogenic effect of atomic radiation. Mortality studies over the years
 have shown that the leukemogenic effect has been gradually declining, and
 the incidence of solid tumors has been increasing. There was shorter latent
 period for the appearance of excess leukemia mortality than for solid
 tumors. It appears that the risk for developing solid tumors becomes
 greatest when the population enters the age group at which that particular
 form of cancer most commonly occurs. The leukemogenic and carcinogenic risks
 are also greater in those exposed to radiation in the younger age groups.
 There are implications in these studies for cancer control with regard to
 radiation safety in diagnostic radiology and the peaceful uses of atomic
 energy; in addition, they emphasize the moral obligation involved in
 limiting the proliferation of atomic weapons. These observations may also be
 parallel to the experience of oncologists with second primary cancers after
 the administration of chemotherapy.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Age Factors; Cataract--Etiology (ET); Child; Chromosome
 Aberrations; Chromosome Abnormalities--Etiology (ET); Ethics; Japan;
 Neoplasms, Radiation-Induced--Mortality (MO); *Neoplasms,
 Radiation-Induced--Occurrence (OC); *Nuclear Warfare; Radiation Dosage;
 *Radioactive Fallout--Adverse Effects (AE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 138
-A-
 1375256 84215256
-W-
 Lorazepam: a randomized, double-blind, crossover study of a new antiemetic
 in patients receiving cytotoxic chemotherapy and prochlorpenazine.
 Bishop JF; Olver IN; Wolf MM; Matthews JP; Long M; Bingham J; Hillcoat BL ;
 Cooper IA
 J Clin Oncol, Jul 1984, 2 (6) p691-5,
-ISSN-
 0732-183X
-JrnlCode-
 JCO
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Lorazepam was compared to placebo to assess its control of nausea and
 vomiting in patients receiving cytotoxic chemotherapy and prochlorperazine.
 The study design was a randomized, double-blind crossover in which three
 consecutive chemotherapy courses were compared so that each patient acted as
 his or her own control. Of 107 patients entered, 80 were evaluable for
 analysis. Lorazepam significantly reduced the severity and duration of
 nausea, the severity of vomiting, and the number of vomiting episodes when
 compared to placebo. Anxiety was reduced during lorazepam courses but not
 significantly when compared to placebo. There was significantly more
 sedation with lorazepam courses. Overall, patients preferred lorazepam
 courses although this preference was significant only in the patient subset
 receiving doxorubicin and cyclophosphamide. Lorazepam is a useful adjunct to
 prochlorperazine on patients receiving cytotoxic chemotherapy.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; *Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Adverse Effects
 (AE); Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Cisplatin--Administration and Dosage (AD); Cisplatin--Adverse Effects (AE);
 Clinical Trials; Double-Blind Method; Drug Therapy, Combination;
 *Lorazepam--Administration and Dosage (AD); Middle Age; Nausea--Chemically
 Induced (CI); *Nausea--Drug Therapy (DT); Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Prochlorperazine--Administration and Dosage (AD); Random Allocation;
 Vomiting--Chemically Induced (CI); *Vomiting--Drug Therapy (DT)
 CAS Registry No.: 15663-27-1 (Cisplatin); 58-38-8 (Prochlorperazine);
 846-49-1 (Lorazepam)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 139
-A-
 1375255 84215255
-W-
 The effectiveness of behavioral intervention for reduction of nausea and
 vomiting in children and adolescents receiving chemotherapy.
 Zeltzer L; LeBaron S; Zeltzer PM
 J Clin Oncol, Jun 1984, 2 (6) p683-90,
-ISSN-
 0732-183X
-JrnlCode-
 JCO
 Contract/Grant No.: 5 R18 CA27376
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Fifty-one children 6-17 years of age rated the severity of nausea, vomiting,
 and the extent to which chemotherapy bothered them during each course of
 chemotherapy. Sixteen patients had no symptoms and the doses administered to
 16 others were not constant so that matched courses could not be assessed.
 After baseline measurement of two matched courses, the remaining 19 patients
 were randomized to receive hypnosis or supportive counseling during two more
 matched courses. An additional course with no intervention was assessed in
 half of the patients. No significant reduction of symptoms was demonstrated
 prior to intervention. However, intervention with both hypnosis and
 supportive counseling was associated with significant reductions in nausea,
 vomiting, and the extent to which these symptoms bothered patients (all p
 less than 0.001). Also, after termination of intervention, symptom ratings
 remained significantly lower than baseline. The data indicate that
 chemotherapy-related nausea and emesis in children can be reduced with
 behavioral intervention and that reductions are maintained after
 intervention has been discontinued.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adolescence; *Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Adverse Effects (AE);
 Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); Child *Counseling;
 *Hypnosis; Nausea--Chemically Induced (CI); Nausea--Psychology (PX);
 *Nausea--Therapy (TH); Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); *Neoplasms--Psychology
 (PX); Vomiting--Chemically Induced (CI); Vomiting--Psychology (PX);
 *Vomiting--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 140
-A-
 1375229 84215229
-W-
 The biology and treatment of superficial bladder cancer.
 Torti FM; Lum BL
 Division of Medical Oncology, Stanford Univ. Medical Center, Calif.
 J Clin Oncol (US), May 1984, 2 (5) p505-31,
-ISSN-
 0732-183X
-JrnlCode-
 JCO
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Management of the superficial bladder cancer patient consists of two
 complementary but separate therapeutic goals: treatment of the existing
 tumor (s) and prevention of tumor recurrence. At present, the stage, grade,
 and multicentricity are the major determinants in the natural and
 therapeutic history of the disease. Although intravesical instillation of
 chemotherapeutic agents has been used for greater than 20 years, neither its
 exact role nor the optimal dose or schedule of administration have been
 established. To date, no dramatic differences in efficacy between the agents
 commonly used for intravesical chemotherapy, either as definitive therapy or
 prophylaxis, have been appreciated. These agents do appear to lower the
 recurrence rate as well as extend the disease-free interval. Since the most
 thorough experience is with thiotepa, it is the drug against which other
 agents should be compared in terms of both efficacy and toxicologic
 evaluation. Different administration schedules and methodologies need
 further study, such as the utility of continuous bladder irrigation, the use
 of sequential chemotherapeutic agents to gain cell synchronization and the
 use of multiple drug regimens. Because there are multiple factors that
 influence the occurrence and recurrence of bladder cancer, combined modality
 therapy deserves testing. Modes of therapy that could be used together
 because they act through different mechanisms are intravesical chemotherapy,
 radioactive needle implants, carcinogen modifiers such as pyridoxine,
 chemoprotective agents such as retinoic acid, and immune stimulants such as
 BC. These studies should be performed in a randomized prospective controlled
 fashion, which may require cooperative multi-institutional involvement to
 accrue adequate numbers of patients. At this time there are aalter the
 sites, incidence, or responsiveness to systemic chemotherapy of
 subsequent-effectiveness standpoint (214 Refs.)
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adenoc?rcinoma--Occurrence (OC); Aged; Antineoplastic Agents--Administration
 and Dosage (AD); *Antineoplastic Agents--Therapeutic Use (TU); Bladder
 Neoplasms--Occurrence (OC); Bladder Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); *Bladder
 Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Bladder; BCG Vaccine--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Carcinoma, Squamous Cell--Occurrence (OC); Carcinoma, Transitional
 Cell--Occurrence (OC); Combined Modality Therapy; Cystoscopy;
 Doxorubicin--Therapeutic Use (TU); Ethoglucid--Therapeutic Use (TU); Middle
 Age; Mitomycins--Therapeutic Use (TU); Neoplasm Recurrence,
 Local--Prevention and Control (PC); Neoplasm Recurrence, Local--Therapy
 (TH); Prognosis; Teniposide--Therapeutic Use (TU); Thio-Tepa--Therapeutic
 Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1954-28-5 (Ethoglucid); 23214-92-8 (Doxorubicin);
 2967-20-2 (Teniposide); 50-07-7 (mitomycin C); 52-24-4 (Thio-Tepa)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 141
-A-
 1375214 84215214
-W-
 Randomized trial of low- versus high-dose medroxyprogesterone acetate in the
 induction treatment of postmenopausal patients with advanced breast cancer.
 Cavalli F; Goldhirsch A; Jungi F; Martz G; MermillodB; Alberto P
 J Clin Oncol, May 1984, 2 (5) p414-9,
-ISSN-
 0732-183X
-JrnlCode-
 JCO
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In a randomized trial, 210 postmenopausal women with advanced measurable
 breast cancer were allocated to two different schedules of
 medroxyprogesterone acetate (MPA). In the induction phase they received
 either 1, 000 mg intramuscular (IM) MPA (high dose) daily or 500 mg IM MPA
 (low dose) twice weekly for four weeks. The maintenance treatment consisted
 of 500 mg MPA IM once weekly for all patients. In total, 184 patients were
 considered evaluable. The response rate was significantly higher (p = 0.004)
 for patients receiving high-dose MPA (30 [33%] of 91) as compared to the
 women receiving the low-dose regimen (14 [15%] of 93) and was consistent
 across all prognostic subgroups. These prognostic subgroups included
 soft-tissue and osseous metastases, two metastatic sites, patients greater
 than 60 years, disease-free interval greater than 60 months, no prior
 chemotherapy, patients with a response to the last hormonal treatment before
 MPA, unknown estrogen receptors, and positive progestin receptors. The two
 different schedules of MPA did not influence the time to progression and the
 survival. Toxicity was similar in both regimens. These results confirm that
 a higher response rate can be achieved with a more intensive MPA schedule.
 This treatment may represent an ideal second-line choice in the endocrine
 therapy of advanced breast cancer; however, its role as a first-line
 treatment remains to be defined.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Age Factors; *Antineoplastic Agents--Administration and Dosage (AD); *Breast
 Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Breast Neoplasms--Mortality (MO); Clinical
 Trials; Drug Administration Schedule; Injections, Intramuscular;
 *Medroxyprogesterone--Analogs and Derivatives (AA);
 Medroxyprogesterone--Administration and Dosage (AD); Menopause; Middle Age;
 Neoplasm Metastasis; Neoplasm Recurrence, Local; Random Allocation; Time
 Factors
 CAS Registry No.: 1172-82-3 (medroxyprogesterone 17-acetate); 520-85-4
 (Medroxyprogesterone)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 142
-A-
 1368186 84208186
-W-
 Patient motivation and informed consent in a phase I study of an anticancer
 agent.
 Rodenhuis S; van den Heuvel WJ; Annyas AA; Koops HS; Sleijfer DT; Mulder NH
 Eur J Cancer Cli Oncol, Apr 1984, 20 (4) p457-62,
-ISSN-
 0277-5379
-JrnlCode-
 ENW
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In order to evaluate the quality of an informed consent procedure (I.C.P.)
 48 patients with advanced cancer were offered participation in a phase I
 clinical trial and entered an I.C.P. consisting of three separate
 conversations. In the first session, the possible risks and benefits of a
 phase I study were informally explained by the patient's personal physician.
 The second session was attended by the patient, a relative, a registered
 nurse and a physician; the third session was held at least 5 days after the
 second. Forty-one patients gave their consent motivated by hope for
 improvement of their conditions, pressure exerted by relatives and friends
 the desire to contribute to the progress of medicine or simply because they
 felt they had 'no choice'. Encouragement by relatives or friends seems to be
 a powerful incentive to participate. A period of a few days to consult
 relatives, friends or trusted physicians as a part of the procedure seems
 helpful in arriving at a well-considered decision.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Antineoplastic Agents--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 *Azirines--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Drug Evaluation; Family; *Informed
 Consent; Middle Age; *Motivation; *Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Physician-Patient Relations
 CAS Registry No.: 77680-87-6 (pentazirinocyclodiphosphathiazene)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 143
-A-
 1367693 84207693
-W-
 [Psychotic anxiety and neurotic anxiety. Qualitative or quantitative
 difference]
 Angoisse psychotique et angoisse nevrotique. Difference qualitative ou
 difference quantitative
 Allilaire JF
 Departement de Psychiatrie des Adultes, Groupe Hospitalier
 Pilie-Salpetriere.
 Encephale (FRANCE), 1983, 9 (4 Suppl 2) p211B-216B,
-ISSN-
 0013-7006
-JrnlCode-
 EFB
-Lang-
 FRENCH
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We examined successively the different possible approaches to pathological
 anxiety. In clinical practice, it is easy to distinguish, in qualitative and
 quantitative terms, between neurotic and psychotic anxiety, the difference
 being obvious to any practising psychiatrist. A psychopathological approach,
 however, raises some doubt as to whether the answer is so obvious, and leads
 us to pose two questions: 1) Is it still possible to have a unitary
 conception of pathological anxiety, commonly considered as a central element
 to all forms of psychopathological expression 2) Since anxiety is an emotion
 which can be felt by any normal as well as pathological individual, should
 we consider anxiety to be different when it is expressed in different states
 - neurosis, psychosis or even border states - by different types of
 symbolization, depending on the organization of the state. The present
 advances in pharmacoclinical research, using pharmacological agents as
 modifying agents or behaviour patterns with specific action mechanisms,
 enable us to carry the debate further by distinguishing clinical phenomena
 and neurobiological effector mechanisms. It also shows that within the
 various established clinical types, several pathological syndromes may be
 involved, each having different symptoms and its own distinct evolution, and
 requiring different, more specific treatment. This leads us to rethink the
 classical distinctions, to refine our semiology, and to familiarize
 ourselves with the use of chemotherapy, particularly as a "behaviour
 analyzer", able to teach us something about the different types of anxious
 behaviour and about the neurobiological mechanisms which are specifically
 modified by these pharmacological agents.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human
-Desc-
 Antidepressive Agents--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Anxiety Disorders--Diagnosis
 (DI); Anxiety Disorders--Psychology (PX); *Anxiety--Diagnosis (DI);
 Anxiety--Drug Therapy (DT); Anxiety--Psychology (PX); Benzodiazepine
 Tranquilizers--Therapeutic Use (TU); Diagnosis, Differential; DIAG DIFFER;
 Panic; *Psychotic Disorders--Diagnosis (DI); Psychotic Disorders--Psychology
 (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 144
-A-
 1365496 84205496
-W-
 Pharmacokinetics of positron-labeled 1, 3-bis (2-chloroethyl)nitrosourea in
 human brain tumors using positron emission tomography.
 Diksic M; Sako K; Feindel W; Kat A; Yamamoto YL; Farrokhzad S; Thompson C
 Montreal Neurological Institute, Quebec, Canada.
 Cancer Res (US), Jul 1984, 44 (7) p3120-4,
-ISSN-
 0008-5472
-JrnlCode-
 CNF
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The nitrosoureas are widely used in the chemotherapy of brain tumors, two of
 the most common being 1, 3-bis (2-chloroethyl)nitrosourea and 1-
 (2-chloroethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-1-nitrosourea. However, we do not understand
 how these compounds work, nor do we know which part of the molecule has
 antitumor activity. In six patients with brain tumor, we measured the
 kinetic behavior of positron-labeled 1, 3-bis (2-chloroethyl nitrosourea in
 both the tumor and the normal brain with the aid of positron emission
 tomography; we also analyzed the distribution of radioactivity in plasma. We
 found the clearance of total radioactivity from the tumor to be
 significantly slower than from the contralateral brain and plasma,
 indicating a different rate of 1, 3-bis (2-chloroethyl)nitrosourea
 decomposition in the tumor than in normal brain.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Brain Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Brain Neoplasms--Metabolism (ME); *Brain
 Neoplasms--Radionuclide Imaging (RI); *Carmustine--Metabolism (ME);
 Carmustine--Therapeutic Use (TU); Kinetics; Tomography, Emission Computed;
 CT EMISS
 CAS Registry No.: 154-93-8 (Carmustine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 145
-A-
 1365242 8425242
-W-
 The reach to recovery program. An evaluation of the attitudes of Connecticut
 surgeons.
 Sparks F; Pool JL; Nuland SB; Sax RE
 Dept. of Surgery, Yale Univ. School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut.
 Cancer (US), Jun 15 1984, 53 (12) p2741-5,
-ISSN-
 0008-543X
-JrnlCode-
 CLZ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Because the Reach to Recovery Program is under-utilized in Connecticut, the
 authors sent a 19-part questionnaire to all board-certified general surgeons
 in the state to evaluate their attitudes toward the Program. Most of the
 surgeons who responded were pleased with the Program and believed that it
 saved them time, and was of help to their patients. Twenty percent of the
 surgeons were unaware of various aspects of the Reach to Recovery Program.
 Historical and current aspects of the Program are presented. Suggestions are
 made regarding increasing the scope of the Program to address the needs of
 women who are to be treated with radiation therapy or who have had a
 mastectomy and are about to receive adjuvant chemotherapy.
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 146
-A-
 1361871 84201871
-W-
 [Present status of endocrine therapy of breast cancer: a surgeon's view]
 Nomura Y
 Gan To Kagaku Ryoho, May 1984, 11 (5) p981-8,
-ISSN-
 0385-0684
-JrnlCode-
 6T8
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The present status of endocrine therapy for breast cancer was reviewed from
 the surgeon's point of view. Endocrine ablation therapy, such as
 oophorectomy, adrenalectomy and hypophysectomy, has been frequently used for
 the advanced breast cancer patients. More recently, however, major endocrine
 ablation therapy has been less the treatment of choice for advanced breast
 cancer, because an antiestrogen (tamoxifen) which is less toxic has been
 prevailing in the treatment. It was shown that after the breast cancer
 became refractory to tamoxifen, the major endocrine ablation therapy was
 effective particularly in ER (+) cancers, irrespective of the response to
 the antiestrogen. This suggests the significance of major endocrine ablation
 therapy as a second line therapy for advanced breast cancer patients. The
 adjuvant endocrine and/or chemotherapy for operable breast cancer patients
 was reviewed, with special reference to the ovarian failure due to endocrine
 or chemotherapeutic agents. A prospective randomized study of endocrine
 and/or chemotherapy for the adjuvant of mastectomy stratified by the
 presence or absence of ER in breast cancer tumors, has been performed in our
 hospital. Patients with ER (+) breast cancers were divided into 3 groups: 1)
 tamoxifen 20 mg/day for 2 years (in premenopausal status, after
 oophorectomy), 2) chemotherapy with mitomycin C 20 mg/m2, iv, followed by
 administration of cyclophosphamide 60 mg/m2, po, 3) combination of tamoxifen
 and the chemotherapy. The chemotherapy alone or combination of chemotherapy
 and tamoxifen was given patients with ER (-) cancers. At September, 1983,
 422 patients took part in the trail, and the median follow-up period was 33
 months (at least 9 months). The recurrence rate of the group treated with
 antiestrogen alone was shown to be similar to that in other treatment groups
 in ER (+) cases.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adrenalectomy; *Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 Breast Neoplasms--Analysis (AN); Breast Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Breast
 Neoplasms--Surgery (SU); *Breast Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Castration;
 Combined Modality Therapy; Cyclophosphamide--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Hypophysectomy; Mitomycins--Administration and Dosage (AD); Receptors,
 Estrogen--Analysis (AN); *Tamoxifen--Administration and Dosage (AD)
 CAS Registry No.: 10540-29-1 (Tamoxifen); 50-07-7 (mitomycin C); 50-18-0
 (Cyclophosphamide)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 147
-A-
 1361856 84201856
-W-
 [Chemotherapy of chronic myelogenous leukemia in blastic crisis--vindesine,
 cytosine arabinoside prednisolone combination therapy]
 Uzuka Y; Saito Y; Takahash H; Komatsu M
 Gan To Kagaku Ryoho, May 1984, 11 (5) p1064-70,
-ISSN-
 0385-0684
-JrnlCode-
 6T8
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Twenty patients with chronic myelogenous leukemia in terminal transformation
 were treated with regimen incorporating vindesine, prednisolone and
 additional cytosine arabinoside. Of the 19 patients in blastic crisis,
 complete remission was achieved in 13 (68.4%). All four patients with
 lymphoid morphology, and nine of the eleven patients with myeloid
 morphology, achieved complete remission (81.8%); the four with monocytoid
 morphology did not. One patient in accelerated phase also attained complete
 remission. The present results indicate that the regimen incorporating
 vindesine-cytosine arabinoside-prednisolone should be treatment of choice in
 CML-BC with lymphoid morphology and myeloid morphology as well.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; *Antineoplastic Agents, Combined--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); Cytarabine--Administration and Dosage (AD) *Leukemia, Myelocytic--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Leukemia, Myelocytic--Pathology (PA); Middle Age;
 Prednisolone--Administration and Dosage (AD); Vinblastine--Analogs and
 Derivatives (AA); Vinblastine--Administration and Dosage (AD)
 CAS Registry No.: 147-94-4 (Cytarabine); 50-24-8 (Prednisolone); 53643-48-4
 (vindesine); 865-21-4 (Vinblastine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 148
-A-
 1349644 84189644
-W-
 Predictive tests in cancer chemotherapy. A reappraisal.
 Zsieka R; Seeber S; Schmidt CG
 Innere Universitatsklinik und Poliklinik Tumorforschung, Westdeutsches
 Tumorzent um Essen.
 Klin Wochenschr (GERMANY, WEST), Mar 1 1984, 62 (5) p203-12,
-ISSN-
 0023-2173
-JrnlCode-
 KW?
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The evolution of medical oncology so far owes much to the preclinical and
 clinical development of antineoplastic agents. Prognostic factors and
 empiric treatment strategies have guided the clinician in his choice of
 drugs. In the light of increasing ethical restrictions met with phase I-II
 clinical trials and major advances in propagating human tumor cells outside
 the donor patient, a reappraisal of predictive tests in cancer chemotherapy
 is warranted. Among 'short-term assays' only the determination of
 steroid-hormone receptor content in tumor tissues has gained clinical
 acceptance, whereas other methods still suffer from theoretical or practical
 shortcomings. Both the human tumor stem cell assay and the xenograft model
 have revealed unique patterns of sensitivity for each individual tumor line.
 While interindividual heterogeneity among tumors sharing a common site of
 origin justifies efforts to develop predictive tests, microheterogeneity
 among tumor samples from the same donor patient limits the potential of this
 approach. Predictive tests should be performed in conjunction with clinical
 trials to ensure optimal extraction of information. As additional prognostic
 factors, they should in the near future accelerate drug development and
 reduce the hazard of unnecessary drug toxicity without therapeutic benefit.
 (86 Refs.)
 Tags: Animal; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Antineoplastic Agents--Metabolism (ME); Antineoplastic
 Agents--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Drug Therapy, Combination; DNA Repair--Drug
 Effects (DE); DNA Replication--Drug Effects (DE); Gene Amplification; Mice
 Neoplasm Transplantation; NEOPL TRANSPL; Neoplasms--Analysis (AN);
 *Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Neoplasms--Familial and Genetic (FG);
 Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Prognosis; Receptors, Steroid--Analysis (AN);
 Tumor Stem Cell Assay; TCFU ASSAY
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 149
-A-
 1347151 84187151
-W-
 [Clinical aspects of ovarian endodermal sinus tumor]
 Nishida T; Kato T; Yakushiji M
 Nippon Sanka Fujinka Gakkai Zasshi, Mar 1984, 36 (3) p415-20,
-ISSN-
 0300-9165
-JrnlCode-
 INR
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 To study the clinical characteristics of ovarian endodermal sinus tumor, 22
 patients with this disease who were managed at the Kurume Univ. Hospital
 from 1970 to 1983 are analysed retrospectively. Before 1977 the patients
 received mainly radiation therapy as a postoperative treatment, and only two
 of
 13 patients during this period survived. After 1978, multi-drug combination
 chemotherapy brought a remarkable improvement in the prognosis showing six
 survival cases out of 8 patients, and four of them are still alive with no
 evidence of the disease. Although the therapeutic efficacy of the
 combination of vincristine, actinomycin D and cyclophosphamide, or
 cis-diamminedichloroplatinum, vinblastine and bleomycin was evident as
 previously reported, half of the cases achieved a drug-resistance against
 these regimens during the first line therapy and this required a change in
 the program. Further, two drop out cases caused by the severe side effects
 of these aggressive treatment were noted. The best treatment for malignant
 germ cell tumors is not yet known, and a more effective and acceptable
 program is demanded to attain the goal of chemotherapy.
 Tags: Female; Human
 Descriptors: Adolescence; Adult; *Antineoplastic Agents,
 Combined--Therapeutic Use (TU); Bleomycins--Therapeutic Use (TU); Child;
 Cisplatin--Therapeutic Use (TU); Combined Modality Therapy;
 Cyclophosphamide--Therapeutic Use (TU); Dactinomycin--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 Ovarian Neoplasms--Drug Therapy (DT); Ovarian Neoplasms--Surgery (SU);
 *Ovarian Neoplasms--Therapy (TH); Teratoma--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Teratoma--Surgery (SU); *Teratoma--Therapy (TH); Vinblastine--Therapeutic
 Use (TU); Vincristine--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 0 (VAC); 15663-27-1 (Cisplatin); 50-18-0
 (Cyclophosphamide); 50-76-0 (Dactinomycin); 57-22-7 (Vincristine);
 82556-04-5 (PVB); 865-21-4 (Vinblastine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 010:154 150
-A-
 1344307 84184307
-W-
 Malignant histiocytosis: a clinical, histologic, and immunohistochemical
 study of 20 cases.
 Ducatman BS; Wick MR; Morgan TW; Banks PM; Pierre RV
 Hum Pathol, Apr 1984, 15 (?) p368-77,
-ISSN-
 0046-8177
-JrnlCode-
 GEC
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 To better characterize the diagnostic criteria and clinical behavior of
 malignant histiocytosis, 20 patients treated at the Mayo Clinic during a
 25-year period were studied. A wide spectrum of cytologic differentiation
 was observed, with cells ranging from bland to highly anaplastic;
 hemophagocytosis was prominent only in conjunction with a bland histologic
 appearance. In surgical specimens, the diagnosis of malignant histiocytosis
 necessitated the use of immunoperoxidase methods for lysozyme,
 immunoglobulin light chain, and alpha-antitrypsen content, as well as
 cytochemical stains for acid phosphatase and nonspecific esterase. All
 autopsies showed that organ involvement had varied somewhat from that
 reported earlier. The correct diagnosis of malignant histiocytosis was made
 prior to death in only ten of the 20 cases. The mean survival in the 17
 fatal cases was 7.6 months; three of the seven patients treated by
 aggressive chemotherapy achieved complete remission. Relatively longer
 survival was correlated with initial confinement to the skin and the absence
 of cytopenia or liver function abnormalities. Three patients with pulmonary
 involvement from malignant histiocytosis had apparent inappropriate
 antidiuretic hormone secretion in the absence of central nervous system
 disease. The accelerated clinical progression of malignant histiocytosis and
 its response to current chemotherapeutic regimens make rapid diagnosis and
 familiarity with the pathologic variations seen in this disorder imperative.
 Routine utilization of special light-microscopic and immunohistochemical
 stains is mandatory.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; Combined Modality Therapy; Diagnosis, Differential; DIAG
 DIFFER; Histocytochemistry; Immunologic Technics; Infant ; *Lymph
 Nodes--Pathology (PA); Lymphoma, Giant Follicular--Pathology (PA) Middle
 Age; Neoplasms, Multiple Primary--Pathology (PA);
 Reticuloendotheliosis--Mortality (MO); *Reticuloendotheliosis--Pathology
 (PA); Reticuloendotheliosis--Therapy (TH); Skin Neoplasms--Mortality (MO);
 *Skin Neoplasms--Pathology (PA); Skin Neoplasms--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 1
-A-
 1798227 86015227
-W-
 [Home monitoring]
 Le monitorage a domicile.
 Normand M
 Nurs Que (CANADA), May-Jun 1985, 5 (4) p18-25,
-ISSN-
 0381-6419
-JrnlCode-
 OBD
-Lang-
 FRENCH
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Home Nursing; Infant Care; Infant; *Monitoring, Physiologic;
 Parents--Education (ED); Sleep Apnea Syndromes--Prevention and Control (PC);
 *Sudden Infant Death--Prevention and Control (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 2
-A-
 1797497 8601449
-W-
 [Coping with mourning and support at the death of a newborn infant]
 Rouwverwerking en begeleiding bij het overlijden van pasgeborenen.
 Hohenbruck BG; de Kleine MJ; Kollee LA; Robbroeckx LM
 Ned Tijdschr Geneeskd (NETHERLANDS), Aug 17 1985, 129 (33) p1582-5,
-ISSN-
 0028-2162
-JrnlCode-
 NUK
-Lang-
 DUTCH
 Summ. Lang.: ENG.
 Doc Type: Eng. Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Adaptation, Psychological; Adult; Communication; *Death; *Grief; *Infant,
 Newborn; Physician-Patient Relations; *Social Environment *Social Support
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 3
-A-
 1796775 86013775
-W-
 SIDS, seizures or 'sophagea' reflux Another manifestation of Munchausen
 syndrome by proxy.
 Geelhoed GC; Pemberton PJ
 Med J Aust, Oct 14 1985, 143 (8) p357-8,
-ISSN-
 0025-729X
-JrnlCode-
 M26
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A four-month-old boy with pseudo-seizures was extensively investigated for
 fits and gastro-oesophageal reflux and subsequently treated for presumed
 epilepsy. It was finally established that his mother was inducing the
 "seizures" by asphyxiation and subsequent interviews established that
 information concerning the parents had been falsified.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Child Abuse; Epilepsy--Diagnosis (DI); Gastroesophageal Reflux--Diagnosis
 (DI); Infant; *Mothers; *Munchausen Syndrome; Seizures--Diagnosis (DI);
 Sudden Infant Death
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 4
-A-
 1795121 86012121
-W-
 Sudden infant death syndrome: an update.
 McClain M
 JEN (US), Sep-Oct 1985, 11 (5) p227-33,
-ISSN-
 0099-1767
-JrnlCode-
 KRU
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Family; Financing, Government; *Health Services--Organization and
 Administration (OG); Infant; Infant, Newborn; Legislation; Massachusetts;
 Organizations; Stress, Psychological; *Sudden Infant Death
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 5
-A-
 1790577 86007577
-W-
 [Sudden infant Death. Epidemiological factors in unexplained, partially or
 insufficiently explained causes of death]
 Plotzlicher Sauglingstod. Epidemiologische Erhebungen bei nicht, teilweise
 oder hinreichend erklarbarer Todesursache.
 Molz G; Hartmann HP
 Anatomisches und Gerichtlich-medizinisches Institut, Universitat Zurich.
 Helv Paediatr Ecta (SWITZERLAND), Dec 1984, 39 (5-6) p395-404,
-ISSN-
 0018-022X
-JrnlCode-
 G59
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: ENG.
 Doc Type: Eng. Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Epidemiologic investigations were carried out on 185 infants, who died
 suddenly and on whom autopsies were performed. 53 infants died a "true
 sudden infant death", for 90 infants death was partly, and for 42 death was
 adequately explained. The three groups of SID infants were concordant with
 regard to the following parameters: the peak of mortality was found at about
 three months of age; among the SID probands, first born were less, third and
 later born were more numerous than in the general population; mothers of
 first, second and third born SID probands were younger as compared to the
 general population; SID probands were born twice as often in October as in
 March. Differences between children of Swiss or foreign parentage
 respectively were of minor significance with relatively few illegitimate and
 relatively many foster children among the foreign SID probands. 185 diseased
 children who had died in hospital and on whom autopsies were performed
 served as one control group; a second control group consisted of 1020
 unselected newborns of the city of Zurich. The test groups resembled one
 another in their deviation from the controls and thus seem to form an entity
 distinct from non-SID infants.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Autopsy; Birth Order; Ethnic Groups; Infant; Maternal Age; Pregnancy;
 Seasons; Socioeconomic Factors; *Sudden Infant Death--Occurrence (OC);
 Sudden Infant Death--Pathology (PA); Switzerland
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 6
-A-
 1780576 85305576
-W-
 Cerebral cortical function in infants at risk for sudden infant death
 syndrome.
 Clancy RR; Spitzer AR
 Ann Neurol, Jul 1985, 1 (1) p41-7,
-ISSN-
 0364-5134
-JrnlCode-
 6AEde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Cerebral cortical function was prospectively examined by
 electroencephalography (EEG) in subgroups of 257 infants at risk for sudden
 infant death syndrome (SIDS). Group 1 consisted of apparently healthy
 infants with near-miss SIDS episodes; Group 2 consisted of siblings of SIDS
 victims; and Group 3 consisted of neurologically suspect infants with apnea.
 The usual abundance and distribution of sharp EEG transients (SETs) were
 determined from 69 Group 1 infants. EEGs were interpreted as abnormal in the
 presence of ictal apnea, excessively abundant SETs, or immaturity of EEG
 background for conceptional age. Ninety percent of infants in Group 1 had
 entirely normal EEGs. There was no significant difference in the abundance
 or distribution of SETs between infants with normal breathing patterns and
 those with excessively periodic respirations.
 Nonictal apnea was recorded in 7% of Group 1 infants. The unexpected
 diagnosis of ictal apnea was confirmed in 2 Group 1 infants (1.2%), and 5
 (2.9%) had excessive SETs but no recorded seizures. Only 4 infants (2.3%)
 had abnormally immature EEGs for conceptional age. Nonictal apnea occurred
 in 5 of 33 (15.2%) Group 3 infants and ictal apnea was confirmed in 2 others
 (6.1%). We conclude that the majority of Group 1 and 2 infants have normal
 cerebral cortical activity between and during apnea and that central nervous
 system cortical immaturity, as measured by EEG, plays no important role in
 the pathogenesis of SIDS. SETs are commonly recorded in these infants and
 must be conservatively interpreted. However, an EEG examination was critical
 in establishing the unexpected diagnosis of ictal apnea in a small
 percentage of Group 1 and 3 infants and materially influenced subsequent
 evaluation, management, and prognosis.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Apnea--Complications (CO); Apnea--Physiopathology (PP); *Cerebral
 Cortex--Physiopathology (PP); Child, Preschool; Electroencephalography; EEG;
 Epilepsy--Complications (CO); Epilepsy--Physiopathology (PP); Infant;
 Infant, Newborn; Infant, Newborn, Diseases--Complications (CO); Infant,
 Newborn, Diseases--Physiopathology (PP); Risk; Sudden Infant Death--Etiology
 (ET); *Sudden Infant Death--Physiopathology (PP)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 7
-A-
 1779086 85304086
-W-
 The mistaken diagnosis of child abuse. A form of medical abuse
 Kischner RH; Stein RJ
 Am J Dis Child, Sep 1985, 139 (9) p873-5,
-ISSN-
 0002-922X
-JrnlCode-
 3GS
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The suspected diagnosis of child abuse may prove to be unfounded. Reports in
 the literature have focused on unusual diseases and folk medicine practices
 that may mimic abuse. We report ten cases where allegations of abuse were
 lodged against parents because the treating physicians in the emergency room
 mistook life-threatening illness or postmortem artifacts for inflicted
 injury. In all cases the families were from the inner city, and with two
 exceptions the involved institutions were small hospitals without pediatric
 personnel present in the emergency department. Although the histories
 related by the parents were in all cases truthful and consistent with the
 results of physical examinations of the child, the involved physicians
 failed to take a correct diagnosis. Not only a lack of experience with
 severe childhood illness and death but also an atlitude of suspicion and/or
 hostility probably contributed to these misdiagnoses.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Child; *Child Abuse; Child, Preschool; *Death, Sudden--Etiology (ET);
 Diagnostic Errors; Infant; Physician's Role; Sudden Infant Death--Diagnosis
 (DI); Sudden Infant Death--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 8
-A-
 177970 85304070
-W-
 Ventilatory pattern following diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis immunization in
 infants at risk for sudden infant death syndrome.
 Keens TG; Ward SL; Gates EP; Andree DI; Hart LD
 Division of Neonatology and Pediatric Pulmonology, Childrens Hospital of Los
 Angeles, CA 90027.
 Am J Dis Child (US), Oct 1985, 139 (10) p991-4,
-ISSN-
 0002-922X
-JrnlCode-
 3GS
 Contract/Grant No.: 507RR05469-17
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 To evaluate the effects of diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis (DTP) immunization
 on the ventilatory pattern during sleep in infants at increased risk for
 sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS), we performed overnight pneumograms
 (recordings of ventilatory pattern and electrocardiogram) on 30 control
 infants, 46 infants with unexplained apnea, and 33 subsequent siblings of
 SIDS victims the night before and the night following a DTP immunization.
 Pneumograms were quantitated for total sleep time, longest apnea (in
 seconds), total duration of apneas longer than 6 s (in minutes), and total
 periodic breathing (in minutes). Following the DTP immunization there was no
 significant change in any criterion quantitated on pneumograms from any
 group except for a decrease in periodic breathing in the unexplained apnea
 group. We conclude that DTP immunization does not increase abnormalities of
 the ventilatory pattern as recorded by the pneumogram technique in infants
 at increased risk for SIDS.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't,
 P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Diphtheria Toxoid--Adverse Effects (AE); Drug Combinations--Adverse Effects
 (AE); Electrocardiography; ECG; Infant; Monitoring, Physiologic; *Pertussis
 Vaccine--Adverse Effects (AE); *Respiration; Respiratory Function
 Tests--Methods (MT); Risk; Sleep Apnea Syndromes--Physiopathology (PP);
 Sleep--Physiology (PH); *Sudden Infant Death--Physiopathology (PP); *Tetanus
 Toxoid--Adverse Effects (AE)
 CAS Registry No.: 0 (DTP) vaccine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 9
-A-
 1776625 85301625
-W-
 Unusual sudden death.
 Warren JV
 Dept. of Medicine, Ohio State Univ., Columbus.
 Trans Am Clin Climatol Assoc (US), 1984, 96 p120-30,
-ISSN-
 0065-7778
-JrnlCode-
 W2T
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In contrast to usual sudden death seen in the course of coronary artery
 disease, individuals dying suddenly from other causes form a complex array
 of situations. In some the causes are readily identifiable. No simple
 pattern is available to identify the potential candidate, but on review of
 the many causes some moves by the physician may be helpful. For example, a
 more complete physical evaluation of young individuals participating in
 competitive athletics is in order. This is particularly true if the athlete
 reports an episode of unexplained syncope. This may well be the warning of a
 propensity towards sudden death under physical and emotional stress.
 Knowledge of the specific problems in underwater swimming and diving, in
 high altitude exposure and in various circumstances such as certain weight
 reduction diets and industrial exposure may lead to control of some types of
 unusual sudden death. Clearly, more studies are needed to give answers in so
 called crib death. As the incidence of usual sudden death falls, these
 unusual forms of sudden death will represent a more important fraction of
 sudden death in general.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Accidents, Occupational; Airway Obstruction--Mortality (MO)
 Alcoholism--Mortality (MO); Coronary Vessel Anomalies--Mortality (MO);
 *Death, Sudden; Diet, Reducing; Drowning; Exertion; Infant; Myocardial
 Diseases--Mortality (MO); Stress, Psychological--Mortality (MO); Substance
 Abuse--Mortality (MO); *Sudden Infant Death
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 10
-A-
 1763633 85288633
-W-
 Dysfunctional grieving related to childbearing loss: a descriptive study.
 Harris CC
 Health Care Women Int (US), 1984, 5 (5-6) p401-25,
-ISSN-
 0739-9332
-JrnlCode-
 HCW
 Contract/Grant No.: 2 D23 NU00142-04R
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Abortion--Psychology (PX); Adult; *Counseling; Fetal Death; *Grief; Guilt;
 Handicapped; Infant, Newborn; Infant, Premature; Interpersonal Relations;
 *Parents--Psychology (PX); Pregnancy; PREGN
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 11
-A-
 176332 85288632
-W-
 An examination of perinatal death literature: implications for nursing
 practice and research.
 Hutti MH
 Health Care Women Int (US), 1984, 5 (5-6) p387-400,
-ISSN-
 0739-9332
-JrnlCode-
 HC?
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Abortion--Psychology (PX); Adult; *Death; *Fetal Death; Grief; Infant,
 Newborn; *Parents--Psychology (PX); Pregnany; PREGN; *Professional-Family
 Relations; Research Design; Social Support
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 12
-A-
 1761071 85286071
-W-
 Family adjustment to the early loss of a baby born with spina bifida.
 Dorner S; Atwell JD
 Wessex Unit for Children and Parents, Portsmouth.
 Dev Med Child Neurol (ENGLAND), Aug 1985, 27 (4) p461-6,
-ISSN-
 0012-1622
-JrnlCode-
 E83
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Sixteen families were contacted two to seven years after the death of their
 spina-bifida baby following transfer to a specialist unit and the parents'
 subsequent decision against active treatment. There was little evidence of
 serious long-term problems of adjustment on any of the measures assessing
 marital relationships, parental physical and mental health, and decisions
 about later pregnancies. Parents welcomed the unit's policy of encouraging
 frequent contact with their baby, and thought that it had facilitated the
 grieving process.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Adaptation, Psychological; Adult; Attitude to Death; Family
 Characteristics; Follow-Up Studies; *Grief; Infant, Newborn; Marriage;
 *Parent-Child Relations; Psychological Tests; *Spina Bifida--Psychology
 (PX); Spina Bifida--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 13
-A-
 1759695 85284695
-W-
 Brainstem auditory evoked responses in infants at risk of sudden infant
 death.
 Pettigrew AG; Rahilly PM
 Dept. of Physiology, Univ. of Sydney, N.S.W., Australia.
 Early Hum Dev (NETHERLANDS), Jul 1985, 11 (2) p99-111,
-ISSN-
 0378-3782
-JrnlCode-
 EDH
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Brainstem auditory evoked responses (BAERs) were recorded from 63 near-miss
 Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (NMSIDS) infants, 26 siblings of SIDS (SSIBS)
 infants and 67 control infants between 0 and 30 weeks post-term. The
 majority of BAERs recorded from the NMSIDS and SSIBS infants had normal form
 and interpeak intervals (V-I and V-IIn) within normal limits for their age.
 However, 15% of these infants had interpeak intervals outside the normal
 range, suggesting abnormal neural function in these cases. The distributions
 of interpeak intervals for all NMSIDS and SSIBS infants were skewed towards
 longer times compared to control infants. The distributions of V-IIn
 intervals for both groups of at risk infants were significantly different to
 that of control infants. While the observations confirm that the recording
 of BAERs is not suitable for identifying infants at risk of SIDS, they
 suggest, however, that maturation of neural processing in the brainstem of
 these infants may be delayed.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 *Brain Stem--Physiopathology (PP); *Evoked Potentials, Auditory;
 Gastroesophageal Reflux--Complications (CO); Infant; Infant, Newborn;
 Respiration; Risk; Sudden Infant Death--Complications (CO); Sudden Infant
 Death--Familial and Genetic (FG); *Sudden Infant Death--Physiopathology
 (PP); Thiamine Deficiency--Complications (CO)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 14
-A-
 1748100 85273100
-W-
 [Death and the dying. Health visitor's role in families when infants die]
 Doden og den doende. Sundhedsplejerskens rolle i familien n.ANG.ar et
 spaedbarn dor.
 Moldrup J; Widenmann M
 Sygeplejersken (DENMARK), Apr 20 1985, 85 (16) p12-4,
-ISSN-
 0106-8350
-JrnlCode-
 VF9
-Lang-
 DANISH
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; *Community Health Nursing; Crisis Intervention; Grief; Infant;
 *Professional-Family Relations; *Social Environment; *Social Support;
 *Sudden Infant Death
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 15
-A-
 1744718 85269718
-W-
 Bereavement. Letting Alan go.
 Malcolm D
 Nurs Times (ENGLAND), Jul 17-23 1985, 81 (29) p30-1,
-ISSN-
 0029-6589
-JrnlCode-
 O9U
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Adaptation, Psychological; Adult; Child; *Death; *Family; Infant;
 *Neuroblastoma
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 16
-A-
 1735360 85260360
-W-
 Identification in the theory and technique of psychoanalysis. Some thoughts
 on its farther reaches and functions.
 Simenauer E
 Int J Psychoanal (ENGLAND), 1985, 66 ( Pt 2) p171-84,
-ISSN-
 0020-7578
-JrnlCode-
 GSL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A re-valuation of the concept of identification appears pertinent as it has
 come to embrace a multitude of psychoanalytic notions. Historically Freud
 has already differentiated meaning and function of identification. The
 original choice of object in the infant is coupled with his narcissism;
 identification is unconscious, partial and ambivalent; both determine the
 outcome if object loss occurs. Through identification the individual is
 being constituted. This notion culminated in Klein's concept of projective
 identification, among her other metapsychological extensions. By projecting
 not only phantasies and impulses but also part of its self the infant
 becomes capable of understanding and using symbols. Klein's notions on
 thought processes are commented upon here, with the inclusion of some
 language research, and it is argued that they are in line with Freud's paper
 'Negation'. The traditional notion of identifacation is then extended to an
 'autoplastic' one which discusses autochthonic intrapersonal processes and
 hereditary factors. Autoplastic identification is primary, it becomes
 modified by the traditionally accepted mechanism of (alloplastic)
 identification. A vignette from an analysis is given for illustration. The
 paper concludes with a discussion of the death-instinct in so far as it
 touches upon identification.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Cognition; Death; Ego; Fantasy; Freudian Theory; *Identification
 (Psychology); *IDENTIFICATION; Instinct; Language; Narcissism; Object
 Attachment; Projection; *Psychoanalytic Theory; Psychoanalytic Therapy;
 Symbolism (Psychology)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 17
-A-
 1726940 85251940
-W-
 Reverse transport of the deceased neonate--an aid to mourning.
 Courtney SE; Thomas N; Predmore BK
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Wright State Univ. School of Medicine, Dayton, Ohio.
 Am J Perinatol (US), Jul 1985, 2 (3) p217-20,
-ISSN-
 0735-1631
-JrnlCode-
 AA3
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Parents whose infant has died mourn in a fashion similar to others who
 experience a significant loss. Seeing and touching the dead infant often
 facilitate the parents' mourning process. If an infant is transported to
 another facility for care, and dies while the mother remains hospitalized,
 the mother may never see her infant again. We have found, in selected cases,
 that returning the dead infant to its mother at the referring hospital can
 greatly facilitate parental grieving. Parents who have participated in this
 aspect of grieving later describe it as a very positive factor in their
 mourning process.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Attitude to Death; *Grief; Hospitalization; *Infant, Newborn;
 *Parents--Psychology (PX); Referral and Consultation; REFERRAL;
 *Transportation of Patients
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 18
-A-
 1725554 8520554
-W-
 Infanticide, filicide, and cot death [editorial]
 Emery JL
 Arch Dis Child (ENGLAND), Jun 1985, 60 (6) p505-7,
-ISSN-
 0003-9888
-JrnlCode-
 6XG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Attitude to Health; Great Britain; Infant; Infant, Newborn; Infanticide;
 Parent-Child Relations; Pregnancy; PREGN; Sudden Infant Death--Diagnosis
 (DI); *Sudden Infant Death--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 19
-A-
 1719752 85244752
-W-
 Psychosocial predictors of sudden death: a review and critique.
 Bini YM
 Dept. of Psychology, McGill Univ., Montreal, P.Q., Canada.
 Soc Sci Med (ENGLAND), 1985, 20 (7) 667-80,
-ISSN-
 0277-9536 Journal Code UT9
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Research and selected case studies concerning psychosocial prediction of
 sudden death are evaluated under three categories: sudden cardiac, sudden
 infant and sudden traumatic death. The psychosocial predictors reviewed
 include novelty-pre-exposure, control-helplessness, restraint, Type A
 behavior, life change, bereavement, denial, social support and contact,
 voodoo, psychiatric illness, mother infant separation, submission-defeat,
 housing, handling and environmental enrichment. Four of these predictors,
 controllability-helplessness, pre-exposure-novelty, repressive affect and
 physical restraint are repeatedly cited in both human and animal studies and
 their importance is critically evaluated. Methodological and substantive
 recommendations for future research are made and a discussion of possible
 mechanisms is presented.
 Tags: Animal; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 *Adaptation, Psychological; Arousal; Arrhythmia--Psychology (PX); *Death,
 Sudden--Etiology (ET); Electrocardiography; ECG; Heart Arrest--Psychology
 (PX); Life Change Events; Medicine, Traditional; Risk; *Social Environment;
 Social Support; Sudden Infant Death--Psychology (PX); Type A Personality;
 Wounds and Injuries--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 20
-A-
 1719738 85244738
-W-
 Social and cultural factors in the etiology of low birthweight among
 disadvantaged blacks.
 Boone MS
 Dept. of Anthropology, George Washington Univ., Washington, DC 20052.
 Soc Sci Med (ENGLAND), 1985, 20 (10) p1001-11,
-ISSN-
 0277-9536
-JrnlCode-
 UT9
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 This report gives results from eight intensive, exploratory interviews with
 Black women who suffered infant deaths within one year after delivery.
 Interviews were conducted as a final step in a research project to discover
 the correlates of very low birthweight among disadvantaged women in a city
 which maintains among the highest low birthweight and infant mortality rates
 in the United States. Qualitative results are presented within the context
 of a case/control study based on an in-depth medical record review.
 Statistical results showed that prenatal care, alcoholism, migrant status,
 smoking, hypertension history and previous poor pregnancy outcome
 distinguished women with very low birthweight infants. The medical record
 review also implicated violence, weak social support systems, poor social
 and psychological adjustments and ineffective contraception. Interview
 results further explore the social and psychological context of pregnancy
 for the disadvantaged inner city Black woman. Three-quarters of all women
 are unmarried at the time of delivery, and interviewed women expressed
 bitterness and resentment toward the men in their livers for non-support.
 They received the most help from 'girlfriends', and not consistent
 support--as expected--from mothers and female kin. Answers to open-ended
 questions and responses to a specially resigned interview section on
 attitudes and beliefs suggest that these women conceptually dissociate three
 important areas of cultural focus: relationships with men, pregnancy and
 childbirth; and, that they value the 'gestator' rose as separate from the
 role of 'mother'. They espouse contradictory beliefs about men: they believe
 that men are predatory and not trustworthy, but also more mainstream beliefs
 that call for reliance on the opposite sex. Because of their
 unstabphysicians and other health personnel, and some type of program to
 combat the social
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Abortion; Adolescence; Adult; Attitude to Death; Attitude to Health;
 *Blacks; Contraception Behavior; District of Columbia; Family
 Characteristics; Infant Mortality; *Infant, Low Birth Weight; *INFANT LBW;
 Infant, Newborn; Interpersonal Relations; Life Style; *Poverty; Pregnancy;
 PREGN; Social Support; Socioeconomic Factors; Stress,
 Psychological--Psychology (PX); Substance Abuse
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 21
-A-
 1711623 85236623
-W-
 Development of a perinatal grief checklist.
 Beckey RD; Price RA; Okerson M; Riley KW
 J Obstet Gynecol Neonatal Nurs, May-Jun 1985, 14 (3) p194-9,
-ISSN-
 0090-0311
-JrnlCode-
 JG8
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The perinatal nurse face one of the most difficult tasks in caring for
 families surviving the death of a newborn. This situation generates anxiety,
 depression, and frustration unless a plan designed for such situations is
 available. At Woman's Hospital of Texas, a group of nurses worked together
 to develop a tool to use as a guide through a difficult but meaningful
 nursing intervention. The process of the development and use of the
 Perinatal Grief Checklist is described.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Death; *Fetal Death; *Grief; Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Newborn, Diseases;
 Inservice Training--Organization and Administration (OG); Nursing Records;
 Nursing Staff, Hospital--Education (ED); Object Attachment;
 *Parents--Psychology (PX); Pregnancy; PREGN; Professional-Family Relations;
 Texas
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 22
-A-
 1685210 85210210
-W-
 Grief and perinatal loss. A community hospital approach to support.
 Carr D; Knupp SF
 Maternity Dept., Lancaster Osteopathic Hospital, Pennsylvania.
 J Obstet Gynecol Neonatal Nurs (US), Mar-Apr 1985, 14 (2) p130-9,
-ISSN-
 0090-0311
-JrnlCode-
 JG8
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Hospital health-care professionals sometimes fail to recognize the depth to
 which parents grieve over a stillbirth and to acknowledge the validity of
 the parents' grief. By interacting with SHARE (Support and Help in Airing
 and Resolving Experiences), a parent support group for those who have
 experienced a perinatal loss, a hospital team was able to develop a written
 protocol with support measures to use when stil birth occurs. This protocol
 has been in effect for three years and the staff has seen dual benefits.
 Staff members find constructive ways of offering support, and parents derive
 a sense of comfort and direction from the approach.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Delivery; *Fetal Death; Funeral Rites; *Grief; Hospital Bed Capacity, 100 to
 299; HOSP BED CAPAC 100; *Hospitals, Community; Infant, Newborn; Labor;
 Nurse-Patient Relations; *Nursing Staff, Hospital; *Parents--Psychology
 (PX); Pennsylvania; Pregnancy; PREGN; *Social Environment; *Social Support
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 23
-A-
 1675691 85200691
-W-
 Preventing infant deaths [letter]
 Thurtle OA; Cox P; Fall C; Hufton BR; Litchfield J; Tomlinson M; Litchfield
 J; Tomlinson M; Kinmonth AL
 Br Med J [Clin Res] (ENGLAND), May 11 1985, 290 (6479) p1434-5,
-ISSN-
 0267-0623
-JrnlCode-
 B4X
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Family Practice; Infant; Infant, Newborn; Referral and Consultation;
 REFERRAL; *Sudden Infant Death--Prevention and Control (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 24
-A-
 1664858 85189858
-W-
 Trauma '85. Sudden death.
 Manning H
 Nurs Mirror (ENGLAND), May 1 1985, 160 (18) p19-21,
-ISSN-
 0029-511
-JrnlCode-
 O98
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Child; Child, Preschool; *Death, Sudden; *Family;
 Infant; Infant, Newborn; Middle Age; *Stress, Psychological
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 25
-A-
 1663997 85188997
-W-
 Helping the parents of a stillborn.
 Whited L
 Nursing, May 1985, 15 (5) p63,
-ISSN-
 0360-4039
-JrnlCode-
 OA3
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; *Fetal Death; Infant, Newborn; *Parents--Psychology (PX); Pregnancy;
 PREGN; *Professional-Family Relations; Social Support
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 26
-A-
 1660379 85185379
-W-
 Cot deaths: the aftermath.
 Walker R
 J R Coll Gen Pract (SCOTLAND), Apr 1985, 35 (273) p194-6,
-ISSN-
 0035-8797
-JrnlCode-
 JV9
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Doc Type: Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS (14 Refs.)
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 *Attitude to Death Coroners and Medical Examiners; CORONERS; Great Britain;
 Health Services; Infant; Infant, Newborn; *Parents--Psychology (PX); *Sudden
 Infant Death
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 27
-A-
 1653882 85178882
-W-
 Cultural grief expressions following infant death.
 York CR; Stichler JF
 Dimens Crit Care Nurs (US), Mar-Apr 1985, 4 (2) p120-7,
-ISSN-
 0730-4625
-JrnlCode-
 EAO
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; *Attitude to Death; Child; Child, Preschool; *Culture;
 *Ethnic Groups--Psychology (PX); Funeral Rites; *Grief; Infant; Infant,
 Newborn; Nurses--Psychology (PX); Religion
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 28
-A-
 1638926 85163926
-W-
 Sudden infant death syndrome--a six-year family follow-up in Nebraska.
 Dang HS; McIntire MS
 Nebr Med J (US), Mar 1985, 70 (3) p91-4,
-ISSN-
 0091-6730
-JrnlCode-
 NU0
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Age Factors; *Family; Follow-Up Studies; Infant; Marriage; Monitoring,
 Physiologic; Nebraska; Questionnaires; *Sudden Infant Death--Occurrence
 (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 29
-A-
 1622889 85147889
-W-
 Diaphragmatic paralysis due to spinal muscular atrophy. An unrecognised
 cause of respiratory failure in infancy
 McWilliam RC; Gardner-Medwin D; Doyle D; Stephenson JB
 Fraser of Allander Unit, Royal Hospital for Sick Children, Glasgow.
 Arch Dis Child (ENGLAND), Feb 1985, 60 (2) p145-9,
-ISSN-
 0003-9888
-JrnlCode-
 6XG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 An unusual form of spinal muscular atrophy presenting with respiratory
 failure was observed in four infants from two families. In one, whose death
 as attributed to pneumonia, the diagnosis was inferred retrospectively after
 two siblings died from an identical illness and were shown to have
 diaphragmatic paralysis and the typical electrophysiological and
 histological features of spinal muscular atrophy. Other signs of skeletal
 muscular weakness were absent or inconspicuous. The fourth, unrelated infant
 presented in an identical way but has survived for over a year on a
 ventilator. Two months after the onset of respiratory paralysis, more
 extensive skeletal muscular weakness was seen. Other infants, dying of
 unexplained respiratory illness, may have this disorder and some may be
 included in the miscellany of disorders that constitute the sudden infant
 death syndrome.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Infant; Infant, Newborn; Muscles--Pathology (PA); *Muscular
 Atrophy--Complications (CO); Muscular Atrophy--Pathology (PA); *Respiratory
 Paralysis--Etiology (ET); Respiratory Paralysis--Pathology (PA); Spinal
 Cord--Pathology (PA); Sudden Infant Death--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 30
-A-
 1620440 85145440
-W-
 Helping children cope with death.
 Siegel BS
 Boston Univ. School of Medicine, Massachusetts.
 Am Fam Physician (US), Mar 1985, 31 (3) p175-80,
-ISSN-
 0002-838X
-JrnlCode-
 3BT
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 When confronted with the death of a loved one, children usually behave
 according to their developmental level. In the young child, death may be
 perceived as separation, as the result of magical thinking, or as
 punishment. Children over six can understand explanations about the cause of
 death. Parents may seek advice from their family physician about such issues
 as how the child will react to the death, what the child should be old about
 death, and whether the child should attend the funeral.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Adaptation, Psychological; Adolescence; Attitude to Death; Child
 Development; *Child Psychology; Child; Child, Preschool; *Death; Family;
 Funeral Rites; Infant; Physician's Role
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 31
-A-
 1612532 85137532
-W-
 [Air pollution and bronchopulmonary disease in children]
 Luftverschmutzung und bronchopulmonale Erkrankungen im Kindesalter.
 von der Hardt H
 Abteitung Kinderheilkunde I, Medizinischen Hochschule Hannover.
 Monatsschr Kinderheilkd (GERMANY, WEST), Jan 1985, 13 (1) p2-5,
-ISSN-
 0026-9298
-JrnlCode-
 NHZ
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: ENG.
 Doc Type: Eng. Absaract; Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In recent years air pollution was linked to the croup-syndrome and sudden
 infant death syndrome (SIDS). There is no doubt, that the incidence of
 bronchopulmanary disorders in infancy and childhood is higher than usual in
 more polluted areas. That has been proven especially for recurrent
 bronchitis and asthma syndrome. It may be possible, that there ist a higher
 frequency of pseudo-croup in extremely polluted areas. However, there is no
 certain link between air pollution and SIDS. Indoor pollution, or pollution
 of the micro-environment, is as important as outdoor pollution regarding
 bronchopulmonary diseases in infants and children. Smoking parents are the
 most important contribution to indoor pollution. Pediatricians should not
 only discuss airborn pollution but equally the importance of indoor
 environmental pollution as having a negative influence on the respiratory
 system as well. (28 Refs.)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Air Pollution--Adverse Effects (AE); Child, Preschool; *Croup--Etiology
 (ET); Infant; *Laryngitis--Etiology (ET); *Lung Diseases,
 Obstructive--Etiology (ET); *Sudden Infant Death--Etiology (ET); Tobacco
 Smoke Pollution--Adverse Effects (AE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 32
-A-
 1611871 8513871
-W-
 A program for helping grieving parents.
 Mina CF
 MCN (US), Mar-Apr 1985, 10 (2) p118-21,
-ISSN-
 0361-929X
-JrnlCode-
 MA3
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; *Death; *Grief; *Infant, Newborn; Nursing Staff, Hospital--Education
 (ED); *Parents--Psychology (PX); *Social Environment; *Social Support; South
 Carolina
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 33
-A-
 1605177 85130177
-W-
 Child health status and risk factors.
 Starfield B; Budetti PP
 Division of Health Policy, Johns Hopkins Univ. School of Hygiene and Public
 Health, Baltimore, MD 21205.
 Health Serv Res (US), Feb 1985, 19 (6 P 2) p817-86,
-ISSN-
 0017-9124
-JrnlCode-
 G2L
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Doc Type: Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS (119 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Child Health Services--Utilization (UT) Child Nutrition;
 Child; Child, Preschool; Chromosome Abnormalities--Occurrence (OC); Culture;
 Ethnic Groups; Family Characteristics; Fetal Death--Occurrence (OC); Fetal
 Diseases--Occurrence (OC); *Health Status; Health Surveys; *Health; Infant
 Mortality; Infant; Infant, Newborn; Mass Screening; *Morbidity; *Mortality;
 Nutrition Surveys Parents--Psychology (PX); Pregnancy; PREGN; Risk; Social
 Behavior; Social Environment; Socioeconomic Factors; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 34
-A-
 1603713 85128713
-W-
 Things that go beep in the night: home monitoring for apnea.
 Sheridan MS
 Kapiolani Women's and Children's Medical Center, Honolulu, Hawaii.
 Health Soc Work (US), Winter 1985, 10 (1) p63-70,
-ISSN-
 0360-7283
-JrnlCode-
 FZ6
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Home equipment for cardiorespiratory monitoring now makes it possible for
 parents to manage more effectively the risks of apnea, or prolonged
 breathing pauses, in infants. This article examines the features of a social
 work program that provides parents of apneic infants with education and
 support. It also demonstrates the important contribution of social work to
 monitoring.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Home Nursing; *Home Nursing--Education (ED); Infant; *Monitoring,
 Physiologic; Parents--Education (ED); *Sleep Apnea Syndromes--Diagnosis
 (DI); Social Support; *Social Work; Sudden Infant Death--Prevention and
 Control (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 35
-A-
 1592591 85117591
-W-
 Long-term reactions following a stillbirth with a congenital abnormality: a
 preliminary report.
 Morris J; Tew B; Laurence KM
 Dept. of Child Health, Univ. of Wales, College of Medicine, Heath Park,
 Cardiff, Great Britain.
 Z Kinderchir (GERMANY, WEST), Dec 1984, 39 Suppl 2 p117-9,
-ISSN-
 0174-3082
-JrnlCode-
 YF2
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Just over half of the sixty women who were interviewed ten and twenty years
 after they were delivered of a stillborn malformed baby, seem to have
 resolved their grief completely and have accepted the stillbirth. The
 remainder have become clinically depressed or have shown physical symptoms
 typical of anxiety states. Factors contributing to their unresolved mourning
 were: 1) failure on the doctor's part to explain, comprehensively, the
 reasons for the stillbirth; 2) lack of emotional support during and after
 the stillbirth.
 Tags: Female; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 *Adaptation, Psychological; Adult; *Anencephaly--Psychology (PX); Attitude
 to Health; Fetal Death; Follow-Up Studies; Grief; Infant, Newborn; Marriage;
 *Mothers--Psychology (PX); Pregnancy; PREGN
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 36
-A-
 1582449 85107449
-W-
 Control of ventilation in subsequent siblings of victims of sudden infant
 death syndrome
 Brady JP; McCann EM
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Children's Hospital of San Francisco, California.
 J Pediatr (US), Feb 1985, 106 (2) p212-7,
-ISSN-
 0022-3476
-JrnlCode-
 JLZ
 Contract/Grant No.: HL24075
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 To learn whether the ventilatory responses to hypoxia (17% O2) and
 hypercapnea (4% CO2) differ in the subsequent siblings of sudden infant
 death victims (SIDS), we studied seven normal control infants, nine infants
 who had had a prolonged apneic spell (apneic infants), and 10 subsequent
 siblings of SIDS (mean ages 10.4 weeks, 15 weeks, and 10 weeks,
 respectively). With inhalation of 17% O2, one of seven controls, two of nine
 apneic infants, and seven of 10 siblings of SIDS breathed periodically
 (controls vs siblings, P less than 0.04). Heart rate and end-tidal PCO2 did
 not change, but respiratory rate decreased in the siblings (45 to 31 breaths
 per minute, P less than 0.001). Arousal occurred during 25% of the hypoxic
 challenges in the controls and apneic infants but was not seen in the
 siblings of SIDS (control vs siblings P less than 0.08, apneic vs siblings P
 less than 0.05). With inhalation of 4% CO2 there was a similar increase in
 estimated ventilation among the three groups. Arousal occurred 33% of the
 time in all three groups. Our findings show that, after 5 weeks of age,
 siblings of SIDS have a normal response to hypercapnea but respond to mild
 hypoxia with periodic breathing.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't,
 P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Apnea--Familial and Genetic (FG); Apnea--Physiopathology (PP);
 Apnea--Therapy (TH); Carbon Dioxide--Physiology (PH); Heart Rate; Infant;
 Oxygen Inhalation Therapy; Oxygen--Physiology (PH); Partial Pressure;
 Respiration; *Respiration, Artificial; Respiration, Artificial--Methods
 (MT); *Sudden Infant Death--Physiopathology (PP); Tidal Volume
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 37
-A-
 1576518 8510151
-W-
 A critical comparison of the history of sudden-death infants and infants
 hospitalised for near-miss for SIDS.
 Kahn A; Blum D; Hennart P; Sellens C; Samson-Dollfus D; Tayot J; Gilly R
 Dutruge J; Flores R; Sternberg B
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Free Univ. of Brussels, Belgium.
 Eur J Pediatr (GERMANY, WEST), Dec 1984, 143 (2) p103-?,
-ISSN-
 0340-6199
-JrnlCode-
 END
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 To determine whether significant historical differences distinguish the
 near-miss for Sudden Infant Death from the infants who died of SIDS, we
 analysed the histories and clinical data from two groups of infants seen in
 our Univ. Hospital and from collaborative research group. The data were
 obtained with the use of a standardised questionnaire and consultation of
 all available medical data. Sixty-five infants were identified as near-miss
 for SIDS after they had suffered a severe cardiorespiratory incident during
 sleep for which no cause could be found despite a complete medical
 examination. After an autopsy had failed to reveal a cause for the
 unexpected death 95 cases of SIDS were retained in the study. A series of
 353 variables were collected from the parents, the gynaecologists,
 neonatologists and attending physicians. After statistical analysis, only 15
 of the 353 items studied significantly differentiated between the two
 groups. A step-wise discriminant analysis performed on these items led to
 the identification of six independent variables: the time of the incident;
 the circumstances leading to the observation of the child; the child's sleep
 position; previous minor intestinal problems; the size of the family and the
 mother's coffee consumption. Most variables indicate that the near-miss
 infants were discovered and rescued earlier than the infants who died. No
 other historical information appeared significantly to differentiate between
 the two groups of infants. These data need confirmation from a prospective
 epidemiological survey.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Family Characteristics; Infant; Maternal Age; Posture; Risk Seasons; Sleep;
 Sudden Infant Death--Etiology (ET); *Sudden Infant Death--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 38
-A-
 1573621 8508621
-W-
 Bereavement counselling after sudden infant death.
 Woodward S; Pope A; Robson WJ; Hagan O
 Alder Hey Children's Hospital, Liverpool.
 Br Med J [Clin Res] (ENGLAND), Feb 2 1985, 290 (6465) p363-5,
-ISSN-
 0267-0623
-JrnlCode-
 B4X
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Of 14 families who suffered a sudden infant death, eight were followed up
 intensively over several months and offered individual counselling, parents'
 group meetings, and interviews with doctors as a way of helping them come to
 terms with their feelings of loss. Five couples accepted short term support
 from their health visitor, and one refused help. Many families experienced
 considerable stress including marital conflict, difficulties with surviving
 children, and anxiety about future children becoming victims of the sudden
 infant death syndrome. It was concluded that medical social workers, health
 visitors, hospital paediatricians, general practitioners, and parent self
 help groups are in key positions to help. The success of such help is likely
 to depend on the confidence that each helper has that his or her
 contribution will be valued by the bereaved family.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Counseling--Methods (MT); England; *Grief; Infant; Infant, Newborn;
 Parent-Child Relations; *Parents--Psychology (PX); Physician-Patient
 Relations; Self-Help Groups; *Sudden Infant Death
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 39
-A-
 1572309 85097309
-W-
 Children dead on arrival: predictors of short-term family follow-up.
 Cohen GJ
 Outpatient Dept., Children's Hospital National Medical Center, Washington,
 DC.
 Am J Emerg Med (US), Jul 1984, 2 (4) p315-20,
-ISSN-
 0735-6757
-JrnlCode-
 AA2
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Approximately three fourths of the parents whose children were pronounced
 dead in one emergency department maintained contact with a professional for
 at least a month following the death. Families whose children died of trauma
 did not maintain contact as well as those whose children died of anticipated
 death, sudden infant death syndrome, or infection. Strong family support
 system, employed parents, and appropriate response at the time of death all
 correlated with continued contact with a professional and adequate coping
 after death (P values all less than 0.04). Prior professional support was a
 less significant factor in follow-up, and disorganized, isolated parents
 with histories of poor social adjustment were far less likely to maintain
 contact.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adaptation, Psychological; Child Communication; *Death, Sudden; Death,
 Sudden--Etiology (ET); Demography; Emergency Service, Hospital; *Family;
 Infant; Retrospective Studies; Social Support; Sudden Infant Death
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 40
-A-
 1569638 85094638
-W-
 The impact of grief on ventilatory control.
 Jellinek MS; Goldenheim PD; Jenike MA
 Child Psychiatry Service, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston.
 Am J Psychiatry (US), Jan 1985, 142 (1) p121-3,
-ISSN-
 0002-953X
-JrnlCode-
 ?VG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The authors studied ventilatory control in four parents grieving over the
 death of an infant. Abnormalities in respiratory control were common and
 resembled those previously reported in depressed patients. The results raise
 questions about the relationship between affective state and ventilatory
 control.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Depressive Disorder--Diagnosis (DI); Depressive Disorder--Psychology
 (PX); *Grief; *Parents--Psychology (PX); Personality Inventory; Pilot
 Projects; Psychiatric Status Rating Scales; PSR SCALES; *Respiration;
 Respiratory Function Tests
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 41
-A-
 1562819 85087819
-W-
 The postmortem examination on the abused child. Pathological, radiographic,
 and legal aspects.
 Norman MG; Smialek JE; Newman DE; Horembala EJ
 Perspect Pediatr Pathol, Winter 1984, 8 (4) p313-43,
-ISSN-
 0091-2921
-JrnlCode-
 OZR
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Doc Type: Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In this article we have described for a pathologist without forensic
 experience the need to describe meticulously all the injuries an abused
 child has suffered; the reasons for this required detail and attention; the
 need to exclude natural disease as the cause of death; the common
 radiographic features and morphology of injuries found in an abused child;
 the responsibility of the pathologist to the dead child and any living
 siblings; and have given an intimation of the legal processes which may
 follow. (125 Refs.)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; *Autopsy--Methods (MT); Brain Injuries--Pathology (PA);
 Burns--Pathology (PA); Canada; Child; *Child Abuse; Child Abuse--Legislation
 and Jurisprudence (LJ); Child, Preschool; Diagnosis, Differential; DIAG
 DIFFER; Drowning; Ecchymosis--Pathology (PA) Expert Testimony; Failure to
 Thrive--Diagnosis (DI); Forensic Medicine; Fractures--Pathology (PA);
 Fractures--Radiography (RA); Head Injuries--Pathology (PA); Infant; Infant,
 Newborn; Infanticide; Poisoning--Diagnosis (DI); Sex Offenses; Sudden Infant
 Death; United States; *Wounds and Injuries--Pathology (PA); Wounds and
 Injuries--Radiography (RA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 42
-A-
 1562808 85087808
-W-
 Terminal illness: death and bereavement--toward an understanding of its
 nature.
 Oberfield RA
 Section of Oncology, Lahey Clinic Medical Center, Burlington,
 Massachusetts.
 Perspect Biol Med (US), Autumn 1984, 28 (1) 140-55,
-ISSN-
 0031-5982
-JrnlCode-
 OZO
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Aged; Anxiety, Separation; *Attitude to Death; Child; Child,
 Hospitalized--Psychology (PX); Family; *Grief; Infant; Interpersonal
 Relations; Mother-Child Relations; Object Attachment; Philosophy;
 Psychotherapy, Group; Self-Help Groups; Social Isolation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 43
-A-
 1545544 85070544
-W-
 Effect of nalaxone on ventilatory control in parents of victims of sudden
 infant death syndrome.
 Schiffman PL; Friedman B; Santiago TV; Edelman NH
 Dept. of Medicine, Univ. of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, Rutgers
 Medical School, New Brunswick.
 Am Rev Respir Dis (US), Dec 1984, 130 (6) p964-8,
-ISSN-
 0003-0805
-JrnlCode-
 426
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 To determine whether the decreased responses to O2, hypoxia, and flow
 resistive loads in parents of sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) victims
 are due to an effect of endogenous opioids, we tested response to these
 stimuli in 10 parents (5 couples) of such children after injection of saline
 placebo and after injection of naloxone hydrochloride (3 mg). The responses
 after saline were comparable to those of our previous study, i.e., lower
 than normal. Ventilatory response to CO2 and hypoxia, as well as airway
 occlusion pressure responses to flow resistive loading, were not
 significantly different after naloxone compared with saline. We concluded
 that increased endogenous opioids do not play a significant role in these
 subjects' reduced ventilatory drive.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Anoxia--Physiopathology (PP); Carbon Dioxide--Pharmacodynamics (PD);
 *Naloxone--Pharmacodynamics (PD); *Parents *Respiration--Drug Effects (DE);
 Respiratory Function Tests; *Sudden Infant Death; Work of Breathing
 CAS Registry No.: 465-65-6 (Naloxone)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 44
-A-
 1544661 85069661
-W-
 Midtrimester amniocentesis: obstetric outcome and neonatal neurobehavioral
 status.
 Finegan JK; Quarrington BJ; Hughes HE; Rudd NL; Stevens LJ; Weksberg R;
 Doran TA
 Research Institute, Hospital for Sick Children, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
 Am J Obstet Gynecol (US), Dec 15 1984, 150 (8) p989-97,
-ISSN-
 0002-9378
-JrnlCode-
 3NI
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The possible effects of midtrimester genetic amniocentesis on
 neurobehavioral status were studied in newborn infants of women who had had
 the procedure (N = 100) and in newborn infants of women who had declined the
 test (N = 56). Brazelton's Neonatal Behavioral Assessment Scale was
 administered to newborn infants born at term and did not reveal consequences
 of amniocentesis on neonatal orientation, range of state, motor ability,
 autonomic regulation, regulation of state, response decrement, or reflexes.
 Information on obstetric complications also was obtained. The findings
 raised questions regarding the temporal relationship between amniocentesis
 and fetal loss and focused attention on preterm birth as a potential risk
 that warrants further investigation. This study provides the foundation for
 our prospective longitudinal followup in which the cohort will be reassessed
 later in infancy and in childhood.
 Tags: Female; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; *Amniocentesis--Adverse Effects (AE); Anthropometry; *Behavior; Fetal
 Death--Etiology (ET); *Infant, Newborn--Psychology (PX); Infant, Premature;
 Longitudinal Studies; Pregnancy Complications--Etiology (ET); PREGN
 COMPL--Etiology (ET); Pregnancy; PREGN; Prospective Studies; Psychological
 Tests
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 45
-A-
 1543540 8068540
-W-
 "What now--our baby is dead".
 Lentz D
 AARN News Lett (CANADA), Nov 1984, 40 (10) p1, 3,
-ISSN-
 0001-0197
-JrnlCode-
 031
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Death; Infant, Newborn; *Parent-Child Relations; *Parents--Psychology (PX);
 Pregnancy; PREGN
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 46
-A-
 1534872 85059872
-W-
 Sudden infant death. Overheating and cot death.
 Stanton A
 Dept. of Paediatrics, Scarborough Hospital, Yorkshire.
 Lancet (ENGLAND), Nov 24 1984, 2 (8413) p119-201,
-ISSN-
 0140-6736
-JrnlCode-
 L0S
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Four risk factors for overheating were sought in the histories of 34
 cot-death victims in Oxford and Scarborough. 19 babies were unusually hot or
 sweating when found dead; 14 died in an unusually warm environment; 17 had
 evidence of a terminal infective illness; and 24 were excessively clothed or
 overwrapped. 3 babies had all four risk factors, 8 had three, 17 had two,
 and 4 had one risk factor. Only 2 had no risk factor; both had had very low
 birthweights. In 6 of 15 babies (40%) whose rectal temperature was recorded
 after death the temperature was above 37 degrees C, the highest being 42
 degrees C. If parents could be educated to anticipate the dangerous
 situations preceding febrile apnoea, many cot deaths could probably be
 avoided.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Body Temperature; Clothing--Adverse Effects (AE); Fever--Complications (CO);
 *Heat--Adverse Effects (AE); Infant; Infant, Low Birth Weight; INFANT LBW;
 Infant, Newborn; Risk; *Sudden Infant Death--Etiology (ET); S?eating; Virus
 Diseases--Complications (CO)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 47
-A-
 1521857 85046857
-W-
 Pregnancy outcome and health conditions on offspring of self-poisoned
 pregnant women.
 Czeizel A; Szentesi I; Szekeres I; Glauber A; Bucski P; Molnar C
 Dept. of Human Genetics, National Institute of Hygiene, Budapest, Hungary.
 Acta Paediatr Hung (HUNGARY), 1984, 25 (3) p209-36,
-ISSN-
 0001-6527
-JrnlCode-
 APH
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Pregnancy outcome of 142 self-poisoned pregnant females is analysed. Thirty
 three pregnancies were terminated, 13 ended with fetal death. Health
 conditions of 96 livebirths are demonstrated in detail.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Epidemiologic Methods; Fetal Death--Etiology (ET); Fetal
 Death--Occurrence (OC); *Fetus--Drug Effects (DE); Gestational Age; Hungary;
 Infant, Newborn; Maternal-Fetal Exchange; *Poisoning; *Pregnancy; *PREGN;
 *Pregnancy, Unwanted; *PREGN UNWANTED; *Suicide, Attempted--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 48
-A-
 1515914 85040914
-W-
 [When infants die during childbirth]
 N.ANG.ar barnet dor under fodselen.
 Naugen IE
 Sykepleien (NORWAY), Sep 5 1984, 71 (15) p16-9, 30,
-ISSN-
 0039-7628
-JrnlCode-
 VFK
-Lang-
 NORWEGIAN
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Abnormalities; Adult; *Crisis Intervention; *Fetal Death; Funeral Rites;
 Infant, Newborn; *Labor; Mothers--Psychology (PX); *Parents--Psychology
 (PX); Pregnancy; PREGN; Professional-Patient Relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 49
-A-
 1498017 85023017
-W-
 Investigation of malignant hyperthermia in Denmark and Sweden.
 Ording H; Ranklev E; Fletcher R
 Dept. of Anaesthesia, Herlev Hospital, Univ. of Copenhagen, Denmark.
 Br J Anaesth (ENGLAND), Nov 1984, 56 (11) p1183-90,
-ISSN-
 0007-0912
-JrnlCode-
 AUO
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Units for the investigation of susceptibility to malignant hyperthermia (MH)
 were set up in Denmark in 1977 and in Sweden in 1981. Two hundred and ten
 patients from 76 families have been investigated. The diagnosis of MH
 susceptibility (MHS) was made by in vitro exposure of muscle from vastus
 medialis to halothane and to caffeine. MHS criteria for the patients in this
 paper were established from examination of 31 control biopsies, obtained
 from the same muscle and with the same anaesthesia as the MH patients. The
 criteria have since been changed to those presented elsewhere in this issue.
 In our laboratories the halothane test (exposure to 0.5-2% halothane) was
 the more sensitive: 88% of MHS patients reacted to it. The caffeine test was
 positive in 68% of MHS patients, ?.5-2.0 mmol litre-1 solutions being the
 most discriminating. Forty-two percent of MHS patients reacted to only one
 test. Fulminant MH was the most common reason for investigation; all these
 families contained MHS members. Massete? spasm occurred as sole sign in 21
 families, of which 11 were MHS. Only 10% of MHS patients had other signs or
 symptoms of neuromuscular disease such as muscle cramps or muscular
 dystrophy. Three families had experienced sudden infant death syndrome
 (SIDS), And two teenage brothers in a MHS family died suddenly, but death
 was unrelated to anaesthesia.
 Tags: Female; Human; In Vitro; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Biopsy; Caffeine--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Child;
 Creatine Kinase--Blood (BL); Disease Susceptibility; Genetic Screening;
 Halothane--Pharmacodynamics (PD); *Malignant Hyperthermia--Diagnosis (DI);
 Malignant Hyperthermia--Familial and Genetic (FG); Malignant
 Hyperthermia--Prevention and Control (PC); Middle Age; Muscle
 Contraction--Drug Effects (DE); Muscles--Pathology (PA); Surgery, Operative
 CAS Registry No.: 151-67-7 (Halothane); 58-08-2 (Caffeine) Enzyme No.: EC
 2.7.3.2 (Creatine Kinase)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 50
-A-
 1494493 85019493
-W-
 Deaths among child and adolescent psychiatric patients.
 Rydeliu PA
 Acta Psychiatr Scand, Aug 1984, 70 (2) p119-26,
-ISSN-
 0001-690X
-JrnlCode-
 1VY
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Of 1, 206 patients treated during the period 1970-1980 in a department of
 child psychiatry in a large city in Sweden 24 (2%) (14 boys and 10 girls)
 had died by the end of 1981. Twenty-one of these (88%) died of "injuries
 following external violence and poisoning", of whom 15 (63%) were suicide.
 Twenty subjects (83%) had grown up in surroundings characterised by one or
 more psychosocial stress factors. The study indicates a possible link
 between psychosocial background factors and deaths from "injuries following
 external violence and poisoning".
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Accidents; Adolescence; Adult; Aggression--Psychology (PX) *Attitude to
 Death; Child; Child Abuse; Child Behavior Disorders--Psychology (PX); Child,
 Preschool; Follow-Up Studies; Infant; Psychotic Disorders--Psychology (PX);
 Social Environment; Substance Abuse--Psychology (PX); *Suicide--Psychology
 (PX); *Suicide, Attempted--Psychology (PX); Violence
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 51
-A-
 1484140 85009140
-W-
 Preliminary report on neurodevelopmental screening in children previously at
 risk for sudden infant death syndrome.
 Kahn A; Verstraeten F; Blum D
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Free Univ. of Brussels, Belgium.
 J Pediatr (US), Oct 1984, 105 (4) p666-8,
-ISSN-
 0022-3476
-JrnlCode-
 JLZ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Child Development; Child, Preschool; Follow-Up Studies; Infant; Monitoring,
 Physiologic; Prospective Studies; Risk; *Sudden Infant
 Death--Physiopathology (PP); Sudden Infant Death--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 52
-A-
 1476186 85001186
-W-
 Is there a link between cot death and child abuse
 Roberts J; Golding J; Keeling J Sutton B; Lynch MA
 Br Med J [Clin Res], Sep 29 1984, 289 (6448) p789-91,
-ISSN-
 0007-1447
-JrnlCode-
 B4?
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Forty five babies delivered in Oxford obstetric units who subsequently died
 unexpectedly in infancy were compared with 134 controls matched for maternal
 age, social class, parity, and year of birth to see whether five factors
 identified in an earlier study as predictive of subsequent child abuse would
 also predict the sudden infant death syndrome. Epidemiological findings had
 suggested certain similarities between the two events. In contrast with
 babies who were abused, four of the five factors did not distinguish between
 babies who died suddenly and unexpectedly and their controls, but there was
 a slight increase in the proportion of mothers of babies who died suddenly
 and unexpectedly for whom nursing staff thought that support and advice on
 feeding the baby were needed. Factors predictive of child abuse did not
 predict sudden infant death in this study.
 Tags: Female; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Affective Symptoms; *Child Abuse; Infant; Infant, Newborn; Maternal Age;
 Parity; Social Class; *Sudden Infant Death--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 53
-A-
 1456957 84296957
-W-
 A prospective study of the impact of home monitoring on the family.
 Wasserman AL
 LeBonheur Children's Medical Center, Univ. of Tennessee Center for the
 Health Sciences, Memphis.
 Pediatrics (US), Sep 1984, 74 (3) p323-9,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Fourteen families whose infants required home monitoring for apnea were
 followed for approximately 5 years from the initial contact (1977). Each
 family received at least three psychiatric interviews and two follow-up
 contacts. Effects on the monitored infant, siblings, and parents were
 examined in open and semi-structured interviews. At first follow-up (mean of
 21 months after monitoring discontinuance), seven of 14 monitored children
 were characterized as spoiled by parents. By the second follow-up, 2 1/2
 years later, nine children showed speech, learning, and motor problems; five
 of these nine children had required resuscitation during their initial
 episode. Apnea severity was also related to both duration of monitoring and
 number of additional psychiatric interviews requested by parents or staff.
 Of 16 older siblings, 12 had psychological problems reported by their
 parents at first follow-up; these problems appeared to be largely resolved
 by the second follow-up, although three children were still having problems
 that caused parental concern. Monitoring, as well as the apnea itself,
 caused substantial distress manifested in depression, fatigue, and anxiety
 in many parents, particularly mothers. However, despite their considerable
 distress, none of the families discontinued monitoring prematurely. Results
 of the study indicated that the monitoring experience can be divided into
 four phases: doubt/acceptance, dependence/frustration, discontinuance, and
 late effects, with substantial differences in parents' responses occurring
 only in the last two phases.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Home Care Services; Infant; Infant, Newborn; *Monitoring, Physiologic;
 Parent-Child Relations; Parents--Psychology (PX); Prospective Studies;
 *Sleep Aipnea Syndromes--Diagnosis (DI); *SLEEP APNEA--Diagnosis (DI);
 Sudden Infant Death--Diagnosis (DI)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 54
-A-
 1456908 84296908
-W-
 Nocturnal sleep organization in infants "at risk" for sudden infant death
 syndrome.
 Navelet Y; Payan C; Guilhaume A; Benoit O
 Service d'Explorations Fonctionnelles, Hopital A. Beclere Clamart, France.
 Pediatr Res (US), Jul 1984, 18 (7) p654-7,
-ISSN-
 0031-3998
-JrnlCode-
 OWL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Nocturnal sleep organization was compared in normal infants and those "at
 risk" for sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) (siblings and near-miss
 infants). Before 12 weeks of age, sleep modifications were observed in "at
 risk" infants. During their sleep they had a smaller percentage of
 intervening wakefulness with a higher amount of active sleep. Quiet and
 active sleep episodes had longer durations resulting in a longer sleep
 cycle. After 12 weeks, sleep organization tended to normalize. This fact is
 discussed as a possible factor for a SIDS event: a higher arousal threshold
 could play a critical role if homeostasy is disturbed during sleep, mainly
 at an age when the homeostatic control is not fully established.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Age Factors; Disease Susceptibility; Infant; Infant, Newborn; Risk; *Sleep
 Stages--Physiology (PH); *Sudden Infant Death--Physiopathology (PP);
 Wakefulness--Physiology (PH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 55
-A-
 1444534 84284534
-W-
 Material anxiety following bereavement by cot death and emotional security
 of subsequent infants.
 Lewis SN
 Child Psychiatry Hum Dev (US), Fall 1983, 14 (1) p55-61,
-ISSN-
 0009-398X
-JrnlCode-
 D2B
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Anxiety--Psychology (PX); Child Development; *Grief; Infant; Maternal
 Behavior; *Mother-Child Relations; *Sudden Infant Death--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 56
-A-
 1439850 84279850
-W-
 Home monitoring for infants at risk of the sudden infant death syndrome.
 Tudehope DI; Cleghorn G
 Aust Paediatr J, May 1984, 20 (2) p137-40,
-ISSN-
 0004-993X
-JrnlCode-
 9ID
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 This study evaluated the effectiveness and social implications of home
 monitoring of 31 infants at risk of sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS).
 Thirteen siblings of children dying of SIDS, nine near miss SIDS infants and
 nine preterm infants with apnoea persisting beyond 40 weeks post conceptual
 age were monitored from a mean age of 15 days to a mean of 10 months. Chest
 movement detection monitors were used in 27 and thoracic impedance monitors
 in four. Genuine apneic episodes were reported by 21 families, and 13
 infants required resuscitation. Apnoeic episodes occurred in all nine
 preterm infants but in only five (38%) of the siblings of SIDS (P less than
 0.05). Troublesome false alarms were a major problem occurring with 61% of
 the infants and were more common with the preterm infants than the siblings
 of SIDS. All but two couples stated that the monitor decreased anxiety and
 improved their quality of life. Most parents accrpted that the social
 restrictions imposed by the monitor were part of the caring process but four
 couples were highly resentful of the changes imposed on their lifestyle. The
 monitors used were far from ideal with malfunction occurring in 17,
 necessitating replacement in six, repair in six and cessation of monitoring
 in three. The parents became ingenious in modifying the monitors to their
 own individual requirements. Although none of these 31 'at risk' infants
 died the study sample was far too small to conclude whether home monitoring
 prevented any cases of SIDS.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Apnea--Diagnosis (DI); Apnea--Physiopathology (PP); *Home Nursing; Infant;
 Infant, Newborn; Infant, Premature; *Monitoring, Physiologic;
 Parents--Psychology (PX); Risk; Sudden Infant Death--Diagnosis (DI); *Sudden
 Infant Death--Physiopathology (PP)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 57
-A-
 1439097 84279097
-W-
 Inquiries into perinatal and early childhood deaths in a health care
 district.
 Brimblecombe F; Bastow M; Jones J; Kennedy N; Wadsworth J
 Paediatric Research Unit, Royal Devon and Exeter Hospital, Exeter.
 Arch Dis Child (ENGLAND), Jul 1984, 59 (7) p682-7,
-ISSN-
 0003-9888
-JrnlCode-
 6XG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 A controlled study was made of stillbirths and deaths of children under 2
 years of age born to families residing within the boundaries of the Exeter
 District Health Authority between 1 October 1980 and 30 September 1981. The
 study was concerned primarily with methodology and feasibility; the numbers
 involved were, with few exceptions, too small to permit significant
 conclusions to be drawn. In practice, the design and implementation of the
 project proved to be effective. It is suggested that if adopted as a routine
 service procedure in each health district, information not currently
 available may be retrieved. This information has epidemiological importance
 and will also help to identify local problems.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Confidentiality; Data Collection--Methods (MT); England; Fetal
 Death--Etiology (ET); Fetal Death--Occurrence (OC); *Infant Mortality;
 Infant; Infant, Newborn; Pregnancy; PREGN; Sudden Infant Death--Etiology
 (ET); Sudden Infant Death--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 58
-A-
 1418360 84258360
-W-
 Handling of death in special care nurseries and parental grief.
 White MP; Reynolds B; Evans TJ
 Stobhill General Hospital, Glasgow.
 Br Med J [Clin Res] (ENGLAND), Jul 21 1984, 289 (6438) p167-9,
-ISSN-
 0007-1447
-JrnlCode-
 B4X
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The handling of death in a special care nursery and the needs of bereaved
 parents were studied in 12 families. Communication was good before death but
 less satisfactory thereafter, particularly with regard to postmortem results
 and advice concerning recurrence risk. Parents needed a lasting memory of
 their child and attached great importance to a tangible mement. Half had an
 abnormally high grief and Leeds scale score six months after the death,
 which seemed to be associaetd with poor marital support. All in the high
 scoring group favoured bereavement counselling. Communication with general
 practitioners needed improvement. As a result of this study a protocol for
 the handling of death was designed.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Attitude to Death; Communication; Counseling; Family Practice; Grief;
 *Infant Mortality; Infant; Infant, Newborn; *Intensive Care Units, Neonatal;
 *Parents--Psychology (PX); Scotland
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 59
-A-
 1418349 84258349
-W-
 Delayed psychological effects of perinatal deaths: the next pregnancy and
 the next generation [editorial]
 Bourne S; Lewis E
 Br Med J [Clin Res] (ENGLAND), Jul 21 1984, 289 (6438) p17-8,
-ISSN-
 0007-1447
-JrnlCode-
 B4X
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Family; Fetal Death; Grief; *Infant Mortality; Infant, Newborn;
 *Parents--Psychology (PX); *Pregnancy; *PREGN
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 60
-A-
 1415801 84255801
-W-
 Neonatal death--the neglected side of neonatal care
 McIntosh N; Eldridge C
 South West Thames Regional Neonatal Unit, St George's Hospital, London.
 Arch Dis Child (ENGLAND), Jun 1984, 59 (6) p585-7,
-ISSN-
 0003-9888
-JrnlCode-
 6XG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Attitude to Death; Burnout, Professional--Prevention and Control (PC);
 Counseling--Methods (MT); Grief; *Infant Mortality; Infant, Newborn, London;
 *Neonatology--Methods (MT); *Parents--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 61
-A-
 1412890 84252890
-W-
 Follow-up of children of insulin-dependent and gestational diabetic mothers.
 Neuropsychological outcome.
 Persson B; Gentz J
 Acta Paediatr Scand, May 1984, 73 (3) p349-58,
-ISSN-
 0001-656X
-JrnlCode-
 1LV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Ninety-four infants of 28 weeks gestation or more were born to 85 women. 64
 type I and 21 gestational diabetics, between 1969-1972 at Sabbatsberg's
 Hospital, Stockholm. Perinatal mortality rate was 6.3%. The follow-up study
 was conducted when the children were approximately 5 years of age and
 included a physical and a neurological evaluation, IQ determination of
 mother and child, and an interview of mother by a psychologist. Fifty-three
 infants of insulin-dependent (IDM) and 20 infants of gestational diabetic
 mothers (IGDM) (83%) participated, 3 families could not be traced and 12
 were unwilling. The group lost to follow-up (13 IDM, 2 IGDM) had more
 perinatal complications including congenital malformations than the
 follow-up group. All children had normal physical and neurological
 development. IQ was normal, the majority were above 100, the average in IDM
 was 115 (range 98-144) and 112 in IGDM (range 95-133). No obvious
 relationship was found between maternal acetonuria during pregnancy, infant
 birthweight, blood glucose during first hours after birth or neonatal
 complications and IQ of the children. A correlation (r = 0.364, p less than
 0.01) was found between maternal and child IQ. Mothers exhibiting emotional
 disorders (anxiety, depression) had significantly higher life stress scores
 based on 29 stress variables and reported more frequently about conduct and
 behavioural disorders in their children than mothers without emotional
 disturbances.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Abnormalities--Etiology (ET); Adult; *Child Development; Child; *Diabetes
 Mellitus, Insulin-Dependent--Complications (CO); Fetal Death; Follow-Up
 Studies; *Growth; Hypoglycemia--Etiology (ET); Infant Mortality; Infant;
 Infant, Newborn; Intelligence Tests; Ketone Bodies--Urine (UR);
 Maternal-Fetal Exchange; *Pregnancy in Diabetes; *PREGN IN DIABETES;
 Pregnancy; PREGN; Prognosis; Socioeconomic Factors; Stress, Psychological
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 62
-A-
 1407185 84247185
-W-
 Job satisfaction and stress among neonatologists.
 Clarke TA; Maniscalco WM; Taylor-Brown S; Roghmann KJ; Shapiro DL;
 Hannn-Johnson C
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Univ. of Rochester School of Medicine, New York.
 Pediatrics (US), Jul 1984, 74 (1) p52-7,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Neonatology is reputed to be a stressful pediatric subspecialty. To quantify
 objectively this stress and to assess the factors involved, a questionnaire
 was mailed to neonatologists in the northeastern United States. Ninety-six
 (70%) replied. A five-point scale was used to determine the level of
 satisfaction with neonatology as a career and the level and type of stress
 experienced at work. Almost all neonatologists experienced stress at work:
 34% moderately severe and 16% very severe stress. Open-ended questions
 indicated that the major causes of stress were excessive work load, eg, on
 call too often or calls at night; problems in patient care, especially
 dealing with infant death; and staff disagreements, especially nurse or
 housestaff conflicts. Twenty percent of those surveyed suffered a
 stress-related illness in the previous 5 years. One sixth of the
 neonatologists were either moderately or very dissatisfied with their
 career. Major dissatisfactions were: too much work, especially managing many
 sick patients; lack of resources, including inadequate salary; too much
 stress at work; and administrative demands. Job satisfaction was derived
 from patient case, teaching, intellectual stimulation, and research.
 Altering subspecialty had been considered at some time by 58% (15% very
 seriously). This study confirms that neonatology, in the eyes of those who
 practice it, is a highly stressful career. It also suggests that job stress
 is a greater problem than job dissatisfaction.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Intensive Care Units, Neonatal; *Job Satisfaction; Middle Age;
 *Neonatology; Physician's Role; Questionnaires; *Stress,
 Psychological--Occurrence (OC); United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 63
-A-
 1404779 84244779
-W-
 Pregnancy after stillbirth or neonatal death. Psychological risks and
 management.
 Bourne S; Lewis E
 Lancet, Jul 7 1984, 2 (8393) p31-3,
-ISSN-
 0140-6736
-JrnlCode-
 L0Sde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Journal Announcement: 8410
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Affective Symptoms--Psychology (PX); Affective Symptoms--Therapy (TH);
 Cesarean Section--Psychology (PX); Counseling; *Fetal Death; *Grief; Guilt;
 Infant Mortality; Infant, Newborn; Life Change Events; *Parents--Psychology
 (PX); *Pregnancy; *PREGN; Psychotherapy; Puerperium
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 64
-A-
 1386213 84226213
-W-
 Psychiatric aspects of a pediatric intensive care unit.
 Woolston JL
 Yale Univ. School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut.
 Yale J Biol Med (US), Jan-Feb 1984, 57 (1) p97-110,
-ISSN-
 0044-0086
-JrnlCode-
 XR7
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Doc Type: Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Although there is a growing body of literature about the medical problems
 which arise in a pediatric intensive care unit (PICU), rather little has
 been written about psychiatric issues characteristic of the critical care
 setting for children. This article will describe the PICU as a community
 made up of several sub-groups, the various psychosocial stresses, the
 reactions to stresses, and the interventions appropriate for the PICU and
 each of its sub-groups. (23 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Child Psychiatry; Child; Child, Preschool; Communication;
 Death; Family; Infant; Infant, Newborn; *Intensive Care Units; *Pediatrics;
 Psychotherapy; *Stress, Psychological--Etiology (ET); Stress,
 Psychological--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 65
-A-
 1384063 84224063
-W-
 [Grief over those who are not there]
 Sorg over den som icke var.
 Nordstrom M
 Sjukskoterskan (SWEDEN), Apr 1984, p21-3,
-ISSN-
 0280-3526
-JrnlCode-
 UTC
-Lang-
 SWEDISH
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Crisis Intervention; *Death; *Fetal Death; *Grief; Infant, Newborn;
 *Mothers--Psychology (PX); Pregnancy; PREGN
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 66
-A-
 1381512 84221512
-W-
 Children's concepts of death. Implications for pediatric practice.
 Betz CL; Poster EC
 UCLA School of Nursing.
 Nurs Clin North Am (US), Jun 1984, 19 (2) p341-9,
-ISSN-
 0029-6465
-JrnlCode-
 O92
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 This article has reviewed the developmental evolution of the concept of
 death in children. As has been illustrated, the child's perception of death
 is significantly different from that of adults and goes through several
 successive changes before the mature concept is grasped. Application has
 been demonstrated in reference to children who are hospitalized.
 Interventions that nurses can utilize to help children deal with their fears
 have been suggested.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adolescent Psychology; Anxiety, Separation; *Attitude to Death;
 *Child Development; *Child Psychology; Child; Child Preschool; Fear; Infant;
 Nurse-Patient Relations; Object Attachment; Parent-Child Relations;
 *Pediatric Nursing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 67
-A-
 1381468 84221468
-W-
 Near-miss sudden infant death.
 Catchpole A
 Nurs Times (ENGLAND), May 16-22 1984, 80 (20) p35-6,
-ISSN-
 0029-6589
-JrnlCode-
 O9U
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Gastroesophageal Reflux--Complications (CO); Infant; Infant, Newborn;
 Parents--Education (ED); *Resuscitation; *Sudden Infant Death--Prevention
 and Control (PC); Sudden Infant Death--Physiopathology (PP)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 68
-A-
 1375650 84215650
-W-
 Marathon: a life-and-death experience.
 Hoag; Gissen M
 Village South, Inc., Miami, Florida.
 J Psychoactive Drugs (US), Jan-Mar 1984, 16 (1) p47-50,
-ISSN-
 0279-1072
-JrnlCode-
 JLP
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Therapists have a great need for techniques capable of provoking change in
 their clients. Generally, people resist change and need incentives to
 accomplish it. The tools to effect change are few. Therefore, the value of
 the theme Marathon experience is that it can be both innovative and
 piercing. Many clients need to have the drama of their own lives connected
 to a meaningful plot. The theme Marathon experience can do this. It exerts
 an influence on the emotional, cognitive and behavioral aspects of the
 participants and connects their past to the present and future, allowing
 them to see clearly the futility of a life of chemical dependence.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Death; Emotions; Infant, Newborn; *Psychotherapy, Group; Substance
 Dependence--Psychology (PX); *Substance Dependence--Rehabilitation (RH);
 *Therapeutic Community
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 69
-A-
 1367028 84207028
-W-
 When the baby doesn't come home.
 Shwartz D
 Child Today (US), Mar-Apr 1984, 13 (2) p21-4,
-ISSN-
 0361-4336
-JrnlCode-
 D2E
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Adaptation, Psychological; California; *Fetal Death; Infant, Newborn;
 Pregnancy; PREGN; *Self-Help Groups
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 70
-A-
 1366375 84206375
-W-
 Infant apnea An approach to management.
 Spitzer AR; Fox WW
 Division of Neonatology, Children's Hospital of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
 Clin Pediatr (Phila) (US), Jul 1984, 23 (7) p374-80,
-ISSN-
 0009-9228 Journal Code: DHE
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Apnea of infancy represents a problem that is commonly encountered by the
 practicing pediatrician; yet, few publications have outlined a practical
 approach to the care of such infants. In addition, the somewhat
 controversial aspects of infant apnea and sudden infant death syndrome
 (SIDS) have resulted in the belief on the part of many physicians that the
 care of children with apnea or "near-miss" SIDS is either very difficult or
 of little value. This article which is based upon the program at The
 Children's Hospital of Philadelphia, describes an effective management plan
 for identifying children at risk, lists appropriate evaluation studies, and
 presents a series of protocols for treating infants with apnea. The
 initiation of this program has helped to demystify the care of children with
 apnea and has been very well received by both parents and physicians.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Apnea--Complications (CO); Apnea--Diagnosis (DI); *Apnea--Therapy (TH); Home
 Nursing; Infant; Infant, Newborn; Monitoring, Physiologic; Risk; Sudden
 Infant Death--Etiology (ET); *Sudden Infant Death--Prevention and Control
 (PC); Theophylline--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 58-55-9 (Theophylline)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 71
-A-
 1366374 84206374
-W-
 Management of infants with apnea and potential apnea. A survey of pediatric
 opinion.
 Lewak N; Zebal BH; Friedman SB
 Dept. of Pediatrics, School of Medicine, Univ. of California, San
 Francisco.
 Clin Pediatr (Phila) (US), Jul 1984, 23 (7) p369-73,
-ISSN-
 0009-9228
-JrnlCode-
 DHE
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Conflicting opinions and inadequate data have led to confusion regarding the
 relationship of sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) and infantile apnea.
 Consensus regarding appropriate evaluation and management strategies for
 infants presumed at risk has not been reached. This study surveyed pediatric
 opinion regarding these issues. Questionnaires were mailed to 1000 randomly
 selected members of the American Academy of Pediatrics, and to faculty at
 all approved U.S. pediatric residency programs. Results indicated that
 respondents as a group were uncertain about the relationship between SIDS
 and apnea. Most respondents would (1) initially evaluate infants presenting
 with apnea at either a hospital or an apnea evaluation center, (2) refer
 subsequent siblings of SIDS infants to an apnea center, and (3) recommend no
 intervention, but provide reassurance, to anxious parents requesting a "test
 for SIDS" for a normal newborn. Respondents' comments showed diverse
 opinions regarding appropriate evaluation and management strategies for
 these three types of infants, and reflected concern regarding dilemmas posed
 to clinicians responsible for their care. Further research and continuing
 medical education efforts are neeed to reduce current confusion.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 *Apnea--Complications (CO); Apnea--Therapy (TH); Attitude of Health
 Personnel; Infant; Infant, Newborn; *Pediatrics; Questionnaires;
 Specialties, Medical; *Sudden Infant Death--Etiology (ET); United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 72
-A-
 1360322 84200322
-W-
 Psychological effects and management of perinatal loss.
 Kirk EP
 Dept. of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Oregon Health Sciences Univ., Portland.
 Am J Obstet Gynecol (US), May 1 1984, 149 (1) p46-51,
-ISSN-
 0002-9378
-JrnlCode-
 3NI
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Serious short-term and long-term psychological sequelae may result from
 unresolved loss. It is now recognized that perinatal loss presents a
 situation where the early activation of the grief process may be prevented
 by the circumstances of the loss. Some theoretical aspects of the management
 of perinatal loss are considered together with a description of a program
 that has been set up to try to help to create some reality out of an unreal
 situation. The possible sequelae of unresolved loss are briefly reviewed.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Fetal Death--Psychology (PX); Grief; *Infant Mortality; Interpersonal
 Relations; *Mother-Child Relations; Object Attachment; Parent-Child
 Relations; Physician-Patient Relations; Pregnancy; PREGN
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 73
-A-
 1358561 84198561
-W-
 The social management of children with spina bifida who are unlikely to
 survive.
 Emery JL; Taylor EM
 Wolfson Unit, Univ. of Sheffield, Dept. of Paediatrics, England.
 Z Kinderchir (GERMANY, WEST), Dec 1983, 38 Suppl 2 p119-20,
-ISSN-
 0174-3082
-JrnlCode-
 YF2
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 This study indicates: A need for education in the labour ward and in the
 initial handling of the family. A need to defend the family from initial
 inadequate advice. The child's deformity and death should be handled in the
 context of the parents' own family culture.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Attitude to Death; Counseling--Methods (MT); *Family; Infant, Newborn;
 Informed Consent; Medical Staff, Hospital--Education (ED) Nursing Staff,
 Hospital--Education (ED); Pregnancy; PREGN; *Spina Bifida--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 74
-A-
 1355747 84195747
-W-
 [Maternal brain death at the end of the 2nd trimester]
 Der mutterliche Hirntod am Ende des zweiten Trimenns.
 Piechowiak H
 Schweiz Rundsch Med Prax, Mar 20 1984, 73 (12) p361-2,
-ISSN-
 0369-8394
-JrnlCode-
 SRM
-Lang-
 GERMAN
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; *Brain Death--Psychology (PX); Ethics, Medical; Infant, Newborn;
 *Pregnancy Complications-Psychology (PX); *PREGN COMPL--Psychology (PX);
 *Pregnancy Trimester, Second; *PREGN TRIMESTER SECOND; Pregnancy; PREGN
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 75
-A-
 1352951 84192951
-W-
 Death and the pediatric house officer revisited.
 Sack WH; Fritz G; Krener PG; Sprunger L
 Oregon Health Sciences Univ., Portland, Oregon.
 Pediatrics (US), May 1984, 73 (5) p676-81,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Thirty-six third-year pediatric residents at four Western university
 training programs were interviewed individually and retrospectively about
 the magnitude of their clinical experience in managing the treatment of
 chronically ill and dying children, as well as the psychosocial educational
 curriculum of their training program as it pertained to these experiences.
 The residents managed an average of 35 dying children during their first 2
 1/2 years of pediatric residency. They imparted the news of a potentially
 fatal disease to an average of 33 families during this same time span. There
 was a disparity between the magnitude of the clinical experience and the
 time and emphasis in these issues in the residency curriculum. The
 implications of these findings for an improved educational curriculum in the
 psychosocial care of dying children are discussed.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Attitude of Health Personnel; Child; Counseling; Curriculum; *Death;
 Infant, Newborn; *Internship and Residency; *INTERNSHIP; Oregon;
 Parents--Psychology (PX); *Pediatrics--Education (ED); *Terminal Care
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 76
-A-
 1352947 84192947
-W-
 Response to acute hypercapnia in the parents of victims of sudden infant
 death syndrome.
 Couriel JM; Olinsky A
 Dept. of Thoracic Medicine, Royal Children's Hospital, Melbourne,
 Australia.
 Pediatrics (US), May 1984, 73 (5) p652-5,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The ventilatory response to acute hypercapnia was studied in 68 parents of
 victims of sudden infant death syndrome and 56 control subjects. Tidal
 volume, inspiratory time, and total respiratory cycle time were measured
 before and immediately after a vital capacity breath of 13% CO2 in oxygen.
 Instantaneous minute ventilation, mean inspiratory flow (tidal
 volume/inspiratory time), and respiratory timing (inspiratory time/total
 respiratory cycle time) were calculated. Both groups of subjects showed a
 marked increase in tidal volume (48.4% +/- 26.5%), instantaneous minute
 ventilation (56% +/- 35%), and tidal volume/inspiratory time (56.8% +/-
 33.5%) after inhalation of the test gas, with little change in inspiratory
 time/total respiratory cycle time. There were no significant differences
 between the two groups for ventilation before or after inhalation of the
 test gas. The ventilatory response to acute hypercapnia is mediated by the
 peripheral chemoreceptors. These results suggest that an inherited
 abnormality of peripheral chemoreceptor function is unlikely to be a factor
 leading to sudden infant death syndrome.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Acute Disease; Adult; Chemoreceptors--Physiopathology (PP);
 *Hypercapnia--Physiopathology (PP); Infant; Respiratory Airflow; Spirometry;
 *Sudden Infant Death--Familial and Genetic (FG)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 77
-A-
 1350932 84190932
-W-
 The St. Paul Infant Apnea Program. An approach to the evaluation and
 treatment of infantile apnea.
 Coleman JM; Reardon C; Mammel MC; Boros SJ
 Minn Med (US), Apr 1984, 67 (4) p205-7,
-ISSN-
 0026-556X
-JrnlCode-
 NBY
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Apnea--Diagnosis (DI); *Apnea--Therapy (TH); Child, Preschool; Education;
 Infant; Infant, Newborn; Parents; Sudden Infant Death--Diagnosis (DI);
 Sudden Infant Death--Familial and Genetic (FG); *Sudden Infant
 Death--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 78
-A-
 1350519 84190519
-W-
 A discharge tool for teaching parents to monitor infant apnea at home.
 Graber HP; Balas-Stevens S
 MCN (US), May-Jun 1984, 9 (3) p178-80,
-ISSN-
 0361-929X
-JrnlCode-
 MA3
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Apnea--Diagnosis (DI); Home Nursing; Infant; Monitoring, Physiologic;
 *Parents--Education (ED); *Patient Discharge; *Sudden Infant
 Death--Prevention and Control (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 79
-A-
 1329237 84169237
-W-
 SIDS and the family: the pediatrician's role.
 Zebal BH; Woolsey SF
 Maryland SIDS Information & Counseling Project, Baltimore.
 Pediatr Ann (US), Mar 1984, 13 (3) p237-40, 243, 246 passi,
-ISSN-
 0090-4481
-JrnlCode-
 OUB
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Adaptation, Psychological; Anxiety--Etiology (ET); Child Psychology;
 Cognition Disorders--Etiology (ET); Depression--Etiology (ET); *Family;
 Infant; *Pediatrics; *Physician's Role; *Role; *Sudden Infant Death; Sudden
 Infant Death--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 80
-A-
 1329236 84169236
-W-
 SIDS and apnea monitoring: a parent's view.
 Silvio KT
 Maryland SIDS Information & Counseling Project, Baltimore.
 Pediatr Ann (US), Mar 1984, 13 (3) p229-30, 234,
-ISSN-
 0090-0481
-JrnlCode-
 OUB
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Family; Infant; *Monitoring, Physiologic; *Parents--Psychology (PX); *Sleep
 Apnea Syndromes--Diagnosis (DI); *SLEEP APNEA--Diagnosis (DI); *Sudden
 Infant Death--Prevention and Control (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 81
-A-
 1329235 84169235
-W-
 Psychosocial aspects of infantile apnea and home monitoring.
 Smith JC
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Sinai Hospital, Baltimore, MD.
 Pediatr Ann (US), Mar 1984, 13 (3) p219-24,
-ISSN-
 0090-4481
-JrnlCode-
 OUB
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Adaptation, Psychological; Family; Infant; *Monitoring, Physiologic; Risk;
 *Sleep Apnea Syndromes; *SLEEP APNEA; Sleep Apnea Syndromes--Diagnosis (DI);
 SLEEP APNEA--Diagnosis (DI); *Sudden Infant Death--Prevention and Control
 (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 82
-A-
 1329234 84169234
-W-
 Evaluation and management of infantile apnea.
 Ariagno RL
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Stanford Univ., School of Medicine, CA.
 Pediatr Ann (US), Mar 1984, 13 (3) p210-3, 216-7,
-ISSN-
 0090-4481
-JrnlCode-
 OUB
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Knowledge regarding the etiology and optimal management of prolonged apnea
 and its relationship to SIDS is still limited. The majority of infants with
 prolonged apnea do not die of SIDS, although the risk of SIDS in this group
 is greater than in the general population. Many infants with prolonged apnea
 who are perceived by parents and physicians as having had a
 "life-threatening" event may be at risk for another. Appropriate assessment
 following this event includes a careful history and physical examination to
 determine causes and severity. Etiologies to be considered include
 infections, metabolic aberrations, seizure problems, cardiac arrhythmias or
 congenital heart disease, anatomic airway abnormalities, gastroesophageal
 reflux and impaired regulation of breathing. If a specific cause has been
 identified for the infant's apnea, appropriate treatment often will lean to
 resolution of the apnea problem. If a specific etiology has not been
 identified or if the risk of "life-threatening" prolonged apnea seems to
 persist, electronic cardiorespiratory monitoring may be considered.
 Appropriate treatment for asymptomatic infants who are at increased
 statistical risk of SIDS is controversial. Asymptomatic infants may be
 candidates for home monitoring, but as yet, there are no reliable tests to
 predict which infants are at risk for prolonged apnea. Monitoring at home
 must be prescribed by the physician and should be continued until judged no
 longer appropriate by the attending physician. Skilled caregivers are
 crucial to the continuous observation and management of these patients in
 the hospital and at home. Therefore parents should be taught monitor use and
 also CPR. (ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 250 WORDS)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant; Monitoring, Physiologic; Sleep Apnea Syndromes--Complications (CO);
 SLEEP APNEA--Complications (CO); Sleep Apnea Syndromes--Familial and Genetic
 (FG); SLEEP APNEA--Familial and Genetic (FG); *Sleep Apnea
 Syndromes--Therapy (TH); *SLEEP APNEA--Therapy (TH); Sudden Infant
 Death--Etiology (ET); Theophylline--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 58-55-9 (Theophylline)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 83
-A-
 1324719 84164719
-W-
 Stillbirth. A humanistic response.
 Bruhn DF; Bruhn P
 Dept. of Obstetrics an Gynecology, St. Charles Hospital, Port Jefferson, New
 York.
 J Reprod Med (US), Feb 1984, 29 (2) p107-12,
-ISSN-
 0024-7758
-JrnlCode-
 JWT
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A predictable pattern of grief follows every perinatal death. Because of
 their lack of training in the area of death and bereavement, physicians have
 traditionally avoided acknowledging the grief process in patients who have
 experienced such a loss. Obstetricians must begin to recognize the
 appropriate intervention that needs to be isstituted in the delivery room
 and postpartum period to help facilitate the normal grieving process.
 Physicians must also acknowledge and accept their own feelings of grief and
 helplessness following a perinatal death.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Anger; *Fetal Death; *Grief; Guilt; Infant, Newborn; Interpersonal
 Relations; Mother-Child Relations; Object Attachment; *Parents--Psychology
 (PX); *Physician-Patient Relations; Pregnancy; PREGN
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 84
-A-
 1324210 84164210
-W-
 Prospective assessment of recurrence risk in sudden infant death syndrome
 siblings.
 Irgens LM; Skjaerven R; Peterson DR
 Institute of Hygiene and Social Medicine, Univ. of Bergen, Norway.
 J Pediatr (US), Mar 1984, 104 (3) p349-51,
-ISSN-
 0022-3476
-JrnlCode-
 JLZ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Knowledge of the likelihood of a repetition of sudden infant death syndrome
 within a sibship, particularly in the next sibling, is important to parents.
 Methodologic considerations with respect to the studies of recurrence risk
 already published indicate that the rates reported are overestimates. This
 suspicion is confirmed by our study based on 826, 162 infants surviving the
 first week of life on file in the Medical Birth Registry of Norway. A total
 of 1062 (1.3 per 1, 000) infants died of SIDS; five deaths occurred as the
 second case in a family. The recurrence risk for the nextborn sibling was 5.
 per 1000, and for all subsequent siblings 4.8 per 1000, which would seem
 encouragingly low from a counseling point of view.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Family; Infant, Newborn; Norway; Prospective Studies; Recurrence; Risk;
 *Sudden Infant Death--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 85
-A-
 1320660 84160660
-W-
 [One day and Sylvie-Anne was no longer...
 Une journee et Sylvie-Anne n'etait plus...
 Parent R; St-Onge M
 Infirm Can (CANADA), Apr 1984, 26 (4) p31-4,
-ISSN-
 0019-9605 Journal Code GO9
-Lang-
 FRENCH
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; *Death; *Infant, Newborn; Nurse-Patient Relations;
 *Parents--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 86
-A-
 1316814 84156814
-W-
 [The dying child]
 Die sterwende kindjie.
 de Jongh van Arkel JT
 Curationis (SOUTH AFRICA), Dec 1983, 6 (4) p16-20,
-ISSN-
 0379-8577
-JrnlCode-
 C1A
-Lang-
 AFRIKAANS
 Summ. Lang.: ENG.
 Doc Type: Eng. Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Attitude to Death; *Child Psychology; Child; Child, Preschool;
 Communication; Hospitalization; Infant; *Nurse-Patient Relations;
 Parent-Child Relations; *Terminal Care
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 87
-A-
 1316054 84156054
-W-
 Grief reactions to perinatal death--a follow-up study.
 LaRoche C; Lalinec-Michaud M; Engelsmann F; Fuller N; Copp H;
 McQuade-Soldatos L; Azima R
 McGill Univ., Montreal, Quebec.
 Can J Psychiatry (CANADA), Feb 1984, 2 (1) p14-9,
-ISSN-
 0706-7437
-JrnlCode-
 CLR
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Thirty mothers who experienced a perinatal death were offered crisis
 intervention aimed at facilitating their grief process at few days, 3 weeks
 and 3 months after the loss. Evaluation of maternal grief reactions and
 their general psychological adjustment took place at these 3 early contacts
 and 1 to 2 years later. This last assessment included a semi-structured
 clinical interview and a number of self-rating scales (Life Events Schedule,
 Beck Depression Inventory (BDI) and a Mourning Scale). Six of the 30 mothers
 showed inappropriate grief reactions at the 3 week and 3 month assessment.
 By the long term follow up only 1 of these 6 displayed depression or other
 psychiatric disorder. Three other women not identified as high risk
 candidates by the 3 month evaluation developed high BDI scores and clinical
 depressions at the 1 to 2 year assessment. Variables associated with
 abnormal grief and depression such as social support systems, communication
 between the parents, maternal dreams, and hospital practices were examined
 and discussed indicating possibilities for future research.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Death; Diseases in Twins; *Fetal Death--Psychology (PX); Follow-Up Studies;
 *Grief; *Infant, Newborn; Life Change Events; Marriage; Pregnancy; PREGN
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 88
-A-
 1312917 84152917
-W-
 Home monitoring for central apnoea.
 MacKay M; Abreu e Sylva FA; MacFadyen UM; Williams A; Simpson H
 Royal Hospital for Sick Children Edinburgh.
 Arch Dis Child (ENGLAND), Feb 1984, 59 (2) p136-42,
-ISSN-
 0003-9888
-JrnlCode-
 6XG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Between July 1978 and December 1981, 64 infants thought to be at increased
 risk from sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) were monitored at home for
 central apnoea. Twenty four of the infants had had a 'near miss' episode at
 age, median (range), 6 (1 to 33) weeks, and of these infants 22 had had 335
 alarms for apnoea by age 6 months. Stimulation by shaking was carried out on
 38 occasions and bag and mask resuscitation on one. The remaining 40 infants
 were siblings of SIDS victims and of these, 35 were monitored from age 1
 week (usually after discharge home). Thirty four of the SIDS siblings had
 had 573 alarms for apnoea by age 6 months: stimulation by shaking was
 carried out on 32 occasions and bag and mask resuscitation on one. The
 duration of home monitoring was, median (range), 34 (8 to 87) weeks for
 'near miss' infants and 45 (12 to 70) weeks for SIDS siblings. All infants
 survived. As part of an over all support system monitors were accepted and
 greatly appreciated by most parents, especially those with previous
 experience of SIDS. Home monitoring was practicable but the commitment in
 time and expertise was great and objective benefits to the infant remain
 unproved.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Apnea--Prevention and Control (PC); Emergencies; *Home Nursing; Infant;
 Infant, Newborn; *Monitoring, Physiologic; Resuscitation; Social Class;
 *Sudden Infant Death--Prevention and Control (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 89
-A-
 1312593 84152593
-W-
 Some thoughts about infant feeding.
 Hendrickse RG
 Dept. of Tropical Paediatrics, Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine, U.K.
 Ann Trop Paediatr (ENGLAND), Dec 1983, 3 (4) p163-8,
-ISSN-
 0272-4939
-JrnlCode-
 6AH
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Bottle Feeding--Adverse Effects (AE); *Breast Feeding; Developing
 Countries; Economics; Gastroenteritis--Etiology (ET); IgA,
 Secretory--Analysis (AN); Immunity; Infant; Milk Human--Immunology (IM);
 Psychology; Sudden Infant Death--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 90
-A-
 1311347 84151347
-W-
 Suicidal behavior by preschool children.
 Rosenthal PA; Rosenthal S
 Am J Psychiatry, Apr 1984, 141 (4) p520-5,
-ISSN-
 0002-953X
-JrnlCode-
 3VG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Sixteen suicidal preschoolers age 2?/2 to 5 years who were referred to a
 university child psychiatry outpatient clinic were compared with 16
 behaviorally disordered preschoolers matched by age, sex, race, and parental
 marital and socioeconomic status. The suicidal group showed significantly
 more nonsuicidal self-directed aggression, loss of interest, morbid ideas,
 depression (according to the Weinberg criteria, but not DSM-III),
 impulsivity and hyperactivity, and running away behavior. They also showed
 significantly less pain and crying after injury; more of the children were
 unwanted and abused or neglected by parents. Four subgroups of suicidal
 motivation are identified and discussed.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Accidents; Aggression--Psychology (PX); Attention Deficit Disorder with
 Hyperactivity--Psychology (PX); Attitude to Death; Child Abuse; Child
 Behavior Disorders--Psychology (PX); Child, Preschool; Depressive
 Disorder--Psychology (PX); Family; Impulsive Behavior--Psychology (PX);
 Infant; Motivation; Object Attachment; *Suicide, Attempted--Psychology (PX);
 Wounds and Injuries--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 91
-A-
 1309927 84149927
-W-
 Parental losses.
 Laajus S
 Child Psychiatric Clinic, Tampere Univ. Central Hospital, Finland.
 Acta Psychiatr Scand (DENMARK), Jan 1984, 69 (1) p1-12,
-ISSN-
 0001-690X
-JrnlCode-
 1VY
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Doc Type: Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In a review article parental losses (PL) of children in different age and
 sex groups are psycho-analytically examined from the view point of the
 triangular family relationship, cognitive development of the children and
 their ability to mourn, delinquency, schizophrenia and affective illnesses,
 and lastly the controversies about and objections to bereavement study
 findings. It is concluded that many methodological problems make it
 difficult to compare study findings. Some unchallengeable laws have been
 found, but any single explanation of their aetiological meaning could not be
 shown. It is obvious that many psycho-social variables are involved in the
 interpretation of PL. (68 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Affective Disorders--Psychology (PX); Age Factors; Child;
 Child, Preschool; Cognition; *Death; Family; Grief; Infant Infant, Newborn;
 Juvenile Delinquency--Psychology (PX); Object Attachment; Oedipus Complex;
 Parent-Child Relations; *Parents; Psychoanalytic Theory; Schizophrenic
 Psychology; Sex Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 92
-A-
 1309646 84149646
-W-
 Selected perinatal procedures. Scientific basis for use and psycho-social
 effects. A literature review.
 Fraser CM
 Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand [Suppl] (SWEDEN), 1983, 117 p1-39,
-ISSN-
 0300-8835
-JrnlCode-
 1EC
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Doc Type: Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS (227 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Abnormalities--Psychology (PX); Anesthesia, Obstetrical; Cesarean Section;
 Delivery; Episiotomy; Fetal Death--Psychology (PX); Fetal Monitoring;
 *Infant Care; Infant Mortality; Infant, Newborn; Labor; Mother-Child
 Relations; Pregnancy; PREGN; *Prenatal Care; Prenatal Care--Psychology (PX);
 Socioeconomic Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 93
-A-
 1306032 84146032
-W-
 Apnea in newborn infants: approach to management.
 Banagale RC; Roloff DW; Howatt WF
 Section of Newborn Services, Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor.
 Resuscitation (IRELAND), Feb 1984, 11 (1-2) p9-20,
-ISSN-
 0300-9572
-JrnlCode-
 R8Q
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Approximately 25% of infants with birth weights less than 1800 g or infants
 of about 34 weeks gestational age have an apneic episode. This, and the
 known high incidence of apneas in infants who subsequently are victims of
 sudden infant death syndrome, has led to aggressive attempts at early
 identification of newborns with abnormal cardio-respiratory patterns. We
 have found the pneumocardiogram to be effective in detecting
 cardio-respiratory abnormality in the newborn, and a very useful tool in the
 assessment of the effectiveness of pharmacologic therapy of neonatal apnea.
 Infants who are discharged on a home apnea monitor should be managed,
 utilizing a coordinated multidisciplinary team approach, that includes 24 h
 availability of a physician, technician, community health nurse, social
 worker and, when possible, a member of a parent support group. This paper
 presents a review of neonatal apnea and our institutional approach to its
 evaluation and management.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Apnea--Prevention and Control (PC); Electrocardiography; ECG; Home Nursing;
 Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Newborn, Diseases--Prevention and Control (PC);
 Monitoring, Physiologic; Respiratory Function Tests; Risk; Sleep--Physiology
 (PH); Sudden Infant Death--Prevention and Control (PC)
 Theophylline--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 58-55-9 (Theophylline)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 94
-A-
 1304220 84144220
-W-
 Caring for special babies. Four. Coping with grief.
 Newman A
 Nurs Times, Feb 8-14 1984, 80 (6) p32-4,
-ISSN-
 0029-6589
-JrnlCode-
 O9U
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Fetal Death; *Grief; *Infant Mortality; Infant, Newborn; Parent-Child
 Relations; *Parents--Psychology (PX); Pregnancy; PREGN; Professional-Family
 Relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 95
-A-
 1303000 84143000
-W-
 Loss of a child.
 Clench P
 Nursing (Oxford) (ENGLAND), Dec 1983, 2 (20) p590-1,
-ISSN-
 0142-0372
-JrnlCode-
 OA5
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Grief; Guilt; Infant; *Parents--Psychology (PX); *Sudden Infant
 Death; Terminal Care
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 96
-A-
 1287652 84127652
-W-
 The sudden infant death syndrome.
 Rahilly P
 Consultant Paediatrician, Royal Alexandria Hospital for Children,
 Campendown.
 Aust Fam Physician (AUSTRALIA), Oct 1983, 12 (10) p756-7,
-ISSN-
 0300-8495
-JrnlCode-
 9EC
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8405
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Family Practice; Infant; Professional-Family Relations; *Sudden Infant
 Death--Diagnosis (DI); Sudden Infant Death--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 97
-A-
 1278965 84118965
-W-
 Nursing Mirror community forum. Coping with a cot death.
 Heycock A
 Nurs Mirror (ENGLAND), Jan 25 1984, 158 (4) piii-viii,
-ISSN-
 0029-6511
-JrnlCode-
 O98
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8405
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Community Health Nursing; Grief; Guilt; Infant; *Parent-Child Relations;
 Professional-Family Relations; *Sudden Infant Death
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 98
-A-
 1276268 84116268
-W-
 [The psychosocial readiness of the women's clinic]
 Kvinnoklinikernas psykosociala beredskap.
 Sjogren B; Sjostrom H; Ursing I
 Lakartidningen (SWEDEN), Nov 23 1983, 80 (47) p4567-70,
-ISSN-
 0023-7205
-JrnlCode-
 L0N
-Lang-
 SWEDISH
-JrnlAnn-
 8405
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Anxiety; Fetal Death; Infant, Newborn; Infertility, Female--Rehabilitation
 (RH); Labor; Pregnancy Complications--Rehabilitation (RH); PREGN
 COMPL--Rehabilitation (RH); Pregnancy; PREGN; *Psychophysiologic
 Disorders--Rehabilitation (RH); Sex Disorders--Rehabilitation (RH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 99
-A-
 1272407 84112407
-W-
 Neonatal loss in the intensive care nursery: effects of maternal grieving
 and a program for intervention.
 Haron RJ; Glicken AD; Siegel RE
 J Am Acad Child Psychiatry, Jan 1984, 23 (1) p68-71,
-ISSN-
 0002-7138
-JrnlCode-
 ?54
 Contract/Grant No.: 5KO1 MH00281; 5 RO1 MH34005
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8405
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Death; *Grief; *Hospices; Infant, Newborn; *Intensive Care Units, Neonatal;
 *Mothers--Psychology (PX); Social Support
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 100
-A-
 1267773 84107773
-W-
 Childhood suicide.
 McGuire DJ; Ely M
 New York Univ., NY.
 Child Welfare (US), Jan-Feb 1984, 63 (1) p17-26,
-ISSN-
 0009-4021
-JrnlCode-
 D2U
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8405
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The taboos surrounding suicide are especially hard to penetrate when the
 suicide is that of a child. Concerned with presenting a clear picture, the
 authors discuss the difficulties in recognizing childhood suicide,
 presuicidal conditions and behaviors, and methods for prevention.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Accidents; Adolescence; Child; Child, Preschool; Death; Depressive
 Disorder--Psychology (PX); Environment; Failure to Thrive--Psychology (PX);
 Infant; Parent-Child Relations; Social Environment; Suicide--Prevention and
 Control (PC); *Suicide--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 101
-A-
 1251622 84091622
-W-
 The Tennessee sudden infant death syndrome program.
 Stuntz M; Michal ML
 J Tenn Med Assoc (US), Nov 1983, 76 (11) p28-9,
-ISSN-
 0040-3318
-JrnlCode-
 K7J
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Counseling; Family; Grief; Infant; Legislation; *Sudden Infant Death; Sudden
 Infant Death--Diagnosis (DI); Tennessee
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 102
-A-
 1239421 84079421
-W-
 Type I hyperlipoproteinemia presenting is sudden death in infancy.
 Potter JM; Hilton JM
 Dept. of Pharmacology, Univ. of Western Australia.
 Aus NZ J Med (AUSTRALIA), Aug 1983, 13 (4) p381-3,
-ISSN-
 0004-8291
-JrnlCode-
 9H9
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8403
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A routine post-mortem investigating sudden death in an eight week old male
 infant revealed gross Type I hyperlipoproteinemia (triglyceride
 concentration 825 mmol/L). Death was attributed to generalized cerebral
 anoxia. Study of the family revealed the parents were first cousins both of
 whom had depressed postheparin lipolytic activity, as did five out of seven
 of the remainder of the family members tested. This family is a notable
 example of deficiency of extrahepatic lipoprotein lipase.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Cerebral Ischemia--Etiology (ET); *Hyperlipoproteinemia--Complications (CO);
 Infant; *Lipoprotein Lipase Deficiency, Familial--Complications (CO);
 Lipoprotein Lipase Deficiency, Familial--Pathology (PA); Pedigree; *Sudden
 Infant Death--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 103
-A-
 1238591 84078591
-W-
 Pattern of illnesses before cot deaths.
 Stanton AN; Oakley JR
 Arch Dis Child, Nov 1983, 58 (11) p878-81,
-ISSN-
 0003-9888
-JrnlCode-
 6XG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8403
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The reasons for referral to hospital of 147 babies subsequently included in
 the DHSS study of postneonatal infant mortality were analysed and compared
 with those of 104 control infants. Although similar numbers were seen as
 outpatients, 71 (16%) of the babies who died unexpectedly, but only 28
 controls had previously been admitted to hospital. The excess was explained
 by acute infections, loss of consciousness, possible child abuse, and
 failure to thrive for ion-organic reasons. The average length of admission
 was almost twice that required by controls, and 31% were admitted more than
 once. The admissions were often clues to important family problems that
 might have been investigated further. There were no admissions for
 unexplained apnoea and 'near miss' cot deaths may not therefore represent a
 suitable model for the investigation of most unexpected deaths during
 infancy.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Age Factors; Child Abuse; Failure to Thrive--Complications (CO);
 Hospitalization; Infant; Infant, Newborn; Infection--Complications (CO);
 Outpatient Clinics, Hospital; *Sudden Infant Death--Etiology (ET); Time
 Factors; Unconsciousness--Complications (CO)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 104
-A-
 1238590 84078590
-W-
 Avoidable factors in child death.
 Sherman Y; Matthew DJ; Boyd RD
 Camden Area Health Authority Hospital for Sick Children, London.
 Arch Dis Child (ENGLAND), Nov 1983, 58 (11) p872-7,
-ISSN-
 0003-9888
-JrnlCode-
 6XG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8403
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 There were 131 deaths among children aged between birth and 14 years during
 a period of 18 months in one inner London area health authority. One hundred
 children died in hospital, 23 at home, and 8 elsewhere. Thirty three died of
 congenital, 46 of perinatal, and 34 of other medical causes. There were 18
 violent deaths--16 among children over 1 year of age. Medical and social
 information, collected from analysis of records and interview with those
 involved, was considered by a review panel and the following conclusions
 were drawn: there was scope for prevention of congenital disease or
 malformation in only one of 33 cases; with routine pathological
 investigation the cause of death in postperinatal infancy was usually
 unclear--more detailed pathological investigation should be routinely
 available for the investigation of deaths in the first year of life, there
 were possible management failures in four of 8 non-malignant medical deaths
 in older children; malignant disease was promptly diagnosed; fatal accidents
 were almost entirely restricted to the children of families under marked
 psychosocial stress; and there was some evidence of faulty communication
 between health agencies and of the inappropriate routing of emergency
 admissions.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Abnormalities--Mortality (MO); Accidents; Adolescence; Child; Child,
 Preschool; *Death; Infant Mortality; Infant; London; Retrospective Studies;
 Violence
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 105
-A-
 1238589 84078589
-W-
 Invalid certification of young deaths.
 Sunderland R; Sunderland EP
 Sheffield Children's Hospital.
 Arch Dis Child (ENGLAND), Nov 1983, 58 (11) p867-71,
-ISSN-
 0003-9888
-JrnlCode-
 6XG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8403
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Necropsy reports were traced for 3928 of the 7049 Sheffield children who
 died between 1947 and 1979. Comparison of these reports with the related
 death certificates showed important differences in the underlying cause of
 death in 15%, even after all wing for variation in diagnostic terms and
 incorrect completion of certificates. Approximately one third of
 certificates had the underlying cause of death entered first instead of last
 in Part I, and in 251 (6%), the underlying cause of death was found in Part
 II of the certificate. There was an overrepresentation of infectious
 diseases and underrepresentation of malformations, deaths associated with
 perinatal factors, and cot deaths in the death certificates. Discrepancies
 were more frequent among very young children and among hospital deaths than
 home deaths. There was little variation in discrepancy frequency when
 analysed by parental occupation. A gradual decrease in the proportion of
 discrepancies occurred during the period studied, but this may be a
 consequence of a changing pattern of referral for necropsy rather than
 increasingly valid certification. The historical diagnoses 'convulsions due
 to an unknown but natural cause' and 'teething convulsions' may be analogous
 to the current diagnosis sudden infant death syndrome'.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Autopsy; Child; Child, Preschool; Death Certificates; England;
 Infant; Infant, Newborn; Mortality; Social Class
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 106
-A-
 1230045 84070045
-W-
 [Sudden infant death syndrome in Italy. A multidisciplinary approach]
 La sindrome della morte improvvisa del lattante in Italia. Un approccio
 multidisciplinare.
 Segantini A; Carnelli V; Portaleone D; Zerbi Schwartz L; Falzi G; Salice P;
 Schwartz PJ; Carddu P
 Centro SIDS, Instituto di Clinica Pediatrica I dell'Universita, Milano,
 Italia.
 Pediatr Med Chir (ITALY), May-Jun 1983, 5 (3) p57-60,
-ISSN-
 0391-5387
-JrnlCode-
 PAQ
-Lang-
 ITALIAN
 Summ. Lang.: ENG
 Doc Type: Eng. Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8403
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A Center for the Sudden Infant Death Syndrome has been established in 1981.
 Active research involves clinical prospective studies and basic research,
 mostly aimed at testing our cardiac theory for SIDS. The bereaved families
 enter in a follow-up program with specific psychological support. At risk
 babies are evaluated for cardio-respiratory abnormalities and repeatedly
 controlled. Parents of victims are in the process of forming a group with
 the objective to support and inform the families of new victims.
 This is the first attempt to approach systematically the SIDS problem in
 Italy.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Apnea--Complications (CO); Infant; Italy; Respiratory Distress
 Syndrome--Complications (CO); *Sudden Infant Death; Sudden Infant
 Death--Etiology (ET); Sudden Infant Death--Occurrence (OC); Ventricular
 Fibrillation--Complications (CO); *Voluntary Health Agencies--Organization
 and Administration (AG)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 107
-A-
 1228281 84068281
-W-
 [Diagnosis and assistance in crib death]
 Onderzoek en hulpverlening bij wiegedood.
 Geudeke M
 Ned Tijdschr Geneeskd (NETHERLANDS), Nov 5 1983, 127 (45) p2052-4,
-ISSN-
 0028-2162
-JrnlCode-
 NUK
-Lang-
 DUTCH
-JrnlAnn-
 8403
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; *Counseling; Emotions; Infant; Interviews; *Medical History Taking;
 *Parents--Psychology (PX); Self-Help Groups; *Sudden Infant Death
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 108
-A-
 1227543 84067543
-W-
 Helping the parents of a stillborn child.
 Danville J
 Midwives Chron (ENGLAND), Sep 1983, 96 (1148) p308-10,
-ISSN-
 0026-3524
-JrnlCode-
 MYE
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8403
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Fetal Death; Infant, Newborn; *Midwifery; *Parent-Child Relations;
 *Parents--Psychology (PX); Pregnancy; PREGN; Professional-Patient Relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 109
-A-
 1224048 84064048
-W-
 Theophylline improves pneumogram abnormalities in infants at risk for sudden
 infant death syndrome.
 Hunt CE; Brouillette RT; Hanson D
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Children's Memorial Hospital, Chicago, IL.
 J Pediatr (US), Dec 1983, 103 (6) p969-74,
-ISSN-
 0022-3476
-JrnlCode-
 JLZ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8403
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 To determine the efficacy of theophylline treatment in infants at increased
 risk for SIDS, we obtained 24-hour cardiorespiratory recordings
 (pneumograms) in 80 infants given theophylline in whom the initial
 pneumogram was abnornal. Fifty-three infants had a clinical diagnosis of
 near-SIDS, and 27 were asymptomatic siblings with a positive family history
 for SIDS. The initial pneumogram was obtained at a mean age of 6.9 weeks,
 and the repeat pneumogram 2.3 weeks later, when the mean theophylline blood
 concentration was 11.2 +/- 0.5 micrograms/ml. Theophylline treatment
 resulted in comparable and highly significant improvements in both groups.
 Among all 80 infants, apnea density decreased from 1.6 +/- 0.2% (SEM) to 0.3
 +/- 0.1% (P less than 0.001), periodic breathing episodes/100 minutes
 decreased from 2.7 +/- 0.4 to 0.3 +/- 0.1 (P less than 0.001), and the
 longest apneic period decreased from 13.5 +/- 0.7 to 10.1 +/- 0.5 seconds (P
 less than 0.001). Findings on the pneumogram became completely normal with
 theophylline therapy in 87% of infants with near-SIDS and 81.5% of
 asymptomatic siblings. Pneumogram normalization was associated with absence
 of further symptomatic sleep apnea in the near-SIDS group and with continued
 absence of any clinical symptoms in the asymptomatic family history group.
 There were no deaths from SIDS.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Cheyne-Stokes Respiration--Diagnosis (DI); *Cheyne-Stokes Respiration--Drug
 Therapy (DT); Electrocardiography; ECG; Infant; Monitoring,
 Physiologic--Methods (MT); *Respiration Disorders--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Respiratory Function Tests; Risk; Sleep Apnea Syndromes--Diagnosis (DI);
 SLEEP APNEA--Diagnosis (DI); *Sleep Apnea Syndromes--Drug Therapy (DT);
 *SLEEP APNEA--Drug Therapy (DT); Sudden Infant Death--Familial and Genetic
 (FG); *Sudden Infant Death--Prevention and Control (PC); Tape Recording;
 *Theophylline--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 58-55-9 (Theophylline)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 110
-A-
 1217356 84057356
-W-
 Respiratory frequency during sleep in siblings of sudden infant death
 syndrome victims. A comparison with control, normal infants.
 Curzi-Dascalova L; Flores-Guevara R; Guidasci S; Korn G; Monod N
 Early Hum Dev, Oct 1983, 8 (3-4) p235-41,
-JrnlCode-
 EDH
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8403
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The present study was carried out on 76 polygraphic recordings performed on
 38 siblings of sudden infant death syndrome victims and on 38 control (2
 days to 18 weeks old) infants. Each sibling corresponded to a control infant
 according to gender, gestational age at birth and postnatal age criteria. We
 found that in siblings as in controls, respiratory frequency (RF) was higher
 in active sleep (AS) compared to quiet sleep (QS) state (P less than 0.05
 for 11-18 week siblings, p less than 0.01 for the other groups). During the
 transitional sleep (TS), RF was on an intermediate level (AS greater than TS
 greater than QS). There were no significant differences between RF of
 siblings compared to controls, except that ?F during QS in 6-10 week control
 infants was higher than in siblings of the same age (P less than 0.05). We
 found a wide variability between RF of different individuals within all the
 age groups of siblings and of controls (P less than 0.001). However, a high
 correlation was usually noted between RF found in different sleep states:
 some infants (siblings or controls) breathed more rapidly and others more
 slowly in all states studied. In siblings, as previously described in other
 groups of normal infants, RF seems to be an individual characteristic. In
 addition, the present work shows that according to RF criterion, healthy
 siblings are similar to normal infants.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Circadian Rhythm; Infant; Infant, Newborn; *Respiration; Risk;
 Sleep--Physiology (PH); Sudden Infant Death--Familial and Genetic (FG);
 *Sudden Infant Death--Physiopathology (PP)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 111
-A-
 1214144 84054144
-W-
 Family and community factors associated with infant deaths that might be
 preventable [letter]
 Southall D
 Br Med J [Clin Res] (ENGLAND), Nov 12 1983, 287 (6403) p1469,
-ISSN-
 0007-1447
-JrnlCode-
 B4X
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8403
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Family; Infant; *Sudden Infant Death--Prevention and Control (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 112
-A-
 1208410 84048410
-W-
 A case of near-miss SIDS developing an abnormal respiratory reaction to
 hypoxia.
 Wennergren G; Bjure J; Kjellmer I
 Dept. of Paediatrics, Univ. of Goteborg, East Hospital, Sweden.
 Acta Paediatr Scand (SWEDEN), Sep 1983, 72 (5) p793-5,
-ISSN-
 0001-656X
-JrnlCode-
 1LV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A SIDS sibling is described who showed a normal respiratory regulation at
 1.5 months but who was equipped with an apnea monitor at home on
 psychological indications. At 3 months he had a near-miss SIDS episode. He
 was then found to have developed a reaction to hypoxia with appearance of
 periodic breathing. With theophylline this response pattern was normalized
 but despite theophylline medication episodes of prolonged apnea occurred.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Anoxia--Physiopathology (PP); Apnea--Etiology (ET); *Apnea--Physiopathology
 (PP); Infant, Newborn; Infant, Newborn, Diseases--Etiology (ET); *Infant,
 Newborn, Diseases--Physiopathology (PP); Monitoring, Physiologic; Partial
 Pressure; *Respiration; Risk; Sudden Infant Death--Etiology (ET); *Sudden
 Infant Death--Prevention and Control (PC); Theophylline--Therapeutic Use
 (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 58-55-9 (Theophylline)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 113
-A-
 1204313 84044313
-W-
 [Adverse perinatal results]
 Resultados perinatales adversos.
 Horno Gonzalez M
 Rev Enferm, Sep 1983, 6 (61) p71-3, 75-6,
-ISSN-
 0210-5020
-JrnlCode-
 TM6
-Lang-
 SPANISH
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Abnormalities; *Fetal Death; Grief; Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature;
 *Parents--Psychology (PX); Pregnancy; PREGN; *Professional-Family Relations;
 Truth Disclosure
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 114
-A-
 1201256 84041256
-W-
 Unexpected death of an infant sibling.
 Mandell F; McAnulty EH; Carlson A
 Children's Hospital Medical Center, Boston, MA.
 Pediatrics (US), Nov 1983, 72 (5) p52-7,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 When infants die suddenly and unexpectedly, family structures are abruptly
 altered. This less and its subsequent changes affect remaining older
 siblings. New "big brother" and "big sister" roles are suddenly terminated,
 often in a catastrophic manner. Young surviving children are sometimes
 unable to understand the meaning of this event, its impact on the family,
 and their own role in what has occurred. In this study, 26 families that had
 sustained the sudden and unexpected death of an infant and that had
 surviving children were interviewed to obtain data about surviving siblings
 at least 10 months following the loss. Among the 26 families, there were ?5
 surviving siblings (ages 16 months to 6 years). The interview schedule
 sought information relevant to changes in patterns of sleep, toilet
 training, feeding habits, peer relationships, and parent-child interaction.
 Among these 35 surviving siblings, parents of 28 siblings (80%) perceived
 changes in their child's interaction with them, 2 siblings (69%)
 demonstrated changes in sleep patterns following the baby's death, and 13
 siblings (37%) showed changes in social interaction. Regression in toilet
 training and changes in feeding patterns were infrequent and not areas of
 major concern for parents. These behavioral changes reflected both a
 continuum of adjustment by the child and a persistence of parental worries.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Birth Order; Child; Child, Preschool; Family; Follow-Up Studies; Infant;
 Infant, Newborn; Interview, Psychological; Massachusetts; Parent-Child
 Relations; *Sibling Relations; Sleep Disorders--Etiology (ET) *Sudden Infant
 Death; Toilet Training
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 115
-A-
 1187916 84027916
-W-
 Infants at risk for psychopathology: offspring of schizophrenic parents.
 Walker E; Emory
 Dept. of Human Development, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, New York.
 Child Dev (US), Oct 1983, 54 (5) p1269-85,
-ISSN-
 0009-3920
-JrnlCode-
 D28
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Doc Type: Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The results of research on infants at high risk for schizophrenia (offspring
 of schizophrenic parents) are reviewed. The findings indicate that high-risk
 infants are not exposed to greater exogenous stress during the prenatal and
 perinatal periods, although subsequent caregiving provided by disturbed
 mothers may be nonoptimal. Several findings point to the existence of a
 constitutionally vulnerable subgroup of high-risk infants. Fetal and
 neonatal deaths, unrelated to obstetrical complications, may be more common
 among high-risk offspring, and neuromotor abnormalities are apparent in a
 subgroup of high-risk subjects across the life span. Moreover, there is
 evidence to suggest that offspring of schizophrenics are uniquely
 susceptible to obstetrical complications when they occur: Neuromotor
 deficits and other developmental deviations show a greater relationship with
 obstetrical complications among high-risk infants than controls. Taken
 together, the results lend support to the validity of interactional models
 of the etiology of schizophrenia and suggest that preventive intervention
 may be a realistic goal. (84 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Birth Weight; Electroencephalography EEG; Fetal Death--Etiology (ET); Infant
 Mortality; Infant, Newborn; Labor Complications; LABOR COMPL; Mother-Child
 Relations; *Parents--Psychology (PX); Pregnancy Complications; PREGN COMPL;
 Pregnancy; PREGN; Psychomotor Performance; Risk; Schizophrenia--Etiology
 (ET); *Schizophrenia--Familial and Genetic (FG); Schizophrenic Psychology;
 Social Class; Stress--Complications (CO)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 116
-A-
 1185121 84025121
-W-
 [Sudden infant death syndrome: respiratory causes]
 Le syndrome de mort subite du nourrisson: causes respiratoires.
 Marchal F
 Laboratoire de Medecine et Biologie du Developpement Humain, Universite de
 Nancy I, France.
 Bull Eur Physiopathol Respir (ENGLAND), Jul-Aug 1983, 19 (4) p411-21,
-ISSN-
 0395-3890
-JrnlCode-
 BGX
-Lang-
 FRENCH
 Summ. Lang.: ENG.
 Doc Type: Eng. Abstract; Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) claims one in five hundred babies
 between 1 and 12 months of life. Since no cause of death is found at
 autopsy, SIDS has been and often remains a complete enigma for
 pediatricians, physiologists and forensic pathologists. However, there is
 growing evidence from careful epidemiologic, pathologic and physiologic
 studies that subtle changes occur in those babies for a variable period of
 time before death. Some of these data are reviewed and interpreted in the
 light of the sleep apnea-hypoventilation inducing chronic hypoxemia
 hypothesis. It appears that no single factor is characteristic of, or
 responsible for, SIDS rather, a combination of different adverse
 circumstances occurring during a period of increased vulnerability may cause
 the fatal outcome in some infants. Some preventive aspects of SIDS in low
 birth weight babies, siblings of SIDS victims and near-miss SIDS are
 discussed. (140 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Age Factors; Air Pollution--Adverse Effects (AE); Family; Infant; Infant,
 Newborn; Sex Factors; *Sleep Apnea Syndromes--Complications (CO); *SLEEP
 APNEA--Complications (CO); Socioeconomic Factors; *Sudden Infant
 Death--Etiology (ET); Sudden Infant Death--Occurrence (OC); Sudden Infant
 Death--Pathology (PA); Sudden Infant Death--Prevention and Control (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 117
-A-
 1181159 84021159
-W-
 Association of birth outcome with subsequent fertility.
 Bjerkedal T; Erickson JD
 Am J Obstet Gynecol, Oct 15 1983, 147 (4) p399-404,
-ISSN-
 0002-9378
-JrnlCode-
 3NI
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8401
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The association between birth outcomes and subsequent fertility was analyzed
 by using linked Norwegian birth certificates. All births of order 1, 2, and
 3 which occurred during 1967 through 1974 were considered index births;
 there were approximately 207, 000 index births of order 1, 165, 000 of order
 2, and 87, 000 of order 3. The mothers' fertility after these index births
 was summarized with a life-tale technique. Fertility was most pronounced if
 there were no survivors of an index birth, intermediate if there was one
 survivor, and lowest if both members of a set of twins survived. Advanced
 maternal age was associated with markedly reduced fertility. The sex of a
 surviving singleton had little effect on a mother's subsequent fertility.
 However, there was a sex-related difference if index twins survived;
 fertility was lower after the birth of unlike-sex twins and higher after the
 birth of like-sex twins. This probably reflects reproductive limitation
 rather than a differential fecundity for mothers of dizygotic and
 monozygotic twins. A comparison of fertility after births of like-sex and
 unlike-sex twins with one survivor may indicate that mothers of dizygotic
 twins were more fertile, but the number available for study was small.
 Reproduction among women who had two index births during 1967 through 1974
 was examined separately. Fertility was most marked if neither of the first
 two infants survived and lowest where three survived (i.e., where one of the
 index births involved twins). If there were two survivors, the sex
 composition of the pair influenced fertility; fertility was greater if the
 two survivors were of the same sex and lower if they were of unlike sex.
 Since a woman who has an unfavorable outcome in one pregnancy will be at a
 higher risk of having an unfavorable outcome in a subsequent pregnancy, the
 higher fertility of such women will, to some degree, inflate the frequency
 of unfavorable outcomes in a population of births.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Birth Order; *Family Characteristics; Fertility; Fetal
 Death; Infant Mortality; Maternal Age; Norway; *Parents--Psychology (PX);
 Pregnancy; PREGN; Sex Factors; Twins
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 118
-A-
 1175074 84015074
-W-
 The dying infant: aiding parents in the detachment process.
 Thomas N; Cordell AS
 Pediatr Nurs (US), Sep-Oct 1983, 9 (5) p355-7,
-ISSN-
 0097-9805
-JrnlCode-
 OUN
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8401
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Counseling; *Death; *Grief; Infant; *Object Attachment;
 *Parents--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 119
-A-
 1169519 84009519
-W-
 Parents seeking help after cot death. How atypical is their experience?
 Crichton NJ; Limerick SR; Carpenter RG
 London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, UK.
 J Epidemiol Community Health (ENGLAND), Sep 1983, 37 (3) p208-12,
-ISSN-
 0143-005X
-JrnlCode-
 I1P
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8401
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A survey of 241 cases of cot death reported to the Foundation for the Study
 of Infant Deaths is compared with more formal epidemiological studies. As
 expected the cases tend to be drawn from the higher social classes, and this
 selection affects some of the data--for instance, mothers' age and feeding
 practice. Nevertheless, data relating to the infants and their histories are
 remarkably similar to data from other studies. The survey provides a
 continuous epidemiological monitor as well as being of therapeutic value to
 the parents and should be continued.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Bottle Feeding; Breast Feeding; Epidemiologic Methods; Infant;
 Parents--Psychology (PX); Seasons; *Sudden Infant Death--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 120
-A-
 1167558 84007558
-W-
 Women's reactions to late miscarriage, stillbirth and perinatal death.
 Lovell A
 Health Visit (ENGLAND), Sep 1983, 56 (9) p32-7,
-ISSN-
 0017-9140
-JrnlCode-
 G2P
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8401
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Abortion--Psychology (PX); *Attitude to Death; *Death; *Fetal Death; Grief;
 Infant, Newborn Pregnancy; PREGN; Professional-Patient Relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 121
-A-
 1167557 84007557
-W-
 Grief reactions after cot death.
 Mendelson C
 Health Visit (ENGLAND), Sep 1983, 56 (9) p322-4,
-ISSN-
 0017-9140
-JrnlCode-
 G2P
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8401
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Community Health Nursing; *Grief; Infant; Marriage; *Parent-Child Relations;
 *Sudden Infant Death
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 122
-A-
 116560 84005360
-W-
 Parental bereavement in the perinatal period.
 Jolly H
 Dept. of Paediatrics, Charing Cross Hospital, London, U.K.
 Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol (NETHERLANDS), Aug 1983, 15 (4-6) p233-,
-ISSN-
 0028-243
-JrnlCode-
 E4L
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8401
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Abnormalities--Psychology (PX); Attitude to Death; *Fetal Death; *Grief;
 Infant, Newborn; Parent-Child Relations; *Parents--Psychology (PX);
 Pregnancy; PREGN
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 123
-A-
 1163086 8400086
-W-
 Decisions to withdraw life support in the neonatal intensive care unit.
 Ragatz SC; Ellison PH
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee.
 Clin Pediatr (Phila) (US), Nov 1983, 22 (11) p729-35,
-ISSN-
 0009-9228
-JrnlCode-
 DHE
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8401
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Neonatal intensive care units may choose to selectively withdraw support in
 some neonates with severe brain damage. We offer suggestions for criteria
 for such withdrawal, and a review of 20 cases in which such a
 decision-making process occurred in our neonatal intensive care unit.
 Tags: Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Asphyxia Neonatorum--Physiopathology (PP); Brain Death;
 Electroencephalography; EEG; *Euthanasia--Psychology (PX); *Euthanasia,
 Passive--Psychology (PX); Infant, Newborn; *Intensive Care Units, Neonatal
 *Life Support Care--Psychology (PX); Parents; Quality of Life;
 Seizures--Physiopathology (PP); Wisconsin
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 124
-A-
 1147575 83302575
-W-
 The family and neonatal intensive care.
 Mahan CK; Krueger JC; Schreiner RL
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Indiana Univ. School of Medicine, Indianapolis.
 Soc Work Health Care (US), Summer 1982, 7 (4) p67-78,
-ISSN-
 0098-1389
-JrnlCode-
 U95
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8312
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The birth of a sick newborn provides great stress for the family. During the
 illness, the family must face charged issues, including the loss of the
 perfect child they had anticipated and a fear that their baby may die.
 Issues related to helping these vulnerable families are examined, including
 response to the birth of a sick baby, communication with the family,
 preparation for discharge and long term hospitalization, as well as issues
 pertaining to the staff of the neonatal intensive care unit.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Attitude to Death; Crisis Intervention; Handicapped--Psychology (PX);
 Infant, Newborn; Infant Newborn, Diseases--Therapy (TH); *Intensive Care
 Units, Neonatal; Life Support Care--Psychology (PX); Long Term Care;
 Parent-Child Relations; Patient Care Team; *Professional-Family Relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 125
-A-
 1143908 83298908
-W-
 [Medical conversations with the parents of severely ill or dying newborn
 infants]
 Das arzliche Gesprach mit Elvern von schwerkranken oder sterbenden
 Neugeborenen.
 Hohenauer L
 Neugeborenen- und Sauglingsabteilung, Landis-Kinderkrankenhauses Linz.
 Padiatr Padol (AUSTRIA), 1983, 18 (3) p201-4,
-ISSN-
 0030-9338
-JrnlCode-
 OOY
-Lang-
 GERMAN
-JrnlAnn-
 8312
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Attitude to Death; Iatrogenic Disease; Infant, Newborn; Infant, Newborn,
 Diseases--Psychology (PX); *Infant, Newborn, Diseases--Therapy (TH);
 *Parent-Child Relations; *Professional-Family Relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 126
-A-
 1133709 83288709
-W-
 Bibliotherapy: a tool to help parents mourn their infant's death.
 Mahan CK; Schreiner RL; Green M
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Indiana Univ. School of Medicine, Indianapolis.
 Health Soc Work (US), Spring 1983, 8 (2) p126-32,
-ISSN-
 0360-7283
-JrnlCode-
 FZ6
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8312
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A hospital in Indianapolis has used the gift of a book, The Bereaved Parent,
 as part of the follow-up program of support for families whose newborn has
 died. Through questionnaires sent to bereaved families, the authors gained
 information to help them assess the value of this "bibliotherapy" and
 determined that this portion of the follow-up program was worth continuing.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Bibliotherapy; *Death; Follow-Up Studies; *Grief; *Infant, Newborn; Infant,
 Newborn, Diseases--Mortality (MO); *Parents--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 127
-A-
 1131647 83286647
-W-
 The family of the critically ill neonate.
 Mahan CK
 Crit Care Update (US), Jun 1983, 10 (6) p24-7, 30-5, 54,
-ISSN-
 0162-7252
-JrnlCode-
 DTA
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Doc Type: Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8312
-Subfile-
 Nursing (32 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Child; Child, Preschool; Communication; Death; *Family;
 Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Newborn, Diseases--Psychology (PX); Intensive Care
 Units, Neonatal; Nursing Staff, Hospital--Psychology (PX); Object
 Attachment; Parent-Child Relations; Patient Discharge; *Professional-Family
 Relations; Sibling Relations; Single Person; Stress, Psychological
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 128
-A-
 1126584 83281584
-W-
 When birth becomes death.
 Kowalski K
 AORN J (US), Jul 1983, 38 (1) p57-61, 64,
-ISSN-
 0001-2092
-JrnlCode-
 6JR
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8311
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; *Attitude to Death; *Fetal Death; Infant, Newborn; Mortuary Practice;
 Nurse-Patient Relations; Operating Room Nursing; *Parents--Psychology (PX);
 Pregnancy; PREGN
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 129
-A-
 1125144 83280144
-W-
 The role of a grief support team following stillbirth.
 Lake M; Knuppel RA; Murphy J; Johnson TM
 Division of Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Univ. of South Florida College of
 Medicine, Tampa.
 Am J Obstet Gynecol (US), Aug 15 1983, 146 (8) p877-81,
-ISSN-
 0002-9378
-JrnlCode-
 3NI
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8311
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The loss of a baby through stillbirth is a tragic, devastating experience
 for a woman and her family. Although well intentioned, physicians and nurses
 are often ill-prepared to provide essential emotional support. We would like
 to describe our experience with a multidisciplinary perinatal grief support
 team. In our hospital, such a team has, in part, corrected deficits in the
 care of these families and has functioned as an invaluable source of
 education and support for health care providers.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Fathers--Psychology (PX); *Fetal Death; Follow-Up Studies; *Grief; Infant,
 Newborn; Mothers--Psychology (PX); *Patient Care Team; Pregnancy; PREGN
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 130
-A-
 1121894 83276894
-W-
 Psychiatric aspects of hepatic transplantation.
 House R; Dubovsky SL; Penn I
 Dept. of Psychiatry, Univ. of Colorado School of Medicine, Denver.
 Transplantation (US), Aug 1983, 36 (2) p146-50,
-ISSN-
 0041-1337
-JrnlCode-
 WEJ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8311
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We conducted formal psychiatric evaluations and extensive chart reviews in a
 series of 34 patients surviving an average of 5 1/4 years after hepatic
 transplantation. Seven of 14 children and 19 of 20 adults exhibited obvious
 psychiatric disturbances before the operation. (There was not time to
 evaluate another 5 children and a sixth was an infant; one adult arrived in
 hepatic coma.) All patients experienced psychiatric problems
 postoperatively. Organic brain syndromes and apprehensiveness were the most
 common preoperative problems in pediatric patients, and problems in
 relationships with family members, anxiety, regression, and helplessness
 were most common after surgery. In adults, organic brain syndromes, anxiety,
 and depression were the most common preoperative and postoperative problems.
 While psychosocial disturbances in liver transplant recipients were similar
 in many respects to those of the more well-studied kidney homograft
 patients, a number of important differences emerged: organic brain
 syndromes, fear of death, severe regression (psychological functioning
 appropriate to a younger age), worries that a suitable donor would not be
 found in time, and insomnia were more common, and concerns about the origin
 of the homograft and about changes in body image were relatively rare
 postoperatively. These differences seem to be related to the severity of
 liver disease requiring transplantation, the effects of the illness in the
 brain, the lack of an alternative means of life support resulting in greater
 prominence of concerns about survival, the exclusive use of cadaver rather
 than living donors, and the greater effect of the illness than of its
 treatment on physical appearance.
 Tags: Case Report; Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Anxiety; Child; Child, Preschool; Depression--Etiology
 (ET); Infant; Kidney--Transplantation (TR); *Liver--Transplantation (TR);
 Organic Mental Disorders--Etiology (ET); Postoperative Period; POSTOP
 PERIOD; Regression (Psychology); REGRESSION; *Transplantation--Psychology
 (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 131
-A-
 1109120 83264120
-W-
 Low rates of loss in other pregnancies and liveborn siblings of sudden
 infant death syndrome victims.
 Spiers PS
 Deprt. of Epidemiology, School of Public Health, Univ. of Washington,
 Seattle.
 Hum Hered (SWITZERLAND), 1983, 33 (3) p184-7,
-ISSN-
 0001-5652
-JrnlCode-
 GE9
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8311
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Fetal Death--Occurrence (OC); Pregnancy; PREGN; Risk; *Sudden Infant
 Death--Familial and Genetic (FG)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 132
-A-
 1103861 83258861
-W-
 Support for parents experiencing perinatal loss.
 Can Med Assoc J (CANADA), Aug 15 1983, 129 (4) p335-9,
-ISSN-
 0008-4409
-JrnlCode-
 CKW
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8311
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Grief following perinatal loss is just as debilitating as that following the
 death of an older person and may not be completely resolved for years. The
 physician's role in assisting parents following perinatal loss is one of a
 sympathetic listener and compassionate informant, but each category of
 perinatal loss--miscarriage, stillbirth, neonatal death and sudden infant
 death syndrome--requires a somewhat different approach. To be of assistance,
 physicians must understand the normal process of grief and the differences
 between the reactions of mothers, fathers and siblings. The advent of
 liberal attitudes to family visiting in perinatal units has helped parents
 better understand perinatal illness and appropriate management in the event
 of perinatal death can greatly benefit the family.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Abortion; *Attitude to Death; *Counseling; *Fetal Death; *Grief; *Infant,
 Newborn; Object Attachment; *Parents--Psychology (PX); Physician's Role;
 Pregnancy; PREGN; Sudden Infant Death
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 133
-A-
 1094357 83249357
-W-
 [Management of the birth of a malformed child]
 Conduite a tenir devant la naissanc d'un malforme.
 Cordier MP
 Soins, Apr 1983, (403) p21-2,
-ISSN-
 0038-0814
-JrnlCode-
 UUJ
-Lang-
 FRENCH
-JrnlAnn-
 8310
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Abnormalities--Diagnosis (DI); Adult; *Fetal Death--Diagnosis (DI); Genetic
 Counseling; Infant, Newborn; *Parents--Psychology (PX); Pregnancy; PREN
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 134
-A-
 1091229 83246229
-W-
 Home monitoring and its role in the sudden infant death syndrome.
 Southall DP
 Cardiothoracic Institute, Brompton Hospital, London, England.
 Pediatrics (US), Jul 1983, 72 (1) p13-8,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Doc Type: Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8310
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS (46 Refs.)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Arrhythmia--Diagnosis (DI); Electrocardiography; ECG; Family; *Home Nursing;
 Infant; *Monitoring, Physiologic--Instrumentation (IS); Risk; Sleep Apnea
 Syndromes--Diagnosis (DI); SLEEP APNEA--Diagnosis (DI); *Sudden Infant
 Death--Prevention and Control (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 135
-A-
 108067 83235687
-W-
 Sibling birthweights and maternal age in SIDS cases.
 Spiers PS
 Growth, Spring 1983, 47 (1) p104-8,
-ISSN-
 0017-4793
-JrnlCode-
 FTVde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8310
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Because of the association between SIDS and low birthweight, the means of
 the observed and expected birthweights of 129 siblings (66 were untraceable)
 were calculated. A statistically significant deficit of approximately 100
 grams was found in the average observed birthweight. After allowing for
 length of gestation, a deficit of similar magnitude remained. As mother's
 age at parturition increased, the size of deficit increased. Differences
 between observed and expected mean birthweights of SIDS cases were in all
 instances larger than those observed in their siblings and tended to
 increase as mother's age increased.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Birth Weight; Family; Fetal Growth Retardation; Infant, Newborn; *Maternal
 Age; Pregnancy; PREGN; *Sudden Infant Death--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 136
-A-
 1074791 83229791
-W-
 Sudden unexpected infant death. I Paediatric counselling.
 Limerick S
 Foundation for the Study of Infant Deaths, London.
 Arch Dis Child (ENGLAND), Jun 1983, 58 (6) p467-9,
-ISSN-
 0003-9888
-JrnlCode-
 6XG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8309
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Counseling; Family; Great Britain; Infant; *Pediatrics; Physician's Role;
 Primary Health Care; Social Support; Stress, Psychological; *Sudden Infant
 Death
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 137
-A-
 1069020 83224020
-W-
 Three cot deaths in one family. A case report.
 Van Ieperen L
 State Pathology Laboratory, Cape Town.
 S Afr Med J (SOUTH AFRICA), Jun 25 1983, 63 (26) p1019-20,
-ISSN-
 0038-2469
-JrnlCode-
 U4R
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8309
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A case of 3 cot deaths in one family is described. Owing to the unexplained
 nature of this type of death the police sometimes call for investigation.
 The legal aspects of this investigation are discussed.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; *Forensic Medicine; Infant; Infant, Newborn; *Sudden Infant Death;
 Sudden Infant Death--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 138
-A-
 1065069 83220069
-W-
 Nurses cry, too.
 Stowers SJ
 Nurs Manage (US), Apr 1983, 14 (4) p63-4,
-ISSN-
 0744-6314
-JrnlCode-
 OBV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8309
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Attitude of Health Personnel; *Attitude to Death; *Grief; Infant;
 *Nurses--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 139
-A-
 1060601 83215601
-W-
 Sleep EEG abnormalities in children with near-miss sudden infant death
 syndrome, in siblings, and in infants with recurrent apnea.
 Lacey DJ
 Dept. of Neurology, State Univ. of New York at Buffalo.
 J Pediatr (US), Jun 1983, 102 (6) p855-9,
-ISSN-
 0022-3476
-JrnlCode-
 JLZ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8309
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Electroencephalograms during light sleep were performed in controls and in
 infants with near-miss sudden infant death syndrome, in siblings of such
 infants, and in infants with recurrent apnea, all from 2 to 8 months of age.
 EEG background and multiple sleep spindle characteristics were compared for
 individual children in each of these groups. From 2 to 6 months of age, but
 not later, all at-risk groups differed from controls by the presence of
 excessive variability of sleep spindle frequency during sleep recordings.
 However, the three groups at risk for SIDS did not significantly differ from
 each other. It is concluded that careful analysis of routine sleep EEGs may
 in some cases help differentiate young infants at risk for apnea or SIDS
 from normal children.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Electroencephalography; *EEG; Infant; Recurrence; Retrospective Studies;
 Sleep Apnea Syndromes--Familial and Genetic (FG); SLEEP APNEA--Familial and
 Genetic (FG); *Sleep Apnea Syndromes--Physiopathology (PP); *SLEEP
 APNEA--Physiopathology (PP); Sleep--Physiology (PH); Sudden Infant
 Death--Diagnosis (DI); Sudden Infant Death--Familial and Genetic (FG);
 *Sudden Infant Death--Physiopathology (PP)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 140
-A-
 1057774 83212774
-W-
 [Parents' reactions to perinatal death]
 Foraldrareaktioner vid perinatal dod.
 Lindberg B
 Jordemodern (SWEDEN), Jan-Feb 1983, 96 (1-2) p5-14,
-JrnlCode-
 HAKe:
-Lang-
 SWEDISH
-JrnlAnn-
 8309
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Adaptation, Psychological; Adult; *Counseling; Death; *Fetal Death; Funeral
 Rites; Infant, Newborn; *Parents--Psychology (PX); Pregnancy; PREGN
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 141
-A-
 1038424 83193424
-W-
 Helping families survive S.I.D.S.
 Kotsubo CZ
 Nursing, May 1983, 13 (5) p94-6,
-ISSN-
 0360-4039
-JrnlCode-
 OA3
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8308
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Adaptation, Psychological; Adult; Child; Infant; *Parents--Psychology (PX);
 *Sudden Infant Death
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 142
-A-
 1030020 8385020
-W-
 Respiratory and cardiac events observed and recorded during and following a
 "near miss" for Sudden Infant Death Syndrome episode.
 Cornwell AC; Weitzman ED; Kravath RE
 Dept. of Neurology, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, N.Y.
 Int J Neurosci (ENGLAND), May 1982, 16 (3-4) p231-9,
-ISSN-
 0020-7454
-JrnlCode-
 GS4
 Contract/Grant No.: N01-HD-5-2855
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8308
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Documented observations of a 5-week-old infant during a "near miss" for a
 Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS) episode by a physician were carried out
 during an in-hospital physiological recording of respiratory and cardiac
 activity. This "near miss" event occurred during quiet sleep and was
 characterized by a prolonged apneic attack with marked bradycardia, cyanosis
 and limpness which required immediate vigorous resuscitative efforts by a
 physician and trained nurse. Parental descriptions of similar events
 parallel these documented sudden unexpected changes in cardiorespiratory
 parameters. Objective polygraphic data were obtained immediately following
 the episode and at later ages during 24 and 48 hour continuous recordings of
 respiration, heart rate, sleep/wake and behavioral activity. The data show
 that numerous apneic episodes occurred following the "near miss" event, many
 accompanied by marked bradycardia. The moderately severe hypoxemia noted
 during these sleep-related apneas indicate that immediate intervention is
 required to prevent significant hypoxia and central depression in such
 infants.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Bradycardia--Diagnosis (DI); Electrocardiography; ECG; Infant; *Sleep Apnea
 Syndromes--Diagnosis (DI); *SLEEP APNEA--Diagnosis (DI); Sleep Deprivation;
 Sleep Stages; *Sudden Infant Death--Diagnosis (DI)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 143
-A-
 1023564 83178564
-W-
 Perinatal death: grief support for families.
 Estok P; Lehman A
 Birth (US), Spring 1983, 10 (1) p17-25,
-ISSN-
 0730-7659
-JrnlCode-
 ABD
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8308
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Death; *Fetal Death; *Grief; Guilt; *Infant, Newborn; *Parents--Psychology
 (PX); Patient Discharge; Pregnancy; PREGN; Professional-Patient Relations;
 Self-Help Groups; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 144
-A-
 1021254 83176254
-W-
 Failure to trive during infancy in siblings of pediatric cancer patients.
 Lansky SB; Stephenson L; Weller E; Cairns GF Jr; Cairns NU
 Univ. of Kansas Medical Center.
 Am J Pediatr Hematol Oncol (US), Winter 1982, 4 (4) p361-6, 1
-ISSN-
 0192-8562
-JrnlCode-
 35P
 Contract/Grant No.: 2R18Ca17806
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adult; Anniversaries and Special Events; ANNIVERSARIES; Child; Child,
 Preschool; Death; *Growth; Infant; *Life Change Events; *Maternal
 Deprivation; *Neoplasms--Psychology (PX); *Protein-Calorie
 Malnutrition--Etiology (ET); Protein-Calorie Malnutrition--Psychology (PX)
 *Sibling Relations
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 145
-A-
 1014234 83169234
-W-
 Possible temporal association between diphtheria-tetanus toxoid-pertussis
 vaccination and sudden infant death syndrome.
 Baraff LJ; Ablon WJ; Weiss RC
 Dept. of Pediatrics, UCLA School of Medicine, Center for the Health
 Sciences, Los Angeles, CA.
 Pediatr Infect Dis (US), Jan-Feb 1983, 2 (1) p7-11,
-ISSN-
 0277-9730
-JrnlCode-
 PA
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Because diphtheria and tetanus toxoids pertussis (DTP) vaccine is routinely
 given during the period of highest incidence of sudden infant death syndrome
 (SIDS), this study was undertaken to determine if there is a temporal
 association between DTP immunization and SIDS. Parents of 145 SIDS victims
 who died in Los Angeles County between January 1, 1979, and August 23, 1980,
 were contacted and interviewed regarding their child's recent immunization
 history. Fifty-three had received a DTP immunization. Of these 53, 27 had
 received a DTP immunization within 28 days of death. Six SIDS deaths
 occurred within 24 hours and 17 occurred within 1 week of DTP immunization.
 These SIDS deaths were significantly more than expected were there no
 association between DTP immunization and SIDS. An additional 46 infants had
 a physician/clinic visit without DTP immunization prior to death. Forty of
 these infants died within 28 days of this visit seven on the third day and
 22 within the first week following the visit. These deaths were also
 significantly more than expected. These data suggest a temporal association
 between DTP immunization, physician visits without DTP immunization and
 SIDS.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human
-Desc-
 *Diphtheria Toxoid--Adverse Effects (AE); Drug Therapy, Combination; Infant;
 Infant, Newborn; *Pertussis Vaccine--Adverse Effects (AE); *Sudden Infant
 Death--Etiology (ET); *Tetanus Toxoid--Adverse Effects (AE); Time Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 146
-A-
 1013454 83168454
-W-
 [Liver coma with fatal course in 2 children under long-term antiepileptic
 therapy]
 Leberkoma mit letalem Ausgang bei zwei Kinden unter antiepileptischer
 Dauertherapie.
 Plochl E
 Kinderspital der Landeskrankenanstalten Salzburg.
 Padiatr Padol (AUSTRIA), 1983, 18 (1) p57-63,
-ISSN-
 0030-9338
-JrnlCode-
 OOY
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: ENG.
 Doc Type: Eng. Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 This is a report of two non related children who died after antiepileptic
 therapy for years in hepatic coma. In both children no other cause for
 hepatic failure could be found than treatment with anticonvulsive drugs. In
 both cases family history was interesting. Unexplained deaths in early
 infancy in the family of the girl, a carbamyl phosphate synthetase
 deficiency in the family of the boy, whose grandfather could have been
 heterozygote for this disturbance. It is supposed that heterozygotes or
 inborn errors of ammonia metabolism tolerate antiepileptic therapy worse
 showing increased hepatodiagnostic parameters, even necrosis of hepar and
 hepatic coma. In future examinations of the concerned families are suggested
 if disturbances of liver function are observed.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Amino Acid Metabolism, Inborn Errors--Familial and Genetic (FG); AA
 METAB INBORN ERR--Familial and Genetic (FG); Anticonvulsants--Administration
 and Dosage (AD); *Anticonvulsants--Adverse Effects (AE); Carbamyl Phosphate
 Synthase (Ammonia)--Deficiency (DF); AMMONIA CP SYNTHASE--Deficiency (DF);
 Child; Child, Preschool; *Hepatic Encephalopathy--Chemically Induced (CI);
 Hepatic Encephalopathy--Diagnosis (DI); Hepatic Encephalopathy--Familial and
 Genetic (FG); Infant, Newborn; Liver Function Tests; Liver--Pathology (PA);
 Pedigree; Sudden Infant Death Enzyme No.: EC 6.3.4.16 (Carbamyl Phosphate
 Synthase (Ammonia))
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 147
-A-
 1010926 83165926
-W-
 Prevention of unexpected infant death. Evaluation of the first seven years
 of the Sheffield Intervention Programme.
 Carpenter RG; Gardner A; Jepson M; Taylor EM; Salvin A; Sunderland R; Emery
 JL; Pursall E; Roe J
 London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine.
 Lancet (ENGLAND), Apr 2 1983, 1 (8327) p723-7,
-ISSN-
 0023-7507
-JrnlCode-
 L0S
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 In the years 1973-79, 39452 infants born to parents resident in Sheffield
 were scored at birth for risk of unexpected infant death. Before 1973
 post-perinatal mortality in Sheffield was on average 11.5% above the rate
 for England and Wales. Since 1973 it has only once exceeded the rate for
 England and Wales. "Possibly preventable" deaths have fallen from 5.2 to 1.9
 per 1000. 12? of this decline is associated with a rise in the average age
 of the mother and a fall in the number of pregnancies, 9% with a reduction
 in precipitate deliveries, 24% with an increase in breastfeeding, 18% with
 extra care given by health visitors to high-risk infants, and 36% with other
 factors. The reduction in mortality attributed directly to the effect of
 increased visiting of high-risk infants is numerically similar to the number
 of lives saved by treating cancers of children. This suggests that home
 visiting by health visitors is highly cost-effective.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Clinical Trials; *Community Health Nursing; England; Evaluation Studies;
 Infant Care--Standards (ST); Infant; Infant, Newborn; Prospective Studies;
 Risk; Sudden Infant Death--Etiology (ET); Sudden Infant Death--Occurrence
 (OC); *Sudden Infant Death--Prevention and Control (PC); Wales
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 148
-A-
 104901 83159901
-W-
 [Watch out! for sudden infant death syndrome]
 Alerte! devant le syndrome de mort subite du n?urrisson.
 Aubry-Guindon C
 Infirm Can (CANADA), Jul-Aug 1982, 24 (7) p16-8,
-ISSN-
 0019-9605
-JrnlCode-
 GO9
-Lang-
 FRENCH
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Child Psychology; Child; Child, Preschool; *Crisis Intervention;
 Infant; *Parents--Psychology (PX); Sibling Relations; *Sudden Infant Death;
 Voluntary Health Agencies
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 149
-A-
 0999805 83154805
-W-
 The postmortem is not dead. Presidential address to Bristol
 Medico-Chirurgical Society 8th October 1980.
 Brown NJ
 Bristol Med Chir J (ENGLAND), Jul-Oct 1981, 96 (359-360) p3-13,
-ISSN-
 0007-019X
-JrnlCode-
 B5Q
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Accidents; Adolescence; Adult; Age Factors; *Autopsy; Child Child,
 Preschool; Death, Sudden--Occurrence (OC); England; Infant; Infant, Newborn;
 Sudden Infant Death--Occurrence (OC); Suicide--Occurrence (OC);
 Suicide--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 011:154 150
-A-
 0996664 83151664
-W-
 Multiple causes of asphyxia in infants at high risk for sudden infant
 death.
 Jeffery HE; Rahilly P; Read DJ
 Dept. of Physiology, Univ. of Sydney, Australia.
 Arch Dis Child (ENGLAND), Feb 1983, 58 (2) p92-100,
-ISSN-
 0003-9888
-JrnlCode-
 6XG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8306
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 A wide range of clinical findings was present in 58 near-miss sudden infant
 death syndrome (SIDS) infants and 6 surviving twins of SIDS siblings.
 Specific investigations included: studies of gastro-oesophageal reflux and
 aspiration (24-hour oesophageal pH recordings, barium swallow, radionuclide
 'milk-scan'); polygraphic studies of breathing, reflux, and sleep state;
 studies of upper airways disease (lateral airways radiography and
 endoscopy); detection of seizure activity by electroencephalography;
 evaluation of thiamine status by erythrocyte transketolase activity of
 venous blood. Thiamine deficiency was found in 12 of 43 tested infants; 5 of
 the deficient infants had a familial history of SIDS. Many potential
 mechanisms for asphyxia were found: idiopathic central apnoea (7 infants),
 tracheal obstruction from minimal tracheomalacia or aberrant innominate
 artery (4 infants), temporal lobe or generalised seizures (6 infants),
 gastro-oesophageal reflux (55 infants) with intrapulmonary aspiration (11
 infants). The high incidence, severity, and timing of reflux were new
 findings. Reflux occurred in active and indeterminate sleep, but not in
 quiet sleep. The depression of respiratory reflexes by active sleep stresses
 the vulnerability to asphyxia. Two factors suggest that near-miss episodes
 are related to SIDS: the similar age distribution but earlier occurrence of
 near-miss episodes compared with age at death of SIDS infants, and the
 subsequent sudden death of 2 infants whose necropsies were consistent with
 SIDS.
 Tags: Female; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Age Factors; *Asphyxia--Etiology (ET); Aspiration; Electroencephalography;
 EEG; Gastroesophageal Reflux--Diagnosis (DI); Infant; Infant, Newborn;
 Pregnancy Complications; PREGN COMPL; Pregnancy; PREGN; Risk; Sleep Apnea
 Syndromes--Complications (CO); SLEEP APNEA--Complications (CO); *Sudden
 Infant Death--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 1
-A-
 1601579 A86022811
-W-
 Silicon nitride joining
 Mecartney, M.L.; Sinclair, R.; Loehman, R.E.
 Stanford Univ., CA, USA
 J. Am. Ceram. Soc. (USA) vol.68, no.9 472-8 Sept. 1985
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
-ISSN-
 0002-7820
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (28 Refs)
 Hot-pressed Si/sub 3/N/sub 4/ was joined using in MgO-Al/sub 2/O/sub
 3/-SiO/sub 2/ glass composition chosen to approximate the oxide portion of
 the grain-boundary phase in the ceramic. After it has been heated at 1550
 degrees to 1650 degrees C, the interface of the joined ceramic is an
 interlocking mixture of Si/sub 2/N/sub 2/O, beta -Si/sub 3/N/sub 4/, and a
 residual oxynitride glass. The kinetics of reactions between Si/sub 3/N/sub
 4/ and the molten joining composition were studied by X-ray diffraction
 analysis of the phases present in Si/sub 3/N/sub 4/ powder-glass mixtures
 quenched after varied heat treatments. Analytical transmission electron
 microscopy of the composition and microstructure of the reaction zone in
 joined specimens, together with the X-ray diffraction results, suggests that
 the driving force for joining is the lowering of the Si/sub 3/N/sub 4/
 interfacial energy when it is wet by the molten silicate, augmented by the
 negative Gibbs energy for the reaction SiO/sub 2/ (l)+Si/sub 3/N/sub
 4/=2Si/sub 2/N/sub 2/O.
-Desc-
 adhesion; grain boundaries; hot pressing; interface structure; joining
 processes; quenching (thermal); reaction kinetics; silicon compounds;
 surface energy; transmission electron microscope examination of materials;
 X-ray diffraction examination of materials
-Ident-
 hot pressed Si/sub 3/N/sub 4/; MgO-Al/sub 2/O/sub 3/-SiO/sub 2/ glass
 composition; grain-boundary phase; interface; joined ceramic; interlocking
 mixture; Si/sub 2/N/sub 2/O; beta -S/sub 3/N/sub 4/; kinetics of reactions;
 molten joining composition; X-ray diffraction analysis; phases;
 microstructure; reaction zone; interfacial energy; negative Gibbs energy
 Class Codes: A8190; A6170N; A8140G; A6848; A6840
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 2
-A-
 1581276 A86007746
-W-
 EXOTIC, an experimental programme on the development of ceramic tritium
 breeding materials
 Kwast, H.; Conrad, R.; Elen, J.D.
 Netherlands Energy Res. Foundation, Petten, Netherlands
 Sponsor:  Atomic Energy Soc. Japan; Iron & Steel Inst. Japan; Japan Inst.
 Metals; et al
 J. Nucl. Mater. (Netherlands) vol.133-134 246-50 1985
 -CODEN-
 JNUMAM
-ISSN-
 0022-3115
 Proceedings of the First International Conference on Fusion Reactor
 Materials (ICFRM-1) 3-6 Dec. 1984 Tokyo, Japan
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (15 Refs)
 An experimental programme, EXOTIC, has been initiated by SNL-Springfields,
 SCK/CEN-Mol and ECN-Petten to manufacture and characterize the Li-compounds
 Li/sub 2/O, Li/sub 2/TiO/sub 3/, Li/sub 3/ZrO/sub 3/ and Li/sub 8/ZrO/sub 6/
 and to a lesser extent also LiAlO/sub 2/ and Li/sub 2/SiO/sub 3/. After
 complete characterization and measurement of some important physical,
 chemical and mechanical properties samples of these Li-compounds will, in
 corporation with the Joint Research Centre JRC Petten, be irradiated in the
 HFR-Petten to investigate in particular the tritium release characteristics.
 This will be done by in situ tritium extraction. After irradiation the
 samples will be subjected to detailed post-irradiation testing. All
 activities are integrated in the European Fusion Technology Programme. The
 results should contribute among other things to the selection and
 specification of the material for the NET/INTOR blanket.
-Desc-
 ceramics; fusion reactor materials; lithium compounds
-Ident-
 fusion reactor materials; T breeding materials; chemical properties;
 physical properties; EXOTIC; ceramic; Li-compounds; Li/sub 2/O Li/sub
 2/TiO/sub 3/; Li/sub 3/ZrO/sub 3/; Li/sub 8/ZrO/sub 6/; LiAlO/sub 2/ ;
 Li/sub 2/SiO sub 3/; mechanical properties
 Class Codes: A2852F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 3
-A-
 1581261 A86007741
-W-
 Selection, characterization and testing of ceramic breeder materials
 Kummerer, K.R.; Dienst, W.
 Kernforschungszentrum Karlsruhe GmbH, Germany
 Sponsor: Atomic Energy Soc. Japan; Iron & Steel Inst. Japan; Japan Inst.
 Metals; et al
 J. Nucl. Mater. (Netherlands) vol.133-134 176-80 1985
 -CODEN-
 JNUMAM
-ISSN-
 0022-3115
 Proceedings of the First International Conference on Fusion Reactor
 Materials (ICFRM-1) 3-6 Dec. 1984 Tokyo, Japan
 USCCC Code: 0022-3115/85$03.30
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (9 Refs)
 Some important criteria for ceramic breeder lead to the selection of the
 double oxides of lithium as e.g. the aluminates and silicates. The authors
 describe a characterization and testing program, mainly for lithium
 silicates, including thermophysical, mechanical and chemical properties. The
 realistic irradiation conditions in fusion reactor blankets are compared to
 the possibilities in thermal and fast fission reactors. The consideration
 are backed up by experimental of laboratory and inpile tests.
-Desc-
 ceramics; creep; elastic moduli; fusion reactor materials; lithium
 compounds; radiation effects
-Ident-
 thermophysical properties; mechanical properties; Li/sub 2/SiO/sub 3/;
 Li/sub 4/SiO/sub 4/; creep elastic modulus; compressive strength; ceramic
 breeder materials; chemical properties; irradiation conditions; fusion
 reactor blankets; fast fission reactors
 Class Codes: A2852F; A6180H; A8140L; A6220H; A8140J; A6220D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 4
-A-
 1561668 A85126129
-W-
 Glasses and ceramics from colloids
 Scherer, G.W.
 Div. of R&D, Corning Glass Works, NY, USA
 J. Non-Cryst. Solids (Netherlands) vol.73, no.1-3 661-7 Aug. 1985
 -CODEN-
 JNCSBJ
-ISSN-
 0022-3093
 Proceedings of the Symposium on Glass Science and Technology. Problems and
 Prospects for 2004 1-5 July 1984 Vienna, Austria
 USCCC Code: 022-3093/85/$03.30
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (24 Refs)
 This paper concerns the technical difficulties associated with the
 fabrication of amorphous and crystaline bodies from colloidal suspensions.
 When particles are grown in solution, it can be difficult to achieve
 homogeneity and prevent agglomeration, and the rate of production of
 particles is slow. Particle growth in the vapor phase is efficient, but the
 accessible range of compositions is smaller, and the particle size
 distribution cannot be as closely controlled as in solution methods. Future
 developments are likely to remove these limitations, so that colloidal
 methods will be used for the production of oxides, halides, and
 chalcogenides with high purity. Both glasses and fine-grained ceramics will
 be prepared in this way. The colloidal approach complements the sol-gel
 method by offering similarly high purity and homogeneity in large pieces,
 but with higher firing temperatures.
-Desc-
 ceramics; colloids; glass; materials preparation; particle size
-Ident-
 glass fabrication; ceramics fabrication; particle growth; accessible
 composition range; technical difficulties; colloidal suspersions ;
 homogeneity; agglomeration; particle size distribution; colloidal methods ;
 high purity
 Class Codes: A81?0P; A8270D; A8120L
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 5
-A-
 1561314 A85121788, B85061859
-W-
 A comparison between silicon nitride films made by PCVD of N/sub 2/-SiH/sub
 4//Ar and N/sub 2/-SiH/sub 4//He
 Allaert, K.; Van Calster, A.; Loos, H.; Lequesne A.
 Lab. of Electron., Ghent State Univ., Belgium
 J. Electrochem. Soc. (USA) vol.132, no.7 1763-6 July 1985
 -CODEN-
 JESOAN
-ISSN-
 0013-4651
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (8 Refs)
 Reports on the passivating properties of PCVD silicon nitride obtained from
 the gas mixtures N/sub 2/+SiH/sub 4/ diluted in Ar (SiH/sub 4//Ar) and N/sub
 2/+SiH/sub 4/ diluted in He (SiH/sub 4//He). Ellipsometric data, Auger data,
 IR data, mechanical stress, pinholes and electrical data are presented. The
 stability of the hydrogen bonds in the silicon nitride is evaluated by low
 temperature annealing. By comparison of the properties of nitrides made from
 N/sub 2/+SiH/sub 4//He and N/sub 2/+SiH/sub 4//Ar, it is concluded that the
 former one yields more uniform films, less critical to deposition
 temperature, while the latter process behaves better for passivating
 purposes. On the other hand, it is shown that the carrier gas (He or Ar) has
 a marked influence on the properties of the films, especially on the
 hydrogen content. It is found that both PCVD nitrides are best described as
 Si/sub x/N/sub y/H/sub z/O/sub t/.
-Desc-
 annealing; Auger effect; chemical vapour deposition; CVD coatings;
 ellipsometry; infrared spectra of inorganic solids; insulating thin films;
 passivation; silicon compounds
-Ident-
 ellipsometric data; Si/sub 3/N/sub 4/ films; N/sub 2/; Ar; SiH/sub 4/; He;
 passivating properties; Auger data; IR data; mechanical stress; pinholes;
 electrical data; Si/sub x/N/sub y/H/sub z/O/sub t/
 Class Codes: A8160C; A8115H; A6855; B2550E B0520F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 6
-A-
 1553442 A85121555
-W-
 Effect of powder characteristics on microstructure and properties in
 Alkoxide-prepared PZT ceramics
 Buchanan, R.C.; Boy, J.
 Dept. of Ceramic Eng., Illinois Univ., Urbana, IL, USA
 J. Electrochem. Soc. (USA) vol.132, no.7 1671-7 July 1985
 -CODEN-
 JESOAN
-ISSN-
 0013-4651
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (23 Refs)
 The effects of coprecipitation parameters on agglomerate structure in PZT
 (53: 47) powders prepared from butoxide precursors were studied. Results
 showed that differences in agglomerate structures developed during
 coprecipitation persisted throughout subsequent processing steps, and the
 resulting sintered densities and microstructures to be correlated with the
 agglomerate structures. Coprecipitation parameters which most significantly
 affected the powder characteristics included temperature, dilution, pH, and
 hydrolysis rate (controlled by H/sub 2/O concentration). Such processing
 parameters as powder rinsing, calcination temperature, and spray drying
 conditions also significantly influenced the developed microstructures. For
 equivalent processing conditions, the most dense and uniform microstructures
 were developed with the softer (and smaller) agglomerate structures,
 achieved from an acid (pH 3.7) medium of low (3-5 volume percent) solids
 content with rapid hydrolysis ( approximately 32 ml H/sub 2/O/min) and low
 temperature rise (10 degrees to 15 degrees ). Measured dielectric constants
 on the sintered PZT samples were found, generally, to increase with average
 grain size.
-Desc-
 ceramics; crystal microstructure; grain size; lead compounds ; material
 preparation; permittivity; powder technology; powders; precipitation
 (physical chemistry)
-Ident-
 powder characteristics; microstructure; properties; alkoxide-prepared PZT
 ceramics; coprecipitation parameters; agglomerate structure; powders;
 butoxide precursors; processing steps; sintered densities; temperature;
 dilution; pH; hydrolysis rate; powder rinsing; calcination temperature;
 spray drying conditions; dielectric constants; sintered; grain size
 Class Codes: A8120L; A6480G; A8120E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 7
-A-
 1553167 A85121995
-W-
 Cermet diaphragm and integrated electrode-diaphragm units for advanced
 alkaline water electrolysis
 Wendt, H.; Hofmann, H.
 Int. fur Chem. Technol., TH, Darmstadt, Germany
 Int. J. Hydrogen Energy (GB) vol.10, no.6 375-81 1985
 -CODEN-
 IJHEDX
-ISSN-
 0360-3199
 USCCC Code: 0360-3199/85$3.00+0.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (14 Refs)
 Very thin diaphragms (0.2 mm) having high mechanical and chemical stability
 against corrosion and dissolution in 40 wt.% KOH at temperatures up to 160
 degrees C, were developed to exhibit low surface resistances (0.2 Omega
 cm/sup 2/) and high gas-separation properties. These diagrams are made of a
 highly porous cermet made of nickel and oxide ceramic particles which is
 supported by a woven nickel-net. The corrosion of the metal-screen is safely
 prevented during electrolyzer operation by a steady flow of H/sub
 2/-saturated electrolyte across the diaphragm. The stability of the oxide
 ceramics is obtained from thermodynamic stability and low solubility in
 caustic potash. It is possible to produce integrated electrode-diaphragm
 sandwiches from these diaphragms by applying high porous nickel-layers on
 their faces by relatively sample sinter-techniques.
-Desc-
 cermets; electrolysis; electrolytes; hydrogen economy; polymers; water
-Ident-
 NiTiO/sub 3/ diaphragms; hydrogen economy; H/sub 2/ production; integrated
 electrode-diaphragm units; advanced alkaline water electrolysis; chemical
 stability; corrosion; KOH; low surface resistances; high gas-separation
 properties; metal-screen; electrolyzer operation; H/sub 2/-saturated
 electrolyte; thermodynamic stability; caustic potash
 Class Codes: A8640K; A82?5
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 8
-A-
 1551889 A85121823
-W-
 Ceramic microstructure and adhesion
 Buckley, D.H.
 NASA Lewis Research Center, Cleveland, OH, USA
 J. Vac. Sci. & Technol. A (USA) vol.3, no.3, pt.1 762-71 May-June 1985
 -CODEN-
 JVTAD6
-ISSN-
 0734-2101
 Proceedings of the 31st National Symposium of the American Vacuum Society
 4-7 Dec. 1984 Reno NV, USA
 USCCC Code: 0734-2101/85/030762-10$01.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (30 Refs)
 When a ceramic is brought into contact with a ceramic, a polymer, or a
 metal, strong bond forces can develop between the materials. The bonding
 forces will depend upon the state of the surfaces, cleanliness and the
 fundamental properties of the two solids, both surface and bulk. Adhesion
 between a ceramic and another solid are discussed from a theoretical
 consideration of the nature of the surfaces and experimentally by relating
 bond forces to the interface resulting from solid state contact. Surface
 properties of ceramic correlated with adhesion include orientation,
 reconstruction, and diffusion as well as the chemistry of the surface
 species. Where a ceramic is in contact with a metal their interactive
 chemistry and bond strength is considered. Bulk properties examined include
 elastic and plastic behavior in the surficial regions, cohesive binding
 energies, crystal structures, and crystallographic orientation. Materials
 examined with respect to interfacial adhesive interactions include silicon
 carbide, nickel-zinc ferrite, manganese-zinc ferrite, and aluminium oxide.
 The surfaces of the containing solids are studied both in the atomic or
 molecularly clean state and in the presence of selected surface
 contaminants.
-Desc-
 adhesion; ceramics; interface structure; surface energy; surface structure
-Ident-
 ceramic interface; ceramic microstructure; surface orientation; surface
 reconstruction; surface diffusion; adhesion; bond forces; solid state
 contact; interactive chemistry; cohesive binding energies; crystal
 structures; crystallographic orientation; surface contaminants
 Class Codes: A8190; A6820; A6840; A6848
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 9
-A-
 1544719 A85116358
-W-
 The structure and properties of refractory zirconia ceramics. III. Studies
 of technical properties of materials and technological elaborations
 Koehler, E.K.
 Inst. of Silicate Chem., Acad. of Sci., Leningrad, USSR
 Ceram. Int. (Italy) vol.11, no.1 3-12 Jan.-March 1985
 -CODEN-
 CINNDH
-ISSN-
 0272-8842
 Treatment: BIBLIOGRAPHY; GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (103 Refs)
 For pt.II see ibid., vol.10, p.66 (1984). The use of zirconia and
 zirconia-containing materials in the various fields of engineering required
 a study of their appropriate properties. In the majority of cases the
 determination of these properties were made along with the general
 physical-chemical investigations of zirconia-containing oxide systems and
 related with the phase composition and structure of the material. For
 convenience of comparison of the results obtained, the papers have been
 grouped according the their main topics in the following subgroups: (1)
 thermal properties (refractoriness, thermal expansion coefficient, heat
 conduction, thermal shock resistance); (2) chemical properties (acid- and
 alkali resistance, wettability with various melts etc.); (3) mechanical
 properties at room and elevated temperatures; (4) electrical properties; (5)
 evaporation, high temperature-erosion; (6) optical, radiation properties,
 coatings, etc. The list of references in given in the general chronological
 order of the publication of papers.
-Desc-
 ceramics; environmental  degradation; high-temperature phenomena and
 effects; refractories; reviews; thermal expansion; thermal shock; zirconium
 compounds
-Ident-
 optical properties; ZrO/sub 2/; acid resistance; reviews; refractory
 ceramics; zirconia ceramics; technical properties; thermal properties;
 refractoriness; thermal expansion coefficient; heat conduction thermal shock
 resistance; chemical properties; alkali resistance; wettability; mechanical
 properties; electrical properties; evaporation; high temperature-erosion;
 radiation properties; coatings
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8160D; A6570; A0130R
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 10
-A-
 1542708 A85108043, B85055733
-W-
 Characterization of silicon oxynitride files prepared by the simultaneous
 implantation of oxygen and nitrogen ions into silicon
 Hezel, R.; Streb, W.
 Inst. fur Werkstoffwissenschaften VI, Erlangen Univ., Nurnberg, Germany
 Thin Solid Films (Switzerland) vol.124, no.1 35-41 1 Feb. 1985
 -CODEN-
 THSFAP
-ISSN-
 0040-6090
 Sixth International Conference on 'Thin Films' 13-17 Aug. 1984 Stockholm,
 Sweden
 USCCC Code: 0040-6090/85/$3.30
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (12 Refs)
 Silicon oxynitride films about 5 nm in thickness were prepared by
 simultaneously implanting 5 keV oxygen and nitrogen ions into silicon at
 room temperature up to saturation. These films with concentrations ranging
 from pure silicon oxide to silicon nitride were characterized using Auger
 electron spectroscopy, electron energy loss spectroscopy and
 depth-concentration profiling. The different behaviour of the silicon
 oxynitride films compared with those of silicon oxide and silicon nitride
 with regard to thermal stability and hardness against electron and argon ion
 irradiation is pointed out.
-Desc-
 Auger effect; electron energy loss spectra; insulating thin films; ion
 implantation; silicon compounds
-Ident-
 electron irradiation; SiO/sub x/N/sub y/ films; simultaneous implantation;
 Auger electron spectroscopy; electron energy loss spectroscopy;
 depth-concentration profiling; thermal stability; hardness; ion irradiation
 Class Codes: A6855; A6170T; B2550E; B2550B
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 11
-A-
 1540881 B85060122
-W-
 Improved potential grading methods with silicon carbide paints for high
 voltage coils
 Kimura, K.; Hirabayashi, S.
 Mitsubishi Electr. Corp., Amagsaki, Japan
 IEEE Trans. Electr. Insul. (USA) vol.EI-20, no.3 511-17 June 1985
 -CODEN-
 IETIAX
-ISSN-
 0018-9367
 USCCC Code: 0018-9367/85/0600-0511$01.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (14 Refs)
 Surface potentials and the accompanying thermal analysis on two improved
 potential grading methods with silicon carbide (SiC) paints for generator
 coils are presented. These methods are: (1) double-coating of SiC layers
 along a coil and (2) combination of a conducting intersheath and a SiC
 paint. Approximate equations describing the thermal behaviour for both
 methods are derived on the assumption of ideal nonlinear conductivity. The
 double-coating method shows effective regulation of local heating, although
 total heating is not suppressed. A simplified model of the combination
 method predicts a remarkable heat suppression effect, which is also verified
 with numerical calculation.
-Desc-
 AC generators; silicon compounds; stators
-Ident-
 surface potentials; stator coils; HV generators; silicon carbide paints;
 high voltage coils; thermal analysis; improved potential grading methods;
 generator coils; double-coating of SiC layers; conducting intersheath; Si
 paint; ideal nonlinear conductivity; double-coating method ; regulation of
 local heating; heat suppression effect numerical calculation
 Class Codes: B8310
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 12
-A-
 1526218 A85103139
-W-
 Interactions of nitric oxide with Si (111) and (100) at high temperatures
 He, D.-R.; Smith, F.W.
 Dept. of Phys., City Coll. of New York, NY, USA
 Surf. Sci. (Netherlands) vol.154, no.2-3 347-56 May 1985
 -CODEN-
 SUSCAS
-ISSN-
 0039-6028
 USCCC Code: 0039-6028/85/$03.30
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (15 Refs)
 The interactions of nitric oxide (NO) with the clean Si (111) and (100)
 surfaces have been studied at high temperatures (1220-1390 degrees C) for NO
 pressures between 6*10/sup -6/ and 2*10/sup -4/ Torr. Growth of silicon
 nitride has been observed for high NO pressures P (NO) and low substrate
 temperatures T/sub s/, while for low values of P (NO) and high values of
 T/sub s/, the volatile products N/sub 2/ and SiO are formed, so that an
 active Si surface is maintained. The NO molecule is found to be extremely
 reactive with the clean Si surface at high T/sub s/, with an essentially
 unit probability for the production of one volatile SiO molecule per
 incident NO molecule. The growth of a silicon nitride film is observed to
 occur for values of P (NO) well below those predicted from thermodynamics.
 It is proposed that this result is due either to the strong bonding of N
 atoms to the Si surface or to the initial growth of a surface phase (Si/sub
 x/N/sub y/) which has a lower free energy than Si/sub 3/N/sub 4/.
-Desc-
 bonds (chemical); elemental semiconductors; high-temperature phenomena and
 effects; nitrogen compounds; silicon; silicon compounds; surface chemistry
-Ident-
 Si (100); semiconductor; NO interactions; Si/sub 3/N/sub 4/ growth; thermal
 nitridation; Si (111); high temperatures; volatile products ; active Si
 surface; thermodynamics; strong bonding; surface phase; free energy
 Class Codes: A8265J; A6855; A8160C
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 13
-A-
 1510810 A85091658
-W-
 Friction and wear properties of monolithic silicon-based ceramics
 Cranmer, D.C.
 Bendix Adv. Technol. Center, Columbia, MD, USA
 J. Mater. Sci. (GB) vol.20, no.6 2029-37 June 1985
 -CODEN-
 JMTSAS
-ISSN-
 0022-2461
 USCCC Code: 0022-2461/85$03.00+.12
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (18 Refs)
 Friction and wear properties of two forms of silicon nitride (reaction
 bonded and hot pressed) and two of silicon carbide (reaction sintered and
 sintered) are reported. The materials were slid against themselves under
 unlubricated conditions. Tests were run using a simulated inertial sample
 dynamometer. Sliding speeds ranged from 0.5 to 5.5 m sec/sup -1/ with
 applied loads of 225 or 450 N. Friction coefficients were found to be in the
 range of 0.15 to 0.8 for both types of material. Friction response was
 qualitatively correlated with changes in surface chemistry at the sliding
 interface. Wear rates were of the order of 10/sup -14/ to 10/sup -13/ m/sup
 3/ (N m)/sup -1/, in order-of-magnitude agreement with previous pin-on-disc
 results reported in the literature. Wear surface exhibit plastic
 deformation, ploughing, and oxide film formation and removal.
-Desc-
 ceramics; friction; silicon compounds; surface structure; wear
-Ident-
 monolithic Si-based ceramics; hot pressing; reaction sintering; friction
 coefficients; Si/sub 3/N/sub 4/; SiC; wear properties; surface chemistry;
 sliding interface; plastic deformation; oxide film formation
 Class Codes: A8140P; A6820; A6220P
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 14
-A-
 1510747 A85091595
-W-
 Ultrasonic examination of reaction bonded silicon nitride
 Thorp, J.S.; Bushell, T.G.
 Dept. of Appl. Phys. & Electron., Durham Univ., England
 J. Mater. Sci. (GB) vol.20, no.6 2265-74 June 1985
 -CODEN-
 JMTSAS
-ISSN-
 0022-2461
 USCCC Code: 0022-2461/85$03.00+.12
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (14 Refs)
 An ultrasonic examination has been made of a series of partially nitrided
 reaction-bonded silicon nitride (RBSN) ceramics whose weight gains varied
 from 22% to nearly 64% representing full nitridation. A pulse echo overlap
 technique was used which enabled both the longitudinal and shear velocities
 of propagation to be measured at 15 MHz; from these measurements values of
 Young's modulus (E) and the bulk modulus (K) at room temperature were
 derived. For fully nitrided RBSN the values obtained were E=160 GN m/sup
 -2/, K=90 GN m/sup -2/ in good agreement with published values obtained by
 ultrasonic methods. Both Young's modulus and the bulk modulus were found to
 be markedly sensitive to the changes in fractional porosity due to changes
 in weight gain (and green density) each decreasing by over 50% as the
 fractional porosity increased from 0.16 for a fully nitrided ceramic to 0.26
 for 60% weight gain material.
-Desc-
 ceramics; elastic moduli; materials preparation; porosity; silicon
 compounds; ultrasonic velocity; Young's modulus
-Ident-
 partially nitrided reaction bonded Si/sub 3/N/sub 4/ ceramics; ultrasonic
 examination; pulse echo overlap technique; shear velocities; Young's
 modulus; bulk modulus; fractional porosity; weight gain ; green density
 Class Codes: A8140J; A6220D; A6265; A8120E; A8120L
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 15
-A-
 1508495 A85089228
-W-
 FTIR matrix isolation study of carbon-13 substituted SiC/sub 2/
 Shepherd, R.A.; Graham, W.R.M.
 Dept. of Phys., Texas Christian Univ., Fort Worth, TX, USA
 J. Chem. Phys. (USA) vol.82, no.11 4788-90 1 June 1985
 -CODEN-
 JCPSA6
-ISSN-
 0021-9606
 USCCC Code: 0021-9606/85/114788-03$02.10
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (10 Refs)
 The products from vaporizing silicon carbide at 2900K and quenching in argon
 at  8K have been studied using Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy.
 Under the assumption of various possible geometries, calculations based on
 two vibrations observed at 1741.1 and 824.4 cm/sup -1/ were made to predict
 frequencies for SiC/sub 2/ singly and doubly substituted with carbon-13.
 Comparison with the spectra observed no isotopic substitution shows
 conclusively that these vibrations belong to SiC/sub 2/, and that the
 molecule is cyclic (i.e. possesses C/sub 2v/ symmetry) in the ground state.
 This geometry is in agreement with recent results from a rotational analysis
 of the band system at 500 nm. Force constants derived in the present study
 suggest that the silicon atom is singly bonded to two doubly bonded carbon
 atoms.
-Desc-
 Fourier transform spectroscopy; infrared spectra of polyatomic inorganic
 molecules; isotope shifts; matrix isolation spectra; molecular forcw
 constants; molecular vibration; organic molecule configurations; silicon
 compounds
-Ident-
 matrix isolation spectra; FTIR spectroscopy; SiC/sub 2/; quenching; Fourier
 transform infrared spectroscopy; vibrations; isotopic substitution; C/sub
 2v/ symmetry; ground state; rotational analysis
 Class Codes: A3320E; A3310G; A3520B; A35?0P; A3370J
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 16
-A-
 1498894 A85086828
-W-
 Iron impurities in Si/sub 3/N/sub 4/ processing
 Bouldin, C.E.; Stern, E.A.; Donley, M.S.; Stoebe, T.G.
 Dept. of Phys., Washington Univ., Seattle, WA, USA
 J. Mater. Sci. (GB) vol.20, no.5 1807-14 May 1985
 -CODEN-
 JMTSAS
-ISSN-
 0022-2461
 USCCC Code: 0022-2461/85$03.00+.12
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (18 Refs)
 The atomic environment of iron impurities is investigated during the
 processing cycle of reaction-bonding silicon nitride (RBSN). Several
 analysis techniques are utilized, including X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy
 (XPS), extended X-ray absorption fine structure (EXAFS), and electron spin
 resonance (ESR), to examine iron impurities in the starting silicon powder,
 in sintered silicon compacts, and in RBSN materials. Results indicate that
 iron impurities in as-received metallurgical grade silicon powder are
 incorporated in the silicon bulk as a highly distorted FeSi/sub 2/ compound.
 No surface iron or iron-based particulate is observed in the starting
 material. Upon sintering, the iron environment becomes an ordered FeSi/sub
 2/ structure. In the RBNS material, the FeSi/sub 2/ structure is again
 distorted, as observed by both EXAFS and ESR.
-Desc-
 EXAFS; impurities; paramagnetic resonance of iron group ions and impurities;
 silicon compounds; sintering; X-ray photoelectron spectra
-Ident-
 Fe impurities; reaction bonding Si/sub 3/N/sub 4/; Si powder ; sintered Si
 compacts; atomic environment; processing cycle; X-ray photoelectron
 spectroscopy; extended X-ray absorption fine structure; electron spin
 resonance; highly distorted FeSi/sub 2/ compound; sintering; ordered
 FeSi/sub 2/ structure
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E; A7870D; A6170W; A7630F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 17
-A-
 1494945 A85082014
-W-
 Melting and solidification of metal matrix composites under microgravity
 Froyen, L.; Deruyttere, A.
 Katholieke Univ. Leuven, Belgium
 Sponsor: German Aerosp. Res. Establ.; ES
 5th European Symposium on Material Sciences under Microgravity - Results of
 Spacelab-1 (ESA-SP-222) 69-78 1984
 5-7 Nov. 1984 Schloss Elmau, Germany
 Publ: ESA, Paris, France
 xix+470 pp.
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (9 Refs)
 During the SL1-mission six particulate composites with Al-matrix were
 melted, held during 40 min at 800 degrees C and solidified in the isothermal
 heating facility (experiment 1ES 315/1). On comparison with the ground
 processed reference samples it appears that the space processed samples are
 much more homogeneous, both in the case of coarse and of fine dispersed
 particles. This higher homogeneity leads naturally to an important increase
 of the uniformity of the macro-Vickers hardness. It also appears that the
 abrasive wear resistance of the Al-SiC composite after melting and
 solidification in space is as good as in samples prepared by powder
 metallurgy. The particle rearrangements in the 1 g-reference and the mu
 g-samples can be explained on the basis of interfacial energy considerations
 besides sedimentation and convection.
-Desc-
 abrasion; alumina; aluminium; composite material interfaces crystal
 microstructure; dispersion hardening; hardness; melting; particle reinforced
 composites; silicon compounds; solidification; zero gravity experiments
-Ident-
 Al-Al/sub 2/O/sub 3/ composite; coarse particles; metal matrix composites;
 microgravity; SL1-mission; l-matrix; ground processed reference samples;
 space processed samples; fine dispersed particles; higher homogeneity;
 macro-Vickers hardness; abrasive wear resistance; Al-SiC composite; melting;
 solidification; powder metallurgy; particle rearrangements; interfacial
 energy; sedimentation; convection
 Class Codes: A8130F; A8140C; A8140P; A6220P; A8180; A6220M; A6470D; A8120J;
 A8140N
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 18
-A-
 1483120 A85077070
-W-
 Ion-exchange treatment of silicon-yttria dispersions
 Crosbie, G.M.
 Ford Motor Co., Dearborn, MI, USA
 J. Am. Ceram. Soc. (USA) vol.68, no.3 C-83-4 March 1985
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
-ISSN-
 0002-7820
 USCCC Code: 0002-7820/85$2.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (6 Refs)
 Improved rheological stability in silicon-yttria slurries for sinterable
 reaction-bonded silicon nitride was obtained by treating casting slips with
 NH/sub 4//sup +/-ion-exchange resin. The substitution of NH/sub 4//sup +/
 ions for flocculating ions (Ca/sup 2+/ or Y/sup 3+/) appears to be the
 principal factor leading to more time-stable pseudoplastic yield stress and
 viscosities.
-Desc-
 ceramics; ion exchange; powder technology; silicon; silicon compounds;
 yttrium compounds
-Ident-
 reaction-bonded Si/sub 3/N/sub 4/; ceramics; ion exchange treatment; powder
 technology; Si-Y/sub 2/O/sub 3/ dispersions; rheological stability; casting
 slips; NH/sub 4//sup +/-ion-exchange resin; pseudoplastic yield stress;
 viscosities
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E; A8230H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 19
-A-
 1463238 A85065367
-W-
 Synthesis and characterization of phosphides as potential novel infrared
 (IR) transmitting materials
 Covino, J.
 Dept. of Res., Naval Weapons Center, China Lake, CA, USA
 Sponsor: SPIE
 Proc. SPIE Int. Soc. Opt. Eng. (USA) vol.505 35-41 1984
 -CODEN-
 PSISDG
-ISSN-
 0277-786X
 Advances in Optical Materials 21-24 Aug. 1984 San Diego, CA, USA
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (18 Refs)
 Binary and ternary phosphides have recently been identified in the author's
 laboratory as promising classes of materials which can be used as potential
 novel infrared (IR) transmitting ceramics. These materials might be employed
 in the 8-12 mu m region and in environments involving severe thermal and
 mechanical stresses. In this presentation the current status of research and
 developing technologies involving these materials is summarized. Initial
 target materials selected for study include ZnP/sub 2/, ZnSiP/sub 2/,
 ZnZrP/sub 2/, ZnGeP/sub 2/ and mixed systems of the latter three compounds.
 Preliminary synthesis and characterization efforts are described.
 Characterization techniques used to data include: Fourier Transform Infrared
 (FTIR) spectroscopy, X-ray powder diffraction, elemental analyses,
 thermogravimetric analyses, and microhardness determination. Data from these
 measurements are presented. Problems involved in sample preparation and
 impurity content are reviewed. Potential problems in processing these
 materials and in their use as IR transmitting ceramics are also discussed.
-Desc-
 ceramics; Fourier transform spectroscopy; hardness; infrared spectra of
 inorganic solids; optical materials; reflectivity; thermal analysis; X-ray
 diffraction examination of materials; zinc compounds
-Ident-
 potential novel IR transmitting ceramics; binary phosphides severe thermal
 stress; Fourier transform IR spectroscopy; covalent metal-P bonds;
 characterization; ternary phosphides; mechanical stresses; ZnP/sub 2/;
 ZnSiP/sub 2/; ZnZrP/sub 2/; ZnGeP/sub 2/; mixed systems; synthesis; X-ray
 powder diffraction; elemental analyses; thermogravimetric analyses;
 microhardness determination; sample preparation; impurity content; IR
 transmitting ceramics
 Class Codes: A4270F; A7820D; A7830G; A6220M
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 20
-A-
 1460650 A85062180
-W-
 PROPERTIES OF ACTIVATED-SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ POWDERS-EXPLOSIVE SHOCK WAVE AND
 FINE GRINDING
 KANNO, Y.; KUAHARA, Y.; FUJIWARA, S.
 GOV. IND. RES. INST., NAGOYA, JAPAN
 YOGYO-KYOKAI-SHI (JAPAN) VOL.92, NO.11 617-21 1984
 -CODEN-
 YGKSA4
-ISSN-
 0009-0255
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 JAPANESE (10 Refs)
 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF SILICON NITRIDE POWDERS TREATED BY
 EXPLOSIVE SHOCK WAVE (100 KBAR, 300 KBAR) AND FINE GRINDING WERE
 INVESTIGATED BY X-RAY DIFFRACTION ANALYSIS AND TEMPERATURE-PROGRAMMED
 DESORPTION. THE SURFACE ACTIVITY OF THE ACTIVATED-POWDERS, AS DETERMINED BY
 THE TEMPERATURE-PROGRAMMED ADESORPTION OF NH/SUB 3/, WAS HIGHEST WITH 300
 KBAR SHOCK WAVE. IT IS SHOWN THAT THE FINE GRINDING PROMOTES FRAGMENTATION
 FO CRYSTALLITES RATHER THAN LATTICE STRAIN. EXPLOSIVE SHOCK WAVE OF 100 KBAR
 INCREASED ONLY THE LATTIC STRAIN, WHILE THAT OF 300 KBAR PROMOTED
 FRAGMENTATION OF CRYSTALLITES AND AN INCREASE OF LATTICE STRAIN. THE
 SPECIFIC SURFACE AREA INDICATED THAT THE SINTERING OF SILICON NITRIDE
 POWDERS IS ACCELERATED BY THE EXPLOSIVE SHOCK WAVE.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; POWDER TECHNOLOGY; SHOCK WAVE EFFECTS; X-RAY DIFFRACTION
 EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS; CRYSTALLITES; CERAMICS
-Ident-
 ACTIVATED-SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ POWDERS; FINE GRINDING; CHEMICAL PROPERTIES;
 EXPLOSIVE SHOCK WAVE; X-RAY DIFFRACTION ANALYSIS; SURFACE ACTIVITY;
 FRAGMENTATION; CRYSTALLITES; LATTICE STRAIN; SPECIFIC SURFACE AREA;
 SINTERING
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E; A6250
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 21
-A-
 1460637 A85062167
-W-
 AUGER ANALYSIS OF HOT-PRESSED AND SINTERED SILICON CARBIDE
 SHERMAN, R.
 SOUTHWEST RES. INST., SAN ANTONIO, TX, USA
 J. AM. CERAM. SOC. (USA) VOL.68, NO.1 C7-10 JAN. 1985
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
-ISSN-
 0002-7820
 USCCC Code: 0002-7820/84$2.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (15 Refs)
 INTERGRANULAR AND TRANSGRANULAR CHEMISTRIES OF HOT-PRESSED AND SINTERED
 SILICON CARBIDES WERE INVESTIGATED BY AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY. RESULTS
 INDICATED MAJOR DIFFERENCES IN GRAIN-BOUNDARY COMPOSITIONS BETWEEN THE TWO.
 HOT-PRESSED SILICON CARBIDE DISPLAYED A COMPLEX INTERGRANULAR CHEMISTRY.
 SINTERED SILICON CARBIDED DISPLAYED GRAIN FACETS THAT WERE FREE OF
 IMPURITIES AND ADDITIVES. THE OBSERVED INTERGRANULAR CHEMISTRIES FOR BOTH
 SILICON CARBIDES ARE DISCUSSED IN TERMS OF THEIR RELATION TO THE PROCESSING
 METHODS.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; GRAIN BOUNDARIES; AUGER EFFECT; HOT PRESSING; SINTERING;
 POWDER TECHNOLOGY; CERAMICS
-Ident-
 HOT PRESSED SIC; SINTERED SIC; TRANSGRANULAR CHEMISTRIES; AUGER ELECTRON
 SPECTROSCOPY; GRAIN-BOUNDARY COMPOSITIONS; COMPLEX INTERGRANULAR CHEMISTRY;
 GRAIN FACETS; PROCESSING METHODS
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E; A6170N; A7920?
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 22
-A-
 1447759 A85056137
-W-
 THE INFLUENCE OF HIGH PRESSURES ON BEHAVIOUR OF IONIC-COVALENT COMPOUNDS
 TIMOFEYEVA I.I.; RISTIC, M.M.
 INST. FOR PROBLEMS OF MATER. SCI., ACAD. OF SCI., KIEV, UKRAINIAN SSR
 UPADHYAYA, G.S. (Editors)
 SINTERED METAL-CERAMIC COMPOSITES. PROCEEDINGS OF THE THIRD INTERNATIONAL
 SCHOOL ON SINTERED MATERIALS 19-24 1984 6-9 DEC. 1983 NEW DELHI, INDIA
 Publ: ELSEVIER, AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS X+540 pp. ISBN 0 44 42401 6
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (15 Refs)
 THE CONSOLIDATION PROCESS OF OXIDE AND CARBIDE POWDERS CARRIED OUT UNDER THE
 INFLUENCE OF HIGH PRESSURES, HAS BEEN INVESTIGATED. BOTH THE STRUCTURE AND
 PHYSICO-CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF OBTAINED SAMPLES HAVE BEEN THOROUGHLY
 STUDIED. THE OBTAINED RESULTS ENABLE SOME OF THE PROPERTIES OF INVESTIGATED
 PHASES TO BE GENERALIZED.
-Desc-
 POWDER TECHNOLOGY; DENSIFICATION; CERAMICS; HIGH-PRESSURE EFFECTS IN SOLIDS;
 HIGH-PRESSURE EFFECTS IN SOLIDS; DENSIFICATION; CERAMICS ; POWDER
 TECHNOLOGY
-Ident-
 OXIDE POWDERS; POWDER TECHNOLOGY; PHYSICOCHEMICAL PROPERTIES ;
 DENSIFICATION; HIGH PRESSURES; IONIC-COVALENT COMPOUNDS; CONSOLIDATION;
 CARBIDE POWDERS
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 23
-A-
 1442598 A85050048, B85022551
-W-
 CERAMICS AS ENGINEERING MATERIALS: STRUCTURE-PROPERTY-PROCESSING
 BOWEN, H.K.
 MATER. PROCESS. CENTER, MIT, CAMBRIDGE, MA, USA
 CRAWFORD, J.H., JR.; CHEN, Y.; SIBLEY, W.A. (Editors)
 Sponsor: U.S. ARMY RES. OFFICE
 DEFECT PROPERTIES AND PROCESSING OF HIGH-TECHNOLOGY NONMETALLIC MATERIALS.
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SYMPOSIUM 1-11 1984 14-17 NOV. 1983 BOSTON, MA, USA
 Publ: NORTH-HOLLAND, NEW YORK, USA
 XV+482 pp. ISBN 0 444 00904 3
 Treatment: APPLIC; GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (21 Refs)
 THERE ARE MANY NEW APPLICATIONS OF CERAMICS IN HIGH TECHNOLOGY ENGINEERING
 SYSTEMS WHICH WILL RESULT IN SIGNIFICANT GROWTH OF THE CERAMICS BUSINESS IF
 THE MATERIALS RESEARCH TRIAD STRUCTURE-PROPERTY-PROCESSING MOVES FROM THE
 LABORATORY TO THE MANUFACTURING PLANT. THIRTY YEARS OF RESEARCH HAVE SHOWN
 THAT THE CRITICAL PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL PROPERTIES ARE STRONGLY RELATED TO THE
 STRUCTURE ON ONE OR MORE LEVELS: FEW ANGSTROMS-CRYSTAL STRUCTURE AND PHASES;
 10-100 AA-BOUNDARY OR GRAIN BOUNDARY LAYERS OR PHASES; 1 MUM-MICROSTRUCTURE
 (GRAIN SIZE, PYROSITY, INTERPENETRATING PHASES, ETC.); AND MACRO-STRUCTURE
 INCLUDING JOINING, SHAPE AND DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES. THE MAJOR FOCUS OF THIS
 OVERVIEW RELATES TO ISSUES OF RELIABILITY AND REPRODUCIBILITY IN PROCESSING
 POLYCRYSTALLINE CERAMICS AND THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PROCESSING AND THE
 CONTROL OF THE STRUCTURE AND PROPERTIES. EXAMPLES CONSIDERED ARE THOSE OF
 HIGH VALUE-ADDED COMPONENTS WHERE DESIGN AND FUNCTIONALITY JUSTIFY IMPROVED
 MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS.
-Desc-
 CERAMICS; CRYSTAL MICROSTRUCTURE; REVIEWS
-Ident-
 CERAMICS; STRUCTURE; PROPERTY; PROCESSING; BOUNDARY LAYERS; ENGINEERING
 MATERIALS; STRUCTURE; CRYSTAL STRUCTURE; GRAIN BOUNDARY LAYERS
 MICROSTRUCTURE; RELIABILITY; REPRODUCIBILITY; POLYCRYSTALLINE; DESIGN;
 FUNCTIONALITY; MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS
 Class Codes: A8120; A8130; B0540
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 24
-A-
 1425037 A85039369
-W-
 DIRECT PRECIPITATION OF LEAD ZIRCONATE TITANATE BY THE HYDROTHERMAL METHOD
 KUTTY, T.R.N.; BALACHANDRAN, R.
 DEPT. OF INORG. AND PHYS. CHEM., INDIAN INST. OF SCI., BANGALORE, INDIA
 MATER. RES. BULL. (USA) VOL.19, NO.11 1479-88 NOV. 1984
 -CODEN-
 MRBUAC
-ISSN-
 0025-5408
 USCCC Code: 0025-5408/84$3.00+.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (17 Refs)
 DIRECT PRECIPITATION OF FINE POWDERS OF LEAD ZIRCONATE TITANATE (PZT) IN THE
 COMPLETE RANGE OF SOLID SOLUTION IS INVESTIGATED UNDER HYDROTHERMAL
 CONDITIONS, STARTING FROM LEAD OXIDE AND TITANIA/ZIRCONIA MIXED GELS. THE
 PEROVSKITE PHASE IS FORMED IN THE TEMPERATURE RANGE OF 165-340 DEGREESC.
 SEQUENCE OF THE HYDROTHERMAL REACTIONS IS STUDIED BY IDENTIFYING THE
 INTERMEDIATE PHASES. THE INITIAL FORMATION OF PBO: TI /SUB 2/ SOLID SOLUTION
 IS FOLLOWED BY THE REACTION OF THE SAME WITH THE REMAINING MIXED GELS GIVING
 RISE TO X-RAY AMORPHOUS PZT PHASE. FURTHER, THROUGH CRYSTALLITE GROWTH, THE
 X-RAY CRYSTALLINE PZT IS FORMED. THIS METHOD CAN BE EXTENDED FOR THE
 PREPARATION OF PLZT POWDER AS WELL. THE RESULTING POWDERS ARE SINTERABLE TO
 HIGH DENSITY CERAMICS.
-Desc-
 LEAD COMPOUNDS; SOLID SOLUTIONS; PRECIPITATION (PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY); CRYSTAL
 GROWTH FROM GEL
-Ident-
 SINTERING; DIRECT PRECIPITATION; HYDROTHERMAL PRECIPITATION TIO/SUB
 2/-ZRO/SUB 2/-H/SUB 2/O MIXED GELS; PBO; P (ZR/SUB X/TI/SUB 1-X/)O/SUB 3/;
 PZT; SOLID SOLUTION; PEROVSKITE PHASE; INTERMEDIATE PHASES; PBO: TIO/SUB 2/
 SOLID SOLUTION; CRYSTALLITE GROWTH; HIGH DENSITY CERAMICS
 Class Codes: A8110D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 25
-A-
 1411859 A85034291
-W-
 EFFECT OF HOT ISOSTATIC PRESSING ON REACTION-BONDED SILICON NITRIDE
 WATSON, G.K.; MOORE, T.J.; MILLARD, M.L.
 LEWIS RES. CENTER, NASA, CLEVELAND, OH, USA
 J. AM. CERAM. SOC. (USA) VOL.67, NO.10 208-10 OCT. 1984
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
-ISSN-
 0002-7820
 USCCC Code: 0002-7820/84$2.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (14 Refs)
 REACTION-BONDED SILICON NITRIDE WAS ISOSTATICALLY HOT-PRESSED UNDER 138 MPA
 FOR 2 H AT 1850 DEGREES, 1950 DEGREES, OR 2050 DEGREESC, NEARLY
 THEORETICALLY DENSE SPECIMENS RESULT. THE ROOM-TEMPERATURE FLEXURAL STRENGTH
 MORE THAN DOUBLED, BUT THE 1200 DEGREESC FLEXURAL STRENGTH INCREASED
 SIGNIFICANTLY ONLY AFTER PRESSING AT 2050 DEGREESC (=35PERCENT IMPROVEMENT).
 AN AMORPHOUS PHASE INTRODUCED BY HOT ISOSTATIC PRESSING ACCOUNTS IN PART FOR
 THESE RESULTS.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; HOT  PRESSING; BENDING STRENGTH; DENSIFICATION; DENSITY
 OF SOLIDS
-Ident-
 REACTION BONDED SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; HOT ISOSTATIC PRESSING; ROOM-TEMPERATURE
 FLEXURAL STRENGTH; AMORPHOUS PHASE
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E; A6220F; A8140L
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 26
-A-
 1411212 A85033454
-W-
 ELECTRONIC STRUCTURE OF AMORPHOUS SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/
 BRYTOV, I.A.; GRITSENKO, V.A.; KOSTIKOV, YU.P.; OBOLENSKII, E.A.;
 ROMASHCHENKO, YU.N.
 FIZ. TVERD. TELA (USSR) VOL.26, NO.6 1681-90 JUNE 1984
 -CODEN-
 FTVTAC
-ISSN-
 0367-3294
 Trans in: SOV. PHYS.-SOLID STATE (USA) VOL.26, NO.6 1022-5 JUN 1984
 -CODEN-
 SPSSA7
-ISSN-
 0038-5654
 USCCC Code: 0038-5654/84/061022-04$03.90
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (25 Refs)
 FOR AMORPHOUS SILICON NITRIDE (A-SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/) THE AUTHORS HAVE
 OBTAINED THE VALENCE-BAND SPECTRUM, USING ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY FOR CHEMICAL
 ANALYSIS, AS WELL AS A COMPLETE SET OF X-RAY EMISSION SPECTRA AND THE
 QUANTUM YIELD OF SI AND N. THE K SPECTRA OF SI WERE MEASURED ON AN SARF-1
 X-RAY FLUORESCENCE SPECTROMETER WHILE THE L/SUB 2, 3/ SPECTRA OF SI AND K
 SPECTRA OF N WERE OBTAINED ON AN RSM-500 X-RAY SPECTROMETER-MONOCHROMATOR
 WITH A SPHERICAL BRAZING-INCIDENCE GRATING. ANALYSIS OF THE EXPERIMENTAL
 RESULTS, IN COMPARISON WITH THE DATA IN THE LITERATURE ON THE CALCULATION OF
 THE ELECTRONIC STRUCTURE OF SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ SHOWED THE FOLLOWING: IN THE
 ENERGY REGION (RELATIVE TO THE VACUUM LEVEL) -25.6 TO -23.0 EV LIE THE
 WEAKLY BOUND LEVELS, THE MAIN CONTRIBUTION TO WHICH IS MADE BY THE 2S-AO OF
 N WITH THE IMPURITY 3S, P-AO OF SI; NEXT (-16 EV, -12 EV) FOLLOW LEVELS
 REFLECTING THE SIGMA-BOND RESULTING FROM THE INTERACTION OF THE 3S- AND
 3P/SUB SIGMA/-AO WITH THE 2P/SUB SIGMA/-AO OF N; AT THE TOP OF THE VALENCE
 BAN  (-8.8 EV) IS A LEVEL CONSISTING MAINLY OF 2P-AO OF N; THE LOWEST VACANT
 STATES (-2.4 EV AND -0.8 EV) FORMED THROUGH HYBRIDIZATION OF VACANT 3D-AO OF
 SI WITH 2P-AO OF N AND 3S-AO OF SI WITH 2P-AO OF N, RESPECTIVELY; THE TOP OF
 THE VALENCE BAND LIES AT THE DEPTH OF -6.8 EV; THE FORBIDDEN GAP WIDTH IS
 DELTAE/SUB F/=4.8 EV. IT HAS BEEN FOUND THAT THE MAXIMUM (OF AN INTENSITY
 LOWER BY A FACTOR OF =10 THAN THAT OF THE PRINCIPAL MAXIMUM OF THE SI L/SUB
 2, 3/ BAND), WHICH LIES ENERGETICALLY IN THE FORBIDDEN GAP (-3.7 EV) AND IS
 OBSERVED ON THE SHORT-WAVE SIDE OF THE L/SUB 2, 3/ EMISSION SPECTRUM, MOST
 LIKELY REFLECTS OCCUPIED STATES SPLIT OFF FROM THE MAIN BAND AND GENETICALLY
 RELATED TO SI 3D STATES. THE LOWEST VACANT LEVEL (-2.4 EV) ALSO FALLS IN THE
 FORBIDDEN BAND.
-Desc-
 ELECTRON ENERGY STATES OF AMORPHOUS SOLIDS; ELECTRON SPECTRA ; VALENCE
 BANDS; X-RAY EMISSION SPECTRA; SILICON COMPOUNDS; IMPURITY ELECTRON STATES
-Ident-
 E?CA; X-RAY EMISSION SPECTRA; AMORPHOUS SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; VALENCE-BAND
 SPECTRUM; QUANTUM YIELD; ELECTRONIC STRUCTURE; WEAKLY BOUND LEVELS;
 IMPURITY; FORBIDDEN GAP WIDTH
 Class Codes: A7125M; A7155H; A7870E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 27
-A-
 1406601 85028403
-W-
 MICROANALYTICAL AND MICROSTRUCTURAL ANALYSES OF BORON AND ALUMINUM REGIONS
 IN SINTERED ALPHA SILICON CARBIDE
 DAVIS, R.F.; LANE, J.E.; CARTER, C.H., JR.; BENTLEY, J.; WADLIN, W.H.;
 GRIFFIS, D.P.; LINTON, R.W.; MORE, K.L.
 DEPT. OF MATER. ENG., NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIV., RAYLEIGH, NC, USA;
 SCANNING ELECTRON MICRSC. (USA) PT.3 1161-7 1984
 -CODEN-
 SEMYBL
-ISSN-
 0586-5581
 USCCC Code: 0586-581/84$1.00+.05
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (12 Refs)
 ADDITIONS OF B- OR AL-CONTAINING SUBSTANCES ARE COMMONLY ADDED TO SIC TO
 ENHANCE THE DENSIFICATION OF FINELY DIVIDED PARTICULATE COMPACTS WHICH HAVE
 BEEN PREVIOUSLY MOLDED INTO A DESIRED SHAPE. THE PRESENCE OF THESE
 ADDITIVES, THEIR COMPOSITION AND MICROSTRUCTURAL RELATIONSHIPS WITH THE SIC
 MATRIX, HAVE BEEN INVESTIGATED USING SECONDARY ION MICROSCOPY, AUGER
 ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY AND TRANSMISSION ELECTRON MICROSCOPY TECHNIQUES. IN
 THE SIC HAVING B AS THE PRIMARY SINTERING AID, LARGE PARTICLES OF B/SUB 4/C
 CONTAINING SOME SI WERE FOUND IN THE MATRIX. IN ADDITION, ELEMENTAL B
 PRECIPITATED WITHIN THE SIC GRAINS. THE AL-CONTAINING SAMPLES POSSESSED
 MATRIX GRAINS HAVING AL, B, C, AND SI AS A PART OF THEIR COMPOSITION.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; CERAMICS; SINTERING; PRECIPITATION; SECONDARY ION
 EMISSION; AUGER EFFECT; TRANSMISSION ELECTRON MICROSCOPE EXAMINATION OF
 MATERIALS
-Ident-
 B REGIONS; AL REGIONS; SINTERED ALPHA SIC; B/SUB 4/C PARTICLES;
 PRECIPITATION; MICROANALYSIS; MICROSTRUCTERAL ANALYSES; DENSIFICATION;
 PARTICULATE COMPACTS; SIC MATRIX; SECONDARY ION MICROSCOPY; AUGER ELECTRON
 SPECTROSCOPY; TRANSMISSION ELECTRON MICROSCOPY; PRIMARY SINTERING AID;
 MATRIX GRAINS
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E; A7920N; A8?30M; A7920F; A6475
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 28
-A-
 1406522 A85028324, B85012209
-W-
 PREPARATIONS AND PROPERTIES OF SILICON NITRIDE FILMS DEPOSITED FROM REACTIVE
 PLASMA OF SIH/SUB 4/ AND N/SUB 2/
 FUJITA, S.; ZHOU, N.-S.; SASAKI, A.
 DEPT. OF ELECTR. ENG., KYOTO UNIV., JAPAN
 TAKAGI, T. (Editors)
 Sponsor: INST. ELECTR. ENG. JAPAN
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE INTERNATIONAL ION ENGINEERING CONGRESS. THE 7TH SYMPOSIUM
 (1983 INTERNATIONAL) ON ION SOURCES AND ION ASSISTED TECHNOLOGY (ISIAT '83)
 AND THE 4TH INTERNATIONAL CONF. ON ION AND PLASMA ASSISTED TECHNIQUES (IPAT
 '83) 1351-6 VOL.2 1983
 12-16 SEPT. 1983 KYOTO, JAPAN
 Publ: INT. ION ENG. CONGRESS, KYOTO, JAPAN
 3 VOL. 1989 pp.
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (14 Refs)
 SILICON NITRIDE FILMS ARE DEPOSITED FROM THE REACTIVE PLASMA OF SIH/SUB 4/
 AND N/SUB 2/. THEIR CHEMICAL, OPTICAL, AND ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES ARE
 INVESTIGATED IN TERMS OF THE DEPOSITION CONDITIONS. THE AMMONIA-FREE SILICON
 NITRIDE EXHIBITS (I) LESS HYDROGEN, (II) HIGHER THERMAL ENDURANCE, (III)
 HIGHER DENSITY, (IV) SMALLER ETCHING RATE, AND (V) HIGHER BREAKDOWN STRENGTH
 THAN THE FILM DEPOSITED FROM THE REACTIVE PLASMA OF SIH/SUB 4/ AND NH/SUB
 3/. THESE PROPERTIES WOULD BE USEFUL FOR VLSI APPLICATIONS.
-Desc-
 PLASMA DEPOSITION; PLASMA DEPOSITED COATINGS; CVD COATINGS; CHEMICAL VAPOUR
 DEPOSITION; SILICON COMPOUNDS; PASSIVATION; INSULATING THIN FILMS; VLSI;
 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT TECHNOLOGY OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF SUBSTANCES
-Ident-
 REACTIVE PLASMA DEPOSITION; CHEMICAL PROPERTIES; SIH/SUB 4?+N/SUB 2/ PLASMA;
 SIN FILM; OPTICAL PROPERTIES; FILM DEPOSITION; PASSIVATION; PLASMA CVD;
 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES; DEPOSITION CONDITIONS; VL?I
 Class Codes: A8115H; A7865J; A7360H; B2550E; B0520F; B2570
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 29
-A-
 1399122 A85022924, B85012193
-W-
 AUGER AND ESCA DEPTH PROFILING OF SILICON-NITRIDE FILMS AFTER OXIDATION
 ZHDAN, P.A.; NIZOVSKII, A.I.; RZHANOV, A.V.; EDEL'MAN, F.L.
 INST. OF CATALYSIS, ACAD. OF SCI., USSR
 DOKL. AKAD. NAUK SSSR VOL.273, NO.1-3 334-6 NOV. 1983
 -CODEN-
 DANKAS
-ISSN-
 0002-3264
 Trans in: SOV. PHYS.-DOKL. (USA) VOL.28, NO.11 964-5 NOV. 1983
 -CODEN-
 SPHD?9
-ISSN-
 0038-5689
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (12 Refs)
 THE AUTHORS SHOWN THAT AT HIGH TEMPERATURES, THE OXIDATION OF SI/SUB 3/N/SUB
 4/ TO SIO/SUB 2/ AND THE PENETRATION OF OXYGEN INTO THE SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/
 WITH THE FORMATION OF SILICON OXYNITRIDES, OCCUR SIMULTANEOUSLY, THE SECOND
 PROCESS BEING CONTROLLED BY DIFFUSION KINETICS. A LAYER-BY-LAYER
 SPECTROSCOPIC ANALYSIS HAS BEEN CARRIED OUT OF SILICON-NITRIDE FILMS
 DEPOSITED ON SINGLE-CRYSTAL SILICON AT 830 DEGREESC BY AMMONOLYSIS OF SILANE
 IN A LOW PRESSURE REACTOR. THE THICKNESS OF THE FILMS WAS 900-1200 AA. THE
 RESULTS OF THE AUGER AND ESCA DEPTH PROFILING OF THE OXIDIZED SILICON
 NITRIDE ARE SHOWN. FOR THE OXIDIZED STRUCTURES A STEADY (PRACTICALLY
 EXPONENTIAL) FALL-OFF OF OXYGEN CONCENTRATION WITH DEPTH INTO THE SILICON
 NITRIDE IS CHARACTERISTIC.
-Desc-
 OXIDATION; DIFFUSION IN SOLIDS; SILICON COMPOUNDS; AUGER EFFECT; DIELECTRIC
 THIN FILMS; SPECTROCHEMICAL ANALYSIS; ULTRAVIOLET PHOTOELECTRON SPECTRA
-Ident-
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ FILMS; DIELECTRIC THIN FILMS; AUGER DEPTH PROFILING;
 MASKING FILMS; SIO/SUB X/N/SUB Y/; O PENETRATION; ESCA DEPTH PROFILING;
 OXIDATION; SILICON OXYNITRIDES; DIFFUSION KINETICS; LAYER-BY-LAYER
 SPECTROSCOPIC ANALYSIS; OXIDIZED STRUCTURES
 Class Codes: A8160; B2550E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 30
-A-
 1392878 A85022695
-W-
 SURFACE OF POWDERS OF SILICON NITRIDE PRODUCED BY SELF-PROPAGATING
 HIGH-TEMPERATURE SYNTHESIS
 SHUL'GA, YU.M.; MARTYNENKO, V.M.; MORAVSKAYA, T.M.; BOROVINSKAYA, I.P.;
 MERZHANOV, A.G.; BOROD'KO, YU.G.
 INST. OF CHEM. PHYS., CHERNOGOLOVKA, USSR
 POROSHK. METALL. (USSR) VOL.23, NO.1 48-54 JAN. 1984
 -CODEN-
 PMANAI
-ISSN-
 0032-4795
 Trans in: SOV. POWDER METALL. AND MET. CERAM. (USA) VOL.23, NO.1 46-51 JAN.
 1984
 -CODEN-
 SPMCAV
-ISSN-
 0038-5735
 USCCC Code: 0038-5735/84/2301-0046$08.50
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (17 Refs)
 AN IMPORTANT FACTOR DETERMINING MANY PROPERTIES OF REFRACTORY INORGANIC
 COMPOUND POWDERS IS THEIR SURFACE CONDITION, WHICH OFTEN DEPENDS ON THE
 METHOD OF PREPARATION OF THE POWDERS. IN THIS CONNECTION, THE WORK WAS
 UNDERTAKEN WITH THE AIM OF STUDYING THE SURFACE COMPOSITION OF POWDERS OF
 SILICON NITRIDE PRODUCED BY SELF-PROPAGATING HIGH-TEMPERATURE SYNTHESIS
 (SHS) AND OF STARTING METALLIC SILICON POWDERS. THE TWO METHODS OF
 INVESTIGATION EMPLOYED-X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY (XPS) AND AUGER
 ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY (AES)-ENABLE INFORMATION TO BE OBTAINED ON THE STATE
 AND RELATIVE AMOUNTS OF ELEMENTS IN SURFACE LAYERS (0.5-4 NM) OF SOLIDS.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; SURFACE STRUCTURE; POWDER TECHNOLOGY; MATERIALS
 PREPARATION; X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON SPECTRA; AUGER EFFECT
-Ident-
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; REFRACTORY INORGANIC COMPOUND POWDERS; SURFACE
 COMPOSITION; POWDERS; SELF-PROPAGATING HIGH-TEMPERATURE SYNTHESIS; X-RAY
 PHOTOELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY; AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY; SURFACE LAYERS
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E; A6820; A7960E; A7920F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 31
-A-
 1392875 A85022692
-W-
 DEMONSTRATION OF A SILICON NITRIDE ATTRITION MILL FOR PRODUCTION OF FINE
 PURE SI AND SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ POWDERS
 HERBELL, T.P.; GLASGOW, T.K.; ORTH, K.W.
 NASA-LEWIS RES. CENTER, CLEVELAND, OH, USA
 AM. CERAM. SOC. BULL. (USA) VOL.63, NO.9 1176-8 SEPT. 1984
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
-ISSN-
 0002-7812
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (7 Refs)
 TO AVOID METALLIC IMPURITIES NORMALLY INTRODUCED BY MILLING CERAMIC POWDERS
 IN CONVENTIONAL STEEL HARDWARE, AN ATTRITION MILL (HIGH-ENERGY STIRRED BALL
 MILL) WAS CONSTRUCTED WITH THE WEARING PARTS (MILL BODY, STIRRING ARMS, AND
 MEDIA) MADE FROM SILICON NITRIDE. COMMERCIAL SILICON AND SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/
 POWDERS WERE MILLED TO FINE UNIFORM PARTICLES WITH ONLY MINIMAL
 CONTAMINATION-PRIMARILY FROM WEAR OF THE SINTERED SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ MEDIA.
-Desc-
 SILICON; SILICON COMPOUNDS; CERAMICS; POWDER TECHNOLOGY; MATERIALS
 PREPARATION; MATERIALS PREPARATION; CERAMICS; POWDER TECHNOLOGY
-Ident-
 FINE PURE SI POWDERS; MILLING CERAMIC POWDERS; ATTRITION MILL; HIGH-ENERGY
 STIRRED BALL MILL; WEARING PARTS; MILL BODY; STIRRING ARMS; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB
 4/ POWDERS; FINE UNIFORM PARTICLES; MINIMAL CONTAMINATION; SINTERED SI/SUB
 3/N/SUB 4/ MEDIA
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 32
-A-
 1392798 A85022551
-W-
 ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY STUDY OF SIC
 BOZLO, F.; MUEHLHOFF, L.; TRENARY, M.; CHOYKE, W.J.; YATES, J.T., JR.
 SURFACE SCI. CENTER, PITTSBURGH UNIV., PA, USA
 J. VAC. SCI. AND TECHNOL. A (USA) VOL.2, NO.3 1271-4 JULY-SEPT. 1984
 -CODEN-
 JVTAD6
-ISSN-
 0734-2101
 USCCC Code: 0734-2101/84/031271-04$01.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (10 Refs)
 A SILICON CARBIDE SINGLE CRYSTAL HAS BEEN STUDIED USING X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON
 SPECTROSCOPY AND X-RAY AND ELECTRON EXCITED AUGER SPECTROSCOPY. A PROCEDURE
 FOR PRODUCING AN ATOMICALLY CLEAN SIC CRYSTAL SURFACE HAS BEEN PERFECTED.
 THE SIC EXHIBITS PROMINENT BULK PLASMON LOSS FEATURES ASSOCIATED WITH SI AND
 C PHOTOELECTRONS. THIS LOSS, AT 22.5 EV, AGREES WELL WITH OPTICAL DATA
 ESTABLISHING THE BULK PLASMON ENERGY.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIALS; SURFACE TREATMENT; PLASMONS;
 X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON SPECTRA; AUGER EFFECT
-Ident-
 CLEAN SURFACE PREPARATION; X-RAY EXCITED AES; SEMICONDUCTOR SIC; X-RAY
 PHOTOELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY; AUGER SPECTROSCOPY; BULK PLASMON LOSS
 Class Codes: A7960E; A7920F; A8160C; A71?5G
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 33
-A-
 1382704 A85013408, B85006850
-W-
 PLASMA ETCHING OF SILICON NITRIDE: AN INVESTIGATION BY MASS SPECTROMOTRY,
 OPTICAL SPECTROSCOPY, AND X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY
 CLARKE, P.E.; FIELD, D.; HUMPHRIES, G.C.; HYDE, A.J; KLEMPERER, D.F.;
 SEAKINS, M.
 SCH. OF CHEM., BRISTOL UNIV., ENGLAND
 Sponsor: IEE
 IEE COLLOQUIUM ON PLASMA PROCESSING FOR SEMICONDUCTORS, GAS DISCHARGE AND
 SURFACE ASPECTS (DIGEST NO. 79) 3/1-4 1984
 11 OCT. 1984 LONDON, ENGLAND
 Publ: IEE, LONDON, ENGLAND 28 pp.
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (1 Refs)
 SILICON NITRIDE LAYERS ARE USED FOR VARIOUS PURPOSES IN MICROCIRCUIT
 FABRICATION. THE AUTHORS HAVE INVESTIGATED ASPECTS OF THE CHEMISTRY OF
 ETCHING SILICON NITRIDE IN A CF/SUB 4//8PERCENT O/SUB 2/ PLASMA USING A
 SINGLE-SLICE PARALLEL-PLATE PLASMA ETCHER. STANDARD ETCHING CONDITIONS WERE
 ADOPTED. THE CHAMBER PRESSURE WAS 180 M TORR, THE GAS FLOW RATE WAS 1.7
 CM/SUP 3/ MIN/SUP -1/ NITROGEN EQUIVALENT, THE RF FREQUENCY WAS 62.5 KHZ,
 AND THE RF POWER WAS 0.37 W CM/SUP -2/ OF LOWER ELECTRODE SURFACE.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNOLOGY; SPUTTER ETCHING ; MASS
 SPECTROSCOPIC CHEMICAL ANALYSIS; SPECTROCHEMICAL ANALYSIS; X-RAY
 PHOTOELECTRON SPECTRA; SURFACE CHEMISTRY
-Ident-
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; PLASMA ETCHING; SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNOLOGY
 TETRAFLUOROMETHANE-O/SUB 2/ PLASMA; MASS SPECTROMETRY; OPTICAL SPECTROSCOPY
 ; X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY; MICROCIRCUIT FABRICATION; CHEMISTRY;
 SINGLE-SLICE PARALLEL-PLATE PLASMA ETCHER; RF FREQUENCY; RF POWER
 Class Codes: A8160; A8280D; A8280M; A8280P; A8265; B2550E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 34
-A-
 1382678 A85008677, B85006822
-W-
 THERMAL OXIDATION OF 3C SILICON CARBIDE SINGLE-CRYSTAL LAYERS ON SILICON
 FUNG, C.D.; KOPANSKI, J.J.
 DEPT. OF ELECTR. ENG. AND APPL. PHYS., CASE WESTERN RESERVE UNIV.,
 CLEVELAND, OH, USA
 APPL. PHYS. LETT. (USA) VOL.45, NO.7 757-9 1 OCT. 1984
 -CODEN-
 APPLAB
-ISSN-
 0003-6951
 USCCC Code: 0003-6951/84/190757-03$01.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (13 Refs)
 THERMAL OXIDATION OF THICK SINGLE-CRYSTAL 3C SIC LAYERS ON SILICON
 SUBSTRATES WAS STUDIED. THE OXIDATIONS WERE CONDUCTED IN A WET O/SUB 2/
 ATMOSPHERE AT TEMPERATURE FROM 1000 TO 1250 DEGREESC FOR TIMES FROM 0.1 TO
 50 H. ELLIPSOMETRY WAS USED TO DETERMINE THE THICKNESS AND INDEX OF
 REFRACTION OF THE OXIDE FILMS. AUGER ANALYSIS SHOWED THEM TO BE HOMOGENEOUS
 WITH NEAR STOICHIOMETRIC COMPOSITION. THE OXIDE GROWTH FOLLOWED A LINEAR
 PARABOLIC RELATIONSHIP WITH TIME. ACTIVATION ENERGY OF THE PARABOLIC RATE
 CONSTANT WAS FOUND TO BE 50 KCAL/MOLE, WHILE THE LINEAR RATE CONSTANT WAS 74
 KCAL/MOLE. THE LATTER VALUE CORRESPONDS APPROXIMATELY TO THE ENERGY REQUIRED
 TO BREAK A SI-C BOND. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS SHOW AN EFFECTIVE DENSITY OF
 4-6*10/SUP 11/ CM/SUP -2/ FOR FIXED OXIDE CHARGES AT THE OXIDE-CARBIDE
 INTERFACE, AND THE DIELECTRIC STRENGTH OF THE OXIDE FILM IS APPROXIMATELY
 6*10/SUP 6/ V/CM.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIALS; OXIDATION; REFRACTIVE INDEX;
 ELLIPSOMETRY; AUGER EFFECT
-Ident-
 SIC-SI; THERMAL OXIDATION; SEMICONDUCTOR; ELLIPSOMETRY; SINGLE-CRYSTAL 3C
 SIC LAYERS; WET O/SUB 2/ ATMOSPHERE; THICKNESS INDEX OF REFRACTION; AUGER
 ANALYSIS; HOMOGENEOUS; STOICHIOMETRIC COMPOSITION; PARABOLIC RATE CONSTANT;
 LINEAR RATE CONSTANT; FIXED OXIDE CHARGES; DIELECTRIC STRENGTH
 Class Codes: A8160; A7865J; A7820D; B2550E; B2520M
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 35
-A-
 1381945 A85013403, B85006019
-W-
 USE OF CERAMICS TO CONTROL THE PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF SURFACES
 CAIRNS, J.A.; WOODHEAD, J.L.; SEGAL, D.L.
 Sponsor: BRITISH CERAMIC SOC
 PROC. BR. CERAM. SOC. (GB) NO.34 173 AUG. 1984
 -CODEN-
 PBRCAR
-ISSN-
 0524-5141
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING ON CERAMIC SURFACES AND SURFACE TREATMENTS 10-21
 DEC. 1983 LONDON, ENGLAND
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (3 Refs)
 SUMMARY FORM ONLY GIVEN AS FOLLOWS. IN RECENT YEARS THERE HAS BEEN AN
 INCREASING MOTIVATION TO EXTEND THE RANGE OF AVAILABLE CERAMICS FOR A NUMBER
 OF DIVERSE APPLICATIONS. THESE INCLUDE PROTECTIVE COATINGS (E.G. TO CONTROL
 UNDESIRABLE EFFECTS SUCH A CARBON DEPOSITION); CATALYST SUPPORTS TO MEET A
 GROWING INTEREST IN MATERIALS SUCH AS TIO/SUB 2/ TO REPLACE TRADITIONAL
 AL/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/ AND SIO/SUB 2/, AND IN THE ELECTRONICS INDUSTRY WHERE THE
 NEED TO PRODUCE VERY PURE CERAMICS IS BECOMING APPARENT WITH THE EMERGENCE
 OF NEW, ADVANCED MEMORY CIRCUITS. EXAMPLES FROM ALL THESE FIELDS ARE
 DESCRIBED, TOGETHER WITH THE USE OF SOL-GEL TECHNOLOGY FOR CERAMIC
 PRODUCTION.
-Desc-
 SURFACE PHENOMENA; PROTECTIVE COATINGS; MATERIALS PREPARATION; CERAMICS
-Ident-
 MATERIALS PREPARATION; CERAMICS; PROTECTIVE COATINGS; TIO/SUB 2/;
 ELECTRONICS INDUSTRY; SOL-GEL TECHNOLOGY
 Class Codes: A8160D; A8120L; B0540
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 36
-A-
 1381942 A85013175, B85006015
-W-
 PLASMA ENHANCED CVD OF SILICON NITRIDE: FILM PROPERTIES AS A FUNCTION OF
 PLASMA CHARACTERISTICS
 KEMBER, P.N.; LIDDELL, S.C.; BLACKBORROW, P.
 CENTRAL RES. LABS., THORN EMI, HAYES, ENGLAND
 Sponsor: IEE
 IEE COLLOQUIUM ON PLASMA PROCESSING FOR SEMICONDUCTORS, GAS DISCHARGE AND
 SURFACE ASPECTS (DIGEST NO. 79) 8/1-3 1984
 11 OCT. 1984 LONDON, ENGLAND
 Publ: IEE, LONDON, ENGLAND
 28 pp.
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A STUDY HAS BEEN MADE OF THE IMPORTANT PROPERTIES OF A RANGE OF SILICON
 NITRIDE FILMS FORMED USING PLASMA ENHANCED CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION
 (PECVD). THE MAJOR ADVANTAGE OF PECVD TECHNIQUES FOR SEMICONDUCTOR WORK IS
 THE LOW TEMPERATURE PROCESSING INVOLVED, USUALLY 200-400 DEGREESC, WHICH FOR
 EXAMPLE ALLOWS USE ON METALLISED WAFERS WITHOUT ADVERSE EFFECTS. THE FILMS
 WERE DEPOSITED ONTO BOTH SILICON AND QUARTZ SUBSTRATES. THE GASES USED WERE
 SILANE (100PERCENT ) AND AMMONIA. THE PROPERTIES OF THE FILMS WERE EVALUATED
 AS A FUNCTION OF TOTAL PRESSURE, SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE, R? FREQUENCY AND
 POWER, ABSOLUTE SILANE FLOW RATE AND THE SILANE TO AMMONIA RATIO.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNOLOGY; CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION;
 PLASMA DEPOSITION; REFRACTIVE INDEX; VISIBLE AND ULTRAVIOLET SPECTRA OF
 INORGANIC SOLIDS; INFRARED SPECTRA OF INORGANIC SOLIDS; PERMITTIVITY;
 DIELECTRIC THIN FILMS
-Ident-
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNOLOGY; RF POWER; SI SUBSTRATE; SIH/SUB
 4/; NH/SUB 3/; DIELECTRIC CONSTANT; REFRACTIVE INDEX; IR ABSORPTION SPECTRA;
 UV ABSORPTION EDGE; FILM PROPERTIES; PLASMA CHARACTERISTICS; PLASMA ENHANCED
 CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION; LOW TEMPERATURE PROCESSING; METALLISED WAFERS;
 QUARTZ SUBSTRATES; SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE; RF FREQUENCY
 Class Codes: A8115H; A6855; A7865J; A7755; B0520F; B2550
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 37
-A-
 1377712 A85013395
-W-
 FRICTION AT BROAD AND NARROW CONTACTS BETWEEN SILICON NITRIDE AND HARDENED
 STEEL
 FESILER, H.; FRICKER, D.C.
 Sponsor: BRITISH CERAMIC SOC
 PROC. BR. CERAM. SOC. (GB) NO.34 129-43 AUG. 1984
 -CODEN-
 PBRCAR
-ISSN-
 0524-5141
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING ON CERAMIC SURFACES AND SURFACE TREATMENTS 10-21
 DEC. 1983 LONDON, ENGLAND
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (13 Refs)
 EXPERIMENTS HAVE BEEN PERFORMED TO MEASURE THE ROOM-TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT
 OF FRICTION MU BETWEEN SILICON NITRIDE AND HARDENED STEEL UNDER LOW PRESSURE
 CONDITIONS, MODELLING CERAMIC BLADE-DISC CONTACTS IN BLADE SPINNING TESTS,
 AND UNDER HIGH PRESSURE CONDITIONS, MODELLING FIXED 'LINE' CONTACTS IN
 SPECIMEN STRENGTH TESTS. DIFFERENT SURFACE ROUGHNESS OF BOTH HOT-PRESSED
 SILICON NITRIDE (HPSN) AND REACTION-BONDED SILICON NITRIDE (RBSN WERE
 STUDIED; DIFFERENT SOLID LUBRICANTS AS WELL AS NO LUBRICANT WERE USED.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; FRICTION; SURFACE TOPOGRAPHY; CERAMICS; HOT PRESSING
-Ident-
 HOT PRESSED SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; BROAD CONTACTS; REACTION BONDED SI/SUB
 3/N/SUB 4/; NARROW CONTACTS; HARDENED STEEL; ROOM-TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT OF
 FRICTION; LOW PRESSURE CONDITIONS; MODELLING CERAMIC BLADE-DISC CONTACTS;
 BLADE SPINNING TESTS; HIGH PRESSURE CONDITIONS; SURFACE ROUGHNESS; SOLID
 LUBRICANTS
 Class Codes: A8140P; A6220P; A6820
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 38
-A-
 1376908 A85012501
-W-
 SPECTROSCOPIC INVESTIGATIONS OF METAL-CERAMIC ENAMEL INTERFACE
 STOCH, A.; STOCH, J.; PALUSZKIEWICZ, C.
 Sponsor: BRITISH CERAMIC SOC
 PROC. BR. CERAM. SOC. (GB) NO.34 45-52 AUG. 1984
 -CODEN-
 PBRCAR
-ISSN-
 0524-5141
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MEETING ON CERAMIC SURFACES AND SURFACE TREATMENTS 10-21
 DEC. 1983 LONDON, ENGLAND
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (8 Refs)
 THE AIM OF THE STUDY WAS TO VERIFY THE USE OF DIFFERENT SPECTROSCOPIC
 METHODS IN INVESTIGATIONS OF METAL-ENAMEL INTERFACES AND TO OBTAIN
 PRELIMINARY INFORMATION OF A CHEMICAL NATURE FROM THE BULK OF ENAMEL AND
 FROM THE METAL-ENAMEL INTERMEDIATE REGION. THE METHODS USED WERE: FOURIER
 TRANSFORM INFRARED SPECTROSCOPY, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY AND X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON
 SPECTROSCOPY.
-Desc-
 INTERFACE STRUCTURE; RAMAN SPECTRA OF INORGANIC SOLIDS; INFRARED SPECTRA OF
 INORGANIC SOLIDS; METALS; CERAMICS; X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON SPECTRA; FOURIER
 TRANSFORM SPECTROSCOPY
-Ident-
 METAL-CERAMIC ENAMEL INTERFACE
 Class Codes: A6848; A8160B; A7830; A7960E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 39
-A-
 1376671 A85012255
-W-
 EROSION BEHAVIOUR OF PHYSICALLY VAPOUR-DEPOSITED AND CHEMICALLY
 VAPOUR-DEPOSITED SIC FILMS COATED ON MOLYBDENUM DURING OXYGENATED ARGON BEAM
 THINNING
 SHIKAMA, T.; KITAJIMA, M.; FUKUTOMI, M.; OKADA, M.
 TSUKUBA LABS., NAT. RES. INST. FOR METALS, IBARAKIKEN, JAPAN
 THIN SOLID FILMS (SWITZERLAND) VOL.117, NO.3 191-9 20 JULY 1984
 -CODEN-
 THSFAP
-ISSN-
 0040-6090
 USCCC Code: 0040-6090/84/$3.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (17 Refs)
 THE EROSION BEHAVIOUR DURING BOMBARDMENT WITH A 5 KEV ARGON BEAM AT ROOM
 TEMPERATURE AS STUDIED FOR SILICON CARBIDE (SIC) FILMS OF THICKNESS OF ABOUT
 10 MUM COATED ON MOLYBDENUM BY PHYSICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION (PVD) AND CHEMICAL
 VAPOUR DEPOSITION (CVD). THE PVD SIC (PLASMA-ASSISTED ION PLATING) EXHIBITED
 A GREATER THINNING RATE THAN THE CVD SIC FILM. ELECTRON PROBE X-RAY
 MICROANALYSIS REVEALED THAT THE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF PVD SIC WAS CHANGED
 TO A COMPOSITION ENRICHED IN SILICON BY THE BOMBARDMENT, AND THERE WAS A
 NOTABLE CHANGE IN ITS SURFACE MORPHOLOGY. THE CVD SIC RETAINED ITS INITIAL
 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION WITH ONLY A SMALL CHANGE IN ITS SURFACE MORPHOLOGY.
 AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY INDICATED THAT SILICON OXIDE WAS FORMED ON THE
 SURFACE OF PVD SIC BY THE BOMBARDMENT. THE GREATER THINNING RATE AND EASIER
 CHANGE IN CHEMICAL COMPOSITION IN PVD SIC COULD BE ATTRIBUTED TO ITS READIER
 CHEMICAL REACTION WITH OXYGEN DUE TO ITS MORE NONUNIFORM STRUCTURE AND
 WEAKER CHEMICAL BONDING. OXYGEN WAS PRESENT AS ONE OF THE IMPURITIES IN THE
 ARGON BEAM.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; CVD COATINGS; ION PLATING; ION BEAM EFFECTS; WEAR; AUGER
 EFFECT; ELECTRON PROBE ANALYSIS
-Ident-
 OXYGENATED AR/SUP +/ IO BEAM THINNING; MO; ELECTRON PROBE X-RAY
 MICROANALYSIS; PHYSICALLY VAPOUR-DEPOSITED; CHEMICALLY VAPOUR-DEPOSITED; SIC
 FILMS; EROSION; PLASMA-ASSISTED ION PLATING; THINNING RATE; COMPOSITION;
 SURFACE MORPHOLOGY; AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY
 Class Codes: A6180J; A6855
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 40
-A-
 1370467 A85005541
-W-
 EXPERIENCE WITH THE AMMONIUM URANY PLUTONYL CARBONATE COCONVERSION PROCESS
 FOR MIXED-OXIDE FUEL FABRICATION
 ROEPENACK, H.; SCHNEIDER, V.W.; DRUCENBRODT, W.-G.
 ALKEM GMBH, HANAU, GERMANY
 AM. CERAM. SOC. BULL. (USA) VOL.63, NO.8 1051-3, 1061 AUG. 1984
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
-ISSN-
 0002-7812
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (7 Refs)
 NEW REPROCESSING REQUIREMENTS ASKING FOR A SOLUBILITY OF MIXED OXIDE FUEL IN
 NITRIC ACID EQUAL TO THAT OF URANIUM FUEL LED TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF A NEW
 FABRICATION PROCESS. BY COCONVERTING A MIXED NITRATE SOLUTION OF PLUTONIUM
 AND URANIUM TO A MIXED OXIDE POWDER VIA AN
 AMMONIUM-URANYL-PLUTONYL-CARBONATE  PRECIPITATION THIS SOLUBILITY IS
 OBTAINED ALREADY IN THE FIRST PROCESS STEP. THE NEW PROCESS MINIMIZES DUST
 PRODUCTION DURING POWDER HANDLING AND RADIATION EXPOSURE OF THE PLANT
 PERSONNEL. IT RESULTS IN SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENTS IN REGARD TO FUEL QUALITY
 AND PRODUCTION COSTS. PROCESS CHARACTERISTICS ARE DESCRIBED AND THE
 FAVORABLE PROPERTIES OF THE RESULTING U, PUO/SUB 2/-POWDER ARE GIVEN.
-Desc-
 FISSION REACTOR FUEL PREPARATION AND REPROCESSING; URANIUM COMPOUNDS;
 PLUTONIUM COMPOUNDS; POWDER TECHNOLOGY; PRECIPITATION (PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY);
 CERAMICS
-Ident-
 HNO/SUB 3/; (U, PU)O/SUB 2/ POWDER; AMMONIUM URANYL PLUTONYL CARBONATE
 COCONVERSION PROCESS; MIXED-OXIDE FUEL FABRICATION; REPROCESSING
 REQUIREMENTS; SOLUBILITY; FABRICATION PROCESS; MIXED OXIDE POWDER; AMMONIUM
 URANYL-PLUTONYL-CARBONATE PRECIPITATION; DUST PRODUCTION; POWDER HANDLING;
 RADIATION EXPOSURE; PLANT PERSONNEL; FUEL QUALITY; PRODUCTION COSTS
 Class Codes: A2842H; A8120L; A2842D; A8120E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 41
-A-
 1369333 B85005051
-W-
 SUPPRESSION OF LOCAL HEATING ON A SILICON CARBIDE LAYER BY MEANS OF DIVIDED
 POTENTIALS
 KIMURA, K.; TSUKIJI, M.; TANI, T.; HIRABAYASHI, S.
 MITSUBISHI ELECTR. CORP., AMAGASAKI, JAPAN
 IEEE TRANS. ELECTR. INSUL. (USA) VOL.EI-19, NO.4 294-302 AUG. 1984
 -CODEN-
 IETIAX
-ISSN-
 0018-9367
 USCCC Code: 0018-9367/84/0800-0294$01.00
 Treatment: APPLIC; NEW DEVELOPMENTS; THEORETICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (5 Refs)
 A NEW METHOD WAS INVESTIGATED FOR SUPPRESSION OF LOCAL HEATING OF A SILICON
 CARBIDE LAYER USED FOR FIELD GRADING ON STATOR COIL ENDS IN HV ROTATING
 MACHINES. BY MEANS OF SYNCHRONOUS DIVIDED POTENTIALS AT PROPER POSITIONS ON
 A SIC LAYER, SURFACE CURRENT ON THE SIC LAYER IS CAUSED TO BYPASS THROUGH
 THE ELECTRODES OF THE DIVIDED POTENTIALS; THIS PREVENTS THERMAL RUNAWAY OF
 THE SIC LAYER DURING AC DIELECTRIC STRENGTH TESTS OF COIL INSULATION. SINCE
 SIC SHOWS HIGHLY NONLINEAR RESISTIVITY, APPROXIMATE FORMULAS OF HEAT
 DISTRIBUTIONS ARE DISCUSSED ON THE ASSUMPTION OF IDEAL NONLINEAR
 RESISTIVITY.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; SURFACE POTENTIAL; TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTION; PROTECTIVE
 COATINGS; STATORS; COILS; MACHINE PROTECTION; ELECTRIC MACHINES
-Ident-
 LOCAL HEATING; FIELD GRADING; STATOR COIL ENDS; HV ROTATING MACHINES;
 SYNCHRONOUS DIVIDED POTENTIALS; SIC LAYER; SURFACE CURRENT; AC DIELECTRIC
 STRENGTH TESTS; COIL INSULATION; NONLINEAR RESISTIVITY; HEAT DISTRIBUTIONS
 Class Codes: B8310; B8320
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 42
-A-
 1365346 A84114423, B85000443
-W-
 PLASMA-ENHANCED CHEMICAL VAPOR DEPOSITION OF SILICON AND SILICON-CONTAINING
 FILMS
 HESS, D.W.
 DEPT. OF CHEM. ENGNG., UNIV. OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY, CA, USA
 GUPTA, D.C. (Editors)
 Sponsor: ASTM
 SILICON PROCESSING 218-25 1983
 19-22 JAN. 1982 SAN JOSE, CA, USA
 Publ: ASTM, PHILADELPHIA, PA, USA 559 pp.
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW; THEORETICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (25 Refs)
 THE USE OF A RADIOFREQUENCY (RF) GLOW DISCHARGE OR PLASMA HAS RECENTLY COME
 INTO FAVOR FOR THE DEPOSITION OF THIN FILMS IN PLASMA-ENHANCED CHEMICAL
 VAPOR DEPOSITION (PECVD), CHEMICAL REACTIONS CAN BE CARRIED OUT AT LOW (<300
 DEGREESC) TEMPERATURES, SINCE THE ENERGY NEEDED TO BREAK CHEMICAL BONDS IS
 SUPPLIED BY THE HIGH-ENERGY ELECTRONS GENERATED BY THE APPLIED RF FIELD.
 FURTHER, DUE TO THE COMPLEX CHEMISTRY OCCURRING WITHIN THE GLOW DISCHARGE,
 MATERIALS WITH UNIQUE PROPERTIES CAN BE FABRICATED. THIS PAP. REVIEWS THE
 CHARACTERISTICS OF NONEQUILIBRIUM GLOW DISCHARGES AS USED FOR PECVD OF
 SILICON AND SILICON-CONTAINING FILMS. THE GLOW-DISCHARGE-MODIFIED CHEMISTRY
 OF FILM DEPOSITION IS DISCUSSED AS IT RELATES TO THE PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL
 PROPERTIES OF THE RESULTING FILMS. EXAMPLES INCLUDE AMORPHOUS AND
 SINGLE-CRYSTAL SILICON FILMS, IS WELL AS SILICON DIOXIDE AND SILICON NITRIDE
 FILMS, WHICH ARE WIDELY USED AS INTERMETALLIC AND PASSIVATION LAYERS IN
 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT MANUFACTURE.
-Desc-
 SILICON; ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTORS; CVD COATINGS; SEMICONDUCTOR THIN FILMS;
 PLASMA DEPOSITED COATINGS; PLASMA DEPOSITION; SILICON COMPOUNDS; SILICON
 COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 SI; SEMICONDUCTORS; SIO/SUB 2/; SINX; CHEMICAL VAPOR DEPOSITION; GLOW
 DISCHARGE; THIN FILMS; CHEMICAL REACTIONS; CHEMICAL BONDS HIGH-ENERGY
 ELECTRONS; APPLIED RF FIELD; AMORPHOUS; SINGLE-CRYSTAL; PASSIVATION LAYERS;
 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT MANUFACTURE
 Class Codes: A8115H; B0520F; B2550
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 43
-A-
 1365327 A85003387, B85000413
-W-
 THIN FILM DEPOSITION BY UV LASER PHOTOLYSIS
 EMERY, K.; BOYER, P.K.; THOMPSON, L.R.; SOLANKI, R.; ZARNANI, H.; COLLINS,
 G.J.
 DEPT. OF ELECTRICAL ENGNG., COLORADO STATE UNIV., FORT COLLINS, CO, USA
 Sponsor: SPIE
 PROC. SPIE INT. SOC. OPT. ENG. (USA) VOL.459 9-17 1984
 -CODEN-
 PSISDG
-ISSN-
 0277-786X
 LASER ASSISTED DIPOSITION, ETCHING AND DOPING 26-27 JAN. 1984 LOS ANGELES,
 CA, USA
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (15 Refs)
 AN ARF EXCIMER LASER WAS USED TO PHOTOCHEMICALLY DEPOSIT THIN FILMS OF
 SILICON DIOXIDE, SILICON NITRIDE, ALUMINUM OXIDE AND ZINC OXIDE AT LOW
 TEMPERATURES (100-500 DEGREESC) FOR MICROELECTRONIC APPLICATIONS. HIGH
 DEPOSITION (>1000 AA/MIN) RATES AND CONFORMAL STEP COVERAGE WERE OBTAINED.
 THE HYDROGEN BONDING, ?INHOLE DENSITY, INDEX OF REFRACTION, ETCH RATE, AND
 BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE HAVE BEEN MEASURED FOR THE SIO/SUB 2/ AND SILICON NITRIDE
 FILMS. THE EFFECT OF SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE AND ARF (193 NM) SURFACE PHOTONS
 ON THE PHYSICAL, CHEMICAL AND ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF SIO/SUB 2/ FILMS HAVE
 BEEN INVESTIGATED.
-Desc-
 CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION; PHOTOLYSIS; LASER BEAM EFFECTS; SILICON
 COMPOUNDS; HYDROGEN BONDS; REFRACTIVE INDEX; CVD COATINGS; CVD COATINGS;
 CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION; PHOTOLYSIS; LASER BEAM EFFECTS; SILICON
 COMPOUNDS; HYDROGEN BONDS; REFRACTIVE INDEX; CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION;
 PHOTOLYSIS; LASER BEAM EFFECTS; ALUMINA; CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION;
 PHOTOLYSIS; LASER BEAM EFFECTS; ZINC COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 PHOTOCHEMICAL DEPOSITION; SIO/SUB 2/; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; AL/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/;
 ZNO; HIGH DEPOSITION RATES; H BONDING; CHEMICAL PROPERTIES; PHYSICAL
 PROPERTIES; UV LASER PHOTOLYSIS; ARF EXCIMER LASER; THIN FILMS; LOW
 TEMPERATURES; MICROELECTRONIC APPLICATIONS; CONFORMAL STEP COVERAGE;
 HYDROGEN BONDING; PINHOLE DENSITY; INDEX OF REFRACTION; ETCH RATE ;
 BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE; SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE; SURFACE PHOTONS; ELECTRICAL
 PROPERTIES
 Class Codes: A8115H; A8250; A6855; B0520F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 44
-A-
 1358489 A85000269
-W-
 AN AERODYNAMIC PARTICLE SIZE ANALYSER TESTED WITH SPHERES, COMPACT PARTICLES
 AND FIBRES HAVING A COMMON SETTLING RATEUNDER GRAVITY
 GRIFFITHS, W.D.; PATRICK, S.; ROOD, A.P.
 OCCUPATIONAL MED. AND HYGIENE LAB., LONDON, ENGLAND
 J. AEROSOL SCI. (GB) VOL.15, NO.4 491-502 1984
 -CODEN-
 JALSB7
-ISSN-
 0021-8502
 USCCC Code: 0021-8502/84$3.00+0.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (18 Refs)
 A TUMBRELL AEROSOL SPECTROMETER WAS MODIFIED TO ALLOW THE WITHDRAWAL OF
 PARTICLES OF KNOWN SETTLING VELOCITY WHICH WERE THEN PASSED INTO AN INERTIAL
 AERODYNAMIC PARTICLE SIZE ANALYSER, SO THAT THE LATTER'S READ-OUT OF
 AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS COULD BE CHECKED. EXCELLENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE
 READ-OUT VALUE WITH THAT CALCULATED FROM SETTLING VELOCITY WAS FOUND FOR
 SPHERICAL PARTICLES OF UNIT DENSITY. SILICON CARBIDE PARTICLES OF THE SAME
 SETTLING VELOCITY, BUT OF A NONSPHERICAL SHAPE AND OF HIGHER DENSITY, WERE
 ALSO WITHDRAWN AND PASSED INTO THE AERODYNAMIC PARTICLE SIZE ANALYZER. THE
 DISPLAYED VALUE OF AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER WAS THE SAME AS THAT OF THE
 UNIT-DENSITY SPHERES OF THE SAME SETTLING VELOCITY, FOR AERODYNAMIC
 DIAMETERS OF LESS THAN (APPROXIMATELY) 5 MUM. ABOVE THIS SIZE THE APS
 APPEARED TO UNDERSIZE THE SIC PARTICLES. IN ADDITION TO THIS, GLASS FIBRES
 OF THE SAME SETTLING VELOCITY WERE WITHDRAWN AND PASSED INTO THE AERODYNAMIC
 PARTICLE SIZER. FOR FIBRES, THE DISPLAYED VALUES OF AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS
 WERE LESS THAN THAT OF THE UNIT-DENSITY SPHERES OF THE SAME SETTLING
 VELOCITY FOR SIZES SMALLER THAN 5 MUM AND THEN INCREASED. THE VALUES OF
 AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER FOR THESE FIBRES, CALCULATED FROM THE SETTLING
 VELOCITIES WERE, HOWEVER, FOUND TO AGREE WITH THEORY. THE RANGE OF
 AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS COVERED WAS 1-8 MUM.
-Desc-
 PARTICLE SIZE MEASUREMENT; SEDIMENTATION; AERODYNAMICS
-Ident-
 SIC PARTICLES; SPHERES; COMPACT PARTICLES; FIBRES; SETTLING RATE; GRAVITY;
 AEROSOL SPECTROMETER; SETTLING VELOCITY; INERTIAL AERODYNAMIC PARTICLE SIZE
 ANALYSER; AERODYNAMIC DIAMETERS; UNIT DENSITY; GLASS FIBRES
 Class Codes: A0630C; A8270
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 45
-A-
 1349056 A84109331, B8405801
-W-
 SIC HIGH-TEMPERATURE OPTOELECTRONIC DEVICES
 YOSHIDA, S.; SAKUMA, E.; ENDO, K.; MISAWA, S.; MIYAZAWA, T.; GONDE, S.
 ELECTROTECH. LAB., IBARAKI, JAPAN
 BULL. ELECTROTECH. LAB. (JAPAN) VOL.48, NO.5-6 404-19 1984
 -CODEN-
 Desc.: 0366-9092
 Treatment: BIBLIOGRAPHY; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (63 Refs)
 WITH THE AIM OF REALIZING OPTOELECTRONIC DEVICES THAT WORK AT HIGH
 TEMPERATURES, CRYSTAL GROWTH AND MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION OF SILICON
 CARBIDE HAVE BEEN INVESTIGATED. BY THE SUBLIMATION METHOD GOOD-QUALITY
 6H-SIC IS OBTAINED WITH A HIGH GROWTH RATE OF SEVERAL HUNDRED MUM/H IN THE
 PRESENCE OF LOW-PRESSURE ARGON GAS. BY LIQUID PHASE EPITAXY (A DIP METHOD),
 EXCELLENT-QUALITY 6H-SIC IS OBTAINED, WHICH SHOWS STRONG BAND EDGE EMISSION
 AT ROOM TEMPERATURE. IN CHEMICAL VAPOR DEPOSITION, A NEW DOPING METHOD HAS
 BEEN DEVELOPED USING METALORGANICS SUCH AS TRIETHYLALUMINUM AS DOPING GASES,
 AND P-TYPE 6H-SIC IS OBTAINED WITH GOOD REPRODUCIBILITY. GOOD-QUALITY 3C-SIC
 IS ALSO GROWN ON SI SUBSTRATES BY CHEMICAL VAPOR DEPOSITION. NEW GROWTH
 METHODS USING PHYSICAL VAPOR DEPOSITION HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED. DIAMOND-LIKE
 CARBON THIN FILMS ARE FABRICATED AT ROOM TEMPERATURE BY USING C ION BEAMS.
 SINGLE CRYSTAL FILMS OF 3C-SIC ARE MADE AT TEMPERATURES AS LOW AS 800
 DEGREESC USING C ION AND SI MOLECULAR BEAMS. BY REACTIVE MOLECULAR BEAM
 EPITAXY USING SI AND C/SUB 2/H/SUB 2/ BEAMS, 3C-SIC IS GROWN ON SAPPHIRE AND
 SI SUBSTRATES.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIALS; SEMICONDUCTOR EPITAXIAL LAYERS;
 LIQUID PHASE EPITAXIAL GROWTH; CVD COATINGS
-Ident-
 SINGLE CRYSTALS; SEMICONDUCTORS; SIC HIGH-TEMPERATURE OPTOELECTRONIC
 DEVICES; CRYSTAL GROWTH; MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION; SUBLIMATION METHOD;
 LIQUID PHASE EPITAXY; BAND EDGE EMISSION; CHEMICAL VAPOR DEPOSITION; DOPING
 METHOD; SI SUBSTRATES; C ION BEAMS; SAPPHIRE
 Class. Codes: A8115L; A6855; A0130T; A8115H; B0510D; B0520F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 46
-A-
 1335645 A84095626, B84055792
-W-
 GRAIN BOUNDARY DIFFUSION OF LIQUID METAL COOLANTS IN OPTICAL MATERIALS FOR
 USE WITH HIGH POWER SYNCHROTRON RADIATION
 HUNTER, W.W.; WILLIAMS, R.T.
 NAVAL RES. LAB., WASHINGTON, DC, USA
 NUCL. INSTRUM. AND METHODS PHYS. RES. SECT. A (NETHERLANDS) VOL.222, NO.1-2
 359-63 15 MAY 1984
 -CODEN-
 NIMRD9
-ISSN-
 0167-5087
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE THIRD NATIONAL CONF. ON SYNCHROTRON RADIATION
 INSTRUMENTATION 12-14 SEPT. 1983 UPTON, NY, USA
 USCCC Code: 0167-5087/84/$03.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (6 Refs)
 A MAJOR CONCERN IN THE DESIGN OF HIGH-FLUX X-RAY BEAM LINES IS HEAT
 DISSIPATION IN THE FIRST OPTICAL ELEMENT, ESPECIALLY IF THAT ELEMENT MUST
 OPERATE IN ULTRAHIGH VACUUM. IN CONSIDERING METHODS OF COOLING, IT IS
 GENERALLY DESIRABLE TO ACHIEVE GOOD THERMAL CONSTANT OVER A LARGE AREA,
 WITHOUT INTRODUCING STRESS OR VIBRATION INTO THE OPTICAL ELEMENT, OR
 HINDERING ITS MOTION FOR OPTICAL ALIGNMENT. A METHOD WHICH HAS BEEN
 CONSIDERED BY SEVERAL GROUPS EMPLOYS A LOW VAPOR PRESSURE LIQUID METAL TO
 PROVIDE STRESS-FREE THERMAL COUPLING OF THE OPTICAL ELEMENT TO A HEAT SINK.
 THE EUTECTIC ALLOY OF GA-IN SEEMS ATTRACTIVE FOR THIS PURPOSE IN MANY
 RESPECTS. IT IS LIQUID AT ROOM TEMPERATURE, YET HAS AN EXTRAORDINARILY LOW
 VAPOR PRESSURE, ESSENTIALLY UNMEASURABLE AT ROOM TEMPERATURE AND LESS THAN
 10/SUP -12/ TORR AT 300 DEGREESC. HOWEVER, THE LIQUID METAL REACTS QUICKLY
 AND DESTRUCTIVELY WITH ALUMINIUM AND ITS ALLOYS, MATERIALS EXTREMELY USEFUL
 IN THE MANUFACTURE OF OPTICAL ELEMENTS. THE REACTION PROPAGATES VIA GRAIN
 BOUNDARY DIFFUSION, AND SUBSEQUENT INTERMETALLIC REACTIONS AND EMBRITTLEMENT
 DESTROY THE ALUMINUM. THE GA-IN EUTECTIC REACTS TO A LESSER DEGREE WITH
 OTHER MATERIALS SUCH AS COPPER AND SILICON, WHILE MATERIALS SUCH AS SILICON
 CARBIDE, NICKEL, AND 304 STAINLESS STEEL APPEAR RELATIVELY RESISTANT TO
 ATTACK IN THE ABSENCE OF STRESS.
-Desc-
 SYNCHROTRON RADIATION; BEAM HANDLING EQUIPMENT; X-RAY APPARATUS; COOLING;
 DIFFUSION IN LIQUIDS
-Ident-
 LIQUID METAL COOLANTS; OPTICAL MATERIALS; HIGH POWER SYNCHROTRON RADIATION;
 HIGH-FLUX X-RAY BEAM LINES; HEAT DISSIPATION; ULTRAHIGH VACUUM; GRAIN
 BOUNDARY DIFFUSION; INTERMETALLIC REACTIONS; GA-IN EUTECTIC
 Class Codes: A0785; A2925F; A0560; B7410B
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 47
-A-
 1332444 B84052354
-W-
 PHOTOLITHOGRAPHY IN PRODUCTION OF 1 MHZ CRYSTALS
 DOI, A.
 KINSEKI LTD., TOKYO, JAPAN
 JEE (JAPAN) VOL.21, NO.206 46-50 FEB. 1984
 -CODEN-
 JEENDL
-ISSN-
 0385-4507
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AS WITH OTHER ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, TECHNOLOGICAL IMPROVEMENT HAS BEEN
 EXTENDED TO CRYSTALS, TOO. UNLIKE CERAMICS, CRYSTALS ARE MADE OF QUARTZ OF
 HIGH QUALITY AND HIGH CHEMICAL STABILITY FOR RELIABLE PERFORMANCE AND STABLE
 RESONANCE FREQUENCY AND SERIAL RESISTANCE OVER EXTENDED USE. THE APPLICATION
 OF PHOTOLITHOGRAPHY IN CRYSTAL PRODUCTION HAS BROUGHT THE SAME ADVANTAGES IN
 PRICE AND PERFORMANCE ATTRIBUTED TO CERAMIC PRODUCTS.
-Desc-
 CRYSTAL RESONATORS; QUARTZ; PHOTOLITHOGRAPHY
-Ident-
 1 MHZ CRYSTAL RESONATORS; QUARTZ; CHEMICAL STABILITY; STABLE RESONANCE
 FREQUENCY; SERIAL RESISTANCE; PHOTOLITHOGRAPHY; CRYSTAL PRODUCTION
 Class Codes: B2860
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 48
-A-
 1332128 A84093433, B84?52020
-W-
 HEATING SILICON DIOXIDE AT 950-1050 DEGREESC IN THE PRESENCE OF AN NH/SUB
 3/+CF/SUB 4/ PLASMA
 MORITA, M; ISHIHARA, T.; HIROSE, M.
 DEPT. OF ELECTRICAL ENGNG., HIROSHIMA UNIV., HIGASHIHIROSHIMA, JAPAN
 J. APPL. PHYS. (USA) VOL.56, NO.2 342-6 15 JULY 1984
 -CODEN-
 JAPIAU
-ISSN-
 0021-8979
 USCCC Code: 0021-8979/84/140342-05$02.40
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (12 Refs)
 VERY THIN SIO/SUB 2/ FILMS THERMALLY GROWN ON SI WERE ANNEALED AT A
 TEMPERATURE OF 950 OR 1050 DEGREESC IN THE GLOW DISCHARGE OF EITHER AN
 NH/SUB 3/ GAS CONTAINING 4PERCENT CF/SUB 4/ OR A PURE NH/SUB 3/. FROM THE
 CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF ANNEALED FILMS USING AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY AND
 X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY, IT IS FOUND THAT ANNEALING HAS RESULTED IN
 THE FORMATION OF SILICON NITRIDE LAYER ON THE SIO/SUB 2/ SURFACE AND IN THE
 INCORPORATION OF BONDED NITROGEN INTO THE SIO/SUB 2/ LAYER. IT IS ALSO
 DEMONSTRATED THAT THE SURFACE NITRIDE LAYER IN FORMED PRIMARILY BY THE
 DEPOSITION OF SILICON NITRIDE RESULTING FROM THE REACTION OF FRAGMENTS OF
 NH/SUB 3/ WITH THE SILICON ATOMS PRODUCED BY THE PLASMA ETCHING OF THE
 QUARTZ TUBE WALL BY ATOMIC HYDROGEN AND FLUORINE.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; INSULATING THIN FILMS; ANNEALING; AUGER EFFECT; X-RAY
 PHOTOELECTRON SPECTRA; SURFACE TREATMENT; SPUTTER ETCHING; SURFACE
 CHEMISTRY
-Ident-
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ LAYER; NH/SUB 3/+CF/SUB 4/ PLASMA; THIN SIO/SUB 2/ FILMS;
 ANNEALED; GLOW DISCHARGE; CHEMICAL ANALYSIS; AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY;
 X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY; SURFACE NITRIDE LAYER; DEPOSITION; PLASMA
 ETCHING
 Class Codes: A8160; A7920F; A8265J; A7960E; B2550E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 49
-A-
 1332100 A84098609, B84051989
-W-
 THE EFFECT OF VARIOUS ENCAPSULANTS ON THE ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF IMPLANTED
 LAYERS IN GAAS
 RAO, V.B.; KOYAMA, R.Y.
 SEMICONDUCTOR RES. DEPT., TEKTRONIX INC., BEAVERTON, OR, USA
 J. ELECTROCHEM. SOC. (USA) VOL.131, NO.7 1674-8 JULY 1984
 -CODEN-
 JESOAN
-ISSN-
 0013-4651
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (25 Refs)
 REACTIVELY SPUTTERED SILICON NITRIDE, PLASMA-ENHANCED CVD SILICON NITRIDE,
 AND SILOX HAVE BEEN INVESTIGATED AS DIELECTRICS FOR THE ENCAPSULATION OF
 GAAS FOR THE PURPOSE OF POST-IMPLANTATION ANNEAL. THE EFFECT OF SEVERAL
 TREATMENTS ON THE GAAS SURFACE PRIOR TO DIELECTRIC DEPOSITION WAS ANALYZED
 BY AUGER SPECTROSCOPY AND ELLIPSOMETRY TO CHARACTERIZE THE HIGH TEMPERATURE
 ANNEALABILITY OF THE ENCAPSULATED SAMPLES. AN AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE-HYDROGEN
 PEROXIDE ETCHANT THAT LEAVES THE SURFACE CLEAN AND DAMAGE FREE WAS FOUND TO
 BE THE MOST SUITABLE. AFTER SURFACE TREATMENT AND DIELECTRIC DEPOSITION, VAN
 DER PAUW DEVICES WERE FABRICATED AND CARRIER MOBILITIES AND SHEET CARRIER
 CONCENTRATIONS FOR DEVICES ANNEALED AT 800 DEGREESC WERE COMPARED. IN
 SPECIFIC CASES, THE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF DEVICES ANNEALED AT HIGHER
 TEMPERATURES (850 DEGREES AND 900 DEGREESC) WERE ALSO MEASURED. DIFFERENCES
 IN THE CARRIER MOBILITIES AND SHEET CARRIER CONCENTRATIONS OBTAINED, USING
 THE VARIOUS DIELECTRIC FILMS, HAVE BEEN EXPLAINED IN TERMS OF THE MOVEMENT
 OF A SURFACE DEPLETION LAYER EDGE CLOSER TO OR AWAY FROM THE GAAS-DIELECTRIC
 INTERFACE.
-Desc-
 GALLIUM ARSENIDE; III-V SEMICONDUCTORS; ION IMPLANTATION; ANNEALING;
 ENCAPSULATION; CARRIER MOBILITY; CARRIER DENSITY; ELLIPSOMETRY; AUGER
 EFFECT
-Ident-
 SEMICONDUCTOR; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; REACTIVELY SPUTTERED; GAAS ;
 PLASMA-ENHANCED ?CVD; SILOX; ENCAPSULATION; POST-IMPLANTATION ANNEAL;
 DIELECTRIC DEPOSITION; AUGER SPECTROSCOPY; ELLIPSOMETRY; HIGH TEMPERATURE
 ANNEALABILITY; VAN DER PAUW DEVICES; CARRIER MOBILITIES; SHEET CARRIER
 CONCENTRATIONS; SURFACE DEPLETION LAYER; GAAS-DIELECTRIC INTERFACE
 Class Codes: A7220F; A6170T; A7280E; B2550B; B2520D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 50
-A-
 1331011 A8409337, B84050826
-W-
 MICROELECTRONIC THIN FILM DEPOSITION BY UV LASER PHOTOLYSIS
 BOYER, P.K.; MOORE, C.A.; SOLANKI; RITCHIE, W.K.; COLLINS, G.J.
 DEPT. OF ELECTRICAL ENGNG., COLORADO STATE UNIV., FORT COLLINS, CO, USA
 Sponsor: JAPAN SOC. APPL. PHYS
 EXTENDED ABSTRACTS OF THE 15TH CONF. ON SOLID STATE DEVICES AND MATERIALS
 109-15 1983
 30 AUG.-1 SEPT. 1983 TOKYO, JAPAN
 Publ: JAPAN SOC. APPL. PHYS., TOKYO, JAPAN
 X+381 pp. ISBN 4 930813 04 2
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (9 Refs)
 AN EXCIMER LASER IS USED TO PHOTOCHEMICALLY DEPOSIT THIN FILMS OF SILICON
 DIOXIDE, SILICON NITRIDE, AND ALUMINUM OXIDE AT LOW TEMPERATURE (100-450
 DEGREESC). HIGH DEPOSITION RATES AND CONFORMAL STEP COVERAGE WERE
 DEMONSTRATED. THE FILMS EXHIBIT LOW DEFECT DENSITY AND HIGH BREAKDOWN
 VOLTAGE AND HAVE BEEN CHARACTERIZED USING IR SPECTROPHOTOMETRY, AES, AND C-V
 ANALYSIS. ADDITIONALLY, THE AUTHORS HAVE DEPOSITED METALLIC FILMS OF AL, MO,
 W, AND CR AT ROOM TEMPERATURE OVER LARGE (>5 CM/SUP 2/) AREAS.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; CVD COATINGS; DIELECTRIC THIN FILMS; INFRARED SPECTRA OF
 INORGANIC SOLIDS; AUGER EFFECT; ELECTRIC BREAKDOWN OF SOLIDS; SILICON
 COMPOUNDS; CVD COATINGS; DIELECTRIC THIN FILMS; INFRARED SPECTRA OF
 INORGANIC SOLIDS; AUGER EFFECT; ELECTRIC BREAKDOWN OF SOLIDS; ALUMINA; CVD
 COATINGS; DIELECTRIC THIN FILMS; INFRARED SPECTRA OF INORGANIC SOLIDS; AUGER
 EFFECT; ELECTRIC BREAKDOWN OF SOLIDS
-Ident-
 SIO/SUB 2/; SI/SUB X/NY; AL/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/; THIN FILM DEPOSITION; UV LASER
 PHOTOLYSIS; EXCIMER LASER; DEPOSITION RATES; CONFORMAL STEP COVERAGE; DEFECT
 DENSITY; BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE; IR SPECTROPHOTOMETRY; AES
 C-V ANALYSIS; METALLIC FILMS; AL; MO; W; CR
 Class Codes: A8115H; A6855; A7755; A7920F; A7865J; B0520F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 51
-A-
 1319527 A84093575
-W-
 BEAM TECHNIQUES FOR THE ANALYSIS OF POORLY CONDUCTING MATERIALS
 WERNER, H.W.; WARMOLTZ, N.
 PHILIPS RES. LABS., EINDHOVEN, NETHERLANDS
 J. VAC. SCI. AND TECHNOL. A (USA) VOL.2, NO.2, PT.2 726-31 APRIL-JUNE 1984
 -CODEN-
 JVTAD6
-ISSN-
 0734-2101
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 30TH NATIONAL SYMPOSIUM OF THE AMERICAN VACUUM SOCIETY 31
 OCT.-4 NOV. 1983 BOSTON, MA, USA
 USCCC Code: 0734-2101/84/020726-06$01.00
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (37 Refs)
 BEAM TECHNIQUES FOR THE SURFACE ANALYSIS OF SOLIDS (E.G. ELECTRON
 SPECTROSCOPY FOR CHEMICAL ANALYSIS (ESCA), AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY
 (AES), ANALYTICAL ELECTRON MICROSCOPY (AEM), LOW ENERGY ION SCATTERING
 (LEIS), RUTHERFORD BACKSCATTERING (RES), AND SECONDARY ION MASS SPECTROMETRY
 (SIMS)), ARE BASED ON THE INTERACTION OF BEAMS OF PHOTONS, ELECTRONS, OR
 IONS RESPECTIVELY, WITH A SOLID AND THE DETECTION OF THE RESULTING
 INFORMATION-CARRYING BEAMS OF PHOTONS, ELECTRONS, R IONS. WITH THESE METHODS
 THE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF THE SOLID, ACROSS THE SAMPLE SURFACE AND IN
 DEPTH (CONCENTRATION PROFILE) CAN BE DETERMINED. A LARGE NUMBER OF ARTIFACTS
 MAY BE INTRODUCED IN ANY TYPE OF SAMPLE. IN NONIDEAL SYSTEMS, SUCH AS GLASS
 AND CERAMIC SAMPLES, ADDITIONAL DIFFICULTIES CAN BE INTRODUCED (A) BY THE
 POOR ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY: CHARGING OF THE SAMPLE OCCURS, LEADING TO (A)
 DETERIORATION AND EVEN A COMPLETE SUPPRESSION OF THE SPECTRA, (B) LOSS IN
 LATERAL RESOLUTION IN THE IMAGING MODE, AND (C) MIGRATION OF MOBILE IONS IN
 THE SAMPLE AND (B) BY THE EXTREME THIN INTERFACES IN POLYCRYSTALLINE
 MATERIALS WHICH REQUIRE THE USE OF TECHNIQUES WITH LATERAL RESOLUTION DOWN
 TO THE 5 NM RANGE. MECHANISMS WHICH LEAD TO A DETERIORATION OF THE SPECTRA
 AND PROCEDURES TO OVERCOME THEM WILL BE DISCUSSED, FOLLOWED BY EXAMPLES FOR
 THE SUCCESSFUL ANALYSIS OF GLASSES AND CERAMICS.
-Desc-
 SURFACE STRUCTURE; SPECTROCHEMICAL ANALYSIS; AUGER EFFECT; ELECTRON
 MICROSCOPY; ELECTRON PROBE ANALYSIS; PARTICLE BACKSCATTERING; ION-SURFACE
 IMPACT; SECONDARY ION MASS SPECTROSCOPY; GLASS; CERAMICS
-Ident-
 BEAM TECHNIQUES; SAMPLE PREPARATION; POORLY CONDUCTING MATERIALS; SURFACE
 ANALYSIS; ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY FOR CHEMICAL ANALYSIS; AUGER ELECTRON
 SPECTROSCOPY; ANALYTICAL ELECTRON MICROSCOPY; LOW ENERGY ION SCATTERING;
 RUTHERFORD BACKSCATTERING; SECONDARY ION MASS SPECTROMETRY; CHEMICAL
 COMPOSITION; CONCENTRATION PROFILE; ARTIFACTS; NONIDEAL SYSTEMS; GLASSES;
 CERAMICS
 Class Codes: A8280P; A6820; A8280M; A7920F; A7920N
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 52
-A-
 1319445 A84093491
-W-
 MULTIAXIAL STRENGTH TESTS FOR BRITTLE MATERIALS
 FESSLER, H.; FRICKER, D.C.
 DEPT. OF MECH. ENGNG., UNIV. OF NOTTINGHAM, NOTINGHAM, ENGLAND
 J. STRAIN ANAL. ENG. DES. (GB) VOL.19, NO.3 197-208 JULY 1984
 -CODEN-
 JSADDZ
-ISSN-
 0309-324
 USCCC Code: 0309-3247/84/0700-0197$02.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (18 Refs)
 MATCHSTICK AND COIN SHAPED SPECIMENS ARE USED TO DETERMINE THE MATERIAL
 STRENGTH CONSISTENCY AND MEAN FRACTURE STRENGTH UNDER FIVE DIFFERENT STRESS
 RATIOS, USING WEIBULL STATISTICS. MANY PRACTICAL LOADING MODES OF THESE
 SIMPLE SHAPES ARE ASSESSED. FOR THE BEST, THE NECESSARY EXPERIMENTAL WORK
 AND RESULTS OF THE ANALYSES ARE PRESENTED AND ILLUSTRATED FOR AS-FIRED
 REACTION-BONDED SILICON NITRIDE (RBSN) TESTED AT ROOM-TEMPERATURE.
-Desc-
 MATERIALS TESTING; TENSILE STRENGTH; BRITTLENESS; SILICON COMPOUNDS;
 CERAMICS
-Ident-
 RBSN; REACTION BONDED SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; MULTIAXIAL STRENGTH TESTS;
 MATCHSTICK-SHAPED SPECIMENS; BRITTLE MATERIALS; COIN SHAPED SPECIMENS; MEAN
 FRACTURE STRENGTH; STRESS RATIOS; WEIBULL STATSTICS
 Class Codes: A8170; A4630R
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 53
-A-
 1313694 B84047094
-W-
 A FLEXIBLE MULTILAYER RESIST SYSTEM USING LOW TEMPERATURE PLASMA-DEPOSITED
 SILICON NITRIDE
 SOLLER, B.R.; SNIDER, C.R.; SHUMAN, R.F.
 SPERRY RES. CENTER, SUDBURY, MA, USA
 J. ELECTROCHEM. SOC. (USA) VOL.131, NO.4 868-72 APRIL 1984
 -CODEN-
 JESOAN
-ISSN-
 0013-4651
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (13 Refs)
 A THREE-LAYER RESIST SYSTEM WHICH USES POSITIVE PHOTORESISTS FOR PLANARIZING
 AND IMAGING AND AN INTERMEDIATE LASER OF PLASMA-DEPOSITED SILICON NITRIDE IS
 DESCRIBED. THE PLANARIZING LAYER IS 2 MUM-THICK SHIPLEY AZ 2430. THIS
 SILICON NITRIDE TRANSFER LAYER IS DEPOSITED AT LOW TEMPERATURE OVER
 HARD-BAKED AZ 2430. PHOTON OR ELECTRON IMAGING IS DONE IN A THIN LAYER OF
 RESIST SPUN ON TOP OF THE TRANSFER LAYER. THE SILICON NITRIDE DEPOSITION
 PROCESS IS DESCRIBED, AND THE PROPERTIES OF THE RESULTING FILM ARE DETAILED.
 THE PLANARIZING PHOTORESIST IS PATTERNED BY OXYGEN REACTIVE ON ETCHING. THE
 VERTICAL ETCH RATE AND THE DEGREE OF ISOTROPY ARE MEASURED AS A FUNCTION OF
 RF POWER AND OXYGEN PRESSURE. CONTROLLABLE AND REPRODUCIBLE UNDERCUT IS
 ACHIEVED WITH THIS MULTILAYER RESIST SYSTEM. THE RESIST PROFILE IS
 DEMONSTRATED TO BE SUITABLE FOR LIFT-OFF APPLICATIONS OR ANISOTROPIC ETCHING
 OF THE SUBSTRATE.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; PLASMA DEPOSITED COATINGS; PHOTORESISTS; INTEGRATED
 CIRCUIT TECHNOLOGY; SPUTTER ETCHING
-Ident-
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; INTEGRATED CIRCUITS; FLEXIBLE MULTILAYER RESIST SYSTEM;
 LOW TEMPERATURE; PLASMA-DEPOSITED; POSITIVE PHOTORESISTS; PLANARIZING LAYER;
 REACTIVE ION ETCHING; VERTICAL ETCH RATE; UNDERCUT; LIFT-OFF APPLICATIONS;
 ANISOTROPIC ETCHING
 Class Codes: B2570; B2550
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 54
-A-
 1308190 A84088983
-W-
 PLASMA ENHANCED CHEMICAL VAPOR DEPOSITION OF THIN CRYSTALLINE SEMICONDUCTOR
 AND CONDUCTOR FILMS
 REIF, R.
 DEPT. OF ELECTRICAL ENGNG. AND COMPUTER SCI., MIT, CAMBRIDGE, MA, USA
 J. VAC. SCI. AND TECHNOL. A (USA) VOL.2, NO.2, PT.1 429-3 APRIL-JUNE 1984
 -CODEN-
 JVTAD6
-ISSN-
 0734-2101
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 30TH NATIONAL SYMPOSIUM OF THE AMERICAN VACUUM SOCIETY
 31 OCT.-4 NOV. 1983 BOSTON, MA, USA
 USCCC Code: 0734-2101/84/020429-07$01.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (47 Refs)
 PLASMA ENHANCED CHEMICAL VAPOR DEPOSITION (PECVD) IS A TECHNIQUE WIDELY
 ACCEPTED IN MICROELECTRONICS FOR THE DEPOSITION OF AMORPHOUS DIELECTRIC
 FILMS SUCH AS SILICON NITRIDE AND SILICON OXIDE. THE MAIN ADVANTAGE OF PECVD
 STEMS FROM THE INTRODUCTION OF PLASMA ENERGY TO THE CVD ENVIRONMENT WHICH
 MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO PROMOTE CHEMICAL REACTIONS AT RELATIVELY LOW
 TEMPERATURES. A NATURAL EXTENSION OF THIS IS TO USE THIS PLASMA ENERGY TO
 LOWER THE TEMPERATURE REQUIRED TO OBTAIN A CRYSTALLINE DEPOSIT. THIS PAP.
 DISCUSSES THE APPLICATION OF PECVD FOR THE DEPOSITION OF MONOCRYSTALLINE
 (EPITAXY) AND POLYCRYSTALLINE SILICON, AND OF REFRACTORY METALS AND THEIR
 SILICIDES. IT IS EMPHASIZED THAT THE PECVD TECHNIQUE CAN BE USED TO DEPOSIT
 THESE SEMICONDUCTOR AND CONDUCTOR FILMS AT RELATIVELY LOW TEMPERATURES.
-Desc-
 CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION; PLASMA DEPOSITION; SEMICONDUCTOR GROWTH;
 SEMICONDUCTOR THIN FILMS; SILICON; ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTORS; METALS
-Ident-
 PLASMA ENHANCED CVD; SEMICONDUCTOR FILMS; SI; CONDUCTOR FILMS; PLASMA
 ENERGY; CHEMICAL REACTIONS; REFRACTORY METALS; SILICIDES
 Class Codes: A8115H; A6855
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 55
-A-
 1289208 A8407689
-W-
 THERMODYNAMIC MECHANISM FOR CATION DIFFUSION THROUGH AN INTERGRANULAR PHASE:
 APPLICATION TO ENVIRONMENTAL REACTIONS WITH NITROGEN CERAMICS
 CLARKE, D.R.
 ROCKWELL INTERNAT. SCI. CENTER, THOUSAND OAKS, CA, USA
 RILEY, F.L. (Editors)
 Sponsor: NATO
 PROGRESS IN NITROGEN CERAMICS. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATO ADVANCED STUDY
 INSTITUTE 421-6 1983
 27 JULY-7 AUG. 1981 FALMER, SUSSEX, ENGLAND
 Publ: MARTINUS NIJHOFF, BOSTON, MA, USA
 XIX+93 pp. ISBN 90 247 2828 2
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (16 Refs)
 A MECHANISTIC MODEL FOR THE MIGRATION OF CATIONS FROM A CONTINUOUS
 INTERGRANULAR PHASE IN RESPONSE TO ENVIRONMENTAL REACTION AT THE SURFACE OF
 POLYPHASE SILICON NITRIDES IS DESCRIBED. IT PREDICTS THAT THE COMPOSITION OF
 THE INTERGRANULAR PHASE MAY BE MODIFIED AND CONTROLLED, WITH CONSEQUENTIAL
 BENEFICIAL OR DETRIMENTAL EFFECTS, BY THE DELIBERATE FORMATION OF SURFACE
 SCALES RICH OR POOR IN IMPURITY CATIONS. TWO EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATED,
 'PURIFICATION' OF THE INTERGRANULAR PHASE USING AN SIO/SUB 2/ SURFACE LAYER
 LEADING TO HIGH TEMPERATURE STRENGTH ENHANCEMENT AND STRENGTH DEGRADATION
 AND CORROSION WHEN A CAO-RICH SURFACE LAYER IS EMPLOYED.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; CERAMICS; IMPURITIES; DIFFUSION IN SOLIDS ; SURFACE
 CHEMISTRY; CORROSION
-Ident-
 N-BASED CERAMICS; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; POLYPHASE CERAMICS; CATION MIGRATION;
 THERMODYNAMIC DIFFUSION MECHANISM; CATION DIFFUSION; INTERGRANULAR PHASE;
 ENVIRONMENTAL REACTIONS; NITROGEN CERAMICS; MECHANISTIC MODEL; SURFACE
 SCALES; IMPURITY CATIONS SIO/SUB 2/ SURFACE LAYER; HIGH TEMPERATURE
 STRENGTH; STRENGTH DEGRADATION; CORROSION; CAO-RICH SURFACE LAYER
 Class Codes: A8160D; A8265D; A6630J
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 56
-A-
 1289154 A84076832
-W-
 PARAMETER STUDIES ON THE OXIDATION AND THE STRENGTH BEHAVIOUR OF SILICON
 NITRIDE
 SIEBELS, J.E.
 VOLKSWAGENWERK AG, WOLFSBURG, GERMANY
 RILEY, F.L. (Editors)
 Sponsor: NATO
 PROGRESS IN NITROGEN CERAMICS. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATO ADVANCED STUDY
 INSTITUTE 529-38 1983.
 27 JULY-7 AUG. 1981 FALMER, SUSSEX, ENGLAND
 Publ: MARTINUS NIJHOFF, BOSTON, MA, USA
 XIX+793 pp. ISBN 90 247 2828 2
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 THE STABILITY OF REACTION BONDED SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ AFTER LONG OXIDATION
 TIMES IS DETERMINED. THE ROOM TEMPERATURE AND HIGH TEMPERATURE FLEXURAL
 STRENGTHS AND THE EFFECTS OF ANNEALING ARE DISCUSSED.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; CERAMICS; BENDING STRENGTH; OXIDATION; ANNEALING; POWDER
 TECHNOLOGY
-Ident-
 STABILITY; REACTION BONDED SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4; LONG OXIDATION TIMES; ROOM
 TEMPERATURE; HIGH TEMPERATURE FLEXURAL STRENGTHS; ANNEALING
 Class Codes: A8140L; A62?0F; A8140G; A8160D; A8120E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 57
-A-
 1289065 A84076743
-W-
 HINDRANCE OF GRAIN GROWTH IN AL/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/ BY ZRO/SUB 2/ INCLUSIONS
 LANGE, F.F.; HIRLINGER, M.M.
 STRUCTURAL CERAMICS, ROCKWELL INTERNAT. SCI. CENTER, THOUSAND OAKS, CA, USA
 J. AM. CERAM. SOC. (USA) VOL.67, NO.3 164-8 MARCH 1984
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
-ISSN-
 0002-7820
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (11 Refs)
 ALUMINA AND AL/SUB 2/O/SU 3//ZRO/SUB 2/ (1 TO 10 VOL.PERCENT ) COMPOSITE
 POWDERS WERE MIXED AND CONSOLIDATED BY A COLLOIDAL METHOD, SINTERED TO
 >98PERCENT THEORETICAL DENSITY AT 1550 DEGREESC, AND SUBSEQUENTLY
 HEAT-TREATED AT TEMPERATURES UP TO 1700 DEGREESC FOR GRAIN-SIZE
 MEASUREMENTS. WITHIN THE TEMPERATURE RANGE STUDIED, THE ZRO/SUB 2/
 INCLUSIONS EXHIBITED SUFFICIENT SELF-DIFFUSION TO MOVE WITH THE AL/SUB
 2/O/SUB 3/ 4-GRAIN JUNCTIONS DURING GRAIN GROWTH. GROWTH OF THE ZRO/SUB 2/
 INCLUSIONS OCCURRED BY COALESCENCE. THE INCLUSIONS EXERTED A DRAGGING FORCE
 AT THE 4-GRAIN JUNCTIONS TO LIMIT GRAIN GROWTH. ABNORMAL GRAIN GROWTH
 OCCURRED WHEN THE INCLUSION DISTRIBUTION WAS NOT SUFFICIENTLY UNIFORM TO
 HINDER THE GROWTH OF ALL AL/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/ GRAINS. THIS CONDITION WAS
 OBSERVED FOR COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING >2.5 VOL.PERCENT ZRO/SUB 2/, WHERE THE
 INCLUSIONS DID NOT FILL ALL 4-GRAIN JUNCTIONS. EXAGGERATED GRAINS CONSUMED
 BOTH NEIGHBORING GRAINS AND ZRO/SUB 2/ INCLUSIONS. GRAIN-GROWTH CONTROL (NO
 ABNORMAL GRAIN GROWTH) WAS ACHIEVED WHEN A MAJORITY (OR ALL) 4-GRAIN
 JUNCTIONS CONTAINED A ZRO/SUB 2/ INCLUSION, VIZ. FOR COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING
 >5 VOL.PERCENT ZRO/SUB 2/. FOR THIS CONDITION, THE GRAIN SIZE WAS INVERSELY
 PROPORTIONAL TO THE VOLUME FRACTION OF THE INCLUSIONS. SINCE THE ZRO/SUB 2/
 INCLUSIONS MIMIC VOIDS IN ALL WAYS EXCEPT THAT THEY DO NOT DISAPPEAR, IT IS
 HYPOTHESIZED THAT ABNORMAL GRAIN GROWTH IN SINGLE-PHASE MATERIALS IS A
 RESULT OF A NONUNIFORM DISTRIBUTION OF VOIDS DURING THE LAST STAGE OF
 SINTERING.
-Desc-
 ALUMINA; ZIRCONIUM COMPOUNDS; GRAIN GROWTH; SINTERING GRAIN SIZE; VOIDS
 (SOLID); SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS GRAIN
 BOUNDARIES; COMPOSITE MATERIALS; CERAMICS; POWDER TECHNOLOGY
-Ident-
 AL/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/-ZRO/SUB 2/ COMPOSITES; SEM; GRAIN GROWTH HINDRANCE; GRAIN
 BOUNDARIES; GRAIN GROWTH CONTROL; POWDER TECHNOLOGY; ZRO/SUB 2/ INCLUSIONS;
 THEORETICAL DENSITY; SELF-DIFFUSION; 4-GRAIN JUNCTIONS; GRAIN SIZE; ABNORMAL
 GRAIN GROWTH; SINGLE-PHASE MATERIALS; NONUNIFORM DISTRIBUTION; VOIDS;
 SINTERING
 Class Codes: A8130; A8120N; A6170N; A8120E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 58
-A-
 1289059 A84076737
-W-
 THE PREPARATION AND PROPERTIES OF OXYNITRIDE GLASSES
 DREW, R.A.L.; HAMPSHIRE, S.; JACK, K.H.
 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY LAB., UNIV. OF NEWCASTLE UPON TYNE, NEWCASTLE UPON TYNE,
 ENGLAND
 RILEY, F.L. (Editors)
 Sponsor: NATO
 PROGRESS IN NITROGEN CERAMICS. PROCEEDINGS OF ThE NATO ADVANCED STUDY
 INSTITUTE 323-30 1983
 27 JULY-7 AUG. 1981 FALMER, SUSSEX, ENGLAND
 Publ: MARTINU NIJHOFF, BOSTON, MA, USA
 XIX+793 pp. ISBN 90 247 2828 2
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (6 Refs)
 GLASSES CONTAINING MORE THAN 15A/O N IN M-SI-AL-O-N SYSTEMS WHERE M IS MG,
 CA, Y AND ND ARE OBTAINED BY FUSING POWDER MIXTURES OF THE METAL OXIDE WITH
 SIO/SUB 2/, AL/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/, SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ AND ALN AT 1700 DEGREESC
 AND ABOVE, AND THEN COOLING IN A NITROGEN ATMOSPHERE AT NOT GREATER THAN 200
 DEGREESC/MIN. WITH THE SAME CATION COMPOSITION, VISCOSITY, GLASS TRANSITION
 TEMPERATURE, RESISTANCE TO DIVITRIFICATION AND REFRACTIVE INDEX ALL INCREASE
 INITIALLY WITH INCREASING NITROGEN CONCENTRATION. THE CHARACTERIZATION OF
 GRAIN-BOUNDARY VITREOUS PHASES IN SILICON NITRIDE AND IN BETA MINUTES
 -SIALONS DENSIFIED WITH MGO AND Y/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/ IS IMPORTANT BECAUSE THEY
 OFTEN DETERMINE THE HIGH-TEMPERATURE BEHAVIOUR OF THE CERAMIC. THEIR
 DEVITRIFICATION CAN PRODUCE METASTABLE PHASES THAT OTHERWISE ARE NOT
 OBTAINABLE, E.. APPROPRIATE GLASS COMPOSITIONS IN THE MG-SI-AL-O-N SYSTEM
 GIVE (I) BETASECONDS -MAGNESIUM SIALONS WITH GREATLY EXPANDED PHENACITE
 STRUCTURES, AND (II) NITROGEN PETALITE, MG/SUB 2/SIALO/SUB 4/N.
-Desc-
 GLASS; MATERIALS PREPARATION; VITRIFICATION; GRAIN BOUNDARIES; CERAMICS;
 POWDER TECHNOLOGY; GLASS TRANSITION (GLASSES); MAGNESIUM COMPOUNDS; CALCIUM
 COMPOUNDS; YTTRIUM COMPOUNDS; NEODYMIUM COMPOUNDS; SILICON COMPOUNDS;
 ALUMIMIUM COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 N CONCENTRATION; OXYNITRIDE GLASSES; M-SI-AL-O-N SYSTEMS; MG ; CA; Y; ND;
 FUSING POWDER MIXTURES; METAL OXIDE; SIO/SUB 2/; AL/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/; SI/SUB
 3/N/SUB 4/; ALN; NITROGEN ATMOSPHERE; CATION COMPOSITION ; VISCOSITY; GLASS
 TRANSITION TEMPERATURE; RESISTANCE TO DEVITRIFICATION; REFRACTIVE INDEX;
 GRAIN-BOUNDARY VITREOUS PHASES; MGO; Y/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/; METASTABLE PHASES;
 MG-SI-AL-O-N SYSTEM; GREATLY EXPANDED PHENACITE STRUCTURES
 Class Codes: A8120P; A8120E; A6170N
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 59
-A-
 1289053 A84076731
-W-
 HOT PRESSING OF ALUMINIUM NITRIDE
 LECOMPTE, J.P.; JARRIGE, J.; MEXMAIN, J.
 LAB. DE CERAMIQUES NOUVELLES, CNRS, LIMOGES, FRANCE
 RILEY, F.L. (Editors)
 Sponsor: NATO
 PROGRESS IN NITROGEN CERAMICS. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATO ADVANCED STUDY
 INSTITUTE 93-9 1983
 27 JULY-7 AUG. 1981 FALMER, SUSSEX, ENGLAND
 Publ: MARTINUS NIJHOFF, BOSTON, MA, USA
 XIX+73 pp. ISBN 90 247 2828 2
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (13 ReFs)
 ALUMINIUM NITRIDE CERAMICS HAVE A GOOD HIGH-TEMPERATURE CHEMICAL STABILITY
 IN CONTACT WITH METALS AND DIELECTRIC STUDIES OF HOT-PRESSED ALUMINIUM
 NITRIDE HAVE SHOWN THAT THE DIELECTRIC LOSSES ARE PARTICULARLY IMPORTANT AT
 LOWER FREQUENCIES. IT IS, HOWEVER, DIFFICULT TO PRODUCE HIGH PURITY
 ALUMINIUM NITRIDE FREE FROM OXYGEN CONTAMINATION AND IT IS NOW RECOGNIZED
 THAT AN OXYGEN CONTENT OF ABOUT 2 WT.PERCENT IS NECESSARY FOR OBTAINING FULL
 DENSITY. THE KINETICS OF HOT PRESSING OF COMMERCIAL ALUMINIUM NITRIDE
 POWDER, AND THE OXIDATION BEHAVIOUR AND MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF THE DENSE
 MATERIAL ARE DISCUSSED.
-Desc-
 ALUMINIUM COMPOUNDS; HOT PRESSING; DENSIFICATION CERAMICS; POWDER
 TECHNOLOGY; BENDING STRENGTH; THERMAL EXPANSION; HARDNESS; POROSITY YOUNG'S
 MODULUS; OXIDATION
-Ident-
 ALN CERAMICS; BEND STRENGTH; MICROHARDNESS; POROSITY; YOUNG'S MODULUS;
 THERMAL EXPANSION COEFFICIENT KINETICS OF HOT PRESSING; COMMERCIAL ALUMINIUM
 NITRIDE POWDER; OXIDATION BEHAVIOUR; MECHANICAL PROPERTIES; DENSE MATERIAL
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E; A8140L; A8140J; A8160D; A6220F; A6220D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 60
-A-
 1281864 A84065739, B84036361
-W-
 STATIC AND DYNAMIC VOLT-AMPERE CHARACTERISTICS OF
 ELECTROLYTE-NITRIDE-OXIDE-SILICON SYSTEMS
 SHIRSHOV, YU.M.; NABOK, A.V.
 OPTOELEKTRON. AND POLUPROVODN. TEKH. (USSR) NO.4 46-50 1983
 -CODEN-
 OPTEDV
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN (8 Refs)
 MEASUREMENT OF THE STATIC VOLT-AMPERE CHARACTERISTICS OF A SI-SIO/SUB
 2/-SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ SYSTEM IN AQUEOUS AND NONAQUEOUS ELECTROLYTES SHOWS
 THAT THE AREA OF HIGH POLARISABILITY OF THE
 ELECTROLYTE-NITRIDE-OXIDE-SILICON (ENOS) SYSTEM IS LIMITED BY THE CATHODIC
 HYDROGEN REDUCTION POTENTIAL. THE PASSING OF A CATHODE CURRENT IN THE ENOS
 SYSTEM IS ACCOMPANIED BY ADSORPTION OF HYDROGEN IN THE MICROPORES OF THE
 DIELECTRIC, WHICH MAY BE DISORBED DURING ANODIC POLARISATION. USE OF THE
 DYNAMIC VOLT-AMPERE CHARACTERISTIC METHOD MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO DETERMINE THE
 MAGNITUDE AND CENTROID OF THE CHARGE CAPTURED IN THE SILICON NITRIDE.
-Desc-
 SEMICONDUCTOR-INSULATOR BOUNDARIES; SEMICONDUCTOR-ELECTROLY- TE BOUNDARIES;
 SILICON; ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTORS; SILICON COMPOUNDS; ABSORPTION; DIELECTRIC
 POLARISATION; DESORPTION
-Ident-
 SI/SIO/SUB 2//SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4//ELECTROLYTE SYSTEM; DESORPTION; AQUEOUS
 ELECTROLYTE; H ADSORPTION; SEMICONDUCTOR; CATHODIC H REDUCTION POTENTIAL;
 DYNAMIC VOLT-AMPERE CHARACTERISTICS; STATIC VOLT-AMPERE CHARACTERISTICS;
 NONAQUEOUS ELECTROLYTES; HIGH POLARISABILITY; CATHODE CURRENT; MICROPORES;
 DIELECTRIC; ANODIC POLARISATION
 Class Codes: A7340M; A7340Q; A6845D; A7730; B2530N; B2530F; B2520C
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 61
-A-
 1271473 A84065562
-W-
 REACTIONS OF NO WITH THE SI (111) (7*7) SURFACE: EELS, LEED AND AESTUDIES
 NISHIJIMA, M.; KOBAYASHI, H.; EDAMOTO, K.; ONCHI, M.
 DEPT. OF CHEM., KYOTO UNIV., KYOTO, JAPAN
 SURF. SCI. (NETHERLANDS) VOL.137, NO.2-3 473-90 FEB. 1984
 -CODEN-
 SUSCAS
-ISSN-
 0039-6028
 USCCC Code: 0039-6028/84/$03.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (29 Refs)
 HIGH-RESOLUTION VIBRATIONAL ELECTRON ENERGY LOSS SPECTROSCOPY, LOW-ENERGY
 ELECTRON DIFFRACTION AND AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY ARE USED TO STUDY THE
 REACTIONS OF NO WITH THE SI (111) (7*7) SURFACE. AT 300K, NO IS ADSORBED
 DISSOCIATIVELY ON THE (7*7) SURFACE IN THE DISORDERED STRUCTURE. THE N AND O
 ATOMS ARE CHEMISORBED IN THE O?-TOP SITES FORMING THE SI-N AND SI-O SINGLE
 BONDS WHICH ARE CHARACTERIZED BY THE VIBRATIONAL LOSSES AT 118-125 AND
 100-105 MEV, RESPECTIVELY. THE MAXIMUM FRACTIONAL COVERAGES OF N AND O ATOMS
 ARE BOTH THETA=0.5. BY HEATING THE NO-SATURATED SURFACE AT 1150-1300K, THE
 ADSORBED OXYGEN IS REMOVED FROM THE SURFACE AND THE N-COVERED SURFACE IS
 RECONSTRUCTED TO FORM THE ' (8*8)'-N STRUCTURE WHICH IS CHARACTERIZED BY THE
 LOSSES AT 91 AND 120 MEV. THIS STRUCTURE IS PROPOSED TO ARISE FROM THE
 OVERLAYER IN WHICH EACH N ATOM IS BONDED TO THREE SI ATOMS WITH THE SP/SUB
 3/-LIKE BONDS FORMING A HEXAGONAL LATTICE WITH UNIT MESH VECTORS OF 8/11
 TIMES THOSE OF THE UNRECONSTRUCTED SI (111) SURFACE. AS THIS SURFACE IS
 FURTHER HEATED AT 1300-1350K, THE 'QUADRUPLET' STRUCTURE WHICH IS
 CHARACTERIZED BY THE LOSSES AT 61 AND 120 MEV IS FORMED. IT IS PROPOSED THAT
 THIS STRUCTURE HAS PLANAR GEOMETRY WITH EACH N ATOM BONDED TO THREE SI ATOS
 FORMING THE SP/SUP 2/-LIKE BONDS. THE SI-N BOND LENGTH IS ESTIMATED TO BE
 =1.7 AA. THE LOCAL STRUCTURE OF THE QADRUPLET SURFACE IS VERY SIMILAR TO
 THAT OF THE BULK SILICON NITRIDE (SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/).
-Desc-
 SILICON; ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTORS; ADSORPTION; ELECTRON ENERGY LOSS SPECTRA;
 LOW ENERGY ELECTRON DIFFRACTION; AUGER EFFECT; SURFACE CHEMISTRY; CRYSTAL
 SURFACE AND INTERFACE VIBRATIONS; NITROGEN COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 HIGH RESOLUTION VIBRATIONAL EELS; (7*7) SI (111) SURFACE; SEMICONDUCTOR;
 DISSOCIATIVE ADSORPTION; SURFACE RECONSTRUCTION; NO; LEED; AES; REACTIONS;
 DISORDERED STRUCTURE; MAXIMUM FRACTIONAL COVERAGES; HEXAGONAL LATTICE;
 QUADRUPLET SURFACE
 Class Codes: A6845D; A6830; A7920K; A8265M; A8265J
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 62
-A-
 1260145 A84062099
-W-
 THE IMPROVED CORROSION RESISTANCE OF STEEL IN WATER AFTER ABRASIVE BLASTING
 WITH ALUMINA
 LEIDHEISER, H., JR.; MUSIC, S.; MCINTYRE, J.F.
 DEPT. OF CHEM. AND CENTER FOR SURFACE AND COATINGS RES., LEHIGH UNIV.,
 BETHLEHEM, PA, USA
 CORROS. SCI. (GB) VOL.24, NO.3 197-208 1984
 -CODEN-
 CRRSAA
-ISSN-
 0010-938X
 USCCC Code: 0010-938X/84$3.00+0.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (10 Refs)
 POLARIZED RESISTANCE STUDIES AND CATHODIC DELAMINATIONS STUDIES PROVIDE
 EVIDENCE THAT STEEL ABRASIVELY BLASTED WITH ALUMINA EXHIBITS A LOWER INITIAL
 RATE OF CORROSION IN DISTILLED WATER THAN SIMILAR STEELS BLASTED WITH STEEL
 GRIT OR ABRADED WITH SILICON CARBIDE PAP.. AUGER SPECTROSCOPY AND ELECTRON
 MICROPROBE ANALYSIS REVEALED THE PRESENCE OF SIGNIFICANT ALUMINIUM ON THE
 SURFACE, LARGELY IN THE FORM OF EMBEDDED PARTICLES BUT POSSIBLY ALSO AS A
 CONSTITUENT OF THE OXIDE FILM. NON-METALLIC ABRASIVE BLASTING MAY HAVE
 APPLICATION IN THE CHEMICAL MODIFICATION OF METAL SURFACES.
-Desc-
 CORROSION PROTECTION; AUGER EFFECT; ELECTRON PROBE ANALYSIS STEEL; ALUMINA
-Ident-
 SURFACE CHEMICAL MODIFICATION; POLARISATION RESISTANCE; AL/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/
 ABRASIVE BLASTED STEEL; CORROSION RESISTANCE; WATER; ABRASIVE BLASTING;
 CATHODIC DELAMINATIONS; AUGER SPECTROSCOPY; ELECTRON MICROPROBE ANALYSIS
 CLass Codes: A8160B
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 63
-A-
 1260112 A84062059
-W-
 EFFECTS OF OXIDATION UPON FLAW POPULATIONS OF REACTION BONDE SILICON
 NITRIDE
 LAMON, J.; BOUSSUGE, M.
 ECOLE NAT. SUPERIEURE DES MINES DE PARIS, EVRY, FRANCE
 VINCENZII, P. (Editors)
 SCIENCE OF CERAMICS. PROCEEDINGS OF THE TWELFTH INTERNATIONAL CONF.
 621-7 1984
 27-30 JUNE 1983 SAINT-VINCENT, ITALY
 Publ: CERAMURGICA, ITALY
 XVI+770 pp.
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (10 Refs)
 A DIVERSE SPAN BENDING TECHNIQUE HAS BEEN USED FOR THE DETERMINATION OF THE
 ROOM TEMPERATURE STRENGTH DISTRIBUTIONS OF A RBSN AFTER OXIDATION AT 1200
 DEGREESC. A MULTIAXIAL APPROACH OF FRACTURE THEN PERMITTED TO DETERMINE THE
 STATISTICAL PARAMETERS OF THE INTERNAL FRACTURE INDUCING FLAW POPULATIONS.
 THESE INTERNAL FLAW POPULATIONS WERE TRANSIENT IN NATURE, AND HAVE BEEN
 SHOWN TO EXERT A MAJOR INFLUENCE ON THE ROOM TEMPERATURE STRENGTH OF RBSN.
-Desc-
 CERAMICS; SILICON COMPOUNDS; OXIDATION; FRACTURE; BENDING STRENGTH; CRACKS
-Ident-
 REACTION BONDED SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; CERAMICS; OXIDATION; BENDING TECHNIQUE;
 RBSN; FRACTURE; INTERNAL FLAW POPULATIONS; ROOM TEMPERATURE STRENGTH
 Class Codes: A8140N; A6220M; A8160D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 64
-A-
 1259963 A84061908
-W-
 DEVELOPMENT OF REACTION-BONDED SILICON CARBIDE (SISIC) CERAMICS
 GYARMAT, E.; GUPTA, A.K.
 Issued by: KERNFORSCHUNGSANLAGE, JULICH, GERMANY;
 OCT. 1983
 57 pp.
-ReptNo-
 JUL-1873
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 REPORT
-Lang-
 GERMAN (34 Refs)
 THE PRESENT STUDY INITIALLY DEALS WITH VARIOUS METHODS OF SIC PRODUCTION. IN
 PARTICULAR, THE METHOD FOR PRODUCING REACTION-BONDED SILICON CARBIDE (SISIC)
 IS DESCRIBED. CONNECTIONS ARE DERIVED AND DISCUSSED BETWEEN THE DIFFERENT
 DENSITIES OF THE PRELIMINARY AND FINAL PRODUCTS. GREEN BODIES WERE
 FABRICATED ACCORDING TO THREE TYPES OF INGREDIENTS SHOWING CLEAR DIFFERENCES
 MAINLY IN BENDING STRENGTH AT ROOM TEMPERATURE AFTER SILICONIZING BY THE
 IMMERSION METHOD. THE MOST FAVOURABLE PRODUCTION PARAMETERS SIGMA>/SUB
 B/=336 MPA AND RHO>/SUB B/=3.01 G/CM/SUP 3/ WERE FOUND; HOWEVER, PEAK VALUES
 OF UP TO SIGMA=442 MPA AND RHO=3.10 G/CM/SUP 3/ WERE ACHIEVED. THE MEASURED
 PROPERTY VALUES WERE CORRELATED AND INTERPRETED WITH THE AID OF
 STEREOMETRICALLY QUANTIFIED PHASES.
-Desc-
 CERAMICS; SILICON COMPOUNDS; DENSIFICATION; POWDER TECHNOLOGY; BENDING
 STRENGTH
-Ident-
 GREEN BODIES; PRODUCTION METHODS; CERAMICS; SIC PRODUCTION; REACTION-BONDED;
 DENSITIES; BENDING STRENGTH; ROOM TEMPERATURE; SILICONIZING; IMMERSION
 METHOD; PRODUCTION PARAMETERS
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 65
-A-
 1259128 A84060896
-W-
 CRYSTAL-CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF THE POLYTYPES OF SILICON CARBIDE
 SOROKIN, N.D.; TAIROV, YU. M.; TSVETKOV, V.F.; CHERNOV, M.A.
 LENINGRAD ELECTROTECH. INST., LENINGRAD, USSR
 KRISTALLOGRAFIYA (USSR) VOL.28, NO.5 910-14 SEPT.-OCT. 1983
 -CODEN-
 KRISAJ
-ISSN-
 0023-761
 Trans in: SOV. PHYS.-CRYSTALLOGR. (USA) VOL.28, NO.5 539-42 SEPT.-OCT. 1983
 -CODEN-
 SPHCA6
-ISSN-
 00385638
 USCCC Code: 0038-5638/83/050539-04$03.90
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (20 Refs)
 THE AUTHORS HAVE MADE A COMBINED INVESTIGATION OF THE CRYSTAL-CHEMICAL
 PROPERTIES OF SINGLE CRYSTALS OF THE POLYTYPES OF SIC, GROWN BY SUBLIMATION
 AT 2600 DEGREESC. ON THE SAME CRYSTALS THEY DETERMINE THE EFFECTIVE CHARGE
 ON THE SILICON ATOMS, THE COMPOSITION, THE LATTICE PARAMETERS, AND THE
 DENSITY. THEY ESTABLISH HOW THESE DEPEND ON THE DEGREE OF HEXAGONALITY. THEY
 SHOW THAT THE CRYSTALS HAVE A NONSTOICHIOMETRIC COMPOSITION; THE PREDOMINANT
 DEFECTS ARE VACANCIES.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; POLYMORPHISM; CRYSTAL CHEMISTRY; CRYSTAL ATOMIC STRUCTURE
 OF INORGANIC COMPOUNDS; CHEMICAL ANALYSIS; DENSITY OF SOLIDS VACANCIES
 (CRYSTAL)
-Ident-
 POLYMORPHISM; CRYSTAL CHEMISTRY; MICROANALYSIS; SUBLIMATION GROWTH; X-RAY
 SPECTRA; POLYTYPES; SIC; EFFECTIVE CHARGE; LATTICE PARAMETERS ; DENSITY;
 HEXAGONALITY; NONSTOICHIOMETRIC COMPOSITION; VACANCIES
 Class Codes: A6160; A8280D; A6220; A6170B
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 66
-A-
 1255942 A84057142
-W-
 EFFECTS OF VARIABILITY OF THE BASE POWDER ON THE SINTERING OF BETA-SIC
 WILLIAMS, R.M.; JUTERBOCK, B.N.; PETERS, C.R.; WHALEN, T.J.
 FORD MOTOR CO., DEARBORN, MI, USA
 J. MATER. SCI. LETT. (GB) VOL.3, NO.3 265-7 MARCH 1984
 -CODEN-
 JMTSAS
-ISSN-
 0261-8028
 USCCC Code: 0261-8028/84/$03.00+.12
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (2 Refs)
 CONCERNS THE IMPORTANCE OF USING STARTING POWDERS WITH RIGIDLY CONTROLLED
 CHEMICAL AND CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC COMPOSITION AND PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS. THE
 VARIATIONS OBSERVED IN PHYSICAL PROPERTIES AND IN TEMPERATURES AT WHICH
 PHASE TRANSFORMATIONS OCCUR ARE QUITE SIGNIFICANT COMPARED TO THE RELATIVELY
 SMALL DIFFERENCES IN THE PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF THE STARTING
 POWDERS. A RIGID CONTROL THEREFORE APPEARS TO BE VERY IMPORTANT IN ORDER TO
 OBTAIN A UNIFORM, REPRODUCIBLE SINTERABLE SIC POWDER.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; SINTERING; POWDER TECHNOLOGY; CERAMICS
-Ident-
 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION; BASE POWDER; SINTERING; BETA-SIC; CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC
 COMPOSITION
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 67
-A-
 1247763 A84050693, B84023909
-W-
 PLASMA ENHANCED DEPOSITION OF 'SILICON NITRIDE' FOR USE AS AN ENCAPSULANT
 FOR SILICON ION-IMPLANTED GALLIUM ARSENIDE
 BARTL, D.C.; ANDREWS, D.C.; GRANGE, J.D.; HARRIS, P.G.; TRIGG, A.D.;
 WICKENDEN, D.K.
 GEC RES. LABS., HIRST RES. CENTRE, WEMBLEY, ENGLAND
 VACUUM (GB) VOL.34, NO.1-2 315-20 JAN.-FEB. 1984
 -CODEN-
 VACUAV
-ISSN-
 0042-207X
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 3RD INTERNATIONAL CONF. ON LOW ENERGY ION BEAMS
 28-31 MARCH 1983 LOUGHBOROUGH, ENGLAND
 USCCC Code: 0042-207X/84$3.00+.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (17 Refs)
 SILICON NITRIDE FILMS HAVE BEEN PRODUCED BY PLASMA ENHANCED CHEMICAL VAPOUR
 DEPOSITION USNG SILANE AND AMMONIA AS THE REACTANT GASES IN A PLASMA-THERM
 PK1250PD MACHINE. THE COMPOSITIONS OF THE FILES HAVE BEEN INVESTIGATED AS A
 FUNCTION OF THE SILANE TO AMMONIA FLOW RATE RATIO USED FOR DEPOSITION, USING
 INFRA-RED TRANSMISSION AND AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPIES. THESE TECHNIQUES
 INDICATED THAT THE PLASMA DEPOSITED FILMS WERE SILICON-RICH AND CONTAINED
 HYDROGEN. THE OXYGEN CONTENT OF THE FILMS WAS BELOW THE DETECTION LIMIT OF
 AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY IMPLYING THAT IT WAS LESS THAN 1PERCENT .
 SILICON ION-IMPLANTED SEMI-INSULATING GALLIUM ARSENIDE HAS BEEN ANNEALED
 USING AN APPROXIMATELY 100 AA THICK FILM OF PLASMA DEPOSITED SILICON NITRIDE
 AS AN ENCAPSULANT. THIS CAPPED ANNEALING TECHNIQUE HAS ACHIEVED 70PERCENT
 ACTIVATIONS OF 4*10/SUP 12/ CM/SUP -2/, 200 KEV SILICON IMPLANTS WITH SHEET
 HALL MOBILITIES OF 4000 CM/SUP 2/ V/SUP -1/S/SUP -1/ AT ROOM TEMPERATURE.
 FREE CARRIER CONCENTCATION AND HALL MOBILITY PROFILES ARE PRESENTED.
 UNIMPLANTED SEMI-INSULATING GALLIUM ARSENIDE SAMPLES HAVE ALSO BEEN CAPPED
 ANNEALED IN THE SAME MANNER AND MAINTAINED A SHEET RESISTIVITY OF GREATER
 THAN 10/SUP 7/ OMEGA/SQUIRE AFTER ANNEALING.
-Desc-
 PLASMA DEPOSITED COATINGS; ANNEALING; HALL EFFECT; AUGER EFFECT; INFRARED
 SPECTRA OF INORGANIC SOLIDS; ENCAPSULATION; SILICON COMPOUNDS; III-V
 SEMICONDUCTORS; GALLIUM ARSENIDE; ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY OF CRYSTALLINE
 SEMICONDUCTORS AND INSULATORS; SILICON; ANNEALING; HALL EFFECT; SILICON;
 CARRIER DENSITY
-Ident-
 IR TRANSMISSION SPECTROSCOPY; FREE CARRIER CONCENTRATION; ENCAPSULATION;
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ FILM; III-V SEMICONDUCTORS; PLASMA ENHANCED CHEMICAL
 VAPOUR DEPOSITION; SILANE; PLASMA-THERM PK1250PD MACHINE AMMONIA FLOW RATE;
 AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPIES; PLASMA DEPOSITED FILMS; CAPPED ANNEALING
 TECHNIQUE; SHEET HALL MOBILITIES; HALL MOBILITY PROFILES; SHEET RESISTIVITY;
 ANNEALING
 Class Codes: A6855; A8115J; A7220M; A7220J; A7?30G; A7280E; B0520F; B0170J;
 B2520D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 68
-A-
 1243080 A84051586
-W-
 SILICON CARBIDE FIBRES AND THEIR POTENTIAL FOR USE IN COMPOSITE MATERIALS.
 II
 WARREN, R.; ANDERSSON, C.-H.
 CHALMERS UNIV. OF TECHNOL., GOTEBORG, SWEDEN
 COMPOSITES (GB) VOL.15, NO.2 101-11 APRIL 1984
 -CODEN-
 CPSOAN
-ISSN-
 0010-4361
 USCCC Code: 0010-4361/84/020101-11$03.00
 Treatment: BIBLIOGRAPHY; GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (67 Refs)
 FOR PT.I SEE IBID. THE CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF SIC TO THE USE OF SIC FIBRES
 AS A REINFORCEMENT IN METAL MATRIX COMPOSITE MATERIALS ARE REVIEWED.
 PARTICULAR ATTENTION IS PAID TO THE OXIDATION OF SIC, AND TO THE INTERACTION
 OF SIC WITH METALS AND ALLOYS WITH RESPECT TO CHEMICAL INTERACTIONS AND
 FIBRE/MATRIX BONDING.
-Desc-
 REVIEWS; PHASE EQUILIBRIUM; OXIDATION; SILICON COMPOUNDS; FIBRE REINFORCED
 COMPOSITES; INTERFACE PHENOMENA; WETTING
-Ident-
 SIC FIBRE REINFORCED COMPOSITES; FIBRE-MATRIX BINDING; OXIDATION RESISTANCE;
 PHASE EQUILIBRIA; WETTABILITY; SIC FIBRES; METAL MATRIX COMPOSITE; CHEMICAL
 INTERACTIONS
 Class Codes: A8120J; A8130D; A0130R
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 69
-A-
 1242961 A84051421
-W-
 ELECTRON AND ION BEAM EFFECTS IN AES AALYSIS OF SILICON NITRIDE THIN FILMS
 VANDEN BERGHE, R.; HINOUL, M.; VLAEMINCK, R.; FRANSEN, F.; VENNIK, J.
 LAB. VOOR KRISTALLOGRAFIE EN STUDIE VAN DE VASTE STOF, RIJKSUNIV. GENT,
 GENT, BELGIUM;
 VIDE LES COUCHES MINCES (FRANCE) VOL.38, NO.215, SUPPL. 189-9 JAN.-FEB.
 1983
 -CODEN-
 VCMIDS
-ISSN-
 0223-4335
 ECOLE D'HIVER SUR LES SPECTROMETRIES D'ELECTRONS ESCA - AUGER. ELECTRONS
 SECONDAIRES PERTES D'ENERGIE (WINTER SCHOOL ON THE ESCA AND AUGER ELECTRON
 SPECTROMETRIES. SECONDARY ELECTRON ENERGY LOSSES) 24-28 JAN. 1983 LES ARCS -
 BOURG SAINT MAURICE, FRANCE
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (2 Refs)
 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITED (APCVD) SILICON NITRIDE FILMS
 AND LOW PRESSURE CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITED (LPCVD) SILICON NITRIDE FILMS
 WERE ANALYSED BY ?ES COMBINED WITH ION PROFILING TECHNIQUES. ION EFFECTS
 WERE STUDIED USING MONOENERGETIC ARGON ION BEAMS OF ENERGIES UP TO 4 KEV,
 EITHER IN POINT IMPACT OR IN SCANNING MODE. IN AN ATTEMPT TO OBSERVE
 PREFERENTIAL SPUTTER EFFECTS WITHOUT INTERFERENCE OF ELECTRON BEAM EFFECT,
 THE ELECTRON BEAM DENSITY WAS REDUCED TO 0.01 A/CM/SUP 2/. THE STEADY-STATE
 PEAK-TO-PEAK (PPH) RATIO SI (LVV)/N (KLL) WAS NOT AFFECTED BY CHANGING THE
 ION ENERGY FROM 2 TO 4 KEV. THEREFORE, IT MY BE CONCLUDED THAT THERE IS
 EITHER NO PREFERENTIAL SPUTTERING IN THE SAMPLES, OR THE PREFERENTIAL
 SPUTTERING EFFECTS ARE THE SAME FOR 2 AND 4 KEV ARGON ION BEAMS.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; INSULATING THIN FILMS; AUGER EFFECT; ION BEAM EFFECTS;
 ELECTRON BEAM EFFECTS; CVD COATINGS; SPUTTERING
-Ident-
 ELECTRON BEAM EFFECTS; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ THIN FILM; CVD LAYER; ION BEAM
 EFFECTS; AES ANALYSIS; ION PROFILING; PREFERENTIAL SPUTTER EFFETS
 Class Codes: A7920F; A6180J; A6180F; A7920N
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 70
-A-
 1242136 A84050402
-W-
 CORRELATION OF TENSILE AND SHEAR STRENGTHS OF METALS WITH THEIR FRICTION
 PROPERTIES
 MIYOSHI, K.; BUCKLEY, D.H.
 LEWIS RES. CENTER, NASA, CLEVELAND, OH, USA
 ASLE TRANS. (USA) VOL.27, NO.1 15-23 JAN. 1984
 -CODEN-
 ASLTA2
-ISSN-
 0569-8197
 Treatment: THEORETICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (29 Refs)
 THE RELATION BETWEEN THE THEORETICAL TENSILE AND THE SHEAR STRENGTHS AND THE
 FRICTION PROPERTIES OF METALS IN CONTACT WITH DIAMOND, BORON NITRIDE,
 SILICON CARBIDE, MANGANESE-ZINC FERRITE, AND THE METALS THEMSELVES IN VACUUM
 WAS INVESTIGATED. THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE ACTUAL SHEAR STRENGTH AND THE
 FRICTION PROPERTIES OF THE METAL WAS ALSO INVESTIGATED. AN ESTIMATE OF THE
 THEORETICAL UNIAXIAL TENSILE STRENGTH WAS OBTAINED IN TERMS OF THE
 EQUILIBRIUM SURFACE ENERGY, INTERPLANAR SPACING OF THE PLANES PERPENDICULAR
 TO THE TENSILE AXIS, AND THE YOUNG'S MODULUS OF ELASTICITY. AN ESTIMATE OF
 THE THEORETICAL SHEAR STRENGTH FOR METALS WAS OBTAINED FROM THE SHEAR
 MODULUS, THE REPEAT DISTANCE OF ATOMS IN THE DIRECTION OF SHEAR OF THE
 METAL, AND THE INTERPLANAR SPACING OF THE SHEAR PLANES. THE COEFFICIENT OF
 FRICTION FOR METALS WAS FOUND TO BE RELATED TO THE THEORETICAL TENSILE,
 THEORETICAL SHEAR, AND ACTUAL SHEAR STRENGTHS OF METALS. THE HIGHER THE
 STRENGTH OF THE METAL, THE LOWER THE COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION.
-Desc-
 METALS; FRICTION; TENSILE STRENGTH; YOUNG'S MODULUS; SHEAR STRENGTH; SHEAR
 MODULUS; SURFACE ENERGY; LATTICE CONSTANTS
-Ident-
 CHEMICAL ACTIVITY; BN; SIC; MN-ZN FERRITE; SHEAR STRENGTHS; FRICTION
 PROPERTIES; METALS; CONTACT; DIAMOND; VACUUM; THEORETICAL UNIAXIAL TENSILE
 STRENGTH; EQUILIBRIUM SURFACE ENERGY; INTERPLANAR SPACING; YOUNG'S MODULUS
 OF ELASTICITY; SHEAR MODULUS; REPEAT DISTANCE OF ATOMS; COEFFICIENT OF
 FRICTION
 Class Codes: A6220F; A8140L; A6220P; A6220D; A8140P; A8140J; A6840
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 71
-A-
 1209016 A84030494
-W-
 VIBRONIC STRUCTURE OF D/SUB 1/ SPECTRA OF IRRADIATED SILICON CARBIDE
 SULEIMANOV, YU.M.; GREKHOV, A.M.; GREKHOV, V.M.
 T.G. SHEVCHENKO STATE UNIV., KIEV, UKRAINIAN SSR
 FIZ. TVERD. TLA (USSR) VOL.25, NO.6 1840-3 JUNE 1983
 -CODEN-
 FTVTAC
-ISSN-
 0367-3294
 Trans in: SOV. PHYS.-SOLID STATE (USA VOL.25, NO.6 1060-1 JUNE 1983
 -CODEN-
 SPSSA7
-ISSN-
 0038-5654
 USCCC Code: 0038-5654/83/061060-02$03.90
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (10 Refs)
 THE AUTHORS' AIM WAS TO MAKE A DETAILED STUDY OF THE VIBRATIONAL STRUCTURE
 OF THE ABSORPTION AND LUMINESCENCE SPECTRA OF D/SUB 1/ CENTERS, WHICH WERE
 OBTAINED WITH A HIGH RESOLUTION AT LOW TEMPERATURES, AS WELL AS TO CHOOSE A
 WORKING MODEL OF THESE CENTERS CONSISTENT WITH THE EXPERIMENTAL DATA. THEY
 PRESENT THE TRANSMISSION SPECTRA AND THE PHOTOLUMINESCENCE SPECTRA OF
 ALPHA-SIC (6H) CRYSTALS BOMBARDED WITH REACTOR NEUTRONS AND HEAT-TREATED.
 THE SPECTRA WERE TAKEN AT TEMPERATURES OF 4.2K AND 77K AT TWO POLARIZATIONS
 OF THE ELECTRIC VECTOR E: E>C AND E>C. THE PARAMETERS OF THE QUASILING
 STRUCTURE OF THESE SPECTRA ARE GIVEN. FOR COMPARISON, THE AUTHORS SHOW
 PORTIONS OF THE ELECTROLUMINESCENCE SPECTRA OF A BETA-SIC CRYSTAL BOMBARDED
 WITH AL/SUP +/ IONS, TAKEN AT 77K IN TWO POLARIZATIONS RELATIVE TO THE
 CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC (111)/SUB C/ AXIS: E> (111)/SUB C/ AND E> (111)/SUB C/. ALL
 OF THE SPECIES WERE OBTAINED ON A DFS-12 SPECTROMETER.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; POINT DEFECTS; NEUTRON EFFECTS; MOLECULAR VIBRATION IN
 SOLIDS; VISIBLE AND ULTRAVIOLET SPECTRA OF INORGANIC SOLIDS; IMPURITY AND
 DEFECT ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF INORGANIC SOLIDS; DEFECT ELECTRON ENERGY
 STATES; PHOTOLUMINESCENCE; LUMINESCENCE OF INORGANIC SOLIDS;
 ELECTROLUMINESCENCE
-Ident-
 SIC; NEUTRON IRRADIATION; HEAT TREATMENT; ABSORPTION SPECTRA ; VIBRONIC
 STRUCTURE; D/SUB 1/ SPECTRA; VIBRATIONAL STRUCTURE; LUMINESCENCE SPECTRA;
 D/SUB 1/ CENTERS; TRANSMISSION SPECTRA; PHOTOLUMINESCENCE SPECTRA QUASILINE
 STRUCTURE; ELECTROLUMINESCENCE SPECTRA
 Class Codes: A7850E; A6180H; A6320; A7155F; A6170B; A7840F; A7855D; A7860F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 72
-A-
 1208990 A84030468
-W-
 FAR-INFRARED ABSORPTION MEASUREMENTS OF GRAPHITE, AMORPHOUS CARBON, AND
 SILICON CARBIDE
 TANABE, .; NAKADA, Y.; KAMIJO, F.; SAKATA, A.
 DEPT. OF ASTRON., UNIV. OF TOKYO, TOKYO, JAPAN
 PUBL. ASTRON. SOC. JPN. (JAPAN) VOL.35, NO.3 397-404 1983
 -CODEN-
 PASJAC
-ISSN-
 0004-6264
 Treatment: THEORETICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (20 Refs)
 THE FAR-INFRARED TRANSMISSION MEASUREMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE AND THE MASS
 ABSORPTION COEFFICIENTS ARE FOUND FOR GRAINS OF GRAPHITE, AMORPHOUS CARBON,
 AND SILICON CARBIDE IN THE WAVELENGTH REGION OF LAMDALAMDA25-250 MUM, AT
 ROOM TEMPERATURE. THE ABSORPTION MEASUREMENT OF SILICON CARBIDE IS THE FIRST
 ONE IN THIS WAVELENGTH REGION. THE MASS ABSORPTION COEFFICIENTS ARE ALL
 FAIRLY WELL APPROXIMATED BY POWER-LAW WAVELENGTH DEPENDENCES. APPLICATION OF
 THE ABSORPTION COEFFICIENTS TO THE DUST CLOUD OF IC+10216 SHOWS THAT THE
 AMORPHOUS CARBON GRAIN IS THE MOST LIKELY CANDIDATE FOR THE CIRCUMSTELLAR
 DUST AND THAT THE ESTIMATED TOTAL MASS OF THE DUST IS 1*10/SUP -4/ M/SUB
 >/.
-Desc-
 GRAPHITE; OPTICAL CONSTANTS; INFRARED SPECTRA OF INORGANIC SOLIDS; INFRARED
 SPECTRA OF INORGANIC SOLIDS; OPTICAL CONSTANTS; AMORPHOUS STATE; CARBON;
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; OPTICAL CONSTANTS; INFRARED SPECTRA OF INORGANIC SOLIDS;
 CIRCUMSTELLAR SHELLS; COSMIC DUST; INFRARED SOURCES (ASTRONOMICAL);
 RADIOSOURCES (ASTRONOMICAL); VARIABLE STARS; GIANT STARS
-Ident-
 CW LEONIS; AFL 1381; IR; AMORPHOUS C; OPTICAL CONSTANT; SIC ; GIANT STAR;
 VARIABLE STAR; RADIO SOURCE; MICRONS 0025 TO 0250; FAR-INFRARED; MASS
 ABSORPTION COEFFICIENTS; GRAINS; GRAPHITE; POWER-LAW WAVELENGTH DEPENDENCES;
 DUST CLOUD; IRC+10216; CIRCUMSTELLAR DUST
 Class Codes: A7830; A7820D; A9720L; A9530; A9730J; A9870L; A9710F; A9870D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 73
-A-
 125034 A84025900, B84008596
-W-
 ION BOMBARDMENT EFFECTS IN PLASMA DEPOSITION OF HYDROGENATED AMORPHOUS
 SILICON CARBIDE FILMS: A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF DC AND RF DISCHARGES
 CATHERINE, Y.; ZAMOUCHE, A.; BULLOT, J.; GAUTHIER, M.
 LB. DE PHYS. CORPUSCULAIRE, UNIV. DE NANTES NANTES, FRANCE
 THIN SOLID FILMS (SWITZERLAND) VOL.109, NO.2 145-58 11 NOV. 1983
 -CODEN-
 THSFAP
-ISSN-
 0040-6090
 USCCC Code: 0040-6090/83/$3.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (39 Refs)
 THE STRUCTURE AND THE PROPERTIES OF HYDROGENATED AMORPHOUS SILICON CARBIDE
 FILMS PRODUCED AT ROOM TEMPERATURE BY DC AND RF GLOW DISCHARGE DECOMPOSITION
 OF SILANE AND ETHYLENE WERE STUDIED WITH A SYSTEMATIC CONTROL OF THE ION
 FLUX AT THE SURFACE OF THE GROWING FILM. THE COMPOSITION AND STRUCTURE OF
 THE FILMS WERE MONITORED BY MEASURING THEIR IR ABSORPTION, THEIR REFRACTIVE
 INDEX AND THEIR OPTICAL GAP. THE ION FLUXES WERE DETERMINED FROM THE
 SATURATION CURRENT OF A SMALL GRID PROBE LOCATED IN THE SUBSTRATE HOLDER. IT
 WAS FOUND THAT DC CATHODIC AND RF FILMS SHOW AN INORGANIC STRUCTURE WITH A
 DISPERSED CARBON PHASE WHILE DC ANODIC FILMS EXHIBIT MAINLY HYDROGENATED
 CARBON CLUSTERS. THESE STRUCTURAL CHANGES ARE THOUGHT TO RESULT FROM
 DIFFERENCES IN THE ENERGIES OF THE BOMBARDING IONS. THE VERSATILITY OF RF
 AND DC PROXIMITY DISCHARGES IN COMPARISON WITH DC DISCHARGES (ANODIC AND
 CATHODIC FILMS) IS ALSO EMPHASIZED.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; PLASMA DEPOSITION; HYDROGEN; AMORPHOUS SEMICONDUCTORS;
 ION BEAM EFFECTS; NONCRYSTALLINE STATE STRUCTURE; INFRARED SPECTRA OF
 INORGANIC SOLIDS; REFRACTIVE INDEX; ENERGY GAP; SEMICONDUCTOR THIN FILMS
-Ident-
 AMORPHOUS SI/SUB X/C/SUB 1-X/: H FILMS; SEMICONDUCTORS; DC DISCHARGES;
 PLASMA DEPOSITION; RF DISCHARGES; STRUCTURE; IR ABSORPTION; REFRACTIVE
 INDEX; OPTICAL GAP
 Class Codes: A8115J; A6855; A6180J; A7820D; A7830G; A7865J; B0520F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 74
-A-
 1193227 A8020104
-W-
 ESCA STUDY OF AMORPHOUS CVD SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/-C COMPOSITES
 GOTO, T.; ITOH, F.; SUZUKI, K.; HIRAI, T.
 RES. INST. FOR IRON, STEEL AND OTHER METALS, TOHOKU UNIV., SENDAI, JAPAN
 J. MATER. SCI. LETT. (GB) VOL.2, NO.1 805-7 DEC. 1983
 -CODEN-
 JMTSAS
-ISSN-
 0261-8028
 USCCC Code: 0261-8028/83$03.00+.12
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (18 Refs)
 THE AUTHORS HAVE USED ESCA TO EXAMINE THE BONDING CHARACTERISTICS OF
 AMORPHOUS CVD SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/-C. IT IS CONCLUDED THAT THEY ARE SIMILAR TO
 THOSE OF AMORPHOUS CVD SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; COMPOSITE MATERIALS; CARBON; AMORPHOUS STATE;
 NONCRYSTALLINE STATE STRUCTURE; BINDING ENERGY; ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY;
 CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION; CERAMICS
-Ident-
 BINDING ENERGY; AMORPHOUS CVD COMPOSITE; ESCA; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/-C
 COMPOSITES; BONDING CHARACTERISTICS
 Class Codes: A6140; A8115H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 75
-A-
 1184328 A84012032, B84005201
-W-
 MICROELECTRONIC THIN FILM DEPOSITION BY ULTRAVIOLET LASER PHOTOLYSIS
 BOYER, P.K.; MOORE, C.A.; SOLANKI, R.; RITCHIE, WK.; ROCHE, G.A.; COLLINS,
 G.J.
 DEPT. OF ELECTRICAL ENGNG., COLORADO STATE UNIV., FORT COLLINS, CO, USA
 PROC. SPIE INT. SOC. OPT. ENG. (USA) VOL.385 120-6 1983
 -CODEN-
 PSISDG
-ISSN-
 0277-786X
 LASER PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES 18-19 JAN. 1983 LOS ANGELES, CA,
 USA
 Treatment: APPLIC; GENERAL, REVIEW; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (8 Refs)
 AN EXCIMER LASER IS USED TO PHOTOCHEMICALLY DEPOSIT THIN FILMS OF SILICON
 DIOXIDE, SILICON NITRIDE, ALUMINIUM OXIDE, AND ZINC OXIDE AT LOW
 TEMPERATURES (100-350 DEGREESC). DEPOSITION RATES IN EXCESS OF 3000 AA/MIN
 AND CONFORMAL COVERAGE OVER VERTICAL WALLED STEPS WERE DEMOSTRATED. THE
 FILMS EXHIBIT LOW DEFECT DENSITY AND HIGH BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE AND HAVE BEEN
 CHARACTERIZED USING IR SPECTROPHOTOMETRY, AES, AND C-V ANALYSIS. DEVICE
 COMPATIBILITY HAS BEEN STUDIED BY USING PHOTODEPOSITED FILMS AS INTERLAYER
 DIELECTRICS, DIFFUSION MASKS, AND PASSIVATION LAYERS IN PRODUCTION CMOS
 DEVICES. ADDITIONALLY, THE AUTHORS HAVE DEPOSITED METALLIC FILMS OF AL, MO,
 W, AND CR OVER LARGE (>5 CM/SUP 2/) AREAS USING UV PHOTODISSOCIATION OF
 TRIMETHYLALUMINUM AND THE REFRACTORY ETAL HEXACARBONYLS. BOTH SHINY METALLIC
 FILMS AS WELL AS BLACK PARTICULATE FILMS WERE OBTAINED DEPENDING ON THE
 DEPOSITION GEOMETRY. THE DEPOSITIONS WERE MADE AT ROOM TEMPERATURE OVER
 PYREX AND QUARTZ PLATES AS WELL AS SILICON WAFERS. THEY HAVE EXAMINED THE
 RESISTIVITY, ADHESION, STRESS AND STEP COVERAGE OF THESE FILMS.
-Desc-
 PROTOLYSIS; SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNOLOGY; PASSIVATION; DIELECTRIC THIN FILMS;
 DIELECTRIC THIN FILMS; DIELECTRIC THIN FILMS; DIELECTRIC THIN FILMS; FIELD
 EFFECT INTEGRATED CIRCUITS; METALLISATION; METALLISATION; METALLISATION;
 METALLISATION; ALUMINIUM; MOLYBDENUM; TUNGSTEN; CHROMIUM; SILICON COMPOUNDS;
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; ZINC COMPOUND; ALUMINA; LASER BEAM APPLICATIONS
-Ident-
 MICROELECTRONICS; LSI; SIO/SUB 2/; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; AL/SUB 2/O SUB 3/; LOW
 TEMPERATURE DEPOSITION; LASER APPLICATIONS; ZNO; THIN FILM DEPOSITION;
 ULTRAVIOLET LASER PHOTOLYSIS; EXCIMER LASER; PHOTOCHEMICALLY DEPOSIT THIN
 FILMS; CONFORMAL COVERAGE; LOW DEFECT DENSITY; HIGH BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE; IR
 SPECTROPHOTOMETRY; AES; C-V ANALYSIS; PHOTODEPOSITED FILMS; INTERLAYER
 DIELECTRICS; DIFFUSION MASKS; PASSIVATION LAYERS; PRODUCTION CMOS DEVICES;
 METALLIC FILMS; AL; MO; W; CR; UV PHOTODISSOCIATION; TRIMETHYLALUMINUM;
 REFRACTORY METAL HEXACARBONYLS; SHINY METALLIC FILMS; BLACK PARTICULATE
 FILMS; DEPOSITION GEOMETRY; RESISTIVITY; ADHESION; STRESS ; STEP COVERAGE
 Class Codes: A8115H; A7360D; A8160; A8250; B2550E; B2550F; B0520F; B4360
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 76
-A-
 1176005 A84007603
-W-
 RF-SPUTTERED SILICON AND HAFNIUM NITRIDES: PROPERTIES AND ADHESION TO 440C
 STAINLESS STEEL
 GILL, A.; ARON, P.R.
 BEN GURION UNIV. OF THE NEGEV, BEER-SHEVA, ISRAEL
 THIN SOLID FILMS (SWITZERLAND) VOL.108 NO.2 173-80 14 OCT. 1983
 -CODEN-
 THSFAP
-ISSN-
 0040-6090
 USCCC Code: 0040-6090/83/$3.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (17 Refs)
 SILICON NITRIDE AND HAFNIUM NITRIDE COATINGS WERE DEPOSITED BY REACTIVE RF
 SPUTTERING ONTO OXIDIZED AND UNOXIDIZED 440C STAINLESS STEEL SUBSTRATES. THE
 COATINGS AND THE INTERFACE BETWEEN THE COATING AND THE SUBSTRATE WERE
 INVESTIGATED BY X-RAY DIFFRACTOMETRY, SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPY AND AUGER
 ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY. THE KNOOP MICROHARDNESS WAS MEASURED TOGETHER WITH
 THE FRICTION COEFFICIENT BETWEEN A 440C RIDER AND THE COATINGS. SCRATCH TEST
 RESULTS DEMONSTRATE THAT THE ADHESION OF HAFNIUM NITRIDE TO BOTH OXIDIZED
 AND UNOXIDIZED 440C IS SUPERIOR TO THAT OF SILICON NITRIDE. OXIDIZED 440C IS
 FOUND TO HAVE INCREASED ADHESION, TO BOTH NITRIDES COMPARED WITH THAT OF
 UNOXIDIZED 40C.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; SPUTTERED COATINGS; INTERFACE STRUCTURE; SURFACE
 STRUCTURE; X-RAY DIFFRACTION EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS; SCANNING ELECTRON
 MICROSCOPE EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS; AUGER EFFECT; HARDNESS; FRICTION;
 ADHESION; HAFNIUM COMPOUNDS; SPUTTERED COATINGS; INTERFACE STRUCTURE;
 SURFACE STRUCTURE; X-RAY DIFFRACTION EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS; SCANNING
 ELECTRON MICROSCOPE EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS; AUGER EFFECT; HARDNESS;
 FRICTION; ADHESION
-Ident-
 SCRATCH TESTS; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; HFN COATING; ADHESION; 440C STAINLESS
 STEEL; REACTIVE RF SPUTTERING; X-RAY DIFFRACTOMETRY; SCANNING ELECTRON
 MICROSCOPY; AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY; KNOOP MICROHARDNESS; FRICTION
 COEFFICIENT
 Class Codes: A8140P; A8160B; A6820; A6848; A8140N; A6220P; A6220M
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 77
-A-
 1149340 A83115034
-W-
 PREPARATION OF MNCO/SUB 2/O/SUB 4/ BY A WET METHOD AND ITS METAL ION
 DISTRIBUTION
 YAMAMOTO, N.; HIGASHI, S.; KAWANO, S.; ACHIWA, N.
 DEPT. OF CHEM., SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCI., KYOTO UNIV., KYOTO, JAPAN
 J. MATER. SCI. LETT. (GB) VOL.2, NO.9 525-6 SEPT. 1983
 -CODEN-
 JMTSAS
-ISSN-
 0261-8028
 USCCC Code: 0261-8028/83$03.00+.12
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (4 Refs)
 THE AUTHORS REPORT A NEW PREPARATION METHOD FOR THE CUBIC SPINEL MNCO/SUB
 2/O/SUB 4/. THE METHOD INVOLVES SYNTHESIS BY DIRECT PRECIPITATION FROM AN
 ALKALINE WATER SOLUTION CONTAINING CO/SUP 2+/ AND MN/SUP 2+/ CATIONS AT LOW
 TEMPERATURE. THE METHOD PRODUCES REMARKABLE DIFFERENCES IN METAL ION
 DISTRIBUTION BETWEEN A AND B SITES OF THE SPINEL LATTICE.
-Desc-
 CRYSTAL GROWTH FROM SOLUTION; PRECIPITATION (PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY);
 CRYSTALLISATION; CERAMICS; CRYSTAL ATOMIC STRUCTURE OF INORGANIC COMPOUNDS;
 FERRIMAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF SUBSTANCES; NEUTRON DIFFRACTION EXAMINATION OF
 MATERIALS; MANGANESE COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 POWDER X-RAY DIFFRACTION; NEUTRON DIFFRACTION; CURIE TEMPERATURE; MNCO/SUB
 2/O/SUB 4/; WET METHOD; PREPARATION METHOD; CUBIC SPINAL; SYNTHESIS; DIRECT
 PRECIPITATION; ALKALINE WATER SOLUTION; METAL ION DISTRIBUTION
 Class Codes: A8110D; A8120L; A6160; A7550G
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 78
-A-
 1141302 A83105981
-W-
 TESTING AND EVALUATION OF SOLIDIFIED HIGH-LEVEL WASTE FORMS
 DE BATIST, R.
 Issued by: COMM. EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES, LUXEMBOURG;
 1983
 123 pp.
-ReptNo-
 EUR 8424 EN
 TReatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 REPORT
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Contract No.: 121-80-53 WASUK/122-80-53 WASD/123?80-55 WASF/124-80-55
 WASB/125-80-55 WASN/232-81-53 WASD/268-81-55 WASF (23 Refs)
 DESCRIBES THE WORK CARRIED OUT DURING THE PERIOD 1980-81 ON THE
 CHARACTERISATION AND EVALUATION OF SEVERAL SOLIDIFIED HIGH LEVEL WASTE FORMS
 SUGGESTED AS EXAMPLES BY MEMBER COUNTRIES OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITY. IN
 ADDITION TO BOROSILICATE GLASSES AND A GLASS CERAMIC INVESTIGATED DURING THE
 PRECEDING PROGRAMME OF THE EUROPEAN ATOMIC ENERGY COMMUNITY AND WHICH ARE
 BEING FURTHER STUDIED, TWO NEW BOROSILICATE GLASS COMPOSITIONS HAVE BEEN
 INTRODUCED. THE CHEMICAL STABILITY OF THESE WASTE FORMS, IN PARTICULAR WITH
 RESPECT TO GEOLOGICAL DISPOSAL CONDITIONS, IS EXAMINED AS WELL AS EFFECTS OF
 ALPHA-RADIATION AND OF DEVITRIFICATION. LEACHING STUDIES ARE ALSO
 DISCUSSED.
-Desc-
 RADIOACTIVE WASTE; WASTE DISPOSAL; BOROSILICATE GLASSES; CERAMICS;
 CORROSION; RADIATION EFFECTS
-Ident-
 LEACHING; CHARACTERISITION; EVALUATION; SOLIDIFIED HIGH LEVEL WASTE FORMS;
 BOROSILICATE GLASSES; GLASS CERAMIC; CHEMICAL STABILITY GEOLOGICAL DISPOSAL
 CONDITIONS; ALPHA-RADIATION; DEVITRIFICATION
 Class Codes: A2842K; A6180; A8160F; A8160D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 79
-A-
 1136544 A83103064, B83053456
-W-
 LASER PHOTOLYTIC DEPOSITION OF THIN FILMS
 BOYER, P.K.; MOORE, C.A.; SOLANKI, R.; RITCHIE, W.K.; ROCHE, G.A.; COLLINS,
 G.J.
 DEPT. OF ELECTRICAL ENGNG., COLORADO STATE UNIV., FORT COLLINS, CO, USA
 OSGOOD, R.M.; BRUECK, S.R.J.; SCHLOSSBERG, H.R. (Editors)
 Sponsor: AIR FORCE OFFICE SCI. RES
 LASER DIAGNOSTICS AND PHOTOCHEMICAL PROCESSING FOR SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES.
 PROCEEDINGS OF A SYMPOSIUM 119-27 1983
 NOV. 1982 BOSTON, MA, USA
 Publ: NORTH-HOLLAND, NEW YORK, USA
 XIII+298 pp. ISBN 0 444 00782 2
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (8 Refs)
 AN EXCIMER LASER IS USED TO PHOTOCHEMICALLY DEPOSIT THIN FILMS OF SILICON
 DIOXIDE, SILICON NITRIDE, ALUMINIUM OXIDE, AND ZINC OXIDE A LOW TEMPERATURES
 (100-350 DEGREESC). DEPOSITION RATES IN EXCESS OF 3000 AA/MIN AND CONFORMAL
 COVERAGE OVER VERTICAL WALLED STEPS WERE DEMONSTRATED. THE FILMS EXHIBIT LOW
 DEFECT DENSITY AND HIGH BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE AND HAVE BEEN CHARACTERIZED USING
 IR SPECTROPHOTOMETRY, AES, AND C-V ANALYSIS. DEVICE COMPATIBILITY HAS BEEN
 STUDIED BY USING PHOTODEPOSITED FILMS AS INTERLAYER DIELECTRICS, DIFFUSION
 MASKS, AND PASSIVATION LAYERS IN PRODUCTION CMOS DEVICES. ADDITIONALLY, THE
 AUTHORS HAVE DEPOSITED METALLIC FILMS OF AL, MO, W, AND CR OVER LARGE (>5
 CM/SUP 2/) AREAS USING UV PHOTODISSOCIATION OF TRIMETHYL LUMINIUM AND THE
 REFRACTORY METAL HEXACARBONYLS. BOTH SHINY METALLIC FILMS AS WELL AS BLACK
 PARTICULATE FILMS WERE OBTAINED DEPENDING ON THE DEPOSITION GEOMETRY. THE
 BLACK FILMS ARE SHOWN TO GROW IN COLUMNAR GRAINS. THE DEPOSITIONS WERE MADE
 AT ROOM TEMPERATURE OVER PYREX AND QUARTZ PLATES AS WELL AS SILICON WAFERS.
 THE AUTHORS HAVE EXAMINED THE RESISTIVITY, ADHESION, STRESS AND STEP
 COVERAGE OF THESE FILMS. THE FILMS EXHIBITED RESISTIVITIES AT MOST =20 TIMES
 THAT OF THE BULK MATERIALS AND TENSILE STRESS NO HIGHER THAN 7*10/SUP 9/
 DYNES/CM/SUP 2/.
-Desc-
 INSULATING THIN FILMS; LASER BEAM APPLICATIONS; CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION;
 CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION; LASER BEAM APPLICATIONS; METALLIC THIN FILMS;
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; SILICON COMPOUNDS; ZINC COMPOUNDS; ALUMINA; ALUMINMUM;
 MOLYBDENUM; TUNGSTEN; CHROMIUM
-Ident-
 LASER PYROLYTIC DEPOSITION; SIO/SUB 2/; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; AL/SUB 2/O/SUB
 3/; ZNO; DEVICE COMPATIBILITY; THIN FILMS; PHOTOCHEMICALLY DEPOSIT; VERTICAL
 WALLED STEPS; LOW DEFECT DENSITY; HIGH BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE IR
 SPECTROPHOTOMETRY; AES; C-V ANALYSIS; PHOTODEPOSITED FILMS; INTERLAYER
 DIELECTRICS; DIFFUSION MASKS; PASSIVATION LAYERS; PRODUCTION CMOS DEVICES;
 METALLIC FILMS; AL; MO; W; CR; UV PHOTODISSOCIATION; BLACK PARTICULATE
 FILMS; COLUMNAR GRAINS; RESISTIVITY; ADHESION; STRESS; STEP COVERAGE;
 TENSILE STRESS
 Class Codes: A8115H; A6855; B0520F; B2550F; B4360
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 80
-A-
 1124073 A83095803
-W-
 XPS STUDY OF GLASSY GRAIN BOUNDARY LAYERS IN DENSE, HIGH-STRENGTH SILICON
 NITRIDE
 BRAUE, W.; DUDEK, H.J.; ZIEGLER, G.
 INST. FUR WERKSTOFF-FORSCHUNG, KOLN, GERMANY
 J. NON-CRYST. SOLIDS (NETHERLANDS) VOL.56, NO.1-3 185-9 JULY 1983
 -CODEN-
 JNCSBJ
-ISSN-
 0022-0093
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE INTERNATIONAL AND VIITH UNIVERSITY CONF. ON GLASS SCIENCE
 13-15 JULY 1983 CLAUSTHAL-ZELLERFELD, GERMANY
 USCCC Code: 0022-3093/83/0000-0000/$03.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (16 Refs)
 X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY (PS) WAS EMPLOYED TO DISCUSS THE CHEMICAL
 AND STRUCTURAL STATE OF THE GLASSY GRAIN BOUNDARY PHASE IN MGO-FLUXE HPSN.
 QUANTITATIVE MEASUREMENTS INDICATE THAT FOR FULLY TRANSFORMED
 MICROSTRUCTURES (BETA-SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/=100PERCENT ), THE MAGNESIUM CONTENT
 OF THE GLASSY PHASE SEEMS TO BE FAIRLY CONSTANT, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE AMOUNT
 OF MGO ADDED. BY MEANS OF THE SI 2P BINDING ENERGIES AND THE MODIFIED AUGER
 PARAMETER ALPHA*/SUB S/, THE STRUCTURAL STATE OF THE GLASSY LAYERS WAS
 PROVED TO HAVE A SILICON OXYNITRIDE CONFIGURATION. MOREOVER, CRYSTALLINE
 MAGNESIUM-RICH PHASES SUCH AS MGSIO/SUB 3/, MG/SUB 2/SIO/SUB 4/ AND
 MGSIN/SUB 2/ HAVE BEEN CHARACTERIZED IN TERMS OF A POSSIBLE CONTRIBUTION TO
 THE INTEGRAL XPS SPECTRUM OF THE HPSN GLASSY LAYER.
-Desc-
 NONCRYSTALLINE STATE STRUCTURE; X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON SPECTRA AUGER EFFECT;
 GRAIN BOUNDARIES; BINDING ENERGY; SILICON COMPOUNDS; MAGNESIUM COMPOUNDS;
 VITREOUS STATE
-Ident-
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; CHEMICAL STATES; MGO-SI SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; OXYNITRIDE
 GLASSES; XPS STUDY; GLASSY GRAIN BOUNDARY LAYERS; STRUCTURAL STATE;
 MICROSTRUCTURES; BINDING ENERGIES; MODIFIED AUGER PARAMETER
 Class Codes: A6140D; A6170N; A7960; A7920F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 81
-A-
 1124072 A83095802
-W-
 OXYNITRIDE GLASSES REPAIRED FROM GELS AND MELTS
 BRINKER, C.J.; HAALAND, D.M.; LOEHMAN, R.E.
 SANDIA NAT. LABS., ALBUQUERQUE, NM, USA
 J. NON-CRYST. SOLIDS (NETHERLANDS) VOL.56, NO.1-3 179-84 JULY 1983
 -CODEN-
 JNCSBJ
-ISSN-
 0022-3093
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE INTERNATIONAL AND VIITH UNIVERSITY CONF. ON GLASS SCIENCE
 13-15 JULY 1983 CLAUSTHAL-ZELLERFELD, GERMANY
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (8 Refs)
 THE STRUCTURES OF GLASSES PREPARED BY MELTING MIXTURES OF ALKALI
 BOROSILICATE GLASS AND SILICON NITRIDE POWDERS AND BY AMMONOLYSIS OF POROUS
 BOROSILICATE GELS WERE STUDIED USING FOURIER TRANSFORM INFRARED SPECTROSCOPY
 AND COMBUSTION ANALYSIS. WHEREAS THERE WAS LITTLE EVIDENCE OF NITRIDE BOND
 FORMATION IN THE MELT PREPARED GLASSES, SI-N AND B-N BONDING WERE OBSERVED
 IN THE GEL-DERIVED GLASSES. IT IS PROPOSED THAT THESE DIFFERENCES OCCUR
 BECAUSE NA/SUB 2O AND B/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/ ARE REDUCED BY SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ IN
 THE MELT TO FORM SIO/SUB 2/+N/SUB 2/+METAL. IN COMPARISON, AMMONOLYSIS OF
 GELS IS A LOW TEMPERATURE PROCESS (<1000 DEGREESC) WHICH OCCURS BY LEWIS
 ACID ADSORPTION AND LEWIS BASE ATTACK ON BRIDGING OXYGEN BONDS.
-Desc-
 GLASS; NONCRYSTALLINE STATE STRUCTURE; BONDS (CHEMICAL); INFRARED SPECTRA OF
 INORGANIC SOLIDS; BOROSILICATE GLASSES
-Ident-
 OXYNITRIDE GLASSES; PREPARATION FROM GELS; PREPARATION FROM MELTS; SI/SUB
 3/N/SUB 4/; STRUCTURES OF GLASSES; ALKALI BOROSILICATE GLASS FOURIER
 TRANSFORM INFRARED SPECTROSCOPY; COMBUSTION ANALYSIS; BOND FORMATION
 Class Codes: A6140D; A7830
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 82
-A-
 1117083 A83092332, B83047876
-W-
 SCANNING ACOUSTIC MICROSCOPY INSIDE CERAMIC SAMPLES
 NONGAILLARD, B.; ROUVAEN, J..; SAISSE, H.
 LAB. OAE, VALENCIENNES, FRANCE
 ASH, E.A.; HILL, C.R. (Editors)
 ACOUSTICAL IMAGING. VOL.12. PROCEEDINGS OF THE TWELFTH INTERNATIONAL
 SYMPOSIUM ON ACOUSTICAL IMAGING 125-35 1982
 19-22 JULY 1982 LONDON, ENGLAND
 Publ: PLENUM, NEW YORK, USA
 XIII+776 pp. ISBN 0 306 41247 0
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (4 Refs)
 FOR A FEW YEARS, NEW MATERIALS HAVE BEEN WORKED OUT TO COMPLY WITH THE
 CONSTRAINTS OF SEVERE OPERATING CONDITIONS. A GOOD EXAMPLE IS FROM THE
 CERAMIC MATERIALS. THEIR MECHANICAL STIFFNESS AND STRENGTH ARE HIGH AND
 THEIR GENERAL PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES MAKE THEM WEAR RESISANT AND
 VERY REFRACTORY. HOWEVER, THESE MATERIALS ARE NOT DUCTILE, SO THAT VERY GOOD
 QUALITY MATERIALS MUST BE PRODUCED AND A GOOD KNOWLEDGE OF THE HARMFULNESS
 OF THE DEFECTS IS REQUIRED. THIS HARMFULNESS IS DEDUCED FROM A COMPARISON OF
 THE ACTUAL DIMENSIONS OF THE DEFECT TO THE CRITICAL LENGTH A/SUB C/ FOR THAT
 DEFECT, CORRESPONDING TO THE FRACTURE OF THE SAMPLE UNDER A KNOWN STRESS
 FIELD SIGMA/SUB R/. THE AUTHORS DETERMINE THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DEFAULT
 PARAMETERS (GEOMETRY, NATURE, SITUATION) BY USING NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING
 METHODS. THE SMALL TOUGHNESS OF CERAMICS LEADS TO PARTICULAR FEATURES FOR
 THE NONDESTRUCTIVE DETECTION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF THEIR INTERNAL DEFECTS.
 THE CERAMIC COMPONENTS ARE OFTEN USED UNDER VERY HIGH STRESS CONDITIONS. THE
 CRITICAL LENGTH OF A DEFECT IS THEN NEARLY EQUAL TO 0.2 MM, ASSUMING A 5 MPA
 VM> VALUE FOR THE CRITICAL STRESS INTENSITY FACTOR K/SUB 1C/.
-Desc-
 CERAMICS; ACOUSTIC MICROSCOPES; CRYSTAL DEFECTS; NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING
-Ident-
 SCANNING ACOUSTIC MICROSCOPY; CERAMIC MATERIALS; DEFECTS; CRITICAL LENGTH;
 STRESS FIELD; NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING; CRITICAL STRESS INTENSITY FACTOR
 Class Codes: A8170; A4385; B0590; B7820
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 83
-A-
 1108505 A83086817
-W-
 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF LPCVD SILICON NITRIDE AND SILICON OXYNITRIDE LAYERS
 KUIPER, A.E.T.; HABRAKEN, F.H.P.M.; VAN OOSTROM, A. TAMMINGA, Y.
 PHILIPS RES. LABS., EINDHOVEN, NETHERLANDS
 PHILIPS J. RES. (NETHERLANDS) VOL.38, NO.1-2 1-18 1983
 -CODEN-
 PHJRD9
-ISSN-
 0165-5817
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (7 Refs)
 THE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF SILICON NITRIDE AND SILICON OXYNITRIDE FILMS, AS
 GROWN BY LOW-PRESSURE CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, CAN BE ESTABLISHED USING
 RUTHERFORD BACKSCATTERING AND AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY. IT IS
 DEMONSTRATED THAT A DEVIATING STOICHIOMETRY AT THE SURFACE OR AT THE
 INTERFACE OF SUCH FILMS CAN READILY BE DETECTED BY THESE TECHNIQUES,
 THEREWITH PROVIDING BOTH USEFUL INFORMATION ABOUT THE PROCESS OF DEPOSITION
 AND A BETTER INSIGHT INTO THE BEHAVIOUR OF THE LAYERS WHEN APPLIED IN A
 DEVICE.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; PARTICLE BACKSCATTERING; AUGER EFFECT; SURFACE STRUCTURE;
 CVD COATINGS; SILICON COMPOUNDS; PARTICLE BACKSCATTERING ; AUGER EFFECT;
 SURFACE STRUCTURE; CVD COATINGS
-Ident-
 LOW PRESSURE CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITED COATINGS; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; SI/SUB
 2/ON/SUB 2/; CHEMICAL COMPOSITION; RUTHERFORD BACKSCATTERING; AUGER ELECTRON
 SPECTROSCOPY; DEVIATING STOICHIOMETRY
 Class Codes: A6855
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 84
-A-
 1101784 B83042649
-W-
 PHOTOCHEMICAL VAPOR DEPOSITION REACTOR
 SOLID STATE TECHNOL. (USA) VOL.25, NO.12 29-30 DEC. 1982
 -CODEN-
 SSTEAP
-ISSN-
 0038-111X
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT OF SUFFICIENT ENERGY IS USED FOR THE DECOMPOSITION OF
 REACTANT GASES IN TYLAN'S PHOTOCHEMICAL CVD REACTOR PVD 1000. UV PHOTONS
 EXCITE THE REACTANT GASES AND ENHANCE THEIR CHEMICAL REACTIVITY. THE PVD
 1000 IS A LOW-PRESSURE, LOW TEMPERATURE PHOTOCHEMICAL VAPOR DEPOSITION
 REACTOR AND CAN DEPOSIT SILICON DIOXIDE AND SILICON NITRIDE FILMS. THE
 REACTOR UTILIZES MERCURY SENSITIZING OF THE RECTANT GASES. THE REACTIONS CAN
 TAKE PLACE AT VERY LOW PROCESS TEMPERATURES. A SLIGHT HEATING (?0 DEGREESC
 TO 200 DEGREESC) OF THE SUBSTRATE ENHANCES THE FILM ADHESION. SINCE THE UV
 PHOTONS DO NOT REACH THE GAS IONIZATION ENERGY, NO CHARGED PARTICLES ARE
 GENERATED WHICH CAN LEAD TO POTENTIAL DEVICE DEGRADATION. THE SYSTEM IN
 EQUIPPED WITH TWIN REACTOR CHAMBERS PERMITTING TOP LOADING AND COMES
 COMPLETE WITH VACUUM PUMP, GAS FLOW CONTROLLERS, FILTERS, HEATERS AND ALL
 NECESSARY CONTROLS FOR TEMPERATURE, GAS FLOW AND REACTOR PRESSURE. THE
 REACTOR IS DESIGNED TO PROVIDE BOTH AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL PROCESS CONTROL.
 THE REACTOR IS DESIGNED PRIMARILY FOR PILOT LINE AND RAND FABRICATION OF
 ADVANCED SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES.
-Desc-
 CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION; SILICON COMPOUNDS; SILICON COMPOUNDS;
 SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNOLOGY
-Ident-
 UV ENHANCED CHEMICAL REACTIVITY; SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNOLOGY; SIO/SUB 2/
 DEPOSITION; CVD; HG SENSITISING; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ DEPOSITION; TYLAN;
 PHOTOCHEMICAL CVD REACTOR; PVD1000; LOW TEMPERATURE PHOTOCHEMICAL VAPOR
 DEPOSITION; TWIN REACTOR CHAMBERS
 Class Codes: B0520F; B2550
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 85
-A-
 1098274 A83082779
-W-
 FUNDAMENTALS OF PREPARING SUSPENSIONS OF SILICON AND RELATED CERAMIC
 POWDERS
 BLEIE, A.
 MIT, CAMBRIDGE, MA, USA
 J. AM. CERAM. SOC. (USA) VOL.66, NO.5 C79-81 MAY 1983
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
-ISSN-
 0002-7820
 Treatment: THEORETICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (12 Refs)
 A DISPERSIBILITY MODEL PREVIOUSLY DEVELOPED FOR SILICON POWDER IS EXTENDED
 TO THEORETICALLY PREDICT THE BEHAVIOR OF SILICON NITRIDE AND SILICON CARBIDE
 POWDERS, AND THEIR NONSTOICHIOMETRIC ANALOGS IN A VARIETY OF POTENTIAL
 DISPERSING MEDIA.
-Desc-
 SILICON; SILICON COMPOUNDS; SILICON COMPOUNDS; SUSPENSIONS; SUSPENSIONS
 SUSPENSIONS; POWDERS; POWDERS; POWDERS; CERAMICS
-Ident-
 SI POWDER; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ POWDER; SIC POWDERS; VAN DER WAALS POTENTIAL
 ENERGY OF INTERACTION; SUSPENSIONS; CERAMIC POWDERS; DISPERSIBILITY MODEL;
 NONSTOICHIOMETRIC ANALOGS; POTENTIAL DISPERSING MEDIA
 Class Codes: A8120E; A8270K
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 86
-A-
 1093906 A83077783
-W-
 EFFECT OF ACAF/SUB 2/ ADDITION ON THE OXIDATION OF HOT-PRESSED SILICON
 NITRIDE-BASE MATERIALS
 POSTOGVARD, G.I.; OSTAPENKO, T.; ZELENSKAYA, V.A.
 KHARKOV PHYSICOTECH. INST., KHARKOV, UKRAINIAN SSR
 POROSHK. METALL. (USSR) VOL.21, NO. 0 53-6 OCT. 1982
 -CODEN-
 PMANAI
-ISSN-
 0032-4795
 Trans in: SOV. POWDER METALL. AND MET. CERAM. (USA) VOL.21, NO 10 798-800
 OCT. 1982
 -CODEN-
 SPMCAV
-ISSN-
 0038-5735
 USCCC Code: 0038-5735/83/210-0798$07.50
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (10 Refs)
 A STUDY WAS MADE OF THE OXIDATION OF A HOT-PRESSED SI/SUB 3/N/SUB
 4/-10PERCENT MGO MATERIAL CONTAINING 1-20PERCENT CAF/SUB 2/ AS AN
 ANTIFRICTION LUBRICANT, AT 1100-1250 DEGREESC. AS STARTING MATERIAL A GRADE
 1 SILICON NITRIDE POWDER WAS USED CONTAINING, IN ADDITION TO COMBINED
 SILICON AND NITROGEN, 1.5PERCENT FREE SILICON AND THE FOLLOWING IMPURITIES:
 MORE THAN PERCENT CARBON, 0.3PERCENT EACH IRON AND CALCIUM, 0.1PERCENT
 ALUMINUM, 0.2PERCENT TITANIUM, AND NOT MORE THAN 0.1PERCENT TOTAL CHROMIUM,
 NICKEL, MAGNESIUM, COPPER, LEAD, TIN, ZINC, AND MANGANESE. HOT-PRESSED
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/-10PERCENT MGO MATERIAL POSSESSED GOOD OXIDATION RESISTANCE
 IN AIR AT TEMPERATURES IN THE RANGE 1100-1200 DEGRESSC. WHEN SUCH A MATERIAL
 CONTAINS AN ANTIFRICTION LUBRICANT (1-20PERCENT CAF/SUB 2/), RAISING THE
 LATTER'S CONCENTRATION INCREASES ITS RATE OF OXIDATION BY DECREASING THE
 VISCOSITY OF THE OXIDE LAYER, WHICH FACILITATES ACCESS OF OXYGEN TO THE
 SPECIMEN SURFACE. AT CAF/SUB 2/ CONTENTS OF MORE THAN 5PERCENT THE MATERIAL
 LACKS MECHANICAL STRENGTH OWING TO THE FORMATION OF A THICK OXIDE LAYER AND
 APPEARANCE OF CRACKS.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; MAGNESIUM COMPOUNDS; OXIDATION; HOT PRESSING;
 REFRACTORIES; CALCIUM COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/-M?O; HOT PRESSING; CAF/SUB 2/ ADDITION; OXIDATION
 RESISTANCE; ANTIFRICTION LUBRICANT; VISCOSITY; MECHANICAL STRENGTH
 Class Codes: A8160D; A8120L; A8120E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 87
-A-
 1093905 A83077782
-W-
 HIGH-TEMPERATURE ADSORPTION OF ATMOSPHERIC OXYGEN ON SILICON NITRIDE
 POWDERS
 LAVRENKO, V.A.; PUGACH, E.A.; PIKUZA, P.P.
 KIEV POLYTECH. INST., ACAD. OF SCI., UKRAINIAN SSR
 POROSHK. METALL. (USSR) VOL.21, NO.10 47-52 OCT. 1982
 -CODEN-
 PMANAI
-ISSN-
 003?-4795
 Trans in: SOV. POWDER METALL. AND MET. CERAM. (USA) VOL.21, NO.10 793-7 OCT.
 1982
 -CODEN-
 SPMCAV
-ISSN-
 0038-5735
 USCCC Code: 0038-5735/82/2110-0793$07.50
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (15 Refs)
 THE HIGH-TEMPERATURE ADSORPTION OF ATMOSPHERIC OXYGEN ON SILICON NITRIDE
 POWDERS PRODUCED BY VARIOUS METHODS AND CONTAINING DIFFERENT AMOUNTS OF
 IMPURITIES WAS STUDIED BY THE DERIVATOGRAPHIC METHOD. EXPERIMENTS WERE
 CARRIED OUT AT 20-1000 DEGREESC IN AIR AT 1.10/SUP 5/ A UNDER NONISOTHERMAL
 CONDITIONS; THE RATE OF TEMPERATURE VARIATION WAS 20 DEG C/MIN. THE
 CHARACTERISTICS OF EACH SYSTEM WAS ASSESSED BY THE RESULTS OF A DIFFERENTIAL
 THERMAL ANALYSIS (DTA CURVE) AND A THERMOGRAVIMETRIC STUDY (TG AND DTG
 CURVES). THE SENSITIVITY OF THE METHOD IN ALL EXPERIMENTS WAS THE SAME. AIR
 ADSORPTION WAS FOUND TO HAVE A SPECIFIC INDIVIDUAL CHARACTER FOR EACH
 POWDER. IT REFLECTED THE CONDITIONS OF PREPARATION OF THE POWDER BY EACH
 PROCESS, ITS PURIFICATION AND TREATMENT WITH REAGENTS, AND ALSO THE STATE OF
 ITS SURFACE.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; THERMAL ANALYSIS; REFRACTORIES; POWDER TECHNOLOGY;
 OXIDATION; ADSORPTION
-Ident-
 O/SUB 2/ ADSORPTION; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ POWDERS; OXIDATION; HIGH-TEMPERATURE
 ADSORPTION; DIFFERENTIAL THERMAL ANALYSIS; DTA CURVE; THERMOGRAVIMETRIC
 STUDY; TG; DTG
 Class Codes: A8160D; A6845D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 88
-A-
 1093730 A83077603, B83039119
-W-
 SYNTHESIS OF GADOLINIUM-GALLIUM GARNET
 GORSHKOVA, O.V.; LUKIN, E.S.
 D.I. MENDELEEV INST. OF CHEM. TECHNOL., MOSCOW, USSR
 STEKLO AND KERAM. (USSR) VOL.39, NO.6 23-4 JUNE 1982
 -CODEN-
 STKRAQ
-ISSN-
 0131-9582
 Trans in: GLASS AND CERAM. (USA) VOL.39, NO.5-6 299-301 MAY-JUNE 1982
 -CODEN-
 GLCEAV
-ISSN-
 0361-7610
 USCCC Code: 0361-7610/82/0506-0299$07.50
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (2 Refs)
 THE PURPOSE OF THE AUTHORS' INVESTIGATION WAS TO DETERMINE THE POSSIBILITY
 OF PRODUCING A HIGHLY HOMOGENEOUS POWDER OF GADOLINIUM-GALLIUM GARNET,
 ACTIVE TO SINTERING, BY LOW-TEMPERATURE SYNTHESIS FROM HYDROXIDES PREPARED
 BY THE METHOD OF JOINT PRECIPITATION FROM CONCENTRATED CHLORIDE SALT
 SOLUTIONS. THE EFFECT OF PRECIPITATION CONDITIONS (DIFFERENT COMBINATIONS OF
 THE TEMPERATURE OF THE PRECIPITATING AGENT AND SALT SOLUTION OF THE INITIAL
 COMPONENTS) ON SUCH PROPERTIES OF THE HYDROXIDE POWDERS AS DISPERSION,
 FILTERABILITY, AND ALSO ON THE MICROSTRUCTURE AND PHASE COMPOSITION OF
 SYNTHESIZED GADOLINIUM-GALLIUM GARNET POWDERS WAS INVESTIGATED.
-Desc-
 POWDER TECHNOLOGY; CERAMICS; SINTERING; GADOLINIUM COMPOUNDS ; GALLIUM
 COMPOUNDS; PRECIPITATION (PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY); CRYSTAL MICROSTRUCTURE;
 GARNETS
-Ident-
 GDGA GARNET; SYNTHESIS; HIGHLY HOMOGENEOUS POWDER; ACTIVE TO SINTERING;
 LOW-TEMPERATURE SYNTHESIS; HYDROXIDES; METHOD OF JOINT PRECIPITATION;
 CONCENTRATED CHLORIDE SALT SOLUTIONS; EFFECT OF PRECIPITATION CONDITIONS;
 DISPERSION; FILTERABILITY; MICROSTRUCTURE; PHASE COMPOSITION
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E; A7550G; B3110E; B0540; B0580
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 89
-A-
 1083648 A83073218
-W-
 TRIBOLOGICAL PROPERTIES OF SINTERED POLYCRYSTALLINE AND SINGLE-CRYSTAL
 SILICON CARBIDE
 MIYOSHI, K.; BUCKLEY, D.H.; SRINIVASAN, M
 NASA-LEWIS RES. CENTER, CLEVELAND, OH, USA
 AM. CERAM. SOC. BULL. (USA) VOL.62, NO.4 494-500 APRIL 1983
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
-ISSN-
 0002-7812
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (33 Refs)
 TRIBOLOGICAL STUDIES AND X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY ANALYSES WERE
 CONDUCTED WITH SINTERED POLYCRYSTALLINE AND SINGLE-CRYSTAL SIC FLAT SURFACES
 IN SLIDING CONTACT WITH AN IRON PIN AT TEMPERATURES TO 1500 DEGREESC IN A
 VACUUM OF 30 NPA. THE RESULTS INDICATE THAT THERE IS A SIGNIFICANT
 TEMPERATURE INFLUENCE ON BOTH THE FRICTION PROPERTIES AND THE SURFACE
 CHEMISTRY OF SIC. THE SURFACE REVEALED A LOW COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION. THIS
 IS BELIEVED TO BE DUE TO THE PRESENCE OF THE GRAPHITE ON THE SURFACE. AT
 TEMPERATURES OF 400 DEGREES TO 60 DEGREESC, GRAPHITE AND A COPIOUS AMOUNT OF
 SIO/SUB 2/ WERE OBSERVED ON THE POLYCRYSTALLINE SIC SURFACE IN ADDITION TO
 SIC. AT 800 DEGREESC, THE AMOUNT OF THE SIO/SUB 2/ DECREASED RAPIDLY AND THE
 SIC-TYPE SILICON AND CARBON PEAKS WERE AT A MAXIMUM INTENSITY IN THE XPS
 SPECTRA. THE COEFFICIENTS OF FRICTION WERE HIGH IN THE TEMPERATURE RANGE OF
 400 TO 800 DEGREESC. SIC-TYPE SILICON AND CARBON PEAKS WERE SEEN ON THE SIC
 IN ADDITION TO VERY SMALL AMOUNT OF GRAPHITE AND SIO/SUB 2/ AT TEMPERATURES
 OF 450 DEGREESC TO 800 DEGREESC. THE COEFFICIENTS OF FRICTION WERE HIGH OVER
 THE ENTIRE TEMPERATURE RANGE TO 800 DEGREESC. ABOVE 800 DEGREESC, THE
 CONCENTRATION OF GRAPHITE INCREASE RAPIDLY ON BOTH POLYCRYSTALLINE AND
 SINGLE-CRYSTAL SIC SURFACES, WHEREAS CONCENTRATION OF THE SIC-TYPE SILICON
 AND CARBON PEAKS DECREASES RAPIDLY. THE PRESENCE OF GRAPHITE IS ACCOMPANIED
 BY A SIGNIFICANT DECREASE IN FRICTION.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; SURFACE CHEMISTRY; FRICTION; CERAMICS; X-RAY
 PHOTOELECTRON SPECTRA
-Ident-
 SURFACE CHEMISTRY; TRIBOLOGICAL PROPERTIES; X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON
 SPECTROSCOPY; SINGLE-CRYSTAL SIC; SLIDING CONTACT; FRICTION PROPERTIES;
 GRAPHITE; POLYCRYSTALLINE SIC; XPS SPECTRA
 Class Codes: A8140P; A6220P; A8265
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 90
-A-
 1083561 A83073130
-W-
 BENDING STRENGTH OF SILICON NITRIDE AT 1250 DEGREESC UNDER STATIC AND CYCLIC
 BENDING LOAD
 HEIGL, H.; HECKEL, K.
 INST. FUR WERKSTOFFKUNDE, HOCHSCHULE DER BUNDESWEHR, MUNCHEN, GERMANY
 CFI-CERA. FORUM INT. BER. DTSCH. KERAM. GES. (GERMANY) VOL.60, NO.2-3
 69-73 APRIL 1983
 -CODEN-
 CCFDD7
-ISSN-
 0173-9913
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN, ENGLISH (4 Refs)
 THE BENDING STRENGTH OF REACTION BONDED SILICON NITRIDE AT 1250 DEGREESC IS
 HIGHER THAN THE BENDING STRENGTH AT ROOM TEMPERATURE. A LONG-TIME THERMAL
 TREATMENT OF OXIDIZED SPECIMENS HAS NO APPRECIABLE INFLUENCE ON THE STATIC
 BENDING STRENGTH AT 1250 DEGREESC. NO FATIGUE FAILURE WAS OBSERVED AT
 ONE-STEP FATIGUE TESTS UP TO 20 MILLION CYCLES OF LOADING. IF AN OXIDIZED
 PART LOADED MAINLY WITH BENDING STRESSES DOES NOT FAIL AT ROOM TEMPERATURE,
 IT CAN BE EXPECTED THAT IT WILL ALSO STAND THE LOAD AT 1250 DEGREESC.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; BENDING STRENGTH; HEAT TREATMENT; OXIDATION; STRESS
 CORROSION CRACKING; REFRACTORIES
-Ident-
 REACTION BONDED SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; OXIDISED SPECIMENS; BENDING STRENGTH;
 LONG-TIME THERMAL TREATMENT; FATIGUE FAILURE; ONE-STEP FATIGUE TESTS
 Class Codes: A810L; A6220F; A8160D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 91
-A-
 1080667 A83069789
-W-
 SCIENTIFIC BASIS FOR NUCLEAR WASTE MANAGEMENT. PROCEEDINGS OF THE FOURTH
 INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON THE SCIENTIFIC BASIS FOR NUCLEAR WASTE
 MANAGEMENT
 TOPP, S.V. (Editors)
 SCIENTIFIC BASIS FOR NUCLEAR WASTE MANAGEMENT. PROCEEDINGS OF THE FOURTH
 INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON THE SCIENTIFIC BASIS FOR NUCLEAR WASTE MANAGEMENT
 1982
 SCIENTIFIC BASIS FOR NUCLEAR WASTE MANAGEMENT. PROCEEDINGS OF THE FOURTH
 INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON THE SCIENTIFIC BASIS FOR NUCLEAR WASTE MANAGEMENT
 16-19 NOV. 1981 BOSTON, MA, USA
 Publ: NORTH-HOLLAND, NEW YORK, USA
 XXI+768 pp. ISBN 0 444 00699 0
-DocType-
 CONF. PROCEEDINGS
-Lang-
 Eng.
 THE FOLLOWING TOPICS WERE DEALT WITH: RADIOACTIVE WASTE FORMS; CHEMICAL
 PROPERTIES; PHYSICAL PROPERTIES; GEOLOGICAL DISPOSAL; GEOCHEMICAL
 CONSIDERATIONS FOR RADWASTE DISPOSAL; CAKISTER-BACKFILL INTERACTIONS; NEAR
 FIELD INTERACTIONS; PROCESSING COMPLEXITIES; NON-HLW ASSESSMENTS; RADIATION
 EFFECT ON WASTE FORMS. 99 PAP.S WERE PRESENTED, OF WHICH 92 ARE PUBLISHED IN
 FULL IN THE PRESENT PROCEEDINGS. ABSTRACTS OF INDIVIDUAL PAP.S CAN BE FOUND
 UNDER THE CLASSIFICATION CODES IN THIS OR OTHER ISSUES.
-Desc-
 RADIOACTIVE WASTE; WASTE DISPOSAL; RADIATION EFFECTS; CERAMICS; GLASS;
 CORROSION
-Ident-
 HLW; HIGH LEVEL WASTE; RADIOACTIVE WASTE FORMS; CHEMICAL PROPERTIES;
 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES; GEOLOGICAL DISPOSAL; GEOCHEMICAL CONSIDERATIONS;
 RADWASTE DISPOSAL; CANISTER-BACKFILL INTERACTIONS; NEAR FIELD INTERACTIONS;
 PROCESSING COMPLEXITIES; RADIATION EFFECTS
 Class Codes: A0130C; A2842K; A6180; A8160F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 92
-A-
 1079381 A83068438, B83033259
-W-
 LOW TEMPERATURE DEPOSITION OF SILICON NITRIDE BY REACTIVE ION-BEAM
 SPUTTERING
 BOUCHIER, D.; GAUTHERIN, G.; SCHWEBEL, C.; BOSSEBOEUF, A.; AGIUS, B.; RIGO,
 S.
 INST. D'ELECTRONIQUE FONDAMENTALE, UNIV. PARIS XI, ORSAY, FRANCE
 J ELECTROCHEM. SOC. (USA) VOL.130, NO.3 638-44 MARCH 1983
 -CODEN-
 JESOAN
-ISSN-
 0013-4651
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (28 Refs)
 THE DEPOSITION MECHANISM OF REACTIVE ION BEAM SPUTTERED SILICON NITRIDE WAS
 STUDIED. USING RBS ANALYSIS, THE COMPOSITION OF SI/SUB X/N/SUB Y/ LAYERS
 DEPOSITED AT ROOM TEMPERATURE HAS BEEN INVESTIGATED AS A FUNCTION OF
 DIFFERENT PARAMETERS. IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NITROGEN PARTIAL PRESSURE, RANGING
 FROM 10/SUP -4/ TO 0.2 PA, THE STOICHIOMETRY OF THE FILM DEPENDS ONLY ON THE
 SPUTTERING YIELD OF SILICON IN THE RANGE 0.4-20 KEV. SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/
 LAYERS CAN BE OBTAINED AT LOW VOLTAGE, BUT ONLY WITH A LOW DEPOSITION RATE
 (TYPICALLY 1 NM/MIN AT THE AUTHORS EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS). IN ORDER TO
 OBTAIN SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ FILMS WITH HIGHER DEPOSITION RATES, THE AUTHOR
 INCREASED THE NITRIDATION OF DEPOSITED SILICON, EITHER BY INTRODUCING IN THE
 DEPOSITION CHAMBER OF A HIGHLY REACTIVE MOLECULE SUCH AS NH/SUB 3/, OR BY
 USING ELECTRONIC BOMBARDMENT, WHICH STIMULATES THE ADSORPTION OF N/SUB 2/ ON
 THE GROWING FILM.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; REACTIVE SPUTTERING; INSULATING THIN FILMS; PARTICLE
 BACKSCATTERING
-Ident-
 LOW TEMPERATURE DEPOSITION; RUTHERFORD BACKSCATTERING ANALYSIS; REACTIVE
 ION-BEAM SPUTTERING; DEPOSITION MECHANISM; COMPOSITION; SI/SUB X/N/SUB Y/
 LAYERS; STOICHIOMETRY; SPUTTERING YIELD; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ LAYERS;
 NITRIDATION; ELECTRONIC BOMBARDMENT; ADSORPTION
 Class Codes: A8115C; A6855; B0520F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 93
-A-
 1063818 A83058082
-W-
 PREPARATION OF VERY FINE OXIDE PARTICES IN TIO/SUB 2/-SNO/SUB 2/ SYSTEM BY
 HYDROLYSIS OF METAL ALKOXIDES
 SUWA, Y.; KATO, Y.; HIRANO, S.; NAKA, S.
 SYNTHETIC CRYSTAL RES. LAB., FACULTY OF ENGNG., NAGOYA UNIV., NAGOYA, JAPAN
 J. SOC. MATER. SCI. JPN. (JAPAN) VOL.31, NO.349 955-9 OCT. 1982
 -CODEN-
 ZARYAQ
-ISSN-
 0514-5163
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 JAPANESE (8 Refs)
 THE VERY FINE OXIDE PARTICLES IN TIO/SUB 2/-SNO/SUB 2/ SYSTEM WERE PREPARED
 BY THE HYDROLYSIS OF TITANIUM ISOPROPOXIDE AND TIN ISOPROPOXIDE IN PROPANOL
 SOLUTION. THE FOLLOWING HYDROLYSIS CONDITIONS WERE FOUND TO BE NECESSARY FOR
 THE CONTROLLED SYNTHESIS OF CRYSTALLINE OXIDE PRECIPITATES: (1) PROCESS OF
 WATER ADDITION TO PROPANOL SOLUTION OF METAL ISOPROPOXIDES; (2) THE AMOUNT
 OF WATER ADDED TO THE METAL ISOPROPOXIDE SOLUTION; (3) HYDROLYSIS TIME AND
 AGING TIME OF THE PRECIPITATE AT BOILING TEMPERATURE (REFLUX TIME). ON
 HEATING THE PRECIPITATES, THE GRAINS OF THE ANATASE PHASE OF TIO/SUB 2/
 PRECIPITATES GREW SIGNIFICANTLY AT ABOUT 630 DEGREESC, AT WHICH THE PHASE
 TRANSFORMATION FROM ANATASE TO RUTILE PHASE TOOK PLACE. IN THE PRECIPITATES
 OF RUTILE STRUCTURE, GRAIN GROWTH SEEMED TO BE MORE CONSTRAINED AND THE NECK
 GROWTH BETWEEN THE GRAINS REMARKABLE WITH AN INCREASE OF THE AMOUNT OF
 SNO/SUB 2/.
-Desc-
 PRECIPITATION (PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY); TITANIUM COMPOUNDS; TIN COMPOUNDS; GRAIN
 SIZE; POWDERS; CERAMICS
-Ident-
 VERY FINE OXIDE PARTICLES; TIO/SUB 2/-SNO/SUB 2/SYSTEM; HYDROLYSIS; METAL
 ALKOXIDES; TITANIUM ISOPROPOXIDE; TIN ISOPROPOXIDE; PROPANOL SOLUTION;
 CONTROLLED SYNTHESIS; CRYSTALLINE OXIDE PRECIPITATES; HYDROLYSIS TIME; AGING
 TIME; ANATASE PHASE; TIO/SUB 2/ PRECIPITATES; RUTILE STRUCTURE; GRAIN
 GROWTH; NECK GROWTH
 Class Codes: A8120L
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 94
-A-
 1058071 A83052965, B83030117
-W-
 COMMENT ON: 'CHEMICAL CONVERSION OF COMPOSITE FILMS ON SILICON BY ELECTRON
 BEAM IRRADIATION'
 HEIMANN, R.B.
 INST. FOR MATERIALS RES., MCMASTER UNIV., HAMILTON, ONTARIO, CANADA
 J. VAC. SCI. AND TECHNOL. B (USA) VOL.1, NO.1 108-10 JA.-MARCH 1983
 -CODEN-
 JVTBD9
-ISSN-
 0734-211X
 USCCC Code: 0734-211X/83/010108-03$01.00
 Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS; PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (15 Refs)
 THE PROCESS DESCRIBED HAS POTENTIAL APPLICATION FOR THE FABRICATION OF
 INTEGRATED CIRCUITS BY BYPASSING PHOTOLITHOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES. THE FORMATION
 OF SILICON NITRIDE OR SILICON OXYNITRIDE BY ELECTRON BEAM-ACTIVATED REACTION
 OF AMMONIA WITH SILICON OXIDE IS ESSENTIALLY TOPOTACTICAL AND ENSURES A
 SELECTIVE MASKING ON A MICROSCOPICAL TO SUBMICROSCOPICAL SCALE. EXPOSURE
 TIME CAN BE DRASTICALLY REDUCED BY USING HIGH-ENERGY RADIATION, SUCH AS
 LASER BEAMS. NONCONVERTED FILMS ARE READILY DISSOLVED AWAY BY BUFFERED
 HYDROFLUORIC ACID WHEREAS THE SILICON NITRIDE IS NOT AFFECTED BY THIS
 TREATMENT. ADVANTAGES OF THIS NOVEL PROCESS MAY LIE IN THE LTV (LOW
 TEMPERATURE VAPOR) DEPOSITION OF SURFACE FILMS THUS PREVENTING INTRODUCING
 OF LATTICE DEFECTS AND UNDESIRED OUT DIFFUSION AND PRECIPITATION OF DOPANT
 ATOMS OWING TO THE HIGH TEMPERATURES REQUIRED FOR THE CURRENT FABRICATION
 PROCESS.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; INSULATING THIN FILMS; ELECTRON BEAM EFFECTS; CHEMICAL
 VAPOUR DIPOSITION; INTEGRATED CIRCUIT TECHNOLOGY; RADIATION CHEMISTRY
-Ident-
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ FILM; INSULATING FILM; SIO/SUB 2/+NH/SUB 3/; SIO/SUB
 X/N/SUB Y/ FILM; LOW TEMPERATURE; VAPOUR DEPOSITION; COMPOSITE FILMS;
 FABRICATION; INTEGRATED CIRCUITS; ELECTRON BEAM-ACTIVATED REACTION;
 SELECTIVE MASKING
 Class Codes: A8115H; A6855; A8250; B2570; B2550E; B2520C; B0520F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 95
-A-
 1053413 A83053244
-W-
 TRIBOLOGICAL PROPERTIES AND SURFACE CHEMISTRY OF SILICON CARBIDE AT
 TEMPERATRES TO 1500 DEGREESC
 MIYOSHI, K.; BUCKLEY, D.H.
 NASA, LEWIS RES. CENTER, CLEVELAND, OH, USA
 ASLE TRANS. (USA) VOL.26, NO.1 53-63 JAN. 1983
 -CODEN-
 ASLTA2
-ISSN-
 0569-8197
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (26 Refs)
 X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON AND AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY ANALYSIS AND
 TRIBOLOGICAL STUDIES WERE CONDUCTED WITH A SILICON CARBIDE (001) SURFACE IN
 SLIDING CONTACT WITH IRON AT VARIOUS TEMPERATURE TO 1500 DEGREESC IN A
 VACUUM OF 10 NPA. THE RESULTS INDICATE THAT THERE IS A SIGNIFICANT
 TEMPERATURE INFLUENCE ON BOTH THE FRICTION PROPERTIES AND THE SURFACE
 CHEMISTRY OF SILICON CARBIDE. GRAPHITE AND CARBIDE-TYPE CARBON ARE SEEN
 PRIMARILY ON THE SILICON CARBIDE SURFACE IN ADDITION TO SILICON AT
 TEMPERATURES TO 800 DEGREESC. THE COEFFICIENTS OF FRICTION OF IRON SLIDING
 AGAINST A SILICON CARBIDE (0001) SURFACE WERE HIGH TEMPERATURES TO 800
 DEGREESC. WHEN THE FRICTION EXPERIMENTS WERE CONDUCTED AT TEMPERATURE ABOVE
 800 DEGREESC, THE COEFFICIENTS OF FRICTION WERE DRAMATICALLY LOWER. AT 800
 DEGREESC, THE SILICON AND CARBIDE-TYPE CARBON AREA T A MAXIMUM INTENSITY IN
 THE XPS SPECTRA. WITH INCREASING TEMPERATURE ABOVE 800 DEGREESC, THE
 CONCENTRATIONS OF THE GRAPHITE INCREASE RAPIDLY ON THE SURFACE, WHEREAS
 THOSE OF THE CARBIDE-TYPE CARBON AND SILICON DECREASE RAPIDLY. THIS PRESENCE
 OF GRAPHITE IS ACCOMPANIED BY MARKED DECREASE IN FRICTION. THE HIGHER THE
 SLIDING TEMPERATURE, TO 800 DEGREESC, THE GREATER IS THE AMOUNT OF METAL
 TRANSFER TO SILICON CARBIDE. MULTIANGULAR- AND SPHERICAL-SHAPED FRACTURE
 PITS ARE OBSERVED ON THE SILICON CARBIDE SURFACE AS A RESULT OF IRON
 SLIDING.
-Desc-
 FRACTION; SILICON COMPOUNDS; SURFACE CHEMISTRY; AUGER EFFECT ; X-RAY
 PHOTOELECTRON SPECTRA
-Ident-
 TRIBOLOGICAL PROPERTIES; SIC; UP TO 1500 DEGREES C TEMPERATURE; X-RAY
 PHOTOELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY; FE; GRAPHITE; CARBIDE TYPE C ; SI; MULTIANGULAR
 SHAPED FRACTURE PITS; PENNY SHAPED FRACTURE; SURFACE CHEMISTRY; AUGER
 ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY; SLIDING CONTACT; TEMPERATURE INFLUENCE; FRICTION
 PROPERTIES; METAL TRANSFER; SPHERICAL-SHAPED FRACTURE PITS
 Class Codes: A8140P; A6220P; A6820; A8265J; A7960G; A7920F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 96
-A-
 1053358 A83053189
-W-
 DYNAMIC FRACTURE TOUGHNESSES OF REACTION-BONDED SILICON NITRIDE
 KOBAYASHI, A.S.; EMERY, E.F.; BEEN MING LIAW
 DEPT. OF MECH. ENGNG., UNIV. OF WASHINGTON, SEATTLE, WA, USA
 J. AM. CERAM. SOC. (USA) VOL.66, NO.2 151-5 FEB. 1983
 -CODEN-
 JATAW
-ISSN-
 0002-7820
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (19 Refs)
 DYNAMIC FRACTURE TOUGHNESS SPECIMENS CONSISTING OF 5.1-MM THICK, MODIFIED
 WEDGE-LOADED, TAPERED DOUBLE-CANTILIVER-BEAM (WL-MTDCB) SPECIMENS, WHICH ARE
 SIDE-GROOVED ON ONE SIDE, WERE USED TO ESTABLISH THE ROOM-TEMPERATURE
 DYNAMIC FRACTURE TOUGHNESS, K/SUB ID/, VS CRACK VELOCITY, A>, RELATIONS OF
 TWO REACTION-BONDED SILICON NITRIDES. THE MEASURE DYNAMIC CRACK EXTENSION
 HISTORIES WERE THEN USED TO DRIVE A DYNAMIC FINITE-ELEMENT CODE IN ITS
 GENERATION MODE WHICH COMPUTES THE DYNAMIC STRESS INTENSITY FACTORS FOR A
 GIVEN CRACK EXTENSION. RESULTS INDICATE THAT THE K/SUB ID/ VS A> RELATIONS
 OF REACTION-BONDED SILICON NITRIDES DO NOT FOLLOW THE GENERAL TREND IN THOSE
 RELATIONS OF BRITTLE POLYMER AND STEEL. THE SLOW INITIAL CRACK VELOCITY
 WHICH WAS REPORTED FOR GLASS WAS OBSERVED AGAIN IN SILICON NITRIDE AND
 RESULTED IN A NONUNIQUE K/SUB ID/ VS A> RELATION, IN CONTRAST TO THE UNIQUE
 K/SUB ID/ VS A> MATERIAL PROPERTIES REPORTED FOR BRITTLE POLYMERS AND
 METALS.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; FRACTURE TOUGHNESS; FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS;
 REFRACTORIES
-Ident-
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; REACTION-BONDED CERAMICS; DOUBLE-CANTILEVER-BEAM; DYNAMIC
 FRACTURE TOUGHNESS; CRACK VELOCITY; DYNAMIC CRACK EXTENSION; DYNAMIC
 FINITE-ELEMENT CODE; STRESS INTENSITY FACTORS
 Class CodEs: A8140N; A6220M
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 97
-A-
 1021221 A83035026
-W-
 FEMORAL COMPONENTS (CUP) MADE OF GLASS-CERAMICS
 YUAN TSENCHIN; NIU ZHONGYONG; CHOU MENGPEI; CHANG SHUYONG; WANG HUIJUAN; LIN
 DAZAO; GUO XINGTANG; JIA YOUMIN; WANG JIANGCHENG
 RES. INST. OF BUILDING MATERIALS, BEIJING, CHINA;
 J. NON-CRYST. SOLIDS (NETHERLANDS) VOL.52, NO.1-3 487-96 DEC. 1982
 -CODEN-
 JNCSBJ
-ISSN-
 0022-3093
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE FIRST SYMPOSIUM ON GLASS 25-28 AUG. 1981 BEIJING,
 PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA
 USCCC Code: 0022-3093/82/0000-0000/$02.75
 Treatment: APPPIC; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (9 Refs)
 THE APPLICATION OF GLASS-CERAMICS AS A KIND OF BIOMEDICAL MATERIAL IN
 ARTIFICIAL JOINTS IS PRESENTED IN THIS PAP.. THE COMPOSITION, MANUFACTURE
 AND SOME RELATED PROPERTIES ARE GIVEN. THE RESULTS OF THE TESTS HAVE PROVED
 THAT GLASS-CERAMIC FEMORAL CUPS HAVE OUTSTANDING CHEMICAL STABILITY, WEAR
 RESISTANCE, BIOCOMPATIBILITY AND MECHANICAL STRENGTH, AS REQUIRED BY THE
 LOAD-BEARING PROSTHESIS TO THE SKELETAL SYSTEM. THE REASON WHY THE
 GLASS-CERAMICS SHOW THESE OUTSTANDING PROPERTIES WHEN USED FOR THE PURPOSES
 OF ARTIFICIAL JOINTS IS PRELIMINARILY DESCRIBED AND DISCUSSED.
-Desc-
 GLASS; CERAMICS; PROSTHETICS
-Ident-
 GLASS-CERAMICS; BIOMEDICAL MATERIAL; ARTIFICIAL JOINTS; FEMORAL CUPS;
 CHEMICAL STABILITY; WEAR RESISTANCE; BIOCOMPATIBILITY; MECHANICAL STRENGTH;
 LOAD-BEARING PROSTHESIS
 Class Codes: A8770J
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 98
-A-
 1020867 A83034488
-W-
 TRIBOLOGICAL PROPERTIES OF SILICON CARBIDE IN THE METAL REMOVAL PROCESS
 MIYOHI, K.; BUCKLEY, D.H.
 NAT. AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION, LEWIS RES. CENTER, CLEVELAND, OH,
 USA
 WEAR (SWITZERLAND) VOL.82, NO.2 197-211 1 NOV. 1982
 -CODEN-
 WEARCJ
-ISSN-
 0043-1648
 USCCC Code: 0043-1648/82/0000-0000/$02.75
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (21 Refs)
 MATERIAL PROPERTIES ARE REVIEWED AS THEY RELATE TO THE ADHESION, FRICTION
 AND WEAR OF SINGLE-CRYSTAL SILICON CARBIDE IN CONTACT WITH METALS AND ALLOYS
 THAT ARE LIKELY TO BE INVOLVED IN A METAL REMOVAL PROCESS SUCH AS GRINDING.
 THE TRIBOLOGICAL PROPERTIES OF CONCERN IN THE METAL REMOVAL PROCESSES ARE
 SEPARATED INTO TWO CONTRIBUTIONS: THE FIRST IS THAT IN WHICH METAL REMOVAL
 ARISES PRIMARILY FROM ADHESION BETWEEN SLIDING SURFACES IN CONTACT AND THE
 SECOND IS WHERE METAL REMOVAL OCCURS AS A RESULT OF THE SILICON CARBIDE
 SLIDING AGAINST A METAL, INDENTING INTO IT AND PLOWING A SERIES OF GROOVES
 OR FURROWS. THE FRACTURE AND DEFORMATION CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SILICON
 CARBIDE SURFACE ARE ALSO DEALT WITH. THE ADHESION, FRICTION AND METAL
 TRANSFER TO SILICON CARBIDE ARE RELATED TO THE RELATIVE CHEMICAL ACTIVITY OF
 THE METALS. THE ATOMIC SIZE AND THE CONTENT OF ALLOYING ELEMENTS PLAY A
 DOMINANT ROLE IN CONTROLLING THE ADHESION AND FRICTION PROPERTIES OF ALLOYS.
 THE FRICTION AND ABRASIVE WEAR (METAL REMOVAL) DECREASE LINEARLY AS THE
 SHEAR STRENGTH OF THE BULK METAL INCREASES. THE ATOMIC SIZE AND THE CONTENT
 OF ALLOYING ELEMENTS ARE ALSO IMPORTANT PARAMETERS IN CONTROLLING THE
 FRICTION AND ABRASIVE WEAR OF ALLOYS.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; WEAR; ADHESION; FRACTURE; PLASTIC DEFORMATION; REVIEWS;
 ABRASION
-Ident-
 DEFORMATION; SIC SINGLE CRYSTAL; METAL REMOVAL PROCESS; FRICTION; WEAR;
 GRINDING; TRIBOLOGICAL PROPERTIES; FRACTURE; ADHESION; ABRASIVE WEAR
 Class Codes: A8140P; A6220P
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 99
-A-
 1020657 A83034274
-W-
 PREPARATION OF PHOSPHATE GLASS COMPOSITE AND THEIR PROSTHETIC APPLICATIONS
 ZHU PEINAN; CHEN ZONGQIAN; HUANG JIANONG; SUN QINLIAN; FENG MEIZHEN; CHIEN
 PUFAN; YANG QINGING; CAI TIDONG
 EAST CHINA INST. OF CHEM. TECHNOL., PEKING, CHINA;
 J. NON-CRYST. SOLIDS (NETHERLANDS) VOL.52, NO.13 503-10 DEC. 1982
 -CODEN-
 JNCSBJ
-ISSN-
 0022-3093
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE FIRST SYMPOSIUM ON GLASS 25-28 AUG. 1981 BEIJING,
 PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA
 USCCC Code: 0022-3093/82/0000-0000/$02.75
 Treatment: APPLIC; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (10 Refs)
 A BATCH OF PHOSPHATE GLASS COMPOSITE WAS PREPARED FROM A FINELY PULVERISED
 HOMOGENEOUS MIXTURE OF LABORATORY PREPARED CAHPO/SUB 4/ AND PHOSPHATE GLASS
 POWDER OBTAINED FROM ITS FRIT. THE SPECIMENS, FORMED BY PRESSING, WERE
 SINTERED IN A HIGH TEMPERATURE FURNACE. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF
 THIS MATERIAL WERE DETERMINED. THE CONTENT OF CAO AND P/SUB 2/O/SUB 5/ IN
 SUCH MATERIALS SHOULD BE TAKEN IN THE MOLE RATIO OF 0.7 TO 1.9. THE
 CRYSTALLINE PHASES, CA/SUB 2/P/SUB 2/O/SUB 7/, WERE INVESTIGATED BY DTA, IR
 ABSORPTION SPECTRA, X-RAY DIFFRACTION ANALYSIS, TEM AND SEM RESPECTIVELY. IN
 BIOMEDICAL EXAMINATIONS, IT WAS SHOWN THAT THE CA/SUB 2/P/SUB 2/O/SUB 7/
 BASED GLASS COMPOSITE MATERIAL WAS COMPATIBLE WITH ANIMAL BODIES.
 INVESTIGATION ON MICROSTRUCTURE INDICATED THAT THE NEWLY CREATED BONE
 INTERLOCKED WELL WITH THE GLASS COMPOSITE BUT THE RATE OF METABOLISM WHICH
 OCCURRED IN OSTEOGENESIS WAS NOT VERY RAPID. THE FACTORS INFLUENCING THE
 METABOLISM WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF SUCH MATERIALS ARE DISCUSSED.
-Desc-
 CALCIUM COMPOUNDS; PHOSPHATE GLASSES; CERAMICS; HOT PRESSING ; SINTERING;
 THERMAL ANALYSIS; INFRARED SPECTRA OF INORGANIC SOLIDS; X-RAY DIFFRACTION
 EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS; TRANSMISSION ELECTRON MICROSCOPE EXAMINATION OF
 MATERIALS; SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS;
 PROSTHETICS
-Ident-
 CERAMIC; CAO-AL/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/-P/SUB 2/O/SUB 5/ GLASS; SINTERING; PHOSPHATE
 GLASS COMPOSITE; PROSTHETIC APPLICATIONS; CAHPO/SUB 4/ ; PRESSING; CA/SUB
 2/P/SUB 2/O/SUB 7/; DTA; IR ABSORPTION SPECTRA; X-RAY DIFFRACTION ANALYSIS;
 TEM; SEM; BIOMEDICAL EXAMINATIONS; MICROSTRUCTURE; RATE OF METABOLISM;
 OSTEOGENESIS
 Class Codes: A8120Q; A140D; A8120E; A8770J
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 100
-A-
 1020087 A83033543
-W-
 SURFACE STRUCTURE OF SILICON CARBIDE IRRADIATED WITH HELIUM IONS WITH
 MONOENERGY AND CONTINUOUS ENERGY DISTRIBUTIONS
 MIYAGAWA, S.; ATO, Y.; MIYAGAWA, Y.
 GOVERNMENT INDUSTRIAL RES. INST., NAGOYA, JAPAN
 J. APPL. PHYS. (USA) VOL.53, NO.12 8697-705 DEC. 1982
 -CODEN-
 JAPIAU
-ISSN-
 0021-8979
 USCCC Code: 0021-8979/82/128697-09$02.40
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (23 Refs)
 SILICON CARBIDE WAS IRRADIATED AT ROOM TEMPERATURE AND 600 DEGREESC WITH
 HELIUM IONS WITH MONOENERGY (3-100 KEV) AND CONTINUOUS ENERGY DISTRIBUTION
 RANGING FROM 0.5 KEV TO 20 KEV UP TO A TOTAL DOSE OF 1*10/SUP 19/
 IONS/CM/SUP 2/ USING AN ION ACCELERATOR CONTROLLED BY A MICROCOMPUTER. FOR
 ROOM TEMPERATURE IRRADIATION, POROUS STRUCTURES APPEAR ON THE SURFACE OF
 SAMPLES IRRADIATED TO DOSE OF =5*10/SUP 18/ IONS/CM/SUP 2/, AND THE DAMAGED
 LAYER IS EASILY REMOVED FROM UNDERLYING UNDAMAGED LAYER BY ULTRASONIC
 VIBRATIONS. ON THE OTHER HAND, FOR TARGET TEMPERATURE OF 600 DEGREESC, SUCH
 POROUS SURFACE STRUCTURES ARE NOT OBSERVED, WHICH IS DUE TO THERMAL
 ANNEALING. IT HAS BEEN SHOWN THAT THE SURFACE DEFORMATION DEPENDS STRONGLY
 NOT ONLY ON THE IMPLANTATION PROFILE, BUT ALSO ON IRRADIATION MODES OF
 HELIUM IONS. FLAKING IS COMPLETELY AVOIDED BY PREBOMBARDMENT OF HELIUM IONS
 WITH CONTINUOUS ENERGY DISTRIBUTION, WHICH DELIBERATELY PRODUCES A PATHWAY
 FOR GAS RELEASE. IN ORDER TO SIMULATE WALL EROSION DUE TO HELIUM
 BOMBARDMENT, SILICON CARBIDE WAS ALSO IRRADIATED WITH A MAXWELLIAN
 DISTRIBUTION. NO BLISTERING OR FLAKING IS OBSERVED FOR AN AVERAGE ENERGY OF
 3 KEV.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS SURFACE STRUCTURE; ION BEAM EFFECTS; FUSION REACTOR
 MATERIALS
-Ident-
 SIC; SURFACE STRUCTURE; FUSION REACTOR WALL; HE/SUP +/ ION IRRADIATED;
 POROUS STRUCTURES; DAMAGED LAYER; ULTRASONIC VIBRATIONS; WALL EROSION;
 BLISTERING; FLAKING
 Class Codes: A6820; A6180J; A2852F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 101
-A-
 1003228 A83022867
-W-
 LAWS GOVERNING THE CHANGE IN SOLE PROPERTIES OF NATURAL SUPERSTRUCTURES
 BASED ON SILICON CARBIDE
 SOROKIN, N.D.; TAIROV, YU.M.; TSVETKOV, V.F.; CHERNOV, M.A.
 V.I. UL'YANOV ELECTRICAL ENGNG. INST., LENINGRAD, USSR
 DOKL. AKAD. NAUK SSSR VOL.262, NO.4-6 380-3 FEB. 1982
 -CODEN-
 DANKAS
-ISSN-
 0002-3264
 Trans in: SOV. PHYS.-DOKL. (USA) VOL.27, NO.2 170-1 FEB. 1982
 -CODEN-
 SPHDA9
-ISSN-
 0038-5689
 USCCC Code: 0038-5689/82/020170-02$01.40
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (12 Refs)
 A COMPREHENSIVE INVESTIGATION IS PRESENTED OF THE CRYSTAL-CHEMICAL
 PROPERTIES OF SILICON CARBIDE POLYTYPES GROWN BY SUBLIMATION AT 2600
 DEGREESC. USING THE SAME SPECIMEN, THE AUTHORS DETERMINED THE EFFECTIVE
 CHARGE OF THE SILICON ATOMS, THE COMPOSITION, THE LATTICE CONSTANTS, AND THE
 PRACTICAL DENSITY. AN X-RAY SPECTRAL DETERMINATION OF THE EFFECTIVE CHARGE
 OF SILICON ATOMS WAS PERFORMED.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; CRYSTAL CHEMISTRY; LATTICE CONSTANTS; DENSITY OF SOLIDS;
 X-RAY ABSORPTION SPECTRA
-Ident-
 SIC POLYTYPES; SUBLIMATION GROWN CRYSTALS; NATURAL SUPERSTRUCTURES;
 CRYSTAL-CHEMICAL PROPERTIES; EFFECTIVE CHARGE; COMPOSITION ; LATTICE
 CONSTANTS; DENSITY; X-RAY SPECTRAL DETERMINATION
 Class Codes: A6160; A6480E; A7870D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 102
-A-
 1000111 A83019268, B83006337
-W-
 CHARACTERIZATION OF SI-N FILMS PREPARED BY REACTIVE ION BEAM SPUTTERING
 AGGARWAL, M.D.; ASHOK, S.; FONASH, S.J.
 PENNSYLVANIA STATE UNIV., UNIVERSITY PARK, PA, USA
 J. ELECTRON. MATER. (USA) VOL.11, NO.3 491-504 MAY 1982
 -CODEN-
 JECM5
-ISSN-
 0361-5235
 USCCC Code: 0361-5235/82/1103-0491$3.00
 Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS; PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (19 Refs)
 APPLICATION OF SILICON-NITRIDE (SI-N) AS A PASSIVANT IN COMPOUND
 SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNOLOGY REQUIRES A LOW-TEMPERATURE DEPOSITION PROCESS TO
 PREVENT DISSOCIATION OF THE VOLATILE CONSTITUENTS OF THE SEMICONDUCTOR. WITH
 THIS IN MIND, AN EXPLORATORY STUDY OF SI-N FILMS PREPARED AT ROOM
 TEMPERATURE USING LOW-ENERGY, REACTIVE ION-BEAM SPUTTERING HAS BEEN CARRIED
 OUT. THE ELECTRICAL AND OPTICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FILMS HAVE BEEN
 STUDIED, AND AN ANNEALING STEP IS FOUND NECESSARY TO REDUCE THE CONDUCTIVITY
 OF THE NITRIDE AND IMPROVE THE INTERFACIAL PROPERTIES.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; PASSIVATION; REACTIVELY SPUTTERED COATINGS; INSULATING
 THIN FILMS; SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNOLOGY; ANNEALING
-Ident-
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ FILM; INSULATING FILM; REACTIVE ION BEAM SPUTTERING;
 PASSIVANT; SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNOLOGY; LOW-TEMPERATURE DEPOSITION ;
 LOW-ENERGY; ANNEALING
 Class Codes: A8115C; A6855; B0520F; B2550E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 103
-A-
 988462 A83014510
-W-
 PREPARATION OF METALLIC ORGANOTIN FILMS BY GLOW DISCHARGE POLYMERIZATION AND
 THEIR PROPERTIES
 SADHIR, R.K.; JAMES, W.J.; AUERBACH, R.A.
 DEPT. OF CHEM., UNIV. OF MISSOURI-ROLLA, ROLLA, MO, USA
 THIN SOLID FILMS (SWITZERLAND) VOL.97, NO.1 17-29 5 NOV. 1982
 -CODEN-
 THSFAP
-ISSN-
 0?40-6090
 USCCC Code: 0040-6090/82/0000-0000/$02.75
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (20 Refs)
 THIN REFLECTIVE TIN FILMS ARE FORMED BY INTRODUCING TETRA ETHYLTIN AND O/SUB
 2/ GAS INTO A GLOW DISCHARGE. THE RESULTING FILMS SHOW A SHEET CONDUCTIVITY
 IN THE RANGE OF ABOUT 10/SUP 2/-10/SUP 4/ OMEGA/SUP -1/ CM/SUP -1/. THE
 FILMS ARE STABLE AT AMBIENT CONDITIONS FOR MORE THAN 1 YEAR. HEATING THE
 FILMS UP TO ABOUT 63 DEGREESC DOES NOT CHANGE THE CONDUCTIVITY APPRECIABLY,
 BUT PROLONGED HEATING AT HIGHER TEMPERATURES INCREASES THE CONDUCTIVITY
 IRREVERSIBLY. ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY FOR CHEMICAL ANALYSIS RESULTS SHOW A
 TRACE AMOUNT OF CARBON ON THE SURFACE OF THE FILM, BUT THE BULK OF THE FILM
 IS ESSENTIALLY CARBON FREE. ELECTRON DIFFRACTION AND X-RAY PHOTOGRAPHS OF
 THE FILMS ARE INDEXED AS BETA-SN. THE FILMS ADHERE STRONGLY TO METALS,
 CERAMICS, COMPOSITES AND PLASTICS AND ACT AS GOOD WATER VAPOR BARRIERS. THE
 EFFECT OF THE FLOW RATE OF O/SUB 2/ ON THE FILM CHARACTERISTICS IS
 DISCUSSED.
-Desc-
 TIN COMPOUNDS; METALLIC THIN FILMS; ORGANOMETALLIC COMPOUNDS ;
 POLYMERISATION; PLASMA DEPOSITION; ELECTRONIC CONDUCTION IN METALLIC THIN
 FILMS; ELECTRON DIFFRACTION EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS; X-RAY DIFFRACTION
 EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS
-Ident-
 REFLECTIVE SN FILMS; ESCA; C TRACES; ELECTRON DIFFRACTION; ADHESION;
 METALLIC ORGANOTIN FILMS; GLOW DISCHARGE POLYMERIZATION; TETRAMETHYLTIN;
 O/SUB 2/; SHEET CONDUCTIVITY; HEATING; X-RAY PHOTOGRAPHS; BETA-SN; WATER
 VAPOR BARRIERS; FLOW RATE
 Class Codes: A8115J; A6855; A8235; A7360D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 104
-A-
 987365 A83013214
-W-
 DEFECTS IN SILICON
 NEWMAN, R.C.
 J.J. THOMAS PHYS. LAB., UNIV. OF READING, READING, ENGLAND
 REP. PROG. PHYS. (GB) VOL.45, NO.10 1163-210 OCT. 1982
 -CODEN-
 RPPHAG
-ISSN-
 0034-4885
 USCCC Code: 0034-4885/82/101163+48$08.00
 Treatment: BIBLIOGRAPHY; GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (165 Refs)
 THE METHOD OF OBTAINING PURE POLYCRYSTALLINE SILICON IS DESCRIBED, FOLLOWED
 BY SHORT ACCOUNTS OF HOW THIS MATERIAL IS CONVERTED INTO SINGLE-CRYSTAL FORM
 EITHER BY THE CZOCHRALSKI (CZ) PULLING METHOD OR THE FLOAT-ZONE (FZ) METHOD.
 IT IS SHOWN THAT THE SILICON CONTAINS VARIOUS IMPURITIES INCLUDING OXYGEN,
 CARBON, BORON AND POSSIBLY HYDROGEN. THE DEFECTS AND IMPURITIES OFTEN SHOW A
 NONHOMOGENEOUS DISTRIBUTION IN THE FORM OF HELICAL SWIRLS. HEAT TREATMENT OF
 SILICON-CONTAINING OXYGEN LEADS TO THE CLUSTERING OF THIS IMPURITY. AT 450
 DEGREESC THERE IS FORMATION OF SMALL COMPLEXES THAT ACT AS SHALLOW DONORS.
 INVESTIGATIONS USING IR AND ESR SPECTROSCOPY HAVE SO FAR FAILED TO DETERMINE
 THE ATOMIC CONFIGURATION OF THE DEFECTS. HEATING AT HIGHER TEMPERATURES
 CAUSES WIDE-SCALE PRECIPITATION OF OXYGEN. THERE ARE INTERACTIONS WITH
 CARBON AND THERE CAN BE FORMATION OF SILICON CARBIDE PRECIPITATES.
 CONTAMINATION FROM CU, AU, FE, ETC., CAN OCCUR DURING THESE TREATMENTS AND
 METHODS FOR GETTERING THESE METALS ARE DISCUSSED, INVOLVING DISLOCATIONS AND
 SILICA PRECIPITATES. LOW-TEMPERATURE IRRADIATIONS PRODUCE VACANCIES AND
 SELF-INTERSITIALS WHICH COMBINE WITH IMPURITIES TO FORM COMPLEXES ON HEATING
 FROM 4K TO 300K. EVIDENCE IS PRESENTED TO ILLUSTRATE THE POSSIBLE CHARGE
 STATES OF SELF-INTERSTITIALS. DAMAGE PRODUCED BY FAST NEUTRONS IS DISCUSSED
 NEXT, FOLLOWED BY A BRIEF ACCOUNT OF NEUTRON TRANSMUTATION DOPING WHEREBY
 NEUTRALLY OCCURRING /SUP 30/SI IS CONVERTED TO /SUP 31/P BY THE CAPTURE OF
 THERMAL NEUTRONS. SOME ASPECTS OF HIGH-TEMPERATURE DIFFUSION ARE DISCUSSED
 AND ATTEMPTS ARE MADE TO CORRELATE THE DATA WITH THAT DERIVED FROM THE
 IRRADIATION STUDIES.
-Desc-
 ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTORS; SILICON; SEMICONDUCTOR DOPING; SEMICONDUCTOR
 GROWTH; REVIEWS
-Ident-
 CZOCHRASLKI PULLING METHOD; FLOATING ZONE METHOD; IMPURITY DISTRIBUTION;
 DEFECTS DISTRIBUTION; C; B; H; IR SPECTROSCOPY; SEMICONDUCTORS; O
 PRECIPITATION; NEUTRON DAMAGE; THERMAL NEUTRON CAPTURE; HEAT TREATMENT; ESR
 SPECTROSCOPY; VACANCIES; SELF-INTERSITIALS; NEUTRON TRANSMUTATION DOPING;
 HIGH-TEMPERATURE DIFFUSION
 Class Codes: A6170; A0130R
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 105
-A-
 983983 A83009207
-W-
 MECHANOCHEMICAL POLISHING OF SILICON NITRIDE
 VORA, H.; ORENT, T.W.; STOKES, R.J.
 HONEYWELL CORPORATE TECHNOL. CENTER, BLOOMINGTON, MN, USA
 J. AM. CERAM. SOC. (USA) VOL.65, NO.9 C140-1 SEPT. 1982
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
-ISSN-
 0002-7820
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (4 Refs)
 TWO OXIDES OF IRON, FE/SUB ?/O/SUB 3/ AND FE/SUB 3/O/SUB 4/ WERE IDENTIFIED
 AS SUITABLE SOFT ABRASIVES FOR MECHANOCHEMICAL POLISHING OF SI/SUB 3/N/SUB
 4/. REMOVAL RATES UP TO 1.6 MUM/H WERE OBSERVED WHEN HOT-PRESSED SI/SUB
 3/N/SUB 4/ SAMPLES WERE MECHANOCHEMICALLY POLISHED USING THESE ABRASIVES ON
 A LINEN PLASTIC LAP. THE POLISHED SURFACES WERE FLAT AND SCRATCH-FREE, WITH
 A PEAK-TO-VALLEY ROUGHNESS OF <20 NM. AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY OF THESE
 SURFACES REVEALED A THIN LAYER (<10 NM) OF A SILICON OXYNITRIDE THAT
 CONTAINED CARBON AND =0.5 AT.PERCENT IRON.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; POLISHING; CERAMICS; AUGER EFFECT
-Ident-
 SCRATCH-FREE SURFACES; REMOVAL RATES; FE/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/; FE/SUB 3/O/SUB 4/;
 SOFT ABRASIVES; MECHANOCHEMICAL POLISHING; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; PEAK-TO-VALLEY
 ROUGHNESS; AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY
 Class Codes: A8160D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 106
-A-
 981338 A83006319
-W-
 SURFACE STUDIES ON A LEACHED SPHENE GLASS
 BANCROFT, G.M.; METSON, J.B.; KANETKAR, S.M.; BROWN, J.D.
 DEPT. OF ENGNG., UNIV. OF WESTERN ONTARIO, LONDON, ENGLAND
 NATURE (GB) VOL.299, NO.5885 708-10 21 OCT. 1982
 -CODEN-
 NATUAS
-ISSN-
 0028-0836
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (10 Refs)
 TITANATES AND TITANATE- OR TITANOSILICATE-BASED CERAMICS ARE BEING
 CONSIDERED AS POSSIBLE NUCLEAR WASTE HOSTS IN SEVERAL NATIONAL WASTE
 MANAGEMENT PROGRAMMES, LARGELY BECAUSE OF THEIR EXCELLENT RESISTANCE TO
 LEACHING. THE LEACH RESISTANCE OF TITANATES HAS BEEN ATTRIBUTED TO THE
 FORMATION OF LARGELY INSOLUBLE, TITANIUM DIOXIDE RICH LAYERS, FORMED AT THE
 SURFACE BY SELECTIVE LEACHING OF UNIVALENT AND DIVALENT CATIONS. THE AUTHORS
 HAVE EXAMINED THE LEACHING OF THE TITANOSILICATE SPHENE (CATISIO/SUB 5/) IN
 THE FORM OF NATURAL SAMPLES, SINTERED CERAMICS AND GLASSES OF STOICHIOMETRIC
 SPHENE COMPOSITION. ESCA, XPS AND SIMS STUDIES OF LEACHED CATISIO/SUB 5/
 GLASSES ARE REPORTED DEMONSTRATING THE NATURE LEACHED SURFACE LAYERS ON A
 TITANOSILICATE. THESE RESULTS ALSO ILLUSTRATE THE PARALLELS BETWEEN THE
 LEACHING OF SPHENE GLASSES IN DEIONIZED WATER AND THE LEACHING MECHANISM
 PROPOSED FOR TITANATES.
-Desc-
 CALCIUM COMPOUNDS; TITANIUM COMPOUNDS; GLASS; CERAMICS; RADIOACTIVE WASTE;
 WASTE DISPOSAL
-Ident-
 LEACHED; LEACH RESISTANCE; CATISIO/SUB 5/; RADIOACTIVE WASTE ; DISPOSAL;
 STORAGE; SPHENE GLASS; NUCLEAR WASTE; TITANOSILICATE
 Class Codes: A2842K
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 107
-A-
 960279 B82059193
-W-
 GROWTH KINETICS OF SILICON THERMAL NITRIDATION
 CHING-YUAN WU; CHWAN-WE KING; MING-KWANG LEE; CHIN-TANG CHEN
 INST. OF ELECTRONICS, NAT. CHIAO-TUNG UNIV., HSIN-CHU, TAIWAN
 J. ELECTROCHEM. SOC. (USA) VOL.129, NO.7 1559-63 JULY 1982
 -CODEN-
 JESOAN
 Treatment: THEORETICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (8 Refs)
 AN ANALYTIC MODEL FOR THE GROWTH KINETICS OF SILICON THERMAL NITRIDATION HAS
 BEEN DEVELOPED, IN WHICH THE NITROGEN RADICALS DIFFUSED ACROSS THE AS-GROWN
 THERMAL SILICON NITRIDE LAYER HAVE BEEN CHARACTERIZED BY A CHARACTERISTIC
 DIFFUSION LENGTH. IT HAS BEEN SHOWN THAT THE DIRECT THERMAL NITRIDATION OF
 SILICON IN AMMONIA GAS OR NITROGEN GAS IS SIMILAR TO THE SILICON OXIDATION
 IN OXYGEN OR STEAM WHEN THE CHARACTERISTIC DIFFUSION LENGTH OF THE NITROGEN
 RADICALS IS MUCH LARGER THAN THE AS-GROWN SILICON NITRIDE LAYER. BASED ON
 COMPARISONS BETWEEN THE EXPERIMENTAL DATA AND THE DEVELOPED MODEL, THE
 CHARACTERISTIC DIFFUSION LENGTH HAS BEEN SHOWN TO BE VERY SHORT AND HAS BEEN
 ESTIMATED TO BE SMALLER THAN 10AA FOR NITRIDATION TEMPERATURE BELOW 1200
 DEGREESC, AND ITS ACTIVATION ENERGY HAS BEEN ESTIMATED TO BE OF 0.181 EV.
 MOREOVER, THE LINEAR GROWTH RATE CONSTANT AND THE PARABOLIC GROWTH RATE
 CONSTANT OF THE AS-GROWN THERMAL NITRIDE FILMS HAVE BEEN ESTIMATED TO BE OF
 1.286 AND 1.546 EV, RESPECTIVELY, WHICH ARE SMALLER THAN THOSE OF THE
 SILICON OXIDATION IN DRY OXYGEN OR STEAM AMBIENT.
-Desc-
 SILICON; ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTORS; SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNOLOGY SURFACE
 CHEMISTRY; SILICON COMPOUNDS; INSULATING THIN FILMS
-Ident-
 NH/SUB 3/; N/SUB 2/; SI; SEMICONDUCTOR; SI-SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ ; THERMAL
 NITRIDATION; ANALYTIC MODEL; GROWTH KINETICS; DIFFUSION LENGTH; LINEAR
 GROWTH RATE CONSTANT; PARABOLIC GROWTH RATE CONSTANT
 Class Codes: B2550E; B2520C
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 108
-A-
 960201 A82104498, B82059105
-W-
 CONDUCTANCE AND NOISE OF MNOS STRUCTURES IN THE REGION OF PUNCH THROUGH
 CURRENT
 SINITSA, S.P.
 INST. OF SEMICONDUCTORS, ACAD. OF SCI., USSR
 MIKROELEKTRONIKA (USSR) VOL10, NO.6 488-93 NOV.-DEC. 1981
 Trans in: SOV. MICROELECTRON. (USA) VOL.10, NO.6 233-7 NOV.-DEC. 1981
 -CODEN-
 SOMIDB
 Treatment: THEORETICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (12 Refs)
 STUDIES THE FREQUENCY SPECTRUM OF THE COMPLEX SMALL-SIGNAL CONDUCTANCE AND
 NOISE IN MNOS STRUCTURES WITH A THIN (TUNNELING) OXIDE LAYER UNDER SURFACE
 ENHANCEMENT CONDITIONS, INCLUDING THE PUNCHTHROUGH CURRENT REGIME. THE
 MEASUREMENTS OF THE COMPLEX CONDUCTANCE AND NOISE WERE CARRIED OUT ON MNOS
 CAPACITORS WITH LAYERS OF SIO/SUB 2/ AND SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ WITH THICKNESSES
 OF 20 AND 600-800 AA, RESPECTIVELY. THE SILICON NITRIDE WAS PRODUCED BY
 DECOMPOSITION OF SILANE IN AMMONIA. MINOR VARIATIONS IN THE SILICON NITRIDE
 DEPOSITION CONDITIONS DID NOT AFFECT THE CHARACTER OF THE DEPENDENCES G/SUB
 0/ (F) AND I/SUB F//SUP 2/ (F). ALL OF THE MEASUREMENTS WERE MADE AT ROOM
 TEMPERATURE WITHOUT SAMPLE ILLUMINATION.
-Desc-
 METAL-INSULATOR-SEMICONDUCTOR STRUCTURES; CAPACITORS; ELECTRON DEVICE NOISE;
 TUNNELLING; SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE MODELS
-Ident-
 THIN OXIDE LAYER; TUNNELLING OXIDE LAYER; MNOS STRUCTURES; FREQUENCY
 SPECTRUM; COMPLEX SMALL-SIGNAL CONDUCTANCE; NOISE; SURFACE ENHANCEMENT
 CONDITIONS; PUNCHTHROUGH CURRENT REGIME; MNOS CAPACITORS; SIO/SUB 2/; SI/SUB
 3/N/SUB 4/
 Class Codes: A7340Q; B2530F; B2130; B7310Z; B2560B
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 109
-A-
 960195 A82110487, B82059088
-W-
 IMPROVEMENTS IN GAAS/PLASMA-DEPOSITED SILICON NITRIDE INTERFACE QUALITY BY
 PREDEPOSITION GAAS SURFACE TREATMENT AND POSTDEPOSITION ANNEALING
 CLARK, M.D.; ANDERSON, C.L.
 HUGHES RES. LABS., MALIBU, CA, USA
 Sponsor: APS; AMERICAN VACUUM SOC.; ARMY RES. OFFICE
 J. VAC. SCI. AND TECHNOL. (USA) VOL.21, NO.2 453-6 JULY-AUG. 1982
 -CODEN-
 JVSTAL
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NINTH ANNUAL CONF. ON THE PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF
 SEMICONDUCTOR INTERFACES 27-29 JAN. 1982 PACIFIC GROVE, CA, USA
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (3 Refs)
 SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENTS IN THE ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF INTERFACES BETWEEN
 N-TYPE GAAS AND SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ FORMED BY PLASMA-ENHANCED CVD HAVE BEEN
 OBTAINED BY IN SITU SUBSTRATE SURFACE TREATMENT WITH A HYDROGEN PLASMA AND
 POSTDEPOSITION ANNEALING. FOR SAMPLES WITH SURFACE TREATMENT AND DEPOSITION
 PERFORMED AT 300 DEGREESC, ANNEALING AT 600 DEGREES FOR 30 MIN IN N/SUB 2/
 PRODUCED A DRAMATIC REDUCTION OF CAPACITANCE FREQUENCY DISPERSION.
 CAPACITANCE AND CONDUCTANCE DATA INDICATE A MAJOR REDUCTION OF SURFACE STATE
 DENSITY. LOW-FREQUENCY C-V ON AN ILLUMINATED SAMPLE SHOW EVIDENCE OF SURFACE
 INVERSION. AES COMPOSITION PROFILES ARE PRESENTED AS EVIDENCE THAT THE
 HYDROGEN PLASMA TREATMENT REDUCES NATIVE OXIDE ON THE GAAS.
-Desc-
 GALLIUM ARSENIDE; III-V SEMICONDUCTORS; SILICON COMPOUNDS; PLASMA DEPOSITED
 COATINGS; SEMICONDUCTOR-INSULATOR BOUNDARIES; SURFACE TREATMENT; ANNEALING;
 INTERFACE ELECTRON STATES; AUGER EFFECT; CAPACITANCE CVD COATINGS
-Ident-
 SEMICONDUCTOR; GAAS-SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ INTERFACE; H/SUB 2/ PLASMA; INTERFACE
 QUALITY; PREDEPOSITION GAAS SURFACE TREATMENT; POSTDEPOSITION ANNEALING;
 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES; PLASMA-ENHANCED CVD; CAPACITANCE FREQUENCY
 DISPERSION; CONDUCTANCE; SURFACE STATE DENSITY; SURFACE INVERSION; AES
 COMPOSITION PROFILES
 Class Codes: A7340Q; A8160; A8140G; A6855; A7280E; B2530F; B2520D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 110
-A-
 955004 A82111240
-W-
 EFFECT OF LITHIUM ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES AND MICROSTRUCTURE OF SIC
 WHISKER REINFORCED ALUMINUM ALLOYS
 WEBSTER, D.
 LOCKHEED MISSILES AND SPACE CO., SUNNYVALE, CA, USA
 METALL. TRANS. A (USA) VOL.13A, NO.8 151-19 AUG. 1982
 -CODEN-
 MTTABN
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (14 Refs)
 ALUMINUM-SILICON CARBIDE WHISKER COMPOSITES CONTAINING NOMINALLY 3 TO 5 PCT
 LI IN THE MATRIX ALLOYS HAVE BEEN FABRICATED AND TESTED. TENSILE AND
 COMPRESSION TESTS HAVE BEEN CONDUCTED AT ROOM TEMPERATURE, AND COMPRESSION
 CREEP TESTS HAVE BEEN CONDUCTED AT ELEVATED TEMPERATURES. LITHIUM ADDITIONS
 WERE FOUND TO INCREASE THE STRENGTHENING EFFECT OF SILICON CARBIDE WHISKERS
 AT ROOM AND ELEVATED TEMPERATURES. LITHIUM ALSO REDUCED THE DENSITY OF THE
 COMPOSITES AND INCREASED THE PLASTIC MODULUS. TRANSMISSION ELECTRON
 MICROSCOPY SHOWED NO OBVIOUS CHEMICAL REACTION BETWEEN THE WHISKERS AND THE
 ALUMINUM-LITHIUM ALLOY MATRIX.
-Desc-
 ALUMINIUM ALLOYS; SILICON COMPOUNDS; LITHIUM ALLOYS; FIBRE REINFORCED
 COMPOSITES; CREEP; ELASTIC MODULI; HARDENING; TRANSMISSION ELECTRON
 MICROSCOPE EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS
-Ident-
 SIC WHISKER REINFORCED AL-LI ALLOYS; TENSILE TESTS; TEM; TRANSMISSION
 ELECTRON MICROSCOPY; MECHANICAL PROPERTIES; MICROSTRUCTURE; COMPRESSION
 TESTS; COMPRESSION CREEP TESTS; STRENGTHENING EFFECT; DENSITY; ELASTIC
 MODULUS
 Class Codes: A8140L; A6220H; A8140J; A6220D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 111
-A-
 954893 A82111123
-W-
 ZINC SELENIDE FOR OPTICAL CERAMICS
 SOKOL, V.A.; ROKHLENKO, D.A.; KONONOVA, L.I.; ZAVORUEVA, R.S.; BROMBERG,
 A.V.
 ALL-UNION SCI.-RES. INST. OF CHEM. REAGENTS AND SPECIALLY PURE CHEMICALS,
 USSR
 IZV. AKAD. NAUK SSSR NEORG. MATER. VOL.17, NO.10 1745-8 OCT. 1981
 Trans in: INORG. MATER. (USA) VOL.17, NO.10 1287-90 OCT. 1981
 -CODEN-
 INOMAF
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (12 Refs)
 THE SYNTHESIS CONDITIONS WERE DETERMINED AND THE PROPERTIES INVESTIGATED OF
 ZNSE POWDERS OBTAINED BY PRECIPITATION OF ZNSE.N/SUB 2/H/SUB 4/ FROM ZINC
 SELENITE AMMONIATE AND HYDRAZINE HYDRATE, FOLLOWED BY ITS DECOMPOSITION AND
 CALCINATION.
-Desc-
 ZINC COMPOUNDS; POWDER TECHNOLOGY; CERAMICS; OPTICAL MATERIALS; MATERIALS
 PREPARATION; II-VI SEMICONDUCTORS; PRECIPITATION (PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY)
-Ident-
 OPTICAL CERAMICS; SYNTHESIS CONDITIONS; ZNSE; POWDERS; PRECIPITATION;
 ZNSE.N/SUB 2/H/SUB 4/; DECOMPOSITION; CALCINATION
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E; A4270F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 112
-A-
 935052 A82099404
-W-
 EUTECTOID DECOMPOSITION PROCESSES OF SOLID SOLUTIONS IN THE HFO/SUB
 2/-PRO/SUB 1.5/ AND HFO/SUB 2/-MGO SYSTEMS AND THEIR INFLUENCE ON THE
 PHYSICO-CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF REFRACTORY MATERIALS
 KRAVCHINSKAYA, R.V.; TIKHONOV, P.A.; KOEHLER, E.K.
 INST. OF SILICATE CHEM., ACAD. OF SCI., LENINGRAD, USSR
 CERAM. INT. (ITALY) VOL 8, NO.2 70-3 1982
 -CODEN-
 CINNDH
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (6 Refs)
 MICROSCOPY AND ELECTRON MICROPROBE ANALYSIS WERE USED TO STUDY THE PROCESS
 OF EUTECTOID DECOMPOSITION OF CUBIC SOLID SOLUTIONS IN THE HFO/SUB
 2/-PRO/SUB 1.5/ AND HFO/SUB 2/-MGO SYSTEMS. IN THE FIRST SYSTEM THIS OCCURS
 BY FORMING OF A PR-RICH PYROCHLORE-TYPE PHASE AND MONOCLINIC HFO/SUB 2/
 SOLID SOLUTION. IN THE HFO/SUB 2?-MGO SYSTEM, MAGNESIUM CONCENTRATES MAINLY
 AT CRYSTAL BOUNDARIES YIELDING A MGO SOLID SOLUTION; THE SECOND, MGO-POO?
 PHASE IS A HFO/SUB 2/-BASED MONOCLINIC SOLID SOLUTION. AS A RESULT OF
 DECOMPOSITION THE ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY OF THE CUBIC SOLID SOLUTIONS IS
 REDUCED BY TWO ORDERS OF MAGNITUDE IN THE HFO/SUB 2/-PRO/SUB 1.5/ SYSTEM AND
 MORE THAN ORDERS OF MAGNITUDE IN THE HFO/SUB 2/-MGO SYSTEM.
-Desc-
 SOLID SOLUTIONS; HAFNIUM COMPOUNDS; PRASEODYMIUM COMPOUNDS; CERAMICS;
 ELECTRON MICROSCOPE EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS; ELECTRON PROBE ANALYSIS; PHASE
 DIAGRAMS; PHASE DIAGRAMS; ELECTRON PROBE ANALYSIS; ELECTRON MICROSCOPE
 EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS; CERAMICS; SOLID SOLUTIONS; MAGNESIUM COMPOUNDS
 HAFNIUM COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 HFO/SUB 2/-PRO/SUB 1.5/ SYSTEM; PHASE DIAGRAMS; SOLID SOLUTIONS;
 PHYSICO-CHEMICAL PROPERTIES; REFRACTORY MATERIALS; ELECTRON MICROPROBE
 ANALYSIS; EUTECTOID DECOMPOSITION; CUBIC SOLID SOLUTIONS; HFO/SUB 2/-MGO
 SYSTEMS; ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY
 Class Codes: A8130D; A6470
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 113
-A-
 935029 A82099379
-W-
 ALUMINOMAGNESIUM SPINEL FOR TRANSPARENT CERAMIC
 SOKOL, V.A.; ROKHLENKO, D.A.; KONONOVA, L.I.; BROMBERG, A.V.
 ALL-UNION SCI. RES. INST. OF CHEM. REAGENTS AND SPECIALLY PURE CHEMICALS,
 USSR
 IZV. AKAD. NAUK SSSR NEORG. MATER. VOL.17, NO.5 896-901 MAY 1981
 Trans in: INORG. MATER. (USA) VOL.17, NO.5 636-41 MAY 1981
 -CODEN-
 INOM?F
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (15 Refs)
 A COMPARATIVE ESTIMATE IS MADE OF THE METHODS OF OBTAINING STOICHIOMETRIC
 ALUMINOMAGNESIUM SPINEL SUITABLE FOR MAKING OPTICAL CERAMIC ON AN INDUSTRIAL
 SCALE BY HETEROGENEOUS AND HOMOGENEOUS COPRECIPITATION OF MAGNESIUM AND
 ALUMINIUM HYDROXIDES AND BY CALCINATION OF MAGNESIUM AND ALUMINIUM SALTS. A
 METHOD IS EXAMINED OF OBTAINING STOICHIOMETRIC SPINEL SUITABLE FOR MAKING
 OPTICAL CERAMIC BY SINTERING UNDER PRESSURE BY COCRYSTALLIZATION OF
 MAGNESIUM  AND ALUMINIUM SULFATES FOLLOWED BY CALCINATION. THE PRODUCT
 CONSISTS OF PARTICLES SMALLER THAN 0.4 MUM AND IT CONTAINS =99PERCENT OF
 SPINEL. THE METHOD IS TECHNOLOGICALLY EFFECTIVE AND ENSURES STABLE
 PREPARATION OF A PRODUCT UNDER INDUSTRIAL CONDITIONS WITH A MOLECULAR RATIO
 MGO/AL/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/=1 +OR- 0.02.
-Desc-
 MAGNESIUM COMPOUNDS; ALUMINA; CERAMICS; SINTERING; PRECIPITATION (PHYSICAL
 CHEMISTRY); HIGH-PRESSURE EFFECTS IN SOLIDS; OPTICAL MATERIALS;
 TRANSPARENCY
-Ident-
 PARTICLE SIZE; TRANSPARENT CERAMIC; OPTICAL CERAMIC; COPRECIPITATION;
 CALCINATION; SINTERING; PRESSURE
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E; A7820D; A8230; A4270F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 114
-A-
 930354 A82093633
-W-
 XPS, AES AND FRICTION STUDIES OF SINGLE-CRYSTAL SILICON CARBIDE
 MIYOSHI, K.; BUCKLEY, D.H.
 LEWIS RES. CENTER, NASA, CLEVELAND, OH, USA
 APPL. SURF. SCI. (NETHERLANDS) VOL.10, NO.3 357-76 MAY 1982
 -CODEN-
 ASUSDD
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (18 Refs)
 AN INVESTIGATION WAS CONDUCTED TO EXAMINE THE SURFACE CHEMISTRY AND FRICTION
 BEHAVIOR OF A SINGLE CRYSTAL SILICON CARBIDE (?001) SURFACE IN SLIDING
 CONTACT WITH IRON AT VARIOUS TEMPERATURES TO 1500 DEGREESC IN A VACUUM OF
 3*10 NP USING X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON AND AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPIES. THE
 RESULTS INDICATE THAT GRAPHITE AND CARBIDE-TYPE CARBON ARE SEEN PRIMARILY ON
 THE SILICON CARBIDE SURFACE IN ADDITION TO SILICON AT TEMPERATURES TO 800
 DEGREESC BY XPS AND AES. THE COEFFICIENTS OF FRICTION FOR IRON SLIDING
 AGAINST A SILICON CARBIDE (0001) SURFACE WERE HIGH AT TEMPERATURES TO 800
 DEGREESC. AT 800 DEGREESC, THE SILICON AND CARBIDE-TYPE CARBON ARE AT
 MAXIMUM INTENSITY IN THE XPS SPECTRA. WITH INCREASING TEMPERATURE ABOVE 800
 DEGREESC, THE CONCENTRATION OF THE GRAPHITE INCREASES RAPIDLY ON THE
 SURFACE, WHILE THAT OF THE CARBIDE-TYPE CARBON AND SILICON DECREASE RAPIDLY
 AND THIS PRESENCE OF GRAPHITE IS ACCOMPANIED BY A MARKED DECREASE IN
 FRICTION. THE THICKNESS OF THE GRAPHITE LAYER IS OF THE ORDER OF 2 NM.
-Desc-
 X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON SPECTRA; AUGER EFFECT; SILICON COMPOUNDS ; FRICTION;
 SURFACE STRUCTURE
-Ident-
 FRICTION STUDIES; SINGLE CRYSTAL; SURFACE CHEMISTRY; SLIDING CONTACT; X-RAY
 PHOTOELECTRON; AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPIES
 Class Codes: A814?P; A6220P; A6820
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 115
-A-
 930201 A82093480
-W-
 SINTERING BEHAVIOR AND MICROSTRUCTURAL DEVELOPMENT OF YTTRIUM-DOPED
 REACTION-BONDED SILICON NITRIDE
 MANGELS, J.A.; TENNENHOUSE, G.J.
 FORD MOTOR CO., DEARBORN, MI, USA
 AM. CERAM. SOC. BULL. (USA) VOL.60, NO.12 1306-10 DEC. 1981
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (12 Refs)
 REACTION-BONDED SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ SAMPLES CONTAINING 4-8PERCENT Y/SUB
 2/O/SUB 3/ WERE SINTERED OVER THE TEMPERATURE RANGE 1800 DEGREES-1925
 DEGREESC. SIGNIFICANT DENSIFICATION AND GRAIN GROWTH OCCURRED AT THE HIGHER
 TEMPERATURES AND HIGHER Y/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/ CONCENTRATIONS. AT LOWER Y/SUB
 2/O/SUB 3/ CONCENTRATIONS AND HIGHER TEMPERATURES, GRAIN COARSENING OCCURRED
 WITHOUT SIGNIFICANT DENSIFICATION. THE EXAGGERATED GRAIN GROWTH WHICH
 OCCURRED AT THE HIGHER TEMPERATURES AND HIGHER Y/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/
 CONCENTRATIONS RESULTED IN LOWER ROOM-TEMPERATURE STRENGTHS.
-Desc-
 DENSIFICATION; SINTERING; POWDER TECHNOLOGY; SILICON COMPOUNDS; YTTRIUM
 COMPOUNDS; CERAMICS; CRYSTAL MICROSTRUCTURE; REFRACTORIES; GRAIN GROWTH
-Ident-
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/: Y/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/; SINTERING; STRENGTH DEVELOPMENT;
 MICROSTRUCTURAL DEVELOPMENT; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; DENSIFICATION GRAIN GROWTH;
 GRAIN COARSENING
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E; A8140
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 116
-A-
 928851 A82091997, B82046309
-W-
 STUDY OF HIGH DOSE NITROGEN ION IMPLANTED LAYER ON SILICON SURFACE
 SUN HUILING; CHEN MING; WANG PEIDA
 INST. OF SEMICONDUCTORS, ACADEMIA SINICA, PEKING, CHINA
 CHIN. J. SEMICOND. (CHINA) VOL.3, NO.2 136-40 MARCH 1982
 -CODEN-
 PTTPDZ
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 CHINESE (4 Refs)
 A STUDY OF THE HIGH RESISTIVITY LAYER FORMED BY HIGH DOSE NITROGEN ION
 IMPLANTATION ON A SILICON SURFACE IS PRESENTED. IT WILL BE HELPFUL IN
 ADOPTING ION IMPLANTATION IN THE ISOLATION TECHNOLOGY FOR SEMICONDUCTOR
 INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. N-TYPE MONOCRYSTALLINE SILICON WITH RESISTIVITY OF 0.5
 OMEGA-CM AND (111) ORIENTATION IS USED AS A SUBSTRATE. THE IMPLANTATION
 ENERGY USED IS 80 KEV WITH HIGH DOSE 1=2*10/SUP 17/ CM/SUP -2/. AFTER THE
 IMPLANTATION AND ANNEALING, A HIGH RESISTIVITY LAYER WITH GOOD STABILITY IN
 PHYSICAL, CHEMICAL AND ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES IS FORMED ON THE SURFACE OF THE
 SUBSTRATE. THE CRYSTAL STRUCTURE AND THE STOICHIOMETRY IS ANALYZED BY MEANS
 OF AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY (AEX), RUTHERFORD CHANNELED AND NONCHANNELED
 BACKSCATTERING, INFRARED FOURIER SPECTROMETER AND X-RAY PHOTO-ELECTRON
 SPECTROSCOPY. THE RESULTS PROVE THAT THE IMPLANTED NITROGEN IONS HAVE A
 GAUSSIAN-SHAPED DISTRIBUTION AND THE AMORPHOUS NITRIDE LAYER MAY CONSIST OF
 A MATRIX OF SILICON NITRIDE AND SILICON.
-Desc-
 ION IMPLANTATION; ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTORS; HEAVILY DOPED SEMICONDUCTORS;
 IMPURITY DISTRIBUTION; SILICON; NITROGEN; SURFACE STRUCTURE
-Ident-
 HIGH DOSE N/SUP +/ ION IMPLANTED LAYER; SI SURFACE; SI: N; HIGH RESISTIVITY
 LAYER; ISOLATION TECHNOLOGY; SEMICONDUCTOR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS; ANNEALING;
 CRYSTAL STRUCTURE; STOICHIOMETRY; AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY;
 BACKSCATTERING; INFRARED FOURIER SPECTROMETER; X-RAY PHOTO-ELECTRON
 SPECTROSCOPY; GAUSSIAN-SHAPED DISTRIBUTION
 Class Codes: A6170T; A6170W; B2550B; B2520C
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 117
-A-
 927524 A82090491
-W-
 CHEMICAL SHIFTS OF AUGER LINES IN SOLIDS ON THE EXAMPLE OF THE KL/SUB
 23/L/SUB 23/ TRANSITION IN SILICON AND ITS COMPOUNDS
 FELLENBERG, R.; STREUBEL, P.; MEISEL, A.
 SEKTION CHEM., KARL-MARX-UNIV., LEIPZIG, GERMANY
 HYS. STATUS SOLIDI B (GERMANY) VOL.112, NO.1 55-60 1 JULY 1982
 -CODEN-
 PSSBBD
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (16 Refs)
 THE LINE POSITION OF THE SI KL/SUB 23/L/SUB 23/ AUGER TRANSITION IS MEASURED
 IN SILICON, SILICON CARBIDE, SILICON NITRIDE, SILICON DIOXIDE, AND SODIUM
 HEXAFLUOROSILICATE. THE CHEMICAL SHIFTS WITH REFERENCE TO SILICON ARE
 ESTIMATED AND COMPARED WITH THE CORRESPONDING SHIFTS OF PHOTOELECTRON PEAKS
 OF SI 1S AND SI 2P. THE CHANGE OF THE EXTRA-ATOMIC STATIC RELAXATION ENERGY
 DELTA R/SUB S//SUP EA/ DETERMINED IN THIS WAY IS PROPORTIONAL IN FIRST
 APPROXIMATION TO PAULING'S ELECTRONEGATIVITY. THE DESCRIBED METHOD MAKES IT
 POSSIBLE TO ESTIMATE PARAMETERS OF BONDING IN ATOMIC RANGES IN SOLIDS
 CONTAINING SILICON.
-Desc-
 SILICON; AUGER EFFECT; CHEMICAL SHIFT; PHOTOELECTRON SPECTRA ;
 ELECTRONEGATIVITY
-Ident-
 SIC; SIN; SIO/SUB 2/; AUGER LINES; KL/SUB 23/L/SUB 23/ TRANSITION; SI;
 CHEMICAL SHIFTS; PHOTOELECTRON PEAKS; PAULING'S ELECTRONEGATIVITY
 Class Codes: A3280H; A7920F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 118
-A-
 920538 A82088210
-W-
 FRICTION AND WEAR OF DIAMOND MATERIALS AND OTHER CERAMICS AGAINST METAL
 MEHAN, R.L.; HAYDEN, S.C.
 GENERAL ELECTRIC CO., WORTHINGTON, OH, USA
 WEAR (SWITZERLAND) VOL.74, NO.2 195-212 22 DEC. 1981
 -CODEN-
 WEARCJ
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (16 Refs)
 UTILIZING THE FALEX ROTATING RING AND BLOCK TECHNIQUE, THE AUTHORS EVALUATED
 THE PERFORMANCE OF SEVERAL DIAMOND MATERIALS AND ALUMINA, SILICON CARBIDE
 AND CEMENTED TUNGSTEN CARBIDE SLIDING AGAINST HARDENED STEEL 4620 AND A
 NITRIDED 12PERCENT CR STEEL. ALL TESTS WERE PERFORMED AT 50 REV MIN/SUP -1/,
 LUBRICATED AND UNLUBRICATED, IN BOTH CONTINUOUS AND 75 DEGREES OSCILLATING
 RING MOTION. THE LUBRICATING FLUID WAS MINERAL OIL WITH A KINEMATIC
 VISCOSITY OF 72 CST. IT WAS FOUND THAT GROUND DIAMOND COMPACTS, IRRESPECTIVE
 OF THE GRAIN SIZE IN THE COMPACTS, RESULTED IN THE BEST COMBINATION OF LOW
 FRICTION AND LOW METALLIC WEAR RATES UNDER BOTH LUBRICATED AND DUNLUBRICATED
 CONDITIONS. METAL WEAR RESULTING FROM DIAMOND-METAL SLIDING WAS FOUND TO BE
 DEPENDENT ON THE COMPACT SURFACE ROUGHNESS, AND AN INITIAL ROUGHNESS
 EXCEEDING ABOUT 0.36 MUM (14 MUIN) CENTER-LINE AVERAGE LED TO SEVERE WEAR
 UNDER SOME CONDITIONS.
-Desc-
 FRICTION; WEAR; DIAMOND; CERAMICS; FRICTION; WEAR
-Ident-
 WEAR; DIAMOND MATERIALS; CERAMICS; METAL; FALEX ROTATING RING; BLOCK
 TECHNIQUE; GRAIN SIZE; DIAMOND-METAL SLIDING; SURFACE ROUGHNESS
 Class Codes: A8140P; A6220P
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 119
-A-
 901049 A82076682
-W-
 SEGREGATION AND NEAR-SURFACE DIFFUSION FOR UNDOPED AND CR-DOPED COO
 NOWOTNY, J.; SIKORA, I.; WAGNER, J.B., JR.
 INST. OF CATALYSIS AND SURFACE CHEM., POLISH ACAD. OF SCI., KRAKOW, POLAND
 J. AM. CERAM. SOC. (USA) VOL.65, NO.4 192-6 APRIL 1982
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (29 Refs)
 WORK FUNCTION MEASUREMENTS WERE USED TO MONITOR THE REEQUILIBRATION KINETICS
 FOR THE SYSTEM COO-CR/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/ INVOLVING UNDOPED COO, CR-DOPED COO,
 COCR/SUB 2/O/SUB 4/ SPINEL PHASE, AND UNDOPED CR/SUB /O/SUB 3/. THE
 ACTIVATION ENERGY OF CHEMICAL DIFFUSION FOR THE NEAR-SURFACE LAYER WAS
 DETERMINED FOR THESE MATERIALS. COMBINED WORK FUNCTION, X-RAY, AND ESCA
 STUDIES INDICATE THAT CR SEGREGATES IN COO-CR/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/ SOLID
 SOLUTIONS, WHICH LEADS TO THE FORMATION OF A NEW 'SURFACE PHASE' OF
 SPINEL-LIKE STRUCTURE.
-Desc-
 COBALT COMPOUNDS; CHROMIUM COMPOUNDS; SOLID SOLUTIONS; SEGREGATION;
 CERAMICS; WORK FUNCTION; DIFFUSION IN SOLIDS; SURFACE DIFFUSION
-Ident-
 PURE COO; SEGREGATION; CERAMIC; X-RAY STUDY; NEAR-SURFACE DIFFUSION; CR-OPED
 COO; REEQUILIBRATION KINETICS; COO-CR/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/; COCR/SUB 2/O/SUB 4/
 SPINEL PHASE; UNDOPED CR/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/; ACTIVATION ENERGY; CHEMICAL
 DIFFUSION; WORK FUNCTION; ESCA STUDIES; SOLID SOLUTIONS
 Class Codes: A6475; A6630N; A6820
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 120
-A-
 879541 A82060267, B82030684
-W-
 ULTRAFINE FINISHING OF CERAMICS AND METALS BY FLOAT POLISHING
 NAMBA, Y.; TSUWA, H.
 DEPT. OF PRECISION ENGNG., OSAKA UNIV., SUITA, OSAKA, JAPAN
 BENNETT, H.E.; GLASS, A.J.; GUENTHER, A.H.; NEWNAM, B.E. (Editors)
 LASER INDUCED DAMAGE IN OPTICAL MATERIALS: 1980. PROCEEDINGS OF A SYMPOSIUM
 (NBS-SP-620) 171-9 1981
 30 SEPT.-1 OCT. 1980 BOULDER, CO, USA
 Publ: NBS, WASHINGTON, DC, USA
 XVII+466 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (11 Refs)
 DEALS WITH A METHOD OF FINISHING CERAMICS AND METALS TO OBTAIN A HIGH DEGREE
 OF SMOOTHNESS, AND ALSO DEALS WITH GEOMETRICAL, CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC,  MAGNETIC,
 OPTICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF THE FINISHED SURFACES. FLOAT POLISHING IS
 DEVELOPED TO POLISH MANY ELECTRONIC AND OPTICAL MATERIALS ULTRAFINELY
 WITHOUT DEFORMED LAYERS. SAMPLES WERE MECHANICALLY POLISHED ON A TIN LAP
 HAVING FINE GROOVES OF CONCENTRIC CIRCLES WHILE IN A POLISHING FLUID MIXED
 WITH THE PURE WATER AND FINE POWDER. THE SAMPLES WERE SUSPENDED IN THE
 POLISHING FLUID BY HYDRODYNAMIC PHENOMENA DUE TO THE SPECIALLY SHAPED TIN
 LAP. VERY GOOD FLATNESS, EXCELLENT RETENTION OF EDGE GEOMETRY AND EXTREMELY
 SMALL SURFACE ROUGHNESS OF 10AA RZ WERE OBTAINED ON THE FINISHED SURFACES OF
 AMORPHOUS MATERIALS AND SINGLE CRYSTALS. THE SURFACE ROUGHNESS OF 20AA RZ
 WERE OBTAINED ON POLYCRYSTALLINE MATERIALS BY FLOAT POLISHING USING SPECIAL
 TECHNIQUES IN ORDER TO REDUCE CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC ANISOTROPY.
-Desc-
 METALS; CERAMICS; OPTICAL MATERIALS; OPTICAL WORKSHOP TECHNIQUES; POLISHING;
 POLISHING; OPTICAL MATERIALS; OPTICAL WORKSHOP TECHNIQUES
-Ident-
 ULTRAFINE FINISHING; GEOMETRICAL PROPERTIES; MAGNETIC PROPERTIES;
 CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC PROPERTIES; OPTICAL PROPERTIES; CERAMICS; METALS; FLOAT
 POLISHING; CHEMICAL PROPERTIES; OPTICAL MATERIALS; POLISHING FLUID;
 HYDRODYNAMIC PHENOMENA; SPECIALLY SHAPED TIN LAP; GOOD FLATNESS; EDGE
 GEOMETRY; SURFACE ROUGHNESS; CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC ANISOTROPY
 Class Codes: A4285D; A4270F; A8160B; A81?0D; B4110; B0540; B0530
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 121
-A-
 874724 B82030484
-W-
 HIGH PRESSURE OXIDATION OF SILICON AND ITS APPLICATION TO FABRICATION OF MOS
 LSI
 MIYOSHI, H.; HIRAYAMA, M.; TSUBOUCHI, N.; ABE, H.
 NISHIZAWA, J. (Editors)
 SEMICONDUCTOR. TECHNOLOGIES. 1982 82-99 1981
 Publ: NORTH-HOLLAND, AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS
 Treatment: APPLIC; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 BOOK CHAPTER
-Lang-
 Eng. (22 Refs)
 PRESENTS A HIGH PRESSURE OXIDATION METHOD AND THE PHYSICAL, CHEMICAL, AND
 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF SILICON DIOXIDE FILM FORMED BY HIGH PRESSURE
 OXIDATION. THE APPLICATIONS OF THE HPO METHOD TO THE FABRICATION OF MOS LSI
 ARE DESCRIBED. HIGH PRESSURE SELECTIVE OXIDATION OF SILICON USING SILICON
 NITRIDE FILM AS A MASK WAS INVESTIGATED. OXIDATION-INDUCED STACKING FAULTS
 WERE FOUND TO BE REDUCED SIGNIFICANTLY. HIGH PRESSURE OXIDATION IMPROVED
 ELECTRICAL PERFORMANCE, SUCH AS REFRESH TIME CHARACTERISTICS AND DIELECTRIC
 BREAKDOWN STRENGTH OF A GATE OXIDE IN A MOS DYNAMIC RAM. FURTHERMORE, AN
 APPLICATION TO THE SECOND GATE OXIDE FORMATION IN THE MOS RAM WITH DOUBLE
 POLYSILICON STRUCTURE WAS EXAMINED. THE HIGH PRESSURE OXIDATION METHOD CAN
 PROVIDE A SIMPLE WAY TO GROW A THICK INTERMEDIATE OXIDE LAYER BETWEEN DOUBLE
 POLYSILICON LAYERS AND IMPROVE THE ELECTRICAL PERFORMANCE OF MOS LSI.
-Desc-
 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT TECHNOLOGY; OXIDATION; SILICON; ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTORS;
 LARGE SCALE INTEGRATION; RANDOM-ACCESS STORAGE; FIELD EFFECT INTEGRATED
 CIRCUITS; INTEGRATED MEMORY CIRCUITS
-Ident-
 SILICON OXIDATION; SIO/SUB 2/ PROPERTIES; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ MASK; STACKING
 FAULTS REDUCTION; PHYSICAL PROPERTIES; CHEMICAL PROPERTIES; IC TECHNOLOGY;
 MOS; LSI; HIGH PRESSURE OXIDATION; ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES; HPO; FABRICATION;
 SELECTIVE OXIDATION; REFRESH TIME CHARACTERISTICS; DIELECTRIC BREAKDOWN
 STRENGTH; GATE OXIDE; DYNAMIC RA?; SECOND GATE OXIDE FORMATION; THICK
 INTERMEDIATE OXIDE
 Class Codes: B2570C; B2550E; B1265D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 122
-A-
 874253 A82056743, B82029995
-W-
 ELECTRIC CONDUCTION IN NITROGEN-RICH SILICON NITRIDE FILMS PRODUCED BY
 SIH/SUB 2/CL/SUB ?/ AND HN/SUB 3/ (MNOS DEVICE APPLICATIONS)
 WATANABE, K.; WAKAYAMA, S.
 SONY RES. CENTER, YOKOHAMA, JAPAN
 J. APPL. PHYS. (USA) VOL.53, NO.1 568-75 JAN. 1982
 -CODEN-
 JAPIAU
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (24 Refs)
 THE COMPOSITION AND CONDUCTION OF SILICON NITRIDE FILM FORMED BY THE
 REACTION OF SIH/SUB 2/CL/SUB 2/ AND NH/SUB 3/ AT A LOW PRESSURE WERE
 STUDIED. IN THE RANGE INVESTIGATED, THIS FILM IS AMORPHOUS N-RICH SILICON
 NITRIDE NO MATTER WHAT THE GROWTH CONDITIONS. CONDUCTION AT ROOM TEMPERATURE
 IN A STEADY STATE WAS INVESTIGATED BY ANALYZING THE CHARGE DISTRIBUTION
 WITHOUT USING AN AVERAGE FIELD APPROXIMATION. PROBABLE CHARGE DISTRIBUTION
 IN THE NITRIDE WAS DERIVED FROM THE THICKNESS DEPENDENCE OF THE APPLIED
 VOLTAGE AT A CONSTANT CURRENT AND FROM THE FLAT-BAND VOLTAGE SHIFT GIVING
 THE INTERFACE FIELDS. WHEN CURRENT DENSITY J=10/SUP -5/ A/CM/SUP -2/, THE
 AUTHORS OBTAINED N/SUB T/ (0)=3*10/SUP 18/ CM/SUP -3/, INTERFACE FIELDS
 ?E/SUB S/=4.0*10/SUP 6/ V/CM, AND THE CHARGE CENTROID OMEGA=210 AA. THE
 DYNAMIC DIELECTRIC CONSTANT IS CALCULATED AS EPSILON/SUB D/=3.9 FROM THE
 TEMPERATURE DEPENDENCE OF CONDUCTION, USING THE AVERAGE FIELD APPROXIMATION.
 THE AVERAGE FIELD APPROXIMATION IS VALID ONLY AT HIGH TEMPERATURES.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; ELECTRONIC CONDUCTION IN INSULATING THIN FILMS; AMORPHOUS
 STATE; METAL-INSULATOR-SEMICONDUCTOR STRUCTURES
-Ident-
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ FILM; MNOS DEVICES; COMPOSITION; CONDUCTION; AMORPHOUS;
 ROOM TEMPERATURE; CHARGE DISTRIBUTION; THICKNESS DEPENDENCE; APPLIED
 VOLTAGE; FLAT-BAND VOLTAGE SHIFT; CURRENT DENSITY; INTERFACE FIELDS; CHARGE
 CENTROID;  DYNAMIC DIELECTRIC CONSTANT; AVERAGE FIELD APPROXIMATION
 Class Codes: A7360H; B2530F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 123
-A-
 873957 A82050874, B82029668
-W-
 MICROSTRUCTURE OF SRTIO/SUB 3/ BOUNDARY-LAYER CAPACITOR MATERIAL
 FRANKEN, P.E.C.; VIEGERS, M.P.A.; GERRING, A.P.
 PHILIPS RES. LABS., EINDHOVEN, NETHERLANDS
 J. AM. CERAM. SOC. (USA) VOL.64, NO.12 687-90 DEC 1981
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (9 Refs)
 SRTIO/SUB 3/ CAPACITOR MATERIAL WITH INDIFFUSED BI/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/ WAS
 STUDIED USING SEM, ESCA COMBINED WITH AR/SUP +/ ION-ETCHING, AND TEM
 EQUIPPED WITH EDX. THE APPARENT THICKNESS OF A SECOND-PHASE LAYER OBSERVED
 WITH SEM WAS FOUND TO BE INFLUENCED BY IN-DEPTH EFFECTS. ESCA AND TEM
 RESULTS SHOW THAT ONLY A 10- TO 100-NM THICK LAYER OF SECOND PHASE IS
 PRESENT BETWEEN THE SRTIO/SUB 3/ GRAINS. IN ADDITION, IT WAS FOUND WITH TEM
 THAT THE OUTER PART OF EACH GRAIN CONTAINED BI (AT MOST 2 AT.PERCENT ),
 REPRESENTING A DIFFUSION LAYER. THESE RESULTS HAVE IMPLICATIONS FOR THE
 BOUNDARY-LAYER MODEL PROPOSED TO EXPLAIN THE DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES.
-Desc-
 STRONTIUM COMPOUNDS; CAPACITORS; TRANSMISSION ELECTRON MICROSCOPE
 EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS; SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE EXAMINATION OF
 MATERIALS; CERAMICS; ETCHING; ION BEAM EFFECTS; CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
-Ident-
 CRYSTAL MICROSTRUCTURE; SRTIO/SUB 3/ BOUNDARY-LAYER CAPACITOR MATERIAL;
 INDIFFUSED BI/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/; SEM; ESCA; AR/SUP +/ ION-ETCHING; TEM; EDX;
 SECOND-PHASE LAYER; IN-DEPTH EFFECTS; BOUNDARY-LAYER MODEL; DIELECTRIC
 PROPERTIES
 Class Codes: A6480G; B2130; B2810
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 124
-A-
 868328 A82057322
-W-
 SLIP CASTING OF SILICON NITRIDE FOR PRESSURELESS SINTERING
 RABINOVICH, E.M.; LEITNER, SH.; GOLDENBERG, A.
 ISRAEL CERAMIC AND SILICATE INST., TECH. CITY, HAIFA, ISRAEL
 J. MATER. SCI. (GB) VOL.17, NO.2 323-8 FEB. 1982
 -CODEN-
 JMTSAS
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (7 Refs)
 PROPERTIES OF AQUEOUS SLIPS OF SILICON NITRIDE/SPINEL MIXTURES WERE STUDIED.
 VANISPERSE CB WAS USED AS DEFLOCCULANT. IT WAS SHOWN THAT MIXTURES
 PREVIOUSLY MILLED IN WATER FORM STABLE SLIPS, WHILE THOSE MILLED IN
 ISOPROPANOL FORM JELLY-LIKE AQUEOUS SUSPENSIONS UNSUITABLE FOR CASTING. A
 SINGLE-STAGE SLIP MAY BE PREPARED BY MILLING AND MIXING SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/
 POWDER WITH SPINEL AND WATER WITHOUT A DEFLOCCULANT. VISCOSITY, PH AND
 DENSITY OF THE SLIPS WERE STUDIED AND A SET OF CRUCIBLES WAS CAST AND FIRED
 IN NITROGEN AT 1650 DEGREESC FOR 1 H TO BULK DENSITY 3.1 G CM/SUP -1.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; REFRACTORIES; SINTERING
-Ident-
 PRESSURELESS SINTERING; DEFLOCCULA?T; MILLING; MIXING; POWDER; SPINEL;
 WATER; PH; DENSITY; BULK DENSITY
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 125
-A-
 64105 A82052251
-W-
 CHEMICAL STABILITY OF NASICON
 SCHMID, H.; DE JONGHE, L.C.; CAMERON, C.
 LAWRENCE BERKELEY LAB., UNIV. OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY, CA, USA
 SOLID STATE IONICS (NETHERLANDS) VOL.6, NO.1 57-63 FEB. 1982
 -CODEN-
 SSIOD3
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (4 Refs)
 NASICON SOLID ELECTROLYTES WERE TESTED BY IMMERSION IN LIQUID SODIUM AROUND
 300 DEGREESC. THE ELECTROLYTES WERE FOUND TO DEGRADE DUE TO CHEMICAL
 REACTION WITH SODIUM. THIS REACTION CHANGES THE LATTICE PARAMETERS OF THE
 ELECTROLYTES SUFFICIENTLY TO CAUSE FRACTURE. WHILE THE RAPIDITY WITH WHICH
 THE DEGRADATION OCCURS DEPENDS ON THE ELECTROLYTE PREPARATION METHOD, THE
 RESULTS INDICATE THAT A CHEMICAL STABILIZATION OF NASICON TOWARDS SODIUM
 SHOULD BE SOUGHT TO MAKE IT A USEFUL ELECTROLYTE.
-Desc-
 SODIUM COMPOUNDS; SILICON COMPOUNDS; ZIRCONIUM COMPOUNDS; SUPERIONIC
 CONDUCTING MATERIALS; LATTICE CONSTANTS; FRACTURE; SURFACE CHEMISTRY; X-RAY
 DIFFRACTION EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS; CRACKS; CHEMICAL REACTIONS; CERAMICS
-Ident-
 NA/SUB 1+X/SI/SUB X/ZR/SUB 2/P/SUB 3-X/O/SUB 12/; CHEMICAL STABILITY;
 NASICON; SOLID ELECTROLYTES; CHEMICAL REACTION; LATTICE PARAMETERS;
 FRACTURE; DEGRADATION
 Class Codes: A8265J; A6220M; A8160D; A8140N
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 126
-A-
 857905 A82045218, B82025154
-W-
 ESCA INVESTIGATION OF ION BEAM SNTHESIZED SILICON NITRIDE PASSIVATING LAYERS
 ON SILICON
 YADAV, A.D.; JOSHI, M.C.
 DEPT. OF PHYS., UNIV. OF BOMBAY, BOMBAY, INDIA
 NUCL. INSTRUM. AND METHODS PHYS. RES. (NETHERLANDS) VOL.191, NO.1-3 293-6 31
 DEC. 1981
 -CODEN-
 NIMRD9
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE FIFTH INTERNATIONAL CONF. ON ION BEAM ANALYSIS 16-20 FEB.
 1981 SYDNEY, AUSTRALIA
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (10 Refs)
 SI/SUB 3/N SUB 4/ LAYERS ARE SYNTHESIZED BY (/SUP 14/N/SUB 2/)/SUP +/ ION
 IMPLANTATION INTO SILICON AT 30 KEV ENERGY UP TO A TOTAL DOSE OF 1*10/SUP
 18/ IONS CM/SUP -2/. XPS DEPTH PROFILE STUDIES ARE CARRIED OUT ON
 NON-ANNEALED AND ANNEALED SAMPLES. VACUUM ANNEALING AT 900 DEGREESC FOR 2.5
 H IS FOUND TO BE SUFFICIENT TO GROW SILICON NITRIDE LAYERS HAVING UNIFORM
 DEPTH DISTRIBUTION.
-Desc-
 ION IMPLANTATION; ANNEALING; X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON SPECTRA; PASSIVATION;
 SEMICONDUCTOR-INSULATOR BOUNDARIES; SILICON COMPOUNDS; SILICON ; ELEMENTAL
 SEMICONDUCTORS
-Ident-
 VACUUM ANNEALING; /SUP 14/N/SUP +/ ION IMPLANTATION; 900 DEGREE C; X-RAY
 PHOTOELECTRON SPECTRUM; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ PASSIVITING LAYERS; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB
 4/-SI; SEMICONDUCTORS; 30 KEV ENERGY; XPS DEPTH PROFILE; DEPTH DISTRIBUTION
 Class Codes: A6170T; A7960E; A7340Q; B2550E; B2530F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 127
-A-
 852189 A82045229
-W-
 KINETICS OF BUILDUP OF SILICON NITRIDE UNDER BOMBARDMENT OF SILICON WITH
 NITROGEN IONS
 LEZHEIKO, L.V.; LYUBOPYTOVA, E.V.; SMIRNOV, L.S.
 INST. OF SEMICONDUCTOR PHYS., ACAD. OF SCI., NOVOSIBIRSK, USSR
 ZH. TEKH. FIZ. (USSR) VOL.51, NO.4 818-22 APRIL 1981
 -CODEN-
 ZTEFA3
 Trans in: SOV. PHYS.-TECH. PHYS. (USA) VOL.26, NO.4 483-6 APRIL 1981
 -CODEN-
 SPTPA3
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (6 Refs)
 A STUDY HAS BEEN MADE OF THE KINETICS OF BUILDUP OF THE SILICON NITRIDE
 PHASE UPON IMPLANTATION OF NITROGEN IONS AS A FUNCTION OF THE CURRENT
 DENSITY AND THE TEMPERATURE. ON THE BASIS OF AN ANALYSIS OF THE EXPERIMENTAL
 DATA THE AUTHORS PROPOSE MECHANISMS OF THE PROCESSES AND DESCRIBE THE PHASE
 BUILDUP ASSOCIATED WITH THE TWO MAIN REGIMEN OF THE DOSE DEPENDENCE. IT IS
 ASSUMED THAT IN THE FIRST REGIMEN PHASE NUCLEATION OCCURS DIRECTLY IN THE
 REGION WHERE IONS ARE STOPPED, WHEREAS THE SECOND IS LIMITED BY THE PROCESS
 OF DIFFUSION OF NITROGEN ATOMS AND COMPLETION OF THE PHASE BOUNDARY. THE
 ROLE OF THE CURRENT DENSITY IS REDUCED TO THAT OF HEATING THE SURFACE LAYER
 OF THE TARGET AND SPEEDING UP THE DIFFUSION.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; SURFACE CHEMISTRY; SILICON; ION IMPLANTATION; IMPURITIES
-Ident-
 SI; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; N/SUP +/; BUILDUP KINETICS; IMPLANTATION; PHASE
 BUILDUP; DOSE DEPENDENCE; PHASE NUCLEATION; PHASE BOUNDARY; SURFACE LAYER
 Class Codes: A6170T; A8265J
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 128
-A-
 849240 A82041634, B82020200
-W-
 INVESTIGATION OF CVD SILICON NITRIDE ENCAPSULATION FOR GALLIUM ARSENIDE
 LEIGH, P.A.
 BRITISH TELECOM RES. LABS., MARTLESHAM HEATH, IPSWICH, ENGLAND
 INT. J. ELECTRON. (GB) VOL.52, NO.1 23-41 JAN. 1982
 -CODEN-
 IJELA2
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (14 Refs)
 POST IMPLANT ANNEALING OF GAAS REQUIRES HIGH TEMPERATURE AND SAMPLES NEED TO
 BE ENCAPSULATED WITH A PASSIVE DIELECTRIC FILM TO PREVENT DECOMPOSITION. THE
 SUITABILITY OF RAPIDLY DEPOSITED CVD SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ HAS BEEN
 INVESTIGATED. THE PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF FILMS HAVE BEEN
 STUDIED USING A NUMBER OF COMPLEMENTARY PHYSICAL TECHNIQUES. ELLIPSOMETRY
 WAS USED TO MEASURE FILM THICKNESS AND REFRACTIVE INDEX IN CHARACTERIZATION
 OF GROWTH CONDITIONS. ANALYSIS OF STOICHIOMETRY AND FILM QUALITY WAS
 ASSESSED BY RUTHERFORD BACK-SCATTERING ON VITREOUS CARBON AND SILICON
 SUBSTRATES AND BY AUGER PROFILING ON GAAS. THE EFFECT OF HEAT TREATMENT ON
 THE ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF N-ON-N/SUP +/ EPI-GAAS WAS ASSESSED BY C-V
 PROFILING,  CATHODOLUMINESCENCE AND DLTS. FINALLY THE APPLICATION OF THIS
 TECHNOLOGY TO ION IMPLANTATION IN GAAS IS DEMONSTRATED.
-Desc-
 ANNEALING; III-V SEMICONDUCTORS; GALLIUM ARSENIDE; CVD COATINGS; SILICON
 COMPOUNDS; ION IMPLANTATION
-Ident-
 POST-IMPLANT ANNEALING; GAAS; ELLIPSOMETRY; PASSIVE DIELECTRIC FILM
 ENCAPSULATION; CV SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; FILM THICKNESS; REFRACTIVE INDEX;
 STOICHIOMETRY; RUTHERFORD BACK-SCATTERING; AUGER PROFILING; C-V PROFILING;
 CATHODOLUMINESCENCE; DLTS
 Class Codes: A8140G; A8115H; A6170T; B2550E; B0520F; B2520D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 129
-A-
 849169 A82041563
-W-
 SYNTHESIS OF THE SOLID SOLUTION PB (ZR/SUB 0.53/TI/SUB 0.47/)O/SUB 3/ BY
 CRYOPRECIPITATION
 LEVINA, M.E.; MARTON, I.; KOLBENEVA, G.I.; TRET'YAKOV, YU.D.
 M.V. LOMONOSOV MOSCOW STATE UNIV., MOSCOW, USSR
 IZV. AKAD. NAUK SSSR NEORG. MATER. VOL.16, NO.11 2005-8 NOV. 1980
 Trans in: INORG. MATER. (USA) VOL.16, NO.11 1381-4 NOV. 1980
 -CODEN-
 INOMAF
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (9 Refs)
 USING CRYOPRECIPITATION THE AUTHORS HAVE OBTAINED POWDERS OF SOLID SOLUTIONS
 PB (Z?/SUB 0.53/-TI/SUB 0.47/)O/SUB 3/ AND PB/SUB 1-/XBI/SUB 2/3X/ (ZR/SUB
 0.53/TI/SUB 0.47/)O/SUB 3/ WITH HIGH CHEMICAL UNIFORMITY AND ENHANCED
 SINTERING ACTIVITY. THE PROPERTIES OF THE SYNTHESIZED CERAMIC HAVE BEEN
 INVESTIGATED. INCORPORATION OF 0.5 MOLEPERCENT BI/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/ INTO THE
 CERAMIC SHARPLY INCREASES WITH DIELECTRIC CONSTANT, WHICH EXCEEDS 3*10/SUP
 4/ AT THE CURIE POINT. AN INCREASE IN THE BI/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/ CONTENT OF THE
 CERAMIC FROM 0? TO 1 MOLEPERCENT LEADS TO A MONOTONIC DECREASE IN THE CURIE
 POINT FROM 367 TO 347 DEGREESC AND PROMOTES AN INCREASE IN THE GRAIN SIZE
 DURING SINTERING.
-Desc-
 PRECIPITATION (PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY); CERAMICS; PERMITTIVITY; FERROELECTRIC
 CURIE TEMPERATURE; POWDER TECHNOLOGY; LEAD COMPOUNDS; CRYOGENICS;
 FERROELECTRIC MATERIALS; SOLID SOLUTIONS
-Ident-
 PIEZOELECTRIC CERAMIC; FERROELECTRIC; PZT; SYNTHESIS; SOLID SOLUTION; PB
 (ZR/SUB 0.53/TI/SUB 0.47/)O/SUB 3/; CRYOPRECIPITATION; POWDERS HIGH CHEMICAL
 UNIFORMITY; ENHANCED SINTERING ACTIVITY; DIELECTRIC CONSTANT BI/SUB 2/O/SUB
 3/ CONTENT; CURIE POINT; GRAIN SIZE
 Class Codes: A8120L; A7720; A8120E; A7780B
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 130
-A-
 848899 A82041283
-W-
 INVESTIGATION OF BATIO/SUB 3/-BASED FERROELECTRIC MATERIALS BY MEANS OF
 CONTACT VOLTAMMETRY
 SAPOZHNIKOVA, E.YA.; MAIDUOVA, T.P.; ROIZENBLAT, E.M.; SAFONOVA, S.V.
 ALL-UNION SCI.-RES. INST. OF REAGENTS AND CHEM. PURE MATERIALS FOR
 ELECTRONICS, USSR
 IZV. AKAD. NAUK SSSR NEORG. MATER. VOL.16, NO.11 1995-8 NOV. 1980
 Trans in: INORG MATER. (USA) VOL.16, NO.11 1371-4 NOV. 1980
 -CODEN-
 INOMAF
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (8 Refs)
 BY THE ELECTROCHEMICAL METHOD IT IS SHOWN THAT IN THE STAGE OF SYNTHESIS OF
 THE MATERIAL VK-4 OBTAINED BY COPRECIPITATION, DEFECTS WITH ACCEPTOR
 PROPERTIES ARE FORMED. ACCORDING TO THE NATURE OF THE PRECIPITATING AGENT,
 THE RESULTING HOLES ARE LOCALIZED ON CR AND/OR SN CATIONS. THESE DEFECTS CAN
 INCREASE THE COEFFICIENT OF NONLINEARITY OF THE DIELECTRIC PERMITTIVITY OF
 THE MATERIAL.
-Desc-
 VOLTAMMETRY (CHEMICAL ANALYSIS); CERAMICS; FERROELECTRIC MATERIALS;
 PERMITTIVITY; PRECIPITATION (PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY); DEFECTS ELECTRON ENERGY
 STATES; BARIUM COMPOUNDS; LOCALISED ELECTRON STATES; MATERIALS PREPARATION;
 TIN; CHROMIUM
-Ident-
 CR CATIONS; PEROVSKITE; DEGREE OF OXIDATION; ADDITIVES INFLUENCE; CYCLIC
 VOLT AMPERE CURVES; ANNEALING; BAO-SNO-CR/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/-TIO/SUB 2/ SYSTEM;
 ELECTROCHEMICAL INVESTIGATION; BATIO/SUB 3/-BASED FERROELECTRIC MATERIALS;
 CONTACT VOLTAMMETRY; STAGE OF SYNTHESIS; COPRECIPITATION; DEFECTS WITH
 ACCEPTOR PROPERTIES; ROLES; LOCALIZED; SN CATIONS; COEFFICIENT OF
 NONLINEARITY; DIELECTRIC PERMITTIVITY
 Class Codes: A7780; A8280F; A8120L; A7720; A7155H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 131
-A-
 838328 A82036821
-W-
 DETERMINATION OF PORE STRUCTURE IN REACTION SINTERED SILICON NITRIDE
 COHRT, H.; PORZ, F.; THUMMLER, F.
 INST. FUR WERKSTOFFKUNDE II, UNIV. KARLSRUHE, KARLSRUHE, GERMANY
 POWDER METALL. INT. (GERMANY) VOL.13, NO.3 121-5 AUG. 1981
 -CODEN-
 PWMIBW
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (10 Refs)
 THE OPEN POROSITY OF 4 REACTION SINTERED SILICON NITRIDE (RBSN) MATERIALS IS
 CHARACTERIZED WITH THE AID OF MERCURY POROSIMETRY. THE PROCESSES OCCURRING
 DURING INTRUSION AND EXTRUSION OF THE MERCURY AS WELL AS THE EFFECT OF
 PRESSURE CHANGE RATE UPON MEASURED DATA ARE DISCUSSED. THE PLOTTING OF
 HYSTERESIS CURVES PERMITS A DIFFERENTIATION BETWEEN VOID VOLUME THAT CANNOT
 BE DRAINED AND CHANNEL VOLUME. THE LENGTH OF THE CHANNELS CONTAINED IN THE
 RBSN CAN BE ESTIMATED BY THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE CHANNEL VOLUME THAT CAN BE
 DRAINED. THESE VALUES OF A MAGNITUDE OF L/SUB G/=10/SUP 6/ M/G COULD BE
 CONFIRMED BY MEASUREMENT OF LOW TEMPERATURE-NITROGEN ADSORPTION.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; SINTERING; EXTRUSION; VOIDS (SOLID); POROUS MATERIALS;
 CERAMICS
-Ident-
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; REACTION SINTERING; VOID VOLUME; PORE STRUCTURE; OPEN
 POROSITY; MERCURY POROSIMETRY; INTRUSION; EXTRUSION; HYSTERESIS CURVES;
 CHANNEL VOLUME; RBSN
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 132
-A-
 830504 A82022554, B82018416
-W-
 SOLID ELECTROLYTE COATINGS FOR ELECTROCHEMICAL DEVICES
 FARRINGTON, G.C.
 DEPT. OF MATERIALS SCI. OF ENGNG., UNIV. OF PENNSYLVANIA, PHILADELPHIA, PA,
 USA
 THIN SOLID FILMS (SWITZERLAND) VOL.83, NO.4 455 25 SEPT. 1981
 -CODEN-
 THSFAP
 INTERNATIONAL CONF. ON METALLURGICAL COATINGS 6-10 APRIL 1981 SAN FRANCISCO,
 CA, USA
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 SUMMARY FORM ONLY GIVEN. THE AUTHOR FIRST COMPARES AND CONTRASTS THE
 CHARACTERISTICS OF LIQUID AND SOLID ELECTROLYTES. IONIC CONDUCTIVITY,
 CHEMICAL STABILITY AND IONIC SPECIFICITY FOR BOTH TYPES OF ELECTROLYTES ARE
 BRIEFLY REVIEWED. NEW ELECTROCHEMICAL DEVICES WHICH HAVE BEEN PROPOSED OR
 DEVELOPED TO EXPLOIT THE SPECIAL PROPERTIES OF HIGH CONDUCTIVITY SOLID
 ELECTROLYTES ARE DISCUSSED. INCLUDED ARE HIGH ENERGY DENSITY BATTERIES,
 SOLID STATE BATTERIES, CHEMICAL SENSORS AND FUEL CELLS. THE DEVELOPMENT OF
 NOVEL SOLID ELECTROLYTE DEVICES POSES A NUMBER OF CHALLENGES FOR SOLID
 ELECTROLYTE FABRICATION. PRESSING AND SINTERING, A TRADIATIONAL METHOD OF
 CERAMICS PREPARATION, IS THE BASIS OF SOLID ELECTROLYTE PRODUCTION FOR THE
 HIGH ENERGY DENSITY NA-S BATTERY. BUT MORE INNOVATIVE APPROACHES ARE NEEDED
 FOR MINIATURE SOLID STATE CHEMICAL SENSORS AND BATTERIES AS WELL AS FOR
 MODERATE-TEMPERATURE FUEL CELLS. THE AUTHOR REVIEWS THE PROGRESS THAT HAS
 BEEN ACHIEVED IN PREPARING THIN FILMS OF SOLID ELECTROLYTES BY REACTIVE
 SPUTTERING AND CHEMICAL DEPOSITION.
-Desc-
 FUEL CELLS; SECONDARY CELLS; ELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES; SUPERIONIC CONDUCTING
 MATERIALS; CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION; REACTIVE SPUTTERING; SINTERING
-Ident-
 SOLID ELECTROLYTE COATINGS; IONIC CONDUCTIVITY; PRESSING; ELECTROCHEMICAL
 DEVICES; CHARACTERISTICS; CHEMICAL STABILITY; IONIC SPECIFICITY; HIGH ENERGY
 DENSITY BATTERIES; SOLID STATE BATTERIES; CHEMICAL SENSORS; FUEL CELLS;
 SOLID ELECTROLYTE FABRICATION; SINTERING; NA-S BATTERY ; REACTIVE
 SPUTTERING; CHEMICAL DEPOSITION
 Class Codes: A8630D; A8115H; A8115; B8410; B0520F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 133
-A-
 796873 A82009414
-W-
 MECHANICAL BEHAVIOUR OF REACTION-BONDED SILICON NITRIDE UNDER VARIOUS
 THERMAL AND MECHANICAL CONDITIONS
 PORZ, F.; GRATHWOHL, G.; THUMMLER, F.
 INST. FUR WERKSTOFFKUNDE II, UNIV. OF KARLSRUHE, KARLSRUHE, GERMANY
 PROC. BR. CERAM. SOC. (GB) NO.31 157-68 JUNE 1981
 -CODEN-
 PBRCAR
 SPECIAL CERAMICS 7 15-18 DEC. 1980 LONDON, ENGLAND
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (10 Refs)
 THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF VARIOUS RBSN MATERIALS HAVE BEEN STUDIED, WITH
 PARTICULAR EMPHASIS ON SERVICE-LIFE PROBLEMS. TIME-DEPENDENT STRENGTH
 EFFECTS WERE MEASURED AT ROOM TEMPERATURE AND AT 1260 DEGREESC GIVING N
 VALUES OF 50 AND 43 RESPECTIVELY. CYCLIC LOADING WITH 1 HZ FREQUENCY AT ROOM
 TEMPERATURE WAS FOUND TO REDUCE THE LIFETIME COMPARED TO STATIC LOADING
 CONDITIONS. HIGH-TEMPERATURE STATIC FATIGUE AND CREEP EXPERIMENTS REVEALED
 THE IMPORTANT ROLE OF ALKALINE-EARTH IMPURITIES ON MECHANICAL PROPERTIES.
 SEVERE ROOM-TEMPERATURE STRENGTH DEGRADATION WAS OBSERVED AFTER CYCLIC
 OXIDATION BETWEEN RESULTS ARE DISCUSSED IN TERMS OF THE MICROSTRUCTURE AND
 THE IMPURITY CONTENT.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; REFRACTORIES; FATIGUE; CREEP; CRYSTAL MICROSTRUCTURE
-Ident-
 SIN; REACTION-BONDED; MECHANICAL PROPERTIES; STRENGTH EFFECTS; LOADING;
 FATIGUE; CREEP; STRENGTH DEGRADATION; CYCLIC OXIDATION
 Class Codes: A8140N; A6220M; A8140L; A6220H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 134
-A-
 796291 A82008682
-W-
 MICROSTRUCTURAL EFFECTS ON THE THERMAL DIFFUSIVITY OF REACTION-BONDED
 SILICON NITRIDE
 ZIEGLER, G.; ZIEGLER, R.
 DFVLR, COLOGNE, GERMANY
 PROC. BR. CERAM. SOC. (GB) NO.31 133-44 JUNE 1981
 -CODEN-
 PBRCAR
 SPECIAL CERAMICS 7 15-18 DEC. 1980 LONDON, ENGLAND
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (17 Refs)
 THE ROOM-TEMPERATURE THERMAL DIFFUSIVITY OF A NUMBER OF WELL-CHARACTERIZED
 COMMERCIAL GRADES OF REACTION-BONDED SILICON NITRIDE, PREPARED BY VARIOUS
 MANUFACTURING TECHNIQUES, WAS MEASURED. THE CORRELATION BETWEEN THERMAL
 DIFFUSIVITY DATA AND CHANGES IN MICROSTRUCTURE WAS INVESTIGATED. THE WIDE
 VARIATION OF THERMAL DIFFUSIVITY DATA OF THE COMMERCIAL GRADES, BETWEEN
 0.023 AND 0.11 CM/SUP 2/ S/SUP -1/, COULD NOT BE RELATED TO SINGLE
 MICROSTRUCTURAL PARAMETERS. THIS IS MOST LIKELY DUE TO A SUPERPOSITION OF
 SEVERAL MICROSTRUCTURAL EFFECTS. A GENERAL TENDENCY OF INCREASING THERMAL
 DIFFUSIVITY WITH AN INCREASE IN DENSITY WAS OBSERVED. FOR THE DENSITY RANGE
 OF 68 TO 83PERCENT OF THEORETICAL DENSITY, HOWEVER, THERMAL DIFFUSIVITY
 SHOULD MAINLY BE CONTROLLED BY OTHER MICROSTRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS. THIS
 WAS CONFIRMED BY ADDITIONAL MEASUREMENTS ON VARIOUS LABORATORY GRADES, IN
 WHICH THE SIZE OF THE MACROPORES, THE AMOUNT AND THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE
 ALPHA-PHASE WERE SYSTEMATICALLY HANGED. AT CONSTANT BULK DENSITY, THE SIZE
 OF THE EQUI-AXED MACROPORES HAS NO EFFECT ON THERMAL PROPERTIES.
-Desc-
 THERMAL DIFFUSIVITY; SILICON COMPOUNDS; REFRACTORIES; CRYSTAL
 MICROSTRUCTURE
-Ident-
 REACTION BONDED SIN; THERMAL DIFFUSIVITY; MICROSTRUCTURE; MACROPORES; BULK
 DENSITY
 Class Codes: A6670
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 135
-A-
 778899 A81105453
-W-
 EFFECT OF IMPURITY DOPING ON A REACTION-BONDED SILICON CARBIDE
 NORTH, B.; GILCHRIST, K.E.
 SPRINGFIELDS NUCLEAR POWER DEV. LABS., UKAEA, SALWICK, PRESTON, ENGLAND
 AM. CERAM. SOC. BULL. (USA) VOL.60, NO.5 549-54 MAY 1981
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (16 Refs)
 REACTION-BONDED SILICON CARBIDE IS USED IN APPLICATIONS RANGING FROM
 MECHANICAL SEALS TO GAS-TURBINE COMPONENTS. THEREFORE, THE ABILITY TO TAILOR
 PROPERTIES SUCH AS THERMAL AND ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITIES TO SPECIFIC
 APPLICATIONS WOULD BE ADVANTAGEOUS. AT ROOM TEMPERATURE, BORON AND ALUMINUM
 ADDITIONS REDUCE THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY SIGNIFICANTLY. ON THE OTHER HAND,
 BORON CAN INCREASE THE ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY BY A FACTOR OF 100 (PRIMARILY
 BY AFFECTING THE FREE-SILICON PHASE) AND ANTIMONY CAN REDUCE IT BY A FACTOR
 OF 10. AT HIGH TEMPERATURE, THE ELECTRICAL AND THERMAL CONDUCTIVITIES OF THE
 VARIOUSLY DOPED MATERIALS CONVERGE TO THE UNDOPED VALUES.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; REFRACTORIES; SPECIFIC HEAT OF SOLIDS; ELECTRICAL
 CONDUCTIVITY OF CRYSTALLINE SEMICONDUCTORS AND INSULATORS; THERMAL
 CONDUCTIVITY OF SOLIDS; IMPURITIES
-Ident-
 MECHANICAL SEALS; GAS-TURBINE COMPONENTS; THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY; ELECTRICAL
 CONDUCTIVITY; REACTION BONDED SIC; IMPURITY DOPING ; B ADDITIONS; AL
 ADDITIONS; N DOPING
 Class Codes: A6670; A7220F; A6540
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 136
-A-
 767197 A81097978
-W-
 TRANSPARENT GLASS-CERAMICS AND INTERACTION WITH ALKALI METAL VAPOURS
 LAU, J.
 UNIV. WARWICK, COVENTRY, ENGLAND
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Lang-
 Eng.
 INVESTIGATES THE FUNDAMENTAL PROCESSES INVOLVED WHEN A GLASS IS EXPOSED TO
 SODIUM VAPOUR, AND EXAMINES THE DIFFERENT WAYS OF IMPROVING THE RESISTANCE
 TOWARDS SODIUM ATTACK. WITH REGARD TO THE INTERACTION OF GLASSES WITH
 SODIUM, THE SILICATES WERE STUDIED IN MOST DETAIL. THE DISCOLOURATION OF THE
 SILICATE GLASSES BY SODIUM WAS TREATED AS A SURFACE PHENOMENON AND
 TECHNIQUES SUCH AS ESCA, IR?S AND ESR WERE USED TO INVESTIGATE THE
 INTERACTION. THE RESULTS FROM THESE VARIOUS TECHNIQUES ALL POINT TO THE SAME
 CONCLUSION, THAT THE MECHANISM OF SODIUM ATTACK IS THE PROGRESSIVE BREAKING
 OF SI-O BONDS TO FORM S?-O/SUP -/ BONDS. THE REACTION BETWEEN BORATE GLASSES
 AND SODIUM SHOWED CERTAIN SIMILARITIES WITH THE SILICATES. IT WAS FOUND THAT
 THE RESISTANCE TOWARDS SODIUM ATTACK WAS ONLY MARGINALLY IMPROVED BY
 CRYSTALLISING THE GLASSES IN BULK. HOWEVER, SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENTS WERE
 OBSERVED BY SURFACE CRYSTALLISATION.
-Desc-
 GLASS; CORROSION; CRYSTALLISATION
-Ident-
 DISCOLOURATION; SURFACE PHENOMENON; ESCA; IRRS; ESR; SURFACE
 CRYSTALLISATION; TRANSPARENT GLASS CERAMICS; ALKALI METAL VAPOURS; NA
 VAPOUR; CORROSION RESISTANCE; BULK CRYSTALLISATION
 Class Codes: A8160F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 137
-A-
 758?69 A81087382, B81046082
-W-
 LOW TEMPERATURE PHOTO-CVD SILICON NITRIDE: PROPERTIES AND APPLICATIONS
 PETERS, J.W.; GEBHART, F.L.; HALL, T.C.
 HUGHES AIRCRAFT CO., CULVER CITY, CA, USA
 SOLID STATE TECHNOL. (USA) VOL.23, NO.9  121-6 SEPT. 1980
 -CODEN-
 SSTEAP
 Treatment: APPLIC; NEW DEVELOPMENTS; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (7 Refs)
 A NEW PHOTOCHEMICAL PROCESS HAS BEEN DEVELOPED FOR THE DEPOSITION OF DENSE,
 CONFORMAL COATINGS OF SILICON NITRIDE (PHOTONITRIDE) ON MICRO-ELECTRONIC
 DEVICES AT TEMPERATURES AS LOW AS 100 DEGREESC. THIS PROCESS HAS THE
 ADVANTAGE, FOR PLASMA AND SPUTTER DEPOSITION PROCESSES, OF BEING FREE OF
 BROADBAND ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION AND CHARGED PARTICLE EFFECTS. DATA IS
 PRESENTED ON THE PHYSICAL, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF
 PHOTONITRIDE FILMS ON SILICON OR ON GLASS SUBSTRATES WHICH SHOW THIS
 MATERIAL TO BE COMPARABLE WITH TYPICAL PLASMA NITRIDE FILMS. A REACTOR IS
 DESCRIBED WHICH WAS EMPLOYED TO APPLY A CONFORMAL COATING OF PHOTONITRIDE
 OVER FULLY WIRE BONDED LEAD-FRAME ASSEMBLIES PRIOR TO ENCAPSULATION OF THESE
 ASSEMBLIES IN PLASTIC. THE ULTIMATE OBJECTIVE OF THIS PACKAGING APPROACH IS
 THE DEVELOPMENT OF A MILITARY QUALIFIED HIGH RELIABILITY PLASTIC
 ENCAPSULATED DEVICE. THE RESULTS OF THE STUDY SHOW THAT PHOTONITRIDE
 PASSIVATION IS COMPATIBLE WITH ALL WIRE BONDED LEAD-FRAME ASSEMBLIES, WITH
 OR WITHOUT INITIAL CHIP SILICON NITRIDE PASSIVATION.
-Desc-
 ENCAPSULATION; PASSIVATION; CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION; PHOTOCHEMISTRY;
 SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNOLOGY; SILICON COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 APPLICATIONS; PHOTOCHEMICAL PROCESS; CONFORMAL COATINGS; MECHANICAL
 PROPERTIES; PHOTO?SULATED DEVICE; PHOTONITRIDE PASSIVATION; LOW TEMPERATURE
 PHOTO-CVD SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; CONFORMAL COATING OVER FULLY WIRE BONDED
 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES; LEAD FRAME ASSEMBLIES; ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES; IC
 ENCAPSULATION PACKAGING
 Class Codes: A8115H; A8250; B2550E; B0170J; B0520F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 138
-A-
 756251 A81093383
-W-
 CHEMICAL INFORMATION FROM AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY
 MADDEN, H.H.
 SANDIA NAT. LABS., ALBUQUERQUE, NM, USA
 J. VAC. SCI. AND TECHNOL. (USA) VOL.18, NO.3 677-89 APRIL 1981
 -CODEN-
 JVSTAL
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 27TH NATIONAL SYMPOSIUM OF THE AMERICAN VACUUM SOCIETY
 13-17 OCT. 1980 DETROIT, MI, USA
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW; THEORETICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (126 Refs)
 THE NATURE OF CHEMICAL INFORMATION IN AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY (AES) DATA
 IS REVIEWED WITH SPECIAL EMPHASIS ON DATA FROM SOLID SURFACE SYSTEMS. TWO
 STRATEGIES ARE MOST FREQUENTLY USED TO EXTRACT THIS INFORMATION: (I)
 MEASURING AND ANALYZING ENERGY (CHEMICAL) SHIFTS IN AUGER PEAKS; AND (II)
 MAKING USE OF THE SHAPES OF AUGER SIGNALS TO DETERMINE THE CHEMICAL
 ENVIRONMENT AT THE SITE OF THE INITIAL CORE HOLE. CHEMICAL SHIFT DATA ARE
 PRIMARILY ILLUSTRATED BY HIGHLIGHTING THE INTERACTION OF OXYGEN WITH SOLIDS;
 AND ANALYSES OF THESE DATA BASED ON CORE-LEVEL BINDING-ENERGY SHIFTS,
 RELAXATION, AND HOLE-HOLE INTERACTIONS ARE OUTLINED AND DISCUSSED. AUGER
 TRANSITIONS THAT INVOLVE VALENCE ELECTRONS ARE USUALLY THOSE FOR WHICH
 LINESHAPES ARE TAKEN AS INDICATIONS OF THE LOCAL CHEMISTRY AT THE INITIAL
 CORE-HOLE SITE. ATTEMPTS AT EXTRACTING VALENCE BAND DENSITY-OF-STATES
 INFORMATION FROM LINESHAPES ARE PROVING SUCCESSFUL AND THIS APPROACH TO THE
 SURFACE CHEMICAL INFORMATION IN AES IS ILLUSTRATED WITH THE AID OF EXAMPLES
 DEALING WITH THE INTERACTION OF SILICON WITH HYDROGEN AND WITH OXYGEN. THE
 USE OF THE AES LINESHAPES SIMPLY AS 'FINGERPRINTS' OF THE CORE HOLE-SITE
 CHEMISTRY IS EXAMINED AND ILLUSTRATED BY EXAMPLES WHICH INCLUDE STUDIES OF
 SILICON NITRIDE PROPERTIES, OF SOLID SURFACE PROPERTIES RELATED TO CATALYTIC
 REACTIONS, AND OF PASSIVE FILMS ON IRON. AUGER DECAY ACTIVATED DESORPTION
 PROCESSES ARE BRIEFLY EXAMINED AND FOUND TO PROMISE NEW AND UNIQUE CHEMICAL
 INFORMATION WHEN COMBINED WITH CONVENTIONAL AES. SOME GAS PHASE AES STUDIES
 ARE ALSO BRIEFLY REVIEWED.
-Desc-
 AUGER EFFECT; OXIDATION; SORPTION; BINDING ENERGY; SPECTROCHEMICAL ANALYSIS;
 REVIEWS; SURFACE ELECTRON STATES
-Ident-
 AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY; CHEMICAL INFORMATION; SOLID SURFACE SYSTEMS;
 INITIAL CORE HOLE; CORE-LEVEL BINDING-ENERGY SHIFTS; HOLE-HOLE INTERACTIONS;
 VALENCE ELECTRONS; VALENCE BAND DENSITY-OF-STATES; AES LINESHAPES; CORE
 HOLE-SITE CHEMISTRY; CATALYTIC REACTIONS; DESORPTION PROCESSES; FE; SI;
 CHEMICAL SHIFTS; O/SUB 2/ INTERACTIONS
 Class Codes: A8280P; A6845B; A8160; A7920F; A7320; A0130R
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 139
-A-
 748740 A81084639
-W-
 FISSION-PRODUCT BEHAVIOUR IN IRRADIATED HTR FISSILE PARTICLES AT HIGH
 TEMPERATURES
 BENZ, R.; FORTHMANN, R.; GRUBMEIER, H.; NAOUMIDIS, A.
 KERNFORSCHUNGSANLAGE JULICH GMBH, JULICH, GERMANY
 THERMODYNAMICS OF NUCLEAR MATERIALS 1979. PROCEEDINGS OF AN INTERNATIONAL
 SYMPOSIUM ON THERMODYNAMICS OF NUCLEAR MATERIALS 565-86, VOL.1 1980
 29 JAN. - 2 FEB. 1979 JULICH, GERMANY
 Publ: IAEA, VIENNA, AUSTRIA
 2 VOL. (587+427) pp.
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (7 Refs)
 THE CHEMICAL STATE AND TRANSPORT BEHAVIOUR OF SOLID FISSION PRODUCTS IN
 IRRADIATED FISSILE COATED PARTICLES WITH VERY HIGH BURN-UPS (=70PERCENT
 FIMA) WERE INVESTIGATED BY MEANS OF ELECTRON MICROPROBE ANALYSIS AS A
 FUNCTION OF THE KERNEL COMPOSITION. UO/SUB 2/, UC/SUB 2/, UO/SUB
 2/+10PERCENT UC/SUB 2/ KERNELS WERE USED. IN UO/SUB 2/ KERNELS THE FISSION
 PRODUCTS MOLYBDENUM, TECHNETIUM, RUTHENIUM, RHODIUM AND PALLADIUM FORM
 METALLIC INCLUSIONS CONSISTING OF TWO PHASES WHICH CONTAIN VERY DIFFERENT
 AMOUNTS OF MOLYBDENUM. IN UC/SUB 2/ KERNELS, AS WELL AS IN UO/SUB 2/-UC/SUB
 2/ KERNELS, THESE FISSION PRODUCTS FORM COMPLEX CARBIDES WHICH ALSO CONTAIN
 URANIUM. THE RARE-EARTH FISSION PRODUCTS EXIST IN THE FORM OF OXIDES IN BOTH
 UO/SUB 2/ AND UO/SUB 2/-UC/SUB 2/ KERNELS, WHEREAS THE ALKALINE EARTHS FORM
 CARBIDES, EVEN IN UO/SUB 2/-UC/SUB 2/ KERNELS. CORE HEAT-UP SIMULATION
 EXPERIMENTS USING UNIRRADIATED PARTICLES WITH AND WITHOUT ADDITIONS OF
 ARTIFICIAL FISSION PRODUCTS FOR SIMULATION OF A HIGH BURN-UP SHOWED THAT
 CARBON MONOXIDE PERMEATION THROUGH THE COATING CONTROLS THE FAILURE RATE OF
 OXIDE PARTICLES AT VERY HIGH TEMPERATURES AND THAT THE MIGRATION OF METALLIC
 FISSION PRODUCTS CAUSES CORROSION OF THE SILICON CARBIDE LAYER.
-Desc-
 FISSION REACTOR FUEL; FISSION REACTOR OPERATION; FISSION PRODUCTS; URANIUM
 COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 CHEMICAL STATE; TRANSPORT BEHAVIOUR; SOLID FISSION PRODUCTS IRRADIATED
 FISSILE COATED PARTICLES; VERY HIGH BURN-UPS; ELECTRON MICROPROBE ANALYSIS;
 UO/SUB 2/; UC/SUB 2/; UO/SUB 2/+10PERCENT UC/SUB 2/; METALLIC INCLUSIONS;
 FAILURE RATE; CORROSION; HTR FISSILE PARTICLES; HIGH TEMPERATURES; CORE HEAT
 UP SIMULATION
 Class Codes: A2840G; A28?5C
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 140
-A-
 743929 A81082527
-W-
 SPUTTERING OF SILICON CARBIDE COATINGS BY LOW-ENERGY HYDROGEN IONS
 SONE, K.; SAIDOH, M.; NAKAMURA, K.; YAMADA, R.; MURAKAMI, Y.; SHIKAMA, T. ;
 FUKUTOMI, M.; KITAJIMA, M.; OKADA, M.
 JAERI, BARAKI-KEN, JAPAN;
 J. NUCL. MATER. (NETHERLANDS) VOL.98, NO.3 270-8 JUNE 1981
 -CODEN-
 JNUMAM
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (12 Refs)
 VARIOUS TYPES OF SILICON CARBIDE COATINGS MADE BY REACTIVE ION-PLATING HAVE
 BEEN BOMBARDED WITH A 3.0 KEV H/SUB 3//SUP +/ ION BEAM AT TEMPERATURES
 AROUND 500 DEGREESC. THE SPUTTERING YIELD IN STOICHIOMETRIC SAMPLES (I.E.
 SI: C=1: 1) AT 500 DEGREESC WAS 1.15*10/SUP -/2 ATOMS/H/SUP +/. AS THE
 STOICHIOMETRY DEVIATES FROM THIS POINT, THE SPUTTERING YIELD HAS LARGER
 VALUES. THE TEMPERATURE DEPENDENCE OF THE SPUTTERING YIELD IN STOICHIOMETRIC
 SAMPLES WAS NEGLIGIBLE BELOW 600 DEGREESC. NO SURFACE TOPOGRAPHY CHANGES
 OCCURRED IN STOICHIOMETRIC SAMPLES EVEN AT A HIGH FLUENCE OF 2*10/SUP 20/
 H/SUP +//CM/SUP 2/, WHILE SEVERE EROSION TOOK PLACE IN NON-STOICHIOMETRIC
 SAMPLES. BY AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY (AES), CARBON EXISTS ON THE SURFACE
 IN THE FORM OF CARBIDE IN STOICHIOMETRIC SIC BEFORE AND AFTER BOMBARDMENT,
 WHILE IT EXISTS IN THE FORM OF GRAPHITE IN CARBON RICH SAMPLES, WHICH
 SUGGESTS THAT THE BOUND STATE OF CARBON IN THE FORM OF CARBIDE SHOULD
 CORRESPONE TO THE LOW SPUTTERING YIELD IN STOICHIOMETRIC SIC COATINGS. THE
 SURFACE STOICHIOMETRY CHANGES DUE TO HYDROGEN BOMBARDMENT WERE OBSERVED BY
 AES, WHERE THE CARBON POPULATION INCREASES IN STOICHIOMETRIC SIC, WHILE IN
 DECREASES IN CARBON RICH SAMPLES, WHICH WAS SUPPORTED AS WELL BY THE REULTS
 FROM ELECTRON PROBE X-RAY MICROANALYSIS.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; REFRACTORIES; AUGER EFFECT; ELECTRON PROBE ANALYSIS;
 REACTIVE SPUTTERING; SURFACE STRUCTURE; ION PLATING; SCANNING ELECTRON
 MICROSCOPE EXAMINATION OF MATERIALS; PROTECTIVE COATINGS
-Ident-
 REACTIVE ION-PLATING; 3.0 KEV H/SUB 3//SUP +/ ION BEAM; SPUTTERING YIELD;
 STOICHIOMETRY; SURFACE TOPOGRAPHY; AUGER ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY; SURFACE
 STOICHIOMETRY; ELECTRON PROBE X-RAY MICROANALYSIS
 Class Codes: A811?C; A6820; A8115J
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 141
-A-
 738998 B81040481
-W-
 EVALUATION OF POLYSILICON HARDWARE BY THE USE OF MOS CHARGE RETENTION
 KULKARNI, S.B.; MONTILLO, F.J.; PISTOR, R.L.; POPONAIK, M.R.
 IBM CORP., ARMONK, NY, USA
 IBM TECH. DISCLOSURE BULL. (USA) VOL.23, NO.10 4496 MARCH 1981
 -CODEN-
 IBMTAA
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 IT IS SHOWN THAT DIFFERENCES IN CONTAMINATION LEVELS BETWEEN SUSCEPTORS USED
 FOR EPITAXIAL SILICON DEPOSITION MADE OF POLYSILICON OR SILICON CARBIDE
 COATED GRAPHITE CAN BE MEASURED BY A MOS CHARGE RETENTION TECHNIQUE. THE
 SPEED AT WHICH THE CAPACITANCE RISES TO ITS INVERSION VALUE AFTER BEING
 PULSE FROM ACCUMULATION INTO DEEP DEPLETION IS A MEASURE OF THE MINORITY
 CARRIER GENERATION IN SILICON AND IS RELATED TO THE DEFECT LEVEL IN THE
 SUBSTRATES. THIS TECHNIQUE HAS BEEN FOUND TO BE MORE SENSITIVE THAN SIMS OR
 AUGER SPECTROSCOPY.
-Desc-
 SILICON; ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTORS; EPITAXIAL GROWTH; SEMICONDUCTOR GROWTH;
 MATERIALS TESTING; IMPURITIES
-Ident-
 EPITAXIAL SILICON DEPOSITION; POLYSILICON; MOS CHARGE RETENTION TECHNIQUE;
 MATERIALS TESTING; POLYCRYSTALLINE SI; SEMICONDUCTOR GROWTH; SIC COATED
 GRAPHITE
 Class Codes: B2550; B0510D; B0590; B2520C
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 142
-A-
 711400 A81060984
-W-
 ELECTRICAL CONDUCTION IN REACTIVELY SPUTTERED SILICON NITRIDE FILMS AT
 MEDIUM FIELD STRENGTHS
 SCHALACH, D.; SCHARMANN, A.; WEBER, H.
 PHYS. INST., JUSTUS-LIEBIG-UNIV., GIESSEN, GERMANY
 PHYS. STATUS SOLIDI A (GERMANY) VOL.64, NO.1 159-67 16 MARCH 1981
 -CODEN-
 PSSABA
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (18 Refs)
 SILICON NITRIDE MIM DEVICES ARE DEPOSITED BY RF REACTIVE SPUTTERING FROM A
 SILICON TARGET. THE QUALITY OF THE FILMS IS CONTROLLED BY EXAMINATION OF
 OPTICAL ABSORPTION, AUGER ELECTRON SPECTRA, X-RAY DIFFRACTION, AND SCANNING
 ELECTRON MICROGRAPHS. MEASUREMENTS OF ELECTRIC CURRENTS ARE PERFORMED AT
 FIELD STRENGTHS BETWEEN 5*10/SUP 6/ AND 1*10/SUP 8/ V/M AND IN THE
 TEMPERATURE RANGE BETWEEN LNT AND 400K. IT IS SHOWN THAT AN INTERPRETATION
 OF THE EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS IS POSSIBLE IN TERMS OF A CONTINUOUS DENSITY OF
 LOCALIZED STATES IN THE NITRIDE MOBILITY GAP. AT LOW TEMPERATURES THERE IS
 EVIDENCE FOR THE OCCURRENCE OF VARIABLE RANGE HOPPING.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; INSULATING THIN FILMS; SPUTTERED COATINGS ; ELECTRONIC
 CONDUCTION IN INSULATING THIN FILMS; VISIBLE AND ULTRAVIOLET SPECTRA OF
 INORGANIC SOLIDS; AUGER EFFECT; METAL-INSULATOR METAL STRUCTURES ; LOCALISED
 ELECTRON STATES; IMPURITY AND DEFECT ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF INORGANIC SOLIDS
-Ident-
 MIM DEVICES; RF REACTIVE SPUTTERING; OPTICAL ABSORPTION; AUGER ELECTRON
 SPECTRA; X-RAY DIFFRACTION; SCANNING ELECTRON MICROGRAPHS;  ELECTRIC
 CURRENTS; LOCALIZED STATES; MOBILITY GAP; VARIABLE RANGE HOPPING; SI/SUB
 3/N/SUB 4/ FILMS; ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY
 Class Codes: A7360H; A7865J; A7840H; A7850E; A7340R; A7220
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 143
-A-
 705584 A81053638, B81031480
-W-
 COMBUSTION PERFORMANCE OF CVD SILICON CARBIDE THERMIONIC DIODES
 GOODALE, D.B.; REAGAN, P.; MISOLCZY, G.; LIEB, D.; HUFFMAN, F.N.
 THERMO ELECTRON CORP., WALTHAM, MA, USA
 Sponsor: ASME; AIAA; IEEE; ET AL
 ENERGY TO THE 21ST CENTURY. PROCEEDINGS OF THE 15TH INTERSOCIETY ENERGY
 CONVERSION ENGINEERING CONF. 2095-7 1980
 18-22 AUG. 1980 SEATTLE, WA, USA
 Publ: AIAA, NEW YORK, USA
 3 VOL. XXII+2669 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 MANY TERRESTRIAL APPLICATIONS FOR THERMIONIC ENERGY CONVERSION REQUIRE THAT
 THE ELECTRODES BE PROTECTED FROM A COMBUSTION ATMOSPHERE. SILICON CARBIDE
 FULFILLS THE REQUIREMENTS FOR SUCH A HOT SHELL AND HAS THE FOLLOWING
 PROPERTIES: HIGHLY RESISTANT TO AN OXIZIZING ATMOSPHERE, VACUUM TIGHT,
 STRONG AT HIGH TEMPERATURE, REASONABLE THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY, INEXPENSIVE,
 AND SIMPLE TO FABRICATE. COMPOSITE HOT SHELLS COMBINE A PROTECTIVE SHELL AND
 THE EMITTER SURFACE INTO ONE UNIT. THE COMPOSITE SHELL CONSISTS OF LAYERS
 MADE FROM THREE MATERIALS: SILICON CARBIDE, GRAPHITE, AND TUNGSTEN. THE
 GRAPHITE FORMS A MECHANICAL AND CHEMICAL BARRIER BETWEEN THE SILICON CARBIDE
 HOT SHELL AND THE TUNGSTEN EMITTER. THREE CONVERTERS UTILIZING COMPOSITE
 SHELLS HAVE BEEN BUILT AND TESTED IN A FLAME-FIRED FURNACE. ONE CONVERTER
 OPERATED FOR MORE THAN 5000 HOURS AT AN AVERAGE EMITTER TEMPERATURE OF
 1630K. A SECOND CONVERTER OPERATED FOR 3000 HOURS AT THE SAME EMITTER
 TEMPERATURE. ANALYSES OF CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THE COMPOSITE
 SHELL WERE MADE BEFORE AND AFTER THE 5000 HOUR LIFE TEST. NO INTERACTIONS
 BETWEEN THE MATERIALS OF THE COMPOSITE SHELL WERE EVIDENT.
-Desc-
 THERMIONIC CONVERSION; SILICON COMPOUNDS; CARBON COMPOUNDS; CHEMICAL VAPOUR
 DEPOSITION; COMBUSTION
-Ident-
 THERMIONIC DIODES; THERMIONIC ENERGY CONVERSION; ELECTRODES HOT SHELL;
 PROTECTIVE SHELL; EMITTER; COMPOSITE SHELL; GRAPHITE; CONVERTERS ; 5000
 HOURS; 1630K; PHYSICAL PROPERTIES; LIFE TEST; COMBUSTION PERFORMANCE ;
 CHEMICALLY VAPOUR DEPOSITED; SIC; W; CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
 Class Codes: A8630N; A8240P; B8460
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 144
-A-
 701170 A81057440
-W-
 OBTAINING TRANSPARENT CERAMICS FROM YTTRIUM OXIDE BY THE COMBINED
 PRECIPITATION METHOD
 DUKIN, E.S.; GLAZACHEV, V.S.
 D.I. MENDELEEV INST. OF CHEM. TECHNOL., MOSCOW, USSR
 STEKLO AND KERAM. (USSR) VOL.37, NO.1 16-18 JAN. 1980
 -CODEN-
 STKRAQ
 Trans in: GLASS AND CERAM. (USA) VOL.37, NO.1-2 28-32 JAN.-FEB. 1980
 -CODEN-
 GLCEAV
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (3 Refs)
 GIVES THE RESULTS OF A STUDY IN THE EFFECT OF SINTERING OF CERTAIN ADDITIVES
 (HAFNIUM AND ZIRCONIUM OXIDES) INCORPORATED IN THE YTTRIUM OXIDE BY THE
 COMBINED PRECIPITATION OF OXALATES. THE RAW MATERIALS WERE INDUSTRIAL
 AQUEOUS 4.5PERCENT SOLUTIONS OF YTTRIUM CHLORIDE, HAFNIUM NITRATE, AND
 ZIRCONIUM NITRATE 'PURITY' GRADES; OXALIC ACID 'CHEMICAL PURITY' GRADE WAS
 USED AS THE PRECIPITANT. THE HAFNIUM AND ZIRCONIUM SALTS WERE DISSOLVED IN
 WATER AND CAREFULLY MIXED WITH THE SOLUTION OF YTTRIUM CHLORIDE IN THE
 RATIOS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE 6PERCENT HFO/SUB 2/ AND 10PERCENT ZRO/SUB 2/ AS
 THE ADDED AMOUNTS.
-Desc-
 YTTRIUM COMPOUNDS; CERAMICS; TRANSPARENCY; SINTERING; PRECIPITATION
 (PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY); HAFNIUM COMPOUNDS; ZIRCONIUM COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 TRANSPARENT CERAMICS; SINTERING; COMBINED PRECIPITATION OF OXALATES; Y/SUB
 2/O/SUB 3/ BASED CERAMICS; HFO/SUB 2/ ADDITIVE; ZRO/SUB 2/ ADDITIVE
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8140?; A7820D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 145
-A-
 701168 A81057438
-W-
 SINTERING AND PROPERTIES OF SILICON NITRIDE CONTAINING Y/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/ AND
 MGO
 GIACHELLO, A.; MARTINENGO, P.C.; TOMMASINI, G.; POPPER, P.
 FIAT RES. CENTER, ORBASSANO, ITALY
 AM. CERAM SOC. BULL. (USA) VOL.59, NO.12 1212-15 DEC. 1980
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (11 Refs)
 A POWDER MIXTURE (91 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/+8 Y/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/ 1PERCENT MGO) WAS
 SINTERED AT 1800 DEGREESC IN NITROGEN AT ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE TO A DENSITY
 OF 3.25 MG/M/SUP 3/. THE STRENGTH AT ROOM TEMPERATURE WAS 585 MPA AND AT 950
 DEGREESC 560 MPA. DEVITRIFICATION OF AN AMORPHOUS PHASE INCREASED THE
 STRENGTH AT 1125 DEGREESC BY 44PERCENT . THE SIXTEEN PERCENT LINEAR
 SHRINKAGE DURING SINTERING MAKES FABRICATION OF COMPLEX SHAPES TO HIGH
 DIMENSIONAL ACCURACY POSSIBLE. THE PROPOSED SINTERING PROCESS OVERCOMES SOME
 OF THE DISADVANTAGES OF THE REACTION-SINTERING AND HOT-PRESSING PROCESSES.
 VARIOUS MECHANICAL AND THERMAL PROPERTIES WERE DETERMINED.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; SINTERING; CERAMICS; YTTRIUM COMPOUNDS; MAGNESIUM
 COMPOUNDS; MECHANICAL STRENGTH; DENSITY OF SOLIDS
-Ident-
 POWDER MIXTURE; 1800DEGREES C; DENSITY; STRENGTH; AMORPHOUS PHASE; LINEAR
 SHRINKAGE; THERMAL PROPERTIES; SINTERING; MECHANICAL PROPERTIES;
 DEVITRIFICATION; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/-Y/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/-MGO
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 146
-A-
 700526 A81056669
-W-
 EFFECT OF PHASE COMPOSITION AND MICROSTRUCTURE ON THE THERMAL DIFFUSIVITY OF
 SILICON NITRIDE
 ZIEGLER, G.; HASSELMAN, D.P.H.
 INST. FUR WERKSTOFF-FORSCHUNG, DFVLR, KOLN, GERMANY
 J. MATER. SCI. (GB) VOL.16, NO.2 495-503 FEB. 1981
 -CODEN-
 JMTSAS
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (39 Refs)
 THE EFFECTS OF COMPOSITIONAL AND MICROSTRUCTURAL VARIABLES AND PROCESSING
 CONDITIONS ON THE ROOM TEMPERATURE THERMAL DIFFUSIVITY OF HOT-PRESSED AND
 REACTION-SINTERED SILICON NITRIDE WERE DETERMINED. THE THERMAL DIFFUSIVITY
 FOR HOT-PRESSED SILICON NITRIDE INCREASES WITH BETA-CONTENT. MAXIMUM THERMAL
 DIFFUSIVITY IS REACHED AT ABOUT 3 WT.PERCENT MGO. THE HIGHER THERMAL
 DIFFUSIVITY OF THE BETA-PHASE IS ATTRIBUTED TO ITS HIGHER PURITY LEVEL AND
 THE LESS DISTORTED CRYSTAL STRUCTURE COMPARED TO THE ALPHA-PHASE. IN
 REACTION-SINTERED NITRIDE THE THERMAL DIFFUSIVITY IS STRONGLY INFLUENCED BY
 THE RELATIVE AMOUNT AND NEEDLE-LIKE MORPHOLOGY OF THE ALPHA-PHASE.
 CORRELATIONS OF THE THERMAL DIFFUSIVITY WITH MECHANICAL PROPERTIES ARE
 DISCUSSED.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; REFRACTORIES; HOT PRESSING; SINTERING; THERMAL
 DIFFUSIVITY; PHASE EQUILIBRIUM; SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE EXAMINATION OF
 MATERIALS; FRACTURE TOUGHNESS; YOUNG'S MODULUS; POISSON RATIO
-Ident-
 PHASE COMPOSITION; MICROSTRUCTURE; THERMAL DIFFUSIVITY; PROCESSING
 CONDITIONS; HOT-PRESSED; REACTION-SINTERED; PURITY; NEEDLE-LIKE MORPHOLOGY;
 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES; SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/; ALPHA PHASE; BETA PHASE
 Class Codes: A6670; A8130D; A8120L; A8140J; A8120E; A?140N; A6220M; A6220D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 147
-A-
 684023 A81043562
-W-
 CHEMICAL STABILITY OF GLASS AND GLASS-CERAMICS
 CLARK, D.E.
 UNIV. OF FLORIDA, GAINESVILLE, FL, USA
 TRANS. AM. NUCL. SOC. (USA) VOL.35 188-90 NOV. 1980
 -CODEN-
 TANSAO
 INTERNATIONAL CONF. ON WORLD NUCLEAR ENERGY-ACCOMPLISHMENTS AND PERSPECTIVES
 (PAP.S IN SUMMARY FORM ONLY RECEIVED) 16-21 NOV. 1980 WASHINGTON, DC, USA
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 THE USE OF GLASS AS A NUCLEAR WASTE ENCAPSULANT IS DESIRABLE FOR SEVERAL
 REASONS. FIRST, GLASS CAN INCORPORATE LARGE QUANTITIES OF FOREIGN CHEMICAL
 SPECIES INTO ITS STRUCTURE WITHOUT SIGNIFICANTLY ALTERING ITS PHYSICAL AND
 CHEMICAL PROPERTIES. SECOND, THE NECESSARY GLASS PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY
 REQUIRED FOR LARGE-SCALE PRODUCTION ALREADY EXISTS. THIRD, AND ALSO THE
 MAJOR FOCUS OF THIS PAP., IS THE CORROSION RESISTANCE EXHIBITED BY GLASSES
 TO A WIDE VARIETY OF ENVIRONMENTS.
-Desc-
 RADIOACTIVE WASTE; GLASS; CORROSION; CERAMICS
-Ident-
 GLASS; GLASS-CERAMICS; NUCLEAR WASTE ENCAPSULANT; CORROSION RESISTANCE;
 CHEMICAL STABILITY
 Class Codes: A8160F; A8160D; A2845J
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 148
-A-
 683717 A81043236
-W-
 VARIATION OF THE SURFACE (0001) ALPHA-SIC (6H) POTENTIAL CAUSED BY ARGON ION
 BOMBARDMENT AT ENERGIES UP TO 1 KEV
 TITOV, L.A.; ZYRKANOV, G.K.; BURKHANOV, A.G.
 VESTN. LENINGR. UNIV. FIZ. AND KHIM. (USSR) NO.3 110-11 AUG. 1980
 -CODEN-
 VLUFBI
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN (4 Refs)
 DOSE DEPENDENCE OF THE SURFACE POTENTIAL OF SILICON CARBIDE HAS BEEN STUDIED
 DURING ARGON ION BOMBARDMENT.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; ION-SURFACE IMPACT; SURFACE POTENTIAL; SURFACE STRUCTURE
-Ident-
 ION BOMBARDMENT; SURFACE POTENTIAL; AR/SUP +/; SIC
 Class Codes: A7920N; A6820; A7320
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 149
-A-
 681885 A81041217
-W-
 HLW FIXATION IN SINTERED MODIFIED SYNROC-B CERAMICS: CHEMICAL STABILITY
 EVALUATION
 SOLOMAH, A.G.; ZUMWALT, L.R.
 NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIV., RALEIGH, NC, USA
 TRANS. AM. NUCL. SOC. (USA) VOL.35 191-3 NOV. 1980
 -CODEN-
 TANSAO
 INTERNATIONAL CONF. ON WORLD NUCLEAR ENERGY-ACCOMPLISHMENTS AND PERSPECTIVES
 (PAP.S IN SUMMARY FORM ONLY RECEIVED) 16-21 NOV. 1980 WASHINGTON, DC, USA
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (6 Refs)
 SINTERED MODIFIED SYNROC-B CERAMICS HLW SOLID WASTE FORMS HAVE BEEN PREPARED
 BY SUBSOLIDS SINTERING TECHNIQUE DEVELOPED AT NORTH CAROLINA STATE
 UNIVERSITY. THIS MINERAL ASSEMBLAGE WASTE FORM IS A THREE-PHASE MATRIX OF
 NATURALLY OCCURRING CRYSTALLINE PHASES; HOLLANDITE (BA?L/SUB 2/TI/SUB
 6/O/SUB 16/), PEROVSKITE (CATIO/SUB 3/), AND ZIRCONOLITE (CAZRTI/SUB 2/O).
 LEACHING RESISTANCE OR THE RETENTION CAPACITY OF THE SINTERED MODIFIED
 SYNROC-B WASTE FORM LOADED WITH DIFFERENT AMOUNTS OF SIMULATED HLW CALCINE
 (PW-4B) (UP TO 15 WT.PERCENT ) HAS BEEN INVESTIGATED. USING DEIONIZED WATER
 (=100 DEGREESC) AND SIMULATED BRIFES, SIMILAR TO THOSE FOUND IN DEEP
 GEOLOGIC DISPOSAL SITES, AT THEIR BOILING TEMPERATURES (=110 DEGREESC), THE
 LEACHING EXPERIMENTS FOR THE SINTERED PRODUCTS HAVE BEEN CARRIED OUT.
-Desc-
 CERAMICS; RADIOACTIVE WASTE; DISSOLVING
-Ident-
 SINTERED MODIFIED SYNROC-B CERAMICS; CHEMICAL STABILITY; THREE-PHASE MATRIX;
 HOLLANDITE;  PEROVSKITE; CATIO/SUB 3/; ZIRCONOLITE; CAZRTI/SUB 2/O; HIGH
 LEVEL RADIOACTIVE WASTE; LEACHING RESISTANCE
 Class Codes: A2845J; A6475; A8160D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 012:013 150
-A-
 671167 A81035413
-W-
 RESISTANCE OF MATERIALS BASED ON SILICON NITRIDE TO CORROSION BY SOLUTIONS
 OF SOME ACIDS AND ALKALIS
 POSTOGVARD, G.I.; MAKARENKO, A.E.; RYZHOVA, T.P.; OSTAPENKO, I.T.
 KHARKOV PHYSICOTECH. INST., ACAD. OF SCI., KHARKOV, UKRAINIAN SSR
 POROSHK. METALL. (USSR) VOL.19, NO.1 170-2 JAN. 1980
 -CODEN-
 PMANAI
 Trans in: SOV. POWDER METALL. AND MET. CERAM. (USA) VOL.19, NO.1 52-4 JAN.
 1980
 -CODEN-
 SPMCAV
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Eng. (4 Refs)
 THE RESULTS ARE GIVEN OF AN INVESTIGATION INTO THE RESISTANCE OF HOT-PRESSED
 SILICON NITRIDE PARTS WITH A CAF/SUB 2/ ADDITION TO ATTACK BY SOLUTIONS OF
 SOME ACIDS AND ALKALIS. THE RESISTANCE OF THE SPECIMENS TO CORROSION BY
 AGGRESSIVE MEDIA WAS TESTED IN CONCENTRATED NITRIC ACID AT ROOM TEMPERATURE
 AND IN 1PERCENT AQUEOUS SOLUTION OF CAUSTIC SODA AT 100 DEGREESC. IT WAS
 FOUND THAT HOT-PRESSED SILICON NITRIDE PARTS OF 1.5-4PERCENT POROSITY
 CONTAINING A 10 WT.PERCENT ACTIVATING ADDITION OF MGO ARE RESISTANT TO
 CORROSION BY NITRIC ACID AT ROOM TEMPERATURE AND BY 1PERCENT NAOH SOLUTION
 AT 100 DEGREESC UNDER STEADY-STATE CONDITIONS. THE PRESENCE OF 1-20
 WT.PERCENT CAF/SUB 2/ ADDED WITH THE AIM OF IMPROVING ANTIFRICTION
 PROPERTIES RESULTS IN CORROSION IN NITRIC ACID, OBEYING THE LAW M/SUP
 2/=KTAU, WHERE K=5.5*10/SUP -5/ C/SUP 3/ PERCENT /SUP 2//H). THE CORROSION
 IS DUE TO ATTACK ON SPECIMENS BY HYDROFLUORIC ACID FORCING DURING THE
 REACTION BETWEEN THE CAF/SUB 2/ AND HNO/SUB 3/.
-Desc-
 SILICON COMPOUNDS; REFRACTORIES; CORROSION; CALCIUM COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 CORROSION; CAF/SUB 2/ ADDITION; AGGRESSIVE MEDIA; ANTIFRICTION PROPERTIES;
 SI/SUB 3/N/SUB 4/ BASED MATERIAL; REFRACTORIES
 Class Codes: A8160D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 1
-A-
 85039513
-W-
 A Conceptual Framework for Selecting Management Indicators in Nonprofit
 Organizations
 Elkin, Robert; Molitor, Mark
 Administration in Social Work v9n4 PP: 13-23 Winter 1985/1986
-ISSN-
 0364-3107
-JrnlCode-
 ASW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: Haworth Press, Inc., 75 Griswold St., Binghamton, NY 13904
 Top managers need management indicators to provide them with the information
 they need to perform effectively, but there has been little systematic
 effort to meet this need in either the profit or nonprofit sector.
 Therefore, a conceptual framework was developed by drawing on the
 literature, examples, and advisers. The framework used the general systems
 perspective to identify dimensions for indicators, and it was built on 3
 major management concerns: 1. effectiveness, which includes appropriateness
 of resources, appropriateness of demand, appropriateness of process,
 attainment of objectives, and long-term impact on clients and the community,
 2. efficiency, which includes capacity utilization and productivity, unit
 costs, and cost outcome, and 3. financial adequacy, which includes financial
 condition ratios, net operating ratio, contribution ratios, and program
 demand ratios. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Effectiveness; Management; Efficiency; Financial;
 Conditions
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 2
-A-
 85038609
-W-
 Effective Use of the Telephone in Non-Profit Solicitation
 Lewis, Henry D.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v16n9 PP: 6-29 Nov 1985
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Telephone solicitation is recognized as an effective method of fund raising,
 but care must be taken to assure that a project is suited to the telephone.
 Telephone solicitation programs are best suited to lower rated and nonrated
 prospects, not for solicitation of the general public. The ''phonathon'' is
 the most commonly used form of telephone approach, but in some situations,
 the use of a commercial telemarketing firm may bring better results. The
 user of telephone solicitation should have a way to analyze
 cost-effectiveness on the basis of the cost-per-dollar-raised; the
 cost-per-prospect criterion is not relevant. Because the telephone usually
 gets better results than a mail effort, it is best used for
 ongoing/operating/annual funds requirements and for special projects and
 capital campaigns. If the telephone is to be used optimally, the solicitors
 must receive adequate training and supervision.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Fund raising; Telephone selling; Target markets
 (MKT); Methods; Costs; Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 7000 (CN=Marketing)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 3
-A-
 85036827
-W-
 Planned Giving Advisory Boards: Emerging Tactic
 Matthews, Fred A.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v16n8 PP: 78, 83 Oct 1985
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 An advisory board can be used to increase the effectiveness of a planned
 gifts program by: 1. giving the staff person better access to key financial
 professionals, 2. providing a ''resource bank, '' 3. enabling staff to reach
 new donors, and 4. cultivating new regular board members. The Overlake
 Hospital Foundation (Bellevue, Washington) is setting up an advisory board,
 composed of 15 members drawn from the fields of financial services, real
 estate, and other professional areas. The Overlake advisory board will: 1.
 help plan educational seminars for other professionals in the community, 2.
 form a core of speakers and resource people to be used in developing donor
 cultivation programs, 3. draw on its expertise to handle unusual gifts, and
 4. learn about the programs and services at Overlake. Advisory board members
 will help cultivate potential donors, expanding the staff efforts. This will
 enable the director of development to focus on those donors who have the
 most potential. Also, board members can promote the planned gifts program nd
 involve more people in that effort.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Fund raising; Voluntary; Advisors; Roles
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 7000 (CN=Marketing)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 4
-A-
 85036822
-W-
 Research About Development: Reasons for It, Obstacles to It
 Paton, G. Jeffry
 Fund Raising Mgmt v16n8 PP: 42-49 Oct 1985
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The trend toward systematic evolution and quantitative analyses of
 development productivity is motivated, in part, by increasing pressures to
 justify development costs. Research into donor behavior has developed along
 3 lines of inquiry: 1. macro-economic studies of public policy issues, 2.
 psychological or sociological studies of giving and donors, and 3.
 professional studies of fund-raising costs or returns. Research on college
 fund raising is somewhat different and looks at giving as a function of
 selected conditions and circumstances varying among institutions. There are
 some practical and philosophical obstacles to empirical research, including
 narrow focus, justifiable defensiveness, and outright skepticism about
 participating in such empirical inquiries. There is a need to strike a more
 realistic balance between the academic orientations of dissertation research
 and the pragmatic orientations of professionally motivated studies. In order
 to understand development performance, there is a need for unifying
 theoretical and conceptual bases for evaluation against empirical evidence.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Fund raising; Research; Functions; Effectiveness;
 Evaluation
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 7000 (CN=Marketing)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 5
-A-
 85035737
-W-
 Queues: The Economic Theory of Screening and Human Service Productivity
 Moran, R. Allen
 Southern Economic Jrnl v52n2 PP: 492-499 Oct 1985
 -CODEN-
 SECJAR
-ISSN-
 0038-0048
-JrnlCode-
 SEJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The economic theory of screening is used to examine the implications of
 attempting to maximize the total benefits of service to clients when the
 queue that forms at the door of the human service delivery organization
 (HSDO) is employed as a screening device and the ability of any one
 individual to benefit from service is unknown. Data from a 1980 study are
 used. The use of rules of thumb and the extensive provision of information
 and referral services indicate that the queues are heterogeneous and
 conflicts over the importance of service to target populations imply the
 presence of statistical discrimination; these are considered symptoms of
 screening failure. The central problem is the combination of the unknown
 ability of any individual to benefit from service and the trade-offs
 necessary if the HSDO must bear part of the screening cost imposed on
 individuals by the queues. Equations. References.
-Desc-
 Social services; Nonprofit organizations; Economic models; Economic theory;
 Clients; Selection; Mathematical analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 1130 (CN=Economic theory);
 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 6
-A-
 85035508
-W-
 Toward Improved Financial Planning: Further Applications of Break-Even
 Analysis in Not-for-Profit Organizations
 Meyer, Daniel R.; Sherraden, Michael W.
 Administration in Social Work v9n3 PP: 57-68 Fall 1985
-ISSN-
 0364-3107
-JrnlCode-
 ASW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 12 Pages
 AVAIL.: Haworth Press, Inc., 75 Griswold St., Binghamton, NY 13904
 Financial constraints facing social service agencies in the 1980s make
 financial planning essential. Break-even analysis (BEA), which is a
 financial planning tool for fiscal periods of up to one year, might improve
 the financial planning process in not-for-profit organizations. Before using
 BEA in the not-for-profit context, 2 issues must be considered. The
 break-even point becomes the goal in not-for-profit agencies, and fixed
 revenue must be considered. BEA can be employed in diverse situations in
 which costs or revenues are related to volume. Some basic applications of
 BEA in the not-for-profit setting include: 1. decisions on addition or
 modification of services, 2. decisions on service 'fees, '' 3. sensitivity
 analysis, and 4. determination of alternative program designs that come
 closest to breaking even. BEAs are easily undertaken with the assistance of
 a microcomputer. Charts. Graphs. Equations. Reference.
-Desc-
 Social services; Administration; Nonprofit organizations; Financial
 planning; Techniques; Break even analysis; Applications
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 2310 (CN=Planning); 310
 (CN=Capital & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 7
-A-
 85035506
-W-
 Innovative Management in Turbulent Times: Large-Scale Agency Cange
 Feinstein, Karen Wolk
 Administration in Social Work v9n3 PP: 35-46 Fall 1985
-ISSN-
 0364-3107
-JrnlCode-
 ASW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 12 Pages
 AVAIL.: Haworth Press, Inc., 75 Griswold St., Binghamton, NY 13904
 In order to survive and prosper in the 1980s, agencies must become flexible,
 well-informed organizations that can respond to threats and challenges in an
 increasingly uncertain environment. Strategic planning offers the potential
 for large-scale organizational change if it includes organizational
 development strategies as an integral part of the planning process. A case
 study illustrates how an organizational development approach can be built
 into the strategic planning process, thus ensuring the likelihood and
 effectiveness of large-scale change. The scout council of a large
 metropolitan region began a long-range strategic planning project for a
 number of reasons, including encouragement by the national office of Boy
 Scouts of America to do so. In developing the plan, information was obtained
 from the community on the demand for scouting, image, market segmentation,
 and client satisfaction. Strategies were planned to meet the needs
 identified from the information. The actual process of planning and the
 results proved to be valuable. Table. Chart. References.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Strategic planning; Organization development;
 Organizational change; Youth; Case studies; Needs analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 9110 (CN=Company specific);
 2310 (CN=Planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 8
-A-
 85035505
-W-
 Toward a Contingency Model of Board-Executive Relations
 Kramer, Ralph M.
 Administration in Social Work v9n3 PP: 15-33 Fall 1985
-ISSN-
 0364-3107
-JrnlCode-
 ASW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 19 Pages
 AVAIL.: Haworth Press, Inc., 75 Griswold St., Binghamton, NY 13904
 One of the characteristic features of voluntary nonprofit organizations in
 the human services is the structured interaction between board members and
 the executive in their governance. Some of the leading factors influencing
 board-executive relations, with particular attention to power and the
 potential for the domination of one or the other, are identified and
 analyzed. The partnership model has often been applied to board-executive
 relations, but it frequently masks the problem of power conflicts within
 that relationship. There are numerous sources and determinants of executive
 influence, as well as numerous ways in which people use power. The
 power/dependency relationship between board and executive will depend on
 these many factors. A contingency model of board-executive relationships is
 proposed that involves collaboration and difference. This model recognizes
 the potential for conflict, interdependence, and exchange of resources.
 Tables. Chart. References.
-Desc-
 Social services; Nonprofit organizations; Boards of directors; Executives;
 Relations; Factors; Roles; Power; Status; Organizational behavior;
 Conflicts
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior); 2100 (CN=Administrative & management personnel); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 9
-A-
 85035504
-W-
 In Search of Purpose for Social Welfare Administration
 Patti, Rino
 Administration in Social Work v9n3 PP: 1-14 Fall 1985
-ISSN-
 0364-3107
-JrnlCode-
 ASW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 14 Pages
 AVAIL.: Haworth Press, Inc., 75 Griswold St., Binghamton, NY 13904
 An approach to social welfare administration is suggested based on the idea
 that there is, or should be, a distinctive mission to which management
 practice in this field is directed and around which its theory and
 technology should be constructed. The search for purpose should focus on
 organizational performance. Social welfare performance has several
 dimensions, including: 1. how much an agency does, at what cost, and for
 whom, 2. acquisition of resources, 3. satisfaction/involvement of members,
 and 4. service effectiveness. Social welfare faces a number of impediments
 to effectiveness-oriented administration, such as inadequate resources and
 techniques, lack of information, and apathy. An effectiveness-driven model
 of social welfare administration would include refining effectiviness
 criteria, identifying service technologies with proven or potential impact,
 specifying organizational and management requisites for these technologies,
 and mediating external demands. References.
-Desc-
 Social services; Administration; Management; Service; Effectiveness;
 Organizational; Objectives; Performance; Evaluation; Criteria
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical);
 2310 (CN=Planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 10
-A-
 85035316
-W-
 Making the Most of Federal Block Grants: Implications from a Prototype
 Program
 Morrison, John D.
 Administration in Social Work v9n2 PP: 73-84 Summer 1985
-ISSN-
 0364-3107
-JrnlCode-
 ASW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 12 Pages
 AVAIL.: Haworth Press, Inc., 75 Griswold St., Binghamton, NY 13904
 Federal block grant programs have been promoted as a means of supplying
 money to states for social services in a way that: 1. reduces federal
 overhead, 2. permits more flexibility to the states, and 3. deals better
 with local conditions. The Small Town Emphasis Program (STEP) was developed
 in 1980 by the Federal Community Services Administration to stimulate a
 community development process in rural areas and small communities. Four
 states participated in the program: Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, and
 Virginia. The School of Social Work at the Univ. of Pennsylvania conducted
 an evaluation of the program. It was found that the needs of the
 state-level, funded agency had more impact on the local level program than
 differences in demographics or social need. Two suggestions for developing
 sound programs without detailed federal regulation are: 1. Develop agreement
 through empirical verification on what constitutes sound program guidelines
 and standards. 2. Improve the climate for change at the state and local
 levels. References.
-Desc-
 Block grant program; State agencies; Social services; Funding; Nonprofit
 organizations; States
 CLASS. CODES: 1200 (CN=Social policy); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions);
 9550 (CN=Public sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 11
-A-
 85035313
-W-
 The Implications for Administrative Practice of Fee Systems Based on
 Client's Ability to Pay: The Results of a Survey
 Rubenstein, Hiasaura; Bloch, Mary H.; Wachter, Ann R. Vaughn, Hugh H.
 Administration in Social Work v9n2 PP: 37-48 Summer 1985
-ISSN-
 0364-3107
-JrnlCode-
 ASW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 12 Pages
 AVAIL.: Haworth Press, Inc., 75 Griswold St., Binghamton, NY 13904
 A survey was conducted in 1979 of the fee policies, procedures, and
 practices in the individual, marital, and family counseling (IMF) programs
 of 31 Family Service Association of America (FSAA) agencies in the
 southeastern US. Staff members surveyed were the executive directors, those
 employees engaged in IMF counseling, and supervisors. Most of the data were
 obtained through extensive questionnaires. Responses were received from 26
 executive directors and 210 eligible workers. The survey findings revealed
 the complexity of the administrative issues encountered in establishing and
 maintaining fee policies and procedures that are: 1. cost-effective, 2.
 acceptable to practitioners, and 3. equitable to clients. The issues that
 inhere in charging fees for counseling services are increased and
 complicated by: 1. the organizational context of most social work, 2. the
 principle of fees based on the client's ability to pay, and 3. the subsidy
 of services by the community. The study suggested that the determination of
 income and the negotiation of reductions and waivers of fees were the most
 troublesome areas of practice with respect to fees. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Social services; Fees; Nonprofit organizations; Pricing; Surveys;
 Questionnaires
 CLASS. CODES: 1200 (CN=Social policy); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions);
 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 12
-A-
 85035310
-W-
 Paying the Piper and Calling the Tune: Accountability in the Human Services
 Elkin, Robert
 Administration in Social Work v9n2 PP: 1-13 Summer 1985
-ISSN-
 0364-3107
-JrnlCode-
 ASW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 13 Pages
 AVAIL.: Haworth Press, Inc., 75 Griswold St., Binghamton, NY 13904
 The issue of accountability is considered from the perspective of
 administrative implications for both voluntary and governmental human
 service organizations. Financial and nonfinancial measures of organizational
 activity are explored. Also, a series of political and pragmatic
 considerations are examined from the standpoint of human service
 organization managers. The implications of accountability expectations are
 reviewed within the areas of: 1. planning and budgeting, 2. raising funds,
 3. allocating resources 4. record keeping, 5. monitoring and evaluating, 6.
 reporting, and 7. auditing. Service providers are advised to keep in mind
 that accountability is an integral part of the relationship between their
 organizations and resource providers. Also, it is suggested that service
 providers remain well-informed on alternative ways to meet accountability
 requirements. It is concluded that voluntary service providers face a period
 of major readjustment of their roles in society. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Social services; Nonprofit organizations; Funding; Subsidies ;
 Accountability; Financial reporting; Social responsibility
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 2410 (CN=Social
 responsibilities); 9550 (CN=Public sector); 1200 (CN=Social policy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 13
-A-
 85034928
-W-
 Across Cultures: The Peace Corps Training Model
 Barnes, R. Lynn
 Training & Development Jrnl v39n10 PP: 46-49 Oct 1985
 -CODEN-
 TDEJA7
-ISSN-
 0041-0861
-JrnlCode-
 STD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Peace Corps, with volunteers in 60 countries, has adopted a flexible
 experience-based training program that reaches volunteers to develop native
 human resources and to transfer skills that people can use in their own
 culture. The training focuses on developing language, technical, and
 cross-cultural skills and consists of 4 stages. The first part, staging,
 takes place at a US-based assessment center and includes role playing and
 case studies. During the pre-service stage, which takes place in the host
 country, volunteers may live with a native family and are taught language,
 customs, and country history by native Peace Corps staff. In the in-service
 stage, after volunteers have been assigned to a country, training reinforces
 program efforts and teaches large-scale project management. Volunteers are
 taught to work with community leaders, use local resources, and make skills
 culturally acceptable. The close-of-service stage helps prepare volunteers
 to re-enter their own culture. Examples illustrate the various stages.
-Desc-
 Case studies; Nonprofit organizations; Volunteers; Cross cultural; Training;
 Culture; Social customs; Education
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions);
 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 14
-A-
 85034783
-W-
 Costing Nonprofit Services: Developments, Problems, and Issues
 Hairston, Creasie Finney
 Administration in Social Work v9n1 PP: 47-55 Spring 1985
-ISSN-
 0364-3107
-JrnlCode-
 ASW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: Haworth Press, Inc., 75 Griswold St., Binghamton, NY 13904
 Nonprofit organizations increasingly are being required to adopt cost
 accounting techniques as a basis for planning, budgeting, and resource
 allocation. However, problems in comparing cost accounting data across
 organizations have arisen because of the various methods organizations use
 to define program services and supporting services and to distinguish
 between services and service activities. In addition, the methods used by
 nonprofit organizations to measure direct costs and distribute indirect
 costs vary widely. Line managers generally are not provided cost data in a
 form useful for program decision making. Nonprofit managers should be
 trained in cost accounting and the use of cost data; research should be
 conducted to clarify the benefits of alternative costing methodologies; and
 organizations should adopt consistent cost accounting procedures over time
 and across services, developing integrated planning and budgeting systems
 based on cost data. References.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Costing; Social services; Nonprofit ; Cost
 accounting; Studies
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 15
-A-
 85033892
-W-
 Unique Opportunity for Professional Status
 Campbell, Waver W.
 Manage v37n3 PP: 14-15 Third Quarter 1985
-ISSN-
 0025-1623
-JrnlCode-
 MAN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Members of the National Management Association (NMA) may now attain the
 designation of Certified Manager (CM) from the Institute of Certified
 Professional Managers (ICPM). Experienced supervisors and managers can
 obtain the CM designation after undergoing a series of preparation courses
 and examinations. The ICPM (Harrisonburg, Virginia) was created to: 1.
 recognize management as a profession, 2. provide direction for study in the
 supervisory and management discipline, 3. provide a third-party evaluation
 of managerial competence, and 4. recognize managerial competence. Candidates
 for CM certification must meet experience and educational requirements and
 must demonstrate proficiency in personal, administrative, and interpersonal
 skills. CM tests measure the knowledge, application, and synthesis of these
 skills. NMA president Ronald E. Leigh has urged NMA chapters to establish
 committees to encourage the attainment of CM designation for qualified
 chapter members.
-Desc-
 Management; Associations; Certification; Professional; Development; Status;
 Nonprofit organizations
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit
 institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 16
-A-
 85033655
-W-
 Tangibles, Intangibles Forge Promotional Tools
 Feik, LuAnne
 Marketing News v19n20 PP: 19 Sep 27, 1985
 -CODEN-
 MKNWAT
-ISSN-
 0025-3790
-JrnlCode-
 MNW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Consumer perception is affected by more than just advertising. For example,
 vehicles, bumper stickers, and license plates have promotional value. United
 Parcel Service Inc. does not need more advertising with its familiar brown
 trucks in every neighborhood throughout the week. Retailers, service firms,
 and nonprofit organizations can develop identities with the tools of their
 trade. Bloomingdale's distinctive shopping bags are recognized even though
 the store's name is not printed on them. Employees can also have a major
 impact on a firm's business. They should be viewed as salespeople and taught
 sales techniques. The employee is the most important connection an
 organization has with potential customers, shareholders, and the media.
 Unfortunately, employee initiative, responsibility, and creativity are
 largely untapped.
-Desc-
 Promotions (ADV); Effectiveness; Applications; Sales; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 7200 (CN=Advertising); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 17
-A-
 85033481
-W-
 Quality of Work Life and the Small Organization: A Four-Year Case Study
 Sorensen, Peter F., Jr.; Head, Thomas C.; Stotz, Dick
 Group Organization Studies v10n3 PP: 320-339 Sep 1985
 -CODEN-
 GOSTDA
-ISSN-
 0364-1082
-JrnlCode-
 GOS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 20 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Quality of work-life (QWL) programs have typically been implemented in large
 business organizations. The present paper reports the results of a 4-year
 case study of a QWL program to promote participatory management in a small
 suburban community service organization. Program implementation was based on
 a change strategy incorporating the survey feedback process of the action
 research model and Likert's (1977) model of the relationships between
 causal, intervening, and end-result variables in the change process. A
 quasi-experimental design was used for program evaluation. The program led
 to significant increases in productivity and organizational effectiveness,
 and managerial influence did not diminish with increased employee
 participation. Intense change efforts resulted in significant positive
 outcomes, while marginal efforts produced negative outcomes. However, a time
 lag was experienced before program benefits were realized. These results
 demonstrate that QWL programs can be successful in small organizations when
 they are well-planned and receive sustained commitment of management.
 Tables. Graphs. References.
-Desc-
 Quality of work; Programs; Case studies; Nonprofit organizations;
 Participatory management; Organizational change; Surveys; Feedback; Studies
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 9110 (CN=Company specific);
 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 18
-A-
 85032173
-W-
 The Politics of Poverty and the Poverty of Politics
 Lee, Dwight R.
 Cato Jrnl v5n1 PP: 17-35 Spring/Summer 1985
-ISSN-
 0273-3072
-JrnlCode-
 CTJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 19 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The expansion of government transfer programs since the 1960s has failed to
 affect significantly the distribution of income in the US. Political support
 for these programs continues in the face of their ineffectiveness because of
 a coalition of narrow interest groups that benefit from anti-poverty
 programs, such as government employees, the poor, and the producers of
 noncash benefits, such as food, housing, and health care. Political and
 private responses to transfer programs can be expected to render them
 increasingly ineffective in alleviating poverty. Transfer agency personnel
 will seek to broaden the political appeal of transfer programs by expanding
 benefits to the nonpoor, increasing public and benefit-producers' support,
 while increasing the tax burden on the poor to support program expansion.
 Private contributions to charities will decline as taxpayers feel they
 fulfill their responsibility to the poor by voting for transfer program
 expansion. The poor will choose to remain participants in transfer programs
 as their skill levels decline and their dependency on government support
 increases. References.
-Desc-
 Poverty; Politics; Social policy; Welfare; Programs; Transfer payments;
 Subsidies; Income distribution; Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 1200 (CN=Social policy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 19
-A-
 85031394
-W-
 The Salesmanship of Social Work
 Kledaras, Constantine G.
 Health Marketing Qtrly v2n4 PP: 103-115 Summer 1985
-ISSN-
 0735-9683
-JrnlCode-
 HMQ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 13 Pages
 AVAIL.: Haworth Press, Inc., 28 E. 22nd St., New York, NY 10010
 The marketing concept and marketing strategy have become potentially
 applicable to organizations in the not-for-profit sector, including social
 service agencies. There are many barriers to successful marketing, but there
 are also many justifications for using marketing in social services,
 including a trend toward services that are being increasingly tailored to
 the needs of consumers. Some features of salesmanship and advertising, if
 carefully scrutinized and addressed, could enhance the skills of the social
 worker. Similar features can be found in the areas of: 1. management of
 people and the agency, 2. creativity, and 3. client relationships.
 Advertising has implications for social work, particularly as it relates to
 the concept that the ultimate in good advertising convinces people that they
 are making free and independent choices. The social work profession needs to
 become more responsive to and cognizant of the knowledge and skills that can
 be learned and borrowed from advertising. References.
-Desc-
 Social services; Marketing; Client relationships; Creative; Advertising
 CLASS. CODES: 8320 (CN=Health care industry); 7200 (CN=Advertising); 9540
 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 20
-A-
 85031391
-W-
 Designing a Promotional Tool: Practical Application of Market Targeting and
 Research: Case Example: Alcoholism Services of Cleveland, Inc.
 Yankey, John A.; Young, Diana; Koury, Nancy
 Health Marketing Qtrly v2n4 PP: 59-71 Summer 1985
-ISSN-
 0735-9683
-JrnlCode-
 HMQ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 13 Pages
 AVAIL.: Haworth Press, Inc., 28 E. 22nd St., New York, NY 10010
 Many social services agencies are looking for new sources of revenues and
 are using marketing concepts to that end. A case example illustrates how one
 agency program used targeting and market research to redesign a promotional
 brochure. Alcoholism Services of Cleveland Inc. (ASC), a private, non-profit
 agency, decided to address the drunk driving problem by offering an Impaired
 Driver Program (IDP). After a year of operation, the IDP needed to redesign
 its brochure to have a more professional appearance and to update
 information. Specific market research objectives were denined, and target
 segments for the research activity were identified. Analysis of data
 revealed some items that were commonly misunderstood or missing in the
 brochure. A new brochure was designed and field tested. Inserts were
 developed on the basis of the test results. Monitoring and evaluation of the
 brochure continues. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Drug Abuse; Social services; Health care industry; Market research; Case
 studies; Procedures; Implementations; Methods; Promotions (ADV); Nonprofit
 organizations
 CLASS. CODES: 7100 (CN=Market research); 9110 (CN=Company specific); 8320
 (CN=Health care industry); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 21
-A-
 85031388
-W-
 First Steps First: Developing a Marketing Plan - Case Example: Senior Care
 Corporation, Inc.
 Faherty, Vincent Edward
 Health Marketing Qtrly v2n4 PP: 25-33 Summer 1985
-ISSN-
 0735-9683
-JrnlCode-
 HMQ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: Haworth Press, Inc., 28 E. 22nd St., New York, NY 10010
 Competition from public, non-profit, and proprietary social service agencies
 is the latest and potentially most serious threat facing social service
 administrators. Nevertheless, they may be reluctant to employ a marketing
 approach in dealing with this competition. They should understand that a
 marketing approach to social services delivery is unequivocally
 professional. Marketing should not be equated with advertising in the public
 media. A social service administrator who wants to deliver effective
 services in the most cost-efficient way must have an updated marketing plan.
 A case example is Senior Care Corp. Inc. (SCC), a not-for-profit social
 service agency. In developing a marketin plan, SCC (Middlevale, Missouri)
 undertook to: 1. conduct a situation analysis, 2. establish marketing
 objectives, 3. develop marketing strategies, e.g., segmentation, targeting,
 positioning, product, price, promotion, and place, 4. implement the program,
 and 5. evaluate results. References.
-Desc-
 Market planning; Market strategy; Social services; Case studies; Health care
 industry; Nonprofit organizations
 CLASS. CODES: 7000 (CN=Marketing); 9110 (CN=Company specific); 8320
 (CN=Health care industry); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 22
-A-
 85030539
-W-
 Do You Need a Computer? Questions to Ask Yourself
 Williamson, Jim
 Fund Raising Mgmt v16n7 PP: 66-72 Sep 1985
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Fund-raising organizations may have several worthwhile reasons for obtaining
 a computer. Although a computer will not make up for poor management or poor
 organization, it can shorten time-consuming tasks, such as gift
 acknowledgment. An organization considering a computer should assess its
 information-processing needs and inventory its existing systems. Other areas
 to examine include: 1. the number of address changes made in a month, 2. the
 number of gifts received in a year and how they are processed, 3. the number
 of yearly pledges and how pledge reminders are handled, 4. the number of
 yearly mailings, 5. constituent information recorded, 6. the number of
 yearly reports, and 7. the amount of staff time spent on budgeting and
 bookkeeping.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Computers; Needs analysis; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 5230 (CN=Computer hardware);
 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 23
-A-
 85029642
-W-
 Identification and Classification of Problems Associated with Evaluating
 Social Marketing Efforts
 Hensel, Paul J.; Dubinsky, Alan J.
 Jrnl of the Academy of Marketing Science v13n1/2 PP: 75-90 Winter/Spring
 1985
-ISSN-
 0092-0703
-JrnlCode-
 AMK
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 16 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Social program administrators increasingly are finding it necessary to
 evaluate their marketing efforts under heightened public scrutiny and
 funding constraints. However, the evaluation of social marketing efforts is
 subject to a complex array of problems not encountered in the evaluation of
 business marketing efforts. A classification of the problems encountered in
 social marketing evaluation is developed, incorporating: 1. conceptual
 problems involving the misunderstanding or misapplication of evaluation
 concepts, 2 macro-political problems stemming from conflicts over the
 direction and funding of social marketing programs, 3. micro-political
 problems at the level of program administration, stemming from
 administrative bias and the linkage of individual success to program
 success, and 4. methodological problems of model congruence, statistical
 test robustness, and results significance. Within each class of problems,
 specific problems are identified and illustrated through a case study of
 social marketing evaluation in a blood collection agency. References.
-Desc-
 Marketing; Effectiveness; Evaluation; Market research; Classification;
 Social services; Politics
 CLASS. CODES: 7100 (CN=Market research); 1200 (CN=Social policy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 24
-A-
 85028895
-W-
 Information Systems for Fund Raising Development Phase
 Hansler, Daniel F.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v16n6 PP: 88, 93, 97 Aug 1985
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A fund raising information system should effectively and objectively inform,
 service, and guide an organization's fund-raising marketing efforts. The
 development officer must first determine the needs for an information
 system. Then, to develop a system that will accomplish the desired
 objectives, the flow of data that the system will include should be outlined
 and the input/output relationships of the process defined. The fund-raising
 department should design file formats or create data files with the vendor
 or the data processing department. The information system's objectives must
 be kept in mind during this phase. Further consideration must be given to:
 1. system interface with other departmental files, 2. translation of the
 fund-raising philosophy into specific information needs in the form of
 meaningful reports, and 3. the timeliness, effectiveness, and
 understandability of information. Charts.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Fund raising; Information systems; Planning;
 Systems development
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 5240 (CN=Software &
 systems)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 25
-A-
 85028894
-W-
 Verisimilitude, Benefit & Clarity - Your Copy Umbrella
 Lewis, Herschell Gordon
 Fund Raising Mgmt v16n6 PP: 64-71 Aug 1985
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 There are 4 basic rules for direct mail fund raising in the late 1980s: 1.
 Effective direct mail fund raising reaches the most people who might
 contribute and avoids those who would not. 2. It is best to operate inside
 the experiential background of the person being contacted. 3. Only one point
 should be emphasized. 4. The reader must be told what to do. A fund-raising
 mailing will be successful if it has 3 ingredients: 1. verisimilitude, 2.
 benefit, and 3. clarity. Statistics in direct mail fund raising do not sell;
 they should be replaced with descriptions of episodes and victims that make
 mailings come to life. The text should include the reader and make the
 reader part of the situation. To reach people, it is necessary to
 communicate on their level of experience and to capitalize on human
 motivating factors.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Fund raising; Direct mail campaigns ; Copy (ADV);
 Letters; Writing; Techniques; Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 7200 (CN=Advertising)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 26
-A-
 85028892
-W-
 Telemarketing Fund Raising Can Have Giving Drawbacks
 Macna, Alexander G.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v16n6 PP: 48-54 Aug 1985
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 After almost 3 years of success with an aggressive direct mail donor
 acquisition program, Saint Francis Hospital (Evanston, Illinois) tested the
 use of telemarketing during the winter of 1985 on a selected group of
 nondonor former patients discharged during 1984's 3rd quarter. Some 2, 200
 former patients, scheduled to receive a direct mail appeal, were divided
 into 2 subgroups by age and then into 3 experimental treatment groups. One
 group received the normal direct mail package; another received the mail
 package followed by a telephone call; and a 3rd received only a phone call.
 While no statistically significant differences were found in the average
 dollar giving of the 3 groups, those over age 55 were found to give more
 frequently and to give greater amounts. Saint Francis has discontinued the
 telemarketing program, but its direct mail effort is doing well. Tables,
 Graphs.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Fund raising; Telephone selling; Campaigns; Case
 studies; nonprofit hospitals; Health care industry; Disadvantages; Costs;
 Effectiveness; Response rates
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 8320 (CN=Health care industry);
 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 7300 (CN=Sales & selling)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 27
-A-
 85027123
-W-
 How to Cut Postal Costs
 Blum, Nan
 Association & Society Manager v17n1 PP: 25-29 Aug/Sep 1985
-ISSN-
 0004-5292
-JrnlCode-
 ASM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A working knowledge of current postal regulations can cut association
 mailing costs. Management should assume the responsibility of keeping
 abreast of postal regulations. The United States Postal Service (USPS)
 customer representative can recommend a mail strategy based on the
 organization's specific needs. Use of the appropriate class can save money
 and determine the effectiveness of a campaign. Periodicals, which are sent
 2nd class, should be reviewed by the USPS representative since rates vary by
 geographic zone and whether or not the organization is nonprofit. An
 organization can qualify for nonprofit status if the primary purpose of its
 governing operation is related to: 1. religion, 2. education, 3. science, 4.
 philanthrophy, 5. agriculture, 6. labor, 7. veterans, or 8. fraternization.
 Nonprofit organizations can realize a potential savings of over 90% on
 first-class mail. Savings can be realized if the organization does the mail
 sorting by zip code. Tables.
-Desc-
 Postal rates; Cost control; Guidelines; Association management
 CLASS. CODES: 9150 (CN=Guidelines); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 28
-A-
 85021413
-W-
 Putting the Word Out
 Swanbrow, Diane
 Association & Society Manager v17n1 PP: 39-41 Dec 1984/Jan 1985
-ISSN-
 0004-5292
-JrnlCode-
 ASM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Good publicity is an invaluable support for an association's services,
 programs, and goals. A strong publicity program is important, but each
 association must carefully think through what it hopes to gain from a
 publicity campaign. The first step in a campaign is to determine what is
 newsworthy about the group's activities. Next, groups should compile a list
 of key contacts and publications in their profession or industry, in both
 the general and trade press, and establish a personal relationship with key
 media people. To obtain publicity on television news, the publicity should
 be planned around an event that has some visual appeal - for example, an
 annual meeting or trade show. An event can even be created specifically for
 its value as a magnet for TV cameras. Press conferences should be held only
 when there is something significant to report. Also, associations should not
 try to focus on more than 5 major topics or issues each year or people will
 become confused about what the association is and for what it stands. To
 assess the effectiveness of the publicity efforts, systematic follow-ups
 should be conducted to relate the results of publicity programs to the
 original goals.
-Desc-
 Associations; Nonprofit organizations; Publicity; Public relations; Press
 releases; Newspapers; Television
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 2420 (CN=Image)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 29
-A-
 85021249
-W-
 The Thoughtful Marketing of Foster Parents Plan
 Roel, Raymond
 Fund Raising Mgmt v16n4 PP: 40-54 Jun 1985
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 10 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In a recent interview, Ken Phillips, national director of Foster Parents
 Plan, discussed the steps he and his organization have taken in the
 marketing arena to increase their share of the market. In the early 1980s,
 the board and staff agree that they should start looking at planning from a
 long-term perspective. Foster Parents analyzed its position in the US
 marketplace and determined where it wanted to be and how to get there.
 Strategic planning on how to spend the overall budget and long-term
 strategic decisions resulted in a 25% growth rate last year. However,
 Phillips claims that Foster Parents Plan is not growing at the expense of
 other sponsorship organizations. In addition to yearly campaigns in
 newspapers and magazines, Foster Parents has a continued public service
 announcement campaign, 2-minute television spots, a direct mail program, and
 a 40-chapter national volunteer structure. Phillips asserts that, since
 their activities are hard to measure, nonprofit organizations need more
 vigorous management and marketing systems than most other corporations.
-Desc-
 No^Drofit organizations; Case studies; Marketing; Market strategy; Fund
 raising; Charities
 CLASS. CODES: 7000 (CN=Marketing); 9110 (CN=Company specific); 9540
 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 30
-A-
 85016301
-W-
 Connecticut's Residential Conservation Service: An Evaluation
 Hirst, Eric; Hu, Patricia S.; Taylor, Earle F., Jr.; Thayer, Kathy M.
 Energy Policy (UK) v13n1 PP: 60-70 Feb 1985
 -CODEN-
 ENPYAC
-ISSN-
 0301-4215
-JrnlCode-
 ENP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 11 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The US Residential Conservation Service (RCS), mandated by the 1978 National
 Energy Conservation Policy Act, has as its major goal the improvement of
 existing homes' energy efficiency. The main feature of RCS is an on-site
 energy audit. CONN SAVE is a nonprofit consortium of 6 electric and gas
 companies in Connecticut, formed to deliver RCS services to Connecticut
 households. An evaluation of CONN SAVE was conducted, focusing on both its
 effects and its effectiveness. Data for the evaluation were obtained from 1,
 203 on-site home interviews and CONN SAVE audit reports. The potential for
 space-heating energy saving was found to be about 15% higher in participant
 homes than in control homes; for water heating, the energy saving was
 slightly greater for control homes. Participant homes installed many more
 retrofit measures than control homes and, as a result, were expected to
 lower their annual energy costs by 2-3 times as much as the control homes.
 Thus, the CONN SAVE audit did succeed in stimulating extra retrofit action
 on the part of participants. Tables. Charts. Graphs. References.
-Desc-
 Connecticut; States; Electric utilities; Nonprofit organizations; Energy
 audits; Studies; Effectiveness; Statistical analysis Energy conservation
 CLASS. CODES: 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit
 institutions); 1520 (CN=Energy policy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 31
-A-
 85013824
-W-
 L.A. Olympics Win the Gold in Financial Management
 Wolf, Marvin J.
 FE: The Magazine for Financial Executives v1n1 PP: 42-49 Jan/Feb 1985
 -CODEN-
 FIEXAW
-ISSN-
 0015-1998
-JrnlCode-
 FEX
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Los Angeles Olympic Organizing Committee (LAOOC), headed by president
 Peter Ueberroth and general manager Harry Usher, staged the first Olympic
 games financed solely by the private sector. It did so very successfully,
 earning more than $200 million above expenses. Carefully developed
 operating, business, and financial plans contributed significantly to this
 achievement. The late Larry Shannon, an architect of the original operating
 plan, had testified to the effectiveness of a zero-based budgeting approach
 that had anticipated the worst: 1. a possible renegotiation of American
 Broadcasting Co. Inc.'s television contract, 2. poor ticket sales, 3. waning
 public interest, and 4. the unavailability of volunteers. The worst never
 happened. Instead, Mike Mitchell, a vice-president of LAOOC, carefully
 scrutinized funds requests, and revenues kept coming in as the torch relay
 ignited ticket sales, and Ueberroth solicited corporate sponsorships. In
 addition, the LAOOC saved money by using the Los Angeles area sporting
 facilities and scores of volunteers.
-Desc-
 Sports; Nonprofit organizations; Private; Financial management; Case
 studies; Financial planning; Strategic planning
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 9110 (CN=Company specific);
 2310 (CN=Planning); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 32
-A-
 85013760
-W-
 Image, Power, Income Can Be What's in a Name
 Hansler, Daniel F.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v1n1 PP: 108-109 Mar 1985
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The name of a charitable organization, if it is an appropriate name, can be
 the hook used to reach its target market. The name can have a positive or a
 negative impact on fund raising success, and a fund raiser is probably the
 first to know if the organization's name is effective by donors' reactions,
 income, competition, or general public response. If the organization's name
 is appropriate, protect its image by not allowing volunteers and staff to
 abuse it and dilute its effectiveness by using just a portion of it or its
 initials. If the name is not appropriate - as in the case of a change in the
 organization's mission, consolidation with another organization, or when
 growing into new geographic areas or endeavors - an organization should
 change its name. For example, when tuberculosis became a rare illness in the
 US, the support organization changed its mission and focus and became the
 American Lung Association. A new name for a charitable organization should
 reflect the new mission or geographic boundary and create a positive image.
-Desc-
 Fund raising; Nonprofit organizations; Names; Image; Impacts
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 2420 (CN=Image)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 33
-A-
 85013758
-W-
 Gift Rating Donors: An Important First Step
 Semple, Robert F.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v16n1 PP: 78-84 Mar 1985
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Gift rating the capacity of potential donors is an important element in the
 resource development planning process to effectively utilize volunteer
 talents, in establishing donor opportunities, in setting realistic goals,
 and in reducing an organization's cost to raise money. However, it is a
 sensitive issue, particularly with the first-time volunteer compaigner, and
 it is necessary to establish a convincing case for gift rating by stressing
 its advantages prior to conducting a gift rating session. The goal of
 prospect research is to determine capacity to give, but it must not be an
 effort to invade privacy. Six indicators of wealth are of particular
 importance in determining an individual's capacity to give: 1.
 business/profession, 2. education, including that of wife and children, 3.
 residence, cars, and other properties, 4. family, in terms of known
 affluence, 5. voluntarism, and 6. personal interests. These factors,
 combined with weights and value measurements, will provide a rating that
 will give the volunteer courage to ask for a specific amount. Tables.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Resource management; Fund raising; Gifts; Capacity;
 Rating; Methods
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 34
-A-
 85010710
-W-
 What You Need to Know About Fund Raising
 Howe, Fisher
 Harvard Business Review v63n2 PP: 18-26 Mar/Apr 1985
 -CODEN-
 HABRA
-ISSN-
 0017-8012
-JrnlCode-
 HBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Nonprofit organizations are continuously faced with the problem of fund
 raising. Fund raising is particularly difficult for small organizations that
 lack large administrative departments for development, public relations, and
 donor cultivation. However, small nonprofits can raise funds effectively
 through the same approach used by large national foundations. First, they
 must clearly define their mission, articulating their special roles in their
 communities. Program priorities and goals must be established, and needed
 funds should be analyzed according to operational budgets for ongoing
 programs and endowments for capital investment projects. Sources of funding
 support, including government, foundations, business, and individuals, must
 be assessed for contribution potential and targeted. Personal communication
 will always be more effective than brochures and news releases. Donors must
 be informed of organizational goals and how their contributions can enable
 their achievement. Finally, strong board and staff support and effective
 allocation of staff time will be necessary. Chart.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Fund raising; Guidelines; Objectives; Priorities;
 Planning; Trustees; Staff; Roles
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 35
-A-
 85009631
-W-
 Basic Rules to Consider in the Use of Premiums
 Hart, Max L.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v15n12 PP: 38-40 Feb 1985
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Disabled American Veterans (DAV) fund-raising efforts are based on basic
 rules concerning the use of premiums for fund-raising, including: 1. Use
 premiums that have a logical link with the organization. 2. Use premiums
 with the highest perceived value and the lowest possible cost. 3. Feature
 the premiums in copy. 4. Use premiums that require periodic replacement. 5.
 Offer quality premiums. 6. Use premiums only when they are cost-effective.
 Since all DAV donors are not usually motivated by the same strategies and
 techniques, segmenting all tests monetarily helps obtain a more accurate
 picture of donors' motivating factors. In addition, back-end analysis in
 testing programs helps in decisions with premiums, complete mailing
 packages, renewal evaluation, mail frequency and drop date, outside lists,
 and rental disclosure. Back-end analysis has affected DAV contributions; in
 1983, DAV mailed 2.5 million pieces that resulted in $32.5 million at a cost
 of $11.2 million. Tables.
-Desc-
 Fund raising; Nonprofit organizations; Incentives; Guidelines; Direct mail
 campaigns; Effectiveness; Analysis; Testing; Case studies
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 7000 (CN=Marketing); 9150
 (CN=Guidelines); 9110 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 36
-A-
 85005951
-W-
 The Development and Implementation of a Replacement Cost Model for Measuring
 Human Capital: A Field Study
 Flamholtz, Eric G.; Geis, George
 Personnel Review (UK) v13n2 PP: 25-35 1984
 -CODEN-
 PRRVAQ
-ISSN-
 0048-3486
-JrnlCode-
 PRV
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 11 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 By extending research in the area of Human Resource Accounting (HRA), the
 development and application of a model for measuring the replacement cost of
 people is presented. This model is applied to the human resource replacement
 cost for industrial engineers in the US Navy. The significance of this
 research is 3-fold: 1. It attempts to extend the theories and procedures of
 HRA from the corporate sector into the public, not-for-profit sector of
 organizations. 2. It represents a level of commitment to research and
 experimentation in HRA by major organization. 3. It adds to the growing body
 of empirical research on the applications and usefulness of RA. The need for
 human resource placement cost information is explained, the managerial
 significance of personnel replacement cost information is studied, and
 suggestions are made for possible directions of future research. Tables.
 Charts. References. Appendix.
-Desc-
 Human capital; Measurement; Case studies; Navy-US; Replacement costs;
 Models; Human resource accounting; Careers; Government employees; Engineers;
 Decision making
 CLASS. CODES: 6000 (CN=Human resource management); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical); 9110 (CN=Company specific); 9550 (CN=Public
 sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 37
-A-
 85005146
-W-
 Special Events in the '80s: A Case for Marketing Approach
 Loykovich, Joan
 Fund Raising Mgmt v15n11 PP: 26-35, 49 Jan 1985
-ISSN-
 0016-268X JRNL CODE FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A nonprofit organization's special event in the 1980s is a leisure activity
 involving social participation that occurs within a specified time frame and
 that: 1. showcases the group, 2. cultivates, maintains, and/or upgrades
 donor participation, and 3. makes money to support the group's work. Special
 events combine skills from public relations and development; various aspects
 of marketing are especially useful in the strategic planning of special
 events. Attaining the appropriate marketing mix for special events involves
 the proper product strategy, collection strategy, and pricing strategy. A
 product management approach allows flexibility in the portfolio evaluation
 process, with measures of profitability differing between events for younger
 customers and those for older, more affluent customers. The invitation to
 the event should be considered an aspect of sales promotion, and should be
 mailed 6-8 weeks in advance of the event Chart. Graph. References.
 Appendix.
-Desc-
 Fund raising; Nonprofit organizations; Public relations; Marketing
 management
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 38
-A-
 85003525
-W-
 Assessing the Strengths and Challenges of Your Group
 Ver Schave, Sally
 Fund Raising Mgmt v15n10 PP: 60-61 Dec 1984
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Organizations that cannot afford outside consultants for objective analyses
 may try self-assessments. The first step in self-assessment is to develop a
 questionnaire that helps determine: 1. the organization's strengths, 2. what
 can be done to take advantage of these strengths, 3. the organization's
 weaknesses, and 4. what can be done to alleviate those weaknesses. The
 questionnaire should be answered by everyone associated with the
 organization. To be as objective as possible about the responses from the
 group, the director should form a committee to develop lists of strengths
 and weaknesses. The committee might also suggest steps to take. The
 suggestions should be ranked according to priorities by the director, the
 committee, or by the respondents. Responses will represent biased or narrow
 perceptions, so comparison with local industry norms would be helpful in
 making objective assessments.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Organization development; Management consultants
 CLASS. CODES: 8310 (CN=Consultants not elsewhere classified); 9540
 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 39
-A-
 84037028
-W-
 New Ventures for Antipoverty Agencies
 Bernick, Michael
 Harvard Business Review v62n6 PP: 44-56 Nov/Dec 1984
 -CODEN-
 HABRAX
-ISSN-
 0017-8012
-JrnlCode-
 HBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Some antipoverty agencies, seeking ways to survive and to pull inner-city
 communities out of the recession, have considered going into business. Five
 nonprofit organizations in the San Francisco Bay Area in California have
 already done so by trying to alleviate the region's high unemployment. An
 analysis of these agencies indicated that such ventures can be viable and
 profitable job-training and job-creation enterprises. They can hire the
 chronically unemployed and provide them with skills and experience they need
 to go on to regular jobs in private enterprise. From the experience of these
 5 agencies, it is suggested that what works best is to: 1. focus on
 wealthiest markets outside low-income areas, 2. avoid entering business
 ventures that will displace local small businesses, 3. diversify when
 possible, 4. hire a competent businessperson as a manager and provide
 performance incentives, 5. hold employees to high standards of attendance
 and performance, and 6. avoid overstaffing. References.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Poverty; Social services; Economic development;
 Social issues; Small business
 CLASS. CODES: 1200 (CN=Social policy); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions);
 9520 (CN=Small business)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 40
-A-
 84036112
-W-
 Marketing's Domain
 Foxall, Gordon
 European Jrnl of Marketing (UK) v18n1 PP: 25-40 1984
-ISSN-
 0309-0566
-JrnlCode-
 EJM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 16 Pages
 AVAIL.: MCB Publications Ltd., 198/200 Keighley Rd., Bradford, W. Yorkshire,
 England BD9 4JQ
 During the last 15 years, marketing management has been actively projected
 as relevant and applicable to nonbusiness organizations. Marketing is a
 maturing discipline, as evidenced by critical self-assessment and a desire
 to contribute more effectively to the solution of human problems. Marketing
 clearly is concerned with relationships between producers and consumers.
 Although real and lasting marketing orientation occurs in private businesses
 and public industries, it is unlikely in private, nonprofit organizations
 and government agencies. However, social marketing may be undertaken by any
 of these types of organizations. The conventional realm of marketing
 involves exchange. Standard marketing texts, although they begin with
 definitions of marketing which show it as a universally pervasive activity,
 nonetheless concentrate upon the traditional sphere of business marketing.
 Extra-business marketing is likely to involve the employment of elements of
 the marketing mix, rather than comprehensive marketing-oriented management.
 Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Research; Marketing; Marketing management
 CLASS. CODES: 7000 (CN=Marketing)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 41
-A-
 84034526
-W-
 Corporate Restructuring with a Development Emphasis
 Messier, Edward A.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v15n8 PP: 18-27 Oct 1984
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 There is a growing trend among nonprofit hospital to undertake corporate
 reorganization to enhance fund-raising efforts. Through reorganization,
 health care insstitutions seek to: 1. develop a supplement to traditional
 philanthropy, 2. respond to new opportunities, and 3. explore new programs
 or services. Tax regulations, reimbursement regulations, competitive
 pressures, and capital financing pressures are also fueling the
 reorganization trend. A prerequisite to any corporate reorganization is the
 development of strategic plan. Public utilities and banking institutions
 have developed corporate reorganization examples addressing similar problems
 faced by the health care industry. Many hospitals have adopted the parent
 holding company model, consisting of a not-for-profit parent that controls
 the flow of assets and activities of its subsidiaries. This parent holding
 corporation and its relationship to the subsidiaries, especially the
 hospital, will determine the ultimate effectiveness of the entire system in
 meeting the hospital's mission, goals, and objectives. Charts.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit hospitals; Corporate reorganization; Fund raising Corporate
 objectives; Tax regulations; Health care industry; Regulations; Foundations;
 Holding companies; Models
 CLASS. CODES: 2320 (CN=Organizational structure); 4310 (CN=Regulation); 8320
 (CN=Health care industry); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 42
-A-
 84032612
-W-
 Uncharitable View of Accounting
 Gray, Rob
 Accountancy (UK) v95n1092 PP: 84 Aug 1984
 -CODEN-
 ACTYAD
-ISSN-
 0001-4664
-JrnlCode-
 ACE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Accounting Standards Committee's discussion paper on the issue of
 accounting for not-for-profit organizations indicates the desire for the
 information provided to be sufficient for readers to assess how effective
 charities have been in fulfilling their objectives in managing their
 resources. However, the extent to which a charity has fulfilled its
 objectives cannot be shown by financial reporting. To discharge
 accountability, the account descriptions of output, or performance
 indicators, should be provided. These descriptions include measures of: 1.
 effectiveness, 2. activities, and 3. efficiency. The next step is to measure
 the outputs or find a suitable measurable surrogate. Records kept by
 charities can reflect statistics and can help managers focus on the
 important issues of performance. In most cases, appropriate performance
 indicators can be reported by charities. These indications relate to the
 actions for which charities are responsible and thus are the dominant means
 by which such organizations discharge their accountability. References.
-Desc-
 UK; Nonprofit organizations; Accounting; Corporate objectives;
 Accountability
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 9170 (CN=Non-US; 2410
 (CN=Social responsibilities)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 43
-A-
 84030984
-W-
 Teaching Nonprofits a Business Structure and Businesslike Ways
 Duffy, Kathleen Yanity
 New England Business v6n14 PP: 42 Sep 3, 1984
 -CODEN-
 NENBA3
-ISSN-
 0164-3533
-JrnlCode-
 NEN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Management Institute for New Hampshire Non-Profits at Antioch/New
 England Graduate School (Keene, New Hampshire) tries to help nonprofit
 agencies structure themselves and their plans in a more businesslike
 fashion. The program got its start following federal and state budget cuts
 in the early 1980s, when nonprofits began turning increasingly to the
 private sector for funding. Many of these charitable institutions were
 unable to present business plans or speak in a language that corporate
 givers understood. To attend the institute, a nonprofit organization's key
 board and staff members must agree to take part in all workshops and onsite
 consultant visits over a 6-month period. An assessment of the agency's
 current operations is conducted first; corporate concepts are introduced
 during workshops and lectures. Thus far, 30 New Hampshire nonprofits have
 participated in the program, at fees ranging from $100 to $900 per group.
 The program will be offered in other New England states beginning this
 winter.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Colleges & universities; Management styles;
 Programs; Management training
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit
 institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 44
-A-
 84030825
-W-
 In Memoriam: Harry Gordon Johnson (1923-1977)
 Corden, W. M.; Laidler, David; Harberger, Arnold C.; Wall, David; Caves,
 Richard E.; Longawa, Vicky M.
 Jrnl of Political Economy v92n4 PP: 565-711 Aug 1984
 -CODEN-
 JLPEAR
-ISSN-
 0022-3808
-JrnlCode-
 JPE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 147 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A series of articles is devoted to the career and contributions of economist
 Harry Gordon Johnson (1923-1977). Corden's survey of Johnson's publications
 in the field of international trade theory highlights Johnson's role as a
 ''builder of intellectual bridges, '' one who contributed some of the
 middleman's value added. Laidler, in assessing Johnson's work as a
 macroeconomist, stresses the remarkable breadth of his work and the great
 consistency in his approach. In particular, at every stage, Johnson paid
 special attention to empirical evidence in forming his views. Harberger and
 Wall try to convey the content and style of Johnson's work in development
 economics, including the more human aspects of his connection with
 developing countries. In viewing Johnson as a social scientist, Caves
 attempts to draw together Johnson's ideas on: 1. changing social phenomena
 and their foundations in rational individual behavior, 2. the operation of
 political systems and their effect on the substance of economic policy, and
 3. the working of the university and the intellectual marketplace. A
 bibliograpry of Johnson's works is included. References.
-Desc-
 Economists; Economic theory; Nonmonetary; International; Economics;
 International trade; Tariffs; Protectionism; Effectiveness; Personal;
 Profiles; Keynesian theory; Development economics; LDCs; Economic policy;
 Economic development
 CLASS. CODES: 1130 (CN=Economic theory); 9160 (CN=Biographical); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 45
-A-
 84029996
-W-
 Measurement Preconditions for Assessing Nonprofit Performance: An
 Exploratory Study
 Drtina, Ralph E.
 Government Accountants Jrnl v3 n2 PP: 13-19 Summer 1984
-ISSN-
 0014-9004
-JrnlCode-
 GAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: Assn. of Government Accountants, 727 S. 23rd St., Arlington, VA
 22202
 Five types of information are needed to assess the performance of nonprofit
 service organizations. These data - fundamental requisites to determine the
 effectiveness and efficiency of an agency serving the public and using its
 resources - are: 1. information to perform a client needs assessment, 2.
 objectives stated in specifically measurable terms, 3. ability to compare
 program results data with measurement criteria, 4. unit-cost data for each
 service the organization provides, and 5. data necessary for analysis of
 alternative means to deliver services. In a study designed to explore the
 extent to which nonprofit organizations meet the 5 preconditions, survey
 data were collected via a questionnaire distributed to 149 nonprofit human
 services organizations in the Lehigh Valley area of Pennsylvania in the
 summer of 1981. Usable instruments were received from 128 organizations (22
 government, 106 private). Results indicate that, although the vast majority
 of organizations are seeking independent evaluation of results, the data
 necessary as preconditions for expanded scope audits are frequently lacking.
 Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Performance standards; Measurement Auditing;
 Social; Programs; Effectiveness; Studies; Surveys; Statistical analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 46
-A-
 84029007
-W-
 A Non-Profit Horror Story: How to Kill Your Consultant
 Scanlan, Eugene A.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v15n6 PP: 38-40 Aug 1984
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Fund raising consultants are in danger when they or their clients forget the
 purpose of the consultant's job. Almost before they realize it, consultants
 can become involved with activities that have no importance to their
 consulting work. A client, having forgotten that the consultant has other
 clients, may expect the consultant to become involved in meetings and the
 decision-making process. Clients often expect the consultant to be an
 investment advisor or a dispute mediator in addition to being a fund raising
 consultant. The consultant, in an effort to keep the client's goodwill, too
 often agrees to participate in activities that have little to do with fund
 raising. Eventually, this type of situation will grow out of control and the
 consultant's effectiveness and reputation will be hurt. The only way to
 prevent this from happening is to learn to say 'no'' to activities that do
 not benefit the fund raising campaign.
-Desc-
 Fund raising; Consultants; Job requirements; Problems
 CLASS. CODES: 8310 (CN=Consultants not elsewhere classified); 2200
 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 47
-A-
 84029006
-W-
 Assessing the Future Needs of Non-Profit Management
 Roel, Raymond
 Fund Raising Mgmt v15n6 PP: 22-36 Aug 1984
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 10 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In a roundtable discussion, 4 management consultants talked about a variety
 of subjects related to the management of a nonprofit enterprise. For
 instance, data processing management in the nonprofit organization offers
 both opportunities and pitfalls. John Drago of Paul B. Mulligan & Co. has
 found that acquiring the hardware is the easiest task. It is the process of
 deciding what to do with the hardware that creates problems for businesses.
 All of the consultants agreed that small organizations could compete
 effectively against larger companies as a result of advances in technology.
 However, they must know what they want to do as an organization before
 building automated systems. Many nonprofits have problems when they bring in
 a consultant. Gonzalo Verdugo of Nolan, Norton & Co. feels that these
 problems can be overcome if the development officer is very specific about
 the expectations and rules of the organization.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Fund raising; Data processing; Management;
 Computers; Implementations; Problems; Management consultants
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 5220 (CN=Data processing
 management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 48
-A-
 84029005
-W-
 Personalization - Megatrend or the Progressive Agency
 Conroy, Charles P.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v15n6 PP: 16-21 Aug 1984
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Human service agencies must develop long-term plans that assess their
 current programs, purposes, resources, and pressures in terms of ongoing
 shifts and trends in society. Plans to deal with such trends should be
 firmly rooted in the literature of the subject and based on interviews with
 people knowledgeable in the field. An effective plan will contain clear
 statements about the agency's response to future needs and pressures. The
 successful service agency of the 1980s will give careful consideration to
 those who serve as well as those who are served. For instance, the growing
 trend toward self-help programs dictates that institutions begin to foster
 self-help rather than compete with it. The Lexington Center for the Deaf
 (New York) is offered as an example of a human service agency that has
 anticipated and acted upon such trends. References.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Services; Fund raising; Management Technological
 change; Social change; Trends; Implications
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 49
-A-
 84028511
-W-
 Organizing for Strategic Planning in Smaller Not-for-Profit Community
 Hospitals
 Scotti, Dennis J.
 Hospital & Health Services Administration v29n4 PP: 50-63 Jul/Aug 1984
-ISSN-
 0364-4553
-JrnlCode-
 HHS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 14 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 An effective planning process for hospitals must be developed in 6 phases:
 1. the mission statement, 2. situational analysis, 3. goal development, 4.
 strategy formulation, 5. control procedures, and 6. a written plan. While
 the federal government requires hospitals to engage in strategic planning,
 existence of a board-level planning committee is no assurance that effective
 planning takes place. To assess the state of strategic planning among
 smaller hospitals, a questionnaire survey of 66 smaller (100-299 beds)
 not-for-profit hospitals was done in Pennsylvania. The respondents fell into
 4 categories according to the state of their planning effort. ''Nonplanners,
 '' 12 of the 66, did no strategic planning. Ten ''embryonic planners'' had
 formal goals but no strategies for achieving those goals. The 24 ''primary
 strategic planners'' had both goals and strategies in place, but the
 strategies were not necessarily written down. The 20 ''progressive strategic
 planners'' had formal goals and action plans. Table. References.
-Desc-
 Community; Nonprofit hospitals; Strategic; Planning; Techniques;
 Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 8320 (CN=Health care industry); 2310 (CN=Planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 50
-A-
 84026687
-W-
 Why We Abandoned Strategic Planning
 Lemburg, Wayne A.
 Association Mgmt v36n7 PP: 83-85 Jul 1984
-ISSN-
 0004-5578
-JrnlCode-
 AMG
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 After spending 7, 500 man-hours developing a strategic plan for the American
 Marketing Association (Chicago, Illinois), it became clear that the plan was
 nothing more than a superficial update of the original assessment of the
 organization. Strategic planning is not as appropriate for associations as
 for corporations. This is because of differences in: 1. time frame of
 leadership, 2. the reward system, 3. power of the top leader, 4. politics,
 5. multiplicity of interests, 6. organizational objectives, 7. resources for
 planning, 8. response time, and 9. qualifications of top executives.
 Nevertheless, in an association, there must be continual individual
 strategic assessment of the organization while data, ideas, and concepts are
 current and relevant.
-Desc-
 Associations; Strategic management; Short term; Planning; Nonprofit
 organizations
 CLASS. CODES: 2310 (CN=Planning); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 51
-A-
 84022826
-W-
 Organizational Behavior Management in Human Service Settings: Problems and
 Prospects
 Riley, Anne W.; Frederiksen, Lee W.
 Jrnl of Organizational Behavior Mgmt v?n3, 4 PP: 3-16 Fall/Winter 1983
-ISSN-
 0160-8061
-JrnlCode-
 JOR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 14 Pages
 AVAIL.: Haworth Press, 28 E. 22 St., New York, NY 10010
 While the nation remains committed to the values of the human services
 system, there is a growing consensus that the system should be administered
 in an accountable, businesslike fashion. Several problems within human
 services organizations make this expectation far from simple. These problems
 include: 1. assessing the value of services, 2. the input/output problem, 3.
 the organizational purpose problem, 4. the idealistic staff problem, and 5.
 the numbers game. Although organizational behavioral management (OBM) shares
 many characteristics of other approaches to organizational behavior, it
 differs in 2 important respects: it is primarily based on a behavioral
 psychology framework, and it uses a methodology of behavior
 modification/applied behavior analysis. Four major contributions form the
 basis of using OBM to improve staff effectiveness in human services
 settings: 1. a theoretical perspective allowing access to a large body of
 already available research, 2. the methodology of applied behavior analysis,
 3. a body of hard data that can be drawn upon for managing human services
 settings, and 4. techniques for behavior change. References.
-Desc-
 Social services; Organizational behavior; Problems; Behavior modification;
 Methods; Service industries
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 8300 (CN=Service industries
 not elsewhere classified)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 52
-A-
 84017507
-W-
 Increasing Contributions Through Effective Writing
 Bendixen, Mary Anne
 Fund Raising Mgmt v15n3 PP: 76-9 May 1984
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Any direct mail campaign's success depends on the writing skill of the fund
 raiser. Suggestions for improving this skill include: 1. The prewriting
 stage should be spent planning the strategy of the campaign. The
 organization's target audience should be defined. 2. The letter's tone
 should be informal and friendly. It should reflect the organization's
 commitment to the community, as well as the organization's competence and
 effectiveness. 3. The structure of the letter must capture and hold the
 reader's attention. The letter should begin with an attention grabber,
 proceed through a concise and persuasive account of a specific problem and
 its solution, and end in an effective appeal. 4. The most effective letters
 merge an emotional appeal with specific facts. The use of action verbs is
 important. 5. Once the letter is written, it should be doubled-checked for
 grammatical errors, language, and cliches. Chart.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Fund raising; Writing; Letters; Direct mail
 campaigns; Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 7200 (CN=Advertising)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 53
-A-
 84017476
-W-
 Single Audit Evidence: Are CPAs and Federal Auditors on the Same Track
 Forrester, Robert
 Jrnl of Accountancy v157n4 PP: 94-98 Apr 1984
 -CODEN-
 JACYAD
-ISSN-
 0021-8448
-JrnlCode-
 JAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The government decided in the 1970s that, rather than continue the costly,
 time-consuming, duplicative audits of each of the numerous federal
 assistance program grants, it would replace them with single
 organizationwide audits. Each grantee would only receive one independent
 audit, regardless of the number of federal programs involved. The US Office
 of Management and Budget (OMB) issued circulars A-102, for governmental
 units, and A-110, for colleges, hospitals, and other nonprofit
 organizations. A review of these audits by representatives of the federal
 inspectors general are likely to reveal that practitioners have not done
 enough work to satisfy the reviewers. Certified public accountants (CPA) and
 federal auditors must realize that they are dealing with different, serious
 questions. The questions involve determining: 1. what constitutes an
 acceptable internal control system for federal purposes, 2. what evidence
 the acceptability should be based on, and 3. what limitations there are on
 the single audit. Numerous steps could be taken to clarify systems
 standards, audit evidence, and further work in single audits, such as
 recognizing that the nature of a signal audit is one of systems assessments.
 References.
-Desc-
 Audit evidence; Governmental accounting; Auditing; Sampling Internal
 controls; CPAs; Roles
 CLASS. CODES: 4130 (CN=Auditing); 9550 (CN=Public sector); 4110
 (CN=Accounting firms & accountants)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 54
-A-
 84012240
-W-
 NCVO - A Clear Voice for British Charities
 Dunham, Robin
 Accountancy (UK) v95n1086 PP: 62, 64 Feb 1984
 -CODEN-
 ACTYAD
-ISSN-
 0001-4664
-JrnlCode-
 ACE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The National Council for Voluntary Organizations (NCVO) is a voluntary
 organization whose 3 main aims are to: 1. promote policies and projects
 which extend the involvement of voluntary organizations in tackling social
 problems, 2. act as a national resource center to increase the effectiveness
 of voluntary organizations, and 3. protect the interests and independence of
 voluntary organizations. NCVO has seen substantial changes in the last 10
 years, according to Nicholas Hinton, the full-time director. NCVO is in
 favor of the pluralistic view - opening up participation in the provision of
 welfare services and the development of social policy to more individuals
 and groups. The organization obtains its income from government grants,
 donations from the Charities Aid Foundation and industry and commerce, it
 publishing activity, and its investments. One advantage for NCVO is that it
 enjoys good links with government departments and knows the right methods to
 achieve results.
-Desc-
 Charities; Objectives; Roles; UK
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 9170 (CN=Non-US)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 55
-A-
 84009706
-W-
 Quick Telemarketing Tests Lifts Michigan Opera Theatre
 Helmer, Michael K.; Ritchie, L. Carol
 Fund Raising Mgmt v15n1 PP: 42-54 Mar 1984
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Faced with a need to increase its donor base by an annual 30% and its
 donated dollars by 20%, the Michigan Opera Theatre (MOT) devised a
 telemarketing campaign to elicit donors at an under-$100 giving level. The
 campaign, which cost $16, 250 (26% of revenue), produced 1, 200 new donors
 and contributions totalling $61, 648. With the help of a consulting firm, 10
 callers were selected and trained. The callers averaged $92 per hour in
 673.5 hours of calling. Rather than a script, the callers used a manual
 which encouraged the use of normal language and wording. Potential donor
 lists, which included single ticket purchasers, past donors, new and old
 subscribers, and purchased and rented lists, were evaluated for
 effectiveness. MOT collected helpful data from its telemarketing effort and
 plans to expand telemarketing use in the future as an integral element of
 its marketing program. Tables. Graphs.
-Desc-
 Theaters; Fund raising; Case studies; Telephone selling; Michigan;
 Donations; Nonprofit organizations
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 7300 (CN=Sales & selling);
 9110 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 56
-A-
 84008480
-W-
 Making a Computer Part of the Sales Staff
 Monk, J. Thomas; Landis, Kenneth M.
 Business Computer Systems v3n1 PP: 31-32 Jan 1984
-ISSN-
 0745-0745
-JrnlCode-
 BCS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Telemarketing (selling by telephone) is the way Burton & Associates raises
 $3 million-$5 million a year for not-for-profit corporations and charities.
 Owner Herb Burton found last year that actual sales compared to sales calls
 improved dramatically with the aid of a microcomputer. Sales costs also
 decreased. For Burton, training and managing staff is a problem that has
 increased in past years, due partly to the weak economy and the tendency of
 women to remain in full-time jobs after starting a family, making it hard to
 get part-time, but permanent workers. As a result of the situation, Burton
 had higher employee turnover, fewer experienced employees, and lower sales
 effectiveness. A demonstration of a simple call scheduling program by
 Burton's son Joseph convinced him that an automated system would be of use.
 After writing a program to dial telephone numbers, Burton tackled the
 problem of teaching the salesperson to make and close the call. This was
 done by displaying a script for the salesperson to follow.
-Desc-
 Telephone selling; Fund raising; Software; Microcomputers; Salespeople;
 Productivity
 CLASS. CODES: 7300 (CN=Sales & selling); 5240 (CN=Software & systems); 9540
 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 57
-A-
 84005101
-W-
 Building Donor Relationships Strengthens Zoo's Membership
 Underwood, Cliff
 Fund Raising Mgmt v14n11 PP: 36-43 Jan 1984
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 From 1975 to 1983, the Zoological Society of San Diego (California) tripled
 its membership from 45, 000 to 118, 000. New member acquisition began
 netting a substantial profit through: 1. use of an appealing, illustrated
 mailing package, 2. use of demographic mailing lists, and 3. timing the
 mailing to coincide with the society's multimedia publicity campaigns.
 Modification of membership renewal strategies was implemented to test the
 effectiveness of: 1. personalization of the renewal request, 2.
 reinforcement of membership benefits, and 3. the suggestion to upgrade the
 giving level. The cost-effective upgrading programs are based on a logical
 membership pyramid that encourages members to increase their giving
 progressively. sophisticated data processing system allows the society to
 develop an unlimited variety of membership offers and to build long-term
 relationships with donors through highly personalized communications. The
 society has a multinear renewal rate of 84% and a first-year renewal rate of
 61%. Tables.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Donations; Case studies; Membership ; Development;
 Mailing lists; Market strategy; Target markets (MKT); Fund raising
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 7000 (CN=Marketing); 9110
 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 58
-A-
 83031078
-W-
 Here's How Simple Research Tool Audits Communication
 Kennedy, N. Brent
 Fund Raising Mgmt v14n9 PP: 40-42 Nov 1983
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 When fund raisers' perceptions of organizational needs and goals do not
 match those of top management, the results can be counterproductive to the
 organization's overall mission. The extent of consensus between the 2 groups
 can be measured by use of a communication audit. A valid communication audit
 includes such basic topics as: 1. listing the organization's most attractive
 characteristics from a donor's viewpoint, 2. listing the organization's
 major development objectives, and 3. ranking activities considered most
 successful. Other questions may be included to fit particular circumstances.
 The survey should be brief and allow anonymous replies. Conflicting
 strategies or beliefs revealed by the audit can be addressed in group
 meetings involving open discussion. The audit can help: 1. create new fund
 raising strategies, 2. improve communications, and 3. assure teamwork.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Fund raising; Surveys; Design; Communication
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 59
-A-
 83031076
-W-
 Financial Analysis & Planning: Tools for Non-Profit Organizations
 Peterson, Virginia M.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v14n9 PP: 24-30 Nov 1983
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Examination of many non-profit organizations indicates deficit positions
 that could have been avoided by early detection. Such detection is possible
 without the aid of an accountant, through a monitoring of the organization's
 financial health to determine the causes of a deficit-producing area.
 Options can then be evaluated by calculating costs of: 1. services, 2.
 break-even prices, and 3. volumes. Assessment of 3 primary concepts leads to
 determination of variances from planned activities and financial results: 1.
 Efficiency levels, based on input/output ratios, applied to all
 organizational resources, can be set and included in annual budgets. 2.
 Effectiveness analysis examines services' quality and quantity compared to
 the level of service budgeted. 3. A review of organizational stability
 considers quantitative and non-quantitative issues via ratio analysis. Costs
 can then be calculated to provide services and work through a break-even
 analysis, which structures the action plan alternatives. Tables.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Financial management; Financial analysis;
 Efficiency; Financial ratios
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 3100 (CN=Capital
 & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 60
-A-
 83029389
-W-
 Integrating Planned Giving into the Fund Raising Program
 Moerschbaecher, Lynda S.
 Trusts & Estates v122n10 PP: 35-38 Oct 1983
 -CODEN-
 TRUSB9
-ISSN-
 0041-3682
-JrnlCode-
 TRE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A planned (deferred) giving program for a charitable organization must be
 integrated into the current development program to be most effective. Four
 major areas must be assessed: 1. Fund raising efforts must be determined,
 starting with an examination of the present development program's readiness
 to begin a planned giving program. Gift history and donor records should be
 reviewed and the organization's capability to undertake the program should
 be tested. 2. The nature of the integrated program must be understood. This
 sophisticated, multi-faceted program requires much planning, in-house
 organization, educating and retraining of staff, and gift planning for
 prospective donors. 3. The reason integration is needed should be
 understood. Coordinating planned giving with other giving campaigns should
 be accomplished in such a way that in-house friction is minimized. 4. The
 development function must be managed as it relates to planned giving.
-Desc-
 Charitable foundations; Nonprofit organizations; Fund raising; Programs;
 Planning; Gifts
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 61
-A-
 83022539
-W-
 Hospital Marketing: Questions to Include in the Marketing Audit
 Sherlock, John F.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v14n6 PP: 72-73 Aug 1983
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A marketing audit must be conducted before the hospital's marketing planning
 process can begin. The major questions and components that should be
 included in the audit are: 1. an examination of the market demographics,
 including definition of the primary and secondary service area in terms of
 population characteristics and a determination of the businesses/industries
 with whom the hospital should develop a relationship, 2. examination of
 competitive position, including present and future competitors, 3.
 physicians, including number on the staff, average age, and top admitters,
 4. examination of financial capabilities, 5. examination of the quality of
 management, including a comparison with competitors in such areas as age,
 experience, and educational background, 6. examination of marketing policies
 and procedures, including existence of a formal marketing function and
 overall marketing plan, 7. examination of marketing resource allocation, and
 8. examination of program evaluative measures, including actual evaluative
 tools used to assess marketing efforts.
-Desc-
 Hospitals; Nonprofit organizations; Marketing; Audits; Procedures;
 Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 8320 (CN=Health care
 industry); 9150 (CN=Guidelines); 7100 (CN=Market research)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 62
-A-
 83019813
-W-
 Team Building May Enhance Development Effectiveness
 Grace, Kay Sprinkel
 Fund Raising Mgmt v14n5 PP: 30-38, 79 Jul 1983
-ISSN-
 0016-268
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Quality circles (QC) in a nonprofit setting may involve people from the
 development office or several departments from all levels who share a
 concern with a particular problem affecting the success of an organization.
 To be successful, the QC should be conceived and developed among the workers
 with the full support of management. Individuals are given the opportunity
 to express ideas, expose annoyances, and learn problem-solving skills. The
 organization benefits because problems are solved in a way that promotes
 trust and efficiency. Further management and work quality are improved and
 costs are reduced. QC meetings should be: 1. focused on the issue being
 discussed, 2. limited to a pre-established time and agenda, and 3. designed
 to encourage participation and creativity. In generating a solution, a QC
 should: 1. establish the basic issue, 2. identify the problems within the
 issue, 3. set priorities, 4. gather pertinent information, 5. establish
 implementation plans for the solution, including all people involved with
 the problem, 6. present the plan to management, and 7. monitor and review
 the progress of the plan. References.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Quality circles; Group dynamics; Problem solving;
 Case studies; Committees; Teams; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 9110 (CN=Company specific);
 5320 (CN=Quality control); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 63
-A-
 83019139
-W-
 What's So Tough About Giving a Good Business Speech
 Cathey, Paul
 Iron Age v226n18 PP: 33-35 Jun 24, 1983
 -CODEN-
 IRAGAN
-ISSN-
 0164-5137
-JrnlCode-
 I?R
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 It is difficult and frightening to give a good business speech, but many
 organizations can provide specialized help from professional speech writers.
 However, there is a less expensive way to learn to speak effectively. A
 nonprofit organization called Toastmasters International (TI) has shown
 millions of people how to teach each other to speak well in public. The
 major components in successful speaking are preparation and delivery. Many
 advise long and careful preparation, particularly for a very short speech. A
 good formula to follow is: 1. get a strong beginning and memorize it, 2. get
 a strong closing and memorize it, 3. build the body of the speech around
 several key points and memorize their sequence, 4. talk without notes if
 possible and do not hide behind a lectern, 5. let the speech dictate what
 gestures to make, 6. vary the volume of the voice, and 7. consider, in
 order, the audience, the environment, and the subject.
-Desc-
 Public speaking; Communication; Effectiveness; Speaking; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 64
-A-
 83018686
-W-
 Administrative Practice in Human Services: Future Direction for Curriculum
 Development/Comments/Reply
 Austin, David M.; McDonough, Jack; Mullen, Edward J.; King, Donald T.;
 Correa, Mary E.
 Jrnl of Applied Behavioral Science v19n2 PP: 141-161 1983
 -CODEN-
 JABHAP
-ISSN-
 0021-8863
-JrnlCode-
 JBS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 21 Pages
 AVAIL.: JAI Press, P.O. Box 1678, Greenwich, CT 06830
 Administrative practice in human services programs is different from
 administrative practices in business and in other public sectors. A
 specialized curriculum is needed for human services administration. This
 curriculum must examine 3 elements of the political economy of human service
 programs: 1. the macro, or societal political economy, 2. the immediate, or
 operational political economy, and 3. the political economy of the
 interorganizational implementation structure on which the organization
 depends. With respect to the effects on human service organizations, 5
 aspects of change seem to be critical: 1. the elaboration of interest group
 politics, 2. the emergence of a growing number of new-interest group
 elements, 3. a long-term increase in constraints on the economic growth of
 the US, 4. a continued weakening of the influence of the federal government
 in domestic policy, and 5. an intraregional and interregional shift of
 political and economic power in the US. Critics take issue with anumber of
 practical points in Austin's exposition to which he replies. References.
-Desc-
 Social sevices; Managers; Education; Curricula; Administrative; Practices;
 Political; Economy; Social; Environment
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 1110 (CN=Economic conditions &
 forecasts); 1200 (CN=Social policy); 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 65
-A-
 83014648
-W-
 Take a Cost-Effectiveness Inventory of Your Association
 Harper, William A.
 Association Mgmt v35n5 PP: 153-156 May 1983
-ISSN-
 0004-5578
-JrnlCode-
 AMG
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In a problematic economy, it becomes more important for top management to
 monitor an association's monetary policy. Cost effectiveness may generate
 greater results than cost cutting in resolving economic problems. Cost
 effectiveness applies to the purpose behind the drive to produce financial
 results, while cost cutting may reduce real income. Each situation must be
 carefully analyzed to ensure that the association is getting its money's
 worth. Sometimes things cost slightly more, yet the quality is doubled.
 Association managers must also recognize that they have free resources in
 their volunteers. Cost effectiveness is limited only by: 1. an association's
 imagination, 2. its willingness to do an inventory of itself, and 3. its
 initiative in reviewing, analyzing, and determining items and resources that
 will make it stronger. The areas of project sales, membership services,
 education and training, publications, accounting and computers, and offices,
 supplies, and training should be reviewed with particular care when the
 association conducts a cost-effectiveness inventory.
-Desc-
 Association management; Nonprofit organizations; Cost control; Projects;
 Membership; Seminars; Publications; Office equipment
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 3100 (CN=Capital
 & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 66
-A-
 83013094
-W-
 Blurred Public/Voluntary Roles
 Weaver, Edward T.
 Bureaucrat v12n1 PP: 15-16 Spring 1983
-ISSN-
 0045-3544
-JrnlCode-
 BUR:
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Determining the proper place and time for voluntary organizations to take
 over social services from the government remains unsolved. The Great
 Depression led to an overwhelming demand for social services that surpassed
 the private sector's capacity. When government stepped in with the needed
 support, donations to voluntary organizations dropped off. Increased
 dependence on purchase arrangements between government and voluntary
 organizations resulted in greater confusion about their roles. The
 consequences of the altered status and conditions of government and
 voluntary organizations include: 1. competition between the 2 sectors, 2.
 service cutbacks for both sectors when public funds are cut, 3. loss of
 community support, 4. curtailed freedom of voluntary organizations, and 5.
 decreased ability of government to change priorities of its programs. The
 greater the overlap of roles, the less chance either sector has for
 effective change. These consequences emphasize the need for a reexamination
 of the roles of both government and voluntary organizations.
-Desc-
 Public sector; Social services; Charitable foundations; Voluntary; Agencies;
 Social policy; Welfare; Grants
 CLASS. CODES: 1200 (CN=Social policy); 9550 (CN=Public sector); 9540
 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 67
-A-
 83013092
-W-
 Public/Private Sector Relations
 Adams, Salisbury M.
 Bureaucrat v12n1 PP: 7-10 Spring 1983
-ISSN-
 0045-3544
-JrnlCode-
 BUR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Public administrators can meet community needs more effectively by realizing
 the positive influence of the private sector. In recognizing the significant
 value of interaction with the private sector, public managers must: 1.
 realize the scope and utilization of public/private-sector initiatives, 2.
 understand the impact of these initiatives on the domains involved, and 3.
 develop a plan of action. The scope of public/private-sector interaction
 must embrace government, nonprofit organizations, and business. The domains
 involved in public/private-sector initiatives depend upon an individual
 manager's perspective. Each manager reviews and analyzes a proposal from a
 different perspective. Public managers should organize a framework in which
 to view a public/private-sector initiative during its conception and
 implementation. The initiative should: 1. be an agreement to assess the
 needs and goals of the community, 2. fit into the community structure, and
 3. be viewed as a method for action and innovation. A planning model for a
 public/private-sector initiative includes several stages for developing a
 successful initiative.
-Desc-
 Public sector; Private sector; Cooperation; Social services Social
 responsibility
 CLASS. CODES: 2410 (CN=Social responsibilities); 9550 (CN=Public sector);
 2430 (CN=Business-Government relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 68
-A-
 83011630
-W-
 Can Building Society Performance Be Measured
 Gough, T. J.
 Banker (UK) v133n685 PP: 51-53, 55 Mar 1983
 -CODEN-
 BNKRB2
-ISSN-
 0005-5395
-JrnlCode-
 BKR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 UK building societies' cartel on interest rates has long existed. However,
 no attention is directed toward their comparative individual performances.
 They are ostensibly nonprofit due to their status as mutual institutions,
 yet their objective is growth maximization. Therefore, each institution must
 use some means of gauging its progress. In actuality, their ''surplus''
 income over expenditure is profit. These societies may gauge performance
 through tests of profits, growth, and average management expenses. The
 ranking of 141 building societies implies equal weight and consistency of
 goals. The top 3 performers were small societies - Wessex, Guardian, and
 Hemel Hempstead. However, the performance of small societies tend to be
 variable. Larger societies tend to vary less and rank in the middle. Small
 societies also tend to use differential pricing, departing from recommended
 interest rates. Thus, they tend to be more profitable. As societies improve
 performance, investors receive more, borrowers pay less, or both effects
 occur. Tables.
-Desc-
 UK; Home loans; Mortgages; Financial institutions; Cartels; Nonprofit
 organizations; Performance; Rankings
 CLASS. CODES: 8120 (CN=Retail banking); 9170 (CN=Non-US); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit
 institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 69
-A-
 83010169
-W-
 A Charity Goes Capitalist
 Howard, Wiles; Diller, Wendy
 Dun's Business Month v121n4 PP: 73, 76 Apr 1983
 -CODEN-
 DURVAH
-ISSN-
 0012-7175
-JrnlCode-
 DMI
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Because cutbacks in federal and state aid are rapidly depleting their bank
 accounts, private social service agencies are being challenged to come up
 with better means of financing their activities. One organization that is
 seeking new funds in an energetic and effective manner is United Cerebral
 Palsy (UCP) of New York State. Under the leadership of its executive
 director, UCP-New York has increased its annual revenues from $120, 000 to
 $51 million in 12 years. In a bold plan to make itself more self-sufficient,
 the nonprofit organization is turning capitalist, with a profit-generating
 subsidiary which will make and market products for the handicapped and sell
 its management and technical expertise to other agencies and professionals.
 The new subsidiary, called Programs for Persons with Disabilities Inc.
 (PPD), promotes its product line through brochures, trade shows, and its own
 seminars. It has developed a number of innovative items and hopes to be
 mass-producing some products within the year as word of its unique designs
 spreads.
-Desc-
 Charities; Case studies; Fund raising; Tax exempt organizations; Funding;
 Start up
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 9110 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 70
-A-
 83010032
-W-
 Recession, Reagan Dented Non-Profit Armor in 1982
 Anonymous
 Direct Marketing v45n11 PP: 104-110 Mar 1983
 -CODEN-
 DIMADI
-ISSN-
 0012-3188
-JrnlCode-
 DIM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Many nonprofit organizations reported income gains of 5%-10% in 1982, but
 demands on programs and services have drained the resources of development
 offices, according to a survey of development professionals. Many think that
 1983 will be better than the previous 2 years. Capital campaigns are
 demonstrating uneven successes, with some 42 major campaigns behind in their
 goals or extending their time periods. Only slight increases are expected in
 foundation giving this year, and corporations will continue to give more
 than foundations. Individual living is expected to increase to the 7%-10%
 level. Some 82% of responding development directors at colleges and
 universities characterized 1982 fund-raising efforts as excellent or good,
 and 73% are optimistic that 1983 will be even better. Giving is not keeping
 pace with rising costs in the health field. About 22% of fund raisers for
 the arts said that 1982 was not as good a year as 1981, and 11% think that
 1983 will not be as good as 1982. No development directors of social service
 agencies described their 1982 efforts as excellent, but 64% are optimistic
 about 1983. All development directors from religious organizations
 characterized their 1982 efforts as excellent or good
-Desc-
 Recessions (ECON); Economic conditions; Fund raising; Foundations; Nonprofit
 organizations; Surveys; Charities; Donations
 CLASS. CODES: 1110 (CN=Economic conditions & forecasts); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit
 institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 71
-A-
 83007376
-W-
 A Walk and Talk with Peter Drucker
 Poe, Randall
 Across the Board v20n2 PP: 32-45 Feb 1983
 -CODEN-
 ACBODW
-ISSN-
 0147-1554
-JrnlCode-
 CBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 14 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Peter Drucker has brought the concepts of decentralization, management by
 objectives, quality circles, and performance measurements into the US and
 the Japanese business world. While Drucker feels that he has had more impact
 in Japan, there is no doubt that his influence on US corporate life has been
 strong. His advice has been bought by General Motors, General Electric, and
 American Telephone & Telegraph, to name a few. He has turned down many
 offers, including 4 offers to teach at Harvard Univ.. Today, Drucker divides
 his time between corporate consulting, teaching, and offering free advice to
 nonprofit organizations. He considers his biggest failure the time that it
 has taken management to adopt basic management principles. He has been
 talking about quality circles since 1946, but companies are just beginning
 to experiment with them.
-Desc-
 Personal; Profiles; Educators; Management; Theory; Consultants
 CLASS. CODES: 9160 (CN=Biographical); 8310 (CN=Consultants not elsewhere
 classified)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 72
-A-
 83006814
-W-
 The Value for Money Trend
 Glynn, John J.
 Accountancy (UK) v93n1072 PP: 129-130 Dec 1982
 -CODEN-
 ACTYAD
-ISSN-
 0001-4664
-JrnlCode-
 ACE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In recent years, value for money (VFM) audits have developed as a move
 toward expanding the more traditional role of the auditor away from a
 straightforward examination of the fairness of the financial statements of
 an organization. These expanded forms of audit have been applied to many
 nonprofit organizations in Canada and the US, but they are mainly used for
 audits of central and local governments and their agencies. There has been a
 limited introduction of VFM audits in the UK public sector, mainly in local
 government and the water industry. The VFM audit is an audit of economy,
 efficiency, and effectiveness of an organization's operations. The purpose
 of the VFM audit is to measure management's performance in the acquisition
 and allocation of resources. It is much wider in scope than the conventional
 audit, which examines standards of financial accountability. There are
 several problems to be resolved because the VFM audit is in its infancy. The
 audit profession must broaden its horizons and develop techniques that have
 previously been regarded as of academic interest only. References.
-Desc-
 Audits; Public sector; Local government; Auditors; Audit objectives
 CLASS. CODES: 4130 (CN=Auditing); 9550 (CN=Public sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 73
-A-
 83004704
-W-
 Finally: A Study on Costs, Benefits of Deferred Gifts
 Fink, Norman S.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v13n11 PP: 26-30 Jan 1983
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A nonprofit organization shares the management, integrity, and efficiency
 needs of the business world. Executives of nonprofit organizations have
 ignored some of the fundamental considerations which determine whether an
 enterprise should go forward or be abandoned. Cost-effectiveness is one of
 these considerations. In order to study the issue of the costs and benefits
 of deferred gifts, cost accounting, benefits analysis, and actuarial and
 econometric forecasting were applied to the Pomona plan, a very successful
 deferred giving program. The study created a framework for answering the
 present value question of a gift not only in terms of mortality, earnings,
 and the economy, but also in terms of every single cost. It is essential for
 an organization to determine acceptance criteria for gifts. The preparation
 of acceptance criteria involves: 1. the determination of the minimum
 remainder value, 2. estimation of acquisition costs, 3. calculation of the
 management period, 4. the use of an investment mix that is appropriate to
 the level of income payments, and 5. the calculation of the minimum gift
 size. Tables.
-Desc-
 Fund raising; Deferred; Gifts; Nonprofit organizations; Colleges &
 universities; Studies; Benefit cost analysis; Cost allocation
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 74
-A-
 83001715
-W-
 Training Organizational Leaders in Socialization and Development
 Gordon, Judith R.; Weathersby, Rita P.; Bartunek, Jean M.
 Jrnl of European Industrial Training (UK) v6n3 PP: 20-24 1982
 -CODEN-
 JEITDP
-ISSN-
 0309-059"PJRNL CODE: JEU
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: MCB Publications Ltd., 198/200 Keighley Rd., Bradford, W. Yorkshire,
 England BD9 4JQ
 Although top management involvement in human resources programs is
 increasing, few executives have been trained specifically in such program
 areas as selection, placement, training, and development. A model
 educational program - the Socialization and Development Conferences -
 presents 3 theoretical perspectives - adult development, career development,
 and organizational socialization - as aids to organizational leaders in
 analyzing and responding more effectively to human resources issues. This
 program was successfully used to train 18 administrators of a Roman Catholic
 women's religious order in the US. The conference was designed to address
 the 3 perspectives as being mutually reinforcing and as giving insight into
 various human resources problems and issues. The program's 3 phases
 entailed: 1. pre-workshop activities, 2. an instructional workshop, and 3.
 action planning sessions. This program can be generalized to apply to other
 non-profit and for-profit organizations. The conferences respond to
 managers' needs in human resources program areas, and are a means of
 improving their effectiveness as developers of human resources.
-Desc-
 Personnel management; Human resources; Programs; Career development
 planning; Personnel administration; Training
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 75
-A-
 82029314
-W-
 Limited Block Grant Battles Threaten Even Best Planning
 Weimar, Robert H.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v13n9 PP: 38-40 Nov 1982
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1981 included cuts in many federal
 programs and established 9 block grant programs that are supposed to allow
 states more flexibility and reduce federal regulations and reporting. The 9
 block grant programs that were created include: 1. Maternal and Child
 Health, consolidating a number of programs, including crippled children's
 services, hemophilia and sudden infant death syndrome programs, 2.
 Preventive Health and Services, consolidating emergency medical services,
 health incentive grants and others, 3. Alcohol, Drug Abuse and Mental
 Health, 4. Primary Care, 5. Social Services consolidating Title XX programs,
 day care, and state and local training, 6. Low-Income Energy Assistance, 7.
 Community Services, including community action, senior citizen services and
 community food and nutrition programs, 8. Education, and 9. Community
 Development. Local personnel of non-profit organizations need to redirect
 their efforts in learning new procedures and new forms of politics on the
 state and local level. One of the challenges facing local fund raisers will
 be to form coalitions with other non-profit organization leaders. Diversity
 of funding sources will be crucial to the survival of non-profit human
 services organizations. Tables.
-Desc-
 Fund raising; Block grant program; Planning; Nonprofit organizations; Social
 services; Budgets
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 1200 (CN=Social policy);
 2310 (CN=Planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 76
-A-
 82029169
-W-
 Explorations in Macro Communication Behaviour: The Effects of Organizational
 Feedback on Organizational Effectiveness
 Morrow, Paula C.
 Jrnl of Mgmt Studies (UK) v19n4 PP: 437-446 Oct 1982
 -CODEN-
 JMASB2
-ISSN-
 0022-2380
-JrnlCode-
 JMS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 10 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In this study, previous organizational theory is used to produce
 propositions which link organizational feedback (vertical and horizontal) to
 organizational effectiveness so that the construct validity of feedback
 could be evaluated. Reliable measures of feedback were devised. Using
 federated nonprofit organizations, the posited relationships were
 empirically examined. Results of the study indicate that the 2
 organizational feedback measures demonstrated adequate reliability. In
 addition to being empirically consistent with a predetermined theoretical
 matrix of organizational relationships, they were also able to explain at
 least 12% of the variance in goal attainment, one measure of organizational
 effectiveness. Vertical feedback is found to be positively related only to
 goal attainment, while horizontal feedback is positively related to goal
 attainment, superordinate approval, and lateral approval. Table.
 References.
-Desc-
 Organizational behavior; Feedback; Effectiveness; Communication; Studies
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 77
-A-
 82027043
-W-
 Behavior Management in State Mental Health Systems/The Courage to Cooperate
 Krapfl, Jon; Kline, Elliot
 Jrnl of Organizational Behavior Mgmt v3n3 PP: 91-111 1981/1982
-ISSN-
 0160-8061
-JrnlCode-
 JOR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 20 Pages
 AVAIL.: Haworth Press, 28 E. 22 St., New York, NY 10010
 Performance efficiency in human service organizations has not benefited from
 the technological advances to improve productivity in manufacturing
 industries. Human services remain labor-intensive. The growth of mental
 health service delivery depends on public commitment of resources, making it
 necessary for mental health facilities to be cost-efficient and
 professionally accountable. Behavioral management can be applied to improve
 the efficiency of public mental health systems. A management information
 system is described as a method for controlling the behavior of system
 participants. The method involves the collection of data of the behavior of
 staff members and the receivers of service, and then measuring both the
 input and output of the system. Staff efficiency, client flow, cost of
 services, and system effect can be determined. Kline cautions against
 reliance on a single method, and calls for the cooperation among proponents
 of various management approaches. References.
-Desc-
 Organizational behavior; Management; Public sector; Mental health; Systems;
 MIS (MAN)
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 78
-A-
 82024795
-W-
 Dean Meyer Lives the People Issues
 Anonymous
 Word Processing & Information Systems v9n9 PP: 52 Sep 1982
 -CODEN-
 WPWODS
-ISSN-
 0093-5794
-JrnlCode-
 WPW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Dean Meyer is one of the new breed of office automation specialists. Meyer,
 who has been involved with advanced computer technologies for more than 14
 years, recently founded the Society of Office Automation Professionals, a
 nonprofit organization representing a variety of professional perspectives
 in advanced office technologies. Meyer is also president of his own
 independent consulting firm. Meyer bases his consultancy on the people
 issues. He focuses on the tactical issue of managing change without
 resistance and of measuring benefits based on overall office effectiveness
 rather than clerical efficiency. He enthusiastically promotes a new training
 methodology, which stresses how to apply computer technology rather than how
 to operate it. Meyer believes that user-managers should view office
 automation as a management tool.
-Desc-
 Office automation; Nonprofit organizations; Information management;
 Personal; Profiles; Technology
 CLASS. CODES: 5210 (CN=Office automation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 79
-A-
 82024360
-W-
 In Quest of Control: MBO Options for Monitoring System Performance in the
 Social Services
 Mushkat, Miron
 Jrnl of General Mgmt (UK) v7n4 PP: 53-69 Summer 1982
 -CODEN-
 JGMAAX
-ISSN-
 0306-3070
-JrnlCode-
 JGM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 17 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The technique of management-by-objectives (MBO) is replacing
 planning-programming-budgeting (PPB) as the main tool for allocating and
 managing resources in non-profit organizations. MBO, which defines in
 advance the results to be achieved and the accompanying action plans,
 consists of the phases of: 1. setting objectives, 2. translating objectives
 into action plans, 3. managerial direction and action, 4. control or
 monitoring, and 5. feedback. Although the application of MBO to the social
 services has injected them with a greater rationality, the focus by social
 administrators has been almost exclusively on the formulation of agency
 objectives and action plans. Workable ideas for monitoring system
 performance are needed. Developmental work undertaken in the field of
 psychiatric care points the way towards monitoring system performance in the
 social services. Mental-health area professionals have developed the
 client-satisfaction questionnaire which involves the individual directly in
 the service evaluation. The Global Assessment Scale (GAS) is a single rating
 scale for evaluating the functioning of an individual during a specified
 time period on a mental-health-status continuum. The potentially most useful
 instrument for the social services is goal attainment scaling. Tables.
 References.
-Desc-
 Management by objectives; Social services; Performance; Public sector;
 Planning
 CLASS. CODES: 2310 (CN=Planning); 9550 (CN=Public sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 80
-A-
 82023894
-W-
 Giving Workers Freedom Produces Better Results
 Schiffman, Stephan
 Fund Raising Mgmt v13n7 PP: 61 Sep 1982
-ISSN-
 0016-26X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN:
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Understanding what leadership is and how it works can help one to be a
 better supervisor. There are 4 criteria for a person to be considered a
 leader: 1. The person helps to define the goals and job assignments of the
 work unit. 2. The person has some authority over the resources needed to do
 the work. 3. The individual represents the interests of the work group to
 others. 4. The person is responsible for resolving conflicts that emerge
 within the work group. Leadership styles can range from authoritarian to
 democratic. In order to be successful as a leader, one must be motivated and
 be able to strike a balance between himself/herself and the group in terms
 of what each gives and receives. Good supervision is a matter of judgment.
 One way to measure the effectiveness of supervision is to examine
 absenteeism and turnover rates.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Leadership; Supervision; Management ; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 81
-A-
 82023892
-W-
 Letter Length Must Vary for Every Circumstance
 Huntsinger, Jerald E.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v13n7 PP: 56-57 Sep 1982
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In fund-raising, letter length has long been the subject of debate. It can
 be argued that short letters work best when the level of publicity and
 information is so high that much opinion has been developed. In situations
 where there is a need for an emergency and/or exciting newsletter, a short
 letter is also appropriate. Perhaps the most appropriate way to examine the
 issue of the long versus the short letter is to examine the 5 motivational
 elements in direct response marketing: 1. involvement vs. inertia, 2.
 communications vs. action, 3. familiarity vs. obscurity, 4. emotions vs.
 logic, and 5. personalization vs. form letter. Determining whether to use
 the short or long letter depends on several important circumstances and the
 decision is more than a matter of personal preferences.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Fund raising; Letters; Communication;
 Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 82
-A-
 82022455
-W-
 Closing the GAAP in Church Accounting
 Arndt, Terry L.; Jones, Richard W.
 Management Accounting v64n2 PP: 26-31 Aug 1982
 -CODEN-
 MGACBD
-ISSN-
 0025-1690
-JrnlCode-
 NAA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 One of the purest forms of nonbusiness organizations is that which is
 represented by churches. This makes churches' accounting systems somewhat
 complicated. Typically, financing comes from contributions, general
 donations, pledges, revenues from fund-raising events, and gifts. A church
 must amass these financial resources in a manner which provides the services
 demanded by its members, while still maintaining its physical resources.
 This concept of capital maintenance concerns the ability of a church to
 operate within its budget. Church managements have not used the many
 generally accepted accounting principles or techniques designed to measure
 performance because there is no bottom line. Many churches maintain their
 records on a cash or modified cash basis because of the ease of record
 keeping. It is imperative that churches start to present their financial
 data on an accrual basis, under general fund accounting, since some
 authorities are requiring audited financial statements. Churches should make
 an effort to more effectively communicate their operating results and
 financial position to their members. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Religious organizations; Accounting procedures;
 Financial statements; Models; Financial ratios; GAAP
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit
 institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 83
-A-
 82021665
-W-
 Critical Issues for Planned Change in Human Service Organizations: A Case
 Study and Analysis
 Martinko, Mark J.; Tolchinsky, Paul D.
 Group & Organization Studies v7n2 PP: 179-192 Jun 1982
 -CODEN-
 GOSTDA
-ISSN-
 0364-1082
-JrnlCode-
 GOS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 14 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Much organization development (OD) research and theory has been confined to
 the business organization to the neglect of methods for planned change in
 human service organizations (HSOs). In a case study, a state department for
 human resources enlisted the aid of an OD consultant for managerial training
 and development. Application of an action research model produced
 development plans for managerial role clarification, group activities for
 those involved in integrated service delivery, and performance evaluation
 training. Applying domain theory reveals the existence of overlapping and
 sometimes conflicting sources of power in the HSO, including government
 regulation and intervention, professional expertise, and administrative
 management. Successful OD application requires identifying conflicts,
 shifting power for productive problem solving, and activity implementation
 and evaluation. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Social services; Organization development; Changes; Intervention; Models;
 Organization theory
 CLASS. CODES: 1200 (CN=Social policy); 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 84
-A-
 8200469
-W-
 The Enterprise Foundation: A National Effort's Local Origins
 Anonymous
 Jrnl of Housing v39n2 PP: 50-52 Mar/Apr 1982
 -CODEN-
 JOHOA4
-ISSN-
 0272-7374
-JrnlCode-
 JHO
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Rouse Company has announced plans to initiate a comprehensive community
 development program on a national scale. The Enterprise Foundation will
 supply funds and technical assistance to local nonprofit housing
 organizations. These organizations are to provide job training, health care
 services/referrals, and emergency assistance in addition to housing. They
 will also be expected to raise funds from within their own local
 communities. The key to success of the venture is the establishment of local
 and national networks. Creation of the Enterprise Foundation affirms that a
 comprehensive approach is needed to assure the success of community
 development efforts. The Foundation seeks to replicate nationwide the
 activities of Jubilee Housing Inc., a housing and community development
 corporation located in Washington, DC, which has done noteworthy work since
 its creation in 1974. Whether its success can be duplicated in other parts
 of the country remains to be seen, but the formation of the Enterprise
 Foundation is evidence that Rouse feels that it can. Jubilee's work began
 with the rehabilitation of 2 apartment buildings via a matching grant from
 the Lilly Foundation and grew into a job training and social services
 effort.
-Desc-
 Housing rehabilitation; Foundations; Local; Nonprofit organizations;
 Housing; Community development
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 8370 (CN=Construction
 industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 85
-A-
 82019465
-W-
 Strategic Management in Not-For-Profit Organizations
 Hatten, Mary Louise
 Strategic Mgmt Jrnl v3n2 PP: 89-104 Apr/Jun 1982
 -CODEN-
 SMAJD8
-ISSN-
 0143-2095
-JrnlCode-
 SMJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 16 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Many executives spend part of their careers managing nonprofit
 organizations. Strategic management experience gained in the corporate
 sector can be applied to the nonprofit sector to increase management and
 organizational efficiency. However, corporate strategic management practices
 must be adjusted to the different and complex nature of the nonprofit
 organization; organizational objectives, and financial and production
 strategies are more difficult to assess. For the nonprofit organization,
 strategy identification begins with determining functional strategies in
 setting framework for organizational strategy. The organizational strategy
 must be tested for consistency with the organization's current reality and
 future objectives, based on assessments of the internal and external
 environment, availability of resources, and organizational values. Strategic
 management can result in improvements in service and financial performance,
 freeing the organization to experiment with new services and funding
 methods. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Strategic management; Nonprofit organizations; Corporate; Models; Financing;
 Production; Strategy
 CLASS. CODES: 2310 (CN=Planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 86
-A-
 82018567
-W-
 Strategic Management for Multiprogram Nonprofit Organizations
 Gruber, Robert E.; Mohr, Mary
 California Mgmt Review v24n3 PP: 15-22 Spring 1982
 -CODEN-
 CMNRAK
-ISSN-
 0008-1256
-JrnlCode-
 CMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Nonprofit organizations are learning that maximum effectiveness comes from
 managing the agency's program portfolio as a totality. Programs should not
 be considered in isolation since they interact and compete with one another
 for scarce resources of the organization. A model is prepared to help
 decision makers by: 1. encouraging strategic, long-range thinking, 2.
 identifying programs in need of design, and 3. suggesting direction of cash
 flow among programs. The model classifies programs in terms of costs and
 benefits, i.e., positive or negative financial returns and low or high
 social benefit. Then programs are slotted into 4 basic program types: 1.
 beneficial programs, 2. worthwhile programs which are costly but serve
 community needs, 3. sustaining programs which are high in ability to
 generate funds, and 4. detrimental programs. Basic strategy proposed
 includes: 1. Prune detrimental programs. 2. Use cautious expansion with
 beneficial programs. 3. Maintain sustaining programs and use their profits
 to subsidize worthwhile programs. 4. Carefully nurture the worthwhile
 programs with periodic review for pruning. Attempts should be made to
 upgrade programs toward worthwhile or beneficial status. Figures.
 References.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Multiple; Programs; Classification Models; Benefit
 cost analysis; Decision making models; Strategic; Management; Case studies
 CLASS. CODES: 2310 (CN=Planning); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 9110
 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 87
-A-
 82017960
-W-
 Hospital Planning for Cost-Effectiveness
 Larracey, Susan A.
 Management Accounting v64n1 PP: 44-48 Jul 1982
 -CODEN-
 MGACBD
-ISSN-
 0025-1690
-JrnlCode-
 ?AA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In 1980, General Hospital, a not-for-profit acute care general community
 hospital situated in Massachusetts, acquired an accounting form's hospital
 financial planning model (HOFPLAN) to project operations and finances,
 immediate and long-term, with the projections to be made on the basis of the
 hospital's current and historical operations and finances. HOFPLAN use a
 modular structure to simulate changes in hospital operations resulting from
 changes in occupancy rates, lengths of stay, service mixes, and service
 rates associated with different patient types. The end results of the
 simulations are reflected in reports of costs and revenues by patient type,
 related operating statistical reports, and formal financial statements. In
 hospital accounting, changes in financial class are as important as changes
 in patient mix. Although HOFPLAN provides a powerful tool for preparing
 reports showing consequences of change it is a concept that requires full
 understanding. Its success rests with management and the people responsible
 for implementation. Figure. Table. References.
-Desc-
 Hospitals; Health care industry; Case studies; Financial planning; Models;
 Cost; Effectiveness; Cost control; Applications; Forecasting
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 8320 (CN=Health care industry);
 3000 (CN=Finance)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 88
-A-
 82014732
-W-
 Philanthropy: Its Strength, Its Contributions, Its Challenge
 Foerst, John G., Jr.
 Review of Business v3n4 PP: 1-5, 18 Spring 1982
-ISSN-
 0034-6454 JRNL CODE ROB
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In 1980, philanthropic contributions in the US amounted to $47.74 billion,
 up 10.2% from 197?. Individuals contributed almost 90% of this amount,
 followed by corporations and foundations, each contributing about 5%.
 Contrary to the misconceptions about philanthropy, most organizations spent
 very little of their contributions on the fund raising effort, usually under
 15%. In light of inflation and federal budget cuts, philanthropy is becoming
 more important to the survival of nonprofit organizations. A career in
 fundraising can be rewarding and exciting. Effective fundraising requires
 modern management techniques. Steps for the professional fundraising
 organization include: 1. Conduct a feasibility study. 2. Assess the
 perceptions of the organization. 3. Develop a campaign plan. 4. Set a
 timetable. 5. Establish financial goals. 6. Determine an operational budget.
 7. Develop a case statement. 8. Market the organization.
-Desc-
 Donations; Contributions; Statistical data; Federal; Budgets ; Reduction;
 Nonprofit organizations; Fund raising; Careers; Campaigns; Procedures
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 89
-A-
 82014215
-W-
 Increase Revenue with a Simple Thank-You Letter
 Groman, John E
 Fund Raising Mgmt v13n3 PP: 40-41, 57 May 1982
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Revenue can be increased by acknowledging a donor's gift. Acknowledge all
 gifts within 2 to 7 days with a personalized note or letter. Use File
 Segmentation and upgrading techniques to make lists more efficient. Ask for
 information about donors to use in later appeals, and develop a
 recognition/reward program. Mail a special ''welcome'' package to new
 constituents. Finally, test the effectiveness of your acknowledgment
 program. Programs which have had success with this kind of acknowledgment
 program include: 1. a large social welfare agency, 2. an international
 evangelical broadcast ministry, and 3. an international animal welfare
 organization.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Gifts; Donations; Recognition; Letters; Fund
 raising; Techniques
 CLASS. CODES: 4200 (CN=Taxation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 90
-A-
 82012680
-W-
 Voluntary Hospitals: A Look at the Industry and Its Analysis
 Glunt, Janice M.
 Jrnl of Commercial Bank Lending v64n8 PP: 2-21 Apr 1982
-ISSN-
 0021-986X
-JrnlCode-
 CBL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 20 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Voluntary, non-profit hospitals must have access to private financing;
 however, their fund accounting procedures often make it hard for lenders to
 interpret their financial statements. Fund accounting keeps separate records
 for assets given to the hospital which are restricted by donors to specific
 purposes. Lenders must make sure that the borrowing hospital can generate
 repayment funds, insure that the institution is financially strong, and be
 confident of its management. They must examine its: 1. balance sheet, 2.
 revenue and expense statements, 3. change in fund balances statement, and 4.
 statement of changes in financial position. Five years of audited historical
 data and 3 years of pro forma statements should be examined. In addition,
 the hospital's operating efficiency measures, revenues, expenses,
 profitability, and liquidity should be carefully scrutinized. Charts.
 Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Voluntary; Hospitals; Nonprofit organizations; Health care industry;
 Characteristics; Organizational; Structure; Lending; Decisions; Credit;
 Analysis; Financial statement analysis; Funds statements; Fund accounting
 procedures (ACC); Revenue; Operating costs; Liquidity
 CLASS. CODES: 8120 (CN=Commercial banking); 8320 (CN=Health care industry);
 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management); 4100
 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 91
-A-
 82004466
-W-
 Expert Sees Growing Need for Employers to Back Job Sharing
 Anonymous
 Savings & Loan News v103n1 PP: 84-85 Jan 1982
-ISSN-
 0036-5114
-JrnlCode-
 SLN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 New Ways to Work is a nonprofit organization based in San Francisco which is
 attempting to convey the benefits of new work-time options to employers in
 the financial industry. The advantages of job sharing, which allows 2
 employees to share the responsibilities of one full-time position with
 salary and fringe benefits prorated between the two, include: 1. attracting
 applicants unable to work full-time, 2. reducing absenteeism by allowing
 employees to structure their work schedules, 3. retaining good employees who
 might otherwise need to quit, 4. increasing employee motivation and
 productivity, 5. offering new options to older workers, and 6. improving
 service delivery. All forms of compensation attached to a particular
 position should be maintained and divided in a way that is equitable to both
 the employer and the job-sharing employees.
-Desc-
 Job; Sharing; Work sharing; Advantages; Cost; Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 6100 (CN=Human resource planning); 8100 (CN=Financial services
 industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 92
-A-
 82003949
-W-
 Financial Reporting by Nonbusiness Organizations: A New Perspective
 Holder, William W.; Griffith, Peter H.
 National Public Accountant v27n1 PP: 27-31 Jan 1982
 -CODEN-
 NPACAI
-ISSN-
 0027-9978
-JrnlCode-
 NPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A Statement of Financial Accounting Concepts (SFAC) established a conceptual
 framework for guiding accounting practice in accordance with generally
 acceptable accounting principles (GAAP) SFAC No. 4, in doing this for
 reporting objectives of nonbusiness organizations, requires analysis to
 determine if discrepancies exist between it and other statements, concerning
 operational accounting and reporting practices for several nonbusiness
 entities. From the single, specific objective of SFAC No. 4, of providing
 information useful in making economic decisions, come the normative
 objectives of assessing financial viability and judging management
 performance. The reporting objectives indicate the financial statement
 should report quantitative and qualitative aspects of the financial
 viability of the reporting entity. This suggests that future accounting
 standards may include other resource allocation information dealing with
 cost of services information, in conjunction with expense based operating
 reports. The objectives of SFAC 4 are related to a variety of reporting
 standards currently in effect for several nonbusiness organizations. These
 include practices appearing to depart from or omitting information regarded
 as useful by the SFAC. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Financial reporting; FASB; Accounting standards; Concepts; Nonprofit
 organizations; Financial statements
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 93
-A-
 82002944
-W-
 ''Nonprofits'' Need Surplus, Too
 Young, David W.
 Harvard Business Review v60n1 PP: 124-131 Jan/Feb 1982
 -CODEN-
 HABRAX
-ISSN-
 0017-8012
-JrnlCode-
 HBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The non-profit organization needs to retain profits, i.e., surpluses, to
 provide for asset replacement and working capital. Regulators and managers
 should realize that the retention of funds for these purposes is preferable
 to long-term debt funding. Since the uses of surpluses are so different,
 various approaches are needed to assess an amount deemed sufficient for
 each. By distinguishing between return on investment (ROI) or equity and a
 return on assets (ROA), an equation can be developed which determines which
 is the preferable measure and how much surplus is sufficient. A model thus
 constructed can combine the asset financing and the working capital
 requirements to determine an organization's allowed surplus for a given
 year. The ROA model is the more appropriate and more easily administered for
 this purpose. Tables. References. Appendix.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Financial management; Financing; Fixed assets
 (ACC); Return on investment; Working capital
 CLASS. CODES: 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management); 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 94
-A-
 82000539
-W-
 Will Private Social Service Agencies Survive
 Ades, C. Douglas
 ABA Banking Jrnl v73n12 PP 112, 116 Dec 1981
 -CODEN-
 BNKGA2
-ISSN-
 0194-5947
-JrnlCode-
 BNK
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Reagan Administration's budget cuts threaten to close or cripple many
 non-profit organizations devoted to social service. The private sector has
 the option of thinking in terms of domestic technology transfer-sharing the
 essential skills of American business with non-profits. Most non-profits
 need: 1. the ability to skillfully manage and account for money, 2.
 equitable yet productive management of personnel, 3. recognition of the
 importance of long-range planning, 4. the skill to market services, and 5.
 creative and appropriate application of data processing and communications
 technology. For arts, educational, and service institutions to survive,
 corporation must: 1. acknowledge the non-profit sector as a necessary
 ingredient in a healthy marketplace, 2. realize the sharing of skills as
 well as money is essential, 3. impart new and creative dimensions to the
 concept of shared facilities, and 4. share the spirit of entrepreneurship
 and teach organizations how to create and manage projects that are
 revenue-producing. The private sector must find ways to prove big business
 is better for the people than big government.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Social services; Private sector; Support
 CLASS. CODES: 1200 (CN=Social policy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 95
-A-
 81027005
-W-
 People Give to Charity for Rational Reasons
 Frantzreb, Arthur A.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v12n9 PP: 54 Nov 1981
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN:
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Tax motivations are not a principal motivation for generous philanthropy.
 Tax credit for small donors is not an incentive for mass philanthropy. What
 then are the criteria for unselfish, sharing, caring philanthropy. From
 intensive interviews with donors, the following are principal considerations
 in giving: 1. proof of the worthiness of the organization, 2. personal
 relationships and interest in the organization, 3. financial and human
 resource efficiency and effectiveness, 4. services to or for the benefit of
 young people, 5. needs of society for the benefit of all, 6. community
 responsibility for nonprofit services, 7. confidence in the leadership and
 management of the organization, and 8. tax considerations, with knowledge of
 where resources are going. In deciding to give in the first place, donors
 list these factors: 1. independent decisions, 2. plans of the organization
 to design its destiny and determination of costs for future stability and
 security, 3. efficiency of the organization, 4. competence of the
 organization's governing board leadership and participation and competence
 of the administrative and staff leadership, and 5. tax consideration for
 personal decisions in the application of resources.
-Desc-
 Donations; Factors; Criteria; Gifts
 CLASS. CODES: 4200 (CN=Taxation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 96
-A-
 81024748
-W-
 Role of Strategic Planning as a Fund Raising Tool
 Collings, Terry
 Fund Raising Mgmt v12n8 PP: 50-51 Oct 1981
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Two factors foremost in the minds of those responsible for donating
 corporate and foundation funds to non-profit agencies are: 1. how the agency
 meets the real and basic human needs of the community, and 2. whether the
 agency uses its resources in an optimal manner to achieve its stated
 objectives. To answer these questions of need and effectiveness, non-profit
 organizations should formulate a strategic plan. Any long-range plan should
 answer the following questions: 1. What business are we in and whom are we
 serving, 2. Assuming sufficient resources and talent, how are we doing in
 reaching an ''ideal'' performance, 3. What assumptions can be made about
 future internal and external needs and trends, 4. What strategies and
 programs can be developed to help us accomplish our mission, address the
 needs of our targeted constituency, take advantage of our strengths and
 opportunities, and correct weaknesses, 5. How do we know when we've
 accomplished that we planned to do. Most funders would appreciate a brief
 summary of answers to these questions.
-Desc-
 Fund raising; Nonprofit Organizations; Strategic; Planning; Needs analysis;
 Assessments
 CLASS. CODES: 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 97
-A-
 81021438
-W-
 Leadership and Networking Among Neighborhood Human Service Organizations
 Galaskiewicz, Joseph; Shatin, Deborah
 Administrative Science Qtrly v26n3 PP: 434-448 Sep 1981
 -CODEN-
 ASCQAG
-ISSN-
 0001-8392
-JrnlCode-
 ASQ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 15 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 It was hypothesized that under conditions of environmental uncertainty,
 neighborhood human service organizations' leaders would establish
 cooperative relations, based on their own personal neighborhood connections
 or their status group affiliations. Data showed organizations whose leaders
 had common organizational memberships tended to have cooperative ties with
 one another. In more turbulent areas, public or private organizations whose
 leaders had similar racial of educational backgrounds were more likely to
 establish cooperative relationships. Implications that can be drawn from the
 study include: 1. Using status affiliations to establish relations might
 overcome uncertainty problems for the individual leader, but would probably
 reduce overall efficiency of resource allocation in the network. 2.
 Organizations can easily transform cooperative organizational relationships
 into political coalitions. Tables. References. Appendix.
-Desc-
 Social services; Programs; Organizational; Networks; Cooperation;
 Uncertainty; Studies; Leadership; Organizational behavior
 CLASS. CODES: 1200 (CN=Social policy); 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 98
-A-
 81019702
-W-
 Control and Behavior of Nonprofit Firms: The Case of Blue Shield
 Eisenstadt, David; Kennedy, Thomas E.
 Southern Economic Jrnl v48n1 PP: 26-36 Jul 1981
 -CODEN-
 SECJAR
-ISSN-
 0038-40?8
-JrnlCode-
 SEJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 11 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Concern about managerial discretion and differences in objectives of owners
 and managers dates back at least as far as the Berle and Means study of the
 separation of ownership from control in large US corporations. That study
 resulted in a large body of literature investigating the implications of
 managerial decisions on firm behavior. Under some circumstances, it has been
 predicted that managerial decisions would deviate from cost
 minimizing/profit maximizing decisions. It has also been argued that this
 deviation is greater in nonprofit firms due to their attenuated property
 rights structures. Recently, managerial decision making has been explored in
 nonprofit health insurance companies, specifically, Blue Cross-Blue Shield
 plans. This literature is extended by considering the interaction of 2
 important limits on possible administrative inefficiency for the nonprofit
 firm. The limitations are in the form of competitive market forces and
 residual claimants with an interest in administrative efficiency. The
 results indicate that the presence of residual claimants in nonprofit
 organizations clearly affects the extent to which administrators can
 successfully engage in discretionary behavior. Administrative slack, as
 measured by administrative costs as a percentage of premiums, is negatively
 affected by increases in the percentage of physicians on the plan board in
 plans holding a positive tax advantage over foreign commercial health
 insurers. Equations. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Blue Cross Blue Shield; Health care industry; Management decisions;
 Physicians; Control; Administrative expenses; Decision making; Efficiency;
 Tax benefits
 CLASS. CODES: 1100 (CN=Economics); 8320 (CN=Health care industry 2300
 (CN=Planning & strategy); 4200 (CN=Taxation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 99
-A-
 81019088
-W-
 Non-Profit Executives Need Management Skills
 Leduc, Robert F.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v12n6 PP: 53, 55 Aug 1981
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 If the non-profit sector is to be saved, it must be done through a concerted
 effort to improve the management, accountability, and efficiency of the
 individual organizations that comprise the sector. Trustees and executives
 of non-profit organizations must improve their management skills both as
 individuals, and as a group. Board members are all volunteers, and they are
 not always chosen for their management expertise. Volunteer management is
 generally less effective than the management provided by full time,
 administratively trained and oriented leadership. Another constraint to
 effective management is that the executive directors of the non-profit
 sector do not possess the control that marks the for-profit organization's
 chief executive officer. Educational opportunities available to non-profit
 executives are woefully inadequate to the management needs of third sector
 executives. Organizational administrators often double as counselors and
 other service providers, to the detriment of the administrative capability
 of the organization.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Executives; Management; Skills; Decision making;
 Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 2100 (CN=Administrative & management personnel); 2200
 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 100
-A-
 81019087
-W-
 Strategic Plans Increase Capital Campaign Success
 Harman, William James
 Fund Raising Mgmt v12n6 PP: 38-41 Aug 1981
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The key elements of the comprehensive campaign planning process include: 1.
 endorsement of and commitment to the process by the governing board, the
 president and senior staff, 2. comprehensive internal review, by board and
 staff, concerning mission, programs, external factors, and all critical
 issues, 3. external assessment of the internally-generated data by 50-100 of
 an institution's most influential and affluent constituents, 4. development
 of a working case statement which includes only those programs validated and
 verified as ''high priority'' in the internal survey, 5. establishment of a
 select group of study/survey participants to formulate the strategic
 development plan, 6. staff creation of detailed tactical or operating plans
 to support the strategic decisions, 7. approval by the governing board of
 all plans, case statements, staffing, and budget, 8. completion of all
 required preparatory tasks for timely implementation of the plan, and 9.
 implementation. When the first phase of the process-identifying the critical
 issues, concerns, and needs of the organization through an internal study-is
 completed, the responsibility for creating the tactical plans rests with the
 development office. A successful campaign will improve the effectiveness of
 future annual programs.
-Desc-
 Capital; Campaigns; Fund raising; Strategic; Planning; Nonprofit
 organizations; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 101
-A-
 81017881
-W-
 A Survey of Recent Research in Health Economics
 Bertorelli, Linda M.
 American Economist v25n1 PP: 5-9 Spring 1981
-ISSN-
 0002-8290
-JrnlCode-
 AME
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Health economists use several analytical approaches in their research.
 Cost-benefit analysis puts a dollar value on all outcomes. This approach
 should be distinguished from cost-effectiveness analysis, which assigns
 priorities on alternative expenditures but does not require dollar values on
 human life. The production function approach uses mathematical relationships
 indicating outputs which result from various input combinations. Another
 approach, regression analysis, is limited by the problems of including the
 legal and human aspects of health care in the research. Modern hospitals
 suffer from excessive costs and administrative difficulties. One study shows
 that US hospitals are predominantly nonprofit voluntary organizations. Also,
 when given the choice, the public prefers voluntary hospitals to municipal
 ones. A partial solution to the general practitioner shortage is the use of
 new health practitioners. Studies indicate that physician assistants and
 nurse practitioners can be a positive addition to medical care. Equations.
 References.
-Desc-
 Health economics; Health care industry; Workforce; Shortages ; Benefit cost
 analysis; Production functions (ECON)
 CLASS. CODES: 1100 (CN=Economics); 8320 (CN=Health care industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 102
-A-
 81010079
-W-
 Needed Reforms in Federal Grant Procurement Management
 Zemansky, Stanley T.
 Government Executive v13n4 PP: 30, 32, 34-35 Apr 1981
 -CODEN-
 GVEXAW
-ISSN-
 0017-2626
-JrnlCode-
 GOV
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Office of Federal Procurement Policy (OFPP) has provided a Grantee
 Procurement System Certification program to reduce inefficiency in federal
 aid programs. Compliance with the program would exempt the grantee from
 federal terms at odds with the grantee's laws. The OFPP's proposed Uniform
 Procurement System (UPS) would provide uniform procedures for governmental
 and non-profit organization recipients and would provide for training. While
 the system is not yet fully implemented, it has already been revised, and
 another complete revision should not be issued. New recipients will be
 required to fill out checklist describing their system and to correct
 unsatisfactory administrative procedures. More regulations should be
 avoided, and only basic policies should be enunciated. So far,
 communications with state and local jurisdictions has been poor, and
 procedures for their input should be established, since each procurement
 situation is unique in some way. It is appropriate that the OFPP be the
 single focalizing agency to guarantee coordination of local procurement
 under assistance policy. Further, the Office of Management and Budget's
 Circular A-102 has been generally acceptable, but there is potential in the
 current revision for over-regulation. The OFPP' recommendation is to be
 supported insofar as it includes reaffirmation of maximum reliance on state
 and local grantee management, grantee certification, uniformity, expansion
 of coverage of small, minority, women, and labor surplus contracting, and
 reduction of fraud and waste. The opportunity for true reform is available.
-Desc-
 OMB; Grants; Regulations; Costs; Programs; Purchasing; Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 4300 (CN=Law)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 103
-A-
 81007687
-W-
 The Fair Housing Act in a Discriminatory Market
 Lake, Robert W.
 Jrnl of the American Planning Association v47n1 PP: 48-58 Jan 1981
-ISSN-
 9876-543X
-JrnlCode-
 AIP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Blacks are burdened with excessive costs of housing search and loss of
 equity when selling by bias in the dissemination of vacancy information.
 Current legislation burdens the victims of discrimination with the full
 costs of enforcement as well. Even if the Dept. of Housing and Urban
 Development (HUD) assumes power to initiate administrative hearings, meager
 resources will limit the effectiveness of the process. An affirmative
 approach should encourage the development of conditions conducive to equal
 access to housing market information. Vacancy information can be made public
 by developing an unbiased institutional structure for disseminating
 information and by bringing vacancy information into the public domain.
 Policy recommendations to this end include: 1. a basic policy initiative to
 develop an institutional structure devoted to disseminating market
 information in a non-discriminatory manner, 2. HUD encouragement of the
 development of non-profit Housing Information Centers, 3. federal
 legislation to provide for direct HUD funding of Housing Information
 Centers, and 4. federal legislation to require owners to file a Notification
 of Intent to Sell. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Civil rights; Fair; Housing; Federal legislation; Blacks; Suburban;
 Residences; Racial discrimination; Statistical analysis; HUD; Pricing
 CLASS. CODES: 4300 (CN=Law); 8360 (CN=Real estate); 6100 (CN=Human resource
 planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 104
-A-
 81006791
-W-
 Goal Setting and Efficiency in Social Service Agencies
 Keating, Barry P.; Keating, Maryann O.
 Long Range Planning (UK) v14n1 PP: 40-48 Feb 1981
 -CODEN-
 LRPJA4
-ISSN-
 0024-6301
-JrnlCode-
 LRP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Setting clear objectives and using the indicator/operational target approach
 to performance measurement can improve performance in non-profit agencies.
 Indicators are variables that provide information on the effect of an
 agency's actions on overall objectives. Operational targets maximize control
 over indicator movements and ensure that the agency is exerting the desired
 effort to meet objectives. After setting reliable targets/indicators, the
 proper incentives must be used to motivate the agency to maximize the
 difference between the obtainable budget and minimal total service cost. The
 incentives should insure that agency administrators will respond to the
 means used in evaluating their performance. The accountability measures used
 must be appropriate. A system of checks should be made to see that service
 quality does not suffer. Managerial control over the residual, as well as
 some inter-agency competition might also improve performance. Diagram.
 References.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit; Social services; Agencies; Goal setting; Efficiency; Objectives;
 Incentives; Budgets
 CLASS. CODES: 1200 (CN=Social policy); 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 105
-A-
 81004944
-W-
 Challenge of the 1980s: Keeping Up with Technology
 Winchell, Stephen H.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v11n12 PP: 30-35, 39 Feb 1981
-ISSN-
 0016-268X JRNL CODE FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The telephone is a misunderstood and relatively underutilized medium of
 comunication by fund raisers, in spite of the fact that, other than
 face-to-face contact, it is the most personal form of communication. Studies
 reveal that the telephone will generate a percentage of contributors 2-5
 times that produced by the use of direct mail alone. The uncertainty of
 using the telephone has been removed by tests that analyze and interpret
 phone marketing campaigns and have proved its cost-effectiveness. Many
 opportunities in the future will become available to fund raisers by means
 of telemarketing and laser computer technology. High quality printing
 capabilities will be vastly improved by the new technology so that the
 traditional trade-off between high speed and high quality in computer letter
 printing will be less significant. However fund raisers must remember that
 the new technology will not be able to make up for poorly written packages;
 well-written direct mail copy will remain the key to successful direct mail.
 As the costs of the new computer technology decrease, small non-profit
 organizations will be able to benefit from it to a greater degree. Charts.
 Illustrations.
-Desc-
 Fund raising; Changes; Technology; Nonprofit organizations; Telephone
 selling; Lasers; Printing; Direct mail campaigns
 CLASS. CODES: 7300 (CN=Sales & selling); 8650 (CN=Electrical & electronics
 industries); 7200 (CN=Advertising)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 106
-A-
 81004111
-W-
 LIMRA: The Life Insurance Marketing and Research Association
 Anonymous
 Life Association News v76n2 PP: 113-120 Feb 1981
-ISSN-
 0024-3078
-JrnlCode-
 LAN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 There are many facets to the role of the Life Insurance Marketing and
 Research Association (LIMRA): 1. It is a management consulting organization
 offering interpretation of research and diagnosis of problem. 2. It is an
 educational entity offering texts, schools, and seminars. 3. It is a forum
 for the exchange of ideas among its members, some 350 firms in the US and
 Canada. LIMRA's mission is to improve the marketing efforts of the insurance
 industry through research and analysis. It is primarily company-oriented.
 The association has created and administers the Aptitude Index Battery test
 that measures a candidate's chances of success in the insurance selling
 business. Jointly with the National Association of Life Underwriters, it
 conducts a biennial Survey of Agency Opinion to provide a current synopsis
 of the activities and attitudes of the field force. It is a nonprofit
 organization providing invaluable marketing information to the insurance
 industry. It maintains a large reference library, and its research efforts
 are kept as objective as possible.
-Desc-
 LIMRA; Services; Insurance industry
 CLASS. CODES: 8200 (CN=Insurance industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 107
-A-
 81003095
-W-
 Recession: A Boom Time for Financial Executives
 Smith, David F.
 Financial Executive v49n1 PP: 24-25 Jan 1981
 -CODEN-
 FIEXAW
-ISSN-
 0015-1998
-JrnlCode-
 FEX
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Despite the leak economic outlook, opportunities for financial executives
 keep growing as business depends on strong financial management to reinforce
 cost effectiveness and fiscal discipline. The quest for financial management
 extends beyond the private sector. Local and state governments,
 philanthropic foundations, health institutions, colleges and universities,
 and other non-profit organizations are raising salaries to attract
 financially trained executives. Financial opportunities are as varied as
 they are numerous. By following some simple rules, the financial executive
 can capitalize on these opportunities: 1. Get around-join professional
 societies and attend workshops and conventions. 2. Publicize
 yourself-contribute articles to business and professional Jrnls and accept
 speaking engagements. 3. Build your knowledge-work toward advanced degrees,
 take special courses, and broaden managerial skills. 4. Be creative-look for
 creative solutions to old problems and become known as a constructive and
 innovative thinker. The rigors of conducting business in an increasingly
 complex world economy demand people with the discipline and vision found in
 financial executives. Korn/Ferry's National Index of Executive Vacancies is
 discussed.
-Desc-
 Recessions (ECON); Financial executives; Financial management; Cost;
 Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 1100 (CN=Economics); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management); 2100
 (CN=Administrative & management personnel)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 108
-A-
 81002941
-W-
 Non-Profits Must Counter Limited Funds, Government
 Wattleton, Faye
 Fund Raising Mgmt v11n11 PP: 30-32 Jan 1981
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Non-profit organizations are faced today with shortages of both funds and
 people. A growing number of charitable organizations are competing for
 finite resources, and all are experiencing an increased amount of government
 intervention in the funds-raising process. It is evident that the
 independent sector just rebuild and retrench in order to survive. An 8-point
 program will help the independent sector solve the problems of limited
 resources and governmental intervention: 1. a complete self-assessment of
 roles and the ability to survive, 2. adoption of modern management
 techniques, 3. improvement of public image to enhance the climate for
 giving, 4. a review of sources of resources, 5. establishment of new ways of
 attracting volunteer workers, 6. active participation of the independent
 sector in public policy issues, 7. a new willingness to engage in
 controversy if it is part of the essential mission of independent groups,
 and 8. a commitment to collaboration between and among donors and donees in
 the non-profit segment of the business community.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Regulation; Consumerism; Advocacy; Lobbying;
 Strategy
 CLASS. CODES: 4300 (CN=Law); 2400 (CN=Public relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 109
-A-
 81002921
-W-
 CEOs of Nonprofit Organizations Agree: Communicate or Perish
 Leaper, Rae
 Jrnl of Organizational Communication v10n1 PP: 9-19 1980
-ISSN-
 0162-5659
-JrnlCode-
 JOC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Interviews with top executives of 81 nonprofit organizations reveal that
 communications is basic to holding an organization together. Most feel that
 the organization would collapse without proper communication. However, they
 cited lack of sufficient money and staff as the main reasons for
 insufficient communications. They consider communications as part of the
 management function, and they believe that it can solve many problems of
 nonprofit entities, although it cannot solve energy- or inflation-induced
 problems. Future areas of communication concern voiced by respondents were
 winning public support, inflation, and government regulation. Most
 organizations use a variety of methods of communicating with employees and
 the public. The print media dominate, and executives reported a good deal of
 trouble in devising systems to measure whether or not their communications
 efforts are achieving the desired results. Most believe that communications
 will expand and become more sophisticated, and most predict communications
 budgets will increase. Tables.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; communication; Programs; Public relations;
 Practices; Attitudes; Chief executive officer; Surveys
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations); 2100 (CN=Administrative
 & management personnel)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 110
-A-
 80023896
-W-
 A Rationale for Corporate Social Reporting: Theory and Evidence from
 Organizational Research
 Tinker, A. M.; Lowe, E. A.
 Jrnl of Business Finance & Accounting (UK) v7n1 PP: 1-17 Spring 1980
-ISSN-
 0306-686X
-JrnlCode-
 JBF
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The traditional methods of measuring corporate performance have been
 reappraised in light of the expansion of the government and not-for-profit
 sectors, the growth of monopolistic practices, and a decline in confidence
 in traditional economic indicators. Society's desire to override the market
 imperative with social and humanitarian goals has led to a relatively new
 area of inquiry termed ''social reporting.'' The performance measures used
 in any social reporting system are derived from a view of the role and
 function of the corporation in society. Attempts to formulate a concept of
 effectiveness frequently emphasize the interests of one party or another. If
 appropriately defined in a way which treats corporations as totalities,
 effectiveness can provide an integrated framework for identifying those
 interests that are shared by individuals, groups, and the corporation. A
 universe of alternative productive possibilities (budgets) is presented. It
 represents the ways in which each group may be tied to the enterprise. A
 subset market is developed which contains the budgetary alternatives that
 are acceptable to all parties. The attempt is made to isolate the potential
 regions for agreement and disagreement by interested parties. Charts.
 References.
-Desc-
 Social; Reporting; Corporate; Performance; Organizational; Goals;
 Organization theory; Research
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 111
-A-
 80023822
-W-
 Management Accounting Techniques for Not-for-Profit Enterprises
 de Oliveira, Fred H.
 Management Accounting v62n5 PP: 30-34 Nov 1980
 -CODEN-
 MGACBD
-ISSN-
 0025-1690
-JrnlCode-
 NAA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Common profit-oriented management accounting techniques can alleviate some
 of the often-noted inefficiency in not-for-profit enterprises. The financial
 manager of a non-profit entity shares with the corporate controller 7 basic
 functions: 1. planning for control, 2. reporting and interpreting, 3.
 evaluating and consulting, 4. tax administration, 5. government reporting,
 6. protection of assets, and 7. economic appraisal. Non-profit and profit
 organizations are similar in their conversion of economic resources into
 goods or services that will be used in society, and are different in: 1.
 organizational objectives, 2. sources of resources, and 3. regulation and
 control. The principal weakness in the traditional not-for-profit accounting
 system is that it presupposes either alternative outcomes can be measured in
 comparable units, or outcomes and their costs are measurable in additive
 units. Either of these are true in most not-for-profit situations.
 Management accounting allows managers to budget for capital outlays, 2.
 operating expenses, and 3. capital maintenance. References.
-Desc-
 Management accounting; Nonprofit organizations; Private enterprise;
 Comparative analysis; Accounting; Procedures; Cost accounting; Capital
 budgeting; Long term; Planning; Control; Capital; Maintenance
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 1100 (CN=Economics); 3100 (CN=Capital &
 debt management); 5100 (CN=Facilities Management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 112
-A-
 80023821
-W-
 Does Anyone Understand Nonprofit Reports
 Weis, William L.; Tinius, David E.
 Management Accounting v62n5 PP: 25-29 Nov 1980
 -CODEN-
 MGACBD
-ISSN-
 0025-1690
-JrnlCode-
 NAA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 It is presently impossible to interpret the basic data needed for reliable
 productivity and performance measurements in the nonprofit sector, due to a
 reporting format that is indiscernible to even those highly trained as
 financial analysts. There is a wide schism between where nonprofit
 financials reports should be and where they are. The compelling case against
 the fund accounting format, which blurs organization-wide measures of
 operating performance, has built up over 3 decades. However, today's
 arguments for consolidated, organization-wide reporting by nonprofit
 entities are basically the same as in the past, and improvements are still
 years away. Nonprofit organizations must provide performance reports which
 are reliable, relevant and understandable. Without such reports, the
 ''Proposition 13 mentality'', which in partly nurtured by the belief that
 nonprofit organizations are shielded from public scrutiny by obscure
 reporting practices, will continue to spread. This will result in: 1.
 reduction in needed services' quality and quantity, and 2. no improvement in
 the organizations' efficiency and effectiveness. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit; Financial; Reports; Funds; Accounting; Reforms; Municipal
 accounting
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 9550 (CN=Public sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 113
-A-
 80021764
-W-
 Planning for Research Freedom at SRI
 Cook, Charles J
 Planning Review v8n4 PP: 27-30 Jul 1980
-ISSN-
 0094-064X
-JrnlCode-
 PLR:
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 SRI International (SRI), a tax-exempt, not-for-profit, applied-research
 organization incorporated in California, has been very successful since its
 1946 founding without benefit of a formal, corporate strategic plan.
 However, several things convinced its leaders of the effectiveness and
 desirability of such planning: 1. the conviction that such planning would
 enhance the entrepreneurial environment which is one of the organization's
 main strengths, 2. an increasing need for SRI to move more quickly in the
 marketplace, 3. need for effective allocation of capital resources, and the
 need to provide for a diversity and balance of research skills. To
 accomodate the need for both top-down leadership and bottom-up flexibility,
 a double hierarchy of management is being evolved: a Decision Hierarchy, or
 line management structure, and a Strategy Hierarchy, a matrix management
 approach to market innovation. The strategic hierarchy has given top
 management greater sensitivity to market trends, has speeded response to the
 market environment, has provided long-term focus, and has aided professional
 growth.
-Desc-
 Case studies; Strategic; Planning; Hierarchies; Nonprofit organizations;
 Strategic management; Management styles; Corporate planning
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy);
 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 114
-A-
 80016855
-W-
 Profitability in the Nonprofit Environment
 Ryan, Joseph E.
 Jrnl of Systems Mgmt v31n8 PP: 6-10 Aug 1980
 -CODEN-
 JSYMA9
-ISSN-
 0022-4839
-JrnlCode-
 JSM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The most significant operational difference between the private and public
 sectors of the economy is that private companies are in business to make a
 profit and public organizations are not profit motivated. Activities
 occurring in the private sector may be translated into monetary terms and
 measured. Profit motivated organizations are successful when revenues exceed
 costs. Such a measurement of success and achievement is more difficult to
 make when an organization's major product is service, and a balance is
 sought between costs and revenues. Management control systems can be
 effective in evaluating nonprofit motivated performance. The line
 organization must be involved in its evolution, and the system must be of
 use in the actual management tasks to be performed. The system must be
 designed to assist in channeling the resources available towards
 accomplishment of the organizational goals. The system must be developed
 from an organizational perspective and not on a departmental basis. Table.
 Figure. References.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Performance evaluation; Performance ; Measurement;
 Effectiveness; Management controls; Public sector; Control systems
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development); 9550 (CN=Public sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 115
-A-
 80015577
-W-
 Network Eases Service's Growing Pains by Augmenting Administrative Tools
 Kenyon, Max F.
 Computerworld v14n30 PP: SR/34-35 Jul 28, 1980
 -CODEN-
 CMPWAB
-ISSN-
 0010-4841
-JrnlCode-
 COW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Wisconsin Physicians Service (WPS) is able to handle a growing work load
 with the aid of a distributed network of minicomputers tied into an IBM
 3031. Among its many responsibilities, WPS is a fiscal intermetiary for Part
 B of Medicare in the state and is a Professional Standards and Review
 Organization (PSRO) contractor for 17 PSROs throughout the US. Both
 cost-effectiveness and the monitoring function must be taken into account
 with the volumes of data required for up to 300, 000 discharges/year for
 each PSRO.WPS selected a Wang VS system. A complete VS system is located at
 WPS headquarters, with 6 additional systems at various PSRO sites, and 19
 more systems are to be added in the future. A year's worth of history on the
 VS is stored on-line at each location. WPS not only gathers data, it also
 aids the PSRO in assimilating the data, and it carries out comparative
 analyses to determine potential aberrancies in the patterns of both
 hospitals and physicians.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Case studies; Distributed processing (DP);
 Minicomputers; Networks; Data processing
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 5200 (CN=Communications &
 information management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 116
-A-
 80015450
-W-
 Comparing the Objectives: Trueblood and SFAC No. 1
 Mintz, Steven M.
 Woman CPA v42n3 PP: 15-21 Jul 1980
 -CODEN-
 WCPAAR
-ISSN-
 0043-7271
-JrnlCode-
 WCP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Both the 1973 Trueblood Committee Report, ''Objectives of Financial
 Statements, '' and the 1978 Statement of Financial Accounting Concepts
 (SFAC) No. 1, ''Objectives of Financial Reporting by Business Enterprises,
 '' seek to establish objectives upon which the evaluation of present and
 proposed accounting principles can be made. Both see objectives as
 influenced by political, social, economic, and legal considerations and by
 the environment.Similarities between the include: 1. focusing first on the
 information needs of investors and creditors to provide information for
 making investment decisions and assessing prospective cash flows and 2.
 using accrual accounting in earnings measurement. The differences are that
 the study group deals with objectives of financial statements, while SFAC
 concentrates on broader financial reporting objectives. SFAC No. 1 also does
 not cover government and not-for-profit reporting, the use of current values
 in financial statements, financial forecasts, and social reporting. It
 shifts some of the burden for providing and using financial information for
 decision making onto management acting on behalf of users and onto users to
 educate themselves. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 FASB statements; Financial accounting standards; Financial reporting; ICPA;
 Financial statements; Studies; Accounting standards; Objectives
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 117
-A-
 80015201
-W-
 Auditing and Accounting for Program Efficiency and Management Efficiency in
 Not-for-Profit Entities
 Charnes, A.; Cooper, W. W.
 Accounting, Organizations & Society (UK) v5n1 PP: 87-107 1980
-JrnlCode-
 AO
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Under ''comprehensive audit'', the auditor assumes responsibility for the
 aspect of management that is designed for audit and the way the audit is
 conducted, as well as third party groups to be serviced by the audit
 process. A measure of efficiency for not-for-profit entities is explained
 and illustrated by data from Program Follow Through, a large scale social
 experiment in US public school education.The Data Envelope Analysis (DEA)
 approach can help to supply part of the sustained pressure that is needed
 for efficiency in public organizations or not-for-profit entities when the
 market methods of competitive economics are not a really viable alternative.
 The procedures associated with DEA reverse the relations between statistics
 and substantative theory that are customary in most of the social sciences.
 Tables. Graphs. Equations. References.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Accounting; Auditing; Efficiency; Accounting
 theory; Decision making; Models
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 118
-A-
 80012746
-W-
 Board Power and Organizational Effectiveness Among Human Service Agencies
 Provan, Keith G.
 Academy of Mgmt Jrnl v23n2 PP: 221-236 Jun 1980
 -CODEN-
 AMJOD6
-ISSN-
 0001-4273
-JrnlCode-
 AMA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Recently, researchers have focused on the ways in which organizations adapt
 to and interact with their external environments. In this open system view,
 emphasis has been on a number of organizational components that act to
 buffer the organization from the uncertainties of its environment. The board
 of directors has been one such boundary spanning element that has caused
 significant interest. An examination is made of the importance of an
 externally powerful board of directors to the effectiveness of 46 human
 service agencies operating within the same community.An examination of the
 effectiveness of nonprofit human service agencies in terms of the capacity
 of their boards of director to influence sources in funding reveals that
 agencies have been able to attract important and influential members of the
 community and its power structure to serve on their boards. By having a
 ''powerful'' board of directors as defined by various prestige, size, and
 association measures, an agency will be effective in terms of its ability to
 obtain large amounts of funding if these amounts are consistent with that
 which was gained in recent years. One salient conclusion is that agencies
 currently receiving considerable funds need a powerful board to help
 maintain funding levels. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Boards of directors; Power; Social services; Programs; Effectiveness;
 Studies; Prestige; Statistical analysis; Regression analysis ; Correlation
 analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 2100 (CN=Administrative & management personnel); 1200
 (CN=Social policy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 119
-A-
 80007512
-W-
 Accounting for Non-Profits-A Challenge to Educate
 Archibald, Paul
 Massachusetts CPA Review v54n1 PP: 24-25 Jan/Feb 1980 ISNN: 0025-4770
-JrnlCode-
 MCP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Many directors or managers of non-profit organizations do not understand
 financial statements drawn up in accordance with generally accepted
 accounting principles. They are often confused by accrual-basis statements,
 and do not understand capitalization and depreciation of fixed assets,
 receivables, payables, and deferrals. Consideration of investments, often
 overlooked on non-profit balance sheets, can have a beneficial effect on an
 organization's effectiveness. Statements reflecting total revenue and
 expenses, including that on credit, can bring about a review of an
 organization's total activity and the measurement of its effectiveness
 during the period.Professionals who serve non-profit organizations as
 auditors, advisors, and accountants have a real challenge to educate the
 managers and directors of such organizations. The teachers will learn, and
 the communities, better served by institutions that are well run, will gain
 as well.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Accounting; Financial statements; Education
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 120
-A-
 80006277
-W-
 Productivity and Efficiency in Human Service Organizations as Related to
 Structure, Size and Age
 Glisson, Charles A.; Martin, Patricia Yancey
 Academy of Mgmt Jrnl v23n1 PP: 21-37 Mar 1980
 -CODEN-
 AMJOD6
-ISSN-
 0001-4273
-JrnlCode-
 AMA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Although much interest in and pressures for ''accountability'' in the public
 arena exist, little attention has been paid to the development and testing
 of models that explain variation in the performance of human service
 organizations. In organizations that do not have clear output indicators,
 such as sales volume or annual profits, it is difficult to pinpoint criteria
 that are useful or applicable in the measurement of performance. Regardless,
 a need for establishing performance criteria and for understanding the
 determinants of successful performance exists. The demands of decision
 makers for relevant and comparable data across organizations emphasizes this
 need.An Examination of the relationship of productivity and efficiency to
 the organization's structure, size, and age indicated that a highly
 centralized authority structure is the most powerful direct determinant of
 productivity and efficiency. Further, the findings suggest that average
 staff tenure is slightly more important than organizational age for
 understanding the origins of internal organizational structure. As was
 expected, the effects of size on structure proved to be curvilinear and, in
 relation to formalization, positive in addition. The results also underscore
 the dilemma in which human service administrators find themselves.
 Regarding, organizational well-being, they are advised to focus on
 productivity and efficiency. On the other hand, in relation to staff and
 client satisfaction, they are pressured to emphasize quality and
 effectiveness. References. Tables. Figures.
-Desc-
 Social services; Programs; Organizational; Structure; Size; Age;
 Productivity; Efficiency; Organizational plans; Centralized; Authority ;
 Studies; Models; Centralization; Statistical analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 1200 (CN=Social policy); 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 121
-A-
 80005621
-W-
 'Invisible' Resource: Women for Boards
 Schwartz, Felice N.
 Harvard Business Review v58n2 PP: 6-14, 18 Mar/Apr 1980
 -CODEN-
 HABRAX
-ISSN-
 0017-8012
-JrnlCode-
 HBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 There has been an increased number of women on corporate boards in recent
 years, but only 1.8% of the directors of the to 1,300 boards are women.
 Practically without exception, these women have high visibility for their
 achievements in government, education, and nonprofit circles. However, there
 are hundreds of other high achievers who are not so visible. The problem for
 chairmen and nominating committees is twofold: 1. to identify and choose the
 best of this unknown but talented pool of candidates, and 2. defining and
 communicating their expectations for women.A positive feature of women's
 presence in the boardroom is that they desire to learn and their position as
 representatives of a new phenomenon have permitted them to ask questions
 more freely than men. For both men and women, the move from a functional
 position to the position of director requires a shift from a concern with
 management to a concern for policy. New members need guidance and
 encouragement from the chairman. In essence, the challenge of the chairman
 is to disregard gender and promote all the strengths women have which will
 assist them in expressing themselves in the boardroom. To assist
 corporations in assessing a comprehensive national collection of
 accomplished and distinguished women candidates for their boards, Catalyst
 was founded in 1977. Catalyst is a national nonprofit organization that
 promotes the use of women in corporations and the professions.
-Desc-
 Women; Directors; Boards of directors; Contributions; Manypeople
 CLASS. CODES: 2100 (CN=Administrative & management personnel)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 122
-A-
 80004652
-W-
 How Orchestras Measure Internal Performance
 Hallbauer, Rosalie C.
 Management Accounting v61n8 PP: 54-57 Feb 1980
 -CODEN-
 MGACBD
-ISSN-
 0025-1690
-JrnlCode-
 NAA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Even though nonprofit managements do not view their organizations as
 businesses, they do have the same problems as profit-making companies and
 can use the same tools. In a nonprofit enterprise, there are 3 sources of
 income: 1. earned, 2. contributed, and 3. investment revenue. To see if the
 relationships between revenue sources and expense types shown in the earlier
 studies were valid, a survey of orchestras was made. The survey was also
 designed to find out the types of financial statements that orchestras
 prepare as well as how they evaluate the efficiency of their operations. The
 survey showed that many problems occur because of the way reports are
 prepared and how they are used. Any variances between the budget and actual
 expenditures should be developed as soon after the end of the month as
 possible so that problems can be caught early and corrected. The use of
 performance margins would also be useful in determining which programs are
 strong and which have to be subsidized by them. Tables.
-Desc-
 Performing arts; Musicians; Nonprofit organizations; Internal; Performance;
 Measures; Performance evaluation; Surveys; Costs; Revenue; Budgets;
 Operating budgets; Financial management
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt
 management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 123
-A-
 80003912
-W-
 Organization Structure and Performance: A Critical Review
 Dalton, Dan R.; Todor, William D.; Spendolini, Michael J.; Fielding, Gordon
 J.; Porter, Lyman W.
 Academy of Mgmt Review v5n1 PP: 49-64 Jan 1980
-ISSN-
 0363-7425 JRNL CODE AMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Organization structure may be considered the anatomy of the organization,
 furnishing a foundation within which the organization functions.
 Organizational structure is believed to impact the actions of organization
 members. Organizational performance or effectiveness as a variable dependent
 on structure has been perceived and measured in a number of different ways.
 One technique is to depend heavily on ''hard'' performance criteria: sales,
 gross profit, production, commissions, and services rendered (non-profit
 organizations). Supervisor appraisals, self-perceptions, and similar
 measures are considered ''soft'' and less indicative of ''bottom line''
 organizational performance. Knowledge of structure-performance relationships
 can be improved in the following ways: 1. More research is required bceause
 the associations between formalization/standardization and performance have
 been viewed at the subunit level in limited studies. 2. Hard measures of
 performance should be employed as dependent variables. 3. Attempts should be
 made to shift from a near-exclusive emphasis on managers and professionals
 to one that includes blue collar and nonprofessional employees, particularly
 in the category of ''structuring'' activities. 4. Longitudinal studies in
 the area of structure-performance relationships would permit responsible
 interpretations of causality in the associations between structure,
 performance, and other situational variables. References. Tables.
-Desc-
 Organizational; Structure; Performance; Models; Size; Strikes; Turnover;
 Employee turnover; Dimensions; Standardization; Centralization;
 Specialization; Management science
 CLASS. CODES: 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy); 6300 (CN=Labor relations); 6100
 (CN=Human resource planning); 2600 (CN=Management science/Operations
 research)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 124
-A-
 80001989
-W-
 Instilling Activism in Trustees
 Stern, Alfred R.
 Harvard Business Review v58n1 PP: 24-26, 28, 32 Jan/Feb 1980
 -CODEN-
 HABRAX
-ISSN-
 0017-8012
-JrnlCode-
 HBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Although the profit motive is not part of the running of non-profit
 organizations, the demand for thoughtful budgeting, cost accounting, and
 financial skills still exists. Voluntary community hospitals especially need
 leadership, reciprocal education, and future planning. If these hospitals
 are to operate effectively, 3 elements are needed: 1. Responsible leadership
 must be identified and given incentive. 2. Trustees and institutional
 executives alike must be educated to the demands being made on them. 3.
 Future challenges must be assessed and prepared for ahead of time.The
 experience of the Mount Sinai Medical Center in New York City has led to
 significant movement toward 2 major goals within the Medical Center: 1. to
 develop a philosophy of change, and 2. to provide a catalyst for change.
 Members of the medical and management staffs have become more knowledgeable
 and aware of the planning process in all aspects of their work. The trustees
 have been encouraged to search for the finest talent available to fill
 openings on the board. New Board members are given a chance to actively
 participate on board committees. The chairman has established a policy of
 availability and has a commitment to a moral and social obligation to learn
 about the institution served.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Hospitals; Trustees; Boards of trustees; Roles;
 Responsibilities; Leadership; Planning; Administration; Case studies
 CLASS. CODES: 8320 (CN=Health care industry); 2100 (CN=Administrative &
 management personnel); 9110 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 125
-A-
 79020630
-W-
 An Aspect of the Profession's Social Commitment
 Dalsimer, John Paul; Dascher, Paul E.; Benjamin, James J.
 CPA Jrnl v49n11 PP: 13-17 Nov. 1979
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 00?4-2049
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Due to the lack of effectiveness of support programs because of poor
 coordination, inadequate publicity to attract applications for service, and
 a lack of follow-up or evaluation, Community Accountants was formed.
 Community Accountants was incorporated as a nonprofit organization of
 accountants. Community Accountants' services are provided without cast;
 therefore, specific screening criteria were established to insure that the
 organization's need was real, the ability to pay was missing, and potential
 for survival was viable. Community Accountants has made a special effort to
 help nonprofit organizations establish and install bookkeeping systems,
 train personnel, and prepare budget and financial reports. Last year, the
 service served slightly more than 200 new individuals or organizations of
 varying size and donated more than 4, 000 hours of volunteer time. In a
 survey conducted on the effectiveness of Community Accountants, it was found
 that one-third of the organizations polled had hired a professional
 accountant or contracted for accounting services since dealing with
 Community Accountants. Table. References.
-Desc-
 Accounting; Social responsibility; AICPA; Professional responsibilities;
 Organizational; Services; Performance evaluation; Studies
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 2400 (CN=Public relations); 6200
 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 126
-A-
 79018530
-W-
 Community Attitude Measurement: A Methodology for Social Applications of
 Marketing Research
 La Placa, Peter J.; Laric, Michael V.
 European Research (UK) v7n3 PP: 122-129 May 1979
-ISSN-
 0304-4297
-JrnlCode-
 EUR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Long an important component of the business system, marketing has recently
 been expanded in scope to encompass nonprofit organizations and
 public-sector institutions. There is a rapidly growing body of knowledge
 emerging in the field comprised of diverse applications of marketing
 technology in the public sector. Some of these are marketing of: 1.
 political candidates, 2. rapid transit systems, 3. residential communities,
 and 4. health care systems. These are all examples of non-traditional
 applications. Marketing research techniques were used to provide information
 for public policy decision-making. The research focused on attitudes of
 community residents in an urban neighborhood towards several quality of life
 measures. The results show a gap between a priori and a posteriori
 perceptions of several publics who share the community. Findings were used
 to develop priorities by policy makers in allocating public funds. Chart.
 Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Market research; Social; Applications; Public policy; Policy making; Social
 research; Urban; Quality of life; Social planning; Community development;
 Case studies
 CLASS. CODES: 7100 (CN=Market research); 1200 (CN=Social policy; 9110
 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 127
-A-
 79016221
-W-
 Improving the Efficiency of Non-Profit Organizations
 MacCrimmon, D. Scott
 CA Magazine (Canada) v112n8 PP: 101-103 Aug. 1979
 -CODEN-
 CCHAA5
-ISSN-
 0317-6878
-JrnlCode-
 CCA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In 1972, it was estimated that there were 35, 000 Canadian organizations
 providing health, education, welfare, and humanitarian services. Since most
 operate with restricted budgets, it is important that effective use be made
 of all the resources they possess. The achievements of non-profit
 associations are not measured in dollar terms, and the objectives are
 usually service-oriented, toward either the membership or some segment of
 the community. These bodies are usually headed by either volunteers or
 elected board members and administered by people who are technically trained
 for the field within which the organization operates. However, there is no
 guarantee that technical training and competence will translate into
 administrative ability. To keep problems to a minimum, there should be a
 balanced board of directors that include knowledgeable business and
 professional people. Adequate accounting procedures should be set up to
 ensure proper financial control. A formal organizational structure should be
 established, and there should be periodic reviews of the organization's aims
 and objectives.
-Desc-
 Administration; Efficiency; Improvements; Nonprofit organizations; Internal
 controls; Boards of directors; Financial management ; Structure; Objectives
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 2100 (CN=Administrative & management
 personnel); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 128
-A-
 79012807
-W-
 Common Sense in the Broad Scope Audits of Government Agencies
 Gibbs, Margaret; Gibbs, George
 Jrnl of Business (W Paul Stillman School of Business) v17n2 PP: 9-19 May
 1979
-ISSN-
 0021-9401
-JrnlCode-
 JBZ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Throughout the world, inflation and unemployment continue to be issues of
 great concern. Analysis of the problem leads to a discussion of productivity
 because inflation results partly from a shortage of goods and services.
 Business, government, and not-for-profit organizations must make an effort
 to increase productivity. In an attempt to measure productivity and judge
 competence, the General Accounting Office (GAD) has developed a new concept,
 called the "Broad Scope Audit", which consists of 3 elements: 1. financial
 integrity and compliance with applicable laws, 2. standards of
 effectiveness, efficiency, and economy, and 3. achievement of goal
 standards. It is hoped that the Broad Scope Audit will become recognized and
 used as a management tool as the necessary criteria become adequately
 developed. References.
-Desc-
 GAO-US; Government; Auditing; Effectiveness; Audits; Productivity; Nonprofit
 organizations; Productivity measurement
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 129
-A-
 79012090
-W-
 How Can Technology Be Matched with Users
 Stone, Jack
 Computerworld v13n26 PP: 17 June 25, 1979
 -CODEN-
 CMPWAB
-ISSN-
 0010-4841
-JrnlCode-
 COW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The measurement of the coefficient of technology absorption for a user
 population is complex. Ted Owens and Roy Lock of a nonprofit organization
 called Appropriate Technology International, Inc., Washington, D.C., offer
 their own guidelines: 1. Although occasional breakthroughs in technology
 occur which can be rapidly assimilated by vast numbers of users, most
 successes occur through incremental technology improvements. 2. Technology
 must be at a level craftspeople can understand, work with, and build upon.
 3. A new technology must embrace the social and political circumstances of
 the individuals involved. 4. To be accepted, a new technology should
 represent a significant improvement in the current quality of living.
 Failure to meet these criteria is the reason that many systems proposed by
 the U.S. to underdeveloped nations have in the past failed. The U.S. failed
 to take into account the capabilities and resources of the local society to
 deal with the new technology.
-Desc-
 Technology; Technology transfer; LDCs; Appropriate technology
 CLASS. CODES: 1100 (CN=Economics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 130
-A-
 79009268
-W-
 Farewell to the Volunteer Fireman
 Goldsmith, Jeff C.
 Harvard Business Review v57n3 PP: 1-18 May/June 1979
 -CODEN-
 HABRAX
-ISSN-
 0017-8012
-JrnlCode-
 HBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A growing public concern is that of the high rate of failure of managers of
 nonprofit organizations. Often promoted from within, otherwise highly
 trained professionals do not do well in executive management positions. As a
 result, many public and quasi-public institutions are operating under fiscal
 constraints. Selection for leadership often stems from professional
 eminence, not managerial competence, and is often viewed by the selected
 professional as an intrusion on a rewarding professional life. It is now
 vital to recruit top executives with demonstrated administrative competence.
 A manager with a business background should be sensitive to professional
 concerns in the administration of a nonprofit enterprise without
 understanding all the nuances of professional practice. More important,
 controllers of the selection of top management should consider candidates'
 effectiveness in working with others and in communicating to the public the
 importance of the organization's social contribution. The era of fiscal
 plenty has given way to a time and need for business management.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Management; Problems; Qualifications; Executives;
 Ability; Authority
 CLASS. CODES: 2100 (CN=Administrative & management personnel)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 131
-A-
 79009131
-W-
 Budget Cuts: Five Expensive Ways to Trim Your Budget
 Lampton, William
 Fund Raising Mgmt v10n2 PP: 44-45 May/June 1979
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Finance committees are constantly calling upon fund raisers to decrease
 their budgets. While smaller budgets remove some pressure from the
 development office by demanding less gift income, efficiency or
 effectiveness should not be sacrificed to save minimal amounts of money in
 the short term. Five budget areas which are extremely vulnerable to
 reduction should never be sacrificed as the total fund raising and public
 relations effort can be jeopardized. These areas are: 1. size and quality of
 staff, 2. appearance of facilities, 3. participation in social and civic
 events, 4. advertising, and 5. use of consultants and attendance at
 conferences. A decrease in any one of these areas could save a small amount
 of money at the risk of losing thousands.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Budgets; Colleges & universities; Financial
 management; Finance committees; Staff; Image
 CLASS. CODES: 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management); 2100 (CN=Administrative &
 management personnel)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 132
-A-
 79006710
-W-
 Developing Ouantitative and Financial Performance Indicators in Non-Profit
 Organizations
 Sizer, John
 Management Accounting (UK) v57n3 PP: 20-24 March 1979
 -CODEN-
 MATGBA
-ISSN-
 0025-1682
-JrnlCode-
 MAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Non-profit organizations, including institutions of higher education, are
 increasingly required to account for their efficiency and effectiveness. The
 elusive concepts in higher education such as agreeing on objectives,
 identifying and measuring the component parts of the institutions, and
 evaluating performance and effectiveness suggest that only "partial"
 measures of performance are possible and that a proper balance has to be
 struck between qualitative and quantitative aspects. Unscambling the joint
 costs of research and teaching functions and the central services that
 support them is a major problem facing those who produce financial
 performance indicators for the research and teaching functions. An
 absorption costing approach is used to allocate or apportion all costs to
 cost centers. In higher education, a high proportion of the costs are fixed
 or period costs. Therefore, incremental costs of extra or fewer students are
 hard to determine. Table.
-Desc-
 Costs; Nonprofit organizations; Colleges & universities; Higher education;
 Cost analysis; Quantity; Quality; Fund accounting procedures (ACC);
 Performance standards; Objectives; Performance appraisal
 CLASS. CODES: 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management); 4100 (CN=Accounting);
 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 133
-A-
 79005640
-W-
 How New Tax Laws Affect Charitable Gifts
 Teitell, Conrad
 Trusts & Estates v118n3 PP: 48-51 March 1979
 -CODEN-
 TRUSB9
-ISSN-
 0041-3682
-JrnlCode-
 TRE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Under the Revenue Bill of 1978, effective Nov. 1, 1978, 60% of net long-term
 capital gains is deductible before applying the regular income tax rates.
 Effective Jan 1, 1979, capital gains are no longer a tax preference subject
 to the 15% add-on minimum tax. However, there has been added an alternative
 minimum tax to which a small percentage of taxpayers will be subject. The
 new 60% section deduction decreases adjusted gross income more than the
 prior 50% section, thus decreasing the measure of the allowable charitable
 deduction (20, 30, or 50% of a donor's adjusted gross income, depending on
 the type of gift and the nature of the charitable donee). The net investment
 income of private foundations is now subject to a 2% tax, retroactive to
 Sept. 30, 1977.
-Desc-
 Tax legislation; Taxation; Estate planning; Gifts; Capital gains; Taxes;
 Income taxes; Contributions; Donations; Charitable foundations; Nonprofit
 organizations; Tax deductions; Minimum income taxes
 CLASS. CODES: 4200 (CN=Taxation); 4300 (CN=Law)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 134
-A-
 79002359
-W-
 The Fiduciary Duties of Loyalty and Care Associated with the Directors and
 Trustees of Charitable Organizations
 Virginia Law Review v64n3 PP: 449-465 April 1978
 -CODEN-
 VLIBAD
-ISSN-
 0042-6601
-JrnlCode-
 VLR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: Virginia Law Review Assn., Univ. of Virginia, School of Law,
 Charlottesville, VA 22901
 The duty of loyalty requires that a director or trustee of a charity put the
 interests of the charity ahead of any personal interest. The central issue
 involves benign self-dealing. The self-dealing rules under the trust
 standard prohibit a trustee or director from providing services to the trust
 or corporations for compensation. Many courts have adopted a de facto
 corporate standard of loyalty, which prohibits only harmful self-dealing.
 Wholesale adoption of the corporate standard, however, could ignore a
 significant difference between private corporations and charities-the
 absence of specific beneficiaries or stockholders to act as watchdogs of
 directors. A duty of loyalty allowing limited self-dealing where the
 transaction benefits the charity would be desirable. When considering the
 duty of care standard, it must be realized that an unrealistically high
 standard would discourage competent individuals from serving on the boards
 of charities and would possibly reduce the effectiveness of charities. A
 duty of care based on a negligence principle would strike a proper balance.
-Desc-
 Trustees; Directors; Nonprofit organizations; Fiduciary responsibility;
 Fiduciary liability; Court decisions; Due professional care ; Standards
 CLASS. CODES: 2100 (CN=Administrative & management Personnel); 4300
 (CN=Law)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 135
-A-
 79001631
-W-
 The Value for Money Audit in Not-for-Profit Organizations
 Lathe, S.
 RIA Cost & Mgmt (Canada) v52n6 PP: 51-54 Nov/Dec. 1978
 -CODEN-
 CSTMA9
-ISSN-
 0010-9592
-JrnlCode-
 RIA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Auditors, in the past, have been mainly involved with quantitative
 information, but auditors of not-for-profit organizations should consider an
 extension of the audit to encompass the "value for money" concept. The value
 for money audit is an audit of the economy, efficiency, and effectiveness of
 an organization's operations. The objectives are: 1. improving economy in
 the acquisition of assets, 2. improving efficiency in their use and in the
 administraton of program expenditures, and 3. improving the effectiveness of
 the organization's programs in achieving their objectives. Management in
 not-for-profit organization, however, has difficulty in defining objectives,
 in deciding on the resources required to meet those objectives, and in
 measuring the efficiency and effectiveness of the organization's operations.
 Many obstacles must be overcome before meaningful results can be obtained in
 the audit of a not-for-profit organization as compared to a profit-oriented
 enterprise. References.
-Desc-
 Audits; Auditing; Management; Nonprofit organizations; Objectives;
 Efficiency; Operations; Financial management; Auditors; Financial accounting
 standards
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 136
-A-
 780?8909
-W-
 Base Salary and Incentive Compensation Practices in Not-for-Profit
 Organizations
 Hellwig, Henry
 Compensation Review v10n4 PP: 34-38 Fourth Quarter 1978
 -CODEN-
 CPNRBB
-ISSN-
 0010-4248
-JrnlCode-
 CPR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Seventy-six of the 83 not-for-profit organizations that responded to a 1977
 survey reported that they do not have an incentive program for their
 employees, primarily because they think the use of incentives is
 inappropriate for a not-for-profit organization. Forty seven of the
 organizations use job evaluation systems for rating and slotting jobs into
 grades. Sixty-nine organizations base their decisions about salary ranges on
 the results of their own, commercially available, or association-provided
 salary surveys. Sixteen report that salaries are determined by negotiation
 or by top-management decision. Among reasons offered for the lack of
 incentive plans in most of these organizations are: 1. concerns about the
 political implications of such plans, 2. concerns about the IRS
 interpretation of such plans, and 3. concerns about administering the plan
 and making objective assessments of performance. None of the 7 organizations
 who do have incentive plans have had them cleared with the IRS. Charts.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Compensation plans; Base pay; Wages & salaries;
 Incentive plans; Bonus plans; Market prices; Merit Increases; Trends;
 Surveys
 CLASS. CODES: 6400 (CN=Employee benefits & compensation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 137
-A-
 7801829
-W-
 Engineering of Fund Raising: Constituency Analysis Primer
 Conrad, Joseph E.
 Fund Raising Mgmt v9n5 PP: 29-31 Nov/Dec. 1978
-ISSN-
 0016-268X JRNL CODE FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 By conducting a simple analysis of its constituents, an organization can
 improve its response rate. One such method, the self-help consumer analysis,
 can serve as an introductroy instrument. Use of color-coded gift envelopes
 can be the informational source for developing donor response graph charts
 concerning: 1. time delay between mainling and receipt, 2. magnitude of
 giving and duration of effectiveness, 3. monthly time periods. These data
 provide guidelines for setting a solicitation calender. Frequent constituent
 review can determine whether additional support can be generated from these
 sources and can redefine goals, schedules, and priorities attendant to major
 gift solicitation. Competition for the gift dollar is constantly increasing,
 and there are not exclusive rights-of-solicitation to any of the
 constituents. Consumer knowledge, coupled with an institution's cause and
 its case, provide the foundation upon which successful fund raising is
 structured.
-Desc-
 Fund raising; Nonprofit organizations; Constituents; Analysis; Direct mail
 campaigns; Returns
 CLASS. CODES: 7200 (CN=Advertising)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 138
-A-
 78017625
-W-
 Concept Evaluation & Market Segmentation
 Moriarty, Mark; Venkatesan, M.
 Jrnl of Marketing v42n3 PP: 82-86 July 1978
 -CODEN-
 JMKTAK
-ISSN-
 0022-2429
-JrnlCode-
 JMK
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Concept testing is a procedure to measure consumer reactions to a new
 concept, but such procedures can also be used in testing new services. This
 study concerns a large nonprofit education services organization interested
 in developing a set of services in the financial-aid management area for
 educational institutions which make financial aid available to
 students-colleges and universities, junior colleges, vocational-technical
 schools, and state commissions of higher education. The proposed
 financial-aid management services were: 1. data storage and retrieval, 2.
 applicant ranking, 3. needs matching, 4. financial aid correspondence, 5.
 aid dispersement, 6. aid profile, 7. special request report, and 8. custom
 survey. Concepts #3, #5, #6, and #7 received positive purchase intentions
 from the 4 market segments. The analysis made it clear that the other
 concepts should not be considered for introduction at the time. Exhibits.
 Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Marketing Studies; Market segmentation; Product acceptance Market planning;
 Market segments; Target markets (MKT); Questionnaires; Education; Services;
 Nonprofit organizations; Financial management; Services
 CLASS. CODES: 7?00 (CN=Marketing); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 139
-A-
 78014997
-W-
 Building Fund Campaign Success Built in 7 Phases
 Fauriol, Sandie
 Fund Raising Mgmt v9n4 PP: 28-33 Sept./Oct. 1978
-ISSN-
 0016-268X
-JrnlCode-
 FUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Planned Parenthood of Metro Washington (PPMW) conbined determination,
 faith, and commitment to assure success in raising over $800, 000. This
 money allowed the Planned Parenthood affiliate to move to new, permanent
 headquarters. There were 7 phases of the capital campaign plan. Phase one
 started in October, 1976, when a Building Fund Committee was established and
 a chairperson selected. Phase 2 was the writing of the Case Statement which
 identified PPMW leadership, their constituency, and whom they served and
 where, recorded the history, defined the mission, and revealed the future
 direction. Goals were established in Phase 3, and activities were started
 with Phase 4. Phase 5 involved the solicitation of major special gifts. Over
 40, 000 pieces of direct mail were sent out during Phase 6. Phase 7 was
 reserved for analyzing the results of the campaign, acknowledging volunteer
 paticipation, and holding dedication activities. Charts. Illustrations.
-Desc-
 Case studies; Fund raising; Nonprofit organizations; Campaigns; Planning;
 Social services; Institutions
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 1200 (CN=Social policy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 140
-A-
 78011429
-W-
 Beyond Philanthropy
 Cheatham, Walter M.
 Public Relations Jrnl v34n6 PP: 12-15 June 1978
 -CODEN-
 PREJAR
-ISSN-
 0033-3670
-JrnlCode-
 PRJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Today's managers continue to apply a little over one percent of their gross
 to corporate giving. Tax laws permit a 5% maximum deductibility. There is a
 trend toward non-monetary assistance that needs assessment. Business seems
 obliged to cope up with an appropriate social response in respect to
 philanthropy. A system involving such elements as efforts toward social
 goals, promoting commitment in the best interest of all, and rekindling a
 spirit of voluntarism is necessary. Some businesses have taken steps toward
 valid, people-oriented courses of action. Washington has tried initiatives
 to get business involved in social goals. The message got across to the
 nonprofit organizations and to the federally assisted agencies, but few
 agencies answered the appeals. Means of assisting in the appeals for
 philanthropy are money, volunteer manpower, referrals, and voluntary
 application of management systems and techniques. A socio-economic operating
 statement can serve as a positive means of recognition for socially
 productive management initiatives.
-Desc-
 Social goals; Corporate responsibility; Statements; Accountability; Social
 responsibility; Social policy; Volunteers; Initiatives
 CLASS. CODES: 1200 (CN=Social policy); 2400 (CN=Public relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 141
-A-
 78008234
-W-
 Managing Not-for-Profit Enterprises
 Wallender, Harvey W. III; Newman, William H.
 Academy of Mgmt Review v3n1 PP: 24-31 January 1978
-JrnlCode-
 AMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A study on whether management concepts for profit-oriented businesses can be
 successfully applied to not-for-organizations was performed. It found that
 the not-for-profit dichotomy represented too diverse a group to isolate any
 one common factor that would lead to management success. Some not-for-profit
 organizations were more similar in management operations to profit
 organizations than to other not-for-profit enterprises. There are certain
 constraining characteristics in not-for-profit organizations which
 complicate management: 1. weak customer influence, 2. intangible objectives,
 3. reliance on a charismatic leader, etc. These characteristics have an
 impact on planning in not-for-profit organizations, such as goal conflict
 which impede rational planning. Organizing is also affected as in the
 circumstance of decentralization being made more complex. Last, special
 control problems arise, such as objectives which are hard to measure. Table.
 References.
-Desc-
 Management; Nonprofit organizations; Constraints; Nonprofit Enterprises;
 Studies; Characteristics; Planning
 CLASS. CODES: 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 142
-A-
 77016236
-W-
 AN APPROACH TO PLANNING ORGANIZATIONAL TRANSITION
 TODD, RICHARD; RAYMOND, JONATHAN; ET AL.
 Public Administration Review V37 N5 PP: 534-538 SEPT./OCT. 1977
 -CODEN-
 PBARBM
-ISSN-
 0033-3352
-JrnlCode-
 PAR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: American Society for Public Administration, 1225 Connecticut Ave.
 NW, Washington, DC 20036
 THE STATE OF ARIZONA IS CURRENTLY PURSUING THE CONCEPT OF INTEGRATION OF
 BEHAVIORAL HEALTH SERVICES. INTEGRATION WOULD IDEALLY IMPROVE THE EFFICIENCY
 AND EFFECTIVENESS OF MENTAL HEALTH, DRUG ABUSE, AND ALCOHOLISM PROGRAMS AND
 MAKE THEM READILY AVAILABLE TO ALL RESIDENTS OF A HEALTH SERVICE AREA. THE
 COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION FOR DRUG ABUSE CONTROL (CODAC) WAS A NON-PROFIT
 UMBRELLA AGENCY FOR THE DELIVERY OF SEVERAL DRUG ABUSE SERVICES THROUGHOUT
 THE CITY OF PHOENIX AND MARICOPA COUNTY. THE SINGULAR FOCUS OF CODAC MADE
 ITS SURVIVAL DUBIOUS UNDER THE NEW INTEGRATION PLAN. CODAC FOUND ITSELF
 FACED WITH EITHER GOING OUT OF BUSINESS OR EMERGING AS A NEW REGIONAL
 BEHAVIORAL HEALTH AGENCY. PLANNING FOR THIS TRANSITION WAS UNDERTAKEN
 THROUGH A SYSTEMS APPROACH CALLED FORCE FIELD ANALYSIS. IT IS A WAY OF
 ANALYZING IN OBJECTIVE AND DEFINING AS ACCURATELY AS POSSIBLE THOSE FORCES
 FACILITATING OR INHIBITING ITS ATTAINMENT. TABLE.
-Desc-
 Planning; Organizational change; Case studies; State; Drug abuse; Health
 care; Arizona; Public administration
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 9110 (CN=Company specific 2300
 (CN=Planning & strategy); 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 143
-A-
 77013410
-W-
 COST-OUTCOME AND COST-EFFECTIVENESS ANALYSIS - EMERGING NONPROFIT
 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION TECHNIQUES
 SORENSEN, JAMES E.; GROVE, HUGH D.
 Accounting Review V52 N3 PP: 658-675 JULY 1977
 -CODEN-
 ACRVAS
-ISSN-
 0001-4826
-JrnlCode-
 ACR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 STARTING WITH THE INCREASED ROLE OF NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS AND MOUNTING
 PRESSURES FOR ACCOUNTABILITY, SEVERAL CONTEMPORARY APPROACHES USED TO
 ACHIEVE PERFORMANCE EVALUATION IN NONPROFIT SERVICE ORGANIZATIONS ARE
 REVIEWED. AN ANALYSIS OF THE DEFICIENCIES OF SOCIAL INDICATORS, PPB SYSTEMS,
 AND COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS LEADS TO PROSPECTIVE COST-ANALYTIC SOLUTIONS
 FOCUSING UPON COSTS AND OUTCOMES OF SERVICE PROGRAMS. IN DEVELOPING THESE
 SOLUTIONS, COST-OUTCOME IS EMPHASIZED AS FUNDAMENTAL TO BUILDING VIABLE
 COST-EFFECTIVENESS ANALYSES FOR SERVICE PROGRAM EVALUATION AND
 ACCOUNTABILITY. A DETAILED MENTAL HEALTH EXAMPLE ILLUSTRATES THE APPLICATION
 OF THE COMBINED COST-OUTCOME AND COST-EFFECTIVENESS METHODOLOGY IN ASSESSING
 NONPROFIT PERFORMANCE FOR DECISION-MAKING PURPOSES. CHART. TABLES.
 REFERENCES.
-Desc-
 Performance evaluation; Cost analysis; Benefit cost analysis ; Nonprofit
 organizations
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 144
-A-
 77012343
-W-
 THE TRUSTEE'S JOB IS TO MANAGE - IMPROVING THE WELFARE OF NON-PROFIT
 ORGANIZATIONS
 GRAHAM, H. F. COLIN
 CANADIAN CHARTERED ACCOUNTANT (CANADA) V110 N7 PP: 35-37 JULY 1977
 -CODEN-
 CCHAA5
-ISSN-
 0317-6878
-JrnlCode-
 CCA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 THE MAJOR TRUSTEE FUNCTIONS ARE TO SET THE GOALS AND DEFINE THE CONCEPT OF
 THE INSTITUTION, TO ASSESS THE PERFORMANCE OF THE INSTITUTION AND ITS
 TOP-EXECUTIVES, TO APPOINT THE TOP OFFICERS, TO ASSIGN THE DUTIES, TO
 MOTIVATE ADMINISTRATORS, AND TO TAKE ACTION ON THE ABOVE ASSESSMENT. AN
 EFFECTIVE TRUSTEE MUST MAKE CONTINUING PERSONAL APPRAISAL OF THE
 ORGANIZATION, WHICH REQUIRES SPENDING TIME TO LEARN ITS ACTIVITIES, ITS
 PEOPLE, AND ITS ENVIRONMENT. QUESTIONING IS THE TRUSTEE'S MOST VALUABLE
 TECHNIQUE. IN RESPONSE TO THE QUESTIONINGS, AUDITORS ARE REVIEWING THEIR
 ROLE IN SUPPLYING TRUSTEES WITH APPROPRIATE INFORMATION THROUGH MANAGEMENT
 LETTERS AND DISCUSSION. THE TRUSTEE'S CHALLENGE IS TO SET THE TONE AND
 DIRECTION, AND DELEGATE TO OTHERS THE DAY-TO-DAY ADMINISTRATION. THE TRUSTEE
 MUST UNDERSTAND THE TRUE MEANING OF MANAGEMENT AND APPLY ITS PRINCIPLES IN
 SETTING PRIORITIES AND ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR RESULTS.
-Desc-
 Trustees; Job requirements; Nonprofit organizations
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 145
-A-
 77007905
-W-
 SHARED SERVICES - SURVIVAL FOR THE SMALL BUSINESS
 DAVIS, JAMES R.
 Management Accounting V58 N11 PP: 27-30 MAY 1977
 -CODEN-
 MGACBD
-ISSN-
 0025-1690
-JrnlCode-
 NAA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 THE BENEFITS OF A STRONG AND COHESIVE SHARED SERVICE GROUP ARE NUMEROUS, BUT
 THEY REMAIN NEVERTHELESS LITTLE KNOWN TO THE MAJORITY OF BUSINESSMEN. IN
 MOST SMALL BUSINESSES, IT IS THE ACCOUNTANT WHO IS PRIMARILY CONCERNED WITH
 COST SAVINGS. THEREFORE, IT IS HE WHO MUST BE AWARE OF THE DEVELOPMENTS
 BEING MADE IN THIS AREA. SHARED SERVICES MAY NOT BE FOR EVERY BUSINESS, BUT
 THE BENEFITS CANNOT BE IGNORED FOR THOSE INTERESTED IN IMPROVING THE
 EFFECTIVENESS AND EFFICIENCY OF THEIR ORGANIZATIONS. GROUP PURCHASING IS A
 CO OPERATIVE EFFORT AMONG A NUMBER OF BUSINESSES THAT FORMALLY ORGANIZE A
 NON PROFIT ASSOCIATION WHOSE OBJECTIVE IS TO SUPPLEMENT AND STRENGTHEN EACH
 MEMBER'S PROCUREMENT CAPABILITIES. ANOTHER AREA OF SHARED SERVICES, WHICH IS
 LESS KNOWN THAN GROUP PURCHASING, IS THAT OF SHARED MANAGEMENT. APPLYING THE
 CONCEPT OF SHARED SERVICES, SEVERAL GROUPS OF COMPANIES WILL FORM THEIR OWN
 COLLECTION AGENCY TEAMS.
-Desc-
 Small business; Shared; Service
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 146
-A-
 77007555
-W-
 MAS FOR NOT FOR PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS
 CPA Jrnl V47 N5 PP: 76-77 MAY 1977
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0094-2049
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 CPA'S CAN RENDER IMPORTANT SERVICES TO NOT FOR PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS TO
 EVALUATE ECONOMY, EFFICIENCY AND PROGRAM RESPONSIVENESS. WHILE THE REVIEWS
 WOULD FOCUS MAINLY ON OUTLAYS, THEY SHOULD ALSO COVER CONTROLS OVER FUND
 RAISING IN PRIVATELY FINANCED ORGANIZATIONS AND CONTROLS OVER TAX AND
 ASSESSMENT COLLECTIONS IN PUBLICLY FUNDED ORGANIZATIONS. BOTH SHOULD
 ENCOMPASS CONTROLS OVER PROPERTY ACQUISITION, RETENTION AND DISPOSITION. FOR
 EVALUATION OF ECONOMY AND EFFICIENCY, COMPARISONS WITH BUDGETED AMOUNTS
 WOULD BE A FIRST STEP. A NEXT STEP WOULD BE THE DETAILED SCRUTINY OF THE
 LEVEL OF BUDGETED EXPENDITURES FOR APPLICABILITY AND RELEVANCE. WHILE
 EXPECTED AND ACTUAL RESULTS CANNOT BE QUANTIFIED AS READILY AS IN THE
 PRIVATE BUSINESS SECTOR, CPA'S SHOULD BE ABLE TO ASSIST IN DEVELOPING MORE
 ADEQUATE AND MEANINGFUL MEASUREMENT CRITERIA AND TECHNIQUES.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Management consultants; CPAs
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 2000 (CN=General management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 147
-A-
 77001207
-W-
 WHY DATA SYSTEMS IN NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS FAIL
 HERZINGER, REGINA
 Harvard Business Review V55N1 PP: 81-86 JAN/FEB 1977
 -CODEN-
 HABRAX
-ISSN-
 0017-8012
-JrnlCode-
 HBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 THE CHARACTERISTICS AND ATTITUDES OF EXECUTIVES OF NON PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS
 ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE POOR QUALITY OF MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS IN
 THEIR ORGANIZATIONS - WHICH IMPEDE THEIR MAKING CRUCIAL DECISIONS. THESE
 EXECUTIVES GENERALLY LACK THE TECHNICAL SKILLS NEEDED TO DESIGN AND USE A
 GOOD INFORMATION SYSTEM AND HAVE AN AVERSION TO MEASUREMENT. THE IDEAL
 SOLUTION TO THIS SITUATION IS TO COORDINATE THE AGENCIES FUNDING A
 PARTICULAR ORGANIZATIONAL BODY IN THE DESIGN OF THE DATA SYSTEMS THAT WILL
 MONITOR THEIR PROGRAMS. THIS IS UNLIKELY TO TAKE PLACE SOON. UNTIL THEN, THE
 FOLLOWING SUGGESTIONS WILL BE HELPFUL. MANAGEMENT MUST BECOME INVOLVED IN
 THE SYSTEM'S DESIGN TO INSURE THAT IT MEETS THEIR NEEDS. THE SYSTEM SHOULD
 BE ADEQUATELY PRETESTED AND DOCUMENTED. THE STAFF SHOULD BE TRAINED IN THE
 SYSTEM'S USE.
-Desc-
 MIS (MAN); Nonprofit organizations; Failure
 CLASS. CODES: 5200 (CN=Communications & information management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 148
-A-
 76012527
-W-
 MBO IN HOSPITALS - A STEP TOWARD ACCOUNTABILITY
 LUTHANS, FRED; SELLINTIN, JERRY L.
 Personnel Administrator V21 N7 PP: 42-45 OCT. 1976
 -CODEN-
 PEADAY
-ISSN-
 0031-5729
-JrnlCode-
 PAD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 LIKE ALL OTHER NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS, HOSPITALS ARE CURRENTLY UNDER
 PRESSURE TO BECOME MORE ACCOUNTABLE. THE USE OF MANAGEMENT-BY-OBJECTIVES (
 MBO ) CAN HELP ATTAIN THIS ACCOUNTABILITY. TO DISCOVER THE PRESENT STATUS OF
 MBO IN HOSPITALS, A QUESTIONNAIRE WAS SENT TO 269 INSTITUTIONS. THE RESULTS
 OBTAINED INCLUDE - 1. RESPONDENTS INDICATE THAT MBO HAS CAUSED A SIGNIFICANT
 IMPROVEMENT ON PERFORMANCE EFFECTIVENESS AS RECOGNIZED BY THE HOSPITAL
 BOARDS. 2. ALTHOUGH PERFORMANCE IS HARD TO MEASURE IN THE CASE OF A
 HOSPITAL, RESPONDENTS FELT THAT OBJECTIVES ARE GENERALLY STATED IN TERMS OF
 RESULTS THAT CAN BE OBJECTIVELY MEASURED. THERE APPEARED TO BE GENERAL
 INTEREST AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE MBO CONCEPT AND PROCEDURES IN THE HOSPITALS
 SURVEYED. 4. THE HOSPITALS USING MBO INDICATED MORE ADVANTAGES THAN
 DISADVANTAGES. CHARTS.
-Desc-
 Hospitals; Management by objectives; Surveys
 CLASS. CODES: 2600 (CN=Management science/Operations research); 8320
 (CN=Health care industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 149
-A-
 76008585
-W-
 MANTREAD - CAN IT HELP TRAINING DIRECTORS BE BETTER SOFTWARE BROKERS FOR
 THEIR ORGANIZATIONS
 Training V13 N8 PP: 17 AUG. 1976
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-5892 JRNL CODE TBI
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 BECAUSE TRAINING PROGRAMS, IN-HOUSE OR OUT, ARE EXPENSIVE AND TIME
 CONSUMING, MOST TRAINING DIRECTORS NEED RETURN-ON-INVESTMENT INFORMATION OF
 AN EVALUATIVE SORT. ONE SOURCE OF SUCH INFORMATION IS MANTREAD, A ST. PAUL
 BASED TRAINING INFORMATION AND EVALUATION EXCHANGE. IT IS A NON-PROFIT
 MEMBERSHIP-SUPPORTED CORPORATION DEDICATED TO PROVIDING RELIABLE DATA TO
 EXECUTIVE MEMBERS, TO HELP THEM MAKE BETTER DECISIONS AND SELECTIONS ON THE
 USE OF OUTSIDE TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT RESOURCES. SOURCE OF INFORMATION IS
 MANTREAD'S 'NATIONAL REGISTRY', WHICH LISTS SEMINARS, WORKSHOPS, ETC.,
 OFFERED ALL OVER THE COUNTRY. THERE IS ALSO A SUPPLEMENTAL SPEAKERS AND
 LEADERS FILE AVAILABLE, COMPLETE WITH EVALUATIONS OF EFFECTIVENESS OF EACH
 PERSON LISTED. EVALUATIONS ARE MADE BY MANTREAD MEMBERS. THIS SYSTEM APPEARS
 TO BE HEADED IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION FOR SOLUTION TO A VERY REAL PROBLEM.
 DIRECTIONS FOR OBTAINING MORE INFORMATION ARE INCLUDED.
-Desc-
 Training; Programs; Evaluation; Case studies
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development); 9110 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 150
-A-
 76008072
-W-
 A MANAGERIAL DISCRETION THEORY OF THE NONPROFIT FIRM - AN ECONOMIC MODEL OF
 A CREDIT-UNION
 KEATING, BARRY; KEATING, MARYANN
 Jrnl of Business Research V3 N4 PP: 345-354 OCTOBER 1975
-ISSN-
 0038-4259
-JrnlCode-
 JBU
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 'MANAGERIAL DISCRETION THEORY' IMPLIES AN APPROACH TO THE THEORY OF
 PRODUCTION AND EXCHANGE WHICH IS CHARACTERIZED BY AN OPTIMIZATION MODEL
 DIFFERENT FROM THE CLASSICAL PROFIT-MAXIMIZATION MODEL. THE EFFECTIVENESS OF
 MANAGERIAL DISCRETION THEORY IS DEMONSTRATED IN EXPLAINING THE OPERATIONS OF
 NONPROFIT FIRMS - SPECIFICALLY, IN THE CONTEXT OF A CREDIT-UNION. THE
 MANAGERIAL DISCRETION MODEL CORRECTLY PREDICTED THAT NONPROFIT FIRMS PROVIDE
 A MANAGER WITH AN UNUSUAL OPPORTUNITY FOR INCREASING HIS NONPECUNIARY
 INCOME. THE APPROACH USED WAS ONE OF MAXIMIZING THE MANAGER'S UTILITY RATHER
 THAN THE TRADITIONAL APPROACH OF MAXIMIZING SOME FIRMWIDE GOAL. THE MODEL
 ACCOUNTED FOR SUCH FACTORS AS NONTAXABLE STATUS, NONAPPRECIATING
 CAPITAL-STOCK, VARIABLE DIVIDENDS, AND MANAGERIAL PREFERENCES. THE MODEL
 ALSO PREDICTED ACCURATELY THE SPENDING BEHAVIOR OF CREDIT-UNION MANAGERS ON
 PERQUISITES. CHARTS.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Credit unions; Managers; Motivation ; Decision
 making; Income; Management
 CLASS. CODES: 2600 (CN=Management science/Operations research)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 151
-A-
 76008044
-W-
 CONTROL AND EFFECTIVENESS IN TWENTY-SEVEN SCANDINAVIAN VOLUNTARY
 ORGANIZATIONS
 SORENSON, PETER F.
 Jrnl of Mgmt Studies (UK) V13 N2 PP: 183-90 MAY 1976
 -CODEN-
 JMASB2
-ISSN-
 0022-2380
-JrnlCode-
 JMS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 THIS STUDY USES CONTROL THEORY TO TEST THE FOLLOWING HYPOTHESES ON A GROUP
 OF SCANDINAVIAN ORGANIZATIONS - 1. ORGANIZATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS IS
 POSITIVELY RELATED TO TOTAL CONTROL, 2. ORGANIZATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS IS
 POSITIVELY RELATED TO DEMOCRATIC CONTROL, 3. ORGANIZATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS IS
 POSITIVELY RELATED TO AGREEMENT ON THE DISTRIBUTION AND TOTAL AMOUNTS OF
 CONTROL, AND 4. ORGANIZATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS IS MORE CLOSELY ASSOCIATED WITH
 THE COMBINATION OF HIGH TOTAL CONTROL, DEMOCRATIC DISTRIBUTION OF CONTROL,
 AND HIGH LEVEL OF AGREEMENT IN THE PERCEPTION OF CONTROL. STATISTICAL
 SUPPORT FOR THE FIRST THREE HYPOTHESES WAS MODEST AT BEST. HOWEVER, THERE
 WAS STRONG SUPPORT FOR THE FOURTH HYPOTHESIS. SIMULTANEOUS CONSIDERATION OF
 THE FOUR CONTROL VARIABLES USED 'DISTRIBUTION OF CONTROL,
 CONSENSUS-DISTRIBUTION, CONSENSUS-TOTAL, AND TOTAL CONTROL' SHOWED
 DISTRIBUTION OF CONTROL TO BE MOST IMPORTANT. CHARTS, GRAPHS.
-Desc-
 Scandinavia; Organization theory; Control theory; Effectiveness; Voluntary;
 Nonprofit organizations
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 152
-A-
 76002020
-W-
 PUBLIC SERVICE TELEVISION SPOTS - AVENUE FOR SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
 KITAEFF, ADRIENNE
 Public Relations Jrnl V31 N12 PP: 10-11, 20 DEC. 1975
 -CODEN-
 PREJAR
-ISSN-
 0033-3670
-JrnlCode-
 PRJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 PUBLIC-RELATIONS DIRECTORS SHOULD BE FAMILIAR WITH FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS THAT
 TELEVISION STATIONS, AS WELL AS RADIO, MUST DONATE A CERTAIN PERCENTAGE OF
 THEIR DAILY BROADCASTING TIME TO PUBLIC-SERVICE MESSAGES. THESE MESSAGES
 NEED NOT BE LIMITED TO NON-PROFIT SOCIAL SERVICE AGENCIES, AND MANY ARE
 BEING PRODUCED BY TRADE ASSOCIATIONS AND COMMERCIAL FIRMS. BUT AS MORE AND
 MORE DIVERSIFIED ORGANIZATIONS PLUNGE INTO THE PRODUCTION OF PUBLIC SERVICE
 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR TELEVISION, PUBLIC RELATIONS DIRECTORS MUST CONSIDER
 QUALITY PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES, ENTERTAINING PRESENTATIONS, AND HIGHLY
 INFORMATIVE MESSAGE CONTENT THAT WILL TRULY CONTRIBUTE TO THE PUBLIC GOOD,
 IF THEY WANT PUBLIC SERVICE DIRECTORS TO SELECT THEIR ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR
 TELECASTING. COMPARED TO THE VARIOUS POSSIBILITIES TELEVISION OFFERS, THE
 PUBLIC SERVICE ANNOUNCEMENT REQUIRES THE LEAST BUDGETARY INVESTMENT WITH THE
 GREATEST SOCIAL EFFECTIVENESS.
-Desc-
 Public service advertising; Public relations; Messages
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations); 7200 (CN=Advertising)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 153
-A-
 75007999
-W-
 PRODUCING ADDITIONAL SALES THROUGH MEANS OF DIRECT-MAIL
 MCLEAN, ED
 Direct Marketing V38 N3 PP: 48-50 JULY 1975
-ISSN-
 0012-3188
-JrnlCode-
 DIM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 DIRECT-MAIL CAN STIMULATE SALES BY YOUR DEALERS AND YOUR SALES AGENTS VIA
 MAILINGS TO PROSPECTS AND CUSTOMERS WHICH INVITE OR OTHERWISE CAUSE THEM TO
 MAKE A PERSONAL VISIT TO THE DEALER'S SHOWROOM OR TO THE HOME OR OFFICE OF
 THE SALES AGENT. DIRECT MAIL CAN PRODUCE SALES DIRECTLY FROM PROSPECTS FOR A
 DIFFERENT BRAND OR DIFFERENT PRICE CATEGORY, USUALLY LOWER, OF THE PRODUCT
 OR PRODUCT LINE YOUR SALES-FORCE NOW SELLS - OR EVEN PRODUCE SALES DIRECTLY
 FROM AN ENTIRELY DIFFERENT MARKET. IT CAN PRODUCE SALES DIRECTLY FROM
 PROSPECTS AND CUSTOMERS THAT ARE TOO SMALL OR TOO FAR AWAY FOR YOUR PEOPLE
 TO CALL ON PROFITABLY. IT CAN PRODUCE SALES DIRECTLY FROM CUSTOMERS FOR
 SUPPLIES AND REPLACEMENT PARTS THAT MAY NOT PROVIDE ENOUGH PROFIT OR SALES
 COMMISSION TO JUSTIFY REGULAR CALLS OR VISTIS BY A SALESPERSON.
-Desc-
 Marketing; Direct mail campaigns; Sales; Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 7100 (CN=Market research); 7300 (CN=Sales & selling)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 154
-A-
 75007234
-W-
 UNIFORM FINANCIAL REPORTING BY PHILANTHROPIC ORGANIZATIONS
 GROSS, MALVERN J.
 CPA Jrnl V 45 N 6 PP: 25-29 JUNE 1975
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0094-2049
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 THE ACCOUNTING ADVISORY COMMITTEE REPORT TO THE COMMISSION OF PRIVATE
 PHILANTHROPY AND PUBLIC NEEDS RECOMMENDED THAT SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENTS BE
 MADE IN THE FINANCIAL-REPORTING OF PHILANTHROPIES. IT WAS ADVISED THAT A
 SINGLE, UNIFORM SET OF ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES BE ADOPTED BY ALL PHILANTHROPIC
 ORGANIZATIONS. TO SATISFY FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT REPORTING
 REQUIREMENTS, AN ANNUAL, UNIFORM FINANCIAL REPORT SHOULD BE USED. THE
 COMMITTEE FOUND FINANCIAL-STATEMENTS FOR PHILANTHROPIC ORGANIZATIONS TO BE
 DIFFICULT TO UNDERSTAND. THESE STATEMENTS SHOULD BE REVISED AND WRITTEN WITH
 THE OBJECTIVE BEING TO PROVIDE INFORMATION USEFUL IN EVALUATING THE
 EFFECTIVENESS OF MANAGEMENT OF RESOURCES IN REACHING THE ORGANIZATION'S
 GOAL. THE COMMITTEE RECOMMENDED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES AND REPORTING
 PRACTICES THAT WOULD BE A HELP TO NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Financial reporting; Uniform; Financial statements;
 Accounting policies
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 155
-A-
 75004612
-W-
 THE EVALUATION OF RESOURCE USAGE IN THE NOT-FOR-PROFIT ENVIRONMENT
 ELLIS, LOUDEL O.
 Woman CPA V 37 N 2 PP: 6-8 APRIL, 1975
 -CODEN-
 WCPAAR
-ISSN-
 0043-7271
-JrnlCode-
 WCP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 EVALUATION OF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF RESOURCE USAGE IN THE NOT-FOR-PROFIT
 ENVIRONMENT FOCUSES ON WHAT ARE CONSIDERED 'MANAGEMENT CONTROLS' WITHIN THE
 FRAMEWORK OF OVERALL INTERNAL CONTROL. OBJECTIVES SHOULD BE CLEARLY STATED,
 A PLAN OF ACTION SHOULD BE DEVISED, PROCEDURES SHOULD BE DEVELOPED, AND
 CONTROL SHOULD BE EXERCISED THROUGH PERIODIC REVIEW AND ASSESSMENT OF
 ACCOMPLISHMENTS AGAINST OBJECTIVES A FIRST STEP NECESSARY FOR PROGRAM
 EVALUATION IS IDENTIFICATION OF THE CHURCH'S OVER-ALL PURPOSE FOR EXISTENCE.
 AFTER IDENTIFYING ITS OVERALL PURPOSE, A CHURCH SHOULD IDENTIFY AREAS OF
 CONCERN, SUCH AS WORSHIP, EDUCATION, AND MINISTRY, AND SHOULD DEFINE
 SPECIFIC PURPOSES FOR EACH AREA. AFTER IDENTIFYING CONCERNS AND PURPOSES,
 THE CHURCH NORMALLY SHOULD ESTABLISH PROGRAMS FOR THE CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES,
 AND STATE LONG-RANGE OBJECTIVES.
-Desc-
 Evaluation; Resources; Nonprofit organizations; Techniques
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 156
-A-
 75003659
-W-
 WHERE THE GREAT SOCIETY STUMBLED ON ITS WAY TO UTOPIA
 LINOWES, DAVID
 Perspective V 1 N 1 PP: 2-7 SPRING 1975
-JrnlCode-
 LKH
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES FOR PROFIT-SHARING ORGANIZATIONS MAY BE MODIFIED AND
 APPLIED TO NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS TO MEASURE AND INCREASE THEIR
 EFFECTIVENESS. FIRST, THE NEEDS OF THE AREA UNDER CONSIDERATION NEED TO BE
 IDENTIFIED AND GOALS SET UP TO FULFILL THEM. FUNDS SHOULD BE ALLOCATED TO
 PROGRAMS ON THE BASIS OF HOW SUCCESSFUL THEY ARE IN ACHIEVING THEIR GOAL.
 COMPREHENSIVE PLANNING SHOULD BE DONE ON THESE PROGRAMS WITH SPECIALISTS
 FROM VARIOUS DISCIPLINES ACTING AS CONSULTANTS. SOCIO-ECONOMIC AUDITS SHOULD
 EVALUATE THE ORGANIZATION'S PERFORMANCE, PURPOSE, MANAGERIAL EFFECTIVENESS
 AND ACCOMPLISHMENTS. ORGANIZATIONS MUST PRUNE EXCESS EMPLOYEES AND
 RESTRUCTURE PROGRAMS AS NEEDED. NEW INNOVATIONS SHOULD BE TRIED TO OPTIMIZE
 PRODUCTIVITY. SOCIAL COMPETITION SHOULD BE CREATED BETWEEN ALTERNATIVE
 PROGRAMS WITH THOSE THAT SUCCEED BEST RECEIVING FUNDS.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Management; Effectiveness; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 157
-A-
 75002271
-W-
 PRACTICAL APPROACHES TO SOCIAL ACCOUNTING
 DILLEY, STEVEN C.
 CPA Jrnl V 45 N 2 PP: 17-21 FEB. 1975
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0094-2049
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 SOCIAL ACCOUNTING CAN BE ROUGHLY DIVIDED INTO FIVE GENERAL AREAS. THESE ARE
 1. NATIONAL SOCIAL INCOME ACCOUNTING, 2. SOCIAL AUDITING, 3.
 FINANCIAL-MANAGERIAL SOCIAL ACCOUNTING FOR NONPROFIT ENTITIES, 4. FINANCIAL
 SOCIAL ACCOUNTING, 5. MANAGERIAL SOCIAL ACCOUNTING. USE OF THE GROSS
 NATIONAL PRODUCT AS A GENERAL INDICATOR OF PROGRESS IN NATIONAL WELLBEING
 CAN BE A GROSS DISTORTION OF GENUINE PROGRESS IN TERMS OF THE QUALITY OF
 LIFE FOR INDIVIDUALS. FORMS OF SOCIAL AUDITING AND MEASUREMENT USUALLY
 EXAMINE THE SUCCESS OF SPECIFIC PROGRAMS IN MEETING STATED OBJECTIVES. IN
 CORPORATE SOCIAL ACCOUNTING THE IMPACT OF DECISIONS CAN BE MEASURED IN TERMS
 OF HUMAN-RESOURCES, I.E., ATTITUDES AND SATISFACTIONS OF EMPLOYEES CAN BE
 CONSIDERED AS ASSETS OR LIABILITIES. MANAGERIAL SOCIAL-RESPONSIBILITY
 ACCOUNTING IS AN AREA NEEDING FURTHER DEVELOPMENT. TABLES.
-Desc-
 Social accounting; Social audit; Quality of life; Social responsibility
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 158
-A-
 74010188
-W-
 DIFFERENCES IN PROFIT AND NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS - A STUDY OF EFFECTIVENESS
 AND EFFICIENCY IN GENERAL SHORT-STAY HOSPITALS
 RUSHING, WILLIAM
 Administrative Science Qtrly V 19 N 4 PP: 474-484 DEC. 1974
 -CODEN-
 ASCQAG
-ISSN-
 0001-8392
-JrnlCode-
 ASQ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 RESULTS OF A STUDY OF SMALL SHORT-STAY PROFIT AND NONPROFIT HOSPITALS SHOW
 SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES IN ORGANIZATIONAL RELATIONSHIPS. THE PROPORTIONATE
 NUMBER OF MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT PERSONNEL IS NEGATIVELY ASSOCIATED WITH THE
 OCCUPANCY RATE AND THE PROPORTIONATE NUMBER OF PRODUCTION PERSONNEL IS MORE
 POSITIVELY ASSOCIATED WITH OCCUPANCY RATE IN PROFIT HOSPITALS BUT NOT IN
 NONPROFIT HOSPITALS. AVERAGE DAILY CHARGES ARE ASSOCIATED WITH COMMUNITY
 WEALTH FOR PROFIT HOSPITALS, BUT NOT FOR NONPROFIT HOSPITALS. IT IS
 SUGGESTED THAT THE PROFIT-MAKING ORIENTATION OF HOSPITALS IS A SIGNIFICANT
 CONTEXTUAL PROPERTY WHICH INFLUENCES THE RELATIONSHIPS OF HOSPITAL STRUCTURE
 AND COMMUNITY WEALTH TO HOSPITAL EFFICIENCY AND EFFECTIVENESS. TABLES,
 REFERENCES.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit hospitals; Hospitals; Efficiency; Studies
 CLASS. CODES: 8320 (CN=Health care industry); 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 159
-A-
 74008827
-W-
 SOCIAL DESIRABILITY AS AN INTERVENING VARIABLE IN INTERPRETING OD EFFECTS
 GOLEMBIEWSKI, ROBERT R.; MUNZENRIDER, ROBERT F.
 Academy of Mgmt Jrnl PROCEEDINGS PP: 334-542 AUG 1973
-ISSN-
 0001-4273
-JrnlCode-
 MA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 THIS REPORT DETERMINES WHETHER THE PATTERN OF CHANGE- SCORES IS MEDIATED IN
 MEANINGFUL WAYS BY INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES ON THE CROWNE-MARLOWE SOCIAL
 DESIRABILITY - SD - SCALE. THE SD SCALE SEEKS TO DIFFERENTIATE INDIVIDUALS
 IN TERMS OF THEIR TENDENCY TO DESCRIBE WORLDS IN SOCIALLY- DESIRABLE TERMS
 SO AS TO GAIN THE APPROVAL OF OTHERS. THE SD FOCUS IS ON A MORE OR LESS
 ABIDING FEATURE OF THE SELF, THEN, AS OPPOSED TO A SPECIFIC ACT OF
 CONFORMITY TO SOME SOCIALLY ACCEPTABLE STANDARD OR NORM. LIKE MOST SIMILAR
 SCALES, SD RESTS ON MIXED THEORETICAL, METHODOLOGICAL AND EXPERIMENTAL
 FOUNDATIONS. A COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW OF THE LITERATURE SHOWS THAT VARIOUS
 USES OF THE SD SCALE GENERATED EXPECTED RESULTS. AND THE VALIDITY OF THE
 SCALE HAS BEEN SUPPORTED EXPERIMENTALLY.
-Desc-
 Organizational; Development; Social indicators; Measurement Impacts
 CLASS. CODES: 2600 (CN=Management science/Operations research)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 160
-A-
 74004666
-W-
 A CUSTOMER AUDIT OF A NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATION
 HAY, ROBERT D.
 Arkansas Business & Economic Review V7N4 PP: 28-31 WINTER 1973
 -CODEN-
 ABRVBM
-ISSN-
 0004-1742
-JrnlCode-
 ARK
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 A MAJOR PROBLEM ARISES IN THE EVALUATION OF A NON-PROFIT, PUBLIC-SERVICE
 ORGANIZATION SINCE SUCH AN AGENCY IS NOT SUBJECT TO THE SAME KINDS OF
 FEEDBACK MECHANISMS WHICH GOVERN THE OPERATIONS OF A PROFIT-SEEKING
 BUSINESS. IN ADDITION, THE BUSINESS FIRM MAY SEEM TO BE SHOWING AN
 ACCEPTABLE LEVEL OF PROFITS WHEN, IF THE FULL POTENTIAL OF CUSTOMER-
 SATISFACTION COULD BE REALIZED, THE LEVEL OF PROFITS MIGHT ACTUALLY RISE
 SUBSTANTIALLY. THE PROBLEM, THEN, IS TO DEVISE SOME SORT OF MECHANISM
 WHEREBY OTHER INDICATORS OF AN ORGANIZATION'S OPERATIONS, IN ADDITION TO THE
 PROFIT INDICATORS, MAY POINT OUT PREVIOUSLY UNSEEN SHORTCOMINGS OF THE
 ORGANIZATION WITH RESPECT TO BOTH EFFECTIVENESS AND EFFICIENCY. IT IS
 BELIEVED THAT THE TECHNIQUES USED IN THE STUDY OF A NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATION
 MAY PROVIDE THE BASIS FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF ADDITIONAL MEASURES OF AN
 ORGANIZATION'S SUCCESS IN DEALING WITH ITS CUSTOMERS.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit; Companies; Customer feedback
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 161
-A-
 73000742
-W-
 MBO GOES TO WORK IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR
 BRADY, RODNEY H.
 Harvard Business Review V51N2 PP: 65-74 MAR/APR 73
 -CODEN-
 HABRAX
-ISSN-
 0017-8012
-JrnlCode-
 HBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 LACKING EASILY DEFINABLE GOALS SUCH AS ROI, CONCRETE COST-BENEFIT MEASURES,
 AND LONG OPERATING CYCLES, NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS FIND IT DIFFICULT TO
 IMPLEMENT MANAGEMENT-BY-OBJECTIVES PROGRAMS. BUT ONE HAS BEEN WORKING MORE
 THAN TWO YEARS AT HEW, AND HERE THE AGENCYS ERSTWHILE CHIEF ADMINISTRATIVE
 OFFICER TELLS HOW.
-Desc-
 Management by objectives; HEW; Public sector; Nonprofit organizations; Case
 studies
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 9550 (CN=Public sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 162
-A-
 73000712
-W-
 MANAGING THE MONEY OF A NONPROFIT ORGANIZATION
 GROSS, MALVERN J.
 Price Waterhouse Review V 17 N 3 PP: 36-39 WINTER 1972
 -CODEN-
 PWTRBQ
-ISSN-
 0032-8170
-JrnlCode-
 PWR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 THE BUSY EXECUTIVE WHO FINDS HIMSELF HELPING GUIDE THE FINANCIAL AFFAIRS OF
 A NONPROFIT ORGANIZATION SOON FINDS HIMSELF DEALING WITH UNFAMILIAR
 ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING PRINCIPLES. HE SOON DISCOVERS THAT WHILE A
 COMMERCIAL ORGANIZATION IS INTERESTED IN MATCHING REVENUES AND COSTS IN
 ORDER TO MEASURE PROFITABILITY, A NONPROFIT ORGANIZATION IS GENERALLY MORE
 CONCERNED ON THE ACCOUNTABILITY OF ITS FUNDS. FIVE BASIC DIFFERENCES IN
 CONCEPT ARE DISCUSSED IN THE ART. WHICH SHOULD MAKE HIM BETTER ABLE TO GUIDE
 THE AFFAIRS OF HIS ORGANIZATION.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Accounting policies; Financial management;
 Business; Comparative studies
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 013:015 163
-A-
 73000332
-W-
 DETERMINING THE RESULTS IN THE GENEROSITY BUSINESS
 DUBIN, ROBERT J.
 Management Review V 62 N 1 PP: 17-27 JAN 73
-ISSN-
 002?-1895
-JrnlCode-
 MRV
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap. LANG.: Eng.
 THIS ART. SUCCESSFULLY DEMONSTRATES THAT COMMERCIAL MARKETING-RESEARCH
 METHODS CAN BE ADAPTED TO NONPROFIT PROGRAMS WHOSE RESULTS HERETOFORE HAVE
 DEFIED QUANTITATIVE MEASUREMENT. MOREOVER, THESE METHODS RESULT IN HARD DATA
 ON THE EFFECTIVENESS OF SUCH PROGRAMS AND ENABLE DONOR AND RECIPIENT
 INSTITUTIONS TO MAKE MORE PRECISE DECISIONS ABOUT WHAT PROGRAMS TO FUND AND
 HOW TO SPEND THAT MONEY ONCE IT IS GIVEN. COMMERCIAL MARKETING STRATEGIES
 CAN BE APPLIED TO PROGRAMS AT THE PROPOSAL STAGE, BEFORE FUNDS HAVE BEEN
 GRANTED. NONPROFIT MONEY MANAGERS CAN DETERMINE WHICH CHARITABLE PROGRAMS
 ARE WORTHY OF FUNDING IN ADVANCE.
-Desc-
 Market research; Nonprofit organizations; Charities; Project evaluation
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations); 7100 (CN=Market research)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 1
-A-
 0330326 86018282 AHA
-W-
 DRG compliance measurement in the future.
 Turner JM
 Softw Healthc, Aug-Sep 1985, 3 (4) p48,
-ISSN-
 0753-1621 Jrnl Code: SIH
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Computers; *Diagnostic Related Groups; *Hospitals; *Information Systems;
 *Management Information Systems; *Microcomputers
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 2
-A-
 0327492 8528?030 AHA
-W-
 Preparing for the future today--product line management [interview by Sandy
 Downs]
 Terenzio J
 Healthc Comput Commun, Sep 1985, 2 (9) p56-8,
-ISSN-
 8750-149X Jrnl Code: GBG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Commerce; *Computer Programs; *Computers; *Costs and Cost
 Analysis; *COSTS; *Information Systems; *Management Information Systems;
 *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 3
-A-
 0327384 85281652 AHA
-W-
 Medicare program: changes to the inpatient hospital prospective payment
 system and fiscal year 1986 rates--HCFA. Final rule.
 Fed Regist, Sep 3 1985, 5 (170) p35646-759,
-ISSN-
 0097-6326 Jrnl Code B58
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 Health
 We are modifying the Medicare inpatient hospital prospective payment system
 in order to implement necessary changes arising from experience with the
 system. In addition, this final rule sets forth our first adjustment of the
 diagnosis-related group weights and classifications as required under
 section 1886 (d) (4) (C) of the Act. Also, in the addendum to this final
 rule, we are describing changes in the methods, amounts, and factors
 necessary to determine prospective payment rates for Medicare inpatient
 hospital services. Changes to the Federal portion of the payment are
 applicable to discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1985. Changes to
 the hospital-specific portion are effective with hospital cost reporting
 periods beginning on or after October 1, 1985. In effect, these changes
 apply to the final year of the three-year transition period for the hospital
 prospective payment system. The addendum also sets forth the
 rate-of-increase limits (target amounts) for hospitals excluded fromthe
 prospective payment system.
-Desc-
 *Health Insurance for Aged and Disabled, Title 18--Legislation and
 Jurisprudence (LJ); *HEALTH INSURANCE FOR AGED--Legislation and
 Jurisprudence (LJ); *Hospitals; *Rate Setting and Review--Legislation and
 Jurisprudence (LJ); *RATE SETTING--Legislation and Jurisprudence (LJ);
 *Reimbursement Mechanisms--Legislation and Jurisprudence (LJ);
 *Reimbursement, Prospective--Legislation and Jurisprudence (LJ); United
 States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 4
-A-
 0327334 85306604 MED
-W-
 Critical appraisal of the DRG system: problem areas for DRG reimbursement in
 the USA.
 Harper DL
 Aust Clin Rev, Mar 1985, (16) p5-11,
-ISSN-
 0726-?139
-JrnlCode-
 9DYde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 One may conclude that the prospective payment system known as Diagnosis
 Related Groups is the initial thrust of the government to reduce the rate of
 expenditures for Medicare patients in the acute hospital setting. More will
 come and probably soon. Among the criticism and concern, one must not ignore
 the non-inclusion of the physician provider in this system. Cost shifting to
 the private payer will probably result in DRGs in that area also. Concern
 about the ability to provide the technology necessary to render quality care
 is utmost on the minds of providers. The shift of patients into the
 alternate health care field will leave hospitals with fewer patients who are
 overall much sicker and the hospital will have fewer dollars from which to
 provide that care. There is specific criticism of some of the DRG groupings
 and concern with the way in which physicians will be brought under the
 system. The issue of bad debts and care for the indigent must be addressed.
 A great deal of attention must be paid in the manner in which capital costs
 are reimbursed. Medical education costs must be satisfactorily addressed on
 a national basis. MEDPAR data used to provide data base for determining the
 DRG rates, must be upgraded to bring fairness to the system. Now medical
 technology must be examined quickly and the costs of those desirable
 technological advances incorporated into the DRG rate so as not to impede
 their use. Perhaps the greatest concern relates to the factors which will be
 incorporated into the rate basis and those which affect the allowable rate
 increases. (ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 250 WORDS)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Evaluation Studies;
 Expenditures, Health; *Financial Management; *Financial Management,
 Hospital; Management Information Systems; Professional Standards Review
 Organizations; PSRO; Rate Setting and Review; RATE SETTING ; *Reimbursement
 Mechanisms--Standards (ST); *Reimbursement, Prospective--Standards (ST);
 United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 5
-A-
 0327177 85304563 MED
-W-
 Severity of illness within DRGs: impact on prospective payment.
 Horn SD; Sharkey PD; Chambers AF; Horn RA
 Am J Public Health, Oct 1985, 75 (10) p1195-9,
-ISSN-
 0090-0036
-JrnlCode-
 3XW
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 This study compares the financial impact of a Diagnosis Related Group (DRG)
 prospective payment system with that of a Severity of Illness-adjusted DRG
 prospective payment system. The data base of about ?06,000 discharges is
 from 15 hospitals, all of which had a Health Care Financing Administration
 (HCFA) DRG case mix index greater than 1. In order to pool the data over the
 15 hospitals, all charges were converted to costs, normalized to Fiscal Year
 1983, and adjusted for medical education and wage levels. The findings
 showed that, for the study population as a whole, DRGs explained 28 per cent
 of the variability in resource use per case while Severity of
 Illness-adjusted DRGs explained 61 per cent of the variability in resource
 use per case. When we simulated prospective payment systems based on DRGs
 and on Severity-adjusted DRGs, we found that the financial impact of the two
 systems differed by very little in some hospitals and by as much as 35 per
 cent of total operating costs in other hospitals. Thus, even with a data set
 that is relatively homogeneous (with respect to the HCFA DRG case mix index
 definition of hospitals), we found substantial inequities in payment when
 DRGs were not adjusted for Severity of Illness. These findings suggest that,
 with a more representative set of hospitals, the difference between
 unadjusted and Severity-adjusted DRG-based prospective payment could be
 greater than 35 per cent of a hospital's total operating costs.
 Tags: Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, Non-P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospitalization--Economics
 (EC); Regression Analysis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 6
-A-
 0326185 85293482 MED
-W-
 The financial effects of emergency department-generated admissions under
 prospective payment systems.
 Munoz E; Laughlin A; Regan DM; Teicher I; Margolis IB; Wise L
 JAMA, Oct 4 1985, 254 (13) p1763-71,
-ISSN-
 0098-7484
-JrnlCode-
 KFRde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The purpose of this study was to assess the financial impact (revenues vs
 expenses) as measured by hospital charges and costs vs diagnosis-related
 group (DRG) revenues of prospective payment systems on emergency
 department-generated admissions for a large teaching hospital under two
 payment systems: Medicare and an all-payor system. All emergency department
 admissions were analyzed for the years 1983 (N = 4, 273) and 1984 (N = 4,
 125) under both systems, using standard DRG methodology. Our findings were
 as follows: (1) With charges as a measure of expense under both payment
 schemes, all clinical departments had large groups of unprofitable patients:
 Medicare, $12, 895, 038; all-payor system, $15, 553, 893. (2) then costs
 were computed as the e (p\9se measure (using our hospital's cost-to-charge
 ratio), Medicare patients produced a deficit ($2, 363, 163); however, under
 an all-payor system there was a small net profit $4, 267, 859). (3) The
 implementation of federalized DRG reimbursement rates increased our losses
 for this population from 1983 to 1984. (4) Reductions in outlier
 reimbursement (10%) and teaching costs (25%) caused our revenues to drop
 substantially, potentiating our losses. These findings suggest that
 hospitals with large emergency department admission populations,
 particularly Medicare patients, may be at a significant financial
 disadvantage under prospective payment systems.
-Desc-
 Case Mix; Costs and Cost Analysis; COSTS; *Emergency Service,
 Hospital--Economics (EC); Fees and Charges; FEES; *Financial Management;
 *Financial Management, Hospital; Health Insurance for Aged and Disabled,
 Title 18--Economics (EC); HEALTH INSURANCE FOR AGED--Economics (EC);
 Hospital Bed Capacity, 500 and over; HOSP BED CAPAC 500; Hospitals,
 Teaching--Economics (EC); New York City; *Patient Admission--Economics (EC)
 ; *Reimbursement Mechanisms--Economics (EC); *Reimbursement,
 Prospective--Economics (EC); United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 7
-A-
 0325787 85289186 MED
-W-
 DRGs: implications for biomedical communications.
 Allen RM; Wilson CN
 J Biocommun, May 1985, 12 (2) p4-7,
-ISSN-
 0094-2499
-JrnlCode-
 HIGde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Diagnostic Related Groups (DRGs) form the basis for a new means of
 reimbursing hospitals for services provided to Medicare patients. A brief
 outline of the DRG system and a partial description of constraints of the
 system are introduced. Ramifications of this new prospective payment system
 and implications for biomedical communicators are presented and discussed.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; Cost Cntrol--Trends (TD); *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS;
 Economics, Hospital--Trends (TD); *Information Services--Economics (EC);
 Reimbursement, Prospective--Legislation and Jurisprudence (LJ); United
 States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 8
-A-
 0324578 85259411 AHA
-W-
 DRG rural/urban squeeze eased by efficient system.
 Edwards J
 Healthc Comput Commun, May 1985, 2 (5) p46-9,
-ISSN-
 8750-149X
-JrnlCode-
 GBG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Hospital Bed
 Capacity, 100 to 299; HOSP BED CAPAC 100; *Hospitals; *Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); Missouri; *Rural Health
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 9
-A-
 0324465 8256806 AHA
-W-
 A model for strategic and systems planners.
 Smith RJ
 Comput Healthc, Aug 1985, 6 (8) p57-8, 61,
-ISSN-
 0745-1075
-JrnlCode-
 D98
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 Health
 An important relationship between strategic planning and information systems
 has developed through the advent of PPS.
-Desc-
 *Hospital Administration; *Information Systems; *Management Information
 Systems; *Planning Technics; *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement,
 Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 10
-A-
 0324043 85276034 MED
-W-
 Impact of competition and cost containment on the university hospital.
 King SS
 Am J Cardiol, Aug 23 1985, 56 (?) p27C-31C,
-ISSN-
 0002-9149
-JrnlCode-
 3DQ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Health care delivery in the United States is proceeding through rapid
 evolution driven by changes in how health care providers are reimbursed. The
 current dominant philosophy in government is to alter the health care field
 from a heavily regulated one to one characterized by competition. By
 reducing regulatory constraints and encouraging competition, government
 believes more efficient health care delivery will result. Health care
 payment systems now include the diagnosis related group method, all-payor
 rates and contracting for services with major insurance companies on
 discount per diem, capitation and per case rates. Reduced use of resources
 assumes changes in the practice of medicine from an elaborate system of
 medical care to a more basic one. The implications are many and the possible
 effects severe. There will be reduced levels of support for medical
 education, particularly for fellows and for those beyond the third year of
 residency training. A decreased hospital census and the thrust to perform
 more services on an outpatient basis question the basic structure of medical
 education focused on the inpatient. Teaching hospitals will have to develop
 networking arrangements, a forced cooperativeness that threatens the
 autonomy of training and research programs. The recent entry of for-profit
 health care corporations into research may compromise the integrity of the
 university hospital as a center for clinical care, education and research.
-Desc-
 Case Mix; Cost Control; Delivery of Health Care--Economics (EC); Delivery of
 Health Care--Trends (TD); *Economic Competition; *Economics; Forecasting;
 Hospital Administration--Economics (EC); Hospital Administration--Trends
 (TD); *Hospitals, Teaching--Economics (EC); *Hospitals, Univ.--Economics
 (EC); Reimbursement Mechanisms
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 11
-A-
 0324042 85276033 MED
-W-
 Impact of diagnosis related groups on medical practice.
 May JJ
 Am J Cardiol, Aug 23 1985, 56 (5) p16C-26C,
-ISSN-
 0002-9149
-JrnlCode-
 3DQ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 This report discusses the incentives that a payment system based on
 diagnosis related groups (DRGs) imposes on hospitals and physicians and
 presents the author's view of current trends with respect to the extension
 of DRG-based payment to areas of medical and institutional care beyond the
 acute general hospital. It examines the impact of prospective payment based
 on DRGs in New Jersey, a state with more than 4 years of experience with
 this payment approach. In New Jersey, the system includes all payors, not
 just Medicare, and as a result, responses to the system in the form of
 organizational change, modifications in the practice of medicine and
 hospital/physician interactions have been unusually visible and marked. The
 report also examines some of the changes that have occurred and are
 occurring in the way medical records are kept, the internal strictures
 placed on physicians by hospitals and other factors which relate to the
 observed trends. Empirical data on changes in length of stay, number of
 admissions, and so forth, are presented and preliminary explanations of the
 changes are offered, relating them to both payment rates and to
 organizational strategies on the part of hospitals.
-Desc-
 Cardiology--Economics (EC); *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS;
 *Delivery of Health Care--Economics (EC); Hospital Administration--Economics
 (EC); Hospitalization--Economics (EC); Hospitals, General--Economics (EC);
 Length of Stay--Economics (EC); Medical Records; New Jersey; Patient
 Admission--Economics (EC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 12
-A-
 0323690 85271102 MED
-W-
 Hospital cost control in Norway: a decade's experience with prospective
 payment.
 Crane TS
 Public Health Rep, Jul-Aug 1985, 100 (4) p406-17,
-ISSN-
 0090-2818
-JrnlCode-
 QJA
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Under Norway's prospective payment system, which was in existence from 1972
 to 1980, hospital costs increased 15.8 percent annually, compared with 15.3
 percent in the United States. In 1980 the Norwegian national government
 started paying for all institutional services according to a population
 based, morbidity-adjusted formula. Norway's prospective payment system
 provides important insights into problems of controlling hospital costs
 despite significant differences, including ownership of medical facilities
 and payment and spending as a percent of GNP. Yet striking similarities
 exist. Annual real growth in health expenditures from 1972 to 1980 in Norway
 was 2.2 percent, compared with 2.4 percent in the United States. In both
 countries, public demands for cost control were accompanied by demands for
 more services. And problems of geographic dispersion of new technology and
 distribution of resources were similar. Norway's experience in the 1970s
 demonstrates that prospective payment is no panacea. The annual budget
 process created disincentives to hospitals to control costs. But Norway's
 changes in 1980 to a population-based methodology suggest a useful approach
 to achieve a more equitable distribution of resources. This method of
 payment provides incentives to control variations in both admissions and
 cost per case. In contrast, the Medicare approach based on Diagnostic
 Related Groups (DRGs) is limited, and it does not affect variations in
 admissions and capital costs. Population-based methodologies can be used in
 adjusting DRG rates to control both problems. In addition, the DRG system
 only applies to Medicare payments; the Norwegian experience demonstrates
 that this system may result in significant shifting of costs onto other
 payors.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human
-Desc-
 Case Mix; Cost Control; *Economics, Hospital; Economics, Hospital--Trends
 (TD); Economics, Medical; Expenditures, Health--Trends (TD); Health
 Insurance for Aged and Disabled, Title 18; HEALTH INSURANCE FOR AGED; Health
 Maintenance Organizations--Economics (EC); HMO--Economics (EC); Hospital Bed
 Capacity; HOSP BED CAPAC; Norway; Nursing Homes; Public Policy;
 *Reimbursement Mechanisms--Economics (EC); *Reimbursement,
 Prospective--Economics (EC); Reimbursement, Prospective--Trends (TD); United
 States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 13
-A-
 0322873 85263906 MED
-W-
 Building a classification system that works.
 Unger J
 J Nurs Adm, Jul-Aug 1985, 15 (7-8) p1-24,
-ISSN-
 0002-0443
-JrnlCode-
 JEL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The process one nursing department used to develop, test, implement, and
 monitor a definitive patient classification system that accurately predicts
 needed nursing staff and correlates with department budget is described. The
 author demonstrates that staff nurses with ordinary skills and experience,
 using limited resources of time and money, can build a valid, reliable,
 workable system amenable to computerization and future use in costing out
 nursing care on an individual patient or diagnosis related group (DRG)
 basis.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Budgets; Case Mix; Nursing Care; Nursing Records; Nursing Service,
 Hospital--Economics (EC); *Nursing Service, Hospital--Organization and
 Administration (OG); *Nursing Staff, Hospital--Supply and Distribution (SD);
 *Patients--Classification (CL); Personnel Staffing and Scheduling; PERSONNEL
 STAFFING
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 14
-A-
 0322653 85260690 MD
-W-
 Hospital DRGs and the need for long-term care services: an empirical
 analysis.
 Meiners MR; Coffey RM
 Health Serv Res, Aug 1985, 20 (3) p359-84,
-ISSN-
 0017-9124
-JrnlCode-
 G2L
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The Medicare DRG-based Prospective Payment System (PPS) encourages hospitals
 to reduce length of stay for elderly patients. Thus, discharges to long-term
 care services are expected to increase. Maryland hospital data for 1980 are
 used to identify those DRGs which most frequently represent patients
 discharged to nursing home and home health care services; explores the
 incentive to discharge earlier under PPS those patients needing long-term
 care versus short-term care; and describes characteristics of patients most
 likely to face increased pressure of earlier discharge to nursing homes and
 home health programs. Because only a limited set of patient characteristics
 are available from Maryland hospitals, data from a study of San Diego
 nursing homes are used to explore further the sociodemographic and health
 status measures associated with unusually long stays in a hospital prior to
 nursing home placement. This research suggests that the DRG reimbursement
 system gives hospitals a strong incentive for earlier discharge of patients
 needing long-term care services. However, hospitals that target only
 long-term care patients for early discharge will not substantially gain
 under PPS because these patients represent a mall portion of the cases
 treated in the hospital and a small percentage of unreimbursed days.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Aged; California; *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Health
 Insurance for Aged and Disabled, Title 18; *HEALTH INSURANCE FOR AGED;
 *Health Services Needs and Demand; *HEALTH SERVICES NEED; *Health Services
 Research; Home Care Services--Utilization (UT); Length of Stay--Economics
 (EC); *Long Term Care--Utilization (UT); Maryland ; Nursing
 Homes--Utilization (UT); *Patient Discharge--Economics (EC); *Reimbursement;
 Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective; Self Care--Utilization (UT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 15
-A-
 0321947 85251946 ME
-W-
 A modification of the International Classification of Diseases for Uniform
 Coding of Diagnosis, Procedures, and Medications. The Perinatal Intensive
 Care Computer System.
 Myers TF; Ahmed GS; Anderson CL; Addelson R; Moyer J
 Am J Perinatol, Jul 1985, 2 (3) p240-1,
-ISSN-
 0735-1631
-JrnlCode-
 AA3
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Forms and Records
 Control; FORMS CONTROL; Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Newborn, Diseases;
 Information Systems; *Medical Records
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 16
-A-
 0321932 85251406 AHA
-W-
 Critical appraisal of the DRG system. Problem areas for DRG reimbursement in
 the U.S.A.
 Harper DL
 Aust Health Rev, 1985, 8 (1) p14-21,
-ISSN-
 0156-5788
-JrnlCode-
 9GCde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 Health
 This Prospective Payment System (PPS) utilising Diagnosis Related Groups
 (DRGs) which was introduced for the reimbursement of acute care hospitals
 for Medicare patients in the U.S., was adopted primarily to control the
 rapidly rising costs of health care and as an initial effort to retain the
 solvency of the Nation's Medicare Hospital Insurance Trust Fund. It is this
 factor, an overall decrease of health care dollars to health care providers
 and not the DRG system, which has generated the most criticism and concern.
 The DRG system, as a method to accomplish control of the expenditure of
 health care dollars and the method of implementation of this system in the
 United States, also generates criticism and concern from health care
 providers. One thing is certain, health care providers in the United States
 have seen just the beginning of what promises to be a rapidly changing
 environment driven by the need to control costs. The challenge will be to
 provide quality health care in a price competitive environment. This paper
 attempts to explore some of the criticisms and concerns of health care
 providers that result from the threat to reduce health care dollars and the
 methodology implemented to accomplish that objective.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Economics, Hospital--Trends
 (TD); Quality of Health Care--Economics (EC); *Reimbursement Mechanisms;
 *Reimbursement, Prospective United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 17
-A-
 0321721 85240277 AHA
-W-
 Hospitals upgrading computers in response to Medicare PPS.
 McDermott RE; Lloyd BR
 Mod Healthc, Jul 5 1985, 15 (14) p182-4,
-ISSN-
 0160-7480
-JrnlCode-
 NFA
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Computers; *Financial Management--Trends (TD); *Financial Management,
 Hospital--Trends (TD); *Health Insurance for Aged and Disabled, Title 18;
 *HEALTH INSURANCE FOR AGED; *Information Systems--Standards (ST) *Management
 Information Systems--Standards (ST); *Reimbursement Mechanisms
 *Reimbursement, Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 18
-A-
 0321669 85234617 AHA
-W-
 Quality control: a key to cost control.
 Brewster AC; Bradbury RC
 Health Manage Q, Spring 1985, p9-12,
-JrnlCode-
 HMS
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 Analysis of Variance; *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS;
 *Hospitals; Management Information Systems; New England; *Quality Assurance,
 Health Care--Methods (MT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 19
-A-
 0321637 85234004 AHA
-W-
 The new healthcare management information: consolidated operational
 reporting.
 Kelliher ME
 Hosp Health Serv Adm, Jul-Aug 1985, 30 (4) p36-46,
-ISSN-
 0364-4553
-JrnlCode-
 G9T
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 Health
 Most healthcare executives realize that hospitals financed through
 prospective payment cannot be effectively managed with conventional systems.
 They recognize the need for improved operational accountability, control and
 planning, though few have determined the means for achieving it. This
 article discusses a prototype operational control system designed to get
 beyond fragmented productivity and cost accounting efforts to an integrated,
 consolidated operational reporting system which will assist management in
 achieving its fiscal objectives. Consolidated Operational Reporting (CORE)
 at the Univ. of California San Diego (UCSD) Medical Center consists of
 integrated product costing, labor productivity, inventory control, and
 productivity of capital. CORE enables top management through cost and
 performance indicators to proactively manage operations. Mid-level managers
 are a critical link to the CORE system. These front-line managers must
 understand the relationship between their regular operational decisions and
 the cost of hospital services. To promote this, UCSD conducts extensive
 mid-management seminars in operational control. Now these managers can
 reasonably be expected to understand, negotiate and act on accomplishing
 performance targets while being regularly updated, through CORE, as to their
 success at attaining the objective and the cost of the accomplishment.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Accounting; California; Efficiency; *Financial Management--Methods (MT);
 *Financial Management, Hospital--Methods (MT); Hospital Bed Capacity, 300 to
 499; HOSP BED CAPAC 300; *Information Systems ; Inventories,
 Hospital--Economics (EC); Management Audit; *Management Information Systems
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 20
-A-
 0321625 85233966 AH
-W-
 Opportunities in management information.
 Moskalski JM
 Issues Health Care, 1985, 6 (1) p33-5,
-JrnlCode-
 G3N
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 Case Mix; Concurrent Review; *Financial Management--Methods (MT); *Financial
 Management, Hospital--Methods (MT); *Information Systems; *Management
 Information Systems; Reimbursement Mechanisms; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 21
-A-
 0321513 85232710 AHA
-W-
 DRG clinical surveillance: an approach to internal control.
 D'Orazio LP; Goldschmidt NB
 Healthc Financ Manage, Jul 1985, 39 (7) p76-7, 80-4,
-ISSN-
 0735-0732
-JrnlCode-
 GBC
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 Health
 In the present healthcare environment, internal control of hospital
 resources is becoming increasingly important. One hospital's approach to
 instituting internal control is the development of a DRG clinical
 surveillance program. This program uses utilization review in conjunction
 with quality assurance to provide the hospital with a working framework for
 determining whether hospital admission is appropriate or whether an
 alternative method of healthcare delivery should be used.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Concurrent Review--Organization and Administration (OG); *Costs
 and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Financial Management--Methods (MT); *Financial
 Management, Hospital--Methods (MT); Hospital Bed Capacity, 100 to 299; HOSP
 BED CAPAC 100; *Information Systems ; *Management Information Systems;
 Pennsylvania; *Quality Assurance, Health Care--Organization and
 Administration (OG); *Utilization Review--Organization and Administration
 (OG)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 22
-A-
 0321442 85229868 AHA
-W-
 Detailed patient information: a key to case-mix management.
 Schaffer B
 Comput Healthc, Jul 1985, 6 (7) p27-8,
-ISSN-
 0745-1075
-JrnlCode-
 D98
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 California; *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Hospital Bed
 Capacity, 500 and over; HOSP BED CAPAC 500; *Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); Medical Records
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 23
-A-
 0321312 85250641 MED
-W-
 Surgonomics: the identifier concept. Hospital charges in general surgery and
 surgical specialties under prospective payment systems.
 Munoz E; Regan DM; Margolis IB; Wise L
 Ann Surg, Jul 1985, 202 (1) p119-25,
-ISSN-
 0003-4932
-JrnlCode-
 67Sde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Surgical care is entering a new payment era for inhospital care using the
 diagnostic related group (DRG) mechanism for Medicare. A study at The Long
 Island Jewish-Hillside Medical Center showed that a majority of its surgical
 DRGs would be unprofitable under the proposed reimbursement scheme. This
 study was undertaken to develop a method of allowing the hospital to group
 patients with each DRG that would show a difference in hospital charges and
 be clinically meaningful to surgeons. The study implementors tested the
 hypothesis that entities called identifiers, arbitrarily chosen as mode of
 admission [emergency (+ER vs. nonemergency (-ER)] and presence (+T) or
 absence (-T) of blood transfusion, would show a difference in charges (mean
 hospital charge exclusive of physician fees) within a DRG. Nine hundred five
 patients in nine DRGs encompassing general surgery, thoracic surgery,
 cardiac surgery, neurosurgery, orthopedics, urology, and head and neck
 surgery were studied. For ER identifier, eight of nine DRGs were found to be
 positive (greater than 20% difference in charges between positive and
 negative identifier); for T identifier, all DRGs (9) were positive. These
 findings demonstrate that these identifiers may enable teaching institutions
 to disaggregate each DRG and, in this way propose more equitable
 reimbursement rates.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Blood Transfusion--Economics (EC); Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis;
 *COSTS; Emergencies; Fees and Charges; FEES; *Health Insurance for Aged and
 Disabled, Title 18--Economics (EC); *HEALTH INSURANCE FOR AGED--Economics
 (EC); Hospital Bed Capacity, 500 and over; HOSP BED CAPAC 500; *Hospital
 Dept.s--Economics (EC); *HOSP DEP--Economics (EC); New York City;
 Probability; *Reimbursement Mechanisms--Economics (EC); *Reimbursement,
 Prospective--Economics (EC); *Surgery Dept., Hospital--Economics (EC); *SURG
 DEP--Economics (EC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 24
-A-
 0321126 85248563 MED
-W-
 Nosocomial infections, diagnosis-related groups, and study on the efficacy
 of nosocomial infection control. Economic implications for hospitals under
 the prospective payment system.
 Wenzel RP
 Am J Med, Jun 28 1985, 78 (6B) p3-7,
-ISSN-
 0002-9343
-JrnlCode-
 3JUde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 It is obvious that escalating costs of medical care must be curbed.
 Fortunately, since the major proportion of health care costs relate to
 inpatient management, the diagnosis-related group "experiment" forces the
 medical community to examine carefully the costs of the specific components
 of health care delivery. One such item is the cost of nosocomial infections.
 With respect to the potential importance of hospital-acquired infections and
 reimbursement under the diagnosis-related group system, several points
 should be underscored. Nosocomial infections represent a direct economic
 liability of $5 to $10 billion annually in the United States. Under the new
 diagnosis-related group reimbursement system, it is probable that very
 little of the costs related to excess stay resulting from infections will be
 reimbursed to hospitals. For the first time, there are data indicating that
 as much as one third of hospital-acquired infections can be prevented by
 implementing effective infection control programs. The currently available
 information suggests that under the existing diagnosis-related group
 reimbursement system, hospitals with effective infection control programs
 can significantly improve their economic position.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Age Factors; Aged; *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS;
 *Cross Infection--Economics (EC); Cross Infection--Prevention and Control
 (PC); Length of Stay; Middle Age; *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement,
 Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 25
-A-
 0320156 85239184 MED
-W-
 Management information systems. New challenges to meet changing needs.
 Steinwachs DM
 Med Care, May 1985, 23 (5) p607-22,
-ISSN-
 0025-7079
-JrnlCode-
 LSMde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Doc Type: Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS (38 Refs.)
-Desc-
 Ambulatory Care--Organization and Administration (OG); Case Mix; Cost
 Control; Efficiency; Health Resources--Trends (TD); *Health Services
 Research--Methods (MT); *Health Services--Organization and Administration
 (OG); Hospital Administration--Trends (TD); *Information Systems; Insurance,
 Health--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management Information
 Systems; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 26 319608 85233336 MED
-A-
 Is compression occurring in DRG prices
-W-
 Lave JR
 Inquiry, Summer 1985, 22 (2) p142-6,
-ISSN-
 0020-1731
-JrnlCode-
 GOTde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Many analysts believe that the prices of truly high cost DRGs are set low
 relative to their actual costs whereas the prices of truly low cost DRGs are
 set high relative to their costs. To test whether such "compression" is
 occurring, I examined the algorithm that the Health Care Financing
 Administration used to create its DRG pricing structure. I then compared the
 HCFA algorithm with the more refined weighting systems used by Maryland and
 New Jersey to create their DRG payment systems. I found that compression is
 indeed occurring in the Medicare system relative to both the New Jersey and
 the Maryland systems. This compression will assume special urgency for some
 hospitals when the standardized national DRG payment system is phased in or
 if stringent limits are placed on the overall rate of increase in DRGs.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Health Insurance for Aged and
 Disabled, Title 18--Economics (EC); *HEALTH INSURANCE FOR AGED--Economics
 (EC); Maryland; New Jersey; *Rate Setting and Review; *RATE SETTING;
 *Reimbursement Mechanisms--Economics (EC); *Reimbursement,
 Prospective--Economics (EC); Statistics; United States Health Care Financing
 Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 27
-A-
 03?8641 85205883 AHA
-W-
 Implementing a DRG-driven acuity system for nurse staffing under prospective
 hospital payment.
 Caterinicchio RP
 Hosp Top, May-Jun 1985, 63 (3) p6-7, 13,
-ISSN-
 0018-5868
-JrnlCode-
 GD6
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 Health
 The "DRG-Nursing Unit Manager" is a multifunctional microcomputer software
 product designed for the effective management of nursing under a DRG
 prospective payment environment. The system's signature is its simplicity
 and versatility, and will prove to be a significant management tool for the
 nursing department. Written to execute on the IBM-PC-XT microcomputer, the
 nurses can start an application, enter patient demographics, assign Major
 Diagnostic Category (MDC) and Diagnosis Related Group (DRG) numbers, or make
 report selections. With a minimal amount of keyboard usage the system
 collects and saves key data fields, retrieves nursing measures and length of
 stay norms, and produces reports on a demand basis. The primary report
 produced by the system is a patient census listing with expected nursing
 intensities per patient for the next shift which is converted to a staffing
 projection for the upcoming three shifts for the exiting census. The system
 also allows the costing out of nursing services and produces
 charge-equivalent statistics so that the nursing station can function as a
 revenue-producing center. Such an approach permits the identification of
 DRGs which are "winners" or "losers" under routine care costs.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computer Programs; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS;
 *Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management
 Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG) ; *Nursing
 Service, Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG); Personnel Staffing
 and Scheduling--Methods (MT); PERSONNEL STAFFING--Methods (MT) United
 States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 28
-A-
 0318622 85205760 AHA
-W-
 Financial solvency under DRGs.
 Johnson RL
 Healthc Comput Commun, Jun 1985, 2 (6) p48-9,
-ISSN-
 8750-149X
-JrnlCode-
 GBG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; Cost Benefit Analysis; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS;
 *Financial Management--Methods (MT); *Financial Management,
 Hospital--Methods (MT); Hospital Bed Capacity, 100 to 299; HOSP BED CAPAC
 100; *Information Systems--Economics (EC); *Management Information
 Systems--Economics (EC); United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 29
-A-
 0318438 85201000 AHA
-W-
 Medicare program; changes to the inpatient hospital prospective payment
 system and fiscal year 1986 rates--HCFA. Proposed rule.
 Fed Regist, Jun 10 1985, 50 (111) p24366-97,
-ISSN-
 0097-6326
-JrnlCode-
 B58
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 Health
 We are proposing to modify the Medicare inpatient hospital prospective
 payment system in order to implement necessary changes arising from
 experience with the system and from certain recommendations of the
 Prospective Payment Assessment Commission provided under section 1886 (d)
 (4) (D) of the Social Security Act (the Act). In addition, this proposal
 sets forth our first adjustment of the diagnosis-related group weights and
 classifications as required under section 1886 (d) (4) (C) of the Act. In
 addition, in the addendum to this proposed rule, we are proposing changes in
 the methods, amounts, and factors necessary to determine prospective payment
 rates for Medicare inpatient hospital services. Changes proposed to the
 Federal portion of the payment would be applicable to discharges occurring
 on or after October 1, 1985. Proposed changes to the hospital specific
 portion would be effective with hospital cost reporting periods beginning on
 or after October 1, 1985. In effect, these changes would apply to the final
 year of the three-year transition period for the hospital prospective
 payment system. The addendum also sets forth our proposal for determining
 the rate-of-increase limits (target amounts) for hospitals excluded from the
 prospective payment system.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Health Insurance for Aged and
 Disabled, Title 18--Legislation and Jurisprudence (LJ); *HEALTH INSURANCE
 FOR AGED--Legislation and Jurisprudenc (LJ); *Hospitals; *Rate Setting and
 Review--Legislation and Jurisprudence (LJ); *RATE SETTING--Legislation and
 Jurisprudence (LJ); *Reimbursement Mechanisms--Legislation and Jurisprudence
 (LJ); *Reimbursement, Prospective--Legislation and Jurisprudence (LJ);
 United States Health Care Financing Administration; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 30
-A-
 0316595 85205831 MED
-W-
 DRGs spark interest abroad for planning.
 Hospitals, Jun 1 1985, 59 (11) p3-4,
-ISSN-
 0018-5973
-JrnlCode-
 GDL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Europe; Hospitals; *Information
 Systems; *Management Information Systems
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 31
-A-
 0315960 85187503 AHA
-W-
 The prospective payment system: information for the medical librarian and a
 selected annotated bibliography.
 Grotzinger KM
 Med Ref Serv Q, Spring 1985, 4 (1) p39-79,
-ISSN-
 0276-3869
-JrnlCode-
 MRS
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 Health
 The implementation of the prospective payment system for inpatient Medicare
 services and the usage of Diagnosis Related Groups as a vehicle for
 allocation of monies to providers has impacted significantly the health care
 industry as a whole. Librarians are instrumental in providing information to
 key health care personnel to meet the strategic challenge of prospective
 payment. This article reviews the evolution of prospective payment by DRG
 and provides selected sources of information as a beginning in developing a
 knowledge of the facets of prospective payment and the health care
 environment.
-Desc-
 *Bibliography; *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Health
 Insurance for Aged and Disabled, Title 18; *HEALTH INSURANCE FOR AGED;
 Libraries, Medical; *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective;
 United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 32
-A-
 0315913 85184923 AHA
-W-
 A preliminary assessment. Digital imaging storage and retrieval in the
 1980s.
 J Health Care Technol, Summer 1984, 1 (1) p13-38,
-ISSN-
 0748-075X
-JrnlCode-
 JHC
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 Health
 The current status of digital imaging storage and retrieval is described, as
 applied to both digitally created images and those converted from
 conventional films. Technologies that are beginning to play a role in
 digital image management--particularly, different configurations of Picture
 Archiving and Communications Systems (PACS)--are examined in terms of their
 stage of development, equipment, and operating costs. This assessment finds
 that the future success and diffusion of these systems will depend upon the
 diagnostic adequacy of digital images, improvements in image digitizing
 processes, and the availability of optical disk or other low-cost mass
 storage. In addition, the paper concludes that Medicare's prospective
 payment system will greatly influence the spread of this technology because
 of both the cost-saving incentives the system will place on health care
 professionals and the still-undetermined method of capital cost
 reimbursement.
-Desc-
 Data Display; Hospitals; *Information Systems; *Radiography--Instrumentation
 (IS); *Technology Assessment, Biomedical
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 33
-A-
 0315697 85180902 AHA
-W-
 Management engineering's contribution to the strategic planning process.
 McNash M
 Health Care Strateg Manage, Apr 1985, 3 (4) p4-7,
-ISSN-
 0742-1478
-JrnlCode-
 GAE
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 Health
 The Prospective Payment System (PPS) has initiated widespread changes in the
 health care environment. Increasing competition and diminishing revenues
 have forced many hospitals into a battle for survival. Those which survive
 will often attribute their success to careful and decisive strategic
 planning. As part of the strategic planning process, the use of management
 engineering has come to the forefront as a valuable addition to the
 management team. This article, the fourth in HCSM's series on organizational
 components of strategic planning, presents the many ways management
 engineering can support the strategic planning process, including the
 development and implementation of the strategic plan.
-Desc-
 *Hospital Administration; *Information Systems--Organization and
 Administration (OG); *Management Information Systems--Organization and
 Administration (OG); *Operations Research; Planning Technic; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 34
-A-
 0314790 85188085 MED
-W-
 The indirect costs of graduate medical education.
 Cameron JM
 N Engl J Med, May 9 1985, 312 (19) p1233-8,
-ISSN-
 0028-4793
-JrnlCode-
 NOW
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 This analysis, aimed at measuring the indirect costs associate with hospital
 teaching programs, found that university teaching hospitals were 33 per cent
 more costly than no teaching hospitals with respect to direct hospital costs
 (excluding overhead) after adjustment for differences in case mix using
 diagnosis-related groups (DRGs). This study found major teaching hospitals
 (not administered by a university) to be 18 per cent and minor teaching
 hospitals 9 per cent more costly than nonteaching hospitals. These cost
 differentials were due primarily to the greater intensity of services
 provided in teaching settings rather than to the cost per unit of service.
 Inclusion of the full costs of physician services reduced the cost
 differences among teaching categories. Although teaching hospitals,
 especially university teaching hospitals, are demonstrable more expensive
 than nonteaching hospitals for the same types of cases, researchers and
 policy makers must consider the physician-substitution effect. This is
 particularly important in the light of the current controversy over the
 integration of physician costs for inpatient services into Medicare's
 DRG-based prospective-payment system
 Tags: Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 California; Case Mix; Costs and Cost Analysis; COSTS; *Education, Medical,
 Graduate--Economics (EC); Fees, Medical; Hospitals, Teaching--Classification
 (CL); *Hospitals, Teaching--Economics (EC); Internship and
 Residency--Economics (EC); INTERNSHIP--Economics (EC); Medical Assistance,
 Title 19--Economics (EC); Quality of Health Care--Economics (EC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 35
-A-
 0314329 85182127 MED
-W-
 Estimating "reasonable cost" of Medicaid patient care using a patient-mix
 index.
 Tamura H; Lauer LW; Sanborn F
 Health Serv Res, Apr 1985, 20 (1) p27-42,
-ISSN-
 0017-9124
-JrnlCode-
 G2L
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A multiple regression method of defining "reasonable cost" for Medicaid
 reimbursement of nursing home patient care was implemented in Washington
 State in July 1978. A patient-mix index, the Katz ADL (Activities of Daily
 Living), was included in the regression equation as one of the independent
 variables to allow systematically for individual patient characteristics and
 needs in the rate-setting method. From the six measures investigated, the
 Katz ADL index was selected as the best predictor of patient care per
 patient-day cost. The way a "reasonable cost interval" of patient care per
 patient-day was established for each of 277 providers is described. Evidence
 is presented that this statistical rate-setting method contained efficiency
 incentives. The potential usefulness of such methods in obtaining management
 information at low cost should be given more consideration in efforts to
 reduce administrative costs of governmental health care programs, thus
 allocating scarce resources to patients on an equitable basis.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Activities of Daily Living; Aged; *Case Mix; *Chronic Disease--Economics
 (EC); *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Medical Assistance, Title
 19--Economics (EC); Methods; *Nursing Homes--Economics (EC); Rate Setting
 and Review; RATE SETTING; Regression Analysis; Reimbursement Mechanisms;
 Washington
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 36
-A-
 0313777 85172498 AHA
-W-
 Cost containment through information management.
 Bauman RA
 Appl Radiol, Jan-Feb 1985, 14 (1) p19, 21,
-ISSN-
 0160-9963
-JrnlCode-
 38P
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 Health
 Federal legislation requiring prospective payment based on diagnosis-related
 groups for Medicare patients is causing dramatic changes in medicine. In
 radiology departments, these changes have focused attention on the benefits
 accruing from the use of computer-based information systems.
-Desc-
 Cost Control; Health Insurance for Aged and Disabled, Title 18; HEALTH
 INSURANCE FOR AGED; *Hospital Dept.s--Economics (EC); *HOSP DEP--Economics
 (EC); *Information Systems; *Management Information Systems *Radiology
 Dept., Hospital--Economics (EC); *RADIOL DEP--Economics (EC); United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 37
-A-
 0313456 85156127 AHA
-W-
 A research paradigm for severity for illness: issues for the
 diagnosis-related group system.
 Gertman PM; Lowenstein S
 Health Care Financ Rev, 1984, Suppl p79-90,
-JrnlCode-
 GHX
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 Health
 The new Medicare Prospective Payment System has been challenged with regard
 to its fairness in reimbursing hospitals adequately, given the true resource
 needs in caring for patients. Most of these criticisms are now labelled as
 issues about adjustments for severity of illness. Critics point to the large
 amount of unexplained variation in charges and length of stay within the
 existing DRG's as indirect support for their contentions about inadequate
 adjustments. A paradigm is presented which argues that the key questions on
 the types of severity of illness measures to be utilized in future
 refinements of DRG's revolve around the extent and type of data which can
 feasibly be included in any workable reimbursement approach. A paradigm is
 presented on how these questions about information define a series of
 research options in the severity of illness arena.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospitals--Utilization (UT);
 Length of Stay; Prognosis; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 38
-A-
 0313454 85156125 AHA
-W-
 Unrecognized redistributions of revenue in diagnosis-related group-based
 prospective payment systems.
 Kominski GF; Williams SV; Mays RB; Dickens GT
 Health Care Financ Rev, 1984, Suppl p57-69,
-JrnlCode-
 GHX
 Contract/Grant No.: HS-04916
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 Health
 The Medicare prospective payment system, which is based on the
 diagnosis-related group patient-classification system, identifies previously
 unrecognized redistributions of revenue among diagnosis-related groups and
 hospitals. The redistributions are caused by two artifacts. One artifact
 results from the use of labor market indexes to adjust costs for the
 different prices paid by hospitas in different labor markets. The other
 artifact results from the use of averages that are based on the number of
 hopitals, not the number of patients, to calculate payment rates from
 average costs. The effects of these artifacts in a sample data set have been
 measured, and it was concluded that they lead to discrepancies between costs
 and payments that may affect hospital incentives--the overall payment for
 each diagnosis-related group--and Medicare's total payment.
 Tags: Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Financial Management;
 *Financial Management, Hospital; New Jersey; *Rate Setting and
 Review--Methods (MT); *RATE SETTING--Methods (MT); *Salaries and Fringe
 Benefits; *SALARIES; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 39
-A-
 0313452 85156123 AHA
-W-
 The Severity of Illness Index as a severity adjustment to diagnosis-related
 groups.
 Horn SD; Horn RA; Sharkey PD
 Health Care Financ Rev, 1984, Suppl p33-45,
-JrnlCode-
 GHX
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 Health
 This article discusses the Severity of Illness case-mix groups, and suggests
 a refinement to diagnosis-related groups (DRG's) designed to accommodate the
 important element of patient severity. An application of the suggested
 refinement is presented in a discussion of the efficient production of
 hospital services. The following areas are addressed. A brief summary of the
 goals and development of the Severity of Illness Index, and the methodology
 used to collect severity of illness data on hospital inpatients. Comparative
 analyses of the resulting case-mix groups within hospitals, and an
 application of severity-adjusted diagnosis-related groups case-mix
 definitions. The contribution of the variation in physician practice
 patterns to the variation in resource use per patient within a hospital.
 Cross-hospital comparisons. Some of the consequences of incorporating a
 patient severity refinement into the prospective payment system.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Factor Analysis, Statistical;
 Maryland; Models, Theoretical; Prognosis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 40
-A-
 0313301 85151147 AHA
-W-
 Medicare program; utilization and quality control peer review organization
 (PRO) reconsiderations and appeals--HCFA. Final rule.
 Fed Regist, Apr 17 1985, 50 (74) p15364-74,
-ISSN-
 0097-6326
-JrnlCode-
 B58
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 Health
 These regulations implement that portion of the Peer Review Improvement Act
 of 1982 that provides for reconsiderations and appeals of Utilization and
 Quality Control Peer Review Organization (PRO) initial determinations. We
 are establishing procedures for a PRO to reconsider both its initial denial
 determinations regarding the medical necessity, reasonableness and
 appropriateness of health care services furnished or proposed to be
 furnished to a Medicare beneficiary in a health care institution and the
 application of the limitation of liability provision. We are also including
 in this final rule procedures for administrative appeals to the Dept.
 following a PRO reconsidered determination and judicial review following
 administrative appeals. In addition, these regulations establish procedures
 for review of a PRO change in the diagnostic and procedural coding
 information that results in assignment of a discharge to a different
 diagnosis related group (DRG). This pertains to th review of claims for
 services furnished in hospitals reimbursed by Medicare under the prospective
 payment system.
-Desc-
 *Health Insurance for Aged and Disabled, Title 18--Utilization (UT); *HEALTH
 INSURANCE FOR AGED--Utilization (UT); *Professional Standards Review
 Organizations--Legislation and Jurisprudence (LJ); *PSRO--Legislation and
 Jurisprudence (LJ); United States Health Care Financing Administration;
 United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 41
-A-
 0312838 85169093 MED
-W-
 Information systems implications of DRGs and prospective payment.
 Lemon RB
 Top Health Care Financ, Spring 1985, 11 (3) p59-62,
-ISSN-
 0095-3814
-JrnlCode-
 VVG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospital Administration;
 *Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG) *Management
 Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); Medical Records
 Dept., Hospital; MED REC DEP; *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement,
 Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 42
-A-
 0312836 85169091 MED
-W-
 Cost accounting strategies under prospective payment system.
 McSweeney JM; Hebert MB; Holroyd RB
 Top Health Care Financ, Spring 1985, 11 (3) p28-46,
-ISSN-
 0095-3814
-JrnlCode-
 VVG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
-Desc-
 *Accounting--Methods (MT); *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS;
 Efficiency; Financial Management--Methods (MT); *Financial Management,
 Hospital--Methods (MT); *Information Systems--Organization and
 Administration (OG); *Management Information Systems--Organization and
 Administration (OG); Marketing of Health Services ; Nursing Service,
 Hospital--Economics (EC); Rate Setting and Review; RATE SETTING;
 *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 43
-A-
 0311794 85159892 MED
-W-
 Microcomputers in nursing administration. A software overview.
 Finkler SA
 J Nurs Adm, Apr 1985, 15 (4) p18-23,
-ISSN-
 00?2-0443
-JrnlCode-
 JELde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The current environment of prospective payment systems and cost control
 requires nursing administrators to have fast access to useful, reliable
 information. Microcomputers can be used by individuals who are not computer
 experts to generate that information. This article discusses the various
 types of computer software used on microcomputers and gives examples of
 nursing administration applications for microcomputer software.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Administrative Personnel; *Computer Programs; *Computers; Data Display;
 *Microcomputers; *Nurse Administrators; *Nursing Service,
 Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 44
-A-
 0310781 85133580 AHA
-W-
 Materials management information systems. Important cost savings in the era
 of DRGs.
 Ehrlich J
 J Hosp Supply Process Distrib Mar-Apr 1985, 3 (2) p48-50,
-ISSN-
 0738-2928
-JrnlCode-
 JAC
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Information Systems--Economics (EC); *Management Information
 Systems--Economics (EC); *Materials Management, Hospital--Organization and
 Administration (OG); *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective;
 United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 45
-A-
 0310518 85128843 AHA
-W-
 The severity of illness index: an interview with Susan D. Horn.
 Horn SD
 Health Care Strateg Manage, Mar 1985, 3 (3) p19-22,
-ISSN-
 07?2-1478
-JrnlCode-
 GAE
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 Health
 HCSM's interview this month is with Susan D. Horn, PhD, Associate Director,
 Center for Hospital Finance and Management at Johns Hopkins Univ. in
 Baltimore, Maryland. Dr. Horn, heading a research team at Johns Hopkins, has
 developed a patient classification system based on patient severity and
 medical diagnosis. In early testing, this index has proven more accurate
 than DRGs in capturing the homogeneity of resource use in individual
 diagnostic categories. Severity data also has implications for health care
 strategic planning. In this interview, Dr. Horn discusses the index and its
 benefits and then contrasts it to the DRG system.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Hospital Bed Capacity, 500 and
 over; HOSP BED CAPAC 500; *Information Systems; *Management Information
 Systems; Maryland; Methods; *Patients--Classification (CL); Prognosis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 46
-A-
 0308269 85129057 MED
-W-
 Automation in the medical records department.
 Packer CL
 Hospitals, Mar 1 1985, 59 (5) p100, 102, 104,
-ISSN-
 0018-5973
-JrnlCode-
 GDL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
-Desc-
 *Automatic Data Processing--Trends (TD); *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost
 Analysis; *COSTS; Data Collection; Evaluation Studies; *Hospital Dept.s;
 *HOSP DEP; Hospital Shared Services; *Information Systems; *Management
 Information Systems; *Medical Records Dept., Hospital; *MED REC DEP;
 Microcomputers; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 47
-A-
 0307659 85116148 AHA
-W-
 Selected bibliography and glossary on DRG's prospective pricing.
 Hatfield D
 Ther Recreation J, 4th Quarter 1984, 18 (4) p56-61,
-JrnlCode-
 VQNe:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 Health
 In 1982, the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act modified the Section
 223 Medicare Hospital reimbursement limits to include a case mix adjustment
 based on DRG's. In 1983, Congress amended the Social Security Act to include
 a national DRG-based hospital prospective payment system for all Medicare
 patients. In the view of many physicians and administrators the current
 formulation of DRG's constitute a workable and clinically coherent set of
 classifications that relate a hospital's case mix to the resources used and
 costs incurred by the hospital. DRG's are delineated based on principal
 diagnosis, secondary diagnosis, surgical procedures, age and the discharge
 status of the patients treated. Through DRG's, hospitals are able to gain an
 understanding of the patients they treat, the costs incurred and within
 reason, can anticipate the services required for specific illness. The
 classification of DRG's is a constantly evolving process. As coding
 procedures change, as more comprehesive data is collected, and as medical
 technology and treatment practices change, DRG's will need to be re-examined
 and revised. The following bibliography and glossary of terms highlights
 several key words and phases which are relevant to the overall discussion of
 DRG's.
-Desc-
 *Bibliography; *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Nomenclature;
 United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 48
-A-
 0307430 85104363 AHA
-W-
 Short-term case mix management with linear programming.
 Hughes WL; Soliman SY
 Hosp Health Serv Adm, Jan-Feb 1985, 30 (1) p52-60,
-ISSN-
 0364-4553
-JrnlCode-
 G9T
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 Health
 One short-term economic incentive created by a prospective payment system
 based on diagnosis-related groups (DRGs) is for hospital managers to
 optimally and efficiently use the hospital's current mix of services to
 maximize net contribution. DRGs provide a managerial definition of the
 hospital's product by determining the number of patients discharged within
 each of the 467 groupings. Thus, the DRG case mix can be thought of as the
 hospital's product mix. As in major industry, linear programming models may
 prove useful in determining the hospital's financially optimal case mix.
 This article provides a framework for applying the linear programming
 concept to case mix planning in the hospital setting. It also presents an
 illustration and interpretation of a linear programming model that provides
 information about the short-term optimal case mix.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Financial Management,
 Hospital--Methods (MT); *Hospital Administration; Models, Theoretical;
 *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 49
-A-
 0304904 85085420 AHA
-W-
 A case-mix in-service education program.
 Arons RR
 Med Group Manage, Jan-Feb 1985, 32 (1) p44-7,
-ISSN-
 0025-7257
-JrnlCode-
 MA7
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 Health
 The new case-mix in-service education program at the Presbyterian Hospital
 in the City of New York is a fine example of physicians and administration
 working together to achieve success under the new prospective pricing
 system. The hospital's office of Case-Mix Studies has developed an accurate
 computer-based information system with historical, clinical, and demographic
 data for patients discharged from the hospital over the past five years.
 Reports regarding the cases, diagnoses, finances, and characteristics are
 shared in meeting with the hospital administration and directors of sixteen
 clinical departments, their staff, attending physicians, and house officers
 in training. The informative case-mix reports provide revealing
 sociodemographic summaries and have proven to be an invaluable tool for
 planning, marketing, and program evaluation.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Hospital Bed Capacity, 500 and
 over; HOSP BED CAPAC 500; *Inservice Training--Organization and
 Administration (OG); New York City
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 50
-A-
 0304862 85079857 AHA
-W-
 Diagnosis related group prospective payment: implications for health care
 and medical technology.
 Davis K; Anderson G; Steinberg E
 Health Policy, 1984, 4 (2) p139-47,
-ISSN-
 0168-8510
-JrnlCode-
 HEPde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 Health
 This paper reviews the major features of the new DRG prospective payment
 system which was introduced for the payment of hospitals under the Medicare
 program October 1, 1983 in the United States. It explores its general
 implications for the health sector, and then examines its specific
 implications for the development, diffusion, and utilization of medical
 technology. It concludes with some of the research questions that require
 investigation to provide an informed basis for modification to the payment
 system that will ensure that quality health care will be provided at an
 affordable cost.
 Tags: Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Diffusion of Innovation;
 *Financial Management--Trends (TD); *Financial Management, Hospital--Trends
 (TD); Health Services Research; *Reimbursement Mechanisms *Reimbursement,
 Prospective; Technology, Medical; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 51
-A-
 0304777 85078105 AHA
-W-
 How to select and implement case-mix (product-line analysis) systems.
 Barnard C
 Hosp Forum, Jan-Feb 1985, 28 (1) p25-30,
-ISSN-
 0018-5663
-JrnlCode-
 GDE
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Data Collection;
 Decision Making; *Hospitals; *Information Systems--Standards (ST);
 *Management Information Systems--Standards (ST)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 52
-A-
 0301715 85050651 AHA
-W-
 "There are differences in system capabilities..." [interview by Ken Kadash]
 Trammell D
 Comput Healthc, Dec 1984 5 (12) p46, 49,
-ISSN-
 0745-1075
-JrnlCode-
 D98
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospitals; *Information
 Systems; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 53
-A-
 0300092 85055955 MED
-W-
 The Medicare Prospective Payment System and the care of the frail elderly.
 Berenson RA; Pawlson LG
 J Am Geriatr Soc, Nov 1984, 32 (11) p843-8,
-ISSN-
 0002-8614
-JrnlCode-
 H6V
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The development of the Medicare Prospective Payment System based on
 diagnosis-relating groupings is reviewed. Special emphasis is placed on
 analysis of the provisions that have a potential impact on geriatric
 medicine and on the care of the frail elderly. The authors conclude that in
 its present form, the DRG system may systematically undercompensate
 hospitals for treating the frail elderly and, therefore, result in attempts
 by some hospitals to reduce or avoid altogether programs in geriatric
 medicine and admissions of frail elderly persons. These effects, together
 with federal and state efforts to limit nursing home and home care costs,
 may result in a major under-provision of care for the frail elderly and
 exclusion of clinical geriatric medicine from the medical care system.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Aged; Case Mix; Costs and Cost Analysis; COSTS; Economics, Hospital; *Health
 Insurance for Aged anv"Disabled, Title 18; *HEALTH INSURANCE FOR AGED
 *Health Services for the Aged; Health Services for the Aged--Economics (EC);
 Nursing Homes--Economics (EC); United States Dept. of Health and Human
 Services; HHS; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 54
-A-
 0299306 85038097 AHA
-W-
 A DRG-based manaement information system.
 Burken MI
 Pathologist, Nov 1984, 38 (11) p732-3,
-ISSN-
 0031-3071
-JrnlCode-
 PAG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 Health
 In the June 1984 issue of Pathologist Larry Shaw, MD, encouraged
 pathologists to turn threat into opportunity by coming partners with
 hospital management in addressing prospective payment challenges. He cited
 his own experience at Desert Samaritan Hospital and Health Center of Mesa,
 Ariz., as an example of how pathologists could participate in setting
 policy. The author of the following article shares yet another approach.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Hospital Dept.s--Organization
 and Administration (OG); *HOSP DEP--Organization and Administration (OG);
 *Information Systems; *Management Information Systems; Maryland; *Pathology
 Dept., Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG); *PATHOL
 DEP--Organization and Administration (OG)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 55
-A-
 0299261 85035659 AHA
-W-
 We're scoring attendings by DRG.
 Warnke RD
 Med Econ, Nov 12 1984, 61 (23) p175-8, 183-5,
-ISSN-
 0025-7206
-JrnlCode-
 MBN
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Cost and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Hospital Bed Capacity, 300 to
 499; HOSP BED CAPAC 300; *Information Systems; *Management Information
 Systems; *Medical Staff, Hospital--Standards (ST); Michigan; *Utilization
 Review--Economics (EC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 56
-A-
 0299125 85029898 AHA
-W-
 Developing partnerships between physicians and healthcare executives.
 Simendinger EA; Pasmore W
 Hosp Health Serv Adm, Nov-Dec 1984, 29 (6) p21-35,
-ISSN-
 0364-4553
-JrnlCode-
 G9T
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 Health
 Using an intensive interview methodology, this study examines factors that
 developed or destroyed cooperation in 10 physician-administrator management
 pairs. The data were collected from a six-multihospital system and another
 large sectarian teaching hospital. The factors studied included
 preconceptions, experiences prior to the formation of the pair, the
 emotional relationship between the two partners, and actions taken by one of
 the parties that affected the work of both. In general, physicians and
 administrators agreed more about factors promoting cooperation than factors
 destroying it. Moreover, few partners accurately assessed their
 counterparts' reactions to steps taken to promote cooperation. Most were
 unaware of behaviors reducing the willingness of the other to cooperate.
 Relationships improved or deteriorated based on beliefs by one partner about
 the other, rather than accurate perceptions of the other's behavior. The
 study is relevant to Diagnosis Related Groups (DRGs), the new federal
 financing mechanism for Medicare patients. Recent articles on Medicare's
 Prospective Payment System (PPS) predict conflicts between physicians and
 administrators as a result of the DRG program.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Case Mix; Conflict (Psychology); CONFLICT; Cooperative Behavior; *Health
 Facility Administrators--Psychology (PX); *Hospital
 Administrators--Psychology (PX); *Interprofessional Relations; *Medical
 Staff, Hospital--Psychology (PX); United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 57
-A-
 0299086 85029308 AHA
-W-
 Responding to tough management issues.
 McGeorge RK
 Health Care (Don Mills), Oct 1984, 26 (7) p18-9,
-ISSN-
 0226-5788
-JrnlCode-
 GKM
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospital Administration;
 Hospital Bed Capacity, 500 and over; HOSP BED CAPAC 500; *Hospital
 Restructuring; *Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG);
 *Management Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG);
 Ontario
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 58
-A-
 0299085 85029307 AHA
-W-
 Keep track of information to cut costs.
 Botz CK; Singh C
 Health Care (Don Mills), Oct 1984, 26 (7) p14-5,
-ISSN-
 0226-5788
-JrnlCode-
 GKM
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Financial Management--Methods
 (MT); *Financial Management, Hospital--Methods (MT); Hospital Bed Capacity,
 500 and over; HOSP BED CAPAC 500; *Information Systems; *Management
 Information Systems; Ontario
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 59
-A-
 0299042 85028882 AHA
-W-
 Case mix: measuring productivity by monitoring resource consumption.
 Pettigrew SL
 HMQ, Fall 1984, p15-6,
-JrnlCode-
 GCA
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 Arizona; *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Financial Management;
 *Financial Management, Hospital; Health Resources--Utilization (UT);
 *Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management
 Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG);
 Multi-Institutional Systems--Economics (EC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 60
-A-
 0298948 8026765 AHA
-W-
 Developing an information system for discharge planning under prospective
 pricing.
 Fagan JL
 Fisch Plann Update, Spring 1984, 4 (3) p5-9,
-ISSN-
 0276-4652
 Jrnl Code EBL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 Connecticut; Hospital Bed Capacity, 500 and over; HOSP BED CAPAC 500;
 *Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management
 Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Patient
 Discharge; *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 61
-A-
 0297336 85028152 MED
-W-
 Univ. Hospital tries Medicus case mix analysis.
 Hundert M; Stewart D
 Dimens Health Serv, Sep 1984, 61 (9) p34-5, 48,
-ISSN-
 0317-7645
-JrnlCode-
 E9N
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; Cost Control; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Financial
 Management, Hospital; *Hospitals, Teaching--Economics (EC); *Hospitals,
 Univ.--Economics (EC); *Information Systems; *Management Information
 Systems; Ontario; Quality Assurance, Health Care; Task Performance and
 Analysis; TASK PERFORMANCE
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 62
-A-
 0296690 85005145 AHA
-W-
 Case study. Using case-mix information for budgeting.
 Plomann MP; Esmond T
 Healthc Financ Manage, Oct 1984, 38 (10) p30-1, 34-5,
-ISSN-
 0018-5639
-JrnlCode-
 GBC
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 Health
 The following case study illustrates the use of case-mix information in the
 budget process. Using case-mix data from a management information system
 such as PBCS, hospital managers can obtain the assistance of those who
 influence the delivery of care to develop a sound statistical budget upon
 which to allocate available resources. Such a budget should be based on
 honest goals which can be used to evaluate actual accomplishments.
-Desc-
 *Budgets; *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Financial
 Management; *Financial Management, Hospital; *Information Systems;
 *Management Information Systems; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 63
-A-
 0296689 85005144 AHA
-W-
 Use of case-mix information in hospital management: an overview and case
 study.
 Plomann MP; Bisbee GE Jr; Esmond T
 Healthc Financ Manage, Oct 1984, 38 (10) p28-31, 34-6, 40-2,
-ISSN-
 0018-5639
-JrnlCode-
 GBC
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Accounting; *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Costs and Cost
 Analysis--Methods (MT); COSTS--Methods (MT); *Financial Management--Methods
 (MT); *Financial Management, Hospital--Methods (MT); *Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 64
-A-
 0296646 85003080 AHA
-W-
 Case-mix and computers: there's a micro-mainframe connection in your future.
 Part III--Effecting the micro-mainframe link-up: a technical perspective.
 Jones R
 Comput Healthc, Oct 1984, 5 (10) p36-9,
-ISSN-
 0745-1075
-JrnlCode-
 D98
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Microcomputers ; United
 States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 65
-A-
 0294218 84295186 AHA
-W-
 Hospitals struggling to develop standards.
 Nathanson M
 Mod Healthc, Sep 1984, 14 (12) p140,
-ISSN-
 0160-7480
-JrnlCode-
 NFAde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computer Programs; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS;
 *Hospitals; *Information Systems--Standards (ST); *Reference Standards;
 United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 66
-A-
 0294213 84295181 AHA
-W-
 Hospitals turn to new software, hardware to cope with DRGs.
 Jackson B; Jensen J
 Mod Healthc, Sep 1984, 14 (12) p109-12,
-ISSN-
 0160-7480
-JrnlCode-
 ?FA
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; Computer programs; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospitals;
 *Information Systems--Trends (TD); *Management Information Systems--Trends
 (TD); United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 67
-A-
 0293946 84287470 AHA
-W-
 New system helps control quality and cost of medical care.
 Hosp Top, Sep-Oct 1984, 62 (5) p10, 13,
-ISSN-
 0018-5868
-JrnlCode-
 GD6
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospitals; *Information
 Systems; *Management Information Systems; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 68
-A-
 0293891 84287385 AHA
-W-
 Beyond prospective payment: productivity in information management.
 Jelinek RC
 Healthc Comput Commun, Sep 1984, 1 (8) p37-8,
-JrnlCode-
 GBG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 Health
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Efficiency; *Financial Management--Organization and Administration (OG);
 *Financial Management, Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG);
 *Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management
 Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG) ; *Reimbursement
 Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 69
-A-
 0293886 84287380 AHA
-W-
 An information system to support case mix management.
 Cunningham ML; Splitstone GD
 Healthc Comput Commun, Jul 1984, 1 (6) p77-80,
-JrnlCode-
 GBG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Financial
 Management--Organization and Administration (OG); *Financial Management,
 Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG); Florida; Hospital Bed
 Capacity, 300 to 499; HOSP BED CAPAC 300; *Information Systems--Organization
 and Administration (OG); Planning Technics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 70
-A-
 0293880 84287374 AHA
-W-
 Data base technology. Community Memorial Hospital eases into prospective
 payment.
 Bestor WE
 Healthc Comput Commun, Jun 1984, 1 (5) p36-9,
-JrnlCode-
 GBG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Financial Management--Methods
 (MT); *Financial Management, Hospital--Methods (MT); Hospital Bed Capacity,
 100 to 299; HOSP BED CAPAC 100; *Information Systems--Organization and
 Administration (OG); *Management Information Systems--Organization and
 Administration (OG); *Reimbursement Mechanisms--Organization and
 Administration (OG); *Reimbursement, Prospective--Organization and
 Administration (OG); Wisconsin
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 71
-A-
 0293871 84287365 AHA
-W-
 Utilizing information systems to survive and prosper under prospective
 payment.
 Turnage RB; Cook MJ
 Healthc Comput Commun, Apr 1984, 1 (3) p20-4,
-JrnlCode-
 GBG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Hospitals; *Information Systems--Utilization (UT); *Management Information
 Systems--Utilization (UT); *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement,
 Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 72
-A-
 0293807 84287264 AHA
-W-
 Using MIS data for strategic planning.
 Collier DJ
 Health Care Strateg Manage, Jul 1984, 2 (7) p8-11,
-ISSN-
 0742-1478
-JrnlCode-
 GAE
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospitals; *Information
 Systems; *Management Information Systems; Planning Technics; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 73
-A-
 0293785 84286109 AHA
-W-
 How to cut costs under prospective payment systems.
 Taibl DW
 Food Manage, Aug 1984, 19 (8) p58,
-ISSN-
 0091-018X
-JrnlCode-
 EZWde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Food Service, Hospital--Economics (EC); Hospital Bed Capacity, 500 and
 over; HOSP BED CAPAC 500; *Information Systems--Organization and
 Administration (OG); *Management Information Systems--Organization and
 Administration (OG); New Jersey; *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement,
 Prospective
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 74
-A-
 0291186 84275446 AHA
-W-
 DRG strategies in the smaller hospital.
 Bartek W
 Tex Hosp, Jul 1984 40 (2) p16-7,
-ISSN-
 0040-4357
-JrnlCode-
 WAL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Hospital Bed Capacity, under
 100; HOSP BED CAPAC UNDER 100; *Hospital Records--Economics (EC);
 *Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management
 Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG);
 *Records--Economics (EC); United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 75
-A-
 0291061 84269954 AHA
-W-
 Case mix management systems.
 Bates SW; Hamilton RA; Clark JD
 Mich Hosp, Aug 1984, 20 (8) p24-9,
-ISSN-
 0026-220X
-JrnlCode-
 MXZde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computer Programs; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS;
 Evaluation Studies; *Hospitals; *Information Systems; *Management
 Information Systems; Michigan; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 76
-A-
 0290904 84263339 AHA
-W-
 Computer eases prospective payment duties.
 Beighley SK; Hernigle JR; Semrad TE
 J Am Med Rec Assoc, Jul 1984, 55 (7) p51-3,
-JrnlCode-
 GJU
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Computers; Hospital Bed Capacity, 100 to 299; HOSP BED CAPAC 100; *Hospital
 Dept.s--Organization and Administration (OG); *HOSP DEP--Organization and
 Administration (OG); *Medical Records Dept., Hospital--Organization and
 Administration (OG); *MED REC DEP--Organization and Administration (OG);
 *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective; Wisconsin
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 77
-A-
 0290846 84262937 AHA
-W-
 Cluster approach allows budgeting, planning with DRGs.
 Grimaldi PL
 Hosp Prog, Jul-Aug 1984, 65 (7) p73-9,
-ISSN-
 0018-5817
-JrnlCode-
 GD1
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 Health
 Measuring costs and revenues on a diagnosis related group (DRG) basis allows
 health care managers to define product lines, identify market shares, and
 examine the effects of case mix and physician behavior on profitability. It
 also enables public agencies to predict bed needs and evaluate
 certificate-of-need applications. The large number of DRGs, however, and
 other managerial considerations may discourage the use of DRG-based
 budgeting and planning. To save time and enhance data usefulness, financial
 officers may consolidate the DRGs into fewer groups. Revenue, for example,
 can be estimated by grouping the DRGs into 23 major diagnostic categories or
 by clustering them according to cost weight or into one group. Comparisons
 of payment rates and costs will identify the DRGs that lose money and will
 determine whether departmental costs are excessive. Strategic planning units
 formed from the 468 DRGs will help health care managers analyze and project
 performance. Product lines for this purpose may be clustered according to
 major diagnostic category, physician specialty, or clinical department.
 Since a potentially enormous amount of DRG-based clinical and financial
 information could be generated, hospitals should create data committees to
 ensure that managers receive only the information they need.
-Desc-
 *Budgets; *Case Mix; Cost Allocation; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS;
 *Financial Management; *Financial Management--Methods (MT); *Financial
 Management, Hospital--Methods (MT); Management Information Systems;
 Reimbursement, Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 78
-A-
 0290835 84262903 AHA
-W-
 Severity data aid in hospital management.
 Horn SD; Horn RA
 Hosp Forum, Jul-Aug 1984, 27 (4) p55-60,
-ISSN-
 0018-5663
-JrnlCode-
 GDE
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 Health
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Financial Management--Methods
 (MT); *Financial Management, Hospital--Methods (MT); Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); Reimbursement, Prospective;
 United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 79
-A-
 0290819 84262810 AHA
-W-
 The microcomputer alternative. A short-term approach to managing under PPS.
 Annis RJ; Holton JW
 Healthc Financ Manage, Aug 1984, 38 (8) p40-2, 48-50,
-ISSN-
 0018-?639
-JrnlCode-
 GBC
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 Chicago; *Computers; *Financial Management--Methods (MT); *Financial
 Management, Hospital--Methods (MT); *Information Systems; *Management
 Information Systems; *Microcomputers; *Reimbursement Mechanisms ;
 *Reimbursement, Prospective
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 80
-A-
 0290712 84260902 AHA
-W-
 A half century of commitment.
 Arons RR
 Comput Healthc, Aug 1984, 5 (8) p46-9, 52-3, 56,
-ISSN-
 0745-1075
-JrnlCode-
 D98
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Hospital Bed
 Capacity, 500 and over; HOSP BED CAPAC 500; *Hospitals; *Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); New York City
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 81
-A-
 0290711 84260901 AHA
-W-
 Case-mix and computers: there's a micro-mainframe connection in your future.
 Part two: Deciding which delivery mode should do what. And why. And how.
 Jones R
 Comput Healthc, Aug 1984, 5 (8) p44-5,
-ISSN-
 0745-?075
-JrnlCode-
 D98
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 Health
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Decision Making;
 *Hospitals; *Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG);
 *Microcomputers
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 82
-A-
 0290710 84260900 AHA
-W-
 The single database advantage in prospective payment.
 Chamness M Jr; Innmon C
 Comput Healthc, Aug 1984, 5 (8) p40-2,
-ISSN-
 0745-?075
-JrnlCode-
 D98
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Hospitals; *Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG);
 *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective ; Texas
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 83
-A-
 0287238 84247292 MED
-W-
 Nursing gears up for DRGs: management strategies.
 Shaffer FA
 NLN Publ, Jun 1984, (20-1959) p73-86,
-JrnlCode-
 O3Z
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 Nursing
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Economics, Nursing; *Hospital
 Administration; Information Systems; *Nursing Service,
 Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG); Quality Assurance, Health
 Care; *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 84
-A-
 0287235 84247289 MED
-W-
 Will your computer meet your case-mix informational needs
 Fedorowicz J
 NLN Publ, Jun 1984, (20-1959) p47-56,
-JrnlCode-
 O3Z
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 Nursing
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Financial Management, Hospital;
 *Information Systems--Standards (ST); Management Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 85
-A-
 0286999 84245724 MED
-W-
 Will payment based on diagnosis-related groups control hospital costs
 Wennberg JE; McPherson K; Caper P
 N Engl J Med, Aug 2 1984, 311 (5) p295-300,
-ISSN-
 0028-4793
-JrnlCode-
 NOW Contract/Grant No.: 1 ?01 HS 04932-01
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Previous studies have shown that the admission rates for a few surgical
 procedures, such as hysterectomy, vary extensively among hospital market
 areas, apparently because of differences in physicians' practice styles. To
 see whether such variations occur for most causes of admission, we
 classified all nonobstetrical medical and surgical hospitalizations in Maine
 for the years 1980 through 1982 into diagnosis-related groups (DRGs) and
 measured the variations in admission rates among 30 hospital market areas.
 Hysterectomy rates varied 3.5-fold, but 90 per cent of medical and surgical
 admissions fell into DRGs for which admission rates were even more variable,
 suggesting that professional discretion plays an important part in
 determining hospitalization for most DRGs. Losses in hospital revenues
 resulting from the DRG payment system could be offset if physicians modified
 their admission policies to produce more profit, well within the current
 limits of medical appropriateness. If this occurred, the net effect of a DRG
 program would be to exacerbate hospital cost inflation. We conclude that, to
 be successful, cost-containment programs based on fixed, per-admission
 hospital prices will need to ensure effective control of hospitalization
 rates.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; Cost Control; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Data Collection;
 *Hospitalization--Economics (EC); Length of Stay; Maine; Patient
 Admission--Economics (EC); Physicians; Reimbursement Mechanisms; Statistics;
 Surgery, Operative
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 86
-A-
 0286628 84240973 MED
-W-
 The impact of prospective payment: a multi-dimensional analysis of New
 Jersey's SHARE program.
 Rosko MD
 J Health Poli? Policy Law, Spring 1984, 9 (1) p81-101,
-ISSN-
 0361-6878
-JrnlCode-
 IBC
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The SHARE program, which set per diem prospective rates for New Jersey
 hospitals during the period 1975-1982, is evaluated. Analysis suggests that
 this program did contain hospital cost increase. However, the program
 threatened the viability of most inner-city hospitals. Indirect evidence
 suggests that there was cost-shifting in response to this program, which
 regulated payment for only Blue Cross and Medicaid patients. Structural
 features of this program and its successor, the New Jersey DRG program, are
 analyzed; and implications for the Medicare prospective payment system are
 examined.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Cost Allocation; Cost Control--Trends (TD); *Economics, Hospital--Trends
 (TD); Evaluation Studies; Hospitals, Municipal--Economics (EC); New Jersey;
 Rate Setting and Review--Trends (TD); RATE SETTING--Trends (TD);
 *Reimbursement Mechanisms--Trends (TD); *Reimbursement, Prospective--Trends
 (TD)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 87
-A-
 0285420 84210864 AHA
-W-
 Roundtable discussion: the effect the new payment system has had on medical
 record management.
 Kudirka G; Majerowicz AV; Durkin E; Johnson S; Terlep M
 J Am Med Rec Assoc, May 1984, 55 (5) p39-40,
-JrnlCode-
 GJU
 Lang. ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 Health
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Case Mix; *Hospital Dept.s--Organization and Administration (OG); *HOSP
 DEP--Organization and Administration (OG); Management Information Systems;
 Medical Record Administrators; *Medical Records Dept.,
 Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG); *MED REC DEP--Organization
 and Administration (OG); *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement,
 Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 88
-A-
 0285418 84210862 AHA
-W-
 Health care market experiences grouper software explosion.
 Burda D
 J Am Med Rec Assoc, May 1984, 55 (5) p35-7,
-JrnlCode-
 GJU
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 Health
 Prospective payment has created a need for PPS hospitals to assign patients
 to DRGs quickly and accurately. Vendors have responded with a flood of
 computer software that not only assigns DRGs, but also performs other
 sophisticated data collection functions. The array of software powers has
 confused many buyers over what their facilities should purchase. Important
 questions must be answered before investing hundreds or thousands of dollars
 on grouper software.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computer Programs; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS;
 Decision Making; *Hospital Dept.s; *HOSP DEP; *Medical Records Dept.,
 Hospital; *MED REC DEP; Reimbursement, Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 89
-A-
 0285412 84210856 AHA
-W-
 Executive message: competent medical record professionals are critical to
 successful management under the prospective payment system.
 Barrett C
 J Am Med Rec Assoc, May 1984, 55 (5) p14-5,
-JrnlCode-
 GJU
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 Health
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Hospital Dept.s--Organization and Administration (OG) *HOSP
 DEP--Organization and Administration (OG); Management Information Systems;
 *Medical Record Administrators--Education (ED); *Medical Records Dept.,
 Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG); *MED REC DEP--Organization
 and Administration (OG); Reimbursement, Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 90
-A-
 0285373 84210527 AHA
-W-
 Hospitals must stress communication to survive under prospective payment.
 Copeland WM
 Hosp Prog, May 1984, 65 (5) p41-3,
-ISSN-
 0018-5817
-JrnlCode-
 GD1de:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 Health
 As St. Francis-St. George opened its doors in January 1982 as a result of
 the merger of two former facilities, it faced numerous challenges to its
 ability to communicate with physicians, staff, and community. The previous
 hospitals had been sponsored by different congregations, the new facility
 had 50 fewer aggregate beds, and two sets of management personnel were
 competing for one set of positions. The communication initiatives taken to
 surmount these difficulties may prove helpful to other hospitals, for close
 communication--particularly with medical staffs--is essential in coping with
 the DRG system. To unsnarl the communications tangle at St. Francis-St.
 George, a committee was appointed to coordinate planning while also ensuring
 that each department maintained essential control over its own plans.
 Regular newsletters were published for hospital staff, physicians, managers,
 and the community. Monthly breakfasts and informal lunches provided for
 relaxed give-and-take discussions. In response to a December 1982 survey,
 many staff physicians, while expressing overall satisfaction with the
 hospital, also indicated that management and the board of trustees did not
 seem interested in the medical staff's views, that communication between
 management and physicians had been inadequate, and that the hospital's
 administration was more concerned with profits than with patient care.
 (ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 250 WORDS)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Communication; Health Facility Merger; *Hospital Administration; Hospital
 Bed Capacity, 100 to 299; HOSP BED CAPAC 100; Information Systems;
 Interprofessional Relations; *Medical Staff, Hospital--Organization and
 Administration (OG); Ohio; *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement,
 Prospective; United States; Utilization Review
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 91
-A-
 0285182 84207395 AHA
-W-
 Financial modeling: an administrative tool of the highest level.
 Zak EJ; Harry RL
 Comput Healthc, Jun 1984, 5 (6) p24-6,
-ISSN-
 0745-1075
-JrnlCode-
 D98
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computer Programs; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS;
 *Financial Management; *Financial Management, Hospital; Management
 Information Systems; *Models, Theoretical; Planning Technics; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 92
-A-
 0284914 84228716 MED
-W-
 The Medicar prospective payment system.
 Scott SJ
 Am J Occup Ther, May 1984, 38 (5) p330-4,
-ISSN-
 0272-9490
-JrnlCode-
 3O?
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In 1983 Congress adopted the most significant change in the Medicare program
 since its inception in 1965. Along with measures to ensure the solvency of
 the Social Security System into the next century, Congress approved a system
 of prospective payment for hospital inpatient services, whereby hospitals
 are paid a fixed sum per case according to a schedule of diagnosis related
 groups (DRGs). The program will be phased in over a four-year period that
 began October 1, 1983. Several types of hospitals and distinct part units of
 general hospitals are excluded from the system until 1985, when Congress
 will receive a report on a method of paying them prospectively. Information
 used to calculate the DRG rates was published September 1, 1983, as part of
 the interim final regulations. Other third party payers, such as state
 Medicaid systems and insurance companies, are considering converting to this
 method of payment, and several have adopted it. The implications for
 occupational therapy include a greater emphasis on reducing hospital length
 of stay, expanding outpatient care, increasing productivity, and a trend
 toward documentation and accounting consistent with computer technology.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Case Mix; *Health Insurance for Aged and Disabled, Title 18--Economics (EC);
 *HEALTH INSURANCE FOR AGED--Economics (EC); Insurance, Health,
 Reimbursement; Length of Stay; Occupational Therapy Dept.,
 Hospital--Economics (EC); OCCUP THER DEP--Economics (EC); *Reimbursement
 Mechanisms; Reimbursement Mechanisms--Legislation and Jurisprudence (LJ);
 *Reimbursement, Prospective; Reimbursement, Prospective--Legislation and
 Jurisprudence (LJ); United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 93
-A-
 0282515 84197360 AHA
-W-
 How DRGs are changing the hospital's information needs.
 Nackel JG
 Trustee, May 1984, 37 (5) p24, 26, 28,
-ISSN-
 0041-3674
-JrnlCode-
 WG9
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 Health
 Increased competition and the move to prospective pricing are rapidly
 changing the information needs of the hospital board and management. Data on
 the various "products" that the hospital provides are now needed to
 accurately assess the marketplace, as well as the performance of members of
 the medical staff and individual department managers within the hospital.
 The author discusses what specific produce line information is now needed
 and how the hospital can upgrade its information capabilities.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospital Dept.s--Economics
 (EC); *HOSP DEP--Economics (EC); *Information Systems; *Management
 Information Systems; *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective;
 United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 94
-A-
 0281283 84191404 MED
-W-
 Decentralized management in a teaching hospital.
 Heyssel RM; Gaintner JR; Kues IW; Jones AA; Lipstein SH
 N Engl J Med, May 31 1984, 310 (22) p1477-80,
-ISSN-
 0?28-4793
-JrnlCode-
 NOW
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Budgets; Case Mix; Cost Allocation; Hospital Bed Capacity, 500 and over;
 HOSP BED CAPAC 500; *Hospital Dept.s--Organization and Administration (OG);
 *HOSP DEP--Organization and Administration (OG); *Hospitals,
 Teaching--Organization and Administration (OG); Management Information
 Systems; Maryland; Medical Directors; Nursing Service,
 Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG); Personnel
 Management--Methods (MT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 95
-A-
 0280577 84184210 MED
-W-
 Financial information systems and the new reimbursement climate.
 Knesper DJ
 Hosp Community Psychiatry, Apr 1984, 35 (4) p327-9,
-ISSN-
 0022-1597
-JrnlCode-
 GCJ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Budgets; Case Mix; Computer Programs; *Financial Management--Methods (MT);
 *Financial Management, Hospital--Methods (MT); *Information Systems;
 *Management Information Systems; *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement,
 Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 96
-A-
 0279889 84160448 AHA
-W-
 Service intensity database: combining clinical and financial data.
 Alfrey A; O'Donnell E
 J Am Med Rec Assoc, Apr 1984, 55 (4) p22-6,
-JrnlCode-
 GJU
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Hospital Bed Capacity, 300 to
 499; HOSP BED CAPAC 300; *Hospital Dept.s--Organization and Administration
 (OG); *HOSP DEP--Organization and Administration (OG); *Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Medical Records Dept.,
 Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG); *MED REC DEP--Organization
 and Administration (OG); Washington
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 97
-A-
 0279771 84158634 AHA
-W-
 Diagnosis-related group prospective payment. Effects on medical quality
 assurance.
 McMahon LF Jr
 Eval Health Prof, Mar 1984, 7 (1) p25-41,
-ISSN-
 0163-2787
-JrnlCode-
 ENK
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 Health
 The new system for hospital reimbursement, called "reimbursement by
 diagnosis-related group" (DRG), offers a unique opportunity for the
 development of novel approaches to quality assurance. Groups of medically
 similar patients with stable patterns of resource use have been defined.
 These groups form the basis of the new payment system. Patients whose care
 deviates from the norm of resource consumption for their group, so-called
 outliers, will need to be reviewed by the hospital's administrative and
 medical staff. Such outliers are likely to constitute different types of
 patients than those in their assigned group: (1) patients whose medical
 complexity precludes grouping because of limitations in the abstracted
 clinical data; (2) patients whose medical care deviated because of
 complications of therapy or inappropriate diagnostic and/or therapeutic
 interventions; (3) patients whose medical course is so unique that they
 would never fit any classification system. The DRG-based reimbursement
 system, then, will compel hospitals to review the care of these outliers.
 The rigorous examination of these patients and their care, although just a
 first step, should be a major boon to quality of care evaluations.
 Tags: Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Hospitals; *Quality Assurance,
 Health Care; United States; Utilization Review--Standards (ST)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 98
-A-
 0279750 84158018 AHA
-W-
 Adapt or perish--can healthcare computerization assist institutional
 survival
 Comput Healthc, Apr 1984, 5 (4) p30-5, 38,
-ISSN-
 0745-1075
-JrnlCode-
 D98
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 Case Mix; *Computers--Economics (EC); Cost Control--Methods (MT); *Health
 Facilities--Organization and Administration (OG); *Information
 Systems--Economics (EC); *Management Information Systems--Economics (EC);
 United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 99
-A-
 0278377 84164142 MED
-W-
 DRG panic.
 Neberg J; Wolff N
 J Nurs Adm, Apr 1984, 14 (4) p17-21,
-ISSN-
 0002-0443
-JrnlCode-
 JELde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The authors describe the successful development and implementation of a
 multi-use nursing information system. Developed under the direction of
 nursing administration, this system serves as a database for statistical
 analysis, utilization review, and budget management. The intent of the
 article is to encourage nursing administrators with information systems to
 use them to the fullest possible extent.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Administrative Personnel; *Case Mix; Colorado; *Computers; *Costs and Cost
 Analysis; *COSTS; Hospital Bed Capacity, 300 to 499; HOSP BED CAPAC 300;
 *Nurse Administrators; Nursing Care; *Nursing Service, Hospital--Economics
 (EC); Personnel Staffing and Scheduling; PERSONNEL STAFFING; Utilization
 Review
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 100
-A-
 0278041 84160191 MED
-W-
 A PPS essential: case-mix management systems.
 Jaggar FM; Pugliese DF
 Hospitals, May 1 1984, 58 (9) p71-6,
-ISSN-
 0018-5973
-JrnlCode-
 GDLde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospital
 Administration; *Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG);
 *Management Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG);
 United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 101
-A-
 0277997 84159865 MED
-W-
 Confronting prospective payment: requirements for an information system.
 Coulton CJ
 Health Soc Work, Winter 1984, 9 (1) 13-24,
-ISSN-
 0360-7283
-JrnlCode-
 FZ6
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The introduction of prospective payment for hospital care will inevitably
 create new demands for information on the costs of services. This discussion
 of an information system that is responsive to the requirements of
 prospective payment demonstrates how hospital social work departments can
 improve their access to data and thereby increase their own effectiveness.
-Desc-
 Case Mix; *Hospital Dept.s--Organization and Administration (OG); *HOSP
 DEP--Organization and Administration (OG); *Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); Patient Discharge;
 *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective; *Social Work Dept.,
 Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG); United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 102
-A-
 0277402 84147338 AHA
-W-
 Developing a case-mix strategy.
 Lampiris L
 South Hosp, Mar-Apr 1984, 52 (2) p64-70,
-ISSN-
 0038-4178
-JrnlCode-
 VAB
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospitals; *Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); Planning Technics; United
 States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 103
-A-
 0277213 84141780 AHA
-W-
 Group DRGs into 'product families' for better management and control
 [news]
 Benz PD
 Mod Healthc, Mar 1984, 14 (4) p110, 114, 118,
-ISSN-
 0160-7480
-JrnlCode-
 NFA
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospitals; *Information
 Systems; *Management Information Systems; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 104
-A-
 0277188 84141754 AHA
-W-
 Computers can figure out DRGs, if you can figure out computer market.
 Dorenfest SI
 Mod Healthc, Feb 15 1984, 14 (3) p130, 134, 136,
-ISSN-
 0160-7480
-JrnlCode-
 NFA
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospitals;
 *Information Systems; *Management Information Systems; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 105
-A-
 0277149 84141182 AHA
-W-
 Prospective payment: how computers can help us cope.
 Winkel P; Statland BE
 MLO Med Lab Obs, Feb 1984, 16 (2) p33-8,
-ISSN-
 0580-7247
-JrnlCode-
 MLS
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 Health
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Computers; Efficiency; Hospitals; *Information Systems;
 Laboratories--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management Information
 Systems; *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective; United
 States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 106
-A-
 0276961 84134278 AHA
-W-
 Strategic information planning for the 1990's.
 Macies JS
 Health Care (Don Mills), Feb 1984, 26 (1) p22-3,
-ISSN-
 0226-5788
-JrnlCode-
 GKM
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 Canada; *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospitals;
 *Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management
 Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); Planning
 Technics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 107
-A-
 027694 84134248 AHA
-W-
 Preparing for prospective payment. Part III: information systems.
 Flanagan JB; Sourapas KJ
 J Am Med Rec Assoc, Jan 1984, 55 (1) p11-5,
-JrnlCode-
 GJU
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 Commerce; *Hospital Dept.s--Organization and Administration (OG); *HOSP
 DEP--Organization and Administration (OG); *Information Systems; *Medical
 Records Dept., Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG); *MED REC
 DEP--Organization and Administration (OG); *Reimbursement Mechanisms;
 *Reimbursement, Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 108
-A-
 0276903 84133930 AHA
-W-
 Task force, staff education ease transition to prospective payment.
 Annis RJ
 Hosp Prog, Feb 1984, 65 (2) p50-2, 74,
-ISSN-
 0018-5817
-JrnlCode-
 GD1
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 Health
 Columbus-Cuneo-Cabrini Medical Center prepared extensively for the Medicare
 prospective payment system (PPS), which went into effect there Jan. 1, 1984.
 Administrators believe the planning effected a smooth transition from the
 retrospective reimbursement system. Preparation took two froms: educational
 sessions for all staff and trustees and establishment of a Prospective
 Payment System Implementation Task Force to develop ways to deal with new
 problems. All staff and trustees attended educational sessions, which were
 tailored to address each group's specific concerns. The sessions compared
 the old and new systems and emphasized PPS's effects on the institution over
 three years. The financial staff also provided weekly written updates to
 administrators and physicians on financial issues, including PPS,
 regulations, and reimbursement. The medical center's task force consisted of
 eight "in-house experts" on PPS. Because they had to act quickly, they
 operated under unique ground rules: Communicate with each other. Ignore the
 chain of command. Believe any problem can be resolved. Believe conflict is
 good. As chairman, the vice-president of finance had the task of estimating
 PPS's impact on the institution. The medical records director was
 responsible for the case-mix management system. The utilization review
 director ranked physicians and DRGs according to their profitability. The
 data processing director was responsible for installation of the DRG
 information system. The controller, reimbursement director, and cost
 accounting manager developed ways to maintain accurate financial records.
 The director of patient care services developed and scheduled PPS education
 programs. As a result of the preparation, the medical center staff realizes
 the importance of cost control if the institution is to remain viable.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Administrative Personnel--Education (ED); Chicago; Governing Board;
 *Medical Staff, Hospital--Education (ED); *Multi-Institutional
 Systems--Economics (EC); Professional Staff Committees ; *Reimbursement
 Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective; *Trustees--Education (ED)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 109
-A-
 0276834 8413376 AHA
-W-
 Part 3, Responding to PPS. How hospital managers should respond to PPS.
 Averill RF; Kalison MJ; Sparrow DA; Owens TR
 Healthc Financ Manage, Mar 1984, 38 (3) p72-6, 82-6,
-ISSN-
 0018-5639
-JrnlCode-
 GBC
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Financial Management;
 *Financial Management, Hospital; Management Information Systems ;
 *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 110
-A-
 0276778 84133688 AHA
-W-
 Productivity management within prospective payment: Part II--Management's
 response.
 Cruden JE
 Health Care Strateg Manage, Feb 1984, 2 (2) p22-5,
-JrnlCode-
 GAEe:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Efficiency; *Hospital Dept.s--Organization and Administration (OG); *HOSP
 DEP--Organization and Administration (OG); Institutional Management Teams;
 Management Information Systems; Personnel Staffing and Scheduling; PERSONNEL
 STAFFING; Planning Technics; *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement,
 Prospective
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 111
-A-
 0276428 84152214 MED
-W-
 Medicare hospital payment by diagnosis-related groups.
 Vladeck BC
 Ann Intern Md, Apr 1984, 100 (4) p576-91,
-ISSN-
 0003-4819
-JrnlCode-
 5A6
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 On 1 October 1983, the Medicare system began a phased transition to a new
 payment method for hospitals based on uniform payments by diagnosis-related
 group (DRG). This article reviews the rationale for DRG-based reimbursement,
 describes the new Medicare system, and discusses its implications for
 hospitals, physicians, and hospital-physician relations. Although it is too
 early to evaluate its impact, this payment system will probably encourage
 more operational interaction between hospital administrators and organized
 medical staffs, and accelerate trends towards salaried service chiefs in
 community hospitals and greater external scrutiny of physicians activities.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Case Mix; *Health Insurance for Aged and Disabled, Title 18--Organization
 and Administration (OG); *HEALTH INSURANCE FOR AGED--Organization and
 Administration (OG); Hospital Administration--Economics (EC); Hospital
 Dept.s--Utilization (UT); HOSP DEP--Utilization (UT); *Insurance,
 Hospitalization--Organization and Administration (OG); Insurance, Physician
 Services--Organization and Administration (OG); Length of Stay; Medical
 Staff, Hospital--Economics (EC); *Reimbursement Mechanisms ; Reimbursement,
 Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 112
-A-
 0275274 84143137 MED
-W-
 Case mix management.
 Halloran EJ; Kiley M
 Nurs Manage, Feb 1984, 15 (2) p39-41, 44-5,
-ISSN-
 0744-6314
-JrnlCode-
 OBV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 Nursing
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Nursing Service,
 Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG); United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 113
-A-
 0275204 84142919 MED
-W-
 Nursing: gearing up for DRGs. Part II: Management strategies.
 Shaffer FA
 Nurs Health Care, Feb 1984, 5 (2) p93-9,
-ISSN-
 0276-5284
-JrnlCode-
 N77
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 Nursing
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Economics, Hospital; *Hospital
 Administration; Information Systems; Interprofessional Relations; Nursing
 Service, Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG) Organizational
 Innovation; Reimbursement, Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 114
-A-
 0273826 84122453 AHA
-W-
 Prospective payment and information management.
 Marrett S
 Tex Hosp, Nov 1983, 39 (6) p16-7,
-ISSN-
 0040-4357
-JrnlCode-
 WAL
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8405
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Hospitals; *Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG);
 *Management Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG);
 *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective ; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 115
-A-
 0273716 84116998 AHA
-W-
 Management information systems and DRGs.
 Hamilton RA
 Mich Hosp, Oct 1983, 19 (10) p23-5,
-ISSN-
 0026-220X
-JrnlCode-
 MXZde:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8405
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and CosTIVITY; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE MAINTENANCE
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 116
-A-
 0273586 84111078 AHA
-W-
 A practical perspective--case mix management: issues and strategies.
 Nackel JG; Powell PD; Goran MJ
 Hosp Health Serv Adm, Jan-Feb 1984, 29 (1) p7-14,
-ISSN-
 0364-4553
-JrnlCode-
 G9T
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8405
-Subfile-
 Health
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospital Administration;
 Management Information Systems; Medical Staff, Hospital; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 117
-A-
 0271584 84099035 AHA
-W-
 A look at how New Jersey's DRG system is changing board roles.
 Ewell CM
 Trustee, Jan 1984, 37 (1) p24, 28-9,
-ISSN-
 0041-3674
-JrnlCode-
 WG9de:
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8404
-Subfile-
 Health
 The board of trustees for New Jersey hospitals have undergone some dramatic
 changes since the state's DRG payment system was introduced three years ago.
 The author discusses what types of changes the hospitals' boards have
 experienced in the five general areas of their responsibility: management
 issues, medical issues, community responsibilities, strategic planning, and
 fiduciary responsibilities.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Governing Board; Hospital Bed
 Capacity, 500 and over; HOSP BED CAPAC 500; New Jersey Organizational
 Innovation; Role
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 118
-A-
 0271313 84086368 AHA
-W-
 Health care executive's guidebook to automation in the 1980s: health care
 information systems and DRGs.
 Hosp Forum, Jan-Feb 1984, 27 (1) p23-30, 33, 36-42,
-ISSN-
 0018-5663
-JrnlCode-
 GDE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8404
-Subfile-
 Health
 The key to effective decision-making in health care institutions--now and in
 the future--is data: accurate, reliable, well-understood information about
 your patients and about your institution's operations. Much of the data you
 need for decision support are now available in your financial, patient
 information, and departmental systems. To put it to work in ways that will
 meet the challenges of the 1980s, you need to develop more effective way to
 use this information. A decision-support system requires, above all,
 integrated data, flexible access, and the capability to extract and
 summarize relevant information from a mass of detail. Effective
 decision-support systems require powerful hardware and sophisticated
 software. Even more, they require planning and self-education on your part.
 You must understand your current system and your future needs. You must also
 educate yourself about the computer market-place and the many systems
 options available to you. Read books and magazines, attend conferences
 contact vendors. Above all, talk to users of any system you are considering
 for your institution. The resources in this Guidebook can start you on your
 way.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Decision Making;
 Directories; *Information Systems; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 119
-A-
 0269469 84086389 MED
-W-
 Evaluating the new case-mix systems: a systematic approach.
 Hulm C; Burik D
 Hospitals, Jan 16 1984, 58 (2) p92, 94, 96,
-ISSN-
 0018-5973
-JrnlCode-
 GDL
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8404
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; Computer Programs; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Evaluation
 Studies; *Financial Management; *Financial Management, Hospital;
 *Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management
 Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 120
-A-
 0268848 84067780 AHA
-W-
 Product orientation is key to success [news]
 Nathanson M
 Mod Healthc, Dec 1983, 13 (12) p38, 40,
-ISSN-
 0160-74?0
-JrnlCode-
 NFA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8403
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospital Administration;
 *Information Systems; *Management Information Systems; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 121
-A-
 0268605 84059742 AHA
-W-
 Wise QA professionals will help create DRG data bases.
 Hosp Peer Rev, Oct 1983, 8 (10) p125-6,
-ISSN-
 0149-2632
-JrnlCode-
 GD0
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8403
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Information Systems--Standards
 (ST); *Management Information Systems--Standards (ST); *Quality Assurance,
 Health Care; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 122
-A-
 0268410 84057097 AHA
-W-
 Using medical records to ensure fair DRG reimbursement.
 Ray WJ; Johnstone J
 Comput Healthc, Dec 1983, 4 (12) p32-6, 40,
-ISSN-
 0745-1075
-JrnlCode-
 D98
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8403
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Admitting Department, Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG);
 *ADMIT DEP--Organization and Administration (OG); *Case Mix; *Computer
 Programs; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS ; *Hospital
 Departments--Organization and Administration (OG); *HOSP DEP--Organization
 and Administration (OG); Management Information Systems; *Reimbursement
 Mechanisms--Methods (MT); *Reimbursement, Prospective--Methods (MT); United
 States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 123
-A-
 0268111 84077042 MED
-W-
 Developing reports.
 Nold EG
 Am J Hosp Pharm, Nov 1983, 40 (11) p1968-75,
-ISSN-
 0002-9289
 Jrnl Code 3I0
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8403
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The development and uses of reports for hospital pharmacy financial
 management are described. The source of the data and the availability,
 characteristics, and primary uses of each financial report are discussed.
 The reports deal with weekly, monthly, and fiscal-year-to-date drug
 expenses, monthly drug expenses by hospital cost center, monthly personnel
 expenses, and monthly revenue. Other reports that examine drug expenses,
 workload, and revenue in terms of patient days and number of hospital
 admissions are presented. A proposed drug use by diagnosis-related group
 (DRG) report is included. The development and use of hospital pharmacy
 financial reports will enhance the manager's ability to improve or maintain
 services.
-Desc-
 Costs and Cost Analysis; COSTS; Documentation; *Financial
 Management--Methods (MT); Hospital Bed Capacity, 300 to 499; HOSP BED CAPAC
 300; *Hospital Records; *Pharmacy Service, Hospital--Economics (EC);
 *Records
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 124
-A-
 0267370 84068816 MED
-W-
 Will your computer meet your case-mix informational needs
 Fedorowicz J
 Nurs Health Care, Nov 1983, 4 (9) p493-5,
-ISSN-
 0276-5284
-JrnlCode-
 N77
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8403
-Subfile-
 Nursing
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Financial
 Management; *Financial Management, Hospital; Health Insurance for Aged and
 Disabled, Title 18--Legislation and Jurisprudence (LJ); HEALTH INSURANCE FOR
 AGED--Legislation and Jurisprudence (LJ); *Information Systems--Standards
 (ST); *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 125
-A-
 0266774 84060925 MED
-W-
 Hospital information systems: are we ready for case mix applications
 Fedorowicz J
 Health Care Manage Rev, Fall 1983, 8 (4) p33-41,
-ISSN-
 0361-62?4
-JrnlCode-
 G11
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8403
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospital
 Administration; *Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG);
 Management Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG);
 Reimbursement, Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 126
-A-
 0265926 84043522 AHA
-W-
 Managing DRGs: knowing what to cut--and when.
 Keefe J; Dube P; Jollie W
 Radiol Manage, Sep 1983, 5 (4) p2-6,
-ISSN-
 0198-7097
-JrnlCode-
 QSJde:
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8402
-Subfile-
 Health
 Medicare's new DRG prospective reimbursement is based upon a methodology
 diametrically opposed to the incentives of its traditional retrospective,
 cost-based system. The agreement to a phase-in period for DRGs, with
 reimbursements based on both the cost-based and DRG-based methodologies for
 three years, creates a fundamental conflict and unique managerial challenge
 for radiology and other hospital administrators. It means they must know
 both what to cut under DRGs and when to cut them during and after the
 phase-in.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospital
 Departments--Organization and Administration (OG); *HOSP DEP--Organization
 and Administration (OG); Management Information Systems; *Radiology
 Department, Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG); *RADIOL
 DEP--Organization and Administration (OG); Reimbursement,
 Prospective--Legislation and Jurisprudence (LJ); United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 127
-A-
 0265373 84028091 AHA
-W-
 Living with TEFRA--a DP managers travelogue.
 Morton A; Stay CA
 Comput Healthc, Nov 1983, 4 (11) p61,
-ISSN-
 0745-1075
-JrnlCode-
 D98
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8402
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospitals; *Information
 Systems--Trends (TD); *Management Information Systems--Trends (TD); United
 States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 128
-A-
 0262369 84003835 AHA
-W-
 Financial modeling/case-mix analysis.
 Heck S; Esmond T
 Comput Healthc, Jun 1983, 4 (6) p50-1, 54,
-ISSN-
 0745-1075
-JrnlCode-
 D98
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8401
-Subfile-
 Health
 The authors describe a case mix system developed by users which goes beyond
 DRG requirements to respond to management's clinical/financial data needs
 for marketing, planning, budgeting and financial analysis as well as
 reimbursement. Lessons learned in development of the system and the
 clinical/financial base will be helpful to those currently contemplating the
 implementation of such a system or evaluating available software.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computer Programs; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS;
 *Financial Management; *Financial Management, Hospital; *Information
 Systems; *Management Information Systems
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 129
-A-
 0262364 84003830 AHA
-W-
 System strategies for case mix.
 Barnard C
 Comput Healthc, Jun 1983, 4 (6) p28-32,
-ISSN-
 0745-1075
-JrnlCode-
 D98
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8401
-Subfile-
 Health
 As a result of the advent of case-mix reimbursement, hospital data
 processing (DP) managers are facing new and increasing pressures for
 integrated financial and clinical computer systems. Those hospitals with the
 capability of merging data and producing rapid and responsive analytical
 reports are clearly going to be the best-prepared for the coming changes in
 the management of hospital operations. Much of a hospital's preparedness
 will depend on the DP staff and its planning, management and technical
 resources.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Financial
 Management; *Financial Management, Hospital; *Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); Medical Records Department,
 Hospital; MED REC DEP; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 130
-A-
 0262052 84021023 MED
-W-
 Hospital survival strategies for the 1980s.
 Bonney RS
 Am J Hosp Pharm, Sep 1983, 40 (9) p1483-8,
-ISSN-
 ?002-9289
-JrnlCode-
 3I0
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8401
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Survival strategies for hospitals and hospital pharmacy departments are
 presented, and one hospital's development into a health-services system is
 described. Financial and competitive pressures are forcing institutions to
 develop new strateges for survival. The primary institutional strategy is
 diversification--both horizontal and vertical. Diversification can assist in
 the hospital's growth, increase its asset and revenue bases, and lead to the
 development of a health-care delivery system. Marketing to physicians and
 developing information systems are also critical strategies under a
 prospective payment system. Institutions will need to know the cost of
 providing care for specific diagnosis-related groups. Strategies must be
 employed to develop incentives to reduce inpatient acute-care services and
 to increase productivity. Physicians should be involved in all of the
 institutional strategies. Strategies for the pharmacy department are
 basically the same. Pharmacy departments should develop programs to reduce
 drug use especially antibiotic use) and information systems that show the
 actual cost of providing services by diagnosis. The major corporate
 restructuring and diversification efforts of one hospital are described. The
 future of hospitals and pharmacy departments will depend on the successful
 application of the strategies discussed.
-Desc-
 Case Mix; Economic Competition; *Hospital Administration--Trends (TD);
 Hospital Bed Capacity, 500 and over; HOSP BED CAPAC 500; Information
 Systems; Marketing of Health Services; Missouri; Pharmacy Service,
 Hospital--Trends (TD); Research; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 131
-A-
 0259939 83297222 AHA
-W-
 Hospital information systems: computers crank out DRG cost data, but how
 valid is information
 Nathanson M
 Mod Healthc, Sep 1983, 13 (9) p160, 162, 164,
-ISSN-
 0160-7480
-JrnlCode-
 NFA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8312
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Data Collection--Standards
 (ST); *Hospitals; *Information Systems; *Management Information Systems;
 United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 132
-A-
 0259938 83297221 AHA
-W-
 Hospital information systems: computer must track patient costs.
 Gillette PE
 Mod Healthc, Sep 1983, 13 (9) p154, 156, 158,
-ISSN-
 0160-748
-JrnlCode-
 NFA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8312
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospital
 Administration--Trends (TD); *Information Systems; *Management Information
 Systems; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 133
-A-
 0257327 83288103 MED
-W-
 Case mix management: one approach revealed.
 deMora J; Legros G; McGeorge RK
 Dimens Health Serv, Jul 1983, 60 (7) p27-9,
-ISSN-
 0317-7645
-JrnlCode-
 E9N
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8312
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Financial Management;
 *Financial Management, Hospital; Management Information Systems ; Ontario
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 134
-A-
 0256690 83270796 AHA
-W-
 Data management from a manager's perspective.
 McVeety JA
 Mich Hosp, Aug 1983, 19 (8) p17-9,
-ISSN-
 0026-220X
-JrnlCode-
 MXZde:
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8311
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 Costs and Cost Analysis; COSTS; *Hospital Administration; *Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); Reimbursement, Prospective;
 United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 135
-A-
 0251564 83236856 MED
-W-
 The Hospital Capitation Payment Project: new incentives and tools for cost
 containment.
 Elliott WB; Strand HM; Meyers FH; Getson JR; Paulson C; Hill JE; Hennings
 MN; Newman JF; Raichel TM
 Inquiry, Summer 1983, 20 (2) p114-20,
-ISSN-
 0020-1731
-JrnlCode-
 GO?
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8310
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Blue Cross of North Dakota, Blue Cross of Massachusetts, and the Blue Cross
 and Blue Shield Association, along with 10 hospitals, developed and
 implemented the Hospital Capitation Payment Project as a novel approach for
 containing escalating hospital costs. The hospital is paid a prospective,
 fixed amount for each person covered; in exchange, it assumes responsibility
 to provide or pay for all covered services needed by that individual. This
 responsibility extends to payment for covered care provided by other
 hospitals. The new tools and incentives created by the program, notably an
 innovative management information system, are designed to help hospitals
 better manage the health care needs and related costs of a defined
 population.
 Tags: Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 *Blue Cross--Economics (EC); *Capitation Fee; Cost Control; *Economics,
 Hospital; *Fees and Charges; *FEES; *Insurance, Hospitalization--Economics
 (EC); Management Information Systems; Massachusetts; North Dakota;
 *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 136
-A-
 0251494 83236278 MED
-W-
 Under cost per case, hospitals need to analize product performance.
 Kukla SF; Bachofer HJ
 Hospitals, Jul 16 1983, 57 (14) p77-80,
-ISSN-
 0018-5973
-JrnlCode-
 GDL
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8310
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Documentation; *Hospital
 Records--Standards (ST); *Information Systems--Trends (TD); *Management
 Information Systems--Trends (TD); *Records--Standards (ST); *Reimbursement
 Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 137
-A-
 0250344 83211588 AHA
-W-
 Preventive medicine for hospital costs.
 Young DW; Saltman RB
 Har Bus Rev, Jan-Feb 1983, 61 (1) p126-33,
-ISSN-
 0017-8012
-JrnlCode-
 GBE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8309
-Subfile-
 Health
 The reality of soaring health care costs has hospital administrators facing
 the prospect of mandatory state regulation or voluntary restraint on their
 financial expenditures. In either event whether formulated and implemented
 through external rate setting or internal cost containment, managers should
 be preparing to adjust their hospitals' management control systems to the
 emerging requirements of tighter budgetary limitations. The authors discuss
 the implications such cost-containment programs have for hospital control
 systems, identify the five cost-influencing variables that must be
 monitored, and consider the critical importance of incorporating attending
 physicians into the management control effort.
-Desc-
 Case Mix; *Cost Control--Methods (MT); *Hospital Administration; Management
 Information Systems--Economics (EC); Medical Staff, Hospital--Education
 (ED); United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 138
-A-
 0250338 83211568 AHA
-W-
 Preparing for case mix: the role of data processing.
 Barnard C
 Healthc Financ Manage, Jun 1983, 37 (6) p57-70,
-ISSN-
 0018-5639
-JrnlCode-
 GBC
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Journ. Ann.: 8309
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 Abstracting and Indexing; ABSTRACTING; Accounting; *Case Mix ; *Computer
 Programs; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Financial
 Management *Financial Management, Hospital; Medical Records Department,
 Hospital; MED REC DEP; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 139
-A-
 0244935 83173008 AHA
-W-
 Case mix: Medicare's pitch for a new ball game in operational funding.
 Bley CM; Nackel JG
 Trustee, Apr 1983, 36 (4) p14-7,
-ISSN-
 0041-3674
-JrnlCode-
 WG9
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 Health
 The impact of case mix management on hospitals will be directly related to
 the adequacy of information available to trustees, physicians, and
 management. The authors argue for the development of hospital information
 data base that links clinical, financial, and productivity information.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Health Insurance for Aged and
 Disabled, Title 18--Legislation and Jurisprudence
 (LJ); *HEALTH INSURANCE FOR AGED--Legislation and Jurisprudence (LJ);
 *Hospitals; *Information System--Organization and Administration (OG);
 *Management Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG);
 *Reimbursement Mechanisms--Legislation and Jurisprudence (LJ);
 *Reimbursement, Prospective--Legislation and Jurisprudence (LJ); United
 States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 140
-A-
 0243284 83165782 MED
-W-
 The design of case-based hospital payment systems.
 Berki SE
 Med Care, Jan 1983, 21 (1) p1-13,
-ISSN-
 0025-7079
-JrnlCode-
 LSM
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Journ. Ann.: 8307
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Reimbursing hospitals on the basis of treated cases, as in the New Jersey
 diagnosis-related groups (DRG) experiment, is equivalent to a centrally set
 pricing scheme, with all of its inherent difficulties. In addition to the
 problems of appropriate case definition, it is not obvious how hospitals
 should be classified to form reference groups for cost determination.
 Because empirically derived cost schedules are based on observed treatment
 patterns and resource use, they reflect variations in clinical
 appropriateness and quality and in resource use efficiency that characterize
 the system from which the data are drawn. If case-based schemes are to
 incorporate desirable performance incentives, they must be much better
 specified and take into account the complexity of hospital behavior. This
 article identifies the basic components of case-based systems of hospital
 reimbursement and discusses the analytic and empiric problems involved in
 their design.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; Cost Allocation; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS ; *Economics,
 Hospital; Efficiency; Financial Management, Hospital; New Jersey;
 *Reimbursement Mechanisms--Organization and Administration (OG);
 *Reimbursement, Incentive--Organization and Administration (OG); United
 States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 141
-A-
 0241834 83130905 AHA
-W-
 Development of a case mix information system.
 Lewis J; Maupin G; O'Donnell E; Sauer A
 Comput Healthc, Feb 1983, 4 (2) p36-41,
-JrnlCode-
 D98
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8306
-Subfile-
 Health
 Tags: Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Computer Programs; *Computers; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS;
 Hospital Bed Capacity, 300 to 499; HOSP BED CAPAC 300; *Hospital
 Departments; *HOSP DEP; *Information Systems--Organization and
 Administration (OG); *Management Information Systems--Organization and
 Administration (OG); *Medical Records Department, Hospital; *MED REC DEP;
 Patient Credit and Collection; PATIENT CREDIT; Patient Discharge;
 Washington
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 142
-A-
 0239873 83133969 MED
-W-
 Managers wanted. Case mix reimbursement demands managers, not facilitators.
 Mannisto M
 Hospitals, Mar 16 1983, 57 (6) p91-3,
-ISSN-
 0018-5973
-JrnlCode-
 GDL
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8306
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and); *Financial Management, Hospital--Trends (TD);
 *Information Systems; *Management Information System; Reimbursement,
 Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 143
-A-
 0239870 83133966 MED
-W-
 Getting to know us. Hospitals may finally learn about true cost and
 pricing.
 Friedman E
 Hospitals, Mar 16 1983, 57 (6) p74, 78-82,
-ISSN-
 0018-5973
-JrnlCode-
 GDL
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8306
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Efficiency; *Financial
 Management; *Financial Management, Hospital; *Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); *Management Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); Medical Records Department,
 Hospital--Organization and Administration (OG); MED REC DEP--Organization
 and Administration (OG); Patient Credit and Collection; PATIENT CREDIT;
 Reimbursement, Prospective; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 144
-A-
 0235137 05005315 NP/021366
-W-
 Prospective Reimbursement System Based on Patient Case-Mix for New Jersey
 Hospitals -- 1976-1983.
 Sponsor (s): New Jersey State Dept. of Health, Trenton. Health Care
 Financing Administration, Washington, DC., Dec 1978, 318 p. Contract/Grant
 No.: PHS?HCFA-600-77-0022 NTIS Order No.: HRP-0029375
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Doc Type: Technical Report
 Journ. Ann.: 8305
 A system of prospective reimbursement for hospitals in New Jersey, based on
 their patient case mix is described. It is envisioned that the integration
 of reimbursement, quality, and planning and the issuance of management
 reports will permit the observation and monitoring of the system. Such
 monitoring will provide various types of information for different purposes,
 including utilization review, licensing, reimbursement, and coordination.
 The success of implementing the case-based prospective reimbursement
 approach depends on recognition by all participants that it is viable and
 cost-effective. Tasks in system development for the period from 1976 to 1983
 focus on the collection of a standard data set on patient data, claims,
 billing, cost reporting, computer processing, rate setting, development of
 statewide cost standards, generation of management reports, data reliability
 and uniformity, linkages between demographic and epidemiological data,
 institutional quality assessment, assessment of ancillary service resource
 use, nursing studies (diagnosis and resource use), patient care resource
 use, cost-volume relationships in patient care, and payment methodology
 (budget projections in terms of equalization, economic factors, and
 certificate of need). The New Jersey State Department of Health receives
 medical discharge abstracts from all acute care hospitals in the State, and
 selected variables from these abstracts are employed to categorize case into
 medically meaningful and statistically stable diagnosis-related groups by
 means of a patient classification scheme referred to as AUTOGRP. The
 ultimate goal of the system of prospective reimbursement is to encourage
 better hospital management through the provision of basic management
 information to hospital administrators. Tables and figures are included.
-Desc-
 New Jersey; *Reimbursement, Prospective; *Patients; Diagnosis; Data
 Collection; *Systems Analysis; Classification; Hospitals
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 145
-A-
 0234442 05004620 NP/014405
-W-
 Medicaid Management Information System: Computer Decision Code for Automatic
 Claim Payment.
 Sponsor (s): Nebraska Hospital Association, Lincoln., 1975, 36 p. NTIS Order
 No.: SHR-0001047 See also related documents, SHR-0001031 - SHR-0001046,
 SHR-0001048, SHR-0001049.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Doc Type: Technical Report
 Journ. Ann.: 8305
 This document provides supporting documentation for an evaluation of the
 Medicaid Management Information System of the Nebraska Department of Public
 Welfare, (SHR-0001031). A list of exception codes used by the Nebraska
 Department of Public Welfare in their utilization and monitoring functions
 under Title XIX is presented.
-Desc-
 *Medical Assistance, Title 19; *Computers; Nebraska; *Reimbursement
 Mechanisms
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 146
-A-
 0234437 05004615 NP/014399
-W-
 Supplier Handbook.
 Sponsor (s): Nebraska State Dept. of Public Welfare, Lincoln. 1975, 40 p.
 NTIS Order No.: SHR-0001041
 See also related documents, SHR-0001031 - SHR-0001040, SHR-0001042 -
 SHR-0001049.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Doc Type: Technical Report
 Journ. Ann.: 8305
 This handbook provides supporting documentation for an evaluation of the
 Medicaid Management Information System of the Nebraska Department of Public
 Welfare (SHR-0001031). Provider agreement, medical care standards, and prior
 authorization are discussed, and a sample prior authorization document is
 presented. Other subjects examined include: services rendered outside
 Nebraska; freedom of choice and documentation of services; lock-in
 procedure; approval, maximum fees, and payment in full; procedures and
 codes; and Medicare / Medicaid. Instructions for completing forms are given,
 and paid claims listing and claim adjustment are discussed.
-Desc-
 *Manuals; Nebraska; Health Insurance for Aged and Disabled, Title 18; HEALTH
 INSURANCE FOR AGED; *Medical Assistance, Title 19; Reimbursement Mechanisms;
 Insurance Claim Reporting; *Health Services--Economics (EC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 147
-A-
 0234435 0500461 NP/014397
-W-
 Instructions to Pharmacists.
 Sponsor (s): Nebraska State Dept. of Public Welfare, Lincoln., 1975, 218 p.
 NTIS Order No.: SHR-0001039 See also related documents, SHR-0001031 -
 SHR-0001038, SHR-0001040 - SHR-0001049.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Doc Type: Technical Report
 Journ. Ann.: 8305
 Instructions to pharmacists are presented as supporting documentation for an
 evaluation of the Medicaid Management Information System of the Nebraska
 Department of Public Welfare (SHR-0001031). Information provided includes:
 instructions concerning eligibility of recipients; drugs and supplies;
 nursing home policy; quantity limitations; pricing; and instructions
 concerning completion of forms. Also included are a list of drug codes and a
 list of doctors and dentists.
-Desc-
 *Manuals; *Medical Assistance, Title 19; Nebraska; Reimbursement Mechanisms;
 Insurance Claim Reporting; *Pharmaceutical Services--Economics (EC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 148
-A-
 0232857 05003035 NP/007049
-W-
 Hospital Information Systems in the Province of Quebec. Working Paper
 Dumbaugh KA
 Sponsor (s): Harvard Center for Community Health and Medical Care, Boston,
 Mass. Social Security Administration, Washington, D.C. Div. of Health
 Insurance Studies., Jan 1976 111 p. NTIS Order No.: HRP-0013110
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Doc Type: Technical Report
 Journ. Ann.: 8305
 The information system used by the Canadian Province of Quebec as the basis
 for its hospital reimbursement and planning activities is analyzed, with a
 view toward implications for hospital rate setting in the United States. The
 kinds of information being collected in Quebec are documented in detail, the
 manner in which the information systems were designed and are used is
 described, and problems are pointed out. The division of decisionmaking
 powers between the Federal and Provincial governments in regard to
 information specification and reporting as noted. The bulk of information in
 the Quebec system flows from hospitals to the Ministry of Social Affairs,
 the government's planning and accreditation body. The information consists
 of financial data, resource complexity information, overall output data by
 activity centers in hospitals, structural measures of quality and efficiency
 of care, and other information. The data gathering mechanism generally
 follows criteria established by a government commission for judging the
 quality of data: that the information be pertinent, valid, accurate, provide
 continuity, and be accessible, efficient, and functional. The Ministry
 continuously applies cost / effectiveness principles to determine whether a
 particular set of data should be acquired routinely or on an ad hoc basis.
 Achievements of the system are said to be its flexibility and its
 effectiveness in allowing the Ministry to carry out its routine operations.
 Recommendations stemming from the analysis of the Quebec system are
 presented. Flowcharts and supporting documentation are provided.
-Desc-
 Quebec; *Rate Setting and Review; *RATE SETTING; *Information Services;
 *Economics, Hospital; *Reimbursement Mechanisms
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 149
-A-
 0230805 05000983 NP/02?983
-W-
 Perspectives on Medicaid Management.
 Hale G; Matheson B; Wilhelm M; Blackman E
 Sponsor (s): Health Care Financing Administration, Washington, DC. Medicaid
 Bureau., Apr 1978, 95 p. NTIS Order No.: SHR-003815
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Doc Type: Technical Report
 Journ. Ann.: 8305
 Viewed as a joint Federal / State effort, this publication disseminates
 various State solutions to Medicaid problems and presents innovative ideas
 and articles of general and special interest to State Medicaid managers and
 staff. New York State's recently implemented Long Term Care Home Health Care
 Program is described as a single - entry, single - source system providing
 Medicaid patients with a noninstitutional choice for long - term care.
 Nebraska's solution to Medicare crossover claims is presented as offering
 possibilities for other Medicaid programs in their efforts to be the ''last
 payor.'' A Washington economist examines the ''average cost per visit''
 reimbursement approach used for visiting nurse services in his State and
 offers a new perspective. The Massachusetts Cost - Effectiveness Project is
 described, noting the lessons learned from this project. The third in a
 series of four excerpts from the Urban Institute's cost - containment
 reports analyzes long - term care reimbursement. The administrator of the
 Health Care Financing Administration discusses the importance of Medicaid
 management information systems to Medicaid program managers and stresses a
 new approach for the system: outcome - oriented performance standards. A
 research and demonstration activity report is included, along with an
 annotated bibliography.
-Desc-
 *Medical Assistance, Title 19--Organization and Administration (OG); New
 York; Massachusetts; Nebraska; Long Term Care--Economics (EC);
 *Reimbursement Mechanisms
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 150
-A-
 0229490 83107084 AHA
-W-
 Case-mix data system prepares hospitals for DRG based reimbursement.
 Burik D; Gilroy P; Mastrangelo AJ
 Hosp Prog, Feb 1983, 64 (2) p47-9, 72,
-ISSN-
 0018-5817
-JrnlCode-
 GD1
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8305
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Case Mix Chicago; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Data Collection;
 *Financial Management; *Financial Management, Hospital Hospital Bed
 Capacity, 300 to 499; HOSP BED CAPAC 300; *Information Systems--Organization
 and Administration (OG); *Management Information Systems--Organization and
 Administration (OG); *Reimbursement Mechanisms; *Reimbursement, Prospective
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 151
-A-
 0225353 83081053 MED
-W-
 DRG. Hospital organization improves.
 Boerma H
 Hospitals, Jan 16 1983, 57 (2) p50, 59,
-ISSN-
 0018-5973
-JrnlCode-
 GDL
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8304
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Efficiency; Management
 Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG); New Jersey
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 152
-A-
 0212679 82243876 MED
-W-
 Improved cost allocation in case-mix accounting.
 Williams SV; Finkler SA; Murphy CM; Eisenberg J
 Med Care, May 1982, 20 (5) p450-9,
-ISSN-
 0025-7079
-JrnlCode-
 LSMde:
 Contract/Grant No.: HS-02577
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8211
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Traditionally, many hospital costs have been allocated to patients using
 indirect measures that do not always reflect the value of the resources used
 to provide care. When, for example, costs are allocated by multiplying the
 patient's charges by the hospital's ratio of costs to charges, the allocated
 cost does not reflect actual cost because the hospital does not uniformly
 charge for services in proportion to their cost. The choice of method for
 cost allocation will be as important for the newly developed case-mix
 cost-accounting systems as it has been for traditional cost-accounting
 systems. To illustrate how the use of an indirect cost-allocation method
 might affect the output of a case-mix cost-accounting system, operating
 room, radiology and clinical laboratory costs were assigned to 106
 hospitalized inguinal hernia patients in two diagnosis-related groups (DRGs)
 using both the hospital's existing cost-allocation method and a method that
 measures costs directly. Total costs and the costs in each department were
 significantly lower in each DRG using the direct method. It was concluded
 that patients in these two DRGs were being assigned more than the actual
 cost of their care with the existing cost-allocation method and, therefore,
 that the existing method prevented the case-mix accounting system from
 providing accurate management information.
 Tags: Copmparative Study; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S.
 Gov't, Non-P.H.S.; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Accounting--Methods (MT); Adolescence; Adult; Aged; *Case Mix; *Cost
 Allocation--Methods (MT); *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Costs and Cost
 Analysis--Methods (MT); *COSTS--Methods (MT); Fees and Charges; FEES;
 Hernia, Inguinal--Economics (EC); Hospital Bed Capacity, 500 and over; HOSP
 BED CAPAC 500; Laboratories--Economics (EC); Middle Age; Models,
 Theoretical; Operating Rooms--Economics (EC); Pennsylvania; Pilot Projects;
 Radiology Department, Hospital--Economics (EC); RADIOL DEP--Economics (EC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 153
-A-
 0208443 82200120 MED
-W-
 Data systems for case mix.
 Lichtig LK
 Top Health Care Financ, Summer 1982, 8 (4) p13-9,
-ISSN-
 0095-3814
-JrnlCode-
 VVG
 Contract/Grant No.: 600-77-0022
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8209
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; Data Collection--Methods (MT);
 Documentation; *Information Systems--Organization and Administration (OG);
 Medical Records; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 154
-A-
 0201?89 82130068 AHA
-W-
 Coded data use in case mix analyses.
 Giovanis TN
 Top Health Rec Manage, Mar 1982, 2 (3) p77-84,
-ISSN-
 0270-5230
-JrnlCode-
 WAD
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8206
-Subfile-
 Health
-Desc-
 *Abstracting and Indexing; *ABSTRACTING; *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost
 Analysis; *COSTS; Health Planning; *Information Systems; Maryland
 Professional Standards Review Organizations; PSRO; Rate Setting and Review
 RATE SETTING
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 155
-A-
 0194386 82051850 AHA
-W-
 Medical record data and uniform billing.
 Lichtig LK
 J Am Med Rec Assoc, Oct 1981, 52 (5) p39-45,
-ISSN-
 0025-7486
 Jrnl Code GJV
 Contract/Grant No.: HCFA 600-77-0022
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8203
-Subfile-
 Health
 Tags: Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Case Mix; *Costs and Cost Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospital
 Departments--Organization and Administration (OG); *HOSP DEP--Organization
 and Administration (OG); Information Systems; *Insurance Claim Reporting;
 *Insurance; *Medical Records Department, Hospital--Organization and
 Administration (OG); *MED REC DEP--Organization and Administration (OG); New
 Jersey
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 156
-A-
 0173669 81140400 MED
-W-
 No clear direction for financial management and survival.
 Aden GD
 Hospitals, Apr 1 1981, 55 (7) p81-2, 87-9, 176,
-ISSN-
 0018-5973
-JrnlCode-
 GDL
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Doc Type: Review
 Journ. Ann.: 8107
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The 1980 literature on hospital financial management covered wide-ranging
 territory, from DRGs and reimbursement to capital management and
 competition. However, strategies for future survival remained unclear. (52
 Refs.)
-Desc-
 *Economics, Hospital; *Financial Management; Rate Setting and Review; RATE
 SETTING; *Reimbursement Mechanisms; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 157
-A-
 0167763 81068367 AHA
-W-
 Automated DRG systems: unanswered questions.
 Fedorowicz J; Veazie S
 Hosp Prog, Jan 1981, 62 (1) p54-5, 71,
-ISSN-
 0018-5817
-JrnlCode-
 GD1
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Journ. Ann.: 8104
-Subfile-
 Health
 Health care facilities seeking to prepare for a DRG-based or a similar case
 mix system may consider a range of options: microcomputers, shared computer
 services, a generalized data base management system.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Computers; *Diagnosis; *Financial Management; Hospitals; *Information
 Systems; Patients--Classification (CL); *Reimbursement Mechanisms
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 014:151 158
-A-
 0010796 75113957 MED
-W-
 How to prepare for prospective reimbursement: a workable management
 information system for managers, department heads and administrators.
 Shorr AS
 Hosp Top, Mar-Apr 1975, 53 (2) p5, 7-8, 25-6 passim,
-ISSN-
 0018-5868
-JrnlCode-
 GD6
-Lang-
 Eng.
-Desc-
 Economics, Hospital; *Hospital Administration; *Information Systems;
 Michigan
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 1
-A-
 1808026 86025026
-W-
 In situ actin distribution in excised retrolental membranes in retinopathy
 of prematurity.
 Soong HK; Eller AW; Tirose T; Hanninen L; Kenyon KR
 Dept. of Ophthalmology, Univ. of Michigan School of Medicine, Ann Arbor
 48105.
 Arch Ophthalmol (US), Oct 1985, 103 (10) p1553-6,
-ISSN-
 0003-9950
-JrnlCode-
 830
 Contract/Grant No.: EY-05649; EY-03967
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Actin, an intracellular contractile protein, is associated with cell
 movements in both muscle and nonmuscle tissues. Using the fluorescent
 derivative of the mushroom toxin, phallacidin, which specifically binds to
 polymerized (filamentous) actin, we demonstrated the distribution of actin
 in retrolental membranes excised during open-sky vitrectomy from six infants
 with leukokoria due to retrolental fibroplasia. Actin was detected in
 ubiguitous linear bundles, which is consistent with the existence of
 contractile forces. Actin was also concentrated in the cortical cytoplasm of
 cells, thus outlining the plasma membranes. Transmission electron microscopy
 has identified many of these cells to be myofibroblastlike in appearance.
 Myofibroblasts are known to contract like smooth-muscle cells and have been
 reported as the putative causal factor in the contraction of scars and
 transvitreal membranes.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Actins--Metabolism (ME); *Eye--Metabolism (ME); Histocytochemistry; Infant;
 Membranes--Metabolism (ME); Membranes--Pathology (PA);
 Membranes--Ultrastructure (UL); Microscopy, Electron; Microscopy,
 Fluorescence; *Retinal Diseases--Metabolism (ME); Retinal
 Diseases--Pathology (PA); Tissue Distribution
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 2
-A-
 1798485 86015485
-W-
 Computed tomography of the nonrhegmatogenous retinal detachment in the
 pediatric patient.
 Haik BG; Saint Louis L; Smith ME; Abramson DH; Ellsworth RM
 Dept. of Ophthalmology, Cornell Univ. Medical College, New York Hospital,
 Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, New York.
 Ophthalmology (US), Aug 1985, 92 (8) p1133-42,
-ISSN-
 016?-6420
-JrnlCode-
 OI5
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Nonrhegmatogenous retinal detachments occur in the pediatric population
 secondary to other ocular disorders. The most important cause to identify is
 retinoblastoma. Computed tomography has proven to be the most reliable
 ancillary diagnostic test in this pediatric population. A series of eighty
 patients, presenting with nonrhegmatogenous retinal detachments, was
 examined. The role of computed tomography and characteristic clinical
 findings are discussed.
 Tags: Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Child; Child, Preschool; Choroid--Abnormalities (AB);
 Coloboma--Complications (CO); Eye Diseases--Complications (CO); Eye
 Neoplasms--Complications (CO); Hemangioma--Complications (CO); Infant;
 Infant, Newborn; Retinal Detachment--Etiology (ET); *Retinal
 Detachment--Radiography (RA); Retinal Diseases--Complications (CO); Retinal
 Hemorrhage--Complications (CO); Retinoblastoia--Complications (CO);
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Complications (CO); *Tomography, X-Ray Computed;
 Toxocariasis--Complications (CO); Vitreous Body--Pathology (PA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 3
-A-
 1798467 86015467
-W-
 Vitamin E and retinopathy of prematurity. Follow-up at one year.
 Schaffer DB; Johnson L; Quinn GE; Weston M; Bowen FW Jr
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Univ. of Pennsylvania School of Medicine,
 Philadelphia.
 Ophthalmology (US), Aug 1985, 92 (8) p1005-11
-ISSN-
 0161-6420
-JrnlCode-
 OI5
 Contract/Grant No.: R01EY01723
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Five hundred forty-five infants weighing less than 1501 g at birth were
 entered into a randomized, prospective study to determine the effect of high
 serum levels (5 mg/dL) of vitamin E used prophylactically to try to prevent
 or alter the natural course of retinopathy of prematurity (ROP) and its
 sequel, retrolental fibroplasia (RLF). Three hundred twenty-eight infants
 were available for the one- to two-year eye examination. Although there was
 a trend (P = 0.07) toward less severe RLF among vitamin E-treated infants,
 the incidence of RLF was 11/162 (6.8%) in the placebo treated (P) infants,
 and 12/166 (7.2%) in the vitamin E-treated (E) infants. The incidences of
 hyperopia, myopia, anisometropia, strabismus and amblyopia were also similar
 in both the P and E groups.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Cicatrix--Complications (CO); Clinical Trials; Eye Diseases--Occurrence
 (OC); Follow-Up Studies; Infant; Infant, Low Birth Weight; Infant,
 Premature, Diseases--Drug Therapy (DT); Infant, Premature,
 Diseases--Occurrence (OC); *Infant, Premature, Diseases--Prevention and
 Control (PC); Prospective Studies; Random Allocation; Refractive
 Errors--Classification (CL); Retinal Diseases--Complications (CO); Retinal
 Diseases--Drug Therapy (DT); Retinal Diseases--Occurrence (OC); *Retinal
 Diseases--Prevention and Control (PC); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention
 and Control (PC); Vitamin E--Blood (BL); *Vitamin E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 4
-A-
 1790567 86007567
-W-
 Retinopathy of prematurity: a risk factor analysis with univariate and
 multivariate statistics.
 Bossi E; Koerner F; Flury B; Zulauf M
 Division of Neonatology, Univ. Children's Hospital, Berne, Switzerland.
 Helv Paediatr Acta (SWITZERLAND), Oct 1984, 39 (4) p307-17,
-ISSN-
 0018-022X
-JrnlCode-
 G59
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Seventy-three out of 639 ophthalmoscopically examined newborns (11.4%)
 showed varying degrees of retinopathy of prematurity (ROP). Three infants
 were blind (0.5%). Sixty-six patients were matched with controls according
 to gestational age, birth weight, birth date and neonatal unit. Using
 univariate statistics, the variables representing the extent of O2-exposure,
 elevated paO2, elevated paCO2, paCO2-fluctuations, acidosis, blood
 transfusions, and artificial ventilation were found to be significantly
 associated with ROP. In contrast, the variables representing hypocapnia,
 Hb-levels, parenteral fluid administration and fluid retention showed no
 correlation with ROP. When a multivariate statistical method was used, the
 variables representing gestational age, elevated paO2, elevated paCO2 and
 paCO2-fluctuations as well as the ones defining blood transfusions lost
 their association with ROP. Episodes of acidosis, multiple birth, birth
 weight, total hours with Fio2 greater than 0.4, and total duration of
 artificial ventilation remained in the regression, and hypocapnia gained a
 significant negative correlation with ROP. This comparative survey based on
 univariate and multivariate statistics demonstrates that significance levels
 of identically defined biological and therapeutic variables obtained from
 the same population of patients are to be interpreted with caution. This
 fact may also explain contrasting opinions on risk factors in the
 literature. Multivariate statistical analyses are useful for a relative
 comparison of significance within a given set of variables. Conclusions on a
 possible causal relationship as well as on prophylactic measures are not
 possible.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature, Diseases--Etiology (ET) ; Regression
 Analysis; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); Retrospective Studies;
 Risk; Statistics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 5
-A-
 1780854 85305854
-W-
 Retinopathy of prematurity: incidence and treatment.
 Reisner SH; Amir J; Shohat M; Krikler R; Nissenkorn I; Ben-Sira I
 Neonatal Dept., Beilinon Medical Centre, Israel.
 Arch Dis Child (ENGLAND), Aug 1985, 60 (8) p698-701,
-ISSN-
 0003-9888
-JrnlCode-
 6XG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The incidence of retinopath of prematurity in infants with a birthweight
 less than or equal to 2500 g admitted to a tertiary neonatal intensive care
 unit between 1977 and 1983 was 20% of all survivors. There was a reciprocal
 relation between birthweight and the incidence of the disease, with an
 incidence of 68% in infants weighing less than or equal to 1000 g at birth.
 Cryotherapy of the avascular retina was performed if the acute disease
 progressed rapidly during stage 3 and the amount of fibrovascular
 proliferation was mild to moderate with signs of plus disease (presence of
 appreciable posterior pole vascular tortuosity and dilatation and the
 presence of engorgement of iris vessels). This method of treatment was
 performed in 4% of all survivors: in 26% of infants weighing less than or
 equal to 1000 g at birth and 5% of infants weighing 1001-1500 g. No infants
 had cicatricial disease greater than stage 2 on follow-up. The absence of
 any severe cicatricial disease or blindness in this large group of high risk
 infants suggests that when indicated and performed on the avascular retina
 cryotherapy may be an important method of treatment.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Acute Disease; Birth Weight; *Cryosurgery; Follow-Up Studies ; Infant, Low
 Birth Weight; INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; Israel; Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Surgery (SU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 6
-A-
 1772568 85297568
-W-
 Risk factors for retrolental fibroplasia: experience with 3, 025 premature
 infants. National Collaborative Study on Patent Ductus Arteriosus in
 Premature Infants.
 Purohit DM; Ellison RC; Zierler S; Miettinen OS; Nadas AS
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Medical Univ. of South Carolina, Charleston 2425.
 Pediatrics (US), Sep 1985, 76 (3) p339-44,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
 Contract/Grant No.: HL23121
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The rate of retrolental fibroplasia in relation to prenatal and neonatal
 characteristics was explored on the basis of a cohort of 3, 025 neonates
 with birth weight less than 1, 750 g. The overall rate of retrolental
 fibroplasia of any degree at hospital discharge was 11%, varying from 43%
 for those with birth weight between 500 and 749 g to 3% for those in the 1,
 500- to 1, 750-g category. Among the potential determinants, the main
 interest was in nonhyperoxic characteristics, conditional on measures of
 prematurity and oxygen supplementation. Maternal diabetes and antihistamine
 use during the last 2 weeks of pregnancy were associated with significantly
 higher rates of retrolental fibroplasia, whereas toxemia was associated with
 lower rates. Frequent apneic spells, bronchopulmonary dysplasia, and sepsis
 in the neonate were also associated with significantly higher rates.
 On the other hand, the data indicate no independent role of low Apgar score,
 intraventricular hemorrhage, exchange transfusion, patent ductus arteriosus,
 of certain other characteristics previously postulated as risk factors.
 Tags: Female; Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Anemia--Complications (CO); Apnea--Complications (CO); Birth Weight;
 Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia--Complications (CO); Histamine H1 Receptor
 Blockaders--Adverse Effects (AE); RECEPT BLOCK H1--Adverse Effects (AE);
 Infant, Low Birth Weight; INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; Infant, Premature,
 Diseases--Etiology (ET); *Infant, Premature, Diseases--Occurrence (OC);
 Infection--Complications (CO); Pregnancy in Diabetes--Complications (CO);
 PREGN IN DIABETES--Complications (CO); Pregnancy Complications, Hematologic;
 PREGN COMPL HEMATOL; Pregnancy Toxemias--Complications (CO); PREGN
 TOXEMIAS--Complications (CO); Pregnancy ; PREGN; Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC); Risk;
 United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 7
-A-
 1762408 85287408
-W-
 Physiological and therapeutic role of vitamin E in humans: an update.
 Moudgil KD; Narang BS
 Indian J Pediatr (INDIA) Nov-Dec 1984, 51 (413) p715-24,
-ISSN-
 0019-5456
-JrnlCode-
 GKT
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Animal; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aging; Anthropoidea; Antioxida?ts--Metabolism (ME); Bronchopulmonary
 Dysplasia--Prevention and Control (PC); Cardiovascular System--Physiology
 (PH); Chemistry; Child; Guinea Pigs; Hamsters; Hematopoietic
 System--Physiology (PH); Infant, Newborn; Mice; Muscular
 Dystrophy--Prevention and Control (PC); Neurons--Physiology (PH); Rabbits;
 Rats; Reproduction; Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC);
 Swine; Vitamin E--Metabolism (ME); *Vitamin E--Physiology (PH); Vitamin
 E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 8
-A-
 1750733 85275733
-W-
 [Effects of vitamin E deficiency on oxygen induced retinopathy in the rat]
 Yabe H
 Nippon Ganka Gakkai Zasshi (JAPAN), Apr 1985, 89 (4) p624-30,
-ISSN-
 0029-0203
-JrnlCode-
 22O
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Animal; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Rats; Rats, Inbred Strains; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET);
 *Vitamin E Deficiency--Complications (CO)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 9
-A-
 1748801 85273801
-W-
 Ophthalmic findings in very low birth weight children.
 Hammer HM; Noble BA; Harcourt RB; Congdon PJ
 Dept. of Ophthalmology, General Infirmary, Leeds
 Trans Ophthalmol Soc UK (ENGLAND), 1985, 104 ( Pt 3) p329-31,
-ISSN-
 0078-5334
-JrnlCode-
 WA1
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Recent advances in neonatal intensive care have led to a much improved
 survival rate in very low birth weight infants (under 1, 500 g). A group of
 such children was examined and found to have a low incidence of serious
 visual or general handicap, but severe retrolental fibroplasia (RLF) affects
 a significant number.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Eye Diseases--Occurrence (OC); Eye Movements; *Infant, Low Birth Weight;
 *INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; Nystagmus--Occurrence (OC); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC); Strabismus--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 10
-A-
 1744506 85269506
-W-
 Vitamin E and the prevention of retinopathy of prematurity. Committee on
 Fetus and Newborn.
 Pediatrics (US), Aug 1985, 76 (2) p315-6,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Clinical Trials; Infant, Low Birth Weight; INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn;
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC); Risk; *Vitamin
 E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 11
-A-
 1742916 85267916
-W-
 Hazards to vision in the nursery [editorial]
 Sisson TR
 N Engl J Med (US), Aug 15 1985, 313 (7) p444-5,
-ISSN-
 0028-4793
-JrnlCode-
 ?NOW
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature, Diseases--Etiology (ET) ; *Intensive
 Care Units, Neonatal; *Lighting--Adverse Effects (AE); *Nurseries, Hospital;
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); *Vision Disorders--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 12
-A-
 1742908 85267908
-W-
 Effect of bright light in the hospital nursery on the incidence of
 retinopathy of prematurity.
 Class P; Avery GB; Subramanian KN; Keys MP; Sostek AM; Friendly DS
 Dept. of Psychology, George Washington Univ., Washington, D.C.
 N Engl J Med (US), Aug 15 1985, 313 (7) p401-4,
-ISSN-
 0028-4793
-JrnlCode-
 NOW
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The preterm infant is subjected to prolonged exposure to ambient nursery
 illumination at levels that have been found to produce retinal damage in
 animals. We prospectively investigated the effect of exposure to light in
 two intensive care nurseries by comparing the incidence of retinopathy of
 prematurity among 74 infants from the standard bright nursery environment
 (median light level, 60 foot-candles [ftc]) with the incidence among 154
 infants of similar birth weight for whom the light levels were reduced
 (median, 25 ftc). There was a higher incidence of retinopathy of prematurity
 in the group of infants who had been exposed to the brighter nursery lights,
 particularly in those with birth weight below 1000 g (86 percent vs. 54 per
 cent, P less than 0.01 by chi-square test). We conclude that the high level
 of ambient illumination commonly found in the hospital nursery may be one
 factor contributing to retinopathy of prematurity and that safety standards
 with regard to current lighting practices should be reassessed.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Birth Weight; District of Columbia; Gestational Age; Hospital Bed Capacity,
 100 to 299; HOSP BED CAPAC 100; Hospital Bed Capacity, 300 to 499; HOSP BED
 CAPAC 300; Infant Newborn; *Intensive Care Units, Neonatal; Intensive Care
 Units, Neonatal--Standards (ST); *Lighting--Adverse Effects (AE);
 *Nurseries, Hospital; Nurseries, Hospital--Standards (ST); Prospective
 Studies; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 13
-A-
 1727632 85252632
-W-
 Retinopathy of prematurity: review of a four-year period.
 Cats BP; Tan KE
 Univ. Children's Hospital, Utrecht, The Netherlands.
 Br J Ophthalmol (ENGLAND), Jul 1985, 69 (7) p500-3,
-ISSN-
 0007-1161
-JrnlCode-
 AZK
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8511
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 For a four-year period the development of retinopathy of prematurity (ROP)
 was determined among neonates considered at risk of acquiring this
 condition. Fifty-six out of 249 premature infants developed some degree of
 ROP. Comparison of these infants with a group of 56 controls, admitted to
 hospital in the same period and matched for sex, birth weight, and
 gestational age, showed significant differences for sepsis, blood
 transfusions, and the period of oxygen monitoring in relation to the period
 of oxygen administration. The most consistent factor associated with the
 development of ROP was gestational age at the time of birth, though no
 gestational age group was entirely devoid of ROP. This suggests that
 screening for ROP should not be restricted to high-risk premature infants
 only.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Blood Transfusion; Gestational Age; Infant, Newborn; Oxygen--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); Respiration, Artificial; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET);
 Risk
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 14
-A-
 1726221 85251221
-W-
 Retinopathy of prematurity [letter]
 Hindle NW
 Arch Ophthalmol (US), Jul 1985, 103 (7) p894-5,
-ISSN-
 0003-9950
-JrnlCode-
 830
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature; *Retinal Diseases--Classification (CL);
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 15
-A-
 1723718 85248718
-W-
 Observations on the retinopathy of prematurity.
 Patz A
 Wilmer Ophthalmological Institute, Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, MD
 21205.
 Am J Ophthalmol (US), Jul 15 1985, 100 (1) p164-8,
-ISSN-
 0002-9394
-JrnlCode-
 ?OQ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 The fourfold to fivefold increased survival rate since 1950 of premature
 infants with birthweights of less than 1, 000 g apparently explains the
 increase in cases of retinopathy of prematurity in recent years. A new
 international classification permits standardized grading of the retinopathy
 of prematurity based on severity, anterior-posterior location, and the
 meridians involved. Previously reported clinical trials on the role of
 vitamin E in the prevention of retinopathy of prematurity have given
 conflicting results.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Carbon Dioxide--Blood (BL); Infant, Newborn; Infant, Premature,
 Diseases--Classification (CL); *Infant, Premature, Diseases--Etiology (ET);
 Infant, Premature, Diseases--Prevention and Control (PC); Oxygen--Blood
 (BL); Retina--Pathology (PA); Retinal Detachment--Etiology (ET); Retinal
 Diseases--Classification (CL); *Retinal Diseases--Etiology (ET); Retinal
 Diseases--Prevention and Control (PC); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology
 (ET); Vitamin E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E); 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 16
-A-
 1716573 85241573
-W-
 [Prevention of retinopathy of premature infants with D-penicillamine]
 A koraszulottek retinopathiajanak megelozese D-penicillaminnal
 Lakatos L; Hatvani I; Oroszlan G; Balla G; Karmazsin L; Olubunmi A; Kincses
 E; Szabo I; Vekerdy Z
 Orv Hetil (HUNGARY), Jun 9 1985, 126 (23) p1391-6,
-ISSN-
 0030-6002
-JrnlCode-
 OL8
-Lang-
 HUNGARIAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG. Doc. Type: Eng. Abst.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Clinical Trials; Gestational Age; Infant, Low Birth Weight; INFANT LBW;
 Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Newborn, Diseases--Prevention and Control (PC);
 *Penicillamine--Therapeutic Use (TU); Prospective Studies; *Retinal
 Diseases--Prevention and Control (PC); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention
 and Control (PC)
 CAS Registry No.: 52-67-5 (Penicillamine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 17
-A-
 1712855 85237855
-W-
 Early intervention aids vision-impaired infants [news]
 Cole H
 JAMA (US), Aug 2 1985, 254 (5) p595,
-ISSN-
 0098-7484
-JrnlCode-
 KFR Lang.: ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant; *Retinal Detachment--Surgery (SU); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Surgery
 (SU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 18
-A-
 1708789 85233789
-W-
 Postnatal retinal vascular development of the puppy.
 Flower RW; McLeod DS; Lutty GA; Goldberg B; Wajer SD
 Wilmer Ophthalmological Institute, Johns Hopkins Hospital and Univ.,
 Baltimore, Maryland.
 Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci (US), Jul 1985, 26 (7) p957-68,
-ISSN-
 0146-0404
-JrnlCode-
 GWI
 Contract/Grant No.: EY-02482 Lang.: ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8510
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Retinal vascular development during the first three postnatal weeks was
 studied in 63 purebred beagle puppies. Use of a positive enzyme
 histochemical reaction for adenosine triphosphatase in the nuclei and
 nucleoli of vascular cells made visualization of the retinal vasculature
 possible. Animals were killed by decapitation. Thus, artifacts resulting
 from use of anesthetics or tracer substances were avoided. In general, this
 study demonstrates important similarities between canine and human retinal
 vascular development, and this gives further reason to use of the puppy
 retina as a superior model for studying retrolental fibroplasia
 pathogenesis. This staining technique demonstrates undifferentiated cells in
 the avascular retina that appear to be vascular precursors or angioblasts.
 Primordial vessels form by organization of differentiating angioblasts that
 exist in peripheral retinal cystic spaces at birth, or by addition of fully
 differentiated endothelium; they form unlike neovascularization. Muller cell
 processes appear to provide a structural matrix throughout the avascular
 puppy retina on which differentiated angioblasts organize into a vascular
 network. Arteries develop in beds of primordial capillaries lying near the
 leading edge of the developing vasculature. This precedes vein formation
 which occurs through a process involving coalescence of embryonic
 capillaries which themselves were derived from primordial capillaries.
 Preliminary examination of eight mongrel kitten retinas prepared by this
 method clearly indicates that the puppy retina is much more completely
 vascularized at birth than that of the newborn kitten. Moreover, the rate of
 postnatal retinal vascularization is significantly faster in the kitten. The
 kitten vasculature does appear to form by the organization of angioblasts as
 in the puppy, but kitten angioblasts have a different appearance from those
 in the puppy.
 Tags: Animal; Support, U.S. Gov't, Non-P.H.S.; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adenosine Triphosphatase--Metabolism (ME); Animals, Newborn
 Capillaries--Cytology (CY); *Cell Differentiation; Cell
 Nucleus--Ultrastructure (UL); Dogs; Endothelium--Cytology (CY); *Retinal
 Artery--Cytology (CY); Retinal Ganglion Cells--Cytology (CY); *Retinal
 Vein--Cytology (CY)
 Enzyme No.: EC 3.6.1.3 (Adenosine Triphosphatase)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 19
-A-
 1695164 85220164
-W-
 An international classification of retinopathy of prematurity: clinical
 experience.
 Flynn JT
 Dept. of Ophthalmology, Bascom Palmer Eye Institute, Univ. of Miami School
 of Medicine, Florida.
 Trans Am Ophthalmol Soc (US), 1984, 82 p218-38,
-ISSN-
 0065-9533
-JrnlCode-
 W49
 Contract/Grant No.: R01-EY03513 Lang.: ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; Infant, Premature; Retina--Pathology (PA); *Retinal
 Diseases--Classification (CL); Retinal Diseases--Congenital (CN); Retinal
 Diseases--Pathology (PA); Retinal Vessels--Pathology (PA); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Classification (CL); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Pathology (PA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 20
-A-
 1689694 85214694
-W-
 Retinopathy of prematurity: a statement by the committee on the fetus and
 newborn of the Paediatric Society of New Zealand.
 NZ Med J (NEW ZEALAND), Jun 12 1985, 98 (780) p446-7,
-ISSN-
 0028-8446
-JrnlCode-
 OBQ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Gestational Age; Infant, Low Birth Weight; INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; New
 Zealand; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC); Risk
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 21
-A-
 1681582 85206582
-W-
 Vitrectomy. Clinical data and cytologic findings of vitrectomy specimens.
 Laatikainen L; Tarkkanen A; Koivuniemi A
 Helsinki Univ. Central Hospital, Eye Clinic, Finland.
 Int Ophthalmol (NETHERLANDS), Mar 1985, 7 (3-4) p215-22,
-ISSN-
 0165-5701
-JrnlCode-
 GSF Lang.: ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Fifty vitreous specimens obtained by routine pars plana vitrectomies were
 examined using Millipore filter processing and Papanicolaou staining
 technique. Cytological findings comprised of macrophages (melanophages,
 siderophages) and inflammatory cells, mainly lymphocytes. In a few cases,
 pigmented an nonpigmented epithelial cells of the ciliary body were
 encountered, retinal sensory cells only in one case. Fibroblasts and
 fragments of granulation tissue occurred in four of the 14 diabetic cases,
 in four of the 21 posttraumatic cases, in one case of chronic uveitis as
 well as in one case of retrolental fibroplasia. Fragments of ciliary body
 were in three specimens from injured eyes. In one case of chronic uveitis
 slight suspicion of ciliary body melanoma was aroused on the basis of
 distinct cellular atypia. There was agreement between clinical and
 cytological diagnosis in most cases, but particularly in posttraumatic and
 inflammatory diseases cytologic examination offered new diagnostic data.
 This is a new method of microscopical verification of the condition in the
 vitreous body in various diseases. Our experiences are preliminary but we
 feel that this method has proven its availability.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Diabetic Retinopathy--Pathology (PA); Eye Diseases--Pathology (PA);
 Hemorrhage--Pathology (PA); Inflammation--Pathology (PA); Retinal
 Detachment--Pathology (PA); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Pathology (PA);
 Uveitis--Pathology (PA); *Vitrectomy; Vitreous Body--Injuries (IN);
 *Vitreous Body--Pathology (PA); Wounds, Penetrating
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 22
-A-
 1668029 85193029
-W-
 The retinopathy of prematurity: medicolegal aspects.
 Bettman JW
 Dept. of Ophthalmology, Pacific Medical Center, San Francisco, California.
 Surv Ophthalmol (US), Mar-Apr 1985, 29 (5) p371-3,
-ISSN-
 0039-6257
-JrnlCode-
 VCT
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The incidence of medicolegal claims based on retinopathy of prematurity
 (ROP) diminished in the 1960s after the role of oxygen was presumed to be
 understood. It has since increased again for a number of reasons. More very
 premature infants are being saved. The causes of ROP are multifactorial, not
 well understood, and the role of oxygen as a significant factor is not
 always clear. Moreover, the risk/benefit ratio of supplemental oxygen is not
 always easy to evaluate. The morphologic features of ROP are common to a
 number of disorders, which may be misdiagnosed as ROP. In the series of 500
 medicolegal claims that I have studied, no ophthalmologists have been sued
 in cases concerning ROP. However, they are routinely called as expert
 witnesses and it is to guide them in that role that I am reviewing the
 subject.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Diagnosis, Differential; DIAG DIFFER; Expert Testimony--Legislation and
 Jurisprudence (LJ); Infant, Newborn; *Malpractice--Legislation and
 Jurisprudence (LJ); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Diagnosis (DI); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); Risk Socioeconomic Factors; United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 23
-A-
 166?183 85190183
-W-
 The infant who appears not to see well.
 Fielder AR
 Practitioner (ENGLAND), Apr 1985, 22 (1402) p353-9,
-ISSN-
 0032-6518
-JrnlCode-
 PHQ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Cataract--Diagnosis (DI); Color Blindness--Diagnosis (DI); Corneal
 Diseases--Diagnosis (DI); Infant; Infant, Newborn; Optic Nerve
 Diseases--Diagnosis (DI); Retinal Diseases--Diagnosis (DI); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Diagnosis (DI); *Vision Disorders--Diagnosis (DI)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 24
-A-
 1664241 85189241
-W-
 The treatment of advanced retinopathy of prematurity by cryotherapy and
 scleral buckling surgery.
 Torilow HW; Ackerman AL; Wang FM
 Dept. of Ophthalmology, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, Montefiore
 Medical Center, Bronx, New York.
 Ophthalmology (US), Mar 1985, 92 (3) p379-87,
-ISSN-
 0161-6420
-JrnlCode-
 OI5 Lang.: ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Seventeen eyes of nine extremely premature infants with severe acute
 proliferative retinopathy of prematurity (ROP, Grades III-V) were treated.
 Cryotherapy alone was used in ten eyes to ablate extensive areas of
 avascular retina to thereby induce involution of widespread intravitreous
 neovascularization. No attempt was made to directly treat the arteriovenous
 shunt or neovascularization itself. Scleral buckling surgery was used in
 combination with cryotherapy in seven additional eyes to relieve diffuse
 vitreous traction to intravitreous neovascularization which had caused
 extensive traction retinal detachment. Cryotherapy was uniformly successful
 in causing involution of widespread intravitreous neovascularization in all
 patients treated. Scleral buckling surgery was initially effective in
 reattaching the retina in all cases but late manifestations of severe
 ongoing vitreoretinal traction required additional open-sky vitrectomy in
 two eyes and resulted in inoperable recurrent total traction retinal
 detachment in one eye and extensive macular scarring in another. A
 comparison is made between the proliferative retinopathies seen in ROP and
 diabetes mellitus and a rationale for effective cryotherapy in ROP is
 presented. In our clinical experience, the single most important prognostic
 factor determining the potential severity of ROP is the width and extent of
 the retinal avascular zone. The wider the zone, the greater the probability
 of rapid progression from early to advanced grades of disease.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Cryosurgery; Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature, Diseases--Surgery (SU);
 Ischemia--Surgery (SU); Neovascularization; Retinal Detachment--Surgery
 (SU); *Retinal Diseases--Surgery (SU); Retinal Vessels--Surgery (SU);
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Surgery (SU); *Scleral Buckling
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 25
-A-
 1664240 85189240
-W-
 Cryotherapy for retinopathy of prematurity. A personal retrospective.
 Mousel DK
 Univ. of Nevada School of Medicine, Reno.
 Ophthalmology (US), Mar 1985, 92 (3) p375-8,
-ISSN-
 0161-6420
-JrnlCode-
 OI5
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Six patients from 1975 to 1981 were treated by cryotherapy for active
 retinopathy and prematurity. One eye was treated, leaving the second eye as
 a control. Cryotherapy was applied just posterior to the demarcation line,
 under direct observation and utilizing the cataract probe. Conclusions from
 this experience are that in order to be effective, cryotherapy must be
 performed comparatively early in Stage III. Unfortunately, this would lead
 to treatment of many cases that would spontaneously regress. Treatment of
 late Stage III, rapidly progressive cases is not impressive.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Cryosurgery; Follow-Up Studies; Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature,
 Diseases--Surgery (SU); Neovascularization; *Retinal Diseases--Surgery (SU);
 Retinal Hemorrhage--Surgery (SU); Retinal Vessels--Surgery (SU); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Surgery (SU); Scleral Buckling; Visual Acuity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 26
-A-
 1654120 85179120
-W-
 Growth and development in preterm infants during the first 18 months.
 Forslund M; Bjerre I
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Univ. of Lund, Malmo General Hospital, Sweden.
 Early Hum Dev (NETHERLANDS), Jan 1985, 10 (1-4) p201-16,
-ISSN-
 0378-3782
-JrnlCode-
 EDH Lang.: ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8508
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In a long-term prospective study 46 unselected infants born before 35
 completed weeks of gestational age were followed up, and compared to 26
 fullterm infants. At 9 and 18 months of chronological age their height and
 weight were still lower than that of fullterms, but the difference
 disappeared when age was corrected for gestational age at birth. The motor
 and neurological maturity and language development was delayed in the
 preterms still at 18 months, which could possibly also be explained by their
 lower biological age. Ten of the preterm infants showed, at one or several
 occasions during follow up, definite neurological abnormality. At 18 months
 of age two of them were handicapped, one with retrolental fibroplasia,
 nearly blind, and another with cerebral palsy (slight spastic diplegic).
 Five of them had late psychomotor development, while two were borderline and
 one normal. We defined preand perinatal risk groups, but found that
 development at 18 months was not correlated to degree of risk. Neither was
 there any correlation between neurological examination at term and later
 handicap or psychomotor retardation. We found more illness, mostly due to
 common infections, during the first 18 months in the preterm group, as
 measured by the number of visits to a doctor and days spent in hospital.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Body Height; *Child Development; *Growth; Infant; Infant, Newborn; *Infant,
 Premature; Locomotion; Neurologic Examination; Reflex
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 27
-A-
 1624020 85149020
-W-
 Handicaps and health problems in 2 year old children of birth weight 500 to
 1500 g.
 Ford GW; Rickards AL; Kitchen WH; Lissenden JV; Keith CG; Ryan MM
 Royal Women's Hospital, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia.
 Aust Paediatr J (AUSTRALIA), Feb 1985, 21 (1) p15-22,
-ISSN-
 0004-993X
-JrnlCode-
 9ID Lang.: ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Fifty-nine infants of birthweight 500 to 999 g born in 1977 to 1980 and 132
 infants of birthweight 1000 to 1500 g born in 1977 to 1978 were reviewed at
 two years corrected age. For the whole cohort, cerebral palsy was found in
 12.6%, bilateral deafness in 1%, blindness in 1% and severe developmental
 delay in 12%. There was no significant difference in these disabilities
 between the groups of larger and smaller infants; 37.7% of the cohort was
 readmitted to hospital on at least one occasion, 35.6% of children had
 wheezing episodes and/or lower respiratory tract infections which together
 accounted for 51% of hospitalizations. The infants of birthweight 500 to 999
 g tended to require more frequent and prolonged hospitalizations.
 Dolicocephalic head shape, chest deformities, iatrogenic sequelae from
 intensive care, poor growth and cicatricial retrolental fibroplasia were
 significantly more frequent in children of birthweight 500 to 999 g. Parents
 reported that 39% of their children had 'colic', 31.6% had sleep disturbance
 and 25% had multiple behavioural problems. Low frustration tolerance,
 inability to wait, hypoor hyperactivity and an inappropriate relationship
 with the mother as measured by the psychologist all occurred significantly
 more frequently in children of birthweight of less than 1000 g. This report
 confirms the belief that a comprehensive follow-up is required for very low
 birthweight (VLBW) children because significant health problems continue
 after primary hospitalization.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Cerebral Palsy--Occurrence (OC); Child Behavior Disorders--Occurrence (OC);
 Child Development Disorders--Occurrence (OC); Child, Preschool;
 Deafness--Occurrence (OC); Eye Diseases--Occurrence (OC) Follow-Up Studies;
 *Handicapped; *Health Status; *Health; Hospitalization; *Infant Low Birth
 Weight; *INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; Morbidity; Respiratory Tract
 Infections--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 28
-A-
 1623693 85148693
-W-
 Scanning electron microscopy of the ocular vasculature in retinopathy of
 prematurity.
 Fryczkowski AW; Peiffer RL; Merritt JC; Kraybill EN; Eifrig DE
 Dept. of Ophthalmology, Univ. of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.
 Arch Ophthalmol (US), Feb 1985, 103 (2) p224-8,
-ISSN-
 0003-9950
-JrnlCode-
 830?
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Clinicoanatomopathologic correlations in a case of the retinopathy of
 prematurity are reported. A premature infant delivered at 28 weeks of
 gestation (weight, 900 g) was hospitalized for a number of health problems,
 including bronchopulmonary dysplasia and respiratory distress syndrome.
 Ophthalmic examination, at the age of 5 months, disclosed stage 1B
 retinopathy of prematurity. The patient died at the age of 161 days; both
 eyes were taken for scanning electron microscopy and histopathologic
 studies. Scanning electron microscopy findings included absence of retinal
 capillaries, anterior uveal neovascularization originating from the venous
 side, and a coincidental typical coloboma of the optic nerve and
 choriocapillaris. Histopathologic findings confirmed iris stromal
 neovascularization, showed retinal neovascularization with proliferation
 into the vitreous and avascular areas between the midperiphery and ora
 serrata.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Blood Vessels--Ultrastructure (UL); Eye--Blood Supply (BS); Infant, Newborn;
 Microscopy, Electron, Scanning; Models, Anatomic;
 Neovascularization--Pathology (PA); *Retinal Vessels--Ultrastructure (UL);
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Pathology (PA); Uvea--Blood Supply (BS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 29
-A-
 1611641 85136641
-W-
 Negligent treatment of premature infant causing retrolental fibroplasia:
 judge seeks pre-trial disclosure of medical reports.
 Brahams D
 Lancet (ENGLAND), Mar 9 1985, 1 (8428) p589-90,
-ISSN-
 0140-6736
-JrnlCode-
 L0S Lang.: ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Infant Care; Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature; *Malpractice--Legislation
 and Jurisprudence (LJ); Medical Records; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology
 (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 30
-A-
 1593315 85118315
-W-
 Nine-year follow up of infants weighing 1 500 g or less at birth.
 Michelsson K; Lindahl E; Parre M; Helenius M
 II Dept. of Paediatrics, Children's Hospital, Univ. of Helsinki, Finland.
 Acta Paediatr Scand (SWEDEN), Nov 1984, 73 (6) p835-41,
-ISSN-
 0001-656X
-JrnlCode-
 1LV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A nine-year follow-up of 116 children born consecutively in 1971-74 with a
 birthweight of 1 500 g or less showed that 59 had died. Of those who were
 alive, four had severe motor and/or mental handicaps and three were blind
 because of retrolental fibroplasia. The low birthweight children without
 severe handicaps were found to have impaired motor function, speech defects
 and impaired school achievement more often than the controls. There was a
 significant correlation between the test results at the age of five and nine
 years, which indicates that children with school failure can be recognized
 and early remedial treatment started before school or on starting school.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Birth Weight; *Child Development; Child; Child, Preschool; Follow-Up
 Studies; Handicapped; Infant Mortality; Infant; *Infant, Low Birth Weight;
 *INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; Mental Disorders--Etiology (ET) ; *Motor
 Skills; Pregnancy; PREGN; Prognosis; Risk
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 31
-A-
 1586988 85111988
-W-
 Suppression of severe retinopathy of prematurity with vitamin E
 supplementation. Ultrastructural mechanism of clinical efficacy.
 Hittner HM; Rudolph AJ; Kretzer FL
 Cullen Eye Institute, Houston, TX.
 Ophthalmology (US), Dec 1984, 91 (12) p1512-23,
-ISSN-
 0161-6420
-JrnlCode-
 OI5
 Contract/Grant No.: EY 02607
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Three clinical trials enrolling 418 infants (less than or equal to 1500 g
 birth weight) and an ultrastructural data base of 71 pairs of whole eye
 donations have elucidated the efficacy of vitamin E in suppressing the
 development of severe retrolental fibroplasia (ROP). Only continuous vitamin
 E supplementation to adult physiologic levels from the first hours of life
 suppresses the development of severe ROP. Supplementation does not increase
 the incidence of necrotizing enterocolitis, sepsis, intraventricular
 hemorrhage, or mortality. Only multivariate analysis, which considers all
 risk factors simultaneously, is appropriate when appraising the efficacy of
 supplementation since all the clinical risk factors uniquely impinge on the
 oxygen dynamics of the developing retina. Mesenchymal spindle cells are the
 cellular mediators of the induction of ROP by oxygen in which increased
 oxygen tension triggers extensive gap junction formation between adjacent
 spindle cells. This cellular event, which occurs as early as four days of
 life, halts the normal vasoformative process and triggers
 neovascularization, which becomes clinically evident some 8 to 12 weeks
 later.
 Tags: Animal; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Clinical Trials; Infant, Newborn; Infant, Premature, Diseases--Pathology
 (PA); *Infant, Premature, Diseases--Prevention and Control (PC);
 Intercellular Junctions--Ultrastructure (UL); Retina--Drug Effects (DE);
 Retina--Growth and Development (GD); *Retina--Ultrastructure (UL); Retinal
 Diseases--Pathology (PA); *Retinal Diseases--Prevention and Control (PC);
 Risk; Vitamin E--Pharmacodynamics (PD); *Vitamin E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 32
-A-
 1586987 85111987
-W-
 Risk factors associated with retrolental fibroplasia.
 Biglan AW; Brown DR; Reynolds JD; Milley JR
 Dept. of Ophthalmology, Univ. of Pittsburgh School of Medicine,
 Pennsylvania.
 Ophthalmology (US), Dec 1984, 91 (12) p1504-11,
-ISSN-
 0161-6420
-JrnlCode-
 OI?
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The eyes of infants who were premature or had exposure to increased ambient
 oxygen from 1979 to 1981 were examined. Of 1012 neonates, 19 were found to
 have acute retrolental fibroplasia (RLF) grade III or worse in at least one
 eye. Sixteen also had chronic lung disease (CLD), and when compared to 25
 control patients who had CLD but not grade III or more RLF, they were found
 to consistently have lower blood CO2 tensions (PCO2), lower pH values,
 higher inspired oxygen concentration (FIO2S) and a higher incidence of
 seizure disorders (100% vs. 48%). We could not show that an elevated PCO2
 increased the risk for developing RLF. Infants with either chronic lung
 disease or chronic lung disease and seizures had a high risk for developing
 RLF grade III (39% and 57%, respectively).
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Carbon Dioxide--Blood (BL); Hydrogen-Ion Concentration; PH; Infant, Newborn;
 Length of Stay; Lung Diseases--Complications (CO); Oxygen--Adverse Effects
 (AE); Oxygen--Blood (BL); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Blood (BL); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); Retrospective Studies; Risk;
 Seizures--Complications (CO)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 33
-A-
 1586986 85111986
-W-
 The natural history of active retinopathy of prematurity.
 Tasman W
 Retina Service, Wills Eye Hospital, Philadelphia.
 Ophthalmology (US), Dec 1984, 91 (12) p1499-503,
-ISSN-
 0161-6420
-JrnlCode-
 OI5 Lang.: ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Two hundred twenty-one premature infants were examined in the premature
 nursery. Thirty-seven of the 221 (16.2%) had retinopathy of prematurity
 (ROP). Eight patients (21.5%) went blind and three other infants lost sight
 in one eye for a total of 19 sightless eyes (25.7%). The remaining 55 eyes
 (74.3%) retained vision. Birth weight was the most critical prognostic
 factor. Of eight babies who became blind all were under 1000 grams at birth,
 while babies who showed little change from active ROP were generally over
 1300 grams. Nine of 14 eyes with only peripheral shunts (64%) resolved
 without dragging of the retina in the posterior pole. Sixteen eyes developed
 peripheral retinal detachment, and six of the sixteen (37.4%) had associated
 dilation and tortuosity of vessels in the posterior pole. Only one of these
 eyes resolved with minimal sequelae, suggesting that peripheral retinal
 detachment with dilated tortuous vessels was the most significant indicator
 of serious consequences.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Blindness--Etiology (ET); Eye--Blood Supply (BS); Follow-Up Studies;
 *Infant, Low Birth Weight; *INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature,
 Diseases--Pathology (PA); Neovascularization--Pathology (PA); Prognosis;
 Retinal Detachment--Pathology (PA); Retinal Diseases--Complications (CO);
 *Retinal Diseases--Pathology (PA); Retinal Vessels--Pathology (PA);
 Vasodilation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 34
-A-
 1586962 85111962
-W-
 Incontinentia pigmenti associated with nasolacrimal duct obstruction.
 Smith B; Bedrossian EH Jr
 Oculoplastic Dept., New York Eye and Ear Infirmary, New York.
 Ophthalmic Surg (US), Dec 1984, 15 (12) p980-2,
-ISSN-
 0022-023X
-JrnlCode-
 OIC
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A case is reported of a five-month old female with incontinentia pigmenti
 associated with nasolacrimal duct obstruction. Ocular manifestations of
 incontinentia pigmenti have previously been described to include persistent
 hyperplastic primary vitreous, retinal dysplasia retrolental fibroplasia,
 corneal opacities, cataract, optic atrophy, and strabismus. This case is
 believed to be the first reported instance of incontinentia pigmenti
 associated with nasolacrimal duct obstruction. The management of this
 patient is also discussed.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Infant; *Lacrimal Apparatus--Surgery (SU); Lacrimal Duct
 Obstruction--Congenital (CN); Lacrimal Duct Obstruction--Embryology (EM);
 *Lacrimal Duct Obstruction--Surgery (SU); Nasolacrimal Duct--Embryology
 (EM); *Nasolacrimal Duct--Surgery (SU); *Pigmentation Disorders--Congenital
 (CN); Pigmentation Disorders--Embryology (EM); Syndrome
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 35
-A-
 1582466 851074?6
-W-
 Increased morbidity in low-birth-weight survivors with severe retrolental
 fibroplasia.
 Vohr BR; Coll CT
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Women and Infants Hospital of Rhode Island,
 Providence.
 J Pediatr (US), Feb 1985, 106 (2) p287-91,
-ISSN-
 0022-3476
-JrnlCode-
 JLZ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Fourteen (2.2%) of 645 survivors with birth weight less than or equal to
 1500 gm cared for in the Special Care Nursery between 1975 and 1981 were
 identified as having stage III-IV retrolental fibroplasia (RLF) in one or
 both eyes. These 14 survivors and 14 controls matched for birth weight have
 been observed for 2 to 7 years. There were no differences between survivors
 with RLF and controls in birth weight, gestation, multiple neonatal risk
 factors, or Hollingshead socioeconomic status. The only significant
 difference was in prolonged O2 requirements (greater than 2 weeks) (13 of 14
 patients vs 7 of 14 control infants (P less than 0.025) and prolonged
 assisted ventilation requirements (21 +/- 15 for RLF vs 6 +/- 10 days for
 control infants, P less than 0.05). Follow-up assessments showed that the
 RLF survivors had a significantly higher incidence of neurologic
 abnormality, lower developmental quotients, increased requirements for
 special education, increased number of hospitalizations for illness, and
 more maternal stress as observed in the mother's adapted Life Experience
 Survey. We conclude that low-birth-weight infants with stage III-IV RLF are
 at a higher risk for neurodevelopmental problems and that their families are
 in need of comprehensive support services.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Child Development; Disease Susceptibility--Occurrence (OC); Family;
 Follow-Up Studies; *Infant, Low Birth Weight; *INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn;
 Life Change Events; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Physiopathology (PP); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Psychology (PX);
 Social Support; Socioeconomic Factors; Stress, Psychological--Occurrence
 (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 36
-A-
 1567665 85092665
-W-
 [Oxygen therapy--underestimated risks]
 Tlenoterapia--niedoc?niane niebezpieczenstwa.
 Rogala B; Danek K
 Wiad Lek (POLAND), Sep 15 1984, 37 (16) p1263-6,
-ISSN-
 0043-5147
-JrnlCode-
 XOA
-Lang-
 POLISH
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS (19 refs.)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Hyperbaric Oxygenation--Adverse Effects (AE); Hypercapnia--Etiology (ET);
 *Oxygen Inhalation Therapy--Adverse Effects (AE); Respiratory Distress
 Syndrome, Adult--Etiology (ET); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET);
 Risk
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 37
-A-
 1566076 85091076
-W-
 [The retinopathy of prematurity
 Prematuren-retinopathie (retinopathy of prematurity, ROP).
 Cats BP; Tan KE
 Afd. Neonatologie, Universitetskinderkliniek Het Wilhelmina
 Kinderziekenhuis, Utrecht.
 Tijdschr Kindergeneeskd (NETHERLANDS), Oct 1984, 52 (5) p187-91,
-ISSN-
 0376-7442
-JrnlCode-
 VST
-Lang-
 DUTCH
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Throughout a four years period the development of retinopathy of prematurity
 (ROP) was determined amongst neonates considered 'at risk' for acquiring
 this condition. Fifty-six out of 249 neonates developed some degree of ROP.
 Comparison of the ROP-group with a group of 56 controls (admitted in the
 same period and matched for sex, birth-weight and gestational age) showed
 significant differences for sepsis, blood-transfusions and the period of
 O2-monitoring/period of O2-administration. The most consistent factor to
 which the development of ROP related was gestational age at the time of
 birth; no gestational age group however turned out to be absolutely devoid
 of ROP. This suggests that screening for ROP should not be restricted to
 'high-risk' neonates only.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Blood Transfusion; Exchange Transfusion, Whole Blood; EXCHANGE TRANSFUSION;
 Infant, Newborn; Ophthalmoscopy; Oximetry--Methods (MT); Oxygen Inhalation
 Therapy--Adverse Effects (AE); Oxygen--Analysis (AN); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Diagnosis (DI); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 38
-A-
 1562088 85087088
-W-
 Survival and short-term morbidity of the premature neonate.
 Gilstrap LC 3d; Hauth JC; Bell RE; Ackerman NB Jr; Yoder BA; Delemos R
 Dept. of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Wilford Hall US Air Force Medical
 Center, Lackland Air Force Base, Texas.
 Obstet Gynecol (US), Jan 1985, 65 (1) 37-41,
-ISSN-
 0029-7844
-JrnlCode-
 OC2
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Obstetric decisions regarding premature (23 to 32 weeks' gestation) infants
 must be based on gestational age. However, most reports of the survival of
 premature infants are based on birth weight. The present report relates the
 perinatal survival and morbidity of 105 newborns to the obstetric
 gestational dating criteria between 23 and 32 weeks' gestation. Gestational
 age was determined from at least four obstetric criteria including the first
 day of the last menstrual period, early pelvic examination, the earliest
 auscultation of fetal heart tones with a fetoscope, fundal height
 measurements in centimeters between 20 and 30 weeks' gestation, and
 sonographic gestational age measurements. At 23 to 26 weeks' gestational
 age, nine (39%) of 23 neonates survived. Five of nine survivors had moderate
 to severe intracranial hemorrhage, three had moderate to severe
 bronchopulmonary dysplasia, and three had moderate to severe retrolental
 fibroplasia. At 27 to 29 weeks' gestational age, 25 (93%) of 27 neonates
 survived. Of the 25 survivors, three had moderate to severe intracranial
 hemorrhage, one had moderate to severe bronchopulmonary dysplasia, and one
 had severe retrolental fibroplasia. At 30 to 32 weeks' gestational age, 52
 (95%) of 55 neonates survived. Three of the 52 (6%) survivors had serious
 neonatal morbidity consisting of moderate to severe intracranial hemorrhage
 (three neonates) and moderate to severe bronchopulmonary dysplasia (one
 neonate). Thus, ten of 34 (29%) survivors between gestational ages of 24 to
 29 weeks had a serious morbidity versus only three of 52 (6%) survivors
 between 30 to 32 weeks' gestation (P less than .01).
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia--Occurrence (OC); Cerebral Hemorrhage--Occurrence
 (OC); Cesarean Section; Delivery--Methods (MT); Gestational Age; Infant,
 Newborn; *Infant, Premature, Diseases--Mortality (MO); Infant, Premature,
 Diseases--Occurrence (OC); Pregnancy; PREGN; Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 39
-A-
 1559?30 85084430
-W-
 Immunopathological studies on retinopathy of prematurity (ROP).
 Itoh H; Okuda T; Yamamoto M
 ?obe J Med Sci, Aug 1984, 30 (3-4) p53-61,
-ISSN-
 0023-2513
-JrnlCode-
 KWR
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Factor VIII--Analysis (AN); Fetal Death--Pathology (PA);
 Fibronectins--Analysis (AN); Glial Fibrillary Acidic Protein--Analysis (AN)
 ; GFAP--Analysis (AN); Histocytochemistry; Immunoenzyme Technics; Infant;
 Infant, Newborn; Infant, Premature; Nerve Tissue Protein S 100--Analysis
 (AN); Pregnancy; PREGN; Retinal Vessels--Pathology (PA); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Pathology (PA); Stains and Staining
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 40
-A-
 1559378 85084378
-W-
 [Current possibilities in the treatment of retrolental fibroplasia]
 Aktualne mo.ANG.zliwosci leczenia zwLoknienia pozasoczewkowego.
 Prost M
 Klin Oczna (POLAND) Jul 1984, 86 (7) p309-11,
-ISSN-
 0023-2157
-JrnlCode-
 KWC
-Lang-
 POLISH
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8504
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human
-Desc-
 Cryosurgery--Methods (MT); Evaluation Studies; Infant; Infant, Newborn;
 Light Coagulation--Methods (MT); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Surgery (SU);
 Vitrectomy--Methods (MT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 41
-A-
 1545351 85070351
-W-
 Is bright room light related to retrolental fibroplasia [letter]
 Warshauer AD
 Anesthesiology (US), Dec 1984, 61 (6) p785-6,
-ISSN-
 0003-3022
-JrnlCode-
 4SG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; *Lighting--Adverse Effects (AE); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 42
-A-
 1537686 85062686
-W-
 Intraventricular hemorrhage and vitamin E in the very low-birth-weight
 infant: evidence for efficacy of early intramuscular vitamin E
 administration
 Speer ME; Blifeld C; Rudolph AJ; Chadda P; Holbein ME; Hittner HM
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX.
 Pediatrics (US), Dec 1984, 74 (6) p1107-12,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 O?V
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 To determine whether early intramuscular vitamin E supplementation
 influences the incidence of intraventricular hemorrhage (IVH) in infants
 with birth weight less than or equal to 1, 500 g, data were analyzed from
 134 infants enrolled on a protocol to evaluate the efficacy of intramuscular
 plus oral vitamin E v oral supplementation alone in the treatment of
 retrolental fibroplasia. All 134 infants received, via nasogastric tube, 100
 mg/kg/d of vitamin E daily (dl-alpha-tocophery acetate in MCT [medium-chain
 triglyceride] oil; 150 mosM) for at least 8 weeks with the first dose
 administered within the first eight hours of life. Sixty-four patients
 received, in addition, intramuscular vitamin E on days 1, 2, 4, and 6 of
 life and 70 patients received placebo injections in a randomized
 double-blind fashion. In the first week, vitamin E plasma levels were
 significantly higher in the 64 patients given intramuscular vitamin E. In
 spite of this difference no change in the incidence of sepsis or necrotizing
 enterocolitis was observed. Both the incidence and severity of
 intraventricular hemorrhage were reduced significantly in the patients given
 intramuscular vitamin E as compared to the patients given placebo (P .013
 and P = .04, respectively). The data suggest that vitamin E, a natural
 antioxidant, may play an important role in protecting the CNS
 microcirculation from the effects of hypoxic/ischemic injury.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Administration, Oral; *Cerebral Hemorrhage--Prevention and Control (PC);
 Cerebral Ventricles; Double-Blind Method; Drug Evaluation; Emulsions;
 *Infant, Low Birth Weight; *INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature,
 Diseases--Prevention and Control (PC); Injections, Intramuscular; Random
 Allocation; Vitamin E--Administration and Dosage (AD) ; Vitamin E--Blood
 (BL); *Vitamin E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 43
-A-
 1537665 85062665
-W-
 [Problems of the prevention of retrolental fibroplasia]
 Problemy profilaktyki zwLoknienia pozasoczewkowego.
 Prost M
 Pediatr Pol (POLAND), Jun 1984, 59 (6) p507-11,
-ISSN-
 0031-3939
-JrnlCode-
 OW2
-Lang-
 POLISH
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; Oxygen Inhalation Therapy--Adverse Effects (AE); Oxygen
 Inhalation Therapy--Methods (MT); Oxygen--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention
 and Control (PC)
 CAS Registry No.: ?782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 44
-A-
 1537472 85062472
-W-
 [Treatment of retrolental fibroplasia by transscleral cryopexy]
 Retrolentalis fibroplasia kezelese transscleralis cryopexiaval.
 Jobbagyi P; Gocze P; Horvath I
 Orv Hetil (HUNGARY), Nov 18 1984, 125 (47) p2847-52,
-ISSN-
 0030-6002
-JrnlCode-
 OL8
-Lang-
 HUNGARIAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Cryosurgery; Infant, Newborn; Retina--Surgery (SU); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Surgery (SU); S?lera--Surgery (SU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 45
-A-
 1532543 85057543
-W-
 Long-term neuropsychological impact of retrolental fibroplasia: review and
 implications.
 Scharf LS; Adams KM
 J Pediatr Psychol (US), Sep 1984, 9 (3) 303-16,
-ISSN-
 0146-8693
-JrnlCode-
 JL8
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS (40 Refs.)
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Birth Weight; Blindness--Etiology (ET); Blindness--Psychology
 (PX); Child Development Disorders--Etiology (ET); Child Development
 Disorders--Psychology (PX); Child; Child, Preschool; Electroencephalography;
 EEG; Family; Infant; Infant, Newborn; Infant, Premature--Psychology (PX);
 Intelligence; Mental Retardation--Complications (CO); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Complications (CO); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Psychology (PX);
 Stereotyped Behavior
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 46
-A-
 1512574 85037574
-W-
 [Retrolental fibroplasia in premature infants during the past 20 years ]
 A retrolentalis fibroplasia 20 ev koraszulott betegein.
 Czappan P; Veli M
 Orv Hetil (HUNGARY), Oct 28 1984, 125 (44) p265-63,
-ISSN-
 0030-6002
-JrnlCode-
 OL8
-Lang-
 HUNGARIAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Hungary; Infant, Newborn; Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET);
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 47
-A-
 1500711 85025711
-W-
 Use of mechanical ventilation for clinical management of persistent
 pulmonary hypertension of the newborn.
 Duara S; Gewitz MH; Fox WW
 Univ. of Maryland School of Medicine, Baltimore.
 Clin Perinatol (US), Oct 1984, 11 (3) p641-52,
-ISSN-
 0095-5108
-JrnlCode-
 DHH
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8502
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Following a discussion of arterial blood gas examinations for specific
 diagnosis of PPHN, the authors present guidelines for the management of
 these infants using mechanical ventilation.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Carbon Dioxide--Blood (BL); Diagnosis, Differential; DIAG DIFFER;
 Echocardiography; Follow-Up Studies; Heart Diseases--Diagnosis (DI) ;
 Infant; Infant, Newborn; Monitoring, Physiologic; Oxygen--Blood (BL);
 Persistent Fetal Circulation Syndrone--Blood (BL); PFC SYNDROME--Blood (BL)
 ; Persistent Fetal Circulation Syndrome--Diagnosis (DI); PFC
 SYNDROME--Diagnosis (DI); *Persistent Fetal Circulation Syndrome--Therapy
 (TH); *PFC SYNDROME--Therapy (TH); *Respiration, Artificial; Respiration,
 Artificial--Adverse Effects (AE); Respiration, Artificial--Methods (MT);
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 48
-A-
 1487141 85012141
-W-
 Retinopathy of prematurity in extremely low birthweight infants.
 Keith CG; Kitchen WH
 Royal Women's Hospital, Carlton, Vic.
 Med J Aust (AUSTRALIA), Aug 18 1984, 141 (4) p225-7,
-ISSN-
 0025-729X
-JrnlCode-
 M26
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 From 1977 to 1982, 108 infants weighing less than ?000 g at birth were
 examined in a nursery for premature babies for evidence of retinopathy of
 prematurity (ROP). Of these 108 infants, 88 were subjected to follow-up
 examinations for periods of 10 months to six years. ROP had been observed in
 53% (47/88) of these children; it had been severe in 31% (27/88).
 Subsequently, 19% (17/88) of these children developed retrolental
 fibroplasia (RLF); all of these had had severe ROP, except one, in whom it
 is presumed to have been missed. The RLF was severe in only one eye of one
 child. Each of these infants had received only 25 mg of vitamin E by mouth.
 The writers consider that the case for the administration of large doses of
 Vitamin E in the prevention of RLF is still not proven and conclude that, if
 vitamin E does have a protective effect, then a dose of 25 mg is
 sufficient.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant; *Infant, Low Birth Weight; *INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; Oxygen
 Inhalation Therapy--Adverse Effects (AE); *Retrolental Fibroplasia;
 Retrolental fibroplasia--Classification (CL); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC);
 Vitamin E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 49
-A-
 1487135 85012135
-W-
 Retinopathy of prematurity and vitamin E [editorial]
 Newman NM
 Royal Hobart Hospital.
 Med J Aust (AUSTRALIA) Aug 18 1984, 141 (4) p209-11,
-ISSN-
 0025-729X
-JrnlCode-
 M26
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Animal; Human
-Desc-
 Cats; Child, Preschool; Dogs; Infant; Infant, Newborn; Mice Oxygen
 Inhalation Therapy--Adverse Effects (AE); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC); *Vitamin E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 50
-A-
 1481164 85006164
-W-
 Retinal oxygen tension and oxygen reactivity in retinopathy of prematurity
 in kittens.
 Ernest T; Goldstick TK
 Dept. of Ophthalmology, Eye and Ear Infirmary, Univ. of Illinois at
 Chicago.
 Invest Ophthalmol V?s Sci (US), Oct 1984, 25 (10) p1129-34,
-ISSN-
 0146-0404
-JrnlCode-
 GWI
 Contract/Grant No.: EY-04085
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In the first series of experiments, preretinal oxygen tensions were measured
 using microelectrodes in newborn kittens, at 6 +/- 2 days of age, following
 their placement in an atmosphere of 80 to 90% oxygen for 5 +/- 1 day. The
 oxygen exposure caused an obliteration of the normally developing retinal
 vasculature. Preretinal oxygen tensions in the resultant avascular retina
 were close to zero while those in the vascular retina were near normal. The
 avascular retina was a "sink" for ocular oxygen. Oxygen breathing resulted
 in expected increases in preretinal oxygen tension, but, surprisingly, the
 preretinal oxygen tension decreased with continued oxygen administration.
 Because the oxygen tension in the avascular retinal area is determined
 primarily by the choroidal circulation, we speculated that increased oxygen
 caused a decreased choroidal blood flow. In the second series of
 experiments, however, choroidal blood flow was measured in the kittens by
 applying a temperature probe to the sclera and oxygen breathing did not
 appear to have an effect. These results did not support the initial
 speculation. It may be that the decrease in preretinal oxygen tension
 observe with continued oxygen administration resulted from progressive
 increase in utilization.
 Tags: Animal; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Animals, Newborn; Cats; Choroid--Blood Supply (BS); Intermittent Positive
 Pressure Breathing; Neovascularization; Optic Disk--Blood Supply (BS);
 Oxygen Consumption; Oxygen--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 *Oxygen--Analysis (AN); Oxygen--Blood (BL); *Retina--Metabolism (ME);
 Retinal Vessels--Metabolism (ME); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET);
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Metabolism (ME)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 51
-A-
 1477954 85002954
-W-
 Severe bronchopummonary dysplasia. Predictors of survival and outcome.
 Shankaran S; Szego E; Eizert D; Siegel P
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Wayne State Univ., Detroit.
 Chest (US), Oct 1984, 86 (4) p607-10,
-ISSN-
 0012-3692
-JrnlCode-
 D1C Lang.: ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Predictors of survival and outcome were evaluated following severe
 bronchopulmonary dysplasia in 35 neonates, 15 of whom died during the
 initial hospitalization and four following discharge. There was no
 difference in the clinical characteristics between those infants who
 survived or died. The survival rate was 47 percent when the length of stay
 in the hospital was three months and was 17 percent when the length of stay
 was five months. The survival rate was 27 percent when the time receiving
 oxygen was three months. There were no survivors when the time receiving
 oxygen was longer than five months. Follow-up of 13 survivors revealed that
 four had neurologic sequelae, and two had severe retrolental fibroplasia.
 When comparing infants with a mean mental developmental index of less than
 84 (n = 8) to those with more than 85 (n = 5) on the Bayley Scales of Infant
 Development, mean length of hospitalization was 125 days vs 72 days (p less
 than 0.05), and the time receiving oxygen was 84 days vs 46 days (p less
 than 0.05). When comparing infants with growth parameters below the 5th
 percentile (n = 4) to those above the 5th percentile (n = 9), the mean time
 receiving oxygen was 94 days compared to 58 days (p less than 0.05). Severe
 bronchopulmonary dysplasia is associated with a high mortality and
 morbidity, both in and beyond the neonatal period.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Birth Weight; Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia--Complications (CO) ;
 *Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia--Mortality (MO); Follow-Up Studies; Gestational
 Age; Infant; Infant, Newborn; Length of Stay; Prognosis; Psychological
 Tests; Respiration, Artificial--Adverse Effects (AE); Sex Factors; Time
 Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 52
-A-
 1475374 85000374
-W-
 An international classification of retinopathy of prematurity. Prepared by
 an international committee.
 Br J Ophthalmol (ENGLAND), Oct 1984, 68 (10) p690-7,
-ISSN-
 0007-1161
-JrnlCode-
 AZK
 Contract/Grant No.: EY03513; EY01723; EY03473; + Lang.: ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Fluorescein Angiography; Infant, Newborn; Medical Records; Methods;
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Classification (CL); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Pathology (PA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 53
-A-
 1475373 85000373
-W-
 Retrolental fibroplasia now retinopathy of prematurity [editorial]
 Ashton N
 Br J Ophthalmo (ENGLAND), Oct 1984, 68 (10) p689,
-ISSN-
 0007-1161
-JrnlCode-
 AZK Lang.: ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 54
-A-
 1439576 84279576
-W-
 An international classification of retinopathy of prematurity. The Committee
 for the Classification of Retinopathy of Prematurity.
 Arch Ophthalmol (US), Aug 1984, 102 (8) p1130-4,
-ISSN-
 0003-9950
-JrnlCode-
 830
 Contract/Grant No.: EYO3513; EYO1723; EYO3473
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Because of modern life-support systems capable of keeping tiny premature
 infants alive, retinopathy of prematurity has recurred. No classification
 system currently available adequately describes the observations of the
 disease being made today. A new classification system, the work of 23
 ophthalmologists from 11 countries, is presented in an attempt to meet this
 need. It emphasizes the location and the extent of the disease in the retina
 as well as its stages. The term "plus" is employed with the stage to denote
 progressive vascular incompetence. A computer-compatible diagram for
 recording the results of the examination employing the new classification
 system is furnished.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; Medical Records; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Classification
 (CL); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Pathology (PA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 55
-A-
 1439575 84279575
-W-
 The new international classification of retinopathy of prematurity
 [editorial]
 Patz A
 Arch Ophthalmol (US), Aug 1984, 102 (8) p1129,
-ISSN-
 0003-9950
-JrnlCode-
 830
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Classification (CL)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 56
-A-
 1437219 84277219
-W-
 [Experimental studies on retinopathy of prematurity (V). platelet
 aggregation and lipid peroxide in kitten blood after oxygen administration]
 Taki M; Majima A; Takada M
 Nippon Ganka Gakkai Zasshi (JAPAN), Apr 1984, 88 (4) p680-5,
-ISSN-
 0029-0203
-JrnlCode-
 22O
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Animal; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Animals, Newborn; Cats; *Lipid Peroxides--Blood (BL); *Oxygen--Toxicity
 (TO); *Platelet Aggregation--Drug Effects (DE); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); Thrombosis--Etiology (ET); Vitamin
 E--Pharmacodynamics (PD)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E); 7782-44?7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 57
-A-
 1437201 84277201
-W-
 [Retinopathy of prematurity in infants with very low birthweight, especially
 in extreme prematurity]
 Tochikubo T; Hosozawa K; Uga N; Fujii T
 Nippon Ganka Gakkai Zasshi (JAPAN), Mar 1984, 88 (3) p540-9,
-ISSN-
 0029-0203
-JrnlCode-
 22O
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Cryosurgery; Infant, Newborn; Oxygen Inhalation Therapy--Adverse Effects
 (AE); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 58
-A-
 1427160 84267160
-W-
 Clinical course to 1 year of age in premature infants with patent ductus
 arteriosus: results of a multicenter randomized trial of indomethacin.
 Peckham GJ; Miettien OS; Ellison RC; Kraybill EN; Gersony WM; Zierler S
 Nadas AS
 Division of Neonatology, Children's Hospital of Philadelphia, Pa.
 J Pediatr (US), Aug 1984, 105 (2) p285-91,
-ISSN-
 0022-3476
-JrnlCode-
 JLZ
 Contract/Grant No.: HL 23121
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Reported are 1-year follow-up results of a randomized clinical trial
 comparing three strategies of managing clinically significant patent ductus
 arteriosus at the time of diagnosis in premature infants: (1) immediate
 administration of a three-dose course of intravenously administered
 indomethacin in addition to usual medical therapy (fluid restriction and use
 of diuretics or digitalis or both), with surgery as a backup measure, (2)
 usual medical therapy alone initially, with indomethacin as the first and
 surgery as the final backup measure, and (3) usual medical therapy alone
 initially, with surgery alone as backup. Of primary concern were the
 relative merits of these three managements strategies in the terms of the
 long-term occurrence of a wide range of health problems. Although at the
 time of neonatal hospitalization there was a significant excess of bleeding
 episodes in infants receiving indomethacin as part of initial treatment, and
 a significantly higher rate of retrolental fibroplasia in the those given
 usual medical therapy with surgery as backup, there were no statistically
 significant differences at 1 year of age related to these intermediate
 outcomes. In other regards, too, the treatment strategies appeared
 interchangeable in terms of the 1-year outcome.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia--Etiology (ET); Child Development ; Clinical
 Trials; Combined Modality Therapy; Ductus Arteriosus, Patent--Complications
 (CO); *Ductus Arteriosus, Patent--Drug Therapy (DT); Ductus Arteriosus,
 Patent--Mortality (MO); Ductus Arteriosus, Patent--Therapy (TH); Follow-Up
 Studies; Indomethacin-Adverse Effects (AE) ; *Indomethacin--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); Infant, Newborn; Infant, Premature, Diseases--Complications (CO);
 *Infant, Premature, Diseases--Drug Therapy (DT); Infant, Premature,
 Diseases--Mortality (MO); Infant, Premature, Diseases--Therapy (TH); Patient
 Readmission; Random Allocation; Retrolental Fibroplasia--Chemically Induced
 (CI)
 CAS Registry No.: 53-86-1 (Indomethacin)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 59
-A-
 1423928 84263928
-W-
 Assessment and prediction of visual acuity in 3- to 4-year-old children born
 prior to term.
 Sebris SL; Dobson V; Hartmann EE
 Dept. of Psychology, Univ. of Washington, Seattle.
 Hum Neurobiol (GERMANY, WEST), 1984, 3 (2) p87-92,
-ISSN-
 0721-9075
-JrnlCode-
 G9X
 Contract/Grant No.: EY 02581
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Previous studies of school-age children born prior to term indicate that
 they often have visual acuity that is slightly poorer than normal. However,
 visual acuity results for preschool-age preterm children have not been
 reported. In this study, we used the operant preferential looking procedure
 to measure the visual acuities of 23 3- to 4-year-old preterm children. The
 results indicated that, although many of the children had acuities within
 the normal range, the average acuity of the preterm children was slightly
 poorer than that of full-term children of the same age, even when children
 with significant refractive errors were eliminated from the sample. Neither
 birthweight, gestational age at birth, nor the presence of respiratory
 distress syndrome during infancy were predictive of later visual acuity.
 However, preferential looking acuity screening at 4 months corrected age did
 have some predictive value, in that 3 of the 4 infants who failed to
 complete testing at 4 months showed poor performance at 3 to 4 years of
 age.
 Tags: Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Birth Weight; Child, Preschool; Eye Diseases--Complications (CO); Infant,
 Newborn; *Infant, Premature; Refractive Errors--Complications (CO);
 Refractometry--Methods (MT); Respiratory Distress Syndrome--Complications
 (CO); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Complications (CO); Vision
 Disorders--Complications (CO); Vision Disorders--Diagnosis (DI); *Vision
 Disorders--Occurrence (OC); *Visual Acuity
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 60
-A-
 1419677 84259677
-W-
 [Is the premature infant still threatened with retrolental fibroplasia in
 1983]
 Le premature est-il encore menace de fibroplasie retro-lentale en 1983
 Gerhard JP; Willard D
 Bull Soc Ophtalmol Fr (FRANCE), Aug-Sep 1983, 83 (8-9) p987-90,
-ISSN-
 0081-1270
-JrnlCode-
 C40
-Lang-
 FRENCH
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 Eng. Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Low Birth Weight; INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Pathology (PA);
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 61
-A-
 14139?1 84253961
-W-
 Retrolental fibroplasia in full-term infants without exposure to
 supplemental oxygen [letter]
 van Nouhuys E
 Am J Ophthalmol (US), Jul 15 1984, 98 (1) p124-5,
-ISSN-
 0002-9394
-JrnlCode-
 ?3OQ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; *Retina--Abnormalities (AB); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Familial and Genetic (FG); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Pathology
 (PA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 62
-A-
 1411205 84251205
-W-
 Update on retrolental fibroplasia.
 Biglan AW
 Trans Pa Acad Ophthalmol Otolaryngol (US), Spring 1984, 37 (1) p39-43,
-ISSN-
 0048-3206
-JrnlCode-
 WA?
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Animal; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Child; Dogs; Infant; Infant, Low Birth Weight; INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn;
 Infant, Premature; Retrolental Fibroplasia--Classification (CL);
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Physiopathology (PP); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Therapy (TH); Risk
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 63
-A-
 1409704 84249704
-W-
 [Experimental research on the etiopathogenesis of retrolental fibroplasia]
 Ricerca sperimentale sulla etiopatogenesi della fibroplasia
 retrolenticolare.
 Cerrati A; Bertoni G; Ciceri D; Grasso M; Italiano D; Marincola F; Ruggieri
 G
 Riv Med Aer?naut Spaz (ITALY), Jan-Dec 1982, 47 (1-4) p225-34,
-ISSN-
 0035-631X
-JrnlCode-
 TNL
-Lang-
 ITALIAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Animal
-Desc-
 Cats; *Hyperbaric Oxygenation--Adverse Effects (AE); Research; Retinal
 Hemorrhage--Etiology (ET); Retinal Hemorrhage--Pathology (PA); Retinal
 Vessels--Pathology (PA); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET);
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Pathology (PA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 64
-A-
 1407175 84247175
-W-
 New international classification of retinopathy of prematurity.
 Patz A
 Wilmer Ophthalmological Institute, Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore.
 Pediatrics (US), Jul 1984, 74 (1) p160-1,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature, Diseases--Classification (CL);
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Classification (CL)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 65
-A-
 1407164 84247164
-W-
 An international classification of retinopathy of prematurity.
 Pediatrics (US), Jul 1984, 74 (1) p127-33,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
 Contract/Grant No.: EY03513; EY01723; EY03473
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Acute Disease; Cicatrix--Pathology (PA); Fluorescein Angiography; Infant,
 Newborn; *Infant, Premature, Diseases--Classification (CL); Infant,
 Premature, Diseases--Pathology (PA); *Retinal Diseases--Classification (CL);
 Retinal Diseases--Pathology (PA); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Classification
 (CL)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 66
-A-
 1406793 84246793
-W-
 Surgical results of stage V retrolental fibroplasia and timing of surgical
 repair.
 Trese MT
 William Beaumont Hospital, Michigan State Univ., Division of Ophthalmology.
 Ophthalmology (US), May 1984, 91 (5) p461-6,
-ISSN-
 0161-6420
-JrnlCode-
 OI5
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Analysis of forty Stage V RLF eyes which underwent lensectomy, pars plicata
 vit?ectomy, membrane peeling and scleral buckling surgery with a minimum
 6-month follow-up is presented. Anatomic reattachment was achieved in 45% of
 eyes. Functional success was achieved in 30% of eyes. Prognostic indicators
 such as the configuration of the tractional detachment, vascularization of
 the iris and retrolenticular membrane were analyzed. This analysis showed
 that timing of surgery may alter surgical success. This information, coupled
 with the variable rates of progression of the RLF process, suggests more
 frequent examination of the children at risk than as currently suggested is
 necessary to allow maximum benefit.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Follow-up Studies; Infant; Infant, Newborn; Lens, Crystalline--Surgery (SU);
 Prognosis; Retinal Detachment--Surgery (SU); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Surgery (SU); Scleral Buckling; Vitreous Body--Surgery (SU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 67
-A-
 1395050 84235050
-W-
 Concerning the article "Ultrastructural evaluation of the retina in
 retinopathy of prematurity and correlations with vitamin E therapy".
 Kretzer FL; Hittner HM; Godio LB
 Curr Eye Res (ENGLAND), Jun 1984, 3 (6) p881-2,
-ISSN-
 0271-3683
-JrnlCode-
 DUB
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8410
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; Retina--Drug Effects (DE); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Drug
 Therapy (DT); *Vitamin E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 68
-A-
 1385513 84225513
-W-
 Acute proliferative retrolental fibroplasia: multivariate risk analysis.
 Flynn JT
 Bascom Palmer Eye Institute, Dept. of Ophthalmology, Univ. of Miami School
 of Medicine, Florida.
 Trans Am Ophthalmol Soc (US), 1983, 81 p549-91,
-ISSN-
 0065-9533
-JrnlCode-
 W49
 Contract/Grant No.: EYO3513-01
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 This study has presented a two-way analysis of a data set consisting of
 demographic, diagnostic, and therapeutic variables against the risk of
 occurrence of APRLF and its location in the retina in a population of 639
 infants in birthweights ranging from 600 to 1500 gm. Univariate and
 multivariate risk analysis techniques were employed to analyze the data. As
 established from previous studies, birthweight was a powerful predictor of
 the outcome variable. Oxygen therapy as defined and quantified in this study
 was not. Duration of ventilatory assistance did seem associated. The
 population was not uniform. Infants below 1000 gm birthweight had such a
 high incidence of APRLF that no other exogenous risk factors seemed of
 significance. Above 1000 gm birthweight, certain factors, particularly
 duration of ventilation, seemed of predictive strength and significance.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Analysis of Variance; Anemia--Complications (CO); Apnea--Complications (CO);
 Birth Weight; Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia--Complications (CO); Cerebral
 Hemorrhage--Complications (CO); Ductus Arteriosus, Patent--Complications
 (CO); Fundus Oculi; Heart Failure, Congestive--Complications (CO); Infant,
 Low Birth Weight; INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; Oxygen Inhalation
 Therapy--Adverse Effects (AE); Respiratory Distress Syndrome--Complications
 (CO); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Diagnosis (DI); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC); Risk
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 69
-A-
 1384641 84224641
-W-
 [Clinical significance of retinopathy in premature infants]
 Zur klinischen Bed?utung der Fruhgeborenen-Retinopathie.
 Koerner F; Bossi E
 Ther Umsch (SWITZERLAND), Apr 1984, 41 (4) p281-6
-ISSN-
 0040-5930
-JrnlCode-
 VPT
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; *Retrolental Fibroplasia; Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Diagnosis (DI); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control
 (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 70
-A-
 1381149 84221149
-W-
 Retinal and choroidal blood flows in hypoxic and hypercarbic newborn lambs.
 Milley JR; Rosenberg AA; Jones MD Jr
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Johns Hopkins Univ. School of Medicine, Baltimore,
 Maryland.
 Pediatr Res (US), May 1984, 18 (5) p410-4,
-ISSN-
 0031-3998
-JrnlCode-
 OWL
 Contract/Grant No.: EY-02482
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 We studied the effect of changes in the arterial tensions of oxygen and
 carbon dioxide on blood flow to the retinal (RBF) and choroidal ( ChBF )
 capillary beds in 20 lambs. One to three days after placement of catheters
 in the left ventricle, abdominal aorta, and brachiocephalic artery,
 different gas mixtures were delivered to a bag enclosing the lamb's head.
 One group of lambs was studied at normal and low oxygen tensions while
 normocarbic, and another group was studied at normal and high carbon dioxide
 tensions while normoxic. RBF and ChBF were measured using the radioactive
 microsphere technique. RBF increased as PaO2 and, thus, arterial oxygen
 content [ ( O2]a) ?ell; in contrast, ChBF was not related to [O2]a. Oxygen
 delivery to the capillary bed of the retinal artery (i.e., RBF X [O2]a) was
 independent of arterial oxygen content because the change in [O2]a was
 balanced by a reciprocal change in RBF. Oxygen delivery to the choroidal
 capillary bed, however, rose with [O2]a because there was no reciprocal
 decrease in ChBF . Both RBF and ChBF increase as arterial carbon dioxide
 tension rose. Although an increase in arterial carbon dioxide tension
 produced an increase in RBF with no change in [O2]a, oxygen delivery to the
 retinal capillaries rose. Similarly, oxygen delivery to the capillaries of
 the choroid rose with carbon dioxide tension. Oxygenation of retinal tissue,
 which depends on oxygen diffusion from both the retinal and choroidal
 capillary beds, may change with variations in arterial oxygen content
 (increase in oxygen delivered to the choroidal capillary bed or arterial
 carbon dioxide tension (increase in oxygen delivered to both the retinal and
 choroidal capillary beds.
 Tags: Animal; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Animals, Newborn; *Anoxia--Physiopathology (PP); Blood Circulation; Carbon
 Dioxide--Blood (BL); *Choroid--Blood Supply (BS);
 *Hypercapnia--Physiopathology (PP); Oxygen--Blood (BL); *Retinal
 Artery--Physiology (PH); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); Sheep
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 71
-A-
 1370032 84210032
-W-
 [Retinopathy of prematurity--updated]
 Shohat M; Nissenkorn I; Orpaz D; Reisner SH
 Harefuah (ISRAEL), Feb 15 1984, 106 (4) p170-3,
-ISSN-
 0017-7768
-JrnlCode-
 FZF
-Lang-
 HEBREW
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 72
-A-
 1362329 84202329
-W-
 Retinopathy of prematurity: vitamin E.
 Mayes LE Jr
 Ariz Med (US), Mar 1984, 41 (3) p174-6,
-ISSN-
 0004-1556
-JrnlCode-
 8N6
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Drug Therapy (DT) ; Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Metabolism (ME); Vitamin E--Metabolism (ME); *Vitamin
 E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 73
-A-
 1353855 84193855
-W-
 [Risk of damage to the organ of vision in low birth weight infants]
 Ryzyko uszkodzenia arzadu wzroku u dzieci urodzonych z niskim cie.ANG.zarem
 ciaLa.
 Hofman H; Krzyzanowska J
 Instytut Matki i Dziecka.
 Probl Med Wieku Rozwoj (POLAND), 1979, 9 p55-61,
-ISSN-
 0303-2264
-JrnlCode-
 PPS
-Lang-
 POLISH
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The authors presented their own material of years 1974-1977. During this
 period 8788 children were born, in it ?37 (8, 3%) with low birth weight
 (below 2500 g). Retrolental fibroplasia was diagnosed in 4 children, it was
 0, 5% of newborns with low birth weight, and 0, 04% of the all live-borns.
 The retrolental fibroplasia was diagnosed in: 1) the child born in 27 week
 of pregnancy with 1000 g of body weight, 2) in two children born in 32-33
 week of pregnancy with 1450 g and 1350 g of body weight, 3) in a child born
 in 31 week of pregnancy with 1600 g of body weight. The infants were nursed
 in incubators with about 30% of oxygen during 36 to 46 days. Contemporary
 hypoglycemia, hypoproteinemia, atelectasia of lungs with respiratory
 insufficiency were diagnosed. In the discussion the authors underlined the
 role of immaturity and hypoxia of the premature baby, which play the role in
 the secondary injury of vessel's walls of retina. The disturbancy of
 carbohydrate and protein metabolism were certainly secondary pathogenic
 agent sin retrolental fibroplasia. There exists the necessity of oxygen
 therapy of premature baby, but to take cre of the infant in the incubator
 does not mean the necessity of oxygen therapy . Even with controlled oxygen
 dosage in incubator the retrolental fibroplasia may occur as a result of
 relative hyperoxydation induced by the constriction of retina vessels. The
 authors underlined the necessity of repeated ophthalmologic examination of
 premature babies in about every 2 weeks, what makes very early diagnosis
 possible.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Child, Preschool; Fetal Anoxia--Complications (CO);
 Hypoglycemia--Complications (CO); Hypoproteinemia--Complications (CO);
 Infant; *Infant, Low Birth Weight; *INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; Oxygen
 Inhalation Therapy--Adverse Effects (AE); Pregnancy; PREGN; Respiratory
 Distress Syndrome--Complications (CO); Respiratory Distress
 Syndrome--Therapy (TH); Retina--Metabolism (ME); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC); Risk
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 74
-A-
 1352964 84192964
-W-
 Vitamin E effect questioned [letter]
 Gole GA; Skinner JM; Henderson DW; Mukherjee TM
 Pediatrics (US), May 1984, 73 (5) p734-6,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Cryosurgery; Infant, Newborn; Intercellular Junctions; *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Pathology (PA); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Therapy (TH); *Vitamin
 E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 75
-A-
 1352488 84192488
-W-
 Lensectomy for secondary angle-closure glaucoma in advanced cicatricial
 retrolental fibroplasia.
 Pollard ZF
 Ophthalmology, Apr 1984, 91 (4) p395-8,
-ISSN-
 0161-6420
-JrnlCode-
 OI5?
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A study of 15 patients with secondary angle-closure glaucoma associated with
 advanced cicatricial retrolental fibroplasia is presented. Eight patients
 developed glaucoma acutely, while 7 showed a chronic course. In four
 patients the fellow eye became involved acutely within 1 month of the first
 eye. Seven others were also bilateral, but on a chronic basis. Twelve of the
 15 presented after age 2. All were treated with lensectomy which cured the
 glaucoma. All have extremely poor vision in the range of light perception to
 hand motion, but have retained their eyes on a pain-free basis.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Cataract Extraction; *Cicatrix--Complications (CO); *Glaucoma--Surgery (SU);
 Infant; Intraocular Pressure; Iris--Surgery (SU); *Lens,
 Crystalline--Surgery (SU); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Complications (CO);
 Visual Acuity; Vitreous Body--Surgery (SU)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 76
-A-
 1341330 84181330
-W-
 Care of the infant with retinopathy of prematurity.
 Porat R
 Division of Neonatology, Albert Einstein Medical Center, Philadelphia,
 Pennsylvania.
 Clin Perinatol (US), Feb 1984, 11 (1) p123-51,
-ISSN-
 0095-510?
-JrnlCode-
 DHH
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS (108 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Blindness--Psychology (PX); Child Development; Child; Child, Preschool;
 Cryosurgery; Fluorescein Angiography; Fundus Oculi; Infant; Infant, Low
 Birth Weight; INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; Light Coagulation; Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Complications (CO); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Diagnosis (DI);
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Therapy
 (TH); Risk; Scleral Buckling; Vision Disorders--Etiology (ET); Vitamin
 E--Therapeutic Use (TU); Vitrectomy
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 77
-A-
 1336601 84176601
-W-
 Oxygen and retrolental fibroplasia: update and challenge [editorial]
 Flynn JT
 Anesthesiology (US), May 1984, 60 (5) p397-9,
-ISSN-
 0003-3022
-JrnlCode-
 4SG
 Contract/Grant No.: EY03513
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S.
 Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Anesthesia, Inhalation--Adverse Effects (AE); Birth Weight Infant, Newborn;
 *Infant, Premature; *Infant, Premature, Diseases--Surgery (SU);
 *Oxygen--Adverse Effects (AE); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET);
 Risk
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 78
-A-
 1335206 84175206
-W-
 The effect of vitamin E on erythrocyte hemolysis and lipid peroxidation in
 newborn premature infants.
 Cruz CS; Wimberley PD; Johansen K; Friis-Hansen B
 Dept. of Neonatology, Rigshospitalet, Copenhagen, Denmark.
 Acta Paediatr Scand (SWEDEN), Nov 1983, 72 (6) p823-6,
-ISSN-
 0001-65?X
-JrnlCode-
 1LV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The biochemical effect of vitamin E supplementation to mothers with
 threatened premature delivery and to premature infants after birth has been
 studied. Although a weak correlation was found between maternal and cord
 blood vitamin E levels at birth, cord blood levels were not significantly
 higher in the infants from supplemented mothers than those from
 unsupplemented mothers. Furthermore, maternal vitamin E treatment did not
 prevent either erythrocyte hemolysis or lipid peroxide formation in the
 premature infants after birth. On the other hand, intramuscular vitamin E to
 infants after birth produced a marked biochemical effect, with both zero
 erythrocyte hemolysis and low lipid peroxide formation when serum vitamin E
 increased above 2 mg/100 ml. We conclude that intramuscular vitamin E
 immediately after birth is necessary to achieve a biochemical effect of
 vitamin E in the early neonatal period. (No cases of retrolental fibroplasia
 occurred in the present study.)
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Erythrocytes--Metabolism (ME); Fatal Blood--Metabolism (ME) *Hemolysis--Drug
 Effects (DE); Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature; *Lipid Peroxides--Blood
 (BL); Maternal-Fetal Exchange; Pregnancy; PREGN; *Vitamin E--Administration
 and Dosage (AD); Vitamin E--Blood (BL)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 79
-A-
 1313444 84153444
-W-
 Sequelae of arrested mild retinopathy of prematurity.
 Schaffer DB; Quinn GE; Johnson L
 Division of Ophthalmology, Children's Hospital of Philadelphia, PA.
 Arch Ophthalmol (US), Mar 1984, 102 (3) p373-6,
-ISSN-
 0003-9950
-JrnlCode-
 830
 Contract/Grant No.: RO1 EY 01723
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Twenty-six infants with totally resolved low-grade retinopathy of
 prematurity (ROP) were compared with a similar group of 38 premature infants
 in whom no retinopathy had ever developed in the nursery. At the examination
 performed at a physiologic age of 1 year, the two groups were almost
 indistinguishable with respect to their refractive errors, strabismus, and
 amblyopia. The incidence and severity of mild to moderate anisometropia was
 increased in the resolved ROP group. It appears that there is a group of
 infants in whom absolute resolution occurs, with few residua of active ROP.
 This is especially true when there are no anatomical retinal findings
 consistent with low-grade cicatricial retrolental fibroplasia at 1 year of
 age.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Amblyopia--Etiology (ET); Follow-Up Studies; Infant; Infant, Newborn;
 Infant, Premature; Myopia--Etiology (ET); Refractive Errors--Etiology (ET);
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Complications (CO); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Physiopathology (PP); Strabismus--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 80
-A-
 1313443 84153443
-W-
 Angle-closure glaucoma in adults with cicatricial retinopathy of
 prematurity.
 Smith J; Shivitz I
 Arch Ophthalmol, Mar 1984, 102 (3) p371-2,
-ISSN-
 0003-9950
-JrnlCode-
 830
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Acute angle-closure glaucoma developed in three adults who were being
 followed up for stable cicatricial retinopathy of prematurity. After medical
 therapy succeeded in breaking the attack of angle-closure glaucoma, two of
 the patients were treated with surgical peripheral iridectomy and one
 patient was treated by argon laser iridotomy. All three of the patients had
 stabilization of their intraocular pressure and preservation of their visual
 acuity during follow-up of 2 1/2 to five years' duration.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; *Cicatrix--Complications (CO); *Glaucoma--Etiology (ET);
 Glaucoma--Surgery (SU); Iris--Surgery (SU); Lasers--Therapeutic Use (TU);
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Complications (CO)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 81
-A-
 1303911 84143911
-W-
 Vitamin E and necrotizing enterocolitis.
 Finer NN; Peters KL; Hayek Z; Merkel CL
 Pediatrics, Mar 1984, 73 (3) p387-93,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Although vitamin E has been shown to reduce the incidence of severe sequelae
 from retrolental fibroplasia, there have been recent suggestions that its
 use may be associated with an increased incidence of necrotizing
 enterocolitis (NEC). A review was made of experience with vitamin E, both
 intramuscular and oral, and NEC over a 4 1/2-year period. Of 418 infants of
 birth weight less than 1, 500 g admitted during this period, 28/209 infants
 who had received vitamin E had definite NEC (13.4%) compared with 12/209 who
 had not received vitamin E (5.74%, chi 2 = 7.07, P = .008). For infants of
 birth weight less than 1, 250 g, 16/103 infants who received vitamin E
 developed NEC v 1/159 who had not (chi 2 = 21.1, P less than .001); the
 incidence of NEC was not significantly different between the two groups for
 infants with birth weight between 1, 250 to 1, 500 g. The early mortality
 (less than seven days) for infants with birth weight of 1, 500 g or less was
 significantly greater for those who had not received vitamin E (43.5% v
 13.8%, chi 2 = 44.9, P less than .001), most probably a reflection of the
 omission of this drug for the most critically ill infants in this
 retrospective review. The incidence of NEC was not different for infants
 with birth weight of 1, 500 g or less who received intramuscular vitamin E
 compared with control infants from the same period. For those infants for
 whom serum tocopherol levels were available, no infant who developed NEC and
 who had received only oral vitamin E had a serum tocopherol levels of
 greater than 3.5 mg/100 mL. (ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 250 WORDS)
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human
-Desc-
 Administration, Oral; Dose-Response Relationship, Drug; DOSE RESPONSE RELAT
 DRUG; Enterocolitis, Pseudomembranous--Blood (BL); *Enterocolitis,
 Pseudomembranous--Chemically Induced (CI); Follow-Up Studies; Infant;
 *Infant, Low Birth Weight; *INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Drug Therapy (DT); *Vitamin E--Adverse Effects (AE); Vitamin
 E--Blood (BL); Vitamin E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 82
-A-
 1296048 84136048
-W-
 Prevention and management of retrolental fibroplasia.
 Hittner HM; Kretzer FL; Rudolph AJ
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston.
 Hosp Pract [Off] (US), Feb 1984, 19 (2) p85-94, 99,
-JrnlCode-
 HPO
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Double-Blind Method; Infant, Newborn; Infant, Premature; Ophthalmoscopy;
 Retinal Vein--Pathology (PA); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET);
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Pathology (PA); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC); Vitamin E--Administration and
 Dosage (AD); *Vitamin E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 83
-A-
 1285519 84125519
-W-
 Retrolental fibroplasia in full-term infants without exposure to
 supplemental oxygen.
 Kushner BJ; Gloeckner E
 Pediatric Eye Clinic, Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison.
 Am J Ophthalmol (US), Feb 1984, 97 (2) p148-53,
-ISSN-
 0002-9394
-JrnlCode-
 3OQ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8405
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 We observed retinal folds identical in appearance to Grade 3 cicatricial
 retrolental fibroplasia in three infants at birth. In two of them we
 observed the active lesion of acute retrolental fibroplasia in the fellow
 eye at birth. These observations lead us to suggest that the active legion
 of retrolental fibroplasia can occur in utero and progress to cicatrization
 in the absence of any obvious precipitating factor.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Diagnosis, Differential; DIAG DIFFER; Infant, Newborn;
 Neovascularization--Etiology (ET); Retina--Abnormalities (AB); Retina--Blood
 Supply (BS); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Diagnosis (DI); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 84
-A-
 1285505 84125505
-W-
 Ocular vasodilation and angiogenesis in Potter's syndrome.
 Rotberg M; Klintworth GK; Crawford JB
 Dept. of Ophthalmology, Duke Univ. Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina.
 Am J Ophthalmol (US), Jan 1984, 97 (1) p16-31,
-ISSN-
 00?2-9394
-JrnlCode-
 3OQ
 Contract/Grant No.: 1RO1-EYO 147
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 840
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 At autopsy we examined eight eyes of six infants with Potter's syndrome, an
 i?iopathic multisystem condition with a constellation of ocular anomalies,
 to explore its ocular component more fully and systematically. A striking
 abnormality in some cases was the presence of dilated intraocular blood
 vessels, and these were sometimes associated with retinal and preretinal
 neovascularization reminiscent of the vasoproliferative stage of retrolental
 fibroplasia. Since oxygen therapy cannot be implicated in these cases, other
 causes, either genetic or environmental, must be sought. The presence of
 nonretinal ocular vascular anomalies, such as iris capillary dilation,
 peripapillary angioma formation, and vascular anomalies in nonocular tissue,
 point to a generalized derangement in the control of ocular angiogenesis.
 Our study indicated that an understanding of the pathogenesis of the
 vascular anomalies in Potter's syndrome is clearly relevant to other more
 common retinopathies that are associated with neovascularization.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Abnormalities, Multiple--Pathology (PA); Dilatation, Pathologic--Congenital
 (CN); Dilatation, Pathologic--Pathology (PA); *Eye--Abnormalities (AB);
 Eye--Blood Supply (BS); Infant, Newborn; Kidney--Abnormalities (AB);
 Kidney--Pathology (PA); Neovascularization--Congenital (CN);
 *Neovascularization--Pathology (PA); *Retinal Vessels--Abnormalities (AB);
 Retinal Vessels--Pathology (PA); Syndrome
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 85
-A-
 1278537 84118537
-W-
 Retrolental fibroplasia and vitamin E in the preterm infant--comparison of
 oral versus intramuscular: oral administration.
 Hittner HM; Speer ME; Rudolph AJ; Blifeld C; Chadda P; Holbein ME; Godio LB;
 Kretzer FL
 Cullen Eye Institute, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX.
 Pediatrics (US), Feb 1984, 73 (2) p238-49,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
 Contract/Grant No.: EY 02607
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8415
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 To evaluate the efficacy of four early intramuscular injections of vitamin E
 given in addition to continuous minimal oral vitamin E supplementation, 168
 very low-birth-weight infants (less than or equal to 1, 500 g) have enrolled
 in a randomized, double-masked, clinical study. All infants received vitamin
 E orally, 100 mg/kg/d. In addition, on days 1, 2, 4, and 6, seventy-nine
 infants received vitamin E intramuscularly, 15, 10, 10, and 10 mg/kg,
 respectively. On the same days, 89 control infants received placebo
 intramuscular injections. Multivariate analysis of the 135 infants who
 survived greater than or equal to 10 weeks showed no significant difference
 in the development of severe retrolental fibroplasia between these two
 supplementation schedules (P = .86). Plasma vitamin E levels never exceeded
 a mean of 3.3 mg/100 mL, and no toxicity was observed. Ultrastructural
 analyses of seven pairs of whole eye donations from infants receiving IM
 vitamin E demonstrated identical kinetics of gap junction formation between
 adjacent spindle cells as compared with 13 pairs of whole eye donations from
 control infants (P greater than .3). Therefore, oral vitamin E
 supplementation affords retinal protection against the development of severe
 retrolental fibroplasia when initiated on the first day of life and
 maintained continuously until retinal vascularization is complete.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Administration, Oral; Infant, Newborn; Infant, Premature; Injections,
 Intramuscular; Microscopy, Electron; Retina--Pathology (PA); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Pathology (PA); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention and
 Control (PC); Time Factors; *Vitamin E--Administration and Dosage (AD);
 Vitamin E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 86
-A-
 1275835 84115835
-W-
 [The ophthalmologist's role in the prevention of retrolental fibroplasia]
 Rola okulisty w profilaktyce zwLoknienia pozasoczewkowego.
 Prost M
 Klin Oczna (POLAND), Oct 1983, 85 (10) p367-9,
-ISSN-
 0023-2157
-JrnlCode-
 KWC
-Lang-
 POLISH
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8405
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Age Factors; Child, Preschool; Follow-Up Studies; Fundus Oculi; Infant;
 Infant, Newborn; *Ophthalmology; Ophthalmoscopy; *Physician's Role;
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Diagnosis (DI); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC); *Role; Time Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 87
-A-
 1274119 84114119
-W-
 Indomethacin and retrolental fibroplasia [letter]
 Flower RW
 J Pediatr (US), Feb 1984, 104 (2) p326,
-ISSN-
 0022-3476
-JrnlCode-
 JLZ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8405
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Indomethacin--Therapeutic Use (TU); Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature;
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Drug Therapy (DT)
 CAS Registry No.: 53-86-1 (Indomethacin)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 88
-A-
 1262846 84102846
-W-
 Asymmetry in retrolental fibroplasia.
 Rollard ZF
 Ann Ophthalmol, Aug 1983, 15 (8) p768-71,
-ISSN-
 0003-4886
-JrnlCode-
 5PA
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Ten cases of asymmetry in retrolental fibroplasia vary from patients with
 unilateral to those with bilateral involvement. In the bilateral cases, one
 eye was always more severely affected. This article encourages the treatment
 of amblyopia when present in patients with retinopathy of prematurity.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Amblyopia--Complications (CO); Amblyopia--Therapy (TH); Child; Child,
 Preschool; Gestational Age; Glaucoma--Complications (CO); Infant; Infant,
 Low Birth Weight; INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; Retinal
 Detachment--Complications (CO); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Complications (CO)
 ; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Diagnosis (DI)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 89
-A-
 1262830 84102830
-W-
 The relationship of blood transfusions to retrolental fibroplasia.
 Mittelman D; Cronin C
 Dept. of Ophthalmology, Loyola Univ. Stritch School of Medicine, Maywood,
 Ill.
 Ann Ophthalmol (US), Apr 1983, 15 (4) p376-8,
-ISSN-
 0003-4886
-JrnlCode-
 5PA
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The medical records of 53 premature infants weighing less than 1, 360 g at
 birth were examined. The retinas of 32 infants remained normal, while mild
 active retrolental fibroplasia developed in 17 babies, and severe active
 retrolental fibroplasia developed in four babies. The birth weight, duration
 of exposure of supplemental oxygen, and the amount of blood they received as
 transfusions were recorded. There was no significant difference in these
 values for those babies those retinas remained normal and for those babies
 in whom mild retinopathy of prematurity developed. However, the infants in
 whom severe retrolental fibroplasia developed were significantly smaller in
 weight at birth and received more supplemental oxygen and transfused blood.
 There was a close correlation between the amount of blood transfused and
 days of exposure to supplemental oxygen. In addition, the ratio of
 transfused blood to days of supplemental oxygen exposure was greater in
 those infants in whom no retrolental fibroplasia developed and least in
 those infants in whom severe active retrolental fibroplasia developed.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Birth Weight; *Blood Transfusion--Adverse Effects (AE); Infant, Newborn;
 Oxygen Inhalation Therapy--Adverse Effects (AE); Regression Analysis;
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); Risk
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 90
-A-
 1261093 84101093
-W-
 [A new score for the evaluation of retinopathy in premature infants. IV. 50
 cases of retinopathy type I and II]
 Karaki T; Horiguchi M; Ohta I; Miyake S
 Nippon Ganka Gakkai Zasshi (JAPAN), 1983, 87 (9) p684-90,
-ISSN-
 0029-0203
-JrnlCode-
 22O
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; Japan; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 91
-A-
 1259919 84099919
-W-
 [Cardiovascular function, hemodynamics and tissue O2 supply in the neonatal
 period--relation to retinopathy in premature animals]
 Kardiovaskulare Funktion, Hamodynamik und Gewebs-O2-Versorgung in der
 Neonatalperiode--Beziehungen zur Retinopathia praematurorum]
 Menzel K; Buchenau W; Nissel C
 Neonatalogiche Abteilung der Kinderklinik, Medizinischen Akademie Erfurt.
 Z Arztl Fortbild (Jena) (GERMANY, EAST), 1983, 77 (20) p845-8,
-ISSN-
 0044-2178
-JrnlCode-
 XS6
-Lang-
 GERMAN
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Animal
-Desc-
 Animals, Newborn; Anoxia--Physiopathology (PP); Blood Pressure;
 *Cardiovascular System--Physiology (PH); Heart Rate; *Hemodynamics; *Oxygen
 Consumption; *Retrolentar Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET) ; Swine
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 92
-A-
 1254753 84094753
-W-
 A reexamination of the role of oxygen in retrolental fibroplasia.
 Lucey JF; Dangman B
 Pediatrics, Jan 1984, 73 (1) p82-96,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV?e:
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 A critical review of the literature of retrolental fibroplasia indicates
 that the cause of this disease is not yet known. Oxygen is certainly a
 critical factor but it is still not possible to make precise recommendations
 as to the amount or the duration of therapy that is safe. We have
 overemphasized the role of oxygen in the past, and as a result of this the
 false impression has been created that RLF is a disease that can be
 prevented. This gross oversimplification of a complex disease with multiple
 causes has resulted in many unjustified malpractice claims. A study of the
 present epidemic indicates that excessive oxygen administration probably
 plays a minor role, in contrast to the first epidemic in which prolonged
 oxygen administration was clearly a major facter. A reasonable working
 hypothesis is that the developing retina is highly sensitive to any
 disturbance in its oxygen supply, either hyperoxemic or hypoxemic. The
 retinal circulation is subject to the same wide fluctuations as the cerebral
 circulation in newborn infants. The very low-birth-weight, sick premature
 infant suffers from a number of conditions, many of which can seriously
 disturb the retinal circulation, resulting in hypoper?usion and ischemia.
 These factors (immaturity, hyperoxia, hypoxia, blood transfusions,
 intraventricular hemorrhage, apnea, infection, hypercarbia, hypocarbia,
 patent ductus arteriosus, prostaglandin synthetase inhibitors, vitamin E
 deficiency, lactic acidosis, prenatal complications, genetic factors) may
 all be present in an infant. They may interact to produce various degrees of
 retinal damage. Nearly all of these factors cannot be prevented or
 controlled by our present methods of care. Unfortunately, this means that
 RLF is an extremely difficult disease to prevent treat, or investigate. A
 disease of this complexity with multiple causes will require very large
 numbers of infants in anease in very low-birth-weight infants. Its cause in
 these infants is not known. (134 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Anencephaly--Complications (CO); Anoxia--Complications (CO)
 Apnea--Complications (CO); Carbon Dioxide--Physiology (PH); Cerebral
 Hemorrhage--Complications (CO); Ductus Arteriosus, Patent--Complications
 (CO); Exchange Transfusion, Whole Blood--Adverse Effects (AE); EXCHANGE
 TRANSFUSION--Adverse Effects (AE); Heart Defects, Congenital--Complications
 (CO); Indomethacin--Adverse Effects (AE); Infant, Newborn;
 Lactates--Metabolism (ME); *Oxygen--Adverse Effects (AE); Pregnancy; PREGN
 Pregnancy Complications; PREGN COMPL; Prostaglandins--Physiology (PH);
 Retinal Diseases--Complications (CO); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology
 (ET); Superoxide Dismutase--Deficiency (DF); Vitamin E
 Deficiency--Complications (CO)
 CAS Registry No.: 50-21-5 (lactic acid); 53-8?-1 (Indomethacin); 7782-44-7
 (Oxygen) Enzyme No.: EC 1.15.1.1 (Superoxide Dismutase)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 93
-A-
 1254445 8409444
-W-
 Retinopathy of prematurity: a new look at an old disease.
 Wolbarsht ML; George GS; Shearin WA Jr; Kylstra JA; Landers MB 3d
 Dept. of Ophthalmology, Duke Univ. Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina.
 Ophthalmic Surg (US), Nov 1983, 14 (11) p919-24,
-ISSN-
 0022-023X
-JrnlCode-
 OIC
 Contract/Grant No.: 5 732 GM07171
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The neovascular changes of the retinopathy of prematurity can occur in
 premature infants in three settings: (1) when high levels of supplemental
 oxygen are administered, neovascularization usually commences shortly after
 cessation of oxygen therapy; (2) when supplemental oxygen is given for long
 periods of time, neovascularization can develop while the infant is still
 receiving oxygen; and (3) neovascularization can occur without exposure to
 any supplemental oxygen. We propose a model which can explain the occurrence
 of the retinopathy of prematurity in all these settings. Our model
 demonstrates that whenever the retinopathy of prematurity occurs, arterial
 oxygen levels are inappropriately high in relation to the stage of retinal
 vessel development, even in premature neonates not given supplemental
 oxygen. The inhibitory effect of these elevated oxygen tensions upon carbon
 dioxide removal is indicated as a possible cause of neovascularization by
 leading to tissue acidosis and vasodilatation.
 Tags: Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Carbon Dioxide--Blood (BL); Infant, Newborn; Models, Biological;
 Neovascularization--Physiopathology (PP); Oxygen--Blood (BL); Retinal
 Vessels--Physiopathology (PP); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET);
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Physiopathology (PP); Vasodilation
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 94
-A-
 1254444 84094444
-W-
 Retinopathy of prematurity: a continuing problem [editorial]
 Ellis FD
 Ophthalmic Surg (US), Nov 1983, 14 (11) p911,
-ISSN-
 0022-023X
-JrnlCode-
 OIC
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 95
-A-
 1252642 84092642
-W-
 Introductory comments for session V "neovasculogenesis" presented at the
 fifth symposium, the International Society on Metabolic Eye Disease October
 24-26, 1982.
 Waitzman MB
 Laboratory for Ophthalmic Research, Emory Univ., Atlanta, Georgia.
 Metab Pediatr Syst Ophthalmol (US), 1983, 7 (2) p71-4,
-ISSN-
 0277-9382
-JrnlCode-
 MUF
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Physiopathologic or metabolic alterations in retinal blood vessels resulting
 in an ischemic state may be a prime trigger mechanism in neovasculogenesis
 and scar tissue formation. Rate of oxygen delivery may be the primary factor
 so the end-state disease may be rapid as in retrolental fibroplasia (marked
 reduction in vascular flow due to acute vasoconstriction) or delayed as in
 diabetes mellitus (chronic metabolism-induced low oxygen release rates
 parallel with chronic vasodilation).
 Tags: Animal; Human
-Desc-
 Diabetic Retinopathy--Etiology (ET); Diabetic Retinopathy--Metabolism (ME);
 Dogs; *Eye--Blood Supply (BS); Ischemia--Complications (CO);
 *Neovascularization; Neovascularization--Physiopathology (PP); Oxygen
 Consumption; Prostaglandins--Physiology (PH); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Metabolism (ME);
 Vasoconstriction; Vasodilation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 96
-A-
 1243771 84083771
-W-
 Vitamin E and retrolental fibroplasia: Ultrastructural mechanism of clinical
 efficacy.
 Hittner HM; Kretzer FL
 Cullen Eye Institute, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX.
 Ciba Found Symp (NETHERLANDS), 1983, 101 p165-85,
-ISSN-
 0300-5208
-JrnlCode-
 D7X
 Contract/Grant No.: EY-02607
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Administration of control, oral or combined intramuscular and oral vitamin E
 to 418 high risk, preterm infants (1500 g or less birth weight; 32 weeks or
 less gestational age; 305 surviving more than 10 weeks) led to raised peak
 plasma levels of the vitamin of between 0.6 and 3.3 mg% in three consecutive
 clinical trials. This early, non-toxic, prophylactic supplementation
 suppressed the development of severe retrolental fibroplasia when the
 antioxidant was given continuously from the first day of life until retinal
 quiescence. Studies of 63 pairs of eyes by transmission electron microscopy
 revealed that spindle cells (the embryonic precursors of inner retinal
 capillaries) were the primary target of the vitamin E-induced suppression of
 severe retrolental fibroplasia. Extensive increases in the gap junctions
 between adjacent spindle cells in unsupplemented infants, or in supplemented
 infants of 27 weeks gestational age or less, triggered both
 neovascularization from the most nascent capillaries at the
 rearguard-vanguard retinal interface, and dilatation and tortuosity in the
 rearguard (posterior) retinal vessels. Continuous vitamin E supplementation
 permanently preserved the embryonic state of the spindle cells in infants of
 28 weeks gestational age or more, and transiently retarded gap junction
 increases in infants of 27 weeks gestational age or less.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S.
 Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Clinical Trials; Eye--Blood Supply (BS); Eye--Drug Effects (DE);
 Eye--Ultrastructure (UL); Infant, Low Birth Weight; INFANT LBW; Infant,
 Newborn; Infant, Premature; Intercellular Junctions--Ultrastructure (UL);
 Microscopy Electron; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC);
 Vitamin E--Blood (BL); *Vitamin E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 97
-A-
 1243770 84083770
-W-
 Vitamin E and retrolental fibroplasia: prevention of serious ocular
 sequelae.
 Finer NN; Peters KL; Schindler RF; Grant GD
 Dept. of Newborn Medicine, Royal Alexandra Hospital, Edmonton, Alberta,
 Canada.
 Ciba Found Symp (NETHERLANDS) 1983, 101 p147-64,
-ISSN-
 0300-5208
-JrnlCode-
 D7X
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In an attempt to determine the role of vitamin E in retrolental fibroplasia
 (RLF) we report our experience with 191 infants of less than 1500 g birth
 weight. Of these infants, 16.75% had evidence of acute RLF in hospital, 8.4%
 had ci?atricial RLF at follow-up, and four infants (2.1%) were blind, none
 of whom had received supplementary vitamin E. The incidence of cicatricial
 RLF at follow-up was significantly lower in infants who received vitamin E
 early after birth (12 h) than in those who did not (3 of 105 versus 13 of
 86, X2 = 9.26, P = 0.002), as was the incidence of Grade III or greater
 cicatrix (0 of 105 versus 7 of 86, X2 with Yates = 6.72, P = 0.01). Stepwise
 multiple linear regression analysis revealed three factors distinguishing
 infants who developed cicatricial RLF from those who did not: the lack of
 early vitamin E supplements (P = 0.0023), the significantly larger number of
 arterial PO2 values over 100 mmHg (P = 0.0056), and the presence of an
 intraventricular haemorrhage (P = 0.0032). The incidence and severity of
 necrotizing enterocolitis was similar in infants who received vitamin E and
 in those who did not. It is recommended that vitamin E be given within the
 first 12 hours of birth to all infants of less than 1500 g who require
 supplementary oxygen.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human
-Desc-
 Administration, Oral; Blindness--Prevention and Control (PC) ; Clinical
 Trials; Infant, Low Birth Weight; INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; Injections,
 Intramuscular; Oxygen Inhalation Therapy--Adverse Effects (AE) *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC); Vitamin E--Administration and
 Dosage (AD); Vitamin E--Blood (BL); *Vitamin E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 98
-A-
 1243406 84083406
-W-
 Cellular and subcellular vents in retinopathy of oxygen toxicity with a
 preliminary report on the preventive role of vitamin E and
 gamma-aminobutyric acid: a study in vitro.
 Tripathi BJ; Tripathi RC
 Eye Research Laboratories, Univ. of Chicago, IL.
 Curr Eye Res (ENGLAND), Jan 1984, 3 (1) p193-208,
-ISSN-
 0271-3683
-JrnlCode-
 DUB
 Contract/Grant No.: EY-03747
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Using freshly excised, pure, immature retinal vascular explants from
 neonatal rabbits as well as vascular cells harvested from such explants in a
 tissue culture environment, we established the direct cytocidal effect of
 hyperoxia on the vascular cells. One hundred percent oxygen at one
 atmosphere induced a marked cellular retraction after 4 to 6 hours of
 exposure and caused progressive increase in the number and size of lysosomal
 bodies and autophagic vacuoles. Between 12 to 18 hours, the Golgi apparatus
 enlarged and focal cytoplasmic degeneration ensued the various changes in
 the endoplasmic reticulum, mitochondria, and nucleus became apparent between
 18 to 24 hours. After 36 to 48 hours continuous exposure to hyperoxia, the
 cellular degradation with nuclear pyknosis led to granular and membranous
 debris. In contrast, the macrophages in the same culture were more resistant
 to the effect of hyperoxia. Our findings suggest multiple loci for oxygen
 toxicity in immature retinal vessels and cultured vascular cells. We believe
 that the cellular retraction is mediated through the prostanoid cascade. The
 initial event in cytotoxicity of hyperoxia is probably membrane injury,
 especially of the lysosomal system. The generation of the hydroxyl free
 radical invokes specific injury to the lysosomes; severe cellular damage
 occurs due to increased autophagocytosis, probably compounded upon by the
 inhibition of membrane pumps in the cell and he resulting intracellular
 acidosis. Injury to cell organelles such as mitochondria, endoplasmic
 reticulum, and nucleus which occurs at later stages and contributes to the
 final cell degeneration, may be partly related to the hyperoxic insult. The
 addition of vitamin E or gamma-aminobutryic acid to the culture medium
 partially retarded the hyperoxic injury to the vascular cells. In short term
 experiments, no significant damage occurred witcted by hism against oxygen
 toxicity is acquired with the developmental maturity of these cells. (86
 Refs.Tags: Animal; Comparative Study; In Vitro; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support,
 U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Capillaries--Ultrastructure (UL); Free Radicals; *GABA--Pharmacodynamics
 (PD); Lysosomes--Ultrastructure (UL); Microscopy, Electron;
 *Oxygen--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Rabbits; *Retina--Drug Effects (DE);
 Retina--Metabolism (ME); Retinal Vessels--Ultrastructure (UL); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); *Vitamin E--Pharmacodynamics (PD)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E); 56-12-2 (GABA); 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 99
-A-
 1243402 84083402
-W-
 Current concepts of the effect of oxygen on the developing retina.
 Patz A
 Wilmer Ophthalmological Institute, Johns Hopkins Univ. and Hospital,
 Baltimore, MD.
 Curr Eye Res (ENGLAND), Jan 1984, 3 (?) p159-63,
-ISSN-
 0271-3683
-JrnlCode-
 DUB
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The role of oxygen in the development of retrolental fibroplasia and the
 mechanism of oxygen changes in the developing retina are discussed. The
 primary effect of oxygen is one of Vascular closure and the secondary
 response, which occurs after removal from increased oxygen, is retinal
 neovascularization. A brief discussion of recent observations on the
 potential role of vitamin E in the prevention of retrolental fibroplasia is
 presented.
 Tags: Animal; Comparative Study; Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; Mice; Models, Biological; Neovascularization;
 *Oxygen--Pharmacodynamics (PD); *Retina--Drug Effects (DE); Retinal
 Vessels--Drug Effects (DE); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET);
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC); Vitamin
 E--Pharmacodynamics (PD)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E); 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 100
-A-
 1241?16 84081016
-W-
 Retinopathy of prematurity: screening of patients at risk.
 Lamberts L; Dralands L; Missotten L; Leys A; Deblaere C; Eggermont E;
 Devlieger H; Casaer P; Snoeys E
 Bull Soc Belge Ophtalmol, 1982, 203 p57-70,
-ISSN-
 0081-0746
-JrnlCode-
 BYO
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Gestational Age; Infant; Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature ; Mass
 Screening--Methods (MT); Remission, Spontaneous; *Retinal
 Diseases--Occurrence (OC); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 101
-A-
 1241014 84081014
-W-
 Ultrasonography in retinoblastoma suspected cases.
 Goes F; De Wachter A
 Bull Soc Belge Ophtalmol, 1982, 203 p35-45,
-ISSN-
 0081-0746
-JrnlCode-
 BYO
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Cataract--Congenital (CN); Child, Preschool; Diagnosis, Differential; DIAG
 DIFFER; *Eye Neoplasms--Diagnosis (DI); Infant; Pupil;
 *Retinoblastoma--Diagnosis (DI); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Diagnosis (DI);
 *Ultrasonics--Diagnostic Use (DU); Vitreous Body--Abnormalities (AB)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 102
-A-
 1240339 84080339
-W-
 Retinal neovascularisation: early contributions of Professor Michaelson and
 recent observations.
 Patz A
 Wilmer Ophthalmological Institute, Johns Hopkins Univ. and Hospital,
 Baltimore, Maryland.
 Br J Ophthalmol (ENGLAND), Jan 1984, 68 (1) p42-6,
-ISSN-
 0007-1161
-JrnlCode-
 AZK
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Current Biog-Obit; Historical Article
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The late Professor I. C. Michaelson's pioneer contributions to the
 development and pathophysiology of the retinal vasculature have laid the
 groundwork for a generation of ophthalmic research scientists to pursue this
 exciting field of investigation. In more recent studies it has been found
 that, in diabetic retinopathy, branch vein occlusion, sickle cell
 retinopathy, and retrolental fibroplasia, retinal neovascularisation follows
 the development of retinal capillary closure. The capillary closure or
 nonperfusion has been demonstrated by fluorescein angiography. A working
 hypothesis to explain the clinical and experimental observations is that
 these areas of nonperfused retina are ischaemic or hypoxic and liberate a
 theoretical angiogenic or vasoproliferative substance which stimulates the
 development of retinal neovascularisation. In postulating this working
 hypothesis it is important to recognise, firstly, that this hypothesis
 remains to be proved, and, secondly, that retinal neovascularisation may
 develop from other stimuli such as intraocular inflammation where retinal
 ischaemia is not apparent.
 Tags: Animal; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Angiogenesis Factor--Physiology (PH); Diabetic Retinopathy--Physiopathology
 (PP); Fluorescein Angiography; History of Medicine, 20th Cent.;
 Ischemia--Surgery (SU); Israel; Light Coagulation;
 Neovascularization--Etiology (ET); *Neovascularization--Physiopathology
 (PP); *Ophthalmology--History (HI); Retinal Diseases--Physiopathology (PP)
 *Retinal Vessels--Physiopathology (PP); Retinal Vessels--Surgery (SU)
 Named Person: Michaelson IC
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 103
-A-
 1229514 84069514
-W-
 Retinal disorders of childhood.
 Eller AW; Brown GC
 Pediatr Clin North Am, Dec 1983, 30 (6) p1087-101,
-ISSN-
 0031-3955
-JrnlCode-
 OUM
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8403
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Included in this discussion of retinal disorders affecting infants and
 children are retrolental fibroplasia, diabetic retinopathy, sickle cell
 retinopathy, retinal detachment, retinal hemorrhages of neonates, macular
 disease, colobomas, ocular toxocariasis, and TORCH syndrome.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Anemia, Sickle Cell--Complications (CO); Child; Child Abuse Child,
 Preschool; Coloboma--Diagnosis (DI); Diabetic Retinopathy--Diagnosis (DI);
 Eye Injuries--Complications (CO); Fluorescein Angiography; Infant; Infant,
 Newborn; Iris--Abnormalities (AB); Keratitis, Dendritic--Congenital (CN);
 Keratitis, Dendritic--Diagnosis (DI); Retinal Detachment--Congenital (CN);
 Retinal Detachment--Diagnosis (DI); *Retinal Diseases--Congenital (CN);
 Retinal Diseases--Diagnosis (DI); Retinal Diseases--Etiology (ET);
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Diagnosis (DI); Toxocariasis--Complications (CO);
 Toxocariasis--Diagnosis (DI); Toxoplasmosis, Ocular--Congenital (CN);
 Toxoplasmosis, Ocular--Diagnosis (DI)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 104
-A-
 1211962 84051962
-W-
 Incidence of retinopathy of prematurity in a tertiary newborn intensive care
 unit.
 Campbell PB; Bull MJ; Ellis FD; Bryson CQ; Lemons JA; Schreiner RL
 Arch Ophthalmol, Nov 1983, 101 (11) p1686-8,
-ISSN-
 0003-9950 Jrnl Code 830
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 This study determined the incidence of retinopathy of prematurity (ROP) in
 2, 958 admissions to the Newborn Intensive Care Unit of the James Whitcomb
 Riley Hospital for Children, Indianapolis, between January 1976 and December
 1979. Among 2,484 survivors, acute ROP developed in 72 (2.9%); 60 (83%) of
 these newborns had birth weights of less than 1, 500 g. The incidence of
 acute ROP among survivors with birth weights of less than 1, 000 g (28%) was
 approximately three times that of the survivors with birth weights between
 1, 001 and 1, 500 g (10.1%). The overall incidence of blindness was 4.5% of
 surviving infant less than 1, 000 g and .2% of those surviving with birth
 weights of 1, 000 to 1, 500 g. Evidence of the strong influence of
 immaturity and low birth weight on the risk of development of ROP is
 reaffirmed. Increasing survival of the most susceptible infants may be the
 factor contributing most to the overall incidence of ROP.
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Birth Weight; Gestational Age; Indiana; Infant Mortality; Infant, Low Birth
 Weight; INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; Intensive Care Units, Neonatal;
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 105
-A-
 1211675 84051675
-W-
 [Cellular mechanisms of protection against oxygen toxicity. Implications in
 pediatrics]
 Mecanismes cellulai?es de la protection contre la toxicite de l'oxygene.
 Implications en pediatrie.
 Perret L; Dehan M
 Service de Pediatrie et Reanimation Neonatales, Hopital Antoine-Beclere,
 Clamart.
 Arch Fr Pediatr (FRANCE), Aug-Sep 1983, 40 (7) p585-95,
-ISSN-
 0003-9764
-JrnlCode-
 71Q
-Lang-
 FRENCH
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS (71 Refs.)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Cells--Metabolism (ME); Chemistry; Child; Down's Syndrome--Etiology (ET);
 *Free Radicals; Infant, Premature, Diseases--Etiology (ET); Lung
 Diseases--Etiology (ET); Methemoglobinemia--Etiology (ET); *Oxygen--Adverse
 Effects (AE); Oxygen--Metabolism (ME); Phagocytosis; Porphyria--Etiology
 (ET); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 106
-A-
 1210727 84050727
-W-
 [Retinopathy of premature infants (retrolental fibroplasia)]
 La retinopathie des prematures (fibroplasie retrolentale).
 Fontaine M; Lombardo JC; Birkel P
 Ann Pediatr (Paris) (FRANCE), Sep 1983, 30 (7) p483-7,
-ISSN-
 0066-2097
-JrnlCode-
 5UC
-Lang-
 FRENCH
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 France; Infant, Newborn; Retrolental Fibroplasia--Diagnosis (DI);
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 107
-A-
 1197376 84037376
-W-
 [Mechanism of action of penicillamine D in the neonatal period]
 Der Wirkungsmechanismus de D-Penicillamin in der Neonatalperiode.
 Oroszlan G; Lakatos L; Karmazsin L
 Kinderarztl Prax (GERMANY, EAST), Jul 1983, 51 (7) p333-7,
-ISSN-
 0023-1495
-JrnlCode-
 KVD
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Animal; Human
-Desc-
 Age Factors; Birth Weight; Infant, Newborn; Jaundice, Neonatal--Drug Therapy
 (DT); *Penicillamine--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Rats; Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC)
 CAS Registry No.: 52-67-5 (Penicillamine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 108
-A-
 1196241 84036241
-W-
 Retrolental fibroplasia.
 Marta MR
 J Ophthalmic Nurs Technol (US), Nov 1983, 2 (4) p154-6,
-ISSN-
 0744-7132
-JrnlCode-
 J77
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Child; Infant, Newborn; Parents--Education (ED);
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Classification (CL); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 109
-A-
 1192205 84032205
-W-
 Eye problems of prematurity - alert.
 Wackerhagen M
 J Arkansas Med Soc (US), Sep 1983, 80 (4) p177,
-ISSN-
 0004-1858
-JrnlCode-
 HEV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Arkansas; Child; Child, Preschool; Infant; *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 110
-A-
 1190318 84030318
-W-
 [Retinopathy of prematurity: new perspectives on its pathogenesis]
 Fruhgeborenen-Retinopathie: Neue Erkenntnisse zur Pathogenese.
 Koerner F; Bossi E
 Fortschr Ophthalmol (GERMANY, WEST), 1983, 80 (4) p294-7,
-ISSN-
 0723-8045
-JrnlCode-
 F5V
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 ?horoid--Physiology (PH); Infant, Newborn; Infant, Premature ;
 *Oxygen--Adverse Effects (AE); Oxygen--Pharmacodynamics (PD); *Retinal
 Diseases--Etiology (ET); *Retinal Vessels--Drug Effects (DE); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 111
-A-
 1178631 84018631
-W-
 Observations on retinal neovascularization.
 Patz A
 Trans New Orleans Acad Ophthalmol (US), 1983, p82-8,
-ISSN-
 0077-8605
-JrnlCode-
 WAG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8401
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Animal; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Angiogenesis Factor; Cats; Diabetic Retinopathy--Pathology
 (PA); Disease Models, Animal; Dogs; *Growth Substances;
 Ischemia--Physiopathology (PP); Mice; *Neovascularization--Physiopathology
 (PP); Retinal Diseases--Pathology (PA); *Retinal Diseases--Physiopathology
 (PP); *Retinal Vessels--Physiopathology (PP); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Physiopathology (PP)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 112
-A-
 1178607 84018607
-W-
 Current concepts in retrolental fibroplasia.
 Patz A
 Trans New Orleans Acad Ophthalmol (US), 1983, p192-8,
-ISSN-
 0077-8605
-JrnlCode-
 WAG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8401
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Child; Infant, Newborn; Infant, Premature; *Oxygen--Adverse Effects (AE);
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC); *Vitamin E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E); 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 113
-A-
 1152216 83307216
-W-
 [Iatrogenic detachment of the retina]
 Decollement de retine iatrogene.
 Turut P
 Annee Ther Clin Ophtalmol, 1982, 33 p22-43,
-ISSN-
 0301-4495 Jrnl Code 6DA
-Lang-
 FRENCH
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract; Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8312
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS (44 Refs.)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Cataract Extraction; Cornea--Surgery (SU); Glaucoma--Surgery (SU);
 Iatrogenic Disease; Miotics--Adverse Effects (AE); Oxygen--Adverse Effects
 (AE); Postoperative Complications; POSTOP COMPL; Retina--Surgery (SU);
 *Retinal Detachment--Etiology (ET); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET);
 Strabismus--Surgery (SU); Surgery, Operative--Adverse Effects (AE); Vitreous
 Body--Surgery (SU)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 114
-A-
 1150328 83305328
-W-
 [Retinopathy of prematurity: a new score for the evaluation of prematurity
 of infants (III)--is it effective to stimulate the globe by pressure]
 Karaki T; Ohta I; Horiguchi M; Miyake S
 Nippon Ganka Gakkai Zasshi (JAPAN), Jun 1983, 87 (6) p384-90,
-ISSN-
 0029-0203
-JrnlCode-
 22O
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8312
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Low Birth Weight; INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; *Pressure;
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 115
-A-
 1150310 83305310
-W-
 [Retinopathy of prematurity: a new score for the evaluation of prematurity
 of infants (II)--the usefulness of prematurity score P]
 Karaki T; Horiguchi M; Ohta I
 Nippon Ganka Gakkai Zasshi (JAPAN), 1983, 87 (4) p259-66,
-ISSN-
 0029-0203
-JrnlCode-
 22O
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8312
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Analysis of Variance; Infant, Low Birth Weight; INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn;
 Japan; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 116
-A-
 1144383 83299383
-W-
 A baby with retrolental fibroplasia.
 Taylor J
 Nurs Times (ENGLAND), Aug 31-Sep 6 1983, 79 (35) p22-3,
-ISSN-
 0029-6589
-JrnlCode-
 O9U
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8312
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Community Health Nursing; Infant, Newborn; Parent-Child Relations;
 *Parents--Psychology (PX); *Retrolental Fibroplasia
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 117
-A-
 1142512 83297512
-W-
 Vitamin E in retrolental fibroplasia [letter]
 Smith IJ; Buchanan MF; Goss I; Congdon PJ
 N Engl J Med (US), Sep 15 1983, 309 (11) p669-70,
-ISSN-
 0028-4793
-JrnlCode-
 NOW
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8312
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Calcinosis--Chemically Induced (CI); Infant, Newborn; Injections,
 Intramuscular; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC);
 Vitamin E--Administration and Dosage (AD); *Vitamin E--Adverse Effects (AE)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 118
-A-
 1121843 83276843
-W-
 Retrolental fibroplasia.
 Tasman W
 Trans Pa Acad Ophthalmol Otolaryngol (US), Spring 1983, 36 (1) p9-13,
-ISSN-
 0048-3206
-JrnlCode-
 WA7
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8311
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; Retinal Detachment--Pathology (PA); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Classification (CL); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Diagnosis (DI);
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Pathology (PA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 119
-A-
 1117384 83272384
-W-
 Closed vitrectomy for severe retrolental fibroplasia in the infant.
 Machemer R
 Ophthalmology, May 1983, 90 (5) p436-41,
-JrnlCode-
 OI5
 Contract/Grant No.: EY2903
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8311
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Fifteen infants between the ages of 5 months and 2 years suffering from
 severe retrolental fibroplasia with near total and total retinal detachment
 and retrolental scar tissue formation were operated upon with closed
 vitrectomy. The surgical technique and the problems related to the smallness
 of the eye and the changes caused by RLF are discussed in detail. Seven
 retinas were reattached completely and one retina partially reattached.
 Vision was definitely improved, although the visual acuity was probably
 low.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Cataract Extraction; Child, Preschool; Infant; Infant, Low Birth Weight;
 INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; Iris--Surgery (SU); Oxygen--Therapeutic Use
 (TU); *Retinal Detachment--Surgery (SU); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology
 (ET); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Surgery (SU); Scleral Buckling--Methods
 (MT); Surgical Instruments--Standards (ST) *Vitreous Body--Surgery (SU)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 120
-A-
 1117383 83272383
-W-
  Vitamin E and retrolental fibroplasia. Improved visual outcome with early
 vitamin E.
 Finer NN; Schindler RF; Peers KL; Grant GD
 Ophthalmology, May 1983, 90 (5) p428-35,
-JrnlCode-
 OI5
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8311
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Administration, Oral; Clinical Trials; Infant; Infant, Low Birth Weight;
 INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; Injections, Intramuscular; Random Allocation;
 Regression Analysis; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Drug Therapy (DT);
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC); *Vitamin
 E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 121
-A-
 1117382 83272382
-W-
 Current therapy of retrolental fibroplasia. Retinopathy of prematurity.
 Patz A
 Ophthalmology, May 1983, 90 (5) p425-7,
-JrnlCode-
 OI5
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8311
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Retrolental fibroplasia, frequently referred to now as the "retinopathy of
 prematurity, " has shown an increased incidence in recent years. This is
 apparently due to advances in neonatal care, which have resulted in a four-
 to five-fold improvement in the survival of the extremely low birthweight
 infants and it is these infants who are at the highest risk of developing
 retrolental fibroplasia. The use of large supplements of vitamin E, a known
 antioxidant, is discussed along with other forms of therapy.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Child; Clinical Trials; Cryosurgery; Infant, Low Birth Weight; INFANT LBW;
 Infant, Newborn; Injections, Intramuscular; Light Coagulation; Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control
 (PC); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Therapy (TH); *Vitamin E--Therapeutic Use
 (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 122
-A-
 1115710 83270710
-W-
 Current status of retrolental fibroplasia.
 Patz A
 Dept. of Ophthalmology, Wilmer Ophthalmological Institute Baltimore, MD.
 Metab Pediatr Syst Ophthalmol (US), 1982, 6 (3-4) p185-7,
-ISSN-
 0277-9382
-JrnlCode-
 MUF
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8311
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The improved survival of very premature infants is probably responsible for
 the moderate increase in incidence of RLF in the past few years. Because of
 the new cases of RLF, ophthalmologists should continue to focus their
 attention on this retinopathy of the premature infant. The pathogenesis of
 RLF and the role of oxygen, along with a brief discussion of newer concepts,
 are discussed.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; Infant, Premature; Oxygen Inhalation Therapy--Adverse
 Effects (AE); Oxygen--Pharmacodynamics (PD); Retinal Vessels--Drug Effects
 (DE); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Classification (CL); Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Therapy (TH)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 123
-A-
 1101111 83256111
-W-
 The significance of ocular morbidity in very-low-birthweight infants to the
 Australian health service.
 Keith CG; Kitchen WH
 Dept. of Ophthalmology, Royal Children's Hospital, Parkville, Vic.
 Aust J Ophthalmol (AUSTRALIA), Feb 1983, 11 (1) p29-31,
-ISSN-
 0310-1177
-JrnlCode-
 9G5
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8310
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The survival rate of very-low-birthweight (VLBW) infants has greatly
 increased due to the introduction of intensive-care methods to neonatal
 nurseries. It was feared that this would also cause an increase in the
 amount of ocular morbidity associated with prematurity. In order to estimate
 this, 111 very-low-birthweight infants (birthweights less than or equal to
 1500 g) were reviewed at two years of age. They comprised 63% of the total
 number of long-term surviving babies born at, or transferred in the neonatal
 period to, the Royal Women's Hospital, Melbourne, in 1977 and 1978. In 33% a
 significant ocular problem was detected; 19% had strabismus, 17% had a
 significant refractive error, 10% had cicatricial retrolental fibroplasia
 (RLF), and 2.7% were blind, due to optic atrophy associated with cerebral
 palsy. Other studies have shown that 7% of VLBW infants develop severe
 (Stage III) RLF, and 18% of these (1.26% of VLBW infants) will be socially
 or totally blind. In order to estimate the significance of VLBW infants to
 the ophthalmic health services, and to the organisations for the care of the
 visually handicapped, these figures can be extrapolated. Based on 1980
 figures, it would be expected that approximately 1105 VLBW infants would
 survive annually, and nine would become blind from RLF, while 110 would have
 been affected by RLF. Thirty-three children would be blind from optic
 atrophy associated with cerebral palsy, 210 would have strabismus, and at
 least 187 would have a significant refractive error. VLBW infants will
 contribute significantly to the number of children requiring ocular care,
 and because of the high incidence of ocular abnormalities, it is recommended
 that routine screening of all VLBW infants be carried out at one year and
 two years of age.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Australia; Blindness--Occurrence (OC); Child, Preschool; *Eye
 Diseases--Occurrence (OC); Infant; *Infant, Low Birth Weight; *INFANT LBW;
 Infant, Newborn; Optic Atrophy--Occurrence (OC); Refractive
 Errors--Occurrence (OC); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC);
 Strabismus--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 124
-A-
 1097684 83252684
-W-
 [Retinopathy of prematurity: a new score for the evaluation of prematurity
 of infants (I)--prematurity score P
 Karaki T; Ohta I; Horiguchi M
 Nippon Ganka Gakkai Zasshi, Mar 10 1983, 87 (3) p205-8,
-ISSN-
 0029-0203
-JrnlCode-
 22O
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8310
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Birth Weight; Gestational Age; Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature;
 *Regression Analysis; *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 125
-A-
 1094010 83249010
-W-
 Results and problems from work in the field of medical ethics in the GDR.
 Luther E
 Scand J Soc Med [Suppl] (SWEDEN), 1982, 31 p64-72,
-ISSN-
 0301-7311
-JrnlCode-
 UDT
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8310
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Communism; *Ethics, Medical; Germany, East; Infant, Newborn ; Morals;
 Pregnancy; PREGN; Religion and Medicine; Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology
 (ET); Risk
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 126
-A-
 1091043 83246043
-W-
 [Prevention of retrolental fibroplasia by administration of water soluble
 vitamin E (preliminary report)]
 A retrolentalis fibroplasia megelozese vizoldekony E-vitamin adasaval
 (Elozetes kozlemeny).
 Hervei S; Bors Z; Ugrai M; Malik T; Czappan P; Bohar A; Veli M
 Orv Hetil (HUNGARY), Apr 3 1983, 124 (14) p811-2,
-ISSN-
 0030-6002
-JrnlCode-
 OL8
-Lang-
 HUNGARIAN
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8310
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Blindness--Prevention and Control (PC); Clinical Trials; Infant, Newborn;
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC); Solubility; Vitamin
 E--Administration and Dosage (AD); *Vitamin E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-184 (Vitamin E)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 127
-A-
 1090918 83245918
-W-
 Risk factors for retrolental fibroplasia.
 Francois J
 Ophthalmological Clinic, Univ. of Ghent, Belgium.
 Ophthalmologica (SWITZERLAND), 1983, 186 (4) p189-96,
-ISSN-
 0030-3?55
-JrnlCode-
 OIG
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8310
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Besides oxygen administration and immaturity of the premature retinal
 vessels, there are other risk factors for retrolental fibroplasia: (1)
 respiratory distress syndrome; (2) multiple episodes of bradycardia apnoea;
 (3) exchange transfusions; (4) hyaline membrane disease; (5) anemia of
 prematurity; (6) hyperbilirubinemia; (7) avitaminosis E; (8) cardiovascular
 defects; (9) infectious diseases; (10) multiple births; (11) hypocalcemia;
 (12) hypothermia; (13) hemorr?agic tendency; (14) delayed coaptation of the
 retina, and (15) spastic diplegia.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Apnea--Complications (CO); Exchange Transfusion, Whole Blood--Adverse
 Effects (AE); EXCHANGE TRANSFUSION--Adverse Effects (AE); Hyaline Membrane
 Disease--Complications (CO); Infant, Newborn; Infant, Premature, Diseases;
 Oxygen Inhalation Therapy--Adverse Effects (AE); Respiratory Distress
 Syndrome--Complications (CO); Retinal Vessels--Abnormalities (AB);
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET); Risk
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 128
-A-
 1082770 83237770
-W-
 Central retinal arteries in hyperoxemia, and a possible role of fundusscopy
 in prevention of retrolental fibroplasia (retinopathia praematurorum).
 Bracher D
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Univ. of Berne, Switzerland.
 Helv Paediatr Acta (SWITZERLAND), Mar 1983, 38 (1) p27-38,
-ISSN-
 0018-022X
-JrnlCode-
 G59
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8310
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Width and tortuosity of the central retinal arteries have been measured on
 fundus photographs of 9 full-term newborns under intensive care taken at
 least once in normoxemia and once in inadvertent hyperoxemia. In agreement
 with previous investigators no correlation was found between the actual paO2
 and width of the arterioles. This is newly explained as a modification of
 the effect of paO2 on the vessel through acute asphyxia and adaptational
 phenomena. In opposition to the commonly accepted view on prevention of
 retrolental fibroplasia it is felt that the use of fundusscopy during
 intensive care should be reconsidered.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Asphyxia Neonatorum--Pathology (PA); Asphyxia Neonatorum--Therapy (TH);
 Critical Care; Fundus Oculi; Infant, Newborn; Ophthalmoscopy; Oxygen
 Inhalation Therapy; *Oxygen--Blood (BL); Partial Pressure; *Retinal
 Artery--Pathology (PA); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control
 (PC)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 129
-A-
 1072087 83227087
-W-
 One hundred and twenty visually handicapped children below 7 years of age.
 Ruud E
 Hovseter Educational Centre for Blind and Partially Sighted Children and
 their Parents, Oslo, Norway.
 Acta Ophthalmol [Suppl] (Copenh) (DENMARK), 1983, 157 p98-102,
-ISSN-
 065-1451
-JrnlCode-
 1FK
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8309
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 120 visually handicapped pre-school children are evaluated according to eye
 disease and its etiology, and the associated handicap, all related to the
 different levels of functioning. One third of the children fulfil the
 expectations on visually handicapped children. The group consists mainly of
 children suffering from hereditary ocular disorders and some children with
 retrolental fibroplasia. One third of the children are moderately or
 severely intellectually impaired, bearing a heavy burden of additional
 handicaps; many are born premature or dysmature, having suffered perinatal
 complications. The final third are children who fall outside the other 2
 groups, some with a brain damage syndrome, some with light or moderate
 behavioural and emotional disturbance. The moderate and severe emotional
 disturbance and its relation to a brain dysfunctional syndrome are
 discussed.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Affective Symptoms--Complications (CO); Blindness--Complications (CO);
 Blindness--Diagnosis (DI); *Blindness--Rehabilitation (RH); *Brain Damage,
 Chronic--Complications (CO); Child Behavior Disorders--Complications (CO);
 Child; Child, Preschool; Infant; Vision Disorders--Complications (CO);
 Vision Disorders--Diagnosis (DI); *Vision Disorders--Rehabilitation (RH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 130
-A-
 1070412 83225412
-W-
 [Retrolental fibroplasia]
 Retrolen?al'naia fibroplaziia.
 Al'banskii VG; Medvedev AN
 Vestn Oftalmol (USSR), Mar-Apr 1983, (2) p65-9,
-ISSN-
 0042-465X
-JrnlCode-
 XAO
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8309
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS (50 Refs.)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Birth Weight; Cicatrix; Diagnosis, Differential; DIAG DIFFER ; Infant
 Newborn; Infant, Newborn, Diseases--Occurrence (OC); Infant, Premature;
 Oxygen Inhalation Therapy--Adverse Effects (AE); Prognosis;
 Retina--Pathology (PA); Retinal Vessels--Pathology (PA); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Diagnosis (DI); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET);
 Retrolental Fibroplasia--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 131
-A-
 10694?4 83224494
-W-
 [Children with very low birth weight]
 Kinderen met zeer laag geboortegewicht.
 Koppe JG
 Tijdschr Ziekenverpl, Apr 26 1983, 36 (9) p267-71,
-ISSN-
 0303-6456
-JrnlCode-
 VS3
-Lang-
 DUTCH
-DocType-
 Historical Article
-JrnlAnn-
 8309
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Cerebral Palsy--Etiology (ET); Child, Preschool; Deafness--Etiology (ET);
 Follow-Up Studies; History of Medicine, 19th Cent. ; History of Medicine,
 20th Cent.; Incubators, Infant--History (HI); Infant ; *Infant, Low Birth
 Weight; *INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; *Infant, Premature; *Intensive Care
 Units, Neonatal; Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 132
-A-
 1065149 83220149
-W-
 Oxygenation and vasodilatation in relation to diabetic and other
 proliferative retinopathies.
 Stefansson E; Landers MB 3d; Wolbarsht ML
 Ophthalmic Surg, Mar 1983, 14 (3) p209-26,
-ISSN-
 0?22-023X
-JrnlCode-
 OIC
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8309
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The features of proliferative retinopathies are reviewed with reference to
 the vasodilatation that is a common stage in their pathogenesis.
 Vasodilatation in the retina is discussed in terms of a model in which
 vessel wall stretch in the retinal venules leads to leakage and
 proliferation. The beneficial effects of treatments such as panretinal
 photocoagulation and vitrectomy on the retinal hemodynamics are shown to
 agree with the hypothetical model. (179 Refs.)
 Tags: Animal; Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't; Support, U.S.
 Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 *Diabetic Retinopathy--Etiology (ET); Dilatation, Pathologic--Etiology (ET);
 Dogs; Infant, Newborn; Lasers--Therapeutic Use (TU); Mice; Models,
 Biological; Neovascularization--Etiology (ET); Oxygen Consumption; Rats;
 *Retinal Diseases--Etiology (ET); Retinal Diseases--Pathology (PA); Retinal
 Diseases--Surgery (SU); Retinal Vein; Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology
 (ET); Thrombosis--Complications (CO)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 133
-A-
 1062224 83217224
-W-
 [Symptomatic treatment of retinopathy in premature infants by
 photocoagulation]
 Objawowe leczenie retinopatii wczesniakow przy pomocy fotokoagulacji.
 Helm W; Matzen C
 Klin Oczna (POLAND), Oct 1982, 84 (10) p303-4,
-ISSN-
 0023-2157
-JrnlCode-
 KWC
-Lang-
 POLISH
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8309
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; *Light Coagulation--Methods (MT); *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Surgery (SU); Time Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 134
-A-
 1060611 83215611
-W-
 Effects of indomethacin in premature infants with patent ductus arteriosus:
 results of a national collaborative study.
 Gersony WM; Peckham GJ; Ellison RC; Miettinen OS; Nadas AS
 Columbia Univ. College of Physicians and Surgeons, Pediatric Cardiology, New
 York, NY.
 J Pediatr (US), Jun 1983, 102 (6) p895-906,
-ISSN-
 0022-3476
-JrnlCode-
 JLZ
 Contract/Grant No.: HL 23121
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8309
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Among 3559 newborn infants with birth weight less than 1750 gm, 421
 developing a hemodynamically significant patent ductus arteriosus were
 entered into a randomized trial to evaluate the role of indomethacin in the
 management of PDA. Indomethacin given concurrently with usual medical
 therapy at the time of diagnosis resulted in ductal closure in 79%, versus
 35% with placebo (P less than 0.001). Indomethacin as backup to usual
 medical treatment resulted in similar closure rates. To assess overall
 effects through hospital discharge, three management strategies were
 compared. Although mortality did not differ significantly, infants given
 indomethacin only if usual therapy failed (strategy 2) had a lower incidence
 of bleeding than those to whom indomethacin was given with initial medical
 therapy (strategy 1) and lower rates of pneumothorax and retrolental
 fibroplasia than those to whom no indomethacin was administered, with
 surgery the only backup to medical therapy (strategy 3).
 Thus the administration of indomethacin only when medical treatment fails
 appears to be the preferable approach for the management of symptomatic PDA
 in premature infants.
 Tags: Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Clinical Trials; Ductus Arteriosus, Patent--Diagnosis (DI); *Ductus
 Arteriosus, Patent--Drug Therapy (DT); Indomethacin--Administration and
 Dosage (AD); Indomethacin--Adverse Effects (AE); *Indomethacin--Therapeutic
 Use (TU); Infant, Newborn; Infant, Premature, Diseases--Diagnosis (DI);
 *Infant, Premature, Diseases--Drug Therapy (DT); Placebos; Random
 Allocation
 CAS Registry No.: 53-86-1 (Indomethacin)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 135
-A-
 1047536 83202536
-W-
 Familial exudative vitreoretinopathy.
 Bergen RL; Glassman R
 Ann Ophthalmol (US), Mar 1983, 15 (3) p275-6,
-ISSN-
 0003-4886
-JrnlCode-
 5PA
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8308
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Two sisters and a brother with the syndrome of familial exudative
 vitr?retinopathy are described (FEV). Findings associated with this
 condition include temporal neovascularization, vitreous hemorrhage, and
 retinal detachment. Familial exudative vitreoretinopathy is a genetic
 syndrome with nearly complete penetrance but widely variable expressivity.
 The differential diagnosis is fairly extensive. This condition is sometimes
 confused with retrolental fibroplasia, and FEV is probably a more frequently
 occurring disease than previously thought, because of confusion with RLF.
 The pathophysiologic mechanism, natural history, and optimal treatment of
 this disease are matters of debate. With active surgical management, three
 of the four eyes which presented to us for treatment have visual acuity of
 20/30 or better.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Child; Eye Diseases--Familial and Genetic (FG); *Hemorrhage--Familial and
 Genetic (FG); Pedigree; Retinal Detachment--Familial and Genetic (FG);
 *Retinal Diseases--Familial and Genetic (FG); Syndrome;
 Telangiectasis--Familial and Genetic (FG); *Vitreous Body
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 136
-A-
 1046445 83201445
-W-
 Penicillamine and retinopathy of prematurity [letter]
 Hatvani IL; Lakatos L
 Am J Ophthalmol (US), May 1983, 95 (5) p719-20,
-ISSN-
 0002-9394
-JrnlCode-
 3OQ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8308
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Low Birth Weight; INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn;
 *Penicillamine--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Prevention
 and Control (PC)
 CAS Registry No.: 52-67-5 (Penicillamine)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 137
-A-
 1045271 83200271
-W-
 Neonatal oxygen toxicity and its prevention: D-penicillamine offers benefits
 without harmful side-effects.
 Oroszlan G; Lakatos L; Karmazsin L
 Dept. of Paediatrics, Univ. Medical School, Debrecen.
 Acta Paediatr Acad Sci Hung (HUNGARY), 1982, 23 (4) p459-71,
-ISSN-
 0001-6527
-JrnlCode-
 1JQ
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8308
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS (107 Refs.)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Infant, Newborn; Oxygen Consumption; *Oxygen--Adverse Effects (AE);
 Oxygen--Physiology (PH); *Penicillamine--Therapeutic Use (TU) ; *Retrolental
 Fibroplasia--Prevention and Control (PC); Vitamin E--Therapeutic Use (TU)
 CAS Registry No.: 1406-18-4 (Vitamin E); 52-67-5 (Penicillamine); 7782-44-7
 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 138
-A-
 1023792 83178792
-W-
 Ocular morbidity in infants of very low birth weight.
 Keith CG; Kitchen WH
 Royal Children's Hospital, Melbourne.
 Br J Ophthalmol (ENGLAND), May 1983, 67 (5) p302-5,
-ISSN-
 0007-1161
-JrnlCode-
 AZK
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8308
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In the years 1977-8, 258 infants weighing less than 1500 g were born at, or
 transferred to, the Royal Women's Hospital, Melbourne; 177 (68.5%) survived,
 and 111 of these attended for an ophthalmic examination. Significant ocular
 lesions were found in 37 (33%): 21 (19%) children had squint, 19 (17%) had a
 significant refractive error, 11 (10%) had cicatricial retrolental
 fibroplasia (RLF), and 3 (2.7%) had very poor vision due to optic atrophy
 associated with cerebral palsy. No children were blind owing to RLF,
 indicating that the recent increase in survival rate of infants of very low
 birth weight has not been accompanied by an increase in the prevalence of
 severe RLF. In those children with neither cerebral palsy nor RLF the
 prevalence of squint was 11% and of refractive error 13%. Myopia was found
 mainly in children who had shown RLF changes in the neonatal period. It is
 recommended that infants of very low birth weight continue to be screened in
 the premature nursery for RLF, and also at the age of 2, for the detection
 of refractive errors and squint.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Australia; *Eye Diseases--Occurrence (OC); Follow-Up Studies ; *Infant, Low
 Birth Weight; *INFANT LBW; Infant, Newborn; Optic Atrophy--Occurrence (OC);
 Refractive Errors--Occurrence (OC); Retrolental Fibroplasia--Occurrence
 (OC); Strabismus--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 139
-A-
 1021752 83176752
-W-
 Battered baby syndrome in an infant with severe retinopathy of prematurity.
 Fritch CD
 Ann Ophthalmol, Feb 1983, 15 (2) p132-3,
-ISSN-
 0003-4886
-JrnlCode-
 5PA
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Battered Child Syndrome; *Child Abuse; Infant; Retinal
 Detachment--Complications (CO); *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Complications
 (CO)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 140
-A-
 1020117 83175117
-W-
 [Genetic eye diseases and blindness]
 Nakajima A
 Nippon Ganka; Gakkai Zasshi (JAPAN), 1982, 86 (11) p1834-58,
-ISSN-
 0300-9203
-JrnlCode-
 22O
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summary Lang.: ENG.
-DocType-
 English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Blindness--Familial and Genetic (FG);
 Blindness--Occurrence (OC); *Blindness--Prevention and Control (PC);
 Cataract--Congenital (CN); Child; Child, Preschool; Infant; Infant, Newborn
 ; Japan; Middle Age; Retrolental Fibroplasia--Occurrence (OC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 141
-A-
 1019594 83174594
-W-
 Transcutaneous PO2 monitoring during treatment with continuous positive
 airway pressure in infants with idiopathic respiratory distress syndrome.
 Kamper J; Nielsen G; Erichsen G; Filtenborg JA; Lillquist K; Pedersen VF
 Skjolda J; Stabell I
 Dept. of Pediatrics, Odense Univ. Hospital, Denmark.
 Acta Anaesthesiol Scand (DENMARK), Feb 1983, 27 (1) p1-4,
-ISSN-
 0001-5172
-JrnlCode-
 08O
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 During a 20-month period, 20 infants with idiopathic respiratory distress
 syndrome (IRDS) were treated with continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP)
 when they required at least 40% inspired oxygen. The infants were allocated
 to monitoring with either repeated blood-gas determinations according to the
 usual practice or continuous transcutaneous PO2 measurements supplemented by
 blood-gas measurements only when judged necessary. The groups were
 comparable with regard to birth weight and gestational age, and did not
 differ significantly with regard to effectiveness or duration of the CPAP
 treatment, survival rates (90 versus 80%) or number of complications. None
 developed retrolental fibroplasia. However, PtcO2 monitoring resulted in
 significantly less hypo- and hyperoxaemia and the number of blood-gas
 analyses performed during CPAP therapy amounted to only 0.6 per infant per
 day in the transcutaneously monitored group as against 5.3 in the other
 group. We propose that PtcO2 monitoring should now be the method of choice
 and that the use of umbilical artery catheterization should be restricted to
 selected groups of very low birth-weight infants and to infants in need of
 ventilator therapy.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human
-Desc-
 Blood Gas Analysis--Methods (MT); Clinical Trials; Infant, Newborn;
 *Oxygen--Blood (BL); Partial Pressure; *Positive Pressure Respiration;
 Prospective Studies; *Respiratory Distress Syndrome--Therapy (TH);
 Skin--Blood Supply (BS)
 CAS Registry No.: 7782-44-7 (Oxygen)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 142
-A-
 1013665 83168665
-W-
 Speculation on carbon dioxide and retrolental fibroplasia [letter]
 Wolbarsht ML; George GS; Kylstra J; Landers MB 3d; Shearin WA Jr
 Pediatrics (US), May 1983, 71 (5) p859-60,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Animal; Human
-Desc-
 *Carbon Dioxide; Carbon Dioxide--Blood (BL); Models, Biological;
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 143
-A-
 1013619 83168619
-W-
 Another view of carbon dioxide and retrolental fibroplasia [letter]
 Gole GA; Gannon BJ
 Pediatrics (US), Apr 1983, 71 (4) p665-6,
-ISSN-
 0031-4005
-JrnlCode-
 OXV
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Carbon Dioxide--Physiology (PH); Retinal Vessels--Physiology (PH);
 *Retrolental Fibroplasia--Physiopathology (PP); Vasoconstriction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 015:154 144
-A-
 1013604 83168604
-W-
 Infants weighing 1, 000 grams or less at birth: developmental outcome for
 ventilated and nonventilated infants.
 Rothberg AD; Maisels MJ; Bagnato S; Murphy J; Gifford K; McKinley K
 Dept. of Pediatrics, The Milton S. Hers
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 1
-A-
 72-55536
-W-
 Retirement satisfaction and the timing of the retirement age: An analysis of
 retirees and older workers from a Fortune 500 firm.
 Stuteville, Donna E.
 Portland State U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1985 Apr Vol 45 (10-A) 3190
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7209
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); BUSINESS AND INDUSTRIAL PERSONNEL  (07120); ADULTHOOD
 (01150)
-Ident-
 demographic factors & health status & income & work attitudes & leisure
 activity involvement, retirement satisfaction & timing, employees for high
 technology firm
-SectHd-
 3650 (ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR & JOB SATISFACTION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 2
-A-
 72-53751
-W-
 Elderly residents of life-care retirement communities: Personal control,
 future planning, and happiness.
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 Shifflet, Anne F.
-A-
 U Maryland
-W-
 Diss. Abst. Int.,  1985 Jan Vol 45 (7-A) 2221
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7207
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 INTERNAL EXTERNAL LOCUS OF CONTROL (26150); HAPPINESS (22270); AGED (01370);
 COMMUNITIES (10600); RETIREMENT (44470); INDEPENDENCE (PERSONALITY) (24790);
 ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 locus & expectancy of control & desired decision autonomy, future planning &
 happiness, 62-93 yr old residents of life care retirement communities
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 3
-A-
 72-53020
-W-
 A study of leisure satisfaction, leisure participation, and patterns of
 leisure activity in relationship to anxiety levels in retirees.
 Kaufman, Jane E.
 Temple U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Dec Vol 45 (6A) 1868
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); LEISURE TIME (28150); ANXIETY (03310) ; ADULTHOOD
 (01150); RECREATION (43400); SATISFACTION (?5290)
-Ident-
 anxiety levels, leisure satisfaction & participation & patterns of leisure
 activity, retirees
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 4
-A-
 72-25046
-W-
 Salience of life areas among older men: Implications for practice.
 Keith, Pat M.; Goudy, Willis J.; Powers, Edward A.
 Iowa State
 Jrnl of Gerontological Social Work, 1984 Fal-Win Vol 8 (1-2) 67-82
-ISSN-
 01634372
-JrnlAnn-
 7210
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Although research on retirement often does not indicate how withdrawal from
 work affects other areas of life (e.g., family, leisure), information on
 shifts in activities and values in retirement may assist practitioners as
 they work with older people. The influence of employment status and
 occupation on the salience of work, family, and leisure/community
 involvement was examined through interviews with 1,332 of 1,860 older males
 originally interviewed by the present authors 10 yrs earlier, when they were
 aged 50+ yrs. Data show that 554 of the 1,332 Ss were employed full-time,
 229 were employed part-time, 481 were retired, and 8 were unemployed.
 Occupation and employment status were associated with family interaction,
 preferences for allocation of time, and life areas providing the greatest
 enjoyment and sense of accomplishment. Occupation exerted greater influence
 than employment status on life habits. It is suggested that perceived change
 in the amount of time that retired men spend with their families may not be
 as great as the literature indicates. Implications for clinical practice are
 outlined. (11 ref)
-Desc-
 AGED (01370); HUMAN MALES  (23490); EMPLOYMENT STATUS (17196); OCCUPATIONS
 (35110); WORK (ATTITUDES TOWARD) (57037); FAMILY (19300); LEISURE TIME
 (28150); RETIREMENT (44470); EMOTIONAL ADJUSTMENT (16760); ADULTHOOD
 (01150); FOLLOWUP STUDIES (200?0)
-Ident-
 employment status & occupation, salience of work & family &
 leisure/community involvement, elderly males, 10-yr followup, implications
 for clinical practice
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY); 3600 (APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 5
-A-
 72-18542
-W-
 Sex role traditions and retirement from academe.
 Kaye, Lenard W.; Monk, Abraham
 Columbia U, Brookdale Inst on Aging & Adult Human Development
 Gerontologist, 1984 Aug Vol 24 (4) 420-426
 -CODEN-
 GRNTA3
-ISSN-
 00169013
-JrnlAnn-
 7207
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Studied the pre- and post-retirement experiences of 373 retired and emeriti
 officers in instruction, research, administration, and libraries in an urban
 university. A questionnaire was administered designed to elicit information
 about demographics, views concerning the decision to retire and planning
 that accompanied it, and views concerning the actual experience of
 retirement, including perceptions of problems and rewards, nature and extent
 of activity, intensity of involvement in university functions, and adequacy
 of pension and annuity programs. Results show that the mean age of female
 retirees was 72.31 yrs and that female Ss had retired significantly earlier
 (at 65.01 yrs) than males after working an average of 24.7 yrs. Male
 retirees (mean age 75.31 yrs) had retired at age 66-67 yrs after working for
 almost 30 yrs. Traditional sex roles appeared to influence both attitudes
 toward retirement-preparation assistance and the choice of post-retirement
 activities. Males continued to occupy themselves with work-oriented
 pursuits, while females participated more in social or recreational
 activities. (19 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); SEX ROLE ATTITUDES (46935); COLLEGE TEACHERS (10330);
 AGED (01370); HUMAN SEX DIFFERENCES (23510); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 sex role traditions, attitudes toward pre- & post-retirement experiences,
 male vs female emeriti officers in urban university
-SectHd-
 3510 (EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION & PERSONNEL & TRAINING); 2800
 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 6
-A-
 72-17041
-W-
 Life satisfaction and depression among retired Black persons.
 Farakhan, Asia; Lubin, Bernard; O'Connor, William A.
 U Missouri, Kansas City
 Psychological Reports, 1984 Oct Vol 55 (2) 452-454
 -CODEN-
 PYRTAZ
-ISSN-
 00332941
-JrnlAnn-
 7207
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Conducted a 3-session interview (focused on preretirement, immediate
 postretirement, and current) that include the Ecosystem Activity Record and
 the Depression Adjective Check Lists with 23 female and 7 male (aged 52-97
 yr) Black retired persons. Results show an overall decrease in activities
 but an increase in time spent with family and home and an increase in
 participation in church or religiously oriented functions at preretirement.
 It immediate postretirement, there was an overall pattern of relatively high
 life satisfaction. In the current phase, Ss reported relatively low levels
 of depressive mood. (8 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); LIFE SATISFACTION (28362); DEPRESSION (EMOTION) (13650);
 BLACKS (06150); AGED (01370); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 retirement, life satisfaction & depression & leisure time, 52-97 yr old
 Blacks
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 7
-A-
 72-16016
-W-
 Counseling and career development programs in an organization: Design,
 implementation, and evaluation.
 Thorn, Isabel M.
 Corp for Public Broadcasting, Washington, DC
 Int. Jrnl for the Advancement of Counselling, 1983 Vol 6 (1) 69-77
-ISSN-
 01650653
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 This paper was presented at the Int. Round Table of the Advancement of
 Counseling held in December 1981 in Cambridge, England. The author discusses
 the legitimacy of the workplace as a site for counseling and career
 development services and outlines how the US General Accounting Office has
 tailored 3 vocational interventions--developmental workshops, helping
 individuals satisfy their career development needs, and individual
 counseling and crisis intervention--to employees at all levels and various
 stages of adult development. Developmental workshops focused on stress
 management, positive communication, career planning, career development
 orientation for managers, and retirement planning. A career resource center
 containing self-managed career/life planning activities was also
 established. Types of individual counseling are outlined, along with
 training for supervisors to help deal with employees' personal crises. (18
 ref)
-Desc-
 CAREER DEVELOPMENT (07672); PROFESSIONAL MEETINGS AND SYMPOSIA (40740);
 COUNSELING (12080); EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS (17015); OCCUPATIONAL
 GUIDANCE (34990); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 workplace as site for counseling & career development programs, employees,
 conference presentation
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDENCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 8
-A-
 72-16009
-W-
 Work ethic, daily activities, and retirement satisfaction.
 Hooker, Karen; Ventis, Deborah G.
 Pennsylvania State U, Coll of Human Development, University Park
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1984 Jul Vol 39 (4) 478-484
 -CODEN-
 JOGEA3
-ISSN-
 00221422
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined relationships among satisfaction in retirement, strength of the
 work ethic, and daily activities in 76 retired adults, aged 53-88 yrs, who
 were well educated and had had middle-class occupations. Activities listed
 by the Ss correlated negatively with Protestant Ethic Scale scores but
 positively with the Life Satisfaction Index and the Retirement Description
 Index. Results suggest that retirees with strong work values are not as
 active or as satisfied in retirement. (24 ref)
-Desc-
 WORK (ATTITUDES TOWARD) (57037); LIFE SATISFACTION (2836?) ; RETIREMENT
 (44470); LEISURE TIME (28150); MIDDLE CLASS (31320); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 satisfaction in retirement & strength of work ethic & daily activities, well
 educated 53-88 yr olds who had had midlle class occupations
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE); 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL
 PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 9
-A-
 72-15392
-W-
 Assessing the effect of a personal health management system within
 retirement communities: A preliminary investigation.
 Slivinske, Lee R.; Kosberg, Jordan I.
 Youngstown State U
 Gerontologist, 1984 Jun Vol 24 (3) 280-285
 -CODEN-
 GRNTA3
-ISSN-
 00169013
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Evaluated the effectiveness of a holistic care program by comparing 53
 program participants with a nonequivalent control group of 14 Ss on indices
 of wellness, service utilization, illness/hospitalization, and health care
 costs. All Ss were over 62 yrs of age and were not employed; the majority
 were female, White, and not married. Measures were obtained at the beginning
 of the program and 10-13 and 20-23 wks later. Preliminary results indicate
 that program participants perceived improvements in physical health, morale,
 economic resources, ability to carry out the activities of daily living,
 spirituality, and quality of social resources, while controls did not. (21
 ref)
-Desc-
 HOLISTIC HEALTH (23115); HEALTH (22390); AGED (01370); RETIREMENT (44470);
 HEALTH CARE UTILIZATION (22397); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 evaluation of effectiveness of holistic care program, Ss over 62 in
 retirement community
-SectHd-
 3370 (HEALTH CARE SERVICES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 10
-A-
 72-14463
-W-
 Changes in drinking behavior after retirement: Preliminary assessment
 procedures.
 Tucker, Jalie A.; Vuchinich, Rudy E.; Rudd, Edmund J.; Harris, Carole V.
 U Florida, Ctr for Alcohol Research, Gainesville
 Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors, 1984 Spr
 Vol 3 (2) 77-82
-JrnlAnn-
 7206
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Developed and evaluated a self-monitoring procedure to assess drinking
 behavior and activity time allocation in 10 Ss over 60 yrs of age. Frequency
 and duration measures of Ss' time allocation were calculated over varying
 time intervals and treated as individual time-series data. The findings from
 2 Ss are presented as an illustration of the usefulness of the assessment
 technique. (4 ref)
-Desc-
 ALCOHOL DRINKING  PATTERNS (01690); AGED (01370); MEASUREMENT (30200); SELF
 MONITORING (46296); RETIREMENT (44470); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 development & evaluation of self monitoring procedure, assessment of
 drinking behavior, Ss aged 60 yrs & older
-SectHd-
 2990 (DRUG & ALCOHOL USAGE); 2220 (TEST CONSTRUCTION & VALIDATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 11
-A-
 72-12086
-W-
 The relative contribution of leisure activities and other factors to the
 mental health of older women.
 Riddick, Carol C.; Daniel, Stacy N.
 U Maryland
 Jrnl of Leisure Research, 1984 Vol 16 (2) 136-48
 -CODEN-
 JLERA
-ISSN-
 00222216
-JrnlAnn-
 7205
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Evaluated a life satisfaction model for older women using a stratified,
 random national sample of 698 retired females and 403 female homemakers; Ss
 mean age was 73 yrs. Findings indicate that life satisfaction was directly
 and positively affected by (in descending order of importance) leisure
 roles, income, health problems, and employment background. That is,
 homemakers had higher life satisfaction than retirees. (33 ref)
-Desc-
 HOUSEWIVES (23370); HUMAN FEMALES (23450); RETIREMENT (44470); LEISURE TIME
 (28150); LIFE SATISFACTION (28362); AGED (01370) EMPLOYMENT HISTORY (17174);
 HEALTH (22390); INCOME LEVEL (24720); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
  leisure roles & income & health problems & employment background, life
 satisfaction, female homemakers vs retorees with mean age of 73 yrs
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 12
-A-
 72-08170
-W-
 Effects of education on retirement among White male wage-and-salary
 workers.
 Hardy, Melissa A.
 Florida State U, Tallahassee
 Soiology of Education, 1984 Apr Vol 57 (2) 84-98
 -CODEN-
 SCYEB7
-ISSN-
 00380407
-JrnlAnn-
 7203
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Data from 1973, 1976, and 1978 national longitudinal surveys of 5?-71 yr old
 White male wage-and-salary workers were analyzed to investigate the effect
 of education on retirement. It is noted that education was generally
 recognized as a major determinant of occupational status, and its effect on
 career-entry positions and on subsequent locations within the occupational
 structure has been well-documented in the status attainment literature.
 Results from a series of logistic estimations indicate that the net direct
 effect of educational attainment on the transition to a retired status
 primarily consisted of discrete effects located within nonmanual
 occupational categories. It is concluded that acquiring a college degree
 reduces the likelihood of retirement among professional, technical, and
 kindred workers, while acquiring a high school diploma makes retirement less
 likely for sales and possibly clerical workers. (18 ref)
-Desc-
 EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (16040); RETIREMENT (44470); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 educational attainment, retirement, White male 5?-71 yr old wage & salary
 workers
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 13
-A-
 72-06362
-W-
 Sex differences in the antecedents and consequences of retirement.
 George, Linda K.; Fillenbaum, Gerda G.; Palmore, Erdman B.
 Duke U Medical Ctr
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1984 May Vol 39 (3) 364-371
 -CODEN-
 JOGEA3
-ISSN-
 00221422
-JrnlAnn-
 7203
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Analyzed 6-yr longitudinal data from the Retirement History Study, with 377
 females and 1, 468 males (initially aged 58-63 yrs), and the Duke Second
 Longitudinal Study, with 79 females and 156 males (initially aged 46-70
 yrs). Among males, predictors of retirement included older age, lower
 education and occupational status, greater health limitations, and increased
 interactions with friends. For females, the only significant predictor of
 retirement was age. Among males, retirement was associated with decreased
 participation in formal organizations, increased time spent in extra-work
 activities, and decreased life satisfaction. For women, retirement was
 associated with increased time spent in hobbies and household tasks,
 increased perceptions of social worth, and increased perceptions of internal
 control. Several differences between the 2 studies were apparent. Possible
 explanations of the sex differences observed are discussed. (17 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); PERSONALITY CORRELATES (37740); HUMAN SEX DIFFERENCES
 (?3510); AGED (01370); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 educational & occupational status & health & social interaction, retirement,
 58-63 yr old females vs 46-70 yr old males
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 14
-A-
 72-06255
-W-
 The process of retirement: Implications for late-life counseling.
 Nowak, Carol A.; Brice, Gary C.
 State U New York, Ctr for the Study of Aging, Buffalo
 Family Therapy Collections, 1984 No 10 106-123
-ISSN-
 07359152
-JrnlAnn-
 7203
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.; REVIEW
 Utilizes a review of the literature to discuss implications for counseling
 individuals in the process of retirement, noting that demographic trends
 necessitate a critical reevaluation of traditional and stereotyped
 assumptions about the quality of life and capabilities of individuals during
 their retirement years. A working knowledge of changing views and
 research-supported findings on the process and meaning of retirement should
 be pursued by mental health practitioners working with elderly people.
 Predictors of adjustment to retirement include health, income, preretirement
 characteristics of employment, willingness to retire, family circumstances,
 and retirement itself. A contemporary model of retirement depicts this life
 event as a process with 6 interrelated stages: preretirement, honeymoon,
 disenchantment, reorientation, stability, and termination phases.
 Retiremenal client assessment, preretirement counseling, leisure time, and
 griefwork. It is concluded that overall research suggests that adjustment to
 retirement is a complex and dynamic process dependent on predictive factors.
 (48 ref)
-Desc-
 LITERATURE REVIEW (28580); RETIREMENT (44470); COUNSELING (12080); ADULTHOOD
 (01150)
-Ident-
 retirement process, implications for counseling, literature review
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY); 3376 (COUNSELING & SOCIAL CASEWORK)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 15
-A-
 72-05440
-W-
 The role of social security in retirement income: Factors affecting public
 attitudes.
 Klemmack, David L.; Roff, Lucinda L.
 U Alabama
 Research on Aging, 1983 Sep Vol 5 (3) 301-318
-ISSN-
 01640275
-JrnlAnn-
 7202
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Doc Type: JRNL ART.
 Surveyed 1,030 adult Alabamans to identify factors related to willingness to
 have social security play a dominant role in the pension mix of future
 retirees. The factors examined accounted for 32.8% of the variability in
 willingness to rely on social security. The best predictors of high
 willingness were welfare orientation and an evaluation of social security as
 superior to private pensions. Ss who were more fatalistic about planning
 their own retirement and those with more anxiety about aging placed greater
 emphasis on social security. (17 ref)
-Desc-
 PUBLIC OPINION (42210); RETIREMENT (44470); INCOME (ECONOMIC) (24710);
 GOVERNMENT (21390); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 public attitudes toward reliance on social security in retirement income,
 adults
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 16
-A-
 72-04052
-W-
 Vulnerability of self and interpersonal strategies: A study of the aged.
 Kafer, Norman F.; Davies, Daphne
 U Newcastle, Australia
 Jrnl of Psychology, 1984 Mar Vol 116 (2) 203-206
 -CODEN-
 JOPSAM
-ISSN-
 00223980
-JrnlAnn-
 7202
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Interviewed 25 retired adults (mean age 71.4 yrs) living in their own homes,
 25 retired adults (mean age 76.8 yrs) in self-contained independent units
 within the grounds of established retirement villages, and 25 retired adults
 (mean age 79.8 yrs) in hostel accommodations with retirement villages. Ss
 were assessed on levels of fear and aggression, degree of interpersonal
 activity, and degree of disengagement from social role activities. The
 results suggest that an expectation of failure in social situations was
 related to the adoption of an avoidant type of interpersonal strategy that
 was reflected in the reduction of the Ss' social role activities and choice
 of residence. (13 ref)
-Desc-
 INTERPERSONAL INTERACTION (26250); SOCIAL ISOLATION (48270); RETIREMENT
 (44470); AGED (01370); HOUSING (23380); FEAR (19420); AGGRESSIVENESS
 (01400); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 fear & aggression & interpersonal activity & disengagement from social role
 activities, retired aged living in independent units vs hostel
 accommodations in retirement villages
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 17
-A-
 72-02621
-W-
 Retirement decisions: Expectation, intention, and action.
 Prothero, Joyce; Beach, Lee R.
 U Washington, Inst of Aging, Seattle
 Jrnl of Applied Social Psychology, 1984 Mar-Jun Vol 14 (2) 162-174
 -CODEN-
 JASPBX
-ISSN-
 00219029
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 125 staff employees (aged 58, 59, 63, or 64 yrs) at a large university
 evaluated their expectations about what would happen if they retired and
 stated their intention. Two years later they were contacted to see whether
 they had or had not retired. Expectations were used to predict intentions
 (78% correct predictions) and intentions were used to predict actions (76%
 correct predictions). Results support the use of the
 expectation-intention-action chain to characterize retirement decision
 making. Health (both good and bad), self-fulfillment, the attractiveness (or
 lack of it) of the present job, and expectations about postretirement
 finances were major forces in the decisions. Some mispredictions were
 attributable to an unexpected change in retirement policy during the 2-yr
 period that encouraged early retirement to reduce the state payroll. (24
 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); DECISION MAKING (13190); EXPECTATIONS (18460); ADULTHOOD
 (01150)
-Ident-
 expectation & intention & action in retirement, nonfaculty college staff
 aged 58 yrs & older
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 18
-A-
 72-02335
-W-
 Reactions of professors to retirement: A comparison of retired faculty from
 three types of institutions.
 Dorfman, Lorraine T.; Conner, Karen A.; Ward, William; Tompkins, Jean B.
 U Iowa
 Research in Higher Education, 1984 Vol 20 (1) 89-102
 -CODEN-
 RHEDAT
-ISSN-
 036103?5
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Used a study by L. T. Dorfman et al (see PA, Vol 70: 6?55), which compared
 the professional activities of retired professors from liberal arts
 colleges, a comprehensive university, and a major research university as the
 basis for the present comparison of professors' reactions to retirement.
 Results from interviews of 237 professors (aged 59-73 yrs at retirement)
 show that a majority of Ss from all types of institutions planned for
 retirement, were positive about retirement, and offeres suggestions for
 institutional retirement policy. Ss recommended help in planning, more
 information about retirement, support for continued work, and gradual
 retirement. Major differences among the institutions in retirement policies
 and procedures are discussed. (26 ref)
-Desc-
 COLLEGE TEACHERS (10330); RETIREMENT (44470); TEACHER ATTITUDES (51610);
 ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 reactions to retirement, 59-73 yr old professors from liberal arts vs
 comprehensive colleges vs major research university
-SectHd-
 3510 (EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION & PERSONNEL & TRAINING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 19
-A-
 72-02263
-W-
 Logophilosophy for Israeli's retirees in the helping professions.
 Guttmann, David
 Catholic U of America, Ctr for Study of Preretirement & Aging
 Int. Forum for Logotherapy, 1984 Spr-Sum 7 (1) 18-25
 -CODEN-
 IFLODL
-ISSN-
 01913379
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined the retirement lifestyles of 136 older Israeli health professionals
 based on 3 theories that suggest that people choose a lifestyle that may
 lead to satisfaction and self-actualization after retirement. Continuity
 theory holds that older people continue to have social and psychological
 needs similar to those of middle age that require social involvement.
 Development theory argues that there are role changes and transitions over
 the lifespan that are perceived as crisis or as opportunities for personal
 growth and experimentation that necessitate new activities. Disengagement
 theory holds that older people become less involved in social activities,
 interactions, and roles. Findings support the continuity theory for
 adaptation to old age. (22 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); SOCIAL WORKERS (48450); LIFESTYLES (28375); PHYSICIANS
 (38640); NURSES (34670); ISRAEL (26760); THEORIES (52590); ADULTHOOD
 (01150)
-Ident-
 retirement lifestyles, retired physicians & nurses & social workers, Israel,
 implications for continuity & development & disengagement theories
-SectHd-
 3400 (PROFESSIONAL PERSONNEL AND PROFESSIONAL ISSUES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 20
-A-
 2-01014
-W-
 Major role losses and social participation of older males.
 Wan, Thomas T.; Odell, Barbara G.
 Virginia Commonwealth U, Medical Coll of Virginia
 Research on Aging, 1983 Jun Vol 5 (2) 173-196
-ISSN-
 01640275
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined the relative importance of major role losses experienced in
 widowerhood and retirement, personal characteristics, and prior level of
 participation as predictors of formal and informal social participation in
 old age. Data obtained from the Longitudinal Retirement History Survey
 (LRHS) of 6, 603 males (aged 58-63 yrs) were analyzed. Stepwise regression
 analysis revealed that prior level of participation and personal
 characteristics such as SES and kin network size explained more variance in
 participation than major role losses considered alone or in conjunction with
 related deteriorative changes such as income loss. When the effects of these
 variables were simultaneously controlled, Ss with major role losses had
 lower levels of participation in formal organizations and in selected areas
 of informal activity than those without comparable losses. Examination of
 the cumulative effects of experiencing both major role losses exacerbated
 these results. Policy implications for preretirement education and
 programming are discussed. (34 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); SOCIAL INTERACTION (48260); SOCIOECONOMIC STATUS
 (48520); AGED (01370); KINSHIP STRUCTURE (27400); HUMAN MALES (23490);
 WIDOWERS (56740); ROLES (44870); PARTICIPATION (36810); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 major role loss due to widowerhood & retirement & personal traits & prior
 participation, social participation, 59-63 yr old males, implications for
 preretirement education & programing
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 21
-A-
 71-54147
-W-
 Predicting retirement adjustment problems in women.
 Davis, Kathleen D.
 Texas A&M U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1984 Mar Vol 44 (9-B) 2884
-ISSN-
 04194209
 Jour. Ann.: 7108
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 WORKING WOMEN (57135);  RETIREMENT (44470); PERSONALITY TRAITS (37860);
 DEPRESSION (EMOTION) (13650); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 personality factors & depression, retirement adjustment, female teachers
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 22
-A-
 71-52816
-W-
 Socioadaptive correlates of WAIS-R performance in a geriatric sample.
 Rentz, Paul A.
 Fuller Theological Seminary, School of Psychology
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1983 Dec Vol 44 (6-A) 1736
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7105
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 AGED (01370); EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (16040); INCOME (ECONOMIC) (24710);
 RETIREMENT (44470); COGNITIVE ABILITY (10050); WECHSLER ADULT INTELLIGENCE
 SCALE (56530); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 age & education & retirement income & socioadaptive variables, performance
 on WAIS-R, 70-88 yr olds
-SectHd-
 2820 (COGNITIVE & PERCEPTUAL DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 23
-A-
 71-51578
-W-
 The relationship of daily activity patterns and retirement satisfaction: A
 behavioral ecological investigation.
 Lovett, Steven B.
 Virginia Polytechnic Inst & State U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1983 Oct Vol 44 (4-B) 1244
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7103
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 LIFESTYLE (28375); SATISFACTION (45290); RETIREMENT (44470); AGED (01370);
 COLLEGE TEACHERS (10330); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
  daily activity patterns, retirement satisfaction, retired college teachers
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT); 3510 (EDUCATIONAL
 ADMINISTRATION & PERSONNEL & TRAINING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 24
-A-
 71-28227
-W-
 Perceived health, life satisfaction, and activity in urban elderly: A
 controlled study of the impact of part-time work.
 Soumerai, Stephen B.; Avorn, Jerry
 Harvard Medical School, Div on Aging, Boston
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1983 May Vol 38 (3) 356-362
 -CODEN-
 JOGEA3
-ISSN-
 00221422
-JrnlAnn-
 7111
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 To determine whether part-time employment affects the perceived health, life
 satisfaction, and activity of urban retirees, 25 experimental (mean age 69.4
 yrs) and 30 control Ss (mean age 68.8 yrs) were selected randomly from a
 pool of 98 elderly applicants in a demonstration employment program for
 retirees. Program participants were hired to perform park maintenance and
 beautification work for 20 hrs/wk. Structured interviews conducted at the
 end of the 6-mo program revealed significant, positive effects of paid
 employment on measures of perceived health and life satisfaction. Only 1 of
 the control Ss had found alternative part-time employment 6 mo following
 randomization. Findings suggest that the provision of optional, paid
 employment opportunities can have demonstrably positive effects on the well
 being of retirees. (20 ref)
-Desc-
 AGED (01370); HEALTH (22390); RETIREMENT (44470); EMPLOYMENT STATUS (17196);
 SATISFACTION (45290); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 part-time employment, perceived health & life satisfaction & activity, urban
 retirees with mean age of 69.4 yrs
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 25
-A-
 71-27396
-W-
 Post-retirement orientation to work and successful placement.
 Sharon, Nachman; Argov, Esther
 Haifa U, School of Social Work, Israel
 Aging & Work, 1983 Vol 6 (4) 261-276
-ISSN-
 01612514
-JrnlAnn-
 7110
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Data from a study of 300 retired men (aged 60+ yrs) who applied for work at
 an Israeli employment agency indicate that orientation to work significantly
 increases the ability to explain successful job search behavior and
 placement. Orientation was in turn significantly associated with
 flexibility, persistence, and several work history variables but not with
 demographic factors. Findings also indicate that work remained an
 irreplaceable source of internal and external rewards for many Ss.
 Predictive models for use in job counseling are presented that are based on
 the individual's present attitudes and recent work experience. (27 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); WORK (ATTITUDES TOWARD) (57037); EMPLOYMENT STATUS
 (17196); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 orientation to work, successful job placement, retired males over age 60
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 26
-A-
 71-27393
-W-
 Consequences of retirement.
 Palmore, Erdman B.; Fillenbaum, Gerda G.; George, Linda K.
 Duke U Medical Ctr, Ctr for the Study of Aging & Human Development
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1984 Jan Vol 39 (1) 109-116
 -CODEN-
 JOGEA3
-ISSN-
 0022142?
-JrnlAnn-
 7110
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Six longitudinal data sets, including those reported by H. Parnes (1981) and
 J. Murray (1979), were used to examine the consequences of retirement after
 controlling preretirement characteristics. Results indicate that retirement
 accounted for about 5?-75% of the income difference between retired and
 working Ss but that retirement had few effects on health, social activity,
 and life satisfaction. Early retirement, however, had stronger effects than
 retirement at normal ages. Findings show that retirement has different
 effects depending on type of outcome and timing of retirement. (9 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); INCOME (ECONOMIC) (24710); SOCIAL BEHAVIOR (48080);
 HEALTH (2390); SATISFACTION (45290); ADULTHOOD (01150); LONGITUDINAL STUDIES
 (28760)
-Ident-
 income & health & social activity & life satisfaction, retired vs working
 Ss, longitudinal study
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 27
-A-
 71-26802
-W-
 Developing community retirement planning services: An intervention
 technique.
 Jones, Halsey R.; Manion, U. Vincent; McIntire, Robert H.
 Texas Christian U
 Aging & Work, 1983 Vol 6 (4) 291-300
-ISSN-
 01612514
-JrnlAnn-
 7110
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Developed an organization development confrontation workshop that was
 designed to increase community awareness and activity in the delivery of
 preretirement services. A 5-stage training model was used that involved
 knowledge exploration, problem exploration, problem determination, program
 development, and program evaluation. Pre- and postworkshop measurements of
 motivation to work on preretirement activities and a 1-yr follow-up showed
 that the model was successful in stimulating interest and activity in
 preretirement programs. (9 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); COMMUNITY SERVICES (10690); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 workshop for development of community retirement planning services
-SectHd-
 3370 (HEALTH CARE SERVICES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 28
-A-
 71-26644
-W-
 Self-efficacy assessment and peer group assistance in a preretirement
 intervention.
 Poser, Ernest G.; Engels, Mary-Louise
 McGill U, Montreal, Canada
 Educational Gerontology, 1983 Mar-Jun Vol 9 (2-3) 159-169
 -CODEN-
 EDGEDA
-ISSN-
 03601277
 Jrn Ann.: 7110
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 30 males, 24 females, and 15 spouses (mean age 63.6 yrs) concerned with
 retirement were assigned to a preretirement training program led by retired
 ?eer volunteers to test the feasibility of training retired volunteers as
 group leaders in preretirement training. It was hypothesized that Ss
 receiving the training would manifest improved attitudes and greater
 knowledge regarding retirement with more positive expectations of coping
 with the retirement experience. Treatment Ss participated in a 15-hr program
 designed to facilitate retirement transition by means of small group
 discussions: Audiotaped scenarios focusing on self-esteem, interpersonal
 relations, and leisure time management were used to involve Ss in
 discussion. Self-efficacy ratings as well as tests measuring knowledge about
 retirement and retirement morale showed improvement in experimental Ss 3 mo
 after intervention. Results show that the use of retired persons as peer
 counselors to assist in retirement education merits further attention. The
 readiness of volunteer recruits supports the belief that older citizens are
 willing and able to participate in meaningful community endeavors. (26 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); VOLUNTEER PERSONNEL (56300); PEER COUNSELING (37135);
 AGED (01370); GROUP COUNSELING (21740); SELF ESTEEM (46260); ADJUSTMENT
 (00850); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 training of retired peer volunteers as group leaders of preretirement
 program, self efficacy & retirement adjustment potential, Ss with mean age
 of 63.6 yrs
-SectHd-
 3314 (ENCOUNTER GROUP & SENSIVITY & HUMAN RELATIONS TRAINING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 29
-A-
 71-19110
-W-
 Outplacement counseling: Whither the counselor
 Davenport, Dianne W.
 Georgia State U
 Vocational Guidance Quarterly, 1984 Mar Vol 32 (3) 185-191
 -CODEN-
 VOGOAT
-ISSN-
 00427764
-JrnlAnn-
 7107
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Describes the need for professional counselor involvement in outplacement
 activities (i.e., when early retirement, retraining, transfer, and job
 termination are used to deal with redundant, topped-out, or marginally
 productive positions). Greater awareness of the field and its requirements
 may increase the effectiveness of outplacement services and encourage
 counselors to develop expertise in this area. It is suggested that to reduce
 the stress of work disruptions through termination, mental health service
 providers must educate employers to the value of human resources and the
 need to humanize the workplace by clarifying performance expectations and
 appraisal and feedback systems. (21 ref)
-Desc-
 OCCUPATIONAL GUIDANCE (34990); COUNSELOR ROLE (12150); PERSONNEL TERMINATION
 (37960); TOP LEVEL MANAGERS (53500); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 need for professional counselor involvement in outplacement counseling,
 terminated executives & other workers
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 30
-A-
 71-16391
-W-
 Effects of career orientation on retirement attitudes and retirement
 planning.
 Dobson, Cynthia; Morrow, Paula C.
 Iowa State U Library, Ames
 Jrnl of Vocational Behavior, 1984 Feb Vol 24 (1) 73-83
 -CODEN-
 JVBHA2
-ISSN-
 00018791
-JrnlAnn-
 7106
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined the impact of career orientation and demographic variables on
 retirement attitudes, intended age of retirement, and retirement preparation
 among 213 50-65 yr old university professors and employees. Ss completed
 measures of job satisfaction, work commitment, and personal and general
 orientation toward retirement. Results indicate that occupational status was
 associated with unique patterns of career orientation as well as differences
 in anticipated age of retirement. Career orientation variables were stronger
 predictors than demographic characteristics of retirement attitudes, while
 the demographic factors were more efficient in predicting retirement age and
 level of preparation. Use of career orientation variables in the retirement
 preparation process is discussed. (34 ref)
-Desc-
 OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES (34970); RETIREMENT (44470); EMPLOYEE ATTITUDES
 (17020); COLLEGE TEACHERS (10330); JOB SATISFACTION (27040); OCCUPATIONAL
 STATUS (35056); DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS (13460); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 career orientation & demographic variables, retirement attitudes & planning,
 50-65 yr old university professors & employees
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE); 3510 (EDUCATIONAL
 ADMINISTRATION & PERSONNEL & TRAINING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 31
-A-
 71-13631
-W-
 Differences between adjustment to and enjoyment of retirement.
 MacLean, Michael J.
 McGill U, School of Social Work, Montreal, Canada
 Canadian Jrnl on Aging, 1983 Mar Vol 2 (1) 3-8
-ISSN-
 07149808
-JrnlAnn-
 7105
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Most research on psychological reactions to retirement considers adjustment
 as the main dependent variable. The present author suggests that enjoyment
 of retirement may be another psychological reaction to this phase of life.
 Differences between adjustment to and enjoyment of retirement for 44 57-82
 yr old retired professional men were explored with respect to different
 phases of retirement. Ss were administered a battery of tests that included
 the 16PF and Life Satisfaction Index (Forms A and B). It was found that the
 2 dependent variables were related but somewhat different reactions to
 retirement. Two independent variables, attitudes toward retirement and
 family interaction, contributed to both adjustment to and enjoyment of
 retirement. However, income was a significant predictor of adjustment
 whereas personality was a significant predictor of enjoyment of retirement.
 Results suggest that further research should consider other dependent
 variables in attempting to understand the psychological complexities related
 to the retirement role. (French abstract) (15 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); ADJUSTMENT (00850); PLEASURE (39170) PROFESSIONAL
 PERSONNEL (40765); AGED (01370); SATISFACTION (45290); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 enjoyment of vs adjustment to retirement, 57-82 yr old retired professional
 males
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 32
-A-
 71-11780
-W-
 Pensioners who die soon after retirement can be discriminated from survivors
 by post-retirement activities.
 Cameron, K. A.; Persinger, M. A.
 Laurentian U of Sudbury, Canada
 Psychological Reports, 1983 Oct Vol 53 (2) 564-566
 -CODEN-
 P?RTAZ
-ISSN-
 00332941
-JrnlAnn-
 7105
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Questionnaires were read to the wives of 26 living pensioners and to the
 widows of 20 age-matched contemporaries who had die within 5 yrs of
 retirement. The 2 groups of men were healthy at retirement and had worked
 for comparable durations in similar areas of a local mining industry. Only
 postretirement measures discriminated the groups. Pensioners who died after
 retirement demonstrated decreased interaction with friends, hobby time, and
 travel activity relative to survivors' activities. A discriminant function
 containing 7 variables correctly classified 98% of the cases. Death occurred
 sooner for those pensioners who decreased their activity after retirement
 relative to those who demonstrated no change in activity. Data indicate that
 compensatory increase in activity after retirement may attenuate the risk
 factors associated with this sudden shift in a major reinforcement schedule.
 (4 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); DEATH AND DYING (13110); SOCIAL INTERACTION (48260);
 RECREATION (43400); AGED (01370); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 post-retirement activities, pensioners who did vs did not die within 5 yrs
 of retirement
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 33
-A-
 71-09241
-W-
 Occupational behavior and life satisfaction among retirees.
 Gregory, Mark D.
 Eastern State Hosp, Hancock Geriatric Treatment Ctr, Williamsburg, VA
 American Jrnl of Occupational Therapy, 1983 Aug Vol 37 (8) 548-553
 -CODEN-
 AJOTAM
-ISSN-
 00029386
-JrnlAnn-
 7104
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Surveyed 79 volunteers (aged 65-90 yrs) from a variety of settings for the
 elderly about the amount and types of their activities, the meaningfulness
 of their activities (i.e., enjoyability, autonomy, and competency), and life
 satisfaction. Ss with higher scores of the Index of Occupational Behavior
 generally had higher life satisfaction scores. Results demonstrated that
 occupational behavior plays a significant role in affecting life
 satisfaction among retirees. (25 ref)
-Desc-
 LIFESTYLE (28375); SATISFACTION (45290); RETIREMENT (44470); AGED (01370);
 BEHAVIOR (05670); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 occupational behavior, life satisfaction, retired 65-90 yr olds
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 34
-A-
 71-05377
-W-
 Change in attitude to retirement following a short pre-retirement planning
 seminar.
 Shouksmith, George
 Massey U, Palmerston North, New Zealand
 Jrnl of Psychology, 1983 May Vol 114 (1) 3-7
 -CODEN-
 JOPSAM
-ISSN-
 00223980
-JrnlAnn-
 7102
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Investigated the impact on 36 58-64 yr old participants of a preretirement
 seminar by assessing the concept of retirement on semantic differential
 scales at pre- and postcourse sessions. Attitude change, when it took place,
 was in the direction of perceiving retirement as a more active concept in
 Ss' lives and in increasing its positive evaluation. Ss who showed change
 were those for whom retirement was a potent or powerful concept and whose
 initial rating of the concept on evaluative and activity factors had been
 low. n general, those most affected by the program were Ss for whom
 retirement was imminent and who either had not thought about it or were not
 looking forward to the event and its consequent change in life-style. (8
 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); ADULT EDUCATION (01130); ATTITUDE CHANGE (04430); AGED
 (01370); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 preretirement seminar, attitudes toward retirement, 58-64 yr olds
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 35
-A-
 71-03742
-W-
 Memory changes in community residing men.
 Sluss, Teresa K.; Gruenberg, Ernest M.; Reedman, Gail; Rabins, Peter
 Johns Hopkins U, School of Hygiene & Public Health
 Int. Jrnl of Behavioral Geriatrics, 1983 Spr Vol 2 (1) 39-42
-ISSN-
 07306695
-JrnlAnn-
 7102
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Interviewed 149 elderly (average age 72 yrs) community-residing males over a
 16-mo period. Findings reveal that 76% of Ss with no detectable cognitive or
 mood disorder reported a subjective decline in memory. Ss were questioned
 about their memories and were screened for cognitive defect (the Mini-Mental
 Status Examination) and depression (the Center for Epidemiologic Studies
 Depression Scale). Some factors associated with the reporting of memory
 declines too small to be detected by the screening instruments were higher
 education, age,  and retirement status. It is concluded that clinicians need
 to consider characteristics of the person when evaluating self-reports of
 memory decline. (3 ref)
-Desc-
 MEMORY DECAY (30580); AGED (01370); EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (16040);
 RETIREMENT (44470); AGE DIFFERENCES (01360); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 educational background & age & retirement status, self reports of memory
 decline, community-residing males with mean age of 72 yrs
-SectHd-
 2820 (COGNITIVE & PERCEPTUAL DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 36
-A-
 71-02685
-W-
 Working life and retirement: Description of a project and some results
 concerning leisure.
 Andersson, Lars
 Reports from the Laboratory for Clinical Stress Research, 1981 Jun No 147 17
 p
 -CODEN-
 RLCRDO
-ISSN-
 03037185
-JrnlAnn-
 7101
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TECHNICAL REPORT
 Three groups of industrial employees (159 who had retired 3 yrs earlier, 1?7
 who were just about to retire, and 142 who were expected to retire in 3 yrs)
 were administered a psychosocial interview and a medical examination to
 identify high-risk situations and groups for 2 indicators of well-being
 expressing leisure behavior. Six variables within the physical and
 psychosocial work environment (PWE and PSWE, respectively) and objective and
 subjective health status (OHS and SHS, respectively) were used as measures
 of high-risk situations. The author discusses the methodology used in the
 1st phase of this longitudinal project and some results obtained concerning
 leisure. For Ss still working, life associations were found between both
 quantity and quality of leisure and PSWE and OHS. For retirees, associations
 were found between quantity of leisure and PSWE and between quality of
 leisure and PSWE, PWE, and SHS. (10 ref)
-Desc-
 WORKING CONDITIONS (57120);  BUSINESS AND INDUSTRIAL PERSONNEL (07120);
 HEALTH (22390); LEISURE TIME (28150); RETIREMENT (44470); LONGITUDINAL
 STUDIES (28760); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 physical & psychosocial work environment & objective & subjective health
 status, quantity & quality of leisure activity, retirees & industrial
 employees, longitudinal study
-SectHd-
 3650 (ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR & JOB SATISFACTION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 37
-A-
 71-00638
-W-
 Analysis of sequential letter matching tasks utilising lateralised
 tachistoscopic presentation.
 McCarthy, R. A.; Beaumont, J. G.
 U Leicester, England
 Cortex, 1983 Apr Vol 19 (1) 79-98
 -CODEN-
 CRTXAX
-ISSN-
 00109452
-JrnlAnn-
 7101
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Conducted 4 experiments in which sequential matches were demanded for
 double-letter stimuli; the 1st stimulus pair was presented in central vision
 and the 2nd on the left or right visual field. Responses were analyzed
 according to the type of classification required. In exp I, the visual field
 asymmetries in sequential double-letter classification with 9-sec retention
 intervals were explored with 16 undergraduates. In Exp II, auditory material
 with a high information content was added. Exp III was divised to
 investigate the possibility of temporal changes in visual field asymmetry
 for double-letter classification using retention intervals of 50 and 990
 msec. Exp IV was devised to determine whether the presentation time of the
 1st stimulus affected processing laterality. Results indicate that there
 were alterations in laterality patterns between retention intervals of 50
 and 990 msec despite evidence for a prolonged and stable form of visual
 memory. These findings are incompatible with a model of the letter matching
 task that maps codes to the left hemisphere and visual codes to the right.
 (26 ref)
-Desc-
 VISUAL FIELD (55950); CEREBRAL DOMINANCE (08230); CLASSIFICATION (COGNITIVE
 PROCESS) (09370); VERBAL STIMULI (55575); ADULTHOOD (01150)
-Ident-
 visual field asymmetries in sequential letter matching task, college
 students
-SectHd-
 2520 (NEUROLOGY & ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 38
-A-
 70-51589
-W-
 Professional women in retirement.
 Rotman, Anita
 U Pittsburgh
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1983 Jan Vol 43 (7-A) 2472
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 7002
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 WORKING WOMEN (57135); RETIREMENT (44470); PROFESSIONAL PERSONNEL (40765);
 COPING BEHAVIOR (11790); ROLE CONFLICTS (44830); PARENTAL ROLE (36670);
 LEISURE TIME (28150)
-Ident-
 high level of family responsibilities, development of coping methods &
 leisure activities & subsequent adjustment to retirement, professional
 women
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 39
-A-
 70-13762
-W-
 The role social pressures play in early retirement propensities.
 Hwalek, Melanie; Firestone, Ira; Hoffman, William
 Wayne State U, Inst of Gerontology
 Aging & Work, 1982 Vol 5 (3) 157-168
-ISSN-
 01612514
-JrnlAnn-
 7006
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 M. I. Fishbein and I. Ajzen's (1975) model of behavioral intention was used
 to conceive and analyze normative beliefs about social pressures to retire
 in ?00 industrial workers (aged 46-66 yrs) within 5 yrs of eligibility for
 retirement. Ss were randomly selected and interviewed about their retirement
 intentions. Measures were taken of the model's components, plus health and
 income, the more traditional predictors of retirement. Multiple regression
 analyses showed that the social pressure component of Fishbein and Ajzen's
 model was important in predicting early retirement intentions, but income
 and health status were not significant factors. It is concluded that
 retirement decisions should be viewed from more that a purely economic
 perspective; significant others are important to the industrial worker and
 may be more important than economic matters to come in their decision to
 retire. (28 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); BUSINESS AND INDUSTRIAL PERSONNEL (07120); SOCIAL
 INFLUENCES (48250); MOTIVATION (32210); INCOME (ECONOMIC) (24710); HEALTH
 (22390); PREDICTION (39940); EMPLOYEE ATTITUDES (17020)
-Ident-
 social pressures vs health status vs income, prediction of early retirement
 intentions, 46-66 yr old industrial workers
-SectHd-
 3650 (ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR & JOB SATISFACTION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 40
-A-
 70-09395
-W-
 Some factors relating to sociability: A structural equation model approach.
 Andersson, Lars; Walck, Christian
 Reports from the Laboratory for Clinical Stress Research, 1982 Dec No 164 13
 p
 -CODEN-
 RLCRDO
-ISSN-
 03037185
-JrnlAnn-
 7005
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TECHNICAL REPORT
 Tested a model that showed how differences in sociability among old people
 could be understood by differences in personality and work strain, mediated
 through social coping in the form of mass media exposure. The model was
 tested using 488 older persons from 6 Swedish companies who (1) had been
 retired for 3 yrs, (2) were around retirement age, or (3) expected to retire
 in 3 yrs. LISREL, a general computer program for estimating the unknown
 coefficients in a set of linear structural equations, was employed. Results
 show that satisfaction with responsibility at work and influence on one's
 own work situation were negatively linked to use of mass media as a pasttime
 both directly and via infirmity. Extraversion was negatively linked to
 infirmity and also had a direct link with sociability. The latter also
 correlated negatively with use of mass media as a pasttime. It is concluded
 that findings in general support the hypothesized model. (11 ref)
-Desc-
 MATHEMATICAL MODELING (29940); SOCIABILITY (48030); PERSONALITY CORRELATES
 (37740); MASS MEDIA (29830); WORKING CONDITIONS (57120); RETIREMENT (44470);
 AGED (01370)
-Ident-
 structural equation model of sociability as function of personality & work
 strain & exposure to mass media, Ss retired for 3 yrs vs near retirement vs
 expected to retire in 3 yrs
-SectHd-
 2240 (STATISTICS & MATHEMATICS); 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY
 DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 41
-A-
 70-09158
-W-
 Effects of employee financial status and social adjustment on employers'
 retention/retirement recommendations.
 Rosen, Benson; Jerdee, Thomas H.
 U North Carolina, Chapel Hill
 Aging & Work, 1982 Vol 5 (2) 111-118
-ISSN-
 01612514
-JrnlAnn-
 7004
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Used a decision-making simulation to examine the influence of employee
 financial status and social adjustment on 250 personnel administrators'
 recommendations to retire or retain older workers. It was found that more
 favorable recommendations (continued employment) were made for employees
 depicted as financially troubled rather than financially well-off, and for
 employees portrayed as likely to make a poor social adjustment to
 retirement. (4 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT (37910); SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT (48060);
 SOCIOECONOMIC STATUS (48520)
-Ident-
 employee financial status & social adjustment, retention/retirement
 recommendations, personnel administrators
-SectHd-
 3640 (MANAGEMENT & MANAGEMENT TRAINING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 42
-A-
 70-08974
-W-
 Preferences of elderly individuals for selected music education
 experiences.
 Gilbert, Janet P.; Beal, Mary R.
 U Kansas, Lawrence
 Jrnl of Research in Music Education, 1982 Win Vol 30 (4) 247-253
 -CODEN-
 JRMEAX
-ISSN-
 00224294
-JrnlAnn-
 7004
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Surveyed the musical interests and preferences of 279 persons aged 55 yrs or
 older to determine whether musical activity preferences are related to
 living setting or community size. Ss preferred observational activities over
 experiences involving more active participation. A strong preference for
 older tunes was also noted. A relationship appeared to exist between
 preference and availability of activities to persons in different
 communities. (9 ref)
-Desc-
 MUSIC EDUCATION (32660);  DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS (13460); MUSIC
 (32650); AESTHETIC PREFERENCES (01210); MIDDLE AGED (31310); AGED  (01370);
 ADULT EDUCATION (01130); CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT (12820); RURAL ENVIRONMENTS
 (45040); URBAN ENVIRONMENTS  (54940)
-Ident-
 residence in retirement vs nursing vs independent homes & rural vs suburban
 vs urban communities, musical activity preferences, individuals 55 yrs &
 older, implications for continuing music education program planning
-SectHd-
 3530 (CURRICULUM PROGRAMS & TEACHING METHODS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 43
-A-
 70-08000
-W-
 Leisure participation and the retirement process.
 Broderick, Tara; Glazer, Belinda
 Columbia U, New York State Psychiatric Inst, Washington Heights Community
 Service
 American Jrnl of Occupational Therapy, 1983 Jan Vol 37 (1) 15-22
 -CODEN-
 AJOTAM
-ISSN-
 00029386
-JrnlAnn-
 7004
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Investigated the influence of preretirement leisure activity patterns on
 retirement planning and attitudes toward retirement. 60 male retirees (mean
 age 68.4 yrs) answered a questionnaire regarding sociodemographic variables,
 degree of preretirement planning, type and extent of leisure participation
 before and after retirement, and attitudes about retirement. A high degree
 of preretirement leisure participation (measured in hours devoted to leisure
 activities) correlated with a high degree of preretirement planning. Greater
 degree of planning was also positively correlated with high income, good
 health, and a high level of education. Results suggest that preretirement
 programs may be instrumental in shaping positive attitudes and realistic
 expectations about retirement. (34 ref)
-Desc-
 LEISURE TIME (28150); AGED (01370); RETIREMENT (44470); ATTITUDES (04500)
-Ident-
 preretirement leisure activity patterns, retirement planning & attitudes,
 male retirees with mean age of 68.4 yrs
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 44
-A-
 70-06555
-W-
 Retired professors and professional activity: A comparative study of three
 types of institutions.
 Dorfman, Lorraine T.; Connor, Karen A.; Tompkins, Jean B.; Ward, William
 U Iowa
 Research in Higher Education, 1982 Vol 17 (3) 249-266
 -CODEN-
 RHEDAT
-ISSN-
 03610365
-JrnlAnn-
 7003
-Lang-
 ENGLISH
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 A comparison of the professional activities of retired professors from
 liberal arts colleges, a comprehensive university, and a major research
 university show that most of the individuals continue to perform
 professional roles and that strength of ties to colleagues and professional
 organization outside the institution are correlated with professional
 activity at all types of institutions. Liberal arts college and research
 university faculty show consistency between pre- and postretirement
 professional activity levels, whereas comprehensive university faculty did
 not; university faculty showed higher levels of participition in a number of
 professional activities than did liberal arts college faculty; rated
 importance of ""research or other creative work'' was related to
 professional activity for comprehensive university faculty, and rated
 importance of ""consulting'' and ""university service'' was related to
 professional activity for research university faculty. (23 ref)
-Desc-
 COLLEGE TEACHERS (10330); RETIREMENT (44470); COLLEGES (10350)
-Ident-
 professional activities, retired professors from liberal arts colleges vs
 comprehensive vs major research university
-SectHd-
 3510 (EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION & PERSONNEL & TRAINING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 45
-A-
 70-05?54
-W-
 Determinants of cognitive abilities in the elderly.
 Denney, Nancy W.; Thissen, David M.
 U Kansas, Lawrence
 Int. Jrnl of Aging & Human Development, 1983 Vol 16 (1) 29-41
 -CODEN-
 IJADDT
-ISSN-
 00914150
-JrnlAnn-
 7003
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 115 50-93 yr old males were administered 6 cognitive tasks: a verbal
 intelligence test (Vocabulary subtest of the WAIS), a nonverbal intelligence
 test (Block Design subtest of the WAIS), 2 tests of concrete operations, 1
 test of formal operations, and a problem-solving task. The obtained scores
 were factor analyzed. Two factors were obtained, Nonverbal Performance and
 Verbal Reasoning. Regression analyses in which age, education, occupation,
 years since retirement, health status, activity level, and marital status
 were predictor variables were performed on the factor scores obtained for
 each of the factors. The Nonverbal Performance factor was significantly
 predicted by age, while the Verbal Reasoning factor was significantly
 predicted by education. None of the other predictors were significant.
 Results suggest that verbal and nonverbal abilities may be determined by
 different antecedents. Since different cognitive abilities may have
 different antecedents and since these antecedents may have different
 relationships to age, it is important to view adult cognitive development as
 multidimensional and multidirectional rather than as normative and
 unidirectional. (44 ref)
-Desc-
 AGED (01370); COGNITIVE ABILITY (10050)
-Ident-
 factors contributing to cognitive ability, 50-93 yr old males
-SectHd-
 2820 (COGNITIVE & PERCEPTUAL DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 46
-A-
 69-52537
-W-
 A study of ethologic and therapeutic factors of pet-facilitated therapy in a
 retirement-nursing community.
 Andrysco, Robert M.
 Ohio State U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1982 Jul Vol 43 (1?B) 290
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 6905
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 PETS (38035); NURSING HOMES (34700); AGED (01370); TREATMENT (54190); SOCIAL
 BEHAVIOR (48080)
-Ident-
 pet therapy, psychosocial functioning & activity involvement & self care &
 conversation concerning pets, residents of retirement-nursing community
-SectHd-
 3379 (HOSPITAL PROGRAMS & INSTITUTIONALIZATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 47
-A-
 9-52048
-W-
 Clothing attitudes of retired men: relationship to activities, life
 satisfaction, and sociodemographic characteristics.
 LaFleur, Rosetta S.
 U Tennessee
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1982 Aug Vol 4 (2-B) 395-396
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 6904
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 LIFESTYLE (28375); SATISFACTION (45290); PARTICIPATION (36810); DEMOGRAPHIC
 CHARACTERISTICS (13460); HUMAN MALES (23490); CLOTHING FASHIONS (09770);
 RETIREMENT (44470)
-Ident-
 life satisfaction & participation in activities & sociodemographic
 characteristics, clothing attitudes, retired males
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 48
-A-
 69-50240
-W-
 Mid-life transition and career change: Retired military in second careers.
 Perreault, Madelon M.
 California School of Professional Psychology, San Diego
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1982 Apr Vol 42 (10-B) 4225
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 6901
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 COMMISSIONED OFFICERS (10470); RETIREMENT (44470); ADULT DEVELOPMENT
 (01127); MIDDLE AGED (31310); ADJUSTMENT (00850); SELF CONCEPT (46220);
 CAREER CHANGE (07666)
-Ident-
 midlife transition concerns & retirement & career change & self concept &
 psychological well being, retired officers in 2nd careers &
 retirement-eligible officers
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 49
-A-
 69-50234
-W-
 An examination of Eriksonian ego identity versus diffusion preceding
 retirement.
 Holstein, Kenneth A.
 Ohio State U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1982 Apr Vol 42 (10-B) 4422-4423
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 6901
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); ADULT DEVELOPMENT (01127); SELF CONCEPT (46220);
 PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT (37750); EGO (16290)
-Ident-
 overall & occupational ego identity vs diffusion, male adults within 3 yrs
 of retirement vs college students
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 50
-A-
 69-13369
-W-
 Uttrade ur arbetslivet: Problem och preventiva atgarder. / Succession from
 the working life.
 Ruth, Jan-Erik
 Stiftelsens for Abo Akademi Forskningsinstitut, Finland
 Nordisk Psykologi, 1982 Vol 34 (2) 178-183
 -CODEN-
 NOPSAW
-ISSN-
 00291463
-JrnlAnn-
 6906
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses how the transfer can be made from centering one's life around work
 to taking responsibility and initiative for one's own activities in
 retirement. In retirement, the rather vague role of old age may produce
 feelings of meaninglessness and loneliness in some people. Preretirement
 education can be used as one of many preventive efforts to ease the
 transition into retirement. Financial planning, health care, living
 arrangements, and the importance of activities and human relations usually
 constitute the content of the courses. Research shows that it is possible to
 reduce the uncertainty about retirement through preretirement education and
 that information is most effectively supplied in a lecture-discussion form.
 More psychologically oriented information is better communicated in
 arrangements resembling structured T-groups. (9 ref)
-Desc-
 PREVENTION (40290); RETIREMENT (44470); EDUCATION (16000)
-Ident-
 format & content in preretirement education, prevention of uncertainty of
 retirement
-SectHd-
 3373 (COMMUNITY SERVICES & MENTAL HEALTH PROGRAMS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 51
-A-
 69-12477
-W-
 The life of a police officer: A developmental perspective.
 Fagan, M. Michael; Aders, Kenneth
 Kentucky Wesleyan Coll
 Criminal Justice & Behavior, 1982 Sep Vol 9 (3) 273-285
 -CODEN-
 CJBHAB
-ISSN-
 00938548
-JrnlAnn-
 6906
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Studied the psychosocial development of 23 policemen (aged 27-55 yrs) to
 determine the effects of unusual stress on Ss' development, using the 5
 developmental stages defined by D. H. Levinson et al (1976) as a basis.
 Levinson's stages consist of (1) early adult transition (age 17-22); (2)
 entering the adult world (age 18-22); (3) transition (age 22-2?), a
 stressful period when the adult reconsiders some of the commitments made in
 his/her 20's; (4) settling down (age 33-40); and (5) midlife transition (age
 40-45), which separates early adulthood from middle age and is, therefore, a
 major transitional stage. Ss were interviewed individually about their
 ethnic, religious, and socioeconomic backgrounds, as well as significant
 life events (e.g., jobs, social life, ambitions, and disappointments).
 Although results strongly support Levinsons's model of early adulthood, they
 are less supportive of the middle adulthood model. 91% of Ss entered law
 enforcement during the 2nd stage (entering the adult world) due to
 attraction to the job's security. Although only 8 Ss were aged 43+ yrs, the
 5th stage (midlife transition) did not appear to be a difficult or
 transitional period for them; however, some of the Ss in this stage took a
 negative attitude to police work and to retirement. Practical implications
 to improve police morale and efficiency are noted. (17 ref)
-Desc-
 POLICE PERSONNEL (39270); PSYCHOSOCIAL DEVELOPMENT (41920) ; ADULT
 DEVELOPMENT (01127); OCCUPATIONAL STRESS (35060)
-Ident-
 unusual stress, psychosocial development, 27-55 yr old police officers
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 52
-A-
 69-09164
-W-
 Human resource planning and the older worker: Developing a retirement
 intentions model.
 Morrow, Paula C.
 Iowa State U, School of Business Administration, Ames
 Jrnl of Occupational Behaviour, 1982 Jul Vol 3 (3) 253-261
 -CODEN-
 JOBEDF
-ISSN-
 0142277
-JrnlAnn-
 6904
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Developed and evaluated a model of employee retirement intentions for use in
 identifying characteristics of employees likely to favor or resist
 retirement. Specifically, the model considers work commitment, retirement
 preparation activities, financial adequacy, and other factors such as
 health. When the model was applied to 269 university employees 50+ yrs old,
 none of these variables were related to intended retirement age. However,
 variables associated with work commitment and retirement preparation
 activities did demonstrate some significant relationships with attitude
 toward retirement. (22 ref)
-Desc-
 EMPLOYEE ATTITUDES (17020); RETIREMENT (44470); THEORIES (52590); PREDICTION
 (39?40)
-Ident-
 model, characteristics which predict attitudes about retirement, employees
-SectHd-
 3650 (ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR & JOB SATISFACTION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 53
-A-
 69-09157
-W-
 Attitudes toward pre-retirement counselling: A path model.
 Kremer, Yael; Harpaz, Itzhak
 Haifa U, Israel
 Jrnl of Occupational Behaviour, 1982 Jul Vol 3 (3) 205-213
 -CODEN-
 JOBEDF
-ISSN-
 01422774
-JrnlAnn-
 6904
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 In structured interviews with 250 62-64 yr old male workers, Ss were asked
 whether they wished to participate in a proposed preretirement counseling
 program. The effect of 6 independent variables on the dependent variable of
 Ss' attitude toward preretirement counseling was examined with a path
 analysis. Intention to continue working after retirement had a significant
 negative effect on the dependent variable, indicating that a strong work
 orientation interfered with receptiveness to preretirement counseling. An
 unexpected relationship was observed between a favorable perception of
 retirement and the intention to continue working. This finding emphasizes
 the dominance of the work orientation and workers' lack of awareness of
 alternative social roles. (16 ref)
-Desc-
 AGED (01370); RETIREMENT (44470); EMPLOYEE ATTITUDES (17020); COUNSELING
 (12080)
-Ident-
 variables affecting attitudes toward participation in preretirement
 counseling, 62-64 yr old male workers
-SectHd-
 3650 (ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR & JOB SATISFACTION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 54
-A-
 69-07923
-W-
 Life satisfaction of nearly retired and retired workers.
 Dillard, John
 Oklahoma State U, Stillwater
 Jrnl of Employment Counseling, 1982 Sep Vol 9 (3) 131-134
 -CODEN-
 JECODE
-ISSN-
 00220787
-JrnlAnn-
 6904
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Studied the extent to which retired staff workers' perceptions of life
 satisfaction differ from those who are nearing retirement and determined if
 there were variations in psychological well-being among university
 administrators, faculty, and classified workers. 26 Ss nearing retirement
 and 43 retired Ss were administered the Life Satisfaction Index A and B.
 Findings suggest that preretirement Ss did not have significantly higher
 life satisfaction scores than did retired Ss. This lack of variation may
 suggest that retired Ss are successfully adjusting to the aging process. It
 is concluded that positive psychological well-being appears strongly
 associated with types of worker categories rather than a natural phenomenon
 that occurs as workers shift from preretirement to retirement. It appeared
 that Ss in low-status work activities had a greater degree of life
 satisfaction compared to Ss in higher-status activities. (8 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); SATISFACTION (45290); OCCUPATIONS (35110); OCCUPATIONAL
 STATUS (35056)
-Ident-
 retirement vs preretirement, life satisfaction, university administrators vs
 faculty vs classified workers
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 55
-A-
 69-07616
-W-
 Leisure patterns among retired workers: Spillover or compensatory trends.
 Kremer, Yael; Harpaz, Itzhak
 Haifa U, Israel
 Jrnl of Vocational Behavior, 1982 Oct Vol 21 (2) 183-185
 -CODEN-
 JVBHA2
-ISSN-
 00018791
-JrnlAnn-
 6904
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Leisure behavior patterns after retirement were compare retrospectively with
 those of the preretirement period. The data, which related to former
 industrial and service workers (310 65-70 yr old males) in Israel, were
 examined within the spillover and compensatory hypotheses, with retirement
 representing a nonwork sphere. Findings reveal a spillover effect,
 characterized by a high degree of passive, solitary leisure behavior both
 before and after retirement. (38 ref)
-Desc-
 LEISURE TIME (2815?); RETIREMENT (44470); HUMAN MALES (23490); AGED (01370)
-Ident-
 retirement, leisure time use, male 65-70 yr olds, Israel
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 56
-A-
 69-05321
-W-
 Adapting to retirement.
 Howard, John H. et al
 U Alberta, School of Business Administration, Edmonton, Canada
 Jrnl of the American Geriatrics Society, 1982 Aug Vol 30 (8) 488-500
 -CODEN-
 JAGSAF
-ISSN-
 00028614
-JrnlAnn-
 6903
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.; REVIEW
 Discusses the process of adapting to retirement (R). Major theories of
 adapting to R (activity or substitution theory, the crisis model,
 disengagement theory, the accommodation process, and continuity theory) are
 reviewed. Core differences between these theories focus on the importance
 placed on the work role relative to other roles that form a person's
 identity and the degree to which it is believed that the other roles can or
 will assist the individual in adapting. Work-related variables (work
 orientation, occupational level, job satisfaction, and involuntary vs
 voluntary R); resource-related variables (income, socioeconomic status
 health, education, and marital and family support groups); and
 sociopsychologic variables (personality, attitude toward R, leisure
 pursuits, and R planning) that are important for adaptation to R are
 discussed. 10 propositions formulated about R are evaluated in terms of
 their appropriateness as general propositions of human social adaptation.
 (77 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); ADJUSTMENT (00850); LITERATURE REVIEW (28580)
-Ident-
 process of adapting to retirement, literature review
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 57
-A-
 69-00730
-W-
 Volunteerism and life satisfaction among older adults.
 Bond, John B.
 U Manitoba, Faculty of Human Ecology, Winnipeg, Canada
 Canadian Counsellor, 1982 Apr Vol 16 (3) 168-172
 -CODEN-
 CCCCBL
-ISSN-
 0008333X
-JrnlAnn-
 6901
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 The responses of 373 preretirees and retirees (55-74 yrs old) to the Life
 Satisfaction Index--Form A were analyzed to determine the independent
 contributions of age, sex, retirement status, years of education, marital
 status, and volunteer status. Persons donating their time and services
 through volunteer activities were more satisfied with their lives than their
 nonvolunteering counterparts. Educational level was also positively related
 to life satisfaction. To other independent effects were observed. It is
 suggested that counselors investigate potential therapeutic effects of
 volunteer activities. (French abstract) (25 ref)
-Desc-
 SATISFACTION (45290); AGED (01370); MIDDLE AGED (31310); MARITAL STATUS
 (29660); HUMAN SEX DIFFERENCES (23510); EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (16040); AGE
 DIFFERENCES (01360); RETIREMENT (44470)
-Ident-
 age & sex & retirement status & education & marital status & volunteerism,
 life satisfaction, 55-74 yr olds
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 58
-A-
 68-54589
-W-
 The influence of selected factors on use of leisure before and after
 retirement.
 Wilhite, Barbara C.
 U Georgia
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1982 Feb Vol 42 (8-A) 3754
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 6805
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 LEISURE TIME (28150); RETIREMENT (44470); EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS (16190);
 PREFERENCES (39995); PERSONALITY (37870); DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS
 (13460)
-Ident-
 demographic & personality & general descriptive factors, leisure preferences
 before & after retirement, pre-retirees & retirees, implications for
 preretirement preparation programs
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 59
-A-
 68-54212
-W-
 Attitudes toward aging and retirement of retired and non-retired women
 religious in four mid western states.
 Downey, Dorothy J.
 Ohio State U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1982 Jan Vol 42 (7-A) 3255
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 6804
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); AGE DIFFERENCES (01360); EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (16040);
 OCCUPATIONS (35110); HEALTH (22390); AGED (ATTITUDES TOWARD) (01372);
 ATTITUDES (04500); RELIGIOUS PERSONNEL (43820); HUMAN FEMALES (23450)
-Ident-
 age & educational level & occupation & health status, attitudes toward aging
 & retirement, retired vs employed women religious
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 60
-A-
 68-53175
-W-
 Prediction of life satisfaction and adjustment in retirement among female
 and male textile workers.
 Furr, Susan R.
 U North Carolina, Chapel Hill
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1981 Dec Vol 42 (6-A) 2501
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 6804
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 SATISFACTION (45290); PREDICTION (39940); RETIREMENT (44470); BUSINESS AND
 INDUSTRIAL PERSONNEL (07120); ADJUSTMENT (00850)
-Ident-
 prediction of life satisfaction & adjustment to retirement & aging, retired
 textile workers
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 61
-A-
 68-51777
-W-
 Socially indigenous help and normal social support in a retirement
 community.
 Curry, Ronald T.
 Indiana U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1981 Sep Vol 42 (3-B) 1166
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 6802
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 SOCIAL SUPPORT NETWORKS (48417); AGED (01370); ASSISTANCE (SOCIAL BEHAVIOR)
 (04100); DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS (13460)
-Ident-
 demographic characteristics & background & social patterns & helping
 behavior, persons identified as socially indigenous helpers in retirement
 community
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 62
-A-
 68-50214
-W-
 Retirement: Expectations and intentions.
 Prothero, B. Joyce
 U Washington
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1981 Jul Vol 42 (1-B) 403
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 6801
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); PREDICTION  (39940); AGED (01370)
-Ident-
 Multi-Attribute Utility Theory-based questionnaire, prediction of intentions
 to retire, 58 vs 59 & 63 vs 64 yr olds
-SectHd-
 2220 (TEST CONSTRUCTION & VALIDATION); 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 63
-A-
 68-12444
-W-
 Social and emotional effects of geographical relocation in elderly
 retirees.
 Hendrick, Clyde; Wells, Karen S.; Faletti, Martin V.
 U Miami, FL
 Jrnl of Personality & Social Psychology, 1982 May Vol 42 (5) 951-962
 -CODEN-
 JPSPB2
-ISSN-
 00223514
-JrnlAnn-
 6806
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Compared the adjustment of retired persons who had relocated in South
 Florida to that of retired persons who had resided in South Florida prior to
 retirement. A 93-item interview schedule was administered to 314 Ss who had
 retired 1.5-10 yrs previously. There was a strong tendency for relocaters to
 move into retirement communities and for nonrelocaters to live in
 traditional housing. Type of residence interacted with relocation status on
 the main measure of adjustment, the Srole Anomia Scale. For most Ss,
 retirement was not well planned, and only a minority had received retirement
 counseling. Life perceptions were remarkably optimistic. About 75% of the Ss
 felt that retirement was mostly good, over 75% rated their health as good or
 excellent, and over 90% were satisfied with their life situation. Only 15%
 were classified as anomic. Retirement planning was the most important
 predictor of adjustment, and a combination housing type/relocation variable
 as the second best predictor. Other important predictors were aspects of
 support networks, current health status, change in income, and education.
 (14 ref)
-Desc-
 SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT (48060); EMOTIONAL ADJUSTMENT (16760); ANO?IE (02940);
 RETIREMENT (44470); AGED (01370); HOUSING (23380); GEOGRAPHICAL MOBILITY
 (20924)
-Ident-
 social & emotional adjustment & anomie, retired persons who lived in vs
 relocated to Florida & lived in traditional vs retirement housing
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 64
-A-
 68-10175
-W-
 Locus of control, previous occupation and satisfaction with retirement.
 O'Brien, Gordon E.
 Flinders U of South Australia, Bedford Park
 Australian Jrnl of Psychology, 1981 Dec Vol 33 (3) 305-318
 -CODEN-
 ASJPAE
-ISSN-
 00049530
-JrnlAnn-
 6805
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Interviewed 170 female and 131 male Australian retirees over 60 yrs of age
 using a structured questionnaire that requested information about locus of
 control, health symptoms, and satisfaction with retirement. Previous
 research had shown that life satisfaction and adjustment of internally
 controlled retirees was greater than that reported by externally controlled
 retirees. Using partial correlations, it was found that Rotter's
 Internal-External Locus of Control Scale was a significant predictor of most
 aspects of retirement satisfaction for males when age and self-reported
 health were controlled. For females, only life satisfaction was
 significantly predicted. Using path analysis, the relationship between the
 level of skill utilization in preretirement occupation, locus of control,
 and life satisfaction was examined. Skill utilization was negatively
 associated with locus of control for both males and females, but did not
 have a direct association with life satisfaction. (21 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); HUMAN SEX DIFFERENCES (23510); SATISFACTION (45290);
 INTERNAL EXTERNAL LOCUS OF CONTROL (26150); AGED (01370); EMPLOYMENT HISTORY
 (17174); JOB SATISFACTION (27040)
-Ident-
 locus of control & skill utilization in previous occupation & sex
 differences, satisfaction with retirement, retirees over 60 yrs of age,
 Australia
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 65
-A-
 68-03216
-W-
 Correlates of depression in the elderly: Sex differences and similarities.
 Hale, W. Daniel
 Stetson U
 Jrnl of Clinical Psychology, 1982 Apr Vol 38 (?) 253-257
 -CODEN-
 JCPYAO
-ISSN-
 00219762
-JrnlAnn-
 6802
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Investigated the relationship between numerous age-related stresses and
 depression in the elderly. 68 residents of a retirement center (mean age 80
 yrs) completed a life satisfaction survey that included a modified version
 of the Zung Self-Rating Depression Scale and assessed depression and a wide
 range of possible losses or stresses. Depression was found to be related to
 poorer financial status, fewer and less satisfying interpersonal
 relationships, poorer physical health, and greater concerns about death for
 females and to poorer physical health and lack of involvement in activities
 for males. (16 ref)
-Desc-
 DEPRESSION (EMOTION) (13650); AGED (01370); STRESS (50170); HUMAN SEX
 DIFFERENCES (23510)
-Ident-
 losses & stress, depression, male vs female 63-94 yr olds
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 66
-A-
 67-53171
-W-
 Analysis of perceived educational, financial, and psychological needs of
 United States Air Force officers facing retirement and a second career.
 Backus, Richard B.
 Auburn U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1981 Jul Vol 42 (1-A) 96
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 6706
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); AIR FORCE PERSONNEL (01530); NEEDS (33180); SELF
 PERCEPTION (46310); SOCIOECONOMIC STATUS (48520); EDUCATION (16000); CAREER
 CHANGE (07666)
-Ident-
 perceived educational & financial & psychological needs, retired Air Force
 officers seeking 2nd career
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 67
-A-
 67-53077
-W-
 The use of Fishbein's model to predict the intention to retire among
 autoworkers.
 Hwalek, Melanie A.
 Wayne State U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1981 Jun Vol 41 (12-B, Pt 1) 4742
-ISSN-
 04194209
-JrnlAnn-
 6706
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 MODELS (31805); PREDICTION (39940); RETIREMENT (44470); BLUE COLLAR WORKERS
 (06410)
-Ident-
 Fishbein's model of behavioral intention, prediction of intention to retire,
 autoworkers
-SectHd-
 2140 (HISTORY & PHILOSOPHIES & THEORIES); 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES &
 INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 68
-A-
 67-50663
-W-
 The application of John Holland's theory of personality to senior adults and
 the process of retirement planning.
 Mikelman, Steven L.
 U California, Los Angeles
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1981 Feb Vol 41 (8-B) 3235
-JrnlAnn-
 6702
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); PERSONALITY THEORY (37850)
-Ident-
 personality theory of J. Holland, retirement planning, retirees
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 69
-A-
 67-08649
-W-
 The relationship between job attitudes and the decision to retire.
 Schmitt, Neal; McCune, Joseph T.
 Michigan State U, East Lansing
 Academy of Management Jrnl, 1981 Dec Vol 24 (4) 795-802
-ISSN-
 00014273
-JrnlAnn-
 6704
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 A questionnaire was completed by 513 state civil-service employees eligible
 for retirement, being at least 55 yrs old with 30 yrs of service. A 1-yr
 followup questionnaire indicating retirement/employment status was returned
 by 379 Ss. Discriminant analysis indicated that job attitude (assessed by
 the Minnesota Satisfaction Questionnaire and the Job Diagnostic Survey) and
 financial variables contributed significantly to the prediction of
 retirement status even when the effects of demographic variables, including
 job levels and education, were removed. Health was not a significant factor.
 (10 ref)
-Desc-
 EMPLOYEE ATTITUDES (17020); DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS (13460); DECISION
 MAKING (13190); RETIREMENT (44470); HEALTH (22390); GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL
 (21420)
-Ident-
 job attitudes & demographic & financial & health variables, retirement
 decisions & state civil service employees at least 55 yr old
-SectHd-
 3650 (ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR & JOB SATISFACTION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 70
-A-
 67-05601
-W-
 Retirement style and retirement satisfaction: Retirees aren't all alike.
 Walker, James W.; Kimmel, Douglas C.; Price, Karl F.
 Tower, Perrin, Forster & Crosby, Boston, MA
 Int. Jrnl of Aging & Human Development, 1980-81 Vol 12 (4) 267-281
 -CODEN-
 IJADDT
-ISSN-
 00914150
-JrnlAnn-
 6703
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Postretirement patterns of work--employment for pay, voluntary activities,
 or no work-like activities--were examined for 1, 511 recent retirees from
 major corporations. A related typology of retirement styles-reorganizer,
 rocking chair, holding on, and dissatisfied patterns--was also used. These
 patterns are examined in terms of preretirement characteristics of the
 respondents, postretirement attitudes about retirement, and retirement
 satisfaction. Multivariate analyses comparing the salience of retirement
 style with health, income, occupation, and preretirement feelings about
 retiring for predicting retirement satisfaction indicated that retirement
 style was a significant predictor of overall retirement satisfaction and of
 the subscales of satisfaction with activities and finances. Implications for
 preretirement counseling and retirement policies are discussed. (6 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); LIFESTYLE (28375); ATTITUDES (04500) SATISFACTION
 (45290); HEALTH (22390); INCOME LEVEL (2?720); OCCUPATIONS (35110)
-Ident-
 retirement style vs health vs income vs occupation vs preretirement
 attitudes, retirement satisfaction, retirees from major corporations,
 implications for preretirement counseling & retirement policies
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 71
-A-
 67-0?211
-W-
 Determinants of continued and discontinued participation in pre-retirement
 training: An Israeli case study.
 Harpaz, Itzhak; Kremer, Yael
 U Haifa, Israel
 Jrnl of Occupational Psychology, 1981 Sep Vol 5 (3) 213-220
-ISSN-
 03058107
-JrnlAnn-
 6701
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Offered a preretirement training program, the first of its kind in Israel,
 to older workers in 5 industrial and public service organizations. After
 training, structured interviews were conducted with 138 workers, who formed
 2 groups according to their rate of attendance at training sessions:
 continued and discontinued participation. An attempt was made to identify
 the characteristics of these groups, in terms of 12 independent variables.
 Multiple regression and discriminant analyses revealed that the best
 explanatory and discriminating variables were occupational level, contact
 with grandchildren, attitude toward preretirement training, perceived
 attitude of management toward older employees, initiative vs dependence, and
 enjoyment of present job. On the basis of these variables, group membership
 was correctly predicted for 67% of the Ss. (16 ref)
-Desc-
 JOB SATISFACTION (27040); EMPLOYEE ATTITUDES (17020); OCCUPATIONAL STATUS
 (35056); INITIATIVE (25430); EMPLOYER ATTITUDES (17160); RETIREMENT (44470);
 GROUP PARTICIPATION (21780); PERSONNEL TRAINING (37970); FAMILY RELATIONS
 (19250)
-Ident-
 enjoyment & level of job & contact with grandchildren & attitude toward
 training & perceived attitude of management & initiative vs dependence,
 continued participation in preretirement program, older workers, Israel
-SectHd-
 3620 (PERSONNEL SELECTION & TRAINING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 72
-A-
 66-51615
-W-
 Military retirees' perceptions of their transition from the Canadian Armed
 Forces to civilian life: Implications for adult learning.
 Singh, Raj K.
 U Toronto, Canada
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1980 Dec Vol 41 (6-A) 2406
-JrnlAnn-
 6604
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 MILITARY PERSONNEL (31470); CAREER CHANGE  (07666); RETIREMENT (44470);
 ATTITUDES (04500); ADULT DEVELOPMENT (01127)
-Ident-
 perception of transition from military to civilian status, military
 retirees
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE); 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL &
 PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 73
-A-
 66-50947
-W-
 University retiree satisfaction relative to selected demographic variables.
 Brownlee, Leonard J.
 U Missouri, Columbia
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1980 Nov Vol 41 (5-A) 1967
-JrnlAnn-
 6602
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 HEALTH (22390); RETIREMENT (44470); DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS (13460);
 INCOME LEVEL (24720); EDUCATIONAL PERSONNEL (16150); EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND
 (16040); SATISFACTION (45290)
-Ident-
 health & education & present income & other demographic variables,
 satisfaction, retired university employees
-SectHd-
 3510 (EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION & PERSONNEL & TRAINING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 74
-A-
 66-50834
-W-
 Extraversion and neuroticism of elderly retired persons in south
 Mississippi.
 Bowman, Jeanie G.
 U Southern Mississippi
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1980 Nov Vol 41 (5-A) 1893
-JrnlAnn-
 6602
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND (16040); EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS (16190); AGED (01370);
 EXTRAVERSION (18854); NEUROTICISM (33915); RETIREMENT (44470); AGE
 DIFFERENCES (01360)
-Ident-
 educational background, extraversion & neuroticism as measured by Eysenck
 Personality Inventory, 60-89 yr old retired persons in federally funded
 educational project
-SectHd-
 3530 (CURRICULUM PROGRAMS & TEACHING METHODS); 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL &
 PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 75
-A-
 66-50647
-W-
 The relationship of locus of control, work history career type, and life
 satisfaction to pre-retirement planning behavior.
 Brooks, James D.
 U Texas, Austin
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1980 Oct Vol 41 (4-B) 1534
-JrnlAnn-
 6602
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 COLLEGE TEACHERS (10330); INTERNAL EXTERNAL LOCUS OF CONTROL (26150);
 SATISFACTION (45290); RETIREMENT (44470); OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES (34970);
 ADJUSTMENT (00850)
-Ident-
 locus of control & work life style & general life adjustment, pre-retirement
 planning behavior, college faculty & staff
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY); 3510 (EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION & PERSONNEL &
 TRAINING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 76
-A-
 66-50101
-W-
 The rate of suicide, potential for suicide, and recommendations for
 prevention among retired police officers.
 Gaska, Cass W.
 Wayne State U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1980 Oct Vol 41 (4-A) 1402
-JrnlAnn-
 6601
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 SUICIDE (50620); SUICIDE PREVENTION (50640); POLICE PERSONNEL (39270);
 RETIREMENT (44470)
-Ident-
 suicide rate & prevention & predictors, retired police officers
-SectHd-
 3230 (BEHAVIOR DISORDERS & ANTISOCIAL BEHAVIOR)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 77
-A-
 66-07886
-W-
 Leisure attributes and retirement satisfaction.
 O'Brien, Gordon E.
 Flinders U of South Australia, School of Social Sciences, Bedford Park
 Jrnl of Applied Psychology, 1981 Jun Vol 66 (3) 371-384
-ISSN-
 00219010
-JrnlAnn-
 6604
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 301 South Australian retirees completed an interview/questionnaire regarding
 their regular leisure activities and retirement satisfaction. Leisure
 activities were reliably rated on the attributes of influence, variety,
 skill utilization, and interaction. Retirement satisfaction was measured
 along factors of activities, people, health, finances, and life
 satisfaction. Results generally do not support the hypothesis that
 attributes of work that are associated with job satisfaction would also be
 the attributes of leisure that are associated with retirement satisfaction.
 Following the use of decomposition procedures, it was found that the number
 of leisure activities and leisure interaction, together with health and
 financial satisfaction, were significant predictors of satisfaction with
 retirement activities. Of these variables, only satisfaction with retirement
 activities was a significant predictor of life satisfaction. (30 ref)
-Desc-
 AUSTRALIA (04800); RETIREMENT (44470); LEISURE TIME (28150); SATISFACTION
 (45290); AGED (01370)
-Ident-
 leisure activities & retirement satisfaction, retirees, Australia
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT); 3600 (APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 78
-A-
 66-04495
-W-
 Attitudes toward work and retirement in Sweden: A multigroup, multivariate
 analysis.
 Skoglund, John
 U Orebro, Sweden
 Int. Jrnl of Aging & Human Development, 1980 Vol 11(2) 147-162
 -CODEN-
 IJADDT
-ISSN-
 00914150
-JrnlAnn-
 6602
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined various work and retirement orientations of 584 60-75 yr old Swedes
 to ascertain how they apply to 4 groups: preretiree (P), early retiree (E),
 working retiree (W), and fully retired (F). Data were analyzed by means of
 stepwise multiple discriminant analysis. 14 of 25 variables contributed
 significantly to 3 functions, correctly classifying 54% of Ss. It was found
 that Ps, although anticipating loss of employment after retiring, displayed
 the least work satisfaction and preferred a lower retirement age,
 manifesting simultaneous positive attitudes toward retirees and their
 gatherings; Es were characterized by negative attitudes toward work and
 retirement and by ambiguous views of retirees and social integration; Ws
 appeared the most work-oriented and evidenced distaste for retirement; and
 Fs were characterized as retirement-oriented and as being negative toward
 social activities. (25 ref)
-Desc-
 AGED (01370); WORK (ATTITUDES TOWARD) (57037); RETIREMENT (44470); SWEDEN
 (50950)
-Ident-
 Attitudes toward work & retirement, 60-75 yr olds, Sweden
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 79
-A-
 65-50379
-W-
 Accommodation to retirement years: Discrepancy as a predictor measure.
 Carlisle, Ann E.
 California School of Professional Psychology, Berkeley
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1980 Jan vol 40 (7-B) 3361
-JrnlAnn-
 6501
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT; INVOLVEMENT; PARTICIPATION; ADJUSTMENT; SATISFACTION
-Ident-
 discrepancy between actual vs desired activity participation, prediction of
 satisfaction in adjustment to retirement, oil corporation retirees
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 80
-A-
 65-11102
-W-
 Expectancy theory components and non-expectancy moderators as predictors of
 physicians' preference for retirement.
 Jacobson, Dan; Eran, Mordechai
 Tel-Aviv U, Israel
 Jrnl of Occupational Psychology, 1980 Mar Vol 53 (1) 11-26
-ISSN-
 0?058107
-JrnlAnn-
 6505
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Analysis of several expectancy component configurations from interviews with
 317 employed public clinic physicians within 10 yrs of conventional
 retirement age or beyond it showed that preference to remain employed or to
 retire depended on the differences between perceived instrumentalities of
 continued employment and of retirement for the attainment of outcomes. (2 p
 ref)
-Desc-
 PHYSICIANS (38640); EXPECTATIONS (18460); THEORIES (52590); PREFERENCES
 (39995); PREDICTION (39940); RETIREMENT (44470)
-Ident-
 expectancy theory components, prediction of preferences for retirement,
 physicians within 10 yrs of retirement age
-SectHd-
 3400 (PROFESSIONAL PERSONNEL AND PROFESSIONAL ISSUES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 81
-A-
 65-10481
-W-
 The importance of play in anticipatory ideas about retirement.
 Huguet, P.; Duclos, O.; Membrey, J.-M.; Paquin, C.
 Ctr Psychiatrique de Rouvray, Rouen, France
 Annales Medico-Psychologiques, 1978 Mar Vol 136 (3) 456-460
 -CODEN-
 AMPYAT
-ISSN-
 00034487
-JrnlAnn-
 6505
 Language: French
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Holds that the prevailing negative attitudes of society regarding retirement
 are based in no small measure on an equating of inactivity with
 nonproductivity. Deeply held values are associated with work and production
 as adult activities, while whatever is engaged in merely for its own sake
 is, by definition, play (i.e.,  nonproductive, nonadult, childish, and
 irresponsible). To the contrary, it is argued, a healthy celebration of the
 new leisure brought by retirement may depend heavily on a rediscovery of the
 value of play itself--activity needing no justification other than the
 pleasure that it brings. There is scant evidence that such attitudes exist
 today. Rather than the hoped-for outlook of ""now the festival begins, ''
 one finds everywhere a bleakness of anticipatory fantasy regarding the
 future life of the individual as a retiree.
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); RECREATION (43400); PLEASURE (39170) ATTITUDES (04500)
-Ident-
 importance of play in retirement
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 82
-A-
 65-10235
-W-
 Personal major events and reactions to retirement: Preliminary findings.
 MacLean, Michael J.
 McGill U School of Social Work, Montreal, Canada
 Canadian Counsellor, 1980 Jan Vol 14 (2) 83-87
 -CODEN-
 CCCCBL
-ISSN-
 0008333X
-JrnlAnn-
 6505
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Proposes the life-style concept of personal major events (PME) as a measure
 to predict an individual's reactions to retirement. The PME of 44 retired
 professional men (aged 57-82 yrs) were categorized into the mutually
 exclusive categories of work, family, and leisure events. Findings suggest a
 significant negative relationship between the work proportion of PME and
 adjustment to and enjoyment of retirement. A significant positive
 relationship was found between the family proportion of PME and enjoyment of
 and prior attitudes to retirement. Findings suggest that the concept of PME
 is relevant for preretirement planners and as a research area in social
 gerontology. (French abstract) (18 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT (44470); JOB INVOLVEMENT (26994); FAMILY RELATIONS (19250);
 LEISURE TIME (28150) PERSONAL VALUES (37690); LIFE EXPERIENCES (28355);
 ADJUSTMENT (00850); PREDICTION (39940); MIDDLE AGED (31310); AGED (01370)
-Ident-
 number of work vs family vs leisure personal major events, prediction of
 retirement adjustment & enjoyment, 57-82 yr old male retired professionals
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 83
-A-
 65-04009
-W-
 APGA members in retirement and their advice to the rest of us.
 Rockwell, Laurelee K.; Hood, Albert B.; Lee, Virginia E.
 U Iowa, Iowa City
 Personnel & Guidance Jrnl, 1980 Nov Vol 59 (3) 135-139
 -CODEN-
 PGJOAO
-ISSN-
 00315737
-JrnlAnn-
 6502
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Questionnaires returned by 231 (of 399) retired and emeritus members of the
 American Personnel and Guidance Association (APGA) indicate that most
 retired counselors were financially comfortable and continued to lead
 productive and happy lives in retirement. Respondents emphasized the need to
 remain active and to plan well in advance of actual retirement.
 Recommendations of the respondents for services to the elderly and for APGA
 programs are included. (1 ref)
-Desc-
 INCOME LEVEL; RETIREMENT; AGED; COUNSELORS; SATISFACTION
-Ident-
 retirement activities & financial status, retired members of American
 Personnel & Guidance Association
-SectHd-
 3400 (PROFESSIONAL PERSONNEL AND PROFESSIONAL ISSUES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 84
-A-
 64-52185
-W-
 A study of late life professional visibility and academic activities of
 academic male social scientists.
 McDonald, William J.
 U Chicago
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1979 Oct Vol 40 (4-B) 1961-1962
-JrnlAnn-
 6404
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT; COLLEGE TEACHERS; PSYCHOLOGISTS; SOCIOLOGISTS; AGED; HUMAN
 MALES
-Ident-
 post retirement professional activities, male academic psychologists &
 sociologists
-SectHd-
 3400 (PROFESSIONAL PERSONNEL AND PROFESSIONAL ISSUES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 85
-A-
 64-08082
-W-
 Attitudes toward the elderly in Sweden: Correlates and age group
 comparisons.
 Skoglund, John
 U Uppsala, Sweden
 Int. Journal of Aging & Human Development, 1979-80 Vol 10 (1) 47-62
 -CODEN-
 IJADDT
-ISSN-
 00914150
-JrnlAnn-
 6404
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined attitudes toward societal relations of 1, 303 Ss in 2
 age-stratified random samples, aged 30-65 and 70-75 (both groups expressed
 attitudes toward the latter group), and explored which correlates were
 associated with the attitudes. Six attitudinal dimensions were analyzed by
 means of group comparisons and linear regression. The younger group appeared
 positive toward interactive behavior; the elderly were positive toward
 previous roles though reluctant to engage in new activities. Some
 significant correlates were distinguished, although in a diversified manner
 over groups and dimensions: Positive attitudes among the younger were
 associated with low age, high education, and being female. No such clear
 pattern was found among the elderly, where work commitment and contacts with
 peers were particularly indicative of positive attitudes toward social
 activities. (27 ref)
-Desc-
 AGE DIFFERENCES; DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS; AGED (ATTITUDES TOWARD); AGED;
 WORK (ATTITUDES TOWARD); RETIREMENT; SWEDEN; ADULTS; MIDDLE AGED
-Ident-
 age & demographic characteristics, attitudes toward elderly
 & retirement & work, 30-65 vs 70-75 yr olds, Sweden
-SectHd-
 3100  (PERSONALITY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 86
-A-
 64-06572
-W-
 Comparison of early retirees and nonretirees.
 Schmitt, Neal; Coyle, Bryan T.; Rauschenberger, John; White, J. Kenneth
 Michigan State U
 Personnel Psychology, 1979 Sum Vol 32 (2) 327-340
 -CODEN-
 PPSYAQ
-ISSN-
 00315826
-JrnlAnn-
 6403
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Compared 250 early retirees with a similar group of 422 nonretired Civil
 Service employees on demographic, experience, job attitude, and other
 variables. Consistent with earlier studies, demographic, health, and income
 variables accounted for approximately 3 times as much variance in the
 retirement status variable as did the motivational and attitudinal
 variables. As compared with nonretirees, retirees reported that their jobs
 had afforded less autonomy, skill variety, opportunity to deal with others,
 and intrinsic satisfaction, but more feedback from others. Analysis of the
 demographic variables indicated that retirees were more likely to be female,
 to have fewer financial commitments, and to have had more jobs in their
 careers. It is suggested that the retirement decision may represent a
 positive attempt on the part of individuals to pursue more challenging,
 interesting activities and that longitudinal research should be initiated to
 explore in more detail the determinants of the retirement decision and
 subsequent retirement satisfaction. (17 ref)
-Desc-
 DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS; RETIREMENT; OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES
-Ident-
 demographic characteristics & experience & job attitudes, early retirees vs
 nonretirees
-SectHd-
 3600 (APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 87
-A-
 64-05242
-W-
 Life changes and administrator-organization relationships: II.
 Heffernan, James M.
 Syracuse U
 Educational Gerontology, 1979 Apr-Jun Vol 4 (2) 129-131
 -CODEN-
 EDGEDA
-ISSN-
 03601277
-JrnlAnn-
 6403
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses 7 stages of adult development (e.g., leaving the family, entering
 the adult world, and rooting) within the context of organizational behavior,
 emphasizing the preretirement period. Productivity in the preretirement
 period is associated with disengagement, as the shift of emphasis from ego
 satisfaction to organization maintinance can make up for decreases in energy
 due to aging, and the approach of retirement causes a decrease of interest
 in the organization. The related features of cautiousness and rigidity can
 be important for describing the older administrator's activities; however,
 rigidity is often caused by prejudices about the elderly more than by aging
 effects. Activities prior to retirement are described, and 7 phases of the
 retirement process are enumerated. (e.g., early preretirement,
 disenchantment, and stability). (7 ref)
-Desc-
 MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL; ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR; ADULT DEVELOPMENT;
 RETIREMENT
-Ident-
 preretirement stage, organizational behavior, administrators
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY); 3650 (ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR & JOB
 SATISFACTION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 88
-A-
 64-02258
-W-
 Factors influencing attitude towards retirement.
 McGee, Mark G.; Hall, James; Lutes-Dunckley, Candida J.
 Texas A&M U
 Jrnl of Psychology, 1979 Jan Vol 101 (1) 15-18
 -CODEN-
 JOPSAM
-ISSN-
 00223980
-JrnlAnn-
 6401
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Tested the hypothesis that a positive attitude toward retirement is
 influenced by the extent to which continuity of life-style is expected and
 to determine the effect if any, of commitment to work on attitude toward
 retirement. Questionnaire data were obtained from 74 28-61 yr old managers.
 Results indicate that those anticipating a discontinuity of life-style in
 retirement were more likely to have a negative attitude toward retirement
 than those anticipating continuity of life-style. No relationship was found
 between attitude toward retirement and present commitment to work. (8 ref)
-Desc-
 MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL; LIFESTYLE; WORK (ATTITUDES TOWARD); RETIREMENT;
 ATTITUDES; JOB INVOLVEMENT
-Ident-
 expectation of continuity of lifestyle & commitment to work, attitudes
 toward retirement, 28-61 yr old managers
-SectHd-
 3640 (MANAGEMENT & MANAGEMENT TRAINING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 89
-A-
 64-00836
-W-
 Pre-retirement life-style and the degree of planning for retirement.
 McPherson, Barry D.; Guppy, Neil
 U Waterloo, Canada
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1979 Mar Vol 34 (2) 254-263
 -CODEN-
 JOGEA3
-ISSN-
 00221422
-JrnlAnn-
 6401
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Interview data obtained from 360 55-64 yr old males show that socioeconomic
 status (as measured by occupation, income, and education), perceived health,
 expressive organizational affiliation, job satisfaction, and degree of
 leisure orientation were positively associated with preretirement attitudes
 and decision making. (43 ref)
-Desc-
 HUMAN MALES; RETIREMENT; SOCIOECONOMIC STATUS; HEALTH; JOB SATISFACTION;
 LEISURE TIME; DECISION MAKING; MIDDLE AGED; AGED; ATTITUDES
-Ident-
 socioeconomic status & perceived health & organizational affiliation; & job
 satisfaction & leisure orientation, preretirement attitudes & decision
 making, 55-64 yr old males
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 90
-A-
 63-50037
-W-
 An investigation of selected variables and their relationship to retirement
 satisfaction.
 Wurtz, Richard F.
 U Kansas
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1979 Jan Vol 39 (7-A) 4158-4159
-JrnlAnn-
 6303
-Lang-
 Eng. Doc. Type: DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT; SATISFACTION; AGE DIFFERENCES; SELF CONCEPT; EDUCATIONAL
 BACKGROUND; GOALS
-Ident-
 retirement variables, retirement satisfaction, retirees
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOLOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 91
-A-
 63-12736
-W-
 Psychologists in retirement: An impression.
 Heckel, Robert V.
 U South Carolina
 Clinical Psychologist, 1980 Spr Vol 33 (3) 7-8
-ISSN-
 00099244
-JrnlAnn-
 6306
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Reports observations and conclusions obtained from interviewing
 psychologists over the age of 65. Activity level was higher than
 anticipated; professional roles were in applications rather than research;
 and income and housing appeared better than average for the elderly. Advice
 offered for younger psychologists includes maintaining active communication
 with a variety of organizations; expanding academic and clinical skills;
 considering the uses and applications of one's research, nationally and
 internationally; and obtaining sound advice on the adequacy of health and
 income coverage.
-Desc-
 AGED; PSYCHOLOGISTS; ROLES; RECREATION; RETIREMENT; PSYCHOLOGY; HEALTH;
 HOUSING; INCOME LEVEL; ATTITUDES
-Ident-
 activity level & professional roles & perceptions of psychology & income &
 housing & health, psychologists
-SectHd-
 3400 (PROFESSIONAL PERSONNEL AND PROFESSIONAL ISSUES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 92
-A-
 63-12733
-W-
 Male social scientists: Lives after sixty.
 Havigurst, Robert J.; McDonald, William J.; Maeulen, Leo; Mazel, Joseph
 U Chicago, Committee on Human Development
 Gerontologist, 1979 Feb Vol 19 (1) 55-60
 -CODEN-
 GRNTA3
-ISSN-
 00169013
-JrnlAnn-
 6306
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Adaptation to the retirement process by male sociologists and psychologists
 was studied for the age period 60-75 in a group of 779 men, born in
 1893-1903, who held academic positions in departments of psychology or
 sociology for at least 15 yrs immediately before the age of 60. Based on
 publication data for the age interval 59-73, the Ss were grouped into 3
 publication levels: high, medium, and low. The 3 groups were compared
 systematically on data from an extended questionnaire on their careers and
 from personality tests. Ss had markedly different life-styles, established
 during the adult years and carried on through the age period 60-75. High
 publishers finished their education sooner, established their careers
 sooner, and kept working longer than the other groups, who had more
 diversified interests. Low publishers were more likely to have held
 administrative positions (e.g., department heads) and to be involved in
 community and family activities. (13 ref)
-Desc-
 AGED; HUMAN MALES; SOCIOLOGISTS; PSYCHOLOGISTS; RETIREMENT; LIFESTYLE;
 PROFESSIONAL CONTRIBUTION; ADJUSTMENT
-Ident-
 publication level & established lifestyle, adaptation to retirement, 60-75
 yr old male sociologists & psychologists
-SectHd-
 3400 (PROFESSIONAL PERSONNEL AND PROFESSIONAL ISSUES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 93
-A-
 63-10374
-W-
 Long-term effects of control and predictability-enhancing interventions:
 Findings and ethical issues.
 Schulz, Richard; Hanusa, Barbara H.
 Carnegie-Mellon U
 Jrnl of Personality & Social Psychology, 1978 Nov Vol 36(11) 1194-1201
 -CODEN-
 JPSPB2
-ISSN-
 00223514
-JrnlAnn-
 6305
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined the long-term effects of participating in a field experiment on the
 effects of control and predictability-enhancing interventions. 40 retirement
 home residents who had initially benefited from being exposed to a specific
 positive predictable or controllable event (visits by college students) were
 assessed at 3 different intervals after the study was terminated. Health and
 psychological status data collected 24, 30, and 42 mo after the study
 indicated no positive long-term effects attributable to the interventions.
 In fact, groups that had initially benefited from the interventions
 exhibited precipitous declines once the study was terminated, whereas groups
 that had not benefited remained stable over time. Theoretical and ethical
 implications are discussed. (11 ref)
-Desc-
 AGED; SOCIAL INTERACTION; HEALTH; MENTAL HEALTH; FOLLOWUP STUDIES;
 RETIREMENT; INSTITUTIONALIZATION; ETHICS
-Ident-
 control & predictability-enhancing interventions, health & psychological
 status, 24 & 30 & 42 mo followup, residents of retirement home, theoretical
 & ethical implications
-SectHd-
 3379  (HOSPITAL PROGRAMS & INSTITUTIONALIZATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 94
-A-
 63-00723
-W-
 Life satisfaction and occupational retirement: Beyond the impact year.
 Bell, Bill D.
 U Nebraska, Gerontology Program, Omaha
 Int. Jrnl of Aging & Human Development, 1978-79 Vol 9 (1) 31-50
 -CODEN-
 IJADDT
-ISSN-
 00914150
-JrnlAnn-
 6301
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examines 3 theoretical perspectives relative to the prediction of life
 satisfaction following retirement. 10 hypotheses derived from crisis,
 continuity, and consistency theories were tested in 3 areas of role
 behavior--the family, voluntary associations, and the community--and were
 systematically examined with regard to the pre- and postretirement
 satisfaction scores of 114 male respondents (mean age 69 yrs). The data
 confirmed 1 of 4 crisis hypotheses. Specifically, Ss underwent a decline in
 satisfaction with retirement. Similarly, only 1 of 3 continuity hypotheses
 was partially confirmed. A positive association was obtained between
 satisfaction and orientational change in the voluntary association area.
 Contrary to the theory, however, Ss underwent a significant decline in
 satisfaction. Only one of the consistency hypotheses was substantiated. In
 general, expectational disconfirmations relative to retirement did not
 result in lowered satisfaction. (59 ref)
-Desc-
 SATISFACTION; RETIREMENT; ROLES; EXPECTATIONS; HUMAN MALES
-Ident-
 crisis & continuity & consistency frameworks, life satisfaction following
 retirement, males
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 95
-A-
 62-12418
-W-
 Retirement choice and retirement satisfaction.
 Kimmel, Douglas C.; Price, Karl F.; Walker, James W.
 City U New York, City Coll
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1978 Jul Vol 33 (4) 575-585
 -CODEN-
 JOGEA3
-ISSN-
 00221?22
-JrnlAnn-
 6205
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Retirees from major corporations who reported that they retired voluntarily
 were compared with nonvoluntary retirees to determine the individual factors
 that led to a voluntary or nonvoluntary decision to retire and the impact of
 that voluntary/nonvoluntary decision on retirement attitudes and
 satisfaction. Seven firms provided mailing lists of recent retirees, and 1,
 486 respondents completed questionnaires. Voluntary retirees tended to be
 persons with higher income, occupation, and health status, who had more
 positive feelings about retirement and more family support for their
 decision to retire, compared with nonvoluntary retirees. Voluntary retirees
 were significantly more likely to have positive attitudes and higher
 satisfaction in retirement than nonvoluntary retirees. Health status and
 preretirement feelings about retirement however, were more significant
 predictors of retirement attitudes and satisfaction than the
 voluntary/nonvoluntary decision. Implications of these findings are
 discussed for preretirement counseling and retirement policies. (4 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT; PERSONNEL TERMINATION; ATTITUDES; SATISFACTION HEALTH; INCOME
 LEVEL; OCCUPATIONAL STATUS; CHOICE BEHAVIOR; FAMILY RELATIONS
-Ident-
 income level & occupation & health status & family support, voluntary vs
 nonvoluntary retirement decision & attitudes & satisfaction, retirees
-SectHd-
 3600 (APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 96
-A-
 62-11594
-W-
 Issues and findings relating to multilevel accommodation for seniors.
 Gutman, Gloria M.
 U British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1978 Jul Vol 33 (4) 592-600
 -CODEN-
 JOGEA3
-ISSN-
 00221422
-JrnlAnn-
 6205
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Tenants in self-contained suites and board-residence in a building also
 offering personal care were interviewed pre- and post-move and were compared
 with (a) tenants in more traditional retirement housing offering only
 self-contained suites, (b) applicants who did not move in, and (c) elderly
 nonapplicants. Results show no evidence of differential decline, relative to
 controls, in the self-reported health status, level of interaction with
 family and friends, or activity level of those who moved to the multilevel
 facility. If anything, benefits accrued from the move in the form of higher
 morale and increased interaction with neighbors. Furthermore, more Ss in the
 multi-level tenant group than in any other group felt that they had more
 friends and that they were ""getting out'' and ""dressing up'' to a greater
 extent than when interviewed 18 mo earlier. These findings should help to
 allay the fears of those concerned that the well-elderly might find it
 depressing to be among those less competent and that the availability of
 on-site meals, housekeeping and nursing services, and recreation might
 foster dependency and/or disengagement from the broader community. (12 ref)
-Desc-
 AGED; RESIDENTIAL CARE INSTITUTIONS; RETIREMENT; HEALTH; HOUSING; SOCIAL
 INTERACTION; MOTOR PROCESSES; FRIENDSHIP; MORALE; HEALTH CARE SERVICES
-Ident-
 move to self contained suites & board-residence with personal cars vs
 traditional retirement housing, morale & health status & level of
 interaction with family & friends & activity level, elderly residents
-SectHd-
 3370 (HEALTH CARE SERVICES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 97
-A-
 62-08647
-W-
 Leavetaking: When and how to say goodbye.
 Feinberg, Mortimer R.; Feinberg, Gloria; Tarrant, John J.
 New York, NY: Simon & Schuster, 1978. 286 p. $9.95
-JrnlAnn-
 6204
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 BOOK
 Argues that leavetakings of adult life such as moving, job change,
 retirement, leaving home, divorce, children leaving home, and death can be
 viewed in terms of their potential for increased maturity and independence
 or as stress-producing crises that may lead to neurotic behavior. Ways to
 deal successfully with these leavetakings are explored.
-Desc-
 STRESS; LIFE EXPERIENCES; CAREER CHANGE; RETIREMENT; DIVORCE ; DEATH AND
 DYING; BOOK; HUMAN MIGRATION
-Ident-
 stress effects vs potential for growth, moving & job change
 & retirement & divorce & death, book
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 98
-A-
 62-03449
-W-
 Social class and political involvement in age graded and non-age graded
 associations.
 Trela, James E.
 U Maryland, Baltimore County
 Int. Jrnl of Aging & Human Development, 1977-78 Vol 8 (4) 301-310
 -CODEN-
 IJADDT
-ISSN-
 00914150
-JrnlAnn-
 6202
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined the relationship between social class and political involvement
 after retirement and attempted to determine whether this relationship is
 differentially mediated by participation in non-age-graded and age-graded
 associational contexts. Controlling for the age structure of association
 memberships, the relationships between social class and political activity
 and several measures of political interest were examined for 304 retired
 people. Strong and moderate relationships were found for Ss without
 memberships and those with non-age-graded memberships exclusively. No
 relationships were found for members of age-graded associations only. The
 absence of a relationship between social class and political involvement for
 those individuals who conbine their formal associational activity to age
 peers is explained by positing the existence of a generational community
 which insulates lower-class older people from class-related cross-pressures
 and distinctions which depress political involvement in other contexts. (22
 ref)
-Desc-
 AGED; RETIREMENT; SOCIAL CLASS; POLITICS; ORGANIZATIONS; POLITICAL
 ATTITUDES; INVOLVEMENT; GROUP PARTICIPATION; PEERS; AGE DIFFERENCES
-Ident-
 participation in nonage- vs age-graded associations, social class &
 political involvement, retirees
-SectHd-
 2900 (SOCIAL PROCESSES AND SOCIAL ISSUES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 99
-A-
 62-03448
-W-
 A comparative factor analysis of attitudes toward societal relations of the
 elderly.
 Skoglund, John
 U Uppsala, Sweden
 Int. Jrnl of Aging & Human Development, 1977-78 Vol 8 (4) 277-291
 -CODEN-
 IJADDT
-ISSN-
 00914150
-JrnlAnn-
 6202
-Lang-
 Eng. Doc. Type: JRNL ART.
 Explored the factorial dimensionality of 42 items designed to measure
 attitudes concerning old people, and to compare these factor structures in 2
 groups. Respondents were divided into a younger group (370 participants aged
 30-65) and an older group (337 participants aged 70 and 75). Factor analyses
 were run independently for each group, providing obliquely rotated factors.
 Six pairs of factors were judged to be congruent and sufficiently reliable:
 Work, Welfare, Social Work, Dwelling, Gatherings, and Administratorship. One
 postulated factor emerged in the older group alone and was named
 Housekeeping, the conceptual counterpart of which split into 2 conjugate
 factors in the younger group. Second-order factor analyses yielded 2
 comparable sets of 3 second-order factors: Social Activities and Self-Care
 Ability, whereas the 3rd factor connected high welfare with age-segregated
 dwelling (and low welfare with age-integration). (27 ref)
-Desc-
 ADULTS; FACTOR ANALYSIS; SOCIAL INTERACTION; AGED; AGED (ATTITUDES TOWARD);
 HOUSING; SELF CARE SKILLS; RETIREMENT; SOCIAL BEHAVIOR
-Ident-
 factor analysis of attitudes toward societal relations of elderly, 30-65 vs
 70 & 75 yr olds
-SectHd-
 2900 (SOCIAL PROCESSES AND SOCIAL ISSUES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 100
-A-
 61-13245
-W-
 Activities and satisfaction in elderly people.
 Dahl, Charles G.
 U Minnesota
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1978 Dec Vol 39 (6-B) 2959
-JrnlAnn-
 6106
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENTS; NEED SATISFACTION; AGED; LEISURE TIME; RETIREMENT
-Ident-
 activity environment & needs, satisfaction, retired persons
-SectHd-
 2910 (SOCIAL STRUCTURE & SOCIAL ROLES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 101
-A-
 61-11496
-W-
 New vistas in counseling series: IV. Counseling older persons: Careers,
 retirement, dying.
 Sinick, Daniel
 George Washington U
 Human Sciences Press, 1977. New York NY: 112 p. $6.95
-JrnlAnn-
 6105
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 BOOK
 Discusses the role of counseling in helping older persons deal with
 retirement, career changes, and death and dying. Motivations involved in and
 characteristics of persons making career changes are explored, along with
 methods of developing self-confidence, teaching new skills, overcoming
 employment obstacles, and coping with death and bereavement. Lists of
 periodicals of interest to older persons and organizations involved with the
 status and care of the elderly are included. (7 p ref)
-Desc-
 COUNSELING; AGED; RETIREMENT; DEATH AND DYING; BOOK; CAREER CHANGE;
 OCCUPATIONAL GUIDANCE
-Ident-
 career & retirement & death counseling, aged, book
-SectHd-
 3376 (COUNSELING & SOCIAL CASEWORK)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 102
-A-
 61-10967
-W-
 Personality variables in the identification of retirement trauma.
 Bannon, Laurence W.
 Auburn U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1978 May Vol 38 (11-B) 5555
-JrnlAnn-
 6105
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT; EMOTIONAL TRAUMA; ADJUSTMENT; PERSONALITY TRAITS; AGED;
 GERIATRIC PATIENTS
-Ident-
 demographic & situational & personality variables, retirement trauma &
 adjustment, retired Ss
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY); 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 103
-A-
 61-05784
-W-
 Survival after early and normal retirement.
 Haynes, Suzanne G.; McMichael, Anthony J.; Tyroler, Herman A.
 National Heart, Lung, & Blood Inst, Bethesda, MD
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1978 Mar Vol 33(2) 269-278
 -CODEN-
 JOGEA3
-ISSN-
 00221422
-JrnlAnn-
 6103
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Describes an epidemiological study of the patterns and correlates of
 survival after early (ages 62-?4 yrs) and normal retirement (age 65) among
 3, 971 US rubber tire workers. For the 2 companies, death rates were
 significantly elevated during the 1st, 4th, and 5th yrs after early
 retirement. Comparisons of deaths (cases) within 5 yrs of retirement with
 survivors (controls) showed that preretirement health status was the only
 significant predictor of survival after early retirement. Among normal
 retirees, lower status workers were more likely to die within 3 yrs of
 retirement than higher status workers, who were more prominent among deaths
 4-5 yrs after retirement. (28 ref)
-Desc-
 DEATH AND DYING; RETIREMENT; BLUE COLLAR WORKERS
-Ident-
 death rate after early vs normal retirement, retired rubber tire workers
-SectHd-
 2910 (SOCIAL STRUCTURE & SOCIAL ROLES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 104
-A-
 61-02428
-W-
 Creative leisure: A programmed pre-retirement decision-making manual.
 Hrinik, William D.
 U Michigan
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1977 Nov Vol 38 (5-A) 2557-2558
-JrnlAnn-
 6101
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 DECISION MAKING; LEISURE TIME; PROGRAMED TEXTBOOKS; MIDDLE AGED; RETIREMENT;
 EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS; HUMAN MALES
-Ident-
 programed preretirement decision making manual, learning decision asking
 techniques & application to constructive leisure time activity, 50-60 yr old
 males
-SectHd-
  3620 (PERSONNEL SELECTION & TRAINING); 3300 (TREATMENT AND PREVENTION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 105
-A-
 61-02410
-W-
 A study of productivity in academic women social scientists.
 Perun, Pamela J.
 U Chicago
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1977 Nov Vol 38 (5-B) 2434
-JrnlAnn-
 6101
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 AGED; RETIREMENT; HUMAN FEMALES; OCCUPATIONAL STATUS; OCCUPATIONAL SUCCESS;
 COLLEGE TEACHERS; FAMILY BACKGROUND; EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND; FAMILY
 SOCIOECONOMIC LEVEL
-Ident-
 early life factors & choice of retirement activity, productivity based upon
 career accomplishments, academic women social scientist born between 1893 &
 1906
-SectHd-
 3600 (APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 106
-A-
 60-07543
-W-
 Life style types and patterns of retirement of educators.
 Snow, Robert B.; Havighurst, Robert J.
 U Chicago Committee on Human Development
 Gerontologist, 1977 Dec Vol 17 (6) 545-552
-JrnlAnn-
 6004
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Conducted a questionnaire study of administrators in higher education (75
 college and university presidents, 26 deans, and 9 leaders of national
 educational organizations) who were born from 1893 to 19?3. Analyses
 disclosed several different life style patterns for the ''retirement
 period'' from ages 65 to 75 yrs. Two contrasting patterns are described
 here--the transformers and the maintainers. These groups reported
 differences in their boyhood experiences, in their attitudes toward
 retirement, and in their choices of activity after age 65. (27 ref)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 107
-A-
 60-05733
-W-
 Evaluation study of the exploratory visit: An innovative outreach activity
 of the ILGWU's Friendly Visiting Program.
 Wright, Holly; Bennett, Ruth; Simon, Robert; Weinberg, Gladys
 Int. Jrnl of Aging & Human Development, 1977-78 Vol 8 (1) 67-82
-JrnlAnn-
 6003
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Conducted a 10-mo evaluation of the exploratory visits to recent retirees
 that were used in the program described by M. A. Mulligan and the 2nd author
 (see PA, Vol 60: 00000), using data on 24 visited Ss and 49 nonvisited
 controls. Results show that need-identifying activities of visitors varied
 by type of service needed. A posttest-only control group effect study with
 24 experimental and 35 control Ss indicated that exploratory visits were
 effective in establishing a link between the program and the retiree, but
 had no significant impact on the retiree's service needs.
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT; HOME VISITING PROGRAMS; MENTAL HEALTH PROGRAM EVALUATION; AGED;
 NEEDS
-Ident-
 evaluation of exploratory visits of friendly visiting program,
 identification of service needs, recent retirees
-SectHd-
 3373 (COMMUNITY SERVICES & MENTAL HEALTH PROGRAMS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 108
-A-
 60-05311
-W-
 Disparity in self: Significant other perceived role activity and its
 relation to adjustment among older people.
 Ramamurti, P. V.
 Sri Venkateswara University Coll, Tirupati, India
 Indian Jrnl of Applied Psychology, 1976 Jul Vol 13 (2) 91-94
-JrnlAnn-
 6003
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Retirement, possible reduced income or loss of spouse, and deteriorating
 physical and mental health in old age create changes in roles. There are
 also certain social expectations about the type and degree of role activity
 in old age. The present investigation studied the self-perception of roles
 and the perception of roles by a family member and by a neighbor. The
 discrepancies in role activity scores in self-perceptions and perceptions by
 others (ideal and actual) were related to problems of adjustment in 225 men
 between 55 and 75 yrs of age. Results indicate a significant correlation
 between the degree of discrepancy between ''self'' and ''other'' perceptions
 and problems of adjustment.
-Desc-
 AGED; ROLE PERCEPTION; SELF PERCEPTION; ADJUSTMENT; MIDDLE AGED; ROLE
 EXPECTATIONS; SELF CONGRUENCE
-Ident-
 discrepancy between self & other perceived role activities, problems of
 adjustment, 55-75 yr olds
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 109
-A-
 60-04200
-W-
 Career counseling for adults: Why, when, where, how.
 Waters, Elinor; Goodman, Jane
 Oakland U, Continuum Ctr for Adult Counseling & Leadership Training
 Vocational Guidance Quarterly, 1977 Jun Vol 25 (4) 337-343
-JrnlAnn-
 6002
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Describes a career development program applicable to job changes, vocational
 reentry, or retirement. Clientele, primarily middle-class women, median age
 38, focus on vocational reentry or job change. Sessions include large group
 activities, and small groups led by paraprofessionals, often former clients.
 The program emphasizes a reusable, cyclical career development approach;
 self-direction; and leisure, vocational, and educational preference
 evaluation. It includes Holland's Self-Directed Search combined with the
 Occupational Finder, retrospective learning, interview exploration of fields
 under consideration, and interview and assertiveness training. An atmosphere
 allowing adults to seek help and a systematic, homework-oriented counseling
 approach appear particularly crucial to program effectiveness.
-Desc-
 OCCUPATIONAL GUIDANCE; CAREER CHANGE; RETIREMENT; ADULTS
-Ident-
 career development program, job change & vocational reentry & retirement,
 adults
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 110
-A-
 60-04196
-W-
 Leisure and career development in mid-life: A rationale.
 McDaniels, Carl
 Virginia Polytechnic Inst & State U
 Vocational Guidance Quarterly, 1977 Jun Vol 25 (4) 344-350
-JrnlAnn-
 6002
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses leisure and its interrelationships with work and career
 development at midlife. Defined as relatively self-determined activities and
 experiences available as a result of discretionary income, time, and social
 behavior, leisure together with work helps give meaning to life and is
 therefore crucial to career development. At midlife, leisure can provide
 mastery and self-fulfillment experiences not available elsewhere. Its
 judicious use can lead to expanded current job opportunities, a 2nd job, or
 more fulfilling leisure activities and preparation for retirement. Leisure
 use of increased volunteer, pastime, and adult educational opportunities
 offers many possibilities for personal/career exploration. (19 ref)
-Desc-
 MIDDLE AGED; ADULT DEVELOPMENT; LEISURE TIME; RETIREMENT; OCCUPATIONAL
 INTERESTS; OCCUPATIONAL GUIDANCE
-Ident-
 leisure & work & career development at mid-life
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 111
-A-
 60-04192
-W-
 Counseling for mid-life and beyond.
 Entine, Alan D.
 State U New York, Stony Brook
 Vocational Guidance Quarterly, 1977 Jun Vol 25 (4) 332-336
-JrnlAnn-
 6002
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Offers 2 models for effective mid-career and post-retirement counseling,
 incorporating both life-stage and social change issues. The mid-career model
 emphasizes personal and career counseling; the postretirement model stresses
 personal and activity counseling. A 4-quadrant matrix for each model
 illustrates causes of potential change along 2 dimensions: (a) internally-
 vs externally-based causes, and (b) anticipated vs unanticipated causes. The
 types of counseling processes most likely to be effective for individuals in
 each quadrant are discussed, and use of these models to facilitate
 exploration of responses that optimally meet adult counseling needs is
 suggested.
-Desc-
 OCCUPATIONAL GUIDANCE; MIDDLE AGED; RETIREMENT; COUNSELING
-Ident-
 models for effective mid-career & postretirement counseling
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE); 3376 (COUNSELING &
 SOCIAL CASEWORK)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 112
-A-
 60-01999
-W-
 Considerations in counseling the retiring career officer for reemployment.
 Schlenoff, David
 VA Regional Office, Washington, DC
 Jrnl of Employment Counseling, 1977 Sep Vol 14 (3) 131-135
-JrnlAnn-
 6001
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses the unique characteristics of retiring career officers, and
 specific problems encountered by counselors in assisting these individuals
 in their transition from the military to the civilian work environment.
 Career officers are viewed from the perspective of 1. Holland (1965) as
 possessing an uncritical acceptance of cultural values and attitudes and a
 great amount of self-control and overall conformity. This concern for
 orderliness and resulting lack of tolerance for ambiguity can result in high
 levels of anxiety in retiring officers who must suddenly choose a new course
 of vocational development. Suggestions for counseling such persons for
 reemployment include (a) refraining from fostering dependence on the part of
 the client, (b) advising against limitation of officers' options,  (c)
 encouraging the client to follow up phone and mail communications with
 personal contacts, (d) advising against using his or her military title in
 the nonmilitary realm, and (e) supplying the client with a list of
 employment resources.
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT;  OCCUPATIONAL GUIDANCE; COMMISSIONED OFFICERS; CAREER CHANGE
-Ident-
 unique characteristics of retiring military career officers
 & problems in & suggestions for counseling for civilian reemployment
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 113
-A-
 59-07616
-W-
 Social correlates of changes in cognitive traits and processes during
 aging.
 Kostolansky, Rudolf
 Slovenska Akademie Ved, Ustav A8terimentalnej psychologie, Bratislava,
 Czechoslovakia
 Psychologia a Patopsychologia Dietata, 1975 Vol 10 (6) 535-540
-JrnlAnn-
 5904
 Language: Czech
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Argues that the decrease in cognitive functions with age may not be a purely
 biological phenomenon; environment may influence these functions.
 Modification by learning techniques, compensation by experience, and social
 and psychological activities may influence planning for retirement,
 teaching, and psychotherapy.
-Desc-
 PHYSIOLOGICAL AGING; COGNITIVE PROCESSES; ENVIRONMENT; SOCIAL INFLUENCES
-Ident-
 social correlates of changes in cognitive traits & processes during aging
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 114
-A-
 58-11724
-W-
 An investigation of the relationship between general fearfulness, locus
 of control, and social activity among retirees.
 Brodie, June N.
 New York U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1976 Jun Vol 36 (12-B, Pt 1) 6071
-JrnlAnn-
 5806
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
-Desc-
 FEAR; INTERNAL EXTERNAL LOCUS OF CONTROL; RETIREMENT; AGED; INTERPERSONAL
 INTERACTION
-Ident-
 general fearfulness & locus of control, social activity,  64-96 yr old
 retirees
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 115
-A-
 58-09322
-W-
 Relationships between multiple personal variables and retirees'
 participation in leisure activities.
 Delecki, Walter J.
 Arizona State U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1976 Feb Vol 36 (8-A) 4897
-JrnlAnn-
 5805
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
-Desc-
 AGE DIFFERENCES; HUMAN SEX DIFFERENCES; MARITAL STATUS; EDUCATIONAL
 BACKGROUND; INCOME (ECONOMIC); LEISURE TIME; RECREATION; RETIREMENT
-Ident-
 age & sex & marital status & education & income, leisure activities
 participation, retirees
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 116
-A-
 58-0789
-W-
 The effectiveness of group counseling in alleviating depression among the
 aged.
 Tutaj, George A.
 George Washington U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1975 Nov Vol 36 (5-A) 2653
-JrnlAnn-
 5804
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
-Desc-
 GROUP COUNSELING; DEPRESSION (EMOTION); AGED; NURSING HOMES AGE DIFFERENCES;
 EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND; HEALTH; MARITAL STATUS
-Ident-
 group counseling & age & education & health & marital status, depression,
 aged from nursing & retirement homes
-SectHd-
 3313 (GROUP & FAMILY THERAPY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 117
-A-
 58-05107
-W-
 Environmental events predicting death for the elderly.
 Rowland, Kay F
 U California Neuropsychiatric Inst, Los Angeles
 Psychological Bulletin, 1977 Mar Vol 84 (2) 349-372
-JrnlAnn-
 5803
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Stressful environmental events have frequently been linked to declines in
 health or the subsequent death of an individual. In this paper, research
 evidence is reviewed that suggests that death of a significant other,
 relocation, and retirement may predict death for elderly people. Relocation
 and death of a significant other, but not retirement, are found to be fairly
 accurate  in predicting death, especially under certain circumstances. The 3
 events are conceptualized in terms of crisis theory, reinforcement, and
 learned helplessness models, and several implications for intervention are
 discussed. (73 ref)
-Desc-
 DEATH AND DYING; HUMAN MIGRATION; RETIREMENT; AGED; PSYCHOLOGICAL STRESS;
 STRESS REACTIONS; EXPERIENCES (EVENTS); PREDICTION
-Ident-
 death of significant other & relocation & retirement, prediction of death
 for elderly
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 118
-A-
 58-04582
-W-
 Attrition in a longitudinal study of an aged population.
 Wilson, Albert J.; Webber, Irving L.
 California State U, Chico
 Experimental Aging Research, 1976 Sep Vol 2 (5) 367-387
-JrnlAnn-
 5803
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 2, 544 persons over age 65 living in a Florida retirement community were
 surveyed in 1959. In 1968, about one-third of the sample could not be
 located, death certificates were located for another one-third, and the
 remaining one-third were reinterviewed. Ss reinterviewed were found to
 differ from dropouts in age, sex, type of dwelling, activity patterns, and
 prevalence of chronic conditions.
-Desc-
 LONGITUDINAL STUDIES; DROPOUTS;  AGED; DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS
-Ident-
 characteristics, aged reinterviewed vs lost-to-followup vs dropouts of
 longitudinal study
-SectHd-
 2160 (RESEARCH METHODS & APPARATUS & COMPUTER APPLICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 119
-A-
 58-01012
-W-
 Human sexuality and aging.
 Long, Irene
 Bel Air Convalescent Ctr, Milwaukee, WI
 Social Casework, 1976 Apr Vol 57 (4) 237-244
-JrnlAnn-
 5801
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Explores the factors that influence sexual relationships of the elderly in
 our youth-oriented society, in which many people believe that sex is
 unneeded and inappropriate for this age group. The aged retain the physical
 ability for sexual intercourse and the emotional need for intimacy. Both
 sexes may be hampered by fear of rejection, lack of self-confidence, and
 lack of knowledge of normal changes in sexual responses and ways to adapt to
 them. Role transitions, including the ''empty nest syndrome'' and
 retirement, can have adverse effects on sexual activity if self-esteem and
 identity are threatened. Professionals should be educated to counsel the
 elderly and to help re-educate society concerning their legitimate emotional
 needs.
-Desc-
 PHYSIOLOGICAL AGING; PSYCHOSEXUAL BEHAVIOR; AGED; COUNSELING
-Ident-
 factors influencing sexual relationships, elderly, implications for
 counseling
-SectHd-
 2970 (PSYCHOSEXUAL BEHAVIOR & SEX ROLES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 120
-A-
 58-00934
-W-
 Status attainment and status maintenance: A study of stratification in old
 age.
 Henretta, John C.; Campbell, Richard T.
 U Florida
 American Sociological Review, 1976 Dec Vol 41 (6) 981-992
-JrnlAnn-
 5801
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Studied the effect of aging on the relation of status variables to income
 through a comparison of status attainment models for a male cohort before
 and after most of its members retired. Data for the earlier period are from
 the 1962 Occupational Changes in a Generation Survey and, for the later
 period, are from the combined 1973, 1974, and 1975 National Opinion Research
 Center General Social Survey. Analysis showed little change in the pattern
 of effects. Within the restricted age range, age had trivial effects while
 education, occupation and marital status had direct effects on income.
 Overall, the analysis suggested a great deal of continuity in the
 determinants of income. Despite the potentially disruptive effects of
 changes, the relation of status variables to income remained almost
 untouched in old age.
-Desc-
 PHYSIOLOGICAL AGING; HUMAN MALES; OCCUPATIONS; INCOME LEVEL ; RETIREMENT;
 EDUCATIONAL BACKGROUND; MARITAL STATUS
-Ident-
 aging & education & occupation & marital status, income maintenance, male
 cohort before & after retirement
-SectHd-
 2910 (SOCIAL STRUCTURE & SOCIAL ROLES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 121
-A-
 57-11602
-W-
 The meaning of retirement.
 Atchley, Robert C.
 Miami U, OH
 Jrnl of Communication, 1974 Aut Vol 24 (4) 97-100
-JrnlAnn-
 5705
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Investigated meanings associated with the concept of retirement in the US.
 Mail questionnaires were sent to 557 retired workers and current employees
 of an insurance company. A 4-factor solution was found to best describe the
 responses on the meaning of retirement. These factors were labeled:
 Activity, Emotional Evaluation, Moral Evaluation, and Physical Potency.
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT; BUSINESS AND INDUSTRIAL PERSONNEL; MEANING
-Ident-
 meanings associated with concept of retirement, retired & current employees
 of insurance company
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 122
-A-
 57-07013
-W-
 Expectancy theory prediction of the preference to remain employed or to
 retire.
 Eran, Mordechai; Jacobson, Dan
 Bar-Ilan U, Ramat Gan, Israel
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1976 Sep Vol 31 (5) 605-610
-JrnlAnn-
 5703
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Used V. H. Vroom's (1964) expectancy theory model to predict older workers'
 choices between continued employment or immediate retirement. It was
 hypothesised that a person's preference for 1 of the 2 alternatives would be
 a function of the differences between the instrumentality of employment and
 the instrumentality of retirement for the attainment of outcomes, multiplied
 by the valence of each outcome, summed over outcomes. To test this, 290
 57-64 yr old Israeli male workers were interviewed. Measures included
 preference for employment or retirement, valences of 35 outcomes, and
 perceived instrumentalities of employment and retirement. Results support
 the hypothesis. It is suggested that further research along these lines
 could equip organizations with a tool for assisting older employees in the
 transition to retirement or for encouraging those who are still capable of
 making a significant contribution to remain employed.
-Desc-
  ISRAEL; MODELS; EXPECTATIONS; PREFERENCES; RETIREMENT; MIDDLE AGED; AGED;
 OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES
-Ident-
 expectancy theory model, prediction of preference to remain employed or
 retire, 57-64 yr old male workers, Israel
-SectHd-
 3610 (OCCUPATIONAL ATTITUDES & INTERESTS & GUIDANCE)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 123
-A-
 57-05922
-W-
 Patterns of leisure and adjustment to retirement.
 Peppers, Larry G.
 Clemson U
 Gerontologist, 1976 Oct Vol 16 (5) 441-446
-JrnlAnn-
 5703
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Studied 206 retired men (median age, 68.8 yrs), most of whom had been
 owners, managers, or partners in small businesses or farm ventures or
 lower-level government officials. Even though a wide range of activities
 (57) was observed, isolate activities were the most prevalent. Eight of the
 1st 10 most popular endeavors were isolate-type: watching TV, doing odd jobs
 at home, reading, sitting and thinking, fishing, walking, gardening, and
 traveling (alone). Life satisfaction appeared to be influenced by activity
 type, number of activities, and participation-enjoyment congruence.
 Supportive of the continuity approach to aging, results have implications
 for both preretirement counseling and institutional activity programs. (20
 ref)
-Desc-
 LEISURE TIME; INTERPERSONAL INTERACTION; RETIREMENT; HUMAN MALES; EMOTIONAL
 ADJUSTMENT
-Ident-
 leisure activities patterns, adjustment to retirement, retired males
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 124
-A-
 57-05588
-W-
 Old-age emotions.
 Denes, Zsuzsanna
 National Inst for Medical Experts, Orszagos Orvosszakertoi Intezet,
 Budapest, Hungary
 Jrnl of the American Geriatrics Society, 1976 Oct Vol 24 (10) 465-467
-JrnlAnn-
 5703
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Studied 100 60-94 yr old community residents with respect to the state of
 their emotions. The chief factors leading to emotional sterility were
 loneliness, retirement, and decline in sensory and locomotory functions.
 Among the Ss, 60 were optimists and 40 were pessimists; most of the
 pessimists were lonely people. Suggestions are made for combating emotional
 ''emptiness'' before it leads to catastrophic mental impairment. Involvement
 in community leisure and work activities is recommended.
-Desc-
 AGED; EMOTIONAL STATES; OPTIMISM; PESSIMISM
-Ident-
 emotional states including optimism & pessimism, 60-94 yr old community
 residents
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 125
-A-
 57-04800
-W-
 Predicting the dimensions of life satisfaction.
 Knapp, Martin R.
 U Kent, Canterbury, England
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1976 Sep Vol 31 (5) 595-604
-JrnlAnn-
 5703
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Conducted a study with 51 62-86 yr old persons resident in their own homes
 in a coastal resort in England. Taking multidimensional life satisfaction as
 the basic premise,  4-equation multiple regression model was constructed for
 its prediction. The set of regressors included some conventional
 biographical characteristics, a number of activity variables, and 3
 indicators of retirement experience. A stepwise regression estimation method
 was adopted. The pattern of regressor influence varied greatly between
 equations, providing fairly specific evidence on a number of previously
 espoused hypotheses. In particular, the Activity perspective on aging was
 important in the prediction of over-all affect or mood tone but of little
 relevance for the other dimensions of life satisfaction, and a modicum of
 support for the Disengagement perspective was observed. (43 ref)
-Desc-
 AGED; PREDICTION; MATHEMATICAL MODELING; SATISFACTION
-Ident-
 multiple regression model, prediction of life satisfaction, 62-86 yr olds
-SectHd-
 2240 (STATISTICS & MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 126
-A-
 57-04568
-W-
 The design and analysis of an expectancy theory model for predicting early
 retirement.
 Parker, Donald F.
 Cornell U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1975 Jan Vol 35 (7-B) 3636
-JrnlAnn-
 5702
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
-Desc-
 MATHEMATICAL MODELING; PREDICTIVE VALIDITY; RETIREMENT; NAVY PERSONNEL;
 EMPLOYEE MOTIVATION
-Ident-
 expectancy theory motivation model design & analysis, prediction of early
 retirement, navy officers
-SectHd-
 3650 (ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR & JOB SATISFACTION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 127
-A-
 57-02096
-W-
 The work-satisfaction, retirement-attitude typology: Profile examination.
 Goudy, Willis J.; Powers, Edward A.; Keith, Patricia
 Iowa State U
 Experimental Aging Research, 1975 Nov Vol 1 (2) 267-269
-JrnlAnn-
 5701
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 A new typology of work satisfaction and attitude toward retirement including
 4 categories (Type A--positive attitudes toward work and retirement; Type
 B--work positive, retirement negative; Type C--work negative, retirement
 positive; and Type D--negative attitudes toward work and retirement) was
 developed and applied to questionnaire data collected in 1964 from 1, 922
 males over 50 yrs of age who were either self-employed professionals,
 salaried professionals, owner-merchants, factory workers, or farmers. Some
 follow-up data from 1966 and 1974 are also reported. Overall findings
 suggest that members of some types will be more susceptible to negative
 consequences of cycle change (work to retirement) than others. Socioeconomic
 status, age, social participation, health, community, housing, family, work,
 morale, and longevity data indicate preretirement planning approaches should
 be developed for those having different work-retirement attitudes.
-Desc-
 JOB SATISFACTION; RETIREMENT; EMPLOYEE ATTITUDES; ADULTS; AGE; BUSINESS AND
 INDUSTRIAL PERSONNEL; WHITE COLLAR WORKERS; AGRICULTURAL WORKERS; PERSONNEL;
 HUMAN MALES
-Ident-
 typology of work satisfaction & attitudes toward retirement, analysis of
 current attitudinal states & prediction of difficulty in retirement
 transition & suggestions for program areas for retirement facilitation, male
 self employed vs salaried professionals vs owner-merchants vs factory
 workers vs farmers over 50 yrs of age
-SectHd-
 3650 (ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR & JOB SATISFACTION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 128
-A-
 56-10598
-W-
 A longitudinal comparison of attitudes and activity involvement of persons
 who have completed a pre-retirement planning program.
 Bowman, Donald L.
 Iowa State U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1974 Nov Vol 35 (5-A) 2623
-JrnlAnn-
 5606
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
-Desc-
 LONGITUDINAL STUDIES; RETIREMENT; ATTITUDES; ADULT EDUCATION
-Ident-
 pre- vs post retirement planning program, attitudes toward retirement &
 activity involvement, longitudinal study
-SectHd-
 3530 (CURRICULUM PROGRAMS & TEACHING METHODS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 129
-A-
 56-09745
-W-
 Selected aspects of retirement as envisioned by groups of adult males
 partitioned according to age, ethnic background, educational achievement,
 and income.
 Bielefeld, Alvin U.
 U Tulsa
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1974 Nov Vol 35 (5-A) 2622
-JrnlAnn-
 5606
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
-Desc-
 AGE DIFFERENCES; HUMAN MALES; INCOME LEVEL; RETIREMENT; EDUCATIONAL
 BACKGROUND; ETHNIC GROUPS
-Ident-
 age & ethnic background & educational achievement & income, expectations for
 retirement, male heads of households
-SectHd-
 2910 (SOCIAL STRUCTURE & SOCIAL ROLES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 130
-A-
 56-08641
-W-
 Retired academics and research activity.
 Rowe, Alan R.
 Florida Atlantic U
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1976 Jul Vol 31 (4) 456-461
-JrnlAnn-
 5605
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Data collected from 207 academics who retired from state and small private
 colleges and ivy league and large state universities indicate that to
 varying degrees they continue to engage in professional activities after
 retirement. Academics who are high on professional visibility appear to be
 especially likely to continue to engage in research and/or writing. The
 importance of psychological centrality of preretirement work to
 postretirement activity is suggested. (27 ref)
-Desc-
 COLLEGE TEACHERS; RETIREMENT; EXPERIMENTATION; SCIENTIFIC COMMUNICATION
-Ident-
 research & writing activity, academics retired from colleges & universities
-SectHd-
 3510 (EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION & PERSONNEL & TRAINING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 131
-A-
 56-08523
-W-
 Effects of control and predictability on the physical and psychological
 well-being of the institutionalized aged.
 Schulz, Richard
 Carnegie-Mellon U
 Jrnl of Personality & Social Psychology, 1976 May Vol 33 (5) 563-573
-JrnlAnn-
 5605
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Hypothesized that some of the characteristics frequently observed among the
 aged (e.g., feelings of depression and helplessness and accelerated physical
 decline) are at least in part attributable to loss of Control. A field
 experiment in which 42 67-96 yr old Ss in a private retirement home were
 randomly assigned to 1 of 4 conditions was carried out to assess the effects
 of increased control and predictability upon physical and psychological
 well-being. Ss in 3 of the 4 conditions were visited by college
 undergraduates under varying contingencies, while persons in the 4th
 condition were not visited and served as a baseline comparison group. Ss in
 the control condition could determine both the frequency and duration of
 visits they received. A 2nd group of Ss (predict) was informed when they
 would be visited and how long the visitor would stay, but had no control
 over these details. A 3rd group (random) was visited on a random schedule.
 Results show that the predict and control groups were consistently and
 significantly superior on indicators of physical and psychological status,
 as well as activity level. (22 ref)
-Desc-
 AGE; INSTITUTION VISITATION; GERIATRIC PATIENTS; EMOTIONAL ADJUSTMENT;
 PHYSIOLOGICAL AGING; MENTAL HEALTH; HEALTH
-Ident-
 control over vs predictability of visits received, physical & psychological
 well-being, institutionalized 67-96 yr olds
-SectHd-
 3379 (HOSPITAL PROGRAMS & INSTITUTIONALIZATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 132
-A-
 56-08015
-W-
 A psychology experiment: Training laboratory for retirement.
 Fisher, Donald L.
 United States Int. U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1974 Aug Vol 35 (2-B) 1017
-JrnlAnn-
 5605
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
-Desc-
 AGED; RETIREMENT; PERSONALITY PROCESSES; SELF ACTUALIZATION ; SELF ESTEEM;
 EDUCATION
-Ident-
 preretirement training laboratory, life styles & self actualization & self
 esteem, aged retired persons experiencing different degrees of success
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 133
-A-
 56-01217
-W-
 Situational constraint as a moderator of the locus of control-adjustment
 relationship.
 Wolk, Stephen
 U Maryland, Coll of Education
 Jrnl of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 1976 Jun Vol 44 (3) 420-427
-JrnlAnn-
 5601
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Posited that the degree of specific constraint imposed by an environment
 mediates the relationship between locus of control and adjustive behaviors
 and attitudes. Indices of developmental adjustment, the Life Satisfaction
 Index, the Self-Acceptance Scale, and activity level were used to assess 2
 groups of elderly individuals along with a generalized measure of locus of
 control. 96 Ss (median age, 74 yrs) lived in a retirement village where
 residents met their own basic needs; 70 Ss resided in a retirement home
 where basic needs were met by the staff. It was found that (a) the level of
 internal control across Ss related to the nature of the setting in which Ss
 were residing; (b) Ss in the low-constraining environment believed in
 internal control similar to college-age samples, whereas those in the
 high-constraining setting believed much more strongly in external control;
 (c) expectancy for internal control correlated with developmental
 adjustment, satisfaction, positive self-concept, and maintenance of activity
 only in the low-constraining setting. (26 ref)
-Desc-
 INTERNAL EXTERNAL LOCUS OF CONTROL; HOME ENVIRONMENT; ADJUSTMENT; AGED;
 RESIDENTIAL CARE INSTITUTIONS; RETIREMENT
-Ident-
 specific constraint of retirement home, locus of control & adjustive
 behaviors & attitudes, elderly in retirement villages
-SectHd-
 3379 (HOSPITAL PROGRAMS & INSTITUTIONALIZATION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 134
-A-
 56-00536
-W-
 Aging in the ghetto: Themes expressed by older Black men and women living in
 a northern industrial city.
 Morse, Dean W.
 Columbia U, Conservation of Human Resources Project
 Industrial Gerontology, 1976 Win Vol 3 (1) 1-10
-JrnlAnn-
 5601
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Approximately 100 older Black Americans participated in an ''oral history''
 project to record their experiences, thoughts, and feelings from their early
 days up to the recent past. A sense of worth was closely related to the
 meaning of work and activity in the minds of older Blacks. But work was not
 pleasurable; it was a necessary cross to bear. Retirement meant being
 confined to the urban environment. For those covered by Social Security, the
 monthly check was the difference between a life of dependence and one of
 independence.
-Desc-
 GHETTOES; NEGROES; LIFE EXPERIENCES; PHYSIOLOGICAL AGING; AGED; ATTITUDES;
 RETIREMENT
-Ident-
 experiences & thoughts & feelings, aging in ghetto, older blacks living in
 northern industrial city
-SectHd-
 2840 (PSYCHOSOCIAL & PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 135
-A-
 55-12076
-W-
 Determinants of a positive attitude toward retirement.
 Glamser, Francis D.
 Middle Tennessee State U
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1976 Jan Vol 31 (1) 104-107
-JrnlAnn-
 5506
-Lang-
 Eng. Doc. Type: JRNL ART.
 Investigated the possibility that attitude toward retirement is better
 understood as resulting from the worker's realistic appraisal of the type of
 retirement experience which he can expect than as part of a general value
 orientation stressing the worker role. Questionnaire data from 70 male
 industrial workers age 60 and over indicate that workers who can expect a
 positive retirement experience in terms of finances, friends, social
 activity, and level of preparedness are likely to have a positive attitude
 toward retirement. No relationship was found between commitment to work and
 attitude toward retirement.
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT; AGED; ATTITUDES; BUSINESS AND INDUSTRIAL PERSONNEL
-Ident-
 realistic appraisal of type of retirement experience expected, attitude
 toward retirement, male industrial workers aged 60 yrs & over
-SectHd-
 2910 (SOCIAL STRUCTURE & SOCIAL ROLES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 136
-A-
 55-11910
-W-
 Psychological and social correlates of life satisfaction as function of
 residential constraint.
 Wolk, Stephen; Telleen, Sharon
 U Maryland, Inst for Child Study
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1976 Jan Vol 31 (1) 89-98
-JrnlAnn-
 5506
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Addressed 2 questions: Do residential settings of varying levels of
 constraint influence life satisfaction. Do such settings involve different
 correlates of life satisfaction 51 residents of a Lutheran retirement home
 where a rigid daily schedule was kept and 78 residents of a retirement
 village where no specific rules prevailed were surveyed on the following
 measures: life satisfaction, developmental task resolution, self-acceptance,
 perceived autonomy, activity level, health, and educational level. Stepwise
 regression, covariance, and t-test analyses indicated that life satisfaction
 and developmental task accomplishment were greater in the lower constraining
 setting; the selected correlates resulted in multiple correlations of .675
 and .590 with satisfaction; differing sets of correlates significantly
 predicted satisfaction in each setting, health the most important in the
 high constraining setting and perceived autonomy and self-concept important
 to the low constraining setting; developmental task success significantly
 predicted satisfaction in both settings. (21 ref)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT; HOUSING; SATISFACTION; HEALTH; SELF CONCEPT
-Ident-
 residential constraint, psychological & social correlates of life
 satisfaction, residents of retirement home vs retirement village
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 137
-A-
 55-04608
-W-
 Personality as a factor in reported post-retirement anxiety among
 professionals.
 Fehrenbach, Paul K.
 Duke U
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1973 Aug Vol 34 (2-B) 873
-JrnlAnn-
 5503
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
-Desc-
 ANXIETY; RETIREMENT; PERSONALITY CORRELATES; WHITE COLLAR WORKERS;
 AUTHORITARIANISM; AFFILIATION MOTIVATION
-Ident-
 dominant & affiliative personality characteristics, anxiety after
 retirement, white collar & professional workers
-SectHd-
 3100 (PERSONALITY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 138
-A-
 55-02238
-W-
 The limitations of crisis theory as an explanatory mechanism in social
 gerontology.
 Bell, Bill D.
 U Nebraska, Omaha
 Int. Jrnl of Aging & Human Development, 1975 Vol 6 (2) 153-168
-JrnlAnn-
 5502
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined 5 specific assumptions of crisis theory as this orientation relates
 to the predictions of life satisfaction following retirement. Pre- and
 postretirement interviews were conducted with a group of 114 53-72 yr old
 males residing in an urban area. Data reveal a significant decline in life
 satisfaction, as predicted. Contrary to the theory, no significant changes
 in role behavior in 3 related areas--family, voluntary associations, and
 community--were found subsequent to retirement. Role changes accompanying
 retirement were not significantly associated with negative or positive
 changes in satisfaction. The correlation between work commitment and the
 desire for subsequent employment was negative and significant. In sum, 4 of
 the 5 assumptions of the crisis theory do no receive support on the basis of
 the data. (44 ref)
-Desc-
 MIDDLE AGED; AGED; CRISES; RETIREMENT; SATISFACTION; HUMAN MALES; ROLES;
 LIFE EXPERIENCES
-Ident-
 assumptions of crisis theory, prediction of life satisfaction & role changes
 following retirement, 53-72 yr old males
-SectHd-
 2910 (SOCIAL STRUCTURE & SOCIAL ROLES); 3100 (PERSONALITY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 139
-A-
 54-00960
-W-
 The future and the young-old.
 Neugarten, Bernice L.
 U Chicago, Committee on Human Development
 Gerontologist, 1975 Feb Vol 15 (1, Pt 2) 4-9
-JrnlAnn-
 5401
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Presents projections for the year 2000 regarding size of population, the
 timing of retirement, and family structure. The appearance of a new age
 group, the young-old, and its potential contribution to the future society
 are described.
-Desc-
 DEVELOPMENTAL AGE GROUPS; FAMILY STRUCTURE; DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS;
 POPULATION; RETIREMENT; PREDICTION
-Ident-
 new age-group appearance & population size & retirement timing & family
 structure, projections for year 2000
-SectHd-
 2900 (SOCIAL PROCESSES AND SOCIAL ISSUES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 140
-A-
 53-11470
-W-
 Differentiated approaches to new arrivals at homes for the elderly.
 Strnad, M.
 Oddeleni ?etodiky Spravy socialnich sluzeb NVP, Prague, Czechoslovakia
 Ceskoslovenska Psychiatrie, 1973 Jun Vol 69 (3) 195-198
-JrnlAnn-
 5306
-Lang-
 Czech
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses 5 kinds of adjustment problems encountered by newcomers to homes
 for retired elderly people. The problems concern (a) lowering of living
 standard, (b) loss of own household and the related independence and freedom
 of action, (c) loss of mobility due to somatic illness, (d) recent loss of
 wife or husband, and (e) feelings of being deserted by their families.
 Better utilization of social workers for support and therapy, and extramural
 activities for the elderly people are recommended. (Russian & English
 summaries)
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT; AGED; PSYCHOSOCIAL READJUSTMENT; NURSING HOMES
-Ident-
 adjustment problems, newcomers to retirement homes, elderly
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY); 3300 (TREATMENT AND PREVENTION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 141
-A-
 53-09318
-W-
 Older people: Recreology's greatest challeng
 Douse, Len
 Jrnl of Leisurability, 1974 Oct Vol 1 (4) 18-24
-JrnlAnn-
 5305
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Stresses the life-long nature of the learning process and the need to
 continue this process into old age. Preretirement education which teaches
 people to deal effectively with their changed circumstances is suggested,
 and it is noted that many older people are capable of learning new physical
 and mental skills.
-Desc-
 AGED; EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS; RETIREMENT; SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT; LEISURE TIME;
 RECREATION
-Ident-
 preretirement education, learning & adjustment, aged
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 142
-A-
 53-05018
-W-
 Mutuality and retirement community success: An interactionist perspective in
 gerontological research.
 Sheley, Joseph F.
 U Massachusetts, Amherst
 Int. Jrnl of Aging & Human Development, 1974 Win Vol 5 (1) 71-80
-JrnlAnn-
 5303
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Interviews with 40 male residents of a retirement community indicate that
 satisfaction with life in such a community is tied to the mutuality of
 background, life style, and interests operating within the community.
-Desc-
 AGED; RETIREMENT; PERSONALITY PROCESSES; COMMUNITIES
-Ident-
 mutuality of background & life style & interests within community,
 satisfaction with life in retirement community, male residents
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 143
-A-
 52-09907
-W-
 Self-actualization and adjustment in retirement: Implications for program
 development.
 Keahey, Scott P.; Soaman, Don F.
 Veterans Administration Hosp., Waco, Tex.
 Adult Education, 1974 Vol. 24 (3) 220-226
-JrnlAnn-
 5205
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Determined the extent of self-actualization of 261 male and female retirees
 in 6 stratified social groups reflecting rural, urban, minority, and veteran
 backgrounds. Measurements were made using the Personal Orientation Inventory
 and the Retirement Descriptive Index. A partial canonical correlation and
 chi square were utilized to treat the data. A positive relationship
 significant at the .05 level, was found on the 2 combined roots for all
 scales on the Retirement Descriptive Index and on all but 1 scale of the
 Personal Orientation Inventory. It is concluded that self-actualizing
 concepts  are definitely involved with successful adjustment to retirement.
 (18 ref)
-Desc-
 SELF ACTUALIZATION; RETIREMENT; SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT; EMOTIONAL ADJUSTMENT
-Ident-
 self-actualization & adjustment to retirement, retirees
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 144
-A-
 52-08819
-W-
 Retirement satisfaction among emeritus professors.
 Kratcoski, Peter; Huber, James H.; Gavlak, Ruth
 Kent State U.
 Industrial Gerontology, 1984 Win N.S. Vol. 1 (1) 78-81
-JrnlAnn-
 5204
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Considers that it is usual in Western culture for retirement from industrial
 and clerical jobs to entail sudden and complete disengagement. However, a
 retiree from the teaching profession-the professor emeritus-may disengage
 gradually. 146 retired professors of a large state university were asked to
 furnish data on their satisfaction with their status. Death, illness, and
 disinclination reduced usable responses to 93, the majority of whom were
 satisfied with their situation; 5% were dissatisfied. Positive factors
 listed were continued professional contacts and continued work activities.
 Outside interests such as hobbies and community activities were also
 listed.
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT; SATISFACTION; COLLEGE TEACHERS
-Ident-
 retirement satisfaction, retired college professors
-SectHd-
 3600 (APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 145
-A-
 52-08758
-W-
 Planning for retirement and anticipatory attitudes towards withdrawal from
 work.
 Jacobson, D.
 Tel-Aviv U., Israel
 British Jrnl of Guidance & Counselling, 1974 Jan Vol. 2 (1) 72-83
-JrnlAnn-
 5204
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Reviews inferences from previous studies on the sociopsychological meaning
 of the transition from work to retirement. Data are reported on the nature
 and scope of preretirement planning in a sample of 215 older male and female
 industrial workers. Particular reference is made to the extent to which
 planning of leisure activities is related to the worker's attitudes toward
 retirement, and several intervening variables affecting this relationship
 are examined. Finally, some theoretical and practical implications for
 preretirement counseling and training are discussed. It is suggested that
 preretirement counseling schemes may not be able to compensate for failure
 to develop life-long habits of using free time constructively or for
 inadequate financial provision for retirement. (22 ref)
-Desc-
 OCCUPATIONAL GUIDANCE; RETIREMENT; LEISURE TIME; EXPECTATIONS
-Ident-
 preretirement counseling, anticapatory attitudes toward withdrawal from work
 & use of leisure time, older male & female industrial workers
-SectHd-
 3600 (APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 146
-A-
 52-07381
-W-
 Leisure activities in retirement housing.
 Sherman, Susan R.
 New York State Dept. of Mental Hygiene, Mental Health Research Unit, Albany
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1974 May Vol. 29 (3) 325-335
-JrnlAnn-
 5204
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Studied 2 common assertions about leisure activities in retirement housing:
 (a) residence in special retirement housing for the elderly will result in
 more leisure activities than will residence in conventional dispersed
 housing, and (b) greater participation in leisure activities is associated
 with a more favorable outlook on life. 2 waves of interviews were conducted
 with 100 residents at each of 6 retirement housing sites-retirement hotel, 3
 retirement villages, apartment tower, and life-care home. Results were
 compared with interviews obtained from 600 matched controls living in
 dispersed housing. Data show that in terms of checklist activities, clubs,
 and general social life, residence in 2 and in some instances 4 of the
 retirement housing settings was associated with more leisure activities than
 was residence in dispersed housing. Outlook on life in turn was associated
 only moderately with level of activities. (42 ref)
-Desc-
 PLEASURE; RECREATION; AGED; RETIREMENT; LEISURE TIME; HOUSING
-Ident-
 residence in special retirement vs conventional dispersed housing &
 favorability of outlook on life, leisure activities
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 147
-A-
 52-06142
-W-
 Learning to be retired: Socialization into a French retirement residence.
 Ross, Jennie K.
 Swarthmore Coll.
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1974 Mar Vol. 29 (2) 211-223
-JrnlAnn-
 5203
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Studied the socialization of 30 new arrivals into a retirement residence for
 French construction workers during a year of participant observation,
 analyzing it as a case of adult socialization. The recognition of a new
 arrival's political identity by other residents and the salience of this
 identity to him predicted his acquisition of 1 of 3 patterns of
 participation in the community: organized activity as well as informal
 contacts, informal contacts only, or social isolation. Initial stages of
 socialization were characterized by translation of basic orientations into
 new behaviors. In later stages of participation in the new context, the
 basic orientations began to change. The demands of a new situation seemed
 most likely to promote these changes for individuals whose immediate past
 offered relatively fewer chances for satisfactory social participation. (15
 ref)
-Desc-
 FRANCE; PSYCHOSOCIAL RESOCIALIZATION; RETIREMENT
-Ident-
 socialization into French retirement residence, construction workers
-SectHd-
 3300 (TREATMENT AND PREVENTION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 148
-A-
 52-02752
-W-
 Life adjustment of retired couples.
 Dressler, David M.
 New Britain General Hosp., Conn.
 Int. Jrnl of Aging & Human Development, 1973 Fal Vol. 4 (4) 335-349
-JrnlAnn-
 5202
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Studied the marital relationship and retirement experiences of a community
 resident sample of retired couples from working class backgrounds. Data were
 obtained from a structured clinical interview conducted in the respondents'
 homes. Although showing evidence of social disengagement, these couples
 maintained a meaningful intramarital relationship and were generally
 satisfied with their current life situation. Findings suggest that
 continuity of life patterns is an important determinant of successful
 adjustment to retirement. Criteria for the determination of good adjustment
 need to consider distinguishing characteristics of different population
 subgroups. (32 ref)
-Desc-
 SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT; MARITAL RELATIONS; RETIREMENT
-Ident-
 life adjustment & marital relationships, retired couples from working class
 background
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 149
-A-
 52-01575
-W-
 The adjustment of aged users of leisure programs.
 Goodman, Mortimer; Bley, Nina; Dye, David
 Jewish Community Centers Assn., St. Louis, Mo.
 American Jrnl of Orthopsychiatry, 1974 Jan Vol. 44 (1) 142-149
-JrnlAnn-
 5201
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Describes a program of leisure activities in a senior citizens center and
 its effects on participants. 103 new applicants (mean age = 70 yrs) were
 interviewed over a 10-mo period to collect data on demographic,
 psychological, and social variables, role changes, and adjustment level; 92
 completed a follow-up interview 1 yr later. Changes in adjustment, as
 measured by Lawton's Morale Scale and Havighurst's Life Satisfaction Index 1
 yr after membership, were not significant; the applicability of these
 measures to a study of postretirement adjustment is questioned. Patterns of
 participation, especially in volunteer groups, were highly consistent with
 pre-retirement organizational affiliations and previous activities. Women
 reported more satisfaction for volunteer programs and socialization in
 general than men; however, there was a greater consistency between men's
 program expectations and derived satisfaction. The need for continued
 awareness of individual client characteristics is emphasized, particularly
 with regard to pre-retirement life-styles.
-Desc-
 AGED; LEISURE TIME; RECREATION; SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT; MENTAL HEALTH PROGRAMS
-Ident-
 leisure activity programs, adjustment of participants, new applicants in
 senior citizens center
-SectHd-
 3300 (TREATMENT AND PREVENTION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 150
-A-
 52-00302
-W-
 Affective and diencephalic sources of the elan vital.
 Dieuzeide, P.
 Annales Medico-Psychologiques, 1973 Jun Vol. 2 (1) 55-80
-JrnlAnn-
 5201
 Language: French
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Develops the theme that affectivity serves as the pacemaker of mental life,
 driven by the continuing ebb and flow of emotive adjustments made to the
 outside world. When the channeling of emotional responsiveness is manageable
 by the intelligence, and can be guided toward a constructive goal, this
 ceaseless ebb and flow lends a sense of aliveness and well-being that is
 necessary for the maintenance of both physical and mental equilibrium. A
 sharp reduction of accustomed and meaningful organismic activity (e.g., at
 retirement) or a flooding of sudden emotive impulses uncontainable by the
 intelligence (e.g. abrupt loss of a loved object) both reflect the faulty
 operation of a dynamic system reaching outside its normal limits. The
 diencephalon is the brain region most concerned with the functioning of the
 basic life systems in both a physiologic sense (e.g., regulating respiration
 and body temperature) and in the psychologic sense since its activities are
 intimately related to the satisfactions derived from discharge of all basic
 life-instincts. Clinical and experimental examples of malfunction of the
 thalamus, hypothalamus, and anatomically related structures are cited to
 support the view that diencephalic brain physiology is directly associated
 with all forms of affective response, and that an awareness of its
 functional efficacy lies close to what is variously termed a sense of
 well-being, psychosomatic balance, and mental health.
-Desc-
 EMOTIONS; NEUROANATOMY; DIENCEPHALON; MENTAL HEALTH
-Ident-
 affective & diencephalic sources, vital life force
-SectHd-
 2500 (PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 151
-A-
 51-10064
-W-
 Fatigue-producing factors in industrial work and pre-retirement attitudes.
 Jacobson, D.
 Tel-Avi U., Israel
 Occupational Psychology, 1972 Vol. 46 (4) 193-200
-JrnlAnn-
 5105
-Lang-
 ENG.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Used data from work studies and interviews of 145 male, semiskilled factor
 workers to test hypotheses which relate preretirement attitudes and
 self-conceptions to the strain imposed by one's job. Strain was measured by
 the Rest-Allowance Index, which is a function of the weighted influence of 9
 job demands and working conditions generally assumed to produce fatigue. The
 classification of jobs into ''heavy, '' ''moderate, '' and ''light'' strain
 on the basis of this index emerged as a useful predictor of willingness to
 retire, preferred retirement age, self-appraisals of health, and
 respondents' beliefs regarding the impact of retirement on health. It is
 suggested that this kind of research on work strain and willingness. to
 retire might produce considerations other than chronological age for
 determining retirement age. (25 ref)
-Desc-
 SKILLED INDUSTRIAL WORKERS; RETIREMENT; EMPLOYEE ATTITUDES; OCCUPATIONAL
 STRESS
-Ident-
 heavy vs moderate vs light job strain, willingness to retire, male
 semiskilled factory workers
-SectHd-
 3600 (APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 152
-A-
 51-00794
-W-
 King Lear and the theory of disengagement.
 Ricciardelli, Rachel M.
 Coll. St. Rose
 Gerontologist, 1973 Sum Vol. 13 (2) 148-152
-JrnlAnn-
 5101
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Comparison of current gerontological findings with the retirement behavior
 of Shakespeare's King Lear demonstrates that Lear's life cycle traces a
 current modal pattern of activity, differential disengagement, total
 disengagement, and death.
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT; ALIENATION; LITERATURE; PHYSIOLOGICAL AGING
-Ident-
 retirement behavior & theory of disengagement, application to Shakespeare's
 King Lear
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 153
-A-
 51-00791
-W-
 Activity and disengagement: Life satisfaction of in-movers into a retirement
 community.
 Martin, William C.
 California State U., Chico
 Gerontologist, 1973 Sum Vol. 13 (2) 224-227
-JrnlAnn-
 5101
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Examined the effects of marital status, family interaction, and
 disengagement on the life satisfaction of new residents in a retirement
 community. Results indicate that high satisfaction was associated with
 inter- and intrapersonal activity coupled with structural disengagement. It
 is concluded that activity and disengagement theories are not mutually
 exclusive but represent processes which operate on personal and
 societal-structural levels, respectively.
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT; COMMUNITIES; AGED; PSYCHOSOCIAL READJUSTMENT; MARITAL STATUS;
 FAMILY RELATIONS
-Ident-
 marital status & family interaction & disengagement, life satisfaction, new
 retirement community residents
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 154
-A-
 50-04614
-W-
 Social and medical correlates of survival among octogenarians: United
 Automobile Worker retirees and Spanish-American War veterans.
 Richardson, Arthur H.
 Johns Hopkins U., School of Hygiene & Public Health
 Jrnl of Gerontology, 1973 Apr Vol. 28 (2) 207-215
-JrnlAnn-
 5003
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Presents a report about correlates of longevity among 2 groups of
 octogenarian males-United Auto Workers (UAW) retirees, from the automobile
 industry, and Spancos, veterans from the Spanish-American War. Reported data
 consist of a panel-survey interview study before and after implementation of
 broader health benefit program in Michigan for 1, 366 randomly selected UAW
 retirees and a nationwide interview survey study for 1, 913 randomly
 selected Spancos. Findings indicate that for both very aged groups social
 background and style of life variables have minimal importance in predicting
 survival over a 1-yr follow-up period, that medical care utilization was
 greater among decedents than survivors 1-yr prior to broader health benefit
 programs provided UAW retirees, and that hospitalized care was especially
 greater for these decedents during the 1st yr. of the new health program.
 (35 ref.)
-Desc-
 AGED; MORTALITY RATE; HUMAN MALES; MILITARY VETERANS; MEDICAL TREATMENT
 (GENERAL); DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS; RETIREMENT
-Ident-
 social background & life style vs. health benefit program, survival,
 octogenarian male United Auto Workers retirees vs Spanish-American War
 veterans
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 155
-A-
 50-02700
-W-
 A study of the relationships between the personal health attitudes of older
 employees and retirees, and certain physical, psychological, and
 socioeconomic factors.
 Jordan, Jack A.
 U. Oregon
 Diss. Abst. Int., 1973 Mar Vol. 33 (9-B) 4349-4350
-JrnlAnn-
 5002
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
-Desc-
 RETIREMENT; AGED; SOCIOECONOMIC STATUS; HEALTH
-Ident-
 physical & psychological & socioeconomic factors, personal health attitudes,
 60-70 yr. old employees & retirees
-SectHd-
 2800 (DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 156
-A-
 49-12184
-W-
 Employment and retirement: Roles and activities.
 Sheppard, Harold L., et al.
 Upjohn Inst. on Employment Research, Washington, D.C.
 Gerontologist, 1972 Sum Vol. 12 (2, Pt. 2) 29-35
 -CODEN-
 GRNTA
-JrnlAnn-
 4906
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART.
 Discusses the needs foremore refined data regarding the types of workers
 affected and the causes of their unemployment and underemployment. Matters
 of concern are the teen-age vs. older worker unemployment, changing age-sex
 roles in work, the role of job satisfaction, task analysis to fit the job to
 the worker, mid-career crises and 2nd careers, as well as the isolation
 potentials inherent in retirement. (21 ref.)
-Desc-
 UNEMPLOYMENT; RETIREMENT; ADOLESCENTS; ADULTS; JOB SATISFACTION; SEX ROLES;
 JOB ANALYSIS; AGE DIFFERENCES; OCCUPATIONS
-Ident-
 age & sex roles & job satisfaction & job analysis, employment & unemployment
 & retirement
-SectHd-
 3600 (APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 016:011 157
-A-
 49-08119
-W-
 The Strong Vocational Interest Blank as a predictor of retention in the NOAA
 Officer Corp.
 Neumann, Idell; Abrahams, Norman M.
 U.S. Naval Personnel & Training Research Lab., San Diego, Calif. 1972 Aug
 No. 73-5 22 p
-JrnlAnn-
 4904
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TECHNICAL REPORT
 Investigated the selection of career-motivated United States Navy officers
 in the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) through use of
 the SVIB. The SVIB and a background questionnaire (BQ) were administered to
 sample of retired (n = 70), resigned (n = 87), and active duty (n = 215)
 NOAA officers. BQ responses were used to identify how tenure active duty Ss
 who had not yet reached the career decision point. An empirical tenure scale
 was constructed by contrasting the SVIB responses of a portion of the high
 and low tenure Ss. This scale was subsequently cross-validated on the
 remaining sample. Mean scores for the high and low tenure Ss were obtained
 for each of the 56 standard occupational interest scales to construct and
 compare occupational profiles. Results show that a number of the SVIB scales
 discriminated between high and low tenure Ss, indicating that these 2 groups
 differed in their career interests. Further analyses resulted in the
 construction and cross-validation of a highly predictive empirical SVIB
 scale for the selection of NOAA officers. Cross-validated correlation
 coefficients ranging from .50-.65 led to the recommendation that the SVIB be
 integrated into the present procedures for selecting NOAA officers.
-Desc-
 STRONG VOCATIONAL INTEREST BLANK; RETIREMENT; NAVY PERSONNEL ; COMMISSIONED
 OFFICERS; OCCUPATIONAL TENURE
-Ident-
 SVIB, prediction of retention in National Oceanic & Atmospheric
 Administration, retired vs. resigned vs. active duty Navy officers
-SectHd-
 3600 (APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 1
-A-
 81007110
-W-
 COMPUTER CONTROL OF AN IMED-929 INFUSION PUMP
 KENNY G N C; RENNIE R; TOAL F; RIED J A
 UNIV. DEPARTMENT OF ANESTHESIA, ROYAL INFIRMARY, 8-16 ALEXANDRA PARADE,
 GLASGOW G31 2ER, UK.
 J MED ENG TECHNOL 9 (5). 1985. 227-228.
 -CODEN-
 JMTED
-Lang-
 Eng.
 There is a growing interest in the potential benefits to be obtained from
 closed-loop control of drug infusion. The most widely available infusion
 pump which is specifically designed for control by computer is the 929
 volumetric infusion pump produced by Imed. The increasing availability of
 microcomputers suggests that they will be used more frequently to control
 such pumps. However, difficulties can arise when the attempt is made to
 establish communication between the computer and the pump and a method
 employed for this purpose is described in this article. The aim was to
 provide a simple method of conducting the required communication between the
 computer and the pump using a high-level language. The commands specified in
 the high-level language are passed to a machine-code subroutine which
 organizes transmission to and receives data from the pump.
-Desc-
 DRUG-DELIVERY SYSTEM COMPUTERS BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION
 Concept Codes: GENL BIOL-INFRMTN, DOCU, COMP APPL (*00530); MATHEMATIC
 BIOL/STATISTIC METH (04500); BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060);
 BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING (*10511); PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (12512); CARDIOVASC
 SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (14501); PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (*22002);
 PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP
 (*22100)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 2
-A-
 81006823
-W-
 BLOOD PRESSURE REGULATION BY COMPUTER-CONTROLLED INFUSION OF VASODILATORS
 HOENIG R; SCHULZ V; LOESCHCKE G
 MED. KLIN. I UNIV. KOELN, JOSEPH-STELZMANN-STRASSE 9, D-5000 KOELN 41.
 BIOMED TECH 30 (6). 1985. 134-138.
 -CODEN-
 BMZTA
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 A computer controlled infusion of short-acting vasodilating drugs for rapid
 and reliable reduction of increased blood-pressure is described in the
 following article. In comparison with conventional management the automatic
 device achieves greater stability of blood-pressure regulation and saves
 work for the staff.
-Desc-
 HUMAN NITROPRUSSIDE ANTIHYPERTENSIVE-DRUG DRUG-DELIVERY SYSTEM BIOMEDICAL
 INSTRUMENTATION
 Concept Codes: GENL BIOL-INFRMTN, DOCU, COMP APPL (*00530); MATHEMATIC
 BIOL/STATISTIC METH (04500); BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060);
 BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING (*10511); PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (12512); CARDIOVASC
 SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (14501); CARDIOVASC SYST-BLD VESS PATHOL (*14508);
 PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005); PHARMACOL-CARDIOVASC SYST (*22010);
 ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (*22100); PUB HEALTH-HEALTH SERV, MEDL
 CARE (*37012)  Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 3
-A-
 >>>Accession number 1949490 is unavailable
-W-
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 4
-A-
 >>>Accession number 1949158 is unavailable
-W-
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 5
-A-
 >>>Accession number 1949154 is unavailable
-W-
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 6
-A-
 >>>Accession number 1949140 is unavailable
-W-
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 7
-A-
 >>>Accession number 1948871 is unavailable
-W-
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 8
-A-
 30035258
-W-
 PULSATILE LHRH THERAPY OF HYPOGONADOTROPIC HYPOGONADISM
 NILLIUS S J
 SECT. REPRODUCTIVE ENDOCRINOL. INFERTILITY, DEP. OBSTET. GYNECOL., UNIV.
 HOSP., S-751 85 UPPSALA, SWED.
 VENTUROLI, S., C. FLAMIGNI AND J. R. GIVENS. ADOLESCENCE IN FEMALES: 8TH
 ANNUAL SYMPOSIUM ON GYNECOLOGIC ENDOCRINOLOGY, BOLOGNA, ITALY, OCT. 24-26,
 1983. XXVII+508P. YEAR BOOK MEDICAL PUBLISHERS, INC.: CHICAGO, ILL., USA.
 ILLUS. ISBN 0-8151-3532-7. 0 (0). 1985. 287-308.
 -CODEN-
 21643
-Lang-
 Eng.
-Desc-
 HUMAN HORMONE-DRUG PUBERTY INITIATION AUTOMATIC INFUSION PUMP
 Concept Codes: GENL BIOL-SYMPOSIA, PROCDNGS, REVW (00520); BIOCHEM
 STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064); BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING (10511);
 PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (*12512); METABOLISM-METABOLIC DISORDERS (*13020);
 REPRODUCT SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (16501); REPRODUCT SYST-PATHOLOGY (*16506);
 ENDOCRINE SYST-GONADS, PLACENTA (*17006); ENDOCRINE SYST-NEUROENDOCRINOLOG
 (*17020); NERVOUS SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (20504); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL
 PHARMACOL (*22005); PHARMACOL-ENDOCRINE SYST (*22016); PHARMACOL-NEUROPHARMA
 COLOGY (22024); PHARMACOL-REPRODUCT SYST, IMPLANT (*22028); ROUTES OF
 IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (*22100); PEDIATRICS (*25000); DEVELOPMNTL BIOL-GEN
 MORPHGENSIS (*25508)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 9
-A-
 30016638
-W-
 DEVELOPMENT OF ANTITHROMBOGENIC ELASTOMERS WITH CONTROLLED RELEASE OF
 ANTICOAGULANT
 MATSUDA T; IWATA H; TOYOSAKI T; NODA H; NAKATANI T; FUKUDA Y; ADACHI S;
 TAKANO T; AKUTSU T
 22ND ANNUAL MEETING OF THE JAPANESE SOCIETY FOR ARTIFICIAL ORGANS AND
 TISSUES, OSAKA, JAPAN, NOV. 9-10, 1984. ARTIF ORGANS 9 (3). 1985. 308.
 -CODEN-
 ARORD
-Lang-
 Eng.
-Desc-
 ABSTRACT MD-805 HYDROPHILIC POLYETHYLENE OXIDE-BASED SEGMENTED POLYURETHANES
 RELEASE RATE RELEASE DURATION DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM
 Concept Codes: GENL BIOL-SYMPOSIA, PROCDNGS, REVW (00520);
 BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING (*10511); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-BLOOD, LYMPH STUD (15002);
 PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (*22002); PHARMACOL-BLOOD, HEMATO AGENTS (*22008)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 10
-A-
 30013061
-W-
 GLUCOSE MONITORING AND INSULIN ADMINISTRATION IN THE PREGNANT DIABETIC
 PATIENT
 LANDON M B; GABBE S G
 HOSP. UNIV. PENNSYLVANIA, DEP. OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOL., 3400 SPRUCE ST.,
 PHILADELPHIA, PA 19104.
 CLIN OBSTET GYNECOL 28 (3). 1985. 496-506.
 -CODEN-
 COGYA
-Lang-
 ENG.
-Desc-
 HUMAN ANTIDIABETIC-DRUG HORMONE-DRUG PORTABLE DOSAGE COMPUTER INFUSION PUMP
 Concept Codes: GENL BIOL-INFRMTN, DOCU, COMP APPL (*00530); CLIN
 BIOCHEM-GENL STUDIES (*10006); BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD
 (10064); BIOCHEM STUD-CARBOHYDR. (10068); BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING (*10511)
 PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (*12512); METABOLISM-CARBOHYDRATES (*13004);
 METABOLISM-PROTNS, PEPTDS, AM ACDS (13012); METABOLISM-METABOLIC DISORDERS
 (*13020); REPRODUCT SYST-PATHOLOGY (*16506); ENDOCRINE SYST-PANCREAS
 (*17008); PHARMACOL-DRUG METAB, METAB STIM (22003); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL
 PHARMACOL (*22005); PHARMACOL-ENDOCRINE SYST (*22016); PHARMACOL-REPRODUCT
 SYST, IMPLANT (?2-?028); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (*22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 11
-A-
 30005197
-W-
 CONTROLLED RELEASE OF DRUG MODEL FROM N-2 HYDROXYPROPYL-METHACRYLAMIDE
 COPOLYMERS
 KOPECEK J; REJMANOVA P; DUNCAN R; LLOYD J B
 INST. MACROMOLECULAR CHEM., CZECH. ACAD. SCI., 162 06 PRAGUE 6, CZECH.
 TIRRELL, D. A., L. G. DONORUMA AND A. B. TUREK (ED.). ANNALS OF THE NEW YORK
 ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, VOL. 446. MACROMOLECULES AS DRUGS AND AS CARRIERS FOR
 BIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE MATERIALS; MEETING, NEW YORK, N.Y., USA, MAR. 26-28,
 1984. IX+458P. NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES: NEW YORK, N.Y., USA. ILLUS.
 ISBN 0-89766-287-3 (PAPER); ISBN 0-89766-286-5 (CLOTH). 0 (0). 1985. 3-104.
 -CODEN-
 ANYAA
-Lang-
 Eng.
-Desc-
 DRUG DELIVERY
 Concept Codes: GENL BIOL-SYMPOSIA, PROCDNGS, REVW (00520); BIOCHEM
 STUD-GENERAL (*10060); BIOPHYS-MOLECUL PROP, MACROMOLEC (10506);
 PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (*22002)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 12
-A-
 30005194
-W-
 CONTROLLED DRUG RELEASE FROM POLYORTHO ESTERS
 HELLER J
 POLYMER SCI. DEP., SRI INT., MENLO PARK, CA 94025.
 TIRRELL, D. A., L. G. DONARUMA AND A. B. TUREK (ED.). ANNALS OF THE NEW YORK
 ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, VOL. 446. MACROMOLECULES AS DRUGS AND AS CARRIERS FOR
 BIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE MATERIALS; MEETING, NEW YORK, N.Y., USA, MAR. 26-28,
 1984. IX+458P. NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES: NEW YORK, N.Y., USA. ILLUS.
-ISSN-
 0-89766-287-3 (PAPER); ISBN 0-89766-286-5 (CLOTH). 0 (0). 1985. 51-66.
 -CODEN-
 ANYAA
-Lang-
 Eng.
-Desc-
 CALCIUM LACTATE ANHYDRIDES DRUG DELIVERY
 Concept Codes: GENL BIOL-SYMPOSIA, PROCDNGS, REVW (00520); BIOCHEM
 STUD-GENERAL (*10060); BIOPHYS-MOLECUL PROP, MACROMOLEC (*10506);
 PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (*22002)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 13
-A-
 30005190
-W-
 CONTROLLED RELEASE AND MAGNETICALLY MODULATED SYSTEMS FOR MACROMOLECULAR
 DRUGS
 LANGER R; SIEGEL R; BROWN L; LEONG K; KOST J; EDELMAN E
 DEP. APPLIED BIOLOGICAL SCI., MASS. INST. TECHNOLOGY, CAMBRIDGE, MA 02139.
 TIRRELL, D. A., L. G. DONARUMA AND A. B. TUREK (ED.). ANNALS OF THE NEW YORK
 ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, VOL. 446. MACROMOLECULES AS DRUGS AND AS CARRIERS FOR
 BIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE MATERIALS; MEETING, NEW YORK, N.Y., USA, MAR. 26-28,
 1984. IX+458P. NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES: NEW YORK, N.Y., USA. ILLUS.
 ISBN 0-89766-287-3 (PAPER); ISBN 0-89766-286-5 (CLOTH). 0 (0). 1985. 1-13.
 -CODEN-
 ANYAA
-Lang-
 Eng.
-Desc-
 DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM
 Concept Codes: GENL BIOL-SYMPOSIA, PROCDNGS, REVW (00520); BIOCHEM
 STUD-GENERAL (10060); PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (*22002)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 14
-A-
 3000061
-W-
 ORAL CONTROLLED-RELEASE DELIVERY OF IVERMECTIN IN CATTLE VIA AN OSMOTIC
 PUMP
 POPE D G; WILKINSON P K; EGELTON J R; CONROY J
 MERCK SHARP, DOHME RES. LAB., RAHWAY, N.J. 07065.
 J PHARM SCI 74 (10). 1985. 1108-1110.
 -CODEN-
 JPMSA
-Lang-
 Eng.
-Desc-
 ANTIPARASITIC-DRUG DRUG DELIVERY PHARMACOKINETICS PHARMACEUTICAL INDUSTRY
 CATTLE INDUSTRY
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-CARBOHYDR. (10068); METABOLISM-CARBOHYDRATES
 (13004); PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (*22002); PHARMACOL-DRUG METAB, METAB
 STIMU (*22003); VETERINARY SCI-GENL STUDS, METHS (*380?2);
 CHEMOTHERAPY-ANTIPARASITIC AGNTS (*38510); PEST CONTRL GENL/PESTICS/HERBICS
 (*54600); ECONOM ENTOMOL-ANIMAL PESTS (*60012); ECONOM ENTOMOL-CHEM PHYS
 CONTRL (*60016); PARASITOLOGY-VETERINARY (*60506)
 Biosystematic Codes: BOVIDAE (85715)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 15
-A-
 80109722
-W-
 EFFECT OF REPEATED INTRAPERITONEAL INJECTIONS OF SOMAN ON
 SCHEDULE-CONTROLLED BEHAVIOR IN THE RAT
 HYMOWITZ N; BREZENOFF H E; MCGEE J; CAMPBELL K; KNIGHT V
 DEP. PHARMACOLOGY, UNIV. MED. DENTISTRY NEW JERSEY, 100 BERGEN ST., NEWARK,
 NJ 07103, USA.
 PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY 86 (4). 1985. 404-408.
 -CODEN-
 PSCHD
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Intraperitoneal (i.p.) administration of the acetylcholinestarase inhibitor,
 soman (10-40 .mu.g/kg), suppressed in a dose-related manner response rates
 in rats maintained under a multiple fixed-interval 50-s fixed-ratio 25
 schedule of food delivery. Chronic administration of soman at weekly
 intervals resulted in tolerance to the response. When soman administration
 was separated by 2-5 wk in individual rats, the suppressive effects of the
 agent again became apparent. Analysis of acetylcholinisterase activity
 revealed that enzyme inhibition was limited to gastrointestinal areas near
 the site of injection. There was no significant effect on brain
 acetylcholinesterase even following i.p. injection of doses which completely
 suppressed responding. The i.p.route may be useful for studying tolerance
 and other chronic effects of soman without producing generalized toxicity.
-Desc-
 ENZYME INHIBITOR-DRUG ACETYLCHOLINESTERASE INHIBITOR GASTROINTESTINAL AREAS
 FOOD DELIVERY TOXICITY
 Concept Codes: BEHAVIOR BIOL-ANIMAL BEHAVIOR (*070?3); BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL
 (10060); BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064);
 ENZYMES-PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES (*?0808); CHORDATE BODY REGNS-ABDOMEN (11314);
 DIGESTIVE SYST-PATHOLOGY (*14006); NERVOUS SYST-PATHOLOGY (*20506)
 PSYCHIATRY-PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY (21003); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP
 (22100) TOXICOL-GENL/EXP STUDS, METHS (*22501); PEST CONTRL
 GENL/PESTICS/HERBICS (54600); ECONOM ENTOMOL-CHEM PHYS CONTRL (60016)
 Biosystematic Codes: MURIDAE (86375)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 16
-A-
 80109396
-W-
 ACTIVE AND PASSIVE SMOOTH EYE MOVEMENTS EFFECTS OF STIMULUS SIZE AND
 LOCATION
 POLA J; WYATT H J
 STATE UNIV. N.Y., STATE COLL. OPTOMETRY, 100 EAST 24TH ST., NEW YORK, N.Y.
 10010, USA.
 VISION RES 25 (8). 1985. 1063-1076.
 -CODEN-
 VISRA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 We measured active smooth pursuit eye movements and passive smooth eye
 movements in the open-loop condition as subjects viewed among stimuli of
 different sizes and at various retinal loci. Active movements have high gain
 and relatively large phase lag. Passive movements have lower gain and
 smaller phase lag, and occur with either foveal or eccentric stimuli. They
 appear to be similar or identical of optokinetic movements. Although
 different, active and passive movements show a similar increase in amplitude
 and phase lag as the size of the stimulus was increased. From these findings
 we suggest that: (1) the stimuli for the active movements are target
 position and velocity; (2) the stimulus for passive movements is target
 velocity; and (3) the active response to target velocity is related, in
 part, to the passive response and thus is related to optikinesis.
-Desc-
 HUMAN OPTOKINESIS VELOCITY POSITION
 Concept Codes: MOVEMENT (12100); MUSCLE SYST-GENLSTUDS, METHS (*17501);
 MUSCLE SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*17504); SENSE ORGANS-GENL STUDS, METHS
 (*20001) SENSE ORGANS-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*20004)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 17
-A-
 80109353
-W-
 PERCEPTUAL DELAY OF THE AMENDMENT SIGNAL IN DUAL-RESPONSE SITUATIONS AS A
 FUNCTION OF MOVEMENT SPEED
 WILLIAMS L R T; SULLIVAN S J; DOUGLAS J R
 FACULTY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, UNIV. OF OTAGO, P. O. BOX 56, DUNEDIN, NEW
 ZEALAND.
 J HUM MOV STUD 11 (3). 1985. 145-150.
 -CODEN-
 JHMSD
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Conscious perception of the time of occurrence of the 2nd of a pair of
 closely spaced stimuli was examined for an extended arm swing as a function
 of movement speed. A dual-response paradigm was used. A substantial
 perceptual delay was found whether or not the amendment (reversal) of the
 primary swing was required. Under conditions where the 1st reaction period
 was not required, the delay has almost completely removed-thereby supporting
 sequential processing views. For the speed conditions (maximal, 2/3 and 1/3)
 the perceptual delay increased with movement speed and was in accordance
 with the idea that open loop control can have a biassing effect on the
 conscious awareness of serial events.
-Desc-
 HUMAN SEQUENTIAL PROCESSING CONSCIOUS AWARENESS OF SERIAL EVENTS
 Concept Codes: BEHAVIOR BIOL-HUMAN BEHAVIOR (07004); MOVEMENT (*12100);
 SENSE ORGANS-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*20004); NERVOUS SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM
 (*20504) PSYCHIATRY-PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY (*21003)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 18
-A-
 80107315
-W-
 ASSESSMENT OF GELLING IN INSULIN SOLUTIONS FOR INFUSION PUMPS
 HUTCHISON K G
 WYETH RES. LTD, HUNTERCOMBE LANE SOUTH, TAPLOW, MAIDENHEAD, BERKS, SL6 0PH,
 UK.
 J PHARM PHARMACOL 37 (8). 1985. 528-531.
 -CODEN-
 JPPMA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Prolonged, gentle agitation of ?100 insulin solutions containing various
 ingredients has shown that gelling can take place. The extent of gelling was
 evaluated by low shear rheometry and quantified in terms of the effective MW
 increase using the method of reduced variables. Maximal viscosities of
 gelled systems in excess of 100 Pas were achieved. From a knowledge of the
 hydrodynamics of infusion pump systems, the reduction in insulin delivery
 rate caused by an increase in viscosity can be calculated. In commercial,
 syringe-driven pumps, pressure differentials as high as 104/Nm and shear
 rates in excess of 104/s can occur, although the flow is invariably
 laminar.
-Desc-
 ANTIDIABETIC-DRUG HORMONE-DRUG
 Concept Codes: COMPARATIVE BIOCHEM-GENL STUDIES (*10010); BIOCHEM
 STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064); PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (*12512);
 METABOLISM-CARBOHYDRATES (*13004); METABOLISM-METABOLIC DISORDERS (*13020);
 ENDOCRINE SYST-PANCREAS (*17008); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (22005);
 PHARMACOL-ENDOCRINE SYST (*22016); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP
 (*22100)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 19
-A-
 80107012
-W-
 HEPARIN ELIMINATION FOLLOWING CONTINUOUS INFUSION DURING INTRA-AORTIC
 BALLOON COUNTERPULSATION
 JACOB A S; STEINGART R H; SCHWEGER M J
 DIV. CARDIOLOGY, MARICOPA MED. CENTER, P.O. BOX 5099, PHOENIX, AZ 85010.
 CATHETERIZATION CARDIOVASC DIAGN 11 (4). 1985. 389-392.
 -CODEN-
 CCDID
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The decline of the activated partial thromboplastin time (APTT) following
 discontinuation of heparin infusion was measured in 6 intra-aortic ballon
 pump (IABP) patients. The heparin infusion requirement was determained for 8
 other IABP patients during stable therapeutic anticoagulation. Following
 discontinuation of infusion, APTT declined with a relatively constant
 half-life (t1/2 of 2.4 .+-. 0.08 h), suggesting elimination by 1st-order
 kinetics. In comparison, the t1/2 following single bolus doses has been
 shown to be markedly dose dependent, increasing from 30 min at low doses to
 2 h at very high doses. The heparin requirement for IABP patients was 16
 .+-. 2.5 U/kg per h, similar to that reported for other clinical situations.
 The t1/2 of the APTT following discontinuation of heparin infusion can be
 used to time invasive procedures that would best be done with normal
 hemostasis.
-Desc-
 HUMAN ANTICOAGULANT-DRUG ACTIVATED PARTIAL THROMBOPLASTIN TIME HEMOSTASIS
 PHARMACOKINETICS
 Concept Code: BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064);
 BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING (10511); ENZYMES-GEN, COMPAR STUD, ?OENZYMS (10802);
 ANATOMY/HISTOL-SURGERY (*11105); PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (12512); CARDIOVASC
 SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (*14501); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-BLOOD, LYMPH STUD (*15002);
 PHARMACOL-DRUG METAB, METAB STIMU (*22003); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL
 (*22005); PHARMACOL-BLOOD, HEMATO AGENTS (*22008); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ,
 INFECT, THERAP (22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 20
-A-
 80102042
-W-
 THE VECTORCARDIOGRAM IN MUCOCUTANEOUS LYMPH NODE SYNDROME PATIENTS WIDE
 T-LOOP AND OPEN QRS-LOOP
 SUZUKI T; SONE K; ONO S
 DEP. PEDIATRICS, GUNMA CHILDREN'S MED. CENT.
 KITAKANTO MED J 35 (2). 1985. 185-189.
 -CODEN-
 KKAIA
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Vectorcardiograms were recorded from 159 patients with MCLS [Mucocutaneous
 lymph node syndrome] and 75 normal children. The ages of MCLS cases ranged
 from 6 months to 15 years, while those of the normal children ranged from 7
 months to 13 years. The maximal length to width ratios of spacial T loop
 (L/W), open QRS-loop and its ST vector were studied. The criteria of wide-T
 loop was defined as less than 3.4, which is the 5th percentile lower limit
 for normal children. Among the MCLS patients, there were 26 cases (26/159,
 16.4%) with wide T-loop: 8 of these were in a coronary dilatation group
 (8/30, 26.7%) While the remaining 18 cases were in a cororary noremal group
 (18/107, 16, 8%). By contrast, there were no wide T-loop cases in a coronary
 aneurysm group. With regard to the ratio of open QRS and the value of ST
 vector, there was no significant difference between normal children and
 those with MCLS, but in the coronary aneurysms group many open QRS-loop and
 large ST vector cases were seen. Because wide T-loop is one of the signs of
 myocardial damage, the results show that some myocardial damage persists in
 MCLS patients. This myocardial damage seems to be port myocardial changes
 due to myocarditis in MCLS.
-Desc-
 MUCOCUTANEOUS LYMPH NODE SYNDROME CORONARY DILATATION MYOCARDITIS
 Concept Codes: EXTERN EFF-ELECTR, MAGNET, GRAVITY (10610);
 PATHOLOGY-DIAGNOSTIC (*12504); PATHOLOGY-INFLAMMATN, INFLAM DIS (*12508);
 CARDIOVASC SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (14501); CARDIOVASC SYST-HEART PATHOLOGY
 (*14546); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-BLD, LYM, RES PATH (*15006); BLOOD/BODY
 FLDS-LYMPHAT TISS, RES (*15008); INTEGUMENT SYST-PATHOLOGY (*18506)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 21
-A-
 80100553
-W-
 BIOCHEMICAL AND BEHAVIORAL CHANGES IN RTS DURING AND AFTER CHRONIC D
 AMPHETAMINE EXPOSURE
 VOGEL W H; MILLER J; WAXMAN H; GOTTHEIL E
 DEP. PHARMACOL., THOMAS JEFFERSON UNIV., PHILDELPHIA, PA 19107, USA.
 DRUG ALCOHOL DEPEND 15 (3). 1985. 245-254.
 -CODEN-
 DADED
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Two groups of rats were implanted with ALZET minipumps to deliver vehicle or
 a theoretical amount of 1 mg/kg per h of diamphetamine (A) for 12 days.
 After 3 days of A-exposure, motor movements and stereotypic behavior were
 markedly increased. Subsequent testing during A-exposure showed that motor
 movements and stereotypic behavior remained significantly increased but
 declined. After removal of the pumps, these effects disappeared and no
 differences at rest, during stress or A challenge, were apparent in either
 group. Animals sacrificed after 3 days of drug exposure, showed a drastic
 decrease in cardiac, but not adrenal, catecholamine levels. In the brain,
 norepinephrine (NE) levels were markedly decreased in the frontal cortex,
 hypothalamus, caudate, pons-medulla and cerebellum. Epinephrine (E) levels
 were unaffected and dopamine (DA) levels were decreased in most areas
 without reaching statistical significance. Plasma corticosterone levels were
 similar in both groups. Animals in both groups sacrificed about 25 days
 afetr pump removal were biochemically similar. Under the present conditions,
 A-exposure produced marked behavioral and biochemical changes but there was
 no evidence of residual abnormalities after cessation of drug treatment.
-Desc-
 PHARMACOTOXICITY CATECHOLAMINE
 Concept Codes: BEHAVIOR BIOL-ANIMAL BEHAVIOR (*07003); CLIN BIOCHEM-GENL
 STUDIES (10006); BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060); BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS,
 PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064); BIOCHEM STUD-STEROLS, STEROIDS (10067);
 PHYSIOLOGY-STRESS (*12008); METABOLISM-STEROLS, STEROIDS (*13008);
 METABOLISM-PROTNS, PEPTDS, AM ACDS (*1?012); CARDIOVASC SYST-PHYSIOL,
 BIOCHEM (*14504); CARDIOVASC SYST-HEART PATHOLOGY (*14506); BLOOD/BODY FLDS
 BLOOD, LYMPH STUD (15002); ENDOCRINE SYST-ADRENALS (*17004); ENDOCRINE
 SYST-NEUROENDOCRINOLOG (*17020); MUSCLE SYST-PHSYIOL, BIOCHEM (*17504);
 MUSCLE SYST-PATHOLOGY (*17506); NERVOUS SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (20501);
 NERVOUS SYST-ANATOMY (*20502); NERVOUS SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*20504);
 NERVOUS SYST-PATHOLOGY (*20506); PSYCHIATRY-PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY (*21003);
 PSYCHIATRY-ADDICTION (INC SMOKNG) (*21004); PHARMACOL-NEUROPHARMACOLOGY
 (*22024); PHARMACOL-PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY (*22026); TOXICOL-PHARMACOLOGICAL
 (*22504)
 Biosystematic Codes: MURIDAE (86375)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 22
-A-
 80100004
-W-
 DYNAMIC CONTROL OF THE PERIORAL SYSTEM DURING SPEECH KINEMATIC ANALYSES OF
 AUTOGENIC AND NONAUTOGENIC SENSORIMOTOR PROCESSES
 GRACCO V L; ABBS J H
 SPEECH MOTOR CONTROL LAB., WAISMAN CENT., UNIV. WIS., MADISON, WIS.
 53705-2280.
 J NEUROPHYSIOL (BETHESDA) 54 (2). 1985. 418-432.
 -CODEN-
 JONEA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Afferent contributions to the motor control of speech were evaluated by
 applying unanticipated loads to the lower lip during the combined upper
 lip-lower lip gesture associated with the oral closing movements for a b
 sound. Loads were introduced randomly in .apprx. 15% of the trials to
 minimize subject anticipation or adaptation. A total of 490 load trials (in
 5 naive subjects) were distributed within a restricted interval (100 ms)
 centered on the initiation of agonist muscle contraction associated with the
 lip-closing movements. Kinematic adjustments of the upper and lower lips to
 these perturbations were examined in detail. In all subjects, load-induced
 changes in upper and lower lip displacement, movement time, and closing
 velocity were statistically significant and observed the 1st time a
 perturbation was introduced. Load timing variations within the target
 interval resulted in systematic changes in the site of the compensatory
 adjustments (upper versus lower lip) and in the magnitude of the kinematic
 responses. These kinematic changes appeared to reflect the dynamic nature of
 underlying control processes and clearly contrasted the different response
 characteristics of autogenic (lower lip) and nonautogenic (upper lip)
 compensatory actions. Although both upper and lower lip adjustments
 contributed to perturbation compensations, autogenic responses predominated
 when loads occurred 20-55 ms before muscle activation. For these early
 loads, autogenic responses provided .apprx. 75% of the total compensation.
 For later loads, when the evolving speech motor action was more time
 constrained, nonaurogenic (open-loop) compensations predominated, providing
 .apprx. 65% of the total compensation. The variations in upper and lower lip
 compensatory response magnitude did not parallel the time course of
 fasubjects. Even in a motor task such as speech, where some temporate
 control parameteo ement goals.
-Desc-
 HUMAN MOTOR PROGRAMMING FACIAL MUSCLE LIP MOVEMENT
 Concept Codes: BIOPHYS-BIOCYBERNETICS (10515); MOVEMENT (12100); MUSCLE
 SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (17501); MUSCLE SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*17504);
 DENTAL/ORAL BIOL-GENL STUD, METHS (19001); DENTAL/ORAL BIOL-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM
 (*19004); SENSE ORGANS-GENL STUDS, METHS (20001); SENSE ORGANS-DEAFNSS,
 SPEECH-, HEAR (*20008);  NERVOUS SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (20501); NERVOUS
 SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*20504)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 23
-A-
 80098606
-W-
 INFLUENCE OF FOOD ON THE RATE AND EXTENT OF ABSORPTION OF THEOPHYLLINE AFTER
 SINGLE DOSE ORAL ADMINISTRATION OF A CONTROLLED RELEASE TABLET
 LAGAS M; JONKMAN J H G
 LAB. PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH, HAVEZATHENLAAN 2, 9301 SL RODEN, THE
 NETHERLANDS.
 INT J CLIN PHARMACOL THER TOXICOL 23 (8). 1985. 424-426.
 -CODEN-
 IJCPB
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Rate and extent of absorption of theophylline were determined in 7 healthy
 volunteers on pre- as well as on postprandial administration of commercially
 available controlled release tablets (Theograd -350 mg). In fasting
 subjects, maximum serum theophylline concentrations of 3.8 .+-. 1.2 mg
 .cntdot. l-1 (mean .+-. SD) were reached at 3.4 .+-. 1.2 h after dosing;
 under nonfasting conditions maximum serum levels of 5.8 .+-. 1.3 mg .cntdot.
 l-1 were found at 7.4 .+-. 1.4 h after the tablet was given. The
 bioavailability increased from 65 .+-. 8%, observed on preprandial
 administration to 87 .+-. 14%, when Theograd -350 mg tablets were taken
 after a meal. Theograd -350 mg tablets have a predictable absorption and
 give relatively high (87%) bioavailability, if the tables are taken after a
 meal.
-Desc-
 HUMAN DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM FOOD-DRUG INTERACTION PHARMACOKINETICS
 Concept Codes: CLIN BIOCHEM-GENL STUDIES (10006); BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL
 (10060); BIOPHYS-GENERAL BIOPHYS TECH (10504); NUTRITION-GENL, NUTR STATUS,
 METHS (*13202); RESPIRATORY SYST-GENL STUD, METHS (*16001); DENTAL/ORAL
 BIOL-GENL STUD, METHS (19001); PHARMACOL-DRUG METAB, METAB STIMU (*22003);
 PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*2005); PHARMACOL-RESPIRATORY SYST (*22030)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 24
-A-
 80098569
-W-
 TOTAL UTERINE ACTIVITY IN INDUCED LABOR AN INDEX OF CERVICAL AND PELVIC
 TISSUE RESISTANCE
 ARULKUMARAN S; GIBB D M F; RATNAM S S; LUN K C; HENG S H
 KING'S COLLEGE HOSPITAL, DENMARK HILL, LONDON SE5 8RX.
 BR J OBSTET GYNAECOL 92 (7). 1985. 693-697.
 -CODEN-
 BJOGA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Uterine activity was studied during labor induced using an automatic
 infusion system (AIS) or a peristaltic infusion pump (IVAC) to administer
 oxytocin. In the 110 patients who achieved vaginal delivery, the total
 uterine activity required to effect full dilatation of the uterine cervix
 was found to vary according to parity and cervical score, but not according
 to mode of oxytocin infusion. Irrespective of whether the uterine activity
 level/15 min was maintained at between 700-1500 kPa [kilopascals] or at
 between 1500-2000 kPa, the total uterine activity was similar the lower
 levels being compensated for by a longer duration. Fetal outcome, in terms
 of 1- and 5-min Apgar scores and umbilical vein blood pH, was unaffected by
 the level of uterine activity. The cervical and pelvic tissue resistance
 varies according to parity and cervical score. The uterus must achieve a
 certain total uterine activity in induced labor which is best achieved by
 maintaining optical uterine activity levels of 1500-2000 kPa/15 min to
 effect vaginal delivery of the baby in good condition in optimal time.
-Desc-
 HUMAN OXYTOCIN OXYTOCIC-DRUG PARITY CERVICAL SCORE
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064);
 BIOPHYS-GENERAL BIOPHYS TECH (10504); CHORDATE BODY REGNS-PELVIS (11316);
 BLOOD/BODY FLDS-GENL STUDS, METHS (*15001); REPRODUCT SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS
 (*16501); REPRODUCT SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*16504); NERVOUS SYST-PHYSIOL,
 BIOCHEM (*20504); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005); PHARMACOL-REPRODUCT
 SYST, IMPLANT (*22028)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 25
-A-
 80098568
-W-
 A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF METHODS OF OXYTOCIN ADMINISTRATION FOR INDUCTION OF
 LABOR
 GIBB D M F; ARULKUMARAN S; RATNAM S S
 KING'S COLLEGE HOSPITAL, DENMARK HILL, LONDON SE5 8RX.
 BR J OBSTET GYNAECOL 92 (7). 1985. 688-692.
 -CODEN-
 BJOGA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Equipment has become available for the automatic infusion of oxytocin in a
 closed loop system for the induction of labor. This system was compared with
 manual administration of oxytocin by peristaltic infusion pump, the dosage
 being based on data derived from an intrauterine catheter or by clinical
 assessment of uterine activity. A Total of 121 patients classified according
 to parity and cervical score were allocated to an automatic infusion system
 (AIS) or a peristaltic infusion pump system. Patient characteristics were
 similar in both groups. Labor was significantly longer in those induced by
 automatic infusion system particularly in nulliparae and patients with poor
 cervical scores. In 53.3% of the nulliparae with poor cervical scores the
 automatic infusion system proved inadequate to effect vaginal delivery.
 Neonatal outcome was similar in both groups. Automatic infusion of oxotocin
 by this system increased the length of induced labor and had no
 statistically significant effect on neonatal outcome, conferring no
 advantage over a more traditional method of oxytocin administration.
-Desc-
 HUMAN OXYTOCIC-DRUG AUTOMATIC INFUSION SYSTEM PERISTALTIC INFUSION
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064); EXTERN
 EFFOPHYSICAL, MECH EFFECTS (10612); REPRODUCT SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS
 (*16501); REPRODUCT SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*16504); NERVOUS SYST-PHYSIOL,
 BIOCHEM (*20504); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005); PHARMACOL-REPRODUCT
 SYST, IMPLANT (*22028)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 26
-A-
 80098374
-W-
 EXTENDED IMMUNOSUPPRESSION WITH CYCLOPHOSPHAMIDE USING CONTROLLED-RELEASE
 POLYMERIC IMPLANTS
 ORMROD D J; CAWLEY S; MILLER T E
 DEP. MED., AUCKLAND HOSP., PARK ROAD, AUCKLAND, NEW ZEALAND.
 INT J IMMUNOPHARMACOL 7 (4). 1985. 443-448.
 -CODEN-
 IJIMD
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An effective method of prolonged immunosuppressive therapy using
 cyclophosphamide incorporated intO acrylic bone cement was developed. The
 effect of this form of administration of cyclophosphamide on circulating
 murine immune cells and the inflammatory response was studied. When the slow
 release mode of cyclophosphamide administration was compared with
 conventional systemic therapy, it was found to produce a more rapid and
 prolonged immunosuppression. A dose-response relationship was established
 and the biological effects of varying the composition and surface area of
 the implant were determined. The inflammatory response, assessed by
 measuring the mobilization of cells into s.c. implanted sponges, was also
 depressed using this mode of administration. These results, coupled with the
 commercial availability and existing clinical approval of Simplex P bone
 cement, suggest that the procedure could lead to useful clinical protocols.
-Desc-
 MOUSE ANTIINFLAMMATORY-DRUG IMMUNOLOGIC-DRUG DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM SIMPLEX P
 ACRYLIC BONE CEMENT CIRCULATING IMMUNE CELLS INFLAMMATORY RESPONSE
 Concept Codes: CYTOLOGY/CYTOCHEM-ANIMAL (02506); BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL
 (10060); BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING (*10511); PATHOLOGY-INFLAMMATN, INFLAM DIS
 (*12508); PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (*12512); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-BLOOD CELL STUDS
 (*15004); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-LYMPHAT TISS, RES (*15008); BONE, JNTS, FASC,
 CONN/ADIP-GENL (*18001); INTEGUMENT SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (18501);
 PHARMACOL-BLOOD HEMATO AGENTS (22008); PHARMACOL-IMMUNO PROCES, ALLERGY
 (*22018); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (*22100);
 IMMUNOL/IMMUNOCHEM-IMMUNOPATHOL (*34508)
 Biosystematic Codes: MURIDAE (86375)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 27
-A-
 80098292
-W-
 PHARMACOKINETICS OF INSULIN INFUSED INTRAPERITONEALLY VIA PORTABLE PUMPS
 SELAM J L; RAYMOND M; JACQUEMIN J L; ORSETTI A; RICHARD J L; MIROUZE J
 CLINIQUE MALADIES METABOLIQUES ENDOCRINIENNES, HOPITAL LAPEYRONIE, 34059
 MONTPELLIER CEDEX.
 DIABETE METAB 11 (3). 1985. 170-173.
 -CODEN-
 DIMED
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Plasma free insulin was measured repeatedly for 4 h following a standardized
 breakfast in 20 C-peptide negative chronically pumped type I diabetic
 patients and 5 normal subjects. In the former group, insulin was given as a
 1 u/h basal infusion and a 1 h superimposed meal-dose of 6 U via a
 peritoneal i.p. catheter lying in the low (n = 10), or in the mid-abdomen (n
 = 10). The results of the i.p. patients were correlated with glycosylated Hb
 and home capillary blood glucose. Fasting-free insulin of i.p. patients was
 lower than those of normals (14.7 .+-. 0.5 vs. 21.0 .+-. 1.3 mU/l, P <
 0.01). Dose-induced peak occurred similary in i.p. patients and normals (70
 .+-. 6 vs. 70 .+-. 12 min). Values tended to baseline after 165 .+-. 15 and
 185 .+-. 22 min. in IP patients and normals (not significant). Results of
 the min, and, low peritoneum subgroups differed only for peak values (31.5
 .+-. 2.9 vs. 25.0 .+-. 1.6 mU/l, respectively) and did not correlate with
 diabete control.
-Desc-
 HUMAN ANTIDIABETIC-DRUG DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064); BIOCHEM
 STUD-PORPHYRNS, BILE PIGM (10065); BIOCHEM STUD-CARBOHYDR. (10068); CHORDATE
 BODY RE?NS-ABDOMEN (11314); PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (*12512);
 METABOLISM-CARBOHYDRATES (*13004); METABOLISM-METABOLIC DISORDERS (*13020);
 BLOOD/BODY FLDS-BLOOD, LYMPH STUD (15002); ENDOCRINE SYST-PANCREAS (*17008);
 PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005); PHARMACOL-ENDOCRINE SYST (*22016);
 ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 28
-A-
 80098257
-W-
 CLOSED-LOOP GLYCEMIC CONTROL IN DIABETICS USING A WEARABLE ARTIFICIAL
 ENDOCRINE PANCREAS INCORPORATING A NEEDLE-TYPE GLUCOSE SENSOR
 HAKUI N
 FIRST DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE, OSAKA UNIV. MEDICAL SCHOOL, OSAKA.
 J JPN DIABETES SOC 28 (5). 1985. 613-621.
 -CODEN-
 TONYA
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 In the treatment of diabetes mellitus, the normalization of blood glucose on
 moment-to-moment basis for a long perIod is a desirable goal, since it may
 prevent or delay the onset of diabetic angiopathies. For this purpose, the
 wearable artificial endocrine pancreas consisting of a needle-type glucose
 sensor, a microcomputer system to calCulate insulin and glucagon infusion
 rates and a 2 roller pump driving system was developed. Firstly the
 validation and the applicability of a needle-type glucose sensor were
 investigated in glucose monitoring by inserting it into the subcutaneous
 tissue of healthy and diabetic volunteers. Secondly, the superiority of
 closed-loop glycemic control in ambulant diabetic patients using a wearable
 artificial endocrine pancreas over conventional insulin treatments was
 examined. The output currents of the needle-type glucose sensor inserted in
 the subcutaneous tissue of the forearm were significantly correlated with
 simultaneously monitored blood glucose concentration; it was revealed that
 the time delay in response was only 4.9 min. The glycemic control obtained
 by the wearable artificial endocrine pancreas in diabetics was demonstrated
 to be superior to that by once-a-day intermediate-acting insulin injection
 regimes, by multiple insulin injections regimes or by continuous
 subcutaneous insulin infusion regimes. Six day continuous glycemic
 regulation in a diabetic patient with a wearable artificial endocrine
 pancreas reveled that there were day-by-day variations of insulin
 requirements, up to 12 U per day and in the range of from 3-10 U for
 postprandial glycemic control. When the sensors were kept in the
 subcutaneous tissue, depressed relative sensor functions with time were
 recognized. The wearable artificial endocrine pancreas utilizing a
 needle-type glucose sensor closed-loop glycemic control system is essential
 for ambulatory diabetic patients.
-Desc-
 HUMAN ANTIDIABETIC-DRUG
 Concept Codes: GENL BIOL-INFRMTN, DOCU, COMP APPL (00530); BIOCHEM
 STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064); BIOCHEM STUD-CARBOHYDR. (10068);
 BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING (*10511); PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (*12512);
 METABOLISM-CARB-BOHYDRATES (*13004); METABOLISM-METABOLIC DISORDERS
 (*13020); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-BLOOD, LYMPH STUD (15002); ENDOCRINE SYST-PANCREAS
 (*17008); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005); PHARMACOL-ENDOCRINE SYST
 (*22016); ROUTE OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (*22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 29
-A-
 80098091
-W-
 RESULTS OF A RANDOMIZED PROSPECTIVE TRIAL OF INTRAAORTIC BALLOON
 COUNTERPULSATION AND INTRAVENOUS NITROGLYCERIN IN PATIENTS WITH ACUTE
 MYOCARDIAL INFARCTION
 FLAHERTY J T; BECKER L C; WEISS J L; BRINKER J A; BULKLEY B H; GERlTEINBLITH
 G; KALLMAN C H; WEInFELDT M L
 JOHNS HOPKINS HOSP., 600 N. WOLFE ST., BALTIMORE, MD. 21205.
 J AM COLL CARDIOL 6 (2). 1985. 434-46.
 -CODEN-
 JACCD
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A randomized prospective clinical trial compared combined treatment with
 intraaortic balloon pumping and i.v. nitroglycerin for 4 to 5 days with
 routine clinical management in 20 patients with extensive myocardium at risk
 for infarction as evidenced by a Tl defect score of 7.0 U or greater. No
 significant differences in mortality or clinical outcome were observed
 between the 10 patients receiving the combined treatment and the 10
 receiving routine management. In 14 patients 2-dimensional echocardiograms
 obtained 6-24 h after the onset of symptoms and at follow-up 6-16 days later
 (after completion of combined intraaortic balloon pumping plus nitroglycerin
 therapy) were analyzed to determine whether infarct segment or noninfarct
 segment lengths were affected by therapy. Among these 14 patients, 5 (3
 receiving the combined therapy and 2 receiving routne management)
 demonstrated an increase in infarct segment length of > 1.0 cm. Mean infarct
 segment length increased 0.30 .+-. 0.44 cm in patients receiving the
 combined therapy and 0.29 .+-. 0.36 cm in patients on routine management (P
 = NS [not significant]). Noninfarct segment length increased > 1.0 cm (mean
 increase 1.20 .+-. 0.39) in 5 of 7 patients on routine management but in
 none of 7 patients receiving intraaortic balloon pumping plus nitroglycerin
 therapy (mean decrease 0.22 .+-. 0.20 cm) (P < 0.05). No significant
 differences were noted in left ventricular ejection fraction, as measured by
 gated blood pool scintigraphy, or Tl perfusion defect score in a comparison
 of day 1 (pretreatment) with day 4 Tl or day 7 to 14 gated blood pool
 scintigrams. Thus, in patients with extensive myocardium at risk, it is
 unlikely that a reduction in mortality or a significant improvement in
 myocardial perfusion or ventricular function can be obtained by earlof
 noninfarcted segments during the first 2 wk after acute myocardial
 infarction.
-Desc-
 CARDIOVASCULAR-DRUG
 Concept Codes: PHOTOGRAPHY-METHS, MATLS, APPARAT (01012); RADIATION
 BIOL-RADTN ISOTOP TECH (06504); BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060); MINERALS
 (10069) ; ANATOMY/HISTOL-SURGERY (11105); ANATOMY/HISTOL-RADIOLOGIC
 (*11106); PATHOLOGY-NECROSIS (12510); PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (*12512); MINERALS
 (13010); CARDIOVASC SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (14501); CARDIOVASC SYST-ANATOMY
 (*14502); CARDIOVASC SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*14504); CARDIOVASC SYST-HEART
 PATHOLOGY (*14506); CARDIOVASC SYST-BLD VESS PATHOL (*14508);
 PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005); PHARMACOL-CARDIOVASC SYST (*22010);
 ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 30
-A-
 80098065
-W-
 MECHANISM OF TRANSDERMAL CONTROLLED NITROGLYCERIN ADMINISTRATION 3. CONTROL
 OF SKIN PERMEATION RATE AND OPTIMIZATION
 KESHARY P R; HUANG Y C; CHIEN Y W
 CONTROLLED DRUG DELIVERY RESEARCH CENTER, RUTGERS UNIV., COLLEGE OF
 PHARMACY, BUSCH CAMPUS, P. O. BOX 789, PISCATAWAY, NEW JERSEY 08854.
 DRUG DEVIND PHARM 11 (6-7). 1985. 1213-1254.
 -CODEN-
 DDIPD
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A mathematical model was developed to correlate the drug permeation rate
 through the skin with the drug release rate from a matrix-type drug delivery
 system. Experiments were carried out using hairless mouse abdominal skin
 mounted on a recently-developed and hydrodynamically well-calibrated
 Keshary-Chien skin permeation system. A matrix-type drug delivery system was
 designed to contain different loading doses of nitroglycerin and to study
 the effect of drug loading variation on the rate of drug release, the rate
 of skin permeation and the equilibrium concentration of nitroglycerin [a
 vasodilator] in the skin. The stratum corneum evidently plays a significant
 rate-limiting role in the skin permeation of nitroglycerin across the intact
 skin, yielding a constant skin permeation profile. The permeation rate
 across the intact skin was observed to increase with the increase in the
 drug release flux initially and then levelled off in a hyperbolic fashion.
 Various constants were obtained from the reciprocal plot of skin permeation
 rate vs. drug release flu?. These constants could be used for the prediction
 of the skin permeation rate. A very good correlation between the predicted
 and the observed values of skin permeation rates was observed. After the
 stratum corneum was removed by stripping technique, the mechanism and the
 rate of skin permeation became dominated by the mechanism and the release
 rate of the delivery system. A linear correlation was observed between the
 drug permeation rate through the skin and the equilibrium concentration of
 drug in the skin. This correlation was observed in both intact and viable
 skins.
-Desc-
 MOUSE VASODILATOR CARDIOVASCULAR-DRUG STRATUM CORNEUM PHARMACOKINETICS DRUG
 DELIVERY SYSTEM
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060); BIOPHYS-BIOCYBERNETICS (10515)
 ; METABOLISM-GENL STUD, METAB PATHW (13002); CARDIOVASC SYST-GENL STUDS,
 METHS (*14501); INTEGUMENT SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (18501); INTEGUMENT
 SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*18504); PHARMACOL-DRUG METAB, METAB STIMU (*22003);
 PHARMACOL-CARDIOVASC SYST (*22010); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP
 (*22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: MURIDAE (86375)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 31
-A-
 80093259
-W-
 CONTROLLED RELEASE TECHNOLOGY FOR THE CONTROL OF HELMINTHS IN RUMINANTS
 ANDERSON N
 CSIRO, DIV. ANIMAL HEALTH, ANIMAL HEALTH DES. LAB., PRIVATE BAG NO. 1, P.O.,
 PARKVILLE, VIC. 3052, AUSTRALIA.
 VET PARASITOL 18 (1). 1985. 59-66.
 -CODEN-
 VPARD
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Release rates from controlled release devices are determined by the device
 itself and thus are accurate, reproducible and predictable, whereas, in
 general, prolonged or slow release systems are sensitive to environmental
 conditions. Diffusion and dissolution are the principal means of achieving
 controlled release. A diffusion system is specific for the active ingredient
 and release rate decreases proportionately to the square root of time
 because of a decreasing concentration gradient or an increasing diffusion
 path. In dissolution systems, the choice of matrix determines the rate of
 dissolution and release rates are linearly related to the area of
 dissolution which can be maintained constant. Consequently, this system has
 general application, a sharp cut-off point and can be used for > 1
 ingredient simultaneously. Potential disadvantages of controlled release
 technology center on unacceptable tissue residues and parasite resistance to
 the chemicals used. Advantages include the ability to program the release of
 compounds to achieve specific effects for various periods, decreasing the
 frequency of dosage and increasing the choice of compounds for the control
 of parasitic infections. Sufficient epidemiological information should be
 available before controlled release technology is implemented. Existing
 anthelmintics and control strategies can be used to achieve an enhanced, but
 expected result, e.g., prolonged reduction in pasture contamination to
 protect both ewes and lambs. In future it should be possible to devise
 compounds and strategies appropriate to the unique features of controlled
 release technology, e.g., compounds which interrupt or inhibit the growth
 and development of parasites. Environmental impact should be low because of
 the specific effect and low dosage of the chemical used.
-Desc-
 DIFFUSION DISSOLUTION SLOW RELEASE SYSTEM ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
 ANTIHELMINTHICS DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM
 Concept Codes: MATHEMATIC BIOL/STATISTIC METH (04500);
 BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING (*10511); BIOPHYS-BIOCYBERNETICS (10515);
 PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (12512); PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (*22002); DEVELOPMNTL
 BIOL-GEN MORPHGENSIS (25508) VETERINARY SCI-PATHOLOGY (*38004);
 CHEMOTHERAPY-ANTIPARASITIC AGNTS (*38510) PARASITOLOGY-VETERINARY (*60506);
 INVERTB PHYSIOL-GENERAL STUDIES (64001)
 Biosystematic Codes: BOVIDAE (85715)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 32
-A-
 80089420
-W-
 TREATMENT OF ANOVULATION BY PULSATILE ADMINISTRATION OF LHRH
 THOMAS D; L'HERMITE M
 SERVICE DE GYNECOLOGIE-OBSTETRIQUE, ULB, HOPITAL UNIVERSITAIRE BRUGMANN,
 BRUXELLES.
 REV MED BRUX NOUV SER 6 (5). 1985. 325-333.
 -CODEN-
 RMBRD
-Lang-
 FRENCH
 A new means of treating anovulation by pulsatile administration of LHRH with
 use of a portable pump was tested. The study included 11 longstanding
 infertile patients, of which 10 presented central, hypothalamic anovulation
 that was proven (or supposed to be) resistant to clomifene; the 11th patient
 showed recurrent luteal insufficiency. LHRH was administered s.c. at 2.3-21
 .mu.g doses every 90 min until echographic rupture of the dominant follicle,
 the luteal phase being supported by HCG [human chorionic gonadotropin]
 administration. Ovulation did indeed occur in 14 of the 17 treated cycles,
 during which no hyperstimulation could be clinically detected. Four
 pregnancies (including 1 chemical pregnancy) were obtained during such
 treatment; 2 additional pregnancies occurred during a clomifene-treated
 cycle, following immediately the 1st LHRH-treated cycle. Thus, pulsatile
 LHRH administration via a portable pump represents a valid alternative to
 the use of gonadotropins for ovulation induction; it requires only a minimal
 monitoring, with few risks of hyperstimulation.
-Desc-
 HUMAN CLOMIPHINE FERTILITY-DRUG HORMONE-DRUG
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064); BIOCHEM
 STUD-STEROLS, STEROIDS (10067); PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (*12512);
 METABOLISM-STEROLS, STEROIDS (*13008); METABOLISM-PROTNS, PEPTDS, AM ACDS
 (*13012); REPRODUCT SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*16504); REPRODUCT SYST-PATHOLOGY
 (*16506); ENDOCRINE SYST-GONADS, PLACENTA (*17006); ENDOCRINE
 SYST-NEUROENDOCRINOLOG (*17020); INTEGUMENT SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (18501);
 NERVOUS SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*20504); NERVOUS SYST-PATHOLOGY (*20506);
 PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005); PHARMACOL-ENDOCRINE SYST (*22016);
 PHARMACOL-REPRODUCT SYST, IMPLANT (*22028) ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP
 (22100); TOXICOL-PHARMACOLOGICAL (*22504)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 33
-A-
 80089163
-W-
 INTRAVAGINAL CONTROLLED ADMINISTRATION OF FLUOROGESTONE ACETATE 4.
 IN-VITRO-IN-VIVO CORRELATION FOR INTRAVAGINAL DRUG DELIVERY FROM
 RATE-CONTROL VAGINAL PESSARY
 KABADI M; CHIEN Y M
 CONTROLLED DRUG DELIVERY RESEARCH CENTER, COLLEGE OF PHARMACY, RUTGERS
 UNIV., P.O. BOX 789, BUSCH CAMPUS, PISCATAWAY, NEW JERSEY 08854.
 DRUG DEV IND PHARM 11 (6-7). 1985. 1313-1362. CODE: DDIPD
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Sheep (150) received various types of Rate-Control vaginal pessaries for a
 period of up to 19 days at various geographic locations. As predicted from
 the in vitro studies, a constant (Q-t [quantity of drug released vs. time])
 absorption profile was also observed in vivo. The effect of the loading dose
 of flurogestone acetate on the in vitro and in vivo absorption profiles were
 examined and minimum effective loading dose was determined. An excellent in
 vitro-in vivo correlation was established, which permitted the prediction of
 the long-term (19-day) in vivo absorption profiles from a short-term (3-day)
 in vitro absorption study.
-Desc-
 SHEEP HORMONE-DRUG PHARMACOKINETICS
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-STEROLS, STEROIDS (10067); METABOLISM-STEROLS,
 STEROIDS (13008); REPRODUCT SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (16501); ENDOCRINE
 SYST-GONADS, PLACENTA (*17006); PHARMACOL-DRUG METAB, METAB STIMU (*22003);
 PHARMACOL-ENDOCRINE SYST (*22016); PHARMACOL-REPRODUCT SYST, IMPLANT
 (*22028) ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (22100); IN VITRO STUDS-CELLULR,
 SUBCELL (32600)
 Biosystematic Codes: BOVIDAE (85715)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 34
-A-
 80089162
-W-
 INTRAVAGINAL CONTROLLED ADMINISTRATION OF FLUROGESTONE ACETATE 3.
 DEVELOPMENT OF RATE-CONTROL VAGINAL DEVICES
 KABADI M; CHIEN Y M
 CONTROLLED DRUG DELIVERY RESEARCH CENTER, COLLEGE OF PHARMACY, RUTGERS
 UNIV., P.O. BOX 789, BUSH CAMPUS, PISCATAWAY, NEW JERSEY 08854.
 DRUG DEV IND PHARM 11 (6-7). 1985. 1271-1312.
 -CODEN-
 DDIPD
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A Rate-Control vaginal device was developed which overcomes the low
 bioavailability and unpredicted Q-t1/2 type release and absorption rate
 profiles of flurogestone acetate delivered by the currently marketed
 Syncro-Mate pessary. The in vitro release and vaginal absorption profiles
 from the Rate-Control vaginal deive were run simultaneously; a linear Q-t
 [quantity of drug released vs. time] relationship was obtained with a
 significant improvement in bioavailability. A mathematical model was
 developed to correlate the in vitro drug release and the vaginal absorption
 profiles of flurgestone acetate from the vaginal devices. The design,
 development and the simultaneous release and absorption profiles of
 flurogestone acetate from this new vaginal device were outlined and
 discussed.
-Desc-
 HORMONE-DRUG PHARMACOKINETICS DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM SYNCRO-MATE PESSARY
 Concept Codes: MATHEMATIC BIOL/STATISTIC METH (04500); BIOCHEM STUD-STEROLS,
 STEROIDS (10067); BIOPHYS-BIOCYBERNETICS (10515); METABOLISM-STEROLS,
 STEROIDS (13008); REPRODUCT SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (16501); ENDOCRINE
 SYST-GONADS, PLACENTA (*17006); PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (*22002);
 PHARMACOL-DRUG METAB, METAB STIMU (*22003); PHARMACOL-ENDOCRINE SYST
 (*22016); PHARMACOL-REPRODUCT SYST, IMPLANT (*22028); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ,
 INFECT, THERAP (22100); IN VITRO STUDS-CELLULR, SUBCELL (32600)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 35
-A-
 80089161
-W-
 SIMPLE EVALUATION METHOD OF INTRINSIC DIFFUSIVITY FOR MEMBRANE-MODERATED
 CONTROLLED RELEASE
 TOJO K; SUN Y; GHANNAM M; CHIEN Y W
 CONTROLLED DRUG-DELIVERY RESEARCH CENTER, RUTGERS UNIV., COLLEGE OF
 PHARMACY, PISCATAWAY, NEW JERSEY 08854.
 DRUG DEV IND PHARM 11 (6-7). 1985. 1363-1372.
 -CODEN-
 DDIPD
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The effect of diffusion boundary layers in an in vitro membrane permeation
 system on the membane diffusivity of drugs was investigated based on the 3
 layer model. A simple method for evaluating the intrinsic diffusivity
 through the membrane was developed and the intrinsic diffusivity of
 progesterone and testosterone through a silicone membrane were determined
 using this approach.
-Desc-
 PROGESTERONE TESTOSTERONE HORMONE-DRUG DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM
 PHARMACOKINETICS
 Concept Codes: ATHEMATIC BIOL/STATISTIC METH (04500); BIOCHEM STUD-STEROLS,
 STEROIDS (10067); ENDOCRINE SYST-GONADS, PLACENTA (*17006);
 PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (*22002); PHARMACOL-DRUG METAB, METAB STIMU
 (*22003) ; PHARMACOL-ENDOCRINE SYST (*22016); IN VITRO STUDS-CELLULR,
 SUBCELL (32600)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 36
-A-
 80083893
-W-
 DESIGN AND IN-VITRO EVALUATION OF A CONTROLLED RELEASE DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM
 OF SULFASOMIDINE
 DAS S K; GUPTA B K
 DIVISION PHARMACEUTICS, FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY, DEPARTMENT OF
 PHARMACY, JADAVPUR UNIV., CALCUTTA-700 032, INDIA.
 DRUG DEV IND PHARM 11 (8). 1985. 1621-1638.
 -CODEN-
 DDIPD
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A controlled release oral drug delivery system of Sulfasomidine [an
 antibacterial drug] was developed by spray congealing micropelleting
 technique using gelatin as the embedding matrix. The pellets were hardened
 by treating with Formalin-Isopropanol mixture. The in vitro release rate
 studies of Sulfanomidine from the micropelleted dosage form revealed that
 the drug release can be prolonged up to 8 h and not more than 39% of the
 embedded drug released in the 1st h of the in vitro dissolution study. The
 in vitro release patterns correlated with the reported in vivo studies. The
 method of formulation was optimized.
-Desc-
 ANTIBACTERIAL-DRUG DISSOLUTION
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060); BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS,
 PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064);  DENTAL/ORAL BIOL-GENL STUD, METHS (19001);
 PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (*22002); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP
 (22100); IN VITRO STUDS-CELLULR, SUBCELL (32600); CHEMOTHERAPY-ANTIBACTERIAL
 AGNTS (*38504)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 37
-A-
 80082995
-W-
 PH-BASED ENZYME POTENTIOMETRIC SENSORS 3. PENICILLIN-SENSITIVE FIELD EFFECT
 TRANSISTOR
 CARAS S D; JANATA J
 DEPARTMENT OF BIOENGINEERING, UNIV. OF UTAH, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84112.
 ANAL CHEM 57 (9). 1985. 1924-1925.
 -CODEN-
 ANCHA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A diffusion-kinetic model for penicillin enzyme field effect transistor was
 developed and solved numerically. The external buffer plays a critical role
 in the response of this device. The 2nd weakly acidic group in the
 penicillioic acid affects the response characteristics, namely, at the high
 substrate concentrations.
-Desc-
 PENICILLOIC-ACID CLINICAL DRUG LEVELS BIOSENSOR BIOTECHNOLOGY
 Concept Codes: CLIN BIOCHEM-GENL STUDIES (*10006); BIOCHEM METH-GENERAL
 (*10050); BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060); BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES,
 AMINO ACD (10064); BIOPHYS-GENERAL BIOPHYS TECH (*10504);
 BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING (*10511); ENZYMES-METHODS (*10804); PHARMACOL-DRUG
 METAB, METAB STIMU (*22003); CHEMOTHERAPY-GEN STUD, METH, METAB (*38502)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 38
-A-
 80079823
-W-
 USE OF INDERAL FOR PREVENTING HEART DAMAGE IN MECHANICAL ASPHYXIA ATTENDED
 BY CLINICAL DEATH
 DOLGIKH V T
 CENT. RES. LAB., OMSK MED. INST., OMSK, USSR.
 PATOL FIZIOL EKSP TER 10 (1). 1985. 18-23.
 -CODEN-
 PAFEA
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN
 In experiments on isolated isovolumically contracting rat hearts
 resuscitated after 8-min mechanical asphyxia the early postasphyxial period
 is marked by depression of myocardial contractile function and diminished
 efficacy of myocyte membrane Ca pump, which was demonstrated in induced high
 frequency of contractions. The exit of some enzymes (creatine phosphokinase,
 aspartate aminotransferase, lactate and malate dehydrogenases and RNase)
 from the cardiomyocytes into the coronary channel increased 2-fold and more.
 The factors underlying the depression of contractile function in the
 postasphyxial period are evidently disorders of bioenergetics, manifested by
 reduced content of creatine phosphate, ATP and glycogen in the myocardium
 and an excess of free fatty acids. Mechanical asphyxia considerably reduces
 heart resistance to hypoxia. Preliminary injection of the .beta.-blocking
 agent propranolol reduced lethality in the early restorative period to < 1/2
 considerably reduced myocardial damage appraised according to the exit of
 enzymes into the coronary channel and prevented disorders of myocardial
 contractile function.
-Desc-
 RAT CARDIOVASCULAR-DRUG ENZYME CONTRACTILITY
 Concept Codes: CYTOLOGY/CYTOCHEM-ANIMAL (*02506); BIOCHEM-GASES (*10012);
 BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060); BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD
 (10064); BIOPHYS-MEMBRANE PHENOMENA (*10508); EXTERN EFF-PHYSICAL, MECH
 EFFECTS (10612); ENZYMES-PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES (*10808); METABOLISM-PROTNS,
 PEPTDS, AM ACDS (*13012); CARDIOVASC SYST-HEART PATHOLOGY (*14506);
 RESPIRATORY SYST-GENL STUD, METHS (*16001); RESPIRATORY SYST-PATHOLOGY
 (*16006); PHARMACOL-CARDIOVASC SYST (*22010)
 Biosystematic Codes: MURIDAE (86375)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 39
-A-
 80079028
-W-
 HEPATIC FALCIFORM ARTERY ANATOMY ANGIOGRAPHIC APPEARANCE AND CLINICAL
 SIGNIFICANCE
 WILLIAMS D M; CHO K J; ENSMINGER W D; ZIESSMAN H A; GYVES J W
 DEP. RADIOL., BOX 13, UNIV. HOSP., ANN ARBOR, MICH. 48109.
 RADIOLOGY 156 (2). 1985. 339-340.
 -CODEN-
 RADLA
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Three patients developed supraumbilical skin rashes during hepatic artery
 infusion chemotherapy [for liver cancer] by a surgically placed perfusion
 catheter and drug-infusion pump. In 1 patient, hepatic arterial scintigraphy
 with 99mTc macroaggregated serum albumin showed increased uptake
 corresponding to the rash, and  hepatic arteriogram showed a dilated
 falciform branch of the left hepatic artery. Surgical ligation of the falc
 form artery permitted further treatment without recurrent rash. Based on a
 review of 100 celiac arteriogram, the incidence of the falciform artery on
 angiographic studies is .apprx. 2%. The angiographic appearance of this
 artery is presented, and its potential clinical significance in hepatic
 artery perfusion chemotherapy is discussed.
-Desc-
 HUMAN CHEMOTHERAPY SUPRAUMBILICAL SKIN RASH LIVER CANCER
 Concept Codes: PHOTOGRAPHY-METHS, MATLS, APPARAT (01012); RADIATION
 BIOL-RADTN, ISOTOP TECH (06504); BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD
 (10064); ANATOMY/HISTOL-SURGERY (*11105); ANATOMY/HISTOL-RADIOLOGIC (11106);
 PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (12512); DIGESTIVE SYS-PATHOLOGY (*14006); CARDIOVASC
 SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (14501); CARDIOVASC SYST-ANATOMY (14502); CARDIOVASC
 SYST-BLD  VESS PATHOL (*14508); INTEGUMENT SYST-PATHOLOGY (*18506);
 NEOPLSMS/NEOPL AGNTS-THERAP, AGNT (*24008)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 40
-A-
 80073864
-W-
 APPLICATION OF THE PRINCIPLE OF LINKED FUNCTIONS TO ATP-DRIVEN ON PUMPS
 KINETICS OF ACTIVATION BY ATP/e
 REYNOLDS J A; JOHNSON E A; TANFORD C
 DEPARTMENT PHYSIOLOGY, DUKE UNIV. MEDICAL CENTER, DURHAM, N.C. 27710.
 PROC NATL ACAD SCI U S A 82 (11). 1985. 3658-3661.
 -CODEN-
 PNASA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 If a ligand binds with unequal affinity to 2 distinct states of a protein,
 then the equilibrium between the 2 states becomes a function of the
 concentration of the ligand. A necessary consequence is that the ligand must
 also affect the forward and/or reverse rate constants for transition between
 the 2 states. For an enzyme or transport protein with such a transition as a
 slow step in the catalytic cycle, the overall rate also becomes a function
 of ligand concentration. These conclusions are independent of whether or not
 the ligand is a direct participant in the reaction. If it is a direct
 participant, then the kinetic effect arising from the principle of linked
 functions is distinct from the direct catalytic effect. These principles
 suffice to account for the biphasic response of the hydrolytic activity of
 ATP-driven ion pumps to the concentration of ATP, without the need to invoke
 > 1 ATP binding site per catalytic center.
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-NUCL ACD, PURNS, PYRM (10062); BIOCHEM
 STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064); MINERALS (10069);
 BIOPHYS-MEMBRANE PHENOMENA (*10508); MOVEMENT (12100); MINERALS (*13010);
 METABOLISM-PROTNS, PEPTDS, AM ACDS (*13012); METABOLISM-NUCL ACD, PURINS,
 PYRIM (*13014)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 41
-A-
 80070845
-W-
 EPIDURAL ANALGESIA IN OBSTETRICS USING AN ELECTRONIC SYRINGE
 LAVINAC G; NOURY D; GRALL J Y; LE BERVET J Y
 SERVICE D'ANESTHESIE-REANIMATION, HOP. SUD, 16 BOULEVARD DE BULGARIE,  B.P.
 22129, F 35022 RENNES CEDEX.
 J GYNECOL OBSTET BIOL REPROD 14 (2). 1985. 239-245.
 -CODEN-
 JGOBA
-Lang-
 FRENCH
 A study of 20 cases of epidural obstetrical analgesia is presented. A
 Bupivicaine-Fentanyl mixture was given by continuous flow to bring about
 this analgesia. After an initial injection of 10 ml (9 ml of 0.25%
 Bupivicaine and 0.05 mg Fentanyl), a mixture of 45 ml of 0.25% Bupivicaine
 and 0.25 mg Fentanyl was perfused into the epidural space using an
 electronic pump syringe, delivering at a rate of 5 ml/hr. The mean time of
 analgesia until the delivery is 4 h 40 min and the women in labor received a
 mean of 31.14 ml of 0.25% Bupivicaine (77.85 mg) and 0.173 mg Fentanyl. It
 took only 5 1/2 min to set up this form of analgesia. Not a single patient
 had any pain in the 1st stage of labor nor in the 2nd stage and 95% of them
 were able to push efficiently. There are no detectable changes in the
 hemodynamic parameters in either the mothers or the fetuses and no
 depression of maternal respiration was found. In each case the Apgar score
 was 10 after 5 min. The use of an electronic pump syringe to deliver a
 Bupivicaine-Fentanyl mixture in obstetrical labor is a great improvement in
 analgesia without any secondary effects in the mother and child
-Desc-
 HUMAN BUPIVACAINE FENTANYL ANALGESIC-DRUG
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060); PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (*12512);
 CARDIOVASC SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*14504); RESPIRATORY SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM
 (*16004); REPRODUCT SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*16504); NERVOUS SYST-PATHOLOGY
 (*20506); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005); PHARMACOL-NEUROPHARMACOLOGY
 (*22024); DEVELOPMNTL BIOL-GENL, DESCRIPTIVE (*25502)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 42
-A-
 80070787
-W-
 CONTROLLED RELEASE OF ISONICOTINIC-ACID HYDRAZIDE FROM THE MEMBRANE-COATED
 TABLET
 KIM K M; KIM S K
 COLL. PHARMACY, SEOUL NATIONAL UNIV., SEOUL 151, KOREA.
 ARCH PHARMACAL RES (SEOUL) 8 (1). 1985. 7-14.
 -CODEN-
 APHRD
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Membrane-coated tablet of isonicotinic acid hydrazide (INAH), which releases
 INAH at the zero-order kinetics, was developed. It consisted of a soluble
 tablet core surrounded by a porous membrane which controls the diffusion
 rate. Tablet core were prepared by compressing granules of INAH and
 polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP). The cores were coated by polyvinyl chloride
 (PVC) dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone in which micronized sucrose were
 suspended. Diffusion rate of INAH from the tablet through the membrane was
 constant until the loaded INAH in the core was almost released. The rate was
 independent of pH of the dissolution medium. Water-soluble sucrose particles
 behaved as a poreproducing material in the water-insoluble PVC film coat.
 The pH independency of the rate was probably due to the high solubility of
 INAH in the water of wide pH range. The diffusion rate of INAH could be
 controlled by changing the composition of the membrane or the coat weight.
 This membrane-coated INAH tablet seemed to be a powerful condidate for the
 controlled release drug delivery system (DDS) of INAH or other highly
 water-soluble drugs.
-Desc-
 POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM
 PHARMOCOKINETICS
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060); BIOPHYS-MOLECUL PROP,
 MACROMOLEC (10506); PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (*22002); PHARMACOL-DRUG
 METAB, METAB STIMU (*22003)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 43
-A-
 80070685
-W-
 HIGH PERFORMANCE LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPHY GEL-FILTRATION OF INSULIN DURING
 SHORT AND LONG TIME INFUSION BY ARTIFICIAL DELIVERY SYSTEMS
 SCHRADER E; PFEIFFER E F
 ABTEILUNG FUER INNERE MEDIZIN I DER UNIVERSITAET ULM, KUNSTLICHES PANKREAS,
 STEINHOVELSTR. 9, 7900 ULM, GERMANY.
 J LIQ CHROMATOGR 8 (6). 1985. 1121-1138.
 -CODEN-
 JLCHD
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The aggregational behavior of insulin during application by artificial
 delivery systems was examined with high performance liquid chromatography
 [HPLC]. The short time infusion was performed by an autosyringe pump and the
 long time infusion was performed by a Siemens pump. For comparison samples
 of about 1 ml were collected and the radioimmunological activity was
 determined to verify the results of the HPLC gel-filtration. The
 chromatograms, performed at 37.degree. C and at ambient temperature, showed
 no aggregates of a higher MW. Sedimentation only once was observed during
 long time infusion, the immediately performed gel-filtration surprisingly
 showed at no time an aggregate of a higher MW but the quantity of insulin
 was obviously reduced. A different length of the catheter systems used did
 not promote the aggregational behavior. The absorbed quantity of insulin
 depends on the length of the catheter system used. The material of the
 catheters was polyethylene.
-Desc-
 ANTIDIABETIC-DRUG DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064);
 PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (*12512); ENDOCRINE SYST-PANCREAS (*17008); PHARMACOL-DRUG
 METAB, METAB STIMU (*22003); PHARMACOL-ENDOCRINE SYST (*22016)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 44
-A-
 80070444
-W-
 THE IMMEDIATE EFFECTS OF ISOSORBIDE DINITRATE ON RIGHT VENTRICULAR FUNCTION
 IN PATIENTS WITH ACUTE HYPOXEMIC RESPIRATORY FAILURE A COMBINED INVASIVE AND
 RADIONUCLIDE STUDY
 SIBBALD W J; SHORT A I K; DRIEDGER A A; WELLS G A
 DEP. MED., VICTORIA HOSPITAL, P.O. BOX 54375, LONDON, ONT., CAN. N6A 4G5.
 AM REV RESPIR DIS 131 (6). 1985. 862-868.
 -CODEN-
 ARDSB
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Isosorbide dinitrate (20 mg) was administered sublingually to 16 patients
 with acute hypoxemic respiratory failure (ARF) complicated by pulmonary
 artery hypertension (PAH) and evaluated its effects 20-30 min later using a
 combination of invasively measured pressures and flows and ECG-gated cardiac
 scintigraphy. The right and left ventricular ejection fractions and a
 simultaneous thermodilution stroke volume index were measured and the
 respective end-diastolic (EDVI) and end-systolic (ESVI) volume indexes were
 calculated. An initially depressed mean right ventricular ejection fraction
 (RVEF) increased modestly after the administration of isosorbide dinitrate
 (35 .+-. 10 to 41 .+-. 10%; P < 0.02), whereas both the mean right
 ventricular end-diastolic (-27 .+-. 50 ml m2; P < 0.04) and end-systolic
 (-27 .+-. 44 ml/m2; P < 0.03) volume indexes fell. The RVEF increased in 11
 of 16 patients; within this subgroup, a decrease in the RVEDVI and RVESVI
 was associated with a decrease in both cardiac index (.DELTA. 0.3 l/min/m2)
 and LVEDI (.DELTA. -15 .+-. 21 ml/m2; P < 0.01); hence, O2 delivery also
 fell (.DELTA.-36 .+-. 56 ml/min/m2; P < 0.05). In some patients with ARF
 complicated by PAH, sublingually administered nitrates may improve right
 ventricular systolic function when globally depressed. Left ventricular pump
 function appears to be depressed when a concurrent depression in right
 ventricular pump function ensues.
-Desc-
 ANTIHYPERTENSIVE-DRUG ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY SCINTIGRAPHY PULMONARY ARTERY
 HYPERTENSION
 Concept Codes: PHOTOGRAPHY-METHS, MATLS, APPARAT (01012); RADIATION
 BIOL-RADTN, ISOTOP TECH (06504); BIOCHEM-GASES (*10012); BIOCHEM
 STUD-GENERAL (10060); ANATOMY/HISTOL-RADIOLOGIC (*11106);
 PATHOLOGY-DIAGNOSTIC (*12504); CARDIOVASC SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (*14501);
 CARDIOVASC SYST-BLD VESS PATHOL (*14508); RESPIRATORY SYST-GENL STUD, METHS
 (*16001); RESPIRATORY SYST-PATHOLOGY (*16006); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL
 (22005); PHARMACOL-CARDIOVASC SYST (*22010)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 45
-A-
 80061753
-W-
 BACTERIOLOGIC ASPECTS AND STABILITY OF DRUGS DURING EPIDURAL LONG-TERM
 INFUSION WITH IMPLANTED OR EXTERNAL PUMPS
 MUELLER H; BISCOPING J; GIPS H; TILKES F; STRUNZ P; HEMPELMANN G
 ABT. FUER ANAESTHESION. UND OPERATIVE INTENSIVMED., KLINIKUM DER JUSTUS
 LIEBIG-UNIV., KLINIKSTR. 29, D-6300 GIESSEN.
 ANAESTHESIST 34 (5). 1985. 247-251.
 -CODEN-
 ANATA
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Implantable devices (implanted pump/implanted catheter and port) are
 recommended for continuous epidural application of opiates or local
 anesthetics in order to reduce hygienic problems during long term epidural
 medication. No signs of contamination could be found during bacteriologic
 culture of residual volumes of 30 patients treated with epidural drug
 delivery systems and of samples collected during an in vitro investigation
 (incubation of filled external pump systems at body temperature, storage of
 syringes with a premixed solution of opiate and local anesthetic for
 repeated epidural bolus application). As demonstrated in a case report
 prophylactic antibiotic coverage prior to implantation may be necessary in
 patients with a preexisting susceptibility to infection. The concentrations
 of morphine (radioimmunoassay) and of bupivacaine (gas-solid chromatography)
 within the reservoir were stable during clinical therapy and during the in
 vitro experiments.
-Desc-
 HUMAN LOCAL ANESTHETICS OPIATES MORPHINE BUPIVACAINE CONTAMINATION IMPLANTED
 CATHETER AND PORT DRUG DELIVERY DEVICE PROPHYLACTIC ANTIBIOTIC COVERAGE
 Concept Codes: BIOPHYS-GENERAL BIOPHYS TECH (10504); BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING
 (*10511); EXTERN EFF-TEMPERATURE (10614); NERVOUS SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM
 (20504); PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (22002); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL
 (*22005); PHARMACOL-NEUROPHARMACOLOGY (*22024); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT,
 THERAP (2210); IMMUNOL/IMMUNOCHEM-GEN METH (34502); MED/CLIN
 MICROBIOL-BACTERIOLOGY(*36002); PUB HEALTH-INANIMATE DIS VECTORS (*37060);
 PUB HEALTH MICROBIOL (37400); CHEMOTHERAPY-ANTIBACTERIAL AGNTS (38504);
 PLANT PHYSIOL-CHEM CONSTITUENTS (51522); PHARMACOGNOSY/PHARMACEUT BOTANY
 (54000)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 46
-A-
 80061553
-W-
 INFLUENCE OF GLUCOCORTICOID AND BETAMIMETIC THERAPY ON MILK SECRETORY
 IMMUNOGLOBULIN A CONCENTRATION PRODUCED BY MOTHERS DELIVERING PRETERM
 INFANTS
 MARTELL M; OEHNINGER C; SCOTTI C; DELGADO L; MARTINEZ M; KORC
 CENT. LATINOAMERICANO PERINATOL. DESARROLLO HUMANO, CASILLA DE CORREO 627,
 MONTEVIDEO, URUGUAY.
 J PERINAT MED 13 (2). 1985. 61-65.
 -CODEN-
 JPEMA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A prospective study was performed to find the possible difference in
 secretory IgA concentration in milk from mothers with term pregnancy and
 those delivering at earlier gestational ages. Since tocolytgic drugs
 and/orglucocorticoid agents are usually given in cases of threatened
 premature labor, the preterm group was divided into mothers with or without
 medication. Mothers (32) were distributed in 3 groups: group I, mothers with
 preterm labors without any medication; group II, preterm labors with
 previous treatment with betamimetics and glucocorticoids and group III, term
 labors. In each of the 3 groups, three periods were studied: colostral (4 to
 5 days postpartum), transitional (8 to 10 days), and mature (14 50 15 days).
 All mothers were healthy, with good nutritional state, without local
 inflammation and having membranes that had ruptured 12 h or less before
 labor. There was no significant difference in the proportion of primiparas
 and multiparas in both groups. The gestational age was evaluated by
 amenorrhea and neonatal examination. In all mothers milk was extracted with
 a vacuum pump to empty the mammary gland. The determinations were made using
 a specific antibody against the secretory component. The concentration of
 the free secretory component in these milks was practically insignificant.
 No differences were found in the concentration of secretory IgA among the 3
 groups in the periods that were studied, colostral, transitional or mature.
 The greater the period of the between labor and milk extraction, there was a
 progressive decrease in the concentration of secretory IgA. No evidence was
 found showing that medication given to the mother during the hours before
 delivery affects the concentration of secretory IgA in milk. This knowledge,
 together with information previously described regarding composition of
 preterm mother's milk, supports the statement that preterm neonates may be
 fed with their own mother's milk.
-Desc-
 HORMONE-DRUG TOCOLYTIC AGENTS PREMATURE LABOR
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060); BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS,
 PEPTIDES, AMINOACD (10064); BIOCHEM STUD-STEROLS, STEROIDS (10067); BIOCHEM
 STUD-CARBOHYDR. (10068); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-OTHER BODY FLDS (*15010); REPRODUCT
 SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (*16501); REPRODUCT SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*16504);
 ENDOCRINE SYST-ADRENALS (*17004); PHARMACOL-ENDOCRINE SYST (*22016);
 PHARMACOL-REPRODUCT SYST, IMPLANT (*22028); DEVELOPMNTL BIOL-PATHOLOGICAL
 (*25503); IMMUNOL/IMMUNOCHEM-GEN METH (*34502)
 Biosystematic Codes: BOVIDAE (85715)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 47
-A-
 80061552
-W-
 MODERATE INTAKE OF SUCROSE DOES NOT IMPAIR METABOLIC CONTROL IN PUMP-TREATED
 DIABETIC OUT-PATIENTS
 CHANTELAU E A; GOESSERINGER G; SONNENBERG G E; BERGER M
 DEP. MED., DUESSLDORF UNIV., MOORENSTR. 5, D-4 DUESSELDORF 1, FRG.
 DIABETOLOGIA 28 (4). 1985. 204-207.
 -CODEN-
 DBTGA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The effects of dietary intake of sucrose vs. the use of sodium cyclamate
 were studied in 10 Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetic patients on
 continuous s.c. insulin infusion therapy. After a 4 wk run-in period, the
 patients were randomly assigned to a cross-over protocol with two 4 wk
 periods during which they used sucrose or sodium-cyclamate as sweetener.
 During the experimental periods, 24 .+-. 13 g/day sucrose and 348 .+-. 270
 mg/day of sodium cyclamate were consumed, respectively. Metabolic control
 was monitored by the patients performing blood glucose self-monitoring
 several times daily. Bi-weekly, all patients were followed-up in the
 outpatient clinic. Mean daily blood glucose concentrations, as well as the
 average daily insulin dose, did not differ between the 3 experimental
 periods. HbAIc-levels, serum lipids and body wt remained unchanged and
 within the normal ranges throughout the study. Moderate dietary intake of
 sucrose did not affect metabolic control in these normal weight,
 near-normoglycemic, normolipidemic, pump-treated Type 1 diabetic patients
 during a 1-mo. period. Whether similar conclusions apply to less well
 controlled diabetic patients remains to be seen.
-Desc-
 INSULIN ANTIDIABETIC-DRUG
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-PORPHYRNS, BILE PIGM (10065); BIOCHEM
 STUD-LIPIDS (10066); BIOCHEM STUD-CARBOHYDR. (10068); PHYSIOLOGY-GENERAL
 STUDIES (*12002); METABOLISM-CARBOHYDRATES (*13004); METABOLISM-LIPIDS
 (*13006); METABOLISM-PORPHYRINSIBILE PIGMN (13013); METABOLISM-METABOLIC
 DISORDERS (*13020); NUTRITION-CARBOHYDRATES (*13220); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-BLOOD,
 -LYMPH STUD (15002); ENDOCRINE SYST-PANCREAS (*17008); INTEGUMENT SYST-GENL
 STUDS, METHS (18501); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005);
 PHARMACOL-ENDOCRINE SYST (*22016); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP
 (22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 48
-A-
 80061547
-W-
 ABSORPTION OF SUBCUTANEOUSLY ADMINISTERED REGULAR HUMAN AND PORCINE
 INSULIN IN DIFFERENT CONCENTRATIONS
 CHANTELAU E; SONNENBERG G E; RAJAB A; ROEMISCH J; BERGER M
 II. MED. KINIK E; UNIV. DUESSELDORF, MOORENSTRASSE 5, D-4000 DUESSELDORF,
 FRG.
 DIABETE METAB 11 (2). 1985. 106-110.
 -CODEN-
 DIMED
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The influence of the insulin concentration on its absorption from the
 subcutaneous tissues was studied by direct measurement of the appearance of
 insulin in the circulation after its s.c. administration. Ten units of
 regular insulin of semisynthetic human and porcine origin in strength of 15
 units/ml, ?0 units/ml and 100/units/ml were administered as bolus to 9
 healthy male volunteers, using switched-off, manually handled insulin pumps.
 Insulinemia rose significantly higher (P < 0.05) and insulin levels peaked
 earlier after the delivery of the 15 units/ml insulin solutions compared to
 the 100 units/ml insulin solutions. These findings might be of interest for
 type-I diabetic patients using insulin pumps that are to be loaded with
 regular insulin in varying concentrations.
-Desc-
 ANTIDIABETIC-DRUG INSULINEMIA INSULIN PUMP TYPE I DIABETES
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064);
 PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (*12512); METABOLISM-CARBOHYDRATES (*13004);
 METABOLISM-PROTNS, PEPTDS, AM ACDS (*13012); METABOLISM-METABOLIC DISORDERS
 (*13020); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-BLOOD, LYMPH STUD (1?002); INTEGUMENT SYST-GENL
 STUDS, METHS (18501); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005);
 PHARMACOL-ENDOCRINE SYS (*22016); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 49
-A-
 80061340
-W-
 CLINICAL RESULTS OF INTRA-AORTIC BALLOON PUMPING IN 51 PATIENTS FOLLOWING
 CARDIAC SURGERY
 OKAMURA T; AMANO J; NUKARYA M; OZEKI M; WATANABE M; HIROOKA Y; OHSE Y;
 SUNAMORI M; TANAKA A; SUZUKI A
 DEP. OF THORACIC CARDIOVASCULAR SURGERY, TOKYO, JAPAN.
 J JPN ASSOC THORAC SURG 33 (3). 1985. 291-297.
 -CODEN-
 NKZAA
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 IABP [intra-aortic balloon pumping] for perioperative low cardiac output
 syndrome (LOS) and the linger period of IABP with or without concomitant use
 of myocardial protective agents such as lidocaine, coenzyme Q10 (CoQ10) and
 aprotinin on complications and survival rate were examined. Adult patients
 (51) who developed left ventricular failure folowing various cardiac surgery
 were subjected in this investigation. Eight patients died of LOS because of
 unsuccessful weaning from IABP. Only 2 patients died in the hospital because
 of respiratory failure and nonoliguric renal failure but no hospital deaths
 were noted in relation to LOS in the survival patients. Survival rate was as
 follows: 67% in the cases treated with IABP at emergency operation for
 cardiogenic shock, 77% in the patients who were unable to be weaned from
 cardiopulmonary bypass (CPB) and 79% in the patients who were weaned from
 CPB but needed IABP for treatment of LOS. The duration of IABP support was
 1-28 days (mean 5.3 days) in survivors from IABP but only 3 patients (7%)
 sustained complications related to use of the IABP. There was no significant
 correlation between the incidence of complications and duration of IABP
 support. The longer period of IABP support appears to be mandatory without
 raising the frequency of complications. Fifty-one patients were divided into
 2 groups. Group I (30 patients) was treated by IABP only and group II (21
 patients) was treated by the concomitant use of lidocaine, coenzyme Q10 and
 aprotinin with IABP. Lidocaine was infused continuously 1-2 mg/min,
 aprotinin and CoQ1 were administrated 5000-10, 000 kU/kg per day and 5-10
 mg/day, respectively. Successful weaning rate from IABP was 95% (20/21) in
 group II and was higher than that of 77% (23/30) in group I. There were no
 significant differences in parameters between 2 groups concerning the
 preoperative and postoperativement in postoperative LOS.
-Desc-
 LIDOCAINE COENZYME Q-10 APROTININ CARDIOVASCULAR-DRUG RESPIRATORY FAILURE
 NONOLIGURIC RENAL FAILURE SURVIVAL RATE LOW CARDIAC OUTPUT SYNDROME
 PHARMACOKINETICS
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060); BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS,
 PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064); BIOPHYS-GENERAL BIOPHYS TECH (10504);
 ENZYMES-GEN, COMPAR STUD, COENZYMS (*10802); ANATOMY/HISTOL-SURGERY (11105);
 PATHOLOGY-NECROSIS (12510); PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (12512); CARDIOVASC SYST-GENL
 STUDS, METHS (*14501); CARDIOVASC SYST-HEART PATHOLOGY (*14506); CARDIOVASC
 SYST-BLD VESS  PATHOL (*14508); URIN SYST/EXT SECR-PATHOLOGY (15506);
 RESPIRATORY SYST-PATHOLOGY (16006); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005);
 PHARMACOL-CARDIOVASC SYST (*22010)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 50
-A-
 8006056
-W-
 TREATMENT OF COLORECTAL CANCER HEPATIC METASTASES BY HEPATIC ARTERY
 CHEMOTHERAPY
 COHEN A M; KAUFMAN S D; WOOD W C
 COX BUILDING, MASS. GENERAL HOSPITAL, BOSTON, MASS. 02114.
 DIS COLON RECTUM 28 (6). 1985. 389-393.
 -CODEN-
 DICRA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Clinical experience with 69 patients with metastatic colorectal cancer to
 the liver treated with hepatic artery chemotherapy is reviewed. All patients
 have had a minimum of 6 mo. follow-up. The Infusaid implantable drug
 delivery system was used by direct laparotomy in 1/3, and via the
 transaxillary approach in the remaining 2/3. Two thirds of the patients had
 at least 25% of the liver replaced with tumor. Chemotherapeutic agents
 included FUdR [fluoro-2'-deoxyuridine] mitomycin C, and BCNU [1,
 3-bis-2-chloroethyl-1-nitrosourea]. The overall response rate was 51% and
 69% for the 3-drug combination. Efficacy was not different in patients who
 had received prior systemic fluorouracil. Median survival from start of
 hepatic artery chemotherapy was 1 yr.
-Desc-
 HUMAN FLUORO-2'-DEOXYURIDINE MITOMYCIN C 1 3 BIS-2-CHLOROETHYL-1-NITROSOUREA
 ANTINEOPLASTIC-DRUG DRUG-DRUG INTERACTION INFUSAID IMPLANTABLE DRUG DELIVERY
 SYSTEM DIRECT LAPAROTOMY TRANSAXILLARY APPROACH
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060); BIOCHEM STUD-NUCL ACD, PURNS,
 PYRM (10062); BIOPHYS-GENERAL BIOPHYS TECH (10504); BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING
 (*10511); DIGESTIVE SYST-PATHOLOGY (*14006); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL
 (*22005); PHARMACOL-DIGESTIVE SYST (*22014); NEOPLSMS/NEOPL AGNTS-THERAP,
 AGNT (*24008)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 51
-A-
 80060306
-W-
 PHASE I TRIAL OF AN IMPLANTED BATTERY-POWERED PROGRAMMABLE DRUG DELIVERY
 SYSTEM FOR CONTINUOUS DOXORUBICIN ADMINISTRATION
 VOGELZANG N J; RUANE M; DEMEESTER T R
 SECT. HEMATOL./ONCOL., 5841 S. MARYLAND AVE., BOX 420, CHICAGO, ILL. 60637,
 USA.
 J CLIN ONCOL 3 (3). 1985. 407-414.
 -CODEN-
 JCOND
-Lang-
 ENG.
 A 2nd generation, implantable drug administration device (DAD, Medtronic,
 Inc., Minneapolis [Minnesota, SA]) which contains a 20-ml drug reservoir, a
 lithium-thionylchloride battery, a peristaltic roller pump, a microprocessor
 circuit and an acoustic transducer has entered clinical trials. After
 surgical placement, drug is entered into and removed from the DAD
 percutaneously through a Silastic fill port using a standard gauge needle
 and syringe. The pump is noninvasively programmed, using a hand-held
 telemetry wand, to administer the drug in a continuous infusion, bolus, or
 bolus-delay mode. Because of the apparent improved therapeutic index of
 continuous-infusion doxorubicin (CID), a phase I trial of the Medtronic DAD
 with CID was begun. Thirteen pumps in 13 patients have functioned for a
 median of 153 days (range, 11-395 days), with 1 pump still functioning. Four
 pumps ceased function at 170, 278, 331 and 370 days, respectively; there was
 a catheter-tip clot on 1 of the pumps that later malfunctioned. All other
 pumps functioned until the death of the respective patients. In 84 pump
 refills, without drug extravasation, the median drug delivery error (actual
 residual vol-calculated residual vol/calculated residual vol .times. 100%)
 was 14%. Doxorubicin was compatible with all components of the drug pathway
 and did not significantly decompose during 2 wk in the drug reservoir. The
 starting dose of CID was 2.0 mg/m2 per d [day], and the maximum tolerated
 dose was 4.1 mg/m2 per d (range, 3.5-5.5). A median cumulative doxorubicin
 dose of 244 mg/m2 per patient (range, 10-583 mg/m2) has been infused.
 Stomatitis was dose limiting in 7 of 10 evaluable patients, and tumor
 regression occurred in 2 of 10 evaluable patients. The Medtronic DAD is a
 safe and reliable device that allows CID
-Desc-
 HUMAN ANTINEOPLASTIC-DRUG SURGICAL PLACEMENT MEDTRONIC DRUG ADMINISTRATION
 DEVICE PROGNOSIS STOMATITIS
 Concept Codes: CYTOLOGY/CYTOCHEM-HUMAN (02508); BIOPHYS-GENERAL BIOPHYS TECH
 (*10504); BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING (*10511); ANATOMY/HISTOL-SURGERY (11105) ;
 PATHOLOGY-INFLAMMATN, INFLAM DIS (*12508); PATHOLOGY-NECROSIS (12510);
 PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (*12512); METABOLISM-METABOLIC DISORDERS (13020);
 DENTAL/ORAL BIOL-PATHOLOGY (*19006); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005);
 ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (*22100); NEOPLSMS/NEOPL AGNTS-PATH,
 CLINIC (*24004); NEOPLSMS/NEOPL AGNTS-THERAP, AGNT (*24008)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 52
-A-
 80055866
-W-
 COMPARATIVE RESPONSIVENESS OF THE RAPIDLY ACTING ARTERIAL PRESSURE CONTROL
 SYSTEM TO QUICK MILD HEMORRHAGE AND INFUSION IN CONSCIOUS RABBITS
 HOSOMI H; MATSUDA S; MORITA H; NISHIDA Y; KOYAMA S
 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSIOLOGY, KAGAWA MEDICAL SCHOOL, KAGAWA 761-07, JAPAN.
 PFLUEGERS ARCH EUR J PHYSIOL 404 (1). 1985. 103-106.
 -CODEN-
 PFLAB
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The responsiveness of the rapidly acting arterial pressure control system to
 hemorrhage and infusion was investigated. Two catheters, one for pressure
 measurement and the other for inducing hemorrhage and infusion, were
 chronically implanted in 19 rabbits. A few days after the operation, each
 animal was quickly bled and transfused (2 ml/kg body wt) at intervals of 5
 min while it was conscious. The hemorrhage-infusion experiment was repeated
 16 times in each animal. The 16 strings of data were pooled for each animal.
 The overall open-loop gains (G) of the rapidly acting arterial pressure
 control system were estimated from the individually pooled responses to
 hemorrhage and infusion. There was no significant difference between the
 G-values, i.e., 7.2 .+-. 1.2 by hemorrhage and 7.1 .+-. 1.2 by infusion
 (mean .+-. SD), as evaluated by the paired t-test (P > 0.5). Thus, the
 responsiveness of the rapidly acting arterial pressure control system to
 quick mild hemorrhage and to infusion appears to be similar.
-Desc-
 OPEN-LOOP GAIN
 Concept Codes: BIOPHYS-GENERAL BIOPHYS TECH (10504); BIOPHYS-BIOCYBERNETICS
 (*10515); ANATOMY/HISTOL-EXPERIMENTAL (111?4); CARDIOVASC SYST-GENL STUDS,
 METHS (14501); CARDIOVASC SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*14504); CARDIOVASC
 SYST-BLD VESS PATROL (*14508)
 Biosystematic Codes: LEPORIDAE (86040)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 53
-A-
 80054198
-W-
 AN INDWELLING CANNULA SYSTEM FOR THE PRIMATE EYE
 MIKI K; PATTERSON R; RYAN S J
 DEP. OPHTHALMOLOGY, UNIV. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA SCH. MED., ESTELLE DOHENY EYE
 FOUNDATION, 1355 SAN PABLO ST., LOS ANGELES, CA 90033, USA.
 J NEUROSCI METHODS 13 (3-4). 1985. 267-280.
 -CODEN-
 JNMED
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An indwelling cannula system was designed as an instrument for chronic drug
 infusion into the vitreous cavity and tested in the cynomolgus monkey eye
 with repeated injections or continuous infusion using a pumping device. The
 cannula was passed through the pars plana and its tip situated in the
 vitreous cavity close to the macular area. Clinical observations up to 18
 mo. did not reveal any adverse effects due to implantation.
 Histopathological observations from 1 wk to 18 mo. after surgery revealed
 tissue proliferation around the cannula was minimal and localized only at
 the wound site, where proliferative tissue originated from the episclera and
 ciliary epithelium. Retina and choroid at the posterior pole showed normal
 morphology. Light microscopic autoradiograms demonstrated the function of
 this system. Injections of tritiated leucine through the cannula resulted in
 narrow bands of radioactive labeling of the photoreceptor outer segments
 corresponding to each injection. In contrast, chronic delivery using the
 pumping device resulted in a diffuse and wide band of labeling. These
 results strongly suggest that this system did not adversely affect the eye
 and that repeated intravitreal injections or chronic drug delivery into the
 vitreous are feasible using this system. Furthermore, autoradiographic
 results suggest that the drugs infused into the vitreous cavity spread
 readily into the retina.
-Desc-
 MONKEY CHOROID VITREOUS CAVITY RETINA MACULAR AREA PARS PLANA CHRONIC DRUG
 INFUSION PUMPING DEVICE
 Concept Codes: PHOTOGRAPHY-METHS, MATLS, APPARAT (01012); RADIATION
 BIOL-RADTN, ISOTOP TECH (06504); BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060); BIOPHYS
 BIOENGINEERING (*10511); ANATOMY/HISTOL-RADIOLOGIC (*11106); SENSE
 ORGANS-GENL STUDS, METHS (*20001); SENSE ORGANS-ANATOMY (*20002); ROUTES OF
 IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (*22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: PRIMATES-UNSPECIFIED (86190)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 54
-A-
 80052669
-W-
 A POSSIBLE PH-CONTROLLED DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM BASED ON A DERIVATIVE OF THE
 POLYSACAHARIDE SCLEROGLUCAN
 ALHAIQUE F; RICCIERI F M; SANTUCCI E; CRESCENZI V; GAMINI A
 CATTEDRA DI TECNICA E LEGISLAZIONE FARMACEUTICA, ISTITUTO DI CHIMICA
 FARMACEUTICA, ROME, ITALY.
 J PHARM PHARMACOL 37 (5). 1985. 310-313.
 -CODEN-
 JPPMA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Four carboxylated derivatives of scleroglucan were obtained by oxidation, to
 different extents, of the glucopyranose side chains of the natural
 polysaccharide. The diffusion of model molecules through aqueous solutions
 of these new products was measured at various pH values. The reversible pH
 induced sol-gel transition of some of the polyelectrolyte solutions tested
 effects a remarkable variation in the diffusion rate of the permeating
 species; in this sense the most interesting polysaccharide appears to be the
 product with 70% oxidized glucopyranose moieties. The behavior of
 scleroglucan and its derivatives was compared with that of
 carboxymethylcellulose and the mechanism involved in drug permeation and
 release discussed. The possible application of 1 of the new products in
 controlled release formulations for oral use is also reported.
-Desc-
 HUMAN APPLICATION PHARMACEUTICAL ADJUNCT-DRUG ORAL
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM METH-CARBOHYDRATES (*10058); BIOCHEM STUD-CARBOHYDR.
 (*10068); BIOPHYS-GENERAL BIOPHYS TECH (10504); BIOPHYS-MOLECUL PRO?,
 MACROMOLEC (*10506); PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (12512); DENTAL/ORAL BIOL-GENL STUD,
 METHS (19001); PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (*22002) PHARMACOL-CLINICAL
 PHARMACOL (22005); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (*22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 55
-A-
 80052443
-W-
 CLINICAL AND HEMODYNAMIC EFFECTS OF CONTINUOUS INTRAVENOUS INJECTION OF
 ISOSORBIDE DINITRATE IN PATIENTS WITH CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE
 ITOH M; INDEN M; NODA E; KAWAHIRA S; TANIMURA H; TAKASAKIH
 DEP. INTERNAL MED., CARDIOL., UENO CITY, HOSP.
 RESPIR CIRC 33 (5). 1985. 679-684.
 -CODEN-
 KOJUA
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 The hemodynamic effects of isosorbide dinitrate [ISDN] administered by
 continuous i.v. infusion to 10 patients with refractory pump failure was
 studied. Patients entered the study only if mean pulmonary capillary wed?e
 pressure [PCWP] was > 20mm Hg and systolic arterial pressure 90mm Hg or
 above. The etiology was valvular heart disease in 5 patients, hypertensive
 and/or arterioscleotic heart disease in 3 patients, dilated cardiomyopathy
 in 1 patient and acute myocardial infarction in 1 patient. The initial
 dosage of 3mg/h was increased to the maintenance does until PCWP was reduced
 to 18 mm Hg or less. After 2 h injection of ISDN in a dose range of 5-8mg/hr
 mean PCWP decreased from 33 mm Hg to 15 mm Hg (P < 0.001), mean pulmonary
 arterial pressure 41 mm Hg to 23 mm Hg (P < 0.001), mean right atrial
 pressure 14 mm Hg to 5 mm Hg (P < 0.001). There were no deleterious effects
 on heart rate, blood pressure, cardiac index, stroke volume index, stroke
 work index, double product, systemic vascular resistance or pulmonary
 vascular resistance. But the change in cardiac index correlated positively
 with the initnal SVR levels (r=0.71, P < 0.01) and inversely with the
 control cardiac index (r= -0.85, P < 0.01). During these studies, the
 clinical signs of left ventricular failure disappeared in all patients and
 there was only one untoward effect of slight headache. I.v. ISDN is a potent
 vasodilator with acting as preload reduction and useful for the treatment of
 congestive heart failure as a deloading agent.
-Desc-
 CARDIOVASCULAR-DRUG VASODILATOR MYOCARDIAL INFARCTION ARTERIOSCLEROSIS
 HYPERTENSION VALVULAR HEART DISEASE
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060); BIOPHYS-GENERAL BIOPHYS TECH
 (10504); PATHOLOGY-DIAGNOSTIC (*12504); CARDIOVASC SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS
 (*14501); CARDIOVASC SYST-HEART PATHOLOGY (*14506); CARDIOVASC SYST-BLD VESS
 PATHOL (*14508); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (22005); PHARMACOL-CARDIOVASC
 SYST (*22010)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 56
-A-
 80052323
-W-
 CORONAROTROPIC MEDICATIONS WITH GENERAL VASODILATOR ACTION IN THE TREATMENT
 OF ACUTE MYOCARDIAL INFARCTION
 GHERASIM L; CINTEZA M; PARVU V; DOROBANTU M; BOGDAN M; DINULESCU D; POPEIA
 R; VASILESCU M
 CLIN. MED. IV, SPITALUL CLIN. MUNICIPIULUI BUCURESTI.
 REV MED INTERNA NEUROL PSIHIATR NEUROCHIR DERMATO-VENEROL SER MED INTERNA
 36 (5). 1984 (RECD. 1985). 385-395.
 -CODEN-
 RMIID
-Lang-
 ROMANIAN
 The action of some nitrites (transdermal nitroglycerine and delayed
 isosorbide dinitrate.sbd.[isoket]) and molsidomine was studied in acute
 myocardial infarction patients with and without acute pumping dysfunction.
 Acute myocardial infarction patients (164) were subjects of the study, 52 of
 which had acute pumping dysfunction (Killip classes II, III, and IV) while
 50 were in Killip class I. They received, in addition to the test drugs,
 analgesics, digitalis, and diuretics. Parameters studied included: clinical
 hemodynamic; the duration of pain; ECG, total glutaminic oxalacetic
 transaminase, the creatine phosphokinase curve; serum myoglobin, and the
 quantities of analgesics, digitalis, and diuretics. A rapid improvement of
 functional hemodynamics was observed in the transdermal nitroglycerin group.
 The number of branches which developed necroses was determined by ECG and
 was significantly reduced only in this group. Both forms of nitrites
 produced significant reduction of the duration of pain as well as of the
 quantity of analgesics.
-Desc-
 HUMAN NITROGLYCERIN DIGITALIS ISOSORBIDE DINITRATE ISOKET MOLSIDOMINE
 CARDIOVASCULAR-DRUG ANALGESICS DIURETICS PUMPING DYSFUNCTION CLASSIFICATION
 MYOGLOBIN HEMODYNAMICS PAIN ELECTROCARDIOGRAM GLUTAMIC-OXALACETIC
 TRANSAMINASE CREATININE PHOSPHOKINASE
 Concept Codes: BIOPHYS-GENERAL STUDIES (10502); ENZYMES-PHYSIOLOGICAL
 STUDIES (*10808); PHYSIOLOGY-INSTRUMENTATION (12004); PATHOLOGY-THERAPY
 (*12512); CARDIOVASC SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (14504); CARDIOVASC SYST-HEART
 PATHOLOGY (*14506); CARDIOVASC SYST-BLD VESS PATHOL (*14508); INTEGUMENT
 SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (1?501); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005);
 PHARMACOL-CARDIOVASC SYST (*22010); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP
 (22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 57
-A-
 80051972
-W-
 HORIZONTAL OPTOKINETIC OCULAR NYSTAGMUS IN THE PIGMENTED RAT
 HESS B J M; PRECHT W; REBER A; CAZIN L
 INSTITUT FUR HIRNFORSCHUNG, UNIVERSITAT ZURICH, AUGUST-FIREL-STRASSE 1,
 CH-8029 ZURICH, SWITZERLAND.
 NEUROSCIENCE 15 (1). 1985. 97-108.
 -CODEN-
 NRSCD
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Horizontal optokinetic nystagmus was elicited in rats by rotation of a
 pattern of bright dots projected onto a cylinder surrounding the animal. Eye
 position was measured with the electromagnetic search coil technique.
 Optokinetic stimuli consisted either of velocity steps of pattern rotation
 or sinusoidal oscillations. Closed-loop gain (slow phase eye velocity
 pattern velocity) of steady-stage step responses in binocular vision ranged
 between 0.8-1.0 for pattern velocities up to 20-40% and decreased
 thereafter. Open-loop gain (steady-state slow phase velocity retinal slip
 velocity) was dependent on retinal slip velocity and decreased linearly in
 double logarithmic plot from about 30 (at 0.5.degree./s) to about 9 at
 (5.degree./s). For retinal slip velocities larger than 5.degree./s open-loop
 gain decayed faster and reached about 1 at 30.degree./s. Step response
 profiles showed a gradual increase in slow phase eye velocity reaching
 steady-state after a time period roughly proportional to stimulus velocity.
 Initial low phase velocity measured within 500 ms after stimulus onset
 reached between 2 and 4.degree./s and was largely independent of stimulus
 amplitudes above 10.degree./s. Occasionally rats showed fast rises in slow
 phase eye velocity at the onset of the step response profiles. Primary and
 secondary optokinetic afternystagmus were present. Duration of primary
 afternystagmus was largely independent of stimulus amplitude and lasted 8.0
 .+-. 4 s. Closed-loop gain of steady-state step responses in monocular
 vision was, for temporonasal stimuli, similar to that measured in binocular
 condition while for nasotemporal stimulation gain was much smaller even at
 low stimulus velocities. Sinusoidal modulation of slow phase velocity was
 linearly dependent on stimulus velocity; the linear range decreasedbetter
 developed in the rat than in the rabbit. Although the optokinetic
 responculage and fast response characteristics.
-Desc-
 RABBIT PHASE EYE VELOCITY LATERAL EYE RESPONSE DYNAMIC
 Concept Codes: CYTOLOGY/CYTOCHEM-ANIMAL (*02506); ANATOMY/HISTOL-COMPARATIVE
 (*11103); SENSE ORGANS-GENL STUDS, MET HS (20001); SENSE ORGANS-PHYSIOL,
 BIOCHEM (*20004); NERVOUS SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (*20501); NERVOUS
 SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*20504)
 Biosystematic Codes: LEPORIDAE (86040); MURIDAE (86375)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 58
-A-
 8004320
-W-
 OSMOTICALLY CONTROLLED-DELIVERY OF METOPROLOL IN MAN IN-VIVO PERFORMANCE OF
 OROS SYSTEMS WITH DIFFERENT DURATIONS OF DRUG RELEASE
 GODBILLON J; GERARDIN A; RICHARD J; LEROY D; MOPPERT J
 BIOPHARMACEUTICAL RES. CENT., CIBA-GEIGY BP 308, 92506 RUEIL MALMAISON
 CEDEX, FRANCE.
 BR J CLIN PHARMACOL 19 (SUPPL. 2). 1985. 213S-218S.
 -CODEN-
 BCP?B
-Lang-
 Eng.
 In vivo absorption from 19/190 and 19/285 metoprolol Oros drug delivery
 systems was assessed by measuring plasma drug concentrations after single
 administration of the systems to 6 healthy volunteers. The initial in vitro
 release rate for both Oros preparations was 19 mg/h but they contained 190
 or 285 mg of metoprolol fumarate. The plasma concentration-time profiles for
 both Oros dosage forms were consistent with an extended duration of release
 and absorption from the gastrointestinal tract. Analysis of the plasma level
 data indicated that the rate and duration of in vivo absorption closely
 mirrored the in vitro release behavior of the 19/190 and 19/285 systems, but
 the in vivo profiles showed a 1-2 h initial delay. The administration of the
 19/190 system on 2 occassions to the same 6 volunteers indicated that in
 vivo release of drug from this Oros preparation was reproducible.
-Desc-
 DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM PHARMACOKINETICS
 Concept Codes: CLIN BIOCHEM-GENL STUDIES (10006); BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL
 (10060); METABOLISM-GENL STUD, METAB PATHW (13002); DIGESTIVE SYST-PHYSIOL,
 BIOCHEM (14004); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-BLOOD, LYMPH STUD (15002);
 PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (*22002); PHARMACOL-DRUG METAB, METAB STIMU
 (*22003) ; PHARMICOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005); IN VITRO STUDS-CELLULR,
 SUBCELL (32600)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 59
-A-
 80042947
-W-
 PHARMACODYNAMICS COMPARISON OF VERAPAMIL AND NIFEDIPINE IN ANESTHETIZED
 DOGS
 HAMANN R; KALTENBORN K E; MCALLISTER R G JR
 RES. DEV., VETERANS ADM. MED. CENT., LEXINGTON, KY. 40511, USA.
 J CARDIOVASC PHARMACOL 7 (2). 1985. 224-231.
 -CODEN-
 JCPCD
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The relationships between steady-state plasma concentrations of verapamil or
 nifedipine and the resultant hemodynamic and electrophysiologic effects were
 evaluated in anesthetized, instrumented dogs. In different groups of
 animals, the drugs were given i.v. by loading maintenance infusions designed
 to rapidly achieve and sustain stable plasma drug concentrations over 4
 different target ranges which span those found in clinical use of these
 agents. Plasma levels of nifedipine varied from 5 to 125 ng/ml, and those of
 verapamil, from 40 to 500 ng/ml, and those of verapamil, from 40 to 500
 ng/ml. Nifedipine produced no apparent effects on the surface ECG. Verapamil
 dosing resulted in progressive prolongation of the PR interval as plasma
 drug levels increased from 40 to 250 ng/ml; at higher drug levels, complete
 atrioventricular block occurred. At the highest plasma concentrations used,
 the maximal vasodilation produced by both drugs was approximately equal,
 with mean aortic pressure levels falling to 50-60% of control values. The
 effects of the 2 agents on cardiac pump performance differed: nifedipine
 administration produced dose-related increases in cardiac output at all
 plasma drug concentrations studied; the effects of verapamil were critically
 dependent upon drug levels in plasma with cardiac output increased above
 control values at drug concentrations between 40 and 250 ng/ml, and
 progressively depressed at higher plasma levels of the drug. As a result,
 the calculated systemic vascular resistance declined progressively during
 nifedipine administration while after verapamil doses, this parameter varied
 inversely with observed effects on cardiac output. These in vivo data
 illustrate the potent and generalized vascular effect of both nifedipine and
 verapamil, and, in addition, emphasize fundamental differences between these
 2 agents, which derive from the direct myocardial depressant effects of
 verapamil.
-Desc-
 CARDIOVASCULAR-DRUG SYSTEMIC VASCULAR RESISTANCE CARDIAC PUMP PERFORMANCE
 ATRIOVENTRICULAR BLOCK HEMODYNAMICS PHARMACOKINETICS
 Concept Codes: COMPARATIVE BIOCHEM-GENL STUDIES (10010); BIOCHEM
 STUD-GENERAL (10060); METABOLISM-GENL STUD, METAB PATH (13002); CARDIOVASC
 SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (14501); CARDIOVASC SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*14504);
 CARDIOVASC SYST-HEART PATHOLOGY (*14506); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-BLOOD, LYMPH STUD
 (*15002); PHARMACOL-DRUG METAB, METAB STIMU (*22003); PHARMACOL-CARDIOVASC
 SYST (*22010); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: CANIDAE (85765)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 60
-A-
 80038752
-W-
 OPTIMAL HARVESTING WITH EXPONENTIAL GROWTH IN AN ENVIRONMENT WITH RANDOM
 DISASTERS AND BONANZAS
 YAN D; HANSON F B
 DEP. MATH. STAT., WRIGHT STATE UNIV.TON, OHIO 45435, USA.
 MATH BIOSCI 74 (1). 1985. 47-58.
 -CODEN-
 MABIA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The optimal discounted present value of an exploited population under
 constant effort harvesting in an environment with random disasters and
 bonanzas is investigated. The deterministic component of growth is density
 independent (also called Malthusian or exponential). The disasters and
 bonanzas are random, occurring at the times of events of a Poisson process.
 The density independent properties of the model and the constant effort open
 loop policy lead to an exact solution for the expected present value. The
 optimal expected present value is compared with those in deterministic
 models with and without deterministic type jumps. Deterministic and random
 jumps can have a significant influence on the optimal present value. The
 effort to achieve the optimal is not sensitive to variations in the total
 jump frequency or in the discount rate. The average random jump model is
 much easier to apply than the deterministic jump model. Bonanzas can have
 much more of an effect on the present value than disasters given similar
 jump rates.
-Desc-
 EXPLOITED POPULATION DETERMINISTIC JUMP MODEL
 Concept Codes: MATHEMATIC BIOL/STATISTIC METH (*04500); ECOLOGY-GENL
 STUDIES, METHODS (*07502); BIOPHYS-BIOCYBERNETICS (10515)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 61
-A-
 80037779
-W-
 PLATELET INHIBITORS AND HYDROXYETHYL STARCH SAFE AND COST-EFFECTIVE
 INTERVENTIONS IN CORONARY ARTERY SURGERY
 HICKS G L JR; JENSEN L A; NORSEN L H; QUINN J R; STEWART S S; DEWEESE J A
 UNIV. ROCHESTER MED. CENT., 61 ELMWOOD AVE., ROCHESTER, N.Y. 14642.
 ANN THORAC SURG 39 (5). 1985. 422-425.
 -CODEN-
 ATHSA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Cost-effectiveness and clinical safety of utilizing hetastarch in pump prime
 solutions and for colloid replacement postoperatively in conjunction with
 the platelet inhibitors, aspirin and Persantine (dipyridamole) were
 evaluated. Adult patients (64) undergoing a coronary artery bypass operation
 were divided into 2 groups. Group 1 (n = 32) received only persantine (75 mg
 3 times a day) on the day prior to operation. Group 2 (N= 32) receved the
 same persantine dose plus aspirin (325 mg). In both groups, aspirin and
 persantine were continued postoperatively and hetastarch was used as the
 colloid of choice. All patients were elvuated for blood loss coagulation
 profiles, cost of blood and colloid replacement, and clinical course. Group
 2 patients demonstrated significantly greater blood loss (P < 0.05) but the
 same postoperative coagulation profiles as group 1. The transfusion
 requirment (3.6 units vs. 1.3 units) and cost basis for patients care were
 higher in group 2. Hetastarch had no effect on blood loss and was not
 associated with any adverse clinical reactions. Annual institutional savings
 based on utilization of hetastarch were calculated. Preoperative
 administration of aspirin (325 mg) is associated with increased
 perioperative blood loss and higher patient costs, 2 variables not
 demonstrable with persantine only. Use of hetastarch combined with
 postoperative platelet inhibition was clinically safe and was a
 cost-effective esponse time [t90%] of 50 s or less. [Precise control of
 blood glucose concentrations [in human diabetics] necessitates a closed-loop
 device which delivers insulin to the systemic blood supply in proportion to
 the difference between the desired and measured physiological glucose
 concentration. There is therefore a need for in vitro glucose transducers
 for clinical applications.]
-Desc-
 HUMAN DIABETES BLOOD GLUCOSE CONCENTRATION INSULIN INFUSION PUMP CELLULOSE
 ACETATE CURRENT YIELD MECHANICAL STABILITY
 Concept Codes: CLIN BIOCHEM-GENL STUDIES (*10006); BIOCHEM METH-PROTNS,
 PEPTDS, AM AC (10054); BIOCHEM METH-CARBOHYDRATES (*10058); BIOCHEM
 STUD-PROTEIS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064); BIOCHEM STUD-CARBOHYDR. (10068);
 BIOPHYS-GENERAL BIOPHYS TECH (*10504); BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING (*10511) ;
 EXTERN EFF-ELECTR, MAGNET, GRAVITY (*10610); ENZYMES-METHODS (*10804);
 PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (*12512); METABOLISM-CARBOHYDRATES (*13004);
 METABOLISM-METABOLIC DISORDERS (*13020); CARDIOVASC SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS
 (14501); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-GENL STUDS, METHS (*15001); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-BLOOD,
 LYMPH STUD (*15002); ENDOCRINE SYST-PANCREAS (*17008); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL
 PHARMACOL (*22005); PHARMACOL-ENDOCRINE SYST (*22016); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ,
 INFECT, THERAP (*22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 71
-A-
 80018388
-W-
 ULTUNA MACHINERY DATA-BASE A DESCRIPTION
 LEUCHOVIUS T
 SVER LANTBRUKSUNIV INST ARBETSMETOD TEK RAPP 0 (96). 1985. 1-24.
 -CODEN-
 R?ITD
-Lang-
 SWEDISH
 Ultuna Machinery database [Ultuna Mach. d.b.] is a computerized information
 system developed by the Department of Agricultural Engineering at the
 Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences. It contains specifications for
 agricultural machinery and some energy equipment sold in Sweden. It was
 designed to meet the needs of a well classified survey of marketed
 equipment. The database is, or will be used, by advisers, farmers, dealers,
 schools, etc. Ultuna Mach. d.b. contains 25 different groups of common field
 machinery and a few groups with energy equipment (boilers, heat pumps, etc).
 There is also a common index of dealers and products/makes. In total > 500,
 000 data are stored. Chapter 4 contains a system description. Programs are
 developed for storing new models as well as for updating and information
 retrieval. Only the information retrieval programs may be used by external
 users. The program language is Fortran IV with direct access functions.
 Chapter 5 describes the programs. Data is stored in 2 different files for
 each category of machines. The 1st of those stores all information and is
 used for print-outs from the database. The 2nd one contains only numeric
 data. It is inverted (each record contains all model's value of a certain
 property) to allow for short searching time. Ultuna Mach. d.b. is
 implemented on the computer of Uppsala University Computing Centre (UDAC)
 and is used today: for information retrieval on-line from data terminals and
 personal computers; for continuous on-line updating; for calculations and
 comparisons of stored data; as an aid for publishing data books that
 contains a subsample of the database; and to produce market surveys for the
 agricultural press.
-Desc-
 SWEDEN AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY ENERGY EQUIPMENT
 Concept Codes: GENL BIOL-INFRMTN, DOCU, COMP APPL (*00530); AGRONOMY-GENL,
 MISC, MIXED CROPS (*52502)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 72
-A-
 80016183
-W-
 CNTROLLED RELEASE OF PILOCARPINE HYDROCHLORIDE FROM ETHYLENE-VINYL ALCOHOL
 COPOLYMER MATRICES
 HOU W-M; MIYZAKI S; TAKADA M
 FAC. PHARAMCEUTICAL SCI., HIGASHI-NIPPON-GAKUEN UNIV., ISHIKARI-TOHBETSU,
 HOKKAIDO 061-02, JPN.
 CHEM PHARM BULL (TOKYO) 33 (3). 1985. 1242-1248.
 -CODEN-
 CPBTA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An ethylene-vinyl alcohol (EVAl) copolymer was evaluated as a new carrier
 for a long-acting delivery system of pilocarpine-hydrochloride. The release
 characteristics of pilocarpine-EVAl copolymer matrix (film or beads) systems
 were investigated in in vitro and in vivo [rabbit] test models. The results
 of the in vitro study suggested that the drug release rate could be easily
 controlled by modifying the proportions of ethylene and vinyl alcohol in the
 copolymer. Sustained release can be obtained by using EVAl copolymer
 containing more ethylene. The results of the in vivo study indicated that
 the use of the pilocarpine-EVAl copolymer bead system is more effective than
 that of the conventional liquid dosage form for prolonging the duration of a
 desired pupillary response. Its biocompatibility, flexibility and heat
 processability suggest that EVAl copolymer to be a good candidate for
 pilocarpine delivery into the eye.
-Desc-
 RABBIT OPHTHALMIC-DRUG DRUG DELIVERY
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM METH-GENERAL (10050); BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060);
 SENSE ORGANS-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*20004); PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (*22002);
 PHARMACOL-SENSE ORGANS (*22031); IN VITRO STUDS-CELLULR, SUBCELL (32600);
 PLANT PHYSIOL-CHEM CONSTITUENTS (51522); PHARMACOGNOS?/PHARMACEUT BOTANY
 (54000)
 Biosystematic Codes: LEPORIDAE (86040)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 73
-A-
 80015886
-W-
 BIOADHESIVE POLYMERS AS PLATFORMS FOR ORAL CONTROLLED DRUG DELIVERY 3. ORAL
 DELIVERY OF CHLOROTHIAZIDE USING A BIOADHESIVE POLYMER
 LONGER M A; CH'NG H S; ROBINSON J R
 SCH. PHARMACY, UNIV. WISCONSIN-MADISON, MADISON, WI 53706.
 J PHARM SCI 74 (4). 1985. 406-411.
 -CODEN-
 JPMSA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Bioadehsive polymers that bind to the gastric mucin or epithelial cell
 surface are useful in drug delivery for the purposes of retaining a dosage
 from in the GI [gastrointestinal] tract and increasing the intimacy and
 duration of contact of drug with the absorbing membrane. Polycarbohil was
 previously shown to have bioadhesive properties in the rat stomach and small
 intestine and was employed in the present study with a sustained-release
 delivery system to demonstrates improved drug delivery. Using chlorothiazide
 as the model drug, drug containing albumin beads were prepared and used as
 the sustained-release system. The beads were physically mixed with equally
 sized particles of polycarbophil and placed in a capsule to produce a
 bioadhesive dosage form. When the dosage form contacts the stomach, the
 gelatin capsule dissolves, exposing the polycarbophil to the bathing fluid.
 The bioadhesive polymer rapidly hydrates, retaining the albumin beads and
 attaching to the mucin coating of the stomach. Plasma drug levels in rats
 showed a longer duration of action and greater bioavailabiity for the
 bioadhesion dosage from than for either albumin beads or drug powder alone.
 The principle of bioadhesion may significantly improve therapy, due to a
 reduced rate of gastric emptying, an increase in contact time and the
 intimacy of contact of the drug with the absorbing membrane.
-Desc-
 RAT POLYCARBOHIL PHARMACEUTICAL ADJUNCT-DRUG CAPSULE PHARMACOKINETICS
 Concept Codes: CYTOLOGY/CYTOCHEM-ANIMAL (02506); BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL
 (10060); BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064); BIOPHYS-MOLECUL
 PROP, MACROMOLEC (10506); BIOPHYS-MEMBRANE PHENOMENA (10508);
 METABOLISM-GENL STUD, METAB PATHW (13002); DIGESTIVE SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM
 (*14004); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-BLOOD, LYMPH STUD (15002); DENTAL/ORAL BIOL-GENL
 STUD, METHS (19001); PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (*22002); PHARMACOL-DRUG
 METAB, METAB STIMU (*22003) ; ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (*22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: MURIDAE (86375)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 74
-A-
 80015884
-W-
 BIOADHESIVE POLYMERS AS PLATFORMS FOR ORAL CONTROLLED DRUG DELIVERY 2.
 SYNTHESIS AND EVALUATION OF SOME SWELLING WATER-INSOLUBLE BIOADHESIVE
 POLYMERS
 CH'NG H S; PARK H; KELLY P; ROBINSON J R
 SCH. PHARMACY, UNIV. WISCONSIN, MADISON, WI 53706.
 J PHARM SCI 74 (4). 1985. 399-405.
 -CODEN-
 JPMSA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A series of cross-linked, swellable polymers was synthesized from monomers
 such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and others with various cross-linking
 agents to produce a range of polymers differing in charge densities and
 hydrophobicity. The densities, rate and extent of hydration of the polymers
 were determined. An increase in the number of hydrophobic groups in the
 polymer structure reduced hydration whereas the density of the polymer was
 unaffected. A sensitive in vitro method for measuring adhesion of polymer to
 tissue from the rabbit stomach was developed. Polymers of acrylic acid
 loosely cross-linked (0.3%, w/w [weight/weight]) with different agents,
 divinyl glycol, 2, 5-dimethyl-1, 5-hexadiene and divinylbenzene, showed the
 same degree of bioadhesion while poly (methacrylic acid-divinylbenzene)
 showed reduced bioadhesion. The small percent of cross-linking agent,
 irrespective of physicochemical properties, did not contribute substantially
 to bioadhesion, whereas the starting monomer had a large effect. The effect
 of pH on the bioadhesion of poly (acrylic acid-diviny glycol) was studied at
 constant temperature, ionic strength and osmolality. The polymer showed
 maximum adhesion at pH 5 and 6 and a minimum at pH 7. Gastrointestinal
 transit studies of cross-linked polymers in rats were studied. Poly (acrylic
 acid-divinyl glycol) and poly (methacrylic acid-divinylbenzene) had
 substantially longer GI [gastrointestinal] transit times than the control,
 Amberlite 200 resin beads. The delay in transit time was due to bioadhesion
 of the polymer to the mucin-epithelial cell surface which was clearly
 observable on animal autopsy. The acrylic acid polymer showed a longer GI
 transit time than the methacrylic acid polymer, and this in vivo GI transit
 result is consistent with in vitro bioadhesion test results.
-Desc-
 RABBIT RAT POLYACRYLIC-ACID-DIVINYLGLYCOL
 POLYMETHACRYLIC-ACID-DIVINYLBENZENE PHARMACEUTICAL ADJUNCT-DRUG
 GASTROINTESTINAL TRANSIT TIME PHARMACOKINETICS
 Concept Codes: CYTOLOGY/CYTOCHEM-ANIMAL (02506); BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL
 (*10060); BIOPHYS-MOLECUL PROP, MACROMOLEC (10506); BIOPHYS-MEMBRANE
 PHENOMENA (10508); METABOLISM-GENL STUD, METAB PATHW (13002); DIGESTIVE
 SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*14004); DENTAL/ORAL BIOL-GENL STUD, METHS (19001);
 PHARMACOL-GENERAL STUDIES (*22002); PHARMACOL-DRUG METAB, METAB STIMU
 (*22003) ; ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (*22100); IN VITRO
 STUDS-CELLULR, SUBCELL (32600)
 Biosystematic Codes: LEPORIDAE (86040); MURIDAE (86375)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 75
-A-
 80015837
-W-
 A SEMI-CLOSED LOOP COMPUTER-ASSISTED INSULIN INFUSION SYSTEM HOSPITAL USE
 FOR CONTROL OF DIABETES IN PATIENTS
 CHISHOLM D J; KRAEGEN E W; BELL D J; CHIPPS R
 GARVAN INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL RESEARCH, ST. VINCENT'S HOSPITAL, DARLINGHURST,
 NSW 2010.
 MED J ASST 141 (12-13). 1984 (RECD. 1985). 784-789.
 -CODEN-
 MJAUA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Closed loop insulin delivery systems are impractical for widespread hospital
 use. Thus, a semiclosed loop computer-assisted insulin infusion system
 (CAIIS) was developed for the i.v. delivery of insulin. In its basal
 program, insulin delivery is determined by blood glucose measurements at
 intervals of 3 h, while the open-loop metal program delivers 7.5 units over
 3 h. Control of meal-induced hyperglycemia was satisfactory in 6 subjects
 with diabetes tested over 2-4 days, as was mean glycemic control in the 4
 non-obese subjects (7.1 .+-. 0.8 mmol/l). To allow for variations in insulin
 sensitivity, an adjustment incrementing or decrementing the basal insulin
 delivery rate was applied according to the progressive blood glucose
 response. Empirical use of this adjustment resulted in good control
 (mean blood glucose level, 4.1-7.5 mmol/l) in 10 additional subjects with
 diabetes. This study demonstrates the potential usefulness of a semi-closed
 loop insulin infusion system.
-Desc-
 HORMONE-DRUG BLOOD GLUCOSE LEVEL DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM INTRAVENOUS MEAL
 INDUCED HYPERGLYCEMIA
 Concept Codes: GENL BIOL-INFRMTN, DOCU, COMP APPL (00530); CLIN BIOCHEM-GENL
 STUDIES (10006); BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064); BIOCHEM
 STUD-CARBOHYDR. (10068); BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING (*1051?);
 METABOLISM-CARBOHYDRATES (*13004); METABOLISM-METABOLIC DISORDERS (*13020);
 NUTRITION-PATHOGENIC DIETS (*13216); NUTRITION-CARBOHYDRATES (*13220);
 CARDIOVASC SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (*14501); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-BLOOD, LYMPH
 STUD (15002); ENDOCRINE SYST-PANCREAS (*17008); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL
 (*22005); PHARMACOL-ENDOCRINE SYST (*22016); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT,
 THERAP (*22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 76
-A-
 80015759
-W-
 EFFECT OF OMEPRAZOLE AND CIMETIDINE ON DUODENAL ULCER A DOUBLE-BLIND
 COMPARATIVE TRIAL
 LAURITSEN K; RUNE S J; BYTZER P; KELBAEK H; JENSEN K G; RASK-MADSEN J;
 BENDTSEN F; LINDE J; HOJLUND M; ET AL
 DEPARTMENT OF MEDICAL GASTROENTEROLOGY, GLOSTRUP HOSPITAL, DK-2600 GLOSTRUP,
 DENMARK.
 N ENGL J MED 312 (15). 1985. 958-961.
 -CODEN-
 NEJMA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A double-blind randomized study of 132 patients was conducted to determine
 whether the new, investigational proton-pump inhiibitor, omeprazole (30 mg
 per day), would accelerate healing and pain relief, as compared with
 cimetidine (1 g per day), in patients with duodenal ulcer. After 2 wk of
 treatment, which as completed by all patients, the healing rates were 73% in
 the omeprazole group and 46% in the cimetidine group (P < 0.01). After 4 wk
 of treatment, which was completed by 118 patients, the corresponding figures
 were 92 and 74% (P < 0.05). In the omeprazole group 55% of the patients were
 free of pain after the 1st wk, as compared with 40% of thpse treated with
 cimetidine (P > 0.05). No major clinical or biochemical side effectds of
 omeprazole or cimetidane were noted. A 6 mo. follow-up study revealed no
 significantly difference between the recurrence rates after omeprazole and
 after cimetidine. In May 1984 clinical trials with omeprazole were
 temporarily suspended, since a study of long-term toxicity in rats had shown
 the development of gastric carcinoid tumors.
-Desc-
 HUMAN ANTIULCER-DRUG HEALING PAIN RELIEF TOXICITY CARCINOGENESIS
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060); ANATOMY/HISTOL-REGEN,
 TRANSPLANT (*11107); PATHOLOGY-INFLAMMATN, INFLAM DIS (12508);
 PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (12512); DIGESTIVE SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (14001);
 DIGESTIVE SYST-PATHOLOGY (*14006); PHARMACOL-DRUG METAB, METAB STIMU
 (*22003); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005); PHARMACOL-DIGESTIVE SYST
 (*22014); TOXICOL-PHARMACOLOGICAL (22504); NEOPLSMS/NEOPL AGNTS-CARCINOGENS
 (24007)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 77
-A-
 80014984
-W-
 NEW DOUBLE-LUMEN POLYETHYLENE CANNULA FOR PUSH-PULL PERFUSION OF BRAIN
 TISSUE IN-VIVO
 MYERS R D; REZVANI A H; GURLEY-ORKIN L A
 DEP. OF PSYCHIATRY, UNIV. OF NORTH CAROLINA SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, CHAPEL HILL,
 NC 27514, USA.
 J NEUROSCI METHODS 12 (3). 1985. 205-218.
 -CODEN-
 JNMED
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A new concept in the design of a push-pull cannula device for localized
 perfusion of brain tissue in the conscious and/or unrestrained animal is
 described. A catheter, consisting of a single strand of polyethylene tubing,
 contains an internal dividing septum which runs longitudinally throughout
 its length. The orifice of each lumen is of equal diameter and provides an
 integrated system for simultaneous delivery and withdrawal of a perfusate
 from the perfusion locus. The prinicipal features of the new cannula system
 are: its simplicity of fabrication due to its all-plastic construction;
 multiple tip configurations adapted for a specific anatomical requirement
 including V-shaped, slanted, horizontal and side-by-side opening; direct
 visualization of the prefusate monitor bubble through the wall of the
 transparent catheter; since there are no joints, lack of leakage of
 perfusate and occlusion of pull channel; ease of sterilization by liquid or
 gas methods; and infrequency of damage because of catheter flexibility.
 Using radiolabeled dopamine and norepinephrine, prototype experiments crried
 out with 3 flow rates and 3 tip configurations revealed differences in
 substrate exchange which depend upon a given experimental parameter. The
 practical advantages are discussed of the new perfusion system in comparison
 with dialysis needles as well as with more commonly used concentric,
 metallic push-pull cannulae. Technical applications are presented of the
 methods for the rat and other animals in which either the pharmacological
 delivery of a drug over a specified interval or recovery of a
 neurotransmitter released into the cerebral parenchyma is a principal
 experimental objective.
-Desc-
 RAT DOPAMINE NOREPINEPHRINE NEUROTRANSMITTER RECOVERY DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM
 RADIOLABEL
 Concept Codes: RADIATION BIOL-RADTN, ISOTOP TECH (06504); BIOCHEM
 STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064); BIOPHYS-GENERAL BIOPHYS TECH
 (10504); METABOLISM-PROTNS, PEPTDS, AM ACDS (*13012); ENDOCRINE
 SYST-ADRENALS (*17004); ENDOCRINE SYST-NEUROENDOCRINOLOG (*17020); NERVOUS
 SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (*20501); NERVOUS SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*20504);
 PHARMACOL-NEUROPHARMACOLOGY (*22024); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP
 (*22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: MURIDAE (86375)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 78
-A-
 80010463
-W-
 COLD ISCHEMIC ARREST COMPARISON OF CALCIUM-FREE AND CALCIUM-CONTAINING
 SOLUTIONS
 HENDRIKS F F A; JONAS J; VAN DER LAARSE A; HUYSMANS H A; VAN RIJK-ZWIKKER G
 H; SCHIPPERHEYN J J
 DEPARTMENT OF CARDIOLOGY, ACADEMIC HOSPITAL, RIJNSBURGERWEG 10, 2333 AA
 LEIDEN, NETHERLANDS.
 ANN THORAC SURG 39 (4). 1985. 312-317.
 -CODEN-
 ATHSA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Isolated pumping rat hearts perfused with reconstituted blood, were studied
 to compare the effects of 30 min of ischemic arrest following Ca-free or
 normal, Ca-containing cold cardioplegia on recovery of mechanical function,
 lactate production, myocardial ATP concentration and release of creatine
 kinase (CK). As in clinical situations, the volume of the infusate was only
 3-4 times the intracavitary blood volume. Hearts arrested with Ca-free
 solution showed incomplete recovery of mechanical function; hearts arrested
 with Ca-containing solution recovered completely. After Ca-free arrest,
 stroke volume recovered to 76 .+-. 29% of its prearrest value. CK release
 was significantly higher after Ca-free cardioplagia (7.7 .+-. 4.6 units)
 than after cardioplegia with normal Ca (2.1 .+-. 1.6 units). Since the
 addition of only 0.02 mmol Ca ions to a liter of Ca-free solution completely
 prevented its negative effect. Ca-free cardioplegia may cause limited but
 pronounced damage to myocardial cells, presumably because it removes Ca from
 the cellular membranes.sbd.the so-called Ca paradox. Probably due to
 residual Ca in blood and extracellular fluid, the damage is not so extensive
 after Ca-free cardioplegia as to be noticeable in clinical surgical
 situations. Residual Ca in the heart does not exclude the possibility that a
 Ca paradox occurs in small scattered areas of the heart.
-Desc-
 RAT CARDIOVASCULAR-DRUG LACTATE PRODUCTION ATP CREATINE KINASE CARDIOPLEGIA
 Concept Codes: CYTOLOGY/CYTOCHEM-ANIMAL (*02506); BIOCHEM STUD-NUCL ACD,
 PURNS, PYRM (10062); BIOCHEM STUD-PROTEINS, PEPTIDES, AMINO ACD (10064);
 MINERALS (10069); ENZYMES-PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES (*10808);
 ANATOMY/HISTOL-EXPERIMENTAL (*11104); ANATOMY/HISTOL-SURGERY (11105);
 PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (*12512) ; MINERALS (*13010); METABOLISM-PROTNS, PEPTDS,
 AM ACDS (*13012); METABOLISM-NUCL ACD, PURINS, PYRIM (*13014); CARDIOVASC
 SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (*14501); CARDIOVASC SYST-PHYSIOL, BIOCHEM (*14504);
 CARDIOVASC SYST-HEART PATHOLOGY (*14506); CARDIOVASC SYST-BLD VESS PATHOL
 (*14508); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-BLOOD, LYMPH STUD (15002); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-OTHER
 BODY FLDS (*15010); PHARMACOL-CARDIOVASC SYST (*22020)
 Biosystematic Codes: MURIDAE (86375)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 79
-A-
 80006866
-W-
 BIOAVAILABILITY ASSESSMENT OF A NEW LIQUID CONTROLLED-RELEASE
 PSEUDOEPHEDRINE PRODUCT
 GRAVES D A; ROTENBERG K S; WOODWORTH J R; AMSEL L P; HINSVAR O N
 MED. RES. DIV., PENNWALT PHARMACEUTICAL DIV., P.O. BOX 1710, ROCHESTER, N.Y.
 14623.
 CLIN PHARM 4 (2). 1985 199-203.
 -CODEN-
 CPHAD
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Development of a liquid controlled-release pseudoephedrine [bronchodilator
 drug] product is described. Two bioequivalence studies were conducted. In a
 single-dose study involving 20 subjects, the bioavailabilities of 5
 controlled-release suspensions with a broad range of drug-release rates were
 compared with an immediate-release form of pseudoephedrine HCl in a 4-way
 crossover, incomplete block, sequence-randomized study. Serial blood
 sampling up to 36 h after drug ingestion provided area-under-the-curve
 (AUC), maximum plasma concentration (Cmax) and time to peak (tmax). In the
 multiple-dose study, involving 18 subjects, the bioavailability of the
 optimal formulation determined from the single-dose study was compared with
 a reference pseudoephedrine HCl syrup. Serial blood sampling up to 12 h
 after drug ingestion was performed to determine AUC, Cmax and tmax. The
 single-dose investigation showed that all formulations were bioequivalent
 except the product with the slowest release rate, which had lower AUC and
 Cmax values. The results of the multiple-dose study confirmed these findings
 with the reference syrup. The use of a series of drug formulations with a
 wide range of release rates permitted selection of an optimal product in
 addition to providing the nformation needed to ensure continuous production
 of bioequivalent products.
-Desc-
 HUMAN BRONCHODILATOR-DRUG SYRUP DRUG RELEASE RATE OPTIMAL FORMULATION DRUG
 DELIVERY SYSTEM PHARMACOKINETICS
 Concept Codes: CLIN BIOCHEM-GENL STUDIES (10006); BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL
 (10060); BIOPHYS-GENERAL BIOPHYS TECH (10504); PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (12512);
 BLOOD/BODY FLDS-BLOOD, LYMPH STUD (15002); RESPIRATORY SYST-PATHOLOGY
 (*16006); PHARMACOL-DRUG METAB, METAB STIMU (*22003); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL
 PHARMACOL (*22005); PHARMACOL-RESPIRATORY SYST (*22030)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 80
-A-
 80006413
-W-
 INTERMITTENT DOBUTAMINE HYDROCHLORIDE INFUSIONS IN OUTPATIENTS WITH CHRONIC
 CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE
 ROFFMAN D S; APPLEFELD M M; GROVE W R; TALESNICK B S; SUTTON F J; NEWMAN K
 A; REED W P
 SCH. PHARMACY, UMD, BALTIMORE, MD. 21201.
 CLIN PHARM 4 (2). 1985. 195-199.
 -CODEN-
 CPHAD
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Patients with severe chronic congestive heart failure were treated with
 intermittent dobutamine HCl infusions administered on an outpatient basis
 with a portable infusion device. Patients (11, 8 women and 3 men), age 28-71
 yr were given initial dobutamine HCl infusions at a rate of 1-2 .mu.g/kg per
 min and the dose was gradually increased to a maximum dose of 15 .mu.g/kg
 per min. Patients were considered dobutamine responders if their cardiac
 output increased by at least 30% and pulmonary-capillary wedge pressure did
 not rise. After a sustained hemodynamic response was demonstrated, the
 infusion was discontinued to assess the patients' symptoms during drug-free
 intervals. The patients were instructed and trained in proper catheter care
 after a venous-access catheter was surgically implanted. Patients were also
 shown how to use the ambulatory infusion pump. The patients were treated
 with long-term intermittent dobutamine HCl infusions for 3-24 mo. All
 patients adjusted easily to the routine of catheter and pump care and drug
 administration. The mean dose of dobutamine HCl resulting in the maximum
 improvement in cardiac index was 9.4 .mu.g/kg per min. All patients observed
 an improvement in their symptoms of congestive heart failure during the drug
 infusions and the intervals between the infusions. There was a mean
 reduction of 1.2 in New York Heart Association functional class. There were
 18 congestive heart failure-related hospital readmissions among the 11
 patients during 108 cumulative mo. of long-term dobutamine therapy. The
 intermittent administration of dobutamine HCl via a portable infusion system
 appears to have improved the functional capacity of the 11 patients studied.
 This may be a viable treatment alternative for selected ambulatory patients
 with severe heart failure who demonstrate hemodynamic improvement with
 dobutamine.
-Desc-
 HUMAN CARDIOVASCULAR-DRUG PORTABLE INFUSION DEVISE CARDIAC OUTPUT PULMONARY
 CAPILLARY WEDGE PRESSURE LONG-TERM TREATMENT DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM
 PHARMACOKINETICS
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060); BIOPHYS-GENERAL BIOPHYS TEC
 (10504); BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING (*10511); ANATOMY/HISTOL-SURGERY (11105)
 PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (12512); CARDIOVASC SYST-GEN STUDS, METHS (*14501);
 CARDIOVASC SYST-HEART PATHOLOGY (*14506); BLOOD/BODY FLDS-BLOOD, LYMPH STUD
 (15002); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005); PHARMACOL-CARDIOVASC SYST
 (*22010)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 81
-A-
 79107922
-W-
 CONTROLLED DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS IN OPHTHALMOLOGY A REVIEW
 UENO N; REFOJO M F
 EYE RES. INST. RETINA FOUND., 20 STANIFORD ST., BOSTON, MASS. 02114, USA.
 FOLIA OPHTHALMOL JPN 35 (10). 1984 (RECD. 1985). 2267-2274.
 -CODEN-
 NGKYA
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Ocular drug delivery systems were developed to improve the therapeutic index
 and/or to avoid unacceptable adverse effects. Several kinds of drug delivery
 devices, including soft contact lenses, soluble ocular inserts, scleral
 buckling materials, a silicone rubber device, Ocusert and osmotic minipump
 are reviewed.
-Desc-
 HUMAN CONTACT LENSES OCULAR INSERTS SCLERAL BUCKLING SILICONE RUBBER OCUSERT
 MINIPUMP
 Concept Codes: BIOPHYS-GENERAL BIOPHYS TECH (10504); BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING
 (10511); PATHOLOGY-THERAPY (12512); SENSE ORGANS-GENL STUDS, METHS (20001);
 SENSE ORGANS-PATHOLOGY (*20006); PHARMACOL-CLINICAL PHARMACOL (*22005);
 PHARMACOL-SENSE ORGANS (*22031); ROUTES OF IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (*22100)
 Biosystematic Codes: HOMINIDAE (86215)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 017:005 82
-A-
 7910?628
-W-
 THE USE OF A VOLUMETRIC INFUSION PUMP FOR THE INTRAARTERIAL INFUSION OF
 DRUGS
 COOPER A M; LILLIMAN M
 DEP ANAESTHESIA AND INTENSIVE THERAPY, PETERBOROUGH DISTRICT HOSPITAL,
 THORPE ROAD, PETERBOROUGH, CAMBRIDGESHIRE.
 ANN R COLL SURG ENGL 67 (1). 1985. 11-12.
 -CODEN-
 ARCSA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Volumetric infusion pumps are widely used for i.v. infusions. Their use was
 extended to the intraarterial infusion of drugs [in humans]. An in vitro
 evaluation of the performance of such devices, under experimental conditions
 comparable to an intraarterial infusion was carried out. Results confirmed
 the accuracy of volumetric infusion pumps for intraarterial infusions. The
 system was found to be safe, reliable and simple in clinical practice.
-Desc-
 HUMAN
 Concept Codes: BIOCHEM STUD-GENERAL (10060); BIOPHYS-BIOENGINEERING
 (*10511); CARDIOVASC SYST-GENL STUDS, METHS (*14501); PHARMACOL-GENERAL
 STUDIES (*22002); PHARMACOL-DRUG METAB, METAB STIMU (*22003); ROUTES OF
 IMMUNIZ, INFECT, THERAP (*22100); TOXICOL-PHARMACOLOGICAL (22504)
 Biosystt Analysis; *COSTS; *Hospital Administration; *Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG) *Management Information
 Systems--Organization and Administration (OG);  United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 1
-A-
 86001840
-W-
 Leadership: Management's Better Half
 Zenger, John H.
 Training v22n12 PP: 44-53 Dec 1985
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-5892
-JrnlCode-
 TBI
-DocType-
 Journal Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The effective executives and managers who contribute most to their
 organizations combine both managerial and leadership skills, but there is
 currently a lack of leaders who can provide visionary inspiration,
 motivation, and direction. Leadership consists of observable behavior that
 can be taught. This behavior involves: 1. good communication of the
 organization's values and mission, 2. the development of committed
 followers, 3. high standards and lofty goal setting, 4. appropriate behavior
 that is representative of the best values and characteristics of the group,
 5. focusing attention on important issues, and 6. the ability to channel
 information and ideas in and out of the group to the rest of the
 organization and to the outside world. To develop leadership skills in the
 repertoire of managers several steps are necessary, including: 1. teaching
 managers the nature of leadership, 2. training managers in leadership
 skills, 3. putting managers in the proper environment to learn leadership,
 and 4. training executives and their subordinates to coach each other in
 leadership skills. References.
-Desc-
 Leadership Behavior; Guidelines; Roles; Business; Management training;
 Development
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 2
-A-
 86001618
-W-
 The Leadership to Implant Courage and Direction
 Clark, Constance J.; Gordon, Judy A.
 Credit & Financial Mgmt v87n9 PP: 17-20 Nov 1985
-ISSN-
 0010-0973
-JrnlCode-
 CFM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Credit & Financial Management recently interviewed the immediate past and
 present directors of the National Association of Credit Management (NACM)
 Credit Women's Groups. Dora C. Cuhel, director for 11 years, believes the
 skill most important to that job is the development of good lines of
 communication. As director, the most important benefit she received was the
 opportunity to develop leadership and management skills. Membership in the
 credit women's network upgrades members' professional status by developing
 their management and leadership skills. Millie DeMariano, who has been
 president of her own consulting firm for 3 years, views her new job as her
 greatest professional achievement. She plans to continue in Cuhel's
 footsteps by: 1. working toward a unified name change for the groups, 2.
 continuing to promote professionalism and local scholarship programs, and 3.
 promoting contact with the local affiliates and national participation.
-Desc-
 Credit management; Associations; Women; Credit manager; Professional
 development; Training; Personal; Profiles
 CLASS. CODES: 3200 (CN=Credit management); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions);
 9160 (CN=Biographical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 3
-A-
 85039207
-W-
 A Survivor's Guide to Corporate Haning
 Lantz, Alma; Tobias, Sheila
 Working Woman v10n12 PP: 96-98, 136 Dec 1985
 -CODEN-
 WOWODL
-ISSN-
 0145-5761
-JrnlCode-
 WKW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 An increasing number of corporations, including Upjohn, Standard Oil of
 Ohio, and Eastman Kodak, are sending managers to assessment centers for
 formal leadership evaluations. While critics note that these centers never
 give a candidate a 2nd chance if things go badly, American Telephone &
 Telegraph Co. research shows that managers selected by outside assessors are
 2-3 times more successful than those promoted on the basis of superiors'
 recommendations. Those who undergo an assessment participate in some
 exercises alone and some in the group format. Exercises include simulations,
 hypothetical situations, and role-playing. The exercises assess
 fact-finding, problem-solving, and decision-making skills among others.
 While it is questionable whether a one-shot, high-stress situation can
 provide a truly accurate evaluation, assessment does have some advantages;
 it is objective and provides each participant with an equal opportunity, and
 it gives participants a chance to display some skills that may not be
 apparent on the job.
-Desc-
 Management training; Leadership; Assessment centers; Management development;
 Role playing; Games
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 4
-A-
 85037141
-W-
 Training Employees for On-the-Job Survival
 Cohen, Michael Henry
 Personnel Administrator v30n11 PP: 26-30 Nov 1985
 -CODEN-
 PEADAY
-ISSN-
 0031-5729
-JrnlCode-
 PAD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Since the late 1960s and early 1970s, management developers have been
 preaching that employees want more from their jobs than just their
 paychecks. Books have been written to urge managers to help meet employees'
 psychological needs. The result is that the feelings of the employees take
 on more importance than the quality of their work. The manager's role has
 become one of coaxing performance out of an employee. The manager's first
 responsibility is to facilitate the employee's success by stretching the
 employee to new heights of productivity and professional development. In
 particular, employees must be taught how to cope in today's competitive
 marketplace. Human resource professionals can help employees manage
 themselves constructively and can help them learn: 1. how to adjust to
 imperfections on the job, 2. how to become constructive change agents, 3.
 how to give and receive negative feedback without inducing defensiveness,
 and 4. how to establish personal and professional credibility.
-Desc-
 Supervisors; Managers; Subordinates; Relations; Employee morale; Success;
 Quality of work; Productivity; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills);  2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 5
-A-
 85036644
-W-
 Strategic Vision: A Practical Tool
 Brassier, Ann
 Bureaucrat v14n3 PP: 23-26 Fall 1985
-ISSN-
 0045-3544
-JrnlCode-
 BUR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The job of managers is becoming more difficult, and leaders must concern
 themselves primarily with the management of change. Strategic vision is a
 management tool that will enable managers to embrace change; it is a process
 they can use to create continuously a successful future for their
 organizations. Strategic vision involves 4 steps: 1. Scan the forces of
 change and take time to understand and embrace them. 2. Create a vision of
 what the organization should be in the face of changes that have been
 pinpointed. 3. Share that vision through good communications with everyone
 who will be affected. 4. Put the work ethic to work and marshal every action
 toward achieving the vision. A case study illustrates the use of strategic
 vision in the formation of the Office of Training and Development (OTD).
 References.
-Desc-
 Public administration; Managers; Skills; Strategic planning
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 2310
 (CN=Planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 6
-A-
 85036643
-W-
 Proactive Role of Federal Managers
 Gaertner, Karen M.; Gaertner, Gregory H.
 Bureaucrat v14n3 PP: 19-22 Fall 1985
-ISSN-
 0045-3544
-JrnlCode-
 BUR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A study of the Civil Service Reform Act leads to some generalizations
 concerning the roles federal managers can play in good governance of their
 agencies. The first step in developing a proactive management style requires
 the manager to be very deliberate and clear about intentions. Of equal
 importance are the choices a manager makes. Managers must be aware of the
 consequences of their decisions and acknowledge that behavior is a more
 powerful indicator of priorities than words. A 3rd initiative managers
 should accept is the need to develop a management style that shares a vision
 with lower level managers; a vision developed in a vacuum will only lead to
 frustration. Managers must also be willing to take risks and learn from
 failures that may result. They must be eager to try new ideas and must
 encourage subordinates to do so. Managers who are not afraid to test the
 limits of their responsibilities are the most effective. References.
-Desc-
 Public administration; Federal employees; Managers; Skills; Leadership
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 7
-A-
 85036642
-W-
 Managers' Job Definitions and Concepts
 Sperry, Roger
 Bureaucrat v14n3 PP: 14-18 Fall 1985
-ISSN-
 0045-3544
-JrnlCode-
 BUR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In an effort to better define the job of the public manager, the Center for
 Excellence in Government and the General Accounting Office collaborated in a
 series of informal discussions with senior federal managers. Four issues
 were addressed: 1. how they and others define their roles and measure
 performance, 2. whether management improvement initiatives make their jobs
 easier or more difficult, 3. whether aspects of their jobs are impossible to
 perform, and 4. what improvements would facilitate their jobs. Panelists
 concluded that skill important to the job include leadership,
 decisionmaking, people management, and risk taking. Some of the factors that
 make the public manager's job more difficult include the negative public
 view of the civil service and the difficulty of attracting and retaining
 good people. Remedial measures can be crafted through additional authority,
 autonomy, and accountability, as well as more reinforcement from external
 sources.
-Desc-
 Public administration; Managers; Bureaucrats; Roles; Responsibilities;
 Studies; Leadership
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior);
 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 8
-A-
 8503637
-W-
 You and Others Management: A Bit Like Horse Breaking and Trading
 Robinson, Sue
 Rydge's (Australia) v58n7 PP: 68-69 Jul 1985
-ISSN-
 0036-0511
-JrnlCode-
 RYD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Leaderskill courses run by Ronald Forbes for the Focus Group are an
 experiential learning exercise that involve conflicts, confrontations,
 stress management, and relaxation techniques. The courses last 4 days and
 are offered in Sydney, Perth, and Melbourne, Australia. A number of
 techniques for improving communication are offered, and, once mastered,
 these techniques can be applied to almost any situation. The first step is
 to change the standard way of viewing conflicts -- one person wins and the
 other loses. It is better to straighten out the problem than to try to
 attach blame for the situation. Then, the situation may be evaluated to
 determine whose problem it really is. When a person is annoyed by someone's
 behavior, that person should speak to the individual about the situation
 using the ''I-message'' approach. This approach involves: 1. telling the
 person what problem is occurring while not ascribing blame, 2. saying how
 the actions affect the speaker and 3. expressing feelings. Once the problem
 has been stated, the speaker encourages the other person to talk by using
 active listening techniques. The skills involved in this stage of conflict
 resolution are: 1. showing empathy with the other person by matching their
 body language, and 2. matching the conceptual framework in which the other
 person speaks.
-Desc-
 Management training; Seminars; Leadership; Interpersonal; Communication;
 Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 9
-A-
 85036025
-W-
 The New Integrators: Rulers of the Corporate Renaissance
 Edwards, Carl N.
 Information Strategy: The Executive's Jrnl v2n1 PP: 28-35 Fall 1985
-ISSN-
 0743-8613
-JrnlCode-
 IFS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Although information and its management play an important part in today's
 corporate renaissance, the vital elements of this renaissance are less a
 function of technology and modernization than of strategy and perspective.
 In addition, while certain personalities have emerged as effective
 practitioners of an executive style that seems to epitomize the spirit of
 those people called the new integrators, their success today is due to the
 same cultural forces that gave rise to the turn-of-the-century
 industrialists of US industry's golden age. The corporate integrators bring
 2 unique characteristics to periods (like now) of shortened product life
 cycles and narrowing opportunities: 1. the vision to determine each step
 needed to construct and improve their industry's products, and 2. a deep
 sense of the market for those products, for the economies of scale, and for
 the great potential of the mass market. References.
-Desc-
 Entrepreneurs; Corporate management; Administration; Life cycles; Managers;
 Roles; Values; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2100 (CN=Administrative & management personnel); 2300
 (CN=Planning & strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 10
-A-
 85034844
-W-
 Male and Female Managers' Views of the Communication Skills and Training
 Needs of Women in Management
 Berryman-Fink, Cynthia
 Public Personnel Mgmt v14n3 PP: 307-313 Fall 1985
 -CODEN-
 PPMNCX
-ISSN-
 0091-0260
-JrnlCode-
 PPM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A sample of 101 managers (53 women and 48 men) addressed 2 questions: 1.
 What specific communication skills do women possess that might help promote
 their managerial effectiveness 2. In what specific communication skills
 should women receive training to help promote their managerial effectiveness
 Both men and women identified 3 communication skills that women possess and
 are relative to effective management -- listening, verbal/writing skills,
 and nonverbal communication skills. Both groups also perceive 4
 communication skills in which women managers need training -- assertiveness,
 confidence-building, public speaking/making presentations, and dealing with
 men. Women, however, demonstrated more detailed perceptions about women
 managers' communication skills and training needs. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Women; Managers; Effectiveness; Perceptions; Communications Skills;
 Training; Needs; Surveys
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical); 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 11
-A-
 85034842
-W-
 Evaluating Task Leadership: A Problem for Assessment Centers
 Cunningham, Robert B.; Olshfski, Dorothy F.
 Public Personnel Mgmt v14n3 PP: 293-299 Fall 1985
 -CODEN-
 PPMNCX
-ISSN-
 0091-0260
-JrnlCode-
 PPM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A study tried to determine if task orientation, an important managerial
 attributed is adequately addressed by assessment centers. Nineteen middle
 managers from a large public agency were selected for the study by their
 superiors. The 3-day diagnostic assessment center was followed by 4 one-week
 training sessions over a 4-month period. During the training sessions,
 participant preparedness, level of participation, peer interaction, and
 general individual and group work habits were observed. The assessment
 center concluded with a formal evaluation of the participants. Participants'
 performance during the training session was evaluated and compared with the
 assessment center ranking. The results indicated that assessment center
 evaluations rewarded emptive leaders but failed to identify task leadership
 skills. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Assessment centers; Evaluation; Leadership; Effectiveness; Factors;
 Validation; Studies
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 12
-A-
 85034839
-W-
 Assessing Training Needs: A Skills Approach
 Swierczek, Fredric William; Carmichael, Lynne
 Public Personnel Mgmt v14n3 PP: 259-274 Fall 1985
 -CODEN-
 PPMNCX
-ISSN-
 0091-0260
-JrnlCode-
 PPM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 16 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The State University System of Florida has developed a decentralized,
 system-wide Institute of Government to provide training and technical
 assistance to local governments. To determine the training needs of public
 managers, a comprehensive, skills-oriented survey was developed and mailed
 to public managers on Florida's west-central coast. The 110 managers who
 responded identified and prioritized 57 skills according to their value in
 helping a supervisor perform more effectively. Factor analysis and
 product-moment correlation indicated that planning/decision-making and
 performance evaluation skills were the most important training needs as
 perceived by supervisors. Results showed that age and education have
 negative associations with training needs, while size of government and
 number of employees have positive correlations to training needs. This
 skills approach to needs assessment has proved useful in developing training
 workshops at the Institute of Government. Tables. References. Appendix.
-Desc-
 Local government; Managers; Training; Needs analysis; Surveys; Management
 development; Skills; Priorities; Statistical analysis; Studies
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 6200 (CN=Training & development);
 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoretic- al)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 13
-A-
 85034450 Build Your Case to Management
-W-
 McAlister, James
 IEEE Transactions on Professional Communication vPC28n3 PP: 21-24 Sep 1985
 -CODEN-
 IEPCBU
-ISSN-
 0361-1434
-JrnlCode-
 IPC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In selling an idea to management, it is important to present the key factors
 to the decision makers in a format such that the choice is readily apparent
 and there is no big question left unanswered. This usually requires a
 written document (a justification) to show that a particular course of
 action is the right one. Having a collection of important data is not
 enough. A logical approach to the meaningful assembly of information is
 needed. Pulling together the pertinent information has several elements: 1.
 a statement of the decision, 2. the decision criteria, 3. a statement of
 alternatives, and 4. an analysis of the alternatives. The report should be
 arranged so that the most important information needed by the decision maker
 is near the beginning. An executive summary, no longer than one page, should
 be used to synopsize the problem, alternatives, and recommendations. The
 recommendations should be easily identifiable. Then, the fact and
 assumptions, as well as alternatives and recommendations, should be
 delineated. It is helpful to circulate draft copies of the document to those
 who are in a good position to point out weaknesses and suggest improvements.
 Tables. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Reports; Management; Presentation; Writing; Communication; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 14
-A-
 85033888
-W-
 Grievance Handling
 Brenner, Paul J.
 Manage v37n3 PP: 3, 1, 25 Third Quarter 1985
-ISSN-
 0025-1623
-JrnlCode-
 MAN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Although there are few formal opportunities to learn conflict resolution
 techniques, supervisors are responsible for the early detection and speedy
 resolution of grievances. The supervisor's first responsibility is to try to
 resolve grievances before they reach the written stage. Steps that help
 prevent the escalation of conflicts include: 1. Listen well. 2. Investigate
 complaints. 3. Communicate with superiors. 4. Give employees feedback to
 complaints. If grievances reach the written stage, supervisors should check
 several key points of the grievances before signing for them. For example,
 the grievance should clearly state the issue and should specify the proper
 article and section of the labor agreement. Supervisors should accompany
 each grievance with written facts surrounding the case, which should be
 prepared immediately after the grievance is written. Moreover, supervisors
 should ensure that they are consistent in their approach to employee
 management. Finally, a periodic assessment of supervisory skills, such as
 prompt decision making and the avoidance of favoritism, can help prevent
 conflicts
-Desc-
 Employee complaints (PER); Grievance procedures; Management Skills;
 Strategy
 CLASS. CODES: 6300 (CN=Labor relations); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 15
-A-
 85032585
-W-
 Mumblers Become Orators with Public Speaking Training
 Linnen, Beth
 Savings Institutions v106n9 PP: 94-95 Sep 1985
-ISSN-
 0036-5114
-JrnlCode-
 SLN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The 2-day Executive Communications Program offered by Communispond Inc.
 focuses on techniques to control nervousness, organize a presentation, use
 visual aids, and handle audience questions. The program manual points out
 that, in the complex and changing world of the corporation, the executive is
 a communicator who must assimilate, interpret, and clarify the significance
 of considerble information. The executive must be able to stand before large
 and small groups and convey ideas clearly and persuasively. The program
 begins by putting participants before a group to introduce themselves and
 talk a bit about their jobs. The short, impromptu talk is videotaped and
 reviewed. The program instructors help participants control nervousness.
 Participants are told to focus on individuals rather than the group and to
 release excess energy productively through hands and voice. Communispond
 recommends a simple organizational format and the use of visual aids.
-Desc-
 Public speaking; Skills; Techniques; Presentation; Training Visual aids
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 16
-A-
 85032465
-W-
 Dissonant Views of the Manager's Role: Management Development Implications
 Knibbs, John; Morgan, Sandra; Toone, Roland
 Jrnl of European Industrial Training (UK) v9n3 PP: 20-22 1985
 -CODEN-
 JEITDP
-ISSN-
 0309-0590
-JrnlCode-
 JEU
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: MCB Publications Ltd., 198/200 Keighley Rd., Bradford, W. Yorkshire,
 England BD9 4JQ
 A study was conducted of the Diploma in Management Studies in the UK, and
 particularly the program at Derbyshire College, where the program was
 designed to: 1. develop managerial effectiveness through an examination of
 planning, interpersonal relations, the processes for achieving
 organizational goals, and the changing environment, and 2. provide an
 opportunity for individuals to equate personal development with the needs of
 the organization. The study attempted to identify the perceptions of the
 course members about the various role elements of the job of manager and to
 compare these with the views of the tutors. Many different views were
 obtained. The role of ''resource allocator'' was perceived as one of the
 least important to managers, yet lecturers sought student performance
 improvement in this area. In contrast, managers wanted better performance in
 the roles of leader/negotiator. The tutors apparently focused on specific
 information and decision-making skills, whereas the managers were more
 interested in interpersonal skills. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Management development; Roles; Studies; Programs; Managers
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 17
-A-
 85032341
-W-
 Teaching Writing in Hospitality Programs: A Fresh Approach
 Riegel, Carl D.; Hundley, Margaret N.
 Cornell Hotel & Restaurant Administration Qtrly v26n2 PP: 66-71 Aug 1985
 -CODEN-
 CHRQA2
-ISSN-
 00?0-8804
-JrnlCode-
 CHR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Effective written communication is an important skill for hospitality
 managers. Comprehensiveness is the key to defining an effective approach to
 teaching writing to hotel-school students. The approach should be
 synergistic, have a strong foundation, and be taught by a knowledgeable
 faculty. An integrated approach to writing is used at the University of
 Guelph's School of Hotel and Food Administration (HAFA). HAFA's approach
 combines the development of technical writing skills with the broader
 thinking skills needed for hospitality management. The writing course deals
 specifically with the needs of hospitality students. In fact, the course was
 designed around a needs survey and was tested and evaluated by the students.
 The program has been particularly helpful in improving communications
 because it has: 1. established consistent expectations, 2. provided
 standardization for evaluation, and 3. developed instructors' competence.
 Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Hotels; Restaurants;  Management training; Curricula; Colleges &
 universities; Writing; Skills; Communication; Education
 CLASS. CODES: 8380 (CN=Hotels & restaurants); 6200 (CN=Training &
 development); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 18
-A-
 85031?04
-W-
 The Beginnings of Modern Management: Alexander and Darius
 Kline, Randall R.
 Jrnl of Systems Mgmt v36n9 PP: 22-26 Sep 1985
 -CODEN-
 JSYMA9
-ISSN-
 0022-4839
-JrnlCode-
 JSM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A lesson in management can be learned from the battle between the armies of
 Alexander of Macedon and Darius Codomannus of Persia, which occured over 2,
 000 years ago. By summarizing the 2 armies, a ''preengagement'' matrix of
 skills can be developed. An analysis of the battle shows that management is
 the art of: 1. developing people, 2. allocating resources, 3. letting people
 grow, 4. developing ''teams, '' 5. using all available tools to their best
 advantage, 6. embracing the right technology at the right time, 7. getting
 involved and doing something, 8. preparing for the future, 9. surviving, and
 10. developing every tool at its disposal. In addition, management is the
 skill of moving people; the management that rests will not be management
 long. Moreover, management is the art of: 1. doing what has to be done, 2.
 keeping in control when things are not, 3. ''taking what you dish out, ''
 and 4. postponing personal gratification. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Management; Skills; Technology; Factors
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 19
-A-
 85030496
-W-
 Delegation - A Simple Solution Managers Find Easy to Ignore
 Anonymous
 Industrial Mgmt (Canada) v9n7 PP: 24-27 Aug 1985
-ISSN-
 0702-7060
-JrnlCode-
 IMT
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Many managers lack the skills needed to develop their staffs to the fullest
 extent because they lack the ability to effectively delegate
 responsibilities throughout the corporation. Delegation is the practice of
 turning work over to a subordinate; the work is generally within the
 manager's realm of responsibility. Managers perform many trivial routine
 tasks that could be delegated to a subordinate. This would give managers
 more time to devote to such creative, meaningful activities as planning,
 staffing, and directing. Managers interested in learning how to delegate
 should start by writing down the activities done on a regular basis, ask
 themselves why they do these things, and estimate the time needed to perform
 the activity. These activities should then be classified into one of 4
 categories: 1. priorities, 2. time obligations, 3. desirable activities, and
 4. timewasters. The 2nd and 3rd groups should be delegated, and the last
 eliminated. Chart.
-Desc-
 Delegation; Managers; Skills; Canada; Responsibilities; Time management;
 Training
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9170 (CN=Non US)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 20
-A-
 85030381
-W-
 Whole Brain Management
 Rubinstein, Gwen
 Association Mgmt v37n8 PP: 112-116 Aug 1985
-ISSN-
 0004-5578
-JrnlCode-
 AMG
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Arguments concerning the classification of managers as either right-brained
 (creative and intaitive) or left-brained (logical and rational) have now
 turned to how managers can meld both logical and ntuitive skills into a
 better holistic approach to management. According to Weston H. Agor of the
 University of Texas, intuition works from 4 levels: 1. physical, 2.
 emotional, 3. mental, and 4. spiritual. Managers must learn what level of
 intuition works best for them. Some guidelines for using intuition are: 1.
 Examine the process and the means through which insights come to you. 2.
 Share intuitive experiences with family and friends. 3. Formal group to meet
 regularly and share intuitive experiences. 4. Create an organizational
 environment that supports and fosters intuitive experiences. The individual
 wanting to make the most of intuitive/creative ability must quiet his mind,
 concentrate, and remain receptive. Charts.
-Desc-
 Psychology; Management; Skills; Ability
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 21
-A-
 85030234
-W-
 Have Our Shirts Become Too Starched
 Strasser, Stephen; Loebs, Stephen F.
 Health Care Mgmt Review v10n3 PP 81-90 Summer 1985
-ISSN-
 0361-6274
-JrnlCode-
 HCM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 10 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 ''Chronic externalitis'' (CE) is a potentially harmful ''disease'' among
 hospital administrators. It usually manifests itself as a managerial
 orientation that focuses principally on presenting a successful and potent
 facade to other members of the hospital community. CE can be debilitating as
 the real issues of management become secondary in importance to effective
 image creation. CE in its most serious forms adversely affects the ability
 of the manager to make quality decisions, damaging in particular: 1. the
 selection of human resources for the hospital, 2. responsive decision
 making, and 3. effective time management. A self-administered survey
 questionnaire and scoring system are presented to help hospital managers
 conduct a self-assessment to see if they have CE symptoms. CE may be
 overcome by: 1. identifying CE behaviors and eliminating them, 2. keeping
 things in perspective, 3. asking the right questions, and 4. focusing
 attention on real performance. Charts. Graphs. References.
-Desc-
 Hospitals; Management; Administration; Decision making; Skills;
 Effectiveness; Time management
 CLASS. CODES: 8320 (CN=Health care industry); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 22
-A-
 85029804
-W-
 Thinking About Performance
 Junkins, Kenneth R.; O'Meara, John
 Training v22n8 PP: 67-69 Aug 1985
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-5892
-JrnlCode-
 TBI
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Exceptional managers are constantly seeking ways to improve performance.
 They view performance as: 1. observable, 2. measurable, 3. results-oriented,
 and 4. positive. Exceptional managers speak of performance in precise,
 objective terms, and their subordinates understand them when they talk about
 how jobs should be done. Since performance is measurable, it can be compared
 to past performance levels. Exceptional managers use specific wording so
 that employees can relate a manager's comments to their actual performance.
 Exceptional managers place more value on the results of work than on the
 process of work. They also focus on the positive actions of their employees
 rather than on punishing the negative. Exceptional managers think in terms
 of: 1. increasing customer satisfaction, 2. meeting deadlines, 3. improving
 accuracy, 4. saving time, and 5. ensuring promptness.
-Desc-
 Managers; Skills; Performance; Motivation; Personnel management; Evaluation;
 Results
 CLASS. CODES: 6100 (CN=Human resource planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 23
-A-
 8502974
-W-
 Notes Are Not Enough
 Gladis, Stephen D.
 Training & Development Jrnl v39n8 PP: 35-38 Aug 1985
 -CODEN-
 TDEJA7
-ISSN-
 0041-0861
-JrnlCode-
 STD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 About 93% of what is communicated during a training session is nonverbal,
 determined by movements, expressions, and gestures. Training for trainers in
 nonverbal communication can enhance the effectiveness of their
 presentations. Effective trainers assess the reception of both themselves
 and their ideas through conscious eye contact. Sweeping eye contact
 maintains audience attention; it is also effective when addressing large
 groups by decreasing the distance between the trainer and the audience. The
 layout of the classroom forms an important relationship between the trainer
 and the students, a relationship that changes as the trainer moves about the
 room. Movement can be used to close or open space, depending on the message
 being conveyed. Hand and arm gestures work together with facial expressions
 to help students interpret the trainer's meaning. Touching is an important
 support tool, even in the classroom. Characteristics of the trainer's voice
 - tone, tempo, and volume - can determine the success or failure of the
 presentation. References.
-Desc-
 Training; Communication; Skills; Feedback; Nonverbal communication; Public
 speaking
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 24
-A-
 85029059
-W-
 Managing People Effectively: How to Get the Best Performance from Employees
 Chaneski, Wayne S.
 Industrial Engineering v17n8 PP: 31-34, 97 Aug 1985
 -CODEN-
 IDLEB9
-ISSN-
 0019-8234
-JrnlCode-
 INE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The successful management of employees involves recognizing their special
 characteristics. In the process, all managers must address: 1.
 communication, 2. performance appraisal, 3. enthusiasm, 4. support, 5.
 temperament, 6. organization, 7. delegation, and 8. personnel development.
 Assignments or work orders must be clearly stated, either in writing,
 orally, or both. Likewise, managers must learn to receive communications by
 practicing ''active listening.'' This involves listening to what workers say
 while also trying to ''feel'' what they mean. Performance appraisal should
 be an ongoing process that lets workers know exactly where they stand at any
 time. It involves both positive and negative feedback. Good managers must be
 able to remain calm and behave in a level-headed manner in most situations.
 There are 2 keys to effective organization: 1. ready access to information,
 and 2. a system of organization that others can follow in the manager's
 absence. Managers must always be planning for someone to replace them.
 Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Personnel management; Communication; Performance appraisal; Feedback;
 Managers; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 25
-A-
 85029010
-W-
 How to Find a Good Manager
 Anonymous
 Credit Union Magazine v51n8 PP: 8-10 Aug 1985
-ISSN-
 0011-1066
-JrnlCode-
 CUG
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A survey of managers and board presidents of the nation's 300 largest credit
 unions (CU) indicated that the most value attributes of a good manager are:
 1. competence in exercising judgment, 2. the ability to maintain the
 financial health of the CU, and 3. proven managerial skills. While only 4%
 of surveyed managers are considering a move, 30% probably will retire during
 the next decade, and new managers will need to be found. Many CUs currently
 lack someone on the staff strong enough to assume the manager's position.
 Although some of the survey respondents fell that an executive from another
 institution could run a credit union as well as a CU executive, 73% of the
 surveyed managers believe that credit union executives are the most
 qualified to run credit unions. Tables.
-Desc-
 Credit unions; Executives; Managers; Skills; Recruitment; Job requirements;
 Compensation; Hiring
 CLASS. CODES: 8120 (CN=Retail banking); 6100 (CN=Human resource planning);
 2130 (CN=Executives)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 26
-A-
 85028737
-W-
 Overcoming the Peter Principle: How to Make a Successful Transition to
 Manager
 Flamholtz, Eric G.
 Manage PP: 4-5 Second Quarter 1985
-ISSN-
 0025-1623
-JrnlCode-
 MAN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The ''peter principle'' suggests that people are promoted to their level of
 incompetence and thus, they will eventually fail. This is used to explain
 why people elevated to managerial positions fail to work out. The peter
 principle can be avoided if people are aware of the changes needed for a
 successful rise to the next level of the organizational hierarchy. There are
 3 critical dimensions to making a successful personal and professional
 transition: 1. The self-image must be redefined to fit the new
 organizational role, changing the concept of the role from doer to
 supervisor. 2. Necessary management skills must be acquired, with the
 individual redirecting emphasis from technical areas to interpersonal and
 administrative tasks. 3. Attitudes and psychology must be changed, and the
 change must be from a performance-oriented mindset to a managerial-oriented
 one.
-Desc-
 Career advancement; Promotions (MAN); Management development ; Self image;
 Skills; Attitudes
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 27
-A-
 85028386
-W-
 Managerial Skills and Values - For Today and Tomorrow
 O'Neal, Michael A.
 Personnel v62n7 PP: 49-55 Jul 1985
 -CODEN-
 PSNLAH
-ISSN-
 0031-5702
-JrnlCode-
 PER
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Organizations must develop new management skills if they are to compete in
 an increasingly complex and competitive marketplace. To deal with the
 transition from an industrial society to an information society, and to cope
 with the rapid decentralization of organizations and hierarchies, managers
 will need: 1. good oral and written communication skills, 2. computer
 literacy, 3. knowledge to determine technological needs, 4. a 2nd language,
 5. an understanding of other cultures, 6. good negotiating and team-building
 skills, and 7. an understanding of the total organizational system.
 Organizations will have to attract and retain managers who have both
 technical and management skills. Mentors may be used to provide guidance for
 the new managers, and managers may also be required to learn at least one
 technical aspect of the company's operations. Tables.
-Desc-
 Management development; Managers; Skills; Values; Organization development;
 Management training
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 28
-A-
 85028036
-W-
 The Quiet Crisis in Government
 Hall, Jay; Donnell, Susan M.
 Bureaucrat v14n2 PP: 39-44 Summer 1985
-ISSN-
 0045-3544
-JrnlCode-
 BUR:
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 An in-depth analysis is made of the managerial practices of the people who
 run US government agencies. The basic assumption is that, if people in
 government abandon their loftier aspirations because of a system that
 demands incompetence, then the fault rests with management. Government
 managers were found to adopt a pessimistic, reductive view of the human
 resources under a manager's purview more often than their private-sector
 counterparts. Government managers also tend to be significantly less open
 with their subordinates. Their concentration on procedure and precedent to
 the neglect of concerns about people and production tends to discourage
 subordinates from working to their optimal level because workers do not see
 themselves as collaborators in the enterprise, and they enjoy no sense of
 dominion over their work. Some management practices that can encourage
 people to perform to their highest levels include positive prophecies,
 meaningful work, involvement, and interpersonal competence. Tables.
 References.
-Desc-
 Government agencies; Managers; Management styles; Organizational behavior;
 Motivation; Studies
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior);
 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 29
-A-
 85027768
-W-
 A Leader, or Just a Manager: Seven Traits Make the Difference
 Baxter, John D.
 Iron Age v228n16 (Manufacturing Mgt Edition) PP: 58-60 Aug 16, 1985
 -CODEN-
 IRAGAN
-ISSN-
 0164-5137
-JrnlCode-
 IAR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 As industry in the US restructures itself, top managers are turning their
 corporations into lean, tautly efficient entities. To reach new levels of
 efficiency, however, corporations must have managers who can attain new
 levels of performance. This need has generated interest in manager
 selection, development, and promotion. Companies want to pick managers who
 are leaders. Rodman L. Drake of management consulting firm Cresap, McCormick
 & Paget has identified 7 success traits in managers at any level of
 substantive management responsibility. These managers: 1. have a clear
 vision of what they are doing, 2. emphasize key values, 3. stay in touch
 with a wide range of contacts, 4. shun pseudo-professionalism in favor of
 actual implementation, 5. have an ability to manage change, 6. have the
 ability to identify and manage qualified people, and 7. know how to identify
 and use key indicators of an organization's health and future.
-Desc-
 Management; Skills; Leadership; Ability; Factors; Corporate objectives;
 Values; Strategic planning; Implementations
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 30
-A-
 85027680
-W-
 Training Managers to Communicate in Difficult Situations
 Mendleson, Jack; Ettkin, Larry
 Management Qtrly v26n1 PP: 33-44 Spring 1985
 -CODEN-
 MQMQAE
-ISSN-
 0025-1860
-JrnlCode-
 MQU
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 12 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 DIFCOM (for ''difficult communication'') is a process that teaches
 participants how to communicate an unwelcome message directly. It involves 6
 steps: 1. Set a businesslike tone. 2. Define the work relationship,
 stressing positive aspects. 3. Describe the specific problem. 4. Request the
 desired change in behavior. 5. Outline benefits to a change. 6. Prepare an
 action plan for both parties. This management training involves explanation
 and role-playing of different styles of communication for different steps in
 the process. DIFCOM training emphasizes such difficult communication
 situations as: 1. the performance review 2. the troubled employee, and 3.
 group planning and decision making. After training, participants are asked
 to review how well they delivered their messages and to suggest ways to
 improve communications. Charts. Graphs.
-Desc-
 Communication; Skills; Training; Methods; Role playing; Managers
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 31
-A-
 85027674
-W-
 The Case for a New Managerial Ethic
 Brown, David S.
 Management Qtrly v26n1 PP: 6-14 Spring 1985
 -CODEN-
 MQMQAE
-ISSN-
 0025-1860
-JrnlCode-
 MQU
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A new managerial ethic is needed today to increase excellence in the
 workplace. This ethic demands professionalism in attitude and commitment and
 high standards in performance. Managers cannot simply follow an established
 set of instructions, but must take part in the dynamic and creative process
 to meet the goals set by the organization. Managers need to continually
 improve both individual and group performance. Methods for improving
 organizational productivity include: 1. Meet new needs by developing new
 products and services and new ways of producing them. 2. Improve quality by
 improving performance. 3. Examine organizational procedures to see how work
 is done. 4. Use time efficiently. 5. Reduce costs. 6. Make the workplace
 more physically attractive.
-Desc-
 Managers; Ethics; Skills; Productivity; Responsibilities; Attitudes
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 32
-A-
 85027151
-W-
 Management: The Return of the Velvet Glove
 Kotter, John P.
 Working Woman v10n8 PP: 19-23 Aug 1985
 -CODEN-
 WOWODL
-ISSN-
 0145-5761
-JrnlCode-
 WKW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 As businesses expand, managers increasingly must depend on lateral
 relationships - people over whom they have no formal authority - to get a
 job done. When operating outside the chain of command, managers should
 employ certain strategies to encourage others to work for them, namely: 1.
 Identify relevant lateral relationships, taking care not to alienate anyone
 whose cooperation might be necessary later. 2. Anticipate resistance by
 analyzing each individual's special interests to see if any are shared. 3.
 Establish rapport with those people outside the chain of command, building
 working relationships that can help sever future lines of resistance. 4.
 Always be ready with an alternate plan to overcome resistance; sometimes,
 coercion or manipulation might be needed to achieve an objective. Only those
 managers who have mastered the art of gaining corporate friends and
 influencing colleagues with persuasion can successfully navigate corporate
 channels.
-Desc-
 Peers; Relations; Cooperation; Conflicts; Management; Skills ;
 Interdepartmental; Communication; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 33
-A-
 85026704
-W-
 Big Challenge in Direct Marketing
 Dyon, Allen W.
 National Underwriter (Property/Casualty) v89n29 PP: 22, 24 Jul 19, 1985
-ISSN-
 0163-8912
-JrnlCode-
 ?UN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The direct marketing manager is the key ingredient to allow a direct
 marketing insurance firm to rise above its competitors. The biggest
 challenge facing the direct marketing industry today is the finding and
 training of these managers. Skills that the direct marketing manager must
 possess include: 1. a strong ability in financial and capital management, 2.
 the ability to deal with a multitude of data processing functions, 3. a
 background in marketing advertising instead of general advertising, and 4.
 the ability to lead, train, and motivate subordinates. Often, time
 constraints limit the in-house development approach, which otherwise has
 advantages. One solution is to move to a functional marketing organization
 instead of remaining product-oriented. This permits division of management
 responsibilities by functions. Another alternative is to train experienced
 management professionals from unrelated fields in direct marketing
 management.
-Desc-
 Direct distribution; Insurance industry; Managers; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 8200 (CN=Insurance industry); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 34
-A-
 85026703
-W-
 Key to Success: Communicating Effectively
 Langevin, Karen
 National Underwriter (Property/Casualty) v89n29 PP: 20-21 Jul 19, 1985
-ISSN-
 0163-8912
-JrnlCode-
 NUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The key to success for John Connellan, president and founder of The
 Executive Technique (Chicago, Illinois) is communicating effectively.
 Teaching the importance of good content and good physical skills in
 effective communicating is the main focus of The Executive Technique's
 programs. Clients receive a workbook prior to attending The Executive
 Technique's 2-day program. During the program, the client works on a
 presentation and receives an evaluation. Preparation is the first step in
 achieving good content. Preparation includes knowing the organization and
 its budget concerns. The agent should determine the most important reason
 for the potential client to listen and should present that reason to the
 audience at the beginning of the presentation. Any presentation is enhanced
 by the use of visual aids. In addition, eye contact is very important. One
 unusual aspect of the technique is that agents are advised not to ask for a
 sale at the end of a presentation since the customer generally is not ready
 to make a decision at that time.
-Desc-
 Communication; Skills; Effectiveness; Insurance agents & brokers; Programs;
 Case studies; Training
 CLASS. CODES: 8200 (CN=Insurance industry); 6400 (CN=Employee benefits &
 compensation); 9110 (CN=Company specific); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 8300
 (CN=Service industries not elsewhere classified)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 35
-A-
 85026453
-W-
 Achieving Credibility as a Manager
 Mendleson, Jack L.; Golen, Steven P.
 Industrial Mgmt v27n3 PP: 16-17 May/Jun 1985
-ISSN-
 0019-8471
-JrnlCode-
 IM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Subordinates perceive credible managers as knowledgeable and as unbiased and
 objective in communicating their knowledge. For this perception to take
 place, managers must possess 3 quanities: 1. expertness, meaning they are
 perceived as sources of timely and accurate information, 2. trustworthiness,
 meaning they are perceived as communicating truthful information, and 3.
 relatedness, meaning they are perceived as similar and compatible with
 subordinates. Specific cues can be observed to gain further insight into a
 manager's credibility. Some cues come from physical evidence, others involve
 behavior, and still others involve reputation. To establish credibility,
 managers must practice effective interpersonal communication skills. When
 communicating, they must not exaggerate, and they must continue to enlarge
 their own expertise in their chosen areas. Charts.
-Desc-
 Credibility; Managers; Leadership; Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 36
-A-
 85025676
-W-
 A Search for Excellence in Supervision
 Smith, Howard L.; Jensen, T. Alan
 Health Care Supevisor v3n4 PP: 58-66 Jul 1985
-ISSN-
 0731-3381 JRNL CODE HCS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The change from cost-based payment to prospective payment is financially
 hazardous for health care institutions, and the emphasis on productivity and
 excellence is greater than ever before. The qualities of excellence in
 health care supervision are compared with those found in industry. Excelcent
 health care institutions display the same characteristics of excellence as
 those outlined for industry by Peters and Waterman (1982). The first is
 action and the importance of completing tasks. Supervisors must constantly
 be alert for ways in which to improve service and must create an attitude of
 service within their employees. Employees should be encouraged to think
 independently while keeping in mind overall organizational goals. It is
 always possible to improve, and the wise supervisor knows that improvement
 will take place through the best efforts of the employees. Value-driven
 organizations emphasize communication and tend to operate more effectively,
 especially when they stick to what they know best. Simplicity also is to be
 valued. References.
-Desc-
 Health care industry; Productivity; Profitability; Organizational;
 Excellence; Principles; Implications; Management; Skills; Supervision
 CLASS. CODES: 8320 (CN=Health care industry); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 37
-A-
 85025674
-W-
 Career Planning for the Newly Appointed Health Care Supervisor
 Browdy, Jerad D.
 Health Care Supervisor v3n4 PP: 31-41 Jul 1985
-ISSN-
 0731-3381 JRNL CODE HCS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 11 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The newly appointed health care supervisor must be aware of the kinds of
 changes taking place in health care and should be planning for the next 5 or
 so years, taking steps which will lead to further advancement. While a
 master's degree in business administration (MBA) or in hospital
 administration (MHA) has been the traditional requirement for moving ahead
 in health care, top managers increasingly are looking for people with people
 skill and managerial talent. Career planning begins with knowing oneself and
 one's own goals. Also, the newly appointed supervisor is learning the basics
 about managerial process. Effective time management and organizational
 skills are essential elements in the new position. It is always important to
 understand that career changes may need to be made as the supervisor moves
 along in the organization. Also, since successful organizations must remain
 financially viable, the successful supervisor must understand and live with
 fiscal controls.
-Desc-
 Health care industry; Career development planning; Management development;
 Management; Procedures; Skills; Supervisors
 CLASS. CODES: 8320 (CN=Health care industry); 6200 (CN=Training &
 development); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 38
-A-
 85025556
-W-
 Marketing Classes Need Taste of the Real World
 Lantos, Geoffrey P.; Butaney, Gul
 Marketing News v19n15 PP: 3, 6, 8 Jul 19, 1985
 -CODEN-
 MKNAT
-ISSN-
 0025-3790
-JrnlCode-
 MNW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A gap exists between what marketing professors teach in the classroom and
 what marketing managers actually practice in the real world. The first step
 toward correcting the problem is to change teaching philosophies so that
 marketing is viewed as a profession, not merely as a series of academic
 exercises. Marketing faculty should focus on areas that employer surveys
 emphasize as desirable characteristics of prospective candidates: 1. oral
 and written communication skill, 2. motivation and initiative, 3.
 assertiveness, 4. leadership skill, 5. problem-solving skill, 6. maturity,
 and 7. enthusiasm. Cooperative and internship programs and marketing
 competitions sponsored by corporations and advertising trade groups bring
 students in touch with the working world. Seldom-used instructional methods
 that will probably gain wider use in the future include: 1. field trips, 2.
 experiential exercises, 3. utilization of new-product samples and media
 kits, 4. discussions of current business news, and 5. classroom debates.
 Charts.
-Desc-
 Colleges & universities; Higher education; Business schools Teaching;
 Trends; Methods; Techniques
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 39
-A-
 85024820
-W-
 Management: ''The Faster I Go, the Behinder I Get''
 Durst, Michael
 Small Systems World v13n7 PP: 49-50 Jul 1985
-ISSN-
 0272-5444
-JrnlCode-
 SSW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Achievement level managers appear to use stress as a means of motivating
 themselves to meet deadlines and accomplish more. This type of behavior,
 which often results in executive burnout, is typically rewarded with more
 money and greater status. However, such overachievers actually accomplish
 less than they would if they learned to slow down and become more
 reflective. The psychological profile that typifies the achievement level
 includes: 1. a feeling of being harried and frenzied, 2. a sense of
 insecurity, 3. an emphasis on quantity rather than quality, 4. performance
 of more than one task at a time, 5. frustration, 6. a sense of futility, and
 7. work-dominated relationships. Corrective steps include: 1. learning to
 relax, 2. balancing work, love, and play, 3. thinking proactively, not
 reactively, 4. setting realistic goals, and 5. exercising regularly.
-Desc-
 Managers; Motivation; Behavior; Personality; Guidelines; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 40
-A-
 85024493
-W-
 ''You're It!''
 Modzinski, Charles J.
 Supervisory Mgmt v30n7 PP: 41-43 Jul 1985
 -CODEN-
 SPMNAU
-ISSN-
 0039-5919
-JrnlCode-
 SPM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The first-line supervisor who has unionized subordinates has the toughest
 job in the management structure - on the thin line between management and
 union - and the only way to perform the job well is through leadership.
 Learning and developing leadership ability for this job is based on 3 key
 ingredients: 1. being oneself, which will elicit respect for the supervisor,
 2. rapport, which involves courtesy and respect for those in positions above
 and below, and 3. style, which is the unique way people handle themselves
 when they have confidence in themselves and have established rapport with
 subordinates, peers, and supervisors. Most natural leaders have the ability
 to deal with all kinds of people while maintaining their own personality and
 experiencing it in a style that is theirs alone. The first-line supervisor
 should remember that: 1. people are not born to be leaders, and 2. people
 only become leaders because subordinates choose them to be their leaders.
-Desc-
 First line; Supervisors; Union; Management; Relations; Leadership
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 41
-A-
 85024150
-W-
 When Your VIP Takes the Podium
 Griffin, Marie
 Successful Meetings v34n6 PP: 49-53 Jun 1985
-ISSN-
 0148-4052
-JrnlCode-
 SMM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Less stigma is now attached to top executives who admit that they are not
 effective public speakers and get help through speaker training. Now, many
 private companies and trade/professional associations offer such training.
 Several techniques are used in speaker training, and those involved should
 find the one with which they are most comfortable. Communispond, a company
 that trains executive speakers, uses a process called sequencing, which
 involves: 1. explaining the philosophy of why things need to be done in a
 certain way, 2. having the executive try a presentation, 3. videotaping the
 presentation, and 4. providing additional practice. Tips for nervous
 speakers include: 1. Remember that the audience did not come to see the
 individual but to hear the material presented. 2. Learn to use nervousness.
 3. Have a realistic view of the audience. 4. Smile with confidence. 5. Use
 humor wherever appropriate.
-Desc-
 Public speaking; Speeches; Skills; Training; Communication
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 42
-A-
 85023972
-W-
 Success by Chemistry: Behind Corporate Matchmaking
 Schoeffler, Sidney
 Marketing Communications v10n5 PP: 28-31 Jun 1985
-ISSN-
 0164-4343
-JrnlCode-
 MCO
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: Marketing Communications, 475 Park Avenue S., New York, NY 10016
 One of the difficulties with corporate strategy implementation is correctly
 matching management skills to the problems to be solved. The mission
 dictates what people with what skills and propensities should occupy key
 management positions. For example, heavy marketing is not profitable for
 some businesses with low relative market share, so it would be a serious
 mistake for such companies to hire managers whose temperament or skill was
 in the area of aggressive and expansive marketing campaigning. Possible
 indicators of management skill include: 1. primary background, 2. age (old
 versus young, relative to position), 3. breadth of experience in functional
 tasks, companies, and industries, 4. prior compensation (fixed versus
 variable), and 5. prior successes or failures. It may be possible to match a
 prospective employee's profile against those in a database, such as Profit
 Impact of Market Strategy (PIMS), to determine the probability of success.
 Charts. Diagrams.
-Desc-
 Strategic planning; Implementations; Management; Managers; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2310 (CN=Planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 43
-A-
 85023015
-W-
 Mind Your Management Mannes
 Bryant-McIlhenny, Janet
 Management World v14n6 PP: 34-35 Jun 1985
-ISSN-
 0090-3825
-JrnlCode-
 MWL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A number of rules are basic to corporate etiquette. In making introductions,
 the person of highest corporate rank should be introduced first. When
 introducing someone whose name has been forgotten, admit the fact and
 continue. People with appointments should not be asked to wait more than 15
 minutes. All parties involved should be called and advised of the delay if
 one is running behind on appointments. Instead of cancelling meetings, the
 person who is behind should shorten all appointments throughout the day to
 get back on schedule. When one arrives late at the office, the event should
 be downplayed as much as possible. The person who signs the bill for a meal
 should follow the maitre d' into the restaurant. Other basic rules include:
 1. Do not participate in gossip. 2. Provide information only when requested.
 3. Be fair. 4. Make sure that communications are clear. 5. Act as a coworker
 with others.
-Desc-
 Executives; Management; Skills; Guidelines; Behavior
 CLASS. CODES: 2130 (CN=Executives); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9150
 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 44
-A-
 85022796
-W-
 The Future of Business Education
 Miles, Raymond E.
 California Mgmt Review v27n3 PP: 63-73 Spring 1985
 -CODEN-
 CMNRAK
-ISSN-
 0008-1256
-JrnlCode-
 CMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 11 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Business education in the US has expanded rapidly since the 1970s. Despite
 this growth, the relevance of business education for the organizational
 realities facing most businesses is being called into question. The
 organizational form of business is evolving; previously structured according
 to functional or divisional requirements, business organizations of the
 future will be structured according to networking requirements based on new
 technologies and new industries. Business education will have to be
 restructured to accommodate this new organizational form. To satisfy
 business needs for both specialists and generalists, a 6-tiered curriculum
 is proposed: 1. a general business undergraduate program, 2. a 5-year
 masters of science program in special functional areas, 3. a 2-year masters
 of business administration program with a general management orientation for
 experienced managers, 4. a part-time doctorate of business administration to
 extend the functional skills of executives, 5. a doctorate of philosophy in
 business geared to scholars and faculty, and 6. a broad range of continuing
 management education programs. Table.
-Desc-
 Business schools; Higher education; Trends; Predictions; Structure;
 Programs
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 45
-A-
 85022795
-W-
 Business Schools and Their Critics
 Cheit, Earl F.
 California Mgmt Review v27n3 PP: 43-62 Spring 1985
 -CODEN-
 CMNRAK
-ISSN-
 0008-1256
-JrnlCode-
 CMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 20 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Business schools have drawn a substantial amount of criticism recently for
 failing to prepare managers adequately for the complex competitive
 environment in which they must work. Inadequate business education has been
 charged to be a primary factor in the decline in competitiveness of US
 business. The major complaints about business education are that it has
 become too academic, focusing on technical competence at the expense of
 leadership skills, organizational skills, and communication skills. It is
 seen as fostering a short-term, risk-averse orientation. However, a review
 of the history of business education reveals that, from the time the first
 business schools were started, business education has been criticized and
 rejected because it was not considered ''academic'' enough for university
 education. The current academic orientation of business education has been a
 response to old criticisms. In response to new criticisms, many business
 schools are adopting a new professional orientation. They are focusing on
 broad management skills, special functional fields of business, and
 international business concerns. Tables. Diagram. References.
-Desc-
 Business schools; Colleges & universities; Criticism; Higher education;
 History; Models
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 46
-A-
 85022300
-W-
 Plain Speaking
 St. John, Walter D.
 Personnel Jrnl v64n6 PP: 82-90 Jun 1985
 -CODEN-
 PEJOAA
-ISSN-
 0031-5745
-JrnlCode-
 PEJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Today, more than ever before, managers must maintain an open dialogue with
 employees if they are to function effectively. Achieving a true
 understanding requires that managers and employees sit down together, talk
 together, listen together, share their genuine concerns together, and
 empathize together. Guidelines for issuing directives include: 1. Limit
 their use. 2. Include the facts or conditions that have made the directive
 necessary. 3. Prepare people for the directive in advance. When preparing
 people for change, it is important to tell them how their job will be
 affected and what will happen to them if the change fails. Proven techniques
 for making negative responses more palatable include: 1. Show a genuine
 concern for what people have to say. 2. Clearly and patiently explain the
 rationale for the denial. Other guidelines are given for: 1. learning from
 mistakes, 2. apologizing gracefully, 3. accepting apologies gracefully, 4.
 dealing with angry employees, 5. praising people effectively, and 6.
 accepting praise.
-Desc-
 Communication; Skills; Managers; Guidelines; Factors; Relations;
 Subordinates; Feedback
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 47
-A-
 85022293
-W-
 The Pygmalion Effect
 Goddard, Robert W.
 Personnel Jrnl v64n6 PP: 10-16 Jun 1985
 -CODEN-
 PEJOAA
-ISSN-
 0031-5745
-JrnlCode-
 PEJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Pygmalion Effect refers to how one's attitude toward, and subsequent
 treatment of someone has the power to transform that person. A growing
 number of companies today are realizing the power of organizational
 expectations and are developing new standards, structures, and systems to
 try to create a corporate culture that encourages employee success. Good
 management practices for applying the Pygmalion Effect on the job include:
 1. Recognize that everyone is capable of better performance. 2. Express
 confidence in the staff. 3. Maintain an ongoing dialogue. 4. Establish high
 performance standards. 5. Compliment employees regularly. 6. Criticize
 positively and with empathy. 7. Help people advance. 8. Introduce new
 subordinates as people with potential. 9. Overcome personal prejudices. 10.
 Be aware of nonverbal messages. With the Pygmalion Effect, it is the
 individual who determines the success or failure of a self-fulfilling
 prophecy.
-Desc-
 Supervisors; Subordinates; Behavior; Relations; Management; Skills;
 Guidelines; Applications
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9150 (CN=Guidelines); 2500
 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 48
-A-
 85022209
-W-
 The Changing Paths
 Prismore, Jay
 Cash Flow v6n5 PP: 30-31 Jun 1985
-ISSN-
 0196-6227
-JrnlCode-
 CFL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Young finance managers are looking for opportunities to learn a variety of
 skills in a number of company environments. David Kurrasch, formerly in
 charge of cash management services for Greyhound Corp., now heads a staff of
 35 as national sales manager of the cash management division at Wells Fargo
 Bank (San Francisco, California). He has both management and sales
 responsibilities and enjoys the high level of visibility of his position.
 The industry-to-bank movement is becoming more common, although the
 bank-to-industry change is still seen more frequently. Increased merger and
 acquisition activity is another factor that is creating opportunities for
 mobile executives. Involvement in these activities took Gary Sylvan to his
 present position as the vice-president finance, secretary, and treasurer of
 Home Juice Co. (Melrose Park, Illinois).
-Desc-
 Career development planning; Finance; Managers; Financial management;
 Careers; Skills; Changes
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development); 8100 (CN=Financial services
 industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 49
-A-
 85021375
-W-
 Puzzles or Problems? Cutting Through the Manager's Dilemma
 Osigweh, Chimezie A. B.
 Business Horizons v28n3 PP: 69-73 May/Jun 1985
 -CODEN-
 BHORAD
-ISSN-
 0007-6813
-JrnlCode-
 BHO
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The concept of problem solving has been extrapolated too far. Problems are
 often being mistaken for puzzles, and problem-solving models are often meant
 for puzzle solving. This analysis: 1. reviews the problem-solving and
 puzzle-solving emphases found in problem-solving and/or decision-making
 models, 2. identifies each of the emphases as separate areas of management
 expertise, and 3. suggests ways to deal with the emphases so managers can do
 their jobs more effectively. Unlike problem solving, puzzle solving is based
 on rules that have been accepted as given. Problem solving, which does not
 yield an ultimate product, occurs in an open system of interactions. Puzzle
 solving, on the other hand, produces a knowable answer. Managers must be
 aware of the area of emphasis with which they are dealing and act
 accordingly. For example, when dealing with a puzzle, they must specify the
 expected results and seek prescriptive models. References.
-Desc-
 Problem solving; Decision making; Decision making models; Managers
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 50
-A-
 85021201
-W-
 Japanese Management: What About the ''Hard'' Skills
 Nonaka, Ikujiro; Johansson, Johny K.
 Academy of Mgnt Review v10n2 PP: 181-191 Apr 1985
-ISSN-
 0363-7425
-JrnlCode-
 AMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 11 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 As defined by Pascale and Athos (1981), there are ''hard'' management skills
 (strategy, structure, and systems) as well as ''soft'' ones (skills, staff,
 style, and superordinate goals). It is argued that Japanese firms, known to
 emphasize the soft skills, should now seek to bring the hard skills into
 balance with them in order to better succeed in today's complex and
 uncertain environment. The climate of organizational learning so natural in
 Japanese firms demonstrates how those firms' hard skills have equaled and
 sometimes surpassed those of Western firms, despite the relative lack of
 professional education among Japanese managers. Organizational learning
 involves the sharing of individual knowledge, and Japanese management is
 consensus decision-making process facilitates information sharing. Also
 important to Japan's management sucess are: 1. the integration of shared
 knowledge, 2. on-the-job education, and 3. continuous education. All these
 factors serve to improve the firm's skill at using information to make
 strategic and tactical decisions - hard skills. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Japan; Management styles; Organizational behavior; Organizational; Learning;
 Management; Managers; Decision making; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 9170 (CN=Non-US); 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior 2200
 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 51
-A-
 85021111
-W-
 The Executive Addict
 Flax, Steven
 Fortune v111n13 PP: 24-31 Jun 24, 1985
 -CODEN-
 FORTAP
-ISSN-
 0015-8259
-JrnlCode-
 FOR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 According to doctors who treat executive drug abuse, executive addicts, and
 treatment facilities operators, cocaine, heroin, and prescription drug abuse
 among executives is widespread and is increasing. Executive drug abuse can
 threaten other employees' lives, cause users to steal from their employers,
 and impair an executive's judgment in critical situations. Experts believe
 executive drug addiction is increasing largely because managers born during
 the baby boom have used drugs recreationally and are casual about drug use.
 Moreover, the acceptance of drug use can create peer pressure to use drugs,
 and managers seem less afraid of drugs than others. Cocaine has become more
 popular because of such myths that it is not addictive and is harmless if
 snorted, and because it is easy to buy, hide, and use. The best solution for
 executive addicts appears to be forcing them to realize they have a problem
 and helping them into treatment. Executives' probability for recovery is
 enhanced by the character traits and social skills they usually possess.
 However, too often, companies that send executives for treatment do not hold
 the executive's job for their return.
-Desc-
 Executives; Drug abuse; Drug addiction; Manypeople; Manycompanies;
 Characteristics; Employee problems; Rehabilitation
 CLASS. CODES: 2130 (CN=Executives); 6500 (CN=Employee problems)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 52
-A-
 85020127
-W-
 Unlocking Your Intuition
 Agor, Weston H.
 Management World v14n5 PP: 8-10 May 1985
-ISSN-
 0090-3825
-JrnlCode-
 MWL:
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Many management techniques stress logic and reason, but intuition is also a
 powerful method of managerial decision making. Intuitive managers seem to be
 able to see new possibilities in any situation and generate new ideas for
 solving problems. Intuition is also helpful in working more effectively with
 office staff. However, national tests have shown that many executives are
 unhappy because the skills required in their jobs do not coincide with their
 intuitive abilities. In many cases, executives are not even aware of their
 intuitive abilities and cannot take advantage of them when making career
 decisions. Developing intuition involves allowing it to work and sharing
 insights with others. Organizations can create an environment where
 intuitive skills are supported and practiced. Intuition can help managers in
 many areas, including: 1. recruiting and placing employees, 2. assessing
 future trends, 3. overcoming communication problems, and 4. developing
 training programs.
-Desc-
 Management; Techniques; Decision making; Skills; Problem solving; Management
 decisions
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 53
-A-
 85019706
-W-
 Do You Practice Mirrored-Glasses Management
 Clark, Garry R.
 Managers Magazine v60n5 PP: 37-39 May 1985
-ISSN-
 0025-1968
-JrnlCode-
 MAG
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The manager's job is to get things done though others. Managers must
 remember that their success depends on dealing with people of different
 opinions, beliefs, and values. ''Mirrored-sunglasses'' management tries to
 project the image of the manager on everyone else to make those people
 easier to manage. Learning the skill of managing others instead of managing
 projected images is necessary for effective management. The more managers
 know about their employees, the easier it is to manage them as individuals.
 Managers should try to find out each employee's career goals, values,
 limitations, and maturity levels and determine what management style is best
 suited for the particular employee.
-Desc-
 Management; Skills; Managers; Learning; Insurance agents & brokers
 CLASS. CODES: 8200 (CN=Insurance industry); 6200 (CN=Training &
 development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 54
-A-
 85019044
-W-
 Management: ''Don't Blame Me, I Just Work Here!''
 Durst, Michel
 Small Systems World v13n5 PP: 56 May 1985
-ISSN-
 0272-5444
-JrnlCode-
 SSW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Blaming negative experiences on others or on external forces is the dominant
 theme at the 2nd level of management maturity - the Self-Protective Level.
 The philosophy of management by responsibility (MBR) assumes that the
 manager is always 100% responsible for whatever he experiences. People who
 refuse to acknowledge themselves as cause according to this philosophy deal
 with life from an ''effect'' position. This position leads to evasive habits
 in people when they are first exposed to MBR; this habit results from
 self-protection. Managers' first step out of the Self-Protective Level is
 recognizing that they have choices. The 2nd step is taking full
 responsibility for the events they are involved in. Guidelines to follow
 iclude: 1. Examine personal motives. 2. Change what needs to be changed. 3.
 Associate with responsible, happy, and successul people. 4. Stay completely
 conscious when communicating with others.
-Desc-
 Management; Skills; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 55
-A-
 85019030
-W-
 A Set of Tools - Organization: the Means to Get You Where You Want to Go
 Gordon, Judy A.
 Credit & Financial Mgmt v87n4 PP: 16-20 May 1985
-ISSN-
 0010-0973
-JrnlCode-
 CFM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Stephanie Winston is president and founder of The Organizing Principle (New
 York), a management consulting firm that promotes managerial productivity
 through personal and corporate organization. Her books, Getting Organized
 and The Organized Executive, were written to help people organize their
 personal and professional affairs. In an interview, Winston defines
 organization as management of 3 basic areas: 1. time, 2. paper, and 3.
 people. She advocates the establishment of a Master List, which may consist
 of hundreds of items to be accomplished, and a Daily List, which consists of
 several tasks pulled from the Master List to be accomplished in a particular
 day. Winston believes that long-term goals must be incorporated into daily
 actions before they can be achieved. She claims that organization is
 basically common sense. People should not allow organization to become
 stressful. It does not mean being neat, being perfect, or being moral. Being
 organized is merely a set of tools, methods, and techniques that allow an
 individual to get where he or she wants to go.
-Desc-
 Managers; Skills; Efficiency; Time management; Reports
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 56
-A-
 85018114
-W-
 Finding the Elusive OA Manager
 Beaver, Jennifer E.
 Computer Decisions v17n9 PP: 60-64, 121 May 7, 1985
 -CODEN-
 CODCB8
-ISSN-
 00?0-4558
-JrnlCode-
 COM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Office automation (OA) managers must possess both technical and
 interpersonal skills. In many large corporations, OA equipment acquisitions
 are handled by either a single department, usually data processing (DP), or
 an OA committee, which is usually dominated by management information
 systems (MIS) or DP staff. In order to qualify for OA management, many
 MIS/DP managers are trying to build an image that includes concern for user
 needs as well as technological expertise. According to psychologist Thomas
 McDonald, interpersonal skills can be taught; technicians have typically
 been deficient in this area only because they have not had sufficient
 opportunity to practice communication skills. Another potential source of OA
 management is the user who has an exceptional understanding and interest
 level, but upper management support and recognition are crucial to ensure
 success. The rising level of computer literacy facilitates finding OA
 managers in the outside world.
-Desc-
 Office automation; Managers; Recruitment; Communication; Technical; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 5220 (CN=Data processing management); 61?0 (CN=Human resource
 planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 57
-A-
 85017451
-W-
 Blue Cross of California: Human Resources in a Changing World
 Ulrich, David O.; Clack, Beverly A.; Dillon, Larry
 Human Resource Mgmt v24n1 PP:  69-80 Spring 1985
-ISSN-
 0090-4848
-JrnlCode-
 HRM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 12 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Blue Cross of California is a nonprofit corporation engaged mainly in
 underwriting prepaid health care. Beverly Clack, the firm's executive
 vice-president of Standard Operations, noted that the corporation has
 responded effectively to the changes in the health care industry and has
 progressed along a transition cycle which should lead it to even greater
 success. A particularly important factor in helping Blue Cross respond to
 the pressures for change was the responsiveness of the human resources
 division in leading the corporation through its transition period. Blue
 Cross must continue to improve its ability to manage the transition for the
 next several years. Sustained efforts to ensure continuity will entail
 commitment to the vision of the new Blue Cross from the top executives down
 to middle management and lower level workers. The development of people
 skills to deal with innovation and new products and the slow fostering of
 the new culture will be of utmost importance.
-Desc-
 Blue Cross Blue Shield; Case studies; Insurance industry; Health care
 industry; Human resources; Management; Corporate culture;  Management
 development; Programs; Training
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 8210 (CN=Life & health insurance);
 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 58
-A-
 85017406
-W-
 Carrer Clinic
 Moris, Alene H.
 NABW Jrnl (National Assn of Bank Women) v61n3 PP: 24-26 Mar/Apr 1985
-JrnlCode-
 NJO
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The term ''people skills'' is used to describe a person's ability to work
 well with co-workers, colleagues, and the public. However, it has become a
 catch-all phrase and can take on different meanings in accordance with the
 work environment in which it is used. ''People skills'' can mean social
 skills, assertiveness, warmth and caring, psychological insight, one-on-one
 skills, team building skills, and coping abilities. For some, any one of
 these skills can come quite naturally, but others, who may lack there
 skills, have to be taught how to manage different sorts of personalities.
 People skills are essential to most successful careers and for positive and
 productive day-to-day relationships. Training can be very helpful because
 people skills should be recognized as a critical area of both personal and
 professional development.
-Desc-
 Management; Skills; Communication; Personnel management; Customer relations
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 59
-A-
 85016400
-W-
 PLC: The Missing Link Between Physical Distribution and Marketing Planning
 Kaminski, Peter F.; Rink, David R.
 International Jrnl of Physical Distribution & Materials Mgmt (UK) v14n6
 PP: 77-92 1984
 -CODEN-
 IPDJAX
-ISSN-
 0020-7527
-JrnlCode-
 IPD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 16 Pages
 AVAIL.: MCB Publications Ltd., 198/200 Keighley Rd., Bradford, W. Yorkshire,
 England BD9 4JQ
 There is a need for a set of carefully conceived physical distribution (PD)
 strategies and tactics sequenced according to some workable framework.
 Potential alternative organizing frameworks include: 1. product portfolio
 analysis, 2. market attractiveness-business position analysis, 3. profit
 impact of marketing strategy analysis, and 4. product life cycle (PLC). The
 PLC is a generalized model that depicts the unit sales trend of some
 narrowly defined product from the time of the market entry decision until
 withdrawal. Two factors to be considered when formulating PD strategies are:
 1. changing conditions in the marketplace, and 2. corporate objectives. By
 using the PLC as a gauge of changing market conditions, a list of specific
 PD strategies can be delineated for each stage of the PLC: 1. design, 2.
 introduction, 3. growth, 4. maturity, and 5. decline. Aspects of PD that
 should be considered in regard to each of these stages include: 1.
 transportation, 2. inventory, 3. facility location, 4. packaging, 5.
 materials handling, and 6. information processing. Tables. Graphs.
 References.
-Desc-
 Product life cycle; Distribution; Management; Managers; Decision making
 models; Management decisions; Strategy; Tactics; Market planning
 CLASS. CODES: 5160 (CN=Transportation); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 60
-A-
 85015814
-W-
 Healthcare Management: A Letter to the President
 Wowk, Paul I.
 Hospital & Health Services Administration v30n2 PP: 35-45 Mar/Apr 1985
-ISSN-
 0364-4553
-JrnlCode-
 HHS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 11 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 An imaginary letter to a hospital president looks at traits identified in
 management literature that are applicable to the health care field.
 Effective management is defined as effective managers. Therefore, traits
 possessed by effective managers must be further defined. The effective
 manager: 1. creates and works within systems, making the best use of the
 administrative staff, 2. is creative, using negotiation and compromise to
 achieve goals, 3. can conceptualize by developing right-brain skills, 4. can
 concentrate on doing the most important tasks first, 5. is able to
 synthesize, drawing on creativity, 6. can be a capable modeler by observing
 others, 7. acts after applying common sense and building on human
 interactions, 7. is persistent in building good relationships between
 employee and supervisors, and 8. is a leader first, and then a manager. Each
 member of the management team should feel secure enough to question
 decisions and to suggest alternatives. References.
-Desc-
 Health care industry; Hospitals; Administration; Management Skills;
 Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 8320 (CN=Health care industry); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 61
-A-
 85015780
-W-
 Learning and the Quality of Working Life
 Emery, Merrelyn
 Computers in Industry v5n4 PP: 381-387 Dec 1984
 -CODEN-
 CINUD4
-ISSN-
 0166-3615
-JrnlCode-
 CII
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In addition to fair pay, reasonable hours, and a safe workplace, improving
 the quality of working life (QWL) involves continued learning opportunities
 to take the job intrinsically interesting and rewarding. Rather than
 employing consultants to design a training course to prepare people for the
 introduction of a QWL project, it should be assumed that everyone involved
 has the necessary motivation, skills, and experience to carry out the
 project successfully. This allows for a self-managing group of people
 sharing a common goal to learn, in a practical way, how to use their own
 resources and abilities. The skills required of self-managing groups fall
 into 5 main categories: 1. communication and decision-making skills, 2.
 managerial skills, 3. perceptual skills, 4. work design skills, and 5.
 skills for creating and maintaining a productive human atmosphere. Diagrams.
 References.
-Desc-
 Quality of work; Learning; Training; Job design; Organizational structure;
 Organizational behavior; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 62
-A-
 85015293
-W-
 Attribute Listing: Cutting Problems Down to Size
 Wakin, Eleanor
 Today's Office v19n11 PP: 20 Apr 1985
-ISSN-
 0744-2815
-JrnlCode-
 TOF
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Attribute listing is a problem-solving technique that can help give managers
 an objective view of the situation and show ways to a resolution. It works
 best in areas that need improvement, modification, or updating, rather than
 those that require total redesign, and can be used by managers either singly
 or in groups. Before starting to solve a problem, a manager should turn it
 into a broad challenge by stating the goal to be achieved. Then, a 3-part
 procedure should be followed: 1. Identify as many component parts of the
 problem as possible. 2. List all of the negative attributes, undesirable
 elements, and limitations of each component. 3. Develop one or more positive
 substitutions for each of the negative attributes. A manageable problem with
 an ordered plan for solution then emerges.
-Desc-
 Managers; Management decisions; Problem solving; Techniques
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 63
-A-
 85015257
-W-
 Plugging the Communication Channel? How Managers Stop Upward Communication
 Thomas, Phyllis
 Supervisory Mgmt v30n4 PP: 7-10 Apr 1985
 -CODEN-
 SPMNAU
-ISSN-
 0039-5919
-JrnlCode-
 SPM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Although most supervisors recognize the importance of open communication
 with workers, communication channels are often less open than managers
 think. Actions that can curtail upward communications include: 1. revealing
 sources of confidential discussions, 2. publicly confronting employees, 3.
 discriminating against critics, 4. making false promises, 5. letting
 friendships cloud judgment, and 6. opening employee meetings in a way that
 discourages communication. To maintain open communications, managers should
 assess their attitudes toward communication from subordinates.
 Confidentiality should be maintained, and an employee should be confronted
 alone, not in front of other employees. Charges of discrimination can be
 avoided by developing and adhering to clearly stated policies on promotion
 and job assignment. Managers should avoid making promises they cannot keep
 by explaining existing situations. Personal friendships should not create
 problems for managers if they will listen objectively to all sides of a
 discussion.
-Desc-
 Organizational behavior; Communication; Barriers; Managers; Management
 styles; Behavior
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior); 6000 (CN=Human resource management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 64
-A-
 85015256
-W-
 Does Analytical Thinking Hinder Your Performance
 Wright, Kurt
 Supervisory Mgmt v30n4 PP: 2-6 Apr 1985
 -CODEN-
 SPMNAU
-ISSN-
 0039-5919
-JrnlCode-
 SPM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Failure to develop a correctly disciplined analytical style can cause mental
 and emotional exhaustion. Indications of improper analytical thinking
 include such behavior as rationalizing, resisting change, and prejudging.
 Successful innovators, strategic thinkers, and entrepreneurs usually spend
 more time determining what is right rather than what in wrong with their
 ideas. Outstanding performers use a variety of techniques to develop a
 properly disciplined analytical mind, including: 1. reminding themselves of
 the opportunity to win in every circumstance, 2. viewing problems with a
 perspective of having already overcome them, 3. developing worst-case
 scenarios and trying to achieve better, and 4. refusing to take themselves
 so seriously. Charts.
-Desc-
 Managers; Management styles; Behavior; Changes; Techniques
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 65
-A-
 85015039
-W-
 Where Are You When You're Not Here (Part 3)
 Durst, Michael
 Small Systems World v13n4 PP: 35-36 Apr 1985
-ISSN-
 0272-5444
-JrnlCode-
 SSW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Becoming more conscious is the first step in becoming a productive,
 effective data processing (DP) manager. People often become unconscious to
 avoid others or jobs they dislike. This causes many problems, including: 1.
 wasted time and energy, 2. physical danger, 3. impaired communication, and
 4. impaired intellectual processing. Still, not all forms of unconsciousness
 are nonproductive - free-association is a way to perform a creative task
 that calls for being able to leave the present scene. People stay at the
 unconscious level because they blame the past rather than learning from it,
 or they worry about the future instead of planning for it. Another way to
 remain at the unconscious level is to complain about the present rather than
 doing something about it. Managers should recognize unconscious functioning
 in others to help them become more efficient and gain more control over
 their choice to be unconscious. Table. Diagram.
-Desc-
 Data processing; Managers; Management; Skills; Communication ; Psychology;
 Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 66
-A-
 85015015
-W-
 Methods for Training the Technical Editor in Interpersonal Skills
 Smith, Herb
 IEEE Transactions on Professional Communication vPC-28n1 PP: 46-50 Mar 1985
 -CODEN-
 IEPCBU
-ISSN-
 0361-1434
-JrnlCode-
 IPC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Human interaction plays an important role in any technical editing
 assignment. Editors must be able to listen actively to both the stated and
 implied meanings conveyed in the manuscript, and to carry on a constructive
 dialogue with writers for clarification purposes. Clarkson University offers
 a course in technical editing that takes a manuscript from rough draft to
 publishable form by involving students as fully as possible in the
 writing-editing process. The course is divided into 4 interrelated parts: 1.
 editing principles and practices, 2. composition of the Jrnl article, 3.
 format and writing style, and 2. writing and editing the article. Students
 submit 4-5 drafts of an article that are edited in pairs or by the group.
 Students assume the position of editor throughout the course, a type of role
 playing that helps dramatize the close relationship between writing and
 editing. The students also are exposed to several in-house editing manuals,
 write abstracts for different Jrnl articles, and design different
 communications for various audiences. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Technical; Writing; Editors; Training; Education; Colleges & universities;
 Interpersonal; Skills; Methods; Teaching
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 67
-A-
 85014340
-W-
 Making Effective Presentations
 Lloyd, Alan
 Management Services (UK) v29n3 PP:  8-12 Mar 1985
 -CODEN-
 MASEDZ
-ISSN-
 0307-6768
-JrnlCode-
 MNS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Presentations must sometimes be made to persuade people of the need to
 support and operate new methods of solving business problems. The
 practitioner must obtain approval for the proposal as well as active
 involvement. The designer must then choose the most effective means of
 achieving there objectives. The practitioner must constantly and
 deliberately sell the proposal outside of meetings. The presentation itself
 should be carefully and professionally planned and executed. Considerations
 should include: 1. the audience, 2. the presentation's objectives, 3.
 timing, and 4. venue. Planning the contents of the presentation involves
 selection of the material needed to achieve the presentation aim. The
 presentation format should include the introduction, main body, conclusion,
 and questions. Notes will ensure that everything planned is covered and also
 provide credibility. Visuals are also helpful to promote audience retention.
 Rehearsal of the presentation should include consideration of bad habits as
 well as equipment operation.
-Desc-
 Management; Managers; Presentation; Skills; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 68
-A-
 85014030
-W-
 A Comparative Analysis of Research and Development Managerial Jobs Across
 Two Sectors
 Pavett, Cynthia M.; Lau, Alan W.
 Jrnl of Mgmt Studies (UK) v22n1 PP: 69-82 Jan 1985
 -CODEN-
 JMASB2
-ISSN-
 0022-2380
-JrnlCode-
 JMS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 14 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Mintzberg's framework of managerial roles was used to compare research and
 development (R&D) managers to managers in career fields in the public and
 private sectors. Manager's perceptions of 3 factors were examined: 1. the
 importance of managerial roles, 2. managerial work characteristics, and 3.
 skills, knowledge, and abilities required for effective performance.
 Information was gathered by questionnaires, interviews, and surveys.
 Managerial role items were constructed and analyzed. The results suggested
 that Mintzberg's managerial role descriptions can be used to describe R&D as
 well as non-R&D managerial jobs in both the private and public sector.
 Contrary to expectations, it appeared that R&D managers in both sectors are
 not different from their non-R&D counterparts in their view of managerial
 roles. Both groups showed similarity with respect to managerial work
 characteristics and the importance of job performance skills despite their
 hypothetically different external environments. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Organizational behavior; Comparative analysis; Studies; R&D Managers; Roles;
 Data collection; Data analysis; Factors; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 5400 (CN=Research & development); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior); 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 69
-A-
 85013730
-W-
 Talking 'Technical' to Top Management
 Gibson, W. David
 Chemical Week v136n12 PP: 44-55 Mar 20, 1985
 -CODEN-
 CHWKA9
-ISSN-
 0009-272X
-JrnlCode-
 CEM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 As chemical technology and product strategies have grown increasingly
 sophisticated, the demand for technically trained, managerial communicators
 has never been greater. The problem is that technically trained people
 usually are not very effective communicators. They do not know how to
 translate technical jargon into English and then communicate that to others.
 Communications consultant Jeremiah Goldstein, who conducts seminars and
 workshops on persuasive presentation techniques, notes that, in the
 corporate environment, presentation skills may be the key to getting ahead.
 Companies put a premium on presentation skills because a speaker must not
 only appear convinced that plans of action are feasible, but also transfer
 that confidence to those responsible for funding. Common problems faced by
 technical people when speaking include: 1. failure to prepare, 2. inability
 to sound convincing, 3. assuming that a point is obvious, and 4. speaking in
 a long-winded, jargon-laden monotone.
-Desc-
 Chemical industry; Technical; Experts; Communication; Skills ; Presentation;
 Effectiveness; Training
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 8640 (CN=Chemical industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 70
-A-
 85012991
-W-
 Public Relations Starts at Home
 Mann, Ned
 Managers Magazine v60n3 PP: 12-17 Mar 1985
-ISSN-
 0025-1968
-JrnlCode-
 MAG
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 No public relations (PR) program will work unless a solid, reputable
 insurance agency operation backs it up. It follows that the PR campaign
 starts at home in the agency and the human relations that characterize it.
 Good morale can be a significant factor in agency success, and the morale of
 the agent's spouse is as important as that of the agent. Spouses must be
 made to feel that they are part of agency operations. Another factor to be
 considered is recognition of agents and their accomplishments. There should
 be a good communications program in place to let agents know what is going
 on within the agency, and an effective agency bulletin is perhaps the most
 versatile communication vehicle. Encouragement of agency-wide activities
 will foster a sense of belonging among those employed there. To implement
 the interagency PR campaign, cooperation will be required from every
 department. The rewards will be high morale and harmony. Charts.
 References.
-Desc-
 Internal public relations; Insurance agencies; Managers; Human relations;
 Employee morale; Leadership
 CLASS. CODES: 8200 (CN=Insurance industry); 2400 (CN=Public relations); 2200
 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 71
-A-
 85012843
-W-
 Retail Training: How the Top Department Stores Do It
 Feuer, Dale
 Training v22n3 PP: 115 Mar 1985
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-5892
-JrnlCode-
 TBI
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Many people are calling for improvement in both the quality and the quantity
 of training in the retail industry. Feinberg and Gifford (1983) conducted a
 survey desitned to determine: 1. what constitutes a good retail management
 training program, and 2. the extent to which existing programs emphasize
 leadership-skills training. Forty-one training managers at top department
 stores were surveyed. Feinberg and Gifford concluded that training managers
 in the retail industry need to devote more attention to the correlation
 between training program content and delivery method. Since many of the
 skills regarded as important for employees in retail organizations are
 behaviorally based rather than knowledge-oriented, such as human-relations
 skills and assertiveness, training managers would do well to increase their
 use of role playing, game simulation, and case study methods.
-Desc-
 Retailing; Training; Department stores; Management training Leadership;
 Skills; Surveys
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development); 8390 (CN=Retailing
 industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 72
-A-
 85011690
-W-
 Developing the Right Brain's Decision Making Potential
 Herron, Sue; Jacobs, Larry; Kliner, Brian
 Supervisory Mgmt v30n3 PP: 16-22 Mar 1985
 -CODEN-
 SPMNAU
-ISSN-
 0039-5919
-JrnlCode-
 SPM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Managers can enhance their value to the organization by improving their
 decision-making ability. Right-brain activity is most active in the analysis
 and preliminary decision stages of the decision-making process, and its
 intuitive nature is of primary importance. Intuitive abilities can be
 enhanced by slowing the left brain's activities by such means as physical
 exercise. In our culture, the left brain and its organized approach to
 thinking tend to dominate, so the more intuitive nature of the right brain
 must be stimulated and allowed to dominate for effective decision making and
 intuitive reasoning. Physical activity and the technique of dream recall can
 serve to short circuit the rational mind to let the intuitive mind work.
 With computers performing more left-brain functions, proper use of the right
 brain will become more important.
-Desc-
 Management decisions; Decision making; Skills; Management development;
 Techniques
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 73
-A-
 85011671
-W-
 How to Write to Top Management
 MacMillan, Bruce B.
 Business Marketing v70n3 PP: 136-139 Mar 1985
 -CODEN-
 IMARDO
-ISSN-
 0745-5933
-JrnlCode-
 IMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Although many people dislike writing, businesspeople can learn to improve
 their business writing. Consider the recipient by visualizing the person and
 thinking how one would communicate with that person. The message itself
 should be defined and outlined. The format should also be determined at this
 point. The actual writing is where the process becomes like a formula. Three
 basic elements of good business writing are: 1. organization of the
 document, 2. tone of the writing, and 3. clarity of the message.
 Organization starts with the most important points to be communicated.
 Clarity involves being concise and using action verbs. Other guidelines
 include: 1. Avoid slang. 2. Edit closely. 3. Ask for action. 4. Position the
 most important part of the message in the first paragraph. Chart.
-Desc-
 Writing; Business; Guidelines; Readability; Management; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 74
-A-
 85011665
-W-
 Executive Information and the Computer Age: How Computer-Literate
 Up-and-Comers Are Changing the Business Information Landscape
 Donath, Bob
 Business Marketing v10n3 PP: 64-68 Mar 1985
 -CODEN-
 IMARDO
-ISSN-
 0745-5933
-JrnlCode-
 IMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Age, education, and level within a company have major effects on the
 information priorities of executives, according to 2 new surveys of major
 corporate executives' use of information. Younger executives at the top or
 in the middle are much more likely to use computers personally, depending
 less on intracorporate personal contacts for their information. Some 77% of
 top executives acquired computer proficiency in the last 2 years, compared
 with 55% of middle managers. Some 57% of top executive computer nonusers say
 they read company reports daily, compared with 29% of top executives who use
 computers. One conclusion is that top executives seem to be more concerned
 with their companies' internal affairs, while middle managers are more
 concerned with monitoring the external environment for opportunities and
 warnings. Tables.
-Desc-
 Executives; Managers; Microcomputers; Literacy; Information systems;
 Surveys; Sources; Management decisions
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 75
-A-
 85011505
-W-
 What Makes a Top Producer
 Hessan, Diane
 Insurance Sales v128n3 PP: 28, 30 Mar 1985
-ISSN-
 0199-4581
-JrnlCode-
 IRS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In 1981, Forum Corp. began a research study to determine what qualities
 underlie superior sales performance. An initial contact of Fortune 500 sales
 and marketing managers from the insurance and other industries indicated
 that most sales and marketing managers operate with a sales knowledge gap.
 During 1982, Forum observed, interviewed, and surveyed 200 top sales
 performers and 200 average performers from ?2 Fortune 1, 000 companies in 6
 different industries. The results showed that some of the practices that
 distinguish high performers from average performers are classified as
 ''basic'' selling skills, including: 1. maintaining eye contact, 2. showing
 enthusiasm, 3. asking questions about customer needs, 4. restating points
 accurately, and 5. being prepared with effective responses to customer
 objections. In addition, the survey results indicated that top salespeople
 today have become advisors and relationship builders. From the results, a
 model was developed for successful sales behavior. Its 3 parts are: 1.
 focusing on the customer or client, 2. earning the right to advance, and 3.
 persuading through involvement.
-Desc-
 Life insurance; Insurance agents & brokers; Salespeople; Personal selling;
 Success; Guidelines; Training; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 8210 (CN=Life & health insurance); 7300 (CN=Sales & selling);
 9150 (CN=Guidelines); 6200 (CN=Training & development); 2200 (CN=Managerial
 skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 76
-A-
 85011455
-W-
 Renaissance Managers: A New Breed for Tomorrow's Electronic Office
 Mueller, Robert K.
 Today's Office v19n10 PP: 32-36 Mar 1985
-ISSN-
 0744-2815
-JrnlCode-
 TOF:
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The survival of today's corporations depends on having managers who show the
 same kind of creative thinking that characterized the leaders of the
 European Renaissance, a period exemplified by a new spirit of individuality
 and glorified intellectualism. There is now a trend toward new thinking,
 evidenced by some progressive companies that have reduced their management
 hierarchies. Events responsible for these changes include: 1. the failure of
 rigid hierarchies to act rapidly and decisively in complex situations, 2.
 increased use of computerized telecommunications networks, and 3. the
 decline of the large conglomerate. Effective managers of the future will: 1.
 demand a free and participative environment, 2. prefer intellectual over
 programmed activity, and 3. operate in an open and enterpreneurial system.
 The driving force behind the manager of the future is a deep belief that
 self-expression is preferable to cold efficiency and order, and that
 self-actualization is a better motivator than fear.
-Desc-
 Managers; Management styles; Trends; Office automation
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 5210 (CN=Office automation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 77
-A-
 85011315
-W-
 Are You a Manager or a Leader
 Martin, William B.
 Industry Week v224n5 PP: 93-97 Mar 4, 1985
 -CODEN-
 IWEEA4
-ISSN-
 0039-0895
-JrnlCode-
 IW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Although management and leadership skills are closely interwoven, they are
 separate and distinct. Effective leadership can be adapted to any management
 style. Author Elwood Chapman has derived a formula for leadership with 5
 foundations. The first foundation, the leader as a communicator, involves
 the ability to communicate and to listen, as well. The 2nd foundation, the
 leader as a mutual rewarder, states that leaders must know and provide the
 rewards that followers want. The 3rd foundation,  the leader as a power
 figure, emphasizes that the way a leader demonstrates power determines
 whether the leader has any followers. The ability to make the right decision
 at the right time is the edict of the 4th foundation, the leader as a
 decision maker. The leader as a positive force, the final foundation,
 stresses that effective leaders generate a positive force by projecting
 strength and vitality and by articulating an inspiring mission for the
 group. After evaluating themselves on a leadership-effectiveness scale,
 individuals should set realistic improvement goals, working on one
 foundation at a time until they can be combined into an effective leadership
 style. Charts
-Desc-
 Managers; Leadership; Effectiveness; Characteristics
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 78
-A-
 85011018
-W-
 Selecting First Time Front Line Managers
 Warn, Richard S.
 Manage v37n1 PP: 2 First Quarter 1985
-ISSN-
 0025-1623
-JrnlCode-
 MAN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Self-management is the most difficult task facing managers, according to
 authority Peter Drucker. There are also some less obvious factors that
 affect how successful a worker will be as a manager. These include: 1. the
 ability to stay on course despite the demands of many parties, 2. the
 ability to avoid tunnel vision whereby decisions are made on the basis of
 expediency alone, 3. the capability to disagree with others without being
 disagreeable in the process, 4. the skill to be a problem solver rather than
 a problem avoider, 5. the capacity to display leadership potential both
 within the firm and in the community, and 6. the desire to move into
 management with commitment to the new tasks involved.
-Desc-
 Line managers; Selection; Promotions (MAN); Managers; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 6000 (CN=Human resource
 management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 79
-A-
 85010609
-W-
 Lessons from Campaign '84: Part Two
 Hill, Don
 Public Relations Jrnl v41n2 PP: 18-21 Feb 1985
 -CODEN-
 PREJAR
-ISSN-
 0033-3670
-JrnlCode-
 PRJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The role of a political candidate during a debate is not necessarily to
 answer questions, but rather to be persuasive. Neither Walter Mondale nor
 President Reagan succeeded in either regard in their first presidential
 debate. Reagan was unpersuasive in his answer to the question of whether he
 had an economic plan because he failed to build a bridge from the question
 to the answer, allowing the audience to see that he lacked both an answer
 and a plan. Mondale also failed to build a bridge between the question on
 spending programs and his answer. An effective debate presentation requires
 both a defensive and an offensive strategy: the spokesperson anticipates the
 questions to defend, but must also use part of the time dwelling upon the
 positive aspects of the message. The other key to effective presentation is
 simplicity; the speaker must confine the talk to 2 or 3 points in order to
 control the agenda of the broadcast or print media.
-Desc-
 Public relations; Public speaking; Communication; Skills; Training
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 80
-A-
 85009871
-W-
 The Promise and Paradoxes of Leadership
 Calloway, D. Wayne
 Directors & Boards v9n2 PP: 12-16 Winter 1985
-ISSN-
 0364-9156
-JrnlCode-
 DIB
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Management must create an environment that allows employees to make their
 maximum contribution. Through leadership at all organizational levels at
 Frito-Lay, a division of PepsiCo, the company was able to boost sales, raise
 prices, increase profits, and gain market share. The PepsiCo culture allows
 for failure and deals with it constructively. It motivates employees to feel
 challenged. Characteristics of leaders include: 1. a focus on results, 2. a
 different approach to life and the task at hand, and 3. the ability to
 freely admit mistakes. There are contradictions about leadership that
 include: 1. Leaders must be tough, strong, and decisive, yet sensitive to
 people. 2. Leaders display great personal mastery, control, and self
 confidence, yet they are also people of remarkable humility. Every
 increasing responsibility means that the potential leader is becoming more
 capable and that even greater challenges will be faced.
-Desc-
 Leadership; Management styles; Corporate culture; Pepsico-Purchase NY;
 Management development; Human resources
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 81
-A-
 85009557
-W-
 The Authentic Manager
 Horton, Thomas R.
 Quality v24n2 PP: 84 Feb 1985
 -CODEN-
 QULTDP
-ISSN-
 0360-9936
-JrnlCode-
 QUA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: Hitchcock Publishing Co., Hitchcock Bldg., Wheaton, IL 60187
 Imitation runs counter to good management and may be detrimental to the
 individual manager. Imitation may operate at several levels. Some managers
 lacking in confidence often imitate other more successful managers. The
 culture of some organizations encourages a sameness. A more serious form of
 imitation is decision making by a manager based on what the boss would want.
 During the 1970s, management by imitation was reflected in the enchantment
 with Japanese management techniques. In the business community, talk of
 quality circles was prevalent. While a number of organizations have
 successfully adopted these techniques, the best companies became that way by
 following their own values and maintaining flexibility and the ability to
 cope with changing conditions. Authentic managers demonstrate independence
 of thought. They are innovators and their actions are in tune with their
 thoughts. Another facet of authentic managers is a realistic appraisal of
 their own capabilities and limitations. They also possess a willingness to
 help others develop themselves.
-Desc-
 Managers; Decision making; Characteristics
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 82
-A-
 85009517
-W-
 The Sadistic Manager
 Clarke, Norma Kornegay
 Personnel v62n2 PP: 34-38 Feb 1985
 -CODEN-
 PSNLAH
-ISSN-
 0031-5702
-JrnlCode-
 PER
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Data were gathered in interviews with employees who had experienced
 continued mistreatment from their managers. Descriptions of employees'
 managers help to pinpoint characteristic behaviors of sadistic managers.
 There characteristics include: 1. verbal assault of employees in public
 settings, 2. alteration of records in order to avoid blame for mistakes, 3.
 retaliation against any criticisms or honest suggestions for improvement, 4.
 the setting of invisible standards of performance, 5. the use of power to
 achieve employee submissiveness, 6. arbitrary setting and enforcement of
 rules, 7. exhibition of enormous self-interest, 8. irrational and erratic
 behavior, and 9. development of secure relations with higher management.
 Employee responses to sadistic managers include psychological withdrawal or
 voluntary exit from the manager's unit. Techniques a company may use to cope
 with the sadistic manager include: 1. regular solicitation of employee
 feedback, 2. visitation of all work units on a regular basis, 3. the
 conduction of exit interviews when an employee leaves the company, 4.
 implementation of a study of attrition patterns, and 5. regular study of
 patterns of complaints and grievances.
-Desc-
 Managers; Oganizational behavior; Management styles; Power Effects
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 83
-A-
 85008916
-W-
 Do Your Managers Really Manage
 Day, Charles R., Jr.
 Industry Week v224n3 PP: 34-38 Feb 4, 1985
 -CODEN-
 IWEEA4
-ISSN-
 0039-0895
-JrnlCode-
 IW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 There is compelling evidence that too many managers today are not worthy of
 the title. Motivating employees is the primary task of managers, yet of some
 125 shortcomings identified by experts, over 61% are people-related. One
 reason for this may be the shift in the US workforce from blue-collar to
 white-collar; this workforce frequently challenges traditional managerial
 axioms. Too little employee participation is also cited as a management
 shortcoming. Managers are often paralyzed by failure to grasp the entire
 corporate picture. Unwillingness to take risks often indicates that the
 organization does not trust its managers. Another reason why managers are
 stifled is that there are too many of them. Reward systems continue to beget
 short-term thinking and decisions. In addition, managers are so weighted
 down with information that they do not have enough time for people.
-Desc-
 Managers; Effectiveness; Skills; Decision making; Problems;
 Responsibilities
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 84
-A-
 85007975
-W-
 Manager's Role in Public Management
 Lynn, Laurence E., Jr.
 Bureaucrat v13n4 PP: 20-25 Winter 1984/1985
-ISSN-
 0045-3544
-JrnlCode-
 BUR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Reagan Administration is the first in recent times to use appointments
 rather than structural reforms to improve the performance of government.
 Structural approaches have been emphasized and the role of public managers
 downplayed. In such an environment, managers can affect performance
 significantly, depending on their personality, skill, opportunities, and
 choices. Implicit in the Reagan Administration is a model of leadership that
 features: 1. a coherent vision, 2. use of office to implement philosophy, 3.
 appointees who share the president's vision and match their positions, 4.
 authority delegation, and 5. stress on managerial awareness of
 responsibilities. Structural reforms provide an outline but do not replace
 competence, executive philosophy, or time spent managing. Reagan's use of
 his own and his subordinates' abilities to implement his vision holds a
 valuable lesson for other leaders, regardless of their philosophy.
 References.
-Desc-
 Public administration; Managers; Government agencies; Leadership;
 Presidency
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 85
-A-
 85007426
-W-
 Mining the Salt of the Earth
 Mann, Ned
 Managers Magazine v60n1 PP: 4-10 Jan 1985
-ISSN-
 0025-1968
-JrnlCode-
 MAG
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 According to Carl Endorf, State Farm Insurance Cos.' agency manager in West
 Palm Beach, Florida, the agency system is vital to the competitive ability
 of the insurance industry. Endorf believes selecting talented agents is one
 of an agency manager's most important tasks. Elements in Endorf's hiring
 procedures include: 1. careful initial interviews, 2. screening
 questionnaires, 3. career presentations, 4. the licensing examination, 5. a
 precontract period, and 6. a goal-setting interview. His comprehensive
 selection process has enabled him to post an 80% retention rate over the
 past 17 years. State Farm adheres to a multiple-line philosophy that Endorf
 reinforces through sales goals for his agents. He believes the philosophy is
 important to meet all the insurance needs of middle-income prospects. Endorf
 praises State Farm's management development program and its Agency
 Management Training Course.
-Desc-
 Insurance agencies; Managers; Management styles; Personnel selection;
 Procedures; Personnel management
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 6000 (CN=Human resource
 management); 8200 (CN=Insurance industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 86
-A-
 85007240
-W-
 Stalling for Success
 Stevenson, Edward P.
 Computer Decisions v17n1 PP: 88-95 Jan 15, 1985
 -CODEN-
 CODCB8
-ISSN-
 0010-4558
-JrnlCode-
 COM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Although decisiveness and responsiveness are supposed to be valued traits in
 the corporate work ethic, opinions of data processing (DP) and management
 information systems (MIS) executives vary concerning the legitimate role of
 managerial stalling in business. Executive stalling is largely a matter of
 semantics. It can take such forms as: 1. benign neglect - often viewed as an
 energy-saving tactic, 2. instructive stalling to encourage subordinates to
 make decisions, and 3. creative stalling to delay decisions until necessary
 information can be obtained. because of the intense competition for the
 finite resources of many MIS and DP departments, most managers accept the
 need for occasional stalling in day-to-day operations. Users, anxious for
 solutions, are not always aware of the full scope of their problems and
 often set unrealistic project completion deadlines. In addition, corporate
 bureaucracies can create an environment that encourages avoidance of
 responsibility rather than diligent decision making.
-Desc-
 Data processing; Managers; Decision making; Techniques; Procrastination;
 Advantages; Disadvantages
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 5?20 (CN=Data processing
 management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 87
-A-
 85007040
-W-
 Brainstorming: It's Raining Ideas
 Wakin, Eleanor
 Today's Office v19n8 PP: 10, 12 Jan 1985
-ISSN-
 0744-2815
-JrnlCode-
 TOF:
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Brainstorming is an excellent problem-solving technique. This technique
 involves using 7-12 people working together to develop possible solutions to
 a particular problem. While the process is very open and unrestrained, there
 are some clear rules that should be observed. During the brainstorming part
 of the session, all evaluation of ideas should be suspended. Every idea
 should be voiced, regardless of how wild or incomplete. An idea should be
 voiced as soon as it comes to mind, even if others are peaking. The session
 begins with a statement of the problem to be solved. The group should try to
 develop a certain number of ideas during a certain time period. After the
 session is over, the criteria for evaluating ideas must be established. All
 of the ideas should be evaluated and the best 2 or 3 possible solutions
 selected. As much time should be spent on explaining and implementing the
 solutions as was spent on developing them.
-Desc-
 Problem solving; Brainstorming; Rules; Procedures; Results; Management;
 Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 88
-A-
 85006676
-W-
 Thinking About Managing Your Time
 Schilit, Warren K.
 Managerial Planning v33n4 PP: 52-53 Jan/Feb 1985
 -CODEN-
 MNPLBS
-ISSN-
 0025-1941
-JrnlCode-
 MPL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Time is a precious resource, and the key to time management is to actively
 control time rather than passively letting it happen. Effective time
 management increases the likelihood of meeting objectives and allows for
 better development of managers with a devotion to long-run issues and a
 lower anxiety level. Managers should delegate assignments and reduce the
 amount of subordinate-imposed time to expand their discretionary time. To
 efficiently use this time, managers should: 1. clean up the work space, 2.
 clarify objectives, 3. establish priorities, 4. do paperwork quickly, 5.
 group similar tasks, 6. break up large tasks, 7. use small units of time
 well, 8. recognize productive hours, 9. reduce interruptions, 10. avoid
 perfectionism, 11. learn to say ''no, '' and 12. reward themselves. These
 rules will not ensure success, but they can provide time for managers to
 solve complex organizational problems.
-Desc-
 Time management; Advantages; Factors; Management; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 89
-A-
 85006545
-W-
 Breaking Barriers to Skill Transfer
 Robinson, Dana Gaines; Robinson, James C.
 Training & Development Jrnl v39n1 PP: 82-83 Jan 1985
 -CODEN-
 TDEJA7
-ISSN-
 0041-0861
-JrnlCode-
 STD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Unless management participates in the training process, poor skills transfer
 can sabotage even the best training programs. There are 2 steps to assure
 that the work environment will support training efforts: 1. conducting a
 work environment assessment to uncover barriers to skill transfer, and 2.
 working with line management to reduce or remove the barriers. Surveys can
 determine which, if any, types of barriers are present in the work
 environment. After the barriers have been identified, they should be
 reported to line management who have the authority and interest to see that
 the barriers are eliminated. Because line management may be unaware of the
 work environment's impact on the skills employees learn in a training
 program, they must be brought into the training process as active partners.
 Charts.
-Desc-
 Training; Programs; Employee development (PER); Skills; Transfer; Barriers;
 Organizational behavior; Managers; Roles
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 6200 (CN=Training &
 development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 90
-A-
 85005950
-W-
 Leadership and Corporate Culture: Harmony and sisharmony
 Bryman, Alan
 Personnel Review (UK) v13n2 PP: 19-24 1984
 -CODEN-
 PRRVAQ
-ISSN-
 0048-3486
-JrnlCode-
 P?V
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Previous articles, which have studied ''leadership, '' have focused on
 isolating the personal characteristics of the effective leader or discerning
 effective leadership styles. Inconsistent results have led to a
 disenchantment with leadership studies. Through an examination of some
 current research on the subject, consideration is given to some of the
 fundamental questions about leadership: 1. what it is, and 2. what it
 involves. Such works as those of Selznick (1957), Burns (1978), Peters and
 Waterman (1982), Zaleznik (1977), and Bennis (1976) are discussed. In light
 of the research on the subject, leadership appears to be a highly diffuse
 skill that cannot be transferred into a set of discrete, clear-cut criteria
 for selecting leaders. For the same reason, it may not be possible to
 develop training courses to develop leadership skills. When leadership is
 viewed in a way that it is a subset of the managerial role, then it may be
 possible to recognize potential leaders. The best solution may be to allow
 leaders to lead without being encumbered by routine. References.
-Desc-
 Leadership; Corporate culture; Organizational behavior; Roles
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 91
-A-
 85005575
-W-
 UK Squanders Its Management Talent
 Spooner, Peter
 Chief Executive (UK) PP: 10-15 Nov 1984
 -CODEN-
 CEMODL
-ISSN-
 0140-8543
-JrnlCode-
 CEX
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 According to Michael Edwardes, chief executive officer at Dunlop, UK
 managers lack courageous leadership. They are more concerned with saving
 face than with doing what is necessary. Despite his feeling that there is
 more cowardice among management than in the 18 years he has been in the UK,
 Edwardes sees some good management at companies like Courtaulds. Bringing
 average performance up to the level of the best performers is a priority for
 the UK. Companies need systems for appraising employees' calibre and
 performance, but must also have the courage to act on poor appraisals.
 Psychological tests are valuable in reinforcing appraisals for employment.
 Every organization also needs some restructuring every 6 or 7 years. To
 promote improvements in UK industry: 1. management must be strengthened at
 all levels, 2. top management must create an environment that encourages
 risk-taking by line managers, and 3. it must become more acceptable for
 managers at all levels to gain extra experience by periodically moving to a
 different company.
-Desc-
 Managers; UK; Leadership; Decision making; Requirements
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9170 (CN=Non-US)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 92
-A-
 85005519
-W-
 How Executives Think
 Kiechel, Walter, III
 Fortune v111n3 PP: 127-128 Feb, 1985
 -CODEN-
 FORTAP
-ISSN-
 0015-8259
-JrnlCode-
 FOR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 After years of studying the subject, some behavioral scientists have
 concluded that there is something distinctive about the way the executive
 mind works. Although the researchers do not agree on all the details, their
 findings suggest that high intelligence does not, in itself, guarantee
 superior managerial thinking. At the heart of the findings of Elliott
 Jaques, the director of the Institute of Organization and Social Studies at
 Brunel University (UK), is what he calls the time frame of the individual.
 Executives have the ability to: 1. see the long-term view, 2. identify the
 steps necessary for a move that may take years to complete, 3. envision the
 consequences of each step, and 4. take the measures needed to set the
 process in motion. The work of other researchers indicate that: 1. Managers
 have greater capacity to sort out phenomena. 2. They are more capable of
 integrating facts. 3. Their thinking processes are more flexible.
-Desc-
 Executives; Managers; Decision making; Psychological aspects
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 93
-A-
 85005490
-W-
 An Assessment of Evaluation Skill Needs in State Evaluation Agencies in the
 South
 Hy, Ronald John; Brooks, Gary H.
 Review of Public Personnel Administration v5n1 PP: 25-33 Fall 1984
-JrnlCode-
 RPP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In recent years, taxpayers have become increasingly interested in fiscal
 accountability and programmatic accountability with regard to public
 agencies. As a result, program evaluation has emerged as a new profession.
 While many studies have considered such things as how to conduct a program
 evaluation and what the components of curricula in university programs are,
 little attention has been given to the skills that are actually needed by
 program evaluators. Through an examination of questionnaires given to 35
 state and local evaluation agencies in the southeastern section of the US,
 an attempt is made to determine: 1. who does program evaluation, 2. what
 their educational backgrounds are, 3. what skills they need, and 4. which
 skills are most important to the heads of agencies hiring program
 evaluators. The most useful evaluation techniques and skills for state
 agencies are found to be: 1. writing, 2. reading, 3. listening, 4.
 elementary statistics, 5. sampling, and 6. survey research. A greater
 emphasis on communication skills is needed in program evaluation curricula.
 Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Programs; Evaluation; Government agencies; Accountability; Managers; Skills;
 Statistical analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9550 (CN=Public sector); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 94
-A-
 85004946
-W-
 Administration in the Research Environment - the Provider's Perspective
 Mooney, R. L.
 Jrnl of the Society of Research Administrators v16n2 PP: 5-15 Fall 1984
-ISSN-
 0038-0024
-JrnlCode-
 SRA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 11 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Organizational conflicts are the result of differing goals. In order to
 become a successful service provider, one must: 1. understand what is
 important, 2. become a better manager, and 3. improve public relations. Upon
 determining what is truly important in an organization, every other function
 must be recognized as subordinate. Connected with this belief is the notion
 that administrators at all levels must act as expediters rather than
 enforcers. Characteristics of good management are: 1. effective planning, 2.
 effective organization and staffing, 3. effective direction of others'
 activities, as well as adequate training, 4. control consciousness, 5.
 unreasonableness, 6. positive management thoughts, and 7. creativity. The
 basics of good public relations include having something good and worthwhile
 to sell, identifying target markets, and, most importantly, communicating.
-Desc-
 R&D; Management; Administration; Skills; Planning; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9150 (CN=Guidelines); 5400
 (CN=Research & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 95
-A-
 85004803
-W-
 Leadership in Management
 Bosworth, Bruce
 Credit Mgmt (UK) PP: 16-22 Mid-Nov 1984
-ISSN-
 0265-2099
-JrnlCode-
 CRM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Effective leadership in management requires the personality, ability, and
 authority to motivate workers. A recent psychological study of a random
 sample of males showed that most of them viewed themselves as winners.
 Although 70% placed themselves in the top quartile of leadership, other
 research shows that most people have positive feelings about only one or 2
 of all the bosses they have had. The surveys indicate that leaders often do
 not see themselves as others see them. Appearance, bearing, and presence are
 all important to effective management leadership. Successful leaders should
 possess other attributes to elevate them from merely ''competent'' to status
 as respected individuals able to motivate employees. The qualities include:
 1. open-mindedness, 2. creativity, 3. ability to delegate, 4. ability to
 communicate, 5. ability to provide emotional, perceptive, and model
 leadership, 6. capability, 7. courage, 8. responsibility, and 9.
 trustworthiness.
-Desc-
 Leadership; Managers; Characteristics; Delegation; Communication;
 Responsibilities
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 96
-A-
 85004578
-W-
 How to Write a Recommendation
 Wilcox, Alan D.
 IEEE Transactions on Professional Communication vPC-27n4 PP: 211-214 Dec
 1984
 -CODEN-
 IEPCBU
-ISSN-
 0361-1434
-JrnlCode-
 IPC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The individual called upon to write an effective recommendation must have an
 understanding of the reader and that reader's specific needs. A
 recommendation outline is proposed to help meet those needs and ease the
 burden of preparing the recommendation. Guidelines for preparing a good
 recommendation letter include: 1. Write to a specific person, avoiding the
 ''to whom it may concern'' format. 2. The recipient of the letter must be
 informed of the characteristics of the individual in question. 3. The
 individual about whom the letter is written should be asked what is to be
 put into the letter. 4. The writer should be honest about the qualities of
 the subject. 5. Areas that should be covered include the subject's social
 competence, work competence, character attributes, and career goals. Two
 sample letters are included. Tables.
-Desc-
 Management; Skills; Writing; Recommendations; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 97
-A-
 8503925
-W-
 The Development of Technical Managers
 Delaney, Chester
 Jrnl of Information Systems Mgmt v2n1 PP: 73-76 Winter 1985
-ISSN-
 0739-9014
-JrnlCode-
 JIF
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Systems organizations are faced with the critical need to effectively
 recruit, train, and develop management personnel. This is an especially
 difficult task in a technical environment. Effective management requires the
 development of a number of ''soft'' skills, such as interpersonal
 communication, creativity, and strategic thinking. For technical
 individuals, such skills may seem secondary to the ''hard'' skills required
 for technical excellence. Demand for technical professionals has led to high
 levels of job-hopping. Managers in systems organizations faced with high
 turnover may find it difficult to establish meaningful relationships with
 subordinates. In addition, technicians may lack proper motivation for
 accepting managerial positions, seeing them as the only available means of
 career advancement. Organizations must provide technical professionals with
 career advancement alternatives to management, reserving managerial
 positions to individuals best suited to them.
-Desc-
 Technical; Managers; Management development; Skills; Motivation
 CLASSIFICATION CODES 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 98
-A-
 85003631
-W-
 Getting a Grip on the Changing World of Risk Management
 Braxton, Meredith
 Risk Mgmt v31n12 PP: 72, 74 Dec 1984
-ISSN-
 0035-5593
-JrnlCode-
 RMT
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The conditions under which risk managers must perform their jobs are
 changing rapidly. However, the reforming of tax laws, the proliferation of
 information systems, and the volatile state of the insurance market can
 create opportunities as well as problems. Speakers at the Risk and Insurance
 Management Society Virginia Chapter Educational Conference offered advice
 for dealing with the problems and taking advantage of the opportunities for
 increasing their professional status. Jim Blinn of Risk Planning Group
 pointed out that it is necessary to understand the state of the risk
 financing environment and control costs within the constraints imposed in
 order to meet risk financing challenges. Understanding should be based on an
 assessment of both internal and external factors. William Becher of Becher &
 Carlson Risk Management Inc. discussed the capabilities of available risk
 management information systems. Pamela Newman of Marsh & McLennan Inc.
 stressed the importance of communications skills for risk managers.
-Desc-
 Risk management; Managers; Roles; Career advancement; Financial planning;
 Financing; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 3300 (CN=Risk management); 2130 (CN=Executives); 2200
 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 99
-A-
 85003544
-W-
 A Manager's Checklist for a Year's Progress
 McCullough, Rose V.
 Rough Notes v127n12 PP: 34, 46 Dec 1984
-ISSN-
 0035-8525
-JrnlCode-
 RNO:
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A checklist for the professional insurance manager covers 6 vitally
 important areas: 1. communications tools for the manager that include a
 developed vocabulary and good listening skills, 2. effective decision making
 that focuses on flexibility, concentration, and objectivity 3. interpersonal
 relationships that should be enhanced by renewed respect, which reduces
 hostility and increases receptivity, 4. adherence to a value system that
 necessitates a commitment to high ethical standards and fosters development
 of leadership qualities, 5. contribution to the training of employees that
 focuses on fairness, appreciation, loyalty, confidence, and an invitation
 for employee participation, and 6. maintaining a positive outlook on life
 that requires full acceptance of responsibility for one's own actions, the
 development of healthy behavior patterns, and standing up for one's beliefs.
 Using this checklist, managers can review past progress and set future
 objectives.
-Desc-
 Insurance agencies; Managers; Career development planning; Skills;
 Development; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 8200 (CN=Insurance industry); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills);
 6200 (CN=Training & development); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 100
-A-
 85003297
-W-
 Rats, It's Performance Appraisal Time! (Or Agonizing Words to That Effect)
 King, Patricia
 Bottomline v1n14 PP: 45-47 Dec 1984
-ISSN-
 0740-5464
-JrnlCode-
 BTL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Experts agree that performance appraisal is one of the most important
 management activities, and 9 out of 10 US corporations require their
 managers to complete yearly appraisals of their employees. However, managers
 hate appraisals; they take time, and most managers find it awkward to sit in
 judgment of others. However, properly conducted appraisals can lead to
 improved performance, increased employee motivation, and greater
 productivity. Some suggestions for achieving these things are: 1. Write a
 clear, specific definition of what the employee is expected to produce. 2.
 Follow up during the appraisal period and become aware of any difficulties
 the employee may be having. 3. At every stage of the process - planning,
 follow-up, and appraisal - involve the employee. 4. Do not discuss salary
 and performance at the same time; instead, concentrate on what really
 motivates employees.
-Desc-
 Managers; Problems; Performance appraisal; Skills
 CLASS. CODE: 6200 (CN=Training & development); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 101
-A-
 85003001
-W-
 Look Outside - To the Marketplace
 Johnson, Norman P.
 Managerial Planning v33n3 PP: 54, 57 Nov/Dec 1984
 -CODEN-
 MNPLBS
-ISSN-
 0025-1941
-JrnlCode-
 MPL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 It is easy for managers to get too involved in the inside operation of their
 businesses to take a look outside. While the development of new products and
 strategies depends upon inside factors, such as assets and resources, the
 marketplace outside can be of considerable influence. In the marketplace
 there may be found: 1. a new technology, 2. social or regulatory changes
 that affect a firm's product or service, 3. a change in the industrial
 climate that could affect market share, and 4. a new trend or need for which
 a new product could be developed. To balance the time and energy spent on
 inside and outside attentions, managers should: 1. allocate time to observe
 the outside on a routine basis, 2. decide how to spend the time and what
 subjects (including competitors) to focus on, 3. consider all acquired
 information in light of the potential applications to the business, and 4.
 use this new knowledge by changing operations or developing a new product.
-Desc-
 Managers; Decision making; Corporate planning
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 2310 (CN=Planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 102
-A-
 85002162
-W-
 Spotting the Comers: How Chemical Companies Find the CEOs of Tomorrow
 Anonymous
 Chemical Week v135n22 PP: 106-108 Nov 28, 1984
 -CODEN-
 CHWKA9
-ISSN-
 0009-272
-JrnlCode-
 CEM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Hercules' Human Resources Department has developed a formalized
 management-development program for people who are being groomed as eventual
 replacements for the company's present top executives. Other planned
 preparation efforts are taking place at a growing number of companies in the
 US chemical industry. These programs seek to minimize shocks and surprises
 and to maximize corporate opportunities. There are many similarities in the
 leading chemical companies' techniques for identifying and cultivating their
 top managerial talent. These companies stress periodic reviews to help
 pinpoint the people with the desired leadership skills, creativity, planning
 ability, profit/loss awareness, drive, and ability to motivate others. The
 development plan includes assignments that increase the comer's knowledge
 and furthering education. Human-resource managers play a major role in the
 management-development process. However, top management support is critical
 to the program's success.
-Desc-
 Chief executive officer; Management development; Replacements; Human
 resources; Planning; Career advancement; Chemical industry; Manycompanies
 CLASS. CODES: 2120 (CN=Chief executive officer); 6200 (CN=Training &
 development); 8640 (CN=Chemical industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 103
-A-
 85002082
-W-
 Making Marketing Actions Affirmative - very Tomorrow a Vision of Hope
 Saffles, G. Windell
 Managers Magazine v59n11 PP: 36-37 Nov 1984
-ISSN-
 0025-1968
-JrnlCode-
 MAG
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The primary step in an effective insurance agency marketing plan is to
 establish principles, goals, and expectations of the management team. The
 manager should act as a role model and never ask staff to do anything the
 manager would not do. Product and pricing are also important considerations
 in an effective marketing plan. Field managers must monitor service
 activities, field activities, and retention/recruiting activities
 constantly. The field is of singular importance, and the management team can
 build positive or negative attitudes within sales representatives in the
 field. Retention and recruitment are the keys to the success of a district,
 and high-quality recruiting is the foundation of good retention results.
 Salespeople should be selected on the basis of empathy, character, and
 integrity.
-Desc-
 Insurance industry; Insurance agents & brokers; Personnel management;
 District; Managers; Roles; Marketing; Leadership
 CLASS. CODES: 8200 (CN=Insurance industry); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills);
 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 6000 (CN=Human resource management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 104
-A-
 85002021
-W-
 When Interest Peaks: Strategies for Managing High Interest Rates
 White, Charles S.
 Management World v13n10 PP: 37-39 Nov 1984
-ISSN-
 0090-3825
-JrnlCode-
 MWL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Managers must consider the effects of high interest rates while outlining
 their future financial plans. High interest rates increase the cost of
 capital to a company and result in fewer business projects and equipment
 acquisitions being worth the risk, since more profit can be made by placing
 investment capital in a bank. As a result, maintenance of plant and
 equipment becomes a higher priority as depreciated equipment may have to
 stay in service longer. Some strategies for managing plant during periods of
 high interest rates include: 1. When replacing or relocating plant, leasing
 agreements with options to buy or a mortgage with a ''no penalty for early
 payoff'' clause are most attractive. 2. The proper reduction of raw
 materials and finished goods inventories can significantly control the
 effects of interest rates. 3. Equity financing is the best way to avoid
 market level interest rates by selling stock or issuing short-term bonds
 with call provisions allowing the firm to pay off the debt early. 4. If bank
 financing is required, firms should negotiate early repayment clauses so
 future reinvestment is possible.
-Desc-
 Financial planning; Management; Strategy; Interest rates; Variability;
 Decision making
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt
 management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 105
-A-
 85001693
-W-
 Helping Middle Managers Manage Office Technology
 Cirillo, David J.
 Personnel v61n6 PP: 6-12 Nov/Dec 1984
 -CODEN-
 PSNLAH
-ISSN-
 0031-5702
-JrnlCode-
 PER
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Middle managers responding to a questionnaire recorded their perceptions of
 office automation (OA). Of 90 respondents, 39.1% reported use of personal
 computers, 31% the use of text editing, and 16% the use of electronic mail
 and calendars. In addition, 96% reported that OA was at least somewhat
 important, but 44.3% were not using OA. Reasons for non-use included lack of
 opportunity to do so. Training and education can contribute to the adoption
 of OA by middle managers. Change must occur at both the macro and the micro
 levels. The ingredients for change-management at the macro level are: 1.
 education, 2. involvement/active participation, 3. effective communications,
 4. supportive climate, and 5. integration of all those elements. At the
 micro level, middle managers need: 1. clearly communicated objectives, 2.
 meaningful work goals, 3. a work action plan, 4. consideration of
 user-friendliness issues, 5. consideration of quality of work life, 6.
 training and retraining, and 7. integration of all elements. In the future,
 changes in the shape and form of organizations, communication patterns,
 decision-making authority, leadership skills, and training needs may be
 expected. Graphs.
-Desc-
 Middle; Managers; Office automation; Technology; Management Functions;
 Organizational behavior; Effects
 CLASS. CODES: 5210 (CN=Office automation); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior); 6000 (CN=Human resource management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 106
-A-
 85001182
-W-
 A Predecision Support System
 Wedley, William C.; Field, Richard H. G.
 Academy of Mgmt Review v9n4 PP: 696-703 Oct 1984
-ISSN-
 0363-7425
-JrnlCode-
 AMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Preplanning for decision style, method, and membership to be employed in
 solving a problem can help lead to solutions of high quality, acceptability,
 and uniqueness. An integrative decision support system (DSS) is described
 that is derived from behavorial contingency research. This predecision model
 is related to other computerized methods that can aid the decision process.
 The computer output will not make the decision for the manager, but it will
 offer guidance that the manager can employ to supplement his own judgment.
 Moreover, this computer guidance can be easily altered to provide the
 manager with different perspectives. Such user-friendly aids for largely
 unstructured problems characterize predecision as DSS. Within a broader
 perspective, predecision is just one DSS from among many potential ones that
 can facilitate the decision-making process. Tables. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Decision making; Managers; Leadership; Management styles; Decision support
 systems; Decision making models
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 2600 (CN=Management
 science/Operations research)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 107
-A-
 85001040
-W-
 Rationality, Ambiguity, and Management Information Systems
 Moses, Douglas
 Business Forum v9n4 PP: 7-11 Fall 1984
-ISSN-
 0733-2408
-JrnlCode-
 LAB:
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 With advances in technology, information systems for the management of
 organizations are proliferating. Management information systems (MIS) are
 supposed to make decisions and actions of managers and organizations more
 efficient, effective, and productive and less time consuming and costly.
 There is a tendency toward viewing organizations from a rational
 perspective, which assumes that there is a logical process for decision
 making and problem solving within the organization. If this is the case, MIS
 may make that process more effective. However, if the decision-making and
 problem-solving processes are characterized by ambiguity, then MIS may alter
 the context in which the processes are conducted or understood. MIS can
 serve to impose order, coherence, structure, and meaning by: 1. providing an
 organizing language, 2. being a catalyst for thought or action, 3. providing
 a criterion that operationally guides analysis and action, 4. affecting the
 way managers justify decisions, 5. encouraging adaptability and flexibility,
 and 6. altering the power structure among members of the organization.
 References.
-Desc-
 MIS (MAN); Information systems; Decision making; Managers; Problem solving
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 5240 (CN=Software & systems)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 108
-A-
 85000452
-W-
 Stress and the Hardy Executive
 Niehouse, Oliver L.
 Industry Week v223n4 PP: 96-98 Nov 12, 1984
 -CODEN-
 IWEE?4
-ISSN-
 0039-0895
-JrnlCode-
 IW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Stress may be defined as the pressure an individual experiences in response
 to anything that makes an extra demand. A ''stressor'' is any phenomenon
 that can cause stress. Some jobs have built-in stressors. It might seem that
 people who rise to prominent positions in a corporation or organization may
 experience more stress and its consequences than others. However, statistics
 indicate that the majority of those who rise to top positions in major
 companies become hardy managers, characterized by: 1. a belief in one's
 ability to control or influence events, 2. a commitment to the activities of
 one's life, and 3. the desire to accept challenge. Physical well-being and
 social support are 2 additional attributes of hardiness. The characteristics
 of hardiness represent a certain attitude that is developed over time.
 Effective leadership skills are essential by providing coping mechanisms for
 change and by effectively managing that change.
-Desc-
 Stress; Executives; Control; Commitments; Leadership; Skills ;
 Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 2130 (CN=Executives); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 109
-A-
 84037883
-W-
 Power Skills in Use
 Kanter, Rosabeth Moss
 Modern Office Technology v29n11 PP: 18-23 Nov 1984
 -CODEN-
 MDOPAW
-ISSN-
 0026-8208
-JrnlCode-
 MOP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Corporate entrepreneurs utilize a variety of skills, strategies, power
 tools, and power tactics to turn ideas into innovations. Even if they are
 not the architects of sweeping reconstructions of the company, through
 hundreds of small improvements, subtle readjustments, and new techniques,
 they can gradually move or improve a company. Innovative achievements bring
 new learning or capacity to an organization that may result in new
 strategies, products, or market opportunities. The power to change requires
 supplies of information, resources, and support. The finding and investing
 of ''power tools'' is a dominant element of all innovation. Often, this
 acquisition is the longest and most difficult theme in an innovative
 accomplishment. Consequently, innovation depends upon how ?asy the company
 makes it to tap sources of power.
-Desc-
 Organization development; Innovations; Employees; Organizational; Power;
 Sources; Management; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 2200 (CN=Managerial
 skills); 6000 (CN=Human resource management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 110
-A-
 84037085
-W-
 Why Managers Need to Develop Their Intuition
 Adair, John
 International Mgmt (UK) v39n11 (Europe Edition) PP: 34-40 Nov 1984
 -CODEN-
 ITMGAT
-ISSN-
 0020-7888
-JrnlCode-
 IMG
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Decades of business school education have conditioned managers to seek
 rational, logical, and quantifiable decisions in the development of their
 businesses. Human intuition is often relegated to a back seat position.
 However, entrepreneurial startups most frequently succeed or fail on the
 strengths of the creator's intuition. Intuition is the power or faculty of
 immediately knowing that something is the case. It is often a form of
 evaluation done without conscious effort and very quickly. An intuitive
 person may be equipped with formidable powers of analysis which are
 habitually brought to bear upon intuition. The first step in making better
 use of intuition is becoming aware of it. The next step is to trust
 intuitive powers, preparing to give intuition the benefit of the doubt.
 Intuition can be relied on most when a person is in good physical and
 emotional health, and is free from stress. Chart.
-Desc-
 Managers; Decision making; Ability; Problem solving; Manypeople
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 111
-A-
 84037032
-W-
 How Senior Managers Think
 Isenberg, Daniel J.
 Harvard Business Review v62n6 PP: 80-90 Nov/Dec 1984
 -CODEN-
 HABRAX
-ISSN-
 0017-8012
-JrnlCode-
 HBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 11 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 People generally view managers as rational, purposeful, and decisive. They
 believe managers go through a series of stages of analysis before deciding
 what to do. However, in a 2-year study of the thought processes of more than
 a dozen senior managers, it was discovered that successful senior managers
 do not closely follow the classical rational model of decision making.
 Rather than having precise goals and objectives, successful senior
 executives have general overriding concerns and think more often about how
 to do things than about what is being accomplished. These managers depend on
 their ability to analyze. They rely heavily on a mix of intuition and
 disciplined analysis in their decision making and incorporate their action
 on a problem into their diagnosis of it. Top managers use a process of
 problem management that includes: 1. defining the problem, 2. making a
 network of problems, 3. choosing which problem to work on, 4. tolerating
 ambiguity, and 5. perceiving and understanding novelty. References.
-Desc-
 Managers; Decision making; Executives
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 2130 (CN=Executives)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 112
-A-
 84035411
-W-
 How to Cultivate Your Management Style
 Keegan, Warren J.
 Office Administration & Automation v45n10 PP: 28-31, 91-92 Oct 1984
 -CODEN-
 ADMAAF
-ISSN-
 0745-4325
-JrnlCode-
 ADM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The way to succeed in management is for managers to determine their
 strengths and weaknesses and to lead from the strengths and work on
 strengthening weak areas. Compiling a team of people whose abilities
 complement each other is another key to success. Managers tend to depend on
 one of 4 problem-solving methods, identified 60 years ago by psychiatrist
 Carl Jung as: 1. analytical thinking, 2. feeling, 3. intuition, or 4.
 sensation. Western culture generally places too high a value on thinking,
 and undervalues intuition, sensation, and feelings. Japanese business and
 culture focus on feelings, and their success is unquestioned. Those in
 business must be aware of the value of both attitudes and functions. Life
 demands that perception and judgment be exercised, since both are equally
 valuable. International Business Machines Corp. exemplifies this focus in US
 business, and many consider it to be the best company to work for among
 major US firms. Tables.
-Desc-
 Management styles; Personality; Differences; Advantages; Managers;
 Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 113
-A-
 84034816
-W-
 When Employees 'Fire' the Boss
 Christie, Claudia M.
 New England Business v6n17 PP: 12-17 Oct 15, 1984
 -CODEN-
 NENBA3
-ISSN-
 0164-3533
-JrnlCode-
 NEN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Many manager become ''fired'' by the people who work for them - fired not in
 the literal sense, but mentally, in that the employees become apathetic,
 leading to declining productivity. From his observations of hundreds of such
 ''fired'' managers, management consultant Stanley R. Sherman has compiled a
 list of 25 offenses that can get a boss ''terminated.'' The number one
 offense is offering substandard wages and benefits in comparison to the rest
 of the industry. Employees often give signals before they quit working for a
 manager; these include declining enthusiasm or morale and rising
 absenteeism. After being fired, a manager can try to repair the damage by:
 1. gathering and interpreting as much anonymous data as possible from
 employees, 2. supervising by setting realistic goals for subordinates, 3.
 developing workers by setting aside adequate time for training and
 monitoring, 4. praising good performance, 5. communicating more effectively
 by listening carefully, and 6. showing no favoritism. Even after being
 confronted with the problem, some managers refuse to deal with it and
 continue to run their businesses on the brink of failure.
-Desc-
 Leadership; Effectiveness; Firings; Managers; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 114
-A-
 84034127
-W-
 Managing Performance Is More than Managing People
 Brache, Alan
 Business v34n2 PP: 46-48 Apr-Jul 1984
 -CODEN-
 BUSIDW
-ISSN-
 0163-531X
-JrnlCode-
 AEC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Successful managers appear to be guided by a number of truths and
 philosophies about human performance: 1. Actions managers take to improve
 productivity should also improve the quality of work life. 2. People issues
 can be systematically and humanistically analyzed if managers possess a
 process for that purpose. 3. Employees are only one component in a
 performance system, and factors in the environment surrounding the people
 have as much influence on performance. 4. Employees should only be blamed
 for performance problems if analysis proves they are at fault. 5. Valuable
 ways to improve productivity, including training, employee participation,
 job enrichment management by objectives, reorganization, and positive
 reinforcement, are available to managers. 6. Nonproblem areas often offer as
 much opportunity for productivity improvement as do problem areas. 7. If
 managers create environments supporting efficient and effective performance,
 they will receive efficient and effective performance. Chart.
-Desc-
 Performance; Management; Managers; Systems; Effectiveness; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 115
-A-
 84033874
-W-
 Information Vs. Persuasion: Two Different Writing Styles
 Nolen, Steven
 Today's Office v19n5 PP: 27 Oct 1984
-ISSN-
 0744-2815
-JrnlCode-
 TOF
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A manager's ability to write well, which includes writing to inform as well
 as to influence, is a valuable tool in helping persuade organizational
 decision makers. When writing informative documents, such as progress or
 status reports, the purpose is to provide facts, without interpretation or
 analysis. However, when writing documents such as proposals, feasibility
 reports, justifications, and recommendations, a case must be developed to
 sell the decision maker on the new idea or recommendation. In writing, the
 manager must always keep the identity and personality of the reader in mind,
 tailoring the document accordingly. This requires the manager to first
 determine the decision maker's background, experiences, knowledge,
 interests, and responsibilities. This information allows the manager to
 determine the structure, content, and style of the message.
-Desc-
 Writing; Communication; Skills; Effectiveness; Managers
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 116
-A-
 84033774
-W-
 Wanted: Professional Management Training Needs Analysis
 Mitchell, William S., Jr.
 Training & Development Jrnl v38n10 PP: 68-70 Oct 1984
 -CODEN-
 TDEJA7
-ISSN-
 0041-0861
-JrnlCode-
 STD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Because the groundwork has already been laid, management trainers can bring
 the type of design to their field that systems analysts have been using
 successfully. In order to implement a coordinated, well-focused range of
 techniques and materials, a professional needs analysis differentiates
 among: 1. domains, 2. markets, 3. individuals, and 4. organizations.
 Combinations of specific and general needs analyses must be developed.
 Competency-based analyses have enriched diagnostic practices by: 1. probing
 for skill needs at the detailed procedural level, 2. examining the
 managerial combination of technical details, 3. separating technical
 skill-diagnosis processes from those involving the organizational climate,
 and 4. providing a purer focus when improvement is needed in technical
 management skills. Different diagnostic processes are required for healthy
 and problem organizations. A standard reference text should be available for
 examination of management training needs analysis. Charts.
-Desc-
 Needs analysis; Management training; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 117
-A-
 84032917
-W-
 The Energy Manager and His Corporate Role
 Bowonder, B.
 Long Range Planning (UK) v17n4 PP: 74-78 Aug 1984
 -CODEN-
 LRPJA4
-ISSN-
 0024-6301
-JrnlCode-
 LRP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Energy management is increasingly being regarded as a vital aspect of
 corporate planning in manufacturing industries. The energy management
 process can be regarded as a sequence of 9 activities aimed at the
 improvement of energy productivity. The energy manager will be effective
 only of he assigns the organization tasks that correspond with its skills.
 The task-skill matrix can be employed to demonstrate the different
 managerial skills needed for the energy management function. The major
 subgroups are: 1. quantitative skills, 2. decision-making skills, 3.
 relational skills, 4. empirical skills, and 5. conceptual skills. In
 confronting the rapidly changing external environment, the monitoring of
 energy conservation technologies is the most critical aspect. An
 environmental scanning mechanism is a major instrument toward this end. The
 most important prerequisite for a successful energy management system,
 however, is the linking of the conservation plan with the corporate plan.
 Long-term and short-term strategies for energy use need to be defined.
 Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Energy management; Energy; Managers; Strategy; Functions; Skills;
 Characteristics; Corporate planning
 CLASS. CODES: 5150 (CN=Energy management); 2310 (CN=Planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 118
-A-
 84032685
-W-
 Graphics a Potentially Powerful Force in Business World Affecting
 Information Assimilation, Managerial Style
 Eve, Arthur W.
 Computerworld v18n39 PP: 60-61 Sep 24, 1984
 -CODEN-
 CMPWAB
-ISSN-
 0010-4841
-JrnlCode-
 COW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Business graphics are valuable for persuasion, analysis and description.
 However, the methods available for preparing visual ands caused graphics to
 be underutilized in most offices. Now, inexpensive and easy-to-use graphics
 software packages have been developed for use on microcomputers. The
 communication and decision-making responsibilities of management personnel
 will be influenced by the availability of integrated microcomputer graphics.
 The ability to absorb and communicate information in patterns and images
 rather than in the traditional linear fashion will be a key ingredient for
 future management success, and a concern over how managers use their time
 will influence changes in managerial style. As graphics becomes more
 available for managerial use, the efficiency of information sharing in
 meetings will increase, thus influencing managerial style and managerial
 success.
-Desc-
 Computer graphics; Software; Microcomputers; Managers; Effectiveness;
 Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 5?40 (CN=Software & systems); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 119
-A-
 84032658
-W-
 Managerial Women in Mixed Groups: Implications of Recent Research
 Staley, Constance Courtney
 Group & Organization Studies v9n3 PP: 316-332 Sep 1984
 -CODEN-
 GOSTDA
-ISSN-
 0364-1082
-JrnlCode-
 GOS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 17 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Although women comprise 43.5% of the US workforce, the proportion of women
 holding administrative or managerial positions was only 6.1% as of 1978. Men
 outnumber women by as much as 600 to one in executive positions. Current
 research on female membership in mixed groups in the workplace is reviewed.
 The results of these studies are mixed. Some report no difference in
 male-female leadership styles. Some find a complex interaction of variables
 when male-female styles are compared. The research implications may be
 divided into 3 categories: 1. Much of the research may be used to prepare
 managerial women for reactions to their presence in mixed groups. 2. The
 research may be used to help women understand their own behavior in mixed
 groups. 3. The research may suggest training programs to each specific
 coping skills for women in mixed groups. References.
-Desc-
 Women; Managers; Group dynamics; Stereotypes; Leadership; Sex roles
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 120
-A-
 84032657
-W-
 The Education and Training of Marketing Managers
 Thomas, M. H.
 Qtrly Review of Marketing (UK) v9n3 PP: 27-30 Apr 1984
-ISSN-
 0307-7667
-JrnlCode-
 QRM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Sixteen crucial skills that should be inculcated in the training and
 education of marketing managers are discussed. These include: 1. ability to
 effectively plan under uncertainty, 2. environmental awareness and
 anticipation of change, 3. ability to organize staff and functions to meet
 changing demands, 4. skill in the use of segmentation strategies, 5. ability
 to analyze buyer behavior, 6. ability to commission and effectively use
 market research, 7. skills in analyzing and using information 8. innovative
 management skills to identify new product opportunities and promote their
 development and success, 9. ability to think strategically, 10. ability to
 analyze advertising productivity and manage resource allocations, 11. skills
 in optimizing marketing mix elements, 12. ability to promote
 interdepartmental cooporation and conflict resolution, 13. financial
 management skills, 14. use of a systems approach in planning and managing,
 15. comprehension of long-term interests of the firm, and 16. ability to
 promote professionalism of and respect for the marketing function.
-Desc-
 Marketing management; Managers; Management training; Management development;
 Education; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 7000 (CN=Marketing); 6200 (CN=Training & development); 2200
 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 121
-A-
 84032253
-W-
 The Power of Persuasion: A Matter of Communication
 Levis, Tom C.
 Supervisory Mgmt v29n10 PP: 23-25 Oct 1984
 -CODEN-
 SPMNAU
-ISSN-
 0039-5919
-JrnlCode-
 SPM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Managers must develop their power of persuasion, as it appeals positively to
 those being led. Persuasion requires special attention to: 1. tone of voice,
 2. modulation, and 3. choice of words. Consciousness of gestures and facial
 expressions accompanying words is also important. Most books on
 communication focus on methodology, describing: 1. channels of communication
 and how to use them, 2. the importance of preparation, 3. the various means
 of communicating (vehicles), and 4. obstacles hindering or defeating
 communication efforts. More important than methodology, however, is attitude
 when talking. When attempting to persuade employees, one appeals to their
 intelligence, logic, and emotions, as they are usually intelligent enough to
 understand what is being required of them, and logical enough to realize it
 is necessary. Managers who ignore the importance of persuasion create
 barriers between themselves and their workers, thereby creating stressful
 departments.
-Desc-
 Leadership; Communication; Effectiveness; Attitudes; Managers
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 122
-A-
 84031597
-W-
 In Praise of Cluttered Desks
 Geneen, Harold S.
 Fortune v110n8 PP: 89-98 Oct 15, 1984
 -CODEN-
 FORTAP
-ISSN-
 0015-8259
-JrnlCode-
 FOR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 An executive with a sparkling clean, empty desk top is probably one whose
 job is being done by someone else. A cluttered desk reflects a manager who
 is totally immersed in the company's business. Middle-level managers in
 charge of several projects need information within immediate reach to deal
 with developments. Such access to information is also important to the
 executive who understands the importance of establishing corporate attitude
 that promotes open, free, and honest communication both up and down the
 ranks. An open, flexible approach is also important to getting the best
 information out of scheduled meetings. Business executives who strike fear
 into their management teams force people to compete to survive, causing them
 to resort to office politics and to hide problems that could be solved.
 Cluttered-desk executives foster and welcome good ideas and imaginative
 thinking. A corporation with such an open, honest atmosphere can generate
 many ideas that can lead to success.
-Desc-
 Management; Skills; Executives; Roles; Management styles
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 2130 (CN=Executives)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 123
-A-
 84031248
-W-
 Development of Leadership in Internal Auditors
 Kirkendall, Donald E.
 Internal Auditor v41n4 PP: 53-56 Aug 1984
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
-JrnlCode-
 IAU
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Effective auditing requires leadership. Managers of audit organizations are
 responsible for getting staff to function as efficiently and effectively as
 possible. A system of management and controls which stimulate staff to lead
 can help bring this about. The essentials of a loose-tight management system
 are outlined. The use of this system with individual initiative and
 leadership can help develop cost-effective approaches to fulfill audit
 requirements. The first step toward leadership development is based on
 creating a system of values within the organization. Staff also must be
 convinced that their ideas, interests and concerns are important and have
 influence within the organization. With decision-making opportunities comes
 the responsibility of accountability for decision results. To determine
 results, a 3-pronged system of accountability can be used. By identifying
 potential leaders, individuals can be selected for the development
 assignments and training necessary for them to fully develop their skills.
-Desc-
 Governmental accounting; Auditors; Leadership; Development; Management;
 Systems; Management development; Goals
 CLASS. CODES: 4110 (CN=Accounting firms & accountants); 4130 (CN=Auditing);
 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 124
-A-
 84031020
-W-
 Managing People
 Roff, Frank M.
 Credit & Financial Mgmt v86n8 PP: 15-17 Sep 1984
-ISSN-
 0010-0973
-JrnlCode-
 CFM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Four aspects of managing people are considered for the credit manager: 1.
 motivation, 2. communication, 3. problems, and 4. performance. Motivation
 can be accomplished through influencing or channeling the activity of other
 people. When employees know their manager's expectations, performance levels
 are influenced. Managers should set significant goals and provide
 reinforcement by rewarding progress. Effective communication is knowing what
 the employees know, think, and wonder about. Listening is an important skill
 that can be learned with practice. Problems should be correctly criticized
 to allow both parties to learn. When criticizing, talk about the behavior
 involved and do not attempt to psychoanalyze. The manager's own performance
 needs to be looked at. Employees' performance can be influenced by a number
 of factors, but performance can be improved by keeping new goals: 1.
 practical, 2. specific, 3. imaginative, and 4. attainable.
-Desc-
 Management; Supervision; Skills; Guidelines; Motivation
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 125
-A-
 84030554
-W-
 An Interview with Warde F. Wheaton and Larry M. Smith
 Tichy, Noel
 Human Resource Mgmt v23n2 PP: 161-185 Summer 1984
-ISSN-
 0090-4848
-JrnlCode-
 HRM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 25 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In an interview, Warde F. Wheaton, Honeywell's executive vice-president of
 Aerospace and Defense (A&D), and Larry M. Smith, A&D's senior human resource
 manager, discussed the stimulus for A&D's focus on human management and its
 maintenance of a strategic human resource management change project.
 According to Wheaton, scheduling, technological, and cost problems prompted
 Honeywell's analysis of human resource management. Strategy development was
 begun to improve the quality of management, work, and worklife. The role of
 leadership and perceptions of middle management leadership roles were
 factors. Specific changes in Honeywell's human resource management strategy
 involved recommendations to: 1. reevaluate the strategic planning process,
 2. incorporate human resource issues, 3. strengthen talent, and 4. upgrade
 employee relations functions. Tables.
-Desc-
 Honeywell-Minneapolis; Personnel management; Personnel policies; Aerospace
 industry; Case studies; Management development; Leadership; Middle
 management
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills);
 8680 (CN=Transportation equipment industry); 9110 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 126
-A-
 84030311
-W-
 How Managers Make Promotion Decisions
 London, Manuel; Stumpf, Stephen A.
 Jrnl of Mgmt Development (UK) v3n1 PP: 56-65 1984
-ISSN-
 0262-1711
-JrnlCode-
 JMD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 10 Pages
 AVAIL.: MCB Publications Ltd., 198/200 Keighley Rd., Bradford, W. Yorkshire,
 England BD9 4JQ
 Research suggests how managers may gather and use information in order to
 make fair and successful promotion decisions. Interview data, survey data,
 and the results of a decision-making simulation performed be managers at 3
 organizational levels are examined. An interview was conducted of 82
 managers who had recently made promotion decisions, which led to a group of
 decision-making skills. Then 350 managers were surveyed about their latest
 staffing decisions. Results of these studies suggest a tendency to ignore
 career planning data when making staffing choices. In some organizations,
 career planning and staffing choices take place along parallel, never
 crossing paths. The information and examples indicate that no one management
 staffing policy is correct for all firms. However, a number of
 recommendations are offered that can be applied to many organizations.
 References.
-Desc-
 Promotions (MAN); Career development planning; Managers; Decision making;
 Surveys
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 127
-A-
 84030032
-W-
 Decision-making Skills Can Be Valuable Assets
 McCullough, Rose V.
 Rough Notes v127n8 PP: 61-62 Aug 1984
-ISSN-
 0035-8525
-JrnlCode-
 RNO
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Decision-making skills play an important part in everyone's life. According
 to Paul Moody, in his book Decision Making, the 5 basic decision-making
 ingredients are: 1. knowledge, 2. facts, 3. experience, 4. analysis, and 5.
 judgment. The ability to make the proper decision rests upon: 1. priority
 setting, 2. effective use of time, 3. a logical approach to problem solving,
 4. perseverance, 5. understanding others, 6. objectivity, 7. flexibility, 8.
 concentration, 9. the ability to see both sides of an issue, and 10. leading
 is group decision making. Recommendations for effective group decision
 making include ruling out all judgments and welcoming unusual ideas. One
 should strive for quantity, not quality, and try combinations and
 improvements. The ability to lead in group decision making can bring out
 abilities in others and encourage participation.
-Desc-
 Managers;  Decision making; Brainstorming; Techniques; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 128
-A-
 84029434
-W-
 Flexing the Muscles of Technical Leadership
 Birnbrauer, Herman; Tyson, Lynn A.
 Training & Development Jrnl v38n8 PP: 48-52 Sep 1984
 -CODEN-
 TDEJA7
-ISSN-
 0041-0861
-JrnlCode-
 STD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Technical leaders often have distinctive personal leadership styles which
 usually are not appropriate or effective in every situation. They can become
 managers if they can learn to alter their styles according to environment,
 the people involved, and the results desired. Three basic leadership types
 have been identified: 1. the hard-driver, 2. the friendly associate,  and 3.
 the considerate persuader. Although their styles differ, the 3 types of
 leaders share 2 major characteristics. Over a period of time, they create an
 environment that brings forth high performance from their subordinates.
 Also, they alter their styles according to their assessment of crucial
 factors in a work environment. These factors are the situation, the people,
 the action taken, and the result. They develop workers who regularly scan
 the environment to discern patterns, constraints, irregularities, needs,
 prohibitions, and feasibilities
-Desc-
 Technical; Leadership; Management styles; Skills; Behavior; Studies;
 Training; Attitudes
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 2200 (CN=Managerial
 skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 129
-A-
 8402947
-W-
 How to Hire the Right Trainer
 Lee, Chris
 Training v21n8 PP: 22-32 Aug 1984
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-5892
-JrnlCode-
 TBI
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 When hiring a trainer, it is imperative that the training manager know what
 kind of person is needed and why. This is particularly important as the
 training and development field becomes more diversified and sophisticated.
 One tool that can be used in the hiring process is provided by a competency
 study published by the American Society for Training and Development (ASTD).
 The ASTD ''Models for Excellence'' program lists 15 roles constituting the
 training and development field. The study lists outputs and key competencies
 required for maximum production in each role. Tom Hartley of Union Carbide
 bases the hiring of a trainer on such characteristics as: 1. interest, 2.
 career stage, 3. reputation, and 4. experience. In selecting a trainer, a
 company may choose to select someone in-house and develop that person's
 training skills. Alternatively, a skilled training person may be hired from
 outside and taught the company's procedures. Whatever the case, the care put
 into the selection process at each stage will add to the probability of
 selecting the right trainer for the right job. Charts.
-Desc-
 Trainers; Hiring; Personnel selection; Recruitment; Methods Employee
 interviews (PER)
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development); 6100 (CN=Human resource
 planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 130
-A-
 84029299
-W-
 Managers All! Your Employees - Not Just You - Must Manage Well
 Grant, Philip C.
 Management World v13n8 PP: 44, 41 Sep 1984
-ISSN-
 0090-3825
-JrnlCode-
 MWL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The division between management and nonmanagement employees in North
 American companies contributes to the inefficiency of communication, work
 processes, and interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. This
 barrier can be overcome by understanding that nonmanagers perform many
 management functions. As a result, they should receive training in such
 managerial areas as planning, organization, and setting priorities. These
 functions are inherent in all jobs. Nonmanagers are also active in
 communication, leadership, and social power and could benefit from training
 in these areas. Although organizations are teams, nonmanagers are often
 excluded from training in team development. Nonmanagers should also receive
 training in scientific problem-solving processes and in communication. Such
 training can help prevent damaging misinterpretat ons by rank-and-file
 employees. Other training that could improve nonmanager performance could
 focus on: 1. motivation, 2. self-confidence, and 3. the understanding of
 variables that influence company performance.
-Desc-
 Management; Skills; Employees; Leadership; Decision making; Group dynamics
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 131
-A-
 84029291
-W-
 AMS Survey Report: Tips for Landing Your Next Job
 Pilla, Lou
 Management World v13n8 PP: 11-13 Sep 1984
-ISSN-
 0090-3825
-JrnlCode-
 MWL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 An Administrative Management Society survey of 2 groups of middle-level
 managers representing employers' views and views of those involved in job
 searches reveals that the 2 groups have different perceptions of effective
 ways to secure jobs. Employers believe a standard cover letter and resume is
 the most effective way to get an interview, yet employees say referral
 through business associates is best. Of those employers with personnel
 functions, 80% said the majority of people they hired made initial contact
 with the firm through personnel. Employees say work-related experience was
 the most important characteristic in a candidate for a management position,
 yet 43% of the employers believe good interpersonal and leadership skills
 are the most important. Most employees indicate satisfaction with their
 jobs, but cite internal politics and limited career growth as causes of
 dissatisfaction. Over half of the employees would take a desirable position
 only with a salary increase, and about 46% would rather stay in their own
 company than look for an outside position. Tables.
-Desc-
 Job hunting; Surveys; Job satisfaction; Planning
 CLASS. CODES: 6100 (CN=Human resource planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 132
-A-
 84029216
-W-
 The Changing Profile of Financial Managers
 Simke, John M.
 CA Magazine (Canada) v117n7 PP: 42-45 Jul 1984
 -CODEN-
 CCHAA5
-ISSN-
 03?7-6878
-JrnlCode-
 CCA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Since 1980, a number of forces have combined to change the role of the
 financial manager and the course of business. Four major areas of change are
 examined in depth. These are: 1. the dramatic change in the economic
 environment, 2. rapid developments in the financial markets, 3. the ability
 to use computers with sophisticated software to analyze a proposed financial
 transaction, and 4. the way North American business is going to be managed.
 Divergent pressures are exerted on financial managers. On the one hand,
 there is the need for: 1. objectivity, 2. prudence, and 3. an aversion to
 risk. On the other hand, pressures exist to: 1. relax rigid control systems,
 and 2. permit more decision making to take place at lower organizational
 levels. To reconcile these pressures, the financial manager will need to be
 a good communicator who excels in economics, finance and information
 management. Chief financial officers are likely to be thought of more as
 broad-based financial professionals rather than as accountants.
-Desc-
 Financial management; Managers; Roles; Markets; Profiles; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management); 2200 (CN=Managerial
 skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 133
-A-
 84029147
-W-
 How to Get the Most out of Your New Office Equipment
 Smoot, Oliver
 Manage v36n3 PP: 4-5 Jul 1984
-ISSN-
 0025-1623
-JrnlCode-
 MAN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Although new office equipment is on its way to most US offices, many of
 today's managers will not realize all the benefits possible from their
 investment in new equipment. Too many do not understand that the
 introduction of new equipment into the office can backfire, leaving
 employees angry and frustrated and the organization less productive.
 Managers may also not be up-to-date on the installation techniques required
 to make employees physically comfortable as they work. When introducing new
 office equipment, the manager should consult employees and solicit their
 ideas. Employees must have time to get used to a change, and they must be
 able to express their own needs and fears. Employees need reassurance that
 they will not be replaced by a machine, that they will have adequate
 training, and that they have some control over their jobs and environment.
 Managers must make sure that the new office is a comfortable place in which
 to work and that employees know the facts about the equipment they are
 using.
-Desc-
 Management; Installations; Office equipment; Operator acceptance; Employee
 relations programs; Managers; Employee; Participation Decision making
 CLASS. CODES: 5110 (CN=Office management); 5210 (CN=Office automation); 2200
 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 134
-A-
 84028830
-W-
 How Today's Managers Can Create Tomorrow's Leaders
 Eads, Douglas H.
 Supervisory Mgmt v29n9 PP: 18-20 Sep 1984
 -CODEN-
 SPMNAU
-ISSN-
 0039-5919
-JrnlCode-
 SPM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Good leaders inspire loyalty by their example, not by their authority. Good
 leaders function by: 1. setting reasonable goals based on proven human
 capabilities, 2. involving personnel in decision making, 3. listening well
 when others express ideas, 4. functioning well in group sessions with other
 department heads, and 5. being open to necessary changes. A healthy
 atmosphere plus effective training produces good leaders. Leaders who are
 charged with developing successful future managers are open-minded and
 flexible. They set realistic goals and give help when needed. They offer
 positive advice regarding career advancement and exhibit a sincere concern
 for employees' work and personal lives. They deal effectively with those who
 do not meet goals, and they provide ongoing training to help employees
 advance. Equations.
-Desc-
 Leadership; Management; Guidelines; Role models
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 135
-A-
 84028470
-W-
 Understanding Effective Delegation
 Engel, Herbert M.
 Modern Office Technology v29n7 PP: 82-88 Jul 1984
 -CODEN-
 MDOPAW
-ISSN-
 0026-8208
-JrnlCode-
 MOP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 To perform effectively, managers and supervisors need to understand and use
 delegation. Delegation involves both a logical process of who does what and
 an emotional aura accompanying the transfer of functions. In delegating, the
 manager transfers to a subordinate, on a temporary basis,  job that the
 manager would ordinarily perform. Tasks should be delegated to employees of
 proven ability; delegation should not be used as an opportunity for
 training. Delegation requires the sharing of responsibility and authority
 with the subordinate, not simply giving orders. The communications
 obligations of the superior include: 1. recognizing barriers, 2. striving
 for genuine 2-way communications, 3. avoiding generalizations, and 4.
 recognizing the difference between inferences and facts. Legal authority
 moves to the subordinate for the task delegated, but an effective delegate
 should be possessed of sufficient personal authority to do the job. The
 delegate deserves the credit for the successful completion of the delegated
 task.
-Desc-
 Management; Skills; Supervision; Guidelines; Delegation; Communications
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 136
-A-
 84028467
-W-
 Decisions, Decisions
 Grove, Andrew S.
 Modern Office Technology v29n7 PP: 16-20 Jul 1984
 -CODEN-
 MDOPAW
-ISSN-
 0026-8208
-JrnlCode-
 MOP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 An essential part of every manager's work is making decisions. The
 decision-making process in businesses dealing mostly with information and
 knowledge differs from the same process in more conventional industries. The
 stages in an ideal model of information business decision-making are: 1.
 free discussion, 2. a clear decision, and 3. full support of the decision by
 the group. The lowest competent level in the organization must work out any
 decision. The peer-group syndrome is the most common problem in decision
 making. The fear of sounding dumb can paralyze the possessors of both
 knowledge and position. Lower-level persons fear being overruled. The
 decision must sometimes be made by the senior person if the time for a
 decision arrives but no consensus exists. Better decisions are made if
 managers prepare for the decision-making process. Managers must settle a
 number of issues relating to the timing of the decision and the persons
 involved.
-Desc-
 Decision making; Management; Skills; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 137
-A-
 84?28207
-W-
 A Professional Mail Manager Works to Perfect His Game
 Raymond, Morton
 Office v100n2 PP: 51, 57, 70 Aug 1984
 -CODEN-
 OFISAD
-ISSN-
 0030-0128
-JrnlCode-
 OFF
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Renewed emphasis on productivity has drawn new attention to the efficiency
 of mail operations and the need for professional management personnel to
 direct office mail systems. Only a small number of mailroom managers have
 perfected the skills required to motivate people that process the mail,
 given the fact that the search for excellence in the mailroom management job
 must usually be self-directed. The good manager is able to motivate himself
 and develop a plan for his task of increasing the efficiency of operations.
 His primary challenge will be to trade budget dollars for improvements that
 will achieve the results he desires. The primary means of achieving dramatic
 results rapidly is attacking successfully the causes of low mail room
 productivity, and the cooperation of employees will be helpful in getting
 this job done. It is wise to set departmental as well as personal goals in
 the mailroom and document results.
-Desc-
 Mailrooms; Managers; Skills; Responsibilities; Productivity
 CLASS. CODES: 5110 (CN=Office management); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 138
-A-
 84028050
-W-
 Leveling with Employees
 St. John, Walter D.
 Personnel Jrnl v63n8 PP: 52-57 Aug 1984
 -CODEN-
 PEJOAA
-ISSN-
 0031-5745
-JrnlCode-
 PEJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Leveling, or being direct, may be the best way to deal with a problem in the
  work place. Leveling permits both management and employees to understand
 all the factors involved in a situation and to explore the alternatives.
 While leveling does involve openness and honesty, it does not mean
 indiscriminate communication. There are responsible ways to level. There are
 4 proven methods for communicating effectively. 1. Control the content of
 the leveling session. 2. Focus the session. 3. Make both participants accept
 responsibility. 4. Level without damaging employees' self-esteems. Some ways
 that employers can encourage employees to level involve: 1. visible
 benefits, 2. frankness with management, 3. availability of managers, 4.
 reading nonverbal behavior, and 5. sensitivity to employees. There are steps
 to prepare for leveling, steps to use in the opening stage, and steps for
 closing the leveling session. References.
-Desc-
 Managers; Employees; Relations; Honesty; Communication; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 139
-A-
 84027561
-W-
 A Tough Decision
 Johnson, Norman P.
 Managerial Planning v33n1 PP: 58, 60 Jul/Aug 1984
 -CODEN-
 MNPLBS
-ISSN-
 0025-1941
-JrnlCode-
 MPL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Everyone with management responsibility must occasionally make a really
 difficult decision, the most difficult being one that will not yield to
 analysis, making it impossible to identify all the options. These decisions
 seem to have 2 aspects in common: 1. They relate to people. 2. easier
 options were probably chosen when the matter was considered earlier in the
 company's history. Such easy decisions are not lasting, and tougher
 decisions have to be made to replace them. Some suggestions for dealing with
 them include: 1. Recognize that all managers face difficult decisions. 2.
 Remember that, eventually, the boss, directors, or owners will force the
 tough decisions to be made. 3. Acknowledge that the worst of all possible
 management decisions are these that force the firm to cease operations. 4.
 Recognize the fact that the easy decision may not solve the problem. 5.
 Always focus on long-term goals and strategies required to reach them. 6.
 First determine ''what'' to do, then ''how'' and ''when''.
-Desc-
 Decision making; Managers; Techniques
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 140
-A-
 84027489
-W-
 Team Mapping: A New Approach to Managerial Leadership
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 141
-A-
 84026353
-W-
 The 'Compleat' Risk Manager
 Church, Frederic C., Jr.
 Risk Mgmt v31n7 PP: 34-42 Jul 1984
-ISSN-
 0035-5593
-JrnlCode-
 RMT
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The risk management profession has evolved a great deal over the years.
 Today's ''compleat'' risk managers must be up-to-date on the
 technical/professional nuances of their jobs, as well as have substantial
 general management knowledge and skills and motivation to do an effective
 job. To learn more about risk managers' skills, the Risk and Insurance
 Management Society (RIMS) sponsored a major questionnaire survey in the
 summer of 1983 of 305 RIMS members. The results are grouped into 5 areas: 1.
 planning, 2. organizing, 3. staffing, 4. leading/motivating, and 5.
 controlling. Of all respondents, 51% had a formal written risk management
 policy statement in 1983. The 87% of respondents who reported job/position
 descriptions for themselves and their staff reveal that very little use is
 made of assessment centers, intelligence tests, and personality tests. Goal
 setting and written plans of action are not used by 30% of respondents. The
 top motivator cited is recognition. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Risk management; Managers; Surveys; Responsibilities; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 3300 (CN=Risk management); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 142
-A-
 84025613
-W-
 Management Needs to Know Statistics
 Burr, Irving W.
 Quality Progress v17n7 PP: 26-30 Jul 1984
 -CODEN-
 QUPRB3
-ISSN-
 0033-524X
-JrnlCode-
 QPR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH.:5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Executives need a working knowledge of statistics in order to know the risks
 of wrong decisions. Management should know that the testing or inspection of
 a random sample is often more accurate than 100% testing in estimating
 quality. Relatively little inspection time is needed for sampling
 inspection, which leaves more time for careful and thorough rectifying
 inspection of poor quality lots. The percent of the lot drawn for the sample
 has little to do with the discriminating power of the sample. The gross size
 of the sample is what is important. Control charts showing average number of
 errors are a good way to motivate employees and reduce production costs.
 Statistical quality control methods: 1. allow process improvement, 2.
 facilitate random assembly, 3. allow process capability, and 4. help reduce
 scrap and rework costs. References.
-Desc-
 Management; Knowledge; Requirements; Statistical methods; Quality control;
 Methods; Decision making; Advantages
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 5320 (CN=Quality control)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 143
-A-
 84025387
-W-
 Establish a Good Training Program to Insure Smooth Agency Operations
 McCullough, Rose V.
 Rough Notes v127n7 PP: 52-55 Jul 1984
-ISSN-
 0035-8525
-JrnlCode-
 RNO
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH.:3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The increasingly difficult role of today's manager requires leadership
 skills of effective planning, effective time management, decisoin making,
 problem solving, effective listening, and conflict resolution. The training
 of future managers or supervisors should: 1. use a general outline of all
 agency activities, 2. involve personnel in the planning of overall
 objectives, and 3. clarify objectives for all agency personnel. A 4-step
 coaching process can also help in acquiring needed supervisory and
 managerial training skills, including: 1. assigning responsibilities and the
 authority to accomplish them, 2. allowing the individual a chance to
 perform, 3. observation of how the trainee is doing, and 4. giving positive
 or negative feedback expeditiously.
-Desc-
 Insurance agencies; Personnel management; Management training; Goals;
 Leadership; Skills
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 6200 (CN=Training & development);
 8200 (CN=Insurance industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 144
-A-
 84025293
-W-
 Megatrends in Management - Managerial Leadership in a Changing Economy
 Michelon, L. C.
 Vital Speeches v50n19 PP: 586-591 Jul 15, 1984
 -CODEN-
 VISPAG
-ISSN-
 0042-742X
-JrnlCode-
 VSP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH.:6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In addition to the fact that other countries have industrialized and become
 aggressively competitive, they have also adopted management methods that
 make the US second best in many important areas of economic life. It is
 essential for US managers to adopt a philosophy of management dedicated to
 improving performance in every area of work. It must be understood that a
 company is an economic institution and that it must be profitable to grow.
 US industry cannot be improved unless the selection and evaluation of its
 top managers are improved. To managers must be excellent converters of
 production resources, and they must be able to achieve a greater internal
 efficiency of production. In addition, supervisors and managers must be
 selected for their abilities to plan ahead, to improve operations, and to
 persuade employees.
-Desc-
 Leadership; Competition; Performance; Management; Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 145
-A-
 84025119
-W-
 A New Environment Demands New Management Skills
 Frommelt, Jeffrey J.
 Healthcare Financial Mgmt v38n7 PP: 42-50 Jul 1984
 -CODEN-
 HFIMAK
-ISSN-
 0735-0732
-JrnlCode-
 HFM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH.:4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The demise of cost-based reimbursement has removed the protection against
 institutional failure and requires an expanded role for the health care
 chief financial officer (CFO). This new role demands new skills in working
 and communicating with others to achieve institutional and financial goals.
 Health care CFOs must adopt the practices of their counterparts in industry
 by establishing new relationships with the chief executive officer, the
 board, line managers, and groups outside the hospital. The interpersonal
 skills needed to reach financial and organizational goals are based on
 communication that links the various parts of the organization together to
 share information and to meet common needs. To utilize the financial
 information and technical skills for the greatest benefit of the
 institution, the CFO must listen to and communicate with the department
 managers. In the communication process between the CFO and department
 managers, the CFO should try to speak the language of the department
 managers.
-Desc-
 Health care industry; Financial executives; Management; Skills; Financial
 planning; Communication; Problems
 CLASS. CODES: 8320 (CN=Health care industry); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills);
 2130 (CN=Executives)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 146
-A-
 84024462
-W-
 DP Role Playing
 Brooks, C. H. P.
 Datamation v30n9 PP: 247-250 Jun 5, 1984
 -CODEN-
 DTMNAT
-ISSN-
 0011-6963
-JrnlCode-
 DAT
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH.:3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Little attention has been paid to the roles and attitudes that the data
 processing (DP) manager and the outside consultant play in relationship to
 each other. Usually, contractual work has a solid foundation in need.
 However, when it comes to higher order consulting work, there tend to be
 suspicion on the part of senior management that the DP staff is not
 performing effectively. When the consultant moves into the project, the DP
 manager can assume either a cooperative or a confrontational attitude. Some
 of the cooperative techniques include: 1. placing enticements such as extra
 jobs before the consultant, and 2. requiring that the consultant make
 extensive and extended visits to country centers or even overseas offices.
 Confrontational techniques include: 1. telling the consultant as little as
 possible, 2. referring all requests to a committee, 3. providing the
 consulting team with disinformation-type feedback, and 4. challenging the
 basic premises of any position taken by the consultant. Similarly, the
 consultant also has a choice between cooperation and confrontation with the
 client. Graphs.
-Desc-
 Data processing; Management; Managers; Roles; Skills; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 5220 (CN=Data processing management); 2200 (CN=Managerial
 skills); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 147
-A-
 84024455
-W-
 In Praise of Operations Managers
 Prutch, Shirley F.
 Datamation v30n9 PP: 139-142 Jun 15, 1984
 -CODEN-
 DTMNAT
-ISSN-
 0011-6963
-JrnlCode-
 DAT
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH.:3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The jobs an operations manager performs include: 1. determining where the
 computer should be placed in the building, 2. making sure that the
 computer's environment maintains the proper temperature, 3. seeing to it
 that the correct water temperatures are kept, 4. providing the proper
 flooring, and 5. maintaining the power supply. Once the computer has been
 installed, the operations manager must provide the people to run the
 equipment. This involves: 1. determining how many people are needed, 2.
 training, 3. providing career paths, 4. giving performance appraisals, and
 5. making the personnel feel wanted. In meeting the user's needs, the
 operations manager must: 1. ensure that the customer-interface function can
 deal effectively with the user, 2. provide the user with cycles, 3. keep
 user-friendly personnel, 4. stay in touch with the perceived needs of the
 user, and 5. keep in mind the real needs of the user.
-Desc-
 Operations; Managers; Roles; Skills; Data processing; Management
 CLASS. CODES: 5220 (CN=Data processing management); 2200 (CN=Managerial
 skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 148
-A-
 84024247
-W-
 What's Wrong with Some Supervisors' Management Style
 Nave, James L.; Thomas, Bob F.
 Supervisory Mgmt v29n7 PP: 2-5 Jul 1984
 -CODEN-
 SPMNAU
-ISSN-
 0039-5919
-JrnlCode-
 SPM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH.:4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 One of the key components in managerial success is the ability to motivate
 and manage people. Ineffective management in this area requires a great deal
 of time and effort to remedy and can be very costly to the organization.
 Poor personnel management and morale results in lowered productivity,
 reduced work quality, and employee turnover. Managers must be aware of those
 actions or inactions that negatively affect employee morale and
 organizational effectiveness. These include: 1. having little direct contact
 between management and staff, 2. being quick to place reprimand letters
 concerning trivial matters in employee files, 3. lacking concern for the
 communication process, 4. failing to provide realistic, clearly stated job
 descriptions and objectives, 5. reprimanding employees in the presence of
 co-workers, 6. failing to provide positive reinforcement daily for work well
 done, 7. constantly changing organizational structure, and 8. displaying
 managerial inconsistency. An honest assessment of managerial performance is
 the first step to making improvements.
-Desc-
 Management styles; Management; Skills; Employee morale; Personnel
 management; Problems; Supervision
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 149
-A-
 84024176
-W-
 A Role Set Analysis of Managerial Reputation
 Tsui, Anne S.
 Organizational Behavior & Human Performance v34n1 PP: 64-96 Aug 1984
 -CODEN-
 O?HPA5
-ISSN-
 0030-5073
-JrnlCode-
 OBP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH.:33 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 An alternative viewpoint on managerial reputation is presented, whereby the
 effectiveness of managers is analyzed from their reputation in the role set.
 It is suggested that focal managers gain the reputation of being effective
 by meeting the self-interested expectations of role set members. Moreover,
 the most reputationally effective managers tend to be more successful in
 their careers than the least reputationally effective managers. Five
 hypotheses relating to this reputational perspective were tested using a
 sample of 217 middle managers, 173 superiors, 387 subordinates, and 303
 peers. Results support the hypotheses and provide the basis for a new
 direction of managerial effectiveness research. Tables. Graphs. References.
-Desc-
 Managers; Effectiveness; Reputations; Roles; Statistical analysis;
 Organizational behavior; Leadership
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior); 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 018:015 150
-A-
 84023472
-W-
 The Accountant as Communicator - Say Something, Anything, Before It's Too
 Late ...
 Strong, Fiona
 Accountancy (UK) v95n1089 PP: 68-70 May 1984
 -CODEN-
 ACTYAD
-ISSN-
 0001-4664
-JrnlCode-
 ACE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH.:3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Peter Prior, voted Communicator of the Year, has strong views about what is
 wrong with UK industry. Prior qualified as a chartered accountant in his
 early career and has served as managing director of H. P. Bulmer. The main
 point of his argument is that scientific management can, in itself, be a
 major barrier to success. Effective leadership must first be present, and
 those leaders must be good communicators. Prior's greatest dislike is
 division in all its forms and in all aspects of industry. He characterizes
 the relationships needed in industry as the ''lifeboat philosophy, '' where
 all need to pull together in the same direction for survival. While he
 recognizes technology as vital, he insists that the key is the manner in
 which it is applied. He believes companies should set objectives and
 communicate them. Critics see contradictions between Prior's advocacy of
 clearly delegated authority and his plea for bosses to talk to their workers
 regularly. Peter Prior affirms honest communication, which builds up
 confidence and achieves results.
-Desc-
 Management; Skills; Communication; Guidelines; Productivity Accountancy;
 Objectives; Accountants; Personal; Profiles; UK
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 4110 (CN=Accounting firms &
 accountants); 9170 (CN=Non-US); 9160 (CN=Biographical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 1
-A-
 0341698 GOF84L0003
-W-
 The GASB Project Agenda: An Overview.
 Antonio, J.F.
 Governmental Finance Vol.13, No.4, Dec. 1984, P. 3-6. 4 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-ISSN-
 0091-4835
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 In their July 1984 meeting, members of the Government Accounting Standards
 Board (GASB) addressed two issues: the status of existing standards that
 pertained to state and local governments and the new organization's project
 agenda. Public meetings were held in July and August 1984 to gather
 information on what members would like to see included in the agenda. Such
 meetings will be held each year in various locales. Three matters on the
 June 1984 agenda were financial reporting; the basis for accounting and
 measurement objectives; and pension accounting and financial reporting. A
 series of technical bulletins will be issued to apprise members of existing
 and emerging issues. Eleven different projects are currently on the GASB's
 agenda. Input from the membership is vital to the success of the program.
-Desc-
 Government; Finance; Accounting; Local Government; State Government;
 Auditing Standards; Accounting Standards; Meetings; Project Management;
 Finance*Project Management; ; Government*Accounting Standards;
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 2
-A-
 0340058 PSL85C0003
-W-
 Professionalism Begins at Home.
 Pierce, D.
 Personnel Management March 1985, P. 3.
 Co. of Pub.: England
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 PTMABL
-ISSN-
 0031-5761
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Column
 A trend in Human Resource Management is a new emphasis on professionalism.
 The Institute of Personnel Management (IPM), in preparing its report
 'Strategy for Development, ' is examining the role and means of improving
 professional conduct in this area. It is important to: begin with the
 personnel management team itself when making changes in management
 practices; not stop at creating a plan of action, but implement it;
 establish channels of communication and give praise and encouragement to
 staff members.
-Desc-
 Personnel; Personnel Director; Human Resource Management; Management;
 Professional Conduct; Professional Standards; Professionals; Management
 Development; Management Skills; Manager Behavior; Management Control;
 Management Style; Trends
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 3
-A-
 0337426 PTA85G0022
-W-
 Should Continuing Professional Education Be Mandatory
 Anon
 The Practical Accountant Vol.18, No.7, July 1985, P. 22.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 PACNBD
-ISSN-
 0032-6321
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Column
 Finding out how accountants feel towards their professional organizations
 and the services they render is the aim of the minipolls. When asked if
 continuing education should be mandatory, 84 percent of the respondents said
 yes. The majority of the respondents thought 40 hours of continuing
 education credits would prove sufficient.
-Desc-
 Accountants; Opinion Poll; Public Opinion; Opinion Research ; Professional
 Associations; Professionalism; Professional Standards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 4
-A-
 0337416 IAU85D0024
-W-
 International Operations And the Internal Auditor.
 Maier, G.J.
 Bow Valley Industries Ltd., Calgary, Alberta
 Internal Auditor Vol.42, No.2, April 1985, P. 24-27, 4 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Feature
 The internal auditor functioning within the context of international
 operations must accept both the likenesses and differences in the business
 environment. Problems occur when American auditors try to impose American
 business practices upon another country's business culture. It is far more
 advantageous to simply accept the differences. Once a company has decided to
 expand to international operations, it must be aware of the following four
 things: 1) people that can be relied upon to run things well; 2)
 establishment of a complete and clear set of principles defining
 relationships between parent companies and divisions or subsidiaries and
 establishment of consistent corporate policies; 3) establishment of
 requirements for performance that cover both personal and professional
 conduct; and 4) cultivation of a type of pragmatism that allows for
 realistic flexibility. International auditors should be involved in
 reviewing any new policies and procedures. They should allow time and energy
 for familiarity with the specific country's political and business cultures
 in order to be able to function effectively within them.
-Desc-
 Internal Audit; Auditing; Auditors; Auditing Policies; Auditing Standards;
 Business Administration; Management; Social Conditions Culture;
 Acculturation; International Corporation; International Finance;
 International Economic Conditions; International Relations; Foreign-Based
 Employee; Overseas Employees; Foreign-Based Managers
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 5
-A-
 0337415 IAU85D0028
-W-
 A Riskier World Tomorrow.
 Thornhill, W.T.
 Arthur Andersen & Co., St. Charles, IL
 Internal Auditor Vol.42, No.2, April 1985, P. 28-31. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Feature
 SPECIAL FEATURES: Bibliography: 1 references;
 In the business world of today, within which the auditor must function,
 there is higher risk than ever before. This is due, in part, to the
 following: 1) an ever expanding and more complex business and governmental
 environment; 2) more diversity of products and services; 3) constant changes
 and new developments in the economic climate; and 4) decreasing social
 stability. The auditor can help control the risks in the following areas: 1)
 white collar crime; 2) employee theft; 3) computer fraud; 4) fraudulent
 audits; 5) increased systems safeguards; 5) stealing; and 6) contract audits
 and investigations. Four ways to improve auditing are: 1) coordination of
 auditing procedures with external auditors to avoid duplication of effort;
 2) active participation in management planning; 3) expanding auditors' cope
 to include high risk areas; and 4) increased involvement in management.
 Auditors can realistically control risks through the following: 1)
 department organization; 2) adoption of the disciplines utilized in public
 accounting; 3) increased training; 4) summarization of policies and
 practices; and 5) active involvement in budgeting and Planning. These
 practices can help establish a relatively low risk environment within the
 context of rapidly changing technology.
-Desc-
 Auditing; Auditors; Auditing Policies; Auditing Standards; Business
 Planning; Economic Evaluation; Financial Accounting; Documentation ; Fraud;
 White Collar Crime; Industrial Dynamics; Risk Management; Controls
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 6
-A-
 0337413 IAU85D0032
-W-
 Auditing For Project Management.
 Krishnaswami, O.R.
 Bangalare University, Bangalore, India
 Internal Auditor Vol.42, No.2, April 1985, P. 32-33.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Feature
 In order for a project to succeed, time, schedules and activities must be
 coordinated in such a way that goals can be obtained. This means
 interdependence in areas of time, cost, and operation. Planning in terms of
 management techniques can help prevent problems that delay project
 completion and increase costs. These techniques include: 1) network analysis
 that includes either critical path or program evaluation review techniques.
 2) estimates of costs; and 3) use of internal auditing techniques such as
 pre-emptive auditing and concurrent auditing, which allow checking as the
 procedure occurs. Use of these internal audit techniques can help reduce
 costs and assist in timely project completion.
-Desc-
 Audits; Auditing; Auditing Policies; Auditing Standards; Financial
 Statements; Financial Planning; Internal Audit; Industrial Dynamics; Cost
 Benefit Analysis; Cost; Costing; Project Management; Management Strategy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 7
-A-
 0337411 IAU85D0034
-W-
 Are We Actually Practicing the Standards
 Chapman, W.C.
 East Central Oklahoma State University, Ada, OK
 Internal Auditor Vol.42, No.2, April 1985, P. 3?-35.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Feature
 SPECIAL FEATURES: includes Tables;
 In addressing the issue of how auditors spend their time, a questionnaire
 was sent out which elicited 157 usable responses, of which 82 were from
 private corporations and 75 were from nonprofit organizations. It was found
 that 78.7 percent of an auditor's time is spent on General Standard 300
 functions. It was shown that audit information was disseminated among the
 following: 1) boards of directors; 2) governing boards; 3) chief executives;
 4) vice presidents; and 5) external auditors. The most prevalent
 certification among auditors is the certified public accountancy, and the
 most common level of education is the bachelor's degree. Tables explaining
 percentage distribution are included
-Desc-
 Auditors; Education; Time Management; Scheduling; Time Utilization;
 Questionnaire; Survey; Information Management; Accounting Standards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 8
-A-
 0337404 IAU85D0042
-W-
 Statistical Trends In Auditing.
 White, K.R.; Xander, J.A.
 Central Florida, Univ. of (Orlando), Orlando, FL
 Internal Auditor Vol.42, No.2 April 1985, P. 42-44.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Feature; Research Findings
 SPECIAL FEATURES: includes Tables;
 There have been many changes in the internal auditing function, as
 identified by the 1983 Survey of Internal Auditors. The survey included 1,
 687 respondents. Results indicate fewer auditing departments with
 comprehensive audit services to 68 percent. It was reported that auditors
 are being asked to extend their departmental coverage of functions. Some 83
 percent are adhering more closely to verified standards. The internal
 auditing function is being centrally located for most large corporations.
 Firms are increasingly offering auditors human relations training, and
 ethics training in order to allow for more smoothly functioning departments.
 Significantly, 93 percent of reports are departmentally routed to
 management. There is increasing availability of software support for
 auditing departments. The overall sense is that internal audit departments
 are not growing as fast as is the scope of the auditors' responsibilities.
 Tables with survey results are included.
-Desc-
 Internal Audit; Auditing; Audits; Auditors; Survey; Growth Auditing
 Standards; Auditing Policies; Departmentalization
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 9
-A-
 0337402 IAU850?046
-W-
 Reporting Audit Results.
 DeBerry, L.B.
 Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Inc., Oakland, CA
 Internal Auditor Vol.42, No.2, April 1985, P. 46-48. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Feature
 It is imperative that those in decision making positions receive,
 understand, and utilize the results of auditing procedures. In order to
 accomplish this, these results should be timely, clear, and brief. The
 detailed parts of audit reports should include information on the following:
 1) criteria; 2) what is actually going on financially; 3) the possible
 consequences of the variance between condition and idea; 4) why things are
 the way they are; 5) recommendations; and 6) room for response. A report
 summary should include the scope and timing of the audit, the timing of the
 exit conference, an overall opinion, and any observations made.
 Organizational communication must be effective for an organization to
 function effectively.
-Desc-
 Audits; Auditing; Auditing Policies; Auditing Standards; Communication in
 Organizations; Organizational Communications; Reporting System; Report
 Writing; Auditors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 10
-A-
 0337397 IAU85D?057
-W-
 Auditing For Faculty Management.
 TKach, V.W.
 U.S. Air Force, St. Paul, MN
 Internal Auditor Vol.42, No.2, April 1985, P. 57-60. 4 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Applications
 Faculty accountability is necessary in order to measure the performance of
 faculty members in an educational facility. It is the auditors'
 responsibility to review faculty management using standards acceptable to
 the U.S. General Accounting Office. Any reports submitted should include the
 views of those in positions of responsibility on the findings, as well as
 their recommendations when necessary. Measurements of accountability should
 include examination of faculty use, selection, training, and evaluation. The
 object is to determine if faculty members are being utilized effectively and
 efficiently. The use of auditors who abide by acceptable standards can
 facilitate measurement of faculty performance. Charts are included which
 exemplify a questionnaire used and faculty work week distribution.
-Desc-
 Audits; Auditing; Auditing Standards; Auditing Policies; Education; Human
 Resource Management; Performance Appraisal; Employee Evaluation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 11
-A-
 0337395 IAU85D0061
-W-
 Operational-Auditing Indicators For Cost Savings
 Reeve, J.T.
 Internal Auditor Vol.42, No.2, April 1985, P. 61-65. 4 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Applications
 It is the responsibility of the internal auditor to analyze what is being
 done within an organization and how, with an eye to ways to increase
 efficiency. Cost reductions can occur in three ways: 1) reduction of waste;
 2) increase in efficiency; and 3) increase in productivity. In order to
 discover the problems, the auditor should study the procedures in question,
 looking for: 1) payroll fraud; 2) purchasing favoritism, such as no
 competitive bidding, small purchases, emergency procurement, plush items,
 restrictive specifications, unmet schedules, and excessive returns; 3)
 personnel problems; 4) inefficient use of, or obsolete, plant and equipment;
 and 5) inventory problems. Auditors should be careful not to be too
 demanding in areas of control, so as to allow for flexibility.
-Desc-
 Auditors; Internal Audit; Audits; Auditing Policies; Auditing; Cost; Cost
 Standards; cost Saving; Cost Benefit Analysis; Productivity; Performance
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 12
-A-
 0336977 ACT85C0026
-W-
 Keeping Local Authority In Check.
 Chandler, R.
 University College, Cardiff, Wales
 The Accountant Vol.192, No.5734, March 21, 1985, P. 26-27.
 Co. of Pub.: England
-Lang-
 Eng.
-ISSN-
 0001-4710
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Auditors of local government units in the United Kingdom are guided by
 procedures and standards issued by the Chartered Institute of Public Finance
 and Accountancy. Auditors are to maintain independence from the unit under
 audit and are to look for any illegal or irregular acts or fraud. Also, the
 economy, efficiency and effectiveness of the local government's operations
 should be evaluated. The auditors' opinion generally follows the same format
 used for other clients, with additional disclosures or qualifications as
 needed.
-Desc-
 United kingdom; Accounting; Public Accounting; Auditing; Accounting Audit;
 Audits; Accounting Firms; Accounting Standards; Auditing Policies; Auditing
 Standards; Government; Governments; Local Government; Municipalities;
 Municipal Government
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 13
-A-
 0335275 ZIP84K0043-3
-W-
 MSMA To Set-Up Councils.
 Anon
 ZIP/Target Marketing Vol.7, No.11, No. 1984, P. 43.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ZIPPDE
-ISSN-
 0160-4090
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Industry News
 The Mail Systems Management Association (MSMA) is a new professional
 organization whose purpose is to help mail managers increase their
 professionalism. MSMA's board of directors voted to set up special interest
 groups within each of the organization's chapters. Each of the special
 interest groups will have a committee appointed for it. The purpose of the
 committee will be to gather files of articles, case histories and other
 information that pertain to mail problems of the particular industry.
-Desc-
 Marketing; Direct Marketing; Professional Associations; Management;
 Professional Standards; Professionals Committee; Information
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 14
-A-
 0334944 BUR84P0052
-W-
 Local Government Professionalism.
 Ammons, D.N.; King, J.C.
 North Texas State University,
 Bureaucrat Vol.13, No.2, Summer 1984, P. 52-57. 6 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-ISSN-
 0045-3544
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Current Issues; Editorial; Feature; Research Findings
 SPECIAL FEATURES: Bibliography: 4 references;
 Definitions for professionalism encompass lengthy lists of standards self
 imposed by members of the designated group, including education
 requirements, conduct, and licensing. It is suggested that the development
 of a professional aura for public administrators may not ultimately be in
 the public interest in a democracy. The public is not convinced that a set
 of professional standards will improve performance, or is needed.
-Desc-
 Public Administration; Public Interest; Professionals; Professional Conduct;
 Professional Standards; Democracy; Local Government; Standards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 15
-A-
 334129 MED85A0057
-W-
 Advertisers Flock To Ad-Supported Syndication.
 Paskowski, M.
 Marketing and Media Decisions Vol.20, No.1, Jan. 1985, P. 57-59, 62+. 5
 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-ISSN-
 0025-6900
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Feature; Industry News
 SPECIAL FEATURES: includes Photographs, Tables;
 The 1984 Network Television advertising volume was nine billion dollars
 compared to 1984 syndication advertising volume of 500 million dollars. Even
 with this discrepancy, ninety-six of the nation's top 100 advertisers
 participated in syndication media. Most advertisers allocated from five to
 ten percent of their network television budgets to syndicated programming. A
 newly formed Advertising Syndicated Television Association (ASTA), created
 in 1983, is determined to maintain a professionalism among the syndicating
 ranks. Dennis Gillespie, the 1985 president of the ASTA, believes the
 syndicating industry has one problem. It is research. ASTA and A.C. Nielsen
 are working to provide the figures advertisers require as assurance of the
 credibility of syndicated programming. The 1985 National Association of
 Television Program Executives (NATPE) meeting is hoped by any advertisers
 and agencies to provide stable contracts on first run syndication many
 believe will hold down network rates. Other Ad executives merely hope for
 guaranteed prices and ratings. Independent stations are fighting to preserve
 some control over their inventory time. Gillespie says the independents
 should not fear that the ad sponsored programming is taking away from their
 spot budgets. Rather, that it is decreasing network advertising and
 increasing the strength of the syndication and independent television
 industry. Tables of ad supported programming and a photograph of ASTA
 president, Dennis Gillespie are included.
 NAMED PERSON: Gillespie, Dennis - President, Advertiser Syndicated
 Television Association - Spokesman
-Desc-
 Television; Television Advertising; Syndication; Sponsor; Program Sponsor;
 ?arter; Advertising Medium; Television Industry; Advertising; Professional
 Standards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 16
-A-
 327226 DIR8?K0006
-W-
 A Revolution Within Five Years.
 Kennedy, C.
 The Director Vol.38, No.4, Nov. 1984, P. 6, 11.
 Co. of Pub.: England
-Lang-
 Eng.
-ISSN-
 0012-3242
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Brief Note; Theory
 Sir Charles Villiers, author of Start Again, Britain, feels a total change
 in attitude toward business is necessary in British society with the
 establishment of a business culture which values professionalism, quality
 and performance. Villier's message is directed mainly to middle management.
 The accomplishments of Japanese business since 1945 are used as models.
 Similar changes in British society should take five years.
 NAMED PERSON: Villiers, Charles - Author -
-Desc-
 Attitude Change; Public Opinion; Professional Conduct; Quality of Work;
 Performance; Business; Great Britain; Professional Standards; Job
 Performance; Work Ethic
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 17
-A-
 324926 ACI84D11P0-P
-W-
 Professional Organization For Financial Counselors.
 Mason, J.
 Brigham Young University, Provo, UT, 84602
 CONFERENCE: Consumer Responsibility/Corporate Responsibility, Atlanta, GA,
 April 11-4, 1984
 American Council on Consumer Interest Proceedings Vol.30, April 11, 1984, P.
 260-261.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-ISSN-
 0098-9258
-DocType-
 Proceedings
 Art. Type: Industry News
 A meeting will be held in October 1984 to attempt to organize a professional
 association for financial counselors. The organization could be important in
 improving the professionalism of the financial counselor.  Financial
 counseling as a profession would be clarified. The proposed organization
 would focus on six major areas. These are research, education, internships,
 placement, certification and the establishment of a professional Jrnl.
-Desc-
 Financial Service Industry; Counseling; Professional Associations;
 Organization; Goals and Objectives; Financial Planning; Financial
 Management; Professional Standards; Certification
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 18
-A-
 323145 VIT84J0755
-W-
 The 'Principal' Background Of Education: Is Teaching Today a Professions
 Brown, T.R.
 Vital Speeches of the Day Vol.50, No.24, Oct. 1, 1984, P. 755-757.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ISPAG
-ISSN-
 0042-742X
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Speech
 In a speech given by Thomas R. Brown, President Emeritus of Glassboro State
 College given to the Summer Graduate Education Workshop at Lehigh University
 on July 25, 1984, he stated that the American system of public education is
 being severely criticized, and many of its critics demand and expect global
 changes. The criticism coincides with the weakening of traditional family
 values and many other problematic social issues: drugs, alcohol, gangs.
 There is also a crisis of sorts in the teaching profession, endangered by
 the rift between the teachers and education administrators. where teaching
 is identified with labor. Abrupt changes would, under the circumstances,
 create absolute chaos. The three issues to be dealt with are: to restore
 professionalism to teaching, in which teachers and administrators clearly
 realize their responsibilities and overlapping commitment; to introduce
 evolutionary, incremental educational ionizations and changes, as
 resolutions could be destructive; to achieve visible and influential
 leadership under which every school would pursue goals worked out by a
 principal representing above-average commitment to education as a
 profession, as a research field for improvements, to development and growth
 for both teachers and administrators.
-Desc-
 U. S.; Education; Teaching; Schools; Professionals Professional
 Responsibility; Professional Standards; Training and Development;
 Administration; Unions; Certification; Improvements; Leadership;
 Supervision; Goals and Objectives
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 19
-A-
 317781 PEW84G0057
-W-
 Perspective on Investments - Professionalism Begets Professionalism.
 Burroughs, E.B.
 International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Washington, DC
 Pension Worlds Vol.20, No.7, July 1984, P. 57, 60.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 PEWODA
-ISSN-
 0098-1753
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 SPECIAL FEATURES: includes Photographs;
 How a fiduciary relates to the manager can inhibit or stimulate the
 investment process. A list of suggestions for fiduciaries that want to be
 good clients is provided. A plan for improving communication between a
 client and manager is discussed. A photograph of Eugene B. Burroughs, the
 author, is included.
-Desc-
 Professionals; Professional Conduct; Professional Standards ; Benefits
 Management; Investor Behavior
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 20
-A-
 317025 PAD84F0084
-W-
 The Codification Project And Its Importance To Professionalism.
 Tornow, W.W.
 Personnel Administrator Vol.29, No.6, June 1984, P. 84-86, 88+. 8 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 PEADAY
-ISSN-
 0031-5729
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 SPECIAL FEATURES: Bibliography: 10 references; includes Diagrams, Table;
 Personnel Decisions Research Institute (PDRI) in Minneapolis, Minnesota,
 conducted research to enable codification and definition of the knowledge
 requirements for the human resource management profession. The history of
 the Codification Project is outlined in a sidebar. The study describes how
 the experts were chosen to define the required body of knowledge. A diagram
 shows the stages of expert nominations and the workings of the Diagnostic
 Delphi Questionnaires (DCQ). The distribution of the nominees by work role
 and type of organization, as well as a sampling of their responses, are
 shown in tables. The revised study guides that were published by Personnel
 Accreditation Institute (PAI) contained the information based on the results
 of the Codification Project. Accreditation tests have also been updated. PAI
 will continue as ongoing process such projects as: evaluation of standards;
 development of a curriculum guide for colleges and universities; designing
 reference sources for business executives; and its main project - a more
 comprehensive occupational handbook - a significant tool for professional
 accreditation, codification of standards, and other professional development
 measures, is expected to be available by the end of 1984.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Industrial Relations; Professionals; Professional
 Standards; Delphi Technique; Measurement Techniques; Survey
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 21
-A-
 317020 PAD84F0103
-W-
 Professionalism In Personnel.
 Haigley, C.
 Personnel Accreditation Institute, Alexandria, VA
 Personnel Administrator Vol.29, No.6, June 1984, P. 103-104, 106.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 PEADAY
-ISSN-
 0031-5729
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 A series of opinions are expressed by a group of personnel professionals
 currently in management positions at the American Society of Personnel
 Administration (ASPS), the Personnel Accreditation Institute (PAI), and
 their main study - the Codification Project, in bringing the human resource
 management practice to its current height of professionalism. Educational,
 training, and testing requirements of the professional practitioner are
 described. A sidebar gives information on accreditation tests. Growth of
 prestige and salaries in the profession are noted. Ways of getting into the
 profession are outlined, and main resource Pub.s are mentioned.
-Desc-
 Human Resource Management; Professionals; Professional Standards;
 Professional Associations; Certification; Education Requirements
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 22
-A-
 316975 JOC84K0014
-W-
 Are You a Careerist or a Professionals
 Wilcox, D.L.
 San Jose State Univ., San Jose, CA
 Communication World Vol.1, No.13, Nov. 1984, P. 14-17.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Feature
 Professional communicators need to incorporate the hallmarks of what makes a
 profession into their daily work. Articles about concepts of professionalism
 need to be balanced with careerist topics in the Jrnls of the field.
 Licensing may not be the answer. It is more important that a set of
 professional values and norms exist and that the practitioner is more loyal
 to these standards than to the employer. Skilled communicators need to
 assume more responsibility for the public trust.
-Desc-
 Public Relations; Professional Ethics; Professional Responsibility;
 Professional Standards; Professionals
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 23
-A-
 312961 IAU84H0020
-W-
 Peer Review: Friend or Foe
 Warner, H.C
 Power Corp., Lt. Petersburg, FL
 Internal Auditor Vol.41, No.4, Aug. 1984, P. 20-24. 5 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A. Language: English
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) established a
 practice review program which involved reviewing audit reports for possible
 reporting deficiencies and informing practitioners of any substandard
 practice. The purpose of an external review is to appraise the quality of an
 internal audit department's operations, particularly to assess compliance
 with the standards. The person performing such a review should be
 independent of the organization. Widespread use of peer review will depend
 on the professional's ability to institutionalize the process. The
 profession needs constructive reviews. Under some peer review mentality, the
 more review findings the more the organization is in danger of failure and
 punishment.
-Desc-
 Audits; Auditing Policies; Peer; Peer Group; Review; AICPA Internal Audit
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 24
-A-
 312960 IAU84H0016
-W-
 Excellence Demands Commitment.
 Marsh, H.L.
 Institute of Internal Auditors,
 Internal Auditor Vol.41, No.4, Aug 1984, P. 16-19. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-57?5
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Feature
 A professional association's strongest asset is the commitment and
 dedication of its members. Personal commitment in the right direction is the
 only way to attain excellence. No enterprise of any importance succeeds
 without commitment. The Institute of Internal Auditors has a firmly based
 educational delivery system for members of all experience levels. Internal
 auditors must be committed to support management's effort. Internal auditors
 are an important adjunct to the top management team.
-Desc-
 Challenge; Professional Associations; Professionals; Internal Audit;
 Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 25
-A-
 312948 CPA84J0052
-W-
 The Audit as a Scientific Investigation.
 Oliverio, M.E.
 Pace Univ.,
 CPA Jrnl Vol.54, No.10, Oct. 1984, P. 52-60. 19 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0732-8435
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Feature
 SPECIAL FEATURES: Bibliography: 15 references;
 Based on the prior years' experience the audit partners, manager and senior
 establish the design for the audit and the time budget. The professional
 staffs are introduced to the audit tasks generally after the overall
 planning is done. The planning phase must include a specification of the
 procedures. The final phase of planning is the careful communication to the
 audit staff of what needs to be done. In scientific methods there is a
 carefully designed plan for audit.
 Descriptors: Audits; Investigation; Science; Planning; Manager; Budget;
 Staff Organization; Auditors; Standards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 26
-A-
 311796 JAC84E0077
-W-
 GAAS: Reconsidering the Ten Commandments.
 Jacobson, P.D.; Elliott, R.K.
 Peat Marwick Mitchell & Co., NY
 Jrnl of Accountancy Vol.157, No.5, May 1984, P. 77-88. 8 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 JACYAD
-ISSN-
 0021-8448
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Feature
 The ten Generally Accepted Accounting Standards (GAAS) focus on a single
 service that is the ordinary examination of historical cost financial
 statements. A variety of services performed by independent accountants are
 not included in the ten standards. There is a need to reconsider the
 standards. The purpose of standards should be to establish requirements that
 help protect the public from inadequate attest work. Market forces are
 nevertheless relevant to considering which standards are needed. The scope
 and applicability of the standards should be governed by a definition of the
 attest function instead of a list of types of engagements. Reconsideration
 of the ten standards is close to inevitable but few members of the
 profession will not follow the deliberations closely.
-Desc-
 GAAS; Auditing; Standards; Financial Statements; historical Cost;
 Accountants; Public; Market; Reform; CPA
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 27
-A-
 309504 CPA84I0034
-W-
 Selecting an External auditor For Government Organizations - Part 1.
 Harrell, R.D.; Haas, R.J.
 Touche Ross & Co.,
 CPA Jrnl Vol.54, No.9, Sept. 1984, P. 34-44. 6 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0732-8435
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 SPECIAL Features: Bibliography: 2 references;
 Government officials use a variety of techniques to select external
 auditors. Auditor selection techniques tend to vary with government
 official's attitudes toward the importance of external audits. When choosing
 an external auditor government officials should look for auditors who
 possess qualifications appropriate to the type of audit to be conducted.
 Most government officials employ some request for proposed process (RFP) to
 select external auditors. Government officials should verify auditors within
 the RFP. They should specify clearly the audit requirements and technical
 standards which the selected auditors are required to follow. Most states
 require the competitive bid RFP process for auditors selection.
-Desc-
 Auditors; Auditing; Qualifications; Government; Competition ; Bidding;
 Eligibility; Proposal
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 28
-A-
 309502 CPA84I0011
-W-
 Problems of the Small Business Audit.
 Beryan, E.L.; Rouse, R.W.
 CPA Jrnl Vol.54, No.9, Sept. 1984, P. 11-16. 15 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 07328435
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Feature
 Auditing of small business is essential to their operation. But it presents
 unique challenges to practitioners in relation to the standards of
 independence and the study and evaluation of internal accounting control.
 The standard of independence is often difficult to apply in the small
 business audit because of the extensive close involvement of the
 practitioners with the client. In the audit of a small business the
 practitioner frequently serves as an advisor or consultant. Independence is
 essential to the auditability of any entity. Internal control is more
 limited in small business. If the manager is willing to become involved and
 informed internal accounting controls can be introduced.
-Desc-
 Small-Scale Industry; Auditing; Solutions; Auditors; Accounting;
 Independent; Client Relationship; Challenge; Consultant; Controls; Small
 Businesses
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 29
-A-
 305929 IAU83D0046
-W-
 An Attack on Financial Fraud.
 Goecks, R.L.
 Internal Auditor Vol.40, No.2, April 1983, P. 46-48. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Column
 An auditing approach emphasizes identification of fraud indicators and
 investigation when an indicator is detected. Acts of fraud are events. Fraud
 is complicated and must be proven. Indicators of fraud can be detected and
 depended on to trigger investigation. These indicators must be highly
 reliable. The 1943 case, Spies versus U.S. defined several indicators of
 fraud, calling them affirmative acts of fraud. The concept of event analysis
 places the internal auditor and management in a position that can be
 defended in the event that lawsuits are filed by the investigated party.
 Internal auditors are advised to study the Federal Rules of Evidence for
 United States Courts and magistrates and shift to these standards in relying
 on evidence. When fraud is suspected, indirect auditing strategies should be
 used.
-Desc-
 Fraud; Internal Audit; Analysis; Auditing; Standards; Evidence; Indicators;
 Auditors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 30
-A-
 305925 IAU83D0028
-W-
 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act: Where Do We Go from Here
 Root, S.J.
 Internal Auditor Vol.40, No.2, April 1983, P. 28-30. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Corporate accountability, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), and
 their effect on the value of internal auditors' services to management are
 analyzed. Areas emphasized include: Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
 requirements; General Accounting Office (GAO) survey results; audit
 standards of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA);
 changing attitudes; and examples of a multirole resource. Increased
 automation of systems requires changes in internal audit control. Increased
 use of computer-assisted audit techniques is recommends. Internal auditors
 should become more creative in aiding in fraud prevention and detection.
-Desc-
 SIC; AICPA; Internal Audit; Management; Accountability; Fraud
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 31
-A-
 305132 MSI83K0250
-W-
 Evaluating 'Value for Money'.
 Sharp, K.J.
 Management in Government Vol.38, No.4, Nov. 1983, P. 250-260. 11 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: England
-Lang-
 Eng.
-ISSN-
 0263-4678
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 The pursuit of value-for-money stems, largely, from the prevalence of two
 factors in the public sector. First is that many of the activities of the
 public sector have outputs which are not capable of measurement in financial
 terms. Second is that even where the outputs are capable of such
 measurement, the public sector entity is frequently a monopoly supplier.
 That part of the auditing profession which has been involved with the public
 sector has itself formalized auditing responsibilities under two main
 headings: 1) Financial Propriety and Regularity and 2) Economy, Efficiency,
 and Effectiveness (the three E's). The achievement of economic
 administration is dependent on management information and financial control
 systems being so organized that managers are aware of the full cost of the
 resources which they consume and the purposes for which all expenditure is
 made.
-Desc-
 Public Sector; Great Britain; Money; Financial Planning; Auditing; Auditing
 Standards; Analysis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 32
-A-
 304040 GAO840036-1
-W-
 AICPA Approves Interpretations of SAS No. 30.
 Anon
 GAO Review Vol.19, No.2, Spring 1984, P. 36.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-ISSN-
 0016-3414
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Current Issues
 The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) issued
 interpretations of SAS No.30. This auditing standard involves reporting on
 internal accounting control. One interpretation allows modification of the
 wording of the reports as illustrated in SAS No.30, provided that the
 modification still meets the requirements. Another interpretation notes that
 the auditor can modify the illustrative report to describe more fully a
 minimum study and evaluation as required by SAS No.1. Two other
 interpretations illustrate reports that are appropriate to meet certain
 requirements set forth by the General Accounting Office.
-Desc-
 Accounting Standards; Auditing Standards; AICPA; Accounting ; government;
 Control; Internal Audit; Interpretation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 33
-A-
 304037 GAO84N0028
-W-
 Training at GAO: A Progress Report.
 Cowie, H.R.
 General Accounting Office,
 GAO Review Vol.19, No.2, Spring 1984, P. 28-29, 40.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-ISSN-
 0016-3414
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 The General Accounting Office's (GAO's) Office of Organization and Human
 Development (OOHD) consolidates resources which involve the training and
 human development functions into one organization. Training is necessary and
 valuable in carrying out the GAO's varied activities. Increased computer
 usage, audit computerization, and other office automation techniques also
 require additional training. The effect of changes in the OOHD can be
 analyzed in two major ares: training development and training delivery. A
 broader-based curriculum approach, rather than a task-oriented approach is
 now being employed in the design of training courses. the Full Performance
 Audit Group is the first review group to be formed. Its development
 techniques can be used in designing audit training in all branches. Unique
 programs have been developed for the Information Management and Technology
 Division (IMTEC) and the National Security and International Affairs
 Division (NSIAD), due to specialized learning needs. In training delivery,
 operations have been streamlined. The registration system has been
 computerized. A large investment in a quality assurance/quality control
 program is another new venture. Standards have been developed for manuals,
 instructors, cost and return-on-investments. The increased volume of
 training required identification of training facilities. Training is not the
 only solution. Job restructuring, supervisory control or recruitment efforts
 may provide better solutions.
-Desc-
 Federal Government; Government; Training and Development; Human Resource
 Development; Job Training; Training Method; Instruction; Government
 Employee; Public employee
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 34
-A-
 299362 CAM84E0092
-W-
 The External/Internal Auditor Relationship - Part 2.
 Peters, R.D.
 CA Magazine Vol.117, No.5, May 1984, P. 92, 94-95.
 Co. of Pub.: Canada
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 CCHAA5
-ISSN-
 0317-6878
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Column
 The internal auditor can be of significant assistance to the external
 auditor. The internal auditor's organizational responsibilities need to be
 documented and to include the degree of involvement in the external audit. A
 planning session between the two auditors should cover issues of timing,
 staffing, test procedures, responsibility for the review of working papers
 and use of new techniques and standards, after which a memorandum should be
 prepared. Contact, in the form of reports from the Internal auditor, need to
 be maintained throughout the year. Evaluation of performance can improve the
 quality of the relationship. Internal audit involvement is especially
 increasing in computer auditing and comprehensive audits as the internal
 auditor is so intimately involved with these events. Nearly all sources on
 the subject predict expansion of the role and responsibility of the Internal
 auditor; many even mention excluding the external auditor. Many
 organizations recognize the benefits of this increased self-regulation.
-Desc-
 Auditing; Internal Audit; Independent; Auditing Policies; Cooperation;
 Accounting; Client Relationship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 35
-A-
 299346 CAM84E0014-1
-W-
 Canada a Leader in Worldwide Financial Reporting.
 Anon
 CA Magazine Vol.117, No.5, May 1984, P. 14.
 Co. of Pub.: Canada
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 CHAA5
-ISSN-
 0317-6878
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Jrnl ARTICLE Type: Research Findings
 SPECIAL FEATURES: Bibliography: 1 references;
 According to a survey entitled 'survey of Accounts and Accountants 1983-84'
 recently published by London, England based International Accounting
 Bulletin, Canadian companies' financial statements are among the best in the
 world. The United States had the highest overall standards. Two of the top
 twenty-five out of 250 surveyed were Canadian corporations, Imperial Oil and
 Norancla Mines. One of the major differences in reporting cited by the
 survey was the method of reporting to the press. Standardized reporting
 practices would be helpful. Some companies use unusual or inappropriate
 accounting policies, but the auditors expressed no disagreement. The
 question of auditor independence is raised due to the proliferation of
 advisory services offered to audit clients. The views of users, especially
 on accounting for inflation, are inadequately represented by the audit
 firms. The price is 120 U.S. Dollars. The survey is 270 pages. The address
 to obtain it is included.
-Desc-
 Canada; Survey; Financial Report; Accounting Standards; Standards;
 Corporations; Comparison; International
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 36
-A-
 298681 AFC84M0012
-W-
 Phase Five in an Era of Change for Financial Managers.
 Shelby, W.L.
 Armed Forces Comptroller Vol.29, No.1, Winter 1984, P. 12-14. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-ISSN-
 0004-2188
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Financial management has passed through several phases in its historical
 development. Phase One (pre-1900 to 1941) was the time of the bookkeeper as
 the need for formal financial record-keeping became evident. Phase Two
 (1935-1962) the needs grew and required the accountant, who added analysis
 and advice on financial matters to the record-keeping skills. The
 comptroller is the financial manager in Phase Three (1985 to 1980) as the
 need for specialties of programming, budgeting, and accounting, developed.
 The new manager, the resources manager, has been developing since
 approximately 1973. This manager manages money and manpower under one
 umbrella in the armed forces. A time line, illustrates this development. In
 financial management, change is accelerating and the scope is expanding. The
 Fifth Phase resources manager fills an even larger spectrum of programs
 under her responsibility. Already the list includes 1) accounting, 2)
 program and budgeting, 3) management review and analysis, 4) methods and
 standards, 5) force development and manpower management, 6) auditing and
 internal review, 7) economic analysis, 8) industrial engineering, and 9)
 productivity improvement and management. New, expanding areas include: 1)
 commercial activities, 2) organization effectiveness, 3) equipment and
 facilities modernization, and (4) integration of automated equipment. The
 dynamic role is essential for the resources manager.
-Desc-
 Financial Management; Manager; History; Accounting; Resource Management;
 Professionals; Professional Responsibility; Forecasting
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 37
-A-
 298281 COA84M0047
-W-
 The Critical Need for Educational Standards in Management Accounting.
 DeMaris, E.J.; Copeland, B.R.
 North Texas State Univ.
 Corporate Accounting Vol.2, No.1, Winter 1984, P. 47-53. 7 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-ISSN-
 0745-5119
 Avail.: Avail. from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 SPECIAL FEATURES: Bibliography: 6 reassurances; includes Chart;
 Professionalization of accounting education can be evidenced by the
 development of five year degree programs, accountancy schools separated from
 other academic areas within business administration, and the emphasis on
 professional practice. Public accountants have been very involved, but the
 management accountants have been silent. If management accountants,
 including internal auditors, cost accountants and data processors, are to be
 considered professionals, they need to be involved in establishing
 standards. Three events by the American Institute of Certified Public
 Accountants (AICPA) have worked to determine standards for public
 accountants including: 1) Pub. of Horizons for a Profession, 2)
 co-sponsorship of seminars to discuss the study, and 3) establishment of the
 Task Force on the Report of the Committee on Education and Experiences
 Requirements for Certified Public Accountants (CPAs). Much in the Albers
 Committee (Item No. 3 above) report is of vague to management accounting
 curriculum. Charts list a sample program, and curriculum recommendations by
 two sources. Accreditation of schools is described. Contributions to
 curriculum design by the Federation of School of Accountancy and the
 National Association of Accountants are discussed. The Certification in
 Management Accounting (CMA) examination is the only criterion by which to
 measure expectations, but it is inadequate.
-Desc-
 Education; Management Accounting; Public Accounting; Standards; Professional
 Standards; Training and Development
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 38
-A-
 298276 COA84M0003
-W-
 Eye on the SEC: Complying with Reporting Requirements.
 Robertson, J.C.
 Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, DC
 Corporate Accounting Vol.2, No.1, Winter 1984, P. 3-14. 12 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-ISSN-
 0745-5119
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Research Findings
 SPECIAL FEATURES: includes Organization Charts;
 Small companies have taken advantage of less confusing registration of
 securities offerings, but have found themselves in a position of filing
 periodic reporting that is required. Reports prepared for the Securities and
 Exchange Commission (SEC) are generally reviewed by the division of
 corporate finance. Organization charts for the SEC and the SEC Division of
 Corporate Finance are diagrammed. Issues that are not resolved in the
 division are sent to the chief accountant's office. 'Accounting Court' can
 be avoided if the company holds a prefiling conference with SEC personnel to
 seek solutions to particular problems they encounter. Reviews after a filing
 are exhaustive. SEC productivity goals are to review more than half of the
 Form 10-Ks. Financial problems involving substance versus form issues have
 evolved during hard financial times. Issues brought to court are discussed.
 The topics they involve are: 1) financial institutions and goodwill
 amortization, 2) goodwill which becomes a loss, 3) a thrift's sales of
 properties and losses, 4) research and development partnerships, 5) the
 inequitable equity method, 6) materiality with reference to quarterly
 results. The SEC often informs the Financial Accounting Standards Board
 (FASB) of areas needing action. The SEC can also make its own rules.
 Situations requiring changes are listed. Using a corporate audit committee
 and maintaining objectivity are crucial to avoiding court.
-Desc-
 SEC; SEC Accounting Policies; Accounting Policies; Financial Report; SEC
 Filings; Small Businesses; Report Writing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 39
-A-
 298137 IAU84F0066
-W-
 Internal Auditing - Past, Present, and Future.
 Dittenhofer, M.A.
 Internal Auditor Vol.41, No.3, June 1984, P. 66-74. 5 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Research Findings
 SPECIAL FEATURES: Bibliography: 4 references;
 Auditing is based upon accountability. Audit standards declare three kinds
 of public accountabilities: 1) financial, 2) management and 3) program.
 Topic areas discussed include: early audits in China and England, auditing
 in the middle ages in Greece and Rome, twelfth century English internal
 auditing, early municipal internal auditing, internal auditing since 1800,
 government audit standards, standards of the Chartered Institute of Public
 Finance and Accountancy and internal auditing in government today. It is
 deemed likely that in the near future all governments for a population of
 over 50, 000 will employ a staff of internal auditors. Audits will be
 expanded from management-type to efficiency and effectiveness auditing.
 Internal auditors will need to use microcomputers, financial-analysis
 methodology and operations-research techniques.
-Desc-
 Internal Audit; Management; Computer; Standards; Training and Development;
 Government; Accountability
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 40
-A-
 298135 IAU84F0055
-W-
 Effective Training for Audit-Staff Development.
 Bell, R.L.
 Internal Auditor Vol.41, No.3, June 1984, P. 55-57. 3 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A. Language: English
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 A comprehensive training program for internal auditors is needed to face the
 challenge of increased responsibilities. Relevant topics include: history of
 Institute of Internal Auditors (IIA) involvement, the changing environment,
 chapter meetings, seminars, international and regional conferences, Pub.s,
 other resources and management's challenge. Customized training programs are
 recommended. Chapter meetings should offer well- constructed and
 well-delivered lectures on relevant topics. IIA seminars should be
 re-evaluated and revitalized. Conferences should utilize technologically
 advanced media to improve presentations. Staff-development programs should
 include Univ. courses, educational offerings of firms and consultants, Pub.s
 and in-house training.
-Desc-
 Training and Development; Internal Audit; Education; Goals and Objectives
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 41
-A-
 298131 IAU84F0042
-W-
 The Essence of Management-Oriented Internal Auditing.
 Sawyer, L.B.
 Internal Auditor Vol.41, No.3, June 1984, P. 42-47. 6 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: How-To
 The purpose of internal auditing and its essence are explored. Emphasis is
 placed on the aims of the profession as to assistance, consisting and
 teaching. Its appraisal methods have become management-oriented rather than
 accounting-oriented. Internal auditors are staff members, not managers or
 executives. The job is to make managers look good, identify weaknesses and
 correct them. Internal auditors should be educated and prepared to plan,
 organize, direct and control. Examples of deficiencies auditors encounter
 include: (1) failure to register all assignments, (2) inability to design
 effective reports, (3) incompletion of long- term projects, (4) hiring
 personnel without careful review of former employment records and (5)
 permitting unsupervised access to assets. Internal auditors are advised to
 make a list of all risks to management adequacy and check each area to
 prevent trouble. A discussion of how internal auditors can help boards of
 directors is included.
-Desc-
 Management; Internal Audit; Standards; Management Training
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 42
-A-
 298130 IAU84F0036
-W-
 Reflections on Directions and Opportunities.
 Mautz, R.K.; Tiessen, P.; Colson, R.H.
 Internal Auditor Vol.41, No.3, June 1984, P. 36-41. 6 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Research Findings
 There is a bright future ahead for internal auditing. Discipline, direction
 and innovation will be required. Brave leadership of the profession can
 develop it to reach its optimum potential. The following features are
 discussed: (1) the breadth and scope of internal audit activities, (2) the
 relative proportions of career and non-career internal auditors at staff and
 director level (3) the absence of any recognized center of interest to
 identify internal auditing, (4) the high esteem of the profession, (5)
 internal auditing's great potential for added service,  (6) the vital
 significance of an understanding management control and (7) the opportunity
 for continuing progress in the development of standards. The scope of
 internal auditing includes testing, evaluation and initiation of new
 internal control features. The diversity of the profession is emphasized.
-Desc-
 Research and Development; Internal Audit; Career Development; Standards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 43
-A-
 298129 IAU84F0035
-W-
 Toward Unlimited Horizons.
 Geanopulos, L.N.
 Internal Auditor Vol.41, No.3, June 1984, P. 35.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 00205745
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Column; Biography
 Victor Z. Brink is an academician an educator. He is author, accountant and
 finance man. He is author, of Internal Auditing published by Ronald Press
 Company, 1941, New York. At the age of seventy-eight he is coauthoring an
 auditing casebook. He believes there are unlimited horizons for the
 Institute of Internal Auditors (IIA)
 NAMED PERSON: Brink, Victor Z.- Educator, Columbia Univ.- Achievements and
 Awards
-Desc-
 Education; Internal Audit; Growth; Accounting
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 44
-A-
 298128 IAU84F0029-2
-W-
 One Man's View of the Key Issues.
 Brink, V.
 Internal Auditor Vol.41, No.3, June 1984, P. 29-34. 6 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Chief issues challenging internal auditors are complex. Solutions to
 problems must be tentative as concepts are still evolving and subject to
 change. Specific areas discussed include: the future environment, the
 product, the customers, achieving independence, relating to the external
 auditor, charting the course and preparation and training methods. The
 internal auditor has two significant responsibilities: maintenance of
 efficiency and integrity of the system and improvement of productivity.
 There are limitless opportunities for the internal auditors of the present
 and future. The full potential for building a good future of service must
 not be wasted.
-Desc-
 Auditing; Internal Audit; Auditing Standards; Professional Responsibility;
 Education
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 45
-A-
 298127 IAU4F0029-1
-W-
 The Professional Internal Auditor - What Why and How
 Brink, V.
 Internal Auditor Vol.41, No.3, June 1984, P. 29-35. 7 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Victor Brin discusses the elements essential to a view of internal auditing
 as an established profession. Internal auditing is a profession because it
 has: an identifiable service role to society, a recognized body of
 knowledge, respected standards, acceptance of responsibility for
 disiciplining members and motivation toward improvement through development
 of research and education. The Institute of Internal Auditors (IIA)
 developed standards in 1976 and works to expand them. There is a
 certification program to recognize those with adequate education and skills.
 Obstacles to being an individual professional are analyzed. Some of the
 problems include: procrastination, lack of objectivity, laziness and
 distorted values. A practical guide for becoming more professional concludes
 the analysis.
-Desc-
 Analysis; Internal Audit; Education; Research; Standards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 46
-A-
 298126 IAU84F0024
-W-
 From the Editor's Desk.
 Mints, F.E.
 Internal Auditor Vol.41, No.3, June 1984, P. 24-28. 5 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 Art. Type: Column
 Frederick E. Mints, former editor of the Internal Auditor (IA), reminisces
 on changes in the publishing of IA and the history and development of
 auditing. He was the author of the first article in IA that used the term
 operational auditing. His personal comments focus on educational program
 development, the growth of the Institute of Internal Auditors (IIA and
 influential IIA leaders. The key contributions of five men are reviewed. In
 1952 the IIA had 2550 members. Today it has 26, 800 with 171 chapters in the
 United States, Canada and around the world. Professor Mints recommends
 meetings, seminars and Pub. readings to all auditors and students who wish
 to succeed.
 NAMED PERSON: Mints, Frederick, E.- Educator- Spokesperson
-Desc-
 Internal Audit; Education; Organization Planning; Growth
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 47
-A-
 298119 GOF84C0003
-W-
 Selecting an External Auditor.
 Harrell, R.D.; Haas, R.J.
 May Jima & C., Tallahassee, FL
 Governmental Finance Vol.13, No.1, March 1984, P. 3-11. 5 Pages.
 Co. of Pub.: U.S.A.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-ISSN-
 0091-4835
 AVAIL.: Avail. from Management Contents.
-DocType-
 Jrnl
 SPECIAL FEATURES: includes Tables;
 The article aims to aid government officials in development of request for
 proposals (RFPs) and evaluation of external audits. When establishing an
 audit RFP the guidelines offered in Exhibit 1, Table 1 and Table 2 should be
 helpful. Relevant topics discussed include: balance of external audits,
 requirements, technical standards, balance of price and quality,
 multiple-year audit contracts, type and size of audit organization, RFP
 content, application of evaluation criteria and monitoring performance. The
 RFP should request data on the technical qualifications of the auditors,
 especially experience, years on the job, education and other specialized
 training. Areas to be closely monitored include: persons assigned to the
 audit, on-site involvement of a senior accountant, manager, or supervisor
 and audit deadlines. It is deemed advisable for more government officials to
 use RFP processes when selecting external auditors. The result will be lower
 audit prices and better audit quality.
-Desc-
 Auditing; Government; Guidelines; Benefits
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 48
-A-
 297072 CRJ84M0056
-W-
 Audit Committees: A Checklist Review of Documents, Procedures, and Events.
 Braiotta, L.Jr.
 Corporation Law Review, Vol.7, No.1, Winter 1984, P. 56-63, Bibliog. 1,
 Jrnl.
 SPECIAL FEATURES: Bibliog
 Audit committees assist the board of directors on corporate financial
 statements. Members of the committee may be subject to liability.
 Suggestions are made for a thorough exam of the corporation's independent
 auditors, its internal auditors, and the management representatives.
 JURISDICTION: U. S.
 CASE: Escott v. Bar Chris Constr. Corp., 283 F Supp. 643 (S.D.N.Y. 1968)
-Desc-
 Auditing; Auditing Standards; Corporations; 0059; 0625; 0675
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 49
-A-
 296643 PAR84C0143
-W-
 Citizenship and Professionalism in Public Administration.
 Cooper, T.
 Public Administration Review, Vol.44, March 1984, P. 143-151, Bibliog. 32,
 Jrnl.
 SPECIAL FEATURES: Bibliog
 The legitimization source of public administration in a democracy will be
 found in the role of a citizen. A public administration in a democracy will
 be found in the role of a citizen. A public administrator is essentially a
 fiduciary working for the citizenry. The ethical constructs for
 administrators may be derived accordingly; they include the promotion of
 horizontal relationships with the regular citizenry and establishing power
 with, rather than power over, that group. Definitional boundaries of
 citizenship and citizen are featured. A table shows the results of linking
 four poles of two dimensions of citizenship. Various academic approaches to
 the issue are reviewed. Professionalism values on public administration are
 enclusive of technical proficiency, rational problem solving, and special
 knowledge. The idea of the citizenry as consumers of the services of public
 administration is contra-indicated. Response fellows the article.
-Desc-
 Public Administration; Government Agency; Professional Standards; Fiduciary;
 Education; Citizenship; Tables; Problem Solving; Employee; 0005; 0976; 2013;
 1048; 0034; 1236; 2256; 1021; 0958
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 50
-A-
 296521 MRP82M0402
-W-
 Professional Values of Public Servants in the United States.
 Yeager, S.J.; Rabin, J.; Vocino, T.
 American Review of Public Administration, Vol.16, No.4, Winter 1982, P.
 402-412, Bibliog. 23, Jrnl.
 SPECIAL FEATURES: Bibliog
 The professionalization of the United States Government has been slow
 generally. The values which distinguish professionals from other employee
 groups include use of the professional group as a major referent and belief
 in self-regulation and public service. There is also a value in calling to
 the field. Organizational rank has been positively associated with
 professionalism. Negative effects of tenure on professionalism may be
 somewhat offset by rank; age has a positive correlation with professionalism
 due to organizational effects. No findings of sex or gender effects highly
 correlated to professionalism were evidenced in this study, which involves a
 huge national sample and characteristics such as education and
 organizational ranking.
-Desc-
 Public Administration; Tables; Government Employee; Organization Structure;
 Professional Standards; Hierarchy; Sampling; Education; Age; 0005; 2256;
 1006; 0453; 2013; 0196; 0727; 0034; 0831
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 51
-A-
 296516 MRP2M0319
-W-
 Professionals in Public Organizations: Organizational Environments and
 Incentives.
 Rainey, H.G.; Bickoff, R.W.
 American Review of Public Administration, Vol.16, No.4, Winter 1982, P.
 319-336, Bibliog. 42, Jrnl.
 SPECIAL FEATURES: Bibliog
 Professionals' roles in huge organizations have long been researched. Of
 particular interest to the field of public administration is the phenomenon
 whereby certain professions have come to dominate public agencies. Three
 particular notions of professionalism are analyzed as to their meaning for
 the individual worker in the public bureaucracy. These are notions of the
 professional, public service professionalism and general public
 administration professionalism. A table of values related to these
 professionalism concepts is featured. Many professions continue to be
 dominated by white males, including civil service management. The principles
 of equality and professionalism are not theoretically opposed, but seem to
 be in practice. A schema of links between environmental aspects,
 organizational factors and individual level impacts for public bureaucracy
 professionals is featured. Resource constraints, taxpayer support and
 cutbacks are considered in this schematic.
-Desc-
 Professional Standards; Organization Structure; Professionals; Public
 Administration; Civil Service; Environmental Constraints; Incentives;
 Attitude; Government Employee; 2013; 04?3; 2014; 0005; 0808; 0160; 0203;
 0966; 1006
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 52
-A-
 296515 MRP82M0305
-W-
 Rise and Fall of a Professional Ideal: Particulars Concerning Public
 Administration.
 Jones, G.N.
 American Review of Public Administration, Vol.16, No.4, Winter 1982, P.
 305-319, Bibliog. 28, Jrnl.
 SPECIAL FEATURES: Bibliog
 Since the founding of the American Society for Public Administration in
 1939, the professional ideal of public administrators has grown. The
 historical development of professionalism in public administration is
 traced; the future of administrative sciences is seen as essential to social
 welfare. The failure of management in public administration to recognize
 changing trends has contributed to the demise of the ideals held in 1939.
 Performance problems in all phases of public management have been severe. An
 analysis of idealism is included. Merit must be held as the single criterion
 of government position assignments. This may engender some conflict with
 affirmative action groups, but modern public administration needs the best
 of minds.
-Desc-
 Public Administration; Research; Employee; Job Satisfaction ; Human Resource
 Development; Professional Associations; Affirmative Action ; Goals and
 Objectives; Professional Standards; 0005; 0446; 0958; 0221; 0007; 1109;
 0631; 0251; 2013
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 53
-A-
 296514 MRP82M0303
-W-
 Professionalism in Public Administration: Definition, Character and Values.
 Rabin, J.
 American Review of Public Administration, Vol.16, No.4, Winter 1982, P.
 303-305, Bibliog. 1, Jrnl.
 SPECIAL FEATURES: Bibliog
 Consensus as to the meaning of terms frequently used in public
 administration research has not been strong. Definitional theories as to
 profession and professionalism in public administration are developed, as
 are concepts for the future of professionalism in public administration,
 concepts of professional values and the character of those values. The
 efforts of the Working Group on Professionalism in Public Administration are
 reviewed. To date, the group has not taken a definitive stance on whether
 public administration is or is not a profession. Emotions related to the
 issue of professional status for public administration may well underlie
 many abuses of job situations, particularly in medical and legal fields. A
 more complete exposition of the constellation of characteristics for a
 sociological model of profession may be found in the author's former work,
 which is referenced.
-Desc-
 Public administration; Research; Professional Responsibility; Attitude; Job
 Motivation; Legal; Medical; Professional Standards; Government Employee;
 0005; 0446; 0750; 0966; 0930; 1752; 0849; 2013; 1006
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 54
-A-
 293016 JAC84D0094
-W-
 Single Audit Evidence: Are CPAs and Federal Auditors on the Same Track
 Forrester, R.
 Jrnl of Accountancy, Vol.157, No.4, April 1984, P. 94-96, 98., Jrnl.
 Each organization receiving federal funds will only be required to receive a
 single independent audit. There are different approaches to this by
 Certified Public Accountants (CPAs) and federal auditors. Questions
 regarding systems adequacy, audit evidence and limit of systems evaluation
 point out their differences. With single audits, the coverage will be
 expanded, but the depth will be limited. Greater sample size is generally
 called for in a federal audit. Inconsistency is evident in the government's
 experience with projections of questioned costs. The judgment of independent
 auditors and government reviewers may differ due to their different
 environments. The limits at which to reject a system are unclear. To improve
 this single audit procedure, several steps are summarized. Extensive
 training programs should be undertaken to prepare and use audit reports.
 Difference in auditing standards need to be acknowledged. Guidelines on
 materiality need to be developed to supplement professional judgment. A
 statistical sample with a confidence level below the ninety five percent
 level should be acknowledged. The benefit of the CPA in the resolution
 process should be recognized by federal agencies. Single audits have great
 potential, but these problems need to be discussed.
-Desc-
 Auditing; Federal Funds; CPA; Federal Government; Government Programs;
 Professional Responsibility; Systems; Evidence; Internal Audit;
 Accountability; Certified Public Accountant; 0059; 1533; 0732; 0785; 0304;
 0750; 0031; 1500; 0468; 1035; 0732
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 55
-A-
 292581 IAU84B0041
-W-
 Writing the Operational Audit Report.
 Flesher, D.L.
 Internal Auditor, Vol.41, No.1, Feb. 1984, P. 41-43., Jrnl.
 The uses of the final report of an audit include persuading, informing and
 instructing others on techniques needed to improve performance. Often, when
 instructions have not been followed, it is due to the audit report done
 previously. Occasionally the report is to be done orally. This should also
 be done with professional quality. To prepare an audit report, seven steps
 must be followed: 1) defining the purpose of the report, 2) planning the
 report format, 3) gathering data, 4) sifting through data, 5) writing the
 first draft, 6) reviewing and editing the draft, and 7) creating the final
 report. In a written report, objectives should be clearly stated. The
 procedures used during the audit need to be outlined as well as the results.
 Then, recommendations should be clearly described. For good salesmanship,
 careful attention should be paid to emphasize the positive, using only
 constructive criticism. Timeliness and quality are other key factors.
-Desc-
 Auditing; Report Writing; Accounting; Internal Audit; Professional
 Responsibility; 0059; 2087; 0556; 0468; 0750
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 56
-A-
 292578 IAU84B0029
-W-
 Internal Auditing Simulation.
 Clay, R.J.Jr.; Krogstad, J.L.; Smith, G.
 Internal Auditor, Vol.41, No.1, Feb. 1984, P. 29-33., Jrnl.
 An audit simulation involving students from Creighton Univ., the Univ. of
 Nebraska-Lincoln and the Univ. of Nebraska at Omaha and executives from
 Union Pacific Corporation was designed to provide students with a realistic
 experience in internal audit. The design was very detailed including company
 history, description of the officers and its operating procedures which were
 drawn from authentic data. The simulation involves all aspects of internal
 auditing ranging from internal control and system flow-charts to petty cash
 counts using actual coin and currency to Board of Directors' minutes. When a
 student encounters a deficiency or a dishonest employee, evidence must be
 documented before it is presented to the 'manager'. A questionnaire was
 circulated prior to the simulation experience, and again, following it to
 determine the students' changes in perception. The students believed that
 human relations skills were more important relative to technical knowledge
 after the experience. Creativity, imagination and skepticism were more
 regularly cited as necessary for the professional after the experience. A
 shift from belief in the relevance of accounting standards to the relevance
 of accounting principles occurred after the simulation. The number of
 students interested in internal audit doubled after the experience. Both
 participant and company benefit by participating.
-Desc-
 Internal Audit; Student; Simulation; Accounting; Education Training and
 Development; Auditing; Comparison; Survey; CPA; Certified Public Accountant;
 0468; 0954; 0264; 0556; 0034; 0273; 0059; 1286; 03?8; 0732; 0732
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 57
-A-
 288184 AFC83R0043
-W-
 Research: Another Challenging Opportunity for Professional Military
 Managers.
 Lynch, R.; McHugh, J.
 Armed Forces Comptroller, Vol.28, No.4, Fall 1983, P. 43-45, Bibliog. 1,
 Jrnl.
 SPECIAL FEATURES: Bibliog
 Financial management research was a highlighted topic at a recent military
 workshop. The workshop was aimed at highlighting the advantages which might
 accrue to a professional organization with an efficient research program.
 Writers with experience in other professional organizations' research
 projects headed the discussion. It is only recently that the professional
 military comptroller organization has concerned itself with research. In the
 past several years, the link between professionalism and productive research
 has grown. The development of research by organizations belonging to the Co.
 of Accounting Research Directors (CARD) is reviewed. The program of the
 Association of Government Accountants (AGA) is emphasized. A handbook is
 available for such program planning.
-Desc-
 Financial Management; Military; Organization Structure; Research;
 Professional Standards; Auditing; Government Regulation; Productivity;
 Handbook; 0166; 0820; 0453; 0446; 2013; 0059; 0188; 0662; 1596
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 58
-A-
 285827 IAU83L0035
-W-
 Establishing an EDP Training Program.
 Brown, N.Jr.
 Internal Auditor, Vol.40, No.6, Dec. 1983, P. 35-39., Jrnl.
 Objectives for a training program for the auditor on EDP broadly relate to
 understanding the computer and its function, learning to use one for
 auditing support and to evaluating its use in an organization. A chart
 containing nine overall requirements and several training objectives is
 included. The objectives and performance requirements for general and
 advance level training according to the Canadian Institute of Chartered
 Accountants are listed. Needs of the organization in an audit should be
 evaluated. Level of training should be based on those needs. A graph relates
 years of EDP audit experience to annual training days needed. An outline of
 training to achieve the objectives includes classroom work, seminars,
 on-the-job training and then practical applications. An individual
 accountant's long-term career plans should be considered when developing his
 EDP training. Evaluation of the training received is an important part of
 the program.
-Desc-
 Automation; Computer System; EDP; Accounting; Training and Development;
 Internal Audit; Control Techniques; Auditing; Auditing Standards; Data
 Processing; Charts; Information Systems; Graph; 0073; 1299 0495; 0556; 0273;
 0468; 0126; 0059; 0625; 0495; 1227; 0213; 0191
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 59
-A-
 285823 IAU83L0020
-W-
 Controlling Microcomputers - Don't Overreact.
 Timko, R.J.
 Internal Auditor, Vol.40, No.6, Dec. 1983, P. 20-22., Jrnl.
 Internal auditors tend to panic with the implementation of a computer system
 which includes microcomputers because they are not easily controlled and are
 often casually used. Company-wide standards and policies should be drawn up
 to provide guidelines for their purchase and use. Strong central control
 should not be relinquished but should not be in an adversarial relationship
 as it has been used in the past. Central control can be seen as a team
 approach to allow affordable components that are easily integrated in the
 company as a whole. Three applications of computers exist and each would
 require different controls. Forecasting and informational organizations
 require minimal changes in control. Transactional systems require the higher
 degree of control.
-Desc-
 Microcomputer; Internal Audit; Control and Planning; Computer System;
 Information Systems; Implementation; Procedures; Policy; Integrated
 Approach; Centralization; 0497; 0468; 0313; 1299; 0213; 1641; 2001; 0251;
 1685; 0499
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 60
-A-
 284475 CCJ83K0065
-W-
 The PR Circus.
 Meyer, G.J.
 Communicator' Jrnl, Vol.1, No.4, Nov./Dec. 1983, P. 65-67., Jrnl.
 The era of publicity brokers is upon us. The aspects of change in the
 profession are highlighted. Problems of professionalism continue. Issues of
 status, accreditation, education and power may engender insecurity amongst
 those in the profession.
-Desc-
 Public Relations; Communication in Organizations; Professional Standards;
 Analysis; Education; Attitude; Professionals; 0255 00?1; 2013; 0779; 0034;
 0966; 2014
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 61
-A-
 282408 PTM83J0046
-W-
 Auditing to Better Purpose.
 Brodie, M.B.
 Practising Manager, Vol.4, No.1, Oct. 1983, P. 46-51, Bibliog. 3, Jrnl.
 SPECIAL FEATURES: Bibliog
 The function of the internal audit is growing. It is being used beyond the
 traditional image of auditing. By its use management services can be
 extended. Corporate performance assessment can be enhanced. Managerial
 performance and effectiveness can also be improved.
-Desc-
 Auditing; Auditing Policies; Auditing Standards; Internal Audit; Management;
 0059; 0059; 0625; 0468; 0605
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 62
-A-
 282005 NUP84A13041
-W-
 Zeltin Sees ICP's Influence Growing.
 Lyons, L.
 National Underwriter - Property & Casualty Insurance, Vol.88, No.2, Jan. 13,
 1984, P. 4., Tabloid.
 Insurance Conference Planners (ICP) is an informal information and
 communication network. The high degree of professionalism makes the
 insurance industry unique. The chairman of ICP, John D. Zeltin plans
 improvements for the organization.
-Desc-
 Meetings; Communication; Communication Systems; Planning; Insurance
 Industry; Professional Standards; Communication Industry; 1808; 0011; 0403;
 0251; 0728; 2013; 0012
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 63
-A-
 281941 NUH84A14041
-W-
 Zeltin Sees ICP's Influence Growing.
 Lyons, L.J.
 National Underwriter - Life & Health Insurance, Vol.88, No.2, Jan. 14, 1984,
 P. 4., Tabloid.
 Insurance Conference Planners (ICP) is an informal information and
 communication network. The high degree of professionalism makes the
 insurance industry unique. The chairman of ICP, John D. Zeltin plans
 improvements for the organization.
-Desc-
 Meetings; Communication; Communication Systems; Planning; Insurance
 Industry; Professional Standards; Communication Industry; 1808; 0011; 0403;
 0251; 0728; 2013; 0012
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 64
-A-
 281293 LAS84A0138
-W-
 There Is Hope if You Can Cope with Change.
 Koenig, J.
 Life Association News, Vol.79, No.1, Jan. 1984, P. 138, 140+., Jrnl.
 A positive attitude toward change is important to survival. Many aspects of
 recent changes can be used as an advantage. Three categories of
 opportunities are analyzed. Education and professionalism are important in
 life insurance. Review and product update are critical priorities.
-Desc-
 Life Insurance; Analysis; Salesmen and Salesmanship; Attitude; Education;
 Professional Standards; Product Development; 0784; 0779; 0323; 0966; 0034;
 2013; 0455
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 65
-A-
 2759?2 JYM83K0008
-W-
 Excellence Through Professionalism.
 Evans, M.
 Jrnl of Property Management, Vol.48, No., Nov./Dec. 1983, P. 8-15, 66+.,
 Jrnl.
 The Institute of Real Estate Management was founded in 1933. A history of
 the past fifty years reflects the same professional standards of knowledge
 and integrity to be found in the field of property management today. In
 later years education became specialized and long range planning emphasized
 professional competence.
-Desc-
 Charts; Real Estate; Management; History; Professionals Conduct;
 Professional Associations; Education; Property; 1227; 0449; 0605; 1604;
 2012; 1109; 0034; 0943
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 66
-A-
 27113 INS83I0022
-W-
 Managing with Professionals.
 Tegner, B.
 Industrial Society, Vol.65, Sept. 1983, P. 22-23, 38., Jrnl.
 The definition of a professional is examined. The dangers that accompany
 professionalism are presented. Guidelines are presented for helping
 employers to better manage their professional employee.
-Desc-
 Professionals; Professional Standards; Management; Professional Ethics;
 Guidelines; 2014; 2013; 0605; 2011; 1593
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 67
-A-
 269633 ACP81X00016
-W-
 Establishing and Managing a Modern Internal Audit Function.
 Atkinson, R.M.; Perry, W.E.
 American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Inc., Continuing
 Education Audio Cassette Course, 1981, P. 1-162, $75.00 (subject to
 change)., Course.
 It appears that the modern internal auditor will become far more management
 oriented and the scope of his work will expand from the traditional emphasis
 on accounting and the financial audit. This course recognizes that role
 expansion in teaching the necessary steps in developing an effective audit
 function. Internal auditing is defined and procedures for establishing an
 internal audit are taught via case studies. Internal audit planning and the
 internal audit program are also presented by case studies. Other areas
 covered include field work, internal audit communications, internal audit in
 an EDP environment, the audit committee, and reporting on internal control.
 The appendix includes appropriate reprints of professional standards. The
 entire course may be ordered from Management Contents on-line or at our
 toll-free number at a cost of $75.00. Prices subject to change without
 notice.
-Desc-
 AICPA; Auditing; Auditing Policies; Auditing Standards; Internal Audit; Case
 Study; 0625; 0059; 0059; 0625; 0468; 0096
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 68
-A-
 269611 ACC83J0100
-W-
 Draft Auditing Guideline: Reliance on Internal Audit.
 Anon
 Accountancy, Vol.94, No.1082, Oct. 1983, P. 100, 102., Jrnl.
 The guideline examines the procedures of external auditors when relying on
 the work of internal auditors. The background of the internal audit function
 and the relationship of the auditors is examined. Planning criteria are
 outlined. Control criteria are examined along with their recording and
 evidence. The review of financial statements should follow guidelines.
-Desc-
 Guidelines Internal Audit; Auditing; Auditing Standards; England; Criteria;
 1593; 0468; 0059; 0625; 0155; 1361
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 69
-A-
 269172 PFA83H0027
-W-
 New CIPFA course on Internal Audit.
 Bell, J.
 Public Finance and Accountancy, Vol.10, No.7, Aug. 1983, P. 27-28., Jrnl.
 There is now a provision for certificate and diploma in Public Sector
 Internal Audit and Accounting. It was developed in response to internal
 audit basic training standards. The program is designed primarily for new
 entrants to executive levels of the internal auditing profession. A table of
 course and test data is included.
-Desc-
 Accounting; Tables; Public Finance; Training and Development; 0556; 2256;
 0667; 0273
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 70
-A-
 268956 NUH83J1728
-W-
 Professionalism Today Means Keeping Current.
 Czepukaitis, V.J.
 National Underwriter - Life & Health Insurance, Vol.87, No.42a, Oct. 17,
 1983, P. 28-29., Tabloid.
 Insurance education is being affected by three trends. These are the content
 to be learned, the educational process and accountability for learning.
 Persons will need to specialize in certain types of financial products.
 Insurers must be selective in continuing education activities. Both cassette
 tapes and computer software packages are useful for keeping up with new
 industry developments. There is also a trend toward government regulation of
 education.
-Desc-
 Professional Conduct; Insurance Industry; Education; Trends ; Professional
 Standards; Continuing Education; 2012; 0728; 0034; 2326; 2013; 0034
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 71
-A-
 264479 IMO83F0010
-W-
 Professionalism in Third World Insurance Markets
 Irukwu, J.O.
 International Insurance Monitor, Vol.37, No.4, June/July/Aug. 1983, P.
 10-13., Jrnl.
 Strengths and weaknesses in the professionalism of Third World insurers are
 identified. Nigerian standards are used as an example. Most all Third World
 markets have some form of professional insurance institute. Insurance is a
 business rather than a service. Professionalism is strong at company
 managerial levels. It is not strong at the lower levels. More computer
 sophistication is needed. Insurance personnel are dedicated and have
 contributed to industry growth and professionalism.
-Desc-
 Insurance Industry; Third World; Nigeria; History; Professional Standards;
 Professional Conduct; 0728; 0224; 0352; 1604; 2013 2012
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 72
-A-
 264326 IAU83H0028
-W-
 Control Flowcharting for Internal Control.
 Li, D.H.
 Internal Auditor, Vol.40, No.4, Aug. 1983, P. 28-33, Bibliog. 4, Jrnl.
 SPECIAL FEATURES: Bibliog
 A flowchart can be used to evaluate internal control systems. Independence
 of operations, authorization and work checks need to be looked over.
 Flowcharts can also be used to gauge the efficiency of processing
 transactions. A document flowchart shows the flow of information among
 organizational units. A control flowchart is better for manual operations,
 but lacks standard symbols. Diagrams are included.
-Desc-
 Internal Audit; Control and Planning; Flow Chart; Information Management;
 Diagrams; 0468; 0313; 1559; 1672; 1408
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 73
-A-
 264325 IAU83H0025
-W-
 Implementing External Reviews Six Years Later.
 Campbell, T.L.; Narvaez, C.R.; Savage, L.J.
 Internal Auditor, Vol.40, No.4, Aug. 1983, P. 25-27., Jrnl.
 An outside auditing study in 1977 found the internal auditing department of
 a large holding company to be efficient in many respects. Over six years,
 changes were implemented to rectify this problem. The quality of the staff
 was improved through an emphasis on education and the hiring of qualified,
 experienced professionals. Management accepted and learned its
 responsibilities for maintaining adequate internal control. Training was
 done to teach auditors to audit for the organization and not just by the
 book. Peer reviews can help with more specific suggestions.
-Desc-
 Internal Audit; Evaluation; Peer Group; Education; Professional Standards;
 0468; 0249; 1945; 0034; 2013
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 74
-A-
 264323 IAU83H0016
-W-
 Internal Auditing: Professionals on the Move.
 Hooper, J.A.
 Internal Auditor, Vol.40, No.4, Aug. 1983, P. 16-19., Jrnl.
 Internal auditors have reached a position of greater prominence in business.
 As information processing grows so does the depth and breadth of internal
 auditing. The future of the profession lies with its participation with
 management. Independence is still needed and capability with management
 needs to be developed. The Institute of Internal Auditors is an
 international organization to support and promote the future of internal
 auditing.
-Desc-
 Internal Audit; Professional Associations; Growth; Management Consultant;
 0468; 1109; 0311; 0048
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 75
-A-
 263395 CPA83H0038
-W-
 SAS 43 - Explanation and Analysis.
 Kneer, D.C.; Pany, K.
 CPA Jrnl, Vol.53, No.8, Aug. 1983, P. 38-40, 42+., Jrnl.
 Statement of Auditing Standard Number Forty-three has major internal control
 changes. Internal control modifications deal with documentation and concept
 clarification. Application of consistency standards is the main reporting
 change. Flexibility in the statement of changes is recognized. The authority
 of various pronouncements is also clarified. Inventors of warehouses and
 statistical sampling is touched on.
-Desc-
 Standards; Auditing; Internal Audit; Control Techniques; 2205; 0059; 0468;
 0126
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 76
-A-
 260662 CAM83H0121
-W-
 Where We Are and Where We're Going.
 Brown, D.A.
 CA Magazine, Vol.116, No.8, Aug. 1983, P. 121-123., Jrnl.
 Accountants must adapt to new changes in electronic data processing (EDP).
 Manufacturers have identified users and target software to their needs.
 Large systems are growing in use and shrinking in size. The storage of data
 on tape is making accountants reconsider standards of internal control. The
 vulnerability to fraud of an EDP system makes security a major problem.
-Desc-
 Accounting; EDP; Internal Audit; Computer; 0556; 0495; 0468 ; 0497
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 77
-A-
 252643 TDJ83D0016
-W-
 Ethical Problems in the Practice of Organization Development.
 Wooten, K.C.; White, L.P.
 Training & development Jrnl, Vol.37, No.4, April 1983, P. 16, 18+, Bibliog.
 9, Jrnl.
 Professional ethics in organization development is an increasingly popular
 area of interest. This interest stems from the questionable professionalism
 of its practitioners. Professional ethics dynamics in organization
 development combines driving forces with restraining forces. The variety of
 forces creates dilemmas for practitioners. Some of these dilemmas are
 misrepresentation and ineptness. The current focus on ethics in organization
 development is a positive trend which should be continued and applied in
 practice.
-Desc-
 Diagrammatic Models; Analysis; Organizational Development; Professional
 Ethics; Professional Conduct; Professional Standards; Ethics; 1408; 0779;
 0686; 2011; 2012; 2013; 2118
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 78
-A-
 251189 GAF83N0001
-W-
 Vulnerability Assessment and Internal Control Studies: What Are They and
 How Do You Do Them
 Weisenbach, P.E.
 Government Accountants Jrnl, Vol.33, No.1, Spring 1983, P. 1-12. Jrnl.
 This study highlights a three stage review strategy for internal control
 systems, and focuses on vulnerability assessments. A comparison of
 directives mandating appraisals and controls is included. A history of
 internal control beginning with the 'Tentative Statement of Accounting
 Standards' in 1947 is included. A sample worksheet is included.
-Desc-
 Accounting; Historical; Government Agency; Internal Audit; Study; 055?;
 1604; 0976; 0468; 2232
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 79
-A-
 250141 BUR83N0044
-W-
 P.A. Professionalism in the 80s.
 Rabin, J.
 Bureaucrat, Vol.12, No.1, Spring 1983, P. 44-47, Bibliog. 5, Jrnl.
 Public administration is not a profession, according to the usual
 definitions of who comprises groups of professionals. These various
 definitions are reviewed. Yet, according to many, public administration
 should not be made into a profession even if it could be. Certain
 professions are associated with a lack of equal opportunity. Several
 subfields in public administration could theoretically become
 professionalized.
-Desc-
 Public Administration; Professionals; Professional Standards; 0005; 2014;
 2013
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 80
-A-
 249603 SEM83D0098
-W-
 Can Professionalism Survive the Recession
 Carter, R.
 Security Management, Vol.27, No.4, April 1983, P. 98., Jrnl.
 Contrary to popular opinion the security industry suffers with everyone else
 in a recession. Security management has the professional responsibility of
 maintaining professional standards and ethics in spite of the economic
 implication. Underselling services in difficult economic times is not good
 professional conduct. Companies are often quick to cut back on security to
 boost the bottom line, but security professionals maintain high standards no
 matter what happens.
-Desc-
 Professional Conduct; Professional Ethics; Professional Responsibility;
 Professional Standards; Professionals; Security; Security Management;
 Recession; Economic Implication; 2012; 2011; 0750; 2013; 2014; 0814; 0814;
 0448; 1460
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 81
-A-
 249464 PFA83C0037
-W-
 The Role of the External Auditor in Monitoring Internal Audit Work.
 Layton, T.
 Public Finance and Accountancy, Vol.10, No.2, March 1983, P. 37-39., Jrnl.
 Monitoring of internal audits by external auditors often brings criticism
 and resentment. Early stages of the audit require the auditor to opine as to
 general efficiency, in accordance with recently promulgated standards.
 Reliance questions are analyzed, as are value for money and motivation
 issues which include the standard of working papers, the choice of test data
 and reactions to known errors.
-Desc-
 Public Finance; Accounting; England; Auditing; 0667; 0556; 0155; 0059
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 82
-A-
 242918 PFA82L0012
-W-
 Aspects of Internal Audit in a Central Government Department.
 Jones, D.
 Public Finance and Accountancy, Dec. 1982, P. 12-14., Jrnl.
 Internal auditing in the department of Education and Science (DES) is
 necessarily related to grant-funding. The DES is not a consumer of funds
 itself, but a purveyor. The DES internal auditing system is fifteen years
 old. Tables of services and relative accountabilities are included in this
 discussion of auditing policies. The main objective of auditing standards
 should be to further the effective monitoring of public funds.
-Desc-
 Tables; Accounting; England; Public Finance; 2256; 0556; 0155; 0667
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 83
-A-
 235233 MAA81B0028
-W-
 NAA Executive Director Targets Goals.
 Shultis, R.L.
 Management Accounting, Vol.62, No.8, Feb. 1981, P. 28-35., Jrnl.
 Robert L. Shultis is the executive director of the NAA as of August, 1980.
 He intends to concentrate on increasing the professionalism of the
 organization. The NAA will now have strong representation on the Financial
 Accounting Standards Advisory Council.
-Desc-
 Accounting; Management; Management Policy; Executive; 0556 0605; 0933; 0157
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 84
-A-
 233986 CNM82L0016
-W-
 The Need for Professionalism.
 Long, R.S.
 Canadian Manager, Vol.7, No.6, Dec. 1982, P. 16., Jrnl.
 Managers are considered to have superior education or expertise in their
 area. To keep abreast of current events managers should avail themselves of
 books, seminars, and the interacting with other professionals in their
 fields. It is important to managers to stay informed by continuing their
 education and enhancing their professional knowledge.
-Desc-
 Education; Professional Responsibility; Professionals; Manager; Professional
 Standards; Evaluation; Manager; Management Development; Field Study; 0034;
 0750; 2014; 0157; 2013; 0249; 0157; 0588; 1544
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 85
-A-
 229963 VIE8010034
-W-
 Internal Auditing: A New Look at an Old Function.
 Anon
 Viewpoint, No.1, 1980, P. 34-37., Jrnl.
 The Foundation of Audability Research and Education of the Institute of
 Internal Auditors has recently established guidelines for evaluating audit
 functions. That study was headed by H.R. Jaenicke. Jaenicke believes the
 increasing responsibility for accountability required by legislation has
 given rise to the meaning of internal auditing. The Foreign Corrupt
 Practices Act (FCPA) has also increased demands of internal auditing.
-Desc-
 Auditing; Accounting; Accounting Policies; Internal Audit; Legislation;
 Analysis; 0059; 0556; 0625; 0468; 0188; 0779
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 86
-A-
 226570 NPA81E0014
-W-
 Reporting on Internal Auditing Control.
 Munter, P.; Ratcliffe, T.A.
 National Public Accountant, Vol.26, No.5, May 1981, P. 14-21, Bibliog. 3,
 Jrnl.
 There is a growing move toward the requirements of auditors' reports on
 internal accounting control. The Auditing Standards Board of the American
 Institute of Certified Public Accountants has promulgated standards for the
 same, called: 'Reporting on Internal Accounting Control'. Independent
 accountants should focus on whether or not a system involves controls for
 estimates and judgments when preparing financial statements.
-Desc-
 Accounting; Accounting Policies; Internal Audit; Control Techniques; AICPA;
 0556; 0625; 0468; 0126; 0625
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 87
-A-
 223531 PFA82F0067
-W-
 Ensuring Adequate Audit Cover.
 Williams, G.
 Public Finance and Accountancy, Vol.9, No.5, June 1982, P. 67-69., Jrnl
 The problems of the provision of adequate cover in audit tasks of
 progressively larger sizes from district council through the audit
 department are addressed. Emphasis is focused on the district council audit
 cover. In this case Woking District Council, a relatively small authority
 but a rapidly expanding town, is reviewed Efforts to meet the standards of
 the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy statements on
 internal audit practice are addressed. Initial steps, identity workload,
 audit manual documentation, plans and reports are outlined.
-Desc-
 United Kingdom; Auditing; Internal Audit; Public Finance; 0047; 0059; 0468;
 0667
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 88
-A-
 221120 ZCT77X0079
-W-
 Auditing the EDP Function (Chapter 7).
 Trotman, E.
 The Role of the Internal Auditor, American Management Associations Extension
 Institute Self Study Course, 1977, P. 79-91, Bibliog. 37, Course.
 This is the seventh chapter in the course. The relationship of the internal
 auditor and the electronic data processing (EDP) function is discussed. The
 internal auditor must be involved in all phases of the EDP design effort to
 assure that the EDP people understand management's policies and standards.
 The auditor should participate in the steering committee and should be a
 project member. Specific techniques used in organizational, administrative,
 and procedural controls with the EDP function are reviewed. A basic
 principle of internal control in a data-based computerized system is the
 segregation of functions so that each function provides an efficient
 crosscheck for the others. In auditing procedures, the three primary areas
 of concern are: source- data controls, processing controls, and output
 controls. The entire course (ch.1-7) may be ordered on line or toll- free at
 800-323-5354 at a cost of $85, subject to change.
-Desc-
 Internal Audit; Auditing; EDP; Departments Systems Design Feasibility;
 Programming; Testing; Computer; Security; Control Techniques; Organization;
 Administration; Procedures; Operations Control System; 0468; 0059; 0495;
 1397;2255; 0786; 0875; 0956; 0497; 0814; 0126; 0576; 0605; 2001; 0243
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 89
-A-
 21118 ZCT77X0043
-W-
 Internal Control and the Deterrence of Fraud (Chapter 5).
 Trotman, E.
 The Role of the Internal Auditor, American Management Associations Extension
 Institute Self Study Course, 1977, P. 43-54, Bibliog. 3, Course.
 This is the fifth chapter in the course. Elements of the internal control
 system are covered. Internal control encompasses both administrative and
 accounting controls. There are four basic elements in an effective system of
 internal controls. The first is to have a plan of organization that provides
 appropriate segregation of functional responsibilities. The second is to
 provide a system of authorization and record procedures adequate to provide
 reasonable accounting control. The third is to provide sound practices to be
 followed in function and performance of each department. The fourth is to
 insure a degree of quality of personnel commensurate with responsibilities.
 Fraud may involve forgery, collusion, or concealment by such means as
 unrecorded transactions. It also can involve larceny and embeZlement. It is
 most likely to occur when the internal control system is inadequate. A
 checklist of controls to deter fraud is given. The entire course (ch.1-7)
 may be ordered on line or toll-free at 800-323-5354 at a cost of $85,
 subject to change.
-Desc-
 Internal Audit; Auditing; Fraud; Control Techniques; Internal Organization
 Environment; Guidelines; Organization Structure; Procedures; Performance;
 Standards; Review; EmbeZlement; White Collar Crime; Management; Employee;
 0468; 0059; 0668; 0126; 0127; 1593; 0453; 2001 ; 0249; 2205; 2110; 0914;
 2397; 0605; 0958
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 90
-A-
 221117 ZCT77X0033
-W-
 Recruiting and Training the Internal Auditing Staff (Chapter 4).
 Trotman, E.
 The Role of the Internal Auditor, American Management Associations Extension
 Institute Self Study Course, 1977, P. 33-39, Bibliog. 37, Course.
 This is the fourth chapter in the course. The staffing of the internal
 auditing department is discussed. The internal auditor must have a thorough
 knowledge of the principles of business administration. Additional qualities
 of in effective auditor include ability to get along well and work with
 others, imagination, practicality, objectivity, perspective, and the ability
 to communicate. Personnel may be obtained through undergraduate programs,
 recruiting within the company, and outside recruitment. On-the-job training,
 supplemented by seminars and workshops, is the prevailing training practice
 for internal auditors. A professional certification program has been
 developed which will create more interest in internal auditing careers by
 Univ. students. The entire course (ch.1-7) may be ordered on line or
 toll-free at 800-323-5354 at a cost of $85, subject to change.
-Desc-
 Internal Audit; Auditing; Recruitment; Training and Development; Staffing;
 Personality; Communication; Universities; Professional Standards;
 Certification; 0468; 0059; 0266; 0273; 0266; 0198; 0011; 0034; 2013; 1223
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 91
-A-
 220854 PFA82D0031
-W-
 Priorities for Internal Audit.
 Audit Panel Standards Working Party
 Public Finance and Accountancy, April 1982, P. 31, 33+., Jrnl.
 An internal audit is a control which measures, evaluates and reports upon
 the effectiveness of internal controls of resources within an organization.
 It is done as a service to all levels of management. Controls that are
 connected with income, banking procedures, payroll procedures and payments
 for goods and services should be examined. Guidelines for audit priorities
 are provided.
-Desc-
 Public Finance; Auditing; Auditing Standards; Internal Audit; Guidelines;
 0667; 0059; 0625; 0468; 1593
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 92
-A-
 219153 ZCH8X0071
-W-
 Operations Auditing and Marketing (Chapter 5).
 McGhee, A.
 Performing the Operations Audit, Second Edition, American Management
 Associations Extension Institute Self Study Course, 1978, P. 71-86, Bibliog.
 25, Course.
 This is the fifth chapter in the course. Considerations in the operations
 audit of the marketing function are discussed. General questions the auditor
 may pursue in making a marketing analysis are included. Throughout the audit
 of the marketing function, the auditor should keep in mind the concept of
 profitability. The auditor must ascertain how much the company is making on
 each of the products in its line. Sales forecasts should be used to set
 goals for sales personnel and to plan overall operations. Dollar sales
 growth is not a valid measurement criterion unless it is measured against
 some standard. The auditor must examine company use of marketing research
 and the use of its field force. The functions of the sales services
 department must be reviewed. The entire course (ch.1-9) may be ordered on
 line or toll-free at 800-323-5354 at a cost of $85, subject to change.
-Desc-
 Auditing; Performance; Management; Internal Audit; Operations Analysis;
 Marketing; Profit; Product Line; Salesmen; Sales Forecast; Sales; Marketing
 Research; Promotion; Training and Development; Communication in
 Organizations; Documentation; Supervision; Distribution; Service Department;
 0059; 0249; 0605; 0468; 0247; 0601; 0462; 0570; 0323; 0443; 0557; 0587;
 0454; 0273; 0011; 1430; 0427; 0680; 0316
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 93
-A-
 219152 ZCH78X0053
-W-
 Operations Auditing in the Management Areas (Chapter 4).
 McGhee, A.
 Performing the Operations Audit, Second Edition, American Management
 Associations Extension Institute Self Study Course, 1978, P. 53-66, Bibliog.
 5, Course.
 This is the fourth chapter in the course. Considerations in the operations
 audit of the management areas are discussed. The functions of management are
 planning, organizing, developing, communicating, coordinating and
 controlling. The operational auditor is mainly concerned with controlling.
 Profitability must be considered first because it is the one element that
 insures continuity of operation. The three basic steps in the control
 process are setting standards at strategic points, checking and reporting on
 performance and taking corrective action. In examining the planning
 function, the auditor must first learn whether the company's goals and
 objectives have been documented. Organizing involves the gathering and use
 of resources. Developing is concerned with the effective use of resources
 and the motivation of human resources. Coordinating fits all operations
 smoothly together. The entire course (ch.1-9) may be ordered on line or
 toll-free at 800-323-5354 at a cost of $85, subject to change.
-Desc-
 Auditing; Performance; Management; Internal Audit; Operations Analysis;
 Profitability; Analysis; Control Techniques; Administration; Standards;
 Reporting System; Planning; Organization; Communication in Organizations;
 Coordination; 0059; 0249; 0605; 0468; 0247 0972; 0779; 0126; 0605; 2205;
 0553; 0251; 0576; 0011; 1330
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 94
-A-
 219149 ZCH78X0001
-W-
 Nature and Scope (Chapter 1).
 McGhee, A.
 Performing the Operations Audit, Second Edition, American Management
 Associations Extension Institute Self Study Course, 1978, P. 1-9, Bibliog.
 25, Course.
 This is the first chapter in the course. Operations auditing is defined and
 discussed. Operational auditing is also known as performance auditing,
 management auditing, management services and internal auditing. Operational
 auditing is a constructive, profit-oriented advisory service performed from
 a management viewpoint to evaluate the effectiveness, economy and efficiency
 of any and all operations. Operational auditing looks ahead. Its standards
 often lack precision. Its assignments are less traditional. It constantly
 seeks improvements. Its success is contingent upon the adoption of
 constructive recommendations for improvement. It provides a basis for
 measuring managerial effectiveness and provides data for evaluation of
 proposed changes. The entire course (ch.1-9) may be ordered on line or
 toll-free at 800-323-5354 at a cost of $85, subject to change.
-Desc-
 Auditing; Conceptual Framework; History; Performance; Management; Internal
 Audit; Benefits; Qualifications; Auditing Standards; Operations Analysis;
 0059; 0990; 1604; 0249; 0605; 0468; 1057; 2052; 0625; 0247
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 95
-A-
 215816 EXS81H0001
-W-
 Making Use of Operational Auditing.
 Anon
 Executive Skills, Vol.4, No.81-8, Aug. 1981, P. 1-11, Bibliog. 2, Jrnl.
 Operational Auditing (OA) differs from traditional accounting in terms of
 its definition of 'profit-oriented' and its overall scope. An operational
 audit has four basic elements: preparation, verification, evaluation and
 reporting. Operational auditors may be asked to survey key areas on a
 preliminary basis Such key areas include: operations, market position,
 productivity, service leadership, public relations, employee and government
 relations. Operational Auditors should provide rough flowcharts of relevant
 issues. Internal Auditors should determine the degree and effectiveness of
 whatever internal control is being used. Auditors should avoid the use of
 directed words in their reports.
-Desc-
 Operations Management; Auditing Standards; Auditing; Internal Audit; 0247;
 0625; 0059; 0468
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 96
-A-
 205178 IGA82A0016
-W-
 Computer-Based System for the Control of Audits.
 Mann, J.F.
 International Jrnl of Government Auditing, Vol.9, No.1, Jan. 1982, P. 16,
 18., Jrnl.
 Great Britain has developed a computerized system to control resources used
 on audits of health authorities. To develop this system it was presumed
 that, because of the large number of expenditures to audit, it was important
 to define the universe and record the parts that had been covered.
 Guidelines on objectives and standards must be formed. To improve reporting
 capabilities, the system was computerized. Internal control questionnaires
 are being developed to supplement the control system. Better coordination
 between external and internal audit efforts is very important.
-Desc-
 Auditing; Computer System; Control Techniques; Great Britain; 0059; 1299;
 0126; 0047
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 97
-A-
 201805 ACT81L0728
-W-
 Insurance Broking Takes Steps to Professionalism.
 Anon
 The Accountant, Vol.185, No.5572, Dec. 10, 1981, P. 728., Jrnl.
 In Great Britain, insurance brokers are required to apply to the Insurance
 Brokers Registration Council in order to be granted full professional
 status. Ninety per cent of the applications received by the council have had
 to be challenged. The principal matters covered by the council's rules are
 examined.
-Desc-
 Great Britain; Insurance; Broker; Brokerage; Brokerage Industry; Application
 Controls; Professional Standards; 0047; 0214; 1166; 0775; 1098; 2013
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 98
-A-
 201387 PAD81K0029
-W-
 The Personnel Audit.
 Kuraitis, V.P.
 Personnel Administrator, Vol.26, No.11, Nov. 1981, P. 29-34, Bibliog. 6,
 Jrnl.
 A large part of the cost and effectiveness of the management of every
 organization is attributed to its personnel functions. Despite this, only a
 small (albeit growing) number of organizations currently audit their
 personnel functions. Much of the hesitancy is attributed to the feeling that
 personnel auditors necessarily have an awkward double allegiance, to the
 audited personnel and to management. The problem of the dichotomized
 allegiances can often be alleviated by hiring an outside auditor, yet such
 action has the disadvantages of appearing potentially threatening to
 insiders, and outsiders may not be efficient in locating ongoing intrinsic
 problem areas. Nevertheless, an efficient organization must audit personnel
 to ensure continuing compliance with the growing number of government
 industry regulations, to ensure that personnel's goals remain compatible
 with the oft-changing goals of the organization, and to ensure simply that
 personnel is functioning efficiently and effectively. Views toward auditing
 must expand with the times and the auditing function must be applied to
 areas, like personnel, which were not previously traditionally audited.
-Desc-
 Personnel Management; Industrial Relations; Manpower Planning; Auditing;
 Auditing Standards; Auditing Policies; Government Regulation; Internal
 Audit; Management policy; 0458; 0036; 0618; 0059; 0625 ; 0059; 0188; 0468;
 0933
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 99
-A-
 198090 BUR81R0039
-W-
 GAO and Management Improvement.
 Sperry, R.
 Bureaucrat, Vol.10, No.3, Fall 1981, P. 39-45, Bibliog. 5, Jrnl.
 The General Accounting Office (GAO) has been increasingly concerned with the
 accountability of government, a managerial type function. GAO generally
 looks for programs which have clear objectives, detailed plans, adequate
 resources, efficient management, and adequate feedback for managers. A
 recent GAO assessment of Peace Corps training programs concentrated on the
 preparation of volunteers in service. Management was found lacking in its
 formal criteria for placing volunteers into staging processes, as well as
 inconsistency of feedback and evaluation. GAO strives to strengthen both its
 auditing and managerial capabilities, and is currently engaged in a revision
 of federal accounting standardize, which will be beneficial to management
 decisions. Internal control weaknesses are so wide-spread that GAO's
 determination to institute accounting standards is well-conceived.
-Desc-
 Accounting; Accountability; Federal Government; Management 0556; 1035; 0785;
 0605
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 100
-A-
 197569 ROB81N0005
-W-
 Professionalization of Internal Auditing.
 Savage, L.J.
 Review of Business, Vol.2, No.4, Spring 1981, P. 5-6, 22, Bibliog. 7, Jrnl.
 Internal auditors are striving to achieve professional status. The
 development of the internal auditing function in business since the early
 1900's is described. The establishment of the Institute of Internal
 Auditors, the professional organization of internal auditors, is discussed.
 Activities favored by the organization to enhance professionalization are
 listed and described. These include a certification program and code of
 ethics. The activities of the ITA are seen as an existing framework for the
 professionalization of internal auditing awaiting recognition by outsiders.
-Desc-
 Internal Audit; Auditing; Professional Responsibility; Business;
 Organization; 0468; 0059; 0750; 0971; 0576
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 101
-A-
 192359 CPA81G0010
-W-
 HOW CPAS EVALUATE INTERNAL AUDITORS.
 CLARK, R.W.; GIBBS, T.E.; SHCROEDER, R.G.
 THE CPA JRNL, VOL.51, NO.7, JULY 1981, P. 10, 12-14., JRNL.
 THE FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT HAS PUT INCREASED PRESSURE ON BUSINESSES
 TO MAINTAIN EFFECTIVE INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEMS. THE INTERNAL AUDIT FUNCTION
 IS A BASIC PART OF THE INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEM, AND RESPONSIBLE FOR THE
 ONGOING EVALUATION OF INTERNAL CONTROLS. UNDER THE CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT,
 INTERNAL AUDITORS ARE EXPECTED TO ASSESS COMPANY COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT.
 INTERNAL AUDIT EVALUATIONS AND ASSESSMENTS COMPRISE AN IMPORTANT PART OF THE
 OUTSIDE AUDITOR'S ATTEST RESPONSIBILITIES. ACCOUNTING STANDARDS DO
 SPECIFICALLY REQUIRE THAT CPAS REVIEW THE ADEQUACY OF INTERNAL AUDITORS IN
 FULFILLING COMPLIANCE AND EVALUATION RESPONSIBILITIES.
-Desc-
 AUDITING; CPA; INTERNAL AUDIT; CONTROL TECHNIQUES; 0059; 0732; 0468; 0126
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 102
-A-
 183219 IAU81B0056
-W-
 PERFORMING COST/BENEFIT ANALYSES OF INTERNAL CONTROL.
 RITTENBERG, L.E.; MINER, D.L.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, FEB. 1981, P. 56-64., JRNL.
 The EVALUATION OF INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEMS IS AN INCREASINGLY IMPORTANT
 FUNCTION OF INTERNAL AUDITORS. A KEY PART OF THAT EVALUATION IS THE ANALYSIS
 OF CONTROL COSTS AND BENEFITS. UNFORTUNATELY, INTERNAL AUDITORS HAVE NO
 STANDARDIZED GUIDELINES FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF CONTROL SYSTEM COSTS AND
 BENEFITS. AN EFFECTIVE CONTROL COST/ BENEFIT ANALYSIS SHOULD INCLUDE CONTROL
 OBJECTIVES, TRANSACTIONS, EXPOSURE PROBABILITIES, CONTROL RELIABILITY,
 COSTS, AND NATURE OF CONTROLS. THE EXPOSURE FOR EACH PROCESS MUST BE
 AGGREGATED TO DETERMINE TOTAL EXPOSURE POTENTIAL. THE FRAMEWORK FOR THE
 COST/BENEFIT ANAL
-Desc-
 INTERNAL AUDIT; COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS; CONTROL TECHNIQUES; SYSTEMS ANALYSIS;
 0468; 0278; 0126; 0909
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 103
-A-
 183217 IAU81B0040
-W-
 THE TWO-EDGED SWORD OF INTERNAL AUDIT PROFESSIONALISM.
 WOLBERT, R.H.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, FEB. 1981, P. 40-44., JRNL.
 INTERNAL AUDITING IS NOT A RECOGNIZED PROFESSION LIKE ACCOUNTING, MEDICINE,
 OR LAW. A TRADITIONAL PROFESSION IS CHARACTERIZED BY COMMON STANDARDS OF
 KNOWLEDGE, PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATIONS, AND RECOGNIZED STANDARDS OF EDUCATION,
 QUALIFICATIONS, AND CONDUCT. SOCIETY RECOGNIZES THE STATUS AND
 RESPONSIBILITY OF AN ESTABLISHED PROFESSION. TO DATE, INTERNAL AUDITING IS
 NOT SUPPORTED BY A COMMON BODY OF KNOWLEDGE OF STANDARDIZED TRAINING AND
 DEVELOPMENT. THE INSTITUTE OF INTERNAL AUDITORS DOES PROVIDE UNIFORM
 STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION AND CONDUCT FOR INTERNAL AUDITORS.
 TO BECOME MORE PR
-Desc-
 INTERNAL AUDIT; PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; TRAINING
 AND DEVELOPMENT; 0468; 0750; 0625; 0273
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 104
-A-
 182999 CPA81B0023
-W-
 THE AUDITOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETECT FRAUD-III.
 JOHNSON, K.P.
 CPA JRNL, VOL.51, NO.2, FEB. 1981, P. 23-24., JRNL.
 CLARIFYING AN AUDITOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETECT FRAUD HAS BEEN A MAJOR
 PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTING CONCERN. AN AUDITOR UNDER PRESENT ACCOUNTING
 StANDARDS MUST ACTIVELY SEARCH FOR ERRORS OR IRREGULARITIES WHICH INDICATE
 FRAUD. PLANNING SUCH AN AUDIT EXAMINATION REQUIRES RISK ASSESSMENT, CONTROLS
 EVALUATION, AND VALIDATION. VALIDATION PROCEDURES INCLUDE TRANSACTION
 CYCLES, CONTROL OBJECTIVES, AND LINKAGE WITH INTERNAL ACCOUNTING CONTROL.
 AUDITORS ALSO MUST MAINTAIN DUE CARE IN MEETING AUDIT RESPONSIBILITIES. DUE
 CARE ENCOMPASSES COMMUNICATION, SUPERVISION, SECURITY, AND PROFESSIONALISM.
-Desc-
 AUDITING; CPA; FRAUD; LEGAL LIABILITY; PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY; 0059;
 0732; 0668; 1025; 0750
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 105
-A-
 181863 CPA81A0033
-W-
 INTERNAL CONTROL REPORTING - 950 NEGATIVE RESPONSES.
 WALLACE, A.
 CPA JRNL, VOL.51, NO.1, JAN. 1981, P. 33-38., JRNL.
 MOST ACCOUNTANTS ARE CRITICAL OF RECENT PROPOSALS CONCERNING INTERNAL
 ACCOUNTING CONTROL REPORTS. THE KEY ISSUE IS CORPORATE DISCLOSURE OF SUCH
 REPORTS TO INVESTORS. CRITICS BELIEVE THE SEC HAS OVERESTIMATED THE VALUE OF
 SUCH DISCLOSURES TO INVESTORS. OUTSIDE AUDITORS SUPPORT THE PREMISE THAT
 INTERNAL ACCOUNTING CONTROLS ARE NOT VITAL IN PRODUCING RELIABLE FINANCIAL
 REPORTS. PROHIBITIVE COSTS HAVE ALSO CONTRIBUTED TO AUDITOR CRITICISMS. IF
 SUCH INTERNAL CONTROL DISCLOSURES ARE REQUIRED, AUDITORS SUPPORT MATERIALITY
 LIMITATIONS AS PART OF THAT REQUIREMENT.
-Desc-
 AUDITING; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; INTERNAL AUDIT; FINANCIAL REPORT;
 DISCLOSURE; SEC; 0059; 0625; 0468; 0168; 0761; 0676
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 106
-A-
 181407 PTA81A033
-W-
 PREPARING REPORTS ON INTERNAL ACCOUNTING CONTROL.
 KOLLINS, W.A.
 PRACTICAL ACCOUNTANT, VOL.14, NO.1, JAN. 1981, P. 33-36., JRNL.
 A RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARD IS CONCERNED PRIMARILY WITH THE
 PREPARATION OF INTERNAL ACCOUNTING REPORTS. THE PREPARATION OF INTERNAL
 ACCOUNTING REPORTS IS ESSENTIAL IN MAINTAINING INTERNAL ACCOUNTING CONTROL.
 OUTSIDE AUDITORS WILL BE INVOLVED IN THE PLANNING, REVIEWING, COMPLIANCE
 TESTS, AND ACTUAL REPORT PREPARATION. TYPES OF INTERNAL ACCOUNTING CONTROL
 ENGAGEMENTS ARE SYSTEM REPORTS, AUDIT SUPPORT REPORTS, REGULATORY REPORTS,
 AND SPECIAL PURPOSE REPORTS. MANAGEMENT LETTER REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT AFFECTED
 BY THE NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARD SAS 30.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; INTERNAL AUDIT; REPORTING SYSTEM; CONTROL
 TECHNIQUES; AUDITING; 0556; 0625; 0468; 0553; 0126; 0059
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 107
-A-
 180989 JAA81M0144
-W-
 COMPARATIVE AUDITING STANDARDS.
 ROBERTSON, C.; ALDERMAN, C.W.
 JRNL OF ACCOUNTING AUDITING & FINANCE, VOL.4, NO.2, WINTER 1981, P.
 144-161., JRNL.
 A TABULAR COMPARISON OF THE THREE SETS OF AUDITING STANDARDS IS LISTED FOR
 REFERENCE. EXTERNAL AUDITORS' STANDARDS WERE DEVELOPED UNDER THE AMERICAN
 INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS, (AICPA). STANDARDS FOR AUDITORS
 OF GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS WERE ESTABLISHED UNDER GENERAL ACCOUNTING
 OFFICE (GAO). INTERNAL AUDITORS' STANDARDS WERE SET BY THE INSTITUTE OF
 INTERNAL AUDITORS (IIA).
-Desc-
 STANDARDIZATION; AUDITING; INTERNAL AUDIT; GOVERNMENT REGULATION; AICPA;
 0984; 0059; 0468; 0188; 0625
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 108
-A-
 180827 GAF80R0003
-W-
 AGA TASK FORCE ON FEDERAL EXECUTIVE REPORTING ON INTERNAL CONTROL.
 ANON
 GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTANTS JRNL, VOL, 29, NO.3, FALL 1980, P. 3-24, BIBLIOG. 41,
 JRNL.
 SPECIAL FEATURES: BIBLIOG
 THE ASSOCIATION OF GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTANTS HAS ISSUED A TASK FORCE REPORT ON
 INTERNAL CONTROLS IN GOVERNMENT, WHICH IS THE CULMINATION OF EXTENSIVE
 RESEARCH AND PROBLEM ANALYSIS. THE REPORT PROVIDES RECOMMENDED STANDARDS AND
 PROCEDURES FOR AN EFFECTIVE INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEM. THE RECOMMENDED CONTROL
 SYSTEM STRESSES THE REPORTING FUNCTION. RECOMMENDED CONTROL TECHIQUES ARE
 DOCUMENTATION, SEGREGATION OF DUTIES, RECORDS SECURITY, SUPERVISION, AND
 INTERNAL AUDIT. THE OBJECTIVES OF A CONTROL SYSTEM ARE ACCOUNTING AND
 REPORTING, AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING, PAYROLL, CONTRACTS, LOANS, PAYABLES
 COLLEC
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; FEDERAL GOVERNMENT; GOVERNMENT REGULATION; CONTROL TECHNIQUES;
 INTERNAL ORGANIZATION ENVIRONMENT; INTERNAL AUDIT; REPORTING SYSTEM; 0556;
 0785; 0188; 0126; 0127; 0468; 0553
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 109
-A-
 180571 COM80K0029
-W-
 THE EFFECT OF INTERNAL AUDIT STANDARDS ON OPERATIONAL AUDITING.
 SAYERS, J.G.
 COST AND MANAGEMENT, VOL.54, NO.6, NOV.-DEC. 1980, P. 29-32, BIBLIOG. 7,
 JRNL.
 SPECIAL FEATURES: BIBLIOG
 NO SPECIFIC STANDARDS FOR OPERATIONAL AUDITING HAVE BEEN AVAILABLE ALTHOUGH
 THE PRACTICE OF OPERATIONAL AUDITING IS WIDESPREAD. BACKGROUND TO
 OPERATIONAL AUDITING STANDARDS IS GIVEN. WITH THE ADVENT OF THE STANDARDS
 FOR THE PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE OF INTERNAL AUDITING IN 1978, THE INSTITUTE OF
 INTERNAL AUDITORS HAD THE TASK OF COMMUNICATING AND REFINING THE STANDARDS.
 ALTHOUGH IT IS NOT LIKELY THAT ANY INSTITUTE STANDARDS ON OPERATIONAL
 AUDITING ARE SOON FORTHCOMING, THERE MUST BE STANDARDS FOR OPERATIONAL
 AUDITORS AND MANAGEMENT TO MEASURE PERFORMANCE. THE FOUNDATION FOR THESE
 STANDARDS IS PR
-Desc-
 AUDITING; ACCOUNTING; INTERNAL AUDIT; MANAGEMENT; STANDARDIZATION; 0059;
 0556; 0468; 0605; 0984
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 110
-A-
 179651 MMA80L0040
-W-
 THE NATURE AND IDENTITY OF MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING.
 QURESHI, M.
 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING (BRITISH), VOL.58, NO.11, DEC. 1980, P. 40-43,
 BIBLIOG. 26, JRNL.
 SPECIAL FEATURES: BIBLIOG
 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING IS NOT A RECOGNIZED PROFESSIONAL DISCIPLINE WITH A
 SEPARATE THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK. MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING IS ESSENTIALLY A
 CONTROL FUNCTION WHICH ALSO GENERATES INFORMATION FOR DECISION MAKING.
 CONTROL IS DEPENDENT ON EFFECTIVE COST ACCOUNTING AND INTERNAL AUDIT
 PROCEDURES. A REPORTING SYSTEM IS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE INFORMATION FOR
 MANAGEMENT DECISION- MAKING. A THEORETICAL STRUCTURE WOULD AUGMENT THE
 IMPORTANT ROLES OF MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING AND INCREASE THE PROFESSIONALISM OF
 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTANTS.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; MANAGEMENT; PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY; INTERNAL AUDIT; COST
 ACCOUNTING; REPORTING SYSTEM; 0556; 0605; 0750; 0468; 0502; 0553
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 111
-A-
 179238 IAU80L0028
-W-
 CRITICAL ROLES FOR THE 1980S.
 ONG, J.D.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.37, NO.6, DEC. 1980, P. 28-33., JRNL.
 THE TEXT IS AN ADDRESS TO THE THIRTY-NINTH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF THE
 INSTITUTE OF INTERNAL AUDITORS (IIA). THE THEME OF THE MEETING IS NEW
 HEIGHTS OF PROFESSIONALISM; THE NEW ERA FOR INTERNAL AUDITORS IN THE 1980S
 IS COVERED. AS INTERNAL AUDITORS INCREASE IN VISIBILITY WITHIN THE
 ORGANIZATION, THE ROLES OF THE AUDITOR BECOME MORE CRITICAL. BEING THE
 PROTECTOR OF ASSETS IS THE FIRST MAJOR ROLE OF THE INTERNAL AUDITOR. THIS
 TRADITIONAL FUNCTION HAS UNDERGONE THE MOST CHANGE. OTHER CRITICAL ROLES FOR
 THE 1980S INCLUDE: OPERATIONAL CONSULTANT, MANAGEMENT ADVISOR AND COUNSELOR,
 AND HUMAN RE
-Desc-
 INTERNAL AUDIT; ANNUAL MEETINGS; ANNUAL REPORT; AUDITING; CORPORATIONS;
 HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT; UnTED STATES; 0468; 0763; 0327; 0059; 0675;
 0007; 0528
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 112
-A-
 178694 ABR80P0273
-W-
 DEVELOPMENTS IN INTERNAL AUDITING.
 CHAMBERS, A.D.
 ACCOUNTING & BUSINESS RESEARCH, VOL.10, NO.39, SUMMER 1980, P. 273-283.,
 JRNL.
 INTERNAL AUDITING IS STILL FREQUENTLY CONSIDERED TO BE SYNONYMOUS WITH
 PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FUNCTIONS, AND NOT A UNIQUE PROFESSION. INTERNAL AUDITS
 HAVE IN ACTUALITY BECOME CRITICAL MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS FOR MAINTAINING
 INTERNAL CONTROL AND ACCURATE FINANCIAL REPORTING. PROFESSIONALISM BASED ON
 AUTONOMOUS EXPERTISE AND THE SERVICE IDEAL IN THE ULTIMATE OBJECTIVE OF
 INTERNAL AUDITORS. OTHER PROFESSIONAL REQUIREMENTS ARE STANDARDS BASED ON A
 SYSTEMATIC BODY OF KNOWLEDGE AND LEGAL SANCTIONS. INTERNAL AUDIT
 RESPONSIBILITIES INCLUDE THE THOROUGH AND ONGOING REVIEW OF CORPORATE
 ACCOUNTING CONTROLS AND
-Desc-
 INTERNAL AUDIT; AUDITING; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY;
 FINANCIAL REPORT; CONTROL TECHNIQUES; 0468; 0059; 0625; 0750; 0168; 0126
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 113
-A-
 176982 MAA80H0041
-W-
 ACCOUNTING FOR CONTRACT COSTS AND VALUE IN THE FOREST PRODUCTS INDUSTRY.
 ASHBY, R.W.; FUNK, G.D.
 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING, VOL.62, NO.2, AUG. 1980, P. 41-44., JRNL.
 CURRENTLY, THERE IS NO SET ACCOUNTING POLICY FOR RECOGNITION OF TIMBER
 CUTTING CONTRACT COSTS. FREQUENTLY, PROVISIONS FOR CONTRACT LOSSES ARE NOT
 INCLUDED IN FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES THAT REQUIRE
 ESTIMATED FUTURE LOSSES ON INVENTORY SHOULD BE USED IN THE CASES. ECONOMIC
 IMPACT SHOULD BE GAUGED TO DETERMINE WHETHER A TIMBER CUTTING CONTRACT
 SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. A LOSS ESTIMATION SHOULD BE MADE
 AND PRESENTED IN FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. INCLUSION OF THIS INFORMATION SHOULD
 MAKE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS MORE COMPLETE.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING; INTERNAL AUDIT;
 0556; 0625; 0693; 0468
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 114
-A-
 176981 MAA80H0036
-W-
 TOWARD A CODE OF PROFESSIONAL ETHICS FOR MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTANTS.
 SHELDAHL, T.K.
 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING, VOL.62, NO.2, AUG. 1980, P. 36-40., JRNL.
 A CODE OF ETHICS FOR MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTANTS SHOULD GUIDE THEM IN JOB
 PERFORMANCE, WHILE PROTECTING SERVICE USERS. STANDARDS FOR MANAGERIAL
 ACCOUNTING SHOULD APPLY TO MORAL AND ETHICAL PROFESSIONAL BEHAVIOR.
 GUIDELINES SHOULD BE SET UP TO HELP THE ACCOUNTANT APPLY THE STANDARDS.
 RULES OF CONDUCT SHOULD BE ESTABLISHED TO GIVE THE LICENSING AUTHORITY
 CREDIBILITY. SETS OF PROPOSED GUIDELINES, STANDARDS AND ETHICS ARE DETAILED.
 ENFORCEMENT SHOULD COME FROM AN INDEPENDENT PRIVATE PARTY. THE NEXT STEP IS
 ESTABLISHMENT OF MANDATORY RULES.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; INTERNAL AUDIT; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; PROFESSIONAL
 RESPONSIBILITY; 0556; 0468; 0625; 0750
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 115
-A-
 176761 IAU80J0037
-W-
 CHANGING PRICES AND THE INTERNAL AUDITOR.
 NORTON, C.B.; SIMON, JR.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.37, NO.4, OCT. 1980, P. 37-41, BIBLIOG. 2, JRNL.
 SPECIAL FEATURES: BIBLIOG
 THE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS BOARD HAS ISSUED A STATEMENT REQUIRING
 FIRMS TO IMPLEMENT AN INFLATION ACCOUNTING SYSTEM. IT INVOLVES REPORTING
 CONSTANT-DOLLAR AND CURRENT-COST INFORMATION. THE EXTERNAL AUDITOR WILL BE
 RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING THE REPORTS AND MAKING SURE THE COMPANIES ARE IN
 COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGULATIONS. THE INTERNAL AUDITORS, HOWEVER, ARE
 RESPONSIBLE FOR DEVELOPING THE CURRENT-COST AND CONSTANT-DOLLAR INFORMATION
 AND COMMUNICATING THIS INFORMATION. THE INTERNAL AUDITORS SHOULD SEE THAT
 THEIR FIRMS HAVE DEVELOPED THE MOST EFFICIENT AND COST SAVING SYSTEMS. THE
 INFLATI
-Desc-
 INFLATION ACCOUNTING; INFLATION; FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING; FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
 STANDARDS BOARD; INTERNAL AUDIT; MANAGEMENT; EFFICIENCY; FASB; 0211; 0211;
 0693; 0625; 0468; 0605; 0662; 0625
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 116
-A-
 176757 IAU80J0019
-W-
 PROFESSIONALISM REQUIRES PLANNING, COMMUNICATION, AND COMMITMENT.
 DUNBAR, D.V.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.37, NO.4, OCT. 1980, P. 19-20., JRNL.
 THE INSTITUTE OF INTERNAL AUDITORS, INC. IS A PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR
 INTERNAL AUDITORS. THEY HAVE ESTABLISHED PROFESSIONAL STATUS FOR THEIR
 MEMBERS THROUGH A COMMITMENT TO PROFESSIONALISM AND PLANNING. PLANNING AND
 BETTER COMMUNICATION INTERNATIONALLY WILL BE THE GOAL OF THE INSTITUTE IN
 THE 1980'S.
-Desc-
 INTERNAL AUDIT; AUDITING; PLANNING; COMMUNICATION; 0468; 0059; 0251; 0011
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 117
-A-
 176746 GAO80P0081
-W-
 PERSPECTIVES ON CHANGES IN INTERNAL AUDITING.
 ZUCKERT, E.M.
 GAO REVIEW, VOL.15, NO.3, SUMMER 1980, P. 81-83., JRNL.
 AN EXCERPT FROM ZUCKERT'S NOVEMBER 19, 1979 SPEECH TO THE WASHINGTON CHAPTER
 OF THE INSTITUTE OF INTERNAL AUDITORS NOTED CHANGES IN THE FUNCTIONS OF
 INTERNAL AUDITORS IN BOTH GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS. THE INSPECTOR GENERAL ACT
 OF 1978 GIVES THE INSPECTORS GENERAL TOO MUCH JOB INSULATION IN GOVERNMENT.
 THEY DO NOT REPORT TO THE AGENCY HEADS WITH WHOM THEY WORK AND AS A RESULT
 HAVE THE POTENTIAL TO BECOME POLITICALLY EXPLOITATIVE. IN BUSINESS, THE NEW
 DEMANDS FOR HIGHER STANDARDS OF ETHICS AND GREATER SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
 HAVE CHANGED THE ROLE OF TOP MANAGEMENT. THE ROLE OF THE INTERNAL AUDITO
-Desc-
 AUDITING; BUSINESS; INTERNAL AUDIT; GOVERNMENT AGENCY; 0059 ; 0971; 0468;
 0976
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 118
-A-
 176604 CPA80I0041
-W-
 IDENTIFYING CRITICAL INTERNAL CONTROLS.
 MARTIN, W.
 CPA JRNL, VOL.50, NO.9, SEPT. 1980, P. 41-45., JRNL.
 A PROCESS FOR DETERMINING WHICH INTERNAL CONTROLS SHOULD BE TESTED FOR
 COMPLIANCE IS PRESENTED. THE FIRST STEP IN EVALUATING INTERNAL CONTROLS IS
 AN ASSESSMENT OF THE CLIENT'S OVERALL CONTROLS. THE CLIENT'S CONTROL
 OBJECTIVES MUST BE EVALUATED. CONTROLS THAT ARE RELATED TO AUDIT OBJECTIVES
 SHOULD BE TESTED. AN INTERNAL CONTROL SHOULD BE TESTED FOR EFFECTIVENESS,
 COST-BENEFIT RELATIONSHIP AND REDUNDANCY.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; ACCOUNTING AUDIT; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; INTERNAL AUDIT; CONTROL
 AND PLANNING; CONTROL TECHNIQUES; 0556; 0059; 0625 0468; 0313; 0126
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 119
-A-
 174682 ACT80F0868
-W-
 'AND NOW, MR. AUDITOR, IT'S YOUR TURN--'.
 HARRISON, A.
 THE ACCOUNTANT, VOL.182, NO.5496, JUNE 12, 1980, P. 868-869., JRNL.
 WORKING MEN'S CLUBS IN GREAT BRITAIN ARE SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS WHICH REQUIRE
 A YEARLY AUDIT. THEY ARE COMMERCIAL ORGANIZATIONS, MAKING MONEY FOR
 NON-COMMERCIAL PROJECTS. THERE IS NO ACCOUNTING STANDARD, AND THE AUDITING
 CAN BE A TEST OF PATIENCE FOR AN AUDITOR.
-Desc-
 GREAT BRITAIN; AUDITING; ACCOUNTING AUDIT; FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING; FINANCIAL
 REPORT; INTERNAL AUDIT; 0047; 0059; 0059; 0693; 0168 0468
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 120
-A-
 174677 ACT80F0829
-W-
 THE NEW DYNAMIC OF FRENCH ACCOUNTING.
 COLLINS, L.
 THE ACCOUNTANT, VOL.182, NO.5495, JUNE 5, 1980, P. 829-831., JRNL.
 FRENCH ACCOUNTANTS AND THEIR ACCOUNTING PROFESSION ARE AMONG THE MOST
 SUCCESSFUL INTERNATIONALLY. THEY MAINTAIN A HIGH DEGREE OF PROFESSIONALISM
 AND EDUCATION. AUDITORS CANNOT PRACTICE AS ACCOUNTANTS, THEREFORE AUDITORS
 WILL LIKELY BECOME ACCOUNTANTS IN THE FUTURE. MEMBERSHIP IN THE PROFESSIONAL
 ORGANIZATION REQUIRES PASSING AN EXAMINATION AND PRESENTING A WRITTEN
 THESIS.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; FRANCE; GREAT BRITAIN; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; 0?56; 0415; 0047;
 0625
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 121
-A-
 173659 IAU80H0065
-W-
 IMPROVING PRODUCTIVITY IN YOUR INTERNAL AUDIT FUNCTION.
 GLOTZBACH, P.C.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.37, NO.4, AUG. 1980, P. 65-71., JRNL.
 MEASURING PRODUCTIVITY OF AN INTERNAL AUDIT DEPARTMENT IS THE MOST EFFECTIVE
 TOOL IN MAINTAINING GOOD PERFORMANCE. SPECIFIC STANDARDS AND AN ADEQUATE
 FEEDBACK SYSTEM ARE ESSENTIAL FOR PRODUCTIVITY MEASUREMENT. REALISTIC
 MEASUREMENTS CAN BE ESTABLISHED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF AUDITS, THE
 PROFICIENCY OF THE STAFF AND THE OVERALL MANAGEMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; INTERNAL AUDIT; PRODUCTIVITY; TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT;
 PERFORMANCE; 0556; 0468; 0662; 0273; 0249
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 122
-A-
 172569 MSU80N0057
-W-
 ILLEGAL PAYMENTS, DECEPTION OF AUDITORS, AND REPORTS ON INTERNAL CONTROL.
 RICCHIUTE, D.N.
 MSU BUSINESS TOPICS, VOL.28, NO.2, SPRING 1980, P. 57-62, BIBLIOG. 4, JRNL.
 SPECIAL FEATURES: BIBLIOG
 IN 1977 THE FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT WAS PASSED INTO LAW. THE OFFICE OF
 THE WATERGATE PROSECUTOR AND REVELATIONS FROM CORPORATIONS OF FOREIGN
 BRIBERY AND POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS INFLUENCED THE CREATION OF THE ACT. THE
 SEC HAS SINCE ADDED SOME PRONOUNCEMENTS INCLUDING PROHIBITING FALSIFICATION
 OF ACCOUNTING RECORDS, DECEPTION OF AUDITORS AND PUBLIC REPORTING OF
 ACCOUNTING CONTROLS BY MANAGEMENT OF CORPORATIONS. A CONTINUING REVIEW OF
 ACCOUNTING PROCEDURES BY CORPORATIONS WILL ASSURE COMPLIANCE WITH THE SEC
 AND THE FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; ACCOUNTING AUDIT; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; SEC; SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION; MANAGEMENT; INTERNAL AUDIT; BRIBE; CORPORATIONS;
 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING; BUSINESS ETHICS; CORRUPTION; 0556; 0059 ; 0625; 0676;
 0676; 0605; 0468; 0190; 0675; 0693; 0100; 0190
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 123
-A-
 172258 IA80F0019
-W-
 TAKING THE CLOSE LOOK AT YOUR INTERNAL CONTROLS.
 NOXON, L.A.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.37, NO.3, JUNE 1980, P. 19-25., JRNL.
 IN ORDER TO COMPLY WITH THE FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT OF 1977 (FCPA) AND
 THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION'S (SEC) SUBSEQUENT RELEASE TITLED
 'STATEMENT ON MANAGEMENT OF INTERNAL AUDIT CONTROL', BUSINESSES ARE
 REEVALUATING THEIR INTERNAL CONTROLS IN TERMS OF THE RELATIVE RISK
 ASSOCIATED WITH EACH. COMPLIANCE ALSO INVOLVES SOME CHANGE IN AUDIT
 TECHNIQUES. THE RESULT CAN BE SUBSTANTIAL SAVINGS FOR BUSINESS.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; ACCOUNTING AUDIT; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; AUDITING; INTERNAL
 AUDIT; SEC; 055?; 0059; 0625; 0059; 0468; 0676
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 124
-A-
 169854 MFI7920113
-W-
 INTERNAL AUDIT - AN ESSENTIAL ELEMENT OF GOOD MANAGEMENT.
 SHAW, J.C.
 MANAGERIAL FINANCE, VOL.5, NO.2, 1979, P. 113-126., JRNL.
 GREATER ACCOUNTABILITY IS BEING DEMANDED OF BUSINESS FIRMS IN THE UNITED
 KINGDOM, AS IN MOST INDUSTRIALIZED SOCIETIES. BUSINESS DECISIONS IN BOTH THE
 PUBLIC AND PRIVATE SECTOR INFLUENCE SOCIETY'S QUALITY OF LIFE AND THE
 STANDARD OF LIVING. THE ROLE OF INTERNAL AUDITING HAS BECOME CENTRAL TO
 ACCOUNTABILITY AND MANAGEMENT CONTROL. THE ESTABLISHMENT AND ORGANIZATION OF
 AN EFFECTIVE INTERNAL AUDITING FUNCTION ARE EXAMINED.
-Desc-
 INTERNAL AUDIT; MANAGEMENT; PUBLIC SECTOR; PRIVATE SECTOR; UNITED KINGDOM;
 RESOURCE ALLOCATION; PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT; ACCOUNTABILITY; MANAGEMENT
 CONTROL; 0468; 0605; 0460; 0940; 0047; 0641; 0458; 1035; 0591
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 125
-A-
 169538 IAU80D0073
-W-
 EXPANDING OPPORTUNITIES FOR INTERNAL AUDIT SERVICE.
 RITTENBERG, L.E.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.37, NO.2, APRIL 1980, P. 73-80., JRNL.
 NEW LEGISLATION AND RECOGNIZED PROFESSIONALISM HAVE PROVIDED EXPANDING
 OPPORTUNITIES FOR INTERNAL AUDITORS. INTERNAL CONTROL, FRAUD DETECTION, AND
 SECURITY HAVE ALSO INCREASED INTERNAL AUDIT SERVICE OPPORTUNITIES. INTERNAL
 AUDITORS MUST CONTINUALLY COMMUNICATE THEIR SKILLS AND POTENTIAL
 CONTRIBUTIONS TO TOP MANAGEMENT.
-Desc-
 AUDITING; INTERNAL AUDIT; PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS;
 0059; 0468; 0750; 0625
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 126
-A-
 169535 IAU80D0036
-W-
 THE CRUCIALITY AND MYSTIQUE OF INTERNAL AUDITING: LAST PREREQUISITES FOR
 PROFESSIONALISM
 DIERKS, P.A.; DAVIS, E.A.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.37, NO.2, APRIL 1980, P. 36-46., JRNL.
 ADOPTION OF THE STANDARDS FOR THE PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE OF INTERNAL AUDITING
 WAS THE FINAL STEP IN THE EVOLUTION OF INTERNAL AUDITING AS A PROFESSION. A
 RECOGNIZED PROFESSION REQUIRES SELF-REGULATION, ESTABLISHED TRAINING
 PROCEDURES, AND RESEARCH. THE MEMEBERS OF A PROFESSION MUST BE DEDICATED TO
 PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY AND CERTAIN STANDARDS OF SERVICE.
-Desc-
 AUDITING; INTERNAL AUDIT; TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT; PROFESSIONAL
 RESPONSIBILITY; 0059; 0468; 0273; 0750
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 127
-A-
 16?740 ACC80C0109
-W-
 THE AUDITOR'S ACCOUNTABILITY.
 WOOLF, E.
 ACCOUNTANCY, VOL.91, NO.1039, MARCH 1980, P. 109-110., JRNL.
 SHAREHOLDER AND CLIENT DEMANDS FOR ACCOUNTABILITY HAVE PLACED INCREASING
 PRESSURE ON AUDITORS. aUDITORS MUST MEET THE NEEDS OF FINANCIAL REPORT USERS
 WITHOUT OFFENDING CORPORATE CLIENTS. A THIRD COMPLICATING ACTOR IS THE
 AUDITOR'S COMMITMENT TO PROFESSIONALISM AND PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTING
 STANDARDS.
-Desc-
 FINANCIAL REPORT; ACCOUNTABILITY; AUDITING; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS;
 PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY; 0168; 1035; 0059; 0625; 0750
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 128
-A-
 165648 MAB79L0049
-W-
 THE CHANGING ROLE OF THE AUDITOR AND INTERNAL CONTROLS.
 HUDSON, E.F.
 MAGAZINE OF BANK ADMINISTRATION, VOL.55, NO.12, DEC. 1979, P. 49-50.
 THE ISSUANCE OF THE STATEMENT OF PRINCIPLE AND STANDARDS FOR INTERNAL
 AUDITING IN THE BANKING INDUSTRY CAN BE CREDITED WITH ESTABLISHING AN
 INTERNAL AUDITING PROFESSION THAT WILL HAVE A SIGNIFICANT IMPACT ON BANKING
 IN THE 1980S. THE EMPHASIS ON EXPENSE CONTROL IN THE FUTURE MEANS THAT
 AUDITORS MAY BE OPERATING WITH REDUCED BUDGETS COMBINED WITH INCREASED
 EXPECTATION OF THEIR PERFORMANCE BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. THE INTERNAL
 AUDITOR HAS THE POTENTIAL TO IDENTIFY COST-CUTTING AND COST-AVOIDANCE AS
 WELL AS INCOME-IMPROVING OPPORTUNITIES.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; AUDITING; BANKS AND BANKING; INTERNAL AUDIT; 0556; 0059; 0001;
 0468
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 129
-A-
 164984 IAU80B0053
-W-
 RECRUITING AND DEVELOPING INTERNAL AUDITORS.
 DE MARCO, V.F.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.37, NO.1, FEB. 1980, P. 53-57.
 INCREASED GOVERNMENT REGULATION AND SURVEILLANCE HAS SUBSEQUENTLY INCREASED
 THE NEED FOR AND IMPORTANCE OF INTERNAL AUDITORS. RECRUITMENT OF QUALIFIED
 INTERNAL AUDITORS, AND EFFECTIVE PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT ARE CRITICAL
 MANAGEMENT PRIORITIES. EQUALLY CRITICAL IS THE COORDINATION OF A
 PROFESSIONAL INTERNAL AUDIT PROGRAM WITH OTHER BUSINESS FUNCTIONS.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTABILITY; ACCOUNTING; GOVERNMENT REGULATION; HUMAN RESOURCE
 DEVELOPMENT; INTERNAL AUDIT; PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY; RECRUITMENT;
 TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT; 1035; 0556; 0188; 0007; 0468; 0750; 0266; 0273
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 130
-A-
 164983 IAU80B0036
-W-
 BEHAVIORALLY BASED PERFORMANCE APPRAISALS.
 BARDEN, R.S.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.37, NO.1, FEB. 1980, P. 36-43.
 INTERNAL AUDIT PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT IS OFTEN INADEQUATE BECAUSE OF OVERLY
 GENERAL PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL STANDARDS. A MORE ACCURATE EVALUATION
 TECHNIQUE IS BEHAVIORALLY BASED PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL. THE BEHAVIOR APPROACH
 PROVIDES AN EMPLOYEE WITH OBJECTIVE, SPECIFIC GUIDANCE FOR PERFORMANCE
 IMPROVEMENT.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; EMPLOYEE BEHAVIOR; HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT; INTERNAL AUDIT;
 MANAGEMENT; PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL; PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT; 0556; 0958; 0007;
 0468; 0605; 0527; 0458
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 131
-A-
 164982 IAU80B0029
-W-
 QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION: A NEW RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE INTERNAL
 AUDITOR.
 RECKERS, P.M.J.; PANY, K.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.37, NO.1, FEB. 1980, P. 29-35, BIBLIOG. 9
 THE INTERNAL AUDITOR CAN HAVE A SIGNIFICANT INFLUENCE ON EFFECTIVE AUDITS BY
 OUTSIDE CPAS. NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS REGARDING QUARTERLY FINANCIAL
 INFORMATION WILL FURTHER INCREASE OPPORTUNITIES FOR INTERNAL AUDITORS TO
 ASSIST CPAS. THE INTERNAL AUDITOR MUST ESTABLISH INDEPENDENCE AND
 OBJECTIVITY FOR MAXIMUM EFFECTIVENESS.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; AUDITING; CPA; DISCLOSURE ; FINANCIAL
 REPORT; INTERNAL AUDIT; 0556; 0625; 0059; 0732; 0761; 0168; 0468
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 132
-A-
 164981 IAU80B003
-W-
 THE CHANGING ROLE OF THE INTERNAL AUDITOR.
 BRISTON, R.J.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.37, NO.1, FEB. 1980, P. 23-28.
 EFFECTIVE INTERNAL AUDITORS HAVE CONTROL/PLANNING RESPONSIBILITIES AS WELL
 AS FINANCIAL DUTIES. THE REMENT EMPHASIS IS FOR INTERNAL AUDITORS TO
 PARTICIPATE ACTIVELY IN MANAGEMENT DECISION MAKING. BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS
 SHOULD STRIVE TO MAKE THE INTERNAL AUDIT AN INTEGRAL PART OF ORGANIZATIONAL
 CONTROL AND PLANNING.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; AUDITING; CONTROL AND PLANNING; DECISION MAKING ; INTERNAL
 AUDIT; MANAGEMENT; PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY; 0556; 0059; 0313 ; 0494;
 0468; 0605; 0750
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 133
-A-
 164980 IAU80B0020
-W-
 PROFESSIONAL INTERNAL AUDITOR WANTED - NO ACCOUNTING EXPERIENCE NECESSARY.
 MORRIS, N.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.37, NO.1, FEB. 1980, P. 20-22.
 SUCCESSFUL INTERNAL AUDITORS MUST HAVE SPECIFIC TRAINING AND PREPARATION AND
 CAREER DEVELOPMENT, BUT SPECIFIC STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL TRAINING AND
 PERFORMANCE ARE NON-EXISTENT. TOO OFTEN ANY ACCOUNTING TYPE BACKGROUND IS
 CONSIDERED PROPER PREPARATION FOR AN INTERNAL AUDITING CAREER. IDEALLY
 INTERNAL AUDITORS SHOULD HAVE PROFICIENT UNDERSTANDING OF MANAGEMENT,
 ECONOMICS, BUSINESS LAW, QUANTITATIVE METHODS, AND FINANCE/ACCOUNTING.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; AUDITING; CAREER DEVELOPMENT; FINANCE; HUMAN RESOURCE
 DEVELOPMENT; INTERNAL AUDIT; MANAGEMENT; PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY;
 QUANTITATIVE METHODS; TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT; 0556; 0059 0110; 0164; 0007;
 04?8; 0605; 0750; 0008; 0273
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 134
-A-
 163960 ACC79L0132
-W-
 HAS AUDITING EVOLVED INTO A SEPARATE PROFESSION
 WORTH, B.
 ACCOUNTANCY, VOL.90, NO.1036, DEC. 1979, P. 132-133.
 WHILE ACCOUNTANCY ENCOMPASSES A NECESSARY VARIETY OF SKILLS, THE PROPOSITION
 IS PRESENTED THAT AUDITING IS UNIQUE WITHIN THE PROFESSION AND IF PERMITED
 TO REMAIN AN INTEGRAL PART OF IT WILL DESTROY ITS EFFECTIVENESS. THE
 EVOLUTION OF THE MEANING OF AUDITING IS TRACED. IN THE NAME OF PUBLIC
 INTEREST, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS
 CONSIDER THE ESTABLISHMENT OF AN INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED AUDITORS FOR THOSE
 WHO FUNCION PREDOMINANTLY AS EXTERNAL INDEPENDENT AUDITORS.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; ACCOUNTING AUDIT; AUDITING; GOVERNMENT REGULATION; INTERNAL
 AUDIT; PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY; 0556; 0059; 0059; 0188; 0468; 0750
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 135
-A-
 163665 MAA79K0039
-W-
 HOW WE COMPLY WITH THE FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT.
 MCQUEARY, G.M.II; RISDON, M.P.
 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING, VOL.61 NO.5, NOV. 1979, P. 39-43.
 THE FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT OF 1977 HAS FORCED MANY CORPORATIONS TO
 REVSE OR IMPLEMENT BETTER INTERNAL SYSTEMS AND INTERNAL AUDIT PROCEDURES.
 OUTSIDE AUDITORS MUST ALSO BE COGNIZANT OF THE ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 PROVISIONS OF THE ACT. CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLYING WITH THE ACT
 IS ABSOLUTELY DEPENDENT ON EFFECTIVE INTERNAL ACCOUNTING CONTROLS.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; AUDITING; CONTROL TECHNIQUES; CORPORATE
 RESPONSIBILITY; INTERNAL AUDIT; 0556; 0625; 0059; 0126; 0128; 0468
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 136
-A-
 163492 IAU790017
-W-
 A MICROSCOPIC VIEW OF THE 1979 CIA EXAMINATION.
 WHITE, R.A.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.36, NO.6, DEC. 1979, P. 17-22.
 A DESCRIPTION OF THE FORMAT OF CIA (CERTIFIED INTERNAL AUDITOR) EXAMINATIONS
 AND HELPFUL HINTS FOR CANDIDATES PREPARING FOR THIS TEST ARE GIVEN. AN
 INSIGHT INTO THE INTERNAL AUDITING PROFESSION ASWELL AS THE KNOWLEDGE
 REQUIRED TO BE CERTIFIED ARE PROVIDED. QUANTITATIVE QUESTIONS AND STUDY
 MATERIALS ARE BRIEFLY DESCRIBED.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; AUDITING; EDUCATION; HUMAN RESOURCE
 DEVELOPMENT; INTARNAL AUDIT; TEACHING; TESTING; 0556; 0625; 0059; 0034;
 0007; 0468; 0906; 0956
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 137
-A-
 163487 IAU79J0049
-W-
 INTERNAL AUDITING IN AN INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENT.
 MANN, R.W.; REDMAYNE, D.H.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.36, NO.5, OCT. 1979, P. 49-54.
 THE BACKGROUND OF AUDITING IN EUROPE AND THE UNITED KINGDOM IS DESCRIBED.
 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR AUDITING PRACTICE ARE GIVEN. DIFFERENCES IN SOCIAL
 PRACTICES, LOCAL LAWS, BANKING PRACTICES, LEGAL STRUCTURES, AND ACCOUNTING
 METHODS ARE EXPLAINED.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; AUDITING EUROPE; INTERNAL AUDIT;
 INTERNATIONAL; LAW; UNITED KINGDOM; 0556; 0625; 0059; 0053 0468; 0009; 0223;
 0047
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 138
-A-
 163484 IAU79J0028
-W-
 THE INTERNAL AUDITING PROFESSION: CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES.
 SAMPSON, A.C.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.36, NO.5, OCT. 1979, P. 28-34.
 THE INCREASING FOCUS ON CORPORATE ACCOUNTABILITY, ESPECIALLY THROUGH
 LEGISLATION SUCH AS THE FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT, WILL RESULT IN
 INCREASING RESPONSIBILITY, CHALLENGE, AND VISIBILITY FOR THE INTERNAL
 AUDITING PROFESSION. THE INSTITUTE OF INTERNAL AUDITORS MUST ASSUME A
 POSITION OF LEADERSHIP TO ENSURE THAT THE PROFESSION IS RESPONSIVE TO ITS
 CHANGING ROLE. INDIVIDUALS MUST ACT WITH COMPETENCE AND PROFESSIONALISM TO
 CONVERT THE CHALLENGES TO OPPORTUNITIES.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTABILITY ACCOUNTING; AUDITING; INTERNAL AUDIT; MANAGEMENT;
 PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY; STANDARDIZATION; 1035; 0556; 005; 0468; 0605;
 0750; 0984
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 139
-A-
 163483 IAU79J0018
-W-
 CREDIBILITY REQUIRES LEADERSHIP.
 BROWN, C.L.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.36, NO.5, OCT. 1979, P. 18-27.
 THE FUTURE OF THE INTERNAL AUDITING PROFESSION IS EXAMINED. THE LONG-RANGE
 GOALS FOR THE INSTITUTE OF INTERNAL AUDITORS ARE EXPLAINED. LEADERSHIP
 WITHIN THE PROFESSION IS NECESSARY IF THE DESIRED LEVEL OF CREDIBILITY WITH
 COMPANIES, BOARD MEMBERS, THE GENERAL PUBLIC AND OTHER PROFESSIONAL GROUPS
 IS TO BE ATTAINED.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; AUDITING; CREDIBILITY; GOALS AND OBJECTIVES; INTERNAL AUDIT;
 LEADERSHIP; MANAGEMENT; PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY; 0556; 0059; 0740; 0251;
 0468; 0608; 0605; 0750
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 140
-A-
 162046 IAU79H0015
-W-
 THE FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT AND INTERNAL AUDITOR.
 BRADT, J.D.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.36, NO.4, AUG. 1979, P. 15-20.
 A DISCUSSION IS PRESENTED OF PUBLIC REPORTING, INTERNAL ACCOUNTING CONTROL
 AND RECORD-KEEPING PROVISIONS OF THE FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT (FCPA).
 COMPLIANCE STANDARDS PRESCRIBED BY THE FCPA AND THE INTERNAL AUDITOR'S ROLE
 IN THIS PROCESS ARE ANALYZED. THE EVALUATION OF INTERNAL CONTROLS, THE
 ESTABLISHMENT OF GOALS AND OBJECTIVES IN ADDITION TO INTERNAL AUDIT
 RESPONSIBILITIES ARE EXAMINED IN THE FRAMEWORK OF THE ACT.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; AUDITING; BRIBE; DISCLOSURE; FINANCIAL REPORT; FOREIGN
 INVESTMENT; FOREIGN TRADE; GOALS AND OBJECTIVES; INTERNAL AUDIT;
 INTERNATIONAL; MANAGEMENT; SEC; 0556; 0059; 0190; 0761; 0168; 0715; 0176;
 025; 0468; 0009; 0605; 0676
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 141
-A-
 162041 IAU79F0060
-W-
 HAVE THE INTERNAL AUDITORS ARRIVED
 STETTLER, H.F
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.36, NO.3, JUNE 1979, P. 60-69.
 INTERNAL AUDITING CLEARLY LAGS BEHIND PUBLIC ACCOUNTING AS A RECOGNIZED
 PROFESSION WHICH REQUIRES SPECIALIZED TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION. SPECIFIC
 AREAS OF WEAKNESS IN PROFESSIONALISM ARE CAREER ENTRY POINT, EDUCATION AND
 CERTIFICATION, MORE EXPOSURE TO TOP MANAGEMENT, AND BETTER ADVANCEMENT
 OPPORTUNITIES. INTERNAL AUDITORS DO HAVE A CERTIFIED EXAM REQUIREMENT AND
 MUST ADHERE TO UNIFORM ACCOUNTING STANDARDS.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; AUDITING; CPA; INTERNAL AUDIT;
 PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY; 0556; 0625; 0059; 0732; 0468; 0750
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 142
-A-
 162034 IAU78J0100
-W-
 THE AUDITOR AND EDP DEVELOPMENT
 CONWAY, B.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.35, NO.5, OCT. 1978, P. 100-105.
 WHILE MUCH HAS BEEN WRITTEN ABOUT INVOLVING AUDITORS IN DESIGNING CONTROLS
 INTO DATA PRECESSING SYSTEMS, THAT FUNCTION IS PROPERLY THE RESPONSIBILITY
 OF LINE FUNCTIONAL MANAGERS. THE ROLE OF THE AUDITOR IS IN EVALUATING THE
 ADEQUACY OF CONTROLS AND NOT IN CONTROL DESIGN. RATHER THAN ASSIGNING
 AUDITORS TO DEVELOPMENT TEAMS, IT IS MORE EFFICIENT TO HAVE THEM TEACH
 FUNCTIONAL USERS AND SYSTEMS DESIGNERS THE ACCEPTABLE STANDARDS FOR CONTROL,
 THEN EVALUATE WHAT THEY DEVELOP.
-Desc-
 AUDITING; CONTROL AND PLANNING; CONTROL TECHNIQUES; DATA PROCESSING;
 EDUCATION; INTERNAL AUDIT; LINE FUNCTION; MANAGEMENT; MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS;
 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS; 0059; 0313; 0126; 0495; 0034; 0468 0049; 0605; 06?0; 0909
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 143
-A-
 162029 IAU78J0060
-W-
 THE CASE FOR THE INTERNAL AUDITOR IN LOCAL GOVERNMENT.
 ATKISSON, R.M.; CHAIT, E.P.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.35, NO.5, OCT. 1978, P. 60-68.
 THE TWO-YEAR STUDY OF INTERNAL AUDITING IN LOCAL GOVERNMENT CONDUCTED BY A
 COMMITTEE COMPOSED OF REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE MUNICIPAL FINANCE OFFICERS
 ASSOCIATION, THE INSTITUTE OF INTERNAL AUDITORS, AND PRICE WATERHOUSE AND
 CO. IS DISCUSSED. RESULTS OF THE STUDY OF FORTY-SIX LOCAL GOVERNMENTS IN THE
 UNITED STATES AND CANADA REVEALED EIGHT DISTINCT SERVICES WHICH INTERNAL
 AUDITORS COULD PERFORM FOR LOCAL GOVERNMENT, POTENTIALLY RESULTING IN COST
 SAVINGS, IMPROVED OPERATIONS AND GREATER PUBLIC ACCOUNTABILITY. EXPANDED USE
 OF INTERNAL AUDITORS ON THE LOCAL LEVEL IS RECOMMENDED.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTABILITY; AUDITING; COST SAVING; EFFICIENCY; INTERNAL AUDIT; LOCAL
 GOVERNMENT; MANAGEMENT; MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT; PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION; 1035;
 0059; 0615; 0662; 0468; 0924; 0605; 0504; 0005
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 144
-A-
 162027 IAU78J0045
-W-
 THE EMERGING RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INTERNAL AUDITOR.
 WILLIAMS, H.M.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.35, NO.5, OCT. 1978, P. 45-52.
 IN HIS ADDRESS BEFORE THE THIRTY-SEVENTH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF THE
 INSTITUTE OF INTERNAL AUDITORS, HAROLD M. WILLIAMS, CHAIRMAN OF THE SEC,
 DISCUSSED THE ROLE OF THE INTERNAL AUDITOR IN ACHIEVING GREATER CORPORATE
 ACCOUNTABILITY AND CREDIBILITY. HE PRAISED THE ADOPTION OF THE INSTITUTE'S
 "STANDARDS FOR THE PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE OF INTERNAL AUDITING" AS AN
 IMPORTANT STEP IN THE GROWTH OF THE PROFESSION. THE UNIQUE INSIGHT OF
 INTERNAL  AUDITORS WILL BE INVALUABLE FOR COMPANIES IN ESTABLISHING
 COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICE ACT OF 1977 AND IN IMPLEMENTING
 PROPOSED AICPA RECOM
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; AICPA; AUDITING; BUSINESS ETHICS; CREDIBILITY; GOVERNMENT
 REGULATION; GOVERNMENT REGULATION; INTERNAL AUDIT; LEGISLATION; PROFESSIONAL
 RESPONSIBILITY; SELF REGULATION; 0556; 0625; 0059; 0100; 0740 0188; 0188;
 0468; 0188; 0750; 0401
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 145
-A-
 162026 IAU78J005
-W-
 ACCEPTANCE DEMANDS CREDIBILITY.
 HARMEYER, W.J.
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.35, NO.5, OCT. 1978, P. 35-44.
 IN JUNE, 1978, W. JAMES HARMEYER, CIA, DIRECTOR OF INTERNAL AUDITING AT THE
 CALIFORNIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY IN PASADENA, CALIFORNIA, WAS ELECTED
 PRESIDENT OF THE INSTITUTE OF INTERNAL AUDITORS AT ITS THIRTY-SEVENTH
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE. THE THEME OF HIS ACCEPTANCE SPEECH WAS TO URGE
 INTERNAL AUDITORS TO IMPROVE THEIR CREDIBILITY IN TERMS OF TECHNOLOGICAL
 ADVANCES, PUBLIC IMAGE AND PROFESSIONAL ORIENTATION. THE CURRENT WAVE OF
 PUBLIC CONCERN OVER FINANCIAL INTEGRITY IN LL AREAS OF BUSINESS PROVIDES
 EXPANDED OPPORTUNITIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE INTERNAL AUDITING
 PROFESSION
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; ACCOUNTING AUDIT; AUDITING; COMPUTER; CREDIBILITY; INTERNAL
 AUDIT; MANAGEMENT; PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY; SELF REGULATION; SYSTEMS
 ANALYSIS; TECHNOLOGY; 0556; 0059; 0059; 0497; 0740; 0468; 0605; 0750; 0401;
 0909; 0433
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 146
-A-
 162025 IAU78J0009
-W-
 STANDARDS FOR THE PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE OF INTERNA AUDITINANON
 INTERNAL AUDITOR, VOL.35, NO.5, OCT. 1978, P. 9-30.
 AT THE THIRTY-SEVENTH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE IN SAN FRANCISCO, THE
 INSTITUTE OF INTERNAL AUDITORS' BOARD OF DIRECTORS ADOPTED ITS FIRST SET OF
 STANDARDS FOR THE PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE OF INTERNAL AUDITING. THE STANDARDS,
 THE RESULTS OF THREE YEARS OF RESEARCH, COVER SUCH AREAS AS THE
 INDEPENDENCE, PROFESSIONAL PROFICIENCY AND MANAGEMENT OF THE AUDIT
 DEPARTMENT AND THE SCOPE AND PERFORMANCE OF AUDIT WORK. ORGANIZATIONS ARE
 ENCOURAGED TO USE THE STANDARDS TO GUIDE AND EVALUATE THEIR INTERNAL AUDIT
 PROGRAMS.
-Desc-
 AUDITING; INTERNAL AUDIT; MANAGEMENT; MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS PERFORMANCE;
 PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITY; 0059; 0468; 0605; 0620; 0249; 0750
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 147
-A-
 160460 ACC79I0095
-W-
 THE BOUNDARIES OF INTERNAL AUDITING.
 HIBBERT, G.; GRAHAM, M.
 ACCOUNTANCY, VOL.90, NO.1033, SEPT. 1979, P. 95-100.
 INTERNAL AUDITS ARE IMPORTANT IN MAINTAINING ADEQUATE CORPORATE CONTROL AND
 PLANNING. AN EFFECTIVE AUDIT FUNCTION MUST HAVE CLEARLY DEFINED OBJECTIVES,
 STANDARDS, AND INFORMATION FLOW. INTERNAL AUDIT BOUNDARIES ARE DEPENDENT ON
 ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE, SIZE, AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; AUDITING; INTERNAL AUDIT; PLANNING; 0556; 0059 0468; 0251
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 148
-A-
 158050 ACC79H0110
-W-
 HOW MUCH CAN YOU RELY ON THE INTERNAL AUDITOR
 HATHERLY, D.
 ACCOUNTANCY, VOL.90, NO.1032, AUG. 1979, P. 110-111.
 THE VED DRAFT STATEMENT, EFFECT OF AN INTERNAL AUDIT FUNCTION ON THE SCOPE
 OF THE INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S EXAMINATION, ATTEMPTS TO FORMALIZE THE
 INTERNAL-EXTERNAL AUDITOR RELATIONSHIP. THE DRAFT STATEMENT DOES NOT
 ADEQUATELY DEFINE EXTERNAL AUDITOR RELIANCE ON INTERNAL AUDITS.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; AUDITING; FINANCIAL REPORT; INTERNAL
 AUDIT; 0556; 0625; 0059; 0168; 0468
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 149
-A-
 157753 MAB79G0035
-W-
 COMPLYING WITH THE ACCOUNTING PROVISIONS OF THE FCPA.
 BALASKOVITS, J.J.
 MAGAZINE OF BANK ADMINISTRATION, VOL.55, NO.7, JULY 1979, P. 35-37.
 THE FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT HAS MADE RECORD KEEPING AND INTERNAL
 AUDITS IMPORTANT BANK RESPONSIBILITIES. ONLY CERTAIN TYPES OF BANKS WILL BE
 INCLUDED UNDER THE ACT'S ACCOUNTING STANDARDS PROVISIONS.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; BANKS AND BANKING; CORRUPTION; FINANCE;
 FRAUD; INTERNAL AUDIT; RECORD KEEPING; 0556; 0625; 0001; 0190; 0164; 0668;
 0468; 0213
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 019:075 150
-A-
 157450 FEX79G0050
-W-
 THE TOP-DOWN APPROACH.
 DEVOS, B.H.
 FINANCIAL EXECUTIVE, VOL.47, NO.7, JULY 1979, P. 50-56.
 AN EFFECTIVE INTERNAL AUDIT AND CONTROL SYSTEM THAT MEETS FOREIGN CORRUPT
 PRACTICES ACT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS SHOULD BEGIN WITH TOP MANAGEMENT
 DIRECTION. TOP MANAGEMENT MUST ASSESS AND MEET CONTROL SYSTEM NEEDS AND
 IMPLEMENT THE APPROPRIATE PROGRAMS.
-Desc-
 ACCOUNTING; ACCOUNTING STANDARDS; CONTROL TECHNIQUES; INTERNAL AUDIT;
 MANAGEMENT; 0556; 0625; 0126; 0468; 0605
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 1
-A-
 86002485
-W-
 Issues and Proposals for Improved Disclosure in Banking
 Gilbert, Gary G.
 Issues in Bank Regulation v9n2 PP: 21-24 Autumn 1985
-ISSN-
 0164-7725
-JrnlCode-
 IRG
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The notion of promoting market discipline on excessive risk-taking by banks
 through public disclosure has received attention recently in federal deposit
 insurance studies. One disclosure method is the disclosure of
 examination-related data. Certain qualifications of this method to note are
 that: 1. it does not reveal the process of deterioration and potential for
 improvement of bank performance, 2. a regulatory judgment on a bank's
 condition could cause an undesirable overreaction in the market, and 3.
 legitimate concerns exist about the disclosure of too much information. Two
 alternative forms of disclosure are: 1. a standardized format for
 depositories to use to report financial ratios, trends, and performance, and
 2. uniform guidelines for the disclosure of the diversification of domestic
 and foreign loans. References.
-Desc-
 Financial reporting; Disclosure; Banking industry; Bank examinations;
 Proposals; Improvements
 CLASS. CODES: 8100 (CN=Financial services industry); 4120 (CN=Accounting
 policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 2
-A-
 86001052
-W-
 Whosoever You Be Let Your Funds Flow Free
 Smith, Alan F.
 Management Accounting (UK) v63n10 PP: 25-28 Nov 1985
 -CODEN-
 MATGBA
-ISSN-
 0025-1682 JRNL CODE: MAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Funds flow statements are an accepted part of the financial reports
 presented to shareholders, but assessing their benefits can be difficult due
 to the use of different definitions of funds. Many feel that a standardized
 format encompassing a single definition of funds could solve this problem,
 but this requires a consensus as to which definition of funds is most
 acceptable. Since firms do not operate in a static state, many argue that
 net working capital funds flow cannot be equated with cashflows and,
 therefore, that the reporting of actual cashflows is a better method.
 However, this is correct only for certain circumstances. When evaluating a
 company's freedom to make significant financial decisions and to withstand
 adversity, overemphasis on the funds from operations can be misleading. The
 impact of past operations must clearly play a part in making these
 evaluations on the firm's strategies and current system. Management should
 be free to choose the definition of funds flow deemed most appropriate for
 the company's situation even to the point of eliminating it altogether if
 the information is redundant. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 UK; Funds statements; Cash flow; Net; Working capital; Management
 accounting
 CLASS. CODES: 9170 (CN=Non-US); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures);
 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 3
-A-
 85039707
-W-
 Governmental Fund Operating Results: 3 Formats -- Why the Order of Data
 Presentation and the Subtotals Matter
 Freeman, Robert J.; Shoulders, Craig D.
 Jrnl of Accountancy v160n5 PP: 110-121 Nov 1985
 -CODEN-
 JACYAD
-ISSN-
 0021-8448
-JrnlCode-
 JAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Governmental Accounting Standards Board outlines 3 alternative formats
 for operating statements of state and local governments' funds. Although the
 first presentation is the only format that presents the excess of revenues
 over (under) expenditures, comparison of revenues and expenditures may not
 be significant in terms of an individual governmental fund or fund type and,
 in fact, may be misleading. Although the 2nd presentation is attractive in
 that only key operating subtotal reported can usually be compared
 appropriately with that of a specific governmental fund or fund type of
 other similar governments, it hinders the comparison of revenues and
 expenditures. The primary advantage of the 3rd presentation is its
 consistency with the typical logic and approach applied in governmental fund
 financial planning and budgeting. However, it not only hinders the
 comparison of revenues and expenses, it also does not report any operations
 subtotal that indicates success or failure during the period. Tables.
 Charts.
-Desc-
 Governmental accounting; Accounting standards; Financial statements;
 Financial reporting; Accounting procedures
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies &
 procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 4
-A-
 85037652
-W-
 Changes to Statement of Changes
 Marinucci, Sam
 CA Magazine (Canada) v118n10 PP: 68-72 Oct 1985
 -CODEN-
 CCHAA5
-ISSN-
 0317-6878
-JrnlCode-
 CCA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 New recommendations to amend Canada's statement of changes in financial
 position were recently approved. The recommendations focus on reporting cash
 and cash equivalents. Cash flows should be classified by operating,
 financing, and investing activities, although dividends may be disclosed
 separately. All financing and investing activities should be disclosed,
 including noncash transactions since they affect the capital and asset
 structure. The recommendations represent a change in presentation rather
 than a change in accounting policy. An exposure draft issued prior to
 approval of the recommendations gathered comments from various sources.
 Suggestions offered by respondents that were not incorporated in the new
 recommendations include: 1. disclosure of unused credit lines and cash flow
 restrictions within consolidated organizations, 2. disclosure of per-share
 figures, and 3. provision of examples. Tables.
-Desc-
 Canada; Accounting procedures; Funds statements; Disclosure
 CLASS. CODES: 9170 (CN=Non-US); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 5
-A-
 85034284
-W-
 Taking the ''Numb'' Out of Numbers
 Konte, Sandra Hansen
 Association & Society Manager v17n6 PP: 18-19 Oct/Nov 1985
-ISSN-
 0004-5292
-JrnlCode-
 ASM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Both slides and overhead transparencies can be used effectively by
 association managers to enliven financial presentations made to members.
 However, presenting managers also should keep in mind certain basic rules:
 1. Identify audience members' functions, motivations, familiarity with the
 subject matter, and expectations. 2. Outline key points for audience
 retention and the most effective modes of presentation. 3. Strive for a
 complex visual presentation through such techniques as highlighting,
 progressive disclosure, or graphs. 4. Ensure that the visual is large enough
 to be read by everyone in the audience, and avoid the mixture of horizontal
 and vertical slides. 5. Use color whenever possible, particularly bright,
 vibrant hues that aid audience comprehension. 6. Pad the presentation with
 title slides, transparencies, or material featuring textbook or magazine
 photographs to break the monotony. 7. Use special effects and supportive
 equipment to maximum benefit.
-Desc-
 Associations; Presentation; Visual aids; Skills; Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 6
-A-
 85034079
-W-
 Preparing Financial Reports for Directors
 Anderson, Charles A.; Anthony, Robert N.
 Jrnl of Accountancy v160n4 PP: 153-159 Oct 1985
 -CODEN-
 JACYAD
-ISSN-
 0021-8448
-JrnlCode-
 JAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Financial reports prepared for directors should differ from those prepared
 for shareholders and managers because the information needs of directors are
 different. Directors need to evaluate company performance against plan, and
 their reports should: 1. be able to be quickly analyzed, 2. explain numbers,
 and 3. be frank. These needs can be met by reports that include the
 following elements: 1. breakdown of the organization into reporting units,
 2. actual numbers compared with budgeted performance, 3. estimates for the
 whole year, 4. prior-year amounts if budget amounts are subject to
 uncertainty, 5. a focus on key income statement items, 6. all items that
 affect net income, 7. nonaccounting numbers only, 8. key balance sheet
 numbers, 9. breakdown of marketing variance into sales volume and marketing
 variances, 10. variances in discretionary cost items, 11. timely
 information, 12. no unnecessary written explanations, 13. concise unit
 reports, and 14. consistent format and content for unit reports. Charts.
-Desc-
 Boards of directors; Financial reporting; Factors; Specifications;
 Requirements
 CLASS. CODES: 2110 (CN=Boards of directors); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies &
 procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 7
-A-
 85033484
-W-
 Trends in the Disclosure of Extraordinary Items and Cumulative Effects
 Herring, Hartwell C., III; Jacobs, Fred A.
 Ohio CPA Jrnl v44n3 PP: 11-14 Summer 1985
 -CODEN-
 OCPAA7
-ISSN-
 0030-0837
-JrnlCode-
 OCP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Determining where those reasonably rare cases of unusual gain or loss should
 be disclosed as an extraordinary item can be a complex process. The
 practitioner must be particularly alert not only to their occurrence, but
 also to the special presentation disclosure needed. Data studied in this
 area indicate a number of trends, including: 1. the marked increase in the
 number of debt extinguishing transactions, and 2. the disclosure of
 litigation settlement losses. The key to classification of these items is
 that they must meet the dual criteria in Accounting Principles Bulletin 30:
 1. The item possesses a high degree of abnormality. 2. The item is of the
 type that would not normally be expected to occur. The cumulative effects of
 an accounting change and debt extinguishment transactions are clearly
 discretionary in nature. The frequency of those events, their noncash
 nature, and their almost universally favorable effect on net income have led
 to criticisms. For example, the noncash nature of these discriminatory
 transactions demand that they be reported in footnotes and that accounting
 changes be acceptable from a quality-of-earnings standpoint. Tables.
 References.
-Desc-
 Financial reporting; Disclosure; Extraordinary items; Trends ; Cumulative;
 Effects; Studies
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 8
-A-
 85031860
-W-
 Financial Statements Help Promote Efficiency and Effectiveness in
 Government
 Sato, Frank S.
 Government Accountants Jrnl v34n2 PP: 41-42 Summer 1985
-ISSN-
 0014-9004
-JrnlCode-
 GAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: Assn. of Government Accountants, 727 S. 23rd St., Arlington, VA
 22202
 Financial statements are meant to provide information to users in making
 decisions about the allocation of resources and in assessing the
 effectiveness of implementing management decisions. Conceptual arguments
 against the use of financial statements for evaluating management
 performance within the government narrowly interpret the purpose of those
 statements. In government, financial statements have greater importance than
 in the private sector because of the number and variety of financial users.
 The information needs of these users include: 1. Under the goal of
 facilitating resource allocation decisions, interests turn on organizational
 and period allocations. 2. Under the goal of enabling an assessment of
 management's efficiency and effectiveness in resource allocation,
 information needs turn on appropriate use of resources. Also of interest is
 the level of information reporting within and between organizational lines
 and performance periods. The new General Accounting Office's Title 2
 requirements for annual financial statements reflect the need for full
 disclosure through financial statements to enhance the effectiveness of
 agencies' operations.
-Desc-
 Governmental accounting; Financial statements; Efficiency; Effectiveness;
 Government agencies
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies &
 procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 9
-A-
 85031859
-W-
 Implementing Title 2 at the Department of Housing and Urban Development
 Sholedice, Thomas D.
 Government Accountants Jrnl v34n2 PP: 37-40 Summer 1985
-ISSN-
 0014-9004
-JrnlCode-
 GAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: Assn. of Government Accountants, 727 S. 23rd St., Arlington, VA
 22202
 As basic improvements to meet the needs of operational management have been
 accomplished over the years at the Department of Housing and Urban
 Development (HUD), the agency has begun an effort to improve its external
 financial reporting. The General Accounting Office's newly revised Title 2
 provides a new challenge in this area. In addition, new directions for the
 agency financial management system have come from the Office of Management
 and Budget in the form of Circular A-127. Implementation by HUD of Title 2
 and A-127 will be difficult, however, as questions remain concerning: 1.
 which entities should produce financial statements, 2. which principles the
 entities should follow, 3. what format the statements will take, and 4.
 which systems will be integrated to produce the financial information and
 how the systems will generate the required information. HUD's plans in each
 of these areas are reviewed. The system issues are most complex; HUD is
 reviewing the nature of its systems and their interrelationships so as to
 define the financial management system in accordance with A-127. Charts.
-Desc-
 HUD; Case studies; Government agencies; Governmental accounting; Financial
 management; Financial reporting; Compliance; Requirements; Implementations;
 Financial statements
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies &
 procedures); 9550 (CN=Public sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 10
-A-
 85031426
-W-
 Contingencies and Unasserted Claims: Adequate Answers?
 Austin, Kenneth R.; Strawser, Robert; Mixon, Henry
 CPA Jrnl v55n9 PP: 48-58 Sep 1985
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0732-8435
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Attorneys are required to inform auditors of any possible impact of loss
 contingencies on the client's financial statements. If the attorneys fail to
 do so or the client fails to supply the attorneys with the proper
 information, the auditors may have to qualify their report. During an audit,
 a search for existing and potential claims is necessary to determine
 management's compliance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 5 sets forth the
 financial reporting treatment of contingencies, whose distinction as
 ''probable'' or ''reasonably possible'' depends upon the auditor's judgment.
 Attorneys must act in a manner consistent with SFAS 5. In some cases, the
 courts have defined the auditor's responsibilities. In expressing an
 opinion, auditors should consider contingencies in terms of: 1. materiality
 and probability of occurrence, and 2. effect on the company's going concern.
 Probable or reasonably possible loss contingencies that could affect the
 going concern should receive a qualified opinion. Tables. Diagrams.
 References.
-Desc-
 Contingencies; Unasserted claims; Accountants reports; Auditors opinions;
 Financial reporting; Requirements; Disclosure; Financial statements; GAAP
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 11
-A-
 85030258
-W-
 Letters for Underwriters
 Finan, Mary A.
 Corporate Accounting v3n3 PP: 71-73 Summer 1985
-JrnlCode-
 CAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 As a result of the Securities & Exchange Commission's (SEC) changes in
 disclosures and reporting forms for companies that will be going public,
 Statement of Auditing Standards (SAS) 49 was issued to deal with comfort
 letters. Comfort letters are those letters requested by underwriters to aid
 them in performing a due diligence review of the company that will be
 issuing securities. Some important changes are included in SAS 49. For shelf
 registration statements before an underwriter is selected, the accountant
 can issue a ''draft'' comfort letter to describe the accountant's procedures
 and list comments. For SEC Regulation S-X, which standardized pro forma
 information, the accountant should supply only negative assurance. Also
 included is a format for commenting on pro forma financial information. In
 addition, the accountant may comment on the form of interim or pro forma
 statements but may not comment on the compliance of information that is not
 a part of SEC financial statement requirements. Finally, SAS 49 endorses the
 use of summarized procedures and findings to reduce the length of comfort
 letters.
-Desc-
 Stock offerings; Going public; Underwriting; Comfort letters ; Auditors
 opinions; Shelf registration (FIN); SEC registration; SECSX; Pro forma
 financial statements
 CLASS. CODES: 2310 (CN=Planning); 4310 (CN=Regulation); 4120 (CN=Accounting
 policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 12
-A-
 85030250
-W-
 GAAP and the Privately Held Company
 Derieux, Samuel A.
 Corporate Accounting v3n3 PP: 29-33 Summer 1985
-JrnlCode-
 CAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Financial statements of privately held companies are not required to conform
 to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP); however, those companies
 that may go public or need outside credit should use GAAP. It is believed
 that the costs of compliance with GAAP exceed the benefits for small private
 companies. These companies may use income tax accounting as a basis for
 financial reporting, provided it is made clear that the report does not
 conform to GAAP. For privately held regulated industries, the regulatory
 basis of accounting may be used for all financial reporting purposes.
 Certain disclosure requirements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board
 do not apply to private companies, but measurement standards cause the
 greatest burden to these companies. The American Institute of Certified
 Public Accountants has recommended that GAAP provide 2 alternative methods
 for certain transactions that small companies encounter. Others have
 suggested the development of a new ''other comprehensive basis of
 accounting, '' which would be the same as GAAP except for a smaller number
 of issues.
-Desc-
 Closely held corporations; GAAP; Compliance; Financial accounting standards;
 Financial statements; Financial reporting; Disclosure ; Regulations; FASB
 CLASS. CODES: 9520 (CN=Small business); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies &
 procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 13
-A-
 85029175
-W-
 How to Communicate
 Rock, Stephen
 Management Today (UK) PP: 80-82 Jul 1985
 -CODEN-
 MANTAI
-ISSN-
 0025-1925
-JrnlCode-
 MTO
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In 1983, the West Yorkshire Passenger Transport Executive addressed the fact
 that its workforce was not sufficiently meeting customer service needs and
 that trade union representatives had established themselves as the primary
 channel for communicating with the workforce. In order to boost employee
 morale and to reestablish supervision's position in the organization, the
 bus company adopted a new communications policy. Its cornerstone was an
 adaptation of the briefing group concept of the Industrial Society, which
 would allow managers and supervisors to communicate regularly with their
 staff on topics of interest. Despite union opposition, the briefing plan has
 been implemented together with a relaunching of the house Jrnl and
 publication of an annual report for employees. A monthly management bulletin
 is also planned. Despite some problems with briefing attendance and format,
 inspector morale has improved significantly. This project is a pioneering
 effort in the UK's public sector.
-Desc-
 Transportation industry; Case studies; UK; Internal public relations;
 Communication; Employee relations programs; Employee morale; Employee
 attitude (PER)
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 8350 (CN=Transportation industry);
 2400 (CN=Public relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 14
-A-
 85028611
-W-
 Disclosure Practices in Offerings of Tax-Exempt Obligations: A Survey of
 Concerns
 Petersen, John E.
 Government Finance Review v1n3 PP: 15-19 Aug 1985
-ISSN-
 0091-4835
-JrnlCode-
 GOF
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Steering Committee on Municipal Disclosure was established in March 1984
 to review current disclosure practices for offerings of state and local
 government obligations. The committee undertook a survey of those active in
 the field of municipal securities. Survey respondents were asked to rank 22
 topical areas in order of importance, and additional comments and
 suggestions were solicited. Security enhancement devices were seen as the
 most important area, followed by financial reporting and accounting
 standards. Other areas that received high scores for importance were
 zero-coupon bonds, revenue bonds, put bonds, project-related information,
 and other financial information. Many respondents felt existing requirements
 were sufficient and that better observance of these requirements would
 eliminate most problems. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Disclosure; Municipal bonds; Surveys; Tax exempt securities Offerings;
 Issue; State government; Local government; Fair presentation (ACC)
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 9550 (CN=Public
 sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 15
-A-
 85027526
-W-
 Pension Accounting: A New Proposal
 Brownlee, E. Richard, II; Young, S. David
 CPA Jrnl v55n7 PP: 28-34 Jul 1985
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0732-8435
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The key accounting issues in dealing with pensions have remained largely
 unchanged and unresolved over the nearly 40 years during which an acceptable
 solution to the presentation of this information has been sought. The
 Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) made this issue an agenda item
 in 1974, but its conclusions, presented in 1982, were received negatively.
 The FASB continued work in the area and in 1985 released an Exposure Draft
 (ED) that significantly reduced the balance sheet effects from those
 proposed in 1974. The proposal for recognizing an intangible asset as the
 offset to its new pension liability was retained, but the ED mandates that
 the intangible asset cannot exceed the amount of unrecognized prior service
 cost. The most significant changes to current practices would affect the
 accounting for single-employer defined benefit pension plans. There will
 likely be major controversies over: 1. the decision to use different
 approaches for balance sheet and income statement purposes, 2. the width of
 the ''corridor'' for recognizing actuarial gains and losses, and 3. a
 proposed amendment to Accounting Principles Board Opinion 16. Chart.
-Desc-
 Pension plans; Accounting procedures; Proposals; Accounting standards;
 Financial reporting; FASB exposure drafts; FASB statements; Disclosure
 CLASS. CODES: 3600 (CN=Pension fund management); 4120 (CN=Accounting
 policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 16
-A-
 85020290
-W-
 The Internal Auditor's Interest In and Responsibility Regarding Summary
 Financial Statements
 Wesberry, James P., Jr.
 Government Accountants Jrnl v34n1 PP: 61-63 Spring 1985
-ISSN-
 0014-9004
-JrnlCode-
 GAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: Assn. of Government Accountants, 727 S. 23rd St., Arlington, VA
 22202
 In the public sector, regardless of whether an independent audit is
 conducted, internal auditors traditionally have not been expected to review
 or comment on the adequacy of annual summary financial statements. Internal
 auditors' interest in and responsibility for summary financial statements in
 the federal government is delineated by legislation, regulations, and
 auditing standards. Federal internal auditors need the overview provided by
 the summary financial statements to properly plan the scope and coverage of
 an agency's work. Furthermore, they have a vested interest in the
 disciplined environment that is forced upon the entire agency when timely
 reports are required. Internal auditors in the future should report the
 failure of any agency management to adhere to the practice of providing full
 disclosure to achieve accountability. These auditors must review the
 reliability and integrity of all data compiled for the statements, and are
 responsible for reporting the failure of the agency to comply with federal
 requirements mandating the issuance of summary financial statements.
 References.
-Desc-
 Governmental accounting; Summary; Financial statements; Internal auditing;
 Client relationships; Responsibilities; Financial reporting
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies &
 procedures); 4130 (CN=Auditing)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 17
-A-
 85020287
-W-
 The 1984 Title 2 - How Different Is It from Its Predecessor and Current
 Practice?
 Michelson, Bruce; Pauley, Barbara
 Government Accountants Jrnl v34n1 PP: 40-50 Spring 1985
-ISSN-
 0014-9004
-JrnlCode-
 GAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 11 Pages
 AVAIL.: Assn. of Government Accountants, 727 S. 23rd St., Arlington, VA
 22202
 The revised Title 2, Accounting Principles and Standards, of the General
 Accounting Office's (GAO) Policies and Procedures Manual for Guidance of
 Federal Agencies, was issued in the autumn of 1984 after considerable due
 process and nearly 2 years of work by the GAO. Although the revised Title 2
 appears to be very different from its predecessor (the 1978 version), the
 new requirements are not much different from those of the 1978 version and
 current practice. The revised version reflects 4 kinds of changes: 1.
 format, 2. focus on requirement for year-end reporting, 3. new subjects
 covered, and 4. changes to 1978 requirements. The 1978 version presented all
 kinds of standards in one main text, whereas the 1984 revision presents
 different types of standards in 3 appendices. The year-end reporting similar
 to that required in the 1984 version is currently, and has been, required by
 OMB and the Treasury. Many of the new subjects have been extensively covered
 by the accounting profession since 1978 or have been the source of many
 questions received by the GAO since that time. Some changes have been made
 to reflect current accounting practices and current research and GAO
 thinking. Tables.
-Desc-
 Federal; Government; Governmental accounting; Accounting procedures;
 Financial reporting; Requirements; GAO-US
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies &
 procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 18
-A-
 85020285
-W-
 Consolidated Financial Reporting: The GSA Experience
 Eisenhart, Larry
 Government Accountants Jrnl v34n1 PP: 28-36 Spring 1985
-ISSN-
 0014-9004
-JrnlCode-
 GAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: Assn. of Government Accountants, 727 S. 23rd St., Arlington, VA
 22202
 The National Electronic Accounting and Reporting System (NEAR) is the
 General Services Administration's (GSA) umbrella accounting system. With its
 versatility, it provides for: 1. labor distribution, 2. cost accounting for
 buildings and construction projects, 3. standard appropriation accounting,
 and 4. various other procedures. The system is modular with a common general
 ledger. The NEAR system arose from the need to develop a mechanism that
 could focus more attention on financial management of GSA as an operating
 entity and effectively communicate with a wide variety of interested parties
 about GSA's activities. The GSA made its first effort to address financial
 reporting problems in 1980. The agency's Operating Summary: 1983, which
 included the 1983 Consolidated Financial Statements, represented the first
 published presentation of GSA's activities in a format similar to a private
 firm's annual report. The 1984 statements are basically the same as those of
 1983, except for improvements made to comply with the requirements of the
 new Title 2. Supplemental schedules have been added to present the 3 main
 statements in formats by fund type. Tables. Charts.
-Desc-
 Federal; Government; Governmental accounting; Consolidated financial
 statements; Case studies; Government agencies; GSA; Accounting policies;
 Financial reporting
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 9110 (CN=Company specific 4120
 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 19
-A-
 85017359
-W-
 Reports Can Be Boon for Risk Managers
 Kastiel, Diane Lynn
 Business Insurance v19n17 PP: 18 Apr 29, 1985
-ISSN-
 0007-6864
-JrnlCode-
 BIN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 While the risk management report increases the visibility of the risk
 manager, leaving him open to criticism, the potential value of such a report
 outweighs the risk. It can demonstrate that the risk manager does more than
 buy insurance. Suggestions for preparing an effective report are: 1. Gear
 the format to senior management. 2. Keep the report simple. 3. Introduce and
 summarize the report with a clear, precise statement. 4. Omit details from
 the body of the report by appending them. 5. Keep graphics simple and easy
 to understand. 6. Make a brief oral presentation of the report. 7. Highlight
 failures as well as successes. 8. Include a section on ongoing activities.
 9. Relate all activities to the objectives of the risk management
 department. 10. Be straightforward and avoid jargon. 11. Present the report
 to the highest management level possible, making it available to other
 levels as well.
-Desc-
 Risk management; Annual reports; Writing; Management reports
 CLASS. CODES: 3300 (CN=Risk management); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 20
-A-
 85012999
-W-
 Auditing Corporate Management
 Siegel, Joel G.; Milich, Marvin F.
 Managerial Planning v33n5 PP: 8-10 Mar/Apr 1985
 -CODEN-
 MNPLBS
-ISSN-
 0025-1941
-JrnlCode-
 MPL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Management (operational) auditing has become an issue recently. Although
 management audits do not conform to the conventional definitions of an
 audit, the US General Accounting Office description suggests that they do
 conform. The chief goal of an operational audit is to assess the
 effectiveness of managerial decisions. Four areas have been identified as
 essential to the development of a framework for the management audit: 1.
 establishment of criteria, 2. development of standards of managerial
 performance, 3. establishment of a method of reporting giving the auditor a
 structured means of disclosure, and 4. development of auditing procedures
 and standards of documentation supporting the issued report. As a result of
 the problems these areas cause, there still is no cohesive statement of
 reporting on operational audits. The restraints of an operational audit are
 time, knowledge, and cost. The management audit, when prepared by
 well-trained public accountants, can result in major cost savings as well as
 qualitative improvements. Moreover, the presentation of information about
 the audit to financial statement users will facilitate investment and credit
 decision making. References.
-Desc-
 Management audits; Operation audits; Objectives; Procedures Auditors
 CLASS. CODES: 4130 (CN=Auditing); 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 21
-A-
 85010313
-W-
 Multinational Company Accounting Problems
 Dillon, Richard
 Management Accounting (UK) v63n2 PP: 39-40 Feb 1985
 -CODEN-
 MATGBA
-ISSN-
 0025-1682
-JrnlCode-
 MAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The complex financial control and reporting methods of multinational firms
 demand sophisticated computer support, but at a price which fits their tight
 budgets. International financial directors have a difficult problem in
 complying with exacting demands within a tight time and cost budget, while
 making sure that subsidiaries have the information necessary to manage local
 operations. Powerful microcomputers with advanced software are ideal for
 helping to solve these problems. Such advanced software is not readily
 available since most accounting packages are aimed at smaller companies.
 Finding software to handle more than one currency is an additional
 requirement, particularly if US multinationals are involved. The basic
 problem of the need to produce sophisticated reports quickly in more than
 one currency and in more than one format is examined. Special considerations
 include: 1. a flexible reporting structure, 2. language variation, and 3.
 the ease and speed with which users can operate the system.
-Desc-
 Multinational corporations; Financial reporting; Problems; Foreign exchange
 translations; Accounting policies; Software packages; Automated accounting
 systems
 CLASS. CODES: 9510 (CN=Multinational corporations); 9180 (CN=International);
 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 5240 (CN=Software & systems)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 22
-A-
 85010036
-W-
 The Ceiling Test for Oil and Gas Companies: Too Much Flexibility in
 Practice
 Lawrence, John E.
 CA Magazine (Canada) v118n2 PP: 40-45 Feb 1985
 -CODEN-
 CCHAA5
-ISSN-
 0317-6878
-JrnlCode-
 CCA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Companies following the full cost method of accounting for exploration and
 production activities are reporting higher charges for write-downs of oil
 and gas properties because of Canadian government fiscal policies, the
 National Energy Program, and declining product prices. Canadian accounting
 practice has demonstrated great flexibility in the application of the
 ceiling test. The method of computing the ceiling amount in Canada is
 explored and the areas that cause difficulty are highlighted. They include:
 1. the use of future or current prices, 2. the question of discounting, 3.
 income taxes, 4. purchased reserves, 5. land values, and 6. interest and
 general and administrative costs. A suggested format for calculating the
 ceiling test is outlined and the application of the test is discussed.
 Financial statements should disclose: 1. reserves used in the computation,
 2. prices used in determining future cash flow, 3. the extent to which
 amounts have been discounted, and 4. income taxes included in the
 computation. Chart.
-Desc-
 Oil; Gas; Companies; Accounting procedures; Cost accounting Reserves;
 Ceilings; Canada; Valuation; Disclosure; Financial statements
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 9170 (CN=Non-US);
 8510 (CN=Petroleum industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 23
-A-
 85009387
-W-
 LIFO: What Should Be Disclosed?
 Bohan, Michael P.; Rubin, Steven
 Jrnl of Accountancy v159n2 PP: 72-77 Feb 1985
 -CODEN-
 JACYAD
-ISSN-
 0021-8448
-JrnlCode-
 JAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Although a substantial number of companies use the last in first out (LIFO)
 inventory method, authoritative literature provides almost no guidance on
 LIFO measurement or disclosure. More than 50 unresolved LIFO financial
 accounting and reporting issues have been identified. LIFO users have been
 guided by rules and requirements of government agencies, but they must also
 consider the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement Number 1.
 Disclosure of information relating to LIFO on financial statements is an
 unresolved issue. Those items that users should disclose include: 1.
 non-LIFO amount of LIFO inventories, 2. the extent of LIFO use, 3. effects
 of LIFO inventory liquidation on income, and 4. supplemental non-LIFO
 disclosures. Unnecessary disclosures include: 1. the basic LIFO approach
 used, 2. the approach used to price current increments, 3. the approach used
 in pooling arrangements, and 4. the approach used to price new items.
-Desc-
 Inventory costing methods; LIFO; Disclosure; Financial reporting; Financial
 statements
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 24
-A-
 85007551
-W-
 Accounting and Financial Reporting for Nonprofit Organizations: An Overview
 McAdams, Robert M.
 Practical Accountant v18n1 PP: 29-42 Jan 1985
 -CODEN-
 PACNBD
-ISSN-
 0032-6321
-JrnlCode-
 PRA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 11 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Nonprofit organization (NPO) financial reporting is aimed at showing
 stewardship of funds rather than determining net profit. Important concepts
 applicable to NPO accounting include: 1. cash basis versus accrual basis,
 which involves consideration of accountability of funds and inflow and
 outflow of spendable resources, 2. fund accounting, which is organized to
 keep separate records of funds, 3. fixed asset accounting, in which many
 NPOs expense the costs of fixed assets in the year instead of capitalizing
 them, 4. fund transfers, which involve transfers between funds, 5.
 contributions, which can take such forms as restricted and unrestricted
 donations, grants, pledges, and noncash donations, and 6. functional
 reporting, which takes the traditional division of expenses and allocates
 them to the program and the management costs of the organization. Financial
 statements may be in columnar forms or in a layered format. Tables.
 References.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Financial reporting; Financial accounting
 standards; AICPA statements of position; FASB statements; Accrual basis
 accounting; Cash basis accounting; Fund accounting procedures (ACC); Fixed
 assets (ACC); Transfers; Donations; Balance sheets
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies
 & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 25
-A-
 85006290
-W-
 New AICPA Chairman: Ray J. Groves Sees Opportunities in a ''Proud Profession
 in Transition''
 Liebtag, Bill
 Jrnl of Accountancy v158n6 PP: 74-82 Dec 1984
 -CODEN-
 JACYAD
-ISSN-
 0021-8448
-JrnlCode-
 JAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Ray J. Groves, 1984-1985 chairman of the board of directors of the American
 Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA), sees the accounting
 profession as one in transition. The keys to the future, says Groves,
 chairman of Ernst & Whinney, are commitments to be full participants in the
 free enterprise system, coupled with optimism, innovation, and quality in
 all the services. Acknowledging that there is diversity of viewpoints within
 the profession, he noted that this should not be allowed to keep accountants
 from pulling together toward common goals. At age 31, Groves was admitted to
 partnership at Ernst & Whinney, and at 42 he became chairman. Groves says
 the profession is aware of the need to further improve the effectiveness and
 efficiency of financial reporting. He suggests a study to develop a better
 format for communicating financial information to make it more effective in
 decision making and believes this may even effect standard setting.
-Desc-
 AICPA; Directors; Personal; Profiles; Objectives; Self regulation
 CLASS. CODES: 2110 (CN=Boards of directors); 4110 (CN=Accounting firms &
 accountants); 9160 (CN=Biographical); 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 26
-A-
 85006010
-W-
 Personal Financial Statements - Suggestions for Improvement
 Bull, Ivan O.
 CPA Jrnl v54n12 PP: 38-45 Dec 1984
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0732-8435
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Guidelines included in the recently released Statement on Position (SOP)
 82-1 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants significantly
 increase the usefulness of personal financial statements. The valuation
 model proposed by SOP 82-1 is supported and specific improvements suggested.
 The AICPA's new guidelines assume the basic purpose of personal financial
 statements to be for external use. Here, the primary user is assumed to be
 the subject person, and, based on that assumption, the content is enhanced
 to help the subject person make pertinent financial decisions, and at no
 loss of usefulness for outsiders. The suggested improvements are largely
 based on recommendations by Raymond J. Chambers, who advocated the use of
 exit values as the basic valuation model for external financial statements.
 Reasons for the superiority of exit values include: 1. They are
 pychologically satisfying to the subject person. 2. They present relevant
 information. 3. They can be prepared with acceptable reliability. Two
 further format changes to SOP 82-1 are outlined. References. Appendix.
-Desc-
 Personal; Financial statements; AICPA statements of position ; Personal
 finance; Financial reporting; Changes; Suggestions
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 9150
 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 27
-A-
 85003170
-W-
 Annual Report Credibility
 Anonymous
 Public Relations Jrnl v40n11 PP: 31-34 Nov 1984
 -CODEN-
 PREJAR
-ISSN-
 0033-3670
-JrnlCode-
 PRJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In a recent survey, 247 individual investors and 50 professional investors
 showed that investors often distrust annual reports. Of the individual
 investors, 32% do not trust what they read in annual reports and rate the
 reports low as a source of information for buying and selling stocks. In
 addition, 47.4% of the professional investors said they do not read, or only
 skim, annual reports. More than half of the individual investors found
 annual reports easy to read and understand. Professional investors thought
 the reports would be more useful if business was presented in a
 segment-by-segment format and if more information on management goals was
 provided. A study by the Graphic Arts Center shows that the average size of
 annual reports has risen to 40 pages plus covers. Annual reports and
 graphics in them are becoming more sophisticated as a result of advances in
 printing technology. Table. Graphs.
-Desc-
 Annual reports; Credibility; Investors; Perceptions; Surveys ; Statistical
 data; Characteristics; Trends
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations); 9140 (CN=Statistical data)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 28
-A-
 85002801
-W-
 Accounting for Certain Mortgage Banking Activities
 Kozub, Robert M.; Trebby, James P.
 Real Estate Review v14n3 PP: 105-110 Fall 1984
-ISSN-
 0034-0790
 JRNL CODE RER
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Statement of Financial Standards 65 sets the accounting and reporting
 standards for mortgage bank activities, including: 1. mortgage loans and
 mortgage-backed securities held for sale, 2. loan origination costs, 3.
 premiums paid for right to service loans, 4. loan origination fees, 5. loan
 commitment fees, 6. fees for services provided by others, 7. land
 acquisition, development, and construction loan fees, and 8. gap commitment
 fees. The statement also applies to mortgage banking operations of
 commercial banks and thrift institutions. When mortgage loans or
 mortgage-backed securities are acquired to be held for sale, purchase
 discounts should not be amortized as interest revenue. Those held for sale
 should be reported on the balance sheet by employing the lower of cost or
 market value method. If in the event of the sale of a loan, the agreed-upon
 servicing fee rate differs materially from the current servicing fee rate,
 the sales price of mortgage loans should be adjusted for purposes of
 determining gain or loss on the sale. The adjustment should provide for
 recognition of a normal servicing fee in subsequent years. In financial
 statement presentation, enterprises should distinguish between mortgage
 loans and mortgage-backed securities held for sale, and those held for
 investments.
-Desc-
 Mortgage banks; FASB statements; Mortgages; Securities; Loans; Fees; Costs;
 Financial reporting; Disclosure; Financial accounting standards
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 8120 (CN=Retail
 banking)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 29
-A-
 85002139
-W-
 Segmented Financial Data Can Improve Funds Flow Forecasts
 Ismail, Badr E.; Rue, Joseph C.
 Jrnl of Business Forecasting v3n3 PP: 11-13 Fall 1984
-ISSN-
 0278-6087
-JrnlCode-
 JBT
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 As businesses expand, the performance of several cash flow forecasting
 models worsens as the data are aggregated. Currently, each company can use
 its own definition of funds flow and there is no uniformity in the reporting
 formats used. The result is a jumble of data from which it is nearly
 impossible to predict a firm's ability to generate funds in the future on
 the basis of past performance. Much of the blame can be placed on the
 Financial Accounting Standards Board and the Securities & Exchange
 Commission. It is proposed that the reporting format for the
 changes-in-financial-position statement be altered to make it more useful.
 The statement should focus on the operating flow of the firm since the
 inclusion of nonoperating flows affects the quality of the forecast. Sources
 and uses should be divided into internal and external components. The
 usefulness of cash-flow segmented data in forecasting cash flows is
 demonstrated. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Funds statements; Forecasts; Improvements; Segmented; Financial reporting;
 Cash flow forecasting
 CLASS. CODES: 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management); 4120 (CN=Accounting
 policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 30
-A-
 84038043
-W-
 Securities Alert: 'Cooked Books'
 Lancaster, Eliott
 Financial Planning v13n11 PP: 43-45 Nov 1984
-JrnlCode-
 FPN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC) has brought an increasing number
 of accounting-related actions in recent years in an intensified campaign to
 eliminate what it calls ''cooked books.'' Increased emphasis on financial
 statements, in which many companies have been required to restate their
 earnings, has come about because financial statements have the greatest
 impact on the company, its stock and the judgments of investors, according
 to SEC enforcement director John M. Fedders. Financial Corp. of America's
 (FCA) stock declined 25% in August 1984 after SEC pressure on the firm to
 restate its earnings. FCA had to report a loss of $107.5 million, rather
 than a profit of $31.1 million for the first half of 1984. SEC auditors are
 examining the textual contents of annual reports, especially management
 discussion and analysis, along with financial statements. Misleading
 statements to investors are a primary target of the auditors.
-Desc-
 SEC regulations; Financial statements; Financial reporting; Accounting
 policies; Disclosure
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 4310
 (CN=Regulation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 31
-A-
 84037852
-W-
 Prospective Financial Statement Services
 Campbell, David R.; Campbell, Mary V.
 CPA Jrnl v54n11 PP: 54-64 Nov 1984
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0732-8435
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Practitioners who assist clients in the preparation of prospective
 information when applying for loans or when making general debt or equity
 offerings will be greatly affected by the American Institute of Certified
 Public Accountants' proposed guide and statement on auditing standard for
 prospective financial statements. The guide places prospective financial
 statements in 3 classifications: 1. financial forecast, 2. financial
 projection, and 3. multiple projection. Notes on presentation format and
 preparation guidelines contained in the guide are reviewed. The
 microcomputer is a likely aid in providing the client services in question,
 since software is now available to handle data storage, manipulation, and
 reporting in these situations. Spreadsheet packages can be used in preparing
 historic financial statements, forecasts, and projections. An example
 illustrates how to use a spreadsheet package to compile multiple
 projections. Tables.
-Desc-
 AICPA; Proposed; Auditing standards; Prospective; Financial statements;
 CPAs; Impacts; Presentation; Accountants reports; Microcomputers;
 Applications; Financial statement forecasting
 CLASS. CODES: 4130 (CN=Auditing); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies &
 procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 32
-A-
 84033603
-W-
 Does Predictability Change When GAAP Change?
 Putnam, Karl; Thomas, Lynn
 Jrnl of Accounting, Auditing & Finance v8n1 PP: 15-23 Fall 1984
-ISSN-
 0148-558X
-JrnlCode-
 JAA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Attention is focused on the association of the effective dates of 2
 accounting pronouncements - Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion 28 and
 Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC) Accounting Series Release (ASR) 177 -
 with changes in the predictive ability of an income statement data
 prediction model. Both pronouncements represent efforts to improve external
 quarterly financial reports. The present investigation involves: 1.
 identifying a reasonable prediction model, 2. using the model to generate
 predictions for 549 COMPUSTAT firms encompassing periods before and after
 APB 28 and ASR 177, and 3. analyzing the prediction errors to infer
 empirically whether APB 28 or ASR 177, or both, had an effect on the
 predictability of future financial data. In general, analysis suggests that
 APB 28 (issued May 1973) alone was unsuccessful with respect to improving
 the predictability of future quarterly financial statement data. After
 issuance of ASR 177 in September 1975, predictability apparently increased
 to its highest level; thus, APB 28 and ASR 177 operating in tandem seem to
 have been successful. Tables. Equations. References. Appendix.
-Desc-
 Financial statements; Predictions; Models; Securities; Valuation;
 Accountants reports; Impacts; Financial reporting; Studies
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 33
-A-
 84028707
-W-
 Due Diligence: Prospective Financial Statements
 Rosenberg, David H.; Gilbreath, Laurel Wilks
 Financial Planning v13n8 PP: 119-122 Aug 1984
-JrnlCode-
 FPN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Since 1973, the Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC) has permitted
 companies to forecast profits in prospectuses and proxy materials. However,
 the SEC decided that a company using such projections should not be held
 liable if they do not turn out as predicted. Financial planners must use all
 information available to them, including filings with the SEC. Private
 placements, however, do not have to be registered with the SEC nor with
 state regulators in all cases. In such cases, financial planners carry even
 more responsibility to evaluate the offering. The American Institute of
 Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) recently circulated draft guidelines,
 Proposed Guide for Prospective Financial Statements, which offer certain
 basic provisions for an accountants' review. The review should include
 independent evaluation of: 1. preparation of the prospective financial
 statement, 2. support underlying the assumptions, and 3. presentation of the
 prospective financial statements for conformity with AICPA presentation
 guidelines.
-Desc-
 Prospecti; Prospective; Financial statements; Financial statement
 forecasting; Projection; Stock offerings; SEC accounting policies
 CLASS. CODES: 3400 (CN=Investment analysis); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies &
 procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 34
-A-
 84028693
-W-
 Financial Reports for Employees
 Gourlay, Glen T.
 CA Magazine (Canada) v117n4 PP: 60-64 Apr 1984
 -CODEN-
 CCHAA5
-ISSN-
 0317-6878
-JrnlCode-
 CCA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A recent survey of 45, 662 US and Canadian employees revealed that the
 employee financial report ranks in the middle with regard to where employees
 go for information on their companies. The employee report is generally a
 simplified version of the statutory financial statements. Its free-form
 design makes it an influential means of communicating with workers; however,
 there is concern that an oversimplified financial statement may lose its
 credibility by not adhering to format and content rules. If the report does
 not maintain some reasonable mixture of company and employee interests, it
 will be less effective. In this context, employees' possible areas of
 concern are: 1. job security, 2. chances for future pay increases, 3.
 prospects for promotion, and 4. changes in staffing levels. Certain items in
 a report, such as wage rates and comparisons of wages to those of
 competitors, can result in negative employee reactions. On the other hand,
 the pension fund is of great relevance to the employees and should be
 adequately covered in the report. Charts.
-Desc-
 Employees; Annual reports; Communications; Objectives; Advantages;
 Organizational; Communication; Pension plans; Financial statements
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 35
-A-
 84027810
-W-
 Expansion of the Independent Accountant's Attestation Role to Pro Forma
 Information
 Serlin, Jerry E.
 Jrnl of Accounting, Auditing & Finance v7n4 PP: 374-382 Summer 1984
-ISSN-
 0148-558X
-JrnlCode-
 JAA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Because of the dramatic effect that pro forma adjustments can have on an
 entity's financial statements, the pro forma presentation can be a highly
 significant piece of information. The Auditing Standards Board's proposed
 Statement on Auditing Standards (SAS) regarding the reporting of pro-forma
 financial information in Securities & Exchange Commission filings is
 examined. The proposed procedures require the accountant to: 1. Understand
 the transaction creating the pro forma presentation. 2. Be satisfied as to
 the reasonableness of the underlying assumptions. 3. Determine whether pro
 forma adjustments reflecting the effects of the transaction have been
 prepared using appropriate accounting principles. 4. Check the pro forma
 presentation for adequacy of disclosure and material correctness. 5. Obtain
 written representations from management. This proposed SAS is another
 example of the expansion of the accountant's attest role into new fields of
 information. Table. References.
-Desc-
 AICPA; Auditors opinions; Financial statements; SEC filing requirements; Pro
 forma financial statements; Audit engagements
 CLASS. CODES: 4130 (CN=Auditing)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 36
-A-
 84027365
-W-
 ''Going Concern'' Qualifications - Implications of SEC Policy Change
 Rader, M. Elizabeth
 CPA Jrnl v54n7 PP: 81-82 Jul 1984
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0732-8435
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC) in Financial Reporting Release
 (FRR) 16 rescinded Accounting Series Release 115, which prohibited companies
 that accountants considered to have uncertain futures from offering
 securities. Now, if full disclosure is made of the firm's financial
 diffculties and plans for recovery, registrants will be able to sell
 securities despite a going concern qualification. Because the language of
 FRR 16 is subject to different interpretations in several areas, there has
 been considerable uncertainty about its real impact. The SEC staff seems to
 expect auditors to determine when liquidation-based statements are required
 and to prepare them even without some formal or informal plan of
 reorganization as a guide. This staff interpretation appears to go beyond
 Statement on Auditing Standards 34 which refers to liquidation basis
 statements only in the context of legal proceedings or a formal/informal
 plan of reorganization.
-Desc-
 SEC accounting policies; Financial statements; Accountants reports; Going
 concerns; Disclosure; Client relationships; Auditors opinions; Auditing
 standards
 CLASS. CODES: 4130 (CN=Auditing)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 37
-A-
 84027353
-W-
 Basics of On-Line Databases
 Anonymous
 Office Administration & Automation v45n8 PP: 57-59, 87 Aug 1984
 -CODEN-
 ADMAAF
-ISSN-
 0745-4325
-JrnlCode-
 ADM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Increasing numbers of administrators are using online databases as tools to
 rapidly obtain the tremendous amounts of research often necessary for
 effective management decision making. In an interview, Thomas J. Niehaus,
 general manager of DunsPlus (Wilton, Connecticut), discussed the advantages,
 types, and costs of databases. The selection of the database should be based
 on the kind of information needed and the format used. Reference databases
 may be referral or bibliographic; source databases can be full-text,
 numerical, or textual-numeric. The largest reference business database is
 ABI/INFORM, which can provide information in a broad range of
 business-related areas, including finance, economics, technology, human
 resources, and data processing. Disclosure II, is a numeric source database
 with financial and statistical information on publicly-owned businesses.
 Dialog, CompuServe, and The Source are among the vendors offering access to
 databases. Niehaus stressed that beginning users can save money and make the
 best use of databases by selecting a helpful vendor, such as DunsPlus.
-Desc-
 Online (DP); Data bases; Information; Industry; Costs
 CLASS. CODES: 5200 (CN=Communications & information management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 38
-A-
 84027334
-W-
 Dow Jones Utility Puts Stock in Your Spreadsheet
 Bryan, Shawn W.
 Business Computer Systems v3n7 PP: 128, 131 Jul 1984
-ISSN-
 0745-0745
-JrnlCode-
 BCS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Dow Jones Spreadsheet Link tracks Dow Jones stock market information and
 eliminates all typing required to transfer it to the user's spreadsheet. The
 utility reads stock symbols from the spreadsheet and arranges them in a
 downloading protocol. The program then calls Dow Jones, extracts selective
 data, and drops it into the proper spreadsheet format. In addition to
 current Dow Jones stock quotations, the Link handles: 1. requests for
 historical quotes, 2. information on the disclosure abstracts available on
 Dow Jones, and 3. analytical and historical data from Media General
 Financial Services. The last cited capability is not accomplished as easily
 as the rest, and the information cannot be saved on disk for later review.
 Overall, the Link is a real money and time saving program. The price is
 $249.
-Desc-
 Dow Jones-New York; Software packages; Data bases
 CLASS. CODES: 5240 (CN=Software & systems); 9120 (CN=Product specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 39
-A-
 84026541
-W-
 The Annual Report: A Multipurpose Communication Tool
 Anonymous
 Small Business Report v9n7 PP: 27-30 Jul 1984
-JrnlCode-
 SBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The annual report, in addition to providing financial information to
 shareholders, can serve as: 1. a sales tool, 2. a recruitment aid, 3. a
 public relations vehicle, and 4. an employee communications device. Smaller,
 private firms can use the annual report as an effective communication tool
 to: 1. disclose company financial data, 2. merchandise company
 products/services, 3. communicate management philosophy, and 4. promote
 management's social commitment. The primary purpose of an annual report is
 to explain and interpret the data included in a manner readers will
 understand. A format guideline is detailed giving suggestions for the
 following: 1. cover, 2. introduction, 3. shareholder letter, 4. body of the
 report, and 5. special sections. A strong, capable manager with direct
 access to the chief executive officer and other top managers should have
 complete responsibility. After the design concept is chosen, cost-control
 factors should be considered. Charts.
-Desc-
 Annual reports; Shareholder relations; Communication; Cost control; Small
 business
 CLASS. CODES: 9520 (CN=Small business); 2400 (CN=Public relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 40
-A-
 84026478
-W-
 Segment Earnings Disclosure and the Ability of Security Analysts to Forecast
 Earnings Per Share
 Baldwin, Bruce A.
 Accounting Review v59n3 PP: 376-389 Jul 1984
 -CODEN-
 ACRVAS
-ISSN-
 0001-4826
-JrnlCode-
 ACR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 14 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Prior research has shown that time-series models were able to make better
 predictions of prospective earnings by utilizing segmented data. Those
 results suggest that humans may be able to utilize segmented data to improve
 their forecasts. In this study, analyst forecast accuracy was evaluated
 before and after the 1971 implementation of the SEC's line-of-business
 disclosure requirements. Three sample groups of companies were studied:
 multisegment firms that first reported segment earnings in 1971,
 multisegment firms that had voluntarily disclosed segment earnings data
 prior to 1971, and a group of single-segment firms that continued to report
 only on a consolidated basis. While it was found that both the mean and
 variance of forecast error decreased for all 3 groups, the most significant
 change was for multisegment firms without prior segment disclosures.
 Equations. Tables. Graphs. References.
-Desc-
 Disclosure; Financial reporting; Earnings; Financial statement forecasting;
 Accuracy; Statistical analysis; Lines of business reporting
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 41
-A-
 84022992
-W-
 Financial Statement Disclosure for Nonpublic Clients: A Basic Review
 Hubbard, Thomas D.; Balke, Thomas E.
 Practical Accountant v17n7 PP: 48-59 Jun 1984
 -CODEN-
 PACNBD
-ISSN-
 0032-6321
-JrnlCode-
 PRA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 10 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Generally accepted accounting principles require that not only general
 disclosures be made but also that disclosures be made of information which,
 if omitted, would make the financial statements misleading. While the latter
 disclosures may be extremely important in evaluating a firm, they impose a
 burden on nonpublic firms. Common disclosure requirements cover: 1.
 accounting policy, 2. accounting changes, 3. income taxes, 4. leases, 5.
 pension plans, and 6. related-party transactions. Other disclosures are
 required on the statement of changes in financial position, the balance
 sheet, and the income statement. Using disclosure checklists helps to ensure
 appropriate disclosures in the financial statements and accompanying notes.
 Sources for these checklists include: 1. the American Institute of Certified
 Public Accountants (AICPA), 2. various state certified public accountant
 societies, and 3. commercial publishers. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Financial statements; Financial reporting; Disclosure; GAAP Requirements;
 Accounting changes; Accounting policies; Closely held corporations;
 Corporate income tax; Pension plans; Balance sheets; Income statements;
 Funds statements
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 4210
 (CN=Institutional taxation); 9520 (CN=Small business)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 42
-A-
 84020246
-W-
 A Review of Staff Accounting Bulletins 50 to 54
 Finan, Mary A.
 Corporate Accounting v2n2 PP: 68-71 Spring 1984
-JrnlCode-
 CAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Since 1975, the Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC) has issued staff
 accounting bulletins (SAB) describing SEC staff interpretations of federal
 securities laws in the examination of financial statements and disclosure
 adequacy. Five recently issued SABs are discussed: 1. SAB 50, March 1983,
 describing when financial statements and disclosures are required in the
 formation of bank holding companies, 2. SAB 51, March 1983, detailing
 consolidation accounting guidelines for parent and subsidiary firms when the
 parent's ownership percentage in the subsidiary changes as a result of
 subsidiary stock issuance to external parties, 3. SAB 52, May 1983, giving
 SEC views regarding accounting for gains from pension plan termination, 4.
 SAB 53, June 1983, detailing reporting and disclosure guidelines for when a
 parent guarantees the issuance of debt to a subsidiary, and 5. SAB 54,
 November 1983, describing SEC reporting requirements for a newly acquired
 firm using push-down accounting. Charts.
-Desc-
 SEC accounting policies; Disclosure; Financial reporting; Acquisitions &
 mergers; Consolidated financial statements; SECSX; Overfunded pension plans;
 SEC filing requirements
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 43
-A-
 84020243
-W-
 SFAS No. 52 and the Funds Statement
 Choi, Frederick D. S.; Sondhi, Ashwinpaul
 Corporate Accounting v2n2 PP: 46-56 Spring 1984
-JrnlCode-
 CAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 11 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In adopting Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) 52, the
 Financial Accounting Standards Board established the validity of a local
 company perspective in the statement of foreign currency translations. Prior
 to SFAS 52, the operations of foreign subsidiaries were considered to be
 extensions of the domestic parent's operations, with the US dollar
 recognized as the functional currency for foreign operations. Under SFAS 52,
 consolidated funds statements reflect changes in financial position as
 measured in the currencies of the countries in which each subsidiary
 operates. However, examples using a hypothetical firm reveal that the
 provisions of SFAS 52 may generate misleading information as a result of
 exchange rate fluctuations and inflation. While a company may appear
 profitable in terms of local currency, it may actually have an unfavorable
 cash-flow position in terms of US dollars. A funds statement format is
 proposed for distinguishing the results of operational decisions from those
 of exchange rate changes. Tables. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 FASB statements; Funds statements; Foreign exchange translations; Financial
 reporting; Financial statements; Annual reports; Consolidated financial
 statements; Foreign subsidiaries; Foreign exchange rates; Effects
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 9510
 (CN=Multinational corporations); 3500 (CN=Foreign exchange administration)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 44
-A-
 84020084
-W-
 General-Ledger Package Keeps the Books Straight
 Anonymous
 ComputerData (Canada) v9n5 PP: 23 May 1984
-ISSN-
 0025-9535
-JrnlCode-
 CPD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Inglis Ltd. (Mississauga, Ontario) is a manufacturer of major home
 appliances. With 4 production plants, Inglis has a high-intensity accounting
 environment that requires a large database and a good software system. For
 10 years, Inglis has used Software International's General Ledger (G/L) and
 Financial Reporting System. Inglis' G/L package produces hundreds of reports
 every month. In addition, it permits the formatting and development of
 simple and complex working papers that require much number-crunching. Last
 year, Inglis added online interactive capability, but its use is proceeding
 carefully. The G/L system allows users to control what is printed on
 reports. Normally, the staff can line-code and specify format on forms one
 day and receive a sample of the new report the next day.
-Desc-
 Canada; Case studies; Automated accounting systems; Software packages;
 Applications
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 9170 (CN=Non-US); 4120
 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 5240 (CN=Software & systems)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 45
-A-
 84019053
-W-
 Fifty Years of Securities Regulation in Search of a Purpose
 Kripke, Homer
 San Diego Law Review v21n2 PP: 257-294 Mar 1984
-ISSN-
 0036-4037
-JrnlCode-
 SDL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 38 Pages
 AVAIL.: San Diego Law Review Assn., Univ. of San Diego, San Diego, CA 92110
 The Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC) has had the duty of regulating
 disclosure for more than 50 years. An examination is undertaken of the SEC's
 purposes in developing disclosure requirements since 1933, its disciplinary
 measures for violations, and its recent proposals to prohibit insider
 trading on private information. Even though the SEC went beyond its proper
 authority in the area of disciplinary measures in the 1970s, much of the
 overextending has subsided. Proposed legislation is still too vague to meet
 the legitimate requirements of the business community. New challenges
 associated with today's legislative and nonlegislative restructuring of the
 financial community will take all of the strengths of that community, the
 Bar, the courts, and the SEC. References.
-Desc-
 SEC regulations; SEC; Disclosure; Financial statements; SEC accounting
 policies; SEC filing requirements; SEC 34; Securities trading; Insider
 trading
 CLASS. CODES: 3400 (CN=Investment analysis); 4310 (CN=Regulation 4120
 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 46
-A-
 84014713
-W-
 Proposed: A New Statement of Changes
 Bryant, Julie V.
 Management Accounting v65n10 PP: 49-52 Apr 1984
 -CODEN-
 MGACBD
-ISSN-
 0025-1690
-JrnlCode-
 NAA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Statement of Changes in Financial Position (SCFP) was first required by
 Accounting Principles Board (APB) Statement 19 in 1971. Financial analysts
 have gradually been losing confidence in the SCFP. A statement format was
 not defined by APB 19, so there are now 3 formats in use - cash, working
 capital, and all-inclusive. The failure of the SCFP of W. T. Grant & Co. to
 demonstrate the company's inability to generate cash is one example of the
 uselessness of the SCFP. The working capital shown in the SCFP for W. T.
 Grant had shown stability, while the company was a net user of cash. The
 presentation of working capital information under APB 19 can be confusing
 because it incorporates additional information. An expanded format for the
 SCFP has been proposed. The present statement can be expanded to include
 both cash flow and working capital information. The proposed format provides
 information based on all 3 possible formats and also provides comprehensive
 and integrated reports on all changes in financial position. Chart. Tables.
 Reference.
-Desc-
 Funds statements; Cash flow; Working capital; Information; Financial
 reporting; Presentation
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 47
-A-
 84010323
-W-
 Software Plots Airline's Finances
 Anonymous
 Canadian Datasystems (Canada) 16n2 PP: 63 Feb 1984
-ISSN-
 0008-3364
-JrnlCode-
 CAD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Financial planning and analysis is important for Air Canada for both present
 operations and future growth. Air Canada now has a financial reporting
 system using the G/L Plus general ledger financial analysis system from
 McCormack & Dodge. In addition, several large software subsystems developed
 in-house also run on the Honeywell DPS 8 or on an IBM 4341. Since the
 airline already had automated processing systems, it did not want to adapt
 its automated Jrnls to the McCormack & Dodge format; rather, it used G/L
 Plus to interface the various systems and subsystems. The airline uses G/L
 Plus to capture key information needed for profitability reporting. G/L Plus
 is also used for comprehensive financial reporting distributed to 27
 operating locations and for other financial functions, such as financial
 statement production. A 4-host concept with more IBM-type mainframes is
 planned.
-Desc-
 Airline industry; Case studies; Software; Financial planning ; Financial
 reporting; Canada
 CLASS. CODES: 9170 (CN=Non-US); 9110 (CN=Company specific); 3100 (CN=Capital
 & debt management); 5240 (CN=Software & systems)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 48
-A-
 84009720
-W-
 Cash Flow: Why It Should Be Stressed in Financial Reporting
 Golub, Steven J.; Huffman, Harry D.
 Financial Executive v52n2 PP: 34-40 Feb 1984
 -CODEN-
 FIEXAW
-ISSN-
 0015-1998
-JrnlCode-
 FEX
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Accounting Principles Board's Opinion 19, Reporting Changes in Financial
 Position requires that companies presenting financial statements must also
 present funds statements of financing and investment activities. Traditional
 funds statements focus on a company's working capital, but flows of working
 capital may not be indicative of cash flow. Both the Financial Accounting
 Standards Board (FASB) and the Financial Executives Institute (FEI) have
 encouraged the use of the cash flow format for a funds statement, which
 offers a presentation of cash from operations, focuses on cash and cash
 equivalents, and segregates the firm's activities into the main sources and
 uses of funds. Cash flow and earnings are relevant in assessing future cash
 flow. Funds reported in a funds statement should be based on cash and cash
 equivalents. The net-change-in-funds is a useful format for presenting a
 cash-flow oriented funds statement. The format may be based on either
 sources and uses of funds, or on the classification of funds. The changes in
 financial position on a cash flow funds statement include cash transactions,
 noncash transactions, and accrual-basis entries. Tables.
-Desc-
 Cash flow; Financial reporting; Funds statements; Financial management;
 Earnings; APB; Accounting policies
 CLASS. CODES: 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 49
-A-
 84009645
-W-
 Loan Evaluations Under Accounting Disclosure Alternatives
 Reeve, James M.
 Jrnl of Bank Research v14n3 PP: 234-236 Autumn 1983
-ISSN-
 0021-9215
-JrnlCode-
 JBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Commercial loan officers must generate loan business and screen unwanted
 business. In screening business, the officer relies on the character,
 liquidity, and solvency of the loan applicant. Examined is the information
 processing ability of loan officers with respect to a loan evaluation task.
 The study is based on the responses of 28 commercial loan officers in 4
 major US commercial banks. Each loan officer was asked to evaluate financial
 statements that were identical except for the disclosure format of a project
 financing agreement. In one statement, the project financing arrangement was
 disclosed as a footnote liability; in the other, it was in the body of the
 financial statement. This difference in disclosure format had an effect on
 the officers' assumptions on probability of default and on which loan they
 would prefer to select. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Commercial banks; Loan approval procedures; Bank officers; Performance
 evaluation; Studies; Commercial credit
 CLASS. CODES: 8110 (CN=Commercial banking)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 50
-A-
 84009063
-W-
 Settling Accounts
 Monk, J. Thomas; Landis, Kenneth M.
 Business Computer Systems v3n2 PP: 17-21 Feb 1984
-ISSN-
 0745-0745
-JrnlCode-
 BCS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In its first 6 years of operation, Wyn-Tec, a chemical products distributor,
 grew into a holding company consisting of 6 diverse operating units. Each
 month figures from each unit had to be assimilated and translated into a
 format that would permit management to monitor the business' current and
 future health. As a result, more than 11 days each month were spent
 performing this task. The staff was consistently behind schedule. To solve
 the problem, Wyn-Tec purchased an Apple IIe computer with a dot-matrix
 printer and 2 disk drives. A software package called Quickfile was
 implemented. Within 3 months of the system's installation, the translation
 process was taking less than 4 days per month, and the staff was ahead of
 schedule in other areas. Within 6 months of the system's installation,
 Wyn-Tec had both reduced bad-debt losses by $8, 000 and decreased the amount
 of time spent creating management information without adding employees.
-Desc-
 Case studies; Chemical industry; Automated accounting systems; Financial
 statements; Financial reporting; Microcomputers; Applications; Computer
 based; Credit management
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 8640 (CN=Chemical industry); 5240
 (CN=Software & systems)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 51
-A-
 84008516
-W-
 Public Companies Have to View Themselves as Publishers: The Annual Report Is
 a Periodical
 Ruchti, Ulrich; Wasserman, Norman
 Public Relations Qtrly v28n4 PP: 9-13 Winter 1983
-ISSN-
 0033-3700
-JrnlCode-
 PRQ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 If more public companies thought of their annual reports as an annual
 publishing event and a highlight of the corporation's year-long
 communications program, more annual reports would have the excitement,
 innovation, and professionalism that characterize successful periodicals.
 The basic information in annual reports is mandated by the Securities and
 Exchange Commission (SEC), but there is much room for attractive,
 interesting material to effect a positive impact on stockholders. The
 majority of annual reports tend to be passive, uninspiring, and ritualized.
 They can be improved by following 7 guidelines: 1. Definitively identify the
 company using theme, format, and unique, forward-looking copy. 2. Employ
 good graphics - including photography, art, and typography - to hold the
 report together. 3. Create continuity from page to page and from issue to
 issue. 4. Seek professional publishing expertise from outside the company to
 give an objective viewpoint. 5. Use surveys in the annual reports to obtain
 feedback and keep in touch with the opinions of shareholders. 6. Convey the
 company's permanence and its continuity into the future. 7. Attempt to break
 the standard annual report mold and try a measured degree of daring.
-Desc-
 Annual reports; Public companies; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 52
-A-
 84006068
-W-
 Tighter Guidelines Needed on Directors' Transactions
 Andrews, David R.; Hancock, Paul H.
 Accountancy (UK) v94n1084 PP: 109-110 Dec 1983
 -CODEN-
 ACTYAD
-ISSN-
 0001-4664
-JrnlCode-
 ACE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 It is the duty of the directors of a company to disclose in the financial
 statements all the information required by the Companies Act, while the
 auditors' duty is to determine whether all the information is disclosed.
 When a lack of disclosure exists with regard to transactions with directors,
 auditors must include in their report a statement giving the required
 particulars. The Companies Act 1980 sets out this requirement, the
 interpretation of which poses the problems for directors and auditors. The
 disclosure requirements under the Companies Act may not be limited to those
 transactions in which the director derives an unfair benefit at the expense
 of the company. Any transaction in which the director has a material
 interest must be shown. A possible future amendment to company law could
 exempt from disclosure those transactions that are in the ordinary course of
 business of the company and are at full arm's length basis with respect to
 the terms and consideration. Chart.
-Desc-
 UK; Financial statements; Financial reporting; Disclosure; Auditing;
 Requirements; Directors; Transactions
 CLASS. CODES: 4130 (CN=Auditing); 9170 (CN=Non-US)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 53
-A-
 84005936
-W-
 Accounting and Financial Reporting Developments Affecting the Banking
 Industry
 Haugh, James W.
 Magazine of Bank Administration v60n1 PP: 14-18 Jan 1984
 -CODEN-
 MBAAA5
-ISSN-
 0024-9823
-JrnlCode-
 BAD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Continued deregulation of the banking industry has raised issues regarding
 how banks are to account for and report the results of the operations and
 financial condition to their shareholders. There were some important
 accounting and reporting developments affecting banking organizations during
 1983, including: 1. The Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC) has adopted
 rules amending the requirements regarding the form and content of bank
 holding company financial statements; the new rules call for presenting net
 income in a ''one-step'' format, increase the scope of persons to be
 included as related parties for purposes of loan disclosure, and require
 condensed financial information for the parent company only to be disclosed
 on consolidated financial statements. 2. The Financial Accounting Standards
 Board (FASB) has specified the method and period for amortizing goodwill to
 expense in purchase acquisitions of banking and thrift institutions. 3. The
 Bank Industry Audit Guide sets forth revised principal accounting and
 reporting recommendations and outlines recommended treatment for initial
 adoption.
-Desc-
 Banking industry; Financial reporting; Financial statements Financial
 condition statements (ACC); SEC regulations; Goodwill; FASB exposure drafts;
 Portfolio investments
 CLASS. CODES: 8100 (CN=Financial services industry); 4120 (CN=Accounting
 policies & procedures); 3400 (CN=Investment analysis); 4310 (CN=Regulation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 54
-A-
 84004701
-W-
 Practical Solutions to Six Troublesome - And Common - Reporting and
 Disclosure Problems
 Herskovitz, Jerry
 Practical Accountant v17n1 PP: 56-70 Jan 1984
 -CODEN-
 PACNBD
-ISSN-
 0032-6321
-JrnlCode-
 PRA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 13 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Disclosures are often thought to be limited to the footnotes of financial
 statements. However, disclosure also relates to the form, arrangement, and
 content of the financial statements with their appended notes. Forms of
 disclosures include a basic concept, the presentation of a required
 statement of changes in financial position, and, of course, footnotes. The
 presentation of any financial information whose omission would tend to make
 the financial statements misleading is encompassed in the requirement for
 adequate disclosure. The most common reporting and disclosure problems
 encountered by practitioners include: 1. contingencies, 2. going concern, 3.
 extraordinary items, 4. refinancing short-term debt, 5. related party
 transactions, and 6. development stage enterprises. Suggested solutions and
 application examples are provided for each of these problems. Charts.
 References.
-Desc-
 Financial reporting; Financial statements; Disclosure; Accounting policies;
 Contingencies; Going concern assumption (ACC); Extraordinary items;
 Refinancing; Short term debt; FASB statements
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 55
-A-
 84004148
-W-
 Writing a Better Annual Report
 Jensen, Arnold E.; Mulligan, Isabel
 Canadian Business Review (Canada) v10n4 PP: 25-27 Winter 1983
 -CODEN-
 CBREDT
-ISSN-
 0317-4026
-JrnlCode-
 CAB
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The annual report is intended to give shareholders and other investors the
 facts they need to evaluate a company. The report should be geared first to
 the individual investor, then to the sophisticated securities analyst, and
 only then to other audiences, such as employees or regulators. A good format
 should be adopted and used consistently. The cover should be informative and
 get across an important fact, such as the corporate mission. The first 4
 pages are crucial; they should comprise a corporate profile describing the
 company and its financial highlights. The shareholder letter from the chief
 executive officer should explain concisely what happened during the year and
 how these events affect the company's financial position and its outlook for
 the future. The report's body may be organized by divisions, product groups,
 major markets, or other lines. Creative, experienced designers and a
 realistic production schedule can take much of the hassle out of producing
 an annual report.
-Desc-
 Annual reports; Objectives; Audiences; Information; Writing Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 56
-A-
 83032730
-W-
 Standards Overload - No Simple Solution
 Mosso, David
 Jrnl of Accountancy v156n5 PP: 120-138 Nov 1983
 -CODEN-
 JACYAD
-ISSN-
 0021-8448
-JrnlCode-
 JAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 12 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) has addressed the problem of
 standards overload in invitations to comment in 1980 and 1981. The FASB has
 also sponsored 2 independent research studies. The American Institute of
 Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) has addressed the problem by special
 committee 3 times. Some tentative conclusions have been reached through the
 use of FASB findings and responses from small firms, companies, and
 creditors of small companies. Standards overload is not a one-dimensional
 problem. It involves cost-benefit problems, the quality of professional
 practice, professional solidarity, and communication and understanding
 between auditors and bankers. Therefore, the solution to standards overload
 involves a combination of 4 answers: 1. Generally accepted accounting
 principles (GAAP) need to be simplified. 2. One or more comprehensive
 alternative bases with standardized disclosure requirements are needed. 3. A
 need exists for differential GAAP. 4. More GAAP departures with modified
 opinions are needed. The FASB, the AICPA, and their various constituencies
 must combine efforts in order to overcome standards overload. Graphs.
 References.
-Desc-
 Accounting standards; Problems; GAAP; Financial reporting; Financial
 statements; Costs; Accounting firms; CPAs; Quality
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 57
-A-
 83032402
-W-
 Treasurer's Role in a Leveraged Buyout/Checklist for the Parent Company's
 CFO/Checklist for the Subsidiary's CFO
 Katcha, Robert J.
 Cash Flow v4n9 PP: 36-40 Nov 1983
-ISSN-
 0196-6227
-JrnlCode-
 CFL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A leveraged buyout may offer the best opportunity for all parties when a
 multi-unit corporation sells a subsidiary to that subsidiary's management.
 Once the subsidiary convinces the parent to sell the operation to existing
 management, the subsidiary's treasury manager and the firm's investment
 bankers must work together to finance the acquisition. The finance person
 must provide information and coordination so that it becomes clear to the
 investment bankers and the unit managers that the unit can stand alone. The
 financial manager also should require the investment banker to develop a
 presentation for prospective lenders. Parent company chief financial
 officers (CFOs) should set deadlines to consumate the deal, insist that the
 prospective owners retain their own advisers and bankers, keep all dealings
 at arm's length, ensure full disclosure to buyers, and take notes. The
 subsidiary's CFO should insist on a contingency fee arrangement, acknowledge
 the importance of personal chemistry, and follow outside professionals'
 advice.
-Desc-
 Financial management; Executives; Roles; Subsidiaries; Divestiture;
 Acquisitions & mergers; Corporate finance; Financing; Arrangements
 CLASS. CODES: 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management); 2330 (CN=Acquisitions &
 mergers); 2130 (CN=Executives)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 58
-A-
 83030745
-W-
 The Effect of Auditor Involvement on the Predictive Capacity of Interim
 Financial Information
 Edmonds, Thomas P.
 Jrnl of Business Finance & Accounting (UK) v10n3 PP: 429-441 Autumn 1983
-ISSN-
 0306-686X
-JrnlCode-
 JBF
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 13 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Current practices regarding auditor association with interim financial
 statements were affected by the Securities & Exchange Commission's (SEC)
 issuance of Accounting Series Release (ASR) Number 177. The report requires
 registrants to include interim data in a footnote to their annual reports.
 The findings of an empirical study designed to test for the presence of
 anticipated improvements in the predictive capacity of interim data are
 reported. Data were obtained through 486 analyzable responses from
 companies. The data indicate that no statistically significant differences
 exist between the mean vectors of forecast error terms when the performance
 of a limited review was introduced as the independent variable. Auditor
 association with interim data does not statistically affect the predictive
 capacity of such data. The findings weaken the SEC's contention that auditor
 association will improve the predictive capacity of interim data. Equations.
 Tables. Appendix. References.
-Desc-
 Interim financial statements; Auditors; Roles; Interim audits; Effects; Form
 10-Q; SEC filing requirements; Studies; Predictions; Models; Hypotheses
 CLASS. CODES: 4130 (CN=Auditing); 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoreti- cal); 3400
 (CN=Investment analysis)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 59
-A-
 83027713
-W-
 Early Implementation of New Foreign Currency Rules: An Evaluation of Annual
 Reports
 Benjamin, James J.; Grossman, Steven D.; Wiggins, Casper E., Jr.
 Akron Business & Economic Review v14n3 PP: 37-40 Fall 1983
 -CODEN-
 ABERDF
-ISSN-
 0044-7048
-JrnlCode-
 ABE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In recent years, foreign currency translation has been a controversial
 accounting issue. In a review of its position on foreign currency
 translation, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
 Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 52, ''Foreign Currency
 Translation, '' in December 1981. An effort was made to analyze the effect
 on the financial statements of multinational corporations that voluntarily
 adopted the provisions of SFAS 52 and to examine the foreign currency
 disclosures for these firms. The study evaluated the annual reports of 93
 companies that chose to use the new rules in their 1981 financial
 statements. Results showed that application of SFAS 52 resulted in an
 increase in reported net income. However, conformity was not always found in
 the disclosure requirements of SFAS 52. Tables.
-Desc-
 FASB statements; Foreign exchange translations; Disclosure; Annual reports;
 Financial reporting; Financial statements
 CLASS. CODES: 3500 (CN=Foreign exchange administration)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 60
-A-
 83026367
-W-
 The Materiality Principle: Problems and Possible Solutions
 Pattillo, James W.; Morris, Michael H.; Nichols, William D.
 Corporate Accounting v1n3 PP: 44-51 Summer 1983
-JrnlCode-
 CAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Although the materiality concept has had a place in accounting for nearly 40
 years, few guidelines exist to assist preparers of financial statements. A
 prospective of the materiality concept is provided in order to point the way
 toward possible solutions in the application of the problem. A format for
 materiality guidelines is proposed. Results of a study by the Financial
 Executives Research Foundation (1976) are discussed, concluding that: 1.
 different perceptions exist of what threshold is appropriate in particular
 cases, and 2. not enough is known about various group's decision models. The
 major components of materiality judgments include: 1. objectives of the
 decision maker, 2. relevant factors, 3. weights assigned to factors, and 4.
 form of the decision model. Materiality decision factors are outlined.
 Materiality judgments often are made inconsistently within and among firms
 without identification and consideration of relevant factors or the needs of
 users. Charts.
-Desc-
 Accounting policies; Materiality (ACC); Disclosure; Financial reporting;
 FASB statements; Financial statement notes
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 61
-A-
 83022424
-W-
 Completeness - The Elusive Assertion
 Whittington, Ray; Zulinski, Marilyn; Ledwith, James W.
 Jrnl of Accountancy v156n2 PP: 82-92 Aug 1983
 -CODEN-
 JACYAD
-ISSN-
 0021-8448
-JrnlCode-
 JAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 An auditor gathers and evaluates evidential matter when forming an opinion
 on financial statements. There is some concern about the gathering of
 evidence when the auditor is not certain that all of the client's
 transactions are recorded and accumulated as a part of the financial
 statement balances. There have been several questions on practice raised by
 auditors when using Statement on Auditing Standards (SAS) Number 31,
 Evidential Matter. SAS No. 31 identifies completeness of transactions and
 balances as one of the categories of assertions embodied in financial
 statements. There are 5 broad categories of assertions embodied, explicitly
 or implicitly, in financial statements that are identified by SAS No. 31: 1.
 existence or occurrence, 2. completeness, 3. rights and obligations, 4.
 valuation or allocation, and 5. presentation and disclosure. There are a
 variety of viewpoints on the nature of evidence necessary to substantiate
 the completeness of financial statement balances. The completeness controls
 involve: 1. methods to count source documents, 2. procedures to determine
 that the methods have been properly applied, and 3. methods to assure the
 accuracy of the initial recording. References.
-Desc-
 Accounting records; Internal accounting control; Audit evidence; Auditors
 opinions; Exceptions; Accounting standards; Financial statements
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 62
-A-
 83019448
-W-
 IUS EasyBusiness Series
 Knight, Sherry D.; Yoder, Steven E.
 Interface Age v8n7 PP: 107-113 Jul 1983
-ISSN-
 0147-2992
-JrnlCode-
 INA:
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The EasyBusiness Series from Information Unlimited Software (IUS) includes
 accounts receivable and payable, order entry, inventory control and
 analysis, and general ledger and financial reports software packages. The
 general ledger and financial reports package includes such good features as
 its documentation, reporting capabilities, and the general ease of use in
 daily operations. It does have, however, some of the weaknesses commonly
 found in the small accounting programs, including a lack of system access
 controls. This program offers no built-in system security, although IUS
 (Sausalito, California) has promised to add a security systems upgrade later
 in the year. IUS has placed the formatting function for financial reports in
 a separate report generating program; this allows the user to obtain only
 the desired information in the preferred format. The program is adaptable to
 many printers, and the user can select paper size and print mode and halt
 any printing operation in progress. The IUS documentation appendices cover
 many items usually avoided, including example reports, a command summary, a
 good coverage of error situations and messages, capacity guidelines, printer
 configurations, hard disk implementations, and some data input forms.
 Monthly budgets for each account are provided for budgeting capability, and
 remaining disk capacity is displayed continuously.
-Desc-
 Accounting; Software packages; Financial planning; Design; Security
 CLASS. CODES: 5240 (CN=Software & systems); 4100 (CN=Accounting; 9120
 (CN=Product specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 63
-A-
 83018465
-W-
 Another Step in the March Toward Current Value Accounting
 Krasnoff, Mitchell M.
 Corporate Accounting v1n2 PP: 53-57 Spring 1983
-JrnlCode-
 CAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Statement of Position (SOP) 82-1 of the American Institute of Certified
 Public Accountants (AICPA) establishes estimated current value rather than
 historical cost as the required basis of presentation for personal financial
 statements. The action is a continuation of the trend toward current value
 accounting begun by Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC) Accounting Series
 Release 190 and the requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting
 Standards 33 from the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB); both
 rules pertain to the broad application of current value accounting to
 general corporate financial reporting and disclosures. SOP 82-1, dealing
 with all aspects of personal finance reporting, presents detailed guidelines
 for the determination of estimated current values. The SOP requires making
 provision for income taxes on the appreciation in value of assets held. The
 provision is not classified as a liability on the statement of financial
 condition, but is shown as a separate major component of the statement
 between liabilities and net worth. General reaction to the SOP favors the
 use of current value, but considerable opposition has arisen to the income
 tax computation provision. Reference.
-Desc-
 AICPA statements of position; Current cost accounting; Accounting
 procedures; Personal finance; Financial reporting; Financial statements
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 64
-A-
 83017099
-W-
 Oil and Gas Disclosures - The FASB Reacts
 Grossman, Steven D.; Mayper, Alan G.; Welker, Robert B.
 CPA Jrnl v53n5 PP: 24-29 May 1983
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0732-8435
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requested that the Financial
 Accounting Standards Board (FASB) develop a disclosure package for
 enterprises engaged in oil and gas producing activities. The FASB has issued
 an Exposure Draft and a Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
 69. SFAS 69 is designed to: 1. develop disclosure requirements that are
 useful, and 2. to consider cost-benefit relationships of alternative
 disclosures and to reduce the quantity and cost of existing disclosures. The
 Board requires historical cost-based information and nonfinancial
 information. The standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows
 relating to proven oil and gas reserves is to be disclosed and reported in
 the aggregate and for each geographic area. The specific information
 required is outlined. The subject of oil and gas disclosures has been
 controversial for many years, and it is unlikely that SFAS 69 will reduce
 discussion on the issue.
-Desc-
 Financial accounting standards; Disclosure; Petroleum industry; Financial
 statements; FASB statements; SEC accounting policies
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 8510 (CN=Petroleum
 industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 65
-A-
 83017015
-W-
 Has the SEC Taken All the Dead Wood Out of Its Disclosure System?
 Kripke, Homer
 Business Lawyer v38n3 PP: 833-853 May 1983
-ISSN-
 0007-6899
-JrnlCode-
 BLW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 21 Pages
 AVAIL.: Business Lawyer, American Bar Assn., 1155 E. 60th St., Chicago, IL
 60637
 Regulation D replaces the private placement rule 146 and the small offerings
 rules 140 and 142, but problems remain in the Securities & Exchange
 Commission's (SEC) integrated disclosure system and the new Regulation D
 exemptions. The definition of ''accredited investor'' in Rule 502 (e)
 excludes the very persons who with greatest certainty fit the concept. The
 rules implementing the ''integration doctrine'' may result in a combined
 offering not meeting the standards of any of the registration exemptions
 under the Securities Act of 1933. The SEC has failed to extend to secondary
 offerings of $500, 000 or less registered under the 1933 Act the reduction
 of restrictions on secondary resales already provided in Rule 502. The SEC
 should continue to eliminate redundancies by taking the following steps: 1.
 Promulgate a rule exempting from disclosure certain secondary sales. 2.
 Abolish the notice of Rule 503. 3. Treat exemption requirements on a par
 with registrations. 4. Abandon overdrafting and multiplication of conditions
 to certain exemptions. 5. Recognize the inadvertent and immaterial error
 defense. References.
-Desc-
 SEC; Regulation D; SEC regulations; Sales of securities (private); SEC
 registration; Exemptions; Disclosure; Information; Requirements; Financial
 statements; Accounting procedures
 CLASS. CODES: 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management); 4120 (CN=Accounting
 policies & procedures); 4310 (CN=Regulation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 66
-A-
 83013375
-W-
 Financial System Speeds Processing
 Anonymous
 Computerworld v17n16 PP: 41, 46 Apr 18, 1983
 -CODEN-
 CMPWAB
-ISSN-
 0010-4841
-JrnlCode-
 COW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Weldon J. Montgomery, finance manager at Pritchard Services Inc. (PSI), used
 a shopping list when searching for an in-house financial management
 information system. The firm had previously used outside service bureaus. To
 find an alternative, Montgomery made a lengthy study. Consideration was
 given to nearly every financial information requirement of the firm. The
 study then examined 15 configurations of hardware and software. The company
 needed expandable software that was usable without modifications. The
 financial products of Software International Corp. (SI) were selected. The
 hardware chosen by PSI was an IBM 4331. The Variable Report Writer (VRW)
 from SI permits users to formulate and produce reports in any desired
 format.
-Desc-
 Internal; Financial; MIS (MAN); Information systems; Case studies; Financial
 statements
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 5240 (CN=Software
 & systems); 9110 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 67
-A-
 83013043
-W-
 Individual vs. Group Processing of Accounting Data - A Field Study
 Reeve, James M.
 Accounting & Business Research (UK) v13n49 PP: 49-55 Winter 1982
-JrnlCode-
 ACB
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Research on the use of accounting data has indicated that individuals are
 inefficient in the use of accounting data although users in aggregate are
 efficient. A study was conducted to determine the differences in data-use
 efficiency between individuals and small groups of users. A sample of 28
 commercial loan officers were presented with financial statements for 2
 hypothetical firms applying for project financing. The firms had equally
 favorable loan risks, but differed in their format of disclosure, either by
 balance-sheet disclosure or footnote disclosure. Subjects: 1. evaluated the
 applications individually and in groups of 2, 2. assigned an interest rate
 for the loan and a probability of default, and 3. choose between the 2
 applicants for loan approval. Both individuals and groups were found to
 process data inefficiently, generally favoring the firm with footnote
 disclosure over the firm with balance-sheet disclosure. Individuals tended
 to assign the interest rates for the loans incorrectly, while groups tended
 to assess default probability incorrectly. Chart. Tables. References.
 Appendices.
-Desc-
 Financial reporting; Accounting; Data; Studies; Users; Information
 processing; Groups; Financial statements
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 68
-A-
 83012630
-W-
 Management's Discussion and Analysis
 Berger, Peter E.
 CPA Jrnl v53n4 PP: 81-85 Apr 1983
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0732-8435
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC) has made public its concern that
 the current economic pressures may tempt some companies into diluting the
 quality of their financial reports. This may be done by filtering out
 unfavorable news in an attempt to sanitize the information provided
 investors. The SEC is also concerned with the relatively high volume of
 one-time elective transactions during 1982. These transactions appear to
 have provided companies with ''nonrecurring'' profits to offset operational
 losses. The importance of the management's discussions and analysis (MD&A)
 as a means of informing the investor of such occurrences has been emphasized
 by the SEC. The regulations concerning MD&A require management discussion
 and analysis to be on a realistic enough basis so that the reader is
 provided with an understanding of the company's financial condition, changes
 in financial condition, and results of operations. The main requirements for
 discussion topics are: 1. liquidity, 2. capital resources, 3. results of
 operations, 4. impact of inflation and changing prices, 5. interim periods,
 and 6. foreign currency translation.
-Desc-
 SEC regulations; FASB statements; Financial reporting; Financial statements
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 69
-A-
 83012623
-W-
 Personal Financial Statements - Benefits of Experience
 Raymond, Robert H.; Ellison, David J.
 CPA Jrnl v53n4 PP: 14-23 Apr 1983
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0732-8435
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The 1968 American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Industry
 Audit Guide, Audits of Personal Financial Statements, is now being revised
 and divided into 2 pronouncements. The accounting portion was released on
 October 1, 1982, as Statement of Position (SOP) 82-1. This portion,
 Accounting and Financial Reporting for Personal Financial Statements, will
 apply to the accounting and reporting for personal financial statements
 dated June 30, 1983, and later. The previous audit provisions were expanded
 to emphasize different levels of service. Fundamental changes in SOP 82-1
 that differ from the 1968 Guide are: 1. Financial statements present
 estimated current values of assets and report liabilities at the discounted
 amount of cash to be paid. 2. The historical cost column is dropped in favor
 of some disclosure of tax basis. Many practitioners are concerned with
 serving the users of their product and SOP 82-1 is user oriented. A set of
 data is required by the statement that nearly every user of personal
 financial statements appears to want. Additional data that the user desires
 can be readily included. There is a wide range of flexibility permitted in
 the format. Table. References.
-Desc-
 Personal finance; Financial statements; AICPA; Accounting standards
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 70
-A-
 83012557
-W-
 Streamlining Small Business Performance Reporting
 Liao, Woody M.
 Management Accounting v64n10 PP: 24-27 Apr 1983
 -CODEN-
 MGACBD
-ISSN-
 0025-1690
-JrnlCode-
 NAA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A small business, like a large business, needs information for planning and
 control of its operations. A performance report summarizes and compares
 actual results with goals or budget plans, and it provides a useful tool for
 evaluating the extent to which a company's budgets, planned goals, and
 objectives have or have not been attained. Performance reporting also has
 proven useful for many companies by: 1. providing feedback for future
 planning, 2. motivating employees, 3. assisting better achievement of plans,
 and 4. providing a medium for communication. Small businesses need
 meaningful and effective performance reporting systems. The performance
 report must be tailored to the characteristics of the individual firm in
 order to be meaningful and effective. There are 4 special considerations
 involved in the design and implementation of a performance report: 1. the
 special characteristics of the business, 2. necessary information for
 effective management control, 3. procedures and format for desired
 information, and 4. the implementation of the system to make management
 control more systematic and objective. The performance report of a small
 business should be simple and relevant. Table. Figure.
-Desc-
 Small business; Performance; Reports; Financial budgets; Feedback; Financial
 planning; Financial reporting
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 9520 (CN=Small
 business)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 71
-A-
 83012042
-W-
 Do Analysts Use Inflation-Adjusted Information? Results of a Survey
 Berliner, Robert W.
 Financial Analysts Jrnl v39n2 PP: 65-72 Mar/Apr 1983
 -CODEN-
 FIAJA4
-ISSN-
 0015-198X
-JrnlCode-
 FIA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A recent survey of members of the Financial Analysts Federation was
 undertaken by Arthur Young & Co. in order to determine whether financial
 analysts use the inflation-adjusted accounting information required by
 Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement Number 33. Of 500
 analysts randomly selected, 244 responded to the questionnaire. Only half of
 the respondents use the Statement No. 33 information. There are 3 especially
 strong reasons for the nonuse of the information: 1. the
 ''noncomparability'' of the information, 2. doubt as to the information's
 intrinsic value, and 3. the information's redundancy. Responses from both
 users and nonusers suggest that analysts might find the information more
 useful if the requirements were amended so as to make inflation-adjusted
 disclosures more comparable across companies. In addition, removal of the
 ''experimental'' label and presentation of the information in financial
 statement format might also enhance analysts' perception of the
 information's utility. Tables.
-Desc-
 FASB statements; Inflation accounting; Surveys; Financial; Analysts;
 Information; Price level financial statements (ACC)
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 3400
 (CN=Investment analysis)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 72
-A-
 83012037
-W-
 Applications of Inflation-Adjusted Accounting Data
 Norby, William C.
 Financial Analysts Jrnl v39n2 PP: 33-39 Mar/Apr 1983
 -CODEN-
 FIAJA4
-ISSN-
 0015-198X
-JrnlCode-
 FIA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement Number 33, Financial
 Reporting and Changing Prices, has for the most part, like other
 inflation-adjusted accounting data, not been found decision-useful by
 financial analysts. Applications of inflation-adjusted data in the
 investment community fall into 3 categories: 1. specific company evaluation
 of risk and growth, 2. portfolio decisions on selection of particular
 securities, and 3. macroanalyses of the entire securities market. Statement
 Number 33 should be given a fair trial, but it should be simplified and
 improved by making these changes: 1. adoption of only the current cost
 method, 2. clarification of current cost measurements and adoption of the
 comprehensive income concept, 3. expansion of presentation to include more
 balance sheet and funds statement items, 4. prescription of a single
 presentation format, 5. retention of the 5-year trend table of key items
 deflated to a constant dollar basis, with the addition of current cost data
 in nominal terms, 6. reconsideration of company coverage, and 7. inclusion
 of specific information on price trends in sales and costs. Tables.
 Appendix.
-Desc-
 FASB statements; Inflation accounting; Discounted cash flow Return on
 investment; Stock prices; Portfolio management; Models; Studies
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 3400
 (CN=Investment analysis); 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 73
-A-
 83010998
-W-
 Life Company GAAP Internal Reporting
 Silins, Edward S.
 Best's Review (Life/Health) v83n11 PP: 22, 25-26 Mar 1983
 -CODEN-
 BRLHB5
-ISSN-
 0005-9706
-JrnlCode-
 BIH
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 There are many times when internal financial statements for life insurance
 companies based on generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) give
 inadequate or even misleading information. The financials provide little
 insight into why results were as reported when this occurs. These statements
 also offer very little guidance for future decisions. A more meaningful
 internal report prepared under GAAP is available by following a suggested
 general format. The benefit and expense reserve factors should provide gross
 premium and the portion of gross premium required for benefits, commission,
 and acquisition expenses. The investment income attributable to the reserve
 balance should be approximately the same as the GAAP reserve interest
 assumption. A proper matching of revenues with expenses shows this reserve
 interest amount as a reduction of policy benefits. Expenses for the ordinary
 line of business should be separated into 3 components: 1. acquisition
 costs, 2. policy maintenance costs, and 3. overhead costs. The actual and
 expected underwriting results for each component of the gross premium should
 be compared. The development of necessary information will vary from company
 to company. Tables.
-Desc-
 Life insurance companies; GAAP; Internal; Financial reporting; Financial
 statements; Investment income; Underwriting (INS); Gains
 CLASS. CODES: 8210 (CN=Life & health insurance); 4120 (CN=Accounting
 policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 74
-A-
 83009736
-W-
 An Empirical Examination of the Impact of Limited Review on Equity Prices
 Fabozzi, Frank J.; Fonfeder, Robert; Casabona, Patrick
 Jrnl of Business Finance & Accounting (UK) v10n1 PP: 127-138 Spring 1983
-ISSN-
 0306-686X
-JrnlCode-
 JBF
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 12 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The US Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC) required in Accounting Series
 Release 177 (1975) that auditors examine selected quarterly data of certain
 registrants. By requiring a limited review of the last 8 quarters, the SEC
 was trying to discourage management from manipulating quarterly data. The
 SEC assumes this limited review will offer investors improved information,
 so it should have an impact on the expectations of market participants and
 the price behavior of securities. Findings suggest that investors do not
 perceive announcements subjected to limited review as improved information
 compared to earlier announcements with no review. No difference in investor
 reaction should be expected because of the reviews, but investors do react
 to quarterly and annual announcements, usually within a 4-day trading
 period. Tables. Equations. References.
-Desc-
 SEC regulations; Quarterly reports; Interim financial statements; Auditing
 standards; Studies; Limited review (ACC); Investors; Stock prices
 CLASS. CODES: 4130 (CN=Auditing); 4310 (CN=Regulation); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical); 3400 (CN=Investment analysis)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 75
-A-
 83007746
-W-
 Statement of Changes: In Need of a Change?
 Clark, Richard S.
 CA Magazine (Canada) v116n2 PP: 26-30 Feb 1983
 -CODEN-
 CCHAA5
-ISSN-
 0317-6878
-JrnlCode-
 CCA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Financial Executives Institute Canada (FEIC) has suggested that the
 focus should be on cash and not working capital in funds statements. The way
 companies deal with the FEIC proposal will depend on how the professional
 accountant approaches this financial reporting problem. To really improve
 the funds statement, the format used to present cash-flow information will
 have to be upgraded. A massive campaign to force operating managers to pay
 closer attention to cash flow helped General Electric show business
 executives that cash-flow information offers a significant financial
 opportunity. Companies that manage cash flow outperform those that do not.
 The cash-flow analysis proved to be a powerful analytic tool for financial
 analysts. A study by Kidder, Peabody & Co. has demonstrated the importance
 of cash-flow information. Discretionary cash flow was invented by Kidder and
 was used to describe the cash left over after a company set aside enough
 money to replace plant and equipment and to pay dividends. A statement that
 shows the effects of inflation on cash flows has been recommended by the
 Ontario Government Committee on Inflation Accounting. It shows cash
 available for distribution and expansion after the effects of inflation are
 taken into account. Graph. Table. Appendices.
-Desc-
 Accounting procedures; Financial reporting; Funds statements ; Working
 capital; Cash; Liquidity; Canada
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 76
-A-
 83007091
-W-
 Reducing the Burden of Government - The SEC's Role
 Powers, Ollie S.
 National Public Accountant v28n2 PP: 20-23 Feb 1983
 -CODEN-
 NPACAI
-ISSN-
 0027-9978
-JrnlCode-
 NPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The control of business and government regulation has increased dramatically
 in the US over the past several decades. Many politicians have recently
 become concerned with this matter. The requirements of the Securities &
 Exchange Commission (SEC) have had a significant effect on accountants. The
 SEC is now doing its part to reduce the federal burden through the
 relaxation and simplification of some of its demands. The current SEC
 Chairman appears to be emphasizing self-regulation of the accounting
 profession and is less concerned with corporate governance. The SEC's
 objectives include a withdrawal of outmoded and redundant regulations,
 improvement in clarity, and reduction of the burden of public disclosures by
 a simplification of regulations. Some of the recent changes in SEC
 requirements involve: 1. the integrated disclosure system, 2. Form S-15, 3.
 the revised interim reporting rules, 4. separate financial statements, 5. a
 streamlined registration process, and 6. exemptions for small issues and
 issuers. These changes may be interpreted as an indication that those in
 authority truly intend for the SEC to make its contribution to reductions in
 the burden of government. References.
-Desc-
 SEC; Self regulation; Disclosure; SEC 34; SEC 33; GAAP; Form 10-K; Financial
 reporting; Form 10-Q; Interim financial statements; SEC registration; SEC
 regulations
 CLASS. CODES: 4310 (CN=Regulation); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies
 & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 77
-A-
 83006940
-W-
 Why Should We Care?
 Kovener, R. R.
 Healthcare Financial Mgmt v37n2 PP: 26-28, 32-33 Feb 1983
 -CODEN-
 HFIMAK
-ISSN-
 0018-5639
-JrnlCode-
 HFM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) has issued 2 statements
 establishing basic objectives for all financial accounting and reporting
 decisions, one dealing with objectives for business enterprises and the
 other with nonbusiness enterprises. The distinction between business and
 nonbusiness has special significance for health care financial management,
 and the significance focuses on: 1. report format, and 2. performance
 evaluation. This analysis reviews these issues, with the overall conclusion
 reached being that health care financial managers should be concerned with
 any action that creates artificial differentiation between health care
 enterprises of different ownership types. Differentiation on the basis of
 ill-defined enterprise characteristics is not prudent, and the preferable
 system would be for all enterprises to have financial reports prepared
 according to universally applicable rules. The FASB itself could help this
 confusing state of affairs by stating that all enterprises, regardless of
 ownership, are subject to the same accounting principles and by ceasing to
 issue further statements for nonbusiness organizations.
-Desc-
 FASB; Financial reporting; Health care; Financial management ; Tax planning;
 Tax exempt organizations
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 8320 (CN=Health
 care industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 78
-A-
 83004099
-W-
 The Dominant Role of Management Accounting
 Banyard, Cyril
 Management Accounting (UK) v60n11 PP: 14-16 Dec 1982
 -CODEN-
 MATGBA
-ISSN-
 0025-1682
-JrnlCode-
 MAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The International Federation of Accountants Congress (IFAC) includes
 organizations that cover 90% of the world's qualified accountants. The
 majority of these accountants are in industry, commerce, government service,
 education, and consultancy. The IFAC has adopted the term ''management
 accounting'' to cover the activities of those accountants not engaged in
 audit practice. Management accounting involves the presentation of
 accounting data in such a way as to assist management in its functions of
 promoting maximum efficiency and of formulating and coordinating future
 plans and measuring their execution. The fields covered by the management
 accountant are: 1. policy formulation, 2. identification and measurement, 3.
 planning and budgeting, 4. recording and presenting, 5. interpretation and
 control, 6. procurement of finance, 7. appropriate use and security of
 resources, 8. assurance of accountability, 9. independent appraisal and
 evaluation, and 10. disclosure and communication. The major function of a
 management accountant involves: corporate planning, financial accounting,
 cost accounting, treasurership, internal auditing, and information systems.
 Management accounting is becoming the central or core activity of the
 accounting profession.
-Desc-
 Management accounting; UK; External; Auditing; Roles
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 9170 (CN=Non-US)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 79
-A-
 83003699
-W-
 Long-Term Supply Agreements: A New Albatross?
 Eaker, Mark R.; Ferris, Kenneth R.
 Financial Analysts Jrnl v38n6 PP: 70-73 Nov/Dec 1982
 -CODEN-
 FIAJA4
-ISSN-
 0015-198X
-JrnlCode-
 FIA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Unreported obligations such as long-term supply agreements (LTSA) are
 increasingly posing financial liabilities for companies who may be unable to
 later fulfill them. Current reporting requirements for these commitments and
 contingencies should force further disclosure to enhance decision making for
 securities analysts, as well as for investors, customers, and management.
 Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement Number 5 and
 Interpretation No. 14 cover reporting of these uncertainties. Yet, since
 LTSAs may involve no immediate exchange of assets, they need not be
 disclosed until such time as the terms of the agreement are satisfied. This
 poses great risk, as it did for Westinghouse Electric Co. in 1975 when it
 could not meet its LTSAs to provide utility customers with agreed-upon
 amounts of uranium. Westinghouse made these commitments between 1966 and
 1973 but they were not revealed in financial statements until 1976 and
 directors were not informed of the company's exposure until 1974. The
 potential liability facing Westinghouse was initially estimated to run as
 high as $2.5 billion. References.
-Desc-
 Financial statements; Financial reporting; Disclosure; Contingent
 liabilities (ACC); Supply; Agreements; FASB statements; Accounting
 procedures; Case studies; Westinghouse Electric-Pittsburgh
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 9110 (CN=Company
 specific); 3400 (CN=Investment analysis)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 80
-A-
 83003055
-W-
 Accounting Disclosures of Strikes and Lockouts
 Nelson, M.
 Cost & Mgmt (Canada) v56n6 PP: 30-32 Nov/Dec 1982
 -CODEN-
 CSTMA9
-ISSN-
 0010-9592
-JrnlCode-
 RIA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A survey of annual reports of Canadian companies for the years 1978-1980 was
 done to see how the cost of work stoppages was accounted for. Of the
 companies which acknowledged work stoppages in their annual reports, only a
 very few revealed the cost of such stoppages, and none showed this cost in
 the income statement. Yet, the CICA Handbook requires information necessary
 for a fair presentation of operational results to be revealed in the
 financial statement. Where extended work stoppages occur, their costs
 require examination on the disclosure of the effects. Those reporting such a
 cost indicated that it was attributable to depreciation and other costs
 normally tabbed to production. Another question arises as to whether work
 stoppages should be considered ordinary or extraordinary costs. If no
 benefit results from a work stoppage, shareholders might well question
 management's actions which led to the stoppage. Tables. Appendix.
 References.
-Desc-
 Canada; Strikes; Lockouts; Work stoppages; Financial reporting; Disclosure;
 Costs; Annual reports; Financial statements
 CLASS. CODES: 9170 (CN=Non-US); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 81
-A-
 83002815
-W-
 The Funds Flow Statement: Striving for Greater Accuracy
 Clemente, Holly A.
 Financial Executive v50n12 PP: 27-32 Dec 1982
 -CODEN-
 FIEXAW
-ISSN-
 0015-1998
-JrnlCode-
 FEX
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Examination of the Statement of Funds Flow presentations in 1981 annual
 reports indicates that many companies are altering the statement with
 innovations that more closely reflect a firm's financial health. In 1982,
 the Financial Executives Institute (FEI) sponsored a survey on the Statement
 of Funds Flow, which revealed the following: 1. Of the almost 1, 200
 respondents, 79% used a Source and Use format, and 13% segregated the
 sources and uses into activities. 2. A total of 25% who adopted a cash basis
 presentation defined funds as cash, while 57% defined funds as cash and
 short-term investments. 3. The majority of those companies which reconciled
 the statement to the change in cash, or in cash and equivalents, usually
 added beginning cash to arrive at a bottom line which agreed to the year-end
 balance for cash or cash equivalents. 4. Many companies give an indication
 as to where funds come from and where they go, and whether funds generated
 from operations are sufficient to cover expenditures. 5. The placement of
 gains and losses on foreign currency translation was as varied as the
 captions used. Tables.
-Desc-
 Funds statements; Financial management; Corporate finance; Surveys; Working
 capital
 CLASS. CODES: 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 82
-A-
 82029301
-W-
 Streamlined SEC Registration System
 Zell, Gary A.
 CPA Jrnl v52n11 PP: 18-22 Nov 1982
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0094-2049
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The final stage of the Securities & Exchange Commission's (SEC) integrated
 disclosure system replaces Forms S-7 and S-16 with Forms S-2 and S-3, and
 adopts a temporary procedural rule for registering securities offered and
 sold on a delayed or continuous basis. The new forms may impose severe
 restraints on the time auditors need to demonstrate that an adequate
 subsequent events review has been made, particularly if a post-effective
 amendment to a shelf registration statement is required. The shelf
 registration statements affect the timing and the number of comfort letters
 that auditors give to underwriters. Companies using Forms S-1 or S-2 for a
 shelf registration statement may face some special problems associated with
 the requirement that a post-effective amendment updating the financial
 information must accompany the form. The Form S-2 prospectus may be
 abbreviated as an option. The problem in choosing the option lies in the
 availability of the latest financial statements and the delivery of the
 information that is required by Part 1 of Form 10-Q. Some of the same
 problems affect Form S-3, which may include more information than is
 required. Unaudited quarterly information and trend information may create
 special problems with interim information in Forms S-1 and S-2.
-Desc-
 SEC registration; Registration statements; Sales of securities (public);
 Financial statements; Auditors; Comfort letters; Responsibilities
 CLASS. CODES: 4130 (CN=Auditing); 3400 (CN=Investment analysis)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 83
-A-
 82028674
-W-
 A Special GAAP for Banks? Or Is It Just Accounting Sleight of Hand?
 Henry, F. Howard; Macpherson, Donald M.
 CA Magazine (Canada) v115n10 PP: 34-39 Oct 1982
 -CODEN-
 CCHAA5
-ISSN-
 0317-6878
-JrnlCode-
 CCA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Most industrialized countries have, in recent years, developed accounting
 principles and conventions for preparing financial statements that are
 comparable and generally understood and accepted by investors and the
 business community. In Canada, most financial statements are prepared in
 accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The
 Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (CICA) Handbook exempts banks
 from GAAP that could otherwise override the regulatory reporting
 requirements banks are subject to under governing statutes. Canada's Bank
 Act specifies the financial statement format that banks must present to
 their shareholders and the public. The December 1980 revisions to the Bank
 Act involve full consolidation and equity accounting requirements, as well
 as uniform footnote disclosure. This was an effort to bring bank financial
 statements into closer alignment with the accounting practices and
 disclosure standards of commercial industries, international banking, and
 with GAAP; the revised Bank Act continues to support departures from GAAP in
 bank accounting. There are sound industry and regulatory reasons for
 recognizing special GAAP for banks. Bank accounting practices, put into
 their proper perspective, can simply be understood as special GAAP for
 banks.
-Desc-
 Canada; GAAP; Banking industry; Accounting procedures; Financial statements;
 Income Tax Act-Canada
 CLASS. CODES: 9170 (CN=Non-US); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures);
 4210 (CN=Institutional taxation); 8100 (CN=Financial services industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 84
-A-
 82027248
-W-
 Banking and the Video Connection
 Sullivan, Michael P.
 Bankers Magazine v165n5 PP: 55-57 Sep/Oct 1982
 -CODEN-
 BNMGBD
-ISSN-
 0005-545X
-JrnlCode-
 BZE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Television provides banks with new communications capabilities. Video has
 been a popular training device for some time, but its uses go far beyond
 that application. Some of these new applications include: 1. Video can be
 put to use to help a prospective corporate customer at a distant location
 understand a new product or service via a videotape cassette sent from the
 bank. 2. Corporate video can be used in news broadcasts for employees, and
 the Bank of America is already using video and videocassette players in its
 branches. 3. The First Union National Bank (Charlotte, North Carolina) has
 used the technology in preparing its first employee electronic annual
 report. Video's potential uses lie with the news media, the community,
 corporate business relationships, communication with special market
 segments, and employee communications. Video permits a bank to tell the
 story it wants in an exciting and visual format. Its uses are both internal
 and external, limited only by the imagination of the user.
-Desc-
 Banks; Videotape; Television broadcasting; Communications
 CLASS. CODES: 8100 (CN=Financial services industry); 5250
 (CN=Telecommunications systems)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 85
-A-
 82026924
-W-
 For Financial Information, Execs Are 'Making The Connection'
 Soura, Marshall
 Data Mgmt v20n10 PP: 20-21 Oct 1982
 -CODEN-
 DTAMBZ
-ISSN-
 0148-5431
-JrnlCode-
 DMG
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Realizing the need within the corporate community for timely financial
 information, many banks have gradually instituted sophisticated cash
 management services which increase the availability of funds and improve the
 accuracy of information used by financial executives in their decision
 making. The Girard Connection, a cash management system developed by Girard
 Bank (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania) and available through the General Electric
 Information Services Co., ascertains the needs of the executive, and in what
 format, and then custom designs the system and programs it specifically to
 that customer's needs. The Girard Connection includes 3 basic information
 reporting options: 1. a computer terminal, 2. a touchtone telephone for
 information delivery, and 3. TELEX/TWX for distribution reports. The funds
 transfer system permits a corporation to wire funds from one bank to
 another, on a pre-authorized basis. The system also offers a deposit
 concentration capability.
-Desc-
 Cash; Management; Strategic; Planning; Financial management Bank services;
 Banks
 CLASS. CODES: 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 86
-A-
 82025220
-W-
 Proxy Rules and Pro Forma Statements
 Anonymous
 CPA Jrnl v52n9 PP: 88-91 Sep 1982
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0094-2049
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Pro forma financial information is mainly used to reveal the effect of: 1.
 significant planned or consummated transactions or other events which occur
 after the date of the historical financial statements, or 2. certain
 significant transactions which have occurred during the year. Pro forma
 financial information is generally given in proxy statements and other
 filings made with the Security & Exchange Commission (SEC). Rules 3-07 and
 3-08 of S-X and Regulation 14A of the proxy rules pertain generally to
 situations where business combinations are planned or have occurred. If
 securities are being offered as all or part of the consideration, both
 historical and pro forma presentations of capitalization, selected financial
 data, balance sheets, and per share amounts of earnings, dividends, and book
 values have to be presented in the proxy statement. In a pooling of
 interests, a 5-year presentation plus presentation of any comparative
 interim periods is required for selected financial data, including earnings
 and dividends per share. In a purchase, only data for the most recent fiscal
 year and interim periods are needed.
-Desc-
 Pro forma financial statements; SEC regulations; Acquisitions & mergers;
 Proxy statements; Business combinations
 CLASS. CODES: 4310 (CN=Regulation); 4120 (CN=Accounting policies
 & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 87
-A-
 82024894
-W-
 S.B.C.S. - General Ledger Version 4.0
 Exner, Ron
 Interface Age v7n10 PP: 122-123 Oct 1982
-ISSN-
 0147-2992
-JrnlCode-
 INA:
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The General Ledger Version 4.0, from Small Business Computer Systems (SBCS
 of Lincoln, Nebraska), is a sophisticated and user-friendly system. It
 requires a 48K-byte Apple II or II+, 2 disk drives, monitor, and 80-column
 printer. It is made up of several modules: 1. introduction, 2. data entry,
 3. practice session, 4. setting up the chart of accounts, 5. program
 modules, 6. error recovery, 7. financial reports, 8. accounting terminology,
 and 9. glossary. The system can hold up to 500 accounts and produces
 standard financial statements plus a user-designed special report. It has 2
 levels of password security and allows up to 9 departments. Two negative
 areas are the awkward input format of the Transaction Entry section, which
 produces a barely adequate audit trail, and unnecessary repetition caused by
 the Jrnl Entry section. The system sometimes seems unnecessarily
 complicated. If a great deal of flexibility is required, the trade-off of
 easy set-up and input for flexibility will be worthwhile.
-Desc-
 Software packages; Automated accounting systems; Functions
 CLASS. CODES: 5240 (CN=Software & systems); 9120 (CN=Product specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 88
-A-
 82021639
-W-
 SEC Integrated Disclosure - The Pervasive Effect
 Andrews, Wesley T., Jr.; Dodd, Jane
 Woman CPA v44n3 PP: 9-12 Jul 1982
 -CODEN-
 WCPAAR
-ISSN-
 0043-7271
-JrnlCode-
 WCP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 During the last 3 years, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has
 been moving steadily to implement what are commonly called ''Integrated
 Disclosure Rules.'' There appear to be 3 purposes to this effort: 1. to
 standardize reporting and disclosure requirements across all types of
 filings with the Commission, 2. to require additional desirable disclosure,
 and 3. to secure uniformity of required disclosures between annual reports
 to stockholders and filings with the Commission. This effort's impact is
 likely to be more pervasive than its effect on the annual reports of
 registrants. The principal regulation governing reporting for financial
 statements, footnotes, and schedules is Regulation S-X, adopted in 1940.
 This regulation integrates all accounting requirements into a single
 codification. The requirements are applicable to filings under all
 securities acts. One avenue for future development of generally accepted
 accounting principles might be for the SEC to require additional
 disclosures. All practitioners should be aware of the expanded disclosure
 required by the SEC and consider the impact of potential increased
 disclosure requirements on all engagements. Appendix.
-Desc-
 SEC registration; Integrated; Disclosure; Rules; SECSX; Financial
 statements; Annual reports; Auditors opinions; Internal accounting control
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 4130
 (CN=Auditing); 4310 (CN=Regulation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 89
-A-
 82021535
-W-
 Other Comprehensive Bases of Accounting: Alternatives to GAAP?
 Alderman, C. Wayne; Guy, Dan M.; Meals, Dennis R.
 Jrnl of Accountancy v154n2 PP: 52-55, 58-62 Aug 1982
 -CODEN-
 JACYAD
-ISSN-
 0021-8448
-JrnlCode-
 JAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Recently, financial statements prepared in accordance with other
 comprehensive bases of accounting (OCBOA) have generated substantial
 interest among certified public accountants (CPAs) for several reasons. The
 Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981 made numerous changes in the tax law that
 further separated tax accounting from generally accepted accounting
 principles (GAAP). These changes are encouraging companies to consider
 preparing financial statements on the income tax basis of accounting rather
 than on the GAAP basis. Statement on Auditing Standards (SAS) no. 14 decides
 the reporting criteria when an independent auditor is associated with
 financial statements prepared in accordance with a comprehensive basis of
 accounting other than GAAP. The auditor's report should contain 3
 paragraphs. The first paragraph should identify the financial statements
 examined and state whether the examination was made in accordance with
 generally accepted auditing standards. The second should: 1. state the basis
 of presentation of the financial statements on which the auditor is
 reporting; 2. refer to the note to the financial statements that describes
 how the basis of presentation differs from GAAP; and 3. state that the
 financial statements are not in conformity with GAAP. Also, the auditor's
 opinion should be expressed on whether the financial statements are
 presented fairly. References.
-Desc-
 Financial statements; Auditing standards; Alternative; GAAP Tax basis;
 Accounting; Cash basis accounting; Disclosure
 CLASS. CODES: 4130 (CN=Auditing)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 90
-A-
 82020814
-W-
 How Managers Can Use Color Graphics to Improve Financial Performance
 Keepper, Lester H., Jr.; Purcell, W. R., Jr.
 Manage v34n3 PP: 6-9 Jul 1982
-ISSN-
 0025-1623
-JrnlCode-
 MAN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 At most businesses, the financial reports tend to omit data that managers
 need most and instead give them mountains of data that they do not need,
 presented in formats that they cannot easily understand or use. As a result,
 most managers end up managing without the financial information they really
 need because they have learned to ignore most of the data they receive.
 Color graphics, produced on microcomputers, can solve this problem. Color
 graphs can be understood and used more quickly and effectively than tables.
 Microcomputers are low in cost, easy to use, and available. Their capacities
 are continually being developed. The decision graph is a new type that is
 especially useful in showing clearly how potential changes would affect a
 company's business. Within 3 years, most businesses will use color graphics
 from microcomputers as the standard format for financial reports and
 planning. Here are 6 steps to make better use of financial information
 through color graphics on microcomputers: 1. Get a color-graphic
 microcomputer system now. 2. Develop and test some graphs. 3. Demand the
 information you need. 4. Look ahead: develop color graphs showing where the
 company is going as well as where it has been. 5. Get numerous what-if
 analyses of the future. 6. Develop decision graphs for your business.
-Desc-
 Color; Computer graphics; Financial; Information; Microcomputers; Graphs;
 Computer based modeling
 CLASS. CODES: 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management); 5230 (CN=Computer
 hardware); 5240 (CN=Software & systems)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 91
-A-
 82020410
-W-
 Breaking the Financial Time-Bind
 Yaeger, Holly
 Financial Executive v50n7 PP: 14-16 Jul 1982
 -CODEN-
 FIEXAW
-ISSN-
 0015-1998
-JrnlCode-
 FEX
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 As the quantity of reports required by business and regulatory agencies
 increases, the time available to produce each report decreases, production
 costs rise, and quality diminishes. Cost and time spent in report
 preparation can be analyzed via: 1. number of personnel and cost involved in
 generating a report, 2. hours related to completing calculations and
 rechecking data, 3. hours spent in translating the document into a
 functional report for management, and 4. hours spent by personnel needed
 elsewhere. These time-cost factors must be multiplied by number of reports.
 A 13-point program for producing a high quality report includes speed and
 efficiency, facility, and clearly delineated audit trails. These reports can
 be produced via 3 systems: 1. manual reporting, which is slow, error prone,
 costly, and cumbersome, 2. in-house data processing, which has problems in
 format and calculation changes, possible manual rechecking, and repetitious
 input for each report, and 3. consolidated financial reporting systems
 offered by timesharing firms, which are time and cost effective, free up
 in-house data processing, and are highly responsive to customers' needs.
-Desc-
 Financial reporting; Time; Reports; Quality; Criteria; Data processing;
 Timesharing (DP)
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 92
-A-
 82019282
-W-
 Is Your Annual Report a True Mirror of Your Organization?
 Neilson, Winthrop C.
 Jrnl of Communication Mgmt v11n1 PP: 9-11 1981
-ISSN-
 0162-5659
 JRNL CODE JOC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Annual reports are a persistent problem. In the 1970s, the annual report
 entered a new and healthy phase as writers started to worry about conveying
 a message. Graphics supported the report's theme, and writers started to
 consider the audiences' needs. Nevertheless, reports still had virtually the
 same format. However, the late 1970s saw a new focus - a move toward more
 and more disclosure. Several factors should be explored as annual reports
 are written: 1. discussion of strategies, 2. recognition of problem areas
 and explanation of the response to them, 3. review of objectives, 4.
 humanizing the firm, 5. indicating an appreciation of the company's
 investors, 6. simple but credible analysis of financial figures, 6. dividend
 discussion, 7. discussion of the company's industry, combined with a frank
 assessment of the company's performance compared with that of its peers.
 Tables.
-Desc-
 Annual reports; Readership; Surveys; Reader interest
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 93
-A-
 82016028
-W-
 Selected 1981 Trends in Financial Accounting and Reporting
 Anonymous
 CPA Jrnl v52n6 PP: 74-76 Jun 1982
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0094-2049
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The standards-setting institutions continued their efforts to ease financial
 reporting and regulatory burdens of private and small public companies in
 1981. The standards-setting institutions involved in these efforts were: 1.
 the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), 2. the Financial Accounting
 Standards Board (FASB), 3. the American Institute of Certified Public
 Accountants (AICPA), and 4. the Financial Executives Research Foundation.
 The financial statements in the annual reports of public companies are now
 required to have supplementary financial information. The important items
 that should be included with the financial statements are inflation
 accounting, as well as management's discussion and analysis. Inflation has
 caused increased attention to be given to the reporting of liquidity and
 cash flows. The issuance of an FASB Exposure Draft recommends the adoption
 of the cash-flow concept for the funds statement. The Financial Executive
 Institute has urged its members to take a leadership role in encouraging
 their companies to voluntarily change the format of the funds statement,
 where applicable, to focus on cash, including short-term investments and the
 components of cash flow.
-Desc-
 Financial reporting; SEC; FASB; AICPA; Small business; Inflation accounting
 CLASS. CODES: 4120 (CN=Accounting policies & procedures); 9520 (CN=Small
 business)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 94
-A-
 82014347
-W-
 Funds Statements Under CCA
 Cooke, Terry
 Accountancy (UK) v93n1064 PP: 95-96, 98 Apr 1982
 -CODEN-
 ACTYAD
-ISSN-
 0001-4664
-JrnlCode-
 ACE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A company using current cost accounting (CCA) for its main accounts should
 prepare its funds statement on a compatible basis. Companies may find it
 informative to present a funds statement based on the CC convention even
 when producing supplementary CCA accounts. Two examples of alternative
 presentations of funds statements under CCA are in the Guidance Notes. Both
 alternative presentations have merit, but an additional alternative format
 is probably the most simple. The first alternative presentation highlights
 the problems involved in trying to maintain capital intact in an
 inflationary environment. This is particularly useful to the recipients of
 financial statements. The most simple way to prepare the funds statement
 involves the alternative format not included in the Guidance Notes. It adds
 back the CC adjustments to the current cost profit and proceeds as under the
 historic cost convention. The first alternative presentation in the Guidance
 Notes is probably the most informative. Tables.
-Desc-
 UK; Funds statements; Current cost accounting; Financial statements;
 Accounting procedures
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 95
-A-
 82014111
-W-
 What Analysts Want to Hear
 Werba, Gabriel
 Public Relations Jrnl v38n4 PP: 18-20 Apr 1982
 -CODEN-
 PREJAR
-ISSN-
 0033-3670
-JrnlCode-
 PRJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Members of the Financial Analysts Society of Detroit were surveyed about
 preferences as to a financial presentation's content and style. Results
 include: 1. Analysts want more information than is made available in company
 reports. 2. They prefer presentations with a team approach. 3. They prefer
 visual presentations. 4. They want all available information, but want it
 distributed before and after the presentation. 1981 results were compared to
 results of a similar survey in 1974. Guidelines for giving analysts what
 they want include: 1. Cover the subjects vital to the interests of the
 analysts. 2. The CEO and key officers should make important presentations.
 3. Use visuals in making the presentation. 4. List participants and a
 discussion outline on invitations. 5. Send out financial statements before
 the presentation. 6. Provide financial kits at the presentation. 7. Make
 speech reprints available. Tables.
-Desc-
 Shareholder relations; Financial; Information; Presentation Preferences;
 Surveys
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 96
-A-
 82013304
-W-
 SEC Issues Guidelines for Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
 Condition and Results of Operations
 Anonymous
 Woman CPA v44n2 PP: 21-23 Apr 1982
 -CODEN-
 WCPAAR
-ISSN-
 0043-7271
-JrnlCode-
 WCP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) adopted a sweeping revision of
 the mandatory business and financial disclosure requirements applicable to
 most US publicly-held companies in 1980. This major revision is commonly
 known as the Integrated Disclosure System. It standardized requirements for
 the form, content, and timing of financial statements required by the 1933
 and 1934 Securities Acts. One of the major changes was in the requirements
 of Regulation S-K, Item 11, for management's discussion and analysis of
 financial condition and results of operations. The management's discussion
 and analysis of operations (MD&A) reporting has developed into a highly
 mechanistic and uninformative commentary on percentage variations. Examples
 of disclosures made by registrants under the new requirements are also
 provided by Accounting Series Release (ASR) 299. ASR 299 can be an
 invaluable aid to those who are responsible for complying with the
 disclosure requirements of Regulation S-K, because it contains numerous
 illustrations and suggestions. MD&A disclosures are expected to continue to
 improve with time, and the SEC intends to continue to review the MD&A
 disclosures, perhaps providing additional guidance in subsequent releases.
-Desc-
 Financial statements; Information; Disclosure; SEC; Requirements; Liquidity;
 Working capital; Financial reporting
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 97
-A-
 82013240
-W-
 Reporting Practices for Union Accounting
 Hull, Rita P.; Burrows, Ronnie J.
 CPA Jrnl v52n5 PP: 89-92 May 1982
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0094-2049
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The current membership of national labor unions and employee associations in
 the US is in excess of 24.2 million workers, who are covered by almost 200,
 000 collective bargaining agreements. The accounting and reporting practices
 of these labor unions are substantially behind those of corporations. The US
 Department of Labor (DOL) has authority over the financial and reporting
 practices of labor unions. This authority was derived from the
 Labor-Management Reporting and Disclosure Act of 1959. The financial
 statements required by the DOL do not appear to be governed by effective
 accounting or reporting standards and there is no independent audit
 requirement. There are a variety of changes recommended for the audit
 reporting practices of union accounting, including: 1. a need for
 clarification, 2. a need to identify the financial statements audited, 3. a
 reference to generally accepted auditing standards, 4. correct reference to
 generally accepted accounting principles, 5. the inclusion of financial
 statements in the body of the audit report, 6. a reference to consistency,
 7. an independent auditor, and 8. appropriate comments. All of these
 recommendations suggest that reporting practices for unions are substandard.
 The lack of attention given to nonprofit entities in general by the
 accounting profession is the probable cause for the substandard reporting.
-Desc-
 Unions; Financial reporting; GAAS; Accounting standards; Financial
 statements
 CLASS. CODES: 6300 (CN=Labor relations); 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 98
-A-
 82011211
-W-
 The Two-Worksheet Method of Accounting Control Documentation
 Forsyth, G. Jane
 Internal Auditor v39n2 PP: 32-34 Apr 1982
 -CODEN-
 ITAUAB
-ISSN-
 0020-5745
-JrnlCode-
 IAU
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The auditor of a company must be able to demonstrate competence in
 understanding and evaluating accounting controls. The definition of
 accounting control includes 3 major elements: 1. proper authorization of
 transactions, 2. maintenance of reasonably accurate financial records, and
 3. safeguarding assets. The documentation method of control is based on 2
 worksheets. Worksheet A presents a list of transactions to audit and is in a
 Jrnl-entry format. Worksheet B describes each type of transaction and how it
 is processed through the accounting system. The first step of the method
 requires the identification of all necessary types of transactions and the
 recording of the transactions in Worksheet A. The next step is to document
 how each transaction is processed. Worksheet B documentation should include:
 1. authorization, 2. source document, 3. input, 4. input-verification
 controls, 5. computer processing, 6. output, and 7. output-verification
 controls. When implementing this method, the training should be structured
 to meet the needs of the audit department. The worksheet method helps
 auditors recognize the transaction-flow points at which accounting controls
 are necessary. Charts.
-Desc-
 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 1977-US; Internal accounting control;
 Documentation; Procedures; Financial reporting
 CLASS. CODES: 1300 (CN=International trade & foreign investment) 4300
 (CN=Law); 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 99
-A-
 82010381
-W-
 Not-for-Profit Organizations-More Disclosure Required?
 Armishaw, Daniel P.
 Cost & Mgmt (Canada) v56n1 PP: 55-57 Jan/Feb 1982
 -CODEN-
 CSTMA9
-ISSN-
 0010-9592
-JrnlCode-
 RIA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The reporting of budgeted and actual expenditures and performance in
 external financial reports for not-for-profit organizations (NPO) would
 provide information which would enable current and potential resource
 providers to make more informed decisions. An NPO is defined as an
 organization which is set up for purposes other than the earning of profit.
 Users of NPO financial reports include: 1. foundations, 2. government
 funding bodies, 3. individual donors, 4. banks, and 5. other grantors of
 credit. The program budget, which is a useful format for external reporting
 of resource allocation by NPOs, is simply a budget which reports expected
 spending on specific needs or services and in aggregate. The subjective
 nature of many NPO objectives makes reporting of performance a complicated
 issue, often requiring the use of narratives. Additional research to develop
 more useful measuring techniques will be an ongoing process as NPOs develop
 their external budget reporting systems. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Nonprofit organizations; Canada; Financial reporting; Budgeting; Budgets;
 Financial statements
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 100
-A-
 82010231
-W-
 Let's Look at Financial Reporting by Smaller Businesses
 Hildebrand, Glendon R.
 Management Accounting v63n10 PP: 42-47 Apr 1982
 -CODEN-
 MGACBD
-ISSN-
 0025-1690
-JrnlCode-
 NAA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Many certified public accountants (CPAs) feel that the financial statements
 of small companies include information which is not needed by statement
 users. In November 1981, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
 issued an Invitation to Comment designed to identify differences between
 large and small businesses that might point to a need for changes in
 financial reporting. Some CPAs have proposed that certain measurement
 requirements be eliminated for smaller companies. However, if measurements
 were to differ because of a company's ownership or size, there might be
 confusion about the rules that have been applied by various companies, and
 there would be less comparability of information among companies. The AICPA
 Special Committee on Accounting Standards Overload is considering the
 development of an alternative comprehensive basis for accounting and has
 issued a discussion paper for public comment.
-Desc-
 Small business; Financial reporting; Requirements; Financial statements;
 GAAP; Information; Disclosure; FASB statements
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 101
-A-
 82007980
-W-
 New SEC Rules Affecting Insurance Companies
 Pluschau, Dick
 Best's Review (Prop/Casualty) v82n11 PP: 82-86 Mar 1982
 -CODEN-
 BRPLB3
-ISSN-
 0161-7745
-JrnlCode-
 BIP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC) has recently promulgated new
 rules that significantly reduce and streamline financial statement filing
 requirements for insurance firms. The rules are set forth in Accounting
 Series Releases 301 and 302. In the former, the SEC revised Article 7 and
 eliminated Article 7A of Regulation S-X. The revised rules govern the form
 and content of financial statements which have to be filed by insurance
 firms for fiscal years ending after December 15, 1981. ASR 302 greatly
 reduces the number of instances where separate financial statements of the
 parent company and insurance company subsidiaries will be required.
 Insurance companies should benefit from the changes. For example,
 previously, separate financial statements were required for unconsolidated
 subsidiaries and 50% or less owned persons meeting the significant
 subsidiary test. Under the new rules, separate statements are not required,
 although certain footnote disclosures may be.
-Desc-
 Insurance companies; SEC filing requirements; Changes; Financial reporting;
 Financial statements; SECSX; Consolidated financial statements;
 Unconsolidated subsidiaries
 CLASS. CODES: 8200 (CN=Insurance industry); 4300 (CN=Law); 4100
 (CN=Accounting); 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 102
-A-
 82007697
-W-
 Association with Financial Statements SAS 26
 Munter, Paul; Ratcliffe, Thomas A.
 Massachusetts CPA Review v56n1 PP: 11, 13, 15, 17-18 Winter 1982
-ISSN-
 0025-4770
-JrnlCode-
 MCP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Statement on Auditing No. 26 (SAS 26) requires a straight disclaimer of
 opinion when an accountant has an association with financial statements of
 US public entities which have neither been audited nor reviewed. If the
 statements are audited, an audit report is issued. The review of a financial
 statement of a public entity for an interim period requires the filing of
 interim information by Securities & Exchange (SEC) registrants, making it
 incumbent upon the accountant to issue an accompanying review report. SAS 26
 harmonizes many of the reporting requirements for both public and nonpublic
 clients. Association with financial statements not audited nor reviewed,
 with those prepared on a comprehensive basis of accounting other than
 generally accepted accounting practices (GAAP), or those on which an
 independent opinion cannot be expressed, require a disclaimer of opinion by
 the accountant. Material departures from GAAP, including inadequate
 disclosure, require a modified disclaimer of opinion, or withdrawal from the
 engagement. An exception to the issuance of a disclaimer is when unaudited
 statements are presented in comparative form with audited statements in
 documents filed with the SEC. Negative assurances should generally not be
 given in conjunction with a disclaimer of opinion. Chart.
-Desc-
 Auditing standards; Financial statements; Audited financial statements;
 Interim financial statements; Unaudited financial statements; Disclaimers of
 opinion (ACC)
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 103
-A-
 82005986
-W-
 Requirements Reduced for Filing Separate Parent/Subsidiaries Statements
 Kent, Adelaide B.
 CPA Jrnl v52n2 PP: 75-76 Feb 1982
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0094-2049
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The latest step in the Securities and Exchange Commission's (SEC) efforts to
 simplify and improve disclosure requirements, Accounting Series Release
 (ASR) 302, modifies requirements for the inclusion of parent company
 financial information and that of unconsolidated subsidiaries and 50% or
 less owned equity-method investee companies. Additional footnote disclosures
 describing the nature and sources of the restrictions and the aggregate
 amount restricted relative to total consolidated net assets at the end of
 the fiscal year are necessary where restricted net assets of subsidiaries
 plus the parent's equity in the undistributed earnings exceeds 25% of total
 consolidated net assets. A separate Schedule III disclosing the financial
 position, changes in financial position, and results of operations of the
 parent is to be supplied where the additional disclosures are required. The
 SEC has established requirements to be followed in the absence of guidance
 from the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB). These requirements
 include: 1. Summarized data as to assets, liabilities, and results of
 operations are to be provided as of the same time for which the consolidated
 financial statements are presented. 2. Disclosure of current and noncurrent
 assets and liabilities are required where classified balance sheets are
 shown. The ASR 302 is effective for years ending after March 15, 1982.
-Desc-
 Parent companies; Subsidiaries; Separate; Financial statements; Financial
 reporting; Disclosure; Unconsolidated subsidiaries
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 104
-A-
 82005984
-W-
 Some Significant Differences in U.S. and U.K. Reported Net Income
 Barfuss, Francois R.; Musson, Roger D.; Bennett, David C.
 CPA Jrnl v52n2 PP: 44-48 Feb 1982
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0094-2049
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The influence of multinational corporations has brought increasing attention
 to the differences between US accounting principles and UK accounting
 practices, which sometimes results in a significant difference in reported
 net income. Every US accountant involved with UK companies' financial
 statements should be aware of these differences. When changing a UK net
 income to comply with the US generally accepted accounting principles
 (GAAP), the amount must be adjusted for deferred taxes and depreciation on
 revalued assets. The UK approach to inflation accounting may produce great
 differences in the financial statements. The UK inflation accounting
 standard permits the use of current cost financial statements as the primary
 financial statements of a company with the disclosure of very minimal
 historical cost information. Differences in presentation that could be
 confusing to the US accountant are: 1. UK dividends are shown as a deduction
 from the current year's earnings. 2. All operations to the date of
 discontinuance are combined on the UK income statement. The US accountant
 should be able to avoid most misunderstandings by reading the principles
 footnote or the UK consolidation instructions. Tables.
-Desc-
 US; UK; Comparative analysis; Financial reporting; Net income; Accounting
 procedures; Income statements; Differences; Accounting standards; Accounting
 policies
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 105
-A-
 82005433
-W-
 Communicating Results of Audit Work
 Orr, Elaine L.
 International Jrnl of Government Auditing v9n1 PP: 1 Jan 1982
 -CODEN-
 IJGADG
-ISSN-
 0047-0724
-JrnlCode-
 IGA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The reporting of audit findings in a meaningful way is just as important as
 performing the audit work itself. Regardless of how significant audit work
 results are, if they do not reach the appropriate audience on time and in an
 understandable format, the results will not be used effectively. The overall
 reporting methods of countries may need to change as these nations conduct
 audits which address the efficiency and effectiveness of government
 activities. In terms of report timing, options include: 1. annual reports,
 2. semiannual or quarterly reports, 3. annual reports supplemented by
 periodic reports as major audits are completed, and 4. reports prepared as
 individual audits are completed. The Supreme Audit Institutions (SAIs) may
 have chosen a method that best suits their needs. However, occasionally the
 report timing is dictated by statute and legislative mandate must be sought
 to alter it. One advantage of the annual report is that the staff is devoted
 to the report's preparation for only a portion of the year and can return to
 other areas of concern when the audit is completed. The report's audience
 and the use of the information are important considerations when changing or
 selecting audit reporting methods. Periodically, it is worthwhile to reflect
 on how well a report meets its users' information needs. The responsibility
 for evaluating audit reporting methods rests with the SAI because it is in
 the best position to suggest alternatives to the current process.
-Desc-
 Audits; Accountants reports; Timing; Annual reports; GAO-US Governmental
 accounting
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 4100 (CN=Accounting); 2400 (CN=Public
 relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 106
-A-
 82004421
-W-
 The Funds Statement as a Management Tool: Forecast, Budget, and Feedback
 Fahnestock, Robert T.
 Woman CPA v44n1 PP: 12-14 Jan 1982
 -CODEN-
 WCPAAR
-ISSN-
 0043-7271
-JrnlCode-
 WCP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The funds statement, because of its content and its flexible format, lends
 itself readily to preparing forecasts to be used by investors and creditors
 as well as the company and its management. Since it displays a wide variety
 of financial information, the funds statement can be used also in the
 budgeting process. Although the statement in its common form presents
 historical information, with proper design, the information can be used to
 reflect an operating plan of the entity as a whole. The funds statement
 summarizes operational activity as the net inflow of resources from
 operations. Since the investing activity is the allocation of available
 resources to productive activity, the funds statement can be used as the
 logical starting point for financial forecasting. If the funds statement
 prepared at the end of an operating period is compared to the projected
 funds statement, the differences could be analyzed on a ''management by
 exception'' basis. This operational feedback could be used in controlling
 operating, financing, and investing activities. Each business organization
 should formulate suitable ratios for use on the funds statement that would
 enable management to obtain informational trends. Table. Reference.
-Desc-
 Funds statements; Financial planning; Forecasting; Budgeting ; Financial
 management
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 107
-A-
 82004420
-W-
 New Light on Investors' Information Sources: Financial Statements vs.
 Financial Jrnls
 Chang, Lucia S.
 Woman CPA v44n1 PP: 8-11
 Jan 1982
 -CODEN-
 WCPAAR
-ISSN-
 0043-7271
-JrnlCode-
 WCP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In a recent survey of individual and institutional investors and financial
 analysts, it was suggested that investors should be stratified into at least
 3 groups: 1. the standard user, who is capable of understanding financial
 statements, 2. the sophisticated user, who can assimilate more complex and
 detailed data, and 3. the unsophisticated user, who may not read the
 financial statements at all, or who does not understand them even when read.
 All 3 groups consider the corporate annual reports as the most important
 source of investment information. The financial statements, together with
 the summary of operations, are the most important elements in
 decision-making. It is suggested that corporations should review the nature
 and the extent of the additional information requirements of the
 sophisticated public. In providing the added information, corporations
 should take steps to ensure that this public is not unduly privileged. It is
 also believed that corporate disclosure requirements aimed at meeting the
 information needs of the unsophisticated user are likely to incur social
 costs without any social benefits. References. Tables.
-Desc-
 Investors; Information; US; UK; New Zealand; Form 10-K; Financial
 statements; Financial analysis; Comparative studies
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 108
-A-
 82001802
-W-
 ED29-Accounting for Leases and Hire Purchase Contracts/Guidance Notes on
 ED29: Accounting for Leases and Hire Purchase Contracts
 Anonymous
 Accountancy (UK) v92n1059 PP: 117-144 Nov 1981
 -CODEN-
 ACTYAD
-ISSN-
 0001-4664
-JrnlCode-
 ACE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 17 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Over the past 5 years more companies have begun financing a greater
 proportion of their fixed assets through lease agreements. The growth of
 leasing as a source of finance for industry and commerce has made it
 necessary to consider the implications for financial reporting. There are
 many kinds of leases, two main categories are finance leases and operating
 leases. The details of this exposure draft (ED) for a new standard for lease
 accounting include: 1. accounting by lessees, 2. accounting by lessors, 3.
 sale and leaseback transactions, 4. deferred tax, 5. disclosure requirements
 by lessees and lessors, and 6. the dates when leases are effective. The
 Guidance Note recommends practical methods to assist companies in complying
 with the Standard. The problem areas in accounting for leases include: 1.
 deferred taxation, 2. regional development grants, 3. bad debts, 4. land and
 buildings, 5. sale and leaseback, 6. leasing by manufacturers or dealers,
 and 7. long term leases. Hire purchase accounting involves procedures
 concerning accounting by finance companies and purchasers and proper
 disclosure. A simple approach to capitalizing finance leases for use by
 small companies is explained through general principles, arithmetic, balance
 sheet presentation and note disclosures. Tables.
-Desc-
 UK; Leases; Accounting procedures; Installment purchases; Financing leases;
 Capitalization; Operating leases; Lessees; Lessors; Balance sheets;
 Financial reporting; Rule of 78; Actuarial cost methods (ACC); Deferred;
 Taxation
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management);
 4200 (CN=Taxation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 109
-A-
 81027972
-W-
 Pension Liabilities: Now You See 'Em, Now You Don't!
 Much, Marilyn
 Industry Week v211n4 PP: 72-78 Nov 16, 1981
 -CODEN-
 IWEEA4
-ISSN-
 0039-0895
-JrnlCode-
 IW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Although pension funds are powerful and could represent 50% of all US
 business equity capital by 1985, the soundness of individual pension plans
 has become an issue. A related issue concerns how a potential investor can
 judge whether or not a particular company's pension liabilities constitute
 an excessive burden. The total pension assets of the top 1, 000 US
 corporations are estimated at $244 billion, with obligations of an estimated
 $320 billion, which leaves a total unfunded liability of around $76 billion.
 What is needed is a commonly accepted methodology to ensure the information
 supplied by companies enables one to make an accurate diagnosis of the
 health of their pension plans. Current disclosure requirements offer little
 decisional help to readers of financial statements. A 1980 rule set by the
 Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) provides companies facing
 serious shortfalls with methods of masking potential problems. Some
 companies, such as Bethlehem Steel Corp., present both their own and FASB
 computations, to clarify the figures. The FASB is expected to issue further
 pension-fund reporting standards, addressing employer accounting for
 pensions and post-employment benefits. According to the FASB, once its
 accounting project is completed, current confusion should be cleared.
 Charts.
-Desc-
 Pension costs; Pension plans; Unfunded; Liability; FASB statements;
 Disclosure; Requirements; Financial reporting; Actuarial assumptions (ACC);
 Financial statements; Manycompanies
 CLASS. CODES: 3600 (CN=Pension fund management); 6400 (CN=Employee benefits
 & compensation); 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 110
-A-
 81027214
-W-
 Statement of Financing and Investing Activities
 Swanson, Edward P.; Vangermeersch, Richard
 CPA Jrnl v51n11 PP: 32-40 Nov 1981
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0094-2049
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The statement of changes in financial position is the present funds
 statement. It is required when a balance sheet and income statement are
 presented. However, criticism has arisen concerning the purpose of the
 statement. Loyd C. Heath suggested that the statement should be discontinued
 and replaced with 3 new statements. However, a revised version of the
 present-day funds statement, retitled Statement of Financing and Investing
 Activities (SFIA), was proposed which would overcome the most important of
 Heath's criticisms as well as incorporate important new subtotals which may
 be useful in predicting future cash flows. The SFIA has other advantages as
 compared to the present funds statement: 1. A single concept of funds is
 required (cash). 2. The format is mandatory. 3. Information on internal
 financing through operations, external financing, investing, and dividends
 is presented in 4 separate sections. 4. Changes in operating receivables and
 payables and inventories, which may indicate impending liquidity problems,
 are highlighted. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Financial reporting; Financial statements; Funds statements Disclosure;
 Objectives; Statements; Financing; Investment; Activity; Cash flow
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management);
 3400 (CN=Investment analysis)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 111
-A-
 81026654
-W-
 Financial Reporting Checklist
 Anonymous
 Practical Accountant v14n11 PP: 41-56 Nov 1981
 -CODEN-
 PACNBD
-ISSN-
 0032-6321
-JrnlCode-
 PRA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 16 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The requirements for disclosure in accountants' reports are in a process of
 evolution as the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA),
 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), and governmental regulatory
 agencies increasingly promulgate new rules. To help the accounting firm keep
 current on the myriad of disclosure requirements buried throughout the
 various pronouncements, the Auditing Standards Committee of the Washington
 Society of Certified Public Accountants (CPAs) prepared the Financial
 Reporting Checklist. The checklist, presented here, is intended as an aid
 for the accounting firm which has not developed its own checklist.
-Desc-
 Financial reporting; Guidelines; Disclosure; Accountants reports; Financial
 statements; Balance sheets; Income statements; Funds statements
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 112
-A-
 81026249
-W-
 Accounting and Auditing for Drilling Funds
 Baggett, Monte R.; Dole, Richard D.; Short, Jack E.
 CPA Jrnl v51n9 PP: 27-37 Sep 1981
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0094-2049
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Within the last decade, industry has been confronted with an unprecedented
 demand for oil and gas products. Developers have been forced to adopt even
 riskier and costlier measures to find and recover oil and gas reserves. One
 method of raising funds to pay for the cost of exploration and development
 is to form limited partnerships between investors and experienced oil and
 gas developers. Private investors are usually only liable for the amount
 they agree to contribute to the partnership. The general partner has
 unlimited liability, as well as full control over the partnership's
 operations. Under the Securities Act of 1933, limited partnership interests
 that constitute a security must be registered with the Securities & Exchange
 Commission (SEC) before they are eligible for a public offering. Financial
 statements of limited partnerships must be presented on the basis of
 Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). The equity section of a
 public partnership's financial statements should disclose separately the
 equity attributable to the general partner and the equity attributable to
 the limited partners. Other reports and disclosure requirements are
 necessary. Charts.
-Desc-
 Oil exploration; Natural gas exploration; Oil drilling; Funds; Limited
 partnerships; Financial statements; Sales of securities (public); SEC
 registration; SECSX; Accounting standards; Reserves; Accounting procedures;
 Disclosure; Requirements
 CLASS. CODES: 8510 (CN=Petroleum industry); 4100 (CN=Accounting; 3100
 (CN=Capital & debt management); 4300 (CN=Law)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 113
-A-
 81020877
-W-
 Revisions to Form 10-Q
 Anonymous
 CPA Jrnl v51n5 PP: 64-66 May 1981
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0094-2049
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Form 10-Q Quarterly Report has been revised by the Securities and Exchange
 Commission (SEC) in order to encourage and facilitate integration of
 formally filed quarterly reports with informal reports furnished to
 shareholders and to make some disclosure requirements for interim periods
 consistent with revised disclosure requirements for fiscal periods. Item II
 of Regulations S-K was also amended to set requirements for management's
 discussion and analysis of interim financial information. The Form 10-Q
 revisions are intended to make it easier for those registrants who wish to
 combine the financial information sections of Form 10-Q with an informal
 quarterly report to shareholders. In addition, the instruction pertaining to
 footnote disclosure accompanying interim financial statements was revised to
 make it clear that certain disclosures are required to supplement the
 financial statements. Another amendment requires that Form 10-Q be signed on
 the registrant's behalf by a duly authorized officer of the registrant and
 by the chief accounting officer.
-Desc-
 SEC; SECSX; Quarterly reports; Interim reports; Stockholders ; Disclosure;
 Interim financial statements; Requirements
 CLASS. CODES: 4300 (CN=Law); 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 114
-A-
 81020677
-W-
 How to Broaden the Horizons of the Small Company Annual Report
 Miller, Martin; Pagani, Frank
 Public Relations Jrnl v37n8 PP: 12-13 Aug 1981
 -CODEN-
 PREJAR
-ISSN-
 0033-3670
-JrnlCode-
 PRJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Recommendations designed to help a company get maximum return on an
 investment for annual reports are offered. The first tactic is to order more
 copies. Larger quantities will bring down the per-unit cost while making
 more copies of the report available for wider applications. The main reason
 for upgrading the annual report is to increase the chances of the company
 getting noticed in the marketplace. To do that effectively, the report needs
 photos, captions, headings, charts, graphs, financial tables, and text that
 stand out. An expanded format enables readers to follow the information with
 greater ease and to distinguish pertinent facts. Efficient production models
 should be used. Ease of information retrieval should be aimed for, along
 with visual impact to help keep that information fresh in the audience's
 mind. To get maximum value for annual reports, enough pages are needed to
 properly convey the company's message and enough copies of the report to
 successfully market that message.
-Desc-
 Small business; Annual reports; Planning
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 115
-A-
 81020676
-W-
 ''Predictable'': The Watchword for 1980 Reports
 Dyer, Janet
 Public Relations Jrnl v37n8 PP: 9-10 Aug 1981
 -CODEN-
 PREJAR
-ISSN-
 0033-3670
-JrnlCode-
 PRJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Of over 100 annual reports from 1980, about 75% were profusely illustrated
 with 4-color photographs, had a text format of 2-3 columns per page, used a
 sans-serif typeface-usually Helvetica 12 point or larger, and floated all in
 abundant white space, shot through with bold rules. The recent heavy
 emphasis on readability has virtually mandated one change: the conversion to
 the slick, magazine-like format. Photograph-inflated reports threaten to
 glut the market, and size has become, in some cases, more important than
 quality or pertinence. The most common layout used one large, usually
 full-page, bleed balanced by several smaller photos. Changes to watch for
 include more and better use of stocks, especially to differentiate between
 the financial section and other sections, and more use of ''perfect''
 binding, which permits flexibility in using special stocks. Cover styles
 fell into 3 categories: 1. microcosms of corporate image, 2. ''beautiful''
 expressions of the company ''soul'', and 3. words.
-Desc-
 Annual reports; Trends; Changes
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 116
-A-
 81020387
-W-
 Research-Disclosing Non-Financial Information
 Denman, John H.
 CA Magazine (Canada) v114n6 PP: 64, 66-67 Jun 1981
 -CODEN-
 CCHAA5
-ISSN-
 0317-6878
-JrnlCode-
 CCA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 An increasing demand for disclosures in annual reports and financial
 statements of information that is non-financial in nature is relevant to the
 interpretation and understanding of the financial statements. Disclosures
 fall into the following categories: 1. labor and employment, 2. production,
 3. investment programs, 4. organizational structure, 5. environmental
 measures, and 6. value-added information. An assessment of the need for
 guidelines involving disclosures in corporate reports is outlined in the
 issues discussed in the categories. Canadian companies will be required to
 comply with disclosure requirements and standards recommended by external
 agencies, if further steps are not taken by Canadian authorities to set
 standards involving disclosure. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Annual reports; Financial statements; Information; Disclosure; Canada
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations); 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 117
-A-
 81020365
-W-
 Cash Flow and Return on Investment-A Supplement to FAS 33
 Patrick, William F.
 CPA Jrnl v51n3 PP: 29-35 Mar 1981
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0094-2049
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A supplement to Statement 33, Financial Reporting and Changing Prices, is
 needed to bridge the gap between historical cost accounting and inflation
 accounting. The supplement should highlight cash flow and return on
 investment (ROI) in order to help investors understand how a company's
 operations are affected by inflation. The format of the hypothetical
 supplement should include information on sales and profitability for a
 5-year period to show whether a company whose costs have been rising due to
 inflation has been able to maintain acceptable gross margins and net income.
 This depends heavily on having a flexible pricing mechanism. The supplement
 should also focus on cash flow to determine whether a company is generating
 enough cash flow from operations to pay dividends and finance capital
 expenditures. The last part of the supplement would indicate a company's
 return of investment or cash flow relative to total investment. This
 supplement is illustrated using US Steel as an example. Charts.
-Desc-
 FASB statements; Financial reporting; Inflation accounting; Information;
 Capital expenditures; Capital budgeting; Cash flow; Return on investment
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 118
-A-
 81020125
-W-
 New SEC Rulings Change Annual Reports and Other Forms
 Marshall, Charles
 Jrnl of Accountancy v152n1 PP: 84-92 Jul 1981
 -CODEN-
 JACYAD
-ISSN-
 0021-8448
-JrnlCode-
 JAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC) has amended disclosure
 requirements for annual reports to shareholders and 10-K forms. A ''module''
 of minimum disclosure information has been mandated for both documents, and
 the focus of management discussions and analysis (MDA) has been switched to
 financial condition and results. Inclusion of annual report information in
 the 10-K is optional. Further, 3 years' audited income statements and
 changes in financial condition are required. The most significant change is
 that the MDA must stress financial results of operations, explaining the
 facts behind the numerical disclosures, rather than just spotlighting
 operations. The new MDA should include: 1. financial data or statistical
 data that help the reader understand a company's financial condition and
 changes in such, 2. material events that could negate the predictive value
 of current results, 3. material changes in line items in the financial
 statements, 4. cash-flow or balance sheet income indicative of liquidity
 position, and 5. impact of inflation and changing prices.
-Desc-
 Annual reports; Form 10-K; SEC filing requirements; Changes Financial
 statements; Financial reporting
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations); 4300 (CN=Law); 4100
 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 119
-A-
 81020122
-W-
 Emerging Trends in Financial Reporting
 Burton, John C.
 Jrnl of Accountancy v152n1 PP: 54-66 Jul 1981
 -CODEN-
 JACYAD
-ISSN-
 0021-8448
-JrnlCode-
 JAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The financial reporting environment is changing in many ways, and these
 changes should be carefully monitored. One major change is the erosion of
 importance of financial statements, as evidenced by the proliferation of
 supplemental reports and the emphasis on interpreting results. Financial
 statements will increasingly focus on presenting objective data without
 expounding on its relevance. A second major trend is the emphasis placed on
 the future-oriented objectives of financial reporting, as financial data are
 used increasingly for predictive purposes. According to the Financial
 Accounting Standards Board (FASB), financial reporting's objective should be
 to help investors predict the amount, timing, and uncertainty of future cash
 flows. The second trend has led to a third-greater attention to liquidity
 and the problems of reporting funds flows in business. A fourth trend in
 financial reporting is greater concern over inflation accounting; much
 attention is being given to developing measurement techniques to show the
 effect of inflation on financial statements. Other major areas of change
 involve: 1. pension plan accounting, 2. foreign currency translation, and 3.
 municipal accounting.
-Desc-
 Financial reporting; Trends; Changes; FASB statements; SEC accounting
 policies; Financial statements; Inflation accounting; Pension costs; Foreign
 exchange translations; Governmental accounting; Financial accounting
 standards
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 3600 (CN=Pension fund management); 3500
 (CN=Foreign exchange administration); 9550 (CN=Public sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 120
-A-
 81016654
-W-
 Financial Reporting in an Inflationary Environment
 Edwards, James Don; O'Keefe, W. Timothy
 Business Horizons v24n4 PP: 21-29 Jul/Aug 1981
 -CODEN-
 BHORAD
-ISSN-
 0007-6813
-JrnlCode-
 BHO
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In an effort to reflect the effects of inflation in the financial statements
 of a business, several industrial countries have adopted new financial
 reporting requirements. Several alternatives to the historical cost method
 of accounting have been suggested: 1. constant dollar accounting, 2.
 constant or current purchasing power, 3. current cost accounting, 4.
 replacement cost, and 5. current cash equivalents. The Financial Accounting
 Standards Board (FASB) adopted both a current cost and a constant dollar
 approach in Statement 33. This results in reporting of the effects of both
 general inflation (constant dollar adjusted) and inflation associated with
 specific assets (current cost adjusted). The specific format for presenting
 this information has been left to the preparer. It is important that the
 user of the reported financial information understand the supplemental
 information. This information can give investors valuable insights into the
 actual performance of corporations during inflation. Corporations will also
 benefit because investors will have more realistic expectations regarding
 dividends. Better knowledge of the effects of inflation on corporations may
 lead to much needed tax reform. Charts.
-Desc-
 Financial reporting; Inflation accounting; Current cost accounting; FASB
 statements; Financial statements; Supplemental; Information
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 121
-A-
 81016530
-W-
 Establish a System for Contractor Proposal Evaluation
 Cressman, Kenneth R.
 Cost Engineering v23n3 PP: 153-156 Jun 1981
 -CODEN-
 ACEBB6
-ISSN-
 0161-6315
-JrnlCode-
 ACO
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A 2-pronged approach has been developed to enable cost engineers to evaluate
 proposals of outside contractors. The first phase involves summarizing and
 evaluating all of the proposal's financial aspects in depth by using the
 Financial Analysis Form. This form includes such items as total estimated
 costs, total manhours, estimated subcontractor costs, etc. The financial
 information should have the same format and detail for all contractors'
 proposals. The second phase uses a proposal evaluation form to quantify the
 technical and project control aspects of the proposal. Typical categories in
 this part of the evaluation include: 1. commercial aspects, 2. the
 responsiveness of the contractor to the bid invitation, 3. contractual
 aspects of the proposal, 4. technical approach to the work's scope, 5.
 specification of project control, and 6. any added clarification needed from
 the contractor. The project evaluation team meets beforehand to establish a
 grading system. After evaluation, a list of bidders is developed based upon
 the ranking. These bidders are then interviewed, ranked again, and the final
 contractor selected. Illustrations.
-Desc-
 Proposals; Evaluation; Systems; Cost; Engineering; Contractors; Contract
 proposals
 CLASS. CODES: 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management); 8370 (CN=Construction
 industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 122
-A-
 81016006
-W-
 Should Smaller Companies Have Separate Standards for Financial Reporting and
 Disclosure?
 Stanger, Abraham M.
 Corporation Law Review v4n3 PP: 268-271 Summer 1981
-JrnlCode-
 COR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Exclusion from some of the requirements of the Financial Accounting
 Standards Board (FASB) is on the basis of nonpublic status, while exclusion
 from some others is on the additional basis of size. When the rationale for
 this situation is sought, one must conclude that it has been created on an
 ad hoc basis. There is no clear justification for the difference between
 requirements for financial statement reporting as opposed to supplemental
 disclosure. It would be more reasonable to make the distinctions in
 reporting requirements on the basis of financial statement framework
 information as opposed to analytical and predictive information. Size as a
 distinguishing characteristic may lead to shifting standards. Until the
 FASB's Conceptual Framework Project is completed and rationally based
 standards are promulgated, the FASB should recommend that all entities,
 regardless of exemption, should use the existing standards where they are
 material. References.
-Desc-
 Financial reporting; Financial statements; Information; Disclosure;
 Criteria; Differences; FASB; Financial accounting standards
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 123
-A-
 81013209
-W-
 A New Focus on the ''Bottom Line'' and Its Components
 Strauss, Norman N.; Arcady, Alex T.
 Jrnl of Accountancy v151n5 PP: 66-69, 72, 74, 76 May 1981
 -CODEN-
 JACYAD
-ISSN-
 0021-8448
-JrnlCode-
 JAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) is conducting several
 projects to improve the quality of reporting earnings so that users of
 financial statements can better assess cash flows. The most important
 project is its Discussion Memorandum (DM) ''Reporting Earnings''. This DM
 recommends expanding disclosures which would not only be costly due to
 changes that would be required in accounting systems, but would increase
 audit costs. It would also release information that could put companies at a
 competitive disadvantage. Further, there has been no demonstrated proof that
 present financial statements do not meet users' needs. The DM seeks to
 establish whether categories of revenue, expense, gain, and loss should be
 disclosed separately to help evaluate cash flows. Classifying items as
 regular and irregular, as proposed, would be difficult. The DM also suggests
 a multiple-step income statement format and that some items be handled as
 direct adjustments to stockholders' equity rather than shown in the income
 statement. Chart.
-Desc-
 FASB; Projects; Financial reporting; Earnings; Proposed; Changes; Financial
 statements; Income statements
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 124
-A-
 81012233
-W-
 Influence of Company Debt Burden on Reported Replacement Cost Values
 Hartman, Bart P.; Lee, Johng Y.
 Jrnl of Bank Research v12n1 PP: 56-59 Spring 1981
-ISSN-
 0021-9215
-JrnlCode-
 JBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) now requires certain
 nonfinancial firms to disclose current replacement costs of inventories and
 productive capacity and their related effects on the cost of goods sold and
 depreciation. An investigation was made of the possibility that reporting
 companies could introduce bias in the determination of replacement cost
 because of the variation allowed in computation methods. A comparison was
 made of the historical cost debt/equity ratios of 185 firms in 9 major
 manufacturing industries with their replacement cost debt-equity ratios. The
 mean comparison technique was utilized for the analysis, and the firms were
 split into 2 groups: Group A, which had historical cost debt-equity ratios
 below the industry average, and Group B, whose ratios were above the
 industry average. Results indicate that there was no difference in the
 reported replacement cost values between firms with high and low debt-equity
 ratios, so the hypothesis that historical cost debt-equity ratios affected
 reported replacement cost values does not appear valid for the industries
 tested. Also, no bias was observed in reported values resulting from
 different debt burdens of firms. Chart.
-Desc-
 SEC; Requirements; Information; Disclosure; Financial statements;
 Replacement costs; Inventory; Debt to equity ratio; Financial institutions;
 Bank loans; Decision making
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management);
 8100 (CN=Financial services industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 125
-A-
 81007994
-W-
 Accounting Developments: The Annual Report-New Financial Disclosure
 Provisions
 Stanger, Abraham M.
 Corporation Law Review v4n2 PP: 183-186 Spring 1981
-JrnlCode-
 COR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Securities & Exchange Commission Releases No. 33-6231, 33-6233, and 33-6234
 change requirements of financial disclosures in the annual report to
 security holders. The releases encourage, but do not require, incorporation
 of the annual report into the new Form 10-K. The 5 year summary of
 operations has been eliminated in favor of requiring audited balance sheets
 as of the end of the 2 most recent fiscal years, and a table of selected
 information for a 5 year period. A major change is the new ''Management's
 Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation, ''
 which emphasizes trends, events, and uncertainties regarding liquidity. The
 impact of inflation and changing prices must also be discussed. This
 requirement may impose a heavy burden on issuers who were not previously
 required to provide this information. There is some flexibility in format,
 so that readability can be enhanced. The annual report is not transformed by
 the releases into the primary document. Only the financial statements appear
 therein, with other schedules being a part of Form 10-K. Much improved
 disclosure will result from the new rules, but many of the requirements may
 be very burdensome, particularly for smaller companies. References.
-Desc-
 Changes; Financial statements; Financial reporting; Disclosure; Integration;
 Form 10-K; Annual reports; Summary of operations; SEC; Requirements
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 2400 (CN=Public relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 126
-A-
 81007644
-W-
 How to Use the Cash-Basis Funds Statement as an Analytical Tool
 Briner, Russell F.; Fahnestock, Robert T.
 Practical Accountant v14n3 PP: 37-41 Mar 1981
 -CODEN-
 PACNBD
-ISSN-
 0032-6321
-JrnlCode-
 PRA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The statement of changes in financial position can be prepared in either the
 cash or the working-capital format. The less popular cash format can often
 provide: 1. more qualitative and less confusing information, 2. more
 complete disclosure in the body of the statement, and 3. an easier concept
 for statement users to understand. The 2 formats for showing funds provided
 by operations are the indirect format and the direct format. Accounting
 Principles Board Opinion No. 19 notes that the direct format is an
 acceptable procedure. It also provides the information as desired by the
 Financial Accounting Standards Board through Statement on Financial
 Accounting Concepts No. 1. The cash-basis funds statement can offer
 management and third parties information that can be used: 1. to control
 operating, financing, and investing activities, 2. to evaluate business
 performance by a comparison of the end-of-the-period statement to the
 budgeted funds statement, and 3. to develop ratios that can indicate
 potential cash flow problems. Tables.
-Desc-
 Funds statements; Cash flow; Working capital; FASB; Cash basis accounting;
 Statistical data; Financial analysis; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 127
-A-
 81007501
-W-
 Are Litigation Disclosures Inadequate?
 Dennis, David M.; Keith, Robert M.
 Jrnl of Accountancy v151n3 PP: 54-60 Mar 1981
 -CODEN-
 JACYAD
-ISSN-
 0021-8448
-JrnlCode-
 JAC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Footnotes describing lawsuits appear frequently in the financial statements
 of American businesses. An examination of the litigation reporting practices
 of nearly 200 companies indicates that both the existing footnote disclosure
 requirements and compliance with those requirements are severely deficient.
 Companies should report more data on the nature of the case, its filing date
 and status, damages sought and the opinions of management and legal counsel
 regarding the case's likely outcome and potential impact on the company's
 financial future. Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 5,
 Accounting for Contingencies, requires that when a company estimates and
 accrues a loss to recognize a contingent risk, it may also have to disclose
 the accrual's nature and amount to ensure fair presentation. It does not
 require disclosure of a lawsuit's progress, but it does require that the
 footnote disclose the possible loss or loss range or include a statement
 that no estimate is possible. Tables.
-Desc-
 Litigation; Disclosure; FASB statements; Financial reporting ; Financial
 statement notes; Financial accounting standards; Compliance; Trends;
 Studies
 CLASS. CODES: 4300 (CN=Law); 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 128
-A-
 81005363
-W-
 New Integrated Disclosure System
 Gillis, John G.
 Financial Analysts Jrnl v37n1 PP: 14-15, 80 Jan/Feb 1981
 -CODEN-
 FIAJA4
-ISSN-
 0015-198X
-JrnlCode-
 FIA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) is implementing an integrated
 disclosure system which addresses reporting requirements under the
 Securities Acts of 1933 and 1934 and shareholder reports and annual
 financial statements to see that the latter are uniform. The aim of this
 system is to: 1. upgrade disclosures to investors, and 2. erase barriers to
 combining required SEC filings and informal security holder communications.
 The documents covered in this new system are the following: 1. proxy
 statements mandated under proxy rules of the Exchange Act, 2. annual report
 on Form 10-K, 3. Regulation S-K covering nonfinancial statement disclosure,
 and 4. Regulation S-X covering the content, form, and requirements of
 financial statements. The basic information package required under this
 system includes: 1. audited uniform financial statements, 2. management
 discussion and analysis of company financial conditions and operations, and
 3. certain financial data spanning a 5-year period. Many changes to
 shareholder annual reports are required, such as greater management
 analysis, and a change to Form 10-K's format. Some new registration
 statement forms are also proposed.
-Desc-
 SEC; Disclosure; Systems; Changes; Financial reporting; Financial
 statements; SEC filing requirements; Form 10-K; Form 10-Q; Amendments;
 Annual reports
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 4300 (CN=Law); 2400 (CN=Public
 relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 129
-A-
 81005070
-W-
 For CCA, Now Read 'Clear Cuts Concise Accounts'
 Ross, David
 Accountancy (UK) v91n1048 PP: 56-60 Dec 1980
 -CODEN-
 ACTYAD
-ISSN-
 0001-4664
-JrnlCode-
 ACE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Current cost accounts (CCA) will help all users of financial statements to a
 better understanding of the results of the period, the state of affairs at
 the period endings, and the trends. When the employee, lay shareholder, or
 ''expert-in-a-hurry'' is trying to understand the company's annual report,
 he has 3 real problems: 1. the sheer volume of the information, 2. the
 diversity of accounting policies and methods of presentation adopted by
 different companies, 3. the validity of accounts based on the historical
 cost framework in periods of rapidly-changing price levels. The simplified
 ''supplementary'' CCA report should include a narrative review, notes
 describing the accounts and accounting policies, a balance sheet, a profit
 and loss account and value added statement, a funds flow statement, and
 trend and interpretation information. The CCA might be supplemented by
 graphics and fully descriptive headings. Tables.
-Desc-
 UK; Current cost accounting; Information; Financial statements; Disclosure
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 130
-A-
 81005062
-W-
 An Examination of the Current Status of Segment Reporting
 Munter, Paul; Ratcliffe, Thomas A.
 Ohio CPA Jrnl v40n1 PP: 30-34 Winter 1981
 -CODEN-
 OCPAA7
-ISSN-
 0030-0837
-JrnlCode-
 OCP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The December 1976 issuance of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
 (SFAS) No. 14, entitled ''Financial Reporting for Segments of a Business
 Enterprise'', by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) represents
 one of the few recent instances whereby an authoritative rule-making body in
 the accounting profession has issued a pronouncement that results in a
 tendency to disaggregate financial statement information. SFAS 14 requires
 disclosure of information relating to operations in different industries,
 foreign operations and export sales, and major customers. Since SFAS, the
 FASB has issued 4 additional SFASs that impact the current status of segment
 reporting. SFAS No. 18 eliminates segment reporting requirements for interim
 periods. SFAS No. 21 eliminates reporting requirements applicable to
 earnings per share and segment information for nonpublic enterprises. SFAS
 No. 24 eliminates segment reporting requirements in some financial
 statements when present with consolidated statements. SFAS No. 30 redefines
 major customer, so that reportable customer units are determined in the same
 way as other reportable major customers. Tables.
-Desc-
 FASB statements; Financial statements; Segment; Financial reporting;
 Information; Disclosure; Reporting; Requirements
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 131
-A-
 81004269
-W-
 SEC's Disclosure Rules Find Some CPI Support
 Anonymous
 Chemical Week v128n4 PP: 28 Jan 28, 1981
 -CODEN-
 CHWKA9
-ISSN-
 0009-272X
-JrnlCode-
 CEM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 As a result of the Securities and Exchange Commission's (SEC) revisement of
 corporate reporting requirements, investors, security analysts, and
 competitors will get a more detailed look at the financial data of most
 companies in the chemical process industries (CPI) this year. Shareholders
 will be the major beneficiaries. They will now receive the type of data
 traditionally used primarily by analysts and bond-rating agencies. Changes
 by the SEC include: 1. enhanced importance of the annual report, 2.
 restructured 10-K, and 3. standardized information presented to potential
 investors in registration statements. Obsolete or duplicative requirements
 are eliminated. Most CPI financial executives consider the changes
 worthwhile, however, 2 possible areas of confusion are: 1. inflation
 analysis, and 2. some of the management discussion, such as on liquidity.
 The companies should save money and time by being permitted to present key
 financial data in one format that can be used in 3 separate reports. Chart.
-Desc-
 SEC; Changes; Financial; Information; Disclosure; Requirements; Chemical
 industry
 CLASS. CODES: 8640 (CN=Chemical industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 132
-A-
 81004096
-W-
 Annual Report Addressed Investors and the Future-and Won Awards
 Pearson, Donald W.
 Telephony v200n3 PP: 58, 61 Jan 19, 1981
 -CODEN-
 TLPNAS
-ISSN-
 0040-2656
-JrnlCode-
 TPH
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Rochester (N.Y.) Telephone Corp.'s 1979 annual report received the National
 Assn. of Investment Clubs' Nicholson Award and Financial World's silver and
 bronze awards in separate categories for its effectiveness in meeting both
 the needs of individual and institutional investors. The report, whose theme
 was ''Tomorrow's Telephone Company, '' emphasized the company's future
 prospects for the benefit of individual shareholders while providing
 in-depth information for institutional investors. In deciding what investors
 wanted to know, Rochester Telephone analyzed the best annual reports of
 1978, as judged by Financial World. A proposed format was developed and
 submitted to a 5-member focus group of security analysts covering the
 communications industry. Among the points favored were: the emphasis on
 looking ahead, highlighting significant quotes to facilitate skimming, and
 including a special section on detailed financial information.
-Desc-
 Case studies; Planning; Annual reports; Telephone companies
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 2400 (CN=Public relations); 8330
 (CN=Broadcasting & telecommunications)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 133
-A-
 81003370
-W-
 The Disclosure of Replacement Cost Accounting Data and Its Effect on
 Transaction Volumes
 Ro, Byung T.
 Accounting Review v56n1 PP: 70-84 Jan 1981
 -CODEN-
 ACRVAS
-ISSN-
 0001-4826
-JrnlCode-
 ACR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Securities and Exchange Commission's (SEC) Accounting Series Release No.
 190 (ASR 190) mandates footnote disclosure of replacement cost (RC)
 accounting information by certain firms. It purports to provide investors
 with relevant information on the impact of inflation on company assets. A
 study was performed to see whether disclosure of RC data actually had much
 impact on transaction volumes of common stock for companies having to comply
 with the RC disclosure rule. A sample of 73 final treatment firms and 73
 control firms was selected and examined over 9 separate 'event' weeks, using
 the standard paired t-test. It was hypothesized that if ASR 190 affected
 investors' portfolio holding decisions, a higher than normal volume would be
 expected when RC data was announced. The trading volume of ASR 190 stocks
 would be different from the trading volume of common stocks in firms not
 affected by the rule. The study found no evidence of an effect by ASR 190 on
 trading volume. Thus, RC data under ASR 190 does not contain information
 important enough to investors to get them to revise portfolios. Equations.
 Chart. Tables. Appendices. References.
-Desc-
 Replacement cost accounting; Replacement costs; Disclosure; Financial
 statement notes; Form 10-K; SEC filing requirements; Investors; Information;
 Effects; Volume; Transactions; Common stock; Efficient markets (FIN);
 Studies
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 4300 (CN=Law); 3400 (CN=Investment
 analysis)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 134
-A-
 81003094
-W-
 SEC's Integrated Disclosure Rules
 Parker, David P.
 Financial Executive v49n1 PP: 17-22 Jan 1981
 -CODEN-
 FIEXAW
-ISSN-
 0015-1998
-JrnlCode-
 FEX
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 When the Securities and Exchange Commission's (SEC) new integrated
 disclosure rules were adopted in August of 1980, the apprehension felt by
 many company officials was understandable. The extensive rules that were set
 forth significantly affect the form and content of the shareholders report
 and the Form 10-K and other filings of SEC registrants. In the long run, the
 new rules should cause symmetry and consistency of financial statements and
 other disclosures. There are 5 highlights of the new SEC rules: 1. There are
 important and far-reaching changes that expand materially management's
 discussion and analysis. 2. Shareholder reports must contain 3-year
 financial statements prepared in compliance with Regulation S-X. 3. The
 5-year summary of operations is replaced by a 5-year summary of selected
 financial data. 4. Form 10-K must be signed by the chief executive officer,
 the chief financial officer, the controller or principal accounting officer,
 and by a majority of the board of directors. 5. A company involved in a
 merger or reorganization can use a shorter filing form if the transaction
 does not involve a ten percent change in the company's assets, net income,
 operating revenue, gross sales, or shareholder's equity.
-Desc-
 SEC; Disclosure; Rules; Form 10-K; SEC filing requirements; GAAP; SECSX;
 Financial statements; Annual reports
 CLASS. CODES: 4300 (CN=Law); 4100 (CN=Accounting); 2400 (CN=Public
 relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 135
-A-
 81002755
-W-
 SEC Alters Face of Shareholders' Report
 Zabusky, Allen J.
 National Underwriter (Life/Health) v85n2 PP: 12, 15-17 Jan 10, 1981
-ISSN-
 0028-033X
-JrnlCode-
 NUD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) adopted final rules on
 September 2, 1980, designed to integrate the disclosure requirements of the
 Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As a result
 of the new rules, the annual report to the shareholders has several
 significant changes, including: 1. a requirement for 2 years audited balance
 sheets and 3 years audited statements of income and changes in financial
 position, 2. a 5-year summary of selected data, 3. a more general discussion
 and analysis by management, and 4. a discussion of the effects of inflation
 and changing prices. Items, such as primary financial statements, must
 appear in both the shareholders' annual report and the revised Form 10-K.
 The principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the
 principal accounting officer, and a majority of the board of directors must
 sign the Form 10-K. There will be fewer differences now between the Form
 10-K and the annual shareholders' report.
-Desc-
 Stockholders; Annual reports; Financial; Information; Disclosure;
 Requirements; Financial statements; Form 10-K; SEC; SEC 33; SEC 34
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations); 4100 (CN=Accounting); 4300
 (CN=Law)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 136
-A-
 81002601
-W-
 SEC Alters Face of Shareholders' Report
 Zabusky, Allen J.
 National Underwriter (Property/Casualty) v85n1 PP: 23, 26-27 Jan 2, 1981
-ISSN-
 0163-8912
-JrnlCode-
 NUN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) adopted final rules for the
 annual report form required to be filed by most publicly-owned companies.
 This was done to improve disclosure, reduce disclosure burdens, and to
 facilitate the integration of the disclosure systems under the Securities
 Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Through the various
 amendments, the SEC has succeeded in developing uniform instructions for
 financial statements included in most registration and reporting forms filed
 with the SEC and in annual reports to shareholders by creating a basic
 information package. It has also reduced many of the disparities in
 financial statement presentation and disclosures between the Form 10-K and
 the shareholders' report. The SEC is currently seeking guidance on revision
 of the articles governing presentation and disclosure requirements for
 specialized industries such as insurance companies.
-Desc-
 SEC regulations; Annual reports; Form 10-K; Form 10-Q; SEC filing
 requirements; Changes; Amendments
 CLASS. CODES: 4300 (CN=Law); 2400 (CN=Public relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 137
-A-
 81001458
-W-
 FASB Statement No. 33: Implications for Commercial Banks
 Yahr, Robert B.
 Jrnl of Commercial Bank Lending v63n4 PP: 47-57 Dec 1980
-ISSN-
 0021-986X
-JrnlCode-
 CBL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) has issued its Statement No.
 33 to deal with the impact of inflation on the financial statements of
 commercial enterprises. FASB 33 requires all information regarding
 inflation's impact on a business to be presented as unaudited supplemental
 information in the firm's financial statement footnotes. This information
 must be denominated in 2 different bases: constant dollars and current
 costs. The items required on the constant dollar basis are income from
 continuing operations and purchasing power gain or loss; with regard to the
 current cost basis, depreciation expense and cost of goods sold are
 adjusted. A final item is the summary of key financial data for the current
 and preceding 4 years, with all items restated into constant dollars.
 Drawbacks to these requirements for commercial banks are: 1. There are too
 many alternatives for meeting the required disclosure of revenues. 2.
 Constant dollar information and current cost information are often too
 similar to be meaningful. 3. Year-end net assets may be reported only in
 historical cost. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 FASB statements; Financial statement notes; Financial statements;
 Disclosure; Effects; Inflation; Financial accounting standards Supplemental;
 Information; Implications; Commercial banks
 CLASS. CODES: 8110 (CN=Commercial banking); 4100 (CN=Accounting; 1100
 (CN=Economics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 138
-A-
 81000389
-W-
 Compilation and Review Reports on Financial Statements Presented on the Cash
 Basis or the Income Tax Basis of Accounting
 Gutberlet, Louis G.
 Jrnl of Accounting, Auditing & Finance v4n2 PP: 169-178 Winter 1981
-JrnlCode-
 JAA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Standards of reporting applicable to the compilation and review of financial
 statements presented in accordance with some ''other comprehensive basis of
 accounting (OCBOA)'' were established by the Accounting and Review Services
 Committee of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA)
 with the issuance of its first Statement on Standards for Accounting and
 Review Services (SSARS No. 1), entitled ''Compilation and Review of
 Financial Statements.'' There is no requirement in SSARS No. 1. for
 disclosure of how OCBOA differs from generally accepted accounting
 principles or that the financial statements are not intended to present
 financial position or the results of operations in accordance with such
 principles. It is difficult to distinguish between the cash basis and income
 tax basis of accounting, but for purposes of reporting under SSARS No. 1,
 the general standard of the profession on due professional care requires the
 accountant to consider whether it will be necessary to perform ''other
 accounting services, '' and to apply his total knowledge of the entity's
 business and operations. Exhibits.
-Desc-
 Financial statements; Cash basis accounting; Tax basis; Accounting;
 Reporting; Standards; Reviews; Disclosure; AICPA
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 4200 (CN=Taxation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 139
-A-
 81000177
-W-
 Impact of Replacement Cost Data on Financial Statement Analysis
 Grant, Edward B.; Weirich, Thomas R.
 Survey of Business v16n2 PP: 22-25 Fall 1980
 -CODEN-
 SUBUDY
-JrnlCode-
 SOU
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A significant and vigorously debated reporting issue in the financial world
 pertains to the recent replacement cost disclosures required by the Security
 and Exchange Commission (SEC). The issuance of Accounting Series Release
 (ASR) No. 190 by the SEC in March, 1976, requires certain major corporations
 to disclose to third parties selective replacement cost information
 regarding an entity's productive facilities, depreciation, inventory, and
 cost of sales for fiscal years ending on or after December 25, 1976. The
 primary objective of a recent study was to provide additional evidence as to
 the impact that the current SEC replacement cost disclosure requirements
 have on selected financial profitability and activity ratios of 155
 corporations. Cross-sectional analysis resulted in 3 tentative conclusions:
 1. There does exist a distortion in ratio components as a result of changes
 in prices, which thus violate the concept of dimensional soundness. 2. The
 statement user should have some ''ball park'' ideas as to the statistical
 characteristics of selected ratios when adjusted for ASR No. 190. 3. The
 financial ratio analyst should proceed with caution in employing replacement
 cost data as presently disclosed. However, generalizations to firms not
 included in the study cannot be made, due to the method of selection of
 sample firms. In addition, SEC requirements on disclosure of replacement
 cost data are limited to certain areas, therefore, effects of replacement
 cost adjustments on other balance sheets or income statement items have been
 ignored. Equations. References.
-Desc-
 SEC; Accounting procedures; Financial statement analysis; Replacement cost
 accounting; Impacts; Financial ratios; Analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 140
-A-
 80023470
-W-
 Employee Publications-Changing with the Times
 Taylor, Dennis; Webb, Laurie
 Work & People (Australia) v6n1 PP: 3-7 1980
-JrnlCode-
 WAP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The traditional staff magazine relying on amateur contributions and a
 shoe-string budget is no longer adequate, due to: 1. better presentation
 techniques, 2. greater management reliance on printed media, and 3. greater
 recognition of employee rights to corporate information. Employee
 periodicals published by larger Australian organizations now show an
 increase in the scope of information. There is also evident upgrading of the
 editorial management and in the style of the publications. House periodicals
 could provide specific information such as operating performance to allow
 employees to evaluate the organization. Providing information to employees
 could improve: 1. industrial relations. 2. strategic planning, and 3. public
 relations. However, there are risks involved in greater disclosure, such as:
 1. employee misunderstanding, and 2. a desire by employees to participate in
 managing the organization. References. Tables.
-Desc-
 Employee; Publications; Company publications; Jrnls; Exxon-New York;
 Australia; Case studies; Newspapers; Annual reports; Disclosure; Risk;
 Rewards
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 8690 (CN=Publishing industry);
 2400 (CN=Public relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 141
-A-
 80022506
-W-
 The Multinational Corporation and SFAS No. 8
 Price, Claudia I.
 Woman CPA v42n4 PP: 26-30 Oct 1980
 -CODEN-
 WCPAAR
-ISSN-
 0043-7271
-JrnlCode-
 WCP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Companies recognize the risks involved in international operation as a
 result of complying with SFAS Statement No. 8. SFAS No. 8 not only provides
 standardization but exposes corporate risks resulting from foreign
 currencies and floating exchange rates. A result of SFAS-8 is better
 identification of a company's risk potential since earnings of
 multinationals are subject to fluctuations in the exchange rate. The
 effectiveness of financial statement analysis is reduced due to insufficient
 disclosure about realized and unrealized translation gains and losses. There
 are several suggestions for correcting the effects of SFAS-8, including: 1.
 using current rate, 2. recording inventory at current rate, and 3. deferring
 translation gains and losses. Each proposed solution has drawbacks such as
 ignoring other reporting aspects of the enterprise. Much of management's
 concern can be alleviated through use of separate presentations of
 unrealized translation gains and losses in income and earnings per share.
 References.
-Desc-
 Multinational corporations; FASB statements; Financial accounting standards;
 Foreign exchange translations; Accounting standards; Foreign exchange;
 Gains; Losses; Disclosure; Foreign exchange rate risk
 CLASS. CODES: 1300 (CN=International trade & foreign investment) 4100
 (CN=Accounting); 3500 (CN=Foreign exchange administration)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 142
-A-
 80022206
-W-
 Auditing America's Cities
 Giroux, Gary A.; Flory, Steven M.
 CPA Jrnl v50n10 PP: 21-28 Oct 1980
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0094-2049
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Even though state and local government expenditures have consumed 15% or
 more of gross national product annually, until 1976, Congress did not
 mandate that all municipalities of any consequence be audited before 1980.
 When compared to the more standardized format for corporate entities, the
 independent audit reports for local governmental units are largely
 characterized by the diversity of their format. The auditor is precluded
 from issuing an unqualified opinion if the financial statements are not in
 conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). A recent
 study of annual reports of 100 US cities found that 90% had been audited,
 generally by an independent certified public accountant (CPA), but that
 approximately three-fourths of the reports included qualified opinions on
 one or more funds. Another study found that the largest single reason for
 audit exceptions related to general fixed assets, with depreciation not
 recorded in enterprise funds ranking second. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Municipal accounting; Audits; Municipal finance; GAAP; Cities; CPAs; AICPA;
 Financial reporting
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 9550 (CN=Public sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 143
-A-
 80021640
-W-
 Lease Capitalization and Systematic Risk
 Finnerty, Joseph E.; Fitzsimmons, Rick N.; Oliver, Thomas W.
 Accounting Review v55n4 PP: 631-639 Oct 1980
 -CODEN-
 ACRVAS
-ISSN-
 0001-4826
-JrnlCode-
 ACR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Efforts to tighten the disclosure requirements on leasing came from the
 Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) with its Accounting Release Series
 147 (ASR 147) and the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement
 of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 13. Three samples of companies
 were used in this study, to investigate whether the market-determined
 systematic risk of the companies that used leasing extensively was affected
 by ASR 147, the FASB's exposure draft on lessee accounting, and SFAS 13: 1.
 companies which engaged in a lot of leasing, 2. companies which did very
 little leasing, and 3. a random sample of companies. There was no
 significant change in the systematic risk of the sample companies pre- and
 post-June, 1973, or pre- and post-August, 1975. The conclusion is that the
 SEC's ASR 147 and the FASB's pronouncement had little effect on the market's
 assessment of systematic risk. Business leaders had feared a deterioration
 in credit ratings, and the possibility that lenders would demand higher
 interest rates as a result of firms showing more ''debt'' on their post SFAS
 13 balance sheets. Tables. Equations. Figure. References.
-Desc-
 Leases; Capitalization; Systematic; Risk; Disclosure; Requirements; FASB
 statements; Financial statements; Studies; SEC accounting policies;
 Manycompanies; Capitalized
 CLASS. CODES: 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management); 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 144
-A-
 80019385
-W-
 SEC's New Proposals
 Taft, Robert W.; Long, John C.
 Public Relations Jrnl v36n8 PP: 17-18 Aug 1980
 -CODEN-
 PREJAR
-ISSN-
 0033-3670
-JrnlCode-
 PRJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) will soon act on a series of
 controversial proposals introduced last January. If enacted, the proposals
 could change the current format of most companies' annual reports. Business
 leaders fear that the additional required items could erode annual report
 readership. The proposals include: 1. revisions of Form 10-K and Form S-15,
 2. revision of Articles 3 and 5 of Regulation S-X, and 3. establishment of
 uniform instructions for financial statements. According to the SEC, the
 proposed rules are to facilitate integration of the disclosure requirements
 under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
 to reduce the disclosure burdens on companies.
-Desc-
 SEC; Proposed; Changes; Annual reports; Form 10-K; SEC filing requirements;
 Financial statements; Disclosure
 CLASS. CODES: 2400 (CN=Public relations); 4300 (CN=Law); 4100
 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 145
-A-
 80016604
-W-
 Computer-Assisted Research Administration
 Burt, R. Alan
 Jrnl of the Society of Research Administrators v12n1 PP: 25-29 Summer 1980
-ISSN-
 0038-0024
-JrnlCode-
 SRA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Computers can help research administrators provide expanded research
 services and increase research productivity. Office automation techniques
 can enhance research administration productivity as well as more traditional
 office functions. Research administrators can use computer programs to
 perform many services, including: 1. preparing proposal cost estimates, 2.
 preparing project financial reports, and 3. monitoring project and contract
 deadlines. Computers can be used to prepare budgets and to assist in space
 allocation and inventory control. Computers can be used to transmit and
 receive written text which can lead to a practically paperless office.
 Searches of stored data are quick and efficient using computers.
 Computer-controlled intelligent copiers can accept electronic data and
 produce a printed document of text and graphics. The format of forms can be
 stored and the form itself printed as the required information is entered
 into the computer. The research administrator must carefully plan future use
 of computers to provide for a synergistic system of research services.
-Desc-
 Research; R&D; Administration; Computers; Automation; Cost estimates;
 Financial reporting; Budgeting
 CLASS. CODES: 5400 (CN=Research & development); 5200 (CN=Communications &
 information management); 4100 (CN=Accounting); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt
 management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 146
-A-
 80015925
-W-
 Questions and Answers to Help You Understand the New Accounting and
 Reporting Requirements for Defined Benefit Pension Plans
 Rubin, Steven
 Jrnl of Pension Planning & Compliance v6n4 PP: 271-278 Jul 1980
-ISSN-
 0148-2181
-JrnlCode-
 PPT
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: Panel Publishers, 14 Plaza Rd., Greenvale, NY 11548
 Financial accounting and reporting standards for annual financial statements
 of defined benefit pension plans for years beginning after Dec. 15, 1980
 have been set forth in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 35.
 This FASB statement applies to defined benefit pension plans that are:
 ongoing, funded and unfunded, sponsored by government units as well as
 business, and plans that are and are not subject to ERISA reporting
 requirements. It requires that financial statements contain a statement with
 information on the plan's net assets available for benefits at the end of
 the plan year and information on changes during the year in the plan's net
 assets available for benefits.Disclosure in the statement or in notes must
 be made regarding the actuarial present value of accumulated plan benefits
 at the beginning and end of the plan year. Disclosure of significant effects
 of factors causing changes during the year in the actuarial present value of
 accumulated plan benefits must also be made.
-Desc-
 Defined benefit plans; Accounting procedures; Accounting standards;
 Reporting; Requirements; Financial statements; Disclosure; FASB statements
 CLASS. CODES: 6400 (CN=Employee benefits & compensation); 4100
 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 147
-A-
 80015906
-W-
 What Current Cost Accounting Means to Utilities
 Ritter, Thomas J.
 Public Utilities Fortnightly v106n3 PP: 19-23 Jul 31, 1980
 -CODEN-
 PUFNAV
-ISSN-
 0033-3808
-JrnlCode-
 PUF
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: Public Utilities Reports, Inc., Suite 500, 1828 L St. NW,
 Washington, DC 20036
 Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement 33 requires the
 presentation of supplementary financial information that will profoundly
 affect the financial reports of many utilities. The aim of the statement is
 to provide users of financial statements information about the effects of
 inflation on a firm by requiring adjustments to the valuation of assets,
 both on a constant dollar and current cost basis. For rate regulated
 industries, special treatment is directed. Most rate regulated industries
 are allowed a return derived from a rate base that is valued at historical
 cost, limiting the recoverable value of assets.As a result, utilities will
 show large write-downs on nonmonetary assets. Another difference of
 Statement 33 between regulated and non-regulated industries is that the
 former will report restated depreciation based on current cost, even though
 asset values are not restated. The effect of these requirements on debt and
 equity interests in utilities is not clear. Regulators may be aided by the
 new requirements in that they will be provided with additional information
 on which to base their actions. Utilities themselves may benefit from FASB
 33 if the inflation adjusted information encourages rate commissions to
 reconsider the equity of presently allowed returns when evaluating financial
 performance. Illustration.
-Desc-
 FASB statements; Current cost accounting; Inflation accounting; Financial
 reporting; Public utilities; Utilities; Regulation; Electric rates
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 8340 (CN=Electric, water & gas
 utilities); 4300 (CN=Law)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 148
-A-
 80015081
-W-
 Financial Forecasts-State of the Art
 Mentzel, Alvin J.; Proscia, Leonard J.
 CPA Jrnl v50n7 PP: 12-18 Jul 1980
 -CODEN-
 CPAABS
-ISSN-
 0094-2049
-JrnlCode-
 CPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A financial forecast estimates a company's most likely financial position,
 operational results, and changes in financial position for certain periods.
 In late 1974, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA)
 published the first guidelines for preparing these forecasts. The Securities
 & Exchange Commission (SEC) has also issued flexible guides for protecting
 the issuer and reviewer against lawsuits for erroneous forecasts so long as
 they have a reasonable basis and are made in good faith.Covered under the
 safe harbor rule are projections of revenues and certain other financial
 data and statements of management plans, objectives, and future performance
 projections. The AICPA-recommended format is that of historical financial
 statements. The SEC advocates disclosure of key assumptions upon which
 forecasts are based. Management must have a reasonable basis for its
 projections and evidence to support its assumptions. An AICPA exposure draft
 is now being developed to cover the accountant's review of financial
 forecasts. A compilation forecast engagement translates economic data into
 forecasts using assumptions provided by management and not verified or
 analyzed. A comprehensive scope engagement analyzes and expresses an opinion
 on data reasonableness. Table.
-Desc-
 Financial; Forecasting; Financial statement forecasting; SEC regulations;
 AICPA statements of position
 CLASS. CODES: 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management); 4300 (CN=Law; 4100
 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 149
-A-
 80014132
-W-
 A Review of Municipal Disclosure Requirements
 Ingram, Robert W.; Edwards, William R.
 National Public Accountant v25n6 PP: 17-20 Jun 1980
 -CODEN-
 NPACAI
-ISSN-
 0027-9978
-JrnlCode-
 NPA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 There is concern about the adequacy of financial reporting for governmental
 units with emphasis on reform of accounting procedures and disclosure
 practices. Success in improving governmental reporting practices may depend
 on the way those responsible for the financial data implement reporting
 standards. More courses in the accounting curriculum dealing with
 governmental entities are needed to educate accounting students and
 practitioners.The auditor must report any material deviations from generally
 accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in financial statements in either the
 public or private sectors. Many standards for disclosure cause problems when
 applied in the governmental area. A study of municipal financial statements
 indicated disclosure problems, including: 1. the use of separate financial
 statements, 2. the required bases of accounting, and 3. disclosures dealing
 with allowance or contra accounts. References.
-Desc-
 Municipal accounting; Disclosure; Requirements; Financial statements;
 Auditors; Responsibilities; GAAP
 CLASS. CODES: 4100 (CN=Accounting); 9550 (CN=Public sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 020:015 150
-A-
 80013777
-W-
 How to Communicate Financial Data More Effectively
 Leivian, Gregory M.
 Management Accounting v62n1 PP: 31-34 Jul 1980
 -CODEN-
 MGACBD
-ISSN-
 0025-1690
-JrnlCode-
 NAA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Paper
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The format for communicating financial information has generally been a
 numerical tabulation. Many managers, particularly in small businesses, have
 difficulty interpreting such information because they do not have the
 training or experience of the accountants or financial executives that
 prepared the information. However, a person's visual or pictorial memory is
 better than the memory for numbers and thus, graphs can be an effective way
 of communicating financial data.Graphs can give a person an overall view of
 a company or division and can highlight trends and relationships better than
 numerical tabulations do. Graphs are very flexible and can be designed to
 meet the specific information needs of a company or division in a particular
 situation. Besides the reporting of historical financial information, graphs
 can provide an excellent planning tool. For example, a profit sensitivity
 graph can show the relative sensitivity of profits to changes in various
 factors such as labor costs, selling price, materials costs, etc. This
 enables management to plan for various possible strategies and environmental
 contingencies. Table. Graphs.
-Desc-
 Financial planning; Financial; Data communications; Graphs; Information;
 Presentation
 CLASS. CODES: 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management); 5200 (CN=Communications &
 information management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 1
-A-
 166999 85Q0638
-W-
 Life-Style and Health: Some Remarks on Different Viewpoints
 Badura, Bernhard
 U Oldenburg, D-2900 Federal Republic Germany
 Social Science and Medicine 1984, 19, 4, 341-347.
 -CODEN-
 SSCMAW
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Lifestyle & health maintenance are discussed from two approaches: the model
 of medical scientists & health psychologists who concentrate on changing
 self-destructive behaviors, & the public health & social medicine view of
 intervening in populations at risk of disease due to the natural & social
 living conditions created by man. While the medical model emphasizes the
 admittedly important factor of lifestyle, it explains only a small amount of
 the morbidity & mortality due to coronary disease. It precludes social &
 psychological factors of sex, age, social status, & parental & peer group
 models, which have been empirically shown to have an effect on disease.
 Factors such as adverse behaviors due to social stress, life-cycle
 transitions, personality, coping mechanisms, & social support systems should
 be researched to enhance future health policies. 1 Table, 3 Figures, 23
 References. D. Graves
-Desc-
 Health, Healthy (208000); Lifestyle, Lifestyles #; (for pre-1981 entries,
 use postcoordinatedform) (251984)
-Ident-
 health maintenance; lifestyle;
-SectHd-
 sociology of health and medicine-sociology of medicine (public health);
 (2045)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 2
-A-
 165431 85S168?3
-W-
 A Comparison of Rural and Urban Elderly's Expressed Preferences for
 Long-Term Care Arrangements
 McAully, William J.; Blieszner, Rosemary
 Center Gerontology Virginia Polytechnic Instit & State U, Blacksburg 24061
 Conference: RSS Rural Sociological Society
 Pub. Year: 1985
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper l Article (ap )
 An examination of the long-term care arrangements (LTCs) selected by rural
 elderly, identifying demographic & social support characteristics associated
 with their selections, & comparing patterns of selection & related factors
 with those of urban elderly. Data were drawn from the Statewide Survey of
 Older Virginians, a 1979 household survey of 2, 146 people, aged 60+. The
 research sample consisted of 1, 240 respondents who completed the
 interviews, lived with no one other than their spouses (if married), & were
 cognitively intact. The interview questionnaire was based upon the Older
 Americans Resources & Services (OARS) multidimensional functional assessment
 strategy, with the addition of a series of questions designed to elicit
 attitudes about LTC. Respondents were asked to express their agreement or
 disagreement with statements about LTCs they would make if they became sick
 or disabled for a long time. For both rural & urban respondents, the most
 frequently selected LTCs were those which allowed the individual to receive
 assistance at home, while moving into the home of a relative was least
 likely to be selected. Rural residents were significantly more likely to
 select adult day care, care from a relative in their own homes, & paid
 in-home care. Urban respondents were significantly more likely to select
 LTCs that involve only formal forms of care, while rural respondents were
 significantly more likely to select a combination of formal & informal
 arrangements. Urban respondents were also significantly more likely than
 rural respondents to select LTCs that involve moving. A number of respondent
 characteristics, including demographic variables, mental & physical health,
 & social support, were incorporated as independent variables into a series
 of stepwise logistic regression analyses. The resultarea for research
 addressing rural-urban differences in LTC selection
-Desc-
 Elder, Elders, Elderly (149733); Care (069640); Preference,
 Preferences (343500); Rural; (see also Ru, Ur) (398?00); Urban; (see also
 Ru, Ur) (478000); Social support (433182)
-Ident-
 elderly's long-term care preferences urban vs rural residence,
 demographic/social support characteristics; interview, questionnaire;
 Virginia;
-SectHd-
 social problems and social welfare-social gerontology (2143)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 3
-A-
 164856 85O8866
-W-
 Social Support in Black, Low-Income, Single-Parent Families: Normative and
 Dysfunctional Patterns
 Lindbla-Goldberg, Marion; Dukes, Joyce Lynn
 Coll Medicine U Cincinnati, OH 45267
 American Jrnl of Orthopsychiatry 1985, 55, 1, Jan, 42-58.
 -CODEN-
 AJORAG
 Pub. Year: 1985
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Structural & functional features of social networks & demographic variables
 are explored based on 197?-1980 data gathered from interviews & a
 demographic questionnaire administered to 56 clinic-referred & 70 nonclinic
 Black, low-income, single-parent families. Dysfunctional families evidenced
 asymmetrical reciprocity within network relationships, & had more stressful
 home environments than did nonclinical families. It is suggested that
 diagnostic evaluation of these families should assess the level of
 meaningful support provided by the social network. 5 Tables, 34 References.
 Modified HA
-Desc-
 Black, Blacks (055218); Low income (254690); Single (424371) ; Parent,
 Parents, Parental (322000); Family, Families (171600); Social network,
 Social networks, Social networking (43?175)
-Ident-
 black/low-income/single-parent families' social networks,
 normative/dysfunctional patterns interviews, demographic questionnaires;
 clinic-referred/nonclinic families;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 4
-A-
 164812 85O8822
-W-
 The Predicament of the Newly Separated
 Bloom, Bernard L.; Hodges, William F.
 U Colorado, Boulder 80309
 Community Mental Health Jrnl 1981, 17, 4, winter, 277-293.
 -CODEN-
 CMHJAY
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA and UMI, Ann Arbor,
 MI
 An examination of early adjustment to marital separation as a function of
 sex & parent status in a sample of 153 persons separated an average of 8
 weeks from their spouses because of marital discord, based on open-ended
 interview data. Men were much more satisfied with the quality of their
 marriage prior to separation & much more opposed to its ending than were
 women. Women consistently reported more gains than men as a consequence of
 their separations & a greater readiness to divorce. Social support systems
 were stronger in the case of women than me & in the case of parents than
 nonparents. Formal & informal helpseeking were very common. There was
 considerable difficulty in the area of job performance & career planning, &
 the presence of children appeared to add to the difficulties faced by
 divorcing parents. In general, while the preseparation period appeared to be
 more stressful for women, the early postsepapation period was far more
 difficult for men. 3 Tables, 26 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Marriage, Marriages, Marital (259000); Separation (417480); Sex differences;
 (see also Gender differences) (420000)
-Ident-
 marital separation, early adjustment; sex/parent status; interviews;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 5
-A-
 164090 85O8100
-W-
 The Mobilization of Social Supports: Some Individual Constraints
 Eckenrode, John
 Coll Human Ecology Cornell U, Ithaca NY 14853
 American Jrnl of Community Psychology 1983, 11, 5, Oct, 509-528.
 -CODEN-
 AJCPCK
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 An examination of the effects of two dispositional variables, locus of
 control & help-seeking beliefs, as well as sociodemographic variables, on
 the mobilization of social supports. Data were gathered through interviews
 of a sample of 308 women users of a Boston, Mass. neighborhood health
 center, & concerned social support contacts following stressful events
 occurring within the previous year. Results confirmed the importance of the
 two dispositional variables, with internal locus of control & positive
 beliefs in the benefits of help-seeking each being associated with more
 support mobilization, independent of the number of potential supporters
 available. In addition, the educational level of the respondents showed a
 direct, positive relationship to support mobilization. Tests revealed
 several interactions between sociodemographic variables & the dispositional
 variables or potential support. These interactions generally showed that the
 dispositional variables & levels of potential support had a greater impact
 on support mobilization for persons with higher educational achievement,
 higher incomes, or those from English-speaking (versus Spanish-speaking)
 backgrounds. Results are discussed in relation to current research on social
 support & differential vulnerability of individuals to the effects of
 stress. 3 Tables, 1 Figure, 49 References. AA
-Desc-
 Social support (433182); Mobilization (274175); Sociodemographic (434570);
 Control, Controls, Controlled (114800); Help, Helping, Helper, Helpers
 (212570); Belief, Beliefs (051870)
-Ident-
 social supports mobilization; control locus/help-seeking
 beliefs/sociodemographic variables; interviews; women health center
 patients, Boston, Massachusetts;
-SectHd-
 complex organizations (management)-social networks analysis; (0665)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 6
-A-
 163857 85O7867
-W-
 Relative Deprivation Theory: An Overview and Conceptual Critique
 Walker, Iain; Pettigrew, Thomas.
 Stevenson Coll U California, Santa Cruz 95064
 The British Jrnl of Social Psychology 1984, 23, 4, No., 301-310.
 -CODEN-
 BJSPDA
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 An overview of research on relative deprivation (RD) theory is presented to
 substantiate the argument that it is a potentially powerful concept for
 studying intergroup relations in general, & supplements Henri Tajfel's
 categorization-identity-comparison theory (see SA 32: 2/84N7444). Six focal
 issues are discussed: (1) the egoistic-fraternalistic distinction, (2) the
 cognitive-affective distinction, (3) the absolute-relative distinction, (4)
 measurement level, (5) specification of the referent, & (6) specification of
 the compared dimensions that present problems for current RD work. 2
 Figures, 51 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Intergroup (239722); Relations, Relational (382485); Deprive, Deprived,
 Deprivation (129400)
-Ident-
 intergroup relations, relative deprivation theory;
-SectHd-
 social psychology-personality and culture; (0312)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 7
-A-
 163361 85W4577
-W-
 Coping and Social Support in Families of Developmentally Disabled Children
 Schilling, Robert F.; Gilchrist, Lewasne D.; Schinke, Steven Paul
 Child Development Mental Retardation Center U Washington, Seattle 98195
 Family Relations 1984, 33, 1, Jan, 47-54.
 -CODEN-
 FAREDL
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Personal coping & social supports are presented as resources for parents of
 handicapped children. These closely linked concepts are viewed as
 increasingly of interest to practitioners & investigators who recognize that
 such parents encounter extraordinary stress. An overview of the difficulties
 faced by parents of handicapped children is followed by a review of several
 studies on coping among such parents. A structured group approach to
 teaching parents of handicapped children to use personal coping & social
 supports is described. 74 References. HA
-Desc-
 Handicap, Handicapped (206300); Child, Children, Childhood (0810?0); Parent,
 Parents, Parental (322000); Cope, Coping (115725); Social support (433182)
-Ident-
 handicapped children's parents, personal coping, social supports;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 8
-A-
 163310 85W4526
-W-
 Differences, Difficulties and Adaptation: Stress and Social Networks in
 Families with a Handicapped Child
 Kazak, Anne E.; Marvin, Robert S.
 Temple U, Philadelphia PA 19122
 Family Relations 1984, 33, 1, Jan, 67-77.
 -CODEN-
 FAREDL
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
-Subfile-
 OPODA
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Differences in 56 families with & 53 without a handicapped child, with
 respect to 3 types of stress (individual, marital, & parenting) & 3
 structural characteristics of their social support networks (size, density,
 & boundary density), are discussed. Data were gathered by face-to-face
 interviews & written questionnaires. Generally, higher levels of stress &
 distinct network structures were found for the families with handicapped
 children. Despite the presence of high levels of stress, the families were
 found to have successful coping strategies. The results are discussed in
 terms of recognizing family strengths & incorporating existing adaptational
 patterns in clinical interventions. 1 Table, 31 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Handicap, Handicapped (206300); Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Family,
 Families (171600); Stress, Stresses (447000); Social support (433182)
-Ident-
 handicapped children's families, stress levels, social support networks;
 interviews, questionnaires;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 9
-A-
 162706 85D3303
-W-
 A Socio-Medical Study of Infant Mortality among Disadvantaged Blacks
 Boone, Margaret S.
 Center Population Research Georgetown U, Washington DC 20057
 Human Organization 1982, 41, 3, fall, 227-236.
 -CODEN-
 HUORAY
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 A profile of the woman at highest risk of experiencing a low birthweight
 (LBW) delivery & infant death (ID), in the generally disadvantaged, black
 population in Washington, DC, which contributes disproportionately &
 repeatedly to the ID & perinatal death statistics. The delivery records of a
 public hospital provided the data on black female residents giving birth to
 LBW (number of cases = 457) & normal weight babies (number of cases = 445).
 More detailed data were recorded for mothers of babies weighing 1, 500 grams
 or less (VBW) & on matched mothers of normal babies (number of cases = 105).
 Interviews were conducted with 8 mothers of VLBW babies who had succumbed to
 ID syndrome. Results show that within an inner-city black population, where
 educational levels are relatively low & much of the reproductive segment is
 young & unmarried, the standard at-risk identification criteria of age,
 education, & marital status do not vary with poor pregnancy outcome.
 Furthermore, certain factors associated stereotypically with inner-city
 lifestyles, eg, drug abuse & venereal disease, also fail to distinguish
 women having normal & VLBW infants. Instead, alcoholism, smoking, low
 maternal weight at delivery, hypertension history, migrant status,
 ineffective contraception, poor prenatal care, violence, & relatively poor
 psychological adjustments & social support systems were found to be salient
 predisposing factors. 4 Tables, 37 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Woman, Women; (see also Female) (490000); Birth, Births (055200); Weight
 (489300); Infant, Infants, Infancy; (see also Baby) (232300); Death, Deaths;
 (see also Mortality, Dying) (121000); Alcoholic, Alcoholics, Alcoholism
 (027000); Smoking (428600); Contraceptive, Contraceptives, Contraception
 (114475); Violence, Violent (480600)
-Ident-
 disadvantaged women's low-birthweight babies/infant death risk; alcoholism,
 smoking, aternal underweight, hypertension, migrancy, contraception, family
 violence, mental health; hospital records, interviews; Washington, DC,
 blacks;
-SectHd-
 social development-demographic change; (8380)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 10
-A-
 161997 84W4008
-W-
 Social Development, Its Contexts, and Child Welfare
 Maas, Henry S.
 School Social Work U British Columbia, Vancouver V6T 1W5
 Social Work Papers 1983, 1, summer, 1-9.
 -CODEN-
 SWPADO
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 It is recommended that social service workers make greater use of research
 on human development in their work with children & families. A more informed
 understanding of the environmental contexts in which social growth occurs
 should make intervention more effective. Parents not well integrated into
 society, especially those who are single, need social support, which welfare
 services can provide, eg, through parent groups. Similar support groups can
 be formed for children, adolescents, & adults who have become isolated from
 friends, family, or peers, or have been unable to form satisfying social
 relationships. In discussing the social needs that are characteristic of
 different stages of growth, some suggestions are offered for encouraging
 social involvement & participation in community programs. D. Dunseath
-Desc-
 Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Welfare (489725)
-Ident-
 child welfare services, social development understanding importance;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-welfare services (poverty); (6110)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 11
-A-
 160644 84P3515
-W-
 An Ecological Systems Approach to Evaluation: Cruising in Topeka
 Campbell, David E.; Steenbarger, Brett N.; Smith, Timothy W.; Stucky, Rita
 J.
 Humboldt State U, Arcata CA 95521
 Evaluation Review 1982, 6, 5, Oct, 625-648.
 -CODEN-
 EVREDL
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 English
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 The use of systems terms & ecological concepts is increasingly common in
 psychology, & particularly in community psychology. Researchers engaged in
 evaluation studies within community psychology should consider four
 consequences of the ecological-systems orientation: (1) reformulation &
 reconceptualization of the evaluation question; (2) shift of research design
 in the direction of complexity & flexibility; (3) shift of measurement
 toward multiple qualitative & quantitative measures; & (4) relativistic,
 perspectival interpretation of results. Each of these consequences is
 illustrated with reference to the evaluation of a mobile counseling project
 for juvenile conduct in Topeka, Kan, based on before-&-after interviews with
 adult occupants of the area, time-series data from observation of juvenile
 activities on a weekly basis, & participant observation of youth activities
 & casual questioning of about 50 youths. 1 Table, 1 Figure, 53 References.
 Modified HA
-Desc-
 Ecology, Ecological, Ecologically, Ecologist, Ecologists (144500); System,
 Systems (453900); Evaluation, Evaluations, Evaluative (160300); Community,
 Communities, Communitarian (10400?); Psychology,
 Psychological, Psychologically, Psychologism (358000); Counsel, Counseling,
 Counselor, Counselors (116380); Juvenile, Juveniles (247435)
-Ident-
 ecological systems approach to evluation in community psychology; case
 study, mobile counseling project for juveniles; before/after interviews,
 time-series data, participant observation; teenager/local merchants/police
 officers, Topeka, Kansas;
-SectHd-
 social planning/policy-evaluation research (definition, methods, etc.);
 (7220)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 12
-A-
 157367 82W2243
-W-
 The Social Consequences of Single Parenthood: A Longitudinal Perspective
 Smith, Michael J.
 School Social Work Hunter Coll, New York NY 10021
 Family Relations 1980, 29, 1, Jan, 75-81.
 -CODEN-
 FAREDL
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Loneliness & the lack of social support have been described as the more
 serious social consequences of the single-parent family status. Secondary
 analysis of interviews with a national sample of families (number of cases =
 5, 000+) over a 6-year period revealed many shifts in the household
 composition of one-parent families over time, a slightly lower level of
 community participation, & a feeling of powerlessness among single-parent
 family heads. These findings cast some doubt on the usefulness of natural
 support systems for single parents. The findings seem reflective of the
 societal burdens placed on lone parents. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Parenthood (323030); Single (424371); Social (428900); Consequence,
 Consequences (112482)
-Ident-
 single parenthood; social consequences, longitudinal study; interviews;
 national sample;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-specific problems in highly industrialized countries (aging,
 woman, minorities, health, fertility, etc.); (6140)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 13
-A-
 155809 81W1520
-W-
 Common Problems of Stepparents and Their Spouses
 Visher, Emily B.; Visher, John S.
 900 Welch Rd, Palo Alto CA 94304
 American Jrnl of Orthopsychiatry 1978, 48, 2, Apr, 252-262.
 -CODEN-
 AJORAG
 Pub. Year: 1978
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 The half-million adults annually who become stepparents in this country have
 relatively little guidance available to them from mental health
 professionals or from the public. With illustrative case material, an
 examination is made of the current myths & conflictual situations that
 frequently interfere with the successful blending & establishment of new
 stepfamilies. It is suggested that nuclear families may be considered akin
 to closed systems, but that stepfamilies often suffer an instability that
 results in characteristics similar to those of open systems. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Stepchildren, Stepkin (444990); Parent, Parents, Parental (322000); Family
 living, Family life (171700)
-Ident-
 stepparents' problems; myths, family conflicts/instability;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping techniques (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 14
-A-
 154523 80W0887
-W-
 Counterattack on Juvenile Delinquency: A Configurational Approach
 Unkovic, Charles M.; Brown, William R.; Mierswa, Caroline G.
 Florida Technological U, Orlando 32816
 Adolescence 1978, 13, 51, fall, 401-410.
 -CODEN-
 ADOLAO
 Pub. Year: 1978
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available from S
 The Michigan Youth Services boys camping program is examined & found to
 foster substantial attitudinal & behavioral improvement in all groups of
 participants. Three major aspects of the program were: (1) the
 "establishment of a superordinate goal, " where multiple groups cooperate to
 compete against other multiple groups; (2) "encampment strategy, " which
 employed a mix of achievers, predelinquents, expelled/suspended, & wards of
 the court; & (3) attempts to measure progress. Measurement included
 examination of records for sociodemographic characteristics, police records,
 & pre- & postcamp interviews with camp officials to determine the boys'
 self-concept & behavior. The camp period was conducted for one week at
 Wortsmith Air Force Base in Oscoda, Mich. Emphasis was placed on exposure to
 vocational opportunities, health care, recreation, fellowship, & leadership.
 From 1971 to 1973, 590 boys participated in this Air Force Community Action
 Program. It was found that there was an increase in self-concept & positive
 behavior in all 4 groups of boys. Some suggestions are included for those
 attempting to evaluate the effectiveness of youth programs. 1 Table, 2
 Figures. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Delinquency, juvenile (126140); Camp, Camps, Camping (069165); Program,
 Programs, Programmer, Programmers (348660)
-Ident-
 juvenile delinquent boys attitudinal, behavioral improvement, camping
 program; goals, strategies, progress measurement, youth program evaluation
 suggestions;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-specific problems in highly industrialized countries (aging,
 women, minorities, health, fertility, etc.); (6140)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 15
-A-
 154439 80W0783
-W-
 Two Generations of Elderly in the Changing American Family: Implications for
 Family Services
 Gelfand, Donald E.; Olsen, Jody K.; Block, Marilyn R.
 School Social Work & Community Planning U Maryland, Baltimore 21228
 The Family Coordinator 1978, 27, 4, Oct, 395-403.
 -CODEN-
 FCOOBE
 Pub. Year: 1978
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Coping with the problems of growing old may be complicated by demands for
 economic, psychological, & social support for aging parents. The second
 generation, facing major age-related role shifts, may not be equipped to
 provide such support. Both generations are coping with their own aging
 process as well as with the changing family relationships caused by the
 process. Where such intergenerational family compositions exist, service
 providers must be able to understand the accompanying unique interaction
 patterns & maximize opportunities that can strengthen these relationships. 3
 Tables. HA
-Desc-
 Elder, Elders, Elderly (149733); Family, Families (171600); United States,
 US (477200)
-Ident-
 elderly, family relationships; stress, role shifts, aging;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-specific problems in highly industrialized countries (aging,
 women, minorities, health, fertility, etc.); (6140)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 16
-A-
 154318 80W0643
-W-
 Parallels in the Process of Achieving Personal Growth by Abusing Parents
 through Participation in Group Therapy Programs or in Religious Groups
 Herrenkohl, Ellen C.
 Center Social Research Lehigh U, Bethlehem PA 18015
 The Family Coordinator 1978, 27, 3, Jul, 279-282.
 -CODEN-
 FCOOBE
 Pub. Year: 1978
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
-Subfile-
 SOPODA
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Parallels between group therapy participation & religious conversion as
 sources of personal growth for formerly abusive parents are presented. The
 parallels in the dynamics of change for the two kinds of experiences are
 discussed in the context of the factors thought to lead to abuse. Both modes
 provide: (1) a network of social support to group members, (2) the
 experience of being respected as a thinking, valuable person, & (3) the
 alleviation of guilt. Whereas the group therapy process increases hope for
 the future by changing personality traits & increasing self-reliance, church
 group affiliation accomplishes the same goal by the promise of paradise on
 earth. Both modes encourage the redirection of impulsive, violent behavior
 toward more controlled responses. The data discussed were drawn from 250
 interviews conducted in a follow-up study of recidivism & discontinuation of
 abuse. The eastern Pa families studied had been involved in at least one
 type of counseling service over an eight-year period. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Group, Groups, Grouping, Groupism (197700); Therapy, Therapeutic (464300);
 Religion, Religions, Religious (383000); Convert, Converts, Converted,
 Converting, Conversion (114875); Parallel, Parallelism (317800)
-Ident-
 group therapy/religious conversion parallels, personal growth/formerly
 abusive parents; Pennsylvania families;
-SectHd-
 social welfare-the helping technique (case work, group work, community
 organization); (6120)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 17
-A-
 153836 85O7491
-W-
 Coping Strategies for ole Conflict in Married Professional Women with
 Children
 Elman, Margaret R.; Gilbert, Lucia A.
 San Diego Family Instit, 3235 4th Ave CA 92103
 Family Relations 1984, 33, 2, Apr, 317-327.
 -CODEN-
 FAREDL
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available from UMI, Ann Arbor, MI
 Questionnaire data from 97 married professional mothers were analyzed to
 determine how women in dual-career families with preschool children manage
 typical conflicts between their professional & parental roles. Their
 characteristic coping strategies were measured using scales, labeled:
 structural role redefinition, personal role redefinition, increased role
 behavior, cognitive restructuring, & tension reduction. Increased role
 behavior & cognitive restructuring were the most highly endorsed coping
 strategies. As expected, personal & situational resources (ie, self-esteem,
 career engagement, spouse & social support) were associated with lower role
 conflict & greater coping effectiveness. The results are explained in terms
 of the realities of the work world for women & the continued societal
 emphasis on the greater importance of parenting for mothers than for
 fathers. 3 Tables, 34 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Married (259465); Profession, Professions, Professional, Professionals,
 Professionalism, Professionalized (348400); Mother, Mothers, Motherhood,
 Mothering (279000)
-Ident-
 married professional mothers, role conflicts, coping strategies;
 questionnaire;
-SectHd-
 feminist studies-feminist studies; (2959)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 18
-A-
 153583 85O7238
-W-
 Social Support and Mentsl Health: Direct, Protective and Compensatory
 Effects
 Syrotuik, John; D'Arcy, Carl
 University Hospital, Saskatoon Saskatchewan S7N 0X0
 Social Science and Medicine 1984, 18, 3, 229-236.
 -CODEN-
 SSCMAW
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 An examination of the relationship between social support & mental health,
 based on questionnaire data from 455 married adult Canadian males employed
 on a full-time basis. Hypotheses relating to main, buffering, & compensatory
 effects were evaluated in terms of spousal/community support & job strains.
 Spousal support generally had more important effects than community support,
 but their impact appeared to be related to the degree to which the mental
 health symptomatology reported was affectively defined. Spousal support had
 moderating effects on the relationship between job strains & mental health;
 community support did not. Community support does not compensate for low
 spousal support in terms of direct effects, but does so in terms of certain
 protective effects for certain types of job stress. A hierarchical model of
 the relation between various strains & supports is developed. It is further
 suggested that sex roles may be important determinants of the availability &
 use of different support sources. 4 Tables, 3 Figures, 32 References.
 Modified HA
-Desc-
 Mental health (267000); Job, Jobs (245000); Stress, Stresses (447000);
 Spouse, Spousal (443575); Community, Communities, Communitarian (104000);
 Support, Supports, Supported Supporting, Supportive (453065)
-Ident-
 mental health; job stress, spousal/community support; questionnaire; married
 adult employed males, Canada;
-SectHd-
 sociology of health and medicine-sociology of medicine; (public health);
 (2045)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 19
-A-
 153509 85O7164
-W-
 Children of Handicapped Families
 Barn i funksjonshemmede familier
 Sandberg, Benedicte Ingstad; Sundby, Hilchen Sommerschild
 Tidsskrift for samfunnsforskning 1979, 10, 5-6, 546-564.
 -CODEN-
 TSMFA4
 Pub. Year: 1979
 Co. of Pub.:Norway
 Language: Norwegian
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 The experience of parents in coping with the problems of raising a
 handicapped preschool child is examined on the basis of interview data from
 171 mothers & 100 fathers in 171 families of children having 9 types of
 handicap, all residing near Oslo, Norway. It is argued that when a family
 experiences a crisis such as having a handicapped child, the entire family
 may become handicapped in various ways. However, this situation can also
 provide an opportunity for the handicapped child, parents, & siblings to
 grow & develop. Social support is needed to increase the chances that the
 crisis will be coped with successfully. It must aim at aiding the entire
 family unit, rather than the handicapped child alone; seek to strengthen the
 family's own resources & have a preventive as well as therapeutic aim. 15
 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Handicap, Handicapped (206300); Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Family,
 Families (171600)
-Ident-
 raising handicapped children, families' coping problems; interviews; Oslo,
 Norway, parents;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 20
-A-
 153505 85O7160
-W-
 Social Network Factors and the Transition to Parenthood
 Power, Thomas G.; Parke, Ross D.
 U Houston, TX 77004
 Sex Roles 1984, 10, 11-12, June, 949-972.
 -CODEN-
 SROLDH
 Pub. Year: 1984
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 A social support model for predicting the ease of transition into the
 motherhood role is presented. Four kinds of social network supports
 (relational, ideological, physical, & informational) & six social network
 agents (husbands, friends, relatives, work associates, neighbors, &
 institutions) are considered. Ways jin which each kind of support
 facilitates maternal & marital adaptation are discussed, along with
 implications of such support for influencing the nature of mother-child
 interactions. In addition, a case example (career women in transition) is
 presented to illustrate the predictive utility of the model. Policy &
 research implications are noted. 1 Table, 92 References. AA
-Desc-
 Mother, Mothers, Motherhood, Mothering (279000); Transition, Transitions,
 Transitional (471200); Social support (433182)
-Ident-
 motherhood role transition ease, social support model; career women case;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 21
-A-
 148587 84O2359
-W-
 Generalizability Theory: 1973-1980
 Shavelson, Richard J.; Webb, Noreen M.
 Rand Corp, 1700 Main St Santa Monica CA 90406
 The British Jrnl of Mathematical and Statistical Psychology 1981, 34, 2,
 Nov, 133-166.
 -CODEN-
 BJMSAK
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available from SA
 The developments in generalizability theory (GT) from 1973 to 1980 are
 reviewed. Following a sketch of GT, theoretical contributions are outlined
 concerning: (1) problems associated with estimating variance components,
 including sampling variability & negative estimates; (2) fixed facets; (3)
 criterion-referenced measurement; (4) symmetry; (5) multivariate
 generalizability; & (6) sampling in observational measurement. Illustrative
 application of GT, including univariate & multivariate generalizability
 analyses of balance & unbalanced designs, & Bayesian estimation of variance
 components are presented. 8 Tables, 131 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Generalization, Generalizations (192500); Theory, Theories, Theorem,
 Theorizing (464200)
-Ident-
 generalizability theory developments, 1973-1980;
-SectHd-
 methodology and research technology-statistical method (0105)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 22
-A-
 147989 4O1777
-W-
 Subfecundity: A Demographic Perspective
 McFalls, Joseph A., Jr.
 U Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 19104
 The Social Science Forum: An Interdisciplinary Jrnl 1978, 2, 1, 112-123.
 -CODEN-
 SSFJD7
 Pub. Year: 1978
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
-Subfile-
 SA
 Subfecundity is a demographic variable manifested differently in industrial
 & nondeveloped societies. Nonindustrial societies, lacking effective
 contraception techniques, present a greater fertility potential for
 subfecundity to negate. Also, the developing nations have high incidences of
 disease & malnutrition leading to subfecundity. The main causes of
 subfecundity are: genetic factors, nutritional deficiencies, disease,
 psychopathology, & environmental factors. Most current research has focused
 on the measurement of subfecundity rather than its causes. Women from the
 Bas-Uele district of Zaire had the lowest recorded rate of fecundity in
 world history, with 50% childlessness for females aged 30-34 during the
 1960s; Hutterites, members of a small North American religious sect, have
 the highest fecundity level of 13 children per woman, with only 2% of
 ever-married females remaining childless. 53 References. M. Meeks
-Desc-
 Fecundity (176100)
-Ident-
 subfecundity; demographic perspective;
-SectHd-
 demography and human biology-demography (population study); (1837)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 23
-A-
 147064 84O0852
-W-
 Male and Female Differences in Relating to Single Status and Membership in
 Singles Organizations
 Borchert, Susa Danziger
 1925 46th Ave #94, Capitola CA 95010
 Michigan Academician 1982, 14, 4, spring, 369-378.
 -CODEN-
 MACDAH
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
-Subfile-
 SA
 Single adults (number of cases = 138) who were either members of an
 organization for the divorced, members of an organization for the
 never-married, or not affiliated with a singles organization were compared
 on the basis of data from questionnaires, in-depth interviews, & participant
 observation. Several significant differences emerged among the 3 groups &
 between males & females. As hypothesized, females proved to be more
 satisfied over-all than males as single adults, except those in the
 never-married group. They were reportedly happier because they had more
 friends & social support networks than males. Increased age & income proved
 to be more important than had been hypothesized; age provided a more
 balanced perspective, & income allowed more social opportunities, comfort, &
 diversions. 27 References. Modified AA
-Desc-
 Single (424371); Divorce, Divorced (135700); Man, Men (256700); Woman,
 Women; (see also Female) (490000)
-Ident-
 singles organization membership/single status; divorce/never-married males'
 vs females' views; questionnaires/interviews/- observation;
-SectHd-
 social psychology-personality & culture; (0312)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 24
-A-
 14661 84O0372
-W-
 The Kansas City Preventive Patrol Experiment: A Continuing Debate
 Risman, Barbara J.
 U Washington, Seattle 98195
 Evaluation Review 1980, 4, 6, Dec, 802-808.
 -CODEN-
 EVREDL
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 A methodological critique of Richard C. Larson's criticism of the Kansas
 City Preventive Patrol Experiment ("What Happened to Patrol Operations in
 Kansas City" Evaluation, 1976, 3). The measurement issues that are the focus
 of his critique are reassessed, & it is argued that the experimental
 conditions were different enough to expect significant results in
 variability in police presence did indeed affect the dependent measures. 3
 References. HA
-Desc-
 Police Policing, Policemen (339425); Kansas City, Kan. Mo. (247460)
-Ident-
 Larson, Richard C., Kansas City Preventive Patrol Experiment criticism;
 critique;
-SectHd-
 social problems and social welfare-social disorganization (crime); (2147)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 25
-A-
 144706 84N8753
-W-
 The Impact of Poverty on Social Networks and Supports
 Belle, Deborah E.
 Boston U, MA 02215
 Marriage and Family Review 1982, 5, 4, winter, 89-103.
 -CODEN-
 MFADJ
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 An examination of the social networks of the poor concludes that poverty is
 not only a direct stress to individuals, but also attacks many potential
 sources of social support & sets some of the conditions under which this
 support can be provided by social networks to buffer individuals against
 stress. Poverty exposes individuals to a high level of "contagion of stress"
 when their network members suffer related life crises. Poor men & women
 often must deal with "negative networks" in their own neighborhoods that
 promote behaviors & values that parents do not want for their children.
 Poverty also forces individuals to engage in survival networks that preclude
 upward mobility & often exact emotional penalties. "Therapeutic withdrawal"
 is often an adaptive, though costly, response to the stress of social
 networks among the poor. 44 References. AA
-Desc-
 Social network, Social networks, Social networking (432175) Social support
 (433182); Poverty (340800)
-Ident-
 social networks/supports; poverty;
-SectHd-
 studies in poverty-studies in poverty; (2757)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 26
-A-
 144402 84N8449
-W-
 The Social, Behavioral, and Health Effects of Phencyclidine (PCP) Use
 Sharp, Jeffrey G.; Graeven, David B.
 California State U, Hayward 94542
 Jrnl of Youth and Adolescence 1981, 10, 6, Dec, 487-499.
 -CODEN-
 JYADA6
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 The perceived effects of phencyclidine (PCP) use among a sample of 200 users
 in northern Calif were examined through interviews. The study population,
 generated through snowball sampling techniques, included heavy chronic,
 light chronic, & recreational users; the vast majority of subjects were not
 in treatment facilities. Subjects reported that PCP use, particularly
 long-term, extensive use, resulted in frequent disruption of education &
 employment, impairment of relationships with parents & lovers or spouses,
 involvement with the criminal justice system, & deterioration of physical &
 mental health. These findings provide systematic documentation of the extend
 to which problems previously asserted to be associated with PCP use actually
 occurred among this group. In addition, the results illustrate the
 importance of examining the effects of PCP use in light of the psychosocial
 developmental processes of adolescence & early adulthood. 20 References.
 Modified AA
-Desc-
 Drug, Drugs (140495)
-Ident-
 phencyclidine (PCP) use perceived effects; interview survey; snowball
 sample, northern California PCP users;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-adolescence & youth; (1939)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 27
-A-
 142546 84N6753
-W-
 Loss of Work Role and Subjective Health Assessment in Later Life among Men
 and Unmarried Women
 O'Rand, Angela M.
 Duke U, Durham NC 27706
 Research in Sociology of Education and Socialization 1983, 4, 265-286.
 -CODEN-
 RSESDI
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 The relative impact of the life course on the economic status & level of
 physical impairment of men & women before retirement, & on their
 postretirement self-perceptions of health are examined with data taken from
 the Social Security Earnings Records & from the first 2 waves of the
 Longitudinal Retirement History Study, a biennial panel study of 11, 153
 respondents aged 58-63 beginning in 1969. On the average, men & women did
 not display significantly different mean levels of functional impairment or
 subjective health assessment. However, they did respond differently to the
 retirement experience. While women's perceptions of their own health were
 negatively affected by stopping work, men's were not. Disadvantaged economic
 status from loss of work by itself limits the role options of women after
 retirement. Lifetime patterns of work & family obligations lead women to be
 less able as individuals to retire into economic security. Men's lifetime
 work commitments also yield costs & benefit at retirement. The costs consist
 mainly of increased impairment levels associated with lower status & lower
 wages, & with self-employment. A major finding is that the wife's working
 negatively influences the husband's subjective health assessment. Shared
 role obligations increase men's options to assume the sick role,
 legitimating their dependent status. 4 Tables, 65 References. Modified AA
-Desc-
 Health, Healthy (208000); Woman, Women; (see also Female) (490000); Assess,
 Assesses, Assessment, Assessments, Assessing (040235); Man, Men (256700);
 Unmarried (477600); Retire, Retired, Retirement (390100)
-Ident-
 subjective health assessment, later life, men/unmarried women; retirement;
 Social Security Earnings Records, Longitudinal Retirement History Study;
-SectHd-
 sociology of health and medicine-sociology of medicine (public health);
 (2045)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 28
-A-
 142499 84N6706
-W-
 The Family Coping Inventory Applied to Parents with New Babies
 Ventura, Jacqueline N.; Boss, Pauline G.
 U California, San Francisco 94143
 Jrnl of Marriage and the Family 1983, 45, 4, Nov, 867-875.
 -CODEN-
 JMFAA6
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 Parent coping behaviors were investigated in a sample of 100 mothers & 100
 fathers of infants aged 2-3 months using the Family Coping Inventory
 (McCubbin H., Boss, P., & Wilson, L., "Family Coping Inventory, " Instrument
 available from University of Minnesota Family Social Sciences, 290 McNeal
 Hall, St. Paul 55108), originally developed for families experiencing
 membership loss or separation. The relationship among coping behaviors,
 gender of parent & infant, & number of children also was examined. Factor
 analyses yielded three coping patterns: seeking social support &
 self-development; maintaining family integrity; & being religious, thankful,
 & content. T-testing between mother & father groups revealed that mothers
 found 17 of the 28 coping behaviors to be more useful than did fathers.
 Confirmatory factor analysis procedures were repeated on 2 equal subgroups
 of 100 randomly selected parents. Items relating to maintaining family
 integrity were usually replicated. These findings are consistent with past
 studies of family separation & loss that also used the Family Coping
 Inventory. Some commonalities were identified in both loss & acquisitions of
 family membership. It also was found that coping patterns were affected by
 the gender of the R. 5 Tables, 27 References. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Infant, Infants, Infancy; (see also
 Baby) (232300); Parent, Parents, Parental (322000); Cope, Coping (115725);
 Family, Families (171600)
-Ident-
 new babies, parental coping behaviors; parents'/infants' gender, number
 children; Family Coping Inventory applied;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 29
-A-
 140634 83N5090
-W-
 Does Marriage Have Positive Effects on the Psychological Well-Being of the
 Individual
 Gove, Walter R.; Hughes, Michael; Style, Carolyn Briggs
 Vanderbilt U, Nashville TN 37235
 Jrnl of Health and Social Behavior 1983, 24, 2, June, 122-131.
 -CODEN-
 JHSBA5
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Although numerous studies have shown a correlation between marital status &
 mental health, the relative magnitude of that relationship, as compared to
 the strength of the relationship of other variables related to mental
 health, is not known. Interview data from representative sample of married,
 never married, widowed, & divorced males (number of cases = 611, 208, 145, &
 144, respectively) & females number of cases = 581, 200, 143, & 142,
 respectively) indicate that marital status is the most powerful predictor of
 the mental health variables considered. The data also show that it is the
 quality of a marriage, & not marriage per se, that links marriage to
 positive mental health. Some psychological functions of marriage are
 discussed. 2 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Psychology, Psychological, Psychologically, Psychologism (358000);
 Well-being (489780); Marriage, Marriages, Marital (259000); Individual,
 Individuals, Individualism, Individuality, Individualistic,
 Individualization, Individualize (229000); Effect, Effects, Effectiveness
 (148425)
-Ident-
 individual's psychological well-being, marriage's positive effects;
 interviews; married/never married/divorced/widowed;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 30
-A-
 140631 83N5087
-W-
 Redefining Fatherhood in Families with White Adolescent Mothers
 Gershenson, Harold P.
 U Chicago, IL 60637
 Jrnl of Marriage and the Family 1983, 45, 3, Aug, 591-599.
 -CODEN-
 JMFAA6
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 Thirty white primiparous adolescent mothers were interviewed about social
 support & family relationships, & about the role of the child's father.
 Analysis shows that men other than the child's biological father must be
 considered in discussing adolescent parenthood. The relationships & types of
 support from four groups of fathers are described in detail: current
 husbands, former husbands or boyfriends who are the children's biological
 fathers, current boyfriends (not the biological fathers), & the mothers' own
 fathers of stepfathers. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Family, Families (171600); White, Whites (489845); Redefinition (376?25);
 Adolescence, Adolescent, Adolescents (014600); Mother, Mothers, Motherhood,
 Mothering (279000); Father, Fathers, Fatherhood, Fathering (174000)
-Ident-
 adolescent parenthood, biological fathers' vs other males' role; interviews;
 primiparous mothers;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 31
-A-
 139032 83N3571
-W-
 Perceptions of Parental Health Status and Attitudes toward Aging
 akowski, William; Barber, Clifton E.; Seelbach, Wayne C.
 School Public Health U Michigan, Ann Arbor 48109
 Family Relations 1983, 32, 1, Jan, 93-99.
 -CODEN-
 FAREDL
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 A questionnaire sample of 74 young adults provided information on attitudes
 toward aging & perceptions of past, present, & future parental health.
 Ratings of relatively unfavorable parental health were associated with
 greater anxiety about personal aging, & a less positive view of friends' &
 peers' aging. No such association was evident with attitudes toward the
 elderly as a genaral group. Rs' self-ratings of health & Rs' sex also
 surfaced as significant predictors of attitudes. Results suggest the need to
 consider parental health status at midlife as it may affect young adult
 children's life course perspectives & willingness to participate in family
 related programs. 2 Tables. HA
-Desc-
 Health, Healthy (208000); Attitude, Attitudes, Attitudinal (044500); Aging;
 (see also Aged) (021000); Parent, Parents, Parental (322000)
-Ident-
 attitudes toward aging; parental health status perceptions; questionnaire;
 young adults;
-SectHd-
 social problems and social welfare-social gerontology (2143)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 32
-A-
 138974 83N3513
-W-
 CHIP-Coping Health Inventory for Parents: An Assessment of Parental Coping
 Patterns in the Care of the Chronically Ill Child
 McCubbin, Hamilton I.; McCubbin, Marilyn A.; Patterson, Joan M.; Cauble, A.
 Elizabeth; Wilson, Lance R.; Warwick, Warren
 U Minnesota, Saint Paul 55108
 Jrnl of Marriage and the Family 1983, 45, 2, May, 359-370
 -CODEN-
 JMFAA6
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 To investigate coping patterns used by parent to manage family life & health
 when a child member has a chronic illness, questionnaire data were collected
 from 100 families with a child afflicted with cystic fibrosis. Factor
 analysis of subjects' scaled responses to behavior items on the Coping
 Health Inventory for Parents reveals three parental coping patterns: (1)
 maintaining family integration, cooperation, & an optimistic definition of
 the situation; (2) maintaining social support, self-esteem, & psychological
 stability; & (3) understanding the medical situation through communication
 with ther parents & consultation with the medical staff. These patterns are
 validated against criterion measures of improvements in the child's health &
 adaptive family-life dimensions of cohesiveness, expressiveness, conflict
 reduction, organization, & control. The findings have implications for
 present strategies of health-care delivery & for health-care professionals
 seeking to facilitate family adaptation to the stresses of chronic illness.
 4 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Illness, Illnesses (223700); Child care (081250); Parent, Parents, Parental
 (322000); Cope, Coping (115725)
-Ident-
 chronically ill child care, parental coping patterns; Coping Health
 Inventory for Parents, questionnaires; cystic fibrosis;
-SectHd-
 sociology of health and medicine-sociology of medicine (public health);
 (2045)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 33
-A-
 137496 83S15620
-W-
 The Impact of Economic Uncertainty on Children's Role within the Family
 Sheldon, Ann Workman; Fox, Greer Litton
 Wayne State U, Detroit MI 48202
 Conference: SSSP Society for the Study of Social Problems
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper (ap )
 Using a heuristic model relating family resources (including money,
 education, employment, & social support system) to experiences with economic
 stress, perceptions of economic stress, & individual & family efforts to
 cope with economic uncertainty, the effects of various levels of uncertainty
 on children are examined. Data were obtained from interviews conducted in
 1982 with a probability sample of 600 households in the Detroit, Mich, area.
 A regression-based model was used, supplemented by descriptive statistics &
 chi square. Focus is on the economic & social roles of children in several
 types of families varying in resources & economic uncertainty, considering
 the involvement of children in economic activity outside the home, in the
 domestic labor pool within the home, & in family efforts to adapt to
 worsened economic conditions. Parents' views on involving children in
 financial worries are also included
-Desc-
 Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Role, Roles (394000); Family, Families
 (171600); Economic, Economics, Economical (145000)
-Ident-
 children's role within family; economic uncertainty; interviews;
 households;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 34
-A-
 137449 83S15573
-W-
 Health Problems of Elderly Patients and Their Helping Systems
 Lurie, Elinore E.
 U California, San Francisco 94143
 Conference: SSSP Society for the Study of Social Problems
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper (ap )
 Interviews with 132 expatients discharged from the hospital after and
 episode of atherosclerotic heart disease, operation for hip fracture repair,
 or arthroplasty, & data from medical records showed the following: (1) There
 was a preferred hierarchy of caregivers after discharge. For the married, it
 was always a spouse (unless the spouse was impaired); for the unmarried with
 family, a female caregiver was preferred, unless there were none; for those
 with no local family, friends or neighbors of either sex. (2) Additionally,
 about 8% reported receiving services only from a formal service agency, &
 another 8% reported no services from any caregiver. Those with spouses
 reported the highest total services & the most from one caregiver. Women,
 the very old, & those recovering from hip surgery had the highest ratio of
 formal to informal services & providers. Patients & caregivers agreed that
 the five most frequent problems after hospitalization were difficulty with
 mobility, concerns about requiring further medical care, losses &
 curtailments in lifestyle, "slowing down, " & limitations on activities
 caused by fatigue. But types of services received were related not to
 reported health problems but to presence & type of caregiver & to discharge
 planning during hospitalization
-Desc-
 Health, Healthy (208000); Elder, Elders, Elderly (149733); Patient, Patients
 (324200); Help, Helping, Helper, Helpers (212570)
-Ident-
 health problems, helping systems; interviews; elderly patients;
-SectHd-
 social problems and social welfare-social gerontology (2143)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 35
-A-
 137368 83S15492
-W-
 Relationships of Intimacy and Social Support among Never Married Women
 Burnley, Cynthia S.; Kurth, Suzanne B.
 East Tennessee State U, Johnson City 37614
 Conference: SSSP Society for the Study of Social Problems
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper (ap )
 Note: Complete paper available from SA Reproduction Service prepaid at $0.20
 per page plus $1.00 search & postage. Length of paper: 27 pp.
 Supportive relationships of 3 never-married women aged 30-40 were examined.
 This age category was selected because reaching or passing age 30 may lead
 women to perceive that singlehood can be a long-term or permanent career.
 Open-ended questions were used in strurtured interviews with women who were
 identified through snowball sampling. Close relationships were maintained by
 all respondents, who reported having relationships of emotional support of
 the type usually expected with a spouse with both friends & family. Singles
 perceived that married friends had less free time & more responsibilities &
 were less likely to mix with singles when the activities involved couples.
 Dating relationships were also examined. Frequency of dating was not
 necessarily related to Rs' level of satisfaction with their dating
 situations. Most reported having had dates in the past year, but only 50%
 were involved in a dating relationship at the time of the interview. Few
 expected to marry or live with the person they were dating, even though
 several had been involved in the relationship from three to five years. Over
 33% had lived with a man in a sexually exclusive relationship either
 part-time or full-time. Most of the women were not willing to consider
 future live-in sexual arrangements. Very few women were active participants
 in activities designed for singles & had found other sources for meeting
 friends & dates (at work or school)
-Desc-
 Woman, Women; (see also Female) (490000) Intimacy, Intimacies (241215);
 Social support #; (added 1983, vol 31, 1) (433182)
-Ident-
 intimacy/social support relationships; interviews; never-married women aged
 30-40;
-SectHd-
 feminist studies-feminist studies; (2959)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 36
-A-
 137344 83S15468
-W-
 Satisfaction with Community Services: Problems of Concept and Measurement
 Trent, Roger B.; Stout-Wiegand, Nancy; Furbee, Paul M.
 West Virginia U, Morgantown 26506
 Conference: RSS Rural Sociological Society
 Pub. Year: 1983
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper (ap )
 Most previous research on satisfaction with community services has ignored
 or skirted important issues of conceptualization & measurement. Data from an
 Appalachian community (number of cases = 481) were employed to examine three
 of these issues: (1) How does one constitute the list of services to be
 assessed. Lists are often not specific enough to allow an informed response.
 (2) What are the empirical dimensions of the concept "community services".
 Too little attention has been given to space analysis of responses to lists
 of services, creating a current lack of knowledge about the underlying
 structure of the concept. Factor analysis of the data shows four clear
 factors. (3) Measurement of satisfaction with services should consider
 whether respondents actually use a given community service. The data show
 that direct users' assessments of services differ from those of indirect
 users
-Desc-
 Community, Communities, Communitarian (104000); Satisfaction (403350);
 Research, Researcher, Researchers (385000); Service, Services (417660);
 Appalachia, Appalachian, Appalachians (035125)
-Ident-
 community services satisfaction research, conceptualization/measurement
 issues; Appalachian community data;
-SectHd-
 community development-sociology of communities & regions; (2317)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 37
-A-
 36695 83N1702
-W-
 Differences in Children's Behavior toward Custodial Mothers and Custodial
 Fathers
 Ambert, Ann-Marie
 York U, Toronto Ontario M3J 1P3
 Jrnl of Marriage and the Family 1982, 44, 1, Feb, 73-86.
 -CODEN-
 JMFA6
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 One important gap in the literature on the one-parent family is the lack of
 empirical & theoretical focus on children's behavior toward their custodial
 parents. Three major findings emerged from in-depth interviews with 20
 custodial mothers & 7 custodial fathers: (1) custodial fathers reported
 better child behavior toward them than did custodial mothers; (2) children
 of custodial fathers verbalized their appreciation for the father, but
 children of custodial mothers did so only rarely; & (3) the behavior of the
 children of lower-socioeconomic status custodial mothers was more difficult
 than that of children of higher-socioeconomic status custodial mothers.
 Hence, satisfaction with the experience of parenting was greatest for
 custodial fathers, moderate for higher-socioeconomic status custodial
 mothers, & least for lower-socioeconomic status custodial mothers.
 Researcher observations served to validate & complement parental reports.
 The variables of economic & social resources of parents as well as the sex
 of the parents were used to suggest an explanatory model along the lines of
 sex-role & social-support theories. 2 Tables. HA
-Desc-
 Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Behavior, Behavioral (051300); Custody,
 Custodial (119875); Mother, Mothers, Motherhood,
 Mothering (279000); Father, Fathers, Fatherhood, Fathering (174000)
-Ident-
 children's behavior toward custodial mothers/fathers; interviews;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 38
-A-
 134569 83M9575
-W-
 The Moral Majority Viewed Sociologically
 Yinger, J. Milton; Cutler, Stephen J.
 Oberlin Coll, OH 44074
 Sociological Focus 1982, 15, 4, Oct, 289-306.
 -CODEN-
 SCFCA7
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Systematic empirical study of the "moral majority" has been scarce, despite
 the substantial public attention it has received. Seeking to reduce this
 scarcity, data from 3 General Social Surveys conducted between 1973 & 1980
 are examined. Selection as indicators of 9 questions asked in all 3 surveys
 allows measurement of changes over time, as well as identification of those
 who are high, medium, & low on a moral majority index. During that time,
 support for the moral majority position declined, rather than increased, as
 public attention might lead one to believe. The decline was general among
 all categories of religion, social class, age, & sex, although there were a
 few small increases in categories of other variables. The relative stability
 of answers is notable. Multiple-regression analysis reveals 3 variables that
 were the strongest predictors-religiosity (as measured by frequency of
 church attendance), age, & education-which together account for nearly a 33%
 of the variance. The influence of the moral majority is assessed, & its
 significance as a symbol of social & cultural change discussed. 5 Tables.
 Modified HA
-Desc-
 Sociological (434820); Moral, Morals (276640); Majority,
 Majorities (256590)
-Ident-
 "moral majority, " sociological view; 1973-1980 General Social Surveys;
-SectHd-
 political interactions-political sociology; (0925)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 39
-A-
 133879 83M8885
-W-
 Estimable Functions of Age, Period, and Cohort Effects
 Rodgers, Willard L.
 Contributor (s): Smith, Herbert L.; Mason, William M.; Fienberg, Stephen E.
 Survey Research Center Instit Social Research U Michigan, Ann Arbor 48106
 American Sociological Review 1982, 47, 6, Dec, 774-787.
 -CODEN-
 ASREAL
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Note: Comment, 787-793, Reply, 793-796.
 The main & interactive effects of age, period, & cohort cannot be estimated,
 due to interactions among them; only certain combinations of these effecst
 can be estimated. A method used to obtain estimates of their effects
 involves the assumption of additivity & the imposition of one or more
 constraints on the relative effects of particular age levels, periods, or
 cohorts. This method can rarely if ever be justified, for three reasons: (1)
 the possibility of interactive effects cannot be ruled out priori; (2) while
 a constraint on the relationship of two groups may appear appropriate on a
 priori grounds even small errors in the specification can have large effects
 on the estimates; & (3) measurement error can lead to inaccurate estimates
 even if the constraint is precisely correct. A solution to the dilemma lies
 in the specification & measurement of the theoretical variables for which
 age, period, & cohort are indirect indicators. Examples are given from
 actual data from the American National Election Studies conducted in
 presidential election years from 1952 to 1980. In More Chimeras of the
 Age-Period-Cohort Accounting Framework: Comment on Rodgers, Herbert L.
 Smith, William M. Mason, & Stephen E. Fienberg (Rockefeller Foundation, New
 York, NY find that the methodological problems pointed out by Rodgers are
 not sufficient to invalidate age-period-cohort analysis, & that the key
 issues are substantive & theoretical rather than methodological. This
 framework is ultimately to be justified by its usefulness with empirical
 data; criticism of it should focus on this usefulness. In Reply to Comment
 by Smith, Mason, and Fienberg, Rodgers remarks that citing empirical results
 from age-period-cohort analysis can support the use of such analysis only if
 the method is robust enough for these results to stanPopulation Studies
 Center, 1983). Problems relating to the usefulness of cation of
 specification errors illustrate the weaknesses of this approach. 4 Figures,
 Appendix. ModifiA
-Desc-
 Age, Ageism (019998); Period, Periods, Periodicity (328550) Cohort, Cohorts
 (0?5422); Election, Election s (149765)
-Ident-
 age/period/cohort effects, estimable functions, American National Election
 Studies data examples, comment, reply;
-SectHd-
 methodology and research technology-statistical method (0105)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 40
-A-
 132419 83M7425
-W-
 Self-Concept Stability and Change from Late Adolescence to Early Adulthood
 Mortimer, Jeylan T.; Lorence, Jon
 U Minnesota, Minneapolis 55455
 Research in Community and Mental Health 1981, 2, 5-42.
 -CODEN-
 RCMHDF
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 The stability of the self-concept during the transition to adulthood is
 examined using questionnaire data obtained from a panel of 442 male college
 graduates. The respondents were initially studied upon entry to college;
 subsequent data collections took place during their senior year & 10 years
 following graduation. By applying an exploratory factor analysis to semantic
 differential & other data, 5 self-concept dimensions were identified:
 well-being, competence, sociability, unconventionality, & self-doubts. Using
 structural equation modeling with latent variables, these dimensions were
 found to be quite stable over time. The 4- & 10-year stability coefficients
 ranged from .51 to .79. These findings support the widely held view that the
 development of identity occurs prior to adulthood, & thereafter remains
 quite stable. A causal model of the development of well-being (the
 perception of self as happy, relaxed, & confident) was estimated,
 encompassing data from the entire 14-year period of the study. This model
 included both interpersonal (family relationships, college social activity,
 & marriage) & achievement-related (high school rank, college grades,
 postgraduate educational attainment, work autonomy, & income) variables as
 sources of well-being over time. The analysis confirmed the significance of
 social support from the family in sustaining a perception of self as happy,
 relaxed, & confident. At the time of entry to college, relationships with
 parents played an important part in enhancing or detracting from
 psychological well-being. The impact of support from the parents steadily
 weakened over time, & became supplanted in early adulthood by support from
 the spouse. The achievement variables had no significant influence on
 well-being at any of the 3 time periods. The lack of importance of nonfamily
 variables, as well as the rather high stability of the self-concealth, & le
 necessary to resolve questions of generalizability. 7 Tables, 5 Figures,
 Appendix. AA
-Desc-
 Self (413000); Concept, Concepts, Conception, Conceptual, Conceptualization
 (107000); Adolescence, Adolescent, Adolescents (014600) Adult, Adults,
 Adulthood (015000); College, Colleges, Collegians (096000); Graduate,
 Graduates, Graduation (197100); Male, Males (256635)
-Ident-
 self-concept stability, late adolescence/adulthood transition;
 questionnaire; male college graduates;
-SectHd-
 social psychology-personality & culture; (0312)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 41
-A-
 131722 82M6728
-W-
 Mental Illness: The Medical versus the Social Systems Model
 Harrison, Holmes K.; Calonico, J. M.
 New Orleans Mental Health Center, LA 70113
 Sociological Focus 1982, 15, 2, Apr, 147-150.
 -CODEN-
 SCFCA7
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Data on mental patients (number of cases = 40) in a large public hospital &
 on their "significant others" (number of cases = 34, including parents,
 spouses, fiances, & roommates) were examined to assess social-systems versus
 psychiatric-diagnosis models in predicting commitment patterns. Less
 custodial (ie, more humanistic) attitudes & less severe diagnosis were
 predicted to decrease length & number of patient stays. Lower scores on the
 20-item Custodial Mental Illness Scale administered to significant others in
 fact corresponded to longer commitments (3+ days); more severe diagnosis
 increased the number of stays but not their length. The apparent dominance
 of the medical model & its custodial features are discussed, & the need for
 a broader sample considering the therapy role of significant others is
 emphasized. 4 Tables. L. Whittemore
-Desc-
 Mental illness, Mentally ill (267175); Commitment,
 Commitments (102870); Medical (265000); Social system, Social systems
 (433200)
-Ident-
 mental illness commitment patterns; medical vs social-systems model;
 Custodial Mental Illness Scale; significant others;
-SectHd-
 sociology of health and medicine-social psychiatry (mental health); (2046)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 42
-A-
 131631 82M6637
-W-
 Family Stress and Coping: A Decade Review
 Cubbin, Hamilton I.; Joy, Constance B.; Cauble, A. Elizabeth; Comeau, Joan
 K.; Patterson, Joan M.; Needle, Richard H.
 U Minnesota, Saint Paul 55108
 Jrnl of Marriage and the Family 1980, 42, 4, Nov, 855-871.
 -CODEN-
 JMFAA6
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 R. Hill's ABX family crisis framework (Families under Stress, New York:
 Harper & Row, 1949) has continued to serve as the foundation for the
 research & theory-building efforts of the past decade of family stress
 investigations. Research conducted to date reveals a concerted effort to
 identify which families, under what conditions, with what resources, &
 involving what coping behaviors are better able to endure the hardships of
 family life. Four major domain of research are underscored: family response
 to non-normative events (eg, wars, disasters, illness); family response to
 normative transitions over the life span (eg, parenthood, retirement); the
 nature & importance of family psychological resources & perceptions; & the
 nature & importance of social support & coping in the management of stress.
 Future prospects for research & theory building in this important domain are
 discussed. 1 Figure. AA
-Desc-
 Family, Families (171600); Stress, Stresses (447000); Cope,
 Coping (115725)
-Ident-
 family stress, coping, research review;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 43
-A-
 131629 82M6635
-W-
 Lesbianism and Motherhood: Implications for Child Custody
 Lewin, Ellen
 U California, San Francisco 94143
 Human Organization 1981, 40, 1, spring, 6-14.
 -CODEN-
 HUORAY
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 The outcome of most custody litigation involving lesbian mothers reveals two
 popular assumptions: (1) that "deviant" sexual orientation is the most
 prominent aspect of an individual's lifestyle; & (2) that homosexuality
 adversely affects parenting, or is in some way harmful to children. Data
 from interviews with lesbian (number of cases = 43) & heterosexual (number
 of cases = 37) formerly married mothers strongly contradict these
 assumptions, indicating instead that sexual orientation is overshadowed by
 various social-structural & economic factors in determining mothers'
 adaptations to single parenthood, & that their social support systems are
 constructed & maintained by similar methods. These findings suggest that
 sexual orientation has no legitimate bearing on the determination of
 contested child custody cases, & that anthropological approaches to family
 organization can be useful in illuminating certain issues of interest to the
 courts. HA
-Desc-
 Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Lesbian, Lesbians, Lesbianism (251782);
 Mother, Mothers, Motherhood, Mothering (279000); Custody, Custodial
 (119875)
-Ident-
 lesbian others, parenting competency; sexual orientation, child custody
 implications;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 44
-A-
 131547 82M6553
-W-
 Recent American Research on the Impact of Television on Children's Prosocial
 Learning: A Collective Review. Neuere amerikanische Untersuchungen zur
 ?irkung des Fernsehens auf das prosoziale Lernen bei Kindern: Ein
 Sammelreferat
 Dumrauf, Klaus
 Immenhofweg 2, 600 Bamberg Federal Republic Germany
 Zeitschrift fur Padagogik 1980, 26, 3, June, 411-422.
 -CODEN-
 ZTPDAI
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.:Germany, West BRD
 Language: German
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Research on TV's effects, long dominated by studies of the presumed harmful
 effects of violence, has recently turned to the question of what impact
 educational programs have on the development of prosocial behavior in
 children. Twelve empirical studies on basic & specific aspects of this
 question are reviewed, & their methods discussed. It is concluded that: (1)
 while the media-specific effects are limited to observable behavior & only
 short-term effects were measured, one clear trend emerges: preschoolers can,
 under certain conditions, absorb prosocial content & later apply it to their
 own situations; (2) Television (both as a subject of study & as an activity)
 in the classroom should be given greater consideration; & (3) new
 measurements must be developed, & medium- & long range effects of television
 measured. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Television, Televised (457000); Social
 (428900); Learning, Learned (250000)
-Ident-
 children's prosocial learning; television, US research review;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the child & socialization; (1938)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 45
-A-
 130927 82M5933
-W-
 Study of Social Change in Independent Rural India: Critical Issues for
 Analyses in the Fourth Decade of Independence
 Verma, H. S.
 Giri Instit Development Studies, B-42 Niralanager 226 007 Lucknow India
 Sociological Bulletin 1979, 28, 1-2, Mar-Sept, 83-119.
 -CODEN-
 SLCBAI
 Pub. Year: 1979
 Co. of Pub.:India
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 Major studies by Western & Indian scholars from 1945 to 1979 on the theme of
 social change are surveyed. Focus is on claims of objectivity, analytical
 rigor conceptual clarity, comprehensiveness, data selection, interpretive
 neutrality, & prescriptive appropriateness. The studies revealed: (1) a
 clear preference for Western values & institutions; (2) a tendency toward
 inconsequential themes; (3) inaccurate & misleading measurement data; (4)
 inadequate geographical coverage, meager data bases, absence of proper time
 orientation, & ahistoricism; & (5) limited & alienated social backgrounds on
 the art of the researchers, hidden motives in conducting studies,
 unsatisfactory diagnoses of problems analyzed, & inappropriate solutions.
 Modified AA
-Desc-
 Social change (429700); India, Indian, Indians (228000); Rural; (see also
 Ru, Ur) (398400)
-Ident-
 social change studies analysis, 1947-1979, rural independent India;
-SectHd-
 social change and economic development-social change & economic development;
 (0715)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 46
-A-
 130208 82M5214
-W-
 Women's Liberation and the Female Delinquent
 James, Jennifer; Thornton, William
 Loyola U, New Orleans LA 70118
 Jrnl of Research in Crime and Delinquency 1980, 17, 2, July, 230-244.
 -CODEN-
 JRCDB2
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Direct effects of feminist attitudes on delinquency involvement of
 adolescent girls are examined, as well as indirect influences of the women's
 movement on delinquency through the intervening variables of delinquency
 opportunity, availability of social support for delinquency, & parental
 social controls. Data were collected through an anonymous self-report
 questionnaire administered to 287 eighth-twelfth grade girls attending
 schools in a small city in the Northwest. Analysis of subjects' responses
 through nonparametric correlational techniques & regression analysis shows
 that attitudes toward feminism have little direct effect on social
 delinquency, but do have slight direct effects on property & aggressive
 delinquency. This influence is negative-a finding that contradicts most
 conventional wisdom about the relationship of feminist attitudes to
 delinquency. Furthermore, there is some indication that girls encountering
 high degrees of delinquency opportunity & social support for delinquency, &
 who have low levels of parental social control, are less likely to be
 aggressively delinquent when they hold favorable, rather than unfavorable,
 attitudes toward feminism. 5 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Delinquency (126000); Female, Females; (see also Woman) (177300); Woman,
 Women; (see also Female) (490000); Movement, Movements (285000); Liberate,
 Liberation (251887)
-Ident-
 delinquency; women's liberation movement; questionnaire; high school
 females, Northwest city;
-SectHd-
 social problems and social welfare-delinquency; (2151)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 47
-A-
 127675 82M2681
-W-
 Married and Spouseless Men and Women in Planned Retirement Communities:
 Support Network Differentials
 Longino, Charles F., Jr.; Lipman, Aaron
 U Miami, Coral Gables FL 33124
 Jrnl of Marriage and the Family 1981, 43, 1, Feb, 169-177.
 -CODEN-
 JMFAA6
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 Explored is the nature of informal support given to older persons, depending
 upon the gender & marital status of the recipient. To control for
 differential availability of formal resources, random samples of 488
 noninstitutionalized residents of 2 midwestern retirement communities were
 interviewed. It was found that the married have more primary relations than
 the nonmarried. Married females have the most & spouseless males the fewest.
 This deficit is compensated, to some extent, among the unmarried, by the
 presence of more secondary relations in their support systems. Among those
 without spouses, the females receive significantly more emotional, social, &
 instrumental support from family members. The greatest informal resource
 deficits are found among the unmarried males. It is suggested that the
 female investment in maintaining family ties pays off in later life. To a
 certain extent, the process of resident selectivity may help to explain the
 differentials in support network. 4 Tables. HA
-Desc-
 Woman, Women; (see also Female) (490000); Support, Supports, Supported,
 Supporting, Supportive (453065); Network, Networks (297620); Retire,
 Retired, Retirement (390100); Community, Communities, Communitarian
 (104000); Man, Men (256700); Married (259465)
-Ident-
 women men, support network differentials; gender, marital status;
 interviews; planned retirement communities, midwest;
-SectHd-
 social problems and social welfare-social gerontology (2143)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 48
-A-
 127658 82M2664
-W-
 Living Alone, Social Integration, and Mental Health
 Hughes, Michael; Gove, Walter R.
 Virginia Polytechnic Instit & State U, Blacksburg 24061
 American Jrnl of Sociology 1981, 87, 1, July, 48-74.
 -CODEN-
 AJSOAR
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Examined are the effects of living alone on health, mental well-being, &
 maladaptive behaviors. Data obtained from a stratified random sample of 2,
 248 adult residents of the 48 contiguous states, interviewed in winter
 1974/75, provide no evidence that persons living alone are selected into
 that living arrangement through preexisting psychological problems,
 undesirable personality characteristics, or incompetent socioeconomic
 behavior. Unmarried persons who live alone are in no worse, & on some
 indicators better, mental health than unmarried persons who live with
 others. Divorced & never-married persons who live alone are more similar in
 mental health characteristics to married persons than are divorced &
 never-married persons who live with others. However, unmarried persons who
 live alone are slightly more likely than those who live with others to
 engage in maladaptive behaviors such as drug & alcohol use. These results
 suggest that socially integrated relationships may have not only benefits
 but also costs. For persons living in such relationships, if the decrements
 to mental health produced by social regulation are not balanced by social
 rewards from some source, social integration may be a cause of psychological
 distress. 5 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Health, Healthy (208000); Mental health (267000); Social integration
 (431900); Unmarried (477600)
-Ident-
 health, mental health, social integration; living alone; interviews; adult
 residents, contiguous states;
-SectHd-
 sociology of health and medicine-social psychiatry (mental health)  (2046)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 49
-A-
 127597 82M2603
-W-
 Self-Perception, Motivation, and Social Support through the Family Life
 Course
 Tamir, Lois M.; Antonucci, Toni C.
 Health Science Center U Texas, Dallas 75235
 Jrnl of Marriage and the Family 1981, 43, 1, Feb, 151-160.
 -CODEN-
 JMFAA6
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 National survey data (total number of cases = 4, 724; 1957 number of cases =
 2, 460 & 1976 number of cases = 2, 264) were utilized to measure differences
 in self-perception, motivation, & social support through 7 stages of the
 family life cycle, ranging from single unmarried adults to parents of
 chilren aged 17+. In the area of self-perception, there were no significant
 interactions between sex & family stages but significant differences between
 the family life stages for both males & females were found: in general,
 parents of young children displayed higher scores, while parents of
 adolescents displayed lower scores. In the area of motivation, only parents
 of adolescents displayed significant sex differences: Males became more
 affiliative, females more achievement oriented. Finally, in the area of
 social support, parallel national survey data from both 1957 & 1976 revealed
 significant stage differences & no sex interactions: adults at the earlier
 stages of the family cycle ussd social supports more frequently, but were
 less satisfied. It is concluded that the family life-stage variable provides
 an important tool for measuring developmental change; in most cases, stages
 of family life are significantly associated with psychological & social
 change in adulthood, regardless of sex. 2 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Family, Families (171600); Self (413000); Perception,
 Perceptions, Perceptual, Perceptivity, Perceive, Perceived (327000); Motive,
 Motives, Motivation, Motivational (282000); Life cycle, Life cycles
 (251980); Support, Supports, Supported, Supporting, Supportive (453065);
 Social (428900)
-Ident-
 family life cycle stages, self-perception/motivation/social support
 differences; sex/age; National Survey data, 1957/1976;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 50
-A-
 127474 82M2480
-W-
 Adlerian Parent Education: Changes in Parents' Attitudes and Behaviors, and
 Children's Self-Esteem
 Hinkle, Dennis E.; Arnold, Carol F.; Croake, James W.; Keller, James F.
 Virginia Polytechnic Instit, Blacksburg 24061
 The American Jrnl of Family Therapy 1980, 8, 1, spring 23-43.
 -CODEN-
 AJFTDE
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 The Adlerian approach to family eduction is receiving increasing attention.
 The Adlerian philosophy reflects a systematic approach with special emphasis
 on the family constellation. The family is viewed as a total unit, & the
 individual needs of the family members are seen as family group need, with
 each member attempting to establish his/her place within the family
 structure. Utilizing data from 74 experimental parents, 30 experimental
 children, 50 control parents, & 21 control children, investigated are: (1)
 the reliability & validity of 3 measurement scales appropriate for assessing
 the effects of family education programs, & (2) the effects of a family
 education program using the Adlerian approach. The data indicate both high
 reliability for the scales & beneficial aspects of the family education
 program. 11 Tables, 3 Figures. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Parent, Parents, Parental (322000); Child, Children,
 Childhood (081000); Education, Educational, Educator, Educators,
 Educationally (146000); Esteem (159875); Self (413000)
-Ident-
 parents' attitudes/behaviors, children's self-esteem; Adlerian parent
 education program; experimental design;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the child & socialization; (1938)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 51
-A-
 124395 82S15040
-W-
 Social Support Differentials among Married and Non-Married Black Females
 Gary, Lawrence E.; Robinson-Brown, Diane P.
 Instit Ur Affairs & Research Howard U, Washington DC 20008
 Conference: ASA American Sociological Association
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper (ap )
 Note: Complete paper available from SA Reproduction Service prepaid at $0.20
 per page plus $1.00 search & postage. Length of paper: 36 pp.
 Being married has generally been associated with better mental health for
 adult females, in part because of the social support derived from the
 primary network relationships. Without the benefit of a spouse, it would be
 expected that unmarried adult females would have fewer sources of social
 support & concomitantly lower levels of well-being. Examining selected
 network characteristics, analyzed are the differences in social support
 available to a sample of 54 married & unmarried black females residing in a
 metropolitan area. Results indicate that differences in network structure &
 composition do not significantly affect the efficacy of social support for
 unmarried females, nor their level of well-being. Overall, married &
 unmarried black females maintain social networks that are similar in terms
 of the number of social ties, with differences most likely to occur around
 the type of relationship & the utilization of these resources
-Desc-
 Married (259465); Unmarried (477600); Black, Blacks (055218) ; Female,
 Females; (see also Woman) (177300); Social (428900); Support, Supports,
 Supported, Supporting, Supportive (453065)
-Ident-
 social support differentials, married vs unmarried black females; urban
 area;
-SectHd-
 feminist studies-feminist studies; (2959)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 52
-A-
 124246 82S14891
-W-
 Elder Living Cooperatives: An Idea Whose Time Has Come
 Meddin, Jay R.; Conter, P. L.; Gunter, Pamela J.
 Southern Illinois U, Carbondale 62901
 Conference: SSSP Society for the Study of Social Problems
 Pub. Year: 1982
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper (ap )
 Described are the preliminary stages of a project to organize & establish
 living cooperatives for elderly people in a rural area of southern Ill. The
 need for such a project is documented on the social level in terms of
 demographic trends, changing patterns of familial organization & current
 government policy emphasizing self-help enterprises. Need is documented on
 the individual level in terms of the establishment of a social support
 network & role expectations for competency. Problems discussed include
 cultural biases against communal living, community zoning issues, &
 individualistic values among participants. The rural community in which the
 project is to be established is described, as are the strategies for
 establishment. Evaluation of the project & outcome goals are presented, with
 special emphasis on the implications for developing specific guidelines for
 the creation of further rural elder living cooperatives in additional
 communities
-Desc-
 Elder, Elders, Elderly (149733); Living (253555); Cooperative, Cooperates,
 Cooperation (115500); Illinois (223620)
-Ident-
 elderly living cooperative, rural Illinois; social/individual level need,
 problems;
-SectHd-
 social problems and social welfare-social gerontology (2140)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 53
-A-
 122471 81L9197
-W-
 Sex Differences in Adolescent Life Stress, Social Support, and Well-Being
 Burke, Ronald J.; Weir, Tamara
 York U, Downsview Ontario M3J 1P3
 The Jrnl of Psychology 1978, 98, 2, Mar, 277-288.
 -CODEN-
 JOPSAM
 Pub. Year: 1978
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Based on responses to anonymous questionnaires, adolescents (93 males & 181
 females from 3 Canadian high schools) were compared in terms of experienced
 life stress, social support received from parents & peers, & emotional &
 physical well-being. The results showed that female adolescents experience
 significantly greater life stress; & although they receive significantly
 more social support from peers, they report significantly poorer emotional &
 physical well-being. An explanation for these findings in terms of
 difficulties in the socialization of female adolescents is proposed. 3
 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Adolescence, Adolescent, Adolescents (014600); Sex differences (420000);
 Stress, Stresses (447000); Support, Supports, Supported, Supporting,
 Supportive (453065); Well-being (489780)
-Ident-
 adolescent life stress, social support, well-being; sex differences;
 questionnaires; Canada;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-adolescence & youth; (1939)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 54
-A-
 120133 81L6859
-W-
 Three Seasons of Television Characters: A Demographic Analysis
 Greenberg, Bradley S.; Simmons, Katrina W.; Hogan, Linda; Atkin, Charles
 Michigan State U, East Lansing 48803
 Jrnl of Broadcasting 1980, 24, 1, winter, 49-60.
 -CODEN-
 JBRCAT
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 Studies have found that dramatic characters on television are different in
 identity & proportional representation from their counterparts in the
 general population. White, middle-aged, upper middle class, & unmarried
 males are overrepresented, & women are portrayed primarily as consumers
 whose status is defined in terms of males. An attempt was made to analyze a
 full range of demographic characteristics, test the claims of the networks,
 generate rigorously comparable data over a 3-year period, & examine various
 role models presented to viewers. Roughly 1, 200 characters were studied
 each year from 1975 to 1978 by teams of 4-6 undergraduates. Findings showed
 that blacks retained constant proportional representation, the aged retained
 constant underrepresentation, lawbreakers were overrepresented but becoming
 less numerous, & females were overrepresented in the younger age categories
 & underrepresented in older categories. Thus, the population of characters
 on television reflects an interest in peculiarities rather than
 representativeness of demographic realities. R. Currier
-Desc-
 Demography, Demogrophic, Demographical (127300); Television,Televised
 (457000); Representation, Representative, Representativeness (383?00)
-Ident-
 television characters' representativeness, demographic analysis; role
 models;
-SectHd-
 mass phenomena-communication; (0828)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 55
-A-
 119180 81L5906
-W-
 Social Disorganization as a Factor in Child Maltreatment and Teenage
 Pregnancy
 Ory, Marcia G.; Earp, JoAnne
 Medical Center U Alabama, University Station Birmingham 35294
 University of North Carolina Newsletter 1979, 64, 2, Apr, 13-16.
 -CODEN-
 UNCLDJ
 Pub. Year: 1979
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Investigated was the relationship between early motherhood & child
 maltreatment. Secondary objectives were to examine how the presence of
 familial social support & social disorganization related to these to social
 problems. Data were based on a secondary analysis of 100 family social
 service case records of 50 child-maltreating & 50 nonchild-maltreating
 families. Contrary to the expectation that teen mothers could be less
 prepared for parenthood & thus more likely than nonteen mothers to maltreat
 their children, early motherhood, in this socioeconomically depressed
 population, was not associated with greater levels of social
 disorganization, nor with an increased likelihood of maltreatment. However,
 as predicted, the presence of social disorganization within the family was
 strongly related to the occurrence of child maltreatment (correlation = .57,
 p <.01), giving further support to previous research on the importance of
 the family & social-setting factors in understanding child maltreatment.
 Since social disorganization was found to be such a strong predictor of
 child maltreatment, it is suggested that social service agencies employ
 several different measures of social disorganization in the determination of
 clients' needs for social services. 2 Tables. AA
-Desc-
 Child Abuse #; (for pre-1981 entries, use postcoordinated form) (081235);
 Teenage, Teenagers (456900); Mother, Mothers, Motherhood,
 Mothering (279000); Family, Families (171600); Social disorganization
 (430750)
-Ident-
 child maltreatment, teenage mothers; familial social disorganization;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 56
-A-
 119097 81L5823
-W-
 Modeling the Quality of Women's Birth Experience
 Doering, Susan G.; Entwisle, Doris R.; Quinlan, Daniel
 Jrnl of Health and Social Behavior 1980, 21, 1, Mar, 12-21.
 -CODEN-
 JHSBA5
 Pub. Year: 1980
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 A longitudinal study of couples (number of cases = 120) over the period when
 they became first-time parents reveals that formal preparation for the birth
 event (learning in classrooms & from books) improves women's birth
 enjoyment. Such preparation often involves husbands & encourages them to
 participate at the birth. A recursive model was estimated supporting the
 notions that being able to remain in control is a major benefit conferred
 upon a woman by preparation & that the social support afforded by the
 husband's presence at the birth contributes both directly & indirectly to
 the enhancement of her birth experience. 2 Tables, 1 Figure, Bibliography.
 Modified HA
-Desc-
 Woman, Women; (see also Female) (490000); Birth, Births (055200);
 Experience, Experiences (16?700)
-Ident-
 women's birth experiences; couples' preparation; longitudinal study,
 recursive model;
-SectHd-
 demography and human biology-human biology; (1844)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 57
-A-
 114740 81L1465
-W-
 Measures of Association: Comparability, Symmetry, and Level of Measurement
 Neumann, Yoram
 Boston U, MA 02815
 Social Science 1979, 54, 4, autumn, 215-222.
 -CODEN-
 SOCSBN
 Pub. Year: 1979
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 An examination is made of the use of measures of association. At issue are
 problems of: (1) defining association, (2) constructing & comparing measures
 of association, (3) level of measurement, & (4) the nature of relationships
 between variables. A three-facet model for an optimal selection of measures
 of association is discussed. 3 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Statistics, Statistical, Statistically (444400); Measure,
 Measures, Measuring, Measurement (264000); Association, Associations,
 Associational (043400)
-Ident-
 association measures, comparability/symmetry/measurement level;
-SectHd-
 methodology and research technology-statistical method (0105)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 58
-A-
 114388 81S13167
-W-
 Social Class and Psychological Vulnerability: The Significance of Social
 Support
 Turner, R. Jay; Noh, Samuel
 Health Care Research Unit U Western Ontario, London N6A 5B8
 Conference: SSSP Society for the Study of Social Problems
 Pub. Year: 1981
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper (ap )
 One of the best-known & most widely discussed findings in the fields of
 medical sociology & psychiatric epidemiology is the relationship between
 social class & psychological disorder. Addressed is the question of the
 meaning of this relationship, starting from the assumption that there is
 something about social class that matters for emotional health & well-being.
 Life events scores were included in the analyses, focusing upon the
 potential explanatory power of experienced social support & personal
 mastery. Data were obtained in interviews with 293 new mothers as part of a
 study on adaptation to the parenting role. Experienced social support was
 measured using a multiitem story identification technique adopted from the
 work of S. Cobb et al. To index psychological distress, 19 symptom items
 were employed, reflecting the underlying dimensions of anxiety, depression,
 & anger/aggression. Results indicate that while life events scores make some
 contribution, differential vulnerability appears to be the most potent
 factor in the social class-psychological distress relationship
-Desc-
 Mental health (267000); Social class, Social classes (429800); Support,
 Supports, Supported, Supporting, Supportive (453065); Mother, Mothers,
 Motherhood, Mothering (279000)
-Ident-
 mental health; social class vs experienced support & personal mastery;
 interviews; new mothers;
-SectHd-
 social psychology-personality & culture; (0312)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 59
-A-
 104764 79K3293
-W-
 Working Class Birth Control in Wilhelmine Germany
 Neuman, R. P.
 State U New York, Fredonia
 Comparative Studies in Society and History 1978, 20, 3, July, 408-428.
 -CODEN-
 CSSHAN
 Pub. Year: 1978
 Country of Publication: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 The methods & motives of birth control used by the working class of Germany
 in the early 1900s are explored using a secondary analysis of data gathered
 during that time & contemporary studies of Wilhelmine Germany. M. Marcuse
 interviewed 100 working class women between 1911 & 1913 who visited his
 clinic for skin disorders, & 293 mainly working class men in a military
 hospital in 1916 who were being treated for venereal diseases. O. Polano
 similarly interviewed 500 working class women who visited his clinic in
 Wurzburg for nongynecological problems between May & Aug 1914. Of those
 interviewed, 33 had never been married. In 1914, approximately 65%-75% of
 the German working class practiced some type of birth control. Coitus
 interruptus, often combined with post coital douching, was the most common
 method. Douching alone & condoms & diaphragms, although available, were not
 extensively used. The cost of the latter two methods was often half a day's
 pay for a skilled laborer. Abortion was used as a last resort. The use of
 birth control implies some sort of dialog & cooperation between spouses on
 this subject. The reasons for birth control may be divided into three
 general categories: traditional mode, the short-run hedonist mode, & the
 purposive rational mode. The most communication between spouses & the most
 effective means of birth control was found in the third group. Children were
 generally viewed as a hindrance to both personal pleasure & long-term
 security. The data suggests a negative view of sex among middle-aged women.
 2 Tables. M. Migalski
-Desc-
 Work, Works, Working (492000); Class, Classes; (see also Social class)
 (090670); Birth control (055210); German, Germany, Germans (193400);
 History, Historic, Historical (214300)
-Ident-
 working-class birth control, Germany, early 1900s; secondary data analysis,
 Wilhelmine women;
-SectHd-
 social differentiation-social stratification; (1019)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 60
-A-
 103939 79K2468
-W-
 On a General Model for Social and Cognitive Consistency
 Taylor, Howard F.; Hornung, Carlton A.
 Princeton U, NJ 08540
 Sociological Methods and Research 1979, 7, 3, Feb, 259-287.
 -CODEN-
 SMREDA
 Pub. Year: 1979
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 A multiple regression strategy that has been developed in the analysis &
 formal integration of theories of social consistency is applied to the
 formal integration of theories of cognitive consistency. Review of studies
 of cognitive consistency theories locates conceptual omissions in tests of
 the theory. Some issues that can be dealt with include: (1) information
 integration, additivity, & interaction; (2) "reading in" main effects first;
 (3) "objective" versus "subjective" measurement of stimulus variables; (4)
 relative weighting; (5) separate treatment of main effects; & (6) errors in
 measurement of interaction variables. This model is advantageous both in
 providing a general data model for consistency studies, & in using the
 concept of statistical interaction as a principle around which formulations
 of both cognitive & social consistency may be integrated. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Cognition, Cognitive (095000); Consistency (112800); Social (428900);
 Theory, Theories, Theorem, Theorizing (464200); Integrate,
 Integrated, Integrates, Integration, Integrative (236110)
-Ident-
 cognitive consistency, theory integration; social consistency multiple
 regression strategy application;
-SectHd-
 methodology and research technology-models: mathematical & other; (016)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 61
-A-
 102177 79K0706
-W-
 The Alcoholic's Spouse, Children and Family Interactions: Substantive
 Findings and Methodological Issues
 Jacob, Theodore; Favorini, Alison; Meisel, Susan S.; Anderson, Carol M.
 U Pittsburgh, PA 05260
 Jrnl of Studies on Alcohol 1978, 39, 7, July, 1231-1251.
 -CODEN-
 JSALDP
 Pub. Year: 1978
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 Literature on the personality characteristics of spouses of alcoholics, on
 the psychosocial status of children of alcoholics, & an alcoholic-spouse &
 alcoholic-family interactions is reviewed. The generally held notion that
 there is a stereotypical woman who selects an alcoholic (or potential
 alcoholic) for spouse is not widely supported. The notion that alcoholic
 wives tend to marry domineering husbands, & that they have passive
 personalities is also not supported. The notion that children of alcoholics
 are likely to develop behavior disorders or alcoholism seems to be
 supported. As for empirical studies in this area, most research has been
 methodologically unsound. The empirical studies addressed include studies:
 (1) with psychiatrically disturbed controls, (2) with children of alcoholics
 as controls, (3) from Poland & Sweden, (4) of three groups of subjects, &
 (5) without control groups. Results from these 16 empirical studies show
 moderate support for the idea that children of alcoholic parents have
 problems in psychological, social, & family functioning. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Alcohol (025000); Alcoholic, Alcoholics, Alcoholism (027000) ; Stereotype,
 Stereotypes, Stereotyped, Stereotyping (445000); Social interaction
 (432000)
-Ident-
 alcoholics' family interactions; wife/husband stereotypes, effect on
 children's behavior; literature review;
-SectHd-
 sociology of health and medicine-social psychiatry (mental health); (2046)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 62
-A-
 102174 79K0703
-W-
 The Effect of Social Support in Moderating the Health Consequences of
 Unemployment
 Gore, Susan
 U Massachusetts, Boston 02108
 Jrnl of Health and Social Behavior 1978, 19, 2, June, 157-165.
 -CODEN-
 JHSBA5
 Pub. Year: 1978
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 In a longitudinal investigation of the result of 2 plant shutdowns, 100
 stably-employed, blue-collar married men were interviewed at 5 stages over a
 2-year period. Social support was measured by a 13-item index covering
 relations with wives, friends, & relatives. The rural unemployed (54)
 evidenced a significantly higher level of social support than did the urban
 unemployed (46), probably due to strong ethnic ties & a more concerned
 social milieu. No differences between supported & unsupported were found
 with respect to weeks unemployed or actual economic deprivation. However,
 while unemployed the unsupported showed higher elevations & more changes in
 measures of cholesterol, illness symptoms & affective response than did the
 supported. It is argued that these findings demonstrate the exacerbation of
 life stress by a low sense of social support. 2 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Health, Healthy (208000); Unemployed, Unemployment (475700) Social network,
 Social networks, Social networking (432175); Ethnic,
 Ethnically (160125); Rural; (see also Ru, Ur) (398400); Blue-collar
 (058470)
-Ident-
 health status during unemployment, mediation by social support; strong
 ethnic ties among rural sample, one hundred blue-collar workers;
-SectHd-
 sociology of health and medicine-social psychiatry (mental health); (2046)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 63
-A-
 102076 79K0605
-W-
 The Family Life Cycle: Developmental Crises and Their Structural Impact on
 Families in a Community Mental Health Center
 Gartner, Richard B.; Fulmer, Richard H.; Weinshel, Margot; Goldklank,
 Shelly
 Columbia U, New York NY 10027
 Family Process 1978, 17, 1, Mar, 47-58.
 -CODEN-
 FAPRAD
 Pub. Year: 1978
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 A typology is developed for troubled families based on the configuration of
 family members & the identified patient's position within the family
 structure. A sample of 110 families attending family therapy in northern
 Staten Island is used to identify constellations of families & their
 association with other traits. Four constellations are identified: (1) those
 in which the identified patient is a spouse, (2) a grown child of an ongoing
 marriage, (3) a grown child of a parent now single, or (4) a single adult
 living with relatives other than parents. Of these 4 constellations, the
 first 2 are at higher income levels. Children of ongoing couples are most
 often male, while other identified patients are most often F. Children of
 either ongoing marriage or single adults show symptom onset & presentation
 of treatment at earlier ages. Patients who are spouses are typically women
 in their thirties suffering depression or reactive psychosis; single adults
 not living with parents are females over thirty with chronic disorders;
 children living with parents are typically under thirty, being either male
 children of intact couples showing chronic schizophrenia dating from
 childhood or adolescence, or female children of single parents showing
 varied symptoms dating from adolescence. These characteristic patterns can
 be accounted for on theoretical grounds based on varying sources of personal
 stress. 3 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Family, Families (171600); Relations, family (382525); Mental health
 (267000); Community, Communities, Communitarian (104000); Life cycle, Life
 cycles (251980); Family living, Family life (171700)
-Ident-
 family life cycle, developmental crises, structural impact; community mental
 health center, typology, patient's position in family structure;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 64
-A-
 101373 79J9899
-W-
 Policy Decisions and Research in Economics and Industrial Relations
 Dunlop, John T.
 Harvard U, Cambridge MA 02138
 Industrial and Labor Relations Review 1977, 30, 3, Apr, 275-282.
 -CODEN-
 ILREAQ
 Pub. Year: 1977
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 The contention that the bulk of academic research in industrial relations &
 economics in recent years has had very little impact on either public or
 private policy decisions is discussed. This premise is illustrated by
 examination of policy problems in which considerable research has been
 undertaken including the relationship of unemployment & wage inflation, wage
 & price standards, human capital & manpower & education programs &
 industrial relations. The argument is made that if theory & scholarly
 analysis are to influence decisionmakers, researchers must devote greater
 attention to the sectorial & institutional setting in which most policy
 decisions are made. Five areas of specific research are recommended: (1) the
 historical background & evolution of major institutions; (2) an
 understanding of decision-making processes within labor, management, &
 government organizations; (3) a description & measurement of international
 interdependence; (4) the effect of structural changes in the economy &
 industrial relationships on decisions of organization; & (5) the development
 of new data sources & measurements & the improvement of the quality of
 existing data. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Relations, industrial (38253); Economic, Economics, Economical (145000);
 Research, Researcher, Researchers (385000); Policy, Policies (33500)
-Ident-
 economics, industrial relations research; lack of effect on policy
 decisions, attention to sectorial, institutional settings, research
 recommended;
-SectHd-
 complex organizations (management)-industrial sociology (labor); (0621)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 65
-A-
 097992 79S11515
-W-
 Positive Parenting: A Solution for Potential Abusing Parents
 Burch, Genevieve; Mohr, Vicki
 U Nebraska, Omaha 68101
 Conference: MSS Midwest Sociological Society
 Pub. Year: 1979
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper (ap )
 An evaluation report on a program for potentially abusing parents. Outcomes
 of three of the five stated goals of the program were evaluated. There were:
 (1) to change feelings-attitudes-values about being a parent, (2) to
 increase knowledge of what to expect from children at different ages & how
 to deal with their problems, & (3) to change isolation patterns by providing
 social support in the group. Scales to measure the three goals were
 developed & administered to participants at a four-month interval. Scales
 were also administered to a control group from a similar pre-abusing
 population. Results include: (A) The positive parenting participants &
 control group are similar on most factors known to be related to abusing
 profile. (B) Three groups were compared on all test items: controls,
 first-time participants, & all other positive parenting participants. On
 eight of nine ites on child development the positive parenting participants
 averaged 33% more correct responses than the controls & 35% more correct
 responses than first-time participants. This pattern persisted in items on
 punishment but with slightly less difference. Items on general value about
 children's place in society showed less consistent differences. These values
 are probably less open to a change than those reported above. (Contingency
 coefficient) The two responses of all positive parenting participants &
 controls who took both tests were compared on reduction in response errors.
 There was a statistically significant reduction of errors by the controls.
 Finally, a regression analysis on the number of test errors & the number of
 positive parenting sessions attended indicated a significant relationship.
 It is concluded that: (a) programs with well-defined goals & activities that
 are logically consistent with those goals can be evaluted in a short period
 of time with positive results, (b) educationa suspected nonlinear changes in
 behavior over time
-Desc-
 Parent, Parents, Parental (322000); Child care (081250); Abuse, Abuses,
 Abusing, Abusive (001050); Program, Programs, Programmer,Programmers
 (348660)
-Ident-
 child abusing parents, potential; positive parenting course;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 66
-A-
 097940 79S11463
-W-
 Social-Psychological Consequences of Divorce for Black and White Low Income
 Single Parent Mothers
 Raschke, Helen June
 Norfolk State U, VA 23504
 Conference: ASA American Sociological Association
 Pub. Year: 1979
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper (ap )
 An interview study was conducted of 108 low-income single parent black &
 white mothers living in a large southeastern metropolitan area. Preliminary
 data analysis revealed: (1) white mothers perceived themselves as
 experiencing greater distress than black mothers, (2) there is no difference
 between black & white mothers in their informal & societal social support
 systems, (3) black mothers have greater formal social support systems than
 white mothers, & (4) there is no difference between black & white mothers in
 positive affect & negative affect. Possible explanations of these findings
 include differences in perception of worsened living conditions, education,
 income, age & number of children living at home, influence of religion,
 dating activity, & traditional versus nontraditional sex-role orientation
-Desc-
 Black, Blacks (055218); White, Whites (489845); Divorce, Divorced (135700);
 Mother, Mothers, Motherhood, Mothering (279000)
-Ident-
 black/white low income divorced mothers, social/psychological consequences;
 large southeastern metropolitan area;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 67
-A-
 096998 79S10521
-W-
 Gender Traits and Delinquency Involvement
 Thornton, William; James, Jennifer
 Loyola U, New Orleans LA 70118
 Conference: SSS Southern Sociological Society
 Pub. Year: 1979
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper (ap )
 Explored is the relationship between societally dominant gender traits &
 delinquency. Many writers attempt to explain the sex differential in
 delinquency through a gender traits approach, holding that there are certain
 inherent or natural perosnality traits which distinguish males & females.
 Traits of males are deemed "masculine" & those of females are deemed
 "feminine." Researchers use these traits to explain variations in
 delinquency by positing a connection between types of gender traits &
 patterns of delinquency involvement. While some criminologists try to
 specify the way these alleged sex-linked traits & delinquency covary, most
 simply assume a positive connection between masculine traits & delinquency.
 Two assumptions associated with gender traits & delinquency were
 investigated: (1) that a direct connection exists between masculine &
 feminine gender traits & delinquency involvement & (2) that masculine &
 feminine gender traits indirectly affect delinquency through several social
 control variables. Data were collected through an anonymous self-report
 questionnaire administered to 617 eighth-through-twelfth-grade girls & boys
 attending schools in a small city in the Northwest. Along with a scale
 measuring masculine & feminine gender traits, fourteen delinquency items
 were included in the questionnaire from which a measure of the overall
 frequency of delinquency as well as measures of property, social &
 aggressive delinquency were constructed. Scales to assess delinquency
 opportunity, parental social control, & social support for delinquency were
 also created from questionnaire items. After analyzing the responses of the
 students through nonparametric correlational techniques & regression
 analysis, it was concluded that gender traits have little direct effect on
 delinquency type of frequency. Most of the influence on delinquency is
 indirect through the variables of delinquent opportunity, social support, &
 parental social control
-Desc-
 Personality, Personalities (329000); Adolescence, Adolescent
 , Adolescents (014600); Criminology, Criminological (119145); Gender,
 Genders (192370); Delinquency, juvenile (126140)
-Ident-
 delinquent opportunity, social support, parental social control;
-SectHd-
 social problems and social welfare-delinquency; (2151)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 68
-A-
 096887 79S10410
-W-
 Women's Liberation and the Female Delinquent
 James, Jennifer; Thornton, William
 Loyola U, New Orleans LA 70118
 Conference: SSS Southern Sociological Society
 Pub. Year: 1979
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper (ap )
 Presumed changes in patterns of female crime are drawing the attention of
 the popular media as well as that of sociologists & criminologists.
 Increases in the rate of female crime & shifts in the nature of women's
 criminal involvement are commonly attributed to the emergence of the women's
 movement. Data were collected through an anonymous self-report questionnaire
 administered to 300 eight- through twelfth-grade females attending schools
 in a small city in the Northwest. Along with items measuring attitudes
 toward feminism, 14 delinquency items were included in the questionnaire
 from which a measure of the overall frequency of delinquency as well as
 measures property, social, & aggressive delinquency were constructed. Scales
 to assess delinquency opportunity, parental social control, & social support
 for delinquency were also created from questionnaire items. After analyzing
 the responses of the students through nonparametric correlational techniques
 & regression analysis, it is concluded that attitudes toward feminism have
 little direct effect on delinquency type or frequency. Delinquent
 opportunities, social support, & parental social control, on the other hand,
 highly relate to all types of delinquency as well as the overall frequency.
 Further, there is some indication that girls encountering high degrees of
 delinquent opportunity & social support for delinquency along with low
 levels of parental social control are less likely to be delinquent when they
 hold favorable, rather than unfavorable, attitudes toward feminism. The
 implications for contemporary theoretical statements linking the women's
 movement to delinquency among females are discussed
-Desc-
 Woman, Women; (see also Female) (490000); Deviant behavior (131400);
 Fertility (177440); Crime, Crimes; (see also Criminal) (119100) Delinquency
 (126000); Social control, Social controls (429925)
-Ident-
 female delinquency, feminist attitudes relationship; opportunity, parental
 social control, social support, women's movement;
-SectHd-
 feminist studies-feminist studies; (2959)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 69
-A-
 095785 78J5778
-W-
 A Reconsideration of the Concept "Sex-Role Identification" in Adolescent and
 Family Research
 McDonald, Gerald W.
 Florida State U, Tallahassee 32306
 Adolescence 1978, 13, 50, summer, 215-220.
 -CODEN-
 ADOLAO
 Pub. Year: 1978
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 In research of adolescents' personality development in the family, a concept
 that has been overused & abused has been sex-role identification. Thoutht to
 be a key to explaining cognitive & behavioral differences in males &
 females, sex-role identification has been a major variable in research on
 the adolescent. Though many studies have investigated aspects of sex-role
 acquisition, preference, identification, & performance, theoretical &
 methodological problems have plagued this research, & sex-role research in
 general has tended strongly to reinforce sex-role stereotypes. Basic among
 difficulties inherent in sex-role research are: (1) traditional lack of
 consensus on a definition of "sex role" & "sex-role identification, "
 leading to the misleading practice of labeling behaviors exhibited in
 particular situations, whether sex linked or not, as appropriate sex-role
 behavior, (2) an overabundance of appropriate sex-role behaviors related to
 social locations & situations, & relationships between persons & contexts in
 which they take place, & (3) difficulty in application & measurement of
 sex-role concepts, since theoretical bases of present methods of measurement
 do not correspond with reality. Sex-role identification, as used in present
 research, is biased & value-laden, a more appropriate terminology could be
 employed to incorporate social, locational, & interactional contexts of sex
 role behavior. R. Portwood
-Desc-
 Sex, Sexes, Sexism, Sexist, Sexists (419000); Role, Roles (394000);
 Identification (223002); Family, Families (171600); Adolescence,Adolescent,
 Adolescents (014600); Socialization; see also Socialized) (433910);
 Stereotype, Stereotypes, Stereotyped, Stereotyping (445000)
-Ident-
 adolescent, family research, sex-role identification concept; theoretical,
 methodological problems, stereotypes reinforcement, definitional confusion,
 biases;
-SectHd-
 methodology and research technology-methodology (social science &
 behavioral); (0103)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 70
-A-
 095561 78J5554
-W-
 Childlessness, Health, and Marital Satisfaction
 Renn, Karen S.
 U Arizona, Tucson 85721
 Social Biology 1976, 23, 3, fall, 183-197.
 -CODEN-
 SBGYA3
 Pub. Year: 1976
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Data from a large area-probability sample of 2, 480 households of married
 couples in Alameda County, Calif (1965) are used to compare the physical &
 psychological health of childless couples, parents, & former parents.
 Parenthood detracts from both the physical & psychological health of
 husbands & wives, especially in younger couples. Rates of joint marital
 satisfaction also are lower for active parents than for either former
 parents or childless couples, regardless of the duration of the marriage or
 the wife's age or employment status. Former parents are better off on all
 indices than active parents, though not as well off as childless couples,
 suggesting that parenthood has a detrimental effect on both health & marital
 satisfaction. 8 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Parenthood (323030); Marriage, Marriages, Marital (259000); Health, Healthy
 (208000); Childless, Childlessness (088000); Satisfaction (403350);
 Relations, marriage (382565); Mental health (267000)
-Ident-
 childlessness, health, marital satisfaction; physical, psychological
 well-being, parenthood impact, former vs active parents;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 71
-A-
 089964 78I9958
-W-
 Methodological Problems of Measurement
 Berka, Karel
 Zatecka 12, 110 00 Prague Czechoslovakia
 Problems of the Science of Science 1970, 1, 143-153.
 -CODEN-
 PBSSCE
 Pub. Year: 1970
 Co. of Pub.:Netherlands
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Some problems of the theory of measurement are considered from a
 methodological perspective. Discussed are: (1) the definition & object of
 measurement, (2) the classification of types of measurement in relation to
 numerical expression, & (3) problems of exactness in measurement. In
 defining measurement it is necessary to clarify numerical assignments from
 the empirical perspective. Is measurement concerned with quantities or
 magnitudes. Is it possible to measure qualities as qualities. Classification
 of measurement types depends on the delimitation of necessary & sufficient
 conditions for individual scales, the identification of diverse scales of
 measurement, the applicability of conceptual scales in practical
 measurement, the relationship of conceptual & material scales--particularly
 regarding problems of their construction & calibration, & the relationship
 of conceptual scales, types of measurement, & resultant numerical values.
 Assuming 3 hierarchically-ordered levels of measurement--the ontological,
 empirical, & numerical--the relationship between exact & inexact measurement
 is analyzed in respect to the priority of equality to inequality & vice
 versa. Modified AA
-Desc-
 Theory, Theories, Theorem, Theorizing (464200); Measure,
 Measures, Measuring, Measurement (264000); Methodology, Methodologies,
 Methodological; (see also Method) (271830); Perspective, Perspectives
 (333340); Problem, Problematic, Problems (348100)
-Ident-
 measurement theory problems vs methodological perspective; definition,
 object, types classification vs numerical expression, exactness, conceptual
 vs material scales;
-SectHd-
 methodology and research technology-methodology (social science &
 behavioral); (0103)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 72
-A-
 089961 78I9955
-W-
 Methodological Problems in Assessing the Impact of Television Programs
 Ball, Samuel
 Educational Testing Service, Princeton NJ 08540
 The Jrnl of Social Issues 1976, 32, 4, fall, 8-17.
 -CODEN-
 JSISAF
 Pub. Year: 1976
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 The general impact of television cannot be accurately assessed as can the
 impact of specific programs. The components of three areas that posed
 special problems to the evaluation of television programs include: (1)
 designing research plans for impact study, (2) sampling target
 subpopulations, & (3) specification & treatment of dependent variables &
 measurement procedures. Methods for ameliorating difficulties in these
 problem areas include the use of: randomly selected cable television users
 as subjects, the pretest-posttest nonequivalent group design, time series
 design, & age cohorts design. Although it is difficult to assess the impact
 of a television program, it may be less problematic if these methods are
 utilized. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Television, Televised (457000); Impact (226620); Program, Programs,
 Programmer, Programmers (348660); Problem, Problematic, Problems (348100);
 Methodology, Methodologies, Methodological; (see also Method) (271830);
 Assess, Assesses, Assessment, Assessments, Assessing (040235)
-Ident-
 television programs, impact assessment, methodological problems; research
 plans design, dependent variables, measurement procedures specification,
 sampling, suggestions;
-SectHd-
 methodology and research technology-methodology (social science &
 behavioral); (0103)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 73
-A-
 089223 78S09459
-W-
 Divorced Mothers: Social Policy and Self Identity
 Kohen, Janet; Fox, Elizabeth
 Women's Research Center, Boston MA
 Conference: SSSP Society for the Study of Social Problems
 Pub. Year: 1978
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper (ap )
 When mothers divorce they lose their identity as wife. Lacking a socially
 acceptable alternative, they initially view themselves in the negative--as a
 nonwife. This reflects the lose of economic resources & social legitimacy
 the husband brought to the marriage & the social supports that were tied to
 the husband & wife as a unit. Since ideology & institutional patterns
 encourage the two-parent family & merely tolerate, if not actively
 discourage, the single-parent family, the divorced mother usually
 experiences a postdivorce trauma & must struggle to achieve & maintain a new
 & positive identity as a single parent. Analysis of patterns of material &
 social support evident in intensive interviews with a quota sample of 30
 divorced mothers indicated which patterns are associated with the
 development of a positive sense of self, & which undermine such an identity.
 Implications for social policy change are discussed
-Desc-
 Woman, Women; (see also Female) (490000); Divorce, Divorced (135700); Social
 policy (432239); Self (413000); Identity, Identities (223300); Mother,
 Mothers, Motherhood, Mothering (279000); Role, Roles (394000)
-Ident-
 divorced mothers, self-identity, social policy; trauma, institutionalized
 norms, values, material, social support patterns, change implications;
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037  74
-A-
 088825 78S09061
-W-
 Re-examining a Causal Model of Effectiveness in Organizations for
 Measurement Error
 Faisal, Caroline S.; Warren, Richard D.
 Iowa State U, Ames 50011
 Conference: RSS Rural Sociological Society
 Pub. Year: 1978
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper (ap )
 A method is described--errors-in-variables (EIV)--for adjusting for
 measurement error. The benefits of this approach are illustrated by
 reexamining data from an earlier study. Some of these benefits include that
 it: (1) incorporates a test of significance for corrected beta's (whereas
 significance of correction for attenuation coefficients must be estimated),
 (2) allows for the decomposition of the observed variance into measurement
 error variance & true score variance, which is further decomposed into
 explained variance & specification error variance, (3) demonstrates that
 measurement error both under & over estimates regression coefficients &
 underestimates standard errors, & (4) R2s can also be over- or
 underestimated, least squares yielded R2=.461 versus an EIV R2=.851 for role
 performance. Finally, a computer program, Super Carp, is introduced which
 automatically calculates most of the desired information
-Desc-
 Measure, Measures, Measuring, Measurement (264000); Error, Errors (159000);
 Variance, Variant, Variation (479500)
-Ident-
 measurement error adjustment method, errors-in-variables; benefits;
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037  75
-A-
 088702 78S08938
-W-
 Working Mothers: No Longer a Social Problem
 Iglehart, Alfreda P.
 U Michigan, Ann Arbor 48106
 Conference: SSSP Society for the Study of Social Problems
 Pub. Year: 1978
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper (ap )
 Ideological shifts, as well as other factors, appear to have resulted in
 less adherence to traditional sex-role norms. For the working mother of
 twenty years ago, a nonsupportive social environment was likely to lead to
 role conflict, although role conflict was expected to decrease for the
 contemporary working mother. Data from a 1957 national survey & its 1976
 replication study--both conducted through the Survey Research Center at the
 University of Michigan--were analyzed. For 1957, the subsample consists of
 107 white mothers who were full-time in the labor force & 560 who were
 full-time housewives. The 1976 figures are 177 & 315, respectively.
 Chi-square & multiple classification analysis were used. In 1957, working
 mothers were more likely to have frequent feelings of parental inadequacy as
 compared with the home mothers. The working mothers of younger children were
 less likely to express positive feelings about themselves. In 1976, these
 feelings are no longer present
-Desc-
 Social problem, Social problems (432260); Work, Works, Working (492000);
 Role, Roles (394000); Sex, Sexes, Sexism, Sexist,Sexists (419000); Mother,
 Mothers, Motherhood, Mothering (279000); Public opinion (363000); Social
 change (429700); U. S., US (477200)
-Ident-
 US, working mothers, social support shift; traditional sex-role norms
 relaxation, conflict decrease, parental inadequacy feelings, 1957 vs 1976
 studies;
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 76
-A-
 088116 78S08352
-W-
 Without a Spouse: Life Styles of the Non-Married
 Hiltz, Starr Roxanne
 Upsala Coll, East Orange NJ 07019
 Conference: ISA International Sociological Association
 Pub. Year: 1978
 Co. of Pub.:Canada
-Lang-
 English
-DocType-
 Association Paper (ap )
 The increasing number of nonmarried persons (never married separated,
 divorced, & widowed) is reviewed as both "cause" & "effect" of changes in
 the traditional sex-typed wife styles & life situations of the nonmarried in
 the U. S. & Canada. Reviewed are empirical studies related to the
 similarities & differences between unmarried men & women, including problems
 faced, & successful & unsuccessful methods of coping with them. Included are
 studies of friendship patterns, economic situation, mental health &
 well-being, counseling or therapy groups, & such phenomena as singles bars &
 singles housing complexes. On the basis of these studies, it is predicted
 that men & women will increasingly spend at least part of their adult lives
 without a spouse, chossing instead to devote their efforts to
 self-sufficient, self-fulfilling explorations of alternative sources of
 meaning, pleasure, & order in their lives
-Desc-
 Unmarried (477600); Relations, interpersonal (382534); Social life (432135);
 Social behavior (429300); Life; (see also Living) (251975); People, Peoples
 (326600); U. S., US (477200); Canada, Canadian, Canadians (069175)
-Ident-
 nonmarried persons, life styles; US, Canadian studies, friendship, mental
 illness, economic situation, therapy groups, self-exploration;
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 77
-A-
 086406 77I9078
-W-
 The Many Faces of Power and Liberty Revealed Preference, Autonomy, and
 Teleological Explanation
 Abell, Peter
 U Birmingham, B15 2TT England
 Sociology 1977, 11, 1, Jan, 3-24.
 -CODEN-
 SLGYA5
 Pub. Year: 1977
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 The role of revealed preferences in decision-making & that of individual
 autonomy are considered in the formulation of models of processes in which
 power, influence, & manipulation serve as explanations. 3 approaches to the
 conceptualization & measurement of power, identified by S. Lukes (POWER: A
 RADICAL VIEW, London, England: Macmillan, 1974) are compared & contrasted
 with the view of Abell: (1) decision-making, (2) nondecision-making, & (3)
 latent interest. These approaches are related to concepts of: (A) power
 (compliance through sanctions), (B) influence (an actor changes another's
 state of mind without decreasing the other's autonomy), & (contingency
 coefficient) manipulation (the change decreases the other's autonomy). The
 analysis is limited to power relationships between 2 actors & is derived
 from a model of the organizational process. Both causal & teleological
 explanations are discussed. The role of the control of access to relevant
 information in power relationships is also examined. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Individual, Individuals, Individualism, Individuality, Individualistic,
 Individualization, Individualize (229000); Autonomous, Autonomy (050800);
 Power (341000); Decision-making (122000); Role, Roles (394000); Preference,
 Preferences (343500)
-Ident-
 revealed preferences, individual autonomy vs decision-making; power,
 influence, manipulation models, S. Lukes, measurement, conceptualization,
 causal, teleological explanations;
-SectHd-
 political interactions-political sociology; (0925)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 78
-A-
 086088 77I8760
-W-
 Working without a Net: The Bachelor as a Social Problem
 Davis, Alan G.; Strong, Philip M.
 U Aberdeen, AB9 2UB Scotland
 The Sociological Review 1977, 25, 1, Feb, 109-129.
 -CODEN-
 SORVA4
 Pub. Year: 1977
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 A preliminary framework is offered for understanding the apparent
 relationship between male single status & such indicators of social
 pathology as mental & physical illness. A brief historical perspective on
 the emergence of the ideology of the couple is followed by a consideration
 of the difficulties of being alone in public, in general activities & in
 those undertaken for entertainment. The obligations & rights of husbands &
 wives (as opposed to those of friends) are not available to the bachelor;
 nor has he been trained in domestic skills. Thus, single women are usually
 more successful outside marriage than single men. The single lacks a sphere
 for constructing personal identity such as couples enjoy. When such a sphere
 is sought in their work, singles are more readily exploited by employers --
 although they may also be exploited in other spheres, eg, families expect
 them to look after aging parents. As deviants, they must often provide
 accounts for not being married, but the accounts are viewed with suspicion
 as hiding "real" reasons -- eg, sexual deviance or immaturity. Such factors
 contribute to the single person's self-doubt & insecurity. The single person
 also lacks the resourcs available to couples with which to repel deviant
 recruitment. Responsibility for single deviants is assumed by those in the
 public domain -- the legal system or professional system eg, social workers.
 Singles are more easily converted to radical religious & political movements
 which offer an identity but make organizational demands. J. N. Mayer
-Desc-
 Unmarried (477600); Social (428900); Pathology, Pathological (324140); Male,
 Males (256635); Indicators (228759); Bachelor, Bachelors, Bachelorhood
 (051082)
-Ident-
 bachelor vs social pathology indicators; couples ideology, single status vs
 male disadvantages, economic exploitation, self-doubt, insecurity;
-SectHd-
 social psychology-personality & culture; (0312)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 79
-A-
 085603 77I8274
-W-
 Children, Poverty and Illness
 Brennan, Mary; Stoten, Bryan
 U Birmingham, B15 2TT England
 New Society 1976, 36, 716, 24 Jun, 680-682.
 -CODEN-
 NWSOAN
 Pub. Year: 1976
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Pediatric admissions in Britain indicate that parental unemployment
 substantially increases the likelihood of a child having to be admitted into
 a hospital. In a 1975 study of 150 children admitted to Coventry hospital,
 the following data were revealed: (1) a significant number (69.2%) of the
 fathers were unemployed, (2) a similar proportion of unemployment occurred
 among both manual & nonmanual workers, (3) unemployment among British
 families was as high as among immigrants, (4) 33.3% of the children were
 "admitted for infections & many for conditions which could have been caused
 by infections, (5) the mean age of the children was 5 years, (6) none of the
 mothers whose husbands were unemployed went out to work, & (7) a large
 number of the parents had contacted social support agencies for help with
 housing & income problems. There are strong indications that the demand for
 health services "often reflects social & economic status rather than the
 level of illness." Things that are basic to good health--food, fuel, &
 clothing--are most apt to be lacking when there is a drastic reduction in
 the family budget. 4 Tables. J. Shiffer
-Desc-
 Child, Children, Childhood (081000); Poverty (340800); Illness, Illnesses
 (223700); Britain, British; (see also England, Great Britain) (067100)
-Ident-
 Britain, parental unemployment, poverty vs child hospitalization,
 likelihood; sample description, data revealed, health services demand vs
 socioeconomic status;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the child & socialization; (1938)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 80
-A-
 084676 77I7346
-W-
 Marital Role, Education, and Mental Disorder among Women: Test of an
 Interaction Hypothesis
 Meile, Richard L.; Johnson, David Richard; St. Peter, Louis
 U Nebraska, Lincoln 68508 & Iowa State U, Ames 50010
 Jrnl of Health and Social Behavior 1976, 17, 3, Sep, 295-301.
 -CODEN-
 JHSBA5
 Pub. Year: 1976
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 The relationship of marital status & mental disorder among married &
 never-married females is examined in a probability sample of 4 Midwestern
 communities. The sample consisted of noninstitutionalized whites, aged 20 or
 older, with respondents being selected from a probability design for a
 sample of 11, 192. T. S. Langner's 22 Item Index (see SA 2046/A9300) was
 used to measure prevalence of mental disorder. Multiple regression analysis
 was used to adjust for the effects of the control variable scores of
 married/never-married females in 5 educational levels. Age, classified in 7
 categories, & 4 categories of employment status were employed in the design.
 A statistically significant interaction of marital status & educational
 attainment on mental disorder was found with the married having more
 disorder than the never-married, among females of lower educational
 attainment, both before & after introducing controls for age & employment
 status. No significant differences in mental disorder were found among
 females with high school or higher educational attainment. These findings
 suggest the advisability of refining current marital role explanations for
 mental disorder among females. Modified HA
-Desc-
 U. S., US (477200); Woman, Women; (see also Female) (490000); Role, Roles
 (394000); Education, Educational, Educator, Educators , Educationally
 (146000); Hypothesis, Hypotheses, Hypothetic, Hypothetical (221100);
 Interaction, Interactions, Interactional, Interactionalist,
 Interactionalism, Interactive (?38715); Marriage, Marriages, Marital
 (259000); Disorders, Disordered (134530); Mental, Mentally (266700)
-Ident-
 US, marital role, education vs mental disorders, women; noninstitutionalized
 whites, interaction hypothesis, status correlations, implications;
-SectHd-
 feminist studies-feminist studies; (2959)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 81
-A-
 08125 77I3914
-W-
 "Affirmative Action" Reconsidered
 Sowell, Thomas
 U California, Los Angeles 90024
 The Public Interest 1976, 42, Win, 47-65.
 -CODEN-
 PBCIA4
 Pub. Year: 1976
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 This study tested the hypotheses that: (1) there was significant employment
 discrimination' against minorities &/or women in the academic world
 immediately before
 goals & timetables' were instituted under
 affirmative action', (2) there were significant changes in representation
 &/or relative pay for minorities &/or women after
 affirmative action' quotas, (3) underqualified black academics were
 generally receiving premium pay compared to white academics of the same
 qualifications, & (4) an
 old boy network' reduced employment opportunities for minorities &/or women
 in the academic world. All 4 hypotheses proved false. Several large data
 sources were used, including the American Council on Education & the
 National Science Foundation. These data permitted comparisons of the
 academic salaries of individuals of the same qualifications (degree level,
 rating of department granting degree, number of publications) in the same
 fields, both before & after
 goals & timetables'. Race, sex, & marital status were controlled.
 Black-white faculty salary differentials were only $62 per year among
 doctorate holders before, & $640 per year after, quotas &
 representation' was virtually unchanged. For female faculty, marriage &
 children accounted for all the so-called
 sex' differences in pay, both before & after; female faculty who were never
 married earned more & received tenure more often than their male
 counterparts, years before
 goals & timetables'. 3 Tables. AA
-Desc-
 Employment (154400); Academic, Academics, Academy, Academia (002000);
 Discrimination (133400); Minority, Minorities (273500); Opportunity,
 Opportunities (312300)
-Ident-
 employment discrimination; affirmative action; academia;
-SectHd-
 social control-sociology of law; (1636)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 82
-A-
 080971 77I3631
-W-
 Alternative Measures of Urbanization--A Principal Components' Analysis
 Balakrishna, S.
 National Instit Community Development, Rajendranagar Hyderabad 500030 India
 Behavioural Sciences and Community Development 1974, 8, 1, Mar, 38-43.
 -CODEN-
 BSCDBN
 Pub. Year: 1974
 Co. of Pub.:India
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 The standard measure of urbanization in India has been percent of population
 residing in urban settlements. Alternative measures may be found in the
 percent of settlements which are urban, & in the percent of urban to total
 area. These 3 systems are applied to the states & territories of India.
 Principal components analysis reveals 1 factor, which explains 90.8% of
 total variance; this factor is nearly equally weighted on by all 3
 measurements. A new measure of urbanization based on this factor is proposed
 & applied to states & territories of India. 6 Tables. W. H. Stoddard
-Desc-
 Component, Components, Componential (104850); Analysis, Analyses, Analyzing
 (031400); Principle, Principles (345880); Urbanization , Urbanized,
 Urbanizing (478150); India, Indian, Indians (228000); Measure, Measures,
 Measuring, Measurement (264000)
-Ident-
 India, urbanization measurement, principle components analysis; standard
 measures, alternatives, application results;
-SectHd-
 urban structures and ecology-urban sociology & ecology ; (1218)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 83
-A-
 079272 77S06481
-W-
 Gender Roles and Patterns of Male and Female Delinquency
 Breeding, Jennifer James; Norand, Stephen
 U Tennessee, Knoxville 37916
 Conference: SSS Southern Sociological Society
 Pub. Year: 1977
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Association Paper (ap )
 Most sociological writers have assumed a positive relationship between
 gender identification as masculine & involvement in delinquent activities.
 Implicit in this assumption is the corollary belief that feminine gender
 identification in negatively related to delinquency. Whether or not gender
 identification has these effects on delinquency involvement of females &
 males is the focal concern here. Data were collected through an anonymous
 self-report questionnaire administered to students in the Knoxville, Tenn
 public schools. Along with the items composing the masculine & femimine
 expectations scales, 14 delinquency items were included in the questionnaire
 from which a measure of the frequencyof delinquency involvement was
 constructed. Items also operationalized several control variables such as
 effects of parental social support for delinquency & opportunity to engage
 in delinquency. After analyzing the questionnaire responses of 184 volunteer
 students in the 9th through 12th grades through nonparametric correlational
 techniques, it was concluded that there is little, if any, direct
 association between masculine or feminine gender identification & the
 frequencyof delinquency involvement. The implications of these results for
 contemporary theoretical statements linking masculinity to delinquency are
 discussed
-Desc-
 Delinquency (126000); Female, Females; (see also Woman) (177300); Gender,
 Genders (192370); Male, Males (256635); Pattern, Patterns , Patterning
 (324375); Role, Roles (394000)
-Ident-
 gender roles, male vs female delinquency; established corollary beliefs,
 control variables, association level;
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 84
-A-
 077129 76I0913
-W-
 MINORITY NATIONALISM: THE CASE OF CZECHOSLOVAKIA
 LE NATIONALISME MINORITAIRE: LE CAS DE LA TCHECOSLOVAQUIE
 KIRSCHBAUM, STANISLAV J.
 YORK U, DOWNSVIEW ONTARIO M3J 1P3
 Canadian Jrnl of Political Science/Revue canadienne de science politique
 1984, 7, 2, JUN, 248-267.
 -CODEN-
 CJPSBD
 Pub. Year: 1974
 Co. of Pub.:Canada
 Language: French
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 AN INCREASINGLY EVIDENT TYPE OF NATIONALISM EXISTS: THE NATIONALISM OF
 MINORITY GROUPS WHO DO NOT SEEK TO DESTROY THE MULTINATIONAL STATE BUT
 MERELY TO RESTRUCTURE IT SO AS TO BE ABLE TO PURSUE NATIONAL GOALS
 COMPATIBLE WITH GROUP GOALS. NATIONALISM OF THESE GROUPS CENTERS ON A
 FEELING OF UNIFICATION BY PEOPLE WHO SHARE A COMMON HISTORICAL EXPERIENCE &
 A COMMON HOPE OF LIVING TOGETHER AS AN INDEPENDENT GROUP. USING SLOVAK
 MINORITY NATIONALISM AS A CASE STUDY, IT IS SHOWN HOW THROUGH 2 REGIMES--A
 DEMOCRATIC & A COMMUNIST ONE--SLOVAK LEADERS HAVE FOUGHT FOR AUTONOMY, AN
 ASYMMETRICAL &, FINALLY, A SYMMETRICAL FEDERATION. FROM STUDY OF THE
 POLITICAL & CONSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS, THE BATTLES FOUGHT AROUND THEM & THE
 EVENTUAL SOLUTION 2 CONDITIONS EMERGE AS NECESSARY TO MINORITY NATIONALISM:
 (1) ONE OR MORE POLITICAL PARTIES WHO ARTICULATE POLITICAL & CONSTITUTIONAL
 DEMANDS FOR RESTRUCTURING THE MULTINATIONAL STATE, & (2) OPPOSITION OR
 REFUSAL TO IMPLEMENT THESE DEMANDS BY THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT. 3 ELEMENTS
 ENABLE MEASUREMENT OF MINORITY NATIONALISM: (A) THE STRENGTH & ELECTORAL
 SUCCESS OF THE NATIONALIST PARTIES, (B) THE DEGREE OF OPPOSITION BY THE
 CENTRAL GOVERNMENT, & (C) INTERNATIONAL SUPPORT. MINORITY NATIONALISM
 EMBODIES THE IGNORED PHENOMENON OF NATIONAL POLITICAL FORCES WHICH REFUSE TO
 BE INTEGRATED INTO A STATE BUT DO NOT SEEK TO SEPARATE THEMSELVES FROM IT.
 MODIFIED HA
-Desc-
 Czechoslovakia, Czechoslovakian, Czech, Czechs (119972); Minority,
 Minorities (273500); National, Nationalism, Nationalist, Nationalists,
 Nationalistic (290395)
-Ident-
 MINORITY NATIONALISM IN CZECHOSLAVAKIA;
-SectHd-
 political interactions-political sociology; (0925)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 85
-A-
 077074 76I0858
-W-
 JOINT LEISURE ACTIVITIES AND SOCIAL NETWORKS IN TWO NEIGHBORHOODS IN TEL
 AVIV
 GINSBERG, YONA
 TEL AVIV U, RAMAT AVIV ISRAEL
 Jrnl of Marriage and the Family 1975, 37, 3, AUG, 668-676.
 -CODEN-
 JMFAA6
 Pub. Year: 1975
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 THE CONJUGAL ROLE RELATIONSHIPS OF 2 DISTINCT NEIGHBORHOODS ARE COMPARED;
 ONE HAS CLOSE-KNIT SOCIAL NETWORKS, THE OTHER LOOSE-KNIT. THE LIMITED ASPECT
 OF LEISURE ACTIVITIES & PARTICULARLY THE INDIVIDUALS WHO SHARE THESE LEISURE
 ACTIVITIES WERE STUDIED. 2 ADJACENT NEIGHBORHOODS IN TEL AVIV, DIFFERING IN
 SOCIAL STRUCTURE, WERE CHOSEN FOR STUDY OF THOSE TYPES OF LEISURE ACTIVITIES
 CONSIDERED 'CONSUMPTION'--MOVIES, CAFES, CONCERTS, ETC. A SAMPLE OF 1, 201
 MARRIED & SINGLE MEN & WOMEN, AGED 22-31, WERE INTERVIEWED PERSONALLY. THE
 1ST NEIGHBORHOOD, HATIKVA, WAS COMPRISED OF working class MIDDLE EASTERN
 RESIDENTS WHO FORM A CLOSE KNIT, HOMOGENEOUS GROUP. THE 2ND NEIGHBORHOOD,
 ELIYAHU, A HETEROGENEOUS GROUP OF EUROPEANS & MIDDLE EASTERNERS & MAY BE
 DEFINED AS A lower middle class NEIGHBORHOOD. THERE IS A SIGNIFICANT
 DIFFERENCE IN THE DEGREE OF JOINT SOCIAL ACTIVITIES IN THE 2 NEIGHBORHOODS.
 MARRIED MEN IN HATIKVA SHARE THEIR ACTIVITIES MUCH LESS WITH THEIR WIVES
 THAN DO MARRIED MEN IN ELIYAHU. EDUCATION, ETHNIC ORIGIN, & THE SOCIAL
 NETWORKS ACCOUNT IN PART FOR THESE DIFFERENCES. 6 TABLES. MODIFIED HA
-Desc-
 Leisure (251700); Conjugal (112115); Neighborhood, Neighborhoods (292?25)
-Ident-
 CONJUGAL ROLE RELATIONSHIPS & LEISURE ACTIVITIES IN DIFFERING
 NEIGHBORHOODS;
-SectHd-
 mass phenomena-sociology of leisure; (0842)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 86
-A-
 075636 76H9419
-W-
 AN ANALYSIS OF INTRANSITIVITY IN SOCIOMETRIC DATA
 HALLINA, MAUREEN; FELMLEE, DIANE
 U WISCONSIN, MADISON 53706
 Sociometry 1975, 38, 2, JUN, 195-212.
 -CODEN-
 SOCIAQ
 Pub. Year: 1975
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 3 METHODOLOGICAL ISSUES RELATED TO THE MEASUREMENT OF INTRANSITIVITY IN
 SOCIAL NETWORKS ARE ANALYZED. INDICES OF MEASUREMENT ARE DEFINED & CRITERIA
 ESTABLISHED FOR CONSTRUCTING A SOCIOMETRIC QUESTIONNAIRE TO BE USED FOR
 OBTAINING DATA TO TEST HYPOTHESES ABOUT TRANSITIVITY OF SENTIMENT. EMPIRICAL
 ANALYSIS IS PRESENTED TO SUPPORT THE PROPOSED METHODOLOGY, WHICH IS THEN
 USED TO EXAMINE A SAMPLE OF 51 SOCIOGRAMS OBTAINED FROM JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL
 CLASSES. THE RESULTS REVEAL A VERY LOW INCIDENCE OF INTRANSITIVITY IN
 FRIENDSHIP CHOICES IN EVERY GROUP. THE INTRANSITIVE TRIADS WHICH DO EXIST
 ARE EXAMINED AT DIFFERENT CHOICE LEVELS TO DETERMINE IF THE INTENSITY OF THE
 RELATIONSHIPS AFFECT THE STRUCTURE OF THE TRIAD. SENTIMENT CHOICES ARE LESS
 LIKELY TO BE INTRANSITIVE WHEN THE RELATIONSHIPS ARE INTENSE THAN WHEN THE
 BONDS ARE WEAK. PATTERNS ARE DETECTED IN THE KINDS OF INTRANSITIVITY TRIALS
 WHICH APPEAR MOST FREQUENTLY & VARIATION IS OBSERVED IN THE NUMBER OF
 INTRANSITIVE TRIADS IN WHICH INDIVIDUAL GROUP MEMBERS ARE INVOLVED. 5
 TABLES, APPENDIX. MODIFIED HA
-Desc-
 Sentiment, Sentiments (417050); Triad, Triads, Triadic (472455); Network,
 Networks (297620); Relationship, Relationships (382600)
-Ident-
 MEASURING INTRANSITIVITY IN SOCIAL NETWORKS;
-SectHd-
 social psychology-interaction within (small) groups; (0309)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 87
-A-
 071646 75H5429
-W-
 Women, Marriage, and Illness: Consumptives in Salem, Massachusetts,
 1785-1819
 Farber, Bernard
 Arizona State U, Tempe 85281
 Jrnl of Comparative Family Studies 1973, 4, 1, Spr, 36-48.
 -CODEN-
 JCFSAO
 Pub. Year: 1973
 Co. of Pub.:Canada
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 Modern studies which show that unmarried women are more prone than married
 women to contract tuberculosis may be misleading because of the confounding
 influence of socioeconomic factors on marital status, prevalence of illness,
 medical delivery systems, & official records. To avoid contaminating
 effects, statistical data are based on the list of deaths in Salem East
 Church parish records (1785-1819) checked against entries in William
 Bentley's diary (1905-1914). The focus is on the meanings of consumption for
 the Salem population of the 18th century & on the pathogenic situation. An
 analysis limited to women 25-44 years old showed 52 deaths due to
 consumption & 67 to other causes. Variables considered are: birth place,
 marital status, age at first marriage, & number of children. Findings on
 place of birth correlated with sex & cause of death show a pattern of
 uxorilocality. The indication is that consumptive women married at a
 slightly later age than the X. The mean number of children alive at the time
 of the mother's death & cause of death in numbers is given, showing a small
 family deficit for consumptives (2.75 as compared to 3.06 for women dying of
 other causes). Other findings indicate more consumptive women tended to be
 widowed, single or separated, & that consumption had no significant effect
 on fertility control. Speculations concerning the community's interpretation
 of tuberculosis center on the
 heroic mode of life' offered by the symbolic function of the disease.
 Abandoned & abused wives, grief-stricken & over-burdened widows, & delicate
 young maidens were considered particularly susceptible. Implications of the
 findings for the increasing tendency of women today to lead unmarried lives
 are discussed. 3 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Woman, Women; (see also Female) (490000); Tuberculosis (472800); Marriage,
 Marriages, Marital (259000)
-Ident-
 marriage & women with tuburculosis;
-SectHd-
 the family and socialization-sociology of the family; (1941)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 88
-A-
 070658 5H4441
-W-
 Research Data as Aids in Formulating Agency Policy
 Geismar, Ludwig; Wolock, Isabel
 Rutgers U, New Brunswick NJ 08903
 Jrnl of Sociology and Social Welfare 1973, 1, 1, Fall, 118-130.
 -CODEN-
 JSSWA9
 Pub. Year: 1973
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 An attempt is made to show how a set of empirical data, collected at 4
 casework agencies, can serve as aids in choosing among policy alternatives.
 The research sample was composed of 89 randomly selected family cases who
 had received no fewer than 5 interviews. 4 types of data were collected: (1)
 a self administered QUESTIONNAIRE assessing the client's views on changes
 during treatment; (2) a self-administered QUESTIONNAIRE on worker's
 evaluation of changes in clients during treatment; (3) before--after
 measurement of client movement by means of the St Paul Scale of Family
 Functioning; & (4) information culled from the case record on treatment
 process, client characteristics, & worker characteristics. Dissimilarities
 in outcome among measures 1, 2, & 3 with 1 being least conservative & 3 most
 conservative in assessing change led to posing the question of whose
 criteria are to guide agency evaluation. Few of the client, worker, or
 treatment variables showed a significant relationship to treatment results.
 The absence of such, however, yielded information of a "deterrent" nature
 which served to challenge popular beliefs or stereotypes prevailing in the
 field. This fairly modest endeavor in data collection can serve as a model
 for a data bank that can aid casework agencies in rational decision-making.
 10 Tables. AA
-Desc-
 Agency, Agencies (020200); Policy, Policies (339500); Data (120070);
 Research, Researcher, Researchers (385000)
-Ident-
 research data & agency policies;
-SectHd-
 social problems and social welfare-applied sociology (social work); (2148)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 89
-A-
 069784 75H3567
-W-
 The Social Meanings of Parenthood
 Veevers, J. E.
 U Western Ontario, London N6A 3K7
 Psychiatry 1973, 36, 3, Aug, 291-310.
 -CODEN-
 PSYCAB
 Pub. Year: 1973
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 The dominant cultural definitions of parenthood are conceptualized in terms
 of an ideal type of the social meanings of parenthood, contrasted with an
 children is differentiated from the related concern with wanting to have
 children. a religious obligation, & being a parent is defined as being
 moral. In terms of responsibility, desire for parenthood is defined as a
 civic obligation, & being a parent is defined as being responsible. In terms
 of naturalness, desire for parenthood is defined as instinctive, & being a
 parent is defined as being natural. In terms of sexual identity &
 competence, desire for parenthood is defined as acceptance of gender role;
 being a mother is proof of feminity & of sexual competence as a woman; being
 a father is proof of masculinity & of sexual competence as a man. In terms
 of marriage; desire for parenthood is defined as the meaning of marriage;
 being a parent improves marital adjustment & prevents divorce. In terms of
 "mental health, " the desire for parenthood is a sign of normal mental
 health; being a parent contributes to social maturity & the development &
 maintenance of personality stability. The accuracy of the social definitions
 of parenthood remains moot, in that virtually no data are available
 concerning the social characteristics of parents compared with those who are
 intentionally or unintentionally childless
-Desc-
 Childbearing, Childbirth (081500); Parenthood (323030); Social (428900)
-Ident-
 social definitions of parenthood;
-SectHd-
 sociology: history and theory-theories, ideas and systems; (0207)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 90
-A-
 068872 75H2655
-W-
 Group Structure and Role Behavior
 Wolosin, Robert J.
 Indiana U, Indianapolis 46204
 The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 1974,
 413, May, 158-172.
 -CODEN-
 AAYPAV
 Pub. Year: 1974
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 A presentation of a review of studies stressing research of small groups
 from 1965-1973. The studies are divided into 3 groups: (1) measurements &
 descriptions of group structure; (2) those with a feature of member behavior
 as the dependent variable & the independent variable, group structure; & (3)
 those related to the "growth & change of social structure." Measurement &
 descriptive studies of groups utilizing mathematical treatments include
 those by O. A. Oeser & G. O'Brien (see SA 0312/C6358) & P. S. Gallo (see SA
 0309/C5577). Studies reviewed related to nonmathematical descriptive
 accounts of group structure considered to be more traditional include the
 models of "human ethology, behavior settings & systems." In the human
 ethology model, studies referred to include works by K. Lorenz (ON
 AGGRESSION, Neww York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1966) & R. Ardrey (THE
 TERRITORIAL IMPERATIVE, New York: Atheneum, 1966). Behavior settings model
 works include a study by A. W. Wicker, J. E. Mcgrath, & G. E. Armstrong (see
 SA 1535/G6911). The system theory approach as presented by J. Miller (see SA
 0624/G3266) is discussed. Group functioning as it is affected by member
 behavior & the structure of the group, ie number of persons in the group, is
 represented in the work of B. P. Indik (see SA 0624/C2893); control
 structure was studied by J. G. Bachman, C. G. Smith, & J. A. Slesiner (see
 SA 0624/C1557). Research related to changes in the group structure includes
 that of H. A. Michener & R. Zller (see SA 0309/G4904) & P. Bonacich (see SA
 0309/G4901). J. Kondon
-Desc-
 Behavior, Behavioral (051300); Role, Roles (394000); Group,
 Groups, Grouping, Groupism (197700)
-Ident-
 research review of group structure & role behavior;
-SectHd-
 social psychology-personality & culture; (0312)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 91
-A-
 068685 75H248
-W-
 Problems with the Doctrine of Interchangeable Indices
 Lotz, Roy
 Washington State U, Pullman 99163
 The Sociological Quarterly 1974, 15, 2, Spr, 231-241.
 -CODEN-
 SOLQAR
 Pub. Year: 1974
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Survey researchers can chose (1) to maximize their accuracy in estimating
 the relations among a few abstract variables or (2) to maximize the number
 of variables covered. In the former case many indicators per variable are
 required; in the latter case, few or 1. P. Lazarsfeld's "doctrine of
 interchangeable indices" offers some support for the 2nd approach, but this
 doctrine is shown to neglect or perpetuate 3 kinds of measurement problems:
 (A) attenuation of the relations between unmeasured abstract variables,
 (B)correlated measurement errors, & (contingency coefficient) low data
 quality & imprecision. An alternative form of the doctrine is presented
 which is more compatible with the implications of causal models. 6 Figures.
 AA
-Desc-
 Lazarsfeld, Paul F. (249484); Research, Researcher,
 Researchers (385000); Index, Indexes, Indexing, ; (see also Scale, Test)
 (227700)
-Ident-
 P. Lazarfeld's doctrine of interchangeable indices;
-SectHd-
 methodology and research technology-research technolog (0104)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 92
-A-
 068663 75H2446
-W-
 Empirical Measurement of the Functional Distribution of Income
 La Medicion Empirica de la Distribucion Fucional del Ingreso
 Monza, Alfredo
 Universidad Buenos Aires, Argentina
 Desarrollo Economico 1973, 13, 50 Jul-Sep, 315-332.
 -CODEN-
 DSECBI
 Pub. Year: 1973
 Co. of Pub.:Argentina
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 An alternative to the procedure normally used in the presentation of
 economic statistics is given in a form of measuring the functional
 distribution of income. 3 alternative forms of measurement are presented:
 (1) current monetary values, appraising the natural fluxes by the prices
 observed each year, (2) constant monetary values, appraising the natural
 fluxes by prices observed in a particular year, selected as a base year, &
 (3) in units of work, appraising natural fluxes in terms of direct or
 indirect work contexts; the significance of each is summarized. The
 measurements are then tested in terms of Argentine statistics from the last
 2 decades. Finally, the relationships between the different measurements are
 considered, along with additional theories about their significance.
 Official information available from Argentina from 1950-1969 is computed to
 determine the spending of salaries & to compare them with the results
 obtained with the monetary measurement derived from the same data. The
 simultaneous treatment of all 3 measurements is justified, not only from the
 point of view that they all answer to the same formal structure, but also
 because from the comparison between the real spending measurement & the
 real-cost measurement, it appears that the measurement of certain variables
 in terms of the work-value theory is highly clarified by putting in
 perspective some of the true relationships which are critical to the
 understanding of the processes of economic growth. It is also evident that
 in assessing the percent of all disposable goods that are assumed by
 salaried workers, real-spending measurement is preferable to monetary
 measurement. Economic, political, & social implications of the findings are
 presented, centered around the hypothesis that it has been the reduction of
 political power of the working class in the last 2 decades that as been the
 principal determinant of the regressive tendency observed in the
 distribution of national income. 1 Table, 1 Graph Colfr
-Desc-
 Argentina, Argentinean, Argentine (035920); Measure, Measures, Measuring,
 Measurement (264000); Income, Incomes (227600); Economy, Economies (145200)
-Ident-
 regressive tendency in distribution of Argentine income;
-SectHd-
 methodology and research technology-methodology (social science &
 behavioral); (0103)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 93
-A-
 068517 75H2300
-W-
 What Welfare Crisis--A Comparison among the U. S., Britain, and Sweden
 Heclo, Hugh; Rein, Martin
 Brookings Instit, Washington DC 20036 & Massachusetts Instit Technology,
 Cambridge 02139
 The Public Interest 1973, 33, Fall, 61-83.
 -CODEN-
 PBCIA4
 Pub. Year: 1973
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 By comparing costs, recipient rates, & composition of welfare populations in
 the U. S., United Kingdom, & Sweden, an exaggerated & unfounded view of U.
 S. welfare is revealed. The greatest increase in public assistance costs
 since the mid-1960's has been in Medicaid & social services, not from relief
 payments. Seen in perspective & relative to other local, state & federal
 costs, cash assistance payments have not increased as much since 1960 as
 panic-stricken critics believe. Some categories of federal aid have actually
 decreased, proportionately, since 1955. U. S. recipient rate increases are
 not unique, as Britain & Sweden have also demonstrated similar increases in
 recent years. The supposedly dramatic increase in welfare rates is not a
 uniquely U. S. phenomenon. America exaggerates its welfare component arising
 from 1-parent families. The sense of welfare crisis in the U. S. appears to
 be intimately bound up with race & abandoned black mothers. We may
 reluctantly have to acknowledge that our malaise is a crisis of prejudice
 toward single parents & nonwhites, rather than of welfare. Along the
 dimensions of cost, rates, & composition, America's recent welfare should
 strive to become a general residual facility available to any distressed
 citizen, & interrelated with other forms of social support. S. Coler
-Desc-
 Welfare (489725); Britain, British; (see also England, Great Britain)
 (067100); Sweden, Swedish (453335); U. S., US (477200)
-Ident-
 welfare rates in the US, Britain & Sweden;
-SectHd-
 social problems and social welfare-applied sociology (social work); (2148)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 94
-A-
 067551 75H1333
-W-
 Husband and Wife Interaction as a Small Group Phenomenon
 Elliott, Charles H.; Meltzer, Leo
 State U Coll, New Paltz NY 12561 & Cornell U, Ithaca NY 14850
 The Cornell Jrnl of Social Relations 1972, 7, 2, Fall, 85-100.
 -CODEN-
 CJSRAO
 Pub. Year: 1972
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 A presentation of research testing the applicability of small group findings
 to the study of interaction in the marital dyad. Analyses of 5 hypotheses
 are discussed. (1) emotion releasing or expressive behavior frequently
 characterizes response patterns of wives; husbands responed with behavior
 patterns that are task-oriented; (2) differentiation of task-oriented roles
 rises with the increase of functional problems facing the marital dyad; (3)
 the measurement of unity in the dyad is inversely associated with the level
 of task-role differentiation; (4) high dyadic unity produces higher strain
 in opinion similarity than when unity is low; & (5) "objective similarity of
 opinion is greater in high unity than in low unity husband-wife dyads."
 Variables measured included expressive role behaviors, task-oriented
 behaviors, functional problems, indexes of unity, strain towards similarity
 of opinion, & similarity of opinion. Data were gathered from QUESTIONAIRE
 reports of interaction in 120 married couples. The findings commend the
 utility of considering the marital dyad is a small group phenomenon. 5
 Tables. Modified HA
-Desc-
 Group, Groups, Grouping, Groupism (197700); Husband, Husbands (218600);
 Wife, Wives (489880)
-Ident-
 small groups & interaction in marital study;
-SectHd-
 social psychology-interaction within (small) groups; (0309)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 95
-A-
 066772 74H0553
-W-
 The Programme Development Model for Health Planning
 Martin, David L.
 Dept of Nat'l Health & Welfare, Ottawa, Ontario
 Jrnl of Comparative Sociology 1973, 1, 94-104.
 -CODEN-
 JCSOBA
 Pub. Year: 1973
 Co. of Pub.:Canada
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 In a conceptual framework, the sequence of planning levels, from total
 system to institutional planning, & the dimensions of requirements,
 contraints & goals common to all levels are outlined. The dimensions of the
 following difference systems are analyzed as they relate to planning &
 values: physical & mental health; the social sphere; the political sphere;
 spiritual, ethical & religious dimensions; economic aspects; the financial
 dimension; manpower requirements & constraints; the time dimension; legal &
 regulative constraints; & the environment of the planning decision. The
 planner must determine the scope & boundaries of the system for which he is
 planning & take into account the interrelationships between systems.
 Progress from developmental to adaptive planning is necessary. Whether one
 or more planners are involved, individual institutes will be required to
 adapt to larger system objectives & goals. In addition to defining the types
 of institutes to be established, the planner can also establish criteria for
 measuring effectiveness of their operations in terms of (1) availability
 (this describes the times & places where the services are to be made
 available), (2) quantity & costs of services, (3) the definition &
 measurement of quality of services (this relates to organizational
 structure, rules, regulations, & other prerequisites for quality products,
 to standard methods of procedure & to the quality of output). The inititutes
 must be viable & satisfy both the people they serve & the employees who work
 there. 1 Figure. M. Maxfield
-Desc-
 Social planning (432238); Medicine, Medicinal (265500); Public health
 (362980)
-Ident-
 Approaches & levels in health planning
-SectHd-
 sociology of health and medicine-sociology of medicine (public health);
 (2045)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 96
-A-
 066152 74G9932
-W-
 A Model for Explaining Satisfaction with Work
 Ein Modell fur Erklarung von Arbeitszufriedenheit
 Reuband, Karl-Heinz
 Soziologenkorrespondenz 1971, 2, 1-2, 73-81.
 -CODEN-
 SOZBC
 Pub. Year: 1971
 Co. of Pub.:Germany, West BRD
 Language: German
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available: document not on microfiche
 A theoretical framework for the study of satisfaction with work is developed
 which discerns 3 main groups of variables: (1 object variables, (2) need
 variables, & (3) expectation variables. Measurement of a given dimension of
 work satisfaction can be based on a comparison between object & need on the
 one hand & object & expectations on the other. The components to be taken
 into consideration concern (a) the organizational structure of the work
 place; (b) the structure of needs & expectations; & (c) the motivational
 structure. The model allows for a subjective assessment of work satisfaction
 & provides a more adequate analysis of the interrelationships between
 external influences & internal compensations. Dissatisfaction with work can
 be reduced by changing the object (ie, the place of work), the perception of
 the object, or adaptation of needs & expectations. M. Maxfield
-Desc-
 Work, Works, Working (492000); Industry, Industries (232000)
-Ident-
 A model for the study of work satisfaction
-SectHd-
 complex organizations (management)-industrial sociology (labor); (0621)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 97
-A-
 064532 74G8320
-W-
 An Epidemiological Study of Schizophrenia
 Dube, K. C.; Kumar, Narendra
 Mental Hosp, Agra-2, India
 Jrnl of Biosocial Science 1972, 4, 2, Apr, 187-195.
 -CODEN-
 JBSLAR
 Pub. Year: 1972
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 This report is based on the findings of an epidemiological study of 29, 468
 rural, semi-rural & urban inhabitants of the Agra region of Uttar Prudesh.
 The survey was made in order to find out the prevalence of severe mental
 disorders & associated conditions in an Indian community. The sampling was
 purposive & areas selected were contiguous. Census methods were used. All
 inhabitants were investigated by a team consisting of a psychologist, a
 statistician, social workers & psychiatrists. After reconnaissance & initial
 contact by home visits, suspected cases were detected by a searching inquiry
 & the information so obtained was carefully documented. The cases were
 subjected to psychiatric examination & abnormal ones identified.
 Consultation with another psychiatrist was necessary to make a final
 diagnosis. The lifetime prevalence rate of schizophrenia was 2.2 per
 thousand, about the same frequency as found in other parts of the world. The
 maximum number of cases occurred in males between the ages of 15 & 24 & in
 females between the ages of 35 & 44. Single people, that is, never married,
 widowed, divorced or separated suffered significantly more from the disease
 than married people. A significant relationship was found between
 schizophrenia & castes in Vaish & Brahmin males as compared with others. The
 highest rate of schizophrenia was found among people in unremunerative
 status. Intoxicants were used more by schizophrenics than by normal people.
 Caste group indulgents had their own preferences in drug use, Cannabis
 indulgence being highest among the Brahmins. No association of schizophrenia
 with residence, educational status or sex was found. 11 Tables. HA
-Desc-
 Schizophrenia, Schizophrenic, Schizophrenics (404200); Mental illness,
 Mentally ill (267175); Public health (362980); India, Indian, Indians
 (228000)
-Ident-
 Schizophrenia in Uttar Pradesh
-SectHd-
 sociology of health and medicine-social psychiatry (mental health); (2046)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 98
-A-
 063710 74G7498
-W-
 The Prince-Charming Syndrome: Case History of an Imaginary Suitor
 Siley, Barbara Jean
 Philippine Sociological Review 1970, 18, 2, Apr, 93-97.
 -CODEN-
 PSORB7
 Pub. Year: 1970
 Co. of Pub.:Philippines
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 A paper based on field work in 2 rural barrios of western Visayas, 1968-69.
 An individual case history is recounted of a 23-year old unmarried woman who
 claimed being wooed by a "spirit"-- commonly called tamao in the
 Philippines. The woman, Maria, stated that "things" began to happen to her
 from the age of 16 years. 3 other people also claim to have seen Maria's
 spirit suitor & at one point Maria's aunt became concerned about the many
 unexplained noises, voices, & vanishing food around the house. Both the aunt
 & Maria's mother were worried that Maria would become "ghost, " ie, would be
 taken by the tamao & become a tamao herself. The events are analyzed in the
 light of the local culture & in terms of psychological concepts of
 wish-fulfillment, sex-related expression, explanation of illness, &
 dependency desires. It is suggested that belief in the tamao serves these
 psychological needs & therefore many rural Filipinos are reluctant to give
 up their beliefs in such spirits despite the teachings of the Church. M.
 Maxfield
-Desc-
 Culture, Cultures, Cultural, Culturally (119600); Psychology, Psychological,
 Psychologically, Psychologism (358000)
-Ident-
 A study of a spirit-suitor incident in the Philippines
-SectHd-
 social psychology-personality & culture; (0312)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 99
-A-
 062651 74G6440
-W-
 An Experimental Study of Relationships Between Attitudes, Brand Preference
 and Choice
 Bass, Frank Myron; Pessemier, Edgar Allen; Lehmann, Donald Rudyard
 Purdue U, Lafayette, Ind & Columbia U, New York, NY
 Behavioral Science 1972, 17, 6, Nov, 532-541.
 -CODEN-
 BEHSAS
 Pub. Year: 1972
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 The central underlying proposition is that consumer stated preference for
 actual choice of brands is related to perceptions of values for specific
 attributes of the choice objects (brands). Attitudes, composed of beliefs
 about the attributes of objects & the evaluative aspect of those beliefs,
 have not been used traditionally to measure relative predisposition toward
 similar objects such as brands. Thus, the underlying theoretical framework
 stems from attitude theory, but also extends this theory. An experiment
 involving 8 soft drink brands was conducted. The subjects, 280 students &
 secretaries, were required to select a 12-ounce can of soft drink 4 days a
 week for 3 weeks. Attitude, preference, & choice measurements at difference
 points in time permit an analysis of the relationship among these
 measurements & the dynamics of the choice process. Attitude measures provide
 fairly strong predictions of the stated preference order for brands, the
 predictions being strongest for most preferred & least preferred brands.
 Predictions of actual choice, however, are much weaker. Subjects actually
 chose the brand they said they preferred only about 50% of the time. No
 experimental stimulus was employed & attitudes were relatively stable
 throughout the experiment. Most respondents indicated that they normally
 consumed frequently a brand other than the one they preferred, suggesting
 that there is a certain "desire for variety" factor. The normal pattern of
 behavior, even in the absence of attitude change, is for choice not confined
 to a single brand. Brand switching tends to be characterized more by
 switching to similar brands than to dissimilar brands, a fact which tends to
 confirm the theory that choice is influenced by attitudes which derive from
 beliefs & values for product specific attributes. Since choice behavior is
 not constant even when attitudes are unchanging, however, attitude-based
 predictions of choice must be probabilistic. AA
-Desc-
 Market, Markets, Marketing; (see also Market research) (258500); Consumer,
 Consumers, Consumerism (114000)
-Ident-
 Problems in predicting actual choice among various brands
-SectHd-
 social change and economic development-market structure & consumer behavior;
 (0749)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 100
-A-
 061717 73G5505
-W-
 Social Roles and Schizophrenia. A Study of the Social Genesis of
 Schizophrenic Psychoses Soziale Rollen und Schizophrenic. Eine Studie zur
 Soziogenese nese Schizophrener Psychosen
 Haaser, Albert
 Institut fur Sozialrecht der Ruhr Universitat Bochum, Germany
 Soziale Welt 1972, 23, 1, 54-69.
 -CODEN-
 SZWLA8
 Pub. Year: 1972
 Co. of Pub.:Germany, West BRD
-Lang-
 German
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 A re-interpretation of existing data & a theoretical integration of various
 approaches concerning the soc origin of schizophrenia is undertaken. Data on
 13 schizophrenic patients (7 M's & 6 F's) aged 20-50 at a psychiatric hosp
 were gathered by the author in extensive soc-biographical interviews with
 the R's themselves & with persons well acquainted with them. Hyp's re
 whether schizophrenics are less successfully emancipated from their parents,
 had more difficulty in completing occup'al educ & training, seldom achieved
 SM, more frequently had premarital sex, more frequently remained unmarried,
 & had few friendly COMM's partners in their age group, were explored. These
 life histories appear to affirm the hyp's. Failure to adequately fulfill sex
 roles emerges as particularly pertinent. Assumptions that "normal" marital
 roles include marriage after the age of 19 & lack of an illegitimate child
 for women & the ability to maintain stable, long-range relationships with
 sex partners for men are delineated. Data from other authors are combined
 with those in the above res, & the conclusion is reached that schizophrenics
 generally are unsuccessful in adopting the roles of adulthood as delineated
 in bourgeois society. Sometimes this is due to unfavorable soc'ization
 influences exerted by the fam of origin, such as lack of support for the
 child's efforts & goals. Consideration of the entire soc'ization context of
 the schizophrenic is suggested as a useful framework in which to fit the
 variety of data. M. Maxfield
-Desc-
 Mental illness, Mentally ill (267175); Schizophrenia,
 Schizophrenic, Schizophrenics (40?200); Social role, Social roles (432685)
-Ident-
 Social origins as a factor in schizophrenia
-SectHd-
 sociology of health and medicine-social psychiatry (mental health); (2046)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 101
-A-
 059370 73G3158
-W-
 Making Babies - The New Biology and the "Old" Morality
 Kass, Leon R.
 The Public Interest 1972, 26, Win, 48-56.
 -CODEN-
 PBCIA4
 Pub. Year: 1972
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 A consideration of some of the moral & pol'al questions in connection with
 one group of new technologies: the technologies for making babies. Reasons
 for using these methods are to treat infertility, & that sometimes the old
 method is thought to be undesirable for eugenic reasons, & that there are
 sci'fic goals which themselves generate new beginnings in life. First
 discussed is in vitro fertilization, the fertilization in a test tube of
 human egg by human sperm & the subsequent laboratory culture of the young
 embryo. Ethical questions are then considered in the following cases: the
 provision of their own child to a childless couple where oviduct disease in
 the woman exists, the question of informed consent, the case of surplus
 (nonimplanted) embroyos, exploitation of the method for money making
 purposes, widespread use of the techniques to breed a super-race or to
 prevent the birth of all defective children in the name of pop control,
 quality of life, etc. The 2nd method considered for making babies is asexual
 reproduction, or cloning, in which the new individuals are first derived
 from a single parent: the nucleus of a mature but unfertilized egg is
 removed & replaced by a nucleus obtained from a specialized somatic cell of
 an adult organism, so that it is genetically identical to the parent.
 Ethical questions which apply specifically to cloning concern identity &
 individuality. Questions of power are then addressed. The triumphant
 proclamation of man's growing power over nature obscures the troublesome
 reality that it is individual men who wield the power. Questions of
 dehumanization include the fact that increasing control over the product is
 purchased by the increasing depersonalization of the process. It is argued
 that the laboratory production of human beings is no longer human
 procreation & that it is proper for us to have a proprietary interest in our
 survival as human beings. E. Weiman
-Desc-
 Culture, Cultures, Cultural, Culturally (119600)
-Ident-
 Moral & political problems of new technologies dealing with the making of
 babies
-SectHd-
 social psychology-personality & culture; (0312)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 021:037 102
-A-
 034159 69D8095
-W-
 THE PERSONAL AND SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT OF THE NEVER-MARRIED WOMAN
 BAKER, LUTHER G. JR.
 CENTRAL WASHINGTON STATE COLL, ELLENSBURG
 Jrnl of Marriage and the Family 1968, 30, 3, AUG, 473-479.
 -CODEN-
 JMFAA6
 Pub. Year: 1968
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-Lang-
 English
-DocType-
 Abstr. of Jrnl Art. (aja)
 Availability: Hardcopy reproduction available document not on microfiche
-Desc-
 Marriage, Marriages, Marital (259000); Social (428900); Woman, Women; (see
 also Female) (490000)
-Ident-
 MARRIAGE: & FEMALE FULFILLMENT, ; SOCIAL: ADJUSTMENT OF NEVER-MARRIED WOMEN,
 ; WOMAN: NEVER-MARRIED, PERSONAL & SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT OF, ;
-SectHd-
 sociology of health and medicine-social psychiatry (mental health); (2046)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 1
-A-
 1426341 N86-15156
-W-
 Chronology of KSC and KSC related events for 1984
 NAIL, K., JR. (New World Service, Inc.)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Kennedy (John F.) Space
 Center, Cocoa Beach, Fla.
 Corp. Source Code: ND105229
 Pub. Date: Jun. 1985 102P.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-TM-87531; NAS 1.15: 87531
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A06/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 ST?R8605
 In his third State of the Union address, President Reagan told NASA to
 develop a permanent manned spce station in 10 years. The President also
 ordered the Department of Transportation to help private firms launch
 rocKets, thus introducing the commercialization of space. There were five
 space shuttle and six expendable vehicle launches in 1984. Materials were
 selected from a number of published sources. The document records KSC events
 of interest to historians and other researchers. Arrangement is by month;
 items are by date of the published sources. Actual date of the event may be
 indicated in parenthesis, when the article itself does not make that
 information explicit. (Author)
-Desc-
 *CHRONOLOGY; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE SHUTTLES; *SPACE STATIONS;
 DOCUMENTATION; EVENTS; HISTORIES
 Sub. Class.: 7581 Administration & Management (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 5A Administration & Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 2
-A-
 1425059 A86-17321
-W-
 EVA operations (from Space Station)
 HERRALA, T. W. (United Technologies Corp., Hamilton Standard Div., Windsor
 Locks, CT)
 IN: Permanent presence - Making it work; Proceedings of the Twenty-second
 Goddard Memorial Symposium, Greenbelt, MD, March 15, 16, 1984 (A86-17315
 05-12). San Diego, CA, Univelt, Inc., 1985, p. 71-80.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-ReptNo-
 AAS PAPER 84-119
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8605
 The applications of EVA of board the Space Station are considered. The
 history of EVA operations in space is reviewed, with emphasis given to the
 Gemini, Apollo, and Shuttle missions. Some improvements in extravehicular
 mobility unit (EMU) technology are discussed, including: nonvent thermal
 control and CO2 control; heads-up audiovisual logistics displays; and
 radiation protection. The operational requirements of EVA on board Space
 Station are discussed, with attention given to: platform maintenance;
 satellite servicing; and scientific operations. An exploded-view diagram of
 a prototype EMU for Space Station is provided. (I.H.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *EXTRAVEHICULAR ACTIVITY; *SPACE STATIONS; BUOYANCY; EXTRAVEHICULAR MOBILITY
 UNITS; HISTORIES; OPERATIONS; SIMULATION; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION
 Sub. Class.: 7516 Space Transportation (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 3
-A-
 1425058 A86-17320
-W-
 Human roles in future space systems
 WOLBERS, H. L. (McDonnell Douglas Astronautics Co., Huntington Beach, CA)
 IN: Permanent presence - Making it work; Proceedings of the Twenty-second
 Goddard Memorial Symposium, Greenbelt, MD, March 15, 16, 1984 (A86-17315
 05-12). San Diego, CA, Univelt, Inc., 1985, p. 57-69.
 Pub. Date: 1985 6 Refs.
-ReptNo-
 AAS PAPER 84-117
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8605
 U.S. and Soviet space programs to date have graphically demonstrated the
 value of humans working in space. The point at issue is to determine where,
 along the continuum from direct manual intervention to completely automated
 operations, the mission requirements of future space programs can best be
 met. The criteria of performance, cost, and risk (mission success
 probability) are suggested as the principal factors by which program or
 project managers and systems engineers should select the most effective
 approach to meeting specific mission objectives. Examples of the application
 of these criteria are presented. (Author)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *ASTRONAUT PERFORMANCE; *ORBITAL SPACE STATIONS; *SPACECREWS ; COSTS;
 ELECTROPHORESIS; ORBITAL ASSEMBLY; RISK; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE
 PLATFORMS; SPACE PROCESSING; SPACE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM 4 FLIGHT
 Sub. Class.: 7554 Man/System Technology & Life Support (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 4
-A-
 1425056 A86-17318
-W-
 Space station program operations - Making it work
 PARKER, G. R. (NASA, Kennedy Space Center, Cocoa Beach, FL)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Kennedy (John F.) Space
 Center, Cocoa Beach, Fla.
 Corp. Source Code: ND105229
 IN: Permanent presence - Making it work; Proceedings of the Twenty-second
 Goddard Memorial Symposium, Greenbelt, MD, March 15, 16, 1984 (A86-17315
 05-1?). San Diego, CA, Univelt, Inc., 1985, p. 31-35.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-ReptNo-
 AAS PAPER 84-112
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8605
 The Space Station Program (SSP) will consist, in part, of a permanently
 orbiting facility composed of a mix of manned and unmanned elements. To
 insure that such a facility will be an operationally viable and productive
 one, capable of performing a myriad of assigned missions, special attention
 must be given to the following operational disciplines during the design and
 development of the SSP systems and subsystems: (1) Automation/Autonomy, (2)
 Customer Interfaces/Operations, (3) Habitability/Crew Productivity, (4)
 Maintainability, and (5) Logistics. In order to properly address these
 disciplines, from an operations point of view, the Director of the Space
 Station Task Force (SSTF) formed the Operations Working Group (OWG) in July
 1982, and chartered this group to develop the top level operational
 technical and management-approach philosophies and requirements for the SSP.
 This paper attempts to summarize the results and conclusions reached by the
 OWG after an 18 month intensive study effort. (Author)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *SPACE STATIONS; AUTOMATION; HABITABILITY; PRODUCTIVITY; SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE MAINTENANCE
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 5
-A-
 1425054 A86-17316
-W-
 Electrophoresis perations in space for pharmaceutical processing
 RICHMAN, D. W. (McDonnell Douglas Corp., St. Louis, MO)
 IN: Permanent presence - Making it work; Proceedings of the Twenty-second
 Goddard Memorial Symposium, Greenbelt, MD, March 15, 16, 1984 (A86-17315
 05-12). San Diego, CA, Univelt, Inc., 1985, p. 11-16.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-ReptNo-
 AAS PAPER 84-107
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8605
 Electrophoresis experiments on board Shuttle are reviewed, with emphasis
 given to the pharmaceutical processing applications of electrophoresis in
 zero-gravity. In its first demonstration on the fourth flight of the Shuttle
 in June 1982, a protein sample was separated that contained five hundred
 times more protein than would have been possible on earth. The chamber used
 for the separation has been flown on five additional Shuttle missions to
 further demonstrate the advantages of space-based pharmaceutical processing.
 Development of a scaled-up Production Prototype electrophoresis chamber for
 the Shuttle Payload Bay is described in detail.
 Attention is also given to the long range goals of NASA's Electrophoresis
 Operations in Space (EOS) program which is to install a production unit on
 board an earth orbiting facility, such as Space Station, by the year 1989.
 (I.H.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *ELECTROPHORESIS; *PHARMACOLOGY; *PROTEINS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE
 PROCESSING; SEPARATION; SPACE SHUTTLE PAYLOADS; SPACE STATIONS; SPACE
 TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM 4 FLIGHT
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 6
-A-
 1425053 A86-17315
-W-
 Permanent presence - Making it work; Proceedings of the Twenty-second
 Goddard Memorial Symposium, Greenbelt, MD, March 15, 16, 1984 (role of
 future Space Station)
 BEDEY, I., ED. (NASA, Washington, DC)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D.C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981
 Symposium sponsored by AAS. San Diego, CA, Univelt, Inc. (Science and
 Technology Series. Volume 60), 1985, 188 p. For individual items see
 A86-17316 to A86-17324.
 Pub. Date: 1985
 Lang. En.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Publ.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8605
 Among the topics discussed are: electrophoresis operations in space for
 pharmaceutical processing; Space Station program operations; and Space
 Station platform configurations. Consideration is also given to: the human
 role in future space systems; EVA operations; spherical shell applications;
 and a container material for alloy processing in near-zero gravity. Among
 additional topics discussed are: Space Station platform thermal control;
 environmental control and life support for an evolving capability manned
 Space Station; and the commercial prospects of the Space Station. (I.H.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *CONFERENCES; *ORBITAL SPACE STATIONS; *SPACE STATIONS; ELECTROPHORESIS;
 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL; EXTRAVEHICULAR ACTIVITY; METALLURGY ; REUSABLE
 SPACECRAFT; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE PLATFORMS; SPACE PROCESSING;
 SPACEBORNE EXPERIMENTS; SPACECRAFT POWER SUPPLIES; TEMPERATURE CONTROL
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 7
-A-
 1425052 A86-17314
-W-
 A summary of potential designs of space stations and platforms
 KLINE, R.; MCCAFFREY, R.; STEIN, D. B. (Grumman Aerospace Corp., Bethpage,
 NY)
 IN: Space stations and space platforms - Concepts, design, infrastructure
 and uses (A86-17301 05-12). New York, American Institute of Aeronautics and
 Astronautics, 1985, p. 267-351.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 ANALYTIC OF COLLECTED WORK. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8605
 This chapter discusses the potential designs and characteristics of space
 stations and space platforms, and describes the ability to fulfill currently
 defined objectives through the year 2000. A definition of mission
 requirements leads to the functional requirements of the unmanned platform
 and manned Space Station. The chapter also describes in detail the major
 design issues that drive the base configuration and its respective systems
 for crew habitation, berthing/docking and logistics, satellite and
 upper-stage vehicle servicing, command, control, and communications, base
 resources, and platform commonality. (Author)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *ORBITAL SPACE STATIONS; *SPACE MISSIONS; *SPACE PLATFORMS; *SPACECRAFT
 DESIGN; ALTITUDE; COMMAND AND CONTROL; REQUIREMENTS; SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACECRAFT COMMUNICATION; SPACECRAFT CONFIGURATIONS
 Sub. Class.: 7518 Spacecraft Design, Testing & Performance (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 8
-A-
 1425050 A86-17312
-W-
 The potential of materials processing using the space environment
 ROSE, J. T.; FITZPATRICK, T. D. (McDonnell Douglas Astronautics Co., St.
 Louis, MO)
 IN: Space stations and space platforms - Concepts, design, infrastructure
 and uses (A86-1?301 05-12). New York, American Institute of Aeronautics and
 Astronautics, 1985, p. 167-200.
 Pub. Date: 1985 11 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 ANALYTIC OF COLLECTED WORK. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8605
 The scientific, economic, structural, and political problems and advantages
 of material processing in space (MPS) are discussed. The microgravity
 environment provides the setting for new developments in biological
 materials, metal alloys and composites, and semiconductor crystals and
 glasses. The benefits of the Space Shuttle for MPS are described. A review
 of the history of MPS in the U.S. and abroad is presented. The
 electrophoresis operations in space (EOS) project is examined; the problems
 encountered with static electrophoresis and continuous flow elelctrophoresis
 on earth, and the increases in concentration, flow rate, and purity provided
 by EOS are studied. The economic and commercial advantages possible by
 conducting EOS and MPS within the Space Station are investigated. (I.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *ELECTROPHORESIS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE PROCESSING; CONVECTION
 CURRENTS; HISTORIES; PHARMACOLOGY; SPACE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 9
-A-
 1425045 A86-17307
-W-
 Introduction - Space Station and platform roles in supporting future space
 endeavors
 HERMAN, D. H. (NASA, Office of Space Station, Washington, DC)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D.C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981
 IN: Space stations and space platforms - Concepts, design, infrastructures
 and uses (A86-17301 05-12). New York, American Institute of Aeronautics and
 Astronautics, 1985, p. 85-88.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 ANALYTIC OF COLLECTED WORK. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8605
 The function of the Space Station and a platform is studied. The development
 of an earth observing instrument platform in a near-polar geosynchronous
 orbit to provide data about the earth is examined. The establishment of a
 permanently manned Space Station will allow development of commercial
 laboratories. Architectural requirements for servicing, transportation, and
 assembly on the Space Station are analyzed. The study of physiological and
 psychological effects due to weightlessness can be conducted on the Space
 Station. Developments in space knowledge and technology that are possible
 with the Space Station are discussed. (I.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *SPACE PLATFORMS; *SPACE STATIONS; *TECHNOLOGY UTILIZATION; MANNED
 SPACECRAFT; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE LABORATORIES
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 10
-A-
 1425039 A86-17301
-W-
 Space stations and space platforms - Concepts, design, infrastructure, and
 uses
 BEKEY, I.; HERMAN, D. (NASA, Washington, DC), EDS.
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D.C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981
 New York, American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics (Progress in
 Astronautics and Aeronautics. Volume 99), 1985, 402 p. For individual items
 see A86-17302 to A86-17314.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 COLLECTED WORK
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8605
 Topics discussed include space infrastructures and early Space Station and
 platform planning. Consideration is given to the supportive role of the
 Space Station and platform in future astronomy, earth observation,
 planetary, and communication space missions. Papers are presented on the
 history of the Space Station and space platform concepts, potential designs
 of space stations and space platforms, and long-range plans for space
 research. (I.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; *SPACE PLATFORMS; *SPACE STATIONS *SPACECRAFT
 DESIGN; COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; EURECA (ESA); HISTORIES; HUBBLE SPACE
 TELESCOPE; PLANETOLOGY; SALYUT SPACE STATION; SHUTTLE PALLET SATELLITES;
 SKYLAB PROGRAM; SPACE PROCESSING; SPACEBORNE ASTRONOMY; SPACECRAFT DESIGN;
 TECHNOLOGICAL FORECASTING
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 11
-A-
 1423931 N86-14213
-W-
 Emerging aerospace technologies
 BALLHAUS, W. F., JR.; MILOV, L. A.
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Ames Research Center, Moffett
 Field, Calif.
 Corp. Source Code: NC47357
 Pub. Date: Sep. 1985 16P.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-TM-86837; REPT-85409; NAS 1.15: 86837
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A02/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8604
 The United States Government has a long history of promoting the advancement
 of technology to strengthen the economy and national defense. An example is
 NASA, which was formed in 1958 to establish and maintain U.S. space
 technology leadership. This leadership has resulted in technological
 benefits to many fields and the establishment of new commercial industries,
 such as satellite communications. Currently, NASA's leading technology
 development at Ames Research Center includes the Tilt Rotor XV-15, which
 provides the versatility of a helicopter with the speed of a turboprop
 aircraft; the Numerical Aerodynamic Simulator, which is pushing the state of
 the art in advanced computational mathematics and computer simulation; and
 the Advanced Automation and Robotics programs, which will improve all areas
 of space development as well as life on Earth. Private industry is involved
 in maintaining technological leadership through NASA's Commercial Use of
 Space Program, which provides for synergistic relationships among
 government, industry, and academia. The plan for a space station by 1992 has
 framed much of NASA's future goals and has provided new areas of opportunity
 for both domestic space technology and leadership improvement of life on
 Earth. (Author)
-Desc-
 *DEFENSE INDUSTRY; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE STATIONS ; *TECHNOLOGY
 TRANSFER; *UNITED STATES; AERODYNAMICS; COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS;
 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS; ROBOTICS; SIMULATION; TILT ROTOR RESEARCH AIRCRAFT
 PROGRAM
 Sub. Class.: 7599 General (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 5D History, Law, & Political Science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 12
-A-
 1423070 N86-13352
-W-
 EURECA: An introduction to Europe's free-flying retrievable carrier
 LONGDON, N., comp.
 European Space Agency, Paris (France).
 Corp. Source Code: E6854803
 Pub. Date: May 1985 21P.
 Announcements: Original contains color illustrations
-ReptNo-
 ESA-BR-30; ISSN-0250-1?89
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: France
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A02/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8604
 The European Retrievable Carrier (EURECA) is a reusable platform launched by
 the Shuttle, released in a free flying mode for 6 months or more, and then
 retrieved by the Shuttle Orbiter and returned to Earth. Payload capacity is
 up to 1000 kg. The first EURECA payload is primarily dedicated to material
 and life sciences which benefit from the microgravity environment. The
 versatility of the system is demonstrated by the fact that a quarter of the
 payload weight is taken up by space science and technological experiments.
 The EURECA provides an excellent test bed to demonstrate in-flight
 technologies such as direct data relay from low Earth orbits via
 geostationary satellites to a central operations center, rendezvous and
 docking, and in-orbit servicing. Earth observation possibilities, and
 commercial applications (new materials, crystal growth, proteins, and
 pharmaceutical products) are numerous. (Author (ESA))
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: ESA
-Desc-
 *EURECA (ESA); *EUROPEAN SPACE PROGRAMS; *PAYLOAD RETRIEVAL (STS);
 *SPACEBORNE EXPERIMENTS; *SPACECRAFT DESIGN; EARTH OBSERVATIONS (FROM
 SPACE); EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE
 MANUFACTURING; SPACE PROCESSING; SPACE SHUTTLES
 Sub. Class.: 7516 Space Transportation (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 13
-A-
 1422752 A86-15942
-W-
 Government in action - The role of political science in outer space
 activities
 GALLOWAY, E. (International Academy of Astroneutics; International Institute
 of Space Law, Washington, DC)
 IAF, International Astronautical Congress, 36th, Stockholm, Sweden, Oct.
 7-12, 1985. 8 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1985 18 Refs.
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 85-49
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: International Organization
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8604
 In this paper political science is examined as one of the social sciences in
 the context of the impact of science and technology on society. The ways in
 which political science concepts are involved in multidisciplinary space
 projects are explained by examples from U.S. experience, particularly when
 decisions were made in 1957-58 on organization of the government for
 conducting space activities. Analysis is made of the roles in space
 activities of the President, Vice President, Executive agencies, and the
 Congress (Senate and House of Representatives). (Author)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *NASA SPACE PROGRAMS; *POLICIES; *POLITICS; *SOCIAL FACTORS *SPACE
 EXPLORATION; GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION;
 MILITARY OPERATIONS; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE LAW; UNITED STATES
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 14
-A-
 1422714 A86-15904
-W-
 Insurance and the commercialization of space
 SMITH, M. S. (U.S. National Commission on Space, Washington, DC)
 IAF, International Astronautical Congress, 36th, Stockholm, Sweden, Oct.
 7-12, 1985. 5 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1985 11 Refs.
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 85-434
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8604
 A factor which may play an increasingly important role in the
 commercialization of space is the price of insurance coverage for space
 activities. Many companies and countries may prove unwilling to invest in
 the development of space if they are usable to obtain insurance for
 reasonable cost. Recent losses of communications satellites have raised
 insurance rates and caused at least one company to withdraw from the
 satellite insurance business entirely, and another to partially withdraw. A
 number of options are now being discussed to deal with the rising insurance
 rates, including self-insurance, partial insurance, and having the
 government serve as an insurer of last resort. (Author)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *LEGAL LIABILITY; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; COMMUNICATION SATELLITES;
 INTELSAT SATELLITES
 Sub. Class.: 7583 Economics & Cost Analysis (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 15
-A-
 1422713 A86-15903
-W-
 Technology programs and related policies - Impacts on communications
 satellite business ventures
 GREENBERG, J. S. (Princeton Synergetics, Inc., Princeton, NJ)
 IAF, International Astronautical Congress, 36th, Stockholm, Sweden, Oct.
 7-12, 1985. 13 p. NASA-sponsored research.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1985
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 85-433
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8604
 The DOMSAT II stochastic communication satellite business venture financial
 planning simulation model is described. The specification of business
 scenarios and the results of several analyses are presented. In particular,
 the impacts of NASA on-orbit propulsion and power technology programs are
 described. The effects of insurance rates and self-insurance and of the use
 of the Space Shuttle and Ariane transportation systems on a typical fixed
 satellite service business venture are discussed. (C.D.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; *DOMESTIC SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS;
 *FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; GALLIUM ARSENIDES; ION
 ENGINES; SOLAR CELLS
 Sub. Class.: 7581 Administration & Management (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 16
-A-
 1422712 A86-1590
-W-
 Commercialization of space - A comprehensive approach
 MAEHL, R. C. (RCA, Astro-Electronics Div., Princeton, NJ)
 IAF, International Astronautical Congress, 36th, Stockholm, Sweden, Oct.
 7-12, 1985. 6 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1985
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 85-431
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8604
 The role of the government and private industries in the commercialization
 of space is investigated. The government needs to provide funding, stimulate
 research and development, and establish regulations, and industries need to
 develop areas which will provide profitable investments.
 The three phases of the evolution of space activities, which are high tech R
 and D, the development of infrastructure, and the establishment of the
 industry, are described. The relationship between NASA's policies, the joint
 endeavor agreement, and the stages of the evolution of space activities is
 analyzed; a balance between investment and profit needs to be established.
 Two examples of existing space commercialization, the American commercial
 Landsat venture, and developments in the low altitude commercial platforms
 for material processing and scientific missions are presented ( I.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; *RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT; *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; LANDSAT SATELLITES; SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; SPACE
 MANUFACTURING
 Sub. Class.: 7581 Administration & Management (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 17
-A-
 1422711 A86-15901
-W-
 Space commercialization in the United States - A status report
 LOGSDON, J. M. (George Washington University, Washington, DC)
 IAF, International Astronautical Congress, 36th, Stockholm, Sweden, Oct.
 7-12, 1985. 16 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1985 16 Refs.
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 85-430
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8604
 The problems encountered and areas of developments in space
 commercialization in the U.S. are analyzed. Developments such as, reductions
 in projected payoffs from space commercialization, the incurred losses and
 increased cost to a business for space activities, the slow development of
 material processing in space, and the limited areas for investment, which
 have led to reduced interest and investment in space commercialization, are
 discussed. Emphasis must be placed on the process of developing the research
 base and infrastructure required for commercialization of space. The future
 use of the Space Shuttle and its pricing are investigated. The incorporation
 of the proper requirements into a Space Station is studied. The
 establishment of an Office of Commercial Programs to direct and control
 NASA's space commercialization policies is discussed. (I.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *ECONOMIC ANALYSIS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *UNITED STATES ; NASA SPACE
 PROGRAMS; SPACE PROCESSING; SPACE STATIONS; SPACE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM
 Sub. Class.: 7581 Administration & Management (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 18
-A-
 1422710 A86-15900
-W-
 Commercializing government systems - The expendable launch vehicle
 DORN, J. L. (DOT, Office of Commercial Space Transportation, Washington,
 DC)
 IAF, International Astronautical Congress, 36th, Stockholm, Sweden, Oct.
 7-12, 1985. 9 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1985
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 85-429
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8604
 The commercialization of the expendable launch vehicle (ELV) is described.
 The role of government in commercialization of the ELV, which is to
 deregulate the industry, is examined. The creation of the Office of
 Commercial Space Transportation to license commercial space vehicles within
 the guidelines of public health and safety, national security, and foreign
 policy is discussed. The required licensing of the ELV is divided into
 mission and operation. The mission review process which involves receiving
 approval from the required agencies is examined. The certification of the
 launch operator in order to ensure safety is discussed. The need for third
 party liability insurance and the problems encountered are analyzed. (I.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *EXPENDABLE STAGES (SPACECRAFT); *GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; *LAUNCH
 VEHICLES; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; LEGAL LIABILITY; REGULATIONS; SPACE
 TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM; UNITED STATES
 Sub. Class.: 7581 Administration & Management (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 19
-A-
 1422709 A86-15899
-W-
 Commercialization of space activities
 GILLAM, I. T. IV
 IAF, International Astronautical Congress, 36th, Stockholm, Sweden, Oct.
 7-12, 1985. 12 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1985 6 Refs.
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 85-428
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: International Organization
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8604
 Areas for private investment and the stimulation of private involvement in
 space activities are studied. Commercial uses for space include: (1)
 material processing, (2) space-based communication links, (3) data and
 imagery from earth and navigation and position location services, (4)
 in-space infrastructure services, and (5) space transportation. All these
 potential areas of investment are described and examples are presented.
 NASA's principles which encourage and stimulate free enterprise in space are
 discussed. The implementation of these principles in order to reduce
 technical, financial and institutional risks is examined. The role of the
 Office of Commercial Programs in commercializing space is analyzed. The NASA
 program which provides assistance in the utilization of aerospace technology
 is described. (I.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *NASA PROGRAMS; *POLICIES; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; COMMUNICATION
 SATELLITES; SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; SPACE PROCESSING; SPACE TRANSPORTATION
 SYSTEM; TECHNOLOGY UTILIZATION
 Sub. Class.: 7581 Administration & Management (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 20
-A-
 1422703 A86-15893
-W-
 The economics of space launchers - Outlook for the future
 MUGNIER, D. (CNES, Evry, France)
 IAF, International Astronautical Congress, 36th, Stockholm, Sweden, Oct.
 7-12, 1985. 6 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1985
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 85-420
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: France
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT . Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8604
 It is noted that, at present, the fees charged by both NASA for Space
 Shuttle launchings and ESA for Ariane launches do not reflect the actual
 cost of such operations; they are instead defined by the need of the U.S.
 and Western Europe to establish and expand markets for future commercial
 exploitation. The recovery of launch system development costs cannot,
 however, be indefinitely postponed, especially in view of the coming
 development of the reusable upper stage, Hermes. Protections are made in the
 present economic study which indicate that the Ariane 5 launch vehicle or a
 derivative will continue to profitably launch commercial satellites until
 the year 2010. (O.C.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AAIA/TIS
-Desc-
 *ARIANE LAUNCH VEHICLE; *ECONOMIC ANALYSIS; *HERMES MANNED SPACEPLANE;
 *LAUNCH VEHICLES; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; COST ANALYSIS; REUSABLE LAUNCH
 VEHICLES; SPACECRAFT LAUNCHING
 Sub. Class.: 7583 Economics & Cost Analysis (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 21
-A-
 1422702 A86-15892
-W-
 The Space Shuttle and expendable launch systems - A U.S. commercial customer
 perspective
 SAVAGE, M.; CHAGNON, R. (COMSAT, Washington, DC)
 IAF, International Astronautical Congress, 36th, Stockholm, Sweden, Oct.
 7-12, 1985. 10 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1985
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 85-419
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8604
 The development of space transportation systems for commercial satellite
 launches is reviewed. A comparison of the Ariane system with the Space
 Shuttle is presented. The performance capability, reliability, and
 availability of the two systems are analyzed; the Ariane 4 is capable of
 launching payloads of 1900-4200 kg into transfer orbits and is better
 positioned than the Shuttle to handle commercial payloads greater than 1,00
 kg. The insurance costs, and spacecraft and launcher integration complexity
 for the two systems are discussed. The launch cost and postponement
 penalties are studied. NASA's launch cost is based on the length or mass of
 the payload multiplied by the fixed Shuttle cost, with Ariane attempting to
 keep prices $1-3 million lower, in order to be competitive with the Shuttle.
 NASA offers one free postponement and penalties as high as 55 percent;
 Ariane's penalties range from 6-18 percent of the launch price. The need for
 lower prices, an easier integration process, customer convience, and less
 severe postponement and reflight policies in order for the space
 transportation systems to be commercially useful, is discussed. ( I.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *ARIANE LAUNCH VEHICLE; *EXPENDABLE STAGES (SPACECRAFT); *LAUNCH VEHICLES;
 *SPACE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM; *TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT; COMPARISON; COST
 ANALYSIS; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION
 Sub. Class.: 7515 Launch Vehicles & Space Vehicles (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 22
-A-
 142270 A86-15860
-W-
 The M-SAT space segment - Evolution to a commercial program
 KIDD, A. M.; LEWIS, J. G.; MOODY, H. J.; MORGAN, C. F. (Spar Aerospace,
 Ltd., Sainte Anne de Bellevue, Canada)
 IAF, International Astronautical Congress, 36th, Stockholm, Sweden, Oct.
 7-12, 1985. 11 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1985
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 85-?68
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Canada
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8604
 This paper describes trade-off studies performed to develop a project
 definition for the space segment of a mobile satellite communication system.
 The studies cover a range of spacecraft concepts from a minimal entry system
 to more ambitious systems which can support a large number of users.
 Although present planning is directed toward a joint regional system formed
 by cooperation between U.S. and Canadian companies, the concepts presented
 here can be applied equally well to a national system. (Author)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *CANADIAN SPACECRAFT; *COMMERCIAL SPACECRAFT; *COMMUNICATION SATELLITES;
 *MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS; *SATELLITE NETWORKS; BLOCK DIAGRAMS;
 PAYLOADS; REFLECTORS; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACECRAFT DESIGN
 Sub. Class.: 7518 Spacecraft Design, Testing & Performance (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 23
-A-
 1422450 A86-15640
-W-
 Towards an European in-orbit infrastructure ( manned space station
 planning)
 BOUILLOT, J.-C.; PERARD, A. (CNES, Paris, France)
 IAF, International Astronautical Congress, 36th, Stockholm, Sweden, Oct.
 7-12, 1985. 7 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1985
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 85-55
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: France
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8604
 Attention is given to the prospective performance and design features of the
 Columbus space station, Ariane 5 booster, and Hermes reusable manned
 spacecraft, which will significantly enhance European capabilities in space.
 These three programs are envisioned as constituting a manned spaceflight
 infrastructure capable of long term development and expansion in the
 direction of space commercialization. The Ariane booster/Hermes orbiter
 system, in particular, is anticipated to be capable of yielding significant
 reductions in cost/kg to orbit. (O.C.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *COST REDUCTION; *EUROPEAN SPACE PROGRAMS; *ORBITAL SPACE STATIONS; *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; ARIANE LAUNCH VEHICLE; DESIGN ANALYSIS HERMES MANNED
 SPACEPLANE; PERFORMANCE TESTS
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 24
-A-
 1422421 A86-15611
-W-
 The Space Station program definition and preliminary systems design - Recent
 developments
 FREITAG, R. F. (NASA, Office of Space Station, Washington, DC)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D.C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981
 IAF, International Astronautical Congress, 36th, Stockholm, Sweden, Oct.
 7-12, 1985. 12 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1985
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 85-18
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8604
 It is pointed out that space stations represent a major vehicle for
 accomplishing many things mankind envisions for space activities. Thus,
 space stations have become necessary stepping-off points for deep-space
 expeditions, and it is expected that they will lead eventually to the
 permanent occupancy of another planet. The present paper provides a report
 regarding planning activities in the U.S. and in other countries which have
 made significant progress in making a permanent Space Station a reality. The
 Space Station will consist of manned base and associated platforms, as well
 as collateral support equipment. The purpose of the program definition and
 preliminary design activities (Phase B) is to arrive at the baseline
 configuration before initiating actual hardware development. Details of the
 program plan are discussed along with user considerations in design, the
 commercialization of space, design issues, operations, and Space Station
 evolution. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *MANNED SPACE FLIGHT; *MISSION PLANNING; *NASA SPACE PROGRAMS; *SPACE
 STATIONS; *SPACECRAFT DESIGN; LARGE SPACE STRUCTURES; SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; SYSTEMS ENGINEERING; USER REQUIREMENTS
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 25
-A-
 1421237 N86-13230
-W-
 Federal government provision of third-party liability insurance to space
 vehicle users
 Final Report
 ECON, Inc., Alexandria, Va
 Corp. Source Code: ED782198
 Pub. Date: Jan. 1985 138P.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-CR-176346; NAS 1.26: 176346; ECON-84-101
 Contract No.: NASW-3339
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A07/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8603
 Support decisions concerning the provision by the Federal Government of
 third-party liability insurance for commercial space activities were
 studied. The practices associated with third-party liability insurance in
 the marine, aviation, and electric utility industries in addition to those
 industries associated with space missions were reviewed. Theoretical
 considerations of rate setting are discussed and a methodology to determine
 the period of time over which the insurers of each industry intend to set
 aside reserves to recover from a maximum liability loss should one occur is
 introduced. The data were analyzed to determine the setaside period in each
 industry, and to suggest reasonable standards from the insurer's point of
 view. Criteria for Federal provision of insurance are discussed, an
 interpretation of the Price-Anderson Act, determinants of the availability
 of commercial insurance, potential insurer liability, and measures of
 reasonableness for premium rates from the user's point of view are
 presented. Options available to the government regarding third part
 liability protection are presented. (Author)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *COMMERCIAL SPACECRAFT; *GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; *LEGAL LIABILITY;
 *LOSSES; *PAYLOADS; LAW (JURISPRUDENCE); MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS; REGULATIONS;
 SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION
 Sub. Class.: 7583 Economics & Cost Analysis (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 5C Economics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 26
-A-
 1420250 N86-12243
-W-
 Marketing the use of the space environment for the processing of biological
 and pharmaceutical materials
 Final Report
 ECON, Inc., Alexandria, Va.
 Corp. Source Code: ED782198
 Pub. Date: Apr. 1984 162P.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-CR-176334; NAS 1.26: 176334; ECON-81-110
 Contract No.: NASW-3339
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A08/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8603
 The perceptions of U.S. biotechnololy and pharmaceutical companies
 concerning the potential use of the space environment for the processing of
 biological substances was examined. Physical phenomena that may be important
 in space-base processing of biological materials are identified and
 discussed in the context of past and current experiment programs. The
 capabilities of NASA to support future research and development, and to
 engage in cooperative risk sharing programs with industry are discussed.
 Meetings were held with several biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies
 to provide data for an analysis of the attitudes and perceptions of these
 industries toward the use of the space environment. Recommendations are made
 for actions that might be taken by NASA to facilitate the marketing of the
 use of the space environment, and in particular the Space Shuttle, to the
 biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. (Author)
-Desc-
 *BIOTECHNOLOGY; *PHARMACOLOGY; *RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT; *SPACE
 MANUFACTURING; AEROSPACE ENVIRONMENTS; DRUGS; MEDICAL SCIENCE; SPACE
 SHUTTLE; TECHNOLOGY UTILIZATION
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 22A Astronautics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 27
-A-
 1418295 N86-12162
-W-
 Commercialization of space: National policy and defense needs
 Student Report
 TAYLOR, J. J.
 Air Command and Staff Coll., Maxwell AFB, Ala.
 Corp. Source Code: AH592660
 Pub. Date: Apr. 1985 57P.
-ReptNo-
 AD-A156517; ACSC-85-2675
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A04/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8602
 This report evaluates potential impacts of commercialization of space on
 U.S. space policy and space defense needs for the future. Historical trends
 of U.S. space commercialization and U.S. space policy form a foundation for
 projecting space commercialization out to the year 2025. The report contains
 tables and figures of space vehicle launch statistics, satellite launches,
 satellite lifetimes, capital investment in satellites, revenues from space
 industry, and other quantitative data. The study concludes that future U.S.
 space defense must include security needs of U.S. space-based commercial
 assets. (Author (GRA))
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: DTIC
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACE SYSTEMS; *COMMERCE; *POLICIES; *SPACECRAFT DEFENSE; IMPACT
 PREDICTION; LAUNCHING; SECURITY; SPACE EXPLORATION; UNITED STATES
 Sub. Class.: 7583 Economics & Cost Analysis (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 22A Astronautics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 28
-A-
 1414812 N86-10146
-W-
 Production of large-particle-size monodisperse latexes in microgravity
 VANDERHOFF, J. W. (Lehigh Univ.); MICALE, F. J. (Lehigh Univ.); EL-AASSER,
 M. S. (Lehigh Univ.); KORNFELD, M.
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Marshall Space Flight Center,
 Huntsville, Ala.
 Corp. Source Code: ND736801
 In NASA, Washington Microgravity Sci. and Appl. Program Tasks p 154-155 (SEE
 N86-10053 01-12)
 Pub. Date: May 1985
 Contract No.: NAS8-32951
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A10/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8601
 A latex is a suspension of very tiny (micrometer-size) plastic spheres in
 water, stabilized by emulsifiers. The growth of billions of these tiny
 plastic spheres to sizes larger than can be grown on Earth is attempted
 while keeping all of them exactly the same size and perfectly spherical.
 Thus far on several of the Monodisperse Latex Reactor (MLR) flights, the
 latex spheres have been returned to Earth with standard deviations of better
 than 1.4%. In microgravity the absence of buoyancy effects has allowed
 growth of the balls up to 30 micrometers in diameter thus far. The MLR has
 now flown 5 times on the Shuttle. The MLR has now produce the first
 commercial space product; that is the first commercial material ever
 manufactured in space and marketed on Earth. Once it is demonstrated that
 these large-size-monodisperse latexes can be routinely produced in quantity
 and quality, they can be marketed for many types of scientific applications.
 They can be used in biomedical research for such things as drug carriers and
 tracers in the body, human and animal blood flow studies, membrane and
 pore-sizing in the body, and medical diagnostic tests. (Author)
-Desc-
 *DISPERSIONS; *LATEX; *PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION; *POLYSTYRENE; *REDUCED
 GRAVITY; *SPACE PROCESSING; BUOYANCY; POLYMERIZATION ; SEDIMENTS; SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE MANUFACTURING
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 22A Astronautics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 29
-A-
 1414547 A86-11022
-W-
 Is the price right? (NASA philosophy of Shuttle pricing policy)
 SMITH, I. V.
 Satellite Communications (ISSN 0147-7439), Nov. 1985, p. 26, 27.
 Pub. Date: Nov. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8601
 NASA's policy regarding the pricing of the Shuttle's services is examined.
 The auction system which will be used by foreign and commercial companies to
 obtain a payload slot is discussed; this new policy represents full-cost
 pricing. The need for NASA to keep prices low in order to compete with other
 companies and maintain its leadership in space is explained. NASA's payment
 policy, which requires 100 percent payment over the 33 months prior to
 launch, makes it difficult for NASA to compete with other companies; changes
 in the payment schedule, which make it more flexible are described. (I.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *COMMERCIAL SPACECRAFT; *COST ANALYSIS; *NASA PROGRAMS; *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE SHUTTLE PAYLOADS; DEMAND (ECONOMICS); MARKET
 RESEARCH
 Sub. Class.: 7583 Economics & Cost Analysis (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 30
-A-
 1412354 A85-49972
-W-
 Intellectual property and space activities
 LUXENBERG, B. (U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington, DC); MOSSINGHOFF, G.
 J. (Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Association, Washington, DC)
 Journal of Space Law, vol. 13, no. 1, 1985, p. 8-21.
 Pub. Date: 1985 31 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8524
 The need for protection of data, products, and ideas as the
 commercialization of space continues is discussed. Some of the international
 and national laws of space which govern proprietary information and
 commercialization are presented. The development of laws to protect
 copyrighted works transmitted by satellite and remote sensing is described.
 NASA's policy toward intellectual property rights is to protect proprietary
 interests and encourage industrial participation in commercial space
 activities. Explanations of these policies are provided. The future property
 rights to possible inventions made by reimbursable users on the Space
 Shuttle and the Space Station are examined. (I.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE COMMUNICATION; *SPACE LAW; COPYRIGHTS; NASA
 PROGRAMS
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 31
-A-
 1412353 A85-49971
-W-
 NASA and the practice of space law
 HOSENBALL, S. N. (NASA, Washington, DC)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D. C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981
 Journal of Space Law, vol. 3, no. 1, 1985, p. 1-7.
 Pub. Date: 1985 36 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8524
 The paper discusses the need for increased awareness in space law due to
 advances in space technology and a trend toward commercialization of space.
 A list of national and international treaties, conventions, agreements,
 laws, and regulations relevant to space activities is presented. NASA
 lawyers specialize in international and municipal laws that affect the NASA
 space mission; an example of the lawyers working with insurance companies in
 negotiating the first Space Shuttle liability policy is provided. The
 increased participation of the public sector in space activities, for
 example, the commercialization of the Space Shuttle transportation system,
 is examined. (I.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *NASA PROGRAMS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE LAW; LEGAL LIABILITY; OUTER
 SPACE TREATY
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 32
-A-
 1409971 N85-34147
-W-
 Study to encourage and facilitate industrial investment and involvement in
 space
 Final Report
 WILSON, J. E.
 Wilson (James E.), La Plata, Md.
 Corp. Source Code: W3726826
 Pub. Date: Feb. 1984 13P.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-CR-176152; NAS 1.26: 176152
 Contract No.: NASW-3873
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A02/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8523
 Simple and efficient means to alert the Director, Space Station
 Commercialization Task Force (DSCTF) and the equivalent director of a
 permanent office for the same function, to actions required to assure
 comprehensive support of the NASA objectives for commercial uses of space
 during the annual budget cycle is described. (G.L.C.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *FORECASTING; *MANAGEMENT PLANNING; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION ; *SPACE
 STATIONS; AEROSPACE INDUSTRY; COMMERCIAL SPACECRAFT; MANAGEMENT ANALYSIS;
 SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; SPACE MANUFACTURING
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 22A Astronautics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 33
-A-
 1409517 A85-48174
-W-
 Satellite-aided navigation - Availability and application of the Global
 Positioning System
 Satellitengestuetzte Navigation - Verfuegbarkeit und Anwendung des Global
 Positioning System
 DODEL, H. (ERNO Ru?mfahrtechnik GmbH, Munich, West Germany); STILLER, A.
 (DFVLR, Cologne, West Germany)
 Ortung und Navigation (ISSN 0474-7550), vol. 26, no. 2, 1985, p. 228-239. In
 German.
 Pub. Date: 1985
 Language: German
 Co. of Origin: Germany, Federal Republic of
 Co. of Pub.: Germany, Federal Republic of
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8523
 Many experts expect that the U.S. Global Positioning System (GPS) will
 become the principal navigational system of the future and will replace most
 of the currently existing navigational systems. Such a development will
 provide a market for a variety of GPS-user devices. The GPS-Navstar system
 will probably become fully available to users in 1987/88. Applications of
 the GPS are discussed, taking into account navigation and positioning
 applications on land in cases involving motor vehicles and trains,
 navigation and position determination related to Space-Shuttle operations
 and docking activities in near-earth space, maritime applications, and
 possibilities for time comparison and clock synchronization. The development
 of GPS receivers in West Germany is also considered, giving attention to
 user equipment for a comparison of clocks and for time transfer operations,
 position-finding apparatus for geodesy and land surveys, navigation devices
 for civil aviation, and navigation systems for ships. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM; *NAVSTAR SATELLITES; *RADIO NAVIGATION;
 *UTILIZATION; CIVIL AVIATION; CLOCKS; GEODESY; MARINE TRANSPORTATION; MOTOR
 VEHICLES; RAIL TRANSPORTATION; SPACE SHUTTLE MISSIONS ; SPACECRAFT DOCKING
 Sub. Class.: 7517 Spacecraft Communications, Command & Tracking (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 34
-A-
 1407381 A85-47047
-W-
 NASA approves fly-now, pay-later plans for orbiting industrial facility
 COVAULT, C.
 Aviation Week and Space Technology (ISSN 0005-2175), vol. 123, Aug. 26,
 1985, p. 16, 17.
 Pub. Date: Aug. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8522
 In a continuing effort to foster the commercialization of space, NASA has
 entered into an agreement with Space Industries, Inc. to furnish that
 company with two STS launches which will be paid for in the form of 12
 percent of the revenues from the first five years of operation. The payload
 will be a Shuttle-tended unmanned module for materials processing. NASA also
 plans to benefit from access to the module and docking facility technologies
 which will be developed by the commercial organization. This will avoid
 in-house development costs for NASA. The first module will be 35 ft long and
 14.5 ft wide and will cost from $250-500 million to develop. The initial
 launch is scheduled for 1992. Module power will be furnished by 100-ft long
 solar cell masts rated at 12 kW. The orbit will be selected to allow
 operations in concert with the Space Station orbit, thereby facilitating
 Orbiter visit. (M.S.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *NASA PROGRAMS; *SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; *SPACE PROCESSING *SPACE SHUTTLE
 PAYLOADS; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACECRAFT DESIGN; SPACECRAFT MODULES
 Sub. Class.: 7518 Spacecraft Design, Testing & Performance (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 35
-A-
 1406151 A85-45817
-W-
 Space - The long-range future
 VON PUTTKAMER, J. (NASA, Washington, DC)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D. C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981
 Spaceflight (ISSN 0038-6340), vol. 27, Sept.-Oct. 1985, p. 348-354.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1985 10 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8522
 The Space Shuttle/Space Transportation System (STS) provides the basis for
 future development toward permanent manned Space Stations, manned access to
 geostationary orbit (GEO), deployment of large space structures, development
 of closed-cycle life support systems, and the discovery of greater
 industrial applications in space. Research must continue in order to make an
 Orbital Transfer Vehicle (OTV) which would provide manned flights to GEO and
 the establishment of a lunar base a reality by the year 2000. Beyond the
 year 2000 there should be advanced complexes in low-earth orbit (LEO),
 permanently manned scientific and communication stations in GEO, a permanent
 moon base, manned expeditions to Mars, and a geosynchronous facility. These
 goals can be achieved through international cooperation; cooperative
 programs will allow for more research at a faster pack due to joint funding.
 These advances could lead to improvements in the quality of life on earth
 and make comfortable space life a reality. (I.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *MANNED SPACE FLIGHT; *NASA PROGRAMS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE
 STATIONS; *TECHNOLOGICAL FORECASTING; LUNAR BASES ; SPACE EXPLORATION; SPACE
 TRANSPORTATION
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 36
-A-
 1406114 A85-45780
-W-
 Intersputnik - Current status and future options
 SHINN, H. R.; SWENSRUD, S. B. (Georgetown University, Washington, DC)
 Space Communication and Broadcasting (ISSN 0167-9368), vol. 3, June 1985, p.
 159-165.
 Pub. Date: Jun. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: Netherlands
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8522
 Current status of the Soviet-sponsored international satellite network
 (Intersputnik) is reviewed, and recent developments and options for its
 expansion are analyzed. Satellite network, transponder assignments, and
 lists of current and potential network members are presented. The recent
 technological achievements include the use of Ku band transponders;
 reception of TV signals on a 1.3 m dish; use of delta modulation for
 telephone transmission satellite; and steerable spot beams. The most likely
 area for expansion of the network is television transmissions, mainly with
 explcits of the Third World TV market for one-way flow of documentaries and
 academic courses, and news exchange. Other options are digital science and
 data transmission, and international videoconferencing. (I.S.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; *INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; *SATELLITE NETWORKS;
 *SOVIET SPACECRAFT; *U.S.S.R. SPACE PROGRAM; DEVELOPING NATIONS; RESEARCH
 AND DEVELOPMENT; SATELLITE TELEVISION; TELEPHONY
 Sub. Class.: 7532 Communications (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 37
-A-
 1401597 N85-31074
-W-
 Insurance and the commercialization of space
 GRAVELLE, J. G.; WHITEMAN, D. L.
 Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation (U. S. Senate).
 Corp. Source Code: CX356189
 Place of Publ.: Washington Publisher: GPO
 Pub. Date: 1985 50P.
 Publ. Note: Prepared by Library of Congress, Congressional Research Service
 Presentation Note: Rept. presented to the Comm. on Com., Sci., and
 Transportation, 99th Congr., 1st Sess., Mar. 1985
-ReptNo-
 S-PRINT-99-16; GPO-44-504
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: Committee on
 Commerce, Science, and Transportation
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8520
 The space insurance agency acts as a vital agent in facilitating commercial
 space activities. Recent losses have raised questions about the continued
 economic viability of the space insurance industry. The short and long term
 implications of insurance costs on the commercial potential of space is
 discussed. Also, how insurance rates could affect the ability of domestic
 commercial space firms and the space shuttle to compete in international
 markets, is discussed. Government involvement and policy options are
 considered. (E.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *COMMERCIAL SPACECRAFT; *CONGRESSIONAL REPORTS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION;
 *SPACE SHUTTLES; ACCIDENTS; CASUALTIES; ECONOMIC ANALYSIS; FINANCE;
 GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; RISK
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 38
-A-
 1401441 A85-43206
-W-
 Contractor and government - Teamwork and commitment
 GRIFFIN, G. D. (NASA, Johnson Space Center, Houston, TX)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Johnson (Lyndon B.) Space
 Center,
 Corp. Source Code: ND052615
 IN: White-collar productivity and quality issues; Proceedings of the
 Symposium on Productivity and Quality; Strategies for Improving Operations
 in Government and Industry, Washington, DC, September 25, 26, 1984
 (A85-43176 20-81). New York, AIAA, 1985, p. 197-201.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8520
 Procedures being implemented at NASA to improve cooperation with contractors
 and increase productivity are reviewed from the NASA point of view. The
 goals of the U.S. space program for the coming 25 years are listed, and the
 importance of the commercial utilization of space in these plans is
 stressed. Consideration is given to the ongoing American Productivity Center
 White-Collar Productivity-Improvement Project, the implementation of the
 recommendations of the 1984 NASA/Contractor Conferences in present and
 future contracts, and the use of incentive contracts to create situations in
 which both NASA and the contractor benefit from increased productivity.
 Future plans call for increased industry responsibility in managing and
 operating the STS; steamlining of Shuttle operations; advanced
 design-to-cost procedures, increased commonality, better NASA-contractor
 communications, and more use of CAD/CAM and robotics for the Space Station;
 and accommodation of greatly expanded private investment and exploitation of
 space. (T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *CONTRACT MANAGEMENT; *GOVERNMENT PROCUREMENT; *GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY
 RELATIONS; *TECHNOLOGY UTILIZATION; NASA PROGRAMS; RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT;
 SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE TRANSPORTATION
 Sub. Class.: 7581 Administration & Management (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 39
-A-
 1400929 A85-42694
-W-
 Spacelab and Eureca as a basis for European involvement in the Space
 Station
 MORY, R. (ESA, Directorate of Space Transportation Systems, Paris, France)
 ESA Bulletin (ISSN 0376-4265), no. 42, May 1985, p. 30-38.
 Pub. Date: May 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: International Organization
 Co. of Pub.: Netherlands
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8520
 The Eureka free-flyer and Spacelab are seen as major contributors to
 European participation in the Space Station program. A consortium of
 European manufacturers has invested a billion dollars in Spacelab, which was
 developed with NASA guidance. Spacelab supports experiments in tribology,
 fluid physics, crystal growth, biology and metallurgy. Eureka stays in orbit
 up to 6 mos before retrieval by the Shuttle, is capable of demonstrating the
 feasibility of Space Station components and technologies, provides
 co-orbiting unmanned platforms for the Space Station, and serves as a
 learning tool for payload preparation by European industries. Both the
 Spacelab and Eureka are prototype elements of the polar-orbiting Columbus
 components of the Space Station. The Columbus could include pressurized
 modules and could also co-orbit with the Space Station. (M.S.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *EURECA (ESA); *EUROPEAN SPACE PROGRAMS; INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; *ORBITAL
 SPACE STATIONS; *SPACELAB; PAYLOAD INTEGRATION PLAN; SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE PLATFORMS; SPACE RENDEZVOUS; SPACECRAFT DESIGN;
 SPACECRAFT DOCKING; SPACECRAFT MODULES
 Subj. Class.: 7518 Spacecraft Design, Testing & Performance (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 40
-A-
 1400828 A85-42593
-W-
 Security implications of the Space Station information system
 BURNS, R. W. (ORI, Inc., Rockville, MD)
 IN: Protecting intellectual property in space; Proceedings of the Aerospace
 Computer Security Conference, McLean, VA, March 20, 1985 (A8-42592 20-17).
 New York, IEEE, 1985, p. 3-10.
 Pub. Date: 1985 6 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8520
 The present paper concentrates on aspects of the Space Station itself, all
 Space Station Program Elements (SSPE) that interact with the Space Station,
 and the telecommunications of the Space Station to the ground system through
 NASA's Tracking and Data Relay Satellite System (TDRSS). It is pointed out
 that one of the major concerns of potential commercial customers of the
 Space Station is NASA's ability to assure data privacy. A Space Station
 Information System (SSIS) overview is provided, and the types of user data
 are examined. Security implications are discussed, taking into account the
 SSIS environment, the protection of the physical assets of the SSIS,
 personnel security, computer hardware, computer software, procedural
 (operational) security, communications security, emanation security, and
 education and training regarding the security implications of the SSIS. (
 G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *COMPUTER INFORMATION SECURITY; *INFORMATION SYSTEMS; *SELECTIVE
 DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE STATIONS;
 COMPUTER PROGRAMS; DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT; EDUCATION; PERSONNEL; PRIVACY;
 USER REQUIREMENTS
 Sub. Class.: 7582 Documentation & Information Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 41
-A-
 1400827 A85-42592
-W-
 Protecting intellectual property in space; Proceedings of the Aerospace
 Computer Security Conference, McLean, VA, March 20, 1985
 Conference sponsored by NASA, AIAA, and Mitre Corp. New York, IEEE, 1985, 98
 p. For individual items see A85-42593 to A85-42600.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8520
 The primary purpose of the Aerospace Computer Security Conference was to
 bring together people and organizations which have a common interest in
 protecting intellectual property generated in space. Operational concerns
 are discussed, taking into account security implications of the space
 station information system, Space Shuttle security policies and programs,
 potential uses of probabilistic risk assessment techniques for space station
 development, key considerations in contingency planning for secure space
 flight ground control centers, a systematic method for evaluating security
 requirements compliance, and security engineering of secure ground stations.
 Subjects related to security technologies are also explored, giving
 attention to processing requirements of secure C3/I and battle management
 systems and the development of the Gemini trusted multiple microcomputer
 base, the Restricted Access Processor system as a security guard designed to
 protect classified information, and observations on local area network
 security. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACE SYSTEMS; *COMPUTER INFORMATION SECURITY; *CONFERENCES; *SPACE
 COMMUNICATION; AIRBORNE/SPACEBORNE COMPUTERS; CONTINGENCY; GROUND BASED
 CONTROL; GROUND STATIONS; INFORMATION SYSTEMS; MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
 SYSTEMS; RELIABILITY ANALYSIS; RISK; SECURITY; SELECTIVE DISSEMINATION OF
 INFORMATION; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE STATIONS; SPACE TRANSPORTATION;
 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS; SYSTEMS ENGINEEING
 Sub. Class.: 7517 Spacecraft Communications, Command & Tracking (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 42
-A-
 1399947 N85-30963
-W-
 Space ventures and society long-term perspectives
 Final Report
 BROWN, W. M.
 Hudson Inst, Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.
 Corp. Source Code: H3608518
 Pub. Date: May 1985 189P.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-CR-176012; NAS 1.26: 176012; HI-3731/2-RR
 Contract No.: NASW-3724
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A09/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8519
 A futuristic evaluation of mankind's potential long term future in space is
 presented. Progress in space will not be inhibited by shortages of the
 Earth's physical resources, since long term economic growth will be focused
 on ways to constrain industrial productivity by changing social values,
 management styles, or government competence. Future technological progress
 is likely to accelerate with an emphasis on international cooperation,
 making possible such large joint projects as lunar colonies or space
 stations on Mars. The long term future in space looks exceedingly bright
 even in relatively pessimistic scenarios. The principal driving forces will
 be technological progress, commercial and public-oriented satellites, space
 industrialization, space travel, and eventually space colonization.
 (F.M.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *ASTEROID MISSIONS; *LUNAR BASES; *MARS (PLANET); *ORBITAL SPACE STATIONS;
 *SOCIOLOGY; *SPACE EXPLORATION; *SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; *TECHNOLOGICAL
 FORECASTING; ECONOMICS; EXTRATERRESTRIAL ENVIRONMENTS; HISTORIES; PLANETARY
 BASES; SPACE COLONIES
 Sub. Class.: 7581 Administration & Management (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 5A Administration & Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 43
-A-
 1398972 N85-29988
-W-
 Commerce Lab: Mission analysis payload integration study. Appendix A: Data
 bases
 Final Report
 Wyle Labs., Inc., Huntsville, Ala. Scientific Services and Systems Goup.
 Corp. Source Code: W9307657
 Pub. Date: Jul. 1985 279P.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-CR-176016; NAS 1.26: 176016; P-11-84-33-APP-A
 Contract No.: NAS8-36109
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A13/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8519
 The development of Commerce Lab is detailed. Its objectives are to support
 the space program in these areas: (1) the expedition of space
 commercialization; (2) the advancement of microgravity science and
 applications; and (3) as a precursor to future missions in the space
 program. Ways and means of involving private industry and academia in this
 commercialization is outlined. (E.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *COMMERCE LAB; *COMMERCIAL SPACECRAFT; *PAYLOAD INTEGRATION *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACELAB; *SPACELAB PAYLOADS; LOW GRAVITY MANUFACTURING;
 MISSION PLANNING; SPACE PROCESSING
 Sub. Class.: 7516 Space Transportation (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 22A Astronautics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 44
-A-
 1398970 N85-29986
-W-
 Outside users payload model
 Battelle Columbus Labs., Ohio.
 Corp. Source Code: BD967734
 Pub. Date: Jul. 1985 181P.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-CR-176011; NAS 1.26: 176011
 Contract No.: NASW-3595
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A09/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8519
 The outside users payload model which is a continuation of documents and
 replaces and supersedes the July 1984 edition is presented. The time period
 covered by this model is 1985 through 2000. The following sections are
 included: (1) definition of the scope of the model; (2) discussion of the
 methodology used; (3) overview of total demand; (4) summary of the estimated
 market segmentation by launch vehicle; (5) summary of the estimated market
 segmentation by user type; (6) details of the STS market forecast; (7)
 summary of transponder trends; (8) model overview by mission category; and
 (9) detailed mission models. All known non-NASA, non-DOD reimbursable
 payloads forecast to be flown by non-Soviet-block countries are included in
 this model with the exception of Spacelab payloads and small self contained
 payloads. Certain DOD-sponsored or cosponsored payloads are included if they
 are reimbursable launches. (E.A.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *MANUAL; *MATHEMATICAL MODELS; *PAYLOADS; *TECHNOLOGICAL FORECASTING;
 AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER; INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; SPACE
 TRANSPORTATION
 Sub. Class.: 7516 Space Transportation (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 22A Astronautics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 45
-A-
 1398963 N85-29979
-W-
 International space research perspectives of commercialization for German
 industry
 JORDAN, H. L.
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D. C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC52981
 Pub. Date: Jul. 1985 31P.
 Translation Note: Transl. into ENGLISH of ""Weltraumforschung - perspektiven
 der kommerziellen nutzung fur die deutsche industrie'' Linder Hoehe, West
 Germany, 19 Oct. 1984 16 p
 Publ. Note: Transl. by Scientific Translation Service, Santa Barbara, Calif.
 Original document prepared by DFVLR, Linder Hoeh, West Germany
 Presentation Note: Presented at Meeting of the Comm. for the Politics of
 Res. and Sci., Bonn, 19 Oct. 1984
-ReptNo-
 NASA-TM-77657; NAS 1.15: 77657
 Contract No.: NASW-4004
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Germany, Federal Republic of
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT; CONF. PAP.; TRANSLATION. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth.
 Avail.: NTIS HC A03/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8519
 A brief overview of space flight activities is presented. West German
 contributions to satellite mapping, communication satellites, navigation,
 Spacelab, diffusion under weightlessness, crystal growth in space, metal
 bonding, and biochemistry are described. The future of the research in the
 space station is analyzed. (B.W.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; *DIFFUSION; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE
 MANUFACTURING; *SPACE STATIONS; *SPACELAB; *WEST GERMANY; BIOCHEMISTRY;
 CRYSTAL GROWTH; SATELLITE IMAGERY
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1985-)
 COSATI Code: 22A Astronautics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 46
-A-
 1398797 A85-41657
-W-
 Commercialization of remote-sensing technology
 MORAIN, S. A. (New Mexico, University, Albuquerque)
 International Journal of Remote Sensing (ISSN 0143-1161), vol. 6, June 1985,
 p. 837-846.
 Pub. Date: Jun. 1985 12 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8519
 The Technology Application Center (TAC) of the University of New Mexico has
 accumulated a decade of experience in the transfer of remote sensing
 technology applications to assist commercialization efforts. The present
 management and cost information for 48 completed projects sheds light on
 small businesses' expectations regarding the frequency and duration of such
 projects, their requisite level of effort, and before-profit revenues. The
 presently ascertained gross average salary per full time employee
 equivalent, which has averaged only $10, 500 since 1975, suggests that
 market forces have not yet generated sufficient demand to support the level
 of skills entailed by this technology. (O.C.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *EARTH OBSERVATIONS (FROM SPACE); *REMOTE SENSING; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION;
 *TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER; IMAGE PROCESSING; NASA PROGRAMS; PHOTOMAPPING
 Sub. Class.: 7543 Earth Resources (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 47
-A-
 1398674 A85-41534
-W-
 Hermes - Does Europe need its own spaceplane
 BULLOCH, C.
 Interavia (ISSN 0020-?168), vol. 40, July 1985, p. 815-817.
 Pub. Date: Jul. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Switzerland
 Co. of Pub.: Switzerland
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8519
 An assessment is made of the economic/commercial motivations and prospects
 for the Space Shuttle-like 'Hermes' vehicle of the ESA, which unlike the
 geostationary orbit-directed Ariane will exploit the emerging low earth
 orbit market potential for microgravity-production of various high tech
 products. Attention is given to the provisional design details of the Hermes
 Orbiter and to the prospective distribution of design, development and
 construction responsibilities among firms within ESA's political purview. A
 major motivation for desired European independence from the NASA Space
 Shuttle is the considerable workload already accumulated for future Space
 Shuttle commercial launches and the additional U.S. Department of Defense
 demands on these vehicles. (O.C.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACEPLANES; *EUROPEAN SPACE PROGRAMS; *HERMES MANNED SPACEPLANE;
 *SPACECRAFT DESIGN; FEASIBILITY; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION
 Sub. Class.: 7716 Space Transportation (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 48
-A-
 1398238 A85-41098
-W-
 The US Space Station programme
 HODGE, J. D. NASA, Office of Space Station, Washington, DC)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D. C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981 (British Interplanetary Society, Space Station
 Symposium, London, England, Apr. 17, 1985) British Interplanetary Society,
 Journal (Space Stations) (ISSN 0007-084X), vol. 38, July 1985, p. 315-318.
 Pub. Date: Jul. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE; CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8519
 The Manned Space Station (MSS) involves NASA, and other countries, in the
 operation, maintenance and expansion of a permanent space facility. The
 extensive use of automation and robotics will advance those fields, and
 experimentation will be carried out in scientific and potentially commercial
 projects. The MSS will provide a base for astronomical observations,
 spacecraft assembly, refurbishment and repair, transportation intersection,
 staging for interplanetary exploration, and storage. Finally, MSS operations
 will be performed semi-autonomously from ground control. Phase B analysis is
 nearing completion, and precedes hardware development. Studies are being
 performed on generic advanced technologies which can reliably and flexibly
 be incorporated into the MSS, such as attitude control and stabilization,
 power, thermal, environmental and life support control, auxiliary
 propulsion, data management, etc. Guidelines are also being formulated
 regarding the areas of participation by other nations. ( M.S.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *NASA PROGRAMS; *SPACE STATIONS; INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; PROJECT
 PLANNING; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; UTILIZATION
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 49
-A-
 1398045 A85-40905
-W-
 Chinese modify CZ-2/3 rocket boosters, focus on commercial launch market
 COVAULT, C.
 Aviation Week and Space Technology (ISSN 0005-2175), vol 123, July 22, 1985,
 p. 77, 79.
 Pub. Date: Jul. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8519
 A program underway in the People's Republic of China to modify the
 Titan-class CZ-2/3 satellite-launch and ICBM boosters is described on the
 basis of a recent visit to the manufacturing plant in Shanghai. The present
 two-stage CZ-2 and three-stage CZ-3 can place 5000 lbs in LEO or 3080 lbs in
 GEO, respectively, and are produced on a custom basis with a delivery time
 of about 2 yrs. Modifications introduced include 4 x 6-ft fins and a
 pogo-suppression system for the four-engine first stage and a steel support
 band for the combustion chamber of the 80-ton-thrust second-stage main
 engine. (T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 BOOSTER ROCKET ENGINES; *CHINESE SPACE PROGRAM; MANUFACTURING; SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION
 Sub. Class.: 7515 Launch Vehicles & Space Vehicles (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 50
-A-
 1398044 A85-40904
-W-
 Chinese Rocket Test Center to aid large engine development
 COVAULT, C.
 Aviation Week and Space Technology (ISSN 0005-2175), vol. 123, July 22,
 1985, p. 69, 71, 73-75.
 Pub. Date: Jul. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8519
 The Beijing Rocket Testing Center and its role in ongoing development
 projects are characterized on the basis of a recent visit. The facility
 comprises five test stands of various sizes and capabilities and is used to
 test the Titan-class CZ-2/3 ICBM launcher systems (being improved to give
 the People's Republic of China a role in the commercial launch market) and
 components for a future Saturn-class launcher. The direct-observation
 facilities are described; photographs of the overall layout and
 administration buildings are provided; and the Chinese use of statistical
 data rather than extensive firing tests prior to integration of engines into
 launchers is discussed. (T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *CHINESE SPACE PROGRAM; *ROCKET TEST FACILITIES; GROUND STATIONS; RESEARCH
 FACILITIES
 Sub. Class.: 7514 Ground Support Systems & Facilities--Space (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 51
-A-
 1398041 A85-40901
-W-
 Austere Chinese space program keyed toward future buildup
 COVAULT, C.
 Aviation Week and Space Technology (ISSN 0005-2175), vol. 123, July, 1985,
 p. 16-21.
 Pub. Date: Jul. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8519
 Since 1970, the People's Republic of China has launched 16 spacecraft and as
 recently embarked on the development of Saturn 1-class launch vehicle for
 the 1990s, a solid propellant upper stage to replace the current
 oxygen/hydrogen unit on the CZ-2/3-series boosters, manned space mission
 technology, and commercial launch services. The spacecraft thus far produced
 and/or launched include an imaging intelligence/earth resources satellite,
 communications satellites, and weather satellites. Attention is also given
 to new space program facilities that are under construction or planned for
 the near future. (O.C.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *CHINESE SPACE PROGRAM; COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; LAUNCH VEHICLES; REMOTE
 SENSING; SOLID PROPELLANT ROCKET ENGINES; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 52
-A-
 1397315 A85-40175
-W-
 The Proton launcher
 BOND, A.; PARFITT, J.
 Spaceflight (ISSN 0038-6340), vol. 27, July-Aug. 1985, p. 318-320.
 Pub. Date: Aug. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: United Kingdom
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8519
 The capabilities, design features and missions for the Soviet Proton booster
 are described. The Proton, outfitted with six strap-on boosters, launched
 the Vega 1 and 2 Venus/Halley dual mission spacecraft. RD-253 engines burn
 N2O4 and UDMH fuels, possibly through a preburner before the combustion
 chamber. A vacuum thrust of 450, 000 lb is projected for the engine.
 Analyses are presented to set the launch weight at 1,600, 000 lb, implying
 that the vehicle is based on an ICBM design. It is suggested that the Proton
 has sufficiently high noise and vibration levels to prohibit it from being
 man-rated. (M.S.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *LAUNCH VEHICLES; *PAYLOADS; *SALYUT SPACE STATION; *VEGA LAUNCH VEHICLE;
 SOVIET SPACECRAFT
 Sub. Class.: 7515 Launch Vehicles & Space Vehicles (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 53
-A-
 1396072 A85-39930
-W-
 Commercialization of a Space Station
 SHESKIN, T. J. (Cleveland State University, Cleveland, OH)
 American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Winter Annual Meeting, New
 Orleans, LA, Dec. 9-14, 1984. 5 p.
 Pub. Date: Dec. 1984 10 refs.
-ReptNo-
 ASME PAPER 84-WA/TS-3
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8518
 A Space Station will create new opportunities for commercial investment.
 This paper explores two of the most promising areas: materials processing in
 space, and the servicing and launching of communications satellites. Risks
 to commercial investors are identified. Recommendations are offered for
 providing incentives to private sector companies to invest in a Space
 Station. (Author)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *ORBITAL SERVICING; *ORBITAL SPACE STATIONS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION;
 *SPACE PROCESSING; COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; MARKET RESEARCH; MATERIALS
 SCIENCE; ORBITAL LAUNCHING; RISK; WEIGHTLESSNESS
 Sub. Class.: 7712 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 54
-A-
 1395059 A85-38917
-W-
 The use of microgravity for industrial and commercial purposes
 GODON, J. P. (Aerospatiale, Paris, France)
 IN: Symposium on Industrial Activity in Space, Siresa, Italy, May 2-4, 1984,
 Proceedings (A85-38901 18-12). Paris, Eurospace, 1984, p. 464-475.
 Pub. Date: 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: France
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA85?8
 A European strategy for the development of space-based manufacturing
 facilities utilizing the advantages of microgravity is discussed. Topics
 considered include the kinds of activities required; ways to inform and
 involve the nonspace industries which form the potential user community; the
 progression from preliminary data surveys to R&D activities, processing and
 production, and marketing; cost and legal considerations; improvement of
 international channels of technical information; and selection of candidate
 projects. A list of recommended missions for an ESA/EEC microgravity task
 force is provided. (T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *MICROGRAVITY APPLICATIONS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE
 INDUSTRIALIZATION; COSTS; EUROPE; INFORMATION FLOW
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 55
-A-
 1395056 A85-38914
-W-
 Need for alternative space launch services given NASA refusal to launch
 SPARX-01 mission under standard form commercial launch services agreement
 HEISS, K. P.
 IN: Symposium on Industrial Activity in Space, Stresa, Italy, May 2-4, 1984,
 Proceedings A85-38901 18-12). Paris, Eurospace, 1984, p. 355-368.
 Pub. Date: 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8518
 Legal, political, and economic implications of the refusal by NASA to launch
 the SPARX-01 commercial terrestrial-remote-sensing satellite under terms
 acceptable to SPARX are discussed from the SPARX perspective. The history of
 negotiations between SPARX and NASA since 1983 is recalled; the terms of the
 original Standard Form Commercial Launch Agreement and the new terms (based
 on the language of HR-5155, remote-sensing bill passed by the U.S. House of
 Representatives) proposed by NASA in April 1984 are summarize; and the
 reasons for SPARX rejection of the new terms (exclusion of any proprietary
 rights to the remote-sensing data, subjection to U.S. licensing and
 regulation) are indicated. It is argued that the new terms are illegally
 imposed (since launch reservation fees were paid in 1983) and constitute a
 'closed skies' policy resulting in a government monopoly on remote sensing,
 an infringement on the freedom to gather and disseminate information, and
 eventually in a loss of commercial launch business for NASA (since
 alternative launch possibilities are being developed; e.g., Ariane). (T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; *LAW (JURISPRUDENCE); *REMOTE SENSING;
 *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE SHUTTLE PAYLOADS; *SPACECRAFT LAUNCNING;
 AGREEMENTS
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 56
-A-
 1395049 A85-38907
-W-
 Long liquid bridges (analysis of recent Spacelab experiments)
 DA RIVA, I.; MARTINEZ, I. (Madrid, Universidad Politecnica, Madrid, Spain)
 IN: Symposium on Industrial Activity in Space, Stresa, Italy, May 2-4, 1984,
 Proceedings (A85-38901 18-12). Paris, Eurospace, 1984, p. 137-178. Research
 supported by the Comision Nacional de Investigation del Espacio.
 Pub. Date: 1984 34 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Spain
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
 Most documents available from AIAA Technical Library
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8518
 The hydrostatics and hydrodynamics of liquid bridges held between parallel
 coaxial solid disks under reduced-gravity conditions are characterized,
 summarizing the results of space experiments and experimental and numerical
 simulations of microgravity. The results are presented in graphs and
 diagrams, and applications such as floating-zone crystal growth and
 electrophoresis separation techniques are considered. It is argued that the
 high cost, logistical problems, and infrequent availability of space
 facilities give earth-based R&D efforts in materials processing the
 advantage, although carefully prepared space experiments can act as a
 catalyst stimulating progress in earth-based activities. (T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *BRIDGES; *FLUID DYNAMICS; *SPACE PROCESSING; *SPACEBORNE EXPERIMENTS;
 *SPACELAB; CRYSTAL GROWTH; ELECTROPHORESIS; FLOAT ZONES; HYDROSTATICS; SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION
 Sub. Class.: 7534 Fluid Mechanics & Heat Transfer (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 57
-A-
 1395046 A85-38904
-W-
 European space industry's potential
 PARDOE, G. K. C. (General Technology Systems, Ltd., London, England)
 IN: Symposium on Industrial Activity in Space, Stresa, Italy, May 2-4, 1984,
 Proceedings (A85-38901 18-12). Paris, Eurospace, 1984, p. 92-109.
 Pub. Date: 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: United Kingdom
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8518
 The present role of the space industry in the economies of western Europe is
 surveyed, and strategies to maintain and increase it are proposed. The
 history of space utilization by earth-based industry and commerce is traced,
 including communications and navigation satellites, remote-sensing
 satellites, material-processing experiments, and already planned unmanned
 and manned processing facilities, and the earth-based technologies which
 have made these developments possible are discussed. The mechanism of space
 development is seen as a cyclic process in which enabling technologies lead
 to space research which advances technology and creates new demand for space
 facilities and physical or information products. It is argued that both
 coordinated marketing and educational efforts by government and industry (to
 build an informed user community in Europe) and political support of space
 programs are necessary if the European space industry is to expand and
 compete in world markets. (T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *EUROPEAN SPACE PROGRAMS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE
 INDUSTRIALIZATION; GRAPHS (CHARTS); REMOTE SENSING; UTILIZATION
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 58
-A-
 1395044 A85-38902
-W-
 Space - The challenge of a new environment
 JORDAN, H. L. (Deutsche Forschungs- und Versuchsanstalt fuer ?uft- und
 Raumfahrt, Cologne, West Germany)
 IN: Symposium on Industrial Activity in Space, Stresa, Italy, May ?-4, 1984,
 Proceedings (A85-38901 18-12). Paris, Eurospace, 1984, p. 5-26.
 Pub. Date: 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Germany, Federal Republic of
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8518
 The history, current status, and future plans for industrial activity in
 space are surveyed from a European perspective. Topics discussed include the
 early history of space flight; the progress of remote-sensing technology;
 the nature of the space environment at altitude 500 km; the effects of
 microgravity on physical processes of industrial importance; steps to be
 taken by industry to prepare to take advantage of space processing
 opportunities; the ongoing rocket-borne TEXUS and STS-borne MAUS, GAS, and
 Spacelab experiments in material science; legal and organizational aspects
 of space industrialization; and planned European participation in the NASA
 Space Station. Photographs, drawings, diagrams, and graphs are provided.
 (T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACE ENVIRONMENTS; *EUROPEAN SPACE PROGRAMS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION;
 *SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; HISTORIES; MATERIALS SCIENCE; REMOTE SENSING;
 SPACE STATIONS; SPACEBORNE EXPERIMENTS; SPACELAB
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 59
-A-
 1395043 A85-38901
-W-
 Symposium on Industrial Activity in Space, Stresa, Italy, May 2-4, 1984,
 Proceedings
 Symposium sponsored by the European Economic Community, ESA, Asritalia
 S.p.A., et al. Paris, Eurospace, 1984, 492 p. For individual items see
 A85-38902 to A85-38917.
 Pub. Date: 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: International Organization Co. of Publ. International
 Organization
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8518
 European research and planning efforts for industrial and commercial
 activities in space are examined in reviews and reports and illustrated with
 graphs, diagrams, photographs, and drawings. Topics discussed include the
 potential of the European space industry; processes for space use;
 applications to glass, ceramic, optical, pharmaceutical, and biological
 industries; applications to metallurgy, inorganic and organic chemistry, and
 physics; applications to electronics and electricity; novel uses of space;
 European space plans; and cooperation with the U.S. Also presented are
 round-table discussions on legal aspects of industrial space activity and on
 the use of microgravity for industrial and commercial purposes. ( T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACE INDUSTRY; *CONFERENCES; *EUROPEAN SPACE PROGRAMS *MICROGRAVITY
 APPLICATIONS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; BIOLOGY;
 CHEMISTRY; ELECTRONICS; FLUID DYNAMICS; HAZARDOUS MATERIAL DISPOSAL (IN
 SPACE); MATERIALS SCIENCE; METALLURGY; PHARMACOLOGY; PHYSICS; RADIOACTIVE
 WASTES; SOLAR GENERATORS; SPACE PROCESSING
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 60
-A-
 1394944 A85-38802
-W-
 The NASA land processes program - Status and future directions
 MURPHY, R. E. (NASA, Land Processes Branch, Washington, DC)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D. C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981
 IN: Machine processing of remotely sensed data: Thematic Mapper data and
 geographic information systems; Proceedings of the Tenth International
 Symposium, West Lafayette, IN, June 12-14, 1984 (A85-38801 18-43). New York,
 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1984, p. 9-12.
 Pub. Date: 1984 10 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8518
 For most of the past decade, NASA focused its efforts on the immediate
 exploitation of space-based sensors in earth-oriented programs. After an
 assessment of the current situation with respect to the conducted programs,
 NASA has restructured its earth-oriented programs to concentrate on the
 scientific use of its satellites while other agencies and private enterprise
 have assumed responsibility for programs of interest to them. In making this
 change of direction, NASA has conducted a series of studies to obtain
 information as a basis for its planning activities regarding future
 programs. Attention is given to a plan for Land Global Habitability, the
 development of a basic structure for the land program, a program plan for
 global biology, and a study on the role of biochemical cycles. The three
 major facets of the land processes program are discussed along with some
 examples of current work. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *EARTH RESOURCES; *LAND; *NASA PROGRAMS; *SATELLITE-BORNE PHOTOGRAPHY;
 *TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT; ARID LANDS; ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING; MINERAL
 EXPLORATION; PROJECT MANAGEMENT
 Sub. Class.: 7543 Earth Resources (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 61
-A-
 1393754 N85-27931
-W-
 The Ariane launch vehicle is the key of the Europeans to the space market
 DIE TRAEGERRAKETE ARIANE IST DER SCHLUESSEL DER EUROPAER ZUM WELTRAUMMARKT
 LAUSSERMAIR, F.
 Maschinenfabrik Augsburg-Nuernberg A.G., Munich (West Germany).
 Corp. Source Code: MI971840
 Pub. Date: 1984 7P.
 Language: German
 Co. of Origin: Germany, Federal Republic of
 Co. of Pub.: Germany, Federal Republic of
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTI HC A02/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8517
 The history and commercial future of Ariane are described. Arianespace got
 30 orders and 14 reservations. Ariane 4 is being developed. The heaviest
 Ariane 4 version represents a payload increase of 70% compared to Ariane 3.
 Ariane 4 is expected to be competitive in space transportation until the
 mid-nineties. Ariane 5 is seen as a rival to the Space Transportation
 System; it has to be able to bring larger and heavier payloads into low and
 high orbits. Cooperation with the US in the construction of a space station
 can open interesting transportation tasks in the low orbit for Ariane 5.
 (Author (ESA))
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: ESA
-Desc-
 *ARIANE LAUNCH VEHICLE; *COMMERCIAL SPACECRAFT; *MARKETING; *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; ECONOMIC FACTORS; EUROPEAN SPACE PROGRAMS; PRODUCT
 DEVELOPMENT; SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; SPACE STATIONS; SPACE TRANSPORTATION
 SYSTEM; SPACECRAFT DESIGN
 Sub. Class.: 7515 Launch Vehicles & Space Vehicles (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 62
-A-
 393751 N85-27928
-W-
 In orbit infrastructure. Volume 1: Executive summary (European space
 programs)
 Erno Rumfahrttechnik G.m.b.H., Bremen (West Germany).
 Corp. Source Code: E2789907
 Place of Publ.: Paris Publisher: ESA
 Pub. Date: Jul. 1984 80P.
-ReptNo-
 RX011-002/84-VOL-1; ESA-CR (P)-2002-VOL-1
 Contract No.: ESA-5602/83/F-FC (SC)
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Germany, Federal Republic of
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A05/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8517
 Based on the identified and projected European mission needs for Earth
 observation, telecommunications, space processing and scientific missions,
 mission requirements and in-orbit infrastructure (IOI) element function
 performances were established. Orbit change, rendezvous and docking,
 telemanipulator operations, automatic sample exchange, and automatic
 re-entry elements are applicable for the servicing equipment of a materials
 processing space platform, the orbital transfer and servicing system, and
 the re-entry vehicle (REV). Economic and technical arguments favor manned
 elements (STS) for launch/servicing/payload exchange/recovery for initial
 material processing missions in a 500 km/28.5 deg orbit. The introduction of
 Ariane 5 and REV gives Europe an independent servicing capability with
 similar launch costs but with higher reliance on automatic systems for
 rendezvous docking/servicing/payload exchange/recovery. Operational missions
 using Hermes, although not so economically attractive, provide Europe with
 an independent manned capacity. (Author (ESA))
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: ESA
-Desc-
 *EUROPEAN SPACE PROGRAMS; *PROJECT PLANNING; *SPACE LOGISTICS; *SPACE
 MAINTENANCE; *TECHNOLOGICAL FORECASTING; REUSABLE SPACECRAFT; ROBOTICS;
 SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE RENDEZVOUS; SPACECRAFT DOCKING
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 63
-A-
 1393750 N85-27927
-W-
 European utilization aspects of a US manned space station, volume 2
 Final Report
 Deutsche Forschungs- und Versuchsanstalt fuer Luft- und Raumfahrt, Cologne
 (West Germany).
 Corp. Source Code: DO696939
 Place of Publ.: Paris Publisher: ESA
 Pub. Date: Apr. 1983 2 Vol. 393P.
 Publ. Note: Prepared in cooperation with MBB GmbH, Bremen, West Germany,
 Aeritalia SpA, Turin, British Aerospace Aircraft Group, Bristol,
 Dornier-Werke GmbH, Friedrichshafen, West Germany, and Matra, Toulouse
-ReptNo-
 ESA-CR (P)-1987-VOL-2
 Contract No.: ESA-5243/82/F-FC (SC)
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Germany, Federal Republic of
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A17/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8517
 European payload candidates which can be beneficially supported by a manned
 space station (MSS) are identified. The required operational space station
 support is assessed. Alternative approaches if no manned space station is
 available are discussed and the impact identified. The MSS is needed in life
 sciences, space technology, and materials science. The MSS need to be
 completed by free flying platforms for automatic material processes, space
 sciences, and Earth observations. The majority of identified payload
 candidates are for basic research. Commercial payloads are only identified
 in telecommunications. Identification of commercial materials processing
 payloads depends on the results from Spacelab. (Author (ESA))
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: ESA
-Desc-
 *EUROPEAN SPACE PROGRAMS; *INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; *MANNED ORBITAL
 LABORATORIES; *NASA PROGRAMS; *ORBITAL SPACE STATIONS; SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE PROCESSING; SPACEBORNE ASTRONOMY; SPACEBORNE
 EXPERIMENTS; SPACECRAFT DESIGN
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 64
-A-
 1393749 N85-27926
-W-
 European utilization aspects of a US manned space station, volume 1
 Final Report
 Deutsche Forschungs- und Versuchsanstalt fuer Luft- und Raumfahrt, Cologne
 (West German).
 Corp. Source Code: DO696939
 Place of Publ.: Paris Publisher: ESA
 Pub. Date: Apr. 1983 2 Vol. 65P.
 Publ. Note: Prepared in cooperation with MBB GmbH, Bremen, West Germany,
 Aeritalia SpA, Turin, British Aerospace Aircraft Group, Bristol,
 Dornier-Werke GmbH, Friedrichshafen, West Germany, and Matra, Toulouse
-ReptNo-
 ESA-CR (P)-1987-VOL-1
 Contract No.: ESA-5243/82/F-FC (SC)
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Germany, Federal Republic of
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A04/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8517
 European payload candidates which can be beneficially supported by a manned
 space station (MSS) are identified. The required operational station support
 is assessed. Alternative approaches if no manned space station is available
 are discussed and the impact identified. The MSS is needed in life sciences,
 space technology, and materials science. The MSS needs to be completed by
 free flying platforms for automatic material processes, space sciences, and
 Earth observations. The majority of identified payload candidates are for
 basic research. Commercial payloads are only identified in
 telecommunications. Identification of commercial materials processing
 payloads depends on the results from Spacelab. (Author (ESA))
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: ESA
-Desc-
 *EUROPEAN SPACE PROGRAMS; *INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; *MANNED ORBITAL
 LABORATORIES; *NASA PROGRAMS; *ORBITAL SPACE STATIONS; SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE PROCESSING; SPACEBORNE ASTRONOMY; SPACEBORNE
 EXPERIMENTS; SPACECRAFT DESIGN
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 65
-A-
 1393005 A85-37954
-W-
 The private sector - A global pool of technical talent for remote sensing
 training and program support
 CARTER, W. D. (Globex, Inc., Reston, Va)
 (COSPAR, IUGS, COSTED, and United Nations, Workshops on Remote Sensing from
 Satellites, 1st and 9th, and Topical Meeting, Graz, Austria, June 25-July 7,
 1984) Advances in Space Research (ISSN 0273-1177), vol. 4, no. 11, 1984 p.
 49-57.
 Pub. Date: 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE; CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8517
 An overview of what has happened in space research and technology over the
 past 25 years, and an outlook for the future are presented. Consideration is
 given to weather, communications, and earth-resource satellites. It is
 demonstrated that there is a change from government-financed programs toward
 greater diversification and development of initiatives in the private sector
 resulting in cheaper products that are more available to the potential users
 of space-derived information. The private sector and its various elements
 and capabilities are discussed. A list of 150 space technology companies,
 their locations and products and/or services is given. (M.D.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *EDUCATION; *REMOTE SENSING; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *TECHNOLOGY
 ASSESSMENT; COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; EARTH RESOURCES; LANDSAT SATELLITES;
 METEOROLOGICAL SATELLITES; NASA PROGRAMS
 Sub. Class.: 7543 Earth Resources (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 66
-A-
 1392310 A85-37259
-W-
 The myth of militarization
 OBERG, J. E.
 Space World (ISSN 0038-6332), vol. V-5-258, June 1985, p. 21-24.
 Publ. Date: Jun. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8517
 The role of the military establishment in the U.S. space program is surveyed
 from a NASA perspective, responding to claims of increasing militarization
 made by Soviet spokesmen or domestic critics. Topics examined include the
 need for NASA-DOD cooperation to avoid duplication of services; the
 increasing proportion of civilian Shuttle astronauts; the relatively
 constant proportion of military Shuttle payloads; and the ill-suitedness of
 the Shuttle for antisatellite, nuclear-bombing, or SDI-related missions.
 (T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *MILITARY SPACECRAFT; *MILITARY TECHNOLOGY; *ORBITAL SPACE STATIONS; *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; *SPACE SHUTTLE MISSIONS; APOLLO
 PROJECT; ENTERPRISE (ORBITER); LAUNCH VEHICLES; PAYLOADS; SOVIET SPACECRAFT
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 67
-A-
 1392307 A85-37256
-W-
 Homesteading the new frontier
 ROGERS, T. F.
 Space World (ISSN 0038-6332), vol. V-5-258, June 1985, p. 4-7.
 Pub. Date: Jun. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8517
 The use of large SST external tanks as habitation modules for an expanded
 U.S. civilian presence in LEO is proposed. It is pointed out that these
 tanks could be placed in LEO (instead of being allowed to break up in the
 atmosphere) at relatively low cost to provide about 70, 000 cu ft of
 pressurized space each, to be made usable by purging any remaining fuel and
 installing appropriate life-support systems. It is recommended that
 federal-government policy for making such modules available to private users
 be formulated by analogy to the homesteading legislation of the 19th
 century. Photographs of the external tanks and drawings of various design
 concepts for LEO spacecraft are included. (T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; *SPACE PROGRAMS; *SPACE
 SHUTTLE MISSIONS; *SPACE SHUTTLE PAYLOADS; *SPACE STATIONS ; APOLLO PROJECT;
 EARTH ORBITS; GEOSYNCHRONOUS ORBITS
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 68
-A-
 1392202 A85-37151
-W-
 New opportunities in space; Proceedings of the Twenty-first Space Congress,
 Cocoa Beach, FL, April 24-26, 1984
 Congress sponsored by the Canaveral Co. of Technical Societies. Cape
 Canaveral, FL, Canaveral Co. of Technical Societies, 1984, 446 p. For
 individual items see A85-37152 to A85-37155.
 Pub. Date: 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8517
 Various papers on space technology are presented. The general topics
 discussed include: international aerospace programs, machines to augment
 man, space communications, flight and ground operations, space station
 technology, innovative technology applications, future space transportation
 and missions, STS flight experiments, and commercialization of space. The
 wide scope of technologies that contribute to today's successes in space and
 point the way to future operations are emphasized. (C.D.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACE ENGINEERING; *CONFERENCES; *TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT ; FLIGHT
 OPERATIONS; GROUND SUPPORT SYSTEMS; MAN MACHINE SYSTEMS; PREFLIGHT
 OPERATIONS; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE COMMUNICATION; SPACE STATIONS;
 SPACE TRANSPORTATION; SPACEBORNE EXPERIMENTS; SPACECRAFT MAINTENANCE;
 SPACELAB; TECHNOLOGY UTILIZATION
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 69
-A-
 1392048 A85-36997
-W-
 International space law (Book)
 KOLOSOV, IU. (Ministerstvo Inostrannykh Del SSSR, Moscow, USSR); ZHUKOV, G.
 New York, Praeger 1984, 238 p. Translation.
 Pub. Date: 1984 190 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U.S.S.R.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 BOOK; TRANSLATION
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8517
 The fundamental principles, historical development, and current problems of
 international space law (ISL) are reviewed from a Soviet perspective.
 Chapters are devoted to the concept and sources of ISL, the principles of
 ISL, the legal status of artificial space objects, international cooperation
 in the rescue of cosmonauts, international responsibility for space
 activities, international systems of space communications (Intersputnik,
 Intelsat, and Inmarsat), ISL of direct TV broadcasting via satellite, ISL of
 space meteorology, ISL of remote sensing, the delimitation of outer space,
 and the status of the moon and other celestial bodies of the solar system in
 ISL. The need for further legislation regarding national or international
 permanent manned space stations is indicated. (T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *SPACE EXPLORATION; *SPACE LAW; ARTIFICIAL SATELLITES; CLAIMING; LEGAL
 LIABILITY; METEOROLOGY; MILITARY TECHNOLOGY; MOON; REMOTE SENSING; RESCUE
 OPERATIONS; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE COMMUNICATION; SPACE FLIGHT;
 SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; SPACE MISSIONS; SPACE PROGRAMS; TELEVISION
 TRANSMISSION; UNITED NATIONS
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 70
-A-
 1389818 A85-35978
-W-
 U.S. initiatives in space commercialization
 LOGSDON, J. M. (George Washington University, Washington, DC)
 International Astronautical Federation, International Astronautical
 Congress, 35th, Lausanne, Switzerland, Oct. 7-13, 1984. 5 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1984 7 Refs.
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 4-223
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8516
 A campaign has recently been conducted to promote space commercialization.
 The possibilities for the realization of the envisaged prospects in space
 technology are evaluated, taking into account sources of space revenues, the
 requirements for space commercialization, positive developments, and
 uncertain progress in relation to a number of crucial questions. The results
 of the evaluation suggest that the commercialization of space will be a
 long-term, slowly evolving enterprise. There is little doubt that eventually
 space business will be established and thrive. However, there is little
 likelihood that such a situation will occur in the next ten years. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACE INDUSTRY; *FEASIBILITY ANALYSIS; *RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT;
 *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE MANUFACTURING; COMMERCE; COST ANALYSIS;
 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS; FEDERAL BUDGETS; INVESTMENTS; MARKET RESEARCH PRODUCT
 DEVELOPMENT
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 71
-A-
 1386936 A85-34538
-W-
 Commercial use of space - The space business era
 GRIFFIN, G. D. (NASA, Johnson Space Center, Houston, TX)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Lyndon B. Johnson Space
 Center, Houston, Tex.
 Corp. Source Code: ND052615
 (U.S. Space Technology Conference and Exhibition, Zurich, Switzerland, June
 19-21, 1984) Space Solar Power Review (ISSN 0191-9067), vol. 5, no. 1, 1985,
 p. 77-82.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE; CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8515
 Progress and avenues being explored by NASA to hasten the commercialization
 of space are described. A task force has recommended that the effort begin
 at once, that bureaucratic barriers to commercial space activities be
 removed, and that a partnership between government and industry be seriously
 explored. The government role is to establish links with private industry,
 invest in high-leverage technologies and space facilities which will be
 attractive to commercial ventures, and contribute to commercial enterprises
 where risks are high and significant economic benefits can be foreseen. The
 government/industry relationship can be legally evinced by MOUs, joint
 endeavor agreements, technical exchange agreements and industrial guest
 investigator arrangements. The Space Station is the first step in that it
 allows Americans to live and work in space. It is expected that
 international participation in Space Station development and utilization
 will accelerate the space business era. (M.S.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACE INDUSTRY; *COMMERCIAL SPACECRAFT; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION;
 *SPACE MANUFACTURING; CATALYSTS; CRYSTAL GROWTH; EUROPEAN SPACE AGENCY;
 GRAPHITE; INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; NASA PROGRAMS; SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION;
 SPACE PLATFORMS; SPACE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM; SPACELAB; THIN FILMS
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 72
-A-
 1386620 A85-34222
-W-
 Satellite owners move to offset telephony losses to optical fiber
 LOWNDES, J. C.
 Commercial Space (ISSN 8756-4831), vol. 1, Spring 1985, p. 64-66, 68-69.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8515
 Preparations are made to exploit the advantages of communications satellites
 for distributing messages among many locations at once. By providing such
 services, it would be possible to offset losses in telephone market share,
 which are expected during the last half of the decade because of optical
 fiber competition. If the ventures in point-to-multipoint communications are
 successful, satellites can be employed to extend the full range of
 telecommunications services to many ground stations in suburban, rural, and
 even remote areas. In connection with current technological developments, it
 appears that optical fiber or digital microwave will replace satellites
 later in this decade on many long-haul routes with heavy traffic. An
 American telephone company plans to construct 21, 000 miles of optical fiber
 facilities connecting U.S. cities and spanning the Atlantic and Pacific by
 the end of the decade. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; *COST EFFECTIVENESS; *FIBER OPTICS; *MICROWAVE
 TRANSMISSION; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *TELEPHONY; *TRANSOCEANIC
 COMMUNICATION; BROADCASTING; COMMUNICATION NETWORKS; DIGITAL SYSTEMS;
 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS; MARKET RESEARCH; OPTICAL COMMUNICATION; POINT TO POINT
 COMMUNICATION; TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT; UNITED STATES; VOICE COMMUNICATION
 Sub. Class.: 7532 Communications (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 73
-A-
 1386619 A85-34221
-W-
 Starstruck's problems spotlight risks, opportunities in space
 OLONE, R. G.
 Commercial Space (ISSN 8756-4831), vol. 1, Spring 1985, p. 60, 61, 63.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8515
 The present article is concerned with a new American company which was
 founded with the objective to build an inexpensive, reliable booster for
 customers who want to launch communications satellites but cannot afford the
 European Ariane or the U.S. Space Shuttle. The money provided by the
 investors permitted the new firm to do what no other U.S. company had done,
 that is to design, test, and launch a space booster completely with private
 funds. The decisions made by the management of the company in the attempt to
 implement their plans are critically evaluated. In order to overcome
 difficulties related to the regulations regarding a land launch, it was
 decided to launch the booster from water. The Dolphin engine, consisting of
 the largest hybrid motor developed to date, was tested at a maximum of 42,
 000-lb thrust, and produced 35, 000 lb during a successful launch. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *BOOSTER ROCKET ENGINES; *COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; *INVESTMENTS; *RISK;
 *SPACE COMMERCALIZATION; *SPACECRAFT LAUNCHING; AEROSPACE INDUSTRY;
 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT; FLIGHT TESTS; ROCKET ENGINE DESIGN; UNITED STATES
 Sub. Class.: 7581 Administration & Management (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 74
-A-
 1386618 A85-3420
-W-
 Germany cites commercial fallout as justification for U.S. Station
 involvement
 FEAZEL, M.
 Commercial Space (ISSN 8756-4831), vol. 1, Spring 1985, p. 47, 49, 51, 54.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8515
 In January, West Germany agreed to provide about $1 billion to Columbus
 (total cost $2.4 billion), which represents the European contribution to the
 U.S. Space Station project. The design of Columbus will be derived from the
 design of Spacelab, the European-built laboratory which is carried in the
 cargo bay of the Space Shuttle. The German contribution to Columbus was
 approved by the German Bundestag only on condition that the investment would
 result in a commercial return. Questions regarding the commercialization of
 the Space Station are discussed, taking into account also developments
 related to the flight of the SPAS with the Space Shuttle. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *EUROPEAN SPACE PROGRAMS; *INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; *ORBITAL SPACE
 STATIONS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACELAB; GERMANY; SPACE SHUTTLE
 PAYLOADS; SPACEBORNE EXPERIMENTS; SPACECRAFT DESIGN
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 75
-A-
 1386617 A85-34219
-W-
 Progress of Europe's Ariane launcher challenges U.S. Shuttle on cost issue
 LENOROVITZ, J. M.
 Commercial Space (ISSN 8756-4831), vol. 1, Spring 1985, p. 39, 42-44.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8515
 The Ariane family of European launch vehicles is discussed. The final flight
 of an Ariane 1 is planned for a date between September and November 1985.
 Ariane 5 will begin operations in the mid-1990s. It will have the function
 to launch heavy-weight satellite payloads into a geostationary transfer
 orbit. This vehicle can also be employed to launch France's proposed small
 manned shuttle vehicle Hermes. Arianespace, the marketing/management
 organization for the Ariane, was established in 1980 by European
 manufacturers, European banks, and the French space agency. France with just
 under 60 percent of the shares is the organization's largest shareholder,
 while West Germany follows with slightly under 20 percent. Other
 shareholders include Italy, Spain, and the UK. Arianespace holds firm orders
 for orbiting 30 satellites. One half of the orders come from customers
 outside the European home market. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *ARIANE LAUNCH VEHICLE; *COST EFFECTIVENESS; *EUROPEAN SPACE PROGRAMS;
 *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE SHUTTLES; COMMERCIAL SPACECRAFT ESA
 SPACECRAFT; INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; MARKET RESEARCH; TECHNOLOGY
 ASSESSMENT
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 76
-A-
 1386616 A85-34218
-W-
 Remote sensing - A tortuous trip to marketplace
 DANN, P.
 Commercial Space (ISSN 8756-4831), vol. 1, Spring 1985, p. 32, 33, 35-37.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8515
 Remote sensing represents a thirteen-year old U.S. government experiment in
 gathering earth surface images by satellite in outer space. If the
 experiment is transferred successfully from government to private sector, it
 might develop in the next decade into a data market worth billions of
 dollars. According to the most recent estimates, remote sensing's gross
 revenues might reach $2 billion annually by the year 2000 for raw data sales
 alone. In 1983, President Reagan made the decision to accelerate transfer of
 remote sensing operations ahead of the schedule set forth by President
 Carter. This decision was partly the result of Reagan's philosophy of
 removing government from the private economy, another factor was the need to
 reduce federal expenditures. The present status of remote sensing is
 discussed along with the services which are provided. A description of
 future developments is also presented. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER; *GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; *MARKET
 RESEARCH; *REMOTE SENSING; *SATELLITE IMAGERY; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION;
 AGRICULTURE; COST EFFECTIVENESS; EARTH RESOURCES PROGRAM ; ENVIRONMENTAL
 MONITORING; GEOLOGICAL SURVEYS; HYDROLOGY; LAND USE; PHOTOMAPPING
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 77
-A-
 1386615 A85-34217
-W-
 Widespread civil uses envisioned for satellite navigation system
 SMITH, B. A.
 Commercial Space (ISSN 8756-4831), vol. ?, Spring 1985, p. 27-29.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8515
 It is expected that the Defense Department's Navstar global positioning
 system (GPS) will be utilized by many civil users, taking into account
 trucks, emergency vehicles, pleasure boats, and commercial aircraft. An
 important factor regarding the realization of the expectations is the
 production of reliable and relatively low-cost receiver sets for the GPS
 signals. Some industry officials believe that the use of receivers will
 expand gradually during the next two to three years, and then accelerate
 rapidly once the satellite system has become operational. The largest
 civilian market for receivers is expected to be land-based users, while the
 second largest segment of the civilian market involves marine applications.
 Attention is given to a number of applications of the GPS signals and the
 devices which have been or are being developed for these applications (
 G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM; *NAVSTAR SATELLITES; SATELLITE NAVIGATION
 SYSTEMS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *TECHNOLOGY UTILIZATION; AIR NAVIGATION;
 COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT; COST EFFECTIVENESS; EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTERS;
 MARKET RESEARCH; RADIO NAVIGATION; SURFACE NAVIGATION
 Sub. Class.: 7504 Aircraft Communications & Navigation (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 78
-A-
 1386614 A85-34216
-W-
 An astronaut's look at commercial space opportunities
 COLLINS, M.
 Commercial Space (ISSN 8756-4831), vol. 1, Spring 1985, p. 24-26.
 Publ. Date: 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8515
 The commercial opportunities provided by space are related to the unique
 qualities of the space environment. These qualities are discussed, taking
 into account weightlessness, a practically perfect vacuum, the great
 differences between hot and cold, the continuous supply of solar energy, the
 charged particles, good visibility, absence of noise, the practically
 infinite size of space, and the high costs of gaining access to it. These
 qualities make possible the production of very precise spheres for
 calibration purposes, and the manufacture of ultra-pure glass and other
 materials. The production of rare pharmaceuticals in space is likely to have
 an early payoff, while the production of gallium-arsenide crystals for
 electronic devices is also very promising. However, the great risks involved
 in space ventures together with long payback times and the required large
 investments exert a retarding influence on space commercialization.
 Attention is given to the role of the government in space and opportunities
 provided by the Space Station. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; *ORBITAL SPACE STATIONS; *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE MANUFACTURING; *SPACE PROCESSING; *TECHNOLOGICAL
 FORECASTING; CRYSTAL GROWTH; GALLIUM ARSENIDES; NASA PROGRAMS; PRODUCTION
 ENGINEERING; SPACEBORNE EXPERIMENTS; VACUUM EFFECTS; WEIGHTLESSNESS
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 79
-A-
 1386613 A85-34215
-W-
 Investors balance enthusiasm for new market against risk potential
 SHIFREN, C. A.
 Commercial Space (ISSN 8756-4831), vol. 1, Spring 1985, p. 19-21.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8515
 Although the interest in commercial space projects is increasing, the
 investment community shows caution and hesitancy regarding a commitment to
 such projects. The caution is a result of the particular situation which
 exists with respect to space-related commercial projects. They require
 generally a large amount of capital, the potential return on investment may
 be years off, and the risks, compared with other potential investments,
 appear greater. There are, however, a number of entrepreneurial companies
 which are finding capital for commercial space projects. One is developing
 Space Shuttle upper stages and vehicles to be used to launch commercial
 satellites, while another is concerned with the growing of crystals in
 space. A third company is developing a free-flying man-tended laboratory
 platform to be used for materials processing and other activities. Attention
 is also given to a number of Fortune 500 companies which are getting
 involved in commercial space projects. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *CRYSTAL GROWTH; *INVESTMENTS; *MARKET RESEARCH; *RISK; *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE PROCESSING; FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT; MATERIALS
 SCIENCE; ORBIT TRANSFER VEHICLES; ORBITAL LAUNCHING; PROJECT PLANNING;
 RESEARCH PROJECTS; SPACE PLATFORMS; SPACE SHUTTLE ORBITERS; SPACEBORNE
 EXPERIMENTS
 Sub. Class.: 7583 Economics & Cost Analysis (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 80
-A-
 1386612 A85-34214
-W-
 Evolving government policy eases way for space ventures
 COVAULT, C.
 Commercial Space (ISSN 8756-4831), vol. 1, Spring 1985, p. 14-18.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8515
 It is pointed out that the formation of a commercial space policy at both
 the White House and NASA has introduced greater predictability into
 corporate planning for space ventures. As a consequence of this development,
 new groups have begun to show interest in commercial space endeavors. These
 groups include a broader cross section of finance and lending institutions,
 state and local governments interested in stimulating space business in
 their geographical areas, and more companies with innovative ideas.
 According to a new analysis, gross annual revenues for all commercial space
 endeavors should total between $44.5 billion and $53 billion by the year
 2000. The key areas of NASA policy interest for the next two years are
 related to centers for commercial development, technology utilization, new
 NASA facilities, limited seed funding, and expanded agreements. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; *NASA PROGRAMS; *POLICIES; *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; *TECHNOLOGY UTILIZATION; COST INCENTIVES; CRYSTAL GROWTH;
 ORBITAL SPACE STATIONS; SPACE PROCESSING; SPACE SHUTTLE ORBITERS; SPACEBORNE
 EXPERIMENTS
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 81
-A-
 1386590 A85-34192
-W-
 The outlook for space commercialization
 HAGGERTY, J. J.
 Space World (ISSN 0038-6332), vol. V-5-257, May 1985, p. 20-25.
 Pub. Date: May 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IA8515
 An evaluation is made of the current status and outlook for space
 commercialization in five major areas of activity. The demand for
 space-based communications relay has been increasing rapidly, and is being
 addressed by advanced technologies that allow greater numbers of
 transponders per satellite, more effective employment of existing wavebands,
 and transmissions in a new band that is not yet in use. The NASA Landsat
 system of earth resources remote sensing satellites will be augmented by the
 French-led SPOT Image Corporation. The ESA's Ariane launch vehicle is a
 strong competitor in NASA Space Shuttle markets for satellite launching.
 'Upper stage' orbit transfer systems are under development. Studies indicate
 that there are about 500 materials that could be advantageously processed
 aboard orbiting industrial platforms, taking advantage of zero-g conditions.
 (O.C.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *ARIANE LAUNCH VEHICLE; *COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION;
 *SPACE MANUFACTURING; *SPACE SHUTTLE UPPER STAGES; *TECHNOLOGICAL
 FORECASTING; LANDSAT SATELLITES; MARKET RESEARCH; NASA PROGRAMS; ORBIT
 TRANSFER VEHICLES; REMOTE SENSING; SPACE PLATFORMS; SPACE SHUTTLE PAYLOADS
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 82
-A-
 1386270 A85-33872
-W-
 How does NASA plan to help
 Interavia (ISSN 0020-5168), vol. 40, April 1985, p. 390, 391.
 Pub. Date: Apr. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Switzerland
 Co. of Pub.: Switzerland
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8515
 NASA has assembled a task force assigned to the implementation of its space
 commercialization policy. The Commercial Space Policy has as its aim the
 reduction of risk levels for space industrial development to the point where
 they are comparable with conventional investments. This will be accomplished
 by providing seed funds for private sector R&D activities, by encouraging
 private sector development of products and services that NASA may need, by
 sharing patents with the U.S. private sector, and by facilitating the
 launching of experimental payloads at zero cost. (O.C.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; *NASA PROGRAMS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION;
 INVESTMENTS; RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT; SPACE LAW
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 83
-A-
 1385827 A85-33429
-W-
 Grooming the Shuttle for cost-effective access to space
 MOORE, J. W. (NASA, Washington, DC)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D. C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981
 Aerospace America (ISSN 0740-722X), vol. 23, May 1985, p. 50-52, 54.
 Pub. Date: May 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8515
 An assessment is made of the performance of the Space Shuttle-based Space
 Transportation System (STS) from the initial flights in 1981 to the presen,
 which has involved the launching of 12 satellites and the retrieval of two.
 It is expected that the STS will soon be able to schedule 24 routine
 missions/year, upon the achievement of full operational status for the ful
 fleet of four Space Shuttles and the completion of support facilities at
 both the Kennedy Space Center and Vandenberg Air Force Base. The prospects
 for space industrialization efforts based on STS are noted. ( O.C.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *COST EFFECTIVENESS; *SPACE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM; PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT;
 SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE SHUTTLE PAYLOADS; TURNAROUND (STS)
 Sub. Class.: 7516 Space Transportation (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 84
-A-
 1384399 N85-23814
-W-
 NASA mobile satellite program
 KNOUSE, G.; WEBER, W. (JPL, California Inst. of Tech., Pasadena)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D. C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC45291
 In NASA. Langley Research Center Large Space Antenna Systems Technol., 1984
 p 1-25 (SEE N85-23813 14-15)
 Pub. Date: Apr. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A20/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8514
 A three phase development program for ground and space segment technologies
 which will enhance and enable the second and third generation mobile
 satellite systems (MSS) is outlined. Phase 1, called the Mobile Satellite
 Experiment (MSAT-X), is directed toward the development of ground segment
 technology needed for future MSS generations. Technology validation and
 preoperational experiments with other government agencies will be carried
 out during the two year period following launch. The satellite channel
 capacity needed to carry out these experiments will be obtained from
 industry under a barter type agreement in exchange for NASA provided launch
 services. Phase 2 will develop and flight test the multibeam spacecraft
 antenna technology needed to obtain substantial frequency reuse for second
 generation commercial systems. Industry will provide the antenna, and NASA
 will fly it on the Shuttle and test it in orbit. Phase 3 is similar to Phase
 2 but will develop an even larger multibeam antenna and test it on the space
 station. (M.G.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *ANTENNA DESIGN; *COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; *LAND MOBILE SATELLITE SERVICE;
 *LARGE SPACE STRUCTURES; *SATELLITE ANTENNAS; FLIGHT TESTS; INTERNATIONAL
 COOPERATION; MULTIBEAM ANTENNAS; PROJECT PLANNING; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION;
 SPACECRAFT COMMUNICATION
 Sub. Class.: 7515 Launch Vehicles & Space Vehicles (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 22B Spacecraft
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 85
-A-
 1383088 A85-32176
-W-
 NTC '83; Proceedings of the National Telesystems Conference, San Francisco,
 CA, November 14-16, 1983
 Conference sponsored by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics
 Engineers. New York, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers,
 Inc., 1983, 444 p. or individual items see A85-32177 to A85-32233.
 Pub. Date: 1983
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS
-JrnlAnn-
 AA8514
 Among the topics discussed are NASA Space Station fiber-optics technology,
 multifrequency L-band adaptive nulling, the evaluation of radome materials,
 spaceborne multifunction imaging radar antenna development, microwave
 receiver technology for space systems, system applications for SAW devices,
 mutually synchronized oscillators, radiation-hardened bulk CMOS technology
 for space and weapons systems, advances in CMOS-SOS integrated circuits,
 multiaccess protocols for processing satellite communications systems, the
 application of the Gobal Positioning System (GPS) to geodesy, the contrast
 enhancement of Landsat 4 Thematic Mapper data, and GPS-based weapons
 delivery. Also discussed are low cost GPS receiver designs, GPS altitude
 determination, GPS equipment for test range applications, TDMA differential
 GPS, a GPS fast acquisition receiver, trajectory estimation on the basis of
 GPS translated signals, the handling of high dimensionality data, a Space
 Shuttle imaging spectrometer experiment, advances in communication satellite
 systems (Inmarsat and Intelsat), NASA space commercialization programs, and
 an advanced earth observation spacecraft. (O.C.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACE SYSTEMS; *CONFERENCES; *SPACE COMMUNICATION; *SPACE NAVIGATION;
 *SPACECRAFT ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT; *TELECOMMUNICATION; COMMUNICATION
 EQUIPMENT; FIBER OPTICS; GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM; INTEGRATED CIRCUITS;
 MICROELECTRONICS; MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION; NASA PROGRAMS; RADAR IMAGERY;
 REMOTE SENSING; SIGNAL PROCESSING; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE STATIONS;
 WEAPON SYSTEMS
 Sub. Class.: 7532 Communications (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 86
-A-
 1381480 N85-22461
-W-
 Advancing automation and robotics technology for the Space Station and for
 the US economy, volume 2
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D. C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981
 Pub. Date: Mar. 1985 2 Vol. 160P.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-TM-87566-VOL-2; NAS 1.15: 8756-VOL-2
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A08/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8513
 In response to Public Law 98-371, dated July 18, 1984, the NASA Advanced
 Technology Advisory Committee has studied automation and robotics for use in
 the Space Station. The Technical Report, Volume 2, provides background
 information on automation and robotics technologies and their potential and
 documents: the relevant aspects of Space Station design; representative
 examples of automation and robotics; applications; the state of the
 technology and advances needed; and considerations for technology transfer
 to U.S. industry and for space commercialization. (Author)
-Desc-
 *ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; *AUTOMATA THEORY; *ROBOTICS; *SPACE STATIONS;
 COMMERCE; COMPUTER TECHNIQUES; COMPUTER VISION; LARGE SPACE STRUCTURES; MAN
 MACHINE SYSTEMS; MANIPULATORS; SPACECRAFT MAINTENANCE ; TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER
 Sub. Class.: 7515 Launch Vehicles & Space Vehicles (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 22B Spacecraft
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 87
-A-
 1380667 A85-31094
-W-
 ESA's satellite communications programme
 BARTHOLOME, P. (ESA, Communications Systems Div., Noordwijk, Netherlands)
 ESA Bulletin (ISSN 0376-4265), no. 41, Feb. 1985, p. 28-35.
 Pub. Date: Feb. 1985 8 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: International Organization
 Co. of Pub.:
 Netherlands
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8513
 The developmental history, current status, and future plans of the ESA
 satellite-communications programs are discussed in a general survey and
 illustrated with network diagrams and maps. Consideration is given to the
 parallel development of national and European direct-broadcast systems and
 telecommunications networks, the position of the European space and
 electronics industries in the growing world market, the impact of
 technological improvements (both in satellite systems and in ground-based
 networks), and the technological and commercial advantages of integrated
 space-terrestrial networks. The needs for a European definition of the
 precise national and international roles of satellite communications, for
 maximum speed in implementing such decisions (before the technology becomes
 obsolete), and for increased cooperation and standardization to assure
 European equipment manufacturers a reasonable share of the market are
 stressed. (T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *COMMUNICATION NETWORKS; *COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; *ESA SATELLITES;
 *EUROPEAN SPACE AGENCY; *TELECOMMUNICATION; EUROPEAN COMMUNICATIONS
 SATELLITE; GROUND STATIONS
 Sub. Class.: 7532 Communications (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 88
-A-
 1378679 N85-21225
-W-
 Commercial space launches
 Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation (U. S. Senate).
 Corp. Source Code: CX356189
 Place of Publ.: Washington Publisher: GPO
 Pub. Date: 1984 19P.
 Presentation Note: Rept. to accompany H. R. 3942 presented by the Comm. on
 Com., Sci., and Transportation, 98th Congr., 2nd Sess., 3 Oct. 1984
-ReptNo-
 S-REPT-98-656; GPO-51-010
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 OTHER. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.. Oth. Avail.: US Capitol,
 Senate Document Room
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8512
 This bill is to establish a framework within which expendable launch
 vehicles (ELVs) and their associated facilities and launch services may be
 licensed for commercial launches. This legislation also designates the
 Department of Transportation (DOT) as the lead Federal agency to facilitate
 and expedite the issuance and transfer of commercial space launch licenses.
 (Author)
-Desc-
 *CONGRESSIONAL REPORTS; *EXPENDABLE STAGE (SPACECRAFT); *LAUNCH VEHICLES;
 *LICENSING; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; LAUNCH DATES; LAUNCHING BASES;
 SPACECRAFT LAUNCHING
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 89
-A-
 1378641 N85-21187
-W-
 Monodisperse Latex Reactor (MLR): A materials processing space shuttle
 mid-deck payload
 KORNFELD, D. M.
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Marshall Space Flight Center,
 Huntsville, Ala.
 Corp. Source Code: ND736801
 Pub. Date: Jan. 1985 16P.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-TM-86487; NAS 1.15: 86487
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A02/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8512
 The monodisperse latex reactor experiment has flown five times on the space
 shuttle, with three more flights currently planned. The objectives of this
 project is to manufacture, in the microgravity environment of space, large
 particle-size monodisperse polystyrene latexes in particle sizes larger and
 more uniform than can be manufactured on Earth. Historically it has been
 extremely difficult, if not impossible to manufacture in quantity very high
 quality monodisperse latexes on Earth in particle sizes much above several
 micrometers in diameter due to buoyancy and sedimentation problems during
 the polymerization reaction. However the MLR project has succeeded in
 manufacturing in microgravity monodisperse latex particles as large as 30
 micrometers in diameter with a standard deviation of 1.4 percent. It is
 expected that 100 micrometer particles will have been produced by the
 completion of the the three remaining flights. These tiny, highly uniform
 latex microspheres have become the first material to be commercially
 marketed that was manufactured in space. (Author)
-Desc-
 *CHEMICAL REACTORS; *LATEX; *MICROGRAVITY APPLICATIONS; *MICROPARTICLES;
 *POLYSTYRENE; *SPACE PROCESSING; *SPACE SHUTTLE PAYLOADS; PARTICLE SIZE
 DISTRIBUTION; POLYMERIZATION; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPHERES
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 22A Astronautics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 90
-A-
 1377957 A85-29623
-W-
 Insurance for space systems
 FORDYCE, S. W. (Advanced Business Communications, Inc., McLean, VA)
 IEEE Journal on Selected Areas in Communications (ISSN 0733-8716), vol.
 SAC-3, Jan. 1985, p. 211-214.
 Pub. Date: Jan. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8512
 This paper describes the practice of insurance of commerical communications
 satellites. A historical review of the insurance of previous satellites is
 included, starting with the initial Comsat coverage of Intelsat satellites
 and continuing with the coverage of domestic communications satellites of
 the United States and other administrations. The types of insurance offered
 and their typical associated rates are discussed, together with an
 explanation of the coverage, premiums, and losses which have occurred to
 date. In the wake of the 1984 losses, estimates are provided of the
 currently available rates. The characteristics associated with direct
 broadcasting (heavy and expensive spacecraft, large deployable solar arrays,
 and high-power transmitters) will affect the future insurance rates for
 these satellites. (Author)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *COMMERCIAL SPACECRAFT; *COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION;
 *SPACECRAFT RELIABILITY; INTELSAT SATELLITES; MARECS MARITIME SATELLITES;
 PALAPA SATELLITES; RCA SATCOM SATELLITES; WESTAR SATELLITES
 Sub. Class.: 7583 Economics & Cost Analysis (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 91
-A-
 137735 A85-29025
-W-
 Colloquium on the Law of Outer Space, 27th, Lausanne, Switzerland, October
 7-13, 1984, Proceedings
 Colloquium sponsored by the International Astronautical Federation. New
 York, American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, 1985, 426 p. No
 individual items are abstracted in this volume.
 Pub. Date: 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8512
 Selected aspects of space law are examined in reviews and reports. Topics
 discussed include space law and domestic law, space activities and
 intellectual property (including industrial property), nuclear power sources
 in outer space, legal aspects of large space structures, conditions
 essential for maintaining outer space for peaceful uses, and the impact of
 present and expected uses of outer space on the space environment.
 Consideration is given to U.S. law applying to land remote sensing,
 U.S.-government authorization and supervision of nongovernmental space
 activities, space law and the concepts of Roman law, patent law activities
 of states in industrial-property technology cooperation, prospects for the
 demilitarization of manned space stations, jurisdiction problems of large
 space systems, large structures on the moon, legal measures for the
 prevention of an arms race in space, collision probabilities in the
 geostationary ring, and the indivisibility of environmental protection in
 vertical space. (T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *CONFERENCES; *OUTER SPACE TREATY; *SPACE LAW; COMMUNICATION SATELLITES;
 EARTH OBSERVATIONS (FROM SPACE); ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION; GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY
 RELATIONS; INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; INTERNATIONAL LAW ; LARGE SPACE
 STRUCTURES; MILITARY SPACECRAFT; NUCLEAR PROPULSION; ORBIT SPECTRUM
 UTILIZATION; PATENT POLICY; PUBLIC LAW; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE
 DEBRIS; SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; SPACE POWER REACTORS; SPACE STATIONS ;
 SPACE WEAPONS
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 92
-A-
 1376486 N85-20772
-W-
 Status of the National Space Transportation System
 Abstract Only
 ABRAHAMSON, J. A.
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D. C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981
 In AGARD Space System Applications to Tactical Operations 1 p (SEE N85-20751
 11-66)
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A09/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8511
 The National Space Transportation System is a national resources serving the
 government, Department of Defense and commercial needs of the USA and
 others. Four orbital flight tests were completed July 4, 1982, and the first
 Operational Flight (STS-5) which placed two commercial communications into
 orbit was conducted November 11, 1982. February 1983 marked the first flight
 of the newest orbiter, Challenger. Planned firsts in 1983 include: use of
 higher performance main engines and solid rocket boosters, around-the-clock
 crew operations, a night landing, extra-vehicular activity, a dedicated DOD
 mission, and the first flight of a woman crew member. By the end of 1983,
 five commercial payloads and two tracking and data relay satellites should
 be deployed and thirty-seven crew members should have made flights aboard
 the space shuttle. (Author)
-Desc-
 *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE SHUTTLE PAYLOADS; *SPACE TRANSPORTATION
 SYSTEM; EXTRAVEHICULAR ACTIVITY; SOLID PROPELLANT ROCKET ENGINES; SPACE
 SHUTTLE MAIN ENGINE; TDR SATELLITES
 Sub. Class.: 7516 Space Transportation (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 22B Spacecraft
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 93
-A-
 1374527 A85-27375
-W-
 Commercialization of space - Incentives, impediments and alternatives
 MARSHALL, H. R., JR. (U.S. Department of State, Bureau of Oceans and
 International Environmental and Scientific Affairs, Washington, DC)
 Journal of Space Law, vol. 12, Fall 1984, p. 163-173.
 Pub. Date: 1984 44 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8511
 The major issues concerned with the development of commercial enterprises in
 space are considered. Attention is given to the need to streamline redundant
 national and international regulations to permit greater cooperation between
 firms in the development of such projects is: the NASA Space Station; the
 ELV; SPOT; and the Ariane ELV project. The possibility of impeding the
 growth of space enterprises through excessive concern for the political
 implications of technology transfer is discussed. (I.H.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER; *COMMERCIAL SPACECRAFT; *GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY
 RELATIONS; *INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE LAW;
 EUROPEAN SPACE PROGRAMS; JAPANESE SPACE PROGRAM; LANDSAT SATELLITES; LAUNCH
 VEHICLES; REGULATIONS; SPACE WEAPONS
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 94
-A-
 1374525 A85-27373
-W-
 The commercialization of space - Twenty years of experience: Some lessons
 learned
 GANTT, J. B. (Counsel, Hunton and Williams, Washington, DC)
 Journal of Space Law, vol. 12, Fall 1984, p. 109-135.
 Pub. Date: 1984 105 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE
 Most documents available from AIAA Technical Library
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8511
 A historical review of the legal issues concerned with global satellite
 communications is presented. Consideration is given to the important role of
 the COMSAT agreement (1961 in defining the relationship between government
 and industry in the promotion and regulation of satellite communications
 enterprises. The model of international cooperation exemplified by the
 INTELSAT consortium is also discussed. Some implications of the growing role
 of FCC regulation in determining economic conditions in the international
 satellite communications market are also examined. (I.H.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *COMMERCIAL SPACECRAFT; *COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; *COMSAT PROGRAM;
 *GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE LAW;
 COMMUNICATION NETWORKS; INTELSAT SATELLITES; INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION ;
 POLICIES; REGULATIONS; SATELLITE NETWORKS
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 95
-A-
 1373923 A85-6771
-W-
 The communication-satellite market to the year 2000
 De communicatiesatellietmarkt tot het jaar 2000
 VAN DUINEN, R. J. (Fokker, Schiphol, Netherlands)
 Ruimtevaart, vol. 33, Aug.-Oct. 1984, p. 130-141. In Dutch.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1984
 Language: Dutch
 Co. of Origin: Netherlands
 Co. of Pub.: Netherlands
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA851
 The developmental history of communication satellites (CSs) is traced; the
 demands placed on industry by the increasing sophistication of CS payloads,
 the need to adapt the CS to different launchers (STS or Ariane), and the
 requirement of longer service life are reviewed; and the evolution of the
 markets for fixed (telephone, telex, and facsimile), video, business, and
 broadcasting service is projected over the period 1980-2000 and illustrated
 with tables and graphs. It is predicted that the worldwide market, expressed
 in terms of the demand for 36-Mhz transponders, will increase from 426 in
 1980 to 1410 in 1985, 3100 in 1990, 5580 in 1995, and 9870 in 2000, with the
 main increase in transponders for voice communications. The potential for
 Netherlands participation in the growth of the CS market is evaluated, and
 the need for government leadership and for active promotion efforts is
 stressed. (T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *COMMERCIAL SPACECRAFT; *COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; *MARKET RESEARCH; *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; BROADCASTING; LAUNCH VEHICLES; NETHERLANDS; PAYLOADS;
 TRANSPONDERS; VIDEO COMMUNICATION; VOICE COMMUNICATION
 Sub. Class.: 7532 Communications (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 96
-A-
 1372831 N85-19205
-W-
 Commercial space: Europe should have independent strategy
 Joint Publications Research Service, Arlington, Va.
 Corp. Source Code: J1957394
 In its West Europe Rept.: Sci. and Technol. (JPRS-WST-85-004) p 1-5 (SIE
 N85-19204 10-31)
 Pub. Date: Jan. 1985
 Translation Note: Transl. into ENGLISH from Aarde and Kosmos (Netherlands),
 Nov. - Dec. 1984 p 518-522
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Netherlands
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE; TRANSLATION. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth.
 Avail.: NTIS HC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8510
 The impact of space commercialization on Europe is discussed. Advantages and
 disadvantages are discussed with emphasis on the following areas:
 competition, legal liabilities, economics, and development of European
 spacecraft. (B.G.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; *EUROPEAN SPACE AGENCY; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION;
 *SPACE SHUTTLE PAYLOADS; *SPACE STATIONS; EARTH OBSERVATIONS (FROM SPACE);
 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; LEGAL LIABILITY; PHOTOGRAPHY; SPACE
 MANUFACTURING
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 97
-A-
 1372830 N85-19204
-W-
 West Europe report: Science and technology
 Joint Publ.s Research Service, Arlington, Va.
 Corp. Source Code: J1957394
 Pub. Date: Jan. 1985 73P.
 Translation Note: Transl. into ENGLISH from various West European articles
-ReptNo-
 JPRS-WST-85-004
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Netherlands
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 COLLECTED WORK; TRANSLATION. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth.
 Avail.: NTIS HC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8510
 News items, abstracts, and scientific reports on aspects of science and
 technology including aerospace engineering, automobile industry, computers,
 microelectronics, biotechnology, and technology transfer are described.
 For individual titles see N85-19205 through N85-19210.
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACE ENGINEERING; *AUTOMOBILES; *BIOTECHNOLOGY; *COMPUTERS;
 *MICROELECTRONICS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER;
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; BIOCHEMISTRY; COMPUTER VISION; GENETICS INTEGRATED
 CIRCUITS; VERY LARGE SCALE INTEGRATION
 Sub. Class.: 7531 Engineering--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 98
-A-
 1372619 N85-18993
-W-
 Commerce lab: Mission analysis and payload integration study
 Interim Progress Report
 Wyle Labs., Inc., Huntsville, Ala.
 Corp. Source Code: W9307657
 Pub. Date: Dec. 1984 87P.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-CR-174381; NAS 1.26: 174381
 Contract No.: NAS8-36109
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A05/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8510
 Conceived as one or more arrays of carriers which would fly aboard space
 shuttle, Commerce Lab can provide a point of focus for implementing a series
 of shuttle flights, co-sponsored by NASA and U.S. domestic concerns, for
 performing materials processing in research and pre-commercial
 investigations. As an orbiting facility for testing, developing, and
 implementing hardware and procedures, Commerce Lab can enhance space station
 development and hasten space platform production capability. Tasks
 considered include: (1) synthesis of user requirements and identification of
 common element and voids; (2) definition of performance and infrastructure
 requirement and alternative approaches; and (3) carrier, mission model, and
 infrastructure development. (A.R.H.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *REDUCED GRAVITY; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE LABORATORIES; *SPACE
 PROCESSING; *SPACE SHUTTLE PAYLOADS; *USER REQUIREMENTS; GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY
 RELATIONS; INTERFACES; MISSION PLANNING; PAYLOAD INTEGRATION PLAN;
 SPACEBORNE EXPERIMENTS; TRADEOFFS
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 22A Astronautics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 99
-A-
 1372103 A85-25923
-W-
 How to build a space station and why - The OTA assessed
 BULLOCH, C.
 Interavia (ISSN 0020-5168), vol. 40, Feb. 1985, p. 168-171.
 Pub. Date: Feb. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Switzerland
 Co. of Pub.: Switzerland
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8510
 Economical aspects of NASA's Space Station project are discussed, taking
 account of the short-term expenses and the long-term advantages of the 8,
 000-million-dollar station. The discussion is based in a report by the
 Office of Technology Assessment, 'Civilian Space Stations and the U.S.
 Future in Space'. A NASA-sponsored conference in 1983 defined 107 specific
 missions as candidates for Space Station payloads or experiments; for those
 of the multiple users which would suffer unacceptable degradation from
 sharing the platform, small dedicated platforms were proposed. Moreover, the
 European involvement in the program is encouraged in the report with respect
 to the non-U.S aspirations to join the Space Station operational team,
 rather than remaining hardware suppliers and/or tolerate users of
 intrinsically separate facilities. Equivalent European projects are also
 summarized. (L.T.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *NASA PROGRAMS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE STATIONS; *TECHNOLOGY
 ASSESSMENT; ECONOMICS; EUROPEAN SPACE AGENCY; INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION;
 RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 100
-A-
 1371877 A85-25697
-W-
 Space - The future of mankind
 MUELLER, G.
 Spaceflight (ISSN 0038-6340), vol. 27, March 1985, p. 104-107.
 Pub. Date: Mar. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8510
 Major advances in the fields of communication and air and space travel over
 the course of this century are reviewed, and the future plans concerning
 space travel are looked into for two decades ahead. Among the future
 programs mentioned are: a continuously manned modular space station, with
 each module being capable of accommodating 12 people, which would be the
 prototype of the lunar and planetary expedition modules; a nuclear-powered
 interorbital shuttle; and the possibility of creating a lunar colony.
 (L.T.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *ASTRONOMICAL TELESCOPES; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE EXPLORATION;
 *SPACE STATIONS; *TECHNOLOGICAL FORECASTING; *TECHNOLOGY UTILIZATION;
 ASTEROIDS; ASTROPHYSICS; CRYOGENIC COOLING; NASA PROGRAMS; REDUCED GRAVITY;
 REMOTE SENSING; SYNTHETIC APERTURE RADAR; X RAY ASTRONOMY
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 101
-A-
 1369816 A85-24653
-W-
 Space industrialization and the social agenda
 SALMON, J. D. (West Florida, University, Pensacola, FL)
 Space Solar Power Review (ISSN 0191-9067), vol. 4, 1983, p. 273-283.
 Pub. Date: 1983 24 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8509
 Design of a political and economic regime for exploitation of space
 resources is complicated by disputes, frequently ideological, over how or
 whether to combine private enterprise and governmental enterprise, national
 vs. international controls, and the relative roles of rich and poor nations.
 Historical experience in opening 'new worlds' suggests that combined
 governmental and private enterprise is the normal procedure. Present
 international conditions suggest that unilateral development is infeasible.
 Poor nations are concerned with how space resources are developed and with
 assuring themselves access to a share of the benefits. Use of 'mixed models'
 combining private and governmental enterprise incorporating methods to
 assure that the benefits of space industries do not accrue only to the
 already rich nations, requires forethought and a reduction in the
 ideological content of policy designs. (Author)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *RESOURCES MANAGEMENT; *SOCIAL FACTORS; *SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; *SYSTEM
 EFFECTIVENESS; ECONOMIC FACTORS; GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; MARKET
 RESEARCH; OUTER SPACE TREATY; POLITICS
 Sub. Class.: 7580 Social Sciences--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 102
-A-
 1367548 N85-17750
-W-
 International cooperation and competition in civilian space activites
 Summary Report
 Office of Technology Assessment, Washington, D.C.
 Corp. Source Code: OK421004
 Pub. Date: Jul. 1984 35P.
-ReptNo-
 OTA-ISC-240
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A03/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8508
 The state of international competition in civilian space activities is
 assessed, U.S. civilian objectives in space are explored, and alternative
 options are suggested for enhancing the overall U.S. position in space
 technologies and space science. Past, present, and projected international
 cooperative arrangements for space activities are investigated and their
 relationship to competition in space is examined. The relationship between
 space policy and foreign policy is examined with respect to the extent that
 they affect international civilian activities in space. Two major problems
 which dominate the organization and implementation of U.S. civilian policies
 towards space are identified: there is no national consensus about long term
 goals and activities, and the political and economic dimension of space
 activities now exceed the purview of any one government agency. ( A.R.H.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *COMPETITION; *CONGRESSIONAL REPORTS; *INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; *POLICIES;
 *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; AEROSPACE SCIENCES; COMMERCIAL SPACECRAFT;
 MARKETING; METEOROLOGICAL SATELLITES; NASA PROGRAMS REMOTE SENSING; SPACE
 PROCESSING
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 103
-A-
 1366779 N85-16981
-W-
 Commerce Lab: Mission analysis and payload integration study
 Interim Progress Report
 Wyle Labs., Inc., El Segundo, Calif.
 Corp. Source Code: W9109855
 Pub. Date: Dec. 1984 91P.
-ReptNo-
 NASA-CR-171272; NAS 1.26: 171272
 Contract No.: NAS8-36109
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS HC A05/MF
 A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8508
 The needs of an aggressive commercial microgravity program are identified,
 space missions are defined, and infrastructural issues are identified and
 analyzed. A commercial laboratory, commerce lab, is conceived to be one or
 more an array of carriers which would fly aboard the space shuttle and
 accommodate microgravity science experiment payloads. Commerce lab is seen
 as a logical transition between currently planned space shuttle missions and
 future microgravity missions centered around the space station. (R.S.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *MISSION PLANNING; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE LABORATORIES; *SPACE
 SHUTTLE PAYLOADS; GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; REDUCED GRAVITY; SPACE
 STATIONS
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 22A Astronautics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 104
-A-
 1365582 A85-21620
-W-
 The manned Space Station - NASA's last hurrah
 LASSER, W. (Clemson University, Clemson, SC)
 Technology Review (ISSN 0040-1692), vol. 88, Feb.-Mar. 1985, p. 12, 13.
 Pub. Date: Mar. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8508
 An evaluation is made of the changing cultural and political climate of the
 U.S., with a view to its impact on the funding of NASA's Space Shuttle
 program and the projected permanent Space Station. Public interest in space
 exploration and exploitation activities is noted to have waned since the
 1960s, when a widespread perception of the dependency of national prestige
 on space-related achievements existed and formed the basis of generous
 funding appropriations for NASA. An especially potent threat to the
 financial viability of the NASA Space Shuttle and Space Station programs
 comes from foreign payload launch services' development, and from the
 growing commercial launch services sector. (O.C.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *MANNED SPACECRAFT; *NASA PROGRAMS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION ; *SPACE
 STATIONS; FEDERAL BUDGETS; POLITICS
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 105
-A-
 1363935 N85-15787
-W-
 Results of principal NASA studies on space station uses and functional
 requirements
 Office of Technology Assessment, Washington, D.C.
 Corp. Source Code: OK421004
 In its Civilian Space Stations and the US Future in Space p 141-158 (SEE
 N85-15781 07-18)
 Pub. Date: Nov. 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8507
 Working groups were established in 1982 to prepare for and coordinate a
 planning program to acquire a long term in-space inhabited structure, a
 civilian space station. To support its space station task force, as well as
 help clarify various issues, NASA authorized a series of parallel
 investigations of the potential desires for and characteristics of a space
 station. Eight aerospace companies and their subcontractors, in addition to
 Canada, the European Space Agency, and Japan studied the issues. Related
 investigations of possible nonaerospace industry interest were also
 conducted by consulting firms. Major findings of all these groups are
 presented. (A.R.H.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *FEASIBILITY ANALYSIS; *LARGE SPACE STRUCTURES; *MISSION PLANNING; *SPACE
 PROGRAMS; *SPACE STATIONS; *USER REQUIREMENTS; CONTRACTORS ; COST ANALYSIS;
 EARTH ORBITS; ECONOMIC ANALYSIS; SCHEDULES; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION;
 TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT
 Sub. Class.: 7518 Spacecraft Design, Testing & Performance (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 106
-A-
 1363934 N85-15786
-W-
 Toward a goal-oriented civilian space program
 Office of Technology Assessment, Washington, D.C.
 Corp. Source Code: OK421004
 In its Civilian Space Stations and the US Future in Space p 113-129 (SEE
 N85-15781 07-18)
 Pub. Date: Nov. 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8507
 If the civilian space activities of the United States are to maintain
 widespread and enthusiastic public support, they should aspire to protect,
 ease, challenge, and/or improve the human condition. Long-range goals that
 would guide the conduct of the Nation's space activities in general are
 listed. Possible civilian space objectives that the United States (in
 cooperation with other countries, in most cases) could attain within the
 second quarter-century of the space age are discussed. Some of these
 objectives, if they are to be achieved, would require certain elements of
 inspace infrastructure; others, depending on how they would be carried out,
 may or may not require such elements; still others would require none. The
 manner in which the United States obtains any of this infrastructure is
 considered. Rough estimates for the cost of each conceptual objective are
 given, and the length of time over which each would be pursued is discussed.
 (B.W.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *GOALS; *LARGE SPACE STRUCTURES; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE PROGRAMS;
 *SPACE STATIONS; *TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT; COST EFFECTIVENESS; COST ESTIMATES;
 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; SCHEDULES; SPACE EXPLORATION; TECHNOLOGY
 TRANSFER
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 107
-A-
 1363933 N85-15785
-W-
 Broadening the debate
 Office of Technology Assessment, Washington, D.C.
 Corp. Source Code: OK421004
 In its Civilian Space Stations and the US Future in Space p 103-110 (SEE
 N85-15781 07-18)
 Pub. Date: Nov. 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8507
 The creation, a U.S. civilian space station program is described as a means
 to various ends rather than an end in itself. The ends proposed may be
 grouped into four categories: (1) industrial (e.g., manufacturing
 materials); (2) commercial (e.g., servicing satellites); (3) scientific
 (e.g., conducting experiments in the life sciences); and (4) national
 security (e.g., maintaining a permanent U.S. manned presence). Potential
 users and potential suppliers of a U.S. space station program are discussed.
 The need for goals and objectives for a new U.S. civilian space effort is
 considered. The role of U.S. space policy in the evolution of the present
 day civilian space program is discussed. President Reagan's call for a space
 station is addressed, and his directions on the natio'ns aspiration in
 regard to it are discussed. (B.W.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *DECISION MAKING; *EARTH ORBITS; *GOALS; *INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; *LARGE
 SPACE STRUCTURES; *PURPOSES; *SPACE PROGRAMS; *SPACE STATIONS; POLICIES;
 SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT; USER REQUIREMENTS
 Sub. Class.: 7518 Spacecraft Design, Testing & Performance (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 108
-A-
 1363931 N85-15783
-W-
 Space infrastructure
 Office of Technology Assessment, Washington, D.C.
 Corp. Source Code: OK421004
 In its Civilian Space Stations and the US Future in Space p 49-82 (SEE
 N85-15781 07-18)
 Pub. Date: Nov. 1984 1 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8507
 Low-Earth-orbit environment; data management; communications;
 electromagnetic interference; attitude control and stabilization; power;
 thermal energy management; propulsion; life support systems; space
 transportation; and space infrastructure are examined. (B.G.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *COMMUNICATION; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE SHUTTLES; *SPACE STATIONS;
 *SPACE TRANSPORTATION; *SPACELAB; AERODYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS; DATA
 MANAGEMENT; LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEMS; MISSION PLANNING; STRUCTURAL DESIGN
 CRITERIA
 Sub. Class.: 7518 Spacecraft Design, Testing & Performance (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 109
-A-
 1363930 N85-15782
-W-
 Issues and findings
 Office of Technology Assessment, Washington, D.C.
 Corp. Source Code: OK421004
 In its Civilian Space Stations and the US Future in Space p 35-46 (SEE
 N85-15781 07-18)
 Pub. Date: Nov. 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8507
 Long-term space goals and objectives; international space cooperation; cost
 reductions; transitions from NASA to civilian management; low-Earth-orbit
 infrastructure; non-government policy studies; and creation of space policy
 study centers are discussed. (B.G.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *NASA PROGRAMS; *POLICIES; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE SHUTTLES; *SPACE
 STATIONS; CONTRACTORS; COST REDUCTION; EARTH ORBITS; INDUSTRIES;
 INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT
 Sub. Class.: 7518 Spacecraft Design, Testing & Performance (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 110
-A-
 1363929 N85-15781
-W-
 Civilian space stations and the US future in space
 Office of Technology Assessment, Washington, D.C.
 Corp. Source Code: OK42104
 Pub. Date: Nov. 1984 238P.
-ReptNo-
 OTA-STI-241; LC-84-601136
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8507
 The U.S. aerospace industry is now beginning to position itself to provide
 space assets and services independently, and anticipates conducting in space
 investigations and commercial-industrial activities privately financed,
 either on its own or in combination with other business concerns. The
 leaders of the U.S. civilian space community have advanced the view that the
 next major logical step in space should be the acquisition of specific,
 permanent in space infrastructure: a civilian space station. The following
 aspects involved in a shift to civilian space station are discussed: space
 infrastructure, buyer's guide; uses and functions, international concepts,
 federal budgets, cost containment, and policies. For individual titles see
 N85-15782 through N85-15792.
-Desc-
 *CONGRESSIONAL REPORTS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE STATIONS;
 TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT; COSTS; FEDERAL BUDGETS; GOALS; INTERNATIONAL
 COOPERATION; TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER; USER REQUIREMENTS
 Sub. Class.: 7518 Spacecraft Design, Testing & Performance (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 111
-A-
 1363913 N8-15765
-W-
 BDLI memorandum on the future of space flight in the Federal Republic of
 Germany
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D. C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981
 Pub. Date: Nov. 1984 64P.
 Translation Note: Transl. into ENGLISH of ""BDLI-Memorandum zur Zukunft der
 Raumfahrt in der Bundesrepublic Deutschland'' Bundesverband der Deutschen
 Luftfahrt-, Ramfahrt und Ausruestungsindustrie E.V., Bonn, 1984 p 1-90
 Publ. Note: Transl. by The Corporate Word, Inc., Pittsburgh
-ReptNo-
 NASA-TM-77624; NAS 1.15: 77624
 Contract No.: NASW-4006
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Germany, Federal Republic of
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT; TRANSLATION. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: NTIS
 HC A04/MF A01
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8507
 The future of the aerospace effort in the Federal Republic of Germany is
 reviewed. The status of the aerospace industry in the FRG is compared with
 that in other countries and various areas of research are explored in terms
 of their relevance to the German economy and to the FRG's position as a
 competitor in the world market. (Author)
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACE INDUSTRY; *SPACE FLIGHT; *WEST GERMANY; ECONOMY; EXTRATERRESTRIAL
 LIFE; GROUND STATIONS; MARKETING; SATELLITE NAVIGATION SYSTEMS; SPACE
 PLATFORMS; SPACECRAFT COMMUNICATION; WEIGHTLESSNESS
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
 COSATI Code: 22A Astronautics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 112
-A-
 1363530 A85-20642
-W-
 Commercialization of remote sensing data - Its impact on the continuity and
 accessibility of remote sensing data, including response to standing orders
 as well as on the standardization of products
 BRACHET, G. (SPOT IMAGE, Toulouse, France)
 United Nations, International Meeting of Experts on Remote Sensing
 Information Systems, Feldafing and Oberpfaffenhoven, West Germany, May 7-11,
 1984, Paper. 14 p.
 Pub. Date: May 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: France
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8507
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *INFORMATION SYSTEMS; *REMOTE SENSING; *SATELLITE GROUND SUPPORT; *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPOT (FRENCH SATELLITE); *UNITED NATIONS; DATA SYSTEMS;
 GROUND SUPPORT SYSTEMS; IMAGE PROCESSING; STANDARDIZATION; USER
 REQUIREMENTS
 Sub. Class.: 7543 Earth Resources (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 113
-A-
 1363511 A85-20623
-W-
 Development of direct broadcasting satellite systems in the USA
 REINHART, E. E. (Satellite Television Corp., Washington, DC)
 Hermann Oberth Gesellschaft, Symposium uebe Satelliten fuer Rundfunk und
 Fernsehen, Berlin, West Germany, Sept. 2, 3, 1983, Paper. 26 p.
 Pub. Date: Sep. 1983
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: Germany, Federal Republic of
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8507
 The technical and operational features of the proposed direct-to-the-home
 broadcasting satellite (DBS) systems are described and the domestic and
 international rules and regulations that guide their development are
 summarized. The characteristics of the eight high-powered DBS systems that
 have been granted construction permits for the 12.2-12.7 GHz band and the
 relevant domestic regulations are described. The corresponding international
 regulatory framework for the development of such systems is considered. The
 international and domestic rules for the development of medium-powered DBS
 systems in the 11.7-12.2 GHz band and the characteristics of the three
 systems proposed so far for this band are described. The generic
 capabilities and limitations of the two categories of DBS systems are
 compared and some of the factors that will affect their further development
 are discussed. (C.D.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *BROADCASTING; *DOMESTIC SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS; *FREQUENCY
 ASSIGNMENT; *ORBIT SPECTRUM UTILIZATION; *SATELLITE TELEVISION; *SPACE LAW;
 DOWNLINKING; GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION; SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; TRANSPONDERS; UNITED STATES
 Sub. Class.: 7532 Communications (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 114
-A-
 1363400 A85-20512
-W-
 Astrobusiness: A guide to the commerce and law of outer space (Book)
 FINCH, E. R., JR. (Finch and Schaefler, New York, NY); MOORE, A. L.
 New York, Praeger, 1985, 157 p.
 Pub. Date: 1985 89 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 BOOK
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8507
 This book documents the commercialization of outer space by the incredible
 growth of space-related opportunities for the private sector. The commercial
 uses of space are related to communications, remote sensing, space
 manufacturing, and energy. Possibilities of a manufacture in space are
 considered for pharmaceuticals, electronics, glass, and metallurgy.
 Structures for space discussed include Spacelab, space platforms, the Space
 Station, and space structures in geostationary orbit, a high orbit between
 the earth and the moon, and on the moon itself. Attention is also given to
 space transportation services, space risks and liabilities, questions
 regarding the financing of business in space, the national space law,
 international space law, and the militarization of space. An outlook is
 provided regarding future commercial space business opportunities. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *COMMERCIAL SPACECRAFT; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION;
 *SPACE LAW; COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; EARTH OBSERVATIONS (FROM SPACE);
 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT; GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; LEGAL LIABILITY;
 MILITARY SPACECRAFT; ORBITAL SPACE STATIONS; SPACE MANUFACTURING ; SPACE
 PLATFORMS; SPACE TRANSPORTATION
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 115
-A-
 1363288 A85-20400
-W-
 Synergy in space - Man-robot cooperation
 WALTERS, S.
 Mechanical Engineering
-ISSN-
 0025-6501), vol. 107, Jan. 1985, p. 26-37.
 Pub. Date: Jan. 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8507
 The forecast of U.S. national space strategy for the next 25 years and
 beyond, as announced by President Reagan in October, 1983, is concerned with
 the permanent occupation of space by man. In connection with plans for the
 implementation of such an occupation, NASA has considered the concept of a
 'flotilla' with a manned base in the center, a utility core, a modular
 laboratory, and an orbital service station. The presence of man and
 machines, in particular computer-linked machines, is to provide
 possibilities for the continuous exploitation of space. Studies have
 identified automation, robotics, and machine intelligence systems (ARAMIS)
 as an important contributor to the productivity of orbital factories.
 Attention is given to aspects of 'telepresence', plans for 1995 and beyond,
 the orbital maneuvering vehicle (OMV), OMV applications, the support of
 materials-processing platforms, telepresence technology, a stereo-optic
 vision system, manipulator arms, end-effectors, communications, and
 long-term plans and goals. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *MAN MACHINE SYSTEMS; *ORBITAL SPACE STATIONS; *ROBOTS; *SPACE
 INDUSTRIALIZATION; *TECHNOLOGICAL FORECASTING; COMPUTER VISION;
 EXTRAVEHICULAR ACTIVITY; MANIPULATORS; ORBITAL MANEUVERING VEHICLES; ORBITAL
 SERVICING; SPACE PLATFORMS
 Sub. Class.: 7516 Space Transportation (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 116
-A-
 1360486 A85-18469
-W-
 NASA formulates policy to spur private investment
 COVAULT, C.
 Aviation Week and Space Technology (ISSN 0005-2175), vol. 121, Nov. 26,
 1984, p. 18, 19.
 Pub. Date: Nov. 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8506
 Features of the new NASA commercial space policy are delineated. The policy
 is intended to stimulate commercial participation in space through research,
 facility sharing, clearly defined procedures, organization and outreach
 programs. NASA will provide seed money to industry, purchase commercial
 space products, make the Shuttle/Spacelab configuration available to
 industry once a year, and will invest in facilities in space that will be of
 use for commercial purpose. Legal research is being performed to ascertain
 if NASA's charter should be altered to permit several of the activities put
 forth in the policy statement. Payload charges will be lowered for seed
 enterprises and NASA has made it policy to avoid a regulatory role in
 commercial space ventures. Some benefits will not be available to companies
 who do not sign a Joint Endeavor Agreement with NASA. Attempts will be
 expended to increase the flow of NASA-developed technology and data to the
 private sector and to portray space as a new commercial frontier for the
 U.S. to the public. (M.S.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; *NASA PROGRAMS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION;
 SPACE SHUTTLE PAYLOADS; SPACE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM FLIGHTS
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 117
-A-
 1357717 A76-46175
-W-
 A new era of space transportation - Future programs
 YARDLEY, J. F. (NASA, Office of Space Flight, Washington, D.C.)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D. C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981
 International Astronautical Federation, International Astronautical
 Congress, 27th, Anaheim, Calif., Oct. 10-16, 1976, 9 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1976
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPERV-76-2
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organizaton
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA7623
 The Space Transportation System - Space Shuttle, Spacelab and Upper Stages -
 is described from the point of view of systems and operations. Future plans
 concerning the permanent occupancy of space are examined with emphasis on
 the Space Construction Base, Advanced Transportation Systems and Space
 Industrialization plans. (B.J.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *MISSION PLANNING; *NASA PROGRAMS; *SPACE SHUTTLES; *SPACE TRANSPORTATION;
 *TECHNOLOGICAL FORECASTING; *UPPER STAGE ROCKET ENGINES; INDUSTRIAL PLANTS;
 INTERIM STAGES (SPACECRAFT); ORBITAL SPACE STATIONS; SOLAR ELECTRIC
 PROPULSION; SPACE ERECTABLE STRUCTURES; SPACE MANUFACTURING SPACELAB
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 118
-A-
 1357706 A76-46164
-W-
 Legal aspects of space activities by private enterprises - Introductory
 report
 BOECKSTIEGEL, K.-H. (Koeln, Universitaet, Cologne, West Germany)
 International Astronautical Federation, International Astronautical
 Congress, 27th, Anaheim, Calif., Oct. 10-16, 1976, 6 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1976 12 Refs.
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER ISL-76-61
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Germany, Federal Republic of
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IA7623
 Legal aspects of the admissibility of space activities carried out by
 private enterprise are examined. Commercial use of outer space is found to
 be admissible if certain conditions are met: (1) the same limitations which
 apply to states in the Outer Space Treaty, and (2) the duty of the home
 state of the commercial enterprise to authorize and supervise the space
 activities of that enterprise. Liability aspects are discussed in reference
 to the private use of space. (B.J.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *INTERNATIONAL LAW; *LEGAL LIABILITY; *OUTER SPACE TREATY; *SPACE
 EXPLORATION; *SPACE LAW; REGULATIONS; RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 119
-A-
 1357674 A76-46132
-W-
 NASA philosophy concerning space stations as operations centers for
 construction and maintenance of large orbiting energy systems
 FREITAG, R. F. NASA, Office of Space Flight, Washington, D.C.)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D. C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981
 International Astronautical Federation, International Astronautical
 Congress, 27th, Anaheim, Calif., Oct. 10-16, 1976, 9 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1976
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 76-119
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA7623
 Future United States plans for manned space-flight activities are
 summarized, emphasizing the long-term goals of achieving permanent occupancy
 and limited self-sufficiency in space. NASA-sponsored studies of
 earth-orbiting Space Station concepts are reviewed along with lessons
 learned from the Skylab missions. Descriptions are presented of the Space
 Transportation System, the Space Construction Base, and the concept of space
 industrialization (the processing and manufacturing of goods in space).
 Future plans for communications satellites, solar-power satellites,
 terrestrial observations from space stations, and manned orbital-transfer
 vehicles are discussed. (F.G.M.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; *NASA PROGRAMS; *SATELLITE SOLAR POWER STATIONS;
 *SPACE MAINTENANCE; *SPACE MANUFACTURING; *SPACE STATIONS; MANNED SPACE
 FLIGHT; SKYLAB PROGRAM; SPACE BASES; SPACE LABORATORIES; SPACE
 TRANSPORTATION; TECHNOLOGICAL FORECASTING; TRANSFER ORBITS
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 120
-A-
 1357324 A76-45782
-W-
 Future of VTOL and other radical concepts
 MILLER, R. H. (MIT, Cambridge, Mass.)
 In: The future of aeronautical transportation; Proceedings of the Princeton
 University Conference, Princeton, N.J., November 10, 11, 1975. (A76-45776
 23-03) Princeton, N.J., Princeton University, 1976, p. 6-1 to 6-25.
 Pub. Date: 1976
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA7623
 The paper considers the future of short and long haul air transportation
 from the economic, social and technical points of view. The use of VTOL for
 short haul and suburban transportation is examined, as is the use of
 suborbital hypersonic transport for long (up to antipodal) distances.
 (B.J.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *AIR TRANSPORTATION; *AIRCRAFT DESIGN; *HYPERSONIC AIRCRAFT *SHORT HAUL
 AIRCRAFT; *VERTICAL TAKEOFF AIRCRAFT; AIRLINE OPERATIONS; COST ANALYSIS;
 DEMAND (ECONOMICS); MARKET RESEARCH; SPACE SHUTTLES; TECHNOLOGICAL
 FORECASTING; URBAN TRANSPORTATION
 Sub. Class.: 7503 Air Transportation & Safety (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 121
-A-
 1350444 A76-38902
-W-
 Contributions to air and space law: Publ. in honor of Alex Meyer ( Book)
 Beitraege zum Luft- und Weltraumrecht: Festschrift zu Ehren von Alex Meyer
 BODENSCHATZ, M., (ED.) (Delvag Luftfahrtversicherungs AG, Cologne, West
 Germany; BOECKSTIEGEL, K.-H.; WEIDES, P. (Koeln, Universitaet, Cologne, West
 Germany)
 Cologne, Carl Heymanns Verlag 1975. 492 p. In German, English, French,
 Spanish, and Flemish.
 Pub. Date: 1975
 Language: MULTIPLE
 Co. of Publ.: Germany, Federal Republic of
-DocType-
 COLLECTED WORK
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA7619
 Subjects of air law considered are related to air traffic regulations for
 the Federal Republic of Germany concerning flights at supersonic speeds,
 preventive legal protection concerning administrative proceedings related to
 air-law planning procedures, the adoptation of air-law regulations by West
 Berlin, and air-passenger accident insurance as a supplementary compensation
 regulation in accordance with the Guatemala Protocol. The topics of space
 law discussed include the position of space law in the general legal
 structure, the significance of the term 'peaceful' in the Space Treaty of
 1967, the utilization of space as problem for a future international order,
 and legal questions related to a utilization of space and the celestial
 bodies by a private enterprise. Individual items are announced in this issue
 (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *AIR TRAFFIC; *AIRLINE OPERATIONS; *INTERNATIONAL LAW; *SPACE LAW; AIRCRAFT
 ACCIDENTS; CELESTIAL BODIES; FLIGHT CONTROL; GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS;
 LAW (JURISPRUDENCE); LEGAL LIABILITY; SUPERSONIC FLIGHT; WEST GERMANY
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 122
-A-
 1343390 A76-31848
-W-
 Report of the MIT Solar Energy Working Group (Book) ; et al.
 Research supported by the MIT Cabot Solar Energy Fund. Cambridge, Mass., MIT
 Energy Laboratory, 1976. 8 p.
 Pub. Date: 1976 53 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Publ.: U. S.
-DocType-
 BOOK
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA7614
 Future directions of research in the field of solar energy at MIT are
 recommended. The order of implementation of solar energy schemes is
 predicted to be: passive architectural use of the sun to complement an
 energy-conserving indoor environment; the burning of wood and waste biomass;
 hot water supply for a significant fraction of the population; space heating
 on a large scale; industrial process heat and intermediate temperature heat
 for air conditioning. The problems of energy storage, sunlight
 concentration, and policy and legal issues are considered. The state of the
 art in specific solar technologies, including solar photovoltaic conversion,
 photolytic and electrolytic production of fuels, fuel production from
 biomass, and solar thermal electric generation, is summarized. It is
 recommended that research efforts be directed towards energy production at
 costs which are competitive with energy produced from fossil fuels at
 current prices. (C.K.D.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *DOMESTIC ENERGY; *ENERGY TECHNOLOGY; *SOLAR ENERGY CONVERSION; *TECHNOLOGY
 ASSESSMENT; COST ANALYSIS; ELECTROLYSIS; ENERGY CONSERVATION; ENERGY POLICY;
 ENERGY STORAGE; PHOTOLYSIS; PHOTOVOLTAIC CONVERSION; SOLAR ENERGY ABSORBERS;
 TECHNOLOGICAL FORECASTING; THERMOELECTRIC POWER GENERATION; WASTE ENERGY
 UTILIZATION; WINDPOWER UTILIZATION
 Sub. Class.: ?744 Energy Production & Conversion (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 123
-A-
 1343035 A76-31493
-W-
 Some observations of European collaborative projects (in aerospace field)
 BOORER, N. W. (British Aircraft Corp., Ltd., London, England)
 In: Technology for the new horizon; Proceedings of the Thirteenth Space
 Congress, Cocoa Beach, Fla., April 7-9, 1976. (A76-31476 14-12) Cocoa Beach,
 Fla., Canaveral Co. of Technical Societies, 1976, p. 5-25 to 5-45.
 Pub. Date:  1976
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: United Kingdom
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA7614
 The history of European collaborative projects in the aerospace field is
 outlined. Driving forces behind the formation of collaborative projects in
 aerospace, including extension of the market and pooling of resources,
 especially financial, are discussed. The organization and management of the
 Jaguar and Concorde projects is described, and the role of different
 European organizations, including JATO, the European Space Agency, the
 European Civil Aviation Conference, and Eurogroup in fostering collaborative
 research and development programs is considered briefly. The development of
 variable wing sweep technology is discussed in detail. Future market
 opportunities for the products of collaborative efforts in the development
 of military and civil aircraft are examined. (C.K.D.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACE SYSTEMS; *EUROPEAN SPACE PROGRAMS; *FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT;
 *INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; *PROJECT MANAGEMENT; *RESEARCH PROJECTS; CIVIL
 AVIATION; EUROPEAN SPACE AGENCY; MANAGEMENT PLANNING; MARKET RESEARCH; NORTH
 ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION (NATO); RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT; RESOURCE
 ALLOCATION
 Sub. Class.: 7501 Aeronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 124
-A-
 1340953 N85-14201
-W-
 Land Remote-Sensing Commercialization Act
 Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation (U. S. Senate).
 Corp. Source Code: CX356189
 Place of Publ.: Washington Publisher: GPO
 Pub. Date: 1984 35P.
 Presentation Note: Rept. to accompany H. R. 5155 presented by the Comm. on
 Com., Sci. and Transportation, 98th Congr., 2nd Sess., 17 May 1984
-ReptNo-
 S-REPT-98-458
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: US Capitol,
 Senate Document Room
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8505
 A bill is described which provides a framework for a phased, orderly
 commercialization of land remote sensing technologies. The commercialization
 ramework includes provisions for appropriate Government regulation of
 private land remote sensing, continued Federal research and development in
 remote sensing, and continue. Government archiving of land remote sensing
 data. (A.R.H.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *CONGRESSIONAL REPORTS; *GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; *REMOTE SENSING;
 *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER; CONTRACTS ECONOMIC IMPACT;
 INFORMATION DISSEMINATION; LANDSAT SATELLITES; LICENSING; METEOROLOGICAL
 SATELLITES; PRIVACY; REGULATIONS
 Sub. Class.: 7543 Earth Resources (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 125
-A-
 1339371 A85-16304
-W-
 A future European launcher - Ariane 5/Hermes
 CRETENET, J. C.; MARX, P. (Centre National d'Etudes Spatiales, Evny,
 Essonne, France)
 (European Space Symposium, 18th, London, England, June 8, 9, 1983) British
 Interplanetary Society, Journal (Space Technology) (ISSN 0007-084X), vol.
 37, Dec. 1984, p. 547-553.
 Publ. Date: Dec. 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: France
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE; CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8505
 The development of the Ariane launch vehicle was begun in Europe ten years
 ago to provide independence in terms of the commercial exploitation of
 telecommunications satellites. In connection with the spectacular
 development of the satellite market and, consequently, the launch services
 market, Ariane has now also a commercial objective, which is related to the
 penetration of the international launch services market. The current
 capacity of Ariane is adequate for short and medium-term European launch
 requirements. However, in the longer term, Ariane's capacity is insufficient
 and a new launcher is needed. It is attempted to evaluate future launching
 requirements for the 1995-2000 period, taking into account competing launch
 resources related to the U.S. Space Shuttle. The results of this evaluation
 lead to a discussion of the characteristics of the Ariane 5, which is to be
 the new launcher for the 1990s. Attention is given to improved geostationary
 orbit service, low orbit injection, and the Hermes European manned system.
 (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *ARIANE LAUNCH VEHICLE; *HYPERSONIC GLIDERS; *REUSABLE SPACECRAFT; CRYOGENIC
 ROCKET PROPELLANTS; SOLID PROPELLANT ROCKET ENGINES; SYNCHRONOUS SATELLITES
 Sub. Class.: 7515 Launch Vehicles & Space Vehicles (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 126
-A-
 339370 A85-16303
-W-
 Commercial utilisation of space - New business opportunities
 BELLAGAMBA, L.; ROBINETT, K. H. (Rockwell International Corp., Downey, CA)
 British Interplanetary Society, Journal (Space Technology) (ISSN 0007-084X),
 vol. 37, Dec. 1984, p. 541-546.
 Pub. Date: Dec. 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8505
 This paper identifies exploitable space resources which allow for
 commercialization. Commercial utilization of space implies private industry
 ownership and operation of facilities in space to produce goods or to
 provide services for profit. The tier structure of the industry and the
 forces creating this structure are explained. The authors argue that
 widespread involvement should be welcomed by participants, as it lowers the
 entry risk to all. Simple, but useful, procedures are presented to estimate
 the development and operating costs of a new space business. To serve as
 illustrative examples, the charters, customers, products, facilities, and
 profitability potentials of several space station business opportunities are
 summarized. The market, legal and institutional issues which may pose
 barriers to commercial utilization of space are discussed. Finally, some
 actions are recommended for managers interested in pursuing their own
 commercial space opportunities. (Author)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *MARKETING; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; COSTS; INTERNATIONAL LAW; MANAGEMENT;
 SPACE STATIONS
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 127
-A-
 1339369 85-16302
-W-
 Future prospects in space envisaged by a forum of European space companies
 TOUSSAINT, M. (Eurospace, Paris, France)
 (European Space Symposium, 18th, London, England, June 8, 9, 1983) British
 Interplanetary Society, Journal (Space Technology) (ISSN 0007-084X), vol.
 37, Dec. 1984, p. 537-540.
 Pub. Date: Dec. 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: France
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE; CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8505
 In June 1980, Eurospace, the Association of the European space industry,
 presented a paper based on a set of proposals for a European long term space
 program. A study of this paper shows that the effort devoted by Europe to
 space activities was decreasing. The current situation (1983) is compared
 with the situation three years earlier. It is found that the ESA budget is
 slightly higher than in 1979. However, little attention has been paid to
 proposals regarding large space platforms and recoverable launchers. Now the
 Future Prospects Group representing the industrial interest in Eurospace has
 been set up, and the progress of this group is discussed. Attention is given
 to the level of Europe's space activities in a worldwide context, the mean
 annual value of governmental and commercial markets accessible to the
 European space industry, developments in the communication market,  the
 Ariane market, the development of a new generation of launchers for 1992,
 and the space industrialization market. ( G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *EUROPEAN SPACE PROGRAMS; *MARKETING; INVESTMENTS
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 128
-A-
 1338530 A85-15463
-W-
 Intelsat Business services
 LEE, J.; CUMMINS, M.; JAMSHIDI, S.; PERILLAN, L. (International
 Telecommunications Satellite Organization, Washington, DC)
 IN: International Conference on Digital Satellite Communications, 6th,
 Phoenix, AZ, September 19-23, 1983, Proceedings (A85-15451 04-32). New York,
 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1983, p. III-1 to
 III-11.
 Pub. Date: 1983
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: International Organization
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8504
 A new international digital business service will soon be introduced by
 Intelsat that will include videoconferencing, data transfer, high-speed
 facsimile, electronic mail, remote printing, and voice applications. This
 paper presents the background information concerning the development of the
 global Intelsat business Services (IBS). It addresses the potential
 international market, service concept and service features. Considerations
 pertaining to system design such as space segment provision, network
 concepts and network interconnect architectures are discussed. Finally, a
 transmission analysis relating to the Standard E and F earth stations, which
 would be used to carry IBS in the K-band and C-band, respectively, is
 presented. (Author)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *DATA TRANSMISSION; *INTELSAT SATELLITES; *SATELLITE NETWORKS;
 *TELECONFERENCING; *VIDEO COMMUNICATION; *VOICE COMMUNICATION; DIGITAL
 SYSTEMS; EARTH TERMINALS; FACSIMILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK CONTROL SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; SYSTEMS ENGINEERING; SYSTEMS INTEGRATION
 Sub. Class.: 7532 Communications (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 129
-A-
 1337990 A85-14923
-W-
 Financing space industrialization
 COHN, S. M.; COHN, T. A.
 Space World (ISSN 0038-6332), vol. U-11-251, Nov. 1984, p. 4-9.
 Pub. Date: Nov. 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8504
 The components of an infrastructure for space industrialization and the
 methods of financing it are described. Phases of financing involve the
 government formation of a partnership between government and private
 industry and space industrialists operating independently. The Taxpayer
 Stock Corporation, which may be an alternative to forced financial support
 of a space infrastructure, and the Space Industrialization Corporation are
 discussed. An opinion survey on the many uses of space, part of which
 sampled the public at large regarding space industrialization, and the
 results of an experiment carried out on Space Shuttle flights, involving the
 production of uniform and precise latex particles to be used as a standard
 for calibrating sensitive scientific instruments, have been examined.
 (M.D.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION;
 GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; PUBLIC RELATIONS; SPACE MANUFACTURING
 Sub. Class.: 7583 Economics & Cost Analysis (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 130
-A-
 1337308 N85-13690
-W-
 Commercial Space Launch Act
 Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation (U. S. Senate).
 Corp. Source Code: CX356189
 Place of Publ.: Washington Publisher: GPO
 Pub. Date: 1984 72P.
 Presentation Note: Hearing on S. 2931 before the Subcomm. on Sci., Technol.
 and Space of the Comm. on Com., Sci. and Transportation, 98th Congr., 1st
 Sess., 6 Sep. 1984
-ReptNo-
 GPO-39-613
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: Subcommittee on
 Science, Technology and Space
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8504
 Several initiatives designed to develop the commercial potential of space
 through increased private sector investments and involvement are considered.
 The primary focus is on 2931 which seeks to facilitate private sector space
 launch activity by establishing the Department of Transportation as the lead
 Federal agency with licensing authority over private expandable launch
 vehicle operations and by providing a framework within which this new
 industry can most effectively operate. Economic, regulatory, and legal
 incentives are covered as well as NASA support for commercial space
 ventures. (A.R.H.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *CONGRESSIONAL REPORTS; *LAUNCH VEHICLES; *REGULATIONS; *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACECRAFT LAUNCHING; COMPETITION; LICENSING; NASA
 PROGRAMS; PAYLOADS; SPACE TRANSPORTATION
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 131
-A-
 1336545 N85-12927
-W-
 Review of Space Shuttle requirements, operations, and future plans
 DAWSON, H. S., JR.
 Committee on Science and Technology (U. S. House).
 Corp. Source Code: CX434592
 Place of Publ.: Washington Publisher: GPO
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1984  45P.
 Presentation Note: Rept. presented by the Subcomm. on Space Sci. and Appl.
 of the Comm. on Sci. and Technol., 98th Congr., 2nd Sess., Oct. 1984
-ReptNo-
 GPO-39-101
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 OTHER. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: Subcommittee on
 Space Science and Applications
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8504
 The following issues were discussed: long term plans; STS organization and
 management; launch rate trends; government use of ELV's; user perceptions;
 orbiter turn around times; operating costs; pricing policies; need for
 additional orbiters; hardware improvements; second generation Space
 Shuttles; spare parts and logistics support; and flight safety. (B.G.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *CONGRESSIONAL REPORTS; *GOALS; *NASA PROGRAMS; *POLICIES; *SPACE SHUTTLES;
 COST EFFECTIVENESS; FLIGHT SAFETY; LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT; MARKETING;
 OPERATING COSTS; PAYLOADS
 Sub. Class.: 7516 Space Transportation (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 132
-A-
 1336072 A85-13914
-W-
 The first space product
 BIRD, J.
 Spaceflight (ISSN 0038-6340), vol. 26, Nov. 1984, p. 422, 423.
 Pub. Date: Nov. 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: United Kingdom
 Co. of Pub.: United Kingdom
-DocType-
 JOURNAL ARTICLE. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8503
 The processing and applications of the latex spheres manufactured in the
 monodisperse latex reactor (MLR) flown on six STS missions are described.
 Spheres of 2 microns diameter are first made on earth, then placed in the
 MLR on the Shuttle to begin heated chemical reactions, which are accelerated
 once the spacecraft is in space. Uniform batches of 30 microns diameter
 spheres have thus far been obtained. Spheres formed on earth lack
 uniformity, which is high enough with the space-processed spheres that they
 can be used to calibrate microscopes or be injected in blood to trace
 circulation. The spheres are about to be marketed at $20, 000/oz., and have
 been certified as reference material by the National Bureau of Standards. (
 M.S.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *LATEX; *LOW GRAVITY MANUFACTURING; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION ; *SPACE
 PROCESSING; *SPACE SHUTTLE PAYLOADS; CHEMICAL REACTORS; PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT;
 SPHERES
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 133
-A-
 1335349 A85-13191
-W-
 The challenge of advanced space transportation and propulsion systems
 LARSON, V. R. (Rockwell International Corp., Rocketdyne Div., Canoga Park,
 CA)
 International Astronautical Federation, International Astronautical
 Congress, 35th, Lausanne, Switzerland, Oct. 7-13, 1984. 32 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1984  19 Refs.
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 84-310
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8503
 In connection with trends related to developments concerning space
 transportation, space missions, and the utilization of space, challenges
 arise. The present investigation is concerned with these challenges, taking
 into account aspects of system definition and economic evaluation. In an
 examination of the current situation, it is found that for a reduction of
 space transportation costs it would be most beneficial to lower the cost for
 the boost (earth-to-LEO) phase. A 50 percent reduction in this phase would
 reduce LEO (low-earth-orbit) cost to the 500 to 750 U.S. $/lb range. Space
 missions are discussed, taking into account requirements, projections of
 future flights, the replacement market (GEO satellites), competing
 technologies and future growth, and large space stations. Attention is also
 given to propulsion conceps, expendable and reusable LEO-to-GEO transfer
 vehicles, space transfer economics, and planetary and other scientific space
 missions. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *PROPULSION SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS; *SPACE TRANSPORTATION; *SPACECRAFT
 PROPULSION; LAUNCH VEHICLES; SPACE MISSIONS; SPACE STATIONS; SYNCHRONOUS
 SATELLITES; TRANSFER ORBITS
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 134
-A-
 1335308 A85-13150
-W-
 A report on spacecraft insurance
 MALATRE, L. (Gras S?voye, S.A., Neuilly-sur-Seine, Hauts-de-Seine, France)
 International Astronautical Federation, International Astronautical
 Congress, 35th, Lausanne, Switzerland, Oct. 7-13, 1984. 24 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1984
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 84-234
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: France
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8503
 The history, risks, and present situation of spacecraft insurance are
 discussed. The contractual aspects of commercial satellite activities are
 reviewed in order to determine the responsibilities of the various parties
 involved. The insurance coverages which have been developed to cover these
 responsibilities are described. The statistical results for satellite
 insurance are examined and the reaction of insurers to those results is
 reviewed. (C.D.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *ECONOMIC ANALYSIS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE LAW; *SPACECRAFT
 RELIABILITY; CONTRACTS; GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; LEGAL LIABILITY;
 MARKETING; RISK; SPACECRAFT LAUNCHING
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 135
-A-
 1335303 A8-13145
-W-
 An overview of the 1984 Battelle outside users payload model
 DAY, J. B.; CONLON, R. J.; NEALE, D. B.; FISCHER, N. H. (Battelle Memorial
 Institute, Columbus, OH)
 International Astronautical Federation, International Astronautical
 Congress, 35th, Lausanne, Switzerland, Oct. 7-13, 1984. 8 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1984
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 84-229
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8503
 The methodology and projections from a model for the market for non-NASA,
 non-DOD, reimbursable payloads from the non-Soviet bloc countries over the
 1984-2000 AD time period are summarized. High and low forecast ranges were
 made based on demand forecasts by industrial users, NASA estimates, and
 other publications. The launches were assumed to be alloted to either the
 Shuttle or the Ariane. The greatest demand for launch services is expected
 to come form communications and materials processing payloads, the latter
 either becoming a large user or remaining a research item. The number of
 Shuttle payload equivalents over the reference time spanis projected as
 84-194, showing the large variance that is dependent on the progress in
 materials processing operations. (M.S.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *NASA PROGRAMS; *PAYLOADS; *SPACE SHUTTLE PAYLOADS; *SPACE TRANSPORTATION
 SYSTEM; *TECHNOLOGICAL FORECASTING; COMMUNICATION SATELLITES ; DEMAND
 (ECONOMICS); MISSION PLANNING; SPACE PROCESSING; USER REQUIREMENTS
 Sub. Class.: 7515 Launch Vehicles & Space Vehicles (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 136
-A-
 1335300 A85-13142
-W-
 Activities in Germany for the commercialization of space
 KLEBER, P. (Deutsche Forschungs- und Versuchsanstalt uer Luft- und
 Raumfahrt, Cologne, West Germany)
 International Astronautical Federation, International Astronautical
 Congress, 35th, Lausanne, Switzerland, Oct. 7-13, 1984. 7 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1984
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 84-222
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Germany, Federal Republic of
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8503
 The benefits space has to offer to industrial concerns are discussed with an
 eye to methods of arousing greater industrial participation. Future
 technological development hinges on exploitation of the microgravity
 environment, particularly the free fall produced by blancing the spacecraft
 velocity against the centripetal force. Preliminary experimentation growing
 single crystals, studying diffusion in materials, the growth of living,
 cells, etc., must be expanded upon by inducing further trials by more
 industrial investigators. Interest can be heightened through media
 advertizing, direct mailing, personal contact, and exhibits at industrial
 fairs. Industrial interest is most likely in the fields of metallic
 materials, electronics, chemistry, pharmaceuticals, and basic research. The
 promotions should be targeted at raising executive-level awareness of the
 possibilities space offers. (M.S.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *REDUCED GRAVITY; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; *SPACE
 MANUFACTURING; *SPACE PROCESSING; CHEMISTRY; ELECTRONICS; LOW GRAVITY
 MANUFACTURING; MATERIALS SCIENCE; PHARMACOLOGY; WEST GERMANY
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics-General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 137
-A-
 1335298 A85-13140
-W-
 Federal policy options and the commercialization of space
 HADELRIGG, G. A.
 International Astronautical Federation, International Astronautical
 Congress, 35th, Lausanne Switzerland, Oct. 7-13, 1984. 14 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1984 77 Refs.
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 84-218
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8503
 Private Enterprise seeks to undertake virtually any activity that is
 institutionally and technologically feasible and which promises a high
 return on investment. Commercial activities in space would seem to be no
 exception. Indeed, it is reasonable to expect that, at some future date,
 commercial activities in space will overshadow government-sponsored research
 and military activities combined. But this date remains well into the
 future, it is highly uncertain, and it depends on government policies. Space
 is much like a less developed nation; before industrial development can
 occur, necessary infrastructures must be created. A government could create
 these infrastructures and, by so doing, hasten the commercialization of
 space, assuring opportunities for its industries. But this is not likely to
 happen. Instead, infrastructures are more likely to evolve on an ad hoc
 basis, forced by technology rather than policy. (Author)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; *GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; *POLICIES; *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; AEROSPACE INDUSTRY; EVOLUTION (DEVELOPMENT); SPACE
 INDUSTRIALIZATION
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 138
-A-
 1335297 A85-13139
-W-
 NASA's approach to the commercial use of space
 GILLAM, I. T., IV (NASA, Washington, DC)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D. C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981
 International Astronautical Federation, International Astronautical
 Congress, 35th, Lausanne, Switzerland, Oct. 7-13, 1984. 6 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1984
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 84-21
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8503
 NASA planning activities in the area of commercial development of space
 resources are reviewed. Examples of specific types of commercial space
 ventures are given, according to three different categories: new commercial
 high-technology ventures; new commercial application of existing space
 technology, and commercial ventures resulting from the transfer of existing
 space programs to the private sector. Basic objectives for reducing
 technical, financial and institutional risks for commercial space operations
 are considered. Attention is given to the cooperative working environment
 encouraged by Joint Endeavor Agreements (JEAs) and Technical Exchange
 Agreements (TEAs) between industrial organizations in the development of
 space systems. Benefits of the commercial development of space resources
 include the production of purer pharmaceuticals for the treatment of
 cancers, kidney diseases, and diabetes; and the development of ultra-pure
 semiconductor crystals for use in next generation electronic equipment.
 (I.H.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACE INDUSTRY; *GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY RELATIONS; *NASA PROGRAMS; *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; COMMERCIAL SPACECRAFT; ECONOMIC
 FACTORS; RISK
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 139
-A-
 1335203 A85-13045
-W-
 Some results of the MSAT phase B studies and their impact on system design
 MCNALLY, J. L.; RAINE, H. R.; KENT, J. D. T. (Canadian Department of
 Communications, Communications Research Centre, Nepean, Ontario, Canada)
 International Astronautical Federation, International Astronautical
 Congress, 35th, Lausanne, Switzerland, Oct. 7-13, 1984. 10 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1984 9 Refs.
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 84-89
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Canada
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8503
 In 1980, the Department of Communications (DOC) decided to commence Phase A
 feasibility studies for a mobile satellite system in the 800 MHz band. The
 considered system would use a geostationary satellite to provide direct
 communication with vehicles in nonurban areas throughout Canada including
 offshore coverage of territorial waters. Promising results were obtained
 with respect to potetial market, system feasibility, and commercial
 viability. It was, therefore, decided to proceed with the second phase
 (Phase B Project Definition) in April 1982. Phase B involved an examination
 of system architecture, spacecraft, mobile radios, ground stations, Demand
 Assignment Multiple Access (DAMA) systems, and business requirements. The
 present investigation attempts to provide an outline of some of the results
 and to project some plans for the future. It is concluded that during the
 studies there has been an evolution toward a commercially-realizable first
 generation system. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *CANADIAN SPACE PROGRAMS; *COMMUNICATION NETWORKS; *MSAT;
 *TELECOMMUNICATION; GROUND STATIONS; MARKET RESEARCH; REMOTE REGIONS; SPACE
 PLATFORMS; SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
 Sub. Class.: 7518 Spacecraft Design, Testing & Performance (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 140
-A-
 1335149 A85-2991
-W-
 Space Station - An overview of current U.S. activities
 FREITAG, R. F. (NASA, Office of Space Station, Policy and Plans Office,
 Washington, DC)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D. C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981
 International Astronautical Federation, International Astronautical
 Congress, 35th, Lausanne, Switzerland, Oct. 7-13, 1984. 11 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1984
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 84-22
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8503
 The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) has begun
 developing a permanently manned Space Station as mandated by President
 Reagan. The Space Station will be operational within a decade and is the
 'Next Logical Step' in America's space program. This paper presents a
 summary of the Space Station status, current planning guidelines, and the
 possibilities for international participation in the program. The conceptual
 architecture and evolutionary development options for the Space Station are
 also briefly discussed. (Author)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *NASA PROGRAMS; *SPACE STATIONS; INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; MISSION
 PLANNING; SCHEDULES; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION
 Sub. Class.: 7515 Launch Vehicles & Space Vehicles (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 141
-A-
 1335136 A85-12978
-W-
 Ariane 5 - A new launcher for Europe
 MARX, P.; LAPORTE-WEYWADA, H. (Centre National d'Etudes Spatiales, Direction
 des Lanceurs Evry, Essonne, France)
 International Astronautical Federation, International Astronautical
 Congress, 35th, Lausanne, Switzerland, Oct. 7-13, 1984. 12 p.
 Pub. Date: Oct. 1984
-ReptNo-
 IAF PAPER 84-03
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: France
 Co. of Pub.: International Organization
-DocType-
 PREPRINT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8503
 In connection with the desire to improve the European competitive position
 in the geostationary mission market, the development of a high-capacity
 launch vehicle has been started, taking into account also an employment of
 the launcher for nongeostationary missions. This launch vehicle, in
 association with the Hermes manned spacecraft would provide Europe with an
 autonomous capability for the conduction of manned space missions. The new
 launch vehicles called Ariane 5, is discussed. Traffic levels for different
 orbits are examined, taking into account the geostationary orbit, the sun
 synchronous orbit, low-earth orbits, and scientific missions. Attention is
 given to future user requirements, preliminary studies, the general
 configuration of the Ariane 5 launch vehicle, the lower section, the upper
 section, the electrical system, and trajectories and performance. (G.R.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *ARIANE LAUNCH VEHICLE; *LAUNCH VEHICLE CONFIGURATIONS; *PROPULSION SYSTEM
 CONFIGURATIONS; HYDROGEN OXYGEN ENGINES; ORBITAL LAUNCHING; SOLID PROPELLANT
 ROCKET ENGINES; SPACECRAFT DESIGN; SPACECRAFT POWER SUPPLIES; UPPER STAGE
 ROCKET ENGINES
 Sub. Class.: 7515 Launch Vehicles & Space Vehicles (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 142
-A-
 1333900 A85-12623
-W-
 Colloquium on the Law of Outer Space, 26th, Budapest, Hungary, October
 10-15, 1983, Proceedings
 Colloquium sponsored by the International Astronautical Federation. New
 York, American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, 1984, 366 p. No
 individual items are abstracted in this volume.
 Pub. Date: 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8502
 Various papers on the law of outer space are presented. The general topics
 discussed include: telecommunications and the geostationary orbit, the
 interrelationship between air and space law, responsibility for space
 activities, and legal aspects of international cooperation in space. (C.D.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *CONFERENCES; *OUTER SPACE TREATY; *SPACE LAW; AIR LAW; BROADCASTING;
 COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; EUROPEAN SPACE AGENCY; INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION;
 INTERNATIONAL LAW; NASA PROGRAMS; ORBIT SPECTRUM UTILIZATION; REGULATIONS;
 REMOTE SENSING; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE EXPLORATION; SPACE STATIONS;
 SPACE WEAPONS; SYNCHRONOUS SATELLITES; UNITED NATIONS
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 143
-A-
 1333784 A85-12507
-W-
 International cooperation in the commercial era of space
 ALLNUTT, R. F. (NASA, Washington, DC)
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D. C.
 Corp. Source Code: NC452981
 IN: International Scientific Conference on Space, 23rd, Rome, Italy, March
 24, 25, 1983. Proceedings (A85-12501 02-12). Rome, Rassegna Internazionale
 Elettronica Nucleare ed Aerospaziale, 1984, p. 147-158.
 Pub. Date: 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: Italy
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8502
 NASA plans permitting international participation in space activities are
 reviewed, with an emphasis on the increasing commercialization of these
 endeavors. The potential indicated by the recent success of the STT,
 long-term and large-scale Soviet missions, and the Ariane launcher is
 discussed; the development of the Space Station concept is traced; the
 increasing use of remote-sensing and telecommunications satellites is
 documented; currently planned space science missions are listed; and the
 NASA policy on international cooperation (full payment by the second nation,
 clean payload-spacecraft interfaces to prevent technology transfer, and open
 availability of scientific results) is outlined. It is argued that space
 activity, having passed through first and second phases dominated by
 exploration and military goals, respectively, will now soon enter a
 primarily commercial phase, with competition in telecommunications and
 remote-sensing services and private investment in space processing,
 manufacturing, and even launchers. (T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER; *COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; *DEVELOPING
 NATIONS; *INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; *REMOTE SENSING; *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; AEROSPACE SCIENCES; LAUNCH VEHICLES; MISSION PLANNING;
 ORBITAL SPACE STATIONS; SPACE MANUFACTURING; SPACE MISSIONS; SPACE
 PROCESSING
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 144
-A-
 1333779 A85-12502
-W-
 Space exploitation - Spacelab an easy approach for developing countries:
 Prospectives and suggestions by Aeritalia
 VALLERANI, E. (Aeritalia S.p.A., Turin, Italy)
 IN: International Scientific Conference on Space, 23rd, Rome, Italy, March
 24, 25, 1983, Proceedings (A85-12501 02-12). Rome, Rassegna Internazionale
 Elettronica Nucleare ed Aerospaziale, 1984, p. 45-49.
 Pub. Date: 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: Italy
 Co. of Pub.: Italy
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib.
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8502
 The problem of access by developing countries to space information and
 resources is discussed from the Italian point of view. The international
 cooperation involved in the development of IRIS, Spacelab, and Eureca is
 considered; the ongoing commercialization of space in the STS, Ariane, and
 Space Station programs is examined; and the need for careful planning and
 preparation in the developing countries to take advantage of future
 space-exploitation opportunities is stressed. It is proposed that Italian
 universities and industry provide assistance in training personnel and
 designing payloads to meet the needs of developing countries. (T.K)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *DEVELOPING NATIONS; *INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION;
 *SPACE INDUSTRIALIZATION; *SPACELAB; EDUCATION; ITALY; SPACE EXPLORATION;
 SPACE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM; SPACELAB PAYLOADS; TECHNOLOGY UTILIZATION;
 UNIVERSITY PROGRAM
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 145
-A-
 1333778 A85-12501
-W-
 International Scientific Conference on Space, 23rd, Rome Italy, March 24,
 25, 1983, Proceedings
 Convegno Internazionale Scientifico sullo Spazio, 23rd, Rome, Italy, March
 24, 25, 1983, Atti
 Conference sponsored by the Ministero degli Affari Esteri, Ministero per il
 Coordinamanto della Ricerca Scientifica e Tecnologica, CNR, et al. Rome,
 Rassegna Internazionale Elettronica Nucleare ed Aerospazial, 1984, 400 p. In
 Italian, English, and French. For individual items see A85-12502 to
 A85-12524.
 Pub. Date: 1984
 Language: MULTIPLE
 Co. of Origin: Italy
 Co. of Pub.: Italy
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS
-JrnlAnn-
 IAA8502
 Political, economic, institutional, and technological aspects of space
 cooperation between industrialized and developing nations are examined in
 reviews, reports, and abstracts. Topics addressed include satellite
 communications, the Spacelab program as an easy opportunity for
 developing-country (DC) participation, Italian cooperation with DCs in space
 development, economical domestic/regional satellite communication systems
 for DC, the activities of the Argentine National Commission on space
 research, the role of the UN, applications of space technology in Africa,
 the orbit-acquisition maneuver for the Lageos-II satellite, strap-on
 boosters for the Ariane-3 launcher, and the interpretation of thermal-IR
 imagery using multispectral and multitemporal information. Graphs, drawings,
 diagrams, and photographs are provided. (T.K.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: AIAA/TIS
-Desc-
 *AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER; *CONFERENCES; *DEVELOPING NATIONS;
 *INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; *SPACE PROGRAMS; AEROSPACE SCIENCES;
 COMMUNICATION SATELLITES; EARTH RESOURCES PROGRAM; INFRARED IMAGERY; ITALY
 METEOROLOGICAL SATELLITES; MULTISPECTRAL PHOTOGRAPHY; REMOTE SENSING; SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; SPACE EXPLORATION; SPACELAB
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 146
-A-
 1332378 N85-11914
-W-
 Statement of Otho E. Eskin, Director, Office of Advanced Technology,
 Department of State
 Committee on Science and Technology (U. S. House).
 Corp. Source Code: CX434592
 In its Intern. Coop. and Competition in Space p 48-70 (SEE N85-11911 02-84)
 Pub. Date: 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: Subcommittee on
 Space Science and Applications
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8502
 Testimony given by a representative of the Department of State during a
 meeting of the House Subcommittee on Space Science and Applications is
 presented. The future participation of the United States in the U.N.
 Committee on the Peaceful Uses of Outer Space (COPUOS) is discussed. The
 results of the meeting of COPUOS in Vienna in June, 1984 are assessed. (
 R.S.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *GOVERNMENTS; *INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; *POLITICS; *SPACE EXPLORATION;
 *UNITED STATES; CONGRESSIONAL REPORTS; SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION ; SPACE
 STATIONS
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 147
-A-
 1332377 N85-11913
-W-
 Statement of Kenneth S. Pedersen, Director, International Affairs Division,
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration
 Committee on Science and Technology (U. S. House).
 Corp. Source Code: CX434592
 In its Intern. Coop. and Competition in Space p 33-47 (SEE N85-11911 02-84)
 Pub. Date: 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: Subcommittee on
 Space Science and Applications
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR852
 Testimony given during a meeting of the House Subcommittee on Space Science
 and Applications is presented. The Subcommittee met to survey the status of
 and prospects for international cooperation and competition in space. The
 space station was a focal point of the discussion. Examples of joint U.S.
 and foreign efforts in space technology are cited: the infrared astronomical
 telescope, COSPAS-SARSAT, spacelab, and the remote manipulator system.
 (R.S.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE EXPLORATION;
 *SPACE STATIONS; CONGRESSIONAL REPORTS; ECONOMICS; INFRARED TELESCOPES;
 MSAT; REMOTE MANIPULATOR SYSTEM; SARSAT; SPACELAB
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 148
-A-
 1332376 N85-11912
-W-
 International cooperation and competition in space. Introduction
 Committee on Science and Technology (U. S. House).
 Corp. Source Code: CX434592
 In its Intern. Coop. and Competition in Space p 1-32 (SEE N85-11911 ?0-84)
 Pub. Date: 1984 1 Refs.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: Subcommittee on
 Space Science and Applications
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8502
 Testimony given during a meeting of the House Subcommittee on Space Science
 and Applications is presented. The Subcommittee met to survey the status of
 and prospects for international cooperation and competition in space.
 Expendable launch vehicles and the space shuttle program were discussed. The
 U.S. position vis-a-vis the U.N. Committee on the Peaceful Use of Outer
 Space (COPUOS) was addressed. (R.S.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *ECONOMICS; *INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; *LAUNCH VEHICLES; *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE SHUTTLES; ARIANE LAUNCH TELSAT SATELLITES
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 149
-A-
 1332375 N85-11911
-W-
 International cooperation and competition in space
 Committee on Science and Technology (U. S. House).
 Corp. Source Code: CX434592
 Place of Publ.: Washington Publisher: GPO
 Pub. Date: 1984 230P
 Presentation Note: Hearing before the Comm. on Sci. and Technol., 98th
 Congr., 2d Sess., No. 104, 25 Jul. 1984
-ReptNo-
 GPO-38-001
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 COLLOQUIA. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: Subcommittee
 on Space Science and Applications
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8502
 Testimony and dialogue from a meeting of the House Subcommittee on Space
 Science and Applications are presented. The Subcommittee met to survey the
 status of and prospects for international cooperation and competition in
 space. For individual titles see N85-11912 through N85-11917.
-Desc-
 *GOVERNMENTS; *INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION; *POLITICS; *SPACE
 COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE EXPLORATION; *SPACE SHUTTLES; *SPACE STATIONS;
 *UNITED STATES; ARTIFICIAL SATELLITES; CONGRESSIONAL REPORTS; ECONOMICS;
 LANDSAT SATELLITES; LAUNCH VEHICLES; REMOTE SENSING; SARSAT
 Sub. Class.: 7584 Law & Political Science (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 022:108 150
-A-
 1331523 N85-11059
-W-
 Statement of Hon. James M. Beggs, Administrator, NASA, Washington, DC
 Committee on Science and Technology (U. S. House).
 Corp. Source Code: CX434592
 In its Initiatives to Promote Space Commercialization p 12-26 (SEE N85-11058
 02-12)
 Pub. Date: 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Co. of Origin: U. S.
 Co. of Pub.: U. S.
-DocType-
 REPORT. Most doc. avail. from AIAA Tech. Lib. Oth. Avail.: Subcommittee on
 Space Science and Applications
-JrnlAnn-
 STAR8502
 NASA activities for the commercial use of space are discussed. Space shuttle
 payloads, space commercialization plans, launch costs, and
 government/industry cooperation are among the topics discussed. (R.J.F.)
 Source of Abstract/Subfile: NASA STIF
-Desc-
 *CONGRESSIONAL REPORTS; *NASA PROGRAMS; *SPACE COMMERCIALIZATION; *SPACE
 MANUFACTURING; AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER; COSTS; GOVERNMENT/INDUSTRY
 RELATIONS; REGULATIONS; SPACE SHUTTLE PAYLOADS; TECHNOLOGY UTILIZATION
 Sub. Class.: 7512 Astronautics--General (1975-)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 1
-A-
 965883 86-540222
-W-
 Sintered Metal Sliding Bearings.
 Manolache, V; Netuschil, D; Oberst, S
 Antriebstechnik, 24, (10), 54, 56, 58, 61 1985
-ISSN-
 0722-8546
-JrnlAnn-
 8603
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 After an explanation of structure, the manufacture and classification of
 sintered metals as well as their outstanding suitability as sliding bearing
 materials are briefly generally dealt with as to friction, wear and tear as
 well as lubrication conditions in sliding bearings. Characteristics of
 sintered metal sliding bearings with regard to lubrication and bearing
 run-in are highlighted. Then investigations on sintered iron and sintered
 bronze bearings with various lubricants are reported. Their results show
 that the lubricant affects the bearing characteristics so considerably that
 the cheap sintered iron bearings can obtain the quality of sintered bronze
 bearings. 4 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy parts; Bearings, Powder technology; Iron, Powder
 technology; Bronzes, Powder technology; Lubricants
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 2
-A-
 961041 86-310571
-W-
 Status of Understanding for Gear Materials.
 Townsend, D P
 New Directions in Lubrication, Materials, Wear, and Surface Interactions:
 Tribology in the 80's, Cleveland, Ohio, USA, Apr. 1983 757-770
 Publ: Noyes Publications, Mill Rd. at Grand Ave., Park Ridge, New Jersey
 07656, USA, 1985
-JrnlAnn-
 8602
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Die-cast alloy and sintered powder-metal gears are fairly inexpensive and
 will operate at higher loads and temp. than plastic gears. The three types
 of cast iron offer a medium-strength gear at a cost that varies with the
 accuracy of machining requirements. Gears can be manufactured from several
 Al alloys for light weight and medium cost and may be anodized for improved
 load capacity. The Cu alloys, bronze and brass, are more costly but have
 good sliding and wear properties that are useful for worm gear applications.
 The hot-forged powder-metal gears have the advantage of medium cost with
 good accuracy and high strength. Several low- to medium-alloy steels are
 available for gear design and most can be heat treated for added strength.
 The medium-alloy gear materials offer high strength when case hardened and
 will satisfy most high-load medium-temp. applications. For more severe load,
 speed, and temp. requirements the advanced high-temp. alloys must be used.
 These include EX-53, CBS 600, Vasco X-2, Super Nitralloy (5Ni--2Al), and
 forged AISI M-50. As the requirements become more stringent, the cost will
 also increase. 33 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Gears, Materials selection; Economics; Wear resistance; Powder metallurgy
 parts, Mechanical properties; Forgings, Mechanical properties; Copper base
 alloys, Mechanical properties; Nickel chromium molybdenum steels, Mechanical
 properties; Fatigue life; Tensile properties
 Alloy Index (Identifier): M-50, Vasco X-2, CBS 600, CBS 1000M, SAB/ 9310,
 4340, SANCM
-SectHd-
 31 (MECHANICAL PROPERTIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 3
-A-
 945306 85-540733
-W-
 Two-Layer Powder Pressing Technique in the Production of Two-Layer Sinter
 Parts.
 Schreiner, H
 11th International Plansee Seminar
 85, Vol. I, Reutte, Austria, 20-24 May 1985 265-283
 Publ: Metallwerk Plansee, Postfach 74, A-6600 Reutte, Austria, 1985
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Sintered products generally consist of an identical material throughout the
 entire volume of the formed part. Should different characteristics be
 required of a sintered part in different regions of the piece, this can be
 realized in two-layer sintered parts. In the two-layer powder pressing
 technique, two layers of powder are filled into a die, one on top of the
 other, and are pressed into a stable-edged compact. To avoid any impurity in
 the different layers, the first layer is pre-compacted, stray powder is
 extracted and then the two layers are pressed together. The two-layer powder
 pressing technique has proved successful for producing two-layer sinter
 parts and two-layer infiltrated sinter parts, mainly in the field of
 electrical contacts. Aluminum, Fe, Mo and Cu can be used in the production
 of bimetals. 12 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Aluminum, Powder technology; Molybdenum, Powder technology; Iron, Powder
 technology; Copper, Powder technology; Electric contacts, Powder technology;
 Bimetals, Powder technology; Powder metallurgy parts
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 4
-A-
 943312 85-221186
-W-
 Ultrasonic Characterization of Porosity in Powder Metals.
 Howard, S; Tani, J; Arnold, H; Schwetlick, H; Sachse, W
 ASM Metals Congress, Detroit, Michigan, USA, 15-20 Sept. 1984 Pp 8
 Publ: American Society for Metals, Metals Park, Ohio 44073, USA, 1984
-ReptNo-
 Metals/Materials Technology Series No. 8408-025
-JrnlAnn-
 8509
-DocType-
 REPORT
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Preliminary results are presented of a project aimed at investigating
 ultrasonic techniques to measure the bulk density, pore size, and spatial
 variation of porosity in powder metal specimens (Al, Fe, Cu). Specific
 techniques considered are ultrasonic wavespeed, attenuation and wave
 dispersion measurements, and the identification of spectral features in the
 amplitude spectra. Also discussed is the inverse medium problem for
 reconstructing the acoustic impedance profile along the direction of wave
 propagation in a specimen. 14 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Copper, Powder technology; Aluminum, Powder technology; Iron , Powder
 technology; Powder metallurgy parts, Nondestructive testing; Porosity;
 Ultrasonic testing
-SectHd-
 22 (TESTING AND CONTROL)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 5
-A-
 938338 85-580593
-W-
 Physico-Chemical Processes of Bonding in Spraying Powder Materials.
 Formulation of the Problem.
 Chernoivanov, V I; Karakozov, E S
 Weld. Prod. (USSR), 31, (1), 3-7 Jan. 1984
-ISSN-
 0043-2306
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The physical and chemical principles of the bond formation between
 spray-deposited powder metal coatings (Al, Cu, Mo, Ag) and the substrate
 material are investigated. The formation of atomic bonding is believed to be
 controlled by the formation of physical contact, contact--surface
 activation, and volume interaction. Rupture of interatomic bonding in the
 Me'-0 systems can take place through mechanical and chemical activation
 channels. 15 ref.--G.P.K.
-Desc-
 Aluminum, Coatings; Copper, Coatings; Molybdenum, Coatings; Silver,
 Coatings; Plasma spraying; Sprayed coatings, Mechanical properties Bonding
 strength
-SectHd-
 58 (METALLIC COATING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 6
-A-
 937720 85-540542
-W-
 Application of Iron-Base Powder Compacts to Cores of Diamond Rotary
 Dressers.--II.
 Date, S; Kawakita, T
 J. Jpn. Soc. Powder Powder Metall., 31, (7), 249-251 Sept. 1984
-ISSN-
 0532-8799
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Fe--Cu--C sintered powder compact was used as the core of a diamond rotary
 dresser in the powder metallurgy process. The rotary dresser made by this
 method showed excellent accuracy compared with one made by the conventional
 process. The sunstaining of diamond grits by infiltrated tungsten powder
 seems to be better than in the conventional one. The damping capacity of
 composite material, tungsten powder and Fe--Cu--C sintered powder compact
 infiltrated simultaneously, was measured in comparison with other materials.
 The results showed that the above-mentioned composite materials seems to be
 advantageous in its capability of resistance against abnormal vibration
 during the use of rotary dressers. 3 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Iron, Composite materials; Copper, Composite materials; Carbon, Composite
 materials; Powder compacts; Powder metallurgy; Grinding machines (tools)
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 7
-A-
 937719 85-540541
-W-
 Application of Iron-Base Powder Compacts to Cores of Diamond Rotary
 Dressers.--I.
 Date, S; Kawakita, T
 J. Jpn. Soc. Powder Powder Metall., 31, (7), 246-248 Sept. 1984
-ISSN-
 0532-8799
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 When a core material such as mild steel is used in the powder metallurgical
 process of making diamond rotary dressers, the welding strength between the
 core and the infiltrated tungsten powder, which cements the diamond grits,
 is a matter of great importance. An experiment searching for a good material
 which shows a high welding strength to the infiltrated tungsten powder was
 undertaken. It was found that an Fe--Cu--C powder mixture and the sintered
 porous compact of such powder mixture will be a good material if they are
 used as a core in the powder metallurgical process of making diamond rotary
 dressers. 3 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Iron, Composite materials; Copper, Composite materials; Carbon, Composite
 materials; Powder compacts; Powder metallurgy; Grinding machines (tools)
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 8
-A-
 937646 85-540468
-W-
 Process for Producing a Sintered Product of Copper-Infiltrated Iron-Base
 Alloy and a Two-Layer Valve Seat Produced by This Process.
 Nishino, Y; Kirigaya, S
 Mitsubishi Kinzoku KK
 Patent: US4485147, USA 1 Sept. 1983
 Off. Gaz., 27 Nov. 1984
-ISSN-
 0360-5132
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-DocType-
 PATENT
 A process for producing a sintered product of a Cu infiltrated Fe base alloy
 comprises the following steps: preparing two powder mixes, one having a
 predetermined composition with a powder of infiltrating material containing
 Cu powder or Cu alloy powder as the primary component, and the other having
 a predetermined composition without said powder of infiltrating material;
 pressing the two powder mixes into a compact having the powder of
 infiltrating material present locally; and sintering the compact under
 ordinary conditions so as to cause the infiltrant to penetrate into the
 infiltrant-free area simultaneously with the sintering.
-Desc-
 Ferrous alloys, Powder technology; Copper, Powder technology ; Infiltration;
 Powder metallurgy parts
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 9
-A-
 934652 85-620217
-W-
 A Composite Contact Material for Vacuum Electric Contactors.
 Bziawa, K; Senkara, J
 Pol. Tech. Rev., (4), 19-21 1984
-ISSN-
 0032-3012
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The contacting material is the component of vacuum switches and determines
 their connecting life and quality. Consideration of the requirements,
 service life in terms of erosion, and optimum properties shows that the
 latter are obtained by sintering and subsequent infiltration of porous
 high-melting-point skeletal matrices. A new technology for producing these,
 involving adding a metal-oxide mix to powder metals before pressing,
 reduction, and sintering, is described and its application to the production
 of W-CuSb contact composites reported. Use of the CuSb-infiltrated porous-W
 skeletons as contact tips in electric motors and vacuum extinguishing
 chambers is discussed and a typical microstructure presented, together with
 an electron micrograph of the W matrix, graphed and tabulated data, and a
 review of the WO sub 3 -reduction reactions.--J.R.
-Desc-
 Electric contacts, Composite materials; Electric switches; Powder
 metallurgy; Copper base alloys, Composite materials; Tungsten base alloys,
 Composite materials
 Alloy Index (Identifier): CuSb, CU
-SectHd-
 62 (COMPOSITES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 10
-A-
 922964 85-520512
-W-
 The Rotary Forging of Powder Metallurgy Preforms Using a Configurated Upper
 Die Technique.
 Leheup, E R; Moon, J R; Standring, P M
 2nd International Conference on Rotary Metalworking Processes, Stratford
 upon Avon, England, 6-8 Oct. 1982
 113-123
 Publ: IFS (Publications), 35-39 High Street, Kempston, Bedford MK42 7BT,
 England, 1982
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The rotary forging of powdered metals is discussed and certain applications
 and techniques which may offer considerable industrial attractions are
 suggested. The concept and design of a novel floating die arrangement
 capable of forming high integrity parts is described. The cold forging of
 sintered annular preforms using configurated oscillating dies is reported.
 The production of fully formed and densified components approximating to
 spiral bevel gears is discussed. 9 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Iron, Forging; Copper, Forging; Low alloy steels, Forging; Powder metallurgy
 parts, Forging; Bevel gears, Forging; Radial forging; Forging dies, Design
 Alloy Index (Identifier): ATST-D, Fe-0.3C-0.35Mn-0.25Ni-0.2Cr-0.3Mo, SANCM
-SectHd-
 52 (WORKING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 11
-A-
 916727 85-540069
-W-
 Friction Element and Method of Manufacture Thereof.
 Ward, M
 Lucas Ind plc
 Patent: GB2135411A, UK 16 Feb. 1984
 30 Aug. 1984
-JrnlAnn-
 8501
-DocType-
 PATENT
 To produce a sintered metal-type brake friction on a backing plate which
 beds in quickly and which has a "feel" similar to a resin-based element,
 powdered metallic friction material is subjected to a resistance sintering
 or furnace sintering operation, so as to produce a sintered substrate and an
 unsintered or partly sintered surface layer which has less wear resistance
 than the substrate but friction properties which are not substantially less
 than the substrate. The surface layer may be formed of the same or different
 material as the substrate layer, depending upon the sintering technique
 chosen. Friction materials typically employed include copper with optional
 alloying additives.
-Desc-
 Sintering (powder metallurgy); Wear resistance; Friction; Copper, Powder
 technology; Brakes (for arresting motion)
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 12
-A-
 913243 84-540886
-W-
 Copper Infiltration of Steel: Properties and Applications.
 Ashurst, A N; Klar, E; McCurdy, H R
 Progress in Powder Metallurgy 1983, Vol. 39, New Orleans, La., U.S.A., 1-4
 May 1983
 163-182
 Publ: Metal Powder Industries Federation, 105 College Rd. E., Princeton,
 N.J. 08540, U.S.A., 1984
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Copper infiltration of P/M steels has been in use for approx 40 years. One
 of the main features of the process is the economical achievement of
 attractive mechanical properties. Nevertheless, while infiltration with Cu
 improves both tensile and impact properties, the absolute values for impact
 energy are still rather low. Values are shown for Charpy unnotched impact
 energies of uninfiltrated sintered steels for medium-compressibility sponge
 iron (MH-100) and high-compressibility water-atomized Ancorsteel 1000. 24
 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Carbon steels, Powder technology; Iron, Powder technology; Gears, Powder
 technology; Copper, Powder technology; Infiltration; Powder metallurgy
 parts, Mechanical properties; Impact strength; Tensile properties
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 13
-A-
 909939 84-540846
-W-
 A Special Case of Metal Forming.
 Blaine, P
 S. Afr. Mech. Eng., 34, (2), 49-55 Feb. 1984
-ISSN-
 0038-2442
-JrnlAnn-
 8411
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Powder metallurgy, as it is known today, is a young technology for forming
 metal powders into articles using the advantages of mass production. It is
 economic both in finance and energy since the products require little or no
 machining before being put into use and wasteage of material is kept to a
 minimum. In general, a powdered metal is compacted in a press in a specially
 designed toolset. The compact, which has almost the final required shape, is
 then sintered in a furnace under a controlled atmosphere. The materials that
 are presently available range from irons, steels and a variety of
 non-ferrous alloys including Al, brass and bronze. The basics of powder
 metallurgy of ferrous and non-ferrous structural components are described.
 Powder metallurgy products and their properties are also described for the
 purpose of increasing the understanding essential for the successful use of
 PM. 21 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy; Aluminum, Powder technology; Brasses,
 Powder technology; Bronzes, Powder technology; Economics
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 14
-A-
 903407 84-560985
-W-
 Guidelines for Heat Treating Powdered Metal Parts.
 Ferguson, H
 Heat Treat., 16, (5), 34-39 May 1984
-ISSN-
 0017-9345
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 High compressibility powders with near-theoretical density have improved
 strength and hardenability, demanding serious heat treat re-evaluation.
 Density effects on case depth are demonstrated by comparing P/M and bar
 stock SAE 1018. SAE 1080 P/M and drill rod exemplify hardenability. Copper
 and Ni premixing effects on case depth are described, recommending SAE 4600
 series. Process variables, temp., time, atmosphere and quench medium and
 carburizing, carbonitriding and tempering are discussed. Guidelines for
 in-house and commercial heat treat selection are listed. New low-temp. gas
 nitrocarburizing and ion nitriding for file hardness eliminate final
 machining.--J.V.R.
-Desc-
 Carbon steels, Heat treatment; Powder metallurgy parts, Heat treatment; Case
 hardening; Hardenability, Alloying effects; Carbonitriding Quenching and
 tempering
 Alloy Index (Identifier): 1018, SCL/ 1080, SCH
-SectHd-
 56 (THERMAL TREATMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 15
-A-
 903379 84-560957
-W-
 Heat Treatment of Powdered Metal Parts in Gaseous NH sub 3 --SO sub 2
 Atmospheres.
 Szczecinski, K; Wysiecki, M; Wawrzynski, W
 J. Heat Treat., 3, (3), 249-253 June 1984
-ISSN-
 0190-9177
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The effects of oxygen--nitrogen sulfurizing on the wear of sintered Fe are
 presented. The results of tests run with and without lubrication demonstrate
 the marked improvement in wear resistance produced by this treatment.--AA
-Desc-
 Copper steels, Heat treatment; Carbon steels, Heat treatment ; Nickel
 molybdenum steels, Heat treatment; Powder metallurgy parts, Heat treatment;
 Wear resistance, Heating effects; Sulfurizing (alloying); Pistons,
 Mechanical properties
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Fe-1.00C-4.70Cu, Fe-0.74C-7.60Cu, Fe-0.24C-2.25-
 Cu, Fe-0.18C-2.34Cu, SALCU/ 5140H, SAC/ CuSn10, CUBRO/ Fe-0.19C, 1010, SCL
 }iFe-0.92C-1.80Cu-1.85Ni-0.47Mo, Fe-0.86C-1.70Cu7-2.10Ni-0.54Mo, SANM
-SectHd-
 56 (THERMAL TREATMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 16
-A-
 903091 84-540679
-W-
 Developments of a Powder/Metallurgy, MZC Copper Alloy, Water-Cooled Gas
 Turbine Component.
 Peterson, L G
 J. Mater. Energy Syst., 6, (1), 50-58 June 1984
-ISSN-
 0162-9719
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The U.S. Dept. of Energy has sponsored a technology development and
 verification testing program in support of an advanced, water-cooled gas
 turbine firing at 1427 deg C. Strong emphasis has been placed on the design
 and testing of a composite first-stage nozzle. One of the materials making
 up this composite structure is a Cu alloy sublayer of Cu--MgZrCr (MZC). This
 alloy will serve as a heat transfer medium to keep surface-metal temp. and
 internal temp. gradients at acceptable levels. The alloy identification and
 development efforts that led to the selection of powdered metal Cu--MgZrCr
 are discussed. Test results for alloys evaluated are presented and compared
 to the design and processing goals set forth in the High-Temperature Turbine
 Technology program (HTTT). Composite nozzle fabrication via the use of hot
 isostatic pressing and its effect on mechanical test properties and
 structure are also addressed.--AA
-Desc-
 Copper base alloys, Powder technology; Powder metallurgy parts, Mechanical
 properties; Nozzles, Mechanical properties; Hardness; Creep rupture
 strength; Gas turbines
 Alloy Index (Identifier): MZC, CU
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 17
-A-
 901518 84-313033
-W-
 Status of Understanding for Gear Materials.
 Townsend, D P
 Tribology in the 80's, Vol. 2, Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A., 18-21 Apr. 1983
 795-809
 Publ: National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Washington, D.C. 20546,
 U.S.A., 1984
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Today's gear designer has a large selection of possible gear materials to
 choose from. Die-cast alloy and sintered powder-metal gears are fairly
 inexpensive and will operate at higher loads and temp. than plastic gears.
 The three types of cast iron offer a medium-strength gear at a cost that
 varies with the accuracy of machining requirements. Gears can be
 manufactured from several Al alloys for light weight and medium cost and may
 be anodized for improved load capacity. The Cu alloys, bronze and brass are
 most costly but have good sliding and wear properties that are useful for
 worm gear applications. The hot forged powder-metal gears have the advantage
 of medium cost with good accuracy and high strength. Several low- to
 medium-alloy steels are available for gear design and most can be heat
 treated for added strength. The medium-alloy gear materials offer high
 strength when case hardened and will satisfy most high-load medium-temp.
 applications. For more severe load, speed and temp. requirements the
 advanced high-temp. alloys must be used. These include EX-53, CBS 600, Vasco
 X-2, Super Nitralloy (5Ni--2Al) and forged AISI M-50. It is necessary that
 the gear designer have a working knowledge of the various gear materials to
 match the most economical material with the design requirements. 33
 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Spur gears, Materials selection; Bearing steels, Mechanical properties;
 Nickel chromium molybdenum steels, Mechanical properties; Tool steels,
 Mechanical properties; Powder metallurgy parts, Mechanical properties;
 Fatigue life; Contact stresses
 Alloy Index (Identifier): 2024, 7075, AL/ 9310, SANCM/ 1020, SCL/ M-50, ST /
 304, SSA/ CBS 600, CBS 1000M, Vasco X-2, SAB/ Cu-1.5Be-0.25Co, CU
-SectHd-
 31 (MECHANICAL PROPERTIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 18
-A-
 896321 84-540470
-W-
 Sintered Alloy for Valve Seat.
 Urano, S; Yamamoto, K; Takagi, Y; Sugawara, T
 Nippon Piston Ring
 Patent: GB2125823A, UK 27 July 1983
 14 Mar. 1984
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-DocType-
 PATENT
 A sintered alloy for a valve seat is disclosed comprising, in wt.% 0.5 to
 1.7% C, 0.5 to 2.5% Ni, 3.0 to 8.0% Cr, 0.1 to 0.9% Mo, 1.0 to 3.8% W and
 4.5 to 8.5% Co, the balance being Fe provided by a base atomized powder. The
 alloy contains 8 to 14 vol.% of 250 mesh or less C--Cr--W--Co--Fe and Fe--Mo
 hard grains and 6 to 13 vol.% of cells, with the continuous cells being
 infiltrated by a Cu alloy.
-Desc-
 Ferrous alloys, Powder technology; Powder metallurgy parts, Alloy
 development; Copper base alloys, Diffusion; Infiltration; Particle size
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Fe-1.2C-1.73Ni-7.3Cr-0.45Mo-2.19W-7.15Co, FE
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 19
-A-
 893133 84-540386
-W-
 Developments of a Powder Metallurgy MZC Copper Alloy Water-Cooled Gas
 Turbine Component. (Pamphlet).
 Peterson, L G
 Metals/Materials Technology Series, Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A., 3-6 Oct. 1983
 Pp 8
 Publ: American Society for Metals, Metals Park, Ohio 44073, U.S.A., 1983
-ReptNo-
 Paper No. 8305-047
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-DocType-
 REPORT
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The U.S. Dept. of Energy has sponsored a technology development and
 verification testing program. This work is in support of an advanced
 water-cooled gas turbine firing at 1427 deg C. As part of this turbine,
 strong emphasis has been placed on the design and testing of a composite
 first-stage nozzle. One of the materials making up this composite structure
 is a Cu alloy sublayer of Cu--MgZrCr (MZC). This alloy will serve as a heat
 transfer medium to keep surface metal temp. and internal temp. gradients to
 acceptable levels. The alloy identification and development efforts that led
 to the selection of powdered metal Cu--MgZrCr are discussed. Test results
 for alloys evaluated are presented and compared to the design and processing
 goals set forth in the High-Temperature Turbine Technology program (HTTT).
 Composite nozzle fabrication via the use of hot isostatic pressing and its
 effect on mechanical test properties and structure are also addressed.--AA
-Desc-
 Copper base alloys, Powder technology; Nozzles, Composite materials; Hot
 isostatic pressing; Powder compacts, Mechanical properties; Creep rupture
 strength; Tensile properties
 Alloy Index (Identifier): MZC, CU
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 20
-A-
 889600 84-540346
-W-
 Producing a Machinable, High Strength Hot Formed Ferrous Base Alloy From
 Powder.
 McLeod, K C
 Imperial Clevite Inc
 Patent: GB2122643A, UK 28 Apr. 1983
 18 Jan. 1984
-JrnlAnn-
 8405
-DocType-
 PATENT
 A Method is disclosed which comprises providing a particulate mixture
 consisting of, in weight percent, from about 1.0 to about 3.0% Cu, from
 about 0.16 to about 0.35% S, from about 0.4 to about 0.8% C, the balance
 being Fe plus from 0 to about 2% incidental impurities. This particulate
 mixture is formed into a preformed article having a predetermined
 configuration, the article so-formed is sintered at a temperature sufficient
 to produce the desired alloy, and the sintered article is subjected to a hot
 forming treatment to produce a machinable, high strength ferrous base
 powdered metal alloy article having a density near theoretical.
-Desc-
 Ferrous alloys, Powder technology; Copper, Alloying elements ; Sintering
 (powder metallurgy); Hot forming
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Fe-2Cu-0.35S-0.6C, FE
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 21
-A-
 886132 84-570291
-W-
 Antifouling Paint Composition.
 Okushi, J
 Nippon Paint Co
 Patent: GB 2120267A, UK 12 May 1982
 30 Nov. 1983
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-DocType-
 PATENT
 There is provided an antifouling paint composition comprising a vehicle, an
 effective amount of a water-insoluble copper compound, and a water-insoluble
 reducing agent having an oxidation-reduction potential less that that of
 copper. The reducing agent is preferably selected from powdered metals such
 as Sn, Sb, Zn, Cr, Fe, Ni, Pb, Ti or alloys of these metals.
-Desc-
 Antifouling coatings; Paints; Reducing agents; Metal powders ; Chemical
 composition
-SectHd-
 57 (FINISHING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 22
-A-
 882446 84-610190
-W-
 A Dual-Layer Sintered Valve Seat Ring.
 Takagi, Y; Sugawara, T; Nii, S; Matsuda, T
 Honda Giken Kogyo
 Patent: GB2117413A, UK 8 Mar. 1983
 12 Oct. 1983
-JrnlAnn-
 8403
-DocType-
 PATENT
 The present invention relates to a dual-layer sintered valve seat ring
 having high stiffness and strength. The features of such a ring are: fusion
 infiltration of Cu into the pores of a ferrous sintered body; hard alloy
 particles dispersed in the matrix of the valve seat body; the composition of
 the base and the ferrous sintered body; high density; and, diffusion of an
 alloying element of the hard particles around them and into the matrix.
-Desc-
 Ferrous alloys, Composite materials; Copper, Composite materials; Refractory
 compounds, Composite materials; Composite materials; Valves, Composite
 materials; Powder metallurgy parts, Composite materials
-SectHd-
 61 (ENGINEEERING COMPONENTS AND STRUCTURES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 23
-A-
 878762 84-610114
-W-
 Primary Batteries--Sealed Mercurial Cathode Dry Cells.
 Ruben, S
 Comprehensive Treatise of Electrochemistry. Vol 3. Electrochemical Energy
 Conversion and Storage., 233-245
 Publ: Plenum Press, 233 Spring Street, New York, N.Y. 10013, U.S.A., 1981
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Firstly the fundamental factors necessary to produce a sealed zinc--mercuric
 oxide alkaline cell are outlined. The three basic structural types of sealed
 zinc--mercuric oxide alkaline cell, namely the wound anode type, the flat
 pressed powdered copper cathode and anode type, and the cylindrical pressed
 powdered electrode type are then described in detail. The cell discharge
 characteristics of zinc--mercuric oxide cells are given and the factors
 responsible for the maintenance of low internal resistance of the cell
 during discharge summarised. The mercury voltage reference cell is briefly
 considered and the design and characteristics of rechargeable mercuric oxide
 cells described. The design and cell structure of zinc mercuric
 dioxysulphate cell is also treated. 9 ref.--B.G.M.
-Desc-
 Electric batteries; Primary batteries; Dry cells; Zinc, Electrochemistry;
 Mercury compounds, Electrochemistry
-SectHd-
 61 (ENGINEEERING COMPONENTS AND STRUCTURES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 24
-A-
 878305 84-540121
-W-
 Some Mechanical Properties of Copper Alloy Infiltrated Iron Powder
 Compacts.
 Yokota, M; Daikoku, I; Mitani, H
 J. Jpn. Soc. Powder Powder Metall., 29, (4), 133-138 June 1982
-ISSN-
 0532-8799
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Some mechanical properties of Cu alloy infiltrated powder compacts have been
 investigated. The infiltrants were pure Cu, Cu alloys containing up to 8
 wt.% Fe, Ni or Mn a Cu alloy containing 2 wt.% Fe, Ni and Mn. the iron
 skeletons were used as green compacts and sintered compacts. In addition,
 the effect of heat treatments on the mechanical properties of the
 infiltrated specimens has been investigated. The results obtained are as
 follows: (1) Tensile strength of the copper infiltrated specimen at first
 increased rapidly with increasing infiltration time, and showed a maximum at
 about 5 min infiltration. Beyond about 10 min it increased gradually with
 increasing infiltration time. The tensile strength of the Cu infiltrated
 iron green dompacts was higher than that of the pre-sintered and Cu
 infiltrated iron powder compacts. (2) The adidtion of up to about 4 wt.% Ni
 or Mn to the Cu infiltrant was superior to the addition of Fe in preventing
 surface pitting of the infiltrated specimen. (3) The effect of various
 treatments, and of water quenching, of the infiltrated specimen on the
 mechanical properties has been determined. In general, aging at 480 deg C
 for 30 min is desirable for improving the tensile strength, but furnace
 cooling or aging at 700 deg C for 20 min is recommended for improving the
 ductility of the products. In addition, the Cu alloy infiltrated iron powder
 compacts aged at 700 deg C for 20 min showed a comparatively high tensile
 strength. 19 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Alloy powders, Mechanical properties; Copper base alloys, Powder technology;
 Iron, Powder technology; Powder compacts, Mechanical properties; Tensile
 strength, Composition effects; Heat treatment
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Fe-Cu, FE
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 25
-A-
 878286 84-540102
-W-
 Memory Alloys Based on Copper or Nickel Solid-Solution Alloys Having Oxide
 Inclusions.
 Melton, K; Mercier, O; Riegger, H
 Brown Boveri
 Patent: US4389250, USA 3 Mar. 1980
 Off. Gaz., 21 June 1983
-ISSN-
 0360-5132
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-DocType-
 PATENT
 A memory alloy prepared by powder metal technology consists of Al and at
 least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cu, Ni or Cu and Ni
 having the beta -phase solid-solution structure which forms a matrix having
 a fine-grained texture with a crystallite dia. of at most 100 mu m, the
 Cu/Al or Cu/Al/Ni alloy containing Al in the range 10.6-15.0% and Ni in the
 range 0-6%, balance Cu, and the Ni/Al alloy containing Al in the range
 17-26%, balance Ni, and dispersed in the matrix, 0.5-2.0% finely divided
 inclusions of at least one metal oxide having a particle size of 1.0 nm-1.0
 mu m.
-Desc-
 Copper base alloys, Powder technology; Nickel base alloys, Powder
 technology; Shape memory; Aluminum, Alloying elements; Particle size;
 Dispersion hardening
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 26
-A-
 871314 83-541211
-W-
 Powdered Metals--Precoated Tungsten--Copper, Tungsten--Nickel--Copper.
 (Pamphlet).
 Pp 9
 Publ: Pfizer Minerals, Pigments and Metals Div., 235 E. 42nd St., New York,
 N.Y. 10017, U.S.A., 1978
-JrnlAnn-
 8312
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Pfizer has developed a series of W--Cu and W--Ni--Cu powders with varying Cu
 or Ni--Cu contents. Metallographic examination of the powder shows each
 tungsten powder particle to be coated with Cu or a Cu--Ni alloy. When
 consolidated by a conventional press-sinter technique, these powders produce
 parts having excellent dispersion and continuity of the matrix phase. The
 Pfizer process produces powder of excellent green strength and eliminates
 the premixing of powders which could result in segregation during shipment,
 storage or handling. The process is amenable to preparing a wide range of
 powder compositions. Tungsten--copper powders containing from 10-90% W have
 been prepared and have found applications for electrodischarge machining,
 electrochemical machining and resistance welding electrodes and heavy metal
 part applications. The W--Ni--Cu powders are generally used for heavy metal
 P/M parts.--AA
-Desc-
 Tungsten base alloys, Powder technology; Metal powders, Coating; Alloy
 powders, Alloy development; Powder compacts, Mechanical properties; Tensile
 properties
 Alloy Index (Identifier): 75W-25Cu, 90W-10Cu, 90W-7.5Ni-2.5Cu,
 87.7W-5.7Ni-7.6Cu, W
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 27
-A-
 867972 83-541047
-W-
 Sintered Valve Sheet Alloy Made by DCI Process.
 Met. Technol. (Jpn.), 53, (5), 58-59 May 1983
-ISSN-
 0368-6337
-JrnlAnn-
 8311
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 The DCI production process and characteristics of sintered valve sheet alloy
 made by it are described. The DCI process (direct Cu infiltration process)
 produces the sheet alloys in one-step sintering while the ordinary process
 infiltrates Cu into the sinter after the mold is heat treated. The
 performance of the DCI product is comparable with that of the ordinary
 method, but the cost of the DCI production is approx 20% lower than the
 two-step process.--T.T.
-Desc-
 Ferrous alloys, Powder technology; Liquid phase sintering; Copper,
 Diffusion
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Fe-7Mo-1.5Cr-1Co-0.5Ni-1C, FE
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 28
-A-
 864344 83-540967
-W-
 Method of the Preparation of High-Density Sintered Alloys Based on Iron and
 Copper.
 Asaka, K; Hayasaka, T; Ozawa, S
 Powder Metal Parts: Design and Implementation for Economics and Reliability,
 Detroit, Mich., 1983
 53-60
 Publ: Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., 400 Commonwealth Dr.,
 Warrendale, Pa. 15096, 1983 {_ Jrnl Ann.: 8310
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A method is described for the preparation of a high-density sintered alloy
 composed mainly of Fe and up to 50% Cu, characterized in that it contains >
 0.03% boron to suppress or limit the Cu growth phenomenon during sintering.
 After carburizing, quenching and tempering, the sintered compacts, composed
 of Fe--5Cu--0.15B--0.65Cr--0.1C, show a tensile strength of 900 MPa at the
 density of 7.2 g/cm exp 3 . As these sintered compacts show high elongation,
 it is possible to make parts by cold forging using these materials. After
 carburizing, quenching and tempering, the tensile strength of these cold
 forged compacts is > 1200 MPa.--AA
-Desc-
 Ferrous alloys, Powder technology; Copper, Alloying elements ; Powder
 metallurgy parts; Tensile strength; Dimensional stability, Alloying effects;
 Boron, Alloying additive
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Fe-5Cu-0.65Cr-0.15B, FE
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 29
-A-
 857929 83-540831
-W-
 Alcan Ingot and Powders (Elizabeth, New Jersey).
 Met. Powder Rep., 37, (6), 320-321 June 1982
-ISSN-
 0026-0657
-JrnlAnn-
 8308
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The Alcan Al Corporation handles sales of primary Al ingot, operates
 secondary Al smelters, and produces metal powders on several sites. Details
 are given of the powder production plant at Elizabeth, New Jersey. Apart
 from coarse filter bronze, all Alcan powders are made by atomization. Cu is
 the principal PM product, and is produced by H sub 2 O atomization. When the
 powder is dried any oxide is reduced and its density is reduced to 2.5 g.cm
 exp 3 . Nine different grades are produced, mainly for electrical
 applications and bearings. Six bronze premixes are offered consisting of Cu,
 Sn, and lubricant, and having consistent pressing and sintering
 characteristics. Cu powder coated with a diffused layer of Sn is made by
 mixing Cu and Sn powders in the required proportions and heating well above
 the m.p. of Sn. This is used for filters. Alcan have bought the Infiloy TM
 process, Infiloy being a Cu-based powder for infiltrating Cu-based parts.
 Coarser grades of filter bronze are produced by cutting Cu wire into pieces
 equal in length to the dia. A third method is atomization of pre-alloyed
 bronze. Five grades of Sn powder are made by air atomization of high purity
 metal. Al powders are produced in a completely separate building for safety
 reasons--premixes and four grades are available.--E.J.S.
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy; Plants; Nonferrous metals, Powder technology; Atomizing
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 30
-A-
 857926 83-540828
-W-
 Alpha Sintered Metals Inc. (Ridgway, Penn.).
 Met. Powder Rep., 37, (6), 309-310 June 1982
-ISSN-
 0026-0657
-JrnlAnn-
 8308
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Alpha Sintered Metals Inc. (Ridgway, Penn.) have doubled manufacturing floor
 space since 1976, and plan a further 25% increase. They produce bearings in
 straight and "diluted" bronze, plain Fe, and C and Cu steels. Structural
 parts in Fe, C steel, and Cu/C steel are in regular production. Electrical
 parts are also made in bronze, brass, nickel silver, and Cu. Densities up to
 7.6 g/cm exp 3 with high strengths are obtained by Cu infiltration of Fe and
 C steel. Powder mixes are made in-house. There are 22 mechanical 20-200 ton
 compacting presses, and tooling is in stock for 2500 parts. Max. pressed
 density is 7.0, and largest weight to date is 3 lb, but a new 660 ton
 capacity mechanical press on order will enable much larger parts to be made.
 Sintering is done with endogas from CH sub 4 in electrically heated mesh
 belt furnaces. Tooling is usually bought in but repaired and maintained
 on-site. Finish machining, drilling, tapping, grinding, and oil impregnation
 are available but other finishing operations and surface treatments are
 subcontracted. Alpha's products are used in power tools, garden and
 agricultural equipment, and business machines. The company is not heavily
 involved in the automobile industry.--AA
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy; Plants
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 31
-A-
 857925 83-540827
-W-
 Brockway Pressed Metals Inc. (Brockway, Penn.).
 Met. Powder Rep., 37, (6), 305, 308 June 1982
-ISSN-
 0026-0657
-JrnlAnn-
 8308
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Brockway Pressed Metals Inc. (Brockway, Penn.) uses elemental powders for
 all but 5% of raw material. Small quantities of prealloyed low alloy steel
 are used. There are 63 compacting presses 15 to 750 tons in capacity, 60
 being mechanical and the three largest hydraulic. About 25 presses, up to 60
 ton, are used for sizing. Only 30% of the product is repressed. Compacting
 rate is 2500/h and sizing rate up to 9000/h. There are 11 belt conveyor
 furnaces for sintering and a high-temp. pusher furnace operating at up to
 1370 deg C for the steel. All furnaces run on endo-gas, obtained either
 naturally from CH sub 4 or synthetically from N, dissociated NH sub 3, and
 CH sub 4 . A considerable number of ferrous parts are infiltrated with 10-20
 wt.-% Cu--Mn--Fe alloy. Post-sintering treatments are available. Half the
 tool sets are made in-house. About 30% of the works output is Fe, 90/10
 bronze, and Fe/bronze mixture bearings, and the rest consists of structural
 parts. The company is starting to produce parts of increasing
 complexity.--E.J.S.
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy; Plants; Bearings, Powder technology
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 32
-A-
 857924 83-540826
-W-
 Pennsylvania Pressed Metals Inc. (Emporium, Penn.).
 Met. Powder Rep., 37, (6), 297-298 June 1982
-ISSN-
 0026-0657
-JrnlAnn-
 8308
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 History of Pennsylvania Pressed Metals Inc. (Emporium, Penn.) is outlined
 and details are given of the main production plant. Elemental powders are
 mixed in double cone blenders. Powder compacting presses range from 20 to
 750 tons, three being hydraulic and the rest mechanical. The sintering
 section has up to 14 mesh belt conveyor furnaces with output 450 lb/h each.
 Atmospheres include endo and exo gas generated from CH sub 4, cracked NH sub
 3, and N-based gases. Automatic sizing presses (1000 ton) can produce 10 000
 pieces/h. Modern facilities are available for sintering, and inspection
 facilities are high standard. The company has tool sets for 4500 different
 parts. Production and job schedules are controlled by computer. Fe-base
 products include plain Fe, Fe/C, Fe/Cu/C, Fe/Ni/C, and Fe/Ni/Cu/C, generally
 6.2-6.9 g/cm exp 3, but 7.2-7.4 g/cm exp 3 after repressing. Non-ferrous
 products, 10-12% of the output, are 303 and 316 stainless steel, nickel
 silver, 80/20 brass, and bronze. Ferrous part strength is increased by
 infiltration with a Cu/Zn alloy. Applications for parts are automobiles,
 garden appliances, power tools, office equipment, and agriculture.--E.J.S.
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy; Plants; Presses; Sintering (powder metallurgy)
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 33
-A-
 854924 83-620251
-W-
 A New Wear Resistant Composite Material.
 Angers, R; Champagne, B; Fiset, M; Chollet, P
 Progress in Powder Metallurgy 1982, Vol. 38, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, 24-27
 May 1982 159-175
 Publ: Metal Powder Industries Federation and American Powder Metallurgy
 Institute, 105 College Rd., E., Princeton, N.J. 08540, 1983
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A composite material consisting of WC/Co particles in a steel matrix was
 fabricated by sintering mixtures of WC/Co particles and a steel powder and
 infiltrating the sintered pieces with a Cu alloy. Its wear resistance and
 mechanical properties were studied as a function of the content in WC/Co
 particles and other characteristics of the composite material
 microstructure. Infiltration provided a simple means to obtain a strong
 cohesion between WC/Co particles and the steel matrix. An effective matrix
 protection against wear is obtained with relatively low additions of
 particles, especially with a silica abrasive which is soft with respect to
 cemented carbide. The experimental results show that this material has good
 mechanical properties and wear resistance. Depending upon abrasion
 resistance, wear losses are reduced up to ten times by a 30 vol.-% addition
 of cemented carbide particles. 11 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Tungsten carbide, Composite materials; Cobalt, Composite materials; Cemented
 carbides, Composite materials; Steels, Composite materials; Composite
 materials, Powder technology; Copper, Diffusion; Wear resistance
 Alloy Index (Identifier): WC-10Co, CER
-SectHd-
 62 (COMPOSITES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 34
-A-
 854435 83-540704
-W-
 Designing With Powdered Metal.
 Des. News, 39, (5), 79-82, 86, 88, 90 14 Mar. 1983
-ISSN-
 0011-9407
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Exploiting the unique capabilities of P/M parts requires a systems approach
 to part, assembly and tool design and close user--producer cooperation.
 Influencing factors are delineated outlining considerations governing part
 size and shape. Multilevel shapes and numerous other design details are
 discussed. Sizing tolerances for brass (CZPUZZET), bronze CT-0010-R, Al,
 1120N-F-0000-12, Cu and Ni steels (FC-0208-R and FN-0205-S) and stainless
 (SS-316-R) are tabled. Gears, ratchets, cams, assemblies and bearings
 exemplify typical design considerations; use of P/M's unique controlled
 porosity is noted.--J.V.R.
-Desc-
 Aluminum base alloys, Powder technology; Copper base alloys,
 Powder technology; Alloy steels, Powder technology; Powder metallurgy parts,
 Design; Tolerances
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 35
-A-
 850686 83-540546
-W-
 Fabrication of Copper Infiltrated Tungsten Jet Vanes.
 Peterson, J H; Meiners, K E; Ripley-Lotee, M
 Processing of Metal and Ceramic Powders, Louisville, Ky., 12-14 Oct. 1981
 319-320
 Publ: The Metallurgical Society/AIME, 420 Commonwealth Dr., Warrendale, Pa.
 15086, 1982
-JrnlAnn-
 8306
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Battelle-Columbus Laboratories has developed a net-shape powder metallurgy
 production process to reduce the cost of producing Cu-infiltrated tungsten
 jet vanes. By pressing the vane to near net shape, the material required is
 held to a min. In addition, by machining in the green condition using an
 abrasive belt, the machining time for most of the surfaces of the vane can
 be reduced to 10-15 min. Relatively high pressure is used during cold
 pressing-to-shape to impart sufficient green strength to the vane to allow
 machining in the green condition. The as-pressed density is high enough so
 that the shrinkage occurring during sintering is very predictable. Only
 limited conventional machining is required after the sintering and
 infiltration operations. Inspection of the finished parts indicated that
 high-quality vanes could be produced by this process. Actual firing tests of
 these vanes indicated that their performance is equal to or better than that
 of those made from commercially available Cu infiltrated W material.--AA
-Desc-
 Tungsten, Powder technology; Copper, Powder technology; Guide vanes, Powder
 technology; Cold pressing; Sintering (powder metallurgy); Powder compacts,
 Machining; Infiltration
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 36
-A-
 843379 83-540346
-W-
 Chicago Powdered Metal Products Co. (Schiller Park, Illinois).
 Met. Powder Rep., 37, (3), 135-136 Mar. 1982
-JrnlAnn-
 8304
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Parts are produced by this company from Cu steel, Cu--Ni steel, stainless
 steels, brass, bronze, and Ni--Ag.--T.W.
-Desc-
 Low alloy steels, Powder technology; Stainless steels,
 Powder technology; Brasses, Powder technology; Bronzes, Powder technology
 Nickel base alloys, Powder technology; Powder metallurgy; Pressing
 Alloy Index (Identifier): 303, 316, SSA/ 410, SSM/ Fe-C-Cu-Ni, SAL
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 37
-A-
 842193 83-330765
-W-
 Influence of the Structure of Tungsten--Copper Contact Materials on Burn-off
 Behaviour in a High Current Electric Arc.
 Schreiner, H; Haufe, W
 High Temp. High Pressures, 14, (1), 101-110 1982
-ISSN-
 0018-1544
-JrnlAnn-
 8304
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 See Met. A., 8208-72-0371, and 8212-72-0554. The effect of grain size on the
 burn-off behaviour of Cu-infiltrated sintered-W contact materials was
 tested. Tungsten powders with a mean particle size of 2.7 mu m, 10.2 mu m,
 and 152 mu m were used for the preparation of copper-infiltrated tungsten
 contacts. The content of tungsten was about 70 wt.%. Measurements of the
 burn-off of the fixed contacts were performed in air and in oil with a test
 current of 90 kA. The coarse-grained material tested in air showed burn-off
 rates greater by a factor of 1.2 than those of the fine-grained material.
 The same result was obtained from tests carried out in oil. The fine-grained
 material tested in air showed copper loss and cracks at the contact area,
 whereas the coarse-grained material had a rather flat erosion pattern. There
 was only a small loss of copper from the coarse-grained material tested in
 oil, but all materials tested in oil showed tungsten enrichment at the
 contact areas, which were partly coated with copper. 14 ref.--AA.
-Desc-
 Tungsten base alloys, Electrical properties; Copper, Alloying elements;
 Grain size; Combustion; Electric contacts; Electric arcs; Powder metallurgy
 parts, Electrical properties
 Alloy Index (Identifier): W-30Cu, W
-SectHd-
 33 (ELECTRICAL AND MAGNETIC PHENOMENA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 38
-A-
 834646 83-150272
-W-
 Low Frequency Phonons in Sintered Copper.
 Frisken, B; Guillon, F; Harrison, J P; Page, J H
 J. Phys. (Orsay), 42, (Suppl. C6), 858-860 Dec. 1981
-ISSN-
 0449-1947
-JrnlAnn-
 8302
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Int. Conf. on Phonon Physics, Bloomington, U.S.A., Aug.-Sept., 1981.
 Measurements of Young's modulus and the sound velocity of a range of
 sintered Cu powder samples have demonstrated the existence of low frequency
 soft phonon modes that could explain the low temperature anomaly in the
 Kapitza resistance between liquid exp 3 He and sintered metal heat
 exchangers below 10 m deg K.--AA.
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy parts, Atomic properties; Copper, Atomic properties; Sound
 velocity; Modulus of elasticity; Thermal conductivity, Cryogenic effects;
 Phonons; Heat transfer
-SectHd-
 15 (PHYSICS OF METALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 39
-A-
 833851 83-620018
-W-
 High-Porosity Permeable Materials From Metal Fibers. II.--Physicomechanical
 Properties of Materials.
 Kostornov, A G; Moroz, A L
 Poroshk. Metall., (8), 44-47 Aug. 1981
-JrnlAnn-
 8301
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN
 Experimental values of strength of fine Cu and Ni fiber materials sintered,
 respectively, in a hydrogen atmosphere at 1000 deg C and in a vacuum at 1400
 deg C are in agreement with calculated results. By subjecting sintered metal
 fiber felts to free compression it is possible to produce materials with
 reductions of up to 75% and porosities of > 60% without inducing contact
 phenomena which have a deleterious effect on their properties. The thermal
 conductivity of fiber materials with porosities of 65-90% can be correctly
 calculated with Nekrasov's formula. 7 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Copper, Fiber metallurgy; Nickel, Fiber metallurgy; Fibers, Mechanical
 properties; Felts; Sintering (powder metallurgy); Porosity
-SectHd-
 62 (COMPOSITES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 40
-A-
 820412 82-540986
-W-
 Sintered Metal Articles and Their Manufacture.
 Cadle, T M; Hone, J W
 Brico Engineering Ltd
 Patent: GB2087929A, United Kingdom 19 Nov. 1980
-JrnlAnn-
 8209
-DocType-
 PATENT
 Sintered metal articles especially sealed rings of < 25 mm diameter are
 formed by plating sintered metal skeletons with a metal of lower melting
 point than the metal of the skeletons, e.g. Cu. The plated skeletons are
 then heated, preferably in a stack to melt the plated metal, which
 infiltrates the skeletons. The articles so produced are stronger than and
 have greater elasticity than the skeletons themselves due to the presence of
 the plated metal in the skeletons.
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy parts, Coating; Copper plating; Infiltration; Seals
 (stoppers)
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 41
-A-
 816847 82-540890
-W-
 Alloy for Antifriction Bearing Layers and Process of Forming an Antifriction
 Layer on a Steel Supporting Strip.
 Mahrus, D; Paulos, A C
 Metal Leve SA. Industries
 Patent: GB2084186A, United Kingdom 24 Aug. 1981
-JrnlAnn-
 8208
-DocType-
 PATENT
 An antifriction bearing layer is produced by sintering metal powder
 particles obtained by powdering a molten alloy containing Ni 2-10, Pb 8-27,
 Sn 0.5-10% and Cu balance on to a steel strip.
-Desc-
 Antifriction bearings; Strip steel, Coating; Copper base alloys, Powder
 technology; Sintering; Nickel, Alloying elements; Lead (metal), Alloying
 elements; Tin, Alloying elements
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Cu-Ni-Pb-Sn, CU
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 42
-A-
 813974 82-620196
-W-
 The Infiltration of Molten Copper Into Sintered Iron and Fe--Al sub 2 O sub
 3 Compacts.
 Ueda, Y; Kunimitsu, S; Kondo, N
 J. Jpn. Inst. Met., 45, (11), 1208-1214 Nov. 1981
-ISSN-
 0021-4876
-JrnlAnn-
 8207
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Fe powder and Fe--Al sub 2 O sub 3 powder mixes were compacted at pressures
 ranging from 98-296 MPa, and the resultant sintered compacts of differing
 pore size and pore distribution were infiltrated with molten Cu at temp.
 from 1403-1453 deg K. The amount of Cu infiltrated into the sintered Fe
 increased with increase in the temp. of infiltration, but was independent of
 the pore size and distribution. Fe powder, lightly compacted at 98 MPa was
 not fully infiltrated and free pores were apparent in the Cu-infiltrated
 zone. The addition of <= 0.3 mu m Al sub 2 O sub 3 particles up to 4.0 vol.%
 had no effect upon the degree of infiltration, which was however slightly
 decreased when the proportion of Al sub 2 O sub 3 was increased to 6 vol.%.
 The flow stress of a Cu infiltrated Fe--2 vol.% Al sub 2 O sub 3 compact was
 greater than that of the Cu-infiltrated Fe compact which in turn was greater
 than that of the compacts infiltrated with Cu and containing Al sub 2 O sub
 3 4 or 6 vol.%. 10 ref.--BA.
-Desc-
 Iron, Composite materials; Aluminum oxide, Composite materials; Copper,
 Alloying additive; Powder metallurgy parts, Physical properties;
 Infiltration; Porosity; Shear strength, Composition effects; Composite
 materials, Mechanical properties
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Fe-4Al sub 2 O sub 3, FE/ Fe-6Al sub 2 O sub 3 ,
 Fe- Al sub 2 O sub 3, BrE
-SectHd-
 62 (COMPOSITES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 43
-A-
 806749 82-540597
-W-
 Antifriction Properties of P/M Materials in End-Face Rubbing.
 (Translation).
 Dan'kov, O K; Ponomarev, Yu N; Pugina, L I; Slys', I G; Sokolov, Yu D
 Sov. Powder Metall. Met. Ceram., 19, (12), 859-862 Dec. 1980
-JrnlAnn-
 8205
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 End-face seals of rotating shafts consist of one sealing ring which rotates,
 together with the shaft, while a stationary ring is pressed (by a spring or
 a bellows or by pressure exerted by the medium) against the rotating ring so
 that their end faces are in contact. Friction properties were evaluated for
 the following materials in end-face rubbing against an 18% Cr steel: two
 sintered corrosion resistant materials (Kh23N18MsTs and Kh23Ni18MsB),
 respectively carburized and boronized 23-18 Cr--Ni stainless steels with MoS
 sub 2 additions; a material produced from Fe + 3% graphite + 4% ZnS
 (ZhGr3Tss4); reinforced polytetrafluoroethylene, PTFE charged with coke dust
 (F4K20); and two carbon--graphite materials infiltrated with babbitt and a
 30% Pb bronze respectively (AG1500B83 and AG1500BrS30). The ring/disk
 friction testing arrangement is described for tests in both air and vacuum.
 The results show that the Kh23N18MsTs, the carburized 23-18 Cr--Ni stainless
 steel with Mo sub 2 S addition, produced by a process in which sintering is
 combined with carburizing, gives better wear resistance in a vacuum than the
 similar boronized material. It considerably surpasses both the
 Fe--graphite--ZnS material and the PTFE composite.--M.R.
-Desc-
 Austenitic stainless steels, Powder technology; Ferrous alloys, Powder
 technology; Friction; Sintering (powder metallurgy); Carburizing
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Kh23N18MsTs, Kh23N18MsB, SSA/ ZhGr3Tss4, FE
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 44
-A-
 806040 82-351043
-W-
 Electrodissolution and Corrosion of Metals by Alternating Currents.
 Venkatachalam, S; Mehendale, S G
 J. Electrochem. Soc. India, 30, (3), 231-237 July 1981
-JrnlAnn-
 8205
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Under certain conditions, a.c. can cause dissolution of metals although it
 may be at a lower rate than d.c. Such a method of electrodissolution by a.c.
 would be preferred industrially for those metals where chemical dissolution
 is tedious. The dissolution of powdered metals of the Pt group and Ni under
 the influence of a.c. is discussed. Investigations carried out on the a.c.
 electrolytic corrosion of Fe, Pb, Cu, Al and other metals are reviewed. The
 effect of frequency of a.c. and the influence of superimposition of a.c. on
 d.c. are discussed. One of the major undesirable effects of corrosion caused
 by a.c. is the corrosion of underground structures like water and gas supply
 pipe lines due to stray a.c. The phenomenon of stray current, access of a.c.
 to the underground structure and rectification by corrosion products are
 discussed. 40 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Pipelines, Corrosion; Steels, Corrosion; Copper, Corrosion; Aluminum,
 Corrosion; Stray current corrosion; Underground corrosion; Alternating
 current; Cathodic dissolution
-SectHd-
 35 (CORROSION)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 45
-A-
 803586 82-540496
-W-
 Properties of Sintered and Infiltrated Tungsten--Copper Electrical Contact
 Material.
 Sebastian, K V
 Int. J. Powder Metall. Powder Technol., 17, (4), 297-298, 300-303 Oct. 1981
-JrnlAnn-
 8204
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A comparison is made of 50/50 W--Cu electrical contact material prepared by:
 mixing of elemental powders, pressing and sintering; mixing of the oxide
 powders and coreduction, pressing and sintering; and infiltration of the
 W-skeleton with Cu. Testing density, conductivity, hardness and compressive
 strength indicate the advantage of coreduction of mixed oxide powders. 15
 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Tungsten, Powder technology; Copper, Powder technology; Electric contacts,
 Powder technology; Sintering; Infiltration; Density; Powder metallurgy
 parts
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 46
-A-
 793807 82-540142
-W-
 Nihon Funmatsu Gokin KK (Kyoto Yamashina).
 Met. Powder Rep., 36, (6), 269-270 June 1981
-JrnlAnn-
 8201
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The largest part of Nihon Funmatsu's business is the production of sintered
 metal parts for the automobile industry, especially shock absorber parts.
 The principle alloys used are Fe--C, Fe--C--Cu, and Fe--Ni--C, with some
 bronze, Cu-base alloys, and stainless steel. Other types of parts include
 items for the camera, consumer electronics, and railway industries.--T.W.
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy parts; Powder technology; Automotive components, Powder
 technology; Stainless steels, Powder technology
 Alloy Index (Identifier): 304L, 316L, SSA/ 410L, SSM
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 47
-A-
 793768 82-540103
-W-
 Investigation of Sintering Process Using Mathematical Morphology.
 Chermant, J L; Coster, M; Jernot, J P
 Modern Developments in Powder Metallurgy, Vol. 12, Principles and Processes,
 Washington, D.C., 22-27 June 1980 377-389
 Publ: Metal Powder Industries Federation and American Powder Metallurgy
 Institute, 105 College Rd. E., Princeton, N.J. 08540, 1981
-JrnlAnn-
 8201
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Stereology and mathematical morphology are useful tools to study and
 describe the process of sintering. On the one hand, parameters can be
 measured which define well the microstructure of the material. On the other
 hand, the concept of connectivity reveals the various stages in sintering. A
 method in which the mean neck size of bronze powders can be measured between
 any particles of convex shape is presented. A knowledge of the measured neck
 size enables a direct correlation of the morphological changes of any real
 sintered powder with theoretical models. This enables direct comparison with
 the sintering maps calculated by M.F. Ashby which indicate the predominant
 mechanism of sintering by the change of the neck size as a function of time
 and temp. of sintering for powders of different initial size. 22 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Bronzes, Powder technology; Sintering (powder metallurgy); Mathematical
 models; Quantitative metallography; Particle size distribution
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 48
-A-
 791334 81-720544
-W-
 Modern Developments in Powder Metallurgy, Vol. 13, Ferrous and Nonferrous
 Materials.
 Hausner, H H; Antes, H W; Smith, G D
 Washington, D.C., 22-27 June 1980
 Pp 583, 63/4 x 93/4 in., Illustrated
 Publ: American Powder Metallurgy Institute, 105 College Rd. E., Princeton,
 N.J. 08540, 1981
-JrnlAnn-
 8112
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Contents: A. TASKINEN, M.H. TIKKANEN and G. BOCKSTIEGEL, @Carbon Deposition
 in Iron P/M Compacts During the Delubrication Process@; A.N. PATEL and W.E.
 KUHN, @Influence of High-Energy Vibra-Milling on the Annealed and Sintered
 Structures and Properties of a P/M Austenitic Stainless Steel@; C. ASLUND,
 G. GEMMEL and T. ANDERSSON, @Stainless Steel and Nickel-Base Powders for the
 Production of Parts Via Extrusion and Hot Isostatic Pressing@; M.T. PODOB,
 L.K. WOODS, P. BEISS and W. HUPPMANN, @The Mechanism of Sintering High-Speed
 Steel to Full Density@; K.M. KULKARNI, A. ASHURST and M. SVILAR, @Role of
 Additives in Full Dense Sintering of Tool Steels@; E.A. CARLSON, J.E. HANSEN
 and J.C. LYNN, @Characteristics of Full-Density P/M Tool Steel and Stainless
 Steel Parts@; J.M. CAPUS and C. FOURNEL, @The Influence of Mix Composition
 on the Machinability of Sintered Iron@; S. BANERJEE, G. SCHLIEPER, F.
 THUMMLER and G. ZAPF, @New Results in the Master Alloy Concept for
 High-Strength Sintered Steels@; J. TENGZELIUS, S.-E. GREK and C.-A. BLANDE,
 @Limitations and Possibilities in the Utilization of Chromium and Manganese
 as Alloying Elements in High-Strength Sintered Steels@; A. SALAK,
 @High-Strength Sintered Manganese Steel@; R.A. QUEENEY, @Stable and Unstable
 Crack Growth in Sintered and Infiltrated P/M Steels@; C.Y. JIA, W.H. HAI and
 L.X. YU, @Properties of P/M High-Speed Steel@; A. DE IORIO, @Influence of
 Iron-Base Type, Density, Composition and Testing Procedure on KIc of
 Sintered Steels@; D.H. RO and E. KLAR, @Corrosion Behavior of P/M Austenitic
 Stainless Steels@; M. OHRING, P.W. TAUBENBLAT, W.E. SMITH and R.S. OSWALD,
 @The Role of Tellurium in Free-Machining P/M Steels@; M. GORANSSON, H.-G.
 LARSSON and A. HEDE, @Breakthrough in Special Steel Production by P/M@; R.M.
 GERMAN, @The Critical Role of TitaniD.J. SKINNER, R. KER, M.J. KOCZAK and A.
 LAWL. GIBBON, @Green and Sintered Compt Pressing of Ti6Al4V Powders@.
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy; Ferrous alloys, Powder technology; Nonferrous alloys,
 Powder technology
-SectHd-
 72 (SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 49
-A-
 787254 81-540829
-W-
 Powder Metal Sintering with UCAR HTS.
 Gaines, G W; Kohler, R H
 Met. Powder Rep., 36, (1), 19-22 Jan. 1981
-JrnlAnn-
 8111
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A substitute sintering atmosphere (UCAR HTS) for endothermic gases is
 reported which consists of pure N and methanol. The pure grade of methanol
 used (UCAR HTF) decomposes in a sintering furnace to form CO and H, and
 separate control of the flows of N and UCAR HTF allows the atmospheric
 composition to be varied to meet process requirements. An atmosphere
 typically contains 24% combustibles (8% CO and 16% H) with very low amounts
 of CO2 and H2O. Reduction of oxide on the Fe powder before sintering is
 favoured by these concentrations. UCAR HTS is more reproducible than
 endothermic gas and sintering results from the two atmospheres in several
 belt furnaces show that UCAR HTS gives better sintering and often faster
 sintering rates. Overall cost of UCAR HTS atmosphere is usually less than
 the existing cost of endothermic atmospheres.--E.J.S.
-Desc-
 Metal powders; Sintering (powder metallurgy); Controlled atmospheres;
 Nitrogen; Copper, Alloying elements; Ferrous alloys, Powder technology;
 Nickel steels, Powder technology; Carbon steels, Powder technology
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Fe-0.6C-1.5Ni, Fe-0.6C-4Ni, SAN/ Fe-0.8C, SCH/
 Fe-0.8C-7Cu, Fe-0.9C-2.5Cu, FE, SA
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 50
-A-
 786970 81-511180
-W-
 Thumbnail Guide to Nonferrous Metalworking.
 Heilman, P M
 Mach. Des., 53, (17), 77-80 23 July 1981
-JrnlAnn-
 8111
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 At one time, the major manufacturing options were fairly simple, and
 decisions among processes were clear cut. Various process refinements and
 material savings from near-net-shape parts being made directly from the
 primary forming process has made the choice of manufacturing process more
 difficult with nonferrous parts. A thumbnail guide to process selection
 factors for sand castings, plaster-mold castings, investment castings, die
 castings, screw machined parts, powder metal parts and forgings is
 presented. Aluminum and Cu alloys and typical applications are given for
 each process. Process selection factors given are tooling cost, part size,
 part weight, cost, economical run size, lead time, typical tool life and
 typical surface finish.--G.G.M.
-Desc-
 Aluminum base alloys, Metal working; Copper base alloys,
 Metal working; Sand casting; Die casting; Powder metallurgy; Forging
 Alloy Index (Identifier): 208, 319, 6061, 2011, AL/ CA377, CA485, 82-14-351,
 CU
-SectHd-
 51 (FOUNDRY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 51
-A-
 785687 81-313931
-W-
 Combating Heat in U-Joints.
 Schwerdlin, H; Roberts Jr, C
 Mach. Des., 53, (17), 83-86 23 July 1981
-JrnlAnn-
 8111
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The simplest universal joints, such as pin-and-block types, rely on
 plain-bearing action at the pin/yoke interfaces to support sliding motion.
 These joints are intended for drives that are not subjected to high loads
 and high speeds concurrently. Needle bearing U-joints are usually required
 when heavy loads, high operating speeds and large misalignments must be
 accommodated. Needle U-joints have lower torque capacity and are more
 expensive than similar plain bearing types. Research has shown that service
 life of the plain-bearing joints can be improved by the following: using
 center blocks of powdered metal that act as oil reservoirs; special solid
 lubricants such as graphite suspended in oil to reduce wear; tighter
 tolerances on mating bearing services; and increasing heat dissipating
 capabilities. Thermographs, mathematical calculations and drawings
 illustrate these U-joint improvements.--G.G.M.
-Desc-
 Universal joints, Service life; Wear rate, Temperature effects; Heat
 transfer; Copper base alloys, Mechanical properties; Lubrication
-SectHd-
 31 (MECHANICAL PROPERTIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 52
-A-
 783628 81-540738
-W-
 Experimental Investigation of the Frictional Behavior of Sintered Metal
 Friction Materials Under Contaminated Conditions. (Pamphlet).
 Sommer, H J; III; Cusano, C
 Pp 6
 Publ: American Society of Lubrication Engineers, 838 Busse Highway, Park
 Ridge, Ill. 60068, 1981
-ReptNo-
 ASLE Preprint No. 81-AM-7D-3
-JrnlAnn-
 8110
-DocType-
 REPORT
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Frictional behavior of some sintered-metal friction materials (Cu, Fe and
 Ni) experimentally investigated with contaminated rubbing surfaces (4140 and
 17-22AS steels). The contaminants used are water, hydraulic fluid, grease
 and grit. Constant speed drag tests, at a speed of 12.2 m/s are used to
 obtain fricton data. The coefficient of friction data obtained under
 contaminated conditions are compared to the data obtained when no
 contaminants are introduced on the rubbing surfaces. With the rubbing
 surfaces contaminated, dramatic coefficient of friction losses, with
 quick-to-prolonged recovery to near-full uncontaminated coefficient of
 friction levels, are observed. As expected, the time required for the
 coefficient of friction of the contaminated surfaces to approx. recover to
 the coefficient of friction of the same surfaces under uncontaminated
 conditions depends on the contaminants used.7 refs.--AA
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy parts, Mechanical properties; Low alloy steels, Mechanical
 properties; Friction; Contamination; Copper, Powder technology; Iron, Powder
 technology; Nickel, Powder technology
 Alloy Index (Identifier): 4140, SAC/ 17-22AS, SACM
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 53
-A-
 775409 81-540578
-W-
 Prediction of Strength and Ductility of Sintered Iron.
 Oyane, M; Okimoto, K; Shima, S
 Fifth Polish Conf. on Powder Metallurgy [Proc. Conf.], Poznan, Poland, Oct.
 1979, (I), 1-17 1979
-JrnlAnn-
 8108
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 See Met.A., 8103-72 0099. Sintered pre-forms of a simple shape are joined by
 infiltration; it is shown that the strength of the joined products is almost
 the same as that of the conventional unjoined (but infiltrated) products,
 provided that the process is appropriate. Prediction of the strength of the
 infiltrated material is discussed. Examples of joined products are shown.
 Ductility of sintered Fe in various forming processes is investigated.
 Ductility is evaluated by fracture strain calculated from a fracture
 criterion for porous materials previously proposed by the authors. The
 calculated results agree well with experimental results.--AA
-Desc-
 Powder compacts, Joining; Infiltration; Powder compacts, Mechanical
 properties; Bonding strength; Ductility; Testing; Iron, Powder technology;
 Particle size distribution; Copper, Powder technology; Density Powder
 metallurgy parts, Mechanical properties
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 54
-A-
 775379 81-540548
-W-
 Introduction to Powder Metallurgy.
 Stewart, P
 Met. Australas., 13, (1), 6-8 Jan.-Feb. 1981
-JrnlAnn-
 8108
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Powder metallurgy involves alloying, mixing, compacting and sintering metal
 powders to produce a product of limited tensile properties but adequate for
 some applications. Powder production, alloying before and after powder
 mixing, bonding, compacting, sintering, cooling and surface finishing are
 described. Compact infiltration, ferrous compositions and product properties
 are covered.--J.V.R.
-Desc-
 Ferrous alloys, Powder technology; Copper base alloys, Powder technology;
 Sintering; Compacting; Powder metallurgy parts
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 55
-A-
 772625 81-720266
-W-
 Progress in Powder Metallurgy. Vol. 34 and 35.
 Hoffmann, J; Cebulak, W; Klar, E
 Cincinnati, Ohio, 4-6 June 1979 Pp 439, 81/4 x 11 in., Illustrated, dollars
 U.S. 56.00
 Publ: Metal Powder Industries Federation, 105 College Rd. E., Princeton,
 N.J. 08540, 1980
-JrnlAnn-
 8107
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Contents: H.S. NAYAR, @Status Report on Energy Consumption and Distribution
 in the P/M Industry (1976) (U.S.)@; F.L. HOLDEN, @Designing Sintering
 Furnaces and Atmospheres for Energy Savings@; J.S. BECKER, @Energy-Saving
 Applications of Industrial Gases@; W.T. SULLIVAN, @The Use and Application
 of Miniature P/M Parts@; J.E. SMUGERESKY and R.M. GERMAN, @Hot Isostatic
 Pressing of Maraging Steels@; S. ABKOWITZ, @Cold Isostatic Pressing of
 Complex P/M Shapes -- Titanium and Other Special Metals@; V.N.
 DiGIAMBATTISTA, @Forming P/M Parts by Consolidation at Atmospheric
 Pressure@; M. ROBBINS, M.L. GREEN, R.C. SHERWOOD and V.G. LAMBRECHT, JR.,
 @Preparation of Binary and Ternary Alloys From Mixed Oxide Ceramic
 Preforms@; M.J. KOCZAK and P. AGGARWAL, @The Effects of Particle Size and
 Density on the Mechanical Properties of Sintered Iron and Iron/Phosphorus
 Alloys@; K.H. MOYER, M.J. TOPOLSKI, M.J. McDERMOTT and P. WISNIEWSKI,
 @Predicting D.C. Properties of P/M Materials@; P. KUMAR and H.S. NAYAR, @P/M
 Plates of Hard-to-Work Materials@; K.M. KULKARNI, @Characterization and
 Processibility of High-Speed Tool Steel Powders@; W.V. KNOPP, @Graphite
 Influence on P/M Steel Processing Parameters@; D.L. HOUCK, @Powders for
 Plasma Spray Coatings@; G. ALLEN, S.K. CHATTERJEE, C.A. MACKAY and W.B.
 HAMPSHIRE, @Warm Pressed Alloys of Copper With Tin and Tin -- Lead@; J.S.
 BECKER, @Comparison of Endothermic (Generated) and Nitrogen-Based Sintering
 Atmospheres@; H.R. McCURDY and W.B. AUFDERHAAR, @An Advanced P/M Material
 for High-Tensile, Impact and Hardness Applications@; A. CROWSON, @Surface
 Porosity in P/M Steel Forgings@; G. SCHLIEPER, F. THUMMLER and G. ZAPF,
 @Development and Applications of Heat Treated P/M Steels Containing
 Manganese, Chromium, Vanadium and Molybdenum@; R.E. SANDERS, JR., and W.L.
 OTTO, JR., @The FatM.J. BLACKBURN McKINLEY and H.S. NAYAR, @Safety
 Considerations in Sinr@; J.M. CAPUS, @Energy Aspects of Iron Powder
 Production@.
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy; Ferrous alloys, Powder technology; Ceramics, Powder
 technology
-SectHd-
 72 (SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 56
-A-
 772621 81-720262
-W-
 New Perspective in Powder Metallurgy: Vol. 7, Copper Base Powder
 Metallurgy.
 Taubenblat, P W
 Pp 232, 61/4 x 93/4 in., Illustrated, dollars U.S. 42.00
 Publ: Metal Powder Industries Federation, Princeton, N.J. 08540, 1980
-JrnlAnn-
 8107
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Contents: W.L. ULLRICH, @Production of Copper and Copper-Base Alloy
 Powders@; V.T. MORGAN, @Copper Powder Metallurgy for Bearings@; J.I. FARMER,
 @The Metallography of Bronze P/M Materials@; P.E. MATTHEWS, @Brass and
 Nickel Silver Powders@; A. STOSUY, @Copper Additions to Iron Base P/M
 Products@; P.W. TAUBENBLAT and W.E. SMITH, @Infiltration of Iron P/M Parts@;
 P.W. TAUBENBLAT, @Production and Properties of High-Conductivity Copper P/M
 Parts@; W.A. NYSTROM, @Copper in Sliding Electrical Contacts@; A. LAWLEY,
 @Copper and Copper-Base P/M Specialty Alloys@; R. MERHAR, @Consolidation of
 Powders@; F.V. LENEL, @Fundamentals in Sintering@; H.D. AMBS, @Powder
 Metallurgy Standards@.
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy; Copper, Powder technology
-SectHd-
 72 (SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 57
-A-
 771933 81-540469
-W-
 Comparison of Endothermic (Generated) and Nitrogen-Based Sintering
 Atmospheres.
 Becker, J S
 Progress in Powder Metallurgy, Vol. 34-35, Cincinnati, Ohio, 4-6 June 1979
 229-249
 Publ: Metal Powder Industries Federation, 105 College Rd. E., Princeton,
 N.J. 08540, 1980
-JrnlAnn-
 8107
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Powder metal parts are sintered in a protective atmosphere for two critical
 reasons: the atmosphere must prevent oxidation of the parts (discoloration
 and blistering) while also reducing oxides already present in the powder
 before sintering, and the atmosphere must provide an acceptable carbon
 potential to prevent excessive C loss from the green parts. Several
 generated atmospheres meet these basic requirements. Nitrogen-based
 atmospheres have also been found to meet these requirements. These
 atmospheres and the properties of parts sintered in them (Ancor steel 1000,
 Al201AB, bronze and brass) are compared. It also discusses operating
 considerations, the problems associated with lubricant removal and
 recommended N-based blends for various operations.--AA
-Desc-
 Controlled atmospheres; Sintering; Copper base alloys, Powder technology;
 Aluminum base alloys, Powder technology; Alloy steels, Powder technology;
 Powder metallurgy parts, Mechanical properties
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 58
-A-
 771921 81-540457
-W-
 The Use and Application of Miniature P/M Parts.
 Sullivan, W T
 Progress in Powder Metallurgy, Vol. 34-35, Cincinnati, Ohio, 4-6 June 1979
 63-67
 Publ: Metal Powder Industries Federation, 105 College Rd. E., Princeton,
 N.J. 08540, 1980
-JrnlAnn-
 8107
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 For many years, the P/M industry has avoided production of parts with small
 holes and thin walls. In the last several years, Asco Sintering Co. has
 successfully produced a variety of parts that represent a significant
 advance in the production of small structural P/M parts. A wide range of
 materials has been used, including high-density Cu, SS-316-P and SS-316-R
 stainless steel, CZP-0228-T leaded brass, CT-0010-R bronze, CZ-1818-U nickel
 silver, FC-0208-R Cu alloy steel, FN-0205-S Ni alloy steel and FX-2008-T Cu
 infiltrated steel. The type of parts produced have ranged from very simple
 shapes to quite intricate and detailed parts. Production quantities have run
 from as few as 1000 parts/order to as high as several million/order.--AA
-Desc-
 Ferrous alloys, Powder technology; Copper base alloys, Powder technology;
 Powder metallurgy parts, Design
 Alloy Index (Identifier): 316, SSA/ FX2008T, FC0208R, FN0205S, FE/ CZP0228T,
 CUBRA/ CT0010R, CUBRO/ CZ1818U, CU
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 59
-A-
 771882 81-540418
-W-
 Consolidation of Powders.
 Merhar, R
 New Perspectives in Powder Metallurgy: Vol. 7, Copper Base Powder
 Metallurgy,
 173-185
 Publ: Metal Powder Industries Federation, Princeton, N.J. 08540<pd 1980,
-JrnlAnn-
 8107
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Powder behavior during compaction is reviewed with emphasis on consolidation
 of molding grade materials based on conventional uniaxial pressing using
 opposed punches contained within a die. The terminology describing powder in
 the as-compacted or @green@ state and the interdependence of green density
 and green strength on powder characteristics and compaction variables are
 also covered. The consolidation of Cu and Cu-base materials is discussed and
 the interdependence of subsequent processing or applications of the finished
 components on compaction variables are shown. Examples of consolidation
 techniques are given covering the areas of Cu for electrical applications,
 elementally mixed Cu -- Sn alloys for sintered bearings, brass and nickel
 silver for structural parts and Cu-base alloys for infiltration.--H.G.W.
-Desc-
 Copper base alloys, Powder technology; Compacting; Densification;
 Lubricants; Tensile properties
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Cu-20Zn, Cu-10Zn, CUBRA/ Cu-10Sn, CUBRO
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 60
-A-
 759826 81-720099
-W-
 5th Konferencja Metalurgii Proszkow w Polsce. [Fifth Polish Conference on
 Powder Metallurgy]. Vols. 1, 2 and 3.
 Stolarza, S
 Poznan, Poland, 3-5 Oct. 1979
 Pp 1376, A5, Illustrated
 Publ: Stowarzysenie Inzynierow Przemyslu Hutniczego (SITPH), Katowice,
 Poland, 1979
-JrnlAnn-
 8103
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 POLISH
 The Lang. of each paper is as given in parentheses. Contents include: (Vol.
 1) M. OYANE et al, 'Prediction of Strength and Ductilit of Sintered Iron';
 (English) E. ARZT and H. FISCHMEISTER, 'Fundamental Aspects of the
 Compaction of Metal Powders'; (English) Yu.G. DOROFEEV et al, 'The Sintered
 Materials with High Mechanical Properties, Prepared by the Method of Hot
 Dynamic Pressing', (Russian) Ts. TSVETKOV and Ya. MANIKATOV; 'The
 Investigation on the Density Distribution in P/M Products of Complex Shape
 in Dependance on Pressing Schedule'; (Russian) H. FRYDRYCH et al, 'The
 Investigation on the Process of Pressing of Copper Powders'; (Polish) J.
 DUSZCZYK and D. BIALO, 'The Possibilities of Application of Pressing Tools
 with Rotatable Die in the Process of Preparation of Elements of Powder
 Materials'; (Polish) E. BRYJAK et al 'The Elastic Dies for Cold Isostatic
 Pressing of Metal Powders'; (Polish) J. LUKOWSKI and K. KWAPULINSKI, 'The
 Cold Volume Forming of the Products from Metal Powders'; (Polish) W.
 FILIPOWICZ and Z. SIWKIEWICZ, 'Producing of Thin-Walled Elements in a
 Pressing Tool with a Die Excited into Ultrasound Vibrations with Stabilized
 Amplitude of Mechanical Vibrations'; (Polish) F. CORNIL, 'Hot Isostatic
 Pressing, its Applications in the Field of Powder Metallurgy and Ceramic
 Industries'; (English) K. HILSBERG, 'The Analysis of the changes of the
 Properties of Sintered Parts on the Basis of Iron After Activated
 Sintering'; (Polish) A. MOSZCZYNSKI and Z. WAWER, 'The Effect of Sintering
 Conditions on the Distribution of Copper Concentration in the Sintered
 Parts', (Polish) V.N. PADERNO et al, 'The Characteristic Features of the
 Investigation of Sintered Materials in Electron Microscope'; (Russian) A.
 MOSZCZYNSKI and J. PIETASZEWSKI, 'The Effect of Graphite Amount in the
 Compacts from IroReached by Hot Isostatic Pressing of Ce
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy
-SectHd-
 72 (SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 61
-A-
 759808 81-720081
-W-
 Vacuum Metallurgy Conference on Special Melting, 6th.
 Bhat, G K; Schlatter, R
 San Diego, Calif., 23-27 Apr. 1979
 Pp 911, 6 x 83/4 in., Illustrated
 Publ: American Vacuum Society, 335 E. 45th St., New York, N.Y. 10017, 1980
-JrnlAnn-
 8103
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Contents: W. HOLZGRUBER, "Overview of Recent Developments in Specialty Steel
 Melting"; M.J. MAY and G. HOYLE, "Which Special Melting Process?"; M.
 INOUYE, "Recent Fundamental Studies on the ESR [Electroslag Remelting]
 Process in Japan"; G. HOYLE, "Special Melting in the United Kingdom"; E.
 SPETZLER and H.P. HAASTERT, "Metallurgical Processes for the Production of
 Low-Inclusion Steel Grades and the Control of Ladle-Metallurgical Measures";
 R.D. GRAY, "Vacuum Technology in Secondary Refining of Steel"; H. EPPLER and
 O. WINKLER, "Application of Mass Spectrometry for Control of Degassing and
 Decarburizing Rates of Metal Melts"; S. SCHILLER, G. FOERSTER and G. JAESCH,
 "Electron Beams for Metallurgical Processes in Vacuum"; R.S. SEGSWORTH and
 J.D. LAVERS, "Simple Efficient Plasma Furnaces for Melting and Smelting"; W.
 BURGMANN, O. STENZEL, A. WAMSER and H. HOLTERMANN, "The Technical and
 Metallurgical Requirements and Their Effect on the Design of Vacuum Heating
 Units (VHD)"; K. SUZUKI, K. TANIGUCHI and J. WATANABE, "Control of
 Macrosegregation in Large Steel Forging Ingots by Vacuum Carbon
 Deoxidation"; D. MEHLAN and N. CERWIN, "The Vacuum Arc Degassing (VAD)
 Process--Technique and Experience"; K. NARITA, T. MAKINO, H. MATSUMOTO, K.
 OGAWA and K. KAWAI, "Desulfurization Kinetics and Shape Control of
 Inclusions in Calcium Injection Process"; H. GORGES, W. PULVERMACHER, W.
 RUBENS and K.H. SCHMITZ, "Experience Acquired With Nickel Oxide Sinter
 Injection in AOD Stainless Steel Refining at Krupp"; R.J. BARNHURST and J.E.
 GRUZLESKI, "The Vacuum Refining of Cast Iron Melts"; R.L. PLAYER, "Removal
 of Impurities From Copper Matte by Vacuum Treatment"; T. CHOH, T. MORITANI
 and M. INOUYE, "Kinetics of Nitrogen Desorption of Liquid Iron, Liquid
 Fe--Mn and Fe--Cu Alloys Under Reduced Pressures"; H. HASSLER and H. Fields
 in a Laboratory Scale ESR System";. MEDOVAR, YU.A. SAMOJLOVICH, YU.G.
 EMELJIANENKO and V.S. KOSHMAN, "Electroslag Process With Introduction of
 Metallic Particles (Mathe-Desc-
 Vacuum melting; Vacuum degassing; Electroslag refining
-SectHd-
 72 (SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 62
-A-
 737853 80-620323
-W-
 Composites for Electrical Contact Applications.
 Stockel, D
 Z. Werkstofftech., 10, (7), 230-242 July 1979
-ISSN-
 0049-8688
-JrnlAnn-
 8012
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The nature and properties of composite materials employed for electrical
 contact applications are discussed. Their behaviour is interpreted in terms
 of the sum and product properties, the former due to additive effects and
 the latter due to interactions between the metallic constituents. Different
 types of composite, involving particulate, fibrous and laminated structures
 are considered and the use of infiltrated materials obtained by a sintering
 process is also described. Ag--Ni fibre composites containing up to 70% Ni
 are used as igniters for gas-discharge lamps; and electrical contacts made
 from Cu--Pd fibres are effective in d.c. switchgear. Various methods of
 cladding emloyed in the manufacture of laminated composites are outlined and
 the behaviour of bimetal strips having a sandwich structure with
 intermediate layers of Cu or Ni is discussed. 22 ref.--B.D.H.
-Desc-
 Copper, Composite materials; Silver, Composite materials; Tungsten,
 Composite materials; Fiber composites, Electrical properties; Directional
 solidification; Nickel, Composite materials; Palladium, Composite materials;
 Laminates; Composite materials, Electrical properties ; Powder metallurgy
 parts, Microstructure; Electric contacts
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Cu-Pd, SYS/ InSb-NiSb, SB
-SectHd-
 62 (COMPOSITES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 63
-A-
 737314 80-540694
-W-
 Metallographic Control in Powder Metallurgy.
 Elssner, G; Kaysser, W; Petzow, G
 Metallography as a Quality Control Tool, Tamiment, Pa., 8-9 July 1979
 137-151
 Publ: Plenum Press, 227 W. 17th St., New York, N.Y. 10011, 1980
-JrnlAnn-
 8012
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 In view of the development of new and improved powder metal products
 metallographic investigation is a powerful tool for determining important
 details of sintering mechanisms. Some of the metallographic methods employed
 in investigations on liquid phase sintering to characterize the
 microstructure and its influence on materials behavior and properties are
 considered. The selected examples (Fe--10%Sn, W--4%Ni, Cu--10Sn and
 Fe--10Cu) aim to demonstrate the large extent of applicability of
 metallography to powder metallurgy problems in research and development and
 in production control.14 refs.--AA
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy parts, Metallography; Ferrous alloys, Powder technology;
 Tungsten base alloys, Powder technology; Copper base alloys, Powder
 technology; Liquid phase sintering
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Fe-10Sn, Fe-10Cu, FE/ Cu-10Sn, CU/ W-4Ni, W
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 64
-A-
 734186 80-540636
-W-
 Al--Cu Sintered Alloys Using Composite Powder.
 Sakai, T; Shimasato, S; Henmi, Z
 Fujitsu Sci. Tech. J., 16, (1), 57-73 Mar. 1980
-ISSN-
 0016-2523
-JrnlAnn-
 8011
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Powder metallurgical techniques simplify the manufacturing process of
 complex parts like gears and make shaping of the parts much easier, thereby
 offering a desirable method of reducing production costs. Iron or copper
 base powder metallurgy was traditionally employed for making structural
 parts. However, aluminum has not been used in this powder metallurgy because
 the thin film of oxide on the surface of aluminum powder interferes with
 complete sintering of aluminum powder, and because, during compressing,
 aluminum powder tends to cold-weld to the die walls, thus interfering with
 the formation and ejection of compacts. Both these problems have been solved
 by using ACP (aluminum--copper composite powder) of which the surface is
 coated with copper. Mechanical properties of Al--Cu sintered alloys
 containing 0-10%Cu were investigted using ACP to obtain sintered alloys with
 properties most suitable for application as precision structural parts. The
 mechanical properties of the Al--5%Cu alloy were found to be superior to
 other sintered alloys and similar to or greater than iron and copper base
 sintered alloys. The Al--5%Cu sintered alloy, of which the processing
 technology was improved, has been used successfully for precision structural
 parts of high speed printers and disk memory equipment. 10 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Aluminum base alloys, Powder technology; Copper, Alloying elements; Powder
 metallurgy parts, Mechanical properties; Tensile strength, Alloying effects;
 Sintering; Microstructure; Elongation; Density
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Al-5Cu, Al-10Cu, AL
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 65
-A-
 734149 80-540599
-W-
 Sintered P/M Products Containing Prealloyed Titanium Carbide Additives.
 Mal, M K; Tarkan, S E
 Chromalloy American Corp
 Patent: US4194910, U.S.A. 23 June 1978
 Off. Gaz., 25 Mar. 1980
-JrnlAnn-
 8011
-DocType-
 PATENT
 An article of manufacture consists of a sintered metal shape of a matrix
 metal selected from the group consisting of Fe-base, Ni-base, Cu-base and
 Al-base metals having dispersed therethrough about 5-20% by wt. of
 prealloyed grains of a refractory metal carbide with the metal matrix making
 up essentially the balance, the prealloyed refractory carbide grains
 dispersed through the matrix being #< 100 mesh in size and consisting
 essentially of 15-60% by wt of refractory metal carbide alloyed with a metal
 from the group consisting of Fe-base and Ni-base metals making up
 essentially the balance of the grains, the sintered shape being
 characterized by enhanced resistance to wear and abrasion.
-Desc-
 Ferrous alloys, Powder technology; Aluminum base alloys,
 Powder technology; Nickel base alloys, Powder technology; Copper base
 alloys, Powder technology; Titanium carbide, Composite materials; Dispersion
 hardening alloys, Alloy development
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 66
-A-
 727308 80-540524
-W-
 Sintering Behavior of Iron Powder Compacts on A3-Cyclic Heating.
 Kim, Y H; Lee, D H
 J. Korean Inst. Met., 18, (1), 51-60 1980
-JrnlAnn-
 8009
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 KOREAN
 An investigation into the effect of A3-transformation on sintering has been
 carried out for the compacts prepared from powders of pure Fe and Fe + Cu
 mixtures and for Cu-infiltrated Fe powder compacts. For pure Fe powder
 compacts, the repetition of A3-transformation during sintering caused a
 negative effect on densification while isothermal heating at the temp. of
 alpha -range showed a relatively high densification. For mixed and
 infiltrated specimens, densification was considerably improved by the cyclic
 heating as compared to either isothermal sintering at alpha - or gamma
 -range.21 refs.--AA
-Desc-
 Iron, Powder technology; Densification; Copper, Alloying additive; Thermal
 cycling; Sintering
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 67
-A-
 724761 80-720286
-W-
 P/M '78--SEMP 5, European Symposium on Powder Metallurgy.
 Stockholm, Sweden, 4-8 June 1978
 Pp 487, 81/4 x 113/4 in., Illustrated
 Publ: Jernkontoret, Activity Group 8, Denmark, 1979
-JrnlAnn-
 8008
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng. AND GERMAN
 Contents include: L. ALBANO-MUELLER, "Products With Controlled Porosity";
 L.I. HISING, "Cemented Carbide Properties and Applications"; S.I. HULTHEN,
 "Iron Powder--the Past--the Present--the Future"; J. MORLET, "Structure and
 Properties of Prealloyed Powders--Application to Superalloys"; L.H. MOTT,
 II, "The Development and Progress of Porous Metal Since 1946"; C. RAZIM,
 "Application of P/M Parts in the Automotive Industry With Respect to Fatigue
 Behavior"; C.R. SKELTON and F. PALMER, "Tungsten Carbide Rolls Used in Hot
 Rolling Mills"; L. HO-YI, "Mass-Transfer by Diffusion Mechanism During
 Sintering"; H.S. NAYAR, "Nitrogen and Nitrogen-Based Sintering Atmospheres
 for P/M Parts"; R. ECK, "Corrosion of Powder Metallurgy Molybdenum--Tungsten
 Alloys in Liquid Zinc"; T. GARVARE, "Hot Isostatic Pressing of Medium-Alloy
 and High-Alloy Steel Powder"; Y. SHENG and L. HO-YI, "High Pressure
 Sintering of Cubic Boron Nitride"; W. KARNER, M.Y. NAZMY and A. ARFAJ,
 "Phase Instability and Corrosion Behavior of AISI 316 P/M Stainless Steel";
 F.A. THOMPSON, G.J. LEWIS and D.L. WILLIAMS, "Structures and Properties of a
 Gas Turbine Disk Alloy Processed From Prealloyed Powder"; N. INGELSTROM,
 "Pore Closure in Cemented Carbide During Hot Isostatic Pressing (HIP
 Treatment)"; K. NORDLUND and H. JONSSON, "Machining Properties of Heat
 Treated Cobalt-Rich Cemented Carbides"; M. FOLLON and E. AERNOUDT,
 "Powder-Metallurgically Processed Shape-Memory Alloys"; G. HOFFMANN, K.
 DALAL and G. ZAPF, "Mechanical Strength Behavior of MCM--MVM H/F Sintered
 Steels Under Operational Loads. I.--Constant Amplitude Loading"; T.
 JOHANNESSON and P. SJOBLOM, "Stress and Strain Distribution in Two-Phase
 Systems"; M. YIN-NIAN and L. CHI-CHANG, "Determination of Pore Size
 Distribution by Suspension Filtration"; S. STOLARZ, "Evaluation of
 InhomogeSMITH, "The Effect of Carbo N. MITKOV, "Orientation of Pore
 Structure in Loose and Pressed Copper Powder and Its Influence on Shrinkage
 Anisotropy".
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy
-SectHd-
 72 (SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 68
-A-
 715029 80-540266
-W-
 Powder Metallurgical Preparation of Nb3Sn Composite Superconductors.
 Bormann, R; Schultz, L; Freyhardt, H C; Mordike, B L
 Z. Metallkd., 70, (7), 467-476 July 1979
-JrnlAnn-
 8005
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Three alternative methods are discussed for a powder metallurgical
 preparation of Nb3Sn composite superconductors: CuNb composite conductors,
 produced by hot extrusion and subsequent wire drawing, are galvanically
 plated with Sn, Nb3Sn is formed during a diffusion and reaction treatment.
 Bronze powder, containing different amounts of Sn is sintered with Nb
 powder, deformed in a steel jacket and subsequently heat treated. For high
 Nb concentrations liquid bronze is infiltrated in a Nb sponge which is then
 deformed. Additional Sn charging and annealing of the specimen results in a
 formation of a three-dimensional Nb3Sn network. The applicability of the
 alternative ways for powder metallurgical of Nb3Sn composite superconductors
 with high critical current-carrying capabilities is discussed by comparing
 microstructural observations with measurements of the superconducting
 behavior of the material.26 refs.--AA
-Desc-
 Niobium compounds, Powder technology; Tin compounds, Powder technology;
 Superconductors, Powder technology; Wire drawing; Powder metallurgy parts,
 Superconductivity
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Nb3Sn, CPD
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 69
-A-
 714142 80-331068
-W-
 Electrical Conductivity of Copper Powder Under Pressure.
 Euler, K J; Finis, R; Siebert, K; Wolfel, M
 VDI-Z, 121, (5), 211-216 Mar. 1979
-ISSN-
 0042-1766
-JrnlAnn-
 8005
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Cu powder was used as a model substance for the investigation of the effects
 of pressure and temp. on the electrical conductivity of sintered metal
 products. The particles are coated with Cu2O, with the formation of Schottky
 diodes which are penetrated in the range of plastic grain deformation.
 Metallic contacts are then produced, the number and surface area of which
 grow with pressure and temp. The results are extrapolated to the m.p. 13
 ref.--H.S.
-Desc-
 Resistivity, Pressure effects; Copper, Electrical properties ; Diodes;
 Powder compacts, Electrical properties; Copper, Powder technology
-SectHd-
 33 (ELECTRICAL AND MAGNETIC PHENOMENA)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 70
-A-
 711995 80-540235
-W-
 Powder Metallurgical Preparation of Nb3Sn Composite Superconductors.
 Bormann, R; Schultz, L; Freyhardt, H C; Mordike, B L
 Z. Metallkd., 70, (7), 467-476 July 1979
-ISSN-
 0044-3093
-JrnlAnn-
 8004
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Three alternative methods are discussed for a powder metallurgical
 preparation of Nb3Sn composite superconductors: 1. CuNb composite
 conductors, produced by hot extrusion and subsequent wire drawing, are
 galvanically plated with Sn. Nb3Sn is formed during a diffusion and reaction
 treatment. 2. Bronze powder, containing different amounts of tin, is
 sintered together with niobium powder, deformed in a steel jacket and
 subsequently heat treated. 3. For high niobium concentrations liquid bronze
 is infiltrated in a niobium sponge which is then deformed. Additional tin
 charging and annealing of the specimen results in formation of a three
 dimensional Nb3Sn network. The applicability of the alternative ways for
 powder metallurgical preparation of Nb3Sn composite with high critical
 current is discussed by comparing microstructural observations with
 measurements of the superconducting behaviour of the material. 26 ref.--AA
-Desc-
 Niobium compounds, Powder technology; Tin compounds, Powder technology;
 Powder metallurgy; Composite materials, Powder technology; Tin bronzes,
 Reactions (chemical); Superconductors, Powder technology
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Nb3Sn, CPD
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 71
-A-
 708863 80-540165
-W-
 FATIGUE AND FRACTURE RESPONSE OF METAL-INFILTRATED SINTERED POWDER METALS.
 QUEENEY, R A
 MECHANICAL BEHAVIOR OF MATERIALS, VOL. 3, CAMBRIDGE, ENGLAND, 20-24 AUG.
 1979 373-381
 Publ: PERGAMON PRESS LTD., HEADINGTON HILL HALL, OXFORD OX3 OBW, ENGLAND,
 1979
-JrnlAnn-
 8003
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 TESTS INDICATE THAT THE INFILTRATION OF A SINTERED METAL POWDER (4600 STEEL)
 BY ANOTHER METAL, OR ALLOY, OF LOWER MELTING POINT MAY LEAD TO SOME PROPERTY
 IMPROVEMENT BUT, SIMULTANEOUSLY, DEGRADE OTHER MECHANICAL RESPONSE MEASURES.
 GENERAL STRENGTH MEASURES MAY BE IMPROVED, AS MAY FRACTURE RESISTANCE, BUT
 THE LATTER RESPONSE MAY BE DEGRADED THROUGH POOR CONTROL OF THE INFILTRATION
 PROCESS WITH NO IMPAIRMENT OF THE FORMER. OVER-ALL FATIGUE STRENTH MAY BE
 IMPROVED BY REDUCTION OF POROSITY, BUT THE GROWTH OF RESIDUAL PORES MIGHT BE
 VASTLY ACCELERATED. FINALLY, POOR CONTROL OF INFILTRATION MAY LEAD TO
 MECHANICAL DESIGNS WHICH ARE YIELD-SAFE, BUT PERILOUSLY CLOSE TO BEING
 FRACTURE UNSAFE.12 REFS.--AA
-Desc-
 NICKEL STEELS, POWDER TECHNOLOGY; POWDER METALLURGY PARTS, MECHANICAL
 PROPERTIES; COPPER, DIFFUSION; FRACTURE TOUGHNESS; INFILTRATION
 Alloy Index (Identifier): 4600, SAN
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 72
-A-
 705786 80-540082
-W-
 Fracture Resistance of a Copper Infiltrated, Low Alloy P/M Steel.
 Trunick, L; Queeney, A
 Int. J. Powder Metall. Powder Technol., 15, (3), 245-251 July 1979
-JrnlAnn-
 8002
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The resistance to unstable propagation of sharp cracks in 4600 alloy
 sintered steel was determined. Although infiltration is known to strengthen
 and toughen sintered porous metallic bodies, the resistance of such
 composites to sharp crack propagation was found to generally decrease with
 increasing volume fractions of Cu infiltrant. The fracture resistance of an
 infiltrated body, for a given volume fraction of infiltrant, decreased as
 the powder compacting pressure, or "green" density, increased. The design of
 machine elements and structural members made from infiltrated composites, in
 fracture-prone applications, should include a fracture-safe analysis;
 conventional strength and ductility measures could be misleading when used
 as the sole load-limiting parameters.8 refs.--AA
-Desc-
 Nickel steels, Powder technology; Copper, Diffusion; Fracture strength,
 Diffusion effects; Powder compacts, Mechanical properties; Infiltration
 Alloy Index (Identifier): 4600, SAN
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 73
-A-
 704199 80-310448
-W-
 Setting the Record Straight About Copper Wear Traits.
 Irving, R R
 Iron Age, 222, (35), 61, 64-66 17 Sept. 1979
-JrnlAnn-
 8002
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Eastman Kodak has made a study of the wear traits of Cu alloys based
 industrial applications subjected to mechanical rather than corrosive wear
 and centered specifically on the investigation of metal-to-metal wear,
 abrasion and frictional characteristics. Materials selected for testing
 included Cu alloys in bar, plate and cast forms, oil-impregnated powder
 metal bronze alloys and Be--Cu. Results indicate the best materials for
 metal-to-metal applications, abrasion resistance and frictional
 requirements. Although prevailing theories claim that abrasion resistance of
 metals is inversely proportional to bulk hardness, other investigators find
 it more related to microstructural characteristics. Five recommendations are
 made regarding metal-to-metal wear systems and a strong point is made
 against using Cu for applications involving abrasion by hard
 particles.--C.B.T.
-Desc-
 Copper base alloys, Mechanical properties; Brasses, Mechanical properties;
 Bronzes, Mechanical properties; Martensitic stainless steels, Mechanical
 properties; Wear; Abrasion resistance
 Alloy Index (Identifier): C26000, C28000, C35300, C23000, C36000, C83600,
 CUBRA/ C93200, C54400, CUBRO/ C17200, CU/ 440C, SSM
-SectHd-
 31 (MECHANICAL PROPERTIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 74
-A-
 702422 80-540044
-W-
 Infiltrating Powder Composition.
 Shafer, W M
 SCM Corp
 Patent: US4168162, U.S.A. 22 Sept. 1978
 Off. Gaz., 18 Sept. 1979
-JrnlAnn-
 8001
-DocType-
 PATENT
 An infiltrating composition is comprised of powder metal mixture on a weight
 percent basis: at least approx 90% Cu powder having a particle size < approx
 177 mu m; approx 2-8% Fe powder having a particle size < 20 mu m, between
 approx 1-5% Cu--Mn alloy powder; between approx 0.4-1% refractory metal
 oxide powder; between approx 0.3-0.8% stainless steel powder having a
 particle size < approx 150 mu m, and between approx 0.05-0.2% Al powder.
-Desc-
 Copper base alloys, Powder technology; Infiltration; Metal powders, Alloy
 development
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 75
-A-
 682497 79-540608
-W-
 The Sintered Component. Processing and Properties.
 Murray, N G
 Met. Ind., (4), 12-13, 16-17 1979
-JrnlAnn-
 7912
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The processes involved in the preparation of sintered metal components the
 resultant properties which can be expected are reviewed. The properties
 ferrous alloys commonly used to manufacture automotive components have been
 chosen to show the various correlations which exist between the mechanical
 and tensile properties of P/M parts.--AA
-Desc-
 Ferrous alloys, Powder technology; Automotive components, Powder technology;
 Copper, Powder technology; Sintering; Tensile properties; Powder metallurgy
 parts
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Fe-25Ni-3Cu, FE
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 76
-A-
 670710 79-710380
-W-
 Advances in Industrial Metals.
 Sanderson, L
 Chart. Mech. Eng., 25, (9), 76-78 Sept. 1978
-ISSN-
 0009-191X
-JrnlAnn-
 7907
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Advances cited include alloyed Au for brazing thin-walled tubes,
 'superformable' steel sheet, case-hardened Zn, a low-C (<= 0.03%) austenitic
 stainless alloy contg. Mo 4.25, Ni 14.25, Cr 18.25%, texture-rolled Mo
 sheet, a dispersion-strengthened ZrO sub 2-stabilized alloy, woven
 amorphous-metal alloys, a base brazing Cu alloy contg. Mn Zn 3.5, Fe
 1.0-1.4, Al 0.5-0.75%, surface alloying of semiconductors by
 electrodeposition, selective hardening and thick-section welding by lasers,
 a cubic BN cutting alloy, Zn alloys for replacing bronze and brass
 components requiring electroplating, a high-temp. alloy comprising a
 powder-metal mix contg. Y sub 2O sub 3, a N-strengthened Cr--Mn--Ni
 stainless steel, steel sulphide and oxide contents by forcing Ca particles
 through the melt, roll-extruded piping, Ce-treated normalized Cr--Mn--Nb
 steels, a tarnish-resistant Al bronze, thin Co- and Ni-base welding rods,
 superconducting Nb--Ti wire in an Al-alloy matrix around a highpurity Al and
 incorporating Mg in Zn galvanizing spelter. Advantages and applications of
 the materials and methods are outlined.--J.R.
-Desc-
 Alloy development
-SectHd-
 71 (GENERAL AND NONCLASSIFIED)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 77
-A-
 668323 79-720175
-W-
 European Symposium on Powder Metallurgy, Vol. I-II.
 Stockholm, Sweden, 4-8 June 1978
 Pp 576, 81/4 x 113/4 in., Illustrated
 Publ: Jernkontoret-Activity Group B, Stockholm, Sweden, 1978
-JrnlAnn-
 7906
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Some papers are printed in French and German. Contents include: Vol. W.
 BETZ, W. TRACK and W. KEINATH, "Manufacture of P/M Engines by the HIP
 Single-Stage Process"; S. "Development of High-Strength Aluminum P/M
 Isothermally Forged G.F. BOCCHINI, "The Powder Metallurgy From the
 Standpoint of Consumption"; G. BOCKSTIEGEL and H. CREMER, Powder Forging
 Line"; N. DAUTZENBERG, J. HEWING and J. Boronizing of Sintered Steels"; R.J.
 DOWER and G.I. MILES, of Two Automobile Components From Sintered Powder
 Preforms"; D.J. "Sealing of Pores in Powdered-Metal Components"; G. ERIXON,
 Handling of Compacted Powder Parts by Industrial Robots"; M. BOMPARD and M.
 Le GALL, "Toughness of Sintered Steels"; V. THUMMLER, G. ZAPF, W. BRENNER,
 R. GRABER and Sintering of Shaped Parts Made From Unalloyed and Alloyed
 Sintered H. HASSLER and H. SCHREINER, The Backward Cold Composite Materials
 and Compound Parts"; P. LINDSKOG and O. to Improve the Strength of Sintered
 Components Made From Partially Steel Powders"; R. MEYER, P. DE SABLET and A.
 ACCARY, Materials and Energy in Powder Metallurgy"; L. OHLSSON, Prestressed
 Wire Wound Isostatic Presses"; D. POHL and F. "Wear-Resistant Iron P/M Parts
 by Surface Alloying"; P.R. RAMAKRISHNAN, "Some Aspects of Powder Forging of
 TAKEYA, T. HAYASAKA and H. SHIKATA, "Automotive P/M Parts"; A.R.E. Singer
 and S.J. AHIER, "Some Preliminary the Pellet Forging of Iron"; P.W.
 TAUBENBLAT, W.E. "Forging of P/M Alloys With Improved Machinability"; I.M.
 "Works on Creating New Sintered Antifriction Materials in the MAZARS and A.
 HIVERT, "Industrial Development of the H. MITANI, M. YOKOTA and M.K. SUSUKI,
 "Research on the Alloys of Gamma Prime-Martensitic Nickel--Aluminum
 Bronzes"; S. "Experiences With the Application in Agricultural Machines of
 Bearings Manufactured by Powder Metallurgy Process"; V.to Welding and
 Hardfacing Cobalt-Bas e PrDER and H. and Trans
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy; Cemented carbides; Sintering
-SectHd-
 72 (SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 78
-A-
 667686 79-540271
-W-
 High Density Tungsten/Copper Liquid Phase Sintered Composites From Coreduced
 Oxide Powders.
 Sebastian, K V; Tendolkar, G S
 Int. J. Powder Metall. Powder Technol., 15, (1), 45-53 Jan. 1979
-JrnlAnn-
 7906
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Liquid phase sintering data for W/Cu composites prepared from metal powders
 and coreduced oxide powders, respectively, are presented. Data indicate that
 sintered density is practically 100% theoretical when composites are
 prepared from coreduced powders. This permits conclusions that particle
 rearrangements caused by capillary forces alone result in a high degree of
 densification. Mutual solubility of the components is not essential to the
 stable particle/particle bridges formed during consolidation to enhance high
 density by liquid flow. Homogeneous dispersion is the possible cause
 attributed for the observed high densification in coreduced composites. A
 homogeneity index based on the microhardness variation factor has been used
 to trace the degree of dispersion of W in Cu as a function of mixing time
 and initial porosity of the compacts. It has been found that samples
 prepared coreduced powders are structurally more homogeneous than
 infiltrated and conventionally sintered W/Cu composites.12 refs.--AA
-Desc-
 Tungsten, Powder technology; Copper, Powder technology; Powder metallurgy
 parts; Density; Liquid phase sintering; Composite materials
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 79
-A-
 665044 79-540211
-W-
 Versatility Cinches Awards for P/M Parts.
 Mod. Met., 34, (1), 79-80, 82 Jan. 1979
-JrnlAnn-
 7905
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A description is given of four powder/metal (P/M) parts that won for
 achievements in engineering design economy or originality in use of methods
 or materials. The four parts were: a labryrinth seal for turbo-pop engines
 consisting of a IN 600 (75% Ni, 15.1% Cr, 8% Fe) backup to which diffusion
 bonded a graphite composite, low-density substrate and a higher density,
 abradable grid; a bronze P/M rotor for a diesel pump; ferrous parts for door
 locks made from Fe powder FC-0208-R or Cu infiltrated Fe FX-2008-T; a
 one-piece sprocket and pinion made from FC-0208-R Fe that in a skylight
 opening device.--D.O.N.
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy parts, Design; Ferrous alloys, Powder technology; Nickel
 base alloys, Powder technology
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 80
-A-
 659373 79-540105
-W-
 Powder Metallurgy Materials for Rotating Bands.
 Isserow, S; Pease, L F; III
 Powder Metallurgy in Defense Technology. Vol. 4, Aberdeen, Md., 29-30 Sept.
 1977
 Publ: Metal Powder Industries Federation, Princeton, N.J. 08540, 1978
-JrnlAnn-
 7903
-DocType-
 BOOK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Copper infiltration of sintered Fe powder rotating bands was found to most
 effective when its duration is kept brief. The strength and ductility depend
 on the Fe pressed density and on infiltrant concentration. data are
 tabulated.--J.W.S.
-Desc-
 Iron, Powder technology; Powder metallurgy parts, Sorption; Copper,
 Sorption; Infiltration
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 81
-A-
 602359 78-610008
-W-
 Infiltration of Sintered Contact Plates With Low-Melting-Point Alloys.
 Koltsov, V P; Berent, V Ya; Poshtala, A S; Semenov, M E
 Sov Powder Metall Met Ceram July 1975, 14, (7), 591-595.,
-JrnlAnn-
 7801
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
-Desc-
 Electric contacts, Powder technology; Copper base alloys, Powder technology;
 Ferrous alloys, Powder technology; Powder metallurgy parts; Impregnation;
 Wear; Friction
-SectHd-
 61 (ENGINEEERING COMPONENTS AND STRUCTURES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 82
-A-
 554890 77-540044
-W-
 Powder Metal Parts.
 Mater Eng Aug. 1976, 84, (2), 37-38, 40, 42-44, 47-48, 51, 54.,
-JrnlAnn-
 7702
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
-Desc-
 Powder metallurgy parts; Nickel steels, Powder technology; Copper steels,
 Powder technology; Stainless steels, Powder technology; Brasses, Powder
 technology; Bronzes, Powder technology
 Alloy Index (Identifier): Fe-2.7Cu-0.8C, SALCU/ Fe-5Cu-0.45C, SALCU/ B484,
 SAN/ 303, SSA/ 316, SSA/ 410, SSM/ Ti-6Al-4V, TI/ Cu-10Sn-0.85C-0.5Fe,
 CUBRO/ Cu-10.15Zn-0.15Fe, CUBRA/ Cu-29.6Zn-0.15Fe, CUBRA/
 Cu-29.6Zn-1.5Pb-0.15Fe, CUBRA
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 83
-A-
 507464 76-620063
-W-
 Gas-Metal-Interactions at High Temperatures of Sinter-Composite Materials
 Containing Cu.
 Hassler, H; Schreiner, H
 Fourth European Symposium for Powder Metallurgy Vol. 3. Societe Francaise de
 Metallurgie, Grenoble. 1975, 6 p (German).,
-JrnlAnn-
 7603
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 GERMAN
-Desc-
 Austenitic stainless steels, Composite materials; Copper, Composite
 materials; Powder metallurgy parts, Composite materials; Infiltration;
 Composite materials, Reactions (chemical)
 Alloy Index (Identifier): 316L, SSA
-SectHd-
 62 (COMPOSITES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 84
-A-
 452059 75-540018
-W-
 Swelling of Fe/Cu Mixtures During Sintering and Infiltration.
 Berner, D; Exner, H E; Petzow, G
 Modern Developments in Powder Metallurgy Vol 6 Applications and Processes
 Metal Powder Industries Federation Princeton, N.J., 1974, 231-250.,
-JrnlAnn-
 7501
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
-Desc-
 Iron, Powder technology; Copper, Powder technology; Powder metallurgy;
 Swelling; Diffusion; Infiltration
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 85
-A-
 404883 74-540100
-W-
 Impact Properties of Cu-Infiltrated Sintered Fe.
 Kuroki, Hidenori; Koga, Masafumi; Tokunaga, Youichi
 J Japan Soc Powder Met July 1973, 20, (3), 71-79. (Japanese).,
-JrnlAnn-
 7403
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
-Desc-
 Copper, Composite materials; Iron, Composite materials; Infiltration;
 Composite materials, Mechanical properties; Impact strength
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 86
-A-
 323859 72-551210
-W-
 PROJECTION WELDING POWDER METAL COMPONENTS TO WROUGHT METAL COMPONENTS
 JOHNSON, L J; HOLST, G J; OHANLON, M J
 1971 POWDER METALLURGY CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS 1972, MPIF, NEW YORK,
 193-203.,
-JrnlAnn-
 7212
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
-Desc-
 POWDER COMPACTS, WELDING; PROJECTION WELDING; FERROUS ALLOYS , POWDER
 TECHNOLOGY; COPPER BASE ALLOYS, POWDER TECHNOLOGY; WELDED JOINTS, MECHANICAL
 PROPERTIES
-SectHd-
 55 (JOINING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 87
-A-
 301491 72-540013
-W-
 SEGREGATION PHENOMENA DURING INFILTRATION OF SINTERED FE WITH MOLTEN CU-NI
 BOCKSTIEGEL, G; BLANDE, C A
 POWDER MET INT AUG. 1971, 3, --3--, 137-142.,
-JrnlAnn-
 7201
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
-Desc-
 IRON, POWDER TECHNOLOGY; COPPER BASE ALLOYS, POWDER TECHNOLOGY;
 INFILTRATION; SEGREGATIONS; SINTERING; POWDER METALLURGY
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 88
-A-
 253764 71-540049
-W-
 EFFECTS OF PORE-STRUCTURE OF SINTERED IRON SKELETONS AND ALLOYING REACTION
 BETWEEN INFILTRANTS AND SKELETONS ON INFILTRATING PHEONMENA
 OBUCHI, TEIKO; WATANABE, TERUHISA
 J JAPAN SOC POWDER MET APR. 1970, 16, --8--, 356-361. JAPANESE,
-JrnlAnn-
 7102
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
-Desc-
 IRON, POWDER TECHNOLOGY; POWDER METALLURGY PARTS; SILVER BASE ALLOYS,
 DIFFUSION; COPPER BASE ALLOYS, DIFFUSION; INFILTRATION
-SectHd-
 54 (POWDER TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 023:032 89
-A-
 062736 67-143252
-W-
 INFILTRATION OF COPPER AND BRASS INTO SINTERED IRON COMPACTS
 STOLARZ, STAINSLAW
 HUTNIK V 33, NO 3, 1966, P 87-95,
-JrnlAnn-
 6707
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 Eng.
-Desc-
 COMPACTS, INFILTRATION; POWDER METALLURGY PARTS, INFILTRATION; IRON,
 INFILTRATION; INFILTRATION; WETTING; COPPER, ALLOYING ADDITIVE
-SectHd-
 66-14 (TRANSFORMATIONS AND STRUCTURES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 1
-A-
 0093843 10 1566 (1984)
-W-
 A Chardin for Kansas City
 ROSENBERG, Pierre
 Nelson Gallery and Atkins Museum Bulletin, V/6, (Jan 1981), 21-36 11
 illustrations
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 analytic
 Studies the Still Life with Cat and Fish acquired by the Nelson Gallery and
 Atkins Museum, Kansas City, in relation to a group of paintings and versions
 of this and similar subjects (Edmond de Rothschild collection; Burrell
 Collection, Art Gallery and Museum, Glasgow; Museu Nacional de Arte Antiga,
 Lisbon; and one unknown location). Examines problems of authenticity, dates
 and sequence; notes that the Lisbon Still Life with Cat, Ray and Oysters may
 be a copy rather than a version of the Glasgow painting; and dates the group
 1728 rather than 1750s. (Staff)
-Desc-
 animals--cats--Chardin, still life; Chardin, Jean Baptiste Simeon, French
 painter, 1699-1779--Still Life with Cat and Fish (Nelson Gallery and Atkins
 Museum, Kansas City); cats--and fish--Chardin; copi es, replicas and
 versions--Chardin--Still Life with Cat and Fish, versions; fish--and
 cats--Chardin; Glasgow (GBR), Burrell Collection-- Chardin--Still Life with
 Cat, Ray and Oysters; Kansas City (MO, USA), Nelson Gallery and Atkins
 Museum--Chardin-Still Life with Cat and Fish; Lisbon (PRT), Museu Nacional
 de Arte Antiga--Chardin--Still Life with Cat, Ray and Oysters, attribution
 reviewed; still life--Chardin-- cat and fish theme; Rothschild, Edmond de,
 baron, French collector, 1845-1934--collection--Chardin, Still Life with Cat
 and Fish
-SectHd-
 69--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--artists and architects
 Sub. Nationality: American; French; British; Portuguese
 Sub. Period: 1720-1760
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: painting; secular iconography; still life
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 2
-A-
 0086881 9 6137 (1983)
-W-
 Durers Bildnis des Kaspar Nutzel (Portrait of Kaspar Nutzel by Albrecht
 Durer)
 MENDE, Matthias
 Mitteilungen des Vereins fur Geschichte der Stadt Nurnberg, LXIX, (1982),
 130-141 8 illustrations, 1 color
-Lang-
 In German
-DocType-
 analytic
 A lost painting done ca.1517/18, known to us through a painted copy
 (Verwaltung der Staatlichen Schlosser und Garten, Berlin, Jagdschloss
 Grunewald, inv. no. 1899; Anzelewsky cat. no. 135) and two drawings by Durer
 in Munich and Paris (Winkler nos. 565-566) may portray Kaspar Nutzel,
 Nuremberg councillor. Identification based on an engraving of 1669 by Johann
 Friedrich Leonart. (Author)
-Desc-
 Berlin (DEU), Staatliche Schlosser und Garten, Jagdschloss
 Grunewald--paintings--portrait of Nutzel, Durer, copy after; copies,
 replicas and versions--Durer--portrait of Nutzel, copy; Durer, Albrecht,
 German painter, printmaker, 1471-1528--portraits-Nutzel; L eonart, Johann
 Friedrich, Flemish printmaker, draftsman, 1633?-after
 1680--engravings--portrait of Nutzel; Nutzel, Kaspar, German civic official,
 1471-1529--portraits of--Durer
-SectHd-
 69--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--artists and architects
 Sub. Nationality: German
 Sub. Period: 1517-1518
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: portraits; painting
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 3
-A-
 0084056 9 1978 (1983)
-W-
 'EX MORTE LEVAMEN', een ongelijk paar door Jan Steen (EX MORTE LEVAMEN, an
 unequal couple by Jan Steen)
 DEFOER, H. L. M.
 Antiek, XV/5, (Dec 1980), 262-266 3 illustrations
-Lang-
 In Dutch
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
-DocType-
 analytic
 The poet Jacob Cats stated in his famous emblem book that he enticed people
 by what look like images of love, but which really turn out to be emblems,
 while Jan Steen likewise aimed at drawing attention to virtue under the
 guise of depicting vice. The theme of unequal love had been popular since
 the end of the 15th c. and Jan Steen often depicted it. In a version of the
 subject in the Pushkin State Museum, Moscow, the key is provided by the
 bones, one held by the girl, two on the plate held by the matchmaker and one
 on the floor. They refer to an emblem by Cats which shows a man playing a
 flute made from the leg bone of a dead ass and has the motto Ex morte
 levamen (Out of death comes solace). The accompanying poem refers to the
 answer given by a young girl when asked why she was marrying a rich old man.
 'It is well-known that the best flutes are made from the legs of asses after
 they have died'. The flute was a well-known phallic symbol so clearly the
 'flute' of the bridegroom in our painting would only be meaningful to his
 bride after his death. (Antiek)
-Desc-
 Cats, Jacob, Dutch poet, 1577-1660--emblems--Ex morte levamen, as source for
 Steen, J.; copies, replicas and versions--Steen, J.--Unequal Love, versions;
 emblems and mottoes--Cats--Ex morte levamen; flutes--Cats--Ex morte levamen;
 love--unequal--Steen, J.; Moscow (SUN), Pushkin State Museum of Fine
 Arts--Steen, J.--Unequal Love; marriage--unequal love--Steen, J.; musical
 instruments--flutes--Cats,
 Ex morte levamen; Steen, Jan/Utch painter, 1626-1679--Unequal Love (Pushkin
 Museum, Moscow)
-SectHd-
 69--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--artists and architects; 13--GENERAL
 WORKS--iconography
 Sub. Nationality: Dutch; Russian
 Sub. Period: 1626-1679
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: painting; secular iconography; graphic arts
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 4
-A-
 0081040 9 6158 (1983)
-W-
 Fragonard & his friends: changing ideals in eighteenth century art
 Exhibition shown: Saint Petersburg, FL, USA, Museum of Fine Arts, 20 Nov
 1982-6 Feb 1983
 Exhibition also shown: Little Rock, AR, USA, Arkansas Arts Center, 4 Mar-10
 Apr 1983
 Contributor (s): By Marion Lou GRAYSON 24[ca.20] p. 60 illustrations; 60
 works shown LC82-73777
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 exhibition catalogue
 Organized around a recent acquisition by the Museum, Fragonard's La Bonne
 Mere (watercolor and gouache, Ananoff, II, Cat. No. 632), the exhibition
 includes 22 paintings, drawings and prints by Fragonard plus 38 works by 17
 friends: Boucher, Chardin, Carle Vanloo, Natoire, Hubert Robert, Greuze,
 Joseph Vernet, David and others. Places Fragonard within the context of the
 declining Rococo and suggests that his rejection of a promising career as a
 history painter in the "grand manner" resulted from a psychological need to
 experiment and a philosophical belief that, for a capable artist, there was
 no single path to success. Provides evidence for direct connections between
 each of the artists and Fragonard. (Author)
-Desc-
 Boucher, Francois, French painter, 1703-1770--exhibitions; Chardin, Jean
 Baptiste Simeon, French painter, 1699-1779--exhibitions; David, Jacques
 Louis, French painter, 1748-1825--exhibitions; drawing, French--18th c.;
 Fragonard, Jean Honore, French painter, 1732-1806--exhibitions; Greuze, Jean
 Baptiste, French painter, 1725-1805--exhibitions; prints, French--18th c.;
 Little Rock (AR, USA), Arkansas Arts Center--exhibitions--Fragonard & his
 friends; changing ideals in eighteenth century art; Natoire, Charles Joseph,
 French painter, 1700-1777--exhibitions; painting, French--18th c.; parent
 and child--Fragonard--Good Mother; Robert, Hubert, French painter,
 1733-1808--exhi- bitions; Rococo--and Fragonard; Saint Petersburg (FL, USA),
 Museum of Fine Arts of Saint Petersburg, Florida--exhibitions--Fragonard &
 his friends; changing ideals in eighteenth century art; Vanloo, Charles
 Andre (Carle Vanloo), French painter, printmaker, 1705-1765--exhibitions;
 Vernet, Claude Joseph, French painter, 1714-1789--exhibitions Sec. Head.:
 69--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--artists and architects;
 67--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--pictorial arts; 9--COLLECTIONS AND
 EXHIBITIONS--exhibition list
 Sub. Nationality: French; American
 Sub. Period: 1700-1799
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: painting; watercolor painting; drawing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 5
-A-
 0075357 8 4770 (1982)
-W-
 Nota in margine al Dizionario della critica d'arte: le voci "meccanico" e
 "meccanismo" ( Notes related to the Dizionario della critica d'arte: the
 terms "mechanical" and "mechanism")
 GRASSI, Luigi
 Storia dell'arte, 38-40, (Jan-Dec 1980), 425-432
-Lang-
 In Italian
-DocType-
 analytic
 The author returns to the terms "mechanical" and "mechanism" (included in
 his dictionary of art criticism, published with M. Pepe, 1978), consulting
 other writers on art such as Alberti, Leonardo, Pino, Du Bos, Diderot,
 Algarotti, Reynolds, and Milizia. The meaning of these two words is linked
 to the debate between the liberal arts and the mechanical arts. During the
 18th c. artistic techniques were esteemed. Even the famous paragone between
 painting and sculpture is part of these theoretical and aesthetic problems.
 It was Diderot who assigned greater importance and value to the mechanical
 arts over the liberal arts. Milizia recognizes in mechanism the simplicity
 and truth of the laws of nature. And Reynolds, in the same Enlightenment
 spirit, speaks of "Genius of mechanical performance" as the artist's
 capacity to realize the work of art perfectly. In other words, the genius of
 the artist is not a phenomenon that can be isolated and distinguished: it
 manifests itself through artistic techniques. (Author)
-Desc-
 Alberti, Leon Battista, Italian architect, author, 1404-1472--on mechanical
 arts; Algarotti, Francesco, Italian philosopher, critic, 1712-1764--on
 mechanical arts; art theory and criticism--mechanical and liberal arts;
 Diderot, Denis, French author, philosopher, 1713-1784--on mechanical arts;
 Du Bos, Jean Baptiste, abbe, French historian, diplomat, 1670-1742-- on
 mechanical arts; dictionaries and encyclopedias--art criticism; Grassi,
 Luigi, Italian art historian, b.1913--and Pepe, M.--Dizionario della critica
 d'arte; Leonardo da Vinci, Italian painter, sculptor, architect, engineer,
 musician, scientist, 1452-1519--on mechanical arts; Milizia, Francesco,
 Italian art historian, 1725-1798--on mechanical arts; Pepe, Mario, Italian
 art historian, 20th c.--and Grassi--Dizionario della critica d'arte; Pino,
 Paolo, Italian painter, author, act.1534-1565--on mechanical arts;
 painting--and sculpture--in Renaissance art theory; paragone--and liberal
 and mechanical arts; Reynolds, Joshua, British painter, 1723-1792--on
 mechanical arts; sculpture--and painting--in Renaissance art theory
-SectHd-
 10--GENERAL WORKS--miscellanea
 Sub. Nationality: French; Italian; British
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: art theory and criticism
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 6
-A-
 0073494 8 6162 (1982)
-W-
 The poses of the child in the composition sketches by Leonardo da Vinci for
 The Madonna and Child with a Cat and in other works related to this group
 BUDNY, Virginia
 Weatherspoon Gallery Association Bulletin, (1979-1980), 4-12 14
 illustrations
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 analytic
 Examines eight sheets containing 23 different sketches attributed to
 Leonardo for the Madonna and Child with a Cat. The drawings are located in a
 private collection (London), the British Museum (London), the Musee Bonnat
 (Bayonne), the Ecole des Beaux-Arts (Paris), the Uffizi (Florence), the
 Biblioteca Ambrosiana (Milan) and in the Royal Library (Windsor). (Staff)
-Desc-
 animals--cats--Leonardo; Bayonne (FRA), Musee Bonnat--Leonardo--drawings,
 Madonna and Child with a Cat; cats--Leonardo; copies, replicas and
 versions--Leonardo--Madonna and Child with a Cat, versions; Florence (ITA),
 Galleria degli Uffizi, Gabinetto dei disegni--Leonardo--drawings, Madonna
 and Child with a Cat; Leonardo da Vinci, Italian painter, sculptor,
 architect, engineer, musician, scientist, 1452-1519--drawings--Madonna and
 Child with a Cat, versions; London (GBR), British
 Museum--Leonardo--drawings, Madonna and Child with a Cat; Mary, Virgin--and
 Child--with a cat, Leonardo; Milan (ITA), Ambrosiana,
 Biblioteca--Leonardo--drawings, Child with a Cat; Paris (FRA), Ecole
 nationale superieure des beaux-arts--Leonardo-- drawings; Windsor (GBR),
 Windsor Castle, Royal Library--Leonardo--drawings, Child with a Cat
-SectHd-
 69--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--artists and architects
 Sub. Nationality: Italian; British; French
 Sub. Period: 1452-1499; 1500-1519
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: drawing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 7
-A-
 0065626 7 5166 (1981)
-W-
 Italian art, 1400-1500
 Edited by: GILBERT, Creighton E. (Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall: 1980) 226
 p. index
 Series: (Sources and documents in the history of art series) ISBN
 0-13-507947-0 Price: $9.95
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 monograph
 Anthology of original writings of the 15th c. concerned with Italian art,
 with brief introductions by editor. First three sections are writings by
 artists (letters; contracts and other formal records; books written by
 artists, including Alberti On painting substantially complete, and
 Ghiberti's Second commentary complete). Remainder are writings by patrons,
 the clergy, literary people, and chroniclers. Includes all major texts and a
 number not previously known in art historical study (e.g. writings on art by
 Lorenzo de'Medici and S. Bernardino, and a list of all painters and
 sculptors having their own shops in Florence in 1470). (Editor)
-Desc-
 Alberti, Leon Battista, Italian architect, author, 1404-1472--Della pittura;
 art, Italian--15th c.; artists' writings--Italy--15th c.;
 authors--Italy--15th c.; Bernardino da Siena, S., Italian theologian,
 1380-1444--writings--on art; Florence (ITA)--artists' shops-- (1470);
 Ghiberti, Lorenzo, Italian sculptor, theorist, ca.1381-1455; Medici, Lorenzo
 de' (Il Magnifico), Italian merchant prince, 1449-1492--writings--on art;
 patronage of art--Italy--15th c.; Renaissance art--Italy; religion and
 art--Italy--15th c.
-SectHd-
 60--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--miscellanea
 Sub. Nationality: Italian
 Sub. Period: 1400-1500
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 8
-A-
 0062276 7 6213 (1981)
-W-
 Aggiunta al catalogo del Veronese (Additions to the catalogue of Veronese)
 PIGNATTI, Terisio
 Arte veneta, XXXII, (1978), 214-219 6 illustrations, 1 color; catalogue of
 works
-Lang-
 In Italian
-DocType-
 analytic
 Author adds five items to his catalogue raisonne, Veronese (Venezia:
 Alfieri, 1976): Cat. 115 bis, Agony in the Garden, ca.1560 (private
 collection); Cat. 107 bis, Portrait of a Seated Gentleman, ca.1560 (formerly
 Ecton Hall); Cat. 122 bis, S. Mennas (formerly Julius Weitzner collection),
 close to the painting of the same subject in the Galleria Estense, Modena
 (may be a ricordo); Cat. 134 bis, Marcus and Marcellian Taken to Martyrdom,
 ca.1570 (Rubenshuis, Antwerp, Duliere collection), perhaps a ricordo of the
 canvas in S. Sebastiano, Venice; Cat. 328 bis, Adoration of the Shepherds,
 ca.1580 (private collection, New York), etched by Matteo Piccioni (1641).
 Emphasizes the category of the ricordi, i.e. autograph paintings done by the
 artist upon request of collectors, in minor size, from most famous pieces;
 or actually also for studio documentation. (Author)
-Desc-
 Antwerp (BEL), Rubenshuis--Veronese--Marcus and Marcellian taken to
 Martyrdom; copies, replicas and versions--Veronese--ricordi; Ecton Hall
 (Northants, GBR)--paintings--Portrait of a Seated Gentleman, Veronese
 (former location); Jesus Christ--in Gethsemane--Veronese; Marcellian, S.,
 d.ca.287--and Mark--taken to martyrdom, Veronese; Mark, S., d.ca.287--and
 Marcellian--taken to martyrdom, Veronese; Menas, S., d.ca.295--Veronese;
 Modena (ITA), Galleria e Museo Estense--Veronese--S. Mennas; Piccioni,
 Matteo, Italian painter, mosaicist, printmaker,
 ca.1615-1671--etchings--after Veronese, Adoration of the Shepherds; Venice
 (ITA), S. Sebastiano--paintings--Marcus and Marcellian taken to Martyrdom,
 Veronese; Veronese (Paolo Caliari), Italian painter,
 1528-1588--attributions; Weitzner, Julius H., British, 20th
 c.--collection--Veronese, S. Mennas (former location)
-SectHd-
 69--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--artists and architects
 Sub. Nationality: Italian; American; British
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: painting; portraits; religious iconography
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 9
-A-
 0061610 7 792 (1981)
-W-
 Artists' contracts of the early Renaissance
 GLASSER, Hannelore
 PhD diss, 1965, Columbia University (New York, London: Garland: 1977) 417 p.
 59 illustrations; bibliography printed
 Series: (Outstanding dissertations in the fine arts) ISBN 0-8240-2694-2
 Price: $40
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 dissertation
 Based on a comparative analysis of more than 200 documents, this study
 concentrates on 15th c. contracts for painting and sculpture commissioned by
 patrons (single or collective) from Tuscan-born or trained artists. The
 artist's contract is discussed within the larger framework of other
 commercial agreements since many of the forms, phrases, and legal
 stipulations are common to them all. A closer analysis of 50 original
 documents extant in various archives concentrates on the form and content of
 the contract in order to define typical stipulations. The "progress" of a
 number of commissions is traced by means of extant modifying contracts,
 payments, and documents which reveal delay, litigation, and arbitration.
 Conclusions about 15th c. contract procedure are then applied to the problem
 of the commission for the altarpiece containing Leonardo da Vinci's Madonna
 of the Rocks. Based on new transcriptions of the known documents by Gino
 Corti and on new documents discovered by the author, a reexamination of the
 initial contracts leads to a clearer visualization of a lost ambiance
 (church, chapel, and altarpiece) as well as a clearer idea of the lost
 ancona of which Leonardo's masterpiece was part. This suggests a new
 approach to the 25-year lawsuit and the arbitration documents which resolved
 it.
-Desc-
 artists--Italy--contracts, 15th c.; Corti, Gino, Italian art historian, 20th
 c.--transcription of artists' contracts, 15th c.; dismembered
 works--Leonardo--Madonna of the Rocks altarpiece; dissertations,
 American--Glasser, Artists' contracts of the early Renaissance; Leonardo da
 Vinci, Italian painter, sculptor, architect, engineer, musician, scientist,
 1452-1519--Madonna of the Rocks-- (dismembered work); law and
 art--Italy--artists' contracts, 15th c.; Mary, Virgin--Madonna of the
 Rocks--Leonardo; painting, Italian--artists' contracts-15th c.; patronage of
 art--Italy--artists' contracts, 15th c.; Renaissance art--Italy--patronage,
 15th c.; reconstructions, painting--Leonardo da Vinci--Madonna of the Rocks;
 sculpture, Italian--artists' contracts--15th c.
-SectHd-
 60--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--miscellanea
 Sub. Nationality: Italian
 Sub. Period: 1400-1499
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: Renaissance; painting; sculpture
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 10
-A-
 0058176 6 5757 (1980)
-W-
 Le chat de Mademoiselle Dupuy (Mademoiselle Dupuy's cat)
 PROUTE, Michele
 Gazette des Beaux-Arts, XCIV, (Sept 1979), 95-96 5 illustrations
-Lang-
 In French
-DocType-
 analytic
 Documents the tale of Mademoiselle Dupuy's cat, to whom she left her
 fortune, recounted in a comic version in Bayle's Dictionnaire (IV, 89), and
 recurring as a theme in prints and tiles from the 17th c. Reproduces an
 engraving of her dictating her will, by Caylus after C.A. Coypel, 1727.
 (Courtauld Institute)
-Desc-
 animals--cats--Mademoiselle Dupuy's; Bayle, Pierre, French philosopher,
 1647-1706--on Mademoiselle Dupuy's cat; Caylus, Anne Claude Philippe de
 Tubieres, comte de, French archaeologist, printmaker, author,
 1692-1765--engravings--after Coypel, C.A., Mademoiselle Dupuy Dictating her
 Will; Coypel, Charles Antoine, French painter, printmaker, 1694-1752--
 Mademoiselle Dupuy Dictating her Will--engraving by Caylus;
 cats--prints--French, 17th c., theme of Mademoiselle Dupuy's cat; Dupuy,
 Jeanne Felix, French musician, d.1677--will--as origin of tale of
 Mademoiselle Dupuy's cat; prints, French-theme of Mademoiselle Dupuy's cat;
 tiles, French--theme of Mademoiselle Dupuy's cat
-SectHd-
 67--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--pictorial arts; 68--RENAISSANCE,
 BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--decorative arts
 Sub. Nationality: French
 Sub. Period: 1671-1699; 1700-1799
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: graphic arts; decorative arts; secular
 iconography
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 11
-A-
 0057944 6 4708 (1980)
-W-
 Count Carlo Gamba: a Florentine gentleman of former times
 GINORI, Leonardo
 Apollo, CX/210, (Aug 1979), 108-113 9 illustrations
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 analytic
 Discusses Gamba's writings on Italian Renaissance art and as President of
 the Museo Horne, Florence from 1916. (Staff, RILA, UK)
-Desc-
 Florence (ITA), Museo Horne--Gamba as president; Gamba, Carlo, conte,
 Italian art historian, art administrator, 1870-1963; Renaissance art--Gamba
 on
-SectHd-
 08--GENERAL WORKS--art historians and critics
 Sub. Nationality: Italian
 Sub. Period: 1890-1963
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: Renaissance
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 12
-A-
 0057122 6 6371 (1980)
-W-
 Sandrart a Rome
 KLEMM, Christian
 Gazette des Beaux-Arts, XCIII, (Apr 1979), 153-166 7 illustrations
-Lang-
 In French
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
-DocType-
 analytic
 Concerns Sandrart's sojourn in Rome (1629-1635), the contacts he had there
 with other artists and with patrons such as Giustiniani and with the Raggi
 family, and the works he painted in these years. The most important
 commission was a Death of Seneca (destr.); a drawing recently acquired by
 the Stadtische Kunstsammlungen of Augsburg casts light on the origin and
 date (1635) of the painting. On the basis of comparison with the signed Good
 Samaritan (Brera, Milan), the Death of Cato (Museo Civico, Padua) is
 reintegrated into the work of the artist. Finally, a rather uncommon
 Assumption of the Virgin (S. Francesco a Ripa, Rome) is attributed, mainly
 on stylistic grounds, to Sandrart. (Author, Gazette des Beaux-Arts)
-Desc-
 Augsburg (DEU), Stadtische Kunstsammlungen--Sandrart--drawings, Death of
 Seneca; Cato the Younger, Roman statesman, 95-46 B.C.--death of--Sandrart;
 Germans in Italy--Rome--Sandrart; Giustiniani, Vincenzo, marchese, Italian
 author, collector, 1564-1637--as patron of Sandrart; Jesus
 Christ--parables--good Samaritan, Sandrart; Mary,
 Virgin--assumption--Sandrart; Milan (ITA), Pinacoteca di
 Brera--Sandrart--Good Samaritan; Padua (ITA), Museo Civico--Sandrart--Death
 of Cato, attr.; Raggi family--as patrons of Sandrart; Rome (ITA), S.
 Francesco a Ripa--paintings--Assumption of the Virgin, Sandrart, attr.;
 Sandrart, Joachim I von, German painter, printmaker, art historian,
 1606-1688--in Rome; Seneca, the younger (Lucius Annaeus Seneca), Roman
 philosopher, dramatist, statesman, ca.3 B.C.-65 A.D.--death of--Sandrart
-SectHd-
 69--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--artists and architects
 Sub. Nationality: Italian; German
 Sub. Period: 1629-1635
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: painting; religious iconography; secular
 iconography
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 13
-A-
 0055665 6 1680 (1980)
-W-
 An unknown drawing by Leonardo da Vinci
 POUNCEY, Philip
 Apollo, CVIII/202, (Dec 1978), 405 3 illustrations
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 analytic
 A pen and wash drawing belonging to the Escola Superior de Belas Artes,
 Porto and there incomprehensibly attributed to Raffaellino Da Reggio
 represents a young woman seated on the ground washing her child's feet in a
 basin. Placed alongside such drawings by Leonardo as those of the Virgin and
 Child with a Cat on a double-sided sheet in the British Museum (Catalogue of
 Italian drawings, XIV-XV centuries, 1950, no.97), the Porto drawing reveals
 itself as a work from his hand of about the same date, ca.1480: an
 attribution supported by the writing showing through from the back of the
 sheet, which seems to be 'mirror writing' compatible with Leonardo's.
 (Author, RILA, UK)
-Desc-
 animals--cats--with Virgin and Child, Leonardo; cats--with Virgin and
 Child--Leonardo; children--Leonardo--woman washing her child's feet;
 Leonardo da Vinci, Italian painter, sculptor, architect, engineer, musician,
 scientist, 1452-1519--drawings--Woman Washing her Child's Feet (Escola de
 Belas Artes, Porto); London (GBR), British Museum, Department of Prints and
 Drawings-- Leonardo--drawings, Virgin and Child with a Cat; Mary,
 Virgin--and Child--with a cat, Leonardo; Motta, Raffaello (Raffaellino da
 Reggio), Italian painter, ca.1550-1578--drawings--Woman Washing her Child's
 Feet (Escola de Belas Artes, Porto), attr. Leonardo; Porto (PRT), Escola
 Superior de Belas Artes--collection--Raffaellino da Reggio, drawings, Woman
 Washing her Child's Feet, attr. Leonardo; women--Leonardo--woman washing her
 child's feet
-SectHd-
 69--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--artists and architects
 Sub. Nationality: Italian
 Sub. Period: 1460-1519
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: drawings; iconography
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 14
-A-
 0054675 6 5510 (1980)
-W-
 O stosunka wspolczesnych historykow sztuki do pojecia "styl renesansowy"
 (Art historians of our time facing the concept of "Renaissance style")
 ZLAT, Mieczyslaw
 Biuletyn historii sztuki, XL/1, (1978), 23
-Lang-
 In Polish
 Summ. Lang.: French
-DocType-
 analytic
 Discusses divergences among art historians over the last 30 years regarding
 the concept of Renaissance style. On the basis of the outstanding works of
 art history, isolates three main attitudes. The first identifies the
 characteristics of 15th and 16th c. art, tracing the limits of Renaissance
 art in time and space and establishing inner lines of demarcation (Panofsky,
 Blunt, Wittkower et al.). The second carries on the traditional model of the
 term Renaissance (Salmi, Hartt, et al.); and the third is characterized by
 varying degrees of mistrust of the category Renaissance style, ranging from
 total negation (Argan, Tafuri) to retention of the term "Renaissance"
 accompanied by an interpretation of 15th and 16th c. art which utterly
 disregards any notion of style (Chastel, Gombrich). [Paper delivered at the
 VII Seminarium metodologicznego p.t. "Pojecie stylu", Nieborow (1976).]
 (Biuletyn historii sztuki)
-Desc-
 Argan, Giulio Carlo, Italian art historian, b.1909--on Renaissance style;
 art history--concept of style--Renaissance (1945-1975); art theory and
 criticism--concept of Renaissance style; Blunt, Anthony, British art
 historian, 1907-1983--on Renaissance style; Chastel, Andre, French art
 historian, b.1912--on Renaissance style; conferences--Seminarium
 metodologicznego, 7th, Nieborow (1976); Gombrich, Ernst Hans Josef, British
 art historian, b.1909--on Renaissance style; Hartt, Frederick, American art
 historian, b.1914--on Renaissance style; Panofsky, Erwin, American art
 historian, 1892-1968--on Renaissance style; Renaissance--style--as concept
 in art history (1945-1975); Salmi, Mario, Italian art historian,
 1889-1980--on Renaissance style; Seminarium metodologicznego, 7th, Nieborow
 (1976); style--Renaissance--in art history (1945-1975); Tafuri, Manfredo,
 Italian art historian, b.1935--on Renaissance style; Wittkower, Rudolf,
 American art historian, 1901-1971--on Renaissance style
-SectHd-
 60--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--miscellanea
 Sub. Nationality: French; German; British; Italian; American; Polish
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: art theory and criticism; Renaissance
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 15
-A-
 0051729 6 1201 (1980)
-W-
 Bericht uber holzkonservatorische Probleme des Gemaldes Kat.-Nr. 191, Paris
 Bordone, die zu einer neuen Methode der Rahmung fuhrten (Report on problems
 of wood conservation of the painting cat. no. 191, Paris Bordone, which led
 to a new method of framing)
 PRIEBE, Gerhard
 Forschungen und Berichte, Staatliche Museen zu Berlin, XVII, (1976), 57-67 2
 illustrations; diagrams
-DocType-
 analytic
 The painting (a Virgin and Child with Saints) acquired in 1821 by the
 Staatliche Museen, is among the best examples of the Venetian High
 Renaissance and was probably painted by Titian's pupil Paris Bordone between
 1530 and 1540. Restoration reports from the 19th c. show that above all
 panel paintings were exposed to considerable stresses. Thus the restorers in
 the woodwork shop developed a new method of framing which was first tested
 on this painting. The painting was hung in the frame. Flat pieces of metal
 were fastened at the level of the second board at the backo, h: he support
 so that the picture now is suspended in the groove of the lower frame and
 mechanical stresses are excluded by the dead weight of the panel. (RILA,
 DDR)
-Desc-
 Berlin (DDR), Staatliche Museen zu Berlin, Gemaldegalerie--Bordone-- Virgin
 and Child with Saints; Bordone, Paris (FRA), Italian D painter,
 1500-1571--Virgin and Child with Saints (Staatliche Museen, Berlin);
 conservation and restoration, painting--Bordone--Virgin and Child with
 Saints; frames--Bordone--Virgin and Child with Saints; Mary, Virgin--and
 Child--with saints, Bordone; supports--Bordone--Virgin and Child with
 Saints
-SectHd-
 67--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--pictorialarts; 69--RENAISSANCE,
 BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--artists and architects
 Sub. Nationality: Italian; German
 Sub. Period: 1530-1540; 1821-1976
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: painting; religious iconography
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 16
-A-
 0051669 6 1165 (1980)
-W-
 Zu einigen spatmanieristischen niederlandischen Landschaften der Berliner
 Galerie ( On some late-Mannerist Dutch landscapes in the Berlin
 Gemaldegalerie)
 GEISMEIER, Irene
 Forschungen und Berichte, Staatliche Museen zu Berlin, XVII, (1976), 63-717
 illustrations, 1 color
-DocType-
 analytic
 Painting in the late-16th and early-17th cs. shows a rich artistic
 productivity, nevertheless only a few prominent artists' names have come
 down. The Gemaldegalerie in the Berlin Bode-Museum (formerly the
 Kaiser-Friedrich-Museum) owns a series of landscapes by Flemish and Dutch
 painters. The painting Wooded Landscape with Tobias and the Angel (cat. no.
 720) is here seen as an early work of David Vinckeboons. Another painting,
 Flemish Landscape with Deerhunt (cat.II/266) is attributed to the circle of
 David Vinckeboons and dated to ca.1610. (RILA, DDR)
-Desc-
 Berlin (DDR), Staatliche Museen zu Berlin, Gemaldegalerie--landscapes--Dutch
 and Flemish, 16th-17th cs.; hunting--deer hunt--Vinckeboons school;
 landscape--16th-17th cs.; Mannerism--Netherlands--landscapes; Tobias--and
 the angel--Vinckeboons; Vinckeboons school--Landscape with Deerhunt
 (Gemaldegalerie, Berlin, DDR); Vinckeboons, David, Dutch painter,
 1576-1632--Wooded Landscape with Tobias and the Angel (Gemaldegalerie,
 Berlin, DDR), attr.
-SectHd-
 67--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--pictorial arts; 69--RENAISSANCE,
 BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--artists and architects; 95--COLLECTIONS AND
 EXHIBITIONS--public collections
 Sub. Nationality: Dutch; Flemish
 Sub. Period: 1580-1650
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: painting; religious iconography; secular
 iconography; landscape
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 17
-A-
 0045990 5 2823 (1979)
-W-
 Duchamp and the classical perspectivists
 CLAIR, Jean
 Artforum, XVI/7, (Mar 1978), 40-49 37 illustrations; diagrams
-DocType-
 analytic
 Duchamp frequently insisted that The Large Glass (Museum of Art,
 Philadelphia) was mainly a consideration on perspective: 'The Large Glass is
 actually a rehabilitation of perspective, which had been completely
 neglected and decried. With me perspective became absolutely scientific'. An
 observation in A L'Infinitif makes it fairly plain where his mind was
 leading: 'See Cat. of the Bibliotheque Sainte Genevieve, under 'Perspective:
 Niceron (le Pere J. Francois), Thaumaturgus Opticus'. An obvious fact which
 needs to be stressed is that by substituting a plate of glass for an opaque
 canvas, Duchamp was doing no more than applying the analysis of the
 classical perspectivists to the letter in making a real pariete di vetro
 (wall of glass), according to the definition of Leonardo. Indeed, both the
 structure and the iconography of the Large Glass closely relate to the
 classical treatises of perspective which he could read when he was an
 employee to the Bibliotheque Sainte Genevieve in Paris. The rest of the
 work, optical devices, ready-mades, up to the large environment in the
 Philadelphia Museum, Etant Donnes, all relate to this
 perspectivistsobsession, including optical illusionism, anamorphoses, games
 on appearances. His idea of a fourth dimension, of which the real,
 three-dimensional world is but an appearance, closely relates to these
 perspectivist games: the fourth dimension is articulated to the third in the
 same way as, in the classical treatises on perspective, the third dimension
 is articulated to the plane. (Author)
-Desc-
 Duchamp, Marcel, French artist, 1887-1968--and classical perspectivists;
 Leonardo da Vinci, Italian painter, sculptor, architect, engineer, musician,
 scientist, 1452-1519--theories--perspective; Niceron, Jean Francois, French
 mathematician, 1613-1646--on perspective--influence on Duchamp; Paris (FRA),
 Bibliotheque S. Genevieve--Duchamp as employee of; Philadelphia (PA, USA),
 Philadelphia Museum of Art--Duchamp--works; perspective--Duchamp
-SectHd-
 79--NEO-CLASSICISM AND MODERN ART--artists, architects, photographers
 Sub. Nationality: French; American
 Sub. Period: 1900-1967
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: sculpture
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 18
-A-
 0045298 5 5106 (1979)
-W-
 Die Cappella Altemps in S. Maria in Trastevere (The Cappella Altemps in S.
 Maria in Trastevere)
 FRIEDEL, Helmut
 Romisches Jahrbuch fur Kunstgeschichte, XVII, (1978), 89-123 14
 illustrations, 1 color; plans, elevations; diagrams
-DocType-
 analytic
 On the basis of source material from the archive of the Duca di Gallese it
 is possible to infer the extent of the alterations by Cardinal Marcus
 Siticus Altemps in S. Maria in Trastevere. Altemps, a nephew of Pope Pius
 IV, was appointed by him legate to the Council of Trent. In his chapel in S.
 Maria in Trastevere (1587-89) Altemps had the painter Pasquale Cati and the
 stuccoist Pompeo dell'Abbate execute around an 8th c. icon of the Virgin, a
 decorative program that clearly shows the new post-Tridentine ecclesiastical
 outlook. In a large fresco the assembled Council of Trent is interpreted
 through allegorical figures. In it the papacy is equated with Ecclesia (the
 Church). (Author)
-Desc-
 Abbate, Pompeo dell', Italian stucco artist, 16th c.--decorations-- Cappella
 Altemps, S. Maria in Trastevere, Rome; Altemps, Marcus Siticus, Italian
 card., 1533-1595--chapel--S. Maria in Trastevere, Rome; Cati, Pasquale,
 Italian painter, ca.1550-ca.1620--frescoes--Cappella Altemps, S. Maria in
 Trastevere, Rome; Church (allegorical figure)--Cati; Counter-Reformation
 iconography--Italy--Rome, S. Maria in Trastevere, Cappella Altemps; Pius IV,
 pope, 1499-1565--and Cardinal Altemps; Rome (ITA), S. Maria in
 Trastevere--Cappella Altemps--decorations, Cati and dell'Abbate
-SectHd-
 65--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--architecture;  67--RENAISSANCE,
 BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--pictorial arts
 Sub. Nationality: Italian
 Sub. Period: 1587-1589
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: painting; religious iconography; mural painting
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 19
-A-
 0044799 5 280 (1979)
-W-
 Infinite jest: wit and humor in Italian Renaissance art
 BAROLSKY, Paul
 (Columbia: University of Missouri Press: 1978) 224 p. 99 illustrations;
 bibliography; index
 ISBN 0-8262-0241-1 Price: $34
-DocType-
 monograph
 A general study which is intended as an antidote to the high seriousness of
 the allegorical, iconographic, and Neo-Platonic interpretations that have
 dominated the study of Renaissance art in recent years. Includes discussion
 of satire, parody, irony, travesty, and burlesque in works by Botticelli,
 Raphael, Michelangelo, Titian, and other major artists. The themes of
 Italian art are related to the writings of Lorenzo de' Medici, Berni,
 Folengo, and Aretino as well as of Erasmus, Rabelais, Montaigne, and
 Shakespeare. The wit and humor of Italian artists is compared to that of
 northerners such as Bosch and Bruegel. In stressing the bawdy character of
 Renaissance art, the book treats the satire of the ancient gods, the
 playfulness of Bacchic art, the priapean elements in Renaissance art and
 literature, and the erotic comedy of nuptial art. (Author)
-Desc-
 Aretino, Pietro, Italian author, 1492-1556--influence on humorous subjects
 in Renaissance art; allegory--Renaissance, Italian; art
 history--methodology--Italian Renaissance art; art,
 Italian--Renaissance--wit and humor; Bacchus--Bacchic themes--art, Italian,
 Renaissance; Berni, Francesco, Italian poet, 1497?-1535--writings--influence
 on humorous subjects in Renaissance art; Bosch, Hieronymus (Hieronymus van
 Aken), early Netherlandish painter, ca.1450-1516--wit and humor--compared
 with Italian Renaissance art; Botticelli, (Alessandro di Mariano Filipepi),
 Italian painter, ca.1447-1510--humorous subjects; Bruegel, Pieter, the
 elder, early Netherlandish painter, b.1520-1530, d.1569--wit and
 humor--compared with Italian Renaissance art; classical
 subjects--art--Italian Renaissance, humorous subjects; Erasmus, Desiderius,
 early Netherlandish humanist, 1466?-1536-- writings--influence on Italian
 Renaissance art; erotic art--Italy--Renaissance, humorous aspects; Folengo,
 Teofilo, Italian poet, 1496-1544--writings--influence on humorous subjects
 in Renaissance art; gods--Italian Renaissance art--satirical aspects;
 iconography--Italian Renaissance art--wit and humor; irony--Italian
 Renaissance art; literature and art--Italy--Renaissance, priapean elements
 in; Medici, Lorenzo de', duke of Urbino, 1492-1519--writings--influence on
 humorous subjects in Renaissance art; Michelangelo Buonarroti, Italian
 sculptor, painter, architect, poet, 1475-1564--humorous subjects; Montaigne,
 Michel Eyquem, French essayist, 1533-1592--influence on Italian Renaissance
 art; Neo-Platonism--interpretations of wit and humor in Italian Renaissance
 art; Priapus (god)--Italian Renaissance art--humorous aspects; parody
 (art)--Italian Renaissance art; Rabelais, Francois, French author,
 physician, ca.1490-1553--writings-- influence on Italian R poet,
 1564-1616--influence otalian Renaissance art
-SectHd-
 13--GENERAL WORKS--iconography; 60--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO
 ART--miscellanea
 Sub. Nationality: Italian
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: Renaissance; iconography
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 20
-A-
 0043606 5 1472 (1979)
-W-
 Raphael und die Psyche-Statue Agostino Chigis (Raphael and Agostino Chigi's
 statue of Psyche)
 SCHWARZENBERG, Erkinger
 Jahrbuch der Kunsthistorischen Sammlungen in Wien, XXXVII, (1977), 107-136
 26 illustrations; diagrams
-DocType-
 analytic
 A 16th c. drawing in the Albertina, Vienna (Rom IX, inv. no. 111, cat. 137)
 shows the crouching statue of a Roman Psyche which stood in the Farnesina
 during Agostino Chigi's lifetime. Raphael studied it and alludes to it in
 his figure of the crouching Psyche in the eight spandrel of the loggia.
 Venus may be pointing at the statue itself rather than at the lunette below.
 The author follows up the history of the statue through the Quirinal Gardens
 and the Villa d'Este to its present location in the Capitoline. (Author)
-Desc-
 Chigi, Agostino, Italian banker, ca.1465-1520--collection--antique
 sculpture, Psyche; Psyche (Roman statue)--and Raphael--Loggia di Psiche,
 Farnesina, Rome; Raphael (Raffaello Sanzio), Italian painter, architect,
 1483-1520-- reference to Chigi Psyche in Loggia di Psiche, Farnesina; Rome
 (ITA), Musei Capitolini--sculpture--Psyche; Rome (ITA), Palazzo del
 Quirinale--sculpture--Psyche (former location); survival of antiquity--Chigi
 Psyche--influence on Raphael; Tivoli (ITA), Villa d'Este--sculpture--Psyche
 (former location); Vienna (AUT), Graphische Sammlung
 Albertina--drawings--Italian, 16th c., inv. no. 111, Psyche
-SectHd-
 69--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--artists and architects
 Sub. Nationality: Italian
 Sub. Period: 1508-1520
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: mural painting; Roman; sculpture; drawings
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 21
-A-
 0034757 4 5410 (1978)
-W-
 A pastel by Thomas Frye, ca.1710-62
 WYNNE, Michael
 British Museum Yearbook, II, (1977), 242-245 3 illustrations
-DocType-
 analytic
 Portrait of a Girl Holding a Kitten was acquired by the British Museum,
 London in 1975. It is a striking example of a work by Frye in the manner of
 his Venetian near-contemporary Piazzetta. Suggests it is one of the
 'portraits-crayons' exhibited at the Society of Artists of Great Britain,
 London in 1761. Compares it to Portrait of a Man Leaning on a Staff (private
 collection, GB) and Portrait of a Man in Profile to the Left Leaning on a
 Staff (private collection, Ireland). (Staff, RILA, UK)
-Desc-
 Frye, Thomas, Irish painter, 1710-1762--drawings--Portrait of a Girl Holding
 a Kitten (British Museum, London); London (GBR), British Museum, Department
 of Prints and Drawings--Frye--drawings, Portrait of a Girl Holding a Kitten;
 London (GBR), Society of Artists of Great Britain--exhibitions--1761, Frye;
 Piazzetta, Giovanni Battista, Italian painter, printmaker,
 ca.1682-1754--influence on Frye
-SectHd-
 69--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--artists and architects
 Sub. Nationality: Italian; British
 Sub. Period: 1710-1762
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: drawings
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 22
-A-
 0031320 4 1723 (1978)
-W-
 Le Triptyque Micault de J.C. Vermeyen. Etude historique (J.C. Vermeyen's
 Micault Triptych. An historical study)
 BERGEN-PANTENS, Christiane van den
 Bulletin des Musees royaux des beaux-arts de Belgique, XXII/1-4, (1973),
 33-57 12 illustrations
 Summ. Lang.: Dutch
-DocType-
 analytic
 Discusses the Raising of Lazarus triptych from S. Gudule, now in the Musees
 royaux des Beaux-Arts, Brussels, with donors Jean Micault, his wife Livine
 Cats van Welle and children on wings. Gives a history of members of the
 donor family, heraldry, and other works of art associated with them. The
 triptych is dated 1547-49. (Courtauld Institute)
-Desc-
 Brussels (BEL), SS. Michel et Gudule--paintings--Micault Triptych, Vermeyen
 (former location); Brussels (BEL), Musees royaux des Beaux-Arts de
 Belgique--Vermeyen-- Micault Triptych; Cats van Welle, Livine, early
 Netherlandish wife of Jean Micault, d.1547--as donor of Vermeyen, Raising of
 Lazarus triptych; donors' portraits--Micault; Jesus
 Christ--miracles--raising Lazarus, Vermeyen; Lazarus--raising of--Vermeyen;
 Micault, Jean, early Netherlandish court official, act.1474, d.1539-- as
 donor of Vermeyen, Raising of Lazarus triptych; Vermeyen, Jan Cornelis,
 early Netherlandish painter, ca.1500-1559-- Micault Triptych (Musees royaux
 des Beaux-Arts, Brussels)
-SectHd-
 69--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--artists and architects
 Sub. Nationality: Netherlandish
 Sub. Period: 1547-1549
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: painting; religious iconography; secular
 iconography
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 23
-A-
 0030259 4 4038 (1978)
-W-
 La raccolta Baglioni (The Baglioni collection)
 Exhibition shown: Bergamo, ITA, Accademia Carrara, 27 Mar-6 June 1976
 Contributor (s): Catalogo a cura di Francesco ROSSI 110 p. 198
 illustrations, 4 color; 197 works shown LC76-480057
-DocType-
 exhibition catalogue
 Italian Renaissance and Baroque art. (Arts Library, University of California
 at Santa Barbara)
-Desc-
 art, Italian--Baglioni collection; Baglioni, Francesco, Italian,
 d.1900--Italian art; Baroque art--Baglioni collection; Bergamo (ITA),
 Accademia Carrara--exhibitions--La raccolta Baglioni; Renaissance
 art--collections--Baglioni collection
-SectHd-
 86--MODERN ART--sculpture; 60--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO
 ART--miscellanea; 95--COLLECTIONS AND EXHIBITIONS--public collections
 Sub. Nationality: Italian
 Sub. Period: 1300-1399; 1400-1499; 1500-1599; 1600-1699; 1700-1799
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: Renaissance; Baroque
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 24
-A-
 0026697 3 3924 (1977) Reviewed in RILA 3 3925 (1977)
-W-
 Gestures of despair in medieval and early Renaissance art
 BARASCH, Moshe
 (New York: New York University Press: 1976) 162 p. illustrations; index ISBN
 0-8147-1006-9 Price: $35
-DocType-
 review of a monograph
-Desc-
 art, Italian--gestures of despair--13th-14th cs.; Dante Alighieri, Italian
 poet, 1265-1321--Divina commedia-- illustrations, depicting gestures of
 despair; Donatello (Donato di Niccolo di Betto Bardi), Italian sculptor,
 ca.1386-1466--gestures of despair; despair--Medieval and early Renaissance
 gestures; gesture; Jesus Christ--crucifixion--gestures of despair, Italian
 art, 13th-14th cs.; Jesus Christ--lamentation--gestures of despair, Italian
 art, 13th-14th cs.; Last Judgment--sinners' gestures of despair--Italian
 art, 13th-14th cs.; literature and art--Italy--parallel expressions of
 despair; Medieval iconography--gestures of despair; Renaissance
 iconography--gestures of despair--14th c.; Riccio, Andrea (Andrea Briosco),
 Italian goldsmith, sculptor, medalist, 1470-1532--gestures of despair;
 society and art--Italy--parallel expressions of despair; survival of
 antiquity--gestures used in Italian art, 13th-14th cs., sources
-SectHd-
 13--GENERAL WORKS--iconography
 Sub. Nationality: Italian
 Sub. Period: 1200-1299; 1300-1399
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: Medieval; Renaissance; iconography
 Review by: SWARTZBURG, Susan G., ARLIS/NA Newsletter, V/3, (Apr 1977), 102
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 25
-A-
 0026119 3 270 (1977)
-W-
 Cats at home in church
 SPRIGGS, Gereth M.
 Country Life, CLX/4147, (23 Dec 1976), 1890-1892 7 illustrations
-DocType-
 analytic
 Illustrates the symbolism of cats in religious works of various media.
 (Staff, RILA, UK)
-Desc-
 animals--cats--in religious art; religious symbolism--cats
-SectHd-
 13--GENERAL WORKS--iconography
 Sub. Nationality: Eng.; French; Italian
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: painting; drawings; glass-painting; sculptur-;
 religious iconography
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 26
-A-
 0023255 3 3924 (1977)
-W-
 Gestures of despair in medieval and early Renaissance art
 BARASCH, Moshe
 (New York: New York University Press: 1976) 162 p. illustrations; index ISBN
 0-8147-1006-9 Price: $35
-DocType-
 monograph
 A history of gestures as expressions of despair or self-injury in Italian
 art of the 13th and 14th cs. These gestures and their rendering were
 initially used to dramatize the castigation of sinners and the damned in the
 Last Judgment and later extended to both saints and sinners in scenes such
 as the Lamentation and the Crucifixion. Gives attention to classical sources
 and to literary traditions, particularly Dante's Divine Comedy, and social
 customs as parallel expressions of the attitudes toward gesticulation
 influencing Medieval and Renaissance artists such as Donatello and Andrea
 Riccio. (Publisher)
-Desc-
 art, Italian--gestures of despair--13th-14th cs.; Dante Alighieri, Italian
 poet, 1265-1321--Divina commedia-- illustrations, depicting gestures of
 despair; Donatello (Donato di Niccolo di Betto Bardi), Italian sculptor,
 ca.1386-1466--gestures of despair; despair--Medieval and early Renaissance
 gestures; gesture; Jesus Christ--crucifixion--gestures of despair, Italian
 art, 13th-14th cs.; Jesus Christ--lamentation--gestures of despair, Italian
 art, 13th-14th cs.; Last Judgment--sinners' gestures of despair--Italian
 art, 13th-14th cs.; literature and art--Italy--parallel expressions of
 despair; Medieval iconography--gestures of despair; Renaissance
 iconography--gestures of despair--14th c.; Riccio, Andrea (Andrea Briosco),
 Italian goldsmith, sculptor, medalist, 1470-1532--gestures of despair;
 society and art--Italy--parallel expressions of despair; survival of
 antiquity--gestures used in Italian art, 13th-14th cs., sources
-SectHd-
 13--GENERAL WORKS--iconography; 50--MEDIEVAL ART--miscellanea
 Sub. Nationality: Italian
 Sub. Period: 1200-1299; 1300-1399
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: Medieval; Renaissance; iconography
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 27
-A-
 0021618 3 246 (1977)
-W-
 Grape symbolism in paintings of the 16th and 17th centuries
 DE JONGH, E.
 Simiolus, VII/4, (1974), 166-191 32 illustrations
-DocType-
 analytic
 Discusses the emblem of a hand with a bunch of grapes representing virginity
 and religious marriage in 17th c. illustrated writings of Jacob Cats and
 17th c. Dutch portraits. Examines the symbolism of the grapes and vine as
 representing Christ and the Virgin in 16th c. Flemish paintings. (Courtauld
 Institute)
-Desc-
 portraits--17th c.--symbolism of hand with bunch of grapes; Cats, Jacob,
 Dutch poet, 1577-1660--emblem of hand with bunch of grapes;
 grapes--symbolism in Flemish and Dutch painting, 16th and 17th cs.;
 grapevine--as symbol of Virgin--painting, Flemish, 16th c.; Jesus
 Christ--symbolized by grapes, in 16th c. Flemish painting; Mary,
 Virgin--symbolism of the grapevine--painting, Flemish, 16th c.; painting,
 Flemish--iconography of grapes and vine
-SectHd-
 13--GENERAL WORKS--iconography; 67--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO
 ART--pictorial arts
 Sub. Nationality: Dutch; Belgian
 Sub. Period: 1500-1599; 1600-1699
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: painting; religious iconography
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 28
-A-
 0020874 3 1720 (1977)
-W-
 American Cat-alogue: the cat in American folk art
 Exhibition shown: New York, NY, USA, Museum of American Folk Art, 12 Jan-26
 Mar 1976
 Contributor (s): By Bruce JOHNSON 124 p. 124 illustrations, 8 color; 124
 works shown ISBN 0-380-00590-5 Price: $4.95
-DocType-
 exhibition catalogue
 The cat figures more prominently in American folk art than perhaps any other
 animal. Cats were found in almost every form of folk art: quilts, hooked
 rugs, furniture, fireboards, pottery, samplers, canes, even on a scrimshaw
 tooth and a theorem. Also included were works by American folk painters Ammi
 Phillips, Joseph H. Davis, John Kane, Joseph Chandler, Morris Hirshfield,
 John Bradley, Caleb Purrington, Sturtevant J. Hamblen. Folk stories and
 superstitions about cats are included in the catalogue. (Author)
-Desc-
 animals--cats--folk art, American; Bradley, John, American painter,
 act.1837-1845--exhibitions; Chandler, Joseph Goodhue, American painter,
 1813-1880?--exhibitions; Davis, Joseph H., American painter,
 act.1832-1837--exhibitions; folk art, American--cat subjects; Hamblen,
 Sturtevant J., American painter, act.1837-1856--exhibitions; Hirshfield,
 Morris, American painter, 1872-1946--exhibitions; Kane, John, American
 painter, 1860-1934--exhibitions; New York (NY, USA), Museum of American Folk
 Art--exhibitions--American Cat-alogue: the cat in American folk art;
 Phillips, Ammi, American painter, 1788-1865--exhibitions; Purrington, Caleb
 P., American painter, 19th c.--exhibitions
-SectHd-
 70--NEO-CLASSICISM AND MODERN ART--miscellanea; 95--COLLECTIONS AND
 EXHIBITIONS--public collections
 Sub. Nationality: American
 Sub. Period: 1800-1976
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: painting; decorative arts; porcelain and pottery;
 furniture; sculpture
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 29
-A-
 0020384 3 891 (1977)
-W-
 18th century drawings from California collections
 Exhibition shown: Claremont, CA, USA, Galleries of the Claremont Colleges 16
 Jan-29 Feb 1976
 Exhibition also shown: Sacramento, CA, USA, E.B. Crocker Art Gallery, 14
 Mar-11 Apr 1976
 Contributor (s): Catalogue by David W. STEADMAN and Carol M. OSBORNE 112 p.
 95 illustrations; bibliography; biographies; 67 works shown ISBN
 0-915478-09-9 Price: $6.95
-DocType-
 exhibition catalogue
 The catalogue includes individual discussions of each drawing plus
 biographical sketches of the 54 artists whose works are represented. Artists
 include Bartolozzi, Baumgartner, Bibiena, Bison, Boucher, Cades, Cats,
 Chodowiecki, David, Fragonard, Gainsborough, Gandolfi, Ghezzi, Gillot,
 Gravelot, Holzer, Huet, Juvarra, Robert, Romney, Tiepolo, Vincent, Watteau,
 West and de Wit. Whenever possible comparative material--related drawings,
 paintings or prints for which the drawings were preparatory studies--is
 illustrated. Thirty-nine of the 67 drawings have never before been
 published. Full catalogue entries and reproductions of each object. (David
 W. Steadman, Pomona College, Claremont, Calif)
-Desc-
 Bartolozzi, Francesco, Italian painter, printmaker, ca.1727-1815--
 exhibitions--drawings; Baumgartner, Johann Wolfgang, German painter,
 draftsman, 1712-1761-- exhibitions--drawings; Bibiena, Francesco Galli,
 Italian painter, architect, scenographer, 1659-1739--exhibitions--drawings;
 Bison, Giuseppe Bernardino, Italian painter, 1762-1844--exhibitions--
 drawings; Boucher, Francois, French painter,
 1703-1770--exhibitions--drawings; Cades, Giuseppe, Italian painter,
 printmaker, 1750-1799--exhibitions-- drawings; Cats, Jacob, Dutch painter,
 draftsman, 1741-1799--exhibitions--drawings; Chodowiecki, Daniel Nikolaus,
 German painter, printmaker, 1726-1801-- exhibitions--drawings; Claremont
 (CA, USA), Galleries of the Claremont Colleges--exhibitions--18th century
 drawings from California collections; David, Jacques Louis, French painter,
 1748-1825--exhibitions--drawings; drawings--18th c.--in California
 collections; Fragonard, Jean Honore, French painter,
 1732-1806--exhibitions-- drawings; Gainsborough, Thomas, British painter,
 1727-1788--exhibitions--drawings; Gandolfi, Ubaldo, Italian painter,
 printmaker, sculptor, 1728-1781-- exhibitions--drawings; Ghezzi, Pier Leone,
 Italian painter, 1674-1755--exhibitions--drawings; Gillot, Claude, French
 painter, printmaker, 1673-1722--exhibition-- drawings; Gravelot, Hubert
 Francois, Bourguignon, French painter, printmaker,
 1699-1773--exhibitions--drawings; Holzer, Johann Evangelist, German painter,
 printmaker, 1709-1740-- exhibitions--drawings; Huet, Jean Baptiste, French
 painter, 1745-1811--exhibitions--drawings; Juvara, Filippo, Italian
 architect, printmaker, 1678-1736--exhibitions--drawings; Robert, Hubert,
 French painter, 1733-1808--exhibitions--drawings; Romney, George, British
 painter, 1734-1802--exhibitions-drawings; Sacramento (CA, USA), Crocker Art
 Museum--exhibitions--18th century drawings from California collections; Tir,
 1695-1754--exhibitions-- drawings
-SectHd-
 67--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--pictorial arts; 95--COLLECTIONS AND
 EXHIBITIONS--public collections
 Sub. Nationality: German; Italian; Dutch; American; French
 Sub. Period: 1700-1799
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: drawings
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 30
-A-
 0020077 3 3934 (1977)
-W-
 The Coronation of the Virgin in fifteenth century Italian art
 ECHOLS, Mary Tuck
 PhD diss, 1976, University of Virginia 318 p. typescript; microfilm; xerox
-DocType-
 dissertation
-Desc-
 art, Italian--15th c.--iconography of coronation of the Virgin;
 dissertations, American--Echols, The Coronation of the Virgin in fifteenth
 century Italian art; Mary, Virgin--coronation--in 15th c. Italian art;
 Renaissance art--Italy--15th c., iconography of coronation of the Virgin
-SectHd-
 13--GENERAL WORKS--iconography; 60--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO
 ART--miscellanea
 Sub. Nationality: Italian
 Sub. Period: 1400-1499
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: painting; sculpture; religious iconography
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 31
-A-
 0013305 2 4643 (1976)
-W-
 Zu Cortonas Dreifaltigkeitsgemalde und Berninis Ziborium in der
 Sakramentskapelle von St. Peter ( On Cortona's Trinity and Bernini's
 ciborium in the Cappella del Sacramento, S. Peter's)
 NOEHLES, Karl
 Romisches Jahrbuch fur Kunstgeschichte, XV, (1975), 169-182 6 illustrations;
 index
-DocType-
 analytic
 Gives the history of the commission for the Trinity and discusses its
 iconographic relationship to the tabernacle. Initially the painting was to
 be a Trinity with the Virgin Interceding (drawing, Chatsworth, Cat.no.596)
 and seems, in the theological context of the mystery of the creation and
 salvation of the world to have had an intimate conceptual connection with
 the Cappella del Coro opposite in which the Corpus Domini in Michelangelo's
 Pieta was joined with Vouet's Adoration of the Cross. Bernini's wooden model
 for the tabernacle was set up temporarily in the Cappella Gregoriana and was
 not placed in front of Cortona's painting until 1638. Bernini did not
 succeed in producing it in metal before Cortona's death. The final work was
 completed 1673-75, after a new design. (Author)
-Desc-
 Bernini, Gian Lorenzo, Italian artist, 1598-1680--ciborium (Cappella del
 Sacramento, S. Pietro, Rome); Chatsworth (Derb, GBR)--Cortona--drawings,
 Cat.no.596, Trinity; Pietro da Cortona (Pietro Berrettini), Italian
 architect, painter, 1596-1669--Trinity (Cappella del Sacramento, S. Pietro,
 Rome); Cross--adoration of--Vouet; Jesus Christ--Pieta--Michelangelo;
 Michelangelo Buonarroti, Italian sculptor, painter, architect, poet,
 1475-1564--sculpture--Pieta (S. Pietro, Vatican, Rome); Rome (ITA), Vatican,
 S. Pietro--Cappella del Coro--frescoes, Adoration of the Cross (destr.),
 Vouet; Rome (ITA), Vatican, S. Pietro--Cappella del Sacramento--ciborium,
 Bernini; Rome (ITA), Vatican, S. Pietro--Cappella del Sacramento--paintings,
 Trinity, Cortona; Rome (ITA), Vatican, S. Pietro--Cappella Gregoriana--as
 temporary 17th c. location of Bernini's ciborium; Rome (ITA), Vatican, S.
 Pietro--sculpture--Pieta, Michelangelo; Trinity--Cortona; Vouet, Simon,
 French painter, 1590-1649--frescoes--Adoration of the Cross (Cappella del
 Coro, S. Pietro, Rome)
-SectHd-
 67--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--pictorial arts; 68--RENAISSANCE,
 BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--decorative arts
 Sub. Nationality: Italian; French
 Sub. Period: 1500; 1625-1675
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: religious iconography; decorative arts; painting
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 32
-A-
 0013161 2 5183 (1976)
-W-
 Ut magis luceat: eine Miszelle zu Rembrandt's Anslo (Ut magis luceat: a
 miscellany on Rembrandt's Anslo)
 KLAMT, Johann Christian
 Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen, XVII, (1975), 155-165 5 illustrations
-DocType-
 analytic
 On the basis of an emblem Ut magis luceat by Sebastian de Covarrubias
 (Emblemas morales, Madrid, 1610, III, no.60) and one by Jacob Cats Liceat
 sperare timenti (Emblemata moralia et oeconomica, Rotterdam, 1627, no.20) as
 well as of a passage in Mundus symbolicus by Philippo Picinello, one can
 ascertain that the pair of candle snuffers was seen as a symbol of correctio
 fraterna in the 16th and 17th cs. Thomas Aquinus stressed the correctio
 fraterna as a principal duty of the ministry. In the community life of the
 Mennonites and in their conception of marriage correctio fraterna played a
 significant role. The pair of candle snuffers lying beneath the candle in
 Rembrandt's portrait of the Mennonite minister Cornelis Claesz Anslo
 (Gemaldegalerie, Staatliche Museen Preussischer Kulturbesitz, Berlin) seems
 to be a conscious allusion to the sitter's pastoral qualities. (Author)
-Desc-
 Ansingh, Maria Elisabeth Georgina, Dutch painter, printmaker,
 1875-1959--portraits--Rembrandt; Berlin (DEU), Staatliche Museen
 Preussischer Kulturbesitz, Gemaldegalerie--Rembrandt--portrait of Cornelis
 Claesz Anslo; Cats, Jacob, Dutch poet, 1577-1660--emblem--Liceat sperare
 timenti; Covarrubias y Orozco, Sebastian de, Spanish author, priest, 17th
 c.-- emblem--Ut magis luceat; candle snuffers--significance in Rembrandt's
 portrait of Cornelis Claesz Anslo; Mennonite--and correctio fraterna;
 Picinelli, Filippo, Italian author, 1604-ca.1667--Mundus symbolicus;
 Rembrandt Harmensz. van Rijn, Dutch painter, printmaker, 1606-1669--
 portraits--Cornelis Claesz Anslo (Gemaldegalerie, Staatliche Museen
 Preussischer Kulturbesitz, Berlin);  Thomas Aquinas, S., Italian scholastic
 theologian, philosopher, ca.1225-1274--on correctio fraterna
-SectHd-
 69--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART--artists and architects
 Sub. Nationality: Dutch
 Sub. Period: 1640-1641
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: painting; iconography
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 33
-A-
 0010985 2 3290 (1976)
-W-
 A retrospective exhibition of paintings by Harold Weston (1894-1972)
 Exhibition shown: South Hadley, MA, USA, Mount Holyoke College, Art Museum ,
 8 Sept-8 Oct 1975
 Contributor (s): Catalogue by Jean C. HARRIS 30 p. 7 illustrations;
 bibliography; biographies; exhibition list; 74  works shown
-DocType-
 exhibition catalogue
 Oils and gouaches of landscape, portrait, still life, nude, cat, and  figure
 subjects. (Staff)
-Desc-
 animals--cats--Weston; nude--Weston; South Hadley (MA, USA), Mount Holyoke
 College, Art Museum--exhibitions--A retrospective  exhibition of paintings
 by Harold Weston (1894-1972); Weston, Harold, American painter,
 1894-1972--exhibitions
-SectHd-
 79--NEO-CLASSICISM AND MODERN ART--artists, architects, photographers;
 95--COLLECTIONS AND EXHIBITIONS--public  collections
 Sub. Nationality: American
 Sub. Period: 1922-1968
 Sub. Style, Medium, Form: painting; secular iconography; portraits;
 landscape
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 34
-A-
 0005542 1 4808 (1975)
-W-
 LONDON (GBR), National Gallery; LONDON (GBR), National Gallery
 The sixteenth-century Italian schools
 Contributor (s): By Cecil GOULD  (London: 1975) bibliography; index
 Series: (National Gallery catalogues)
-DocType-
 monograph
 One of a series which replaces the catalogue of 1929. Combines the  separate
 editions of 1959 (the 16th c. Venetian school) and 1962 (16th  c. Italian
 schools, excluding the Venetian), and includes paintings by  Beccafumi
 (Marcia, Tanaquil), Giorgione (Sunset Landscape with S.  Roch (?), S. George
 and S. Anthony Abbot), Titian (Allegory of Prudence, Death of Actaeon),
 Parmigianino (Mystic Marriage of S. Catherine), and  an anon. Madonna and
 Child With the Infant Baptist of the Florentine  School. (Staff)
-Desc-
 Actaeon--death, Titian; Anthony of Egypt, S., 251?-356--with  S. Roch and S.
 George, Giorgione; Beccafumi, Domenico, Italian painter, sculptor,
 1486?-1551--Marcia (National Gallery, London); Beccafumi, Domenico, Italian
 painter, sculptor, 1486?-1551--Tanaquil (National  Gallery, London);
 Catherine of Alexandria, S.--mystic marriage--Parmigianino; George, S.--with
 S. Roch and S. Anthony Abbot, Giorgione; Giorgione (Giorgio da
 Castelfranco), Italian painter, 1477/78-1510-- Sunset  Landscape with S.
 Roch (?), S. George and S. Anthony Abbot (National  Gallery, London); London
 (GBR), National Gallery--Florentine School, Madonna and Child With the
 Infant Baptist; Marcia, wife of Cato  Uticensis, act.56 B.C.--Beccafumi;
 Mary, Virgin--and Child--with S.  John the Baptist, Florentine school, 16th
 c.; Parmigianino (Francesco  Mazzola), Italian painter, 1503-1540--Mystic
 Marriage of S. Catherine  (National Gallery, London); prudence--Titian;
 painting, Italian--London, National Gallery; Roch, S., 14th c.--with S.
 George and S. Anthony  Abbot, Giorgione; Tanaquil--Beccafumi; Titian,
 Tiziano Vecellio, Italian painter, 1477?-1576--Allegory of Prudence
 (National Gallery, London); Titian, Tiziano Vecellio, Italian painter,
 1477?-1576--Death  of Actaeon (National Gallery, London)
-SectHd-
 85--MODERN ART--architecture; 67--RENAISSANCE, BAROQUE  AND ROCOCO
 ART--pictorial arts
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 024:191 35
-A-
 0001439 1 108 (1975)
-W-
 Giuseppe Fiocco et la Renaissance a Venise ( Giuseppe Fiocco and the
 Renaissance in Venice)
 CHASTEL, Andre
 Saggi e memorie di storia dell'arte, VIII, (1972), 9-10
-Lang-
 In French
-DocType-
 analytic
 Remarks on the contribution of Giuseppe Fiocco to the study of Venetian
 Renaissance art. (Staff)
-Desc-
 art, Italian--Fiocco on Venetian Renaissance art; Fiocco, Giuseppe, Italian
 art historian, 1884-1971--on Venetian Renaissance  art; Venice
 (ITA)--art--Renaissance, Fiocco on
-SectHd-
 08--GENERAL WORKS--art historians and critics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 1
-A-
 EJ320557 TM510676
-W-
 Assessing English Composition Skills in Spanish-Speaking Populations.
 Breland, Hunter M.; Duran, Richard P.
 Educational and Psychological Measurement, v45 n2 p309-18 Sum 1985
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJOCT85
 English writing ability of Hispanic college candidates taking the College
 Board's English Composition Test (ECT) was studied. The performance of three
 groups on essay and multiple choice portions of the ECT were compared with
 each other and with performance on the same measures by ECT test takers as a
 whole. (Author/DWH)
-Desc-
 College Bound Students; *College Entrance Examinations; English (Second
 Language); Essay Tests; *Hispanic Americans; Language Proficiency; Multiple
 Choice Tests; *Predictive Measurement; Secondary Education; Spanish
 Speaking; *Test Bias; Test Results; Writing (Composition); *Writing Skills
-Ident-
 College Board Achievement Tests; *English Composition Test
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 2
-A-
 EJ319756 CS731368
-W-
 Social-Cognitive Ability and Writing Performance: How Are They Related?
 Kroll, Barry M.
 Written Communication, v2 n3 p293-305 Jul 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); POSITION PAPER (120); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJOCT85
 Responds to an article appearing in an earlier issue of the Jrnl that
 discussed the relationship between social-cognitive ability and writing
 skill. Reports on a study that investigated the relationship and found that
 social cognitive ability was more closely related to oral than to written
 performance. (FL)
-Desc-
 *Cognitive Processes; Comparative Analysis; Elementary Education; *Oral
 Language; Performance Factors; *Social Cognition; *Writing Research;
 *Writing Skills; *Written Language
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 3
-A-
 EJ319732 CS731344
-W-
 The Literary Context of Evaluation.
 Jarraway, David
 English Quarterly, v17 n1 p3-18 Spr 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); POSITION PAPER (120); TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJOCT85
 Discusses the evaluative procedures for students' oral and written responses
 to poems, plays, and stories. Offers four major priorities for evaluation.
 (EL)
-Desc-
 Educational Theories; English Instruction; *Evaluation Methods; *Literature
 Appreciation; *Oral Language; Secondary Education; Speech Instruction;
 *Student Evaluation; *Teacher Role; Teaching Methods; Writing Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 4
-A-
 EJ319373 UD511570
-W-
 Petra: Learning to Read at 45.
 Rigg, Pat
 Jrnl of Education, v167 n1 p129-39 1985
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJSEP85
 Both a case study of a middle-aged Mexican migrant woman's attempt to learn
 to read and write and a personal account of the tutor's discovery of some of
 the social and psychological factors that kept her illiterate. Discusses
 methodology, materials, techniques, conflicting conceptions of literacy, and
 sociocultural expectations. (RDN)
-Desc-
 *Adult Literacy; Case Studies; Cultural Background; Disadvantaged;
 *Illiteracy; Immigrants; Language Attitudes; Reading Skills Spanish
 Speaking; Teaching Methods; *Tutoring; Writing Skills
-Ident-
 *Sociocultural Background
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 5
-A-
 EJ319368 U511565
-W-
 Hearing the Connections in Children's Oral and Written Discourse.
 Michaels, Sarah
 Jrnl of Education, v167 n1 p36-56 1985
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJSEP85
 Two instances of teacher response, shaping, and evaluation of students'
 texts are analyzed. Although one text is oral, the other written, striking
 parallels in teacher-assigned task, text structure, and teacher-student
 interaction are noted. Explanations focus on schools as institutions and on
 the complex interpretive processes operating in urban, multi-ethnic
 classrooms. (RDN)
-Desc-
 Discourse Analysis; Elementary Education; Literacy; Minority Group Children;
 Oral English; *Speech Communication; Speech Skills; *Teacher Response;
 *Teacher Student Relationship; Writing (Composition); Writing Skills
-Ident-
 Show and Tell; Teacher Student Conferences
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 6
-A-
 EJ31882 CS731267
-W-
 The Scholar Who Helps Me Teach Better: Adapting Zoellner's "Talk-Write" to
 the Business Writing Classroom.
 Meyers, G. Douglas
 Bulletin of the Association for Business Communication, v48 n2 p14-16 Jun
 1985
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJSEP85
 Points out how the work of Robert Zoellner helps students to achieve
 professional competence as speakers and writers. Discusses the "talk-write"
 model, which focuses on speaking and writing as behavior and uses
 reinforcement to shape effective writing. (EL)
-Desc-
 *Business Communication; Communication Problems; *Educational Philosophy;
 Higher Education; *Speech Skills; Teaching Methods ; *Technical Writing;
 *Writing Instruction
-Ident-
 *Speaking Writing Relationship; Zoellner (Robert)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 7
-A-
 EJ317037 FL51646
-W-
 Using Input Methods to Improve Writing Skills.
 Schleppegrell, Mary
 System, v12 n3 p287-92 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
 Journ. Ann.: CIJAUG85
 Describes two special-purposes English programs for Egyptian economists. One
 consisted of conversation sessions and extensive writing, and the other
 focused on developing listening and reading. The group that concentrated on
 listening and reading had greater gains in writing ability than the group
 that concentrated on speaking and writing. (SED)
-Desc-
 *Economics; *English for Special Purposes; *Listening Comprehension; Reading
 Comprehension; *Second Language Instruction; *Writing Skills
-Ident-
 *Egypt; *Input Hypothesis
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 8
-A-
 EJ317003 FL516432
-W-
 From Receptive to Productive in Post-Intermediate EFL Classes: A Pedagogical
 "Experiment."
 Cortese, Giuseppina
 TESOL Quarterly, v19 n1 p7-25 Mar 1985
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJAUG85
 Describes an English as a second language course designed to build the
 students' reading abilities in order to develop their oral and writing
 skills. The course consists of group and individual projects on the topic of
 American Indians and culminates with a simulation of a court hearing
 involving an Indian land claim. (SED)
-Desc-
 *American Indians; *English (Second Language); Higher Education; Reading
 Skills; *Role Playing; *Second Language Instruction; Sequential Learning;
 *Speech Skills; *Teaching Methods; Videotape Recordings; Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 9
-A-
 EJ36985 FL516414
-W-
 Why, When and How to Infuse Career Education into the Curriculum.
 Bennett, Ruth L.
 Hispania, v68 n1 p182-84 Mar 1985
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJAUG85
 Suggests ways in which career education can be incorporated into Spanish
 language courses. These include: (1) instilling proper attitudes towards
 work; (2) improving speaking, reading, and writing skills; (3) infusing
 career vocabulary; (4) using career texts; (5) keeping a bulletin board; (5)
 organizing a Career Day; and (6) arranging for internships. (SED)
-Desc-
 *Career Education; *Carrer Guidance; Education Work Relationship;
 *Employment Opportunities; *Modern Language Curriculum; Secondary Education;
 *Second Language Instruction; *Spanish
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 10
-A-
 EJ316619 CS731186
-W-
 Prescriptive Nonsense: The Nonrestrictive Relative Clause.
 Prakelian, Paul G.
 Freshman English News, v14 n1 p18-20 Spr 1985
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJAUG85
 Describes an informal study to see whether college English majors judged a
 relative clause as restrictive or nonrestrictive. Most assumed that it was
 restrictive, based on speech patterns. Suggests that teachers should
 recognize the fact that a nonrestrictive relative clause is an invention
 that does not exist in the English language. (HTH)
-Desc-
 College English; *English Instruction; *Grammar; Higher Education; *Standard
 Spoken Usage; Teaching Methods; *Writing Instruction; *Writing Research
-Ident-
 *Relative Clauses
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 11
-A-
 EJ316522 CS706792
-W-
 Speaking/Writing Relationships and Business Communication.
 Liggett, Sarah
 Jrnl of Business Communication, v22 n2 p47-56 Spr 1985
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJAUG85
 Target Audience: Teachers; Practitioners
 Examines how speaking/writing relationships help and hinder communication.
 Suggests ways to make business communication students aware of differences
 between speaking and writing. Identifies research needed to further
 understanding of these relationships in business communication. (PD)
-Desc-
 *Business Communication; Communication Research; Comparative Analysis;
 Higher Education; Literature Reviews; *Speech Communication; *Teaching
 Methods; *Writing (Composition); Writing Processes
-Ident-
 *Speaking Writing Relationships
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 12
-A-
 EJ316308 CE515537
-W-
 Curricular Offerings and Occupational Needs.
 Coppock, G. Stephen
 Jrnl of Career Development, v11 n3 p190-99 Mar 1985
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); EVALUATIVE REPORT (142)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJAUG85
 Discusses various types of job skills: necessary (writing, speaking,
 listening), traditional (interpersonal, phone usage, records management,
 keyboard, office management), and new skills (computer literacy, ability to
 conceptualize mentally), and the corresponding curricular needs. The
 college's role in this process is presented also. (CT)
-Desc-
 *Computer Literacy; Curriculum Development; *Interpersonal Competence; *Job
 Skills; Listening Skills; Office Management; Recordkeeping ; *School Role;
 *Skill Development; Speech Skills; Telephone Usage Instruction; Typewriting;
 *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 13
-A-
 EJ315200 CS731080
-W-
 Teaching Technical and Business Writing: Strategies and Evaluation.
 Alexander, Clara
 Teaching English in the Two-Year College, v12 n2 p113-17 May 1985
 Available from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUL85
 Describes a course that gives students the kinds of writing and oral
 communication experiences they will need on the job. The course gives
 students information about effective speaking and teaches them how to write
 business letters, prepare simple visuals for written and oral reports, and
 write formal proposals. (EL)
-Desc-
 Communication Skills; *Course Content; Education; *Education Work
 Relationship; Higher Education; *Speech Skills; *Technical Writing; Two Year
 Colleges; *Writing Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 14
-A-
 EJ314794 CE515418
-W-
 A Nation at Risk: The Imperative for Effective Communication
 Amos, Nancy N.; Waters, Gail R.
 Jrnl of Business Education, v?0 n5 p184-87 Feb 1985
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUL85
 This article pursues the impressions of practicing personnel management
 people concerning the achievement of recent graduates entering the job
 market in certain competency areas. The authors develop a skills profile of
 graduating students and compare it with skills desired by employers. (CT)
-Desc-
 *College Graduates; *Communication Skills; Employer Attitudes; *Employment
 Qualifications; *Job Skills; Labor Market; Listening Skills; *Mathematics
 Skills; Personnel Directors; Questionnaires; Reading Skills; *Speech Skills;
 Study Skills; Writing Skills
-Ident-
 Reasoning Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 15
-A-
 EJ314559 SP514688
-W-
 Language Influences in the English Writing of Third- and Sixth-Grade
 Mexican-American Students.
 Cronnell, Bruce
 Jrnl of Educational Research, v?8 n3 p168-73 Jan-Feb 1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUN85
 An analysis of errors found in writing samples by elementary school
 Mexican-Americans is presented. This study focused on errors that may be
 caused by speech patterns and language usage. Results are discussed.
 (Author/DF)
-Desc-
 Elementary Education; *English (Second Language); *Error Patterns; Grade 3;
 Grade 6; *Language Proficiency; *Mexican Americans; Second Language
 Learning; *Writing Difficulties; *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 16
-A-
 EJ313954 FL516344
-W-
 The Clwyd Graded Objectives Scheme.
 Sword, D. S.
 British Jrnl of Language Teaching, v22 n3 p161-65 Win 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUN85
 Describes the development of the Clwyd Graded Objectives Scheme in French.
 Tests were developed in which the context of the questions and the language
 used were authentic and covered the skills of listening, reading, speaking,
 and writing. Discusses each of these test components and the way in which
 they were graded. (SED)
-Desc-
 *Achievement Tests; *French; *Grading; *Language Tests; Listening Skills;
 Reading Skills; *Second Language Instruction; *Second Language Learning;
 Speech Skills; Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 17
-A-
 EJ313604 CS730872
-W-
 Nova Scotian Novel Unit Integrates Language Skills.
 Scanlan, Elizabeth Therrian
 Highway One, v7 n3 p29-33 Fall 1984 Canadian Co. of Teachers of English,
 P.O. Box 3382, Postal Station B, Calgary, Alberta T2M 4M1 Canada; sc $3.50.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUN85
 Target Audience: Teachers; Practitioners
 Describes an integrated language arts unit built around Brian Doyle's "You
 Can Pick Me Up at Peggy's Cove" that provides a supportive language learning
 environment for children in the upper elementary grades. (FL)
-Desc-
 Elementary Education; *Integrated Activities; *Language Arts ; *Language
 Usage; Listening Skills; *Literature Appreciation; *Novels; *Reading
 Instruction; Reading Skills; Speech Skills; Writing Skills
-Ident-
 Doyle (Brian); *Nova Scotia
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 18
-A-
 EJ313593 CS730861
-W-
 Corporate Speechwriting.
 Kessler, Martha Stout
 ABCA Bulletin, v48 n1 p18-22 Mar 1985
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); POSITION PAPER (120); NON-CLASSROOM MATERIAL (055)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUN85
 Describes the practice of corporate speechwriting, notes the increase in
 demand for speechwriters by businesses, and discusses the qualifications for
 such jobs. (FL)
-Desc-
 *Business Communication; Education Work Relationship; *Job Skills; *Public
 Speaking; *Technical Writing; Writing Skills
-Ident-
 *Speechwriting
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 19
-A-
 EJ313524 CS730792
-W-
 Making Connections with Storytelling.
 Harper, Kay A.; Decker, Douglas L.
 Jrnl of the Virginia College Reading Educators, v5 n1 p17-23 Fall 1984
 Virginia College Reading Educators, School of ESducation, Virginia
 Commonwealth University, 901 W. Franklin St., Richmond, VA 23184.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); POSITION PAPER (120); TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUN85
 Describes several storytelling activities that allow children to develop
 their speaking, reading, writing, and listening skills. (FL)
-Desc-
 Elementary Education; *Integrated Activities; Language Acquisition; Language
 Usage; *Listening Skills; Oral Language; Parent Role Reading Instruction;
 *Reading Skills; *Speech Skills; *Story Telling; Teacher Role; *Writing
 Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 20
-A-
 EJ312042 FL516271
-W-
 Apprent ssage du francais par les adultes en milieu bilingue (The Learning
 of French by Adults in a Bilingual Situation).
 Derbal, Mongi; Tamine, Jean-Pierre
 Francais dans le Monde, n189 p46-49 Nov-Dec 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
 Language: French
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141); POSITION PAPER (120)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJMAY85
 As a result of learning French in a situation in which only speech skills
 are necessary and reading and writing skills are not, Tunisians produce
 fixed, economical, and valid usage that is incorrect or unacceptable in
 relation to the norm. (MSE)
-Desc-
 *Adult Learning; Foreign Countries; *French; Grammatical Acceptability;
 *Language Usage; *Language Variation; *Nonstandard Dialects Reading Skills;
 *Second Language Learning; Speech Skills; Standard Spoken Usage; Writing
 Skills
-Ident-
 *Tunisians
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 21
-A-
 EJ311538 CS730676
-W-
 Grammar, Grammars, and the Teaching of Grammar.
 Hartwell, Patrick
 College English, v47 n2 p105-27 Feb 1985
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); POSITION PAPER (120)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJMAY85
 Explores the shortcomings of research for resolving the question of the
 effectiveness of grammar instruction. Suggests that writers need to develop
 skills at two levels: broadly rhetorical, involving communication in
 meaningful contexts; and broadly metalinguistic (rather than linguistic),
 involving active manipulation of language with conscious attention to
 surface form. (HTH)
-Desc-
 *College English; *Grammar; Higher Education; Research Needs ; Rhetoric;
 Secondary Education; Standard Spoken Usage; Teaching Methods; *Writing
 Instruction; *Writing Research
-Ident-
 Metalinguistic Awareness
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 22
-A-
 EJ311503 CS730641
-W-
 Lapsed Logic.
 DuBois, Barbara R.
 Teaching English in the Two-Year College, v11 n2 p53-55 Dec 1984
 Available from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); POSITION PAPER (120)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJMAY85
 A college English teacher laments her students' incorrect use of common
 expresssions. (RBW)
-Desc-
 Definitions; *English; English Instruction; Higher Education ; *Language
 Usage; *Semantics; Speech Habits; *Speech Skills; Standard Spoken Usage; Two
 Year Colleges; Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 23
-A-
 EJ309865 CS730473
-W-
 Basic Writing Students: Investigating Oral and Written Language.
 Farr, Marcia; Janda, Mary Ann
 Research in the Teaching of English, v19 n1 p62-83 Feb 1985
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJAPR85
 Investigates the relationship between the oral and written language of one
 college-level basic writing student who is a speaker of vernacular Black
 English (VBE). Reports that neither VBE patterns in the student's oral
 language nor other features of orality that previous research has identified
 account for his writing problems. (HOD)
-Desc-
 *Black Dialects; College Students; *Language Patterns; *Oral Language;
 Remedial Instruction; Sociolinguistics; Verbal Communication; *Writing
 Difficulties; *Writing Research; Written Language
-Ident-
 *Basic Writing; *Speaking Writing Relationship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 24
-A-
 EJ309781 CS730389
-W-
 Disparities among Reading, Writing, and Oral Language: A Look at
 Underprepared College Students.
 Nist, Sherrie L.; Sabol, C Ruth
 Reading World, v24 n2 p96-104 Dec 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); POSITION PAPER (120); REVIEW LITERATURE (070)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJAPR85
 Focuses on (1) the disparities between reading and writing instructional
 methodologies, (2) the misconceptions students seem to draw if these
 disparities are not brought to their attention, and (3) the recursive
 relationship between written and oral language. Contrasts the relationships
 between main ideas and details in reading processes with those of writing
 processes. (FL)
-Desc-
 College Students; Higher Education; Nontraditional Students *Oral Language;
 *Reading Instruction; *Reading Processes; *Teaching Methods ; *Writing
 Instruction; *Writing Processes
-Ident-
 *Reading Writing Relationship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 25
-A-
 EJ308930 RC505732
-W-
 Orality and Literacy in Bilingual-Bicultural Contexts.
 Horowitz, Rosalind
 NABE: The Jrnl for the National Association for Bilingual Education, v8 n3
 p11-6 Spr 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); REVIEW LITERATURE (070)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJMAR85
 Current theory and research into the oral-written relationship are reviewed.
 Three modes of reading comprehension based on oral-written language skills
 are reviewed as representative and their implications for reading
 instruction in grades 4-12 and in bilingual-bicultural classrooms are
 determined. The mingling of oral and literate strategies, in homes and
 schools, is discussed. (MM)
-Desc-
 *Bilingual Education; Code Switching (Language); Elementary Secondary
 Education; *Literacy; *Models; Multicultural Education; *Reading
 Comprehension; Reading Instruction; Speech Communication; *Teaching Methods
 ; Writing Skills
-Ident-
 *Orality
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 26
-A-
 EJ308152 CS730239
-W-
 Staffroom Interchange.
 College Composition and Communication, v35 n4 p449-54 Dec 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); POSITION PAPER (120); TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJMAR85
 Focusing on the writing of nonnative speakers of English, these two essays
 discuss (1) orienting nonnative speakers to the predominantly linear
 structure of American prose and (2) the connection between oral class
 participation and writing improvement for ESL students. (HTH)
-Desc-
 Class Activities; *English (Second Language); *Limited English Speaking;
 *Speech Skills; Student Participation; *Teaching Methods *Writing
 Instruction
-Ident-
 *Prose Structure; *Speaking Writing Relationship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 27
-A-
 EJ306657 CS730233
-W-
 IRA Award-Winning Research.
 Seifert, Mary
 Reading Teacher, v38 n3 p322-28 Dec 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); POSITION PAPER (120)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJFEB85
 Summarizes award-winning research produced by Andrew M.Hess, Sirkka-Liisa
 Rauramo, Richard A. Allington, Donna E. Alvermann and David A. Hayes, Lesley
 M. Morrow and Carol S. Weinstein, Taffy E. Raphael and Bonnie B. Armbruster,
 Nancy Nelson Spivey, and Courtney B. Cazden. (FL)
-Desc-
 *Awards; Cognitive Processes; Critical Reading; Discourse Analysis;
 Elementary Secondary Education; Foreign Countries; Language Acquisition;
 Oral Language; Reading Comprehension; *Reading Instruction; *Reading
 Research; Remedial Reading; *Researchers; Teacher Role; Teaching Methods;
 Writing Skills
-Ident-
 *Reading Writing Relationship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 28
-A-
 EJ305512 FL516085
-W-
 ACTFL Provisional Proficiency Guidelines.
 Foreign Language Annals, v17 n? p453-59 Oct 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); NON-CLASSROOM MATERIAL (055)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJAN85
 Presents the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages'
 provisional generic descriptions for nine levels (novice-low, novice-mid,
 novice-high, advanced, advanced plus, and superior) in the following areas:
 (1) speaking, (2) listening, (3) reading, (4) writing, and for six levels in
 culture. (SED)
-Desc-
 Cultural Awareness; Language Fluency; Language Proficiency; Language Tests;
 *Listening Comprehension; *Reading Skills; *Second Language Learning;
 *Specifications; *Speech Skills; *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 29
-A-
 EJ305497 FL516070
-W-
 Communicative Language Teaching: A New Metaphor.
 Nattinger, James R.
 TESOL Quarterly, v18 n3 p391-407 Sep 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); POSITION PAPER (120)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJAN85
 Based on the assumption that the characteristics of communicative language
 teaching (CLT) have not been clearly defined because CLT needs a new
 metaphor to describe it, some characteristics of what that metaphor might be
 are discussed. Reviews some ways in which CLT guides classroom practice and
 offers directions for future research. (SED)
-Desc-
 *Communicative Competence (Languages); *English (Second Language); Language
 Research; Literature Reviews; *Reading Instruction; *Second Language
 Instruction; *Speech Instruction; Teaching Methods; *Writing Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 30
-A-
 EJ305292 CS729987
-W-
 Forward to the Basics: Getting Down to Grammar.
 DeBeaugrande, Robert
 College Composition and Communication, v35 n3 p358-67 Oct 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); POSITION PAPER (120)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJAN85
 Argues that as long as classroom grammar is couched in vague or technical
 terms, it is not "basic" enough to help students with genuine literacy
 problems. Discusses how the grammar of students' speech can be sufficient
 for students' writing when properly brought to their conscious attention.
 (HTH)
-Desc-
 *Grammar; Higher Education; *Oral Language; Speech Skills; Teaching Methods;
 Writing Improvement; *Writing Instruction
-Ident-
 *Speaking Writing Relationship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 31
-A-
 EJ305291 CS729986
-W-
 Differences between Speaking and Writing and Their Implications for
 Teaching.
 Halpern, Jeanne W.
 College Composition and Communication, v35 n3 p345-57 Oct 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); POSITION PAPER (120)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJAN85
 Categorizes the editorial changes on the transcripts of the William Haber
 Oral Biography Project to better understand how to adapt speech facility to
 writing. Discusses the implications for writing instruction in terms of
 voice, tense, and audience. (HTH)
-Desc-
 Comparative Analysis; *Speech Skills; Teaching Methods; Writing Instruction;
 Writing Processes; *Writing Skills
-Ident-
 *Speaking Writing Relationship; *Speech Characteristics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 32
-A-
 EJ305290 CS729985
-W-
 The Relationship between Speaking and Writing: An Annotated Bibliography.
 Liggett, Sarah
 College Composition and Communication, v35 n3 p334-44 Oct 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); BIBLIOGRAPHY (131)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJAN85
 Presents annotations of materials representing the range of current
 cross-disciplinary theories and research connecting speaking and writing.
 Topics range from cognitive psychology, linguistics, and rhetoric to
 learning theory. (HTH)
-Desc-
 Annotated Bibliographies; Higher Education; Learning Theories; Oral
 Language; *Speech Communication; Speech Instruction; Writing (Composition);
 *Writing Instruction
-Ident-
 *Speaking Writing Relationship; Theory Practice Relationship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 33
-A-
 EJ304281 FL516005
-W-
 How Well Do Immersion Students Speak and Write French?
 Lapkin, Sharon
 Canadian Modern Language Review, v40 n4 p575-85 May 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJDEC84
 A review of the evolution of second-language immersion program testing
 reveals that the focus has shifted from listening and reading comprehension
 to productive skills of speaking and writing. Immersion students learn to
 speak and write well enough for communication but not well enough to be
 indistinguishable from native speakers. (MSE)
-Desc-
 Communicative Competence (Languages); *French; *Immersion Programs;
 *Language Tests; *Second Language Instruction; *Speech Skills; *Writing
 Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 34
-A-
 EJ303981 CS729887
-W-
 A Few Good Words for Cliches.
 Rank, Hugh
 English Jrnl, v73 n5 p45-47 Sep 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052); POSITION PAPER (120)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJDEC84
 Describes how many of the phrasings attacked by cliche-hunters as trite,
 worn-out, or unoriginal can be legitimately defended on other grounds, by
 the criteria of speed and clarity, familiarity, social bonding, and personal
 delight. (CRH)
-Desc-
 *Cliches; *Figurative Language; *Language Attitudes; *Language Usage;
 Language Variation; Lexicology; Metaphors; Secondary Education;
 Sociolinguistics; Verbal Ability; *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 35
-A-
 EJ302704 CS729861
-W-
 The Language of Robots.
 Barnett, Harvey; Better, Jennifer
 Computers, Reading and Language Arts, v1 n4 p35-37, 58 Spr 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJNOV84
 Lists the ways that incorporating a programmable robot into an elementary
 school curriculum improves students' speaking, listening, reading, and
 writing skills. (AEA)
-Desc-
 *Computer Software; Elementary Education; *Language Arts; Listening Skills;
 Reading Skills; *Robotics; Speech Skills; Writing Skills
-Ident-
 LOGO Programing Language
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 36
-A-
 EJ301623 HE518257
-W-
 Insights into the MBA: Contents, Output and Relevance.
 Jenkins, Roger L.; Reizenstein, Richard C.
 Selections: The Magazine of the Graduate Management Admission Council, v1 n1
 p19-24 Spr 1984 Graduate Management Admission Council, 1299 Ocean Ave.,
 Suite 313, Santa Monica, CA 90401
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJOCT84
 A survey of business executives and business administration faculty and
 alumna concerning their attitudes toward curricula and graduates of master's
 programs in business administration is presented. An unexpected finding was
 overall agreement between academicians and business executives. Areas of
 disagreement included graduates' oral and written skills, curriculum, and
 methodology. (MSE)
-Desc-
 Administrator Attitudes; *Business Administration Education *College
 Curriculum; Graduates; Graduate Study; Higher Education; Industry Masters
 Degrees; *Masters Programs; National Surveys; *Outcomes of Education;
 *Relevance (Education); Speech Skills; Teacher Attitudes; Writing Skills
-Ident-
 *Masters of Business Administration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 37
-A-
 EJ301205 CS706519
-W-
 How Effectively Does the "New" Accountant Communicate Perceptions by
 Practitioners and Academics.
 Andrews, J. Douglas; Sigband, Norman B.
 Jrnl of Business Communication, v21 n2 p15-24 Spr 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJOT84
 Surveyed accounting department chairpersons and managers of accounting firms
 to determine their perceptions of (1) how new accountants communicate and
 (2) available instructional methodologies. Found a strong dissatisfaction
 with both skills and training. (PD)
-Desc-
 *Accountants; *Business Communication; *Business Education; *Communication
 Skills; Higher Education; Interpersonal Communication; Speech Skills;
 *Surveys; Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 38
-A-
 EJ299813 FL515875
-W-
 A Touch of...Class.
 Courtel, Claudine, Ed.
 Canadian Modern Language Review, v40 n3 p440-51 Mar 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
 Language: French
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJSEP84
 Forty language class activities are suggested for reinforcing vocabulary and
 structures used in all types of French second language programs; reinforcing
 the four areas of knowledge (comprehension, speech, reading, and writing);
 developing communicative skills; integrating culture into French language
 programs; and integrating other subject area materials into the language
 curriculum. (MSE)
-Desc-
 Class Activities; *Communication Skills; Comprehension; *Cultural Education;
 *French; *Interdisciplinary Approach; *Language Skills ; Reading Skills;
 Scholarly Jrnls; *Second Language Instruction; Speech Skills; Writing
 Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 39
-A-
 EJ298824 SP513857
-W-
 Black-English Influences in the Writing of Third- and Sixth-Grade Black
 Students.
 Cronnell, Bruce
 Jrnl of Educational Research, v77 n4 p233-36 Mar-Apr 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJAUG84
 This article presents an analysis of errors found in writing samples
 produced by black children in urban schools. Errors influenced by
 Black-English oral usage, hypercorrections, and morphologic errors
 influenced by Black-English speech patterns are focused upon. (Author/DF)
-Desc-
 *Black Dialects; *Black Students; Elementary Education; Elementary School
 Students; Grade 3; Grade 6; Student Writing Models; *Urban Language;
 *Writing Skills; *Written Language
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 40
-A-
 EJ298536 PS512593
-W-
 "De Dog and De Cat": Assisting Speakers of Black English as They Begin to
 Write.
 Markham, Lynda R.
 Young Children, v39 n4 p15-24 May 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJAUG84
 Indicates features of Black dialect, or Black English vernacular, and
 discusses relationships between speaking Black English and learning to read
 and write. Suggestions for teaching speakers of Black English to write are
 offered. (RH)
-Desc-
 *Black Dialects; *Interference (Language); *Language Acquisition; *Reading;
 *Writing Skills; *Young Children
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 41
-A-
 EJ298291 FL515822
-W-
 Teaching and Testing Communicatively.
 Swaine, Merrill
 TESL Talk, v15 n1-2 p7-18 Win-Spr 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 NON-CLASSROOM MATERIAL (055); CONFERENCE PAPER (150)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJAUG84
 Discusses the development of a communicative language testing unit for grade
 nine French immersion students. The interlocking of teaching and testing is
 suggested, by preparing a potential testing unit for every communicative,
 theme-oriented curriculum teaching unit, thus aiming toward goals compatible
 with both teacher and student. (SL)
-Desc-
 *Communicative Competence (Languages); Foreign Countries; *French; High
 Schools; *Immersion Programs; *Language Tests; Secondary School Students;
 *Second Language Instruction; Sociolinguistics; Speech Skills; Student
 Motivation; *Testing; Writing Skills
-Ident-
 Canada
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 42
-A-
 EJ297910 CS729592
-W-
 Audience: An Introduction to Research.
 Ede, Lisa
 College Composition and Communication, v35 n2 p140-54 May 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 REVIEW LITERATURE (070)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJAUG84
 Surveys research on role of audience in discourse in a series of related
 disciplines, including cognitive psychology, composition, speech
 communication, rhetoric, and philosophy. Concludes that writing teachers can
 achieve a sophisticated, complex understanding of nature and role of
 audience in written discourse only if they are aware of both empirical and
 theoretical research in their own and other disciplines. (FL)
-Desc-
 *Audience Analysis; College English; Higher Education; *Interdisciplinary
 Approach; Psychology; *Research Utilization; Rhetoric; Speech Communication;
 *Writing Instruction; *Writing Research; *Written Language
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 43
-A-
 EJ296912 FL515770
-W-
 The Influence of Speech Variety on Teachers' Evaluation of Students with
 Comparable Academic Ability.
 Ford, Cecilia E.
 TESOL Quarterly, v18 n1 p25-40 Mar 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUL84
 Study considers teachers evaluations of students who perform equivalently in
 written academic work but who have distinct speech varieties including
 Spanish-influenced English. Despite length of teaching experience and
 teacher ethnicity, all teachers favored the non-Spanish-influenced speakers.
 (SL)
-Desc-
 Cultural Context; English (Second Language); *Hispanic Americans; *Language
 Attitudes; *Language Proficiency; Language Research; *Language Teachers;
 Language Tests; Modern Language Curriculum; Second Language Learning;
 Spanish Speaking; *Speech Skills; *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 44
-A-
 EJ296910 FL515668
-W-
 A Made-to-Measure ESP Course for Banking Staff.
 Land, Geoffrey
 ESP Jrnl, v2 n2 p161-71 1983
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUL84
 Describes planning, writing, and putting into operation of an intensive
 ourse for personnel planning to work in the foreign department of a large
 commercial bank such as the Credito Italiano. A detailed account is given of
 compilation of the integrated grading test that is used at the beginning of
 the course to split up the students into homogeneous groups. (SL)
-Desc-
 *Banking Vocabulary; *Business English; *English for Special Purposes;
 *Modern Language Curriculum; Reading Comprehension; Second Language
 Learning; *Standard Spoken Usage; Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 45
-A-
 EJ295292 FL515585
-W-
 Strategies pour une pedagogie de l'argumentation en f.l.e. (Strategies for
 Teaching Persuasive Discourse in French as a Foreign Language).
 Bloch, Antoinette; Tomaszkiewicz, Teresa
 Francais dans le Monde, n182 p31-40 Jan 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
 Language: French
-DocType-
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUN84
 The process of teaching a class of adult students of diverse language
 background the linguistic and conceptual skills necessary for debate in
 French is described. Students studied the construction of persuasive
 discourse through the use of articulating terms and phrases and analyzed
 their use in producing coherent argument in texts. (MSE)
-Desc-
 Adult Education; Class Activities; Classroom Techniques; *Expressive
 Language; Foreign Countries; *French; *Persuasive Discourse; *Second
 Language Instruction; *Speech Skills; *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 46
-A-
 EJ295152 EC161333
-W-
 Integrated Spoken and Written English Instruction for the Hearing-Impaired
 Student.
 Kelly, Jacquelyn F.; Whitehead, Robert A.
 Jrnl of Speech and Hearing Disorders, v48 n4 p415-22 Nov 1983
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUN84
 Twenty-five hearing-impaired young adults participated in English courses
 focusing on reading and writing skills only (control group) or on reading,
 writing, and complementary oral languagt instruction (experimental group).
 Experimental Ss demonstrated significant improvement in grammatical
 correctness of spoken English and in speech intelligibility, while the
 control group did not. (Author/CL)
-Desc-
 College Students; Deafness; *English Instruction; *Hearing Impairments;
 Higher Education; *Oral Language
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 47
-A-
 EJ293762 SE534885
-W-
 Using Science and Technology to Teach Science and Technology.
 Postlethwait, S. N.
 Engineering Education, v74 n4 p204-09 Jan 1984
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141); CONFERENCE PAPER (150)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJMAY84
 Describes an integrated approach to science instruction using large group,
 small group, and audio-tutorial sessions to teach students to master
 content, express themselves in written and oral presentations and critically
 assess and organize material. Provides the orientation "Why are we all
 here?" and defends criticisms of cheating and grade inflation. (JM)
-Desc-
 *College Science; *Engineering Education; Higher Education; High Schools;
 *Individualized Instruction; Peer Teaching; Science Education ; *Science
 Instruction; Secondary School Science; Speech Communication; Teaching
 Methods; *Technology; Writing Skills
-Ident-
 Audio Tutorial Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 48
-A-
 EJ293033 CS729131
-W-
 Classical Rhetoric, Modern Rhetoric, and Contemporary Discourse Studies.
 Lunsford, Andrea A.; Ede, Lisa S.
 Written Communication, v1 n1 p78-100 Jan 1984 For ordering information see
 CS 79 130.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 POSITION PAPER (120); REVIEW LITERATURE (070)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJMAY84
 Reviews the conventional presentation of classical rhetoric by those
 advocating a new rhetoric, demonstrates the inaccuracy of their view by
 offering an alternative interpretation of Aristotelian rhetoric, sets forth
 three similar assumptions that underlie both classical and modern rhetoric,
 and suggests that these assumptions inform a number of related fields of
 discourse study. (FL)
-Desc-
 Educational Theories; Integrated Activities; *Intellectual History;
 *Rhetoric; Rhetorical Criticism; *Speech Communication; *Writing
 (Composition)
-Ident-
 *New Rhetoric; *Theory Practice Relationship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 49
-A-
 EJ291783 FL515472
-W-
 Discourse Analysis and the Teaching of Writing.
 Byrnes, Heidi
 ADFL Bulletin, v15 n2 p30-36 Nov 1983 Adapted from paper presented at the
 Annual Convention of the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign
 Languages (New York, November 1982).
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RESEARCH REPORT (143); CONFERENCE PAPER (150)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJAPR84
 Argues that communicative competence is as important in writing as in
 speaking, and that more emphasis should be placed on written work and
 writing skills in the second language classroom. Discusses some of the
 insights that discourse analysis provides into written communication in the
 areas of pragmatics, semantics, lexicon and syntax. (EKN)
-Desc-
 Cohesion (Written Composition); Communicative Competence (Languages);
 *Discourse Analysis; Higher Education; Language Research; *Pragmatics;
 *Second Language Instruction; *Semantics; *Syntax; *Writing Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 50
-A-
 EJ291772 FL515461
-W-
 The Least You Should Know about Arabic: Implications or the ESL Writing
 Instructor.
 Thompson-Panos, Karyn; Thomas-Ruzic, Maria
 TESOL Quarterly, v17 n4 p609-23 Dec 1983
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJAPR84
 Describes various aspects of written Arabic that have been identified as
 contributors to observed error production and weaknesses in writing skills
 of Arabic-speaking learners of English. (EKN)
-Desc-
 *Arabic; *English (Second Language); *Error Analysis (Language); Second
 Language Instruction; *Writing Difficulties; Writing Instruction; Writing
 Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 51
-A-
 EJ291185 CS706376
-W-
 Dimensions of Communication Reticence and Their Impact on Verbal Encoding.
 Burgoon, Judee K.; Hale, Jerold L.
 Communication Quarterly, v31 n4 p302-11 Fall 1983
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJAPR84
 Examines the relationship between oral and written communication reticence
 and the following dimensions: verbal productivity, lexical diversity,
 language complexity, comprehensibility, and language intensity. Concludes
 that the different dimensions do affect verbalizations, but they are neither
 equal nor parallel in their effects. (PD)
-Desc-
 College Students; *Communication Apprehension; *Communication Research;
 Higher Education; *Language Usage; Measurement Techniques; *Measures
 (Individuals); Speech Communication; Tests; *Verbal Communication; *Writing
 Apprehension
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 52
-A-
 EJ290370 SE534616
-W-
 Decoding and Encoding: A Balanced Approach To Communication Skills.
 Selfe, Cynthia L.
 Engineering Education, v74 n3 p163-64 Dec 1983
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJMAR84
 Surveyed college representatives from 100 companies (56 percent response
 rate) to determine relative importance of communication kills (writing,
 listening, speaking, reading) to practicing engineers and of individual
 skills within each of these four areas for on-the-job performance.
 Listening/speaking skills were rated as most important, followed by
 reading/writing. (JN)
-Desc-
 *Communication Skills; Educational Research; *Engineering Education;
 *Engineers; Higher Education; *Listening Skills; *Reading Skills ; Surveys;
 Writing (Composition); *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 53
-A-
 EJ288939 SP513317
-W-
 Dialect and Writing: A Review.
 Cronnell, Bruce
 Jrnl of Research and Development in Education, v17 n1 p58-64 Fall 1983
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 REVIEW LITERATURE (070); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJFEB84
 This paper reviews research about how speaking a dialect can influence
 students' writing and how writing should be taught to students who speak a
 dialect of English. Literature on the writing errors commonly made by
 speakers of Black English and other American dialects in summarized. (PP)
-Desc-
 Black Dialects; Error Patterns; *Language Role; *Nonstandard Dialects; *Oral
 English; Regional Dialects; Standard Spoken Usage; Teaching Methods;
 *Writing Instruction; *Written Language
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 54
-A-
 EJ28877 SO511753
-W-
 Writing and Speaking Skills Can Be Taught in Psychology Classes.
 Klugh, Henry E.
 Teaching of Psychology, v10 n3 p170-71 Oct 1983
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJFEB84
 Describes a program that gives psychology students practice in written and
 oral communication. It involves students in writing an abstract of a JRNL
 ART. and in making an oral presentation. Writing and speaking skills, along
 with methodology, may be the most enduring legacy of introductory psychology
 courses. (CS)
-Desc-
 Course Descriptions; Higher Education; *Interdisciplinary Approach;
 *Psychology; Speech Communication; Speech Instruction; *Speech Skills;
 Teaching Methods; Writing (Composition); Writing Instruction; *Writing
 Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 55
-A-
 EJ287823 CG525009
-W-
 An Investigation of Oral Language and Writing Proficiency in Third-Grade
 Students.
 Edmaiston, Rebecca; Larsen, Stephen C.
 Psychology in the Schools, v20 n3 380-87 Jul 1983
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJFEB84
 Examined two aspects of the relationship between oral and written language
 for third-grade students (N=77). Results indicated that moderate
 relationships existed between grammatical aspects of oral and written
 language. Oral language proficiency significantly differed for groups rated
 high, medium, and low on the basis of written language performance. (WAS)
-Desc-
 *Elementary School Students; *Language Proficiency; *Oral Language; Primary
 Education; *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 56
-A-
 EJ287275 SE534302
-W-
 Verbal Language Processes in Support of Learning Mathematics.
 Pallmann, Margot
 Mathematics in College, p49-55 Win 1983
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); CLASSROOM MATERIAL (050); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJAN84
 How writing skills are used in remedial mathematics classes to help college
 students attain better problem-solving achievement is described. Data affirm
 the value of the approach. (MNS)
-Desc-
 Cognitive Processes; *College Mathematics; Educational Research; Higher
 Education; *Language Proficiency; *Mathematics Instruction ; *Problem
 Solving; *Remedial Mathematics; *Writing Skills
-Ident-
 *Mathematics Education Research
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 57
-A-
 EJ287086 PS512188
-W-
 Effects of an Integrated Approach to Grammar Instruction on Third Graders'
 Reading and Writing.
 Noyce, Ruth M.; Christie, James F.
 Elementary School Jrnl, v84 n1 p63-69 Sep 1983
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 EVALUATIVE REPORT (142)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJAN84
 Working with a sample of third-grade students, researchers compared two
 sentence-modeling curricula: one focusing exclusively on writing and the
 other, the Integrated Sentence-Modeling Curriculum (ISMC), combining
 language arts areas. Designed for elementary school students, the ISMC
 introduces children to complex syntactic structures by involving them in
 listening, speaking, writing, and reading activities. (RH)
-Desc-
 Comparative Analysis; Elementary Education; *Elementary School Students;
 Grade 3; *Grammar; *Integrated Activities; *Verbal Development
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 58
-A-
 EJ86540 CS728555
-W-
 Media Unit for Secondary English.
 Dalzell, Pat
 English Quarterly, v16 n1 p7-12 Spr 1983
-Lang-
 English
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJAN84
 Offers a detailed description of a unit designed to explore the
 effectiveness of communication through the media that emphasizes all modes
 of communication--listening, speaking, reading, and writing. (AEA)
-Desc-
 *Communication Skills; Course Descriptions; *English Instruction;
 *Integrated Activities; *Learning Activities; Listening Skills ; *Mass
 Media; Reading Skills; Secondary Education; Speech Skills; Television
 Commercials; Television Viewing; Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 59
-A-
 EJ286469 CS706300
-W-
 Teaching Research Methodology and Writing in the Graduate Communication
 Program.
 Rosenfeld, Lawrence B.
 Association for Communication Administration Bulletin, n46 p36-38 Oct 1983
 Avail. from: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 POSITION PAPER (120)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJAN84
 Based on his experience as a Jrnl editor, the author reviews the criteria
 for publication and emphasizes the importance of teaching research methods
 and writing skills in the graduate communication program. (PD)
-Desc-
 *Graduate Study; Higher Education; Speech Communication; *Speech Curriculum;
 *Writing for Publication
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 60
-A-
 EJ285249 CS728487
-W-
 How to Read and Write a Pumpkin Owner's Manual.
 Glorie, Josephine
 English Jrnl, v72 n5 p79-81 Sep 1983
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141); TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJDEC83
 Describes a graduated series of writing, reading, and listening exercises
 designed to develop student experience and self-confidence in receiving and
 giving technical information. (MM)
-Desc-
 Intermediate Grades; Junior High Schools; *Listening Skills Reading Skills;
 *Speech Skills; Writing Instruction
-Ident-
 *Reading Writing Relationship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 61
-A-
 EJ284065 FL515168
-W-
 Linguistic and Cognitive Processes in Developmental Writing
 de Beaugrande, Robert
 International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching, v21 n2
 p125-44 May 1983
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141); TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJNOV83
 As a result of difficulty in applying linguistic theory to teaching remedial
 writing to college students, a technique was developed that uses comparisons
 of spoken and written English to assist in composition and revision.
 Specific techniques and examples are outlined. (MSE)
-Desc-
 Comparative Analysis; English; Higher Education; Linguistic Theory; *Oral
 Language; *Remedial Instruction; *Revision (Written Composition); *Writing
 Instruction; *Written Language
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 62
-A-
 EJ283764 CS728405
-W-
 The Return to Process: The Reading Example.
 Baghban, Marcia
 Reading Horizons, v23 n4 p249-54 Sum 1983
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); POSITION PAPER (120)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJNOV83
 Argues that "kid watching, " the model of the successful reader, story
 schema, predictable materials, language experience, and supportive writing
 are all indicators of the return to common sense in reading education. (FL)
-Desc-
 Beginning Reading; *Child Language; Cognitive Processes; Language Experience
 Approach; Oral Language; Primary Education; *Reading Instruction; *Reading
 Processes; *Reading Research; *Research Methodology; *Schemata (Cognition);
 Writing Skills
-Ident-
 Reading Writing Relationship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 63
-A-
 EJ283735 CS706249
-W-
 Speech Communication Instruction: An Interdisciplinary Assessment.
 Wenger, Paul E.; Fischbach, Robert M.
 Association for Communication Administration Bulletin, n45 p36-38 Aug 1983
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJNOV83
 Describes an interdisciplinary effort that combines instruction in
 fundamentals of speech communication and English composition. (PD)
-Desc-
 Course Content; Higher Education; *Interdisciplinary Approach; *Speech
 Communication; *Speech Instruction; Writing (Composition) ; *Writing
 Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 64
-A-
 EJ282836 FL515125
-W-
 Devloping Criteria for Textbook Evaluation.
 Williams, David
 ELT Jrnl, v37 n3 p251-61 Jul 1983
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); CONFERENCE PAPER (150); NON-CLASSROOM MATERIAL (055)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJOCT83
 A checklist of criteria for determining a text's appropriateness is
 provided. Suggestions assume four needs: current methodology, guidance for
 nonnative teachers, students' special needs, and relevance to the
 sociocultural environment of instruction. Criteria cover general
 considerations, speech, grammar, vocabulary, reading, writing, and
 illustrations. (MSE)
-Desc-
 Check Lists; Cultural Context; *English (Second Language); *Evaluation
 Criteria; Grammar; Illustrations; Reading Comprehension; Relevance
 (Education); *Second Language Instruction; Speech Skills; Student Needs;
 *Textbook Evaluation; Vocabulary; Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 65
-A-
 EJ282823 FL515112
-W-
 Scottish Universities French Language Research Association Project I: Lyon a
 la Une.
 Walker, Andrew L.
 British Jrnl of Language Teaching, v21 n1 p18-24, 44 Spr 1983
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJOCT83
 The development of a second-year college French language course based on
 principles of communicative competence and the notional-functional approach
 is described. Although spoken language is the primary focus of the course,
 it is also designed to cover a broader range of writing skills than the
 traditional college language course. (MSE)
-Desc-
 *College Second Language Programs; *Communicative Competence (Languages);
 Course Descriptions; *Curricilum Development; Foreign Countries; *French;
 Higher Education; *Notional Functional Syllabi; Professional Associations;
 Second Language Instruction; Speech Skills; Writing Skills
-Ident-
 *Scotland
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 66
-A-
 EJ281599 PS511971
-W-
 When Will My Child Write?
 Tway, Eileen
 Childhood Education, v59 n5 p332-35 May-Jun 1983
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); TEACHING GUIDE (050)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJSEP83
 Points out stages in writing-skill development as well as ways children's
 writing can be stimulated at home and in school. Topics include: encouraging
 new vocabulary and development of spoken language; reading to the child and
 stimulating involvement and response; being an example by writing in the
 presence of children; and providing opportunities for writing. (RH)
-Desc-
 Classroom Techniques; Early Childhood Education; *Elementary School
 Students; Guidelines; *Parent Role; *Preschool Children; *Teacher Role;
 *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 67
-A-
 EJ280883 CS728337
-W-
 Teaching In-House Technical Communication Courses.
 Khachaturian, Armen; Estrin, Herman A.
 ABCA Bulletin, v46 n2 p42-48 Jun 1983
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
 Language: English
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJSEP83
 Presents outlines and objectives of two inservice, eight-week seminars on
 effective writing and oral presentation designed for an engineering firm.
 (AEA)
-Desc-
 *Business Communication; *Course Descriptions; *Speech Communication; Speech
 Skills; *Technical Writing; *Writing (Composition); Writing Instruction;
 Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 68
-A-
 EJ278724 SO11021
-W-
 A "Special" Student.
 Harnack, Robert S.
 Humanist, v43 n3 p13-15, 36 May-Jun 1983
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUL83
 A high school student labeled "trouble maker" and "poor student" flourishes
 in a reading and comprehension class that encourages students to read,
 write, and speak on topics directly related to their individual interests.
 (RM)
-Desc-
 Behavior Problems; *English Instruction; High Schools; *Humanistic
 Education; *Learning Problems; Reading Skills; *Relevance (Education);
 Speech Curriculum; Student Interests; Student Motivation; Teacher Influence;
 Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 69
-A-
 EJ278188 HE516767
-W-
 Overcoming Communication Barriers in Advising.
 Villeme, Melvin G.
 NACADA Jrnl, v2 n2 p70-74 Nov 1982
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUL83
 Advisors must beware of communication barriers with the students they serve
 and should develop specific skills in writing, speaking, listening, and
 nonverbal behaviors. (MSE)
-Desc-
 *Academic Advising; Communication Problems; *Communication Skills; Counselor
 Client Relationship; *Faculty Advisers; Higher Education Listening Skills;
 Nonverbal Communication; Speech Skills; *Student Teacher Relationship;
 Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 70
-A-
 EJ278146 L514996
-W-
 The Reader: A Coordinated Approach.
 Lopez, Katherine
 Foreign Language Annals, v16 n2 p131-33 Apr 1983
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141); TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUL83
 Through a three-part method (class presentation, quiz, and written summary),
 reading texts can be used to promote conversational and writing skills as
 well as reading. Variations on traditional techniques of oral presentation
 and written summary provide a basis for student dialog, an individualized
 approach to grammar review, and language manipulation. (Author/MSE)
-Desc-
 Class Activities; Grammar; Reading Instruction; *Reading Materials; *Second
 Language Instruction; Secondary Education; *Speech Skills; *Writing
 Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 71
-A-
 EJ277822 CS706164
-W-
 Measurable Effects of a Communication Skills Course: An Initial Study.
 Trank, Douglas M.; Steele, Joe M.
 Communication Education, v32 n2 p227-36 Apr 1983
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUL83
 Tested the writing and speaking performance of students before and after the
 completion of one semester of rhetoric instruction. Confirmed that changes
 in students' writing and speaking skills can be reliably measured using the
 American College Testing Program's College Outcome Measures Project (COMP)
 Speaking and Writing Assessments. (PD)
-Desc-
 College Students; *Communication Skills; Educational Assessment; Higher
 Education; *Measurement Techniques; Measures (Individuals); *Pretests
 Posttests; Rhetoric; *Speech Skills; *Writing Skills
-Ident-
 American College Testing Program; *College Outcome Measures Project
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 72
-A-
 EJ276102 CS727793
-W-
 A First-Grade Teacher Teaches Reading, Writing, and Oral Communication
 across the Curriculum.
 Seaver, JoAnn Tuttle; Botel, Morton
 Reading Teacher, v36 n7 p656-64 Mar 1983
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUN83
 Describes a first grade teacher's typical day. Uses it to illustrate methods
 for integrating the teaching of the language arts. (FL)
-Desc-
 Grade 1; *Integrated Activities; *Interdisciplinary Approach ; *Language
 Arts; Primary Education; *Reading Instruction; *Speech Instruction; Teaching
 Methods; *Writing Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 73
-A-
 EJ275689 CE512885
-W-
 Evaluation of Structured Interpersonal Communication in the Achievement of
 Principles of Business Communication.
 Wohlgamuth, William L.
 Delta Pi Epsilon Jrnl, v25 n1 p23-30 Jan 1983
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); POSITION PAPER (120); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUN83
 This study was conducted to determine what effect structured interpersonal
 communication and writing exercises have on student achievement of the
 principles of business communication. Results indicated there was a
 significant increase in student achievement of the principles of business
 communication when structured interpersonal communication and writing
 exercises were used. (Author/SSH)
-Desc-
 *Academic Achievement; *Business Communication; Higher Education;
 *Interpersonal Communication; Nonverbal Communication; Verbal Communication;
 *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 74
-A-
 EJ275688 CE512884
-W-
 The Relationship among Perceptions of Business Communications Needs Held by
 Undergraduate Students, Their Supervisors, and Faculty at the University of
 the District of Columbia.
 Lemley, Barbara W.
 Delta Pi Epsilon Jrnl, v25 n1 p9-22 Jan 1983
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143); STATISTICAL MATERIAL (110)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUN83
 This study involved the identification of perceptions of three
 groups--working students, their supervisors, and the faculty at the
 University of the District of Columbia--about the gap that exists between
 education and the world of work in the area of business communications.
 (Author/SSH)
-Desc-
 *Business Communication; *Classroom Communication; *Communication Skills;
 *Education Work Relationship; Higher Education; Nonverbal Communication;
 Verbal Communication; *Work Environment; Writing Skills
-Ident-
 University of the District of Columbia
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 75
-A-
 EJ274817 JC503082
-W-
 Speech Exercises for the Writing Class.
 Miller, Cynthia A.
 Jrnl of Developmental & Remedial Education, v6 n2 p24-25 Win 1983
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJMAY83
 Describes the use of speech communication activities as springboards for
 writing assignments. Focuses on interviewing, storytelling, role-playing,
 letter-writing, and nonverbal communication exercises. Concludes that such
 prewriting activities help remedial writing students in organizing thoughts,
 generating information, interacting with peers and instructors, and
 alleviating writing anxiety. (DMM)
-Desc-
 Nonverbal Communication; Postsecondary Education; *Prewriting; Remedial
 Programs; Speech Communication; *Speech Instruction; *Writing Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 76
-A-
 EJ274140 CS706104
-W-
 Children's Strategies for Maintaining Cohesion in Their Written and Oral
 Stories.
 Haslett, Betty J.
 Communication Education, v32 n1 p91-105 Jan 1983
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJMAY83
 Explores the relationship between early speaking and writing skills by
 investigating how children use referential ties (personal pronouns,
 demonstratives, and comparatives) to build coherence in their oral and
 written stories. Discusses findings and implications for developing
 children's communicative competency. (PD)
-Desc-
 *Child Language; *Coherence; Communication Research; *Communication Skills;
 Connected Discourse; Correlation; Developmental Stages; Discourse Analysis;
 Language Research; Sex Differences; *Speech Skills; *Story Telling; *Writing
 Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 77
-A-
 EJ261314 CS726605
-W-
 Dialogue and Monologue and the Unskilled Writer.
 Collins, James L.
 English Jrnl, v71 n4 p84-86 Apr 1982
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143); REVIEW LITERATURE (070)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJAUG82
 Reviews what recent research into speaking-writing relationships has to say
 about a particular problem of unskilled writes--those who tend to write as
 if they were talking. Examines the differences and interdependence of oral
 dialogue and written monologue. (RL)
-Desc-
 Communication Skills; Higher Education; *Language Research; *Language
 Styles; *Oral Language; Secondary Education; *Writing Research; Writing
 Skills; *Written Language
-Ident-
 *Speaking Writing Relationship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 78
-A-
 EJ260159 JC502813
-W-
 Project EQuality: Phase One.
 Jrnl of Developmental & Remedial Education, v5 n2 p5 Win 1982
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); POSITION PAPER (120)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUL82
 Identifies the academic competencies and skills required for college
 success, as prepared by the College Board during phase one of Project
 EQuality. Lists competencies for reading, writing, speaking and listening,
 mathematics, reasoning, and studying. Considers successful study skills
 essential in acquiring all other competencies. (DMM)
-Desc-
 *Basic Skills; *College Preparation; *Competency Based Education; High
 Schools; Listening Skills; Mathematics Achievement; Postsecondary Education;
 Problem Solving; Reading Ability; Speech Skills; Study Skills; Writing
 Skills
-Ident-
 *Project EQuality
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 79
-A-
 EJ258738 SP511561
-W-
 Teaching Writing as an Inductive Activity.
 Sullivan, Jerry L.
 Action in Teacher Education, v3 n4 p29-33 Win 198 1981
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUN82
 Creative inductive exercises for teaching effective writing skills are
 presented. Basic objectives of the inductive method include: (1) challenging
 students with creative options; (2) discovering the basics in sentence
 construction; (3) interpreting the idea of the "levels of generality; " and
 (4) focusing on the parallel between sentence construction and paragraph
 construction. (JN)
-Desc-
 Descriptive Writing; *Educational Objectives; *Induction; Student Writing
 Models; *Teaching Methods; *Writing Exercises; *Writing Instruction; Writing
 Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 80
-A-
 EJ250954 CS725662
-W-
 Managerial Communication: Total Business Communication for the 1980s.
 Rochester, Jack B.; DiGaetani, John L.
 ABCA Bulletin, v44 n3 p9-10 Sep 1981
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJAN82
 Distinguishes between managerial communication and organizational
 communication. Reports the findings of a survey of college communication
 teachers and department heads concerning managerial communication. (FL)
-Desc-
 Administrators; *Business English; *Educational Research; Listening Skills;
 *Organizational Communication; Reading Skills; Speech Skills; Surveys;
 *Technical Writing; Writing Skills
-Ident-
 *Managerial Communication
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 81
-A-
 EJ245818 EC132764
-W-
 A Developmental Study of the Relation between Oral Language and Early
 Reading in Learning Disabled and Normally Achieving Children.
 Reid, D. Kim; Hresko, Wayne P.
 Learning Disability Quarterly, v3 n4 p54-61 Fall 1980
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJSEP81
 The results were interpreted as support for the view that oral and written
 language are interactive in their development, and that young children come
 to school with some reading abilities. For related information see EC 132
 758-768. (Author)
-Desc-
 Exceptional Child Research; Language Acquisition; *Learning Disabilities;
 *Oral Language; Primary Education; Reading Ability; Speech Skills; Writing
 Skills; *Written Language
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 82
-A-
 EJ24258 FL513794
-W-
 Cloze Procedure and Written Language in Schizophrenia.
 Manschreck, Theo C.; And Others
 Language and Speech, v23 n4 p323-28 Oct-Dec 1980
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUL81
 Examines the relationship between relevant clinical symptoms and the
 predictability of language utterances in schizophrenia. Specifically,
 investigates the sensitivity of the Cloze procedure to various modes of
 language response, attempting to detect differences between language sample
 written by schizophrenics and controls. Analyzes experimental data gathered
 from spoken and written responses. (Author/MES)
-Desc-
 *Cloze Procedure; Oral Language; *Psychiatry; Psycholinguistics;
 *Psychometrics; Research Methodology; *Schizophrenia; *Writing
 (Composition)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 83
-A-
 EJ234013 CS713340
-W-
 Understanding a First Grader's Stories.
 Whipp, Leslie T.
 English Education, v12 n1 p16-25 Oct 1980
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); TEACHING GUIDE (052); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJMAR81
 Presents a case study suggesting that teachers who know how to analyze adult
 literature can use similar skills to analyze children's stories, leading to
 an increased understanding and sensitivity of the child's creative efforts.
 (RL)
-Desc-
 *Case Studies; *Discourse Analysis; Grade 1; Primary Education; *Student
 Writing Models; *Teacher Response; *Teacher Role; *Writing (Composition)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 84
-A-
 EJ233986 CS713313
-W-
 ERIC/RCS Report: Reading, Writing, Listening, Speaking.
 Jolly, Thomas
 Language Arts, v57 n6 p664-68 Sep 1980
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); REVIEW LITERATURE (070)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJMAR81
 Reviews research on the relationship between the receptive language arts
 skills (reading and listening), on the relationship between the expressive
 skills (writing and speaking), and on the relationships between receptive
 and expressive skills. Reports on teaching materials that reflect these
 interrelationships. (RL)
-Desc-
 *Correlation; Elementary Education; Learning Activities; *Listening Skills;
 *Reading Skills; *Skill Development; *Speech Skills; *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 85
-A-
 EJ232010 CS715861
-W-
 F. Rine.
 Evans, Roger
 English in Education, v14 n2 p33-35 Sum 1980
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJFEB81
 Tells how using a hand puppet in classroom interactions helped a quiet and
 inhibited little girl develop skills and spontaneity in written and oral
 communication. (GT)
-Desc-
 *Classroom Communication; Communication Problems; Elementary Education;
 *Inhibition; *Language Skills; *Puppetry; Speech Communication; *Student
 Development; *Student Teacher Relationship; Writing (Composition)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 86
-A-
 EJ230308 EC124421
-W-
 A Multi-Disciplinary Approach to Teaching English.
 Forman, Joan D.; Spector, Paula Brown
 American Annals of the Deaf, (The Use and Learning of Spoken Language
 Systems) v125 n3 p400-05 May 1980
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJAN81
 The paper describes a model of English instruction for deaf students which
 involves both English and speech teachers. The premise of the model is that
 instruction in reading, writing, listening, and speechreading is actually
 instruction in English through different modalities. (Author/PHR)
-Desc-
 *Deafness; *English Instruction; Lipreading; Listening; *Models; Reading
 Instruction; Secondary Education; *Speech Instruction; Teaching Methods;
 *Team Teaching; Writing Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 87
-A-
 EJ228066 FL513271
-W-
 Die Schreibfertigkeit im Fremdsprachenunterricht (Writing Skill in Foreign
 Language Teaching).
 Stalb, Heinrich
 Zielsprache Deutsch, n4 p24-34 1979
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
 Language: German
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); POSITION PAPER (120); TEACHING GUIDE (052)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJDEC80
 The emphasis on spoken language tends to diminish attention to writing. As
 examples, three currently used German teaching texts are cited. This
 situation is seen as unfortunate, in view of the importance of writing
 ability in the most important examinations in German as a foreign language.
 Some teaching hints are given. (IFS/WGA)
-Desc-
 *German; Language Tests; *Second Language Instruction; *Speech Instruction;
 Teaching Methods; *Textbook Content; *Writing Instruction
-Ident-
 West Germany
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 88
-A-
 EJ226144 RC503811
-W-
 Who Says Kids Can't Write?
 Haley, Beverly
 Small School Forum, v1 n1 p3-4 Spr 1980
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJNOV80
 A four-phase composition unit helps adolescents solidify their sense of
 identity and build self-confidence while they improve their written, oral,
 research, and inquiry skills. The unit requires students to explore their
 relationships with family, friends, school, and community. (SB)
-Desc-
 *Adolescents; Community Study; Experiential Learning; Family
 Characteristics; *Perception; Research Skills; Rural Youth; Secondary
 Education; Self Concept; *Self Esteem; Self Evaluation (Individuals); Speech
 Skills; *Teaching Methods; *Writing Instruction; *Writing Skills
-Ident-
 Colorado (Fort Morgan)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 89
-A-
 EJ225554 FL513183
-W-
 Language for Seeing: Using Objects to Teach Speaking and Writing Skills.
 Kurylo, Lynne
 TESL Talk, v11 n2 p16-21 Spr 1980
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); NON-CLASSROOM MATERIAL (055)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJNOV80
 Describing, evaluating, and interpreting the meaning and function of art
 objects provides language practice in seeking and giving information and in
 expressing reactions. Several suggestions for class activities and field
 trips using this technique are offered. (PMJ)
-Desc-
 *Art Education; Class Activities; *Descriptive Writing; Field Trips; *Second
 Language Instruction; Speech Instruction; Writing Instruction
-Ident-
 Description
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 90
-A-
 EJ224214 PS509510
-W-
 Language Abilities and Reading: A Review of the Literature on Their
 Relationship.
 Hammill, Donald D.; McNutt, Gaye
 Elementary School Jrnl, v80 n5 p269-77 May 1980
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); REVIEW LITERATURE (070)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJOCT80
 Presents a synthesis of research on the relationships of listening,
 speaking, and writing to reading (MP)
-Desc-
 Content Analysis; Elementary Education; Language Skills; *Listening
 Comprehension; Literature Reviews; *Reading; *Research; *Speech Skills;
 *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 91
-A-
 EJ217902 FL512903
-W-
 A Study of Sentence Combining Tecbniques for Developing Written and Oral
 Fluency in French.
 Cooper, Thomas; Morain, Genelle
 French Review, v53 n3 p411-23 Feb 1980
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUL80
 Reports on a study designed to investigate the results of intensive
 sentence-combining practice on the written and oral syntactic fluency of
 college students of French. (AM)
-Desc-
 *French; Grammar; Higher Education; Language Research; *Second Language
 Learning; *Sentence Combining; *Speech Skills; *Syntax; *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 92
-A-
 EJ210803 CS711285
-W-
 Using Reseach in Language to Improve Word Fluency.
 Brostowin, P. R.
 Teaching English in the Two-Year College, v6 n1 p35-39 Fall 1979
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); REVIEW LITERATURE (070)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJMAR80
 Explains the rationale behind freshman English course assignments in
 writing, a rationale based on conclusions of three research projects that
 relate to the writing process. (MKM)
-Desc-
 College Freshmen; *Educational Research; Higher Education; Learning; Reading
 Habits; Speech Skills; *Student Improvement; *Vocabulary Development;
 *Writing (Composition)
-Ident-
 *Composition Process
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 93
-A-
 EJ210801 CS711283
-W-
 A Silver Jubilee Lecture on Freshman Composition.
 Huguelet, Theodore L.
 Teaching English in the Two-Year College, v6 n1 p25-28 Fall 1979
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); TEACHING GUIDE (052); CONFERENCE PAPER (150)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJMAR80
 Describes the use of a dialectic theme as the basic assignment in a freshman
 composition course. (MKM)
-Desc-
 *College Freshmen; *Critical Thinking; Higher Education; *Rhetoric; Teaching
 Methods; *Writing (Composition); Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 94
-A-
 EJ204587 CS708649
-W-
 Oral and Written Discourse of Basic Writers: Similarities and Differences.
 Cayer, Roger L.; Sacks, Renee K.
 Research in the Teaching of English, v13 n2 p121-28 May 1979
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJNOV79
 Findings indicate some evidence of the adult basic writer's reliance on the
 oral repertoire when communicating in the written mode. (DD)
-Desc-
 *Academically Handicapped; College Freshmen; *Educational Research; Higher
 Education; *Speech Communication; *Writing (Composition); *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 95
-A-
 EJ197781 CS71480
-W-
 The Facts of Life: Sex Differentiated Knowledge in the English Classroom and
 the School.
 Spender, Dale
 English in Education, v12 n3 p1-9 Fall 1978
 Avail. from: Reprint: UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JRNL ART. (080)
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJJUL79
 Explores a variety of contexts in which the reading, writing, and talk of
 the English class make different knowledge available to students on the
 basis of their sex. (AA)
-Desc-
 Bias; English Curriculum; *English Instruction; Reading Materials; Secondary
 Education; Sex Bias; *Sex Differences; *Sex Stereotypes; Speech
 Communication; Student Teacher Relationship; Writing (Composition)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 96
-A-
 EJ179306 FL511134
-W-
 A Report on the English Language Assessment Test
 Kellett, Margaret
 TEL Talk, 9, 1, 34-8 W 1978
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJE1978
 A description is provided of the English Language Assessment Test, a
 proficiency test administered weekly at the Vancouver Community College to
 determine the level of English language proficiency of non-native speakers
 who are applying for college preparatory or college courses and vocational
 training programs. (SW)
-Desc-
 Community Colleges; *English (Second Language); Language Instruction;
 *Language Proficiency; Language Skills; *Language Tests; Listening
 Comprehension; Reading Comprehension; Speech Skills; *Student Placement; Two
 Year Colleges; Writing (Composition)
-Ident-
 *English Language Assessment Test
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 97
-A-
 EJ178140 PS506607
-W-
 Children's Oral Language and Their Written Composition
 Groff, Patrick
 Elementary School Jrnl, 78, 3, 180-91 Jan 1978
 Avail. from: Reprint Available (See ?. vii): UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJE1978
 Reviews research on the association between children's oral language and
 their writing which, taken as a whole, raises doubts as to the existence of
 the very close and highly positive relationship some experts say exist
 between these two aspects of linguistic expression. More than 50 references
 are cited. (BR)
-Desc-
 *Elementary Education; Language Arts; *Speech Communication *Speech Skills;
 *Writing Skills; *Written Language
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 98
-A-
 EJ166167 FL510487
-W-
 Evaluating Foreign Language Proficiency of Prospective French and German
 Teachers Using Standardized and Native-Rater Instruments
 James, Charles L.; Jorstad, Helen L.
 Foreign Language Annals, 10, 5, 549-560 Oct 1977
 Avail. from: Reprint Available (See p. vii): UMI
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJE1978
 This summary of two dissertations involves a comparison of two procedures
 for measuring speaking and writing proficiency in French and German. Both
 studies used the MLA Cooperative Foreign Language Proficiency Tests.
 Findings indicated a strong relationship between native-rater speaking
 scores and scores on the MLA speaking test. (CHK)
-Desc-
 *Language Teachers; *Language Proficiency; *Language Tests; *Test Selection;
 French; German; Speech Skills; Writing Skills; Measurement Techniques;
 Correlation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 99
-A-
 EJ154923 CS707671
-W-
 Helping Writers to Think
 Jacobs, Suzanne E.; Karliner, Adela B.
 College English, 38, 5, 489-505 Jan 1977
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJE1977
 The effect of speech roles in individual conferences on the quality of
 thought in student writing. (Author)
-Desc-
 *Case Studies; Higher Education; *Interpersonal Competence; *Speech Skills;
 *Student Teacher Relationship; Writing (Composition); *Writing Skills
-Ident-
 *Writing Conferences
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 100
-A-
 EJ122789 FL507950
-W-
 Kurs po Stilistike Russkogo Jazyka (A Course on Russian Stylistics)
 Vukanovich, E. P.
 Russian Language Jrnl, 29, 103, 125-130 Spr 1975
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJE1976
 Outlines basic goals, techniques, and materials for a college level course
 in Russian language stylistics. The use of literature readings, composition
 writing, stylistics levels of both spoken and written language, and synonym
 equivalence are discussed. (Text is in Russian.) (DH)
-Desc-
 *Language Instruction; Language Programs; *Language Styles; Language Usage;
 Literary Styles; *Russian; Semantics; *Speech Communication ; *Writing
 (Composition)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 101
-A-
 EJ082837 FL504988
-W-
 R and Non-R: A Possible Solution to an Old Problem
 Sponsler, Lucy A.
 Hispania, 56, 3, 632-634 Sep 1973
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJEABST
 Discusses a dual track'' approach to language learning providing emphases on
 reading and on multiple linguistic skills. (DD)
-Desc-
 *College Language Programs; *Spanish; *Reading Ability; *Audiolingual
 Methods; *Speech Skills; Writing Skills; Listening Comprehension;
 Translation; Grading; Vocabulary
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 102
-A-
 EJ080001 FL50696
-W-
 A Play-Writing Experiment in Third-Year German
 Richardson, Horst F.
 Unterrichtspraxis, 6, 1, 32-36 Spr 1973
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJEABST
 Describes a play-writing experiment at Colorado College, Colorado Springs,
 Colorado. (RS)
-Desc-
 *Language Instruction; *German; *Instructional Innovation; *Playwriting;
 Writing Skills; Speech Skills; Universities; Student Reaction
-Ident-
 Brecht (Bertolt)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 103
-A-
 EJ056315 TE202051
-W-
 Folk Tales as a Focus for Teaching Inter-Related Language Arts Skills
 Loewenthal, Herbert
 Elementary English, 49, 3, 428-9 Mar 1972
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJAUG72
 The author describes what skills he used and how he applied them in teaching
 Language Arts. (MF)
-Desc-
 Dramatics; *Language Arts; *Reading Skills; *Speech Communication; *Writing
 Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 104
-A-
 EJ049484 RE503420
-W-
 What is Your DQ (Dyslexia Quotient)?
 Rutherford, William L.
 Reading Teacher, 25, 3, 262-66 Dec 1971
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJE1972
-Desc-
 *Behavior Patterns; Cerebral Dominance; *Dyslexia; *Genetics ; *Language
 Patterns; Memory; *Reading Difficulty; Spatial Relationship; Speech Skills;
 Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 105
-A-
 EJ027420 RE502000
-W-
 College Reading Services for the Marginal Entrant
 Peck, Richard E.; Brinkley, Roy
 J Reading, 14, 1, 19-22 Oct '1970
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJE1970
-Desc-
 *College Programs; *Evaluation Criteria; *Language Enrichment; *Reading
 Instruction; Space Utilization; *Speech Skills; Staff Utilization; Study
 Skills; *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 106
-A-
 EJ019657 TE200683
-W-
 A Motive View of Communication
 Fisher, Walter R.
 Quart J Speech, 56, 2, 131-39 1970 Apr1970
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJE1970
 Maintains that "a communicator perceives a rhetorical situation in terms of
 a motive, and that an organic relationship exists between his perception and
 his response to that circumstance." (Author)
-Desc-
 Audiences; Communication (Thought Transfer); *Motivation; *Persuasive
 Discourse; Speech Communication; *Speeches; *Verbal Communication; Writing
 (Composition)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 107
-A-
 EJ012264 TE600067
-W-
 Can White Liberals Teach Black English in Negro Colleges in the South?
 Swennes, Robert H.
 Coll Composition Commun, 20, 5, 333-338 1969 Dec1969
-Lang-
 ENG.
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJE1970
-Desc-
 *Black Colleges; Black Dialects; *Black Education; Black Literature;
 *Blacks; *English Instruction; Idioms; Literature; Speech Instruction;
 Writing (Composition)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 108
-A-
 EJ07717 TE200270
-W-
 Some Structures for Written English
 MacLeish, Andrew
 Engl J, 58, 6, 877-78, 883-85, 891 1969 Sep1969
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 CIJE1969
 Revision of a paper presented at meeting of the Conference on College
 Composition and Communication (Minneapolis, Minn., April 1968).
-Desc-
 English Instruction; Language Styles; *Sentence Structure; Speech
 Communication; Structural Analysis; *Writing (Composition); Writing Skills;
 Written Language
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 109
-A-
 ED259810 JC850445
-W-
 Literacy Supplement to ESL Master Plan.
 Henderson, Cindy; And Others
 San Francisco Community Coll. District, Calif.
 Sep 1984 112p.; For related documents, see JC 850 444-446. EDRS Price -
 MF01/PC05 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; California
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEDEC85
 Target Audience: Teachers; Practitioners
 Guidelines are provided for incorporating a new component into the San
 Francisco Community College District's English as a Second Language (ESL)
 Master Plan: "Beginning ESL for Non-Literate Students." Introductory
 sections give an overview of the curriculum; describe how to use the guide;
 discuss classroom techniques; describe objectives related to listening,
 speaking, reading, and writing skills; and explore materials and texts for
 beginning non-literate students. The bulk of the document provides a graphic
 display of the curriculum, outlining the following content areas: classroom
 procedures, pre-reading/reading, pre-writing/writing, numeracy, personal
 information, family, health, time, money, shopping, transportation/street
 directions, telephone, housing, post office, and emergencies and home/street
 safety. For each area, competencies are listed, targeted language skills are
 identified, lesson structures and vocabulary items are specified, and
 teaching suggestions and cultural notes are presented. The guide concludes
 with a bibliography of texts. (LAL)
-Desc-
 *Adult Basic Education; *Adult Literacy; *Community Colleges ; *English
 (Second Language); Literacy Education; Program Development; *Second Language
 Instruction; Second Language Programs; Two Year Colleges
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 110
-A-
 ED259605 HE018293
-W-
 The Link: A Planned Sequence of General Studies at Saint Mary-of-the-Woods
 College. We Answered the Educational Questions of 1985 in 1981.
 Saint Mary-of-the-Woods Coll., Ind.
 1985 14p. EDRS Price - MF01/PC01 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141); TEACHING GUIDE (052)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Indiana
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEDEC85
 A planned sequence of general studies at Saint Mary-of-the-Woods College,
 entitle "The Link, " is described. The Link addresses problems that were
 identified in three recent major studies of the college curriculum.
 Quotations from these national studies are included under seven categories
 of problems. Approaches to solving these problems are identified. The
 problem areas are: (1) students' difficulties in becoming independent
 learners; (2) too little structure in the general studies curriculum; (3)
 students' learning too little history, philosophy, languages, and literature
 needed to analyze and solve contemporary problems; (4) students' avoiding
 courses that develop analytical, problem-solving, and communication
 abilities; (5) inadequate writing and speaking skills; (6) lack of faculty
 responsibility for the curriculum as a whole; and (7? students' passivity as
 learners. The Link, which has a strong humanities foundation, is a
 developmental sequence of courses extending through all four years. In
 addition to learning content knowledge, students study learning methods
 approach to the following areas: social/cultural, aesthetic, scientific, and
 philosophical or religious. Faculty are trained to teach both writing skills
 and speaking skills while teaching their own disciplines. A list of the Link
 course requirements concludes the document. (SW)
-Desc-
 *College Curriculum; Communication Skills; Curriculum Guides ; General
 Education; Higher Education; Humanities; Integrated Curriculum; *Language
 Skills; *Liberal Arts; Logical Thinking; *Problem Solving; Skill
 Development; Student Participation; Writing Skills
-Ident-
 *Excellence in Education; *Saint Mary of the Woods College IN
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 111
-A-
 ED259567 FL015129
-W-
 English as a Second Language. Curriculum Guide, Secondary Level.
 Ohio State Dept. of Education, Columbus. Div. of Equal Educational
 Opportunities.
 Jun 1985 101p. EDRS Price - MF01/PC05 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Ohio
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEDEC85
 Government: State
 Target Audience: Teachers; Administrators; Practitioners
 The curriculum guide for Ohio's secondary level programs in English as a
 second language (ESL) begins with background information on factors to
 consider in developing an ESL curriculum, including
 limited-English-proficient students' characteristics, the language
 acquisition process, skill areas to be covered, instructional goals for four
 major language skill areas (listening/speaking, reading/vocabulary, writing,
 and grammar), and techniques for integrating language skills. A section
 follows for each of the four skill areas, outlining specific skills and
 content areas to be developed at each of three levels (beginning,
 intermediate, and advanced), and suggesting classroom activities for each
 skill. The guide is intended as a resource for teachers and administrators,
 to be modified or expanded as appropriate in each school district. (MSE)
-Desc-
 *Curriculum Development; Curriculum Guides; Difficulty Level ; *Educational
 Objectives; *English (Second Language); Grammar; Handwriting ; *Language
 Skills; Learning Processes; Listening Comprehension; Program Design; Reading
 Comprehension; Secondary Education; *Second Language Instruction; Second
 Language Learning; Speech Skills; Student Characteristics; Vocabulary
 Development; Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 112
-A-
 ED259556 FL015111
-W-
 "O Mundo da Lingua Portuguesa, " a Supplementary Cultural Lesson.
 Kennedy, James H.
 Jun 1985 10p. EDRS Price MF01/PC01 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Portuguese; Eng.
-DocType-
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141); TEACHING GUIDE (052)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; District of Columbia
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEDEC85
 Target Audience: Teachers; Practitioners
 The text of a classroom lesson on the distribution and use of the Portuguese
 language in African countries, written in Portuguese and containing an
 explanation of and practice in using the definite article with African place
 names, is presented. The lesson is accompanied by vocabulary notes in the
 margin, a list of questions on the text, and a mpa of the
 Portuguese-speaking world. (MSE)
-Desc-
 *African Culture; *Cultural Education; Determiners (Languages); *Geo.
 Distribution; Grammar; Higher Education; Introductory Courses; *Language
 Role; *Portuguese; Second Language Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 113
-A-
 ED259551 F015065
-W-
 English as a Second Language. Reading Strategies and Aids.
 Vaughan, Jean, Comp.
 Federal Way School District 210, Wash.
 8 Feb 1985 34p. EDRS Price - MF01/PC02 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Washington
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEDEC85
 Target Audience: Teachers; Practitioners
 A guide to the program in English as a second language (ESL) in the Federal
 Way, Washington, School District at the elementary, intermediate, and senior
 high school levels outlines program elements and requirements and suggests
 techniques and approaches for teachers of ESL. The progressive levels of
 language proficiency as indicated by the Language Assessment Scales are
 noted, and specific program goals, objectives, and skills are described in
 each of these categories: self-concepts and attitudes, listening, speaking,
 vocabulary, writing, spelling, grammar, and recreational and content
 reading. Notes are provided for the teacher on elements of classroom
 practice, ordering the reading lesson, content area comprehension
 techniques, study aids, and the SQ3R study method
 (surveying/questioning/reading/reciting/reviewing). A brief annotated
 bibliography is also included. (MSE)
-Desc-
 *Classroom Techniques; *Content Area Reading; Elementary Secondary
 Education; *English (Second Language); Graduation Requirements; Intensive
 Language Courses; Program Descriptions; *Reading Instruction; *Recreational
 Reading; Second Language Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 114
-A-
 ED259396 CS209169
-W-
 English Curriculum Guide for the Parkland Secondary Schools, 7-12. Volume
 I.
 Parkland School District, Orefield, PA.
 Sep 1983 924p.; For volume II See CS 209 170. For the Parkland High School
 Program of Studies, see CS 209 168.
 EDRS Price - MF06/PC37 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Pennsylvania
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEDEC85
 The first of two volumes, this English curriculum guide for grades 7-12 is
 part of a comprehensive curriculum plan for grades K-12. It describes the
 cognitive content that should receive instructional emphasis at each grade
 through a scope and sequence chart and a statement of student
 outcomes--descriptions of skills and concepts that students should be
 developing. The scope and sequence pages are presented first, with each
 topic of the scope and sequence labeled to indicate the depth of student
 involvement required at the given grade level. Course guides included are
 for 7th, 8th, 9th, and 10th-12th grade business English; 10th-12th grade
 college preparatory for the gifted/high potential program; and 10th-12th
 grade general/vocational technical courses. Each course guide has (1) a
 course introduction page containing a course description, required units for
 presentation in a recommended or optional sequence, and suggested
 evaluations and levels of student achievement for the course; (2) several
 unit introduction pages that include an overview of the unit, suggested
 instructional time, intended student objectives, and suggested evaluation
 for the unit; and (3) within each unit, one or more pages that include major
 concepts/content, suggested activities, and suggested resources. (EL)
-Desc-
 Curriculum Development; Curriculum Guides; *English Curriculum; *English
 Instruction; Grammar; *Language Arts; Language Skills Literature
 Appreciation; Secondary Education; Sentence Structure; Speech Skills;
 Writing (Composition); *Writing Instruction; Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 115
-A-
 ED259381 CS209152
-W-
 Language Use, Language Ability, and Language Development: Abstracts of
 Doctoral Dissertations Published in "Dissertation Abstracts International, "
 January through June 1985 (Vol. 45 Nos. 7 through 12).
 ERIC Clearinghouse on Reading and Communication Skills, Urbana, Ill.
 1985 17p.; Pages may be marginally legible. EDRS Price - MF01/PC01 Plus
 Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 BIBLIOGRAPHY (131)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Illinois
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEDEC85
 This collection of abstracts is part of a continuing series providing
 information on recent doctoral dissertations. The 33 titles deal with a
 variety of topics, including the following: (1) aphesis in English; (2) the
 linguistic representation of tone; (3) discourse structure and anaphora in
 written and conversational English; (4) a tagmemic analysis of conversation
 and the speech situation; (5) orality, literacy, and the computerization of
 language; (6) parallel structures in syntax; (7) the validity of
 definitions; (8) the metalinguistic abilities of intermediate-age students;
 (9) the development of subordinate structures in child language; (10)
 interrogative strategies--cognitive and age-related aspects of acquisition;
 (1) a sociolinguistic investigation of the structures of sixth grade science
 and arts lessons with particular attention to verification-of-learning
 activities; (12) systemic cohesion in published general academic English;
 and (13) the effects of linguistic and psychosocial factors on children's
 logical performance. (HOD)
-Desc-
 Annotated Bibliographies; Child Language; Cohesion (Written Composition);
 Definitions; *Discourse Analysis; Doctoral Dissertations; Elementary
 Secondary Education; English; Grammar; Higher Education; *Language
 Acquisition; *Language Research; *Language Skills; *Oral Language ;
 Psycholinguistics; Sociolinguistics; Syntax
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 116
-A-
 ED259378 CS209149
-W-
 Written Language and Writing Abilities: Abstracts of Doctoral Dissertations
 Published in "Dissertation Abstracts International, " January through June
 1985 (Vol. 45 Nos. 7 through 12).
 ERIC Clearinghouse on Reading and Communication Skills, Urbana, Ill.
 1985 12p.; Pages may be marginally legible. EDRS Price - MF01/PC01 Plus
 Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 BIBLIOGRAPHY (131)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Illinois
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEDEC85
 This collection of abstracts is part of a continuing series providing
 information on recent doctoral dissertations. The 16 titles deal with a
 variety of topics, including the following: (1) a study of the meanings of
 experience of ten published feminist women writers; (2) the composing
 activities of computer literate writers; (3) the informational content of
 technical progress reports; (4? some psychosocial functions of college
 writing; (5) the effect of poetry on figurative language usage in children's
 descriptive prose writing; (6) collaborative writing processes; (7) defining
 expository prose within a theory of text construction; (8) the federal
 writers' project in intellectual and cultural context; (9) features of the
 thematic and information structures of the oral and written language of good
 and poor writers; (10) an exploratory study of the English composition
 writing of Chinese students; (11) the effects of writing ability and mode of
 discourse on cognitive capacity engagement; (12) using literature to teach
 writing revision; (13) an integrative model of competent writing; and (14)
 coherence and cognitive style. (EL)
-Desc-
 Annotated Bibliographies; Cognitive Development; Cohesion (Written
 Composition); Computer Assisted Instruction; *Doctoral Dissertations;
 Elementary Education; Expository Writing; Higher Education; Poetry; Prose;
 *Revision (Written Composition); Rhetoric; *Technical Writing; *Writing
 Instruction; *Writing Processes; Writing Readiness; *Writing Research
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 117
-A-
 ED259364 CS209104
-W-
 The Foreign Student and the American Business School.
 Keogh, Timothy
 Apr 1984 7p.; In: Professional Communication in the Modern World:
 Proceedings of the American Business Communication Association Southeast
 Convention (31st, Hammond, LA, April 5-7, 1984) p39-43. EDRS Price -
 MF01/PC01 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141); CONFERENCE PAPER (150)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Louisiana
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEDEC85
 The A. B. Freeman School of Business at Tulane University has developed an
 intensive, five-week orientation program based on weekly videotaping to help
 foreign graduate students confront problems of language orientation and
 build the confidence necessary to become successful students. The course
 covers a review of grammar rules, spelling rules, translating, report
 writing and article writing. The weekly videotaping of speeches, to be
 presented in front of an audience for review and discussion, helps develop
 poise. One practice, found to be essential, is for instructors to speak in
 formal English without affectation and irony, because this approximates the
 style of English the students are accustomed to hearing and makes it easier
 for them to comprehend important points until they are ready to use a native
 conversational style. (EL)
-Desc-
 *Business Administration; Business Administration Education *Business
 Communication; *English (Second Language); Graduate Students; Graduate
 Study; Higher Education; *Limited English Speaking; Management Development;
 Professional Training; Public Administration Education; Second Language
 Instruction; Second Language Learning; Second Language Programs
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 118
-A-
 ED258924 SP025836
-W-
 A Content Area Writing Lab for Preservice Teachers and Second Language
 Learners.
 Frager, Alan M.; Freeman, Colleen
 1985 13p. EDRS Price - MF01/PC01 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Ohio
-JrnlAnn-
 RIENOV85
 Target Audience: Teachers; Practitioners
 A description is given of a writing lab in which teacher education students
 from a content area reading class helped English-as-a-second-language (ESL)
 learners improve their writing. The activity employed an instructional
 technique called "reformulation." First, each ESL student wrote a relatively
 short essay (300-400 words) on a selected topic. Next, a copy of each essay
 was given to a native speaking student teacher who "reformulated" it, i.e.,
 re-wrote it without altering the content, yet changed it from beginning to
 end to sound as native-like as possible. Third, each ESL student worked
 together with the native speaker comparing the reformulated version with the
 original and produced a final version of the essay. A verbatim example of a
 segment of an original essay, its reformultion, and re-write is provided.
 (JD)
-Desc-
 *Content Area Writing; *English (Second Language); Higher Education; Native
 Speakers; *Preservice Teacher Education; Reading Comprehension; *Teaching
 Methods; *Writing Instruction; Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 119
-A-
 ED258872 SO016561
-W-
 Cross-Cultural Differences as Reflected in Stories Given by American and
 Chinese Children.
 Domino, George
 Apr 1985 6p.; Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Rocky Mountain
 Psychological Association (Tucson, AZ, April 24-27, 1985). EDRS Price -
 MF01/PC02 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RESEARCH REPORT (143); CONFERENCE PAPER (150)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Arizona
-JrnlAnn-
 RIENOV85
 Two samples of 31 stories generated by 80 Chinese and 80 American children
 were content analyzed. The stories were generated using a method developed
 by Metraux, which asks children to complete stories. According to the
 study's hypotheses Chinese children were expected to: (1) show evidence of
 greater social orientation, as reflected by such aspects as a greater number
 of story characters, the presence of more social interactions, greater
 emphasis on teamwork and public shame, and fewer interpersonal
 confrontations; (2) indicate a greater concern with authority; (3) reflect a
 greater preoccupation with moral and ethical rectitude; (4) show a stronger
 belief in chance or luck and in the influence of natural forces on one's
 daily environment; (5) contain more affective elements and less rationality
 or cognitive aspects; (6) contain fewer instances of physical aggression;
 and (7) show less economic orientation. Results clearly supported all the
 hypotheses. These differences reflect cultural differences between the
 United States and China, which, in turn, are the result of many aspects of
 those cultures, from differences in child-rearing to difference in the
 socio-political climate. Also included are a four-page bibliography and
 tables showing the thematic differences between the stories generated by
 Chinese and American children. (IS)
-Desc-
 Anthropology; Comparative Analysis; *Content Analysis; Creative Writing;
 *Cross Cultural Studies; *Cultural Differences; Cultural Traits; Elementary
 Secondary Education; Foreign Countries; Research Methodology; Socialization;
 Social Science Research; Social Values; *Story Telling; Student Attitudes;
 Student Writing Models
-Ident-
 *China; *United States
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 120
-A-
 ED258481 FL015113
-W-
 A Handbook for Teaching Korean-Speaking Students.
 Park, Chong K.
 California State Dept. of Education, Sacramento. Office of Bilingual
 Bicultural Education.; California State Univ. Los Angeles. Evaluation,
 Dissemination and Assessment Center. 1983 94p.
 Sponsoring Agency: Office of Bilingual Education and Minority Languages
 Affairs (ED), Washington, DC.
-ReptNo-
 ISBN-0-89755-013-7 EDRS Price - MF01/PC04 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052); BOOK (010)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; California
-JrnlAnn-
 RIENOV85
 Government: State
 Target Audience: Teachers; Administrators; Practitioners
 A handbook designed to facilitate effective instruction of Korean immigrant
 students in California has five parts. The first gives an overview of the
 language group, outlining their socioeconomic experience in California and
 the United States, reasons for immigrating, the Korean educational system,
 and attitudes toward schooling and involvement with the schools. The second
 section describes historical and sociocultural factors concerning the Korean
 language in both Korea and California, including the literacy rate and
 attitudes, attitudes toward certain language skills, training in and use of
 English in Korea and within the Korean community in California, community
 efforts to develop children's language skills, and use of Korean in the
 California Korean community. The third section discusses Korean linguistic
 characteristics, such as its history, the distribution of dialects,
 phonology, grammar, morphology, characteristics of the writing system, and
 cultural patterns reflected in language use. Section 4 recommends
 instructional and curricular strategies for Korean and English language
 development, concerning cognitive factors in primary and secondary language
 devlopment, readiness skills for formal language instruction, transfer of
 skills, and development of additive bilingualism, A final section list
 references, readings, district Korean enrollments, Korean holidays and
 special events, and organizational, community, and other instructional
 resources. (MSE)
-Desc-
 *Bilingual Education Programs; Classroom Techniques; *Cultural Differences;
 Curriculum Development; Educational Attitudes; *Educational Strategies;
 Elementary Secondary Education; English (Second Language); Ethnicity;
 Immigrants; Korean; *Korean Americans; Language Attitudes; *Language
 Patterns; Limited English Speaking; Native Language Instruction; Parent
 Participation; Second Language Instruction; *Sociocultural Patterns; Student
 Characteristics; Student Experience; Teacher Recruitment; Teacher Student
 Relationship; Teaching Guides; Teaching Methods
-Ident-
 California
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 121
-A-
 ED258455 FL015083
-W-
 Evaluation of the Grade Nine French Immersion Program in Fredericton, N.B.
 Gray, Vicky A. Jan 1985 31p. EDRS Price - MF01/PC02 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 EVALUATIVE REPORT (142)
 Geo. Source: Canada; New Brunswick
-JrnlAnn-
 RIENOV85
 The academic achievement in French of two cohorts of grade 9 students of a
 public school early immersion program in New Brunswick, which has total
 French-language instruction through grade 4 and includes all students in the
 program except transfers was compared to that of a group of native
 French-speaking students at a nearby French-language school. The students
 were tested on academic achievement in French language arts (including three
 reading comprehension tests, a writing skills measure, a general language
 arts test, and an overall French language proficiency test requiring reading
 and writing skills) and linguistic competence in French (including test of
 French morphology and vocabulary and three tests of listening
 comprehension). Results indicate that the program has met its goal of
 continued improvement in French skills during grades 7-9, with test score
 improvement on all of the relevant measures. The immersion students' level
 of performance on academic measures of French language arts ranged from
 grade 5 to grade 8 in comparison with the francophone studrnts, and in
 linguistic competence the comparison was with grade 6 or 7. The students
 performed at one or two grade levels below immersion students in major
 Canadian cities. An increase in the complexity and variety of French
 language heard by the students is recommended to improve their skills.
 (MSE)
-Desc-
 *Academic Achievement; Bilingual Students; Comparative Analysis; Foreign
 Countries; *French; Grade 9; *Immersion Programs; Language Arts; *Language
 Proficiency; Listening Comprehension; Program Evaluation; Reading
 Comprehension; Secondary Education; *Second Language Programs; Vocabulary;
 Writing Skills
-Ident-
 New Brunswick
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 122
-A-
 ED25820 EA017758
-W-
 Increasing Personal and Organizational Effectiveness. Treatise No. 5:
 "Maintaining Successful Communications."
 New Mexico Research and Study Council, Albuquerque.
 15 Jun 1983 15p.; For related documents, see EA 017 754-759. EDRS Price -
 MF01/PC01 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 POSITION PAPER (020); REVIEW LITERATURE (070)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; New Mexico
-JrnlAnn-
 RIENOV85
 Target Audience: Administrators; Practitioners
 Communication is an ongoing, dynamic process involving both transmitting and
 receiving verbal and nonverbal messages. To be fully functional,
 communication must include a feedback component that allows assessment of
 the effectiveness of the communication. Models of communication stress
 various relationships between senders and receivers, focusing on their
 attitudes, perceptions, and objectives. Other models address the factors
 affecting the ability of communicators to transmit meaning directly. The
 communication of a variety of information is vital to organizational
 success. Organizational communication systems have three components: the
 design of the formal communication subsystem, the organizational climate,
 and the interpersonal skills of those communicating. To understand an
 organization's communication fully, administrators must be aware of the
 needs, desires, and skills of the individuals making up the organization.
 Among the communciation skills individuals can develop are listening skills,
 listening behaviors, recognition of a listener's inability to assimalate
 additional information, skills in both small-group interaction management
 and public presentation, writing skills, and the ability to recognize
 indications that those receiving messages are not perceiving the intended
 meanings. (PGD)
-Desc-
 Communication (Thought Transfer); Communication Problems; Communication
 Skills; Group Dynamics; Models; *Organizational Communication
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 123
-A-
 ED258267 CS209072
-W-
 The Cultural Tradition of Nineteenth-Century "Traditional" Grammar
 Teaching.
 Woods, William F.
 Mar 1985 21p.; Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Conference on
 College Composition and Communication (36th, Minneapolis, MN, March 21-23,
 1985). EDRS Price - MF01/PC01 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 POSITION PAPER (120); CONFERENCE PAPER (150)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Kansas
-JrnlAnn-
 RIENOV85
 By identifying the cultural roots of traditional grammar, a better
 understanding may occur as to why grammar will continue to be taught the way
 it is. The idea of "grammar as cultural heritage" begins with language and
 literature studies, which were the foundation of middle and upper class
 Roman schooling and included reading, writing, listening, and speaking. The
 program was considered a preparation for instruction in rhetoric and was
 integrated with the study of literature and with practice in writing. The
 interest in classical studies in Renaissance Europe resulted in the
 Latinized grammar of English, which was the foundation of English
 instruction until the middle of the nineteenth century. Three myths about
 the study of grammar deveoped: that it strengthens the mind for other tasks,
 that it "corrects" our language, and that it is a means of enculturation.
 Instead of grammar study, the study of vocabulary, etymology, syntax, and
 style can be brought into the lower division composition and literature
 courses where they can provide a discipline, that is, a common analytical
 vocabulary for close analysis of the text, a method for aiding
 interpretation and judgment of a piece of writing, and a sensitivity to the
 text that is possible through a sensitivity to and knowledge of language.
 (EL)
-Desc-
 Diachronic Linguistics; *Educational History; *English Instruction; Grammar;
 Higher Education; Integrated Activities; Literature Appreciation; Rhetoric;
 *Traditional Grammar; Writing Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 124
-A-
 ED258177 CS208868
-W-
 Features of Thematic and Information Structure in Oral and Written
 Narratives of Good and Poor Writers.
 Jamieson, Barbara C.
 [1983 25p. EDRS Price - MF01/PC01 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RESEARCH REPORT (143)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; New York
-JrnlAnn-
 RIENOV85
 A study examined two questions: Do students include more information or
 present it more concisely and explicitly when speaking or writing and, Does
 language show different thematic relationships (through syntax of diction)
 depending upon the mode. Twenty-four community college students viewed one
 of two brief films and responded orally or in writing. Responses were
 analyzed to determine the amount of narrative and descriptive information.
 Results showed that (1) students conveyed similar amounts of information in
 each mode, (2) students who conveyed less information in writing also
 conveyed less information in speaking, (3) students were more explicit and
 more concise in writing, and (4) better writers had more variety in syntax
 and diction. In general, all writers adjusted their initial elements and
 information structure based on mode. (EL)
-Desc-
 Descriptive Writing; Higher Education; Linguistics; Narration; *Oral
 Language; *Sentence Structure; Syntax; Writing Processes; *Writing Research;
 *Writing Skills; *Written Language
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 125
-A-
 ED258158 CS008069
-W-
 Effective Writing, Volume 2 Supplement. USAF Senior Noncommissioned Officer
 Academy, Associate Program, Course 8A.
 Air Univ., Gunter AFS, Ala. Extension Course Inst.
 1984 127p.; For related documents, see CS 008 065-070. EDRS Price -
 MF01/PC06 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIAL (051)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Alabama
-JrnlAnn-
 RIENOV85
 Government: Federal
 Target Audience: Students
 One of six related documents, making up a U.S. Air Force correspondence
 course, this publication deals with effective writing and emphasizes the
 sentence as the basic unit of written communication. Part one focuses on
 internal sentence punctuation and covers the use of the comma, semicolon,
 colon, period, capital, abbreviations, and numbers. Part two emphasizes the
 basic sentence and its contribution to the communication process, and covers
 the parts of speech, sentence form and content, transitional devices between
 and within sentences, and the planning, organizing, and developing of a
 paragraph. A self-help test on effective writing and the answer key are
 included. (EL)
-Desc-
 Armed Forces; Extension Education; Grammar; Paragraph Composition;
 Postsecondary Education; Punctuation; Sentence Structure; *Writing
 Improvement; Writing Processes; *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 126
-A-
 ED258155 CS008066
-W-
 Communication Skills, Volume 1. USAF Senior Noncommissioned Officer Academy,
 Associate Program, Course 8A.
 Air Univ., Gunter AFS, Ala. Extension Course Inst.
 1984 12p.; For related documents, see CS 008 065-070. EDRS Price - MF01/PC05
 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIAL (051)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Alabama
-JrnlAnn-
 RIENOV85
 Government: Federal
 Target Audience: Students
 One of six related documents, this publication contains a U.S. Air Force
 course on communication skills. The course presented is one of three in a
 program based on the following educational goals for each student: (1)
 comprehend the principles of effective communication; (2) know some of the
 factors that enter into international relations, elements of national
 policy, and the employment of military force in achieving objectives over a
 broad range of circumstances; and (3) comprehend the concepts and techniques
 suitable for the effective management of material and human resources. This
 volume contains lessons on reading effectiveness, effective communication,
 listening effectively, the writing process, readable writing, and tips on
 speaking. Lessons present objectives and exercises, as well as content.
 (EL)
-Desc-
 *Armed Forces; *Communication Skills; Course Content; Extension Education;
 Language Arts; *Listening Skills; Postsecondary Education; Reading
 Comprehension; *Reading Skills; Speech Skills; *Writing Processes; Writing
 Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 127
-A-
 ED257922 UD024283
-W-
 Rights of Limited English Proficient Students under Federal Law--A Guide for
 School Administrators.
 Roos, Peter D.
 Miami Univ., Coral Gables, Fla.
 15 Feb 1985 8p. EDRS Price - MF01/PC01 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 NON-CLASSROOM MATERIAL (055)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Florida
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEOCT85
 Target Audience: Administrators; Practitioners
 Guidance is provided in question and answer format on the common themes
 running through court opinions, Federal laws and regulations, State laws and
 regulations, and interpretations concerning the rights of limited English
 Proficient (LEP) students. First, the legally acceptable, common procedure
 for identifying LEP pupils is described as entailing the assessment of
 parent responses to a Home Language Survey and the subsequent testing of
 students' oral reading and writing skills. Second, the minimal standards for
 LEP assistance are detailed, in terms of teachers' qualifications and the
 time spent with the pupil. Third, while bilingual instruction is not
 mandatory under Federal legislation, the legally and educationally safe
 posture is said to be the offering of bilingual instruction. Fourth, the
 minimal standards of a bilingual program are described as (1) a bilingual
 teacher, (2) teacher assessment, and (3) provision of material resources.
 Fifth, the standards for the removal of a student from a program are
 outlined. Sixth, every district is said to be required to monitor the
 program and make reasonable adjustments as well as monitor the progress of
 students while they are in the program and after they have left it. Seventh,
 it is held that a district may not deny a student services because there are
 few students in the district who speak his or her language. (RDN)
-Desc-
 *Bilingual Education Programs; Bilingual Teachers; Compensatory Education;
 Court Litigation; *Educational Legislation; Elementary Secondary Education;
 *English (Second Language); Federal Legislation; *Limited English Speaking;
 Second Language Instruction; *Student Rights
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 128
-A-
 ED257349 HE018378
-W-
 America's Business Schools: Priorities for Change.
 Business-Higher Education Forum, Washington, D.C.
 May 1985 33p.; A report requested by the President's Commission on
 Industrial Competitiveness, which sought suggestions on ways business
 schools could help revitalize the American economy. For related document,
 see ED 231 321.
 Avail. from: Business-Higher Education Forum, American Council on Education,
 One Dupont Circle, Suite 800, Washington, DC 20036 ($8.00).EDRS Pric - MF01
 Plus Postage. PC Not Available from EDRS.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; District of Columbia
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEOCT85
 Target Audience: Practitioners; Community
 The current state of business management education is discussed to stimulate
 dialogue among educators and business executives. The major issues and
 current challenges are considered, and broad recommendations for change are
 offered, primarily in the areas of curriculum and faculty development.
 Recommendations include: adopting alternative core curricula that are
 updated continuously; encouraging experimentation in elective courses, both
 in terms of faculty research and applications of research to new
 instructional materials; fostering greater interdisciplinary teaching and
 research; providing training in personnel management to develop skills in
 interviewing, counseling, negotiating, motivating, and disciplining;
 requiring business graduates to have oral and written communication skills
 and interpersonal competence; reviewing tenure and promotion practices to
 ensure that teaching and applied research are rewarded; providing faculty
 researchers greater access to corporate data and offering "executive in
 residence programs" at businesses; and enacting demanding admission
 standards that also accommodate applicants with varied academic background.
 Responsibilities for reform are also addressed, along with a brief
 historical review of university-based business education. (SW)
-Desc-
 *Business Administration Education; Change Strategies; *College Programs;
 Cooperative Programs; *Curriculum Development; Degree Requirements;
 Educational Change; *Faculty Development; Higher Education; *Instructional
 Improvement; Personnel Management; *School Business Relationship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 129
-A-
 ED257164 CS504942
-W-
 A Survey of Communication Courses Recommended by California Attorneys.
 Gadke, Laura L.; Salter, Kenneth W.
 Feb 1985 21p.; Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Western Speech
 Communication Association (Fresno, CA, February 16-19, 1985). EDRS Price -
 MF01/PC01 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RESEARCH REPORT (143); CONFERENCE PAPER (150)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; California
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEOCT85
 A study was conducted to determine what oral and written communication
 courses lawyers both perceive as useful in practice and recommend for prelaw
 students and to provide data for design and development of these and related
 courses in continuing education programs for lawyers and legal assistants. A
 total of 295 lawyers from California responded to a questionnaire asking
 them to make selections from a list of 14 undergraduate communication
 courses in response to open-ended questions. Two of the questions required
 that they list courses in a rank order of preference. With regard to
 counseling prelaw students and development of oral and written communication
 courses with prelaw emphasis, the subjects recommended courses with the
 following theory and skill content in order of importance: (1) written
 argument/persuasive writing, (2) oral argument/debate, (3) public speaking,
 (4) public address/persuasive speaking, (5) speech and debate competition,
 (6) interviewing, and (7) ethics. With regard to developing courses in
 either continuing education or consulting practices, the results ranked
 ethics first, followed by written/argument/persuasive writing, counseling,
 and interpersonal communication. The remaining skills were primarily speech
 skills, specifically public address/persuasive speaking, public speaking,
 and oral argument/debate. (HTH)
-Desc-
 *Communication Research; *Communication Skills; Continuing Education;
 Curriculum Development; Debate; Educational Needs; *Education Work
 Relationship; Ethics; *Law Students; Lawyers; Persuasive Discourse; *Program
 Content; Program Improvement; Public Speaking; Speech Communication;
 *Student Needs; Writing Skills
-Ident-
 California
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 130
-A-
 ED25714 CS208989
-W-
 Language Arts Guide 9-12.
 Georgia State Dept. of Education, Atlanta. Office of Instructional
 Services.
 1984 150p.; For the Language Arts Guide K-8, see CS 208 988. EDRS Price -
 MF01/PC06 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Georgia
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEOCT85
 Government: State
 Target Audience: Practitioners
 Intended for use by curriculum specialists, administrators, resource
 teachers, classroom teachers, and teachers of special reading programs, this
 guide for language arts in grades 9 through 12 offers general suggestions
 and specific activities for integrating the language arts. Skill areas
 covered include (1) imagining, (2) describing, (3) telling, (4) explaining,
 (5) persuading, (6) researching, (7) interpreting, (8) social interacting,
 (9) reading comprehension, (10) content area reading, (11) vocabulary
 development, (12) assessing print material, (13) functional reading skills,
 and (14) study skills. The numerous appendixes include a list of basic
 skills test reading indicators, a learning environment checklist, a silent
 reading checklist, a readability graph, directions for preparing a cloze
 procedure, standards for basic skills writing programs, standards for
 effective oral communication programs, guidelines for minimal speaking and
 listening competencies, eighth grade criteria referenced test objectives in
 reading, a list of essential skills in language arts for Georgia schools,
 and a self-evaluation checklist for classroom teachers. (HOD)
-Desc-
 Check Lists; *Evaluation Methods; Integrated Activities; *Integrated
 Curriculum; *Language Arts; Reading Comprehension; *Reading Skills;
 Secondary Education; Student Evaluation; Study Skills; Teacher Evaluation;
 Teacher Role; Vocabulary Development; *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 131
-A-
 ED257078 CS208892
-W-
 Trends in Written Composition Instruction in Elementary School Textbooks
 1900-1959.
 Donsky, Barbara von Bracht
 [1983 26p. EDRS Price - MF01/PC02 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RESEARCH REPORT (143)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; New York
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEOCT85
 A study examined composition textbooks to determine any trends in
 composition instruction from 1900 to 1959. The study period was divided into
 three periods--1900 to 1917, 1918 to 1935, and 1936 to to 1959--and three
 textbooks from each period were content analyzed. A categorical framework
 was formulated, permitting allocation of tasks found withing each volume
 into one of 12 categories, each depicting a separate facet of English
 language instruction. Trend analysis was performed for all 12 categories to
 test whether changes had occurred in the amount of time allocated each
 aspect of language instruction. Ascending linear trends in the data revealed
 increased amounts of time allocated both to oral language activities
 unrelated to writing and to related skills. Descending linear trends
 reflected decreased amounts of instructional time allocated to such facets
 of writing instruction as modeling, oral prewriting strategies, word
 development, letter writing, and prose writing. No significant changes were
 recorded for sentence construction, paragraph development, or grammar, all
 of which remained relatively constant throughout the 60-year interval. The
 majority of categories reflecting declining trends pertained to the written
 word. Oral language exercises, though not necessarily those linked to
 writing, were increasingly favored. (HTH)
-Desc-
 Content Analysis; *Educational History; Educational Trends; Elementary
 Education; Instructional Materials; Oral Language; Teaching Methods;
 *Textbook Content; Textbooks; *Trend Analysis; *Writing Instruction;
 *Writing Research; Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 132
-A-
 ED257074 CS208873
-W-
 Peer Interaction During Collaborative Writing at the 4th/5th Grade Level.
 Nunn, Grace Gaeta
 [1982 26p. EDRS Price - MF01/PC02 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RESEARCH REPORT (143)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Ohio
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEOCT85
 A study was conducted to invesigate oral language used in fourth- and
 fifth-grade student dyads in a collaborative writing setting in order to
 understand better how children learn to write. The study was based on a
 theoretical framework that emphasized the interrelatedness of thought,
 language, and learning. Following a pilot study, students in five dyads were
 given three different writing assignments: composing a story with a
 prescribed ending sentence, writing a text on a topic of mutual interest,
 and writing individual responses to literature following discussion. The
 sessions were tape recorded and qualitatively analyzed in relation to
 researcher notes. The results indicated that oral language played an
 important role in (1) the maintenance of interpersonal relationships; (2)
 problem solving relative to the writing task; (3) exploration of language
 and of new ideas; and (4) critical examination of existing ideas. The nature
 of the writing assignment affected advanced planning, type of language used,
 and length of production. More sophisticated writers were more deliberative
 and engaged in more word play than less sophisticated writers. In addition,
 boys and girls exhibited consistent differences. Girls were concerned with
 feelings and personal values while boys focused on high-powered action.
 (HTH)
-Desc-
 Critical Thinking; Females; Grade 4; Grade 5; Intermediate Grades;
 Interpersonal Communication; *Language Research; *Language Role; Males;
 *Oral Language; Problem Solving; *Sex Differences; *Writing Processes;
 Writing Readiness; *Writing Research; Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 133
-A-
 ED257069 CS208860
-W-
 English, Grade 12, Levels II & III. Revised.
 Lemmond, Gayle; And Others
 Hampton City Schools, VA.
 1984 117p.; For related documents, see CS 208 854?860. EDRS Price -
 MF01/PC05 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Virginia
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEOCT85
 Target Audience: Teachers; Practitioners
 The seventh of seven related guides, this curriculum guide for twelfth grade
 English, Levels II and III, outlines opportunities for students to use the
 skills they have acquired previously, to be involved in well-planned
 educational experiences in critical thinking and in oral and written
 expression, and to develop an understanding of others. The first half of the
 guide contains a course syllabus, a statement of general philosophy and
 objectives, a list of the principle features of the new English curriculum,
 a diagram of the multilevel course organization, a list of
 literature-related activities, general policies for written assignments, a
 section on grammar instruction, a cross-reference guide for standards of
 learning, directions for the implementation of the individualized reading
 session within the curriculum context, and guidelines for using the
 computer. The second half of the guide contains the four instructional
 units: Know Thyself, Choice and Consequence, Foibles, and Critics of
 Society. Each unit includes a rationale, objectives, a list of resources, a
 scope and sequence statement, lists of activities for each week spent on the
 unit, and a statement on evaluation. (EL)
-Desc-
 Computers; Curriculum Development; Curriculum Guides; *English Curriculum;
 *English Instruction; Grade 12; *Language Arts; Language Skills; Listening
 Skills; *Literature Appreciation; Reading Instruction; Secondary Education;
 Speech Skills; *Writing Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 134
-A-
 ED257068 CS208859
-W-
 English, Grade 12, Level I. Revised.
 Nicholson, Lu; And Others
 Hampton City Schools, VA.
 1984 92p.; For related documents, see CS 208 854-860. EDRS Price - MF01/PC04
 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Virginia
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEOCT85
 Target Audience: Teachers; Practitioners
 The sixth of seven related guides, this curriculum guide for twelfth grade
 English, Level I outlines opportunities for students to use the skills they
 have acquired previously, to be involved in well-planned educational
 experiences in critical thinking and in oral and written expression, and to
 develop an understanding of others. The first half of the guide contains a
 course syllabus, a statement of general philosophy and objectives, a list of
 the principle features of the ?n course organization, a list of
 literature-related activities, general policies for written assignments, a
 section on grammar instruction, a cross-reference guide for standards of
 learning, directions for the implementation of the individualized reading
 session within the curriculum context, and guidelines for using the
 computer. The second half of the guide contains the five instructional
 units: Ventures into Oneself, The Quest, Understanding the World, Making
 Decisions, and Coping with Change. Each unit includes a rationale,
 objectives, a list of resources, a scope and sequence statement, lists of
 activities for each week spent on the unit, and a statement on evaluation.
 (EL)
-Desc-
 Computers; Curriculum Development; Curriculum Guides; *English Curriculum;
 *English Instruction; Grade 12; *Language Arts; Language Skills; Listening
 Skills; *Literature Appreciation; Reading Instruction; Secondary Education;
 Speech Skills; *Writing Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 135
-A-
 ED257067 CS20858
-W-
 English, Grade 11, Levels I, II, & III. Revised.
 Eaton, Melinda; And Others
 Hampton City Schools, VA.
 1984 126p.; For related documents, see CS 208 854-860. EDRS Price -
 MF01/PC06 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Virginia
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEOCT85
 Target Audience: Teachers; Practitioners
 The fifth of seven related guides, this curriculum guide for eleventh grade
 English outlines opportunities for students to use the skills they have
 acquired previously, to be involved in well-planned educational experiences
 in critical thinking and in oral and written expression, and to develop an
 understanding of others. The first half of the guide contains a course
 syllabus, a statement of general philosophy and objectives, a list of the
 principle features of the new English curriculum, a diagram of the
 multilevel course organization, a list of literature-related activities,
 general policies for written assignments, a section on grammar instruction,
 a cross-reference guide for standards of learning, directions for the
 implementation of the individualized reading session within the curriculum
 context, and guidelines for using the computer. The second half of the guide
 contains five instructional units: America's Dream and Promise, Inner
 Struggle, Struggle for Justice, Search for Values, and Man and Nature (Level
 1). Each unit includes a rationale, objectives, a list of resources, a scope
 and sequence statement, lists of activities, and a statement on evaluation.
 (EL)
-Desc-
 Computers; Curriculum Development; Curriculum Guides; *English Curriculum;
 *English Instruction; Grade 11; *Language Arts; Language Skills; Listening
 Skills; *Literature Appreciation; Reading Instruction; Secondary Education;
 Speech Skills; *Writing Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 136
-A-
 ED257066 CS208857
-W-
 English, Grade 10, Levels I, II, & III. Revised.
 Sylvest, Marvin; And Others
 Hampton City Schools, VA.
 1984 77p.; For related documents, see CS 208 854-860. EDRS Price - MF01/PC04
 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Virginia
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEOCT85
 Target Audience: Teachers; Practitioners
 The fourth of seven related guides, this curriculum guide for tenth grade
 English outlines opportunities for students to use the skills they have
 acquired previously, to be involved in well-planned educational experiences
 in critical thinking and in oral and written expression, and to develop an
 understanding of others. The first half of the guide contains a course
 syllabus, a statement of general philosophy and objectives, a list of
 principle features of the new English curriculum, a diagram of the
 multilevel course organization, a list of literature-related activities,
 general policies for written assignments, a section on grammar instruction,
 a cross-reference guide for standards of learning, directions for the
 implementation of the individualized reading session within the curriculum
 context, and guidelines for using the computer. The second half of the guide
 contains the four instructional units: Understanding Self Through Private
 Moods, Family Relationships, People Under Pressure, and Dreams--Then and
 Now. Each unit includes a rationale, objectives, a list of resources, a
 scope and sequence statement, lists of activities for each week spend on the
 unit, and a statement on evaluation. (EL)
-Desc-
 Computers; Curriculum Development; Curriculum Guides; *English Curriculum;
 *English Instruction; Grade 10; *Language Arts; Language Skills; Listening
 Skills; Literature Appreciation; Reading Instruction; Secondary Education;
 Speech Skills; *Writing Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 137
-A-
 ED257065 CS208856
-W-
 English, Grade 9. Revised.
 Ogden, Pat; And Others
 Hampton City Schools, VA
 Aug 1984 79p.; For related documents, see CS 208 854-860. EDRS Price -
 MF01/PC04 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Virginia
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEOCT85
 Target Audience: Teachers; Practitioners
 The third of seven related guides, this curriculum guide for ninth grade
 English outlines opportunities for students to use the skills they have
 acquired previously, to be involved in well-planned educational experiences
 in critical thinking and in oral and written expression, and to develop an
 understanding of others. The first half of the guide contains a course
 syllabus, a statement of general philosophy and objectives, a list of the
 principle features of the new English curriculum, a diagram of the
 multilevel course organization, a list of literature-related activities,
 general policies for written assignments, a section on grammar instruction,
 a cross-reference table for the standards of learning, directions for the
 implementation of the individualized reading session within the curriculum
 context, guidelines for using the computer. The second half of the guide
 contains four instructional units: struggles and conflicts, freedom and
 responsibility, hopes and aspirations, and media and modern man. Each unit
 includes a rationale, objectives, a list of resources, a scope and sequence
 statement, lists of activities for each week spent on the unit, and a
 statement on evaluation. (EL)
-Desc-
 Computers; Curriculum Development; Curriculum Guides; *English Curriculum;
 *English Instruction; Grade 9; Junior High Schools; *Language Arts; Language
 Skills; Listening Skills; *Literature Appreciation ; Reading Instruction;
 Speech Skills; *Writing Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 138
-A-
 ED257064 CS208855
-W-
 English, Grade 8. Revised.
 Thompson, Sharon; And Others
 Hampton City Schools, VA.
 Aug 1984 77p.; For related documents, see CS 208 854-860. EDRS Price -
 MF01/PC04 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Virginia
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEOCT85
 Target Audience: Teachers; Practitioners
 The second of seven related guides, this curriculum guide for eighth grade
 English outlines opportunities for students to use the skills they have
 acquired previously, to be involved in well-planned educational experiences
 in critical thinking and in oral and written expression, and to develop an
 understanding of others. The first half of the guide contains a course
 syllabus, a statement of general philosophy and objectives, a list of the
 principle features of the new English curriculum, a diagram of the
 multilevel course organization, a list of literature-related activities,
 general policies for written assignments a section on grammar instruction, a
 cross-reference table for the standards of learning, directions for the
 implementation of the individualized reading session within the curriculum
 context, and guidelines for using the computer. The second half of the guide
 contains the four instructional units, which focus on adolescence and its
 relationship to the following themes: identity and self-fullment,
 communication and interpersonal relationships, compassion and the common
 struggle, and facing reality. Each unit includes a rationale, objectives, a
 list of resources, a scope and sequence statement, lists of activities for
 each week spent on the unit, and a statement on evaluation. (EL)
-Desc-
 Computers; Curriculum Development; Curriculum Guides; *English Curriculum;
 *English Instruction; Grade 8; Junior High Schools; *Language Arts; Language
 Skills; Listening Skills; *Literature Appreciation ; Reading Instruction;
 Speech Skills; *Writing Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 139
-A-
 ED257063 CS208854
-W-
 English, Grade 7, Levels I, II, III. Revised.
 Kercher, Debbie; And Others
 Hampton City Schools, VA.
 Aug 1984 84p.; For related documents, see CS 208 854-860. EDRS Price -
 MF01/PC04 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Virginia
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEOCT85
 Target Audience: Teachers; Practitioners
 The first of seven related guides, this curriculum guide for seventh grade
 English outlines opportunities for students to use the skills they have
 acquired previously, to be involved in well-planned educational experiences
 in critical thinking and in oral and written expression, and to develop an
 understanding of others. The first half of the guide contains a course
 syllabus, a general philosophy and objectives, a list of the principle
 features of the new English curriculum, a diagram of the multilevel course
 organization, a list of literature-related activities, general policies for
 written assignments, a section on grammar instruction, a cross-reference
 guide for standards of learning, directions for the implementation of the
 individualized reading session within the curriculum context, and guidelines
 for using the computer. The second half of the guide contains the four
 instructional units: Mythological Heroes, Folk Heroes and Folk Craft,
 Popular Heroes, and Family Courage and Challenges. Each unit includes a
 rationale, objectives, a list of resources, a scope and sequence statement,
 lists of activities for each week spent on the unit, and a statement on
 evaluation. (EL)
-Desc-
 Computers; Curriculum Development; Curriculum Guides; *English Curriculum;
 *English Instruction; Grade 7; Junior High Schools; *Language Arts; Language
 Skills; Listening Skills; *Literature Appreciation ; Reading Instruction;
 Speech Skills; *Writing Instruction
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 140
-A-
 ED256376 IR051119
-W-
 Lexical Analysis to Enhance Man/Machine Interaction: Simplifying and
 Improving the Creation of Software. Final Report.
 Hutchins, Sandra E.
 Emerson and Stern Associates, San Diego, CA.
 29 Jan 1985 44p.
 Sponsoring Agency: National Inst. of Education (ED), Washington, DC.
 Contract No.: 400-84-0007 EDRS Price - MF01/PC02 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 REVIEW LITERATURE (070); RESEARCH REPORT (143)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; California
-JrnlAnn-
 RIESEP85
 By analyzing the lexicology of natural language (English or other languages
 as they are commonly spoken or written), as compared to computer languages,
 this study explored the extent to which syntactic and semantic levels of
 linguistic analysis can be implemented and effectively used on
 microcomputers. In Phase I of the study, the Apple IIe with 64K was used for
 the development of demonstration programs for real-time (as fast as the user
 types) spelling and grammar checking to illustrate the feasibility of
 implementing useful programs within the constraints of a microcomputer;
 programs ran on an Apple II+, with 48K as well. Phase II deals with
 additional grammatical questions and semantic issues, again concentrating on
 immediate feedback and utility in the educational environment. This
 four-part final report comprises sections on: (1) the significance of the
 problem; (2) study background; (3) a summary of achievements in Phase I; and
 (4) the technical approach. This last section makes up the majority of the
 report and includes sections of: the dictionary, syntactic tags, syntactic
 pre-scan, tagging procedures, parsing with incomplete information,
 context-free grammars, user feedback, and specific accomplishments.
 References, sample demonstration texts, and a feature option list are
 appended. (THC)
-Desc-
 *Componential Analysis; Computer Software; Factor Analysis; Human Resources;
 *Language Patterns; Language Usage; *Lexicology; Linguistic Borrowing;
 *Microcomputers; Morphology (Languages); *Semantics; Small Businesses;
 *Syntax
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 141
-A-
 ED256184 FL015037
-W-
 Predictors of English Writing Performance of Native Spanish-Speaking College
 Freshmen.
 De Jesus, Socorro
 1984 13p.; Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Conference on
 College Composition and Communication 35th, New York, NY, March 29-31,
 1984). EDRS Price - MF01/PC01 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RESEARCH REPORT (143); CONFERENCE PAPER (150)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; New York
-JrnlAnn-
 RIESEP85
 A study of the relationship between Spanish and English writing proficiency
 had as subjects 344 native spanish-speaking college freshmen, students of
 English as a second language (ESL), in five universities in Puerto Rico. A
 questionnaire and four writing tasks in English and Spanish were
 administered in ESL class, and student scores on standardized tests and high
 school grade point averages were gathered from records. Results of
 correlations indicate that the best predictors of English writing
 proficiency were the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) ESL
 Achievemnet Test and the Spanish writing proficiency test, and the largest
 contributing variable associated with aptitude was the CEEB Scholastic
 Aptitude Test in verbal reasoning. Motivation tests indicated that
 integratively-motivated students wrote better than instrumentally-motivated
 students. It was also found that the students had little exposure to English
 outside the classroom, making exposure to English a negligible predictor,
 and that graduates of private and church-affiliated schools performed better
 than others. (MSE)
-Desc-
 Academic Achievement; College Freshmen; *English (Second Language); Grades
 (Scholastic); Higher Education; *Predictor Variables; Puerto Ricans;
 *Spanish; Spanish Speaking; Student Motivation; *Writing Skills
-Ident-
 Puerto Rico
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 142
-A-
 ED256170 FL014996
-W-
 African Language Resource Handbook: A Resource Handbook of the Eighty-two
 Highest Priority African Languages. Prepublication Edition.
 Dwyer, David J.; Yankee, Everyl
 Michigan State Univ., East Lansing. African Studies Center.
 Jan 1985 242p.
 Sponsoring Agency: Department of Education, Washington, DC.
 Grant No.: G00-82-02163 EDRS Price - MF01/PC10 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 DIRECTORY (132)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Michigan
-JrnlAnn-
 RIESEP85
 A directory of the 82 African languages given high priority for instruction
 in the United States contains a profile for each language that includes its
 classification and where it is spoken, the number of speakers, dialect
 situation, usage, orthography status, and listings of related human and
 institutional resources for the purpose of systematizing instruction. The
 languages profiled are: Akan, Amharic, Anyi/Baule, Arabic, Bamileke, Bemba,
 Berber, Chewa/Nyanja, Chokwe/Lunda, Dinka (Agar/Bo?/ Padang), Ebira, Edo
 (Bini), Efik/Ibibio/Anaang, Ewe/Mina/Fon (Gbe), Fulfulde (Fulani/Peul,
 Fula), Ganda (oluGanda, Luganda), Gbaya, Gogo, Gurage, Hausa, Hehe, Idoma,
 Igbo, Ijo, Kalenjin (Nandi/Kipsigis), Kamba, Kanuri, Kikuyu, Kongo (Kituba),
 Kpelle, Krio/Pidgin (Cluster), Kru/Bassa, Lingala, Lozi (Silozi), Luba
 (Chiluba), Luo/Acholi/Lango, Luyia, Maasai, Makua/Lomwe, Malagasy, Mandingo,
 Mauritian Creole, Mbundu (Kiumbundu), Mende/Bandi/Loko, Meru, Mongo/Nkundo,
 More, Nama, Nubian, Nuer, Nupe, Nyakusa, Nyoro, Oromo, Ruanda/Rundi, Sango,
 Sara, Senufo (Sen?ri), Serer, Shona, Sidamo, Somali, Songhai, Soninke,
 Sotho/Tswana, Sukuma/Nyamwezi, Suppire, Susu, Swahili, Temne, Teso, Turkana,
 Tigrinya, Tiv, Tsonga, Tumbuka, Umbundu, Venda, Wolof, Xhosa/Zulu/Swazi, Yao
 (Makonde), Yoruba, and Zande. Appendices (40% of the document) include: (1)
 a list of languages by priority category; (2) institutional and individual
 questionnaires; (3) a bibliography; (4) listings of resource persons and
 institutions; (5) a country by country listing of the priority languages;
 and (6) a listing of languages and the country where it is spoken. (MSE)
-Desc-
 *African Languages; Afro Asiatic Languages; Dialects; Educational Policy;
 *Information Sources; *Language Classification; *Language Role; *Language
 Usage; Malagasy; Mauritian Creole; Native Language Instruction; Official
 Languages; Orthographic Symbols; Public Policy; Second Language Instruction;
 Sierra Leone Creole; *Written Language
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 143
-A-
 ED256155 FL014959
-W-
 Using REAL English: Writing a Dialogue Jrnl.
 Gutstein, Shelley P.; And Others
 Mar 1983 24p.; Based on a paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the
 Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages (17th, Toronto, Ontario,
 March 15-20, 1983). EDRS Price - MF01/PC01 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052); CONFERENCE PAPER (150)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; District of Columbia
-JrnlAnn-
 RIESEP85
 Dialogue Jrnl writing offers students of English as a second language (ESL)
 authentic, natural communication practice in the classroom. It is an
 interactive, self-generative, cumulative and functional writing/reading
 exchange between student and teacher, and is being used successfully in many
 kinds of ESL classrooms, with all age groups, and with all levels of English
 proficiency. Benefits to students are that: (1) it helps to remove barriers
 between teachers and students and equalizes their roles as seekers and
 providers of information; (2) students practice writing in a natural,
 conversational style; (3) it is a versatile in-class warm-up activity; (4)
 it provides the student with individual attention in a non-threatening
 context, free from correction and grading; (5) it provides an audience for
 the students; and (6) the interaction involves both reading and writing.
 Pedagogical, professional, and personal benefits also accrue to teachers:
 the Jrnl can be used as a diagnostic tool; it provides feedback about the
 lessons to the teacher; it provides a bridge between students and the
 culture; and teachers learn from and about the students and their cultures.
 Research is in progress on the changes in grammatical structures in the
 course of a Jrnl, acquisition of the ability to accomplish speech acts as
 manifested in Jrnl entries, and the topics chosen by students in a
 university ESL program. Although the Jrnl-writing program can be organized
 many ways, relaxed, simplified responses and efforts to draw out the
 students are often most successful. (MSE)
-Desc-
 Classroom Techniques; *Dialogs (Language); *Diaries; *English (Second
 Language); Individualized Instruction; *Second Language Instruction;
 *Teacher Student Relationship; *Writing Exercises; Writing Skills
-Ident-
 *Dialogue Jrnls
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 144
-A-
 ED255959 CS504890
-W-
 Crystal Balls and Mirrors: Reflections of Student Views on the Importance of
 Communication.
 Austin, Bruce A.; Ventura, Paul G.
 [1985 18p. EDRS Price - MF01/PC01 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RESEARCH REPORT (143)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; New York
-JrnlAnn-
 RIESEP85
 To investigate several questions concerning the perceptions held by
 undergraduate students enrolled in communication courses, a 32-item
 questionnaire was first mailed to employers to determine their evaluation of
 various communication skills. They were instructed to suppose they were to
 hire a college graduate with special preparation in the following areas:
 oral and written communication, mass media production and analysis, and
 organizational dynamics. Next, a 58-item questionnaire was developed for
 students that paralleled the employers' questionnaire. Students were asked
 to indicate how important the performance index items were to their own
 career success. Then they were asked to give their opinion on how employers
 would feel about the skills listed. Among the findings are the following:
 (1) students reported that both the ability to perform selected
 communication skills and the ability to train others in these skills were
 important to their career success; (2) students did not perceive a
 difference between their own rating of importance for the communication
 performance and training functions and how they believed employers would
 rate the same item; and (3) students rated the importance of their own
 ability to perform the communication skills as more important than the
 employers' actual rating of the importance of these skills. (HOD)
-Desc-
 *Communication Research; *Communication Skills; Education Work Relationship;
 Employer Attitudes; *Employment Potential; Job Performance; *Job Skills; Job
 Training; *Occupational Surveys; Perception; Speech Communication; *Student
 Attitudes
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 145
-A-
 ED255958 CS504889
-W-
 Employer Perceptions of Needed Communication Functions in Business
 Organizations.
 Austin, Bruce A.; Ventura, Paul G.
 3 May 1985 28p.; Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Eastern
 Communication Association (76th, Providence, RI, May 2-5, 1985). EDRS Price
 - MF01/PC02 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RESEARCH REPORT (143); CONFERENCE PAPER (150)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; New York
-JrnlAnn-
 RIESEP85
 To determine existing employer perceptions of communication needs, or
 functions, and of the role of the speech communication major in fulfilling
 these needs, a 32-item questionnaire was sent to 85 personnel managers in
 the Buffalo, Rochester, and Syracuse, New York, areas. Respondents were
 instructed to suppose that they were to hire a college graduate with a
 four-year degree that had specifically prepared him or her in oral and
 written communication, mass media production and analysis, and
 organizational dynamics. Given this context, respondents were presented with
 two separate 13-item indices: a performance by the college graduate index
 and a training of others by the college graduate index. The remaining
 questions were concerned with the the importance of communication skills in
 the respondents' companies. Results indicated that, on the whole, the
 personnel directors strongly endorsed the value of communication skills to
 their companies' operations. Mean score differences between those
 organizations that had implemented a communication training program and
 those that had not were insignificant. Interestingly, prospective employees'
 ability to train other employees in various communication skills was rated
 somewhat higher in importance than was actual ability to perform a variety
 of communication functions themselves. (HOD)
-Desc-
 *Communication Research; *Communication Skills; Education Work Relationship;
 Employer Attitudes; *Employment Potential; *Job Skills; Occupational
 Surveys; *Organizational Communication; *Personnel Directors; Speech
 Communication; Training Methods
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 146
-A-
 ED255931 CS208840
-W-
 Speaking, Writing, and the Making of Meaning
 Ward, Jay A.
 Mar 1985 8p.; Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Conference on
 College Composition and Communication (36th, Minneapolis, MN, March 21-23,
 1985). EDRS Price - MF01/PC01 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER (150); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Pennsylvania
-JrnlAnn-
 RIESEP85
 By investigating the similarities and differences between speech and
 writing, teachers can help students mature as writers. The difference
 between speech and writing in conveying meaning is explained by the degree
 of context dependence of the utterance or passage. Speech is highly
 context-dependent because a speaker depends on a listener to assist in
 filling in meaning while writing must provide its own context, audience, and
 explicit meaning. Writing problems may reflect a student's effort to apply
 inappropriate oral language habits to writing. The writing instructor's task
 is to move students from the high context-dependence of speech to the
 relative context-independence of writing. Because of the differences between
 speech and writing, some inferences can be made to help students achieve
 context-independence in their writing. Instructors should 1) see speaking
 and writing as developmentally and functionally complementary, (2) devote
 time to requesting clarification or elaboration of ideas, (3) provide
 inexperienced writers with activities in which the form and function of
 speech and writing are made as similar as possible, (4) recognize that
 making meaning is more important and should precede developing grammatical
 context, and (5) realize that some dualities desirable in speech, such as
 consistency in voice and tone, are desirable in writing. (EL)
-Desc-
 Coherence; Communication (Thought Transfer); Oral Language; *Speech
 Communication; Speech Skills; *Verbal Communication; *Writing Improvement;
 *Writing Instruction; Writing Processes; Writing Research; Writing Skills;
 Written Language
-Ident-
 *Speaking Writing Relationship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 147
-A-
 ED255169 HE018411
-W-
 Starting with Students: Notable Programs, Promising Approaches, and Other
 Improvement Efforts in American Postsecondary Education. Volume II.
 Adelman, Clifford; Reuben, Elaine
 National Commission on Excellence in Education (ED), Washington, DC.
 Dec 1984 94p.; Prepared from materials submitted to the National Commission
 on Excellence in Education. For Volume I, see ED 237 051. For other related
 documents, see ED 226 006 and ED 227 094. EDRS Price - MF01/PC04 Plus
 Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 COLLECTION (020); PROJECT DESCRIPTION (141)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; District of Columbia
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEAUG85
 Government: Federal
 Sixty-six descriptions of notable programs and promising practices related
 to specific problems, practices, and goals in American postsecondary
 education are presented in this study, a continuation of Volume I. The
 programs are the result of searches made by the staff of the National
 Commission on Excellence in Education, although neither the staff nor the
 Commission has validated these programs. Responses to the Commission's
 searches were voluntary. The programs are divided into six parts: (1)
 academic time: calendars of institutions and individuals; (2) retention and
 academic work; (3) the uses of instructional technology; (4) language:
 expanding personal space; (5) joint ventures of colleges and
 employers/worker education; and (6) assessment: the bottom line. Academic
 time was approached in two ways: as a resource and as an alterable variable
 in the teaching/learning process that affects student achievement. Most of
 the profiles in this section address different temporal frameworks within
 which adults seek education. The section on language focuses on writing, but
 also addresses reading, listening, and speaking skills, as well as some
 foreign language programs. The section on assessment covers both student
 evaluation and the use of assessment information to improve performance
 measurements. Included is an index listing each institution (as presented in
 both Volume I and Volume II) with addresses. A letter from the American
 Council on Education is appended. It explains the categories chosen by the
 National Commission on Excellence in Education for the identification of
 notable academic programs. Lists of these categories and of the items to be
 covered in determining notable programs are presented as an attachment to
 the letter. (SW)
-Desc-
 *Academic Persistence; *College Instruction; College Programs; College
 Second Language Programs; Competence; Cooperative Programs; Educational
 Assessment; *Educational Technology; Labor Force Development; *Language
 Skills; *Postsecondary Education; Program Descriptions; School Business
 Relationship; School Schedules; Staff Development; *Student Evaluation; Time
 Factors (Learning); Writing Skills
-Ident-
 *Excellence in Education; National Commission on Excellence in Education
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 148
-A-
 ED55080 FL015010
-W-
 Spanish Language Arts. A Handbook for the Primary Teachers = Las artes del
 lenguaje espanol. en manual para maestros de nivel primario.
 Chicago Board of Education, Ill. Dept. of Curriculum.
 1975 77p.; or related documents, see FL 015 011-023. EDRS Price - MF01/PC04
 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Illinois
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEAUG85
 Target Audience: Teachers; Practitioners
 A teaching guide for teachers of language arts for native Spanish-speaking
 primary school students in the Chicago public schools consists of four
 sections and appendices. Part I introduces the concepts of the language arts
 program, its behavioral objectives, suggestions for teachers, and notes on
 the characteristics of students of this age group. Part II outlines the
 development of listening and speaking skills and five examples of related
 student activities. Part III discusses aspects of reading instruction: an
 eclectic approach, teaching the association of sound with letters,
 word-referent correspondence, a suggested plan to make reading automatic,
 and orthography. Five sample activities are also presented. Part IV
 addresses writing instruction and the development of an understanding of
 grammar, and suggests two activities. An alphabet with letter names, a
 vocabulary list, notes on language irregularities, and a bibliography are
 appended. The text is entirely in Spanish. (MSE)
-Desc-
 Behavioral Objectives; Bilingual Education; Class Activities ; Curriculum
 Guides; Educational Objectives; Grammar; *Language Arts; *Listening Skills;
 Native Language Instruction; Primary Education; Reading Instruction;
 *Reading Skills; *Spanish; *Speech Skills; Spelling; Vocabulary Development;
 *Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 149
-A-
 ED254894 CS504879
-W-
 Pietro Bembo and Standards for Oral and Written Discourse: The Forensic,
 Dialectical, and Vernacular Influences on Renaissance Thought.
 Wiethoff, William E.
 Apr 1985 29p.; Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Central States
 Speech Association (Indianapolis, IN, April 4-6, 1985). EDRS Price - MF01
 Plus Postage. PC Not available from EDRS.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER (150); REVIEW LITERATURE (070)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Indiana
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEAUG85
 Traditional assumptions about oral and written discourse persist among
 various philosophers and critics. Careful examination of the context for
 traditional assumptions, however, suggests that current scholarship should
 pursue altered lines of inquiry. Peculiar influences on Renaissance
 standards of purpose, style, and theme illustrate the nature of the problem,
 especially the works of Pietro Bembo, a Renaissance humanist chancellor and
 religious administrator. First, his forensic priorities on the principles
 and practice of rhetoric focused critical attention on a limited setting and
 purpose of discourse. Second, although written communications were
 customarily designed for oral proclamation, Renaissance developments in
 dialectic stressed the written word and promoted practical training in
 communicative skills outside rhetorical studies. Third, the reassessment of
 literary standards in response to emerging vernacular discourse stigmatized
 the spoken word as inherently less significant than the written word.
 Drawing on the Renaissance thought expounded by Pietro Bembo, scholars may
 avoid the frustration that all too frequently accompanies inquiry into oral
 and written discourse by disclaiming generic distinctions. Instead, scholars
 should examine practical differences in purpose rather than distinctions in
 theme, as well as the potential sequential relationship of writing and
 speech rather than isolated mechanics of style. (HOD)
-Desc-
 Communication Skills; *Discourse Analysis; *Renaissance Literature;
 *Rhetoric; *Rhetorical Criticism; Speech Communication; *Standards Theories;
 Writing (Composition)
-Ident-
 *Bembo (Pietro); *Speaking Writing Relationship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 025:001 150
-A-
 ED25405 FL014909
-W-
 Developing Writing Proficiency for the Lower-Level Foreign Language
 Student.
 DeBoer, Valetta Jane
 OMLTA Jrnl, p33-38 1984 1984 7p.; In: Snyder, Barbara, Ed. Look Out World,
 Here We Come See FL 014 904. EDRS Price - MF01/PC01 Plus Postage.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 TEACHING GUIDE (052); JRNL ART. (080)
 Geo. Source: U.S.; Ohio
-JrnlAnn-
 RIEJUL85
 Target Audience: Teachers; Practitioners
 Learning to communicate is important for today's foreign language student,
 and it is important to provide meaningful communicative experiences in
 writing as well as speaking the language. A letter exchange between peers
 can provided a meaningful and exciting writing experience for lower-level
 students. While not entirely without problems, arranging such an experience
 has many advantages. It allows students to build on their own experiences
 but to communicate at a level that is within their linguistic capabilities.
 It also provides meaningful reading experience, and communicating with and
 learning about another person is in itself valuable. A letter exchange can
 be established with students in another country, but time and logistical
 constraints may make exchange with American students more practical. An
 exchange between two Ohio high schools had the added dimension of being
 supported by a National Education Association/Kodak grant to use cameras for
 a snapshot exchange to extend the letters' content. Recommendations for
 planning a letter exchange include: selecting schools close enough so
 teachers can meet but far enough apart to students will not converse on the
 telephone in English; establishing a minimum letter length; establishing a
 one-letter-a-month schedule; reviewing letter-writing skills before
 beginning; and allowing class time for questions and/or reading aloud the
 letters received. (MSE)
-Desc-
 *Class Activities; Classroom Techniques; Difficulty Level; High Schools;
 Introductory Courses; *Letters (Correspondence); *Second Language
 Instruction; *Writing Instruction; Writing Skills
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 1
-A-
 751004 22C-06613
-W-
 "Erosion of the Workers' Compensation Exclusivity Rule: A Consideration of
 Employers' Dual Capacity as Product Manufacturers."
 Schmit, Joan Therese
 DAI 1985 45 (9): 2940-A. DA8426679
 Source: Indiana U. 1984. 228 pp.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 1963-1983; Workers' Compensation
 Historical Period: 1960D 1970D 1980D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 2
-A-
 750337 22C-02424
-W-
 "Docked for the Time You Was Up in the Sky': Some American Legal and Social
 Responses to Workplace Injury and Death."
 Tulin, Roger
 DAI 1984 45 (6): 1877-A. DA8420796
 Source: Brandeis U. 1984. 392 pp.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 Accidents; Workers' compensation; Occupational Safety and Health Act - (US,
 1970); Lawsuits; Social control; 19c-20c
 Historical Period: 1800H 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 3
-A-
 697892 22A-06744
-W-
 TARGETING THE POLITICAL IMAGE: THE CASE OF AMENDMENT 4.
 Brown, Edwin L; Catlett, Judi L
 Labor Studies J. 1983 8 (1): 34-47.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Local labor interests successfully challenged the political advertising of
 major business and industrial interests in Alabama to defeat a state ballot
 proposition that would have severely curtailed a worker's right to sue for
 compensation for work-related injuries.
-Desc-
 Elections; Workers' compensation; 1982; Amendment 4; Constitutions, state;
 Alabama
 Historical Period: 1980D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 4
-A-
 697401 22A-06268
-W-
 WORKERS' COMPENSATION: 1984 STATE ENACTMENTS.
 Tinsley, LaVerne C
 Monthly Labor Rev. 1985 108 (1): 49-53.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 A summary of workers' compensation legislation for 34 states shows that
 although few increased benefits or coverage, many raised the percentage of
 the average weekly wage used to compute compensation for disability or
 death.
-Desc-
 Law; 1984; Workers' compensation; States
 Historical Period: 1980D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 5
-A-
 697399 22A-06266
-W-
 TOO SICK TO WORK, TOO YOUNG TO DIE.
 Smith, Barbara Ellen
 Southern Exposure 1984 12 (3): 19-29.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Presents portions of personal narratives by coal miners and their supporters
 to trace the progress of the movement to win compensation for sufferers of
 black lung disease.
-Desc-
 Coal Mines and Mining; Pressure Groups; Workers' Compensation; 1968-1984;
 Personal narratives; Miners; Black lung disease
 Historical Period: 1960D 1970D 1980D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 6
-A-
 696815 22A-05698
-W-
 THE SURVIVAL OF WORKERS' COMPENSATION.
 Berkowitz, Edward; Berkowitz, Monroe
 Social Service Rev. 1984 58 (2): 259-280.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 After workers' compensation began in the Progressive era as a compromise
 between management and labor, during the New Deal and World War II the
 program met with challenges severe enough to bring its very existence into
 question, but despite these difficulties, workers' compensation has survived
 to the point where it now flourishes.
-Desc-
 1911-1980; Workers' compensation
 Historical Period: 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 7
-A-
 695720 22A-04622
-W-
 REFORM AND REPRESSION IN THE FAR WEST: THE WASHINGTON LEGISLATIVE RESPONSE
 TO LABOR RADICALISM IN 1919.
 Tripp, Joseph F
 Rendezvous 1983 19 (1): 43-54.
 Note: Based on the Washington State Federation of Labor Manuscripts,
 University of Washington Library, Seattle, Washington, and other primary
 sources; table, 31 notes.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 In 1919, following a general strike in Seattle, the Washington state
 legislature reacted with a double-edged strategy of repression and reform.
 In an attempt to rid the state of the Wobblies, the legislators enacted
 antisabotage and criminal syndicalism laws aimed at the radical Industrial
 Workers of the World. Hoping to diminish labor grievances and social
 turmoil, the legislators also passed workers' compensation, anti-injunction,
 industrial code commission, and accident prevention bills to enact a strong
 package of progressive labor laws. (P. L. McLaughlin )
-Desc-
 State Government; Labor Reform; Political repression; 1919; Washington;
 Industrial Workers of the World
 Historical Period: 1910D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 8
-A-
 694653 22A-03600
-W-
 COMPENSATION FOR DEATH FROM ASBESTOS.
 Johnson, William G; Heler, Edward
 Industrial and Labor Relations Rev. 1984 37 (4): 529-540.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Analyzes the adequacy and equity of compensation to the survivors of 560 men
 who died from workplace exposure to asbestos; compensation was neither
 adequate in amount, when compared to income losses, nor equitably
 distributed among survivors. (J )
-Desc-
 Death and Dying; Insurance; Workers' compensation; 1967-1979; Asbestos
 Historical Period: 1960D 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 9
-A-
 694468 22A-03430
-W-
 ADDING INSULT TO INJURY.
 Riordan, Teresa
 Washington Monthly 1984 16 (2): 12-22.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 The workers' compensation insurance system does not work as intended and
 unfairly rewards lawyers and insurance companies over injured workers.
-Desc-
 1978-1983; Workers' compensation
 Historical Period: 1970D 1980D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 10
-A-
 693898 22A-02872
-W-
 MYTH AND REALITY: THE SUPREME COURT AND PROTECTIVE LEGISLATION IN THE
 PROGRESSIVE ERA.
 Urofsky, Melvin I
 Supreme Court Hist. Soc. Y. 1983: 53-72.
 Note: 98 notes, 11 illus.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 The Supreme Court has been regarded as providing opposition to social reform
 during the Progressive Era. In decisions on issues of protective
 legislation, however, the court was as progressive as reformers could want.
 In the cases of Holder v. Hardy (1898), Atkin v. Kansas (1903), Lochner v.
 <2New York (1905), and Muller v. Oregon (1908), the Supreme Court sided with
 reformers. In the areas of maximum hours and minimum wages, employer
 liability and workmen's compensation, and child labor regulation, the court
 always supported reform. (G. B. Childress )
-Desc-
 1898-1916; Supreme Court; Social reform; Progressive Era
 Historical Period: 1890D 1900D 1910D 1800H 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 11
-A-
 690359 22A-01278
-W-
 THE ROLE OF UNIONS IN HOSPITAL COST INFLATION.
 Sloan, Frank A; Adamache, Killard W
 Industrial and Labor Relations Rev. 1984 37 (2): 252-262.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Examines the impact of unions on workers' compensation and total costs in
 hospitals, both in specific departments and in the hospital as a whole. An
 analysis of data for 367 hospitals shows that unions raised the mean
 compensation of hospital workers by 8.8% without producing offsetting
 increases in worker productivity. Thus, unions do increase hospital costs,
 although far less than health insurance and other factors do. (J )
-Desc-
 Labor Unions and Organizations; Medical Care - (costs); 1974-1977;
 Hospitals
 Historical Period: 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 12
-A-
 690324 22A-01246
-W-
 WORKERS' COMPENSATION: SIGNIFICANT ENACTMENTS IN 1983.
 Tinsley, LaVerne C
 Monthly Labor Rev. 1984 107 (2): 55-61.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Summarizes major changes in state laws pertaining to workers' compensation.
-Desc-
 Legislation; States; 1983; Workers' compensation
 Historical Period: 1980D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 13
-A-
 689851 22A-00785
-W-
 FIT FOR WORK: THE INTRODUCTION OF PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS IN INDUSTRY.
 Nugent, Angela
 Bull. of the Hist. of Medicine 1983 57 (4): 578-595.
 Note: Primary sources; 90 notes.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 After 1910, industrial medicine became a major medical specialty.
 Originally, physicians were contracted by companies, but gradually full-time
 physicians were hired to provide medical care. With the advent of workers'
 compensation laws, businessmen recognized the importance of screening
 potential employees for health problems, and of providing preventive medical
 care. Some objections to company physicians were raised by private
 physicians, and labor considered industrial medicine a potential threat.
 Industrial physicians had to compromise between ideals of medicine and
 business necessity. (M. Kaufman )
-Desc-
 1910-1930; Physical examinations; Industry; Physicians; Medical care;
 Business; Labor
 Historical Period: 1910D 1920D 1930D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 14
-A-
 688030 21C-06685
-W-
 "Regulation versus Mandatory Insurance: The Interface between Workers'
 Compensation and OSHA."
 Leeth, John Daryl
 DAI 1984 44 (7): 2211-A. DA8322631
 Source: U. of North Carolina, Chapel Hill 1983. 211 pp.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 Occupational Safety and Health Administration; Health insurance; 1970-1983;
 Workers' Compensation
 Historical Period: 1970D 1980D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 15
-A-
 683145 21A-05962
-W-
 The shipyard workers' strike in Quebec, 1840
 LA GREVE DES OUVRIERS DE LA CONSTRUCTION NAVALE A QUEBEC (1840)
 Tremblay, Robert
 Rev. d'Hist. de l'Amerique Francaise (Canada) 1983 37 (2): 227-239.
 Note: 55 notes.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Lang-
 French.
 Workers in Montreal shipyards were paid low salaries, lived in insalubrious
 conditions, and were often victims of work-related accidents. An 18-day
 strike of 1, 200 workers in 1840 led to the raising of their salaries and
 the establishment of a shipworkers' union. (R. Aldrich )
-Desc-
 Strikes; Labor; Quebec - (Montreal); Shipbuilding; 1840
 Historical Period: 1840D 1800H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 16
-A-
 682037 21A-04890
-W-
 FAILURE AND FULFILLMENT: AGITATION FOR EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY LEGISLATION AND
 THE ORIGINS OF WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION IN NEW YORK STATE, 1876-1910.
 Asher, Robert
 Labor Hist. 1983 24 (2): 198-222.
 Note: Based on Workingmen's Federation of the State of New York Proceedings,
 New York State Assembly and Senate Journals, and other primary sources; 73
 notes.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Traces the long struggle of organized labor in New York State to obtain
 state laws making employers liable for accidents in the work place. Only
 when organized labor gained enough political power to influence state
 legislators was any meaningful employers' liability legislation enacted. The
 increased amounts of money won by injured workers and the threat of even
 tougher employers' liability legislation then made employers receptive to
 workmen's compensation legislation, under which injured workers were
 automatically compensated without resorting to the courts. (L. F. Velicer )
-Desc-
 Labor Unions and Organizations; Lobbying; 1876-1910; Workers' compensation;
 New York
 Historical Period: 1870D 1880D 1890D 1900D 1910D 1800H 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 17
-A-
 678293 21B-00084
-W-
 Workers' Compensation and Work-Related Illnesses and Diseases.
 Barth, Peter S; Hunt, H Allen; Sharwell, George R
 Source: Cambridge: M.I.T. Pr., 1980. 391 pp.
-DocType-
 BOOK
 Citation: Ann. of the Am. Acad. of Pol. and Social Sci. 460 (Mar 82)
 186-187.
 Sharwell, George R
-Desc-
 Workers' Compensation; Diseases; 1974
 Historical Period: 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 18
-A-
 677163 21A-02040
-W-
 WORKERS' COMPENSATION IN 1982: SIGNIFICANT LEGISLATION ENACTED.
 Tinsley, LaVerne C
 Monthly Labor Rev. 1983 106 (1): 57-63.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Benefits and services for work-related injuries were improved, and 18 states
 modified their coverage to extend to previously uncovered occupations or to
 volunteer workers; rehabilitation services also were expanded.
-Desc-
 1982; Workers' compensation; Legislation
 Historical Period: 1980D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 19
-A-
 673392 20C-01832
-W-
 "Shapes of Power: The Ontario Labour Relations Board, 1944 to 1950."
 Millar, Frederick David
 DAI 1982 42 (10): 4545-A.
 Source: York U. (Canada) 1981.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 Labor Law; 1944-1950; Ontario Labour Relations Board
 Historical Period: 1940D 1950D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 20
-A-
 579915 20A-05738
-W-
 THE IDEOLOGY OF SOCIAL HARMONY AND EFFICIENCY: WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION IN
 OHIO, 1904-1919.
 Reagan, Patrick D
 Ohio Hist. 1981 90 (4): 317-331.
 Note: Based on the records of the Ohio Employers' Liability Commission, the
 Ohio State Federation of Labor, the Ohio General Assembly, the Ohio State
 Liability Board of Awards, the Ohio Industrial Commission, and other primary
 sources; 2 photos, 27 notes.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 From 1912 through the early 1920's, Progressive reformers tried to enact
 social insurance legislation through a state-by-state and step-by-step
 strategy to ameliorate the industrial conditions of work accidents,
 sickness, unemployment, and premature old age. Discusses the six general
 stages of this process of reform as manifested in the 1910 Metzger Act, the
 creation of the Employers' Liability Commission in 1910, the Workmen's
 Compensation Act of 1911, the creation of the State Liability Board of
 Awards in 1911, the Green Compulsory Workmen's Compensation Act of 1913, and
 the 1913 creation of the Industrial Commission. The success of reform
 efforts in Ohio stemmed from the growth and implementation of a conservation
 ideology of mutual accommodation between the Ohio State Federation of Labor
 (OSFL) and the Ohio Manufacturer's Association (OMA), which encompassed an
 interlocking set of concepts to create a new "organizational society." In
 the main, the Ohio developments followed the pattern set by earlier
 compensation laws and set the precedent for later systems. (L. A. Russell )
-Desc-
 1904-1919; Workmen's compensation; Ohio
 Historical Period: 1900D 1910D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 21
-A-
 579903 20A-05726
-W-
 MARKET INTEGRATION, URBAN GROWTH AND ECONOMIC CHANGE IN AN OHIO COUNTY,
 1850-1880.
 Blocker, Jack S, Jr
 Ohio Hist. 1981 90 (4): 298-316.
 Note: Based on US census records, Ohio newspapers, and other primary
 sources; illus., 5 tables, fig., 40 notes.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Seeks to employ both external and internal perspectives to understand
 economic change within a small urban community during the process of
 integration, using Washington Court House (Ohio) and its hinterland (Fayette
 County) as a laboratory. The railroad linking of Washington Court House with
 Cincinnati in the early 1850's set the stage for the town's integration into
 regional and national markets. Although the railroad connection brought 20
 years of prosperity to Fayette County farmers, and stimulated rural
 population growth during the first decade, Washington Court House absorbed
 most of the population increase taking place in the county. For Fayette
 County, then, urbanization and industrialization did not proceed together.
 Urban growth in Washington Court House was accompanied by
 deindustrialization, marking a relative decline in the manufacturing sector
 of its local economy. (L. A. Russell )
-Desc-
 Railroads; Ohio - (Fayette County; Washington Court House) 1850-1880;
 Economic Conditions; Urbanization
 Historical Period: 1850D 1860D 1870D 1880D 1800H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 22
-A-
 579160 20A-05011
-W-
 WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND THE SCHOLARSHIP ATHLETE.
 Carpenter, Linda J
 J. of Higher Educ. 1982 53 (4): 448-459.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 According to Supreme Court decisions, scholarship athletes may be eligible
 for workmen's compensation benefits for injuries and disabilities incurred
 as a result of sports participation. The potential for workers' compensation
 eligibility exists regardless of the athletes' purportedly amateur,
 nonemployee status. This could have massive financial impact on both
 intercollegiate athletic programs and their sponsoring universities. (J/S )
-Desc-
 Scholarships, Fellowships, etc; Colleges and Universities 1953-1977;
 Workmen's compensation; Sports
 Historical Period: 1950D 1960D 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 23
-A-
 578875 20A-04749
-W-
 IMPLEMENTING WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION PROGRAMS IN THE STATES.
 Thompson, Joel A
 Administration & Soc. 1982 14 (2): 237-260.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Organizational characteristics are important in determining performance, but
 performance is not significant "in explaining policy impact."
-Desc-
 State Government; 1970's; Workmen's compensation
 Historical Period: 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 24
-A-
 574929 20A-02907
-W-
 WHAT HAPPENED IN YOUNGSTOWN: AN OUTLINE.
 Lynd, Staughton
 Radical Am. 1981 15 (4): 37-48.
 Note: Based on interviews; 13 notes, 5 illus.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Examines the experience of steelworkers at US Steel's Youngstown Works when
 the plant closed. Sit-ins and court cases proved insufficient means of
 getting the company to negotiate helpfully on selling to the workers. The
 ultimate reopening of part of the plant after purchase by local businessmen
 was not nearly what workers sought. Worker involvement in investment
 decisions prior to potential closings is vital to prevent closures. (C. M.
 Hough )
-Desc-
 Labor; Steel Industry - (closures); Ohio - (Youngstown); US Steel
 Corporation; Ownership; 1977-1980
 Historical Period: 1970D 1980D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 25
-A-
 574067 20A-02070
-W-
 OUTPUTS AND OUTCOMES OF STATE WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION LAWS.
 Thompson, Joel A
 J. of Pol. 1981 43 (4): 1129-1132.
 Note: 3 illus., table, 56 notes.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Between 1910 and 1921, 42 states adopted various workmen's compensation
 laws. In the 1970's, increased interest paralleled the increased production
 and utilization of hazardous chemicals, toxins, and nuclear materials as
 well as the increased awareness of their long-term effects. The Occupational
 Safety and Health Act of 1970 established a National Commission on State
 Workmen's Compensation Laws, which made 84 specific recommendations.
 Compliance with these recommendations in 1976 was primarily determined by
 the wealth of the individual states and the involvement of concerned
 interest groups. Labor organizations were positively and business and
 insurance groups were negatively related to comprehensive legislation.
 Partisanship was not significantly related. (A. W. Novitsky )
-Desc-
 1970's; Workmen's compensation; Law; State Government
 Historical Period: 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 26
-A-
 572428 20A-00487
-W-
 A TALE OF TWO STRIKES: ONLY IN POLAND YOU SAY.
 Can. Dimension (Canada) 1981 15 (6): 21, 24-25.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 The strike by hospital workers, members of the Canadian Union of Public
 Employees, in Ontario during 1981, was quashed; it was illegal, support from
 the leadership of the Canadian Labor Congress was absent, and its failure
 resulted in firings, contempt of court charges, and a deepening polarization
 between the left and right within the union.
-Desc-
 Hospitals; 1981; Strikes; Canadian Union of Public Employees; Ontario
 Historical Period: 1980D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 27
-A-
 570183 19C-04588
-W-
 "Business and Health Reform: Worker's Compensation and Health Insurance in
 the Progressive Era."
 Abramovitz, Miriam G
 DAI 1981 42 (6): 2860-A. 8125232
 Source: Columbia U. 1981. 663 pp.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 Organizations; Class conflict; 1900-1920; Business; Reform; Workmen's
 Compensation; Health Insurance
 Historical Period: 1900D 1910D 1920D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 28
-A-
 567093 19A-07217
-W-
 THE FUTURE OF LEGAL FORMALISM.
 Goetsch, Charles C
 Am. J. of Legal Hist. 1980 24 (3): 221-256.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 An exploration into the validity and usefulness of the concept of "legal
 formalism" as a conceptualization of the dominant jurisprudential mode of
 American law from 1865 to 1940. After a brief historiographical
 introduction, the author focuses on the life and thought of Simeon E.
 Baldwin (1840-1927), who has been regarded as the archetypical legal
 formalist. This formalism was a direct outgrowth of conservative and
 individualistic values based on the facade of a scientific system of
 abstract principles, as is evident in three major cases that Baldwin
 commented on: State v. Main (1897), Norwalk Street Railway Company's Appeal
 (1897), and Hoxie v. N.Y., N.H. & H. Railroad Company (1909); and his
 controversy with Theodore Roosevelt over the Federal Employers' Liability
 Act in 1910. Baldwin's legal formalism was not a neutral system but was
 based from the start on the core of his conservative values. 100 notes. (L.
 A. Knafla )
-Desc-
 Conservatism; Judges; 1865-1940; Baldwin, Simeon E
 Historical Period: 1860D 1870D 1880D 1890D 1800H 1900D 1910D 1920D 1930D
 1940D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 29
-A-
 566950 19A-07077
-W-
 CLASS CONFLICT ON THE CANALS OF UPPER CANADA IN THE 1840S.
 Bleasdale, Ruth
 Labour (Canada) 1981 7 (Spr): 9-39.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Irish workers on the St. Lawrence canal system in the 1840's had brought to
 the new world a culture shaped by class relations in the old world. Class
 tensions, inseparably interwoven with racial hatred and discrimination, had
 created in the southern Irish suspicion and hatred of employers, distrust of
 the laws and the authorities, and a willingness to violate the law to
 achieve their ends. This bitter cultural legacy shaped the Irish workers'
 resistance to conditions in Canada and gave a distinctive form to class
 conflict on the canals. With special laws, special police forces, and a
 military willing to help, the government of Canada marshalled the coercive
 power of the state against the workers. Yet the government failed to
 suppress labor unrest and to prevent successful strike action. Many
 officials and contractors accepted this failure as proof of the Celt's
 ungovernable disposition. Invoking the Irish stereotype to explain the
 disorder, they ignored the class dimension of the workers' behavior. Primary
 sources; 159 notes. (J. Powell )
-Desc-
 Class Struggle; Labor Disputes; Government, Resistance to; Stereotypes;
 Ontario - (Upper Canada); St Lawrence Seaway; Irish Canadians; 1840-1849;
 Canals
 Historical Period: 1840D 1800H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 30
-A-
 563853 19A-05954
-W-
 A. O. STANLEY AND PROGRESSIVE REFORM, 1902-1919.
 Burckel, Nicholas C
 Register of the Kentucky Hist. Soc. 1981 79 (2): 136-161.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 A. O. Stanley (1867-1958) served as a US Senator from Kentucky in the
 post-World War I years, but made his mark as a progressive reformer earlier
 as a congressman and as governor of Kentucky. As a congressman during
 1903-15, Stanley fought against monopolies and consolidation, and gained
 repute as an articulate spokesman for antitrust reform. As governor, he
 continued his efforts against trusts, corrupt practices, and unlimited
 lobbying. Other areas of concern included public service regulation,
 workmen's compensation, and Sunday closing of saloons. Based on primary
 sources including the Congressional Record and other records of the House
 and Senate. (J. F. Paul )
-Desc-
 Progressivism; Political Reform; State Politics; 1902-1919; Kentucky;
 Stanley, A O
 Historical Period: 1900D 1910D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 31
-A-
 562633 19A-04770
-W-
 CHRONIC PAIN CENTER: A STUDY OF VOLUNTARY CLIENT COMPLIANCE AND
 ENTREPRENEURSHIP.
 Kotarba, Joseph A
 Am. Behavioral Scientist 1981 24 (6): 786-800.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Describes causes for the growth of the chronic pain center movement, which
 include changes in medical attitudes toward pain care, and especially the
 support of workers' compensation officials seeking solutions for their
 fiscal problems and the burden of occupational safety laws; traces the
 history of the workmen's compensation system from 1908 to 1981.
-Desc-
 Medical Reform; Chronic pain centers; 1908-1981; Workmen's compensation
 Historical Period: 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 32
-A-
 562448 19A-04585
-W-
 TEACHING CONGRESS HOW TO DO ITS WORK: MR. JUSTICE MCREYNOLDS AND MARITIME
 TORTS.
 Birkby, Robert H
 Congressional Studies 1981 8 (1): 11-20.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Traces the 10-year-long effort beginning in 1917 by Supreme Court Justice
 James Clark McReynolds to convince Congress through legal decisions that a
 more comprehensive maritime benefits law was necessary to provide for
 compensation to seamen and their heirs for accidental injury or death, which
 resulted in the Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act (US,
 1927).
-Desc-
 Workmen's Compensation; 1917-1927; Congress; Supreme Court; McReynolds,
 James Clark; Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act - (US,
 1927)
 Historical Period: 1910D 1920D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 33
-A-
 556533 19A-02060
-W-
 WORKERS' COMPENSATION: ARE THE STATES MEETING THE CHALLENGE?
 Thompson, Joel A
 State Government 1980 53 (2): 94-98.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Compares state workers' compensation laws during 1972-80, and examines the
 degree of compliance each state has reached on 19 essential recommendations
 produced by the National Commission on State Workmen's Compensation Laws.
-Desc-
 Workmen's Compensation; Legislation; 1972-1980; State Government; National
 Commission on State Workmen's Compensation Laws
 Historical Period: 1970D 1980D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 34
-A-
 556506 19A-02033
-W-
 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE: RECENT TRENDS IN COSTS.
 Elson, Martin W; Burton, John F, Jr
 Monthly Labor Rev. 1981 104 (3): 45-50.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Presents estimates of employers' costs of workmen's compensation insurance
 purchased from private carriers or state funds in 47 jurisdictions as of 1
 July 1978 as a first step in determining whether the variations in premiums
 are great enough to influence where businesses locate and whether recent
 trends in premium levels indicate any reluctance by states to boost program
 benefits and costs, for fear of losing employers to lower cost
 jurisdictions.
-Desc-
 Business; State Government; 1978-1981; Costs; Workmen's compensation
 Historical Period: 1970D 1980D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 35
-A-
 553218 18A-08082
-W-
 ARE WOMEN SAFER WORKERS? A NEW LOOK AT THE DATA.
 Root, Norman; Daley, Judy R
 Monthly Labor Rev. 1980 103 (9): 3-10.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Investigates women's work-related injuries and illnesses by occupation, type
 of industry, injury, and accident, using data compiled from reports made to
 state workers' compensation agencies in 1977.
-Desc-
 Labor; Industrial safety; 1977; Women
 Historical Period: 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 36
-A-
 552327 18A-07216
-W-
 RAILROAD MANAGEMENT'S RESPONSE TO OPERATING EMPLOYEES ACCIDENTS, 1890-1913.
 Wetzel, Kurt
 Labor Hist. 1980 21 (3): 351-368.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 American railroads consistently opposed attempts to legislate and administer
 stricter safety standards in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. The
 industry delayed installation of safety equipment mandated by the Safety
 Appliances Act (US, 1893) until the courts found the companies liable for
 accidents caused by inoperative or missing safety equipment. Only after the
 Federal Employers' Liability Act (US, 1908) increased the railroads'
 liability for accidents did management develop a constructive program to
 make the operating employees' work safer. Based on articles in contemporary
 railroad management and union publications, and other primary sources; 41
 notes. (L. F. Velicer )
-Desc-
 Working Conditions; 1890-1913; Management; Accidents; Railroads; Safety
 Appliances Act - (US, 1893); Courts; Federal Employers' Liability Act - (US,
 1908)
 Historical Period: 1890D 1900D 1910D 1800H 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 37
-A-
 551003 18C-08638
-W-
 "Workmen's Compensation and Public Policy in the American States."
 Thompson, Joel Allan
 DAI 1980 41 (2): 792-A. 8018267
 Source: U. of Kentucky 1979. 223 pp.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 Economic Structure; Political Factions; Law; State Legislatures; 1970-1979;
 Workmen's Compensation; Public Policy
 Historical Period: 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 38
-A-
 542287 18A-05447
-W-
 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH.
 Berkowitz, Monroe Berkowitz, Monroe.
 Ann. of the Am. Acad. of Pol. and Social Sci. 1979 (443): 41-53.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Work accidents became a matter of societal concern in the Progressive era of
 Woodrow Wilson. When other contingencies of modern life were brought under
 social security in the New Deal reforms of the 1930's, work accident
 legislation remained separate. One possible reason was that work accidents
 can be controlled within industrial and chance limits. But control does not
 imply elimination since a risk-free environment would paralyze production.
 In spite of imperfections caused by low benefits and imperfect insurance
 arrangements, the workers' compensation legislation does help internalize
 the costs of accidents, but internalization of costs is only one remedy.
 Regulation and a much broader community responsibility are others. It is
 argued that regulation poses greater problems and that broader community
 responsibility may evade the issues involved in choosing the appropriate
 tradeoff point between production and health which will maximize social
 welfare. (J )
-Desc-
 Workmen's Compensation; Government regulation; 19c-20c; Safety; Health;
 Accidents; Legislation
 Historical Period: 1800H 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 39
-A-
 538804 18A-02098
-W-
 STATE COMPLIANCE WITH WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION RECOMMENDATIONS.
 Thompson, Joel A Thompson, Joel A.
 Policy Studies J. 1979 8 (3): 417-430.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Determines state compliance with recommendations proposed by the National
 Commission on State Workmen's Compensation Laws in 1972.
-Desc-
 Labor Law; State Government; 1972-1979; Workmen's compensation; National
 Commission on State Workmen's Compensation Laws
 Historical Period: 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 40
-A-
 537133 18A-00484
-W-
 The material formation of the working class in Montreal between 1790 and
 1830
 LA FORMATION MATERIELLE DE LA CLASSE OUVRIERE A MONTREAL ENTRE 1790 ET 1830
 Tremblay, Robert Tremblay, Robert.
 Rev. d'Hist. de l'Amerique Francaise (Canada) 1979 33 (1): 39-50.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 During these years, which preceded the birth of industrial capitalism, some
 traits of a nascent capitalist industrial production are shown: diversified
 labor force, technical division of labor with a system of authority between
 employers and workers, perfection and concentration of means of production,
 compensation of workers dependent on the laws of the capitalist market, and
 introduction of capitalist discipline. Based mostly on hiring agreements and
 employment contracts, archival documents, and other primary sources; table,
 graph, 19 notes. (G. P. Cleyet )
-Desc-
 Quebec - (Montreal); 1790-1830; Working class; Capitalism
 Historical Period: 1790D 1800D 1810D 1820D 1830D 1700H 1800H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 41
-A-
 534194 17C-07218
-W-
 "Liability Risk Management for Local Governments."
 Perez, Ramon Antonio Perez, Ramon Antonio.
 DAI 1980 40 (7): 4129-A.
 Source: Georgia State U. 1979. 563 pp.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 Employers' liability; 1977; Risk Management; Local Government
 Historical Period: 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 42
-A-
 531121 17A-08609
-W-
 A MEMO FROM MEMORY: WORKING WITH THE NORTH DAKOTA WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION
 BUREAU, 1919-1922.
 Rice, Hazel F Rice, Hazel F.
 North Dakota Hist. 1979 46 (2): 22-29.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 The author became the first Secretary of the North Dakota Minimum Wage
 Department in 1919. Her bureau was created by the state government brought
 into power through the successful electoral efforts of the Non-Partisan
 League. The author had sporadic contacts with officials of the Bureau,
 especially Board Member Laureas J. Wehe, but she basically worked alone in
 journeying throughout the state to investigate working conditions. Her
 letters to her family in New England during her tenure of service describe
 the arduous efforts necessary to travel from place to place in a state
 served by three railroads but ill-served by any other rapid transportation.
 The author's work was greatly inconvenienced by abysmal weather conditions
 and by the lack of adequate lodging for women in towns and villages. (N.
 Lederer )
-Desc-
 Rice, Hazel F - (account); North Dakota Workmen's Compensation Bureau;
 1919-1922; Working conditions; Transportation
 Historical Period: 1910D 1920D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 43
-A-
 530289 17A-07818
-W-
 CHANGES IN WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION LAWS IN 1973.
 Johnson, Florence C Johnson, Florence C.
 Monthly Labor Rev. 1974 97 (1): 32-38.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 A record number of amendments to workmen's compensation laws were adopted by
 state legislatures in the United States and Puerto Rico in 1973, with
 occupational diseases, flexibility and levels of benefits, medical care, and
 farm workers' coverage receiving most attention.
-Desc-
 1973; Workmen's compensation; Law; State legislatures; Puerto Rico
 Historical Period: 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 44
-A-
 522993 17A-02917
-W-
 THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE LAW OF TORT IN FRONTIER CALIFORNIA, 1850-1890.
 Bakken, Gordon M Bakken, Gordon M.
 Southern California Q. 1978 60 (4): 405-419.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Traces the evolution of tort law in the half century following statehood in
 California. Torts (civil wrongs) involved negligence, slander, and trespass.
 Cases involving negligence increased as industrial development grew. In
 cases outside the employer-employee relationship, the state supreme court
 tended to find for plaintiffs. The Court's tendency to protect enterprise by
 finding contributory negligence in industrial accidents led to passage of
 workmen's compensation statutes. As California passed out of its frontier
 period, enterprise came to be less protected and the social costs of
 industrialization considered in tort suits. Primary and secondary sources;
 61 notes. (A. Hoffman )
-Desc-
 1850-1890's; California; Law; Negligence; Workmen's compensation;
 Industrialization
 Historical Period: 1850D 1860D 1870D 1880D 1890D 1800H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 45
-A-
 522083 17A-02018
-W-
 WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAWS: KEY STATE AMENDMENTS OF 1978.
 Minor, Gerri Minor, Gerri.
 Monthly Labor Rev. 1979 102 (1): 43-50.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Desc-
 Workmen's Compensation; State Government; Labor Law - (amended); 1978
 Historical Period: 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 46
-A-
 520449 17A-00417
-W-
 A STUDY IN SOCIAL CONTROL: THE LIFE OF THE SILVER MINER IN NORTHERN
 ONTARIO.
 Baldwin, Doug Baldwin, Doug.
 Labour (Canada) 1977 2: 79-106.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 A study of working conditions and owner-miner relations in silver mining
 camps of Cobalt, Ontario, 1903-20. Company housing, social clubs, team
 sports, and an employment bureau were utilized by owners to maintain control
 of workers. Companies were aided by strict liquor laws and inadequate mining
 laws. Antiunion activities by management prevented labor solidarity, but a
 strike in 1919 "marked the end of Cobalt's golden era." Primary and
 secondary sources, including government documents and journals; 77 notes.
 (W. A. Kearns )
-Desc-
 Ontario - (Cobalt); 1903-1920; Working conditions; Silver mining
 Historical Period: 1900D 1910D 1920D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 47
-A-
 517964 16A-07731
-W-
 COTTON DUST KILLS, AND IT'S KILLING ME.
 Conway, Mimi Conway, Mimi.
 Southern Exposure 1978 6 (2): 29-39.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Byssinosis, "brown lung disease, " is a prevalent problem among long term
 employees of Southern cotton mills. The mill owners, including Burlington
 Industries, Inc. which enjoys an excellent reputation in the safety field,
 have strenuously endeavored to avoid payment of compensation for workers'
 claims of disability caused by byssinosis. The Carolina Brown Lung
 Association has been organized to forward workers' claims for compensation.
 Burlington's insurance agent, Liberty Mutual Insurance Co. has by and large
 to date successfully thwarted payments for byssinosis-caused illnesses
 through the workmen's compensation system. Liberty Mutual is probably liable
 to third party suits resulting from possible negligence in serving as safety
 inspectors for the mills. Based on personal interviews. (N. Lederer )
-Desc-
 1970's; Cotton; Brown lung disease; South or Southern States; Burlington
 Industries, Inc; Carolina Brown Lung Association; Liberty Mutual Insurance
 Co
 Historical Period: 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 48
-A-
 516264 16A-06067
-W-
 MISSIONARY SERVICE IN CHINA.
 Hurford, Grace Gibberd Hurford, Grace Gibberd.
 J. of the Can. Church Hist. Soc. (Canada) 1977 19 (3-4): 177-181.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 A personal recollection by a Canadian missionary-educator in China. During
 her years of service she was a nurse, English instructor, and Christian
 teacher. Her work offered many rewarding experiences, but from 1937 on she
 and her fellow workers had to contend with the problems caused by the
 Japanese invasion. She was injured only once by Japanese bombs, but the
 danger was omnipresent. Consequently, her work in China was disrupted by the
 necessity to move on several occasions and by the orders of the Chinese
 government to close all schools. Her service in China ended with the
 conclusion of World War II. (J. A. Kicklighter )
-Desc-
 Missions and Missionaries; Teaching; Hurford, Grace Gibberd -
 (reminiscences); 1928-1945; China; Canada; World War II
 Historical Period: 1920D 1930D 1940D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 49
-A-
 502915 16A-05639
-W-
 THE FIRST JEWISH GOVERNOR: MOSES ALEXANDER OF IDAHO.
 Weyne, Arthur Weyne, Arthur.
 Western States Jewish Hist. Q. 1976 9 (1): 21-42.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Moses Alexander (1853-1932), a Bavarian immigrant to the United States,
 first entered politics in Chillicothe, Missouri, where he was elected as
 city councilman and mayor. Stagnant business conditions prompted him to move
 his dry goods business to Boise, Idaho. After two terms as Boise's mayor,
 the Democratic Party persuaded him to run for governor in 1914. As a
 two-term governor (1915-18) Alexander's chief accomplishment was to cut back
 expenditures. He was also credited with passage of a prohibition law,
 enactment of a workman's compensation act, creation of a state highway
 system, and construction of the Arrowrock Dam and the Dalles-Celilo Canal.
 Critics charged that he used his veto power too frequently against the
 legislature. After his second term of office Alexander became an informal
 elder statesman while remaining active in his merchandizing business. Based
 on family records and published material; 3 photos, 27 notes. (B. S.
 Porter)
-Desc-
 Jews; Democratic Party; Governors; 1914-1932; Idaho; Alexander, Moses
 Historical Period: 1910D 1920D 1930D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 50
-A-
 473589 16A-02059
-W-
 WORK INJURIES AND ADVERSARY PROCESSES IN TWO NEW ENGLAND TEXTILE MILLS.
 Gersuny, Carl Gersuny, Carl.
 Business Hist. Rev. 1977 51 (3): 326-340.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Describes work injuries in New England mills during 1895-1916 and "the
 patterns of imputing contributory negligence." Concludes that after the
 no-fault workmen's compensation law went into effect, the number of injuries
 changed little but there was a sharp reduction in injuries blamed on
 employee carelessness. Negligence charges before the law's enactment were
 often economic expediency for the mill owner. Based on company records; 38
 notes. (C. J. Pusateri )
-Desc-
 1895-1916; Textile mills; New England; Negligence, contributory; Workmen's
 compensation
 Historical Period: 1890D 1900D 1910D 1800H 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 51
-A-
 427918 15A-06158
-W-
 AN INSTANCE OF LABOR AND BUSINESS COOPERATION: WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION IN
 WASHINGTON STATE (1911).
 Tripp, Joseph F Tripp, Joseph F.
 Labor Hist. 1976 17 (4): 530-550.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Enactment of a compulsory workmen's compensation law in Washington state in
 1911, was achieved through cooperation of the lumber industry and labor
 unions. Frequency of accidents, resultant damage suits, animosity toward
 casualty companies, and an inadequate legal machinery promoted the
 cooperation which led to a compromise between industrial and labor
 interests. Based on trade journals, court reports, and manuscript sources;
 58 notes. (L. L. Athey )
-Desc-
 Labor Unions and Organizations; 1911; Workmen's compensation; Washington;
 Lumber industry
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 52
-A-
 427676 15A-05916
-W-
 GOVERNOR MC KINLEY AND THE WORKING MAN.
 Waksmundski, John Waksmundski, John.
 Historian 1976 38 (4): 629-647.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Unlike earlier Republican Party leaders, Ohio governor William McKinley
 (1843-1901) sought to align himself and his party with the working class.
 Elected in 1891, McKinley asked the legislature to enact laws on railroad
 worker safety, right of employees to join labor organizations, and
 arbitration. McKinley was reelected in 1893 with improved Republican vote
 totals in counties with a substantial worker voting bloc. McKinley's careful
 actions dealing with striking coal miners during the 1893 depression enabled
 him to keep labor support. Notes. (M. J. Wentworth )
-Desc-
 Elections; 1891-1893; Republican Party; Ohio; McKinley, William; Working
 class
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 53
-A-
 422785 15A-01220
-W-
 THE RAILROAD SAFETY PROBLEM IN THE UNITED STATES 1900-1930.
 Clark, Christopher Clark, Christopher.
 Transport Hist. (Great Britain) 1974 7 (2): 97-123.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Between 1890 and 1910 the rate of railroad accidents to passengers and
 employees in the United States rose sharply, but after 1914 this trend was
 reversed. Discounts the "traffic level" theory as an explanation and
 discusses other aspects of railroad safety including: 1) the introduction of
 safety devices, safety appliance laws, research projects, improved
 recruitment and training of labor procedures, better working conditions, and
 equipment maintenance standards, 2) the establishment of Employers'
 Liability legislation which ended the essentially laissez-faire attitude of
 railroad companies to accidents, 3) advances in permanent way and block
 signaling, 4) the rising cost of accidents and the emergence of the belief
 among employers that the prevention of accidents was financially
 advantageous, and 5) the inauguration by companies of safety departments and
 campaigns. Points to areas of study, such as the role of government and
 labor, where more thorough research is required. Primary and secondary
 sources; 2 graphs, 92 notes. (R. G. Neville )
-Desc-
 Railroads; 1900-1930; Safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 54
-A-
 388924 14A-08631
-W-
 PRELUDE TO WELFARE CAPITALISM: THE ROLE OF BUSINESS IN THE ENACTMENT OF
 WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION LEGISLATION IN ILLINOIS, 1905-12.
 Castrovinci, Joseph L Castrovinci, Joseph L.
 Social Service R. 1976 50 (1): 80-102.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Desc-
 1905-1912; Welfare capitalism; Business, role of; Workmen's compensation;
 Legislation; Illinois
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 55
-A-
 387954 14A-07693
-W-
 CHANGES IN WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION LAWS IN 1972.
 Johnson, Florence C Johnson, Florence C.
 Monthly Labor R. 1973 96 (1): 45-49.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Discusses current maximum benefits for disabled workers in state workmen's
 compensation laws, emphasizing the influence of the 1970 Report of the
 National Commission on State Workers' Compensation Laws.
-Desc-
 State Government; 1907-1972; Laws; Workmen's compensation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 56
-A-
 387232 14A-07020
-W-
 JOHN W. KERN: SENATE MAJORITY LEADER AND LABOR LEGISLATION, 1913-1917.
 Haughton, Virginia Haughton, Virginia.
 Mid-America 1975 57 (3): 184-194.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Though of a rural background, John W. Kern was an early champion of labor.
 He ran on the defeated Bryan ticket in 1908, entered the Senate in 1911, and
 became Senate Majority Leader in 1913. Kern obtained Senate investigation of
 deplorable labor conditions in West Virginia. His most lasting achievement
 was the Kern-McGillicuddy Workman's Compensation Act (1916). He was
 instrumental in passage of the La Follette Seaman's Bill and much other
 prolabor legislation. Based on official records, newspapers, and secondary
 works; 38 notes. (T. H. Wendel )
-Desc-
 1908-1917; Labor Law; Kern, John W; Senate; Workman's Compensation Act -
 (1916)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 57
-A-
 385643 14A-05494
-W-
 THE ORIGINS OF WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION IN MINNESOTA.
 Asher, Robert Asher, Robert.
 Minnesota Hist. 1974 44 (4): 142-153.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 The inefficiency and the litigation involved in employers' liability
 insurance, and the friction it caused, led some large companies to favor no
 fault workmen's compensation by 1909, the year that Governor Johnson called
 for an investigating commission to look into the problem. Uncertainty as to
 rates led to hesitancy, but by 1912 15 states approved such plans and in
 1913 Minnesota passed a weak bill, a consensus reform measure. 13 illus.; 67
 notes. (S. S. Sprague. )
-Desc-
 1909-1913; Workmen's compensation, origins of; Minnesota
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 58
-A-
 384756 14A-04642
-W-
 WORKERS' COMPENSATION-1975 ENACTMENTS.
 Hribal, Amy S; Minor, G M Hribal, Amy S. and Minor, G. M.
 Monthly Labor R. 1976 99 (1): 30-36.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 In 1975 no state had yet fully complied with federal workers' compensation
 coverage, benefits, and program administration.
-Desc-
 State Government - (compliance); Federal Regulation; Workmen's Compensation;
 1975
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 59
-A-
 326222 13A-05892
-W-
 AN ALTERNATIVE TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION.
 Kasper, Daniel M Kasper, Daniel M.
 Industrial & Labor Relations R. 1975 28 (4): 535-548.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Using criteria established by the National Commission on State Workmen's
 Compensation Laws, this study appraises a model common law negligence system
 and the commission's own model workmen's compensation system. The author
 concludes that both of those models are deficient in certain respects and
 proposes an alternative system, combining universal insurance and the common
 law method of determining negligence, that he argues better meets all of the
 commission's criteria. (J )
-Desc-
 Labor; Legislation - (state); 1970-1975; Workmen's compensation, alternative
 to; National Commission on State Workmen's Compensation Laws; Models
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 60
-A-
 325246 13A-04972
-W-
 LEGAL REGULATION OF COLLECTIVE BARGAINING IN THE ONTARIO PUBLIC SECTOR.
 Carter, Donald D Carter, Donald D.
 Industrial Relations (Canada) 1974 29 (4): 776-785.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 In this paper, the author describes the major features of the legal
 structure for collective bargaining in the Ontario public sector. The
 emphasis is mostly placed upon the Crown Employees Collective Bargaining Act
 which applies to a substantial portion of the Ontario public sector labor
 force. The basic issues dealt with include: disputes settlement, scope of
 bargaining, determination of bargaining units, representation elections and
 political activities. (J )
-Desc-
 Law; 1970-1974; Collective bargaining, regulation of; Ontario; Crown
 Employees Collective Bargaining Act; Labor
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 61
-A-
 322555 13A-02393
-W-
 THE 1911 WISCONSIN WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION LAW: A STUDY IN CONSERVATIVE LABOR
 REFORM.
 Asher, Robert Asher, Robert.
 Wisconsin Mag. of Hist. 1973/74 57 (2): 123-140.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Argues that Wisconsin progressive reforms were generally conservative in
 nature and sought to provide honest, efficient government while
 rationalizing social and business institutions to preserve stability and
 blunt the appeal of socialism. Reviews the debate over workmen's
 compensation, the consensus among businessmen and reformers concerning the
 need for legislation, and the enactment of a moderate bill in 1911. Agrees
 in general with Herbert Margulies that moderates or conservatives
 constituted the major part of the progressive wing of the Republican Party
 in Wisconsin, and with Samuel P. Hays that progressives agreed with most big
 businessmen who wanted to rationalize and stabilize the industrial order. 12
 photos, 61 notes. (N. C. Burckel )
-Desc-
 Legislation; Progressivism; 1900-1911; Wisconsin; Workmen's compensation
 law; Labor reform; Republican Party
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 62
-A-
 225624 11A-05402
-W-
 HOW WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION CHANGED DURING 1969.
 Johnson, Florence C Johnson, Florence C.
 Monthly Labor R. 1970 93 (1): 57-61.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Desc-
 Insurance - (coverage); Labor Law - (changes in); 1969; Workmen's
 compensation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 63
-A-
 225602 11A-05380
-W-
 MEASURING EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION IN U.S. INDUSTRY.
 Bauman, Alvin Bauman, Alvin.
 Monthly Labor R. 1970 93 (10): 17-24.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Evaluates Bureau of Labor Statistics survey of workmen's compensation
 programs. (S )
-Desc-
 1929-1968; Industry; Labor Department - (Bureau of Labor Statistics survey);
 Workmen's compensation programs
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 64
-A-
 225231 11A-05076
-W-
 THE POLITICAL PARTY VARIABLE: WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION CASES IN THE NEW YORK
 COURT OF APPEALS.
 Beiser, Edward N; Silberman, Jonathan J Beiser, Edward N. and Silberman,
 Jonathan J.
 Polity 1971 3 (4): 521-531.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 An examination of the voting patterns of the judges of the New York Court of
 Appeals in workmen's compensation cases, 1914-67. The authors "conclude that
 from 1914 until 1953, and from 1965 through 1967, political party was not a
 salient variable in judicial voting in workmen's compensation cases." From
 1953 through 1965 "party affiliation cannot be said to have been a major
 determinant of judicial behavior. . . . Bloc voting along party lines, "
 however, occurred frequently "in those cases in which the court divided." 3
 tables, 9 notes. (D. D. Cameron )
-Desc-
 1914-1967; Political party variable; Workmen's compensation cases; New York;
 Courts of Appeal; Judicial voting
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 65
-A-
 223304 11A-03201
-W-
 CHARLES MC CARTHY'S "IDEA": A LIBRARY TO CHANGE GOVERNMENT.
 Casey, Marion Casey, Marion.
 Lib. Q. 1974 44 (1): 29-41.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 "In the decades of early-twentieth-century political, economic, and social
 upheaval Wisconsin led the nation in the passage of innovative, progressive
 legislation. Analysts frequently credit prominent politicians with the
 avant-garde direction taken by the state government, though a powerful force
 in Wisconsin was the often overlooked Legislative Reference Library, a brain
 child of the historian-librarian Charles McCarthy. From its inception in
 1901 until his death in 1921 his unique library in the Madison capitol
 furnished inexperienced legislators with up-to-date syntheses of thought on
 current topics, and also drew up requested bills in uniform fashion in the
 "bill factory' division. McCarthy collected relevant data from every
 possible international and national source through correspondence, personal
 travel, and observation. He utilized the expertise of University of
 Wisconsin professors who frequented the library, transforming it into a
 thriving intellectual center rather than a stuffy repository of information.
 McCarthy's "idea' (expounded fully in The Wisconsin Idea, which he published
 in 1912) was to have efficient government result from the expertise
 channeled through his library. Conservative Wisconsin "Stalwarts' accused
 the library of sponsoring such seemingly rash measures as workingmen's
 compensation and minimum wage laws, while politicians of more progressive
 persuasion, academics, lawyers, librarians, and educators lavished praise on
 the experiment. McCarthy's "idea' was imitated in innumerable states, in
 municipal centers, and in other countries. In 1914 the department
 established at the Library of Congress was formed on the Wisconsin model."
 (J )
-Desc-
 State Government - (efficiency); 1901-1921; Library; Wisconsin; Legislative
 Reference Library; McCarthy, Charles
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 66
-A-
 223274 11A-03171
-W-
 RADICALISM AND REFORM: STATE INSURANCE OF WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION IN
 MINNESOTA, 1910-1933.
 Asher, Robert Asher, Robert.
 Labor Hist. 1973 14 (1): 19-41.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 The struggle for state insurance of workmen's compensation was spearheaded
 by the Minnesota State Federation of Labor in alliance with the Non-Partisan
 League. The attempt failed for numerous reasons including the
 antimonopolistic stance of Minnesota agrarians, the conservative defense of
 private plans, the growing disenchantment with government after World War I,
 and opposition on the grounds that reform was a socialist measure. Agitation
 from the left, however, did produce improvements which otherwise would not
 have succeeded. Based on publications of the Minnesota State Federation of
 Labor, legislative reports, manuscripts, and newspapers; 58 notes. (L. L.
 Athey )
-Desc-
 1910-1933; Radicalism; Reform; Workmen's compensation; Minnesota State
 Federation of Labor
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 67
-A-
 221509 11A-01488
-W-
 THE REJECTION OF VOLUNTARISM.
 Fink, Gary M Fink, Gary M.
 Industrial and Labor Relations R. 1973 26 (2): 805-819.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 "Voluntarism' is a term used to describe the philosophy said to characterize
 American unionism prior to the New Deal era under which the labor movement
 committed itself to work within the laissez-faire capitalist economy,
 relying on its economic power to protect and promote the interests of
 workers and rejecting government aid and intervention. Examination of the
 actual response of unions to proposed legislation to establish workmen's
 compensation, unemployment insurance, and so forth reveals, however, sharp
 divergence in behavior at the national and local levels. While national
 union officials rigidly opposed such government measures to assist workers,
 local offiers and members strongly supported them. In rejecting the
 philosophy of voluntarism, local labor was much closer to the immediate
 economic and political realities of working class America." (J )
-Desc-
 Labor Unions and Organizations; 1890's-1930's; Voluntaris Labor movement;
 Government measures
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 68
-A-
 221432 11A-01411
-W-
 THE TILCO STRIKE.
 Seymour, Edward E Seymour, Edward E.
 Can. Labour 1973 18 (10-12): 18-28, 43.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Example of how trade unions can protect employees of small firms through
 strikes and the courts. (S )
-Desc-
 Labor Disputes; Ontario - (Peterborough); Textile Workers' Union of America;
 Tilco Plastics Strike - (1965-67); 1965-1970
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 69
-A-
 220364 11A-00362
-W-
 THE WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION AND PENSION PROPOSAL IN THE BREWING INDUSTRY,
 1910-1912: A CASE STUDY IN CONFLICTING SELF-INTEREST.
 Drescher, Nuala McGann
 Industrial and Labor Relations R. 1970 24 (1): 32-46.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 "The United States Brewers' Association in 1910 proposed a plan for
 workmen's compensation and pensions for employees of the brewing industry.
 After negotiation over some features of the proposed plan, the leadership of
 the United Brewery Workers enthusiastically urged approval of the plan by
 union members. To the surprise of the union officials and the management of
 the industry, the proposal was overwhelmingly rejected by the workers. This
 article tells the story of the Schram plan and discusses why the industry
 made this proposal, unusual for its time, and the probable reasons for its
 rejection." (J )
-Desc-
 Labor Unions and Organizations; Workmen's compensation; 1910-1912; Brewing
 industry
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 70
-A-
 200587 11C-02713
-W-
 "The Fuller Court and Employer's Liability."
 Wolfe, Nancy Travis Wolfe, Nancy Travis.
 DAI 1974 35 (5): 2924-A.
 Source: U. of Delaware 1974. 261 pp.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 Fuller, Melville; Progressivism; Supreme Court; 1888-191 Employer's
 Liability
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 71
-A-
 193597 010-03687
-W-
 HOLT ROSS, THE SECOND PRESIDENT OF THE MISSISSIPPI STATE FEDERATION OF
 LABOR.
 Mosely, Donald C (Mississippi State U.).
 J. of Mississippi Hist. 1972 34 (3): 237-246.
 Describes the labor career of the late Holt Ross between 1918 and 1953. A
 lawyer who became the second president of the Mississippi State Federation
 of Labor, 1924-31, Ross was a politician, an organizer, a lobbyist, a
 lawyer, a mediator, a writer, and an ambassador for his government in
 foreign lands, all "rolled into" one personage. During his presidency he
 sought but failed to secure the adoption of a State workmen's compensation
 act. Later he was "primarily responsible for the organization of the
 longshoremen throughout the southern states." Based on newspapers and an
 interview with Ross; 16 notes. (J. W. Hillje )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 72
-A-
 186165 009-03452
-W-
 CONFLICT AND COMPROMISE: THE WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION MOVEMENT IN NEW YORK,
 1890'S-1913.
 Wesser, Robert F (State U. of New York, Albany).
 Labor Hist. 1971 12 (3): 345-372.
 Traces the development of the workmen's compensation movement in New York
 from 1890 to its success in the passage of the Glynn Bill in 1913. Initiated
 largely by the social progressives in the 1890's, workmen's compensation
 failed to get active support of organized labor until 1909-10 when the
 Wainwright Commission stimulated a struggle between proponents of a State
 plan and a voluntary one backed by business interests. The resulting
 struggle, affected by the Progressive spirit of 1911-13, which influenced
 politicians to support a State plan, led to the passage of the Glynn Act
 which was hailed by organized labor and social progressives. The act was a
 significant success for these two groups, and this fact weakens the
 widely-held thesis that Progressive legislation was largely a result of
 "voluntarism" or the "political rationalization of the needs of business."
 Based on the papers of Jonathan M. Wainwright, John B. Andrews, John
 Mitchell, government reports, periodicals, and newspapers; 72 notes. (L. L.
 Athey )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 73
-A-
 183433 009-00663
-W-
 HOW EFFECTIVE IS SAFETY LEGISLATION?
 Sands, Paul E (U. of Maine).
 J. of Law and Econ. 1968 11 (1): 165-179.
 Considers the results of a study comparing injury rates in Michigan and
 Ohio. Michigan had no specialized safety codes in force; in Ohio government
 control and influence was most prevalent. The study compared frequency rates
 of construction firms, cost of workmen's compensation, amount of influence
 and assistance asserted by the government and other sources, interest in and
 understanding of safety, and opinions in the construction industry about
 safety legislation. It was hypothesized that the "voluntarily reported"
 lower accident rates in Ohio were determined by the above factors. The study
 investigated 50 contractors, five from the five largest cities in both
 States, and obtained access to company records, leading to findings the
 opposite of what was expected. The differences in the average rates in the
 two States were negligible. Workmen's compensation costs were higher in Ohio
 for the sample. The only evidence of greater government participation in
 Ohio was inspections. Michigan contractors had a greater interest in and
 understanding of safety. Finally, all Ohio respondents favored legislation,
 while only one did in Michigan. Something other than safety legislation was
 responsible for the general similarities in both States; the mere passage of
 a law will not solve the problem of accident rates. More research needs to
 be done before definite conclusions can be made. Based on secondary sources,
 government documents, and personal interviews; 12 notes. (Caroline A.
 Gallacci )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 74
-A-
 182926 009-00161
-W-
 EARLY HISTORY OF PREPAID MEDICAL CARE PLANS.
 Schwartz, Jerome L (U. of California, Berkeley).
 Bull. of the Hist. of Medicine 1965 39 (5): 450-475.
 Describes and traces the development of the forms of prepaid medical care
 insurance from 1787 to 1929. "The first prepaid medical care plans were
 organized by fraternal societies and mutual benefit associations, which
 began to appear in the United States as early as 1787 with the formation of
 the Free African Society in Philadelphia. Initial health benefits provided
 by these associations were cash disability payments, aiming to replace a
 portion of the income lost during sickness. Later these employee groups,
 which had formed independent of employers, expanded the limited cash
 benefits into medical service programs.... round 1900, enployee and
 industrial medical care plans were organized and later came to be known as
 'contract practice. The Workingmen's Compensation Laws, passed before World
 War I, stimulated the further development of prepaid plans. Remote areas in
 Washington, Oregon, Minnesota, and Pennsylvania, associated with lumbering,
 mining, and railroading industries, saw the founding of contract plans
 sponsored by industry, employees, physicians, hospitals, and medical
 societies. The early history of group insurance, private physician clinics,
 and hospital service plans laid the basis for the present day health
 insurance coverage under prepayment." 84 notes. (D. D. Cameron )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 75
-A-
 172260 008-00264
-W-
 COMPULSORY HEALTH INSURANCE: "THE NEXT GREAT STEP IN SOCIAL LEGISLATION."
 Walker, Forrest A (Eastern New Mexico U.).
 J. of Am. Hist. 1969 56 (2): 290-304.
 In the first two decades of the 20th century a group of physicians led by
 Isaac Max Rubinow, and intellectuals such as Henry Rogers Seager, led a
 strong movement for the adoption of compulsory national health insurance.
 Prompted by the success of social insurance schemes in Germany and the
 adoption of State workmen's compensation laws in America, the movement
 interested several State legislatures and formulated the Standard Bill
 (1916). However, the bill never succeeded in gaining the attention of
 Presidents Wilson and Harding, was besmirked by its connection with German
 precedents, and later encountered the opposition of the American Medical
 Association, the American Federation of Labor under Samuel Gompers, and
 large insurance companies fearing the proposal for burial insurance in the
 Standard Bill. The bill never was able to generate public enthusiasm,
 although there was ample evidence for its need. 64 notes. (K. B. West )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 76
-A-
 172208 008-00212
-W-
 BUSINESS AND WORKERS' WELFARE IN THE PROGRESSIVE ERA: WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION
 REFORM IN MASSACHUSETTS, 1880-1911.
 Asher, Robert (U. of Minnesota).
 Business Hist. R. 1969 43 (4): 452-475.
 Historians analyzing the reform activities of American businessmen during
 the Progressive era have usually emphasized the economic and political
 reforms sought by businessmen in the national political arena or in the
 cities; however, with the exception of child labor legislation, the
 attitudes of employers toward social and economic reform on the State level
 have not received the attention they merit. The author finds that workmen's
 compensation reform - the most widespread and palpable reform affecting the
 welfare of American workers before World War I - was supported by both labor
 unions and the majority of American employers, a unique consensus between
 labor and capital. The result was the acceptance, for the first time in
 modern American history, of a large-scale application of the principle that
 society, acting through organized government, had an obligation to provide
 for the welfare of the men and women whose labor constituted the main basis
 of society's prosperity. Based principally on Massachusetts State documents
 and unpublished materials; 71 notes. (C. J. Pusateri )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 77
-A-
 163259 007-00264
-W-
 ECONOMIC SECURITY AND SOCIAL CONFLICT IN AMERICA: THE EARLY TWENTIETH
 CENTURY, PART I.
 Lubove, Roy (U. of Pittsburg).
 J. of Social Hist. 1967 1 (1): 67-87.
 Examines the social insurance movement of the late 19th and early 20th
 centuries which aspired to rationalize the income-maintenance system in the
 United States. It hinged on centralization, government initiative, and the
 transfer of responsibilities from the voluntary to the public sector. The
 struggle took place in an incongruous ideological and institutional
 framework which attempted to preserve voluntary institutions as the
 instrument to provide universal economic security. Voluntarism was lauded as
 the unique American method of collective action, providing the desired
 security and indispensable educational and character building functions. The
 constraints of voluntarism prevented the enactment of most social security
 legislation until the 1930's. A successful program like workmen's
 compensation demonstrated that social insurance had to be adapted to
 voluntary values and institutions and it served as a filter which rejected
 outright or refined social insurance proposals. 66 notes. To be continued.
 (Nuala M. Drescher )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 78
-A-
 146567 005-01590
-W-
 WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION AND THE PREROGATIVES OF VOLUNTARISM.
 Lubove, Roy
 Labor Hist. 1967 8 (3): 253-279.
 Analyzes the development of workmen's compensation laws as an example of how
 a collective welfare program was adopted to the prerogatives of voluntarism
 and to economic incentive rather than economic security. Although social
 reformers interpreted workmen's conpensation as an equitable social
 innovation in the transference of the economic burden to society, industries
 and insurance companies ultimately reshaped the design of compensation laws
 to their own objectives rather than the needs of the injured as exemplified
 by "prevention" taking precedence over "adequate income quarantees" in the
 history of compensation laws. Based on primary and secondary sources and
 government documents, 74 notes. (L. L. Athey )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 79
-A-
 146174 005-01192
-W-
 WHAT LABOUR WANTS IN WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION.
 Morris, Joe
 Can. Labour 1967 12 (3): 10-11.
 Stresses the need for rehabilitation and job placement. The role of the
 unions in obtaining and administering these proposals is considered. In
 English and French. (C. P. LeBris )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 80
-A-
 145707 005-00719
-W-
 PREPAYMENT MEDICAL CLINICS OF THE MESABI IRON RANGE: 1904-1964.
 Schwartz, Jerome L
 J. of the Hist. of Medicine and Allied Sci. 1967 22 (2): 139-151.
 In the 1890's Minnesota's Mesabi Range began to supply iron ore. The
 numerous illnesses and injuries soon made the mine operators realize the
 necessity of providing medical services, which at that time were nonexistent
 in that section of the country. In 1893, therefore, the operators hired a
 physician. He was offered company work on a salary basis, and a scheme was
 also devised by which he would provide for the total medical care needs of
 miners in return for a small fee deducted from their wages and paid directly
 to him. Out of this example there developed a fairly elaborate system of
 private prepaid medical care. The author details the development of these
 plans, traces the hostile relations between the companies and the workers
 (who resented the close relationship between some of the clinics and the
 companies), and shows how these prepaid plans adjusted to changes in medical
 technology, specialization, workmen's compensation, depression, strikes,
 unionization, war, and health insurance. 19 notes. (G. N. Grob )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 81
-A-
 137800 004-01842
-W-
 BIG BUSINESS AND THE ORIGINS OF WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION.
 Weinstein, James
 Labor Hist. 1967 8 (2): 156-174.
 Examines the process whereby big business came to sponsor workmen's
 compensation legislation and evaluates the "striking success" achieved.
 Working through the National Civic Federation, representatives of big
 business began to support compensatory legislation by 1903 in order to
 reduce the need for independent political action by labor and the appeal of
 trade unionism. In 1911 no state had an effective compensation law, but by
 1920 every state except six in the South did, an achievement made possible
 by the agitation of the National Civic Federation supported by big business.
 Based on the papers of the National Civic Federation and on other primary
 and secondary sources. 52 notes. (L. L. Athey )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 82
-A-
 137798 004-01840
-W-
 THE IDEA OF INDUSTRIAL DEMOCRACY IN AMERICA, 1898-1915; 1915-1935.
 Derber, Milton
 Labor Hist. 1966 7 (3): 259-286, 1967 8 (1): 3-29.
 Part I (1898-1915). Delineates the variety of views on "industrial
 democracy" which promoted the shift from traditional attitudes and methods
 of autocracy and paternalism in industrial relations to those associated
 with "representative government." Traced are the ideas of the U.S.
 Industrial Commission (1898-1902), the Commission on Industrial Relations
 (1913-15), three segments within the labor movement, the employers, and
 "Interested Outsiders." The author concludes that there was a greater
 acceptance of "industrial democracy" as a result of a trend toward "new
 democracy." The major extension pertained to widening the role of government
 which assumed the function of a "third party" in industrial relations. Many
 questions, however, which were later regarded as relevant to the
 administration of industry were given "little or no attention" during this
 period. Based on government documents, periodicals, and unpublished theses.
 47 notes. Part II (1915-35). Traces the concept of "industrial democracy"
 from 1915 when it had become general in use through the next 20 years when
 it was "perhaps" the dominant concept in the literature on labor-management
 relations. The three outstanding developments were the discarding of
 individual bargaining for collective bargaining, the revitalization of trade
 unionism over company unionism, and the assumption by government of
 "unprecedented responsibilities for the development and control of
 industrial relations." A discussion of seven major criteria relative to
 industrial democracy is presented: representation and majority rule,
 participation and control, due process and equal protection, an equitable
 reward system with appropriate minimum standards, responsibility and
 accountability, individual and minority rights, and economic efficiency. The
 most widespread advance was in due process for employee complaints. Based on
 manuscripts, newspapers, government reports, and secondary sources; 35
 notes. (L. L. Athey )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 83
-A-
 137574 004-01605
-W-
 THE 1964 ELECTION IN OREGON.
 Balmer, Donald G
 Western Pol. Q. 1965 18 (2, pt. 2): 502-508.
 This State had no gubernatorial or senatorial races in 1964. Most exciting
 was the Republican primary contest in which Rockefeller defeated Lodge 94,
 198 to 79, 169, with Goldwater running a rather poor third - just ahead of
 Nixon - with 50, 105 votes. Rockefeller filed an expense account showing
 expenditures of nearly half a million dollars, about four times that of his
 nearest competitor, Goldwater, in that department. This primary victory
 makes clear Oregon's rejection of ultra-Right extremism; hence, it surprised
 no one that Johnson scored a true landslide here receiving 63.
 percent of the total vote. The Democrats also captured three of the four
 Congressional seats, but the Republicans increased their hold on the State
 legislature. Three measures of interest were on the ballot for decision by
 the voters; they decided to abolish a mandatory death sentence, not to
 provide insurance for workmen's compensation, and not to limit commercial
 fishing rights. (H. Aptheker )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 026:038 84
-A-
 111919 001-02943
-W-
 THE RISE OF WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION IN WYOMING.
 Escolas, Edmund L
 Ann. of Wyoming 1963 35 (2): 174-200.
 Discusses the Wyoming socioeconomic structure between 1900 and 1915, showing
 that 70 percent of the population lived in rural areas and most of the rest
 were urban workers employed by coal mining, oil drilling, and manufacturing
 concerns. Claims that both labor and business agreed on the need for a
 workmen's compensation law. When passed in 1915, union leaders claimed the
 law lacked adequate compensation. Based on published United Mine Workers
 records, legislative and court records, and state histories. (R. L. Nichols
 )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 1
-A-
 1616879 A86033404
-W-
 Measurement of ultrasonic wave velocities of tungsten carbide as a standard
 material under high pressures up to 8 GPa
 Fujisawa, H.; Ho, E.
 Earthquake Res. Inst., Tokyo Univ., Japan
 Sponsor: Japan Soc. Appl. Phys.; Sci. Council Japan
 Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. Suppl. (Japan) vol.24, suppl.24-1 103-15 1985
 -CODEN-
 JJPYA5
-ISSN-
 0021-4922
 Proceedings of the 5th Symposium on Ultrasonic Electronics 4-6 Dec. 1984
 Tokyo, Japan
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (3 Refs)
 The purpose of the experiment is to measure the longitudinal wave velocity
 of a sintered tungsten carbide (WC) used as a standard material under
 pressures up to 8 GPa. The standard material is used to evaluate the effect
 of a transducer and a metal foil electrode on travel time measurement. It is
 also used to distinguish true signals, which are reflected from a sample
 end, from many ghost signals which arise from the acoustic boundaries in the
 sample-pressure medium assemblage.
-Desc-
 high-pressure effects in solids; high-pressure techniques; tungsten
 compounds; ultrasonic velocity; ultrasonic velocity measurement
-Ident-
 ultrasonic wave velocities standard material; high pressures; 8 GPa;
 longitudinal wave velocity; sintered; WC; travel time measurement; ghost
 signals
 Class Codes: A6265; A6250; A4385; A0735
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 2
-A-
 1603807 A86021197
-W-
 Mass flow measurement of gravity flow for high temperature dense phase solid
 gas two phase flow
 Moriyama, T.; Matsuyama, T.
 Denki Kagaku Kagyo KK, Tokyo, Japan
 Trans. Soc. Instrum. & Control Eng. (Japan) vol.21, no.9 942-6 Sept. 1985
 -CODEN-
 TSICA9
-ISSN-
 0453-4654
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Japanese (12 Refs)
 Moved bed gravity flow of solids is required for coal gasifiers, metal ore
 direct reduction furnaces, gas phase coal liquifiers, etc. for energy
 conservation. Such a process is a high pressure and/or a high temperature
 process. The autors developed a new noise flow meter for the process. The
 measuring method is a nonintrusive method using simple lean noise sensors
 and a sensing technique without a sensing hole on the gravity flow pipe. The
 conclusion of the authors' test is that: noise pressure level at 8 kHz
 measured by C characteristics is suitable for mass flow contral without
 background noise calibration; space filtering of the signal or cross
 correlation of the signal is more suitable for the sensing technique; and
 the sensor and sensing technique is suitable for a solid particle velocity
 meter of a two phase transport pipe.
-Desc-
 flow measurement; fluidised beds; mass transfer; two-phase flo
-Ident-
 fluidised beds; flow measurement; mass transfer; gravity flow; high
 temperature dense phase solid gas two phase flow; noise flow meter; noise
 sensors; noise pressure level; C characteristics; mass flow control; space
 filtering; cross correlation; solid particle velocity meter
 Class Codes: A4755K; A4755M; A4780
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 3
-A-
 1602756 B86012684
-W-
 Microphones in the boiler give early warning of tube leaks
 Reason, J.
 Power (USA) vol.19, no.7 62, 64 July 1985
 -CODEN-
 POWEAD
-ISSN-
 0032-5929
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Detection of boiler leaks by acoustic means is well established in England.
 In Italy, acoustic sensors also are used to detect leaks in high-pressure
 feedwater heaters.
-Desc-
 acoustic emission; boilers; high-pressure techniques; leak detection;
 microphones
-Ident-
 tube leaks; boiler; acoustic sensors; high-pressure feedwater heaters
 Class Codes: B8230E; B7820
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 4
-A-
 1589601 C86007286
-W-
 Design of robust digital controllers for gas turbines with explicit actuator
 and sensor dynamics
 Porter, B; Manganas, T.
 Salford Univ., England
 J. Guid. Control & Dyn. (USA) vol.8, no.5 644-9 Sept.-Oct. 1985
 -CODEN-
 JGCDDT
-ISSN-
 0731-5090
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 Multi-input multi-output dynamics systems such as gas turbines usually
 exhibit explicit actuator and sensor dynamics which are often ill defined.
 Singular perturbation methods are accordingly used to provide a basis for
 the design of discrete-time tracking systems incorporating fast-sampling
 error-actuated digital controllers for multivariable plants with such
 explicit actuator and sensor dynamics. These general results are illustrated
 by designing a robust digitl controller for the rotational speeds of the
 low- and high-pressure spools of a typical gas turbine.
-Desc-
 aerospace control; control system synthesis; controllers; digital control;
 discrete time systems; multivariable systems; perturbation techniques
-Ident-
 digital controllers; gas turbines; explicit actuator; sensor dynamics;
 perturbation methods; design; discrete-time tracking systems; fast-sampling;
 multivariable plants
 Class Codes: C340D; C1310; C3360L; C1340B
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 5
-A-
 1542184 A85099025, B85058938
-W-
 Effects of thermal loading on pressure measurement in a combustion bomb
 Kach, R.A.; Adamczyk, A.A.
 Ford Motor Co., Dearborn, MI, USA
 Rev. Sci. Instrumt (USA) vol.56, no.6 1274-8 June 1985
 -CODEN-
 RSINAK
-ISSN-
 0034-6748
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0034-6748/85/061274-05$01.30
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (10 Refs)
 The effects of thermal loading on the measurement of gas pressure during
 combustion and cool down of a constant volume reactor, 25 to >1000 ms, and
 the methods to reduce these effects were investigated. Four piezoelectri
 pressure transducers-a Kistler 6121, a Kistler 6123, a Kistler 603B, and an
 AVL 8QP500c-were tested with four levels of thermal protection: (1) no
 protection; (2) RTV placed on the front of the transducer; (3) the
 transducer placed behind a flame arrestor to prevent the flame from reaching
 the transducer with no RTV; and (4) the transducer behind a flame arrestor
 with RTV on the front. The results show that the application of RTV to the
 front of the transducers significantly reduces the differences between the
 pressure traces recorded by the Kistle 603B and traces recorded by the
 Kistler 6121, the Kistler 6123, or the AVL 8QP500c. However, the effect of
 RTV on reducing the differences made between the Kistler 6121, the Kistler
 6123, and the AVL 8QP500c is minimal. Placing the transducers behind flame
 arrestors with 'good' gas exchange properties resulted in four
 indistinguishable pressure traces recorded by the four pressure pressure
 transducers.
-Desc-
 combustion; piezoelectric transducers; pressure measurement pressure
 transducers; protection
-Ident-
 thermal loading; pressure measurement; combustion bomb; constant volume
 reactor; piezoelectric pressure transducers; Kistler 6121; Kistler 6123;
 Kistler 603B; AVL 8QP500c; thermal protection; RTV; flame arrestor; gas
 exchange properties
 Class Codes: A0670M; A0630; A8240P; B7320V; B7230; B2860
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 6
-A-
 1542166 B85059531
-W-
 Megasonic particle removal from solid-state wafers
 Shwartzman, S.; Mayer, A.; Kern, W.
 RCA Solid State Technol. Center, Somerville, NJ, USA
 RCA Rev. (USA) Vol.46, no.1 81-105 March 1985
 -CODEN-
 RCARCI
-ISSN-
 0033-6831
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (45 Refs)
 A noncontact electronic cleaning system is described for the removal of
 micron-size and smaller particles from silicon wafers used in the
 fabrication of solid-state device. The apparatus consists of a tank with a
 suitable cleaning liquid and one or several transducers operating in the
 high frequency ultrasonic range of 850 to 900 kHz (hence the term
 'megasonic'). Unlike ultrasonic scrubbing, the cleaning action results from
 high-pressure waves set up in the solution, rather than from the implosion
 of bubbles that are generated by ultrasonic cavitation. For silicon
 substrate and device wafers, solutions based on hydrogen peroxide mixtures
 are used that effect the simultaneous desorption of organic and inorganic
 contaminants from the surfaces, even tough the temperature does not normally
 exceed 40 degrees C. This low processing temperature greatly reduces the
 rate of hydrogen peroxide decomposition, resulting in substantially reduced
 consumption of chemicals.
-Desc-
 semiconductor technology; surface treatment; ultrasonic applications
-Ident-
 Si wafers; megasonic particle removal; micron size particles ; H/sub 2/O/sub
 2/ solutions; organic contaminants; solid-state wafers noncontact electronic
 cleaning system; transducers; high-frequency ultrasonic range; 850 to 900
 kHz; high-pressure waves; desorption; inorganic contaminants; low processing
 temperature
 Class Codes: B7820; B2550
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 7
-A-
 1518413 A85093137
-W-
 Sensitivity of the Contra-Flow leak detector at high test pressures
 Hablanian, M.H.
 Varian Associates Inc., Lexington, MA, USA
 Vacuum (GB) vol.35, no.3 119-23 March 1985
 -CODEN-
 VACUAV
-ISSN-
 0042-207X
 USCCC Code: 0042-207X/85$3.00+.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 The Contra-Flow leak detection technique consists of letting the tracer gas
 (helium) diffuse upstream through the high vacuum pump toward the mass
 spectrometer sensor. The test object can remain at relatively high total
 pressure, as high as the tolerable forepressure of the high vacuum pump.
 Because this environment is not in the molecular flow regime, the
 relationship of detection sensitivity to pump performance parameters is
 sufficiently different from those of conventional leak detectors to warrant
 an investigation. Comparative tests were made with both types of detectors
 over a wide range of test pressures using water vapour, air, nitrogen and
 argon to simulate various test object pressure conditions. The results
 reveal that at test pressures above approximately one pascal the Contra-Flow
 method provides at least ten times higher sensitivity. Exposure of the test
 object to mechanical pump oil vapour can be prevented by a continuous stream
 of helium-free gas or by the use of zeolite traps. The latter do not absorb
 helium significantly but produce a great effect on the residual gas
 composition.
-Desc-
 high-pressure techniques; leak detection; mass spectrometer components and
 accessories
-Ident-
 sensitivity; He; N/sub 2/; Ar; Contra-Flow leak detector; high test
 pressures; tracer gas; mass spectrometer sensor; high vacuum pump ; pump
 performance parameters; water vapour; air; mechanical pump oil vapour;
 zeolite traps; residual gas composition
 Class Codes: A0730G; A0775; A0735
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 8
-A-
 151590 A85092468, B85048461
-W-
 Deep-ocean piezometer probe technology for geotechnical investigations
 Bennett, R.H.; Burns, J.T.; Nastav, F.L.; Lipkin, J.; Percival, C.M.
 Seafloor Geosci. Div., NSTL, MS, USA
 IEEE J. Oceanic Eng. (USA) vol.OE-10, no.1 17-22 Jan. 1985
 -CODEN-
 IJOEDY
-ISSN-
 0364-9059
 USCCC Code: 0364-9059/85/0100-0017$01.00
 Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (14 Refs)
 Two single-sensor piezometer probes, 8 mm in diameter, were developed for
 deep-ocean geotechnical investigation. These probes were tested in a
 hyperbaric chamber pressurized to 55 MPa (8000 psi). Testing was performed
 for a period of five weeks under high hydrostatic pressure with the probes
 inserted in reconstituted illitic marine sediment. Small differential
 pore-water pressures were generated in response to both mechanically and
 thermally generated forcing functions. During deep-ocean simulated pressure
 tests, the sensors exhibited excellent sensitivity and stability. These
 developments in piezometer-probe technology are seen as providing a
 quantitative means of assessing important geotechnical parameters of
 fine-grained seabed deposits.
-Desc-
 geophysical equipment; geophysical techniques; high-pressure techniques;
 piezoelectric devices; pressure measurement; pressure transducers;
 sediments
-Ident-
 pore pressure instrumentation; measurement; technique; marine geology;
 piezometer probe technology; single-sensor; deep-ocean; illitic marine
 sediment; fine-grained seabed deposits
 Class Codes: A9385; A0670D; A0735; A9220; A9150; A9150E; B7710; B7230;
 B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 9
-A-
 1506464 A85083488, B8504811
-W-
 Multichannel time-interval meter (crack propagation detection)
 Lebedev, V.K.; Vishnyakov, A.P.; Gaznyuk, Yu.S.; Kot, V.G.
 Izmer. Tekh. (USSR) vol.27, no.3 45-6 March 1984
 -CODEN-
 IZTEAW
-ISSN-
 0021-3349
 Trans in: Me?s. Tech. (USA) vol.27, no.3 253-4 March 1984
 -CODEN-
 MSTCAL
-ISSN-
 0543-1972
 USCCC Code: 0543-1972/84/2703-0253$08.50
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 In pneumatic tests of welded structures (pipes and high-pressure vessels),
 it is important to know the failure rate, i.e. to measure the rate of crack
 propagation (RCP). The RCP meter described uses filling of the time interval
 between the signals from two adjacent transducers with pulses of known
 frequency. The transducers are placed at equal distances on either side of
 the crack, which is propagated in two directions (to the right and to the
 left) from the center along the generating line of the pipe.
-Desc-
 crack detection; high-pressure techniques; pressure vessels testing; time
 measurement
-Ident-
 multichannel time interval meter; pneumatic tests; welded structures; pipes;
 high-pressure vessels; rate of crack propagation
 Class Codes: A0630F; A07??; A8170C; B7320K; B0590
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 10
-A-
 1506291 B85047924, C85036213
-W-
 A wide range of semiconductor sensors (from Honeywell)
 Hencke, H.
 Elektronik (Germany) vol.34, no.10 80-4 17 May 1985
 -CODEN-
 EKRKAR
-ISSN-
 0013-5?58
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; PRODUCT REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 German (7 Refs)
 Technical, performance and application details of several kinds of Honeywell
 semiconductor sensors are summarised. Piezoelectric pressure sensors embody
 bridge-form piezoresistive elements on a silicon membrane. Hall effect
 sensors include digital types with TTL/CMOS-compatible outputs. Permalloy
 current sensors contain magnetically sensitive resistors on a silicon chip.
 Ultrasonic sensors measure distances up to 2000 mm with 30 Hz pulsed 215 kHz
 sound. Miniature photoelectric sensors operate from red or infrared LED
 light sources. Inductive proximity sensors measure up to 10 mm separation by
 eddy current methods. Thermoresistive sensors contain a photochemically
 etched thin film resistor network on a temperature sensitive chip.
-Desc-
 electric sensing devices; semiconductor devides; transducers
-Ident-
 piezoelectric pressure sensors; Si membrane; digital sensors ; Si chip;
 ultrasonic sensors; miniature photoelectric sensors; inductive proximity
 sensors; thermoresistive sensors; Honeywell semiconductor sensors ;
 bridge-form piezoresistive elements; Hall effect sensors;
 TTL/CMOS-compatible outputs; Permalloy current sensors; magnetically
 sensitive resistors; 2000 mm; 30 Hz pulsed 215 kHz sound; 10 mm separation
 eddy current methods; photochemically etched thin film resistor network;
 temperature sensitive chip
 Class Codes: B7230; B2560; C3240D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 11
-A-
 1504675 A85080070, B85046167
-W-
 Fiber optic sensors: an overview
 Davis, C.M.
 Opt. Technol. Inc., McLean, VA, USA
 Opt. Eng. (USA) vol.24, no.2 347-51 March-April 1985
 -CODEN-
 OPEGAR
-ISSN-
 0091-3286
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (13 Refs)
 Fiber optic sensor technology is explained in terms of theory and
 applications. Various components common to all fiber optic sensors are
 compared. Two classes of sensing devices are emphasized: amplitude-modulated
 sensors and phase-modulated sensors. Specific examples of amplitude
 modulated devices-one a pressure sensor using an optical reflection
 technique and another an accelerometer using a microbend technique-are
 described. Four types of fiber optic interferometers used in a
 phase-modulated sensors are discussed. The effect of the optical fiber jack
 on the sensitivity of phase-modulated sensors is considered. A miniature
 pressure sensor and a highly sensitive fiber optic accelerometer, both
 employing phase modulation, are described.
-Desc-
 accelerometers; amplitude modulation; fibre optic sensors; light
 interferometers; optical modulation; phase modulation; pressure transducers;
 reviews
-Ident-
 fiber optic sensors; amplitude-modulated sensors; phase-modulated sensors;
 pressure sensor; optical reflection technique; accelerometer; microbend
 technique; fiber optic interferometers; optical fiber jack; sensitivity
 Class Codes: A4280M; A0130R; A0760L; B4130; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 12
-A-
 1477838 A85070917
-W-
 A small pressurized vessel for measuring the acoustic properties of
 materials
 Hagelberg, M.P.; Corsaro, R.D.
 Wittenberg Univ., Springfield, OH, USA
 J. Acoust. Soc. Am. (USA) vol.77, no.3 1222-8 March 1985
 -CODEN-
 JASMAN
-ISSN-
 0001-4966
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (4 Refs)
 A laboratory system is described that measures the acoustic properties of
 materials in the frequency range from 10-100 kHz, at pressures to 150 psi
 (1000 kPa), and from 0 degrees -40 degrees C. By using transducer arrays and
 broadband pulses together with digital data acquisition and analysis
 techniques it is possible to contain this (essentially) free-field system in
 a vessel with a volume of only 0.42 m/sup 3/. The system provides
 measurements of complex reflection and transmission coefficients as a
 continuous function of frequency. From the data one can obtain the following
 material parameters: sound speed, frequency-dependent sound attenuation
 coefficient, complex acoustic impedance, echo reduction, and insertion loss.
 Results are presented for a variety of samples to illustrate the capability
 of this system.
-Desc-
 acoustic equipment; high-pressure techniques; pressure vessels
-Ident-
 10 to 100 kHz; high pressure; pressurized vessel; acoustic properties;
 materials; 1000 kPa; transducer arrays; broadband pulses; digital data
 acquisition; free-field system; sound speed; frequency-dependent sound
 attenuation coefficient; complex acoustic impedance; echo reduction;
 insertion loss
 Class Codes: A4385; A0735
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 13
-A-
 1474437 A85058364, B85037560
-W-
 A fast-response high-temperature high-pressure surface thermocouple
 Charles, E.; Lorival, R.; Boyer, A.; Malbrunot, P.
 Lab. de Phys. Appl., Univ. des Sci. et Tech. du Languedoc, Montpellier,
 France
 Sens. & Actuators (Switzerland) vol.6, no.2 135-4 Oct. 1984
 -CODEN-
 SEACDX
-ISSN-
 0250-6874
 USCCC Code: 0250-6874/84/$3.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (10 Refs)
 The active portion of this transducer consists of a classical thermocouple
 made up of two thin wires (W5Re and W26Re) embedded in fused alumina. The
 electrical contact at the hot junction is provided by a thin film of
 molybdenum. The measured response (1 ms or less) obtained under dynamic
 conditions of temperature and pressure (explosion) is in agreement with the
 values calculated by a computer simulation.
-Desc-
 high-pressure techniques; high-temperature techniques; thermocouples
 Identifiers: high-temperature high-pressure surface thermocouple; thin
 wires; W5Re; W26Re; fused alumina; dynamic conditions; computer simulation
 Class Codes: A0670M; A0720K; A0735; B7230; B7320R
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 14
-A-
 1472470 A85059726, B8535418
-W-
 Microshell-tipped optical fibers as sensors of high-pressure pulses in
 adverse environments
 Benjami, R.F.; Mayer, F.J.; Maynard, R.L.
 Dynamic Testing Div., Los Alamos Nat. Lab., NM, USA
 Sponsor: SPIE
 Proc. SPIE Int. Soc. Opt. Eng. (USA) vol.506 116-21 1984
 -CODEN-
 PSISDG
-ISSN-
 0277-786X
 Fiber Optics in Adverse Environments II 22-24 Aug. 1984 San Diego, CA, USA
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 The authors developed and used an optical-fiber sensor for detecting the
 arrival of strong pressure pulses. The sensor consists of an optical fiber,
 tipped with a gas-filled microballoon. They have been used successfully in
 adverse environments including explosives, ballistics and electromagnetic
 pulses (EMP). The sensor produces a bright optical pulse caused by the rapid
 shock-heating of a gas, typically argon or xenon, which is confined in the
 spherical glass or plastic microballoon. The light pulse is transmitted via
 the optical fiber to a photodetector, usually a streak camera or
 photomultiplier tube. The microballon optical sensor (called an optical
 'pin' by analogy to standard electrical 'pins'), was originally developed
 for diagnosing an explosive, pulsed-power generator. Optical pins are
 required due to the EMP. The optical pins are economical arrival-time
 indicators because many channels can be recorded by one streak camera. The
 generator tests and related experiments, involving projectile velocities and
 detonation velocities of several kilometers per sec have demonstrated the
 usefulness of the sensors in explosives and ballistics applications. The
 authors have also measured the sensitivity of the optical pins to
 slowly-moving projectiles and found that a 200 m/sec projectile impacting
 the microballoon sensor produces a flash having a risetime less than 100 ns
 and a pulse duration (FWHM) of less than 300 ns. The technical and cost
 advantages of this optical pin make it potentially useful for many
 electromagnetic, explosive, and ballistics applications.
-Desc-
 ballistics; electromagnetic pulse; explosions; fibre optic sensors;
 photodetectors; pressure measurement; streak photography
-Ident-
 microshell tipped optical fibres; Ar; Xe; high pressure pulse sensors;
 optical pin; explosive pulsed power generator; adverse environments; strong
 pressure pulses; gas-filled microballoon; explosives; ballistics;
 electromagnetic pulses; EMP; optical pulse; rapid shock-heating ; optical
 fiber; photodetector; streak camera; photomultiplier tube; microballoon
 optical sensor; arrival-time indicators; projectile velocities ; detonation
 velocities; ballistics applications; sensitivity; slowly-moving projectiles
 Class Codes: A4280M; A0630; A0762; A0768; A0765; B4130; B7230; B7320V;
 B5230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 15
-A-
 1455592 B85031445, C85022775
-W-
 CERAMIC DIAPHRAGM TRANSDUCER OFFERS CONTROL UP TO 3000 LB/IN/SUB 2/DES.
 ENG.B) 145, 149 SEPT. 1984
 -CODEN-
 DEMCBS
-ISSN-
 0308-8448
 Treatment: APPLIC
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 A NEW CONCEPT IN PRESSURE TRANSDUCER MANUFACTURING, BASED UPON ORIGINAL WORK
 DONE BY FIAT IN THE AUTOMOTIVE FIELD, HAS ENABLED THE FRENCH COMPANY J.P.B.
 TO OFFER A HIGH PERFORMANCE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER AT 60PERCENT OF THE PRICE OF
 CONVENTIONAL PRODUCTS.
-Desc-
 THICK FILM DEVICES; CERAMICS; DIAPHRAGMS; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS;
 HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; STRAIN GAUGES
-Ident-
 CERAMIC DIAPHRAGM TRANSDUCER; THICK-FILM SCREEN PRINTING; STRAIN GAUGE
 BRIDGE; 3000 LB/IN/SUP 2/; PRESSURE TRANSDUCER MANUFACTURING; PERFORMANCE;
 PRICE
 Class Codes: B7230; B7320V; B0540; B2220G; C3240D; C3120R
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 16
-A-
 1454025 A85053766, B85029771
-W-
 SINGLE-MODE FREQUENCY TUNING OF A HIGH-PRESSURE PHOTOPREIONIZED CO/SUB
 2/-LASER
 KNYAZEV, I.N.; SARKISIAN, A.A.
 INST. OF SPECTROSCOPY, ACAD. OF SCI., MOSCOW, USSR
 OPT. COMMUN. (NETHERLANDS) VOL.52, NO.6 421-4 15 JAN. 1985
 -CODEN-
 OPCOB8
-ISSN-
 0030-4018
 USCCC Code: 0030-4018/85/$03.30
 Treatment: THEORETICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (13 Refs)
 SINGLE-MODE FREQUENCY TUNING OF A PULSED HIGH-PRESSURE PHOTOPREIONIZED
 CO/SUB 2/-LASER WITH LASER LINEWIDTH >1*10/SUP -3/ CM/SUP -1/ AND PEAK POWER
 UP TO 10 SUP 5/ W IS REPORTED. TWO REGIMES OF SYNCHRONOUS FREQUENCY SCANNING
 OF THE RESONATOR MODE BY A PIEZOCERAMIC TRANSDUCER AND MODE-SELECTING ETALON
 BY CORRESPONDING ANGLE TILTING ARE CARRIED OUT IN THE SPECTRAL INTERVAL
 COVERING THE FREE SPECTRAL RANGE OF THE USED ETALONS. CONTOURS OF ISOLATED
 LINES AND HIGH-RESOLUTION ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ETHYLENE ARE PRESENTED.
-Desc-
 CARBON COMPOUNDS; GAS LASERS; LASER MODES; LASER TUNING; LIGHT
 INTERFEROMETERS; ORGANIC COMPOUNDS; INFRARED SPECTRA OF ORGANIC MOLECULES
 AND SUBSTANCES; SPECTROSCOPIC LIGHT SOURCES; LASER BEAM APPLICATIONS
-Ident-
 SINGLE-MODE FREQUENCY TUNING; ISOLATED LINE CONTOURS; HIGH-PRESSURE
 PHOTOPREIONIZED CO/SUB 2/-LASER; PULSED; LINEWIDTH; PEAK POWER; SYNCHRONOUS
 FREQUENCY SCANNING; RESONATOR MODE; PIEZOCERAMIC TRANSDUCER; MODE-SELECTING
 ETALON; ANGLE TILTING; SPECTRAL INTERVAL; FREE SPECTRAL RANGE;
 HIGH-RESOLUTION ABSORPTION SPECTRA; ETHYLENE
 Class Codes: A4255D; A4260B; A4260K; A3320E; B4320C; B4360
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 17
-A-
 1439313 A85046606
-W-
 HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR FOR LOW TEMPERATURE USE
 FABRE, D.; THIERY, M.M.
 LAB. DES INTERACTIONS MOLECULAIRES ET DES HAUTES PRESSIONS, UNIV. DE
 PARIS-NORD, VILLETANEUSE, FRANCE
 REV. PHYS. APPL. (FRANCE) VOL.20, NO.1 45-7 JAN. 1985
 -CODEN-
 RPHAAN
-ISSN-
 0035-1687
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (8 Refs)
 THE FLUORESCENCE OF A TITANIUM DOPED SAPPHIRE CRYSTAL IS USED IN LOW
 TEMPERATURE EXPERIMENTS AS A PRESSURE SENSOR UP TO 13 KBAR. WITH INCREASING
 PRESSURE, THE TWO ZERO PIONON LINES OF THE TI/SUP 3+/ ION SHOWN A LINEAR
 BLUE SHIFT IN THE INVESTIGATED PRESSURE RANGE. DETAILS OF THE CALIBRATION
 MEASUREMENTS AT 4.2K AND 77K ARE PRESENTED. THE PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS FOR
 THE TWO LINES ARE RESPECTIVELY 7.9 AND 7.8 +OR- 0.3 CM/SUP -1/ KBAR/SUP -1/
 AT 4K AND 8.5 AND 8.4 +OR- 0.2 CM/SUP -1/ KBAR/SUP -1/ AT 77K.
-Desc-
 SAPPHIRE; TITANIUM; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES
-Ident-
 SAPPHIRE: TI; FLUORESCENCE; LOW TEMPERATURE EXPERIMENTS; PRESSURE SENSOR; 13
 KBAR; TI/SUP 3+/ ION; LINEAR BLUE SHIFT
 Class Codes: A0735
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 18
-A-
 1437656 B85026339
-W-
 OPTICAL REFLECTION SENSORS USED IN THE CHEMICAL INDUSTRY
 RAAB, H.
 BASF AG, LUDWIGSHAFEN, GERMANY
 PROCESS AUTOM. (GERMANY) 47-51 1984
 -CODEN-
 PPAUDT
-ISSN-
 0172-2611
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (4 Refs)
 THE OPTICAL SENSORS, DEVELOPED USING THE FUNCTION OF THE REFLECTION OF LIGHT
 (IN PARTICULAR TOTAL REFLECTION), SATISFY THE DEMANDS MADE IN THE CHEMICAL
 INDUSTRY FOR IN-LINE MEASUREMENTS. THIS HAS BEEN ACHIEVED USING OPTICAL
 FIBERS, LEDS AND SEMICONDUCTOR RECEIVERS AND SIGNAL PROCESSING ELECTRONICS
 WHICH ARE REMOTE FROM THE SENSOR. THE SEMICONDUCTOR RECEIVERS ARE PROTECTED
 AGAINST ENVIRONMENTAL INFLUENCES BY A SUITABLE ENCLOSURE. EXAMPLES ARE
 PRESENTED OF SUCH SENSORS FOR MONITORING THE FLOW OF GRANULAR MATERIAL,
 DETECTION OF FILTER RUPTURES, DETERMINATION OF LOW TURBIDITIES AND LEVEL
 MEASUREMENTS USING HIGH-PRESSURE SIGHT GASSES.
-Desc-
 CHEMICAL INDUSTRY; PHOTODETECTORS; FLOW MEASUREMENT; LEVEL MEASUREMENT;
 TURBIDIMETRY; FIBRE OPTIC SENSORS
-Ident-
 OPTICAL SENSOR; FLOW MEASUREMENT; RUPTURE DETECTION; TURBIDITY MEASUREMENT;
 CHEMICAL INDUSTRY; OPTICAL SENSORS; TOTAL REFLECTION ; OPTICAL FIBERS; LED;
 SIGNAL PROCESSING ELECTRONICS; SEMICONDUCTOR RECEIVERS; LEVEL MEASUREMENTS
 Class Codes: B7230C; B7320W
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 19
-A-
 1437634 B85026312
-W-
 APPLICATIONS OF PIEZOELECTRIC MEASURING TRANSDUCERS
 KAIL, R.; MAHR, W.
 MESS. AND PRUEF. (GERMANY) VOL.20, NO.7-8 380-4 JULY-AUG. 1984
 -CODEN-
 MSPNBZ
-ISSN-
 0026-0339
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 DESCRIBES THE PHYSICAL PRINCIPLES OF QUARTZ PRESSURE AND DISPLACEMENT
 TRANSDUCERS, REFER TO CHARGE SENSITIVITY, AND ILLUSTRATES DESIGN OF HIGH
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS AND ACCELEROMETERS. PROBLEMS OF HIGH TEMPERATURE
 MEASUREMENTS ARE NOTED, AND A WIDE RANGE OF APPLICATIONS IS DISCUSSED.
-Desc-
 PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS; ACCELEROMETERS; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; CRYSTAL
 RESONATORS; TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT; CHARGE MEASUREMENT; DISPLACEMENT
 MEASUREMENT
-Ident-
 QUARTZ TRANSDUCER; PIEZOELECTRIC MEASURING TRANSDUCERS; DISPLACEMENT
 TRANSDUCERS; CHARGE SENSITIVITY; HIGH PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; ACCELEROMETERS;
 HIGH TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENTS
 Class Codes: B7230; B7320E; B7320C; B2860; B7320R; B7320V; B7310Z
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 20
-A-
 1426942 A85041240
-W-
 POLYCRYSTALLINE CUBIC BORON NITRIDE CHAMBER FOR MOSSBAUER STUDIES TO 200
 KBAR
 KAPITANOV, E.V.; YAKOVLEV, E.N.
 INST. OF HIGH PRESSURE PHYS., ACAD OF SCI., TROITSK, USSR
 ZH. TEKH. FIZ. (USSR) VOL.54, NO.6 1115-27 JUNE 1984
 -CODEN-
 ZEFA3
-ISSN-
 0044-4642
 Trans in: SOV. PHYS.-TECH. PHYS. (USA) VOL.29, NO.6 633-41 JUNE 1984
 -CODEN-
 SPTPA3
-ISSN-
 0038-5662
 USCCC Code: 0038-5662/84/060633-09$03.40
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (58 Refs)
 A PRESSURE CHAMBER IS DESCRIBED FOR MOSSBAUER STUDIES OF SAMPLES OF AREA 1
 MM/SUP 2/. THE STRUCTURAL MATERIAL IN THE CHAMBER CONSISTS OF WEAKLY
 ABSORBING, MECHANICALLY STRONG CUBIC BORON NITRIDE POLYCRYSTALS, WHICH
 PERMITS EXPERIMENTS UP TO 200 KBAR WITH A CONSTANT SOLID ANGLE. A MANGANIN
 SENSOR CONTINUOUSLY MONITORS THE PRESSURE NEAR THE SAMPLE (ABSORBER). THE
 CHAMBER WAS USED FOR MOSSBAUER STUDIES OF TIN.
-Desc-
 MOSSBAUER EFFECT; SPECTROMETER COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES; BORON COMPOUNDS;
 HIGH PRESSURE TECHNIQUES
-Ident-
 BN; MOSSBAUER STUDIES; PRESSURE CHAMBER; STRUCTURAL MATERIAL ; SOLID ANGLE;
 MANGANIN SENSOR
 Class Codes: A0785; A7680; A0735
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 21
-A-
 1422108 A85036217
-W-
 A NOVEL OPTICAL PIN USING MICROBALLONS
 BENJAMIN, R.F.
 DIV. OF DYNAMIC TESTING, LOS ALAMOS NAT. LAB., NM, USA
 HOMAN, C.; MACCRONE, R.K.; WHALLEY, E. (Editors)
 Sponsor: INT. ASSOC. ADV. HIGH PRESSURE SCI. AND TECHNOL.; MATER. RES. SOC
 HIGH PRESSURE IN SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY. PROCEEDINGS OF THE 9TH AIRAPT
 INTERNATIONAL HIGH PRESSURE CONFERENCE 299-300 PT.3 1984
 24-29 JULY 1983 ALBANY, NY, USA
 Publ: NORTH-HOLLAND, NEW YORK, USA
 3 VOL. (XV+373+XIII+335+XV+397) pp. ISBN 0444 00932 9
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (6 Refs)
 THE AUTHORS DESCRIBE THE DESIGN, FABRICATION AND APPLICATION OF AN OPTICAL
 PROBE FOR DETECTING A SHOCK FRONT OR MOVING SURFACE. THE PROBE IS A
 GAS-FILLED MICROBALLOON AFFIXED TO AN OPTICAL FIBER. THE PROBE HAS
 SIGNIFICANT TECHNICAL AND ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES OVER OTHER METHODS.
-Desc-
 HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; FIBRE OPTIC SENSORS
-Ident-
 HIGH PRESSURE EVENTS; GAS FILLED MICROBALLOON; OPTICAL PIN; MICROBALLONS;
 DESIGN; FABRICATION; OPTICAL PROBE; SHOCK FRONT; MOVING SURFACE; GAS-FILLED
 MICROBALLOON; OPTICAL FIBER
 Class Codes: A07?5; A4280M; A0670D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 22
-A-
 1422107 A85036216, B85020616
-W-
 METROLOGICAL CHARACTERIZATION OF MANGANIN GAGES CALIBRATED AGAINST THE
 MERCURY MELTING LINE
 MOLINAR, G.; BIANCHI, L.
 ISTITUTO DI METROLOGIA G. COLONNETTI, TORINO, ITALY
 HOMAN, C.; MACCRONE, R.K.; WHALLEY, E. (Editors)
 Sponsor: INT. ASSOC. ADV. HIGH PRESSURE SCI. AND TECHNOL.; MATER. RES. SOC
 HIGH PRESSURE IN SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY. PROCEEDINGS OF THE 9TH AIRAPT
 INTERNATIONAL HIGH PRESSURE CONFERENCE 285-8 PT.3 1984
 24-29 JULY 1983 ALBANY, NY, USA
 Publ: NORTH-HOLLAND, NEW YORK, US
 3 VOL. (XV+373+XIII+335+XV+397) pp. ISBN 0 444 00932 9
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 ONE OF THE PRESENT PROBLEMS OF HIGH PRESSURE METROLOGY IS THE SELECTION OF A
 TRANSFER STANDARD FOR MEASUREMENTS FROM 0.1 GPA TO SEVERAL GIGAPASCAL. THIS
 TRANSFER STANDARD MUST BE EASY TO EMPLOY AND HAVE HIGH RELIABILITY AND
 STABILITY TO MAKE IT SUITABLE TO BE USED IN INTERNATIONAL COMPARISONS.
 WITHIN A WIDE SELECTION OF HIGH PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS, MANGANIN GAGES ARE
 THOSE MOST USED, AND THEIR METROLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS HAVE BEEN STUDIED BY
 MANY AUTHORS. THE FIRST OBJECTIVE OF THIS PAPER IS TO PRESENT THE RESULTS OF
 THE METROLOGICAL CHARACTERIZATION OF TWO MANGANIN GAGES, WHILE FOCUSING IN
 PARTICULAR ON THE ASPECT OF THE STABILITY OF THEIR ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE AT
 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE OVER A TWO-YEAR PERIOD. THE SECOND OBJECTIVE IS TO
 ESTABLISH THE LIMITS WITHIN WHICH THE MERCURY MELTING LINE (MML) CAN BE USED
 TO CALIBRATE MANGANIN GAGES. AT IMGC BOTH PISTON GAGES AND THE MML ARE USED
 FOR CALIBRATION PURPOSES UP TO 1.4 GPA. THE COMPARISON OF THE RESULTS OF
 GAGE CALIBRATION BY THE MML AT DIFFERENT PRESSURE POINTS AGAINST THE RESULTS
 OF THE CALIBRATION OF THE SAME TRANSDUCERS BY PISTON GAGE IS A MEANS THROUGH
 WHICH THIS OBJECTIVE CAN BE ATTAINED.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; MEASUREMENT STANDARDS
-Ident-
 METROLOGICAL CHARACTERISATION; MANGANIN GAUGES; HG MELTING LINE; HIGH
 PRESSURE METROLOGY; TRANSFER STANDARD; HIGH PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS ;
 STABILITY; ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE; CALIBRATE
 Class Codes: A0735; A0620H; A0670M; B7230; B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 23
-A-
 1422089 A85036194, B85020617
-W-
 MANGANIN AND ZERANIN PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS FOR 20 KBAR
 BILKS, A.W.; LUDLOW, C.G.
 DEPT. OF MECH. AND IND. ENG.UEEN'S UNIV., BELFAST, N IRELAND
 HOMAN, C.; MACCRONE, R.K.; WHALLEY, E. (Editors)
 Sponsor: INT. ASSOC. ADV. HIGH PRESSURE SCI. AND TECHNOL.; MATER. RES. SOC
 HIGH PRESSURE IN SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY. PROCEEDINGS OF THE 9TH AIRAPT
 INTERNATIONAL HIGH PRESSURE CONFERENCE 311-14 T?.3 1984
 24-29 JULY 1983 ALBANY, NY, USA
 Publ: NORTH-HOLLAND, NEW YORK, USA
 3 VOL. (XV+373+XIII+33?+XV+397) pp. ISBN 0 444 00932 9
 Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 A HIGH PRESSURE (2.0 GPA) GAS SYSTEM EXISTS IN THE DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL
 AND INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING, QUEEN'S UNIVERSITY, AND A MANGANIN WIRE PRESSURE
 TRANSDUCER HAS BEEN DESIGNED AND USED IN THIS SYSTEM. THE USE OF ZERANIN
 WIRE AS AN ALTERNATIVE HAS BEEN INVESTIGATED.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; FOR 20 KBAR; HIGH PRESSURE; MANGANIN WIRE; ZERANIN
 WIRE
 Class Codes: A0670M; A0735; B7230; B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 24
-A-
 1420525 A85030440, B85020615
-W-
 TWO-PARAMETER SEMICONDUCTOR TRANSDUCER FOR MEASURING HIGH-PRESSURE AND
 TEMPERATURE
 WLODARSKI, W.
 WARSAW TECH. UNIV., POLAND
 HOMAN, C.; MACCRONE, R.K.; WHALLEY, E. (Editors)
 Sponsor: INT. ASSOC. ADV. HIGH PRESSURE SCI. AND TECHNOL.; MATER. RES. SOC
 HIGH PRESSURE IN SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY. PROCEEDINGS OF THE 9TH AIRAPT
 INTERNATIONAL HIGH PRESSURE CONFERENCE 257-60 PT.2 1984
 24-29 JULY 1983 ALBANY, NY, USA
 Publ: NORTH-HOLLAND, NEW YORK, USA
 3 VOL. (XV+373+XIII+335+XV+397) pp. ISBN 0 444 0093 9
 Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS; PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (1 Refs)
 PRESENTS THE RESULTS OF STUDIES ON THE APPLICATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR P-N
 JUNCTIONS AS TWO-PARAMETER TRANSDUCERS OF HIGH-HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE AND OF
 TEMPERATURE IN THE AREA OF THE PRESSURE. A BLOCK DIAGRAM OF AN ELECTRONIC
 CIRCUIT INTENDED TO COLLABORATE WITH A TWO-PARAMETER TRANSDUCER IS GIVEN.
-Desc-
 HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS;
 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT; SEMICONDUCTOR DIODES
-Ident-
 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT; HIGH-PRESSURE; SEMICONDUCTOR P-N JUNCTIONS;
 TWO-PARAMETER TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT
 Class Codes: A0735; A0630; A0720D; A0670M; B7230; B2560H; B7320R; B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 25
-A-
 1420516 B85020606
-W-
 SILICON PRESSURE SENSORS FOR THE 2 KPA TO 40 MPA RANGE
 BINDER, J.; EHRLER, G.; HEIMER, K.; KRISCH, B.; POPPINGER, M.
 WERK DISKRETE HALBLEITER, SIEMENS AG, MUNCHEN, GERMANY;
 SIEMENS FORSCH.- AND ENTWICKLUNGSBER. (GERMANY) VOL.13, NO.6 294302
 1984
 -CODEN-
 SFEBBL
-ISSN-
 0370-9736
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (24 Refs)
 IN THE IMPORTANT DOMAIN OF MANOMETRY, PIEZORESISTIVE SILICON SENSORS (PS)
 ARE FINDING INCREASING APPLICATION FOR TRANSDUCING THE NONELECTRIC QUANTITY,
 PRESSURE, INTO AN ANALOG ELECTRIC SIGNAL. WORK TO DEVELOP PIEZORESISTIVE
 SENSORS FOR MEASURING RELATIVE OR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURES AT THE LOW-PRESSURE
 (LP) LEVELS OF 2, 4 AND 10 KPA, THE MEDIUM-PRESSURE (MP) LEVELS OF 25, 50,
 400 AND 1000 KPA, AND THE HIGH-PRESSURE (HP) LEVELS OF 6, 16 AND 40 MPA
 WITHOUT THE TOTAL DEVIATION OF THE OUTPUT SIGNAL EXCEEDING THE PERMISSIBLE
 0.5PERCENT (OVER A TEMPERATURE RANGE OF 100 DEGREESC) OR THE NONLINEARITY L
 SPECIFIED FOR INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENG.RING EXCEEDING
 0.2PERCENT IS DESCRIBED. TO REALIZE OPTIMUM SENSOR DESIGNS FOR THE VARIOUS
 PRESSURE RANGES, THE COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN (CAD) CALCULATIONS WERE PERFORMED
 BY THE FINITE ELEMENT (FE) METHOD.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS;
 FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS; SILICON; ELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES
-Ident-
 FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS; SI SENSORS; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; PRESSURE
 MEASUREMENT; PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS; MANOMETRY; PIEZORESISTIVE SILICON
 SENSORS; ANALOG ELECTRIC SIGNAL; OUTPUT SIGNAL; INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION;
 CONTROL ENG.RING; COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN; CAD
 Class Codes: B7230; B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 26
-A-
 1417277 A85034555, B85017022
-W-
 METHOD ASPECTS OF AUTOCLAVE CYCLIC CRACK RESISTANCE TESTS OF COMPACT
 SAMPLES
 POKHMURSKI, V.I.; GNYP, I.P.; POPOV, A.A.; TARASYUK, G.P.; DUTSYAK, I.Z. ;
 TIMONIN, V.M.
 G.V. KARPENKO PHYSICOMECH. INST., ACAD. OF SCI., LVOV, UKRAINIAN SSR
 FIZ.-KHIM. MEKH. MATER. (USSR) VOL.20, NO.1 81-3 JAN.-FEB. 1984
 -CODEN-
 FKMMAJ
-ISSN-
 0430-6252
 Trans in: SOV. MATER. SCI. (USA) VOL.20, NO.1 70-2 JAN.-FEB. 1984
 -CODEN-
 SOMA4
-ISSN-
 0038-5565
 USCCC Code: 0038-5565/84/2001-0070$08.50
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (3 Refs)
 FOR INVESTIGATIONS OF THE CYCLIC AND STATIC CRACK RESISTANCE OF CASING
 MATERIALS FOR POWER UNITS UNDER CONDITIONS AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO SERVICE
 ONES THE AUTHORS HAVE DEVELOPED THE LAKIM-25 LABORATORY AUTOCLAVE. IT MAKES
 IT POSSIBLE TO INVESTIGATE THE CYCLIC CRACK RESISTANCE OF STANDARD COMPACT
 SAMPLES UP TO 25 MM THICK IN WATER AT A TEMPERATURE OF 623K AND A PRESSURE
 OF UP TO 18 MPA. THE AUTOCLAVE CONSISTS OF THE TEST CHAMBER AND AN EXPANSION
 CHAMBER CONNECTED BY HIGH PRESSURE PIPING, A PANEL FOR AUTOMATIC CONTROL OF
 THE TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS OF THE TEST CHAMBER, AND AN INDUCTIVE SENSOR FOR
 MEASURING THE LINEAR DISPLACEMENTS OF THE EDGES OF THE NOTCH IN THE SAMPLE
 DURING TESTING.
-Desc-
 FRACTURE TOUGHNESS TESTING; NOTCH TESTING; AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT;
 HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; TEMPERATURE CONTROL
-Ident-
 NOTCH EDGE DISPLACEMENT; CYCLIC CRACK RESISTANCE TESTS; COMPACT SAMPLES;
 CASING MATERIALS; POWER UNITS; LAKIM-25 LABORATORY AUTOCLAVE; 6?3K; 18 MPA;
 TEST CHAMBER; EXPANSION CHAMBER; HIGH PRESSURE PIPING; AUTOMATIC CONTROL;
 TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS; INDUCTIVE SENSOR; LINEAR DISPLACEMENTS
 Class Codes: A8170; A0670E; A0735; A0670T; B0590; B7210B
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 27
-A-
 1407151 A8502874
-W-
 DEVELOPMENT OF HIGH TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE EH AND PH SENSING INSTRUMENTS
 DANIELSON, M.J.; KOSKI, O.H.; MYERS, J.
 PACIFIC NORTHWEST LAB., RICHLAND, WA, USA
 MCVAY, G.L. (Editors)
 SCIENTIFIC BASIS FOR NUCLEAR WASTE MANAGEMENT VII. PROCEEDINGS OF THE
 SEVENTH INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM 153-60 1984
 14-17 NOV. 1983 BOSTON, MA, USA
 Publ: NORTH-HOLLAND, NEW YORK, USA
 XVIII+1099 pp. ISBN 0 444 00906 X
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (18 Refs)
 THE DESIGN, TESTING, AND CALIBRATION OF METALLIC EH AND ZIRCONIA PH SENSORS
 FOR USE AT ELEVATED TEMPERATURES AND PRESSURES ARE DISCUSSED.
-Desc-
 PH MEASUREMENT; HIGH-TEMPERATURE TECHNIQUES; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES;
 REDUCTION (CHEMICAL); OXIDATION; CHEMICAL VARIABLES MEASUREMENT
-Ident-
 METALLIC EH SENSORS; REDOX POTENTIAL; HIGH PRESSURE; HIGH TEMPERATURE;
 ZIRCONIA PH SENSORS; ELEVATED TEMPERATURES
 Class Codes: A8280; A8290
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 28
-A-
 1403285 A85024913, B85015055, C8500077
-W-
 IMPROVEMENT OF THE ACCURACY OF BALANCES WITH FREE MAGNETIC SUSPENSION
 GAST, T.
 54. UND 57. PTB-SEMINAR UBER MASSEBESTIMMUNG HOHER GENAUIGKEIT (54TH AND
 57TH PTB-SEMINAR ON HIGH PRECISION DEFINITION OF MASS) (PTB-ME-60) 79-?0
 JUNE 1984
 13-14 FEB. 1984 BRAUNSCHWEIG, GERMANY
 Publ: PHYS.-TECH. BUNDESANSTALT, BRAUNSCHWEIG, GERMANY
 169 pp.
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN (5 Refs)
 MAGNETIC SUSPENSION BALANCES ALLOW WEIGHING IN CORROSIVE OR POISONOUS
 ATMOSPHERES WITHOUT DANGER TO THE OPERATOR OF DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT. THE
 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF A SEMI-MICRO SUSPENSION BALANCE IS DESCRIBED, THE
 EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT PRESENTED AND THE BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE ELECTRONIC CONTROL
 (VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR, INTEGRATOR, PHASE DISCRIMINATOR, PID
 REGULATOR, POWER AMPLIFIER) IS GIVEN. THE EFFECT OF VIBRATION IS ANALYSED,
 THE ELIMINATION OF REACTION EFFECTS IN A SUSPENSION BALANCE WITH THE SENSOR
 COIL RIGIDLY MOUNTED TO THE HOUSING ARE DISCUSSED AND ALTERNATIVE ELECTRONIC
 CONTROL CIRCUITS WITH ADAPTIVE CONTROL IN THE LOOP ARE PRESENTED. METHODS OF
 SELF-CALIBRATION OF A HIGH-PRESSURE SUSPENSION BALANCE ARE DESCRIBED.
-Desc-
 BALANCES; EQUIVALENT CIRCUITS; ADAPTIVE CONTROL; CALIBRATION
-Ident-
 MAGNETIC SUSPENSION BALANCES, CORROSIVE ATMOSPHERE; CONTROL LOOP; ACCURACY;
 FREE MAGNETIC SUSPENSION; POISONOUS ATMOSPHERES; SEMI-MICRO SUSPENSION
 BALANCE; EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT; ELECTRONIC CONTROL; VOLTAGE CONTROLLED
 OSCILLATOR; INTEGRATOR; PHASE DISCRIMINATOR; PID REGULATOR; POWER AMPLIFIER;
 VIBRATION; REACTION EFFECTS; SENSOR COIL; ADAPTIVE CONTROL ;
 SELF-CALIBRATION; HIGH-PRESSURE SUSPENSION BALANCE
 Class Codes: A0630E; B7320M; C3210J
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 29
-A-
 1401394 B85014789
-W-
 A NEW FAMILY OF HIGH PRESSURE THICK-FILM SENSORS
 DELL'AQUA, R.; DENDI, G.; DELL'ORTO, G.; ROSSI, G.
 ISATA 84 PROCEEDINGS. INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY AND
 AUTOMATION 617-32 VOL.1 1984
 24-28 SEPT. 1984 MILAN, ITALY
 Publ: ISATA, CROYDON, SURREY, ENGLAND
 3 VOL. (XII+IX+1955+149) pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (8 Refs)
 THE PRINCIPLE OF THICK FILM PRESSURE SENSOR IS REVIEWED. THE CONCEPT USED TO
 DEVELOP THE HIGH PRESSURE SENSING DEVICES IS DISCUSSED AND THE CRITERIA FOR
 THEIR MASS PRODUCTION WHILE MAINTAINING THE HIGH QUALITY PERFORMANCE OF THE
 ALREADY WIDELY EXPERIMENTAL LOW PRESSURE ONES ARE DESCRIBED.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; THICK FILM RESISTORS; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
-Ident-
 THICK FILM RESISTOR; 100-500 BAR; STRAIN GAUGE; CERAMIC CAPSULE; THICK-FILM
 SENSORS; PRINCIPLE; PRESSURE SENSOR; HIGH PRESSURE SENSING DEVICES; MASS
 PRODUCTION
 Class Codes: B7230; B730V; B2120
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 30
-A-
 1399451 A85020612, B85012594
-W-
 OPTICAL FIBRE SENSORS USING WAVELENG.ODULATION AND SIMPLIFIED SPECTRAL
 ANALYSIS
 JONES, B.E.; COLLIER, S.J.
 DEPT. OF INSTRUM. AND ANAL. SCI., UNIV. OF MANCHESTER INST OF SCI. AND
 TECHNOL., ENG.
 J. PHYS. E (GB) VOL.17, NO.12 1240-1 DEC. 1984
 -CODEN-
 JPSIAE
-ISSN-
 0022-373
 USCCC Code: 0022-3735/84/121240+02$02.25
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (2 Refs)
 TWO WAVELENG.ODULATION SENSORS ARE DESCRIBED: ONE SENSOR USES A MINIATURE
 MONOCHROMATOR FOR MEASUREMENT OF ANGLE, WHILE A SECOND SENSOR EMPLOYS A
 PRISM CONNECTED TO A DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CELL. WAVELENG.S DETECTED USING A
 TWIN-ELEMENT PHOTODIODE.
-Desc-
 FIBRE OPTIC SENSORS; PHOTODIODES; ANGULAR MEASUREMENT
-Ident-
 ANGULAR MEASUREMENT; WAVELENG.ODULATION; SPECTRAL ANALYSIS; MINIATURE
 MONOCHROMATOR; MEASUREMENT OF ANGLE; DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CELL;
 TWIN-ELEMENT PHOTODIODE
 Class Codes: A4280M; A0630C; B4130; B7230; B7320C
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 31
-A-
 1395519 C85009218
-W-
 IMPROVED BOILER CONTROL IN FOOD FACTORIES
 WITHMAN, W.E.
 Issued by: COMM. EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES, LUXEMBOURG;
 1984
 IV+81 pp.
-ReptNo-
 EUR8924 EN
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 REPORT
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Contract No.: EEB-1-124-81-UK (H)
 THE PROJECT UNDERTAKEN IS TO EXPLORE THE POSSIBILITIES OF MAKING USEFUL
 ENERGY SAVINGS IN AN ACTUAL FACTORY BY USING A CONTINUALLY UPDATED FORWARD
 FORECAST OF STEAM DEMAND, WHICH CAN BE USED TO MANAGE THE STEAM GENERATION
 AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM IN THE MOST COST-EFFECTIVE MANNER. A DATA-LOGGING
 COMPUTER WITH STEAM AND OIL METERS AND OTHER SENSORS HAS BEEN INSTALLED AT
 AN EDIBLE OIL REFINERY. DATA ON BOILER COMBUSTION EFFICIENCY, RELATIVE
 PROPORTIONS OF HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE STEAM, THE MAIN STEAM-USING AREAS AND
 PLANT AND THE MAGNITUDE AND TIMING OF STEAM DEMANDS FOR INDIVIDUAL
 OPERATIONS, IS OBTAINED. A CONTROL STRATEGY FOR THE BOILER SYSTEM IS
 PROPOSED WHICH, BY THE USE OF FORWARD LOAD FORECASTING, CAN PREVENT
 COINCIDENCE OF DEMAND FROM TWO MAJOR INTERMITTENT STEAM USERS THAN CAN
 ADVERSELY REDUCE PRESSURE ON THE HIGH PRESSURE MAIN.
-Desc-
 FOOD PROCESSING INDUSTRY; STEAM PLANTS; BOILERS; PRESSURE CONTROL;
 COMPUTERISED CONTROL; DATA LOGGERS
-Ident-
 STEAM DEMAND FORECASTING; STEAM DISTRIBUTION; STEAM METER; COMPUTERISED
 SAVING; ENERGY SAVINGS; STEAM GENERATION; DATA-LOGGING COMPUTER; OIL METERS;
 EDIBLE OIL REFINERY; COMBUSTION EFFICIENCY; CONTROL STRATEGY; BOILER SYSTEM;
 FORWARD LOAD FORECASTING
 Class Codes: C3340B; C3350P; C3120R; C7420
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 32
-A-
 1384718 A85013929, B85009132
-W-
 ELECTRONIC METHOD FOR ANALYSIS OF THE INTRACRANIAL PRESSURE SIGNAL
 KOLLATAJ, J.; WLODARSKI, W.
 RES. CENTER FOR MED. TECHNOL., BIALYSTOK, POLAND
 Sponsor: IEEE; NAT. UNIV. SINGAPORE; NANYANG TECHNOL. INST.; NAT. COMPUT.
 BOARD
 CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS TENCON '83. AN INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON CONSUMER
 AND INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS AND APPLICATIONS (IEEE CAT. NO. 84CH1995-) 53-5
 1984
 17-19 APRIL 1984 SINGAPORE
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 175 pp.
 Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS; PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (6 Refs)
 A METHOD OF EVALUATING TRANSDUCERS FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF INTRACRANIAL
 PRESSURE IS PRESENTED. FROM INVESTIGATIONS CARRIED OUT ON ANIMALS, IT WAS
 FOUND THAT THE NEW VERSION OF A TWO-MEMBRANE EPIDURAL TRANSDUCER REDUCES THE
 ERRORS IN DETERMINING THE INDICES OF INTRACRANIAL COMPENSATION VOLUME
 SUFFICIENCY. A NEW METHOD OF ANALYZING THE INTRACRANIAL PRESSURE SIGNAL IS
 PRESENTED WHICH MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO EVALUATE THE EXTENT TO WHICH THE
 PATIENT IS IN DANGER OF EXCESSIVE INTRACRANIAL PRESSURE. THIS EVALUATION IS
 MADE BY MEANS OF ONLY A FEW PARAMETERS OBTAINED AS A RESULT OF THIS
 ANALYSIS. CLINICAL STUDIES HAVE BEEN CARRIED OUT WHICH CONFIRM ITS VALUE IN
 CLINICAL PRACTICE.
-Desc-
 BIOMECHANICS; BIOMEDICAL ELECTRONICS; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE
 TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 CLINICAL STUDIES; INTRACRANIAL PRESSURE SIGNAL; TRANSDUCERS TWO-MEMBRANE
 EPIDURAL TRANSDUCER; INTRACRANIAL COMPENSATION VOLUME SUFFICIENCY; PATIENT
 Class Codes: A8770; A8745; B7510
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 33
-A-
 1384514 A85010341, B85008839, C85005221
-W-
 HIGH SENSITIVE PERMITTIVITY-PROXIMITY SYNTHETIC COMPOSITE MEDIUM CAPACITIVE
 PRESSURE SENSOR
 SIVANANDAN, K.S.
 REGIONAL ENG.LL., KEALA, INDIA
 Sponsor: IEEE; NAT. UNIV. SINGAPORE; NANYANG TECHNOL. INST.; NAT. COMPUT.
 BOARD
 CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS TENCON '84. AN INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON CONSUMER
 AND INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS AND APPLICATIONS (IIEE CAT. NO. 84CH1995-0) 6-7
 1984
 17-19 APRIL 1984 SINGAPORE
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 175 pp
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (3 Refs)
 A CAPACITIVE PRESSURE SENSOR BASED ON THE SIMULTANEOUS VARIATION OF TWO
 TRANSDUCTION QUANTITIES, VIZ., PLATE DISTANCE (PROXIMITY) AND DIELECTRIC
 CONSTANT (PERMITTIVITY), IS DEVELOPED. THE METHOD IS SIMPLE BUT VERY
 SENSITIVE TO INPUTS RANGING FROM LOW TO HIGH PRESSURE. IT MAINTAINS GOOD
 LINEARITY IN DEFINITE OPERATING REGIONS. BY INTRODUCING PROPER MODIFICATIONS
 IN THE MIXING FORMULAS OF THE INGREDIENTS OF THE DIELECTRIC MEDIUM, A
 TRANSDUCER OF HIGH SENSITIVITY AT VERY LOW PRESSURE CAN BE DEVELOPED. IT IS
 POINTED OUT THAT THE ABOVE SENSOR CAN BE EASILY AND EFFECTIVELY UTILIZED IN
 THE FIELD OF INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL, AND ALSO IN THE FIELD OF
 ROBOTICS.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES
-Ident-
 SYNTHETIC COMPOSITE MEDIUM; CAPACITIVE PRESSURE SENSOR;
 PLATE DISTANCE; PROXIMITY; DIELECTRIC CONSTANT; PERMITTIVITY; LINEARITY;
 DIELECTRIC MEDIUM; TRANSDUCER; HIGH SENSITIVITY; VERY LOW PRESSURE;
 INSTRUMENTATION; CONTROL; ROBOTICS
 Class Codes: A0670M; B7230; B7320V; C3240D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 34
-A-
 1384481 A85005166, B85008796
-W-
 MINIATURE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER FOR SCIENCE AND RESEARCH
 EEE (GERMANY) NO. 4 30 31 JULY 1984
 -CODEN-
 EESTEL
-ISSN-
 0174-7452
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 OUTLINES PIEZORESISTIVE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS WITH PARTICULAR REFERENCE TO
 CYLINDRICAL AND FLAT DESIGNS AVAILABLE. THE FORMER ARE PARTICULARLY SUITABLE
 FOR APPLICATIONS IN PROBES OPERATING OVER THE RANGE -195 DEGREESC TO +270
 DEGREESC, WHILE THE LATTER HAVE THE ADVANTAGE OF DIRECT FIXING TO SURFACES
 SUCH AS ROTOR BLADES. KULITE SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS DEVICES ARE
 ILLUSTRATED.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 CYLINDRICAL DESIGN; DIRECT SURFACE CONTACT; MINIATURE TYPE; PIEZORESISTIVE
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; FLAT DESIGNS; PROBES; -195 DEGREESC TO +270 DEGREESC;
 KULITE SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS
 Class Codes: A0670M; A0630; B7230; B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 35
-A-
 1370118 A85005171, B85003863, C85000951
-W-
 AUTOMATED PRESSURE REGULATOR
 WAXMAN, M.; DAVIS, H.A.; HOROWITZ, M.; EVERHART, B.
 THERMOPHYS. DIV., NBS, WASHINGTON, DC, USA
 REV. SCI. INSTRUM. (USA) VOL.55, NO.9 1467-70 SEPT. 1984
 -CODEN-
 RSINAK
-ISSN-
 0034-6748
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 A PRESSURE REGULATOR HAS BEEN CONSTRUCTED THAT AUTOMATICALLY NULLS A
 SENSITIVE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE INDICATOR OF THE TYPE USED IN HIGH-QUALITY
 PVT EXPERIMENTS, THUS PERMITTING AT LEAST PARTIAL AUTOMATION OF SUCH
 EXPERIMENTS. DISTINGUISHING FEATURES ARE: HIGH RESOLUTION, SUFFICIENT
 RIGIDITY FOR OPERATION IN A PRESSURE RANGE UP TO 100 MPA, AND A CONTROL
 LOGIC THAT PERMITS NULLING OF THE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER, EVEN IF THE INITIAL
 STATE IS VERY FAR FROM BALANCE.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE CONTROL; CONTROLLERS; INDICATORS; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES
-Ident-
 HIGH PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; PRESSURE CONTROL; SENSITIVE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
 INDICATOR; HIGH-QUALITY PVT EXPERIMENTS; AUTOMATION; UP TO 100 MPA
 Class Codes: A0670T; A0735; B7210B; B7320V; C3?20; C3380D; C3120R
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 36
-A-
 1363229 B84061975, C85001456
-W-
 DEVELOPMENT OF A REMOTELY OPERATED SHIP HULL INSPECTION VEHICLE
 NICINSKI, S.A.
 SEACO INC., KAILUA, HI, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; MARINE TECHNOL. SOC.; OCEANIC ENG.C
 PROCEEDINGS OCEANS '83. 'EFFECTIVE USE OF THE SEA: AN UPDATE' 583-7 VOL.1
 1983
 29 AUG.-1 SEPT. 1983 SAN FRANCISCO, CA, USA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 3 VOL. 1192 pp.
 USCCC Code: CH972-9/83/000-0583$01.00
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (2 Refs)
 A NONSWIMMING WHEELED VEHICLE TRAVELS OVER AND REMAINS ATTACHED TO THE STEEL
 HULL BY MEANS OF MAGNETIC ATTRACTION FORCES. DESIGN GOALS REQUIRE THAT THE
 MAGNETIC FORCE BE SUFFICIENT TO KEEP THE VEHICLE ATTAINED ON A MODERATELY
 FOULED SURFACE (1/8SECONDS OF CORROSION SCALE OR MARINE GROWTH) IN A 3-KNOT
 CURRENT. THE VEHICLE IS SMALL AND LIGHTWEIGHT ENOUGH TO BE DEPLOYED BY TWO
 PERSONS FROM THE RAIL OR GUNWALES OF A SHIP. IT IS DESIGNED TO TRAVEL AT A
 MAXIMUM SPEED OF THREE MILES PER HOUR AND TO BE CAPABLE OF TRAVERSING RIVETS
 AND PLATE LAP SEAMS. THE OUTER SHELL IS DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE A VARIETY OF
 TELEOPERATOR SENSORS. THE FUTURE VEHICLE IS DESIGNED TO IMPLRMENT A
 HIGH-PRESSURE WATERJET FOR SURFACE PREPARATION TO FACILITATE NONDESTRUCTIVE
 TESTING TECHNIQUES EXPECTED TO INCLUDE VISUAL SYSTEMS (MONOSCOPIC OR
 STEREOSCOPIC), ULTRASONICS, AND MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION.
-Desc-
 NAVAL ENG.RING; VEHICLES; INSPECTION; NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING; SHIPS;
 TELECONTROL
-Ident-
 ROV; REMOTELY OPERATED SHIP HULL INSPECTION VEHICLE; WHEELED VEHICLE;
 MAGNETIC ATTRACTION FORCES; CORROSION SCALE; MARINE GROWTH; TELEOPERATOR
 SENSORS; HIGH-PRESSURE WATERJET; SURFACE PREPARATION; NONDESTRUCTIVE
 TESTING
 Class Codes: B7710D; C3360J; C3250
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 37
-A-
 1352429 A84106311, B84061761
-W-
 CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR FOR USE AT HIGH AMBIENT PRESSURES
 WINNICK, J.
 DEPT. OF CHEM. ENG. GEORGIA INST. OF TECHNOL., ATLANTA, GA, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; MARINE TECHNOL. SOC.; OCEANIC ENG.C
 PROCEEDINGS OCEANS '83. 'EFFECTIVE USE OF THE SEA: AN UPDATE' 474-8 VOL.1
 1983
 29 AUG.-1 SEPT. 1983 SAN FRANCISCO, CA, USA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 3 VOL. 1192 pp.
 USCCC Code: CH1972-9/83/0000-0474$01.00
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AN ELECTROCHEMICAL SENSOR DESIGNED ON THE BASIS OF THE NERNST PRINCIPLE HAS
 BEEN TESTED. BECAUSE OXYGEN PRESSURE MUST BE ACCOUNTED FOR IN THE SIGNAL, A
 SEPARATE NERNSTIAN OXYGEN SENSOR IS NEEDED BOTH ARE CONSTRUCTED WITH SOLID
 STATE REFERENCES, OBVIATING THE NEED FOR REFERENCE GASES. PRELIMINARY
 TESTING INDICATES THIS CONCEPT MAY BE USEFUL FOR DEEP DIVING APPLICATIONS.
-Desc-
 CARBON COMPOUNDS; ELECTROCHEMICAL ANALYSIS; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES;
 BIOMEDICAL EQUIPMENT; ELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES
-Ident-
 CO/SUB 2/ SENSOR; ELECTROCHEMICAL SENSORD NERNST PRINCIPLE; OXYGEN PRESSURE;
 SOLID STATE REFERENCES; TESTING; DEEP DIVING
 Class Codes: A0670D; A8280F; A073?; A8770; B7510; B7320T; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 38
-A-
 1352283 A84106319, B84061602
-W-
 TWO METHODS FOR MEASURING SHOCK RELATIONS WITH IMPROVED EMV GAUGE
 LIANG YUNMIN; ZHAO HENG.
 BEIJING INST. OF TECHNOL., BEIJING, CHINA
 ASAY, J.R.; GRAHAM, R.A.; STRAUB, G.K. (Editors)
 Sponsor: APS
 SHOCK WAVES IN CONDENSED MATTER - 1983. PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN PHYSICAL
 SOCIETY TOPICAL CONFERENCE 239-42 1984
 18-21 JULY 1983 SANTA FE, NM, USA
 Publ: NORTH-HOLLAND, AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS
 XVII+647 pp. ISBN 0 444 86904 2
 Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS; PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 IN THIS PAPER, THE SERIES VELOCITY GAUGE (SVG) AND THE PRESSURE-VELOCITY
 GAUGE (PVG) ARE PRESENTED. BOTH ARE NEW METHODS SIMPLY MODIFYING DREMIN
 LOOPS, AND HAVE BEEN USED TO OBTAIN AT LEAST TWO PARAMETERS RESPECTIVELY.
 THESE TWO METHODS ARE DIRECT MEASUREMENT, IN WHICH NO CALIBRATION WOULD BE
 REQUIRED, SO THEY ARE VERY CONVENIENT FOR MEASURING THE EOS OF NONCONDUCTIVE
 MATERIALS. THE RESULTS MEASURED IN THE SAME SAMPLE WITH THESE TWO METHODS
 ARE EXAMINED AND COMPARED WITH CALCULATED VALUES. IF SEVERAL ACTIVE ELEMENTS
 OF THE SERIES GAUGE ARE EMBEDDED IN THE SAME PLANE THE AMPLITUDE OF THE
 SIGNAL OUTPUT WILL BE MULTIPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NUMBER OF SINGLE
 STAGES. THIS WOULD BE USEFUL FOR MEASURING A WEAK WAVE.
-Desc-
 SHOCK WAVES; SHOCK MEASUREMENT; VELOCITY MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT;
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 SHOCK RELATIONS; EMV GAUGE; VELOCITY GAUGE; PRESSURE-VELOCITY GAUGE; DREMIN
 LOOPS; NONCONDUCTIVE MATERIALS; SIGNAL OUTPUT
 Class Codes: A0710; A0630G; A0670M; B7320Z; B7320E; B7320V; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 39
-A-
 1352068 B84061351
-W-
 MINIATURE SENSOR SYSTEMS SUIT MANY PROCESS APPLICATIONS
 TRANSDUCER TECHNOL. (GB) VOL.7, NO.3 27 JUNE 1984
 -CODEN-
 TTECDX
-ISSN-
 0143-7275
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 PHILIPS HAS EXTENDED THE SCOPE OF ITS PRESSURE MEASUREMENT CAPABILITY BY
 INTRODUCING A RANGE OF MINIATURE PRESSURE SENSORS. COMBINING HIGH
 SENSITIVITY, HIGH STABILITY, AND LONG LIFE, THE UNITS CATER FOR VIRTUALLY
 ALL INDUSTRIAL GAS AND LIQUID APPLICATIONS. THE COMPLETE ABSENCE OF MOVING
 PARTS PRECLUDES WEAR AND ENSURES CONSTANT DEPENDABLE SERVICE. SMALL SIZE
 GREATLY EXTENDS APPLICATIONAL SCOPE. AMONGST THE MINIATURE PRESSURE SENSORS
 DESCRIBED ARE: KS 2150, KS 2151 AND KS 2152; PR 9361 AND PR 9362; AND PR
 939.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
-Ident-
 PROCESS APPLICATIONS; PHILIPS; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; MINIATURE PRESSURE
 SENSORS
 Class Codes: B7230; B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 40
-A-
 316935 A84090580, B84048885
-W-
 SILICON, STRUCTURAL MATERIAL FOR MICROENG.RING (TRANSDUCER DESIGN)
 KANEL, A.
 REV. POLYTECH. (SWITZERLAND) NO.5 619, 621 MAY 1984
 -CODEN-
 RVPTBR
-ISSN-
 0374-4256
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 FRENCH
 IN ADDITION TO INTEGRATED CIRCUIT MANUFACTURE SILICON IS USED IN A WIDER
 VARIETY OF MINIATURE COMPONENTS FOR APPLICATIONS OTHER THAN ELECTRONICS. A
 PIEZOELECTRIC PRESSURE TRANSDUCER IS DESCRIBED AND OTHER TRANSDUCERS ARE
 OUTLINED.
-Desc-
 PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; TRANSDUCERS ; ELEMENTAL
 SEMICONDUCTORS; SILICON
-Ident-
 SI; ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTOR; PIEZOELECTRIC PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
 Class Codes: A0670M; B7230; B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 41
-A-
 1315369 A84086409, B84048889
-W-
 ASSESSMENT OF METROLOGICAL PARAMETERS BY MEANS OF FIBER-OPTIC SENSORS
 KIST, R.
 FRAUNHOFER-INST. FUR PHYS. MESSTECH., FREIBURG, GERMANY
 TECH. MESS. TM (GERMANY) VOL.51, NO.6 205-12 JUNE 1984
 -CODEN-
 TMTMDL
-ISSN-
 0171-8096
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN (17 Refs)
 FIBER-OPTIC SENSORS WILL GET THEIR SHARE OF THE SENSOR MARKET ONLY IF THEY
 CAN BE MADE AVAILABLE AT LOW PRICES OR IF THEY CAN SOLVE METROLOGICAL
 PROBLEMS THAT HAVE NO SUITABLE SOLUTIONS WITHIN CONVENTIONAL SENSOR
 TECHNIQUES. SINCE FIBER-OPTIC COMPONENTS ARE IN GENERAL STILL HIGH COST
 ITEMS, FIBER-OPTIC SENSORS ARE NOT LIKELY TO BECOME COMPETITIVE IN THIS
 RESPECT WITHIN THE NEAR FUTURE. THESE SENSORS DO PROVIDE, HOWEVER, IMPORTANT
 SPECIFIC ADVANTAGES SUCH AS ISOLATION AGAINST HIGH VOLTAGE, IMMUNITY AGAINST
 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS AS WELL AS EXPLOSIVE AND/OR CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENTS,
 POSSIBILITY OF MINIATURIZED AND COMPACT PACKAGING OF THE SENSING ELEMENT,
 AND APPLICATION WITHIN A BROAD TEMPERATURE RANGE. MULTIMODE FIBER-OPTIC
 SENSORS FOR PARAMETERS SUCH AS TEMPERATURE, PRESSURE, LEVEL, AND REFRACTIVE
 INDEX ARE ON THE MARKET ALREADY OR VERY CLOSE TO BEING COMMERCIALIZED.
 MONOMODE FIBER-OPTIC SENSORS ARE NOT YET ON THE MARKET DUE TO THEIR MORE
 DEMANDING TECHNOLOGY AND THE CORRESPONDING HIGHER COST LEVEL. THEY ARE
 EXPECTED, HOWEVER, TO PROVIDE AT ACCEPTABLE COSTS IN THE FORSEEABLE FUTURE
 HIGH PRECISION SOLUTIONS FOR METROLOGICAL TASKS UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
 (EG. TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT IN A MICROWAVE FIELD).
-Desc-
 FIBRE OPTICS; NONELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES
-Ident-
 EMI SUPPRESSION; TEMPERATURE SENSORS; PRESSURE SENSORS; EXPLOSIVE
 ENVIRONMENTS; LEVEL SENSORS; REFRACTIVE INDEX SENSORS; MONOMODE SENSORS;
 METROLOGICAL PARAMETERS; FIBER-OPTIC SENSORS; ISOLATION; CORROSIVE
 ENVIRONMENTS; PACKAGING; SENSING ELEMENT; BROAD TEMPERATURE RANGE
 Class Codes: A0670D; A4280M; B7230; B4130
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 42
-A-
 131535 B84048874, C84038190
-W-
 PIEZO-RESISTIVE SILICON PRESSURE SENSORS
 ALMASI, I.; BARSONY, I.; BERKECZ, J.
 MIKROELEKTRONIKAI VALLALAT, BUDAPEST, HUNGARY
 MERES AND AUTOM. (HUNGARY) VOL.32, NO.4 132-6 1984
 -CODEN-
 MEAUAI
-ISSN-
 0025-9993
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 HUNGARIAN (8 Refs)
 THE AUTHORS DISCUSS DEVELOPMENT ASPECTS OF ONE OF THE MOST IMPORTANT TYPES
 OF THE MICROELECTRONIC SENSORS, THE SILICON PRESSURE SENSORS WORKING ON THE
 PRINCIPLE OF PIEZO-RESISTIVITY. THE BASIC REQUIREMENTS TO PRESSURE SENSORS
 ARE THE HIGH PRESSURE-SENSITIVITY, THE LOW NONLINEARITY AND THE LOW
 TEMPERATURE DEPENDENCE. TAKING THESE INTO ACCOUNT, THE
 TECHNOLOGICAL-THEORETICAL BACKGROUND OF THE PRESSURE MEASURING FAMILY OF THE
 MICROELECTRONICS ENTERPRISE IS DESCRIBED, WITHIN THE RANGE OF 0.4-600 BAR.
-Desc-
 ELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT;
 PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS; ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTORS; SILICON
-Ident-
 PIEZORESISTIVE SI PRESSURE SENSORS; LOW NONLINEARITY; LOW TEMPERATURE
 DEPENDENCE
 Class Codes: B7230; B7320V; C3240D; C3120
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 43
-A-
 1306930 A84087531
-W-
 THEORETICAL AND EXPERIMENTAL STUDY OF THE CONTRIBUTION OF RADIAL MODES TO
 THE PULSED ULTRASONIC FIELD RADIATED BY A THICK PIEZOELECTRIC DISK
 BABOUX, J.C.; LAKESTANI, F.; PERDRIX, M.
 LAB. DE TRAITEMENT DU SIGNAL ET D'ULTRASONS, INST. NAT. DES SCI. APPLIQUEES,
 VILLEURBANNE, FRANCE
 J. ACOUST. SOC. AM. (USA) VOL.75, NO.6 1722-31 JUNE 1984
 -CODEN-
 JASMAN
-ISSN-
 0001-4966
 USCCC Code: 0001-4966/84/061722-10$00.80
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (33 Refs)
 A THEORETICAL MODEL IS PRESENTED FOR EVALUATING THE TRANSIENT FIELD RADIATED
 ON THE AXIS OF A THICK PIEZOELECTRIC DISK, BY VIBRATIONS PROPAGATING
 RADIALLY ON THE CIRCULAR TRANSMITTING FACE, FROM ITS RIM TOWARDS ITS CENTER.
 THE AUTHORS HAD PREVIOUSLY CONSIDERED THESE VIBRATIONS TO ACCOUNT FOR TWO
 UNEXPECTED SIGNALS (DENOTED S/SUB 1/ AND S/SUB 2/), WHICH WERE OBSERVED BY
 MEASURING, WITH A MINIATURE PROBE, THE FIELD PRODUCED IN A LIQUID BY A
 BARIUM TITANATE DISK (25 MM IN DIAMETER, 20 MM IN THICKNESS). THESE SIGNALS
 S/SUB 1/ AND S/SUB 2/, NOT DESCRIBED BY THE WILL-KNOWN PISTON MODEL, ARE DUE
 TO VIBRATIONS WHICH PROPAGATE RADIALLY ON THE DISK FACE AT TWO DIFFERENT
 SPEEDS ?5.0*10/SUP 3/ AND 2.6*10/SUP 3/ M/S); THEY HAVE CALLED THEM RADIAL
 VIBRATIONS AS A SIMPLIFICATION. HERE, A SIMULATION IS UNDERTAKEN TO EXPLAIN
 THE COMPLEX CHANGES OBSERVED IN THE AMPLITUDE AND IN THE SHAPE OF SIGNALS
 S/SUB 1/ AND S/SUB 2/, WHEN THE DISTANCE FROM THE DISK FACE VARIES. IN THIS
 THEORETICAL APPROACH, IT IS ASSUMED THAT THE DISTURBANCE INITIALLY LOCATED
 ON THE RIM OF THE DISK FACE REMAINS UNCHANGED DURING ITS PROPAGATION ALONG A
 DISK RADIOS. WITH THESE SIMPLIFYING HYPOTHESES, DIFFERENT ANALYTICAL
 EXPRESSIONS FOR THE IMPULSE VELOCITY POTENTIAL PHI/SUB I/ (T) ARE OBTAINED,
 EACH OF THEM VALID IN A LIMITED AREA OF THE DISK AXIS. THE RESULTING
 TRANSIENT PRESSURE P (T) IS THEN USED TO PREDICT THE SIGNALS DETECTED BY THE
 MINIATURE PROBE. FOR THIS SIMULATION THEY HAVE TAKEN ACCOUNT OF THE TIME
 DEPENDENCE OF THE INITIAL MOTION, TOGETHER WITH THE RESPONSE OF THE
 MEASURING DEVICE. SEVERAL PLOTS ARE CHOSEN TO ILLUSTRATE THE INFLUENCE OF
 DIFFERENT PARAMETERS SUCH AS THE SPEED OF THE RADIAL VIBRATION OR THE
 DURATION OF THE INPUT EXCITATION SIGNAL. FINALLY, THE COMPARISON WITH THE
 EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS PROVES THE EFFICIENCY OF THEIR MODEL TO DESCRIBE THE
 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS OF THN AXIS, CALLED FOCUS, IS CORRECTLY PREDICTED.
 DIFFERENT POSSIBLE IMPROVEMENTS IN THE MODELING ARE ALSO DISCUSSED.
-Desc-
 PIEZOELECTRICITY; ULTRASONIC PROPAGATION; ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 DIGITAL SIMULATION; ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCERS; RADIAL MODES; PULSED ULTRASONIC
 FIELD; THICK PIEZOELECTRIC DISK; TRANSIENT FIELD; PISTON MODEL; TRANSIENT
 PRESSURE; RADIAL VIBRATIONS
 Class Codes: A4388; A4320
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 44
-A-
 1284391 B84039156
-W-
 SEMICONDUCTOR TRANSDUCER FOR MEASUREMENT OF LOW PRESSURES WITH UNIVERSAL
 STRAIN MODULE (ENG.TESTING)
 ZAGANYAN, YU.I.; MAR'YANOVA, I.I.; IVASHCUK, I.M.; KUTRAKOV, A.P.;
 POLISHCHUK, O.A.
 PRIB. AND SIST. UPR. (USSR) NO.3 31-2 1984
 -CODEN-
 PRSUBT
-ISSN-
 0032-8154
 Trans in: SOV. J. INSTRUM. AND CONTROL (GB)
 -CODEN-
 SJICA3
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN (5 Refs)
 THE DEVICE DESCRIBED IS DESIGNED FOR DIAGNOSTIC TESTS OF MOTORS AND ENG. AND
 IS SUITABLE FOR USE FOR TEMPERATURES UP TO 350 DEGREESC. PHOTOGRAPHS AND
 SPECIFICATIONS ARE INCLUDED. THE PROBLEM OF CALIBRATION FOR HIGHER
 TEMPERATURES IS ALSO CONSIDERED.
-Desc-
 TESTING; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; CALIBRATION; ENG.; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; TEST
 EQUIPMENT
-Ident-
 LOW-PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; SEMICONDUCTOR TRANSDUCER; UNIVERSAL STRAIN MODULE;
 DIAGNOSTIC TESTS; MOTORS; ENG.; 350 DEGREE C; CALIBRATION
 Class Codes: B7230; B7320V; B7130
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 45
-A-
 1280530 C84031767
-W-
 ON-LINE INSPECTION. II. ANALYSING THE DATA
 MEAS. AND CONTROL (GB) VOL.17, NO.4 124-6 APRIL 1984
 -CODEN-
 MEACBX
-ISSN-
 0020-2940
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 FOR PT.I SEE IBID., VOL.17, NO.2, P.6. BRITISH GAS OPERATES A COMPREHENSIVE
 SYSTEM FOR ROUTINE INSPECTION OF HIGH-PRESSURE GAS PIPELINES. INSTRUMENTED
 INSPECTION DEVICES, POPULARLY KNOWN AS INTELLIGENT PIGS, TRAVEL INSIDE THE
 PIPELINE AND USE MAGNETIC AND ULTRASONIC TECHNIQUES TO SCAN THE PIPE WALLS
 IN ORDER TO DETECT ANY UNUSUAL FEATURES, SUCH AS METAL LOSS AND HAIRLINE
 SURFACE CRACKS. RELEVANT DATA ARE RECORDED AND WHEN AN INSPECTION RUN IS
 COMPLETED, THE RECORDED DATA ARE RECOVERED AND ANALYSED BY COMPUTERS AT THE
 BRITISH GAS ON-LINE INSPECTION CENTRE, NEAR NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE. AT THE
 ON-LINE INSPECTION CENTRE, THE TAPE RECORDING FROM THE INSPECTION RUN IS
 REPLAYED TO PRODUCE STANDARD COMPUTER TAPES, WHICH CAN THEN BE ANALYSED. THE
 COMPUTER THEN REFORMATS AND REORGANISES THE DATA SO THAT INFORMATION FROM
 THE VARIOUS TYPES OF SENSOR IS PROPERLY ALIGNED AND CORRELATED WITH
 POSITIONAL DATA. THE NEXT PROCESS IS TO REJECT SIGNALS FROM NORMAL,
 DEFECT-FREE PIPELINE FITTINGS SUCH AS WELDS AND BENDS. EACH FITTING GIVES A
 PARTICULAR SHAPE OF SIGNAL WHICH CAN BE IDENTIFIED, CHECKED AND THEN
 ELIMINATED. SIGNIFICANT SENSOR DATA ARE THEN PRESENTED ON AN ELECTROSTATIC
 PLOTTER AND INTERPRETED BY TRAINED OPERATORS. THIS FORM OF OUTPUT ALLOWS
 MANY PARALLEL SENSOR TRACES TO BE PLOTTED AND QUICKLY ANALYSED. DURING THIS
 STAGE OF THE ANALYSIS, A DETAILED MAP OF THE PIPELINE IS COMPILED SHOWING
 THE POSITION OF EVERY WELD AND FITTING. THIS IS USED TO PINPOINT THE
 POSITION OF DEFECTS AND TO UPDATE THE PIPELINE ENG.R'S RECORDS. FINALLY, A
 MATHEMATICAL SIZING MODEL, USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH A COMPUTER GRAPHICS
 TERMINAL, IS EMPLOYED TO OBTAIN A DIRECT ESTIMATE OF THE SIZE AND SHAPE OF
 DEFECTS. THIS SYSTEM IS COMPLEMENTED BY A COMPARATIVE SIZING TECHNIQUE BASED
 ON AN AUTOMATIC SEARCH THROUGH A LARGE LIBRARY OF KNOWN SIGNALS.
-Desc-
 DATA REDUCTION AND ANALYSIS; INSPECTION; MECHANICAL ENG.RING COMPUTING
-Ident-
 MECHANICAL ENG.RING AND COMPUTING; INSPECTION HIGH-PRESSURE GAS PIPELINES;
 INTELLIGENT PIGS; BRITISH GAS ON-LINE INSPECTION CENTRE
 Class Codes: C7440
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 46
-A-
 1267976 B84033534, C84024617
-W-
 LIQUID-GAS PRESSURE GAUGES: HOW TO COMPARE THEM
 MESURES (FRANCE) VOL.49, NO.3 61-3 5 MARCH 1984
 -CODEN-
 MSRSET
-ISSN-
 0026-0193
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 FRENCH (1 Refs)
 THE ARTICLE DEALS WITH A HIGHLY S'ITIVE GAS/OIL INTERFACE DIFFERENTIAL
 PRESSURE INDICATOR USED FOR THE COMPARISON OF PISTON-TYPE PRESSURE GAUGES
 FOR OIL WITH THOSE FOR GASES. IN THE COMPARATOR THE OIL AND THE GAS ARE IN
 DIRECT CONTACT AND THE LEVEL OF THE RESULTING INTERFACE (THE POSITION OF THE
 SURFACE OF THE OIL) IS MEASURED BY A CAPACITIVE METHOD DEPENDING UPON THE
 DIFFERENT DIELECTRIC CONSTANTS OF THE TWO MEDIA. THE PRINCIPLE OF THE
 xDDEVICE AND ITS METHOD OF OPERATION ARE DESCRIBED. IT IS APPLICABLE IN THE
 PRESSURE RANGE F 0.4 TO 4 MPA (4 TO 40 BAR). THE METHOD WAS DEVISED BY THE
 US NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; INDICATORS; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 GAS/OIL INTERFACE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE INDICATOR; PISTON-TYPE PRESSURE
 GAUGES; COMPARATOR; CAPACITIVE METHOD; 0.4 TO 4 MPA; 4 TO 40 BAR; NATIONAL
 BUREAU OF STANDARDS
 Class Codes: B7320V; B7230; C3120R; C3210B
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 47
-A-
 1263583 C84027430
-W-
 TRI-AXIAL GRAPHICS AS AN AID TO UNDERSTANDING LEFT VENTRICULAR FUNCTION IN
 CONSCIOUS DOGS
 WILLSHAW, P.; LASCANO, E.C.; CROTTOGINI, A.J.; NEGRONI, A.; PICHEL, R.
 TEACHING AND RES. DEPT., FAVALORO FOUNDATION, BUENOS AIRES, ARGENTINA
 J. BIOMED. ENG.B) VOL.6, NO.2 107-12 APRIL 1984
 -CODEN-
 JBIEDR
-ISSN-
 0141-5425
 USCCC Code: 0141-54?5/84/020107-06$03.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (10 Refs)
 ULTRASONIC DISTANCE GAUGES WERE IMPLANTED IN THE LEFT VENTRICLE OF DOGS TO
 MEASURE CONTINUOUSLY VENTRICULAR WALL THICKNESS AND SMALL AXIS DIAMETER. A
 MINIATURE TRANSDUCER WAS IMPLANTED TO MEASURE INTRAVENTRICULAR PRESSURE. THE
 CIRCUMFLEX ARTERY COULD BE OCCLUDED MECHANICALLY TO MIMIC CORONARY SPASM.
 RECORDINGS WERE MADE ON TAPE AFTER ALLOWING EIGHT DAYS POST-OPERATIVE
 RECUPERATION. THE TAPED SIGNALS WERE DIGITISED AND PROCESSED TO SHOW
 GRAPHICAL RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN SELECTED VARIABLES. THE AUTHORS FOUND THAT
 TRIAXIAL (3D) GRAPHICS GREATLY ENHANCED THEIR ABILITY TO INTERPRET MOMENT BY
 MOMENT CHANGES IN THESE RELATIONSHIPS, AND RECOMMEND THIS PROCEDURE TO
 OTHERS.
-Desc-
 CARDIOLOGY; COMPUTER GRAPHICS; BIOLOGY COMPUTING
-Ident-
 BIOLOGY COMPUTING; ULTRASONIC DISTANCE GAUGES; TRIAXIAL GRAPHICS; MYOCARDIAL
 ISCHAEMIA; CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM; LEFT VENTRICULAR FUNCTION; CONSCIOUS DOGS;
 VENTRICULAR WALL THICKNESS; INTRAVENTRICULAR PRESSURE; CIRCUMFLEX ARTERY;
 CORONARY SPASM
 Class Codes: C7330
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 48
-A-
 1257540 A84058862
-W-
 NEW METHOD OF CALIBRATING AND CHECKING VACUUM GAUGES
 KUZ'MIN, V.V.
 IZMER. TEKH. (USSR) VOL.26, NO.7 27-9 JULY 1983
 -CODEN-
 IZTEAW
-ISSN-
 0021-3349
 Trans in: MEAS. TECH. (USA) VOL.26, NO. 539-41 JULY 1983
 -CODEN-
 MSTCAL
-ISSN-
 0543-1972
 USCCC Code: 0543-1972/83/2607-0539$07.50
 Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 THE CALIBRATION AND CHECKING OF VACUUM GAUGES FOR HIGH AND SUPERHIGH VACUUM
 IS PERFORMED BY ESTABLISHING AN EXACT RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE LOW PRESSURE
 IN THE CALIBRATION CHAMBER RECORDED BY THE VACUUM GAUGE AND A HIGH PRESSURE
 MEASURED DIRECTLY BY MEANS OF A STANDARD MANOMETER. THIS RELATIONSHIP IS
 REALIZED IN VARIOUS FORMS OF THE PRESSURE REDUCTION METHOD. THE EFFECTS OF
 GAS SORPTION AND DESORPTION ARE LARGE WHEN THERE IS STRICTLY LIMITED
 PUMPING, WHICH IS EXTREMELY CHARACTERISTIC OF REDUCTION SYSTEMS. SYSTEMATIC
 ERRORS ARISE IF THESE PROCESSES ARE NEGLECTED DURING CALIBRATION OR
 CHECKING, AND THE ERROR INCREASES AS THE PRESSURE IS REDUCED. A METHOD OF
 CALIBRATING AND CHECKING VACUUM GAUGES IN WHICH THIS DIFFICULTY IS LARGELY
 OVERCOME IS PRESENTED. THE VACUUM SYSTEM INCLUDES THE STANDARD ABSOLUTE
 MANOMETER AND THE GAUGE TO BE CALIBRATED OR CHECKED (OR MANOMETRIC
 TRANSDUCER), WHICH ARE ATTACHED TO THE INITIAL PRESSURE CHAMBER AND THE
 CALIBRATION CHAMBER OF KNOWN VOLUME. BETWEEN THESE CHAMBERS THERE IN A
 DIAPHRAGM.
-Desc-
 VACUUM GAUGES; CALIBRATION
-Ident-
 VACUUM GAUGES; CALIBRATION; CHECKING; SUPERHIGH VACUUM; STANDARD ABSOLUTE
 MANOMETER
 Class Codes: A0730D; A0620H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 49
-A-
 1234714 B84022948
-W-
 GAS CLEANING TECHNOLOGY FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE, HIGH-PRESSURE GAS STREAMS
 Issued by: ELECTR. POWER RES. INST., PALO ALTO, CA, USA;
 15 SEPT. 1983
 192 pp.
 Availability: EPRI, BOX 50490, PALO ALTO, CA 94303, USA
-ReptNo-
 EPRI-CS3197
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 REPORT
-Lang-
 ENG.
 THIS REPORT PRESENTS THE RESULTS OF TESTS ON WOVEN CERAMIC BAG, POROUS
 SINTERED-METAL TUBE AND POROUS CERAMIC CANDLE TUBE FILTERS FOR HOT GAS
 CLEARING IN PRESSURISED FLUIDISED-BED COMBUSTION POWER PLANTS. TESTS WERE
 PERFORMED ALSO ON A DEVELOPMENTAL FILTER ?CAKE MASS DETECTOR AND A
 COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE OPTICAL PARTICLE TRANSDUCER FOR DUST PENETRATION.
 HIGHLIGHTED PROBLEMS OF THE RIGID FILTERS INCLUDE CLEANING OVER LONG PERIODS
 OF OPERATION, AND WEAKENING OF THE SINTERED STAINLESS STEEL AT HIGH
 TEMPERATURES AND PRESSURES.
-Desc-
 HIGH-TEMPERATURE PHENOMENA AND EFFECTS; FLUIDISED BEDS; HIGH-PRESSURE
 PHENOMENA AND EFFECTS; COMBUSTION; MATERIALS TESTING; AIR POLLUTION
 DETECTION AND CONTROL; DUCT; FILTRATION; CERAMICS
-Ident-
 WOVEN CERAMIC BAG FILTERS; POROUS SINTERED-METAL TUBE FILTERS; HOT GAS
 CLEANUP; HIGH PRESSURES; TESTS; POROUS CERAMIC CANDLE TUBE FILTERS;
 PRESSURISED FLUIDISED-BED COMBUSTION POWER PLANTS; FILTER CAKE MASS
 DETECTOR; OPTICAL PARTICLE TRANSDUCER; DUST PENETRATION; CLEANING;
 WEAKENING; SINTERED STAINLESS STEEL; HIGH TEMPERATURES
 Class Codes: B8230E; B7720
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 50
-A-
 1232347 A84038591, B84020260
-W-
 ENVIRONMENTALLY INSENSITIVE DIAPHRAGM REFLECTANCE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
 LAWSON, C.M.; TEKIPPE, V.J.
 GOULD RES. CENTER, GOULD INC., ROLLING MEADOWS, IL, USA
 Sponsor: SPIE
 PROC. SPIE INT. SOC. OPT. ENG.SA) VOL.412 96-103 1983
 -CODEN-
 PSISDG
-ISSN-
 0277-786X
 FIBER OPTIC AND LASER SENSORS 5-7 APRIL 1983 ARLINGTON, VA, USA
 Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS; PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (9 Refs)
 A NOVEL FIBER OPTIC SENSOR THAT DETERMINES PRESSURE FROM DIAPHRAGM CURVATURE
 IS DISCUSSED. THIS SENSING TECHNIQUE EXHIBITS A HIGH DEGREE OF SENSITIVITY
 AND LINEARITY AND IS LESS SUSCEPTIBLE TO ENVIRONMENTAL PERTURBATIONS THAN
 PREVIOUS INTENSITY MODULATING TECHNIQUES. EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS ARE PRESENTED
 FOR A PRESSURE TRANSDUCER OPERATIONAL IN THE 0-60 PSI RANGE, AND A MINIATURE
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER OPERATIONAL IN THE 0-5 PSI RANGE DESIGNED FOR IN VIVO
 MEDICAL APPLICATIONS.
-Desc-
 CURVATURE MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; FIBRE
 OPTICS; DIAPHRAGMS; BIOMEDICAL EQUIPMENT
-Ident-
 ENVIRONMENTALLY INSENSITIVE DIAPHRAGM REFLECTANCE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER;
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; FIBER OPTIC SENSOR; DIAPHRAGM CURVATURE; SENSITIVITY;
 LINEARITY; ENVIRONMENTAL PERTURBATIONS; INTENSITY MODULATING TECHNIQUES;
 MINIATURE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER; IN VIVO MEDICAL APPLICATIONS
 Class Codes: A4280M; A0630C; A06?0M; A8760G; A8770; B4130; B7320C; B7320V ;
 B7230; B7510B
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 51
-A-
 1232346 A84038590, B84020259
-W-
 FIBER OPTIC METHOD FOR SENSING DIAPHRAGM DEFLECTION
 BERTHOLD, J.W.; JEFFERS, L.A.
 RES. AND DEV. DIV., BABCOCK AND WILCOX CO, ALLIANCE, OH, USA
 Sponsor: SPIE
 PROC. SPIE INT. SOC. OPT. ENG.SA) VOL.412 90-5 1983
 -CODEN-
 PSIDG
-ISSN-
 0277-786X
 FIBER OPTIC AND LASER SENSORS 5-7 APRIL 1983 ARLINGTON, VA, USA
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (8 Refs)
 A TECHNIQUE IS DESCRIBED FOR MEASURING THE DISPLACEMENT OF A THIN GLASS
 DIAPHRAGM RELATIVE TO A FIXED GLASS REFERENCE SURFACE. THE METHOD EMPLOYS A
 SINGLE-MODE OPTICAL FIBER TO DELIVER COHERENT LIGHT TO THE CENTER OF THE
 DIAPHRAGM AND REFERENCE SURFACE. THE INTERFERENCE FRINGE PATTERN CAUSED BY
 PARTIAL REFLECTION OF LIGHT FROM EACH SURFACE IS FOCUSED ONTO A MULTIMODE
 RECEIVE FIBER, WHICH CONDUCTS THE LIGHT TO A DETECTOR. WHEN THE DIAPHRAGM
 DEFLECTS, THE FRINGE PATTERN TRAVERSES THE INPUT END OF THE MULTIMODE FIBER
 CAUSING THE DETECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL TO FOLLOW A COSINE-SQUARED TIME
 DEPENDENCE MATCHING THE COSINE-SQUARED SPATIAL DEPENDENCE OF THE FRINGES.
 APPROPRIATE UP/DOWN COUNTING ELECTRONICS MAY BE USED TO COUNT THE
 INTERFERENCE FRINGE PEAKS AND CONVERT THE COUNT TO A MEASURE OF DIAPHRAGM
 DISPLACEMENT. RESULTS OF A PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION OF THIS DIAPHRAGM
 DEFLECTION SENSOR ARE PRESENTED. APPLICATION OF THE METHOD TO PRESSURE
 MEASUREMENT IS DISCUSSED. THE TECHNIQUE IS INHERENTLY INSENSITIVE TO THERMAL
 DRIFT AND VIBRATION, AND ITS 'ALL GLASS' CONSTRUCTION MAKES IT APPLICABLE TO
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENTS IN HIGH-TEMPERATURE ENVIRONMENTS.
-Desc-
 DIAPHRAGMS; LIGHT INTERFEROMETRY; DISPLACEMENT MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE
 MEASUREMENT; FIBRE OPTICS; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 FIBRE OPTIC METHOD; DISPLACEMENT MEASUREMENT; DIAPHRAGM DEFLECTION SENSING;
 ALL GLASS CONSTRUCTION; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; THIN GLASS DIAPHRAGM; FIXED
 GLASS REFERENCE SURFACE; SINGLE-MODE OPTICAL FIBER; COHERENT LIGHT;
 INTERFERENCE FRINGE PATTERN; PARTIAL REFLECTION; MULTIMODE RECEIVE FIBER;
 DETECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL; COSINE-SQUARED TIME DEPENDENCE; COSINE-SQUARED
 SPATIAL DEPENDENCE; UP/DOWN COUNTING ELECTRONICS; INTERFERENCE FRINGE PEAKS;
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; THERMAL DRIFT; VIBRATION; HIGH-TEMPERATURE
 ENVIRONMENTS
 Class Codes: A4280M; A0630C; A0760L; A0670M; B4130; B7320C; B7320V; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 52
-A-
 1232260 A84040349, B84020149
-W-
 PVF/SUB 2/ POLYMERS: FERROELECTRIC POLARIZATION AND PIEZOELECTRIC PROPERTIES
 UNDER DYNAMIC PRESSURE AND SHOCK WAVE ACTION
 BAUER, F.
 INST. FRANCO-ALLEMAND DE RECHERCHES DE SAINT-LOUIS, SAINT-LOUIS, FRANCE
 Sponsor: IEEE
 FERROELECTRICS (GB) VOL.49, NO.1-4 231-40 NOV. 1983
 -CODEN-
 FEROA8
-ISSN-
 0015-0193
 1983 IEEE INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON APPLICATIONS OF FERROELECTRICS 1-3 JUNE
 1983 GAITHERSBURG, MD, USA
 USCCC Code: 0015-0193/83/4901-0231$18.50/0
 Treatment: APPLIC; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (12 Refs)
 POLYVINYLIDENE FLUORIDE PVF/SUB 2/ PRESENTS A STRONG PIEZOELECTRIC ACTIVITY
 UNDER SPECIFIC CONDITIONS OF CRYSTALLIZATION AND POLARIZATION. STUDIES OF
 THE FERROELECTRIC POLARIZATION, OF THE PHYSICAL AND PIEZOELECTRIC
 CHARACTERISTICS AND OF THE BEHAVIOR OF PVF/SUB 2/ UNDER DYNAMIC PRESSURE ARE
 OF FUNDAMENTAL INTEREST. THE PIEZOELECTRIC ACTIVITY OF PVF/SUB 2/ DEPENDS ON
 THE POLARIZATION PROCESS AS IT IS PRESENTED IN THE STUDIES OF THE HYSTERESIS
 LOOPS P (E) (P: POLARIZATION, E: ELECTRICAL FIELD). THE REMANENT
 POLARIZATION ATTAINS 10 MUC/CM/SUP 2/ FOR BI-AXIALLY STRETCHED FILMS FROM
 RHONE POULENC FILMS. RESULTS OBTAINED ON UNIAXIAL STRETCHED FILMS FROM
 PENNWALT CORPORATION ARE REPORTED. PROPERTIES UNDER STATIC PRESSURE ARE
 PRESENTED. APPLICATIONS TO BALLISTIC TRANSDUCERS ARE DESCRIBED. THE DYNAMIC
 BEHAVIOUR OF PIEZOELECTRIC PVF/SUB 2/ UNDER SHOCK WAVE IS SURVEYED. STUDIES
 OF SHOCK LOADED ELECTRIC ENERGY RELEASED FROM PVF/SUB 2/ FILMS ARE REPORTED.
 RESULTS WITH PVF/SUB 2/ TRANSDUCERS FOR WEAK OR STRONG SHOCK WAVES AND
 APPLICATIONS OF PVF/SUB 2/ TO SHOCK PRESSURE PROFILE MEASUREMENTS ARE ALSO
 REPORTED. INVESTIGATIONS CONDUCTED AT VERY HIGH PRESSURE LEVEL SHOW THE
 PVF/SUB 2/ TO DELIVER ELECTRICAL PULSES WHICH CAN BE USED IN VIEW OF
 CHRONOMETRIC RECORDING OF STRONG SHOCK WAVES AND OF SHOCK PRESSURE
 DETERMINATION. CONCLUSIONS ON THE VARIETY OF POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS ARE GIVEN
 IN WHICH THE FERROELECTRICS OF PVF/SUB 2/ MAY FIND A WIDESPREAD USE.
-Desc-
 POLYMERS; FERROELECTRIC MATERIALS; DIELECTRIC POLARISATION; PIEZOELECTRIC
 MATERIALS; DIELECTRIC HYSTERESIS; SHOCK WAVE EFFECTS; PIEZOELECTRIC
 TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 POLYVINYLIDENE FLUORIDE; PVF/SUB 2/ POLYMERS; FERROELECTRIC POLARIZATION;
 PIEZOELECTRIC PROPERTIES; DYNAMIC PRESSURE; SHOCK WAVE ACTION ;
 CRYSTALLIZATION; HYSTERESIS LOOPS; REMANENT POLARIZATION; BI-AXIALLY
 STRETCHED FILMS; RHONE POULENC FILMS; BALLISTIC TRANSDUCERS; SHOCK LOADED
 ELECTRIC ENERGY; SHOCK PRESSURE DETERMINATION; FERROELECTRICS
 Class Codes: A7760; A6250; A7730; A7780; A4388; B281?F; B2860; B7810C
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 53
-A-
 1228544 C84016362
-W-
 OPTICAL SENSORS IN PLANT INSTRUMENT TECHNOLOGY IN THE CHEMICAL INDUSTRY
 RAAB, H.
 BASF AG, LUDWIGSHAFEN, GERMANY
 TECH. MESS. TM (GERMANY) VOL.50, NO.12 475-9 DEC. 1983
 -CODEN-
 TMAMDS
-ISSN-
 0171-8096
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN (3 Refs)
 THE USE OF OPTOELECTRONIC AND OPTICAL FIBRES IN OPTICAL MEASURING EQUIPMENT
 IN THE CHEMICAL INDUSTRY HAS A NUMBER OF ADVANTAGES. IT BECOMES APPARENT,
 ESPECIALLY IN APPLICATION OF SENSOR TECHNOLOGY TO PROCESS ANALYSERS. THREE
 EXAMPLES OF OPTICAL SENSORS ARE ILLUSTRATED. THE FIRST SENSOR WAS DEVELOPED
 TO MEASURE LIQUIDS IN THE UV AND VISIBLE SPECTRAL REGIONS DIRECTLY IN A
 VESSEL. THE SECOND EXAMPLE IS A SENSOR FOR THE DETERMINATION OF WATER IN
 ORGANIC LIQUIDS. IN A THIRD EXAMPLE IT IS SHOWN THAT BY USING AN OPTICAL
 SENSOR IT IS POSSIBLE TO REALIZE A VERY RELIABLE QUASI-CONTINUOUS LEVEL
 MEASUREMENT, WHICH CAN BE USED WITH LEVEL TUBES OR SIGHT GLASSES, ESPECIALLY
 HIGH-PRESSURE SIGHT GLASSES.
-Desc-
 NONELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES; CHEMICAL INDUSTRY; FIBRE OPTICS ; LEVEL
 MEASUREMENT; CHEMICAL VARIABLES MEASUREMENT
-Ident-
 FIBRE OPTICS; OPTOELECTRONIC SENSORS; CHEMICAL VARIABLES MEASUREMENT;
 OPTICAL FIBRES; OPTICAL MEASURING EQUIPMENT; CHEMICAL INDUSTRY ; PROCESS
 ANALYSERS; OPTICAL SENSORS; LEVEL MEASUREMENT
 Class Codes: C3350G; C3240F; C3120T; C3120P
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 54
-A-
 1194542 A84021718
-W-
 A MODEL INVESTIGATION OF THE VELOCITY AND PRESSURE SPECTRA IN VASCULAR
 MURMURS
 LU, P.C.; HUI, C.N.; HWANG, N.H.C.
 CARDIOVASCULAR FLOW DYNAMICS LAB., UNIV. OF HOUSTON, HOUSTON, TX, USA
 J. BIOMECH. (GB) VOL.16, NO.11 923-31 1983
 -CODEN-
 JBMCB5
-ISSN-
 0021-9290
 USCCC Code: 0021-9290/83$3.00+.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (26 Refs)
 A PHYSICAL MODEL CONSISTING OF AN AXISYMMETRICAL JET IN A RIGID PLEXIGLASS
 PIPE WAS USED TO STUDY THE FLOW AND PRESSURE FLUCTUATIONS DOWNSTREAM FROM AN
 AORTIC STENOSIS. THE FLUCTUATING VELOCITY COMPONENTS, U AND V, AT SEVERAL
 LOCATIONS IN THE STEADY LIQUID JET WERE MEASURED USING A LASER DOPPLER
 ANEMOMETER SYSTEM. SIMULTANEOUS WALL PRESSURE FLUCTUATIONS WERE MONITORED BY
 AN ARRAY OF NINE MINIATURE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS WALL MOUNTED IN THE AXIAL
 DIRECTION. THIS PAPER PRESENTS THE DETAILED MEASUREMENTS OF MEAN VELOCITY
 PROFILES, TURBULENT INTENSITY DISTRIBUTIONS AND RMS PRESSURE FLUCTUATIONS.
 THE ENERGY SPECTRA OBTAINED FOR THE PRESSURE FLUCTUATIONS AND THE U AND V
 VELOCITY COMPONENTS ARE COMPARED. CONTRARY TO EARLIER WORKS, THE AUTHORS
 FOUND THAT THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN PEAK FREQUENCIES OF THE PRESSURE SPECTRA
 AND THE CHARACTERISTIC FREQUENCIES OF THE VELOCITY SPECTRA VARY WITH
 POSITIONS DOWNSTREAM FROM THE NOZZLE. THESE DIFFERENCES ARE DISCUSSED IN
 LIGHT OF PSEUDOSOUND GENERATION BY THE EDDY STRUCTURES IN THE STENOTIC FLOW
 FIELD.
-Desc-
 HAEMODYNAMICS
-Ident-
 VELOCITY SPECTRA; PRESSURE SPECTRA; VASCULAR MURMURS; PHYSICAL MODEL;
 AXISYMMETRICAL JET; RIGID PLEXIGLASS PIPE; AORTIC STENOSIS PEAK FREQUENCIES;
 PSEUDOSOUND GENERATION; EDDY STRUCTURES; STENOTIC FLOW FIELD
 Class Codes: A8745H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 55
-A-
 1190385 A84017009
-W-
 A DEVICE FOR THE CAPACITIVE MEASUREMENT OF PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION WITH HIGH
 TRANSDUCER DENSITY
 BRUNNER, W.; KURZ, B.; DIEBSCHLAG, W.
 INST. FUR ARBEITSPHYSIOLOGIE., TECH. UNIV. MUNCHEN, MUNCHEN, GERMANY
 BIOMED. TECH. (GERMANY) VOL.28, NO.10 221-4 OCT. 1983
 -CODEN-
 BM?TA7
-ISSN-
 0013-5585
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN (6 Refs)
 THE MEASURING DEVICE DESCRIBED PERMITS THE QUANTIFICATION OF PRESSURE
 DISTRIBUTIONS, E.G. IN ORTHOPEDIC MEDICINE, UNDER THE SOLE OF THE HUMAN FOOT
 WHILE STANDING, WALKING OR JUMPING. A 3 MM THICK MOBILE FLEXIBLE MAT
 CONTAINS UP TO 20 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS/CM/SUP 2/ WORKING ON THE CAPACITIVE
 MEASURING METHOD. IN CONTRAST TO PREVIOUS SIMILAR DEVICES EMPLOYED BY OTHER
 INVESTIGATORS, IT YIELDS VERY ACCURATE RESULTS ON THE BASIS OF THE HIGH
 TRANSDUCER DENSITY AND PRESSURE RESOLUTION. THE RESULTS ENABLE THE PHYSICIAN
 TO DRAW CONCLUSIONS AS TO THE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE OF THE
 FEET, AND ALSO AS TO POSTURE AND BIOMECHANICAL KINETICS. AN ONLINE COMPUTER
 ANALYSIS OF THE MEASURED PRESSURE DATA PROVIDES COLORED PICTURES, GRAPHS AND
 TABLES, BY MEANS OF WHICH A SIMPLE AND ACCURATE DIAGNOSIS OF FOOT
 DEFORMITIES BECOMES POSSIBLE.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PATIENT DIAGNOSIS; BIOMECHANICS; CAPACITANCE
 MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 HUMAN FOOT SOLE; FOOT STRUCTURE; FOOT DEFORMITY DIAGNOSIS; CAPACITIVE
 MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION; HIGH TRANSDUCER DENSITY; PRESSURES
 DISTRIBUTIONS; ORTHOPEDIC MEDICINE; STANDING; WALKING; JUMPING; 3 MM THICK
 MOBILE FLEXIBLE MAT; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE POSTURE;
 BIOMECHANICAL KINETICS; ONLINE COMPUTER ANALYSIS
 Class Codes: A8770E; A8745D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 56
-A-
 1177637 A84009301
-W-
 VIBRATIONAL STRESS/STRAIN EFFECTS OF STRAIGHT AND CURVED HEAT EXCHANGER
 TUBES, BOTH WITH AND WITHOUT AXIAL STRESS
 HEINECKE, E.
 KFA JULICH, JULICH, GERMANY
 Sponsor: GERMAN ATOMIC FORUM
 JAHRESTAGUNG KERNTECHNIK 83 (ANNUAL MEETING OF NUCLEAR TECHNOLOGY 83) 663-6
 1983
 14-16 JUNE 1983 BERLIN, GERMANY
 Publ: DEUTSCHES ATOMFORUM, BONN, GERMANY
 XXII+900 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN (4 Refs)
 IN BOTH CURRENT AND PROJECTED GAS-COOLED REACTORS, THE HEAT EXCHANGER TUBES
 EXPERIENCED TRANSVERSE, LINEAR AND DIAGONAL FLOW PATTERNS. THE RESULTANT
 MECHANICAL VIBRATION HAS IMPLICATIONS FOR THE LONG-TERM STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
 AND SAFETY OF SUCH PLANT. A MONITORING SYSTEM HAS BEEN DEVELOPED TO MEASURE
 BOTH STATIC AND DYNAMIC FLOW PROPERTIES. MICRO-MINIATURISED PRESSURE
 TRANSDUCERS ARE USED. EXPERIMENTAL DATA ARE GIVEN. FURTHER RESEARCH IS IN
 PROGRESS.
-Desc-
 FISSION REACTOR COOLING AND HEAT RECOVERY; STRESS/STRAIN RELATIONS; FISSION
 REACTOR SAFETY
-Ident-
 GCR; STRAIGHT HEAT EXCHANGER TUBES; VIBRATIONAL STRESS/STRAIN EFFECTS;
 CURVED HEAT EXCHANGER TUBES; AXIAL STRESS; GAS-COOLED REACTORS; DIAGONAL
 FLOW PATTERNS; MECHANICAL VIBRATION; STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY; SAFETY;
 MONITORING SYSTEM
 Class Codes: A2842Q; A8140L; A?220F; A2843B; A2844; A2850I
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 57
-A-
 1173024 A84004484, B84003218
-W-
 APPLIED COHERENT ANTI-STOKES RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY A UTRC
 DOBBS, G.M.
 UNITED TECHNOL. RES. CENTER, EAST HARTFORD, CT, USA
 TRANSDUCER TEMPCON CONF. PAP. 1983 3 PP. 1983
 14-16 JUNE 1983 LONDON, ENG.
 Publ: TRIDENT INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITIONS, TAVISTOCK, DEVON, ENG.
 761 pp.
 Treatment: THEORETICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES RESEARCH CENTER (UTRC) IS APPLYING COHERENT ANTI-STOKES
 RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY TO DIAGNOSE TEMPERATURE AND SPECIES CONCENTRATIONS IN
 COMBUSTION SYSTEMS WITH PARTICULAR INTEREST IN THE OPERATION OF PRACTICAL
 DEVICES. CURRENT CARS RESEARCH PROGRAMS INCLUDE THE STUDY OF SOOT FORMATION
 PROCESSES IN FLAMES AT PRESSURES OF ONE ATMOSPHERE AND ABOVE, THEORETICAL
 AND EXPERIMENTAL SPECTROSCOPY OF COMBUSTION SPECIES ARE HIGH PRESSURE, THE
 DETECTION OF MINOR COMBUSTION SPECIES BUY ELECTRONIC-RESONANCE ENHANCEMENT
 OF SIGNALS, AND THE USE OF PICOSECOND CARS FOR BACKGROUND SUPPRESSION. STUDY
 OF FLUCTUATING SYSTEMS REQUIRES INSTANTANEOUS MEASUREMENT OF TEMPERATURE OF
 SPECIES CONCENTRATION AND THE DETERMINATION OF PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTION
 FUNCTIONS FOR THREE PARAMETERS. THE DESIGN OF AN APPARATUS WHICH HAS A 20 HZ
 RECORDING CAPABILITY AND THE ANALYSIS METHOD ARE BRIEFLY DESCRIBED.
-Desc-
 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT; CHEMICAL VARIABLES MEASUREMENT; COMBUSTION; FLAMES
-Ident-
 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT; CHEMICAL VARIABLE MEASUREMENT; COHERENT ANTISTOKES
 RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY; UTR?; COMBUSTION SYSTEMS; SOOT FORMATION PROCESSES;
 FLAMES; FLUCTUATING SYSTEMS; PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTION FUNCTIONS; 20 HZ
 Class Codes: A0765; A8240P; A8280D; B7320R; B7320T
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 58
-A-
 1171689 A84000774, B84003040
-W-
 THERMOCOUPLES IN SPECIALISED HEAT TRANSFER INSTALLATIONS
 SALT, K.J.
 UKAEA, WINFRITH, ENG.
 TRANSDUCER TEMPCON CONF. PAP.S 1983 7 PP. 1983
 14-16 JUNE 1983 LONDON, ENG.
 Publ: TRIDENT INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITIONS, TAVISTOCK, DEVON, ENG.
 761 pp.
 Treatment: APPLIC; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 THE RESEARCH PROGRAMME AT THE UKAEA ESTABLISHMENT AT WINFRITH INVOLVES
 EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES OF THE THERMAL PERFORMANCE OF COMPONENTS AND SIMULATED
 SECTIONS OF A PRESSURISED WATER REACTOR. FOR THIS PURPOSE THE WINFRITH HEAT
 TRANSFER LABORATORIES CONTAIN AN ASSEMBLY OF LARGE, HIGH PRESSURE, WATER
 LOOPS AND, IN ORDER THAT GOOD QUALITY DATA MAY BE OBTAINED, THESE RIGS ARE
 GENEROUSLY INSTRUMENTED AND QUANTITIES OF THERMOCOUPLES ARE INVOLVED. THE
 AUTHOR PRESENTS A FEW EXAMPLES OF TECHNIQUES WHICH HAVE BEEN USED AND
 DEVELOPED WHICH ARE PARTICULAR TO THIS FIELD OF WORK, BUT WHICH MAY HAVE
 APPLICATION IN OTHER AREAS.
-Desc-
 NUCLEAR REACTOR INSTRUMENTATION; THERMOCOUPLES
-Ident-
 NUCLEAR REACTOR INSTRUMENTATION; PWR; HEAT TRANSFER INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL
 PERFORMANCE OF COMPONENTS; PRESSURISED WATER REACTOR ; THERMOCOUPLES
 Class Codes: A2843H; A0720; A2850G; B7230; B7320R
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 59
-A-
 1171659 A83117196, B84003000
-W-
 TESTING OF STRAIN-GAUGE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS UP TO 3.5 MPA AT CRYOGENIC
 TEMPERATURES AND IN MAGNETIC FIELDS UP TO 6 T
 CERUTTI, G.; MAGHENZANI, R.; MOLINAR, G.F.
 ISTITUTO DI METROLOGIA, NAT. RES. COUNCIL OF ITALY, TORINO, ITALY
 CRYOGENICS (GB) VOL.23, NO.10 539-45 OCT. 1983
 -CODEN-
 CRYOAX
-ISSN-
 0011-2275
 USCCC Code: 0011-2275/83/010539-07$03.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (6 Refs)
 THE CHARACTERISTICS OF FOUR COMMERCIAL STRAIN-GAUGE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
 SUITABLE FOR MEASUREMENTS IN A TEMPERATURE RANGE FROM 4.2 TO 293K WERE
 DETERMINED IN THE PRESENCE OF MAGNETIC FIELDS UP TO 6 T. THE HIGHEST
 PRESSURE MEASURED WAS 3.5 MPA. TESTS SHOWED THAT IF THE TRANSDUCERS ARE USED
 IN THESE CONDITIONS AND NO CORRECTIONS ARE MADE, UNCERTAINTIES UP TO
 19PERCENT OF THE TRANSDUCER FULL SCALE MAY BE INHERENT IN MEASUREMENTS. WHEN
 SUCH HIGH ERROR LEVELS ARE UNACCEPTABLE, THE TRANSDUCERS MUST BE
 INDIVIDUALLY CALIBRATED UNDER THE WORKING CONDITIONS: IN THIS WAY THE
 UNCERTAINTIES IN PRESSURE MEASUREMENTS CAN USUALLY BE KEPT BELOW 1PERCENT OF
 THE TRANSDUCER FULL SCALE.
-Desc-
 STRAIN GAUGES; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; LOW-TEMPERATURE TECHNIQUES;
 CALIBRATION; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES
-Ident-
 CALIBRATION; HIGH PRESSURE; 3.5 MPA; CRYOGENIC TEMPERATURES MAGNETIC FIELDS;
 6 T; STRAIN-GAUGE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; TRANSDUCERS
 Class Codes: A0735; A0720M; A067?D; A0755; A0620H; B7230; B7130; B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 60
-A-
 1166926 B83063208, C84000765
-W-
 SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS
 MCDERMOTT, J.
 EDN (USA) VOL.28, NO.16 96-128 4 AUG. 1983
 -CODEN-
 EDNSBH
-ISSN-
 0012-7515
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 MANUFACTUERS OF SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS ARE CONTINUING THEIR EFFORTS TO
 REFINE DESIGNS, TO IMPROVE PERFORMANCE AND TO LOWER COSTS. AS A RESULT OF
 THESE EFFORTS, THE USE OF SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS IN INDUSTRIAL, SCIENTIFIC,
 AEROSPACE, MILITARY, MEDICAL AND CONSUMER APPLICATIONS IS GROWING AT AN
 EXPANDING RATE. MANY OF THE MANUFACTURERS' EFFORTS ARE REFLECTED IN ADVANCES
 IN THE SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNOLOGY ASSOCIATED WITH PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS. IN
 ADDITION, FIRMS ARE MINIATURIZING THEIR PRODUCTS AND PACKAGING MORE OF THE
 ELECTRONICS INSIDE THE TRANSDUCER ITSELF; SUCH IMPROVEMENTS AND UPGRADING
 ARE EVIDENT NOT ONLY FOR PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS, BUT ALSO FOR OTHER TYPES.
-Desc-
 ELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 SENSORS; TRANSDUCERS; SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNOLOGY; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS;
 PACKAGING
 Class Codes: B7230; B7320V; C3240D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 61
-A-
 1147463 A83112734
-W-
 NITRITE AND NITRATE IONS AS INFRARED PRESSURE GAUGES OR DIAMOND ANVILS
 KLUG, D.D.; WHALLEY, E.
 DIV. OF CHEM., NAT. RES. COUNCIL, OTTAWA, CANADA
 REV. SCI. INSTRUM. (USA) VOL.54, NO.9 1205-8 SEPT. 1983
 -CODEN-
 RSINAK
-ISSN-
 0034-6748
 USCCC Code: 0034-6748/83/091205-04$01.30
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (14 Refs)
 THE INFRARED SPECTRA OF THE ANTISYMMETRIC STRETCHING BANDS OF DILUTE
 SOLUTIONS OF NITRITE AND NITRATE IONS IN SODIUM BROMIDE ARE PROPOSED AS
 PRESSURE GAUGES FOR USE WITH ANVILS AND OTHER APPARATUSES. THEIR
 FREQUENCIES, WHICH ARE AT 1279.0 AND 1401.3 CM/SUP -1/ RESPECTIVELY AT ZERO
 PRESSURE, WERE MEASURED UP TO 186 KBAR RELATIVE TO THE R/SUB 1/ FLUORESCENCE
 LINE OF RUBY. THE PRESSURE IS RELATED TO THE SHIFT DELTANU OF THE FREQUENCY
 OF THE NITRITE ION AT 22 DEGREESC FROM THE ZERO-PRESSURE VALUE BY THE
 EQUATION RHO/KBAR=2.356 (DELTANU/CM/SUP -1/)-1.334 (DELTANU/CM/- SUP -1/)EXP
 (-DELTANU/92 CM/SUP -1/), AND TO THE SHIFT DELTANU OF THE FREQUENCY OF THE
 NITRATE ION BY THE EQUATION RHO/KBAR=1.775 (DELTANU/CM/SUP -1/)-0.7495
 (DELTANU/CM/SUP -1/)*EXP (-DELTANU/78 CM/SUP -1/). BOTH EQUATIONS WERE
 FITTED BY LEAST SQUARES, ASSUMING THAT THE ERROR IS IN THE PRESSURE ONLY,
 AND THE STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE PRESSURE IS 1.1 AND 1.4 KBAR,
 RESPECTIVELY.
-Desc-
 HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; INFRARED SPECTRA OF
 POLYATOMIC INORGANIC MOLECULES; SPECTRA OF INORGANIC LIQUIDS AND SOLUTIONS
-Ident-
 NITRITE IONS; ?ABR; NITRATE IONS; INFRARED PRESSURE GAUGES; DIAMOND ANVILS;
 INFRARED SPECTRA; ANTISYMMETRIC STRETCHING BANDS; DILUTE SOLUTIONS; PRESSURE
 GAUGES; LEAST SQUARES
 Class Codes: A3320E; A0735; A3370J; A7830C; A3580
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 62
-A-
 114250 A83107195
-W-
 THE DEPENDENCE OF VISCOELASTIC FLOW PROPERTIES ON THE STRUCTURE FOR
 STYRENE-BUTADIENE COPOLYMERS
 RAMACHANDRAN, S.; CHRISTIANSEN, E.B.
 DEPT. OF CHEM. ENG. UNIV. OF UTAH, SALT LAKE CITY, UT, USA
 J. NON-NEWTONIAN FLUID MECH. (NETHERLANDS) VOL.13, NO.1 21-32 JULY 1983
 -CODEN-
 JNFMDI
-ISSN-
 0377-0257
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (21 Refs)
 THE FLOW PROPERTIES FOR 300 KG?M/SUP 3/ SOLUTIONS OF FOUR-ARM, STAR-BRANCHED
 RANDOM AND BLOCK STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE COPOLYMERS IN N-BUTYLBENZENE ARE
 PRESENTED. THE VISCOSITY, ZETA, FIRST AND SECOND NORMAL STRESS DIFFERENCES,
 N/SUB 1/ AND N/SUB 2/, AND THE STEADY SHEAR COMPLIANCE J, WERE DETERMINED AS
 A FUNCTION OF THE SHEAR RATE FROM CONE-PLATE SHEARING DATA. THE NORMAL
 STRESS DIFFERENCES WERE DETERMINED FROM TOTAL NORMAL FORCE AND PLATE
 PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION DATA. FOUR SENSITIVE, MINIATURE, VARIABLE-CAPACITANCE
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS MOUNTED IN THE 7.4-CM PLATE WITH THEIR APPROXIMATELY
 2?4 MM IN DIAMETER PRESSURE-SENSING DIAPHRAGMS FLUSH WITH THE PLATE SURFACE
 PROVIDED DATA FOR THE PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION ON THE PLATE. IN GENERAL, THE
 DATA EXTEND FROM THE ZERO SHEAR-RATE VISCOSITY REGION SOMEWHAT INTO THE
 SHEAR THINNING REGION.
-Desc-
 VISCOELASTICITY; POLYMERS; NON-NEWTONIAN FLOW; SHEAR FLOW
-Ident-
 FOUR ARM STAR BRANCHED COPOLYMERS; BLOCK COPOLYMERS; RANDOM
 STYRENE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE COPOLYMERS; VISCOELASTIC FLOW PROPERTIES;
 STYRENE-BUTADIENE COPOLYMERS; VISCOSITY; NORMAL STRESS DIFFERENCES; STEADY
 SHEAR COMPLIANCE; CONE-PLATE SHEARING; TOTAL NORMAL FORCE; PLATE PRESSURE
 DISTRIBUTION; VARIABLE-CAPACITANCE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; PRESSURE-SENSING
 DIAPHRAGMS; ZERO SHEAR-RATE VISCOSITY REGION; SHEAR THINNING REGION
 Class Codes: A4750; A4660B
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 63
-A-
 1140702 A83105372, B83056782
-W-
 INFRARED SENSOR FOR REMOTE TEMPERATURE MONITORING OF SOLAR THERMAL CENTRAL
 RECEIVERS
 WARREN, D.W.
 AEROSPACE CORP., LOS ANGELES, CA, USA
 PROC. SPIE INT. SOC. OPT. ENG.SA) VOL.366 112-21 1983
 -CODEN-
 PSISDG
-ISSN-
 0277-786X
 MODERN UTILIZATION OF INFRARED TECHNOLOGY VIII 26-27 AUG. 1982 SAN DIEGO,
 CA, USA
 Treatment: APPLIC; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AT THE BARSTOW 10 MW SOLAR THERMAL PILOT PLANT, WATER IS CONVERTED TO HIGH
 PRESSURE STEAM BY CONCENTRATED SOLAR RADIATION. THE DESIGN OF THE ELEMENTS
 IN WHICH THE BOILING TAKES PLACE MAKES THEM VULNERABLE TO BLOCKAGE BY
 PARTICULATES CONTAMINATING THE CIRCULATING WATER. CONCERN OVER THE POTENTIAL
 FOR HEAT DAMAGE TO BLOCKED BOILER ELEMENTS HAS LED TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF A
 REMOTE OPTICAL MONITORING SYSTEM FOR USE AT THE PILOT PLANT. THE SYSTEM
 EMPLOYS A TELESCOPE AND INFRARED VIDICON TO DETECT THE INCREASED BLACKBODY
 RADIANT EMITTANCE PRODUCED BY AN OVERHEATED ELEMENT. IN IMAGE IS PROVIDED
 WITH SPATIAL AND THERMAL RESOLUTION SUFFICIENT TO DETECT AND IDENTIFY A
 SINGLE BLOCKED ELEMENT. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS FOR SUCH A SYSTEM ARE
 DISCUSSED, AS ARE PERFORMANCE AT THE PILOT PLANT AND POSSIBLE EXTENSIONS OF
 THE SYSTEM TO MORE SOPHISTICATED PYROMETRIC TASKS.
-Desc-
 INFRARED DETECTORS; INFRARED IMAGING; SOLAR POWER STATIONS; TEMPERATURE
 MEASUREMENT; TELEMETERING SYSTEMS
-Ident-
 IR SENSOR; SPATIAL RESOLUTION; REMOTE TEMPERATURE MONITORING ; SOLAR THERMAL
 CENTRAL RECEIVERS; BARSTOW 10 MW SOLAR THERMAL PILOT PLANT CONCENTRATED
 SOLAR RADIATION; HEAT DAMAGE; BLOCKED BOILER ELEMENTS; REMOTE OPTICAL
 MONITORING SYSTEM; TELESCOPE; INFRARED VIDICON; BLACKBODY RADIANT EMITTANCE;
 THERMAL RESOLUTION; PYROMETRIC TASKS
 Class Codes: A0762; A8610K; A0720K; B7210D; B7230C; B7320R; B7210F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 64
-A-
 1130903 A83103918
-W-
 IN VITRO CONTACT STRESS DISTRIBUTIONS IN THE NATURAL HUMAN HIP
 BROWN, T.D.; SHAW, D.T.
 DEPT. OF ORTHOPAEDIC SURGERY, UNIV. OF PITTSBURGH, PITTSBURGH, PA, USA
 J. BIOMECH. (GB) VOL.16, NO.6 373-84 1983
 -CODEN-
 JBMCB5
-ISSN-
 0021-9290
 USCCC Code: 0021-9290/83$3.00+.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (32 Refs)
 TIME VARIANT DISTRIBUTIONS OF INTRA-ARTICULAR CONTACT STRESS WERE ASSEMBLED
 FROM DIRECT MEASUREMENT IN SEVENTEEN GROSSLY NORMAL FRESH CADAVERIC HIPS.
 LOCAL STRESSES WERE SENSED BY ARRAYS OF 24 COMPLIANT MINIATURE TRANSDUCERS
 INSET SUPERFICIALLY IN THE FEMORAL HEAD CARTILAGE. LOCAL CONTACT STRESS
 MAGNITUDE WAS USUALLY FOUND TO RISE NEARLY LINEARLY WITH APPLIED JOINT LOADS
 IN EXCESS OF ABOUT 1000 N. THE SITES OF MAXIMUM LOCAL STRESS WERE FOUND TO
 UNDERLIE THE GENERAL REGION OF THE ACETABULAR DOME. FOR A RESULTANT JOINT
 LOAD OF 2700 N, THE SPATIAL MEAN CONTACT STRESS AND PEAK LOCAL CONTACT
 STRESS AVERAGED 2.92 MN M/SUP -2/ AND 8.80 MN M/SUP -2/, RESPECTIVELY, FOR
 THE 68 LOADING CYCLES ANALYSED. THE FULL CONTACT STRESS PATTERNS WERE
 IRREGULAR AND COMPLEX, BUT MOST COMMONLY THE GENERAL FEATURE WAS A CENTRAL
 BAND OR 'RIDGE' OF PRESSURE ELEVATION, ORIENTED IN AN APPROXIMATELY
 ANTERIOR-TO-POSTERIOR DIRECTION.
-Desc-
 BONE; BIOMECHANICS
-Ident-
 IN VITRO CONTACT STRESS DISTRIBUTIONS; HIP BIOMECHANICS; NATURAL HUMAN HIP;
 GROSSLY NORMAL FRESH CADAVERIC HIPS; MAXIMUM LOCAL STRESS; ACETABULAR DOME;
 JOINT LOAD
 Class Codes: A8745
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 65
-A-
 1121126 A83093046, B83052109
-W-
 TECHNIQUE FOR MEASURING ULTRASONIC VELOCITY AND ATTENUATION SPECTRA IN ROCKS
 UNDER PRESSURE
 WINKLER, K.W.; PLONA, T.J.
 SCHLUMBERGER-DOLL RES., RIDGEFIELD, CT, USA
 J. GEOPHYS. RES. (USA) VOL. 7, NO.B13 10776-80 10 DEC. 1982
 -CODEN-
 JGREA2
-ISSN-
 0148-0227
 USCCC Code: 0148-0227/82/002B-1582$05.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (18 Refs)
 AN ULTRASONIC PULSE TECHNIQUE HAS BEEN DEVELOPED FOR MEASURING PHASE
 VELOCITY AND ATTENUATION SPECTRA IN ROCKS INSIDE A PRESSURE VESSEL. THIS
 TECHNIQUE HAS BEEN ADAPTED FROM THOSE USED IN THE NONDESTRUCTIVE EVALUATION
 FIELD. IN ESSENCE, A BROADBAND ACOUSTIC PULSE IS DIRECTED INTO A LUCITE
 BUFFER, WHICH IS FOLLOWED BY THE ROCK SAMPLE AND ANOTHER LUCITE BUFFER. THE
 PULSE PARTIALLY REFLECTS OFF BOTH THE FRONT AND BACK FACES OF THE SAMPLE,
 AND THE REFLECTED PULSES ARE RECEIVED BY THE TRANSMITTING TRANSDUCER.
 DIGITAL RECORDING AND SIGNAL PROCESSING TECHNIQUES ARE USED TO ANALYZE THE
 SIGNAL. AFTER FOURIER TRANSFORMING EACH PULSE, CORRECTING FOR DIFFRACTION
 EFFECTS, AND ALLOWING FOR PARTIAL REFLECTIONS AT THE INTERFACES, THE PHASE
 SHIFT BETWEEN PULSES AT EACH FREQUENCY YIELDS THE PHASE VELOCITY AND THE
 AMPLITUDE REDUCTION GIVES THE ATTENUATION.
-Desc-
 GEOPHYSICAL TECHNIQUES; ROCKS; ULTRASONIC VELOCITY MEASUREMENT; ULTRASONIC
 MEASUREMENT; ULTRASONIC ABSORPTION; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES
-Ident-
 ROCK; MEASUREMENT; METHOD; ABSORPTION; ACOUSTIC PROPERTY; HIGH PRESSURE;
 ULTRASONIC VELOCITY; ATTENUATION; PULSE TECHNIQUE; PHASE VELOCITY; PRESSURE
 VESSEL; ACOUSTIC PULSE; LUCITE BUFFER
 Class Codes: A9385; A9160; A4385; B7710; B7810; B7820
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 66
-A-
 1120740 B83051687
-W-
 A NEW GENERATION OF HIGH ACCURACY PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS EMPLOYING A NOVEL
 TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION TECHNIQUE
 BRYZEK, J.
 FOXBORO/ICT, SAN JOSE, CA, USA
 WESCON/81 CONFERENCE RECORD 15/4/1-10 1981
 15-17 SEPT. 1981 SAN FRANCISCO, CA, USA
 Publ: ELECTRON. CONVENTIONS, EL SEGUNDO, CA, USA
 1206 pp.
 Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (6 Refs)
 PRESENTS PROBLEM RELATED TO THE TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR
 INTEGRATED PIEZORESISTIVE PRESSURE SENSORS. A SIMPLIFIED DESIGN OF AN
 INTEGRATED SENSOR IS SHOWN. TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTICS OF PIEZORESISTIVE
 SENSORS ARE DISCUSSED. A PRINCIPLE OF A PASSIVE TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION
 TECHNIQUE IS INTRODUCED. A NEW APPROACH IS PRESENTED, IN WHICH THE
 INTEGRATED PRESSURE SENSOR IS USED SIMULTANEOUSLY AS A PRESSURE AND A
 TEMPERATURE SENSOR. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY, USING DISCONTINUOUS TEMPERATURE
 CONTROLLED FEEDBACK, PROCESSES THE TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE SIGNALS TO
 DECREASE TEMPERATURE ERRORS INHERENT IN SEMICONDUCTOR PRESSURE SENSORS. A
 SATURATION OF AN OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER IS USED TO DISCONTINUE THE ACTIVE
 FEEDBACK LOOP. TEST RESULTS OF A TWO-WIRE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER EMPLOYING
 THIS NOVEL TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION TECHNIQUE SHOW 0.3PERCENT TOTAL ERROR
 BAND OVER -40 DEGREESC TO 125 DEGREESC TEMPERATURE RANGE. THIS REPRESENTS
 ALMOST A 10-FOLD IMPROVEMENT OF PRESENT STATE OF THE ART. A NEW DEFINITION
 OF TRANSMITTER'S SPECIFICATION IS RECOMMENDED.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; COMPENSATION; PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS; SILICON;
 ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTORS
-Ident-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; IC SENSORS; HIGH ACCURACY PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS;
 TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION; PIEZORESISTIVE PRESSURE SENSORS; INTEGRATED
 PRESSURE SENSOR; SEMICONDUCTOR PRESSURE SENSORS
 Class Codes: B7230; B7220; B7320V; B2520C; B2860
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 67
-A-
 1120738 A83089130, B83051685
-W-
 WHY TIN ACCELEROMETERS AND PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
 TRANSDUCER TECHNOL. (GB) VOL.4, NO.4 12-13 JUNE 1982
 -CODEN-
 T?ECDX
-ISSN-
 0143-7275
 Treatment: APPLIC
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 SEMICONDUCTOR SENSING TECHNIQUES HAVE ENABLED DESIGNERS TO MINIATURISE WHILE
 MAINTAINING QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE. THE SMALL SIZE OF ACCELEROMETERS SUCH
 AS ENTRAN'S EGA AND EGAX SERIES IS AN OBVIOUS ADVANTAGE WHEN WORKING WITH
 VERY SMALL STRUCTURES, OR FRACTIONAL SCALE MODELS IN RESEARCH APPLICATIONS.
 ENTRAN'S RANGE OF DIFFUSED SILICON AND STAINLESS STEEL DIAPHRAGM
 PIEZORESISTIVE DEVICES ARE AMONG THE SMALLEST AVAILABLE IN THE WORLD.
 TRANSDUCERS SUCH AS THE EPI SERIES AS SMALL AS 1.27 MM DIAMETER WHICH WILL
 MEASURE BOTH STATIC (DC) AND DYNAMIC PRESSURES UP TO 200 KHZ, ARE AVAILABLE
 IN PRESSURE RANGES UP TO 500 PSI. THE VERY SMALL SIZE OF THE DIAPHRAGM MEANS
 THAT MEASUREMENTS APPROACHING POINT PRESSURES ARE POSSIBLE, WHILE ALSO
 CREATING MINIMUM IMPEDANCE IN FLOW FIELDS.
-Desc-
 ACCELEROMETERS; ELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT;
 PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 SEMICONDUCTOR MINIATURE SENSORS; ENTRAN; DIFFUSED SI; ACCELEROMETERS;
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; EGA; EGAX; STAINLESS STEEL DIAPHRAGM PIEZORESISTIVE
 DEVICES; EPI
 Class Codes: A0670D; A0630G; A0670M; B7230; B7320V; B7320E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 68
-A-
 1120731 A8089127, B83051677
-W-
 SENSORS BASED ON SILICON PLANAR TECHNOLOGY. II
 SCHOPPNIES, E.
 RADIO FERNSEHEN ELEKTRON. (GERMANY) VOL.32, NO.4 226-8 1983
 -CODEN-
 RFELB6
-ISSN-
 0033-7900
 Treatment: APPLIC; GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN (19 Refs)
 FOR PT.I SEE IBID., VOL.32, NO.3, P.159 (1983). CONTINUES WITH REFERENCE TO
 MICROMECHANICAL SENSORS WHERE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF SILICON BASED
 MEMBRANE OR TONGUE STRUCTURES ARE USED FOR MEASUREMENTS SUCH AS PRESSURE,
 FORCE AND ACCELERATION. TYPICAL CONSTRUCTIONS ARE ILLUSTRATED. QUANTITY,
 MOISTURE AND CHEMICAL SENSORS ARE DESCRIBED AND SOME BASIC CONFIGURATIONS
 ARE SHOWN. CHEMICAL SENSORS ARE USED IN ION AND GAS ANALYSIS, AND FOR
 HUMIDITY, QUANTITY AND OTHER MEASUREMENTS, ONE TECHNIQUE BEING LIQUID OR GAS
 FLOW DETERMINATION BY HEATED ELEMENT COOLING IN A FLOW STREAM. HUMIDITY
 SENSORS SHOW RELATED CONDUCTIVITY AND CAPACITANCE CHANGES. ION SENSITIVE
 FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTORS MEASURE ION CONCENTRATION, AND A CLARK CELL
 CONSTRUCTION SERVES AS A MINIATURE OXYGEN SENSOR, FOR EXAMPLE FOR MONITORING
 OXYGEN CONTENT OF BLOOD. OPTICAL SENSORS OF VARIOUS KINDS AND THEIR
 APPLICATIONS ARE REVIEWED. CHARGE COUPLED DEVICES ARE SUITABLE FOR IMAGE
 RELATED APPLICATIONS INCLUDING ELECTRONIC CHARACTER RECOGNITION, FACSIMILE,
 AND CAMERA RANGE FINDING. CHARACTERISTICS AND APPLICATIONS OF SOME SOLID
 STATE IMAGE SENSORS ARE TABULATED. A CONSTANTLY INCREASING NEED EXISTS FOR
 CHEAP SENSORS WITH SUITABLE SENSITIVITY, AND TRENDS INCLUDE INTELLIGENT
 SENSORS, INTEGRATION WITH DIGITAL PROCESSING, AND POTENTIALITIES OF NEW
 MATERIALS.
-Desc-
 ELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES; MONOLITHIC INTEGRATED CIRCUITS; NONELECTRIC
 SENSING DEVICES; IMAGE SENSORS
-Ident-
 HUMIDITY SENSORS; O/SUB 2/ SENSOR; SI PLANAR TECHNOLOGY; CCD ; OPTICAL
 SENSORS; MICROMECHANICAL SENSORS; MEMBRANE; TONGUE STRUCTURES; PRESSURE;
 FORCE; ACCELERATION; CHEMICAL SENSORS; GAS FLOW; HEATED ELEMENT COOLING;
 CONDUCTIVITY; CAPACITANCE; FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTORS; ION CONCENTRATION;
 CLARK CELL; ELECTRONIC CHARACTER RECOGNITION; FACSIMILE; CAMERA RANGE
 FINDING; SOLID STATE IMAGE SENSORS; INTELLIGENT SENSORS; DIGITAL PROCESSING
 Class Codes: A0670D; B7230; B2570
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 69
-A-
 1120691 B83051636
-W-
 IMPROVED GAUGE HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR
 HO, R.; MAGLIC, R.
 MOTOROLA INC., SCHAUMBURG, IL, USA
 MOTOROLA TECH. DEV. (USA) VOL.3 43-4 MARCH 1983
 -CODEN-
 MTDEDP
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 AN IMPROVED GAUGE (DIFFERENTIAL AMBIENT TO UNKNOWN) HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR IS
 DESCRIBED. A DIAPHRAGM ACTS AS A DISPLACEABLE FIRST CAPACITIVE ELECTRODE AND
 A SECOND FIXED POSITION CAPACITIVE ELECTRODE IS MOUNTED ON A LIGHTWEIGHT
 INSULATING CAP. THE PRIMARY CHANNEL AND A SECONDARY CHANNEL PROVIDE A
 PRESSURE PATH SUCH THAT AMBIENT PRESSURE WILL BE PRESENT IN A FIRST CAVITY
 FORMED BETWEEN THE UPPER HOUSING AND THE DIAPHRAGM. AN UNKNOWN PRESSURE IS
 APPLIED TO A SECOND CAVITY IN THE SENSOR THROUGH A PRESSURE INLET AND
 RESULTS IN PREDETERMINED DEFLECTION OF THE DIAPHRAGM SUCH THAT THE
 CAPACITANCE BETWEEN THE ELECTRODES IS ALTERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PRESSURES IN THE CAVITIES.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES
-Ident-
 DISPLACEABLE CAPACITIVE ELECTRODE; HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR; IMPROVED GAUGE;
 DIAPHRAGM; PRESSURE PATH; AMBIENT PRESSURE; DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
 Class Codes: B7230; B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 70
-A-
 1106298 A83084459, B83045911
-W-
 HIGH-SENSITIVITY DILATOMETER FOR HIGH-PRESSURE INVESTIGATIONS
 ZISMAN, A.N.; KACHINSKII, V.N.
 INST. OF CRYSTALLOGRAPHY, ACAD. OF SCI., MOSCOW, USSR
 PRIB. AND TEKH. EKSP. (USSR) VOL.25, NO.5 172-5 SEPT.-OCT. 1982
 -CODEN-
 PRTEAJ
-ISSN-
 0032-8162
 Trans in: INSTRUM. AND EXP. TECH. (USA) VOL.25, NO.5, PT.2 1245-9 SEPT.-OCT.
 1982
 -CODEN-
 INET?K
-ISSN-
 0020-4412
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (8 Refs)
 THE UNIVERSAL HIGH-SENSITIVITY DILATOMETER WITH A CAPACITIVE DISPLACEMENT
 TRANSDUCER DESCRIBED PERMITS INVESTIGATIONS TO BE CONDUCTED ON SMALL
 SPECIMENS OVER A WIDE RANGE OF TEMPERATURES AND PRESSURES. THE RESOLUTION OF
 THE DILATOMETER IS =1 NM.
-Desc-
 HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; EXTENSOMETERS
-Ident-
 HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; EXTENSOMETER; HIGH-SENSITIVITY DILATOMETER;
 CAPACITIVE DISPLACEMENT TRANSDUCER
 Class Codes: A0670M; A0630; A0735; B7230; B7320C
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 71
-A-
 1104989 B83046146
-W-
 HIGH TEMPERATURE AND HIGH PRESSURE PH SENSORS WITH SPUTTERED IRIDIUM OXIDE
 FILMS
 KATSUBE, T.; LAUKS, I.R.; VAN DER SPIEGEL, J.; ZEMEL, J.N.
 DEPT. OF ELECTRONICS, SAITAMA UNIV., URAWA, JAPAN;
 JPN. J. APPL. PHYS. SUPPL. (JAPAN) 469-72 1982
 -CODEN-
 JJPYA5
-ISSN-
 0021-4922
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 14TH CONFERENCE (1982 INTERNATIONAL) ON SOLID STATE
 DEVICES 24-26 AUG. 1982 TOKYO, JAPAN
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (12 Refs)
 SPUTTERED IRIDIUM OXIDE FILMS (SIROF) ARE INVESTIGATED AS PH SENSITIVE
 MEMBRANES TO BE USED IN AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS IN WIDE RANGE OF TEMPERATURE AND
 PRESSURE. THE TEMPERATURE DEPENDENCE OF THE PH RESPONSE OF SIROF IS ALMOST
 EQUAL TO THE NERNSTIAN THEORETICAL VALUE OF .303 KT/Q IN THE TEMPERATURE
 RANGE BETWEEN 0-100 DEGREESC. THE LONG TERM STABILITY OF THE PH RESPONSE AND
 THE INFLUENCE OF VARIOUS ION INTERFERENCES SEEMS TO BE IN AN ACCEPTABLE
 RANGE FOR PRACTICAL USE. SIROF IS ALSO FOUND TO BE STABLE IN HIGH
 TEMPERATURE AND HIGH PRESSURE WATER UP TO 200 DEGREESC AND 4000 PSI. BY
 USING SIROF AS AN ION SENSITIVE MEMBRANE COMBINED WITH A METAL SILICIDE
 COATING AS A BARRIER LAYER, THE ICD (ION CONTROLLED DIODE) IS SHOWN TO BE A
 PROMISING CANDIDATE AS A HIGH TEMPERATURE AND HIGH PRESSURE PH SENSOR.
-Desc-
 SPUTTERED COATINGS; ELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES; PH MEASUREMENT ; IRIDIUM
 COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 SPUTTERED IRO/SUB X/ FILMS; HIGH TEMPERATURE PH SENSOR; HIGH PRESSURE PH
 SENSORS; PH SENSITIVE MEMBRANES; TEMPERATURE DEPENDENCE; LONG TERM
 STABILITY; ION SENSITIVE MEMBRANE; METAL SILICIDE COATING; ION CONTROLLED
 DIODE
 Class Codes: B7320T; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 72
-A-
 1094742 A83078672
-W-
 A RETARDING POTENTIAL ANALYSER FOR ROCKET EXPERIMENTS
 KIROV, B.; GEORGIEVA, K.; APOSTOLOV, T.; GUSHEVA, M.; KUTIEV, I.; CHAPKUNOV,
 S.; SIMEONOVA, YU.
 CENTRAL LAB. FOR SPACE RES., BULGARIAN ACAD. OF SCI. SOFIA, BULGARIA;
 ADV. SPACE RES. (GB) VOL.2, NO.7 89-92 1982
 -CODEN-
 ASRSDW
-ISSN-
 0273-1177
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (4 Refs)
 A RETARDING POTENTIAL ANALYZER IS DESIGNED USING A MICRO-CHANNEL PLATE IN
 FRONT OF THE COLLECTOR AS A FLOW AMPLIFIER, WHICH MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO
 DETECT ION SPECIES WITH VERY LOW CONCENTRATION (<0.5 CM/SUP -3/). A
 TECHNIQUE IS DESCRIBED FOR USING THE MICRO-CHANNEL PLATE AT ABNORMALLY HIGH
 PRESSURE (>0.01 N/M/SUP 2/). THIS ALLOWS THE PRECISE DETERMINATION OF THE
 MASS COMPOSITION OF THE LOW IONOSPHERE. AN ADAPTIVE RETARDING POTENTIAL
 CONSISTING OF 2048 STEPS IS USED TO INCREASE THE SENSITIVITY. THE SENSOR IS
 HERMETICALLY SEALED AND OPENS ON COMMAND.
-Desc-
 ATMOSPHERIC MEASURING APPARATUS; IONOSPHERE
-Ident-
 MICROCHANNEL PLATE DETECTOR; RETARDING POTENTIAL ANALYSER; ROCKET
 EXPERIMENTS; MASS COMPOSITION; LOW IONOSPHERE
 Class Codes: A9385; A9420
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 73
-A-
 1092182 A83075975
-W-
 POLYMER MELT RHEOLOGY WITH A SLIT DIE
 LAUN, H.M.
 KUNSTSTOFFLAB., BASF AKTIENG.LSCHAFT, LUDWIGSHAFEN/RHEIN, GERMANY
 RHEOL. ACTA (GERMANY) VOL.22, NO.2 171-85 MARCH-APRIL 1983
 -CODEN-
 RHEAAK
-ISSN-
 0035-4511
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (18 Refs)
 A PISTON DRIVE HIGH PRESSURE SLIT DIE RHEOMETER WITH THREE PRESSURE HOLES
 ALONG THE DIE AND ONE IN THE BARREL WAS USED TO INVESTIGATE VISCOSITY,
 ENTRANCE AND EXIT PRESSURE LOSSES, AND PRESSURE COEFFICIENT OF VISCOSITY OF
 A LDPE (LOW DENSITY POLYETHYLENE) MELT. HYDROSTATIC CALIBRATION OF MELT
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS CAN BE PERFORMED IN THE RHEOMETER. THE SLIT DIE RESULTS
 ARE COMPARED WITH MEASUREMENTS ON CIRCULAR DIES ASSUMING LINEAR AND
 PARABOLIC PRESSURE PROFILES IN BOTH CASES. A SIMPLIFIED CONVERSION FROM
 APPARENT TO TRUE VISCOSITY, APPLICABLE FOR SINGLE POINT MEASUREMENTS, HAS
 BEEN USED. IN SPITE OF THE DIFFERENT SYMMETRIES THE BAGLEY CORRECTION FROM
 THE LINEAR PRESSURE PROFILE OF CIRCULAR DIES WAS FOUND TO BE EQUAL TO THE
 SUM OF EXIT AND ENHANCE PRESSURE LOSSES IN THE SLIT. THE MAGNITUDE AND SIGN
 OF THE EXIT PRESSURE LOSS DEPEND ON THE TYPE OF PRESSURE PROFILE USED. THE
 INFLUENCE OF A PRESSURE DEPENDENT VISCOSITY AND A TEMPERATURE GRADIENT ALONG
 THE DIE ON THE CURVATURE OF THE PRESSURE PROFILE IS DISCUSSED. TO DIRECTLY
 INVESTIGATE THE EFFECT OF PRESSURE THE PRESSURE LEVEL AT CONSTANT LOW RATE
 WAS INCREASED STEPWISE BY MEANS OF A VALVE ATTACHED TO THE EXIT OF THE SLIT
 DIE.
-Desc-
 RHEOLOGY; POLYMER MELTS
-Ident-
 HYDROSTATIC CALIBRATION; POLYMER MELT RHEOLOGY; LOW DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
 MELT; SLIT DIE RHEOMETER; VISCOSITY; ENTRANCE; PRESSURE LOSSES ; PRESSURE
 COEFFICIENT; VISCOSITY; MELT PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; CIRCULAR DIES ; PRESSURE
 PROFILES; VISCOSITY; PRESSURE LOSSES; PRESSURE DEPENDENT VISCOSITY;
 TEMPERATURE GRADIENT; FLOW RATE
 Class Codes: A4660F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 74
-A-
 1090732 A83074430, B83041055
-W-
 ON THE SENSITIVE AND WIDE FREQUENCY RANGE MEASUREMENT OF PRESSURE
 TANAKA, Y.; MASUDA, M.; SHIMAMOTO, Y.
 DEPT. OF APPL. MECH., OKAYAMA UNIV., OKAYAMA CITY, JAPAN
 BULL. JSME (JAPAN) VOL.26, NO.213 364-71 MARCH 1983
 -CODEN-
 BJSEA8
-ISSN-
 0021-3764
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (10 Refs)
 THE AUTHORS PRESENT ANALYSING METHODS OF THE RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS
 NECESSARY FOR DESIGNING A MINIATURE PRESSURE DETECTOR OF CAPACITANCE TYPE
 AND ELECTRONIC METHODS FOR REALIZING A SENSITIVE AND WIDE-BAND MEASUREMENT
 OF PRESSURE. SEVERAL DETECTORS, A TRANSDUCER AND AN AMPLIFIER ARE PREPARED
 WITH THE OBJECT OF EXAMINING THE ADAPTABILITY AND PRACTICALITY OF THESE
 METHODS. DYNAMIC MEASUREMENT AND STATIC COMPARATIVE TEST BETWEEN THE PRESENT
 DEVICE AND OTHER HIGH-SENSITIVE PRESSURE MEASURING METHODS SHOW THAT THE
 ANALYSIS CAN WELL EXPRESS THE DETECTOR RESPONSE TO PRESSURE AND THAT THE
 PRESENT METHOD ENABLES MEASUREMENTS MORE SENSITIVE THAN THE RESOLUTION OF
 0.002 MMAQ (0.02 PA).
-Desc-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; FREQUENCY RESPONSE; SENSITIVITY
-Ident-
 SENSITIVE MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; WIDE FREQUENCY RANGE
 MEASUREMENT; RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS; MINIATURE PRESSURE DETECTOR;
 CAPACITANCE TYPE; ELECTRONIC METHODS; TRANSDUCER; AMPLIFIER
 Class Codes: A0630; A4780; A0670M; B7320V; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 75
-A-
 1089380 A83064894, B83040861
-W-
 MEASUREMENT OF LOW OXYGEN PRESSURES WITH A SOLID-STATE ELECTROLYTE
 MINIATURISED SENSOR
 GUTIERREZ MONREAL, F.J.; VITTER, G.
 INST. DE ELECTRONICA DE COMUNICACIONES, CSIC, MADRID, SPAIN
 J. PHYS. E (GB) VOL.16, NO.5 361-4 MAY 1983
 -CODEN-
 JPSIAE
-ISSN-
 0022-3735
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 AN ELECTROCHEMICAL GAUGE WITH INTERNAL REFERENCE IS APPLIED FOR MEASURING
 PARTIAL OXYGEN PRESSURES. THIS DEVICE HAS BEEN APPLIED TO MEASURE THE OXYGEN
 COMING FROM THE H/SUB 2/+/SUP 1///SUB 2/O/SUB 2/=H/SUB 2/O REACTION, MADE AT
 LOW OXYGEN PRESSURES DOWN TO 10/SUP -39/ ATMOSPHERES (=10/SUP -34/PA). THE
 RESULTS SHOWED THAT THE ACCURACIES OBTAINED WERE ABOUT 1.5PERCENT BETWEEN
 THE MEASURED VALUES AND THE THEORETICAL ONES. THE SCHEME OF THE GAUGE AND
 ITS METHOD OF CALIBRATION IS ALSOJ PRESENTED, TAKING ACCOUNT OF THE FACT
 THAT THE INTERNAL REFERENCE ALLOWS THE MEASUREMENT OF SUCH LOW OXYGEN
 PRESSURES.
-Desc-
 ELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; CHEMICAL VARIABLES
 MEASUREMENT; OXYGEN
-Ident-
 PARTIAL PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; O/SUB 2/ PRESSURE MEASUREMENT CHEMICAL
 VARIABLES MEASUREMENT; SOLID-STATE ELECTROLYTE MINIATURISED SENSOR ;
 ELECTROCHEMICAL GAUGE; 10/SUP -34/PA; CALIBRATION
 Class Codes: A0670D; A0630; A8280F; A0730; B7230; B7320V; B7320T
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 76
-A-
 1084971 A83070047, C83026476
-W-
 A HIGH-PRESSURE REGULATOR
 ZISMAN, A.N.; KACHINSKII, V.N.
 INST. OF CRYSTALLOGRAPHY, ACAD. OF SCI., MOSCOW, USSR
 PRIB. AND TEKH. EKSP. (USSR) VOL.25, NO.4 232-3 JULY-AUG. 1982
 -CODEN-
 PRTEAJ
-ISSN-
 0032-8162
 Trans in: INSTRUM. AND EXP. TECH. (USA) VOL.25, NO.4, PT.2 1036-7 JULY-AUG.
 1982
 -CODEN-
 INETAK
-ISSN-
 0020-4412
 USCCC Code: 0020-4412/82/2504-1036$01.50
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 IN INVESTIGATIONS OF PHASE TRANSITIONS IT BECOMES NECESSARY TO KEEP
 THERMODYNAMIC PARAMETERS CONSTANT WITH A HIGH DEGREE OF ACCURACY. A PRESSURE
 REGULATOR WHICH USES AN AUXILIARY THERMOCOMPRESSOR AND A MANGANIN PRESSURE
 TRANSDUCER IS DESCRIBED. THE SHORT-TIME PRESSURE STABILITY IS 0.01 BAR WHILE
 THE LONG-TIME STABILITY (OF THE ORDER OF DAYS) REACHES 0.1 BAR. THE
 REGULATOR CAN BE USED IN HIGH-PRESSURE APPARATUS WITH OPERATING PRESSURES OF
 UP TO 10-20 KBAR
-Desc-
 PHASE TRANSFORMATIONS; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; CONTROLLERS ; PRESSURE
 CONTROL
-Ident-
 HIGH-PRESSURE REGULATOR; PHASE TRANSITIONS; THERMOCOMPRESSOR ; MANGANIN
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER; 10-20 KBAR
 Class Codes: A067?T; A0735; C3220; C3120R
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 77
-A-
 1076729 A83065570
-W-
 NUCLEAR REACTOR MEASUREMENTS AT UP TO 550 DEGREESC
 GOODINGS, A.
 CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION DIV., AEE WINFRITH, DORCHESTER, ENG.
 COLLOQUIUM ON 'HIGH TEMPERATURE ELECTRONICS' 6/1-4 1983
 23 MARCH 1983 LONDON, ENG.
 Publ: IEE, LONDON, ENG.
 40 pp.
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (8 Refs)
 THE REGION OF INTEREST COMPRISES THE MODERATOR, FUEL AND ITS ASSOCIATED
 COOLANT CHANNELS. DETAILS VARY WITH THE REACTOR TYPE AND TEMPERATURES MAY
 VARY FROM A FEW TENS OF DEGREES CENTIGRADE (NEAR BIOLOGICAL SHIELDING) TO OF
 ORDER 1000 DEGREESC (WITHIN THE FUEL). COOLANT OUTLET TEMPERATURES IN POWER
 PRODUCING REACTORS LIE BETWEEN ABOUT 300 DEGREESC IN WATER SYSTEMS AND 550
 DEGREESC IN THE ADVANCED GAS-COOLED REACTOR AND IN SODIUM-COOLED REACTORS.
 THE LOCAL ATMOSPHERE IS COOLANT A HIGH PRESSURE AND SENSORS MUST ALSO BE
 ABLE TO SURVIVE A RADIATION ENVIRONEMNT OF FAST AND THERMAL NEUTRONS PLUS A
 CONCOMITANT GAMMA FLUX. IN SOME CASES THE LATTER CAN DEPOSIT ENERGY AT A
 RATE OF ORDER 1 W.G./SUP ?1/ AND MAY LEAD TO SUBSTANTIAL TEMPERATURE RISES
 ABOVE LOCAL AMBIENT. IT IS FOR THIS REASON THAT 550 DEGREES C TECHNOLOGY IS
 SOMETIMES REQUIRED IN SYSTEMS WITH AN APPARENT TEMPERATURE LIMIT OF ORDER
 300 DEGREESC. NEUTRON FLEX MEASUREMENTS ARE USUALLY REQUIRED FOR CONTROL
 PURPOSES AND IT IS OFTEN NECESSARY TO FOLLOW A WORKING RANGE OF ABOUT 9
 DECADES FROM SHUTDOWN TO FULL POWER. THIS IS NECESSARY FOR OPERATIONAL
 REASONS BUT CAN BE DIFFICULT WITH A SINGLE TYPE OF SENSOR, PARTICULARLY
 SINCE REACTOR DESIGNS OFTEN IMPOSE LIMITS ON POSSIBLE SENSOR LOCATIONS.
-Desc-
 FISSION REACTOR CORE CONTROL AND MONITORING; NEUTRON FLUX; HIGH-TEMPERATURE
 TECHNIQUES; NUCLEAR REACTOR INSTRUMENTATION
-Ident-
 FISSION REACTOR FUEL; NA-COOLED REACTORS; NEUTRON FLUX MEASUREMENT; NUCLEAR
 REACTOR INSTRUMENTATION; MODERATOR; COOLANT CHANNELS; POWER PRODUCING
 REACTORS; WATER SYSTEMS; ADVANCED GAS-COOLED REACTOR; SENSORS; SENSOR
 LOCATIONS
 Class Codes: A2843H; A2843D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 78
-A-
 1053961 A83054024
-W-
 ATTENUATION AND PHASES VELOCITY SPECTRA IN SEDIMENTARY ROCKS UNDER HIGH
 PRESSURE
 WINKLER, K.W.
 SCHLUMBERGER-DOLL RES., RIDGEFIELD, CT, USA
 MCAVOY, B.R. (Editors)
 Sponsor: IEEE; ANDERSEN LAB. INC.; CRYSTAL TECHNOL. INC.; PANAMETRICS, INC.
 ET AL
 1982 ULTRASONICS SYMPOSIUM PROCEEDINGS 1054-8 VOL.2 1982
 27-29 OCT. 1982 SAN DIEGO, CA, USA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 2 VOL. 1090 pp.
 USCCC Code: 0090-5607/82/0000-1054$00.75
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (19 Refs)
 AN ULTRASONIC BUFFER REFLECTION TECHNIQUE HAS BEEN MODIFIED FOR STUDIES ON
 POROUS ROCKS UNDER SIMULATED HIGH PRESSURE CONDITIONS. BROADBAND PULSES
 REFLECTED OFF BOTH FRONT AND BACK FACES OF A SAMPLE ARE PROCESSED TO YIELD
 PHASE VELOCITY AND ATTENUATION AS A FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY. DIFFRACTION
 EFFECTS ARE REMOVED BY USING STANDARD CORRECTIONS BASED ON A PISTON RADIATOR
 TRANSDUCER MODELS EXTERNAL CONFINING PRESSURE AND INTERNAL PORE FLUID
 PRESSURE ARE INDEPENDENTLY CONTROLLED TO PRESSURES OF 70 MPA (10000 PSI).
 DATA ARE PRESENTED SHOWING HOW BOTH VELOCITY DISPERSION AND FREQUENCY
 DEPENDENT ATTENUATION VARY WITH PRESSURE AND SATURATION.
-Desc-
 ROCKS; HIGH-PRESSURE EFFECTS IN SOLIDS; ULTRASONIC VELOCITY ULTRASONIC
 DISPERSION; POROUS MATERIALS
-Ident-
 ATTENUATION SPECTRA; BROADBAND PULSES; DIFFRACTION EFFECTS; EXTERNAL
 CONFINING PRESSURE; PHASE VELOCITY SPECTRA; SEDIMENTARY ROCKS; ULTRASONIC
 BUFFER REFLECTION TECHNIQUE; CTN].U*hPROCKS; HIGH PRESSURE CONDITIONS;
 PISTON RADIATOR TRANSDUCER MODEL; INTERNAL PORE FLUID PRESSURE VELOCITY
 DISPERSION; FREQUENCY DEPENDENT ATTENUATION; SATURATION
 Class Codes: A9160; A6265
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 79
-A-
 1044606 A83042344, B83027109
-W-
 A MULTICOMPONENT BALANCE CONSISTING OF PIEZO FORCE ELEMENTS FOR A
 HIGH-PRESSURE WINDTUNNEL
 SCHEWE, G.
 DFVLR-AVA GOTTINGEN, GOTTINGEN, GERMANY
 TECH. MESS. TM (GERMANY) VOL.49, NO.12 447-52 DEC. 1982
 -CODEN-
 TMAMDS
-ISSN-
 0171-8096
 }i Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS; PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN (8 Refs)
 THE MAIN AIM IN DEVELOPING A MULTICOMPONENT BALANCE WAS TO GAIN THE ABILITY
 TO MEASURE STATIC AND DYNAMIC FORCES IN A WINDTUNNEL WHICH CAN BE
 PRESSURIZED UP TO 100 BAR. THE BALANCE CONSISTS OF PRESSURE-SEALED
 3-COMPONENT PIEZO FORCE ELEMENTS (KISTLER, TYPE 9067), WHICH WERE MODIFIED
 FOR OPERATION AT PRESSURES UP TO 100 BAR. BASED ON THE RIGIDITY OF THE FORCE
 MEASURING ELEMENTS AND THE CAPABILITY OF MULTICOMPONENT MEASUREMENT WITH ONE
 LOAD WASHER, THE PIEZO BALANCE FEATURES A HIGH NATURAL FREQUENCY AND LOW
 INTERFERENCE, WHICH ARE THE ESSENTIAL ADVANTAGES COMPARED TO STRAIN GAUGE
 BALANCES. AS AN EXAMPLE OF APPLICABILITY THE BALANCE WAS USED TO INVESTIGATE
 THE STEADY AND FLUCTUATING FORCES ACTING ON A CYLINDER IN CROSS FLOW. BY
 MEANS OF THE QUASISTATIC METHOD THE STEADY MEASUREMENTS EXTENDED FROM 0, 8 N
 TO 840 N, WHERE THE MAXIMUM POSSIBLE LOAD IS 10 KN. CONVERSELY THE THRESHOLD
 FOR DYNAMIC MEASUREMENTS IS AS LOW AS 0.01 N. THE PROBLEM OF MEASURING TIME
 FOR QUASISTATIC MEASUREMENTS WILL BE DISCUSSED IN DETAIL.
-Desc-
 FORCE MEASUREMENT; BALANCES; PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS; WIND TUNNELS
-Ident-
 PIEZOELECTRIC FORCE ELEMENTS; STATIC FORCE MEASUREMENT; DYNAMIC FORCE
 MEASUREMENT; MULTICOMPONENT BALANCE; HIGH-PRESSURE WINDTUNNEL ; QUASISTATIC
 MEASUREMENTS
 Class Codes: A4780; A0710; A0670M; B7320G; B2860; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 80
-A-
 1044407 A83040583, B83026873
-W-
 DESIGN PRINCIPLES FOR THROTTLE-TYPE PNEUMATIC TRANSDUCERS FOR LINEAR
 MEASUREMENTS
 PED', E.I.
 IZMER. TEKH. (USSR) VOL.25, NO.2 23-5 FEB. 1982
 -CODEN-
 IZTEAW
-ISSN-
 0021-3349
 Trans in: MEAS. TECH. (USA) VOL.25, NO.2 117-20 FEB. 1982
 -CODEN-
 MSTCAL
-ISSN-
 0543-1972
 USCCC Code: 0543-1972/82/2502-0117$07.50
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (2 Refs)
 HIGH-PRESSURE PNEUMATIC TRANSDUCERS WITH CYLINDRICAL NOZZLES OF THE THROTTLE
 TAPE ARE WIDELY USED FOR LINEAR MEASUREMENT IN ENG.RING. PRINCIPLES FOR THE
 DESIGN OF SUCH A DEVICE ARE DERIVED BASED ON THE EQUALITY OF THE AIR FLOW
 RATES THROUGH THE INPUT NOZZLE AND THE CHANNEL IN THE SENSITIVE ELEMENT
 (MEASURING NOZZLE). A SYSTEM OF EQUATIONS FOR THE STATIC CHARACTERISTIC OF
 THE TRANSDUCER ARE DEDUCED. THE DESIGN OF THE TRANSDUCER ENTAILS CHOOSING
 THE DIAMETERS OF THE INLET AND MEASUREMENT NOZZLES TOGETHER WITH THE SUPPLY
 PRESSURE TO PROVIDE GIVEN METROLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; PNEUMATIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT; NOZZLES; FLOW
 MEASUREMENT
-Ident-
 HIGH PRESSURE THROTTLE TYPE PNEUMATIC TRANSDUCER; CYLINDRICAL NOZZLES;
 LINEAR MEASUREMENT; AIR FLOW RATES; INPUT NOZZLE; MEASURING NOZZLE; STATIC
 CHARACTERISTIC
 Class Codes: A0670M; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 81
-A-
 1011733 A83020846, B83015324
-W-
 MINIATURE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS FOR USE TO 300 DEGREESC
 WILNER, L.B.
 ENDEVCO MOUNTAIN VIEW, CA, USA
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 28TH INTERNATIONAL INSTRUMENTATION SYMPOSIUM 341-50 VOL.1
 1982
 3-6 MAY 1982 LAS VEGAS, NV, USA
 Publ: ISA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, NC, USA
 2 VOL. 1027 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 A FAMILY OF MINIATURE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS IS DESCRIBED WHICH EMPLOYS
 SILICON STRAIN GAGES BONDED WITH SILICON DIOXIDE TO SHAPED SILICON
 DIAPHRAGMS. A VERY HIGH DOPING LEVEL IS USED IN THE STRAIN GAGES, SO THAT
 SENSOR PERFORMANCE IS WELL ASSURED TO THE 30? DEGREESC TEMPERATURE LIMIT.
 THE PERFORMANCE IS COMPARABLE TO ETCH CONTOURED DIFFUSED SENSORS OF THE SAME
 SIZE. THE 300 DEGREESC SERVICE LIMIT IS SET BY AN INTEGRAL TEFLON CABLE AND
 BY ORGANIC RESINS USED IN THE ASSEMBLY.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; STRAIN GAUGES
-Ident-
 300 DEGREES C; SHAPED SI DIAPHRAGM; SI STRAIN GAUGE; MINIATURE PRESSURE
 TRANSDUCERS; INTEGRAL TEFLON CABLE; ORGANIC RESINS
 Class Codes: A0670M; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 82
-A-
 1004879 A83024894
-W-
 RIGHT VENTRICULAR PRESSURE RESPONSE TO +G/SUB Z/ ACCELERATION STRESS
 WHINNERY, J.E.; LAUGHLIN, M.H.
 CLINICAL SCI. DIV., FLIGHT MEDICINE BRANCH, US AIR FORCE SCHOOL OF AEROSPACE
 MEDICINE, BROOKS AFB, TX, USA
 J. APPL. PHYSIOL. (USA) VOL.53, NO.4 908-13 OCT. 1982
 -CODEN-
 JAPYAA
-ISSN-
 0161-7567
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (30 Refs)
 MEASUREMENTS OF RIGHT VENTRICULAR PRESSURE IN MINIATURE SWINE WERE MADE AT
 +G/SUB Z/ LEVELS FROM +1 THROUGH +9 G/SUB Z/. POLYETHYLENE CATHETERS WERE
 CHRONICALLY PLACED IN THE CRANIAL VENA CAVA OF FIVE 2-YR-OLD FEMALE
 MINIATURE SWINE (35-50 KG). THE CATTETERS WERE LARGE ENOUGH TO ALLOW THE
 INTRODUCTION OF A MILLAR PRESSURE TRANSDUCER INTO THE VENOUS SYSTEM FOR
 PLACEMENT IN THE RIGHT HEART. THE ANIMALS WERE FITTED WITH AN ABDOMINAL
 ANTI-G SUIT, RESTRAINED IN A FIBERGLASS COUCH, AND EXPOSED TO THE VARIOUS
 +G/SUB Z/ LEVELS ON A CENTRIFUGE WHILE FULLY CONSCIOUS AND UNANESTHETIZED.
 RIGHT VENTRICULAR PRESSURE AND HEART RATE WERE MEASURED DURING AND FOR 2 MIN
 FOLLOWING 30-S EXPOSURES TO EACH LEVEL OF +G/SUB Z/ STRESS. THE MAXIMUM
 RIGHT VENTRICULAR SYSTOLIC PRESSURE OBSERVED DURING +G/SUB Z/ WAS 200 TORR
 AT +5 G/SUB Z/ WITH THE MAXIMUM DIASTOLIC PRESSURE BEING 88 TORR OBSERVED AT
 +5 G/SUB Z/. MEAN HEART RATES WERE 200-210 BEATS/MIN AT ALL LEVELS OF +G/SUB
 Z/>+3G/SUB Z/ WHEN THE ANIMAL REMAINED STABLE. MEAN MAXIMUM RIGHT
 VENTRICULAR PRESSURES DURING +G/SUB Z/ STRESS WERE OBSERVED TO INCREASED
 THROUGH +5 G/SUB Z/ (85 TORR) AND TO DECREASE AT HIGHER LEVELS OF +G/SUB Z/,
 INDICATING THAT THROUGH +5 G/SUB Z/ THERE IS AT LEAST A PARTIAL COMPENSATION
 DURING ACCELERATION STRESS. DECOMPENSATION IN RESPONSE TO THE STRESS BEGAN
 TO OCCUR DURING ACCELERATION ABOVE +5 G/SUB Z/ WITH ALL ANIMALS
 DECOMPENSATING DURING +9 G/SUB Z/.
-Desc-
 AEROSPACE BIOPHYSICS; CARDIOLOGY; HAEMODYNAMICS
-Ident-
 RIGHT VENTRICULAR PRESSURE RESPONSE; POLYETHYLENE CATHETERS DECOMPENSATION;
 +G/SUB Z/ ACCELERATION STRESS; MINIATURE SWINE; CRANIAL VENA CAVA; MILLAR
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER; VENOUS SYSTEM; ABDOMINAL ANTI-G SUIT ; CENTRIFUGE;
 HEART RATE; MAXIMUM RIGHT VENTRICULAR SYSTOLIC PRESSURE; MAXIMUM DIASTOLIC
 PRESSURE; PARTIAL COMPENSATION
 Class Codes: A8?65; A8745H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 83
-A-
 1001582 A83020865
-W-
 DIAMOND ANVIL PRESSURE CELL AND PRESSURE SENSOR FOR HIGH-TEMPERATURE USE
 (USING YAG: EU/SUP 3+/ FLUORESCENCE SPECTRUM)
 ARASHI, H.; ISHIGAME, M.
 RES. INST. FOR SCI. MEASUREMENTS, TOHOKU UNIV., SENDAI, JAPAN
 JPN. J. APPL. PHYS. PART 1 (JAPAN) VOL.21, NO.11 1647-9 NOV. 1982
 -CODEN-
 JAPNDE
-ISSN-
 0021-4922
 Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS; PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (13 Refs)
 A NEW MODIFICATION OF THE DIAMOND ANVIL PRESSURE CELL WAS MADE FOR
 HIGH-TEMPERATURE AND HIGH-PRESSURE USED AFTER THIS MODIFICATION, A HIGH
 TEMPERATURE OF UP TO 700 DEGREESC COULD BE OBTAINED AT A PRESSURE OF UP TO 7
 GPA. VARIOUS SENSOR MATERIALS FOR PRESSURE MEASUREMENT AT HIGH TEMPERATURES
 WERE ALSO INVESTIGATED. IT WAS FOUND THAT YAG: EU/SUP 3+/ IS A SUITABLE
 CRYSTAL AS A PRESSURE SENSOR AT HIGH TEMPERATURES, AND THE PRESSURE AND
 TEMPERATURE DEPENDENCES OF ITS FLUORESCENCE SPECTRUM WAS MEASURED.
-Desc-
 DIAMOND; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; HIGH-TEMPERATURE TECHNIQUES; YTTRIUM
 COMPOUNDS; GARNETS; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; HIGH-TEMPERATURE TECHNIQUES;
 FLUORESCENCE; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; HIGH-PRESSURE EFFECTS IN SOLIDS;
 NONELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES; EUROPIUM; LUMINESCENCE OF INORGANIC SOLIDS;
 PIEZO-OPTICAL EFFECTS
-Ident-
 FLUORESCENCE; PRESSURE SENSOR; HIGH-TEMPERATURE; DIAMOND ANVIL PRESSURE
 CELL; HIGH-PRESSURE; YAG: EU/SUP 3+/
 Class Codes: A0735; A0720K; A067?D; A7855H; A7820H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 84
-A-
 996074 A83015311, B83010141
-W-
 BLOOD PRESSURE RADIOTELEMETER FOR SMALL ANIMALS
 HARRISON, J.E.
 DEPT. OF PATHOLOGY, NEW YORK MEDICAL COLL., VALHALLA, NY, USA
 POTVIN, A.R.; POTVIN, J.H. (Editors)
 IEEE 1982 FRONTIERS OF ENG.RING IN HEALTH CARE. PROCEEDINGS - FOURTH ANNUAL
 CONFERENCE 606-7 1982
 20-21 DEPT. 1982 PHILADELPHIA, PA, USA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 633 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (2 Refs)
 A MINIATURE CAPACITANCE TYPE BLOOD PRESSURE TRANSDUCER AND RADIOTELEMETER
 HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED FOR CHRONIC BLOOD PRESSURE MEASUREMENT IN THE
 UNRESTRAINED RAT. PROTOTYPES OF THE SYSTEM HAVE BEEN CONSTRUCTED FROM
 ORDINARY MATERIALS IN A TYPICAL ELECTRONIC WORKSHOP. BLOOD PRESSURE IS
 SENSED THROUGH AN INTRA-ARTERIAL CATHETER WHICH MAKES A LIQUID CONNECTION TO
 THE PRESSURE SENTITIVE DIAPHRAGM OF THE TRANSDUCER. THE CAPACITANCE OF THE
 TRANSDUCER AND A COIL FORM A TUNED CIRCUIT IN A SINGLE TRANSISTOR HARTLEY
 OSCILLATOR WHICH PRODUCES A RADIO FREQUENCY THAT IS FREQUENCY MODULATED BY
 THE BLOOD PRESSURE SIGNAL. THE ENTIRE SYSTEM INCLUDING TRANSDUCER AND
 PRESSURE DOME, THE OSCILLATOR AND BATTERY MEASURES 8?MM IN DIAMETER AND 10
 MM IN LENG.ND WEIGHS 1.5 GRAMS.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; TELEMETERING SYSTEMS; BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES AND
 INSTRUMENTS; HAEMODYNAMICS
-Ident-
 BLOOD PRESSURE RADIOTELEMETER; BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTRUMENTATION; SMALL
 ANIMALS; MINIATURE CAPACITANCE TYPE BLOOD PRESSURE TRANSDUCER; CHRONIC BLOOD
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; UNRESTRAINED RAT; INTRA-ARTERIAL CATHETER; PRESSURE
 SENSITIVE DIAPHRAGM; TUNED CIRCUIT; SINGLE TRANSISTOR HARTLEY OSCILLATOR;
 PRESSURE DOME; OSCILLATOR; BATTERY
 Class Codes: A8780; A8745H; B7510?; B7210F; B7320V; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 85
-A-
 995782 A83010833, B83009785
-W-
 ACCURACY STATEMENT FOR A FACILITY USED TO CALIBRATE STATIC PRESSURE
 TRANSDUCERS AND DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS AT HIGH BASE PRESSURE
 SINDT, C.F.; LABRECQUE, J.F.
 Issued by: NAT. BUR. STAND., WASHINGTON, DC, USA;
 JUNE 1982
 39 pp.
-ReptNo-
 NBS-TN-1052 (REVIVED)
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 REPORT
-Lang-
 ENG. (2 Refs)
 A FACILITY HAS BEEN DEVELOPED TO CALIBRATE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS THAT ARE
 USED IN THE NBS GAS MASS FLOW FACILITY. AN AIR DEAD WEIGHT TESTER IS THE
 STANDARD FOR STATIC TRANSDUCERS IN THE RANGE FROM 3.8 TO 4.5 MPA AND FOR THE
 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS IN THE RANGE OF 2.5 KPA TO 50 KPA; A
 CISTERN MANOMETER PROVIDES THE TRANSFER FOR THE STANDARD TO A BASE OPERATING
 PRESSURE OF 41 MPA. THE CALIBRATION OF THE AIR DEAD WEIGHT GAUGE BY
 NBS-WASHINGTON CONTRIBUTES +OR- 65 PPM TO THE UNCERTAINTY OF THE CALIBRATION
 OF THE STATIC PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS. THE CALIBRATION OF THE AIR DEAD WEIGHT
 GAUGE ADDS +OR- 69 PPM TO THE CALIBRATION OF THE CISTERN MANOMETER. THIS,
 PLUS THE UNCERTAINTIES IN THE HIGH PRESSURE CORRECTIONS TO THE CISTERN
 MANOMETER AND THE MEASUREMENT OF THE MERCURY TEMPERATURE, CONTRIBUTES +OR-
 690 PPM TO THE UNCERTAINTY OF THE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
 CALIBRATIONS.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; CALIBRATION; MEASUREMENT STANDARDS; MEASUREMENT
 ERRORS; FLOW MEASUREMENT
-Ident-
 CALIBRATION; MEASUREMENT STANDARDS; FLOW MEASUREMENT; NBS GAS MASS FLOW
 FACILITY; AIR DEAD WEIGHT TESTER; STATIC TRANSDUCERS; 3.8 TO 4.5 MPA;
 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; 2.5 KPA TO 50 KPA; CISTERN MANOMETER;
 BASE OPERATING PRESSURE OF 4.1 MPA
 Class Codes: A0670M; A?620H; A4780; B7230; B7320W; B7130
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 86
-A-
 984476 A83009776
-W-
 RESPIRATORY ASSISTANCE: A REVIEW OF TECHNIQUES, RATIONALE, AND PROBLEMS WITH
 A GLIMPSE AT THE FUTURE
 BUNNELL, J.B.
 BUNNELL LIFE SYSTEMS INC., SALT LAKE CITY, UT, USA
 ANN. BIOMED. ENG.SA) VOL.9, NO.5-6 645-57 1981
 -CODEN-
 ABMECF
-ISSN-
 0090-6964
 SYMPOSIUM ON THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM: ANALYSIS OF FUNCTION AND APPLICATIONS
 21-23 SEPT. 1981 HOUSTON, TX, USA
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (36 Refs)
 THE HISTORY OF RESPIRATORY ASSISTANCE HAS BEEN MARKED BY TREMENDOUS TIME
 LAGS BETWEEN LABORATORY DEVELOPMENTS AND CLINICAL APPLICATION. THE EVENTS OF
 MORE RECENT HISTORY AND THE INTRODUCTION OF RADICALLY NEW TECHNIQUES USING
 MICROPROCESSOR TECHNOLOGY MAY PROVE THAT AN EXPONENTIAL REDUCTION OF THIS
 TIME LAG IS NOW IN PROGRESS. IN THE PAST 50 YEARS A NUMBER OF TECHNIQUES OF
 RESPIRATORY ASSISTANCE HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED AND WIDELY USED BUT ARE NOW BEING
 PHASED OUT OR REJECTED DUE TO THE DISCOVERY OF PRACTICAL, PHYSIOLOGICAL,
 AND/OR PATHOLOGICAL PROBLEMS. THE WIDESPREAD USE OF CONTINUOUS POSITIVE
 AIRWAY PRESSURE (CPAP) AND INTERMITTENT MANDATORY VENTILATION (IMV) HAVE
 DONE MUCH TO DECREASE THESE COMPLICATIONS OF AGGRESSIVE RESPIRATORY THERAPY.
 HOWEVER, MANY PATIENTS CONTINUE TO REQUIRE RELATIVELY HIGH PPRESSURE, HIGH
 O/SUB 2/-CONCENTRATION THERAPY. PROMISE OF BETTER THERAPY FOR THESE PATIENTS
 NOW RESIDES WITH HIGH FREQUENCY VENTILATION. AS IMPROVEMENTS IN SENSOR AND
 TRANSDUCER RELIABILITY ARE REALIZED, TECHNIQUES USED TO MEASURE THE
 MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE LUNGS, THE DISTRIBUTION OF VENTILATION,
 AND VENTILATION PERFUSION RELATIONSHIPS MAY BE AUTOMATED AND INCORPORATED
 INTO RESPIRATORY CONTROL MACHINES THAT WILL REPRESENT SOME FUTURE GENERATION
 OF MECHANICAL VENTILATORS. REALIZATION OF THIS POTENTIAL CANNOT HELP BUT
 DRAMATICALLY IMPROVE THE DELIVERY OF RESPIRATORY ASSISTANCE.
-Desc-
 REVIEWS; PATIENT CARE; PNEUMODYNAMICS; HISTORY
-Ident-
 RESPIRATORY ASSISTANCE; VENTILATION DISTRIBUTION; MEDICAL RATIONALE; MEDICAL
 PROBLEMS; MEDICAL TECHNIQUES; HF VENTILATION; LUNG MECHANICAL
 CHARACTERISTICS; HISTORY; PATHOLOGICAL PROBLEMS; CONTINUOUS POSITIVE AIRWAY
 PRESSURE; INTERMITTENT MANDATORY VENTILATION; VENTILATION-PERFUSION
 RELATIONSHIPS
 Class Codes: A8770G; A8745H; A0130R; A0165
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 87
-A-
 979487 A83001893, B83004799
-W-
 STUDIES ON THE ULTRASONIC VIBRATION PRESS OF POWDER-ON THE VIBRATION PRESS
 WITH A VIBRATION DIE
 TSUJINO, J.; UEOKA, T.; AOKI, S.; ATSUMI, Y.
 FACULTY OF ENGNG., KANAGAWA UNIV., YOKOHAMA, JAPAN
 Sponsor: JAPAN SOC. APPL. PHYS.; SCI. COUNCIL JAPAN
 JPN. J. APPL. PHYS. (JAPAN) VOL.21, SUPPL.21-3 199-201 1982
 -CODEN-
 JJAPA5
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 2ND SYMPOSIUM ON ULTRASONIC ELECTRONICS 7-9 DEC. 1981
 TOKYO, JAPAN
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (4 Refs)
 AN ULTRASONIC VIBRATION PRESS OF HARD METAL (WC-CO ALLOY) POWDER WITH A 20
 KHZ LONGITUDINAL VIBRATION DIE IS STUDIED. THE RESONANCE FREQUENCIES OF
 UPPER AND LOWER PUNCHES USED ARE (1) 27 KHZ AND 20 KHZ, AND (2) 20 KHZ AND
 20 KHZ. THE ULTRASONIC LONGITUDINAL VIBRATION DIE CONSISTS OF A
 RADIAL-LONGITUDINAL VIBRATION DIRECTION CONVERTER AND 8 BOLT-CLAMPED
 LANGEVIN TYPE PZT TRANSDUCERS. THE UPPER AND LOWER COMPACTING PUNCHES ARE
 NOT DRIVEN, AND ONLY THE VIBRATION DIE IS DRIVEN BY A 1 KW POWER AMPLIFIER.
 IT IS SHOWN THAT THE ULTRASONIC VIBRATION OF A COMPACTING DIE IS VERY
 EFFECTIVE TO OBTAIN COMPACTS WITH HIGHER AND MORE UNIFORM DENSITY THAN
 WITHOUT VIBRATION.
-Desc-
 ULTRASONIC EQUIPMENT; DENSIFICATION; POWDER TECHNOLOGY; TUNGSTEN ALLOYS;
 COBALT ALLOYS; CERMETS; POWDER METALLURGY; DENSIFICATION; HIGH-PRESSURE
 TECHNIQUES
-Ident-
 BOLT CLAMPED LANGEVIN TYPE PB (ZR, TI)O/SUB 3/ TRANSDUCERS; ULTRASONIC
 VIBRATION PRESS; POWDER; VIBRATION DIE; WC-CO; RESONANCE FREQUENCIES;
 RADIAL-LONGITUDINAL VIBRATION DIRECTION CONVERTER; COMPACTING PUNCHES
 Class Codes: A4385; A8120N; A8120E; A0735; B7810
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 88
-A-
 978878 B8304075, C83000835
-W-
 A STUDY ON THE CAPACITANCE SENSING ELEMENTS FOR ELECTRONIC D/P TRANSMITTER
 KUBO, A.; WATANABE, Y.; SHIMADA, Y.
 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION DIV. 1, SHIMADZU CORP., KYOTO, JAPAN
 AKASHI, H. (Editors)
 CONTROL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FOR THE PROGRESS OF SOCIETY. PROCEEDINGS OF
 THE EIGHTH TRIENNIAL WORLD CONGRESS OF THE INTERNATIONAL FEDERATION OF
 AUTOMATIC CONTROL 2129-34 VOL.4 1982
 24-28 AUG. 1981 KYOTO, JAPAN
 Publ: PERGAMON, OXFORD, ENG.
 7 VOL. LXXIX+3914 pp. ISBN 0 08 027580 X
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (1 Refs)
 DESCRIBES THE CONSTRUCTIONS AND A STUDY OF BASIC ELEMENTS CONCERNING THE
 SENSING ELEMENTS ON THE ELECTRONIC DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER,
 ORIGINATING IN THE PRINCIPLE OF DIFFERENTIAL CAPACITANCE. TWIN ROOM
 CONSTRUCTION AND SINGLE ROOM CONSTRUCTION OF SENSING ELEMENTS ARE WELL
 KNOWN. THE RESPECTIVE CHARACTERISTICS OF THESE TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION ARE
 MADE CLEAR THROUGH ANALYZING THE TWO SENSING ELEMENTS OF THE RESPECTIVE
 CONSTRUCTIONS. THE FUNDAMENTAL FORMULA CONCERNING THE STRETCHED FLAT
 DIAPHRAGM, WHICH IS USED IN THE TWIN ROOM TYPE, AND THE CHARACTERISTIC OF
 MOVING DEFLECTION V.S. CAPACITANCE ARE DISCUSSED. MOREOVER, THE
 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE THICK FLAT DIAPHRAGM WITH A GROOVE TO BE USED FOR
 HIGH PRESSURE DIFFERENCE MEASUREMENT ARE DESCRIBED.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; ELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 TWIN ROOM CONSTRUCTION; CAPACITANCE SENSING ELEMENTS; ELECTRONIC D/P
 TRANSMITTER; ELECTRONIC DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER; SINGLE ROOM
 CONSTRUCTION; STRETCHED FLAT DIAPHRAGM; PRESSURE DIFFERENCE MEASUREMENT
 Class Codes: B7230; B7320V; C3240D; C3120R
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 89
-A-
 978833 A83000281, B83004021
-W-
 HALL-EFFECT DEVICES AS STRAIN AND PRESSURE SENSORS
 KANDA, Y.; YASUKAWA, A.
 HAMAMATSU UNIV. SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, HAMAMATSU, JAPAN
 SENS. AND ACTUATORS (SWITZERLAND) VOL.2, NO.3 283-96 JULY 1982
 -CODEN-
 SEACDX
 Treatment: THEORETICAL EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (6 Refs)
 IT WAS FOUND THAT THE OFFSET VOLTAGE OF THE HALL-EFFECT DEVICE IS VERY
 SENSITIVE TO MECHANICAL STRAIN WITHOUT APPLICATION OF A MAGNETIC FIELD. THIS
 EFFECT IS CALLED THE KANDA EFFECT. AN EXPLANATORY MODEL OF THE EFFECT IS
 SUGGESTED. IT IS A SQUARE BRIDGE CIRCUIT CONSISTING OF FOUR STRESS-VARIABLE
 RESISTANCES. EACH RESISTANCE IS CONNECTED TO THE MIDDLE POINTS OF THE
 NEIGHBOURING SIDES. THE OUTPUT IS PROPORTIONAL TO THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE
 LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE PIEZORESISTANCE COEFFICIENTS. THE MODEL IS
 CONFIRMED BY THE EXPERIMENTS. AN IC STRAIN SENSOR USING THIS EFFECT IS
 PROPOSED. THE DESIGN ANALYSIS OF SILICON DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE SENSORS USING
 THE KANDA EFFECT IS CONSIDERED FOR SQUARE, RECTANGULAR AND CIRCULAR
 DIAPHRAGMS. THE POTENTIAL DISTRIBUTION RESULTING FROM CONDUCTIVITY
 DISTRIBUTION IS OBTAINED BY THE FINITE-DIFFERENCE METHOD. THE RELAXATION
 METHOD IS USED FOR NUMERICAL CALCULATION. THIS PRESSURE SENSOR IS ATTRACTIVE
 FOR MINIATURE BIOMEDICAL APPLICATIONS.
-Desc-
 HALL EFFECT TRANSDUCERS; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; STRAIN
 GAUGES; DIAPHRAGMS; SILICON; BIOMEDICAL EQUIPMENT
-Ident-
 STRAIN SENSORS; PRESSURE SENSORS; SI DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE SENSOR; OFFSET
 VOLTAGE; HALL-EFFECT DEVICE; MECHANICAL STRAIN; KANDA EFFECT ; SQUARE BRIDGE
 CIRCUIT; STRESS-VARIABLE RESISTANCES; PIEZORESISTANCE COEFFICIENTS; IC
 STRAIN SENSOR; POTENTIAL DISTRIBUTION; CONDUCTIVITY DISTRIBUTION;
 FINITE-DIFFERENCE METHOD; RELAXATION METHOD; MINIATURE BIOMEDICAL
 APPLICATIONS
 Class Codes: A0670D; A0710; A0670M; B7230; B2560F; B7320V; B7510
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 90
-A-
 910218 A82079557, B82043179, C82029594
-W-
 RECENT SEMICONDUCTOR PRESSURE SENSORS
 NISHIHARA, M.; YAMADA, K.; MATSUOKA, Y.
 HITACHI RES. LAB., HITACHI LTD., IBAAKI, JAPAN
 HITACHI REV. (JAPAN) VOL.30, NO.6 285-9 DEC. 1981
 -CODEN-
 HITAAQ
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 SEMICONDUCTOR PRESSURE SENSORS HAVE EXCELLENT CHARACTERISTICS, SUCH AS HIGH
 SENSITIVITY, NO HYSTERESIS, AND SMALL SIZE, TO RECOMMEND THEIR USE IN A WIDE
 RANGE OF AREAS. THE PAPER DESCRIBES SEMICONDUCTOR PRESSURE SENSORS WHICH
 HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED FOR INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTS SUCH AS DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
 TRANSMITTERS, PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS, AND AUTOMOBILE ENG.CONTROL SYSTEMS.
 HIGH ACCURACY AND HIGH SENSITIVITY PRESSURE SENSORS HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED AS A
 RESULT OF DETAILED EXAMINATION OF THE SILICON PIEZORESISTANCE EFFECT. SENSOR
 CHARACTERISTICS INCLUDE NONLINEARITY OF +OR- 0.02 TO +OR- 02? PERCENT AND
 SENSITIVITY OF 20 TO 60 MV/V, WHILE PRESSURE RANGES ARE FROM 1 KPA TO 50
 MPA.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; SILICON; PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 SEMICONDUCTOR PRESSURE SENSORS; DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS;
 AUTOMOBILE ENG.CONTROL SYSTEMS; SILICON PIEZORESISTANCE EFFECT;
 NONLINEARITY; SENSITIVITY; PRESSURE RANGES
 Class Codes: A0670M; B7230; B2860; C3240D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 91
-A-
 910217 A82079556, B82043177
-W-
 CALIBRATING OF PIEZOELECTRIC PRESSURE SENSORS FOR HIGH PRESSURES
 ALTENBURGER, S.; BEYER, G.
 ASMW, FACHABTEILUNG GESETZLICHE METROLOGIE, KARL-MARX-STADT, GERMANY
 FEINGERAETETECHNIK (GERMANY) VOL.30, NO.9 409-11 1981
 -CODEN-
 FGRTA3
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN (9 Refs)
 PIEZOELECTRIC PRESSURE SENSORS FOR HIGH PRESSURES ARE INVESTIGATED. IT IS
 SHOWN THAT IN THE APPLICATION OF THE SENSORS IN FACTORIES, TIME AND COSTS
 CAN BE REDUCED BY EXTRAPOLATION OF THE CHARACTERISTIC CURVE IN THE HIGHER
 PART OF THE APPLICATION RANGE. IT IS EMPHASISED THAT THE FIRST CALIBRATION
 HAS TO BE MADE IN THE WHOLE APPLICATION RANGE.
-Desc-
 PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES;
 CALIBRATION; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES
-Ident-
 HIGH PRESSURE; PIEZOELECTRIC PRESSURE SENSORS; EXTRAPOLATION ;
 CHARACTERISTIC CURVE; CALIBRATION
 Class Codes: A0670M; A0670D; A0620H; B7230; B2860; B7130
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 92
-A-
 909145 B82043714
-W-
 ON THE PROBLEM OF TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION IN DIRECT MEASUREMENT OF
 AERODYNAMIC PRESSURES
 GATZEK, W.
 INST. FUR AEROELASTIK, DFVLR-AVA, GOTTINGEN, GERMANY
 SENSOR '82. TRANSDUCER TECHNOLOGY AND TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT CONFERENCE
 138-57 VOL.1 1982
 12-14 JAN. 1982 ESSEN, GERMANY
 Publ: NETWORK, BUCKINGHAM, ENG.
 3 VOL. (250+235+226) pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN (5 Refs)
 DEALS WITH DIRECT MEASUREMENT OF PRESSURE ON WIND TUNNEL MODELS FOR BOTH
 STEADY AND UNSTEADY CONDITIONS. IN PLACE OF THE USUAL MULTIPLEXER, HIGHLY
 SENSITIVE MINIATURE GAUGES ARE EMPLOYED IN INDIVIDUAL HOLES ON THE MODEL.
 THIS HAS ADVANTAGES FOR DYNAMIC PRESSURE MEASUREMENT, BUT PLACES SEVERE
 DEMANDS OF THE TEMPERATURE STABILITY OF THE TRANSDUCERS IN THE CONSTANTLY
 INCREASING TEMPERATURE OF THE WIND TUNNEL. A TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED
 WHEATSTONE BRIDGE CIRCUIT USED FOR HIGH ACCURACY IS DESCRIBED IN DETAIL.
-Desc-
 WIND TUNNELS; BRIDGE CIRCUITS; COMPENSATION; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; STRAIN
 GAUGES
-Ident-
 STRAIN GAUGE; TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION; DIRECT MEASUREMENT OF AERODYNAMIC
 PRESSURES; WIND TUNNEL MODELS; MINIATURE GAUGES; DYNAMIC PRESSURE
 MEASUREMENT; TEMPERATURE STABILITY; TRANSDUCERS; WHEATSTONE BRIDGE CIRCUIT
 Class Codes: B7620; B7320V; B72?0; B1290
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 93
-A-
 908922 B82043405
-W-
 QUALITY IMPROVEMENTS IN MOULDING BY MEANS OF PRESSURE MEASUREMENT IN THE
 MOULD CAVITY
 VOGELPOHL, R.
 DYNISCO GERATE GMBH, HEILBRONN, GERMANY
 SENSOR '82. TRANSDUCER TECHNOLOGY AND TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT CONFERENCE
 132-7 VOL.1 1982
 12-14 JAN. 1982 ESSEN, GERMANY
 Publ: NETWORK, BUCKINGHAM, ENG.
 3 VOL. (250+235+226) pp.
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 THE ADVANTAGES OF MONITORING THE PRESSURE WITHIN THE CAVITY OF AN INJECTION
 MOULDING MACHINE ARE OUTLINED. THE INSTRUMENTATION DESCRIBED IS BASED ON THE
 USE OF STRAIN GAUGES, MOUNTED EITHER BENEATH THE EJECTOR (INDIRECT METHOD)
 OR WITHIN THE MOULD ITSELF (DIRECT METHOD). THE LATTICE METHOD USES A
 MINIATURE TRANSDUCER IN ORDER TO DIFFERENTIATE BETWEEN CONDITIONS WITHIN THE
 MOULD AND THOSE IN THE VICINITY OF THE SCORE. MEASUREMENT OF HYDRAULIC
 PRESSURE IS MADE FOR COMPARISON, BUT THIS DOES NOT ACCURATELY REFLECT CAVITY
 PRESSURE. INCORPORATION OF THE TRANSDUCER ARRANGEMENT INTO THE OVERALL
 CONTROL SYSTEM IS DESCRIBED, AND THE DETERMINATION OF AN OPTIMAL PRESSURE
 CURVE IS DISCUSSED.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; STRAIN GAUGES; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 MOULDING; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; MOULD CAVITY; MONITORING; INJECTION MOULDING
 MACHINE; STRAIN GAUGES; MINIATURE TRANSDUCER; HYDRAULIC PRESSURE; CAVITY
 PRESSURE; OPTIMAL PRESSURE CURVE
 Class Codes: B7320V; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 94
-A-
 906706 A82077064, B82040812
-W-
 INFLUENCE OF HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE ON THE ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE OF GALLIUM
 ARSENIDE WHISKERS
 VARSHAVA, S.S.; SYDIR, B.I.
 LENIN KOMSOMOL POLYTECH. INST., LVOV, USSR
 FIZ. AND TEKH. POLYPROVODN. (USSR) VOL.15, NO.11 2247-9 NOV. 1981
 -CODEN-
 FTPPA4
 Trans in: SOV. PHYS.-SEMICOND. (USA) VOL.15, NO.11 1303-5 NOV. 1981
 -CODEN-
 SPSEAX
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (15 Refs)
 INVESTIGATIONS OF THE INFLUENCE OF HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE ON GROUP III-V
 SEMICONDUCTORS ARE AN IMPORTANT MEANS FOR DETERMINING THE BAND STRUCTURE AND
 ENERGY SPECTRA, AND FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION ESSENTIAL IN THE FABRICATION
 OF SENSITIVE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS. THE SAMPLES WERE GAAS WHISKER CRYSTALS.
 WHISPERS WERE GROWN BY THE GAS-TRANSPORT REACTIONS IN A QUARTZ AMPOULE. THE
 AUTHORS INVESTIGATED UNDOPED SAMPLES AS WELL AS DOPED WITH CERTAIN
 IMPURITIES EITHER SINGLY (TE, SN, S, MG) OR IN MUTUALLY COMPENSATING PAIRS
 (TE AND ZN, SI AND ZN, S AND ZN); THE RESISTIVITY WAS RHO=0.003-2.5
 OMEGA>CM. THE AUTHORS INVESTIGATE THE HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS OF
 THE RESISTIVITY OF THE VARIOUS SAMPLES.
-Desc-
 GALLIUM ARSENIDE; III-V SEMICONDUCTORS; WHISKERS (CRYSTAL); ELECTRICAL
 CONDUCTIVITY OF CRYSTALLINE SEMICONDUCTORS AND INSULATORS; HIGH-PRESSURE
 EFFECTS IN SOLIDS
-Ident-
 GAAS: TE; GAAS: SN; GAAS: S; GAAS: MG; GAAS: TE, ZN; GAAS: SI, ZN GAAS: S,
 ZN; HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE; ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE; III-V SEMICONDUCTORS; GAAS
 WHISKER CRYSTALS; GAS-TRANSPORT REACTIONS
 Class Codes: A7220F; A7280E; A6250; A6870; B2520D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 95
-A-
 895816 A82073295
-W-
 MYOCARDIAL MECHANICS IN EXPERIMENTALLY SIMULATED MITRAL VALVE INSUFFICIENCY
 YASHA KRESH, J.; BROCKMAN, S.K.; BEKOE, S.; AKROUT, J.; KATZ, P.A.
 DIV. OF CARDIOTHORACIC SURGERY, JEFFERSON MEDICAL COLL., PHILADELPHIA, PA,
 USA
 HANSEN, E.W. (Editors)
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE TENTH ANNUAL NORTHEAST BIOENG.RING CONFERENCE 327-32
 1982
 15-16 MARCH 1982 HANOVER, NH, USA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 XI+356 pp.
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 THIS STUDY WAS DESIGNED TO CHARACTERIZE BOTH REGIONAL AND GLOBAL CARDIAC
 MECHANICS IN EXPERIMENTALLY SIMULATED MITRAL VALVE INSUFFICIENCY. MITRAL
 VALVE INSUFFICIENCY WAS MODELED BY MEANS OF A VENTRICULO-ATRIAL SHUNT
 COMMUNICATING BETWEEN THE APEX OF THE LEFT VENTRICLE AND LEFT ATRIAL
 APPENDAGE. INSTANTANEOUS LEFT-VENTRICULAR ENDOCARDIAL MINOR-AXIS DIAMETER,
 EQUATORIAL WALL-THICKNESS, AND REGIONAL VENTRICULAR SEGMENT-LENG.ERE
 MEASURED WITH IMPLANTED MINIATURE ULTRASONIC DIMENSION TRANSDUCERS. LEFT
 VENTRICULAR PRESSURE, AORTIC PRESSURE, AORTIC FLOW, AND SHUNT (REGURGITANT)
 FLOW WERE ALSO MEASURED. IN ADDITION, LEFT VENTRICULAR CIRCUMFERENTIAL WALL
 STRESS WAS COMPUTED. THE RESULTS INDICATE THAT THE MECHANISM OF 'MYOCARDIAL
 UNLOADING' AND LEFT VENTRICULAR 'VOLUME OVERLOAD' RESULTING IN ENHANCED
 CARDIODYNAMIC FUNCTION MUST BE TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION WHEN EVALUATING MVI
 AND THE EXPECTED OUTCOME OF MITRAL VALVE REPLACEMENT. ANALYSIS OF MVI IS
 BEST CHARACTERIZED WITHIN A CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK ESTABLISHED BY LV-PRESSURE
 (STRESS)-DIMENSION RELATIONS.
-Desc-
 CARDIOLOGY; HAEMODYNAMICS
-Ident-
 MYOCARDIAL MECHANICS; LEFT VENTRICULAR PRESSURE; REGIONAL CARDIAC MECHANICS;
 END-SYSTOLIC PRESSURE-DIMENSION RELATIONS; REGURGITANT FLOW; EXPERIMENTALLY
 SIMULATED MITRAL VALVE INSUFFICIENCY; GLOBAL CARDIAC MECHANICS;
 VENTRICULO-ATRIAL SHUNT; AORTIC PRESSURE; AORTIC FLOW
 Class Codes: A8745H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 96
-A-
 891960 A82069141, B82038144
-W-
 DYNAMIC WEIGHT DETECTOR FOR MILLIGRAM PARTICLES
 MULDER, B.J.
 PHILIPS' RES. LABS., EINDHOVEN, NETHERLANDS
 J. PHYS. E (GB) VOL.15, NO.5 501-3 MAY 1982
 -CODEN-
 JPSIAE
 Treatment: APPLIC
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (2 Refs)
 STARTING WITH A PIEZOELECTRIC PICK-UP ELEMENT FOR RECORD PLAYING A WEIGHT
 DETECTOR WAS CONSTRUCTED FOR PARTICLE WITH WEIGHTS IN THE 0>1-20 MG RANGE.
 THE DETECTOR HAS A LINEAR RESPONSE, A SENSITIVITY OF AT LEAST 10 MUG AND CAN
 WEIGH PARTICLES AT A RATE OF AT LEAST 10 S/SUP -1/. THE DETECTOR CAN BE USED
 FOR WEIGHING AND SELECTING, FOR INSTANCE, METAL HALIDE SPHERULES FOR THE
 FABRICATION OF HIGH-PRESSURE DISCHARGE LAMPS.
-Desc-
 BALANCES; PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 0.1 TO 20 MG; PIEZOELECTRIC PICK-UP ELEMENT; WEIGHT DETECTOR ; METAL HALIDE
 SPHERULES; HIGH-PRESSURE DISCHARGE LAMPS
 Class Codes: A0630E; B7320M; B2860
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 97
-A-
 891290 A82064599, B82038955
-W-
 MEASUREMENTS OF PRESSURE WAVE SPREADING IN HIGH-PRESSURE REACTORS
 CORVIN, P.
 BATTELLE-INST. EV, FRANKFURT, GERMANY
 SENSOR '82. TRANSDUCER TECHNOLOGY AND TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT CONFERENCE
 187-92 VOL.3 1982
 12-14 JAN. 1982 ESSEN, GERMANY
 Publ: NETWORK, BUCKINGHAM, ENG.
 3 VOL. (250+235+226) pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 DISCUSSES METHODS FOR DETERMINING THE VIBRATION CHARACTERISTICS OF NUCLEAR
 REACTOR STRUCTURES FROM THE POINT OF VIEW OF THEIR SAFETY IN EARTHQUAKES.
 THE INDEVCO 5241 ACCELEROMETER WAS FOUND SUITABLE FOR 95PERCENT OF THE SITES
 NEEDED FOR MEASURING THE VIBRATION CHARACTERISTICS.
-Desc-
 NUCLEAR REACTOR INSTRUMENTATION; EARTHQUAKES; VIBRATION MEASUREMENT;
 ACCELEROMETERS; FISSION REACTOR SAFETY
-Ident-
 PRESSURE WAVES MEASUREMENT; VIBRATION MEASUREMENT; FISSION REACTOR SAFETY;
 HIGH-PRESSURE REACTORS; VIBRATION CHARACTERISTICS; NUCLEAR REACTOR; SAFETY;
 EARTHQUAKES; ENDEVCO 5241 ACCELEROMETER
 Class Codes: A2843H; A0710; A2844; B8220B; B7320Z; B0160
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 98
-A-
 890426 B82037943
-W-
 FAST PRESSURE GAUGE FOR HOT AND CORROSIVE GASES
 ZAENG.T.; LENS, G.A.
 PHILIPS GMBH FORSCHUNGSLAB. AACHEN, AACHEN, GERMANY
 PHILIPS TECH. REV. (NETHERLAND) VOL.39, NO.12 344-5 1980
 -CODEN-
 PTREAN
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENTS AT HIGH TEMPERATURES IN A CORROSIVE MEDIUM, AS IN
 HIGH-PRESSURE GAS DISCHARGE LAMPS, PLACE EXACTING REQUIREMENTS ON THE
 PRESSURE SENSORS. BY COMBINING A SILICA-GLASS MECHANICAL SENSOR, AN
 OPTO-ELECTRONIC CONVERSION OF ITS DEFORMATION AND A PRESSURE-COMPENSATION
 CONTROL A PRESSURE GAUGE HAS BEEN OBTAINED THAT CAN BE USED AT TEMPERATURES
 UP TO 1200K AND CAN MEASURE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURES UP TO ABOUT +OR- 30 KPA
 WITH A REPRODUCIBILITY OF 100 PA.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; DISCHARGE LAMPS; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 HOT GASES; FAST PRESSURE GAUGE; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; CORROSIVE GASES; GAS
 DISCHARGE LAMPS; PRESSURE SENSORS; SILICA-GLASS MECHANICAL SENSOR;
 OPTO-ELECTRONIC CONVERSION; PRESSURE-COMPENSATION CONTROL; 1200
 Class Codes: B7230; B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 99
-A-
 877887 B82033942, C82021408
-W-
 MINIATURE SILICON CAPACITANCE ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
 BEHR, M.E.; BAUER, C.F.; GIACHINO, J.M.
 Sponsor: IMECHE; IEE
 THIRD INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS 255-60 1981
 20-23 OCT. 1981 LONDON, ENG.
 Publ: MECH. ENG.BLICATIONS, LONDON ENG.
 354 pp. ISBN 0 85298 477 4
 Treatment: APPLIC
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 A MINIATURE SILICON CAPACITANCE ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR IS DISCUSSED IN
 DETAIL. THE CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURE OF THESE SENSORS IS DESCRIBED. THE
 CAPACITANCE, THERMAL COEFFICIENT OF CAPACITANCE AND SENSITIVITY OF THE
 SENSOR IS EVALUATED IN TERMS OF A SATISFACTORY MODEL BASED ON AVERAGE
 DIAPHRAGM DISPLACEMENT. ADVANTAGES OF CAPACITANCE DEVICES OVER
 PIEZORESISTIVE STRAIN GAUGE PRESSURE DEVICES ARE CONSIDERED.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; ELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES; AUTOMOBILES
-Ident-
 AUTOMOBILES; MINIATURE SILICON CAPACITANCE ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR;
 CAPACITANCE; THERMAL COEFFICIENT OF CAPACITANCE; SENSITIVITY; DIAPHRAGM
 DISPLACEMENT; CAPACITANCE DEVICES; PIEZORESISTIVE STRAIN GAUGE PRESSURE
 DEVICES
 Class Codes: B8520B; B7230; B7320V; ESe40D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 100
-A-
 876582 B82032507
-W-
 SILICON PRESSURE TRANSDUCER TECHNOLOGY FOR AUTOMOTIVE APPLICATIONS
 SWARTZ, E.S.; NEWTON, W.B.; GRAGG, J.E.; DERRINGTON, C.E.
 SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP, MOTOROLA INC., MESA, AZ, USA
 Sponsor: IMECHE; IEE
 THIRD INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS 151-60 1981
 20-23 OCT. 1981 LONDON, ENG.
 Publ: MECH. ENG.BLICATIONS, LONDON, ENG.
 354 pp. ISBN 0 85298 477 4 xD Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL; THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (3 Refs)
 THE PIEZORESISTIVE EFFECT FOUND IN SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIALS OFFERS A HIGHLY
 COST EFFECTIVE APPROACH TO THE SENSING OF PRESSURE IN AUTOMOTIVE
 APPLICATION. RECEnT[DEVELOPMENTS IN THE DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
 USED FOR THESE DEVICES HAVE ELIMINATED MANY OF THE PROBLEMS WHICH HAVE
 TRADITIONALLY BEEN ASSOCIATED WITH PIEZORESISTIVE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS AND
 NOW ALLOW THEM TO BE MANUFACTURED AND TESTED USING THE LOW COST, HIGH VOLUME
 TECHNOLOGY OF THE SEMICONDUCTOR INDUSTRY. THE PAPER DISCUSSES THESE NEW
 DEVELOPMENTS, OUTLINING THE BASIC THEORY BEHIND THE TRANSVERSE VOLTAGE
 STRAIN GAUGE TECHNOLOGY EMPLOYED IN THIS DESIGN, AND DESCRIBES HOW THIS
 DESIGN AFFECTS THE OVERALL PERFORMANCE AND RELIABILITY OF THE DEVICE. THE
 AUTHOR ALSO DESCRIBES THE CUSTOM CHIP CARRIER PACKAGE AND ASSEMBLY
 TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPED FOR THIS DEVICE AND ILLUSTRATES HOW THIS MANUFACTURING
 TECHNOLOGY CONTRIBUTES TO THE PERFORMANCE, RELIABILITY, AND COST OF THIS
 PRODUCT
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS;
 SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNOLOGY; AUTOMOBILES; ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTORS
-Ident-
 SI PRESSURE TRANSDUCER TECHNOLOGY; PIEZORESISTIVE EFFECT; SEMICONDUCTOR
 MATERIALS; PIEZORESISTIVE PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; SEMICONDUCTOR INDUSTRY;
 TRANSVERSE VOLTAGE STRAIN GAUGE TECHNOLOGY; CUSTOM CHIP CARRIER PACKAGE;
 ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGY
 Class Codes: B7230; B7320V; B2860
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 101
-A-
 876551 B82032472
-W-
 BOND STRESS TRANSDUCER DESIGN FOR SOLID PROPELLANT ROCKET MOTORS
 FRANCIS, E.C.; THOMPSON, R.E.
 UNITED TECHNOL. CORP., SUNNYVALE, CA, USA
 J. SPACECR. AND ROCKETS (USA) VOL.18, NO.5 411-17 SEPT.-OCT.1981
 -CODEN-
 JSCRAG
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (8 Refs)
 AN IMPROVED MINIATURE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER HAS BEEN DEVELOPED FOR USE IN
 MEASURING STRESS IN SOLID GRAIN ROCLET MOTORS. THE REQUIREMENTS FOR SURVIVAL
 AND PERFORMANCE ARE SUCH THAT THE SENSOR HAS DIRECT USE AS A GENERAL
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER ESPECIALLY WHERE SMALL SIZE AND HIGH RELIABILITY ARE A
 REQUIREMENT. THE DESIGN WORK AND SOME LONG-TERM PERFORMANCE RESULTS ARE
 PRESENTED. DESIGN OF THIS RELIABLE STRESS TRANSDUCER FOR EMBEDMENT IN A
 SOLID PROPELLANT ROCKET MOTOR HAS UTILIZED FINITE-ELEMENT STRUCTURAL
 ANALYSIS TO REDUCE THE STRESS DISTURBANCE ABOVE THE EXTERNAL TRANSDUCER BODY
 AND TO OPTIMIZE DIAPHRAGM INTERACTION WITH THE NONLINEAR VISCOELASTIC SOLID
 PROPELLANT. MINIMIZING THE INTERACTION BETWEEN SOLID PROPELLANT AND
 TRANSDUCER DIAPHRAGM REQUIRED THAT THE TRANSDUCER BODY AND FLEXURAL
 DIAPHRAGM BE MUCH STIFFER THAN CONVENTIONAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS.
-Desc-
 STRESS MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; ROCKETS
-Ident-
 BOND STRESS TRANSDUCER; SOLID PROPELLANT ROCKET MOTORS MINIATURE PRESSURE
 TRANSDUCER; SOLID GRAIN ROCKET MOTORS; STRESS TRANSDUCER ; FINITE-ELEMENT
 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS; NONLINEAR VISCOELASTIC SOLID PROPELLANT
 Class Codes: B7230; B7320Z; B7610
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 102
-A-
 876547 B82032468
-W-
 PHYSICAL SENSORS USING SAW DEVICES
 FLEMING DIAS, J.
 HEWLETT PACKARD CO., PALO ALTO, CA, USA
 HEWLETT-PACKARD J. (USA) VOL.32, NO.12 18-20 DEC. 1981
 -CODEN-
 HPJOAX
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (3 Refs)
 THE PRINCIPLES OF SURFACE ACOUSTIC WAVE SENSORS ARE EXPLAINED. TEMPERATURE,
 PRESSURE, FORCE AND DISPLACEMENT SENSORS CAN BE BUILT USING SAW DELAY LINES.
 THE CONSTRUCTION OF A FORCE TRANSDUCER IS DESCRIBED AND THE RESULTS OF
 MEASUREMENTS OF ITS CHARACTERISTICS ARE GIVEN. PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS WERE
 ALSO MADE.
-Desc-
 SURFACE ACOUSTIC WAVE DEVICES; PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC SENSING
 DEVICES; FORCE MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; DISPLACEMENT MEASUREMENT;
 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT
-Ident-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; TEMPERATURE SENSORS; SURFACE ACOUSTIC WAVE SENSORS;
 DISPLACEMENT SENSORS; SAW DELAY LINES; CONSTRUCTION; FORCE TRANSDUCER;
 CHARACTERISTICS
 Class Codes: B7230; B2860C; B7320G; B7320V; B7320C; B7320R
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 103
-A-
 859662 A82043039, B82026987
-W-
 APPLICATION OF THE TEXAS QUARTZ SPIRAL GAUGE TO THE MEASUREMENT OF
 INTERACTION SECOND VIRIAL COEFFICIENTS
 BELL, T.N.; DUNLOP, P.J.
 DEPT. OF CHEM., SIMON FRASER UNIV., VANCOUVER, CANADA
 REV. SCI. INSTRUM. (USA) VOL.53, NO.1 83-5 JAN. 1982
 -CODEN-
 RSINAK
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 A PROCEDURE IS DESCRIBED WHICH ENABLES A TEXAS INSTRUMENTS QUARTZ SPIRAL
 GAUGE TO BE CALIBRATED SUFFICIENTLY ACCURATELY SO THAT EXCESS VIRIAL
 COEFFICIENTS CAN BE MEASURED WITH AN ACCURACY OF APPROXIMATELY +OR- 0.3
 CM/SUP 3/.MOL/SUP -1/. THE GAUGE AND A LOSCHMIDT CELL HAVE BEEN USED TO
 MEASURE B/SUP E/ VALUES FOR THE SYSTEM HE-N/SUB 2/, WHICH AGREE WELL WITH
 THE DATA REPORTED IN THE LITERATURE.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; QUARTZ; EQUATIONS OF STATE
-Ident-
 PRESSURE GAUGES; EQUATIONS OF STATE; QUARTZ SPIRAL GAUGE; INTERACTION SECOND
 VIRIAL COEFFICIENTS; LOSCHMIDT CELL B/SUP E/; HE-N/SUB 2/
 Class Codes: A0735; A6430; B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 104
-A-
 859519 B82026842
-W-
 'A MINIATURE PRESSURE SENSOR FOR AUTOMOTIVE APPLICATIONS'
 BEHR, M.
 ISATA 81 PROCEEDINGS. 10TH ANNIVERSARY INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON AUTOMOTIVE
 TECHNOLOGY AND AUTOMATION 69/1-13 VOL.2 1981
 7-11 SEPT. 1981 STOCKHOLM, SWEDEN
 Publ: AUTOMOTIVE AUTOM., CROYDON, SURREY, ENG.
 2 VOL. 1060 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 A MINIATURE SILICON CAPACITANCE ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (SCAP) IS DISCUSSED
 IN DETAIL. THE CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURE OF THESE SENSORS IS DESCRIBED.
 THE CAPACITANCE, THERMAL COEFFICIENT OF CAPACITANCE AND SENSITIVITY OF THE
 SENSOR IS EVALUATED IN TERMS OF A SATISFACTORY MODEL BASED ON AVERAGE
 DIAPHRAGM DISPLACEMENT. ADVANTAGES OF CAPACITANCE DEVICES OVER
 PIEZORESISTIVE STRAIN GAUGE PRESSURE DEVICES ARE CONSIDERED.
-Desc-
 ELECTRIC SENSING DEVICES; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
-Ident-
 MINIATURE PRESSURE SENSOR; MINIATURE SILICON CAPACITANCE ABSOLUTE PRESSURE
 SENSOR; SCAP; MANUFACTURE; CAPACITANCE; THERMAL COEFFICIENT; DIAPHRAGM
 DISPLACEMENT; CAPACITANCE DEVICES
 Class Codes: B7230; B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 105
-A-
 844975 B82022660
-W-
 INSTRUMENTED BEAM STABILITY EVALUATION (AIRBORNE STRESS TRANSDUCER TESTING)
 FRANCIS, E.C.; THOMPSON, R.R.
 CHEM. SYSTEMS DIV., UNITED TECHNOL., SUNNYVALE, CA, USA
 INSTRUMENTATION IN THE AEROSPACE INDUSTRY. VOL.27. ADVANCES IN TEST
 MEASUREMENT. VOL.18. PROCEEDINGS OF THE 27TH INTERNATIONAL INSTRUMENTATION
 SYMPOSIUM 665-7 PART 2 1981
 27-30 APRIL 1981 INDIANAPOLIS, IN, USA
 Publ: ISA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, NC, USA
 2 VOL. 784 pp. ISBN 0 87664 515 5
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (3 Refs)
 THE ACCURATE AND RELIABLE MEASUREMENT OF BOND STRESS IN A SOLID PROPELLANT
 ROCKET MOTOR IS A DIFFICULT TASK BECAUSE THE TRANSDUCERS ARE EMBEDDED IN A
 CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT AND MUST BE ELECTRICALLY STABLE FOR UP TO 10 YEARS. TO
 STUDY THE LONG TERM STABILITY BEHAVIOR OF STRESS TRANSDUCERS, AN
 INSTRUMENTED BEAM TEST UNDER CONSTANT LOAD AND AT VARIOUS TEMPERATURES HAS
 BEEN UNDERTAKEN WHICH EMPLOYS ALL THE COMPONENTS OF A MINIATURE STRESS
 TRANSDUCER, NAMELY THE 15-5 STAINLESS STEEL (WITH SPECIAL METAL
 CONDITIONING) OF THE HOUSING AND DIAPHRAGM, THE SEMICONDUCTOR STRAIN GAGES
 AND THE BRIDGE COMPLETION AND TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION RESISTORS. THE TEST
 RESULTS AND INTERIM CONCLUSIONS OF OVER THREE YEARS OF CONTINUOUS TESTING OF
 INSTRUMENTED BEAMS AT 160 DEGREES, 120 DEGREES, AND 90 DEGREESF ARE
 PRESENTED.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; STRAIN GAUGES; AEROSPACE INSTRUMENTATION; ELECTRONIC
 EQUIPMENT TESTING; ROCKETS; STRESS MEASUREMENT
-Ident-
 160 DEGREES F; 120 DEGREES F; ADHESION; MEASUREMENT OF BOND STRESS; SOLID
 PROPELLANT ROCKET MOTOR; LONG TERM STABILITY; STRESS TRANSDUCERS;
 INSTRUMENTED BEAM TEST; 15-5 STAINLESS STEEL; SEMICONDUCTOR STRAIN GAGES;
 90DEGREES F
 Class Codes: B7630; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 106
-A-
 832468 A82030261, B82017172
-W-
 TUBING SYSTEMS FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF FLUCTUATING PRESSURES IN WIND
 ENGINEERING
 GUMLEY, S.J.
 Issued by: UNIV. OXFORD, ENG.;
 1981
 266 pp.
-ReptNo-
 OUEL-1370/81
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 REPORT
-Lang-
 ENG. (81 Refs)
 THE MEASUREMENT OF SURFACE PRESSURE ON WIND TUNNEL MODELS HAS BEEN STUDIED
 IN DETAIL FOR MANY YEARS. THE APPLICATIONS RANGE FROM SUPERSONIC TURBINE
 BLADES TO LOW SPEED WIND ENG.RING AND VARIOUS FULL SCALE MEASUREMENTS ON
 ENG. AND OTHER ENG.RING STRUCTURES. MEASUREMENTS CAN BE MADE USING
 HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC OR ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC TECHNIQUES EITHER SINGLY OR IN
 COMBINATION. ONE POPULAR METHOD OF PRESSURE MEASUREMENT IS THE PRESSURE
 TRANSDUCER (PIEZO OR CAPACITANCE TYPE) WITH SUITABLE AMPLIFYING AND
 FILTERING ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY. THE PNEUMATIC TUBING SYSTEM CONNECTING MODEL
 SURFACES TO THE PRESSURE SWITCHING DEVICE INTRODUCES AMPLITUDE AND PHASE
 DISTORTIONS IN PRESSURE SIGNALS. ONE OF THE OBJECTS OF THE REPORT IS TO SHOW
 HOW THE DISTORTIONS CAN BE QUANTIFIED, AND HOW TUBING SYSTEMS CAN BE
 DESIGNED TO OVERCOME THE DISTORTION PROBLEM (SO THAT ONE MEASURES THE
 PRESSURE AT THE SURFACE, AND NOT SOME OTHER PRESSURE AS MODIFIED BY AN
 UNKNOWN TRANSFER FUNCTION CAUSED BY THE PRESENCE OF THIS PNEUMATIC TUBING).
-Desc-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; WIND TUNNELS; REVIEWS
-Ident-
 PIEZO TYPE TRANSDUCER; AMPLITUDE DISTORTIONS; SURFACE PRESSURE; WIND TUNNEL
 MODELS; SUPERSONIC TURBINE BLADES; LOW SPEED WIND ENG.RING; ENG.; ENG.RING
 STRUCTURES; PRESSURE TRANSDUCER; CAPACITANCE TYPE; PNEUMATIC TUBING SYSTEM;
 PRESSURE SWITCHING DEVICE; PHASE DISTORTIONS; TRANSFER FUNCTION
 Class Codes: A4780; A0130R; B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 107
-A-
 827126 A82026481, B82014674
-W-
 EFFECT OF PRESSURE ON AVALANCHE BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE OF GALLIUM ANTIMONIDE,
 GALLIUM ARSENIDE AND GALLIUM PHOSPHIDE P-N JUNCTIONS
 MOESCHKE, B.; WLODARSKI, W.
 WARSAW TECH. UNIV., WARSAW, POLAND
 BULL. ACAD. POL. SCI. SER. SCI. TECH. (POLAND) VOL.28, NO.5-6 245-51
 1980
 -CODEN-
 BAPTA9
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (10 Refs)
 ANALYSES THE EFFECT OF HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE ON THE AVALANCHE BREAKDOWN
 VOLTAGE OF GALLIUM ANTIMONIDE, GALLIUM ARSENIDE AND GALLIUM PHOSPHIDE P-N
 JUNCTIONS. UNSYMMETRIC STEP JUNCTION OF PLANAR, CYLINDRICAL AND SPHERICAL
 GEOMETRICAL STRUCTURES ARE CONSIDERED. IT IS SHOWN THAT CONVERSION
 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE JUNCTIONS AS DIRECT PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS ARE LINEAR
 AND THAT SENSITIVITY IS A FUNCTION OF THE SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL, THE DEPTH
 OF METALLURGIC JUNCTION, DOPING AND THE JUNCTION GEOMETRY. PARTICULARLY HIGH
 VALUES OF SENSITIVITY ARE CHARACTERISTIC FOR THE GASB AND GAAS JUNCTIONS.
 THEORETICAL RESULTS WERE COMPARED WITH EXPERIMENTAL VALUES AND GOOD
 AGREEMENT WAS FOUND.
-Desc-
 GALLIUM COMPOUNDS; ANTIMONY COMPOUNDS; HIGH-PRESSURE EFFECTS IN SOLIDS;
 III-V SEMICONDUCTORS; P-N HOMOJUNCTIONS; P-N HOMOJUNCTIONS; III-V
 SEMICONDUCTORS; HIGH-PRESSURE EFFECTS IN SOLIDS; ARSENIC COMPOUNDS; GALLIUM
 COMPOUNDS; GALLIUM COMPOUNDS; PHOSPHORUS COMPOUNDS; III-V SEMICONDUCTORS;
 HIGH-PRESSURE EFFECTS IN SOLIDS; P-N HOMOJUNCTIONS
-Ident-
 GASB JUNCTIONS; GAP JUNCTIONS; HIGH PRESSURE EFFECTS; AVALANCHE BREAKDOWN
 VOLTAGE; HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE; P-N JUNCTIONS; STEP JUNCTIONS
 Class Codes: A7340L; B2530B
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 108
-A-
 813634 B82011991
-W-
 PROBLEMS OF TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION DURING DIRECT MEASUREMENT OF
 AERODYNAMIC PRESSURES
 GATZEK, W.
 DFVLR, AERODYNAMISCHE VERSUCHSANSTALT GOTTINGEN, GOTTINGEN, GERMANY
 ICIASF'81 RECORD. INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS ON INSTRUMENTATION IN AEROSPACE
 SIMULATION FACILITIES 6-16 1981
 30 SEPT. 1981 DAYTON, OH, USA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 300 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 IN DETERMINING STEADY AND UNSTEADY PRESSURE DISTRIBUTIONS OF WIND TUNNEL
 MODELS, DIRECT MEASUREMENT IS USUALLY PREFERRED OVER THE INDIRECT PROCEDURE.
 INSTEAD OF THE PREVIOUSLY USED MULTIPLEXERS, ULTRASONIC MINIATURE PRESSURE
 PICKUPS, ARE INSTALLED IN THE INDIVIDUAL MEASURING DRILLS ELIMINATING THE
 NEED FOR HOSE LINES. THIS PROCEDURE IS ESPECIALLY ADVANTAGEOUS FOR DYNAMIC
 MEASUREMENT OF PRESSURE DISTRIBUTIONS, DEMANDING FROM THE MINIATURE PRESSURE
 PICKUPS CONSIDERABLE TEMPERATURE STABILITY DUE TO CONSTANTLY RISING
 TEMPERATURES OF THE WIND TUNNEL AIR FLOW. A TEMPERATURE-STABILIZED
 WHEATSTONE BRIDGE CIRCUIT, WHICH MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS FOR A HIGH DEGREE OF
 MEASURING PRECISION IS DESCRIBED.
-Desc-
 WIND TUNNELS; COMPENSATION; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCERS;
 BRIDGE CIRCUITS; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCERS; TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION; WIND
 TUNNEL MODELS; ULTRASONIC MINIATURE PRESSURE PICKUPS; DYNAMIC MEASUREMENT OF
 PRESSURE DISTRIBUTIONS; TEMPERATURE STABILITY; WHEATSTONE BRIDGE CIRCUIT
 Class Codes: B7620; B7320V; B7810C; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 109
-A-
 813248 A82016407, B82011479
-W-
 THE MEASUREMENT OF BLAST-PRESSURE FIELDS
 EDWARDS, D.G.; SMITH, R.M.
 MECH. ENG.DEPT., UNIV. OF SURREY, GUILDFORD, ENG.
 ICIASF'81 RECORD. INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS ON INSTRUMENTATION IN AEROSPACE
 SIMULATION FACILITIES 107-12 1981
 30 SEPT. 1981 DAYTON, OH, USA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 300 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 DESCRIBES THE DEVELOPMENT OF BLAST GAUGES FOR USE IN THE NEAR-FIELD. A
 METHOD OF MOUNTING EXISTING PIEZOELECTRIC PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS WHILST
 ISOLATING THE ACTIVE ELEMENTS FROM VIBRATION, HAS BEEN EVOLVED. A MINIATURE
 BLAST GAUGE HAS ALSO BEEN DESIGNED WHICH TAKES ADVANTAGE OF
 MICRO-ELECTRONICS TECHNOLOGY.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; EXPLOSIONS; SHOCK WAVES;
 PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 NEAR FIELD MEASUREMENT; PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCER; SHOCK WAVES; EXPLOSIONS;
 MEASUREMENT OF BLAST-PRESSURE FIELDS; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; MINIATURE BLAST
 GAUGE
 Class Codes: A4780; A4740N; B7230; B7320V; B2860
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 110
-A-
 805839 A82016406
-W-
 INSTRUMENTATION FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF BLAST WAVES ATTENUATED BY WATER
 SHEETS
 WALKER, G.; EAST, R.A.
 DEPT. OF AERONAUTICS. AND ASTRONAUTICS, UNIV. OF SOUTHAMPTON, SOUTHAMPTON,
 ENG.
 ICIASF'81 RECORD. INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS ON INSTRUMENTATION IN AEROSPACE
 SIMULATION FACILITIES 98-106 1981
 30 SEPT. 1981 DAYTON, OH, USA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 300 pp.
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (18 Refs)
 THE REPORTED INVESTIGATION CONCERNS MEASUREMENTS OF BLAST PRESSURE AND FLOW
 STRUCTURE IN THE REGION SURROUNDING THE OPEN END OF A TUBE FROM WHICH A
 SHOCK WAVE EMERGES. MINIATURE BLAST PRESSURE GAUGES ARE USED TO MEASURE
 BLAST STRENG.ND SCHLIEREN PHOTOGRAPHY PROVIDES ADDITIONAL FLOW DETAILS.
 DIGITAL DATA ACQUISITION, PROCESSING AND FILTERING TECHNIQUES ARE DESCRIBED
 WHICH IMPROVE THE DATA QUALITY. THE TECHNIQUES ARE ALSO APPLIED TO THE
 RELATED PROBLEM OF A SHOCK EMERGING BETWEEN WATER SHEET TUBE EXTENSIONS INTO
 THE ATMOSPHERE. RESULTS ARE DESCRIBED WHICH SHOW THAT REDUCTIONS OF SOUND
 PRESSURE LEVEL OF ABOUT 14 DB MAY BE ACHIEVED AT CERTAIN POSITIONS NEAR THE
 TUBE EXIT AS A RESULT OF THE WATER SHEETS.
-Desc-
 FLOW MEASUREMENT; PHOTOGRAPHIC APPLICATIONS; SCHLIEREN SYSTEMS; SHOCK TUBES;
 SHOCK WAVES; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; NOISE ABATEMENT
-Ident-
 MINIATURE BLAST PRESSURE GAUGE; FLOW MEASUREMENT; BLAST ATTENUATION; NOISE
 ABATEMENT; SHOCK WAVES; SHOCK TUBES; MEASUREMENT OF BLAST WAVES;
 MEASUREMENTS OF BLAST PRESSURE; SCHLIEREN PHOTOGRAPHY; DATA ACQUISITION;
 FILTERING; REDUCTIONS OF SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL; WATER SHEETS
 Class Codes: A4780; A4740N; A4280N; A4350; A670J
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 111
-A-
 783702 A82002648
-W-
 THE USE OF MANGANIN GAUGES IN SHOCK REVERBERATION EXPERIMENTS
 ROSENBERG, Z.
 ARMAMENT DEVL AUTHORITY, STATE OF ISRAEL MINISTRY OF DEFENCE, HAIFA, ISRAEL
 J. APPL. PHYS. (USA) VOL.52, NO.6 4000-2 JUNE 1981
 -CODEN-
 JAPIAU
 Treatment: APPLIC; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (9 Refs)
 THE USE OF MANGANIN GAUGES IN SHOCK REVERBERATION EXPERIMENTS IS
 DEMONSTRATED IN THREE EXPERIMENTAL CONFIGURATIONS. IN THE FIRST ONE THE
 AUTHOR DETERMINES THE HUGONIOT CURVE FOR AN EPOXY RESIN, IN THE 0-8.-GPA
 RANGE, BY A SINGLE EXPERIMENT USING COPPER AS ANVIL MATERIAL. IN THE SECOND
 HE MEASURES THE DEGREE OF COMPACTION OF POROUS POLYURETHANE FROM THE
 MAGNITUDE OF THE SECOND SHOCK WAVE IN A REVERBERATION EXPERIMENT. IN THE
 THIRD HE DETERMINES RELEASE STATES OF SHOCKED POLYMETHYLMETHACRYLATE (PMMA).
 THE RESULTS ARE COMPARED TO THOSE OBTAINED BY OTHER TECHNIQUES OR BY THE
 REVERBATION TECHNIQUE WITH QUARTZ TRANSDUCERS.
-Desc-
 DYNAMIC TESTING; COPPER ALLOYS; MANGANESE ALLOYS; NICKEL ALLOYS;
 HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; SHOCK WAVE EFFECTS; POLYMERS; POLYMERS SHOCK WAVE
 EFFECTS; SHOCK WAVE EFFECTS; POLYMERS
-Ident-
 SHOCK REVERBERATION EXPERIMENTS; MANGANIN GAUGE; HUGONIOT CURVE; EPOXY
 RESIN; COMPACTION; POROUS POLYURETHANE; RELEASE STATES; SHOCKED
 POLYMETHYLMETHACRYLATE
 Class Codes: A8170; A0735; A4630R; A6250
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 112
-A-
 765495 A81096215, B81048072
-W-
 RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER FOR 1.4 GPA
 TRANSDUCER TECHNOL. (GB) VOL.3, NO.3 10-13 MARCH 1981
 -CODEN-
 TTECDX
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (11 Refs)
 DISCUSSES THE DEVELOPMENT OF HIGH PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS FOR INDUSTRIAL
 APPLICATIONS, PARTICULAR ATTENTION BEING PAID TO THE SELECTION OF SUITABLE
 MATERIALS FOR THE STRUCTURAL PARTS OF THE TRANSDUCERS AND TO THE PARAMETERS
 AFFECTING THE MAGNITUDE OF THE ELECTRICAL OUTPUT SIGNALS GENERATED BY THE
 RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES. THE ADVANTAGES OF USING NICKEL MARAGING STEELS FOR
 THE STRAIN GAUGES ARE EMPHASIZED.
-Desc-
 ALLOY STEEL; NICKEL ALLOYS; STRAIN GAUGES; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER; 1.4 GPA; MARAGING STEELS; RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGE; NI
 STEEL
 Class Codes: A4630R; A0710; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 113
-A-
 759620 A81084013, B81048049
-W-
 A SENSITIVE AND LINEAR PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
 REHMAN, M.; MURTI, V.G.K.
 ELECTRICAL ENG. DEPT., INDIAN INST. OF TECHNOL., MADRAS, INDIA
 J. PHYS. E (GB) VOL.14, NO 8 988-91 AUG. 1981
 -CODEN-
 JPSIAE
 Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (9 Refs)
 THE PRINCIPLE, CONSTRUCTION AND PRELIMINARY TEST RESULTS OF A NEW CAPACITIVE
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER ARE PRESENTED. THE UNIT CONSTRUCTED MAY BE USED FOR THE
 MEASUREMENT OF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE IN THE MEDIUM AND LOW RANGES. THE
 PRIMARY SENSOR IS A U-TUBE MANOMETER, COMPRISED OF TWO TEFLON TUBES FILLED
 WITH MERCURY. THE TWO TUBES ARE PLACED COAXIALLY THROUGH THE CENTRAL SPACES
 OF TWO CYLINDRICAL CROSS-CAPACITORS BUILT IN THE SAME BASE. DUE TO THE
 SHIELDING EFFECT OF MERCURY IN THE U-TUBE, CHANGES IN THE CAPACITANCE OF THE
 TWO CROSS CAPACITORS OCCUR WHENEVER PRESSURE IS APPLIED. THESE CHANGES IN
 CAPACITANCE ARE MEASURED, EMPLOYING AN INDUCTIVE VOLTAGE DIVIDER (IVD) IN A
 TRANSFORMER BRIDGE SET-UP, IN TERMS OF THE VALUE OF A STANDARD CAPACITOR.
 BESIDES ITS EXTREMELY HIGH SENSITIVITY AND LINEARITY, THE SCHEME IS
 CONSIDERED CAPABLE OF ACHIEVING A HIGH ORDER OF ACCURACY AND APPEARS
 SUITABLE FOR THE CALIBRATION OF OTHER TYPES OF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
 GAUGES.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 LINEAR PRESSURE TRANSDUCER; CAPACITIVE; DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE; U-TUBE
 MANOMETER; MERCURY; INDUCTIVE VOLTAGE DIVIDER; TRANSFORMER BRIDGE;
 SENSITIVITY
 Class Codes: A0670M; B7230; B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 114
-A-
 754352 A81091276
-W-
 SHOCK WAVE VELOCITY MEASUREMENT BY LASER BEAM SHEAR DISPLACEMENT TECHNIQUE
 JAI KI KIM; UNG KIM; SANG SOO LEE
 KOREA ADVANCED INST. OF SCI., SEOUL, KOREA
 NEW PHYS. (KOREAN PHYS. SOC.) VOL.21, NO.1 3-7 MARCH 1981
 -CODEN-
 ?WPYA4
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 KOREAN (9 Refs)
 THE DIAPHGRAM SEPARATING NITROGEN GAS AT HIGH PRESSURE FROM THAT AT LOW
 PRESSURE IS BURST AND A SHOCK WAVE TRAVELLING FORWARD TO THE LOW PRESSURE
 CHAMBER AND THE RAREFACTION WAVE TRAVELLING BACK TO THE HIGH PRESSURE
 CHAMBER ARE GENERATED. IN THIS EXPERIMENT, THE VELOCITIES OF THE SHOCK WAVES
 ARE MEASURED BY TWO DIFFERENT METHODS; USING A PRESSURE TRANSDUCER AND
 EMPLOYING LASER BEAM SHEAR DISPLACEMENT. WHEN A HE-NE LASER BEAM TRAVERSES
 THE WINDOWS ACROSS THE TRAVELLING SHOCK WAVE, IT IS TRANSVERSELY DISPLACED
 BY THE SHOCK PRESSURE INDUCED TILT OF THE WINDOW PLATE, SO THAT THE LASER
 BEAM COVERAGE ON THE DETECTOR APERTURE CHANGES. THIS CHANGE PRODUCES CHANGE
 IN THE OUTPUT OF THE PHOTODIODE. IN THE PRESENT EXPERIMENT, TWO PAIRS OF
 WINDOWS SEPARATED BY 10 CM GIVE TWO SEPARATE PHOTODIODE OUTPUTS, SND FROM
 THE TIME INTERVALS OF TWO VOLTAGE SIGNALS, THE VELOCITY OF THE SHOCK WAVE IS
 DETERMINED. THE RESULTS OBTAINED BY THIS LASER OPTICAL METHOD ACCURATELY
 AGREE WITH THOSE OBTAINED FROM THE METHOD OF USING A PAIR OF PRESSURE
 TRANSDUCERS.
-Desc-
 NITROGEN; SHOCK WAVES; LASER BEAM APPLICATIONS
-Ident-
 LASER BEAM SHEAR DISPLACEMENT; REREFACTION WAVE; PRESSURE TRANSDUCER; N/SUB
 2/; SHOCK WAVE VELOCITY
 Class Codes: A4740N
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 115
-A-
 725766 A8101585
-W-
 HIGH TEMPERATURE, HIGH PRESSURE WATER LEVEL SENSOR
 MILLER, G.N.; ANDERSON, R.L.; ROGERS, S.C.; LYNNWORTH, L.C.; STUDLEY, W.B.;
 WADE, W.R.
 OAK RIDGE NAT. LAB., OAK RIDGE, TN, USA;
 MCAVOY, B.R. (Editors)
 Sponsor: IEEE
 1980 ULTRASONICS SYMPOSIUM PROCEEDINGS 877-81 VOL.2 1980
 5-7 NOV. 1980 BOSTON, MA, USA
 Pub: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 2 VOL. 1089 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (6 Refs)
 A SENSOR WAS DEVELOPED TO MEASURE WATER LEVEL OVER A RANGE OF 750 MM WITH AN
 UNCERTAINTY OF +O- 20 MM AT A TEMPERATURE FROM 20 TO 250 DEGREESC AND
 PRESSURE UP TO 15.2 MPA. THE SENSOR IS TYPE 304, FLATTENED STAINLESS STEEL
 ROD. ITS CROSS SECTION IS 1.6*3.2 MM AND ITS MEASURED TORSIONAL TRANSIT TIME
 IS A FUNCTION OF WATER DENSITY RHO, LEVEL L AND TEMPERATURE T. TO MINIMIZE
 THE INFLUENCE OF T, THE EXTENSIONAL TRANSIT TIME IS ALSO MEASURED IN THE
 SAME SENSOR. TO INTERROGATE THE SENSOR WITH BOTH MODES, JOULE AND WIEDEMANN
 TRANSDUCERS ARE MULTIPLEXED IN AN ALTERNATING SEQUENCE. EXPERIMENTAL
 RESULTS, PROBLEMS AND REMEDIES ARE DISCUSSED.
-Desc-
 LEVEL MEASUREMENT; NUCLEAR REACTOR INSTRUMENTATION
-Ident-
 WATER LEVEL SENSOR; FLATTENED STAINLESS STEEL ROD; TORSIONAL WAVE SENSOR;
 NUCLEAR REACTOR INSTRUMENTATION
 Class Codes: A0630C; A2845E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 116
-A-
 723497 A81069161
-W-
 SAMPLE DEVICE FOR MEASURING THE RELATIVE THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF GASES
 KOTOUSOV, L.S.; MEZRINA, L.A.; POPOV, YU.I.; SOROKINA, N.V.
 V.I. UL'YANOV LENINGRAD ELECTROTECH. INST., LENINGRAD, USSR
 ZH. TEKH. FIZ. (USSR) VOL.50, NO.7 1?92-6 JULY 1980
 -CODEN-
 ZTEFA3
 Trans in: SOV. PHYS.-TECH. PHYS. (USA) VOL.25, NO.7 864-6 JULY 1980
 -CODEN-
 SPTPA3
 Treatment: THEORETICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (9 Refs)
 BY EMPLOYING A THERMAL-CONDUCTIVITY TRANSDUCER (A MINIATURE SEMICONDUCTOR
 THERMISTOR) IN THE WORKING CHANNEL OF A CELL, SYSTEMATIC ERRORS RESULTING
 FROM THE THERMAL EFFECTS OF CONVECTION AND PRESSURE VARIATIONS ARE
 LIMINATED, AND THOSE DUE TO END EFFECTS AND RADIATION ARE SUBSTANTIALLY
 REDUCED. THE METHOD DISCUSSED REQUIRES ONLY ONE OR TWO STANDARD MATERIALS
 AND DOES NOT NECESSITATE AN INVESTIGATION OF THE EFFECTIVE THERMAL
 CONDUCTIVITY AS A FUNCTION OF THE GAS PRESSURE. MEASURED VALUES OF THE
 THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF A NITROGEN-HELIUM MIXTURE AT 296.7K AND 0.4 BAR ARE
 PRESENTED.
-Desc-
 THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF GASES; NITROGEN; HELIUM; THERMAL VARIABLES
 MEASUREMENT
-Ident-
 RELATIVE THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY; GASES; THERMAL-CONDUCTIVITY TRANSDUCER;
 THERMAL EFFECTS
 Class Codes: A5130; A?720
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 117
-A-
 712050 A81061661
-W-
 EFFECT OF HIGH PRESSURE ON THE ELASTIC CONSTANTS OF THE MATERIAL IN THE
 SENSITIVE ELEMENT OF A PRESSURE MEASUREMENT TRANSDUCER
 KOLTAKOV, V.K.; GOLOVENKO, V.S.; OVCHARENKO, S.YA.; ROMASHIN, V.A.
 IZMER. TEKH. (USSR) VOL.23, NO.5 27-8 MAY 1980
 -CODEN-
 IZTEAW
 Trans in: MEAS. TECH. (USA) VOL.23, NO.5 403-4 MAY 1980
 -CODEN-
 MSTCAL
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (8 Refs)
 THE AUTHORS ESTIMATE THE INFLUENCE OF HIGH PRESSURES ON THE ELASTIC
 CONSTANTS OF 35CRMNS A STEEL AND THE INDICATIONS OF A PMT WITH FREQUENCY
 OUTPUT, WHEN THE BODY OF THE TRANSDUCER IS MADE OUT OF THIS TYPE OF STEEL.
 TESTS WERE CARRIED OUT ON TESTPIECES IN A SPECIAL INSTALLATION, WHICH
 ENABLED ONE TO OBTAIN THE DEFORMATION OF TESTPIECES UNDER LOAD WITH THE AID
 OF GLUED-ON STRAIN GAUGES. THE CHANGES IN THE VOLUME OF THE TESTPIECES WERE
 ALSO MEASURED.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; ELASTIC CONSTANTS; HIGH-PRESSURE EFFECTS IN SOLIDS;
 ALLOY STEEL; ELASTIC DEFORMATION; CHROMIUM ALLOYS; MANGANESE ALLOYS; SILICON
 ALLOYS
-Ident-
 ELASTIC CONSTANTS; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT TRANSDUCER; 35CRMNSIA STEEL;
 DEFORMATION; HIGH PRESSURE EFFECT; VOLUME CHANGE
 Class Codes: A8140J; A0670M; A6220D; A8140L; A6250; A6220F; A6250
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 118
-A-
 709306 A81058732, B81030106
-W-
 PIEZORESISTIVE PRESSURE SENSOR WITH SILICON DIAPHRAGM
 BREIMESSER, F.; POPPINGER, M.; SCHWAIER, A.
 SIEMENS AG, ERLANGEN, GERMAN
 SIEMENS FORSCH.- AND ENTWICKLUNGSBER. (GERMANY) VOL.10, NO.2 72-7 1981
 -CODEN-
 SFEBBL
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 THE PHYSICAL PRINCIPLE, STRUCTURE AND FABRICATION PROCESS ARE DESCRIBED AND
 THE INTERRELATIONSHIPS WITH THE PROPERTIES OF THE PRESSURE SENSOR ARE
 DISCUSSED. MEASURED RESULTS ON SPECIMENS OF A FAMILY OF PRESSURE SENSORS
 PRODUCED FOR NOMINAL MEASURING RANGES BETWEEN 0.1 BAR AND 200 BAR AGREE WELL
 WITH THE CALCULATED CHARACTERISTICS. DESIGN EXAMPLES AND FIELDS OF
 APPLICATION IN INDUSTRIAL USE ARE OUTLINED AND THE ADVANTAGES, AS COMPARED
 WITH OTHER METHODS OF PRESSURE MEASUREMENT, ARE POINTED OUT. SOME
 DEVELOPMENT TRENDS FOR THE PRESSURE SENSOR IN SILICON TECHNOLOGY ARE
 MENTIONED.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 0.1 BAR; 200 BAR; SI DIAPHRAGM; PIEZORESISTIVE PRESSURE SENSOR; INDUSTRIAL
 APPLICATIONS
 Class Codes: A0670D; A0735; B7230; B7320V; B2860
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 119
-A-
 682975 A81042445
-W-
 CAVITATION PHENOMENA AND THE OCCURRENCE OF PRESSURE-TENSION CYCLES UNDER
 DYNAMIC STRESSING
 OVERTON, G.D.N.; TREVENA, D.H.
 DEPT. OF PHYS., UNIV. COLL. OF WALES, ABERYSTWYTH, WALES
 J. PHYS. D (GB) VOL.14, NO.2 241-50 14 FEB. 1981
 -CODEN-
 JPAPBE
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (13 Refs)
 TWO DIFFERENT METHODS OF SUBJECTING A LIQUID TO TENSION UNDER DYNAMIC
 CONDITIONS ARE DESCRIBED. IN THE FIRST METHOD A TENSION PULSE IS CREATED AB
 INITIO IN A COLUMN OF WATER AND THE RESULTING PRESSURE-TENSION CYCLES ARE
 MONITORED BY A PRESSURE TRANSDUCER. THESE CYCLIC PRESSURE VARIATIONS HAVE
 BEEN OBSERVED BY EARLIER WORKERS BUT NO ADEQUATE EXPLANATION OF THEIR
 OCCURRENCE HAS BEEN PREVIOUSLY GIVEN; SUCH AN EXPLANATION IS PROPOSED IN THE
 PRESENT PAPER. SECONDLY, A DEVELOPMENT OF THE BULLET-PISTON METHOD USED BY
 COUZENS AND TREVENA (1974) IS DESCRIBED IN WHICH A NEW WAY OF OBTAINING AND
 PRESENTING THE EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS IS REPORTED.
-Desc-
 CAVITATION; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; HIGH-PRESSURE PHENOMENA AND EFFECTS
-Ident-
 DYNAMIC STRESSING; TENSION PULSE; WATER; PRESSURE-TENSION CYCLES; PRESSURE
 TRANSDUCER; CYCLIC PRESSURE VARIATIONS; BULLET-PISTON METHOD CAVITATION
 Class Codes: A6210; A0735; A4755B
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 120
-A-
 681474 A81040788, B81021443, C81013802
-W-
 AUTOMATION TECHNIQUES FOR DETERMINING TEST VALUES AND MEASURANDS IN
 HIGH-PRESSURE CHEMICAL PLANTS (ND 325) (RATED PRESSURE GRADE 325) FOR THE
 EXPORT TO THE SOVIET UNION. II
 JENNES, H.; ORTLEPP, L.
 VEG GERATE UND REGLER-WERKE, TELTOW, GERMANY
 TECH. INF. GRW (GERMANY) VOL.18, NO.3 187-92 1980
 -CODEN-
 TIGRB9
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN (18 Refs)
 FOR PT.I SEE IBID., VOL.18, NO.2, P.97-104, 1980. PRESENTS A DESCRIPTION OF
 THE TECHNICAL DETAILS OF THERMOMETERS AND TEMPERATURE SENSORS TOGETHER WITH
 THEIR PROTECTIVE TUBES AS REQUIRED FOR USE WITH HIGH-PRESSURE CHEMICAL
 REACTORS WORKING AT HIGH TEMPERATURES. MANY SCALED DRAWINGS ARE PROVIDED TO
 ILLUSTRATE AND EXEMPLIFY THE TEXT. THE BASIC RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE
 DDR (GERMAN DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC) I.E. THE TLG'S CORRESPONDING TO THE WEST
 GERMAN DIN'S ARE DISCUSSED IN RELATION TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE RUSSIAN
 REGULATIONS FOR PLANNING, MANUFACTURE, PROOF AND ATTESTATION, AND DELIVERY
 OF SECTIONAL FORMS, FITTINGS AND DEVICE.
-Desc-
 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT; THERMOMETERS; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES
-Ident-
 HIGH-PRESSURE CHEMICAL PLANTS; THERMOMETERS; TEMPERATURE SENSORS; CHEMICAL
 REACTORS
 Class Codes: A0720D; A0735; B7230; B7320R; C3240; C3120N
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 121
-A-
 670217 A81034403
-W-
 EXPERIMENTAL AND NUMERICAL DETERMINATION OF STRESS AND FLOW PATTERNS IN
 LARGE AXIAL COMPRESSION OF ALUMINIUM CYLINDERS
 BROUHA, M.; DE JONG, J.E.; GALENKAMP, H.
 PHILIPS ES. LABS., EINDHOVEN, NETHERLANDS
 VODAR, B.; MARTEAU, P. (Editors)
 Sponsor: EUROPEAN PHYS. SOC.; ET AL.
 HIGH PRESSURE SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY. PROCEEDINGS OF THE VIITH INTERNATIONAL
 AIRAPT CONFERENCE 318-20 1980
 Part I 30 JULY - 3 AUG. 1979 LE CREUSOT, FRANCE
 Publ: PERGAMON, OXFORD, ENG.
 LXII + 590 pp. ISBN 08 024774 1
 Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS; PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (6 Refs)
 A NOVEL EXPERIMENTAL METHOD TO DETERMINE LOCAL HYDROSTATIC STRESSES AND
 DISPLACEMENTS DURING THE COMPRESSION OF ALUMINIUM CYLINDERS IS REPORTED.
 RUBY PARTICLES ARE EMBEDDED IN THE SURFACE OF THE SPECIMEN AND SERVE AT THE
 SAME TIME AS POSITION MARKERS AND PRESSURE SENSORS. THIS SURFACE IS VISIBLE
 DURING DEFORMATION THROUGH PRESTRAINED SAPPHIRE ANVILS OF 25 MM IN DIAMETER.
 THE DISPLACEMENTS OF THE RUBIES AT SUBSEQUENT LOAD TEMPS CHARACTERIZE THE
 FRICTION BEHAVIOUR. TOGETHER WITH THE MEASURED STRESS-STRAIN CURVE THESE
 DISPLACEMENTS WERE USED AS INPUT DATA FOR A COMPUTER CALCULATION WITH THE
 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD. THE CALCULATED AND MEASURED STRESS DISTRIBUTIONS SHOW
 A FAIR CORRESPONDENCE.
-Desc-
 ALUMINIUM; COMPRESSIBILITY; HIGH-PRESSURE EFFECTS IN SOLIDS FRICTION;
 STRESS/STRAIN RELATIONS; PHYSICS COMPUTING; FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
-Ident-
 FLOW PATTERNS; LARGE AXIAL COMPRESSION; LOCAL HYDROSTATIC STRESSES; POSITION
 MARKERS; PRESSURE SENSORS; PRESTRAINED SAPPHIRE ANVILS; FRICTION BEHAVIOUR;
 STRESS-STRAIN CURVE; COMPUTER CALCULATION; FINITE ELEMENT METHOD; STRESS
 DISTRIBUTIONS; AL CYLINDERS; RUBY PARTICLES
 Class Codes: A6220F; A8140L; A6250; A8140P; A6220P
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 122
-A-
 665025 A81028011, B81017365
-W-
 THE PRESSURE CALIBRATION SYSTEM OF BNM
 FIEFFE-PREVOST, P.
 BUR. NAT. DE METROLOGIE, PARIS, FRANCE
 VODAR, B.; MARTEAU, P. (Editors)
 Sponsor: EUROPEAN PHYS. SOC.; ET AL.
 HIGH PRESSURE SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY. PROCEEDINGS OF THE VIITH INTERNATIONAL
 AIRAPT CONFERENCE 223-5 1980
 Part I 30 JULY - 3 AUG. 1979 LE CREUSOT, FRANCE
 Publ: PERGAMON, OXFORD, ENG.
 LXII + 590 pp. ISBN 0 08 024774 1
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (2 Refs)
 THE FIELD OF PRESSURE MEASUREMENT IS VERYPROAD. IT RANGES FROM THE ULTRAHIGH
 VACUUM (P=10/SUP -9/ PA) TO VERY HIGH PRESSURES (P>10/SUP 10/ PA). MOREOVER
 IT IS OFTEN NECESSARY TO CONSIDER THE MEASUREMENT OF THE PRESSURE IN DYNAMIC
 PHENOMENA. THEREFORE THE TRANSFER FUNCTION OF THE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER MUST
 BE KNOWN. THE AUTHORS REVIEW THE BNM CALIBRATION SYSTEM.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; TRANSFER FUNCTIONS; CALIBRATION
-Ident-
 PRESSURE CALIBRATION SYSTEM; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; DYNAMIC PHENOMENA;
 TRANSFER FUNCTION; "SSURE TRANSDUCER
 Class Codes: A?735; A0730D; B7320V; B7230; B7130
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 123
-A-
 658980 A81028008
-W-
 GENERATOR OF TRIANGULAR PRESSURE PULSE UP TO 500 MPA
 WISNIEWSKI, R.; ROSTOCKI, A.J.; BOCK, W.J.
 INST. OF PHYS., WARSAW TECH. UNIV., WARSAW, POLAND
 VODAR, B.; MAREAU, P. (Editors)
 Sponsor: EUROPEAN PHYS. SOC.; ET AL.
 HIGH PRESSURE SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY. PROCEEDINGS OF THE VIITH
 {_INTERNATIONAL AIRAPT CONFERENCE 176-80 1980
 Part I 30 JULY - 3 AUG. 1979 LE CREUSOT, FRANCE
 Publ: PERGAMON, OXFORD, ENG.
 LXII + 590 pp. ISBN 0 08 024774 1
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 THE GENERATOR OF TRIANGULAR PRESSURE PULSE DEVELOPED BY THE AUTHORS SUITABLE
 FOR TESTING OF ELECTRICAL HIGH SPEED PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS IS DESCRIBED. SOLE
 APPLICATIONS ARE ADDED.
-Desc-
 HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; PULSE GENERATORS
-Ident-
 500 MPA; ELECTRICAL HIGH SPEED PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; APPLICATIONS;
 TRIANGULAR PRESSURE PULSE GENERATOR
 Class Codes: A0735
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 124
-A-
 655791 A81024629
-W-
 METROLOGICAL PROVISIONS FOR HYDROPHYSICAL MEASUREMENTS (WIDEBAND
 HYDROPHONES)
 BELASHCHENKO, G.I.; KABUROV, I.S.; MASLOV, V.K.; TROKHAN, A.M.
 IZMER. TEKH. (USSR) 51-2 FEB. 1980
 -CODEN-
 IZTEAW
 Trans in: MEAS. TECH. (USA) VOL.23, NO.2 166-8 FEB. 1980
 -CODEN-
 ?STCAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (11 Refs)
 ONE OF THE PRESSING TASKS OF APPLIED HYDROACOUSTICS CONSISTS OF LOWERING THE
 DETECTION THRESHOLD IN MEASURING HYDROACOUSTICAL SIGNALS WITH NONDIRECTIONAL
 WIDEBAND HYDROPHONES. THE ANALYSIS CARRIED OUT HAS SHOWN THE ADVISABILITY OF
 USING THIN-WALLED CYLINDRICAL PIEZOELECTRIC ELEMENTS POLARIZED TANGENTIALLY
 FOR THE PURPOSE OF RAISING THE SYSTEM SENSITIVITY. AT THE SAME TIME
 MINIATURE LOW-NOISE PREAMPLIFIERS WITH FETS WERE PRODUCED AND STRUCTURALLY
 INCORPORATED IN TRANSDUCERS. IN DETERMINING THE TRANSDUCER SIZES A COMBINED
 APPROACH WAS DEVELOPED FOR MEETING THE VARIOUS REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED OR THE
 HYDROPHONES (A WIDE FREQUENCY RANGE, MAXIMUM STABILITY WITH TIME, MINIMUM
 LEVEL OF EQUIVALENT NOISE PRESSURE, AND A MINIMAL VARIATION OF PARAMETERS
 WITH TEMPERATURE AND DEPTH). A THEORETICAL ANALYSIS OF THE DIRECTIONAL
 CHARACTERISTICS OF CYLINDRICAL TRANSDUCERS IN THE PLANE COINCIDING WITH
 THEIR AXIS SERVED TO SOLVE THE PROBLEM OF ELECTING AN OPTIMUM RATIO OF THE
 CYLINDER HEIGHT TO ITS DIAMETER FOR WHICH THE DIRECTIONAL NONUNIFORMITY IS
 MINIMAL. AS A RESULT OF THIS NOMOGRAMS WERE PLOTTED FOR FINDING THE REQUIRED
 ULTRASONIC-HYDROPHONE HEIGHT FOR A GIVEN DIAMETER AND DETERMINING THE UPPER
 FREQUENCY OF THE WORKING RANGE. A DETAILED EXAMINATION WAS CARRIED OUT WITH
 RESPECT TO THE SHAPE AND QUANTITY OF ELECTRODES INTENDED FOR TANGENTIAL
 POLARIZATION, THUS ENSURING MAXIMUM SENSITIVITY FOR A MINIMUM INTERNAL NOISE
 OF HYDROPHONES. EXTENSIVE INVESTIGATIONS WERE CARRIED OUT REGARDING THE
 CHARACTERISTIC OF COMPOUNDS USED FOR PROTECTING HYDROPHONES FROM THE EFFECT
 OF AMBIENT CORROSIVE MEDIA.
-Desc-
 HYDROPHONES; UNDERWATER SOUND; PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 HYDROACOUSTICS; DETECTION THRESHOLD; EQUIVALENT NOISE PRESSURE; CYLINDER
 EIGHT; NOMOGRAMS; MINIMUM INTERNAL NOISE; LOW NOISE PREAMPLIFIERS;
 UNDERWATER SOUND; TANGENTIAL POLARISATION; NONDIRECTIONAL WIDEBAND
 HYDROPHONES; CYLINDRICAL PIEZOELECTRIC ELEMENTS
 Class Codes: A4385; A4330; A4388
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 125
-A-
 649838 A81021810, B81013287
-W-
 A NEW MEMBRANE-TYPE PH SENSOR FOR USE IN HIGH TEMPERATURE-HIGH PRESSURE
 WATER
 NIEDRACH, L.W.
 RES. AND DEV. CENTER, GENERAL ELECTRIC CO., SCHENECTADY, NY, USA
 J. ELECTROCHEM. SOC. (USA) VOL.127, NO.10 2122-30 OCT. 1980
 -CODEN-
 JESOAN
 Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS; PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (28 Refs)
 THE NEW SENSOR PROVIDES FOR THE DIRECT MEASUREMENT OF THE PH OF GEOTHERMAL
 BRINES, WATER IN NUCLEAR REACTORS, AND OTHER HIGH TEMPERATURE SOLUTIONS. THE
 HEART OF THE UNIT IS AN OXYGEN ION CONDUCTING CERAMIC THAT SERVES AS THE
 MEMBRANE IN A STRUCTURE SOMEWHAT AKIN TO THAT OF THE CONVENTIONAL GLASS
 ELECTRODE. YTTRIA STABILIZED ZIRCONIAS WITH BOTH AQUEOUS INTERNAL JUNCTIONS
 AND DRY, METAL-METAL OXIDE INTERNAL JUNCTIONS WERE EMPLOYED. TEST UNITS WERE
 RUN CONTINUOUSLY WITHOUT FAILURE FOR PERIODS AS LONG AS 13 DAYS AT
 TEMPERATURES OF 285 DEGREESC AND AT PRESSURES OF 1200 PSI. UNDER THESE
 CONDITIONS THE RESPONSE OVER THE PH RANGE 3-8 (AT 285 DEGREES) WAS LINEAR
 WITH A SLOPE UP TO 97PERCENT OF THEORETICAL. THE MEMBRANE IS INSENSITIVE TO
 CHANGES IN THE REDOX ENVIRONMENT, AND EXERTS NO INFLUENCE ON THE
 ENVIRONMENT. ALTHOUGH PRIMARY EMPHASIS WAS PLACED ON HIGH TEMPERATURE
 PERFORMANCE, THE CERAMIC MEMBRANES WERE ALSO SHOWN TO FUNCTION AS PH SENSORS
 OVER THE TEMPERATURE RANGE FROM 25 DEGREES TO 285 DEGREESC.
-Desc-
 PH MEASUREMENT; MEMBRANES; CERAMICS; ZIRCOMIUM COMPOUNDS; YTTRIUM COMPOUNDS;
 HIGH-TEMPERATURE TECHNIQUES; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; ELECTRIC SENSING
 DEVICES
-Ident-
 HIGH TEMPERATURE SOLUTIONS; OXYGEN ION CONDUCTING CERAMIC; REDOX
 ENVIRONMENT; MEMBRANE TYPE PH SENSOR; Y/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/ STABILISED MEMBRANE;
 HIGH PRESSURE; ZRO/SUB 2/-Y/SUB 2/O/SUB 3/
 Class Codes: A8280; A073?; A0720K; A0670D; B7320T; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 126
-A-
 649667 B81013077
-W-
 AGE STABILITY OF A SEMICONDUCTOR STRESS TRANSDUCER
 FANCIS, E.C.; THOMPSON, R.E.
 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES CORP., SUNNYVALE, CA, USA
 INSTRUMENTATION IN THE AEROSPACE INDUSTRY, VOL. 26. ADVANCES IN TEST
 MEASUREMENT, VOL.17. PROCEEDINGS OF THE 26TH INTERNATIONAL INSTRUMENTATION
 SYMPOSIUM 623-35 1980
 Part II 5-8 MAY 1980 SEATTLE, WA, USA
 Publ: ISA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, NC, US
 390 pp.
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 A MINIATURE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER WITH LOW DEFLECTION AND HIGH SPRING
 CONSTANT, HAS BEEN DEVELOPED FOR USE IN MEASURING STRESS IN SOLID GRAIN
 ROCKET MOTORS. THE REQUIREMENTS FOR SURVIVAL AND PERFORMANCE ARE SUCH THAT
 THE SENSOR HAS DIRECT USE AS A GENERAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCER ESPECIALLY WHERE
 SMALL SIZE AND HIGH RELIABILITY ARE A REQUIREMENT. THIS PAPER SUMMARIZES THE
 DESIGN WORK TO DATE AND PRESENTS SOME LONG TERM PERFORMANCE RESULTS AS WELL
 AS OTHER TEST DATA. EXPERIMENTAL WORK WHICH SHOULD LEAD TO FURTHER
 IMPROVEMENT IN PERFORMANCE DEFINITION IS CONTINUING.
-Desc-
 TRANSDUCERS; STRESS MEASUREMENT
-Ident-
 SEMICONDUCTOR STRESS TRANSDUCER; MINIATURE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER; SOLID GRAIN
 ROCKET MOTORS; SOLID PROPELLANT BOND STRESS
 Class Codes: B7230; B7320G
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 127
-A-
 639493 A81014131
-W-
 LIGHT SCATTERING CELL FOR STUDYING CRYSTALS UNDER UNIAXIAL STRESS
 COPIC, M.; ZGONIK, M.; LAVRENCIC, B.B.
 DEPT. OF PHYS., K. KARDELJ UNIV., LJUBLJANA, YUGOSLAVIA
 REV. SCI. INSTRUM. (USA) VOL.51, NO.10 1323-5 OCT 1980
 -CODEN-
 RSINAK
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 THE AUTHORS DESCRIBE THE CONSTRUCTION OF AN OPTICAL SCATTERING CELL WHICH
 HAS BEEN USED FOR THE BRILLOUIN SPECTROSCOPY OF FERROELASTIC KH/SUB 3/
 (SEO/SUB 3/)/SUB 2/. USING A PNEUMATIC TRANSDUCER, THE AUTHORS WERE ABLE TO
 OBTAIN UNIAXIAL STRESS UP TO 18 MPA IN A 4 MM CUBE SAMPLE. TEMPERATURES DOWN
 TO LIQUID N/SUB 2/ AND UP TO 60 DEGREESC ARE OBTAINABLE WITH THE STABILITY
 OF 2 MK. THE CELL IS CONSTRUCTED FOR 90 DEGREES SCATTERING GEOMETRY AND
 ALLOWS THE USE OF INDEX MATCHING LIQUID.
-Desc-
 HIGH-PRESSURE SOLID-STATE PHASE TRANSFORMATIONS; POTASSIUM COMPOUNDS;
 FERROELASTICITY; PIEZO-OPTICAL EFFECTS; BRILLOUIN SPECTRA
-Ident-
 OPTICAL SCATTERING CELL; BRILLOUIN SPECTROSCOPY; KH/SUB/ (SEO/SUB 3/)/SUB
 2/; PNEUMATIC TRANSDUCER; UNIAXIAL STRESS; INDEX MATCHING LIQUID;
 FERROELASTIC TRANSITION; PIEZO OPTICAL EFFECTS
 Class Codes: A0735; A0760; A6250; A6470K; A7835; A7820H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 128
-A-
 635498 A81013359, B81008628
-W-
 A STABLE HIGHLY SENSITIVE IMPLANTABLE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER FOR ARTIFICIAL
 HEART
 SKALA, L.; GOLDOWSKY, M.
 PHILIPS LABS., NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS CORP., BRIARCLIFF MANOR, NY, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE
 EIGHTH ANNUAL NORTHEAST BIOENG.RING CONFERENCE 289-92 1980
 27-28 MARCH 1980 CAMBRIDGE, MA, USA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 552 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (1 Refs)
 A MINIATURE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER FOR CONTROLLING A VANE PUMP TYPE ARTIFICIAL
 HEART WAS DEVELOPED BY PHILIPS LABORATORIES. THIS PRESSURE TRANSDUCER MEETS
 THE RIGID STANDARDS OF LONG LIFE, HIGH STABILITY, AND HIGH OVERPRESSURES
 DEMANDED BY ITS USE IN AN ARTIFICIAL HEART SYSTEM. THE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
 IS SENSITIVE ENOUGH TO MEASURE BOTH POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE PRESSURES AS LOW
 AS 1 MM MERCURY, YET STRONG ENOUGH TO MEASURE AND WITHSTAND PRESSURES AS
 HIGH AS 500 MM MERCURY. A THIN CAPILLARY TUBE COUPLED TO THE INSIDE CHAMBER
 OF THE TRANSDUCER MAINTAINS ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE BEHIND THE DIAPHRAGM. THE
 OUTPUT OF THE EDDY-CURRENT SENSOR IS COUPLED TO A MICROPROCESSOR WHICH, IN
 TURN, CONTROLS THE MOTOR SPEED AND FILLING PRESSURE OF THE VANE PUMP.
-Desc-
 CARDIOLOGY; ARTIFICIAL ORGANS; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 IMPLANTABLE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER; VANE PUMP TYPE ARTIFICIAL HEART; CAPILLARY
 TUBE; MICROPROCESSOR; EDDY CURRENT SENSOR
 Class Codes: A8770J; B7520E; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 129
-A-
 635224 A81005371, B8100829, C81001021
-W-
 INTERFEROMETRIC MEASUREMENT OF THE BENDING BEHAVIOR OF SILICON
 PRESSURE-MEASURING DIAPHRAGMS
 KRAUSE, R.
 SIEMENS AG, SYSTEMTECHNISCHE ENTWICKLUNG KARLSRUHE, GERMANY
 SIEMENS FORSCH.- AND ENTWICKLUNGSBER. (GERMANY) VOL.9, NO.5 253-6 1980
 -CODEN-
 SFEBBL
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN (3 Refs)
 THE BENDING BEHAVIOR OF SMALL SILICON PRESSURE DIAPHRAGMS, WHICH CANNOT BE
 DESCRIBED BY THEORY, WAS INVESTIGATED EXPERIMENTALLY BY MEANS OF LASER
 INTERFERENCE. THE VALIDITY LIMIT OF KIRCSHOFF'S SIMPLIFYING THEORY OF PLATES
 CAN EASILY BE DETERMINED WITH THE AID OF A SMALL NUMBER OF MEASUREMENTS.
 OUTSIDE THIS LIMIT, THE ACTUAL DEFLECTION IS LESS THAN THE COMPUTABLE
 DEFLECTION, AND THERE IS ALSO A DEFORMATION OF THE BENDING LINE. NO DRIFT OF
 THE DIAPHRAGM RADIUS AT HIGH PRESSURE WAS OBSERVED. GUIDANCE IS GIVEN ON THE
 USE OF THE PROCESS WITH ANY DESIRED DIAPHRAGM SHAPE.
-Desc-
 DIAPHRAGMS; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; LIGHT
 INTERFEROMETRY
-Ident-
 BENDING BEHAVIOR; LASER INTERFERENCE; VALIDITY LIMIT; SI PRESSURE MEASURING
 DIAPHRAGMS; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; INTERFEROMETRIC MEASUREMENT
 Class Codes: A0760L; B7230; B7320V; C3240F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 130
-A-
 630431 A81011279
-W-
 THE AIR GUN IMPULSIVE UNDERWATER TRANSDUCER
 BARGER, J.E.; HAMBLEN, W.R.
 BOLT BRANEK AND NEWMAN INC., CAMBRIDGE, MA, USA
 J. ACOUST. SOC. AM. (USA) VOL.68, NO.4 1038-45 OCT. 1980
 -CODEN-
 JASMAN
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 THE AUTHOR REPORTS THEIR EXPERIENCE WITH THE USE OF HIGH-PRESSURE GUNS AT
 MANY DEPTHS TO GENERATE IMPULSIVE UNDERWATER SOUND IN THE FUNDAMENTAL
 FREQUENCY RANGE FROM 10 TO 200 HZ. AIR GUNS ARE NOT OFTEN USED OUTSIDE OF
 SEISMIC EXPLORATION, BUT THEY HAVE POTENTIAL AS CHEAP, ENERGETIC, IMPULSIVE
 SOURCES OF LOW-FREQUENCY SOUND. A SIMPLE ANALYSIS SHOWS THAT THE FUNDAMENTAL
 FREQUENCY OF WAVEFORMS INCREASES FASTER WITH INCREASING DEPTH THAN PREDICTED
 BY THE RAYLEIGH-WILLIS EQUATION. IN ADDITION, THE ACOUSTICAL EFFICIENCY OF
 AIR GUN SOURCES IS FOUND TO DECREASE WITH INCREASING DEPTH, FALLING SHARPLY
 AS THE AMBIENT PRESSURE BECOMES A SIGNIFICANT FRACTION OF THE INITIAL GUN
 PRESSURE. EXPERIMENTAL WAVEFORM AND ENERGY SOURCE LEVEL DATA VERIFY THESE
 ANALYTICAL RESULTS. FINALLY, DATA OBTAINED FROM ARRAYS OF AIR GUNS ARE
 PRESENTED. THESE DATA DEMONSTRATE THAT AIR GUNS MAY BE SUCCESSFULLY ARRAYED
 AND THAT THE INTERNAL IMPEDANCE OF THE AIR GUN SOURCE IS HIGH ENOUGH THAT
 EACH AIR GUN RESEMBLES A CONSTANT SOURCE STRENG.VOLUME VELOCITY) SOURCE,
 RESULTING IN MORE RADIATED ENERGY THAN EXPECTED FROM CONSTANT ENERGY SOURCES
 FROM SOME SPACINGS.
-Desc-
 ACOUSTIC TRANSDUCERS; UNDERWATER SOUND
-Ident-
 AIR GUN; IMPULSIVE UNDERWATER TRANSDUCER; IMPULSIVE UNDERWATER SOUND;
 UNDERWATER SOUND SOURCE
 Class Codes: A4388; A4330
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 131
-A-
 616010 A81002614
-W-
 PHASE RELATIONS OF ICE UNDER PRESSURE
 MISHIMA, O.; ENDO, S.
 HIGH PRESSURE RES. LAB., OSAKA UNIV., TOYONAKA, JAPAN
 J. CHEM. PHYS. (USA) VOL.73, NO.5 2454-6 1 SEPT. 1980
 -CODEN-
 JCPSA6
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (13 Refs)
 IN ORDER TO CLARIFY THE PHASE RELATIONS OF ICE AT LOW TEMPERATURES, THE
 TRANSITIONS BETWEEN VARIOUS ICE POLYMORPHS WERE OBSERVED WITH A MANGANIN
 SENSOR UNDER PRESSURE. THE STABLE REGION OF ICE V DISAPPEARED AT LOW
 TEMPERATURE AND THE DIRECT TRANSITION FROM ICE II TO ICE VI WAS OBSERVED.
 THE TRIPLE POINT OF ICE II, V, AND VI EXISTS IN THE NEIGHBORHOOD OF -60
 DEGREESC AND 6 KBAR. THE P-T PHASE DIAGRAM OF H/SUB 2/O WAS COMPILED FROM
 THE PRESENT DATA TOGETHER WITH THE LITERATURE DATA.
-Desc-
 ICE; PHASE DIAGRAMS; HIGH-PRESSURE SOLID-STATE PHASE TRANSFORMATIONS;
 CRITICAL POINTS; POLYMORPHIC TRANSFORMATIONS
-Ident-
 ICE; PRESSURE; PHASE RELATIONS; POLYMORPHS; MANGANIN SENSOR ICE V; ICE II;
 ICE VI; TRIPLE POINT; P-T PHASE DIAGRAM; H/SUB 2/O
 Class Codes: A6470K; A6460K; A6250
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 132
-A-
 614534 A81000736
-W-
 BEHAVIOR OF DRAG DISC TURBINE TRANSDUCERS IN STEADY-STATE TWO-PHASE FLOW
 SOLBRIG, C.W.; REIMANN, J.
 COMMONWEALTH EDISON CO., CHICAGO, IL, USA
 IEEE TRANS. NUCL. SCI. (USA) VOL.NS-27, NO.4 1321-8 AUG. 1980
 -CODEN-
 IETNAE
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 MANY EXPERIMENTS BEING CONDUCTED TO INVESTIGATE THE HYPOTHESIZED
 LOSS-OF-COOLANT ACCIDENT (LOCA) IN NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS INVOLVE THE
 MEASUREMENT OF TWO-PHASE FLOW. DESCRIBES AN EXPERIMENT CONDUCTED TO
 DETERMINE THE BEHAVIOR OF A DRAG-DISC TURBINE TRANSDUCER (DTT) IN A HIGH
 PRESSURE, HIGH TEMPERATURE, STEAM-WATER STEADY STATE ENVIRONMENT. DTTS HAVE
 BEEN USED EXTENSIVELY TO MEASURE MASS FLOW RATES IN THE LOSS-OF-FLUID-TEST
 (LOFT) EXPERIMENTS.
-Desc-
 FISSION REACTOR SAFETY; FISSION REACTOR COOLING AND HEAT RECOVERY; TWO-PHASE
 FLOW
-Ident-
 DRAG DISC TURBINE TRANSDUCERS; LOCA; STEADY STATE TWO PHASE FLOW; LOSS OF
 COOLANT ACCIDENT
 Class Codes: A2840K; A2845E; A4755K
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 133
-A-
 590646 A80096641
-W-
 PHASE TRANSITIONS IN BARIUM AND BISMUTH UNDER HIGH PRESSURE
 YONEDA, A.; ENDO, S.
 FACULTY OF ENG.SCI., OSAKA UNIV., TOYONAKA, JAPAN
 J. APPL. PHYS. (USA) VOL.51, NO.6 3216-21 JUNE 1980
 -CODEN-
 JAPIAU
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (30 Refs)
 THE CONTROVERSIAL PHASE TRANSITIONS IN BARIUM AND BISMUTH WERE STUDIED WITH
 MANGANIN COIL SENSOR. THE TRANSITION IN BARIUM PROPOSED AT 80 KBARS BY
 BASTIDE ET AL. WAS CONFIRMED AT 95 KBARS. FOR BISMUTH, THE TRANSITION
 REPORTED FIRST BY BRIDGMAN AROUND 45 KBARS WAS CONFIRMED AT 40 KBARS, BUT
 THAT AROUND 65 KBARS COULD NOT BE DETECTED. TO MAKE UP THE P-T DIAGRAM OF
 BARIUM, THE CONFIRMED TRANSITION AND THE SO-CALLED HIGH-BA TRANSITION WERE
 TRACED AT ELEVATED TEMPERATURES BY THE RESISTANCE ANOMALY OF BARIUM, AND THE
 MELTING POINTS ABOVE 90 KBARS WERE DETERMINED WITH A MANGANIN RIBBON SENSOR.
 THE MECHANISM OF THE MANGANIN SENSOR IS DISCUSSED WITH REGARD TO THE VOLUME
 CHANGE ASSOCIATED WITH A TRANSITION.
-Desc-
 BARIUM; HIGH-PRESSURE SOLID-STATE PHASE TRANSFORMATIONS; MELTING POINT;
 PHASE DIAGRAMS; BISMUTH; HIGH-PRESSURE SOLID-STATE PHASE TRANSFORMATIONS
-Ident-
 HIGH PRESSURE; PHASE TRANSITIONS; P-T DIAGRAM; RESISTANCE ANOMALY; MELTING
 POINTS ABOVE 90 KBARS; BA; BI
 Class Codes: A6470K; A6470D; A8130B; A6250
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 134
-A-
 581517 B80045768
-W-
 MINIATURE MICROPHONE USING AN INTEGRATED PIEZORESISTIVE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
 SANK, J.R.
 CROSS COUNTRY CONSULTANTS, HADDONFIELD, NJ, USA
 J. AUDIO ENG.C. (USA) VOL.28, NO.6 433-6 JUNE 1980
 -CODEN-
 ADIOA3
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 AN EXPERIMENTAL PRESSURE MICROPHONE HAS BEEN CONSTRUCTED UTILIZING A CHIP
 FROM AN INTEGRATED-CIRCUIT PRESSURE TRANSDUCER. THE FREQUENCY RESPONSE IS
 UNIFORM FROM 20 TO 20000 HZ. THE MICROPHONE HAS BEEN SUCCESSFULLY USED FOR
 REAL-EAR TESTING OF STEREOPHONES, WHERE IT IS PLACED UNDER THE EAR CAP. THE
 BALANCED LOW-IMPEDANCE OUTPUT OF THE TRANSDUCER POTENTIALLY AFFORDS GOOD
 ELECTROMAGNETIC-INTERFERENCE (EMI) REJECTION. PRESSURE GRADIENT
 CONFIGURATIONS ARE REALIZABLE. AT PRESENT LOW ELECTROACOUSTIC SENSITIVITY
 LIMITS POTENTIAL AUDIO APPLICATIONS OF THE TRANSDUCER TO HIGH-LEVEL SOUND
 PICKUP, INCLUDING CLOSE-TALKING MICROPHONE OR MUSICAL INSTRUMENT SOUND
 PICKUPS.
-Desc-
 PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS; MICROPHONES; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 INTEGRATED PIEZORESISTIVE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER; MINIATURE PRESSURE
 MICROPHONE; HIGH LEVEL SOUND PICKUP EMI REJECTION
 Class Codes: B6450; B7230; B2860
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 135
-A-
 573856 B80041480, C80026024
-W-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
 LANCASTER, R.T.
 BELL AND HOWELL LTD., WEMBLEY, ENG.
 AUTOMATION (GB) VOL.15, NO.2 17, 19, 21, 23 MARCH 1980
 -CODEN-
 ATMNBV
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 THE MEASUREMENT OF PRESSURE, AT FIRST SIGHT, SEEMS A STRAIGHTFORWARD SIMPLE
 TASK, BUT AS WITH MOST INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS IT IS THE PHYSICAL
 CONSTRAINTS OF THE OPERATING ENVIRONMENT THAT CAN POSE THE BIGGEST PROBLEMS.
 HOWEVER, WHEN PROPERLY DEFINED, THE TRANSDUCER MANUFACTURER IS ABLE TO
 PROVIDE THE MOST COST-EFFECTIVE SOLUTION TO GIVE THE REQUIRED PERFORMANCE AT
 MINIMUM PRICE. THE PURPOSE OF THIS ARTICLE IS TO OUTLINE THE BASIC
 PRINCIPLES AND PROBLEMS OF RELIABLE PRESSURE MEASUREMENT USING TRANSDUCERS.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 TRANSDUCER; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
 Class Codes: B7230; B7320V; C3240
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 136
-A-
 567891 B80040576
-W-
 UHF SIGNAL TRANSMISSION ANALYSER
 STOLZENBERG, P.
 FUNKSCHAU (GERMANY) VOL 52, NO.10 75-7 9 MAY 1980
 -CODEN-
 FUSHA2
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN (3 Refs)
 RESEARCH TO RELATE UHF TRANSMISSION RANGES TO THE STANDARD WEATHER FORECASTS
 BY AIRPORT AUTHORITIES IS DESCRIBED, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE
 CORRELATION OF RANGE WITH HIGH PRESSURE REGIONS. A CIRCUIT IS DESCRIBED
 WHICH OPERATES A RELAY WHEN THE ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE RISES ABOVE A PRESET
 LEVEL, TO INDICATE THAT TRANSMISSION CONDITIONS ARE FAVOURABLE. THE
 TRANSDUCER IS A BAROMETER CAPSULE WHICH DRIVES A VARIABLE INDUCTANCE
 ELEMENT.
-Desc-
 RADIOWAVE PROPAGATION; METEOROLOGICAL INSTRUMENTS; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 UHF SIGNAL TRANSMISSION ANALYSER; RELAY; ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE; VARIABLE
 INDUCTANCE ELEMENT; WEATHER FORECASTS; HIGH PRESSURE/RANGE CORRELATION;
 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
 Class Codes: B5210C; B7710B; B7230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 137
-A-
 555300 A8003378
-W-
 SENSING ELEMENT FOR NORMAL STRESSES IN A SOLID MEDIUM AT HIGH PRESSURES
 SHUL'PYAKOV, YU.F.; KOLOMIITSEV, A.I.; SOLOV'EVA, T.N.; OLYUNINA, T.V.
 ALL-UNION SCI.-RES. AND STRUCTURAL TECHNOL. INST. FOR NATURAL DIAMONDS AND
 INSTRUMENTS, MOSCOW, USSR
 PRIB. TEKH. EKSP. (USSR) VOL.22, NO.3 194-5 MAY-JUNE 1979
 -CODEN-
 PRTEAJ
 Trans in: INSTRUM. AND EXP. TECH. (USA) VOL.22, NO.3, PT.2 822-4 MAY-JUNE
 1979
 -CODEN-
 INETAK
 Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (3 Refs)
 A SENSING ELEMENT OF BISMUTH FOIL FOR DETERMINING THE NORMAL STRESS
 COMPONENTS IN A SOLID-STATE VERY-HIGH-PRESSURE TEST CELL IS DESCRIBED. THE
 NORMAL STRESS COMPONENTS ARE MEASURED IN THE DIRECTIONS ALONG AND
 PERPENDICULAR TO THE COMPRESSION AXES IN MEDIA WITH DIFFERENT STABILITIES
 AGAINST SHEAR.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; BISMUTH; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES
-Ident-
 SOLID MEDIUM; HIGH PRESSURES; SENSING ELEMENT; FOIL; NORMAL STRESS; TEST
 CELL; COMPRESSION; SHEAR; BI
 Class Codes: A0735; A0670D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 138
-A-
 554060 B80037302
-W-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENTS ON A SPINNING WIND-TUNNEL MODEL BY MEANS OF TELEMETRY
 MARK, A.
 US ARMY BALLISTIC RES. LAB., ABERDEEN, MD, USA
 ISA TRANS. (USA) VOL.8, NO.3 3-11 1979
 -CODEN-
 ISATAZ
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 THE MAGNUS FORCE IS A SIDE FORCE WHICH EXISTS ON SPIN STABILIZED PROJECTILES
 AT ANGLE OF ATTACK. A LARGE PART OF THE MAGNUS FORCE ARISES FROM AN
 ASYMMETRIC PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION CAUSED BY THE DISTORTED BOUNDARY LAYER. A
 POSSIBLE TECHNIQUE FOR MEASURING THE PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION ABOUT A SPINNING
 BODY AND OBTAINING THE FORCE BY INTEGRATION IS DISCUSSED. IT ALSO WOULD
 SERVE AS A CHECK FOR THREE DIMENSIONAL BOUNDARY LAYER CALCULATIONS. THE
 TECHNIQUE INVOLVES IMBEDDING PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS INTO THE MODEL SURFACE AND
 THE USE OF A MINIATURE, SELF-CONTAINED TELEMETRY SYSTEM TO TRANSMIT THE
 PRESSURE DATA OUT OF THE TUNNEL. DATA WITH SPIN AND WITHOUT SPIN HAVE BEEN
 OBTAINED AT A SINGLE AXIAL LOCATION ON A TANGENT-OGIVE-CYLINDER. THE DATA
 WITHOUT SPIN COMPARED FAVORABLY WITH THEORETICAL CALCULATION. DATA WITH SPIN
 INDICATED AN ANOMALY IN THE PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; TELEMETERING SYSTEMS; WIND TUNNELS; PROJECTILES
-Ident-
 MAGNUS FORCE; ASYMMETRIC PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION; SPIN STABILISED PROJECTILES;
 WIND TUNNEL MODEL; THREE DIMENSIONAL BOUNDARY LAYER
 Class Codes: B7620; B6210J; B7320V; B7210F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 139
-A-
 553747 A80068205, B80036848
-W-
 THE MEASUREMENT OF PRESSURE WITH AN ELASTOMAGNETIC PRESSDUCTOR
 MOJZIS, M.
 KATEDRA TEORETICKEJ A EXPERIMENTALNEJ ELEKTROTECH., ELECTROTECH. FAKULTA
 VST, KOSICE, CZECHOSLOVAKIA
 ELEKTROTECH. CAS. (CZECHOSLOVAKIA) VOL.31, NO.3 224-33 1980
 -CODEN-
 ELKCA9
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 CZECH (6 Refs)
 DESCRIBES THE DESIGN OF A PRESSDUCTOR, WHICH OPERATES ON THE PRINCIPLE OF
 THE VILLARY PHENOMENA. IN THE THEORETICAL PART, THE TERM FOR THE OUTPUT
 CHARACTERISTIC OF THE PRESSDUCTOR IS DERIVED. SOME CHARACTERISTICS OF
 PRESSDUCTORS MADE OF CZECHOSLOVAK FERROMAGNETIC MATERIALS ARE SHOWN IN THE
 DIAGRAM. THE OBTAINED RESULTS ARE AS FOLLOWS: MEASUREMENT RANGE 20-120 MPA,
 TOLERATED ERROR 1.5PERCENT, WORKING TEMPERATURE 293-333K.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 ELASTOMAGNETIC PRESSDUCTOR; VILLARY PHENOMENA; OUTPUT CHARACTERISTIC;
 CHARACTERISTICS; CZECHOSLOVAK FERROMAGNETIC MATERIALS; MEASUREMENT RANGE;
 TOLERATED ERROR; WORKING TEMPERATURE; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE
 TRANSDUCERS
 Class Codes: A0730K; B7230; B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 140
-A-
 523362 A80052246
-W-
 METHOD OR THE DETERMINATION OF THE SPECIFIC HEAT OF METALS AT LOW
 TEMPERATURES UNDER HIGH PRESSURES
 EICHLER, A.; GEY, W.
 INST. FUR TECH. PHYS., TECH. UNIV., BRAUNSCHWEIG, GERMANY
 REV. SCI. INSTRUM. (USA) VOL.50, NO.11 1445-52 NOV. 1979
 -CODEN-
 RSINAK
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (33 Refs)
 EFFORTS ARE MADE TO DETERMINE THE ABSOLUTE SPECIFIC HEAT OF METALS AS A
 FUNCTION OF PRESSURE WITH AN ACCURACY, WHICH, FOR THE FIRST TIME, WILL
 PERMIT A DIRECT EVALUATION OF THE PRESSURE VARIATION OF THE ELECTRONIC AND
 PHONON PARAMETERS GAMMA AND THETA/SUB D/, RESPECTIVELY. THIS IS ACHIEVED BY
 EMPLOYING THE AC METHOD OF SULLIVAN AND SEIDEL (1968), AND CHOOSING A
 SUITABLE SAMPLE CONFIGURATION WITHIN A PISTON-CYLINDER PRESSURE CELL.
 ESSENTIAL IS THE USE OF DIAMOND POWDER AS A PRESSURE TRANSMITTING MEDIUM,
 WHICH BECAUSE OF ITS LOW HEAT CAPACITY AND HIGH THERMAL RESISTANCE, COUPLES
 THE SAMPLE LOOSELY TO THE TEMPERATURE BATH, REPRESENTED BY THE PRESSURE
 CYLINDER. THUS, THE THERMAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE AC METHOD ARE MET, AND
 CORRECTIONS-IF NECESSARY-ARE FULLY TRACTABLE. HIGH SENSITIVITY EVEN AT THE
 LOWEST TEMPERATURES IS OBTAINED BY THE USE OF THIN SLICES, PREPARED FROM
 STANDARD CARBON RESISTORS, FOR THERMOMETERS. ALTHOUGH DELICATE, THESE
 SENSORS WITHSTAND PRESSURES OF MORE THAN 20 KBARS AND REMAIN SENSITIVE. A
 THOROUGH COMPARISON OF RESULTS ON INDIUM WITH THE LITERATURE DATA AT ZERO
 PRESSURE IS UNDERTAKEN. IT SHOWS THAT THE ACCURACY OF THE PRESENT RESULTS IS
 COMPARABLE WITH THAT FROM LITERATURE DATA. PRELIMINARY RESULTS AT PRESSURES
 UP TO 8 KBAR ARE SHOWN; THEY WILL BE DISCUSSED IN A SEPARATE PAPER.
-Desc-
 SPECIFIC HEAT OF SOLIDS; HIGH-PRESSURE EFFECTS IN SOLIDS; METALS;
 LOW-TEMPERATURE TECHNIQUES; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES; THERMAL VARIABLES
 MEASUREMENT
-Ident-
 LOW TEMPERATURES; HIGH PRESSURES; METALS; PRESSURE VARIATION ; PHONON
 PARAMETERS; SPECIFIC HEAT DETERMINATION; ELECTRONIC PARAMETERS; AC METHOD;
 PISTON CYLINDER PRESSURE CELL
 Class Codes: A0720M; A?250; A6540; A0735
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 141
-A-
 521949 A80050915, B80026001
-W-
 THE USE OF SILICON MICROELECTRONIC GAS-SENSITIVE ELEMENTS UNDER PULSED
 ADSORPTION CONDITIONS
 TYAGAI, V.A.; SHIRSHOV, YU.M.; OMEL'CHUK, V.V.
 ACAD. OF SCI., UKRANIAN SSR
 POLUPROVODN. TEKH. AND MIKROELEKTRON. (USSR) NO.30 90-6 1979
 -CODEN-
 PTMUAC
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN (11 Refs)
 REPORTS THE RESULTS OF AN EXPERIMENT ON TRANSDUCER IN CONNECTION WITH THE
 DEVELOPMENT OF MINIATURE GAS ANALYSERS FOR USE IN GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY. THE
 AUTHORS ANALYSE THE VARIATION IN THE CONDUCTIVITY OF P AND N TYPE SILICON
 MICROTRANSDUCERS WHOSE SURFACES HAVE BEEN TREATED WITH HYDROFLUORIC ACID
 VAPOUR, WHEN SUBJECTED TO PULSED ADSORPTION OF MOLECULES OF ETHANOL. TYPICAL
 WAVEFORMS OF THE RESPONSE DURING INTERACTION WITH DELTA PULSES OF ALCOHOL
 VAPOUR PRESSURE ARE SHOWN. A MODEL IS PROPOSED THAT TAKES ACCOUNT OF THE
 TUNNELING INTERACTION OF THE ADSORPTION LEVELS WITH LONG TERM PROCESSES AT
 THE SURFACE OF THE SILICON.
-Desc-
 SILICON; CHROMATOGRAPHY; ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY OF CRYSTALLINE
 SEMICONDUCTORS AND INSULATORS; ADSORPTION; TUNNELLING
-Ident-
 MINIATURE GAS ANALYSERS; GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY; PULSED ADSORPTION OF MOLECULES
 OF ETHANOL; ADSORPTION LEVELS; LONG TERM PROCESSES TUNNELLING INTERACTION;
 HF ACID VAPOUR; SI MICROTRANSDUCER
 Class Codes: A8280B; A7220F; A6845D; B7230; B7320T
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 142
-A-
 516763 A80048751
-W-
 REFLECTION OF WEAK SHOCK WAVES IN AIR FROM PLANE OBSTACLES MADE OF VARIOUS
 MATERIALS
 ANIK'EV, I.I.
 INST. OF MECH., ACAD. OF SCI., KIEV, UKRAINIAN SSR
 PRIKL. MEKH. (USSR) VOL.15, NO.6 128-31 JUNE 1979
 -CODEN-
 PKMKAL
 Trans in: SOV. APPL. MECH. (USA) VOL.15, NO.6 552-4 JUNE 1979
 -CODEN-
 SOAMBT
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (2 Refs)
 THE AUTHORS PRESENT RESULTS OF AN INVESTIGATION OF THE NORMAL REFLECTION OF
 WEAK SHOCK WAVES FROM PLANE PANELS MADE OF VARIOUS MATERIALS WITH THE HELP
 OF A PIEZOELECTRIC VELOCITY SENSOR, MAKING IT POSSIBLE TO EXPERIMENTALLY
 DETERMINE THE VELOCITY OF THE WAVE FRONT WITH AN ERROR OF 2PERCENT .
 EXPERIMENTS WERE CARRIED OUT IN A SHOCK TUBE OF RECTANGULAR CROSS SECTION
 140*205 MM, CONSISTING OF A HIGH PRESSURE SECTION (LENG..? M) AND A
 LOW-PRESSURE SECTION (LENG. M), SEPARATED BY A THIN MEMBRANE OF xDTHICKNESS
 0.2 MM THE INVESTIGATIONS SHOW THAT PLANE PANELS WITH DIFFERENT PHYSICAL AND
 GEOMETRICAL PARAMETERS AT THE INITIAL MOMENT OF INTERACTION WITH WEAK SHOCK
 WAVE FOR NORMAL INCIDENCE BEHAVE LIKE ABSOLUTELY RIGID OBSTACLES.
-Desc-
 SHOCK WAVES; REFLECTION
-Ident-
 PLANE OBSTACLES; REFLECTION; WEAK SHOCK WAVES; PLANE PANELS PIEZOELECTRIC
 VELOCITY SENSOR; VELOCITY; WAVE; SHOCK TUBE; HIGH PRESSURE SECTION;
 ABSOLUTELY RIGID OBSTACLES; LOW PRESSURE SECTION
 Class Codes: A4740?; A4630M
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 143
-A-
 506554 A80037047, B80021079
-W-
 HIGH PRESSURE CLAMP FOR ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS UP TO GPA AND TEMPERATURE
 DOWN TO 77K
 BANDYOPAHHYAY, A.K.; NALINI, A.V.; GOPAL, E.S.R.; SUBRAMANYAM, S.V.
 DEPT. OF PHYS., INDIAN INST. OF SCI., BANGALORE, INDIA
 REV. SCI. INSTRUM. (USA) VOL.51, NO.1 136-9 JAN. 1980
 -CODEN-
 RSINAK
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (14 Refs)
 A COMPACT LAMP-TYPE HIGH PRESSURE CELL FOR CARRYING OUT ELECTRICAL
 CONDUCTIVITY MEASUREMENTS ON SMALL SOLID SAMPLES OF SIZE 1 MM OR LESS AT
 PRESSURES UP TO 8 GPA (I.E. 80 KBAR) AND FOR USE DOWN TO 77K HAS BEEN
 DESIGNED AND FABRICATED. THE PRESSURE GENERATED IN THE SAMPLE REGION HAS
 BEEN CALIBRATED AT ROOM TEMPERATURE AGAINST THE POLYMORPHIC PHASE
 TRANSITIONS OF BISMUTH AND YTTERBIUM. THE PRESSURE RELAXATION OF THE CLAMP
 AT LOW TEMPERATURES HAS BEEN ESTIMATED BY MONITORING THE ELECTRICAL
 CONDUCTIVITY BEHAVIOR OF LEAD.
-Desc-
 ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY MEASUREMENT; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES;
 LOW-TEMPERATURE TECHNIQUES; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
-Ident-
 HIGH PRESSURE CELL; ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY; POLYMORPHIC PHASE TRANSITIONS;
 HIGH PRESSURE CLAMP; BI; Y; PB
 Class Codes: A0735; A0750; A0670M; B7230; B7310Z
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 144
-A-
 500466 A80037552
-W-
 CALIBRATION OF A DRAG DISC TURBINE TRANSDUCER AND A GAMMA BEAM DENSITOMETER
 TO MEASURE THE MASS FLOW RATE IN SEPARATED HORIZONTAL TWO-PHASE FLOW
 REIMANN, J.; SOLBRIG, C.W.
 INST. FUR REAKTORBAUELEMENTE, KERNFORSCHUNGSZENTRUM KARLSRUHE, KARLSRUHE,
 GERMANY
 Sponsor: AMERICAN CHEM. SOC.; IEEE.; AMERICAN NUCLEAR SOC.; ET AL
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 14TH INTERSOCIETY ENERGY CONVERSION ENG.RING CONFERENCE
 1538-43 1979
 Part II 5-10 AUG. 1979 BOSTON, MA, USA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 IX + 1170 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (9 Refs)
 THE ACCURATE MEASUREMENT OF TWO-PHASE MASS FLOW RATE IS VERY IMPORTANT IN
 EXPERIMENTS, SUCH AS THE LOFT EXPERIMENT, WHICH INVESTIGATE THE HYPOTHETICAL
 LOSS-OF-COOLANT ACCIDENT (LOCAL). THE AUTHORS ANALYSE EXPERIMENTS DESIGNED
 TO DETERMINE THE BEHAVIOR OF A LOFT FREE FIELD DRAG DISC TURBINE TRANSDUCER
 (DTT) AND A LOFT-TYPE THREE-BEAM GAMMA DENSITOMETER IN A STEADY STATE,
 HORIZONTAL HIGH PRESSURE STEAM-WATER FLOW. THE EXPERIMENTS WERE CONDUCTED IN
 A MASS FLOW AND VOID FRACTION RANGE WHERE A VARIETY OF SEPARATED FLOW
 REGIMES EXISTED WHICH STRONGLY INFLUENCED THE PERFORMANCE OF THE DTT. IT IS
 SHOWN THAT THE ACCURACY OF THE INSTRUMENTS IS MAINLY A FUNCTION OF THE VOID
 FRACTION.
-Desc-
 FISSION REACTOR SAFETY; FISSION REACTOR COOLING AND HEAT RECOVERY; NUCLEAR
 REACTOR INSTRUMENTATION; FLOW MEASUREMENT; TWO-PHASE FLOW ; TRANSDUCERS;
 CALIBRATION; FISSION RESEARCH REACTORS; CALIBRATION; DENSITOMETRY
-Ident-
 DRAG DISC TURBINE TRANSDUCER; GAMMA BEAM DENSITOMETER; MASS FLOW RATE; LOCA
 STEAM WATER FLOW; SEPARATED HORIZONTAL TWO PHASE FLOW; REACTOR SAFETY;
 REACTOR COOLING; FLOW MEASUREMENT
 Class Codes: A2845E; A4780; A4755K; A0670M; A2840K; A2850D; A2840N; A0620H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 145
-A-
 491472 A80031785, B8001592
-W-
 PIEZOELECTRIC CONVERTER FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF LARGE VARIABLE PRESSURES
 BAULIN, N.N.; PILYUGIN, N.N.; SUNTSOV G.N.; CHERNYAVSKII, S.YU.
 MECH. INST., MOSCOW STATE UNIV., MOSCOW, USSR
 PRIB. TEKH. EKSP. (USSR) VOL.21, NO.5 47-9 SEPT.-OCT. 1978
 -CODEN-
 PRTEAJ
 Trans in: INSTRUM. AND EXP. TECH. (USA) VOL.21, NO.5, PT.2 1429-31
 SEPT.-OCT. 1978
 -CODEN-
 INETAK
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 DESCRIBES THE CONSTRUCTION OF A QUARTZ PIEZOELECTRIC CONVERTER FOR THE
 MEASUREMENTS OF VARIABLE PRESSURES UP TO 6*?0/SUP 8/ N/M/SUP 2/ WITH A TIME
 RESOLUTION 7 MUSEC. A METHOD OF CALIBRATION WITH STATIC PRESSURE, IN WHICH
 NO HIGH-SPEED PRESSURE VALVES ARE NEEDED, IS DESCRIBED.
-Desc-
 PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES
-Ident-
 QUARTZ PIEZOELECTRIC CONVERTER; CALIBRATION; PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCER;
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; 6 X 10/SUP 8/ N/M/SUP 2/
 Class Codes: A0735; B7230; B7320V
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 146
-A-
 489757 A80027289, B0015947
-W-
 A SURVEY OF SECONDARY STANDARD GAUGES FOR ACCURATE PRESSURE MEASUREMENT UP
 TO ABOUT 1 GPA
 PEGGS, G.T.
 Issued by: NAT. PHYS. LAB., TEDDINGTON, ENG.;
 JAN. 1979
 18 pp.
-ReptNo-
 NPL-MOM-37
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 REPORT
-Lang-
 ENG. (40 Refs)
 SEVERAL RECENTLY DEVELOPED TYPES OF PRACTICAL GAUGE ARE DISCUSSED AND THEIR
 PERFORMANCES ASSESSED AND COMPARED. TYPES CONSIDERED INCLUDE RESISTANCE
 GAUGES, ULTRASONIC GAUGES, AND PERMITTIVITY GAUGES.
-Desc-
 PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS; HIGH-PRESSURE TECHNIQUES;
 MEASUREMENT STANDARDS
-Ident-
 SECONDARY STANDARD GAUGES; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; RESISTANCE GAUGES;
 ULTRASONIC GAUGES; PERMITTIVITY GAUGES; PRESSURE GAUGE
 Class Codes: A0670M; A0730D; A0620H; A0735; B7230; B7320V; B7130
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 147
-A-
 467141 C80004419
-W-
 AUTOMATIC LOGIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR A FILTER PRESS
 EFINOV, V.T.; ZIBOROV, V.S.; MESHENG.R, M.Y.
 MEKH. AND AVTOM. PROIZVOD. (USSR) NO.6 23-4, 32 1979
 -CODEN-
 MAVPAC
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN
 THE FPKAM BELT PRESS FILLERS, WASHES AND PRESSES THE CAKE FROM SUSPENSIONS
 WITH 10 TO 50 MG/M/SUP 3/ OF SOLIDS. THE PRESS PLATES ARE HORIZONTAL WITH
 THE FILTER BELT ZIG-ZAGGING THROUGH THE ASSEMBLY. THE ASSEMBLY IS LOCKED BY
 AN ELECTRICAL PRESS DRIVE. THE PRESS HAS THREE SUPPLY STREAMS; SUSPENSION,
 WASH WATER AND COMPRESSED AIR FOR CAKE RELEASE. THE WASH AND DISCHARGE CYCLE
 INITIATED BY A DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSDUCER. CAKE PRESSING IS BY
 VARIABLE CHAMBER PLATES WITH HIGH-PRESSURE WATER FEED. THE LOCAL CONTROL
 VALVES ARE PNEUMATICALLY ACTUATED. SEQUENCING IS THROUGH AN
 ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC REMOTE CONTROL PANEL. THE LOGICAL DESIGN AND OPERATIONS OF
 THE PANEL ARE PRESENTED.
-Desc-
 MACHINING; CONTROLLERS
-Ident-
 BELT PRESS FILTER
 Class Codes: C3350E; C3220
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 148
-A-
 463010 A80014527, B80007076
-W-
 ACOUSTIC-VELOCITY MEASUREMENT ACROSS THE DIAMETER OF A LIQUID-METAL COLUMN
 CALDER, C.A.; WILCOX, T.W.
 DEPT. OF MECH. ENG. OREGON STATE UNIV., CORVALLIS, OR, USA
 EXP. MECH. (USA) VOL.19, NO.5 171-4 MAY 1979
 -CODEN-
 EXMCAZ
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (6 Refs)
 PRESENT TECHNIQUES FOR MEASURING SOUND VELOCITY IN LIQUID METALS HAVE BEEN
 LIMITED BY THE USE OF TRANSDUCERS WHICH CANNOT SURVIVE IN
 EXTREME-TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS. THESE METHODS ALSO REQUIRE RELATIVELY LONG
 MEASUREMENT TIMES. AN OPTICAL NONCONTACTING METHOD USING A MICHELSON
 DISPLACEMENT INTERFEROMETER HAS BEEN DEVELOPED WHICH MAY BE USED FOR
 EXTREMELY SHORT EXPERIMENTAL TIMES AND VERY HIGH TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURES.
 THIS TECHNIQUE IS BEING INCORPORATED INTO AN ISOBARIC-EXPANSION APPARATUS IN
 WHICH A 1-MM-DIAM WIRE SAMPLE IN A HIGH-PRESSURE ARGON-GAS ENVIRONMENT IS
 RESISTIVELY HEATED TO MELT WITHIN A TIME PERIOD OF ONLY A FEW MICROSECONDS.
 BEFORE INSTABILITY OF THE LIQUID COLUMN OCCURS. THERMAL EXPANSION, ENTHALPY
 AND TEMPERATURE ARE MEASURED. THE ADDITION OF THE SOUND-VELOCITY MEASUREMENT
 PERMITS A MORE COMPLETE DETERMINATION OF THE THERMOPHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF
 THE LIQUID METAL.
-Desc-
 ACOUSTIC WAVE VELOCITY MEASUREMENT; LIQUID METALS; LIGHT INTERFEROMETRY
-Ident-
 OPTICAL NONCONTACTING METHOD; MICHELSON DISPLACEMENT INTERFEROMETER;
 ENTHALPY; ACOUSTIC VELOCITY MEASUREMENT; ISOBARIC EXPANSION APPARATUS;
 LIQUID METAL COLUMN; THERMAL EXPANSION
 Class Codes: A4385; A0760L; B7320Z
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 149
-A-
 460443 A80011606
-W-
 NEW TECHNIQUE TO STUDY EFFECTS OF INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL GAS PRESSURE IN
 CERAMICS
 ABBOTT, R.C.; SOLOMON, A.A.
 PURDUE UNIV., WEST LAFAYETTE, IN, USA
 AM. CERAM. SOC. BULL. (USA) VOL.58, NO.4 470-2 APRIL 1979
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (12 Refs)
 A NEW TECHNIQUE WAS DEVELOPED TO STUDY THE EFFECTS OF INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL
 GAS PRESSURE ON THE DIMENSIONAL STABILITY OF CERAMICS. SPECIMENS ARE
 SINTERED IN A PLATINUM-LINED REFRACTORY METAL PRESSURE VESSEL UNDER VARIABLE
 AMBIENT PRESSURES FROM 15 MUM VACUUM TO 700 KG/CM/SUP 2/ AND TEMPERATURES TO
 1300 DEGREESC. A SPECIAL HIGH PRESSURE TRANSDUCER CONTINUOUSLY MONITORS
 SPECIMEN LENG.PRESSURES CAN BE CHANGED AFTER PORE CLOSURE TO ACCURATELY
 MEASURE EITHER SWELLING OR HOT PRESSING UNDER KNOWN DRIVING FORCES.
-Desc-
 HOT PRESSING; SWELLING; CERAMICS; SINTERING
-Ident-
 EXTERNAL GAS PRESSURE; CERAMICS; DIMENSIONAL STABILITY; SWELLING; HOT
 PRESSING; INTERNAL GAS PRESSURE
 Class Codes: A8120L; A8120E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 027:013 150
-A-
 459362 A80010338
-W-
 MEASUREMENTS OF THE COHERENT STRUCTURE OF BOUNDARY LAYER TURBULENCE AT A
 HIGH SUBSONIC SPEED
 BARRA, V.; HOZUMI, K.
 ANTONIO FERRI LAB., NEW YORK UNIV., WESTBURY, NY, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE
 ICIASF '79 RECORD. INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS ON INSTRUMENTATION IN AEROSPACE
 SIMULATION FACILITIES 257-65 1979
 24-26 SEPT. 1979 MONTEREY, CA, USA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 327 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONF. PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (30 Refs)
 THE INSTRUMENTATION AND DATA ANALYSIS PROCEDURES UTILIZED TO STUDY THE
 ORGANIZED NATURE OF BOUNDARY LAYER TURBULENCE ARE DESCRIBED. MEASUREMENTS IN
 THE BOUNDARY LAYER CONSIST OF THE STREAMWISE VELOCITY AND WALL-SHEAR USING
 MINIATURE HOTFILM SENSORS AND CONSTANT TEMPERATURE ANEMOMETERS, AND
 WALL-PRESSURE USING PIEZORESISTANCE TRANSDUCERS AND LOW-NOISE DIFFERENTIAL
 AMPLIFIERS. PROCEDURES FOR RECORDING, DIGITIZING, AND ANALYZING THE
 FLUCTUATING COMPONENTS OF THESE MEASUREMENTS WITH THE AID OF A MINI-COMPUTER
 SYSTEM ARE OUTLINED. THE DIGITAL ANALYSES PERFORMED INCLUDE CONVENTIONAL
 FOURIER TRANSFORM AND TIME-AVERAGED CORRELATION, AS WELL AS CONDITIONAL
 SAMPLING TO OBTAIN ENSEMBLE AVERAGED TIME SIGNATURES AND CORRELATIONS OF THE
 FLUCTUATIONS FOR COHERENT EVENTS IN THE FLOW. REPRESENTATIVE RESULTS
 OBTAINED FROM THESE ANALYSES FOR THREE FREE STREAM CONDITIONS ARE
 PRESENTED.
-Desc-
 FLOW MEASUREMENT; BOUNDARY LAYER TURBULENCE
-Ident-
 COHERENT STRUCTURE; HIGH SUBSONIC SPEED; INSTRUMENTATION; DATA ANALYSIS;
 BOUNDARY LAYER TURBULENCE; CONSTANT TEMPERATURE ANEMOMETERS PIEZORESISTANCE
 TRANSDUCERS; FOURIER TRANSFORM; STREAMWISE VELOCITY; WALL SHEAR; WALL
 PRESSURE; LOW NOISE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIERS; TIME AVERAGED CORRELATION
 Class Codes: A4780; A4725F; A4740
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 1
-A-
 690545 22A-01464
-W-
 CONTRADICTIONS IN THE INFORMATIZATION OF POLITICS AND SOCIETY.
 Becker, Jorg
 Gazette: Int. J. for Mass Communication Studies (Netherlands*) 1983 32 (2):
 103-118.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Retraces the international development of electronic information networks
 and suggests situations in which such systems might disrupt existing social,
 political, and economic frameworks. The interdependencies fostered by such
 systems are illustrated by the storage in Cleveland, Ohio, of vital data
 required to fight industrial fires in a Swedish town. (D. Powell )
-Desc-
 Information Storage and Retrieval Systems; Western Nations ; Social
 Problems; 1970's
 Hist. Per.: 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 2
-A-
 688843 21C-10299
-W-
 "Embattled Establishment: Protestants and Power in Cleveland, 1836-60."
 McTighe, Michael John
 DAI 1983 44 (1): 265-A.
 Source: U. of Chicago 1983.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 Elites ; Economic Development ; Ohio - (Cleveland) ; Protestant Churches ;
 Morality; City government; Voluntary associations 1836-1860
 Hist. Per.: 1830D 1840D 1850D 1860D 1800H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 3
-A-
 688840 21C-10291
-W-
 "Nineteenth Century Land Use Decisions in Cleveland, Ohio, A Case Study of
 Neighborhood Development and Change in Ohio City."
 Klein, Richard
 DAI 1983 43 (10): 3397-3398-A. DA8305193
 Source: U. of Akron 1983. 632 pp.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 Ohio - (Cleveland; Ohio City); Neighborhoods; 19c; Land Use; Development
 Hist. Per.: 1800H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 4
-A-
 670376 20A-08255
-W-
 TEMPERANCE, BENEVOLENCE, AND THE CITY: THE CLEVELAND NON-PARTISAN WOMAN'S
 CHRISTIAN TEMPERANCE UNION, 1874-1900.
 Morton, Marian J
 Ohio Hist. 1982 91: 58-73.
 Note: Based on the Woman's Christian Temperance Union records at the Western
 Reserve Historical Society; photo, 3 illus., 60 notes.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 The women of the Non-Partisan Woman's Christian Temperance Union of
 Cleveland-designated as "non-partisan" to disassociate the group from the
 Woman's Christian Temperance Union's endorsement of the Prohibition
 Party-were not social critics, innovators, conservatives, liberals, or
 feminists; rather, they were typical of the 19th century in that they viewed
 themselves simply as Protestant crusaders working to save both bodies and
 souls within the accepted religious and social framework of their century.
 Linked to both the Social Gospel and Gospel Temperance movements, the
 organization was chiefly concerned with the welfare of women and children as
 they were affected by male intemperance, and sought to reclaim both the
 individual and society through means of moral suasion, social service
 institutions, and legislation. By 1913, when the group merged with the
 Cleveland Federation of Charity and Philanthropy, their work had become
 increasingly secularized in response to the growing professionalization of
 philanthropy in the 20th century. (L. A. Russell )
-Desc-
 Temperance Movements; Protestantism; Ohio - (Cleveland); 1874-1900; Women;
 Non-Partisan Woman's Christian Temperance Union
 Hist. Per.: 1870D 1880D 1890D 1800H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 5
-A-
 670364 20A-08245
-W-
 TOWARD THE "LACE CURTAIN": THE IRISH IN CLEVELAND IN THE IMMEDIATE
 POST-CIVIL WAR ERA.
 Geary, James W
 Ethnic Forum 1982 2 (2): 60-76.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Discusses the daily life of Irish immigrants in Cleveland, Ohio, their
 contributions, distribution, and development as social and political forces
 within the area, 1860-70.
-Desc-
 Politics ; Social Conditions; Ohio - (Cleveland); Irish Americans;
 1860-1870; Daily life
 Hist. Per.: 1860D 1870D 1800H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 6
-A-
 669998 20A-07885
-W-
 PHILANTHROPY AS INVESTMENT.
 Hall, Peter Dobkin
 Hist. of Educ. Q. 1982 22 (2): 185-203.
 Note: 46 notes.8
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Reviews Urban Capitalists: Entrepreneurs and City Growth in Pennsylvania's
 Lackawanna and Lehigh Regions, 1800-1920 (1981), by Burton K. Folson, Jr. an
 account of the economic and urban development of two eastern Pennsylvania
 regions. (J. T. Holton )
-Desc-
 Cities; Economic Growth; Pennsylvania - (Lackawanna, Lehigh regions);
 1800-1920; Philanthropy
 Hist. Per.: 1800H 1900D 1910D 1920D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 7
-A-
 579916 20A-05739
-W-
 TAX ABATEMENT IN CLEVELAND.
 Swanstrom, Todd
 Social Policy 1982 12 (3): 24-30.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Tax abatement, "the power to grant special reductions of local property
 taxes to retain old industry or attract new investment, " has been
 controversial in Cleveland, Ohio, since 1976, when a three-year
 tax-abatement ordinance passed the city council; this experience shows that
 tax abatement is not the answer to effective local economic development.
-Desc-
 Ohio - (Cleveland); 1976-1982; Tax abatement; Industry; Economic
 development
 Hist. Per.: 1970D 1980D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 8
-A-
 574947 20A-02921
-W-
 COMMENT,
 Susskind, Lawrence
 J. of the Am. Planning Assoc. 1982 48 (2): 163-183. pp. 181-183.
 A RETROSPECTIVE VIEW OF EQUITY PLANNING: CLEVELAND 1969-1979
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-Desc-
 Ohio - (Cleveland); 1969-1979; City Planning
 Hist. Per.: 1960D 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 9
-A-
 574946 20A-02921
-W-
 COMMENT,
 Davidoff, Paul
 J. of the Am. Planning Assoc. 1982 48 (2): 163-183. pp. 179-180.
 A RETROSPECTIVE VIEW OF EQUITY PLANNING: CLEVELAND 1969-1979
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 10
-A-
 574945 20A-02921
-W-
 COMMENT,
 Kaufman, Jerome L
 J. of the Am. Planning Assoc. 1982 48 (2): 163-183. pp. 175-178.
 A RETROSPECTIVE VIEW OF EQUITY PLANNING: CLEVELAND 1969-1979
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 11
-A-
 574944 20A-02921
-W-
 A RETROSPECTIVE VIEW OF EQUITY PLANNING: CLEVELAND 1969-1979,
 Krumholz, Norman
 J. of the Am. Planning Assoc. 1982 48 (2): 163-183. pp. 163-174.
 A RETROSPECTIVE VIEW OF EQUITY PLANNING: CLEVELAND 1969-1979
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 From 1969 to 1979, under three administrations which could not have been
 more different, the Cleveland City Planning Commission worked in a highly
 visible way to achieve equity objectives. During this period, advocacy
 planning became less of a hortatory theory than a tangible effort undertaken
 within the system and directed toward, and achieving, real ends.
 On given issues, the Cleveland planners publicly challenged some of our
 favorite urban nostrums, and they not only survived, but prospered.
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 12
-A-
 574943 20A-02921
-W-
 A RETROSPECTIVE VIEW OF EQUITY PLANNING: CLEVELAND 1969-1979
 J. of the Am. Planning Assoc. 1982 48 (2): 163-183.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 13
-A-
 571776 19C-11984
-W-
 "The Process of Economic Development in Cleveland, 1825-1920."
 Hoffman, Naphtali
 DAI 1981 41 (11): 4774-A. 8109590
 Source: Case Western Reserve U. 1981. 296 pp.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 Urbanization ; Ohio - (Cleveland) ; 1825-1920; Economic Development
 Hist. Per.: 1800H 1900D 1910D 1920D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 14
-A-
 569207 19A-09236
-W-
 THE PENNSYLVANIA & OHIO CANAL: TRANSPORT INNOVATION, MIXED ENTERPRISE, AND
 URBAN COMMERCIAL RIVALRY, 1825-1861.
 Scheiber, Harry N
 Old Northwest 1980 6 (2): 105-135.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Discusses the planning and financing of the Pennsylvania & Ohio Canal,
 completed in 1840. For some 12 years afterwards it played a key role in the
 economy of northeastern Ohio. It was heavily supported by government
 finances, however, and with the encroachment of railroads, was not able to
 compete. By 1861 its financial resources were exhausted and it was sold to
 the Cleveland & Mahoning Railroad. Based on primary sources; 73 notes. (J.
 Powell )
-Desc-
 Railroads; Canals; Competition; 1825-1861; Pennsylvania & Ohio Canal; Ohio,
 northeastern; Finance
 Hist. Per.: 1820D 1830D 1840D 1850D 1860D 1800H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 15
-A-
 566864 19A-06991
-W-
 THE ORIGINS OF THE LAND QUESTION ON PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND, 1767-1805.
 Bumsted, J M
 Acadiensis (Canada) 1981 11 (1): 43-56.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 In 1767 the British Crown granted Prince Edward Island to 66 private
 proprietors in lots of 20, 000 acres each. In return, the proprietors
 assumed responsibility for the island's settlement, development, and cost of
 administration. The proprietors never met their obligations. Conflict
 between proprietors and tenants became the central component of a conflict,
 which by the mid-19th century was bitter and occasionally violent. Down to
 1805, however, the conflict was not really a popular issue, but one created
 by contending factions of elites (chiefly officials and would-be officials)
 for their own political, economic, and social advantage. 41 notes. (D. F.
 Chard )
-Desc-
 Landlords and Tenants ; Political factions; 1767-1805; Prince Edward Island
 Hist. Per.: 1760D 1770D 1780D 1790D 1800D 1700H 1800H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 16
-A-
 563532 19A-05638
-W-
 YOUNG ASTRONOMERS, IN SEARCH OF AN OBSERVATORY, START THEIR OWN.
 Chasan, Daniel Jack
 Smithsonian 1981 12 (4): 58-65.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Traces the development of the Monterey Institute for Research in Astronomy
 (MIRA) beginning in 1971 when a group of astronomy students at Case Western
 Reserve University in Cleveland talked of forming a collective independent
 of universities and the federal government to study astronomy; the institute
 moved to California in 1972.
-Desc-
 Students ; 1971-1981; Monterey Institute for Research in Astronomy;
 Astronomy; California
 Hist. Per.: 1970D 1980D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 17
-A-
 562474 19A-04611
-W-
 VISIONS OF A POST-WAR CITY: A PERSPECTIVE ON URBAN PLANNING IN PHILADELPHIA
 AND THE NATION, 1942-1945.
 Bauman, John F
 Urbanism Past & Present 1980-81 6 (1): 1-11.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Examines the housing and planning ideas which abounded in Philadelphia and
 the nation during World War II. Two broad visions of the postwar city
 emerged by 1943: one emphasizing the rehousing of urban slum dwellers and
 the other stressing the reconstruction or redevelopment of the downtown. The
 ideological conflict embedded in these competing views prefigured a major
 dilemma for the shaping of postwar urban policy. The housers lost to
 America's postwar suburban boom, while redevelopers cleared the way for
 modern downtowns. Hearings before the Senate Subcommittee on Post War
 Housing; Hearings on Post-War Economic Policy; map, 33 notes. (B. P.
 Anderson )
-Desc-
 City Planning; Pennsylvania - (Philadelphia); 1940-1945
 Hist. Per.: 1940D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 18
-A-
 557607 19A-03112
-W-
 35 Years of the Joseph Pilsudski Institute in New York
 35 LAT INSTYTUTU JOZEFA PILSUDSKIEGO W NOWYM JORKU
 Bau, Zdzislaw
 Zestyty Hist. (France) 1979 (47): 116-127.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Besides its archives and library the institute has unique sources for the
 history of interwar Poland: Professor Waclaw Jedrzejewicz, Senator Edward
 Kleszczynski and Wies*l9aw Domaniewski, all former Polish officials.
 Established on 4 July 1943, the institute's first home was a room provided
 by the National Committee of Americans of Polish Descent at 105 East 22nd
 Street. It is now located at 381 Park Avenue South. The widow of Professor
 Tomasz Siemiradzki of Cleveland made the first substantial donation-$1,
 000.
 Professor Jedrzejewicz, its first director, established the archives. He
 left the post to teach at Wellesley College in 1948, but returned to it
 during the 1960's. In 1977 the National Endowment for the Humanities awarded
 it a grant to microfilm its archives. (J. T. Hapak )
-Desc-
 New York City ; 1944-1979; Joseph Pilsudski Institute; Archives; Poland
 Hist. Per.: 1940D 1950D 1960D 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 19
-A-
 552907 18A-07780
-W-
 Imperialist strategy of bases
 IMPERIALISTICKA STRATEGIE Z*A1KLADEN
 Mikul*i1n, Antonin
 Historie a Vojenstvi (Czechoslovakia) 1979 28 (6): 159-174.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Discusses the system of modern US global strategy, especially the strategy
 of bases. The development of this military planning was influenced by US
 attempts to create a system of strategic advantage in peacetime. Examines
 the global system of US military bases and the change from land bases to
 naval strategy, to attain a rapid escalation of action in any possible
 conflict. The Pentagon's planning in the 1970's seems to be based on naval
 forces. 14 notes. (G. E. Pergl )
-Desc-
 1970-1978; Military bases; Naval strategy
 Hist. Per.: 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 20
-A-
 550431 18C-04982
-W-
 "Florence Hollis and the Development of Psychosocial Casework Theory: An
 Intellectual Biography 1927-1940."
 Super, Stacia Iona
 DAI 1980 41 (4): 1778-1779-A. 8023255
 Source: U. of Illinois, Chicago Circle 1980. 163 pp.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 Social Work; Ohio - (Cleveland) ; Pennsylvania - (Philadelphia) ; 1927-1940
 ; Hollis, Florence ; Psychosocial Casework Theory
 Hist. Per.: 1920D 1930D 1940D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 21
-A-
 545828 14B-02387
-W-
 Harvard Studies in Urban History.
 Peasants and Strangers: Italians, Rumanians, and Slovaks in an American
 City, 1890-1950.
 Greene, Victor ; Becker, Laura Leff; Leonard, Henry B; Bodnar, John; Bayor,
 Ronald H; Barton, Josef J Barton, Josef J.
 Source: Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard U. Pr., 1975. 217 pp.
-DocType-
 BOOK
 Citation: Am. Hist. R. 81 (June 76) 675.
 Ann. of the Am. Acad. of Pol. and Social Sci. 425 (May 76) 168-169.
 Catholic Hist. R. 62 (Oct 76) 675-676.
 J. of Urban Hist. 3 (Feb 77) 241-249.
 New York Hist. 57 (Oct 76) 515-516.
 See also 14B: 117. 13B: 89. 12B: 1481
 Rev. art.
 Greene, Victor , Becker, Laura Leff, Leonard, Henry B, Bodnar, John, Bayor,
 Ronald H
-Desc-
 Ohio - (Cleveland); Assimilation; Social Mobility; Italian Americans;
 Rumanian Americans; Slovak Americans; 1890-1950
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 22
-A-
 545669 14B-02231
-W-
 Cleveland Ethnic Heritage Studies Development Program.
 Ethnic Groups in Ohio with Special Emphasis on Cleveland: An Annotated
 Bibliographical Guide.
 Simon, Paul L; Wynear, Luboymr R Wynear, Luboymr R. et al, comps.
 Source: Cleveland: Cleveland State U., 1975. 254 pp.
-DocType-
 BOOK
 Citation: Ohio Hist. 85 (Spr 76) 176-177.
 Simon, Paul L
-Desc-
 Bibliographies - (annotated); Ohio - (Cleveland); 19c-1975 Ethnic Groups
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 23
-A-
 543239 14B-00117
-W-
 Harvard Studies in Urban History.
 Peasants and Strangers: Italians, Rumanians, and Slovaks in an American
 City, 1890-1950.
 Duff, John B; Makielski, S J, Jr; Barton, Josef J Barton, Josef J.
 Source: Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard U. Pr., 1975. 217 pp.
-DocType-
 BOOK
 Citation: Labor Hist. 17 (Spr 76) 298-301.
 Pol. Sci. Q. 90 (Fall 75) 566-567.
 See also 13B: 89. 12B: 1481
 Duff, John B, Makielski, S J, Jr
-Desc-
 Ohio - (Cleveland); Italian Americans; Rumanian Americans Slovak Americans;
 1890-1950; Assimilation; Social Mobility
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 24
-A-
 540690 18A-03891
-W-
 LOCATIONAL CONFLICT AND THE POLITICS OF CONSUMPTION.
 Ley, David; Mercer, John Ley, David and Mercer, John.
 Econ. Geography 1980 56 (2): 89-109.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Structure of conflict between politicized consumer groups in Vancouver,
 British Columbia, 1973-75, who selectively attempted to redirect urban land
 use and development policy, indicates that consumer preference is an
 intricate part of both the legal and political processes and should be a
 component of locational conflict theory.
-Desc-
 Conflict and Conflict Resolution; City Planning; Political Theory ;
 Consumers; British Columbia - (Vancouver); 1973-1975; Location Land use
 Hist. Per.: 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 25
-A-
 536861 18A-00232
-W-
 DUTCH TOWNSMEN AND LAND USE: A SPATIAL PERSPECTIVE ON SEVENTEENTH-CENTURY
 ALBANY, NEW YORK.
 Merwick, Donna Merwick, Donna.
 William and Mary Q. 1980 37 (1): 53-78.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Examines early settlement on the upper Hudson River, with special attention
 to the Van Rensselaer patroonship. The Van Rensselaer family is discussed.
 Dutchmen and Englishmen differed on the meaning of "town, " the relationship
 between family and property, and the responsibilities of town and rural
 areas. Albany and Beverwyck and their adjoining areas serve as models for
 the interaction of rural and urban society and also for the conflict between
 English and Dutch culture. The author investigates land development, the fur
 trade, and artisan and merchant life. When the English took over, they
 encouraged status based on land and also weakened the idea of a tight
 political structure, self-contained, in the towns. Uses the early public
 records of New Netherland and New York; 2 maps (Van Rensselaer's Patroonship
 and Settlement of Beverwyck 1698), 109 notes. (H. M. Ward )
-Desc-
 Rural-Urban Studies ; New York - (Albany, Beverwyck); English Americans ;
 VanRensselaer family; Dutch Americans; 1620-1750; Land
 Hist. Per.: 1600H 1700H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 26
-A-
 531317 17A-08802
-W-
 THE CITY DIRECTORY: A KEY TO FAMILY HISTORY.
 Ward, Robert Elmer Ward, Robert Elmer.
 Family Heritage 1979 2 (2): 54-59.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Uses the Buschow family in Cleveland, Ohio, 1883-1900, to demonstrate the
 value and use of city directories as sources of local and family history.
-Desc-
 Local History ; Ohio - (Cleveland) ; 1883-1900; 1979; Family history;
 Buschow family; City directories
 Hist. Per.: 1880D 1890D 1800H; 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 27
-A-
 524350 17A-04248
-W-
 THE ARCHITECTURE OF URBAN HOUSING IN THE UNITED STATES DURING THE EARLY
 1930'S.
 Pommer, Richard Pommer, Richard.
 J. of the Soc. of Architectural Hist. 1978 37 (4): 235-264.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Political considerations combined with the failure of US architects and
 critics of the 1930's to understand European modernism's principle of the
 inseparability of housing, planning, and architecture. The result produced
 the dreary urban housing developed between the late 1930's and early 1960's.
 During 1932-34, under the Reconstruction Finance Corporation and the Public
 Works Administration, there was a brief but decisive period of developmental
 freedom. After that, standarization killed the architectural quality of
 urban housing. Focuses on Philadelphia, Cleveland, and New York.
 Compares the US Garden City planning, Beaux-Arts design, and the European
 Modern Movement, particularly as seen in the Zeilenbau system and the City
 of Three Million by Le Corbusier. Concludes that only in the early 1960's
 were the European and US approaches successfully combined. Henry Wright was
 particularly important in bringing about the fusion. (R. J. Jirran )
-Desc-
 New Deal ; 1932-1960; Architecture; Housing; Europe; Modernism; City
 planning
 Hist. Per.: 1930D 1940D 1950D 1960D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 28
-A-
 521854 17A-01797
-W-
 On the role and function of American naval forces in the wars of aggression
 against Korea and Vietnam
 ZUR ROLLE UND FUNKTION DER USA-SEESTREITKRAFTE IN DEN AGGRESSIONSKRIEGEN
 GEGEN KOREA UND VIETNAM
 Steigleder, Horst Steigleder, Horst.
 Militargeschichte (East Germany) 1976 15 (5): 557-569.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Since World War II the US Navy has functioned as a strategic deterrent to
 nuclear war, as an arm of intervention in conventional conflicts, and as a
 means of "rolling back" socialism without a direct conflict with the Soviet
 Union. The aggressive wars in Korea and Vietnam were stages in the
 development of these capacities. In these conflicts the US Navy had four
 specific functions: 1) blockading, 2) sea landings, 3) direct support of
 land forces, and 4) security of military sea transport. In Korea and Vietnam
 the worldwide strategy and tactics of US naval forces were formulated.
 Secondary works; map, table, chart, 33 notes. (J. B. Street )
-Desc-
 Navies; Vietnam War; Korean War; 1945-1975
 Hist. Per.: 1940D 1950D 1960D 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 29
-A-
 518248 16A-08015
-W-
 THE MERCY HOSPITAL CONTROVERSY AMONG CLEVELAND'S AFRO-AMERICAN CIVIC
 LEADERS, 1927.
 Griffin, William Griffin, William.
 J. of Negro Hist. 1976 61 (4): 327-350.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 In Cleveland, the campaign to eliminate racial discrimination in health care
 institutions focused attention upon the municipal hospital which excluded
 Negroes from its staff and training programs. Black leaders in Cleveland
 were divided in their support of the proposed Negro institution, Mercy
 Hospital. The controversy focused attention on discrimination in hospitals,
 and by 1930, under pressure from black civic leaders, the Cleveland City
 Hospital was ordered to change its racial policies. Based upon primary
 materials in the Western Reserve Historical Society Library and the Library
 of Congress Manuscript Collection; 105 notes. (N. G. Sapper
 )
-Desc-
 Hospitals ; Ohio - (Cleveland); Mercy Hospital - (proposed) 1927-1930;
 Discrimination; Negroes
 Hist. Per.: 1920D 1930D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 30
-A-
 473998 16A-02465
-W-
 FROM PROGRESSIVE TO PATRICIAN: GEORGE BELLAMY AND HIRAM HOUSE SOCIAL
 SETTLEMENT, 1896-1914.
 Grabowski, John J Grabowski, John J.
 Ohio Hist. 1978 87 (1): 37-52.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Discusses the early history of Hiram House, the first social settlement in
 Cleveland, and how the attitudes and changing life-style of its founder and
 director, George Bellamy, affected its operations. Originally, dedicated to
 reform-oriented programs, Hiram House's success came only after it was
 transformed into an orderly operation by a group of businessmen which
 narrowed dramatically the range of programs the settlement could offer.
 Bellamy and the programs eventually focused on the proper development of
 individual character, which enabled him to avoid the progressive schemes of
 environmental alteration and social change. Based on archives, contemporary
 comments, and secondary sources; 2 illus., 47 notes. (N. Summers )
-Desc-
 Social Reform ; Ohio - (Cleveland); Settlement houses; 1896-1914; Hiram
 House; Bellamy, George
 Hist. Per.: 1890D 1900D 1910D 1800H 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 31
-A-
 469112 16B-03111
-W-
 The Building of Cities: Development and Conflict.
 Kaiser, Harvey H; Boskoff, Alvin Kaiser, Harvey H.
 Source: Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell U. Pr., 1978. 217 pp.
-DocType-
 BOOK
 Citation: Ann. of the Am. Acad. of Pol. and Social Sci. 440 (Nov 78)
 203-204.
 Boskoff, Alvin
-Desc-
 City Planning; New York; Federal Policy; 1970's
 Hist. Per.: 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 32
-A-
 468158 16B-02157
-W-
 Harvard Studies in Urban History.
 Peasants and Strangers: Italians, Rumanians, and Slovaks in an American
 City, 1890-1950.
 Barton, Josef J; Chudacoff, Howard P Barton, Josef J.
 Source: Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard U. Pr., 1975. 217 pp.
-DocType-
 BOOK
 Citation: Rev. in Am. Hist. 4 (Mar 76) 99-104.
 See also 15B: 113. 14B: 2387 14B: 117
 Rev. art.
 Chudacoff, Howard P
-Desc-
 Ohio - (Cleveland); Assimilation; Social Mobility; Italian Americans;
 Rumanian Americans; Slovak Americans; 1890-1950
 Hist. Per.: 1890D 1800H 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 33
-A-
 450801 16C-06765
-W-
 "Keep Out: Land Use Controls and Political Conflict in American
 Development."
 Plotkin, Sidney Plotkin, Sidney.
 DAI 1978 39 (1): 451-A.
 Source: City U. of New York 1978. 522 pp.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 Government Regulation; 1970-1975; Land Use; Politics
 Hist. Per.: 1970D 1900H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 34
-A-
 429509 15A-07696
-W-
 PHILANTHROPY, POLICY PLANNING AND THE BUREAUCRATIZATION OF THE DEMOCRATIC
 IDEAL.
 Karl, Barry D Karl, Barry D.
 Daedalus 1976 105 (4): 129-149.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 The conflict between popular democracy and managerial elites is necessary
 for the maintenance of a complex democratic system in a technological age.
 The problems of managing a national society have become prominent only in
 the last decade. Earlier, a philanthropic elite responded to problems which
 they knew to be national. The historical process that produced a system of
 planning culminated in the New Deal. The changes which followed involved
 both the formal use of the American university system and government
 administration of research. The third change is the growth of a bureaucracy
 which sees itself as mediating between the academic community and the
 intentions and sensitivities of Congress. American hostility to bureaucracy
 is long-standing. Today's bureaucrat, unlike the ideological neutral
 portrayed by Max Weber, is a professional specialist defending his
 interests. (E. McCarthy )
-Desc-
 Planning ; Public Policy ; 19c-20c ; Philanthropy ; Democracy; Government;
 Bureaucracy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 35
-A-
 416113 15B-00113
-W-
 Harvard Studies in Urban History.
 Peasants and Strangers: Italians, Rumanians, and Slovaks in an American
 City, 1890-1950.
 Barton, Josef J; Stolarik, M Mark; Yans-McLaughlin, Virginia; Webster,
 Janice Reiff Barton, Josef J.
 Source: Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard U. Pr., 1975. 217 pp.
-DocType-
 BOOK
 Citation: Hist. Sociale/Social Hist. 9 (May 76) 231-233.
 J. of Interdisciplinary Hist. 7 (Aut 76) 343-345.
 Pacific Northwest Q. 68 (July 77) 147-148.
 See also 14B: 2387. 14B: 117. 13B: 89.
 Stolarik, M Mark, Yans-McLaughlin, Virginia, Webster, Janice Reiff
-Desc-
 Ohio - (Cleveland); Assimilation; Social Mobility; Italian Americans;
 Rumanian Americans; Slovak Americans; 1890-1950
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 36
-A-
 400713 15C-05815
-W-
 "Public Library and the Young Adult: The Development of the Service and Its
 Philosophy in the New York Public Library, Cleveland Public Library, and
 Enoch Pratt Free Library."
 Braverman, Miriam Ruth Braverman, Miriam Ruth.
 DAI 1978 38 (7): 3781-A.
 Source: Columbia U. 1974. 444 pp.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 Libraries - (public; services); Maryland - (Baltimore); New York City; Ohio
 - (Cleveland); Youth; 1920-1966
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 37
-A-
 389015 14A-08722
-W-
 THE CLEVELAND POLICY PLANNING REPORT.
 Krumholz, Norman ; Cogger, Janice M; Linner, John H Krumholz, Norman;
 Cogger, Janice M.; and Linner, John H.
 J. of the Am. Inst. of Planners 1975 41 (5): 298-304.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Analyzes the Cleveland Policy Planning Report (1970), showing how the city
 of Cleveland has chosen a new type of planning and pointing out the
 implications of the Cleveland report for other major American cities.
-Desc-
 City Planning; Ohio; 1970-1975; Cleveland Policy Planning Report - (1970)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 38
-A-
 389009 14A-08716
-W-
 THE PARADOX OF "PROGRESSIVE" ARCHITECTURE: URBAN PLANNING AND PUBLIC
 BUILDING IN TOM JOHNSON'S CLEVELAND.
 Hines, Thomas S Hines, Thomas S.
 Am. Q. 1973 25 (4): 426-448.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Eschewing the inventive originality of modern architecture, the
 commissioners and citizens of Cleveland designed the municipal face-lifting
 of their early 20th-century Cleveland Group Plan around the ambience of
 L'Enfant's Washington, Old World references, and the World's Columbian
 Exposition. In architecture, as in Progressivism itself, retreat from the
 complexities of industrial society coexisted with a spirit of adventure and
 reform. Primary and secondary sources; 33 notes. (W. D. Piersen )
-Desc-
 Ohio; 1890-1912; Architecture; Urban planning; Cleveland Group Plan
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 39
-A-
 388270 14A-07996
-W-
 ANOTHER VIEW OF RESPONSIBLE PLANNING.
 Long, Norton E Long, Norton E.
 J. of the Am. Inst. of Planners 1975 41 (5): 311-316.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Breaks down the Cleveland Policy Planning Report (1970) by topics such as
 subsidies, disinvestment, and the erosion of the primary labor market,
 briefly discussing the Report's approach to each topic.
-Desc-
 City Planning; 1970-1975; Cleveland Policy Planning Repor- (1970)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 40
-A-
 388266 14A-07992
-W-
 PLANNING FOR DECLINING AND POOR CITIES.
 Gans, Herbert J Gans, Herbert J.
 J. of the Am. Inst. of Planners 1975 41 (5): 305-307.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Lists six ways in which the Cleveland Policy Planning Report (1970) is a new
 approach to planning, and shows the significance of this new approach in
 view of the decline of contemporary American cities.
-Desc-
 City Planning; 1970-1975; Cleveland Policy Planning Repor- (1970)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 41
-A-
 387311 14A-07099
-W-
 LOUIS DEMBITZ BRANDEIS AND THE CLEVELAND CONFERENCE.
 Panitz, Esther Panitz, Esther.
 Am. Jewish Hist. Q. 1975 65 (2): 140-162.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 The culmination of a prolonged controversy between European and American
 Zionist leaders occurred at the 1921 Cleveland Conference of the Zionist
 Organization of America. This contest of wills and personalities over
 attitudes and techniques to adopt in the achievement of a common goal
 ultimately pitted Louis Brandeis against Chaim Weizmann. Since the final
 vote went against him, Brandeis and Judge Julian Mack of Chicago resigned
 from their Zionist offices but continued to work for the economic
 development of Palestine's Jewish colonists. (T. Rosenthal )
-Desc-
 1921 ; Cleveland Conference ; Zionist Organization of America; Brandeis,
 Louis; Weizmann, Chaim; Mack, Julian
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 42
-A-
 387093 14A-06881
-W-
 CLEVELAND ABBE AND A VIEW OF SCIENCE IN MID-NINETEENTH-CENTURY AMERICA.
 Hetherington, N S Hetherington, N. S.
 Ann. of Sci. (Great Britain) 1976 33 (1): 31-50.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 By the middle of the nineteenth century science was developing into a
 profession demanding advanced training and devotion to research. American
 institutions, however, were still better suited to an earlier stage of
 popular science. Many of the difficulties and frustrations for would-be
 scientists created by the time lag in institutional change are illustrated
 in the career of Cleveland Abbe. In the fifteen years between 1856 and 1871
 his attempts to become an astronomer touched upon many significant aspects
 of American science as a profession, including the American observatory
 movement, the creation of graduate education, government support for
 science, and the tension between the joint goals of the increase and the
 diffusion of knowledge. (J )
-Desc-
 1856-1871; Science; Institutional change; Abbe, Cleveland
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 43
-A-
 351630 14C-09302
-W-
 "Businessmen, Pedagogues, and Progressive Reform: The Cleveland Foundations
 1915 School Survey."
 Miggins, Edward Michael Miggins, Edward Michael.
 DAI 1976 37 (4): 2361-A.
 Source: Case Western Reserve U., 1975. 371 pp.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 Cleveland Foundation ; Business; Ohio; Public Schools; Reform; 1915-1916
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 44
-A-
 327438 13A-06996
-W-
 CLEVELAND NATIONAL FOREST: SAN DIEGO'S WATERSHED.
 Sakarias, Michael Sakarias, Michael.
 J. of San Diego Hist. 1975 21 (4): 54-65.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Describes San Diego County's Cleveland National Forest, established by
 executive order in 1908, and how its use as a watershed forest for the
 county limited its development for recreation, grazing, and mining. (S )
-Desc-
 California - (San Diego County) ; Natural Resources ; 1891-1945; Cleveland
 National Forest; Watershed
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 45
-A-
 326148 13A-05824
-W-
 THE PUBLIC ORDERING OF PRIVATE RELATIONS.
 Wanner, Craig Wanner, Craig.
 Law & Soc. R. 1974 8 (3): 421-440, 1975 9 (2): 293-306.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Part I: INITIATING CIVIL CASES IN URBAN TRIAL COURTS. Surveys cases in
 Baltimore, Cleveland, and Milwaukee during 1965-70 to determine "the
 principal users of the civil court system and the matters these users want
 adjudicated." Part II: WINNING CIVIL COURT CASES. An inquiry into who wins
 and loses civil court cases in Baltimore, Cleveland, and Milwaukee during
 1965-70, based on a random selection of cases. General conclusions drawn
 are: organizations are more successful litigants than individuals,
 organizational plaintiffs resolve cases quicker than individuals, and the
 government is a more successful litigant than either individuals or business
 organizations. (H. R. Mahood and S )
-Desc-
 Maryland - (Baltimore) ; Ohio - (Cleveland); Wisconsin - (Milwaukee);
 1965-1970; Civil court cases
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 46
-A-
 322554 13A-02392
-W-
 THE NEW DEAL AND THE NEGRO COMMUNITY: TOWARD A BROADER CONCEPTUALIZATION.
 Wye, Christopher G Wye, Christopher G.
 J. of Am. Hist. 1972 59 (3): 621-639.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 The experience of the Negro community in Cleveland with housing and
 emergency work programs reinforces the traditional view that these efforts
 assisted Negroes out of proportion to their numbers, but failed to meet
 their needs. Local administration of the housing projects led to a
 concentration of the ghetto and its shift into upperclass districts as the
 poorer blacks could not afford the public house rents. Moreover, while
 federal welfare programs employed a disproportionately large number of
 blacks, they were employed in job categories below those they had filled in
 the private sector before the depression. 4 maps, 2 tables, 65 notes. (K. B.
 West )
-Desc-
 Discrimination ; Negroes; New Deal; Ohio - (Cleveland); Public Welfare;
 1932-1938; Housing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 47
-A-
 316097 13B-00089
-W-
 Harvard Studies in Urban History.
 Peasants and Strangers: Italians, Rumanians, and Slovaks in an American
 City, 1890-1950.
 Allswang, John M; Lubove, Roy; Barton, Josef J Barton, Josef J.
 Source: Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard U. Pr., 1975. 217 pp.
-DocType-
 BOOK
 Citation: J. of Am. Hist. 62 (Mar 76) 1017-1018.
 J. of Econ. Hist. 35 (Dec 75) 840-841.
 See also 12B: 1481
 Allswang, John M, Lubove, Roy
-Desc-
 Ohio - (Cleveland); Italian Americans; Rumanian Americans Slovak Americans;
 1890-1950; Assimilation; Social Mobility
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 48
-A-
 273000 12A-02902
-W-
 CHARLES E. RUTHENBERG: THE DEVELOPMENT OF AN AMERICAN COMMUNIST, 1909-1927.
 Millett, Stephen M Millett, Stephen M.
 Ohio Hist. 1972 81 (3): 193-209.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Cleveland born Charles E. Ruthenberg became the first executive secretary of
 the Communist Party of America. An idealist who supported Tom Johnson for
 Mayor in 1901, he began a leftward trend that led him to socialism. In 1909,
 he joined the Socialist Party and a year later became a member of
 Cleveland's City Central Committee. As a Socialist, he believed in the
 "elimination of industrial waste." Between 1909 and 1914 he moved to the
 radical wing of the party and edited The Cleveland Socialist . As a pacifist
 and as the author of Cleveland's "Manifesto Against War, " he became a
 target for arrest within months of America's entry into World War I. While
 jailed, and perhaps from reading Lenin's "A Letter to American Workers, "
 Ruthenberg became a Communist. Between 1919 and 1921 he attempted to
 conciliate the splintered factions of American Communists. He anticipated
 the desires of Moscow with respect to the Communist movement in America and
 with the aid of his Russian connections was able to lead the party until his
 1927 death. Sources include the Ruthenberg manuscripts; illus., 65 notes.
 (S. S. Sprague )
-Desc-
 Ohio - (Cleveland) ; Pacifism ; 1909-1927; Ruthenberg, Charles E; Communist
 Party
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 49
-A-
 271812 12A-01766
-W-
 RANCHING ON THE OUTBOUNDARIES OF THE LAS ANIMAS GRANT IN COLORADO,
 1884-1899.
 Taylor, Morris F Taylor, Morris F.
 Arizona and the West 1974 16 (2): 125-140.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Easterners pursued quick profits by investing in western cattle ranches at
 the height of the boom in the 1880's. The Cleveland and Colorado Cattle
 Company and the New Haven Cattle Company were two such ventures built on
 uncertain foundations, based on shaky land titles, and ending in failure
 after checkered histories. They were organized in 1884 and 1885 to conduct
 ranching on the Vigil and St. Vrain (Las Animas) Land Grant, the largest of
 the Mexican grants in the Southwest. Failing to gain full approval of the
 grant for their Colorado-based operations, indulging in overexpansion, and
 not noting the approaching decline of the western cattle boom, the companies
 failed in 1899 and 1903. 3 illus., map, 37 notes. (D. L. Smith )
-Desc-
 Las Animas Land Grant ; 1884-1903 ; Colorado; Cattle ranches; Cleveland and
 Colorado Cattle Company; New Haven Cattle Company
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 50
-A-
 267714 12B-01481
-W-
 Harvard Studies in Urban History.
 Peasants and Strangers: Italians, Rumanians, and Slovaks in an American
 City, 1890-1950.
 Shover, John L; Barton, Josef J Barton, Josef J.
 Source: Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard U. Pr., 1975. 217 pp.
-DocType-
 BOOK
 Citation: Hist.: Reviews of New Books 3 (July 75) 197-198.
 Shover, John L
-Desc-
 Ohio - (Cleveland); Italian Americans; Rumanian Americans Slovak Americans;
 1890-1950; Assimilation; Social Mobility
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 51
-A-
 251201 12C-07058
-W-
 "A History of Civic Land Use Decision Making in the Cleveland Metropolitan
 Area, 1880-1930."
 Weiner, Ronald R Weiner, Ronald R.
 DAI 1975 35 (12): 7854-A.
 Source: Kent State U. 1974. 398 pp.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 City Planning; Ohio - (Cleveland); 1880-1930; Land Use; Decisionmaking
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 52
-A-
 251185 12C-07034
-W-
 "Structure and Performance of Urban Water Quality Management Institutions: A
 Longitudinal Study in the Cleveland, Ohio, Metropolitan Region."
 Hessel, Darryl Lyle Hessel, Darryl Lyle.
 DAI 1975 35 (7): 4665-A.
 Source: U. of Michigan 1974. 363 pp.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 City Government; Ohio - (Cleveland); Public Administration ; 1963-1973;
 Water Quality Management
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 53
-A-
 226823 11A-06455
-W-
 THE TRIAL OF CLEVELAND SELLERS.
 Bass, Jack Bass, Jack.
 New South 1970 25 (4): 18-22.
-DocType-
 ARTICLE
 Recounts the tense trial of Cleveland L. Sellers, Jr. in 1970 on charges
 stemming from the violence at Orangeburg, South Carolina, during 6-8
 February 1968. Sellers, a black activist in Orangeburg before the violence,
 was found guilty on one charge of rioting and received a sentence of one
 year in prison and a fine of $250. Sellers' lawyers were planning to appeal
 the conviction. (S )
-Desc-
 Negroes ; South Carolina - (Orangeburg); Trials; Sellers, Cleveland L, Jr;
 1968-1970
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 54
-A-
 201575 11C-06543
-W-
 "Historical Development of Educational Decentralization in Selected
 Midwestern Urban Centers."
 Connelly, Thomas Francis Connelly, Thomas Francis.
 DAI 1974 35 (4): 1900-1901-A.
 Source: Loyola U. of Chicago 1974. 249 pp.
-DocType-
 DISSERTATION
-Desc-
 Cities - (Chicago, Detroit, St Louis, Cleveland); Education ; North Central
 States; ca 1960-1974; Decentralization
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 55
-A-
 193680 010-03772
-W-
 AEROSPACE PROFILE: A DOUGLAS DECISION.
 Smith, Richard K (Smithsonian Inst.).
 Aerospace Historian 1968 15 (3): 4-7.
 Discusses the evolution of Donald Willis Douglas as an aeronautical engineer
 on the west coast, expressed in part by correspondence with Commander Jerome
 C. Hunsaker, USN. The correspondence also throws light on the state of the
 aircraft industry on the west coast in 1920. It "illuminates a decision that
 proved to be of no small import to the development of United States
 aviation." Trained at the U.S. Naval Academy and the Massachusetts Institute
 of Technology, Douglas met Hunsaker at the latter institution. After
 teaching a year, serving as a consultant with the Connecticut Aircraft
 Company, and producing a significant report on American aviation, Douglas
 joined the Glenn L. Martin Company and became its chief engineer. In 1920 he
 left Martin and became the first important aircraft industry migrant to
 southern California. In letters to his friend, Hunsaker suggested an
 alliance with Boeing of Seattle, but Douglas was happy in California where
 he had allied with the wealthy sportsman pilot and engineer, David R. Davis.
 The first aircraft of the infant firm, the "Cloudster, " was of sound design
 and the Navy awarded Douglas contracts for DT-1 torpedo bombers in 1921. In
 1922 and 1923, contracts were let for DT-2's. The Army ordered four variants
 of that design for its proposed world flight. During 1924, two of these
 Douglas "World Cruisers" spent five months making the first circumnavigation
 of the world by air. Transcontinental isolation from the 80 percent of
 American aircraft industry found east of Cleveland, Ohio, delayed notice of
 Douglas and Boeing. The advent of the Boeing B-247 in 1932 and the Douglas
 DC-1 (1932), DC-2 (1933), and DC-3 (1935) provided the basis for an American
 air transport boom and fame for an aeronautical engineer who went west in
 pursuit of what he believed was a better end. 4 photos. (C. W. Ohrvall )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 56
-A-
 192501 010-02555
-W-
 THE FAILURE OF INDUSTRIAL CITY PLANNING: GARY, INDIANA, 1906-1910.
 Mohl, Raymond A; Betten, Neil (Florida Atlantic U.) and; (Florida State
 U.).
 J. of the Am. Inst. of Planners 1972 38 (4): 203-215.
 "This article examines the optimistic beginnings and the eventual failings
 of Gary, Indiana - the twentieth century's largest planned city. The town
 was founded in 1906 by the United States Steel Corporation primarily to
 house the huge labor force required by the company's new steel mills along
 Lake Michigan. 'Rule of thumb' planning and ill-conceived housing policies,
 however, contained the seeds of later problems. The gridiron imposed a
 dreary uniformity on the city; high-priced housing forced low-paid immigrant
 workers into slum housing put up by private real estate developers and
 builders in Gary's unplanned but growing 'south side.
 The Gary experience suggests some of the inherent contradictions in the
 planning process. Especially, it reveals the persistence of conflict between
 human needs and dominant cultural and entrepreneurial values - conflicts
 which have repeatedly compromised and undermined ostensible public interest
 goals and caused planning failures." (J )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 57
-A-
 191179 010-01206
-W-
 THE CROSS OF MICRONESIA.
 Blaz, Vincente T ; Lee, Samuel S H (Lt. Col., U.S. Marine Corps) and;
 (Foreign Service).
 Naval War Coll. R. 1971 23 (10): 59-89.
 The authors discuss the problems involved in U.S. relations with the islands
 making up the Micronesian group, looking at the issues involved from the
 viewpoint of the United States, the United Nations, and the Micronesians. In
 1962, the United States began to show its concern for its Pacific island
 Trust Territory after nearly 20 years of relative neglect. That past of
 political, economic, and social stagnation represents the cross which the
 United States must bear in the present. The Micronesians themselves are
 burdened by 450 years of foreign rule, and they fear that the developmdn*
 development of their islands under American aegis will mean the
 Americanization of the area and the people. By 1968 there were signs that
 Micronesia was coming of age politically, and this has led to some conflict
 between Washington and the new Congress of Micronesia on the issues of land
 policy, the use of the islands for military bases, and the future
 relationship between the islands and the United States. The Micronesians
 seek complete internal self-government and free association with the United
 States, and they must be allowed to continue their association with the
 United States in freedom and dignity since they have no real alternative.
 Based on primary sources; map, 122 notes. (R. M. Rudoff )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 58
-A-
 190399 010-00402
-W-
 THE LIFE OF WILLIAM UHLER HENSEL.
 Girvin, J Barry
 J. of the Lancaster County Hist. Soc. 1966 70 (4): 185-248.
 Examines the life of Hensel (1851-1915), a "rugged individualist" whose
 career spanned many diverse fields indluc* including those of journalist,
 historian, politician, and lawyer. Educated at Franklin and Marshall College
 where he was Phi Beta Kappa, Hensel was associated with C* college endowment
 funds and later became Attorney General of Pennsylvania (1891-95). He was a
 close associate of Grover Cleveland, F. W. Woolworth, Henry Ford, and
 others. He fought against corporate power and corrupt State and local
 officials. 2 photos, 309 notes, biblio., 4 appendixes. (J. S. Pula )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 59
-A-
 182606 008-03354
-W-
 ETHNIC CONFLICT IN AN URBAN ENVIRONMENT: THE GERMAN AND RUSSIAN JEW IN
 DETROIT.
 Rockaway, Robert
 Am. Jewish Hist. Q. 1970 60 (2): 133-150.
 Detroit Jews of German parentage, who had come to the United States during
 the earlier parts of the 19th century, remained ambivalent toward their
 brethren from Eastern Europe. Even though the affluent "German Jews" felt
 obligations toward their "oriental" coreligionists, the ever-increasing
 number of immigrants heightened a sense of insecurity toward acceptance by
 the American community. Thus, philanthropy and Americanization of the new
 immigrant became the chief area of contact between German and Russian Jews.
 These contacts, sometimes acrimonious, had not created a unified community
 by 1914. Based mostly on primary sources; 60 notes. (F. Rosenthal )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 60
-A-
 181348 008-02084
-W-
 TOWN PLANNING IN WHITE AND HABERSHAM COUNTIES, GEORGIA.
 Sears, Joan N (grad. student, Emory U.).
 Ga. Hist. Q. 1970 54 (1): 20-40.
 Situated in the Georgia uplands, these two counties were settled in the
 early 19th century after Indian titles were cleared. Typical Georgia land
 policies were applied - division into land districts, rectilinear surveying
 into 250- and 490-acre tracts, and disposal in land lotteries. The
 legislature demanded that new counties build a courthouse and jail as
 initial prerequisites. Thus, the traditional courthouse town plan became
 common in Georgia - that is, the courthouse situated in a central village
 square and streets laid off at right angles in grid pattern. The author
 discusses a number of variations in the courthouse-grid plan, variations
 usually determined by topography and contours of the land. Four town maps
 illustrate the varieties for the towns of Cleveland, Demorest, Helen, and
 Robertstown. 19 notes. (R. A. Mohl )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 61
-A-
 172756 008-00767
-W-
 THE BREAKDOWN OF DEADLOCK: THE CLEVELAND DEMOCRACY IN CONNECTICUT,
 1884-1894.
 McFarland, Gerald W (U. of Massachusetts, Amherst).
 Historian 1969 31 (3): 381-397.
 Traces the development of a promising reform movement led by Connecticut
 Democrats marching under a Grover Cleveland banner. The movement promised to
 break Republican rule of the State which was due more to peculiarities in a
 constitution dominated by rural interests than to the wishes of a plurality
 of the voters. The author shows how this movement was checked by the Panic
 of 1893. The stalemate was broken and the reform movement was scotched by a
 series of subsequent Republican victories. Based on newspapers and the
 papers of State party leaders; 64 notes. (N. W. Moen )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 62
-A-
 166016 007-03059
-W-
 THE USE OF FEDERAL RECORDS IN WRITING LOCAL HISTORY: A CASE STUDY.
 Smith, Jane F (Dir., Soc. and Econ. Records Div., Nat. Archives).
 Prologue: J. of the Nat. Archives 1969 1 (1): 29-51.
 Using Linden Township, Iowa County, Wisconsin, shows the type and variety of
 National Archives records which can be used to develop the settlement
 pattern and pioneer history of one typical township. The same series of
 records can be used to study the early development of any township in any of
 the 30 public land States. Among the most useful types of sources are
 official survey plats, census schedules, tractbooks maintained by U.S. land
 offices, registers of postmasters' appointments, and mail route registers.
 Much of Linden Township's early history from the first settlements in the
 1820's until 1835 is described in terms of conflict over land rights between
 lead miners, farmers, Indians (Sac and Fox, Winnebago), and the Federal
 Government. The author also shows how Federal records may be used in
 preparing biographical sketches of pioneer leaders by using the example of
 Paschal Bequette, one of the pioneer settlers of Linden Township. Based
 primarily on records in the National Archives and on some secondary sources;
 illus., 2 maps, the National Archives and on some secondary sources; illus.,
 2 map, table, 98 notes. (W. R. Griffin )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 63
-A-
 164636 007-01650
-W-
 URBAN PUBLIC SCHOOL SYSTEMS, pp. 346-351, 369, 384. THE PROBLEMS OF LAW AND
 ORDER, pp. 352-356, 366-367. "CLEVELAND NOW": ONE CITY'S PROGRAM FOR CHANGE,
 pp. 357-361, 364.
 Passow, A Harry ; Peterson, Virgil W; Ambruster, Timothy (Teachers Coll.,
 Columbia U.).; (Executive Dir., Chicago Crime Commission).; (Case Western
 Reserve U.).
 There is common agreement that central city schools are in deep and
 worsening trouble. Until the early 1960's, however, little was done on a
 national scale to reverse the deteriorating situation. Among the most
 important Federal efforts have been Title I of the Elementary and Secondary
 Education Act (1965), and Project Head Start, also begun in 1965. Moreover,
 such Government studies as the "Coleman Report" (1966) and the report of the
 National Advisory Commission on Civil Disorders (1968) have pointed out the
 magnitude of the problem and have suggested broad solutions. Unless a major
 effort is made in the field of urban education, the result can only be a
 continued decline in quality. The rising crime rate, especially in urban
 areas, is one of the most serious problems confronting America today.
 To deal with the situation there is a universal need to improve the quality
 of police personnel. And there is an obvious need to remove the deficiencies
 of every branch of the criminal justice system. In the aftermath of the
 Martin Luther King assassination, Cleveland Mayor Carl Stokes proposed a 10-
 to 12-year, 1. billion dollar urban rehabilitation program called "Cleveland
 Now." The plan seeks to advance employment opportunity, youth resources,
 health and welfare, neighborhood rehabilitation, urban renewal, and
 long-term planning. The author believes that the program's prospects for
 success are favorable. (B. D. Rhodes )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 64
-A-
 156783 006-02803
-W-
 TWENTY YEARS AT HIRAM HOUSE.
 Trolander, Judith A (student, Case Western Reserve U.).
 Ohio Hist. 1969 78 (1): 25-37.
 George Bellamy established Hiram House as a settlement house in Cleveland in
 1896. The author outlines the activities of the house which included the
 preparation of a report on slum housing, a study of the dance hall operating
 in the slums, the promotion of neighborhood playgrounds, the establishment
 of kindergartens and domestic and manual training programs before they were
 provided by the public schools, Americanization classes, and the development
 of case workers known as "neighborhood visitors." Based on the George A.
 Bellamy Papers, recently deposited at the Western Reserve Historical
 Society, Cleveland, Ohio. (S. L. Jones )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 65
-A-
 127485 003-00491
-W-
 THE PROBLEM OF COLOR IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY A MEMORIAL TO W. E. B. DU
 BOIS. RACISM: THAT OTHER FACE OF NATIONALISM, pp. 2-16. THE CHANGING
 RELATIONSHIP OF THE AMERICAN NEGRO TO AFRICAN HISTORY AND POLITICS, pp.
 17-27. W. E. B. DU BOIS: PAN-AFRICANISM'S INTELLECTUAL FATHER, pp. 28-41.
 PROSPECT OF A WORLD WITHOUT RACE CONFLICT, pp. 42-54. THE RISE OF THE NEGRO
 PROTEST, pp. 56-73. EMANCIPATION FROM PREJUDICE, pp. 74-87. THE BACKLASH OF
 WHITE SUPREMACY: CASTE STATUS AND THE NEGRO REVOLT, pp. 88-99. FREDERICK
 DOUGLASS: ANTISLAVERY CRUSADER AND LECTURER, pp. 100-111. A TRIBUTE TO DU
 BOIS, pp. 112-114. W. E. B. DU BOIS'S ESSENTIAL YEARS: THE LINK FROM
 DOUGLASS TO THE PRESENT, pp. 115-127. A PRAYER, pp. 128-130. "W. E. B. DU
 BOIS, " FROM PLEXUS, pp. 131-136. CREDO, pp. 137-138. BEHOLD THE LAND, pp.
 139-145. A TRIBUTE, pp. 147-148. DU BOIS: THE FINAL YEARS, pp. 149-155.
 WILLIAM E. B. DU BOIS: SCIENTIST AND PUBLIC FIGURE, pp. 156-168. ONE OF "THE
 GREAT COMPANIONS, " pp. 169-170. TO FULFILL THESE RIGHTS, pp. 172-179.
 Welden, Daniel, ed; Templin, Ralph T; Roucek, Joseph; Walden, Daniel and;
 Wylie, Kenneth; Du Bois, William Edward Burghardt; Thompson, Daniel C ;
 Templin, Ralph T; Watson, Bruce; Hale, Frank W; Bontemps, Arna; Walden,
 Daniel; Hughes, Langston; Miller, Henry; Du Bois, William Edward Burghardt ;
 Du Bois, William Edward Burghardt; Wilkins, Roy; Aptheker, Herbert ; Golden,
 L Hanga and; MeliKian, O; Melish, William Howard; Johnson, Lyndon B
 J. of Human Relations 1966 14 (1): 2-179.
 Presents a series of excerpts from the published writings of Jawaharlal
 Nehru - Eighteen Months in India (1938), Jawaharlal Nehru: An Autobiography
 (1941), and The Discovery of India (1964). Dealing with such topics as the
 "Terrible Costs of the Old Order" and "Imperialism and Racism, " the
 quotations are selected for their relevance to the challenge of contemporary
 racism. Discusses Western concepts of African culture and history and the
 changing attitudes of the American Negro toward Africa. The development of
 African nationalism, the growth of a scientific body of knowledge of
 Africa's culture and history, and the increased importance of international
 relations for the United States are among the factors stressed to explain
 the new, more positive attitudes among American Negroes. 5 notes. Examines
 the role played by the Negro Socialist, W. E. B.
 Du Bois, in the Pan-African movement and assesses his impact on the eventual
 growth of African nationalism. Believing that the vanguard of any movement
 to free Africa from colonialism must begin in the New World, Du Bois was
 especially active in the early days of Pan-Africanism. He was the spirit
 behind the first important Pan-African Conference in 1919; he influenced the
 course of the 1921 conference; and he provided the intellectual
 justification for the Pan-African program as it later developed.
 Undocumented. Writing in 1944, the author surveyed and commented on the
 universal practice of white exploitation of the colored races. To deal with
 the challenge of racial injustice the author insisted that we must "have
 wide dissemination of truth" because "careless ignorance of the facts of
 race is precisely the r efuge where antisocial economic reaction
 flourishes." In addition, "we need organized effort to release the colored
 laborer from the domination of the investor." Permanent international peace
 will not be achieved unless exploiting investors are driven from their
 hideout behind race discrimination. "Examines the Negro protest movement in
 terms of its essential nature, techniques, and consequences." From colonial
 times to the present Negro aspirations for human fulfillment - the desire
 for new
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 66
-A-
 102755 000-02800
-W-
 THE FRIENDSHIP OF WOODROW WILSON AND CLEVELAND H. DODGE.
 Daniel, Robert L
 Mid-Am. 1961 43 (3): 182-196.
 Despite Wilson's reputation for an instinctive aversion to businessmen, one
 of the few close friends of the President was the New York millionaire
 businessman Cleveland Hoadley Dodge. While the latter did not essay the role
 of Colonel House, he had nevertheless an important influence on Wilson's
 academic and political career. Dodge's sincere philanthropy and Wilson's
 idealism went hand in hand. Based in great part on the Dodge Papers
 (Firestone Library, Princeton, New Jersey) and the Woodrow Wilson Papers in
 the Library of Congress. (R. J. Marion )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 028:038 67
-A-
 101990 000-02027
-W-
 SHIPS IN THE WILDERNESS: A NOTE ON THE INVASION OF CANADA, 1813.
 Miller, Howard S and; Clarke, Jack Alden
 Ohio Hist. 1962 71 (2): 124-128.
 In March 1813, Secretary of War John Armstrong instructed Captain Thomas
 Sidney Jesup to proceed to Cleveland for the purpose of supervising the
 construction of troop transport vessels on Lake Erie. Between March and 1
 August 1813, Jesup succeeded in building 77 transports with an overall
 capacity of three to four thousand men. This development, combined with
 Perry's victory at Put-in-Bay in September 1813, made possible an invasion
 of Canada by U.S. troops led by William Henry Harrison. Based on the Jesup
 Papers in the Library of Congress and Richard C. Knopf, Letters from the
 Secretary of War, 1812-1813 (Document Transcriptions of the War of 1812 in
 the Northwest, mimeographed, Columbus, 1961). (S. L. Jones )
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 1
-A-
 1569212 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512120268
-W-
 MICROWAVE MEASUREMENT OF DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES OF LOW-LOSS MATERIALS BY THE
 DIELECTRIC ROD RESONATOR METHOD.
 Kobayashi, Yoshio; Katoh, Masayuki
 Saitama Univ, Dep of Electrical Engineering, Urawa, Jpn
 IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques v MTT-33 n 7 Jul 1985 p
 586-592
 -CODEN-
 IETMAB
-ISSN-
 0018-9480
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical); X; (- Experimental)
 Improvements in both accuracy and speed are described for the technique of
 measuring the microwave dielectric properties of low-loss materials by using
 a dielectric rod resonator short-circuited at both ends by two parallel
 conducting plates. A technique for measuring the effective surface
 resistance R//s of the conducting plates is proposed to allow the accurate
 measurement of the loss tangent tan DELTA . By means of a first-order
 approximation, expressions are analytically derived for estimating the
 errors of the measured values of relative permittivity EPSILON //r, tan
 DELTA, and R//s, for measuring the temperature coefficient of EPSILON //r,
 and for determining the required size of the conducting plates.
 Computer-aided measurements are realized by using these expressions. It is
 shown that the temperature dependence of R//s should be considered in tan
 DELTA measurements. Experimental results are given for a 99. 9-% alumina
 ceramic rod sample. 12 refs.
-Desc-
 *MICROWAVE MEASUREMENTS; MATERIALS--Dielectric Properties;
 RESONATORS--Applications; MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES--Approximation Theory;
 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT--Computer Applications; MEASUREMENT ERRORS
-Ident-
 DIELECTRIC ROD RESONATOR; LOW-LOSS MATERIALS; LOSS TANGENT; PARALLEL
 CONDUCTING PLATES SHORT-CIRCUIT; ERROR ESTIMATION OF MEASURED VALUES
 Class. Codes: 942 (Electrical & Electronic Measuring Instruments); 701
 (Electricity & Magnetism); 708 (Electric & Magnetic Materials); 921 (Applied
 Mathematics); 723 (Computer Software); 944 (Moisture, Pressure &
 Temperature, & Radiation Measuring Instruments) 94 (INSTRUMENTS &
 MEASUREMENT); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS); 72
 (COMPUTERS & DATA PROCESSING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 2
-A-
 1565222 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512120261
-W-
 MICROWAVE LOSS QUALITY OF BaZn//1/////3Ta//2/////3O//3 CERAMICS.
 Desu, . B.; O'Bryan, H. M.
 AT&T Technologies, Engineering Research Cent, Princeton, NJ, USA
 Journal of the American Ceramic Society v 68 n 10 Oct 1985 p 546-551
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
-ISSN-
 0002-7820
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 In the past few years a number of materials have been developed as microwave
 dielectrics. For these compositions with Zn it was found that the microwave
 loss quality Q was improved by sintering at very high temperatures or for
 longer times at lower temperatures. The increased Q has been explained in
 terms of ordering of Zn and Ta ions on the B site of the perovskite lattice.
 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *MICROWAVE DEVICES--*Manufacture; CERAMIC MATERIALS-- Sintering;
 OSCILLATORS, MICROWAVE--Performance
-Ident-
 CERAMIC RESONATORS; SINTERING PROCESS CONTROL; PEROVSKITE LATTICE
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 715 (General Electronic
 Equipment); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 713 (Electronic Circuits) 71
 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 3
-A-
 159876 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509082193
-W-
 EXPERIMENT ES 311: BUBBLE REINFORCED MATERIALS.
 Barbieri, F.; Gondi, P.; Montanari, R.; Patuelli, C.
 Univ di Bologna, Dipartimento di Fisica, Bologna, Italy
 Earth-Oriented Applications of Space Technology v 5 n 1-2 1985, Spacelab to
 Space Stn, Proc of an Int Symp on Spacelab 1 Results, Implic and Perspect,
 Naples and Capri, Italy, Jun 11-16 1984 p 57-62
 -CODEN-
 EOATDY
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Specimens treated in the Experiment ES 311, run (a) and (b), are considered.
 The following research subjects are discussed: containment efficiency of
 thin film coatings, showing different wettabilities with respect to the
 metal samples; behavior suspension of solid particles, gas bubbles, liquid
 droplets in the liquid metal and during solidification; and eutectic
 solidification structures with eventual uphill diffusion effects in the
 liquid. 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *POWDER METALLURGY--*Sintering; SPACE SHUTTLES--Research; FILMS--Metallic;
 SILVER AND ALLOYS; COPPER POWDER
-Ident-
 BUBBLE REINFORCED MATERIALS; OXIDES; SOLIDIFICATION; EUTEC?ICS; ELECTROLYTIC
 DEPOSITION
 Class. Codes: 536 (Powder Metallurgy); 655 (Spacecraft); 544 (Copper &
 Alloys); 547 (Precious & Rare Earth Metals & Alloys) 53 (METALLURGICAL
 ENGINEERING); 65 (AEROSPACE ENGINEERING); 54 (METAL GROUPS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 4
-A-
 1529296 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509074945
-W-
 METHODS FOR LABORATORY-SCALE EVALUATION OF CATALYST LIFE IN INDUSTRIAL
 PLANTS.
 Pernicone, N.
 Istituto Guido Donegani, Gruppo Montedison, Novara, Italy
 Applied Catalysis v 15 n 1 Mar 1 1985, Charact of Act, Sel and Deact of
 Solid Catal, Bochum, West Ger, Jul 10-11 1984 p 17-31
 -CODEN-
 APCADI
-ISSN-
 0166-9834
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 After having defined the main types of deactivation causes responsible for
 decreased catalyst life in industrial plants (chemical and depositive
 poisoning, thermal and chemical sintering, solid state reactions, loss of
 active components), the requisites of reliable life tests are discussed. It
 is shown that relativ accelerated tests are needed; two different types of
 tests can be used, defined here as 'Continuous' and 'Before-After' tests,
 respectively abbreviated as C and BA tests. The need of preliminary studies
 of deactivation mechanisms is stressed and the experimental techniques to be
 used in such studies, depending on the cause of deactivation, are mentioned.
 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *CATALYSTS--*Deactivation; CATALYSIS
-Ident-
 CHEMICAL POISONING; SINTERING; LOSS OF ACTIVE COMPONENTS; DEPOSITIVE
 POISONING; SLURRY CATALYSTS
 Class. Codes: 803 (Chemical Agents & Basic Industrial Chemicals) ; 804
 (Chemical Products); 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants) 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 5
-A-
 1521577 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509076681
-W-
 MICROWAVE DIELECTRIC DEVICES FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS.
 Miyake, Hideyuki; Nakamura, Toshiaki; Fujikawa, Makoto; Fujino, Takashi;
 Aizawa, Kimio; Sakiyama, Mitsuhisa; Ishibasi, Munehiro; Koyama, Ichiro
 Matsushita Nitto Electric Co, Jpn
 Natl Tech Rep Matsushita Electr Ind Co v 31 n 2 Apr 1985 p 115-123
 -CODEN-
 NTROAV
-ISSN-
 0028-0291
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.)
 With frequent use of the microwave band for mobile communication systems,
 small and light equipment with low cost is sought. Dielectric coaxial
 resonators using microwave ceramics are expected to meet these requirements,
 but they have the problem of ineffective productivity because of the
 fluctuation of the dielectric constant and processing tolerance. A
 dielectric coaxial resonator with a variable frequency (Varisonator) is
 introduced to over the fluctuation of several parameters such as shape,
 dielectric constant, etc. , resulting in a small and light dielectric filter
 (antenna duplexer and small band-pass filter). Moreover, a voltage
 controlled oscillator (VCO) and a mixer with the dielectric resonator and
 semiconductors have been developed. The antenna duplexer has an isolation of
 32 db between the transmitter and receiver, the small band-pass filter has a
 height of 10 mm max., the VC has a consumption current of 15mA max. and a
 C/N of 70 db min., and the mixer has an NF of 5 db max. 11 refs. In Japanese
 with English abstract.
-Desc-
 *DIELECTRIC DEVICES--*Microwaves; TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS,
 MOBILE--Equipment; RESONATORS; OSCILLATORS
-Ident-
 DIELECTRIC COAXIAL RESONATORS; ANTENNA DUPLEXER; VOLTAGE CONTROLLED
 OSCILLATOR (VCO)
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 716 (Radar, Radio & TV Electronic
 Equipment) 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 6
-A-
 1515392 E.I. Monthly No: EI8508062887
-W-
 MICROWAVE PLASMA SINTERING OF ALUMINA.
 Kemer, Eric L.; Johnson, D. Lynn
 Northwestern Univ, Materials Research Cent, Evanston, IL, USA
 American Ceramic Society Bulletin v 64 n 8 Aug 1985 p 1132-1136
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
-ISSN-
 0002-7812 ISBN: 0-916150-56-9
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications)
 The objective of the present research was to investigate the application of
 a microwave-induced plasma for the enhanced sintering of ceramics. In
 particular the zone sintering behavior of Al//2O//3 doped with 0. 25 wt% MgO
 was optimized and characterized as a function of the key plasma sintering
 process variables. 17 refs.
-Desc-
 *ALUMINA--*Sintered; CERAMIC MATERIALS -Sintering; PLASMAS-- Heating
-Ident-
 HEATING SOURCES; MICROWAVE-INDUCED PLASMA; DENSIFICATION; SHRINKAGE
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 932 (High Energy, Nuclear &
 Plasma Physics) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 7
-A-
 1511482 E.I. Monthly No: EI8508066876
-W-
 CONTROLLED MICROWAVE HEATING AND MELTING OF GELS.
 Roy, Rustum; Komarneni, S.; Yang, L. J.
 Pennsylvania State Univ, Materials Research Lab, University Park, PA, USA
 Journal of the American Ceramic Society v 68 n 7 Jul 1985 p 392-395
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
-ISSN-
 0002-7820 ISBN: 0-12-085480-5
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 Controlled microwave heating and melting of silica, alumina, and
 aluminosilicate gels were achieved in a 600-W domestic-type oven. The
 microwave absorption mechanism of these gels is not yet clear. However,
 parameters were defined whereby rapid heating (including melting) is
 achieved for these gels. Empirical results indicate that the heating
 behavior is dependent on the chemistry, structure, and mass of the gel. 12
 refs.
-Desc-
 *GELS--*Processing; OVENS, INDUSTRIAL--Heating; MICROWAVES-- Applications;
 GLASS MANUFACTURE--Melting
-Ident-
 ALUMINA GEL; SILICA GEL; MICROWAVE OVEN; MULLITE GELS
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 642 (Industrial Furnaces & Process
 Heating); 711 (Electromagnetic Waves); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories) 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS); 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMANICATIONS); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 8
-A-
 1509966 E.I. Monthly No: EI8508065044
-W-
 HIGH METAL-REMOVAL RATES WITH CERAMICS.
 Funabashi, Tony
 NGK Spark Plugs (USA) Inc, NTK Cutting Tools, Southfield, MI, USA
 Carbide and Tool Journal v 17 n 3 May-Jun 1985 p 22-27
 -CODEN-
 CTJOD9
-ISSN-
 0192-8333 ISBN: 0-89116-297-6
-Lang-
 ENGLISH
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: G; (General Review)
 A state-of-the-art overview of ceramic cutting materials is given to show
 where they fit into today's metal-removal marketplace. How the mechanical
 properties and characteristics of ceramics enable these materials to deal
 with high-speed machining conditions is explained through a discussion of
 the two types of ceramic materials, which are commercially available for
 meta-cutting applications at this time. The two types of ceramics are
 cold-pressed pure aluminum oxide (Al//20//3) and hot pressed aluminum oxide
 plus titanium carbide (Al//2O//3 PLUS TiC).
-Desc-
 *CUTTING TOOLS--*Ceramic; CERAMIC MATERIALS-- Mechanical Properties;
 ALUMINA--Applications; TITANIUM CARBIDE--Applications; CERAMIC
 PRODUCTS--Manufacture
-Ident-
 COLD PRESSED ALUMINUM OXIDE; HOT PRESSED ALUMINUM OXIDE; SILICON NITRIDE
 Class. Codes: 603 (Machine Tools); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 421
 (Materials Properties); 804 (Chemical Products) 60 (MECHANICAL ENGINEERING);
 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 9
-A-
 1507612 E.I. Monthly No: EI8508072929
-W-
 STUDY OF THE TOOL LIFE OF TiC AND TiC PLUS Al//2O//3 CHEMICAL VAPOUR
 DEPOSITED TUNGSTEN CARBIDE TOOLS.
 Kim, N. H.; Chun, J. S.
 Korea Advanced Inst of Science & Technology, Dep of Materials Science &
 Engineering, Seoul, South Korea
 Journal of Materials Science v 20 n 4 Apr 1985 p 1285-1290
 -CODEN-
 JMTSAS
-ISSN-
 0022-2461
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical); X; (- Experimental)
 A low carbon steel workpiece is turned on a lathe at a feed rate of 0.206 to
 0. 410 mm rev** MINUS **1 and a depth of cut of 0. 1 to 0. 5 mm for cutting
 velocities between 100 and 250 m in** MINUS **1. Data are analyzed using
 both Taylor's tool life equation and Wu's tool life method. Results are
 similar for both methods but Wu's method seems to give more consistent
 results. Compared to an uncoated tungsten carbide tool, the tool life of
 both the coated tools are from 5 to 7 times longer and the improvement is
 greater at higher cutting speeds. The TiC plus Al//2O//3 coated tool is
 slightly superior to the TiC coated tool. The wear mechanism and a possible
 explanation of increased tool life for the coated tools are discussed. 17
 refs.
-Desc-
 *TUNGSTEN CARBIDE--*Protective Coatings; TITANIUM CARBIDE-- Vapor
 Deposition; ALUMINA; WEAR OF MATERIALS; CUTTING TOOLS--Carbide
-Ident-
 TOOL LIFE; CHEMICAL VAPOR DEPOSITION; TAYLOR'S TOOL LIFE EQUATION
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 603 (Machine Tools); 812 (Ceramics &
 Refractories); 931 (Applied Physics); 421 (Materials Properties); 539
 (Metals Corrosion & Protection) 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 60 (MECHANICAL
 ENGINEERING); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 42
 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 10
-A-
 1494479 E.I. Monthly No: EI8506045102
-W-
 DOUBLE-LAYER INSULATION OF POLYIMIDE AND PERFORATED NITRIDE.
 Anon
 IBM Technical Disclosure Bulletin v 27 n 10A Mar 1985 p 5835-5836
 -CODEN-
 IBMTAA
-ISSN-
 018-8689 ISBN: 0-8412-0851-4
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications)
 With double-layer insulations of polyimide and plasma-deposited material,
 such as SiN, SiO//2, SiN//xO//y, etc., the gassing out of the polyimide at
 about 350 to 400 DEGREE may lead to gas eruptions breaking up the nitride
 and to defects during the sintering of the subsequently deposited metal
 layers. The invention consists of a rasterlike matrix of holes in nitride
 through which gases may escape during sintering and by which defects are
 prevented.
-Desc-
 *ELECTRIC INSULATING MATERIALS--*Plastics; POLYIMIDES
-Ident-
 DOUBLE-LAYER INSULATION; PERFORATED NITRIDE; PLASMA-DEPOSITED MATERIAL
 Class. Codes: 413 (Insulating Materials); 817 (Plastics, Products &
 Applications) 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 11
-A-
 490941 E.I. Monthly No: EI8506043561
-W-
 Dry Friction of Metal-Ceramic Couples: Important Phenomena.
 FROTTEMENT SEC DE COUPLES ACIER/CERAMIQUE: PHENOMENES IMPORTANTS.
 Kapsa, Ph.; Viot, J. F.
 Ecole Centrale de Lyon, Lab de Technologie des Surfaces, Ecully, Fr
 Revue Internationale des Hautes Temperatures et des Refractaires v 21 n 1
 1984 p 47-61
 -CODEN-
 RIHTAV
-ISSN-
 0035-3434 ISBN: 0-226-06604-5
-Lang-
 FRENCH
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Frictional behavior of steel on ceramic couples has been studied using a
 rubbing steel sphere on a straight surface of four types of ceramic
 materials, namely: sintered alumina, zircon, and two types of silicon
 nitride. The main modes of surface damage due to dry friction have been
 exhibited and the effects on friction and wear of normal load, speed, and
 temperature have been studied. The surfaces damage consists, in a specific
 distribution for each ceramic, of the following phenomena: metallic
 transfers due to adhesion; stripping of ceramic particles by abrasion or by
 cracking; and plastic deformation. The importance of these damages increases
 with the value of the normal load but is not sensitive to sliding speed in
 the studied range. Higher temperature (500 DEGREE C) seem to promote
 transfers. 21 refs. In French.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Friction; WEAR OF MATERIALS
-Ident-
 STEEL-CERAMIC FRICTION; FRICTION-DEPENDENT SURFACE DAMAGE
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 421 (Materials Properties) 81
 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 12
-A-
 1489628 E.I. Monthly No: EI8506049226
-W-
 TRENDS, EXPECTATIONS FOR PCB LAMINATE MATERIALS.
 Guiles, C. L.
 Keene Corp, Howe Div, Rancho Cucamonga, CA, USA
 Electrionics v 31 n 2 Feb 1985 p 19-21
 -CODEN-
 ELTDX
-ISSN-
 0745-4309 ISBN: 0-87762-327-9
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment G; (General Review)
 In this article some of the driving forces that will push, pull, or drag the
 laminate industry through the late 1980's and into the 1990's are described.
 The increasing use of printed circuit boards at high frequencies, both in
 microwave electronics and in high speed logic devices (where use of 8
 gigahertz, high switching speed systems is developing), is creating pressure
 to develop low dielectric constant, low loss materials with tight thickness
 tolerances to permit impedance matching. Yet, these must be compatible with
 the fabrication complexities inherent to the production of 15-20 layer
 multilayer boards. Another trend is the use of materials which are capable
 of withstanding elevated temperatures for extended periods of time. It is
 expected that in the microwave/high frequency area ceramic-filled
 fluoropolymer laminates that duplicate the dielectric constant (10. 2) of
 ceramic wafer materials will be used. Also noted is the significant increase
 in the use of polyimide laminate in jobs that have traditionally belonged to
 conventional epoxies.
-Desc-
 *PRINTED CIRCUITS--*Materials; PLASTICS LAMINATES-- Applications
-Ident-
 DIRECT SURFACE MOUNTING; PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS (PCB); POLYIMIDE LAMINATES
 Class. Codes: 703 (Electric Circuits); 713 (Electronic Circuits) 70
 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 13
-A-
 1476100 E.I. Monthly No: EI850424798
-W-
 MICROWAVE DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES OF BARIUM-LANTHANOID TETRATITANATES.
 Butko, V. I.; Belous, A. G.; Nenashva, E. A.; Poplavko, Yu. M.; Ushatkin, E.
 F.
 Kiev Polytechnic Inst, Kiev, USSR
 Soviet Physics, Solid States (English translation of Fizika Tverdogo Tela) v
 26 n 10 Oct 1984 p 1783-1785
 -CODEN-
 SPSSA7
-ISSN-
 0584-5807 ISBN: 0-8412-0890-5
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 The behavior of the complex permittivity EPSILON *** = EPSILON ' MINUS i
 EPSILON '' of polycrystalline samples of barium-lanthanoid tetratitanates
 BaLn//2Ti//4O//1//2 (Ln = La, Pr, Nd, Sm) was studied in the frequency range
 from 10** to 1. 8 X 10**1**1 Hz and over a wide temperature range from 80 to
 1100 K. Anomalies were found in the behavior of EPSILON '' (T) for
 BaLa//2TiO//1//2 and BaSm//2Ti//4O//1//2, apparently caused by their
 'transition-like' behavior. There is practically no dispersing of EPSILON '
 at any of the temperatures and frequencies studied. The results are analyzed
 on the assumption that the dielectric contribution of the low-frequency
 vibrational modes predominates. 12 refs.
-Desc-
 *BARIUM COMPOUNDS--*Dielectric Properties; MICROWAVES; THERMAL EFFECTS
-Ident-
 BARIUM-LANTHANOID ?ETRATITANATES
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 701 (Electricity & Magnetism); 711
 (Electromagnetic Waves) 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 70 (ELECTRICAL
 ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 14
-A-
 1471570 E.I. Monthly No: EI8504029527
-W-
 Gyromagnetic Microwave Devices - Validity of Calculation Methods and Current
 Problems.
 LES DISPOSITIFS GYROMAGNETIQUES MICROONDES - VALIDITE DES METHODES DE
 CALCUL?ET PROBLEMES ACTUELS.
 Forterre, G.
 Thomson-CSF, Div Composants Microonde, Fr
 Revue Technique Thomson - CSF v 16 n 4 Dec 1984 p 737-771
 -CODEN-
 RTTCBG
-ISSN-
 0035-4279 ISBN: 0-8247-7123-0
-Lang-
 FRENCH
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical); X; (- Experimental)
 Thirty years after their application to radiofrequencies, polarized magnetic
 ceramics are still the basis of many industrial devices and the source of
 new applications. An examination of the problems which limits the design and
 modeling of real devices defines the difficulties to be overcome, regarding
 the calculation and optimization of ferrite devices. The application of
 numerical methods would seem to be promising. Finally, recent materials and
 monocrystals are finding new applications. Refs. In French with English
 abstract.
-Desc-
 *MICROWAVE DEVICES--*Design; CERAMIC MATERIALS--Magnetic Properties
-Ident-
 GYROMAGNETIC MICROWAVE DEVICES; POLARIZED MAGNETIC CERAMICS
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 715 (General Electronic
 Equipment); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 701 (Electricity & Magnetism);
 942 (Electrical & Electronic Measuring Instruments) 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 70 (ELECTRICAL
 ENGINEERING); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 15
-A-
 1467354 E.I Monthly No: EI8503017555
-W-
 MILLIMETER-WAVE DIELECTRIC MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS.
 Afsar, Mohammed Nurul; Button, Kenneth J.
 MIT, Natl Magnet Lab, Cambridge, MA, uSA
 Proceedings of the IEEE v 73 n 1 Jan 1985 p 131-153
 -CODEN-
 IEEPAD
-ISSN-
 0018-9219 ISBN: 0-916150-52-6
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical)
 It is no longer necessary to use extrapolated microwave dielectric values
 when designing millimeter-wave components and systems. Very recently, highly
 accurate millimeter-wave (5- to 1/2-mm) data on complex dielectric
 permittivity and loss tangent have become available to engineers for a
 variety of materials such s common ceramics, semiconductors, crystalline,
 and glass materials. One quasi-optical measurement method has prove to be
 most accurate and reproducible, namely, dispersive Fourier transform
 spectroscopy (DFTS) applied to a polarizing interferometer. The
 open-resonator method and the Mach-Zehnder-IMPATT spectrometer will also be
 described and compared. The fact that the dielectric loss increases with
 frequency in the millimeter, unlike the microwave, is an important feature
 of these data. Reliable measurements also reveal that the methods of
 preparation of nominally identical specimens can change the dielectric
 losses by a factor of three. 74 refs.
-Desc-
 *ELECTRIC MEASUREMENTS--*Millimeter Waves; MATERIALS-- Dielectric
 Properties; SPECTROSCOPY
-Ident-
 DIELECTRIC MEASUREMENT; DIELECTRIC PERMITTIVITY; QUASI-OPTICAL MEASUREMENT;
 DISPERSIVE FOURIER TRANSFORM SPECTROSCOPY (DFTS) ; DIELECTRIC LOSS INCREASE
 Class. Codes: 942 (Electrical & Electronic Measuring Instruments); 711
 (Electromagnetic Waves); 701 (Electricity & Magnetism) 708 (Electric &
 Magnetic Materials) 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT); 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 16
-A-
 1459215 E.I. Monthly No: EI850201083
-W-
 METHODS FOR ASSESSING THE STRUCTURAL RELIABILITY OF BRITTLE MATERIALS.
 Freiman, Stephen W. (Ed. ); Hudson, C. Michael (Ed. )
 NBS, Washington, DC, USA
 ASTM Spec Tech Publ 844, Methods for Assess the Struct Reliab of Brittle
 Mater, San Francisco, CA, USA, Dec 13 1982. Publ by ASTM, Philadelphia, PA,
 USA, 1984 229p
 -CODEN-
 ASTTA8
-ISSN-
 0066-0558 ISBN: 0-8031-0265-8
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 05916 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 CP; (Conference Proceedings) Treatment: T; (Theoretical- ; X;
 (Experimental)
 This symposium proceedings contains 12 papers. The topics covered include:
 structural reliability of brittle materials fatigue master maps; ceramic
 material fatigue properties; contact induced surface flaws; glass ceramic
 dynamic and static fatigue; multiregion crack growth; defect size fracture
 mechanics; optical glass fiber delayed failure; ultrahigh-strength glass
 fatigue; silicon nitride lifetime predictions; brittle material flexure
 testing. Technical and professional papers from this conference are indexed
 and abstracted with the conference code no. 05916 in the Ei Engineering
 Meetings (TM) database produced by Engineering Information, Inc.
-Desc-
 *MATERIALS--*Structural Analysis; CERAMIC MATERIALS-- Nondestructive
 Examination; ALUMINA--Crack Propagation; GLASS--Fatique; OPTICAL
 FIBERS--Failure; SILICON COMPOUNDS--High Temperature Effects
-Ident-
 CONTACT-INDUCED SURFACE FLASH; GLASS CERAMIC FATIGUE; DEFECT SIZE ANALYSIS;
 BRITTLE MATERIAL TESTING; EIREV
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 931 (Applied Physics); 421
 (Materials Properties); 741 (Optics & Optical Devices); 804 (Chemical
 Products); 422 (Materials Testing) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 74 (OPTICAL
 TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 17
-A-
 1452918 E.I. Monthly No: EI8501002418
-W-
 DIELECTRIC MEASUREMENTS OF MILLIMETER-WAVE MATERIALS.
 Afsar, Mohammed Nurul
 MIT, Natl Magnet Lab, Cambridge, MA, USA
 IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques v MTT-32 n 12 Dec 1984,
 1984 MTT-S Int Microwave Symp and Jt Spec Pap on Microwave and Millim-Wave
 Monolithic Circuits, San Francisco, CA USA, May 29-Jun 1 1984 p 1598-1609
 -CODEN-
 IETMAB
-ISSN-
 0018-9480 ISBN: 0-906674-23-9
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical); X; (- Experimental)
 It is no longer necesary to use extrapolated microwave dielectric data when
 designing millimeter-wave components, devices, and systems. Precision
 measurements can now be made to generate highly accurate millimeter-wave (5
 to 1/2 mm) continuous spectra on complex refractive index, complex
 dielectric permittivity, and loss tangent for a variety of materials such as
 common ceramics, semiconductors, crystalline, and glassy materials. The
 continuous spectra reveal an increase in dielectric loss with increase in
 frequency in this wavelength range for most materials. Reliable measurements
 also reveal that the method of preparation of nominally identical specimens
 can change the dielectric losses by any factors. These broad-band
 measurements were carried out employing dispersive Fourier transform
 spectroscopy applied to a modular two-beam polarization interferometer. Data
 obtained with Fabry-Perot open resonator methods at wavelengths of 5 mm and
 longer are also compared. 45 refs.
-Desc-
 *ELECTRIC MEASUREMENTS--*Dialectric Properties; MATERIALS-- Millimeter
 Waves
-Ident-
 CONTINUOUS SPECTRA; COMPLEX REFRACTIVE INDEX; COMPLEX DIELECTRIC
 PERMITTIVITY; LOSS TANGENT; DIELECTRIC LOSSES
 Class. Codes: 942 (Electrical & Electronic Measuring Instruments); 708
 (Electric & Magnetic Materials) 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT); 70
 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 18
-A-
 1451044 E.I. Monthly No: EI8501006441
-W-
 PROPERTIES OF COMPOSITE MATERIALS IN A BINDER MADE FROM REACTION-SINTERE
 SILICON NITRIDE.
 Bendovskii, E. B.; Guzman, I. Ya.; Safiulina, Z. F.
 Refractories (English translation of Og?eupory) v 25 n 3-4 Mar-Apr 1984 p
 202-206
 -CODEN-
 REFRAL
-ISSN-
 0034-3102
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 In order to study the possibility of preparing permeable articles of the
 same phase composition, the authors followed the change in properties with
 variations in the concentration of Si and evaluated the role of a grainy
 filler of SiC, corundum, high-alumina chamotte (68% Al//2O//3), and normal
 chamotte (42% Al//2O//3). The concentration of Si was varied from 0-26%.
 Changes in the phase composition, mass, porosity, apparent density, ultimate
 compressive strength, thermal expansion coefficient, thermal shock
 resistance, and gas permeability are reported. 2 refs.
-Desc-
 *REFRACTORY MATERIALS--*Mechanical Properties
 Identifiers: BINDERS; COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH; THERMAL SHOCK; GAS PERMEABILITY;
 COEFFICIENT OF THERMAL EXPANSION
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 421 (Materials Properties) 81
 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 19
-A-
 1448820 E.I. Monthly No: EI8501000963
-W-
 LATER KUCZYNSKI AN APPRECIATION OF HIS 'STATISTICAL THEORY' FROM THE
 EXPERIMENTALISTS' VIEWPOINT.
 Palmour, H. III; Batchelor A. D.; More, K. L.; Fang, T. T.; Paisley, M. J.;
 Goudey, G. T.; Hare, T. M.
 North Carolina State Univ, Dep of Materials Engineering, Raleigh, NC, USA
 Science of Sintering v 16 n 2 May 1984 p 77-89
 -CODEN-
 SCSNB4
 Lang. ENGLISH
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical); X; (- Experimental)
 The authors review and discuss data from their own research on sintering of
 shock-conditioned alumina and titanium carbide ceramic powders which appear
 to support the central concepts of Kuczynski's statistical theory. 32 refs.
-Desc-
 CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Sintering; ALUMINA--Sintered; TITANIUM
 CARBIDE--Sintered
-Ident-
 SHOCK CONDITIONING
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 804 (Chemical Products); 536
 (Powder Metallurgy) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 20
-A-
 1448745 E I. Monthly No: EI8501007446
-W-
 TUNDISH NOZZLE CONSTRICTION IN CONTINUOUS CASTING OF TITANIUM BEARING
 STAINLESS STEEL SLABS.
 Hasegawa, Morihiro; Maruhashi, Shigeaki; Kamidate, Yoshioki; Muranaka,
 Yutaka; Hoshi, Fumio
 Nisshin Steel Co, Shunan Research & Development Lab, Shinnanyo, Jpn
 Tetsu-To-Hagane/Journal of the Iron and Steel Institute of Japan v 70 n 14
 Oct 1984 p 1704-1711
 -CODEN-
 TEHAA2
-ISSN-
 0021-1575
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Constriction becomes more severe as the percentage of alumina in the molten
 steel increases. The origin of titanium nitride and alumina particles are
 denitrification and deoxidation products in the molten steel. Alumina from
 the nozzle refractory and the reaction between aluminua in the steel and
 silica in the refractory also contribute to buildup. 25 refs. In Japanese
 with English abstract.
-Desc-
 *STAINLESS STEEL--*Continuous Casting
-Ident-
 TUNDISH NOZZLE CONSTRICTION
 Class. Codes: 545 (Iron & Steel); 534 (Foundry Practice) 54 (METAL GROUPS);
 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 21
-A-
 1439545 E.I. Monthly No: EI8408078710 E.I. Yearly No: EI84062236
-W-
 ENERGY CONSERVATION IN INDUSTRY - APPLICATIONS AND TECHNIQUES, PROCEEDINGS
 OF THE CONTRACTORS' MEETINGS, 1982.
 Ehringer, Hermann (Ed. ); Hoyaux, G. (Ed. ); Pilavachi, Petros A. (Ed. )
 Commission of the European Communities, Brussels, Belg
 Comm Eur Communities Rep EUR 8436, Energy Conserv in Ind Appl and Tech, Proc
 of the Contract Meet, Brussels, Belg, May 10, Jun 17, Oct 1, 7 and 22 1982.
 Publ by D. Reiel Publ Co, Dordrecht, Neth and Boston, Mass, USA, 1983 425p
 -CODEN-
 CECED9
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 04147 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This conference proceedings contains 29 papers. Energy conservation aspects
 in various industries are covered. The topics cover the metallurgical,
 cement and glass ceramic, textile, food, and chemical industries. Other
 topics cover catalysis, microwave heating applications and energy
 management. Three papers are in French, the rest is English. Technical and
 professional papers from this conference are indexed with the conference
 code no. 04147 in the Ei Engineering Meetings (TM) database produced by
 Engineering Information, Inc.
-Desc-
 *INDUSTRIAL PLANTS--*Energy Conservation; FORGINGS; CERAMIC MATERIALS; STEEL
 CASTINGS; TEXTILES; VEGETABLE OILS--Extraction
-Ident-
 EIREV
 Class. Codes: 901 (Engineering Profession); 535 (Rolling, Forging &
 Forming); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 545 (Iron & Steel); 819 (Textile &
 Fiber Technology); 822 (Food Technology) 90 (GENERAL ENGINEERING); 53
 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 54 (METAL
 GROUPS); 82 (AGRICULTURE & FOOD TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 22
-A-
 147501 E.I. Monthly No: EI8404029573 E.I. Yearly No: EI84015648
-W-
 DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES OF SrTiO//3 GLASS-CERAMICS.
 Swartz, S. L.; Lanagan, M. T.; Schulze, W. A.; Cross, L. E.; Lawless, W. N.
 Pennsylvania State Univ, Materials Research Lab, University Park, Pa, USA
 Ferroelectrics v 50 n 1-4 Nov 1983, IEEE Int Symp on Appl of Ferroelectr
 (ISF) 1983, Pt 2, Gaithersburg, Md, USA, Jun 1-3 1983 p 313-318
 -CODEN-
 FEROA8
-ISSN-
 0015-0193
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Strontium titanate glass-ceramics have been investigated for possible
 application as low-loss dielectric materials at microwave and millimeter
 wave frequencies. Under suitable crystallization conditions, these
 glass-ceramics exhibit temperature compensated dielectric permittivity, a
 consequence of the balance between the negative temperature coefficient of
 the SrTiO//3 crystalline phase and the positive temperature coefficient of
 the residual alumino-silicate glass phase. Temperature coefficients of less
 than 10 ppm/ DEGREE C with dielectric constants in the range of 16-18 have
 been achieved over a temperature range of MINUS 55 to 125 DEGREE C.
 Dielectric losses at frequencies up to 4 MHz are extremely low (tan DELTA <
 0. 0005). However, the losses increase as the frequency approaches the
 millimeter wave region, indicating that these glass-ceramics might not be
 acceptable as millimeter wave dielectrics. 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Ferroelectric; DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES; STRONTIUM
 COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 STRONTIUM TITANATE
 Class. Codes: 708 (Electric & Magnetic Materials); 812 (Ceramics &
 Refractories); 701 (Electricity & Magnetism); 804 (Chemical Products) 70
 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 23
-A-
 1437429 E.I. Monthly No: EI8404036450 E.I. Yearly No: EI84106961
-W-
 CERAMICS FOR MICROWAVE DIELECTRIC RESONATOR.
 Nomura, Shoichiro
 Tokyo Inst of Technology, Dep of Physical Electronics, Tokyo, Jpn
 Ferroelectrics v 49 n 1-4 Nov 1983, IEEE Int Symp on Appl of Ferroelect
 (ISAF) 1983, pt 1, Gaithersburg, Md, USA, Jun 1-3 1983 p 61-70
 -CODEN-
 FEROA8
-ISSN-
 0015-0193
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The present investigation relates ceramics with a temperature-stable high
 dielectric constant and low dielectric loss, suitable for use in dialectric
 resonators in an SHF band. A small amount of Mn addition not only favorably
 affects sinterbility of ceramics but also advantageously heightens the
 unloaded Q. A value of Q higher than 10**4 is obtained in 10 GHz band. 12
 refs.
-Desc-
 *RESONATORS; MICROWAVE DEVICES; CERAMIC MATERIALS; DIELECTRIC MATERIALS;
 BARIUM COMPOUND; ZIRCONIUM COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 BARIUM TITANATE; ZIRCONIUM TIN TITANATE
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 715 (General Electronic
 Equipment); 708 (Electric & Magnetic Materials); 812 (Ceramics &
 Refractories); 804 (Chemical Products) 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 70
 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 24
-A-
 1436463 E.I. Monthly No: EI8403025557 E.I. Yearly No: EI84101360
-W-
 NEW MULTILAYER PRINTED SUBSTRATE FOR HIGH FREQUENCY DEVICES.
 Nomura, T.; Nonomura, T.; Mayumi, S.
 Narumi China Corp, Nagoya, Jpn
 International Journal for Hybrid Microelectronics v 6 n 1, Int Microelectron
 Symp, 1983, Philadelphia, Pa, USA, Oct 31-Nov 2 1983 p 616-620
 -CODEN-
 IMICDJ
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Recently, Ceramic Multilayer Substrates have been widely used in high
 frequency devices such as microwave communication equipment, TV and FM
 turners, and CATV converters. Co-fired multilayer technology is generally
 utilized in the production of Side Brazed Packages and Ceramic Chip
 Carriers, where several sheets of 'Green Ceramics' are printed, stacked and
 fired to form the package. Since the late 1960's the authors have been
 investigating not only co-fired multilayer substrates but also co-fired
 multilayer printed substrates (MPS). The MPS was produced by printing of
 metal conductive layers (Tungsten) and insulating layers of ceramics (94%
 Alumina) alternately on sheet of 'Green Ceramics' followed by firing in a
 wet hydrogen atmosphere. A low impedance substrate is described which was
 copper-metallized on both sides and had through holes, sintered tungsten
 filled.
-Desc-
 *PRINTED CIRCUITS--*Manufacture; TELEVISION RECEIVERS-- Tuners
-Ident-
 HF DEVICES
 Class. Codes: 703 (Electric Circuits); 713 (Electronic Circuits); 714
 (Electronic Components); 716 (Radar, Radio & TV Electronic Equipment); 812
 (Ceramics & Refractories) 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 25
-A-
 1434056 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412134458 E.I. Yearly No: EI84080591
-W-
 MECHANICAL RELIABILITY OF CERAMIC WINDOWS IN HIGH FREQUENCY MICROWAVE
 HEATING DEVICES - PART 2: MECHANICAL BEHAVIOUR OF THE CERAMICS.
 Becher, P. F.; Ferber, M. K.
 Oak Ridge Natl Lab, Metals & Ceramics Div, Oak Ridge, Tenn, USA
 Journal of Materials Science v 19 n 11 Nov 1984 p 3778-3785
 -CODEN-
 JMTSAS
-ISSN-
 0022-2461
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Mechanical reliability was evaluated for the specific alumina and beryllia
 ceramics now used as microwave windows in the high-power high-frequency
 gyrotron tubes being developed for plasma heating in fusion systems. Both
 the static fatigue behavior in the fluorocarbon fluid used to cool gyrotron
 windows and the inert strength distributions for these two ceramics were
 characterized. These data were then analyzed in order to construct
 reliability diagrams for these two materials, which are discussed in the
 paper. 13 refs.
-Desc-
 *MICROWAVE DEVICES; GYROTRONS; CERAMIC MATERIALS--Mechanical Properties
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 715 (General Electronic
 Equipment); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 421 (Materials Properties) 71
 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 42
 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 26
-A-
 1434055 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412134457 E.I. Yearly No: EI84080590
-W-
 MECHANICAL RELIABILITY OF CERAMIC WINDOWS IN HIGH FREQUENCY MICROWAVE
 HEATING DEVICES - PART 1: AN ANALYSIS OF TEMPERATURE AND STRESS
 DISTRIBUTIONS.
 Ferber, M. K.; Kimrey, H. D.; Becher, P. F.
 Oak Ridge Natl Lab, Metals & Ceramics Div, Oak Ridge, Tenn, USA
 Journal of Materials Science v 19 n 11 Nov 1984 p 3767-3777
 -CODEN-
 JMTSAS
-ISSN-
 0022-2461
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The temperature and stress distributions generated in ceramic window
 materials currently employed in microwave gyrotron tubes were determined for
 a variety of operating conditions. First, a computer program was used to
 determine the electric field distribution within the window at a given power
 level and frequency. This program was capable of describing both the radial
 and axial dependence of the electric field. Second, the field distribution
 was used to derive an expression of the heat generated per unit volume per
 unit time within the window due to dielectric losses. A generalized heat
 conduction computer code was then used to compute the temperature
 distribution based on the heat generation function. Finally, the stresses
 wwre determined from the temperature profiles using a finite-element
 computer program. 18 refs.
-Desc-
 *MICROWAVE DEVICES; CERAMIC MATERIALS--Mechanical Properties ; GYROTRONS
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 715 (General Electronic
 Equipment); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 421 (Materials Properties) 71
 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 42
 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 27
-A-
 1424745 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412131128 E.I. Yearly No: EI84046223
-W-
 MICROSTRUCTURE AND SPIN WAVE SCATTERING IN POLYCRYSTALLINE YTTRIUM IRON
 GARNET.
 Saraswati, V.; Multani, M. S.; Palar, V. R.; Vijayaraghavan, R.; Gurjar, A.
 Tata Inst of Fundamental Research, Bombay, India
 Journal of Magnetism and Magnetic Materials v 43 n 3 Aug 1984 p 256-260
 -CODEN-
 JMMMDC
-ISSN-
 0304-8853
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Yterium Iron Garnet (YIG) is a microwave ferrite which in polycrystalline
 form has specific characteristics. Highly dense (above 99% theoretical
 density) YIG of submicron and micron grain size are obtained using sol-gel
 method for the preparation of YIG powder and sintering of the compacts at
 high pressures ( APPROX EQUALS 2000 kg/cm**2). The grain size dependence of
 the microwave properties was studied. Present observations on ferrimagnetic
 resonance linewidths, magnetization, susceptibility and spin wave
 instability threshold fields are reported. 13 refs.
-Desc-
 *FERRITES--*Magnetic Properties; YTTRIUM COMPOUNDS--Garnets
 MAGNETISM--Ferrimagnetism; MAGNETIZATION
-Ident-
 SPIN WAVES
 Class. Codes: 708 (Electric & Magnetic Materials); 701 (Electricity &
 Magnetism) 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 28
-A-
 1412334 E.I. Monthly No: EI8411125494 E.I. Yearly No: EI84131325
-W-
 GROWTH OF TITANIUM CARBIDE WHISKERS AND MEASUREMENTS OF THEIR MECHANICAL
 PROPERTIES.
 Kadota, Masatane; Kato, Ken; Oura, Toru; Hayami, Ryozo
 Government Industrial Research Inst, Osaka, Jpn
 Zairyo/Journal of the Society of Materials Science, Japan v 32 n 362 Nov
 1983 p 1248-1253
 -CODEN-
 ZARYAQ
-ISSN-
 0514-5163
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Titanium carbide whiskers were prepared on a graphite substrate at 1250
 DEGREE C by CVD method using TiCl//4, CO and H//2, and the factors affecting
 growth of the whiskers were investigated. The presence of nucleating agents
 on the substrate significantly promote the growth, and PtCl//4 is most
 effective. X-ray diffraction reveals that the whiskers are titanium carbide
 grown in the direction of < 111 > and < 100 > . Coating of the whiskers with
 Si and Pt was performed by sputtering. Sputtered Ni on the whiskers appeared
 as small droplets, whereas sputtered Pt was very smooth. The tensile
 strength of the whiskers varies with whisker size similar to those reported
 on alumina whiskers. The elastic moduli also vary which may be due to the
 tapered shape of the whiskers. The effect of coating on the tensile strength
 and elastic modulus are not significant. 13 refs. In Japanese with English
 abstract.
-Desc-
 *TITANIUM CARBIDE CRYSTALS--Whiskers; CERAMIC MATERIALS-- Mechanical
 Properties
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 53? (Powder Metallurgy) 812 (Ceramics
 & Refractories) 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING);
 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 29
-A-
 1410704 E.I. Monthly No: EI8411124477 E.I. Yearly No: EI84121138
-W-
 SIMPLE MODEL FOR MEASUREMENTS OF THE PHOTOACOUSTIC SIGNAL BY A PIEZOELECTRIC
 DETECTOR IN THE MICROWAVE REGION.
 Tronconi, A. L.; Amato, M. A.; Morais, P. C.; Skeff Neto, K.
 Univ de Brasilia, Grupo de Fisica Molecular e Magnetismo, Brasilia, Braz
 Journal of Applied Physics v 56 n 5 Sep 1 1984 p 1462-1464
 -CODEN-
 JAPIAU
-ISSN-
 0021-8979
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Piezoelectric detection of the photoacoustic signal in the microwave region
 using barium titanate as a detector is carried out. The results in the low
 modulation frequency (below 30 Hz) are fitted very well by White's theory.
 For frequencies above 70 Hz a new and simple theory is presented. The
 effectiveness of this technique is demonstrated in the detection of the
 ferromagnetic resonance. 13 refs.
-Desc-
 *SPECTROSCOPY, ACOUSTIC; MICROWAVES; PIEZOELECTRIC MATERIALS ; BARIUM
 COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 BARIUM TITANATE
 Class. Codes: 931 (Applied Physics); 711 (Electromagnetic Waves); 708
 (Electric & Magnetic Materials); 804 (Chemical Products) 93 (ENGINEERING
 PHYSICS); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 30
-A-
 1402491 E.I. Monthly No: EI8410100474 E.I. Yearly No: EI84015792
-W-
 THORMA-URANIA POWDERS PREPARED VIA BULK MICROWAVE DENITRATION.
 Palmer, Brad J. F.; Bahen, Larry E.; Celli, Adelio
 ECL, Chalk River, Ont, Can
 American Ceramic Society Bulletin v 63 n 8 Aug 1984 p 1030-1034
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
-ISSN-
 0002-7812
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This paper describes work done using microwaves as the heat source for the
 denitration of thorium-uranyl nitrate solutions. In a remote environment,
 microwave heating has an advantage over resistance heating in that the need
 to replace heating elements is eliminated. For some systems microwave
 heating has a more important advantage. If, as is the case for thoria,
 microwaves do not couple strongly with the oxide, energy can be transmitted
 through regions of dried powder and deposited within unreacted material. 5
 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Processing
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 31
-A-
 1396964 E.I. Monthly No: EI8410109393 E.I. Yearly No: EI84105999
-W-
 FORMATION OF SILICON OXINITRIDE FROM Si//3N//4 AND SiO//2 IN THE PRESENCE OF
 Al//2O//3.
 Huang, Z. K.; Greil, P.; Petzow, G.
 Max-Planck-Inst fuer Metallforschung, Pulvermetallurgisches Lab, Stuttgart,
 West Ger
 Ceramics International v 10 n 1 Jan-Mar 1984 p 14-17
 -CODEN-
 CINNDH
-ISSN-
 0272-8842
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The present investigation was aimed to determine the melting temperature of
 the SiO//2-Si//2N//2O eutectic and to describe the formation of Si//2N//2O
 from Si//3N//4 and SiO//2, the resulting microstructure and high temperature
 strength up to 1573 K. The oxidation experiments were conducted in air at
 1573 K in a tube furnace up to 120 h. The weight variations of the specimens
 were measured after cooling to room temperature using a microbalance. 15
 refs.
-Desc-
 *REFRACTORY MATERIALS--*Silicon Nitride; ALUMINA--Sintered
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 32
-A-
 1393319 E.I. Monthly No: EI8409095692 E.I. Yearly No: EI84107002
-W-
 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COAXIAL EPR CAVITY FOR INVESTIGATIONS AT ELEVATED
 TEMPERATURES AND PRESSURES.
 Goldberg, Ira B.; McKinney, Ted M.
 Rockwell Int Science Cent, Thousand Oaks, Calif, USA
 Review of Scientific Instruments v 55 n 7 Jul 1984 p 1104-1110
 -CODEN-
 RSINAK
-ISSN-
 0034-6748
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A microwave cavity suitable for heating a sample to temperatures above 800
 DEGREE C within 15 s at gas pressures above 17. 5 MPa is reported. The
 cavity is coaxial and operates in the TE//0//1//1 mode at frequencies
 between 9 and 10 GHz. The heating element is constructed of nickel-chromium
 (i. e. , Chromel) wire. It consists of two concentric helices wound in
 opposite senses (directions) and connected in series so as to minimize the
 magnetic field generated by the heater current. The heater is potted in
 magnesium oxide phosphate ceramic and placed inside of a cylinder made from
 50- MU m copper foil which provides uniform temperature distribution and
 shields the heater from the microwave field. This assembly then serves as
 the heating element and the coaxial conductor of the cavity. The diameter of
 the coaxial heater assembly is approximately 7 mm. 31 refs.
-Desc-
 *RESONATORS, CAVITY; SPECTROMETERS, MAGNETIC RESONANCE-- Accessories
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 715 (General Electronic
 Equipment) 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 33
-A-
 1385383 E.I. Monthly No: EI8409086410 E.I. Yearly No: EI84005166
-W-
 VOLATILIZATION OF ALUMINUM OXYCARBIDES AND OF ALUMINA WITH CARBON IN
 REDUCTION OF ALUMINA.
 Yokokawa, Harumi; Fujishige, Masao; Ujiie, Seiichi; Kameyama, Tetsuya;
 Dokiya, Masayuki; Fukuda, Kenzo
 Natl Chemical Lab for Industry, Tsukuba, Jpn
 Transactions of the Japan Institute of Metals v 25 n 3 Mar 1984 p 187-196
 -CODEN-
 TJIMAA
-ISSN-
 0021-4434
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Volatilization in the Al-O-C (-Si-Fe) system has been investigated by
 thermal gravimetry in vacuum for aluminum oxycarbides, mixtures of alumina
 and carbon with and without additives (iron oxide, silicon nitride and
 silicon carbide), mixtures of alumina and aluminum carbide or silicon
 carbide and mixtures of alumina, silica (mullite), iron oxide and carbon.
 Al//2OC evaporated congruently, whereas Al//4O//4C evaporated incongruently;
 ALPHA -Al//2O//3 was formed in addition to vapors. The volatilization
 reaction between alumina and carbon was enhanced when iron was added,
 unchanged by SiC addition and prevented slightly in the presence of
 Si//3N//4. These features are discussed in terms of equilibrium pressure. 14
 refs.
-Desc-
 *ALUMINUM METALLURGY--*Physical Chemistry
 Class. Codes: 531 (Metallurgy & Metallography); 541 (Aluminum & Alloys) 53
 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING) 54 (METAL GROUPS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 34
-A-
 1383826 E.I. Monthly No: EI8408075941 E.I. Yearly No: EI84030681
-W-
 NEW-GENERATION CERAMICS CUT COSTS.
 Coleman, John R.
 Tooling & Production, Solon, Ohio, USA
 Tooling & Production v 50 n 2 May 1984 p 46-49
 -CODEN-
 TOPRAR
-ISSN-
 0040-9243
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Silicon nitride, sialon, and the new alumina-based compositions are rapidly
 shedding the stigma of unreliability associated with solid-ceramic tools of
 a few years ago. Although application sensitive, this latest generation of
 cutting-tool materials offers extraordinary production economies. Silicon
 nitride (Si//3N//4) is a new-generation ceramic that has high fracture
 toughness, hot hardness, and thermal-shock resistance. Its resistance to
 flank wear, however, is much lower than competitive aluminum-oxide
 (Al//2O//3) materials. Sialon (silicon-aluminum-oxygen-nitr- ogen) is a
 special member of the silicon-nitride-based family of ceramics. The
 material, and all its variants, has a lower coefficient of thermal expansion
 and high thermal conductivity than conventional alumina-based materials. In
 fact, the aluminas have approximately one third the thermal-shock factor of
 sialon. Sialon's calculated thermal-shock factor even exceeds that of C2
 carbide, which explains why it's the material of choice for milling
 superalloys. The new alumina-based compositions are
 transformation-controlled through the dispersion of zirconium particles in
 the alumina matrix, thus effectively increasing the fracture toughness of
 the material.
-Desc-
 *CUTTING TOOLS--*Ceramic
 Class. Codes: 603 (Machine Tools) 60 (MECHANICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 35
-A-
 1368412 E.I. Monthly No: EI8407071661 E.I. Yearly No: EI84119682
-W-
 OVERVIEW OF THICK FILM HYBRID MATERIALS.
 Hoffman, Lewis C.
 Hoffman Associates Inc, Riviera Beach, Fla, USA
 American Ceramic Society Bulletin v 63 n 4 Apr 1984 p 572-576
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
-ISSN-
 0002-7812
-Lang-
 ENGLISH
 Thick film conductors for hybrids are dispersions of finely divided metals
 and inorganic binders in a temporary organic vehicle. They are usually
 applied to the substrates by screen-stencil printing, dried and fired in
 belt furnaces, to integrate the inorganic solids with the substrate. The
 organic vehicle disappears in an early stage of firing. Conductors
 interconnect passive and active devices on substrates. They must possess
 high conductivity at frequencies from dc through radio frequencies into the
 microwave region and beyond to millimeter waves. 60 refs.
-Desc-
 *SOLID STATE DEVICES, THICK FILM--*Materials; CERAMIC MATERIALS--Electronic
 Properties
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories) 71
 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 36
-A-
 1366093 E.I. Monthly No: EI8407062746 E.I Yearly No: EI84015579
-W-
 APPLICATIONS OF DIELECTRIC CERAMICS FOR MICROWAVE DEVICES.
 Kawashima, Shunichiro; Eguchi, Kazuhiro; Noguchi, Toshiharu; Ouchi, Hiromu
 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co, Central Research Lab, Morguchi, Jpn
 Natl Tech Rep Matsushita Electr Ind v 30 n 1 Feb 1984 p 175-185
 -CODEN-
 NTROAV
-ISSN-
 0028-0291
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Recently microwave communication systems and broadcasting systems such as
 mobile telephones and satellite broadcasting have been widely developed, and
 applications of dielectric resonators to microwave devices have been
 increasing. To satisfy the requirements of various devices at microwave
 frequencies, a series of dielectric ceramics is developed with a low
 dielectric loss, small temperature coefficient of resonant frequency and
 dielectric constants in the range of 30 to 90. Features of the three
 different type dielectric resonators: the TE//0//1// DELTA dielectric
 resonator, the coaxial resonator and the strip-line resonator composed of
 these ceramics are explained. The characteristics of the devices using
 dielectric resonators are summarized, and to make compact and highly stable
 devices at low cost is reported. 8 refs. In Japanese with English abstract.
-Desc-
 CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Dielectric Properties; RESONATORS-- Microwaves;
 TELECOMMUNICATION LINKS, MICROWAVE
-Ident-
 DIELECTRIC RESONATORS
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 714 (Electronic Components);
 716 Radar, Radio & TV Electronic Equipment) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 37
-A-
 1364561 E.I. Monthly No: EI8407062764 E.I. Yearly No: EI84015833
-W-
 SINTERING AND PROPERTIES OF TITANIUM DIBORIDE MADE FROM POWDER SYNTHESIZED
 IN A PLASMA-ARC HEATER.
 Baumgartner, H. R.; Steiger, R. A.
 PG Industries Inc, Barberton, Ohio, USA
 Journal of the American Ceramic Society v 67 n 3 Mar 1984 p 207-212
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
-ISSN-
 0002-7820
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The pressureless sintering to near theoretical density of high-purity
 titanium diboride powder, produced in a plasma arc from halogen vapor
 reactants, is described. Physical and mechanical property measurements
 between 25 DEGREE and 1400 DEGREE C are reported. Titanium diboride exhibits
 several unusual and interesting properties, which include high electronic
 conductivity, a large positive strength-vs-temperature coefficient, and an
 intrinsic resistance to high-temperature slow crack growth. 37 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Sintering; TITANIUM COMPOUNDS-- Processing; POWDER
 METALLURGY--Sintering
-Ident-
 TITANIUM DIBORIDE
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 804 (Chemical Products); 536
 (Powder Metallurgy) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 38
-A-
 1362095 E.I. Monthly No: EI8407062200 E.I. Yearly No: EI84008502
-W-
 DIELECTRIC CHARACTERIZATION OF Ba//2Ti//9O//2//0 TYPE CERAMICS AT MICROWAVE
 FREQUENCIES.
 Hennings, D.; Schnabel, P.
 Philips GmbH, Forschungslaboratorium Aachen, Aachen, West Ger
 Philips Journal of Research v 38 n 6 1983 p 295-311
 -CODEN-
 PHJRD9
-ISSN-
 0165-5817
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Highly stable microwave oscillators require external stabilization e. g. by
 dielectric resonators. Low-loss Ba//2Ti//9O//2//0 type ceramics are suited
 for making such resonators. The stability of their respective
 eigenfrequencies OMEGA mainly depends on the temperature variation of the
 complex permittivity EPSILON = EPSILON //o ( EPSILON ' MINUS j EPSILON '' )
 of the material used. To improve and control the relevant properties of
 dielectric ceramics demands an exact method for measuring EPSILON . In the
 frequency range of 4-1? GHz the resonance frequencies and widths of the
 resonance lines are measured with cylindrical specimens between to parallel
 metal plates. The effective quality factor of the resonant specimen is
 lowered by the losses in the metal plates which must be known exactly and
 are controlled by calibration measurements made with low-loss single
 crystals. The accuracy of the EPSILON -measurements and how it depends on
 the main experimental parameters is considered. The temperature coefficients
 of OMEGA are determined and related to variations in EPSILON ' and the
 thermal expansion. 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *BARIUM TITANATE--*Dielectric Properties; CERAMIC MATERIALS
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 712 (Electronic & Thermionic
 Materials); 708 (Electric & Magnetic Materials); 701 (Electricity &
 Magnetism) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 39
-A-
 1359704 E.I. Monthly No: EI8406051322 E.I. Yearly No: EI84015871
-W-
 MICROWAVE HEATING OF NEPHELINE GLASS-CERAMICS.
 MacDowell, John F.
 Corning Glass Works, Research & Development Div, Corning, NY, USA
 American Ceramic Society Bulletin v 63 n 2 Feb 1984 p 282-286
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
-ISSN-
 0002-7812
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Microwave heating characteristics of nepheline glass-ceramics over a broad
 composition spectrum are described. Ability of the sodium ion in the larger
 nepheline lattice positions to couple with a microwave field is proposed to
 explain the unusually high temperatures achieved with these materials. Mixed
 alkali nephelines were found to couple much less than the sodium end-member.
 11 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Thermal Properties; MICROWAVE DEVICES-- Materials
-Ident-
 GLASS-CERAMICS; MICROWAVE OVENS
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 714 (Electronic Components);
 715 (General Electronic Equipment) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 71
 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 40
-A-
 1354162 E.I. Monthly No: EI8406054872 E.I. Yearly No: EI84056218
-W-
 LEAD-THROUGH SEALS INCORPORATING A FOAMED GLASS CERAMIC.
 Partridge, G.
 GEC Power Engineering Ltd, Stafford Lab, Stafford, Staffs, Engl
 Glass Technology v 24 n 6 Dec 1983 p 293-297
 -CODEN-
 GLSTAK
-ISSN-
 0017-1050
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The dielecric properties of microwave components could be improved with
 better seals. It has been demonstrated that lead-through seals can be made
 incorporating a foamed Li//2O-Al//2O//3-SiO//2 glass ceramic bonded to a
 Si-Fe lead-through and a stainless steel outer component. The foam glass
 ceramic seals are leak-tight to helium and the dielectric constant of the
 foam can be as low as 2. 1 at microwave frequencies. 11 refs.
-Desc-
 *GLASS MANUFACTURE--*Seals; SEALS--Bonding; MICROWAVE DEVICES--Seals
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 619 (Pipes, Tanks &
 Accessories); 714 (Electronic Components); 715 (General Electronic
 Equipment); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 41
-A-
 134964 E.I. Monthly No: EI8405039235 E.I. Yearly No: EI84004927
-W-
 TRANSMISSION ELECTRON MICROSCOPY OF Al-Cu BASE POWDER METALLURGICAL
 COMPOSITES.
 Jha, Amol Kumar; Ramchandran, Tiruvannamalai R.; Upadhyaya, Gopal Shankar
 Indian Inst of Technology, Kanpur, India
 Praktische Metallographie v 20 n 11 Nov 1983 p 562-569
 -CODEN-
 PMTLA5
-ISSN-
 0032-678X
-Lang-
 Eng.; GERMAN
 The microstructure of Al-4. 4% Cu powder (MD 24) composites containing 4
 vol. % dispersoids of tungsten carbide, ALPHA -alumina, titanium
 carbide-molybdenum carbide alloy and tribaloy has been studied by
 transmission electron microscopy after the composites have been sintered in
 nitrogen at 853 K, solution-treated at 783 K and then aged at 448 K for 8 h.
 The results show that there is no significant difference in the size
 distribution of THETA ' particles in the compacts containing MD 24, MD 24
 and tungsten carbide, and MD 24 and alumina; those containing tribaloy and
 titanium carbide-molybdenum carbide reveal a high dislocation density in the
 matrix. 6 refs. In English and German.
-Desc-
 *ALUMINUM COPPER ALLOYS--*Metallic Matrix Composites; COMPOSITE
 MATERIALS--Microscopic Examination; METALLOGRAPHY-- Microstructures; POWDER
 METALLURGY--Aluminum Copper
 Class. Codes: 541 (Aluminum & Alloys); 544 (Copper & Alloys); 741 (Optics &
 Optical Devices); 531 (Metallurgy & Metallography); 536 (Powder Metallurgy)
 54 (METAL GROUPS); 74 (OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 42
-A-
 1335985 E.I. Monthly No: EI8404036391 E.I. Yearly No: EI84105982
-W-
 SUBSOLIDUS PHASE RELATIONSHIPS IN THE SYSTEM Y//2O//3-Al//2O//3: AlN-Si//-
 3N//4.
 Sun, Wei-Ying; Huang, Zhen-Kun; Cheng, Jian-Xin
 Shanghai Inst of Ceramics, Shanghai, China
 Transactions and Journal of the British Ceramic Society v 82 n 5 Sep-Oct
 1983 p 173-175
 -CODEN-
 TJBCAD
-ISSN-
 0007-0394
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A tentative phase diagram of the system is postulated, in which there are
 four two-phase regions containing solid solutions and three triangles. 4
 refs.
-Desc-
 *REFRACTORY MATERIALS--*Silicon Nitride; ALUMINA--Processing
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 43
-A-
 1332280 E.I. Monthly No: EI8404037185 E.I. Yearly No: EI84117297
-W-
 MECHANICAL, THERMAL, AND MICROSTRUCTURAL PROPERTIES OF NEUTRON IRRADIATED
 SiC.
 Corelli, J. C.; Hoole, J.; Lazzaro, J.; Lee, C. W.
 Rensselaer Polytechnic Inst, Dep of Nuclear Engineering, Troy, NY, USA
 Journal of the American Ceramic Society v 66 n 7 Jul 1983 p 529-537
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
-ISSN-
 0002-7820
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The thermal and electrical conductivities, fracture strength, swelling, and
 microstructure of sintered alpha-phase SiC and siliconized reaction-bonded
 SiC materials were studied before and after irradiation with reactor
 neutrons. Electrical, mechanical, and thermal properties exhibit partial
 recovery after heat treatment to 1000 to 1500 K. An overall consistency is
 observed in radiation-produced property changes and annealing and a model is
 presented to explain the changes. 28 refs.
-Desc-
 *SILICON CARBIDE--*Electric Conductivity; CRYSTALS-- Microstructure;
 PHYSICS--Solid State
-Ident-
 PLASMA LIMITER; NEUTRON IRRADIATED SILICON CARBIDE
 Class. Codes: 712 (Electronic & Thermionic Materials); 804 (Chemical
 Products); 701 (Electricity & Magnetism); 932 (High Energy, Nuclear & Plasma
 Physics); 622 (Radioactive Materials) 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 93 (ENGINEERING
 PHYSICS); 6? (NUCLEAR TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 44
-A-
 1305705 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401004981 E.I. Yearly No: EI84077896
-W-
 TOOL MATERIALS.
 Coleman, John R.
 Tooling & Production, Solon, Ohio, USA
 Tooling & Production v 49 n 5 Aug 1983 p 19-24, 29-31
 -CODEN-
 TOPRAR
-ISSN-
 0040-9243
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This paper deals with the cutting of difficult materials with synthetic
 diamond and cubic boron nitride tools, as well as with tools made of silicon
 nitride based ceramics. In addition, the use of alumina based ceramics for
 the turing of hardened steels is discussed. The use of new innovative
 turning tools such as the ledge insert and the rotary tool is evaluated.
 Research on the use of laser-assisted machining in tough turning operations
 is described.
-Desc-
 *METAL CUTTING; CUTTING TOOLS
 Class. Codes: 604 (Metal Cutting & Machining); 603 (Machine Tools) 60
 (MECHANICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 45
-A-
 1305533 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401007039 E.I. Yearly No: EI84106967
-W-
 MINIATURIZED COAXIAL RESONATOR PARTIALLY LOADED WITH
 HIGH-DIELECTRIC-CONSTANT MICROWAVE CERAMICS.
 Yamashita, Sadahiko; Makimoko, Mitsuo
 Matsushita Research Inst Tokyo, Inc, Kawasaki, Jpn
 IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques v MTT-31 pt 1 n 9 Sep
 1983 p 697-703
 -CODEN-
 IETMAB
-ISSN-
 0018-9480
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A partially dielectric-filled stepped impedance resonator (PDSIR) is
 introduced as a class of a miniaturized coaxial resonator. The length of
 this resonator is less than that of a fully dielectric-filled
 quarter-wavelength resonator. The conditions for obtaining resonance with a
 high dielectric constant of EPSILON //r = 35 or 85, sensitivity analysis,
 and temperature drift of the resonant frequency, are described. The spurious
 response, in which the characteristics are better than for a conventional
 quarter-wavelength resonator, is also analyzed. 12 refs.
-Desc-
 *RESONATORS--*Design
-Ident-
 PARTIALLY DIELECTRIC-FILLED IMPEDANCE RESONATOR (PDSIR); MINIATURE COAXIAL
 RESONATOR
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components) 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 46
-A-
 1303785 E.I. Monthly No: EI8312099688 E.I. Yearly No: EI83011460
-W-
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BRITISH CERAMIC SOCIETY: ENGINEERING WITH CERAMICS,
 1981.
 Davidge, Roger W. (Ed. )
 AERE, Harwell, Engl
 Proceedings of the British Ceramic Society n 32 Mar 1982, Eng with Ceram,
 London, Engl, Dec 15-17 1981. Publ by the British Ceramic Soc,
 Stoke-on-Trent, Engl, 1982 400p
 -CODEN-
 PBRCAR
-ISSN-
 0524-5141
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 02626 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This meeting proceedings contains 32 papers on engineering with ceramics,
 and focuses on a merging of the disciplines of materials science and
 engineering science in the ceramics field. A good number of papers describes
 the fabrication and properties of new types of ceramics. The fabrication
 experts have now developed a number of silicon based ceramics-nitride,
 carbide and sialons - which can be made by fairly straightforward sintering
 routes to give materials with bend strengths of typically 1 GPa. Technical
 and professional papers from this conference are indexed with the conference
 code no. 02626 in the Ei Engineering Meetings (TM) database produced by
 Engineering Information, Inc.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS; CERAMIC PRODUCTS--Manufacture
-Ident-
 EIREV; POWDER CHARACTERISTICS; COMMERCIAL ALUMINA CERAMICS; SILICON NITRIDE
 CERAMICS; SUBCRITICAL CRACK EXTENSION IN CERAMICS
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 804 (Chemical Products); 421
 (Materials Properties); 612 (Combustion Engines); 712 (Electronic &
 Thermionic Materials); 537 (Heat Treatment); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING);
 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 53
 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 47
-A-
 1303058 E.I Monthly No: EI8311097339 E.I. Yearly No: EI83088864
-W-
 INVESTIGATION OF THE CHEMICAL BONDING OF Cr AND Ti TO SILICON NITRIDE.
 Orent, T. W.; Wagner, R. A.
 Honeywell Corporate Technology Cent, Bloomington, Minn, USA
 Journal of Vacuum Science & Technology B: Microelectronics Processing and
 Phenomena v 1 n 3 Jul-Sep 1983 p 844-849
 -CODEN-
 JVTBD9
-ISSN-
 0734-211X
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The adhesion characteristics of rf-sputtered Cr/Cu and Ti/Cu films to
 polished silicon nitride substrates were studied. As-deposited samples
 showed lower rupture strengths than Cr/Cu on unpolished alumina, but Ti
 samples that had been annealed above 500 DEGREE C and Cr films on substrates
 that had been prefired in air had higher rupture strengths than
 Cr/Al//2O//3. The compositions of the metal substrate interfacial regions
 were studied by Auger depth profiling and by x-ray photoelectron
 spectroscopy, and the results were correlated with the adhesion
 measurements. Chromium did not react extensively with the substrate during
 deposition, but it did react with the silicon oxynitride surface layer
 formed during prefiring. On the other hand, Ti reduced the silicon nitride
 during deposition to produce TiN and free Si. Above 500 DEGREE C the free
 silicon reacted with additional Ti at the Ti/TiN interface to form a
 silicide. 15 refs.
-Desc-
 *SILICON COMPOUNDS; INTEGRATED CIRCUITS--Metallizing; CHROMIUM COPPER
 ALLOYS; TITANIUM COPPER ALLOYS
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 713 (Electronic Circuits); 714
 (Electronic Components); 543 (Chromium, Manganese, Molybdenum, Tantalum,
 Tungsten, Vanadium & Alloys); 544 (Copper & Alloys) 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 54 (METAL GROUPS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 48
-A-
 1301209 E.I. Monthly No: I8310082117 E.I. Yearly No: EI83012765
-W-
 KINETICS OF HYDROCARBON AND HYDROGEN REACTION AT SOLID AND LIQUID Al//2O//3
 SURFACES.
 Nordine, Paul C.; Essandoh, Louis; Abrevaya, Hayim
 Yale Univ, Dep of Chemical Engineering, New Haven, Conn, USA
 High Temperatures - High Pressures v 14 n 6 1982, IUPAC Conf on the Chem of
 Mater at High Temp, Harwell, Engl, Sep 7-10 1981 p 687-694
 -CODEN-
 HTHPAK
-ISSN-
 0018-1544
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Rates were measured for the reaction of solid and liquid Al//2O//3, at 2327
 K, with H//2, CH//4, C//6H//6, and the atomic and radical species produced
 by a microwave discharge in these gases. The method used cw CO//2 laser
 heating of sapphire filaments in a low-pressure flow reactor to obtain
 intrinsic rates for the evaporation or gasification reactions from recession
 rates of the partially molten specimen. Evaporation of Al//2O//3 is
 suppressed by hydrogen, more for the solid than for the liquid phase. Atomic
 hydrogen is about twenty times more effective in suppressing evaporation of
 alumina than is H//2. CH//4 (at 1. 35 Torr) produces no change in the
 evaporation rate of Al//2O//3. The CH//4-Al//2O//3 reaction probability is
 less than 10** MINUS **5. Benzene suppresses Al//2O//3 evaporation, but the
 suppression effect is eliminated if the sapphire specimen is preheated in
 argon at 2327 K. The CH//x radical-Al//2O//3 reaction probability is about
 0. 07. Liquid: solid recession rate ratios decrease at the rate of
 evaporation and/or reaction increases. Refs.
-Desc-
 *CHEMICAL REACTIONS--*Reaction Kinetics; ALUMINA-- Measurements
 Class. Codes: 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 812 (Ceramics &
 Refractories); 944 (Moisture, Pressure & Temperature, & Radiation Measuring
 Instruments) 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 94
 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 49
-A-
 1299270 E.I. Monthly No: EI8309080274 E.I. Yearly No: EI83100512
-W-
 DEUTERIUM TRAPPING IN LOW-Z COATINGS.
 Erents, S. K.
 EURATOM-UKAEA Fusion Assoc, Culham Lab, Abingdon, Oxfs, Engl
 Journal of Nuclear Materials v 111-112 Nov/Dec 1982, Plasma Surf Interact in
 Controlled Fusion Devices, Proc of the Int Conf, 5th, Gatlinburg, Tenn, USA,
 May 3-7 1982 p 590-597
 -CODEN-
 JNUMAM
-ISSN-
 0022-3115
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Data selection is presented from a systematic study of deuteron trapping and
 deuterium re-emission during bombardment with monoenergetic ion beams in the
 energy range 50 ev-1keV per deuteron. Coatings investigated include
 plasma-sprayed alumina, alumina-titania, silicon, spinel and titanium
 dioxide. Co-sputtered titanium carbide was also studied. Measurements were
 made at a variety of sample temperatures in the range 300 K to 1100 K. The
 relevance of the data to tritium hold-up in the walls on JET is discussed.
 15 refs.
-Desc-
 *TOKAMAK DEVICES--*Materials; PROTECTIVE COATINGS; DEUTERIUM
 Class. Codes: 932 (High Energy, Nuclear & Plasma Physics); 539 (Metals
 Corrosion & Protection) 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 53 (METALLURGICAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 50
-A-
 1295624 E.I. Monthly No: EI8312099694 E.I. Yearly No: EI83011494
-W-
 EFFECT OF Mn DOPING ON THE DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES OF Ba//2Ti//9?//2//0
 CERAMICS AT MICROWAVE FREQUENCY.
 Nomura, Shoichiro; Tomaya, Keiichiro; Kaneta, Kumiko
 Toyko Inst of Technology Ookoyama, Dep of Physical Electronics, Tokyo, Jpn
 Jpn J Appl Phys Part 1 v 22 n 7 Jul 1983 p 1125-1128
 -CODEN-
 JAPNDE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The effect of Mn doping on the dielectric properties of Ba//2Ti//9O//2//0
 ceramics has been investigated at microwave frequency. The dielectric
 constant and the temperature coefficient are not sensitive to the addition
 of Mn, while the unloaded Q depends strongly upon it as well as on heat
 treatment at high temperature. A minute addition of Mn leads to an increase
 in the Q value. A high value of Q of more than 5200 was obtained at 9 GHz
 with the addition of 0. 5 to about 1. 0 mol % Mn. 9 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Dielectric Properties
-Ident-
 BARIUM TITANATE CERAMICS
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 701 (Electricity & Magnetism)
 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 51
-A-
 1285727 E.I. Monthly No: EI8311091502 E.I. Yearly No: EI83003748
-W-
 APPLICATION OF WEAR-RESISTANT ALUMINA COATINGS ON HIGH SPEED STEELS BY
 rf-SPUTTERING.
 Fujiyama, Hirokazu; Kuwahara, Kaizo; Sumomogi, Tsunetaka
 Fukuoka Inst of Technology, Fukuoka, Jpn
 Journal of Japan Society of Lubrication Engineers v 28 n 3 1983 p 206-213
 -CODEN-
 JUNKAU
-ISSN-
 0449-4156
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Alumina coatings were prepared by rf-sputtering on high speed steel tools
 made of SKH 57 and SKH 9. The following results were obtained in the turning
 test with these tools on S 45 C steel workpieces. (1) Highly wear-resistant
 alumina coatings were obtained by starting the sputtering at a
 substrate-tool temperature of 20 DEGREE C rather than starting at higher
 temperature; (2) alumina-coated SKH 57 tools showed more excellent
 performance than uncoated ones in the long tool life, easily disposable
 cutting chips and satisfacoty surface finish; (3) sputter-coating of alumina
 on SKH 57 tools caused similar cutting performance to that with the same
 tools ion-?lated with titanium nitride; and (3) use lives of tools made of
 insufficiently thermally resistant steels such as SKH 9 could also be
 improved with alumina coatings. In Japanese with English abstract.
-Desc-
 *ALUMINA--*Wear; STEEL--Protective Coatings
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 421 (Materials Properties); 545
 (Iron & Steel); 539 (Metals Corrosion & Protection) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 54 (METAL GROUPS); 53
 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 52
-A-
 1281300 E.I. Monthly No: EI831008808 E.I. Yearly No: EI83080083
-W-
 Q-FACTOR OF COAXIAL RESONATORS PARTIALLY LOADED WITH HIGH DIELECTRIC
 CONSTANT MICROWAVE CERAMICS.
 Yamashita, Sadahiko; Makimoto, Mitsuo
 Matsushita Research Inst Tokyo Inc, Kawasaki, Jpn
 IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques v MTT-31 n 6 Jun 1983 p
 485-488
 -CODEN-
 IETMAB
-ISSN-
 018-9480
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The quality factor of partially loaded dielectric coaxial stepped impedance
 resonators (PDSIR) has been analyzed, including analysis of the dielectric
 constant EPSILON //r and the dielectric loss tan DELTA of the ceramics. The
 Q-factor of several resonators is also calculated and compared with the
 experimental results. This shows that the Q-factor degradation lessens even
 though the resonator length becomes stall when the total length L//t > 1/
 ROOT EPSILON //r and becomes large when L//t < 1/ ROOT EPSILON //r. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *RESONATORS--*Analysis; ELECTRIC MEASUREMENTS--Q Factor; CERAMIC
 MATERIALS--Microwaves; DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES
-Ident-
 QUALITY FACTOR; DIELECTRIC COAXIAL IMPEDANCE RESONATOR
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 942 (Electrical & Electronic
 Measuring Instruments); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 711 (Electromagnetic
 Waves) 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT); 81
 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 53
-A-
 1279025 E.I. Monthly No: EI8310086284 E.I. Yearly No: EI83060302
-W-
 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES GOVERN SUBSTRATE EFFECTIVENESS.
 Borase, Vijay
 Materials Research Corp, Ceramic Substrate Div, Orangeburg, NY, USA
 Microwaves RF 22 n 2 Feb 1983 p 83, 85, 88
 -CODEN-
 MIRFDL
-Lang-
 Eng.
 In microwave integrated circuits (MICs) and microstrip, the impedance of the
 circuit must be matched to the remainder of the system. MICs and microstrip
 circuits require substrates with consistent electrical properties, because
 the substrate actually becomes part of the circuit. The paper describes the
 progress in substrate manufacturing, the introduction of 99-to-99. 9-percent
 alumina ceramic, its dielectric properties and resistivity. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *MICROWAVE DEVICES--*Materials; INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID --Microwaves
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 713 (Electronic Circuits) 71
 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 54
-A-
 1277749 E.I. Monthly No: EI831088009 E.I. Yearly No: EI83078904
-W-
 RAILS MADE FROM STEEL DEOXIDIZED WITH Si-Mg-Ti ALLOY.
 Velikanov, A. V.; Kondrat'ev, V. Yu.; Maslov, A. M.; Glazov, V. I.;
 Polyakov, V. V.; Skvortsov, O. S.
 All-Union Scientific Research Inst of Rail Transport, USSR
 Steel in the USSR v 12 n 8 Aug 1982 p 385-388
 -CODEN-
 SUSRA5
-ISSN-
 0038-9218
-Lang-
 ENGLISH
 Use of the Si-Mg-Ti inoculant eliminated alumina and titanium nitride
 stringer type inclusions to be eliminated. The hypereutectoid steel has
 higher fatigue strength, satisfactory ductility and impact properties. 10
 refs.
-Desc-
 *RAILS--*Manufacture; STEEL--Mechanical Properties; STEELMAKING--Deoxidants;
 IRON AND STEEL METALLOGRAPHY--Inclusions
-Ident-
 CONTACT FATIGUE
 Class. Codes: 681 (Railroad Plant & Structures); 535 (Rolling, Forging &
 Forming); 421 (Materials Properties); 545 (Iron & Steel); 531 (Metallurgy &
 Metallography); ?8 (RAILROAD ENGINEERING); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING);
 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 54 (META GROUPS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 55
-A-
 1272060 E.I. Monthly No: EI8309071545 E.I. Yearly No: EI83011492
-W-
 Ba (Zn//1/////3Ta//2/////3)O// CERAMICS WITH LOW DIELECTRIC LOSS AT
 MICROWAVE FREQUENCIES.
 Kawashima, Syunichiro; Nishida, Masamitsu; Ued, Ichiro; Ouchi, Hiromu
 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co, Central Research Lab, Kadoma, Osaka, Jpn
 Journal of the American Ceramic Society v 66 n 6 Jun 1983 p 421-423
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
-ISSN-
 0002-7820
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The dielectric properties at microwave frequencies of Ba
 (Zn//1/////3Ta//2/////3)O//3 ceramics prepared by sintering were
 investigated. These ceramics had lower density but higher loss quality than
 ceramics hot-pressed at 1400 DEGREE C. Loss quality was greatly improved by
 prolonged sintering. 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Dielectric Properties; MICROWAVE DEVICES--Materials
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 701 (Electricity & Magnetism);
 708 (Electric & Magnetic Materials); 714 (Electronic Components); 715
 (General Electronic Equipment) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 70
 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 56
-A-
 1262238 E.I. Monthly No: EI8308061412 E.I. Yearly No: EI83013218
-W-
 THERMODIFFUSIONAL TREATMENT OF CHROMIUM CARBIDE HARD METALS.
 Kudryavtsev, V. A.; Pirso, Yu. Yu.
 Soviet Powder Metallurgy and Metal Ceramics (English translation of
 Poroshkovaya Metallurgiya) v 21 n 12 Dec 1982 p 964-967
 -CODEN-
 SPMCAV
-ISSN-
 0038-5735
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The cementing phases of P/M chromium carbide and titanium carbide hard
 metals can be superficially hardened by thermodiffusional impregnation with
 phosphorus. Treatment for 3-7 h at 1000 DEGREE C in an alumina filler
 containing 30-70% nickel phosphide and subsequent 1-h annealing at 400
 DEGREE C increase the surface hardness of binder phases by 1. 5-3 GPa.
 Thermodiffusional treatment doubles the wear resistance of KKhN35 alloy
 operating under hydroabrasive wear conditions. 17 refs.
-Desc-
 *CHROMIUM COMPOUNDS--*Hardening; TITANIUM CARBIDE--Hardening
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 536 (Powder Metallurgy) 537 (Heat
 Treatment) 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 57
-A-
 1262237 E.I. Monthly No: EI8308067687 E.I. Yearly No: EI83075459
-W-
 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS OBTAINED FROM AN ULTRAFINE ALUMINUM
 NITRIDE POWDER.
 Zyatkevich, D. P.; Berdikov, V. F.; Makarenko, G. N.; Kosolapova, T. Ya.
 Soviet Powder Metallurgy and Metal Ceramics (English translation of
 Poroshkovaya Metallurgiya) v 21 n 12 Dec 1982 p 961-964
 -CODEN-
 SPMCAV
-ISSN-
 0038-5735
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Aluminum nitride powder was manufactured by plasma-chemical synthesis. Use
 of a fine powder enables non-porous specimens to be produced having high
 strength characteristics: SIGMA //c = 1600 MPa, SIGMA //t//r = 320 MPa,
 microhardness of 16, 800 MPa, microstrength of 3100 MPa, and
 microbrittleness of 1. 9. Aluminum nitride sintered from an ultrafine powder
 is a quality constructional ceramic material. 12 refs.
-Desc-
 *POWDER METALLURGY--*Aluminum; CERAMIC MATERIALS
 Class. Codes: 536 (Powder Metallurgy); 541 (Aluminum & Alloys) 421
 (Materials Properties); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 53 (METALLURGICAL
 ENGINEERING); 54 (METAL GROUPS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 81
 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 58
-A-
 1255066 E.I. Monthly No: EI8307055662 E.I. Yearly No: EI83060301
-W-
 CRYSTAL STRUCTURE OF THE MICROWAVE DIELECTRIC RESONATOR Ba//2Ti//9O//2//0.
 Tillmanns, Ekkehart; Hofmeister, Wolfgang; Baur, Werner H.
 Univ Mainz, Enst fuer Geowissenschaften, Mainz, West Ger
 Journal of the American Ceramic Society v 66 n 4 Apr 1983 p 268-271
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
-ISSN-
 0002-7820
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Properties of the dibarium nonatitanate dielectrics were investigated by
 studying a single crystal, using X-ray apparatus. Since Ba//2Ti//9O//2//0
 possesses an excellent combination of low dielectric loss, moderate
 dielectric constant, and low temperature coefficient of the dielectric
 constant, it is useful as a microwave resonator. 33 refs.
-Desc-
 *MICROWAVE DEVICES--*Materials; CERAMIC MATERIALS-- Dielectric Properties
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 812 (Ceramic & Refractories) 71
 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 59
-A-
 1250334 E.I Monthly No: EI8307055035 E.I. Yearly No: EI83053240
-W-
 PHOTOLITHOGRAPHIC METHOD OF OBTAINING A METALLIZED PATTERN ON SPECIMENS OF
 THE MATERIAL OKMAL.
 Bylina, I. E.; Kositsyna, N. N.; Rotner, Yu. M.; Shaiko, L. P.
 Instruments and Experimental Techniques (English Translation of Pribory I
 Tekhnika Eksperimenta) v 25 n 4 pt 2 Jul-Aug 1982 p 1026-1027
 -CODEN-
 INETAK
-ISSN-
 0020-4412
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A technology is described for obtaining metallized contact areas on
 specimens of the diamond ceramic OKMAL by a photolithographic method. The
 technique makes it possible to use the new material OKMAL for the
 fabrication of heat-conducting substrates for microwave devices. 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *LITHOGRAPHY
 Class. Codes: 745 (Printing & Reprography) 74 (OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 60
-A-
 1238285 E.I. Monthly No: EI8306040554 E.I. Yearly No: EI83011440
-W-
 Ba (Zn//1/////3Nb//2/////3)O//3-?r (Zn//1/////3Nb//2/////3)O//3 SOLID SOLU-
 TION CERAMICS WITH TEMPERATURE-STABLE HIGH DIELECTRIC CONSTANT AND LOW
 MICROWAVE LOSS.
 Onoda, Makoto; Kuwata, Jun; Kaneta, Kumiko; Toyama, Keiichiro; Nomura,
 Shoichiro
 Tokyo Inst of Technology, Dep of Physical Electronics, Ookayama, Tokyo, Jpn
 Jpn J Appl Phys Part 1 v 21 n 12 Pt 1 Dec 1982 p 1707-1710
 -CODEN-
 JAPNDE
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Solid solution ceramics in the Ba (Zn//1/////3Nb//2///?/3)O//3 (BZN)-Sr
 (Zn//1/////3Nb//2/////3)O//3 (SZN) system have been studied with a view to
 finding materials for use as dielectric resonators at microwave frequency.
 The relative dielectric constant and the unloaded Q at 10 G?z are
 respectively 41 and 5400 for BZN, and 40 and 2000 for SZN. The temperature
 coefficient of the resonant frequency is estimated as 30 ppm/ DEGREE C for
 BZN and MINUS 38 ppm/ DEGREE C for SZN. The dielectric constant of 0. 3
 BZN-0. 7 SZN ceramic is nearly independent of temperature, which gives a
 very small estimated temperature coefficient of the resonant frequency of
 MINUS 5 ppm/ DEGREE C. 13 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 61
-A-
 1237376 E.I. Monthly No: EI8306040559 E.I. Yearly No: EI83011491
-W-
 LOW DIELECTRIC LOSS CERAMICS FOR USE AT MICROWAVE FREQUENCIES.
 Kawashima, Syunichiro; Nishida, Masamitsu; Ueda, Ichiro; Ouchi, Hiromu
 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co, Materials Res Lab, Jpn
 Natl Tech Rep Matsushita Electr Ind v 28 n 6 Dec 1982 p 1108-1114
 -CODEN-
 NTROAV
-ISSN-
 0028-0291
-Lang-
 ENGLISH
 The development of new ceramics, which are composed of Ba
 (Zn//1/////3Ta//2/////?)O//3 X (TIMES) Ba (Zn//1/////3Nb//2/////3) O//3
 solid solution, for microwave devices are reported. These ceramics have a
 large dielectric constant EPSILON //r of 30-40, a loss quality factor Q of
 15000, and a temperature coefficient of resonant frequency TAU //f of 0-28
 ppm/ DEGREE C (variable by changing the composition). The use of these
 ceramics as resonant elements of filters and stabilized oscillators, and
 also as substrate of microwave integrated circuits is examined. 14 refs. In
 Japanese with English abstract.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Dielectric Properties; MICROWAVE DEVICES
-Ident-
 LOW DIELECTRIC LOSS
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 701 (Electricity & Magnetism);
 708 (Electric & Magnetic Materials); 714 (Electronic Components); 715
 (General Electronic Equipment) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 70
 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 62
-A-
 1229866 E.I. Monthly No: EI8305037454 E.I. Yearly No: EI83079410
-W-
 MICROSTRUCTURE AND GRAIN-BOUNDARY COMPOSITION OF HOT-PRESSED SILICON NITRIDE
 WITH YTTRIA AND ALUMINA.
 Ahn, Channing C.; Thomas, Gareth
 Univ of Calif, Berkeley, USA
 Journal of the American Ceramic Society v 66 n 1 Jan 1983 p 14-17
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
-ISSN-
 000?-7820
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The microstructure of two hot-pressed silicon nitrides containing Y//2O//3
 and Al//2O//3 was examined by electron microscopy, electron diffraction, and
 quantitative, energy-dispersive x-ray microanalysis. In situ hot-stage
 experiments in a high-voltage electron microscope show that the amorphous
 phase volatilizes above 1200 DEGREE C, leaving a skeleton of Si//3N//4
 grains linked by the mellilite crystals at triple points. The results show
 that intergranular glassy phases cannot be eliminated by the
 Y//2O//3/Al//2O//3 fluxing. 17 refs.
-Desc-
 *REFRACTORY MATERIALS--*Silicon Nitride
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 63
-A-
 1229442 E.I. Monthly No: EI8305031893 E.I. Yearly No: EI8300975
-W-
 ON THE DIELECTRIC POLARIZATION OF BORON NITRIDE AT RADIO AND MICROWAVE
 FREQUENCIES.
 Singh, A.; Shukla, P.; Saxena, M. C.
 Lucknow Univ, India
 Indian Journal of Pure & Applied Physics v 20 n 7 Jul 1982 p 592-593
 -CODEN-
 IJOPAU
-ISSN-
 0019-5596
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The dielectric conductivity SIGMA of boron nitride has been calculated in
 the temperature range 20-500 DEGREE C. The activation energy ( DELTA E) has
 also been computed by plotting log SIGMA versus 10**3/T at frequencies
 varying from 10**2 to 10**1**0 Hz. SIGMA has been found to increase with
 temperature, and DELTA E to decrease with frequency. 2 refs.
-Desc-
 *BORON COMPOUNDS--*Dielectric Properties; MICROWAVES
-Ident-
 BORON NITRIDES
 Class. Codes: 701 (Electricity & Magnetism); 804 (Chemical Products) 70
 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 64
-A-
 1219135 E.I. Monthly No: EI833016400 E.I. Yearly No: EI83011490
-W-
 Ba (Mg//1/////3Ta//2/////3)O//3 CERAMICS WITH TEMPERATURE-STABLE HIGH
 DIELECTRIC CONSTANT AND LOW MICROWAVE LOSS.
 Nomura, Shoichiro; Toyama, Keiichiro; Kaneta, Kumiko
 Tokyo Inst of Technol, Jpn
 Jpn J Appl Phys Part 2 v 21 n 10 Oct 1982 p 624-626
 -CODEN-
 JAPLD8
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A dense ceramic with an ordered perovskite structure with chemical formula
 Ba (Mg//1/////3Ta//2/////3)O//3 is prepared, aiming at materials for a
 dielectric resonator with temperature-stable high dielectric constant and
 low loss at microwave frequency. A small amount of Mn ion is doped to the
 sample to complete the sintering. The dielectric constant and unloaded Q are
 25 and 16800 at 10. 5 GHz respectively. The temperature coefficient of
 resonant frequency is estimated as 2. 7 ppm/ DEGREE C in the vicinity of
 room temperature. The value of Q obtained is the highest among those
 reported so far on ceramics having a similar characteristic. 14 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Dielectric Properties
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 701 (Electricity & Magnetism)
 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 65
-A-
 1197294 E.I. Monthly No: EI8207056888 E.I. Yearly No: EI82012755
-W-
 SPECIAL CERAMICS 7 (PROCEEDINGS), 1980.
 Taylor, Derek (Ed. ); Popper, Paul (Ed. )
 Br Ceram Soc, Stoke-on-Trent, Engl
 Proceedings of the British Ceramic Society n 31 Jun 1981, Spec Ceram 7,
 London, Engl, Dec 15-18 1980. Publ by Br Ceram Soc, Stoke-on-Trent, Engl 265
 p
 -CODEN-
 PBRCAR
-ISSN-
 0524-5141
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 0037 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This Conference Proceedings contains 23 papers dealing with processing
 techniques, testing and applications of very dense, strong and
 heat-resistant ceramics. Most of the papers are devoted to ceramic materials
 that are used for component parts in gas turbines. They include alumina,
 silicon nitride and silicon carbide providing information on optimal
 conditions for firing and densification procedures. Technical and
 professional papers from this conference are indexed with the conference
 code no. 00317 in the Ei Engineering Meetings (TM) database produced by
 Engineering Information, Inc.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Physical Chemistry; REFRACTORY MATERIALS--Silicon
 Nitride; CERAMIC PRODUCTS--Manufacture; DENTAL EQUIPMENT AND
 SUPPLIES--Manufacture
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 801 (Chemical Analysis &
 Physical Chemistry); 804 (Chemical Products); 462 (Medical Engineering &
 Equipment) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 46
 (BIOENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 66
-A-
 1175008 E.I. Monthly No: EI8212105286 E.I. Yearly No: EI82015435
-W-
 EVALUATION OF MATERIALS FOR USE IN LETDOWN VALVES IN COAL LIQUEFACTION
 SYSTEMS.
 Mueller, J. L.; Wright, I. G.
 Battelle, Columbus Lab, Ohio, USA
 Electr Power Res Inst Adv Power Syst Div Rep EPRI A? n 2356 Apr 1982 var
 pagings
 -CODEN-
 ERIAD4
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A number of advanced ceramics materials were evaluated in a test facility in
 which ash-containing coal derived slurry was used as the erodant in a jet
 impingement- type test designed to evaluate the wear characteristics of
 letdown valve trim component materials. The advanced ceramic materials
 evaluated were alumina, aluminatitanium carbide, boron carbide, silicon
 carbide, tungsten carbide, titanium diboride, hot pressed diamond, CVD
 codeposited tungsten-carbon and borided steel. Among the materials
 evaluated, chemically vapor deposited (CVD) silicon carbide was found to
 offer the greatest erosion resistance and a definite improvement over the
 cemented carbides in use in pilot plants. Both a compacted diamond product
 and a CVD form of silicon nitride showed promise. The latter materials would
 definitely require an improvement in the process of manufacture. Tests of
 seven different grades or types of alumina showed that all were unacceptable
 for letdown service. Both the alumina and the CVD silicon carbide displayed
 a broad range of variation in the erosion behavior, confirming that erosion
 resistance can differ greatly between grades and form of a given generic
 ceramic.
-Desc-
 *COAL LIQUEFACTION--*Valves; CERAMIC MATERIALS--Erosion; MATERIALS
 TESTING--Impact
 Class. Codes: 523 (Liquid Fuels); 524 (Solid Fuels); 601 (Mechanical
 Design); 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories);
 421 (Materials Properties) 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 60 (MECHANICAL
 ENGINEERING); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 67
-A-
 1169669 E.I. Monthly No: EI8212104282 E.I. Yearly No: EI82004950
-W-
 ROLL COATINGS FORMED DURING THE HOT ROLLING OF ALUMINIUM WITH ROLLS OF
 DIFFERENT MATERIALS.
 Howes, V. R.; Amor, M. P.
 Univ of NSW, Kensington, Aust
 Wear v 79 n 3 Jul 15 1982 p 375-384
 -CODEN-
 WEARAH
-ISSN-
 0043-1648
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The lubricated rolling of hot aluminum strip in a small passive mill
 produced the most roll coating on rolls with a surface layer of
 plasma-sprayed chromium oxide. A lesser amount of roll coating was produced
 on rolls of silicon carbide, silicon nitride and tungsten carbide. No roll
 coatings were detected on various steel rolls after the same amount of
 rolling. Although rolls of alumina failed during these rolling experiments,
 rolls with a plasma-sprayed surface layer of alumina remained undamaged but
 showed evidence of the formation of a roll coating. The comparative study
 for the different roll materials indicated that it was the mechanical
 interactions between roll and strip, rather that chemical or thermal
 interactions, that affected the formation of roll coatings during rolling in
 the presence of a lubricant - coolant. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *ALUMINUM SHEET--*Rolling; ROLLS--Failure
 Class. Codes: 535 (Rolling, Forging & Forming); 541 (Aluminum & Alloys) 53
 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING); 54 (METAL GROUPS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 68
-A-
 1160194 E.I. Monthly No: EI8211102242 E.I. Yearly No: EI82094799
-W-
 DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MICROWAVE AND RF ACTIVATION OF NITROGEN FOR THE PECVD
 PROCESS.
 Bardos, L.; Musil, J.; Taras, P.
 Czech Acad of Sci, Inst of Plasma Phys, Prague
 Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics v 15 n 7 Jul 14 1982 p L79-L82
 -CODEN-
 JPAPBE
-ISSN-
 0022-3727
-Lang-
 ENGLISH
 The activation of nitrogen for the silicon nitride plasma enhanced chemical
 vapor deposition process outside the plasma region has been studied in both
 microwave and RF plasmas. A lower production of long-lived metastable
 nitrogen particles necessary for the reactions with silane molecules has
 been observed in the RF plasma compared to the microwave plasma. The key
 role is ascribed to N (**4S) atoms. 8 refs.
-Desc-
 *SILICON COMPOUNDS--*Thin Films; NITROGEN; MICROWAVES
-Ident-
 CHEMICAL VAPOR DEPOSITION; RF ACTIVATION; SILICON NITRIDES
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 711 (Electromagnetic Waves); 804
 (Chemical Products) 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 69
-A-
 1150698 E.I. Monthly No: EI821002227 E.I. Yearly No: EI82092753
-W-
 CERAMIC HUMIDITY SENSOR.
 Nitta, Tsuneharu
 Matsushita Electr Ind Co, Osaka, Jpn
 Industrial & Engineering Chemistry, Product Research and Development v 20 n
 4 Dec 1981 p 669-674
 -CODEN-
 IEPRA
-ISSN-
 0019-7890
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A new compact, durable, yet highly sensitive and reliable ceramic humidity
 sensor has been developed as a cooking control device for automatic
 microwave ovens. The novel ceramic humidity sensor makes use of a new
 semiconducting porous ceramic material composed of a solid solution
 MgCr//2O//4-TiO//2 having humidity sensitive effects and a rejuvenating
 response to heat treatment and a new heat-cleaning device to burn off
 organic contaminants such as oil and dust on the surface of the sensor in
 order to maintain optimum sensitivity. A new automatic microwave oven using
 the newly developed sensor has been developed and produced. The sensor
 controls the heating time by detecting humidity. It is expected that the
 ceramic humidity sensor will be applied extensively in industrial and
 medical equipment as well as in household appliances such as microwave ovens
 and air conditioners. 3 refs.
-Desc-
 *SENSORS; HUMIDITY CONTROL--Equipment
 Class. Codes: 732 (Control Devices); 643 (Space Heating & Air Conditioning)
 73 (CONTROL ENGINEERING); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 70
-A-
 1145539 E.I. Monthly No: EI8209075654 E.I. Yearly No: EI82012721
-W-
 Barium Ferrite for Microwave Devices.
 BARIUMFERRIT - EIN MATERIAL FUER MILLIMETER-WELLEN.
 Lemke, M.; Hoppe, W.; Tolksdorf, W.; Welz, U.
 Philips, Hamburg, Ger
 Sprechsaal v 114 n 12 Dec 1981 p 895-900
 -CODEN-
 SPREAS
-ISSN-
 0584-9632
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 The use of ferrite materials for components of microwave devices is
 described. Magnetically tuneable microwave filters with low losses may be
 manufactured from barium ferrites with hexagonal structure. Several methods
 for measurement of barium ferrite elements are described. 10 refs. In
 German.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Magnetic Properties; BARIUM COMPOUNDS-- Applications;
 MICROWAVE DEVICES--Manufacture; MILLIMETER WAVES
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 708 (Electric & Magnetic
 Materials); 804 (Chemical Products); 714 (Electronic Components); 715
 (General Electronic Equipment) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 70
 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 71
-A-
 1136726 E.I. Monthly No: EI8208071961 E.I. Yearly No: EI82081657
-W-
 PROPERTIES OF HOT-PRESSED COMPOSITE TiN-Al//2O//3 MATERIALS PRODUCED FROM
 FINE ALUMINA AND PLASMA CHEMICAL TITANIUM NITRIDE POWDERS.
 Vil'k, Yu. N.; Mnatsakanyan, E. D.; Ordan'yan, S. S.; Chekrygina, T. M.;
 Vdovin, V. N.; Miller, T. N.
 Soviet Powder Metallurgy and Metal Ceramics (English translation of
 Poroshkovaya Metallurgiya) v 20 n 7 Jul 1981 p 492-495
 -CODEN-
 SPMCAV
-ISSN-
 0038-5735
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A study was made of the variation of hydrostatic density, hardness,
 Poisson's ratio, velocity of propagation of elastic longitudinal vibrations,
 and moduli of elasticity and shear as functions of TiN concentration in the
 range 10-1?0 wt. %. 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *POWDER METALLURGY--*Titanium
 Class. Codes: 536 (Powder Metallurgy); 542 (Light Metals & Alloys); 421
 (Materials Properties) 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING); 54 (METAL GROUPS); 42
 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 72
-A-
 1130844 E.I. Monthly No: EI8207056869 E.I. Yearly No: EI2012606
-W-
 DIELECTRIC LOSSES IN A TIN-ZIRCONIUM TITANATE CERAMICS COMPUTED FROM THE FAR
 INFRARED SPECTRUM.
 Gerbaux, X.
 CNRS, Nancy, Fr
 International Journal of Infrared and Millimeter Waves v 2 n 6 Nov 1981 p
 1263-1269
 -CODEN-
 IJIWDO
-ISSN-
 0195-9271
-Lang-
 Eng.
 It is shown from observations in both microwaves and far infrared that
 dielectric losses are smaller than computed form the assumption of far
 infrared Lorentz oscillators. An explanation is suggested. 4 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 73
-A-
 1124464 E.I. Monthly No: EI8206047566 E.I. Yearly No: EI82012799
-W-
 MICROWAVE SINTERING OF FERRITES.
 Krage, Mark K.
 GM, Warren, Mich, USA
 American Ceramic Society Bulletin v 60 n 11 Nov 1981 p 1232-1234
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
-ISSN-
 0002-7812
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The present work discusses the application of microwave heating for
 sintering of barium ferrite magnets. The origins of the electromagnetic
 losses, which are responsible for heating in a microwave field, are
 reviewed. The results show that such magnets can be sintered very rapidly by
 microwave heating in small-size kilns. 9 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Sintering; FERRITES--Manufacture
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 708 (Electric & Magnetic
 Materials) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 74
-A-
 1123756 E.I. Monthly No: EI8206046893 E.I. Yearly No: EI82003970
-W-
 KINETICS OF THE F/ALUMINA GASIFICATION REACTION.
 Nordine, Paul C.; Duran, Alex; Kurtz, Sarah
 Yale Univ, New Haven, Conn, USA
 High Temperature Science v 14 n 2 Jun 1981 p 109-120
 -CODEN-
 HITSAC
-ISSN-
 0018-1536
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Intrinsic kinetics for the F/alumina gasification reaction were measured
 using a low pressure, transonic microwave discharge flow reactor technique,
 at p//F = 2. 4 Pa and 1100 LESS THAN EQUIVALENT TO T LESS THAN EQUIVALENT TO
 2000 K. Rate measurements were obtained on polycrystalline alumina tubes or
 single crystal sapphire rods that were heated with a cw CO//2 laser and on
 alumina tubes heated internally by a tungsten filament electrical heating
 element. Impurities greatly influence the rate of reaction, which is
 negligible below 1500 K for uniformly heated specimens containing less than
 1% Ca. 25 refs.
-Desc-
 *ALUMINA; CHEMICAL REACTIONS--Reaction Kinetics; HIGH TEMPERATURE
 ENGINEERING
-Ident-
 GASIFICATION REACTION
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 802 (Chemical Apparatus &
 Plants); 422 (Materials Testing) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 75
-A-
 1110065 E.I. Monthly No: EI8204033218 E.I. Yearly No: EI82081373
-W-
 FORMS OF ULTRAFINE POWDER PARTICLE GROWTH IN PLASMA-CHEMICAL REACTIONS.
 Aivazov, M. I.; Volod'ko, V. V.; Evseev, B. A.; Nikulin, Yu. N.
 Soviet Powder Metallurgy and Metal Ceramics (English translation of
 Poroshkovaya Metallurgiya) v 20 n 1 Jan 1981 p 1-3
 -CODEN-
 SPMCAV
-ISSN-
 0038-5735
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A study was made of the crystal structures and particle shapes of
 plasma-chemical powders of alumina, tin dioxide, and titanium nitride,
 carbide, and diboride powders. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *POWDER METALLURGY
 Class. Codes: 536 (Powder Metallurgy); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 546
 (Lead, Tin, Zinc, Antimony & Alloys); 542 (Light Metals & Alloys) 53
 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 54 (METAL
 GROUPS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 76
-A-
 1101445 E.I. Monthly No: EI8203024863 E.I. Yearly No: EI82094769
-W-
 EFFECT OF ADDITIVES ON SINTERING OF SILICON NITRIDE-ALUMINA-ALUMINUM NITRIDE
 COMPOSITIONS.
 Jong, B. W.; Heystek, H.
 Bur of Mines, Tuscaloosa, Ala, USA
 US Bur Mines Rep Invest n 8546 1981 17 p
 -CODEN-
 BMIA6
-ISSN-
 0096-1922
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Sintering and MOR (modulus of rupture) data were developed for s?alon
 compositions produced from Si//3N//4, Al//2O//3, and AlN. When doped with
 Y//2O//3 to aid in sintering, the highest MOR values were obtained with
 compositions containing between 20 and 30 mole-pct (Al//2O//3 PLUS AlN).
 The effect of the crystalline phase of Si//N//4 and Al//2O//3 on MOR was
 also investigated. 27 refs.
-Desc-
 *SILICON COMPOUNDS--*Additives
-Ident-
 SIALOM
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products) 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 77
-A-
 1091166 E.I. Monthly No: EI8202012377 E.I. Yearly No: EI82046381
-W-
 ANALYSIS OF POTENTIAL ATTACK ON INSULATING MATERIALS EXPOSED TO SODIUM.
 Allam, I. M.; Lamoreaux, R. H.; Loehman, R. E.
 SRI Int, Menlo Park, Calif, USA
 Electr Power Res Inst Rep EPRI NP n 1986 Aug 1981 var pagings
 -CODEN-
 ERNPD6
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A series of thermodynamic calculations of ceramic stabilities as a function
 of oxygen concentration in the liquid sodium was used to select materials
 for experimental testing. Several commercial ceramics were exposed to liquid
 sodium for 10 weeks at 741 K, in a test program aimed at evaluating their
 suitability as LMFBR insulators. All ceramics exhibiting connected porosity
 were completely impregnated by the liquid sodium. Dense alumina, however,
 showed no sign of either physical or chemical attack as a result of the
 10-week test. Commercial magnesia-based ceramics exhibited variable degrees
 of sodium attack depending on the concentration of oxide impurities at grain
 boundaries. Individual magnesium oxide grains showed no evidence of reaction
 with sodium. Zirconia, graphite and silicon nitride were somewhat degraded
 by their 10-week exposure to sodium. 22 refs.
-Desc-
 *HEAT INSULATING MATERIALS--*Testing; NUCLEAR REACTORS, BREEDER; SODIUM AND
 ALLOYS; CERAMIC MATERIALS
 Class. Codes: 413 (Insulating Materials); 621 (Nuclear Reactors); 812
 (Ceramics & Refractories) 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 62 (NUCLEAR
 TECHNOLOGY); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 78
-A-
 1089508 E.I. Monthly No: EI8201003911 E.I. Yearly No: EI82051533
-W-
 STATE-OF-THE-ART OF MULTI-LAYERED, CO-FIRED BERYLLIA COMPONENTS FOR
 MICROWAVE PACKAGES.
 Kiger, T.; Holliday, C.
 Brush Wellman Inc, Elmore, Ohio, USA
 Proc Electron Components Conf 29th, Cherry Hill, NJ, USA, May 14-16 1979.
 Publ by IEEE (Cat n 79CH1457-1 CHMT), Piscataway, NJ, USA p 135-140
 -CODEN-
 PECCA7
-ISSN-
 0569-5503
-Lang-
 ENG.
 A process based on using green ceramic tape for manufacturing multi layered,
 co-fired beryllia components has been described. The major processing
 operations: tape punching, screen printing, laminating, cutting and
 sintering were discussed. Graphic illustrations of in-process through
 finished products were presented as related to the various process steps.
 Component design guidelines directed toward more cost effective
 manufacturing were presented. 2 refs.
-Desc-
 *INTEGRATED CIRCUIT MANUFACTURE--*Microwaves; CERAMIC MATERIALS; BERYLLIUM
 COMPOUNDS
 Class. Codes: 713 (Electronic Circuits); 714 (Electronic Components); 711
 (Electromagnetic Waves); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 804 (Chemical
 Products) 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 79
-A-
 1081393 E.I. Monthly No: EI811210408 E.I. Yearly No: EI81080134
-W-
 APPLICATION OF DIELECTRIC RESONATORS IN MICROWAVE COMPONENTS.
 Plourde, James; Ren, Chung Li
 Bell Lab, Allentown, Pa
 IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques v MTT-29 n 8 Aug 1981 p
 754-770
 -CODEN-
 IETMAB
-ISSN-
 0018-9480
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Dielectric resonators are being use in microwave filters and oscillators now
 that high-dielectric-constant, High-Q, temperature-stable ceramics have been
 developed. This paper reviews dielectric resonators with emphasis on
 applications, contains tutorial material, describes new 2-, 4-, and 6-GHz
 bandpass filters, and presents several examples of oscillator applications.
 A complete bibliography to English Lang. publications on dielectric
 resonators is included. 112 refs.
-Desc-
 *RESONATORS--*Microwaves; DIELECTRIC DEVICES--Applications; MICROWAVE
 DEVICES; ELECTRIC FILTERS, MICROWAVE; OSCILLATORS MICROWAVE-- Applications;
 ELECTRIC FILTERS, BANDPASS
-Ident-
 DIELECTRIC RESONATORS
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 711 (Electromagnetic Waves); 713
 (Electronic Circuits); 715 (General Electronic Equipment) 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 80
-A-
 1039863 E.I. Monthly No: EI8108062989 E.I. Yearly No: EI8100471
-W-
 CLAD LAMINATES OF PTFE COMPOSITES FOR MICROWAVE ANTENNAS.
 Traut, G. R.
 Rogers Corp, Conn
 Microwave Journal v 23 n 11 Nov 1980 p 47-51
 -CODEN-
 MCWJAD
-ISSN-
 0026-2897
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Copper-clad or specially backed laminates based on composites of PTFE
 fluorocarbon polymer with non-woven glass fiber or with high dielectric
 constant ceramic fillers offer combinations of properties valuable for
 microwave antennas. Uniformity of dielectric constant, isotropy, thermal
 coefficients, stability, low loss tangent, and thickness uniformity are
 important to the designer. Those building antennas are concerned with such
 characteristics as chemical resistance, low moisture absorption, strain
 relief, formability, machineability, and bondability. Conversion techniques
 to optimize component performance are discussed. It is important to have
 convenient test methods for dielectric constant that allow close control of
 the base material by the producer or close monitoring of dielectric constant
 so that antenna pattern artwork can be adjusted. A rigid nondestructive test
 method is summarized. 2 refs.
-Desc-
 *ANTENNAS
 Class. Codes: 716 (Radar, Radio & TV Electronic Equipment) 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 81
-A-
 1031696 E.I. Monthly No: EI8107056803 E.I. Yearly No: EI81036151
-W-
 STUDY OF NARROW LINEWIDTH Li-FERRITE.
 Sun, Mingche; Shu, Yuchen
 Southwest Res Inst of Appl Magn, Sichuan, China
 IEEE Transactions on Magnetics v MAG-16 n 5 Sep 1980 Int Magn Conf (INTERMAG
 '80), Boston, Mass, Apr 21-24 1980 p 672-674
 -CODEN-
 IEMGAQ
-ISSN-
 0018-9464
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Using conventional ceramic procedure and cheap raw materials, the authors
 prepared narrow linewidth polycrystalline Li-ferrites with the chemical
 formula: Li//0//. //5// (//1// MINUS //x// PLUS //y)Zn//xTi//yFe//2//. //5//
 MINUS //0//. //5// (//x// PLUS //3//y//)// MINUS //zMn//zO//4 in the region
 of 00. 15 < x LESS THAN EQUIVALENT TO 0.?30, 0. 85 < y < 1. 10, 0. 03 LESS
 THAN EQUIVALENT TO z LESS THAN EQUIVALENT TO 0. 05 and observed the growth
 condidion of the grains. The performances obtained are given. The effect of
 the preparation technology and the composition is discussed. The results
 show that the growth procedure of the grains is closely related to the
 distribution of the particle sizes of the powder. The experimental results
 show that this ferrite is suitable for applications in microwave devices,
 such as low power circulators. 4 refs.
-Desc-
 *FERRITES--*Magnetic Properties; LITHIUM AND ALLOYS-- Magnetic Properties
 Class. Codes: 708 (Electric & Magnetic Materials); 542 (Light Metals &
 Alloys); 549 (Nonferrous Metals & Alloys) 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 54
 (METAL GROUPS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 82
-A-
 1016245 E.I. Monthly No: EI8105043826 E.I. Yearly No: EI81079375
-W-
 EFFECT OF ADDITIVES ON SINTERING OF SILICON NITRIDE-ALUMINA COMPOSITIONS.
 Jong, B. W.
 Bur of Mines, Boulder City, Nev
 US Bur Mines Rep Invest n 8466 1980 16 p
 -CODEN-
 XBMIA6
-ISSN-
 0096-1922
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The Tuscaloosa Research Center evaluated the effect of additives on
 sintering and strength properties of silicon aluminum oxynitride
 compositions fabricated by a powder metallurgy technique. Additions of
 Y//2O//3, Gd//2O//3, CeO//2, MgO, ZrO//2, ZrSiO//4, and MgAl//2O//? to a
 sialon composition containing 70 pct BETA -Si//3N//4 PLUS 30 pct ALPHA
 -Al//2O//3 increased sintered densities by as much as 50 pct undoped
 material. Sintered densities reached a maximum between 20 and 30 mole-pct
 ALPHA -Al//2O//3 when compositions of ALPHA -Si//3N//4, having 6. 7 to 57. 9
 pct ALPHA -Al//2O//3 were doped with Y//2?//3, Gd//2O//3, and MgO. In
 studies to establish the effect of the crystalline phase of the silicon
 nitride and alumina used, tests were made using ALPHA -and BETA -Si//3N//4
 and ALPHA - and GAMMA -Al//2O//3 as starting materials. 27
-Desc-
 *REFRACTORY MATERIALS--*Sintering; POWDER METALLURGY-- Silicon Compounds
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 536 (Powder Metallurgy) 81
 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 83
-A-
 1015991 E.I. Monthly No: EI8105040906 E.I. Yearly No: EI81043031
-W-
 FOAMING OF BOROSILICATE GLASSES BY CHEMICAL REACTIONS IN THE TEMPERATURE
 RANGE 950 -- 1150 DEGREE C.
 Bayer, Gerhard
 Eidg Tech Hochsch, Zurich, Switz
 Journal of Non-Crystalline Solids v 38 & 39 Pt 2 May-Jun 1980, Proc of the
 Int Congr on Glass, 12th, Albuquerque, NM, Jul 6-11 1980 p 855-860
 -CODEN-
 JNCSBJ
-ISSN-
 0022-3093
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Sinering experiments with glass powders showed that silicon carbide and
 silicon nitride are very effective foaming agents for borosilicate glasses
 over a wide range of temperatures. They allow control of the pore size and
 pore structure of the foamed products by variation of their concentration
 and by admixture of transition metal oxides. The pronounced crystallization
 tendency of the glass powders to cristobalite can be inhibited by addition
 of alumina-containing materials. The reactions of SiC and of Si//3N//4 with
 the atmosphere, with constituents of the glass and with the mineral
 components are rather complex. Depending on the foaming agents used, the gas
 present in the closed pores is composed of CO, CO//2, N//2, and H//2. 8
 refs.
-Desc-
 *GLASS MANUFACTURE
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 84
-A-
 1010858 E.I. Monthly No: EI8104031788 E.I. Yearly No: EI81024585
-W-
 DUAL DIELECTRIC NONVOLATILE MEMORY CELLS WITH THERMALLY GROWN SILICON
 NITRIDE FILMS.
 Hijiya, Shinpei; Ito, Takashi; Shinoda, Masaichi
 Fujitsu Lab Ltd, Jpn
 Fujitsu Scientific and Technical Journal v 16 n 3 Sep 1980 p 115-121
 -CODEN-
 FUSTA4
-ISSN-
 0016-2523
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The use of the dual dielectric structure as an electrically erasable
 programmable read-only memory, or EE-PROM, has attracted a great deal of
 attention in recent years. This paper describes a new dual dielectric
 structure EE-PROM cell. An electrically reprogrammable memory cell has been
 experimentally realized by employing a thermally grown silicon nitride film
 as the inner dielectric layer and a pyrolytic alumina film as the outer
 dielectric layer. The fabrication process and basic operational features are
 described. Good retention in charge storage, high switching speed in
 writing/erasing and normally off type operation have been realized.
-Desc-
 *DATA STORAGE, SEMICONDUCTOR
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 721 (Computer Circuits & Logic
 Elements) 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 72 (COMPUTERS & DATA
 PROCESSING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 85
-A-
 0967579 E.I. Monthly No: EI8011083199 E.I. Yearly No: EI80042489
-W-
 CERAMIC HUMIDITY SENSORS.
 Nitta, Tsuneharu; Hayakawa, Shigeru
 Matsushita Electr Ind Co, Osaka, Jpn
 IEE Transactions on Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology v
 CHMT-3 n 2 Jun 1980 p 237-243
 -CODEN-
 ITTEDR
-ISSN-
 0148-6411
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A novel humidity sensor using a MgCr//2O//4-TiO//2 porous ceramic has been
 developed for an automatic microwave oven. Physical properties of the
 MgCr//2O//4-TiO//2 ceramic, construction and humidity characteristics of the
 sensors, and outlines of the control of the automatic microwave oven by
 humidity sensing are described. 30 refs.
-Desc-
 *HUMIDITY CONTROL; SENSORS; CERAMIC MATERIALS
 Class. Codes: 643 (Space Heating & Air Conditioning); 732 (Control Devices);
 812 (Ceramics & Refractories) 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS); 73 (CONTROL
 ENGINEERING); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 86
-A-
 0964093 E.I. Monthly No: EI8011080771 E.I. Yearly No: EI80010956
-W-
 PROCEEDINGS OF INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON FACTORS IN DENSIFICATION AND
 SINTERING OF OXIDE AND NON-OXIDE CERAMICS, 1978.
 Somiya, Shigeyuki (Ed. ); Saito, Shinroku, (Ed. )
 Tokyo Inst of Technol, Res Lab of Eng Mater, Yokohama, Jpn
 Proc of Int Symp on Factors in Densification and Sintering of Oxide and
 Non-oxide Ceram, Hakone, Jpn, Oct 3-5 1978 Publ by Gakujutsu Bunken
 Fukyu-Kai, Tokyo, Jpn, 1979 702
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This conference proceedings contains 51 papers, all of which are indexed
 separately. Most of the papers deal with ceramic materials being considered
 for high temperature engineering applications, notably silicon nitride or
 other silicon compounds. Boron nitride, zirconia, alumina, and the oxides of
 nickel, chromium, zinc and iron have also been studied to understand various
 sintering and densification methods and the effects of high pressure,
 stress, densification aids, impurities, grain growth, atmospheres surface
 roughness and devitrification on material properties.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Sintering; HIGH TEMPERATURE ENGINEERING
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 421 (Materials Properties) 81
 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 87
-A-
 0962458 E.I. Monthly No: EI8011080758 E.I. Yearly No: EI80010906
-W-
 PHASE EFFECTS IN Si//3N//4 CONTAINING Y//2O//3 OR CeO//2 -- 1. STRENGTH.
 Smith, J. Thomas; Quackenbush, Carr Lane
 GTE, Waltham, Mass
 American Ceramic Society Bulletin v 59 n 5 May 1980 p 529-532, 537
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
-ISSN-
 0002-7812
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The effects of addition of alumina on densification of silicon nitride based
 ceramics were investigated. The addition of Al//2O//3 to Si//3N//4 powder
 compositions containing rare earth oxide densification additives facilitates
 both sintering and hot pressing. However, it also causes a reduction in the
 high temperature strength of the consolidated material. 16 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Manufacture; SILICON COMPOUNDS-- Applications
-Ident-
 SILICON NITRIDE
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 804 (Chemical Products) 81
 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 88
-A-
 0957783 E.I. Monthly No: EI801072715 E.I. Yearly No: EI80006418
-W-
 HYSTERESIS OF THE MICROWAVE ABSORPTION AND MAGNETIZATION REVERSAL OF
 BaFe//1//2O//1//9 POWDER.
 Roos, W.; Hempel, K. A.
 RWTH, Aachen, Ger
 Journal of Magnetism and Magnetic Materials v 15-18 Pt 3 Jan-Mar 1980, Proc
 of the Int Conf on Magn, (ICM '79), Munich, Ger, Sep 3-7 1979 p 1457-1458
 -CODEN-
 JMMMDC
-ISSN-
 0304-8853
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The hysteresis of the microwave absorption of polycrystalline barium ferrite
 has been investigated at frequencies below the natural ferromagnetic
 resonance frequency. The observed discrepancy between experimental and
 calculated absorption curves can be explained by considering the
 magnetization reversal mechanism of real crystals which is determined by
 nucleation. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *BARIUM COMPOUNDS--*Magnetic Properties; MICROWAVES-- Absorption;
 MAGNETIZATION; MAGNETIC MATERIALS--Ferromagnetism; MAGNETIC RESONANCE;
 FERRITES
-Ident-
 BARIUM FERRITES
 Class. Codes: 708 (Electric & Magnetic Materials); 701 (Electricity &
 Magnetism); 711 (Electromagnetic Waves); 804 (Chemical Products); 931
 (Applied Physics) 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 89
-A-
 0957777 E.I. Monthly No: EI8010076292 E.I. Yearly No: EI8004889
-W-
 RUTHENIUM DOPED LITHIUM FERRITE.
 Mills-Goodlet, R. P.; Nixon, D. E.; Pointon, A. J.
 Portsmouth Polytec, Engl
 Journal of Magnetism and Magnetic Materials v 15-18 Pt 3 Jan-Mar 1980, Proc
 of the Int Conf on Magn, (ICM '79), Munich, Ger, Sep 3-7 1979 p 1443-1444
 -CODEN-
 JMMMDC
-ISSN-
 0304-8853
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A study is reported of the structural and magnetic changes which accompany
 the substitution of ruthenium into lithium ferrite, an important microwave
 material. The maximum solubility of ruthenium in lithium ferrite,
 x//l//i//m, in the temperature range 1000 to 1300 DEGREE C is related to the
 firing temperature. 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *LITHIUM COMPOUNDS--*Magnetic Properties; RUTHENIUM AND ALLOYS; FERRITES;
 MICROWAVE DEVICES
-Ident-
 LITHIUM FERRITES
 Class. Codes: 708 (Electric & Magnetic Materials); 701 (Electricity &
 Magnetism); 547 (Precious & Rare Earth Metals & Alloys); 715 (General
 Electronic Equipment); 804 (Chemical Products) 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING);
 54 (METAL GROUPS); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 90
-A-
 095673 E.I. Monthly No: EI8010072498 E.I. Yearly No: EI80003434
-W-
 PLASMA SINTERING OF BETA '' -ALUMINA.
 Johnson, D. Lynn; Rizzo, Ronald A.
 Northwest Univ, Evanston, Ill
 American Ceramic Society Bulletin v 59 n 4 Apr 1980 p467-468, 472
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
-ISSN-
 0002-7812
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An induction-coupled plasma was used to sinter tubes of lithia-stabilized
 BETA '' -alumina in static and flowing argon atmospheres. Although sintering
 conditions were not optimized, improved results were observed with static
 atmospheres. The buildup of a sodium oxide partial pressure is believed to
 be responsible for this finding. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *ALUMINA--*Sintered
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 91
-A-
 0954047 E.I. Monthly No: EI8010073072 E.I. Yearly No: EI80010875
-W-
 NEWLY DEVELOPED TERNARY (Ca, Sr, Ba)ZIRCONATE CERAMIC SYSTEM FOR MICROWAVE
 RESONATORS.
 Yamaguchi, T.; Komatsu, Y.; Otobe, T.; Murakami, Y.
 Sony Corp, Yokohama, Jpn
 Ferroelectrics v 27 n 1/4 1980, IEEE Int Symp on Appl of Ferroelectr, Part
 1, Minneapolis, Minn, Jun 13-15 1979 p 273-276
 -CODEN-
 FEROA8
-ISSN-
 0015-0193
-Lang-
 Eng.
 In Ca, Sr-rich region with orthrhombic perovskite-type structure, successful
 results such as high dielectric Q (2000-3000 at 11 GHz), suitable dielectric
 constant, (29-32) and widely adjustable temperature coefficient of
 dielectric constant ( MINUS 50 to PLUS 50 ppm/ DEGREE C) were obtained. It
 is also found that substitution of small amounts of Ti for Zr brings some
 decrease in temperature coefficient with increase in dielectric Q. Using
 these ceramics in microwave integrated circuit oscillators with GaAs ?FET, a
 compensation for temperature dependence of circuit elements was achieved
 within the value which corresponds to the deviation of oscillation frequency
 within PLUS OR MINUS 500 KHz at 11. 66 GHz ( MINUS 20- PLUS 60 DEGREE C). 4
 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Ferroelectric; RESONATORS
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 708 (Electric & Magnetic
 Materials); 714 (Electronic Components) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 70
 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 92
-A-
 0942254 E.I. Monthly No: EI800857391 E.I. Yearly No: EI80003872
-W-
 HYDROGEN PERMEATION THROUGH NON-METALLIC SOLIDS.
 Verghese, K.; Zumwalt, L. R.; Feg, C. P.; Elleman, T. S.
 NC State Univ, Raleigh
 Journal of Nuclear Materials v 85 & 86 Part B Dec 1979, Fusion React Mater,
 Proc of 1st Top Meet, Miami Beach, Fla, Jan 29-31 1979 p 1161-1164
 -CODEN-
 JNUMAM
-ISSN-
 0022-?115
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Hydrogen permeation rates through high-density sintered aluminum oxide and
 KT-silicon carbide tubes have been measured. The temperature and pressure
 ranges were 1200 DEGREE C-1450 DEGREE C and 2-50 kPa respectively. Both have
 about two to three orders of magnitude lower hydrogen permeability than the
 least permeable of the refractory metals. 4 refs.
-Desc-
 *ALUMINUM COMPOUNDS--*Chemical Reactions; NUCLEAR REACTORS, THERMONUCLEAR;
 SILICON CARBIDE; PROTECTIVE COATINGS
-Ident-
 PERMEATION; PLASMA/WALL INTERACTIONS; HYDROGEN PERMEABILITY FIRST WALL
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 621 (Nuclear Reactors); 812 (Ceramics
 & Refractories); 539 (Metals Corrosion & Protection); 801 (Chemical Analysis
 & Physical Chemistry) 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 62 (NUCLEAR TECHNOLOGY); 81
 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 93
-A-
 0932875 E.I. Monthly No: EI8007055232 E.I. Yearly No: EI80076240
-W-
 METHOD FOR THE DETERMINATION OF THE STRESS IN, AND YOUNG'S MODULUS OF
 SILICON NITRIDE PASSIVATION LAYERS.
 van Nie, Aart G.
 Philips Res Lab, Endhoven, Neth
 Solid State Technology v 23 n 1 Jan 1980 p 81-84
 -CODEN-
 SSTEAP
-ISSN-
 0038-111X
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A method for determing stresses in and Young's modulus of layers deposited
 upon a substrate is described. The measuring samples are strips and the
 stresses are calculated on the basis of the radius of curvature of the strip
 due to the stresses. Young's modulus is computed from the radii of curvature
 caused by known central loads. The curvature is measured with the aid of a
 laser interferometer system. The radii of curvature are determined by means
 of a least-squares curve-fitting method. Young's modulus of silicon nitride
 layers deposited upon Si substrates using plasma deposition form SiH//4 and
 NH//3 turns out to be 1-2 X 10**1**1N/m**2, which is of the same order of
 magnitude as that for reaction sintered Si//3N//4. 9 refs.
-Desc-
 *SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE MANUFACTURE
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components) 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 94
-A-
 0914497 E.I. Monthly No: EI800429123 E.I. Yearly No: EI80030510
-W-
 MICRO WAVE TUBE APPLICATIONS OF RARE EARTH COBALT PERMANENT MAGNETS
 (HICOREX).
 Harada, H.; Okayasu, S.; Kakinuma, N.
 Hitachi Met Ltd, Saitama, Jpn
 Proc of the Int Workshop of Rare Earth-Cobalt Perm Magnets and their Appl,
 4th, Hakone Natl Park, Jpn, May 22-24 1979 Sponsored by Soc of Non-Tradit
 Technol, Tokyo, Jpn, 1979 p 71-81
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A rare earth-cobalt permanent magnet (Hicorex) with improved magnetic
 properties has been investigated for possible use in microwave tubes. The
 magnets are useful in TWT applications where extremely small size and/or
 light weight magnets are required. In magnetron applications, and especially
 magnetrons intended for microwave ovens, by installing rare earth-cobalt
 magnets inside the vacuum tube in a nest type configuration it is possible
 to manufacture products having 50% the weight and 70% the volume of
 magnetrons with ceramic magnets.
-Desc-
 *ELECTRON TUBES, MICROWAVE--*Design; MAGNETS--Applications; RARE EARTH
 COMPOUNDS--Applications; ELECTRON TUBES, TRAVELING WAVE; ELECTRON TUBES,
 MAGNETRON
-Ident-
 RARE EARTH MAGNETS
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 704 (Electric Components &
 Equipment); 547 (Precious & Rare Earth Metals & Alloys) 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 54 (METAL GROUPS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 95
-A-
 0912724 E.I. Monthly No: EI8004032275 E.I. Yearly No: EI80071871
-W-
 SIALON REFRACTORIES FROM CLAY AND COAL.
 Anon
 Univ of Utah, Salt Lake City
 Annu Conf Mater Coal Convers Util Proc 4th, Gaithersburg, Md, Oct 9-11 1979.
 Publ by DOE (CONF-791014), Washington, DC, 1979. Available from NTIS,
 Springfield, Va p IV. 42-IV. 43
 -CODEN-
 ACMPDM
-ISSN-
 0270-1928
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Sialon, a solid solution of silicon nitride and aluminum oxynitride, can be
 obtained from clay and coal by reaction with nitrogen. Sialon is similar to
 silicon nitride in many properties but unlike silicon nitride, sialon can be
 sintered to near theoretical density much like alumina. A practical scheme
 for producing kilogram quantities of sialon in the form of a sinterable
 powder has been devised and tested in a laboratory. The high temperature
 properties of sialon are sensitive to impurities. Some impurities are
 detrimental to the hot strength of sialon and some impurities aid in the
 sintering of sialon. These initial results will be explored further and
 optimization of high temperature properties will be the objective of
 continued research.
-Desc-
 *REFRACTORY MATERIALS--*Manufacture; CLAY PRODUCTS; COAL ASH
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 524 (Solid Fuels) 81 (CHEMICAL
 PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 96
-A-
 0884003 E.I. Monthly No: EI8001005843 E.I. Yearly No: EI80062718
-W-
 GAS-LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPHIC DETERMINATION OF MIREX IN PLASMA, LIVER AND FAT
 FROM MICE AND MONKEYS.
 Stein, Vincent B; Pittman, Kenneth A.
 Albany Med Coll, NY
 Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology v 23 n 3 Oct 1979 p
 300-305
 -CODEN-
 BECTA6
-ISSN-
 0007-4861
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Mirex is used in the southeastern United States for control of the imported
 fire ant. Although numerous papers have been written describing the
 determination of Mirex in biological samples, most of these methods are
 tedious, time consuming and require large volumes of solvent and bulky
 glassware. Minimum detectable levels and recovery data for the particular
 analysis were overlooked in most of these studies. The purpose of this study
 was to develop a rapid and sensitive method using small quantities of sample
 for the analysis of Mirex in tissues and plasma. 11 refs.
-Desc-
 *PESTICIDES--*Chromatographic Analysis
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 801 (Chemical Analysis & Physical
 Chemistry) 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 97
-A-
 0866642 E.I. Monthly No: EI7912092364 E.I. Yearly No: EI79003112
-W-
 GLASS-CERAMICS IN RADOME APPLICATIONS.
 Partridge, G.; Ward, F. R.
 Staffs Lab, Engl
 GEC Journal of Science and Technology v 45 n 2 1979 p 71-77
 -CODEN-
 GJSTA6
-ISSN-
 0302-2587
-Lang-
 Eng.
 For high-speed applications in aircraft and guided missiles, inorganic
 refractory materials are necessary as radomes. Work carried out on
 glass-ceramics for radome applications is reported. Lithium alumino-silicate
 and zinc alumino-silicate glass-ceramics have been investigated. Their
 propertiess are described and compared with other inorganic radome
 materials. It is shown that these glass-ceramics have considerable
 potential. The zinc alumino-silicate type, by virtue of its excellent
 dielectric properties and potentially good resistance to thermal shock,
 seems particularly suitable for high-speed microwave radome applications. 4
 refs.
-Desc-
 *AIRCRAFT--*Radomes; ROCKETS AND MISSILES--Radio Equipment;
 GLASS--Applications; CERAMIC MATERIALS--Applications
-Ident-
 GLASS-CERAMICS
 Class. Codes: 652 (Aircraft); 716 (Radar, Radio & TV Electronic Equipment);
 654 (Rockets & Rocket Propulsion); 81 (Ceramics & Refractories) 65
 (AEROSPACE ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 81 (CHEMICAL
 PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 98
-A-
 0865602 E.I. Monthly No: EI7912093044 E.I. Yearly No: EI79011817
-W-
 Fracture Touchness of Alumina and Silicon Nitride Using the Knoop
 Indentation Method.
 BRUCHWIDERSTANDSMESSUNGEN AN A?//2O//3 UND Si//3N//4 MIT DER
 KNOOP-HAERTEEINDRUCK-TECHNIK.
 Ziegler, Guenter; Munz, Dietrich
 DFVLR, Keln, Ger
 Berichte der Deutschen Keramischen Gesellschaft v 56 n 6 Jun 1979 p 128-131
 -CODEN-
 BDKGAY
-ISSN-
 0365-9542
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 The fracture toughness of high-strength alumina, hot-pressed silicon nitride
 and two reaction-sintered varieties of silicon nitride of different pore
 structures was determined by controlled cracking by means of Knoop
 indentations. Special attention was paid to the effect of the load under
 which the indentations were made. 22 refs. In German with English abstract.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Fracture
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 99
-A-
 0854915 E.I. Monthly No: EI790081864 E.I. Yearly No: EI79075059
-W-
 REFRACTORY MATERIALS OF HIGH THERMAL FATIGUE RESISTANCE FOR ARC WELDING
 GUIDE BUSHINGS.
 Kazakov, V. K.; Kislyi, P. S.; Milova, L. K.
 Acad of Sci of the Ukr SSR, Inst of Mater Sci
 Soviet Powder Metallurgy and Metal Ceramics (English translation of
 Poroshkovaya Metallurgiya) v 17 n 12 Dec 1979 p 968-970
 -CODEN-
 SPMCAV
-ISSN-
 0038-5735
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A study was made of materials of the Al//2O// -Si//3N//4 system involving
 pressing and subsequent sintering in a nitrogen atmosphere. Addition of as
 little as 2. 8 mole % alumina trebles the mechanical strength. The increase
 is attributable to enhanced cohesion of silicon nitride particles by the
 mullite-like compound xAl//2O//3 X (TIMES) ySiO//2 during reaction of
 Al//2O//3 with SiO// surface films on the Si//3N//4 particles.
 Al//2O//3-Si//3N//4 electrode holders were subjected to tests in which their
 useful life was 25 times longer than holders made of porcelain. 4 refs.
-Desc-
 *REFRACTORY MATERIALS; WELDING JIGS AND FIXTURES-- Manufacture
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 538 (Welding & Bonding); 604
 (Metal Cutting & Machining) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 53
 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING); 6? (MECHANICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 100
-A-
 0851530 E.I. Monthly No: EI7910076295 E.I. Yearly No: EI79011803
-W-
 Crystallographic Characterization and Properties in the Solid Solution
 System Pb (Fe/Al/Ga)//1//2O//1//9.
 KRISTALLOGRAFISCHE CHARAKTERISIERUNG UND EIGENSCHAFTEN DES
 MISCHKRISTALLSYSTEMS Pb (Fe/Al/Ga)//1//2O//1//9.
 Klingeberg, Ruditha; Sahl, Kurt
 Ruhr-Univ Bochum, Ger
 Berichte der Deutschen Keramischen Gesellschaft v 56 n 3-4 Mar-Apr 1979 p
 75-78
 -CODEN-
 BDKGAY
-ISSN-
 0365-9542
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Solid solutions of the plumbites are candidate materials for thin epitaxial
 films for bubble storage devices and microwave components. The variation of
 the crystallographic lattice constants and of the magnetic properties with
 the chemical composition was investigated. 19 refs. In German with English
 abstract.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Ferroelectric; DATA STORAGE, MAGNETIC-- Storage
 Devices
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 722 (Computer Hardware); 81
 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 72 (COMPUTERS & DATA PROCESSING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 101
-A-
 0844931 E.I. Monthly No: EI709070558 E.I. Yearly No: EI79045976
-W-
 Microwave Circuits Produced by CMS Technology.
 MIKROWELLENSCHALTUNGEN NACH DEM CMS-VERFAHREN.
 Bogenschuetz, August F.; Jostan, Josef L.; Ostwald, Robert; Steiner, Ingo
 Wissenschaftliche Berihte AEG-Telefunken v 52 n 1-2 1979 p 71-77
 -CODEN-
 WBATB3
-ISSN-
 0043-6801
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 On the bases of investigations of strongly adherent nonconductor
 metallization and etching structures, a chemical metallizing system (CMS
 technology) was developed which is suitable for quantity production. This
 system allows the production of stripline circuits featuring a high Q
 factor, through-hole plating and integrated thin-film resistors. The point
 of departure are pure and smooth Al//2O//3 ceramic substrates which are
 provided with a preliminary thin adhesive film of highly conductive copper
 following special conditioning and surface activation. The resistor films
 made from a thin nickel-phosphorus alloy are likewise deposited by a wet
 chemical process. The resistance properties may be adjusted within wide
 limits by controlling the phosphor content of the alloy and the deposit
 conditions. 5 refs. In German with English abstract.
-Desc-
 *INTEGRATED CIRCUIT MANUFACTURE--*Microwaves
-Ident-
 MICROWAVE CIRCUITS; CMS TECHNOLOGY
 Class. Codes: 713 (Electronic Circuits); 714 (Electronic Components) 71
 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 102
-A-
 0844102 E.I. Monthly No: EI7908066187 E.I. Yearly No. EI79093564
-W-
 GROWTH OF TiC HARD COATINGS OF HALIDE-ACTIVATED PACK CEMENTATION ON GRAPHITE
 AND STEEL.
 Reynaud, C.; Vandenbulcke, L.; Lefebvre, B.; Vuillard, G.
 CNRS, Orleans, Fr
 Proc of the Int Conf on Chem Vapor Deposition, 6th, Atlanta, Ga, Oct 9-14
 1977 Publ by Electrochem Soc (Proc v 77-5), Princeton, NJ, 1977 p 382-388
-Lang-
 Eng.
 In the reported experiments, titanium carbide coatings were obtained on
 carbon containing materials, ranging from graphite to 0. 5% C steel by a
 pack cementation process activated by halides (Chloride or fluoride).
 Samples to be coated were packed with a cementation powder mixture
 containing titanium, alumina and a catalytic metal. The thickness of the
 coating was taken as the mean value of microscope measurements. Composition
 was obtained by electron microprobe analysis. On graphite, the kinetics of
 standard isotherm cementation activated by TiCl//4 or TiF//4 was studied
 between 1100 DEGREE and 1225 DEGREE C. The thickness of the TiC coating was
 observed to be directly proportional to the cementation duration. We deduced
 that the limiting step of kinetics was neither diffusion across the carbide
 nor diffusion in the gas phase, but displacement of Cr (or Fe) by Ti on the
 substrate. A mechanism is proposed for standard isotherm cementation. The
 process is governed by an heterogeneous CVD stage. 4 refs.
-Desc-
 *TITANIUM AND ALLOYS--*Vapor Deposition; TITANIUM CARBIDE-- Physical
 Properties; COATING TECHNIQUES; STEEL--Protective Coatings;
 GRAPHITE--Protective Coating; CHEMICAL REACTIONS--Reaction Kinetics
-Ident-
 CEMENTATION
 Class. Codes: 542 (Light Metals & Alloys); 482 (Mineralogy & Petrology); 539
 (Metals Corrosion & Protection); 5?5 (Iron & Steel); 804 (Chemical
 Products); 931 (Applied Physics) 54 (METAL GROUPS); 48 (ENGINEERING
 GEOLOGY); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 103
-A-
 0844066 E.I. Monthly No: EI7908065316 E.I. Yearly No: EI79082423
-W-
 EFFECT OF SOME FABRICATION VARIABLES ON THE DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES OF
 REACTION BONDED SILICON NITRIDE.
 Perry, G. S.; Sant, J. H.
 At Weapons Res Establ, Reading, Berkshire, Engl
 Proc of the Symp on Electromagn Windows, 14th, Ga Inst of Technol, Atlanta,
 Jun 21-23 1978 sponsored by Ga Inst of Technol, Atlanta, 1978 p 131-139
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Silicon Nitride is a well established high temperature engineering ceramic
 which has considerable potential as a dielectric for radome applications.
 This paper reports on a series of systematic studies on the effects of
 fabrication variables on the dielectric properties of reaction bonded
 silicon nitride. All the dielectric measurements were made on circular
 specimens (0. 9 in. ) at a frequency of 9375 MHz using the shorted-line
 method. 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *SILICON COMPOUNDS--*Dielectric Properties; RADAR--Radomes; CERAMIC
 MATERIALS; MICROWAVE MEASUREMENTS
-Ident-
 SILICON NITRIDE
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 708 (Electric & Magnetic Materials);
 942 (Electrical & Electronic Measuring Instruments); 812 (Ceramics &
 Refractories); 716 (Radar, Radio & TV Electronic Equipment); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT);
 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 104
-A-
 0842903 E.I. Monthly No: EI7908065715 E.I. Yearly No: EI79086901
-W-
 NON-METALLIC INCLUSIONS IN STRANDS CAST ON HORIZONTAL CONTINUOUS-CASTING
 MACHINES.
 Besedina, E. B.; Mikhailova, I. V.; Maslenkov, S. B.; Shatagin, O. A.;
 Gubenko, E. P.
 Ukr SSR Res Inst of Met
 Steel in the USSR v 8 n 10 Oct 1978 p 560-562
 -CODEN-
 SUSRA5
-ISSN-
 0038-9218
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An increase was observed in inclusions in the upper zones of the section:
 ALPHA -alumina in carbon steels, titanium monoxide and titanium nitride in
 stainless steels, and nitrides of titanium and aluminium in nickel
 heat-resisting alloys. Argon purging of molten metal and copper-graphite
 molds made it possible to obtain a uniform distribution of oxides and
 nitrides. 3 refs.
-Desc-
 *STEEL--*Continuous Casting; IRON AND STEEL METALLOGRAPHY-- Inclusions;
 NICKEL AND ALLOYS--Continuous Casting; NICKEL METALLOGRAPHY-- Inclusions
 Class. Codes: 545 (Iron & Steel); 531 (Metallurgy & Metallography); 548
 (Nickel & Alloys) 54 (METAL GROUPS); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 105
-A-
 0831822 E.I. Monthly No: EI7907056358 E.I. Yearly No: EI79080041
-W-
 MILLIMETER-WAVE IMPATT DIODE HERMETICALLY SEALED IN A MINIATURE CERAMIC
 PACKAGE.
 Nagao, Hiroyuki; Hasumi, Hideyo; Sekino, Toshiaki; Ohmori, Masamichi;
 Fujine, Nobuhiko
 NEC, Ltd, Tokyo, Jpn
 NEC Research & Development n 52 Jan 1979 p 33-7
 -CODEN-
 NECRAU
-ISSN-
 0547-051X
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A silicon double-drift-region IMPATT diode, which is hermetically sealed in
 a mechanically rugged ultra-miniature ceramic package, is described. The
 diode package accommodates a diamond heat sink for thermal resistance
 reduction. Output power of 100 to 150 mW has been obtained in the 80 GHz
 band with an efficiency of more than 4% and a junction temperature rise of
 less than 180 DEGREE C. The newly developed IMPATT diode is used as the
 pumping power source in practical microwave parametric amplifiers and IMPATT
 oscillators and amplifiers in millimeter-wave applications. This paper
 describes package design, diode fabrication and characteristics, including
 oscillator and amplifier performance. 4 refs.
-Desc-
 *SEMICONDUCTOR DIODES, IMPATT--*Millimeter Waves
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 711 (Electromagnetic Waves) 71
 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 106
-A-
 0826940 E.I. Monthly No: EI7906048172 E.I. Yearly No: EI79094298
-W-
 BROAD-BAND INTERNAL MATCHING OF MICROWAVE POWER GaAs MESFET's.
 Honjo, Kazuhiko; Takayama, Yoichiro; Higashisaka, Asamitsu
 NEC, Miyazaki, Kawasaki, Jpn
 IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques v MTT-27 n 1 Jan 1979 p
 3-8
 -CODEN-
 IETMAB
-ISSN-
 0018-9480
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Broad-band internal matching techniques for high-power GaAs MESFET's at a
 band have been developed, adopting novel circuit configurations and
 large-signal characterizations in the circuit design. The lumped-element
 two-section input matching network is formed on a single ceramic plate with
 a high dielectric constant. The semidistributed single-section output
 circuit is formed in microstrip pattern on an alumina plate. The internally
 matched GaAs FET with 11200- MU m total gate width has a 2. 5-W power output
 at ?-dB gain compression and a 4. 4-W saturated power output with 5. 5-dB
 linear gain from 4. 2 to 7. 2 GHz without external patching. The FET
 internally matched from 4. 5 to 6. 5 GHz exhibited 5-W saturated power
 output with 6-dB linear gain. 8 refs.
-Desc-
 *TRANSISTORS, FIELD EFFECT--*Impedance Matching; ELECTRIC NETWORKS, LUMPED
 PARAMETER--Design; MICROSTRIP DEVICES
 Class. Codes: 701 (Electricity & Magnetism); 714 (Electronic Components);
 703 (Electric Circuits) 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 107
-A-
 0823348 E.I. Monthly No: EI7906041399 E.I. Yearly No: EI79021734
-W-
 PRECISION MACHINING OF NON-METALLIC MATERIALS -- SOME PRACTICAL GUIDELINES.
 Juchem, H. O.; Wapler, H.
 De Beers Ind-Diamanten, Duesseldorf, Ger
 Ind Diamond Rev Feb 1979 p 43-50
 -CODEN-
 INDRA9
-ISSN-
 0019-8145
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Advice on the selection of diamond tool specifications and machining
 parameters to obtain optimum performance when machining alumina ceramics,
 silicon nitride, glass reinforced plastics, carbon and graphite workpieces
 to high precision, is presented and discussed. The practical examples and
 data presented here are designed to show under what conditions diamond tools
 are used for machining nonmetallic materials, and to point out the avenues
 toward further improvements and developments. 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *CUTTING TOOLS--*Diamond; CERAMIC MATERIALS--Machining; PLASTICS,
 REINFORCED; SILICON COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 SILICON NITRIDE; ALUMINA CERAMICS
 Class. Codes: 603 (Machine Tools); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 604 (Metal
 Cutting & Machining); 817 (Plastics, Products & Applications); 816
 (Plastics, Plant Equipment & Processes); 606 (Abrasives) 60 (MECHANICAL
 ENGINEERING); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 108
-A-
 0820577 E.I. Monthly No: EI7906046421 E.I. Yearly No: EI79075143
-W-
 SIALON REFRACTORIES FROM CLAY AND COAL.
 Cutler, I. B.
 Univ of Utah, Salt Lake City
 Annu Conf on Mater for Coal Convers and Util, 3rd, NBS, Gaithersburg, Md,
 Oct 10-12 1978 Publ by DOE, Washington, DC, 1978. Available from NTIS
 (CONF-781018), Springfield, Va p IV. 47-IV. 51
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Sialon, a solid solution of silicon nitride and aluminum oxynitride, can be
 obtained from clay and coal by reaction with nitrogen. Sialon can be
 sintered to near theoretical density much like alumina. A scheme for
 producing kilogram quantities of sialon in the form of powder and refractory
 brick has been devised and tested.
-Desc-
 *REFRACTORY MATERIALS--*Manufacture
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractoreis) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 109
-A-
 0812681 E.I. Monthly No: EI7905031069 E.I. Yearly No: EI7011827
-W-
 Characterization of the High Temperature Mechanical Properties of Ceramic
 Materials by Dynamic Measurement of Elastic Modulus up to 1400 DEGREE C.
 CHARAKTERISIERUNG DER MECHANISCHEN HOCHTEMPERATUREIGENSCHAFTEN KERAMISCHER
 WERKSTOFFE DURCH DYNAMISCHE ELASTIZITAETSMODULMESSUNGEN BIS 1400 DEGREE C.
 Lindner, Hans A.; Thoma, Hans Juergen
 BAK, Cremer-Gruppe, Roedental
 Berichte der Deutschen Keramischen Gesellschaft v 55 n 12 Dec 1978 p
 515-517
 -CODEN-
 BDKGAY
-ISSN-
 0365-9542
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Dynamic measurements of elastic modulus in the temperature range from 25
 DEGREE C to 1400 DEGREE C can be used for a rapid assessment of the
 temperature dependence of the mechanical properties of ceramic materials.
 The usefulness of the method is discussed using measurements on alumina,
 silicon nitride and silicon carbide as examples. 5 refs. In German with
 English abstract.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*High Temperature Effects
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 110
-A-
 0791110 E.I. Monthly No: EI7902010312 E.I. Yearly No: EI79048551
-W-
 CONTINUOUS 3300 DEGREE F MICROWAVE KILN FOR CERAMIC RAW MATERIALS.
 Chiang, Bing; Hoyte, Alfred
 Microwave Fusion, Inc, Riverdale, Md
 Microwave Power Symp Digest, Ottawa, Ont, Jun 28-30 1978. Publ by Int
 Microwave Power Inst, Edmonton, Alberta, 1978 p 63-64
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A high temperature high power continuous kiln is discussed. The microwave
 power used was 36 kw and the temperature was sustained at 3300 DEGREE F, by
 directly heating the dielectrics.
-Desc-
 *KILNS--*Microwaves; ELECTRIC HEATING, DIELECTRIC--Kilns
 Class. Codes: 642 (Industrial Furnaces & Process Heating); 711
 (Electromagnetic Waves) 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS); 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 111
-A-
 0791092 E.I. Monthly No: EI7902008769 E.I. Yearly No: EI79025131
-W-
 AVALANCHE FAILURE OF GLASS AND STONEWARE PRODUCTS DURING NO LOAD MICROWAVE
 OVEN TESTS.
 Wirtz, Gerald; Ruhl, Roland L.; Segan, Ellen G.
 Univ of Ill, Urbana
 Microwave Power Symp Digest, Ottawa, Ont, Jun 28-30 1978. Publ by Int
 Microwave Power Inst, Edmonton, Alberta, 1978 p 9-10
-Lang-
 Eng.
 During " no load " testing of stoneware containers, it has been observed
 that many containers of typical household size can be elevated to such
 temperature extremes in local areas of " spots " that they emit radiation in
 the visible spectrum. In addition to structural failure, even melting of the
 container is possible. The microstructure composition of commercial and
 experimental ceramic ovenwave bodies, including triaxial porcelain as well
 as low expansion spodumene bodies was correlated with these effects.
 Microwave power dissipation is deduced to originate in the alkali silicate
 glass phase formed during vitrification of the ceramic body.
-Desc-
 *ELECTRIC APPLIANCES--*Testing; ELECTRIC HEATING, DIELECTRIC --Microwaves
-Ident-
 MICROWAVE OVENS
 Class. Codes: 704 (Electric Components & Equipment) 70 (ELECTRICAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 112
-A-
 0788940 E.I. Monthly No: EI7902007652 E.I. Yearly No: EI79011854
-W-
 CRYSTALLIZATION OF GRAIN BOUNDARY PHASES IN HOT-PRESSED SILICON NITRIDE
 MATERIALS -- 1. PREPARATION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF MATERIALS.
 Weston, J. E.; Pratt, P. L.; Steele, B. C. H.
 Imp Coll of Sci & Technol, London, Engl
 Journal of Materials Science v 13 n 10 Oct 1978 p 2137-2146
 -CODEN-
 JMTSAS
-ISSN-
 0022-2461
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Multicomponent oxide additions were used to replace magnesia as the
 densification aid for hot-pressing silicon nitride and silicon
 nitride-alumina materials. Crystallization of the silicate glass phases
 present after hot-pressing was encouraged by the use of an in situ heat
 treatment process. The phase constitutions of the materials produced by this
 method were determined by using X-ray powder analysis. The kinetics of the
 densification of the silicon nitride materials were investigated, and these
 materials were examined using an X-ray diffractometer to study the textures
 produced by hot-pressing. 31 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Microstructure; CRYSTALLIZATION; SILICON COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 HOT-PRESSED CERAMICS; SILICON NITRIDE
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 421 (Materials Properties) 81
 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 113
-A-
 0788787 E.I. Monthly No: EI7902012004 E.I. Yearly No: EI79071364
-W-
 SINTERING BEHAVIOR OF ALUMINUM NITRIDE SYNTHESIZED IN LOW-TEMPERATURE
 PLASMA.
 Kuzenkova, M. A.; Kislyi, P. S.; Makarenko, G. N.; Zyatkevich, D. P.;
 Kosolapova, T. Ya.; Miller, T. N.; Grabis, Ya. P.
 Acad of the Ukr SSR, Inst of Mater Sci
 Soviet Powder Metallurgy and Metal Ceramics (English translation of
 Poroshkovaya Metallurgiya) v 17 n 4 Apr 1978 p 272-275
 -CODEN-
 SPMCAV
-ISSN-
 0038-5735
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Up to 1600 DEGREE C the densification of the ultrafine powders involved no
 grain growth, whereas during the sintering of the ordinary aluminum nitride
 powder shrinkage was accompanied by recrystallization. With the ultrafine
 aluminum nitride powders, grain growth commenced after densification to a
 virtually nonporous condition at temperatures above 1650 DEGREE C, and
 consisted in new, acicular-shaped grains increasing in size. 15 refs.
-Desc-
 *POWDER METALLURGY--*Sintering; ALUMINUM COMPOUNDS--Chemical Reactions
-Ident-
 ALUMINUM NITRIDE
 Class. Codes: 536 (Powder Metallurgy); 804 (Chemical Products) 802 (Chemical
 Apparatus & Plants); 541 (Aluminum & Alloys) 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING);
 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 54 (METAL GROUPS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 114
-A-
 0783824 E.I. Monthly No: EI7901001711 E.I. Yearly No: EI79026877
-W-
 SURVEY OF MICROWAVE COOKWARE.
 Campanella, P. F.
 Corning Glass Works, NY
 Journal of Microwave Power v 13 n 1 Mar 1978 p 43-45
 -CODEN-
 JLMPAB
-ISSN-
 0022-2739
-Lang-
 Eng.
 In general, glass, glass-ceramic, paper and plastic cookware may be used in
 microwave cooking -- although some limitations exist. Metal cookware is
 generally not recommended for microwave cooling. Limitations of the various
 materials and general rules for microwave cookware selection are discussed.
-Desc-
 *ELECTRIC HEATING, DIELECTRIC--*Microwaves; FOOD PRODUCTS-- Processing;
 CONTAINERS--Microwaves; ELECTRIC APPLIANCES--Microwaves
-Ident-
 MICROWAVE OVENS; COOKWARE
 Class. Codes: 711 (Electromagnetic Waves); 822 (Food Technology); 704
 (Electric Components & Equipment); 691 (Bulk Materials Handling) 71
 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 82 (AGRICULTURE & FOOD TECHNOLOGY); 70
 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 69 (MATERIALS HANDLING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 115
-A-
 0776078 E.I. Monthly No: EI7804025142
-W-
 GRAIN-SIZE EFFECTS ON MICROWAVE FERRITE MAGNETIC PROPERTIES.
 Inui, Tetsuh; Ogasawara, Naoyuki
 Nippon Electr Co, Ltd, Kawasaki, Jpn
 IEEE Transactions on Magnetics v MAG-?3 n 6 Nov 1977 p 1729-1744
 -CODEN-
 IEMGAQ
-ISSN-
 0018-9464
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A review is presented of polycrystalline microwave ferrites with specific
 reference made to the grain size. Fine-grained and large-grained ferrites as
 referred to in this article stand for the ferrites with an average grain
 size of 2 MU m or less and those of 100 MU m or larger respectively.
 Fine-graining of ferrites is one of the state-of-the-arts techniques for
 obtaining high-power ferrites. Large-graining is a newly developed technique
 for further improving the family of narrow resonance linewidth garnet
 materials. Starting with some ceramics-oriented topics including the
 definition of the average grain-size and so forth, the present review covers
 the grain-size dependence of initial permeability and the grain-size
 dependence of microwave properties ( DELTA H, DELTA H//e//f//f, and DELTA
 H//k) both in the theoretical and in the experimental phases. Successful
 device applications of newly developed " single-crystal-like " large-grained
 ferrites are also reviewed. 118 refs.
-Desc-
 *FERRITES--*Magnetic Properties
-Ident-
 MICROWAVE FERRITES
 Class. Codes: 708 (Electric & Magnetic Materials) 70 (ELECTRICAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 116
-A-
 0769671 E.I. Monthly No: EI7812088311
-W-
 NONDESTRUCTIVE MICROWAVE EVALUATION OF CERAMICS.
 Bahr, Alfred J.
 Stanford Res Inst, Int, Remote Meas Lab, Menlo Park, Calif
 IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques v MTT-2? n 9 Sep 1978 p
 676-683
 -CODEN-
 IETMAB
-ISSN-
 0018-9480
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The ability of microwave energy to penetrate some kinds of ceramic materials
 at frequencies of 100 GHz and above suggests that microwave techniques may
 be useful for the nondestructive evaluation (NDE) of such materials. This
 paper presents experimental results that demonstrate the basic feasibility
 of using these techniques to detect and locate various types of inclusions
 (including voids) in silicon nitride Si//3N//4. Inclusions as small as 0.
 005 in diameter have been detected. 12 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Testing; MICROWAVE MEASUREMENTS; SILICON
 COMPOUNDS--Measurements
-Ident-
 NONDESTRUCTIVE EVALUATION; SILICON NITRIDE
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 942 (Electrical & Electronic
 Measuring Instruments); 804 (Chemical Products) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 117
-A-
 0766996 E.I. Monthly No: EI781208285 E.I. Yearly No: EI78011110
-W-
 EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL TREATMENT ON LOSS QUALITY OF MICROWAVE DIELECTRIC
 CERAMICS.
 O'Bryan, H. M. Jr.; Thomson, J.; Plourde, J. K.
 Bell Lab, Murray Hill, NJ
 Berichte der Deutschen Keramischen Gesellschaft v 55 n 7 Jul 1978 p 348-351
 -CODEN-
 BDKGAY
-ISSN-
 0365-9542
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The loss quality Q of Ba//2Ti//9O//2//0 and BaTi//4O//9 ceramics is improved
 greatly by a chemical treatment of the calcined powder prior to sintering.
 Acid leaching selectively dissolves certain Ba-rich compounds present in the
 calcined powders. These compounds, formed as reaction intermediates during
 calcination, melt below the sintering temperature of the ceramic.
 Microstructural evidence has been found for the formation of a liquid phase
 in ceramics prepared from unleached powders. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Dielectric Properties
 Class. Codes: 708 (Electric & Magnetic Materials); 812 (Ceramics &
 Refractories) 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 118
-A-
 0766116 E.I. Monthly No: EI7812089920 E.I. Yearly No: EI78032213
-W-
 SOME PROPERTIES OF INSULATING PROTECTIVE FILMS ON OXIDIZED SILICON IN A
 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT.
 Tschulena, G.; Ganso, G.; Holz, A.; Sdunzig, H.
 Battelle-Inst, Frankfurt AM, Ger
 Proc of the Int Vac Congr, 7th, and the Int Con on Solid Surf, 3rd, of the
 Int Union for Vac Sci, Tech and Appl, Vienna, Austria, Sep 12-16 1977 Publ
 by Int Union for Vac Sci, Tech and Appl, Brussels, Belg, 1977 v 3 p
 2035-2037
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Thin insulating films were investigated with respect to their applicability
 to bioelectrical sensors which will be based on integrated circuit
 technology. The main effort is directed toward the development of
 ion-barrier layers on silicon substrates in order to protect silicon devices
 in a biological environment from sodium ions. The selection criteria for the
 insulating layers are a low interface state density on silicon, a sodium
 diffusion rate as small as possible, long-time stability in physiological
 saline solution, and long-time stability in vivo, i. e. after subcutaneous
 implantation in rats. Layers of silicon nitride, alumina, and tantalum oxide
 have been sputtered on oxidized silicon substrates. 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *FILMS--*Dielectric; SENSORS; BIOMEDICAL EQUIPMENT; DIELECTRIC
 MATERIALS--Thin Films
 Class. Codes: 462 (Medical Engineering & Equipment); 708 (Electric &
 Magnetic Materials) 46 (BIOENGINEERING); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 119
-A-
 0766017 E.I. Monthly No: EI7812089173 E.I. Yearly No: EI78021765
-W-
 CRYSTALLIZATION OF DIELECTRIC FILMS ON SEMICONDUCTORS.
 Alexandrov, L. N.; Edelman, F.
 USSR Acad of Sci, Inst of Semicond Phys, Novosibirsk
 Proc of the Int Vac Congr, 7th and the Int Conf on Solid Surf, 3rd, of the
 Int Union for Vac Sci, Tech and Appl, Vienna, Austria, Sep 12-16 1977 Publ
 by Int Union for Vac Sci, Tech and Appl, Brussels, Belg, 1977 v 2 p
 1619-1622
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Consideration is given to structural transformations in thin dielectric
 films on silicon: silica, silicon nitride, alumina and others. Kinetics of
 film crystallization are discussed relative to heat treatment in a vacuum.
 The " amorphous film-crystal " transition is analysed using the data on a
 short-range order in films. The process of crystallization is accompanied
 with relevant changes in IR transmission spectra. It is shown that a silicon
 surface stimulates nucleation. 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *DIELECTRIC MATERIALS--*Thin Films; SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIALS
 Class. Codes: 702 (Electric Batteries & Fuel Cells); 712 (Electronic &
 Thermionic Materials) 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 120
-A-
 0763170 E.I. Monthly No: EI7811080168 E.I. Yearly No: EI78011158
-W-
 STRESS RUPTURE EVALUATIONS OF HIGH TEMPERATURE STRUCTURAL MATERIALS.
 Charles R. J.
 GE, Corp Res & Dev, Schenectady, NY
 Fract Mech of Ceram, v 4, Int Symp on Fract Mech of Ceram, Proc, Pa State
 Univ, University Park, Jul 27-29 1977 Publ by Plenum Press, New York, NY and
 London, Engl, 1978 p 623-638
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Data is presented on the stress rupture characteristics of a number of
 metals and ceramics in terms of a model based on diffusion controlled,
 intergranular crack growth. Due to the limited experimental data available
 on the stress rupture behavior of ceramics and in order to substantiate the
 analytical procedures indicated by the model, a number of well documented
 metal and alloy systems are first analyzed. Estimates of the long term
 performance of alumina and various forms of silicon nitride and silicon
 carbide are made from available data and compared with the metal and alloy
 results. 32 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Fracture; ALUMINA-- High Temperature Effects
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 121
-A-
 0763165 E.I. Monthly No: EI7811079536 E. I. Yearly No: EI78003509
-W-
 EROSION OF BRITTLE MATERIALS BY SOLID PARTICLE IMPACT.
 Hockey, B. J.; Wiederhorn, S.; Johnson, H.
 NBS, Inst for Mater Res, Washington, DC
 Fract Mech of Ceram, v 3, Int Symp on Fract Mech of Ceram, Proc, Pa State
 Univ, University Park, Jul 27-29 1977 Publ by Plenum Press, New York, NY and
 London, Engl, 1978 p 379-402
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Results are presented which show, that in addition to fracture, plastic
 deformation occurs and plays an important role in the erosion of brittle
 materials by solid particle impact. These conclusions are supported by
 transmission electron microscopy studies of impact damage produced in a wide
 variety of brittle materials and by erosive wear studies on silicon nitride
 and alumina. The erosive wear studies also indicate that while erosion
 resistance is primarily determined by fracture toughness and hardness, the
 relative importance of these materials parameters depends on the test
 conditions. 16 refs.
-Desc-
 *ALUMINA--*Erosion; GLASS--Testing
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 122
-A-
 0760780 E.I. Monthly No: I7811081999 E.I. Yearly No: EI78029032
-W-
 FABRICATION OF DIELECTRIC SUBSTRATES FOR MICROWAVE BEAM-FORMING NETWORK
 LENSES.
 Maguire, Edward A. Jr.; Readey, Dennis W.
 Raytheon Co, Res Div, Waltham, Mass
 American Ceramic Society Bulletin v 57 n 6 Jun 1978 p 565-567
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
-ISSN-
 0002-7812
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Insufficient green strength in the ceramic powder was the limiting factor in
 fabricating one-piece ceramic lenses as large as 12 by 12 in. for
 beam-forming networks. Organic binders were used to improve the green
 strength of BaTi//4O//9, with a combination of polyvinyl alcohol and
 polyethylene glycol providing the needed improvement. Pieces were prouced by
 pressing and casting techniques with green strengths > 500 psi. Sintered
 pieces were used successfully in lenses. 3 refs.
-Desc-
 *ELECTRON LENSES--*Manufacture; MICROWAVE DEVICES-- Manufacture;
 ANTENNAS--Phased Arrays
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 715 (General Electronic
 Equipment); 716 (Radar, Radio & TV Electronic Equipment) 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 123
-A-
 0757947 E.I. Monthly No: EI781085349 E.I. Yearly No: EI78077043
-W-
 CERAMIC HUMIDITY SENSOR " HUMICERAM " .
 Nitta, Tsuneharu; Terada, Ziro; Kanazawa, Takato
 Matsushita Electr Ind Co, Mater Res Lab, Moriguchi, Osaka, Jpn
 Natl Tech Rep Matsushita Electr Ind v 24 n 3 Jun 1978 p 422-435
 -CODEN-
 NTROAV
-ISSN-
 0028-0291
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 This paper describes the ceramic humidity sensor " Humiceram, " which has
 been put into practical use as a cooking-control element for microwave
 ovens. It is used in severely contaminated environments containing oil and
 other organic vapors, soys, water, etc. Many commercially available sensors
 detect water absorbed in their thin surface layer. The " Humiceram, "
 however, detects water absorbed throughout its bulk, thus making it less
 subject to the effect of surface contamication and more stable than the
 surface-layer type. It has a quick response nearly equal to that of the
 surface-layer type. The " Humiceram " is small (sensor size: 4 X 5 X 0. 25
 mm) and has a high humidity sensitivity (1 to 100% R, 1 DEGREE to 150 DEGREE
 C). With a unique heat-cleaning device for its surface, the " Humiceram "
 avoids performance deterioration caused by extremely severe contamination,
 and is stable for a long period of operation. In addition to microwave ovens
 the " Humiceram " is expected to be used in many fields requiring humidity
 control. 34 refs. In Japanese with English abstract.
-Desc-
 *SENSORS; ATMOSPHERIC HUMIDITY; MICROWAVE DEVICES; CERAMIC PRODUCTS
-Ident-
 MICROWAVE OVENS; COOKING-CONTROL ELEMENT
 Class. Codes: 732 (Control Devices); 714 (Electronic Components); 715
 (General Electronic Equipment); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 73 (CONTROL
 ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 124
-A-
 0749936 E.I. Monthly No: EI7810071774 E.I. Yearly No: EI78008785
-W-
 NEW APPROACH TO BLAST FURNACE STACK LININGS.
 Hiragushi, Keisuke; Mizutani, Kichizo; Nagai, Tadahiro
 Nippon Steel Corp, Yawata Works, Kitakyushu-Shi, Jpn
 Iron and Steel Engineer v 55 n 6 Jun 1978 p 47-53
 -CODEN-
 IRSEA5
-ISSN-
 0021-1559
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A new alkali vapor testing method provides quantitative evaluation in the
 laboratory. When refractories slected by the new method were laid in panels
 in an actual blast furnace, brick wear evaluation was obtained which
 coincided with laboratory evaluation. Silicon carbide refractories are
 available as alkali-resistant refractories. This type of refractory greatly
 varies in alkali resistance depending on bond used. Silicon nitride bonds
 provided to be the best. The alkali resistance of alumina silica-type
 refractories increases as the alumina content increases. 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *BLAST FURNACES--*Refractory Materials
 Class. Codes: 532 (Metallurgical Furnaces) 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 125
-A-
 0740589 E.I. Monthly No: EI7808059900 E.I. Yearly No: EI78060767
-W-
 HIGHLY STABILIZED LOW-NOISE GaAs FET INTEGRATED OSCILLATOR WITH A DIELECTRIC
 RESONATOR IN THE C BAND.
 Abe, Hiroyuki; Takayama, Yoichiro; Higashisaka Asamitsu; Takamizawa, Hideo
 Nippon Electr Co, Ltd, Cent Res Lab, Kawasaki, Jpn
 IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques v MTT-26 n 3 Mar 1978 p
 156-162
 -CODEN-
 IETMAB
-ISSN-
 0018-9480
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This paper describes the design, fabrication procedure and performance of a
 GaAs FET integrated oscillator stabilized with a BaO-TiO//2 system ceramic
 dielectric resonator. It provides a high-frequency-stabilized low-noise
 compact microwave power source. The newly developed ceramic has an expansion
 coefficient and dielectric constant temperature coefficient that offset each
 other and result in a small resonant frequency temperature coefficient. A
 stabilized oscillator output of 100 mW with a 17-percent efficiency and a
 frequency temperature coefficient as low as 2. 3 ppm/ DEGREE C are obtained
 at 6 GHz. FM noise level is reduced more than 30 dB by the stabilization.
 The dynamic properties of the oscillator and resonator are precisely
 measured to determine equivalent circuit representations. A large-signal
 design theory based on these equivalent circuit representations is presented
 to realize the optimal coupling condition between the oscillator and
 stabilizing resonator. The stabilized oscillator performance is sufficient
 for application to microwave communications systems. 8 refs.
-Desc-
 *OSCILLATORS, MICROWAVE--*Design; RESONATORS; TRANSISTORS, FIELD
 EFFECT--Applications; CERAMIC MATERIALS--Applications; INTEGRATED
 CIRCUITS--Microwaves; MATHEMATICAL MODELS
-Ident-
 DIELECTRIC RESONATOR
 Class. Codes: 713 (Electronic Circuits); 714 (Electronic Components); 812
 (Ceramics & Refractories) 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 81 (CHEMICAL
 PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 126
-A-
 0734466 E.I. Monthly No: EI7808055596 E.I. Yearly No: EI78010049
-W-
 Properties of Ceramic Monolithic Capacitors at Frequencies up to 1 GHz.
 WLASCIWOSCI CERAMICZNYCH KONDENSATOROW MONOLITYCZNYCH PRZY CZESTOTLIWOSCIACH
 DO 1 GHz.
 Chlopek, Jan; Przybysz, Czeslaw
 Elektronika v 18 n 7-8 1977 p 276-278
 -CODEN-
 EKNTBZ
-ISSN-
 0033-2089
-Lang-
 POLISH
 Results of measurements of monolithic ceramic capacitors produced in Poland,
 in the frequency region up to 1. 2 GHz, are presented. Capacitors ranging
 from 1. 2 to 68 pf, with 5% or 10% tolerance and operating voltage of 63 v
 were measured under conditions of room temperature. 6 refs. In Polish.
-Desc-
 *CAPACITORS, CERAMIC--*Measurements; MICROWAVE MEASUREMENTS --Capacitance
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 942 (Electrical & Electronic
 Measuring Instruments) 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 94 (INSTRUMENTS &
 MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 127
-A-
 0732985 E.I. Monthly No: EI7807050788 E.I. Yearly No: EI78044003
-W-
 ELECTRICAL AND CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS OF HIGH ALUMINA SUBSTRATES USED IN
 MICROSTRIP APPLICATIONS.
 Class, Walter
 Mater Res Corp, Orangeburg, NY
 Proc Tech Program Natl Electron Packag Prod C of Anaheim, Calif, Mar 1-3
 1977 Philadelphia, Pa, May 17-19 1977. Publ by Ind and Sci Conf Manage,
 Chicago, Ill, 1977 p 432-440
 -CODEN-
 NEPPAL
-ISSN-
 0470-0155
-Lang-
 Eng.
 When an alumina substrate is used in a " pure " thin film hybrid
 application, it acts simply as a carrier for the circuit and components. In
 such applications, substrate parameters such as thermal conductivity (for
 power dissipation and resistor stability), flatness (for pattern definition
 and packaging), chemistry (for strength, adhesion and surface smoothness)
 are of importance. In microstrip applications, the substrate assumes an
 electrically active role in that substrate parameters such as dielectric
 constant and thickness, in part, determine the microwave propagation and
 circuit impedance characteristics. This work deals with the effect which
 ceramic parameters such as chemistry, density and grain have on the
 resulting microstrip circuit characteristics. 2 refs.
-Desc-
 *INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID
-Ident-
 MICROSTRIPS
 Class. Codes: 713 (Electronic Circuits); 714 (Electronic Components) 71
 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 128
-A-
 0732947 E.I. Monthly No: EI7807049593 E.I. Yearly No: EI78029709
-W-
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE TECHNICAL PROGRAM, NATIONAL ELECTRONIC PACKAGING AND
 PRODUCTION CONFERENCE, 1977.
 Anon
 Ind and Sci Conf Manage, Chicago, Ill
 Proc Tech Program Natl Electron Packag Prod Conf Anaheim, Calif, Mar 1-3
 1977 Philadelphia Pa, May 17-19 1977. Publ by Ind and Sci Conf Manage,
 Chicago, Ill, 1977 508 p
 -CODEN-
 NEPPAL
-ISSN-
 0470-0155
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This symposium of 68 papers covers the following topics: Improved multilayer
 performance with new laminate materials; practical applications of
 photochemical machining; chip carrier systems in ceramic and plastics; Use
 of evaluation of fiber optics in electronic systems; flexible circuits --
 reliability through design and testing; surface finishes for quality
 soldering; cost consideration and economic control in circuit manufacturing;
 a survey of industry-wide circuit testing set-up; artwork generation;
 current trends in PC board manufacture and soldering; soldering -- procedure
 and materials; reduction of setup costs for ATE; thermal problems; microwave
 packaging; and, multiplex wiring impact on packaging connectors. Selected
 papers are indexed separately.
-Desc-
 *ELECTRONIC PACKAGING; PRINTED CIRCUITS; INTEGRATED CIRCUITS ; ELECTRIC
 CONNECTORS; HEAT PIPES; SOLDERING
 Class. Codes: 538 (Welding & Bonding); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 703
 (Electric Circuits); 713 (Electronic Circuits); 714 (Electronic Components);
 715 (General Electronic Equipment) 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING); 64 (HEAT
 & THERMODYNAMICS); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 129
-A-
 0730766 E.I. Monthly No: EI7807048827 E.I. Yearly No: EI78022216
-W-
 THICK FILM NICKEL CONDUCTORS FOR DC GAS DISCHARGE DISPLAYS.
 Anon
 Information Display v 13 Spring 1977 p 24-26
 -CODEN-
 INFDAB
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Planar format versions of DC plasma displays have provided an incentive for
 the use of thick-film materials to produce numeric and alphanumeric display
 panels. Manufacturers initially fabricated planar numeric displays from
 thick-film nickel and dielectric compositions, which they fired on ceramic
 substrates at relatively high (850-1000 DEGREE C) temperatures in inert or
 reducing atmospheres. In recent years, plasma display producers have adopted
 soda-lime glass to support the transparent tin oxide on face plates. A
 soda-lime cathode-supporting substrate, in addition to its cost advantage
 over ceramic, provides a perfect thermal match for the face plate. A
 low-firing, nickel-conductor composition has been developed, processable on
 soda-lime glass to form cathodes. It also makes available compatible
 dielectric and silver compositions for the air fireable nickel
 metallization. Of special significance, firing in a conventional air-flow
 belt furnace eliminates the need for atmosphere control. 15 refs.
-Desc-
 *DISPLAY DEVICES; ELECTRIC CONDUCTORS--Thick Films
-Ident-
 GAS DISCHARGE DISPLAYS
 Class. Codes: 722 (Computer Hardware); 741 (Optics & Optical Devices); 704
 (Electric Components & Equipment) 72 (COMPUTERS & DATA PROCESSING); 74
 (OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 130
-A-
 0730022 E.I. Monthly No: EI7807050663 E.I. Yearly No: EI78042430
-W-
 MICROWAVE PROCESS SYSTEMS -- TECHNICAL ADVANCES AND PROBLEMS.
 Tinga, W. R.
 Univ of Alberta, Edmonton
 Int Congr on Electro-Heat, 8th, Pap and Abstr, Liege, Belg, Oct 11-15 1976
 Publ by Int Union for Electro-Heat, Paris, Fr, 1976 Sect III, pap 13, 40 p
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A limited qualitative review is presented of microwave processing
 technology. Technical advances in controlled microwave-air combination
 processing are illustrated via examples of vulcanizing, meat tempering, food
 sterilization, and noodle drying machines. Microwave safety features such as
 door seals, automatic radiation monitors, and interlocks are briefly
 discussed. Various solutions to the nonuniform heating problem are
 illustrated by means of a giant tire microwave preheater and a near-field
 applicator used for match-head drying. Microwave browning of foods,
 achievement of extremely high temperatures in oxides and ceramics,
 increasing microwave system reliability, high-speed processing of
 filamentary materials, and temperature monitoring in microwave fields are
 reviewed. Some further application such as microwave press-setting of
 pencils, pea protein sterilization, microwave asphalt road repair, weed
 control and seed germination by microwaves, an 'electronic bandage',
 economics of microwave processing, and the concept of a microwave satellite
 solar power station are commented on. 57 refs.
-Desc-
 *INDUSTRIAL HEATING--*Microwave; MICROWAVE DEVICES
 Class. Codes: 642 (Industrial Furnaces & Process Heating); 711
 (Electromagnetic Waves); 714 (Electronic Components); 715 (General
 Electronic Equipment) 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS); 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 131
-A-
 0721339 E.I. Monthly No: EI7806046149 E.I. Yearly No: EI7085202
-W-
 Development of Anisotropic Superconducting Ceramics (Na** PLUS BETA
 Al//2O//3) by Microwave Heating.
 ELABORATION DE CERAMIQUES SUPERCONDUCTRICES ANISOTROPES (Na** PLUS BETA
 Al//2O//3) PAR CHAUFFAGE MICROONDES.
 Colomban, Ph.; Badot, J. C.
 Ec Natl Super de Chem, paris, Fr
 Materials Research Bulletin v 13 n 2 Feb 1978 p 135-139
 -CODEN-
 MRBUAC
-ISSN-
 0025-5408
-Lang-
 FRENCH
 The structure and properties of many superionic conductors are anisotropic.
 Application of these compounds in the form of ceramics requires high
 electrical conductivity, and this property depends on the orientation of the
 crystallites in the ceramics. Microwave energy (2. 45 GHz) is used for the
 sintering of BETA alumina ceramics. Systematic orientation of BETA alumina
 platelets is checked by X-rays and microscopy. 11 refs. In French.
-Desc-
 *SUPERCONDUCTING MATERIALS; CERAMIC MATERIALS--Sintering; ELECTRIC HEATING;
 MICROWAVES; CRYSTALS--Orientation
 Class. Codes: 708 (Electric & Magnetic Materials); 812 (Ceramics &
 Refractories); 642 (Industrial Furnaces & Process Heating); 711
 (Electromagnetic Waves); 933 (Solid State Physics) 70 (ELECTRICAL
 ENGINEERING); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS);
 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 132
-A-
 0720468 E.I. Monthly No: EI780645034 E.I. Yearly No: EI78072291
-W-
 TEMPERATURE-STABLE DIELECTRIC RESONATORS REPLACE EXPENSIVE INVAR, BOOST Q IN
 M?Cs.
 Bearse, Stacy V.; Herbaugh, Robert E.
 Microwaves v 16 n 12 Dec 1977 p 14, 16, 18
 -CODEN-
 MCRWAR
-ISSN-
 0026-2919
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A new ceramic, a special compound of barium titanate, was developed for use
 as a dielectric resonator. The material will allow the designer to reduce
 the size and cost of high-performance waveguide filters and, for the first
 time, provide the designers of microwave integrated circuits with a
 thermally stable, high-Q resonator.
-Desc-
 *RESONATORS--*Microwaves; INTEGRATED CIRCUIT MANUFACTURE; BARIUM TITANATE;
 CERAMIC MATERIALS--Dielectric Properties
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components); 712 (Electronic & Ther?ionic
 Materials); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 713 (Electronic Circuits) 71
 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 133
-A-
 0714642 E.I. Monthly No: EI7805035732 E.I. Yearly No: EI78056333
-W-
 PHASE METHOD OF MICROWAVE FLAW DETECTION OF PIEZOCERAMIC MANUFACTURED
 ARTICLES.
 Marchuk, G. M.; Rudakov, V. N.
 Leningrad Electrotech Inst, USSR
 Soviet Journal of Nondestructive Testing (English translation of
 Defektoskopiya) v 13 n 2 Mar-Apr 1977 p 197-200
 -CODEN-
 SJNTAB
-ISSN-
 0038-5492
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Distributed and vocal defects (nonuniformities in density and thickness) in
 materials with high dielectric constant (piezoelectric ceramics) are
 investigated using the phase method of microwave flaw detection. 4 refs.
-Desc-
 *NONDESTRUSTIVE EXAMINATION--*Microwaves; PIEZOELECTRIC
 MATERIALS--Measurements
 Class. Codes: 421 (Materials Properties); 422 (Materials Testing); 708
 (Electric & Magnetic Materials); 711 (Electromagnetic Waves); ?42 (MATERIALS
 PROPERTIES & TESTING); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 134
-A-
 0707253 E.I. Monthly No: EI7804025126 E.I. Yearly No: EI78031433
-W-
 MICROWAVE ABSORPTION AND STATIC MAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF COPRECIPITATED BARIUM
 FERRITE.
 Roos, W.; Haak, H.; Voigt, C.; Hempel, K. A.
 Inst fuer Werkstoff der Elektrotech, Rheinish Westfael Tech Hochsch, Aachen,
 Ger
 J Phys (Paris), Colloq n C-1, Suppl au J Phys (Paris) v 38 n 4 Apr 1977, Int
 Conf on Ferrites, 2nd, Bellevue, Fr, Sep 14-17 1976 p C1. 35-C1. 37
 -CODEN-
 JPQCAK
-ISSN-
 0449-1947
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The resonance absorption in negative field, predicted by the single domain
 theory, has been found. The coercive force //jH//c and the saturation
 magnetization SIGMA //s can be improved with acid treatment, values of
 //jH//c = 6400 Oe and SIGMA //s = 70. 7 emu/g are obtained. Both
 conventional sintering and rapid hot-pressing lead to a high density and
 good magnetic properties. A density of RHO = 5. 02 g/m**3 and a maximum
 energy product of (BH) (maximum) = 1. 4 MGOe were achieved by rapid
 hot-pressing. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *FERRITES--*Magnetic Properties
 Class. Codes: 708 (Electric & Magnetic Materials) 70 (ELECTRICAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 135
-A-
 0696210 E.I. Monthly No: EI7802008237 E.I. Yearly No: EI78007823
-W-
 Properties of Bird Feathers as Piezoelectric Transducers and as Receptors of
 Microwave Radiation.
 LES PROPRIETES DES PLUMES D'OISEAU EN TANT QUE TRANSDUCTEURS
 PIEZO-ELECTRIQUES ET RECEPTEURS DE MICRO-ONDES.
 Bigu Del Blanco, J; Romero Sierra, Cesar
 Univ Queens, Kingston, Ont
 Onde Electrique v 57 n 8-9 Aug-Sep 1977 p 532-536
 -CODEN-
 ONELAS
-ISSN-
 0030-2430
-Lang-
 FRENCH
 An investigation was made of the properties of bird feathers as
 piezoelectric transducers in the audiofrequency range and as dielectric
 receptors of electromagnetic radiation in the microwave region. In the first
 case, cartridges of the ceramic and magnetic type and an electromagnetic
 transducer probe were used as detecting devices. Results show piezoelectric
 resonances in the 1-20 kHz region for the calami of feathers. The
 characteristics of bird feathers, as receptors of microwave fields, were
 studied in the 10-16 GHz region. Experiments were conducted coupling the
 specimen (feather) to a length of waveguide which served, together with
 other microwave components, as a primary detector. Microwave power radiation
 patterns were measured both in the presence and in the absence of the
 specimen. Results indicated a substantial increase in the microwave power
 collected in the forward direction, and a decrease of the radiation pattern
 beamwidth when the feather was present. Furthermore, some experimental
 evidence indicated the possibility of inducing piezoelectric effects in the
 specimen by audiofrequency pulse-modulated microwave fields. These results
 are important in view of the fundamental role that feathers play in the life
 of birds, and the influence of environmental factors on bird behavior. 21
 refs. In French.
-Desc-
 *BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING--*Bioelectrical Phenomena; PIEZOELECTRIC
 TRANSDUCERS; MICROWAVES
-Ident-
 FEATHERS
 Class. Codes: 461 (Biotechnology); 711 (Electromagnetic Waves) 704 (Electric
 Components & Equipment) 46 (BIOENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS &
 COMMUNICATIONS); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 136
-A-
 074461 E.I. Monthly No: EI7712094506 E.I. Yearly No: EI77088705
-W-
 Thermo-emf of High-Dispersion Titanium Nitride.
 TERMO-E. D. S. VYSOKODISPERSNOGO NITRIDA TITANA.
 Domashnev, I. A.; Troitskii, V. N.; Grebtsov, B. M.; Kurkin, E. N.
 Acad of Sci of the USSR
 Izvestiya Akademii Nauk SSSR, Neorganicheskie Materialy v 13 n 6 Jun 1977 p
 1025-1026
 -CODEN-
 IVNMAW
-ISSN-
 0002-337X
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN
 A study was made of the thermo-emf of granulated compact titanium nitride
 samples with a mean particle size of about 500 A which were synthesized in a
 microwave discharge plasma. It was found that after annealing at 1000 DEGREE
 K the thermo-emf of these samples is increased almost fivefold in comparison
 with that of sintered samples. 4 refs. In Russian.
-Desc-
 *TITANIUM COMPOUNDS; POWDER METAL PRODUCTS-- Electric Properties
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 536 (Powder Metallurgy) 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 137
-A-
 0667233 E.I. Monthly No: EI7711081393 E. I. Yearly No: EI77028688
-W-
 FAILURE OF AN ALUMINA-TO-COPPER SEALED ELECTRON TUBE.
 Viechnicki, Dennis J.
 US Army Mater & Mech Res Cent, Watertown, Mass
 American Ceramic Society Bulletin v 56 n 4 Apr 1977 p 412-415
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
-ISSN-
 0002-7812
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Failure by arcing of alumina-to-copper sealed electron tubes with active
 metal brazes was traced to increased tube gas released into the tube
 envelope by the intersection of propagating end cracks with pores in the
 alumina. End cracks were caused by reaction of the braze with the alumina
 and by the thermal expansion mismatch between the two. End cracks were
 almost totally eliminated with the use of metallized ceramics in sintered
 powder metal seals. 15 refs.
-Desc-
 *ELECTRON TUBES, MICROWAVE--*Reliability
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components) 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 138
-A-
 0665462 E.I. Monthly No: EI7711079202 E.I. Yearly No: EI77004823 800 MHz 10
-W-
 WATT MIC POWER AMPLIFIER.
 Maki, Tomokazu; Noda, Yhji
 NEC, Tokyo, Jpn
 NEC Research & Development n 44 Jan 1977 p 49-56
 -CODEN-
 NECRAU
-ISSN-
 0547-051X
-Lang-
 ENGLISH
 A wideband, high gain, high output MIC (microwave integrated circuit) power
 amplifier for ?800 MHz band mobile service has been developed. The amplifier
 is composed of a thin-film circuit, uses an alumina ceramic substrate having
 EPSILON //r = 9. 5 dielectric constant and is compact in construction due to
 wavelength contraction. Transistors used for the MIC power amplifier have
 attained sufficient ruggedness due to the use of an emitter ballasting
 resistor and design consideration against destruction of the electric field
 mode. High reliability is provided by the use of a i-Pt-Au metallization
 system and thermal design, whereby the junction temperature is controlled to
 below 135 DEGREE C. The amplifier provides an output power of 12. 0 watts
 and a power gain of 21 db at an input voltage of 12. 0 volts over a
 frequency band of 110 MHz. The outside dimensions of the MIC power amplifier
 are 60 mm X 30 mm X 16 mm. 6 refs.
-Desc-
 *AMPLIFIERS, POWER TYPE; AMPLIFIERS, MICROWAVE; INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
 Class. Codes: 713 (Electronic Circuits) 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 139
-A-
 0649848 E.I. Monthly No: EI7709066662 E.I. Yearly No: EI77049025
-W-
 CONFERENCE ON ADVANCES IN MAGNETIC MATERIALS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS, 2ND,
 1976.
 Anon
 IEE, Sci, Educ, and Manage Div, London, Engl
 IEE Conference Publication n 142, Conf on Adv in Magn Maier and their Appl,
 2nd, London, Engl, Sep 1-3 1976. Publ by IEE, London, Engl, 1976 172 p
 -CODEN-
 IECPB4
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Forty two papers by various authors are presented. The topics discussed are:
 Epitaxial growth of ferrite, magnetic Ni-Fe-Co films, new particles of solid
 solutions, ferromagnetic liquids, ferrite cores, microwave filter,
 grain-oriented silicon-iron, effects of pinning on domain wall motion,
 normal flux effects on power loss, losses due to transverse fluxes, surface
 impedance of iron, flexible bonding effects on domain structure,
 magnetostriction effect on Young's modulus, Co-Fe soft magnetic alloys,
 toroidal cores, Ni-Fe alloys for current transformers, high gradient
 magnetic separation, high intensity magnetic separation, magnetic
 susceptibility and viscosity, mineral slurries separation by cryogenic
 magnet, asbestos fibers separation, vehicles using DC and permanent magnets,
 magnetically suspended vehicles, electromagnetic levitation, switching power
 supply vehicles, electromagnetic levitation, switching power supply using
 ferrite transformers, levitation with superconducting magnets, linear
 superconducting motors, induction machines, satellite stabilization,
 permanent magnets, and barium hexoferrite magnets sintering. Individual
 papers are indexed separately.
-Desc-
 *MAGNETIC MATERIALS--*Applications
 Class. Codes: 708 (Electric & Magnetic Materials) 70 (ELECTRICAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 140
-A-
 0645662 E.I. Monthly No: EI7708054913 E.I. Yearly No: EI77011633
-W-
 CERAMICS OF GOOD THERMAL STRENGTH FROM FUSED POWDERS OF YTTRIUM AND SCANDIUM
 OXIDES.
 Fekhretdinov, F. A.; Molchanov, M. S.; Aleksandrov, V. I.; Osikov, V. V.
 Tatarintsev, V. M.
 Refractories (English translation of Ogneupory) v 17 n 5-6 May-Jun 1976 p
 320-22
 -CODEN-
 REFRAL
-ISSN-
 0034-3102
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Ceramic processed from the oxides of yttrium and scandium possesses good
 electrophysical and anticorrosion properties and is therefore a useful
 material for electric insulators in high-temperature equipment, more
 particularly in plasma equipment. However, the low thermal strength of these
 oxides limits their use for this purpose. An investigation was carried out
 of the conditions for producing refractories from electrofused Y//2O//3 by
 casting. Components of intricate shape were produced at a firing shrinkage
 of about 6%. Conditions were refined for producing refractories with good
 thermal strength from powders of Y//2O//3 and Sc//2O//3 by semidry molding.
 4 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Thermal Properties; YTTRIUM COMPOUNDS-- Thermal
 Properties; SCANDIUM AND ALLOYS--Thermal Properties; ELECTRIC INSULATING
 MATERIALS--Ceramic; PLASMA DEVICES
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 804 (Chemical Products); 547
 (Precious & Rare Earth Metals & Alloys); 413 (Insulating Materials); 932
 (High Energy, Nuclear & Plasma Physics) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 54 (METAL GROUPS); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 141
-A-
 0639957 E.I. Monthly No: EI7707051946 E.I. Yearly No: EI77071073
-W-
 HIGH TEMPERATURE MICROWAVE HEATING IN REFRACTORY MATERIALS.
 Berteaud, A. J.; Badot, J. C.
 CNRS, Thiais, Fr
 Journal of Microwave Power v 11 n 4 Dec 1976 p 316-320
 -CODEN-
 JLMPAB
-ISSN-
 0022-2739
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Microwave energy can be used to create high temperatures ( < 1700 DEGREE C
 for alumina) in refractory materials. Energy conversion takes place with a
 very good efficiency (90% in the conversion process of microwaves to thermal
 energy) if an appropriate applicator is utilized. Experiments at 2. 45 GHz
 involving either the sintering of alumina or melting of silica for fiber
 fabrication are described which confirm the feasibility of this new
 process.
-Desc-
 *REFRACTORY MATERIALS--*Dielectric Properties; ELECTRIC HEATING,
 DIELECTRIC--Microwaves
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); ?42 (Industrial Furnaces &
 Process Heating) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 64 (HEAT &
 THERMODYNAMICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 142
-A-
 0633767 E.I. Monthly No: EI7706037712 E.I. Yearly No: EI77007715
-W-
 PROPERTIES OF BIRD FEATHERS AS CONVERSE PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS AND AS
 RECEPTORS OF MICROWAVE RADIATION -- 1. BIRD FEATHERS AS CONVERSE
 PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS.
 Bigu-Del-Blanco, J.; Romero-Sierra, C.
 Queen's Univ, Kingston, Ont
 Biotelemetry v 2 n 6 1976 p 341-364
 -CODEN-
 BTMYA6
-ISSN-
 0301-5912
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An investigation was made of the properties of bird feathers as
 piezoelectric transducers in the audiofrequency range and as dielectric
 receptors of electromagnetic radiation in the microwave region. In the first
 case, cartridges of the ceramic and magnetic type and an electromagnetic
 transducer probe were used as detecting devices. Results show piezoelectric
 resonances in the 1 to 20-kHz region for the calami of feathers. 35 refs.
-Desc-
 *BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS--*Electronic Properties; PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS;
 ANTENNAS, DIRECTIVE--Microwave; ANTENNAS, DIPOLE--Microwave
-Ident-
 BIRD FEATHERS
 Class. Codes: 461 (Biotechnology); 701 (Electricity & Magnetism); 708
 (Electric & Magnetic Materials); 716 (Radar, Radio & TV Electronic
 Equipment) 46 (BIOENGINEERING); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS
 & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 143
-A-
 0629522 E.I. Monthly No: EI7706041701 E.I. Yearly No: EI77053378
-W-
 REPRODUCIBLE METHODS FOR THE FABRICATION OF MICROWAVE STRIP LINES OF HIGH
 PRECISION AND RELIABILITY.
 Brauer, W.; Kienel, G.; Wechsung, R.
 Leybold Hereaus & Co, Koeln, Ger
 Solid State Technology v 19 n 12 Dec 1976 p 67-73
 -CODEN-
 SSTEAP
-ISSN-
 0038-111X
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Improvements in fabrication techniques of microstrip circuits for the 10 GHz
 range are described. Ceramic, sapphire and quartz were investigated as
 substrate materials and new measuring methods were developed for the
 determination of the dielectric constant, using the circular resonator, the
 rectangular resonator and the capacitance measurement methods. For producing
 the chromium gold metallization, the cathode sputtering technique was
 optimized in such a way that the gold layers had an extremely high adhesive
 strength and an electrical conductivity which was only 10% lower than that
 of the bulk material. Circuit delineation was produced by means of ion
 etching. Microwave test circuits are described by means of which the
 fabrication parameters and their variations can be exactly related to the
 parameters of the finished microstrips. 13 refs.
-Desc-
 *MICROSTRIP DEVICES
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components) 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 144
-A-
 0595557 E.I. Monthly No: EI7701006540 E.I. Yearly No: EI77085976
-W-
 PROPERTIES OF BIRD FEATHERS AS PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS AND AS RECEPTORS OF
 MICROWAVE RADIATION.
 Bigu del Banco, J.; Romero-Sierra, C.
 Queen's Univ, Kingston, Ont
 Colloq Int sur les Capteurs Bio-Med (Biocapt 75) Int Conf on Biomed
 Transducers, Paris, Fr, Nov ?-7 1975 Publ by Com d'Organ du Colloq de Paris,
 Fr, 1975 v 1 p 127-132
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An investigation was made of the properties of bird feathers as
 piezoelectric transducers in the audiofrequency range and as dielectric
 receptors of electromagnetic radiation in the microwave region. In the first
 case, cartridges of the ceramic and magnetic type and an electromagnetic
 transducer probe were used as detecting devices. Results show piezoelectric
 resonances in the 1-20 kHz region for the calami (quills) of feathers. The
 characteristics of bird feathers, as receptors of microwave fields, were
 studied in the 10-16 GHz region. Experiments were conducted coupling the
 specimen (feather) to a length of waveguide which served, together with
 other microwave components as a primary detector. Microwave power radiation
 patterns were measured both in the presence and in the absence of the
 specimen. Results indicated a substantial increase in the microwave power
 collected in the forward direction, and a decrease of the radiation pattern
 beam-width when the feather was present. Furthermore, some experimental
 evidence indicated the possibility of inducing piezoelectric effects in the
 specimen by audiofrequency pulse-modulated microwave fields. These results
 are important in view of: (i) the fundamental role that feathers play in the
 life of birds, and (ii) the influence of environmental factors on bird
 behavior. 21 refs.
-Desc-
 *SYSTEMS SCIENCE AND CYBERNETICS--*Bionics; PIEZOELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS; RADIO
 RECEIVERS--Microwave Frequencies
-Ident-
 BIRD FEATHERS; BIOLOGICAL TRANSDUCERS
 Class. Codes: 461 (Biotechnology); 704 (Electric Components & Equipment);
 716 (Radar, Radio & TV Electronic Equipment) 46 (BIOENGINEERING); 70
 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 145
-A-
 0594821 E.I. Monthly No: EI7701000922 E.I. Yearly No: EI7701392
-W-
 CAPACITORS FOR MICROWAVE APPLICATIONS.
 Veloric, Harold S.; Mitchell, Joseph Jr.; Theriault, Gerald E.; Carr, Lester
 A. Jr.
 RCA Lab, Princeton, NJ
 IEEE Transactions on Parts, Hybrids and Packaging v PHP-12 n 2 Jun 1976
 83-89
 -CODEN-
 IEPHAA
-ISSN-
 0099-4634
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The properties and design of a metal oxide-metal (MOM) capacitor are
 reviewed and its performance is compared with that of conventional MOS and
 metalized ceramic capacitors. The MOM structure is fabricated by growing a
 high-performance dielectric such as SiO//2 or Si//3N//4 on silicon and
 metalizing the dielectric with several mils of copper, after which the
 silicon " handle " is removed and replaced with copper. The MOM capacitor
 has the high capacitance density, low dielectric loss, and low temperature
 coefficient properties of thermally grown dielectrics. In addition, the
 resistive electrode loss is minimized by the replacement of the lossy
 silicon with copper. The electrode loss for the MOS and MOM capacitors is
 evaluated as a function of frequency and is in good agreement with the loss
 estimated from the surface sheet resistance. The series resistance of an MOM
 capacitor is only 10 percent of that measured for a comparable MOS
 structure. MOM capacitors have been successfully soldered into circuits;
 these assemblies have been temperature cycled and high temperature stressed.
 11 refs.
-Desc-
 *CAPACITORS; MICROWAVE DEVICES
 Class. Codes: 714 (Electronic Components) 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 146
-A-
 0592929 E.I. Monthly No: EI7701001020 E.I. Yearly No: EI7701104
-W-
 MICROWAVE-ABSORBING FERRITE-DIELECTRIC COMPOSITES.
 Maguire, E. A.; Readey, D. W.
 Raytheon Res Div, Waltham, Mass
 Journal of the American Ceramic Society v 59 n 9-10 Sep-Oct 1976 p 434-437
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
-ISSN-
 00?2-7820
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Two-phase composites of spinel ferrites and lithium aluminosilicates were
 prepared and investigated as microwave-absorbing materials. The magnetic and
 dielectric loss parameters which determine the heating characteristics were
 examined. Low-thermal-expansion composites were developed which were
 effective absorbers of microwave radiation. 3 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Ferroelectric
-Ident-
 SPINELS
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories) 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 147
-A-
 0587673 E.I. Monthly No: EI7612083672 E.I. Yearly No: EI76060113
-W-
 LIGHT MACHINING OF SINTERED IRON COMPACT.
 Sugita, Tadaaki; Tanaka, Miyoshi
 Journal of the Japan Society of Powder and Powder Metallurgy v 23 n 5 Aug
 1976 p 178-183
 -CODEN-
 FOUA2
-ISSN-
 0532-8799
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 The machining performances of three types of cutting tools in light
 machining of the sintered iron compacts, which are sintered alumina
 containing titanium carbide, cemented carbide and cermet, are discussed.
 Also, the performance of each tool was evaluated in the continuous cutting
 condition by turning and in the intermittent cutting condition by face
 milling. The experimental results indicate that the sintered alumina
 containing titanium carbide is superior to the other tools from the
 viewpoint of tool life. 14 refs. In Japanese.
-Desc-
 *POWDER METAL PRODUCTS--*Machining; POWDER METALLURGY--Iron CUTTING TOOLS
 Class. Codes: 536 (Powder Metallurgy); 545 (Iron & Steel); 603 (Machine
 Tools); 605 (Small Tools & Hardware) 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING); 54
 (METAL GROUPS); 60 (MECHANICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 148
-A-
 058196 E.I. Monthly No: EI7612082080 E.I. Yearly No: EI76044086
-W-
 EVALUATION OF A RANDOM SIGNAL CORRELATION SYSTEM FOR ULTRASONIC FLAW
 DETECTION.
 Bilgutay, Nihat M.; Furgason, Eric S.; Newhouse, Vernon L.
 Purdue Univ, West Lafayette, Indiana
 IEEE Transactions on Sonics and Ultransonics v SU-23 n 5 Sep 1976 p 329-333
 -CODEN-
 IESUAU
-ISSN-
 0018-9537
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A random signal flaw detection system has been developed with
 signal-to-noise ratio enhancement approximately 10 000 times greater than
 conventional ultrasonic pulse-echo systems. Experimental results are
 presented which demonstrate that the system can penetrate highly absorbent
 materials such as plexiglass, high-density silicon nitride and alumina at
 greater distances than is possible with conventional pulse-echo systems. The
 system is shown to detect echoes from grain boundaries which indicate that
 the system could have applications in microstructure evaluation of
 materials. Finally, the possible application of this system to accurate
 sound velocity measurement in strongly absorbing materials is discussed. 7
 refs.
-Desc-
 *MATERIALS TESTING--*Nondestructive Testing; ULTRASONIC APPLICATIONS
 Class. Codes: 423 (General Materials Properties & Testing); 753 (Sound
 Technology & Ultrasonics) 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 75
 (ACOUSTICAL TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 149
-A-
 0572041 E.I. Monthly No: EI7610069707 E.I. Yearly No: EI76063544
-W-
 SIALON DERIVED FROM CLAY TO PROVIDE AN ECONOMICAL REFRACTORY MATERIAL.
 Lee, J. G.; Casarini, R.; Cutler, Ivan B.
 Univ of Utah, Salt Lake City
 Industrial Heating v 43 n 4 Apr 1976 p 50-53
 -CODEN-
 INHTAZ
-ISSN-
 0019-8374
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Sialon is a solid solution of silicon nitride and aluminum oxide that can be
 cold pressed and sintered. Its name is an acronym of the elements in the
 solid solution. The usual method of obtaining Sialon is by sintering a
 mixture of silicon nitride (obtained from silicon) and alumina at 1700
 DEGREE C. This article describes an easier and inexpensive route to
 production of sintered Sialon, by using clay and carbon (which can be coal)
 as the raw materials. Ball clays, kaolins and halloysite have been used with
 equal success. Sialon made from clay can withstand 1800 DEGREE C for short
 periods of time in an oxidizing temperature without melting.
-Desc-
 *REFRACTORY MATERIALS; CLAY PRODUCTS; SILICON COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 SIALON
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 804 (Chemical Products) 81
 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 029:008 150
-A-
 0570129 E.I. Monthly No: EI761006504 E.I. Yearly No: EI76009704
-W-
 ABRASIVE MACHINING OF CERAMICS.
 Turker, Emin G.; Stanislao, Joseph
 Cleveland State Univ, Ohio
 Society of Manufacturing Engineers, Technical Papers n MR75-612 for Meet,
 Hartford, Conn, Sep 24-25 1975, 13 p
 -CODEN-
 SMEPBA
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The abrasive system under investigation was composed of various grades of
 polycrystalline alumina, single crystal alumina, and hot pressed silicon
 nitride machined with resin bonded diamond wheels. Effect of liquids on the
 abrasive machining of ceramics were also studied in detail. It is found that
 material removal efficiency and power consumption are closely related to
 workpiece history as well as wetting characteristics and mode of
 applications of liquids. Surface quality of finished product is discussed
 and related to machining parameter and to liquids.
-Desc-
 *CERAMIC MATERIALS--*Machining; GRINDING
-Ident-
 ABRASIVE MACHINING
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 604 (Metal Cutting & Machining)
 81 CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 60 (MECHANICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 1
-A-
 8428495 84-3-008373
-W-
 Sul nome fercola, strumento per la portatura dell'area alpina orientale
 L'esperienza trentina fra storia e attualita, Trento, 12-13 dicembre 1981
 Marcato, Carla
 185-199 IN, Atti del convegno su problemi di un territorio
 Trento: Soc. di Studi Trentini di Scienze Storiche; 1984.
-Lang-
 Italian
-DocType-
 book article
-Desc-
 SLN Friulian language; SJC-lexicology; SJC-etymology
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 2
-A-
 8420985 84-2-016320
-W-
 Taurus Publishers
 Coetzee, Ampie
 Index on Censorship,
-ISSN-
 0306-4220, London N5 1QP, England 1984 Oct.; 13 (5): 32 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LOC-1900-1999; LFE-Taurus Publishers;
 LFE-censorship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 3
-A-
 8418581 84-2-016494
-W-
 Censor's Report on A Ride on the Whirlwind
 Index on Censorship,
-ISSN-
 0306-4220, London N5 1QP, England 1983 June; 12 (3): 12 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LWK-English language; LOC- 1900-1999;
 AWK-Sepamla, Sydney Sipho; AWK-A Ride on the Whirlwind; nove;
 LFE-censorship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 4
-A-
 8418580 84-4-003049
-W-
 Thoughts of a Former Censor
 Leighton, J. M.
 Index on Censorship,
-ISSN-
 0306-4220, London N5 1QP, England 1983 June; 12 (3): 10-12 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SJC professional topics; SJC-censorship; LOC-South Africa
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 5
-A-
 8415591 84-2-016295
-W-
 Remove the Chains
 Tlali, Miriam
 Index on Censorship,
-ISSN-
 0306-4220, London N5 1QP, England 1984 Dec.; 13 (6): 22-26 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LFE-censorship; GRP-black African writers
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 6
-A-
 8414821 84-2-009472
-W-
 Pasolini: His Poems, His Body
 Ahern, John
 Parnassus: Poetry in Review,
-ISSN-
 0048-3028, New York, NY 1983 Fall-Winter & 1984 Spring-Summer; 11 (2):
 103-126 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article; review article
-Desc-
 SLT-Italian literature; LOC-1900-1999; AWK-Pasolini, Pier Paolo; SJC-poetry
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 7
-A-
 8410687 84-2-016493
-W-
 The Price of Being a Writer
 Ralph-Bowman, Mark
 Index on Censorship,
-ISSN-
 0306-4220, London N5 1QP, England 1982 Aug.; 11 (4): 15-16 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LWK-English language; LOC- 1900-1999;
 AWK-Sepamla, Sydney Sipho; LFE-censorship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 8
-A-
 8410686 84-2-016322
-W-
 Visible Jailers
 Hope, Christopher
 Index on Censorship,
-ISSN-
 0306-4220, London N5 1QP, England 1982 Aug.; 11 (4): 8-10 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LOC-1900-1999; LFE-censorshi; LOC-1979-1981
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 9
-A-
 8404906 84-2-016411
-W-
 Black Theatre in South Africa: Links with the United States of America?
 Callaghan, Cedric
 Black American Literature Forum,
-ISSN-
 0148-6179, Terre Haute, IN 1983 Summer; 17 (2): 82-83 1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LWK-English language; LOC- 1900-1999;
 AWK-Fugard, Athol; SJC-drama; GRP-black African writers; LF- censorship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 10
-A-
 8339579 83-2-015893
-W-
 Authors in Exile
 Le Roux, Jan v. d. V.
 Phaedrus: An International Jrnl of Children's Literature Research,
-ISSN-
 0098-3365, Madison, NJ 1981: 32-37 1983
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LWK-English language; LOC- 1900-1999;
 AWK-Harries, Ann; AWK-The Sound of the Gora; novel; LFE- censorship;
 literature; GRP-children; LTH-apartheid; AWK-Jones, Toecke; AWK-Go Well,
 Stay Well; AWK-Salveson, Joan; AWK-Close the Windows Tight
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 11
-A-
 8314995 83-2-015869
-W-
 Die beslissing oor Kennis van die aand
 Rooyen, J. C. W. van; Scholtz, H. van der Merwe, tr.
 Standpunte,
-ISSN-
 0038-9730, Aucklandpark, 2006, South Africa 1983 Apr.; 36 (2 (164)): 29-46
 1983
-Lang-
 Afrikaans
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Inc. text. 40-46
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LWK-Afrikaans language; LO- 1900-1999;
 AWK-Brink, Andre Philippus; AWK-Kennis van die aand; novel; LFE censorship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 12
-A-
 8226801 82-2-013761
-W-
 English and the Dynamics of South African Creative Writing
 Brutus, Dennis
 1-14 IN, Fiedler, Leslie A., ed. & pref., Baker, Houston A., Jr., ed. &
 introd., English Literature: Opening Up the Canon
 Baltimore: Johns Hopkins UP; 1981. xiii, 161 pp.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 book article
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LWK-English language; LOC- 1900-1999;
 LFE-censorship; restraint; GRP-writers
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 13
-A-
 8206475 82-1-004526
-W-
 An Address: (Topic: The Arts, the Establishment and the Public in Ireland)
 Wall, Mervyn
 Jrnl of Irish Literature,
-ISSN-
 0047-2514, Newark, DE 1982 Jan.-May; 11 (1-2): 63-79 1982
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SLT-Irish literature; LOC-1900-1999; LFE-arts; LFE- censorship; LOC-Ireland
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 14
-A-
 8204940 82-2-013760
-W-
 South African English Literature, 1945 to 1975: A Vision of the Customary
 Adey, Albert David
 Dissertation Abstracts International,
-ISSN-
 Pt. A, 0419-4209; Pt. B, 0419-4217; Pt. C, 0307-6075, Ann Arbor, MI 1982
 Mar.; 42 (9): 3996A-3997A
 1982
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article; dissertation abstract
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LOC-1945-1975; LWK-English language;
 LOC-1900-1999; LFE-censorship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 15
-A-
 8200863 82-2-013785
-W-
 (Afrikaans poetry)
 Olivier, Fanie
 Standpunte,
-ISSN-
 0038-9730, Aucklandpark, 2006, South Africa 1980 Dec.; 33 (150 (6)): 25-28
 1982
-Lang-
 Afrikaans
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LWK-Afrikaans language; LO- 1900-1999;
 GEN-poetry; LFE-Calvinism; LFE-censorship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 16
-A-
 8200840 82-2-013787
-W-
 Die stem van die poesie
 Randt, W. S. H. du
 Standpunte,
-ISSN-
 0038-9730, Aucklandpark, 2006, South Africa 1981 June; 34 (153 (3)): 74-79
 1982
-Lang-
 Afrikaans
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LWK-Afrikaans language; LO- 1900-1999;
 GEN-poetry; LFE-political expression
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 17
-A-
 8128848 81-3-000857
-W-
 Personal Reflections of Growing Up Bilingual
 Haugen, Einar
 249-262 IN, Ornstein-Galicia, Jacob, ed., St. Clair, Robert, ed.,
 Bilingualism and Bilingual Education: New Readings and Insights
 San Antonio: Trinity Univ.; 1980. xi, 352. pp.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 book article
-Desc-
 SJC language; SJC-language interaction; SJC-interference; LOC-United States;
 LFE-Norwegian language; LFE-English language (Modern)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 18
-A-
 8124197 81-2-014418
-W-
 The South African Censor: No Change
 Gordimer, Nadine
 Index on Censorship 1981 Feb.; 10 (1): 4-9 1981
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LOC-1900-1999; LPR-censorship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 19
-A-
 8121677 81-2-014412
-W-
 Censorship Conference
 Staffrider 1980 June; 3 (2): 47 1981
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LWK-English language; LOC- 1900-1999;
 LTH-censorship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 20
-A-
 8118934 81-2-014439
-W-
 Marimuthu Subramoney: 'I Don't Think I'll Last Much Longer'
 Index on Censorship 1981 June; 10 (3): 35-38 1981
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article; interview; AWK Subramoney, Marimuthu
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LOC-1900-1999; GEN-periodical
 LPR-censorship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 21
-A-
 8118933 81-2-014441
-W-
 South Africa: Black Editors Out
 Woods, Donald
 Index on Censorship 1981 June; 10 (3): 32-34 1981
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LWK-Afrikaans language; LO- 1900-1999;
 GEN-periodicals; LPR-censorship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 22
-A-
 8114117 81-2-014426
-W-
 South African Censorship and the Case of Burger's Daughter
 Roberts, Sheila
 World Literature Written in English,
-ISSN-
 0093-1705, Guelph, Ontario N16 2W1, Canada 1981 Spring; 20 (1): 41-48 1981
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LWK-English language; LOC- 1900-1999;
 LPR-censorship; publication; AWK-Gordimer, Nadine; AWK-Burger's Daughter
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 23
-A-
 8111124 81-2-014421
-W-
 Looking Through the Keyhole: Dissenting Essays on the Black Experience
 Manganyi, N. Chabani
 Johannesburg: Ravan; 1981. 176 pp.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 book
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LWK-English language; LOC- 1900-1999;
 LPR-censorship; interview; AWK-Mphahlele, Ezekiel
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 24
-A-
 8110998 81-1-006540
-W-
 There Ought to Be Clowns: American Humor and Literary Naturalism
 Hill, Hamlin
 Prospects: An Annual Jrnl of American Cultural Studies,
-ISSN-
 0361-2333, New York, NY 1980; 5: 413-422 1981
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SLT-American literature; LOC-1800-1899; AWK-Field, Eugen; SJC-prose;
 AWK-Graham, Harry; AWK-Ruthless Rhymes for Heartless Homes; LIF-humor;
 LIF-black humor
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 25
-A-
 8101083 81-2-014420
-W-
 Ideas under Arrest: Censorship in South Africa
 Kunene, Daniel P.
 Research in African Literatures,
-ISSN-
 0034-5210, Austin, TX 1981 Winter; 12 (4): 421-439 1981
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 SLT-South African literature; LWK-English language; LOC- 1900-1999;
 LPR-censorship
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 26
-A-
 8044231 80-1-003597
-W-
 Statement on Censorship
 Mutloatse, Mothobi
 Reality 12, i: 9 1980
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: On behalf of S. Afr. PEN Centre
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 27
-A-
 8044228 80-1-003582
-W-
 Control of the Black Mind Is the Main Aim of Censorship
 Driver, Dorothy
 S. Afr. Outlook 110: 10-13 1980
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 28
-A-
 8043967 80-1-003603
-W-
 The Statistics of Censorship
 Silver, Louise
 S. Afr. Law Jour. 96 (1979): 120-26
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 29
-A-
 8043849 80-1-003678
-W-
 Writing Plays for Freedom's Sake
 Mardei, Selaelo
 So. Afr. (New York) Mar. 1979: 24-26 1980
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Interview with Selaelo Maredi
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa-- Maredi; literature-- English--
 Commonwealth-- South Africa-- Maredi
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 30
-A-
 8039167 80-1-003574
-W-
 Conference Report: Censorship in South Africa
 Beekman, Jan
 Crit. Arts 1, ii: 42-46 1980
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 31
-A-
 8039166 80-1-003585
-W-
 New Forms of Strategy - No Change of Heart
 Gordimer, Nadine
 Crit. Arts 1, ii: 27-33 1980
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Censorship
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 32
-A-
 8039124 80-1-003594
-W-
 Censorship, Access to Information, and Public Debate
 Mathews, A. S.
 Theoria: A Jrnl of Studies in the Arts, Humanities and Social Sciences,
 Natal, South Africa 55: 21-31 1980
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- English-- Commonwealth-- South Africa; literature-- Africa--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0103020025; 0214040074
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 33
-A-
 8039083 80-1-003630
-W-
 Wietie Banned
 Wietie 2: 16 1980
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Corresp. with Censorship Board after banning of Wietie 1
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa-- periodicals; literature-- English--
 Commonwealth-- South Africa-- periodicals
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 34
-A-
 8039062 80-1-003586
-W-
 98 Kinds of Censorship in South Africa
 Gordimer, Nadine
 Hekima (Nairobi) 1: 115-19 1980
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 35
-A-
 8037764 80-1-003583
-W-
 Censorship and the Word
 Gordimer, Nadine
 Bloody Horse 1: 20-24 1980
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 36
-A-
 8036678 80-1-003599
-W-
 From Veld-Lovers to Freedom-Fighters
 Nkosi, Lewis
 (London) Times Literary Supplement, London WC1X 8EZ, England 21 Nov.: 1341
 1980
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Rev. art.
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 37
-A-
 8026377 80-1-003592
-W-
 A Discussion of Censorship in South Africa
 j'Mathonsi, Risimati
 Research in African Literatures, US
-ISSN-
 0034-5210, Austin, TX 11: 549-51
 1980
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 38
-A-
 8026352 80-1-003662
-W-
 What Happened to Burger's Daughter, or How South African Censorship Works
 Gordimer, Nadine; Dugard, John; Smith, Richard
 1980
 Emmarentia, S. Afr.: Taurus. 74 pp.
-DocType-
 book
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa-- Gordimer; literature-- English--
 Commonwealth-- South Africa-- Gordimer
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 39
-A-
 8011101 80-1-003587
-W-
 South African Writers Talking
 Gordimer, Nadine; Mphahlele, Es'kia; Brink, Andre
 English in Africa, 0425-0508, Grahamstown 6140, South Africa 6, ii (1979):
 1-23
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Round table on lit. & censorship in S. Afr.
-Desc-
 literature-- English-- Commonwealth-- South Africa; literature-- Africa--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0103020025; 0214040074
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 40
-A-
 7942268 79-1-003121
-W-
 Priests and Pressmen
 Nkosi, Lewis
 Index on Censorship 8, i: 72-74 1979
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Rev. art. on C.C. Chimutengwende's & Cosmas Desmond's books on
 censorship
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 41
-A-
 7941996 79-1-003111
-W-
 South Africa's Censorship Laws
 Ginwala, Frene
 Index on Censorship 4, ii (1975): 38-40
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 42
-A-
 7935345 79-2-003532
-W-
 Venice and Censorship: Attitudes to Literature and the Arts after the Co. of
 Trent
 Cairns, Christopher; Bosworth, Richard; Cresciani, Gianfranco
 7-25 in Richard Bosworth & Gianfranco Cresciani, eds. Altro Polo: A Volume
 of Italian Studies 1979
 Sydney: Frederick May Foundation for It. Studies, Univ. of Sydney. 182 pp.
-DocType-
 book article
-Desc-
 literature-- Italian
-Desc-
 0204010000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 43
-A-
 7931307 79-1-003217
-W-
 The Theme of Freedom in Two Early Southern African Novels: Feso and Mhudi
 Futcha, Innocent
 Ngam (Yaounde) 3-4 (1978): 202-29
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa-- Plaatje; literature-- English--
 Commonwealth-- South Africa-- Plaatje; literature-- Africa-- Zimbabwe--
 Mutswairo
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025; 0214040098
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 44
-A-
 7931005 79-1-003180
-W-
 A Critical Review of The Marabi Dance, with Special Attention to the
 Attitudes and Value Judgements Contained in the Narrative, and Assessing the
 Value of the Novel to the Historian
 Pinnock, D.
 Janus (Cape Town) 14-21 1979
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa-- Dikobe; literature-- English--
 Commonwealth-- South Africa-- Dikobe
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 45
-A-
 7926900 79-1-003105
-W-
 Pyramids of Shame: Censorship in South Africa
 Alvarez-Pereyre, Jacques
 Geneve-Afrique, SZ
-ISSN-
 0016-6774, 1202 Geneve, Switzerland 16, ii (1977-78): 7-23 1979
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 46
-A-
 7835557 78-1-002887
-W-
 'Prejudicial to the Safety of the State': Censorship and the Theatre in
 South Africa
 Akerman, Anthony
 Theatre Quarterly 28 (1977-78): 54-57 1978
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa-- drama; literature-- English--
 Commonwealth-- South Africa-- drama
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 47
-A-
 7833120 78-1-002862
-W-
 Samizdat, Lamizdat
 Brink, Andre
 Speak (Cape Town) 1, iii: 14-15 1978
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Censorship in S. Africa
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 48
-A-
 7833119 78-1-002880
-W-
 Black Is Banned
 Rive, Richard
 Speak (Cape Town) 1, iii: 12-13 1978
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Censorship in S. Africa
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 49
-A-
 7833118 78-1-002885
-W-
 Pro cui bono
 Versfeld, Martin
 Speak (Cape Town) 1, iii: 10-11 1978
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Censorship in S. Africa
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 50
-A-
 7833117 78-1-002883
-W-
 The Graveyard and the Massacres
 Sole, Kelwyn
 Speak (Cape Town) 1, iii: 7-9 1978
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Censorship in S. Africa
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 51
-A-
 7817969 78-1-000104
-W-
 The South African Novel in English: Essays in Criticism and Society
 Parker, Kenneth
 1978
 New York: Africana. 202 pp.
-DocType-
 festschrift
-Desc-
 literature-- collections, analyzed-- English-- Great Britain ; literature--
 English-- Commonwealth-- South Africa-- Prose Fiction
-Desc-
 0101000002; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 52
-A-
 7817959 78-2-000225
-W-
 The South African Novel in English: Essays in Criticism and Society
 Parker, Kenneth
 1978
 New York: Africana. 202 pp.
-DocType-
 festschrift
-Desc-
 literature-- collections, analyzed-- African; literature-- Africa-- South
 Africa-- Prose Fiction
-Desc-
 0201000006; 0214040074
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 53
-A-
 7733695 77-1-001063
-W-
 Censorship and the Performing Arts: A Review of Issues
 Kaplan, Barbara C.; Busha, Charles H.
 148-70 in Charles H. Busha, ed. An Intellectual Freedom Primer 1977
 Littleton, CO: Libraries Unlimited. 221 pp.
-DocType-
 book article
-Desc-
 literature-- themes-- genres-- drama
-Desc-
 0102040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 54
-A-
 7729159 77-2-014047
-W-
 Censorship Legislation: What It Is All About
 Donga 5: 6 1977
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 55
-A-
 7722202 77-2-014055
-W-
 Censorship by Skin Colour
 Laurence, John
 Index on Censorship 6, ii: 40-43 1977
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 56
-A-
 7714741 77-1-002117
-W-
 Notes
 Cope, Jack
 Contrast, Cape Town, South Africa 11, ii: 3, 94-96 1977
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Censorship; teaching of S. African lit. in S. African univs.; poetry
 competition
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040074; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 57
-A-
 7625280 76-2-013703
-W-
 Censorship: One or Two Points in Favour and Some Against
 Leighton, J. M.
 Index on Censorship 5, i: 41-45 1976
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: By former member of So. Afr. Pubs. Control Board
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 58
-A-
 7625232 76-2-013672
-W-
 A Writer's Freedom
 Gordimer, Nadine
 The New Classic, SA
-ISSN-
 0009-8302, Johannesburg, South Africa 2 (1975): 11-16
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Also pub. Index on Censorship 5, ii: 53-55
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 59
-A-
 7620183 76-2-013741
-W-
 Censorship in South Africa
 Proudfoot, Merrill
 New Letters: A Magazine of Fine Writing, Kansas City, MO 43, i: 27-35 1976
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa; literature-- English-- Commonwealth--
 South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 60
-A-
 7612104 76-2-013765
-W-
 Notes
 Swift, Mark
 Contrast, Cape Town, South Africa 10, iii: 3-4, 96 1976
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: On censorship
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 61
-A-
 7610644 76-2-013650
-W-
 Censorship in South Africa
 Sechaba: Official Organ of the African National Congress of South Africa,
 UK
-ISSN-
 0037-0509, London W1A 4NL, England 10, iv: 59-62 1976
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 62
-A-
 7528997 75-2-015153
-W-
 "Censorship in South Africa."
 S. Afr. Libs. 38 (1971): 216
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 63
-A-
 7528988 75-2-015144
-W-
 "Ban These Censors."
 Drum (Johannesburg) 22 July: 17-19 1975
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Censorship in Soweto of plays by Gibson Kente & Edmund Khanyile.
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 64
-A-
 7528471 75-2-014627
-W-
 "A Writer's Freedom."
 English in Africa,
-ISSN-
 0425-0508, Grahamstown 6140, South Africa 2, ii: 45-49 1975
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Esp. in S. Africa.
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa; literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000; 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 65
-A-
 7528163 75-2-014319
-W-
 Restrictions on Freedom of Publication in South Africa, 1948-1968: A
 Selective and Annotated Bibliography.
 Silver, Louise
 Johannesburg: Univ. Witwatersrand Dept. of Librarianship, Bibliog. &
 Typography, 1972. 54 pp.
-DocType-
 book
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- bibliography; literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214020000; 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 66
-A-
 7502603 75-1-002378
-W-
 "A Writer's Freedom."
 English in Africa,
-ISSN-
 0425-0508, Grahamstown 6140, South Africa 2, ii: 45-49 1975
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Esp. in S. Africa.
-Desc-
 literature-- English-- Commonwealth-- South Africa; literature-- English--
 Commonwealth-- South Africa-- Gordimer
-Desc-
 0103020025; 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 67
-A-
 7502597 75-1-002372
-W-
 "Censorship in South Africa."
 S. Afr. Libs. 38 (1971): 216
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- English-- Commonwealth-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 68
-A-
 7502593 75-1-002368
-W-
 "Ban These Censors."
 Drum (Johannesburg) 22 July: 17-19 1975
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Censorship in Soweto of plays by Gibson Kente & Edmund Khanyile.
-Desc-
 literature-- English-- Commonwealth-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 69
-A-
 7502591 75-1-002366
-W-
 Restrictions on Freedom of Publication in South Africa, 1948-1968: A
 Selective and Annotated Bibliography.
 Silver, Louise
 Johannesburg: Univ. Witwatersrand Dept. of Librarianship, Bibliog. &
 Typography, 1972. 54 pp.
-DocType-
 book
-Desc-
 literature-- English-- Commonwealth-- South Africa- - bibliography
-Desc-
 0103020025
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 70
-A-
 7431412 74-2-016058
-W-
 "Children's Books about South Africa: The Bushmen and the Bantu."
 Schmidt, Nancy J.
 Africana Jrnl: A Bibliographic and Review Quarterly,
-ISSN-
 0095-1080, New York, NY 4, iv (1973): 4-6
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 71
-A-
 7431411 74-2-016057
-W-
 "In Defence of Smiler Rosebud and the PCB."
 Saunders, Walter
 Festschrift article in AN 74-2-000140 12-16 1974
-DocType-
 festschrift article
 Note: Satirical attack on S. Afr. censorship.
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 72
-A-
 7431401 74-2-016047
-W-
 "South Africa."
 Povey, John
 Festschrift article in AN 74-2-000138 154-71 1974
-DocType-
 festschrift article
 Note: S. Afr. lit. in Eng.
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 73
-A-
 7431400 74-2-016046
-W-
 "Censorship and the University."
 Paton, Jonathan
 Festschrift article in AN 74-2-000140 7-9 1974
-DocType-
 festschrift article
 Note: In S. Africa.
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 74
-A-
 7431375 74-2-016021
-W-
 "Sizwe Bansi Is Dead, The Island."
 Kaufmann, Stanley
 New Republic 21 Dec: 16, 26 1974
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Rev. of N.Y. production of Fugard's plays.
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 75
-A-
 7431366 74-2-016012
-W-
 "The Last Colonial Poet?"
 Gordimer, Nadine
 Snarl (Johannesburg) 1, i: 1-2 1974
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Rev. art. on Rowland Smith's study of Roy Campbell.
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 76
-A-
 7431365 74-2-016011
-W-
 "Apartheid and Censorship."
 Gordimer, Nadine
 Festschrift article in AN 74-2-000140 2-6 1974
-DocType-
 festschrift article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 77
-A-
 7431364 74-2-016010
-W-
 "98 Kinds of Censorship."
 Gordimer, Nadine
 Amer. Pen 5, iv (1973): 16-21
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: In So. Africa.
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 78
-A-
 7431344 74-2-015990
-W-
 "The Revolutionary Vision in Alex La Guma's Novels."
 Asein, Samuel O.
 Black Images: A Critical Quarterly on Black Arts and Culture,
-ISSN-
 0315-7784, Toronto, Ontario M4Y 2L7, Canada 3, ii: 17-27 1974
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 79
-A-
 7431343 74-2-015989
-W-
 "Extracts from the Report of the Commission of Inquiry into the Publications
 and Entertainment Amendment Bill."
 Festschrift article in AN 74-2-000140 17-20 1974
-DocType-
 festschrift article
 Note: S. Afr. censorship bill.
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 80
-A-
 7402349 74-1-002353
-W-
 Poets to the People: South African Freedom Poems.
 Foreword Hugh MacDiarmid.
 Feinberg, Barry; MacDiarmid, Hugh
 1974
 London: Allen & Unwin. 83 pp.
-DocType-
 book
-Desc-
 literature-- English-- Commonwealth-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0103020000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 81
-A-
 7330377 73-2-015678
-W-
 "Some Thoughts on Censorship: A Librarian's Point of View."
 Musiker, R.
 Communications in Afr. (Grahamstown) 1, ii (1972): 17-19
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: U.S. and S. Afr.
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 82
-A-
 7330359 73-2-015660
-W-
 "The Problem of Censorship, by an Ex-Censor."
 Harvey, C.J.D.
 Bolt, Durban 4001, South Africa 1, ii (1970): 8-13
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: In S. Africa.
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 83
-A-
 7330354 73-2-015655
-W-
 "Apartheid and 'The Primary Homeland'."
 Gordimer, Nadine
 Index on Censorship (London) 1, iii/iv (1972): 25-29
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Censorship in S. Africa.
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 84
-A-
 7329348 73-2-014639
-W-
 "Media Research in South Africa."
 Streek, F.E.
 Communications in Afr. (Grahamstown) 1, i (1972): 11-18
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- General and Miscellaneous; literature- Africa-- South
 Africa
-Desc-
 0214010000; 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 85
-A-
 7228238 72-2-014578
-W-
 "An Infinite Compassion: A Critical Comparison of Olive Schreiner's
 Novels."
 Rive, Richard M.
 Contrast, Cape Town, South Africa 29: 25-43 1972
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 86
-A-
 7228208 72-2-014548
-W-
 "Censorship and the Primary Homeland."
 Gordimer, Nadine
 Reality (Pietermaritzburg) 1, iv (1970): 12-15
-DocType-
 jrnl article
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 87
-A-
 7227916 72-2-014249
-W-
 Voices in the Whirlwind and Other Essays.
 Mphahlele, Ezekiel
 1972
 New York: Hill and Wang; London: Macmillan. 215 pp.
-DocType-
 book
 Note: Essays on Black poetry, commitment and African writers, censorship in
 South Africa.
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- General and Miscellaneous; literature- Africa--
 English; literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000; 0214040000; 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 88
-A-
 7209149 72-1-009175
-W-
 Voices in the Whirlwind and Other Essays.
 Mphahlele, Ezekiel
 1972
 New York: Hill and Wang; London: Macmillan. 215 pp.
-DocType-
 book
 Note: Essays on Black poetry, commitment and African writers, censorship in
 South Africa.
-Desc-
 literature-- English-- United States-- 1901-1999- - Afro-American
-Desc-
 0104050000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 89
-A-
 7125911 71-2-013244
-W-
 "Verset nie meer so Lojaal nie."
 Klerk, W.A. de
 Contrast, Cape Town, South Africa 22 (1969): 82-87
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Censorship and So. Afr. writing.
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 0214040000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 90
-A-
 7125506 71-2-012818
-W-
 "Censorship^ Climate of Fear."
 Brink, Andre
 Contrast, Cape Town, South Africa 26: 17-22 1971
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Rptd. from Reality.
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- General and Miscellaneous; literature- Africa-- South
 Africa; literature-- Netherlandic-- Afrikaans-- General and Miscellaneous
-Desc-
 0214040000; 0214040000; 0210080000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 91
-A-
 6920407 69-2-011745
-W-
 Politics: A Dirtier Word than Sex!
 Gordimer, Nadine
 Solidarity,
-ISSN-
 0038-1160, Ermita, Manila, Philippines 1968; 3 (11): 69-71 1969
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Censorship in So. Afr.
-Desc-
 Literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 021404007400
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 92
-A-
 6901476 69-1-001511
-W-
 Book Selection and Censorship in the Sixties
 Moon, Eric
 New York: Bowker; 1969.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 book
 Note: Arts. prev. pub. in Library Jrnl during 1960's
-Desc-
 literature
-Desc-
 010000000000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 93
-A-
 6825060 68-021830
-W-
 How Not to Know the African
 Gordimer, Nadine
 Contrast: South African Literary Jrnl, Cape Town 8000, South Africa 1967;
 15: 44-49 1968
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: Censorship in South Africa
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 021404007400
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 94
-A-
 6825058 68-021828
-W-
 'Twak' Road
 Feuilleton
 Contrast: South African Literary Jrnl, Cape Town 8000, South Africa 1967;
 15: 90-94 1968
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 jrnl article
 Note: South African censorship & Tobacco Road
-Desc-
 literature-- Africa-- South Africa
-Desc-
 021404007400
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 030:071 95
-A-
 6805278 68-005722
-W-
 Paton's Cry, the Beloved Country: The Novel, The Critics, The Setting
 Baker, Sheridan, ed.
 New York: Scribner's; 1968.
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 book
-Desc-
 literature-- English-- Commonwealth-- South Africa-- Paton
-Desc-
 010302002500
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 1
-A-
 8505798 85/5798
-W-
 Recessionary practices in law libraries
 Fessenden, Ann T.
 Technical Services Quarterly 2 (3/4) Spring/Summer 85, 51-60. tables. 11
 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Libraries have suffered in recent years from the adverse effects on their
 budgets of recession and inflation. Law libraries may be particularly
 susceptible to such problems. To determine the impact and extent of budget
 problems in law libraries, the author conducted a survey of all accredited
 law school libraries in the USA. The survey shows that many law libraries
 have been forced to change their operations and scale down their collection
 development plans in response to budget cuts or inadequate increases
-Desc-
 Law libraries ; Cuts; Organisation and administration; Administration ;
 Management; Library administration; Library management Budgets; Finance
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Budgets; Cuts; Law libraries
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NttEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 2
-A-
 8505793 85/5793
-W-
 Expenditure of the college libraries in Kerala
 Bavakutty, M.
 Indian Library Association Bulletin 19 (4) Jan-Mar 84, 128-131. tables. 5
 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Provides details about library expenditure on reading materials. Discusses
 the relationship between the expenditure on reading materials and total
 ltbrary expenditure. Library finance is totally inadequate in providing
 effective library service to the academic community
-Desc-
 Kerala (India); India; College libraries; Organisation and administration ;
 Administration; Management; Library administration Library management;
 Finance
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Finance; College libraries; India;
 Kerala
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NpGicD541
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 3
-A-
 8504669 85/4669
-W-
 Automated serials management systems in law libraries
 Regenstreif, Herbert
 Serials Librarian 9 (2) Winter 84, 133-141. 26 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Periodicals constitute the largest numerical proportion of law library
 holdings-70 to 95. Expenditures for serials publications consume an ever
 increasing portion of the law library budget. Serials management is also
 extremely labour-intensive and thus expensive. At present, most law
 libraries manage serials manually. Automated serials management systems
 exist; others are in various stages of development. Analyses automated
 serials management with respect to acquisitions procedures, which have been
 among the most troublesome functions to automate. Since law libraries could
 benefit tremendously from automated serials management, suggests hiring
 in-house automation specialists or retaining outside consultants to automate
 serials management functions in law libraries
-Desc-
 Law libraries ; Technical processes and services ; Bibliographic records ;
 Periodicals; Control; Computerised periodicals control
 SECT. HEAD.: BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; Periodicals control; Computerised; Law
 libraries
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SapOqEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 4
-A-
 8504596 85/4596
-W-
 Reference use of state government information in law libraries
 Johnson, Nancy P.
 Government Publications Review 10 (2) Mar-Apr 83, 201-211. 53 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Contribution to a special section on US state government information
 sources. The sources of state government information available in law
 libraries are described. Acquisition of state legal materials is discussed.
 Specific selection tools are noted. The impact of microforms, computerised
 legal research, legislative information systems, and video on the reference
 use of state legal materials in analysed
-Desc-
 U.S.A. ; Law libraries ; State government; Services; Reader services;
 Information work; Social sciences; Government; Public administration;
 Central government
 SECT. HEAD.: BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONTROL; By subject interest; State government
 information; Law libraries; USA
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RmM (354)Er (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 5
-A-
 8503139 85/3139
-W-
 Selecting software for a micro-based library catalogue
 Pemberton, John E.
 Law Librarian 14 (3) Dec 83, 35-38. illus. 2 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 LIBRARIAN ; Buckingham University (UK). Denning Law Library; Denning Law
 Library. Buckingham University (UK)
 Describes why the librarian of Denning Law Library, University of
 Buckingham, chose the LIBRARIAN software and the creation of an in-house
 microcomputer-based on-line catalogue, rather than large-scale bibliographic
 schemes such as BLAISE/LOCAS, BLCMP and OCLC. Advantages of the LIBRARIAN
 software were that it could handle as many records as there was storage
 available, consultation speed was only 1-2 seconds and the company would
 tailor the software to a librarys needs. Gives a general description of the
 use of LIBRARIAN at the library, including the creation of catalogue records
 and the searching of the on-line catalogue
-Desc-
 Law libraries; University libraries; Programs (Computers Microcomputers;
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval ;
 Information retrieval; Cataloguing; Computerised cataloguing ; On-line
 cataloguing
 SECT. HEAD.: CATALOGUING; On-line; Microcomputers; Programs; University
 libraries; Law libraries; UK; Buckingham University; Denning Law Library;
 LIBRARIAN
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: TogsOuntb
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 6
-A-
 8502788 85/2788
-W-
 Law librarianship: a handbook
 Mueller, Heinz Peter; Kehoe, Patrick E. (eds)
 Littleton, Colorado, Fred B. Rothman for American Association of Law
 Libraries, 1983, 896p (2 vols.). tables. bibliog. (ISBN 0-8377-0116-3)
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Ellenberger, J.S.; Mersky, R.M.; Glass, V.E.; Richmond, M.L.; Boner, M.O. ;
 Marke, J.J.; Wenger, L.B.; Werner, O.J.; Sanders, M.K.; Wiley Van Hassel,
 A.; Van Hassel, A.Wiley; Hassel, A. Wiley Van; Long, R.M.; Martin, H.S. ;
 Buckwalter, R.L.; Piper, P.L.; Hing Ling Kwan, C.; Ling Kwan, C.Hing ; Kwan,
 C.Hing Ling ; Stone, D.J. ; Schroeder, E.M.; Peterson, R.T. ; Pennington,
 C.A.; Cohen, M.L.; Taylor, B.W.; Larson, S.E. ; Rothman, F.B.; Murphy, W.D.;
 Kenyon, C.W.; Daintree, D.; Scott, M.F.
 Contains the following papers: History and development of the modern law
 library in the United States, by J.S. Ellenberger; Administration of
 academic law libraries, by Roy M. Mersky; Administration of private law
 libraries, by Velvet E. Glass and Michael L. Richmond; Administration of
 state and court law libraries, by Marion O. Boner; Library planning, by
 Julius J. Marke; Communications and public relations, by Larry B. Wenger and
 O. James Werner; Reference, by Mary K. Sanders; Circulation by Ann Wiley Van
 Hassel; Acquisitions, by Rosalee M. Long, Harry S. Martin and Robert L.
 Buckwalter; Cataloging and classification by Patricia L. Piper and Cecilia
 Hing Ling Kwan; Government documents, by Dennis J. Stone; Microforms and
 audiovisuals, by Edwin M. Schroeder and Randall T. Peterson; General
 preservation of law library materials by Heinz Peter Mueller and Catherine
 Ann Pennington; Administration of rare materials by Morris L. Cohen;
 Automation in law libraries, by Betty W. Taylor and Signe E. Larson;
 Relations with the trade, by Fred B. Rothman; Professional organisations, by
 William D. Murphy; the Law Library of the Library of Congress, by Carleton
 W. Kenyon; Law libraries in the United Kingdon, by Don Daintree; and Law
 libraries in Canada, by Marianne F. Scott
-Desc-
 Libraries by subject interest ; Special libraries by subject interest;
 Social sciences; Law libraries
 SECT. HEAD.: LIBRARIES BY SUBJECT INTEREST; Law libraries
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Er (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 7
-A-
 8502737 85/2737
-W-
 ALA in Dallas: moments of self-doubt in times of great purpose
 Wilson Library Bulletin 59 (1) Sept 84, 31-39. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 American Library Association. Annual conference (1984)
 Reports on the 103rd conference of the American Library Association (ALA)
 held in Dallas during 1984. The theme of the conference was Paths to power.
 Discusses the following issues which arose at the conference: the
 relationship of libraries and democratic liberties; ALA budgets; library
 automation; federal funding for libraries; the Merwine court case;
 censorship; ALA awards; Online Computer Library Centers (OCLC) future;
 freedom of information; ALA Executive Board business; libraries and
 education; school libraries; the circulation of motion pictures and videos;
 outreach activities; and library qualifications
-Desc-
 Librarianship; U.S.A.; Conferences
 SECT. HEAD.: LIBRARIANSHIP; USA; Conferences; American Library Association;
 Annual conference (1984)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: AD73Ag
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 8
-A-
 8502395 85/2395
-W-
 Libraries in Quebec: a 150 million industry
 Les bibliotheques au Quebec: une industrie de 150 million
 Martin, Claude
 Documentation et Bibliotheques 30 (2) Apr-June 84, 57-59. tables. 12 refs
-Lang-
 French
 Presents a comparative analysis of estimated expenditure for 1983-84, based
 on data obtained from Statistique Canada and the Quebec Ministry of
 Education. 5 categories of library are included-public, university, college,
 secondary school and elementary school; university libraries account for
 over 13 of all library expenditure. Expenditure is broken down into 3
 categories-salaries, equipment and books, and operational expenses; all
 libraries spend the largest proportion of total expenditure on salaries
 (from approximately 55 to 85)
-Desc-
 Quebec Province ; Expenditure ; Canada ; Finance ; Organisation and
 administration ; Administration; Management; Library administration; Library
 management; Costs
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Expenditure; Canada; Quebec
 Province
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NsD714
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 9
-A-
 8502262 85/2262
-W-
 National survey of law libraries in Australia
 Wilson, Beth
 Sydney, Australian Law Librarians Group, 1984, 479p. tables. (ISBN
 0-9591359-0-1)
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Describes the results of a national survey of law library collections in
 Australia under the following headings: law libraries; court libraries;
 government libraries; law society libraries; law firm libraries; police
 libraries; National Library of Australia; parliamentary libraries; state and
 public libraries; college and university law collections; and special
 libraries in industry. Includes information on budgets, staff, services,
 users and collections for each category. Gives recommendations for future
 planning and development of law collections
-Desc-
 Surveys ; Australia ; Libraries by subject interest; Special libraries by
 subject interest; Social sciences; Law libraries
 SECT. HEAD.: LIBRARIES BY SUBJECT INTEREST; Law libraries; Australia;
 Surveys
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Er (34)D941
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 10
-A-
 8501343 85/1343
-W-
 Planning to automate: the administrative perspective
 Kauffman, S.Blair
 Canadian Association of Law Libraries Newsletter/Bulletin 9 (3) May/July 84,
 81-84. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Outlines a paper presented at the pre-conference workshop on microcomputers
 in libraries hosted by the Canadian Association of Law Libraries in London,
 Ontario, on 14 May 84. Gives detailed information on the administrative
 aspects of planning library automation
-Desc-
 Organisation and administration ; Administration and organisation; Data
 processing; Computers; Planning
 SECT. HEAD.: COMPUTERS; Planning
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: OqNbm
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 11
-A-
 8501336 85/1336
-W-
 Nova Scotia scene looked at
 Bone, Janet
 Canadian Library Journal
 40 (4) Aug 83, 209-212
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Current funding problems being experienced by libraries of all types in Nova
 Scotia are discussed. Cutbacks in both provincial and municipal funding are
 causing staff layoffs and loss of purchasing power. Small public libraries
 in outlying areas are being particularly affected. Rural school libraries
 and federal research libraries are faring better and expansion is still
 occurring. New graduates of Dalhousie University's School of Library Service
 are still able to find employment. Freelance librarians are coping by
 extending service beyond traditional areas
-Desc-
 Nova Scotia; Cuts ; Canada ; Organisation and administration ;
 Administration and organisation; Management; Library administration;
 Administration; Library management; Budgets; Finance
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Budgets; Cuts; Nova Scotia
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Nttd716
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 12
-A-
 8500937 85/937
-W-
 Methods of research into coverage and overlap in printed and computer data
 bases
 Methoden van onderzoek naar dekking en overlapping van
 documentatiebestanden
 Lamers, H.A.J.M.
 Open
 15 (10) Oct 83, 409-415. 11 refs
-Lang-
 Dutch
 As a result of budget cuts librarians may be confronted with the problem of
 cancelling journal subscriptions. In 1937 S.C. Bradford formulated his 'law
 of scatter' showing that 80 of all information is contained in a few core
 journals. Recent studies in the field have been more concerned with
 percentage of coverage than with a description of research methods used. By
 studying the frequency of citations of a periodical in an indexing or
 computerised data base the core journals of a particular field may be
 identified. However such a system may be unreliable because of the lack of
 references to non-Eng. language material and to grey literature, such as
 reports and conference proceedings
-Desc-
 Citation analysis; Bibliometrics; Periodicals; Technical processes and
 services; Stock revision; Withdrawals; Revision; Discard Policies
 SECT. HEAD.: STOCK REVISION; Withdrawals; Policies; Periodicals;
 Determination; Use of Citation analysis
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ScwNbcLm
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 13
-A-
 8500750 85/750
-W-
 An example of private support for libraries: the association of Friends of
 Dortmund City and Regional Library was founded 70 years ago
 Ein Beispiel privater Bibliotheksforderung: die Vereinigung von Freunden der
 Stadt- und Landesbibliothek Dortmund wurde vor 70 Jahren gegrundet
 Klotzbucher, Alois
 Buch und Bibliothek
 36 (4) Apr 84, 286-290
-Lang-
 German
 Dortmund (West Germany). Public libraries; Vereinigung von Freunden der
 Stadt- und Landesbibliothek Dortmund (West Germany); Friends of Dortmund
 City and Regional Library (West Germany)
 Discusses the growth of the Association called The Friends of Dortmund City
 and Regional Library (FDCRL) since 1913, including its appeals for funds
 after World War I. By 1929 FDCRL had DM 6, 800 for purchasing stock. This
 supplemented official resources of DM 40, 000. Problems during emergency
 war-time constraints are examined. Only the private support helped the
 manuscripts collection to grow to be so important and comprise some 100, 000
 single items. The FDCRL finances were always a reserve for Dortmund
 libraries. Also discussed is the recruitment of new FDCRL members after
 World War II, its future and further bequests
-Desc-
 User groups; Fundraising; Dortmund (West Germany); West Germany; Municipal
 libraries ; Organisation and administration ; Administration and
 organisation ; Management; Library administration; Administration; Library
 management; Finance
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Fundraising; User groups; Friends of
 the library; Municipal libraries; West Germany; Dortmund
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Npn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 14
-A-
 8500644 85/644
-W-
 Canadian Association of Law Libraries statistical survey: Canadian law
 school libraries 1982/83
 Canadian Association of Law Libraries Newsletter/Bulletin 9 (3) May/July 84,
 64-80. tables
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Canadian Association of Law Libraries. Committee on Statistics
 Gives statistics for Canadian law libraries in the period 1982-83 on:
 collection size; staff, services and facilities; computer services;
 expeditures in the fiscal year 1982-83; and budgets in the fiscal year
 1982-83
-Desc-
 Statistics ; Canada ; Academic libraries; Vocational school libraries; Law
 school libraries
 SECT. HEAD.: COLLEGE OF FURTHER EDUCATION L; Law school libraries; Canada;
 Statistics
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: GjEr (34)D71
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 15
-A-
 8500266 85/266
-W-
 Network analysis for the computer-based generation of library accession
 lists
 Haloterv koenyvtari jegyzekek szamitogepes feldolgozasara
 Hunyadine Naszados, Edit
 Tudomanyos es Mueszaki Tajekoztatas
 29 (10) Oct 82, 397-405. illus. tables. 7 refs
-Lang-
 Hungarian
 Naszades, E.Hunyadine; Kozponti Statisztika Hivatal (Hungary); Central
 Statistical Office (Hungary). Library
 Presents a network analysis method developed for the optimal generation and
 control of computerised accession lists of serials and official statistical
 documents published by the Koezponti Statisztikai Hivatal (KSH) (The library
 and Documentation Service of the Central Statistical Office of Hungary). The
 project began in 1977 using the IBM TEXT-PAC programme. The data base holds
 84, 000 entries at present, covering a wide range of material, mostly
 serials, but also 5, 000 entries concerning books. The system uses an IBM
 370 computer
-Desc-
 Hungary; Statistical data ; Government department libraries ; Services;
 Reader services; Use promotion; Accessions lists Computerised accessions
 lists
 SECT. HEAD.: PROMOTION OF USE OF LIBRARIES; Accessions lists; Computerised;
 Government department libraries; Statistics libraries; Hungary; Koezponti
 Statisztikai Hivatal (Library and Documentation Service of the Central
 Statistical Office)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RfOq
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 16
-A-
 8406676 84/6676
-W-
 An evaluation of the 'usefulness effect' of abstracting journals
 Otsenka 'Effekta Poleznosti' referativnykh zhurnalov
 Simonova, E.G.
 Nauchnye i Tekhnicheskie Biblioteki SSSR (4) 1983, 7-12. tables. 12 refs.
 bibliog
-Lang-
 Russian
 Proposes a procedure for determining the usefulness effect of mono-profile
 abstracting journals, based on their citation frequency in the literature.
 The usefulness effect is equal to the difference between 2 values: the
 coefficients of completeness and use, taken together, and the coefficient of
 abstract absence. The coefficient of completeness is the portion of cited
 literature in the abstracting journals, the coefficient of use the number of
 references to a publication and the coefficient of abstract absence the
 portion of cited publications whose contents are not covered in abstracting
 journals. The procedure was applied to 5 mathematics abstracting journals
 1974-79 and involved a study of a range of published articles on the theory
 of probability and statistics. Of the 5 journals examined the Soviet journal
 Matematika had the greatest usefulness effect and Statistical Theory and
 Methods Abstracts the least
-Desc-
 Citation analysis; Evaluation; Services; Reader service Information services
 (Published and distributed services); Abstracting services
 SECT. HEAD.: ABSTRACTING AND INDEXING SERVI; Evaluation; Use of Citation
 analysis
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RrBgh
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 17
-A-
 8405840 84/5840
-W-
 The impact of microcomputers on the Law Society of Saskatchewan Libraries
 Bates, Peta
 Canadian Association of Law Libraries Newsletter/Bulletin 9 (1) Jan/Feb 84,
 21-23
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Law Society of Saskatchewan. Libraries
 The Law Society of Saskatchewan Libraries in Saskatoon and Regina have used
 Radio Shack microcomputers since 1982 for routine library functions such as:
 production of in-house indexes; case law; and literature data bases. Current
 uses for the microcomputers include: an on-line Kardex; Federal Bills Index;
 QL Computer Search Index; union catalogue; This Week's Law; Legal Periodical
 Index. Other uses include word processing and on-line searching
-Desc-
 Law libraries; Learned, society and institute libraries; Microcomputers ;
 Organisation and administration ; Administration and organisation; Data
 processing; Computers
 SECT. HEAD.: COMPUTERS; Microcomputers; Learned, society and institute
 libraries; Law libraries; Saskatchewan; Law Society of Saskatchewan
 Libraries
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: OunHfEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 18
-A-
 8405825 84/5825
-W-
 Tracking library expenditures: creating a value-added budgeting system
 Willett, Linda A.
 Productivity in the information age: proceedings of the 46th ASIS Annual
 Meeting 1983, volume 20, Washington, D.C. October 2-6, 1983
 295-296. 1 ref
-Lang-
 Eng.
 American Cyanamid (USA). Consumer Products Research Division. Library
 Developing a library for American Cyanamid's Consumer Products Research
 Division provided an opportunity to instigate a computerised system to keep
 track of expenditure to assist in allocating budgets for following years. A
 decision support system was created to assist the librarian in collection
 development and services decisions
-Desc-
 Commercial firm libraries; Computers; Cost accounting; Organisation and
 administration ; Administration and organisation ; Management ; Library
 administration; Administration; Library management Costing
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Cost accounting; Use of Computers;
 Commercial firm libraries; USA; American Cyanamid; Consumer Products
 Research Division
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NrA
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 19
-A-
 8405272 84/5272
-W-
 Public library budgets 1975-81
 Zur Haushaltslage der oeffentlichen Bibliotheken 1975-1981
 Breitkreuz, Richard
 DFW Dokumentation Information 31 (1/3) 1983, 13-17. tables
-Lang-
 German
 Public libraries are beset by financial crises threatening the imminent
 destruction of the balance between financial provision and library services.
 Household budgets must be carefully planned for economy. Statistical
 information is provided which could act as a navigational aid for the course
 correction of library expenditure, including public library expenditure in
 towns with more than 20, 000 inhabitants, the connection between the number
 of inhabitants and expenditure per inhabitant, the development of cultural
 expenditure, the connection between general cultural and library
 expenditure, income and expenditure of administrative budgets per
 inhabitant
-Desc-
 Statistics; West Germany; Public libraries; Organisation and administration;
 Administration and organisation; Management; Library administration;
 Administration; Library management; Costs; Expenditure
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Expenditure; Public libraries; West
 Germany; Statistics
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NsFvD433
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 20
-A-
 8405269 84/5269
-W-
 The Sunbelt's public libraries
 Carpenter, Ray L.
 Public Library Quarterly 4 (4) Winter 83, 27-36. tables. 7 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 During the 1970s, the population of the Sunbelt states grew more than that
 of the nation as a whole. However, the question is whether this region's
 growth in public library expenditures and circulation kept race with the
 rate of inflation for the period. Based on analysis of survey data compiled
 by the Memphis, Tennessee, Public Library, marked improvements in budgets
 and circulation are noted, while losses in the purchasing power of salaries
 were experienced and imbalances in gender distribution among directors
 continued
-Desc-
 Southern states ; Organisation and administration ; Administration and
 organisation ; Management; Library administration; Administration; Library
 management; Finance; Public libraries; U.S.A.
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Finance; Public libraries; USA;
 Southern states
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NpFvD73
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 21
-A-
 8405262 84/5262
-W-
 Grandeur and servitude of the public librarian
 Grandeur et servitude du metier de bibliothecaire municipal
 Mediatheques Publiques
 (65-66) Jan-June 83, 93-94. illus
-Lang-
 French
 Commentary on the text of a letter from the mayor of a french town to his
 assistant, detailing his responsibilities as supervisor of libraries, with
 total control over all library expenditure, administrative operations, and
 personnel activities. The letter illustrates the injustice of a system which
 places professionals under the control of elected representatives without
 envisaging any collaboration. The proposed transfer of the public librarian
 profession to central government control should improve the situation
-Desc-
 France ; Organisation and administration; Administration and organisation ;
 Management; Library administration; Administration; Library management;
 Public libraries
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Public libraries; France
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NjFvD44
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 22
-A-
 8404665 84/4665
-W-
 How do we get reliable talking book equipment?
 Pike, Crawford
 Dikta 8 (3) Fall 83, 115-116
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Gies an account of the changes in industry relating to the talking book
 machine. Suggests that when the law under which the talking book programme
 was administered was amended to include the physically handicapped, there
 was a substantial growth in the programme in which the user was given 2
 pieces of equipment which the budget did not immediately cover. Outlines the
 present dilemma of whether the user should be given a combination machine or
 a separate cassette and record player in the hope that one will always be
 working. Maintains that good quality machines should annually replace old
 ones and provide for new users. Suggests that the initial cost will be high
 but that reliable equipment is worth the cost
-Desc-
 Blind ; Physically handicapped ; Partially sighted; Talking books ; Library
 materials ; Stock ; Audio-visual materials; Magnetic tape; Sound records
 SECT. HEAD.: AUDIO-VISUAL MATERIALS; Magnetic tape sound records; Talking
 books; Users; Physically handicapped, Blind and Partially sighted
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Mxhxh/i
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 23
-A-
 8404592 84/4592
-W-
 The working party on libraries in medium-sized and small towns in the
 Rhineland
 Arbeitsgemeinschaft Mittelstadt- und Kreisbibliotheken Rheinland
 Neumann-Wiegand, Brigitte
 Bibliotheksdienst 18 (2) 1984, 155-158. 1 ref
-Lang-
 German
 Wiegand, B.Neumann-; Arbeitsgemeinschaft Mittelstadt- und Kreisbibliotheken
 Rheinland (West Germany)
 In 1983 the working party held 3 meetings where the main discussion topics
 were budget consolidation, literature on law, library development
 associations, priorities in media selection, new media in libraries,
 rationalisation and cooperation with other cultural institutions
-Desc-
 Rhineland Palatinate (West Germany); Conferences; Public libraries;
 Municipal libraries; West Germany
 SECT. HEAD.: MUNICIPAL LIBRARIES; West Germany; Rhineland; Palatinate;
 Conferences; Arbeitsgemeinschaft Mittelstadt und Kreisbibliotheken
 Rheinland
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: FxD433Ag
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 24
-A-
 8404311 84/4311
-W-
 oh, if id only known: ten things you can do today to prepare for library
 automation tomorrow
 matthews, joseph r.; frye williams, joan
 american libraries 14 (6) june 83, 408-412. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 williams, j.frye presents 10 tips, based on experience and observation in a
 number of libraries as they have automated 1 or more functions, to help
 library managers reduce the overall costs of automation and avoid major
 blunders which could also limit the librarys future choices. advice
 includes: concentrate on the librarys service needs, not type of hardware;
 plan ahead, thinking of other library functions which might be automated in
 the future, their relationship with each other, and whether particular
 hardware will be suitable; acquaint yourself thoroughly with computers in
 general and automated library systems in particular; adjust your budget for
 automation costs; weed out all items of marginal value from the librarys
 collection to make retrospective conversion easier; plan retrospective
 conversion properly; dont discard parts of a marc record; record
 copy-specific data to enable the printing of labels for conversion of labels
 on books; make contacts with people in your organisation who can help; and
 dont let the process get you down
-Desc-
 technical processes and services; computerised technical processes and
 services
 SECT. HEAD.: LIBRARIANSHIP; computerised
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: saoq
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 25
-A-
 8403506 84/3506
-W-
 Economy measures in Hanover public libraries
 Sparmassnahmen bei den Stadtbuechereien Hannover
 Beaujean, Marion
 Buch und Bibliothek 35 (9) Sept 83, 665-667
-Lang-
 German
 Hanover (West Germany). Public libraries
 Since 1982 13 Hanover libraries have had their opening hours reduced, 10
 library posts have been cut and the purchasing budget has been lowered. As a
 result there has been a drop in loans and readership, especially among
 children between 5-12 years. In 1983 fees were introduced for all library
 users over 18. The use of branch libraries decreased further because of
 reduced opening hours but increased at the central library where no such
 reduction has been made. The economy measures have resulted in more work for
 staff and fewer services for readers
-Desc-
 Hanover (West Germany) ; Municipal libraries; Cuts; Organisation and
 administration ; Administration and organisation ; Management ; Library
 administration; Administration; Library management Budgets; Finance
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Budgets; Cuts; Municipal libraries;
 West Germany; Hanover
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NttfxD433
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 26
-A-
 8403503 84/3503
-W-
 Bielfeld: resourceful, steadfast, forward-looking
 Bielfeld: Erfinderisch, beharlich, zukunftsorientiert
 Glang-Sueberkrueb, Annegret
 Buch und Bibliothek 35 (9) Sept 83, 662-665. 8 refs
-Lang-
 German
 Sueberkrueb, A.Glang-; Bielfeld (West Germany). Public libraries
 Bielfeld public library has responsibilities for literature provision within
 the locality, the region and beyond. In 1982 users' fees were introduced to
 provide more money. Although old age pensioners and children still have free
 use of the library, the fees charged for other users have resulted in fewer
 loans. The purchasing budget has not been reduced as much as was feared;
 staffing budget reductions are still under discussion. The fees were given
 advance publicity and were generally accepted by the public. Service
 reductions here occurred mostly at branch libraries. A further look at
 library development over the whole state is required
-Desc-
 Bielfeld (West Germany); Organisation and administration Administration and
 organisation ; Management; Library administration; Administration ; Library
 management ; Finance ; Fees for services; Municipal libraries
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Fees for services; Municipal
 libraries; West Germany; Bielfeld
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NpkFxD433
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 27
-A-
 8402868 84/2868
-W-
 the library at konstanz university: the budget situation of a central
 literature provision service
 bibliothek der universitaT konstanz: etatsituation eines zentralen
 literaturversorgungsbetriebes
 kirchgaSsner, adalbert
 bibliotheksdienst 17 (10) 1983, 813-816
-Lang-
 german
 konstanz university (west germany). library
 konstanz university library consists solely of a central library which also
 has regional responsibilities for literature provision. the library has
 published a survey of budgeting and expenditure since 1978, showing price
 rises and reductions in purchasing. expenditure generally has fallen but
 periodical prices have risen particularly sharply
-Desc-
 university libraries ; organisation and administration; administration and
 organisation ; management; library administration; administration; library
 management; costs; expenditure
 SECT. HEAD.: LIBRARIANSHIP; expenditure; university libraries; west germany;
 konstanz university
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: nsgdd433
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 28
-A-
 8402721 84/2721
-W-
 it is a wonderful feeling to be able to draw on a large research library
 det er en vidunderlig foelelse at kunne traekke paa et stort
 forskningsbibliotek
 soerensen, boerge; nyeng, per
 bibliotek 70 (10) 1983, 240-243. illus
-Lang-
 danish
 lindqvist, s.
 an interview with sven lindqvist. in the current economic situation all
 efforts should be spent on defending library book budgets, opening hours and
 the no charge principle now under attack. would neverthless like to see his
 earlier idea carried through of public libraries as the peoples research
 centres, giving information to local pressure groups and individuals with
 which they can research and develop alternative proposals to those of the
 authorities. libraries well established neutrality is important for this
 purpose. but the absence of a swedish library law means that libraries are
 of uneven quality and none has yet started services for the unemployed. the
 1974 cultural policy emphasised personal activities and freedom of
 expression. the latter is realised in some libraries through notice boards.
 it is too soon to say what the positive effects of the state literature
 support scheme are. comments on one of his books which urges workers to
 research the history of their work place, inspired by a visit to china and
 latin america
-Desc-
 sweden; public libraries
 SECT. HEAD.: LIBRARIANSHIP; sweden; Viewpoint ofsven lindqvist
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: fvd485aw
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 29
-A-
 8402599 84/2599
-W-
 statistical methodology in the social sciences: searching the literature on
 dialog
 hantman, carl s.
 database 6 (1) feb 83, 46-53. tables
-Lang-
 Eng.
 presents the results of a study undertaken by the library of the us bureau
 of the census to determine how it could most effectively meet the demands of
 bureau staff for literature on statistical research and methodology. the
 study was restricted to the dialog information retrieval service. describes
 the most effective way of searching the following 5 data bases which emerged
 as the best sources for this literature: ntis: eric: psycinfo: biosis
 previews and ssie current research
-Desc-
 statistical data ; technical processes and services; information storage and
 retrieval ; information retrieval ; subject indexing; on-line information
 retrieval ; computerised information retrieval ; searching ; searching;
 computerised information storage and retrieval ; data bases; information
 services; computerised information services ; magnetic tape; external
 magnetic tape information services; social sciences
 SECT. HEAD.: LIBRARIANSHIP; data bases; information services; social
 sciences; statistical data
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: zmrnm (3and)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 30
-A-
 8401804 84/1804
-W-
 Expenditure cuts in county library headquarters
 Bezuinigingsmaatreglen in provincial bibliotheekcentrales
 Bibliotheek en Samenleving 11 (4) Apr 83, 104-107. illus
-Lang-
 Dutch
 Bibliotheek en Samenleving's editorial board recently distributed a survey
 on expenditure cuts to the 11 county library headquarters in the
 Netherlands. Of the libraries surveyed 5 had not prepared their policy
 towards the cuts and 1 library failed to reply. The remaining libraries had
 all decided to hold their 1983 library budgets at 1982 levels and to
 increase revenue by raising libary membership charges and overdue fines. As
 a result of the check on library expenditure all libraries were compelled to
 reduce services. However, the introduction of borrowing charges as a means
 of raising revenue had been rejected by all libraries. The result of such
 cuts will mean poorer library services and a consequent reduction in library
 users
-Desc-
 Surveys ; Netherlands ; County libraries ; Cuts ; Organisation and
 administration ; Administration and organisation ; Management ; Library
 administration; Administration; Library management Budgets; Finance
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Budgets; Cuts; County libraries;
 Netherlands; Surveys
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NttfwD492
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 31
-A-
 8401802 84/1802
-W-
 University library expenditure statistics 1981-1982
 London, Standing Conference of National and University Libraries, 1983, 23p.
 tables
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Tables of data relating to the expenditure of university libraries in the UK
 and Eire are presented, based on information supplied by 75 university
 libraries
-Desc-
 Ireland (Republic) ; U.K. ; University libraries ; Expenditure; Organisation
 and administration ; Administration and organisation ; Management ; Library
 administration ; Administration; Library management; Costs
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Costs; University libraries; UK and
 Ireland (Republic)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NsGdD1+D37
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 32
-A-
 8306229 83/6229
-W-
 Financial planning for libraries
 Journal of Library Administration 3 (3/4) Fall/Winter 82, 1-131. illus.
 tables. refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Martin, M.S.; Webster, D.E.; Johnson, E.R.; Yavarkovsky, J.; Bommer, M. ;
 Chorba, R.; Jenkins, H.R.; Gherman, P.M.; Martin, N.P.; Lynden, F.C; Hayes,
 S.
 Special issue devoted to financial planning for libraries. Financial
 planning: introductory thoughts, by Murray S. Martin; Issues in the
 financial management of research libraries, by Duane E. Webster; Financial
 planning needs of publicly-supported academic libraries in the 1980s:
 politics as usual, by Edward R. Johnson; Planning and finance: a strategic
 level model of the university library, by Jerome Yavarkovsky; Academic
 library decision support systems, by Michael Bommer and Ronald Chorba;
 Returning to the unified theory of budgeting: an umbrella concept for public
 libraries, by Harold R. Jenkins; Salary planning, by Paul M. Gherman;
 Interlibrary loan and resource sharing: new approaches, by Neolene P.
 Martin; Financial planning for collection management, by Frederick C.
 Lynden; Budgeting for and controlling the cost of Other in library
 expenditure: the distant relative in the budgetary process, by Sherman
 Hayes
-Desc-
 Planning; Salaries; Interloans; Cooperation; Budgets; Organisation and
 administration ; Administration and organisation ; Management ; Library
 administration; Administration; Library management Finance; Government
 grants; Grants; Central government
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Finance; Planning
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Npebm
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 33
-A-
 8305559 83/5559
-W-
 A survey of advance state session law services and related material
 Goldblatt, Margaret A.
 Legal Reference Services Quarterly 2 (1) Spring 82, 13-24. tables
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Results of this survey illustrate that advance session laws are available
 for all but 8 states. While legal researchers and law librarians commonly
 have to request individual slip laws from the state or rely on commercially
 published legislative services, it was found that advance services may be
 obtained from the state legislature, often at considerably lower cost. As
 some states have some type of advance session law service and 16 of these
 compete with a commercially published service, it is suggested that
 librarians investigate all sources for both budgetary and collection
 enhancement purposes
-Desc-
 Advance session laws ; Services ; Reader services; Information work; Social
 sciences; Law
 SECT. HEAD.: BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONTROL; By subject interest; Law; Advance
 session laws; USA
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RmM (34
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 34
-A-
 8305461 83/5461
-W-
 Labour expenditure by librarians as a factor of the rationalisation of the
 equipment in book storage rooms in large libraries
 Trudozatraty bibliotechnykh rabotnikov kak faktor ratsionalizatsii
 oborudovaniya knigokhranilishch krupnykh bibliotek
 Amlinskii, L.Z.; Terno, V.V.
 Nauchnye i Tekhnicheskie Biblioteki SSSR (2) 1982, 8-13. illus. tables. 7
 refs
-Lang-
 Russian
 The methodology of the library budget is described and library expenditure
 from the point of retrieving the book from its shelves to the issue point is
 analysed. The relationships in expenditure between the way the books are
 stored and the extent to which they are used are revealed. The principle of
 filing library material by zones is presented
-Desc-
 Storage; Organisation and administration; Administration and organisation ;
 Management; Library administration; Administration; Library management;
 Budgets; Finance
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Budgets; Influence of Storage
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NttAzSg
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 35
-A-
 8305453 83/5453
-W-
 With no arithmetic but tiers
 Saunders, John
 Information and Library Manager 2 (1) June 82, 5-7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Considers the problem of continuing reduction in public library expenditure.
 Describes the downward spiral of less use and more reductions resulting from
 a reduced book fund. Puts forward alternative service provision
 concentrating on increasing the value and use of bookstock and reducing all
 overheads, chiefly staff. The convenience factor in opening hours and
 duplicated bookstock is disproportionately costly. At present medium sized
 libraries are most efficient. The convenience cost of small libraries
 increases in disproportion to their use. Suggests a tiered service with
 greater provision where it will receive greater use, with demand based
 objectives and need for research into the intensity of stock use
-Desc-
 Cuts; Organisation and administration; Administration and organisation ;
 Management ; Library administration ; Administration; Library management;
 Budgets; Finance
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Budgets; Cuts
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Nt
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 36
-A-
 8304343 83/4343
-W-
 The development of legal relationships in the administration of university
 libraries
 Die Entwicklung von Rechtsbeziehungen im Leitungsprozess der Universitaets-
 und Hochschulbibliotheken
 Bohmueller, Lothar
 Zentralblatt fuer Bibliothekswesen 96 (11) Nov 82, 491-498. 21 refs
-Lang-
 German
 The administration of university libraries must be improved to further
 scientific and technical research and production. The development of
 potential foreseen for the 1980s is setting new standards for library
 administration. The fact that managerial activities themselves are a
 decisive factor in productivity must not only be recognised but also act as
 an impetus towards positive action. Possibilities in this direction are
 offered by the development of legal relationships in the management
 collectives. Facilities for interlibrary cooperation in purchasing and
 exchange of material and in organising information services must be
 improved
-Desc-
 Organisation and administration ; Administration and organisation ;
 Management ; Library administration ; Administration; Library management;
 University libraries
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; University libraries
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NjGd
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 37
-A-
 8304051 83/4051
-W-
 Library automation: its impact on our daily working lives
 Darby, Janet
 Canadian Association of Law Libraries Newsletter/Bulletin 7 (3) May/Aug 82,
 106-108
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Discusses 6 areas of reference librarian's work which could be affected by
 the introduction of computerised information retrieval techniques to a law
 library: Administration; Time; Staff; Promotion; Delivery of information
 peripheral to legal information; Costs
-Desc-
 Law libraries ; Technical processes and services ; Information storage and
 retrieval ; Information retrieval ; Subject indexing; On-line information
 retrieval ; Computerised information retrieval ; Searching ; Searching;
 Computerised information storage and retrieval
 SECT. HEAD.: COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Law libraries
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 38
-A-
 8303715 83/3715
-W-
 Results of the White House Conference and public libraries-the 1982 survey
 Chodos, Laura B.
 Public Libraries 21 (4) Winter 82, 136-137
-Lang-
 Eng.
 75 of the states (42) and trust territories (2) replied to the July 82
 Survey of States and Territories. Reviews progress regarding: legislation
 authorising budget increases; legislation authorising funding for library
 automation or resource sharing; general legislation; public relations;
 statewide friends groups/Citizen Library Councils; extended services to
 non-traditional users; library services expanded/new statewide leadership;
 continuing library education; new publications; state-level changes in
 library responsibility; documents and archival activity; WHCLIST member
 activity; and state or association support
-Desc-
 Surveys; Public libraries; U.S.A.
 SECT. HEAD.: PUBLIC LIBRARIES; USA; Surveys
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: FvD73Ad
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 39
-A-
 8303534 83/3534
-W-
 Coping with AACR 2 at the Faculty of Law Library, University of Toronto
 Rashid, Humayun
 Canadian Association of Law Libraries Newsletter/Bulletin 6 (5) Aug/Oct 81,
 180-182. tables
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AACR; Toronto University (Ontario). Faculty of Law. Library
 The experience of Toronto University's Faculty of Law Library is
 implementing AACR 2, notwithstanding budgetary limitations and staff
 shortages, are detailed. Staff were able to cope with drastic changes and
 revisions while providing unhampered services to the library's clientele
-Desc-
 Law libraries; Canada; Technical processes and services Information storage
 and retrieval; Information retrieval; Cataloguing; Author cataloguing;
 Cataloguing; Rules; Codes; AACR
 SECT. HEAD.: AUTHOR CATALOGUING; Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules (2nd ed);
 University libraries; Law libraries; Ontario; Toronto Universit; Faculty of
 Law
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Uv (AACR)GdEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 40
-A-
 8303339 83/3339
-W-
 Formalism hampers the work
 Rabote meshaet formalizm
 Krymova, E.
 Bibliotekar' (Moscow) (2) 1982, 26-29
-Lang-
 Russian
 Excessive paperwork prevents librarians from attending to readers. Lending
 librarians must daily fill in 20 columns concerning readers and issues. The
 library fills in 5 diaries daily. What does all this achieve? Daily
 statistics on subjects issued are unnecessary. The readers' registration
 index, (perhaps containing 100, 000 cards), is very labour intensive.
 Selective statistical methods could be substituted. Service Department
 librarians compile statistics on: age groups; conversations with readers;
 issues from book displays; overdues, etc. Bibliographers record in detail
 answers to each enquiry. Librarians should study readers' opinions
 carefully. A readers' account of the library's performance would be the most
 objective. Readers do not need our paperwork, they need our time and
 attention
-Desc-
 U.S.S.R.; Public libraries; Statistics; Organisation and administration ;
 Administration and organisation; Evaluation; Library evaluation; Data
 collection
 SECT. HEAD.: EVALUATION AND DEVELOPMENT TEC; Data collection; Statistics;
 Public libraries; USSR
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NfFvD472
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 41
-A-
 8301757 83/1757
-W-
 An art library for 1 12 cigarettes pr. year pr. inhabitant
 Et kunstbibliotek for 1 12 cigaret pr. ar pr. indbygger
 Albrecht, Helge
 Bogens Verden 64 (6) June 82, 321-324. illus
-Lang-
 Danish
 Argues that if libraries are to live up to their purpose it must be demanded
 of a new Act that it takes account of new developments. Yet art libraries
 are not made obligatory in the new Bill. It is claimed that art is for an
 elite only, but loans of prints and posters show constant increases. Figures
 for Gladsaxe Library also show that expenditure on art is modest. The point
 is not which art form: literature, music or visual art, is more important,
 but whether we give everyone a share in cultural values and how we best
 disseminate them. If only 3 of local budgets are spent on culture, both
 music and art library services could be accommodated. On the other hand, few
 saving are made by cutting expenditure on culture. Does not insist that all
 libraries have art collections, but a flexible phrasing of an obligation to
 provide lending of pictures could lead to the coordination by central
 libraries of deposits in the smaller libraries
-Desc-
 Denmark (Fine arts libraries: Library law); Fine arts (Libraries: Library
 law); Organisation and administration (Librarianship) ; Administration and
 organisation (Librarianship); Law (Library law)
 SECT. HEAD.: ORGANISATION AND ADMINISTRATIO; Fine arts libraries; Denmark
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NcqEr (7)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 42
-A-
 8301755 83/1755
-W-
 What happened to the financial support for the research libraries? Comments
 by the Executive Committee of the Librarians' Union on the proposal for a
 new library act
 Hvor blev den okonomiske stotte til forskningsbibliotekerne af? Kommentar af
 Bibliotekarforbundets hovedbestyrelse til forslag til en ny bibliotekslov
 Bibliotek 70 (8) 1982, 240-241. illus
-Lang-
 Danish
 Bibliotekarforbundet (Denmark)
 The Danish Librarians' Union is pleased that a library act encompassing both
 public and research libraries is now in preparation, and that the proposal
 contains improved library services. Specific comments on the following
 points are made: the requirement that all libraries must have qualified
 librarians in charge should be enforced immediately. The no-charge principle
 should be explicitly extended to computer searches. The change to a block
 grant system of state finance for local authorities should not take effect
 without a transition period during which some authorities with well
 developed libraries can adjust to smaller incomes. A central library
 administration in the form of a joint directorate with functions of advising
 and coordination of planning and library development should be set up. A
 library council separate from the directorate and with direct reference to
 the Ministry should also be established. A library board of appeal to which
 individual disputes about acquisitions can be brought should be set up
-Desc-
 Organisation and administration (Librarianship); Administration and
 organisation (Librarianship) ; Law (Library law); Denmark (Library law)
 SECT. HEAD.: ORGANISATION AND ADMINISTRATIO; Denmark; Proposals; Viewpoint
 of Bibliotekarforbundet
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NcqD489
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 43
-A-
 8301641 83/1641
-W-
 The law faculty library
 Die Teilbibliothek fuer die Juristische Fakultaet
 Ziegler, Hans-Peter
 Bibliotheksforum Bayern 10 (2) 1982, 217-225. 29 refs
-Lang-
 German
 Wuerzburg University (West Germany). Law Library
 The law faculty of Wuerzburg university has been in existence for over 400
 years. The library was completely rebuilt after World War II. Purchasing is
 carried out cooperatively with the central library to satisfy the needs of
 18 lecturers in 9 institutes and 2, 400 students. The library is also used
 by readers from outside the university. Stocks total over 215, 000 items,
 including about 1, 000 periodicals and 1, 000 loose-leaf works. Since no
 staffing increases were permitted, monitor cameras were introduced; their
 use is not popular with some readers but has resulted in fewer losses. Since
 1980 a new catalogue has been produced, using the RAK rules for academic
 libraries. Regular training sessions are provided for new students
-Desc-
 West Germany (Law libraries: University libraries) ; Academic libraries ;
 University libraries ; Law libraries (University libraries)
 SECT. HEAD.: UNIVERSISTY LIBRARIES; Law libraries; West Germany; Wuerzburg
 University
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: GdEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 44
-A-
 8300355 83/355
-W-
 inventory of spanish and/or portuguese documentary languages
 gallo, m.a.
 international classification 8 (1) 1981, 28-29
-Lang-
 Eng.
 report on the elaboration of an inventory of thesauri and other indexing
 languages in the spanish and/or portuguese language organised by the centro
 argentino de informacioN cientiFica y technoloGica (caycyt) especially as it
 regards (1) methodology, (2) work structure, (3) results of the statistical
 analysis, (4) conclusions to be drawn from the analysis of answers, and (5)
 recommendations proposed in the form of 12 guidelines for futher work and
 research
-Desc-
 spanish language (index languages); portuguese language (index languages) ;
 index languages ; technical processes and services (library materials) ;
 stock (library stock: processes and services); library materials (processes
 and services) ; processes and services (technical: library materials);
 services and processes (technical: library materials) ; information storage
 and retrieval; information retrieval; subject indexing ; post coordinate
 subject indexing; subject indexing (coordinate); coordinate subject
 indexing; thesauri
 SECT. HEAD.: LIBRARIANSHIP; thesauri; spanish language materials
 Andportuguese language materials
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: zdm (60)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 45
-A-
 8204675 82/4675
-W-
 The struggle for full implementation of the public libraries law-1975 (in
 Hebrew)
 Marbach, Amikam
 Yad La-Kore 19 (1-2) Mar 80, 77-100. illus
-Lang-
 Hebrew
 When the law was passed, it was generally understood that the government
 would finance 75 of public library budgets. The situation over the past
 several years has been that an ever-growing percentage of the budget is
 covered by local authorities. This has not only brought about a
 deterioration of public library services, but may lead to a situation in
 which the Libraries Section of the Ministry of Education and Culture will be
 unable to enforce the high standards it has set, since it will not have the
 necessary funds to pass on to local authorities. Documents the actions and
 efforts of the committee on the full implementation of the Public Libraries
 Law since its formation in June 78. These include correspondence and
 meetings with senior government and parliamentary officials and a public
 effort to achieve implementation, the height of which was a national
 librarians' demonstration before the Ministry of Education and Culture in
 Jerusalem in Jan 80
-Desc-
 Israel (Public libraries: Library law); Public libraries (Library law)
 SECT. HEAD.: ORGANISATION AND ADMINISTRATIO; Public libraries; Israel
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NcqFvD56
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 46
-A-
 8204578 82/4578
-W-
 Danish School Library Association annual meeting 1981
 Danmarks Skolebiblioteksforenings arsmode
 Holst, Arne
 Born Boger 34 (7) Nov 81, 304-307. illus
-Lang-
 Danish
 Ostergaard, L.; Danish School Library Association.Annual meeting (1981)
 Report of a paper given at the 1981 annual meeting of Denmark's School
 Library Association by Lise Ostergaard. The controversy over the transfer of
 responsibility for Danish school libraries to the Ministry of Education from
 the Ministry of Culture is reviewed. It is the task of the local
 authorities, however, to ensure the operation and development of public and
 school libraries, so that they work together in promoting cultural,
 informational and educational activities. The change in the law governing
 school libraries is a step forward, strengthening cooperation between the
 various types of library controlled by central government and local
 authorities. Production of books for children and young people is important
 and has increased greatly in Denmark over the last 10-20 years, largely due
 to the expansion of children's libraries. 80 of all Danish children's books
 are purchased by public, school and institutional libraries. The future of
 such books depends on the willingness of local authorities, in spite of
 budgetary problems, to provide young people with a broad range of
 literature
-Desc-
 Conferences (On Denmark: School libraries)
 SECT. HEAD.: SCHOOL LIBRARIES; Denmark; Conferences; Danmarks
 Skolebiblioteksforenings (1981)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: HykGpD489Ag
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 47
-A-
 8204575 82/4575
-W-
 The Minister has been led astray
 Ministeren har ladet sig vildfore
 Nielsen, Christen
 Bogens Verden 63 (9) Nov 81, 616-617. illus
-Lang-
 Danish
 Danish Library Act
 The contribution by a member of the Danish Library Association's Executive
 Committee to a debate on school libraries held at the Danish School Library
 Association's Annual Meeting, Oct 81. Argues that the Ministry of Culture in
 its Library Bill has disregarded the Library Commission's proposals for
 school libraries. Although research libraries were not included in the 1964
 Library Act, a unified library system was brought about with the inclusion
 of school libraries. The ideal of unity is now being set aside. But if the
 school libraries are to be transferred to the schools, the minimum demand to
 ensure their existence must be by-laws governing their relationship to
 public libraries and a separate budget. These requirements were confirmed by
 the Minister of Culture. Yet the Library Bill makes no mention of them and
 reduces the separate budget to an accounting item in the local authority
 finances. The Bill is, therefore, totally unacceptable to the Danish Library
 Association
-Desc-
 Denmark (School libraries: Library law); Law (Library law School libraries
 (Library law)
 SECT. HEAD.: SCHOOL LIBRARIES; Influence of Library law; Danish Library Act
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: HykGpAzNcqD489
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 48
-A-
 8203684 82/3684
-W-
 Copyright and a reserve reading room: from menace to office routine
 Glogoff, Stuart J.
 Collection Management 3 (4) Winter 79, 319-331. tables. 7 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Copyright Revision Act (USA); Penn State University (USA)
 Discusses the effects of the US Copyright Revision Act of 1976 on the
 service, budget expenditure and office procedures of the Penn State
 University's Library Reserve Reading Room. Describes how the library, which
 held a considerable amount of multiple copies of photocopied material dealt
 with the new Law's section of library reproduction. Discusses some of the
 solutions which were found to the problems caused by the Act, including:
 purchasing back issues, reprints or additional copies of books; and more
 fully taking advantage of the Universal Serials and Book Exchange. Indicates
 some issues regarding the Copyright Law and Reserve Rooms that need
 resolution
-Desc-
 Copyright (Influence on University libraries: Reading rooms: In-library use
 of materials: Administration); University libraries (Reading rooms:
 In-library use of materials: Administration); Reading rooms (In-library use
 of materials: Administration); In-library use of materials (Administration:
 Librarianship) ; Photocopying (Influence on University libraries: Reading
 rooms: In-library use of materials: Administration)
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; In-library use of materials ;
 Reading rooms; University libraries; Influence of Copyright; Copyright
 Revision Act (USA); Penn State University
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NjJi
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 49
-A-
 8203201 82/3201
-W-
 The report of the Librarians' Union 1980/81
 Bibliotekarforbundets beretning 1980/81
 Bibliotek 70 (16) 1981, 354-369, 378. illus
-Lang-
 Danish
 Bibliotekarforbundet (Denmark).Report
 The report deals with: the economic crisis and libraries; salaries;
 professional matters such as the new technology; library law revision;
 education for librarianship; spoken newspapers; libraries at work places and
 teacher training colleges; employment; and shop stewardship. The following
 reports are also included: Report of the Librarians' Union's Action Fund
 1980/81; report of the Librarians' Union's Group for State Employed
 Librarians 1980-81. Lists the agendas for the annual meetings of the Groups
 for: library and education; lending librarians; art; youth librarians;
 library leaders; extension services; music librarians; branch and mobile
 libraries; medical librarians; librarians in technical departments; and
 children's librarians. Also discusses the budget for 1982
-Desc-
 Reports (Denmark: Trade unions: Library staff); Denmark (Trade unions:
 Library staff)
 SECT. HEAD.: STAFF; Trade unions; Denmark; Bibliotekarforbundet (Librarians'
 Union); Report
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: PhhD489
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 50
-A-
 8202673 82/2673
-W-
 Long-term planning: an important task in librarianship
 perspektivnoe planirovanie-vazhnaya zadacha bibliotekovedeniya
 Kushtanina, L.I.
 Sovetskoe Bibliotekovedenie (2) 1981, 63-74. 10 refs
-Lang-
 Russian
 Long-term planning is vital to the national economy and has been a feature
 of Soviet librarianship since the 1st 5-year plan. Discusses the
 methodological aspects only. The purpose of library planning can be defined
 as 'the creation of the optimal conditions for satisfying readers'
 requirements and overcoming inconsistencies in the reading habits of
 different socio-economic groups'. The principles involved in such planning
 include political commitment and a scientific basis, and there is a tendency
 now to use a wide range of logical, statistical and mathematical methods to
 produce the required model
 SECT. HEAD.: ORGANISATION AND ADMINISTRATIO; Planning; USSR
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NbmD472
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 51
-A-
 8201658 82/1658
-W-
 Library budgets: hard sell for a soft service
 Bens, Charles
 Ont. Libr. Rev. 65 (2) June 81, 88-100. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Step-by-step guide to planned library budgeting, with particular reference
 to budgeting for Ontario libraries. All Ontario Library Boards are required
 by law to prepare a budget in accordance with the regulations established by
 the municipality in which they operate-examples are given of the budget
 situation in Richmond Hill, Windsor and the Regional Municipality of
 Waterloo. Hints are given on avoiding 'budget buzzwords, and the
 relationship between a library's image and its ability to accurately develop
 its programme around a community's real needs is discussed
-Desc-
 Ontario (Public libraries: Planning: Budgets); Public libraries (Planning:
 Budgets) ; Canada (Public libraries: Planning: Budgets)
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Budgets; Planning; Public libraries;
 Ontario
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NttbmFvD713
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 52
-A-
 8201349 82/1349
-W-
 Statistical determination of bound volume journal holdings in a science
 library
 Black, George W.
 Serials Librarian 5 (2) Winter 80, 31-39. tables. 1 ref
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Discusses a method for the determination of the number of bound journal
 volumes in a science library using a sampling technique. The method allows
 the calculation of the extent of journal runs for both current and
 non-current titles. A comparison of the total number of volumes arrived at
 using the current study methodology and another independent study shows
 agreement within 5. Further incidental information gathered during the
 course of the study provides information on other characteristics of the
 collection
-Desc-
 Science and technology (Libraries: Bound volumes: Periodicals: Stocktaking)
 ; Bound volumes (Periodicals: Stocktaking); Periodicals (Stocktaking)
 SECT. HEAD.: STOCKTAKING; Periodicals; Bound volumes; Science and technology
 libraries
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ScsLmKhEr (5/6)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 53
-A-
 8201071 82/1071
-W-
 Functions of selected company libraries/information services
 Bailey, Martha J.
 Spec. Libr 72 (1) Jan 81, 18-30. tables. 23 refs. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A survey of selected functions of US company libraries/information services:
 cataloguing and indexing; files, collections and circulation work;
 distribution and control functions; references and bibliographic functions;
 list preparation and other publication functions. There were 108 respondents
 in 9 industry categories: advertising, aircraft and missiles, chemicals,
 food, law, newspapers, office machines, petroleum and pharmaceuticals.
 Trends are noted in budget, clientele, and services
-Desc-
 Surveys (Of USA: Commercial firm libraries)
 SECT. HEAD.: SPECIAL LIBRARIES; Commercial firm libraries; USA; Surveys
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: HmD73Ad
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 54
-A-
 8200778 82/778
-W-
 The law for local authority cultural activities is one more on the road for
 legislating cultural activities
 Kuntien kulttuuritoimintalaki jatkaa kulttuuritomen laillistamista
 Porna, Ismo
 Kirjastolehti 74 (3) 1981, 136-139. illus
-Lang-
 Finnish
 The new law came into effect at the beginning of 1981. A local authority has
 to set up a committee for cultural activities. Out of 84 towns only 9 had
 such a committee at the beginning of this year. All other types of local
 authorities, 150 of them, did not have one. The duties of the committees are
 the oversight and instigation of cultural activities, cooperation between
 different types of activities publicity, provision of accommodation, and
 budget. From 1982 state grants will be available for staff and organisation
 costs. The new law should ease the work of libraries and librarians who
 until now have been responsible for the organisation of many of the local
 cultural activities
-Desc-
 Law (Influence on Finland: Public libraries: Cultural activities); Finland
 (Public libraries: Cultural activities)
 SECT. HEAD.: CULTURAL ACTIVITIES; Public libraries; Finland; Influence of
 Law
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RyFvD471Az
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 55
-A-
 8200542 82/542
-W-
 On the situation of the public library system in North Rhine-Westphalia
 Zur Lage des Oeffentlichen Bibliothekswesens in Nordrhein-Westfalen
 Schultheis, Johannes
 Mitteilungsblatt (Verband der Bibliotheken des Landes Nordrhein-Westfalen)
 31 (1) Mar 81, 1-3
-Lang-
 German
 A short report was made on the situation of public libraries in North
 Rhine-Westphalia (NRW) on 20 Aug 80 at the education committee meeting of
 the cities' assembly of NRW in Duisburg. A total of 18 million books are
 available in public libraries in NRW for a population of 17 million. This
 does not compare well with figures of 5, 6 or even 8-10 books per head of
 population in other European countries. The target for public libraries in
 NRW is 2 books per head but even this figure will be difficult to achieve in
 the face of rising book costs and a static acquisition budget. Although
 there are several new central libraries in the larger towns the library
 service is unevenly distributed and hardly exists at all in some country
 areas. The librarians have put forward suggestions for a library law aimed
 at improving the situation to the Minister of Education
-Desc-
 North Rhine-Westphalia (West Germany) (Public libraries)
 SECT. HEAD.: PUBLIC LIBRARIES; West Germany; North Rhine-Westphalia
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: FvD43355
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 56
-A-
 8200361 82/361
-W-
 Interfacing the networks that keep libraries on-line
 Vanderhoof, Ann
 Quill Quire 47 (4) Apr 81, 4-5
-Lang-
 Eng.
 UTLAS (University of Toronto Library Automation Systems), Ontario;
 University of Toronto Library Automation Systems (Ontario)
 Contribution to a special section on technology. UTLAS (University of
 Toronto Library Automation Systems) is an ancillary enterprise of the
 University with a completely separate budget and has been supplying computer
 services to Canadian libraries since 1973. These services centred on
 catalogue support until recently, but there are new pilot projects on
 acquisitions, on-line circulation control, and on-line catalogue enquiries.
 UTLAS can also provide data to feed other computer systems. The ultimate
 goal is to offer libraries a complete service in direct competition with
 other systems vendors but with the advantage of its 10-million item data
 base. Publishers are seen as a part of the eventual UTLAS network
 SECT. HEAD.: CATALOGUING; On-line; Centralised; Ontario; University of
 Toronto Library Automation Systems
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: TogsNjrD713
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 57
-A-
 8105975 81/5975
-W-
 State legislation: the financial impact on Ohio school budgets
 Hanning, Ann W.; Crisci, Pat E.
 Ohio Media Spectrum 32 (2) 1980, 39-42. illus. table. 2 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Describes how legislation, over the past several years, has increased costs
 for Ohio school districts. Increases in state support have not been as great
 as those incurred by mandated programmes and services. There has been an
 erosion of local control over school district budgets and the increased
 involvement of the judiciary in educational matters has made the financial
 burden heavier
-Desc-
 State law (Influence on USA: Budgets: Schools: Education (Fringe subject)) ;
 Law (Influence on USA: Budgets: Schools: Education (Fringe subject)) ;
 U.S.A. (Budgets: Schools: Education (Fringe subject)) Budgets (Schools:
 Education (Fringe subject)); Schools (Education (Fringe subject)); Finance
 (Schools: Education (Fringe subject))
 SECT. HEAD.: EDUCATION; Schools; Budgets; USA; Influence of State law
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: 24
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 58
-A-
 8105772 81/5772
-W-
 Systemwide library automation at the University of California
 Brownrigg, Edwin B.
 Communicating information: proceedings of the 43rd ASIS Annual Meeting,
 1980, volume 17, Anaheim, California, October 5-10, 1980 264-265. 1 ref
-Lang-
 Eng.
 California University. Division of Library Automation
 The University of California through the agency of the Division of Library
 Automation is executing one part of a 10-year plan detailed in the
 University of California Libraries: A Plan for Development. Printed in 1977,
 the plan calls for development and implementation of an on-line catalogue of
 6, 000, 000 titles with up to 1, 600 terminals for public access.
 Accordingly, a long-range budget has been established. A staff of
 librarians, analysts, applications programmers and systems programmers has
 been organised to accomplish the University's library automation goals
 SECT. HEAD.: CATALOGUING; On-line; University libraries; California
 University; Division of Library Automation
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: TogsGdD794
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 59
-A-
 8104176 81/4176
-W-
 Information and documentation statistics for management
 Betriebliche Informations- und Dokumentationsstatistik (IuD-Statistik)
 Brand, Renate
 Nachr. Dokum. 31 (3) June 80, 116-122. tables. 6 refs
-Lang-
 German
 Deutsche Gesellschaft fuer Dokumentation (West Germany); German Society for
 Documentation (West Germany) ; Gesellschaft fuer Information und
 Dokumentation (West Germany) ; Society for Information and Documentation
 (West Germany)
 Die Deutsche Gesellschaft fuer Dokumentation (German Documentation Society)
 is concerned with the need to unify statistical criteria. Detailed
 explanations of terms and methods used in aggregate statistics are given
 from the aspects of inquiry characteristics, units and periods. Information
 is included on statistics concerning: (1) the area covered by and purpose of
 management; (2) the information centre-organisation, scope, work methods,
 methods of obtaining material, services offered; (3) staff-numbers, levels,
 subject areas, work time; (4) information sources-types and methods of
 obtaining them; (5) work tools-thesauri with or without preferred terms; (6)
 subject areas; (7) input and output; (8) data processing; (9) turnover; (10)
 costs
-Desc-
 Standards (For West Germany: Statistics: Data collection: Evaluation:
 Libraries) ; West Germany (Statistics: Data collection: Evaluation:
 Libraries); Statistics (Data collection: Evaluation: Libraries); Data
 collection (Evaluation: Libraries)
 SECT. HEAD.: EVALUATION AND DEVELOPMENT TEC; Data collection; Statistics;
 Standards; West Germany
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NfD433
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 60
-A-
 8103700 81/3700
-W-
 Computer-assisted legal research instruction in Texas law schools
 Merskey, Roy M.; Christensen, John E.
 Law Libr. J. 73 (1) Winter 80, 79-98. tables. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 LEXIS; WESTLAW
 Emphasises the importance of providing quality instruction in the role and
 use of computer-assisted legal research. A table lists Texas law schools and
 provides budgetary and enrolment data and date of acquisition of LEXIS
 and/or WESTLAW. Cost is a major obstacle. Considers the choice between the 2
 systems. Discusses training approaches at 5 Texas law schools. Competence in
 the use of these systems is dependent on the interest and involvement of the
 trainee
-Desc-
 Texas (Law school libraries: Use instructions: Law: On-line information
 retrieval by subject interest) ; Law school libraries (Use instructions:
 Law: On-line information retrieval by subject interest); Use instructions
 (Law: On-line information retrieval by subject interest); Law (On-line
 information retrieval by subject interest)
 SECT. HEAD.: COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; By subject interest; Law; LEXIS
 and WESTLAW; Use instructions; Law school libraries; Texas
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmRnM (34)Rmi
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 61
-A-
 8103132 81/3132
-W-
 An update on faculty libraries
 Finch, Jean; Flynn, Lauri R.
 Law Libr. J. 73 (1) Winter 80, 99-106. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Lewis and Clark Law School, North Western School of Law (USA)
 In Dec 78 the Lewis and Clark Law School, North Western School of Law, asked
 169 academic law libraries whether they had a faculty law library. Out of
 115 responses, 70 have faculty libraries. Illustrations show: length of time
 opened, collection size, annual acquisitions and annual budget. 16 out of
 the 70 institutions permit some student access. A sample questionnaire is
 appended
-Desc-
 Surveys (Of Statistics: On USA: Law school libraries); Statistics (On USA:
 Law school libraries); U.S.A. (Law school libraries)
 SECT. HEAD.: COLLEGE OF FURTHER EDUCATION L; Law school libraries; USA;
 Statistics; Surveys; Lewis and Clark Law School, North Western School of
 Law
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: GjEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 62
-A-
 8103067 81/3067
-W-
 1979 county law library survey
 Gonzalez, Silvia A.
 Law Libr. J. 73 (1) Winter 80, 168-217. tables
-Lang-
 Eng.
 In this 4th statistical survey of US county law libraries, tables show:
 salaries of head librarians; salaries of professional librarians (excluding
 head librarians); starting professional librarians' salaries; degrees held
 by head librarians; book stock in terms of microform, print material,
 recordings and serials; staffing in terms of professional and
 non-professional; library expenditure and budget; sources of funds; hours
 open per week; statute of establishment; administering organisation;
 person/committee to which the librarian reports; and an evaluation of the
 reporting structure
-Desc-
 Surveys (Of USA: County law libraries); U.S.A. (County law libraries);
 County law libraries
 SECT. HEAD.: LIBRARIES BY SUBJECT INTEREST; County law libraries; USA;
 Surveys
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Er (34)EkmD73Ad
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 63
-A-
 8102561 81/2561
-W-
 Selection of periodicals: a cognitive statistical approach
 Wang, John K.C.
 J. Libr. Inf. Sci. (USA/Taiwan) 6 (1) Apr 80, 17-24. illus. tables. 4 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Illustrates how, by ranking frequencies, cognitive statistics can help
 reduce uncertainty in periodical selection as well as in the allocation of
 funds in case of budget reduction. Tables and graphs illustrate the law of
 scattering and the phenomenon of diminishing returns
-Desc-
 Statistical techniques (Use for Periodicals: Selection: Acquisitions)
 SECT. HEAD.: ACQUISITIONS; Selection; Periodicals; Use of Statistical
 techniques
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SbcLmAw
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 64
-A-
 8102558 81/2558
-W-
 Centrally administered class sets-that is the rationality of a crisis
 situation with a vengeance
 Centralt formidlede klassesaet-det er kriserationelt, sa det klodser
 Kampmann, Dorrit; Nyeng, Per
 Bibliotek 70 (16) 1980, 490-494. illus
-Lang-
 Danish
 Bredsdorff, N.; Poulsen, C.
 Interview with 2 graduate research librarians, N. Bredsdorff and C. Poulsen.
 Criticises classification systems in research libraries for being
 restrictive and out of touch with reality. Libraries at educational
 institutions should help to broaden the students' interests and counteract
 the narrowness of their education through comprehensive book selection. The
 present economic crisis means that educational courses are narrowly
 vocational. If librarians are to advise on reading beyond the basic texts
 necessary for passing exams their own education must become less traditional
 and more interdisciplinary. Educational institution libraries with their
 liberal ideology are, however, regarded as luxury institutions in a time of
 crisis and are reduced to handing out class sets of standard texts. Would
 like to see the same aim of comprehensiveness in acquisitions as for the
 public libraries enshrined in a library law for educational institution
 libraries. The struggle between graduate and non-graduate librarians in
 research libraries will be resolved through computeriseation of their work,
 with harm to both groups
-Desc-
 Denmark (Higher education libraries: Interdisciplinary aspects: Selection:
 Acquisitions); Higher education libraries (Interdisciplinary aspects:
 Selection: Acquisitions); Interdisciplinary aspects (Selection:
 Acquisitions); Book selection
 SECT. HEAD.: ACQUISITIONS; Selection; Interdisciplinary aspects; Higher
 education libraries; Denmark
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Sbcgc
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 65
-A-
 8102413 81/2413
-W-
 Automation in the law school library
 Anderson, Muriel
 Law Librn. 11 (1) Apr 80, 11-14
-Lang-
 Eng.
 LEXIS; WESTLAW
 Based on information obtained during a visit to the USA in July 79. LEXIS
 and WESTLAW are the 2 systems of primary interest to librarians and lawyers
 in the USA. In the 6 law school libraries visited, the degree of reported
 use by faculty members varied widely. Discusses training, administration,
 location of terminals and equipment required, staffing, acquisitions
 policies, effect on library budgets, and who does the searching. The
 computer's major impact in technical processing has been in cataloguing. The
 new systems have made little impact on traditional service patterns but have
 made great impact on the user
 SECT. HEAD.: BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONTROL; Computerised; Law school libraries
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RmOqGjEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 66
-A-
 8102274 81/2274
-W-
 Letter from Israel
 Karen, Carl
 Journal of Information Science 2 (5) Nov 80, 263-265
-Lang-
 Eng.
 In Israel information science has not yet established itself in a
 recognisable form. Information work is the provenance of practitioners who
 are slowly realising the importance of the user and of new technology.
 Israel has a particularly high inflation rate resulting in considerable
 budget cuts. Activities include: attempts at library automation, SDI,
 on-line searching, expansion of traditional library courses, increased use
 of information scientists, and cooperation with other national
 organisations. COSTI (National Centre of Scientific and Technological
 Information) is Israel's focal point for information activity
 SECT. HEAD.: BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONTROL; Israel
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RmD56
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 67
-A-
 8004455 80/4455
-W-
 Microcomputers in library automation
 Simpson, George A.
 McLean, Virginia, Mitre Corporation, 1978, 50p. illus. tables. refs. (MITRE
 Technical Report 7938)
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Reduced library budgets, decreased staffing and increased demands for
 services are leading to more significant usage of microcomputers in library
 automation, by providing low-cost systems, solving specific problems, and
 performing in distributed systems. Presents an introduction to microcomputer
 technology and a description of its library applications (including
 circulation, acquisitions, serials, reference and audiovisual services).
 Glossaries of computer terms and a list of suppliers are appended
-Desc-
 Microcomputers (Library equipment)
 SECT. HEAD.: COMPUTERS; Microcomputers
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Oun
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 68
-A-
 8002743 80/2743
-W-
 1978 statistical survey of law school libraries and librarians
 Lewis, Alfred J.
 Law Libr. J. 72 (2) Spring 79, 302-339. tables
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This 10th annual survey discusses the importance of the Health, Education
 and Welfare's Handbook of standard terminology for reporting and recording
 information about libraries, scheduled for release in Summer 79. The tables
 give numbers of law school libraries by sizes, high, median and low salaries
 and fringe benefits for head and other law librarians. Tabulates US law
 school libraries by collection size, staff, expenditures and budget,
 physical facilities, hours, number of students, book dollars per student and
 number of faculty
-Desc-
 Surveys (Of USA: Law school libraries); U.S.A. (Law school libraries); Law
 school libraries
 SECT. HEAD.: COLLEGE OF FURTHER EDUCATION L; Law school libraries; USA;
 Surveys
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: GjEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 69
-A-
 8002208 80/2208
-W-
 Progress in improving program and budget information for congressional use
 Washington, DC., General Accounting Office, 1979, 45p. NTIS report. PB-299
 441
-Lang-
 Eng.
 PB-299 441
 By law the Comptroller General conducts a program to develop standard terms
 and classifications for Federal fiscal, budgetary, and program-related
 information; to identify congressional needs for such information; and to
 monitor recurring reporting requirements of the Congress and make
 recommendations for changes in these requirements
-Desc-
 U.S.A. (Congressmen: Users: Information services); U.S.A. (Members of
 Congress: Users: Information services); Members of Congress (USA) (Users:
 Information services); Congressmen (USA) (Users: Information services);
 Federal government (USA: Users: Information services)
 SECT. HEAD.: INFORMATION SERVICES; Users; Members of Congress; USA
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RnHz (328)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 70
-A-
 8001265 80/1265
-W-
 Selection criteria of world literature on the theory of probability and
 mathematical statistics in abstracting journals
 Osobennosti otbora mirovoi literatury po teorii veroyatnostei i
 matematicheskoi statistike v referativnykh zhurnalakh
 Simonova, E.G.
 Nauchnye i Tekhnicheskie Biblioteki SSSR (5) 1979, 20-24. tables. 6 refs
-Lang-
 Russian
 Matematika ; Mathematical Reviews ; Zentralblatt fuer Mathematik und ihre
 Grenzgebiete; Bulletin Signaletique; Statistical Theory and Methods
 Abstracts
 Criteria were examined for the selection of world literature on the theory
 of probability and mathematical statistics in 5 abstracting journals:
 Matematika (M), Mathematical Reviews (MR), Zentralblatt fuer Mathametik und
 ihre Grenzgebiete (ZM), Bulletin Signaletique, sec. 110 (BS), and
 Statistical Theory and Methods Abstracts (ST). Duplication of publications
 abstracted was minimal, periodical articles excepted. Proportions of primary
 information appearing in the abstracting journals in 1974 comprised: 27 in
 M, 2 in MR, 11 in ZM, 13.4 in BS, 2.3 in ST. Delays between original
 publication and abstract were: BS-3 years, M and ST-4 years, MR and ZM-5
 years. 95.7-99 of material abstracted was in Eng., Russian, German or
 French
-Desc-
 Selection criteria (Probability statistics: Abstracting services); Criteria
 (Selection: Probability statistics: Abstracting services) ; Probability
 statistics (Abstracting services); Statistics (Abstracting services);
 Mathematics (Abstracting services); Bibliometrics (Abstracting services)
 SECT. HEAD.: ABSTRACTING AND INDEXING SERVI; Probability statistics ;
 Selection criteria
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RrM (519.2)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 71
-A-
 8001032 80/1032
-W-
 Fiscal management
 Miniter, John
 Law. Libr. J. 71 (4) Nov 78, 583-593. tables
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Address given at American Association of Law Libraries 71st Annual Meeting,
 Rochester, New York, 26 June 78. Discusses library costs and library time.
 Programmed budgeting considers the portion of the librarian's time spent on
 one activity. Budgeting can be a progressive measure giving the librarian a
 chance to offer a coherent library growth programme. Newer budgeting
 systems, e.g. zero-base budgeting, require detailed and alternative plans
 which fit the overall objectives of the organisation. Discusses accounting,
 book-keeping, debit and credit with examples; considers proposal writing
-Desc-
 Costing (Budgets: Librarianship); Budgets (Librarianship)
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Budgets; Costing
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Nttr
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 72
-A-
 8000918 80/918
-W-
 Utilization of audiovisual and microform equipment
 Law Libr. J. 71 (4) Nov 78, 608-618
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Panel discussion at the American Association of Law Libraries 71st Annual
 Meeting, Rochester, New York, 27 June 78. The panelists deal with: planning
 for AV acquisitions (a checklist of planning, acquisition and budget
 considerations); the management of AV resources; specific instructional
 applications and management aspects of AV materials. 4 presentations cover:
 the introduction and orientation of law students to legal bibliography;
 various applications of various media forms in the law school curriculum;
 microform storage facilities at Florida State University; a video tape of
 the Law Library facilities at Washington and Lee University, Lexington,
 showing integration of audiovisual facilities
-Desc-
 Law school libraries (Audio-visual materials: Stock); Vocational school
 libraries (Audio-visual materials: Stock); Law school libraries (Microforms:
 Stock) ; Vocational school libraries (Microforms: Stock); Microforms
 (Library stock)
 SECT. HEAD.: AUDIO-VISUAL MATERIALS; Law school libraries; USA
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: MgGjEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 73
-A-
 8000833 80/833
-W-
 The library of Lapland University
 Lapin korkeakoulun kirjasto
 Saarinen, Heli
 Kirjastolehti 72 (5) 1979, 210-213. illus
-Lang-
 Finnish
 Lapland University (Finland). Library
 Lapland University was founded on 1 Mar 79 and was due to start education,
 law and social science courses for 310 students in Autumn 79. The teacher
 training departmental library has been acquiring material since 1975 and has
 employed 3 part-time staff since 1978. It now has 5, 600 volumes, a loan
 collection from Oulu University, and a 1979 book budget of 30, 000 F. marks.
 Since May 79, the main library has employed 2 full-time staff; the City of
 Rovaniemi is planning to lend it staff as well. Its 1979 book budget was
 200, 000 marks. Critics have claimed that the library was established too
 late and with insufficient funds
-Desc-
 Lapland (Finland: University libraries) ; Finland (University libraries)
 SECT. HEAD.: UNIVERSISTY LIBRARIES; Finland; Lapland University
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: GdD471
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 74
-A-
 8000254 80/254
-W-
 The effect of Jarvis-Gann on normal life
 Blake, Fay M.
 J. Libr. Automn. 11 (4) Dec 78, 308-312. 2 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Paper presented at a preconference to the ALA Annual Meeting, LITA, Library
 Automation: State of the Art, III, Chicago, 22-23 June 78. Explores the
 impact on library service of proposition 13 in California eg. 80 budget
 cuts, elimination of all temporary and part-time posts. Consequent proposals
 to charge user fees may threaten the entire concept of the free public
 library. Automation efforts run the risk of being a mechanism for spreading
 human deprivation unless implementors begin to distinguish and serve basic
 human needs
-Desc-
 California (Public libraries: Cuts: Budgets) ; Public libraries (Cuts:
 Budgets) ; Cuts (Budgets: Librarianship) ; Budgets (Librarianship); Finance
 (Librarianship)
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Budgets; Cuts; Public libraries;
 California
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NttfvD794
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 75
-A-
 7902455 79/2455
-W-
 Developing corporate author search keys
 Bourg, James W.; Lacy, Douglas; Llinas, James; O'Neill, Edward T.
 J. Libr. Automn. 11 (2) June 78, 106-124. illus. tables. 30 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Describes a systematic approach to the design of fixed-length, derived,
 truncated search keys for corporate author records. Reports results of
 experiments using record samples from the Ohio College Library Center (OCLC)
 data base to (1) investigate various procedures for the construction of
 efficient truncated key-types as derived from corporate author records; (2)
 evaluate the effectiveness of a representative key-type for a growing file.
 Describes a statistical method employed for predicting the performance of
 search keys for files of arbitrary size. Concludes that the performance of a
 variety of conventional OCLC-type truncated corporate author keys is
 extremely poor in distinctness and relative entropy, and that use of a
 stop-list results in significant increases in performance for all key-types.
 When limits of 3 to 5 words are used in key construction, only a short
 stop-list is required to achieve substantial enhancement in key performance
-Desc-
 Truncated search keys (Searching: Corporate body names: Data elements:
 Computerised catalogues); Search keys (Searching: Corporate body names: Data
 elements: Computerised catalogues); Searching (Corporate body names: Data
 elements: Computerised catalogues); Corporate bodies (Names: Data elements:
 Computerised catalogues); Computerised catalogues
 SECT. HEAD.: CATALOGUES BY PHYSICAL FORM; Computerised catalogues; Data
 elements; Corporate body names; Searching; Truncated search keys
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: UegTsk
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 76
-A-
 7902410 79/2410
-W-
 Report on the Second Annual BATAB Users' Meeting
 Blood, Richard W.
 Library Acquisitions: Practice and Theory 2 (1) 1978, 45-63. 3 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 BATAB; Baker and Taylor Automated Buying System
 On 5-6 May 78, in Houston, Texas, more than 60 library directors, technical
 services administrators, acquisitions librarians, and systems analysts
 attended the Second Annual BATAB (Baker and Taylor Automated Buying system)
 Users' Meeting, which included panel and open discussions of issues of
 interest to acquisitions librarians. These issues included data entry
 methods, utilisation of the International Standard Book Number (ISBN),
 interfacing BATAB with other locally automated systems and with remote
 cataloguing data bases, tips for quality control, use of BATAB in academic
 libraries, the BATAB statistical module, the forthcoming enhancements
 offered in version IV of the software, enhancements desired in future
 versions of BATAB, and locally developed software enhancements interfacing
 with BATAB
-Desc-
 Computerised purchasing (Acquisitions) ; Purchasing (Acquisitions)
 SECT. HEAD.: ACQUISITIONS; Purchasing; Computerised; Baker and Taylor
 Automated Buying System
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SccOq
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 77
-A-
 7902056 79/2056
-W-
 1977 statistical survey of law school libraries and librarians
 Lewis, Alfred J.
 Law Libr. J. 71 (2) May 78, 318-355. tables
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Examines the definition of volume as applied to unbound materials. Extensive
 tables give numbers of law school libraries by size; others provide data on
 high, median, and low salaries and fringe benefits for head and other law
 librarians by size of library. The bulk of the report is a tabulation of US
 school libraries listing 36 data categories on collection size, staffing,
 expenditures and budget, physical facilities, hours, number of students,
 book dollars per student and number of faculty
-Desc-
 Surveys (Of Statistics: On USA: Law school libraries); Statistics (On USA:
 Law school libraries); Law school libraries
 SECT. HEAD.: COLLEGE OF FURTHER EDUCATION L; Law school libraries; USA;
 Statistics; Surveys; American Association of Law Libraries investigation
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: GjEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 78
-A-
 7902049 79/2049
-W-
 Law and UKC Library
 Jeffries, John
 Law Librn. 9 (2) Aug 78, 19-22. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Kent University at Canterbury (UK). Library
 Outlines problems involved in meeting the needs and demands of law students
 at the University of Kent at Canterbury. There is no separate law library;
 the law section takes its place in a general library classification. The
 main scheme is Library of Congress with numerous local modifications.
 Certain sections have been replaced by Moys, with ensuing difficulties.
 Discusses difficulties in assessing the standard of service and the level of
 provision on the basis of numbers of students who will be using the
 collection, expense of purchasing and maintaining the collection and
 instruction in library use
-Desc-
 Law libraries (University libraries)
 SECT. HEAD.: UNIVERSISTY LIBRARIES; Law libraries; UK; University of Kent at
 Canterbury
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: GdEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 79
-A-
 7901990 79/1990
-W-
 1977 statistical survey of law libraries serving a local bar
 Gonzalez, Silvia A.
 Law Libr. J. 71 (2) May 78, 289-317. tables
-Lang-
 Eng.
 American Association of Law Libraries
 The text refers to the method of gathering information for the survey. It
 also compares some of the data from previous surveys. Table I provides high,
 median, mean, and low salaries of head librarians by size of library. Table
 II provides high, median, mean, and low salaries for librarians, excluding
 head librarians. Table III provides high, median, mean, and low salaries for
 starting professional librarians. The bulk of the report is Table IV, a
 tabulation of US law libraries serving a local bar which lists 31 data
 categories on collection size; staffing; expenditures and budget; sources of
 funds; and categories of clientele served for each library
-Desc-
 Surveys (Of Statistics: On USA: Local bar libraries: Law libraries) ;
 Statistics (On USA: Local bar libraries: Law libraries); Local bar libraries
 (USA) (Law libraries); Bar libraries (Law libraries) County law libraries
 (USA); Law libraries
 SECT. HEAD.: LIBRARIES BY SUBJECT INTEREST; Law libraries; Local bar
 libraries; USA; Statistics; Surveys; American Association of Law Libraries
 investigation
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Er (34
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 80
-A-
 7901610 79/1610
-W-
 Will there be a law on libraries in Hesse?
 Kommt ein Hessisches Buechereigesetz?
 Boersenblatt fuer Deutschen Buchhandel 34 (56) 14 July 78, 1399-1400. illus
-Lang-
 German
 Report of a platform discussion by librarians, members of the Hesse State
 Parliament and local government officials at the Hesse Library Conference,
 Wiesbaden, July 78. All agreed on the importance of public libraries and the
 need for library provision in rural areas equal to that for the towns. The
 Library Law for Hesse, in preparation but not yet in force, would make
 library provision obligatory, but more money is needed to provide a better
 service. Some towns in Hesse have excellent municipal library services but
 only for their own area. A restructuring of the budget for cultural
 amenities is required. This might mean that other amenities would have less
 money; participants were mindful of the approaching elections to the state
 parliament and of the question of lowering taxes. The library-using public
 should demand better library provision
-Desc-
 Hesse (West Germany) (Public libraries: Library law); West Germany (Public
 libraries: Library law); Public libraries (Library law)
 SECT. HEAD.: ORGANISATION AND ADMINISTRATIO; Public libraries; West Germany;
 Hesse
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NcqFv
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 81
-A-
 7900210 79/210
-W-
 Budgeting in private law firm libraries
 Carter, Ann M.
 Law Libr. J. 71 (1) Feb 78, 187-194. 6 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Reprint of 'Budgeting in private law firm libraries-myth or reality' in 3
 Legal Economics 52 (Fall 77). 141 out of 278 private law libraries responded
 to a postal questionnaire. Only 44 of responding libraries indicated that
 they prepared a budget. Some budgeting problems identified amongst this
 group were: 84 do not know their firm's total budget; 25 do not stick to a
 budget; 44 of firms would not question the library until the budget had
 overrun by 15; 85 of budgets are prepared by librarians but only 39 are
 presented to management by the librarian. 30 of libraries have no spending
 authority; 27 prepare a lump sum budget; (i.e. one without guidelines for
 everyday costs); 44 of firms require a library budget report only once a
 year or never; 34 of librarians either have no budgetary controls or else do
 not know what controls are used
-Desc-
 Budgets (Librarianship) ; Finance (Librarianship) ; Commercial firm
 libraries (Budgets) ; Law libraries (Commercial firm libraries: Budgets) ;
 Surveys (Of USA: Law libraries: Commercial firm libraries: Budgets)
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Budgets; Commercial firm libraries;
 Law libraries; USA; Surveys
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NttHmEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 82
-A-
 7900108 79/108
-W-
 Current problems facing state law libraries
 Wolfe, Charles B.
 Law Libr. J. 71 (1) Feb 78, 108-114. tables
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A questionnaire survey was sent to state law librarians to obtain their
 views on problem areas. Problems identified included: increased demand for
 photocopy service; theft of materials; inadequate physical facilities
 (resulting in use of microforms, remote storage or disposal of materials);
 staff size (more difficulty with inadequate non-professional staff than
 professionals); bureaucratic red tape; increased demands for service from
 client groups (resulting in much time being spent on instruction for legal
 research); inadequate book budget; increased volume of interlibrary loans
-Desc-
 Surveys (Of State law libraries (USA)) ; State law libraries (USA); Law
 libraries (State law libraries (USA))
 SECT. HEAD.: SPECIAL LIBRARIES; State law libraries; USA; Surveys
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Hber (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 83
-A-
 7803130 78/3130
-W-
 Thesaurus construction using the statistical distribution analysis method
 Postroenie informatsionno-poiskovogo tezaurusa metodom ditributivno-sta-
 tisticheskogo analiza
 Marshakova, I.V.
 Nauch.-Tekh. Inf.
 Series 2 (5) May 77, 11-15. illus. tables. 6 refs
-Lang-
 Russian
 A description of a manual experiment to demonstrate the feasibility of the
 method. 100 abstracts from Referativnyi Zhurnal on the subject of gas
 burners were analysed. 5 levels of semantic coupling between words were
 measured using N.S. Ivanova's method (Nauch.-Tekh. Inf., Series 2 (6) 1969,
 17-19) which compares the statistical probability of words occurring
 together with their actual frequency of co-occurrence. The size of the
 dictionary analysed was 1, 002 words and the cumulative frequency of
 keywords was 3, 662. The highest coupling level identifies fixed phrases and
 lower levels identify paradigmatic relationships. 2 text intervals were
 used: the abstract; and, for the minimum interval, the word in question and
 the word either side of it
-Desc-
 Terms (Co-occurrence: Basis for Statistical techniques: Term selection:
 Construction: Thesauri); Co-occurrence (Terms: Basis for Statistical
 techniques: Term selections: Construction: Thesauri) ; Statistical
 techniques (Term selection: Construction: Thesauri) ; Mathematical
 techniques (Term selection: Construction: Thesauri); Terms (Selection:
 Construction: Thesauri); Selection (Term selection: Construction: Thesauri);
 Construction (Thesauri); Compilation (Thesauri) ; Thesauri; Feasibility
 studies (Term co-occurrence: Basis for Statistical techniques: Term
 selection: Construction: Thesauri)
 SECT. HEAD.: COORDINATE SUBJECT INDEXING; Thesauri; Construction; Term
 selection; Statistical techniques; Based on Term co-occurrence; Feasibility
 studies
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZdNbpVqh
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 84
-A-
 7802818 78/2818
-W-
 New developments in law library administration
 Law Libr. J. 70 (4) Nov 77, 518-531. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Hardisty, P.; Shelar, J.W.; Gasaway, L.N.; Gutz, R.R.
 A panel discussion at the 70th Annual meeting of the American Association of
 Law Libraries, Toronto, June 77. The moderator was Pamela Hardisty and the
 panelists were James W. Shelar, Laura N. Gasaway and Robert R. Gutz,
 representatives of a law firm library, a court library and a law school
 library. New developments include tighter budget control, personnel
 administration in the light of the Equal Rights Amendment, role of the
 library and use of on-line information retrieval. Includes questions to the
 panellists
-Desc-
 U.S.A. (And Canada: Law libraries: Administration); Law libraries
 (Administration); Social sciences (Libraries: Administration); Canada (And
 USA: Law libraries: Administration)
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Law libraries; USA and Canada
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NjEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 85
-A-
 7802705 78/2705
-W-
 Law libraries in the University of Wales
 Dane, J.; Nash, E.; Jones, D.L.
 Law Librn. 8 (3) Dec 77, 35-38
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Traces the history and development of law and law libraries in the
 University of Wales, commencing with the establishment of a law department
 at the University College of Wales in Aberystwyth in 1901. By 1917 a law
 library nucleus, with an annual grant of PND27, was in existence. In 1955 5,
 000 volumes were separated from the general library and in 1965 the
 collection was moved again. Increased student numbers meant improvements in
 library holdings and in 1972/3 PND20, 000 was spent on reports and allied
 material. In 1970 the library underwent a further move. It now has 19, 000
 volumes, with a strong holding in Eng. law. Classification is by the Library
 of Congress scheme. A joint law school was set up in Cardiff in 1968,
 consisting of the law departments of the University of Wales Institute of
 Science and Technology (UWIST) and the University College of South Wales and
 Monmouth (UCC). In 1971 the libraries of UWIST and UCC adopted cooperative
 purchasing, with classification by the Moys scheme. In 1975 the 2 libraries
 were housed in the same building although they function independently
-Desc-
 Wales (University of Wales: Law libraries); Law libraries (University
 libraries) ; U.K. (Law libraries: University libraries); Social sciences
 (Libraries: University libraries); History (Of University of Wales: Law
 libraries)
 SECT. HEAD.: UNIVERSISTY LIBRARIES; Law libraries; Wales; University of
 Wales; History
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: GdEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 86
-A-
 7802439 78/2439
-W-
 Library thefts: a problem that won't go away
 Griffith, J.W.
 Am. Libr 9 (4) Apr 78, 224-227. table. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Contribution to a special feature devoted to total inventory control. A
 catalogue of book thefts illustrates a serious and growing problem in
 libraries, and indicates that the most unlikely people may be potential book
 thieves. Without an inventory of stock, the librarian has no way of gauging
 losses. The author describes the sampling method used in his own library,
 known as the 'Random Sections Inventory'. 5 samples, each 10 of the
 collection, were taken first, and later a series of 5 samples was made until
 the 20 level was reached. Further investigation revealed that 2 samples
 should produce an acceptable result. The percentage loss per year was
 calculated and tabulated, and although percentages were small, costs were
 high, in view of current book prices. Reviews various theft detection
 systems and their success rates. It seems that installation of a theft
 detection system breeds mutilation of books and periodicals and provision of
 a copying machine does nothing to diminish removal of book and journal
 sections
-Desc-
 Sampling techniques (Use for Estimation: Books: Theft: Library stock);
 Statistical techniques (Use for Estimation: Books: Theft: Library stock);
 Mathematical techniques (Use for Estimation: Books: Theft: Library stock) ;
 Estimation (Books: Theft: Library stock); Books (Theft: Library stock);
 Theft (Library stock); Stealing (Library stock); Losses (Library stock)
 SECT. HEAD.: LOSSES OF STOCK; Theft; Books; Estimation; Use of Sampling
 techniques
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Scy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 87
-A-
 7802211 78/2211
-W-
 Administrative assistants: key roles for a nonlawyer nonlibrarian in a law
 library
 Thomas, David A.
 Law Libr. J. 70 (3) Aug 77, 309-314. 20 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The library literature of management emphasises good communications and
 participation rather than personnel, planning and budgeting. One way in
 which today's law library director can respond to managerial challenges
 generated by a large collection and staff would be to hire an administrative
 assistant. This assistant could deal with: personnel; planning and
 budgeting; facilities and equipment
-Desc-
 Law libraries (Non-professional staff: Administrative staff);
 Non-professional library staff (Administrative staff) ; Administration
 (Librarianship: Staff) ; Library management (Staff) ; Library administration
 (Staff); Social sciences (Libraries: Non-professional staff: Administrative
 staff) ; Management (Library management: Staff)
 SECT. HEAD.: STAFF; Administrative staff; Non-professional staff; Law
 libraries
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Pznjn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 88
-A-
 7802171 78/2171
-W-
 Management techniques using traditional library records
 Gasaway, Laura N.
 Law Libr. J. 70 (3) Aug 77, 315-328. 42 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Based on a paper presented at the Joint ALLUNY/ORALL Chapter Meeting,
 Niagara Falls, New York, Oct 76. Management aspects considered are:
 planning; budgeting; personnel management; accountability; operations.
 Discusses the use of traditional library records as management tools in
 relation to: the collection; services; user research; acquisitions;
 cataloguing and classification; personnel; space requirements; and marketing
 the library to both users and funding authority
-Desc-
 Law libraries (Administrative records: Use for Administration) ; Social
 sciences (Libraries: Administrative records: Use for Administration) ;
 Administrative records (Use for Administration: Librarianship); Records
 (Administrative: Use for Administration: Librarianship) ; Management
 information for Libraries (Administrative records: Use for Administration)
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Use of Administrative records; Law
 libraries
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NjAwNuu
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 89
-A-
 7802151 78/2151
-W-
 Starting a law school library
 Levy, Charlotte L.; Koster, Gregory E.
 Law Libr. J. 70 (3) Aug 77, 290-308. illus. 50 refs. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Concentrates on the planning and implementation phases of establishing a new
 academic law library or reorganising an existing one. The main topics
 covered are: getting started; materials selection; technical services;
 accounts and statistics. The appendix gives a brief list of bibliographical
 tools. Policies and goals for the library should be recorded in writing,
 including policies for staffing, salaries and budgets. Materials selection
 should include consideration of microforms for back runs and new material.
 Technical services include cataloguing and classifying, technical
 processing, binding and repairing. The most important library statistic is
 size of collection. Discusses use of workflow statistics and employee time
 allocation studies
-Desc-
 U.S.A. (Law libraries: University libraries: Planning); Law libraries
 (University libraries: Planning) ; University libraries (Planning); Planning
 (Librarianship) ; Social sciences (Libraries: University libraries:
 Planning)
 SECT. HEAD.: ORGANISATION AND ADMINISTRATIO; Planning; University libraries;
 Law libraries; USA
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NbmGdEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 90
-A-
 7801718 78/1718
-W-
 The 60th anniversary of the All-Union Book Chamber-the centre of Soviet
 national bibliography
 60 let Vsesoyuznoi knizhnoi palate-tsentru gosudarstvennoi bibliografii
 Fartunin, Yu.I.
 Sovetskaya Bibliografiya (165) 1977, 6-13
-Lang-
 Russian
 Since 1917, some 2.9 million books and pamphlets have been published in 151
 languages. Of these, 512, 000 were socio-political items, 830, 000
 scientific and economic, and 286, 000 were about Russian and Soviet
 literature. Information retrieval is achieved by the national bibliography.
 The All-Union Book Chamber annually receives 6.5 million items, all of which
 are preserved in its archive. Each year the national bibliography registers
 some 50, 000 books and pamphlets, and 30, 000 dissertation abstracts. The
 number of centrally produced catalogue cards is currently 390 million per
 annum. Problems still exist, e.g. indexing deficiencies and substantial
 time-lags. The Book Chamber's activities also include statistical
 compilation, methodological guidance, development of bibliographical theory,
 automation and standardisation of bibliography
-Desc-
 All-Union Book Chamber (USSR); U.S.S.R. (Book chambers); Organisations
 (Connected with Bibliographical control) ; Book chambers (USSR)
 SECT. HEAD.: BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONTROL; Organisations; All-Union Book Chamber
 (USSR)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RmtBjmD47
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 91
-A-
 7801363 78/1363
-W-
 The influence of S.R. Ranganathan on basic instruction in subject analysis
 at ALA-accredited library schools
 Thomas, Alan R.
 Indian Librn. 32 (2) Sept 77, 51-53. illus. 2 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Report of a study of the cataloguing and classification curriculum in
 ALA-accredited library schools, with emphasis on the influence of S.R.
 Ranganathan through the teaching of the Colon Classification and facet
 analysis. 48 schools were studied. 35 include facet theory, but at 28
 attention is only slight. 24 teach Colon Classification, but 5 only briefly,
 and 6 make their students examine the schedules. 2 of the 24 conduct
 practice exercises. A predilection for the dictionary catalogue in North
 America may account for the relatively weak position of chain technique in
 the basic instruction. An analysis of the statistical data is made in the
 light of this theory
-Desc-
 Surveys (Of USA: Graduate library schools: Ranganathan, S.R.: Theories of
 Classification and alphabetical subject indexing: Curriculum subject);
 U.S.A. (Graduate library schools: Ranganathan, S.R.: Theories of
 Classification and alphabetical subject indexing: Curriculum subject) ;
 Library schools (Graduate: Ranganathan, S.R.: Theories of Classification and
 alphabetical subject indexing: Curriculum subject); Ranganathan, S.R.
 (Theories of Classification and alphabetical subject indexing: Curriculum
 subject: Professional education: Librarianship); Classification and
 alphabetical subject indexing (Curriculum subject: Professional education:
 Librarianship) ; Alphabetical subject indexing (Curriculum subject:
 Professional education: Librarianship) ; Subject indexing (Alphabetical:
 Curriculum subject: Professional education: Librarianship)
 SECT. HEAD.: CURRICULA; Curriculum subject; Alphabetical subject indexing
 and Classification; Theories of S; R; Ranganathan; Graduate library schools;
 USA; Surveys
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Bw (Ya)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 92
-A-
 7800776 78/776
-W-
 1976 statistical survey of law school libraries and librarians
 Lewis, Alfred J.
 Law Libr. J. 70 (2) May 77, 184-221. tables
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Tables show: (1) number of law school libraries according to size; (2)
 salaries of head law librarians; (3) fringe benefits of head law librarians;
 (4) salaries of full time professional librarians; (5) fringe benefits of
 full time professional librarians; (6) an analysis of law school libraries
 in terms of book stock, microforms, audiovisual titles, serial
 subscriptions, staffing, library expenditures and budget, physical
 facilities, hours of operation, number of students, and number of faculty.
 For details of the 1975 survey see 76/2588
-Desc-
 American Association of Law Libraries (Survey: Of Statistics: On USA: Law
 school libraries); Surveys (Of Statistics: On USA: Law school libraries);
 Statistics (On USA: Law school libraries); U.S.A. (Law school libraries);
 Law school libraries; Social sciences (Libraries: Vocational school
 libraries)
 SECT. HEAD.: POLYTECHNIC LIBRARIES; Law school libraries; USA; Statistics;
 Surveys; American Association of Law Libraries investigation
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: GjEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 93
-A-
 7800243 78/243
-W-
 (The characteristics of library automation in Japan. In Japanese)
 Hosono, Kimio
 Library and Information Science (14) 1976, 211-227. 47 refs
-Lang-
 Japanese
 Describes in detail the present situation of library automation activities
 for housekeeping functions in Japan. (1) Such functions as acquisitions,
 production of book form or card catalogues, circulation, and serials control
 are summarised from the point of computer utilisation. (2) Outlines the
 characteristics and history of library automation in various types of
 library, e.g. national university libraries, private university libraries,
 public libraries, the National Diet Library. The Ministry of Education,
 Culture and Science occupies an important place in library automation
 activities, since computers for national university libraries are purchased
 out of the Ministry's budget, and the catalogue card dissemination service
 using MARC tapes has been undertaken by it. (3) Typical mechanised systems
 which are operational now are summarised. (4) Problems which hinder further
 developments of automation are described: lack of a national plan for
 library automation; lack of a central body and the cooperative atmosphere
 among institutions needed to establish networks; and the intricacy and high
 cost of Chinese character processing
-Desc-
 Japan (Computers: Library equipment)
 SECT. HEAD.: COMPUTERS; Japan
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: OqD52
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 94
-A-
 7703811 77/3811
-W-
 Problems of photocopying for libraries
 Probleme um die Reprographie in Bibliotheken
 Sinogowitz, Bernhard
 Boersenblatt fuer den Deutschen Buchhandel 33 (8) 28 Jan 77, 101-103
-Lang-
 German
 Librarians and book trade representatives are anxious to discuss the
 disputed question of photocopying in libraries. Librarians see photocopying
 as a quick, rational and cheap method of providing information, especially
 as library budgets are at present restricted. The book trade regards this as
 a threat to book production. Publishers are demanding changes in paragraphs
 53 and 54 of the Copyright Law, whereby a fee would have to be paid whenever
 a photocopy was made from a work protected by copyright; until now fees have
 been demanded only for commercially-used photocopies. This would bring
 problems for libraries. Many periodical subscriptions would be cancelled and
 more staff needed to collect the fees. Library budgets could not be
 increased in compensation, users would be forced to pay for the service and
 the progress of academic work would be impeded
-Desc-
 West Germany (Copyright: Influence on Photocopying services: Libraries) ;
 Copyright (Influence on Photocopying services: Libraries)
 SECT. HEAD.: PHOTOCOPYING SERVICES; Influence of Copyright; West Germany
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: StAz752D43
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 95
-A-
 7702720 77/2720
-W-
 The years 1972-1977: struggle for survival
 De jaren 1972-1977 of: worstelen en bovenkomen
 Reumer, Dick
 Bibliotheek en Samenleving 5 (3) Mar 77, 58-61. illus
-Lang-
 Dutch
 The Dutch Library and Literature Centre (NBLC) was founded in 1972 and one
 of its first tasks was the formation of special subsections for interest
 groups. A new periodical Bibliotheek en Samenleving was also launched.
 Despite numerous internal wrangles, the NBLC has always presented a common
 front to the government and outside agencies. As a result of the 1974
 Library Law, libraries were inundated with new readers who gained free
 membership under 18 years. The NBLC to this day is battling with government
 to obtain more staff and books for this massive increase in public library
 use. One of the great NBLC success stories has been the growth of
 centralised services to member libraries: book purchasing, cataloguing, book
 lists and audiovisual packages-all services run by a staff of 130 which
 since 1975 have been housed in one new building
-Desc-
 Dutch Library and Literature Centre; Netherlands (Library associations:
 Connected with Public libraries) ; Library associations (Connected with
 Public libraries) ; Nederlands Bibliotheek en Lektuur Centrum (Dutch Library
 and Literature Centre); History (Library history) (Nederlands Bibliotheek en
 Lektuur Centrum (Dutch Library and Literature Centre))
 SECT. HEAD.: PUBLIC LIBRARIES; Library associations; Nederlands Bibliotheek
 en Lektuur Centrum (Dutch Library and Literature Centre)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: FvBko (NBLC)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 96
-A-
 7702361 77/2361
-W-
 The Congressional Sourcebook project
 Vellucci, Matthew J.
 Information politics: proceedings of the 39th ASIS Annual Meeting, volume
 13, San Francisco, California, October 4-9, 1976: Part 1 (printed
 volume)-Abstracts of papers/Part 2 (on microfiches)-Full papers
 Pt. 1, p. 10; Pt. 2, Fiche 1, Frame C6- . illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The overall purpose of the Project is to collect, centrally maintain, and
 make accessible information which will assist the Congress in its
 responsibilities. This involves creating a data base covering Federal agency
 reports, information sources and systems, and the issuing of a series of 3
 photocomposed indexed directories. To obtain information for the Project,
 inventories were made of: (1) recurring reports submitted to the Congress:
 (2) programme evaluation reports of agency activities; (3) budgetary, fiscal
 and programme-related information sources and systems maintinaed by
 agencies. The Sourcebooks are essentially abstract catalogues of the
 inventory information, with a number of unique indexes e.g., law, programme,
 budget function/subfunction. The volumes can be used as handy desk
 references. Magnetic tapes are also available for on-line querying of the
 data base. The Sourcebook files are included in the Congressional Research
 Service's SCORPIO retrieval system
-Desc-
 U. S. General Accounting Office (Congressional Sourcebook Project: Members
 of Congress: Users: Computerised information services); Congressional
 Sourcebook Project (United States General Accounting Office: Members of
 Congress: Users: Computerised information services) ; U.S.A. (Members of
 Congress: Users: Computerised information services) ; Members of Congress
 (USA) (Users: Computerised information services) ; Congressmen (USA) (Users:
 Computerised information services); Computerised information services;
 U.S.A. (Congressmen: Users: Computerised information services)
 SECT. HEAD.: INFORMATION SERVICES; Computerised; Users; Members of Congress;
 USA; United States General Accounting Office; Congressional Sourcebook
 Project
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RnOqHz (328)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 97
-A-
 7701789 77/1789
-W-
 Library administration of historical materials. Part II-cataloging
 Moody, Margaret M.
 Law Libr. J. 69 (3) Aug 76, 318-320
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Based on a paper delivered at the American Association of Law Libraries'
 Institute on American Legal History, Harvard, June 76. Historical materials
 may be catalogued: (1) according to the collection's regular practice for
 standard acquisitions; (2) using special techniques tailored to the
 requirement of the material; (3) by the provision of notebook listings, if
 the collection is small; (4) giving very full bibliographic details. At
 Harvard University a MARC program has been developed for rare books. Briefly
 mentions the potential problems of substantial collections of art objects
 and non-book memorabilia
-Desc-
 U.S.A. (Antiquarian materials: Cataloguing); Antiquarian materials
 (Cataloguing) ; Old and Rare books (Cataloguing); Rare and Old books
 (Cataloguing); Early books (Cataloguing)
 SECT. HEAD.: CATALOGUING; Antiquarian materials; USA
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ThKu
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 98
-A-
 7701562 77/1562
-W-
 Library administration of historical materials. Part III-exhibits
 Chadbourne, Erika S.
 Law Libr. J. 69 (3) Aug 76, 321-325. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Based on a paper delivered at the American Association of Law Libraries'
 Institute on American Legal History, Harvard, June 76. Exhibits create good
 public relations, inspire friends-of-the-library groups in their fund
 drives, encourage administrators to look with a benevolent eye upon the
 librarian's budget, have educational value, and highlight particular aspects
 of the collection. Discusses: (1) how to choose the topics and the exhibit
 personnel; (2) the equipment required in mounting an exhibition; (3)
 techniques of preparation; (4) publicity; (5) problems and satisfactions
-Desc-
 U.S.A. (Law libraries (Type of library): Displays and Exhibitions) ; Law
 libraries (Type of library) (Displays and Exhibitions) Displays and
 Exhibitions (Library publicity); Exhibitions and Displays (Library
 publicity) ; Publicity (Library publicity); Library publicity; Social
 sciences (Libraries: Displays and Exhibitions)
 SECT. HEAD.: PROMOTION OF USE OF LIBRARIES; Publicity; Displays and
 Exhibitions; Law libraries; USA
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RkqEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 99
-A-
 7701205 77/1205
-W-
 Moves towards the improvement of national bibliography by the introduction
 of an automated system in the All-Union Book Chamber
 O putyakh sovershenstvovaniya gosudarstvennoi bibliografii na baze
 vnedreniya avtomatizirovannoi sistemy vo Vsesoyuznoi knizhnoi palate
 Gruzinskaya, N.N.; Telyatitskii, I.S.
 Sovetskaya Bibliografiya (158) 1976, 3-9
-Lang-
 Russian
 To overcome the inadequacies of traditional methods, Soviet national
 bibliography is moving towards the extensive introduction of computer
 technology. In 1972 a detailed survey examining the proposed objectives and
 output of an automated system was conducted. 7 subsystems were identified:
 (1) gathering and processing of data; (2) information storage; (3) automated
 generation of bibliographical publications; (4) reference and information
 services; (5) statistical processing; (6) control and management data; (7)
 transfer of data between systems. These areas are examined, with emphasis on
 the problems of evolving a standard bibliographical description and the
 transfer of data into machine readable form. Printed catalogue cards are
 already being generated by computer, and the transfer of Knizhnaya letopis'
 to an automated base is in progress. By the end of the 10th Five-Year Plan,
 it is envisaged that every organ of Soviet national bibliography will be
 published from a computerised data base
-Desc-
 Computers (Application to USSR: National bibliographies); U.S.S.R. (National
 bibliographies); National bibliographies; Bibliographies (National)
 SECT. HEAD.: BIBLIOGRAPHY; National bibliographies; USSR; Application of
 Computers
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: 533D47
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 100
-A-
 7700597 77/597
-W-
 The effect of a large-scale photocopying service on journal sales
 Van Tongeren, E.
 J. Docum. 32 (3) Sept 76, 198-204. 2 tables
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Tongeren, E. Van
 An answer to an article with the same title by M.B. Line and D.N. Wood, J.
 Docum., 31 (4) Dec 75, 234-245 (see 76/1727). Copying in itself is not
 damaging, but dissemination from an expensive information base without
 contributing to its support will lead to the erosion of the scientific
 journal system. Scientific journal publishing is far from stable. Most
 publishers estimate a cancellation rate of 5 each year, the Line and Wood
 article detects no such reduction. The sample journals used in the previous
 article are not identified-are they 'core' journals, review journals, etc?
 Core journals are most at risk, the increasingly small number of subscribers
 have to pay increasingly large subscriptions. The BLLD is cheap and quick,
 its photocopy service is a direct cause of subscription cancellations. The
 copyright law is interpreted by the BLLD to its own advantage. The BLLD's
 service encourages libraries not to budget for journal subscriptions. With a
 30 increase in student numbers university expenditure on libraries has only
 increased 0.4. The notion of compensation is touched on in the previous
 article but not pursued
-Desc-
 British Library (Lending Division: Photocopying services: Influence on
 Sales: Periodicals: Published materials); U.K. (National libraries:
 Photocopying services: Influence on Sales: Periodicals: Published
 materials); National libraries (Photocopying services: Influence on Sales:
 Periodicals: Published materials) ; Photocopying services (Libraries:
 Influence on Sales: Periodicals: Published materials); Copying services
 (Libraries: Influence on Sales: Periodicals: Published materials) ; Sales
 (Periodicals: Published materials); Subscriptions (Periodicals: Published
 materials) ; Periodicals (Published materials) ; Published materials
 SECT. HEAD.: PUBLISHING; Published materials; Periodicals; Sales; Influence
 of Photocopying services; National libraries; UK; British Library; Lending
 Division
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: 773-444
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 101
-A-
 7700237 77/237
-W-
 Has the new Norwegian Act concerning public and school libraries
 counteracted the economic crisis?
 Granheim, Else
 Scandinavian Publ. Libr. Q. 9 (2) 1976, 54-58. 4 illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The Act, introduced in 1972, has resulted in many improvements in the
 library operation and the outcome has been significant increase in library
 utilisation. The Act stipulated minimum levels of library expenditure per
 head of population and the problem develops from limited budgets, which have
 to account for a locked-in salary agreement taking an ever increasing toll
 of book funds. Indications are that the larger municipalities suffer the
 most and planned heavy investment in media has been postponed. Further
 government appropriations are essential to ensure that the improvements
 already established form the base for secure growth and perhaps serious
 thought should be given to selection of priorities in service
-Desc-
 Norway (Public libraries: Law (Library law): Finance); Public libraries (Law
 (Library law): Finance); Law (Library law) (Finance: Librarianship); Finance
 (Librarianship)
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Finance; Law; Public libraries;
 Norway
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Npcq
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 102
-A-
 7700187 77/187
-W-
 Characteristics of social science serials: the construction and analysis of
 a file of social science serial titles
 Nicholas, David; Ritchie, Maureen; Bradshaw, Robert
 Bath, Bath University and London, Polytechnic of North London, 1975. 155p.
 illus. tables. refs. (Design of Information Systems in the Social Sciences
 Research reports series B No.4) (ISBN 0-900843-48-9)
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An account of work undertaken as part of the DISISS Project. Describes the
 construction and analysis of a machine-readable data base for social science
 serials-Check List of Social Science Serials (CLOSSS)-outlining the method
 of data collection used, the types of data recorded, and editing and
 programming procedures. A statistical analysis of CLOSSS-mostly based on the
 contents of 5, 504 records-is presented. The results indicate various
 characteristics of the social science serials literature, e.g. frequency of
 publication, number of articles, form, and content
-Desc-
 CLOSSS (Check List of Social Science Serials) (Design of Information Systems
 in the Social Sciences (DISISS): Bath University (UK): Investigation:
 Computerised bibliograhic records: Use for Bibliometrics: Periodicals:
 Social sciences) ; Check List of Social Science Serials (CLOSSS) (Design of
 Information Systems in the Social Sciences (DISISS): Bath University (UK):
 Investigation: Computerised bibliographic records: Use for Bibliometrics:
 Periodicals: Social sciences); DISISS (Design of Information Systems in the
 Social Sciences) (Bath University (UK): Investigation: Computerised
 bibliographic records: Use for Bibliometrics: Periodicals: Social sciences);
 Bath University (UK) (Design of Information Systems in the Social Sciences
 (DISISS) investigation: Computerised bibliographic records: Use for
 Bibliometrics: Periodicals: Social sciences Computerised bibliographic
 records (Use for Bibliometrics: Periodicals: Social sciences); Bibliographic
 records (Use for Bibliometrics: Periodicals: Social sciences); Records
 (Bibliographic: Use for Bibliometrics: Periodicals: Social sciences);
 Bibliometrics (Periodicals: Social sciences) ; Periodicals (Social sciences:
 Library materials); Design of Information Systems in the Social Sciences
 (DISISS) (Bath University (UK): Investigation: Computerised bibliographic
 records: Use for Bibliometrics: Periodicals: Social sciences)
 SECT. HEAD.: STOCK BY PHYSICAL AND PUBLICAT; Periodicals; Bibliometrics; Use
 of Bibliographic records; Computerised; Bath University (UK); Design of
 Information Systems in the Social Sciences (DISISS) investigation; Check
 List of Social Science Serials (CLOSSS)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: M (3)LmKb
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 103
-A-
 7700181 77/181
-W-
 Micrographic librarianship-an outline
 Surrency, Erwin C.
 Int. J. Law Libr 4 (3) Nov 76, 206-215. 9 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Looks at the application of micropublications and the problems which they
 engender, with a slant towards law libraries. The arguments in favour of
 microforms are discussed: they allow use of old and rare texts while the
 documents themselves are preserved; they save space; financial savings
 through purchasing sets of reports instead of having to track down
 individual volumes; and they can maintain integrity of serial collections.
 Discusses acquisition of micropublications, selection of readers and/or
 printers, what a film should contain and bibliographical control. Problems
 include missing pages, poor reproduction, maintenance, and the most
 important factor, cataloguing for easy retrieval
-Desc-
 U.S.A. (Law libraries (Type of library): Microforms: Stock Law libraries
 (Type of library) (Microforms: Stock); Microforms (Library stock)
 SECT. HEAD.: AUDIO-VISUAL MATERIALS; Microforms; Law libraries; USA
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: MiEr (34)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 104
-A-
 7603369 76/3369
-W-
 Library support through automation: the California State University and
 Colleges plan for library automation
 Kountz, John C.
 J. Libr. Automn. 8 (2) June 75, 98-114. 10 illus. 17 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A systemwide approach using standardised equipment, procedures, and
 techniques for library automation is being developed, coordinated and
 implemented for the California State University and Colleges. As a result of
 over 2 years' planning, specifications, schedules, and budgets have evolved
 for a 10-year program leading to a total system of library automation for
 the 19 libraries. The software, hardware, procedural, and operational
 components of this system are reviewed with specific emphasis on the time
 periods involved, the phasing of implementation, and the costs and benefits
 anticipated
-Desc-
 U.S.A. (Higher education libraries: Planning: Organisation and
 administration: Computers) ; Higher education libraries (Planning:
 Organisation and administration: Computers); Planning (Organisation and
 administration: Computers: Library equipment); Organisation and
 administration (Computers: Library equipment); California State University
 and Colleges (Higher education libraries: Planning: Organisation and
 administration: Computers) ; Administrative aspects (Computers: Library
 equipment); Management aspects (Computers: Library equipment)
 SECT. HEAD.: COMPUTERS; Organisation and administration; Planning; Higher
 education libraries; California State University and Colleges
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: OqNbm
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 105
-A-
 7602132 76/2132
-W-
 Management developments in public librarianship
 Beleidsontwikkelingen in het openbare bibliotheekwerk
 van der Werff, Y.P.W.
 Bibliotheek en Samenleving 4 (1) Jan 76, 11-14
-Lang-
 Dutch
 Werff, Y.P.W. van der
 Paper given at the study day held by the Institute of Management Science,
 Breda, Oct 75, on the new library law. Every management problem consists of
 an aim and a means to achieve it. In librarianship aims are difficult to
 determine. The new library act has demanded such a concentration of
 attention on means that genuine policy formation has lagged behind. Yet it
 offers great opportunities for policy making: budgets and estimates will in
 future be scrutinised by provincial and municipal authorities, with all the
 powers of allocations attached. Long-term planning is also a local authority
 responsibility requiring valuable surveys of existing staff and resource
 needs and the setting of new objectives. It is essential that staff are
 involved in the planning process which is too important to be left to the
 planners alone
-Desc-
 Netherlands (Public libraries: Administration); Public libraries
 (Administration)
 SECT. HEAD.: ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Public libraries; Netherlands
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NjFvD492
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 106
-A-
 7600784 76/784
-W-
 ALA at 99 12: SLJ reports the '76 Midwinter conference
 Gerhardt, Lillian N.; Cheatham, Bertha M.; Pollack, Pamela D.
 Sch. Libr. J. 22 (7) Mar 76, 76-81. 13 illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Discusses Council activities, the Social Responsibilities Round Table Task
 Force on Women, and the Freedom to Read Foundation. The youth divisions are
 reported in more detail. American Association of School Librarians. With a
 completely new board in charge, AASL got down to the tedious but important
 business of By-law changes and the budget report which shows AASL to have a
 larger deficit than any other ALA division. Ways of increasing revenue were
 discussed. It is now time to give vital membership concerns some thought.
 Children's Services Division. The main issue was censorship and
 reevaluation. CSD voted to rescind the 'Statement on Reevaluation' adopted
 in 1973 because it had sometimes been used as a censorship device. There was
 also discussion on the Library Bill of Rights. Young Adult Services
 Division. Because of a favourable financial position the Executive Secretary
 is able to work full-time (from 12-time)
-Desc-
 American Library Association (Children's Services Division: Midwinter
 Meeting (1976)) ; American Library Association (Young Adult Services
 Division: Midwinter Meeting (1976)) ; American Association of School
 Librarians (Midwinter Meeting (1976)); Children's Services Division
 (American Library Association: Midwinter Meeting (1976)); Young Adult
 Services Division (American Library Association: Midwinter Meeting (1976)) ;
 U.S.A. (Conferences: Youth and children's libraries); Conferences on (Youth
 and children's libraries)
 SECT. HEAD.: YOUTH AND CHILDREN'S LIBRARIES; Conferences; USA; American
 Library Association Children's Services Division and Young Adult Services
 Division; And American Association of School Librarians; Midwinter Meeting
 (1976)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Hyj/kAg
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 107
-A-
 7600452 76/452
-W-
 30 years of activity by the Lithuanian Republican Book Chamber
 30 let deyatel'nosti Knizhnoi palaty Litovskoi SSR
 Ul'pis, A.Yu.
 Sovetskaya Bibliografiya (152) 1975, 16-20
-Lang-
 Russian
 The Lithuanian Book Chamber was founded in Mar 45. Its main spheres of
 activity include: (1) publication of the State bibliography which appears
 monthlyin its 30 years of existence more than 1 12 million items have been
 registered; (2) retrospective bibliography, 15th century to 1940; (3)
 statistical monitoring of Republican publishing output; (4) centralised
 cataloguing, which saves the time of 4, 000 librarians throughout the
 Republic; (5) scientific and technical information about printing,
 publishing and the book trade; (6) acquisition and storage of deposit copies
 of Lithuanian materialits archive already has 3, 450, 000 items; (7)
 theoretical and methodological research into bibliographical and library
 problems. The accomplishments of the Book Chamber in all these areas are
 described
-Desc-
 Lithuanian Soviet Socialist Republic (Book Chamber); Organisations
 (Connected with: Bibliographical control); Book chambers (USSR); U.S.S.R.
 (Book chambers)
 SECT. HEAD.: BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONTROL; Organisations; Book Chamber of the
 Lithuanian Soviet Socialist Republic
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RmtBjmD475
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 108
-A-
 7600083 76/83
-W-
 On the introduction to the practice of library administration
 Zur Einfuehrung in die Praxis der Bibliotheksverwaltung
 Limburg, Hans
 Mitteilungsblatt (Verband der Bibliotheken des Landes Nordrhein-Westfalen)
 25 (3) Sept 75, 238-253
-Lang-
 German
 In Dec 74 the training libraries of North-Rhine Westphalia were presented
 with an outline plan for the training of library students in research
 libraries. Section 5 of the plan calls for 3 weeks' instruction in
 administration, organisation and planning, a period considered far too
 short. The subject is discussed under 6 main headings, and details are given
 of relevant legislation and required reading. The headings are: (1) a
 general introduction to library administration; (2) civil law; (3) law
 relating to employers and employees; (4) social law; (5) finance and
 budgets; (6) library organisation
-Desc-
 North Rhine-Westphalia (West Germany) (Practical work in libraries: Teaching
 methods: Library administration: Curricula by subject interest: For Research
 library staff); West Germany (Practical work in libraries: Teaching methods:
 Library administration: Curricula by subject interest: For Research library
 staff) ; Practical work in libraries (Teaching methods: Library
 administration: Curricula by subject interest: For Research library staff) ;
 Teaching (Professional) Librarianship (Teaching methods: Library
 administration: Curricula by subject interest: For Research library staff);
 Library administration (Curricula by subject interest: For Research library
 staff); Library management (Curricula by subject interest: For Research
 library staff) ; Management ( (Library management): Curricula by subject
 interest: For Research library staff); Administration (Librarianship:
 Curricula by subject interest: For Research library staff) ; Research
 libraries (Type of library) (Staff: Education (Professional) Librarianship)
 SECT. HEAD.: CURRICULA; By library occupation; Research librarians Curricula
 by subject; Library administration; Teaching methods; Practical work in
 libraries; North Rhine-Westphalia (West Germany)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: BxeqrBw
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 109
-A-
 301174 85301174 Current Research Record (CR)
-W-
 Distance learning package on statistics for librarians - presentation of
 data (RP 121/PICKUP) (STATUS: Archived on completion)
 8502
 Blackie, E.; Simpson, I.S.; Barber, S.
 Newcastle upon Tyne Polytechnic (School of Librarianship and Information
 Studies)
 RESEARCH TEAM: Edna Blackie (Project Director), Ian S. Simpson (Course
 Tutor), Stephanie Barber (Research Worker) at Newcastle upon Tyne
 Polytechnic; School of Librarianship and Information Studies, Lipman
 Building, Sandyford Road, Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 8ST
 FINANCIAL SUPPORT: DES (FEU) PICKUP (Department of Education & Science
 (Further Education Unit) Professional and Commercial Updating Programme) -
 Pounds 7, 931
 PROJECT DURATION: January 1983 - April 1984
 FURTHER INFORMATION: Edna Blackie
 REFERENCES: Blackie, E and Simpson, I: The development of a distance
 learning course Newcastle upon Tyne Polytechnic bulletin of educational
 development and research 25 1983, 25-28.
-ISSN-
 142.1174
 Aim: - to develop a distance-learning curriculum package teaching the skills
 of presenting, analysing and evaluating statistical information to
 librarians and information officers. The course was piloted Jan-Mar '83,
 evaluated and re-edited April-Aug '83, full course begins Sept '83, final
 evaluation Jan-Apr '84. A 13 week course, involving 4-5 hours study per
 week, 9 separate teaching units, self-marked and tutor-marked tests and
 assignment. Cost Pounds 40. (No amendments. Assumed completed on schedule)
-Desc-
 Statistics; Distance Learning Package; Programmed instruction; Professional
 education; Teaching; Teaching methods
 SECT. HEAD.: TEACHING PROFESSIONAL
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Bye&Aq
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 110
-A-
 300988 85300988 Current Research Record (CR)
-W-
 A study of the history of libraries in Plymouth to 1914 (STATUS: Archived on
 completion)
 8502
 Lattimore, M.I.
 RESEARCH TEAM: M.I. Lattimore (Dr), 40 St Martin's Avenue, Plymouth,
 Devonshire PL3 4QS
 PROJECT DURATION: September 1979 - November 1982
 QUALIFICATION: PhD; University of London. Granted November 1982
 FURTHER INFORMATION: M.I. Lattimore
 REFERENCES: Copies of the thesis held at The Library Association, London
 University Library, College of Librarianship Wales, Plymouth Central Library
 Local History Department
 The history, character and library potential of each of the Three Towns
 (Plymouth, Devonport and Stonehouse) which became Plymouth in 1914 are
 introduced. Accounts of individual libraries are arranged by type, with some
 evaluation of their national, regional and local significance, showing that
 many were early and/or important examples of their type. Mostly post-1800,
 the types include commercial subscription, private subscription, literary
 and philosophical, mechanics' institute, co-operative society,
 rate-supported, school, technical, theological, scientific, medical and law
 libraries. Of special significance is the new light cast on the origin and
 early history of Army, Navy and Marine libraries. Finally, a comparison of
 the library histories of the Three Towns shows how and why library
 development can vary significantly in small contiguous areas
-Desc-
 History; Plymouth; Libraries in general
 SECT. HEAD.: LIBRARIES IN GENERAL
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: EaD2358
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 111
-A-
 300852 85300852 Current Research Record (CR)
-W-
 Distance learning package on statistics for librarians - presentation of
 data (RP 121/PICKUP) (STATUS: Current)
 Blackie, E.; Simpson, I.S.; Barber, S.
 Newcastle upon Tyne Polytechnic (School of Librarianship and Information
 Studies)
 RESEARCH TEAM: Edna Blackie (Project Director), Ian S. Simpson (Course
 Tutor), Stephanie Barber (Research Worker) at Newcastle upon Tyne
 Polytechnic; School of Librarianship and Information Studies, Lipman
 Building, Sandyford Road, Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 8ST
 FINANCIAL SUPPORT: DES (FEU) PICKUP (Department of Education & Science
 (Further Education Unit) Professional and Commercial Updating Programme) -
 Pounds 7, 931
 PROJECT DURATION: January 1983 - April 1984
 FURTHER INFORMATION: Edna Blackie
 REFERENCES: Blackie, E and Simpson, I: The development of a distance
 learning course Newcastle upon Tyne Polytechnic bulletin of educational
 development and research 25 1983, 25-28.
-ISSN-
 142.1174
 Aim: - to develop a distance-learning curriculum package teaching the skills
 of presenting, analysing and evaluating statistical information to
 librarians and information officers. The course was piloted Jan-Mar '83,
 evaluated and re-edited April-Aug '83, full course begins Sept '83, final
 evaluation Jan-Apr '84. A 13 week course, involving 4-5 hours study per
 week, 9 separate teaching units, self-marked and tutor-marked tests and
 assignment. Cost Pounds 40
-Desc-
 Statistics; Distance Learning Package; Programmed instruction; Professional
 education; Teaching; Teaching methods
 SECT. HEAD.: TEACHING PROFESSIONAL
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Bye&Aq
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 112
-A-
 300301 85300301 Current Research Record (CR)
-W-
 Development of biobibliographical directory for eighteenth century Ireland
 (STATUS: Current)
 Brown, B.A.
 University College Dublin (Department of Library and Information Studies)
 RESEARCH TEAM: Barbara A. Brown (Project Supervisor) at University College
 Dublin; Department of Library and Information Studies, Belfield, Dublin 4,
 Republic of Ireland
 PROJECT DURATION: January 1981-
 FURTHER INFORMATION: Barbara Brown
 REFERENCES: Wallis, P J and Robinson, F J G Book subscriptions lists: a
 revised guide . University of Newcastle, 1975, Preface, pp X-XXI
 The project is similar to the compilation of subscription lists at
 Newcastle-upon-Tyne (PHIBB) (cf. reference below and 5+4468), but has some
 important differences in emphasis and aims. Through computer-assisted
 sorting and collation of subscribers names at selected ten year intervals,
 we aim to isolate the location and contents of private domestic libraries in
 Dublin and rural Ireland during the eighteenth century. Such libraries range
 from the collections of Anglo-Irish ascendancy families, to those of
 individual priests and scholars. The availability of auction catalogues for
 many of these collections before 1801 permits in addition extensive analysis
 of trends in acquisition and use during the century. Such analyses may be
 undertaken as dissertations for the Master's degree in Library & Information
 Studies. Libraries assisting in the compilation are Trinity College Dublin,
 the National Library of Ireland and University College, Dublin
-Desc-
 History; Ireland (Republic); Private libraries; Special purpose
 bibliographies; Bibliographies; Bibliography; Bibliography
 SECT. HEAD.: BIBLIOGRAPHY
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: 534HdD37
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 113
-A-
 7002186 70/2186
-W-
 Program budgeting and work measurement for law libraries
 Schultz, J.S.
 Law.Libr.J., 63 (3) Aug 70, 353-362
-Desc-
 U.S.A.; Law libraries; Budgets (program budgeting); Work measurement
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 031:061 114
-A-
 7001276 70/1276
-W-
 Law library purchasing in an inter-disciplinary era
 Dee, M.E.
 Law Libr.J., 63 (1) Feb 70, 19-27
-Desc-
 U.S.A.; Law libraries; Acquisitions
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 1
-A-
 1571560 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512122056
-W-
 MECHANICAL DEGRADATION OF GLASS FIBERS DURING COMPOUNDING WITH
 POLYPROPYLENE.
 Fisa, B.
 Natl Research Co. of Canada, Industrial Materials Research Inst,
 Boucherville, Que, Can
 Polymer Composites v 6 n 4 Oct 1985, Compos '84, Boucherville, Que, Can, Nov
 20 1984 p 232-241
 -CODEN-
 PCOMDI
-ISSN-
 0272-8397
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); T; - (Theoretical)
 The objective was to study the fiber length degradation during compounding
 of glass fiber with polypropylene. The effect of parameters such as
 viscosity, total work, concentration on fiber length and dispersion was
 studied using an automatic particle size analyzer. (Edited author abstract)
 15 refs.
-Desc-
 *POLYPROPYLENE--*Fillers; GLASS FIBER--Applications; PLASTICS--Processing
-Ident-
 MECHANICAL DEGRADATION; COMPOUNDING PROCEDURE; FIBER LENGTH DISTRIBUTION
 Class. Codes: 816 (Plastics, Plant Equipment & Processes); 812 (Ceramics &
 Refractories); 817 (Plastics, Products & Applications); 931 (Applied
 Physics); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 2
-A-
 1571547 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512122817
-W-
 COMPLEXES OF LANTHANOID SALTS WITH MACROCYCLIC LIGANDS. PART 21. SANDWICH
 COMPLEXES BETWEEN LANTHANOID (III) IONS AND UNSUBSTITUTED 15-CROWN-5 AND
 18-CROWN-6 ETHERS.
 Bunzli, Jean-Claude G.; Giorgetti, Aldo
 Univ de Lausanne, Inst de Chimie Minerale et Analytique, Lausanne, Switz
 Journal of the Less-Common Metals v 112 Oct 1985, Proc of the Int Rare Earth
 Conf, Pt 3, Zurich, Switz, Mar 4-8 1985 p 355-361
 -CODEN-
 JCOMAH
-ISSN-
 0022-5088
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Lanthanoid hexafluorophosphates react with 15-crown-5 and 18-crown-6 ethers
 to give sandwich complexes Ln (PF//6)//3 (C//1//0H//2//0O//5)//2 (Ln
 EQUIVALENT La-Sm, Gd) and Ln (PF//6)//3 (C//1//2H//2//4O//6)//2 (Ln
 EQUIVALENT Ce, Nd). These complexes have a limited thermal stability and
 their decomposition temperature ranges from 40 to 100 DEGREE C. The Ln
 (PF//6)//3 (C//1//0H//2//0O//5)//2 complexes present two isostructural
 series: Ln EQUIVALENT La-Nd, and Ln EQUIVALENT Sm, Gd. The two sandwich
 complexes with 18-crown-6 ether are also isostructural. Vibrational spectra
 confirm these findings and indicate the coordination of both polyethers
 while the anions remain uncoordinated. The magnetic moments of the Ln (III)
 ions in the complexes are slightly smaller than those of the free ions
 (1-7%). (Edited author abstract). 11 refs.
-Desc-
 *RARE EARTH COMPOUNDS; SALTS
-Ident-
 LANTHANOID SALTS; MACROCYCLIC LIGANDS; ETHERS; SANDWICH COMPLEXES
 Class. Codes: 547 (Precious & Rare Earth Metals & Alloys); 804 (Chemical
 Products); 505 (Mines & Mining, Nonmetallic); 54 (METAL GROUPS); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 50 (MINING ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 3
-A-
 1571528 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512122881
-W-
 SELECTION RULES FOR RARE EARTH MAGNETIC CIRCULAR DICHROISM SPECTRA.
 Gorller-Walrand, C.; Fluyt-Adriaens, L.
 Univ of Leuven, Lab of Inorganic Chemistry, Heverlee, Belg
 Journal of the Less-Common Metals v 112 Oct 1985, Proc of the Int Rare Earth
 Conf, Pt 3, Zurich, Switz, Mar 4-8 1985 p 175-191
 -CODEN-
 JCOMAH
-ISSN-
 0022-5088
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical)
 Selection rules have been derived to determine the sign of the A//1-term (i.
 e., the characteristic derivative-shaped magnetic circular dichroism) with
 respect to the magnetic dipole and the induced electric dipole mechanisms.
 (Edited author abstract) 15 refs.
-Desc-
 *RARE EARTH ELEMENTS--*Magnetic Properties
 Class. Codes: 547 (Precious & Rare Earth Metals & Alloys); 804 (Chemical
 Products); 701 (Electricity & Magnetism); 931 (Applied Physics); 54 (METAL
 GROUPS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 4
-A-
 1571526 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512116376
-W-
 INFLUENCE OF 4f ELECTRONS ON CHEMISTRY AND VARIOUS SPECTROMETRIES.
 Jorgensen, Christian K.
 Univ de Geneve, Dep de Chimie Minerale, Geneva, Switz
 Journal of the Less-Common Metals v 112 Oct 1985, Proc of the Int Rare Earth
 Conf, Pt 3, Zurich, Switz, Mar 4-8 1985 p 141-152
 -CODEN-
 JCOMAH
-ISSN-
 0022-5088
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 The 4f group is the only one of the five transition groups in condensed
 matter to exhibit a large difference (8 ev) between ionization energy, I,
 and electron affinity; a spread of the numerous J-levels over 6-15 ev for q
 = 2-12; the parameters of the refined spin-pairing treatment provide similar
 I for (7 PLUS q) and q electrons; and photo-electron and optical spectra
 have clarified the better and lesser known areas of quantum chemistry.
 (Author abstract) 75 refs.
-Desc-
 *ELECTRONS; QUANTUM THEORY
-Ident-
 QUANTUM MECHANICS; CHEMICAL BONDING; PHOTOELECTRON SPECTRA; ELECTRON
 AFFINITY
 Class. Codes: 701 (Electricity & Magnetism); 931 (Applied Physics); 932
 (High Energy, Nuclear & Plasma Physics); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 5
-A-
 1571486 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512117545
-W-
 RIGIDITY PERCOLATION IN GLASSY STRUCTURES.
 Thorpe, M. F.
 Michigan State Univ, Dep of Physics & Astronomy, East Lansing, MI, USA
 Journal of Non-Crystalline Solids v 76 n 1 Nov II 1985, Proc of the Workshop
 on Res Oppor in Amorphous Solids with Pulsed Neutron Sources, Argonne, IL,
 Apr 17-19 1985 p 109-116
 -CODEN-
 JNCSBJ
-ISSN-
 0022-3093
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical); X; (- Experimental)
 We review the new concept of rigidity percolation and show that if local
 flexible units are joined together to form a network, the composite consists
 of floppy and rigid regions. When the rigid regions percolate, the whole
 network becomes rigid and resists attempts at elastic deformation. These
 ideas are applied to network glasses. It is shown that in the floppy region
 there exist low-frequency modes that should show up in inelastic neutron
 scattering. (Author abstract) 15 refs.
-Desc-
 *GLASS--*Microstructure; NEUTRONS--Scattering
-Ident-
 RIGIDITY PERCOLATION; INELASTIC NEUTRONS SCATTERING; POLYMERIC GLASS
 Class. Codes: 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 932 (High Energy, Nuclear &
 Plasma Physics); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 6
-A-
 1571472 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512121388
-W-
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 17TH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON LOW TEMPERATURE PHYSICS,
 LT-17.
 Eckern, Ulrich (Ed. ); Schmid, A. (Ed. ); Weber, W. (Ed. ); Wuehel, H. (Ed.
 )
 Univ Karlsruhe, Fakultaet fuer Physik, Karlsruhe, West Ger
 Proc of the 17th Int Conf on Low Temp Phys, LT-17, Karlsruhe, West Ger, Aug
 15-22 1984 Publ by North-Holland, Amsterdam, Neth and New York, NY, USA,
 1984 2 vol, 1404p
 ISBN: 0-444-86910-7
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 06878; 05410 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 CP; (Conference Proceedings)
 The proceedings contains 694 papers. Some of the topics covered are:
 superfluid helium 3; superconductivity and magnetism; nuclear magnetic
 ordering; microfabrication; sound in liquid helium 4 and mixtures;
 refractories and other transition metal compounds; Josephson junctions;
 heavy fermion superconductors; multilayers, superlattices; solid helium 3;
 excitations in glasses; small cryocoolers and high sensitivity measuring
 devices; ions and films; flow and turbulence; amorphous materials; standards
 and precision measurements; interfaces and surfaces; spin glasses; digital
 applications of tunnel junctions; spin-polarized hydrogen; pinning;
 monochromatic phonons, acoustic microscopy, and Kapitza resistance; A-15
 compounds; localization; networks of weak links; unusual superconductors;
 quantum oscillations; critical phenomena; proximity effect/penetration
 depth; chaos and noise; charge density waves; transition metals and alloys;
 and low dimensional conductors. Technical and professional papers from this
 conference are indexed and abstracted with the conference code no. 06878 in
 the Ei Engineering Meetings (TM) database produced by Engineering
 Information, Inc. Additional papers published in a journal issue are indexed
 and abstracted with the conference code no. 05410.
-Desc-
 *PHYSICS--*Low Temperature Effects; HELIUM--Low Temperature Effects;
 SUPERCONDUCTIVITY; SUPERCONDUCTING DEVICES--Josephson Junctions; METALS AND
 ALLOYS; PHONONS
-Ident-
 SPIN GLASSES; SUPERFLUIDS; LOCALIZATION EFFECTS; CRITICAL PHENOMENA; EIREV
 Class. Codes: 644 (Refrigeration & Cryogenics); 804 (Chemical Products); 704
 (Electric Components & Equipment); 531 (Metallurgy & Metallography); 701
 (Electricity & Magnetism); 931 (Applied Physics); 64 (HEAT &
 THERMODYNAMICS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 53
 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 7
-A-
 1571452 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512112600
-W-
 LIPOSOMES FOR GENE TRANSFER AND EXPRESSION IN VIVO.
 Nicolau, C.; Soriano, Ph.; Legrand, A.
 Cent de Biophysique Moleculaire, Orleans, Fr
 Colloids and Surfaces v 14 n 3-4 Jun 1985, Phys Chem of Colloids and
 Interfaces Biotechnol and Drug Res, Pap presented at the Int Conf, Pt B,
 Paris, Fr, Sep 27-30 1983 p 325-337
 -CODEN-
 COSUD3
-ISSN-
 0166-6622
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 A recombinant plasmid encoding for rate preproinsulin I was encapsulated in
 large lipsomes and injected intravenously into rats. Glycemia and blood,
 splenic and hepatic insulin were assayed from 6 h after inoculation. Control
 animals received (i) empty liposomes, (ii) liposomes carrying the E. coli
 pBR322 plasmid, (iii) the free rat insulin I gene or (iv) no injection. All
 controls showed unchanged glucose and insulin levels. Six hours after
 inoculation the treated rats had 72 PLUS OR MINUS 5 mg glucose per 100 ml of
 blood, compared with 107 PLUS OR MINUS 2 mg for controls. Radioimmunoassay
 of blood insulin gave 61 PLUS OR MINUS 8 MU U ml** MINUS **1 (43 PLUS OR
 MINUS 5 MU U ml** MINUS **1 for controls). (Edited author abstract) 15
 refs.
-Desc-
 *BIOCHEMISTRY; BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS
-Ident-
 PLASMID ENCODING; GENE TRANSFER; LIPOSOMES
 Class. Codes: 461 (Biotechnology); 801 (Chemical Analysis & Physical
 Chemistry); 46 (BIOENGINEERING); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 8
-A-
 1571447 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512116213
-W-
 INFLUENCE OF SODIUM DODECYLSULPHATE AND OF INORGANIC ELECTROLYTES ON THE
 MICELLAR SOLUBILIZATION OF BUTOBARBITONE IN AQUEOUS POLYOXYETHYLENE LAURYL
 ETHER SOLUTIONS AT 298. 15 K.
 Treiner, Claude; Vaution, Catherine; Miralles, Edgar; Puisieux, Francis
 Univ de Paris 6 (Pierre et Marie Curie), Lab d'Electrochimie, Paris, Fr
 Colloids and Surfaces v 14 n 3-4 Jun 1985, Phys Chem of Colloids and
 Interfaces Biotechnol and Drug Res, Pap presented at the Int Conf, Pt B,
 Paris, Fr, Sep 27-30 1983 p 285-292
 -CODEN-
 COSUD3
-ISSN-
 0166-6622
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 The partition coefficient between water and the micellar phase of a
 barbituric acid, butobarbitone, has been determined in mixed aqueous
 solutions of two surfactants: sodium dodecylsulfate (SDS) and
 polyoxyethylene (23) laury ether (PEO 23). The partition coefficient of
 barbitone decreases when mixed micelles are formed. The effective
 composition of the mixed micelles is calculated from critical micelle
 concentration data obtained from surface-tension measurements, using the
 model of regular solutions. It is shown that small quantities of SDS in the
 mixed micelles have a large effect on the solubilization of butobarbitone; a
 larger quantity of POE 23 is needed to obtain the same results. (Edited
 author abstract) 9 refs.
-Desc-
 *ELECTROLYTES; SURFACE ACTIVE AGENTS; DRUG PRODUCTS
-Ident-
 SODIUM DODECYLSULFATE; MICELLAR SOLUBILIZATION; BUTOBARBITONE; SURFACTANTS
 Class. Codes: 702 (Electric Batteries & Fuel Cells); 802 (Chemical Apparatus
 & Plants); 803 (Chemical Agents & Basic Industrial Chemicals); 804 (Chemical
 Products); 462 (Medical Engineering & Equipment); 70 (ELECTRICAL
 ENGINEERING); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 46 (BIOENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 9
-A-
 1571444 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512112595
-W-
 ROLE OF MEMBRANE LIPIDS IN ERYTHROCYTE RHEOLOGY.
 Hanss, Maxime; Koutsouris, Dimitri
 UER, Lab de Biophysique Appliquee, Paris, Fr
 Colloids and Surfaces v 14 n 3-4 Jun 1985, Phys Chem of Colloids and
 Interfaces Biotechnol and Drug Res, Pap presented at the Int Conf, Pt B,
 Paris, Fr, Sep 27-30 1983 p 261-268
 -CODEN-
 COSUD3
-ISSN-
 0166-6622
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Red blood cell (RBC) deformability has been studied by an initial filtration
 flow-rate method between 4 and 50 DEGREE C, for the intact cells and their
 membranes. For normal RBCs, the deformability is essentially the same for
 the intact cell and the membrane. In particular, a thermal transition is
 found in the 15-20 DEGREE C range (cells and membranes becoming more rigid
 over this range). Such a transition has also been described for artificial
 lipid bilayers. Moreover, when comparing the RBC rheology of patients with
 that of controls, or the RBC from different mammals, the membrane
 phospholipids/cholesterol ratio is the only factor which has been correlated
 so far with increased RBC rigidity (for normal haemoglobin). (Edited author
 abstract) 34 refs.
-Desc-
 *BIOCHEMISTRY; BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS--Blood; MEMBRANES; RHEOLOGY
-Ident-
 CELL DEFORMABILITY; ERYTHROCYTE RHEOLOGY; LIPIDS
 Class. Codes: 461 (Biotechnology); 801 (Chemical Analysis & Physical
 Chemistry); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 931 (Applied Physics); 46
 (BIOENGINEERING); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 10
-A-
 1571429 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512120309
-W-
 DEVELOPMENT OF OCEAN MINING IN THE RED SEA.
 Amann, Hans
 Preussag Marine Technology Dep, Hanover, West Ger
 Marine Mining v 5 n 2 1985, Polymet Sulfide Deposits, San Francisco, CA,
 USA, Sep 1 1983 p 103-116
 -CODEN-
 MARMDK
-ISSN-
 0149-0397
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications)
 Base and precious metals (Zn, Cu, Ag, Au) in hydrothermal sediment of the
 Atlantis II Deep in the Central Red Sea at water depths of more than 2, 000
 m have caused considerable scientific attention and technical development
 during the last 15 years. In 1976, the Saudi-Sudanese Red Sea Commission
 awarded a contract to Preussag AG, a mining and engineering company in
 Hannover, West Germany, to develop environmentally sound methods of ocean
 mining and beneficiation and to assess the economics of the project. Results
 of the research, development, and analysis that are directly or indirectly
 applicable to the polymetallic sulfide deposits of mid-ocean ridges are
 discussed. Refs.
-Desc-
 *MINERAL INDUSTRY AND RESOURCES--*Subaqueous; MINES AND MINING--Red Sea
-Ident-
 RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT; ATLANTIS II PROJECT; OCEAN MINING
 Class. Codes: 501 (Exploration & Prospecting); 502 (Mine & Quarry Equipment
 & Operations); 50 (MINING ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 11
-A-
 1571422 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512123243
-W-
 RECRYSTALLIZATION AND TEXTURE FORMATION DURING HOT ROLLING OF AUSTENITIC
 STAINLESS STEEL.
 Saito, Hoshihiro; Sakai, Tetsuo; Takeda, Kenzo; Kato, Kenzo
 Osaka Univ, Dep of Materials Science & Engineering, Suita, Jpn
 Transactions of the Iron and Steel Institute of Japan v 25 n 10 1985, Prepr
 for the 109th ISIJ Meet, Tokyo, Jpn, Apr 1-3 1985 p B. 275
 -CODEN-
 TISJBB
-ISSN-
 0021-1583
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 This work investigated further the nature of recrystallization by
 determining the change in preferred orientation and substructure. Cold
 rolled and annealed stainless steel sheet (2. 1mm thick, 0. 08%C-18. 4%Cr-9.
 2%Ni) was used. The rolled strip was directly quenched at exit from the
 rolling mill. The holding time before quenching was varied by 3. 5, 15, 60
 and 250ms. Some strip was air cooled after rolling. 2 refs.
-Desc-
 *ROLLING MILL PRACTICE--*Hot Rolling; IRON AND STEEL
 METALLOGRAPHY--Recrystallization; STAINLESS STEEL--Deformation; STEEL HEAT
 TREATMENT--Quenching
-Ident-
 TEXTURES; COLD ROLLING; DIRECT QUENCHING; ORIENTATION
 Class. Codes: 535 (Rolling, Forging & Forming); 531 (Metallurgy &
 Metallography); 545 (Iron & Steel); 421 (Materials Properties); 537 (Heat
 Treatment); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING); 54 (METAL GROUPS); 42 (MATERIALS
 PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 12
-A-
 1571417 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512119613
-W-
 DEVELOPMENT OF A NEW MARAGING STEEL FOR ALUMINUM DIE CASTING MOLD
 (DEVELOPMENT OF MOLD STEELS WITH EXCELLENT THERMAL FATIGUE PROPERTIES -
 IV).
 Sagara, Noriyoshi; Nakao, Masakazu; Morimoto, Hiroyuki; Hosomi, Koji
 Kobe Steel Ltd, Materials Research Lab, Kobe, Jpn
 Transactions of the Iron and Steel Institute of Japan v 25 n 10 1985, Prepr
 for the 109th ISIJ Meet, Tokyo, Jpn, Apr 1-3 1985 p B. 270
 -CODEN-
 TISJBB
-ISSN-
 0021-1583
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Specimens with nominal chemical composition of 7 to 15%Ni-3 to 11%Cr-5%Mo-0
 to 20%Cr-1. 5 to 2. 0Ti-0. 1 to 1. 0% Al-0 to 1. 0Si were melted in a vacuum
 induction furnace. The ingots were homogenized at 1200 DEGREE C and hot
 forged. To evaluate these materials, the transformation temperature,
 hardening, high temperature strength, thermal fatigue and low cycle fatigue
 at high temperatures and corrosion resistance to molten aluminum alloys were
 tested in comparison with commercial maraging steel and SKD61 steel. 1 ref.
-Desc-
 *MARAGING STEEL--*Fatigue; ALUMINUM FOUNDRY PRACTICE-- Molding; THERMAL
 EFFECTS; STEEL CORROSION
-Ident-
 THERMAL FATIGUE; M19; M21; DIE CASTING MOLDS
 Class. Codes: 545 (Iron & Steel); 534 (Foundry Practice); 421 (Materials
 Properties); 539 (Metals Corrosion & Protection); 54 (METAL GROUPS); 53
 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 13
-A-
 1571356 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512118802
-W-
 GRAIN REFINING OF AUSTENITIC STAINLESS STEELS BY ALPHA TO GAMMA REVERSION.
 Takaki, Setsuo; Tanimoto, Seiji; Tokunaga, Youichi
 Kyusyu Univ, Dep of Iron & Steel Metallurgy, Higashi, Jpn
 Transactions of the Iron and Steel Institute of Japan v 25 n 9 1985, Prepr
 for the 109th ISIJ Meet, Tokyo, Jpn, Apr 1-3 1985 p B-223
 -CODEN-
 TISJBB
-ISSN-
 0021-1583
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 The purpose of the investigation was to determine a suitable chemical
 composition in Fe-Cr-Ni for reversion treatment and to discuss the grain
 refining mechanism. Steels with 12-18%Cr and 9-13%Ni were cast. The steel
 used was 15. 66%Cr, 9. 9%Ni, 0. 003%C, and 0. 004%N. The 0. 2% proof stress
 of a specimen subjected to 90% pre-cold rolling is 70kg/mm**2, about three
 times as large as that of SUS 304 steel. 1 ref.
-Desc-
 *IRON AND STEEL METALLOGRAPHY--*Microstructures; STAINLESS STEEL--Mechanical
 Properties; ROLLING MILL PRACTICE--Cold Rolling
-Ident-
 GRAIN REFINING; REVERSION; TYPE 304
 Class. Codes: 531 (Metallurgy & Metallography); 545 (Iron & Steel); 421
 (Materials Properties); 535 (Rolling, Forging & Forming); 53 (METALLURGICAL
 ENGINEERING); 54 (METAL GROUPS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 14
-A-
 1571331 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512124786
-W-
 HYDROGEN ATTACK PRODUCED BY AN ELECTROCHEMICAL METHOD USING MOLTEN SALTS.
 Tsubakino, Harushige; Ando, Atsushi; Masuda, Takashi; Yamakawa, Koji
 Univ of Osaka Prefecture, Coll of Engineering, Sakai, Jpn
 Transactions of the Iron and Steel Institute of Japan v 25 n 9 1985 p
 999-1001
 -CODEN-
 TISJBB
-ISSN-
 0021-1583
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 A hydrogen attack test has been performed in a hydrogen gas atmosphere of
 high pressure and high temperature using a pressure vessel. Hydrogen attack
 in steel can be produced easily in a simple apparatus by an electrochemical
 method using molten salts. Then, this method is useful for a hydrogen attack
 test. The amount of charging current density is largest in sodium hydroxide
 followed by chloride salt and least in sulfate salt. 15 refs.
-Desc-
 *STEEL--*Hydrogen Embrittlement; STEEL TESTING; SALTS--Fused
-Ident-
 HYDROGEN ATTACK; HIGH PRESSURE; HIGH TEMPERATURE; HYDROGEN ATTACK TESTING
 Class. Codes: 545 (Iron & Steel); 421 (Materials Properties); 422 (Materials
 Testing); 505 (Mines & Mining, Nonmetallic); 54 (METAL GROUPS); 42
 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 50 (MINING ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 15
-A-
 1571323 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512112810
-W-
 EVAPORATION- AND ABSORPTION-RATE OF POTASSIUM THROUGH BLAST-FURNACE SLAG.
 Amatatsu, Masayoshi; Stuts, Volker; Gudenau, Heinrich Wilhelm
 Univ of Tokyo, Dep of Metallurgy & Materials Science, Tokyo, Jpn
 Transactions of the Iron and Steel Institute of Japan v 25 n 9 1985 p
 949-952
 -CODEN-
 TISJBB
-ISSN-
 0021-1583
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Evaporation of potassium from slag was investigated in order to estimate the
 effect of chemical composition and temperature. The evaporation rate
 increased with addition of FeO, CaO and MgO and decreased with addition of
 amphoteric oxides such as alumina and titanium dioxide. Addition of MgO
 substituted by CaO under constant basicity B = (CaO PLUS MgO)/SiO//2
 affected positively the delayed evaporation of potassium oxide. (Edited
 author abstract) 15 refs.
-Desc-
 *BLAST FURNACE PRACTICE--*Physical Chemistry; POTASSIUM
 COMPOUNDS--Absorption
-Ident-
 ABSORPTION RATE; EVAPORATION RATE; ALKALI CAPACITY; POTASSIUM OXIDE;
 BLAST-FURNACE SLAG
 Class. Codes: 533 (Ore Treatment & Metal Refining); 804 (Chemical Products);
 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 16
-A-
 1571271 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512126757
-W-
 WELD METAL AND HEAT AFFECTED ZONE TOUGHNESS AS INFLUENCED BY COPPER.
 Hannerz, N. E.
 Technical Univ of Denmark, Lab of Thermal Processing of Materials, Den
 ATB Metallurgie (Acta Technica Belgica) v 23 n 4 1983, Copper in Steel -
 Proc, Part II, Luxemburg, Luxemb, May 25-27 1983 p 5. 1-5. 22
 -CODEN-
 ATBMA6
-ISSN-
 0365-7302
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 The influence of copper on the weldability in terms of toughness has been
 studied systematically. Submerged arc bead on plate welding with one wire
 flux combination on 15 mm plates of different copper content gave different
 copper content weld metals. The same plates with systematically permutated
 copper content were used for HAZ (Heat Affected Zone) simulation. Welds as
 well as simulated HAZ were studied also in the stress relief heat treated
 condition. The study shows that up to 0. 5 pct. copper does not hamper weld
 metal toughness. 6 refs.
-Desc-
 *WELDED STEEL STRUCTURES--*Fatigue; WELDS--Testing; WELDED STEEL
 STRUCTURES--Defects
-Ident-
 SUBMERGED ARC; PLATE WELDING; HAZ; WELDMENT PROPERTIES
 Class. Codes: 538 (Welding & Bonding); 545 (Iron & Steel); 421 (Materials
 Properties); 531 (Metallurgy & Metallography); 53 (METALLURGICAL
 ENGINEERING); 54 (METAL GROUPS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 17
-A-
 1571219 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512126144
-W-
 NEUTRON SCATTERING STUDY OF THE HEAVY FERMION SYSTEM UBe//1//3.
 Shapiro, S. M.; Goldman, A. I.; Shirane, G.; Cox, D. E.; Fisk, Z.; Smith, J.
 L.
 Brookhaven Natl Lab, Upton, NY, USA
 Journal of Magnetism and Magnetic Materials v 52 n 1-4 Oct 1985, Proc of the
 5th Int Conf on Cryst Field and Anomalous Mixing Eff in f-Electron Syst,
 Sendai, Jpn, Apr 15-18 1985 p 418-420
 -CODEN-
 JMMMDC
-ISSN-
 0304-8853
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: N; (Numeric/Statistica- l); X; (Experimental)
 Neutron scattering measurements were performed on polycrystalline samples of
 UBe//1//3 in order to establish more accurately the structure and probe the
 dynamics of the spin fluctuations. The structure was confirmed to be cubic
 with space group O//h**6 (Fm3c) with BeII positional parameters y = 0. 1763
 (1) and z = 0. 1150 (1). The inelastic spectrum at T = 10 K exhibits a broad
 response with half width at half maximum of 15 mev. (Author abstract) 11
 refs.
-Desc-
 *URANIUM COMPOUNDS--*Electronic Properties; NEUTRONS-- Scattering
-Ident-
 SPIN FLUCTUATIONS; HEAVY FERMION SYSTEMS
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 701 (Electricity & Magnetism); 931
 (Applied Physics); 932 (High Energy, Nuclear & Plasma Physics); 547
 (Precious & Rare Earth Metals & Alloys); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 70
 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 54 (METAL GROUPS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 18
-A-
 1571196 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512113367
-W-
 NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RELAXATION IN THE HEAVY ELECTRON SUPERCONDUCTOR
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 CeCu//2Si//2.
-A-
 Kitaoka, Yoshio; Ueda, Koh-ichi; Kohara, Takao; Asayama, Kunisuke; Onuki,
-W-
 Yoshichika; Komatsubara, Takemi
 Kobe Univ, Dep of Physics, Kobe, Jpn
 Journal of Magnetism and Magnetic Materials v 52 n 1-4 Oct 1985, Proc of the
 5th Int Conf on Cryst Field and Anomalous Mixing Eff in f-Electron Syst,
 Sendai, Jpn, Apr 15-18 1985 p 341-343
 -CODEN-
 JMMMDC
-ISSN-
 0304-8853
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Nuclear magnetic relaxation rate 1/T//1 of **6**3Cu in the superconducting
 state of CeCu//2Si//2 has been measured down to 50 mK by both PQR and NMR
 techniques. 1/T//1 does not show the enhancement just below T//c and varies
 approximately as T**3 in external field for 0. 1 K < T < 0. 6 K. The result
 shows that the superconductivity in CeCu//2Si//2 is consistent with in the
 anisotropic energy gap model. (Author abstract) 15 refs.
-Desc-
 *CERIUM COMPOUNDS--*Magnetic Properties; MAGNETIC MEASUREMENTS--Relaxation;
 SUPERCONDUCTING MATERIALS
-Ident-
 NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RELAXATION; COPPER 63; TEMPERATURE DEPENDENCE
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 701 (Electricity & Magnetism); 942
 (Electrical & Electronic Measuring Instruments); 708 (Electric & Magnetic
 Materials); 544 (Copper & Alloys); 547 (Precious & Rare Earth Metals &
 Alloys); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 94
 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT); 54 (METAL GROUPS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 19
-A-
 1570977 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512114460
-W-
 TEMPERATURE EFFECTS ON CONCRETE.
 Naik, Tarun R. (Ed. )
 Univ of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, WI, USA
 ASTM Spec Tech Publ 858, Temp Eff on Concr, Kansas City, MO, USA, Jun 21
 1983. Publ by ASTM, Philadelphia, PA, USA, 1985 184p
 -CODEN-
 ASTTA8
-ISSN-
 0066-0558 ISBN: 0-8031-0435-9
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 06875 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 CP; (Conference Proceedings) Treatment: G; (General Review)
 This conference proceedings contains 10 papers. Topics presented include
 concrete curing in the Arctic, static and cyclic behavior of concrete at
 cryogenic temperatures, dolostone and limestone concretes at high
 temperatures, temperature and delivery time effects on concrete proportions,
 hot weather effects on concrete strength, winter concrete curing, strength
 and permeability of fly ash concrete, mortars, pastes and slag cements,
 heats of hydration and elevated temperature exposure of cements, and the
 Willow Island cooling tower collapse. Technical and professional papers from
 this conference are indexed and abstracted with the conference code no.
 06875 in the Ei Engineering Meetings (TM) database produced by Engineering
 Information, Inc. 127 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE--*High Temperature Effects; CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION --Low
 Temperature Effects; CEMENT--Hydration; MORTAR--Slag; STRENGTH OF MATERIALS;
 CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash
-Ident-
 WEATHER CONDITIONS; ARCTIC ENVIRONMENT; CRYOGENIC TEMPERATURES; ADMIXTURES;
 EIREV
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 421
 (Materials Properties); 422 (Materials Testing); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 20
-A-
 1570472 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512117114
-W-
 MINUTES OF FALL MEETING - PENNSYLVANIA ELECTRIC ASSOCIATION, ENGINEERING
 SECTION, STRUCTURES AND HYDRAULICS COMMITTEE, 1982.
 Anon
 Pennsylvania Electric Assoc, Structures & Hydraulics Committee, Harrisburg,
 PA, USA
 Minutes Meet Pa Electr Assoc Eng Sect Struct and Hydraul Comm, 1982,
 Danville, PA, USA, Sep 29-Oct 1 1982. Publ by Pennsylvania Electric Assoc,
 Engineering Section, Harrisburg, PA, USA, 1982 var pagings
 -CODEN-
 MMPSDA
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 05572 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 CP; (Conference Proceedings) Treatment: A; (Application- s); G; (General
 Review)
 This conference proceedings contains 5 papers. Various papers discuss: fly
 ash removal; fly ash disposal; wet systems; dry systems; steam electric
 stations; fly ash conversion; ash disposal area siting; floriculture
 utilization; waste heat utilization; fly ash basin raising; and dam seepage.
 Technical and professional papers from this conference are indexed and
 abstracted with the conference code no. 05572 in the Ei Engineering Meetings
 (TM) database produced by Engineering Information, Inc.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH; POWER PLANTS--Waste Disposal; GEOLOGY--Engineering ;
 GREENHOUSES--Space Heating; STRUCTURAL DESIGN--Quality Control
-Ident-
 LANDFILL DISPOSAL; COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS; COOLING TOWER DISCHARGE; DAM
 OVERALL PERFORMANCE; EIREV
 Class. Codes: 451 (Air Pollution); 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical
 Products); 441 (Dams & Reservoirs); 481 (Geology & Geophysics); 408
 (Structural Design); 45 (POLLUTION & SANITARY ENGINEERING); 52 (FUEL
 TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 44 (WATER & WATERWORKS ENGINEERING);
 48 (ENGINEERING GEOLOGY); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 21
-A-
 1567747 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512117115
-W-
 PHYSICAL CHARACTERIZATION OF UK PULVERIZED-FUEL ASHES FOR USE IN CONCRETE.
 Dhir, Ravindra K.; Jones, M. Roderick; Munday, John G. L.; Hubbard,
 Frederick H.
 Univ of Dundee, Dep of Civil Engineering, Dundee, Scotl
 Magazine of Concrete Research v 37 n 131 Jun 1985 p 75-87
 -CODEN-
 MCORAV
-ISSN-
 0024-9831
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical); X; (- Experimental)
 The characteristics of pulverized-fuel ash (pfa) to BS 3892: Part 1 and
 their possible effects upon concrete are examined by using supplies from 26
 sources in the UK. Fineness is identified as giving an over-all measure of
 ash quality and is used to propose a four-part classification to provide a
 realistic basis for ash utilization in concrete. (Edited author abstract) 23
 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Testing; CONCRETE--Admixtures
-Ident-
 POZZOLANIC ACTIVITY; PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 422 (Materials Testing) 423 (General
 Materials Properties & Testing); 412 (Concrete); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING);
 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 22
-A-
 1562599 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512117116
-W-
 UTILISATION OF FLY ASH: A CHALLENGE TO CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY - 2.
 Swamy, R. N.
 Univ of Sheffield, Dep of Civil & Structural Engineering, Sheffield, Engl
 Indian Concrete Journal v 59 n 6 Jun 1985 p 147-151, 167
 -CODEN-
 ICJOAL
-ISSN-
 0019-4565
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications)
 The first part of the paper deals with the utilization of fly ash as partial
 cement replacement in concrete construction. Large scale utilization of fly
 ash as lightweight aggregate for concrete is advocated in the second part of
 the paper, presented here. Extensive data on concretes made with fly ash
 aggregate and sand together with partial cement replacement are presented. A
 third form of fly ash usage as filler for special concretes such as sulfur
 concrete is also discussed. The paper advocates the use of fly ash in all
 concrete constructions, as a rule and not as an exception, provided the fly
 ash meets the specifications requirements. (Edited author abstract) 4 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Waste Utilization; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; SAND AND GRAVEL
-Ident-
 HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE; HIGH EARLY STRENGTH CONCRETE; SULFUR CONCRETE
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 913 (Production Planning & Control);
 412 (Concrete); 483 (Soil Mechanics & Foundations); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 48
 (ENGINEERING GEOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 23
-A-
 1558849 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512113218
-W-
 QUANTITATIVE DETERMINATION OF POZZOLANAS IN HYDRATED SYSTEMS OF CEMENT OR Ca
 (OH)//2 WITH FLY ASH OR SILICA FUME.
 Li, Shiqun; Roy, Della M; Kumar, Amitabha
 Pennsylvania State Univ, Materials Research Lab, University Park, PA, USA
 Cement and Concrete Research v 15 n 6 Nov 1985 p 1079-1086
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 A selective dissolution method using a slightly modified picric
 acid-methanol-water solution procedure was found to be adequate for the
 quantitative determination of unhydrated fly ash and silica fume in hydrated
 systems of cement-fly ash and cement-silica fume, respectively. The extent
 of hydratio nof fly ash and silica fume in various paste mixtures has been
 calculated. The hydration products and the residue compositoin were examined
 by both X-ray diffraction and energy-dispersive X-ray analysis and their
 morphologies were observed under an SEM. (Author abstract) 2 refs.
-Desc-
 *CEMENT--*Pozzolan; CONCRETE--Analysis; CONCRETE AGGREGATES --Hydration
-Ident-
 SILICA FUME; HYDRATION PRODUCTS; RESIDUE COMPOSITION
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 24
-A-
 1558843 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512114488
-W-
 PORE STRUCTURE CHARACTERISTICS AFFECTING THE PERMEABILITY OF CEMENT PASTE
 CONTAINING FLY ASH.
 Marsh, B. K.; Day, R. L.; Bonner, D. G.
 Hatfield Polytechnic Div of Civil Engineering, Hatfield, Engl
 Cement and Concrete Research v 15 n 6 Nov 1985 p 1027-1038
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 Results are presented from measurements of the permeability of saturated,
 hardened cement pastes, with and without fly ash. The results show that a
 dramatic reduction in permeability occurs due to the pozzolanic reaction of
 the fly ash. Porosity estimats from mercury-intrusion porosimetry and
 helium-comparison pycnometry are used to develop an explanation for the
 permeability reduction. (Edited author abstract) 17 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CEMENT--Additives; CONCRETE
 TESTING--Surface; CONCRETE--Density Measurement
-Ident-
 AGGRESSIVE AGENTS; RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS; POZZOLANIC REACTION; PYCNOMETRY
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 25
-A-
 1558841 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512114487
-W-
 SULPHATE RESISTANCE OF OPC, OPC/FLY ASH AND SRPC PASTES: PORE STRUCTURE AND
 PERMEABILITY.
 Hughes, D. C.
 Hatfield Polytechnic, Concrete Research Lab, Hatfield, Engl
 Cement and Concrete Research v 15 n 6 Nov 1985 p 1003-1012
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 Fly ash is a slow acting pozzolana and requires substantial curing to
 achieve its potential strength and durability properties. Results are
 presented of the sulfate resistance, permeability and pore size distribution
 of OPC, OPC/fly ash and SRPC pastes variously cured before immersion in 0.
 7M Na//2SO//4. A range of pores is identified which are particularly
 susceptible to sulfate attack and a qualitative relationship established
 between the variation, with curing, of the entry size of these pores, the
 permeability of the paste and sulfate resistance. (Author abstract) 22
 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CEMENT--Pozzolan; CONCRETE-- Durability
-Ident-
 PORE SIZE DISTRIBUTION; CHEMICAL ATTACK; SULFATE RESISTANCE
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 26
-A-
 1558131 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512114486
-W-
 VERSATILITY OF PFA.
 Anon
 CEGB, Engl
 Civ Eng (London) Aug 1985 p 37, 40
 -CODEN-
 CVEGA5
-ISSN-
 0305-6473
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: G; (General Review)
 The advantages of PFA concrete conducive to its success include: high
 long-term strength, improved workability, reduced water content, greater
 cemetitious content, high sulfate resistance, high resistance to alkali
 aggregate reaction, reduced bleeding, low heat of hydration, reduced
 permeability, and superior quality surface finish. 6 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CONCRETE-- Physical Properties; STRENGTH OF
 MATERIALS--Evaluation; SURFACES--Quality Control
-Ident-
 PFA CONCRETE; IMPROVED WORKABILITY; REDUCED WATER CONTENT; SULFATE
 RESISTANCE; REDUCED PERMEABILITY
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 931 (Applied
 Physics); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING);
 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 27
-A-
 1557414 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512124083
-W-
 PNEUMECH SILO.
 Stange, K.
 Claudius Peters AG, Hamburg, West Ger
 Bulk Solids Handling v 5 n 2 Apr 1985 p 407-416
 -CODEN-
 BSHAD7
-ISSN-
 0173-9980
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.)
 The changed requirements with regard to the storage of fly ash in silos for
 power stations and cement works are explained in this article. The resultant
 concept of a large-scale silo for long-term storage of fly ash is
 illustrated, and a new type of silo is introduced, including its design and
 function. (Author abstract)
-Desc-
 *SILOS--*Applications; FLY ASH--Storage
-Ident-
 SILO CHARGING; FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS; SILO DISCHARGING
 Class. Codes: 402 (Buildings & Towers); 691 (Bulk Materials Handling); 40
 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 69 (MATERIALS HANDLING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 28
-A-
 1557141 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512114509
-W-
 USE OF BY-PRODUCTS FOR STEEL FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE.
 Kohno, Kiyoshi; Horii, Katsunori; Ohji, Tohru
 Tokushima Univ, Dep of Civil Engineering, Jpn
 Trans of the Jpn Concr Inst, Vol 6 1984 Publ by Japan Concrete Inst, Tokyo,
 Jpn, 1985 p 39-46
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); T; - (Theoretical)
 This paper presents the results of an investigation of the use of industrial
 by-products such as fly ash, blast-furnace slag and ferro-silicon condensed
 silica fume for steel fiber reinforced concrete as admixtures substituting
 for cement. The influences of the mix proportions on the properties such as
 air content, slump and various strengths of steel fiber reinforced concrete
 were investigated. (Edited author abstract) 4 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION--*Reinforced Concrete; CONCRETE AGGREGATES; CONCRETE
 REINFORCEMENTS; CONCRETE--Mechanical Properties
-Ident-
 STEEL FIBER REINFORCEMENTS; INDUSTRIAL BY-PRODUCTS; MIX PROPORTIONS
 Class. Codes: 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 412 (Concrete); 421
 (Materials Properties); 931 (Applied Physics); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 29
-A-
 1557140 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512114485
-W-
 EFFECTIVE USE OF FLY ASH IN ROLLER COMPACTED CONCRETE (RCC).
 Aoyagi, Yukio; Kasahara, Kiyoshi; Kurita, Morio; Kanamori, Hiroshi
 Central Research Inst of Electric Power Industry, Civil Engineering Lab,
 Jpn
 Trans of the Jpn Concr Inst, Vol 6 1984 Publ by Japan Concrete Inst, Tokyo,
 Jpn, 1985 p 31-38
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); T; - (Theoretical)
 In view of the successful application of Roller Compacted Dam (RCD) Concrete
 under the supervision of the Ministry of Construction of Japan, the
 construction method is being watched with keen interest as one of the
 prospective means to reduce the construction cost of electric energy related
 mass concrete structures. The purpose of the study is to investigate the
 possibility of increasing fly ash content more than usually used for RCD in
 Japan. (Edited author abstract) 2 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CONCRETE-- Mechanical Properties; COAL
 ASH--Applications
-Ident-
 ROLLER COMPACTED CONCRETE; ASH CONTENT EFFECT; MINERAL FINES ADDITION
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 421
 (Materials Properties); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING);
 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 30
-A-
 1554179 E.I. Monthly No: EI8511102429
-W-
 FLY ASH AND COAL CONVERSION BY-PRODUCTS: CHARACTERIZATION, UTILIZATION, AND
 DISPOSAL I (PAPERS BASED ON SYMPOSIUM M OF THE 1984 FALL MEETING OF THE
 MATERIALS RESEARCH SOCIETY).
 McCarthy, Gregory J. (Ed. ); Lauf, Robert J. (Ed. )
 North Dakota State Univ, Dep of Chemistry, Fargo, ND, USA
 Materials Research Society Symposia Proceedings v 43, Fly Ash and Coal
 Convers By-Prod Charact, Util, and Disposal I, Boston, MA, USA, Nov 29-30
 1984. Publ by Materials Research Soc, Pittsburgh, PA, USA, 1985 272p
 -CODEN-
 MRSPDH
-ISSN-
 0272-9172 ISBN: 0-931837-08-1
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 06931 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 CP; (Conference Proceedings) Treatment: A; (Application- s); X;
 (Experimental)
 This conference contains 24 papers. They are divided into 4 categories: Fly
 ash characterization; fly ash utilization; coal gasification ash; and
 environmental considerations. X-ray diffraction, scanning electron
 microscopy, thermal analysis, etc., are the techniques highlighted in many
 papers dealing with fly ash characterization. Papers on fly ash utilization
 include replacement of some of the cement in concrete by fly ash as well as
 roadbed stabilization and oil well cementing applications. Environmental
 concerns in use of fly ash for roadbed stabilization and in burial of fly
 ash in reclaimed strip mines and municipal landfills are addressed in the
 final section. Technical and professional papers from this conference are
 indexed and abstracted with the conference code no. 06931 in the Ei
 Engineering Meetings (TM) database produced by Engineering Information,
 Inc.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; MINERALOGY; ROADBUILDING
 MATERIALS--Fly Ash; OIL WELL CEMENTING; WATER POLLUTION-- Underground
-Ident-
 FLY ASH CHARACTERIZATION; FLY ASH UTILIZATION; COAL GASIFICATION ASH;
 POZZOLANIC REACTIVITY; EIREV
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 406 (Highway Engineering); 482 (Mineralogy & Petrology); 513
 (Petroleum Refining); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 48 (ENGINEERING GEOLOGY);
 51 (PETROLEUM ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 31
-A-
 1553231 E.I. Monthly No: EI8511100125
-W-
 Strength and Durability of Concrete with Coal Fly-Ash as an Additive.
 ZUR FESTIGKEIT UND DAUERHAFTIGKEIT VON BETON BEI ZUSATZ VON
 STEINKOHLENFLUGASCHE.
 Wesche, K.; Schubert, P.; Weber, J. W.
 RWTH, Inst fuer Bauforschung, Aachen, West Ger
 Betonwerk und Fertigteil-Technik v 50 n 6 Jun 1984 p 367-374
 -CODEN-
 BWFTAB
-ISSN-
 0373-4331
 Language: GERMAN; ENGLISH
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: G; (General Review)
 Two methods of calculating the contribution of coal fly-ash (CFA) to the
 strength development of mortars and concretes are described, by means of
 which the proportion k of CFA which can be rated as equivalent to cement (in
 so far as compressive strength is concerned) is determined. This proportion
 depends upon, among other parameters, the type and strength class of the
 cement, the CFA emloyed, the proportion PHI = f/z thereof, and the age t, i.
 e., the hardening time that has elapsed. As evaluation of available research
 results shows, a value k = 0. 3 at t = 28 days can be adopted as the lower
 limit. 11 refs. In German and English.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE--*Mechanical Properties; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; STRENGTH OF
 MATERIALS--Evaluation
-Ident-
 CONCRETE DURABILITY; STRENGTH DEVELOPMENT; MORTAR TESTS; COAL FLY-ASH
 EFFECTS
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 32
-A-
 1550417 E.I. Monthly No: EI8511100074
-W-
 MINERAL BY-PRODUCTS AND FREEZE-THAW RESISTANCE OF CONCRETE.
 Virtanen, Jorma
 Oy Partek AB, Pargas, Finl
 Nordic Concrete Research n 3 Dec 1984 p 191-208
 -CODEN-
 NCORDB
-ISSN-
 0800-6377
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 MC; (Monograph Chapter) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Mineral by-products can influence the freeze-thaw resistance of hardened
 concrete mainly by altering the pore structure of cement paste, by affecting
 the functioning of air-entraining agents or by changing the rate of strength
 development. The effects of blast-furnace slag, fly ash and silica fume have
 been studied by two test series. 3 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE--*Admixtures; CONCRETE TESTING--Low Temperature; CONCRETE
 AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; SLAGS--Mixing
-Ident-
 MINERAL BY-PRODUCTS; FREEZE-THAW RESISTANCE; BLAST-FURNACE SLAG; PULVERIZED
 COAL FLY ASH; CONDENSED SILICA FUME
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 33
-A-
 1547009 E.I. Monthly No: EI8511099039
-W-
 HYDRATION OF BLENDED CEMENTS.
 Meland, Inger
 Norges Tekniske Hogskole, Cement & Concrete Research Inst, Trondheim, Norw
 Nordic Concrete Research n 2 Dec 1983 p 183-196
 -CODEN-
 NCORDB
-ISSN-
 0800-6377
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 This paper presents results from investigations aiming at differences in
 degree of hydration, residual calcium-hydroxide, and water contents of
 pastes made from fly ash cement with - and without addition of condensed
 silica fume compared with ordinary Portland cement. Possible effects of a
 plasticizing agent in a cement-silica paste is discussed. (Edited author
 abstract) 8 refs.
-Desc-
 *CEMENT--*Hydration; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash;
 PLASTICIZERS--Applications; MOISTURE DETERMINATION
-Ident-
 RESIDUAL CALCIUMHYDROXIDE; CEMENT PASTES; POZZOLANIC REACTION; AGGRESSIVE
 ENVIRONMENTS; REINFORCEMENT CORROSION
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 816 (Plastics, Plant Equipment & Processes);
 944 (Moisture, Pressure & Temperature, & Radiation Measuring Instruments);
 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 94
 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 34
-A-
 1544026 E.I. Monthly No: EI8511102426
-W-
 UTILITIES ENCOURAGING INCREASED USE OF POWERPLANT FLYASH.
 Patelunas, Gerard M.
 GAI Consultants Inc, Monroeville, PA, USA
 Power v 129 n 9 Sep 1985 p 51-53
 -CODEN-
 POWEAD
-ISSN-
 0032-5929
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications)
 In 1983, electric utilities in the USA produced 52. 4-million tons of flyash
 as a byproduct of coal combustion. All but 7. 5-million tons of this total
 were hauled to disposal sites, at a cost that reached $15/ton. Despite the
 high cost of disposal, only about 10-15% of utility-produced flyash has ever
 been recycled for another use. There are several institutional barriers
 preventing utilities from reusing more of their flyash. These include
 construction methods, performance, environmental issues, transportation, and
 potential markets. In an effort to eliminate some of these barriers and so
 increase the commercial value of flyash, the Electric Power Research
 Institute (EPRI) is coordinating a program designed to increase flyash use.
 The porgram concentrates on placing flyash in high-volume applications.
 Overcoming concerns of participant groups through education is a large part
 of effort. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH; WASTE DISPOSAL; REFUSE DISPOSAL--Land Fill; COAL
 ASH--Applications; EMBANKMENTS; GROUTING
-Ident-
 POWERPLANT FLYASH; BACKFILL; PAVEMENT BASE COURSE; SOIL AMENDMENT; HYDRAULIC
 FILL
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 521 (Combustion & Fuels) ; 452
 (Sewage & Industrial Wastes Treatment); 524 (Solid Fuels); 405 (Construction
 Equipment & Methods); 483 (Soil Mechanics & Foundations); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 45 (POLLUTION & SANITARY ENGINEERING);
 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 48 (ENGINEERING GEOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 35
-A-
 1542843 E.I. Monthly No: EI8511100141
-W-
 STUDY OF TWENTY-FIVE YEAR OLD PULVERIZED FUEL ASH CONCRETE USED IN
 FOUNDATION STRUCTURES.
 Cabrera, J. G.; Woolley, G. R.
 Univ of Leeds, Dep of Civil Engineering, Leeds, Engl
 Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers (London) v 79 pt 2 Mar
 1985 p 149-165
 -CODEN-
 PCIEAT
-ISSN-
 0020-3262
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); H; - (Historical); X;
 (Experimental)
 Modern examination techniques have been employed to investigate the
 concrete. The results have been compared with construction data recorded in
 a 1958 report. This is a rare, investigation into the performance of
 concrete placed with a 20% replacement of the cement with pulverized fuel
 ash (pfa). It is particularly relevant that the pfa used did not comply with
 the present British Standard specification. The compressive and tensile
 strengths continued to improve beyond that achieved by all-cement control
 samples. Consideration of durability shows that the pfa concrete had a
 marked advantage. Even at 25 years virtually no carbonation could be found.
 It is suggested that the lower porosity and much smaller pore size found in
 the pfa concrete contributed largely to this excellent durability
 performance. 19 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CONCRETE TESTING--Tensile Tests; CONCRETE
 CONSTRUCTION--Foundations
-Ident-
 CARBONATION; COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH; PORE CHARACTERISTICS; MICROMORPHOLOGY
 TESTS
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 405 (Construction
 Equipment & Methods); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES
 & TESTING); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 36
-A-
 1542450 E.I. Monthly No: EI8511100103
-W-
 EFFECTIVENESS OF FLY ASH FOR STRENGTH AND DURABILITY OF CONCRETE.
 Ho, D. W. S.; Lewis, R. K.
 CSIRO, Div of Building Research, Melbourne, Aust
 Cement and Concrete Research v 15 n 5 Sep 1985 p 793-800
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 The effectiveness, K, of a fly ash can be defined as the ratio of the amount
 of cement replaced to the amount of fly ash added, provided the specified
 requirements of the concrete are maintained. It is generally assumed that
 the effectiveness of a fly ash can be treated as a constant. This paper
 presents results on concrete made with various mix proportions using three
 different cements and fly ash from three different sources. It was found
 that the K factor of each fly ash in achieving common 28-day compressive
 strength varies over a wide range depending on the amount of fly ash used,
 the type of cement, the incorporation of chemical admixtures and the
 particular strength level chosen. (Edited author abstract) 14 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE--*Durability; CEMENT--Additives; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash
-Ident-
 BINDER MATERIAL; CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY; WORKABILITY; CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 37
-A-
 1542446 E.I. Monthly No: EI8511105456
-W-
 PROPERTIES OF PORTLAND CEMENT-SILICATE FUME PASTES. I. POROSITY AND SURFACE
 PROPERTIES.
 Feldman, R. F.; Cheng-yi, Huang
 Natl Research Co. of Canada, Div of Building Research, Ottawa, Ont, Can
 Cement and Concrete Research v 15 n 5 Sep 1985 p 765-774
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 Studies of portland cement-silica fume mortars show that the sand-matrix
 interface has a definite effect on pore-size distribution, porosity, and
 mechanical properties. Further work has demonstrated that the hydration rate
 of these mortars, in relation to that of pastes, is affected and that
 freeze-thaw resistance is improved by the addition of silica fume. The
 objective is to gain a basic understanding of the structure of the pastes
 and clarify these observations. Several surface chemical properties of the
 system, a portland cement-silica fume blend, during the hydration reaction
 in paste form were measured. 11 refs.
-Desc-
 *MORTAR--*Research; CONCRETE--Porosity; MATERIALS SCIENCE;
 CEMENT--Additives; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash
-Ident-
 SAND-MATRIX INTERFACE; HYDRATION REACTION; PASTE BLENDS; PLASTICIZERS
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 931 (Applied Physics); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 38
-A-
 1542225 E.I. Monthly No: EI8511108112
-W-
 SOME RECENT EXPERIMENTS ON SOIL STABILIZATION IN AGRICULTURAL ROAD
 CONSTRUCTION.
 Kezdi, A.; Biczok, E.
 Acta Technica (Budapest) v 95 n 1-4 1982 p 83-97
 -CODEN-
 ATSHA8
-ISSN-
 0001-7035
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); E; - (Economic/Cost
 Data/Market Survey); X; (Experimental)
 The aim of this experimental work was to decide which stabilization method
 could be applied most successfully and most economically in some areas that
 could be taken as typical in Hungary. Two regions were chosen: a loess area
 and a clay area in the mountains. In these areas cement, fly ash and
 chemical stabilizations were tried applying different technologies: local
 materials mixed in situ, transported materials mixed in situ and premixed
 materials. In the present study the experiences obtained in planning and in
 construction are presented. (Author abstract) 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *ROADS AND STREETS--*Construction; SOILS--Stabilization; AGRICULTURE
-Ident-
 ZOMBA; HUNGARIAN AGRICULTURE
 Class. Codes: 406 (Highway Engineering); 483 (Soil Mechanics & Foundations);
 821 (Agricultural Equipment & Methods); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 48
 (ENGINEERING GEOLOGY); 82 (AGRICULTURE & FOOD TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 39
-A-
 1537502 E.I. Monthly No: EI8510094719
-W-
 FIELD AGING OF FIXED SULFUR DIOXIDE SCRUBBER WASTE.
 Aggour, M. Sherif; Stanbro, William D.; Lentz, John J.
 Univ of Maryland at College Park, Civil Engineering Dep, College Park, MD,
 USA
 Journal of Energy Engineering v 111 n 1 Sep 1985 p 62-73
 -CODEN-
 JLEED9
-ISSN-
 0733-9402
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 A fixed-material test pad was constructed to evaluate the long-term effects
 of the fixation with lime of blended fly ash and scrubber sludge. The 507. 9
 X 10**3 kg test pad was envisioned as a scale model disposal site with
 average dimensions of 13. 72 X 22. 86 m by 0. 76 m thick. The fixed material
 was tested at the time of pad construction in 1979 and again in 1983 when
 the present investigation was conducted. The study included field and
 laboratory evaluation of the physical and chemical properties of the
 four-year-old fixed scrubber sludge. The effect of the exposure of the
 material to the elements for four years is described, and based on these
 effects, recommendations on the proper disposal of this type of material in
 landfilling are made. (Author abstract) 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *SCRUBBERS--*Wastes; SULFUR DIOXIDE; FLY ASH; LIME; MATERIALS TESTING
-Ident-
 FIELD AGING; FIXED SULFUR DIOXIDE; SCRUBBER WASTE
 Class. Codes: 451 (Air Pollution); 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical
 Products); 801 (Chemical Analysis & Physical Chemistry); 452 (Sewage &
 Industrial Wastes Treatment); 45 (POLLUTION & SANITARY ENGINEERING); 52
 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 40
-A-
 1532467 E.I. Monthly No: EI8510087796
-W-
 PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE MADE WITH THREE TYPES OF ARTIFICIAL PFA COARSE
 AGGREGATES.
 van der Wegen, G. J. L.; Bijen, J. M. J. M.
 Intron BV, Maastricht, Neth
 International Journal of Cement Composites and Lightweight Concrete v 7 n 3
 Aug 1985 p 159-167
 -CODEN-
 ICCCDL
-ISSN-
 0262-5075
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 Data are presented on a comparative research on three artificial aggregates
 made from pulverised fuel ash by different processes. The properties of
 concrete produced from these artificial aggregates and river sand having an
 average 28 day compressive strength of about 30 MPa are also reported. The
 features of the artifical aggregates are compared with those of the common
 Dutch coarse aggregate river gravel. (Author abstract) 12 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE--*Light Weight; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; COMPOSITE
 MATERIALS--Mechanical Properties; MATERIALS--Physical Properties CONCRETE
 TESTING
-Ident-
 LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATES; PULVERIZED FLY ASH
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 423 (General
 Materials Properties & Testing); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS
 PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 41
-A-
 1527943 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509076027
-W-
 RETARDING EFFECTS OF FLY ASH UPON THE HYDRATION OF CEMENT PASTES: THE FIRST
 24 HOURS.
 Fajun, Wei; Grutzeck, Michael W.; Roy, Della M.
 Pennsylvania State Univ, Materials Research Lab, University Park, PA, USA
 Cement and Concrete Research v 15 n 1 Jan 1985 p 174-184
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Disagreement exists in the literature as to whether or not fly ash
 accelerates or retards the early hydration of fly-ash blended cements. As an
 outgrowth of this controversy, the effects of two fly ashes, a Class C and a
 Class F, their leachates, and leached fly ash residues upon the first 24
 hours of cement hydration, were studied. It was found that both fly ashes
 ('as received' and, to some degree, leached) retarded a Type I cement
 hydration; however the fly-ash leachates did not. The retardation phenomenon
 is apparently related to the presence and condition of the fly ash surfaces.
 13 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CEMENT--Hydration; SPECTROSCOPIC ANALYSIS;
 SPECTROPHOTOMETERS
-Ident-
 LEACHED FLY ASH; RATE OF HEAT EVOLUTION; CALCIUM HYDROXIDE CONTENT; CLINKER
 PARTICLES; NON-EVAPORATIVE WATER CONTENT
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 801 (Chemical Analysis & Physical Chemistry);
 941 (Acoustical & Optical Measuring Instruments); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 42
-A-
 1527941 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509075008
-W-
 INFLUENCE OF THE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF THE CLINKER ON THE STRENGTH
 PROPERTIES OF BLAST FURNACE SLAG CEMENTS.
 Frigione, G.; Sersale, R.
 Cementir-Cementerie del Tirreno SpA, Naples, Italy
 Cement and Concrete Research v 15 n 1 Jan 1985 p 159-166
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 The authors describe an attempt to correlate, using linear regression
 analysis, the chemical composition of the portland clinker to the
 compressive strength of blast furnace slag cements. The investigation shows
 that the main constituents of the clinker do not influence compressive
 strength of the slag fraction, which, in turn, is influenced by the alkali
 content of the clinker. Although it has not been possible to distinguish the
 role of soluble alkalis from the total content, nevertheless, compressive
 strength of blast furnace slag cements appears to depend upon two different
 and opposite contributions from the clinker fraction, negatively affected by
 its alkali content, and the other factor from the slag fraction, positively
 influenced by the same alkali content. 13 refs.
-Desc-
 *CEMENT--*Slag; STRENGTH OF MATERIALS--Testing; SLAGS-- Chemical Analysis;
 ALKALI METAL COMPOUNDS; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; CHEMICAL
 REACTIONS--Hydration
-Ident-
 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH VALUE; TRICALCIUM SILICATE CONTENT; ALKALI CONTENT;
 BLEND RATIO; SLAG AND CLINKER FRACTIONS
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 422 (Materials
 Testing); 804 (Chemical Products); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 42
 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 43
-A-
 1527931 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509076024
-W-
 PASTES OF TRICALCIUM SILICATE WITH RICE HUSK ASH.
 Khan, M. H.; Mohan, K.; Taylor, H. F. W.
 Univ of Aberdeen, Dep of Chemistry, Aberdeen, Scotl
 Cement and Concrete Research v 15 n 1 Jan 1985 p 89-92
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Pastes of tricalcium silicate with rice husk ash (RHA) were cured at 25
 DEGREE C for 1-245 days and examined by XRD, analytical electron microscopy,
 thermogravimetry (TG), acid extractions to determine unreacted rice husk
 ash, and trimethylsilylation. The rice husk ash was highly reactive, and
 contents of calcium hydroxide, referred to the ignited weight, never
 exceeded 3%. Initially, a product having a Ca/Si atom ratio of 0. 1-0. 2 was
 formed, but this was later replaced by one having a Ca/Si ratio of
 approximately 1. 3. The proportion of the Si in the hydration products that
 was present as polymeric ions was greater than that found in pure C//3S or
 C//3S-fly ash pastes of similar age, but the anion size distributions within
 the polymer were all broadly similar. 12 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Evaluation; CHEMICAL REACTIONS-- Hydration; CALCIUM
 COMPOUNDS; SILICON COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 CALCIUM/SILICON ATOM RATIO; UNREACTED RICE HUSK ASH; TRIMETHYLSILYLATION;
 CALCIUM HYDROXIDE; POLYMERIC IONS
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants) ; 804
 (Chemical Products); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 44
-A-
 1527927 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509076026
-W-
 INFLUENCE OF AIR CONTENT BY ASSESSING THE POZZOLANIC ACTIVITY OF FLY ASH BY
 STRENGTH TESTING.
 Osbaeck, B.
 F. L. Smidth & Co, Copenhagen, Den
 Cement and Concrete Research v 15 n 1 Jan 1985 p 53-64
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 The pozzolanic activity of fly ash and natural pozzolans are generally
 assessed by a compressive strength test with portland cement in a mortar. A
 test mix in which part of the portland cement is replaced by fly ash is
 compared with a control mix with pure portland cement. Fly ash seems to
 affect the air void content in mortar in two ways: by a direct contribution
 from hollow or porous particles in the fly ash and by reducing the amount of
 entrained air, an effect which is apparently caused by the residual carbon
 present in the fly ash. These aspects are elucidated by examples from
 laboratory experiments with fly ash. 8 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CONCRETE--Air Entrainment; STRENGTH OF
 MATERIALS--Testing; CEMENT--Pozzolan; MORTAR--Carbonation
-Ident-
 AIR VOIDS IN CONCRETE; FLY ASH GRINDING EFFECTS; RESIDUAL CARBON IN FLY ASH;
 ALKALI CONTENT EFFECTS; STRENGTH-CONTRIBUTORY EFFECT OF FLY ASH
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 422 (Materials
 Testing); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 45
-A-
 1523813 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509082222
-W-
 UTILIZATION OF ASH FROM THERMAL POWER STATIONS.
 Bose, M. C.
 West Bengal State Electricity Board, Bandel Thermal Power Station, Hooghly,
 India
 J Inst Eng India Part I 3 v 64 Jun 1984 p 153-157
 -CODEN-
 JIEEDM
-ISSN-
 0251-1118
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications)
 This paper suggests economic ways of disposal of ash from thermal power
 stations by filling up empty seams of coal mines, in roads, buildings and
 cement industries. The author proposes promulgation of legislation regarding
 stoppage of sale of ash to unauthorized parties to avoid adulteration in
 cement over the limits prescribed by the Indian Government and/or standards,
 and to make it obligatory to use ash from power stations - where available -
 in roads and buildings. The author has further suggested ways to effect a
 national saving of a few hundred million rupees per annum by coordination
 between private and public sectors for the utilization of ash, avoiding
 pollution problems during its clearance. 13 refs.
-Desc-
 *POWER PLANTS--*Waste Disposal; WASTE UTILIZATION; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly
 Ash; BRICKMAKING--Fly Ash; ASH HANDLING; COAL MINES AND MINING
-Ident-
 COAL ASH UTILIZATION; ASH IN CEMENT; ASH IN ROAD SURFACES; ASH AS FILLER
 MATERIAL; ASH IN POZZOLANA
 Class. Codes: 614 (Steam Power Plants); 503 (Mines & Mining, Coal); 691
 (Bulk Materials Handling); 412 (Concrete); 414 (Masonry Materials); 812
 (Ceramics & Refractories); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 50 (MINING
 ENGINEERING); 69 (MATERIALS HANDLING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 81
 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 46
-A-
 1522003 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509082771
-W-
 ILLINOIS INVESTIGATES UNDERSEALING MATERIALS AND TECHNIQUES.
 Slifer, James C.; Peter, Mary M.; Burns, William E.
 Illinois DOT, Div of Highways, Springfield, IL, USA
 Public Works v 116 n 7 Jul 1985 p 68-71
 -CODEN-
 PUWOAH
-ISSN-
 0033-3840
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: M; (Management Aspects); X; (Experimental)
 Rehabilitation and restoration of portland cement concrete pavements in
 Illinois have traditionally included the patching of failed areas followed
 by the placement of a bituminous overlay. While overlaying the pavements
 will improve the ride quality, it does not correct the problems caused by
 the development of voids beneath the concrete slab. The purpose of
 undersealing or subsealing is to restore support to a pavement structure by
 filling these voids with grout under pressure without intentionally raising
 the pavement. The inclusion of pavement subsealing in conjunction with
 patching and resurfacing, therefore, appears to be a more effective
 rehabilitation technique. 2 refs.
-Desc-
 *ROADS AND STREETS--*Repair; CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION-- Maintenance; CONCRETE
 AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; ROADBUILDING MATERIALS-- Limestone;
 CONCRETE--Admixtures
-Ident-
 SEALING; UNDERSEALING; SLURRIES; GROUTING; DEFLECTION
 Class. Codes: 406 (Highway Engineering); 405 (Construction Equipment &
 Methods); 412 (Concrete); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 47
-A-
 1520332 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509082767
-W-
 CONSTRUCTION AND PERFORMANCE OF EXPERIMENTAL BASE COURSE TEST SECTIONS BUILT
 WITH WASTE CALCIUM SULFATE, LIME, AND FLY ASH.
 Usmen, Mumtaz A.; Moulton, Lyle K.
 West Virginia Univ, Dep of Civil Engineering, Morgantown, WV, USA
 Transp Res Rec 988 1984 p 52-62
 -CODEN-
 TRREDM
-ISSN-
 0361-1981
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 The paper reports on a study that involved the construction and performance
 evaluation of four experimental pavement base course sections 100 ft long
 and 10 ft wide incorporating predetermined formulations of waste calcium
 sulfate (HF residue), lime and fly ash. The results of a full range of
 laboratory studies and field evaluation of the performance of the
 experimental base course sections over an 18-month period indicated that all
 of the mixtures tested generally had adequate strength and durability and
 performed well in service. Such mixtures show good promise for use as
 pozzolanic base or sub-base courses, and relatively large percentages of
 waste calcium sulfate can be successfully used. 17 refs.
-Desc-
 *ROADS AND STREETS--*Foundations; ROADBUILDING MATERIALS-- Waste
 Utilization; LIME; FLY ASH; SULFUR COMPOUNDS
-Ident-
 EXPERIMENTAL BASE COURSE; WASTE CALCIUM SULFATE
 Class. Codes: 406 (Highway Engineering); 405 (Construction Equipment &
 Methods); 483 (Soil Mechanics & Foundations); 804 (Chemical Products); 412
 (Concrete); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 48 (ENGINEERING GEOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 48
-A-
 1520330 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509082764
-W-
 INCREASING CEMENTITIOUS PRODUCTS OF A CLASS C FLY ASH.
 Bergeson, K. L.; Pitt, J. M.; Demirel, T.
 Iowa State Univ, Dep of Civil Engineering, Ames, IA, USA
 Transp Res Rec 988 1984 p 41-46
 -CODEN-
 TRREDM
-ISSN-
 0361-1981
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 The results of using minute quantities of secondary chemical additives with
 an Iowa Class C cementitious fly ash are presented in this paper. Potential
 additives were selected on the basis of econmical considerations and
 expected reactions, as agents that either initiate chemical attack and
 dissolution of the glassy phase and seed crystalline compounds. Ammonium
 phosphate appeared the most promising of the seven additives studied. At 3.
 0 percent by weight of fly ash, the average 28-day strength for ammonium
 phosphate-treated samples was 2. 5 times that of untreated. Scanning
 electron microscopy indicated the glassy phase of treated fly ash was being
 attacked. X-ray diffraction showed formation of cementitious reaction
 products not present in untreated samples. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *ROADBUILDING MATERIALS--*Fly Ash; SOILS--Stabilization; CHEMICAL REACTIONS;
 CEMENT--Additives
-Ident-
 CEMENTITIOUS PRODUCTS; CLASS C FLY ASH
 Class. Codes: 406 (Highway Engineering); 412 (Concrete); 483 (Soil Mechanics
 & Foundations); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 48
 (ENGINEERING GEOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 49
-A-
 1520329 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509082763
-W-
 PROPERTIES OF CEMENT AND LIME-FLY ASH STABILIZED AGGREGATE.
 Natt, G. S.; Joshi, R. C.
 Univ of Calgary, Dep of Civil Engineering, Calgary, Alberta, Can
 Transp Res Rec 988 1984 p 32-40
 -CODEN-
 TRREDM
-ISSN-
 0361-1981
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 Potential application of cement-fly ash-aggregate, lime-fly ash-aggregate
 and lime-cement-fly ash-aggregate mixtures in pavement construction is
 reviewed in this paper. Engineering properties such as moisture-density
 relationship, compressive stength, flexural strength, dry shrinkage, and
 freeze-thaw durability are summarized on the basis of past studies. Dry
 shrinkage and freeze-thaw characteristics of cement and lime-fly
 ash-aggregate mixtures containing sub-bituminous, self-cementitious Alberta
 fly ashes were evaluated in the laboratory. Lime-fly ash stabilized
 aggregates are observed to shrink more than cement-fly ash stabilized
 aggregate. Additional study conclusions are presented. 16 refs.
-Desc-
 *ROADBUILDING MATERIALS--*Aggregates; PAVEMENTS--Concrete;
 SOILS--Stabilization; CEMENT; LIME; FLY ASH
 Class. Codes: 406 (Highway Engineering); 412 (Concrete); 521 (Combustion &
 Fuels); 483 (Soil Mechanics & Foundations); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 48 (ENGINEERING GEOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 50
-A-
 1517987 E.I. Monthly No: EI8508064243
-W-
 PROCEEDINGS OF A SYMPOSIUM ON THE RECLAMATION, TREATMENT AND UTILIZATION OF
 COAL MINING WASTES.
 Rainbow, A. K. M. (Ed. )
 NCB, Minestone Executive, London, Engl
 Proc of a Symp on the Reclam, Treat and Util of Coal Min Wastes, Durham,
 Engl, Sep 10-14 1984 Publ by NCB, London, Engl, 1984 var pagings
 ISBN: 3-211-81759-X
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 06654 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 CP; (Conference Proceedings) Treatment: A; (Application- s); G; (General
 Review); X; (Experimental)
 This conference proceedings contains 56 papers. The subjects include
 disposal, treatment, and utilization of coal mining wastes, standards, cast
 analysis, materials testing, and environmental impact evaluations of
 applications already in place. Technical and professional papers from this
 conference are indexed and abstracted with the conference code no. 06654 in
 the Ei Engineering Meetings (TM) database produced by Engineering
 Information, Inc.
-Desc-
 *COAL PREPARATION--*Waste Utilization; COAL MINES AND MINING --Land
 Reclamation; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; SOILS--Reinforcement;
 COMBUSTION--Fluidized Beds; ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT--Evaluation
-Ident-
 UNBURNT COLLIERY SPOIL; MINESTONE APPLICATIONS; PHYSICAL TESTING PROCEDURES;
 GEOGRID CONFINEMENT SYSTEMS; EIREV
 Class. Codes: 524 (Solid Fuels); 503 (Mines & Mining, Coal); 412 (Concrete);
 483 (Soil Mechanics & Foundations); 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 901
 (Engineering Profession); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 50 (MINING ENGINEERING); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 48 (ENGINEERING GEOLOGY); 90 (GENERAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 51
-A-
 1512979 E.I. Monthly No: EI8508071717
-W-
 Structural Features of a Large-capacity Silo for Fly-ash.
 BAUKONSTRUKTION EINES GROSSRAUMSILOS FUER FLUGASCHE.
 Peter, J.; Lippold, D.
 Zement-Kalk-Gips, v 38 n 1 Jan 1985 p 49-51
 -CODEN-
 ZKGBD9
-ISSN-
 0722-4400 ISBN: 0-89520-433-9
 Language: GERMAN
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); G; - (General Review)
 The structural features of a novel type of silo with central tower, for the
 storage of fly-ash, are described. Problems of design and constructural
 engineering relating to the silo are examined, and the advantages associated
 with building the structure in reinforced concrete are explained. Design
 loads for the silo wall and central tower are discussed. 2 refs. In German
-Desc-
 *SILOS--*Design; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; CEMENT--Raw Materials
-Ident-
 INLET OPENINGS; LOADING/UNLOADING; CENTRAL COLUMN; CRANE BRIDGE
 Class. Codes: 402 (Buildings & Towers); 412 (Concrete); 40 (CIVIL
 ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 52
-A-
 1510542 E.I. Monthly No: EI8508070006
-W-
 ASSESSMENT OF PHOSPHOGYPSUM AS A CONSTITUENT OF AGGREGATE MATERIAL.
 May, A.; Cobble, J. R.; Sweeney, J. W.
 US Bur of Mines, Tuscaloosa Research Cent, University, AL, USA
 Rep Invest US Bur Mines 8939 1985 23p
 -CODEN-
 XBMIA6
-ISSN-
 0096-1922 ISBN: 0-89116-297-6
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); M; - (Management Aspects); X;
 (Experimental)
 Phosphate is converted into phosphoric acid which is used to make
 fertilizers. Phosphogypsum is the by-product of wet-process phosphoric acid
 production. Florida has accumulated about 400 million tons of phosphogypsum
 and is adding 30 million tons annually. To minimize storage and reduce
 potential environmental effects, the Bureau conducted research into
 developing high-volume uses. Admixtures of phosphogypsum, fly ash, and lime
 that could produce a coarse aggregate suitable for road construction were
 investigated. Using phosphogypsum with asphalt, cement, cement kiln dust,
 silica, clays, and oxychlorides to produce agrregate was also examined. 29
 refs.
-Desc-
 *PHOSPHATE ORE TREATMENT--*Waste Utilization; ROADBUILDING
 MATERIALS--Aggregates; ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION--Florida; PHOSPHORIC ACID--
 Manufacture
-Ident-
 APPLICATIONS; PHOSPHOGYPSUM
 Class. Codes: 533 (Ore Treatment & Metal Refining); 804 (Chemical Products);
 901 (Engineering Profession); 406 (Highway Engineering); 53 (METALLURGICAL
 ENGINEERING); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 90 (GENERAL ENGINEERING); 40 (CIVIL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 53
-A-
 1503776 E.I. Monthly No: EI8507053941
-W-
 EFFECT OF PFA ADDITION ON THE PROPERTIES OF GRC.
 Singh, B.; Majumdar, A. J.
 Building Research Establishment, Dep of Environment, Watford, Engl
 International Journal of Cement Composites and Lightweight Concrete v 7 n 1
 Feb 1985 p 3-10
 -CODEN-
 ICCCDL
-ISSN-
 0262-5075 ISBN: 0-442-27211-1
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Bending, tensile and impact properties of grc containing nominally 5 wt% of
 alkali resistant fibers and up to 50 wt% replacement of cement by pfa have
 been determined. The composites were kept in three different environments
 for up to 11 years. The initial strengths of pfa containing grc's are lower
 than that of grc made from neat OPC due to the cement dilution effect, but
 the trends in the long-term properties are similar. The smallest changes
 over a period of 10 years are shown by composites kept in relatively dry air
 whereas wet environments and natural weathering have brought about
 significant decreases in the toughness of the material. For composites
 containing 40% pfa or more the relative changes in bending and tensile
 strengths after ten years over the initial values are small due to the low
 initial values of these composites. 8 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CONCRETE TESTING--Tensile Tests; COMPOSITE
 MATERIALS--Fiber Reinforced
-Ident-
 GLASS REINFORCED CONCRETE; PULVERIZED FUEL ASH
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 415 (Metals, Wood
 & Other Structural Materials); 408 (Structural Design); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 54
-A-
 1503557 E.I. Monthly No: EI8507058620
-W-
 EXPERIMENTAL STUDY ON THE PERFORMANCE OF LFA BASE COURSES FOR FLEXIBLE
 PAVEMENTS.
 Sivaguru, N.; Chakrabarti, P. K.
 Ministry of Shipping & Transport (Roads Wing), New Delhi, India
 Journal of the Indian Roads Congress v 45 n 3 Nov 1984 p 567-634
 -CODEN-
 JIRCAA
-ISSN-
 0046-905X ISBN: 0-939950-17-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); G; - (General Review)
 In a developing country like India, road network assumes importance
 especially in the context of existing low level of accessibility in the
 rural areas The use of lime as a stabilizing agent for soil and aggregate
 has been in existence in the country long since. The technology for
 stabilizing aggregates using lime and flyash (LFA) has developed
 significantly over the last two decades. It is recognized that the load
 distribution characteristics of pavements using LFA mixes are essentially
 those of slab. LFA layers can distribute load over a large area of the
 subgrade by slab action thereby reducing the vertical stress at the subgrade
 level. 14 refs.
-Desc-
 *PAVEMENTS--*Stability; ROADBUILDING MATERIALS--Aggregates; LIME--Mixing;
 FLY ASH--Applications
-Ident-
 SUB-BASE STABILIZATION; LIME FLYASH AGGREGATE; SUBSEQUENT LAYERS
 Class. Codes: 406 (Highway Engineering); 412 (Concrete); 40 (CIVIL
 ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 55
-A-
 1503320 E.I. Monthly No: EI8507053940
-W-
 ON THE POSSIBILITY OF FOLLOWING THE HYDRATION OF FLYASH MICROSILICA AND FINE
 AGGREGATES BY MEANS OF CHEMICAL SHRINKAGE.
 Knudsen, T.
 Technical Univ of Denmark, Inst of Mineral Industry, Lyngby, Den
 Cement and Concrete Research v 15 n 4 Jul 1985 p 720-722
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846 ISBN: 0-939950-17-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 This study presents a brief report of recent experiments in laboratory with
 hydration of flyashes, microsilica and alkali-reactive fine aggregates.
 Hydration is here being used in a general sense, meaning a chemical reaction
 between the mentioned materials and an aqueous solution containing alkali
 hydroxides, calcium hydroxide, calcium sulfate and possibly other compounds,
 known to be active in cement hydration. The experiments performed consisted
 of measuring the progression of hydration of these materials by means of
 chemical shrinkage measurements. 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CONCRETE--Research; CEMENT-- Hydration
-Ident-
 HYDRATION PROCESS; REACTIVE MATERIALS; MICROSILICA; HYDRATION CURVES
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 56
-A-
 1503317 E.I. Monthly No: EI8507053939
-W-
 DESIGN OF FLYASH CONCRETE.
 Gopalan, M. K.; Haque, M. N.
 Royal Military Coll, Dep of Civil Engineering, Duntroon, Aust
 Cement and Concrete Research v 15 n 4 Jul 1985 p 694-702
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846 ISBN: 0-939950-17-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 A method for the design of flyash concrete to achieve a specified
 compressive strength at 7 and 28 days is presented. The method is simple and
 easy to use. The validity of this method has been tested by comparing the
 actual and the predicted strength for a number of mixes. Abrams' law is used
 in this method to develop design charts; the law is found to hold good for
 flyash concrete when the water cement ratio is replaced by the water
 cementitious ratio. The constants of the equations are found to vary
 according to a cubic polynomial of the flyash cement ratio. 9 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CONCRETE--Research; COMPOSITE
 MATERIALS--Mixing
-Ident-
 CONCRETE MIXTURES; MIX DESIGN; ABRAMS' LAW; COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 415 (Metals, Wood & Other Structural
 Materials); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 57
-A-
 1503313 E.I. Monthly No: EI8507053938
-W-
 INFLUENCE OF FLY ASH CHARACTERISTICS ON THE STRENGTH OF PORTLAND-FLY ASH
 MIXTURES.
 Mehta, P. K.
 Univ of California, Berkeley, Berkeley, CA, USA
 Cement and Concrete Research v 15 n 4 Jul 1985 p 669-674
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846 ISBN: 0-939950-17-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 Modern thermal power plants are producing large amounts of fly ash that is
 generally quite suitable for use as a supplementary cementitious material in
 concrete. Based on tests on 11 different fly ashes and direct determination
 of compressive strength of test mortars made with a fixed proportion of fly
 ash by weight of the cementitious material, and a fixed ratio between water
 and the cementitious material, it seems that the calcium content and
 particle size distribution of the fly ash are the most important parameters
 governing the strength development rate in normally cured portland
 cement-fly ash mixtures. 3 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CONCRETE--Admixtures; CONCRETE
 TESTING--Compression Tests
-Ident-
 WASTE FROM POWER PLANTS; COAL ASH USE; CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS; PARTICLE
 SIZE
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 422 (Materials
 Testing); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 58
-A-
 1502274 E.I. Monthly No: EI8507062222
-W-
 COAL COMBUSTION BY-PRODUCTS UTILIZATION MANUAL. VOLUME 2: ANNOTATED
 BIBLIOGRAPHY.
 Anon
 Michael Baker Jr. Inc, Beaver, PA, USA
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 3122 Jul 1983 149p
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7 ISBN: 0-939950-17-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RR; (Report Review) Treatment: A; (Applications); G; (G- eneral Review); X;
 (Experimental)
 Volume 2 is an annotated bibliography of reference documents addressing
 various specific utilization topics that are treated in Volume 1. All
 literature obtained and used in the preparation of Volume 1 are described
 and categorized by keywords. Refs.
-Desc-
 *WASTE UTILIZATION--*Bibliographies; COAL--Combustion; CONCRETE
 AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; FLY ASH--Applications; BRICKMAKING--Fly Ash; SCRUBBERS
-Ident-
 SLUDGE; MINERAL WOOL; METAL RECOVERY; BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
 Class. Codes: 913 (Production Planning & Control); 524 (Solid Fuels); 812
 (Ceramics & Refractories); 414 (Masonry Materials); 412 (Concrete); 901
 (Engineering Profession); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY);
 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 90 (GENERAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 59
-A-
 1496970 E.I. Monthly No: EI8507053937
-W-
 EFFECTIVENESS OF RESEARCH ON FLY ASH IN CONCRETE.
 Idorn, G. M.; Thaulow, N.
 G. M. Idorn Consult ApS, Naerum, Den
 Cement and Concrete Research v 15 n 3 May 1985 p 535-544
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 Energy crisis and availability have for a decade funded extensive research
 and numerous conferences regarding uses of fly ash in concrete. The returns
 of these investments can be improved by more systematic characterization of
 fly ashes and of cements used with them, and by more conceptual approaches
 to further development of testing methods, incorporating exploration of the
 energetics of fly ash hydration with cement and of the ways in which fly ash
 may improve the microstructure of cement paste. 23 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CONCRETE--Waste Utilization CEMENT--Raw
 Materials
-Ident-
 FLY ASH HYDRATION; CEMENT PASTE; SILICA CONTENT; GRANULOMETRY
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 913 (Production Planning & Control); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 60
-A-
 1496954 E.I. Monthly No: EI8507053936
-W-
 PROPERTIES AND STRUCTURE OF OIL SHALE ASH PASTES. - 2. MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
 AND STRUCTURE.
 Baum, H.; Bentur, A.; Soroka, I.
 Technion-Israel Inst of Technology, Building Research Station, Haifa, Isr
 Cement and Concrete Research v 15 n 3 May 1985 p 391-400
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 Compressive strength, drying-shrinkage and expansion in water of oil shale
 ash pastes were studied and compared to the corresponding properties of
 portland cement paste. X-ray diffraction and some scanning electron
 microscopy runs were also included in the study. It was concluded that the
 structure and properties of the ash pastes can be described and explained by
 the same models which have been suggested for portland cement paste. The
 only exception was the total porosity of the ash paste which remained
 unchanged with time. 16 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CONCRETE--Admixtures
-Ident-
 ASH PASTE; COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH; SET ASH MODEL; CEMENTITIOUS PROPERTIES
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 61
-A-
 1489442 E.I. Monthly No: EI8506043315
-W-
 LIME-FLY ASH LARGE WALL PANELS.
 Tang Bhao
 China Building Technology Development Cent, China
 Batiment International/Building Research & Practice v 12 n 6 Nov-Dec 1984 p
 378-379
 -CODEN-
 BINTDO
-ISSN-
 0182-3329 ISBN: 0-87762-327-9
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.)
 To economize on expensive cement and to use available resources to the
 fullest, China increasingly makes use of methods of large-panel construction
 by which the panels are made from fly ash from power station waste, together
 with calcium from quicklime and a slight addition of gypsum. Fine and coarse
 aggregates are of various kinds. The methods of production, the properties
 and the satisfaction performance of these panels in use are described.
-Desc-
 *BUILDING MATERIALS--*Waste Utilization; FLY ASH; APARTMENT HOUSES--Peoples
 Republic of China; ECONOMICS; GYPSUM
-Ident-
 WALL PANELS; STEAM CURING
 Class. Codes: 414 (Masonry Materials); 521 (Combustion & Fuels) ; 804
 (Chemical Products); 911 (Industrial Economics); 415 (Metals, Wood & Other
 Structural Materials); 482 (Mineralogy & Petrology); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 91 (ENGINEERING
 MANAGEMENT); 48 (ENGINEERING GEOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 62
-A-
 1488423 E.I. Monthly No: EI8506044331
-W-
 COMPARISON OF TUFF AND FLY ASH IN BLENDED CEMENT.
 He, Jun-Yuan; Scheetz, Barry E.; Roy, Della M.
 Pennsylvania State Univ, Materials Research Lab, University Park, PA, USA
 American Ceramic Society Bulletin v 64 n 5 May 1985 p 707-711
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
-ISSN-
 0002-7812 ISBN: 3-211-81842-1
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 The effect of tuff and two types of fly ash on the hydration of cement was
 studied. Compressive strength of cement mortars, pozzolanic activity index
 of tuff and fly ashes, rate of heat evolution of cement, nonevaporable water
 and calcium hydroxide content in the hardened cement pastes were determined.
 It was found that the mechanical strength of mortars containing fly ash,
 especially high-lime fly ash, was higher than that of mortars containing
 tuff. The pozzolanic activity index of fly ash, especially high-lime fly
 ash, was greater than that of tuff. 6 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CEMENT--Hydration
-Ident-
 COMPRESSION STRENGTH; POZZOLANIC MATERIALS; HYDRAULIC CEMENT ; DIATOMITES;
 CALCIUM HYDROXIDE
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 63
-A-
 1478397 E.I. Monthly No: EI8505040300
-W-
 Report of Road Trial Sections Built with Fly Ash Aggregates from a Plant in
 Forest, Brabant Province.
 COMPTE RENDU DE L'EXECUTION DE SECTIONS EXPERIMENTALES DE FONDATIONS A BASE
 DE CENDRES VOLANTES DE FRAICHE PRODUCTION A FOREST (PROVINCE DE BRABANT).
 Thijs, M.; Verhasselt, A.
 Cent Rech Routieres Rep CR (Brussels) 25 1984 125p
 -CODEN-
 CRRCDX ISBN: 0-85403-210-X
 Language: FRENCH
-DocType-
 RR; (Report Review) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; (E- xperimental)
 The use of fly ash as the primary component of pozzolanic binders in
 concrete for road bases has been studied in great detail by the preparation,
 execution and follow-up of an experimental site in which the base courses
 were constructed in pozzolanic concrete. The suitability of the available
 mixing plant for the production of pozzolanic concrete could be confirmed by
 preparing test mixtures. The ultimate strength of the pozzolanic concrete on
 the site was primarily influenced by the level of compaction achieved. The
 kinetic behavior of the pozzolanic reactions was largely a function of the
 ambient temperature and to a lesser extent of the pozzolanic binder content.
 18 refs. In French.
-Desc-
 *ROADBUILDING MATERIALS--*Fly Ash; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash
-Ident-
 POZZOLANIC BINDERS; SLAKED LIME; ROAD BASE COURSE; COMPACTION EFFECTS
 Class. Codes: 406 (Highway Engineering); 412 (Concrete); 40 (CIVIL
 ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 64
-A-
 1478224 E.I. Monthly No: EI8505039589
-W-
 IMPROVED TECHNOLOGY FOR SPUN-CAST CONCRETE POLES.
 Dilger, W. H.; Ghali, A.
 Dilger-Ghali Civil Engineering Consultants Ltd, Calgary, Alberta, Can
 US Dep Energy Morgantown Energy Technol Cent Rep DOE/METC 136 D 254 Jul 1984
 155p
 -CODEN-
 MCDED8 ISBN: 0-85403-210-X
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); G; - (General Review); T;
 (Theoretical)
 Different types of concrete are investigated with the goal of developing
 concrete which is suitable for the production of spun-cast concrete poles.
 High strength normal weight concretes and semi-lightweight concretes, both
 with and without fly ash and/or silica fume and with different types of
 admixtures were used to produce spun-cast concrete pole segments. The
 problems in achieving proper compaction and to avoid segregation of the
 different mix components during the spinning process are described.
 Shrinkage strains and deformations are monitored on selected specimens and
 the durability of some of the concretes has been established by freeze-thaw
 tests. A theoretical computer study is presented for stresses near the ends
 of pretensioned poles resulting from prestress transfer. 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *POLES--*Concrete; CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION--Precast; STRESSES --Computer Aided
 Analysis
-Ident-
 AGGREGATE PROPORTIONS; SPINNING PROCESS CONTROL; SPUN-CAST SPECIMEN TESTING;
 SHRINKAGE AND DURABILITY
 Class. Codes: 408 (Structural Design); 412 (Concrete); 405 (Construction
 Equipment & Methods); 421 (Materials Properties); 723 (Computer Software);
 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS
 PROPERTIES & TESTING); 72 (COMPUTERS & DATA PROCESSING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 65
-A-
 1475871 E.I. Monthly No: EI8504025909
-W-
 QUANTITATIVE DETERMINATION OF FLY ASH IN THE HYDRATED FLY ASH - CaSO//4 X
 (TIMES) 2H//20 - Ca (OH)//2 SYSTEM.
 Ohsawa, S.; Asaga, K.; Goto, S.; Daimon, M.
 Tokyo Inst of Technology, Dep of Inorganic Materials, Tokyo, Jpn
 Cement and Concrete Research v 15 n 2 Mar 1985 p 357-366
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846 ISBN: 0-8412-0890-5
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 For the quantitative determination of fly ash in hydrated fly ash -
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 CaSO//4 X (TIMES) 2H//2O - Ca (OH)//2 system, various kinds of
-A-
 selective dissolution were evaluated using pastes made from a single
-W-
 representative fly ash. Selective dissolution using picric acid-methanol
 solution was found to be adequate. Selective dissolution using picric
 acid-methanol PLUS water can also be used, when it is necessary to save
 time, although rather bigger corrections are needed. 13 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CHEMICAL REACTIONS-- Hydration
-Ident-
 HYDRATED FLY ASH; SELECTIVE DISSOLUTION PROCEDURES; SCANNING ELECTRON
 MICROGRAPHS
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 66
-A-
 1475866 E.I. Monthly No: EI8504029950
-W-
 PROPERTIES AND STRUCTURE OF OIL SHALE ASH PASTES. I: COMPOSITION AND
 PHYSICAL FEATURES.
 Baum, H.; Soroka, I.; Bentur, A.
 Technion-Israel Inst of Technology, Building Research Station, Haifa, Isr
 Cement and Concrete Research v 15 n 2 Mar 1985 p 303-314
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846 ISBN: 0-8412-0890-5
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 The composition and physical features of oil shale ash pastes were
 determined and compared with the corresponding properties of portland cement
 paste. In the first part presented here, the composition, chemically
 combined water, porosity (total, capillary and gel porosity), pore-size and
 pore-size distribution, and specific surface area were determined by water
 vapor adsorption, mercury penetration and X-ray diffraction. It was
 established that the structural features and the factors which control and
 determine these features, are essentially the same in both the ash and the
 portland cement pastes. 25 refs.
-Desc-
 *OIL SHALE--*Byproducts; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; CEMENT--Hydration;
 CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
-Ident-
 OIL SHALE ASH PASTES; PORTLAND CEMENT PASTE; ASH ADSORPTION ISOTHERMS; ASH
 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
 Class. Codes: 505 (Mines & Mining, Nonmetallic); 512 (Petroleum & Related
 Deposits); 412 (Concrete); 801 (Chemical Analysis & Physical Chemistry); 50
 (MINING ENGINEERING); 51 (PETROLEUM ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 67
-A-
 1475712 E.I. Monthly No: EI8504025912
-W-
 LIGHTWEIGHT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE WITH AGLITE AGGREGATE: MIX DESIGN AND
 PROPERTIES.
 Dhir, K.; Mays, R. G. C.; Chua, H. C.
 Univ of Dundee, Dep of Civil Engineering, Dundee, Scotl
 International Journal of Cement Composites and Lightweight Concrete v 6 n 4
 Nov 1984 p 249-261
 -CODEN-
 ICCCDL
-ISSN-
 0262-5075 ISBN: 0-471-90122-9
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical); X; (- Experimental)
 This study into the use of 'all-lightweight' aggregate (Aglite) for making
 structural concrete is in two parts. The first deals with mix design. The
 second part discusses the results obtained for various properties of Aglite
 concrete, made with cement contents from 250 to 600 kg/m**3, in the hardened
 state. Compressive strengths at the age of one year ranged from 43 to 60
 N/mm**2 and 29 to 53 N/mm**2 for normal water and air-curing respectively.
 The tensile strength and the modulus of elasticity are shown to increase at
 a decreasing rate with compressive strength, but Aglite concrete shows a
 more brittle failure than normal concrete. The range of drying shrinkage
 values is comparable to that observed for concrete made with normal
 aggregate (crushed-rock or gravel) of a low shrinkage value. In short,
 'all-Aglite' concrete may be used for all structural applications. 34 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Testing; CONCRETE--Light Weight; FLY
 ASH--Applications; STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
-Ident-
 AGLITE; EXPANDED CLAY AGGREGATES; COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH; DRYING SHRINKAGE;
 ELASTIC DEFORMATION
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 422 (Materials
 Testing); 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 42
 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 68
-A-
 1475711 E.I. Monthly No: EI8504025908
-W-
 USE OF RICE HUSK ASH IN CONCRETE.
 Al-Khalaf, Moayad N.; Yousif, Hana A.
 Univ of Technology, Dep of Building & Construction, Baghdad, Iraq
 International Journal of Cement Composites and Lightweight Concrete v 6 n 4
 Nov 1984 p 241-248
 -CODEN-
 ICCCDL
-ISSN-
 0262-5075 ISBN: 0-471-90122-9
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Rice husk ash was prepared as a pozzolana by a special process such that the
 final product conformed to engineering requirements in terms of physical and
 chemical properties, and the silica remained in an amorphous form with a
 minor amount of unburnt carbon. Results indicated that such a pozzolana can
 be produced with varying pozzolanic activity index depending on the degree
 of grinding and the burning temperature. The effect of rice husk ash content
 as partial replacement of cement on compressive strength and volume changes
 of different mixes is investigated. Test results showed that up to 40%
 replacement can be made with no significant change in compressive strength
 compared with the control mix. However, the effect on volume changes is
 within the limit specified in the American Standard. 12 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; AGRICULTURAL WASTES-- Applications; FLY
 ASH--Applications; STRENGTH OF MATERIALS; CONCRETE-- Testing
-Ident-
 POZZOLANS; RICE HUSK ASH; CEMENT REPLACEMENT; COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 821 (Agricultural
 Equipment & Methods); 421 (Materials Properties); 422 (Materials Testing);
 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 82 (AGRICULTURE & FOOD
 TECHNOLOGY); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 69
-A-
 1475100 E.I. Monthly No: EI8504027676
-W-
 APPLICATIONS OF PULVERIZED FUEL ASH IN BUILDING MATERIALS.
 Bloem, P. J. C.; Sciarone, B. J. G.
 NV Kema, Dep of Chemical Research, Arnhem, Neth
 Kema Sci Tech Rep v 2 n 2 1984 p 113-124
 -CODEN-
 KESRED ISBN: 3-7985-0655-8
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 Fly ash obtained from electrostatic precipitators in Dutch coal-fired power
 plants was applied in some building materials to determine the influence
 upon the most relevant properties of these materials. It was found that
 bricks containing fly ash could be manufactured with a quality comparable to
 that of 'conventional' bricks. Adjustment of the sintering procedure is most
 important. It also was found that the brick quality depended on the type of
 fly ash added. The main fly-ash parameters in this respect are the
 grain-size distribution and the carbon content. As was expected, the
 relative share of fly ash also influences the various properties of the
 bricks. The use of fly ash in cement-stone samples leads to an increase of
 the pore volume. Of all samples containing more than 20% by weight of fly
 ash, the compressive strength was reduced. Lowering of the ratio between
 water and the binding agent results in a higher compressive strength and a
 lower pore volume. It is shown that longer hardening times (56 days) improve
 the quality of the cement-stone. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; BRICKMAKING--Fly Ash; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash;
 COAL ASH--Applications; PULVERIZED FUEL-- Waste Utilization; BUILDING
 MATERIALS--Waste Utilization
-Ident-
 CEMENT-STONE QUALITY; BRICK QUALITY
 Class. Codes: 451 (Air Pollution); 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical
 Products); 524 (Solid Fuels); 412 (Concrete); 414 (Masonry Materials); 45
 (POLLUTION & SANITARY ENGINEERING); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 70
-A-
 1473858 E.I. Monthly No: EI8504025257
-W-
 LONG-TERM STUDY ON STABILITY OF HIGH-MAGNESIA CEMENT CONTAINING FLY ASH.
 Rehsi, S. S.; Garg, S. K.
 Central Building Research Inst, Roorkee, India
 Durability of Building Materials v 2 n 3 Jan 1985 p 265-273
 -CODEN-
 DBMTDQ ISBN: 0-89520-421-5
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 This paper covers an investigation carried out to study the efficacy of fly
 ash to stabilize high-magnesia cement on hydration at normal temperature.
 The high-magnesia cement was obtained by grinding high-magnesia cement
 clinker (MgO content 10%) produced in a pilot plant rotary kiln using raw
 meal consisting of high-magnesian limestone and clay. Data are presented for
 development of compressive strength, wetting expansion and hydration
 products formed in high-magnesia cement with and without 30% fly ash, by
 weight, at different periods of storage in water. The use of powdered
 calcined clay, in place of fly ash, has also been suggested. 14 refs.
-Desc-
 *CEMENT--*Stability; FLY ASH--Applications; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash;
 BUILDING MATERIALS
-Ident-
 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH; CEMENT HYDRATION; WETTING EXPANSION; THERMOGRAMS OF
 CEMENT
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 804 (Chemical Products); 421 (Materials
 Properties); 801 (Chemical Analysis & Physical Chemistry); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 71
-A-
 1470796 E.I. Monthly No: EI8504027677
-W-
 FLY-ASH UTILIZATION IN CONSTRUCTION MATERERIALS PRODUCTION ON THE BASIS OF
 POLISH EXPERIENCES.
 Jatymowicz, Hanna
 Concrete Industry Research & Developing Cent, Pol
 CEW Chem Eng World v 19 n 2 Feb 1984 p 54-58
 -CODEN-
 CEWOAY ISBN: 92-64-12423-3
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications)
 The Polish power station system is based mainly on coal, and the production
 of fly-ash exceeds 15 million tons per year; hence problems relating to the
 management of such waste product are of the top priority in Polish economy.
 Experience has shown that the most efficient use of fly ash is in the
 production of autoclaved cellular concrete. The most typical Polish
 processing method is the technology 'UNIPOL' of the production of cellular
 concrete, used in a majority of domestic and exported plants.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Waste Utilization; COAL ASH; POWER PLANTS--Poland ;
 CONCRETE--Admixtures; CONCRETE PRODUCTS--Manufacture
-Ident-
 CELLULAR CONCRETE; UNIPOL
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 521 (Combustion & Fuels) ; 913
 (Production Planning & Control); 524 (Solid Fuels); 614 (Steam Power
 Plants); 412 (Concrete); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 91
 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 72
-A-
 1470455 E.I. Monthly No: EI8504025494
-W-
 MANUFACTURING METHODS FOR CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS BASED ON ASH AS BASIC RAW
 MATERIALS.
 Jadczak, Jerzy
 Building Ceramics Industry, Technology-Mechanical Dep, Warsaw, Pol
 CEW Chem Eng World v 19 n 3 Mar 1984 p 33-44
 -CODEN-
 CEWOAY ISBN: 0-87262-378-5
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications)
 Some topics discussed are the following: the growth of ceramic products in
 Poland; characteristics of new ceramic materials; the application of ceramic
 construction products in the building industry; manufacturing methods
 employed; a manufacturing method based on ash as the basic raw material; a
 manufacturing method with the addition of fly ash and slag as process
 additives; forms of cooperation; and technical characteristics of Polish
 construction ceramics works (works with a yearly output of 10-15, 20-30, and
 40-50 million normal-size products; and work utilizing fly as as the basic
 raw material to make 20-25 million normal-size products per year).
-Desc-
 *COAL ASH--*Waste Utilization; CERAMIC PRODUCTS--Manufacture
 Class. Codes: 452 (Sewage & Industrial Wastes Treatment); 521 (Combustion &
 Fuels); 524 (Solid Fuels); 913 (Production Planning & Control); 812
 (Ceramics & Refractories); 45 (POLLUTION & SANITARY ENGINEERING); 52 (FUEL
 TECHNOLOGY); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 73
-A-
 1470449 E.I. Monthly No: EI8504025493
-W-
 REUSE POTENTIAL OF COAL COMBUSTION RESIDUES.
 Gupta, S. N.
 Natl Thermal Power Corp Ltd, New Delhi, India
 CEW Chem Eng World v 19 n 1 Jan 1984 p 91-92
 -CODEN-
 CEWOAY ISBN: 0-87262-378-5
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications)
 Some of the potential uses of ash, those which are well established, as well
 as those in the experimental stages, are discussed. These uses are the
 following: raw material in cement; cement replacement in concrete materials;
 highway construction materials; light-weight aggregate; structural fills and
 embankments; the recovery of metals; soil improvement and land reclamation;
 fly ash bricks and blocks; and other uses.
-Desc-
 *COAL ASH--*Waste Utilization; CEMENT--Raw Materials; ROADBUILDING
 MATERIALS--Fly Ash; METALS AND ALLOYS; SOILS--Conditioners; BRICK
-Ident-
 COAL COMBUSTION RESIDUES
 Class. Codes: 524 (Solid Fuels); 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 913 (Production
 Planning & Control); 412 (Concrete); 406 (Highway Engineering); 483 (Soil
 Mechanics & Foundations); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT);
 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 48 (ENGINEERING
 GEOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 74
-A-
 1468414 E.I. Monthly No: EI8503023989
-W-
 PREVENTION OF WATER POLLUTION BY THE USE OF FLY-ASH AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR
 EXTRACTED RAW MATERIALS.
 Lyngvig, Jytte
 Ministry of the Environment, Natl Agency for the Protection of Nature
 Monuments & Sites, Copenhagen, Den
 Water Science and Technology v 15 n 11 1983, Solid Wastes from Coal Fired
 Power Plants Water Pollut Probl, Copenhagen, Den, Aug 16-18 1982 p 213-222
 -CODEN-
 WSTED4
-ISSN-
 0273-1223 ISBN: 0-08-031026-5
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications)
 The use of fly-ash as a substitution material for gravel and clay materials
 is regarded as a way of disposing of a waste product, as well as a way of
 saving limited resources of natural raw materials. This paper discusses the
 Danish Raw Materials Act, which encourages raw materials conservation and
 environmental protection, possible applications of waste byproducts, and
 documentation for fly ash use as a substitute material for construction.
-Desc-
 *WATER POLLUTION--*Control; FLY ASH--Applications; ELECTRIC POWER
 PLANTS--Waste Disposal; BUILDING MATERIALS
-Ident-
 GRAVEL SUBSTITUTE; CLAY SUBSTITUTE; COAL FIRED POWER PLANTS
 Class. Codes: 453 (Water Pollution); 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 524 (Solid
 Fuels); 614 (Steam Power Plants); 452 (Sewage & Industrial Wastes
 Treatment); 414 (Masonry Materials); 45 (POLLUTION & SANITARY ENGINEERING);
 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 75
-A-
 1468413 E.I. Monthly No: EI8503023988
-W-
 USE OF 'THE CAPILLARY BARRIER' AS A SHIELD AGAINST GROUNDWATER POLLUTION
 FROM FLY-ASH DEPOSITS.
 Andersen, L. J.; Madsen, B.
 Geological Survey of Denmark, Hydrogeological Div, Copenhagen, Den
 Water Science and Technology v 15 n 11 1983, Solid Wastes from Coal Fired
 Power Plants Water Pollut Probl, Copenhagen, Den, Aug 16-18 1982 p 207-212
 -CODEN-
 WSTED4
-ISSN-
 0273-1223 ISBN: 0-08-031026-5
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications)
 Fly-ash deposits have often been established with an underlying membrane to
 prevent groundwater pollution that may result from deposition of coal-fired
 power plant ash in gravel pits. Such membrane-systems are expensive to build
 and necessitate continuous pumping and removal of percolate. This paper
 discusses an alternative that involves covering the fly-ash with a
 low-permeable membrane, which removes the infiltrated water laterally,
 prevents groundwater pollution and also the formation of percolate. By using
 the principle of 'The Capillary Barrier', a low permeable membrane can be
 constructed of natural and resistant porous materials. 4 refs.
-Desc-
 *WATER POLLUTION--*Control; FLY ASH--Environmental Impact; ELECTRIC POWER
 PLANTS--Waste Disposal; COAL ASH; MEMBRANES--Applications
-Ident-
 CAPILLARY BARRIER; COAL-FIRED POWER PLANTS; PERCOLATE FORMATION PREVENTION
 Class. Codes: 453 (Water Pollution); 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 614 (Steam
 Power Plants); 452 (Sewage & Industrial Wastes Treatment); 524 (Solid
 Fuels); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 45 (POLLUTION & SANITARY
 ENGINEERING); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 63
 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 76
-A-
 1468406 E.I. Monthly No: EI8503018266
-W-
 OCEAN DISPOSAL OF CONSOLIDATED SPRAY DRYER FLUE GAS DESULFURIZATION WASTES.
 Donnelly, J. R.; Webster, W. C.; Duedall, I. W.; Hsu, K. J.; Parker, J. H.;
 Woodhead, P. M. J.
 A/S Niro Atomizer, Copenhagen, Den
 Water Science and Technology v 15 n 11 1983, Solid Wastes from Coal Fired
 Power Plants Water Pollut Probl, Copenhagen, Den, Aug 16-18 1982 p 97-107
 -CODEN-
 WSTED4
-ISSN-
 0273-1223 ISBN: 0-08-031026-5
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications)
 A new flue gas desulfurization (FGD) technology, Spray Drying Absorption,
 was introduced about five years ago, This process produces a dry end product
 composed of fly ash, desulfurization reaction products and excess reagents.
 As assessment of the feasibility of using solid blocks formed from dry FGD
 end products for ocean reef construction is being performed by the Marine
 Sciences Research Center. Consolidated dry FGD end products from Nitro
 Atomizer's Riverside dry FGD demonstration facility and Copenhagen dry FGD
 pilot plants were tested. These wastes represent low sulfur western and
 European coal applications. The end products were dampended and consolidated
 into Proctor cylinders. After curing, the cylinders were exposed in sea
 water systems including the open seas for up to 6 months. Block structural
 integrity was maintained during this period and porosity remained
 essentually unchanged. 11 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLUE GASES--*Desulfurization; WATER POLLUTION--Analysis; ELECTRIC POWER
 PLANTS--Waste Disposal; COASTAL ENGINEERING--Materials; COAL ASH--Waste
 Utilization
-Ident-
 SELF-HARDENING BLOCKS; OCEAN REEFS; SPRAY DRYING ABSORPTION
 Class. Codes: 451 (Air Pollution); 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 802 (Chemical
 Apparatus & Plants); 453 (Water Pollution); 614 (Steam Power Plants); 452
 (Sewage & Industrial Wastes Treatment); 45 (POLLUTION & SANITARY
 ENGINEERING); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 61 (PLANT &
 POWER ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 77
-A-
 1468405 E.I. Monthly No: EI8503016365
-W-
 OCEAN DISPOSAL AND CONSTRUCTION WITH STABILIZED COAL WASTE BLOCKS.
 Parker, Jeffrey H.; Woodhead, Peter M. J.; Duedall, Iver W.; Carleton,
 Herbert R.
 State Univ of New York at Stony Brook, Marine Sciences Research Cent, Stony
 Brook, NY, USA
 Water Science and Technology v 15 n 11 1983, Solid Wastes from Coal Fired
 Power Plants Water Pollut Probl, Copenhagen, Den, Aug 16-18 1982 p 83-95
 -CODEN-
 WSTED4
-ISSN-
 0273-1223 ISBN: 0-08-031026-5
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications)
 A 500-ton reef was constructed in the Atlantic, consisting of 15, 000 solid
 blocks of stabilized flue gas desulfurization sludge and fly ash from coal
 burning power plants. A combination of different coal waste mixes,
 stabilization additives, and curing procedures were screened to develop
 candidate mix designs. The demonstration disposal reef is being monitored to
 assess environmental impacts which may occur and their relation to
 structural integrity and chemical properties of the coal waste blocks.
 Blocks are tested ultrasonically in the sea and also returned to the
 laboratory for compressive strength measurements. After almost two years in
 the sea, gradual increases in strength have been documented. The progress of
 biological colonization is also monitored and compared with existing reefs
 in the area. 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *COAL ASH--*Waste Utilization; ELECTRIC POWER PLANTS--Waste Disposal;
 COASTAL ENGINEERING; ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT--Analysis; MARINE BIOLOGY
-Ident-
 COAL WASTE MIXES; DISPOSAL REEF; STABILIZATION ADDITIVES; COAL FIRED POWER
 PLANTS; COAL WASTE BLOCKS
 Class. Codes: 524 (Solid Fuels); 913 (Production Planning & Control); 614
 (Steam Power Plants); 452 (Sewage & Industrial Wastes Treatment); 472 (Ocean
 Engineering); 471 (Marine Science & Oceanography); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 91
 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 45 (POLLUTION &
 SANITARY ENGINEERING); 47 (OCEAN TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 78
-A-
 1468399 E.I. Monthly No: EI8503017610
-W-
 SOLID WASTES FROM COAL FIRED POWER PLANTS: WATER POLLUTION PROBLEMS, PART OF
 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON COAL FIRED POWER PLANTS
 AND THE AQUATIC ENVIRONMENT.
 Jenkins, Samuel Harry (Ed. ); Schjodtz Hansen, P. (Ed. )
 Water Quality Inst, Horsholm, Den
 Water Science and Technology v 15 n 11 1983, Solid Wastes from Coal Fired
 Power Plants Water Pollut Probl, Copenhagen, Den, Aug 16-18 1982 250p
 -CODEN-
 WSTED4
-ISSN-
 0273-1223 ISBN: 0-08-031026-5
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 05648 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 CP; (Conference Proceedings) Treatment: G; (General Review); T;
 (Theoretical); X; (Experimental)
 This volume contains 17 papers presented at the meeting, all of which are
 abstracted separately. Some of the topics covered are: water pollution
 arising from solid waste (coal, fly ash, slag) disposal, and measures to
 prevent water polution, handling and disposal of coal ash in the CEGB in
 relation to the aqueous environment) radiochemical techniques applied to
 laboratory studies of water leaching of heavy metals from coal fly ash,
 ocean disposal and construction with stabilized coal waste blocks, treatment
 of alkaline wastewater from lignite-fired power plants, studies of the
 leaching and weathering processes of coal ashes, prevention of water
 pollution by the use of fly-ash as a substitute for extracted raw materials,
 model of ion equilibrium in aqueous solutions of fly ash in the context of
 prediction of ground and surface water contamination. Technical and
 professional papers from this conference are indexed with the conference
 code no. 05648 in the Ei Engineering Meetings (TM) database produced by
 Engineering Information, Inc.
-Desc-
 *ELECTRIC POWER PLANTS--*Waste Disposal; FLY ASH; COAL ASH; FLUE GASES;
 WATER POLLUTION
-Ident-
 PHYTOTOXICITY; DISPOSAL SITE WASHOUT; POLLUTION PATHWAYS; MARINE DISPOSAL;
 EIREV
 Class. Codes: 614 (Steam Power Plants); 452 (Sewage & Industrial Wastes
 Treatment); 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 524 (Solid Fuels) ; 451 (Air
 Pollution); 453 (Water Pollution); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 45
 (POLLUTION & SANITARY ENGINEERING); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 79
-A-
 1468347 E.I. Monthly No: EI8503023902
-W-
 WASTE ARISINGS IN HONG KONG.
 Boxall, J. E.; Yung, K. K.
 Environmental Protection Agency, Hong Kong
 Conservation and Recycling v 7 n 2-4 1984, Ecol Aspects of Solid Waste
 Dispos, Proc of Conf, Shatin, New Territories, Hong Kong, Dec 19-22 1983 p
 115-131
 -CODEN-
 CRECD2
-ISSN-
 0361-3658 ISBN: 0-08-0325971
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); G; - (General Review)
 The quantity of waste arisings in Hong Kong has nearly doubled over the past
 decade and its quality has changed with changing consumerism. The
 relationship between quantities and qualities of waste per head of
 population and various socio-economic parameters is discussed and
 forecasting techniques for domestic, industrial/commercial and construction
 waste are identified. The importance of waste recovery is addressed.
 Arisings of sewage sludge, agricultural waste, THD (toxic, hazardous and
 difficult wastes) and PFA (pulverized fly ash) will add significantly to
 waste quantities in the future. These new wastes have differing compositions
 and will require special handling, transport and disposal facilities.
 Therefore a reasonable forecast is made of the quantities of their arisings
 as this is essential for long term planning purposes. 6 refs.
-Desc-
 *WASTE DISPOSAL--*Hong Kong; REFUSE DISPOSAL--Hong Kong; INDUSTRIAL
 WASTES--Waste Utilization; MUNICIPAL ENGINEERING--Hong Kong; URBAN
 PLANNING--Hong Kong; SEWAGE TREATMENT--Sludge Disposal
-Ident-
 WASTE ARISINGS; SOCIO-ECONOMIC PARAMETERS; CONSUMERISM; FORECASTING
 TECHNIQUES; WASTE RECOVERY
 Class. Codes: 452 (Sewage & Industrial Wastes Treatment); 403 (Urban &
 Regional Planning & Development); 901 (Engineering Profession); 45
 (POLLUTION & SANITARY ENGINEERING); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 90 (GENERAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 80
-A-
 1461304 E.I. Monthly No: EI8503018304
-W-
 FLY ASH STABILIZATION OF SELECTED FLORIDA SUBGRADE AND BASE MATERIALS.
 Raba, Carl F. Jr.; Fetzer, Donald T.; Hilton, Robert G.; Dougherty, E. L.
 Raba-Kistner Consultants Inc, San Antonio, TX, USA
 Texas Civil Engineer v 55 n 1 Jan 1985 p 12-17
 -CODEN-
 TXCEAK ISBN: 0-306-41436-8
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 This is Progress Report No. 1 in Program A of a multiphased investigation to
 define the engineering properties of fly ash as a stabilizer with selected
 Florida subgrade and base materials. The initial test results on limerock
 and sand from Citrus County, Florida, are presented. These tests evaluated
 the effectiveness of (a) fly ash, (b) cement-fly and (c) lime-fly ash
 mixtures on engineering properties including compaction characteristics,
 unconfined compressive strength, modulus of elasticity, wet-dry durability,
 limerock bearing ratio and triaxial compressive strength. It is intended
 that this comprehensive study provide the engineering basis for the design
 parameters necessary for the successful use of fly ash as an economical
 cementitious stabilizer in the construction of unsurfaced and surfaced
 roadways, structural fills and embankments.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Mechanical Properties; SAND AND GRAVEL-- Compaction; ROADS AND
 STREETS--Stabilization
-Ident-
 FLY ASH-LIMEROCK MIXTURES; ENGINEERING PROPERTIES; FLY ASH-SAND MIXTURES
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 421 (Materials Properties); 483 (Soil
 Mechanics & Foundations); 406 (Highway Engineering); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 48 (ENGINEERING GEOLOGY);
 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 81
-A-
 1460744 E.I. Monthly No: EI8503016861
-W-
 DEFLECTION AND CRACKING BEHAVIOR OF FERROCEMENT WITH GROUPED REINFORCEMENT
 AND FIBER REINFORCED MATRIX.
 Swamy, R. N.; Spanos, A.
 Univ of Sheffield, Dep of Civil & Structural Engineering, Sheffield, Engl
 Journal of The American Concrete Institute v 82 n 1 Jan-Feb 1985 p 79-91
 -CODEN-
 JACIAX
-ISSN-
 0002-8061 ISBN: 0-306-41678-6
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); T; - (Theoretical); X;
 (Experimental)
 This paper presents two aspects of ferrocement technology. First it is shown
 that grouping the reinforcement meshes at top and bottom and tying them to
 skeletal bars into a rigid cage simplifies fabrication compared to
 conventionally spaced meshes and insures the desired location of the meshes.
 Cement replacement by 50 percent fly ash and inclusion of a superplasticizer
 can produce mixes of excellent flow characteristics and adequate early
 strength that can further ease the construction process and enable
 incorporation of fibers without difficulties of fabrication. Second, it is
 shown that fiber reinforcement along with the new steel arrangement
 increases stiffness, decreases deflection, and shows large ductility at
 failure. The fiber reinforcement also results in substantial reductions in
 crack spacing and crack width compared to conventional ferrocement.
 Equations are presented to predict average crack spacing and crack width. 12
 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE REINFORCEMENTS--*Manufacture; CONCRETE AGGREGATES --Fly Ash;
 COMPOSITE MATERIALS--Fiber Reinforced
-Ident-
 FERROCEMENT CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES; FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE; DEFORMATION
 CONTROL; FABRICATION PROCESS
 Class. Codes: 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 412 (Concrete); 545
 (Iron & Steel); 817 (Plastics, Products & Applications); 40 (CIVIL
 ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 54 (METAL GROUPS) ; 81 (CHEMICAL
 PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 82
-A-
 1460037 E.I. Monthly No: EI8503016827
-W-
 EFFECT OF FLY ASHES ON THE RHEOLOGICAL BEHAVIOUR OF CEMENT PASTES.
 Rudzinski, L.
 Technical Univ of Kielce, Inst of Technology & Organization of Construction,
 Kielce, Pol
 Materiaux et Constructions, Materials and Structures v 17 n 101 Sep-Oct 1984
 p 369-373
 -CODEN-
 MCMSBP
-ISSN-
 0025-5432 ISBN: 0-306-41678-6
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 A study of the behavior of fresh cement pastes under shear in a rotational
 viscometer of the Rheotest-2 type, especially designed for this purpose, is
 described. It is shown that an addition of fly ash to Portland clinker
 influences the change of flow behavior of cement pastes from thixotropic
 flow to thixotropic-dilatant flow. Moreover, introduction of fly ashes
 without decreasing the amount of cement brings about an increase in the
 basic rheological characteristics of cement pastes, growth intensity being
 dependent on volume fraction of solid and percentage of addition. 13 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CEMENT--Viscosity; RHEOLOGY
-Ident-
 CEMENT PASTE FLOW; FLOW CHARACTERISTICS; THIXOTROPY; DILATANCY
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 83
-A-
 1456752 E.I. Monthly No: EI8502012372
-W-
 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH-MATURITY RELATIONSHIPS OF MORTAR CONTAINING FLY ASH.
 Ragan, Steven A.
 US Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Structures Lab, Vicksburg,
 MS, USA
 Misc Pap US Army Eng Waterw Exp Stn SL-84-13 Oct 1984 40p
 -CODEN-
 XWMPA4 ISBN: 0-916877-00-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RR; (Report Review) Treatment: T; (Theoretical); X; (Ex- perimental)
 The relationships between the compressive strength and maturity of four
 mortar mixtures containing fly ash were evaluated. The maturity of the
 mortar was determined using both the traditional maturity method proposed by
 Saul and the maturity-age procedure proposed by Freisleben-Hansen and
 Pedersen. Two mortar mixtures had 25 percent of the cement by absolute
 volume replaced with Class F fly ash, and two mixtures had 35 percent by the
 cement of absolute volume replaced with Class F fly ash. Twenty-four
 compressive strength specimens and three temperature monitoring specimens
 were fabricated from each batch and cured at the temperature of interest.
 The curing temperatures investigated included 40 DEGREE, 73 DEGREE, and 85
 DEGREE F, and a daily fluctuating temperature ranging from 40 DEGREE to 80
 DEGREE F. The temperature-age history of the specimens was monitored
 continuously and compressive strength tests were conducted at various ages
 up to 28 days. Both the classical maturity method proposed by Saul and the
 maturity-age procedure proposed by Freisleben-Hansen and Pedersen estimated
 the compressive strength of the test specimens with a degree of success. 15
 refs.
-Desc-
 *MORTAR--*Additives; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; CONCRETE
 TESTING--Compression Tests
-Ident-
 ACCELERATED CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION; CONCRETE STRENGTH DETERMINATION; CURED
 CONCRETE MIXTURE; MATURITY METHOD
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 84
-A-
 1456574 E.I. Monthly No: EI8502009839
-W-
 SOME PRELIMINARY TEST DATA ON CEMENT-pfa-ANHYDRITE MIXES.
 Hyde, A. F. L.
 Loughborough Univ of Technology, Dep of Civil Engineering, Loughborough,
 Engl
 Magazine of Concrete Research v 36 n 128 Sep 1984 p 174-180
 -CODEN-
 MCORAV
-ISSN-
 0024-9831 ISBN: 0-916877-00-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 Pulverized-fuel ash (pfa) is commonly used as a load-bearing fill for civil
 engineering purposes. Anhydrite is often used for similar purposes in the
 mining industry. A series of compressive strength tests were carried out on
 combinations of these three materials to determine their potential as
 moderate- to high-strength fills. Attempts to stabilize pfa using anhydrite
 showed little potential for increasing the load-bearing capacity of pfa.
 However, a study of the combination of cement and anhydrite in the
 stabilization of pfa showed these two materials to be complementary in
 increasing the compressive strength of compacted stabilized pfa. 11 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CONCRETE TESTING-- Compression Tests
-Ident-
 COMPACTION METHODS; CALCIUM SULFATE; GYPSUM ADDITIVES; STABILIZING AGENTS
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 85
-A-
 1452696 E.I. Monthly No: EI8501001938
-W-
 MINUTES OF SPRING MEETING - PENNSYLVANIA ELECTRIC ASSOCIATION, ENGINEERING
 SECTION, STRUCTURES AND HYDRAULICS COMMITTEE, 1984.
 Anon
 Pennsylvania Electric Assoc, Engineering Section, Structures & Hydraulics
 Committee, Harrisburg, PA, USA
 Minutes Meet Pa Electr Assoc Eng Sect Struct and Hydraul Comm, Spring,
 Clarion, PA, USA, Apr 25-27 1984. Publ by Pennsylvania Electric Assoc,
 Engineering Section, Harrisburg, PA, USA, 1984 var pagings
 -CODEN-
 MMPSDA ISBN: 2-85428-087-3
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 05687 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 CP; (Conference Proceedings) Treatment: A; (Application- s); M; (Management
 Aspects); X; (Experimental)
 This conference proceedings contains 6 papers. Various papers discuss: dam
 rehabilitation; planning process; post tensioned anchor installation gravity
 dam stability analysis; hydroelectric power plants; fly ash base course; ash
 haul roads; utility waste disposal area; and stabilized fly ash access road
 design. Technical and professional papers from this conference are indexed
 and abstracted with the conference code no. 05687 in the Ei Engineering
 Meetings (TM) database produced by Engineering Information, Inc.
-Desc-
 *DAMS--*Applications; FLY ASH; ROADS AND STREETS; WASTE DISPOSAL; CONCRETE
 CONSTRUCTION--Anchorages
-Ident-
 DAM REHABILITATION; POST TENSIONED ANCHOR INSTALLATION; FLY ASH BASE COURSE;
 UTILITY WASTE DISPOSAL AREA; EIREV
 Class. Codes: 441 (Dams & Reservoirs); 451 (Air Pollution); 521 (Combustion
 & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products); 406 (Highway Engineering) ; 452 (Sewage &
 Industrial Wastes Treatment); 44 (WATER & WATERWORKS ENGINEERING); 45
 (POLLUTION & SANITARY ENGINEERING); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 86
-A-
 1452339 E.I. Monthly No: EI8501001658
-W-
 FLEXURAL BEHAVIOUR OF REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS MADE WITH FLY ASH COARSE
 AGGREGATES.
 Swamy, R. N.; Lambert, G. H.
 Univ of Sheffield, Dep of Civil & Structural Engineering, Sheffield, Engl
 International Journal of Cement Composites and Lightweight Concrete v 6 n 3
 Aug 1984 p 189-200
 -CODEN-
 ICCCDL
-ISSN-
 0262-5075
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Tests are reported and data on deflection, rotation, cracking, concrete and
 steel strains, design service and ultimate loads are presented. The results
 show that fly ash aggregate concrete beams can satisfy the service-ability
 requirements of deflection and cracking, and that they possess adequate
 ductility and load factor against flexural failure. It was found that a
 better estimation of short term deflection can be obtained if the
 contribution of the concrete in tension is neglected. Some of the beams may
 not fully satisfy long-term deflection requirements, and this aspect should
 be considered in design. It is shown that these beams can give satisfactory
 structural performance according to British and American Codes. 16 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; BEAMS AND GIRDERS--Bending; CONCRETE
 CONSTRUCTION--Reinforced Concrete; CONCRETE--Cracking
-Ident-
 FAILURE MODES
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 408 (Structural Design); 421 (Materials
 Properties); 422 (Materials Testing); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 931
 (Applied Physics); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 42
 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS); 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 87
-A-
 1451649 E.I. Monthly No: EI8501001657
-W-
 GLASS IN LOW-CALCIUM FLY ASH.
 Mather, Bryant
 US Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Structures Lab, Vicksburg,
 MS, USA
 Cement and Concrete Research v 14 n 6 Nov 1984 p 887-890
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Fly ashes, collected from power plants burning bituminous coal in the
 Eastern United States wre analyzed for their silica contents. Transparent
 isotropic particles were recorded as glass. Glass content was determined as
 weighted average by particle counts in sieve-size groups. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash
-Ident-
 SILICA CONTENT; ISOTROPIC PARTICLES; GLASS SPHERES; POZZOLANS
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 88
-A-
 1451647 E.I. Monthly No: EI8501000939
-W-
 QUANTITATIVE DETERMINATION OF GLASS IN SLAG BY INFRARED SPECTROSCOPY.
 Eberendu, A. R. N.; Daugherty, K. E.
 North Texas State Univ, Dep of Chemistry, Denton, TX, USA
 Cement and Concrete Research v 14 n 6 Nov 1984 p 873-883
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical); X; (- Experimental)
 Determinations of the glass content of synthetic and blast furance slags by
 infrared absorption spectroscopy are described. A linear relationship exists
 between the calculated infrared absorption R-values and the percentage glass
 determined by optical microscopy count. The use of an internal standard and
 a constant grinding time for the slag sample are crucial to obtaining an
 accurate and reproducible result. 18 refs.
-Desc-
 *CEMENT--*Additives; CONCRETE--Admixtures; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash;
 SLAGS--Applications
-Ident-
 BLAST FURNACE SLAG; GLASS CONTENT; HYDRAULIC ACIVITY; CEMENTATION
 PROPERTIES; OXIDES
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 804 (Chemical Products); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 89
-A-
 1451634 E.I. Monthly No: EI8501001656
-W-
 INFLUENCE OF FLY ASH CENOSPHERES ON THE DETAILS OF CRACKING IN
 FLYASH-BEARING CEMENT PASTES.
 Montgomery, Denis; Diamond, Sidney
 Univ of Wollongong, Dep of Civil & Mining Engineering, Wollongong, Aust
 Cement and Concrete Research v 14 n 6 Nov 1984 p 767-775
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Compact tension specimens were prepared from a cement-flyash paste with an
 especially-high content of cenospheres, to permit examination of the details
 of the influence of cenospheres on the cracking pattern obtained on loading
 such specimens in the SEM. It was found that even after extensive aging, the
 advancing crack typically went around the cenosphere-paste interface rather
 than cleaving through the cenosphere itself. Cenospheres in flyash-cement
 systems appear to act as energy-dissipating inclusions in fracture and do
 not necessarily weaken the system. 4 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CONCRETE--Crack Propagation
-Ident-
 CENOSPHERE EFFECTS; CRACKING PATTERN; AGING; CLEAVING
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 90
-A-
 1445368 E.I. Monthly No: EI8501006556
-W-
 Utilization of Fly Ash as Roadbuilding Materials for Embankment Supplied by
 Coal-fired Electric Power Plants.
 ETAT DES CONNAISSANCES RELATIVES A L'UTILISATION EN REMBLAIS ROUTIERS DE
 CENDRES VOLANTES DE FRAICHE PRODUCTION PROVENANT D'UNE OU DE PLUSIEURS
 CENTRALES ELECTRIQUES.
 Thijs, M
 Cent Rech Routieres Rep CR (Brussels) n 21 1984 150p
 -CODEN-
 CRRCDX
 Language: FRENCH
-DocType-
 RR; (Report Review) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 The physical and geotechnical characteristics of freshly produced fly-ash
 collected using dry methods from the exhaust gases of, for the most part,
 coal-fired power stations, were studied in the laboratory and on a
 pre-experimental site with a view to their use as a road embankment
 material. When subjected to certain conditions governing state, saturation,
 and stress, fly-ash used in embankment can undergo liquefaction, if it is
 has been inadequately compacted (below a certain critical density). The
 critical density can be determined in the laboratory. The construction of
 trial sections and a pre-experimental embankment of 800 m**3 has made it
 possible to determine the main technical problems which must be solved when
 using fly-ash in road embankment. 20 refs. In French with English abstract.
-Desc-
 *ROADS AND STREETS--*Embankments; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; ROADBUILDING
 MATERIALS--Fly Ash; POWER PLANTS--Waste Utilization
-Ident-
 EMBANKMENT STABILITY; GEOTECHNICAL PROPERTIES; BEARING CAPACITY
 Class. Codes: 406 (Highway Engineering); 412 (Concrete); 614 (Steam Power
 Plants); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 61 (PLANT &
 POWER ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 91
-A-
 1444966 E.I. Monthly No: EI8501001659
-W-
 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL CHARACTERIZATION OF CONDENSED SILICA FUMES.
 Aitcin, Pierre-Claude; Pinsonneault, Phillippe; Roy, Della M.
 Univ of Sherbrooke, Civil Engineering Dep, Sherbrooke, Que, Can
 American Ceramic Society Bulletin v 63 n 12 Dec 1984 p 1487-1491
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
-ISSN-
 0002-7812
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 Condensed silica fume is a by-product of the fabrication of silicon, or of
 different silicon alloys, that can be used as a very efficient pozzolanic
 material in concrete. However, different types of condensed silica fume are
 available, depending on the type of silicon alloy produced and the design of
 the furnace, so that condensed silica fume can react differently when
 introduced in concrete. The purpose of this paper is to underline the
 differences between the various condensed silica fumes presently available.
 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Waste Utilization; CEMENT--Additives SILICA--Waste
 Utilization
-Ident-
 CONDENSED SILICA FUME; SILICA DUST; FLY ASH; SILICA OXIDE VAPOR
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 482 (Mineralogy & Petrology); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 48 (ENGINEERING GEOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 92
-A-
 1439158 E.I. Monthly No: EI8406052166 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025545
-W-
 SYMPOSIUM ON CONCRETE 1983: THE MATERIAL FOR TOMORROW'S DEMANDS, PREPRINTS
 OF PAPERS, 1983.
 Anon
 Inst of Engineers, Australia, Natl Committe on Concrete Research &
 Engineering, Barton, ACT, Aust
 National Conference Publication - Institution of Engineers, Australia n
 83/12, Symp on Concr 1983 The Mater for Tomorrow's Demands, Prepr of Pap,
 Perth, Aust, Oct 20-21 1983. Publ by Inst of Engineers, Australia, Barton,
 ACT, Aust, 1983 140p
 -CODEN-
 NPIEDX
-ISSN-
 0313-6922
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 04108 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This symposium proceedings contains 29 papers. The topics covered include:
 concrete ductility; mix design methods; steam curing of high strength
 concrete; blended slag cement concrete; chloride diffusion into piles;
 concrete structure fire resistance; deformed bar bond strength; flat plate
 floor design; reinforced concrete slab banding; prestressed concrete beam
 strength; truss stress analysis; reinforced concrete reliability analysis;
 precast concrete panel failure; post-tensioned concrete economy. Technical
 and professional papers from this conference are indexed with the conference
 code no. 04108 in the Ei Engineering Meetings (TM) database produced by
 Engineering Information, Inc.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE--*Research; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; CONCRETE
 CONSTRUCTION--Prestressing; CEMENT--Slag; CONCRETE REINFORCEMENTS--Bond;
 CONCRETE PRODUCTS--Slabs
-Ident-
 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN; CONCRETE STRUCTURE FIRE RESISTANCE; CONCRETE STEAM
 CURING; PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRENGTH; EIREV
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 545
 (Iron & Steel); 421 (Materials Properties); 408 (Structural Design); 914
 (Safety Engineering); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING);
 54 (METAL GROUPS) ; 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 91 (ENGINEERING
 MANAGEMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 93
-A-
 1435442 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003206 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050813
-W-
 STATUS OF EPRI RP 1850-1 'COAL COMBUSTION BY-PRODUCT UTILIZATION MANUAL'.
 Kurgan, G. John
 Michael Baker, Jr., Inc, Beaver, Pa, USA
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 5.
 22-5. 28
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The study is focusing predominantly on the large volume coal combustion
 by-products; namely fly ash, bottom ash/boiler slag and FGD sludge. To a
 lesser extent the potential reuse of by-products created by new
 technologies, such as dry scrubbing and fluidized bed combustion, is
 investigated. Approximately 300 literature sources on coal combustion
 by-product utilization have been reviewed and developed into an annotated
 bibliography. Of these, approximately 75 sources are related to fly ash use
 in cement and concrete. Potential institutional barriers to fly ash use are
 identified.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; COAL--Combustion; CEMENT--Additives ; CONCRETE
 AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; WASTE UTILIZATION
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 524 (Solid Fuels); 913 (Production Planning & Control); 52 (FUEL
 TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 91
 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 94
-A-
 1435441 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003210 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050831
-W-
 REFERENCE SAMPLE PROGRAM FOR FLY ASHES AS A STIMULUS TO TECHNOLOGICAL
 PROGRESS.
 Frohnsdorff, G.; Dise, J. R.; Clifton, J. R.
 NBS, Cent for Building Technology, Washington, DC, USA
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 5.
 14-5. 21
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 It is argued that a practical way of simultaneously contributing to the data
 base for research and promoting assurance of fly ash quality would be
 establishment of a fly ash reference sample program. The potential benefits
 are; improved quality of standard testing, improved knowledge of differences
 between fly ashes, establishment of a large data base for use by researchers
 and others, and establishment of a source of well-characterized flyashes for
 further research. An ASTM-sponsored reference sample program for blended
 cements, specifically portland - fly ash cements, was established in 1979.
 The establishment of a similar reference sample program for fly ashes for
 use in concrete is recommended. 17 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Sampling; CEMENT--Additives; CONCRETE AGGREGATES --Fly Ash;
 STANDARDS
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 913 (Production Planning & Control); 902 (Engineering Graphics &
 Standards); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT); 90 (GENERAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 95
-A-
 1435440 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003205 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050812
-W-
 RESEARCH NEEDS FOR FACILITATING THE USE OF FLY ASH IN THE CEMENT AND
 CONCRETE INDUSTRY.
 Mehta, P. K.
 Univ of California, Civil Engineering Dep, Berkeley, Calif, USA
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 5.
 9-5. 13
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Better quality control through complete characterization of
 physical-chemical properties of fly ash is urged, noting that the procedures
 for determining the glass content, nature of the glass, and particle size
 distribution are time-consuming and, usually, complex. Availability of
 performance tests which are directly able to ascertain the potential of a
 fly ash for improving durability, impermeability, and strength
 characteristics of concrete when fly ash is used as a partial replacement
 for portland cement should facilitate the use of fly ash in the cement and
 concrete industry. To this end, a review of two performance tests developed
 at the University of California at Berkeley is presented. One is a
 performance test for pozzolanic activity, strength, and impermeability, and
 the other a performance test for durability to sulfate attack.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CEMENT--Additives; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash;
 CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION; CIVIL ENGINEERING--Research
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 901 (Engineering
 Profession); 912 (Industrial Engineering & Management); 52 (FUEL
 TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 40
 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 90 (GENERAL ENGINEERING); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 96
-A-
 1435439 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003204 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050811
-W-
 FLY ASHES IN CONCRETE: COMMENTS ON NEED FOR R&D.
 Skalny, J.
 Martin Marietta Lab, Baltimore, Md, USA
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 5.
 6-5. 8
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The question of fly ash characterization and the need for a revision of ASTM
 standards is brought up. Development of analytical and physical methods for
 better characterizing fly ash properties, especially those that are
 difficult to define - such as glassiness and reactivity - and improved
 performance specifications is urged.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; CIVIL
 ENGINEERING--Research
 Class. Codes: 511 (Oil Field Equipment & Production Operations) 804
 (Chemical Products); 412 (Concrete); 901 (Engineering Profession); 912
 (Industrial Engineering & Management); 51 (PETROLEUM ENGINEERING); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 90 (GENERAL
 ENGINEERING); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 97
-A-
 1435438 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003203 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050810
-W-
 LONG-RANGE R&D FOR FLY ASH CEMENTS, A DISCUSSION.
 Roy, D. M.
 Pennsylvania State Univ, Materials Reseach Lab, University Park, Pa, USA
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 5.
 1-5. 5
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Recent research on fly ash characterization and hydration behavior in
 cementitious structures is briefly discussed. It has given evidence of the
 complexities of these materials. The energy relations involved in cement-fly
 ash hydration are examined using the parallel example of slag cements. The
 importance of the behavior of the glassy components of fly ashes is
 stressed. 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CEMENT--Additives; CONCRETE; GLASS SLAGS; CIVIL
 ENGINEERING--Research
-Ident-
 FLY ASH CEMENTS
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 912
 (Industrial Engineering & Management); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES);
 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS) 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 98
-A-
 1435437 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003202 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050809
-W-
 LONG-TERM R&D REQUIREMENTS.
 Diamond, S.
 Purdue Univ, Sch of Civil Engineering, West Lafayette, Indiana, USA
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 4.
 34-4. 44
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The current state of knowledge about fly ashes and their effects in concrete
 is briefly reviewed and long-range opportunities for research and
 development to stimulate successful large-scale use of fly ash in cement and
 concrete are examined. This includes: more complete characterization of the
 various kinds of particles found in fly ashes and of variation in
 composition and potential reactivity of the particle with size;
 classification of fly ashes; study of the mineralogy and chemical
 composition of fly ashes; research into coal combustion and collection of
 fly ash to optimize both its properties and maintain the efficiency of power
 generation. 11 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CIVIL ENGINEERING--Research; CEMENT --Additives;
 CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION; FOSSIL FUEL POWER
 PLANTS--Waste Utilization
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 912 (Industrial Engineering & Management); 614 (Steam Power
 Plants); 524 (Solid Fuels); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING);
 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 99
-A-
 1435436 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003201 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050808
-W-
 SHORT-TERM R&D OPPORTUNITIES.
 Helmuth, R. A.
 PCA, Construction Technology Lab, Skokie, Ill, USA
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 4.
 26-4. 33
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Attention is focused on three major areas of Short-Term R&D Opportunities
 for the use of fly ash in cement and concrete: water requirements, reaction
 chemistry and tests for pozzolanic activity, and rapid tests for pozzolantic
 reactivity. The ASTM C311 mortar flow test for water requirement depends
 strongly on the amount of No. 325 sieve residue, but this needs to be
 further investigated with respect to water reduction potential of fly ashes
 in concrete. Results of tests for pozzolanic activity index with portland
 cement also depend upon results of the water requirement test, and this
 matter should be examined, as should the reaction chemistry and the effects
 on strength. Rapid tests for pozzolanic reactivity of fly ashes, if
 reliable, would be useful and should be developed further. 16 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CEMENT--Additives; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash;
 CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION; CIVIL ENGINEERING--Research
-Ident-
 BLENDED CEMENT; MORTAR
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 912 (Industrial Engineering & Management); 405 (Construction
 Equipment & Methods); 901 (Engineering Profession); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 91 (ENGINEERING
 MANAGEMENT); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 90 (GENERAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 100
-A-
 1435435 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003200 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050807
-W-
 UTILIZATION OF FLY ASH IN CEMENT AND CONCRETE.
 Cain, Craig J.
 American Fly Ash Co, Des Plains, Ill, USA
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 4.
 14-4. 25
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Some aspects of the utilization of fly ash in the manufacture of cement and
 concrete are discussed. Some problems unique to the selling part of the
 marketing of fly ash are identified. Lack of knowledge in the portland
 cement industry about fly ash production and vice versa is one of the main
 problems. The present consumption of 2 Mt of fly ash could grow to as much
 as 16 Mt with better understanding of the material and its properties. In
 particular, the role played by carbon, alkalis, esp. calcium in cement and
 concrete, as well as by combustion conditions and fireside additives, is
 pointed out.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CEMENT--Additives; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash;
 CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION--United Sates; COAL ASH; FOSSIL FUEL POWER
 PLANTS--Waste Utilization
-Ident-
 BOTTOM ASH; PORTLAND CEMENT
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 614 (Steam Power
 Plants); 913 (Production Planning & Control); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING);
 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 101
-A-
 1435433 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003199 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050806
-W-
 USE OF FLY ASH IN CEMENT AND CONCRETE IN THE USA.
 Bakker, W. T.
 EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 3.
 79-3. 89
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 By the late 1980's, roughly 281 new coal-fired plants in addition to the 549
 existing ones will be in service in the USA. Total installed capacity will
 then be approximately 351, 698 MW. It is estimated that coal consumption at
 that time will be roughly 900 million tons, resulting in a total ash
 generation level of about 120 million tons per year. At present, 25 percent
 of the ash generated by the electric utility industry is recovered or
 utilized. If this level is maintained, the nonrecovered ash in the early
 1990's will be 90 million tons per year or 22 million tons more than the
 current level. Traditionally, the cement and concrete industries have been
 significant markets for fly ash. Basically fly ash, and to a lesser extent
 bottom ash, are being used as a raw material for cement production, as an
 ingredient in blended cement (I P cement) and as a partial replacement of
 Portland cement in concrete and concrete products. Details on percent usage
 and future trends are given.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CEMENT--Additives; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash;
 FOSSIL FUEL POWER PLANTS--Waste Disposal; COAL ASH; CONCRETE
 PRODUCTS--Materials
-Ident-
 BOTTOM ASH; BLENDED CEMENT
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 913 (Production Planning & Control); 614 (Steam Power Plants);
 524 (Solid Fuels); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 102
-A-
 1435432 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003198 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050805
-W-
 FLY ASH PRODUCTION AND UTILIZATION IN THE NETHERLANDS.
 Snel, A.
 NV KEMA, Chemical Dep, Arnhem, Neth
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 3.
 67-3. 79
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The consumption of coal for electricity generation in the Netherlands is
 about 4 Mt/yr and the output of fly ash is about 0. 6 Mt/yr, and an increase
 is envisaged. Various options to use fly ash are being considered, the most
 promising being: in cement: as a substitute for shale, and as a substitute
 for clinker; in concrete: as a substitute for cement and sand, and as an
 aggregate; in road construction: as a filler to bitumen, and as a substitute
 for sand in the foundation layer. in brick: as a substitute for clay; in
 sandlime brick: as a substitute for sand; in thermal insulation: as an
 equivalent of rockwool, as a raw material for production of aluminum and
 other recoverable metals. Whether these applications can be realized depends
 on: the cost of fly ash; ecological acceptability of the application;
 ability to meet relevant specifications; cost of transport; availability of
 raw materials to be substituted. For at least 10% of fly ash produced the
 best solution seems to be a land fill scheme in a salt water basin with no
 direct access to the sea.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION--Netherlands CONCRETE
 AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; CEMENT--Additives; ROADBUILDING MATERIALS-- Fly Ash;
 BRICKMAKING--Fly Ash
-Ident-
 THERMAL INSULATION; ALUMINUM RAW MATERIALS; RECOVERABLE METALS
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 406 (Highway
 Engineering); 414 (Masonry Materials); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 103
-A-
 1435431 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401001094 E.I. Yearly No: EI84018678
-W-
 UTILIZATION OF POWER STATION COMBUSTION RESIDUES IN THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF
 GERMANY, A REVIEW.
 Jacobs, J.
 VGB-Technical Assoc of Power Plant Operators, West Ger
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 3.
 59-3. 66
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 In the year 1980 industrial and utility power stations in the Federal
 Republic of Germany have consumed some 125. 10**6 tons of lignite and more
 than 35. 10**6 tons of bituminous coal for steam generation. Ashes from
 lignite, which is produced in open pits, can be easily returned to the pit
 for dumping. The 6. 10**6 tons of hard coal ash have to be utilized to a
 maximum degree due to the fact that dumping sites are ever harder to obtain.
 The fraction of residues which had to be dealt with in the form of fly ash
 was a relatively unimportant 15% until some years ago. Since then this
 fraction is increasing rapidly and has now doubled. Considerable succes was
 achieved in utilizing 65% of both wet bottom furnace granulate and fly ash.
 While fly ash of good quality is used mainly in concrete production,
 granulate serves as a drainage filler in road construction, as sandblasting
 material, and for brickmaking. Future problems can be expected due to the
 limited capacity of civil engineering enterprises.
-Desc-
 *COAL ASH--*Applications; FLY ASH--Applications; CEMENT-- Additives;
 CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 614 (Steam Power Plants); 913 (Production Planning & Control);
 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 104
-A-
 1435430 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003197 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050804
-W-
 USE OF PFA IN CEMENT AND CONCRETE: RESEARCH AND UTILISATION IN THE REPUBLIC
 OF SOUTH AFRICA.
 Krueger, J. E.; Rossouw, A. F. G.; van Dijk, J.
 CSIR, Natl Building Research Inst, Pretoria, S Afr
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 3.
 48-3. 58
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The production of pulverized-fuel ash (PFA) in South Africa is approaching
 10 million tons per annum and is expected to double by the end of the
 century. South African PFA has similar properties to those reported for
 overseas PFA of similar composition. Its pozzolanic activity index
 correlates better with the percentage residue on a 45- MU m sieve than with
 the specific surface. In the presence of lime under moist conditions and at
 ambient temperatures, it develops strength only very slowly. Cement-PFA
 blends produced by intergrinding develop better strength than blends
 produced by mixing. Replacement of a part of the portland cement with fine
 PFA gives mortars increased resistance to attack by sulfates and by soft
 water and it affords a significant reduction in the expansion caused by the
 alkali-aggregate reaction. The use of PFA, especially in lean concrete, can
 lead to more economical mixes.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION--South Africa ;
 CEMENT--Additives; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash
-Ident-
 MORTARS
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 105
-A-
 1435429 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003196 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050803
-W-
 STATUS OF FLY ASH IN UK CEMENT AND CONCRETE.
 Owens, Philip L.
 Pozzolanic Ltd, Chester, Cheshire, Engl
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 3.
 37-3. 47
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The accumulation of research and experience and the progress of British
 Standards and Codes of Practice has led to a wider engineering appreciation
 of the benefits that fly ash of controlled quality can give to structural
 concrete. British standards on portland pulverized-fuel ash cement and on
 the use of fly ash in concrete are briefly recalled. Codes of practice are
 mentioned. Currently all the major civil engineering works involving large
 quantities of concrete use fly ash. Progress is being made on its use in
 water retaining structures and in pavement and structural concrete for
 roads. In equivalent terms, about 7% of all cement used in the UK contains
 fly ash. The UK research and development effort in this field has
 concentrated on two areas; how to obtain, manufacture and control the
 quality of fly ash, and the improvements that fly ash of a regulated quality
 can give to concrete. The most significant progress has been in the
 breakthrough of the increased sulfate resistance and reduction of alkali
 aggregate reactions that fly ash gives concrete.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION-- United Kingdom;
 CEMENT--Additives; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; CONCRETE TESTING
-Ident-
 PULVERIZED-FUEL ASH CEMENT
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES &
 TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 106
-A-
 1435428 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003195 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050802
-W-
 FLY ASH USAGE AND RELATED R&D ACTIVITIES IN DENMARK.
 Norholm, Axel; Osbaeck, Bjarne
 F. L. Schmidt & Co. A/S, Copenhagen, Den
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Div Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 3.
 25-3. 36
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 In Denmark fly ash has only been utilized in concrete since 1978. However,
 its utilization in cement and concrete is increasing rapidly due to some
 special Danish conditions. A company named 'Danaske' was established in 1978
 to market and sell fly ash not only on the Danish market but for export as
 well. Danish standards for Portland cement have been amended to allow the
 addition of up to 5% fly ash in all Portland cements. A short survey on the
 current R&D activities in Denmark is given. This includes: fly ash
 characterization, health aspects, effects of power-plant related factors,
 refining of fly ash, proportioning of fly ash-containing concrete, concrete
 hardening, durability of concrete, fly ash in blended cements, grinding
 methods, fly ash for synthetic aggregates, machinery.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION--Denmark; FOSSIL FUEL POWER
 PLANTS--Denmark; ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING--Denmark; CEMENT--Additives;
 CIVIL ENGINEERING--Denmark
-Ident-
 RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT IN DENMARK
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 614 (Steam Power Plants); 901 (Engineering Profession); 52 (FUEL
 TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 61
 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 90 (GENERAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 107
-A-
 1435427 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003194 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050801
-W-
 REVIEW OF THE USE OF ONTARIO HYDRO FLY ASH IN CONCRETE.
 Sturrup, V. R.
 Ontario Hydro, Civil Research Dep, Toronto, Ont, Can
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 3.
 12-3. 24
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Ontario Hydro's experience with fly ash concrete over the past 30 years is
 summarized. The variable loading of the Lakeview Generating Station, where
 fly ash is most readily available, has resulted in a product of variable
 quality which is not recommended for use in air-entrained concrete. However,
 by selective collection and control testing, a fly ash suitable for use in
 non-air-entrained concrete can be obtained. With revised procedures for
 proportioning fly ash concrete and test data on its improved creep
 properties, greater acceptance of fly ash for use in structural concrete has
 been achieved. 9 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; DAMS, CONCRETE--Canada; CONCRETE
 CONSTRUCTION--Canada; CEMENT--Additives; HYDROELECTRIC POWER PLANTS--Canada
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 441 (Dams & Reservoirs); 611 (Hydro & Tidal Power Plants); 405
 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 44 (WATER & WATERWORKS
 ENGINEERING); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 108
-A-
 1435426 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003193 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050800
-W-
 FLY ASH IN CANADA - 1981.
 Berry, Edwin E.
 E. E. Berry and Associates, Ottawa, Ont, Can
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 3.
 1-3. 11
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 In 1981, Canadian utilities operated 21 coal fired thermal generating
 stations with a total capacity of 16, 610 MW. Thermal power generation in
 Canada in 1981 consumed about 29. 5 million tons of coal and produced about
 3. 5 million tons of ash (1. 2 X 10**6 tons of Fly Ash). Ash use in Canada
 amounts to a total of 15 percent of production from four of the six
 provinces where ash is produced. A Canadian standard for the use of
 supplementary cementing materials added at the concrete mix plant has been
 developed. Much of the active research on coal ash in Canada is directed to
 supporting the marketing of ash for purposes other than cement replacement.
 The principal organizations carrying out research on coal ash in Canada are
 listed. Some lines of research are briefly described. 17 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION--Research; FOSSIL FUEL POWER
 PLANTS--Canada; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 614 (Steam Power Plants); 405 (Construction Equipment &
 Methods); 912 (Industrial Engineering & Management); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY);
 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 109
-A-
 1435425 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003192 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050799
-W-
 RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT FOR THE USE OF FLY ASH IN CEMENT AND CONCRETE.
 Idorn, G. M.
 G. M. Idorn Consult ApS, Naerum, Den
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 p 2.
 1-2. 33
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Research into the uses of fly ash in cement and concrete is discussed.
 Determining the dependence of fly ash properties on the fly ash origin as
 mineral phases in coal and on the combustion and collection processes in the
 power plants requires more information on process characteristics and the
 feasibility of process modifications. The distinction between high and low
 calcium fly ash is increasingly being recognized, and recent research
 suggests that, in addition to lime, alkalis, sulfates, and heat are
 activators and accelerators of the fly ash reactions in contemporary
 concrete. The importance of the market oriented research in the US and
 abroad is stressed, as is support to it from research into the chemistry of
 fly ash reactivity. To improve the effectiveness of research support to the
 development of technologies for the use of fly ash in cement and concrete,
 more communication is recommended between the producers and users of fly
 ash. 40 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; CEMENT--Additives;
 ENGINEERING RESEARCH; ENERGY CONSERVATION; COAL-- Combustion
-Ident-
 RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 912 (Industrial Engineering & Management); 901 (Engineering
 Profession); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT); 90 (GENERAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 110
-A-
 1435424 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003191 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050798
-W-
 WORKSHOP PROCEEDINGS: RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT NEEDS FOR USE OF FLY ASH IN
 CEMENT AND CONCRETE, 1981.
 Bakker, W. T. (Ed. )
 EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA
 Electr Power Res Inst Coal Combust Syst Div Rep EPRI CS 2616-SR, Workshop
 Proc Res and Dev Needs for Use of Fly Ash in Cem and Concr, Palo Alto,
 Calif, USA, Mar 3-5 1981. Publ by EPRI, Palo Alto, Calif, USA, 1982 var
 pagings
 -CODEN-
 EPRCD7
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 01983 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The Proceedings comprise 25 papers given by representatives of 6 foreign
 nations and the USA reviewing the status of fly ash utilization in their
 respective countries. Four panels discussed: the production of fly ash, its
 utilization, short and long-term R&D needs. Production of fly ash by the
 electric utilities in the USA now exceeds 50 Mt/yr and may exceed 100 Mt/yr
 in the 1990s. The panels stressed the need for additional research, both to
 better characterize and classify fly ashes and to predict their effect on
 cement and concrete properties. Uncertainty about possible undesirable side
 effects may be the main technical barrier to increased usage of fly ash in
 concrete. One paper dealt with the use of fly ash in agriculture. Abstructs
 of 19 papers are given separately. Technical and professional papers from
 this conference are indexed with the conference code no. 01983 in the Ei
 Engineering Meetings (TM) database produced by Engineering Information, Inc.
 Refs.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; CEMENT--Additives;
 FOSSIL FUEL POWER PLANTS--Waste Utilization; ENGINEERING RESEARCH; ENERGY
 CONSERVATION
-Ident-
 EIREV; RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT; CLASSIFICATION
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 614 (Steam Power Plants); 913 (Production Planning & Control);
 912 (Industrial Engineering & Management); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 111
-A-
 1432712 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412129173 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025951
-W-
 IMPROVEMENT OF THE DURABILITY OF GLASS FIBER REINFORCED CEMENT USING BLENDED
 CEMENT MATRIX.
 Leonard, S.; Bentur, A.
 Technion-Israel Inst of Technology, Building Research Station, Haifa, Isr
 Cement and Concrete Research v 14 n 5 Sep 1984 p 717-728
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Blended cements prepared with two fly ashes were used as matrices in glass
 fiber reinforced cement (GRC) composites in an attempt to improve their
 durability. The hydrated matrices from the two blended cements investigated
 here had similar strength and composition. Both fly ashes reduced the Ca
 (OH)//2 content to the same extent but in both cases the pH level was only
 slightly reduced compared to the portland cement matrix. In spite of these
 similarities, the GRC prepared with one fly ash showed considerable
 improvement in durability while the other one had only a small positive
 effect. 17 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE REINFORCEMENTS--*Research; CONCRETE AGGREGATES-- Fly Ash;
 COMPOSITE MATERIALS--Nonmetallic Matrix Composites
-Ident-
 FIBER-REINFORCED CONCRETE; CEMENT-MATRIX; HYDRATION PRODUCTS ; GLASS-FIBER
 Class. Codes: 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 412 (Concrete); 415
 (Metals, Wood & Other Structural Materials); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 112
-A-
 1432710 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412134634 E.I. Yearly No: EI84082056
-W-
 HIGH STRENGTH MORTARS CONTAINING CONDENSED SILICA FUME.
 Buil, M.; Paillere, A. M.; Roussel, B.
 Lab Central des Ponts et Chaussees, Paris, Fr
 Cement and Concrete Research v 14 n 5 Sep 1984 p 693-704
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A silica fume and a superplasticizer have been added to an ordinary easily
 flowing mortar composition. The optimal amounts of those constituents have
 been determined in order to obtain the maximum compressive strength for a
 constant workability. The compressive strengths are approximately twice
 higher at 2, 7 and 28 days as compared to the reference mortar. The drying
 shrinkage is slightly increased and the hydration kinetics are highly
 modified. 14 refs.
-Desc-
 *MORTAR--*Additives; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash
-Ident-
 SUPERPLASTICIZERS; WORKABILITY; MORTAR COMPOSITION; SILICA FUME
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 113
-A-
 1432702 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412129103 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025593
-W-
 FLUIDITY OF FLY ASH-CEMENT PASTE WITH SUPERPLASTICIZER.
 Nagataki, S.; Sakai, E.; Takeuchi, T.
 Tokyo Inst of Technology, Dep of Civil Engineering, Tokyo, Jpn
 Cement and Concrete Research v 14 n 5 Sep 1984 p 631-638
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The feasibility of using by-product coal ash from coal-fired power plants is
 considered. The influence of various fly ashes on the fluidity of fly
 ash-cement paste with superplasticizer was investigated in connection with
 the amounts of superplasticizer adsorbed on fly ashes. The fluidity of fly
 ash-cement paste mixed with superplasticizer is influenced by the kinds of
 fly ashes. The bulk specific gravity of fly ash may be an index for judging
 the influence of fly ash on the fluidity of fly ash-cement paste. 2 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash
-Ident-
 CEMENT PASTE; PLASTICIZER; COAL ASH
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 114
-A-
 1430411 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412127780 E.I. Yearly No: EI84011740
-W-
 RICE HUSK ASH AS FILLER IN BITUMINOUS MIXES.
 Saxena, S. C.; Azmi, M.; Thiam, T. K.
 Univ of Malaya, Kuala Lampur, Malays
 Highways and Transportation v 31 n 6 Jun 1984 p 16-21
 -CODEN-
 HITRED
-ISSN-
 0265-6868
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This paper is based on research work carried out in the laboratories of the
 Civil Engineering Department, University of Malaya, to explore the
 possibility of using rice husk ash - a waste product from rice - as a filler
 material in bituminous mixes. The Marshall design criteria was used to
 establish its suitability. In the actual experiments various percentages of
 rich husk ash as a filler were used with different bitumen contents. The
 other standard fillers - cement and rock dust - were also used as
 comparisons in preparing the samples. The optimum filler and bitumen
 contents satisfying the Marshall design criteria were obtained for all three
 types of fillers used. 8 refs.
-Desc-
 *BITUMINOUS MATERIALS--*Mechanical Properties; ROADBUILDING MATERIALS--Fly
 Ash; MATERIALS--Mixing
-Ident-
 BITUMEN-AGGREGATE MIXTURES; FILLER MATERIAL; RICE HUSK ASH
 Class. Codes: 411 (Bituminous Materials); 421 (Materials Properties); 406
 (Highway Engineering); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES
 & TESTING); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 115
-A-
 1427089 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412137043 E.I. Yearly No: EI84107404
-W-
 QUICK LIME-GYPSUM INTERACTIONS IN STABILIZED SOIL BASES FOR CONCRETE
 HIGHWAYS.
 Schlorholtz, S.; Demirel, T.
 Iowa State Univ, Dep of Civil Engineering, Ames, Iowa, USA
 Cement and Concrete Research v 14 n 4 Jul 1984 p 529-532
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Lime stabilization of clayey soils is very common throughout many parts of
 the world. Typically if heaving is observed after quick lime (CaO)
 stabilization, them one may think that insufficient lime and/or poor slaking
 and mixing techniques may be the root of the problem. Actually, there are
 several other reasons for the observed heaving. One explanation is that the
 lime may have been hard burnt, thus rendering the lime inactive until months
 later. Another explanation is due to the interaction of the quick lime with
 gypsum (CaSO//4 X (TIMES) 2 H//2O) in the soil to be stabilized. Lime, Type
 I portland cement, or Class C fly ash stabilization of high gypsum bearing
 soils would at best produce poor results because of the possibility of
 expansion due to the formation of ettringite. 6 refs.
-Desc-
 *ROADBUILDING MATERIALS--*Lime
-Ident-
 CONCRETE HIGHWAYS
 Class. Codes: 406 (Highway Engineering); 804 (Chemical Products); 40 (CIVIL
 ENGINEERING); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 116
-A-
 1427086 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412129102 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025592
-W-
 HYDRATION OF FLY ASH-PORTLAND CEMENTS.
 He, Jun-yuan; Scheetz, Barry E.; Roy, Della M.
 Pennsylvania State Univ, Materials Research Lab, University Park, Pa, USA
 Cement and Concrete Research v 14 n 4 Jul 1984 p 505-512
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The amount of calcium hydroxide crystals in the cement pastes is diminished
 due to the addition of fly ash to the cement. Ettringite is produced in the
 early age, and the consumption of sulfate by the formation of ettringite is
 accelerated by the addition of fly ash. A partial conversion of ettringite
 to monosulfate within the first 7 days of hydration is observed in the fly
 ash-portland cement pastes, but the formation of ettringite continuues to
 form up to at least 28 days of hydration in the pastes without fly ash.
 Examination of the fly ash bearing pastes shows varying amounts of calcium
 hydroxide and unreacted portland cement, with minor quartz and gehlenite
 hydrate. It appears that hydration reactions actually occur in the fly ash
 cement pastes more or less on a particle-by-particle basis. 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CEMENT--Hydration
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants) ; 801
 (Chemical Analysis & Physical Chemistry); 804 (Chemical Products); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 117
-A-
 1427085 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412129101 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025591
-W-
 EXAMINATION OF THE ASTM LIME POZZOLANIC ACTIVITY TEST FOR CLASS C FLY
 ASHES.
 Schlorholtz, S.; Demirel, T.; Pitt, J. M.
 Iowa State Univ, Dep of Civil Engineering, Ames, Iowa, USA
 Cement and Concrete Research v 14 n 4 Jul 1984 p 499-504
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Three types of lime (reagent grade Ca (OH)//2, a commerical lime and a
 mixture of the reagent grade lime and MgO were used with four fly ashes
 (three Class C and one Class F) in the LPAT. The same four fly ashes were
 used in the ASTM Cement Pozzolanic Activity Test. The formation of
 crystalline reaction products in the lime test was monitored by x-ray powder
 diffraction. All three Class C fly ashes failed to meet the LPAT seven-day
 800 psi compressive strength criterion when the reagent grade lime was used
 but all three passed the test when the other two types of lime were used.
 X-ray diffractograms of pastes cured for three days at 55 DEGREE C showed
 different reaction products formed from the pastes containing reagent grade
 lime compared to the other two lime sources. 4 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CEMENT--Pozzolan
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 804 (Chemical Products); 801 (Chemical
 Analysis & Physical Chemistry); 421 (Materials Properties); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 118
-A-
 1427084 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412129100 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025590
-W-
 DEVELOPMENT OF MICROSTRUCTURE AND OTHER PROPERTIES IN FLYASH OPC SYSTEMS.
 Halse, Y.; Pratt, P. L.; Dalziel, J. A.; Gutteridge, W. A.
 Imperial Coll of Science & Technology, Dep of Metallurgy & Materials
 Science, London, Engl
 Cement and Concrete Research v 14 n 4 Jul 1984 p 491-498
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Ordinary Portland cements and fly ash blend cements containing 30% of fly
 ash were cast at room temperature with a w/s ratio of 0. 45-0. 47. The Ca
 (OH)//2 content and compressive strength were measured at several ages. In
 the fly ash-cement systems the Ca (OH)//2 content reached a maximum value
 after 7-14 days, thereafter decreasing as a result of pozzolanic reaction.
 This decrease in Ca (OH)//2 content followed dissolution of the fly ash
 surfaces and the augmentation of strength by the fly ash. 6 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CEMENT--Microstructure
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 801 (Chemical Analysis & Physical Chemistry);
 421 (Materials Properties); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 119
-A-
 1427080 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412129099 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025589
-W-
 STATE OF THE ART FOR FLY ASH USES IN CONCRETE.
 Idorn, G. M.; Henriksen, K. R.
 G. M. Idorn Consult ApS, Naerum, Den
 Cement and Concrete Research v 14 n 4 Jul 1984 p 463-470
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Improved workability of fresh concrete, reduction of peak curing
 temperatures and increase of the denseness of hardened concrete are being
 recognized as attainable advantages in practice. Also pozzolanic reactivity
 as protection against reactions with alkali-susceptible aggregates is of
 increasing interest. There is in research a trend towards more work about
 the characterisation of fly ashes in relation to chemical composition and
 minerlogy structure. Also their impact on the rheology of fresh cement
 paste, on the energetics of the hydrating system and on the microstructure
 of hardened cement paste is increasingly being studied. The
 practice-research relations are demonstrated by experience with use of fly
 ash in the concrete of a major bridge construction in Denmark. 27 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 804 (Chemical Products); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 120
-A-
 1427079 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412131516 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050797
-W-
 UTILIZATION OF FLYASH.
 Diamond, Sidney
 Purdue Univ, Sch of Civil Engineering, West Lafayette, Indiana, USA
 Cement and Concrete Research v 14 n 4 Jul 1984 p 455-462
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An informal overview is provided of the present status of the utilization of
 fly ash, with special reference to the situation in the U. S. Approximately
 48 million tons per year are produced, of which approximately 8 million tons
 are utilized, almost half by utilities themselves. Of the 4. 5 million tons
 sold for external utilization, approximately 60% is used in concrete-related
 uses, mostly as a mineral admixture. A brief summary of typical properties
 of low-calcium and high-calcium fly ashes is provided, with special
 reference to differences in potential utilization. 2 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 521 (Combustion & Fuels) ; 412
 (Concrete); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 121
-A-
 1425093 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412129098 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025588
-W-
 Use of Fly-ash in Making Concrete.
 VERWENDUNG VON FLUGASCHE ZUR BETONHERSTELLUNG.
 Zimbelmann, R.
 Otto-Graf-Inst, Stuttgart, West Ger
 Betonwerk und Fertigteil-Technik v 49 n 11 Nov 1983 p 705-709
 -CODEN-
 BWFTAB
-ISSN-
 0373-4331
 Language: GERMAN; ENGLISH
 There has been considerable revival of interest in the use of fly-ash
 (pulverized fuel ash) in concrete in recent years. This is due probably to
 economic as well as to technological factors. The favorable effect that
 fly-ash, when used as an additive in conformity with DIN 1045, has upon the
 properties of fresh concrete is well known and is increasingly being
 utilized in practice. 15 refs. In German and English.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CEMENT--Additives
-Ident-
 SLAG CEMENT; HYDRATION; POZZOLAN
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 122
-A-
 1425089 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412129147 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025809
-W-
 Concrete Aggregate Examined in the Light of the Revised DIN 4226.
 ZUSCHLAG FUER BETON UNTER BESONDERER BERUECKSICHTIGUNG DER UEBERARBEITETEN
 DIN 4226.
 Dahms, Juergen
 Betonwerk und Fertigteil-Technik v 49 n 11 Nov 1983 p 685-690
 -CODEN-
 BWFTAB
-ISSN-
 0373-4331
 Language: GERMAN; ENGLISH
 Concrete technology nowadays regards concrete as a binary system comprised
 of the two components aggregate (about 75%) and cement stone (about 25%),
 whereby the aggregate mixture serves as supporting structure which is bonded
 togeter by cement paste. The aggregate itself possesses a degree of firmness
 which by far exceeds the concrete strength. A discussion is made in
 connection with the revised German code. In German and English.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION--*Standards; CONCRETE AGGREGATES-- Evaluation
-Ident-
 LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATES; FLY ASH; SLAG CEMENT
 Class. Codes: 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 902 (Engineering
 Graphics & Standards); 412 (Concrete); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 90 (GENERAL
 ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 123
-A-
 1422081 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412129089 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025476
-W-
 ALKALI-AGGREGATE REACTION AND TEXAS FLY ASHES.
 Smith, Robert L.
 Raba-Kistner Consultants Inc, San Antonio, Tex, USA
 Texas Civil Engineer v 54 n 5 May 1984 p 18-21
 -CODEN-
 TXCEAK
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The prediction by Mather in 1975 that the alkali content of cements will
 increase and that low alkali cements will no longer be readily available has
 come to pass. The traditional use of pozzolans, such as fly ash, to reduce
 the expansion from the alkali-aggregate reaction may not be effective in all
 cases because certain fly ashes contain a high level of alkali. Aggregates
 in concrete are chosen for their physical properties and are assumed to be
 chemically inert. However, the results of a growing body of evidence
 indicates that a certain amount of chemical reaction occurs between the
 aggregate and cement paste. 21 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE--*Expansion; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; ALKALINE EARTH
 COMPOUNDS--Chemical Reactions
-Ident-
 ALKALI-SILICA REACTION; ALKALINE PORE SOLUTION; SWELLING PRESSURE
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 804 (Chemical Products); 802 (Chemical
 Apparatus & Plants); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 124
-A-
 1420892 E.I. Monthly No: EI8411116936 E.I. Yearly No: EI84046981
-W-
 USES SOUGHT FOR FERTILIZER MANUFACTURING WASTE.
 Anon
 Chemical & Engineering News v 62 n 38 Sep 17 1984 p 37-38
 -CODEN-
 CENEAR
-ISSN-
 0009-2347
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Disposal of manufacturing wastes is always a matter of concern to the
 fertilizer industry. Even when these wastes are not hazardous, they can be
 expensive nuisances - like the slime ponds that inevitably accompany
 phosphate processing operations. For that reason, the industry continues to
 look for ways to turn these wastes into useful byproducts. Potential uses
 include liquid phosphorus wastes in fluid fertilizers, phosphogypsum in
 highay pavement bases, slime and fly ash in ceramics.
-Desc-
 *FERTILIZERS--*Waste Utilization; ROADBUILDING MATERIALS-- Aggregates;
 CERAMIC MATERIALS
-Ident-
 FLUID FERTILIZERS; PHOSPHOGYPSUM
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 821 (Agricultural Equipment &
 Methods); 913 (Production Planning & Control); 452 (Sewage & Industrial
 Wastes Treatment); 406 (Highway Engineering); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories);
 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 82 (AGRICULTURE & FOOD TECHNOLOGY); 91
 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT); 45 (POLLUTION & SANITARY ENGINEERING); 40 (CIVIL
 ENGINEERING); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 125
-A-
 1417076 E.I. Monthly No: EI8411114097 E.I. Yearly No: EI84015454
-W-
 CHINA CEMENT MOVES HONG KONG MOUNTAIN TO BUILD PLANT.
 Anon
 Pit & Quarry v 77 n 1 Jul 1984 p 66-70
 -CODEN-
 PIQUAN
-ISSN-
 0032-0293
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Plant construction for China Cement Co. , (Hong Kong) Ltd. involved moving
 part of a mountain into the sea to create enough land on which to construct
 it. The article describes plant operations, use of fly ash from a nearby
 power plant and gives a flowsheet.
-Desc-
 *CEMENT PLANTS--*Hong Kong; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 402 (Buildings & Towers); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 126
-A-
 1413152 E.I. Monthly No: EI8411115039 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025648
-W-
 FORMWORK PRESSURES AND CEMENT REPLACEMENT BY FLY ASH.
 Gardner, N. J.
 Univ of Ottawa, Ottawa, Ont, Can
 Concrete International: Design and Construction v 6 n 10 Oct 1984 p 50-55
 -CODEN-
 CIDCD2
-ISSN-
 0162-4075
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A continuing experimental investigation into factors influencing the
 pressure exerted by fresh concrete on vertical form faces is described. the
 conclusion is that formwork pressures increase with the rate of placement,
 vibrator immersion, slump, decrease in temperature, and increasing
 percentage cement replacement by fly ash. An equation is developed to
 conservatively calculate lateral pressures for formwork design purposes. 10
 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION--*Forms; CONCRETE--Pressure Effects; FLY
 ASH--Applications
-Ident-
 FORM SURFACES; LATERAL PRESSURE; MIX PROPERTIES
 Class. Codes: 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 412 (Concrete); 40
 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 127
-A-
 1410403 E.I. Monthly No: EI8411117272 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050796
-W-
 Fly Ash Utilization in the Netherlands.
 VLIEGASTOEPASSING IN NEDERLAND.
 Bolt, N.
 N. V. KEMA, Arnhem, Neth
 Elektrotechniek v 62 n 5 May 1984 p 453-459
 -CODEN-
 LKTRD2
-ISSN-
 0013-5801
 Language: DUTCH
 Coal-fired power stations in the Netherlands produced in 1983 450, 000 tons
 of fly ash and will produce by the year 2000 between 1 and 2 m tons of fly
 ash annually. Fly ash consists of spherical glassy particles, is largely
 composed of compounds of silica, alumina, iron and alkaline earth metals and
 possesses so-called pozzolanic characteristics. Because of all these
 properties, fly ash is very suitable for application in the building
 industry: in portland cement and portland fly ash cement production, in the
 concrete industry as filler material and as light-weight aggregate, in road
 construction as asphalt filler and as a substitute for sand and cement, and
 in the building used brick-industry. It is expected that the major part of
 the fly ash produced will be used in the building industry. Problems,
 research aspects, quality demands and quality control measurements are
 discussed. 6 refs. In Dutch.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; ROADBUILDING
 MATERIALS--Fly Ash; BRICKMAKING--Fly Ash; ELECTRIC POWER PLANTS--Waste
 Utilization
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical Products) ; 412
 (Concrete); 406 (Highway Engineering); 414 (Masonry Materials); 812
 (Ceramics & Refractories); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING);
 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 128
-A-
 1408429 E.I. Monthly No: EI8410110286 E.I. Yearly No: EI84115265
-W-
 PERFORMANCE OF TWO-STAGE TYPE ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATORS.
 Masuda, Senichi; Hosokawa, Shunsuke
 Univ of Tokyo, Dep of Electrical Engineering, Tokyo, Jpn
 IEEE Transactions on Industry Applications v IA-20 n 3 May-Jun 1984 p
 709-717
 -CODEN-
 ITIACR
-ISSN-
 0093-9994
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A two-stage type electrostatic precipitator composed of prechargers and
 collection fields has been considered to provide an effective alternative
 for controlling difficult high-resistivity fly ash. However, there are many
 varieties in the construction of both prechargers and collection fields, as
 well as their combination modes. In order to clarify the features specific
 to this precipitator, tests were made in the laboratory. Boxer chargers,
 free of discharge, were used as the prechargers, and three different types
 of collection fields were tested: conventional dc-energized twin-electrode
 fields, pulsed twin-electrode fields, and dc-energized parallel-plane
 fields. 20 refs.
-Desc-
 *SEPARATORS--*Electrostatic; ELECTROSTATIC DEVICES
-Ident-
 ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATORS; FLY ASH CONTROL
 Class. Codes: 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 701 (Electricity &
 Magnetism); 704 (Electric Components & Equipment); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 70 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 129
-A-
 1403947 E.I. Monthly No: EI8410100984 E.I. Yearly No: EI84021217
-W-
 PROPERTIES OF GRC CONTAINING PFA.
 Singh, B.; Majumdar, A. J.; Ali, M. A.
 Dep of the Environment, Building Research Establishment, Watford, Engl
 International Journal of Cement Composites and Lightweight Concrete v 6 n 2
 May 1984 p 65-74
 -CODEN-
 ICCCDL
-ISSN-
 0262-5075
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The properties of glass reinforced cement (grc) sheets made by using Cem-FlL
 alkali-resistant glass fibers and containing large amounts of pulverized
 fuel ash (pfa) kept in different environments up to 11 years are described.
 The trends in the changes of the properties of pfa containing grc's with
 time are similar to those of composites made from neat OPC. In a relatively
 dry condition, there is very little change with time but in wet conditions
 and natural weathering various strength properties show reductions from
 their peak values. Large (1 m X 1 m) vertically held samples have retained
 higher proportions of their peak strengths than horizontally placed coupons.
 The proportion of initial strength retained by grc on weathering is
 increased if styrene butadiene rubber latex is included in the mix
 formulation. Encouraging results have also been obtained using a
 commercially blended cement/pfa mixture. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *COMPOSITE MATERIALS--*Fiber Reinforced; CONCRETE AGGREGATES --Fly Ash;
 GLASS FIBER--Mechanical Properties; CONCRETE TESTING--Weathering
-Ident-
 TENSILE STRENGTH; IMPACT STRENGTH
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 812 (Ceramics & Refractories); 421 (Materials
 Properties); 422 (Materials Testing); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 81
 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 130
-A-
 1400598 E.I. Monthly No: EI8410103869 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050841
-W-
 CHARACTERIZATION AND TECHNIQUES FOR RAPID EVALUATION OF IOWA FLY ASHES.
 Pitt, J. M.; Mings, M. L.; Schlorholtz, S. M.
 Iowa State Univ of Science & Technology, Dep of Civil Engineering, Ames,
 Iowa, USA
 Transp Res Rec 941 1983 p 12-17
 -CODEN-
 TRREDM
-ISSN-
 0361-1981
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An evaluation of seven fly ashes produced from Wyoming coal and available to
 the construction industry in Iowa is presented. X-ray spectrometry and
 diffraction were used to determine quantitative elemental and crystalline
 composition of the seven fly ashes, and long-term, multiple samples were
 taken at three sources to define variability in elemental composition. It
 was found that existing ASTM fly ash classification is not necessarily
 consistent with the coal type, that elemental variability within a single
 source can be equivalent to that of Type I portland cement, and that
 quantitative crystalline composition provides information useful for
 rational categorization. Knowledge of cement led to development of a heat
 evolution test which may be useful in predicting cement content, and an
 evaluation of crystalline calcium and magnesium oxides suggests that
 soundness of fly ash-portland cement mortar is not influenced by magnesium
 oxide but is influenced by the crystalline calcium oxide present in the fly
 ashes evaluated. 8 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*X-Ray Analysis; BUILDING MATERIALS--Evaluation; CHEMICAL
 ANALYSIS--Sampling
-Ident-
 WESTERN SUBBITUMINOUS COALS; CHEMICAL COMPOSITION; CRYSTALLINE COMPOSITION
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 412 (Concrete); 801 (Chemical
 Analysis & Physical Chemistry); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 131
-A-
 1400597 E.I. Monthly No: EI8410103868 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050840
-W-
 CHARACTERIZATION OF FLY ASH BY X-RAY ANALYSIS METHODS.
 Mings, M. L.; Schlorholtz, S. M.; Pitt, J. M.; Demirel, T.
 Walter N. Handy Co, Springfield, Mo, USA
 Transp Res Rec 941 1983 p 5-11
 -CODEN-
 TRREDM
-ISSN-
 0361-1981
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Techniques have been developed for quantitative determination of elemental
 and crystalline composition of fly ash by X-ray fluorescence and
 diffraction. In addition to being fast, the methods are accurate and the
 knowledge provided from quantitative crystalline composition explains many
 of the behavioral characteristics of fly ash. From the study on one Class C,
 cementitious fly ash it was found that 23 percent of its composition is
 crystalline and that significant amounts of aluminous cements (tricalcium
 aluminate and calcium aluminum sulfate) are present. The cements explain
 this fly ash's capability for high strengths after hydration. A study
 involving continuous X-ray diffraction monitoring of hydration products
 showed that both Ettringite and monosulfoaluminate were formed; but when
 sufficient quantities of gypsum were introduced, Ettringite formation became
 dominant. Free calcium oxide was also found in this fly ash, and its
 behavior with water suggests a hard burned form, which is a feature of
 particular importance to use of fly ash in Portland cement concrete. 17
 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*X-Ray Analysis; CHEMICAL REACTIONS--Hydration;
 CEMENT--Applications
-Ident-
 CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL; REACTION MECHANISMS
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants);
 412 (Concrete); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 132
-A-
 1397651 E.I. Monthly No: EI8410107659 E.I. Yearly No: EI84089546
-W-
 STABILIZATION OF MILL TAILINGS FOR MINING BACKFILL WITH PORTLAND CEMENT AND
 FLY ASH.
 Manca, P. P.; Massacci, G.; Massidda, L.; Rossi, G.
 Univ di Cagliari, Dipartimento di Ingegneria Mineraria e Mineralurgica,
 Cagliari, Italy
 Transactions of the Institution of Mining & Metallurgy, Section A v 93 Apr
 1984 p 48-54
 -CODEN-
 TIMNAQ
-ISSN-
 0371-7844
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An investigation has been carried out into the possibilities of the partial
 replacement of Portland cement with less expensive fly ash in cemented
 backfill that is prepared from mill tailings sands. The variables explored
 were the type of sand used as aggregate, curing times and the ratios of
 Portland cement to fly ash and water to binder. A correlation equation for
 the values of the moduli of elasticity and the corresponding uniaxial
 compressive strengths, which lends itself to useful predictions on the
 deformability of the backfill, was also proposed. The conclusions were drawn
 from the experimental evidence that fly ash appears to be a technically
 attractive partial substitute for Portland cement and that mill tailings
 sands are suitable for the production of cemented backfill. 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *ORE TREATMENT--*Tailings Disposal; MINES AND MINING-- Grouting;
 CEMENT--Additives; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash
-Ident-
 CEMENTED BACKFILL; MILL TAILINGS SANDS; PORTLAND CEMENT
 Class. Codes: 533 (Ore Treatment & Metal Refining); 452 (Sewage & Industrial
 Wastes Treatment); 502 (Mine & Quarry Equipment & Operations) ; 412
 (Concrete); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING); 45 (POLLUTION & SANITARY
 ENGINEERING); 50 (MINING ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 133
-A-
 1397482 E.I. Monthly No: EI8410106339 E.I. Yearly No: EI84074615
-W-
 LIGHTWEIGHT MASONRY BLOCKS FROM FLY ASH PELLETS.
 Roy, D. G.; Mehrotra, S. P.; Kapur, P. C.
 Indian Inst of Technology, Dep of Metallurgical Engineering, Kanpur, India
 Resources and Conservation v 11 n 1 Jun 1984 p 63-74
 -CODEN-
 RCOND9
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A process for making lightweight building/masonry blocks from fly ash is
 described, essentially consisting of pelletizing a mixture of fly ash with
 smaller quantities of lime and sand, pouring the clusters of wet pellets
 into a suitable mold, and steam curing the resultant blocks. Pre-grinding of
 the fly ash and lime mixture and addition of an accelerator/activator
 (calcium chloride) lead to significant improvement in the strength. The
 novel features of the process are: the intrinsic pozzolanic activity of fly
 ash is exploited to generate strength both within the pellets and in the
 interpellet neck bonds; no additional binder or cement is required, and the
 low bulk density of the blocks is derived from large interpellet void volume
 in the randomly packed bed of porous pellets having relatively narrow size
 distribution. 34 refs.
-Desc-
 *MASONRY MATERIALS--*Waste Utilization; FLY ASH
 Class. Codes: 414 (Masonry Materials); 405 (Construction Equipment &
 Methods); 913 (Production Planning & Control); 804 (Chemical Products); 412
 (Concrete); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 91
 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 134
-A-
 1397374 E.I. Monthly No: EI8410103864 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050790
-W-
 UTILIZATION OF STEEL PLANT SOLID WASTE - FLYASH.
 Sinhamahapatra, P. K.; Ray, P. K.
 Steel Authority of India Ltd, Research & Control Lab, Rourkela, India
 Chemical Age of India v 34 n 12 Dec 1983 p 741-749
 -CODEN-
 CHAIAT
-ISSN-
 0009-2320
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The flyash can be advantageously utilized as a pozzolana in mortar and
 concrete as partial replacement for portland cement. Addition of flyash in
 cement mortar and concrete as a partial replacement of cement helps bring
 down construction cost, imparts a number of positive features to the mortar
 and concrete, and provides a profitable means for utilization of this
 byproduct. However, addition of flyash beyond the stipulated proportion
 impairs the quality of mortar. Flyash can be successfully utilized for the
 removal of turbidity, phenolic and ammoniacal load from the coke-oven
 byproducts effluents. Thus, a significent water pollution load arising out
 of the integrated steel plant can be reduced by the plant waste, i. e.
 flyash itself. 27 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; WASTE UTILIZATION; IRON AND STEEL
 PLANTS--Waste Utilization
 Class. Codes: 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 412 (Concrete); 913 (Production
 Planning & Control); 545 (Iron & Steel); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT); 54 (METAL GROUPS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 135
-A-
 1385555 E.I. Monthly No: EI8409088208 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025587
-W-
 PRODUCTION AND UTILIZATION OF ACTIVE RICE HUSK ASH AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR
 CEMENT.
 Yamamoto, Yasuhiko; Lakho, Shafi M.
 Univ of Tsukuba, Ibaraki, Jpn
 Transactions of the Japan Society of Civil Engineers v 14 Mar 1984 p
 386-389
 -CODEN-
 DGROAY
-ISSN-
 0385-5406
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Rice husk ash (hereafter referred to as RHA) is known to possess high
 potential of being utilized as a cementitious material for concrete because
 as high as 85 to 97% of the ash by weight consist of amorphous silica. The
 present study aims to seek clear understanding of the factors essential for
 the production of active RHA. Various ashes were prepared by changing the
 burning temperature of rice husks, time duration of burning, condition of
 air supply during burning, cooling rate of resulting hot ash and grinding
 time. The activity of RHA was evaluated by the degree of contribution of
 each factor in raising the strength of mortars. 2 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; MORTAR-- Mechanical Properties; ASH
 HANDLING--Temperature Control
-Ident-
 DIGEST OF PAPER; RICE HUSK ASH PRODUCTION
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 691 (Bulk Materials Handling); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 69 (MATERIALS HANDLING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 136
-A-
 1385409 E.I. Monthly No: EI8409087315 E.I. Yearly No: EI84015360
-W-
 FLY-ASH CEMENT - MANUFACTURE, QUALITY AND ECONOMY.
 Heufers, H.; Magel, Ph.
 Zement-Kalk-Gips, v 37 n 4 Apr 1984 p 62-65
 -CODEN-
 ZKGBD9
-ISSN-
 0722-4400
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Fly-ash cement has been produced in the Federal Republic of Germany for a
 year now. The methods of manufacture, the quality characteristics and the
 economic advantages of this cement are described, and comparisons are made
 with other cements produced at the Neubeckum works of Dyckerhoff Zementwerke
 AG. A closed-circuit grinding system is preferred at Neubeckum. In this
 'gentle' grinding process the fine glass spheres of the fly-ash are
 preserved substantially intact. Thanks to the greater fineness of the
 clinker component and the considerable further increase in the fineness of
 the interground ash in conjunction with optimum adjustment of the amount of
 gypsum, the properties of the concrete are more favorable than those
 obtained with a mix containing the same proportions of portland cement and
 fly-ash added in the mixer. On the basis of a model cost analysis it is
 shown that, in connection with the construction of a new cement works,
 fly-ash cement gets a favorable rating but that it is not so favorable in a
 case where additional facilities for making fly-ash cement have to be
 provided in an existing cement works. For figures and references see German
 text.
-Desc-
 *CEMENT--*Raw Materials; FLY ASH--Applications; ENERGY CONSERVATION;
 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 521 (Combustion & Fuels); 804 (Chemical
 Products); 901 (Engineering Profession); 911 (Industrial Economics); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING);
 90 (GENERAL ENGINEERING); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 137
-A-
 1385167 E.I. Monthly No: EI8409088197 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025514
-W-
 INVESTIGATIONS OF THE ENGINEERING PROPERTIES OF OPC/PULVERIZED FUEL ASH
 CONCRETE: STRENGTH DEVELOPMENT AND MATURITY.
 Dhir, R. K.; Munday, J. G. L.; Ong, L. T.
 Univ of Dundee, Dep of Civil Engineering, Dundee, Scotl
 Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers (London) v 77 pt 2 Jun
 1984 p 239-254
 -CODEN-
 PCIEAT
-ISSN-
 0020-3262
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This paper describes an investigation of the strength development of
 ordinary Portland cement (OPC)/pulverized fuel ash (pfa) concrete designed
 for a specified workability and 28-day strength (with standard curing)
 equivalent to that of the corresponding OPC concrete, covering a very wide
 range of strength grades, pfa quality, curing temperatures and age at test.
 It is shown that such a concrete also achieves comparable strength to OPC
 concrete at earlier ages, with much higher strengths at later ages. Since
 the mix design method used takes account of ash quality, the strengths of
 concrete with individual ashes are closely grouped around their mean and the
 differences in ash quality are reflected in the economics of achieving a
 given strength in terms of the cement saved and ash used. 18 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE--*Mechanical Properties; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; CONCRETE
 MIXERS AND MIXING--Design
-Ident-
 CURING TEMPERATURE
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 41
 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 138
-A-
 1369375 E.I. Monthly No: EI8407063681 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025586
-W-
 HIGH FLY ASH CONCRETES.
 Haque, M. N.; Langan, B. W.; Ward, M. A.
 Univ of New South Wales, Kensington, NSW, Aust
 Journal of The American Concrete Institute v 81 n 1 Jan-Feb 1984 p 54-60
 -CODEN-
 JACIAX
-ISSN-
 0002-8061
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Concretes containing fly ash up to 75 percent by weight of the cementitious
 material have properties that make them attractive as a subbase or base
 course component in pavement construction. This paper describes an extensive
 laboratory study of air-entrained high fly ash concrete mixes (air entrained
 and non-air entrained) of medium to low workability suitable for placement
 by slipforming and roller compaction, respectively. The concretes were
 characterized as to their compressive, indirect tension, and flexural
 strengths; drying shrinkage; and freeze-thaw durability. It is confirmed
 that cohesive nonsegregating concretes can be manufactured containing 40 to
 75 percent fly ash in the cementitious fraction. 12 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; PAVEMENTS--Concrete
-Ident-
 SUBBASES
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 406 (Highway Engineering); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 139
-A-
 1362005 E.I. Monthly No: EI8407066021 E.I. Yearly No: EI84051312
-W-
 MASS CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS - BENEFITS FROM OPC REPLACEMENT.
 Bamforth, P. B.
 Taylor Woodrow Construction Ltd, Engl
 Concrete (London) v 17 n 10 Oct 1983 p 15-16
 -CODEN-
 CCRTAA
-ISSN-
 0010-5317
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Mass pours are becoming increasingly commonplace in civil engineering
 construction, particularly for raft foundations. Taylor Woodrow Construction
 Ltd. had been involved in mass concrete construction, having already carried
 out extensive instrumentation of large pours primarily for nuclear
 construction work. This was therefore extended to evaluate concrete
 containing fly ash and slag. Laboratory testing involved the measurement of
 a range of properties such as: adiabatic temperature rise due to cement
 hydration; compressive strength under both standard BS 1881 and
 temperature-matched curing conditions; drying shrinkage; elastic modulus and
 creep; thermal expansion coefficient. 3 refs.
-Desc-
 *FOUNDATIONS--*Concrete Construction; CONCRETE AGGREGATES-- Fly Ash;
 SLAGS--Applications
-Ident-
 COST SAVINGS
 Class. Codes: 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 412 (Concrete); 804
 (Chemical Products); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 140
-A-
 1359834 E.I. Monthly No: EI8406051263 E.I. Yearly No: EI84015246
-W-
 PORE STRUCTURE DAMAGE IN BLENDED CEMENTS CAUSED BY MERCURY INTRUSION.
 Feldman, R. F.
 Natl Research Co. of Canada, Div of Building Research, Ottawa, Ont, Can
 Journal of the American Ceramic Society v 67 n 1 Jan 1984 p 30-33
 -CODEN-
 JACTAW
-ISSN-
 0002-7820
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Blast furnace slag and pozzolan additives improve the performance of
 concrete exposed to aggressive solutions. Hydrated blast furnace slag and
 fly-ash cement blends have been shown to be very impermeable. A technique
 was used in which mercury could be removed by distillation after Hg
 intrusion, and intrusion was then repeated. This was performed on several
 cements and cement blends. Pore-size distribution for the hydrated cement
 changed marginally but both blended materials changed markedly, displaying a
 coarser pore distribution. 14 refs.
-Desc-
 *CEMENT--*Additives; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; CONCRETE
 TESTING--Porosity
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 141
-A-
 1359706 E.I. Monthly No: EI8406052172 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025585
-W-
 MODIFICATION OF THE CEMENTING PROPERTIES OF OIL SHALE ASH.
 Bentur, Arnon; Grinberg, Tamara
 Israel Ceramic & Silicate Inst, Haifa, Isr
 American Ceramic Society Bulletin v 63 n 2 Feb 1984 p 290-294, 300
 -CODEN-
 ACSBA7
-ISSN-
 0002-7812
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The cementing properties of oil shale ash obtained by burning oil shales
 from Tzefa Efe, Israel in a fluidized bed, were modified by three means:
 Variation of the burning temperature in the range of 650 DEGREE to 1015
 DEGREE C; addition of gypsum and blending with portland cement. Pastes and
 mortars prepared from these modified systems were studied to characterize
 rates of hydration, nature of hydration products, and some mechanical
 properties. Blending with portland cement resulted in pastes of water to
 cementing material ratios and strength values intermediate to those of
 pastes of portland cement and ash only. Highest shrinkage was obtained in
 the blended pastes, reflecting probably the more colloidal nature of their
 hydration products. 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 142
-A-
 1357534 E.I. Monthly No: EI8406051270 E.I. Yearly No: EI84015300
-W-
 MECHANISM AND KINETICS OF HYDRATION OF C//3A AND C//4AF, EXTRACTED FROM
 CEMENT.
 Plowman, C.; Cabrera, J. G.
 Univ of Leeds, Dep of Civil Engineering, Leeds, Yorks, Engl
 Cement and Concrete Research v 14 n 2 Mar 1984 p 238-248
 -CODEN-
 CCNRAI
-ISSN-
 0008-8846
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The object of the present paper is to present information obtained from an
 experimental study of hydration of C//3A and C//4AF using as retarders
 gypsum, quartz and PFA. The laboratory data is also used to study the
 mechanism of hydration and thus to determine quantitatively the rates of
 hydration. 27 refs.
-Desc-
 *CEMENT--*Hydration; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 143
-A-
 1357340 E.I. Monthly No: EI8406052171 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025584
-W-
 SLUMP LOSS OF FLY ASH CONCRETE.
 Ravina, Dan
 Technion-Israel Inst of Technology, Civil Engineering Dep, Haifa, Isr
 Concrete International: Design and Construction v 6 n 4 Apr 1984 p 35-39
 -CODEN-
 CIDCD2
-ISSN-
 0162-4075
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The time rate of slump loss in ready-mixed concrete may be steep,
 particularly in hot weather, and result in problems during casting
 operations. The study reported here is concerned with fly ash from
 bituminous coal (ASTM Class F) as partial replacement for cement made at 86
 F (30 C) and continuously mixed for 60 or 90 minutes. Results show that fly
 ash reduces slump loss but this is dependent upon loss of ignition of the
 fly ash used and the replacement percentage. 6 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CONCRETE MIXERS AND MIXING-- Materials;
 CONCRETE TESTING--Mechanical Properties
-Ident-
 BITUMINOUS COAL ASH
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 421
 (Materials Properties); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING);
 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 144
-A-
 1357339 E.I. Monthly No: EI8406052170 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025583
-W-
 FLY ASH FOR STRENGTH AND ECONOMY.
 Albinger, John M.
 Material Service Corp, Chicago, Ill, USA
 Concrete International: Design and Construction v 6 n 4 Apr 1984 p 32-34
 -CODEN-
 CIDCD2
-ISSN-
 0162-4075
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Pozzolans, fly ash in particular, have been around for a long time. But not
 until the late 1930s was fly ash technically discussed as a viable
 ingredient in concrete. Since then its use has been sporadic and selective.
 Dams have been built with concrete containing fly ash and test strips of
 pavement have been placed, but the concrete industry at large has been slow
 in accepting it. In the authors' opinion, the reasons for this were the lack
 of availability of a high-quality, consistent material, lack of adequate
 technology, and sales programs based on 'cutting' cement.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CONCRETE TESTING-- Compression Tests; COST
 ACCOUNTING--Analysis
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 421 (Materials Properties); 911 (Industrial
 Economics); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES &
 TESTING); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 145
-A-
 1357337 E.I. Monthly No: EI8406052139 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025374
-W-
 USE OF MINERAL ADMIXTURES FOR SPECIALIZED CONCRETES.
 Malhotra, V. Mohan
 CANMET, Construction Materials Section, Ottawa, Ont, Can
 Concrete International: Design and Construction v 6 n 4 Apr 1984 p 19-24
 -CODEN-
 CIDCD2
-ISSN-
 0162-4075
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The use of mineral admixtures in the manufacture of specialized concretes is
 discussed in this article. These mineral admixtures or supplementary
 cementing materials include condensed silica fume, granulated or pelletized
 blast furnace slags, and low and high calcium fly ashes. While these
 materials have an important role in the manufacture of concrete for
 specialized applications, there are some problems and due allowance should
 be made for these during manufacture and quality control procedures. 32
 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE--*Admixtures; SLAGS--Applications; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash
-Ident-
 MINERAL ADMIXTURES; CONCRETE QUALITY
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 482 (Mineralogy & Petrology); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 48 (ENGINEERING GEOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 146
-A-
 1348451 E.I. Monthly No: EI8405042834 E.I. Yearly No: EI84050794
-W-
 FLOWABLE FLY ASH: A NEW CEMENT STABILIZED BACKFILL.
 Funston, Joseph J.; Krell, William C.; Zimmer, Franklin V.
 Detroit Edison, Detroit, Mich, USA
 Civil Engineering (New York) v 54 n 3 Mar 1984 p 48-51
 -CODEN-
 CIEGAG
-ISSN-
 0009-7853
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Cement stabilized fly ash placed at a plastic to fluid consistency is a new
 structural backfill material. It flows into place, either above or below
 water, without the use of sophisticated construction methods and procedures.
 This cuts cost and time. It is composed principally of fly ash, a byproduct
 readily available in quantity from coal burning power plants. Typically, 4
 to 5% of cement is added along with the appropriate amount of water for the
 particular application.
-Desc-
 *FLY ASH--*Applications; CEMENT--Mixing; SOILS-- Stabilization
-Ident-
 IN-PLACE COSTS
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 412 (Concrete); 483 (Soil Mechanics &
 Foundations); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 48
 (ENGINEERING GEOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 147
-A-
 1345985 E.I. Monthly No: EI8405040931 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025582
-W-
 MIX DESIGN AND PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE MADE FROM PFA COARSE AGGREGATES AND
 SAND.
 Swamy, R. N.; Lambert, G. H.
 Univ of Sheffield, Dep of Civil & Structural Engineering, Sheffield, South
 Yorks, Engl
 International Journal of Cement Composites and Lightweight Concrete v 5 n 4
 Nov 1983 p 263-275
 -CODEN-
 ICCCDL
-ISSN-
 0262-5075
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The paper shows that one effective method of utilizing the large volumes of
 waste PFA currently in stockpile and likely to occur in the future is to
 manufacture aggregates from them. In the tests reported here, coarse
 aggregates manufactured by sintering pulverized fuel ash (trade name Lytag)
 are used with natural fines. The mix design of such concrete is discussed
 and a mix design chart is presented for strengths of 20 to 60 N/mm**2 at 28
 days. The paper reports extensive test data on compressive strength, tensile
 strength, elasticity and stress strain behavior. Equations are presented
 where appropriate relating strength and elasticity. 29 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE AGGREGATES--*Fly Ash; CONCRETE--Mixing; STRUCTURAL DESIGN--Light
 Weight
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 408
 (Structural Design); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 148
-A-
 1343047 E.I. Monthly No: EI8405040924 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025472
-W-
 VERSATILITY AND HIGH STRENGTH IN CONCRETE MATERIALS.
 Philleo, Robert E.
 Concrete International: Design and Construction v 6 n 2 Feb 1984 p 41-47
 -CODEN-
 CIDCD2
-ISSN-
 0162-4075
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Future developments in concrete and concrete materials will be determined by
 energy considerations and new requirements such as those surfacing in Arctic
 offshore construction. In the concrete industry, the waste materials - fly
 ash, blast furnace slag, silica fume, and organic binders - will play a
 significant role in future development as will such factors as recycled
 concrete, synthetic aggregates, lightweight concrete, high-range water
 reducers, fiber reinforcement, tunnel shotcreting robots, and roller
 compaction.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE--*Energy Conservation; CEMENT--Manufacture; CONCRETE
 AGGREGATES--Efficiency
-Ident-
 LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE
 Class. Codes: 412 (Concrete); 901 (Engineering Profession); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 90 (GENERAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 149
-A-
 1339237 E.I. Monthly No: EI8404033919 E.I. Yearly No: EI84074369
-W-
 STUDY OF MARBLE DETERIORATION AT CITY HALL, SCHENECTADY, NEW YORK.
 Cheng, Roger J.; Castillo, Raymond
 State Univ of New York at Albany, Atmospheric Sciences Research Cent,
 Albany, NY, USA
 Journal of the Air Pollution Control Association v 34 n 1 Jan 1984 p 15-19
 -CODEN-
 JPCAAC
-ISSN-
 0002-2470
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Constructed in 1930 at a cost of one million dollars, the City Hall in
 Schenectady, New York, is listed in the U. S. Register of Historical
 Buildings. The masonry materials were the finest available at the time of
 construction: granite base, fire hardened exterior brick and Vermont marble
 - Imperial Danby, an equivalent to Carrara marble from Italy. The research
 indicated that the marble grains are being structurally weakened by a
 chemical conversion process of marble to gypsum crystals. The surface zone
 of chemical activity (2-5 mm) shows the presence of fly ash and iron
 particles, and points to the possibility of a catalytic mechanism for the
 conversion of sulfur dioxide to sulfate. This research has established
 symptoms which are consistent with prior reported research into building
 material deterioration. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *MARBLE--*Degradation; AIR POLLUTION--Chemical Reactions;
 AEROSOLS--Research
-Ident-
 MARBLE DETERIORATION ANALYSIS
 Class. Codes: 414 (Masonry Materials); 482 (Mineralogy & Petrology); 451
 (Air Pollution); 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 41 (CONSTRUCTION
 MATERIALS); 48 (ENGINEERING GEOLOGY); 45 (POLLUTION & SANITARY ENGINEERING);
 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 032:008 150
-A-
 1337999 E.I. Monthly No: EI8404030362 E.I. Yearly No: EI84025821
-W-
 IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE OF REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES CONTAINING
 PULVERISED FUEL ASH.
 Newman, J. B.; Sullivan, P. J. E.; Bell, A. M.
 Probe Technical Services, Engl
 Concrete (London) v 17 n 12 Dec 1983 p 9, 11-12
 -CODEN-
 CCRTAA
-ISSN-
 0010-5317
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Surveys have been undertaken of parts of four power stations known to have
 been constructed using both ordinary portland cement (OPC) concrete and
 concrete containing pulverized fuel ash (PFA) as a partial cement
 replacement. The principal objective of the surveys was to compare the
 condition of reinforcing steel in the two types of concrete. There was no
 corrosion of reinforcement in concrete containing PFA. The only corrosion
 observed was in OPC concrete which had shallow depth of cover and may have
 been inadequately compacted when placed. 3 refs.
-Desc-
 *CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION--*Testing; CONCRETE AGGREGATES--Fly Ash; CONCRETE
 REINFORCEMENTS--Corrosion
-Ident-
 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL TESTS
 Class. Codes: 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 412 (Concrete); 40
 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 41 (CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 1
-A-
 1571290 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512116893
-W-
 MASS FLOW MEASUREMENTS - 1984 (PRESENTED AT THE WINTER ANNUAL MEETING OF THE
 AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS).
 Hedrick, T. R. (Ed. ); Reimer, R. M. (Ed. )
 Alberta Research Council, Edmonton, Alberta, Can
 American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Fluids Engineering Division
 (Publication) FED v 17, Mass Flow Meas - 1984, New Orleans, LA, USA, Dec
 9-14 1984. Publ by ASME, New York, NY, USA, 1984 156p
 -CODEN-
 FEDSDL
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 05761 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 CP; (Conference Proceedings) Treatment: A; (Application- s); T;
 (Theoretical); X; (Experimental)
 This proceedings volume contains 19 papers divided into sections on
 differential pressure-type fluid meters; multi-phase flow measurements; and
 electrical-type fluid meters. Papers presented included topics on vortex,
 orifices, flowmetering, pressure gradients, pressure transducers, flange
 taps, orifice plates, discharge coefficients, gas flow, metastable and
 compressible liquid flow, venturis, flow nozzles, real gases, expansion
 factors, pressure, compressible flow discharge coefficient, orifice
 contraction coefficient, coriolis-type mass-flow meters, two-phase mixtures,
 void fractions, ring-type capacitance transducers, radiation, density, spool
 pieces, drag bodies, gamma densitometers, local and full flow turbines,
 transient two-phase flows, droplet flux estimation, annular-mist pipe flow,
 thermal anemometers, thermistor arrays, ducts, low velocity calibration, low
 conductivity floods, and velocity measurements. Technical and professional
 papers from this conference are indexed and abstracted with the conference
 code no. 05761 in the Ei Engineering Meetings (TM) database produced by
 Engineering Information, Inc.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Measurements; FLOWMETERS--Testing; FLUID DYNAMICS; FLUID
 MECHANICS
-Ident-
 FLUIDS ENGINEERING; FLUID METERS; FLOW MEASUREMENTS; MASS FLOW RATE; EIREV
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 943 (Mechanical &
 Miscellaneous Measuring Instruments); 931 (Applied Physics)  63 (FLUID
 DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT) ; 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 2
-A-
 1570490 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512124104
-W-
 HYDROTRANSPORT 9, PAPERS PRESENTED AT THE 9TH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON
 THE HYDRAULIC TRANSPORT OF SOLIDS IN PIPES.
 Pounsford, J. H. (Ed. )
 Hydrotransport 9, Pap presented at the 9th Int Conf on the Hydraul Transp of
 Solids in Pipes, Rome, Italy, Oct 17-19 1984. Publ by BHRA, Fluid
 Engineering Cent, Cranfield, Engl, 1984 416p
 -CODEN-
 HYTRDM
-ISSN-
 0263-4171 ISBN: 0-906085-98-5
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 06219 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 CP; (Conference Proceedings) Treatment: A; (Application- s); X;
 (Experimental)
 This conference proceedings contains 25 papers arranged by sessions on Coal;
 Dense Coal; Fluid mechanics; Mining and minerals; Wear; and Pumps. The
 papers cover systems, costs and research for coal and other mineral
 slurries. Technical and professional papers from this conference are indexed
 and abstracted with the conference code no. 06219 in the Ei Engineering
 Meetings (TM) database produced by Engineering Information, Inc.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES; COAL PREPARATION--Crushing and Grinding; COAL
 TRANSPORTATION; PUMPS, CENTRIFUGAL--Wear; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Pipes; RHEOLOGY
-Ident-
 COAL SLURRIES; COAL-WATER MIXTURES; PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION; DEWATERING;
 EIREV
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 618  (Compressors & Pumps);
 524 (Solid Fuels); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 931 (Applied Physics);
 911 (Industrial Economics)  61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 52 (FUEL
 TECHNOLOGY); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 93 (ENGINEERING
 PHYSICS); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 3
-A-
 1557650 E.I. Monthly No: EI8512117061
-W-
 SLURRY FLOW MEASUREMENT: A CASE HISTORY.
 Malone, Donald P.
 Ashland Synthetic Fuels Inc, Ashland, KY, USA
 InTech v 32 n 11 Nov 1985 p 59-61
 -CODEN-
 INTCDD
-ISSN-
 0192-303X
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications)
 Slurry flow continues to present measurement challenges to instrumentation
 specialists. Not only do particles in the stream tend to cause erosion and
 fouling, but the fluid is often highly viscous and is likely to exhibit
 non-Newtonian behavior. Segmental wedge flowmeters proved to be the most
 effective of several primary elements evaluated at an H-Coal pilot plant,
 Problems, however, were encountered with the impulse line purging systems
 employed to protect the process transmitters. (Author abstract)
-Desc-
 *FLOWMETERS--*Applications; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Measurements; SLURRY PIPELINES
-Ident-
 SLURRY FLOW MEASUREMENT; SEGMENTAL WEDGE FLOWMETERS; IMPULSE LINE PURGING;
 VENTURI FLOWMETERS
 Class. Codes: 943 (Mechanical & Miscellaneous Measuring Instruments); 631
 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories)  94
 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY) ; 61
 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 4
-A-
 1548996 E.I. Monthly No: EI8511111079
-W-
 RECAUSTICIZING MATERIAL BALANCE USING AN ELECTRONIC SPREADSHEET.
 Nelms, M. C.
 Rust Int Corp, Birmingham, AL, USA
 Tappi Journal v 68 n 4 Apr 1985 p 132-134
 -CODEN-
 TAJODT
-ISSN-
 0734-1415
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: M; (Management Aspects); T; (Theoretical); X;
 (Experimental)
 This paper is concerned with the reprocessing of the lime mud slurry which
 can be thought of as separate flows consisting of a lime mud flow (suspended
 solids) and a liquor flow (water and dissolved solids). Applying the
 principle of conservation of mass, it is a simple matter to write the
 equations for a solids and liquor balance. The streams are identified below.
 A computer program is described. 2 refs.
-Desc-
 *WASTE UTILIZATION--*Calcination; CHEMICAL REACTIONS; COMPUTER PROGRAMS;
 PROCESS CONTROL--Computer Applications; MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES--Numerical
 Methods; PAPER AND PULP MILLS--Control
-Ident-
 RECAUSTICIZING MATERIAL BALANCE; ELECTRONIC SPREADSHEET; LIME MUD SLURRY
 PROCESSING; KILN EMISSIONS
 Class. Codes: 913 (Production Planning & Control); 802 (Chemical Apparatus &
 Plants); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 723 (Computer Software); 732 (Control
 Devices); 811 (Cellulose, Paper & Wood Products)  91 (ENGINEERING
 MANAGEMENT); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS); 72
 (COMPUTERS & DATA PROCESSING); 73 (CONTROL ENGINEERING); 81 (CHEMICAL
 PROCESS INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 5
-A-
 1546775 E.I. Monthly No: EI8511102309
-W-
 PREDICTION OF BUBBLE CONCENTRATION PROFILES IN VERTICAL TURBULENT TWO-PHASE
 FLOW.
 Beyerlein, Steven W.; Cossmann, Rainer K.; Richter, Horst T.
 Dartmouth Coll, Thayer Sch of Engineering, Hanover, NH, USA
 International Journal of Multiphase Flow v 11 n 5 Sep-Oct 1985 p 629-641
 -CODEN-
 IJMFBP
-ISSN-
 0301-9322
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: N; (Numeric/Statistica- l); X; (Experimental)
 In vertical bubbly flow, the bubbles are not distributed evenly across the
 flow section. Several investigators have observed a wall-skewed bubble
 concentration profile in a vertical upward flow. This paper presents an
 analysis that predicts this type of bubble distribution by incorporating
 into the equation of motion a lateral force due to the relative velocity of
 the two phases and the eddy diffusivity of the liquid. Comparison of
 analysis and experiment shows good agreement. (Author abstract) 20 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; HEAT TRANSFER--Boiling Liquids
-Ident-
 BUBBLY FLOW; FLOW REGIMES; BUBBLE DISTRIBUTION; EDDY DIFFUSIVITY
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics)
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 6
-A-
 1542641 E.I. Monthly No: EI8511102244
-W-
 HYDRODYNAMICS OF A FLOW OF A NONLINEARLY VISCOUS-PLASTIC FLUID IN A ROUND
 PIPE.
 Kondrat'ev, A. S.
 Power Engineering (New York) (English Translation of Izvestiya Akademii Nauk
 SSSR, Energetika i Transport) v 23 n 1 1985 p 115-121
 -CODEN-
 POENDL
-ISSN-
 0160-5216
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical); X; (- Experimental)
 The concept of the generalized Reynolds number is introduced in analysis of
 the laminar flow regime of a nonlinearly viscous-plastic (NVP) fluid; it is
 defined as the ratio of the flow kinetic energy to the flow-rate-average
 friction. The critical flow parameters are determined for transition from
 laminar to turbulent flow, together with the thickness of the viscous
 sublayer for a turbulent flow regime. A semiempirical method is developed
 for calculating turbulent flow of an NVP fluid that does not employ
 experimental data. Results calculated by the methods developed are compared
 with experimental data and the methods of other authors. (Author abstract)
 15 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Non Newtonian; HYDRODYNAMICS; HYDRAULIC FLUIDS; OILS AND
 FATS; MINERAL OIL; SLURRY PIPELINES
-Ident-
 NONLINEARLY VISCOUS-PLASTIC FLUIDS; FLOW KINETIC ENERGY; FLOW-RATE-AVERAGE
 FRICTION; GENERALIZED REYNOLDS NUMBER; LAMINAR FLOW REGIME
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 931 (Applied Physics); 804
 (Chemical Products); 513 (Petroleum Refining); 607 (Lubricants &
 Lubrication); 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories)  63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 51
 (PETROLEUM ENGINEERING); 60 (MECHANICAL ENGINEERING); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 7
-A-
 1541948 E.I. Monthly No: EI8510089801
-W-
 IDENTIFICATION OF RADIAL VELOCITY PROFILES IN BUBBLY-DROPLET ANNULAR FLOWS
 BY NON-INTRUSIVE STOCHASTIC ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES.
 Analytis, G. Th.; Luebbesmeyer, D.
 Swiss Federal Inst for Reactor Research, Wuerenlingen, Switz
 PCH, PhysicoChemical Hydrodynamics v 6 n 1-2 1985, Two-Phase Annu and
 Dispersed Flows, Sel Pap presented at the Int Symp, Pisa, Italy, Jun 24-29
 1984 p 133-139
 -CODEN-
 PPHYD8
-ISSN-
 0191-9059 ISBN: 0-08-031653-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 By employing visible lightbeams as the non-intrusive information carrier, a
 large number of stationary and adiabatic annular flows with bubbles in the
 liquid ring and droplets in the central core were investigated by stochastic
 analysis techniques in two air-water loops. It is shown that the method is
 sensitive enough to be able to detect radial velocity profiles in the bubbly
 flow in the liquid ring and (or) the droplet (mist) flow in the central
 core, which manifest themselves by the appearance of more than one peak in
 the cross-correlation function (CCF). (Author abstract) 17 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; HYDRODYNAMICS
-Ident-
 RADIAL VELOCITY PROFILES; BUBBLY-DROPLET ANNULAR FLOWS; NON-INTRUSIVE
 STOCHASTIC ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES; CROSS CORRELATION FUNCTION
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics)  63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 8
-A-
 1535228 E.I. Monthly No: EI8510095221
-W-
 ON THE ENHANCEMENT OF CENTRIFUGAL SEPARATION.
 Greenspan, H. P.; Ungarish, M.
 MIT, Dep of Mathematics, Cambridge, MA, USA
 Journal of Fluid Mechanics v 157 Aug 1985 p 359-373
 -CODEN-
 JFLSA7
-ISSN-
 0022-1120
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical); X; (- Experimental)
 The authors consider the two-phase flow of a suspension in a rotating
 cylinder with inclined endplates for which inertial and viscous effects are
 small. It is shown that, when the Coriolis force is dominant, flow in the
 core is essentially unaffected by geometry. If a fluid particle can make a
 complete circuit about the rotation axis, the sedimentation velocity cannot
 be augmented by geometrical effects as it can in gravitational settling.
 However, with the insertion of a complete meridional barrier to block
 movement around the center, separation becomes more sensitive to the shape
 of the container walls. In this case, behavior similar to that in a
 gravitational field is possible once again. (Author abstract) 11 refs.
-Desc-
 *SEPARATORS--*Centrifugal; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Two Phase; SEPARATION;
 GRAVITATIONAL EFFECTS; CONTAINERS
-Ident-
 ROTATING CYLINDERS; INCLINED ENDPLATES; CORIOLIS FORCE; CENTRIFUGAL
 SEPARATION
 Class. Codes: 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics)  80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 9
-A-
 1531553 E.I. Monthly No: EI8510095363
-W-
 MULTI-DIMENSIONAL FLOW ANALYSIS OF SOLID-LIQUID MIXTURES.
 Roco, M. C.; Balakrishnam, N.
 Univ of Kentucky, Dep of Mechanical Engineering, Lexington, KY, USA
 Journal of Rheology v 29 n 4 Aug 1985 p 431-456
 -CODEN-
 JORHD2
-ISSN-
 0148-6055
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: N; (Numeric/Statistica- l); T; (Theoretical); X;
 (Experimental)
 A two-phase one-equation turbulence model applied to dense slurry flow is
 suggested. The differential equations originate from the spatial averaging
 of the conversion equations, which reveals the phase interaction terms. The
 turbulence parameter (effective eddy-viscosity) is determined by solving a
 transport type equation. Small scale experiments and microscopic analysis
 provide the constitutive equations. Finite volume techniques with local
 analytical interpolation are employed in the computer code written for two-
 and three-dimensional bounded domains. The numerical simulation for
 water/sand and water/glass sphere mixture flow illustrates the model
 application. The approach permits to verify some model assumptions and to
 predict suspension flow parameters for applicative situations. (Author
 abstract) 27 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Two Phase; MATHEMATICAL MODELS;
 MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES--Numerical Methods
-Ident-
 MULTI-DIMENSIONAL FLOW ANALYSIS; ONE-EQUATION TURBULENCE; SLURRY FLOW
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 921 (Applied Mathematics)  61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING);
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY) ; 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 10
-A-
 1529517 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509077862
-W-
 TURBULENT FLOW OF INCOMPRESSIBLE MIXTURES.
 Roco, M. C.; Shook, C. A.
 Univ of Kentucky, Dep of Mechanical Engineering, Lexington, KY, USA
 Journal of Fluids Engineering, Transactions of the ASME v 107 n 2 Jun 1985 p
 224-231
 -CODEN-
 JFEGA4
-ISSN-
 0098-2202
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); N; - (Numeric/Statistical)
 The spatial nonuniformities and the interactions between the components
 determine the flow behavior of multicomponent systems. A space/time
 averaging approach of the governing equations modeling these factors is
 presented in this paper. It is defined for a weighted averaging volume whose
 size is related to the local scale of turbulence. Numerical solutions for
 concentration and velocity distributions are obtained using integral finite
 volume techniques. The predictions are compared with good results to
 multi-species particle slurry flows in pipelines. 23 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Flow Interactions; SLURRY PIPELINES; MATHEMATICAL MODELS;
 STATISTICAL METHODS
-Ident-
 INCOMPRESSIBLE MIXTURES
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics)  63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 11
-A-
 1523548 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509084748
-W-
 APPLICATION OF MATHEMATICAL MODELING METHODS IN SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS
 AND IN THE MANUFACTURE OF ARTIFICIAL FIBRES AND YARNS.
 Zhuravlev, L. V.; Rozen'kova, T. A.; Spasskii, A. S.; Suris, T. G.
 Fibre Chemistry (English Translation of Khimicheskie Volokna) v 18 n 3
 May-Jun 1984 p 138-146
 -CODEN-
 FICYAP
-ISSN-
 0015-0541
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical)
 The authors examine the use of mathematical modeling in developing new
 processes and control systems, and in organizing technological regimes for
 the preparation of man-made fibers. The efficiency of the mathematical
 modeling method is determined by a systematic approach to the description of
 the process, a rational combination of experimental and analytical methods
 of utilization, and by the wide use of mathematical planning and experiment
 work-up methods. In the mathematical description of polymerization and
 polymer-analogous transformation processes, pseudohomogeneous models are
 used, which successfully represents a multiphase system as a uniform medium.
 The kinetics of oxidative degradation of cellulose in an alkaline medium,
 relative to the mean degree of polymerization, is satisfactorily described
 by a second-order equation. The mathematical model of the filtration
 process, which describes the change in hydrodynamic resistance of the filter
 bed, has been obtained for a real situation of simultaneous action of the
 basic clogging mechanisms (the sludge, clogged and with deposition of a
 precipitate in the pores) and with allowance for the rheological
 characteristics of spinning solution flow. An approach has also been
 developed for construction of a complex model which includes a description
 of deformation processes in the yarn being spun, with consideration of
 mass-exchange, distribution of the forces acting on the yarn, conditions of
 shear flow of the polymer solution in the spinneret channel, and relaxation
 of the stresses which arise in the fiber. 49 refs.
-Desc-
 *TEXTILE FIBERS--*Manufacture; YARN--Manufacture; MATHEMATICAL MODELS;
 OPTIMIZATION; TEXTILES--Spinning
-Ident-
 SPINNING SOLUTION; FINISHING PROCESS; DEFORMATION PROCESS
 Class. Codes: 819 (Textile & Fiber Technology); 921 (Applied Mathematics)
 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 12
-A-
 1522168 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509077858
-W-
 INTERFACIAL DRAG FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW THROUGH HIGH PERMEABILITY POROUS BEDS.
 Tutu, N. K.; Ginsberg, T.; Chen, J. C.
 Brookhaven Natl Lab, Dep of Nuclear Energy, Upton, NY, USA
 Journal of Heat Transfer, Transactions ASME v 106 n 4 Nov 1984 p 865-870
 -CODEN-
 JHTRAO
-ISSN-
 0022-1481
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 Pressure drop and void fraction measurements in two-phase (air-water) flow
 through porous beds of randomly packed spheres have been used to determine
 the interfacial gas-liquid drag and the gas-solid drag for the case of zero
 net liquid flux through the bed. The results, presented for beds of 3. 18-,
 6. 35-, and 12. 7-mm spheres, show that the interfacial gas-liquid drag term
 is of the same order as the gas-solid drag term when the particle size is
 greater than 6 mm. 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Drag; NUCLEAR REACTORS-- Accident Prevention
-Ident-
 PRESSURE GRADIENT; INTERFACIAL GAS-LIQUID DRAG; VOID FRACTION MEASUREMENTS;
 GAS-SOLID DRAG TERM; DARCY FLOW REGIME
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 621 (Nuclear Reactors)  63
 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 62 (NUCLEAR TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 13
-A-
 1521347 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509077922
-W-
 CRITICAL DEPOSIT VELOCITY IN SLURRY FLOW.
 Roco, M. C.; Shook, C. A.
 Univ of Kentucky, Dep of Mechanical Engineering, Lexington, KY, USA
 AIChE Journal v 31 n 8 Aug 1985 p 1401-1404
 -CODEN-
 AICEAC
-ISSN-
 0001-1541
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical)
 A criterion for the critical velocity is suggested based on the velocity
 distribution of solid particles in the vicinity of the pipe bottom. The
 inflection point characterizes the critical flow regime. It depends on the
 flow structure in the flow cross section and many be applied for dilute and
 dense slurry flows. The approach can be used as a framework to interpret
 experimental results. The numerical method for critical velocity provides a
 way to generalize and scale-up experimental results on critical flow rate in
 slurry flows. It can be extended to other flow situations (multispecies
 particle flow, inclined pipes and channels, centrifuges) for which previous
 empirical approaches are insufficient. 11 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Suspensions; SLURRY PIPELINES
-Ident-
 CRITICAL DEPOSIT VELOCITY; SLURRY TRANSPORT; EFFECTIVE FLOW STRUCTURE; DENSE
 SLURRY FLOW
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 619 (Pipes, Tanks &
 Accessories)  63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 14
-A-
 1519728 E.I. Monthly No: EI8509083481
-W-
 UNSTEADINESS OF SHOCK WAVES PROPAGATING THROUGH GAS-PARTICLE MIXTURES.
 Sommerfeld, M.
 RWTH, Stosswellenlabor, Aachen, West Ger
 Experiments in Fluids v 3 n 4 1985 p 197-206
 -CODEN-
 EXFLDU
-ISSN-
 0723-4864
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical); X; (- Experimental)
 A shock wave which is incident onto a gas-particle mixture or initiated
 within such a mixture needs a certain distance to reach a constant velocity.
 This effect is due to the inertia and the heat capacity of the particles. In
 general the shock wave is decelerated and the frozen pressure jump is
 decaying. A vertical shock tube is used to produce a plane shock wave
 incident onto a homogeneous gas-particle mixture. In addition to
 measurements of the shock velocity and the pressure history along the total
 low pressure section, the particle velocity is measured within the
 relaxation zone far downstream of the diaphragm using a
 laser-Doppler-velocimeter. Thus a drag law describing the particle
 acceleration within the relaxation zone is derived from the measurements. To
 compare the experiments with theoretical results, calculations are performed
 by the random-choice method. 23 refs.
-Desc-
 *SHOCK WAVES--*Measurements; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Two Phase; VELOCIMETERS--Laser
 Doppler; SHOCK TUBES
-Ident-
 TRANSITION; GAS-PARTICLE MIXTURE
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 943 (Mechanical &
 Miscellaneous Measuring Instruments); 744 (Lasers); 422 (Materials Testing);
 632 (Hydraulics & Pneumatics); 921 (Applied Mathematics)  63 (FLUID DYNAMICS
 & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT) ; 74 (OPTICAL
 TECHNOLOGY); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 92 (ENGINEERING
 MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 15
-A-
 1514420 E.I. Monthly No: EI8508068210
-W-
 ANALYSIS OF WAVE PROPAGATION IN BUBBLY TWO-COMPONENT, TWO-PHASE FLOW.
 Cheng, L. Y.; Drew, D. A.; Lahey, R. T. Jr.
 New York Univ, Courant Inst of Mathematical Sciences, New York, NY, USA
 Journal of Heat Transfer, Transactions ASME v 107 n 2 May 1985 p 402-408
 -CODEN-
 JHTRAO
-ISSN-
 0022-1481 ISBN: GERMAN
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical); X; (- Experimental)
 The authors assess the validity of some interfacial transfer laws for
 two-fluid models of two-phase flow. A dispersion relation was derived from
 the linearized conservation equations and the Rayleigh equation. The phase
 velocity and wave attenuation, calculated from the dispersion relation,
 compared well with existing high- and low-frequency data. The virtual mass
 term was found to have a significant effect on wave dispersion in the bubbly
 flow regime. Thermal effects were found to be important in determining the
 resonance phenomenon and wave scattering was a major source of damping at
 frequencies higher than the resonance frequency. 20 refs.
-Desc-
 *LIQUIDS--*Waves; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Two Phase; WAVES-- Propagation; THERMAL
 EFFECTS; HEAT TRANSFER
-Ident-
 DISPERSION RELATION; PHASE VELOCITY; WAVE ATTENUATION; RESONANCE PHENOMENON;
 CONSERVATION EQUATIONS
 Class. Codes: 931 (Applied Physics); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 641
 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS &
 VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 16
-A-
 1509552 E.I. Monthly No: EI8508070455
-W-
 DRYING MECHANISM OF CAPILLARY POROUS BODIES.
 Toei, Ryozo
 Kyoto Univ, Dep of Chemical Engineering, Kyoto, Jpn
 Adv Drying v 2. Publ by Hemisphere Publ Corp, Washington, DC, USA and
 London, Engl, 1983. Distributed outside the US by McGraw-Hill Int Book Co p
 269-297
 -CODEN-
 ADDRDO
-ISSN-
 0272-4790 ISBN: 0-89116-255-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 MC; (Monograph Chapter) Treatment: A; (Applications); T; (Theoretical)
 Drying involves simultaneous transfer of heat, mass, and momentum in a
 multiphase system. The mechanism of drying capillary porous bodies is
 discussed on the basis of precise observations and measurements.
 Mathematical models developed involve transfer properties such as the water
 or vapor permeability, effective thermal conductivity of the wet solid, and
 effective diffusivity of vapor in the solid structure. Solution of the model
 equations then yield moisture, temperature, and pressure profiles within the
 solid, in addition to the drying kinetics. 27 refs.
-Desc-
 *POROUS MATERIALS--*Drying; POLYMERS--Drying; TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTION
-Ident-
 WATER TRANSFER; WATER CONTENT
 Class. Codes: 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 815 (Plastics & Polymeric
 Materials); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 81
 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 17
-A-
 1507430 E.I. Monthly No: EI8508071733
-W-
 BLOCKAGE OF A SLURRY PIPELINE AND ITS PREVENTION.
 Hisamitsu, Nobuyoshi; Takeishi, Yoshiaki; Ise, Tetsuo
 Sumitomo Metal Industries Ltd, Construction Materials Technical Service &
 Development Section, Jpn
 Sumitomo Search n 29 Nov 1984 p 115-128
 -CODEN-
 SUSEAY
-ISSN-
 0585-9131
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications)
 Flow tests and shutdown-restart tests were carried out to examine the
 possibility of slurry pipeline blockage. Slurry flow properties change with
 the volumetric concentration and characteristics of solid particles. An
 attempt to detect the critical velocity without measuring slurry
 characteristics was made. This method was confirmed to be effective to
 prevent a slurry pipeline blockage. The critical inclination angle at which
 the deposit will slide down on the pipe bottom during shutdown can be
 estimated by the measured sliding angle in laboratory tests. The friction
 force between the deposit and the pipe wall was obtained as a function of
 deposit porosity, and an experimental equation estimating the restart
 pressure was derived. 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES; PIPE--Friction
-Ident-
 PIPELINE BLOCKAGE; PRESSURE LOSS; SLURRY FLOW PROPERTIES
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 931 (Applied Physics); 61
 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 18
-A-
 1500112 E.I. Monthly No: EI8507062079
-W-
 DAMPING OF HEAT EXCHANGER TUBES.
 Pettigrew, M. J.; Rogers, R. J.; Taylor, C.
 AECL, Chalk River Nuclear Lab, Chalk River, Ont, Can
 At Energy Can Ltd AECL Rep AECL-8701 Feb 1985 22p
 -CODEN-
 AECRAN
-ISSN-
 0067-0383 ISBN: 0-939950-17-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 RR; (Report Review) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; (E- xperimental)
 Damping information is required for flow-induced vibration analyses of heat
 exchangers. There are several possible energy dissipation mechanisms that
 contribute to overall tube damping, including structural damping, friction
 damping tube-to-fluid viscous damping and squeeze-film damping. These
 mechanisms and their relative contribution to overall tube damping are
 discussed. The approach is to identify the more important energy dissipation
 mechanisms and to formulate them in terms of heat exchanger tube parameters.
 This will give the designer a method to evaluate overall tube damping. The
 results of recent measurements on a simple two-span heat exchanger tube, on
 tube bundles in two-phase cross-flow, and on real heat exchangers in the
 field are discussed. 16 refs.
-Desc-
 *TUBES--*Vibrations; VIBRATIONS--Absorption; HEAT EXCHANGERS --Tubes
-Ident-
 DAMPING; FLOW-INDUCED VIBRATION ANALYSES
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 632 (Hydraulics &
 Pneumatics); 931 (Applied Physics); 616 (Heat Exchangers); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY) ; 93 (ENGINEERING
 PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 19
-A-
 1499956 E.I. Monthly No: EI8507056869
-W-
 MODIFICATION OF NEWTON-RAPHSON ALGORITHM FOR PHASE EQUILIBRIA CALCULATIONS
 USING NUMERICAL DIFFERENTIATION OF THE GIBBS ENERGY.
 Deiters, Ulrich K.
 Ruhr-Univ Bochum, Bochum, West Ger
 Fluid Phase Equilibria v 19 n 3 Feb 1985 p 287-293
 -CODEN-
 FPEQDT
-ISSN-
 0378-3812 ISBN: 0-939950-17-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: N; (Numeric/Statistica- l); X; (Experimental)
 For the solution of the system of nonlinear equations describing the phase
 equilibrium conditions in fluid mixtures a modified Newton-Raphson method is
 proposed, which uses numerical differentiation to obtain the chemical
 potentials. For binary mixtures the new algorithm is a little faster,
 because the same intermediate results that are required for the chemical
 potentials are also used for the construction of the Jacobian matrix. 3
 refs.
-Desc-
 *LIQUIDS--*Phase Equilibria; EQUATIONS OF STATE--Liquids;
 FLUIDS--Thermodynamics; PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY--Mathematical Models
-Ident-
 FLUID MIXTURES; CHEMICAL POTENTIALS; EQUILIBRIUM CONCENTRATIONS; MULTIPHASE
 SYSTEMS
 Class. Codes: 931 (Applied Physics); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 801
 (Chemical Analysis & Physical Chemistry); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 20
-A-
 1499955 E.I. Monthly No: EI8507056156
-W-
 CRITICAL PHENOMENA IN A MIXTURE OF METHANE, CARBON DIOXIDE AND HYDROGEN
 SULFIDE.
 Ng, Heng-Joo; Robinson, Donald B.; Leu, Ah-dong
 Univ of Alberta, Dep of Chemical Engineering, Edmonton, Alberta, Can
 Fluid Phase Equilibria v 19 n 3 Feb 1985 p 273-286
 -CODEN-
 FPEQDT
-ISSN-
 0378-3812 ISBN: 0-939950-17-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 The two- and three-phase boundaries for a mixture containing nominally 0. 50
 mole fraction methane, 0. 10 mole fraction carbon dioxide and 0. 40 mole
 fraction hydrogen sulfide were determined experimentally for a range of
 temperatures from c. 29 to MINUS 83 DEGREE C at pressures up to c. 13 MPa.
 The three-phase boundary enclosing a hydrogen-sulfide-rich
 liquid-methane-rich liquid-vapor region terminates when the methane-rich
 liquid dew point locus and the three-phase bubble point locus meet at a
 third critical point. The measurements and observations were made using a
 sapphire cylinder as an equilibrium cell. Phase compositions and phase
 volume percentages were measured under a number of selected conditions in
 both the two- and three-phase regions. 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *HYDROCARBONS--*Phase Equilibria; LIQUIDS--Phase Equilibria EQUATIONS OF
 STATE--Liquids; FLUIDS
-Ident-
 TERNARY MIXTURES; EQUILIBRIUM CELL; MULTIPHASE SYSTEMS; SOUR NATURAL GAS
 Class. Codes: 803 (Chemical Agents & Basic Industrial Chemicals) ; 804
 (Chemical Products); 931 (Applied Physics); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 64 (HEAT &
 THERMODYNAMICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 21
-A-
 1498030 E.I. Monthly No: EI8507061879
-W-
 HEAT CONDUCTION IN MULTIPHASE SYSTEMS - I. THEORY AND EXPERIMENT FOR
 TWO-PHASE SYSTEMS.
 Nozad, I.; Carbonell, R. G.; Whitaker, S.
 Univ of California, Davis, Dep of Chemical Engineering, Davis, CA, USA
 Chemical Engineering Science v 40 n 5 1985 p 843-855
 -CODEN-
 CESCAC
-ISSN-
 0009-2509 ISBN: 0-387-12434-9
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical); X; (- Experimental)
 The method of volume averaging is applied to the process of transient heat
 conduction in two- and three-phase systems, and a closure scheme is
 developed that allows for direct determination of the thermal conductivity
 tensor. Previous experimental studies have been extended to cover a wide
 range of parameters and for two-phase systems values of the effective
 thermal conductivity have been measured for conductivity ratios as high as
 KAPPA = k// SIGMA /k// BETA = 8000. Here k// SIGMA is the conductivity of
 the discontinuous phase and k// BETA is the conductivity of the continuous
 phase. For large values of KAPPA a combined numerical and perturbation
 method was used to predict the effective thermal conductivity. Good
 agreement between theory and experiment is obtained; however, the
 particle-particle contact was treated in an empirical manner. This work is
 pertinent to reactors, oil well production, and oil shale processing. 50
 refs.
-Desc-
 *THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY; CHEMICAL EQUIPMENT--Reactors; OIL WELL
 PRODUCTION--Enhanced Recovery; OIL SHALE--Processing
-Ident-
 MULTIPHASE SYSTEMS; TWO-PHASE SYSTEMS
 Class. Codes: 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 802 (Chemical Apparatus &
 Plants); 511 (Oil Field Equipment & Production Operations); 505 (Mines &
 Mining, Nonmetallic); 512 (Petroleum & Related Deposits); 64 (HEAT &
 THERMODYNAMICS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 51 (PETROLEUM ENGINEERING); 50
 (MINING ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 22
-A-
 1497547 E.I. Monthly No: EI8507055969
-W-
 BOILING HEAT TRANSFER AND CRITICAL HEAT FLUX IN HIGH-SPEED ROTATING LIQUID
 FILMS.
 Mudawwar, I. A.; El-Masri, M. A.; Wu, C. S.; Ausman-Mudawwar, J. R.
 MIT, Dep of Mechanical Engineering, Cambridge, MA, USA
 International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer v 28 n 4 Apr 1985 p 795-806
 -CODEN-
 IJHMAK
-ISSN-
 0017-9310
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: N; (Numeric/Statistica- l); X; (Experimental)
 Boiling heat transfer measurements were obtained with water films in radial
 rotating channels. The boiling curve was found to resemble that for pool
 boiling of water. The critical heat flux (CHF) increased with pressure as
 well as rotational speed. A CHF model based upon the balance between the
 Coriolis forces and the vapor drag acting upon drops formed from the
 shattered film is presented. It facilitates the successful correlation of
 the data using a single empirical constant. 18 refs.
-Desc-
 *HEAT TRANSFER--*Boiling Liquids; HEAT EXCHANGERS--Design; FLOW OF
 FLUIDS--Two Phase
-Ident-
 FILM COOLING; TURBINE BLADES; LASER COOLING; ROTATING CHANNELS; CRITICAL
 HEAT FLUX
 Class. Codes: 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 616 (Heat Exchangers); 631 (Fluid
 Flow & Hydrodynamics); 601 (Mechanical Design); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS);
 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 60
 (MECHANICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 23
-A-
 1487670 E.I. Monthly No: EI8506045777
-W-
 PIPE FLOW WITH SOLID PARTICLES FIXED IN SPACE.
 Tsuji, Yutaka; Morikawa, Yoshinobu; Fujiwara, Yoshitaka
 Osaka Univ, Faculty of Engineering, Suita, Jpn
 International Journal of Multiphase Flow v 11 n 2 Mar-Apr 1985 p 177-188
 -CODEN-
 IJMFBP
-ISSN-
 0301-9322 ISBN: 3-446-13629-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); N; - (Numeric/Statistical); X;
 (Experimental)
 A group of solid particles were hung by slender rods in a pipe to make a
 model of two-phase flow of coarse particles. Pressure gradient and
 velocities were measured for different types of the models. The drag on the
 particles (spheres) were obtained from measurements of pressure gradient
 with some assumptions. The results are summarized. 17 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Suspensions; MATERIALS HANDLING--Pneumatic ;
 CONVEYORS--Pneumatic
-Ident-
 DRAG COEFFICIENTS; PRESSURE DROP; MEAN VELOCITIES; GAS-SOLID FLOW; PRESSURE
 GRADIENT
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 691 (Bulk Materials
 Handling); 632 (Hydraulics & Pneumatics); 692 (Conveyors & Elevators); 63
 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 69 (MATERIALS HANDLING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 24
-A-
 1487667 E.I. Monthly No: EI8506045792
-W-
 ON THE SUITABILITY OF FIRST-ORDER DIFFERENTIAL MODELS FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW
 PREDICTION.
 Jones, A. V.; Prosperetti, A.
 Commission of the European Communities, Joint Research Cent, Ispra, Italy
 International Journal of Multiphase Flow v 11 n 2 Mar-Apr 1985 p 133-148
 -CODEN-
 IJMFBP
-ISSN-
 0301-9322 ISBN: 3-446-13629-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); N; - (Numeric/Statistical); X;
 (Experimental)
 The stability features of a general class of one-dimensional two-phase flow
 models are examined. This class of models is characterized by the presence
 of first-order derivatives and algebraic functions of the flow variables,
 higher-order differential terms being absent, and can accommodate a variety
 of physical effects such as added mass and unequal phase pressures in some
 formulations. By taking a general standpoint, a number of results are
 obtained applicable to the entire class of models considered. In particular,
 it is found that, despite the presence of algebraic terms in the equations
 (describing, e. g. drag effects) the stability criteria are independent of
 the wavenumber of the perturbation. 28 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES-- Algebra
-Ident-
 ALGEBRAIC FUNCTIONS; FLOW VARIABLES; DRAG EFFECTS; BUBBLY FLOW
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 921 (Applied Mathematics);
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 25
-A-
 1486985 E.I. Monthly No: EI8505038576
-W-
 PSIG ANNUAL MEETING (PIPELINE SIMULATION INTEREST GROUP).
 Anon
 Pipeline Simulation Interest Group, USA
 PSIG Annu Meet, Detroit, MI, USA, Oct 27-28 1983 Publ by Pipeline Simulation
 Interest Group, USA, 1983 var pagings
 ISBN: 0-660-52847-9
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 04854 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 CP; (Conference Proceedings) Treatment: A; (Application- s); T;
 (Theoretical); X; (Experimental)
 This conference proceedings contains 11 papers on gas transmission transient
 simulation. Flow equations are presented which model steady state, transient
 (surging and seasonal), and two phase flows. A load forecasting model for a
 gas distribution system is included. For compressor station modeling, a
 centrifugal compressor analog and reciprocating compressor loading changes
 are described. Hydraulics and laboratory tests for slurry pipeline modeling
 are discussed. Technical and professional papers from this conference are
 indexed and abstracted with the confernece code no. 04854 in the Ei
 Engineering Meetings (TM) database produced by Engineering Information,
 Inc.
-Desc-
 *NATURAL GAS PIPELINES--*Transients; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Two Phase; GAS
 INDUSTRY--Load; SLURRY PIPELINES--Fluid Dynamics; PIPELINES-- Compressor
 Stations; COMPUTER SIMULATION
-Ident-
 CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR ANALOG; RECIPROCATING COMPRESSOR LOADING CHANGES;
 SURGING; EIREV
 Class. Codes: 522 (Gas Fuels); 512 (Petroleum & Related Deposits); 631
 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 931 (Applied
 Physics); 723 (Computer Software); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 51 (PETROLEUM
 ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 92 (ENGINEERING
 MATHEMATICS); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 72 (COMPUTERS & DATA PROCESSING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 26
-A-
 1483196 E.I. Monthly No: EI8505041165
-W-
 HYDROTRANSPORT THROUGH DUCTS OF RECTANGULAR SECTION.
 Prasad, Nawal K.; Chand, Prem
 Regional Inst of Technology, Dep of Applied Mechanics, Jamshedpur, India
 Bulk Solids Handling v 4 n 4 Dec 1984 p 891-895
 -CODEN-
 BSHAD7
-ISSN-
 0173-9980 ISBN: 0-13-782178-6
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); T; - (Theoretical); X;
 (Experimental)
 Experimental investigations carried out by the authors, for solid-liquid
 flow through rectangular ducts of aspect ratios (width/depth) 1, 1. 5, 2,
 1/1. 5 and also through an equivalent pipe of circular section having the
 same cross-sectional area, suggest the duct of aspect ratio 1. 5 to be the
 best among them from the energy requirement point of view. The theoretical
 analysis made earlier to explain gas-solid-suspended-flow has been extended
 for the present problem and the theoretical results thus obtained agree well
 with the experiment. 14 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Design; MATERIALS HANDLING--Pipelines; FLOW OF
 FLUIDS--Ducts
-Ident-
 SOLID-LIQUID FLOW; DUCT ASPECT RATIO; LIQUID DENSITY; DRAG REDUCTION
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 691 (Bulk Materials
 Handling); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING);
 69 (MATERIALS HANDLING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 27
-A-
 1483195 E.I. Monthly No: EI8505041166
-W-
 INDIA'S FIRST LONG-DISTANCE PHOSPHATE SLURRY PIPELINE SYSTEM.
 Paliwal, H. V.; Sharma, R. S.
 Hindustan Zinc Ltd, Udaipur, India
 Bulk Solids Handling v 4 n 4 Dec 1984 p 883-888
 -CODEN-
 BSHAD7
-ISSN-
 0173-9980 ISBN: 0-13-782178-6
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: G; (General Review)
 The 10. 5 km long pipeline located south-east of Udaipur in the State of
 Rajasthan, India, connects the mine site of Maton and the Phosphoric Acid
 Plant at the Debari Zinc Smelter. The entire project includes an open pit
 mine, a beneficiation plant, a pipeline with pump station at Maton and
 terminal facilities at the phosphoric acid plant located at Debari for
 feeding slurry directly to the phosphoric acid plant.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*India; MATERIALS HANDLING--Pipelines; FLOW OF
 FLUIDS--Suspensions
-Ident-
 PUMPING STATION; ROCK PHOSPHATE; FERTILIZER; BULK TRANSPORT
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 691 (Bulk Materials
 Handling); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING);
 69 (MATERIALS HANDLING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 28
-A-
 1467663 E.I. Monthly No: EI8503018283
-W-
 GENERALIZED CONTINUUM THEORY FOR MULTIPHASE SUSPENSION FLOWS.
 Ahmadi, Goodarz
 Clarkson Coll of Technology, Dep of Mechanical Engineering, Potsdam, NY,
 USA
 International Journal of Engineering Science v 23 n 1 1985 p 1-25
 -CODEN-
 IJESAN
-ISSN-
 0020-7225 ISBN: 0-916150-52-6
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical)
 A continuum theory for multiphase particulate suspensions in a fluid media
 is formulated. The generalized fundamental balance laws for the particulate
 phases as well as for the continuous suspensing fluid phase are presented.
 The thermodynamics of a multiphase system is studied and the method of
 Lagrangian multipliers is employed to include the constraints of
 incompressibility of materials of the constituents and the criterion for
 fully saturated media. Constitutive equations are developed which include
 microrotational and microdilatational effects. The basic equations of motion
 of different phases are derived and discussed. Special considerations are
 given to the case of incompressible constituents. Examples of applications
 of the present theory to dilute suspension flows and multiphase
 sedimentations are also discussed. 118 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLUID MECHANICS--*Mathematical Models; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Two Phase
-Ident-
 MULTIPHASE SUSPENSION FLOWS; CONTINUUM THEORY
 Class. Codes: 931 (Applied Physics); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 631 (Fluid
 Flow & Hydrodynamics); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 92 (ENGINEERING
 MATHEMATICS); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 29
-A-
 1466352 E.I. Monthly No: EI8503023814
-W-
 RECOVERY OF 3%-ENRICHED URANIUM BY MEANS OF A CHEMICAL METHOD.
 Miyake, Tetsuya; Takeda, Kuhihiko; Imamura, Kazuo; Obanawa, Heiichiro
 Asahi Chemical Industry Co, Uranium Enrichment Research Lab, Miyazaki, Jpn
 Nuclear Technology v 64 n 3 Mar 1984 p 237-242
 -CODEN-
 NUTYBB
-ISSN-
 0029-5450 ISBN: 0-916150-52-6
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental); T; - (Theoretical)
 Continuous bench-plant operation for approximately 4 months has resulted in
 the first recovery of 3%-enriched uranium by means of a chemical-exchange
 process. This confirms the reduced development time and uranium adsorption
 band stability predicted by mathematical models, which are derived by
 application of mass transfer concepts to redox chromatography and extension
 of addition reaction equilibrium equations to include multiphase systems.
 Furthermore, it confirms the achievement of a reduction in stage time by
 more than 10** MINUS **3 through catalytic acceleration of the
 isotope-exchange rate and employment of an adsorbent with a high
 adsorption/desorption rate. 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *URANIUM AND ALLOYS--*Redox; ISOTOPES--Separation
 Class. Codes: 547 (Precious & Rare Earth Metals & Alloys); 802 (Chemical
 Apparatus & Plants); 803 (Chemical Agents & Basic Industrial Chemicals); 804
 (Chemical Products); 54 (METAL GROUPS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 30
-A-
 1462908 E.I. Monthly No: EI8503018732
-W-
 HEAT TRANSFER IN STIRRED MULTIPHASE REACTORS.
 Kurpiers, Peter; Steiff, Artur; Weinspach, Paul-Michael
 Univ Dortmund, Dortmund, West Ger
 German Chemical Engineering v 8 n 1 Jan 1985 p 48-57
 -CODEN-
 GCETDQ
-ISSN-
 0343-5539 ISBN: 0-306-41436-8
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); X; - (Experimental)
 Heat transfer in stirred and unstirred single and multiphase systems can be
 described with the help of a uniform concept. By application of penetration
 theory to heat transfer 'wall-fluid', equations can be developed for the
 description of heat transfer in stirred liquids as well as in stirred and
 unstirred gas-liquid systems when appropriate consideration is given to the
 specific energy dissipation. Extensive experiments in stirred single, two-
 and three-phase systems with one and two-stage agitators were carried out.
 Further tests are necessary in order to apply the proposed model to stirred
 suspensions and three-phase systems. 27 refs.
-Desc-
 *HEAT TRANSFER; CHEMICAL EQUIPMENT--Reactors; LIQUIDS; SUSPENSIONS; GASES
-Ident-
 STIRRED MULTIPHASE REACTORS; HIGBIE'S PENETRATION THEORY; THREE PHASE
 SYSTEMS; SINGLE-STAGE AGITATOR
 Class. Codes: 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 802 (Chemical Apparatus &
 Plants); 931 (Applied Physics); 801 (Chemical Analysis & Physical
 Chemistry); 804 (Chemical Products); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 31
-A-
 1459045 E.I. Monthly No: EI8502012714
-W-
 PREDICTING THE CIRCULATION RATE IN PACHUCA TANKS WITH FULL HEIGHT DRAFT
 TUBES.
 Clark, N. N.
 West Virginia Univ, Particle Analysis Cent, Morgantown, WV, USA
 Minerals & Metallurgical Processing v 1 n 3 Nov 1984 p 226-232
 -CODEN-
 MMPRE8
-ISSN-
 0020-0891 ISBN: 0-916877-00-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical); X; (- Experimental)
 Pachuca, or Brown tanks are used widely as reactors for treating gold
 slimes, and for alumina digestion and uranium leaching. In some designs,
 slurry mixing in the tank is achieved by introducing air at the base of a
 draft tube, which is the full height of the tank. Recent two-phase flow
 theory is used to develop a momentum balance for the flow in the draft tube,
 and a new, accurate design equation is derived. Bubble slip, frictional
 (wall) losses, entrance losses, and acceleration effects all contribute to
 the pressure gradient in the draft tube. None of these factors may be
 neglected under typical operating conditions. The new design equation
 accounts for all of these factors, and finds good agreement with Lamont's
 experimental example. Also, the new equation demonstrates that it is
 uneconomical to operate the draft tube with high air flow rates. 28 refs.
-Desc-
 *ORE TREATMENT--*Equipment; GOLD ORE TREATMENT--Equipment; URANIUM ORE
 TREATMENT--Leaching; ALUMINA--Processing; CHEMICAL EQUIPMENT-- Reactors;
 FLOW OF FLUIDS--Two Phase
-Ident-
 BROWN TANKS; PACHUCA TANKS; DRAFT TUBES; CHURN-TURBULENT BUBBLE FLOW; GOLD
 SLIMES
 Class. Codes: 533 (Ore Treatment & Metal Refining); 802 (Chemical Apparatus
 & Plants); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING);
 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 32
-A-
 1456856 E.I. Monthly No: EI8502009348
-W-
 MASS TRANSFER, ADSORPTION AND REACTION IN SLURRY REACTORS.
 Weng, Hung-Shan; Smith, J. M.
 Cheng Kung Univ, Tainan, Taiwan
 Chemical Engineering Journal (Lausanne) v 28 n 2 Apr 1984 p 115-124
 -CODEN-
 CMEJAJ
-ISSN-
 0300-9467 ISBN: 0-916877-00-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 The performance of three-phase isothermal slurry reactors with continuous
 gas flow and batch liquid may be affected by gas-bubble-to-liquid and
 liquid-to-catalyst-particle mass transfer, intraparticle diffusion in the
 pores of the particles, and adsorption and surface reaction. In dynamic
 operation, e. g. by introducing a pulse of reactant in the gas feed, the
 rates of adsorption and surface reaction are not necessarily equal.
 Equations for a first-order reaction are developed for the zeroth and first
 moments, in both the effluent gas and the batch liquid, in terms of the
 separate rate constants for adsorption and surface reaction and the other
 pertinent rate and equilibrium constants. 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *CHEMICAL EQUIPMENT--*Reactors; MASS TRANSFER; ADSORPTION
-Ident-
 SLURRY REACTORS; SURFACE REACTION PROCESS; GAS FEED
 Class. Codes: 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 641 (Heat &
 Thermodynamics); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 33
-A-
 1456846 E.I. Monthly No: EI8502009347
-W-
 ON THE STEADY STATE PERFORMANCE OF COCURRENT BUBBLE COLUMN SLURRY REACTORS.
 Govindarao, Venneti M. H.; Chidambaram, M.
 Indian Inst of Science, Dep of Chemical Engineering, Bangalore, India
 Chemical Engineering Journal (Lausanne) v 27 n 1 Aug 1983 p 29-36
 -CODEN-
 CMEJAJ
-ISSN-
 0300-9467 ISBN: 0-916877-00-0
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: X; (Experimental)
 On the basis of the dispersion model for the gas and liquid phases and the
 sedimentation-diffusion model for the solid phase, the steady state
 performance of an isothermal cocurrent flow bubble column slurry reactor
 with a first-order surface reaction is analyzed. The system equations are
 solved using the orthogonal collocation method. Numerical evaluation shows
 that the effects of slurry phase mixing are very significant whereas the
 effects of gas phase mixing are negligible. Conversion of the gas component
 increases with decrease in the slurry phase backmixing. This enhancement in
 the conversion is more pronounced at higher particle sizes and lower
 catalyst loadings. The conversion reaches a minimum with respect to the
 particle size, showing that specified conversions can be obtained with
 larger paticles also. 9 refs.
-Desc-
 *CHEMICAL EQUIPMENT--*Reactors; MIXING; GASES
-Ident-
 STEADY STATE PERFORMANCE; COCURRENT BUBBLE COLUMN SLURRY REACTORS; GAS PHASE
 MIXING
 Class. Codes: 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 931 (Applied Physics); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 34
-A-
 1452542 E.I. Monthly No: EI8501003003
-W-
 POROUS-MEDIA FORMULATION FOR MULTIPHASE FLOW WITH HEAT TRANSFER.
 Sha, William T.; Chao, B. T.; Soo, S. L.
 Argonne Natl Lab, Argonne, IL, USA
 Nuclear Engineering and Design v 82 n 2-3 Oct 1984 p 93-106
 -CODEN-
 NEDEAU
-ISSN-
 0029-5493
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: A; (Applications); N; - (Numeric/Statistical)
 A set of governing differential-integral conservation equations for a
 multiphase system with stationary structures is presented. This set of
 governing equations is derived based on the porous media formulation via
 local volume averaging, and is particularly suitable for numerical
 computations in most engineering problems. The integrals depend on interface
 configurations and are probabilistic in nature. These equations are
 reducible to differential equations under simplifying assumptions for a
 specific configuration of the interface. The porous-media formulation
 presented uses concepts of volume porosity, directional surface
 permeabilities, distributed resistance, and distributed heat source and
 sink. The concept of directional surface permeability is new and greatly
 facilitates modeling in temperature and velocity fields in anisotropic
 media, and, in general, improves resolution and accuracy, particularly for
 momentum transfer. Both the conventional porous-media formulation and the
 continuum formulation are subsets of the new porous media formulation. 23
 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Porous Materials; MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES
 --Integrodifferential Equations; HEAT TRANSFER
-Ident-
 POROUS-MEDIA FORMULATION; MULTIPHASE FLOW
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 921 (Applied Mathematics);
 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 92
 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 35
-A-
 1451470 E.I. Monthly No: EI8501002982
-W-
 VIRTUAL MASS IN MULTIPHASE FLOW.
 Cook, Thomas L.; Harlow, Francis H.
 Los Alamos Natl Lab, Los Alamos, NM, USA
 International Journal of Multiphase Flow v 10 n 6 Dec 1984 p 691-696
 -CODEN-
 IJMFBP
-ISSN-
 0301-9322
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 JA; (Jrnl Art.) Treatment: T; (Theoretical)
 In a motion of a bubble through a liquid, the total effective mass of the
 bubble consists of the mass of the vapor itself, plus a virtual mass.
 Virtual mass terms for multiphase flow are derived from a three-field
 representation of bubbles, bulk liquid and the liquid associated with each
 bubble. 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Multiphase; FLUID MECHANICS-- Fluid Dynamics;
 HYDRODYNAMICS--Computer Simulation
-Ident-
 BUBBLY FLOW
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 931 (Applied Physics); 723
 (Computer Software); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 72 (COMPUTERS & DATA PROCESSING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 36
-A-
 1444183 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412138325 E.I. Yearly No: EI84122651
-W-
 EXPERIMENTAL STUDY OF FLOW AND BOILING CRISIS IN HORIZONTAL STEAM GENERATING
 PIPES WITH WIRE GAUZE-COVERED INNER WALLS.
 Styrikovich, M. A.; Leont'yev, A. I.; Mostinskiy, I. L.; Polonskiy, V. S. ;
 Chernina, I. M.
 Acad of Sciences of the USSR, Inst of High Temperature, Moscow, USSR
 Heat Transfer - Soviet Research v 14 n 2 Mar-Apr 1982, Transl of pap from
 the Proc of the All-Union Minsk Heat and Mass Transfer Conf, 6th, Minsk,
 USSR, Sep 1980 p 86-91
 -CODEN-
 HTSRAD
-ISSN-
 0440-5749
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The boiling crisis and pressure drop in pipes with gauze-covered inner walls
 is described. The experiments were performed in a 10 mm diameter pipe with a
 2 mm wall thick at P = 6. 85, 981, and 13. 73 MPa, RHO W of 1000 and 2000
 kg/m**2-sec and vapor quality CHI from MINUS 0. 2 to 1. 0. It was
 established that q//c//r at high flow velocities and vapor qualities is much
 greater than in a smooth-walled tube, but the drag coefficient is also much
 higher. The pressure drop in the two-phase flow through gauze-covered tubes
 is satisfactorily described by equations for homogeneous flow. 6 refs.
-Desc-
 *STEAM GENERATORS--*Pipelines; HEAT TRANSFER-- Boiling Liquids; FLOW OF
 FLUIDS--Pipes; PIPELINES--Pressure Measurement
 Class. Codes: 614 (Steam Power Plants); 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories);
 931 (Applied Physics); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 641 (Heat &
 Thermodynamics); 944 (Moisture, Pressure & Temperature, & Radiation
 Measuring Instruments); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 93 (ENGINEERING
 PHYSICS); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 64 (HEAT &
 THERMODYNAMICS); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 37
-A-
 1441944 E.I. Monthly No: EI8410110501 E.I. Yearly No: EI84117733
-W-
 LIQUID-SOLID FLOWS AND EROSION WEAR IN INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT, PRESENTED AT
 ENERGY SOURCES TECHNOLOGY CONFERENCE, 1984.
 Roco, M. C. (Ed. )
 Univ of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky, USA
 American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Fluids Engineering Division
 (Publication) FED v 13, Liq-Solid Flows and Erosion Wear in Ind Equip, New
 Orleans, La, USA, Feb 12-16 1984. Publ by ASME, New York, NY, USA, 1984
 127p
 -CODEN-
 FEDSDL
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 03743 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This conference proceedings contains 19 papers, one of which is an extended
 abstract. Liquid-solid particle flow is widely practiced in chemical plants,
 mining sites, spray combustion, and long distance transportation systems.
 Developments in analysis and erosion predictions for slurry handling
 equipment are given. Experimental techniques are presented. Various wear
 mechanisms are discussed. Some economical aspects for long transportation
 systems and slurry preparation are given. Two large pipeline projects are
 analyzed. Technical and professional papers from this conference are indexed
 with the conference code no. 03743 in the Ei Engineering Meetings (TM)
 database produced by Engineering Information, Inc.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Suspensions
-Ident-
 EIREV
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 931 (Applied Physics); 943
 (Mechanical & Miscellaneous Measuring Instruments); 524 (Solid Fuels); 61
 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY) ; 92
 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 94 (INSTRUMENTS &
 MEASUREMENT); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 38
-A-
 1432863 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412133866 E.I. Yearly No: EI84074784
-W-
 ON UNIFYING THE CONCEPTS OF SCALE, INSTRUMENTATION, AND STOCHASTICS IN THE
 DEVELOPMENT OF MULTIPHASE TRANSPORT THEORY.
 Cushman, John H.
 Purdue Univ, Dep of Agronomy, West Lafayette, Indiana, USA
 Water Resources Research v 20 n 11 Nov 1984 p 1668-1676
 -CODEN-
 WRERAQ
-ISSN-
 0043-1397
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A generalized theory of multiphase transport is presented which combines the
 concepts of scale, instrumentation, stochastics, and time series with the
 development of transport equations. By defining the filtering process as a
 convolution of a measure P with a field property PSI, we are able to exploit
 the Fourier transform to place plausible restrictions on an instrument in
 frequency space so as to make its measurement relevant to its physical
 environment. An ideal instrument is defined which filters out high-frequency
 noise (corresponding to short distances) and yet does not alter the
 structure of low frequencies. Using ideal instruments we successively filter
 out lower frequency noise in a multiscale, multiphase environment. Formulas
 are developed to relate the autocorrelation of a field property on one scale
 of motion to that on any other scale while taking into account the types of
 instruments used in the measuring process. An equation relating the integral
 scale on one scale of motion to the integral scale on any other scale of
 motion is developed. Refs.
-Desc-
 *MASS TRANSFER--*Theory; MATHEMATICAL TRANSFORMATIONS-- Fourier Transforms;
 INSTRUMENTS--Reliability
-Ident-
 TRANSPORT OF MASS; MULTIPHASE SYSTEM; SEPARATE TRANSPORT EQUATION; FUNCTION
 OF INSTRUMENTS
 Class. Codes: 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 943
 (Mechanical & Miscellaneous Measuring Instruments); 64 (HEAT &
 THERMODYNAMICS); 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS); 94 (INSTRUMENTS &
 MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 39
-A-
 1431024 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412131405 E.I. Yearly No: EI84049763
-W-
 PRESSURE FORCES IN DISPERSE TWO-PHASE FLOW.
 Prosperetti, A.; Jones, A. V.
 Univ di Milano, Istituto di Fisica, Milan, Italy
 International Journal of Multiphase Flow v 10 n 4 Aug 1984 p 425-440
 -CODEN-
 IJMFBP
-ISSN-
 0301-9322
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A mathematical model for the description of pressure forces in averaged
 two-phase flow equations for disperse fluid-fluid and solid-fluid flows is
 obtained. The currently used engineering treatment is compared with this
 model and is found to be adequate when the pressure near the particles,
 bubbles or droplets is not very different from the volume-average pressure.
 In the case where large velocity differences exist between the phases or, in
 bubbly flow, when the bubbles undergo rapid growth or collapse, the
 engineering treatment is insufficient. The role of the pressure field of the
 continuous phase in the momentum equation of the disperse phase is also
 clarified. Finally, the model is extended to include viscous forces. 22
 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; FLUID MECHANICS--Heat Transfer
-Ident-
 DISPERSE FLOW; PRESSURE FORCES; VISCOUS FORCES
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics);
 931 (Applied Physics); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 64 (HEAT &
 THERMODYNAMICS); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 40
-A-
 1423666 E.I. Monthly No: EI8412128552 E.I. Yearly No: EI84019861
-W-
 FLOW OF A COAL SLURRY WITH A YIELD STRESS.
 Shook, C. A.; Gillies, R.; Husband, W. H. W.; Small, M.
 Univ of Saskatchewan, Dep of Chemical Engineering, Saskatoon, Sask, Can
 Journal of Pipelines v 4 n 4 Aug 1984 p 289-297
 -CODEN-
 JOPIDT
-ISSN-
 0166-5324
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Slurries of a fine coal have been investigated using pipelines of 51. 5 and
 159 mm inside diameters. The slurries were Bingham fluids at the conditions
 of the experiments. The tests demonstrate the importance of slurry
 preparation in studies concerned with fine coal transport. Although the
 results confirmed most of the conclusions of earlier investigations, no
 major reduction in the turbulent flow headlosses was observed. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *COAL TRANSPORTATION--*Fluid Dynamics; SLURRY PIPELINES; FLOW OF
 FLUIDS--Turbulent; DATA PROCESSING--Data Acquisition
-Ident-
 COAL SLURRY; VIATRAN MODEL
 Class. Codes: 524 (Solid Fuels); 931 (Applied Physics); 619 (Pipes, Tanks &
 Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 723 (Computer Software); 52
 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING);
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 72 (COMPUTERS & DATA PROCESSING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 41
-A-
 1409145 E.I. Monthly No: EI8410103763 E.I. Yearly No: EI84049746
-W-
 HEAT TRANSFER IN CO-CURRENT VERTICAL TWO-PHASE FLOW.
 Oshinowo, Toks; Betts, R. C.; Charles, M. E.
 Univ of Toronto, Dep of Chemical Engineering & Applied Chemistry, Toronto,
 Ont, Can
 Canadian Journal of Chemical Engineering v 62 n 2 Apr 1984 p 194-198
 -CODEN-
 CJCEA7
-ISSN-
 0008-4034
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Heat transfer in co-current two-phase upflow and downflow of air-water has
 been investigated in a 25. 8 mm electrically heated vertical pipe at 172. 3
 kPa for water mass velocities of 54 to 1725 kg/m**2s and gas flow rates of 0
 to 1. 322 X 10** MINUS **2 m**3/s. It was found that although the injection
 of air in the liquid flow increased the two-phase heat transfer coefficients
 significantly for both systems, upflow coefficients were generally higher
 than those for downflow for the same liquid flow rate. This could have
 important implications in the design of some chemical reactors and heat
 engineering processes. Changes in heat transfer rates were found to occur at
 the flow pattern transition boundaries. Two-phase heat transfer coefficients
 were well correlated by an expression based on dimensional analysis for both
 upflow and downflow. 15 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; HEAT TRANSFER--Fluids
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics);
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 42
-A-
 1409143 E.I. Monthly No: EI8410103782 E.I. Yearly No: EI84049991
-W-
 ISOKINETIC PROBE SAMPLING FROM SLURRY PIPELINES.
 Nasr-el-din, H.; Shook, C. A.; Esmail, M. N.
 Univ of Saskatchewan, Dep of Chemical Engineering, Saskatoon, Sask, Can
 Canadian Journal of Chemical Engineering v 62 n 2 Apr 1984 p 179-185
 -CODEN-
 CJCEA7
-ISSN-
 0008-4034
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A theoretical and experimental study of the errors arising in sampling
 through probes projecting into the flow has been conducted. Water-sand
 slurries with particles of surface-mean diameter between 0. 165 and 0. 72 mm
 were considered. Theoretical predictions were performed assuming the mixture
 could be described by the axisymmetric potential flow relationship.
 Satisfactory agreement in the important intermediate K value region was
 achieved for tapered or thin-walled probes. However, significant errors
 arise when thick-walled blunt probes are used. 22 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF SOLIDS--*Sampling; SLURRY PIPELINES; FLOW OF FLUIDS --Suspensions
 Class. Codes: 931 (Applied Physics); 913 (Production Planning & Control);
 922 (Statistical Methods); 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow
 & Hydrodynamics); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 91 (ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT); 92
 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID
 DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 43
-A-
 1408043 E.I. Monthly No: EI8410103759 E.I. Yearly No: EI84049742
-W-
 INVESTIGATION OF THE STRUCTURE OF GAS-LIQUID FLOW IN A SLOTTED DISKS
 CENTRIFUGE EXTRACTOR.
 Khodyker, M. M.
 Fluid Mechanics, Soviet Research v 12 n 1 Jan-Feb 1983 p 126-130
 -CODEN-
 FMSVAM
-ISSN-
 0096-0764
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The results of a visual and photographic study of the structure of
 gas-liquid flow in a slotted-disks centrifuge extractor are presented. An
 empirical expressions is obtained for the limit of existence of the bubbly
 flow mode for different methods of gas injection into the extractor. 4
 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; CENTRIFUGES; GASES; LIQUIDS-- Bubble Formation
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 931 (Applied Physics); 63
 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 44
-A-
 1405457 E.I. Monthly No: EI8410109167 E.I. Yearly No: EI84103299
-W-
 STUDIES ON THE INTERNAL FLOW AND PERFORMANCE OF THE VORTEX PUMP AND
 APPLICATIONS TO SLURRY TRANSPORTING.
 Ohba, Hideki; Nakashima, Yukitoshi
 Kumamoto Univ, Dep of Resource Development & Mechanical Engineering,
 Kumamoto, Jpn
 Memoirs of the Faculty of Engineering, Kumamoto University v 29 n 1 Mar 1984
 p 1-31
 -CODEN-
 MEKMAA
-ISSN-
 0023-5334
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The internal flow patterns in the vortex chamber of a vortex pump were
 investigated experimentally. Then, for the purpose of analysis, an
 axisymmetric flow model was deduced from the results of the experimental
 measurements. On the basis of this flow model, the impeller flow, chamber
 flow and pump performance were theoretically analyzed. From these
 theoretical analyses, it was found that the analytical results for the
 impeller outlet flow agree well with the experimental results, the
 calculated values of tangential velocity and static pressure agree well with
 the experimental results, and the calculated pump performance corresponds
 fairly well to the experimental data. 15 refs.
-Desc-
 *PUMPS--*Performance; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Vortex Flow; SLURRY PIPELINES--Pumps
 Class. Codes: 618 (Compressors & Pumps); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics);
 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID
 DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 45
-A-
 1403008 E.I. Monthly No: EI8410110502 E.I. Yearly No: EI84117743
-W-
 HEAT TRANSFER ENHANCEMENT IN LAMINAR SLURRY PIPE FLOWS WITH POWER LAW
 THERMAL CONDUCTIVITIES.
 Sohn, C. W.; Chen, M. M.
 US Army Construction Engineering Research Lab, Champaign, Ill, USA
 Journal of Heat Transfer, Transactions ASME v 106 n 3 Aug 1984 p 539-542
 -CODEN-
 JHTRAO
-ISSN-
 0022-1481
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Generalized theoretical results are presented. The study is motivated by
 experimental observations that above a threshold shear rate the effective
 thermal conductivity for disperse two-phase mixtures increases with shear
 rate. Using a relatively general three parameter power law model for
 conductivity as a function of shear rate, heat transfer results for short
 and long pipes as well as with developing thermal profiles were obtained for
 both the uniform wall heat flux and uniform wall temperature conditions. The
 results show that significant enhancement in heat transfer coefficient could
 be obtained from the microconvective effects. 16 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Heat Transfer; FLOW OF FLUIDS-- Suspensions
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics);
 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 931 (Applied Physics) 921 (Applied
 Mathematics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS); 63
 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 92
 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 46
-A-
 1393990 E.I. Monthly No: EI8409087434 E.I. Yearly No: EI84016542
-W-
 SOLID HOLD-UP IN BUBBLE COLUMNS WITH SUSPENDED SOLID PARTICLES UNDER
 CONTINUOUS OPERATION.
 Kojima, H.; Iguchi, A.
 Ikutoku Technical Univ, Dep of Chemical Engineering, Atsugi, Jpn
 Canadian Journal of Chemical Engineering v 62 n 3 Jun 1984 p 346-351
 -CODEN-
 CJCEA7
-ISSN-
 0008-4034
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The purpose of this work is to determine the effect of process variables
 such as gas flow rate, solid concentration in feed slurry and longitudinal
 position of slurry inlet on solid hold-up in bubble columns with solid
 suspension under continuous operation. Solid hold-up was studied
 experimentally under continuous slurry feed for the system, air-water-glass
 beads, in two columns of 55 mm and 95 mm in diameter. An equation for
 predicting solid hold-up in the bubble column with solid suspensions under
 continuous operation was derived on the basis of the one dimensional
 dispersion model. The predicted values of solid hold-up by the proposed
 equation agreed well with experimental values. 12 refs.
-Desc-
 *CHEMICAL EQUIPMENT--*Reactors; SUSPENSIONS
-Ident-
 BUBBLE COLUMNS; SOLID HOLD-UP
 Class. Codes: 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 801 (Chemical Analysis &
 Physical Chemistry); 804 (Chemical Products); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 47
-A-
 1390856 E.I. Monthly No: EI8409090477 E.I. Yearly No: EI84049122
-W-
 FRICTIONAL RESISTANCE TO ACCELERATED FLOW IN A TUBE.
 Logov, I. L.
 Fluid Dynamics (English Translation of Izvestiya Akademii Nauk
 SSSR-Mekhanika Zhidkosti i Gaza) v 18 n 6 Nov-Dec 1983 p 978-983
 -CODEN-
 FLDYAH
-ISSN-
 0015-4628
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A study is made of the development of the flow of a viscous incompressible
 fluid from the state of rest in a circular cylindrical tube with constant
 pressure gradient. The tangential frictional stress at an arbitrary point of
 the flow is found as a function of the pressure gradient and the ratio of
 the values, averaged over the flow, of the accelerations corresponding to
 the considered time and the initial time. An analysis shows that the
 development of the drag forces in the case of viscous flow is determined by
 a characteristic time which depends on the kinematic viscosity and the tube
 radius. The value of the hydraulic friction drag coefficient for the
 unsteady flow is determined more accurately by introducing a correction that
 takes into account the velocity profile of the flow. The equations of motion
 are analyzed, and six different cases of development of the flow are
 described for the characteristic values of the dimensionless numbers. 7
 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Pipes; FRICTION; TUBES; FLUIDS--Viscosity
-Ident-
 DRAG FORCES; HYDRAULIC FRICTION; VISCOUS FLOW; EQUATIONS OF MOTION;
 FRICTIONAL RESISTANCE
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 931 (Applied Physics); 619
 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 48
-A-
 1386920 E.I. Monthly No: EI8409093998 E.I. Yearly No: EI84087483
-W-
 ISOTHERMAL, MULTIPHASE, MULTICOMPONENT FLUID FLOW IN PERMEABLE MEDIA. PART
 I: DESCRIPTION AND MATHEMATICAL FORMULATION.
 Lake, L. W.; Pope, G. A.; Carey, G. F.; Sepehrnoori, K.
 Univ of Texas at Austin, Cent for Enhanced Oil & Gas Recovery Research,
 Austin, Tex, USA
 In Situ: Oil-Coal-Shale-Minerals v 8 n 1 1984 p 1-40
 -CODEN-
 ISOMDJ
-ISSN-
 0146-2520
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A general description is presented of isothermal, multiphase, multicomponent
 fluid flow in permeable media from the basic conservation laws and with
 linear constitutive theory. From this physical basis a mathematical
 formulation of the flow problem may be posed in the form of an
 initial-boundary value system of partial differential equations or an
 equivalent integral statement. Both forms are presented in detail for the
 general multicomponent, multiphase system and several special cases. The
 motivation for this work is the increasingly complex description of flow in
 permeable media demanded by the mathematical modeling of enhanced oil
 recovery processes. 37 refs.
-Desc-
 *OIL WELL PRODUCTION--*Enhanced Recovery; FLOW OF FLUIDS-- Mathematical
 Models
 Class. Codes: 511 (Oil Field Equipment & Production Operations); 631 (Fluid
 Flow & Hydrodynamics); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 51 (PETROLEUM
 ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 92 (ENGINEERING
 MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 49
-A-
 1386277 E.I. Monthly No: EI8409090549 E.I. Yearly No: EI84049715
-W-
 PRESSURE DROP AND FILM HEIGHT MEASUREMENTS FOR ANNULAR GAS-LIQUID FLOW.
 Laurinat, J. E.; Hanratty, T. J.; Dallman, J. C.
 Univ of Illinois, Dep of Chemical Engineering, Urbana, Ill, USA
 International Journal of Multiphase Flow v 10 n 3 Jun 1984 p 341-356
 -CODEN-
 IJMFBP
-ISSN-
 0301-9322
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Measurements of the pressure drop and the film height averaged around the
 circumference are presented for air and water flowing in horizontal 2. 54
 and 5. 08 cm pipelines. Film height measurements are interpreted using
 relations similar to those that have been developed for vertical flows. The
 frictional pressure loss is found to be primarily related to properties of
 the liquid film and to be approximately independent of the amount of
 entrained liquid. Refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT; FRICTION --Measurements
-Ident-
 FILM HOLDUP CORRELATION
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 944 (Moisture, Pressure &
 Temperature, & Radiation Measuring Instruments); 931 (Applied Physics); 63
 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT) ; 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 50
-A-
 1386274 E.I. Monthly No: EI8409090547 E.I. Yearly No: EI84049713
-W-
 MEASUREMENT OF VIRTUAL MASS AND DRAG COEFFICIENTS OF A DISK OSCILLATING
 SINUSOIDALLY IN A TWO-PHASE MIXTURE.
 Kamath, P. S.; Lahey, R. T. Jr.; Harris, D. R.
 Creare R & D Inc, Hanover, NH, USA
 International Journal of Multiphase Flow v 10 n 3 Jun 1984 p 249-272
 -CODEN-
 IJMFBP
-ISSN-
 0301-9322
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A presentation is given of an experimental determination of the virtual mass
 and drag coefficients of a disk oscillating sinusoidally in a two-phase
 mixture of air flowing through stagnant water. The purpose of this
 experiment was to determine the importance of virtual mass on the transient
 response of an INEL-type drag-disk flow meter. The results indicate that for
 a given void fraction, the virtual mass coefficient increases, and the drag
 coefficient decreases, with increasing amplitude parameter. Also, for a
 given amplitude parameter, the virtual mass coefficient decreases, and the
 drag coefficient increases, with increasing void fraction. Refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; AERODYNAMICS--Drag; DISKS-- Measurements
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 651 (Aerodynamics); 921
 (Applied Mathematics); 931 (Applied Physics); 943 (Mechanical &
 Miscellaneous Measuring Instruments); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY); 65 (AEROSPACE ENGINEERING); 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS); 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 51
-A-
 1384615 E.I. Monthly No: EI8408080873 E.I. Yearly No: EI84085401
-W-
 ON THE SECOND KINEMATIC VELOCITY IN INTERCONNECTED CHANNELS.
 Geckinli, Melih; Tapucu, Altan
 Istanbul Technical Univ, Inst for Nuclear Energy, Istanbul, Turk
 Atomkernenergie/Kerntechnik v 44 n 3 1984 p 230-232
 -CODEN-
 ATKEDU
-ISSN-
 0171-5747
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The appearance of a second kinematic velocity in two-phase coolant channels
 of BWRs (boiling water reactors) has been reported by various authors
 previously. This phenomenon is simulated in air-water two-phase medium,
 flowing in a pair of laterally interconnected channels of the subchannel
 geometry. The second velocity was observable only in the bubbly flow regime.
 The proposal of a heuristic model was made possible by the insight gained
 through the experiments. 8 refs.
-Desc-
 *NUCLEAR REACTORS, BOILING WATER--*Noise; FLOW OF FLUIDS-- Bubble Formation
 Class. Codes: 621 (Nuclear Reactors); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 62
 (NUCLEAR TECHNOLOGY); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 52
-A-
 1371981 E.I. Monthly No: EI8407071485 E.I. Yearly No: EI84117742
-W-
 MODEL FOR SLURRY FLOWS BASED ON THE EQUATIONS OF TURBULENCE.
 Michaelides, E. E.; Farmer, L. K.
 Univ of Delaware, Dep of Mechanical & Aerospace Engineering, Newark, Del,
 USA
 Journal of Pipelines v 4 n 3 May 1984 p 185-191
 -CODEN-
 JOPIDT
-ISSN-
 0166-5324
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This paper examines the flow of solid particles in liquids (slurries)
 through horizontal pipes. The mixing-length hypothesis is being used in
 order to predict the shear stress at the wall and, eventually, the pressure
 drop. The two-phase fluid is modeled as a variable density fluid, which is
 described in terms of two parameters. 14 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Fluid Dynamics; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Two Phase
-Ident-
 VELOCITY PROFILES
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 53
-A-
 1368071 E.I. Monthly No: EI8407071486 E.I. Yearly No: EI84117748
-W-
 HYDRAULIC TRANSPORT OF COAL.
 Duckworth, R. A.; Pullum, L.; Lockyear, C. F.; Lenard, J.
 CSIRO, Pipeline Engineering Group, Clayton, Victoria, Aust
 Bulk Solids Handling v 3 n 4 Nov 1983 p 817-824
 -CODEN-
 BSHAD7
-ISSN-
 0173-9980
-Lang-
 Eng.
 In order to overcome some of the limitations of the existing coal slurry
 pipeline technology, work has been carried out by the CSIRO to establish the
 feasibility of the long-distance transport of coarse coal by pipeline. The
 research work shows that it is in fact possible to transport coarse coal at
 practically acceptable pressure gradients and velocities provided that a
 fluid carrier having the rheological properties of a Bingham plastic is
 used. 13 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Research; COAL HANDLING--Pipelines; FLOW OF
 FLUIDS--Suspensions
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 524 (Solid Fuels); 691 (Bulk
 Materials Handling); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 69 (MATERIALS HANDLING); 63 (FLUID
 DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 54
-A-
 1362057 E.I. Monthly No: EI8407069931 E.I. Yearly No: EI84100061
-W-
 DRYING GRANULAR POROUS MEDIA - THEORY AND EXPERIMENT.
 Whitaker, Stephen; Chou, William T-H.
 Univ of California, Davis, Dep of Chemical Engineering, Davis, Calif, USA
 Drying Technology v 1 n 1 1983-84 p 3-33
 -CODEN-
 DRTEDQ
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A simplified theory consists of a set of coupled, volume-averaged transport
 equations for the temperature and the saturation. The theory incorporates
 the liquid and vapor phase continuity equations, combines the liquid, solid
 and vapor phase thermal energy equations into a single temperature equation
 and makes use of Darcy's law for the liquid phase to account for moisture
 transport owing to capillary action. Combined heat and mass transfer
 theories of drying cannot provide a complete theoretical explanation of
 drying phenomena. A detailed comparison between theory and experiment
 supports this point of view. 26 refs.
-Desc-
 *POROUS MATERIALS--*Drying
 Class. Codes: 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 921 (Applied Mathematics);
 931 (Applied Physics); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 64
 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 55
-A-
 1357971 E.I. Monthly No: EI8406059670 E.I. Yearly No: EI84117745
-W-
 FLOW CHARACTERISTICS OF COAL-LIQUID MIXTURES IN PUMPING SYSTEMS.
 Kline, P. H.; Gray, E. D.; Donahue, W. H.
 Robbins & Myers
 World Pumps n 2 Feb 1984 p 39-42
 -CODEN-
 WOPUD4
-ISSN-
 0262-1762
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Coal-liquid mixtures are rather abrasive mixtures consisting of some 50-75
 percent of finely pulverized coal particles suspended in a liquid carrier.
 The dynamic variables that a pump system imposes on the slurry fuels'
 rheology dictated the need for a simple empirical method of fluid
 evaluation. This data is necessary to assess pump performance, piping
 friction loss, and system design. 2 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Pumps; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Suspensions
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 618 (Compressors & Pumps);
 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID
 DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 56
-A-
 1346659 E.I. Monthly No: EI8405048164 E.I. Yearly No: EI84117744
-W-
 MODEL FOR TURBULENT SLURRY FLOW.
 Roco, M. C.; Shook, C. A.
 Univ of Kentucky, Dep of Mechanical Engineering, Lexington, Ky, USA
 Journal of Pipelines v 4 n 1 Jan 1984 p 3-13
 -CODEN-
 JOPIDT
-ISSN-
 0166-5324
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A model for two-phase turbulent flow has been derived for the mixture
 velocity distribution. The turbulent flow characteristics at a point are
 considered to be defined by six independent coefficients, each having
 components due to liquid motion and to solid particle interaction.
 Predictions from the model are compared with experimental results obtained
 with fine sand-water mixtures flowing in 51. 5, 263 and 495 mm pipes. 13
 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Mathematical Models; FLOW OF FLUIDS-- Turbulent;
 STRESSES
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 723 (Computer Software); 631
 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 408 (Structural Design); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING); 72 (COMPUTERS & DATA PROCESSING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 57
-A-
 1344799 E.I. Monthly No: EI8405042735 E.I. Yearly No: EI84049368
-W-
 APPLICATION OF THE THEORY OF KINEMATIC WAVES TO THE CENTRIFUGATION OF
 SUSPENSIONS.
 Anestis, G.; Schneider, W.
 Technische Univ Wien, Inst fuer Stroemungslehre und Waermeuebertragung,
 Vienna, Austria
 Ingenieur-Archiv v 53 n 6 1983 p 399-407
 -CODEN-
 INARAS
-ISSN-
 0020-1154
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The settling of solid particles in a liquid due to centrifugal force is
 described by using the equations of one-dimensional unsteady two-phase flow.
 By neglecting the acceleration terms the momentum equation can be reduced to
 a functional relationship between the dependant variables of the problem.
 Analytical solutions are obtained for the kinematic wave fronts and for
 certain cases of shock waves. The results for the centrifugation process
 with uniform particle size show that several cases are to be distinguished.
 Under certain conditions the concentration of the suspension depends on time
 only and not on the radial coordinate of the rotating system. 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Suspensions; SOILS--Stabilization
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 483 (Soil Mechanics &
 Foundations); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 48 (ENGINEERING
 GEOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 58
-A-
 1332360 E.I. Monthly No: EI8404032070 E.I. Yearly No: EI84048937
-W-
 LOCAL VOLUME AVERAGING OF MULTIPHASE SYSTEMS USING A NON-CONSTANT AVERAGING
 VOLUME.
 Gray, William G.
 Princeton Univ, Dep of Civil Engineering, Princeton, NJ, USA
 International Journal of Multiphase Flow v 9 n 6 Dec 1983 p 755-761
 -CODEN-
 IJMFBP
-ISSN-
 0301-9322
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Currently used averaging theorems are extended to allow for averaging
 volumes which vary in space and time. This derivation, done in the context
 of the ideas presented by Gray & Lee (1977), makes use of a spherical
 averaging volume with a radius which varies continuously in space and time.
 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Multiphase
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 921 (Applied Mathematics);
 931 (Applied Physics); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 92
 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 59
-A-
 1332355 E.I. Monthly No: EI8404038715 E.I. Yearly No: EI84137036
-W-
 SCATTERING LIGHT PROBE FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF OCEANIC AIR BUBBLE SIZES.
 Avellan, F.; Resch, F.
 CNRS, Inst de Mecanique Statistique de la Turbulence, Marseille, Fr
 International Journal of Multiphase Flow v 9 n 6 Dec 1983 p 649-663
 -CODEN-
 IJMFBP
-ISSN-
 0301-9322
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A new optical probe has been designed, tested, calibrated and used in a
 bubbly two-phase flow. The probe is based on the principle of light
 scattering at an angle of ninety degrees from an incident laser beam. The
 errors inherent in such a technique are reviewed and evaluated. The
 calibration curve shows that the output voltage is proportional to the
 square of the bubble diameter. A first test is presented in a real bubbly
 flow produced by the action of wave-breaking in an air-sea interaction
 simulating facility. 20 refs.
-Desc-
 *WATER WAVES--*Measurements; FLOW OF FLUIDS-- Bubble Formation; OPTICAL
 VARIABLES MEASUREMENT
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 471 (Marine Science &
 Oceanography); 941 (Acoustical & Optical Measuring Instruments); 63 (FLUID
 DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 47 (OCEAN TECHNOLOGY); 94 (INSTRUMENTS &
 MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 60
-A-
 1331691 E.I. Monthly No: EI8404031952 E.I. Yearly No: EI84047457
-W-
 PROCESS KINETICS IN REMOVAL OF COLLOIDAL IMPURITIES FROM LIQUIDS BY MEANS OF
 A RADIAL FILTER.
 Muller, V. M.; Kolodyni, Yu. I.; Martynov, G. A.
 Colloid Journal of the USSR (English Translation of Kolloidnyi Zhurnal) v 45
 n 3 May-Jun 1983 p 390-397
 -CODEN-
 COJOA5
-ISSN-
 0010-1303
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A system of equations has been formulated to describe the kinetics of
 removal of colloidal impurities from liquids in a radial filter, with an
 accounting for the possibility of washing out the previously formed
 precipitate by the flow of liquid. Under conditions of constancy of the
 coefficients characterizing the filtration process, an analytical solution
 of the problem has been obtained, coinciding under certain conditions with
 the solution for a flat filter. The time dependence of the concentration of
 slurry and precipitate in any section of the filter has been found, and also
 the integral breakthrough of impurities through the filter. 9 refs.
-Desc-
 *FILTRATION; FILTERS; LIQUIDS
 Class. Codes: 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 931 (Applied Physics); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 61
-A-
 1330741 E.I. Monthly No: EI8403022014 E.I. Yearly No: EI84049648
-W-
 PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION IN A CENTRIFUGAL IMPELLER HANDLING AIR-WATER
 MIXTURES.
 Minemura, Kiyoshi; Murakami, Mitsukiyo; Kataoka, Tadashi
 Nagoya Univ, Coll of General Education, Nagoya, Jpn
 Bulletin of the JSME v 26 n 220 Oct 1983 p 1727-1734
 -CODEN-
 BJSEA8
-ISSN-
 0021-3764
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The pressure distribution was measured in a rotating open radial impeller
 under several air-water two-phase flow conditions, through narrow openings
 drilled on the casing. In order to make the pressure accurate, the most
 reasonable values were first selected for the pump speeds and the running
 clearance S//c between the casing wall and the open end of impeller blades,
 and then the void effects on the pressure distribution were discussed for
 the bubbly flow regime. At a certain void fraction, remarkable changes were
 observed in the pressure distributions, especially in the inlet region, so
 that the pump performance might change correspondingly. 18 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; PUMPS, CENTRIFUGAL-- Measurements
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 618 (Compressors & Pumps);
 944 (Moisture, Pressure & Temperature, & Radiation Measuring Instruments);
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING) ; 94
 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 62
-A-
 1327050 E.I. Monthly No: EI8403022007 E.I. Yearly No: EI84049641
-W-
 HYDRAULIC TRANSPORT OF COARSE GRAVEL PARTICLES IN A SMOOTH HORIZONTAL PIPE.
 Chhabra, R. P.; Richardson, J. F.
 Univ Coll of Swansea, Dep of Chemical Engineering, Swansea, Wales
 Chemical Engineering Research & Design v 61 n 5 Sep 1983 p 313-317
 -CODEN-
 CERDEE
-ISSN-
 0263-8762
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Experiments have been carried out on two-phase flow of water and large
 gravel particles of three different sizes in a 42 mm internal diameter
 horizontal pipe. It has been established that the two-phase pressure drop is
 linearly related to the concentration of particles in the discharged
 suspension only when a moving bed is formed in the pipeline. 9 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; SLURRY PIPELINES; SOLIDS; SUSPENSIONS
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 619 (Pipes, Tanks &
 Accessories); 931 (Applied Physics); 801 (Chemical Analysis & Physical
 Chemistry); 804 (Chemical Products); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING) ; 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 80
 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 63
-A-
 1325095 E.I. Monthly No: EI8403019728 E.I. Yearly No: EI84016723
-W-
 DESIGN HEATERS FOR COAL SLURRY FLOWS.
 Kumar, M.; Limpe, A. T.
 HRI Inc, Gibbsboro, NJ, USA
 Hydrocarbon Processing v 62 n 11 Nov 1983 p 207-209
 -CODEN-
 HYPRAX
-ISSN-
 0018-8190
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Procedures for designing multi-pass heaters handling three phase flows have
 been proved for determining heat transfer coefficients and pressure drop
 under specific ranges of operation. Various prediction approaches have been
 examined and compared with operating conditions in a parallel coil, helical
 heater feeding a coal slurry containing hydrogen. Comparisons of various
 design approaches with observed conditions show how to compute rates and
 pressure drops for these three phase flows. 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *CHEMICAL OPERATIONS--*Heaters; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Multiphase; CHEMICAL
 EQUIPMENT--Design; COAL LIQUEFACTION--Equipment; HEAT TRANSFER
-Ident-
 COAL SLURRY
 Class. Codes: 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 523 (Liquid Fuels); 524
 (Solid Fuels); 601 (Mechanical Design); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics);
 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 52 (FUEL
 TECHNOLOGY); 60 (MECHANICAL ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 64
-A-
 1321110 E.I. Monthly No: EI8402012431 E.I. Yearly No: EI84048517
-W-
 DRAG AND HEAT TRANSFER IN BUBBLY FLOWS.
 Ganchev, B. G.; Nizovtsev, V. A.
 Bauman Polytechnical Inst, Power Machinery Dep, Moscow, USSR
 Fluid Mechanics, Soviet Research v 11 n 2 Mar-Apr 1982 p 110-116
 -CODEN-
 FMSVAM
-ISSN-
 0096-0764
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Drag in bubbly downward gas-lined flow is studied. Heat transfer in
 ascending two-phase flow is also investigated in order to compare with
 previous results obtained in the same test section. It is found that the
 heat transfer and drag coefficients in the flows under study are related in
 such a manner as to allow expressing the former in terms of the latter if
 the initial flow variables of the liquid phase are known. Pertinent
 equations are presented and are found to yield satisfactory results. 5
 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Drag; HEAT TRANSFER; LIQUIDS--Bubble Formation
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics);
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 65
-A-
 1317356 E.I. Monthly No: EI8402016903 E.I. Yearly No: EI84117749
-W-
 PIPE BEHAVIOUR IN BOTTOM ASH SLURRY SYSTEMS.
 Kovago, Joseph
 M. H. Detrick Co, Linwood, NJ, USA
 Bulk Solids Handling v 2 n 3 Sep 1982 p 525-530
 -CODEN-
 BSHAD7
-ISSN-
 0173-9980
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This study presents the results of an 18-year long investigation of pipe
 deterioration in cyclone slag slurry transport. The goal was to study pipe
 behavior in this extremely abrasive service and select an optimum piping
 material. Comparisons are given for high quality alloy cast steel pipes and
 pipes lined with cast basalt rings marketed under the name Abresist. Based
 on the results, thoughts are offered on the broader meanings of certain
 findings.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Wear; STEEL--Erosion; FLOW OF FLUIDS-- Suspensions
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 421 (Materials Properties);
 545 (Iron & Steel); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES &
 TESTING); 54 (METAL GROUPS); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS
 & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 66
-A-
 1314541 E.I. Monthly No: EI8402012499 E.I. Yearly No: EI84049626
-W-
 INVESTIGATION OF TWO-PHASE BUBBLY FLOWS USING LASER DOPPLER ANEMOMETRY.
 Marie, J. L.
 Ecole Centrale de Lyon, Lab de Mecanique des Fluides, Ecully, Fr
 PCH, PhysicoChemical Hydrodynamics v 4 n 2 1983 p 103-118
 -CODEN-
 PPHYD8
-ISSN-
 0191-9059
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This work is devoted to the development of an accurate and reliable laser
 Doppler anemometer technique (L. D. A. ) meant for the measurement of the
 characteristics of two-phase bubbly flows. Most of these characteristics are
 the various statistical moments of the velocity fluctuations and the
 Reynolds stress tensor components within the continuous phase but also,
 under well defined conditions, the mean slip velocity of the dispersed
 phase. Although this technique was applied to a turbulent occurrent vertical
 air-water bubbly flow in a large square channel (450 X 450 mm**2), it is
 believed that it can be extended to many other tow-phase dispersed flow
 patterns, since a wide variety of experimental conditions was successfully
 explored: the mean liquid velocity and the local void fraction ranged
 respectively from 0 to 1. 2 m/s and from 0 to 7%, while the mean bubble
 diameter was of the order of 5 mm. The technique employed is derived from
 the classical differential Doppler detection and forward diffusion method,
 which is adapted to the case of a bubbly flow by choosing the appropriate
 signal processing method. 19 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; ANEMOMETERS--Laser Applications
-Ident-
 LASER DOPPLER ANEMOMETER
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 943 (Mechanical &
 Miscellaneous Measuring Instruments); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 67
-A-
 1311280 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003620 E.I. Yearly No: EI84057193
-W-
 AXIAL MIXING MODEL APPLIED TO BALL MILLS.
 Austin, L. G.; Rogovin, Z.; Rogers, R. S. C.; Trimarchi, T.
 Pennsylvania State Univ, Mineral Processing Section, University Park, Pa,
 USA
 Powder Technology v 36 n 1 Sep-Oct 1983 p 119-126
 -CODEN-
 POTEBX
-ISSN-
 0032-5910
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The unsteady-state, one-dimensional convective mixing equation was solved
 with finite end boundary conditions for a pulse of tracer admitted into a
 steady flow, assuming a constant dimensionless mixing factor. Radiotracer
 tests were performed on two continuous wet overflow ball mills, a laboratory
 mill of 0. 3 m i. d. and a pilot-scale mill of 0. 91 m i. d. Counting
 through the mill case enabled the tracer concentration to be measured at
 L/3, 2L/3 and L for the small mill, and L/2 and L for the pilot-scale mill.
 The results were consistent with the mixing models. The mean residence time
 of water was about 0. 85 that of the solid, showing the slurry density in a
 mill to be higher than that of the feed and product streams. 19 refs.
-Desc-
 *GRINDING MILLS--*Ball Milling
 Class. Codes: 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 533 (Ore Treatment & Metal
 Refining); 524 (Solid Fuels); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 92
 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 68
-A-
 1309062 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401007700 E.I. Yearly No: EI84117736
-W-
 COARSE COAL SLURRY PIPELINE TECHNOLOGY.
 Kakka, R. S.; Gandhi, R. L.
 Bechtel Petroleum Inc, Slurry Systems Dep, San Francisco, Calif, USA
 Journal of Pipelines v 3 n 4 Aug 1983 p 267-277
 -CODEN-
 JOPIDT
-ISSN-
 0166-5324
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This paper addresses the overall design considerations for coarse coal
 slurry pipelines. The correlations applicable for the estimate of friction
 losses and critical deposition velocity are reviewed. Data published by
 Saskatchewan Research Council and Gaessler were correlated using selected
 correlations. 22 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Design; COAL--Economics; FLOW OF FLUIDS
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 524 (Solid Fuels); 631
 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 52 (FUEL
 TECHNOLOGY); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 69
-A-
 1307852 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401006509 E.I. Yearly No: EI84099016
-W-
 3-DIMENSIONAL PHASE DIAGRAM IN QUATERNARY SYSTEMS OF POLYMERS AND SOLVENTS.
 Wei, Nan
 Monsanto Plastics & Resins Co, Indian Orchard, Mass, USA
 Journal of Applied Polymer Science v 28 n 9 Sep 1983 p 2755-2766
 -CODEN-
 JAPNAB
-ISSN-
 0021-8995
-Lang-
 Eng.
 In the reported study, a 3-dimensional phase diagram based on the
 equilateral tetrahedron has been developed to aid the visualization of the
 phase relations in a quaternary, multiphase system involving polymers and
 solvents. The technique developed is straightforward. It presents a clear
 picture of the 'tie rods' and the 'equilibrium surfaces' in a quaternary
 system as compared to the 'tie lines' and 'equilibrium curves' in a ternary
 system. With the aid of this 3-dimensional phase diagram, one can minimize
 the experimental effort in establishing the phase relations of q quaternary
 system. 9 refs.
-Desc-
 *POLYMERS--*Solutions; SOLVENTS; LIQUIDS--Phase Equilibria; EQUATIONS OF
 STATE; MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES
-Ident-
 QUATERNARY SYSTEMS
 Class. Codes: 815 (Plastics & Polymeric Materials); 641 (Heat &
 Thermodynamics); 804 (Chemical Products); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 81
 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 70
-A-
 1307643 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401002988 E.I. Yearly No: EI84048027
-W-
 CONCERNING METHODS FOR WRITING EQUATIONS OF MOTION OF SLURRIES.
 Kril', S. I.
 Acad of Sciences of the Ukrainian SSR, Inst of Fluid Mechanics, UkrSSR
 Fluid Mechanics, Soviet Research v 10 n 6 Nov-Dec 1981 p 81-87
 -CODEN-
 FMSVAM
-ISSN-
 0096-0764
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Two principal methods, correct from the point of view of representation of
 the divergent terms and phase interaction forces contained in the equations
 of conservation of phase momenta, were identified. 6 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS; SLURRY PIPELINES--Design
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 71
-A-
 1306273 E.I. Monthly No: EI8401003033 E.I. Yearly No: EI84048569
-W-
 EXPERIMENTAL VALUES OF THE AVERAGE VARIABLES IN A FLOWING LIQUID FILM.
 Deych, M. Ye.; Tetera, I. P.
 Fluid Mechanics, Soviet Research v 11 n 1 Jan-Feb 1982 p 104-108
 -CODEN-
 FMSVAM
-ISSN-
 0096-0764
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Measurements of the mean film thicknesses and the mean shear stresses at the
 wall in film flow of liquids are presented. An experimental relationship for
 the drag coefficient of the film as a function of the variables of the
 two-phase flow is described. 4 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Films; LIQUIDS; STRESSES
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 421 (Materials Properties);
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES &
 TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 72
-A-
 1295146 E.I. Monthly No: EI8312101882 E.I. Yearly No: EI83036584
-W-
 PROBE FOR POINT VELOCITIES IN SLURRY FLOWS.
 Brown, N. P.; Shook, C. A.; Peters, J.
 Univ of Saskatchewan, Dep of Chemistry & Chemical Engineering, Saskatoon,
 Sask, Can
 Canadian Journal of Chemical Engineering v 61 n 4 Aug 1983 p 597-602
 -CODEN-
 CJCEA7
-ISSN-
 0008-4034
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A probe and measuring system for determining local values of particle
 velocity in liquid-solids mixtures has been constructed and tested. The
 probe uses the cross-correlation principle. Its performance was found to
 depend upon the scale of the concentration fluctuations which occur in the
 flow. Probe geometry was also found to be of importance. Volumetric flowrate
 measurements indicated that an accuracy of 3% could be achieved. The probe
 should be of value in the study of two-phase flows. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Suspensions; PROBES; ELECTRODES
-Ident-
 REYNOLDS NUMBER
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 942 (Electrical & Electronic
 Measuring Instruments); 704 (Electric Components & Equipment); 63 (FLUID
 DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT) ; 70
 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 73
-A-
 1295133 E.I. Monthly No: EI8312105425 E.I. Yearly No: EI83089186
-W-
 MODELING OF SLURRY FLOW: THE EFFECT OF PARTICLE SIZE.
 Roco, M. C.; Shook, C. A.
 Univ of Kentucky, Dep of Mechanical Engineering, Lexington, Ky, USA
 Canadian Journal of Chemical Engineering v 61 n 4 Aug 1983 p 494-503
 -CODEN-
 CJCEA7
-ISSN-
 0008-4034
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A system of differential equations to obtain concentration and velocity
 distributions for quasi-uniform particle slurry flows is presented.
 Numerical solutions for various flow conditions have been obtained using an
 explicit algorithm. A 'supported load' concept is proposed to explain the
 type of interaction through contact between solid particles in neighboring
 layers or between particles and the pipe wall. In the analysis, the relative
 contributions of terms describing turbulent shear stresses, particle
 interactions, and mixing effects vary with the dimensions of solid
 particles. The approach is tested for four kinds of sand of narrow size
 distributions (d = . 165 mm, . 48 mm, . 52 mm and 13 mm), flowing with water
 in pipelines of various diameters (between 50 and 500 mm), at concentrations
 below 40% by volume. 13 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Suspensions; MATHEMATICAL MODELS
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING);
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY) ; 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 74
-A-
 1284156 E.I. Monthly No: EI8311094866 E.I. Yearly No: EI83053033
-W-
 VISUAL EQUILIBRIUM CELL FOR MULTIPHASE SYSTEMS AT PRESSURES UP TO 690 BAR.
 Ashcroft, S. J.; Shearn, R. B.; Williams, G. J. J.
 Univ of Exeter, Dep of Chemical Engineering, Exeter, Devonshire, Engl
 Chemical Engineering Research & Design v 61 n 1 Jan 1983 p 51-55
 -CODEN-
 CERDEE
-ISSN-
 0263-8762
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A phase equilibrium cell capable of operating up to 690 bar and 333 K is
 described. The contents of the cell can be moved through a viewing and
 sampling section to allow the measurement of volumes and compositions of
 phases in multiple fluid systems. The equipment has been tested with the
 binary methane-n-hexane system at 310. 93 K for which excellent agreement
 with literature data is found, both for phase compositions and saturated
 liquid molar volumes. The Peng-Robinson equation of state represents these
 data adequately up to a reduced pressure of about 0. 7. 12 refs.
-Desc-
 *LIQUIDS--*Phase Equilibria; HYDROCARBONS--Phase Equilibria
 Class. Codes: 931 (Applied Physics); 803 (Chemical Agents & Basic Industrial
 Chemicals); 804 (Chemical Products); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 75
-A-
 1282328 E.I. Monthly No: EI8310084315 E.I. Yearly No: EI83036861
-W-
 LIGHT ATTENUATION TECHNIQUE FOR VOID FRACTION MEASUREMENT IN TWO-PHASE
 BUBBLY FLOW - PART V.
 Ohba, Kenkichi; Kishimoto, Ichiro
 Kansai Univ, Dep of Mechanical Engineering, Osaka, Jpn
 Technol Rep Kansai Univ n 24 Mar 1983 p 45-50
 -CODEN-
 TRKUAW
-ISSN-
 0453-2198
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A simple method of conversion of the line void fraction into the local value
 in the case of a rectangular duct is proposed and its validity is tested for
 some artificial and actual distributions of the void fraction across the
 duct. As a result, the proposed method is found to be very accurate and
 useful for that conversion, if the void fraction profile is symmetrical with
 respect to the two bisectors of the cross section of the duct. 3 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS--Light Sources
-Ident-
 LIGHT ATTENUATION
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 941 (Acoustical & Optical
 Measuring Instruments); 707 (Illuminating Engineering); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS &
 VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT) ; 70 (ELECTRICAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 76
-A-
 1268670 E.I. Monthly No: EI8309077101 E.I. Yearly No: EI83068291
-W-
 NONLINEAR CONTROL OF A PAPER-STOCK FLOWBOX.
 Gunn, D. J.; Sinha, A. K.
 Univ Coll of Swansea, Dep of Chemical Engineering, Swansea, Wales
 IEE Proceedings, Part D: Control Theory and Applications v 130 n 3 May 1983
 p 131-136
 -CODEN-
 IPDAD9
-ISSN-
 0143-7054
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The paper deals with the design of controllers for a paper-stock flowbox
 using nonlinear models derived from equations representing the dynamics of
 slurry flow and pressurized air in the box. Three control schemes have been
 considered, namely interactive control, noninteracting control and
 complementary interacting control. The control schemes have been compared by
 digital simulation of the box and controllers. Noninteractive control showw
 improvements over the dual-control interactive scheme but the best control
 is given by the complementary interactive scheme. 9 refs.
-Desc-
 *PAPERMAKING--*Control; CONTROL SYSTEMS, NONLINEAR
 Class. Codes: 811 (Cellulose, Paper & Wood Products); 731 (Automatic Control
 Principles); 732 (Control Devices); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 73
 (CONTROL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 77
-A-
 1261803 E.I. Monthly No: EI8308069018 E.I. Yearly No: EI83089203
-W-
 STUDIES ON HOLD-UP AND PRESSURE GRADIENT IN HYDRAULIC CONVEYING OF SETTLING
 SLURRIES THROUGH HORIZONTAL PIPES.
 Wani, G. A.; Mani, B. P.; Suba, Rao D.; Sarkar, M. K.
 Indian Inst of Technology, New Delhi, India
 Journal of Pipelines v 3 n 3 May 1983 p 215-222
 -CODEN-
 JOPIDT
-ISSN-
 0166-5324
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The pressure gradient in slurry flow through pipelines was thought to be
 dependent upon the relative velocity between the solid and the liquid, and
 on in-situ solid concentration rather than delivered concentration. Assuming
 a simplified flow model of solids and liquid in a pipeline, an empirical
 correlation was developed for in-situ concentration prediction. 13 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Pressure Measurement; HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 944 (Moisture, Pressure &
 Temperature, & Radiation Measuring Instruments); 632 (Hydraulics &
 Pneumatics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT);
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 78
-A-
 1249825 E.I. Monthly No: EI8307050319 E.I. Yearly No: EI83004888
-W-
 DEVELOPMENT OF A FIBER OPTIC DOPPLER ANEMOMETER FOR BUBBLY TWO-PHASE FLOWS.
 Neti, S.; Colella, G. M.
 Lehigh Univ, Bethlehem, Pa, USA
 Electr Power Res Inst Rep EPRI NP 2802 Jan 1983 var pagings
 -CODEN-
 ERNPD6
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Fiber optic laser anemometer systems capable of measurements in two-phase
 bubbly flows have been developed. These instruments have great potential for
 use in the many two-phase flow research areas associated with nuclear
 reactors and other power generating systems. Multimode graded-index optical
 fibers were used to transmit both the illuminating light from the laser to
 the point of measurement, and the scattered light to the photodetector. The
 use of such optical fibers allowed miniaturization of the anemometer and
 remote measurements from the laser and photodetector. The two optical
 geometries developed in this work were the prism-fiber optic Doppler
 anemometer and the Dot-fiber optic Doppler anemometer. Single phase axial
 velocity and turbulence intensity distributions measured with these
 anemometers showed good agreement with empirical power law profiles, the
 classical data of Laufer, and data taken with a conventional LDA in the same
 flow. 86 refs.
-Desc-
 *ANEMOMETERS--*Laser Applications; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Two Phase ; FIBER OPTICS;
 NUCLEAR REACTORS
-Ident-
 LASER DOPPLER ANEMOMETERS; BUBBLY FLOWS
 Class. Codes: 943 (Mechanical & Miscellaneous Measuring Instruments); 744
 (Lasers); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 621 (Nuclear Reactors); 741
 (Optics & Optical Devices); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT); 74 (OPTICAL
 TECHNOLOGY); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 62 (NUCLEAR
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 79
-A-
 1242144 E.I. Monthly No: EI8306043057 E.I. Yearly No: EI83036802
-W-
 DYNAMICS OF TWO-PHASE FLOW.
 Albraten, Per J.
 Chalmers Univ of Technology, Dep of Energy Conversion, Goteborg, Sweden
 Chalmers Tekniska Hogskola, Doktorsavhandlingar n 424 1982 198 p
 -CODEN-
 DCTHAT
-ISSN-
 0366-8746
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The dynamics of two-phase flow depend on a number of momentum transport
 mechanisms. A model that describes the dynamics must take into account all
 the relevant types of momentum transport that are expected to act in the
 flow. The present work analyzes the momentum transport in bubble, droplet,
 and particulate flow, and gives a method for estimating the relative
 importance of the components in the total momentum transport. 25 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; FLUID MECHANICS--Fluid Dynamics
-Ident-
 FLUIDIZED BEDS; BUBBLY FLOW; FLOW MODELING
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 931 (Applied Physics); 63
 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 80
-A-
 1239896 E.I. Monthly No: EI8306049544 E.I. Yearly No: EI83103623
-W-
 LIFT AND DRAG ON STATIONARY CAPSULE IN PIPELINE.
 Liu, Henry; Graze, Harald R.
 Univ of Missouri, Dep of Civil Engineering, Columbia, Mo, USA
 Journal of Hydraulic Engineering v 109 n 1 Jan 1983 p 28-47
 -CODEN-
 JHEND8
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The pressure distribution around a stationary cylindrical capsule in a pipe
 due to water passing over the capsule was measured. The result was used to
 determine the lift and drag on the capsule. It was found that an uplift is
 concentrated near the capsule tail. For a diameter ratio of 0. 86, the lift
 and drag coefficients are respectively 1 and 34. 33 refs.
-Desc-
 *WATER PIPELINES--*Flow; PIPELINES--Flow; MATHEMATICAL MODELS; FLUID
 MECHANICS
 Class. Codes: 446 (Waterworks); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 619
 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 931 (Applied
 Physics); 44 (WATER & WATERWORKS ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS) ;
 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 81
-A-
 1232885 E.I. Monthly No: EI8305032110 E.I. Yearly No: EI83012149
-W-
 CROSS-FLOW REACTOR: THEORETICAL MODEL FOR FIRST ORDER KINETICS.
 De Vos, Rolf; Hamrin, C. E. Jr.
 Chalmers Univ of Technol, Goteborg, Swed
 Chemical Engineering Science v 37 n 12 1982 p 1711-1718
 -CODEN-
 CESCAC
-ISSN-
 0009-2509
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Three-phase reactions (gas, liquid, solid catalyst) have traditionally been
 carried out in slurry, fluid-bed, and trickle-bed reactors. In this work a
 cross-flow reactor has been modeled in which liquid flows through channels
 in one direction and fills the catalytic porous walls, while gas flows at
 right angles in alternate channels. The walls are considered as idealized
 pores with reactant gas at one end and liquid reactant at the other. Flow
 through the channels is laminar and concentration profiles are given by the
 Leveque or Graetz solutions. Coupling of the pore and channel equations
 occurs at the walls, where different boundary conditions are examined.
 Operation of the reactor at total liquid recycle is treated and the
 concentration of reactant as a function of time is presented at a value of
 the Thiele modulus, initial reactant ratio, and Peclet number representative
 of experiments for the hydrogenation of nitrobenzoic acid. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *CHEMICAL EQUIPMENT--*Reactors; CHEMICAL REACTIONS--Reaction Kinetics; FLOW
 OF FLUIDS
-Ident-
 CROSS-FLOW REACTOR
 Class. Codes: 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 82
-A-
 1232100 E.I. Monthly No: EI8305034063 E.I. Yearly No: EI83036788
-W-
 EFFECT OF STATIC CHARGES ON DRAG REDUCTION IN DILUTE GAS-PARTICLE SUSPENSION
 FLOW.
 Tardos, G.; Yen, B.; Pfeffer, R.
 City Univ of New York, NY, USA
 Chemical Engineering Communications v 19 n 4-6 Jan 1983 p 205-219
 -CODEN-
 CEGCAK
-ISSN-
 0098-6445
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This is an experimental study on the drag reduction phenomenon in a
 gas-particle suspension two-phase flow system. The purpose of the research
 was to examine the effect of static charges carried by the conveyed
 particles on the drag reduction characteristics of a flowing suspension in
 horizontal and vertical tubes. A specifically designed experimental loop was
 used to perform simultaneous pressure drop and particle charge measurements.
 The charge on the particles flowing in the system was artificially increased
 using high voltage rod-in-cylinder Corona chargers mounted in the closed
 loop. It was found during the measurements that the pressure drop in the
 vertical test section was not significantly influenced by the charge
 build-up on the flowing particles, while the results obtained in the
 horizontal test section showed a significant effect on the drag due to
 charged particles. 14 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; GASES; SUSPENSIONS
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 931 (Applied Physics); 801
 (Chemical Analysis & Physical Chemistry); 804 (Chemical Products); 63 (FLUID
 DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 83
-A-
 1223080 E.I. Monthly No: EI8304026302 E.I. Yearly No: EI83036559
-W-
 PLUG CONVEYING OF COARSE PARTICLES IN A HORIZONTAL PIPE WITH SECONDARY AIR
 INJECTION.
 Tsuji, Yutaka; Morikawa, Yoshinobu
 Osaka Univ, Jpn
 International Journal of Multiphase Flow v 8 n 6 Dec 1982 p 657-667
 -CODEN-
 IJMFBP
-ISSN-
 0301-9322
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An experiment was made of pneumatic plug conveying of solid particles in a
 horizontal pipe. The secondary air was injected from a sub-pipe set up in
 the main pipe to produce a number of plugs along the pipe. First, an
 automatic data processing system was developed to obtain the length,
 velocity and pressure drop of individual plugs. Second, the effects of
 particle size and the number of the injection holes were investigated. As a
 result, it was found that the effects of particle size are remarkable, while
 the hole number has little influence on the transportation properties. 6
 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Suspensions; SLURRY PIPELINES--Design
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 619 (Pipes, Tanks &
 Accessories); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 84
-A-
 1223076 E.I. Monthly No: EI8304029836 E.I. Yearly No: EI83087241
-W-
 ON HINDERED SETTLING OF PARTICLES OF DIFFERENT SIZES.
 Greenspan, H. P.; Ungarish, M.
 MIT, Cambridge, Mass, USA
 International Journal of Multiphase Flow v 8 n 6 Dec 1982 p 587-604
 -CODEN-
 IJMFBP
-ISSN-
 0301-9322
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The flow of a non-dilute fluid suspension is considered in which the
 dispersed phase consists of particles or droplets of different sizes. A
 phenomenological two-phase flow theory is formulated for both continuous and
 discrete distributions of particle sizes and illustrated by considering the
 batch settling of such a mixture. The volume fractions and particle
 distribution functions are determined, as well as the composition of the
 sedimentary layer. 14 refs.
-Desc-
 *SETTLING TANKS--*Monitoring; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Sedimentation
 Class. Codes: 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 85
-A-
 1222142 E.I. Monthly No: EI8304026320 E.I. Yearly No: EI83036778
-W-
 TWO-PHASE FRICTION MULTIPLIER CORRELATION FOR HIGH-PRESSURE STEAM-WATER
 FLOW.
 Reddy, D. G.; Sreepada, S. R.; Nahavandi, A. N.
 Columbia Univ, New York, NY, USA
 Electr Power Res Inst Rep EPRI NP 2522 Jul 1982 var pagings
 -CODEN-
 ERNPD6
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An accurate two-phase friction multiplier for use with the homogeneous model
 in nuclear core analysis was developed. A data base of 1533 adiabatic and
 864 diabatic two-phase pressure drop measurements on single tubes was
 employed. The frictional component of the two-phase pressure drop was
 calculated from the adiabatic data using the homogeneous void model and
 McAdams single phase friction factor. The two-phase friction multiplier was
 developed as a function of pressure, quality and mass flux. The adequacy of
 the correlation at the high pressure range (2000 to 2200 Psia) of interest
 to PWRs was established by comparing the correlation with the Sher and
 Green's friction multiplier table, the Thom correlation and the homogeneous
 model. 17 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; NUCLEAR REACTORS--Computer Applications; STEAM
-Ident-
 CRITICAL HEAT FLUX
 Class. Codes: 621 (Nuclear Reactors); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 641
 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 723 (Computer Software); 62 (NUCLEAR TECHNOLOGY);
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS); 72
 (COMPUTERS & DATA PROCESSING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 86
-A-
 1221148 E.I. Monthly No: EI8303018143 E.I. Yearly No: EI83037116
-W-
 DERIVATION OF VERTICALLY AVERAGED EQUATIONS DESCRIBING MULTIPHASE FLOW IN
 POROUS MEDIA.
 Gray, William G.
 Princeton Univ, NJ, USA
 Water Resources Research v 18 n 6 Dec 1982 p 1705-1712
 -CODEN-
 WRERAQ
-ISSN-
 0043-1397
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An extension of the REV averaging technique, used to derive balance
 equations for multiphase or porous media flow problems, is presented.
 Theorems which allow a one-step transformation from three-dimensional point
 equations for a single phase to two-dimensional point equations for
 multiphase systems are derived. A one-step procedure is developed for
 transforming three-dimensional point equations to two-dimensional vertically
 averaged equations appropriate for aquifer simulation. 13 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF WATER--*Porous Materials; MATHEMATICAL MODELS; AQUIFERS
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 921 (Applied Mathematics);
 444 (Water Resources); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 92
 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS); 44 (WATER & WATERWORKS ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 87
-A-
 1216546 E.I. Monthly No: EI8303022164 E.I. Yearly No: EI83089195
-W-
 HYDRAULIC TRANSPORT OF SOLIDS IN PIPELINES.
 Round, G. F.
 McMaster Univ, Hamilton, Ont, Can
 Applied Mechanics Reviews v 35 n 10 Oct 1982 p 1349-1355
 -CODEN-
 AMREAD
-ISSN-
 0003-6900
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A survey of the design concepts for transpartation of solids in pipelines is
 given. Factors that influence such movement, such as size and density of the
 particles and their shape are considered along with various fluids. 68
 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Design; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Suspensions
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 88
-A-
 1215429 E.I. Monthly No: EI8303018662 E.I. Yearly No: EI83044554
-W-
 VERTICAL HYDRAULIC CONVEYING OF SOLIDS BY AIR-LIFT.
 Weber, M.
 Univ Karlsruhe, Ger
 Journal of Pipelines v 3 n 2 Nov 1982 p 137-152
 -CODEN-
 JOPIDT
-ISSN-
 0166-5324
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Two previously developed and newly improved methods of air-lifting
 computation are presented, the validity of which has been ascertained by
 laboratory and large-scale experiments with pipe diameters up to 300 mm and
 depths of up to 450 m. With a given volumetric flow rate of water or slurry
 the needed air flow may be computed from a quadratic equation. 32 refs.
-Desc-
 *HYDRAULIC MACHINERY--*Operations Research; FLOW OF FLUIDS
-Ident-
 AIR-LIFT
 Class. Codes: 632 (Hydraulics & Pneumatics); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 89
-A-
 1215424 E.I. Monthly No: EI8303022170 E.I. Yearly No: EI83089202
-W-
 APPLICATION OF PRESSURE TRANSIENT ANALYSIS IN A LONG-DISTANCE SLURRY
 PIPELINE.
 Ricks, Brad L.
 Pipeline Syst Inc, Orinda, Calif, USA
 Journal of Pipelines v 3 n 2 Nov 1982 p 73-86
 -CODEN-
 JOPIDT
-ISSN-
 0166-5324
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Pressure analyses are performed to verify that selected pipe walls and pipe
 fittings will withstand transient pressures that may occur during pipeline
 operations. Set points for speed control and safety pressure relief devices
 are determined, and operating procedures are also formulated based on the
 transient pressure evaluations. 9 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Pressure Measurement; FLOW OF FLUIDS-- Analysis
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 90
-A-
 1215420 E.I. Monthly No: EI8303022169 E.I. Yearly No: EI83089201
-W-
 PRESSURE DROP PREDICTION IN MULTISIZE PARTICLE TRANSPORTATION THROUGH
 HORIZONTAL PIPES.
 Wani, G. A.; Sarkar, M. K.; Pitchumani, B.
 Indian Inst of Technol, New Delhi, India
 Journal of Pipelines v 3 n 1 Oct 1982 p 23-33
 -CODEN-
 JOPIDT
-ISSN-
 0166-5324
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Experiments were conducted on pipeline transportation of sand-water slurry
 in a laboratory set-up consisting of a pipeline having a 1-inch nominal
 diameter. A flow regime delineation procedure for classification of data
 into homogeneous, heterogeneous and saltation regimes was formed out of the
 existing regime delineation criteria after testing them on data for which
 flow conditions were known. 16 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Pressure Measurement; FLOW OF FLUIDS-- Analysis
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 91
-A-
 1197013 E.I. Monthly No: EI8207059154 E.I. Yearly No: EI82039964
-W-
 FLOW: ITS MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL IN SCIENCE AND INDUSTRY, VOLUME TWO,
 1981.
 Durgin, William W. (Ed. )
 Worcester Polytech Inst, Alden Res Lab, Holden, Mass, USA
 Flow Its Meas and Control in Sci and Ind, Vol 2, St. Louis, Mo, USA, Mar
 23-26 1981 Publ by ISA, Research Triangle Park, NC, 1981 867 p
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 00006 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This conference proceedings contains four invited lectures and 65 papers on
 advances in flow measurement system design and calibration. Topics discussed
 include flow characteristics and fluid velocity measurement techniques,
 fluid metering and control techniques, flow measuring devices, environmental
 flow measurement flow measurement standards. Papers deal in particular with
 orifice metering peformance, two-component flow measurement, real fluid
 effects, measurement uncertainty, hot-wire and hot-film anemometer
 measurements, laser velocimeter measurements, hydrodynamic oscillator-type
 flowmeters, Pitot tube flow measurements, vortex shedding flowmeters, an
 integrated fluidic sensor and amplifier, differential pressure meters,
 cyclonic flow in a Venturi nozzle, the drag turbine mass flowmeter, flow
 metering in two-phase flow, ultrasonic and electromagnetic flowmeters,
 open-channel flow monitoring, airflow measurements in underground mines, the
 monitoring of motor vehicle exhaust emissions, portable transfer standards
 for pressure and gas flow measurements, low rate liquid flow measurement,
 and intercomparisons between standard water and gas flow rate facilities.
 Technical and professional papers from this conference are indexed with the
 conference code no. 00006 in the Ei Engineering Meetings (TM) database
 produced by Engineering Information, Inc.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Measurements; FLOWMETERS--Calibration
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 943 (Mechanical &
 Miscellaneous Measuring Instruments); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 92
-A-
 1194286 E.I. Monthly No: EI8209078120 E.I. Yearly No: EI82040606
-W-
 PHASE-DISTRIBUTION MECHANISMS IN TURBULENT LOW-QUALITY TWO-PHASE FLOW IN A
 CIRCULAR PIPE.
 Drew, D. A.; Lahey, R. T.
 Rensselaer Polytech Inst, Troy, NY, USA
 Journal of Fluid Mechanics v 117 Apr 1982 p 91-106
 -CODEN-
 JFLSA7
-ISSN-
 0022-1120
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The radial distribution of the volumetric vapor (or void) fraction in
 steady, fully developed turbulent two-phase flow is described for vertical
 low-quality bubbly flows in a circular pipe. The analysis is based on the
 phasic equations of conservation of momentum in the axial and radial
 directions. Mixing-length theory is used to model the turbulent stresses in
 the continuous phase. The predicted flow structure shows three distinct
 regions.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; PIPE; FLUID MECHANICS
-Ident-
 FLOW STRUCTURE
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 931 (Applied Physics); 63
 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 93
-A-
 1189865 E.I. Monthly No: EI8206047737 E.I. Yearly No: EI82015429
-W-
 RHEOLOGICAL CHARACTERIZATION OF COAL LIQUEFACTION PREHEATER SLURRIES.
 Thurgood, J. R.; Hanks, R. W.; Oswald, G. E.; Youngblood, E. L.
 Oak Ridge Natl Lab, Tenn, USA
 AIChE Journal v 28 n 1 Jan 1982 p 111-116
 -CODEN-
 AICEAC
-ISSN-
 0001-1541
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Rheological characterizations were made for a coal liquefaction preheater
 slurry; measurements were made in line at high temperature and high
 pressure. Above 400 DEGREE K, the coal-solvent slurry (35 wt. % coal) was
 pseudoplastic and was adequately modeled by a power-law equation.
 Experimental data over a temperature range of 400 to 700 DEGREE K were
 correlated, and critical slurry velocities for transition from laminar flow
 were calculated for flow in several pipe diameters. 15 refs.
-Desc-
 *COAL LIQUEFACTION--*Rheology; RHEOLOGY
-Ident-
 PREHEATER SLURRIES
 Class. Codes: 523 (Liquid Fuels); 524 (Solid Fuels); 421 (Materials
 Properties); 423 (General Materials Properties & Testing); 52 (FUEL
 TECHNOLOGY); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 94
-A-
 1185945 E.I. Monthly No: EI8205037273 E.I. Yearly No: EI82014848
-W-
 LAMINAR-TURBULENT TRANSITION IN PIPEFLOW OF CASSON MODEL FLUIDS.
 Hanks, R. W.
 Brigham Yound Univ, Provo, Utah, USA
 Journal of Energy Resources Technology, Transactions of the ASME v 103 n 4
 Dec 1981 p 318-321
 -CODEN-
 JERTD2
-ISSN-
 0195-0738
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Methanol-coal slurries are known to behave as homogeneous non-Newtonian
 suspensions. Darby has shown that the Casson and Bingham models reasonably
 describe the rheology of methanol-lignite slurries. Theoretical methods are
 available for predicting critical velocities for Bingham model slurries, but
 none exist for Casson model slurries. Theoretical equations and design
 curves are derived and presented for Casson model slurries. These are based
 upon a proven general theory for transition critical velocities. These
 results are the essential first phase of a coordinated theory-based design
 method for transitional and turbulent flow of methanol-coal slurries and any
 other slurries having Casson-model rheology. 24 refs.
-Desc-
 *COAL--*Pipelines; SLURRY PIPELINES; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Non Newtonian
-Ident-
 METHANOL-COAL SLURRIES
 Class. Codes: 524 (Solid Fuels); 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631
 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 95
-A-
 1176077 E.I. Monthly No: EI8212112895 E.I. Yearly No: EI82095151
-W-
 EFFECT OF A CONSISTENCY-REDUCING ADDITIVE ON COAL-SLURRY PIPELINE PRESSURE
 DROP.
 Teckchandani, N.; Shook, C.
 Univ of Sask, Saskatoon, Can
 Journal of Pipelines v 2 n 1 Jun 1982 p 43-47
 -CODEN-
 JOPIDT
-ISSN-
 0166-5324
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This paper describes a study which was conducted with a coal slurry of the
 type used for long distance pipeline transportation. Alkaline additives
 (sodium phosphate and leonardite gel), whose consistency-reducing properties
 had been shown in viscometric tests, were tested in turbulent flow
 experiments with a 50 mm pipeline. The additives proved to have little
 effect on pipeline pressure drop. 6 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Pressure Measurement; COAL TRANSPORTATION; FLOW OF
 FLUIDS--Turbulent
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 524 (Solid Fuels); 631
 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 52 (FUEL
 TECHNOLOGY); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 96
-A-
 1175513 E.I. Monthly No: EI8212104749 E.I. Yearly No: EI82010120
-W-
 THEORETICAL MODEL FOR RECIRCULATING FLOW IN A BOILER.
 Schueller, R. B.; Cornwell, K.
 Heriot-Watt Univ, Edinburgh, Scotl
 Chemical Engineering Communications v 13 n 4-6 1982 p 271-287
 -CODEN-
 CEGCAK
-ISSN-
 0098-6445
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The two-dimensional flow occurring in the cross-section of a kettle reboiler
 has been modelled using potential flow theory. The theory covers both the
 single-phase flow around the tube bundle and the two-phase flow within the
 bundle. Apart from geometrical and heat flux data, application of the theory
 requires a knowledge of circulation, and means of obtaining this are
 discussed. The model yields local flow velocities and directions for the
 whole area and qualities, voidages and slip-ratios for the two-phase flow in
 the bundle assuming separated flow. The results compare favourably with an
 earlier experimental study and lay the foundation for a two-dimensional
 analysis of heat transfer in a kettle reboiler. 6 refs.
-Desc-
 *BOILERS; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Two Phase; HEAT TRANSFER
 Class. Codes: 614 (Steam Power Plants); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics);
 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID
 DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY) ; 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 97
-A-
 1171459 E.I. Monthly No: EI8212108337 E.I. Yearly No: EI82047117
-W-
 MERCURY-ARGON TWO-PHASE HEAT TRANSFER IN A VERTICAL ANNULUS UNDER TRANSVERSE
 MAGNETIC FIELD.
 Michiyoshi, I.; Tanaka, M.; Takahashi, O.
 Kyoto Univ, Jpn
 International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer v 25 n 10 Oct 1982 p
 1481-1487
 -CODEN-
 IJHMAK
-ISSN-
 0017-9310
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This paper presents experimental data of local properies and heat transfer
 of mercury-argon two-phase bubbly flow with small gas flow rate in a
 vertical annulus in the presence of transverse magnetic field. The two-phase
 Nusselt number decreases as well as single phase mercury heat transfer with
 increasing Hartmann number at the fixed Peclet number, but its decrease
 becomes smaller than the single phase as the quality is increased. 20 refs.
-Desc-
 *HEAT TRANSFER--*Magnetic Field Effects
 Class. Codes: 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 98
-A-
 1166085 E.I. Monthly No: EI8212114090 E.I. Yearly No: EI82108177
-W-
 SENSOR'82, TRANSDUCER-TECHNIK U. TEMPERATURMESSUNG, KONFERENZUNTERLAGEN,
 1982. [ Sensor'82, Transducer-Technology and Temperature Measurement,
 Conference Proceedings, 1982 ] .
 Anon
 Arbeitsgem Messwertaufnehmer, Munich, Ger
 Sensor'82, Transducer - Tech U. Temperaturmessung, Konferenzunterlagen,
 Essen, Ger, Jan 12-14 1982 Publ by Network, Wunstorf, Ger and Market Hill,
 Bucks, Engl, 1982 3 vol, 711 p
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 01101 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Proceedings incorporates 50 papers, of which 34 are in German and the
 remaining 16 are in English. The material is divided into 11 sessions
 dealing with: general sensor technology, thin-film sensors, measurements in
 single- two-phase flows, optical sensors, practical applications of sensors,
 new developments in sensor technology as well as measurements of forces,
 friction, acceleration, pressure, humidity, concentration, temperature and
 velocity. Topics considered include: ingot molds, internal combustion
 engines, hygrometers, measurements of gases including oxygen and carbon
 monoxide, photometers, smoke density measurement, bolometers, thin-film
 devices, resistors, anemometers, gas dynamics, flow of fluids, pipelines,
 flowmeters, fiber optics, laser beam applications, optical and mechanical
 variables measurements, aerosols, furnaces, nuclear reactors, presses as
 well as semiconductor and piezoelectric devices and transducers. Technical
 and papers from this conference are indexed with the conference code no.
 01101 in the Ei Engineering Meetings (TM) database produced by Engineering
 Information, Inc.
-Desc-
 *TRANSDUCERS; SENSORS; MECHANICAL VARIABLES MEASUREMENT; TEMPERATURE
 MEASUREMENT; FLOW OF FLUIDS; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
 Class. Codes: 704 (Electric Components & Equipment); 714 (Electronic
 Components); 944 (Moisture, Pressure & Temperature, & Radiation Measuring
 Instruments); 943 (Mechanical & Miscellaneous Measuring Instruments); 941
 (Acoustical & Optical Measuring Instruments); 732 (Control Devices); 70
 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS); 94 (INSTRUMENTS
 & MEASUREMENT); 73 (CONTROL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 99
-A-
 1161163 E.I. Monthly No: EI8211102351 E.I. Yearly No: EI82097154
-W-
 SOLIDS SUSPENSIONS IN MIXING TANKS.
 Tojo, Kakuji; Miyanami, Kei
 Univ of Osaka Prefect, Sakai
 Industrial & Engineering Chemistry, Fundamentals v 21 n 3 Aug 1982 p
 214-220
 -CODEN-
 IECFA7
-ISSN-
 0019-7874
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The dynamic characteristics of solids flow in slurry reactors with an axial
 flow agitator, a marine propeller or a vibrating disk, have been
 investigated both theoretically and experimentally. The dynamic and steady
 state solids concentration profiles are well described by means of the axial
 sedimentation-dispersion model. The correlation equations for the model
 parameters are also provided. 14 refs.
-Desc-
 *SOLIDS; SUSPENSIONS; CHEMICAL EQUIPMENT--Reactors
-Ident-
 SLURRY REACTORS
 Class. Codes: 931 (Applied Physics); 801 (Chemical Analysis & Physical
 Chemistry); 804 (Chemical Products); 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 100
-A-
 1157281 E.I. Monthly No: EI8211095145 E.I. Yearly No: EI82012319
-W-
 CAVITATION AND POLYPHASE FLOW FORUM - 1982, PRESENTED AT THE AIAA/ASME JOINT
 THERMOPHYSICS, FLUIDS, PLASMA, AND HEAT TRANSFER CONFERENCE, 3RD, 1982.
 Hoyt, J. W. (Ed. )
 San Diego State Univ, Calif, USA
 Cavitation Polyphase Flow Forum 1982, Presented at the AIAA/ASME Jt
 Thermophys, Fluids, Plasma, and Heat Transfer Conf, 3rd, St. Louis, Mo, USA,
 Jun 7-11 1982. Publ by ASME, New York, NY, USA, 1982 67 p
 -CODEN-
 CPFFD2
-ISSN-
 0195-8577
 For individual papers see E.I. Conference No.: 00985 in file 165
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This conference proceedings contains 20 papers. The papers consider bubble
 size and noise spectra, cavitation inception, gas cavitation nuclei,
 cavitation of copper and brass, rotating disk devices, two-phase flow
 phenomena, bubble cloud collapse, Fanno lines, vortex rings,
 self-oscillating water jets in air, Lagrangian pressure fluctuation in jet,
 impeller forces, volute pressure distributions, particle motion in turbulent
 fluid, solid particle distribution in centrifugal pump volutes, boundary
 layer effects, and effect of concentration on performance of dredging pumps.
 Technical and professional papers from this conference are indexed with the
 conference code no. 00985 in the Ei Engineering Meetings (TM) database
 produced by Engineering Information, Inc.
-Desc-
 *CAVITATION; FLOW OF FLUIDS; GASES; PUMPS; POLYMERS; SLURRY PIPELINES
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 931 (Applied Physics); 618
 (Compressors & Pumps); 815 (Plastics & Polymeric Materials) ; 619 (Pipes,
 Tanks & Accessories); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 101
-A-
 1147340 E.I. Monthly No: EI8209078115 E.I. Yearly No: EI82040563
-W-
 TRANSIENT ANALYSIS OF DTT RAKES.
 Kamath, P. S.; Lahey, R. T. Jr.
 Rensselaer Polytech Inst, Troy, NY, USA
 Nuclear Engineering and Design v 65 n 3 Jul 1981 p 343-367
 -CODEN-
 NEDEAU
-ISSN-
 0029-5493
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This paper presents an analytical model for the determination of the
 cross-sectionally averaged transient mass flux of a two-phase fluid flowing
 in a conduit instrumented by a Drag-Disk Turbine Transducer (DTT) Rake and a
 multibeam gamma densitometer. Parametric studies indicate that for a typical
 blowdown transient, dynamic effects such as rotor inertia can be important
 for the turbine-meter. In contrast, for the drag-disk, a frequency response
 analysis showed that the quasisteady solution is valid below a forcing
 frequency of about 10 Hz, which is faster than the time scale normally
 encountered during blowdowns. 13 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; DENSITOMETERS--Fluid Dynamics; FLUID
 DYNAMICS--Measurements; NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS--Instruments
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 741 (Optics & Optical
 Devices); 941 (Acoustical & Optical Measuring Instruments); 613 (Nuclear
 Power Plants); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 74 (OPTICAL
 TECHNOLOGY); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 102
-A-
 1128043 E.I. Monthly No: EI8207063508 E.I. Yearly No: EI82095166
-W-
 PULSED SLURRY FLOW IN PIPELINES.
 Round, G. F.
 McMaster Univ, Hamilton, Ont, Can
 Journal of Pipelines v 1 n 4 Dec 1981 p 307-318
 -CODEN-
 JOPIDT
-ISSN-
 0166-5324
-Lang-
 Eng.
 It has been shown that the possibility exists for large hydraulic energy
 savings in slurry pipelines by the superposition of low frequency regular
 pulses on a steady flow. Experiments have been carried out using
 laboratory-scale pipelines involving flow systems using periodic total
 interruption of the flow and an air pulsing device. 14 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Testing; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Pulsatile Flow
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 103
-A-
 1128035 E.I. Monthly No: EI8207063504 E.I. Yearly No: EI82095142
-W-
 TRAJECTORY AND DIFFUSION OF PARTICLES IN LIQUID-SOLID FLOW OF SLURRY
 PIPELINE.
 Okuda, Kyokai
 Muroran Inst of Technol, Hokkaido, Jpn
 Journal of Pipelines v 1 n 3 Oct 1981 p 211-223
 -CODEN-
 JOPIDT
-ISSN-
 0166-5324
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Results of model tests for the fluid mechanics of coarse particle suspension
 flow at low particle concentrations in freight pipelines are presented.
 Three types of flow pattern of liquid-solid flow in pipes were tested in the
 experiments: (a) " moving bed ", (b) " heterogeneous suspension " and (c) "
 nearly homogeneous suspension " flow patterns. 9 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Fluid Dynamics; FLOW OF FLUIDS-- Suspensions
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 104
-A-
 1126406 E.I. Monthly No: EI8207059211 E.I. Yearly No: EI82040543
-W-
 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF PRESSURE FLUCTUATIONS IN VERTICAL TWO-PHASE FLOW.
 Sakamoto, Ryuichi; Kikuchi, Yoshihiro; Nishihara, Hideaki; Michiyoshi,
 Itaru
 Kyoto Univ, Jpn
 Memoirs of the Faculty of Engineering, Kyoto University v 43 pt 2 Apr 1981 p
 173-183
 -CODEN-
 MEKYAC
-ISSN-
 0023-6063
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An experimental study was conducted on pressure fluctuations in vertical
 two-phase air-water flows. Statistical analysis of measured fluctuations was
 used to identify the flow regimes in two-phase flows. Random ripple
 fluctuations were observed in bubbly flows. In slug and churn flows,
 however, violent oscillations were caused by the periodic passage of liquid
 and gas slugs. These oscillations were weakened with a further increase in
 the gas flowrate, and small ripple fluctuations again appeared in annular
 flows. 8 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; PRESSURE MEASUREMENT-- Oscillations;
 STATISTICAL METHODS
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 944 (Moisture, Pressure &
 Temperature, & Radiation Measuring Instruments); 922 (Statistical Methods);
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT) ; 92
 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 105
-A-
 1124441 E.I. Monthly No: EI8206049810 E.I. Yearly No: EI82040539
-W-
 MEASUREMENTS OF TWO-PHASE MASS FLOW RATE: A COMPARISON OF DIFFERENT
 TECHNIQUES.
 Reimann, Joerg; John, Harald; Mueller, Ulrich
 Kernforschungszent Karlsruhe, Ger
 International Journal of Multiphase Flow v 8 n 1 Feb 1982 p 33-46
 -CODEN-
 IJMFBP
-ISSN-
 0301-9322
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This article summarizes a comparison and evaluation of four commonly used
 mass flow rate devices. The particular systems investigated include (a) the
 true mass flow meter (TMFM), (b) the radionuclide technique, (c) the
 combination of a free field drag disk-turbine meter-transducer (DTT) and a
 gamma densitometer, and (d) the combination of a venturi nozzle and a full
 flow turbine meter. The experiments were performed under similar conditions
 in steady-state steam-water flow. The experimental results show that the
 accuracy of some methods is distinctively on phase distribution. 25 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 106
-A-
 1123258 E.I. Monthly No: EI8206047843 E.I. Yearly No: EI82016248
-W-
 INTERNAL FRICTION MEASUREMENTS OF COLD-ROLLED AND RECOVERED Co-Ni-Cr-Mo
 ALLOY.
 Guillamot, F.; Masse, M.; Bouquet, G.
 Ec Natl Super de Chim de Paris, Fr
 Scripta Metallurgica v 15 n 11 Nov 1981 p 1217-1220
 -CODEN-
 SCRMBU
-ISSN-
 0036-9748
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The material tested is the multiphase alloy MP 35N (Co35, Ni35, Cr20, Mo10
 wt pct). The studies are concerned with the effect of the deformation on the
 internal friction values at room temperature and the effect of temperature
 on deformed specimens from room temperature to 500 DEGREE C. 4 refs.
-Desc-
 *COBALT NICKEL CHROMIUM MOLYBDENUM ALLOYS-- *Internal Friction
 Class. Codes: 549 (Nonferrous Metals & Alloys); 548 (Nickel & Alloys); 543
 (Chromium, Manganese, Molybdenum, Tantalum, Tungsten, Vanadium & Alloys); 54
 (METAL GROUPS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 107
-A-
 1120282 E.I. Monthly No: EI8206055476 E.I. Yearly No: EI82110816
-W-
 TRANSPORT OF HEAVY METAL POLLUTANTS.
 Wong, K. V.; Sengupta, S.; Dasgupta, D.; Daly, E. L. Jr.; Nemerow, N.;
 Gerrish, H. P.
 Univ of Fla, Gainesville, USA
 BioCycle v 22 n 5 Sep-Oct 1981 p 42-46
 -CODEN-
 BCYCDK
-ISSN-
 0276-5055
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Various factors which govern the transport of heavy metal pollutants in
 saturated soil (i. e. saturated porous medium) are discussed. Chemical
 adsorption is modeled by an equation describing the dependency of the sorbed
 concentration on the solution concentration. The volume averaged mass
 conservation equations using the Langmuir coefficients have been applied to
 the experimental results. 13 refs.
-Desc-
 *WASTE DISPOSAL; SOIL POLLUTION; HEAVY METALS; MATHEMATICAL MODELS
-Ident-
 HEAVY METAL POLLUTANTS
 Class. Codes: 452 (Sewage & Industrial Wastes Treatment); 483 (Soil
 Mechanics & Foundations); 531 (Metallurgy & Metallography); 921 (Applied
 Mathematics); 45 (POLLUTION & SANITARY ENGINEERING); 48 (ENGINEERING
 GEOLOGY); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING); 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 108
-A-
 1116180 E.I. Monthly No: EI8205039323 E.I. Yearly No: EI82038877
-W-
 STUDY ON PERFORMANCE OF ELEKTROKINETIC FILTRATION USING ROTARY DRUM VACUUM
 FILTER.
 Yukawa, Hiroshi; Kobayashi, Kazumasa; Hakoda, Masaru
 Gunma Univ, Kiryu, Jpn
 Journal of Chemical Engineering of Japan v 13 n 5 Oct 1980 p 3390-396
 -CODEN-
 JCEJAQ
-ISSN-
 0021-9592
-Lang-
 Eng.
 It was found in the authors' previous paper that an elektrokinetic
 filtration could considerably increase the filtration flow rate in
 comparison with that of the conventional filtration, because electrophoresis
 in the slurry and electroosmosis in the cake were caused by the electric
 field. This method is especially applicable to the filtration of slurries
 such as bentonite slurry, which is difficult to filter by mechanical
 pressure because of gelatinous cake formation. In this experiment, an
 electrokinetic filter made by modifying an Oliver filter was used and its
 performance was investigated. Calcium carbonate, white clay and bentonite
 were used as suspended particles. As a result, it was confirmed that
 electrokinetic filtration is applicable to practical filtration and that the
 equation for the electrokinetic filtration proposed in this study is
 applicable to the design of a practical filtration process. 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *FILTRATION; FILTERS
 Class. Codes: 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 109
-A-
 1104882 E.I. Monthly No: EI8204032751 E.I. Yearly No: EI82076150
-W-
 FRICTION BORED PILES OF HIGHER BEARING CAPACITY.
 Grigoryan, A. A.; Fedorov, B. S.; Smorodinov, M. Y.; Romanov, D. A.
 Res Inst of Bases & Underground Struct, Moscow, USSR
 Proc Int Conf Soil Mech Found Eng 10th, v 2, Stockholm, Swed, Jun 15-19
 1981. Publ by A. A. Balkema, Rotterdam, Neth, and Salem, NH, USA, 1981 p
 723-726
 -CODEN-
 PCSMB2
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Buildings and industrial structures on thick subsoil layers of quaternary
 clay soils are constructed in the USSR on friction bored piles that cut
 through soft soils down to harder supporting strata. This paper presents
 some specifics of behavior of these piles disclosed by statical tests
 accompanied by stress measurements. Special design has been worked out to
 increase the bearing capacity of these piles in soils with low water
 content, the design envisaging soil compaction at the hole bottom before
 concreting. Cast pile-supports in water saturated soils are arranged with
 clay slurry.
-Desc-
 *PILES--*Friction; SOIL MECHANICS; STRESSES--Measurements
-Ident-
 BORED PILES
 Class. Codes: 405 (Construction Equipment & Methods); 483 (Soil Mechanics &
 Foundations); 40 (CIVIL ENGINEERING); 48 (ENGINEERING GEOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 110
-A-
 1097756 E.I. Monthly No: EI8203022349 E.I. Yearly No: EI82060452
-W-
 SOLID-LIQUID MIXED-PHASE FLOW IN A HORIZONTAL PIPE ROTATING ABOUT ITS AXIS.
 Konno, Hirotaka; Toda, Masayuki; Kuriyama, Masafumi; Harada, Eiji; Saruta,
 Shinji; Otomo, Yoshiji
 Yamagata Univ, Jpn
 International Chemical Engineering v 21 n 4 Oct 1981 p 621-629
 -CODEN-
 INCEAX
-ISSN-
 0020-6318
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Hydraulic conveying of solids in a horizontal pipe rotating about its axis
 was studied experimentally using spherical glass particles of mean diameters
 0. 5 mm and 1. 0 mm and an ion-exchange resin of mean particle size 0. 5 mm.
 Three different transparent acrylic pipes were used. It is found that the
 effect of the rotational speed on the particle concentration in the pipe was
 greater the lower the slurry velocity; increasing the rotational speed
 reduced considerably the particle concentration as compared with a
 stationary pipe. The stationary-bed phenomenon (which was observed at the
 limit-deposit velocity) vanished when the pipe reached a certain rotational
 speed. This critical value increased as the solids discharge concentration
 increased. The pressure drop associated with the flow of a mixed phase or
 water through the pipe was lower when the pipe was rotating than when it was
 stationary, and an empirical equation is proposed for calculating this
 pressure drop. 14 refs.
-Desc-
 *MATERIALS HANDLING--*Pipe; CONVEYORS; SOLIDS; FLOW OF FLUIDS
 Class. Codes: 691 (Bulk Materials Handling); 619 (Pipes, Tanks &
 Accessories); 692 (Conveyors & Elevators); 931 (Applied Physics); 631 (Fluid
 Flow & Hydrodynamics); 69 (MATERIALS HANDLING); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 111
-A-
 1088296 E.I. Monthly No: EI8201007277 E.I. Yearly No: EI82095140
-W-
 INFLUENCE OF NON-NEWTONIAN RHEOLOGY IN MIXED HOMOGENEOUS-HETEROGENEOUS
 SLURRY FLOW.
 Hanks, Richard W.
 Brigham Young Univ, Provo, Utah, USA
 Proc - Int Tech Conf on Slurry Transp, 5th, Lake Tahoe, Nev, USA. Mar 26-28
 1980 Publ by Slurry Transp Assoc, Washington, DC, USA, 1980 p 251-260
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The effects of non-Newtonian slurry rheology on the critical velocity and on
 transitional and turbulent hydraulic resistance (friction factors) are
 discussed for the case of mixed slurries in which a combination of
 homogeneous and heterogeneous flow behavior is expected to occur. Some
 problems associated with neglect of these effects or of improperly
 accounting for them are pointed out. Methods for solving these problems are
 illustrated in an example pipeline design case. 19 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Flow; ORE HANDLING--Pipelines
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 502 (Mine & Quarry Equipment & Operations); 691 (Bulk
 Materials Handling); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS &
 VACUUM TECHNOLOGY) ; 50 (MINING ENGINEERING); 69 (MATERIALS HANDLING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 112
-A-
 1085353 E.I. Monthly No: EI8201007275 E.I. Yearly No: EI82095138
-W-
 NOMOGRAPH SPEEDS SLURRY CALCULATIONS.
 Caplan, F.
 Pipe Line Industry v 54 n 6 Jun 1981 p 40-43
 -CODEN-
 PLINAH
-ISSN-
 0032-0145
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The author presents a nomograph that permits rapid, simultaneous solution of
 equations for water slurries and water or weight percent for any specific
 gravity liquid. Examples are movement of coal-water mixtures in pipe lines,
 and flotation-separation of iron ore concentrates.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Flow; MATHEMATICAL MODELS; NOMOGRAMS; ORE
 TREATMENT--Flotation
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 533 (Ore Treatment & Metal
 Refining); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY) ; 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS); 53 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 113
-A-
 1083193 E.I. Monthly No: EI8201007273 E.I. Yearly No: EI82095136
-W-
 FLOW CHARACTERISTICS OF SOLID CAPSULES IN PIPES.
 Yanaida, K.; Ohashi, A.; Kudo, M.; Matsuike, T.
 Osaka Prefect Tech Coll, Jpn
 Hydrotransport 7 Pap Presented at the Int Conf on the Hydraul Transp of
 Solids in Pipes, 7th, Sendai, Jpn, Nov 4-6 1980. Publ by BHRA Fluid Engl,
 1980 p 397-422
 -CODEN-
 HYTRDM
-ISSN-
 0263-4171
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This report describes finding of study on the flow characteristics of a
 cylindrical solid capsule transportation system especially the required
 pressure gradient to move the capsules steadily and to suspend them freely
 in pipelines. In order to attain this, an analysis method based on a study
 for multi-phase mixtures is proposed and it is confirmed that it is useful
 for both hydraulic and pneumatic capsules. The report is also concerned with
 study of the pressure gradient which is formed around static capsules by
 friction and form drag. 6 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Flow; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Pipes; MATHEMATICAL MODELS;
 FRICTION
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 931 (Applied Physics); 61 (PLANT
 & POWER ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY) ; 92
 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 114
-A-
 1083189 E.I. Monthly No: EI8201007281 E.I. Yearly No: EI82095148
-W-
 MECHANISM FOR SUSPENSION AND DISPERSION FOR COARSE SOLID PARTICLES IN THE
 HYDRAULIC TRANSPORT PIPE.
 Okuda, K.
 Muroran Inst of Technol, Jpn
 Hydrotransport 7 Pap Presented at the Int Conf on the Hydraul Transp of
 Solids in Pipes, 7th, Sendai, Jpn, Nov 4-6 1980. Publ by BHRA Fluid Eng,
 Cranfield, Bedford, Engl, 1980 p 291-300
 -CODEN-
 HYTRDM
-ISSN-
 0263-4171
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The vertical diffusivity (suspension coefficient) and the longitudinal
 dispersion coefficient of particles were obtained when particle
 concentrations in a pipe were very low so that particle collisions might be
 neglected. The analysis of the governing equation for particle suspension
 and dispersion was also investigated. The effects of mean fluid velocity and
 particle diameter upon the vertical diffusivity and dispersion coefficient
 of particles were examined in the experiments. 6 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Mathematical Models; FLOW OF FLUIDS-- Pipes; DIFFUSION
-Ident-
 HYDRAULIC TRANSPORT; DISPERSION
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 921 (Applied Mathematics);
 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 931 (Applied Physics); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING); 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 115
-A-
 1083186 E.I. Monthly No: EI8201007270 E.I. Yearly No: EI82095133
-W-
 EFFECTS OF GAS INJECTION ON THE VERTICAL PIPE FLOW OF FINE SLURRY.
 Heywood, N. I.; Charles, M. E.
 Warren Spring Lab, Stevenage, Hertfordshire, Engl
 Hydrotransport 7 Pap Presented at the Int Conf on the Hydraul Transp of
 Solids in Pipes, 7th, Sendai, Jpn, Nov 4-6 1980. Publ by BHRA Fluid Eng,
 Cranfield, Bedford, Engl, 1980 p 173-194
 -CODEN-
 HYTRDM
-ISSN-
 0263-4171
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Georgia kaolin slurry was pumped at three volumetric concentrations through
 40. 9 mm bore PVC pipe, and air was introduced into the slurry flow for a
 range of air and slurry velocities, which resulted invariably in the slug
 two-phase flow regime. Time-averaged total pressure drop was measured over a
 3. 027 m test-section and average slurry holdup in the pipe was estimated
 from the rise velocity of large air bubbles, which was measured by an
 electrical conductivity technique. 20 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Flow; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Pipes; MATHEMATICAL MODELS; PIPE,
 PLASTIC
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 817 (Plastics, Products &
 Applications); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY) ; 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS
 INDUSTRIES)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 116
-A-
 1083185 E.I. Monthly No: EI8201007269 E.I. Yearly No: EI82095132
-W-
 EFFECT OF ZETA POTENTIAL ON THE HEAD LOSS GRADIENT FOR SLURRY PIPELINES WITH
 VARYING SLURRY CONCENTRATIONS.
 Horsley, R. R.; Reizes, J. A.
 R Melbourne Inst of Technol, Aust
 Hydrotransport 7 Pap Presented at the Int Conf on the Hydraul Transp of
 Solids in Pipes, 7th, Sendai, Jpn, Nov 4-6 1980. Publ by BHRA Fluid Eng,
 Cranfield, Bedford, Engl, 1980 p 163-172
 -CODEN-
 HYTRDM
-ISSN-
 0263-4171
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The head loss gradient in both the " laminar " and " turbulent " flow
 regimes was measured in a pipe loop for various concentration of solids and
 electrolytes and at different values of mean slurry velocity and pH. The
 resuls were analyzed in terms of concentration, zeta potential and pH. The
 Bingham plastic model was applied to the laminar flow data and the
 dependence of the yield stress on the zeta potential was studied. The
 relation between concentration by volume, the zeta potential and the "
 turbulent transition velocity " was also investigated. 14 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Flow; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Pipes; MATHEMATICAL MODELS
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING);
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY) ; 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 117
-A-
 1083184 E.I. Monthly No: EI8201007268 E.I. Yearly No: EI82095131
-W-
 SOME EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES ON IRON CONCENTRATE SLURRY TRANSPORT IN PILOT
 PLANT.
 Hayashi, H.; Sampei, T.; Oda, S.; Ohtomo, S.
 Nippon Kokan, Jpn
 Hydrotransport 7 Pap Presented at the Int Conf on the Hydraul Transp of
 Solids in Pipes, 7th, Sendai, Jpn, Nov 4-6 1980. Publ by BHRA Fluid Eng,
 Cranfield, Bedford, Engl, 1980 p 149-162
 -CODEN-
 HYTRDM
-ISSN-
 0263-4171
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This paper summarizes the measurement results of pressure drop, critical
 velocities, concentration distribution in pipes and dynamic flow behavior at
 shutdown, restart, etc. and discusses these measurement data. In-line test
 results of measuring devices such as the GAMMA -ray density meter and
 erosion characteristics of various pipe materials are also discussed. 1
 ref.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Flow; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Pipes; MATHEMATICAL MODELS
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING);
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY) ; 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 118
-A-
 1083178 E.I. Monthly No: EI8201007267 E.I. Yearly No: EI82095130
-W-
 HYDROTRANSPORT 7: PAPERS PRESENTED AT THE INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON THE
 HYDRAULIC TRANSPORT OF SOLIDS IN PIPES, 7TH, 1980.
 Stephens, Herbert Simon (Ed. ); Gittins, Lavinia (Ed. )
 BHRA Fluid Eng, Cranfield, Bedford, Engl
 Hydrotransport 7 Pap Presented at the Int Conf on the Hydraul Transp of
 Solids in Pipes, 7th, Sendai, Jpn, Nov 4-6 1980. Publ by BHRA Fluid Eng,
 Cranfield, Bedford, Engl, 1980 444 p
 -CODEN-
 HYTRDM
-ISSN-
 0263-4171
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Proceedings include 31 papers that deal with hydraulic transportation of
 ore, minerals, slurries and various other materials in pipelines, pumping of
 slurries and pipeline flow. Sixteen papers are indexed separately.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Flow; PUMPS; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Pipes; MATERIALS HANDLING;
 ORE HANDLING
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 618 (Compressors & Pumps); 691 (Bulk Materials Handling);
 502 (Mine & Quarry Equipment & Operations); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING);
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY) ; 69 (MATERIALS HANDLING); 50
 (MINING ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 119
-A-
 1073321 E.I. Monthly No: EI8109077680 E.I. Yearly No: EI81087561
-W-
 SLURRY PIPELINES OF THE FUTURE.
 Cabrera, V.
 Mt States Eng, Tucson, Ariz
 Mechanical Engineering v 103 n 4 Apr 1981 p 30-34
 -CODEN-
 MEENAH
-ISSN-
 0025-6501
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Today's carefully engineered pipeline, running as smoothly and unobtrusively
 as those of oil and gas, routinely transports millions of tons of coal, iron
 ore, phosphates, metallic concentrates, and other bulk materials hundreds of
 miles. The slurry pipeline has proved adaptable to two factors that grow
 ever more critical: the high cost of energy and the social obligation to
 protect the environment. The article discusses the worldwide location of
 major deposits of iron, copper, coal and phosphate and the location of
 existing and proposed slurry pipelines. The particle fineness for slurry
 transport is tabulated for light medium and heavy materials, showing the
 effect of the material's specific gravity. The cost of transportation by
 slurry pipeline is compared with the cost by rail, truck and belt conveyor,
 given the conditions for which the costs apply. 2 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Reviews; SOLIDS--Transportation; FLOW OF
 FLUIDS--Suspensions
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 931 (Applied Physics); 631
 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 801 (Chemical Analysis & Physical Chemistry);
 804 (Chemical Products); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 93 (ENGINEERING
 PHYSICS); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 120
-A-
 1070027 E.I. Monthly No: EI8108063778 E.I. Yearly No: EI81013048
-W-
 SOLIDS MIXING IN FLUIDIZED BEDS -- A HYDRODYNAMIC APPROACH.
 Yueh Liu; Gidaspow, Dimitri
 Ill Inst of Technol, Chicago, Ill
 Chemical Engineering Science v 36 n 3 1981 p 539-547
 -CODEN-
 CESCAC
-ISSN-
 0009-2509
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Solids mixing in fluidized beds has traditionally been treated using
 empirical transfer or diffusion coefficients. This study presents a new
 approach. A hyperbolic diffusion equation is derived by linearizing two
 phase flow equations of motion obtained previously by minimizing the rate of
 entropy production. Analytical solutions to the hyperbolic diffusion
 equation for a tracer concentration are obtained using Laplace transforms
 and the method of images. The solutions compare well with solids mixing
 experiments. The solutions involve a propagation velocity, which is
 determined by two phase mass balances, and a diffusion coefficient which is
 a ratio of kinetic energy to interphase friction or drag, as in Einstein's
 diffusion coefficient. Least square curve fits of data to the theory
 produced reasonable values of the drag coefficients. 24 refs.
-Desc-
 *CHEMICAL OPERATIONS--*Fluidization; HYDRODYNAMICS
 Class. Codes: 802 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 121
-A-
 1056108 E.I. Monthly No: EI8111091135 E.I. Yearly No: EI81038771
-W-
 CHARACTERISTICS OF LASER-DOPPLER SIGNALS FROM BUBBLES.
 Martin, W. W.; Adbelmessih, A. H.; Liska, J. J.; Durst, F.
 Univ of Toronto, Ont
 International Journal of Multiphase Flow v 7 n 4 Aug 1981 p 439-460
 -CODEN-
 IJMFBP
-ISSN-
 0301-9322
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The present paper concerns the application of laser-Doppler anemometry to
 two-phase bubbly flows. A summary of available LDA-measurements in
 particulate, droplet and bubble flow systems is given which shows detailed
 measurements of signal properties and their dependence on optical parameters
 were not previously available. However, such information is necessary for
 optimizing the optical and electronic schemes for size measurements.
 Consequently, the signal characteristics of light scattered from single
 bubbles rising in quiescent water were obtained for a forward-scatter
 arrangement and for three different beam-intersection angles. 22 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; LASER BEAMS--Applications
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 744 (Lasers); 63 (FLUID
 DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 74 (OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 122
-A-
 1047155 E.I. Monthly No: EI8110082330 E.I. Yearly No: EI81037788
-W-
 TWO-PHASE TWO-COMPONENT INTERFACE DRAG COEFFICIENTS IN SEPARATED PHASE
 FLOWS.
 Martindale, W. R.; Smith, R. V.
 Mont State Univ, Bozeman
 International Journal of Multiphase Flow v 7 n 2 Apr 1981 p 211-219
 -CODEN-
 IJMFBP
-ISSN-
 0301-9322
-Lang-
 Eng.
 This work examines the behavior of the interface friction factor or drag
 coefficient as a means for extending the modeling of separated two-phase
 flows through the separate consideration of each phase. A one-dimensional
 flow model was developed for the case of vertical upward annular flow of an
 air-water mixture with droplet entrainment. This model was developed for the
 investigation of the momentum transport occurring in non-accelerating flows.
 16 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Drag
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 123
-A-
 1044280 E.I. Monthly No: EI8109075533 E.I. Yearly No: EI81057326
-W-
 TRANSITION STATE MODEL FOR PREDICTING THE RATE OF EROSIVE WEAR OF DUCTILE
 MATERIALS BY SOLID PARTICLES.
 Humphrey, Joseph A. C.
 Univ of Calif, Berkeley
 Wear v 65 n 2 Dec 15 1980 p 207-214
 -CODEN-
 WEARAH
-ISSN-
 0043-1648
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The transition state theory for chemical reactions is exploited in order to
 derive a general expression for predicting erosive wear in gas-solid and
 liquid-solid flows. Modeling is suggested and guided by the physical analogy
 between chemical reaction and erosion at a solid surface. The general form
 of the specific erosion rate constant k//E is obtained from dimensional
 analysis considerations. Constants appearing in a specialized form of the
 equation for k//E are evaluated from experimental results for slurry flow.
 The functional dependence of erosive wear on the particle angle of attack is
 not included in this study, but the effect is accounted for in an integrated
 sense. An experiment which is being undertaken at present to determine
 angular dependence effects in slurry flows in which the fluid mechanics are
 more readily controlled is described briefly. 6 refs.
-Desc-
 *MATERIALS TESTING--*Erosion; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Suspensions; WEAR OF
 MATERIALS
 Class. Codes: 421 (Materials Properties); 422 (Materials Testing); 631
 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 42 (MATERIALS PROPERTIES & TESTING); 63 (FLUID
 DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 124
-A-
 1043711 E.I. Monthly No: EI8109074142 E.I. Yearly No: EI81038750
-W-
 SLIP MEASUREMENT IN DOWNWARD TWO-PHASE BUBBLY FLOW USING CROSS-CORRELATION
 TECHNIQUE.
 Kendoush, A. A.; Zaki, R. Y.; Shakir, B. M.
 Iraqi At Energy Comm, Baghdad, Iraq
 Multiphase Transp Fundam, React Saf, Appl, Proc of the Multi-Phase Flow and
 Heat Transfer Symp-Workshop, v 5, Miami Beach, Fla, Apr 16-18 1979 Publ by
 Hemisphere Publ Corp, Washington, DC and New York, NY, 1980 p 2695-2707
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An experiment was designed to measure the relative velocity between air
 bubbles and water in their flow downward. The principle implemented was the
 change of the electrical resistivities between two sensors when separated
 either by water or air, the signals of which were fed to a cross-correlator
 after being processed by conventional electronics. 8 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; ELECTRIC ATTENUATORS
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 714 (Electronic Components);
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 71 (ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 125
-A-
 1043701 E.I. Monthly No: EI8109078855 E.I. Yearly No: EI81100601
-W-
 PERFORMANCE EVALUATION OF A DRAG-DISC TURBINE TRANSDUCER AND THREE-BEAM
 GAMMA DENSITOMETER UNDER TRANSIENT TWO-PHASE FLOW CONDITIONS.
 Nalezny, C. L.; Chen, L. L.; Solbrig, C. W.
 Edgerton, Germeshausen & Grier Inc, Idaho Falls, Idaho
 Multiphase Transp Fundam, React Saf, Appl, Proc of the Multi-Phase Flow and
 Heat Transfer Symp-Workshop, v 5, Miami Beach, Fla, Apr 16-18 1979 Publ by
 Hemisphere Publ Corp, Washington, DC and New York, NY, 1980 p 2507-2525
-Lang-
 Eng.
 One of the primary variables measured in the Loss-of-Fluid Test (LOFT)
 Program is mass flow rate. LOFT uses drag-disc turbine transducers (DTT) and
 a three-beam gamma densitometer to measure parameters from which mass flow
 may be computed. The transducer combination was performance tested under
 transient conditions in the blowdown loop at the LOFT Test Support Facility
 (LTSF). The performance tests consisted of three partial blowdowns of
 different durations starting from the same initial conditions. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *TURBOMACHINERY--*Efficiency; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Measurements; TRANSDUCERS;
 NUCLEAR REACTORS--Loss of Coolant Accident
 Class. Codes: 632 (Hydraulics & Pneumatics); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 704 (Electric Components & Equipment); 621 (Nuclear
 Reactors); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 70 (ELECTRICAL
 ENGINEERING); 62 (NUCLEAR TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 126
-A-
 1043685 E.I. Monthly No: EI8109072049 E.I. Yearly No: EI81015120
-W-
 EFFECT OF HIGH MOLECULAR WEIGHT POLYMER ADDITIVES UPON THE FLOW OF A COAL
 SLURRY.
 Nesmith, T. R.; Kipp, J. E.
 Kans State Univ, Manhattan
 Multiphase Transp Fundam, React Saf, Appl, Proc of the Multi-Phase Flow and
 Heat Transfer Symp-Workshop, v 4, Miami Beach, Fla, Apr 16-18 1979 Publ by
 Hemisphere Publ Corp, Washington, DC and New York, NY, 1980 p 2143-2149
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Because of the increased interest in the use of coal for power generation,
 or as the feedstock for coal gasification plants, there has also been an
 increased interest in the transportation of coal, in slurry form, from its
 point of production to its point of use, in pipe lines. This study was
 undertaken to determine the drag reduction which could be effected through
 the addition of a small quantity of a high molecular weight polymer to a
 coal-water slurry flowing in a circular pipe. 3 refs.
-Desc-
 *COAL TRANSPORTATION--*Pipelines; FLOW OF FLUIDS-- Suspensions; COAL
 GASIFICATION; SLURRY PIPELINES
 Class. Codes: 543 (Chromium, Manganese, Molybdenum, Tantalum, Tungsten,
 Vanadium & Alloys); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 522 (Gas Fuels); 619
 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories)  54 (METAL GROUPS); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY); 52 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 127
-A-
 1043061 E.I. Monthly No: EI8109078491 E.I. Yearly No: EI81095348
-W-
 RHEOLOGY OF AGEING OF COAL-OIL SUSPENSIONS.
 Bhattacharya, S. N.; Barro, L.
 R Melbourne Inst of Technol, Aust
 Rheology, Proc of the Int Congr on Rheol, 8th, v 2, Naples, Italy, Sep 1-5
 1980 Publ by Plenum Press, New York, NY, 1980 p 615-621
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The paper describes the change in flow characteristics of some brown
 coal-oil suspensions on storage. An experimental study of the variation of
 yield stress and apparent viscosity with storage time is presented. The
 effect of solid concentration on the rheological flow behavior of the
 suspensions on storage is also demonstrated.
-Desc-
 *SUSPENSIONS--*Rheology; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Non Newtonian; SLURRY PIPELINES
 Class. Codes: 804 (Chemical Products); 524 (Solid Fuels); 513 (Petroleum
 Refining); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics)  80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 52
 (FUEL TECHNOLOGY); 51 (PETROLEUM ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 128
-A-
 1042660 E.I. Monthly No: EI8109074023 E.I. Yearly No: EI81038073
-W-
 FLOW MEASUREMENT IN TWO-PHASE (GAS-LIQUID) SYSTEMS.
 Hewitt, G. F.; Whalley, P. B.
 AERE, Harwell, Oxfs, Engl
 Institution of Chemical Engineers Symposium Series n 60, Interflow '80,
 Fluid Handl Symp, 1980. Publ by Inst of Chem Eng, Rugby, Warwickshire, Engl,
 1980 p 131-145
 -CODEN-
 ICESDB
-ISSN-
 0307-0492
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The main methods of measuring mass flow and quality in gas-liquid flows in
 industrial situations are reviewed. These include gamma densitometry coupled
 with differential pressure devices such as orifice plates, turbine flow
 meters and drag screens. For each method the principle of operation, and the
 advantages and disadvantages, are given. Some further techniques which are
 currently being investigated and developed for use are also described. The
 detailed flow measurements possible on a particular flow pattern -- annular
 flow -- are examined. 26 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Measurements; MATHEMATICAL MODELS; GASES-- Measurements
-Ident-
 GAS-LIQUID FLOW
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 921 (Applied Mathematics);
 931 (Applied Physics); 943 (Mechanical & Miscellaneous Measuring
 Instruments); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 92 (ENGINEERING
 MATHEMATICS); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 94 (INSTRUMENTS & MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 129
-A-
 1040778 E.I. Monthly No: EI8109074076 E.I. Yearly No: EI81038480
-W-
 INTERACTION OF FLOW TURNS IN FLOW OF A SINGLE-PHASE FLUID AND A SLURRY MADE
 UP OF PHASES WITH SIMILAR SPECIFIC GRAVITIES.
 Fonarev, A. L.; Chechin, V. V.
 Fluid Mechanics, Soviet Research v 9 n 4 Jul-Aug 1980 p 36-42
 -CODEN-
 FMSVAM
-ISSN-
 0096-0764
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The interaction of flow turns in the form of Z- and U-shaped local
 resistances is examined. The tests were run with a slurry made up of phases
 of similar specific gravities, and therefore the results can also be
 extended to fish-carrying water flows. It was found that the presence of a
 solid component in the liquid does not affect the head losses in the turns,
 so they are the same for the two kinds of flow. The reasons for the
 interaction of the turns in Z- and U-shaped local resistances are discussed.
 11 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Suspensions; SLURRY PIPELINES
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 619 (Pipes, Tanks &
 Accessories); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 130
-A-
 1040777 E.I. Monthly No: EI8109074075 E.I. Yearly No: EI81038479
-W-
 DYNAMIC EQUATIONS AND RELATIVE PHASE VELOCITIES IN TWO-DIMENSIONAL SLURRY
 FLOWS.
 Dement'yev, M. A.
 Fluid Mechanics, Soviet Research v 9 n 4 Jul-Aug 1980 p 25-35
 -CODEN-
 FMSVAM
-ISSN-
 0096-0764
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Dynamic equations for both phases of a two-dimensional slurry flow are
 derived. Methods for calculating their relative local velocities, suitable
 for engineering calculations of slurry flows, are given. 4 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Suspensions; SLURRY PIPELINES
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 619 (Pipes, Tanks &
 Accessories); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 131
-A-
 1035989 E.I. Monthly No: EI8108065374 E.I. Yearly No: EI81038722
-W-
 HORIZONTAL LIQUID FILM-MIST TWO-PHASE FLOW -- 1. CONCENTRATION DISTRIBUTION
 AND DIFFUSIVITY OF ENTRAINED LIQUID DROPLETS.
 Akagawa, Koji; Sakaguchi, Tadashi; Fujii, Terushige; Nakatani, Yoji; Ito,
 Jyunichi; Nakaseko, Kozaburo
 Kobe Univ, Jpn
 Bulletin of the JSME v 23 n 180 Jun 1980 p 910-917
 -CODEN-
 BJSEA8
-ISSN-
 0021-3764
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The entrainment flow rate distribution, the gas velocity profile, and the
 concentration profile of droplets across the channel cross section in fully
 developed region of a horizontal rectangular channel of 150mm width and 50mm
 height were measured. The concentration profile of droplets was expressed by
 a simple equation based on a constant diffusion coefficient model. From this
 equation the effects of gravity and turbulent diffusion of droplets on the
 concentration profile were evaluated. The characteristic mean settling
 velocity of a group of droplets with various diameters was derived, and
 using this value the mean diffusion coefficient of the group of droplets was
 obtained. 16 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; FLUID DYNAMICS--Mathematical Models
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 931 (Applied Physics); 921
 (Applied Mathematics); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 132
-A-
 1030442 E.I. Monthly No: EI8107057003 E.I. Yearly No: EI81038719
-W-
 CERTAIN ASPECTS OF ADIABATIC TWO-PHASE FLOW IN A FIELD OF CENTRIFUGAL
 FORCES.
 Zhukovskiy, A. V.
 Heat Transfer - Soviet Research v 12 n 3 May-Jun 1980 p 6-11
 -CODEN-
 HTSRAD
-ISSN-
 0440-5749
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The paper considers isentropic centrifugal flow of a helium vapor-liquid
 mixture in a rotating radial channel. The variation of properties of this
 two-phase flow along the channel at different inlet vapor qualities is
 described. It is shown that in most cases there is no annual flow in
 rotating radial channels, and with increasing vapor quality and bubbly flow
 is converted directly to emulsion flow. 2 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; HEAT TRANSFER--Gases
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics);
 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 133
-A-
 1023521 E.I. Monthly No: EI8106048762 E.I. Yearly No: EI81038716
-W-
 VOLUME-AVERAGED EXPRESSION OF TWO-PHASE FLOW.
 Iwanaga, Masahiro; Ishihara, Tomo-o
 Ikutoku Tech Univ, Atsugi, Jpn
 Bulletin of the JSME v 23 n 181 Jul 1980 p 1124-1131
 -CODEN-
 BJSEA8
-ISSN-
 0021-3764
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A two-phase flow with randomly distributed particles is considered. The
 Navier-Stokes equation is integrated over the control volume fixed to the
 absolute coordinates, and then an exact volume-averaged momentum equation is
 derived. The difficulty of mathematical treatment due to the random particle
 distribution is removed by using a smooth weight function. 16 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; FLUID DYNAMICS--Mathematical Models
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 931 (Applied Physics); 921
 (Applied Mathematics); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 93
 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 134
-A-
 1023054 E.I. Monthly No: EI8106051261 E.I. Yearly No: EI81068341
-W-
 CALCULATIONS OF PAINTING WASTELOADS ASSOCIATED WITH METAL FINISHING.
 Brewer, George E. F.
 Environmental Protection Technology Series. EPA n 600/2-80-144 Jun 1980 82
 p
 -CODEN-
 EPTSBT
-ISSN-
 0092-8054
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Twelve mathematical equations have been developed which provide a method for
 predicting the wasteload that will be generated in planned painting
 operations and for determining the actual waste load in current operations.
 The waste load generated during the painting of metal products is governed
 by four factors: paint composition; painting equipment; curing method; and
 miscellaneous unavoidable losses. The scientific and trade literature was
 surveyed for the weights and volumes of the nonvolatile components (resins,
 pigments, etc. ) of about 70 typical, widely used paints, and also for the
 weights and volumes of their organic volatile components. These have been
 tabulated. Nine paint application and paint curing processes (spray, dip,
 coal, flow, roll, curtain, electro, power and power slurry coating) were
 surveyed and the upper and lower reported limits of the expected transfer
 efficiencies were tabulated. Refs.
-Desc-
 *PAINTING; INDUSTRIAL WASTES--Analysis
 Class. Codes: 813 (Coatings & Finishes); 453 (Water Pollution) 451 (Air
 Pollution); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 45 (POLLUTION & SANITARY
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 135
-A-
 1021155 E.I. Monthly No: EI8105041838 E.I. Yearly No: EI81054244
-W-
 DIFFUSION IN A MULTICOMPONENT INHOMOGENEOUS MULTIPHASE SYSTEM WITH MOVING
 BOUNDARIES -- 2. INCREASING OR DECREASING VOLUME (SWELLING OR DRYING).
 Rudolph, F. B.
 Unilever Forschungsges Hamburg, Ger
 Journal of Polymer Science, Polymer Physics Edition v 18 n 12 Dec 1980 p
 2323-2336
 -CODEN-
 JPLPAY
-ISSN-
 0449-2978
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The mathematical solution of the problem is given, when simultaneously with
 diffusion-controlled mixing of two phases (e. g., gel formation), a third
 substance diffuses from one of the two pure phases into the other and
 through the inhomogeneous mixing phase which expands at a rate proportional
 to the square root of the time. The phases may change their volumes. 3
 refs.
-Desc-
 *LIQUIDS--*Phase Equilibria; GASES--Diffusion; SWELLING; DRYING;
 MATHEMATICAL MODELS; EQUATIONS OF STATE
 Class. Codes: 931 (Applied Physics); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 802
 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 804 (Chemical Products); 922 (Statistical
 Methods); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS); 80 (CHEMICAL
 ENGINEERING); 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 136
-A-
 1018899 E.I. Monthly No: EI8105041840 E.I. Yearly No: EI81054312
-W-
 TRILOGY ON SURFACES -- 2. ON GIBB'S ADSORPTION EQUATION AND ANTONOW'S LAW.
 Legrand, D. G.
 GE, Schenectady, NY
 Polymer Engineering and Science v 20 n 17 Nov 1980 p 1164-1165
 -CODEN-
 PYESAZ
-ISSN-
 0032-3888
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The Gibb's adsorption equations for a multicomponent multiphase system are
 used to discuss the relationship between the surface tensions and
 interfacial tension. It is shown for binary systems that when the terms
 involving the surface excesses vanish, Antonow's rule is obtained. 11 refs.
-Desc-
 *LIQUIDS--*Surface Tension; POLYMERS--Solutions; SOLUTIONS-- Phase
 Equilibria; ADSORPTION--Thermodynamics; MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES
-Ident-
 INTERFACIAL TENSION
 Class. Codes: 931 (Applied Physics); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 802
 (Chemical Apparatus & Plants); 815 (Plastics & Polymeric Materials); 921
 (Applied Mathematics); 93 (ENGINEERING PHYSICS); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS);
 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 81 (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES); 92 (ENGINEERING
 MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 137
-A-
 1018307 E.I. Monthly No: EI8105040535 E.I. Yearly No: EI81038585
-W-
 CORRELATION OF TURBULENT FLOW RATE-PRESSURE DROP DATA FOR NON-NEWTONIAN
 SOLUTIONS AND SLURRIES IN PIPES.
 Quader, A. K. M.; Wilkinson, W. L.
 Univ of Bradford, Engl
 International Journal of Multiphase Flow v 6 n 6 Dec 1980 p 553-561
 -CODEN-
 IJMFBP
-ISSN-
 0301-9322
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Isothermal and non-isothermal flow rate-pressure drop data in turbulent flow
 through smooth pipes have been obtained for non-Newtonian fluids, including
 aqueous solutions of polymers and aqueous suspensions of titanium dioxide.
 It has been established that the friction factor is a function of a new form
 of Reynolds number. 12 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Turbulent; SLURRY PIPELINES--Design
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 619 (Pipes, Tanks &
 Accessories); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 138
-A-
 1018306 E.I. Monthly No: EI8105040460 E.I. Yearly No: EI81037669
-W-
 MULTIVARIATE HYDRODYNAMIC ANALYSIS OF BOILING CHANNEL FLOW STABILITY FROM
 INHERENT NOISE MEASUREMENTS.
 Romberg, T. M.; Rees, N. W.
 Aust At Energy Comm, Lucas Heights, NSW, Aust
 International Journal of Multiphase Flow v 6 n 6 Dec 1980 p 523-551
 -CODEN-
 IJMFBP
-ISSN-
 0301-9322
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Perturbations in the inlet flow, temperature, channel power, pressure drop
 and exit void fraction were monitored on a test channel for a range of power
 levels up to flow stability threshold. Multivariate spectral analysis
 methods are used to determine the significant frequency response
 relationships between the measured variables, and the significant
 cross-spectral density estimates are compared with those obtained from a
 distributed frequency domain model whose subcooled boiling, two-phase slip
 and friction correlations are optimized using a special parameter estimation
 procedures. 40 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Channel Flow; HEAT TRANSFER--Boiling Liquids; NUCLEAR
 REACTORS, BOILING WATER--Cooling Systems; STEAM GENERATORS --Design
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics);
 621 (Nuclear Reactors); 614 (Steam Power Plants); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS &
 VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS); 62 (NUCLEAR TECHNOLOGY); 61
 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 139
-A-
 1010695 E.I. Monthly No: EI8104032620 E.I. Yearly No: EI81038464
-W-
 PNEUMOTRANSPORT 5, PAPERS PRESENTED AT THE INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON THE
 PNEUMATIC TRANSPORT OF SOLIDS IN PIPES, 5TH, 1980.
 Stephens, Herbert Simon (Ed. ); Stapleton, C. A. (Ed. )
 BHRA Fluid Eng, Cranfield, Bedford, Engl
 Pneumotransport 5, Pap Presented at the Int Conf on the Pneum Transp of
 Solids in Pipes, 5th, London, Engl, Apr 16-18 1980 Publ by BHRA Fluid Eng,
 Cranfield, Bedford, Engl, 1980 var pagings
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The volume contains 31 papers presented at the conference, 22 of which are
 indexed separately. Among the subjects covered are pneumatic transport
 applied to mine shaft sinking, vertical pneumatic conveying of granular
 solids, energy consumption in solids pipelining, friction calculation
 methods for coarse granular material, air-solid two phase interaction in
 high pressure tanks, transport rate prediction, capsule transportation,
 measurement and control of pneumatic conveying systems, gas-solid flow in
 cyclones, and others.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Suspensions; CONVEYORS--Pneumatic; FLOW OF
 SOLIDS--Granular Materials; PNEUMATICS; MEASUREMENTS; POWDERS
-Ident-
 PNEUMATIC TRANSPORT; PRODUCT FLOW RATE; PLUG CONVEYING; PLUGGING; TRANSPORT
 RATES
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 632 (Hydraulics &
 Pneumatics); 692 (Conveyors & Elevators); 931 (Applied Physics); 63 (FLUID
 DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 69 (MATERIALS HANDLING); 93 (ENGINEERING
 PHYSICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 140
-A-
 0998975 E.I. Monthly No: EI8103023757 E.I. Yearly No: EI81044363
-W-
 CORRELATION OF LOCAL HEAT FLUX FROM INCLINED VOLUME-HEATED POOLS IN BUBBLY
 FLOW.
 Green, G. A.; Jones, O. C. Jr.; Abuaf, N.
 Brookhaven Natl Lab, Upton, NY
 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (Paper) n 80-HT-91 for Meet Jul
 27-30 1980 7 p
 -CODEN-
 ASMSA4
-ISSN-
 0402-1215
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Local and average heat transfer from volume-boiling pools in the two-phase
 bubbly flow regime to vertical and inclined flat boundaries were measured.
 The experimental technique and newly developed gold electroplated
 microthermocouples to make the measurements are described. A modification to
 the Boussinesq approximation for liquids is outlined which includes the
 effect of the average void fraction in a modified Rayleigh number. Heat
 transfer to vertical and inclined surfaces is correlated in a fashion
 similar to natural convection in the bubbly flow regime. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *HEAT TRANSFER--*Boiling Liquids
 Class. Codes: 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 141
-A-
 0996977 E.I. Monthly No: EI8102013944 E.I. Yearly No: EI81038461
-W-
 PREDICTION OF HEAT TRANSFER TO A COAL SLURRY FLOW.
 Trela, Marian
 Polska Akademia Nauk, Prace Instytutu Maszyn Przeplywowych n 77 1980 p
 157-173
 -CODEN-
 PIMZAI
-ISSN-
 0079-3205
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The paper presents an analysis of the heat transfer to a three-phase coal
 slurry flow. This highly complex problem is simplified by adopting the
 homogeneous and separated flow models used mainly in two-phase flow. The
 analysis indicates that the homogeneous flow model is more suitable in this
 case. This is valid both for Newtonian and non-Newtonian behavior of the
 coal slurry. 11 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Suspensions; HEAT TRANSFER; SLURRY PIPELINES
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics);
 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY);
 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 142
-A-
 0993110 E.I. Monthly No: EI8102016367 E.I. Yearly No: EI81064190
-W-
 GRAVITY DOMINATED TWO-PHASE FLOWS IN VERTICAL ROD-BUNDLES.
 Singh, Baldeo; Griffith, Peter
 MIT, Cambridge, Mass
 AIChE Symp Ser n 199 v 76 1980. Heat Transfer - Orlando 1980, Pap from Natl
 Heat Transfer Conf, 19th, Orlando, Fla, Jul 27-30 1980. Publ by AIChE, New
 York, NY, 1980 p 126-138
 -CODEN-
 ACSSCQ
-ISSN-
 0065-8812
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The fluid flow configuration through an unflooded core during reflood in a
 Loss-of-Coolant-Accident in a reactor is investigated. For an unflooded
 core, the flow transition from counter-current slug flow to counter-current
 annular flow is inlet geometry dependent and occurs due to vapor bubble
 trapping. A method is developed to predict the range of down-flow liquid
 velocities for which the bubble is trapped. Flow reversal (or dump) through
 the core occurs if pressure in the upper plenum becomes more than the
 pressure in the lower plenum. Due to high down-flow liquid velocities in
 flow reversal, the upper plenum is drained of liquid very quickly and an
 oscillating down-flow develops. For the case investigated, a one-dimensional
 analysis, using an average heat flux, provides reasonably accurate
 predictions. 7 refs.
-Desc-
 *NUCLEAR REACTORS--*Loss of Coolant Accident
 Class. Codes: 621 (Nuclear Reactors); 62 (NUCLEAR TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 143
-A-
 0993106 E.I. Monthly No: EI8102014504 E.I. Yearly No: EI81044533
-W-
 CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER COEFFICIENT STUDIES IN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD,
 VERTICAL, TWO-PHASE, NON-BOILING FLOWS.
 Chu, Y. C.; Jones, B. G.
 Univ of Ill, Urbana
 AIChE Symp Ser n 199 v 76 1980. Heat Transfer - Orlando 1980, Pap from Natl
 Heat Transfer Conf, 19th, Orlando, Fla, Jul 27-30 1980. Publ by AIChE, New
 York, NY, 1980 p 79-90
 -CODEN-
 ACSSCQ
-ISSN-
 0065-8812
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An experimental study was conducted to determine the two-phase heat transfer
 coefficient in an air-water, non-boiling vertical system. Enhancement of the
 heat transfer coefficient in this two-phase flow system was observed in both
 upward and downward flow directions. The correlation of void fraction
 profile and water velocity profile in bubbly flow was discussed and its
 influence on heat transfer behavior was examined. An explanation for the
 heat transfer mechanism in slug flow was postulated from the observed
 hydrodynamic phenomenon. Correlations based on the Sieder-Tate type equation
 was established to collapse, within PLUS OR MINUS 15%, the experimentally
 determined two-phase heat transfer coefficient utilizing a two-phase
 Reynolds number based on a liquid phase Reynolds number corrected for liquid
 holdup. 24 refs.
-Desc-
 *HEAT TRANSFER--*Convection; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Two Phase
 Class. Codes: 641 (Heat & Thermodynamics); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics);
 64 (HEAT & THERMODYNAMICS); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 144
-A-
 0989975 E.I. Monthly No: EI8102018453 E.I. Yearly No: EI81087551
-W-
 SLURRY PIPELINE HYDRAULICS: PRINCIPLES, PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS.
 Hanks, R. W.
 Brigham Young Univ, Provo, Utah
 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (Paper) n 80-Pet-45 for Meet Feb
 3-7 1980 10 p
 -CODEN-
 ASMSA4
-ISSN-
 0402-1215
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Pipe diameters, slurry velocity, solids concentration, particle size
 distributions, hydraulic grades, pump sizes, and many other variables enter
 into the design of a slurry pipeline. Of special importance are critical
 velocity and hydraulic resistance. Economics require high solids
 concentrations with size distributions high in fines to provide slurries
 with good pumping characteristics and high solids transport rate. Proper
 design methods are presented and illustrated by an example pipeline design.
 22 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES--*Design; PIPELINES; HYDRAULICS--Theory; FLOW OF FLUIDS
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 632 (Hydraulics &
 Pneumatics); 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 61 (PLANT & POWER
 ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 145
-A-
 0985219 E.I. Monthly No: EI8101003372 E.I. Yearly No: EI81038679
-W-
 EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION OF AIR-WATER TWO PHASE UPFLOW ACROSS HORIZONTAL
 TUBE BUNDLES -- 1. FLOW PATTERN AND VOID FRACTION.
 Kondo, Masakazu; Nakajima, Ken-ichiro
 Mitsui Eng & Shipbuild Co, Chiba, Jpn
 Bulletin of the JSME v 23 n 177 Mar 1980 p 385-393
 -CODEN-
 BJSEA8
-ISSN-
 0021-3764
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Experiments of air-water mixtures flow pattern and their mean void fraction
 in horizontal tube bundles are dealt with. The tube bundles are staggered
 with equilateral triangular arrangement of three different pitch/tube
 diameter ratios (1. 4, 1. 28, 1. 08) and they consist of six different tube
 rows (7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 20) for each ratio. Experimental ranges are as
 follows; superficial air velocity (cm/s) 1. 5-50, superficial water velocity
 (cm/s) 0. 032-0. 32, flow direction upward flow. The observed mixture flows
 can be classified into 1. bubbly flow 2. slug flow 3. froth flow 4. spray
 flow with liquid forming a film around the tubes and spraying from tube to
 tube downstream. Besides, a simple empirical equation for void fraction is
 proposed. 8 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 146
-A-
 0981766 E.I. Monthly No: EI8101003257 E.I. Yearly No: EI81037389
-W-
 APPROACH TO THE DESCRIPTION OF THE MOVEMENT OF MULTIPHASE SYSTEMS.
 Nakrochevskii, A. I.
 Theoretical Foundations of Chemical Engineering (English Translation of
 Teoreticheskie Osnovy Khimicheskoi Tekhnologii) v 13 n 6 Nov-Dec 1979 p
 750-756
 -CODEN-
 TFCEAU
-ISSN-
 0040-5795
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A characteristic function which correlates the similar parameters of the
 total flow and of the individual phases is used to derive the basic
 equations for the movement of multiphase liquid systems with easily
 deformable polydispersions, with account of the mass transfer between the
 phases. The solution of a subsystem of equations has given expressions for
 the force of interaction between the i-th and the j-th phases. The method is
 compared with other methods and its potential in the analysis of complex
 multiphase systems is assessed. 12 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 147
-A-
 0976406 E.I. Monthly No: EI8002012146 E.I. Yearly No: EI80035139
-W-
 SLURRY FLOW IN PIPE NETWORKS
 Wood, Don J.
 Univ of Ky, Lexington
 American Society of Civil Engineers, Journal of the Hydraulics Division v
 106 n 1 Jan 1980 p 57-70
 -CODEN-
 JYCEAJ
-ISSN-
 0044-796X
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The basic equations for steady-state flow of a solid-liquid slurry in a
 network of pipes are developed. The equations are expressed in terms of
 unknown flow rates and solids concentrations for each pipe in the network.
 Two sets of simultaneous algebraic equations are obtained. These are
 nonlinear and a direct solution of the equation sets is not possible. A
 procedure for solving the equations based on linearization of nonlinear
 terms is descirbed. This procedure requires several trials and converges
 rapidly. A computer program was developed based on the proposed method and
 an example system is analyzed using this program and the results are
 presented. 5 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Pipes; FLOW OF WATER--Pipes; PIPELINES-- Flow;
 MATHEMATICAL MODELS
-Ident-
 SLURRY FLOW
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 619 (Pipes, Tanks &
 Accessories); 921 (Applied Mathematics); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING) ; 92 (ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 148
-A-
 0972690 E.I. Monthly No: EI8012090319 E.I. Yearly No: EI80035672
-W-
 OPTICAL MEASUREMENTS OF LOCAL GAS AND PARTICLE VELOCITY IN AN UPWARD FLOWING
 DILUTE GAS-SOLIDS SUSPENSION.
 Maeda, M.; Hishida, K.; Furutani, T.
 Keio Univ, Yokohama, Jpn
 Polyphase Flow and Transp Technol, Presented at the Symp on Polyphase Flow
 and Transp Technol, Century 2 - Emerging Technol Conf, San Francisco, Calif,
 Aug 13-15 1980 Publ by ASME, New York, NY, 1980 p 211-216
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Local gas and particle velocities in a dilute gas-solids suspension of fully
 developed pipe flow are measured with a modified laser Doppler anemometer,
 whose signal processing consists of an electronic circuit selecting signals
 of gas and particle velocity by filtering their Doppler frequencies and by
 comparing the light scattering intensity of an individual particle. The
 results indicate that an addition of small amounts of particles to air flow
 causes the profiles of velocity and turbulence intensity to flatten at the
 central core of pipe, and that the flattening of air velocity profiles is
 correlated to a nondimensional number derived from momentum balance
 estimated by a drag force of particles in suspension flow.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF FLUIDS--*Two Phase; MECHANICAL VARIABLES MEASUREMENT--Velocity;
 DOPPLER EFFECT; ANEMOMETERS; LASERS--Applications
-Ident-
 LASER DOPPLER ANEMOMETERS; PARTICLE TRANSPORT
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 943 (Mechanical &
 Miscellaneous Measuring Instruments); 941 (Acoustical & Optical Measuring
 Instruments); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM TECHNOLOGY); 94 (INSTRUMENTS &
 MEASUREMENT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 149
-A-
 0972677 E.I. Monthly No: EI8012090349 E.I. Yearly No: EI80035949
-W-
 TURBULENCE STRUCTURE OF A CO-CURRENT AIR-WATER BUBBLY FLOW.
 Lance, M.; Marie, J. L.; Charnay, G.; Bataille, J.
 Ec Cent de Lyon, Ecully, Fr
 Polyphase Flow and Transp Technol, Presented at the Symp on Polyphase Flow
 and Transp Technol, Century 2 - Emerging Technol Conf, San Francisco, Calif,
 Aug 13-15 1980 Publ by ASME, New York, NY, 1980 p 89-96
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The paper presents a detailed experimental description of the turbulence
 structure of a co-current air water bubbly flow, flowing upward in a
 vertical channel (turbulent intensity, skewness and flatness factors, one
 dimensional spectrum). The study is confined to a grid-generated uniform
 mean flow. 10 refs.
-Desc-
 *FLOW OF WATER--*Two Phase; FLOW OF FLUIDS--Turbulent
 Class. Codes: 631 (Fluid Flow & Hydrodynamics); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS & VACUUM
 TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 033:008 150
-A-
 0972671 E.I. Monthly No: EI8012093899 E.I. Yearly No: EI80079110
-W-
 PIPELINE TRANSPORT OF LIVESTOCK WASTE SLURRIES.
 Ooi, S.
 Res Inst of Agric Eng, Ibaraki, Jpn
 Polyphase Flow and Transp Technol, Presented at the Symp on Polyphase Flow
 and Transp Technol, Century 2 - Emerging Technol Conf, San Francisco, Calif,
 Aug 13-15 1980 Publ by ASME, New York, NY, 1980 p 27-33
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Pressure-drop measurements were made for non-Newtonian livestock waste
 slurries. Livestock waste slurries were found to be pseudoplastic fluids.
 Measured turbulent friction coefficients consistently fell below those
 predicted by the D. W. Dodge-A. B. Metzner correlation, probably due to
 fiberous property of the slurry. Transported total solids were compared with
 pressure losses, and the concentration of 3-7% was found to be efficient.
 The effects of temperature and concentration on rheological properties of
 slurries were measured. The equations which would predict the effects of
 temperature and concentration on slurries (power-law fluids) were derived.
 14 refs.
-Desc-
 *SLURRY PIPELINES; AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING--Wastes; FLOW OF FLUIDS;
 RHEOLOGY
-Ident-
 LIVESTOCK WASTE SLURRIES
 Class. Codes: 619 (Pipes, Tanks & Accessories); 821 (Agricultural Equipment
 & Methods); 452 (Sewage & Industrial Wastes Treatment); 631 (Fluid Flow &
 Hydrodynamics); 61 (PLANT & POWER ENGINEERING); 82 (AGRICULTURE & FOOD
 TECHNOLOGY); 45 (POLLUTION & SANITARY ENGINEERING); 63 (FLUID DYNAMICS &
 VACUUM TECHNOLOGY)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 1
-A-
 1626066 B86014297, C86011611
-W-
 Super chips for artificial intelligence
 Reddy, R.
 Carnegie-Mellon Univ., Pittsburgh, PA, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; Univ. Pennsylvania
 1985 IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference, 32nd ISSCC. Digest
 of Technical Papers (Cat. No. 85CH2122-0) 54-5 1985 13-15 Feb. 1985 New
 York, NY, USA
 Publ: Lewis Winner, Coral Gables, FL, USA 394 pp.
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0193-6530/85/0000-0054$01.00
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (2 Refs)
 Summary form only given. Following a discussion of the need for super chips
 and of the computational complexity of artificial intelligence (AI)
 problems, several applications for AI are given. These include applications
 in vision and speech, robotic manipulation and mobility, combinatorial
 search in game playing, expert systems, and massively parallel processing.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; microprocessor chips; parallel processing; VLSI
-Ident-
 VLSI; ULSI; microprocessor chips; artificial intelligence; super chips;
 computational complexity; AI; applications; vision; speech; robotic
 manipulation; mobility; combinatorial search in game playing; expert
 systems; massively parallel processing
 Class Codes: B1265F; B2570; C1230; C5130; C5220
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 2
-A-
 1625924 B86013940, C86015404
-W-
 Application of artificial intelligence techniques to design for testability
 verification
 Cabodi, G.; Camurati, P.; Prinetto, P.
 Dipartimento di Autom. e Inf., Politecnico di Torino, Italy
 Luque, E. (Editors)
 Mini and Microcomputers and their Applications. Proceedings of the ISMM
 International Symposium 7-10 1985 25-28 June 1985 Sant Feliu de Guixols,
 Spain
 Publ: Int. Soc. Mini & Microcomput., Barcelona, Spain 518 pp.
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 The paper presents a possible application of artificial intelligence
 techniques to the verification of a set of high level design rules. The
 rules under consideration are in the field of design for testability and
 concern level sensitive scan design. The artificial intelligence techniques
 are intelligent searching strategies. The knowledge representation which
 supports such an approach is presented in the companion paper
 'Interpretation of a CAD system data base as a Semantic Network' (ibid.,
 p.11).
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; circuit CAD; integrated circuit testing; logic
 testing; VLSI
-Ident-
 artificial intelligence techniques; testability verification ; high level
 design rules; design for testability; level sensitive scan design;
 intelligent searching strategies
 Class Codes: B1130B; B2570; C7410D; C1230; C5210B
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 3
-A-
 1617046 D86000495
-W-
 Computer software-protective legislation at last
 McFarlane, G.
 Account. Mag. (GB) vol.89, no.954 533 Dec. 1985
 -CODEN-
 ACMAEC
-ISSN-
 0001-4761
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Nowadays software packages are designed at immense cost, and they represent
 a considerable investment in time and money. But they are very easily copied
 and clearly the copier, who has not made the same investment, enjoys a
 commercial advantage over the originator of the program which many would
 consider unfair. A Private Member's Bill was introduced in Parliament to
 rectify the position in the UK, and as the Copyright (Computer Software)
 Amendment Act 1985 it received Royal Assent on 16 July. The Act applies to
 computer programs the protection afforded to literary works in 1956. It
 restricts, inter alia, reproduction in any material form, publication,
 transmission and adaptation. The Act also extends to an infringing copy of a
 program embodied on a medium such as tape, disc or chip, wider provisions
 relating to criminal offences and search warrants.
-Desc-
 legislation; security of data; software packages
-Ident-
 legislation; software packages; Copyright (Computer Software) Amendment Act
 1985; program
 Class Codes: D1020; D2000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 4
-A-
 1614885 C86014345
-W-
 A meta-level extension of Prolog
 Bowen, K.A.; Weinberg, T.
 Dept. of Comput. & Inf. Sci., Syracuse Univ., NY, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE
 1985 Symposium on Logic Programming (Cat. No.85CH2205-3) 48-53 1985 15-18
 July 1985 Boston, MA, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Washington, DC, USA x+271 pp. ISBN 0 8186
 0636 3
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2205-3/85/0000-0048$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 A metalevel extension of Prolog is described which continues the work of
 K.A. Bowen & R.A. Kowalski (1982). It reifies not only theories and formulas
 but also proofs and search spaces (and, implicitly, substitutions), and
 introduces concurrency constructs. Its use in programming a metalevel
 approach to the problem of faulty circuit diagnosis is described. This
 approach appears to provide a logically sound programming formalism
 sufficiently powerful to write clear reliable programs for experimental and
 applied artificial intelligence.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; logic programming; PROLOG
-Ident-
 meta-level extension; Prolog; proofs; search spaces; concurrency constructs;
 faulty circuit diagnosis; artificial intelligence
 Class Codes: C6140D; C6110; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 5
-A-
 1614273 C86014710
-W-
 Supportive interaction between rule based and self learning expert systems
 in biomedical research
 van Braam, W.; Dassen, W.; Brugada, P.; Gorgels, A.; Wellens, H.
 Dept. of Cardiology, Limburg Univ., Maastricht, Netherlands
 Sponsor: SCS
 Proceedings of the 1985 Summer Computer Simulation Conference 465-9 1985
 22-24 July 1985 Chicago, IL, USA
 Publ: SCS, San Diego, CA, USA xxxiv+758 pp.
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (1 Refs)
 Recently an expert system based on rules describing causal relations has
 been developed to facilitate the design and evaluation of cardiac
 pacemakers. In this system, the rules that define the behaviour of the
 pacemaker are separated from the rest of the program, and stored in the
 knowledge base. The system was also applied in other studies in which causal
 relations could be defined. A second expert system has been developed. It is
 to be used in fields where the rules describing causal relations are not
 well-defined and also to evaluate the relative importance of parameters that
 are shared by different diagnoses. To achieve these aims, the system has
 been made to have self-learning properties. By entering a list of parameters
 and a diagnosis, the weight of the different parameters that are used to
 determine the correct diagnosis can be assessed. By applying the same set of
 parameters and diagnoses to both systems, the self-learning system is able
 to produce correct diagnoses without the need to explicitly formulate rules.
 It is also possible to study the difference between the theoretical outcome
 (the rule based system) and the actual outcome (the self-learning expert
 system). Recently the rules to differentiate between different
 supraventricular and ventricular tachycardias in combination with a set of
 actual patient data were evaluated. Based on these findings an optimisation
 of the rules used in the first expert system could be achieved.
-Desc-
 expert systems; medical diagnostic computing
-Ident-
 supportive interaction; rule based expert systems; supraventricular
 tachycardias; self learning expert systems; biomedical research; causal
 relations; cardiac pacemakers; knowledge base; diagnoses; ventricular
 tachycardias; patient data; optimisation
 Class Codes: C7140; C7330
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 6
-A-
 1614038 C86014515
-W-
 Expert systems: an overview
 Verdejo, F.
 Facultad de Informatica, Pais Vasco Univ., Bilbao, Spain
 Verkerk, C. (Editors)
 Sponsor: CERN
 1984 CERN School of Computing (CERN 85-09) 161-9 1985 9-22 Sept. 1984
 Aiguablava, Catalonia, Spain
 Publ: CERN, Geneva, Switzerland
 vii+376 pp.
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 The purpose of this article is to introduce readers to the basic principles
 of rule-based expert systems. Four topics are discussed in subsequent
 sections: (1) definition; (2) structure of an expert system; (3) state of
 the art and (4) impact and future research.
-Desc-
 expert systems; knowledge engineering
-Ident-
 inference mechanisms; knowledge base; software tools; rule-based expert
 systems; state of the art
 Class Codes: C7000; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 7
-A-
 1613642 C86011613
-W-
 Induction, of and by probability
 Rendell, L.
 Issued by: Univ. Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA;
 July 1985
 6 pp.
-ReptNo-
 UIUCDCS-R-85-1209
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 REPORT
-Lang-
 ENG. (25 Refs)
 Examines some methods and ideas underlying the author's successful
 probabilistic learning systems (PLS). These systems have proven uniquely
 effective and efficient for generalization learning (induction) in heuristic
 search. Aspects of PLS include use of probabilities to guide both task
 performance and learning, incremental revision and normalization of
 probabilities, and localization and correction of their errors. Construction
 of new terms (features) for heuristic functions may be feasible.
-Desc-
 learning systems; probability
-Ident-
 probabilistic learning systems; generalization learning; induction;
 heuristic search; incremental revision; normalization of probabilities
 Class Codes: C1240; C1140Z; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 8
-A-
 1613124 C86014307
-W-
 Adding meta rules to OPS5. A proposed extension
 Rosenthal, D.
 Space Telescope Sci. Inst., Baltimore, MD, USA
 SIGPLAN Not. (USA) vol.20, no.10 79-86 Oct. 1985
 -CODEN-
 SINODQ
-ISSN-
 0362-1340
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 OPS5 is a rule-based nonprocedural programming language rapidly gaining
 popularity. It is a pure 'object level' programming language, as it provides
 the programmer with no control constructs. The approaches taken when using
 OPS5 is to generate a rule base such that, during program execution the most
 appropriate rule will 'select itself' and be applied at the appropriate
 time. Because production memory (the rule base) in OPS5 is strictly
 segregated from working memory (data) and the conflict set (currently
 applicable rules), an OPS5 program cannot direct the conflict resolution
 strategy of the interpreter. This can lead to situations where the OPS5
 programmer may feel forced to write rules which 'trick' the interpreter into
 boosting a rule's priority. Such artificial constructs are clearly harmful.
 An extension to OPS5 is proposed which allows the user to affect conflict
 resolution through the mechanism of meta-rules. A further refinement
 proposes implementing meta-rules via a programmable conflict resolution
 strategy. These extensions represent a considerable enhancement of the
 expressiveness of the present language, with little modification to existing
 implementations. They are in keeping with the OPS5 programming s style, and,
 in addition, would preserve compatibility with existing OPS5 code.
-Desc-
 high level languages
-Ident-
 object level language; meta rules; OPS5; rule-based nonprocedural
 programming language; control constructs; program execution; production
 memory; working memory; conflict set; currently applicable rules ; conflict
 resolution strategy; interpreter; expressiveness; compatibility
 Class Codes: C6140D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 9
-A-
 1612455 C86011608
-W-
 Representing knowledge
 Gallaire, H.
 European Comput. Ind. Res. Centre, Munich, Germany
 Recherche (France) vol.16, no.170 1240-2, 1245-8 Oct. 1985
 -CODEN-
 RCCHBV
-ISSN-
 0029-5671
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 French
 The need is explained for expert systems, designed for 'intelligent' tasks,
 to reproduce in part the intellectual behaviour of a human specialist
 handling a large mass of knowledge accumulated over a long period. A
 condition for success will be the discovery of formalisms which can
 represent the wide diversity of forms of knowledge used by human experts. A
 goal of high priority is the preservation of neutrality in the
 representation, irrespective of the eventual use to which it will be put by
 the inference engine.
-Desc-
 expert systems; knowledge engineering
-Ident-
 knowledge representation; expert systems; intellectual behaviour; human
 specialist; formalisms; inference engine
 Class Codes: C1230; C0200
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 10
-A-
 1608407 C86011598
-W-
 Automatic theorem proving with configurations
 Bottger, H.
 Elektron. Informationsverarb. Kybern. (Germany) vol.21, no.10-11 523-46
 1985
 -CODEN-
 EIVKAX
-ISSN-
 0013-5712
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 German (39 Refs)
 A new non-resolution method of theorem proving is presented. The relevant
 information is encoded in labeled trees-so-called 'configurations'. The
 semantics of configurations is defined by a correspondence to first-order
 expressions. Inference rules on configurations and procedures working with
 them are introduced and proved to be correct and complete. Methods for
 restricting the search space are investigated.
-Desc-
 theorem proving; trees (mathematics)
-Ident-
 nonresolution method; inference rules; PLANNER; PROLOG; configurations;
 theorem proving; labeled trees; semantics; first-order expressions; search
 space
 Class Codes: C1230; C1160
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 11
-A-
 1607862 C86011595
-W-
 Expert systems overview: where does the phrase fit?
 Tsotsos, J.K.
 Fac. of Comput. Sci., Toronto Univ., Ont., Canada
 CIPS Rev. (Canada) vol.9, no.5 12-14 Sept.-Oct. 1985
 -CODEN-
 CIREDA
-ISSN-
 0701-8681
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (2 Refs)
 Accepted definitions of expert systems tend to lack substance. The author
 points out two major classes of criteria which he feels are important in
 determining whether a computer program is an expert system. These criteria
 are the external characteristics of the system, namely utilities,
 performance and transparency to users, and the technology used to build the
 system, namely, appropriateness of representation, appropriateness of
 reasoning and control, and facilities for explanation, knowledge and
 performance validation. Active research concensus are listed.
-Desc-
 expert systems
-Ident-
 knowledge facilities; user transparency; explanation facilities; expert
 systems; computer program; external characteristics; utilities; performance;
 representation; reasoning; control; performance validation
 Class Codes: C1230; C7000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 12
-A-
 1606771 C86013215
-W-
 Processing of semantic nets on dataflow architectures
 Bic, L.
 Dept. of Inf. & Comput. Sci., California Univ., Irvine, CA, USA
 Artif. Intell. (Netherlands) vol.27, no.2 219-27 Nov. 1985
 -CODEN-
 AINTBB
-ISSN-
 0004-3702
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0004-3702/85/$3.30
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (6 Refs)
 Extracting knowledge from a semantic network may be viewed as a process of
 finding given patterns in the network. On a von Neumann computer
 architecture the semantic net is a passive data structure stored in memory
 and manipulated by a program. This paper demonstrates that by adopting a
 data-driven model of computation the necessary pattern-matching process may
 be carried out on a highly-parallel dataflow architecture. The model is
 based on the idea of representing the semantic network as a dataflow graph
 in which each node is an active element capable of accepting, processing,
 and emitting data tokens traveling asynchronously along the network arcs.
 These tokens are used to perform a parallel search for the given patterns.
 Since no centralized control is required to guide and supervise the token
 flow, the model is capable of exploiting a computer architecture consisting
 of large numbers of independent processing elements.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; computer architecture; parallel processing
-Ident-
 artificial intelligence; semantic nets; dataflow architectures; von Neumann
 computer architecture; passive data structure; data-driven model;
 pattern-matching process; dataflow graph; parallel search
 Class Codes: C5220; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 13
-A-
 1605813 B86011445, C86008018
-W-
 Diagnosis: using automatic test equipment and artificial intelligence expert
 systems
 Ramsey, J.E., Jr.
 Dept. of Electr. Eng., Air Force Inst. of Technol., Wright-Patterson Air
 Force Base, OH, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; Aerosp. Electron. Syst. Soc
 Proceedings of the IEEE 1985 National Aerospace and Electronics Conference
 NAECON 1985 (Cat. No. 85CH2189-9) 1369-74 vol.2 1985
 20-24 May 1985 Dayton, OH, USA
 Publ: IEEE, New York, USA
 2 vol. 1595 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (2 Refs)
 The author reviews three expert systems (ATEOPS, ATEFEXPERS, and ATEFATLAS)
 created to direct automatic test equipment (ATE). Each system uses a
 different knowledge base or inference engine, and each bases its testing on
 the circuit schematic, test requirements document (TRD), or ATLAS code.
 Implementing generalized modules allows the expert systems to be used for
 any different unit under test. These expert systems give some insight into
 the necessary knowledge bases and inference engines needed to have an expert
 system direct ATE. Using converted ATLAS to LISP code allows the expert
 system to direct any ATE using ATLAS. The constraint propagated frame system
 allows for the expansion of control by creating the ATLAS code, checking the
 code for good software engineering techniques, directing the automatic test
 equipment, and changing the test sequences as needed (planning).
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; automatic test equipment; expert systems
-Ident-
 automatic test equipment; artificial intelligence expert systems; ATEOPS;
 ATEFEXPERS; ATEFATLAS; knowledge base; inference engine; circuit schematic;
 test requirements document; ATLAS code; generalized modules; LISP code;
 software engineering
 Class Codes: B7210B; C3380; C7410D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 14
-A-
 1596211 C86010467
-W-
 Engineering and scientific software control standards modelling: an
 interactive expert system using telecommunications
 Rushinek, A.; Rushinek, S.
 Miami Univ., Coral Gables, FL, USA
 Adey, R.A. (Editors)
 Engineering Software IV. Proceedings of the 4th International Conference
 4/3-16 1985 June 1985 London, England
 Publ: Comput. Mech. Centre, Southampton, England
 1098 pp. ISBN 0 905451 33 3
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW; THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (43 Refs)
 Selecting an Engineering and Scientific software system (ESS) is an arduous
 process. The overall satisfaction derived from this type of system depends
 on many variables. This paper analyzes the influence of a number of ESS
 predictor variables on overall satisfaction. It confirms the theories that
 suggest that ESS ease of operation, computer reliability and tech
 support-trouble shooting are the major determinants of overall computer user
 satisfaction.
-Desc-
 engineering computing; natural sciences computing; software packages;
 software selection
-Ident-
 software control standards modelling; interactive expert system;
 telecommunications; Engineering and Scientific software system; ESS
 predictor variables; ESS; ease of operation; computer reliability; tech
 support-trouble shooting; computer user satisfaction
 Class Codes: C7400; C7300; C0310
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 15
-A-
 1595374 C86010458
-W-
 The effects of technical support on user satisfaction using an interactive
 artificial intelligence expert system
 Rushinek, A.; Rushinek, S.F.
 Miami Univ., Coral Gables, FL, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; American Autom. Control Council
 Proceedings of the 1985 American Control Conference (Cat. No. 85CH2119-6)
 904-5 vol.2 1985
 19-21 June 1985 Boston, MA, USA
 Publ: IEEE, New York, USA
 3 vol. 1720 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 The authors analyze the influence of technical support (TS) on overall
 computer user satisfaction as determined by multiple regression. Trouble
 shooting, user expectations, and documentation are found to be the
 significant variables affecting overall satisfaction, whereas the number of
 computer systems and type of the microcomputer have the least significant
 effect in the user satisfaction model. An interactive expert system for TS
 is demonstrated. The implication for improvements in TS by updates to an AI
 database are discussed and analyzed.
-Desc-
 expert systems; system documentation
-Ident-
 technical support; user satisfaction; interactive artificial intelligence;
 expert system; computer user; documentation; microcomputer; database
 Class Codes: C7400; C6100
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 16
-A-
 1594984 C86006757
-W-
 Substantial constructive induction using layered information compression:
 tractable feature formation in search (revised)
 Rendell, L.
 Issued by: Univ. Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA;
 May 1985
 9 pp.
-ReptNo-
 UIUCDCS-R-85-1198
 Treatment: THEORETICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 REPORT
-Lang-
 ENG. (32 Refs)
 Addresses a problem of induction (generalization learning) which is more
 difficult than any comparable work in AI. The subject of the present
 research is a hard problem of new terms, a task of realistic constructive
 induction. While the approach is quite general, the system is analyzed and
 tested in an environment of heuristic search where noise management and
 incremental learning are necessary. Here constructive induction becomes
 feature formation from data represented in elementary form. A high-level
 attribute or feature such as 'piece advantage' in checkers is much more
 abstract than an elementary descriptor or primitive such as contents of a
 checkerboard square. Features have often been used in evaluation functions;
 primitives are usually too detailed for this. To create abstract features
 from primitives (i.e. to restructure data descriptions), a new form of
 clustering is used which involves layering of knowledge and invariance of
 utility relationships related to data primitives and task goals.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; learning systems; pattern recognition
-Ident-
 hypothesis forming; inference; inductive reasoning; layered information
 compression; knowledge layering; generalization learning; AI; realistic
 constructive induction; heuristic search; noise management; incremental
 learning; feature formation; high-level attribute; piece advantage;
 checkers; abstract features
 Class Codes: C1230; C1250
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 17
-A-
 1594721 C86010451
-W-
 A plant failure diagnosis expert system written in relational database
 manipulation languages
 Kumamoto, H.; Suzuki, T.; Inoue, K.; Ikenishi, K.
 Fac. of Eng., Kyoto Univ., Japan
 Trans. Soc. Instrum. & Control Eng. (Japan) vol.21, no.8 842-8 Aug. 1985
 -CODEN-
 TSICA9
-ISSN-
 0453-4654
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Japanese (18 Refs)
 Most expert systems (ES) are programmed in artificial intelligence languages
 such as LISP and PROLOG. The paper proposes a new approach which programs ES
 for plant failure diagnosis in a data manipulation language (DML) of a
 relational database. The personal computer DML of dBASE II or K-MAN is used.
 The approach is justified, then a knowledge acquisition and representation
 scheme of incremental refinement type is introduced for the failure
 diagnosis, and the inference engine and other parts of the system are
 implemented accordingly by the DML. The resulting ES is overviewed, and it
 is demonstrated by application to two subsystems of a ship engine propulsion
 system.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; expert systems; failure analysis; high level
 languages; marine systems; propulsion; relational databases; system
 recovery
-Ident-
 knowledge acquisition scheme; knowledge representation scheme; plant failure
 diagnosis expert system; relational database manipulation languages;
 artificial intelligence languages; personal computer; dBASE II; K-MAN;
 incremental refinement; inference engine; ship engine propulsion system
 Class Codes: C7400; C6160D; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 18
-A-
 1591569 C86006742
-W-
 Experiments with semantic paramodulation
 McCune, W.; Henschen, L.
 Div. of Math. & Comput. Sci., Argonne Nat. Lab., IL, USA
 J. Autom. Reasoning (Netherlands) vol.1, no.3 231-61 1985
 -CODEN-
 JAREEW
-ISSN-
 0168-7433
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0168-7433/85$0.15
 Treatment: THEORETICAL; EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (25 Refs)
 A semantic restriction is presented for use with paramodulation in automated
 theorem-proving programs. The method applies to first-order formulas with
 equality whose clause forms are Horn sets. In this method, an interpretation
 is given to the program along with the set of clauses to be refuted. The
 semantic restriction was incorporated into an existing automated
 theorem-proving program, and a number of experiments were conducted on
 theorems in abstract algebra. Semantic paramodulation is an extension of
 set-of-support paramodulation. A comparison of the two strategies was used
 as the basis for experimentation. The semantic searches performed markedly
 better than the corresponding set-of-support searches in many of the
 comparisons. The semantic restriction seems to make the program less
 sensitive to the choice of rewrite rules and supported clauses.
-Desc-
 theorem proving
-Ident-
 semantic inference rules; semantic paramodulation; automated
 theorem-proving; Horn sets; interpretation; semantic restriction; abstract
 algebra; semantic searches; set-of-support
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 19
-A-
 1591543 D86000348
-W-
 The quest for the intelligent database
 Basu, D.
 ICP Bus. Software Rev. (Eur. Ed.) (GB) vol.1, no.5 12-13 Dec. 1985
 -CODEN-
 IBSEEX
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 While there is theoretical promise in making artificial intelligence (AI) a
 resident component of-or normal front end for-database management systems
 (DBMSs), there is a lot of work ahead. Current AI technology cannot explode
 in a standalone environment. The merging of AI as an extension of today's
 database technology will make AI technology more creditable. The areas where
 AI can be incorporated are: ad hoc database searching; natural language
 facilities; graphics interfaces; concurrent query support; rule-based query
 support; natural language use of ad hoc query/report writer; and inclusion
 of Prolog in relational DBMS. It must be remembered that AI is not a panacea
 and, like other discrete technologies, never will be. The implementation of
 AI in DBMS will not solve all problems and the information industry will not
 be ready to accept it commercially without bona fide technical merit.
-Desc-
 database management systems; expert systems
-Ident-
 intelligent database; artificial intelligence; front end; database
 management systems; natural language facilities; graphics interfaces;
 concurrent query support; rule-based query support; ad hoc query/report
 writer; Prolog; relational DBMS; DBMS
 Class Codes: D2080; D2000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 20
-A-
 1591431 C86009255
-W-
 R1-Soar: an experiment in knowledge-intensive programming in a
 problem-solving architecture
 Rosenbloom, P.S.; Laird, J.E.; McDermott, J.; Newell, A.; Orciuch, E.
 Dept. of Comput. Sci., Stanford Univ., CA, USA;
 IEEE Trans. Pattern Anal. & Mach. Intell. (USA) vol.PAMI-7, no.5 561-9 Sept.
 1985
 -CODEN-
 ITPIDJ
-ISSN-
 0162-8828
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0162-8828/85/0900-0561$01.00
 Treatment: APPLIC; THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (19 Refs)
 The authors present an experiment in knowledge-intensive programming within
 a general problem-solving production-system architecture called Soar. In
 Soar, knowledge is encoded within a set of problem spaces, which yields a
 system capable of reasoning from first principles. Expertise consists of
 additional rules that guide complex problem-space searches and substitute
 for expensive problem-space operators. The resulting system uses both
 knowledge and search when relevant. Expertise knowledge is acquired either
 by having it programmed, or by a chunking mechanism that automatically
 learns new rules reflecting the results implicit in the knowledge of the
 problem spaces. The approach is demonstrated on the computer-system
 configuration task, the task performed by the expert system R1.
-Desc-
 automatic programming; expert systems
-Ident-
 knowledge-intensive programming; problem-solving architecture; reasoning;
 complex problem-space searches; chunking; expert system
 Class Codes: C6110; C7430; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 21
-A-
 1589707 C86006746
-W-
 A new technique in heuristic search-algorithm SA
 Zhang Bo; Zhang Ling
 Dept. of Comput. Eng. & Sci., Tsinghua Univ., China
 J. Tsinghua Univ. (China) vol.25, no.2 1-14 1985
 -CODEN-
 CHHPAH
-ISSN-
 0577-9189
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Chinese (12 Refs)
 Under certain assumptions, the heuristic search is regarded as a random
 sampling process; the statistical inference method is thus introduced into
 the search. According to this basic idea and by incorporating the Wald
 sequential probability ratio test in A (or A*) search, a new heuristic
 search algorithm SA is obtained. The algorithm is discussed in detail and an
 example given, showing how it works.
-Desc-
 computational complexity; heuristic programming; random processes;
 statistical analysis
-Ident-
 random sampling process; statistical inference method; sequential
 probability ratio test; heuristic search algorithm
 Class Codes: C1230; C1140Z; C4240
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 22
-A-
 1588850 C86008560
-W-
 The dataflow architecture: a suitable base for the implementation of expert
 systems
 Rokey, M.
 Dept. of Comput. Sci., Texas A&M Univ., College Station, TX, USA
 Comput. Archit. News (USA) vol.13, no.4 8-14 Sept. 1985
 -CODEN-
 CANED2
-ISSN-
 0163-5964
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (8 Refs)
 Changes in the field of computing are inevitable. As research into the uses
 of computers produces more applications, conventional Von Neumann style
 concepts will need to be replaced with more up-to-date ideas. As an example,
 the field of rule-based expert systems is growing both in popularity and in
 the demands made on current technology. This paper examines the nature of an
 expert system and the characteristics which make its implementation in
 conventional terms unattractive. The dataflow style of computation is
 proposed as a viable candidate for these systems, and the current state of
 architectures which support this method of computation is examined.
-Desc-
 computer architecture; expert systems; parallel processing
-Ident-
 parallel processing; dataflow architecture; rule-based expert systems
 Class Codes: C5220
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 23
-A-
 1575262 C86005932
-W-
 An expert system for control systems design
 LeVan, D.o.
 Dept. of Electr. & Comput. Eng., Buffalo Univ., NY, USA
 Kirk, D.E. (Editors)
 Sponsor: IEEE; Naval Postgraduate Sch.; Univ. Santa Clara
 Conference Record Eighteenth Asilomar Conference on Circuits, Systems and
 Computers (Cat. No. 85CH2200-4) 252-6 1985
 5-7 Nov. 1984 Pacific Grove, CA, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Washington, DC, USA
 x+456 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0673 8
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2200-4/85/0000-0252$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (6 Refs)
 An expert system for control system design has data representation needs not
 required by other common expert systems. Directed energy flows, procedures
 to transform energy and information, and a recursive definition are
 necessary. The concept of frames is modified to form an extended frame
 definition. This provides important items such as slots for default/required
 information, procedures, nested frame definitions, and ports for directing
 the flow of energy or information. Relationships between the slots,
 procedures, and frames can be defined to indicate how they all interact and
 form a whole. Extended frames also support the concepts and constructs
 needed for use by an inference engine.
-Desc-
 control system CAD; expert systems
-Ident-
 directed energy flows; knowledge-based system; CAD; computer-aided design;
 expert system; control systems design; recursive definition; extended frame
 definition; inference engine
 Class Codes: C7420; C1310
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 24
-A-
 1575257 C86006005
-W-
 An expert planning system for air-to-air combat management
 Markosian, L.Z.; Rockmore, A.J.; Keller, K.J.; Gaan, M.R.
 Syst. Control Technol. Inc., Palo Alto, CA, USA
 Kirk, D.E. (Editors)
 Sponsor: IEEE; Naval Postgraduate Sch.; Univ. Santa Clara
 Conference Record Eighteenth Asilomar Conference on Circuits, Systems and
 Computers (Cat. No. 85CH2200-4) 112-16 1985
 5-7 Nov. 1984 Pacific Grove, CA, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Washington, DC, USA
 x+456 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0673 8
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2200-4/85/0000-0112$01.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (6 Refs)
 In the past, AI planning systems have focused primarily on logical
 representation of the planning problem and search of the plan space. More
 recently, planning systems are being applied to real-world problems
 characterized by dynamic domains with mathematically complex
 representations, uncertainty of current and future domain states, and
 unresponsiveness to the planner's actions. A paradigm for dynamic plan
 execution and monitoring is presented that complements skeletal planning
 based on scripts. This paradigm interleaves plan generation and plan
 interpretation phases. Plan generation and interpretation are implemented as
 coroutines in an application to the highly dynamic air battle environment.
 In this application, the planning system combines expert fighter pilot
 heuristics with detailed mathematical functions that evaluate and execute
 these heuristics.
-Desc-
 expert systems; military systems
-Ident-
 expert planning system; air-to-air combat management; AI; dynamic domains;
 domain states; paradigm; air battle environment; fighter pilot heuristics
 Class Codes: C7460; C1230; C3360L
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 25
-A-
 1573768 C86000468
-W-
 A heuristic method for searching the global maximum of a multimodal
 function
 Kamei, K.; Inoue, K.
 Dept. of Electr. Eng., Ritsumeikan Univ., Kyoto, Japan
 Gertler, J.; Keviczky, L. (Editors)
 Sponsor: IFAC; IMACS; IFIP; IFORS; IMEKO; UNESCO; UNIDO
 Bridge Between Control Science and Technology. Proceedings of the Ninth
 Triennial World Congress of IFAC 1609-14 vol.3 1985
 2-6 July 1984 Budapest, Hungary
 Publ: Pergamon Press, Oxford, England
 6 vol. (xiv+xiii+xiv+xiv+xiv+xiv+3526) pp. ISBN 0 08 031666 2
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (15 Refs)
 Many techniques for searching the optimum of a unimodal function are
 discussed in nonlinear optimization problems and mathematical programming.
 On the other hand, though the search method for the global optimum of a
 multimodal function is an important technique in the optimization of
 systems, it is not discussed so sufficiently as the unimodal search methods.
 This paper describes a new method for searching the global maximum of a
 multimodal function. The method is composed of three kinds of searches. They
 are called a G (Grasping)-mode, an F (Finding)-mode and a C
 (Confirming)-mode searches. In the G-mode and the C-mode searches, a
 heuristic technique which was extracted through the search behaviour evolved
 by human subjects is used. In the F-mode search, the simplex method which
 has been well-known as a search method for a unimodal function is used. The
 numerical results, using a variety of test problems, are given.
-Desc-
 heuristic programming; optimisation
-Ident-
 grasping; finding; confirming; global maximum; nonlinear optimization;
 mathematical programming; G-mode; C-mode; F-mode
 Class Codes: C1180; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 26
-A-
 1567995 C86000042
-W-
 Automated product development-the 'design to product' Alvey demonstrator
 Burrow, L.D.
 Electrotechnology (GB) vol.13, no.4 130-2 Oct. 1985
 -CODEN-
 ETNYBB
-ISSN-
 0306-8552
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 The Alvey Directorate in the Department of Trade and Industry has
 established a national programme of collaborative research and development
 in the four areas of man-machine interfaces (MMI), intelligent knowledge
 based systems (IKBS), software engineering, and very large scale integration
 (VLSI). One of these projects is the GEC 'design to product' demonstrator.
 In this project current research work in IKBS, MMI, and software engineering
 is being applied to the automation of the complete product development
 route, from initial design, through manufacture to field maintenance. The
 core of the project is an intelligent Knowledge Based, Design System
 (IKBDS). This provides a 'design environment' containing general design
 knowledge with an interface allowing a user to use the knowledge in an
 efficient and flexible manner. This interaction creates a product
 description containing all the information required to design, manufacture
 and support the product. An advanced fully automated flexible manufacturing
 system also being developed within the project and driven by plans and NC
 data from the product description will demonstrate the manufacture of design
 components.
-Desc-
 CAD; CAD/CAM; expert systems; flexible manufacturing systems ; research
 initiatives; VLSI
-Ident-
 Alvey demonstrator; man-machine interfaces; MMI; intelligent knowledge based
 systems; IKBS; software engineering; very large scale integration; VLSI;
 design; manufacture; maintenance; automated flexible manufacturing system
 Class Codes: C0200; C3355; C7420
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 27
-A-
 1567522 C86000641
-W-
 Search processes for applications of artificial intelligence
 Klinger, A.
 Dept. of Comput. Sci., California Univ., Los Angeles, CA, USA
 Proc. SPIE Int. Soc. Opt. Eng. (USA) vol.548 166-8 1985
 -CODEN-
 PSISDG
-ISSN-
 0277-786X
 Applications of Artificial Intelligence II 9-11 April 1985 Arlington, VA,
 USA
 Treatment: APPLIC
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (13 Refs)
 This paper concerns search as an aspect of artificial intelligence (AI).
 Search is a heavily used part of AI programs that work in the domains of
 problem solving, resolution theorem-proving, and speech, text, and image
 understanding. It is also the one out of all the AI tools, that is the most
 closely-coupled to practical problems by its very nature. This is because
 computers excel at storage of quantities of information and at repetitive
 execution of a set of comparisons. Of all the 'intelligent' uses of
 computing, search is the one realm where human solutions can be surpassed by
 computers. This paper begins with a brief survey of some search processes
 from traditional AI domains such as problem-solving. Next the author
 discusses the computer vision problem, and focuses on object determination.
 The use of recursive methods is then presented. The author explains the
 speed advantages of algorithms such as binary search, and how recursion is
 built in to them. Hierarchical methods of array search are then seen to be
 an ideal way to apply recursion to effectively compute topological
 properties without excessive increase in time needed, when the domain size
 expands. Hence, advantageous use of such approaches for automation, medical
 and remote sensing data, and other image applications of artificial
 intelligence is described, to illustrate the theme.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; computer vision; data handling
-Ident-
 search processes; speech understanding; text understanding; object
 determination; hierarchical methods; artificial intelligence; problem
 solving; resolution theorem-proving; image understanding; computer vision;
 recursive methods; binary search; array search; topological properties
 Class Codes: C1230; C6130
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 28
-A-
 1567517 C86006224
-W-
 Application of expert system techniques to a visual tracker
 Myler, H.R.; Thompson, W.E.; Flachs, G.M.
 Dept. of Electr. & Comput. Eng., New Mexico State Univ., Las Cruces, NM,
 USA
 Proc. SPIE Int. Soc. Opt. Eng. (USA) vol.548 124-7 1985
 -CODEN-
 PSISDG
-ISSN-
 0277-786X
 Applications of Artificial Intelligence II 9-11 April 1985 Arlington, VA,
 USA
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (8 Refs)
 A structure for a visual tracking system is presented which relies on
 information developed from previous tracking scenarios stored in a knowledge
 base to enhance tracking performance. The system is comprised of a centroid
 tracker front end which supplies segmented image features to a data
 reduction algorithm which holds the reduced data in a temporary database
 relation. This relation is then classified via two separate modes, learn and
 track. Under learn mode, an external teacher-director operator provides
 identification and weighting cues for membership in a long-term storage
 relation within a knowledge base. Track mode operates autonomously from the
 learn mode where the system determines feature validity by applying fuzzy
 set membership criteria to previously stored track information in the
 database. Results determined from the classification generate tracker
 directives which either enhance or permit current tracking to continue or
 cause the tracker to search for alternate targets based upon analysis of a
 global target tracking list. The classification algorithm is based on
 correlative analysis of the tracker's segmented output presentation after
 low pass filtering derives lower order harmonics of the feature. The fuzzy
 set membership criteria is based on size, rotation, frame location, and past
 history of the feature. The first three factors are linear operations on the
 spectra, while the last is generated as a context relation in the knowledge
 base. The context relation interlinks data between features to facilitate
 tracker operation during feature occlusion or presence of countermeasures.
-Desc-
 computerised pattern recognition; data reduction; expert systems; fuzzy set
 theory; tracking
-Ident-
 track mode; expert system techniques; visual tracking system ; knowledge
 base; centroid tracker front end; segmented image features; data reduction
 algorithm; database relation; learn mode; external teacher-director
 operator; feature validity; fuzzy set membership criteria tracker
 directives; global target tracking list; classification algorithm;
 correlative analysis; low pass filtering; lower order harmonics; context
 relation; feature occlusion; countermeasures
 Class Codes: C7890; C5530; C1230; C1250
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 29
-A-
 1567505 C86000703
-W-
 Goal-directed textured-image segmentation
 Laws, K.I.
 Artificial intelligence Center, SRI Int., Menlo Park, CA, USA
 Proc. SPIE Int. Soc. Opt. Eng. (USA) vol.548 19-26 1985
 -CODEN-
 PSISDG
-ISSN-
 0277-786X
 Applications of Artificial Intelligence II 9-11 April 1985 Arlington, VA,
 USA
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (11 Refs)
 The SLICE segmentation system identifies image regions that differ in
 gray-level distribution, color, spatial texture, or some other local
 property. This report concentrates on textured-image segmentation using
 local texture-energy measures and user-delimited training regions. Knowledge
 of target textures or signatures is combined with knowledge of background
 textures by using histogram-similarity transforms to identify regions that
 are similar to a target texture and dissimilar to other textures.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; computerised picture processing
-Ident-
 goal directed textured image segmentation; SLICE segmentation system;
 gray-level distribution; color; spatial texture; local texture-energy
 measures; user-delimited training regions; signatures; histogram-similarity
 transforms; target texture
 Class Codes: C1250; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 30
-A-
 1556539 C85051823
-W-
 The use of expert-systems programming techniques for the design of lead-lag
 compensators
 James, J.R.; Frederick, D.K.; Taylor, J.H.
 US Mil. Acad., West Point, NY, USA
 Sponsor: IEE
 International Conference - Control 85 (Conf. Publ. No. 252) 180-5 vol.1
 1985
 9-11 July 1985 Cambridge, England
 Publ: IEE, London, England
 2 vol. (xix+696) pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (13 Refs)
 Discusses the application of expert systems programming techniques to the
 design of lead-lag compensators for a single-input, single-output,
 continuous-time plant. A design method based on first adjusting the
 high-frequency response with lead and constant-gain compensators followed by
 adjusting the low-frequency response with lag compensators has been
 developed. This design heuristic is presented and its ability to achieve
 specifications for a range of different plants is discussed. Inference
 engine capabilities and extensions to a conventional analysis and design
 package required to implement this automatic control system design method
 are discussed.
-Desc-
 compensation; control system CAD; expert systems; programming
-Ident-
 single input single output system; control system CAD; inference engine;
 expert-systems; programming techniques; lead-lag compensators;
 continuous-time plant; design method; high-frequency response ;
 constant-gain compensators; low-frequency response; lag compensators; design
 heuristic; automatic control system design method
 Class Codes: C7420; C6110; C1310
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 31
-A-
 1556413 C85049614
-W-
 Characterizing the parallelism in rule-based expert systems
 Douglass, R.J.
 Los Alamos Nat. Lab., NM, USA
 Gallizzi, E.L.; Elam, J.; Sprague, R.H., Jr. (Editors)
 Sponsor: Univ. Hawaii; Univ. Southwestern Louisiana; ACM; IEEE; Community
 Health Comput.; Cray Res.; IBM; Plenum
 Proceedings of the Eighteenth Hawaii International Conference on System
 Sciences 1985 47-54 vol.2 1985
 2-4 Jan. 1985 Honolulu, HI, USA
 Publ: Hawaii Int. Conference on Syst. Sci. (Distributed by Western
 Periodicals Co.), Honolulu, HI, USA
 3 vol. (xii+704+xx+813+ix+386) pp.
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (34 Refs)
 A brief review of two classes of rule-based expert systems is presented,
 followed by a detailed analysis of potential sources of parallelism at the
 production or rule level, the subrule level (including match, select and act
 parallelism), and at the search level (including 'AND', 'OR', and stream
 parallelism). The potential amount of parallelism from each source is
 discussed and characterized in terms of its granularity, inherent serial
 constraints, efficiency, speedup, dynamic behavior, and communication
 volume, frequency and topology. Subrule parallelism will yield, at best,
 two- to tenfold speedup, and rule level parallelism will yield a modest
 speedup on the order of 5 to 10 times. Rule level can be combined with OR,
 AND, and stream parallelism in many instances to yield further parallel
 speedups.
-Desc-
 expert systems; parallel processing; programming theory
-Ident-
 parallelism; rule-based expert systems; subrule level; match ; select; act
 parallelism; stream parallelism; serial constraints; efficiency; speedup;
 dynamic behavior; communication volume; frequency; topology; OR; AND
 Class Codes: C4240; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 32
-A-
 1556126 C85051068
-W-
 Computer assisted pre-operative evaluation (CAPE)-a system description
 Keating, H.J., III; Sims, S.C.; Balk, M.A.
 Dept. of Med., Wilmington Med. Center, DE, USA
 Cohen, G.S. (Editors)
 Sponsor: IEEE
 Proceedings of the Eighth Annual Symposium on Computer Applications in
 Medical Care (Cat. No. 84CH2090-9) 269-72 1984
 4-7 Nov. 1984 Washington, DC, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 xx+1032 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0565 0
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2090-9/84/0000-0269$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (8 Refs)
 A computer assisted preoperative evaluation system called CAPE, has been
 constructed. This knowledge-based consultant system, which is designed for
 the general internist, provides: (1) estimation of the risk of mortality and
 organ system failures in patients considered for surgery, (2) specific
 recommendations, derived from the pertinent literature, to minimize that
 risk, and (3) retrieval of surgical procedure-specific considerations.
 Although the system seems to help optimize the patient's condition for
 surgery, it has not yet been subjected to a controlled trial to assess its
 clinical utility or user satisfaction.
-Desc-
 expert systems; medical administrative data processing; medical diagnostic
 computing; patient care
-Ident-
 medical computing; expert systems; computer assisted preoperative evaluation
 system; CAPE; knowledge-based consultant system; internist; risk of
 mortality; organ system failures; patients; surgery; literature; surgical
 procedure-specific considerations; clinical utility; user satisfaction
 Class Codes: C7140; C7330
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 33
-A-
 1555913 C85048418
-W-
 Substantial constructive induction using layered information compression:
 tractable feature formation in search
 Rendell, L.
 Issued by: Univ. Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA;
 Jan. 1985
 14 pp.
-ReptNo-
 UIUCDCS-R-85-1198
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 REPORT
-Lang-
 ENG. (34 Refs)
 This paper addresses a problem of practical inductive inference which is
 more difficult than any comparable work in AI. The subject of the research
 is realistic constructive induction: mechanized feature formation from data
 represented in elementary form. A feature, attribute, or property such as
 'piece advantage' in checkers is much more abstract than an elementary
 descriptor or primitive such as contents of a checkerboard square. Features
 have often been used in evaluation functions; primitives are usually too
 detailed for this. To create higher level features from primitives (i.e. to
 restructure data), a new form of clustering is used which involves layering
 of knowledge and invariance of utility (i.e. usefulness in attaining a
 goal). The scheme, which is both model- and data-driven, requires almost no
 background, domain-specific knowledge, but rather constructs it. The method
 achieves considerable generality with superior noise management and low
 computational complexity. Although the domains addressed are difficult,
 initial experimental results are encouraging.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence
-Ident-
 generalisation learning; practical inductive inference; AI; constructive
 induction; mechanized feature formation; evaluation functions primitives;
 clustering; noise management; computational complexity
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 34
-A-
 1553041 C85048410
-W-
 Automated classification of complex errors in discrete sequential tasks
 Ahuja, S.B.; Reggia, J.A.
 Dept. of Comput. Sci., Maryland Univ., College Park, MD, USA
 IEEE Trans. Syst., Man & Cybern. (USA) vol.SMC-15, no.4 527-32 July-Aug.
 1985
 -CODEN-
 ISYMAW
-ISSN-
 0018-9472
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0018-9472/85/0700-0527$01.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (12 Refs)
 Use of a heuristically guided state-space search to classify complex errors
 in discrete sequential processes is described, and a general method for
 deriving heuristic function to guide such a search is introduced. A specific
 heuristic function and alternate sets of elementary errors are studied
 through the use of an implemented program.
-Desc-
 expert systems; heuristic programming; programming theory; state-space
 methods
-Ident-
 complex error classification; SLIPS simulator; automated error
 classification; state-space search; discrete sequential processes; heuristic
 function
 Class Codes: C1230; C4240
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 35
-A-
 1552988 C85048409
-W-
 Invoking inference engines in an expert system
 IBM Tech. Disclosure Bull. (USA) vol.27, no.12 7034-7 May 1985
 -CODEN-
 IBMTAA
-ISSN-
 0018-8689
 Treatment: NEW DEVELOPMENTS; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 This invention relates to variable control exemplified by selectively
 invoking one or more inference engines in an expert system.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; expert systems
-Ident-
 selectively invoking inference engines; expert system; variable control
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 36
-A-
 1552859 C85048492
-W-
 Perspectives of the development of the man-machine relationship
 Chvalovsky, V.
 Vypocetni Centrum CKD Praha, Czechoslovakia
 Inf. Syst. (Czechoslovakia) vol.14, no.2 171-84 April 1985
 -CODEN-
 ISYSDJ
-ISSN-
 0323-1984
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Czech (16 Refs)
 Searching the way out of a certain form of stagnation, which is
 characteristic of the level of solving automation tasks, is connected with
 the need for solving the so-called weakly structured tasks typical for the
 decision-making processes. Automated systems for decision-making support and
 expert systems are of interest as a way of practical utilization of research
 results in the sphere of artificial intelligence. A closer analysis of the
 questions connected with the subject indicate that the major part of these
 trends in the development of automation are closely related to the
 development of the man-computer relationship.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; human factors; man-machine systems
-Ident-
 man-machine relationship; solving automation tasks; decision-making
 processes; artificial intelligence; man-computer relationship
 Class Codes: C1270; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 37
-A-
 1552059 C85048416
-W-
 Models and methods for representing knowledge algebra on
 knowledge-manipulation frames
 Vol'fengagen, V.E.; Yatsuk, V.Ya.
 Tekh. Kibern. (USSR) vol.22, no.6 4-14 Nov.-Dec. 1984
 -CODEN-
 TEKIB8
 Trans in: Eng. Cybern. (USA) vol.22, no.6 79-88 Nov.-Dec. 1984
 -CODEN-
 ENCYAF
-ISSN-
 0013-788X
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0013-788X/84/0006-0079$7.50/0
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (12 Refs)
 A method for representing knowledge about specific features of operation and
 control of dynamic objects by means of frames and networks of frames is
 examined. Particular types of frames are recommended. Construction of frame
 networks is realized by calling on the formulated algebraic tool. A
 production system in which sequents are used as products is developed for
 automating decision-making processes. Types of subject-area postulates,
 which can be used to shorten the search for a solution in the state space
 are developed.
-Desc-
 formal languages; knowledge engineering; state-space methods
-Ident-
 intelligent decision making; knowledge engineering; knowledge algebra;
 knowledge-manipulation frames; dynamic objects; frame networks; state space
 Class Codes: C1230; C4210
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 38
-A-
 1537190 C85047294
-W-
 Rule refinement (for medical expert systems)
 Rada, R.; Rhine, Y.; Smallwood, J.
 Dept. of Comput. Sci., Wayne State Univ., Detroit, MI, USA
 Cohen, G.S. (Editors)
 Sponsor: IEEE
 Proceedings of the Eighth Annual Symposium on Computer Applications in
 Medical Care (Cat. No. 84CH2090-9) 62-5 1984
 4-7 Nov. 1984 Washington, DC, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 xx+1032 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0565 0
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2090-9/84/0000-0062$01.00
 Treatment: EXPERIMENTAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (14 Refs)
 Probabilistic, rule-based expert systems are examined both in the abstract
 and in a program to interpret computerized tomograms of the brain. A
 computer program has been written and tested that reads rules of an expert
 system and a learning set and automatically adjusts weights on rules so as
 to improve performance of the expert system. The experiments on the genetic
 and heuristic algorithm address more complex problems of rule adjustment.
 The genetic algorithm has not proven itself particular useful in these
 experiments but the general importance of continuity in search spaces has
 been demonstrated. Adjustment of weights on rules does seem effective when
 careful credit assignment and small weight changes are made. Adjusting the
 predicates in rules required, in addition, a relationship-rich store of
 domain-specific knowledge.
-Desc-
 brain; computerised tomography; expert systems; heuristic programming;
 medical computing
-Ident-
 rule refinement probabilistic rule based expert systems; search space
 continuity; medical expert systems; computerized tomograms; brain; learning
 set; weights; heuristic algorithm; rule adjustment; genetic algorithm;
 credit assignment; predicates; domain-specific knowledge
 Class Codes: C7330; C1230; C7140
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 39
-A-
 1532882 C85043861
-W-
 Optimal and suboptimal feature selection for classification of evoked brain
 potentials
 Halliday, D.L.; McGillem, C.D.; Westerkamp, J.; Aunon, J.I.
 Bendex Guidance Syst. Div., Mishawaka, IN, USA
 IEEE Trans. Syst., Man & Cybern. (USA) vol.SMC-15, no.3 442-8 May-June 1985
 -CODEN-
 ISYMAW
-ISSN-
 0018-9472
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0018-9472/85/0500-442$01.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (14 Refs)
 Exhaustive feature selection algorithms are optimal because all possible
 combinations of features are tested against a predetermined criterion.
 Suboptimal algorithms that trade performance for speed by considering only a
 subset of all feature combinations are generally preferred. An
 implementation of the exhaustive search feature selection (ESFS) method is
 described for the Bayes Gaussian statistics. The algorithm significantly
 reduces the computational and time requirements normally associated with
 optimal algorithms. The performance of this algorithm is compared to that of
 two suboptimal algorithms-forward sequential features selection and stepwise
 linear discriminant analysis. Results show that this implementation provides
 a moderate improvement in classification accuracy and is well suited for
 evaluating the performance of suboptimal algorithms.
-Desc-
 algorithm theory; Bayes methods; brain models; pattern recognition
-Ident-
 statistical pattern recognition; evoked brain potentials; exhaustive search
 feature selection; Bayes Gaussian statistics; optimal algorithms; forward
 sequential features selection; stepwise linear discriminant analysis;
 classification accuracy; suboptimal algorithms
 Class Codes: C1250; C4240; C1230; C1140Z
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 40
-A-
 1532861 C85043792
-W-
 A subdivision algorithm in configuration space for findpath with rotation
 Brooks, R.A.; Lozano-Perez, T.
 Artificial Intelligence Lab., MIT, Cambridge, MA, USA
 IEEE Trans. Syst., Man & Cybern. (USA) vol.SMC-15, no.2 224-33 March-April
 1985
 -CODEN-
 ISYMAW
-ISSN-
 0018-9472
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0018-9472/85/0300-0224$01.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (11 Refs)
 A recursive cellular representation for configuration space is presented
 along with an algorithm for searching that space for collision-free paths.
 The details of the algorithm are presented for polygonal obstacles and a
 moving object with two translational and one rotational degrees of freedom.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; position control; robots
-Ident-
 robotics; artificial intelligence; subdivision algorithm; findpath;
 rotation; recursive cellular representation; configuration space
 collision-free paths; polygonal obstacles
 Class Codes: C1230; C3120C
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 41
-A-
 1532470 C85046619
-W-
 Resident expert (expert systems)
 Home Comput. Adv. Course (GB) no.66 1301-3 1985
 -CODEN-
 HCACEZ
-ISSN-
 0265-2919
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 For previous pt. see ibid., no.65, p.1281-3, 1985. This instalment of the
 series on artificial intelligence focuses on expert systems-highly
 structured programs capable of fulfilling much of the diagnostic and
 advisory role of professional human practitioners in specialised areas of
 knowledge. An attempt is made to isolate the essential ingredients of the
 true expert system. It is concluded that the knowledge base, the inference
 engine, the knowledge-acquisition module and the explanatory system are
 essential; these are each discussed in turn.
-Desc-
 expert systems
-Ident-
 artificial intelligence; expert systems; knowledge base; inference engine;
 knowledge-acquisition module; explanatory system
 Class Codes: C7000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 42
-A-
 1532457 C85047237
-W-
 Preceptor: a shell for medical expert systems and its application in a study
 of prognostic indices in stroke
 McSherry, D.; Fullerton, K.
 Queen's Univ. of Belfast, N Ireland
 Expert Syst. (GB) vol.2, no.3 140-7 July 1985
 -CODEN-
 EXSYEX
-ISSN-
 0266-4720
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 Preceptor is a shell system for building rule-based expert systems to
 support clinical decision-making. Its highly-structured knowledge base is
 designed to reflect the variety of decision-making activities in patient
 management. The authors describe Preceptor's knowledge base and dialogue
 structures, its inference strategies, and its comprehensive facilities for
 knowledge base creation and management. They report its application in a
 study of prognostic indices in stroke, and describe an approach to knowledge
 acquisition in this application.
-Desc-
 expert systems; medical diagnostic computing
-Ident-
 Preceptor; medical expert systems; prognostic indices; shell system;
 rule-based expert systems; clinical decision-making; knowledge base ;
 patient management; dialogue structures; inference strategies; stroke;
 knowledge acquisition
 Class Codes: C7330; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 43
-A-
 1531640 C85046616
-W-
 Products bring expertise to industry, military (expert systems)
 Naughton, J.
 Dec User (GB) 29-35 July 1985
 -CODEN-
 DECUEZ
-ISSN-
 0263-6530
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 The author describes how AI research has assisted in the development of
 expert systems. He outlines the three distinct components of an expert
 system (knowledge base, inference engine and user-interface) before looking
 at expert system applications.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; expert systems; research initiatives
-Ident-
 AI research; expert systems; knowledge base; inference engine;
 user-interface; applications
 Class Codes: C7000; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 44
-A-
 1531389 C85046227
-W-
 The pell-mell rush into expert systems forces integration issue
 Manuel, T.
 Electronics (USA) vol.58, no.26 54-9 1 July 1985
 -CODEN-
 ELECAD
-ISSN-
 0013-5070
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Expert system should involve inference engine, knowledge base, explanation
 facility and a knowledge acquisition system and they should have interfaces
 to many other functions of computerized system of which it is part. The
 importance of AI software development tools is discussed and some of the
 expert systems available are mentioned. LISP machines for running AI
 software are also mentioned and compared with microcomputers.
 Software-development tools for non-AI-trained users move expert systems into
 everyday applications.
-Desc-
 expert systems; software engineering; software tools
-Ident-
 expert systems; inference engine; knowledge base; explanation facility;
 knowledge acquisition system; AI software development tools; expert systems;
 LISP machines
 Class Codes: C6115; C7000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 45
-A-
 1529231 A85110484, C85047309
-W-
 NASA image-based geological expert system development project for
 hyperspectral image analysis
 Chiou, W.C., Sr.
 NASA Ames Res. Center, Inf. Sci. Office, Moffett Field, CA, USA
 Appl. Opt. (USA) vol.24, no.14 2085-91 15 July 1985
 -CODEN-
 APOPAI
-ISSN-
 0003-6935
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (18 Refs)
 The NASA image-based geological expert system was applied to analyze
 remotely sensed hyperspectral image data. The major objective is for
 geologists to identify the Earth surface mineral properties directly from
 the airborne and spaceborne imaging spectrometer data. With certain
 constraints, the author showed that the system can identify correctly
 different classes of mineral. It has the built-in learning paradigm to
 enhance the confidence factor of mineral identification. The author also
 incorporated a very powerful natural language system as the user-friendly
 front end and tested the concurrent processing efficiency of the frame-based
 knowledge representation in the hypercube microsupercomputer simulation.
-Desc-
 computerised picture processing; expert systems; geology; geophysical
 prospecting; geophysical techniques; geophysics computing; remote sensing;
 spectral analysis
-Ident-
 airborne imaging spectrometer data; multispectral remote sensing;
 prospecting; technique; thematic mapper; NASA image-based geological expert
 system; hyperspectral image analysis; remotely sensed hyperspectral image
 data; Earth surface mineral properties; spaceborne imaging spectrometer
 data; built-in learning paradigm; confidence factor; mineral identification;
 natural language system; user-friendly front end; concurrent processing
 efficiency; frame-based knowledge representation; hypercube
 microsupercomputer simulation
 Class Codes: A9385; C7340; C1230; C5260
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 46
-A-
 1526948 B85051898, C85042831
-W-
 'Humanized' system tracks troubles (AT&T Automated Cable Expertise system)
 Wilkinson, P.
 Teleph. Eng. & Manage. (USA) vol.89, no.8 86-91 15 April 1985
 -CODEN-
 TPEMAW
-ISSN-
 0040-263X
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; PRODUCT REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Discusses ACE, AT&T's Automated Cable Expertise system that diagnoses and
 ranks problem areas in outside plant facilities. It also is designed to cut
 costs and improve efficiency. ACE has the distinction of being the first
 commercial use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) technology in a telecom
 product. The technology of this expert system consists of two parts, a
 knowledge base, formulated directly from the expertise of cable analyzers,
 and an inference engine, to manipulate the data as a specialized problem
 solver. As a result, AI enables computers to deal with problems and draw
 conclusions in a way which was not possible with traditional programming.
 ACE automates human tasks that other computer systems support. ACE results
 are detailed messages about specific cable problems. All ACE software is
 contained in a UNIX-based 3B2-300 desktop microcomputer. The system is easy
 to operate, using a standard CRT with optional printer.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; expert systems; telecommunication systems;
 telecommunications computing
-Ident-
 telecommunications computing; AT&T; UNIX; telecommunication system;
 Automated Cable Expertise system; ACE; Artificial Intelligence; expert
 system; knowledge base; cable analyzers; inference engine; computer systems;
 software; 3B2-300 desktop microcomputer; CRT; printer
 Class Codes: B6210; C7410F
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 47
-A-
 1518934 C85042906
-W-
 An expert system for control and signal processing with automatic FORTRAN
 code generation
 Gomez, C.; Quadrat, J.P.; Sulem, A.; Blankenship, G.L.; Kumar, P.; LaVigna,
 A.; MacEnany, D.C.; Paul, K.; Yan, I.
 INRIA, Le Chesnay, France;
 Sponsor: IEEE
 Proceedings of the 23rd IEEE Conference on Decision and Control (Cat. No.
 84CH2093-3) 716-23 vol.2 1984
 12-14 Dec. 1984 Las Vegas, NV, USA
 Publ: IEEE, New York, USA
 3 vol. xxviii+1776 pp.
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2093-3/84/0000-0716$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (21 Refs)
 A prototype expert system for the treatment of stochastic control and
 nonlinear filtering problems is described with several illustrative
 examples. The system is written in MACSYMA and LISP. It accepts user input
 in natural language or symbolic form; it carries out the basic analysis of
 the user's problem in symbolic form; and it produces FORTRAN code for the
 numerical reduction of the problem. The system has a module using PROLOG to
 check the well-posedness of linear and nonlinear partial differential
 equations specified in symbolic form. Sample sessions with the system are
 presented to illustrate its operation.
-Desc-
 computerised signal processing; control engineering computing; expert
 systems; filtering and prediction theory; stochastic systems
-Ident-
 expert system; signal processing; FORTRAN code generation; stochastic
 control; nonlinear filtering; MACSYMA; LISP; natural language; PROLOG;
 well-posedness; partial differential equations
 Class Codes: C7420; C7410F; C1340G; C1260
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 48
-A-
 1514419 C85039730
-W-
 An intelligent search for AI efficiency
 Durham, T.
 Comput. Mag. (GB) 5-6 4 July 1985
 -CODEN-
 CONPEW
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Search is an important concept in artificial intelligence and one that
 causes many problems. When AI workers say that their programs search, they
 mean that the program examines items that have to be generated and then
 tested. The search methods used are usually heuristic. The author outlines
 why the key to progress in AI is found by searching efficiently.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; heuristic programming
-Ident-
 artificial intelligence; search; heuristic
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 49
-A-
 1503052 C85039240
-W-
 Strategic planning (artificial intelligence in strategy games)
 Home Comput. Adv. Course (GB) no.64 1268-71 1985
 -CODEN-
 HCACEZ
-ISSN-
 0265-2919
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 For previous pt. see ibid., no.63, p.1241-3 (1985). The application of tree
 search techniques in programming computers to play strategy games (such as
 chess, draughts and noughts and crosses) is discussed. The use of minimax
 techniques is explained. A BBC BASIC listing of a game in which the player
 tries to minimise a number whilst the computer tries to maximise it is
 presented as a simple illustration; a move consists of operating on the
 result of the opponent's move with one of four mathematical functions.
-Desc-
 Acorn computers; artificial intelligence; BASIC listings; computer games;
 minimax techniques; trees (mathematics)
-Ident-
 computer chess; artificial intelligence; strategy games; tree search
 techniques; chess; draughts; noughts and crosses; minimax techniques; BBC
 BASIC listing
 Class Codes: C7830D; C7000; C1160; C1180
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 50
-A-
 1502376 C85038279
-W-
 Traditional Chinese medical expert consultation system-ZRK82
 Guan Jiwen; Liu Dayou; Fu Ning; Zhu Renkang; Zhu Guanxu; Zou Mingxi; Cheng
 Diangin; Zhou Jixian; Liu Huanzhong
 Jilin Univ., China;
 Chin. J. Comput. (China) vol.8, no.2 112-18 1985
 -CODEN-
 JIXUDT
-ISSN-
 0254-4164
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 Chinese (7 Refs)
 This paper presents a traditional Chinese medical expert consultation system
 named ZRK82. There are two objectives for this research: (1) to study and
 utilize the theories and the techniques of expert system in the field of
 artificial intelligence; (2) to investigate and develop a traditional
 Chinese medical expert consultation system in the dermatosis domain. This
 research not only emphasizes the conformity of diagnosis and treatments by
 the expert system to the views of the doctors but also devotes to modeling
 the doctors' thinking during the entire inference process. This system
 possesses the capabilities of being consulted by patients in their first and
 subsequent visits, and explaining and understanding the prescribed natural
 language. It also possesses some learning functions. This system runs on a
 Wang 2200 MVP computer with 97% accuracy in diagnosis.
-Desc-
 expert systems; medical diagnostic computing
-Ident-
 patient diagnosis; traditional Chinese medical expert consultation system;
 ZRK82; expert system; artificial intelligence; dermatosis domain; inference
 process; natural language; learning functions Wang 2200 MVP computer
 Class Codes: C7140; C7330
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 51
-A-
 1500699 C85035735
-W-
 Purposeful arrangements via search in the version space
 Meystel, A.
 Dept. of Electr. Eng., Florida Univ., Gainesville, FL, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE
 Proceedings of the 1984 IEEE International Conference on Systems, Man and
 Cybernetics (Cat. No. 84CH2063-6) 112-19 1984
 10-12 Oct. 1984 Halifax, NS, Canada
 Publ: IEEE, New York, USA
 464 pp.
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2063-6/84/0000-0112$01.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (31 Refs)
 A general problem of synthesizing assemblies, designing products
 conceptually, making system configurations, planning, etc. is considered as
 a problem of purposeful arrangements (PA). Most of the systems in the real
 world assume a description within the system of representation where any
 assembly can be formalized as PA. A rule-directed knowledge base is to be
 established that allows proper performance of the arrangement process. A
 recursive hierarchical search for the best arrangement should be done in the
 version space (constructed upon a rules-directed knowledge base), satisfying
 three major conditions simultaneously: matching the purpose of the
 arrangement formulated as an inquiry specification; self-matching providing
 an internal consistency; and finally the external matching with a
 'meta-whole' in which the particular arrangement is only a component.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence
-Ident-
 synthesizing assemblies; designing; purposeful arrangements rule-directed
 knowledge base; recursive hierarchical search
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 52
-A-
 1500692 C85035728
-W-
 Search party (searching strategies in artificial intelligence)
 Home Comput. Adv. Course (GB) no.63 1241-3 1985
 -CODEN-
 HCACEZ
-ISSN-
 0265-2919
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 Using the example of rats in a maze, the article explains the advantages of
 heuristic searching over random searching and exhaustive searching as a
 problem-solving method. It is explained that the method is also applicable
 to general, nonspatial, problems (e.g. integration of symbolic mathematical
 expressions) and the generation of a search tree is discussed. A BASIC
 program listing for the BBC microcomputer is presented with notes on the
 changes necessary for the Sinclair Spectrum and commodore 64, the program
 uses the heuristic Manhattan distance method, which is explained in the
 article, to solve the maze search problem.
-Desc-
 Acorn computers; artificial intelligence; BASIC listings; Commodore
 computers; heuristic programming; home computing; Sinclair computers; trees
 (mathematics)
-Ident-
 search tree generation; artificial intelligence; rats; heuristic searching;
 random searching; exhaustive searching; problem-solving method; BASIC
 program listing; BBC microcomputer; Sinclair Spectrum; commodore 64;
 Manhattan distance method; maze search problem
 Class Codes: C1230; C7830; C7000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 53
-A-
 1490297 A85077708, B85042914, C85034660
-W-
 Frame-based understanding of ECG signals
 Lee, H.S.; Thakor, N.V.
 Dept. of Electr. Eng. & Comput. Sci., Northwestern Univ., Evanston, IL, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; American Assoc. Artificial Intelligence
 First Conference on Artificial Intelligence Applications (Cat. No.
 84CH2107-1) 624-9 1984
 5-7 Dec. 1984 Denver, CO, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 xv+665 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0624 X
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2107-1/84/0000-0624$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (11 Refs)
 The configuration of a new ECG signal understanding system is presented. The
 structural and semantic information regarding signals is described in frames
 under the name of the prototypes. A prototype-driven hypothesis formation
 paradigm is used in the understanding process. Extraction of the significant
 points of signals is followed by the understanding process. A constraint
 satisfaction strategy and structural pattern matching techniques are used in
 a mixed fashion, the former is used in building the layered graph from which
 globally prominent points are searched for, whereas the latter are used for
 confirming waves by finding the supporting points of each prominent point
 under study. The domain of the constraints includes time intervals and
 attributes of signal components. These constraints can be exploited to
 reduce the complexity of search effort. For recognition of QRS, an ad hoc
 hypothesis-switching network is maintained that facilitates dynamic QRS
 hypothesis switching when a hypothesized QRS would no be instantiated.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; computerised pattern recognition;
 electrocardiography; medical computing
-Ident-
 ECG signals; semantic information; pattern matching techniques; layered
 graph; signal components; hypothesis-switching network QRS hypothesis
 switching
 Class Codes: A8770E; B7210D; C7330; C1250B; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 54
-A-
 1490262 B85042878, C85034850
-W-
 Knowledge representation in an in-circuit test program generator
 Hirgelt, E.S.
 Zehntel Autom. Syst., Walnut Creek, CA, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE
 International Test Conference 1984 Proceedings (Cat. No. 84CH2084-2) 773-7
 1984
 16-18 Oct. 1984 Philadelphia, PA, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 xxxi+886 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0548 0
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2084-2/84/0000-0773$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (2 Refs)
 A formal model of an in-circuit program generator based on a
 fact-algorithm-rule structure is described. The generalized structure of the
 model will allow modification of the system and its databases in directions
 developed by the user rather than the original designer. This approach will
 also provide a structure on which to base the combined in-circuit and
 functional test programs required in the near future.
-Desc-
 automatic programming; automatic testing; electronic engineering computing;
 expert systems; integrated circuit testing
-Ident-
 automatic testing; expert systems; IC testing; electronic engineering
 computing; in-circuit test program generator; model; fact-algorithm-rule
 structure; functional test
 Class Codes: B7210B; B2570; B0170E; C7410D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 55
-A-
 1488444 B85040875, C85034891
-W-
 HAL: a heuristic approach to schematic generation
 Ahlstrom, M.L.; Hadden, G.D.; Stroick, G.r.
 Honeywell Comput. Sci. Center, Bloomington, MN, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE
 IEEE International Conference on Computer-Aided Design, ICCAD - 84. Digest
 of Technical Papers (Cat. No. 84CH2026-3) 83-6 1984
 12-15 Nov. 1984 Santa Clara, CA, USA
 Publ: IEEE, New York, USA
 xii+288 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (12 Refs)
 This investigation focuses on the suitability of rule-based expert systems
 for the problem of schematic generation. A rule-based expert system
 prototype has been developed that generates aesthetically pleasing and
 easily understandable schematics from MIMOLA hardware descriptions at the
 register-transfer level. This system is implemented in OPS5 and Lisp.
 Although it is possible to build schematic generators with rule-based expert
 system techniques, even illustrative systems require a significant knowledge
 acquisition effort, careful system design and substantial support in the
 underlying programming language.
-Desc-
 circuit layout CAD; VLSI
-Ident-
 VLSI; HAL; heuristic approach; schematic generation; rule-based expert
 systems; MIMOLA hardware descriptions; register-transfer level; OPS5; Lisp;
 knowledge acquisition effort; programming language
 Class Codes: B2570; B1130B; C7410D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 56
-A-
 1487253 B85039548, C85034710
-W-
 MELD: an implementation of a meta-level architecture for process diagnosis
 Thompson, T.F.; Wojcik, R.M.
 Westinghouse Res. & Dev. Center, Pittsburgh, PA, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; American Assoc. Artificial Intelligence
 First Conference on Artificial Intelligence Applications (Cat. No.
 84CH2107-1) 321-30 1984
 5-7 Dec. 1984 Denver, CO, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 xv+665 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0624 X
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2107-1/84/0000-0321$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (18 Refs)
 A description is given of an expert system architecture called MELD
 (meta-level diagnosis), whose primary domain is diagnosis of
 electromagnetical systems. The key feature of the design is the separation
 of task-specific or object-level heuristic and causal rules from
 task-independent or metalevel rules. The metalevel rules allow the system to
 reason introspectively about uncertain, faulty, or incomplete evidence, and
 about controlling the selection and application of object-level rules. A
 description is also given of an implementation of the architecture in which
 metalevel rules are written in a language that has direct access to, and
 facilitates the manipulation of, object-level rules and propositions.
 Finally, the authors describe their experience in using the system and their
 efforts to emulate human troubleshooters through the development of several
 metalevel control paradigms and the discovery of generic diagnostic
 techniques that reduce search for process malfunctions.
-Desc-
 expert systems; fault location
-Ident-
 metalevel architecture; MELD; process diagnosis; expert system architecture;
 electromagnetical systems; causal rules; metalevel rules; incomplete
 evidence; object-level rules; human troubleshooters
 Class Codes: B0170E; C7400; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 57
-A-
 1487119 C85035165
-W-
 Inference rules in a geographical information system
 Jungert, E.
 Nat. Defense Res. Inst., Linkoping, Sweden
 Sponsor: IEEE
 1984 IEEE Workshop on Languages for Automation (Cat. No. 84CH2089-1) 32-7
 1984
 1-3 Nov. 1984 New Orleans, LA, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 ix+235 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0611 8
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2089-1/84/0000-0032$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (15 Refs)
 Inference rules have become a rather common means for making elaborate
 queries in many kinds of information systems. A problem when implementing
 inference systems is to speed up the process. This problem is especially
 apparent in geographical information systems, since the objects, in most
 cases, must be selected from a map on a satellite picture. This makes the
 inference process inefficient, because the objects are unordered. A method
 for the ordering of geographical objects that will be used as input to the
 inference process is presented. The objects are ordered in such a way that
 the objects that are geographically close to each other are close to each
 other in the final ordering. The method is integrated in a geographical
 information system. Those aspects of the system that are relevant to the
 method are also described.
-Desc-
 expert systems; geography
-Ident-
 geographical information system; inference systems; objects satellite
 picture
 Class Codes: C7890; C7390
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 58
-A-
 1487065 C85035098
-W-
 Computer-aided learning tool for simulation
 Jagannathan, V.; Elmaghraby, A.S.
 Appl. Math. & Comput. Sci., Louisville Univ., KY, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; Coll. CAD/CAM Consortium
 Proceedings of the Third Annual Workshop on Interactive Computing: CAE:
 Electrical Engineering Education (Cat. No. 84CH2086-7) 94-8 1984
 24-26 Oct. 1984 Pittsburgh, PA, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 vi+115 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0592 8
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2086-7/84/0000-0094$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (10 Refs)
 A demonstration is presented of the application of an expert system to
 develop a computer-aided learning tool for simulation. The inference engine
 of the expert system is of a general nature. A set of rules tailored to the
 problem of language selection for simulation studies is described and then
 used to demonstrate several test cases. The user interface includes some
 natural language generation features and is enhanced by a logical
 explanation scheme.
-Desc-
 computer aided instruction; digital simulation; expert systems; learning
 systems
-Ident-
 expert system; computer-aided learning tool; simulation; inference engine;
 language selection; user interface; natural language generation; logical
 explanation scheme
 Class Codes: C7810C
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 59
-A-
 1486997 C85035014
-W-
 A general expert system design for diagnostic problem solving
 Fink, P.K.; Lusth, J.C.; Duran, J.W.
 Southwest Res. Inst., San Antonio, TX, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE
 Proceedings of the IEEE Workshop on Principles of Knowledge-Based Systems
 (Cat. No. 84CH2104-8) 45-52 1984
 3-4 Dec. 1984 Denver, CO, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 viii+213 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0567 7
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2104-8/84/0000-0045$01.00
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL; THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (20 Refs)
 The authors present an expert system design, called the Integrated
 Diagnostic Model (IDM), that integrates two sources of knowledge: a shallow,
 reasoning-oriented experimental knowledge base and a deep,
 functionally-oriented physical knowledge base. To demonstrate the IDM's
 usefulness in the problem area of diagnosis and repair, an implementation in
 the mechanical domain is described, as well as an example in the medical
 domain.
-Desc-
 expert systems; heat systems; knowledge engineering; mechanical engineering
 computing; medical diagnostic computing
-Ident-
 medical diagnostics; mechanical diagnostics; inference engine; heating
 system repair; chronic middle ear infection; expert system design;
 diagnostic problem solving; Integrated Diagnostic Model; reasoning-oriented
 experimental knowledge base; functionally-oriented physical knowledge base
 Class Codes: C7440; C7000; C1230; C7330
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 60
-A-
 1486983 C85034999
-W-
 R1-Soar-an experiment in knowledge-intensive programming in a
 problem-solving architecture
 Rosenbloom, P.S.; Laird, J.E.; McDermott, J.; Newell, A.
 Dept. of Comput. Sci., Carnegie-Mellon Univ., Pittsburgh, PA, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE
 Proceedings of the IEEE Workshop on Principles of Knowledge-Based Systems
 (Cat. No. 84CH2104-8) 65-72 1984
 3-4 Dec. 1984 Denver, CO, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 viii+213 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0567 7
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2104-8/84/0000-0064$01.00
 Treatment: APPLIC; THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (16 Refs)
 The authors present an experiment in knowledge-intensive programming within
 a general problem-solving production system architecture called Soar. In
 Soar, knowledge is encoded within a set of problem spaces, yielding a system
 capable of reasoning from first principles. Expertise consists of additional
 rules that guide complex problem-space searches and substitute for expensive
 problem-space operators. The resulting system uses both knowledge and search
 when relevant. Expertise knowledge is acquired either by having it
 programmed, or by a chunking mechanism that automatically learns new rules
 reflecting the results implicit in the knowledge of the problem spaces. The
 approach is demonstrated on the computer-system configuration task, the task
 performed by the expert system, R1.
-Desc-
 DEC computers; expert systems; knowledge engineering
-Ident-
 surface knowledge; control knowledge; automatic knowledge acquisition; OP55;
 DEC PDP-11 configuration; heuristic searches; DEC VAX-11 configurations;
 R1-Soar; knowledge-intensive programming; problem-solving architecture;
 problem-solving production system architecture; problem spaces;
 problem-space searches; chunking mechanism; computer-system configuration
 task; expert system
 Class Codes: C7430; C1230; C6110
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 61
-A-
 1486879 C85034681
-W-
 Segmentation of a seismic section using a run length method and AI
 techniques
 Love, P.L.; Simaan, M.A.
 Gulf Res. & Dev. Co., Pittsburgh, PA, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; American Assoc. Artificial Intelligence
 First Conference on Artificial Intelligence Applications (Cat. No.
 84CH2107-1) 550-5 1984
 5-7 Dec. 1984 Denver, CO, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 xv+665 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0624 X
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2107-1/84/0000-0550$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (3 Refs)
 A method for segmenting stacked seismic data into zones of common signal
 character based on texture analysis is described. Its performance is
 demonstrated on a line of seismic data from the Gulf of Mexico that had been
 manually segmented. The segmentation method uses statistics determined by
 examining the run-length of seismic reflection events. The run-length method
 is extended, through a decision process called the RESOLVER, to incorporate
 heuristic rules to influence the segmentation. The algorithm that applies
 these constraint rules is similar to rule-based search methods commonly used
 in artificial intelligence applications. A comparison is made between the
 automatic segmentations of the section and a manual interpretation.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; expert systems; geophysics computing; heuristic
 programming
-Ident-
 AI techniques; stacked seismic data; common signal character ; texture
 analysis; segmentation method; run-length; RESOLVER; heuristic rules;
 rule-based search methods; artificial intelligence
 Class Codes: C7340; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 62
-A-
 1486819 C85034575
-W-
 Natural language interface to the question-answering system for physicians
 Bolc, L.; Strzalkowski, T.
 Inst. for Inf., Warsaw Univ., Poland
 Comput. & Artif. Intell. (Czechoslovakia) vol.3, no.1 31-46 1984
-ISSN-
 0232-0274
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (22 Refs)
 Attempts have been made to design a natural language question-answering
 system with a deductive database. The system has been adapted to cooperate
 with physicians in a subdomain of medicine. The main goal is to allow a
 non-programmer to communicate with the database without prior training or
 experience. The system includes a Polish language interface allowing the
 user to create queries in the most natural way. The focus of this paper is
 on how a computer should transform a real Polish medical test into a sort of
 formal notation so that an inference process could be applied to it.
-Desc-
 expert systems; medical computing; natural languages
-Ident-
 natural language question-answering system; deductive database; physicians;
 medicine; Polish language interface; queries; medical test; formal notation;
 inference process
 Class Codes: C7330; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 63
-A-
 1486620 C85034315
-W-
 Planning with multiple resource constraints and an application to a naval
 planning problem
 Tate, A.; Whiter, A.M.
 Edinburgh Univ., Scotland
 Sponsor: IEEE; American Assoc. Artificial Intelligence
 First Conference on Artificial Intelligence Applications (Cat. No.
 84CH2107-1) 410-16 1984
 5-7 Dec. 1984 Denver, CO, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 xv+665 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0624 X
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2107-1/84/0000-0410$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (12 Refs)
 A description is given of a multiple-resource mechanism for a hierarchical,
 nonlinear AI planner, NONLIN, that allows plans to be generated that satisfy
 resource limits and account for preferences in the resources used. This
 mechanism relies on a local-best-then-global-best search strategy. Duration
 is treated as a special resource type. An application of NONLIN to a
 replenishment-of-naval-vessels-at-sea planning problem is described.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; military computing; scheduling
-Ident-
 multiple resource constraints; naval planning problem; multiple-resource
 mechanism; nonlinear AI planner; NONLIN;
 replenishment-of-naval-vessels-at-sea planning problem
 Class Codes: C7150; C1290Z; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 64
-A-
 1486553 C85034237
-W-
 The Graduate Course Advisor: a multi-phase rule-based expert system
 Valtorta, M.G.; Smith, B.T.; Loveland, D.W.
 Dept. of Comput. Sci., Duke Univ., Durham, NC, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE
 Proceedings of the IEEE Workshop on Principles of Knowledge-Based Systems
 (Cat. No. 84CH2104-8) 53-7 1984
 3-4 Dec. 1984 Denver, CO, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 viii+213 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0567 7
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2104-8/84/0000-0053$01.00
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (13 Refs)
 The Graduate Course Advisor (GCA) is a rule-based expert system that advises
 graduate students in computer science. It is implemented in PROLOG, using an
 inference engine modeled after MYCINs. The advising task is divided into
 four phases, each of which may apply the inference engine to its own rule
 base and invoke other procedures. Some phases are diagnostic (e.g.
 determining a student's needs), whereas others involve planning (e.g.,
 planning a student's schedule). The decomposition helps to manage the
 complexity of the advising task, it simplifies the knowledge engineering
 problem, and it will enhance the clarity of explanations. However, the
 decomposition is tightly bound to basic design decisions; a major decoupling
 in the GCA followed from the assumption that best schedules are almost
 always chosen from the top-valued courses.
-Desc-
 educational administrative data processing; expert systems; knowledge
 engineering
-Ident-
 explanation clarity; multi-phase rule-based expert system; Graduate Course
 Advisor; PROLOG; inference engine; diagnostic; planning; advising; knowledge
 engineering
 Class Codes: C7110; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 65
-A-
 1486440 C85034115
-W-
 Artificial intelligence (AI) and the man-machine interface
 Fahnrich, K.-P.; Hanne, K.-H.; Hoepelman, J.P.
 Fraunhofer Inst., IAO, Stuttgart, Germany
 Elektrotech. Z. ETZ (Germany) vol.106, no.7-8 346-7, 350-2 April 1985
 -CODEN-
 EELZD3
-ISSN-
 0170-1711
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 German (11 Refs)
 The article discusses possible fields of application for AI, such as expert
 systems and speech-processing systems, and the tools available for their
 realisation, such as UNIX and UNIX-related systems, LISP and PROLOG and
 their variants, task-oriented programming (SMALLTALK, etc.),
 high-performance bitmap displays, and so on. It then deals with AI methods
 applied to man-machine interfaces, discussing disadvantages of some current
 solutions and possible improvements; it introduces the idea of the
 knowledge-based 'users assistant' leading to an 'intelligent' and adaptive
 interface. Dealing with generic communication modes it discusses direct
 manipulation, natural language, text-sensitive and speech-sensitive natural
 language systems, communication using formal languages and AI-supported
 adaptive multimodal communication.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; expert systems; LISP; man-machine systems; PROLOG;
 speech analysis and processing
-Ident-
 knowledge-based users assistant; AI; man-machine interface; expert systems;
 speech-processing systems; UNIX; UNIX-related systems; LISP ; PROLOG;
 task-oriented programming; SMALLTALK; high-performance bitmap displays;
 adaptive interface; generic communication modes; direct manipulation;
 natural language; text-sensitive; speech-sensitive natural language systems;
 formal languages; adaptive multimodal communication
 Class Codes: C7000; C1270; C6140D; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 66
-A-
 1486431 C85034106
-W-
 Designing and automating the quality assessment of a knowledge-based system:
 the initial Automated Academic Advisor experience
 Cercone, N.; Hadley, R.; Martin, F.; McFetridge, P.; Strzalkowski, T.
 Dept. of Comput. Sci., Simon Fraser Univ., Burnaby, BC, Canada
 Sponsor: IEEE
 Proceedings of the IEEE Workshop on Principles of Knowledge-Based Systems
 (Cat. No. 84CH2104-8) 193-204 1984
 3-4 Dec. 1984 Denver, CO, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 viii+213 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0567 7
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2104-8/84/0000-0193$01.00
 Treatment: APPLIC
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (31 Refs)
 The Automated Academic Advisor (AAA), a large practical artificial
 intelligence system currently under development, is introduced. Two parsers
 are described that were designed for use with the AAA. The ATN parser ENGRA
 is described with emphasis given to several enhancements to traditional ATN
 parsers incorporated into ENGRA. The first AAA prototype consolidates ENGRA
 and semantic interpreter (SI) to generate formal SQL queries for the ORACLE
 relational data base for a limited range of queries. The authors then
 discuss how the ENGRA/SI prototype was enhanced. SHADOW, a Prolog-based,
 English analyzer that forms the basis of the second prototype, is then
 described. Informal comparisons are made between the applicability of the
 two parsers to the AAA, and the authors' initial experience with these two
 prototypes is discussed. The design of an evaluation subsystem is discussed
 briefly.
-Desc-
 expert systems; grammars; natural languages; quality control ; query
 languages; relational databases; user interfaces
-Ident-
 semantic analyser; database query generation; quality assessment;
 knowledge-based system; Automated Academic Advisor; artificial intelligence
 system; parsers; ATN parser; ENGRA; semantic interpreter; formal SQL
 queries; ORACLE relational data base; SHADOW; Prolog-based; English
 analyzer; evaluation subsystem
 Class Codes: C6160D; C7430; C6140D; C7890
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 67
-A-
 1486250 C85033921
-W-
 Selective depth-first search in Prolog
 Palmer, M.; McKay, D.P.; Norton, L.M.; Hirschman, L.; Freeman, M.W.
 SDC, Burroughs Co., Paoli, PA, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; American Assoc. Artificial Intelligence
 First Conference on Artificial Intelligence Applications (Cat. No.
 84CH2107-1) 400-3 1984
 5-7 Dec. 1984 Denver, CO, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 xv+665 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0624 X
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2107-1/84/0000-0400$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 One of the main criticisms of Prolog as an application language for expert
 systems is that its left-to-right, depth-first search strategy is too rigid,
 resulting in potential inefficiency or even incompleteness for a wide range
 of problems. It is suggested that with a proper analysis of the search
 space, metalevel control techniques can be used to effect selective
 depth-first search without losing the efficient performance of Prolog expert
 systems. Selective depth-first search uses heuristics to reorder rather than
 prune alternatives in the search space. The use of selective depth-first
 search in an implementation of one component, the I/O base packer, of a
 computer configuration expert system is discussed. An illustrative example
 shows how careful analysis of the search spaces involved can result in the
 use of similar techniques, avoiding the computational overhead associated
 with interpreters that incorporate general-purpose flexible search
 strategies.
-Desc-
 expert systems; PROLOG
-Ident-
 Prolog; application language; expert systems; depth-first search strategy;
 I/O base packer; computer configuration expert system; computational
 overhead; interpreters; flexible search strategies
 Class Codes: C6140D; C7000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 68
-A-
 1485644 C85032993
-W-
 Implementation of very large Prolog-based knowledge bases on data flow
 architectures
 Irani, K.B.; Shih, Y.
 Comput. Res. Lab., Michigan Univ., Ann Arbor, MI, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; American Assoc. Artificial Intelligence
 First Conference on Artificial Intelligence Applications (Cat. No.
 84CH2107-1) 454-9 1984
 5-7 Dec. 1984 Denver, CO, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 xv+665 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0624 X
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2107-1/84/0000-0454$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (8 Refs)
 A Petri net model of the Prolog-type knowledge base, called the c-graph, is
 given as a tool for fast rule selection in conventional machines and as a
 precursor to future implementation on dataflow architectures. Traversing the
 graph is tantamount to pattern matching or rule selection. At any time
 during the graph traversal a token set represents the entire content of a
 global database. To distinguish among different global databases the tokens
 are 'colored' or tagged. Both forward chaining search and Prolog's backward
 chaining search with backtracking are discussed in the context of the
 c-graph. The construction of the c-graph for a production system example
 based on the classic monkey-and-banana problem is presented, and a possible
 implementation of the c-graph on a tagged dynamic dataflow machine is
 outlined.
-Desc-
 computer architecture; expert systems; graph theory
-Ident-
 Prolog-based knowledge bases; data flow architectures; Petri net; c-graph;
 fast rule selection; pattern matching; rule selection; token set; forward
 chaining; backward chaining; backtracking; monkey-and-banana problem; tagged
 dynamic dataflow machine
 Class Codes: C5220; C1230; C1160; C7000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 69
-A-
 1485525 C85032745
-W-
 Macro-operators: a weak method for learning
 Korf, R.E.
 Dept. of Comput. Sci., Columbia Univ., New York, NY, USA
 Artif. Intell. (Netherlands) vol.26, no.1 35-77 April 1985
 -CODEN-
 AINTBB
-ISSN-
 0004-3702
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0004-3702/85/$3.30
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (25 Refs)
 Explores the idea of learning efficient strategies for solving problems by
 searching for macro-operators. A macro-operator, or macro for short, is
 simply a sequence of operators chosen from the primitive operators of a
 problem. The technique is particularly useful for problems with
 non-serializable subgoals, such as Rubik's Cube, for which other weak
 methods fail. Both a problem-solving program and a learning program are
 described in detail. The performance of these programs is analyzed in terms
 of the number of macros required to solve all problem instances, the length
 of the resulting solutions (expressed as the number of primitive moves), and
 the amount of time necessary to learn the macros. In addition, a theory of
 why the method works, and a characterization of the range of problems for
 which it is useful are presented. The theory introduces a new type of
 problem structure called operator decomposability. Finally, it is concluded
 that the macro technique is a new kind of weak method, a method for learning
 as opposed to problem solving.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; learning systems; macros; programming; programming
 theory
-Ident-
 weak method; learning efficient strategies; macro; problem-solving program;
 learning program; operator decomposability
 Class Codes: C4240; C6110; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 70
-A-
 1484833 C85031700
-W-
 Qualitative reasoning with deep-level mechanism models for diagnoses of
 mechanism failures
 Pan, J.Y.-C.
 Fairchild Lab. for Artificial Intelligence Res., Palo Alto, CA, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; American Assoc. Artificial Intelligence
 First Conference on Artificial Intelligence Applications (Cat. No.
 84CH2107-1) 295-301 1984
 5-7 Dec. 1984 Denver, CO, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 xv+665 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0624 X
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2107-1/84/0000-0295$01.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (10 Refs)
 Expert systems are traditionally based on the production system paradigm,
 which encodes experts' surface-level knowledge into production rules.
 However, the author also observes that a human expert compiles some domain
 knowledge into a concise chunk of knowledge (commonly referred to as the
 domain model), and uses that form of knowledge in conjunction with surface
 level association-based knowledge in performing his domain-specific tasks.
 The author explores one way of using such model-encoded expert knowledge in
 facilitating diagnostic tasks in a domain of engineered mechanisms. In
 particular, he shows that by being able to reason with the deep-level domain
 model in explaining failure dependencies and transient behavior of a faulty
 mechanism, a set of heuristically generated failure hypotheses can be
 refined. The key technique involved is an inference process, called
 predictive analysis, which is capable of reasoning with the time model of
 the mechanism in producing qualitative descriptions of possible transient
 mechanism behavior.
-Desc-
 expert systems; knowledge engineering
-Ident-
 expert systems; deep-level mechanism models; diagnoses; mechanism failures;
 production system paradigm; human expert; surface level association-based
 knowledge; model-encoded expert knowledge; diagnostic tasks; predictive
 analysis; time model; transient mechanism behavior
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 71
-A-
 1484832 C85031699
-W-
 A computational framework for hypothesis based reasoning and its
 applications to perspective analysis
 Mulgaonkar, P.G.; Haralick, R.M.; Shapiro, L.G.
 SRI Int., Menlo Park, CA, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; American Assoc. Artificial Intelligence
 First Conference on Artificial Intelligence Applications (Cat. No.
 84CH2107-1) 287-94 1984
 5-7 Dec. 1984 Denver, CO, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 xv+665 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0624 X
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2107-1/84/0000-0287$01.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (17 Refs)
 A new hypothesis-based reasoning scheme is presented for the analysis of
 sensory data generated by a well-defined physical process. Hypotheses are
 represented by subsets of allowable attributed relational tuples describing
 relationships between the entities in the world. Interpretations are defined
 to be those hypotheses that are consistent with the structure imposed by the
 sensing process and compatible with the observed sensory data. Although the
 problem of determining the interpretation of a given sensory image is
 equivalent to theorem proving in general, recasting it in the above
 hypothesis generation form makes it equivalent to a propositional logic
 consistency problem with side conditions on the attributes. In this form,
 the problem of finding the best or maximal interpretations reduces to an
 NP-complete problem. The authors show how to exploit the structure of the
 search space of all hypotheses to significantly reduce the computational
 complexity of this NP-complete problem. The technique is applied to the
 problem of interpreting line drawings of perspective projections of
 polyhedral objects.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; computational complexity; computer vision
-Ident-
 AI; vision; hypothesis based reasoning; perspective analysis ; sensory data;
 allowable attributed relational tuples; interpretation; theorem proving;
 propositional logic consistency problem; NP-complete problem; computational
 complexity; line drawings; perspective projections; polyhedral objects
 Class Codes: C1230; C1250
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 72
-A-
 1484827 C85031694
-W-
 Learning of expert systems from data
 Cheeseman, P.
 SRI Int., Menlo Park, CA, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE
 Proceedings of the IEEE Workshop on Principles of Knowledge-Based Systems
 (Cat. No. 84CH2104-8) 115-22 1984
 3-4 Dec. 1984 Denver, CO, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 viii+213 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0567 7
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2104-8/84/0000-0115$01.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (15 Refs)
 A method is described for extracting information from data to form the
 knowledge base for a probabilistic expert system. The information that the
 method finds consists of joint probabilities that show significant
 probabilistic connections between the associated attribute values. These
 joint probabilities can be combined with information about particular cases
 to compute particular conditional probabilities. The search procedure and
 significance test required are presented for different types of data. The
 significance test requires finding if the minimum message length (in the
 information theory sense) required to encode the data is reduced if the
 joint probability being tested is given explicitly. This significance test
 is derived from Bayes theorem and is shown to find the hypothesis (i.e. set
 of significant joint probabilities) with the highest posterior probability
 given the data.
-Desc-
 Bayes methods; expert systems; knowledge engineering; probability;
 statistical analysis
-Ident-
 knowledge base; probabilistic expert system; search procedure; significance
 test; minimum message length; information theory; Bayes theorem
 Class Codes: C1230; C1140Z
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 73
-A-
 1484825 C85031692
-W-
 Separating and integrating control in a rule-based tool
 Erman, L.D.; Scott, A.C.; London, P.E.
 Teknowledge Inc., Palo Alto, CA, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE
 Proceedings of the IEEE Workshop on Principles of Knowledge-Based Systems
 (Cat. No. 84CH2104-8) 37-43 1984
 3-4 Dec. 1984 Denver, CO, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 viii+213 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0567 7
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2104-8/84/0000-0037$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (9 Refs)
 For practical expert systems, more task-specific control is needed than is
 provided in the built-in inference engine provided by most rule-based tools.
 A knowledge engineer typically accomplishes this by encoding the control
 within the rules or by programming outside the tool. This problem is
 addressed within the S.1 tool by providing a separate procedural
 representation for control knowledge that is integrated within the tool;
 this allows for a cleaner knowledge base and support by the tool for
 utilities such as explanation and translation of the control knowledge.
-Desc-
 expert systems; knowledge engineering
-Ident-
 S1; rule based backward chaining systems; integrating control; rule-based
 tool; expert systems; task-specific control; built-in inference engine;
 knowledge engineer; S.1; procedural representation; control knowledge;
 explanation; translation
 Class Codes: C1230; C7000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 74
-A-
 1484820 C85031687
-W-
 Automated induction proofs using methods of program synthesis
 Biundo, S.; Zboray, F.
 Inst. of Comput. Sci., Karlsruhe Univ., Germany
 Comput. & Artif. Intell. (Czechoslovakia) vol.3, no.6 473-81 1984
-ISSN-
 0232-0274
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (10 Refs)
 Presents a method to prove automatically by induction the theorems involving
 existentially quantified variables. The method of how to shift the burden of
 searching for skolem functions and their constructive definitions from the
 user to the system using techniques from the automated program synthesis
 area is shown.
-Desc-
 automatic programming; theorem proving
-Ident-
 automated induction proofs; program synthesis; existentially quantified
 variables; skolem functions
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 75
-A-
 1470063 C85031017
-W-
 Inductive learning of spelling-to-phoneme rules
 Wolff, J.G.
 Issued by: IBM United Kingdom Ltd., Winchester, Hants., England;
 Sept. 1984
 ii+42 pp.
-ReptNo-
 UKSC 128
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 REPORT
-Lang-
 ENG. (12 Refs)
 Describes a method of creating spelling-to-phoneme rules automatically, and
 a computer program in which the method is embodied. Rules are abstracted
 from a dictionary, in which each word is represented in orthographic and
 phonemic form. In the first stage of the method, a hill-climbing search is
 made for clusters of contiguous symbols using frequency and size of cluster
 as a guide to which amongst the manifold alternatives are best. Clusters are
 built up from the domain of letters and of phonemes and across the two
 domains. Every cluster which links letters with phonemes may be seen as a
 rule for converting a pattern of letters into a corresponding phoneme
 pattern (or vice versa). In many cases these rules are ambiguous: a given
 letter pattern may, in two or more rules, be linked to more than one phoneme
 pattern. These ambiguities are eliminated in the second stage of the method
 by allowing the letter-phoneme clusters built in the first stage to be
 themselves incorporated as the components of larger clusters. These large
 grouping are added to the rule system progressively until no more ambiguity
 remains.
-Desc-
 learning systems; linguistics; speech synthesis
-Ident-
 orthographic form; inductive learning; parsing; spelling-to-phoneme rules;
 computer program; dictionary; word; phonemic form; hill-climbing search;
 clusters; contiguous symbols; letter pattern; ambiguity
 Class Codes: C7820; C5585; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 76
-A-
 1469666 C85030292
-W-
 GENIE: a generic inference engine for medical applications
 Sandell, H.; Bourne, J.; Shiavi, R.
 Dept. of Electr. & Biomed. Eng., Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville, TN, USA
 Semmlow, J.L.; Welkowitz, W. (Editors)
 Sponsor: IEEE
 Frontiers of Engineering and Computing in Health Care - 1984. Proceedings -
 Sixth Annual Conference of the IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology
 Society (Cat. No. 84CH2058-6) 66-9 1984
 15-17 Sept. 1984 Los Angeles, CA, USA
 Publ: IEEE, New York, USA
 viii+857 pp.
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2058-6/84/000-0066$01.00
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (13 Refs)
 GENIE is a general-purpose knowledge engineering tool for creating mixed
 frame- and rule-based expert systems. Its primary use has been in the
 creation of expert systems for evaluation of human gait. Frames are used
 throughout the system as a uniform data structure, with associated demons
 that can be triggered to perform procedural tasks as needed. Many parameters
 that determine system behaviour are stored in frames. Frames provide
 prototype structures which may be interactively pruned to build a model of
 the specific case studied. A frame-based agenda lists tasks to perform.
 Rules are collected into separate rule bases. Context-dependent variables
 allow rules within general knowledge to be used within specific contexts.
 The rule interpreter allows backward chaining, forward chaining, or
 data-driven rule application. Efficient control can be achieved by combining
 the strategies to fit the problem domain. System reasoning can be explained
 through display of rule and frame contents and a system for dealing with
 uncertainty.
-Desc-
 expert systems; knowledge engineering; medical diagnostic computing
-Ident-
 mixed frame expert systems; context dependent variables; efficient control;
 system reasoning; GENIE; generic inference engine; medical applications;
 general-purpose knowledge engineering tool; rule-based expert systems; human
 gait; uniform data structure; procedural tasks; frame-based agenda; separate
 rule bases; rule interpreter; backward chaining; forward chaining;
 data-driven rule application; problem domain; uncertainty
 Class Codes: C7330; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 77
-A-
 1469580 C85030127
-W-
 Realization of a large expert problem-solving system-SYNCHEM2: a case study
 Gelernter, H.; Miller, G.A.; Larsen, D.L.; Berndt, D.J.
 Dept. of Comput. Sci., State Univ. of New York, Stony Brook, NY, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; American Assoc. Artificial Intelligence
 First Conference on Artificial Intelligence Applications (Cat. No.
 84CH2107-1) 92-106 1984
 5-7 Dec. 1984 Denver, CO, USA
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 xv+665 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0624 X
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2107-1/84/0000-0092$01.00
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (17 Refs)
 SYNCHEM2 is a large knowledge-based domain-specific heuristic
 problem-solving system that is able to find valid synthesis routes for
 organic molecules of substantial interest and complexity without online
 guidance on the part of its chemist-user. The proposed routes, which are
 often original, have become increasingly suggestive and useful to chemists
 who have experimented with the system. SYNCHEM2 draws on a very large
 multidimensional knowledge base containing prescriptions for executing
 transitions between problem states, constraints on the applicability of
 these prescriptions, and a collection of acceptable terminal states for the
 transition sequences generated through their execution. Exploration of the
 problem space is presently directed by a strongly tactics-oriented search
 algorithm, with global heuristic strategies playing a limited role in
 guiding the search.
-Desc-
 chemistry computing; expert systems
-Ident-
 chemistry; expert problem-solving system; SYNCHEM2; knowledge-based
 domain-specific heuristic problem-solving system; synthesis routes; organic
 molecules; tactics-oriented search algorithm; global heuristic strategies
 Class Codes: C7320
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 78
-A-
 1469110 C85029588
-W-
 Are you an expert on the expert system?
 Cros, J.F.
 Mesures (France) vol.50, no.4 79, 81, 83-4 18 March 1985
 -CODEN-
 MSRSET
-ISSN-
 0755-219X
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 French
 Some of the 100 expert systems already operational (mostly having medical
 applications) are reviewed. Rules of deduction applicable to the knowledge
 base are explained and their sequential scanning by an inference engine (or
 theorem prover) is outlined. Metarules for metaknowledge are introduced, and
 several programming languages are mentioned. A few French companies seeking
 entry into the market are cited, and allusion is made to French ideas at
 work in the fifth-generation computer field.
-Desc-
 expert systems
-Ident-
 medical applications; metarules; knowledge base systems; expert systems;
 sequential scanning; inference engine; metaknowledge; programming languages;
 fifth-generation computer field
 Class Codes: C7000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 79
-A-
 1469105 C85029583
-W-
 A frame-like knowledge representation system for computer vision
 Numao, M.; Ishizuka, M.
 Inst. of Ind. Sci., Tokyo Univ., Minato-ku, Japan
 Sponsor: Int. Assoc. Pattern Recognition; Canadian Inf. Processing Soc.;
 Canadian Image Processing & Pattern Recognition Soc
 Seventh International Conference on Pattern Recognition (Cat. No.
 84CH2046-1) 1128-30 vol.2 1984
 30 July-2 Aug. 1984 Montreal, Que., Canada
 Publ: IEEE Comput. Soc. Press, Silver Spring, MD, USA
 2 vol. (xxxviii+1385) pp. ISBN 0 8186 0545 6
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2046-1/84/0000-1128$01.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (6 Refs)
 A frame-like knowledge representation system names FBSS has been developed
 as a kernel of flexible computer vision systems. The FBSS provides a
 framelike data structure and a standard built-in search mechanism.
 Hierarchical model definitions required in the vision systems can be easily
 described by using the frames. For matching between object models and
 observed patterns, the built-in search mechanism can start from an arbitrary
 hierarchical level designated by an external program. An application to 3-D
 vision is illustrated.
-Desc-
 computer vision; data structures; knowledge engineering
-Ident-
 hierarchical model; frame-like knowledge representation system; FBSS;
 computer vision; data structure; search mechanism; matching; patterns; 3-D
 vision
 Class Codes: C6160Z; C1250; C1230; C5260
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 80
-A-
 1469096 C85029574
-W-
 The design of an expert system for database design
 Bouzeghoub, M.; Gardarin, G.
 Projet SABRE, INRIA, Le Chesnay, France
 Gardarin, G.; Gelenbe, E. (Editors)
 New Applications of Data Bases. Based on Proceedings of a Workshop 203-23
 1984
 2-3 Sept. 1983 Cambridge, England
 Publ: Academic Press, London, England
 xii+273 pp. ISBN 0 12 275550 2
 Treatment: APPLIC
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (20 Refs)
 Describes the design of a specific expert system, called SECSI, which
 produces a relational schema with additional integrity constraints from a
 description of the real world given in a subset of French. The knowledge
 base of the expert system is composed of a semantic network portraying the
 application, and a set of production rules allowing the system to transform
 the semantic network into a relational schema. The inference engine
 generates the meta-base of the relational system, called SABRE.
-Desc-
 expert systems; relational databases
-Ident-
 database design; expert system; relational schema; integrity constraints;
 knowledge base; semantic network; production rules; inference engine
 Class Codes: C6160D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 81
-A-
 1466993 C85026389
-W-
 Inferencing on linguistically based semantic structures
 Hajicova, E.; Hnatkova, M.
 Dept. of Appl. Math., Charles Univ., Praha, Czechoslovakia
 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics. 22nd Annual
 Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics. Proceedings of
 Coling 84 291-7 1984
 2-6 July 1984 Stanford, CA, USA
 Publ: Assoc. Comput. Linguistics, Morristown, NJ, USA
 xv+561 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (16 Refs)
 The paper characterizes natural language inferencing in the TIBAQ method of
 question-answering, focusing on three aspects: (i) specification of the
 structures on which the inference rules operate, (ii) classification of the
 rules that have been formulated and implemented up to now, according to the
 kind of modification of the input structure the rules invoke, and (iii)
 discussion of some points in which a properly designed inference procedure
 may help the search of the answer, and vice versa.
-Desc-
 computational linguistics; expert systems; natural languages
-Ident-
 expert systems; computational linguistics; linguistically based semantic
 structures; natural language inferencing; TIBAQ method; question-answering;
 specification; structures
 Class Codes: C1230; C4210
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 82
-A-
 1466976 C85026372
-W-
 A new heuristic search technique-algorithm SA
 Zhang, B.; Zhang, L.
 Dept. of Comput. Eng. & Sci., Tsinghua Univ., Beijing, China
 IEEE Trans. Pattern Anal. & Mach. Intell. (USA) vol.PAMI-7, no.1 103-7 Jan.
 1985
 -CODEN-
 ITPIDJ
-ISSN-
 0162-8828
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0162-8828/85/0100-0103$01.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (13 Refs)
 The authors present a new heuristic searching algorithm by introducing the
 statistical inference method on the basis of algorithm A (or A*). It is
 called algorithm SA. In a simplified search space, a uniform m-ary tree, the
 authors obtain the following result: using algorithm SA, a goal node can be
 found with probability, one, and its mean complexity is O (N*lnN) where N is
 the depth at the which the goal is located.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; statistical analysis
-Ident-
 computational complexity; heuristic search; statistical inference method;
 goal node; probability
 Class Codes: C1230; C1140Z
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 83
-A-
 1466963 C85026359
-W-
 Learning in parallel networks
 Hinton, G.E.
 Dept. of Comput. Sci., Carnegie-Mellon Univ., Pittsburgh, PA, USA
 BYTE (USA) vol.10, no.4 265-73 April 1985
 -CODEN-
 BYTEDJ
-ISSN-
 0360-5280
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0360-5280/83$1.50
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW; THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (3 Refs)
 It is easy to speculate that the brain uses quite different computational
 principles from those used by computers but it is hard to discover what
 those principles are. Empirical studies of the behavior of single neurons
 and their patterns of connectivity have revealed many interesting facts, but
 the underlying computational principles are still unclear. We don't know,
 for example, how the brain represents complex ideas, how it searches for
 good matches between stored models of objects and the incoming sensory data,
 or how it learns. The author describes one old and one new theory of how
 learning could occur in brain-like parallel networks.
-Desc-
 artificial intelligence; computer networks; learning systems ; parallel
 processing
-Ident-
 artificial intelligence; computational principles; neurons; connectivity;
 complex ideas; stored models; sensory data; learning; brain-like parallel
 networks
 Class Codes: C1230; C5620; C1240; C5220
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 84
-A-
 1451874 C85025055
-W-
 GUMMEX-AN EXPERT SYSTEM FOR GENERATING PROCESS-PLANS
 IUDICA, N.R.
 BATTELLE INST., FRANKFURT-MAIN, GERMANY
 NACHR. DOK. (GERMANY) VOL.36, NO.1 22-7 FEB. 1985
 -CODEN-
 NADOAW
-ISSN-
 0027-7436
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN (6 Refs)
 THIS PAPER DESCRIBES GUMMEX AN EXPERT SYSTEM FOR GENERATING PROCESS-PLAN FOR
 RUBBER PRODUCTS, WHICH PRODUCES A DOCUMENT FOR THE SHOP FLOOR DETAILING THE
 SEQUENCE OF MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS, THE MACHINES INVOLVED AND THE
 TECHNICAL DETAILS OF THE MANUFACTURING PROCESS SUCH AS TIMES TEMPERATURES,
 WEIGHTS, DIMENSIONS, ETC. GUMMEX CONSISTS OF A GRAPHICS PACKAGE, A SET OF
 ANCILLARY PROGRAMS, AN INFERENCE ENGINE AND THREE RULE-MODULES. THE GRAPHICS
 PACKAGE ALLOWS THE INTERACTIVE DESCRIPTION OF PARTS BELONGING TO PREDEFINED
 FAMILIES PRODUCING THE CORRESPONDING DRAWINGS. THE PLANNING MECHANISM OF
 GUMMEX IS IMPLEMENTED AS FORWARD-CHAINING PRODUCTION SYSTEMS, ITS KNOWLEDGE
 BASE COMPRISES AT PRESENT ABOUT FOUR HUNDRED PRODUCTION RULES
 .
-Desc-
 EXPERT SYSTEMS; PRODUCTION CONTROL; MANUFACTURING DATA PROCESSING; RUBBER
 INDUSTRY
-Ident-
 EXPERT SYSTEM; PROCESS-PLANS; GUMMEX; RUBBER PRODUCTS; SHOP FLOOR;
 MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS; TEMPERATURES; WEIGHTS; DIMENSIONS; GRAPHICS
 PACKAGE; INFERENCE ENGINE; FORWARD-CHAINING PRODUCTION SYSTEMS
 Class Codes: C7160
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 85
-A-
 1451741 C85024889
-W-
 REPRESENTING AND MANIPULATING FUZZY KNOWLEDGE ABOUT FORECASTING PROBLEMS AND
 TECHNIQUES
 WHALEN, T.; SCHOTT, B.
 DECISION SCI. LAB., GEORGIA STATE UNIV., ATLANTA, GA, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE
 1983 PROCEEDINGS OF THE INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON SYSTEMS, MAN AND
 CYBERNETICS (CAT. NO. 83CH1962-0) 127-31 VOL.1 1983
 29 DEC. 1983-7 JAN. 1984 BOMBAY AND NEW DELHI, INDIA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 2 VOL. (XXI+1267+X) pp.
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH1962-0/83/0000-0127$00.75
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (14 Refs)
 THE STRUCTURE OF THE MODIFIED FUZZY PRODUCTION SYSTEM THAT WAS DEVELOPED FOR
 THE DECISION-SUPPORT SYSTEM FINDEX IS EXAMINED. THE INFERENCE ENGINE OF THIS
 PRODUCTION SYSTEM COMBINES DATA-DRIVEN AND GOAL-DIRECTED ASPECT IN A
 HIERARCHICAL MANNER, UNLIKE PREVIOUS FUZZY PRODUCTION SYSTEMS THAT OPERATE
 IN A DATA-DRIVEN MODE ONLY. THE USER INTERFACES, AS WELL AS THE PRODUCTION
 RULES THEMSELVES, RELY ON AN EXTENSION OF F. WENSTOP'S (1980) SYSTEM FOR
 FUZZY LINGUISTIC PROCESSING. IMPORTANT FEATURES OF THIS EXTENSION INCLUDE A
 VOCABULARY TAILORED TO THE KNOWLEDGE SOURCE USED TO DERIVE THE RULES AND THE
 INTRODUCTION OF A NATURAL FORM OF 'LINGUISTIC LOGARITHM'.
-Desc-
 DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS
-Ident-
 FUZZY KNOWLEDGE; FORECASTING PROBLEMS; FUZZY PRODUCTION SYSTEM;
 DECISION-SUPPORT SYSTEM; FINDEX
 Class Codes: C7102
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 86
-A-
 1451363 C85024475
-W-
 LOOKUP ROUTINES FOR FILENAMES
 MANSFIELD, C.
 COMPUT. MAG. (GB) 23 14 MARCH 1985
 -CODEN-
 CONPEW
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 UNDER THE DEC OPERATING SYSTEM RSTS/E PROVISION HAS BEEN MADE FOR
 PROGRAMMERS TO ACCESS AND READ THE OS FILE PROCESSOR (FIP) DETAILS VIA SYS
 CALLS EMBEDDED IN THEIR BASIC-PLUS SOURCE LANGUAGE CODE. THE AUTHOR GIVES A
 MODULAR SUBROUTINE IN BASIC-PLUS, WHICH WILL WORK AT LEAST UNDER VERSIONS
 6C, 7 AND 7.1 OF RSTS. WHEN CALLED THE SUBROUTINE WILL SEARCH THE USERS'
 ACCOUNT ON DISK PACK ONE FOR ALL FILES AND LIST THE FILENAMES. EXTRA
 INFORMATION ON THE DATE AND TIME THAT THE FILE WAS CREATED ON THE SYSTEM IS
 ALSO INCLUDED BY THE LOOKUP FACILITY.
-Desc-
 FILE ORGANISATION; BASIC LISTINGS; SUBROUTINES; TABLE LOOKUP
-Ident-
 LOOKUP ROUTINES; FILENAMES; DEC OPERATING SYSTEM; RSTS/E; ACCESS; READ; FILE
 PROCESSOR; SYS CALLS; SOURCE LANGUAGE CODE; SUBROUTINE; BASIC-PLUS; 6C; 7;
 7.1; RSTS; SEARCH; DISK PACK; DATE; TIME
 Class Codes: C6130; C7000; C6120
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 87
-A-
 1451293 C85024398
-W-
 LARGE SCALE SYSTEM SUPPORT, INTERACTION OF SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE (C/SUP 3/
 SYSTEMS)
 FAIREY, V.
 Sponsor: IEE
 IEE COLLOQUIUM ON PROGRESS COMMAND, CONTROL AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
 (DIGEST NO.58) 8/1-3 1983
 1 JUNE 1983 LONDON, ENGLAND
 Publ: IEE, LONDON, ENGLAND
 26 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG.
 A NEW APPROACH IS REQUIRED IN SYSTEM ENGINEERING ASSOCIATED WITH LARGE SCALE
 SYSTEMS. JOINTLY, ENGINEERING AND OPERATIONAL FEATURES MUST BE ADDRESSED SO
 THAT AVAILABILITY IS MAXIMISED. COST MUST BE AN IMMEDIATE CONSIDERATION, BUT
 WHOLE LIFE COSTING WILL TEND TOWARDS EQUALITY BETWEEN EXISTING SYSTEMS AND
 THE 'QUANTUM' APPROACH. INDUSTRY IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE MAINTENANCE
 AUTHORITIES AND THE PROCUREMENT EXECUTIVE SHOULD NOW EXAMINE THIS RADICAL
 APPROACH TO MAINTENANCE WITH THE AIM TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM USER AVAILABILITY
 EMPLOYING EXPERT SYSTEMS, INTELLIGENT SOFTWARE, REDUNDANCY, CONCEPT,
 ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT CONTROL, AND DOCUMENTATION INFORMATION UNDER SOFTWARE
 CONTROL.
-Desc-
 COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEMS; SYSTEMS ENGINEERING; SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
-Ident-
 SOFTWARE-HARDWARE INTERACTION; INDUSTRY; SYSTEM SUPPORT; C/SUP 3/ SYSTEMS;
 SYSTEM ENGINEERING; LARGE SCALE SYSTEMS; OPERATIONAL FEATURES; WHOLE LIFE
 COSTING; MAINTENANCE AUTHORITIES; PROCUREMENT EXECUTIVE; MAINTENANCE; USER
 AVAILABILITY; EXPERT SYSTEMS; INTELLIGENT SOFTWARE; REDUNDANCY; ENGINEERING
 MANAGEMENT CONTROL; DOCUMENTATION INFORMATION
 Class Codes: C6110; C7150
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 88
-A-
 1450348 C85022825
-W-
 SIMULATION-THE CENTRAL POINT IN THE PLANNING OF MATERIAL FLOW SYSTEMS
 GINTZEL, J.
 FRAUNHOFER INST. FUR TRANSPORTTECH. UND WAREN-DISTRIBUTION, DORTMUND,
 GERMANY
 BREITENECKER, F.; KLEINERT, W. (Editors)
 SIMULATIONSTECHNIK. 2. SYMPOSIUM SIMULATIONSTECHNIK (SIMULATION TECHNIQUES.
 2ND SYMPOSIUM) 227-30 1984
 25-27 SEPT. 1984 WIEN, AUSTRIA
 Publ: SPRINGER-VERLAG, BERLIN, GERMANY
 XII+676 pp. ISBN 3 540 13393 3
 Treatment: APPLIC
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 GERMAN (4 Refs)
 DESCRIBES AN INTEGRATED PLANNING AND SIMULATION SYSTEM. THE PROGRAM PACKAGE
 WAS DESIGNED TO PROVIDE COMPUTER AID TO CLASSICAL PLANNING CYCLE, COVERING
 SUCH FEATURES AS: INPUT OF PLANNED TOPOLOGY OF THE LAYOUT VIA A DIGITAL
 PANEL, THE DATA BEING FILED IN THE COMPUTER WITH PARALLEL GRAPHIC
 PRESENTATION; PROJECTING THE DIRECTIONS OF MOVEMENT FOR THE TRANSPORT SYSTEM
 FOR THE TENTATIVE LAYOUT; IDENTIFICATION OF BOUNDARY POINTS IN RELATION TO
 BASIC COMPONENTS, I.E. CONVEYOR SECTIONS, SWITCHING POINTS, ETC.; DEFINITION
 OF ENVIRONMENTAL DATA AND CONTROL STRATEGIES AT JUNCTIONS AND POINTS;
 SIMULATION OF THE MODEL AND RESULTS DISPLAYED GRAPHICALLY TOGETHER WITH
 DETAILED RESULTS IN LISTED FORM. A FLOW CHART SHOWS THE PLANNING AND
 SIMULATION SYSTEM AS SEEN BY THE USER. A NUMBER OF EXTENSION MODULES ARE
 PROVIDED FOR THE GENERATION OF CONTROL SOFTWARE AND SIMULATION TESTING OF
 THE LATTER, AND FOR THE SUBSEQUENT TRAINING OF PERSONNEL. THE EFFICIENT
 OPERATION OF THIS TYPE OF COMPLEX PROGRAM SYSTEM DEMANDS IMPROVED METHODS
 AND MORE KNOWLEDGE ON THE PART OF THE USER. TO THIS END FURTHER DEVELOPMENTS
 ARE IN HAND BASED ON EXPERT SYSTEMS, PARTICULARLY THOSE IN USE FOR THE
 DIAGNOSIS OF MEDICAL CASES AND IN GEOLOGY, CHEMISTRY, ETC. WHERE ARTIFICIAL
 INTELLIGENCE HAS BEEN INCORPORATED, THE EXPRESSED AIM BEING TO ATTAIN A
 SYSTEM FOR THE AUTOMATIC OPTIMIZATION OF SIMULATION MODELS. STANDARD
 ALL-PURPOSE SYSTEMS, EASY TO OPERATE AND INCORPORATING DIALOGUE SYSTEMS SUCH
 AS THE HAM-ANS SYSTEM, ARE ALSO RECOMMENDED.
-Desc-
 MATERIALS HANDLING; DIGITAL SIMULATION; EXPERT SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURING DATA
 PROCESSING
-Ident-
 MEDICAL DIAGNOSIS; PLANNING; MATERIAL FLOW SYSTEMS; GRAPHIC PRESENTATION;
 TRANSPORT SYSTEM; BOUNDARY POINTS; CONVEYOR SECTIONS; SWITCHING POINTS;
 ENVIRONMENTAL DATA; CONTROL STRATEGIES; FLOW CHART; SIMULATION; EXTENSION
 MODULES; CONTROL SOFTWARE; TRAINING; EXPERT SYSTEMS; GEOLOGY; CHEMISTRY;
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; OPTIMIZATION; DIALOGUE SYSTEMS ; HAM-ANS SYSTEM
 Class Codes: C3320; C7420; C7160
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 89
-A-
 1450021 C85022428
-W-
 KNOWLEDGE-BASED SYSTEMS FOR REMOTE SENSING
 KANAL, L.N.; LAMBIRD, D.; LAVINE, D.
 DEPT. OF COMPUT. SCI., MARYLAND UNIV., COLLEGE PARK, MD, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE
 1983 PROCEEDINGS OF THE INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON SYSTEMS, MAN AND
 CYBERNETICS (CAT. NO. 83CH1962-0) 171-5 VOL.1 1983
 29 DEC. 1983-7 JAN. 1984 BOMBAY AND NEW DELHI, INDIA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 2 VOL. (XXI+1267+X) pp.
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH1962-0/83/0000-0171$00.75
 Treatment: APPLIC; THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (22 Refs)
 A SUMMARY IS PRESENTED OF SOME BASIC ISSUES IN THE DESIGN OF KNOWLEDGE-BASED
 SYSTEMS FOR UNDERSTANDING REMOTELY SENSED IMAGES, WITH PARTICULAR ATTENTION
 TO THE EXTRACTION OF CARTOGRAPHIC FEATURES. AMONG THE ISSUES BRIEFLY
 CONSIDERED ARE: THE TYPES OF KNOWLEDGE THAT MUST BE MODELED ON REMOTE
 SENSING EXPERT SYSTEMS; KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND KNOWLEDGE-BASED SEARCH;
 AND MULTISENSOR REGISTRATION, INFORMATION FUSION, AND THE RESOLUTION OF
 CONFLICTING EVIDENCE. ALSO OUTLINED ARE A DISTRIBUTED ARCHITECTURE AND A
 CONTROL STRUCTURE BASED ON A PARALLEL NONDIRECTIONAL SEARCH ALGORITHM.
-Desc-
 EXPERT SYSTEMS; REMOTE SENSING
-Ident-
 REMOTE SENSING; DESIGN; KNOWLEDGE-BASED SYSTEMS; CARTOGRAPHIC FEATURES;
 EXPERT SYSTEMS; KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION; KNOWLEDGE-BASED SEARCH;
 MULTISENSOR REGISTRATION; INFORMATION FUSION; CONFLICTING EVIDENCE
 Class Codes: C1290B; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 90
-A-
 1449869 C85022110
-W-
 PATH PLANNING IN A THREE DIMENSIONAL ENVIRONMENT
 RUFF, R.; AHUJA, N.
 COORDINATED SCI. LAB., ILLINOIS UNIV., URBANA, IL, USA
 Sponsor: INT. ASSOC. PATTERN RECOGNITION; CANADIAN INF. PROCESSING SOC.;
 CANADIAN IMAGE PROCESSING AND PATTERN RECOGNITION SOC
 SEVENTH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON PATTERN RECOGNITION (CAT. NO.
 84CH2046-1) 188-91 VOL.1 1984
 30 JULY-2 AUG. 1984 MONTREAL, QUE., CANADA
 Publ: IEEE COMPUT. SOC. PRESS, SILVER SPRING, MD, USA
 2 VOL. (XXXVIII+1385) pp. ISBN 0 8186 0545 6
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (13 Refs)
 AN ALGORITHM FOR FINDING COLLISION-FREE TRAJECTORIES IN A THREE-DIMENSIONAL
 ENVIRONMENT IS PRESENTED. GIVEN THE STARTING AND DESTINATION POINTS, THE
 ALGORITHM CONSTRUCTS A TRAJECTORY FROM THE SEGMENTS OF THE MEDIAL AXIS OF
 THE FREE SPACE. THE MOVING OBJECT IS REPRESENTED BY ITS MINIMUM ENCLOSING
 SPHERE. THE MEDIAL AXIS IS OBTAINED BY SHRINKING THE VOXEL REPRESENTATION,
 AND THE TRAJECTORY IS DERIVED BY TREATING THE MEDIAL AXIS AS A GRAPH AND
 CONDUCTING A HEURISTIC SEARCH. BOTH PHASES ARE IMPLEMENTED IN AN INEFFICIENT
 MANNER IN THE CURRENT ALGORITHM. IMPROVEMENTS IN THESE AND OTHER PARTS ARE
 OUTLINED.
-Desc-
 ROBOTS; POSITION CONTROL; HEURISTIC PROGRAMMING
-Ident-
 COLLISIONFREE TRAJECTORIES; PATH PLANNING; ROBOTICS; COLLISION AVOIDANCE;
 THREE DIMENSIONAL ENVIRONMENT; ALGORITHM; MEDIAL AXIS MINIMUM ENCLOSING
 SPHERE; VOXEL REPRESENTATION; HEURISTIC SEARCH
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 91
-A-
 1449865 C85022106
-W-
 STRATEGIES OF SEARCH OF DERIVATION IN PROOF BASES
 ZHERLOV, A.K.
 KIBERNETIKA (USSR) VOL.20, NO.2 84-6 MARCH-APRIL 1984
 -CODEN-
 KBRNA5
-ISSN-
 0023-1274
 Trans in: CYBERNETICS (USA) VOL.20, NO.2 278-81 MARCH-APRIL 1984
 -CODEN-
 CYBNAW
-ISSN-
 0011-4235
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0011-4235/84/2002-0278$08.50
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (3 Refs)
 CONSIDERS SOME ASPECTS OF DERIVATION IN SYSTEM OF PROOF OF THEOREMS. IN
 CONTRAST TO EARLIER STUDIES, THE PROOF BASES (PB) ARE ASSUMED TO BE
 STRUCTURED. THIS ALLOWS ONE, IN SEARCH FOR A DERIVATION, TO USE VARIOUS
 LINES OF BEHAVIOR-STRATEGIES AND TO COMBINE KNOWLEDGE INTO DATA FILES
 UNIFORM WITH RESPECT TO A PARTICULAR FEATURE. FOR STRUCTURES THAT ARE NOT
 TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT, IN PB, A MECHANISM OF FORMULA DEFINITION IS INTRODUCED.
 IN PARTICULAR, THIS ALLOWS INTERPRETING FORMULA RELATIONSHIPS OF VARIABLES
 AS RELATIONS, WITH THE SUBSEQUENT POSSIBLE PROOF OF THEIR PROPERTIES, SUCH
 AS SYMMETRY, EQUIVALENCE, CONGRUENCE WITH RESPECT TO OTHER RELATIONS, ETC.,
 I.E. REDEFINING A STRUCTURE ON A SET. THE MECHANISM OF FUNCTIONAL DEPENDENCY
 ALLOWS SIMPLIFYING THE EQUALITY PROBLEM AND ALSO PERFORMING CALCULATIONS
 DURING THE COURSE OF DERIVATION. THE SYSTEM OF THEOREM PROOF CONSISTS OF TWO
 PARTS; INFORMATIONAL-PB-AND AN ALGORITHM THAT APPLIES THE TECHNIQUES OF PB
 TO THE FORMULAS BEING PROVED. THE OPERATION OF THE ALGORITHM ON FORMULAS IS
 BASED ENTIRELY ON KNOWLEDGE CONTAINED IN PB, AND THE LOGICAL OPERATIONS ARE
 MINIMIZED. MOST DATA FILES ARE ACCUMULATED BY THE SYSTEM COMPILERS AND, IN A
 SENSE, ARE CONSTANT; CALL THEM A CATALOG. SOME OF THE FILES ARE FORMED
 DURING THE COURSE OF PROOF.
-Desc-
 GROUP THEORY; SET THEORY; THEOREM PROVING
-Ident-
 PROOF BASES; STRATEGIES; FORMULA DEFINITION; FUNCTIONAL DEPENDENCY; THEOREM
 PROOF; LOGICAL OPERATIONS
 Class Codes: C1230; C1160
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 92
-A-
 1449861 C85022102
-W-
 DISCOVERING PATTERNS IN SEQUENCES OF EVENTS
 DIETTERICH, T.G.; MICHALSKI, R.S.
 DEPT. OF COMPUT. SCI., STANFORD UNIV., STANFORD, CA, USA
 ARTIF. INTELL. (NETHERLANDS) VOL.25, NO.2 187-232 FEB. 1985
 -CODEN-
 AINTBB
-ISSN-
 0004-3702
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0004-3702/85/$3.30
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (36 Refs)
 GIVEN A SEQUENCE OF EVENTS (OR OBJECTS), EACH CHARACTERIZED BY A SET OF
 ATTRIBUTES, THE PROBLEM CONSIDERED IS TO DISCOVER A RULE CHARACTERIZING THE
 SEQUENCE AND ABLE TO PREDICT A PLAUSIBLE SEQUENCE CONTINUATION. THE RULE,
 CALLED A SEQUENCE-GENERATING RULE, IS NONDETERMINISTIC IN THE SENSE THAT IT
 DOES NOT NECESSARILY TELL EXACTLY WHICH EVENT MUST APPEAR NEXT IN THE
 SEQUENCE, BUT RATHER, DEFINES A SET OF PLAUSIBLE NEXT EVENTS. THREE BASIC
 RULE MODELS ARE EMPLOYED TO GUIDE THE SEARCH FOR A SEQUENCE-GENERATING RULE:
 DECOMPOSITION, PERIODIC, AND DISJUNCTIVE NORMAL FORM. A PROGRAM, CALLED
 SPARC/E, IS DESCRIBED THAT IMPLEMENTS MOST OF THE METHODOLOGY AS APPLIED TO
 DISCOVERING SEQUENCE GENERATING RULES IN THE CARD GAME ELEUSIS.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; GAME THEORY
-Ident-
 PATTERN DISCOVERING; SEQUENTIAL EVENTS; PERIODIC FORM; SPARC/E PROGRAM;
 SEQUENCE-GENERATING RULE; DECOMPOSITION; DISJUNCTIVE NORMAL FORM; GAME
 Class Codes: C1230; C1140E
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 93
-A-
 1433307 C85020788, D85000855
-W-
 EXPERT SYSTEMS MADE SIMPLE
 MILL, J.
 COMPUT. MAG. (GB) 13-14 21 FEB. 1985
 -CODEN-
 CONPEW
 Treatment: APPLIC
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 THERE HAS BEEN A LOT OF INTEREST GENERATED IN EXPERT SYSTEMS AND
 EXPECTATIONS OF HIGHLY SOPHISTICATED SYSTEMS REPLACING HUMAN EXPERTS IN ALL
 WALKS OF PROFESSIONAL LIFE. BUT THE EARLY IMPLEMENTATIONS OF EXPERT SYSTEMS
 WHICH ARE NOW EMERGING AIM TO REPLACE TEXTBOOKS AND MANUALS RATHER THAN
 HUMAN EXPERTS. BRITISH GAS IS USING ICL'S EXPERT SYSTEMS SHELL, ADVISER, TO
 ADVISE ON THE USE OF HERBICIDES BY BRITISH GAS ON ITS SITES. BRITISH GAS
 ALREADY HAD ALL THE INFORMATION ON HERBICIDES SELECTION IN REPORT FORM BUT
 FOUND THAT GAPS WERE FOUND IN THE KNOWLEDGE DURING THE CREATION OF THE
 KNOWLEDGE BASE, DUE TO GAPS IN THE REPORT. ONE OF THE MAIN DIFFICULTIES WITH
 EXPERT SYSTEMS AT THE MOMENT IS THE LACK OF SOFTWARE PORTABILITY, THE
 PROBLEM BRITISH GAS FACE IF THEY TRY TO MAKE THE SYSTEM AVAILABLE DIRECTLY
 TO END-USERS IN ANY OF ITS 12 REGIONS. SOME OF THESE REGIONS USE IBM SYSTEMS
 AND OTHERS USE SPERRY, WHEREAS ADVISER ONLY RUNS ON ICL OR DIGITAL EQUIPMENT
 COMPUTERS.
-Desc-
 EXPERT SYSTEMS; ICL COMPUTERS; DEC COMPUTERS
-Ident-
 DEC COMPUTERS; ICL COMPUTERS; EXPERT SYSTEMS; BRITISH GAS; ADVISER;
 INFORMATION ON HERBICIDES SELECTION; IBM SYSTEMS; DIGITAL EQUIPMENT
 COMPUTERS
 Class Codes: C7160; D2070
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 94
-A-
 1433070 C85020517
-W-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IN BASIC
 BURGE, U.
 MIKRO- AND KLEINCOMPUT. (SWITZERLAND) VOL.6, NO.6 63-6 DEC. 1984
 -CODEN-
 MKLED2
-ISSN-
 0251-0006
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 A TECHNIQUE USED IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE, THE STATE TREE, IS DESCRIBED
 AND A BASIC PROGRAM USING THE METHOD FOR SOLVING A WELL-KNOWN LOGICAL PUZZLE
 IS PRESENTED.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; BASIC LISTINGS; MICROCOMPUTER APPLICATIONS
-Ident-
 BASIC LISTING; SEARCH TREES; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; STATE TREE
 Class Codes: C7000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 95
-A-
 1431523 C85018032
-W-
 AN APPLICATION OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE TO OPERATIONS RESEARCH
 MARCUS, R.
 MATH. DEPT., WESTERN WASHINGTON UNIV., BELLINGHAM, WA, USA
 COMMUN. ACM (USA) VOL.27, NO.10 1044-7 OCT. 1984
 -CODEN-
 CACMA2
-ISSN-
 0001-0782
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0001-0782/84/1000-1044$00.75
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 AN EXTENSION OF CRITICAL PATH SCHEDULING TO A CASE WHERE THERE ARE ALTERNATE
 METHODS FOR COMPLETING A PROJECT IS INTRODUCED. THREE SOLUTION METHODS ARE
 PRESENTED INCLUDING ONE BASED ON THE HEURISTIC SEARCH ALGORITHM USED IN
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE.
-Desc-
 SCHEDULING; CRITICAL PATH ANALYSIS; GRAPH THEORY; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
-Ident-
 SHORTEST-PATH PROBLEM; AI METHODS; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; OPERATIONS
 RESEARCH; CRITICAL PATH SCHEDULING; HEURISTIC SEARCH ALGORITHM
 Class Codes: C1290F; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 96
-A-
 1431417 C85017859
-W-
 VISUALISING ENERGY LANDSCAPES (ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE)
 DURHAM, T.
 COMPUT. MAG. (GB) 22-3 31 JAN. 1985
 -CODEN-
 CONPEW
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 CONNECTIONIST ARCHITECTURES AND SEARCH METHODS BASED ON CONTROLLED
 RANDOMNESS, MAY BENEFIT SPEECH RECOGNITION, MACHINE VISION AND COMPUTER
 DESIGN. THE AUTHOR REPORTS ON HOW THREE ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE RESEARCH
 GROUPS HAVE BEEN TRYING TO SEE WHAT CAN BE ACHIEVED BY INTRODUCING A WAY OF
 WIRING A SYSTEM LIKE THE BRAIN.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
-Ident-
 CONNECTIONIST ARCHITECTURES; PARALLELISM; ENERGY LANDSCAPES SEARCH METHODS;
 CONTROLLED RANDOMNESS; SPEECH RECOGNITION; MACHINE VISION; COMPUTER DESIGN;
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE RESEARCH GROUPS; WIRING; SYSTEM; BRAIN
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 97
-A-
 1431405 C85017847
-W-
 A GLOBAL MINIMIZATION ALGORITHM FOR COMPUTATIONALLY INTENSIVE SIMULATION
 PROBLEMS
 MACMULLAN, S.J.; FOX, R.L.; NAUDA, A.
 VOGT, W.G.; MICKLE, M.H. (Editors)
 Sponsor: UNIV. PITTSBURGH; IEEE; ISA; SCS; INT. ASSOC. MATH. AND COMPUT.
 SIMULATION
 MODELING AND SIMULATION. VOL.14. PROCEEDINGS OF THE FOURTEENTH ANNUAL
 PITTSBURGH CONFERENCE 1309-15 1983
 21-22 APRIL 1983 PITTSBURGH, PA, USA
 Publ: ISA, RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, NC, USA
 3 VOL. 1457 pp.
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (3 Refs)
 AN EFFICIENT ALGORITHM FOR GLOBAL SEARCH HAS BEEN IMPLEMENTED IN A GENERAL
 PURPOSE INTERACTIVE SIMULATION PROGRAM. THE RESULTING SOFTWARE SYSTEM
 PERMITS RAPID SET UP OF GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS FOR AUTOMATIC SOLUTION
 BY DIGITAL COMPUTER. THE PROGRAM HAS BEEN APPLIED TO STANDARD MULTI-MODAL
 TEST FUNCTIONS AND TO A PRACTICAL PROBLEM IN SIGNAL PROCESSING-A FIELD IN
 WHICH THE NEED FOR HIGH EFFICIENCY HAS BEEN FOUND TO BE ESPECIALLY IMPORTANT
 BECAUSE OF THE AMOUNT OF COMPUTER TIME REQUIRED TO MAKE A PERFORMANCE
 EVALUATION FOR REPRESENTATIVE EXAMPLES. THE PAPER REPORTS ON THE PROGRESS
 MADE ON THE TESTS, AS WELL AS THE DESIGN DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE PROGRAM AND
 PREVIOUSLY EXISTING PROGRAMS FOR GLOBAL SEARCH. THE PERFORMANCE OF THE
 GLOBAL SEARCH ALGORITHM IS COMPARED QUANTITATIVELY WITH THAT OF EXHAUSTIVE
 SEARCH FOR EACH OF THE TEST CASES.
-Desc-
 DIGITAL SIMULATION; MINIMISATION
-Ident-
 MULTIMODAL TEST FUNCTIONS; DIGITAL SIMULATION; GLOBAL MINIMIZATION;
 COMPUTATIONALLY INTENSIVE SIMULATION PROBLEMS; DIGITAL COMPUTER; PERFORMANCE
 EVALUATION
 Class Codes: C1220; C7000; C1180
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 98
-A-
 1416769 C85017273
-W-
 A COMPUTER INTELLIGENT SYSTEM FOR UNDERSTANDING CHINESE HOMONYMS
 PAO, Y.-H.; YANG, C.-S.
 DEPT. OF ELECTR. ENG. AND APPL. PHYS., CASE WESTERN RESERVE UNIV.,
 CLEVELAND, OH, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; CHINESE INST. ELECTRON
 FIRST INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON COMPUTERS AND APPLICATIONS (CAT. NO.
 84CH2039-6) 841-7 1984
 20-22 JUNE 1984 BEIJING, CHINA
 Publ: IEEE COMPUT. SOC. PRESS, SILVER SPRING, MD, USA
 XIV+905 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0541 3
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2039-6/84/0000-0841$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (4 Refs)
 EACH UTTERANCE IN SPOKEN CHINESE MAY REPRESENT ANY ONE OF SEVERAL LETTERS
 WHICH ARE HOMONYMS OF EACH OTHER. NATIVE HUMAN LISTENERS ARRIVE AT THE
 CORRECT INTERPRETATION BY MAKING USE OF CONTEXT. THE AUTHORS DESCRIBE A
 COMPUTER-BASED INTELLIGENT INTERPRETER THAT IS CAPABLE OF CARRYING OUT THIS
 SAME TASK OF DISAMBIGUATION. THE KNOWLEDGE USED IS IN THE FORM OF THREE
 SEPARATE ENTITIES: A WORD DICTIONARY, MORPHOLOGY RULES, AND SYNTAX RULES.
 THE INTERPRETATION OR UNDERSTANDING IS CORRESPONDINGLY ATTAINED IN SEVERAL
 STEPS THROUGH LEXICAL SEARCH OF THE DICTIONARY, PARSING, AND USE OF
 CONTEXTUAL CONSTRAINTS.
-Desc-
 EXPERT SYSTEMS; NATURAL LANGUAGES
-Ident-
 EXPERT SYSTEMS; CHINESE HOMONYMS; SPOKEN CHINESE; HUMAN LISTENERS; CONTEXT;
 COMPUTER-BASED INTELLIGENT INTERPRETER; WORD DICTIONARY ; MORPHOLOGY RULES;
 SYNTAX RULES; LEXICAL SEARCH; DICTIONARY; PARSING; CONTEXTUAL CONSTRAINTS
 Class Codes: C7820; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 99
-A-
 1416585 C85017052
-W-
 AUTOMATED DESIGN OF CRANKCASES: THE CARTER SYSTEM
 REYNIER, M.; FOUET, J.-M.
 LAB. DE MECANIQUE ET TECHNOL., PARIS 6 UNIV., CACHAN, FRANCE
 COMPUT. AIDED DES. (GB) VOL.16, NO.6 308-13 NOV. 1984
 -CODEN-
 CAIDA5
-ISSN-
 0010-4485
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0010-4485/84/060308-06$03.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (20 Refs)
 CARTER IS AN EXPERT SYSTEM THAT DESIGNS CRANKCASES WITHOUT ANY INTERVENTION
 FROM THE USER (OTHER THAN SETTING THE PROBLEM BY DESCRIBING THE MECHANISM TO
 BE ENCASED). IT USES SEVERAL ALGORITHMIC BLACK BOXES (HAMILTONIAN PATH IN A
 GRAPH, PLATE THEORY, FINITE ELEMENTS, ETC.). TO REDUCE THE COST OF THESE
 ALGORITHMS AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE, IT RELIES MAINLY ON THE ENGINEER'S KNOWLEDGE
 TO INFER SOLUTIONS, OR AT LEAST TO SET THE BOUNDARY CONDITIONS AND LIMIT THE
 SEARCH SPACE. SUCH A KNOWLEDGE BASE HAS BEEN SET UP STEP BY STEP WITH THE
 HELP OF AN ORIGINAL PDIS DEALING WITH PRODUCTIONS WRITTEN IN NATURAL
 LANGUAGE.
-Desc-
 EXPERT SYSTEMS; CAD; MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COMPUTING
-Ident-
 AUTOMATED DESIGN; MECHANICS; CAD; CRANKCASES; CARTER SYSTEM EXPERT SYSTEM;
 ALGORITHMIC BLACK BOXES; BOUNDARY CONDITIONS; KNOWLEDGE BASE ; PDIS; NATURAL
 LANGUAGE
 Class Codes: C7440; C7000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 100
-A-
 1415875 C85016020
-W-
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON DATA ENGINEERING (CATALOG NO. 84CH2031-3)
 Sponsor: IEEE
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON DATA ENGINEERING (CATALOG NO. 84CH2031-3) 1984
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON DATA ENGINEERING (CATALOG NO. 84CH2031-3) 24-27
 APRIL 1984 LOS ANGELES, CA, USA
 Publ: IEEE COMPUT. SOC. PRESS, SILVER SPRING, MD, USA
 XIII+630 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0533 2
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS
-Lang-
 ENG.
 THE FOLLOWING TOPICS ARE DEALT WITH: ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS;
 ENTITY-RELATIONSHIP APPROACH; DATABASE ARCHITECTURE; USER INTERFACE
 LANGUAGES; STATISTICAL DATABASES; DATABASE MODELS; USER INTERFACES; QUERY
 OPTIMIZATION; DATABASE DESIGN; SOFTWARE QUALITY AND PRODUCTION; KNOWLEDGE
 BASES; CONCURRENCY CONTROL; SOFTWARE ENGINEERING; DISTRIBUTED OPERATING
 SYSTEMS; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE APPLICATIONS; LOCAL AREA NETWORK
 ENVIRONMENTS; SOFTWARE METRICS; TESTBEDS FOR DESIGN METHODOLOGY EVALUATION;
 PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS; IMAGE DATA AND NETWORKS. 80 PAPERS WERE PRESENTED, ALL
 OF WHICH ARE PUBLISHED IN FULL IN THE PRESENT PROCEEDINGS. ABSTRACT OF
 INDIVIDUAL PAPERS CAN BE FOUND UNDER THE RELEVANT CLASSIFICATION CODES IN
 THIS OR OTHER ISSUES.
-Desc-
 ENGINEERING COMPUTING; DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS; DATA STRUCTURES; USER
 INTERFACES; SOFTWARE ENGINEERING; OPERATING SYSTEMS (COMPUTERS); EXPERT
 SYSTEMS
-Ident-
 ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS; ENTITY-RELATIONSHIP APPROACH; DATABASE
 ARCHITECTURE; USER INTERFACE LANGUAGES; STATISTICAL DATABASES; DATABASE
 MODELS; USER INTERFACES; QUERY OPTIMIZATION; DATABASE DESIGN; SOFTWARE
 QUALITY; PRODUCTION; KNOWLEDGE BASES; CONCURRENCY CONTROL; SOFTWARE
 ENGINEERING; DISTRIBUTED OPERATING SYSTEMS; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; LOCAL
 AREA NETWORK; SOFTWARE METRICS; TESTBEDS; PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS; IMAGE DATA;
 NETWORKS
 Class Codes: C6160; C6120; C7400; C7100
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 101
-A-
 1415538 C85015669
-W-
 AN EXPERT SYSTEM FOR THE MANIPULATION OF PROGRAMS
 FOUET, J.-M.
 LMT, CACHAN, FRANCE
 Sponsor: IEEE; INF. PROCESS. ASSOC. ISRAEL; ACM; CANADIAN INF. PROCESS. SOC
 4TH JERUSALEM CONFERENCE ON INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (JCIT). NEXT DECADE IN
 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (CAT. NO. 84CH2022-2) 460-7 1984
 21-25 MAY 1984 JERUSALEM, ISRAEL
 Publ: IEEE COMPUT. SOC. PRESS, SILVER SPRING, MD, USA
 XII+720 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0535 9
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2022-2/84/0000-0460$01.00
 Treatment: APPLIC; PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (12 Refs)
 THE SYSTEM PRESENTED IS AN AID TO DEBUGGERS OF LARGE PROGRAMS. IT RELIES ON
 EFFICIENT TOOLS, A GREAT DEAL OF KNOWLEDGE ABOUT PROGRAMMING TECHNIQUES
 (INCLUDING USUAL ERRORS AND CLUMSINESS), AND DIALOG WITH THE USER TO
 UNDERSTAND WHAT THE PROBLEM IS, SURROUND ITS POSSIBLE CAUSES, AND FIND THE
 REAL CAUSE AND CORRECT THE BUG. IT MAY ALSO MAKE BY-THE-WAY SUGGESTIONS.
 KNOWLEDGE IS INCREMENTALLY CONVEYED TO THE SYSTEM THROUGH NATURAL LANGUAGE
 PRODUCTION RULES, WHICH ARE THEN COMPILED AND BUILT INTO A PATTERN-DIRECTED
 INFERENCE SYSTEM. PREDICATES, VARIABLES, AND RELATIONS USED WITHIN THE RULES
 ARE THEMSELVES FORMALLY DESCRIBED IN A DICTIONARY, THUS ALLOWING THE
 RULE-COMPILER AND THE INFERENCE ENGINE TO BE TOTALLY INDEPENDENT OF THAT
 PARTICULAR APPLICATION. TOOLS ARE BUILT AROUND AN ORIGINAL INTERNAL
 REPRESENTATION OF PROGRAMS, WHICH IS INDEPENDENT OF THE NONRECURSIVE
 PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE, AND CAN BE ROUGHLY DESCRIBED AS A SEMANTIC TREE, ON
 WHICH MANY INFERENCES AND MANIPULATIONS CAN BE DONE INEXPENSIVELY. IN THE
 CASE OF RECURSIVE LANGUAGES, THAT REPRESENTATION CAN STILL BE USEFUL,
 ALTHOUGH IT IS NO LONGER A TREE.
-Desc-
 PROGRAM DEBUGGING; DEVELOPMENT SYSTEMS; EXPERT SYSTEMS; NATURAL LANGUAGES
-Ident-
 PROGRAM MANIPULATION; PREDICTION; EXPERT SYSTEM; DEBUGGERS; PROGRAMMING
 TECHNIQUES; NATURAL LANGUAGE PRODUCTION RULES; PATTERN-DIRECTED INFERENCE
 SYSTEM; VARIABLES; RELATIONS; DICTIONARY; RULE-COMPILER; INTERNAL
 REPRESENTATION; NONRECURSIVE PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE; SEMANTIC TREE; RECURSIVE
 LANGUAGES
 Class Codes: C6115; C6150G
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 102
-A-
 1414854 C85014351
-W-
 SPECIAL RELATIONS IN DEDUCTIVE PROGRAM SYNTHESIS-A SUMMARY
 MANNA, Z.; WALDINGER, R.
 DEPT. OF COMPUT. SCI., STANFORD UNIV., CA, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; INF. PROCESS. ASSOC. ISRAEL; ACM; CANADIAN INF. PROCESS. SOC
 4TH JERUSALEM CONFERENCE ON INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (JCIT). NEXT DECADE IN
 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (CAT. NO. 84CH2022-2) 100-5 1984
 21-25 MAY 1984 JERUSALEM, ISRAEL
 Publ: IEEE COMPUT. SOC. PRESS, SILVER SPRING, MD, USA
 XII+720 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0535 9
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2022-2/84/0000-0100$01.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (10 Refs)
 NEW HIGH-LEVEL INFERENCE RULES FOR PROGRAM SYNTHESIS ARE PRESENTED TO
 FACILITATE DEDUCTIONS ABOUT COMMONLY OCCURRING RELATIONS, SUCH AS EQUALITY,
 EQUIVALENCE, AND ORDERINGS. USING THESE RULES ALLOWS THE AUTHORS TO
 ABBREVIATE THEIR PROOFS AND TO OMIT TROUBLESOME AXIOMS SUCH AS TRANSITIVITY,
 MONOTONICITY, AND FUNCTIONAL REFLEXIVITY. THE RESULTING DERIVATIONS ARE NOT
 ONLY EASIER TO UNDERSTAND, BUT ALSO EASIER TO DISCOVER BECAUSE OF A REDUCED
 SEARCH SPACE. THE NEW RULES ARE PART OF A NONCLAUSAL DEDUCTION SYSTEM IN
 WHICH THE THEOREM TO BE PROVED NEED NOT BE PUT INTO CLAUSE FORM OR ANY OTHER
 NORMAL FORM. THE SYSTEM ALLOWS SKOLEMIZATION, I.E., THE REMOVAL OF
 QUANTIFIERS TO BE DEFERRED WHEN IT IS CONVENIENT TO DO SO, AS IN DEALING
 WITH THE EQUIVALENCE CONNECTIVE.
-Desc-
 PROGRAMMING THEORY; THEOREM PROVING; HEURISTIC PROGRAMMING
-Ident-
 TERM POLARITY; RELATION SUBSTITUTION; RELATION MATCHING; THEOREM PROVING;
 DEDUCTIVE PROGRAM SYNTHESIS; HIGH-LEVEL INFERENCE RULES; EQUALITY;
 EQUIVALENCE; ORDERINGS; NONCLAUSAL DEDUCTION SYSTEM; SKOLEMIZATION;
 EQUIVALENCE CONNECTIVE
 Class Codes: C4240; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 103
-A-
 1413772 C85012919
-W-
 IMPLEMENTING PROBLEM-SOLVING STRATEGIES USING THE META-LEVEL
 STERLING, L.
 DEPT. OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE, EDINBURGH UNIV., SCOTLAND
 Sponsor: IEEE; INF. PROCESS. ASSOC. ISRAEL; ACM; CANADIAN INF. PROCESS. SOC
 4TH JERUSALEM CONFERENCE ON INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (JCIT). NEXT DECADE IN
 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (CAT. NO. 84CH2022-2) 125-32 1984
 21-25 MAY 1984 JERUSALEM, ISRAEL
 Publ: IEEE COMPUT. SOC. PRESS, SILVER SPRING, MD, USA
 XII+720 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0535 9
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH2022-2/84/0000-0125$01.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (24 Refs)
 A METHODOLOGY IS PRESENTED THAT HAS BEEN USED SUCCESSFULLY FOR THE
 CONSTRUCTION OF LARGE PROBLEM-SOLVING PROGRAMS. THE KEY ISSUE ADDRESSED IS
 THE REPRESENTATION AND EFFECTIVE EXECUTION OF DOMAIN SPECIFIC HEURISTICS OR
 STRATEGIES TO GUIDE THE SEARCH FOR A SOLUTION OF THE PROBLEM. THE
 REPRESENTATION LANGUAGE FOR BOTH THE STRATEGIES AND THE OBJECTS OF THE
 PROBLEM DOMAIN IS PREDICATE CALCULUS. STRATEGIES ARE REPRESENTED BY THE
 AXIOMS OF A META-THEORY OF THE PROBLEM DOMAIN, AND EXECUTED BY PERFORMING
 INFERENCES WITHIN THIS META-THEORY. ALL INFERENCES WITHIN THE OBJECT LEVEL
 (THE REPRESENTATION OF THE PROBLEM DOMAIN) ARE SIMULATED USING INFERENCE
 WITHIN THE META-LEVEL. A SET OF PROLOG CLAUSES EXPRESSING THE STRATEGIES CAN
 BE CONSIDERED AS THE META-THEORY, AND PROLOG SLD-RESOLUTION CAN BE USED AS
 THE META-LEVEL RULE OF INFERENCE. THIS MAKES IT PARTICULARLY EASY TO ENCODE
 THE METHODOLOGY IN PROLOG. EXAMPLES ARE GIVEN OF APPLICATIONS TO SYMBOLIC
 ALGEBRA, SOLVING MECHANICS PROBLEMS, AND PROVING THEOREMS.
-Desc-
 THEOREM PROVING; HEURISTIC PROGRAMMING
-Ident-
 EQUATION SOLVING; PROBLEM DOMAIN META THEORY; META-LEVEL INFERENCE RULE;
 PROBLEM-SOLVING STRATEGIES; LARGE PROBLEM-SOLVING PROGRAMS DOMAIN SPECIFIC
 HEURISTICS; REPRESENTATION LANGUAGE; PREDICATE CALCULUS; OBJECT LEVEL;
 PROLOG CLAUSES; PROLOG SLD-RESOLUTION; SYMBOLIC ALGEBRA; PROVING THEOREMS
 Class Codes: C1230; C4240
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 104
-A-
 1413392 C85012475
-W-
 'AI IS STARK NAKED FROM THE ANKLES UP'
 ANDERSON, I.
 NEW SCI. (GB) VOL.104, NO.1430 18-21 15 NOV. 1984
 -CODEN-
 NWSCAL
-ISSN-
 0028-6664
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 COMPUTER SCIENTISTS IN THE US HAVE BEEN DOING SOME SOUL SEARCHING OF LATE.
 THERE IS GENERAL AGREEMENT, EVENT AMONG THE FAITHFUL, THAT ARTIFICIAL
 INTELLIGENCE (AI) HAS BEEN OVERSOLD. ALSO MANY SAY THAT THE JAPANESE EFFORT
 TO DEVELOP THE NEXT GENERATION OF COMPUTERS HAS BEEN MISREPRESENTED. THEIR
 EFFORT IS TO BE WELCOMED, NOT FEARED. AND ANOTHER EMERGING ISSUE IS THAT AI
 WILL PLACE COMPUTER SCIENTISTS IN MUCH THE SAME MORAL DILEMMA AS ATOMIC
 PHYSICISTS. THEIR WORK WILL BECOME INCREASINGLY IMPORTANT IN THE DEPLOYMENT
 OF NUCLEAR ARMAMENTS AND OTHER WEAPONS. A COMPUTER SCIENTIST FROM STANFORD
 UNIVERSITY, FOR EXAMPLE, IS SUING THE US SECRETARY OF DEFENSE. HE IS
 CHARGING THAT DEVELOPMENT OF THE SO-CALLED LAUNCH-ON-WARNING
 CAPABILITY-WHERE COMPUTERS, NOT HUMANS, COULD DECIDE TO RESPOND TO A NUCLEAR
 ATTACK-IS UNCONSTITUTIONAL. THE BELIEF THAT AI HAS BEEN OVERPLAYED COMES
 FROM THE RANKS OF COMPUTER SCIENTISTS, ACADEMICS, INDUSTRY ANALYSTS, COMPANY
 EXECUTIVES AND AI RESEARCHERS THEMSELVES. THERE IS A GENUINE CONCERN THAT
 PUBLIC EXPECTATIONS HAVE BEEN RAISED SO HIGH THAT A BACKLASH FROM INVESTORS
 AND FUNDING AGENCIES WILL FOLLOW.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
-Ident-
 AI; NUCLEAR WEAPONS; STARK NAKED; ANKLES; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; MORAL
 DILEMMA; DEPLOYMENT; NUCLEAR ARMAMENTS; LAUNCH-ON-WARNING CAPABILITY
 Class Codes: C0200; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 105
-A-
 1397080 C85011641
-W-
 HAZARD: AN EXPERT SYSTEM FOR SCREENING ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMICALS ON
 CARCINOGENICITY
 GOTTINGER, H.W.
 BATTELLE INST., FRANKFURT, GERMANY
 EXPERT SYST. (GB) VOL.1, NO.2 169-76 OCT. 1984
-ISSN-
 0266-4720
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (11 Refs)
 THE PURPOSE OF THIS PAPER IS TO DESIGN AN EXPERT SYSTEM OR AN 'INTELLIGENT
 PROCEDURE' THAT PURPORTS TO SCREEN HAZARD POTENTIALS OF ENVIRONMENTAL
 CHEMICALS ON THE BASIS OF STRUCTURE-ACTIVITY RELATIONSHIPS IN THE STUDY OF
 CHEMICAL CARCINOGENESIS, PARTICULARLY WITH RESPECT TO ANALYSING THE CURRENT
 STATE OF KNOWN STRUCTURAL INFORMATION ABOUT CHEMICAL CARCINOGENS AND
 PREDICTING THE POSSIBLE CARCINOGENICITY OF UNTESTED CHEMICALS. AN ANALYSIS
 OF A COMPUTERISED DATABASE OF KNOWN CARCINOGENS (KNOWLEDGE BASE) IS BEING
 PERFORMED USING THE STRUCTURE-ACTIVITY TREES IN ORDER TO TEST THE VALIDITY
 OF THE TREE AS A CLASSIFICATION SCHEME (INFERENCE ENGINE) AND TO EVALUATE
 TRENDS OR PATTERNS THAT MAY EXIST BETWEEN CHEMICAL STRUCTURE AND SPECIFICITY
 FOR TARGET TISSUE, ROUTE OF ADMINISTRATION, AND ANIMAL SPECIES. PRACTICAL
 APPLICATIONS OF THE STRUCTURE-ACTIVITY TREE DEPEND ON ITS EVENTUAL
 VALIDATION AS A PREDICTOR OF CARCINOGENIC ACTIVITY.
-Desc-
 EXPERT SYSTEMS; MEDICAL DIAGNOSTIC COMPUTING
-Ident-
 HAZARD; EXPERT SYSTEM; ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMICALS; CARCINOGENICITY;
 COMPUTERISED DATABASE; KNOWLEDGE BASE; STRUCTURE-ACTIVITY TREES;
 CLASSIFICATION SCHEME; INFERENCE ENGINE; CHEMICAL STRUCTURE; ANIMAL SPECIES
 Class Codes: C7140; C7330
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 106
-A-
 1395089 C85008641
-W-
 COMPUTER SOFTWARE FOR INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS
 LENAT, D.B.
 SCI. AM. (USA) VOL.251, NO.3 152-60 SEPT. 1984
 -CODEN-
 SCAMAC
-ISSN-
 0036-8733
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 THE KEY TO INTELLIGENT PROBLEM SOLVING LIES IN REDUCING THE RANDOM SEARCH
 FOR SOLUTIONS. TO DO SO INTELLIGENT COMPUTER PROGRAMS MUST TAP THE SAME
 UNDERLYING 'SOURCES OF POWER' AS HUMAN BEINGS DO. THIS ARTICLE LOOKS AT THE
 PRINCIPLES OF INTELLIGENT SOFTWARE.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; EXPERT SYSTEMS
-Ident-
 INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS; INTELLIGENT PROBLEM SOLVING; RANDOM SEARCH; INTELLIGENT
 COMPUTER PROGRAMS; INTELLIGENT SOFTWARE
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 107
-A-
 1381589 C85008034
-W-
 TREE SEARCH BY SCOUTING
 LEVY, D.
 PRACT. COMPUT. (GB) VOL.7, NO.11 86-8 NOV. 1984
 -CODEN-
 PRCODZ
-ISSN-
 0141-5433
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 DESCRIBES 'SCOUT', AN INTELLIGENT TREE SEARCHING ALGORITHM FOR USE IN GAMES
 PROGRAMS. THE WAY IN WHICH THE ALGORITHM WORKS IS ILLUSTRATED FROM A CHESS
 GAME. A FLOW CHART OF THE ALGORITHM IS INCLUDED TO ASSIST PROGRAMMERS TO
 INCORPORATE THE SCOUT ALGORITHM INTO GAME PLAYING PROGRAMS AS AN ALTERNATIVE
 TO THE CONVENTIONAL ALPHA-BETA ALGORITHMS.
-Desc-
 GAMES OF SKILL; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; TREES (MATHEMATICS)
-Ident-
 SCOUT; INTELLIGENT TREE SEARCHING ALGORITHM; CHESS GAME; GAME PLAYING
 PROGRAMS
 Class Codes: C7830D; C1230; C6130
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 108
-A-
 1381495 C85007927
-W-
 SEARCHING FOR SOFTWARE
 DEWEY, P.R.
 POP. COMPUT. (USA) VOL.3, NO.13 137-41 MID-OCT. 1984
 -CODEN-
 PRCGDB
-ISSN-
 0194-8075
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 SOFTWARE DIRECTORIES HAVE MULTIPLIED ALMOST AS FAST AS THE NUMBER OF
 SOFTWARE TITLES. WHEN ATTEMPTING TO SELECT A DIRECTORY, YOU NEED TO ASK
 SEVERAL IMPORTANT QUESTIONS: WHICH DIRECTORIES ARE AVAILABLE FOR THE MACHINE
 YOU OWN? WHICH DIRECTORIES OFFER INDEPENDENT REVIEWS OF SOFTWARE? WHAT KIND
 OF INFORMATION DO YOU NEED (HOW DETAILED, ETC.), AND HOW QUICKLY DO YOU NEED
 IT? HOW CURRENT MUST THE INFORMATION BE, AND HOW EXHAUSTIVE? WHICH
 DIRECTORIES OFFER UPDATES? HOW MUCH DO THEY COST? INFORMATION IS PROVIDED ON
 VARIOUS SOFTWARE DIRECTORIES AVAILABLE (IN THE USA) INCLUDING: PRINTED
 DIRECTORIES; ONLINE AND OFFLINE DATABASES; CATALOGS; AND PUBLIC DOMAIN
 SOURCES.
-Desc-
 SOFTWARE SELECTION; COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION
-Ident-
 MICROCOMPUTER SOFTWARE; SOFTWARE; SOFTWARE DIRECTORIES; PRINTED DIRECTORIES;
 OFFLINE DATABASES; CATALOGS; PUBLIC DOMAIN SOURCES
 Class Codes: C7810C; C7000; C0310
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 109
-A-
 1381439 C85007837
-W-
 EXPERT SYSTEM FOR DIESEL ELECTRIC LOCOMOTIVE REPAIR
 BONISSONE, P.P.; JOHNSON, H.E., JR.
 CORP. RES. AND DEV., GEN. ELECTR. CO., SCHENECTADY, NY, USA
 HUM. SYST. MANAGE. (NETHERLANDS) VOL.4, NO.4 255-62 AUTUMN 1984
 -CODEN-
 HSMADU
-ISSN-
 0167-2533
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0167-2533/84/$3.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (15 Refs)
 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY'S CORPORATE RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT HAS APPLIED
 EXPERT SYSTEM TECHNOLOGY TO THE PROBLEM OF TROUBLESHOOTING AND THE REPAIR OF
 DIESEL ELECTRIC LOCOMOTIVES IN RAILROAD 'RUNNING REPAIR SHOPS'. THE EXPERT
 SYSTEM USES PRODUCTION RULES AND AN INFERENCE ENGINE THAT CAN DIAGNOSE
 MULTIPLE PROBLEMS WITH THE LOCOMOTIVE AND CAN SUGGEST REPAIR PROCEDURES TO
 MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL. A PROTOTYPE SYSTEM HAS BEEN IMPLEMENTED IN FORTH,
 RUNNING ON A DIGITAL EQUIPMENT PDP 11/23 UNDER RSX-11M. THIS SYSTEM CONTAINS
 APPROXIMATELY 530 RULES (ROUGHLY 330 RULES FOR THE TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM,
 AND 200 RULES FOR THE HELP SYSTEM), PARTIALLY REPRESENTING THE KNOWLEDGE OF
 A SENIOR FIELD SERVICE ENGINEER. THE INFERENCE ENGINE USES A MIXED-MODE
 CONFIGURATION, CAPABLE OF RUNNING IN EITHER THE FORWARD OR BACKWARD MODE.
 THE HELP SYSTEM CAN PROVIDE THE OPERATOR WITH ASSISTANCE BY DISPLAYING
 TEXTUAL INFORMATION, CAD DIAGRAMS OR REPAIR SEQUENCES FROM A VIDEO DISK. THE
 RULES ARE WRITTEN IN A REPRESENTATION LANGUAGE CONSISTING OF NINE PREDICATE
 FUNCTIONS, EIGHT VERBS, AND FIVE UTILITY FUNCTIONS. THE FIRST FIELD
 PROTOTYPE EXPERT SYSTEM, DESIGNATED CATS-1 (COMPUTER-AIDED TROUBLESHOOTING
 SYSTEM-VERSION 1), WAS DELIVERED IN JULY 1983 AND IS CURRENTLY UNDER FIELD
 EVALUATION.
-Desc-
 EXPERT SYSTEMS; MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING; DIESEL-ELECTRIC LOCOMOTIVES
-Ident-
 DIESEL ELECTRIC LOCOMOTIVE; EXPERT SYSTEM; TROUBLESHOOTING; REPAIR; RUNNING
 REPAIR SHOPS; PRODUCTION RULES; INFERENCE ENGINE; MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL;
 FORTH; DIGITAL EQUIPMENT PDP 11/23; HELP SYSTEM; CATS-1; COMPUTER-AIDED
 TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM
 Class Codes: C7440; C7410
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 110
-A-
 1379964 C85005582
-W-
 OFF-LINE PLANNING OF COLLISION-FREE TRAJECTORIES AND OBJECT GRASPING FOR
 MANIPULATION ROBOTS
 JENTSCH, W.
 CENTRAL INST. FOR CYBERN. AND INF. PROCESSES, AKAD. DER WISSENSCHAFTEN,
 BERLIN, GERMANY
 PLANDER, I. (Editors)
 Sponsor: ACAD. SCI. USSR; SLOVAK ACAD. SCI
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND INFORMATION-CONTROL SYSTEMS OF ROBOTS.
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE THIRD INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE 193-6 1984
 11-15 JUNE 1984 SMOLENICE, CZECHOSLOVAKIA
 Publ: NORTH-HOLLAND, AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS
 XVI+413 pp. ISBN 0 444 87533 6
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 THE PROBLEM OF GEOMETRICAL PLANNING FOR MANIPULATION ROBOTS IS CONSIDERED. A
 DESCRIPTION OF THE OBSTACLES IN THE CONFIGURATION SPACE IS OBTAINED BY A
 SELF-LEARNING CLASSIFICATION METHOD. THE PATH-FIND PROBLEM IS RESOLVED BY A
 SPECIAL PATH-GRAPH CONSTRUCTION AND AN A*-SEARCH. THE GENERATION OF SUITABLE
 GRASPING AND REGRASPING VECTORS IS BASED ON THE CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN
 CONFIGURATION AND WORK SPACE.
-Desc-
 INDUSTRIAL ROBOTS
-Ident-
 COLLISION-FREE TRAJECTORIES; OBJECT GRASPING; MANIPULATION ROBOTS;
 GEOMETRICAL PLANNING; OBSTACLES; SELF-LEARNING CLASSIFICATION; PATH-FIND
 PROBLEM
 Class Codes: C3355; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 111
-A-
 1379294 C85004664
-W-
 A PLAN GENERATING SYSTEM OF AN INTELLECTUAL ROBOT USING A FRAME
 REPRESENTATION OF THE INFORMATION
 ZLATAREVA, N.P.
 INST. OF IND. CYBERN. AND ROBOTICS, BULGARIAN ACAD. OF SCI., SOFIA,
 BULGARIA
 PLANDER, I. (Editors)
 Sponsor: ACAD. SCI. USSR; SLOVAK ACAD. SCI
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND INFORMATION-CONTROL SYSTEMS OF ROBOTS.
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE THIRD INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE 399-403 1984
 11-15 JUNE 1984 SMOLENICE, CZECHOSLOVAKIA
 Publ: NORTH-HOLLAND, AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS
 XVI+413 pp. ISBN 0 444 87533 6
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (2 Refs)
 TRADITIONALLY, THE TASK OF THE PLAN GENERATING SYSTEM IS DEFINED AS THE TASK
 OF HEURISTIC SEARCH, WHERE THE INITIAL MODEL OF THE ENVIRONMENT IS
 FORMULATED, FOLLOWED BY THE FINAL MODEL IN WHICH THE DESIRED AIM IS
 CONSIDERED TO BE REACHED AND A SET OF OPERATORS WHICH TRANSFORM ONE
 ENVIRONMENTAL MODEL INTO ANOTHER. FORMALLY, THIS TASK MAY BE REPRESENTED AS
 A FOURTUPLE.
-Desc-
 ROBOTS
-Ident-
 PLAN GENERATING SYSTEM; INTELLECTUAL ROBOT; FRAME REPRESENTATION; HEURISTIC
 SEARCH
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 112
-A-
 1379255 C85004625
-W-
 APPROXIMATE REASONING AS A BASIS FOR RULE-BASED EXPERT SYSTEMS
 YAGER, R.R.
 MACHINE INTELLIGENCE INST., IONA COLL., NEW ROCHELLE, NY, USA
 IEEE TRANS. SYST., MAN AND CYBERN. (USA) VOL.SMC-14, NO.4 636-43 JULY-AUG.
 1984
 -CODEN-
 ISYMAW
-ISSN-
 0018-9472
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0018-9472/84/0700-0636$01.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (18 Refs)
 THE CONCEPT OF A RULE-BASED EXPERT SYSTEM THAT INCLUDES DATA AND PRODUCTION
 RULES IS DISCUSSED. IT IS SHOWN HOW THE THEORY OF APPROXIMATE REASONING
 DEVELOPED BY L.A. ZADEH (NEW YORK, WILEY, 1979) PROVIDES A NATURAL FORMAT
 FOR REPRESENTING THE KNOWLEDGE AND PERFORMING THE INFERENCES IN THE
 RULE-BASED EXPERT SYSTEMS. THE REPRESENTATION ABILITY OF THE SYSTEMS IS
 EXTENDED BY PROVIDING A NEW STRUCTURE FOR INCLUDING THE RULES THAT ONLY
 REQUIRE THE SATISFACTION TO SOME SUBSET OF THE REQUIREMENTS IN ITS
 ANTECEDENT. THIS IS ACCOMPLISHED BY USE OF FUZZY QUANTIFIERS. A METHODOLOGY
 IS ALSO PROVIDED FOR THE INCLUSION OF A FORM OF UNCERTAINTY IN THE EXPERT
 SYSTEM ASSOCIATED WITH THE BELIEF ATTRIBUTED TO THE DATA AND PRODUCTION
 RULES.
-Desc-
 EXPERT SYSTEMS; APPROXIMATION THEORY; FUZZY SET THEORY
-Ident-
 RULE-BASED EXPERT SYSTEMS; EXPERT SYSTEM; APPROXIMATE REASONING; KNOWLEDGE;
 INFERENCES; SUBSET; FUZZY QUANTIFIERS; UNCERTAINTY; PRODUCTION RULES
 Class Codes: C1230; C4130; C1160; C7000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 113
-A-
 1379251 C85004621
-W-
 SEARCH FOR SOLUTIONS USING KNOWLEDGE
 SUDEYKIN, M.I.
 TEKH. KIBERN. (USSR) VOL.21, NO.4 100-11 JULY-AUG. 1983
 -CODEN-
 TEKIB8
 Trans in: ENG. CYBERN. (USA) VOL.21, NO.4 1-11 JULY-AUG. 1983
 -CODEN-
 ENCYAF
-ISSN-
 0013-788X
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0013-788X/83/0004-0001$07.50/0
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (6 Refs)
 THE SEARCH FOR SOLUTIONS IN THE INTEGRATED ROBOT SYSTEM 'SPRINT' FOR
 PLANNING OF OPERATIONS IS REALIZED USING STORAGE IN THE FUNCTIONING OF THE
 KNOWLEDGE SYSTEM. THE BASIS OF KNOWLEDGE ORGANIZATION IN SPRINT IS A
 TWO-LEVEL GRAMMAR OF SPECIAL FORM. TRAINING IS CARRIED OUT IN SPRINT BY
 CHANGING THE STRUCTURE OF THE OBTAINED SOLUTION AND BY GENERALIZING THE
 STRUCTURES. THE BASIS OF THE STRUCTURAL TRANSFORMATIONS IS A REDUCTION
 GRAMMAR INTENDED FOR DESCRIBING THE PROCESS OF TRANSFORMING SYNTACTIC
 STRUCTURES. THE SEARCH FOR SOLUTIONS IN SPRINT IS CARRIED OUT BY REDUCING
 PROBLEMS TO SUBPROBLEMS, THE CONTROL OF WHICH IS BASED ON THE USE OF
 KNOWLEDGE.
-Desc-
 ROBOTS; KNOWLEDGE ENGINEERING; LEARNING SYSTEMS; GRAMMARS
-Ident-
 SOLUTION SEARCHING; ROBOT SYSTEM; KNOWLEDGE SYSTEM; KNOWLEDGE ORGANIZATION;
 SPRINT; TWO-LEVEL GRAMMAR; STRUCTURAL TRANSFORMATIONS; REDUCTION GRAMMAR;
 SYNTACTIC STRUCTURES
 Class Codes: C1230; C4210
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 114
-A-
 1379249 C85004619
-W-
 THE APPLICATION OF TECHNIQUES OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE TO TIMETABLE
 SCHEDULING
 LIN ZHANGXI; LIN YAORUI
 DEPT. OF COMPUT. ENG. AND SCI., TSINGHUA UNIV., CHINA
 J. TSINGHUA UNIV. (CHINA) VOL.24, NO.2 1-10 1984
 -CODEN-
 CHHPAH
-ISSN-
 0577-9189
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 CHINESE (5 Refs)
 A TIMETABLE SCHEDULING SYSTEM TISER, WHICH IS PROGRAMMED BY LISP AND BASED
 ON THE PRINCIPLE OF BIMULTIGRAPH MATCHING, IS PRESENTED. USING THE
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE TECHNIQUES TISER HEURISTICALLY SEARCHES THE AND/OR
 GRAPHS PRODUCED DURING SCHEDULING AND SUCCESSFULLY WORKS OUT SOME TIMETABLES
 FROM TWO GROUPS OF TESTING DATA.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; SCHEDULING; HEURISTIC PROGRAMMING
-Ident-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; TIMETABLE SCHEDULING; TISER; PROGRAMMED BY LISP;
 BIMULTIGRAPH MATCHING; AND/OR GRAPHS
 Class Codes: C1230; C7100
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 115
-A-
 1379247 C85004617
-W-
 A MODIFIED UNIFICATION PROCEDURE
 MOROKHOVETS, M.K.
 KIBERNETIKA (USSR) VOL.20, NO.1 96-9 JAN.-FEB. 1984
 -CODEN-
 KBRNA5
-ISSN-
 0023-1274
 Trans in: CYBERNETICS (USA) VOL.20, NO.1 147-52 JAN.-FEB. 1984
 -CODEN-
 CYBNAW
-ISSN-
 0011-4235
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0011-4235/84/2001-0147$08.50
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (2 Refs)
 CONSIDERS A METHOD OF APPLICATION OF A NATURAL MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUE TO
 PROCEDURES OF DERIVATION SEARCH-SPECIFICALLY, THE USE OF CONNECTIONS OF
 MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS IN PROOFS. THIS TECHNIQUE CAN BE FORMALIZED BY USING A
 SPECIAL LANGUAGE OF REPRESENTATION OF MATHEMATICAL STATEMENTS, WHICH IS USED
 AS THE DATA LANGUAGE IN SAD SYSTEMS. THIS LANGUAGE HAS ANALOGS OF CONCEPTS
 CALLED CONSTRUCTS AND IS OBTAINED BY SUBSTITUTING STATEMENTS INTO THE
 SO-CALLED CONSTRUCT FORMANTS.
-Desc-
 SET THEORY; THEOREM PROVING
-Ident-
 SET THEORY; THEOREM PROVING; MODIFIED UNIFICATION PROCEDURE DERIVATION
 SEARCH; CONNECTIONS OF MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS; CONSTRUCTS
 Class Codes: C1230; C1160
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 116
-A-
 1364744 C85003890
-W-
 AN EXPERT SYSTEM SCENARIO FOR COMPUTER-AIDED CONTROL ENGINEERING
 TAYLOR, J.H.; FREDERICK, D.K.; JAMES, J.R.
 GENERAL ELECTRIC CO., SCHENECTADY, NY, USA
 Sponsor: AMERICAN AUTOM. CONTROL COUNCIL
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 1984 AMERICAN CONTROL CONFERENCE (IEEE CAT. NO.
 84CH2024-8) 120-8 VOL.1 1984
 6-8 JUNE 1984 SAN DIEGO, CA, USA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 3 VOL. 1913 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (14 Refs)
 AN EXPERT SYSTEM TO CREATE THIRD-GENERATION MAN/MACHINE ENVIRONMENTS FOR
 COMPUTER-AIDED CONTROL ENGINEERING IS PROPOSED. THIS APPROACH PROMISES TO
 PROVIDE A HIGH-LEVEL DESIGN ENVIRONMENT THAT IS POWERFUL, SUPPORTIVE,
 FLEXIBLE, BROAD IN SCOPE, AND READILY ACCESSIBLE TO NONEXPERT USERS. THE
 CAPABILITIES OF SUCH AN EXPERT SYSTEM VIA AN EXTENDED TRANSACTION (SAMPLE
 INTERACTION BETWEEN THE EXPERT SYSTEM AND A USER) ARE ILLUSTRATED.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; CONTROL ENGINEERING COMPUTING; MAN-MACHINE SYSTEMS
-Ident-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; EXPERT SYSTEM; COMPUTER-AIDED CONTROL ENGINEERING;
 THIRD-GENERATION MAN/MACHINE ENVIRONMENTS
 Class Codes: C7420
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 117
-A-
 1364452 C85003283
-W-
 THE DEVELOPMENT OF AN EXPERT SYSTEM TO ASSESS THE VULNERABILITY OF ASSETS TO
 SUBNATIONAL ADVERSARIES
 HUNT, A.R.; MULLEN, R.K.
 GENERAL RES. CORP., SANTA BARBARA, CA, USA
 JACKSON, J.S.; DE VORE, R.W. (Editors)
 Sponsor: UNIV. KENTUCKY; IEEE
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 1984 CARNAHAN CONFERENCE ON SECURITY TECHNOLOGY (CAT. NO.
 84CH2023-0) 203-8 1984
 16-18 MAY 1984 LEXINGTON, KY, USA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 217 pp. ISBN 0 89779 059 6
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (8 Refs)
 DESCRIBES THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE INTELLIGENT MACHINE MODEL COMPUTER PROGRAM
 (TIMM), WHICH OVERCOMES THE COMPUTER/EXPERT INTERFACE PROBLEMS OF
 CONVENTIONAL SYSTEM. TIMM IS A DOMAIN-INDEPENDENT, KNOWLEDGE-BASED PROGRAM
 WHICH PERMITS A USER TO CONSTRUCT, EXERCISE, MODIFY, AND INTERROGATE A LARGE
 BODY OF KNOWLEDGE WHOSE SUBJECT MATTER IS SELECTED BY THE USER. TIMM LEADS
 THE HUMAN EXPERT TO DESCRIBE THE PROBLEM SPACE IN TERMS OF ITS ANSWERING
 QUESTIONS ABOUT SPECIFIC COMBINATIONS OF FACTOR VALUES. THIS TRAINING
 REQUIRES NO COMPUTER KNOWLEDGE FROM THE EXPERT. THE SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY
 GENERATES PLAUSIBLE EVENTS IN THE PROBLEM DOMAIN, QUERYING THE EXPERT AS TO
 THE CORRECT DECISION IN THE PRESENTED CASE. THUS, THE EXPERT USES HIS OR HER
 DECISION-MAKING EXPERTISE DIRECTLY. RESULTS HAVE SHOWN THAT TIMM DOES MAKE
 IT MUCH EASIER FOR AN EXPERT TO SIT IN FRONT OF A COMPUTER AND CODIFY HIS
 KNOWLEDGE EFFICIENTLY. THE PROTOTYPE EXPERT SYSTEM ACHIEVED A PERFORMANCE
 WHICH AGREED WITH THE JUDGEMENT OF A HUMAN EXPERT NEARLY 60PERCENT OF THE
 TIME AFTER A TRAINING PERIOD OF ONLY TWO WEEKS.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; MILITARY SYSTEMS; MILITARY COMPUTING
-Ident-
 KNOWLEDGE-BASED SYSTEM; EXPERT SYSTEM; INTELLIGENT MACHINE MODEL COMPUTER
 PROGRAM; TIMM; TRAINING
 Class Codes: C7150; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 118
-A-
 1350882 B84060127, C84048345
-W-
 'IGNORANCE-BASED' SYSTEMS
 GEVINS, A.S.; MORGAN, N.H.
 ADAPTIVE DECISION INSTRUMENTS, SAN FRANCISCO, CA, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE
 ICASSP 84. PROCEEDINGS OF THE IEEE INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ACOUSTICS,
 SPEECH AND SIGNAL PROCESSING 39A.5/1-4 VOL.3 1984
 19-21 MARCH 1984 SAN DIEGO, CA, USA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 3 VOL. (742+864+664) pp.
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: CH1945-5/84/0000-0424$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (35 Refs)
 RECENT WORK IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND SIGNAL PROCESSING HAS SUGGESTED
 THAT A MERGER OF THE TWO FIELDS WOULD BE PROFITABLE FOR BOTH. THE AUTHORS
 DISCUSS THE IMPROVEMENT OF DECISION SYSTEMS BY THE USE OF ITERATIVE
 MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES. THESE TECHNIQUES COULD BE CALLED 'IGNORANCE-BASED'
 SINCE THEY CAN BE CHARACTERIZED BY EXHAUSTIVE SEARCHES FOR USEFUL
 COMBINATIONS OF PROBLEM-RELEVANT VARIABLES IN DATA SPACES FOR WHICH HUMAN
 KNOWLEDGE IS INCOMPLETE.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; COMPUTERISED SIGNAL PROCESSING; COMPUTERISED
 PICTURE PROCESSING; SPEECH ANALYSIS AND PROCESSING
-Ident-
 IGNORANCE BASED SYSTEMS; PATTERN RECOGNITION; SPEECH CLASSIFICATION;
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; SIGNAL PROCESSING; DECISION SYSTEMS; ITERATIVE
 MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES
 Class Codes: B6140; B6130; C1260; C1250; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 119
-A-
 1345950 C84048114
-W-
 APPLICATIONS OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IN AUTOMATED ROUTE PLANNING
 DENTON, R.V.; FROEBERG, P.L.
 TAU CORP., LOS GATOS, CA, USA
 Sponsor: SPIE
 PROC. SPIE INT. SOC. OPT. ENG. (USA) VOL.485 126-32 1984
 -CODEN-
 PSISDG
-ISSN-
 0277-786X
 APPLICATIONS OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 3-4 MAY 1984 ARLINGTON, VA, USA
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (3 Refs)
 ADDRESSES THE PROBLEM OF ROUTE PLANNING FOR GROUND VEHICLES. THE RELEVANCE
 OF EXPERT SYSTEMS AND OTHER TECHNIQUES FOR ROUTE PLANNING IS DISCUSSED. A
 PARTICULARLY EFFICIENT SEARCH PROCEDURE IS APPLIED TO SEVERAL EXAMPLE
 COMPOSITE MAPS TO DEMONSTRATE THE POWER OF THE APPROACH.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; CARTOGRAPHY; ROAD VEHICLES
-Ident-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; AUTOMATED ROUTE PLANNING; GROUND VEHICLES; EXPERT
 SYSTEMS; SEARCH PROCEDURE; COMPOSITE MAPS
 Class Codes: C1230; C3360B; C1290H
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 120
-A-
 1335905 A84093951, B84056139
-W-
 RULE-BASED METHODS FOR ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAM EVALUATION
 BOURNE, J.R.
 DEPT. OF ELECTRICAL AND BIOMEDICAL ENGNG., VANDERBILT UNIV., NASHVILLE, TN,
 USA
 GERHARD, G.C.; MILLER, W.T. (Editors)
 Sponsor: IEEE
 FRONTIERS OF ENGINEERING AND COMPUTING IN HEALTH CARE - 1983. PROCEEDINGS OF
 THE FIFTH ANNUAL CONFERENCE 717 1983
 10-12 SEPT. 1983 COLUMBUS, OH, USA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 735 pp.
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG.
 SUMMARY FORM ONLY GIVEN, AS FOLLOWS. A DESCRIPTION IS PROVIDED OF
 FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF RULE-BASED SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY AND PRACTICAL METHODS
 FOR APPLYING THESE CONCEPTS TO ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAM (EEG) INTERPRETATION AND
 ALLIED PROBLEMS. FIRST, THE USE OF RULES IN SYNTACTIC PATTERN RECOGNITION
 FOR DATA-DRIVEN ASSESSMENT OF PATTERN CHARACTERISTICS IS DESCRIBED,
 INCLUDING SEVERAL EXAMPLES. METHODS FOR IDENTIFICATION OF FUNDAMENTAL SIGNAL
 CHARACTERISTICS AND PARSING STRATEGIES FOR WAVEFORM EVALUATION ARE OUTLINED
 AS WELL AS A SUMMARY OF THE PERCEIVED UTILITY OF THESE TECHNIQUES FOR EEG
 ASSESSMENT. NEXT, RULE SYSTEMS FOR ENCODING SEMANTIC KNOWLEDGE ARE EXAMINED
 AND AN EXAMPLE OF A BACKWARD-CHAINING GOAL-DRIVEN SYSTEM FOR MULTICHANNEL
 EEG EVALUATION IS REPORTED. THE DESIGN OF AN EXPERT SYSTEM FOR SIMULATION OF
 CLINICAL KNOWLEDGE, INCLUDING EEG KNOWLEDGE, IS PRESENTED. A CRITICAL REVIEW
 OF PROBLEMS IN THE DESIGN OF SUCH SYSTEM IS GIVEN NEXT. DESIGN ISSUES
 CONCERNED WITH CONTROL STRATEGIES, KNOWLEDGE ACQUISITION, REPRESENTATION,
 AND COMPILATION ARE EXAMINED. THE ADVANTAGES OF EXPLANATION MODULES AND
 NATURAL LANGUAGE USER INTERFACES ARE DISCUSSED. PROGRAMMING METHODS ARE
 EXPLORED, AND A PROSPECTUS FOR RESEARCH USING THE RULE-BASED SYSTEMS
 TECHNOLOGY IS PRESENTED. CURRENT PROBLEMS ARE HIGHLIGHTED AND SUGGESTIONS
 FOR FRUITFUL RESEARCH DIRECTIONS GIVEN.
-Desc-
 ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY
-Ident-
 SEMANTIC KNOWLEDGE ENCODING; SYNTACTIC PATTERN RECOGNITION; FUNDAMENTAL
 SIGNAL CHARACTERISTICS; WAVEFORM EVALUATION; BACKWARD-CHAINING GOAL-DRIVEN
 SYSTEM; CONTROL STRATEGIES; KNOWLEDGE ACQUISITION; REPRESENTATION;
 COMPILATION; EXPLANATION MODULES; NATURAL LANGUAGE USER INTERFACES
 Class Codes: A8770; A8730C; B7510D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 121
-A-
 1330880 B84050681, C84041907
-W-
 ON THE QUALITY OF HEURISTIC SOLUTIONS TO A 19*19 QUADRATIC ASSIGNMENT
 PROBLEM
 BRUIJS, P.A.
 DR. NEHER LABS., PTT, LEIDSCHENDAM, NETHERLANDS
 EUR. J. OPER. RES. (NETHERLANDS) VOL.17, NO.1 21-30 JULY 1984
 -CODEN-
 EJORDT
-ISSN-
 0377-2217
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0377-2217/84/$3.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (17 Refs)
 RECENTLY MURTAGH ET AL. COMMUNICATED THE BEST (?) KNOWN SOLUTION TO A 19*19
 QUADRATIC ASSIGNMENT PROBLEM, PRESENTED AND SOLVED EARLIER BY ELSHAFEI.
 THEIR APPROACHES ARE BASED ON THE APPLICATION OF QUADRATIC PROGRAMMING AND
 ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF A GOOD INITIAL SOLUTION RESPECTIVELY. THEIR SOLUTIONS
 ARE CONFRONTED WITH ONE BETTER SOLUTION OBTAINED BY LASHKARI AND JAISINGH BY
 MEANS OF LINEAR ASSIGNMENT APPROXIMATIONS, AND MANY BETTER SOLUTIONS
 OBTAINED BY THE PRESENT AUTHOR THROUGH THE APPLICATION OF EXCHANGE
 HEURISTICS. THE RESULTS STRESS THE NONCONVEX CHARACTER OF THE PROBLEM, AND
 SHOW THE RATHER MISLEADING NATURE OF THE CONCEPT: 'GOOD INITIAL SOLUTION'.
 THE QUALITY OF INITIAL AND FINAL SOLUTION PROVE TO BE RATHER WEAKLY (OR EVEN
 NEGATIVELY!) CORRELATED. A SIMPLE, BUT BROAD AND RANDOMIZED SEARCH RESULTS
 IN SIGNIFICANTLY BETTER SOLUTIONS, WHILE SIMPLE STATISTICAL AIDS PROVIDE AN
 ESTIMATE OF THE QUALITY OF THESE SOLUTIONS. FINALLY, THE AUTHOR MAKES
 REMARKS CONCERNING SOME PRACTICAL ISSUES.
-Desc-
 QUADRATIC PROGRAMMING; HEURISTIC PROGRAMMING
-Ident-
 QUALITY OF HEURISTIC SOLUTIONS; 19*19 QUADRATIC ASSIGNMENT PROBLEM;
 QUADRATIC PROGRAMMING; GOOD INITIAL SOLUTION; EXCHANGE HEURISTICS
 Class Codes: B0260; C1180; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 122
-A-
 1330179 C84047250
-W-
 THE FIRST CAD/CAM EXPERT SYSTEMS
 RUEHER, M.
 ELECTRON. IND. (FRANCE) NO.70 55-8 1 MAY 1984
 -CODEN-
 EIDUDA
-ISSN-
 0244-903X
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 FRENCH (9 Refs)
 EXAMPLES ARE GIVEN OF KNOWLEDGE-BASED SYSTEMS FOR DESIGN OF MECHANICAL AND
 ELECTROMECHANICAL PRODUCTS, MACHINING APPARATUS, AND ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS,
 AND TWO EXPERT SYSTEMS FOR PRODUCING MANUFACTURING PLANS (ONE FOR AUTOMATING
 MACHINING RANGES, AND THE OTHER FOR CONTROL OF A MOVING ROBOT). THEIR MAIN
 WEAKNESSES ARE FOUND AT THE LEVELS OF DATA MANAGEMENT AND USER DIALOGUE.
-Desc-
 CAD; MANUFACTURING COMPUTER CONTROL; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
-Ident-
 COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; COMPUTER-AIDED
 MANUFACTURING; CAD; CAM; EXPERT SYSTEMS; KNOWLEDGE-BASED SYSTEMS; DATA
 MANAGEMENT; USER DIALOGUE
 Class Codes: C7440; C3350E; C7420; C7410D
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 123
-A-
 1330046 C84046882
-W-
 ROTES: AN EXPERT SYSTEM FOR ROBOT TROUBLESHOOTING
 KAWAMURA, K.; CLOSE, J.J.
 SCHOOL OF ENGNG., VANDERBILT UNIV., NASHVILLE, TN, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE; MISSISSIPPI STATE UNIV
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SIXTEENTH SOUTHEASTERN SYMPOSIUM ON SYSTEM THEORY 129-32
 1984
 25-27 MARCH 1984 MISSISSIPPI STATE, MS, USA
 Publ: IEEE COMPUT. SOC. PRESS, SILVER SPRING, MD, USA
 VII+237 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0556 1
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0094-2898/84/0000-0129$01.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (6 Refs)
 THE APPLICATION OF EXPERT SYSTEM TECHNOLOGY TO THE TROUBLESHOOTING AND
 MAINTENANCE OF THE CINCINNATI-MILACRON T3 ROBOT IS REPORTED. ROTES USES
 PRODUCTION RULES, AN INFERENCE ENGINE CALLED GENIE, AND A TREE-STRUCTURED
 HELP SYSTEM CALLED GENHELS. GENHELS ACCEPTS USER INPUT IN THE FORM OF A
 DATABASE SEARCH KEY AND THE OUTPUT'S TEXTURAL INFORMATION ASSOCIATED WITH
 THAT KEY. A PROTOTYPE EXPERT SYSTEM IS BEING IMPLEMENTED ON THE DEC 1099
 SYSTEM.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING
-Ident-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; ROTES; EXPERT SYSTEM; ROBOT TROUBLESHOOTING;
 CINCINNATI-MILACRON T3 ROBOT; PRODUCTION RULES; INFERENCE ENGINE; GENIE;
 TREE-STRUCTURED HELP SYSTEM; GENHELS; DATABASE SEARCH KEY; DEC 1099 SYSTEM
 Class Codes: C7400; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 124
-A-
 1329453 C84046084
-W-
 RESEARCH DIRECTIONS IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS
 KONSYNSKI, B.R.
 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS DEPT., UNIV. OF ARIZONA, TUCSON, AZ, USA
 CANADIAN INFORMATION PROCESSING SOCIETY SESSION 84 PROCEEDINGS. 1984: IMAGES
 OF FEAR, IMAGES OF HOPE 252-8 1984
 9-11 MAY 1984 CALGARY, ALTA., CANADA
 Publ: CANADIAN INF. PROCESSING SOC., TORONTO, ONT., CANADA
 XVI+513 pp.
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (7 Refs)
 THE PAPER OFFERS A FRAMEWORK FOR OBSERVING SEVERAL MAJOR TRENDS IN SEVERAL
 RESEARCH DIRECTIONS IN THE FIELD OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS. SEVERAL FREQUENTLY
 OCCURRING PARADIGMS ARE REVIEWED AND FUTURE RESEARCH TRENDS ARE HIGHLIGHTED.
 TRENDS IN DATA MANAGEMENT, EXPERT SYSTEMS, DECISION SUPPORT, SYSTEMS
 DEVELOPMENT, STRATEGIC USE OF SYSTEMS, USER INTERFACE DESIGN AND OTHER
 DIMENSIONS OF CHANGE ARE DISCUSSED. FOUNDATION CONCEPTS ARE DISCUSSED
 .
-Desc-
 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS; SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
-Ident-
 INFORMATION SYSTEMS; DATA MANAGEMENT; EXPERT SYSTEMS; DECISION SUPPORT;
 SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT; USER INTERFACE DESIGN
 Class Codes: C7100; C6110
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 125
-A-
 1326905 C84042047
-W-
 NON-CANONICAL SIMPLIFICATION
 KODRATOFF, Y.; COSTA, E.
 UNIV. PARIS-SUD, ORSAY, FRANCE
 TRAPPL, R. (Editors)
 CYBERNETICS AND SYSTEMS RESEARCH 2. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SEVENTH EUROPEAN
 MEETING 705-13 1984
 24-27 APRIL 1984 VIENNA, AUSTRIA
 Publ: NORTH-HOLLAND, AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS
 XIV+840 pp. ISBN 0 444 86898 4
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (18 Refs)
 MANY ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE EFFORTS ARE STOPPED BECAUSE SOME INVENTIVE STEP
 IS NEEDED AT A POINT OF THE 'INTELLIGENT' PROCESS UNDER SIMULATION. THIS
 INVENTIVE STEP MAY BE REALIZED BY AN EXHAUSTIVE SEARCH OF ALL THE
 POSSIBILITIES IN ORDER TO ATTEMPT ALL THE POSSIBLE GUESSES SOME OF WHICH
 LEADING TO A SOLUTION. IN SOME WELL-DEFINED CASES KNUTH-BENDIX COMPLETION IS
 A PERFECT TOOL IN ORDER TO ACHIEVE THIS GOAL. THE AUTHORS PRESENT A
 METHODOLOGY WHICH IS STILL APPLICABLE EVEN WHEN THE PROBLEM IS BADLY
 DEFINED. THE METHODOLOGY PRESENTED DOES NOT AVOID ALL THE COMBINATORIAL
 SEARCH BUT REDUCES ITS EXTENT.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; THEOREM PROVING
-Ident-
 NONCANONICAL SIMPLIFICATION; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; KNUTH BENDIX
 COMPLETION; METHODOLOGY; COMBINATORIAL SEARCH
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 126
-A-
 1314353 A84089603, B84047812, C84037554
-W-
 SIMULATION OF PHONEMIC ERRORS USING ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE SYMBOL
 PROCESSING TECHNIQUES
 REGGIA, J.A.; AHUJA, S.B.
 UNIV. OF MARYLAND, COLLEGE PARK, MD, USA
 COMER, E.R. (Editors)
 Sponsor: IEEE
 RECORD OF PROCEEDINGS OF THE 17TH ANNUAL SIMULATION SYMPOSIUM 49-64 1984
 14-16 MARCH 1984 TAMPA, FL, USA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 VII+267 pp. ISBN 0 8186 0527 8
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (12 Refs)
 USING HEURISTICALLY GUIDED STATE-SPACE SEARCH, A PROGRAM HAS BEEN DEVELOPED
 TO SIMULATE PHONEMIC ERRORS OCCURRING IN THE SPEECH OF BOTH NORMAL
 INDIVIDUALS AND NEUROLOGICALLY IMPAIRED PATIENTS. SIMULATIONS ARE BASED ON
 AN INTERCHANGEABLE RULE/OPERATOR SET OF ERRORS WHICH REPRESENT A THEORY OF
 PHONEMIC PROCESSING FAULTS.
-Desc-
 SPEECH ANALYSIS AND PROCESSING; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; DIGITAL SIMULATION;
 MEDICAL COMPUTING
-Ident-
 PHONEMIC ERRORS; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; SYMBOL PROCESSING STATE-SPACE
 SEARCH; SPEECH; PHONEMIC PROCESSING FAULTS
 Class Codes: A8736; A4370; B6130; C1230; C7330; C5585
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 127
-A-
 1312206 C84041038
-W-
 CONTROL AT THE CROSSROADS
 SHAW, R.
 IND. MANAGE. + DATA SYST. (GB) 10-12 MARCH-APRIL 1984
 -CODEN-
 IMDSD8
-ISSN-
 0007-6929
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 JUST NOW, ELECTRONIC CONTROL TECHNOLOGY IS AT SOMETHING OF A CROSSROADS. IT
 ARISES FROM THE VERY PROFUSION OF AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY AND THE MIND-BOGGLING
 COMPLEXITY OF SYSTEMS WHICH CAN RESULT. THERE IS NO DOUBT THAT A MODEST
 AMOUNT OF AUTOMATION BRINGS ECONOMIC BENEFIT TO THE USER. BUT IT IS NOW
 LIKELY THAT AUTOMATION JUST ONE OR TWO STEPS BEYOND PRESENT PRACTICE WILL
 BEGIN TO REQUIRE THE USE OF EXPERT SYSTEMS TO MAKE SYSTEM OPERATION
 INTELLIGIBLE TO THE ORDINARY HUMAN OPERATOR. THE DILEMMA FOR THE USER IS
 SHOULD HE WAIT FOR NEXT YEAR'S MODEL? THE DILEMMA FOR THE SUPPLIER IS WHICH
 PRODUCT SHOULD HE DESIGN AND MARKET?.
-Desc-
 COMPUTERISED CONTROL; CONTROL ENGINEERING COMPUTING
-Ident-
 ELECTRONIC CONTROL TECHNOLOGY; AUTOMATION; ECONOMIC BENEFIT EXPERT SYSTEMS;
 SYSTEM OPERATION
 Class Codes: C7420; C3000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 128
-A-
 1311076 C84039534
-W-
 SOFTWARE'S NEXT DIMENSION
 HORTON, F.W., JR.
 COMPUTERWORLD (USA) VOL.18, NO.26 ID/7-11 25 JUNE 1984
 -CODEN-
 CMPWAB
-ISSN-
 0010-4841
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 PRODUCT DEVELOPERS OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE, EXPERT SYSTEMS AND GATEWAY
 SOFTWARE (FOR SEARCHING COMMERCIAL DATABASES) ARE NOT THINKING BOLDLY
 ENOUGH. SOFTWARE EXPLOITS THE POWER AND VERSATILITY OF MACHINES. IT NOT ONLY
 HELPS US 'DO THE THING RIGHT', IT ALSO HELPS US 'DO THE THING WELL'. BUT
 THAT STILL ISN'T ENOUGH. WE MUST ALSO LEARN TO DO THE RIGHT THING. THAT IS
 WHERE THE NEXT GREAT ADVANCE IN SOFTWARE-'KNOWLEDGEWARE'-COMES IN. UNTIL
 NOW, WE HAVE PROGRAMMED THE USER TO EXPLOIT THE MACHINE. IN THE FUTURE, WE
 MUST REVERSE THE PROCESS-PROGRAM THE MACHINE TO EXPLOIT THE POTENTIAL OF THE
 MIND.
-Desc-
 TECHNOLOGICAL FORECASTING; COMPUTER SOFTWARE; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
-Ident-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; EXPERT SYSTEMS; GATEWAY SOFTWARE; COMMERCIAL
 DATABASES; KNOWLEDGEWARE
 Class Codes: C6000; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 129
-A-
 1309843 C84037547
-W-
 DISTRIBUTED ARCHITECTURE AND PARALLEL NONDIRECTIONAL SEARCH FOR
 KNOWLEDGE-BASED CARTOGRAPHIC FEATURE EXTRACTION SYSTEMS
 LAMBIRD, B.A.; LAVINE, D.; KANAL, L.N.
 LNK CORP., SILVER SPRING, MD, USA
 INT. J. MAN-MACH. STUD. (GB) VOL.20, NO.1 107-20 JAN. 1984
 -CODEN-
 IJMMBC
-ISSN-
 0020-7373
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0020-7373/84/010107+14$03.00/0
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (20 Refs)
 EXPERT OR KNOWLEDGE-BASED SYSTEM APPROACHES ARE CURRENTLY BEING VIEWED WITH
 GREAT INTEREST FOR THEIR POTENTIAL TO HANDLE THE MANY DIFFICULT PROBLEMS
 ENCOUNTERED IN IMAGE UNDERSTANDING AND CARTOGRAPHIC FEATURE EXTRACTION FROM
 REMOTELY SENSED IMAGERY. THIS ARTICLE PRESENTS AN OVERVIEW OF THE MANY TYPES
 OF KNOWLEDGE THAT MUST BE MODELED IN REMOTE SENSING AND CARTOGRAPHY, AND
 DISCUSSES ARCHITECTURAL AND CONTROL ASPECTS DEEMED IMPORTANT FOR
 CARTOGRAPHIC EXPERT SYSTEMS. A DISTRIBUTED ARCHITECTURE AND A CONTROL
 STRUCTURE BASED ON A PARALLEL NONDIRECTIONAL SEARCH ALGORITHM ARE DESCRIBED
 AND OPEN PROBLEMS ARE MENTIONED.
-Desc-
 PICTURE PROCESSING; REMOTE SENSING; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE CARTOGRAPHY
-Ident-
 PARALLEL NONDIRECTIONAL SEARCH; IMAGE UNDERSTANDING; CARTOGRAPHIC FEATURE
 EXTRACTION; REMOTELY SENSED IMAGERY; REMOTE SENSING; CARTOGRAPHY;
 CARTOGRAPHIC EXPERT SYSTEMS; DISTRIBUTED ARCHITECTURE
 Class Codes: C1230; C1250
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 130
-A-
 1297765 C84036806
-W-
 USING CHUNKING TO SOLVE CHESS PAWN ENDGAMES
 BERLINER, H.; CAMPBELL, M.
 DEPT. OF COMPUTER SCI., CARNEGIE-MELLON UNIV., PITTSBURGH, PA, USA
 ARTIF. INTELL. (NETHERLANDS) VOL.23, NO.1 97-120 MAY 1984
 -CODEN-
 AINTBB
-ISSN-
 0004-3702
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0004-3702/84/$3.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (14 Refs)
 CHUNKER IS A CHESS PROGRAM THAT USES CHUNKED KNOWLEDGE TO IMPROVE ITS
 PERFORMANCE. ITS DOMAIN IS A SUBSET OF KING AND PAWN ENDINGS IN CHESS THAT
 HAS BEEN STUDIED FOR OVER 300 YEARS. CHUNKER HAS A LARGE LIBRARY OF CHUNK
 INSTANCES WHERE EACH CHUNK TYPE HAS A PROPERTY LIST AND EACH INSTANCE HAS A
 SET OF VALUES FOR THESE PROPERTIES. THIS ALLOWS CHUNKER TO REASON ABOUT
 POSITIONS THAT COME UP IN THE SEARCH THAT WOULD OTHERWISE HAVE TO BE HANDLED
 BY MEANS OF ADDITIONAL SEARCH. THUS THE PROGRAM IS ABLE TO SOLVE THE MOST
 DIFFICULT PROBLEM OF ITS PRESENT DOMAIN (A PROBLEM THAT WOULD REQUIRE 45 PLY
 OF SEARCH AND ON THE ORDER OF 10/SUP 13/ YEARS OF CPU TIME TO BE SOLVED BY
 THE BEST OF PRESENT-DAY CHESS PROGRAMS) IN 18 PLY AND ONE MINUTE OF CPU
 TIME. FURTHER, CHUNKER IS UNDOUBTEDLY THE WORLD'S FOREMOST EXPERT IN ITS
 DOMAIN, AND HAS DISCOVERED TWO MISTAKES IN THE LITERATURE AND HAS BEEN
 INSTRUMENTAL IN DISCOVERING A NEW THEOREM ABOUT THE DOMAIN THAT ALLOWS THE
 ASSESSING OF POSITIONS WITH NEW DEGREE OF EASE AND CONFIDENCE. IN THIS PAPER
 THE AUTHORS SHOW HOW THE LIBRARIES ARE COMPILED, HOW CHUNKER WORKS, AND
 DISCUSSES PLANS FOR EXTENDING IT TO PLAY THE WHOLE DOMAIN OF KING AND PAWN
 ENDINGS.
-Desc-
 GAMES OF SKILL
-Ident-
 GAMES OF SKILL; CHESS PAWN ENDGAMES; CHUNKER; CHESS PROGRAM CHUNKED
 KNOWLEDGE
 Class Codes: C7890; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 131
-A-
 1294818 C84032608
-W-
 ON GAME GRAPH STRUCTURE AND ITS INFLUENCE ON PATHOLOGY
 NAU, D.S.
 DEPT. OF COMPUTER SCI., UNIV. OF MARYLAND, COLLEGE PARK, MD, USA
 INT. J. COMPUT. AND INF. SCI. (USA) VOL.12, NO.6 367-83 DEC. 1983
 -CODEN-
 IJCIAH
-ISSN-
 0091-7036
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0091-7036/83/1200-0367$03.00/0
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (22 Refs)
 ALMOST ALL GAME TREE SEARCH PROCEDURES USED IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE ARE
 VARIANTS ON MINIMAXING. UNTIL RECENTLY, IT WAS ALMOST UNIVERSALLY BELIEVED
 THAT SEARCHING DEEPER ON GAME TREES WITH SUCH PROCEDURES WOULD IN GENERAL
 YIELD A BETTER DECISION. HOWEVER, RECENT INVESTIGATIONS SHOW THAT THERE ARE
 MANY 'PATHOLOGICAL' GAME TREES FOR WHICH SEARCHING DEEPER CONSISTENTLY
 DEGRADES THE DECISION. THIS PAPER INVESTIGATES ONE POSSIBLE CAUSE OF
 PATHOLOGY. IN PARTICULAR, A CLASS OF GAMES THAT IS NORMALLY PATHOLOGICAL IS
 SHOWN TO BECOME NONPATHOLOGICAL WHEN THE GAMES ARE MODIFIED SO THAT GAME
 POSITIONS CAN BE REACHED BY MORE THAN ONE PATH. THIS RESULT SUGGESTS THAT IN
 GENERAL, PATHOLOGY IS LESS LIKELY WHEN GAME POSITIONS CAN BE REACHED BY MORE
 THAN ONE PATH. THIS MAY BE ONE REASON WHY GAMES SUCH AS CHESS AND CHECKERS
 ARE NONPATHOLOGICAL. IN ADDITION, THIS RESULT SUPPORTS THE HYPOTHESIS THAT
 PATHOLOGY IS LESS LIKELY WHEN SIBLING NODES HAVE SIMILAR MINIMAX VALUES.
 THIS PAPER ALSO INVESTIGATES A POSSIBLE CURE FOR PATHOLOGY-AN ALTERNATIVE TO
 MINIMAXING CALLED PROBABILITY ESTIMATION WHICH HAS BEEN SHOWN TO AVOID
 PATHOLOGY AND THUS PRODUCE MORE ACCURATE DECISIONS THAN MINIMAXING ON AT
 LEAST ONE PATHOLOGICAL GAME.
-Desc-
 GAME THEORY; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; GRAPH THEORY
-Ident-
 GAME GRAPH STRUCTURE; PATHOLOGY; GAME TREE SEARCH PROCEDURES ; ARTIFICIAL
 INTELLIGENCE; MINIMAXING; SIBLING NODES
 Class Codes: C1230; C1140E; C1160
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 132
-A-
 1294815 C84032605
-W-
 ON THE APPLICATION OF RULE-BASED TECHNIQUES TO THE DESIGN OF ADVICE-GIVING
 SYSTEMS
 JACKSON, P.; LEFRERE, P.
 INST. OF EDUCATIONAL TECHNOL., OPEN UNIV., MILTON KEYNES, ENGLAND
 INT. J. MAN-MACH. STUD. (GB) VOL.20, NO.1 63-86 JAN. 1984
 -CODEN-
 IJMMBC
-ISSN-
 0020-7373
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0020-7373/84/010063+24$03.00/0
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (69 Refs)
 THIS ARTICLE ATTEMPTS TO ASSESS HOW MUCH IS KNOWN ABOUT BUILDING SYSTEMS
 WHOSE ADVICE ACTUALLY BENEFITS USERS. THE AUTHORS REVIEW CURRENT APPROACHES
 TO THE PROVISION OF ONLINE HELP, AND SUGGEST THAT THE MOST PROMISING ARE
 THOSE WHICH REPRESENT A USER'S INTENTIONS EXPLICITLY. FOLLOWING THIS LEAD,
 THEY EXAMINE RECENT WORK ON SPEECH ACTS, PLANNING AND META-LEVEL INFERENCE
 FOR CLUES AS TO HOW A USER'S INPUTS COULD BE INTERPRETED IN THE CONTEXT OF
 HIS CURRENT AIMS AND ACTIVITIES. THEY CONCLUDE THAT THE APPROPRIATE CONTEXT
 OF INTERPRETATION FOR AN INPUT IS SUPPLIED BY HYPOTHESES CONCERNING THE
 CURRENT STATE OF A USER'S PLAN. NEXT THEY SUGGEST THAT THE TECHNIQUES
 DEVELOPED IN RULE-BASED SYSTEMS COULD BE USED TO IMPLEMENT AN ADVISER
 CAPABLE OF GENERATING AND REVISING PLAN HYPOTHESES, AND OUTLINE WHAT THEY
 CONSIDER TO BE THE OUTSTANDING PROBLEMS OF CONTROL ASSOCIATED WITH SUCH AN
 IMPLEMENTATION. FINALLY, THEY SHOW HOW SUCH A SYSTEM MIGHT HELP A USER TO
 STRUCTURE HIS ACTIVITY, SO THAT HE CAN ITERATE TOWARDS HIS GOAL WHILE
 AVOIDING COMMON ERRORS.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; MAN-MACHINE SYSTEMS
-Ident-
 EXPERT SYSTEMS; ADVICE-GIVING SYSTEMS; ONLINE HELP; SPEECH ACTS; PLANNING;
 META-LEVEL INFERENCE; RULE-BASED SYSTEMS
 Class Codes: C1230; C1270
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 133
-A-
 1294814 C84032604
-W-
 KNOWLEDGE REORGANIZATION AND REASONING STYLE
 RIESBECK, C.K.
 DEPT. OF COMPUTER SCI., YALE UNIV., NEW HAVEN, CT, USA
 INT. J. MAN-MACH. STUD. (GB) VOL.20, NO.1 45-61 JAN. 1984
 -CODEN-
 IJMMBC
-ISSN-
 0020-7373
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0020-7373/84/010045+17$03.00/0
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (23 Refs)
 TO STUDY THE LEARNING OF EXPERTISE, TWO CLOSELY RELATED STAGES OF EXPERTISE
 IN ECONOMICS REASONING ARE ANALYZED AND MODELLED, AND A MECHANISM FOR GOING
 FROM THE FIRST TO THE SECOND IS PROPOSED. BOTH STAGES SHARE THE SAME BASIC
 CONCEPTS AND GENERATE PLAUSIBLE ECONOMIC SCENARIOS, BUT REASONING IN THE
 FIRST STAGE OVERSIMPLIFIES BY FOCUSING ON HOW THE GOALS OF A FEW ACTORS ARE
 AFFECTED. REASONING IN THE SECOND STAGE PRODUCES BETTER ARGUMENTS BY TAKING
 INTO ACCOUNT HOW ALL THE RELEVANT PARTS OF THE ECONOMY MIGHT BE AFFECTED.
 THE FIRST STAGE IS MODELLED BY HIGHLY INTERCONNECTED GOAL FORESTS AND VERY
 SELECTIVE STORY UNDERSTANDING SEARCH HEURISTICS. THE SECOND STAGE IS
 MODELLED WITH MORE EXPLICIT LINKS BETWEEN ECONOMIC QUANTITIES AND A MORE
 APPROPRIATE SET OF SEARCH HEURISTICS. THE LEARNING MECHANISM IS A
 FAILURE-DRIVEN PROCESS THAT NOT ONLY RECORDS BETTER ARGUMENTS AS THEY ARE
 SEEN, BUT ALSO RECORDS THE FAILURE OF EXISTING INFERENCE RULES TO FIND THESE
 ARGUMENTS ON THEIR OWN. THE COLLECTED FAILURES ARE USED TO DETERMINE WHICH
 SEARCH HEURISTICS WORK BEST IN WHICH SITUATIONS.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
-Ident-
 EXPERT SYSTEMS; KNOWLEDGE REORGANISATION; ECONOMICS REASONING; REASONING;
 GOAL FORESTS; STORY UNDERSTANDING SEARCH HEURISTICS; ECONOMIC QUANTITIES;
 LEARNING MECHANISM
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 134
-A-
 1294813 C84032603
-W-
 EXPERT SYSTEMS: AN ALTERNATIVE PARADIGM
 COOMBS, M.; ALTY, J.
 DEPT. OF COMPUTER SCI., UNIV. OF STRATHCLYDE, GLASGOW, SCOTLAND
 INT. J. MAN-MACH. STUD. (GB) VOL.20, NO.1 21-43 JAN. 1984
 -CODEN-
 IJMMBC
-ISSN-
 0020-7373
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0020-7373/84/010021+23$03.00/0
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (30 Refs)
 THERE HAS RECENTLY BEEN A SIGNIFICANT EFFORT BY THE AI COMMUNITY TO INTEREST
 INDUSTRY IN THE POTENTIAL OF EXPERT SYSTEMS. HOWEVER, THIS HAS RESULTED IN
 FAR FEWER SUBSTANTIAL APPLICATIONS PROJECTS THAN MIGHT BE EXPECTED. THIS
 ARTICLE ARGUES THAT THIS IS BECAUSE HUMAN EXPERTS ARE RARELY REQUIRED TO
 PERFORM THE ROLE THAT COMPUTER-BASED EXPERTS ARE PROGRAMMED TO ADOPT.
 INSTEAD OF BEING CALLED IN TO ANSWER WELL-DEFINED PROBLEMS, THEY ARE MORE
 OFTEN ASKED TO ASSIST OTHER EXPERTS TO EXTEND AND REFINE THEIR UNDERSTANDING
 OF A PROBLEM AREA AT THE JUNCTION OF THEIR TWO DOMAINS OF KNOWLEDGE. THIS
 MORE PROPERLY INVOLVES EDUCATIONAL RATHER THAN PROBLEM-SOLVING SKILLS. AN
 ALTERNATIVE APPROACH TO EXPERT SYSTEM DESIGN IS PROPOSED BASED UPON GUIDED
 DISCOVERY LEARNING. THE USER IS PROVIDED WITH A SUPPORTIVE ENVIRONMENT FOR A
 PARTICULAR CLASS OF PROBLEM, THE SYSTEM PREDOMINANTLY ACTING AS AN ADVISER
 RATHER THAN DIRECTING THE INTERACTION. THE ENVIRONMENT INCLUDES A DATABASE
 OF DOMAIN KNOWLEDGE, A SET OF PROCEDURES FOR ITS APPLICATION TO A CONCRETE
 PROBLEM, AND AN INTELLIGENT MACHINE-BASED ADVISER TO JUDGE THE USER'S
 EFFECTIVENESS AND ADVISE ON STRATEGY. THE PROCEDURES FOCUS UPON THE USE OF
 USER GENERATED 'EXPLANATIONS' BOTH TO PROMOTE THE APPLICATION OF DOMAIN
 KNOWLEDGE AND TO EXPOSE UNDERSTANDING DIFFICULTIES. SIMPLE DATABASE PROLOG
 IS BEING USED AS THE SUBJECT MATERIAL FOR THE PROTOTYPE SYSTEM WHICH IS
 KNOWN AS MINDPAD.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
-Ident-
 AI; EXPERT SYSTEMS; EXPERT SYSTEM DESIGN; GUIDED DISCOVERY LEARNING; DOMAIN
 KNOWLEDGE; MINDPAD
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 135
-A-
 1294806 C84032596
-W-
 GENERAL BRANCH AND BOUND, AND ITS RELATION TO A* AND AO*
 NAU, D.S.; KUMAR, V.; KANAL, L.
 COMPUTER SCI. DEPT., UNIV. OF MARYLAND COLLEGE PARK, MD, USA
 ARTIF. INTELL. (NETHERLANDS) VOL.23, NO.1 29-58 MAY 1984
 -CODEN-
 AINTBB
-ISSN-
 0004-3702
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0004-3702/84/$3.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (25 Refs)
 BRANCH AND BOUND (BANDB) IS A PROBLEM-SOLVING TECHNIQUE WHICH IS WIDELY USED
 FOR VARIOUS PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED IN OPERATIONS RESEARCH AND COMBINATORIAL
 MATHEMATICS. VARIOUS HEURISTIC SEARCH PROCEDURES USED IN ARTIFICIAL
 INTELLIGENCE (AI) ARE CONSIDERED TO BE RELATED TO BANDB PROCEDURES. HOWEVER,
 IN THE ABSENCE OF ANY GENERALLY ACCEPTED TERMINOLOGY FOR BANDB PROCEDURES,
 THERE HAVE BEEN WIDELY DIFFERING OPINIONS REGARDING THE RELATIONSHIPS
 BETWEEN THESE PROCEDURES AND BANDB. THE PAPER PRESENTS A FORMULATION OF
 BANDB GENERAL ENOUGH TO INCLUDE PREVIOUS FORMULATIONS AS SPECIAL CASES, AND
 SHOWS HOW TWO WELL-KNOWN AI SEARCH PROCEDURES (A* AND AO*) ARE SPECIAL CASES
 OF THIS GENERAL FORMULATION.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; HEURISTIC PROGRAMMING; OPTIMISATION
-Ident-
 BRANCH AND BOUND; A*; AO*; PROBLEM-SOLVING TECHNIQUE; HEURISTIC SEARCH
 PROCEDURES; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
 Class Codes: C1230; C1180
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 136
-A-
 1294805 C84032595
-W-
 A HEURISTIC SEARCH ALGORITHM WITH MODIFIABLE ESTIMATE
 MERO, L.
 COMPUTER AND AUTOMATION INST., HUNGARIAN ACAD. OF SCI., BUDAPEST, HUNGARY
 ARTIF. INTELL. (NETHERLANDS) VOL.23, NO.1 13-27 MAY 1984
 -CODEN-
 AINTBB
-ISSN-
 0004-3702
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0004-3702/84/$3.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (14 Refs)
 DESCRIBES AN IMPROVED VERSION OF TWO PREVIOUSLY PUBLISHED ALGORITHMS IN THE
 AREA: A* AND B. THE NEW APPROACH IS BASED ON CONSIDERING THE ESTIMATE H> (N)
 ON NODE N AS A VARIABLE RATHER THAN AS A CONSTANT. THE NEW ALGORITHM THUS
 IMPROVES THE ESTIMATE AS IT GOES ON, AVOIDING SOME USELESS NODE EXPANSIONS.
 IT IS PROVED TO NEVER EXPAND MORE NODES THAN B OR A* AND TO EXPAND A MUCH
 SMALLER NUMBER OF THEM IN SOME CASES. ANOTHER RESULT OF THE PAPER IS A PROOF
 THAT NO OVERALL OPTIMAL ALGORITHM EXISTS IF THE COST OF AN ALGORITHM IS
 MEASURED BY THE TOTAL NUMBER OF NODE EXPANSIONS.
-Desc-
 HEURISTIC PROGRAMMING; OPTIMISATION
-Ident-
 OPTIMISATION; A* ALGORITHM; B ALGORITHM; HEURISTIC PROGRAMMING; HEURISTIC
 SEARCH ALGORITHM; MODIFIABLE ESTIMATE; NODE EXPANSIONS
 Class Codes: C1230; C1180
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 137
-A-
 1294802 C84032592
-W-
 DOMAIN-INDEPENDENT PLANNING: REPRESENTATION AND PLAN GENERATION
 WILKINS, D.E.
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE CENTER, SRI INTERNATIONAL, MENLO PARK, CA, USA
 ARTIF. INTELL. (NETHERLANDS) VOL.22, NO.3 269-301 APRIL 1984
 -CODEN-
 AINTBB
-ISSN-
 0004-3702
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0004-3702/84/$3.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (17 Refs)
 A DOMAIN-INDEPENDENT PLANNING PROGRAM THAT SUPPORTS BOTH AUTOMATIC AND
 INTERACTIVE GENERATION OF HIERARCHICAL, PARTIALLY ORDERED PLANS IS
 DESCRIBED. AN IMPROVED FORMALISM MAKES EXTENSIVE USE OF CONSTRAINTS AND
 RESOURCES TO REPRESENT DOMAINS AND ACTIONS MORE POWERFULLY. THE FORMALISM
 ALSO OFFERS EFFICIENT METHODS FOR REPRESENTING PROPERTIES OF OBJECTS THAT DO
 NOT CHANGE OVER TIME, ALLOWS SPECIFICATION OF THE PLAN RATIONALE (WHICH
 INCLUDES SCOPING OF CONDITIONS AND APPROPRIATELY RELATING DIFFERENT LEVELS
 IN THE HIERARCHY), AND PROVIDES THE ABILITY TO EXPRESS DEDUCTIVE RULES FOR
 DEDUCING THE EFFECTS OF ACTIONS. THE IMPLICATIONS OF ALLOWING PARALLEL
 ACTIONS IN A PLAN OR PROBLEM SOLUTION ARE DISCUSSED, AND NEW TECHNIQUES FOR
 EFFICIENTLY DETECTING AND REMEDYING HARMFUL PARALLEL INTERACTIONS ARE
 PRESENTED. THE MOST IMPORTANT OF THESE TECHNIQUES, REASONING ABOUT
 RESOURCES, IS EMPHASIZED AND EXPLAINED. THE SYSTEM SUPPORTS CONCURRENT
 EXPLORATION OF DIFFERENT BRANCHES IN THE SEARCH, MAKING BEST-FIRST SEARCH
 EASY TO IMPLEMENT.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; ADMINISTRATIVE DATA PROCESSING
-Ident-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; AP; DOMAIN-INDEPENDENT PLANNING PROGRAM
 Class Codes: C1230; C7100
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 138
-A-
 1294656 C84032364
-W-
 ABUNDANT APPLICATIONS BEGUILE NEW USERS
 BARNES, R.
 COMPUTERWORLD (USA) VOL.18, NO.18 SR/70-2 30 APRIL 1984
 -CODEN-
 CMPWAB
-ISSN-
 0010-4841
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 THE PROLIFERATION OF MICROCOMPUTERS IN THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT IS BEING
 TRAILED CLOSELY BY A PROLIFERATION OF INEXPENSIVE PACKAGED APPLICATIONS. THE
 LOW PURCHASE PRICE OF THESE APPLICATIONS LULLS THE INEXPERIENCED COMPUTER
 USER INTO A FALSE SENSE OF ECONOMY AND SECURITY. ONLY WHEN THE REALITIES OF
 LEARNING COMPUTER PROGRAMMING AND OPERATING SYSTEM INTERNALS ARE DISCOVERED
 DOES THE BUYER BEGIN A SEARCH FOR A PACKAGE THAT SOMEONE ELSE HAS WRITTEN.
-Desc-
 E.D.P. MANAGEMENT; COMPUTER APPLICATIONS; COMPUTER SOFTWARE
-Ident-
 APPLICATION SOFTWARE PACKAGES; NEW USERS; MICROCOMPUTERS; BUSINESS
 ENVIRONMENT; PURCHASE PRICE; COMPUTER PROGRAMMING; OPERATING SYSTEM
 INTERNALS
 Class Codes: C0310F; C7000
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 139
-A-
 1280044 C84030908, D84001420
-W-
 SOFTWARE. NEW GENRE PROMOTES BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT EXPERTISE
 RUMMER, P.
 SMALL SYST. WORLD (USA) VOL.12, NO.5 65-6 MAY 1984
 -CODEN-
 SSWOD5
-ISSN-
 0272-5444
 Treatment: GENERAL, REVIEW
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG.
 THIS SPRING HAS SEEN THE DEBUT OF SOFTWARE PACKAGES THAT CAN HELP AN END
 USER IMPROVE SPECIFIC BUSINESS AND PERSONAL MANAGEMENT SKILLS-FINANCIAL
 MANAGEMENT, SALES, MOTIVATION, AND WRITING, FOR EXAMPLE. THESE PROGRAMS ARE
 'EXPERT' SOFTWARE IN THE SENSE THAT THEY RELY ON THE KNOWLEDGE OF
 PROFESSIONALS IN A SPECIFIC SUBJECT TO ASSESS THE USER'S NEEDS. IN GENERAL,
 MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT SOFTWARE FOR MICROS FALLS INTO TWO CATEGORIES:
 PROGRAMS THAT DEVELOP BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT SKILLS (E.G. OZ:
 MANAGEMENT CONTROL, DSS OPTIONWARE, AND SALESEYE), AND PROGRAMS THAT IMPROVE
 THE USER'S PERSONAL BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT SKILLS (E.G. THE HUMAN EDGE,
 THOUGHTWARE, AND WRITING IS THINKING).
-Desc-
 ADMINISTRATIVE DATA PROCESSING; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
-Ident-
 PERSONAL BUSINESS SKILLS; EXPERT SYSTEMS; EXPERTISE; SOFTWARE PACKAGES;
 PERSONAL MANAGEMENT SKILLS; SALES; MOTIVATION; WRITING; MANAGEMENT
 DEVELOPMENT SOFTWARE; FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT SKILLS; OZ: MANAGEMENT CONTROL;
 DSS OPTIONWARE; SALESEYE; THE HUMAN EDGE; THOUGHTWARE; WRITING IS THINKING
 Class Codes: C7100; D2010
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 140
-A-
 1279810 C84030671
-W-
 DIALOS/INT-A SYSTEM WITH ELEMENTS OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE FOR THE
 SOLUTION OF PROBLEM CASES
 KALJN, A.; SZPUNAR, Z.
 TECH. HOCHSCHULE 'OTTO VON GUERICKE', MAGDEBURG, GERMANY
 WISS. Z. TECH. HOCHSCH. OTTO VON GUERICKE MAGDEBURG (GERMANY) VOL.27, NO.8
 41-3 1983
 -CODEN-
 WCGMAI
-ISSN-
 0541-8933
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN (3 Refs)
 THE SYSTEM DIALOS/INT WAS DEVELOPED AT THE WROCLAW POLYTECHNIC. THE
 COMMUNICATION LANGUAGE COMPRISES 41 KEYWORDS. AN APPLICATION TO THE SOLUTION
 OF A PROBLEM MUST CONSIST OF THREE STATEMENT LISTS; THE OUTPUT SITUATION S
 (P), THE TARGET SITUATION S (D) AND OPERATORS TO SWITCH EACH ITEM S (I) INTO
 AN ALTERNATIVE PATH S (J). FRAGMENTS ON A TYPICAL PROGRAM ARE GIVEN AND THE
 ORGANISATION OF THE SEARCH PROCESS IS DESCRIBED. THE PROGRAM MAY OPERATE IN
 EITHER CONVERSATIONAL OR JOB MODE, AND HAS BEEN RUN ON THE ODRA 1300 MACHINE
 USING THE OPERATING SYSTEM GEORGE 3.
-Desc-
 HIGH LEVEL LANGUAGES; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
-Ident-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; PROBLEM CASES; DIALOS/INT; COMMUNICATION LANGUAGE;
 OUTPUT SITUATION; TARGET SITUATION; OPERATORS; SEARCH PROCESS
 Class Codes: C6140D; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 141
-A-
 1279299 C84030006
-W-
 OUTLINE OF THE PERSONAL SEQUENTIAL INFERENCE MACHINE: PSI
 UCHIDA, S.; YOKOTA, M.; YAMAMOTO, A.; TAKI, K.; NISHIKAWA, H.
 ICOT RES. CENTER, INST. FOR NEW GENERATION COMPUTER TECHNOL. TOKYO, JAPAN
 NEW GENERATION COMPUT. (JAPAN) VOL.1, NO.1 75-9 1983
 -CODEN-
 NGCOE5
-ISSN-
 0288-3635
 Treatment: PRACTICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (4 Refs)
 PSI IS A PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM BEING DEVELOPED AS A TOOL FOR PROVIDING
 RESEARCHERS WITH AN EFFICIENT PROGRAMMING ENVIRONMENT. IT DIRECTLY SUPPORTS
 LOGIC PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES, KL0 (FIFTH GENERATION KERNEL LANGUAGE, VERSION
 0), WITH FIRMWARE AND HARDWARE. ITS INTERPRETER IS IMPLEMENTED IN THE
 FIRMWARE AND SEVERAL HARDWARE MECHANISMS ARE PROVIDED TO ATTAIN ALMOST THE
 SAME LEVEL OF PERFORMANCE AS THE DEC-10 PROLOG ON DEC2060. IT ALSO PROVIDES
 THE USER WITH A LARGE MEMORY SPACE, 40 BITS*2 TO 16 MW, WHICH IS ESSENTIAL
 FOR DEVELOPING ACTUAL APPLICATION PROGRAMS LIKE AN EXPERT SYSTEM. TO MAKE
 EFFICIENT MAN-MACHINE INTERACTION POSSIBLE, SUCH INPUT AND OUTPUT DEVICES AS
 BIT-MAP DISPLAY, POINTING DEVICE AND KEYBOARD ARE PROVIDED. A LOCAL AREA
 NETWORK IS ALSO BEING DEVELOPED TO BUILD A DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM.
-Desc-
 MICROCOMPUTERS
-Ident-
 PERSONAL SEQUENTIAL INFERENCE MACHINE; PSI; PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM;
 PROGRAMMING ENVIRONMENT; LOGIC PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES; KL0 INTERPRETER;
 DEC-10 PROLOG; DEC2060; APPLICATION PROGRAMS; EXPERT SYSTEM; MAN-MACHINE
 INTERACTION; BIT-MAP DISPLAY; POINTING DEVICE; LOCAL AREA NETWORK
 Class Codes: C5410
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 142
-A-
 1279102 C84029607
-W-
 CASE ROLE FILLING AS A SIDE EFFECT OF VISUAL SEARCH
 MARBURGER, H.; WAHLSTER, W.
 RES. UNIT FOR INFORMATION SCI. AND ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE, UNIV. OF
 HAMBURG, HAMBURG, GERMANY
 FIRST CONFERENCE OF THE EUROPEAN CHAPTER OF THE ASSOCIATION FOR
 COMPUTATIONAL LINGUISTICS. PROCEEDINGS OF THE CONFERENCE 188-95 1983
 1-2 SEPT. 1983 PISA, ITALY
 Publ: ASSOC. COMPUT. LINGUISTICS, MENLO PARK, CA, USA
 VIII+203 pp.
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (13 Refs)
 THIS PAPER ADDRESSES THE PROBLEM OF GENERATING COMMUNICATIVELY ADEQUATE
 EXTENDED RESPONSES IN THE ABSENCE OF SPECIFIC KNOWLEDGE CONCERNING THE
 INTENTIONS OF THE QUESTIONER. THE AUTHORS FORMULATE AND JUSTIFY A HEURISTIC
 FOR THE SELECTION OF OPTIONAL DEEP CASE SLOTS NOT CONTAINED IN THE QUESTION
 AS CANDIDATES FOR THE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN AN EXTENDED
 RESPONSE. IT IS SHOWN THAT, IN A VISUALLY PRESENT DOMAIN OF DISCOURSE, CASE
 ROLE FILLING FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF AN EXTENDED RESPONSE CAN BE REGARDED AS
 A SIDE EFFECT OF THE VISUAL SEARCH NECESSARY TO ANSWER A QUESTION CONTAINING
 A LOCOMOTION VERB. THE PAPER DESCRIBES THE VARIOUS REPRESENTATION
 CONSTRUCTIONS USED IN THE GERMAN LANGUAGE DIALOG SYSTEM HAM-ANS FOR DEALING
 WITH THE SEMANTICS OF LOCOMOTION VERBS AND ILLUSTRATES THEIR USE IN
 GENERATING EXTENDED RESPONSES. IN PARTICULAR, IT OUTLINES THE STRUCTURE OF
 THE GEOMETRICAL SCENE DESCRIPTION, THE REPRESENTATION OF EVENTS IN A
 LOGIC-ORIENTED SEMANTIC REPRESENTATION LANGUAGE, THE CASE-FRAME LEXICON AND
 THE REPRESENTATION OF THE REFERENTIAL SEMANTICS BASED ON THE FLAVOR SYSTEM.
 THE EMPHASIS IS ON A DETAILED PRESENTATION OF THE APPLICATION OF
 OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING METHODS FOR COPING WITH THE SEMANTICS OF
 LOCOMOTION VERBS. THE PROCESS OF GENERATING AN EXTENDED RESPONSE IS
 ILLUSTRATED BY AN EXTENSIVELY ANNOTATED TRACE.
-Desc-
 COMPUTATIONAL LINGUISTICS; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
-Ident-
 DEEP CASE SLOTS; EXTENDED RESPONSE; CASE ROLE FILLING; VISUAL SEARCH;
 LOCOMOTION VERB; REPRESENTATION CONSTRUCTIONS; GERMAN LANGUAGE DIALOG
 SYSTEM; HAM-ANS; SEMANTICS; LOCOMOTION VERBS; GEOMETRICAL SCENE DESCRIPTION;
 SEMANTIC REPRESENTATION LANGUAGE; CASE-FRAME LEXICON; REFERENTIAL SEMANTICS;
 FLAVOR SYSTEM; OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
 Class Codes: C4290; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 143
-A-
 1278433 C84028494
-W-
 HIERARCHICAL GOAL-SEEKING NEURAL ROBOTIC MODEL
 LIGOMENIDES, P.A.
 ELECTRICAL ENGNG. DEPT., UNIV. OF MARYLAND, COLLEGE PARK, MD, USA
 SINENCIO, E.S. (Editors)
 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 26TH MIDWEST SYMPOSIUM ON CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS 62-5
 1983
 15-16 AUG. 1983 PUEBLA, MEXICO
 Publ: WESTERN PERIODICALS, NORTH HOLLYWOOD, CA, USA
 XIX+628 pp.
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (12 Refs)
 THE EC MODEL, INTRODUCED BY LIGOMENIDES (SEE INT. J. POLICY ANAL. AND INF.
 SYST., VOL.6, NO.3, P.273-84, SEPT. 1982), IS PROPOSED FOR THE
 IMPLEMENTATION OF DECENTRALIZED GOAL-SEEKING INTELLIGENCE IN NEUTRAL ROBOTS.
 HOWEVER INCOMPLETE AS IT MAY BE IN ITS PRESENT FORM, ANALYSIS HAS SHOWN THAT
 THE EC MODEL MAY BE A SIGNIFICANT STEP FORWARD IN THE SEARCH FOR REALIZABLE
 ENGINEERING SOLUTION TO THE MICROCOMPUTER/VLSI BASED IMPLEMENTATION OF
 NEURAL ROBOTS. IT IS ALSO PROPOSED THAT THE EC MODEL MAY PROVIDE A
 SIMULATION TOOL FOR THE ANALYSIS OF STABILITY AND SELF-REPAIR PROPERTIES OF
 COMPLEX HUMAN CYBERNETIC AND NEURAL ROBOTIC SYSTEMS.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; ROBOTS; HIERARCHICAL SYSTEMS
-Ident-
 HIERARCHICAL GOAL-SEEKING NEURAL ROBOTIC MODEL; ENGINEERING CYBERNETIC
 MODEL; EC MODEL; IMPLEMENTATION; DECENTRALIZED GOAL-SEEKING INTELLIGENCE;
 NEUTRAL ROBOTS; REALIZABLE ENGINEERING SOLUTION; MICROCOMPUTER/VLSI BASED
 IMPLEMENTATION; SIMULATION TOOL; STABILITY; SELF-REPAIR PROPERTIES; COMPLEX
 HUMAN CYBERNETIC; NEURAL ROBOTIC SYSTEMS
 Class Codes: C1230; C1340B
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 144
-A-
 1278431 C84028490
-W-
 NEW INSIGHTS INTO THE RELATIONSHIPS AMONG BRANCH AND BOUND, DYNAMIC
 PROGRAMMING AND HEURISTIC SEARCH PROCEDURES
 KANAL, L.N.; KUMAR, V.
 DEPT. OF COMPUTER SCI., UNIV. OF MARYLAND, COLLEGE PARK, MD, USA
 Sponsor: IEEE
 1983 IEEE INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON INFORMATION THEORY. ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS
 36-7 1983
 26-30 SEPT. 1983 ST. JOVITE, QUE., CANADA
 Publ: IEEE, NEW YORK, USA
 IV+166 pp.
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 CONFERENCE PAPER
-Lang-
 ENG. (5 Refs)
 SUMMARY FORM ONLY GIVEN, AS FOLLOWS. THE AUTHORS FIRST CITE THE GREAT
 CONFUSION WHICH EXISTS IN THE LITERATURE REGARDING THE PRECISE NATURE OF
 DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING (DP), BRANCH AND BOUND (BANDB) PROCEDURES, THE
 RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN THEM, AND THEIR RELATIONSHIPS TO VARIOUS HEURISTIC
 SEARCH PROCEDURES OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE. THEY THEN BRIEFLY OUTLINE THE
 CONCEPT OF A COMPOSITE DECISION PROCESS AS A GENERAL MODEL FOR DISCRETE
 OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS. THIS NEW MODEL IS APPLICABLE TO STATE-SPACE SEARCH,
 PROBLEM-REDUCTION SEARCH, GAME-TREE SEARCH VARIOUS DISCRETE DETERMINISTIC
 OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS. IT HAS HELPED IN EXPLAINING THE RELATIONSHIPS AMONG
 VARIOUS SEARCH ALGORITHMS, IN PROVIDING INSIGHTS INTO THEIR INDIVIDUAL
 PECULIARITIES, AND IN SUGGESTING ADDITIONAL SEARCH PROCEDURES. SOME OF THE
 AUTHORS' RESULTS CONCERNING THE NATURE OF DP, BANDB, AND THEIR RELATIONSHIPS
 WITH EACH OTHER AND WITH VARIOUS HEURISTIC SEARCH PROCEDURES ARE SUMMARIZED,
 AND SOME OF THE CONFUSION CONCERNING DP, BANDB, AND HEURISTIC SEARCH
 ALGORITHMS SUCH AS A*, AO*, B*, SSS*, ALPHA-BETA AND THEIR GENERALIZATIONS
 ARE DISPELLED.
-Desc-
 DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING; HEURISTIC PROGRAMMING; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
-Ident-
 BRANCH AND BOUND PROCEDURES; DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING; HEURISTIC SEARCH
 PROCEDURES; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; COMPOSITE DECISION PROCESS; DISCRETE
 OPTIMIZATION; STATE-SPACE SEARCH; PROBLEM-REDUCTION SEARCH; GAME-TREE
 SEARCH; DETERMINISTIC OPTIMIZATION; A*; AO*; B*; SSS*; ALPHA-BETA
 Class Codes: C1230; C1180
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 145
-A-
 1278422 C84028481
-W-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE-AN ADVANCE FOR THE MICROCOMPUTER
 ROHDE, U.
 MIKROCOMPUT. Z. (GERMANY) NO.4 74-7 APRIL 1984
 -CODEN-
 MDMZDL
-ISSN-
 0720-4442
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 THE AUTHOR STATES THAT BY SIMPLE SEARCHING A SMALL FRACTION OF INTELLIGENCE
 CAN BE SIMULATED. BEFORE IT REALLY COMES TO PROGRAMMING, WHICH SEEKS TO
 PROVE SOMETHING, FURTHERMORE TECHNICAL PREPARATIONS MUST BE MADE. A SPIN OFF
 IS THAT ONE CAN SEE WITH WHAT PRIMITIVE MEANS A SMALL BUT EXTENDABLE
 COMPILER CAN BE ESTABLISHED. HE POSES THE ARGUMENT THAT THE PROGRAM LANGUAGE
 TRIVIA IS LACKING IN SUBSTANCE AND COMMANDS MUST BE INTRODUCED INTO ROUTINES
 WHICH EFFICIENTLY MANIPULATE DATA.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
-Ident-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; MICROCOMPUTER; TECHNICAL PREPARATIONS; TRIVIA
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 146
-A-
 1245009 C84020026
-W-
 NEURONLIKE ADAPTIVE ELEMENTS THAT CAN SOLVE DIFFICULT LEARNING CONTROL
 PROBLEMS
 BARTO, A.G.; SUTTON, R.S.; ANDERSON, C.W.
 DEPT. OF COMPUTER AND INFORMATION SCI., UNIV. OF MASSACHUSETTS, AMHERST, MA,
 USA
 IEEE TRANS. SYST., MAN AND CYBERN. (USA) VOL.SMC-13, NO.5 834-46 SEPT.-OCT.
 1983
 -CODEN-
 ISYMAW
-ISSN-
 0018-9472
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0018-9472/83/0900-0834$01.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (42 Refs)
 IT IS SHOWN HOW A SYSTEM CONSISTING OF TWO NEURONLIKE ADAPTIVE ELEMENTS CAN
 SOLVE A DIFFICULT LEARNING CONTROL PROBLEM. THE TASK IS TO BALANCE A POLE
 THAT IS HINGED TO A MOVABLE CART BY APPLYING FORCES TO THE CART'S BASE. IT
 IS ARGUED THAT THE LEARNING PROBLEMS FACED BY ADAPTIVE ELEMENTS THAT ARE
 COMPONENTS OF ADAPTIVE NETWORKS ARE AT LEAST AS DIFFICULT AS THIS VERSION OF
 THE POLE-BALANCING PROBLEM. THE LEARNING SYSTEM CONSISTS OF A SINGLE
 ASSOCIATIVE SEARCH ELEMENT (ASE) AND A SINGLE ADAPTIVE CRITIC ELEMENT (ACE).
 IN THE COURSE OF LEARNING TO BALANCE THE POLE, THE ASE CONSTRUCTS
 ASSOCIATIONS BETWEEN INPUT AND OUTPUT BY SEARCHING UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF
 REINFORCEMENT FEEDBACK, AND THE ACE CONSTRUCTS A MORE INFORMATIVE EVALUATION
 FUNCTION THAN REINFORCEMENT FEEDBACK ALONE CAN PROVIDE. THE DIFFERENCES
 BETWEEN THIS APPROACH AND OTHER ATTEMPTS TO SOLVE PROBLEMS USING NEUROLIKE
 ELEMENTS ARE DISCUSSED, AS IS THE RELATION OF THIS WORK TO CLASSICAL AND
 INSTRUMENTAL CONDITIONING IN ANIMAL LEARNING STUDIES AND ITS POSSIBLE
 IMPLICATIONS FOR RESEARCH IN THE NEUROSCIENCES.
-Desc-
 ADAPTIVE CONTROL; LEARNING SYSTEMS; NEURAL NETS
-Ident-
 NEURAL NETS; ADAPTIVE CONTROL; NEURONLIKE ADAPTIVE ELEMENTS LEARNING CONTROL
 PROBLEM; MOVABLE CART; ASSOCIATIVE SEARCH ELEMENT; ADAPTIVE CRITIC ELEMENT;
 ANIMAL LEARNING STUDIES
 Class Codes: C1240; C1230; C1340E; C1290L
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 147
-A-
 1245005 C84020022
-W-
 SOME RECENT RESULTS IN HEURISTIC SEARCH THEORY
 PEARL, J.
 DEPT. OF COMPUTER SCI., UNIV. OF CALIFORNIA, LOS ANGELES, CA, USA
 IEEE TRANS. PATTERN ANAL. AND MACH. INTELL. (USA) VOL.PAMI-6, NO.1 1-13 JAN.
 1984
 -CODEN-
 ITPIDJ
-ISSN-
 0162-8828
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0162-8828/84/0100-0001$01.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (30 Refs)
 RECENT ANALYTICAL INVESTIGATIONS OF THE MATHEMATICAL PROPERTIES OF
 HEURISTICS AND THEIR INFLUENCE ON THE PERFORMANCE OF COMMON SEARCH
 TECHNIQUES ARE SUMMARIZED. THE RESULTS ARE REPORTED WITHOUT PROOFS, TOGETHER
 WITH DISCUSSIONS OF MOTIVATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS. THE HIGHLIGHTS INCLUDE:
 THE OPTIMALITY OF A/SUP */; RELATIONS BETWEEN THE PRECISION OF THE HEURISTIC
 ESTIMATES AND THE AVERAGE COMPLEXITY OF THE SEARCH; COMPARISONS OF THE
 AVERAGE COMPLEXITIES OF A/SUP */ AND BACKTRACKING; PROCEDURES FOR COMPARING
 AND COMBINING NONADMISSIBLE HEURISTIC FUNCTIONS; THE INFLUENCE OF THE WEIGHT
 W (IN F= (L-W)G+WH) ON THE COMPLEXITY OF A/SUP */; THE PRUNING POWER OF
 ALPHABETA, SSS/SUP */, AND SCOUT; THE EFFECT OF SUCCESSOR ORDERING ON SEARCH
 COMPLEXITY, AND THE EFFECT OF SEARCH DEPTH OF THE QUALITY OF DECISIONS IN
 GAME PLAYING.
-Desc-
 HEURISTIC PROGRAMMING
-Ident-
 HEURISTIC SEARCH THEORY; OPTIMALITY; COMPLEXITY; BACKTRACKING; PRUNING;
 ALPHABETA; SSS/SUP */; SCOUT
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 148
-A-
 1244997 C84020014
-W-
 HOW MUCH IS CONTROL KNOWLEDGE WORTH? A PRIMITIVE EXAMPLE
 BARNETT, J.A.
 USC INFORMATION SCI. INST., MARINA DE REY, CA, USA
 ARTIF. INTELL. (NETHERLANDS) VOL.22, NO.1 77-89 JAN. 1984
 -CODEN-
 AINTBB
-ISSN-
 0004-3702
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0004-3702/84/$3.00
 Treatment: THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (1 Refs)
 THE MOST BASIC ACTIVITY PERFORMED BY AN INTELLIGENT AGENT IS DECIDING WHAT
 TO DO NEXT. USUALLY, THE DECISION TAKES THE FORM OF SELECTING, FROM AMONG
 MANY APPLICABLE METHODS, ONE METHOD TO TRY FIRST, OR OPTING TO EXPAND A
 PARTICULAR NODE IN A SIMPLE SEARCH. THE MOST PRIMITIVE CASE IN SELECTING
 BETWEEN TWO INDEPENDENT ALTERNATIVES. THIS CASE IS EXAMINED AND THE VALUE OF
 THE CONTROL KNOWLEDGE THAT MAKES THE DECISION IS DETERMINED. ANOTHER RESULT
 DERIVED IS THE SENSITIVITY OF THE EXPECTED VALUE OF CONTROL KNOWLEDGE AS A
 FUNCTION OF THE ACCURACY OF THE PARAMETERS USED TO MAKE THESE CONTROL
 DECISIONS.
-Desc-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
-Ident-
 CONTROL KNOWLEDGE; INTELLIGENT AGENT; CONTROL DECISIONS
 Class Codes: C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 149
-A-
 1230457 C84018901
-W-
 HUMAN-COMPUTER DIALOGUE DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
 WILLIGES, R.C.; WILLIGES, B.H.
 DEPT. OF INDUSTRIAL ENGNG. AND OPERATIONS RES., VIRGINIA POLYTECH. INST. AND
 STATE UNIV., BLACKSBURG, VA, USA
 AUTOMATICA (GB) VOL.19, NO.6 767-73 NOV. 1983
 -CODEN-
 ATCAA9
-ISSN-
 0005-1098
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0005-1098/83$3.00+0.0
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (24 Refs)
 THE THREE CRITICAL ELEMENTS OF QUALITY HUMAN-COMPUTER DIALOGUE DESIGN
 INCLUDE A COMPILATION OF EXISTING DESIGN GUIDELINES, BEHAVIORAL RESEARCH TO
 EXPAND THE GENERAL DIALOGUE PRINCIPLES, AND A COMPUTER-AIDED IMPLEMENTATION
 FOR RETRIEVAL OF THE GUIDELINES BY DIALOGUE AUTHORS. THE NEED FOR
 EMPIRICALLY BASED DIALOGUE GUIDELINES RELATING TO GENERIC HUMAN-COMPUTER
 TASKS IS STRESSED. THE RESULTS OF TWO STUDIES DEALING WITH INTERACTIVE TEXT
 EDITING ARE PRESENTED AS EXAMPLES OF RESEARCH DIRECTED TOWARD SPECIFYING
 DIALOGUE DESIGN PRINCIPLES AND DEVELOPING FORMAL TOOLS FOR HUMAN-COMPUTER
 DIALOGUE RESEARCH. ONE OF THESE STUDIES DEALS WITH A METHODOLOGY FOR
 DEVELOPING USER MODELS, AND THE SECOND STUDY DEALS WITH THE DESIGN OF HELP
 INFORMATION. COMPUTER-AIDING IN THE FORM OF RULE-BASED SYSTEMS FOR SELECTING
 APPROPRIATE DIALOGUE GUIDELINES AND SOFTWARE TOOLS FOR AUTHORING DIALOGUES
 ARE DISCUSSED AS MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTING THESE DIALOGUE DESIGN
 CONSIDERATIONS.
-Desc-
 INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS; MAN-MACHINE SYSTEMS; HUMAN FACTORS; TEXT EDITING; CAD
-Ident-
 CAD; MAN-MACHINE SYSTEMS; HUMAN FACTORS; HUMAN-COMPUTER DIALOGUE; DESIGN
 GUIDELINES; BEHAVIORAL RESEARCH; COMPUTER-AIDED IMPLEMENTATION; RETRIEVAL;
 HUMAN-COMPUTER TASKS; INTERACTIVE TEXT EDITING; HELP INFORMATION; SOFTWARE
 TOOLS
 Class Codes: C7400; C1270
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 034:013 150
-A-
 1230252 C84018656
-W-
 AN EXPERT INTERMEDIARY SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE DOCUMENT RETRIEVAL
 GUIDA, G.; TASSO, C.
 ISTITUTO DI MATEMATICA, UNIV. DI UDINE, UDINE, ITALY
 AUTOMATICA (GB) VOL.19, NO.6 759-66 NOV. 1983
 -CODEN-
 ATCAA9
-ISSN-
 0005-1098
 U. S. Copyright Clearance Center Code: 0005-1098/83$3.00+0.00
 Treatment: PRACTICAL; THEORETICAL
-DocType-
 JRNL PAP.
-Lang-
 ENG. (18 Refs)
 CONSTRUCTING NATURAL LANGUAGE INTERFACES TO COMPUTER SYSTEMS OFTEN REQUIRES
 ACHIEVEMENT OF ADVANCED REASONING AND EXPERT CAPABILITIES IN ADDITION TO
 BASIC NATURAL LANGUAGE UNDERSTANDING. IN THE PAPER THE ABOVE ISSUE IS
 TACKLED IN THE FRAME OF AN ACTUAL APPLICATION CONCERNING THE DESIGN OF A
 NATURAL LANGUAGE INTERFACE FOR INTERACTIVE DOCUMENT RETRIEVAL. AFTER A SHORT
 DISCUSSION OF THE PECULIARITIES OF THIS APPLICATION, WHICH REQUIRES BOTH
 NATURAL LANGUAGE UNDERSTANDING AND REASONING CAPABILITIES, THE GENERAL
 ARCHITECTURE AND FUNDAMENTAL DESIGN CRITERIA OF A SYSTEM PRESENTLY BEING
 DEVELOPED AT THE UNIVERSITY OF UDINE ARE PRESENTED. THE SYSTEM, NAMED
 IR-NLI, IS AIMED AT ALLOWING NON-TECHNICAL USERS TO DIRECTLY ACCESS THROUGH
 NATURAL LANGUAGE THE SERVICES OFFERED BY ONLINE DATABASES. ATTENTION IS
 LATER FOCUSED ON THE BASIC FUNCTIONS OF IR-NLI, NAMELY UNDERSTANDING,
 DIALOGUE AND REASONING. AN EXAMPLE OF INTERACTION WITH IR-NLI IS FULLY
 WORKED OUT TO INTRODUCE THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM. KNOWLEDGE
 REPRESENTATION METHODS AND ALGORITHMS ADOPTED ARE THEN ILLUSTRATED.
 PERSPECTIVES AND DIRECTION FOR FUTURE RESEARCH ARE ALSO DISCUSSED.
-Desc-
 INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS
-Ident-
 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; EXPERT SYSTEMS; INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS;
 INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS; DOCUMENT RETRIEVAL; NATURAL LANGUAGE INTERFACES;
 COMPUTER SYSTEMS; ADVANCED REASONING; UNIVERSITY OF UDINE; IR-NLI; ONLINE
 DATABASES
 Class Codes: C7250; C1230
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 1
-A-
 1830941 86047941
-W-
 Music's soothing charms.
 Bailey LM
 Department of Neurology, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, New York.
 Am J Nurs (US), Nov 1985, 85 (11) p1280,
-ISSN-
 0002-936X
-JrnlCode-
 3MW
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8602
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Affective Disorders--Therapy (TH); *Music Therapy; Pain--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 2
-A-
 1791647 86008647
-W-
 [Music and surgery]
 Musique et chirurgie.
 Schuhl JF; Lahsinat D
 Hopital-Ecole de la Croix-Rouge Francaise, chemin de la Breteque,
 Boisguillaume.
 J Chir (Paris) (FRANCE), Aug-Sep 1985, 122 (8-9) p483-5,
-ISSN-
 0021-7697
-JrnlCode-
 HPJ
-Lang-
 FRENCH Summary Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Results of the use of music in the operating room are described, the study
 being conducted in 72 patients by recording cardiac and respiratory
 functions in 29 cases and from a questionnaire in the 43 others. Surgery had
 been performed under local or regional anesthesia in all these patients. It
 appears certain that the musical environment assists relaxation of patients
 and the comfort of those in the operating room, but it cannot be affirmed
 that it allows suppression of conventional premedication and reduction of
 quantities of anesthetic agents. These findings confirm those reported in
 the literature.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Anxiety--Therapy (TH); Heart Function Tests; Intraoperative Period; *Music;
 Respiratory Function Tests; *Surgery, Operative
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 3
-A-
 1784825 86001825
-W-
 [The contribution of music therapy to the management of schizophrenia]
 L'apport de la musicotherapie a la prise en charge des schizophrenes.
 Pailles JV
 Bull Acad Natl Med (Paris) (FRANCE), Feb 1985, 169 (2) p297-304,
-ISSN-
 0001-4079
-JrnlCode-
 B8G
-Lang-
 FRENCH
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8601
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Communication; *Music Therapy; *Schizophrenia--Thera- py (TH);
 Schizophrenia, Disorganized--Therapy (TH); Schizophrenic Psychology
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 4
-A-
 1772886 85297886
-W-
 The effects of music therapy and guided visual imagery on chemotherapy
 induced nausea and vomiting.
 Frank JM
 Oncol Nurs Forum (US) , Sep-Oct 1985, 12 (5) p47-52,
-ISSN-
 0190-535X
-JrnlCode-
 PAD
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Antineoplastic Agents--Adverse Effects (AE); Anxiety;
 Imagination; Middle Age; *Music Therapy; Nausea--Chemically Induced (CI);
 Nausea--Psychology (PX); *Nausea--Therapy (TH); *Relaxation Technics;
 Vomiting--Chemically Induced (CI); Vomiting--Psychology (PX);
 *Vomiting--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 5
-A-
 1758875 85283875
-W-
 CT scan lesion localization and response to melodic intonation therapy with
 nonfluent aphasia cases.
 Naeser MA; Helm-Estabrooks N
 Department of Neurology, Boston University School of Medicine, Mass.
 Cortex (ITALY), Jun 1985, 21 (2) p203-23,
-ISSN-
 0010-9452
-JrnlCode-
 DSP
 Contract/Grant No.: NS06209; NS07615
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8512
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The purpose of this retrospective study was to investigate the relationship
 between CT scan lesion localization and good or poor response to Melodic
 Intonation Therapy (MIT) as measured by pre- and post-MIT treatment scores.
 The four good response (GR) cases improved in speech characteristics ratings
 for Phrase Length and Grammatical Form on the Boston Diagnostic Aphasia
 Examination; the four poor response (PR) cases showed no improvement. The GR
 cases had lesions which involved Broca's area and/or white matter deep to it
 plus large superior lesion extension into periventricular white matter deep
 to the lower motor cortex area for face. These GR cases had no large lesion
 in Wernicke's area and no lesion in the temporal isthmus or the right
 hemisphere. The PR cases, however, had bi-lateral lesions or lesion
 including Wernicke's area or the temporal isthmus.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, Non-P.H.S.; Support,
 U.S. Gov't, P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Aphasia--Therapy (TH); Aphasia, Broca--Pathology (PA);
 Aphasia, Broca--Radiography (RA); *Aphasia, Broca--Therapy (TH); *Cerebral
 Cortex--Pathology (PA); Middle Age; Music Therapy; Retrospective Studies;
 Tomography, X-Ray Computed; CT XRAY
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 6
-A-
 1647340 85172340
-W-
 Psychoanalytic listening II.
 Chessick RD
 Northwestern University, Evanston, IL 60201.
 Am J Psychother (US), Jan 1985, 39 (1) p30-48,
-ISSN-
 0002-9564
-JrnlCode-
 3XA
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 This paper employs a rhetorical form designed to clarify and sharpen the
 focus of the very special stance required--which must be painstakingly
 learned under careful supervision--in order to effectively tune in to
 communications coming from the unconscious of the patient. This is the
 hardest task that must be mastered to become truly empathic and sensitive in
 dyadic relationships, a unique expertise that marks the psychiatrist as a
 genuine specialist in medical practice. Regardless of theoretical
 orientation, neither the form or content of any therapeutic intervention can
 be appropriate unless it is empathically based. Clinical vignettes
 illustrate the lack of such empathy, and readings are suggested that enhance
 our approach to learning this skill, borrowing especially from Kohut and
 Bion. The great importance of the often ignored "background" of the
 patient's communication is emphasized, and is illustrated from the field of
 music in the work of John Cage and Anton Webern. The congruence between this
 clinical psychiatric problem and the main thrust of Continental philosophy,
 which attempts to put man back in touch with himself, is described.
 Suggestions are offered to supervisors how to develop these skills in the
 novice. Finally, a discussion is presented of the effect on the professional
 and personal life of the therapist who has not developed these skills,
 emphasizing the dangers of "burn-out" in therapists and the implicit
 philosophy of life in a money-oriented practice of psychotherapy. The
 dangers of not attending to such matters even during residency training are
 pointed out, in an attempt to raise the consciousness level of the therapist
 to the extreme importance of background practices both in the patient and
 the therapist.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Communication; Empathy; *Mental Disorders--Therapy (TH);
 Professional-Patient Relations; *Psychoanalytic Therapy--Methods (MT);
 Unconscious (Psychology)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 7
-A-
 1642458 85167458
-W-
 [Psychosocial rehabilitation in advanced age]
 Psychosoziale Rehabilitation im Alter.
 Haag G
 Abteilung fur Rehabilitationspsychologie, Universitat Freiburg.
 Rehabilitation (Stuttg) (GERMANY, WEST) , Feb 1985, 24 (1) p6-8,
-ISSN-
 0034-3536
-JrnlCode-
 R3P
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8507
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The psychosocial rehabilitation of older persons is one of the main problems
 in health policy. About one quarter of the over 65-year-olds face psychic
 problems, without, to a large extent, receiving adequate treatment and
 rehabilitative care. Substantial deficits exist above all in the out-patient
 and non-residential service sectors. In in-patient care, existing methods
 for psychosocial intervention (such as psychoanalysis, behavioural,
 client-centered, family, Gestalt, milieu, or music and dance therapy,
 psychodrama, reality orientation training, or resensitization techniques)
 are hardly ever used. This absence of applied geronto-psychology is
 attributable to the shortcomings of available assessment methods, multiple
 methodical problems of intervention research, and--above all--to
 insufficient staff positions for psychosocial professions in the
 gerontological sector. Provision of further permanent posts for psychosocial
 workers; development of age-specific assessment methods; interdisciplinary
 and systematic interventional research; the development of ambulatory,
 community-based services as well as intensive support for existing self-help
 efforts are therefore called for.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Aged; Combined Modality Therapy; Dementia, Senile--Rehabilitation (RH);
 *Mental Disorders--Rehabilitation (RH); Physician-Patient Relations;
 Psychotropic Drugs--Therapeutic Use (TU); *Social Adjustment; Social
 Environment
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 8
-A-
 1619098 85144098
-W-
 [Combined treatment of neurosis-like states in organic brain diseases]
 O kompleksnom lechenii nevrozopodobnykh sostoianii pri organicheskikh
 zabolevaniiakh golovnogo mozga.
 Shumlianskii IV; Nesterenko ZV; Muran IuIa
 Vrach Delo (USSR), Nov 1984, (11) p111-3,
-ISSN-
 0049-6804
-JrnlCode-
 XLS
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN
-JrnlAnn-
 8506
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Acupuncture; Adult; Autogenic Training; Chronic Disease; Middle Age; Music
 Therapy; *Neurotic Disorders--Therapy (TH); *Organic Mental
 Disorders--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 9
-A-
 1596356 85121356
-W-
 Behavior modification in physical therapy.
 Gouvier WD; Richards JS; Blanton PD; Janert K; Rosen LA; Drabman RS
 Arch Phys Med Rehabil, Feb 1985, 66 (2) p113-6,
-ISSN-
 0003-9993
-JrnlCode-
 8BK
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8505
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Behavioral techniques reported to improve ambulation skills among physically
 handicapped persons include both reward and desensitization procedures. This
 report describes the application of other behavior modification principles
 to two patients who resisted physical therapy (PT) designed to educate them
 in the use of orthopedic assistive devices. Peer modeling was used with case
 1, a 2 1/2-year-old girl with complete L4 spina bifida who cried frequently
 when wearing her brace, and refused to walk except with much assistance.
 Case 2 was a 21-year-old hemiplegic man seen two years after a severe head
 injury. Initially, severe tantrum behavior accompanied all demands placed on
 him. Treatment involved a combination of contingent music for being quiet
 and contingent aversive auditory feedback for yelling. In both cases
 clinically significant behavioral changes were observed. Results are
 discussed with respect to the cost effectiveness of behavioral interventions
 and the interdisciplinary coordination of rehabilitation team members.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; *Behavior Therapy; Braces; Child, Preschool;
 *Hemiplegia--Rehabilitation (RH); *Muscle Spasticity--Rehabilitation (RH);
 Physical Therapy--Psychology (PX); *Spina Bifida--Rehabilitation (RH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 10
-A-
 1542770 85067770
-W-
 [New trends in the rehabilitation of patients after stroke]
 Nowe kierunki w rehabilitacji chorych po udarach mozgu.
 Kwolek A
 Wiad Lek, May 15 1984, 37 (10) p782-7,
-ISSN-
 0043-5147
-JrnlCode-
 XOA
-Lang-
 POLISH
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract; Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8503
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS (33 Refs.)
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Biofeedback (Psychology)--Physiology (PH); BIOFEEDBACK--Phy- siology (PH);
 *Cerebrovascular Disorders--Rehabilitation (RH); Electrotherapy--Trends
 (TD); Family Therapy--Trends (TD); Music Therapy--Trends (TD); Respiratory
 Therapy--Trends (TD)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 11
-A-
 1457434 84297434
-W-
 Music pulled them through.
 Rowden R
 Nurs Mirror (ENGLAND), Aug 8 1984, 159 (4) p32-4,
-ISSN-
 0029-6511
-JrnlCode-
 O98
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8412
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Anxiety; *Music Therapy; *Neoplasms--Nursing (NU); Neoplasms--Psychology
 (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 12
-A-
 1382390 84222390
-W-
 [Results of concentration training in normally intelligent students with
 poor concentration]
 Ergebnisse des Konzentrationstrainings bei normalintelligenten,
 konzentrationsschwachen Schulern.
 Vehreschild T; Kossow HJ; Schulz-Wulf G
 Psychiatr Neurol Med Psychol (Leipz) , Mar 1984, 36 (3) p152-60,
-ISSN-
 0033-2739
-JrnlCode-
 QAZ
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8409
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The contribution reports on the efficiencies of two different concentration
 training programmes tested on 40 normally intelligent boys with severely
 reduced concentration. Twenty of the boys received rhythmic music therapy
 and the other 20 received a special teaching programme based on
 psychological principles. Psychostimulants were also administered to 10 boys
 in each group. The success of treatment was assessed by comparison with an
 untreated group of pupils with reduced concentration. The boys who received
 additional psychostimulants achieved the greatest gain in learning as a
 result of concentration training. The special teaching programme is
 generally superior to rhythmic musical training.
 Tags: Human; Male
-Desc-
 Attention Deficit Disorder with Hyperactivity--Therapy (TH) *Attention;
 Child Behavior Disorders--Therapy (TH); Child; Combined Modality Therapy;
 Education, Special; *Intelligence; Learning Disorders--Psychology (PX);
 *Learning Disorders--Therapy (TH); Music Therapy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 13
-A-
 1344857 84184857
-W-
 An investigation of the effects of music therapy on a group of profoundly
 mentally handicapped adults [news]
 Bolton A; Adams M
 Int J Rehabil Res (GERMANY, WEST), Dec 1983, 6 (4) p511-2,
-ISSN-
 0342-5282
-JrnlCode-
 GRL
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8408
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Mental Retardation--Psychology (PX); *Mental
 Retardation--Rehabilitation (RH); *Music Therapy; Play Therapy; Videotape
 Recording
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 14
-A-
 1319650 84159650
-W-
 [Preventive value of functional music for students in stress situations]
 Profilakticheskoe znachenie funktsional'noi muzyki v stressovoi situatsii u
 studentov.
 Viazovets NV
 Gig Tr Prof Zabol (USSR), Feb 1984, (2) p37-41,
-ISSN-
 0016-9919
-JrnlCode-
 FQ9
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Electroencephalography; EEG; *Music Therapy; *Stress,
 Psychological--Prevention and Control (PC); *Students--Psychology (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 15
-A-
 1316986 84156986
-W-
 Calming patients: DA tapes songs to relax children.
 Tecavec C
 Dent Assist (Waco Tx) (US), Jan-Feb 1982, 1 (3) p6-7, 39,
-ISSN-
 0744-012X
-JrnlCode-
 DAS
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8407
-Subfile-
 Dental
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Anxiety--Therapy (TH); Child; *Dental Care--Psychology (PX) ; *Music;
 *Relaxation Technics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 16
-A-
 1305988 84145988
-W-
 [Psychology in rehabilitation]
 Psychologie in der Rehabilitation.
 Haag G; Lucius G
 Abt. fur Rehabilitationspsychologie, Freiburg.
 Rehabilitation (Stuttg) (GERMANY, WEST) , Feb 1984, 23 (1) p1-9,
-ISSN-
 0034-3536
-JrnlCode-
 R3P
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The article gives an overview of the importance and potentialities of
 psychology in the context of rehabilitation, outlining, among others, the
 psychologist's various tasks and functions relative to diagnosis,
 counselling, and therapy in medical, education, vocational, and psychosocial
 rehabilitation. Theories describing psychosocial factors involved in the
 development of, and in coping with, disability are discussed. Further,
 psychological intervention approaches are set out, focussing on their
 particular relevance to rehabilitation. Special attention is given to the
 psychologist's position within the interdisciplinary team, as well as to
 possibilities for, and requirements of, professional training and further
 education in rehabilitation psychology. As the various subjects could not be
 dealth with exhaustively, the article includes numerous references for
 further reading and links up with subsequent five contributions dealing with
 the main theme of the present issue of Die Rehabilitation.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Age Factors; Autogenic Training; Behavior Therapy;
 Child; Family Therapy; Music Therapy; Occupational Therapy; Patient Care
 Team; Personality Tests; Physician's Role; Psychotherapy;
 *Rehabilitation--Psychology (PX); Vocational Guidance
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 17
-A-
 1299210 84139210
-W-
 [Effects of music on plasma stress hormones in surgical patients]
 Satoh Y; Nagao H; Ishihara H; Oyama T; Spintge R
 Masui (JAPAN) , Oct 1983, 32 (10) p1206-11,
-ISSN-
 0021-4892
-JrnlCode-
 KHR
-Lang-
 JAPANESE
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8406
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Alpha Rhythm; *Endorphins--Blood (BL);
 *Hydrocortisone--Blood (BL); Middle Age; *Music Therapy; *Stress,
 Psychological--Blood (BL); *Surgery, Operative; Surgery,
 Operative--Psychology (PX)
 CAS Registry No.: 50-23-7 (Hydrocortisone); 60617-12-1 (beta-endorphin)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 18
-A-
 1264758 84104758
-W-
 Poetry as therapy.
 Morrice JK
 Ross Clinic, Aberdeen, UK.
 Br J Med Psychol (ENGLAND), Dec 1983, 56 ( Pt 4) p367-70,
-ISSN-
 0007-1129
-JrnlCode-
 AYO
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8405
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In the practice of general psychiatry, art therapy in the form of painting
 is widely employed. Music and drama similarly provide regular treatment
 occasions. The use of poetry is less familiar and is little discussed in the
 literature. This paper reviews a therapeutic liaison, happening largely by
 chance, which depended almost exclusively upon an exchange of verse. The
 relationship between the processes of psychotherapy, on the one hand, and
 the writing and reading of poetry, on the other, is suggested and
 illustrated by the patient's writings. It may be that good poetry, like
 successful psychotherapy, arises from disturbed emotions only when they are
 given resolution and form. Exceptionally the two go hand-in-hand.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Depressive Disorder--Psychology (PX); *Depressive Disorder--Therapy
 (TH); *Poetry; Professional-Patient Relations; Psychoanalytic
 Interpretation; *Psychotherapy--Methods (MT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 19
-A-
 1256066 84096066
-W-
 [Initial experiences with regulative music therapy in psychiatric patients]
 Erste Erfahrungen mit Regulativer Musiktherapie bei psychiatrischen
 Patienten.
 Reinhardt A; Ficker F
 Neurologisch-Psychiatrische Klinik Medizinischen Akademie "Carl Gustav
 Carus" Dresden.
 Psychiatr Neurol Med Psychol (Leipz) (GERMANY, EAST), Oct 1983, 35 (10)
 p604-10,
-ISSN-
 0033-2739
-JrnlCode-
 QAZ
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8404
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 This is an initial report on experiences gained with the inclusion of
 regulative music therapy for patients with depressive reactions stemming
 from a variety of causes. The experience gained so far suggest that
 regulative music therapy can be beneficial during the readaptation phase in
 the course of rehabilitation of such patients. Orientation on conscious
 perception seems to be a characteristic of RMT among depressive patients
 during the first phase of training. This conscious perception leads the
 patient to a more rational form of confrontation with himself and his
 surroundings. This opens the way to a constructive approach to overcoming
 the conflicts experienced in the past.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adjustment Disorders--Psychology (PX); *Adjustment Disorders--Therapy (TH);
 Bipolar Disorder--Psychology (PX); *Bipolar Disorder--Therapy (TH); *Music
 Therapy--Methods (MT); Prognosis; *Schizophrenia--Therapy (TH);
 Schizophrenic Psychology
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 20
-A-
 1206386 84046386
-W-
 Clinical application of Pavlov conditioning reflexes in treatment of urinary
 incontinence.
 Godec CJ
 Division of Urology, Hennepin County Medical Center, Minneapolis,
 Minnesota.
 Urology (US), Oct 1983, 22 (4) p397-400,
-ISSN-
 0090-4295
-JrnlCode-
 WSY
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8402
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A new method of treatment of urinary incontinence is described. A tape
 recorder with two outlets generates musical stimuli. One outlet brings
 direct unconverted musical stimuli to the patient's ear, the other outlet
 conveys the musical stimuli to a converter where the musical pulses are
 converted into electrical stimuli which are then applied to the patient's
 anus. At first stimultaneous application of stimuli into the ear and anus is
 performed and anal pressure response recorded. After conditioning takes
 place, music is applied to the patient's ear, stimulation to the anus is
 disconnected, and only anal pressure response is recorded. The patients are
 conditioned enough to generate good and response to aural stimulation only.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 Acoustic Stimulation--Methods (MT); Adult; Anus; *Conditioning,
 Classical--Physiology (PH); Electric Stimulation--Methods (MT); Electrodes;
 Music Therapy--Methods (MT); Posture; Urinary Incontinence,
 Stress--Physiopathology (PP); *Urinary Incontinence, Stress--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 21
-A-
 1092961 83247961
-W-
 [Music therapy with psychiatric problem patients]
 Musiktherapie mit psychiatrischen Problempatienten.
 Meschede HG; Bender W; Pfeiffer H
 Psychother Psychosom Med Psychol (GERMANY, WEST), May 1983, 33 (3) p101-,
-ISSN-
 0173-7937
-JrnlCode-
 QHB
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8310
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Interpersonal Relations; Mental Disorders--Psychology (PX); *Mental
 Disorders--Therapy (TH); Middle Age; *Music Therapy--Methods (MT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 22
-A-
 1092845 83247845
-W-
 [Experiences with combined group psychotherapy in adolescents]
 Erfahrungen mit einer kombinierten Gruppenpsychotherapie bei Adolszenten.
 Behrends L
 Fachpoliklinik f. Psychotherapie der Stadt Leipzig.
 Psychiatr Neurol Med Psychol (Leipz) (GERMANY, EAST), Mar 1983, 35 (3)
 p154-7,
-ISSN-
 0033-2739
-JrnlCode-
 QAZ
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8310
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Adolescents in need of psychotherapy have, due to their defiant behaviour,
 little motivation to take part in group-centered psychotherapy although,
 since they are experiencing a crisis of identity, they are most in need of
 it. The tastes of this age group are catered for at the outset by the use of
 music typical of that popular among young people, arrangement of the group
 sessions to give the impression of a party and combining patient-centred
 treatment with communicative movement therapy. This is followed by training
 in social behaviour commensurate to the individual social situation and the
 deficits in the behavioural inventories of the different members of the
 group.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Music Therapy; Neurotic Disorders--Psychology (PX);
 *Neurotic Disorders--Therapy (TH); Personality Development; Personality
 Disorders--Psychology (PX); *Personality Disorders--Therapy (TH);
 *Psychotherapy, Group--Methods (MT); Social Adjustment
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 23
-A-
 1092844 83247844
-W-
 [Combination of music therapy methods in dynamic group psychotherapy]
 Zur Kombination musiktherapeutischer Methoden in der dynamischen
 Gruppenpsychotherapie.
 Kaufmann GV
 Lehrstuhl Psychiatrie der Nervenklinik des Bereiches Medizin der
 Humboldt-Universitat zu Berlin.
 Psychiatr Neurol Med Psychol (Leipz) (GERMANY, EAST), Mar 1983, 35 (3)
 p148-53,
-ISSN-
 0033-2739
-JrnlCode-
 QAZ
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8310
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The use of different forms of music therapy in the course of dynamic
 group-centered psychotherapy is described and discussed on the basis of the
 author's clinical experience. The choice of the form is governed by the
 objectives of therapy for the particular group situation. Close cooperation
 between the therapists dealing with the group is a prerequisite. As long as
 the therapists work to a strictly defined plan both active and reactive
 music therapy can be used to augment the other forms of treatment by
 encouraging experience and, by awakening particularly the emotions of the
 patients, help in coping with the unconscious intrapsychic confliction.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Mental Disorders--Psychology (PX); *Mental Disorders--Therapy (TH); *Music
 Therapy--Methods (MT); *Psychotherapy, Group--Methods (MT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 24
-A-
 1068988 83223988
-W-
 'The singing hospital'--integrated group therapy in the Black mentally ill.
 Benjamin B
 Department of Psychiatry, Sterkfontein Hospital, Krugersdorp, Tvl.
 S Afr Med J (SOUTH AFRICA), Jun 4 1983, 63 (23) p897-9,
-ISSN-
 0038-2469
-JrnlCode-
 U4R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8309
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Integrated group therapy was originally introduced at Sterkfontein Hospital
 in 1957, and reintroduced 6 years ago in an effort to overcome difficulties
 in communication with approximately 100 Black male and female mental
 hospital patients. This therapy consisted mainly of song and dance
 activation, sociodrama, psychodrama and behavioural modification methods.
 These techniques are flexible, and can be carried out by proxy therapists
 working with doctors and psychologists.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Blacks; Dance Therapy--Methods (MT); Hospitalization; *Mental
 Disorders--Therapy (TH); Music Therapy--Methods (MT); Psychodrama--Methods
 (MT); *Psychotherapy, Group--Methods (MT); South Africa
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 25
-A-
 1067050 83222050
-W-
 [Possibilities for inclusion of group music therapeutic methods in the
 treatment of psychotic patients]
 Moglichkeiten der Einbeziehung gruppenmusiktherapeutischer Methoden in die
 Behandlung von Psychotikern.
 Schmuttermayer R
 Bezirksfachkrankenhaus fur Psychiatrie und Neurologie Muhlhausen.
 Psychiatr Neurol Med Psychol (Leipz) (GERMANY, EAST), Jan 1983, 35 (1)
 p49-53,
-ISSN-
 0033-2739
-JrnlCode-
 QAZ
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8309
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Four types of music therapy (listening, singing, dancing and playing
 instruments) which can be combined to obtain a "graduated group-centred
 music therapy" are investigated in regard of their methodological and
 didactical organisation and their effects on a group of schizophrenics. Each
 of the therapy types acts in a different way on the variables "anxiety" and
 "activity". It seems possible to influence these variables during
 group-centered treatment and to lead the group towards modes of
 communication and behaviour that are more appropriate to reality.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; *Music Therapy--Methods (MT); *Psychotherapy, Group--Methods (MT);
 Psychotic Disorders--Psychology (PX); *Psychotic Disorders--Therapy (TH);
 Schizophrenia--Therapy (TH); Schizophrenic Psychology
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 26
-A-
 1015831 83170831
-W-
 [Rehabilitation of cancer patients including creative therapies]
 Rehabilitation Krebskranker unter Einschluss schopferischer Therapien.
 Heyde W; von Langsdorff P
 Facharzt fur Frauenheilkunde, Onkologe, Hamburg.
 Rehabilitation (Stuttg) (GERMANY, WEST) , Feb 1983, 22 (1) p25-7,
-ISSN-
 0034-3536
-JrnlCode-
 R3P
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 When sufficient experience had been accumulated to support the view that
 intensive aftercare of the consequences of cancer will have a favourable
 impact on the individual's prognosis, the German social insurance
 institutions extended coverage to aids for vocational reintegration, and a
 medical indication of cancer rehabilitation. Own experience gathered since
 in the longterm care of cancer patients, which lasted up to three years,
 almost invariably brought about improvements in the quality of life, often a
 prolongation of survival time that was worth living, and occasionally a
 shorter incapacity for work. The decisive factor in this connexion was found
 to be individualized occupational therapy measures, which, when appropriate,
 included art and music therapy, structured psychotherapy that included
 relaxation exercises and group talks as well as recreational activities,
 both active and passive. The significance of these therapy plans is
 understood when one takes into account that cancer patients tend to withdraw
 from their environment due to their anxieties and an impaired self-worth. On
 account of misconceptions on the disease and its causes those affected by it
 are often kept away from and further isolated, which aggravates the already
 existing deficit of social contacts. Insufficient ability to creatively use
 excessive leisure time will invariably entail brooding over one's personal
 fate, with depressive reactions being an often unavoidable result.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Art Therapy; Insurance, Health, Reimbursement; Leisure Activities; Music
 Therapy; *Neoplasms--Rehabilitation (RH); Occupational Therapy; *Quality of
 Life; Rehabilitation, Vocational--Economics (EC); *Rehabilitation,
 Vocational--Methods (MT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 27
-A-
 1005695 83160695
-W-
 Operant procedures and the comatose patient.
 Boyle ME; Greer RD
 State University of New York College at New Paltz.
 J Appl Behav Anal (US) , Spring 1983, 16 (1) p3-12,
-ISSN-
 0021-8855
-JrnlCode-
 HDR
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8307
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Operant procedures were tested on three patients who had been in vegetative
 coma for 6 months, 10 months, and 38 months. A discrete trial procedure was
 used to test compliance to verbal requests for three behaviors for each
 patient, including lateral head movement or finger movement, eye focus or
 eye squeeze, and mouth movement. The design for each patient consisted of
 multiple baselines across three behaviors with a withdrawal phase and a
 reinstatement phase (ABAB) for one behavior. Baseline phases were followed
 by contingent music phases in which 15-second taped excerpts of patients'
 preferred music sounded immediately following the emission of targeted
 behaviors. The contingent music treatment affected all three behaviors for
 Patient 1, but was less effective for two out of three behaviors for the
 second and third patients who had been in coma for more extensive periods of
 time. Results are discussed in terms of the potential contributions of the
 use of operant assessment and treatment procedures in an area of medicine
 where they have not been used before.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Brain Injuries--Complications (CO); Cerebral Anoxia--Complications
 (CO); Cerebrovascular Disorders--Complications (CO); *Coma--Therapy (TH);
 *Conditioning, Operant; Middle Age; Motor Activity; Music; Reinforcement
 Schedule
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 28
-A-
 0884746 83039746
-W-
 [Effect of music on depressed patients]
 Musikwirkungen bei Depressiven.
 Reinhardt U; Lange E
 Neurologisch-Psychiatrische Klinik der Medizinischen Akademie "Carl Gustav
 Carus" Dresden.
 Psychiatr Neurol Med Psychol (Leipz) (GERMANY, EAST), Jul 1982, 34 (7)
 p414-21,
-ISSN-
 0033-2739
-JrnlCode-
 QAZ
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8302
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The effects of the performance of various forms of music and an acoustic
 non-musical comparative stimulus on the condition and efficiency of
 depressive persons were studied. These persons react in the mot uniform
 manner to the performance of Vienna waltzes and slow phrases of piano
 concertos by Mozart, partly with considerable improvements of their
 condition and increase in efficiency while contrary reactions were produced
 by other forms of music. Persons suffering from depressive defect
 schizophrenia with reduced drive showed positive effects after waltz music
 and folksongs. The results are encouraging to include suitable music under
 group therapeutic conditions in the complex psychiatric therapy
 rehabilitation strategy.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Achievement; Acute Disease; Depressive Disorder--Psychology (PX);
 *Depressive Disorder--Therapy (TH); Motivation; *Music Therapy--Methods
 (MT); Psychiatric Status Rating Scales; PSR SCALES
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 29
-A-
 0864090 83019090
-W-
 Emotional experience of music by psychiatric patients compared with normal
 subjects.
 Nielzen S; Cesarec Z
 Department of Psychiatry, University Hospital, Lund, Sweden.
 Acta Psychiatr Scand (DENMARK), Jun 1982, 65 (6) p450-60,
-ISSN-
 0001-690X
-JrnlCode-
 1VY
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8301
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Psychiatric patients (n = 107) and normal subjects (n = 100) were exposed to
 seven newly composed pieces of music orchestrated for a small symphony
 orchestra. The patients were divided into seven subgroups: schizophrenic,
 depressive and manic psychosis; obsessive, depressive, anxiety and
 hysterical neurosis. All subjects rated the music on semantic differential
 scales describing three factors of emotional experience: tension-relaxation,
 gaiety-gloom and attraction-repulsion. The ratings by patients in the
 different groups were compared with those by the normal subjects.
 Expressiveness in music was found to be communicated to patients in the same
 relative way as to normals. However, in the various diagnostic groups,
 several marked differences in experience were demonstrated. The main
 findings were that schizophrenic psychotics experienced the music as more
 attractive, while depressive and anxiety neurotics experienced it as less
 attractive, than normals. Depressive and manic psychotics experienced the
 music as less gay. Obsessive neurotics seem to be more sensitive to tension
 than normals.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Attitude; Bipolar Disorder--Psychology (PX); Depressive
 Disorder--Psychology (PX); *Emotions; Hysteria--Psychology (PX) *Mental
 Disorders--Psychology (PX); *Music; Neurotic Disorders--Psychology (PX);
 Schizophrenic Psychology
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 30
-A-
 0847079 83002079
-W-
 [Music therapy in the education and development of mentally retarded]
 Musiekterapie in die opleiding en opvoeding van geestesvertraagdes.
 Thomas E
 Curationis (SOUTH AFRICA), Jun 1982, 5 (2) p46-8,
-ISSN-
 0379-8577
-JrnlCode-
 C1A
-Lang-
 AFRIKAANS
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8301
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Child Development; Child; *Education of Mentally Retarded; Hearing;
 Language Development; Learning; *Mental Retardation--Psychology (PX); *Music
 Therapy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 31
-A-
 0829633 82274633
-W-
 [Music therapy used as a supplementary treatment in spastic colitis]
 Zastosowanie muzykoterapii jako leczenia wspomagajacego w dolegliwosciach
 kurczowych jelita grubego.
 Janicki AG
 Pol Tyg Lek (POLAND), Apr 5 1982, 37 (4-5) p125-7,
-ISSN-
 0032-3756
-JrnlCode-
 PBY
-Lang-
 POLISH
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8212
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Colonic Diseases, Functional--Psychology (PX); *Colonic Diseases,
 Functional--Therapy (TH); *Music Therapy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 32
-A-
 0803806 82248806
-W-
 [Psychoanalytically oriented art and music therapy in the framework of
 psychotherapy]
 Psychoanalytisch orientierte Mal- und Musiktherapie im Rahmen stationarer
 Psychotherapie.
 Janssen PL
 Psyche (Stuttg) (GERMANY, WEST), Jun 1982, 36 (6) p541-70,
-ISSN-
 0033-2623
-JrnlCode-
 Q9J
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8211
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; *Art Therapy--Methods (MT); Hospitals, Psychiatric; Mental
 Disorders--Psychology (PX); *Mental Disorders--Therapy (TH); *Music
 Therapy--Methods (MT); *Psychoanalytic Therapy--Methods (MT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 33
-A-
 0752114 82197114
-W-
 Psychiatry/mental handicap forum. 4 - Music therapy: the sound of music.
 Collingwood K
 Nurs Mirror (ENGLAND) , Apr 28 1982, 154 (17) pviii-ix,
-ISSN-
 0029-6511
-JrnlCode-
 O98
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8209
-Subfile-
 Nursing
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Mental Retardation--Diagnosis (DI); *Mental Retardation--Therapy (TH);
 *Music Therapy; Patient Care Team
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 34
-A-
 0742920 82187920
-W-
 [Prevention of neuroemotional stress in students during exams]
 K voprosu o profilaktike nervno-emotsional'nogo napriazheniia u studentov vo
 vremia ekzamenov.
 Kalashnikov AA; Sautkin VS; Kosova LV
 Gig Sanit (USSR), Feb 1982, (2) p32-5,
-ISSN-
 0016-9900
-JrnlCode-
 FPZ
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8209
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Cardiovascular System--Physiology (PH); Central Nervous System--Physiology
 (PH); *Educational Measurement; Fatigue, Mental--Prevention and Control
 (PC); Music Therapy; *Stress, Psychological--Prevention and Control (PC);
 *Students, Medical--Psychology (PX); Time Factors
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 35
-A-
 0740637 82185637
-W-
 Infantile autism: patients and their families.
 DEMyer MK
 Curr Probl Pediatr, Feb 1982, 12 (4) p1-52,
-ISSN-
 0045-9380
-JrnlCode-
 DVF
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8209
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Autism--Classification (CL); Autism--Diagnosis (DI);
 *Autism--Psychology (PX); Autism--Therapy (TH); Child Behavior
 Disorders--Etiology (ET); Child Development Disorders--Etiology (ET); Child
 Rearing; Child; Child, Preschool; Education ; *Family; Infant; Infant,
 Newborn; Intelligence; Language Disorders--Etiology (ET); Music;
 Parents--Psychology (PX); Social Distance Speech Disorders--Etiology (ET)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 36
-A-
 0738981 82183981
-W-
 Medical services for outdoor rock music festivals.
 Chapman KR; Carmichael FJ; Goode JE
 Department of Medicine, Toronto Western Hospital.
 Can Med Assoc J (CANADA), Apr 15 1982, 126 (8) p935-8,
-ISSN-
 0008-4409
-JrnlCode-
 CKW
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8209
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 This paper describes the medical services provided at an outdoor rock music
 festival near Toronto and reviews similar services at other outdoor concerts
 as reported in the literature. Between 0.5% and 1.5% of concertgoers were
 reported to have used medical services, proportions that may be useful in
 planning for future festivals. Most of the medical problems encountered were
 minor, although life-threatening problems occasionally occurred. Alcohol and
 drug abuse were common but led to major medical problems in only small
 proportions of patients. Guidelines for planning are suggested that include
 recommendations about facilities, supplies and equipment, transportation and
 communications, staffing and procedures. The need for liaison with the
 concert promoters, the police, ambulance officials and local hospital
 personnel is noted, and the use of the nonmedical ancillary staff is
 encouraged.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Alcohol Drinking; Emergency Medical Service
 Communication Systems; *Emergency Medical Services--Organization and
 Administration (OG); Equipment and Supplies; EQUIPMENT; Facility Design and
 Construction; FACILITY DESIGN; *Holidays; First Aid; *Holidays; Middle Age;
 Music; Quebec; *Substance Abuse; Transportation of Patients
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 37
-A-
 0671524 82116524
-W-
 Measurement of tinnitus in humans.
 Hazell JW
 Ciba Found Symp, 1981, 85 p35-53,
-ISSN-
 0300-5208
-JrnlCode-
 D7X
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8206
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Little quantitative measurement of tinnitus was possible before the
 development of the electric audiometer. Since then many ingenious attempts
 have been made to simulate the phenomenon. Frequency and masking
 measurements were described first in 1931 by E. M. Josephson and also by R.
 L. Wegel, and techniques involving loudness balance, free-field matching and
 taped sound effects have also been used. More accurate measurement of
 frequency content can be made by means of music synthesizer. A tinnitus
 measurement protocol should include assessment of: (1) frequency content;
 (2) loudness; (3) masking characteristics; and (4) objective measurements.
 Loudness measurements relate to the annoyance caused by the symptom, which
 depends, too, on the patient's personality and disposition. Masking
 characteristics also relate to the loudness of tinnitus and give additional
 guidance about the suitability of making therapy. They are repeatable and
 easy to perform. Objective measurements, whether performed with a
 stethoscope or intrameatal microphone, may reveal vascular bruits or
 cochlear emissions. We must wait to see how representative are the newer
 objective measurements of the subjective complaint.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Acoustic Stimulation; Audiometry; Loudness Perception; Methods; Perceptual
 Masking; *Tinnitus--Diagnosis (DI); Tinnitus--Psycholo- gy (PX)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 38
-A-
 0666623 82111623
-W-
 [Hypnosis and music analgesia in the postoperative period]
 Gipnomyzykoanal'geziia v posle-operatsionnom periode.
 Frid IA; Berezkin DP; Evtiukhin AI; Beliaev DG; Aleksandrin GP
 Anesteziol Reanimatol (USSR), Sep-Oct 1981, (5) p30-2,
-JrnlCode-
 4ST
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8205
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; Aged; *Analgesia--Methods (MT); Genital Neoplasms, Female--Surgery
 (SU); Middle Age; *Music Therapy; *Pain, Postoperative--Therapy (TH); *PAIN
 POSTOP--Therapy (TH); *Suggestion
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 39
-A-
 0650974 82095974
-W-
 Music as a feedback mechanism for teaching head control to severely
 handicapped children: a pilot study.
 Walmsley RP; Crichton L; Droog D
 Department of Physical Therapy, Queen's University, Kingston, Ontario.
 Dev Med Child Neurol (ENGLAND), Dec 1981, 23 (6) p739-46,
-ISSN-
 0012-1622
-JrnlCode-
 E83
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8205
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Five profoundly mentally retarded cerebral-palsied children were studied in
 order to determine the effectiveness of music as a biofeedback mechanism in
 the training of head control. The method used a Head Position Trainer and
 Time Event Counter, developed at the Ontario Crippled Children's Centre in
 Toronto. Improvement was obtained in three of the five children in their
 ability to control their head movements when music was used as the
 biofeedback stimulus. However, these results should be treated cautiously
 because the sample was small and the training period was brief.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Biofeedback (Psychology); *BIOFEEDBACK; Cerebral Palsy--Complications (CO);
 *Cerebral Palsy--Therapy (TH); Child; *Head--Physiopathology (PP); Mental
 Retardation--Complications (CO); Motor Activity; *Music Therapy; Pilot
 Projects
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 40
-A-
 0618880 82063880
-W-
 [Information disequilibrium and methods of its correction]
 "Informopatia" i metody jej wyrownywania.
 Brodziak A; Rys M; Boczar K; Matuszynska E
 Wiad Lek (POLAND) , Jul 1 1981, 34 (13) p1091-7,
-ISSN-
 0043-5147
-JrnlCode-
 XOA
-Lang-
 POLISH
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8203
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Anxiety Disorders--Etiology (ET); *Anxiety Disorders--Therapy (TH); *Mass
 Media; Music Therapy; Stress, Psychological--Etiology (ET); *Stress,
 Psychological--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 41
-A-
 0618772 82063772
-W-
 [Music in the combined treatment of the initial manifestations of a disorder
 of the brain blood supply]
 Muzyka v kompleksnom lechenii bol'nykh s nachal'nymi proiavleniiami
 narusheniia krovosnabzheniia mozga.
 Mirtovskaia VN; Grineva IM
 Vrach Delo (USSR), Sep 1981, (9) p68-71,
-ISSN-
 0049-6804
-JrnlCode-
 XLS
-Lang-
 RUSSIAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8203
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Cerebrovascular Disorders--Therapy (TH); Hemodynamics;
 Hypertension--Therapy (TH); Hypotension--Therapy (TH); *Music Therapy;
 Stress, Psychological--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 42
-A-
 0592122 82037122
-W-
 Effects of an integrated physical education/music program in changing early
 childhood perceptual-motor performance.
 Brown J; Sherrill C; Gench B
 Mid-Cities Learning Center, Fort Worth, Texas.
 Percept Mot Skills (US) , Aug 1981, 53 (1) p151-4,
-ISSN-
 0031-5125
-JrnlCode-
 OZB
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8202
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Two approaches to facilitating perceptual-motor development in children,
 ages 4 to 6 yr., were investigated. The experimental group (n = 15) received
 24 sessions of integrated physical education/music instruction based upon
 concepts of Kodaly and Dalcroze. The control group (n = 15) received 24
 sessions of movement exploration and self-testing instruction. Analysis of
 covariance indicated that significant improvement occurred only in the
 experimental group, with discharges changes in the motor, auditory, and
 language aspects of perceptual-motor performance as well as total score.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Child Development; Child; Child, Preschool; *Motor Skills; *Music
 Therapy--Methods (MT); *Physical Education and Training; *PHYS ED; *Visual
 Perception
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 43
-A-
 0571058 82016058
-W-
 [Methodological considerations and practical experiences with music therapy
 in psychotics]
 Methodische Uberlegungen und praktische Erfahrungen mit Musiktherapie bei
 Psychotikern.
 Schmuttermayer R
 Psychiatr Neurol Med Psychol (Leipz), Dec 1980, 32 (12) p739-44,
-ISSN-
 0033-2739
-JrnlCode-
 QAZ
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8201
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 This article deals with a method that has for some years been used by the
 author at a psychiatric reception ward for women where mainly patients with
 psychosis of the manic-depressive and schizophrenic forms are admitted. This
 method called "Graduated Group Music Therapy" was developed from a
 combination of various music-therapeutic techniques which were established
 under the aspect of a social training and co-ordinated with each other. The
 various techniques show a specific influence on the behaviour of the
 psychotics and support the development of adequate modes of behaviour via
 nonverbal communication systems.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Behavior Therapy; *Bipolar Disorder--Therapy (TH); *Music Therapy--Methods
 (MT); Psychiatric Department, Hospital; PSYCHIATR DEP;
 *Schizophrenia--Therapy (TH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 44
-A-
 0523242 81253242
-W-
 Patient as assistant therapist in paraverbal therapy with children.
 Heimlich EP
 Am J Psychother, Apr 1981, 35 (2) p262-7,
-ISSN-
 0002-9564
-JrnlCode-
 3XA
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8111
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The concept of using a patient as "assistant therapist" in the treatment of
 acting-out children was presented. A description of the pilot case with
 another type of unresponsive child showed how paraverbal techniques were
 used in the development of this alternative treatment approach. The
 adaptation of the concept of using a patient as "assistant therapist" was
 given in excerpts from sessions in cases of acting-out children. With the
 multifaceted, pleasurable, and flexible approach basic to paraverbal
 therapy, the sessions showed the techniques that led to a change in the
 childrens' acting-out behavior. Their experience as "assistant therapist" in
 using and sharing novel yet appropriate channels for communication led in
 each case to satisfactory communication, not only in paraverbal sessions but
 in the classroom, on the ward, and at home as well.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; *Child Behavior Disorders--Therapy (TH); Child *Communication;
 Helping Behavior; Music Therapy; Mutism--Therapy (TH); *Patients;
 *Psychotherapy--Methods (MT); Self Concept
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 45
-A-
 0516191 81246191
-W-
 Use of stereo headphones for patient relaxation during cataract surgery
 under local anesthesia.
 Gulledge SL; Kline OR Jr
 Ophthalmic Surg , Apr 1981, 12 (4) p289-90,
-ISSN-
 0022-023X
-JrnlCode-
 OIC
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8111
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Aged; *Anesthesia, Local; Anxiety--Therapy (TH); *Cataract Extraction;
 *Music; Noise; Tape Recording
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 46
-A-
 0498247 81228247
-W-
 [Promotion of motivation by music. An attempt to study the effect of music]
 Antriebsforderung durch Musik. Ein Ansatz zur musikalischen
 Wirkungsforschung.
 Rauhe H
 Zahnarztl Mitt, Jul 1 1980, 70 (13) p819-25,
-ISSN-
 0044-1643
 Jrnl Code Y3F
-Lang-
 GERMAN
-JrnlAnn-
 8110
-Subfile-
 Dental
-Desc-
 Anesthesia, Dental; Audioanalgesia; Music Therapy; *Music
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 47
-A-
 0473407 81203407
-W-
 [Rehabilitation in oncology]
 Rehabilitation in der Onkologie.
 Gruber FO
 Acta Med Austriaca [Suppl], 1979, 6 p354-7,
-ISSN-
 0303-8181
-JrnlCode-
 0Y3
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8109
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Successful rehabilitation can only be carried out by the precise teamwork of
 doctors, nurses and therapeutic personnel whereby, especially in cancer
 patients, importance of psycho-somatic aspects are emphasized. Under all
 circumstances, rehabilitation must immediately follow acute therapy.
 Especially, the rehabilitation of cancer patients convince them, that they
 are not lost. It is desirable that rehabilitation of cancer patients should
 increase, preferably in specialized oncology rehabilitation centers -
 similar to the cardiological or rheumatic rehabilitation centers. The main
 purpose of general rehabilitation in oncology should be the somatic and
 psychological revitalization of the patient under the motto: Don't merely
 prolong life, add worthwhile living for each life.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Acupuncture; Autogenic Training; Bibliotherapy; Diet Therapy ; Exercise
 Therapy; Immunotherapy; Music Therapy; *Neoplasms--Rehabilitati- on (RH);
 Occupational Therapy; Patient Care Team
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 48
-A-
 0461302 81191302
-W-
 Different steps in schizophrenic patients' rehabilitation.
 Furedi J
 Int J Soc Psychiatry, Summer 1981, 27 (2) p93-7,
-ISSN-
 0020-7640
-JrnlCode-
 GT5
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8109
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The author revises different views and principles of rehabilitation, its
 connections with prevention and treatment. He tries to place it in the
 process of a schizophrenic patient's recuperation. In his opinion
 rehabilitation can be separated into different steps and the patient has by
 degrees to go through these forms of therapeutic methods and organizational
 facilities. Standing at the service of rehabilitation are special methods of
 therapies--as pharmaco--/long-acting drugs/, psycho-/different forms of
 group psychotherapy/socio-/work, creativity, music, sport and so
 on/therapies and different in-patient and half-way departments. These could
 be utilized only on the basis of careful theoretical planning and continuous
 control by the whole therapeutic team. Rehabilitation should be carried out
 as a process, starting in the admission ward but mainly done in an
 intermediate in-patient unit and/or in a half-way institute, but an only be
 completed by a follow-up. It is regarded first of all as a social activity,
 but without meantime neglecting any kind of medical measures.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Interpersonal Relations; Milieu Therapy; Occupational Therapy; *Patient Care
 Planning; *Schizophrenia--Rehabilitation (RH); Schizophrenia--Therapy (TH);
 Sheltered Workshops
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 49
-A-
 0452429 81182429
-W-
 [Multi-family encounter group in a residence for chronic patients]
 Groupe de rencontre multi-familial dans un pavillon de malades chroniques.
 Benoit JC; Daigremont A; Kossmann L; Pruss P; Roume D
 Ann Med Psychol (Paris), Dec 1980, 138 (10) p1253-60,
-ISSN-
 0003-4487
-JrnlCode-
 5JC
-Lang-
 FRENCH
-JrnlAnn-
 8108
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; Chronic Disease; *Encounter Groups; *Family Therapy--Methods (MT);
 *Mental Disorders--Therapy (TH); Mother-Child Relations; Music Therapy;
 Patient Care Team; Psychiatric Department, Hospital; PSYCHIATR DEP;
 *Sensitivity Training Groups
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 50
-A-
 0439002 81169002
-W-
 The effect of music on the pain of selected post-operative patients.
 Locsin RG
 J Adv Nurs, Jan 1981, 6 (1) p19-25,
-ISSN-
 0309-2402
-JrnlCode-
 H3Lde:
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8108
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The study investigated the effect of music (musical preferences of subjects)
 on the pain of selected post-operative patients during the first 48 hours.
 The subjects were 24 female gynaecologic and/or obstetric patients who made
 the control and experimental sample, paired accordingly by age, type of
 surgery, educational background and previous operative experience (s). The
 measurement of the experimental variable was done using an Overt Pain
 Reaction Rating Scale (OPRRS) devised by the writer. Analgesics received,
 arterial blood pressures, pulse rates, and respiratory rates were also used
 to test the hypothesis. Significant differences were found between the
 groups of post-operative patients in their musculo-skeletal, and verbal pain
 reactions during the first 58 hours at the 0.05 level. The blood pressures
 showed significance only at the 0.07 level. The pulse rate during the second
 24-hour period was significant at the 0.01 level; however, no significance
 was shown during the first 24-hour period. The respiratory rate was
 insignificant during the first 48-hour post-operative period. The raw data
 on pain-relieving medications received by the sample indicated a difference,
 but this was not statistically significant. The conceptual framework of the
 study was based on the concept of distraction following the 'Gate Control
 Theory' of pain by Melzack & Wall (1965). The recommendation arrived at is
 to use music as a nursing measure for post-operative patients.
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 Adult; *Analgesia--Methods (MT); Blood Pressure; Middle Age *Music Therapy;
 Nursing Assessment; *Pain, Postoperative--Therapy (TH); *PAIN
 POSTOP--Therapy (TH); Pulse; Respiration
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 51
-A-
 0421478 81151478
-W-
 Socio-cultural factors in the development of anorexia nervosa.
 Garner DM; Garfinkel PE
 Psychol Med, Nov 1980, 10 (4) p647-56,
-ISSN-
 0033-2917
-JrnlCode-
 QER
 Contract/Grant No.: RO1 MH32659-01
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8107
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A population of professional dance (N = 183) and modelling (N = 56)
 students, who by career choice must focus increased attention and control
 over their body shapes, was studied. Height and weight data were obtained on
 all subjects. In addition, a questionnaire that is useful in assessing the
 symptoms of anorexia nervosa, the Eating Attitudes Test (EAT), was
 administered. Results of these tests were compared with those of normal
 female university students (N = 59), patients with anorexia nervosa (N =
 68), and music students (N = 35). Anorexia nervosa and excessive dieting
 concerns were overrepresented in the dance and modelling students. Twelve
 cases (6.5%) of primary anorexia nervosa were detected in the dance group.
 All but one case developed the disorder while studying dance. Within the
 dance group those from the most competitive environments had the greatest
 frequency of anorexia nervosa. These data suggest that both pressures to be
 slim and achievement expectations are risk factors in the development of
 anorexia nervosa. The influence of socio-cultural determinants are discussed
 within the context of anorexia nervosa as a multidetermined disorder.
 Tags: Female; Human; Support, U.S. Gov't, Non-P.H.S.; Support, U.S. Gov't,
 P.H.S.
-Desc-
 Anorexia Nervosa--Etiology (ET); *Anorexia Nervosa--Occurrence (OC);
 Attitude; Body Weight; Competitive Behavior; Dancing; Diet, Reducing;
 Eating; Menstruation; *Occupations; Psychological Tests; Social Class
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 52
-A-
 0411980 81141980
-W-
 The use of contingent-interrupted music in the treatment of disruptive
 bus-riding behavior.
 Barmann BC; Croyle-Barmann C; McLain B
 J Appl Behav Anal , Winter 1980, 13 (4) p693-8,
-ISSN-
 0021-8855
-JrnlCode-
 HDR
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8107
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 The present study evaluated the efficacy of using contingent-interrupted
 music in treating the disruptive bus-riding behavior of an 8-year-old
 profoundly retarded female. Music was played during each bus ride as long as
 the subject was sitting appropriately, and interrupted contingent upon each
 response defined as disruptive bus riding, during an ABCDCDCDA design. A
 significant reduction in disruptive bus riding occurred with each
 introduction of contingent-interrupted music. The treatment procedure
 described in this report was easy to administer, produced rapid treatment
 gains, and showed virtually no regression during an 8-week follow-up
 period.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Behavior Therapy--Methods (MT); Child; *Education of Mentally Retarded;
 Music; Reinforcement (Psychology); REINFORCEMENT; *Transportation of
 Patients
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 53
-A-
 0396909 81126909
-W-
 [Free improvisation as an unequivocal communications possibility for
 schizophrenic patients]
 Freie Improvisation als eindeutige Kommunikationsmoglichkeit fur schizophren
 Erkrankte.
 Kneutgen J
 Ther Ggw, Sep 1980, 119 (9) p1025-46,
-ISSN-
 0040-5965
-JrnlCode-
 VOQ
-Lang-
 GERMAN
-JrnlAnn-
 8106
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human; Support, Non-U.S. Gov't
-Desc-
 Adult; Child; *Music Therapy--Methods (MT); *Schizophrenia--Rehabilitation
 (RH); *Schizophrenic Psychology
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 54
-A-
 0302803 81032803
-W-
 Use of contingent-interrupted music in the treatment of disruptive behavior
 while riding a bus.
 Barmann BC; Croyle-Barmann C
 Psychol Rep, Aug 1980, 47 (1) p269-70,
-ISSN-
 0033-2941
-JrnlCode-
 QF6
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8102
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Female; Human
-Desc-
 *Behavior Therapy--Methods (MT); *Child Behavior Disorders--Therapy (TH);
 Child; *Education of Mentally Retarded; Music; Transportation of Patients
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 55
-A-
 0290755 81020755
-W-
 Auditory pattern perception in 'split brain' patients.
 Musiek FE; Pinheiro ML; Wilson DH
 Arch Otolaryngol, Oct 1980, 106 (10) p610-2,
-ISSN-
 0003-9977
 Jrnl Code 86O
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8101
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Three "split brain" subjects with normal peripheral hearing were tested on
 identifying monaurally presented auditory intensity and frequency patterns.
 One subject was tested before commissurotomy, ten days later, and one year
 after surgery. Results indicated that sectioning the corpus callosum
 dramatically affects the ability to verbally report both intensity and
 frequency patterns. However, the ability of the subjects to correctly "hum"
 frequency patterns was not impaired. Thus, it appears for a correct verbal
 report of an auditory pattern, interhemispheric transfer of acoustic
 information is required, while "humming" the pattern does not. Further
 application of this finding implicates auditory pattern tasks as as a
 potentially valuable test for detecting problems of higher auditory
 processing, particularly those affecting interhemispheric interaction.
 Tags: Human; Male
-Desc-
 Auditory Pathways; *Auditory Perception; *Auditory Perceptual
 Disorders--Diagnosis (DI); *Corpus Callosum--Surgery (SU); Hearing
 Tests--Instrumentation (IS); Hearing Tests--Methods (MT); Music; *Perceptual
 Disorders--Diagnosis (DI); Postoperative Complications--Diagno- sis (DI);
 POSTOP COMPL--Diagnosis (DI); Verbal Behavior
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 56
-A-
 0275113 81005113
-W-
 Therapeutic supports for the patient with OBS.
 Charatan FB
 Geriatrics, Sep 1980, 35 (9) p100-2,
-ISSN-
 0016-867X
-JrnlCode-
 FO1de:
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8101
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 *Alzheimer's Disease--Therapy (TH); Cerebrovascular Disorders--Complications
 (CO); *Dementia, Presenile--Therapy (TH); *Dementia, Senile--Therapy (TH);
 *Institutional Practice--Standards (ST); Music Therapy; Organic Mental
 Disorders, Psychotic--Etiology (ET); *Organic Mental Disorders,
 Psychotic--Therapy (TH); Social Environment
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 57
-A-
 0261661 80261661
-W-
 [Music therapy in the behavior therapeutic combined treatment concept.
 Comparison between alcoholics with neurotic personality structure and
 patients with behavior disturbances]
 Musiktherapie im Rahmen eines verhaltenstherapeutischen
 Gesamttherapiekonzeptes. Untersuchende Studie in Form eines Vergleiches
 zwischen Alkoholkranken mit neurotischer Personlichkeitsstruktur und
 Patienten mit Verhaltensstorungen.
 Formann-Radl I
 Z Psychosom Med Psychoanal, Jul-Sep 1980, 26 (3) p282-95,
-ISSN-
 0044-3395
-JrnlCode-
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 08
:-A-
-Lang-
-W-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8012
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 From times immemorial, music closely associating with magic, played a
 significant part in the art of healing and in religion itself. It is not an
 invention of modern technical age and today it is legitimately involved in
 the overall rehabilitation programms in psychiatry. We have therefore
 attempted to conduct a study on this subject. The present investigation
 compares the behaviour of 100 alcoholics and 100 patients with neurotic
 personality disturbances drawn from the catchment areas of the Psychiatric
 University Clinic Vienna/Austria and the Anton-Proksch-Institut in
 Vienna-Kalksburg with regard to their respone to this type of therapy. We
 found that music provides a substantial contribution in reinforcing the
 basic ethical concept of the person concerned. It also breaks the barriere
 of expressivity by enriching the pool fo potential vocabulary. It appears to
 be the ideal medium of free communication. Investigation has to be
 continued, but music therapy will never develop from an ancilliary treatment
 into a therapeutic method in its own right. However, the music therapist
 should be prepared if necessary to allow for useful deviations from the
 traditional lines of musical concepts in his efforts to reduce the state of
 anxiety in his patients and prevent further deterioration instinct and
 traditional values, thus strengthening the ethical concept.
 Tags: Comparative Study; Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Adult; Aged; Alcoholism--Psychology (PX);
 *Alcoholism--Rehabilitation (RH); *Behavior Therapy--Methods (MT); Middle
 Age; *Music Therapy--Methods (MT); Neurotic Disorders--Psychology (PX);
 *Neurotic Disorders--Rehabilitation (RH); Personality Disorders--Psychology
 (PX); *Personality Disorders--Rehabilitation (RH); Social Behavior
 Disorders--Psychology (PX); *Social Behavior Disorders--Rehabilitation (RH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 58
-A-
 0257900 80257900
-W-
 Rehabilitative potentialities and successes of aphasia therapy in children
 and young people after cerebrotraumatic lesions (author's transl)]
 Rehabilitative Moglichkeiten und Erfolgsergebnisse der Aphasie--Therapie
 nach hirntraumatischen Schaden bei Kindern und Jugendlichen.
 Emich IF
 Rehabilitation (Stuttg), Aug 1980, 19 (3) p151-9,
-ISSN-
 0034-3536
-JrnlCode-
 R3P
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8012
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Novel verbal and nonverbal therapeutic techniques are described by means of
 examples. The aphasic clients range from preschool and school children to
 young people up to the age of 18. Identification and evaluation of main
 interest areas enabled individualised combinations of therapeutic measure as
 well as novel play and/or work situations to be developed, which also
 involved technical devices: animal voice imitation, play telephone, normal
 telephone, typewriter, electronic pocket calculator, magic screen, keyed
 instruments (toy piano, etc.). Rhythmically stressed and "sports" speech
 training (revolving disc, indoor bicycle, "jouk" sport), hydrotherapy,
 horseback riding, swimming. Age-adapted conversation, storytelling,
 motivation through joy and success ("circulus hortativus"), music therapy.
 Even in cases of extremely delayed treatment, advances may be achieved.
 Special hints: shorthand therapy, pseudo-phenomena, cotherapy, conversion of
 right-handed to left.
 Tags: Case Report; Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Agraphia--Rehabilitation (RH); *Aphasia--Rehab- ilitation (RH);
 *Aphasia, Childhood--Rehabilitation (RH); *Brain Injuries--Rehabilitation
 (RH); Child; Child, Preschool; Motor Skills; Social Adjustment; Speech
 Therapy--Methods (MT); Writing
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 59
-A-
 0210901 80210901
-W-
 [ (General rehabilitation in oncology)]
 Generalrehabilitation in der Onkologie.
 Gruber FO; Sagaster P
 Onkologie, Dec 1979, 2 (6) p226-9,
-ISSN-
 0378-584X
-JrnlCode-
 OHRde:
-Lang-
 GERMAN
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract; Review
-JrnlAnn-
 8010
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Rehabilitation has become a modern expression. For many years optimal
 rehabilitation has been carried out in many different sectors of illness.
 Too few activities, however, have been developed for the rehabilitation and
 control of cancer patients. No other group requires rehabilitation as
 foremost as that of cancer patients who need a complete and complex program
 which besides pure medical treatment affords psychosomatic care primarily.
 By developing a program under the title "Wiener Modell" (Vienna Model), our
 department was able to put into practice a suitable program for the control
 of cancer patients. The success was possible due to the excellent teamwork
 of doctors, nurses and therapeuts as well as the inter-disciplinary
 cooperation of all specialists available in a municipal modern hospital. (
 26 Refs.)
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Acupuncture; Autogenic Training; Breast Neoplasms--Rehabili- tation (RH);
 Diet Therapy; Exercise Therapy; Immunotherapy; Melanoma--Rehabilitation
 (RH); Music Therapy; *Neoplasms--Rehabilitation (RH); Ovarian
 Neoplasms--Rehabilitation (RH); Prosthesis; Psychology, Clinical; Urologic
 Neoplasms--Rehabilitation (RH)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 60
-A-
 0205273 80205273
-W-
 Aspects of the creative process in music: a case report.
 Wittenberg R
 J Am Psychoanal Assoc, 1980, 28 (2) p439-59,
-ISSN-
 0003-0651
 Jrnl Code H9Z
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8010
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A gifted patient, hampered by his ambivalent strivings, began to write music
 during his analysis and became a professional composer. I have attempted to
 show a parallel between the analytic and the creative process. Both in his
 use of dreams and his particular style of free association, the original
 idea appeared in fully developed form, marked by key themes. As his
 ambivalent strivings were analyzed, his narcissistic libido was used less
 and less as a substitute for ego-strivings, but, instead, as
 countercathexis. With the freeing of ego functioning, the patient appeared
 to concentrate on working through, which parallels the development section
 in music and seems to contain one of the significant aspects of the creative
 process.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 Adult; *Creativeness; Dreams; Ego; *Music; Narcissism; Psychoanalytic
 Interpretation; *Psychoanalytic Therapy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 61
-A-
 0172112 80172112
-W-
 Music as a vehicle for life enrichment and expanded content for special
 audiences.
 Groves SL; Groves DL
 Adolescence , Spring 1980, 15 (57) p195-200,
-ISSN-
 0001-8449
-JrnlCode-
 2H8
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8008
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Music for special audiences has been a neglected part of most programs. The
 primary problem has been lack of understanding of the advantages of music
 and where it fits into a curriculum. Another problem has been the lack of
 skill to execute an effective program. Most musical events have been
 isolated with little continuity from one activity to another. Another
 programming difficulty has been where to find resources and how to use them.
 The purpose of this article is to briefly discuss programming for special
 audiences. An illustrative exercise has been provided to point out a
 programming format, especially the sequencing among activities and the
 resource utilization dimensions.
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Adolescence; Mental Retardation--Psychology (PX); *Mental
 Retardation--Rehabilitation (RH); *Music Therapy--Methods (MT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 62
-A-
 0159002 80159002
-W-
 Espousing melodic intonation therapy in aphasia rehabilitation: a case
 study.
 Goldfarb R; Bader E
 Int J Rehabil Res, 1979, 2 (3) p333-42,
-ISSN-
 0342-5282
-JrnlCode-
 GRL
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8008
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 A program of Melodic Intonation Therapy (MIT) was adapted as a home training
 procedure to enable a severely affected aphasic adult to respond to 52
 simple questions bearing relevance to his daily life. MIT involves embedding
 short phrases or sentences in a simple, non-distinct melody pattern. As the
 patient progresses through the program, the melodic aspect is faded and the
 program eventually leads to production of the target phrase or sentence in
 normal speech prosody. The present procedure consisted of three levels of
 training designed to advance the subject from an initial level of intoning
 responses in a simple melody to producing the responses in normal speech
 prosody. The subject's wife was trained to administer MIT both in the
 clinical and home settings. Considerable improvement was obtained in
 imitation and in context related responses to questions. These findings lend
 support to the proposal that the music dominance to the right hemisphere
 assists, and perhaps diminishes the language dominance of, the damaged left
 hemisphere. The limitations of use of Melodic Intonation Therapy were
 discussed.
 Tags: Case Report; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Aphasia--Rehabilitation (RH); Aphasia, Broca--Rehabilitati- on (RH);
 Aphasia, Wernicke--Rehabilitation (RH); Middle Age; *Music Therapy ; Music
 Therapy--Methods (MT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 63
-A-
 0131575 80131575
-W-
 Music and the unconscious.
 Walker A
 Br Med J, Dec 22-29 1979, 2 (6205) p1641-3,
-ISSN-
 0007-1447
-JrnlCode-
 B4W
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8007
-Subfile-
 AIM; INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Creativeness; Dreams; Motivation; *Music; Psychoanalytic Theory; Subliminal
 Stimulation; *Unconscious (Psychology); *UNCONSCIOUS
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 64
-A-
 0056273 80056273
-W-
 [Use of music therapy in hypertension]
 Badania nad wykorzystaniem oddziaLywania psychoterapeutycznego za pomoca
 muzyki w chorobie nadcisnieniowej.
 Janiszewski M
 Pol Tyg Lek, Sep 10 1979, 34 (37) p1457-60,
-ISSN-
 0032-3756
-JrnlCode-
 PBY
-Lang-
 POLISH
 Summ. Lang.: Eng.
 Doc Type: English Abstract
-JrnlAnn-
 8003
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 Tags: Human
-Desc-
 Hypertension--Psychology (PX); *Hypertension--Therapy (TH); *Music Therapy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 035:154 65
-A-
 0021749 80021749
-W-
 Emergence of unreported stimuli into imagery as a function of laterality of
 presentation: a replication and extension of research by Henley & Dixon
 (1974).
 Mykel N; Daves WF
 Br J Psychol, May 1979, 70 (2) p253-8,
-ISSN-
 0007-1269
-JrnlCode-
 B1S
-Lang-
 Eng.
-JrnlAnn-
 8002
-Subfile-
 INDEX MEDICUS
 In Expt. 1, the research by Henley & Dixon (1974) was replicated. Two
 experimental groups (n=8 each) received subliminal words to the right ear
 and 8 min of music to the left ear or vice versa. Each group had its own
 control (n=8 each) with only music to one ear. Categorization and ranking of
 imagery reported, as well as performance on a checklist containing critical,
 associated, and non-related words, showed that emergence was greater with
 words to the right ear than with no words. There was no difference between
 experimental and control groups with words to the left ear. In Expt. 2, the
 music was eliminated, and subjects received subliminal words to the right
 ear (n=8) or no words. A significant difference between groups was found
 when the reported imagery was ranked as to emergence, and on the checklist,
 but not when the reports were categorized by judges.
 Tags: Female; Human; Male
-Desc-
 *Auditory Perception; *Dominance, Cerebral; Music; *Subliminal Stimulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 1
-A-
 7776144 860500144
-W-
 Watchlist; critical issues for managers January-June 1986
 EDITION: 4p.A4
 Business Europe, a weekly report to managers of European operations, Geneva
 , (26), nr. 2, Jan. 13, 1985, watchlist section, p. 1)., CATALOG NO.:
 BDZ-2-1986.01.13
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Overview of critical external issues demanding managers' attention in the
 next six months (jan/june ' 86). Watchlist of likely and possible
 developments in 16 Western European countries, Europe in general and in the
 EEC. Discussed are a.o.: composition of government, growth, industrial
 policy, incentives, taxes, exchange controls, labour costs, industrial
 relations, environment, currency, trade.
-Desc-
 *Investment climate; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 304 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 2
-A-
 7774380 860400380
-W-
 Europese staalindustrie voegt zich naar krimpende markt
 Schoenmakers, J.T
 EDITION: 3p.A4
 Financieel-economisch magazine, FEM, Amsterdam, nr. 38, dec. 28, 1985, p.
 44)., Ill. Tabs CATALOG NO.: FEA-38-1985.12.28 R
-Lang-
 Dutch
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 De Europese staalindustrie herstelt zich van een diepe crisis die tien jaar
 heeft geduurd. De aanbodzijde is nu ingrijpend gesaneerd maar de vraag naar
 staal daalt nog steeds. In oktober 1985 hebben de Europese ministers van
 Economische Zaken een akkoord bereikt over het staalbeleid voor de komende
 drie jaar. Dit beleid betekent een kleine stap in de richting van een vrije
 staalmarkt. De kansen liggen vooral op het gebied van hoogwaardige
 staalprodukten.
-Desc-
 *Steel; *Industrial policy; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 669.14 338.45: 338.22 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 3
-A-
 7774301 860400301
-W-
 Investment in trade; the Japanese general traders in Western Europe
 Burton, F.N.; Saelens, F.H
 EDITION: 24p.A5
 Gestion 2000, Louvain-la-Neuve, (3), nr. 3, 1985, p. 49)., Figs. Ref. Tabs
 CATALOG NO.: ASE-3-1985. R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 In Western Europe the Japanese general traders (sogo-shosha) have built up
 an extensive network of sales subsidiaries ao establishments. It is not
 expected that the number of subsidiaries will increase to any great extent.
 Not only in Europe, but also worldwide, it appears that the traders' period
 of rapid expansion has come to an end and, conversely, that a period of
 consolidation has set in. Outline of the basic characteristics of general
 traders and their associated industrial groupings, of foreign direct
 investment (overview of Japan' s largest foreign direct investors), and of
 direct investment in Western Europe classified into regional management
 offices, trading subsidiaries, and sales -, service - an d manufacturing
 companies. Description of owner characteristics. Statistics, 1982. (Resume
 francais).
-Desc-
 *General trading firms; *Joint ventures; *Subsidiaries; *Foreign investments
 of a country; *Japan; Western Europe; Ownership
 UDC NO.: 658.114.513.25 658.114.513.241 339.727.24 (520)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 4
-A-
 7768024 860100024
-W-
 Corporation and change; Austria, Switzerland, and the politics of industry
 Katzenstein, P.J
 USA, Ithaca, Cornell univ. press, 1984. , 331p.A5 Ref. Tabs ISBN:
 0-8014-1716-3 CATALOG NO.: 3-9081
 SERIES: (Cornell studies in political economy).
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 On the basis of the argument that political stability and economic
 flexibility are not contradictory but mutually contingent, the small
 economies of Austria and Switzerland are investigated and compared, two
 states where economic openness and vulnerability have made possible
 corporatist arrangements, which shape the politics and policy of industrial
 adjustment. Description of Austria' s social democracy, Switzerland' s
 liberal capitalism, and both countries' democratic corporatism.
 Investigation of the politics of change in the textile industry, and in the
 steel and watch industries. Statistics, 1970 and 1980.
-Desc-
 *Mixed economy; *Welfare state; *Politics; *Trade unions*Austria;
 *Switzerland ; Industrial policy; Textiles; Steel; Watches;
 Clocks
 UDC NO.: 330.342.146 32 331.881 (436) (494)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 5
-A-
 7766197 852400197
-W-
 India; industrial export project-engineering products
 Publ. by World bank; Western Africa project department; Water supply
 divisio
 USA, Washington, 1985., 80p.A4 Graphs.Tabs CATALOG NO.: WOBAZ-382-1985 Not
 to be lent
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Govt. Publication
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 The industrial export sector in India is overviewed. The proposed project
 consists of 2 loans, as follows: a 90 million US dollar International Bank
 for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) loan to the Government of India
 (GOI) to finance foreign exchange costs of several credits, a Productivity
 Fund and an Export Marketing Fund. A second IBRD loan of 160 million US
 dollar to the Industrial Credit and Investment Corporation of India (ICICI)
 to finance the foreign exchange portion of subloans, for export-oriented
 subprojects, with 100 million dollar earmarked especially for engineering
 subprojects. Statistics, 1970-1984.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Projects; *World Bank group; *India ; Export
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 69.05+351.712.2 339.732.2WB (540)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 6
-A-
 7764343 852300343
-W-
 Western Europe
 EDITION: 46p.A4
 Quarterly energy review; Western Europe, London, nr. 3, 1985, p. 1)., Tabs
 CATALOG NO.: QER-3-1985.Western-Europe R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Covered are energy developments and policies in Western European countries:
 Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, West Germany, Greece, Ireland,
 Italy, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Switzerland and United Kingdom.
 Production, consumption, foreign trade in the sectors oil, coal, natural
 gas, electricity and power. Statistics, 1973/2000.
-Desc-
 *Energy; *Oil; *Western Europe; Energy policy; Coal;
 Electricity; Electric power; Natural gas; Petrochemical industry
 UDC NO.: 620.9 665.61 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 7
-A-
 7762185 852200185
-W-
 Japan: Partner und Konkurrent
 Laumer, H.; Ochel, W.; Ernst, A
 EDITION: 71p.A4
 IFO Schnelldienst, Munchen , (38), nr. 26/27, Sept. 26, 1985, p. 1).,
 Graphs.Tabs CATALOG NO.: IFD-26/27-1985.09.26 R
-Lang-
 German
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Acht Beitrage uber Japan. H. Laumer: Hohe Defizite im Japanhandel der EG. H.
 Laumer und W. Ochel: Industrielle Strukturanpassung: das japanische Modell.
 A. Ernst: Das japanische Beschaftigungssystem; Auswirkungen auf die
 internationale Wettbewerbsfahigkeit. M. Eli: Wirtschaftliche Verbundgruppen
 und Universalhandelshauser in Japan. L. Scholz: Forschungs- und
 Technologiepolitik in Japan und der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. M. Kuchle:
 Deutsch-japanische industrielle Kooperation. R. Ziegler: Die Deutsche
 Leistungsschau Tokio 1984 im Urteil der Aussteller. Statistiken, 1965-85.
-Desc-
 *Foreign trade; *International cooperation; *Industrial policy; *Science
 policy; *Research policy; *Japan; Labour market; Employment; General trading
 firms; Conglomerates; Western Europe; Germany FR
 UDC NO.: 339.5 339.92 338.45: 338.22 001.891: 338.22 (520)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 8
-A-
 7762164 852200164
-W-
 Gevecht om wereldmarkt
 Wolff, L.J. de
 EDITION: 5p.A4
 Financieel-economisch magazine, FEM, Amsterdam, nr. 30, sept. 7, 1985, p.
 19)., Ill. Portrs CATALOG NO.: FEA-30-1985.09.07 R
-Lang-
 Dutch
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Er is geen economische oorlog tussen Amerika, Japan en Europa, maar tussen
 bedrijven en groepen van bedrijven om de wereldmarkt, volgens Keniche Ohmae
 op het managements-symposium te Sankt Gallen. " Insiderization" is volgens
 Ohmae het antwoord van multinationale ondernemingen op het
 neo-protectionisme. Alternatieven zijn joint ventures en consortiums,
 volgens Ohmae. Volgens Junne is een typisch Europees probleem dat de
 belangrijkste bedrijven in de EG-landen ongeveer even groot zijn met als
 gevolg dat bundeling van kracht uitdraait op een ingewikkeld sociaal,
 economisch en juridisch proces.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Monopolistic competition; *Multinationals; *OECD
 countries; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 338.5.013.1 658.114.513.24 (100.3) (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 9
-A-
 7762142 852200142
-W-
 Erfolg und Misserfolg sektoraler Strukturpolitik; Bericht ueber den
 wissenschaftlichen Teil der 47. Mitgliedervesammlung der Arbeitsgemeinschaft
 deutscher wirtschaftswissenschaftlicher Forschungsinst- itute e.V. in Bonn
 am 10. und 11. Mai 1984
 Germany FR, Berlin, Duncker und Humblot, 1985., 312p.A5 Graphs.Ref. Tab
 ISBN: 3-428-05791-0 CATALOG NO.: BEKP-31-1985
 SERIES: (Beihefte der Konjunkturpolitik, Heft 31).
-Lang-
 German
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Dreizehn Referate versuchen die sektorale Strukturpolitik zu begrunden im
 Rahmen dreier Abschnitte. 1. Ziele, Probleme, und Evaluierung staatlicher
 Strukturpolitik (ua Kumulations- und Kompensationseffekte staatlicher
 Strukturpolitik; Moglichkeiten zur Konkretisierung von Subventionszielen als
 Grundlage fur eine Erfolgskontrolle). 2. Eingriffe, dargestellt an
 Beispielen (ua Mittelstandspolitik und ihre sektorale Auswirkung am Beispiel
 der Existenzgrundungen; Forschungs- und Technologiepolitik und
 Wirtschaftsstruktur; Strukturwandel im Weltschiffbau-Auswirkungen auf die
 westeuropaische Schiffbauindustrie, dargestellt an den Beispielen BRD, Japan
 und Schweden). Im 3. Teil ua Leitlinien fur eine politik r positiven
 Strukturanpassung, und die Rolle der Wirtschaftspolitik im Strukturwandel
 der BRD.
-Desc-
 *Economic policy; *Economic structure; *Subsidies and guarantees; *Germany
 FR; *Western Europe ; Small business policy; Foundation of a company;
 Science policy; Research policy; Shipbuildin; World; International
 UDC NO.: 338.22 338.4 338.246.062.2 (430.1) (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 10
-A-
 7756132 851900132
-W-
 CITIC: Pacesetting corporation; can this unique group of former
 industrialists sustain its recent success?
 Engle, T
 EDITION: 6p.A4
 China business review, Washington, (12), nr. 4, July / Aug., 1985, p. 6).,
 Portrs.Tabs CATALOG NO.: UCH-4-1985.07/08
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Founded in 1979, the China International Trust and Investment Corporation
 (CITIC) has become one of the principal vehicles for re-enlisting the skills
 of these former industrialists, bringing them back into the economic
 mainstream. CITIC' s joint ventures with foreign companies. CITIC invested
 abroad and at home. An interview with Rong Yiren, chairman of the Board of
 Directors of the CITIC.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Information for industry; *Advice; *China PR
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 659.235 (510)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 11
-A-
 7754437 851800437
-W-
 Wirkungen von Subventionen und Quoten-das Beispiel der EG-Stahlindustrie
 Herdmann, U.; Weis, F.D
 EDITION: 13p.A4
 Weltwirtschaft, Tubingen , nr. 1, 1985, p. 101)., Graphs.Ref. Tabs
 CATALOG NO.: WYW-1-1985 R
-Lang-
 German
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Die gegenwartige Situation auf dem Weltstahlmarkt ist vor allem
 gekenzeichnet durch die anhaltende Nachfrageschwache in den klassischen
 stahlverbrauchenden Landern, das steigende Angebot der fortgeschrittenen
 Entwicklungslander, aber auch der Staatshandler, den anhaltenden Preisdruck
 und ubersehbare politische Anstrengungen, Investitionen, Produktion und
 Handel im Stahlsektor zu lenken. Untersucht werden die Auswirkungen von
 Subventionen und Quoten bei der Stahlindustrie in der Europaischen
 Gemeinschaft. Subventionen fur die EG-Stahlindustrie 1980-1985.
 Kapazitatsauslastung in der EG-Stahlindustrie 1970-1983. Schaubilder.
 Statistiken, 1970-1985.
-Desc-
 *Steel; *Industrial policy; *Subsidies and guarantees; *EEC; *Western
 Europe
 UDC NO.: 669.14 338.45: 338.22 338.246.062.2 339.543.62EEC (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 12
-A-
 7754097 851800097
-W-
 Economic trends 1985/86; world economic expansion only moderate
 EDITION: 6p.A4
 Economic bulletin DIW, Farnborough, (22), nr. 6, Aug., 1985, p. 1)., Tabs
 CATALOG NO.: EMC-6-1985.08 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 A closer look at the situation in the United States shows that demand and
 output trends there are increasingly diverging. The current deficit is
 steadily increasing, which did, however, not entail a loss of confidence,
 because of the big capital inflow to the United States, which caused a high
 dollar exchange rate and weakened American competitiveness. Other countries
 have benefited of the growth in demand in the USA. through exports. Economic
 policies in Western Europe continued to be too restrictive: none of the
 Western European countries pursuing a policy which will cause the economy
 grow daster. Trend of gross national products in western industrial
 countries. Trends in GNP components. Trends in gross i comes, unit profits
 and wage costs per unit of output. Savings and investment in selected
 countries. Statistics, 1984-1986.
-Desc-
 *Economic development; *USA; *Western Europe; *Japan; OECD countries
 UDC NO.: 338.1 (73) (4-15) (520)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 13
-A-
 7752307 851700307
-W-
 Activity of the conference 31st annual report-1984; resolution of the Co. of
 ministers of transport and reports approved in 1984
 Publ. by European conference of ministers of transport, ECMT
 France, Paris, 1984. , y. 327p.A4 Graphs.Tabs ISBN: 92-821-1097-4
 CATALOG NO.: ECMA-1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Annual Report
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Outline of the structure and proceedings of the Conference. Activities of
 the ECMT: general transport policy, activitiesin particular fields, economic
 research and documentation, external relations. Trends in the transport
 sector, 1970-83. General questions. Raod traffic rules and signs and signals
 adopted by the ministers. Reports approved by the Co. of ministers.
 Statistics, 1960-1982.
-Desc-
 *Transport; *Transport policy; *Shipping conferences; *Transport
 conferences; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 656 656: 338.22 656.078.1 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 14
-A-
 7750107 851600107
-W-
 Economic survey of Europe in 1984-85
 Publ. by United Nations; Economic commission for Europe
 USA, New York, 1985., y. 262p.A4 Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: UNEC-1985
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Annual Report
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Economic development, short-term prospects and analysis of current policies
 in Western Europe and North America. Output and demand. Costs and prices.
 Productivity. Labour market developments. Developments in Southern Europe,
 esp. Yugoslavia, Eastern Europe and the USSR. Growth of national output.
 Foreign relations. Resources for domestic use. Agriculture. Industry.
 Investment. Consumer incomes and supplies. Labour productivity.
 International trade and payments. East-West trade. Statistics, 1970/1983.
-Desc-
 *Economic development; *Economic policy; *Europe; *Canada ; *USA; World
 trade; Labour market; Employment
 UDC NO.: 338.1 338.22 (4) (71) (73)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 15
-A-
 7748379 851500379
-W-
 Crisis and adjustment in European steel; beyond laisser-faire
 Tsoukalis, L.; Strauss, R
 EDITION: 22p.A5
 Journal of common market studies, Oxford, (23), nr. 3, March, 1985, p.
 207)., Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: JCT-3-1985.03 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 So far steel is the only industrial sector in which the European Commission
 and the Community in general have developed a coherent policy. An evaluation
 is made of the Community' s role in the management of the crisis and the
 restructuring of European steel. The objective of EC policy has been to
 arrest the decline in prices and the consequent financial losses incurred by
 steel producers, while at the same time preserving a certain degree of
 freedom in intra-EC trade. It is argued that despite its many limitations
 the EC policy on steel was better than no policy at all. However, the lack
 of transnational integration on the production level is likely to act as a
 major obstacle to further EC cooperation in ind ustrial policy.
-Desc-
 *Steel; *Industrial policy; *EEC; *Recession; *Crises; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 669.14 338.45: 338.22 339.543.62EEC 338.124 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 16
-A-
 7748150 851500150
-W-
 Europe' s industries; public and private strategies for change (Ed. by
 Shepherd, G., Duch^ene, F., Saunders, C. )
 USA, Ithaca, Cornell university press, 1983., 292p.A5 Bibl. Graphs.Ref. Tabs
 ISBN: 0-8014-1706-6 CATALOG NO.: 2-2436
 SERIES: (Cornell studies in political economy).
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Report on a research project which aimed at identifying the kinds of
 adjustment problems facing Western European industry and at understanding
 public and private responses to these challenges. It contains eight sector
 studies on textiles, steel, shipbuilding, motor cars, electrical power
 plants, process plant contracting, machine tools, and semiconductors. The
 final chapter focuses on Japan' s growing competitive presence and in
 particular on the post-war development of the shipbuilding, motor car and
 semiconductor industries in Japan.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Textiles; *Steel; *Shipbuilding; *Western Europe;
 Automobiles; Cars; Machine tools; Electricity; Electric power;
 Semiconductors; Process industries
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 677 669.14 629.12 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 17
-A-
 7746016 851400016
-W-
 Les transformations du systeme industriel occidental
 Bienayme, A
 EDITION: 6p.A4
 Problemes economiques; selection de textes francais et etrangers, Paris, nr.
 1925, mai 22, 1985, p. 6)., CATALOG NO.: PBE-1925.05.22 R
-Lang-
 French
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 C' est difficile de qualifier les economies occidentales. Trois
 qualifications, avec des zones d' ombre sont expliques. Premiere: la societe
 post-industrielle dans laquelle la production se tranforme, les differences
 s' estompent entre le secteur secondaire et tertiaire et dans laquelle l'
 information devient tres important. Deuxieme: la societe salariale dans
 laquelle il n' est plus possible d' etablir un lien entre revenus
 individuels et la contribution a la production, suivi par rigidites
 nouvelles. Troisieme: la societe mixte ou l' Etat et les autres agents du
 secteur prive interferent dans les processus de decision et de regulation,
 ayant consequences pour le fonctionnement des entrepr es. Points de vue.
 (Chroniques d' actualite de la SEDEIS, 15 fevrier 1985).
-Desc-
 *Economic systems; *Economic structure; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 330.342.1 338.4 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 18
-A-
 7744185 851300185
-W-
 World economic outlook
 EDITION: 6p.A4
 IMF survey, Washington , (14), nr. 10, May 13, 1985, p. 145)., Graphs.Ill.
 Tab CATALOG NO.: IFU-10-1985.05.13
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Despite expected industrial country growth in the 3% range over the next two
 years - accompanied by inflation of just under 4% - the continuation of high
 rates of unemployment in Europe and major financial imbalances in some
 countries cause concern. Mixed prospects for developing countries. No
 substantial changes are to be expected in the monetary conditions of the
 major industrial countries. There remains considerable uncertainty about the
 cause of the high real interest rate. Structural problems. Structural policy
 options: deregulation and industrial policy formulation. Capital flows and
 world oil prospects affect the outlook for developing nations. Statistics,
 1973-1985.
-Desc-
 *World economy; *International Monetary Fund; *IMF
 UDC NO.: 339.9 (100) 339.732.4IMF
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 19
-A-
 7744089 851300089
-W-
 Jordan
 Johns, R.; Khouri, R.; Counsell, A
 EDITION: 4p.A2
 Financial times, London , May 24, 1985, p. 9)., Ill. Maps. Portr. Tab
 CATALOG NO.: FTS-1985.05.24
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Jordan' s economic problems could prove as intractable as the Palestinian
 issue. The new government has to reactivate the economy, stimulate the
 private sector and encourage foreign investment. The GNP dropped in 1984 to
 2.4% (population growth is 3.8% per annum). The central government' s
 budget. Planning. Water supplies. Banking. Industry: for 1984 a rise of 15%
 in the industrial production. Trade protocol between Egypt and Jordan.
 Increase in exports. Free trade zones (to attract foreign companies).
 Agriculture' s share in GDP was only 5.6%. In 1984, drought was severe. A
 very weak marketing system is the crux of the problem: there is no
 well-defined, long-term agricultural policy taking into consideration
 omestic and export demands. Tourism. Statistics, 1980-1984.
-Desc-
 *Economic development; *Jordan
 UDC NO.: 338.1 (569.5)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 20
-A-
 7742329 851200329
-W-
 Corporate R and D strategy, innovation and funding issues (Ed. by Brown,
 J.K., Kay, L.W. )
 Publ. by Conference board
 USA, New York, 1985. , 72p.A4 Graphs ISBN: 0-8237-0304-5 CATALOG NO.:
 NAIR-863-1985
 SERIES: (Conference board report no. 863).
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Fifteen contributions by E. David Jr, J. Baruch, J. Harwood, L. Krogh, R.
 Lockerd, D. Berg, H. Doan, L. Sumney, P. Smidt, F. Middleton, ao. Discussion
 of issues of R and D as a critical factor in the corporate management
 setting (oa process automation in the automative industry, and the
 entrepreneurial spirit in a large company). Fostering innovation in a
 university setting. Creative approachs to funding R and D (ao the consortium
 approach to research, a case history of partnerships, and external sources
 of growth in corporate venturing). Corporate straegy and R and D. Industrial
 R and D in Western Europe. US-context.
-Desc-
 *Research and development (firm); *Innovation; *New products; *Corporate
 strategy; *Business policy; *Management and organization; *USA ; Process
 industries; Large-sized firms; Higher education; Universities; Equity
 finance; Venture capital; Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 658.012.1 658.624 658.011.1 658.01 (73)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 21
-A-
 7742214 851200214
-W-
 International transfer of new technologies and problems of adjustment in
 small open economies (Proceedings of the Third Canadian-Hungarian economic
 roundtabe, April 28-30, 1982 Budapest (Ed. by Balkay, B. )
 Publ. by Hungarian scientific council for world economy
 Hungary, Budapest, 1984., 256p.A5 Ref. Tabs ISBN: 963-301-115-9 CATALOG NO.:
 TELM-50-1984
 SERIES: (Trends in world economy, nr. 50).
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Seventeen contributions by M. Simai, K. Kadas, I. Dobozi, A. Abonyi, F.
 Flatters, B. Szanto, R. McRae, T. Hazledine, L. Drechsler, T. Szatmari, ao,
 discussing aspects of general policy problems of international and
 interregional technology transfer (notably in Hungary and between East
 Europe and LDC' s); of industrial policy and structural adjustment in open
 economies (ao energy policy and labour adjustment in Canada); of macro
 economic issues of technology imports to Hungary; of financing and
 regulatory issues of technology transfer; of technology policy in national
 and regional integration setting. Presentation of sectoral studies of
 international technology movements (telecommunications-, aluminium- and
 textile industry in an Hungarian, Canadian and North-South context).
 Statistics.
-Desc-
 *Technology transfer; *Industrial policy; *International economic relations;
 *Hungary; *Canada; Innovation; New products; Worl; International
 UDC NO.: 60: 659.24 338.45: 338.22 339.9 (439) (71)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 22
-A-
 7742150 851200150
-W-
 Industrial policy in France
 Keyder, C.; Balassa, B
 EDITION: 12p.A4
 American economic review, Nashville, (75), nr. 2, May, 1985, p. 308).,
 Ref CATALOG NO.: AER-2-1985.05 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Two papers on industrial policy in France. The first paper deals with the
 persistent importance of the state in French economy since 1750. The second
 reviews the French record with industrial policy under the socialist
 government since 1981. It is argued that, in line with its expansionary
 stance, the government postponed the necessary adjustment in French
 industries while wages and social charges increased.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *France
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 (44)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 23
-A-
 7742034 851200034
-W-
 Confederazione generale dell industria italiana (Confindustria); relazione
 annuale
 Confindustria
 Italy, Roma, 1985., y CATALOG NO.: CGIIY-1984
-Lang-
 Italian
-DocType-
 Yearbook
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Activities of the syndicate. Economic development and policy. Industrial
 policy. Finance of industry. Technological innovation. Problem of state
 participation. Sources of energy. Transport. Public services. Technical
 norms and legislations. Price policy and tariffs. Gas tariff. Company law.
 Competition. Industrial property. Consumer policy. European economic
 integration. Development of bilateral relations. Export finance.
 Organisation of foreign trade. Developments in the small business sector.
 Labour market. Social security. Fiscal problems. (Itafian text).
-Desc-
 *Employers' associations; *Industry; *Economic development ; *Italy
 UDC NO.: 331.882 338.45 338.1 (45)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 24
-A-
 7740076 851100076
-W-
 Study trip to Japan: 23 september - 6 oktober 1984 by a delegation of The "
 Professor B.M. Telders international law debating society"
 Netherlands, ' s-Gravenhage, 1984., 221p.A4 Bibl. Figs. Graphs.Ref. Tab
 CATALOG NO.: 4-2902
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Mkt Res Rpt
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Account of the study tour of Japan containing a record of summarized
 briefings and lectures delivered by a large number of experts and
 representatives. Japan in the world today and its relations to the EEC.
 Vision of Dutch companies and of the Dutch government on doing business with
 Japan. Joint ventures. System of law. Japan' s foreign policy and its
 relations with the Netherlands. World trade center of Japan. Japan-US
 political relations. Philips and ABN in Japan. Ministry of international
 trade and industry. Educational system. Socio-economic approach to Japan.
 The Japanese company as a competitor.
-Desc-
 *Country profile; *Investment climate; *Trading practices*International
 cooperation; *Japan; Western Europe; USA
 UDC NO.: 338 338.45: 304 339.16 339.92 (520)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 25
-A-
 7738257 851000257
-W-
 The development of the European information industry
 Middleton, R
 EDITION: 13p.A5
 Electronic publishing review, Abingdon, (5), nr. 1, March, 1985, p. 49)
 Portr. Ref. Tab CATALOG NO.: EPR-1-1985.03
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Analysis of the current situation of the European information industry,
 referring to its recent past. Interrelated features of the present situation
 of the industry are strength in traditional publishing; concentration on the
 bibliographic sector; very strong government influence; fragmentation of
 markets (few Europe-wide services). Conclusions are drawn about the
 conditions for its future development. In an annex the conclusions and
 proposals for action of Euripa (the trade association representing the
 private sector of the European information industry), which has studied the
 barriers to the growth of the industry, are discussed. Finally a policy
 statement by Euripa on the roles of the public and private sectors is
 summarized. Statistics, 1981-87.
-Desc-
 *Information industry; *Media; *Industrial policy; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 621.39+655 338.45: 338.22 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 26
-A-
 7738235 851000235
-W-
 Technological innovation in a corporatist state; the case of biotechnology
 in the Federal Republic of Germany
 Jasanoff, S
 EDITION: 16p.A4
 Research policy; a journal devoted to research policy, research management
 and planning, Amsterdam , (14), nr. 1, Feb., 1985, p. 23)., Ref. Tab CATALOG
 NO.: RNI-1-1985.02 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Examination of a decade (1965-77) of federal support for biotechnology, in
 order to determine the impact of liberal corporatist patterns of
 decision-making on industrial policy (which is taken to include both public
 initiatives aimed at promoting the new technology and those designed to
 control its risks). The distinct forms of corporatism discernible are large
 businesses, the state, and the academic research community, influential in
 defining the scope and specific objectives of the federally funded R and D
 program in biotechnology.
-Desc-
 *Biotechnology; *Scientific research; *Industrial policy; *Public decision
 making; *Germany FR
 UDC NO.: 62: 57 001.891 338.45: 338.22 338.22: 519.816 (430.1)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 27
-A-
 7736454 850900454
-W-
 Gas prospects in Western Europe
 Frazer, F
 Publ. by Financial times business information
 United Kingdom, London. 1981. , 224p.A4 Bibl. Figs. Graphs.Maps. Ref. Tabs
 ISBN: 0-903199-51-3 CATALOG NO.: 4-2920 Not to be lent
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Mkt Res Rpt
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Development of the Western European gas industry. Nature of gas. Gas as an
 energy source. Natural gas reserves. Prospects for gas imports. Ownership
 and control of resources. Development of gas technology. Economics of gas
 supply. Trends in gas pricing. Politics of gas supply. Future market for
 gas. Gas in petrochemicals. Areas for investment. Statistics, 1950-2000.
-Desc-
 *Natural gas; *Western Europe ; Natural resources; Reserves; Import; Price
 policy; Petrochemical industry; Energy
 UDC NO.: 662.767 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 28
-A-
 7734112 850800112
-W-
 Italy
 Buxton, J.; Gilbert, S.; Friedman, A.; ao
 EDITION: 12p.A2
 Financial times, London , March 11, 1985, section III, p. 1)., Fig.
 Graphs.Ill CATALOG NO.: FTS-1985.03.11
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Italy' s economy has bounded out of recession and registered faster growth
 than virtually every country in Western Europe. Whether the country can
 consolidate that achievement depends much on whether the government of
 Bettio Craxi survives. Political scene. Local elections. Defence and foreign
 policy. Banking and finance. Tax controversy. Wage indexation issue.
 Industrial sector. Changing ownership of industry. State industries. Social
 issues. War against the mafia. Corruption and politics. Sports. Music and
 the arts. Television and the press. Statistics, 1970-85.
-Desc-
 *Economic development; *Italy
 UDC NO.: 338.1 (45)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 29
-A-
 7732159 850700159
-W-
 Recent changes in Europe' s trade
 EDITION: 121p.A4
 Economic bulletin for Europe, New York, (36), nr. 4, Dec., 1984, p. 393).,
 Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: EBU-4-1984.12 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Economic developments in the ECE region, developments in East-West economic
 relations, and structural changes in North-South trade, with emphasis on the
 trade of the ECE region. World trade. Trade prices and terms of trade.
 Current account. East-West trade and credit flows. Balance of payments.
 Trade structure. Statistics, 1965-84.
-Desc-
 *Foreign trade; *Western Europe; World trade; East-West trade; Economic
 development; Foreign exchange
 UDC NO.: 339.5 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 30
-A-
 7730225 850600225
-W-
 Western Europe
 EDITION: 49p.A4
 Quarterly energy review; Western Europe, London, nr. 4, 1984, p. 1)., Tabs
 CATALOG NO.: QER-4-1984.Western-Europe R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Special report on electricity in the UK. Regional review: Energy policy.
 Supply, demand and prices mostly concerning Belgium, Denmark, France, West
 Germany, European Community, Italy, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain,
 Sweden, Switzerland and UK. Oil. Coal. Gas. Electricity. Statistics,
 1983/84.
-Desc-
 *Energy; *Oil; *Western Europe; Energy policy; Coal; Electricity; Electric
 power; Natural gas; Petrochemical industry
 UDC NO.: 620.9 665.61 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 31
-A-
 7728297 850500297
-W-
 RSV-enqu^ete; enqu^ete Rijn-Schelde-Verolme (RSV); verslag van de Enqu^
 etecommissie Rijn-Schelde-Verolme (RSV
 Netherlands, ' s-Gravenhage, Staatsuitgeverij, 1984, 16 dln., 1788p.A4 Ill
 ISBN: 90-12-04786-2 CATALOG NO.: 4-2895--1/16--1984
 SERIES: Kamerstukken Tweede kamer, Vergaderjaar 1984-1985, 17817, nr. 21).
-Lang-
 Dutch
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Overheidsbeleid tav RSV, en gang van zaken in en rond het concern sedert de
 jaren zestig. Deel 1. Opkomst en ondergang van RSV 1965-77. Deel 2. Periode
 1977-83. Deel 3. Werkwijze en procedures. Delen 4 t/m 7. Bijlagen. Delen 10
 en 11. Hoofdlijnen ontwikkeling; rapport en externe deskundigen. Deel 11.
 ROS, Simon Stevin, bouw voor eigen rekening. Deel 12. Kolengraver,
 Algerije-projecten. Deel 13. Verhoren 1965-71. Deel 14. Verhoren 1971-77.
 Delen 15 en 16. Verhoren 1977-83. (Summary in Eng. in part 2).
-Desc-
 *Failure; *Bankruptcy; *Company profiles; *Shipbuilding; *Industrial policy;
 *Netherlands; Building machines; Economic history; Public decision making;
 Yards; Offshore industry
 UDC NO.: 658.11.016.8: 347.736 658.11: 001.87 629.12 338.45: 338.22 (492)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 32
-A-
 7728242 850500242
-W-
 European multinationals in the semiconductor industry; their position in
 microprocessors
 Tulder, R. van; Empel, E. van
 Netherlands, Amsterdam, 1984. , 85p.A4 Bibl. Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.:
 BROS-8497-1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Mkt Res Rpt
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Increasing vertical integration in the European semiconductor industry and
 strategies in the production of microprocessors. Market position compared to
 Japan and USA. Political and industrial strategies in France, Germany and
 United Kingdom. International agreements among semiconductor producers. EEC
 industrial policy. Microprocessors as a growth sector. Military
 applications.
-Desc-
 *Semiconductors; *Multinationals; *Western Europe ; Industrial policy; EEC;
 Competition
 UDC NO.: 621.382 658.114.513.24 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 33
-A-
 7726179 850400179
-W-
 The newly industrializing countries: trade and adjustment
 Turner, L.; McMullen, N.; Colin, I.; a.o
 United Kingdom, London, 1982. , 302p.A5 Bibl. Ref. Tabs ISBN: 0-04-382036-0
 CATALOG NO.: 3-8910
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Survey of the interplay of political and economic forces in certain US and
 Western European manufacturing industries which are currently being
 penetrated by the leading third world exporters (NICs). Textiles and
 clothing. Consumer electronics (colour television). Automobiles. Iron and
 steel. Petrochemicals. US and European trade political reactions, and the
 view from NICs. Major issues in the adjustment debate. NICs in this book
 are: S. Korea , Taiwan, Hongkong, Singapore, Brazil, Mexico, Argentina,
 India. Statistics last decennia.
-Desc-
 *World trade; *Foreign trade policy; *Western Europe; *USA; *Developing
 countries; *Newly industrializing countries; Textiles; Television sets;
 Automobiles; Cars; Iron; Steel; Petrochemical industry
 UDC NO.: 339.5 (100) 339.54 (4-15) (73) (5/9)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 34
-A-
 7724119 850300119
-W-
 Albania' s economy today and tomorrow
 Ellman, M
 EDITION: 8p.A5
 World economy, Oxford , (7), nr. 3, Sept., 1984, p. 333)., Ref. Tabs
 CATALOG NO.: WEV-3-1984.09 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Outline of Albania' s economic development. Employment and investment
 policy. Foreign aid. Natural resources and their utilization. Industry and
 agriculture. Foreign trade. Political situation. Albania is becoming a
 state-controlled industrial-agrarian economy. The country is no longer
 dependent on foreign aid, but hes become self-supporting. Economic
 development depends on the efficiency with which she exploits her indigenous
 natural resources and on the prices that they fetch on world markets. Trade
 and other links between Albania and Western Europe are in the interest of
 both parties. Statistics, 1951-82.
-Desc-
 *Economic development; *Communist economy; *Albania
 UDC NO.: 338.1 330.342.152 (496.5)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 35
-A-
 7722389 850200389
-W-
 La restructuration de la siderurgie europeenne; une oeuvre en voie d'
 achevement
 Vanderseypen, G
 EDITION: 10p.A4
 Revue du Marche commun, Paris, nr. 280, sept. / oct., 1984, p. 389)., Ref.
 Tabs CATALOG NO.: RMD-280-1984.09/10
-Lang-
 French
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Cela fait de 10 ans que la CEE est confrontee aux problemes de la crise de
 son siderurgique. La plupart des pays industrialises procederont dans les
 prochaines annees a des restructurations considerables de leur siderurgie
 afin de s' adapter aux besoins du marche et aux niveaux imperatifs de
 competitivite. Developpement de la siderurgie communautaire, probleme des
 surcapacites et la politique de restructuration. Code des Aides. Adhesion de
 l' Espagne et du Portugal. Perspectives. Statistiques, 1960-90.
-Desc-
 *Iron; *Industrial policy; *Reorganization of an economic sector; *Western
 Europe
 UDC NO.: 669.12 338.45: 338.22 338.45.011.8 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 36
-A-
 7722271 850200271
-W-
 Esprit; maakt de informatietechnologie Europese geesten los?
 Linde, J.G. van der
 EDITION: 4p.A4
 Economisch statistische berichten, ESB, Rotterdam, (69), nr. 3483, nov. 28,
 1984, p. 1130)., Ref CATALOG NO.: ESB-3483-1984.11.28 R
-Lang-
 Dutch
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 De informatietechnologie in de Europese Gemeenschap heeft achterstand op de
 Amerikaanse en Japanse industrie. Het Esprit-programma, goedgekeurd op 28
 februari 1984, is een belangrijke bijdrage aan de ontwikkeling van een
 Europees onderzoeks- en ontwikkelingspotentieel. Voorgeschiedenis en
 betekenis van het programma. De informatie-industrie in Europa.
 Esprit-werkprogramma (werkterreinen, looptijd, voorwaarden voor deelname aan
 het programma).
-Desc-
 *Information industry; *Media; *Technology; *Research and development
 (firm); *Science policy; *Research policy; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 621.39+655 60 658.012.1 001.891: 338.22 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 37
-A-
 7722237 850200237
-W-
 Social Europe May 1984
 Publ. by Commission of the European communities; Directorate-general for
 employment, social affairs and education
 Luxembourg, Luxembourg, 1984. , 125p.A4 Graphs.Ill. Portrs.Ref. Tabs
 CATALOG NO.: CESI-1--may--1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Overview of the main developments in the social field which have taken place
 in the European community in 1983. The main topics are unemployment and the
 employment policies in the ten member states, the problem of how jobs will
 be affected by the introduction of new technology and the reform of social
 security systems. Further discussion of worksharing, parental leave,
 illiteracy and vocational training, toxicology, extractive, industries
 safety and occupational cancer, and the social impact of new technologies in
 banking and in the automobile industry. Statistics. 1981-1982.
-Desc-
 *Social policy; *Unemployment policy; *Social security; *Working conditions;
 *Western Europe; Technology; Education; Occupational safety
 UDC NO.: 351.83 331.57 368.4 658.382 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 38
-A-
 7720393 850100393
-W-
 Regio' s, De, van de Eurpese Gemeenschap; de sociaal-economische situatie
 van de Europese regio' s
 EDITION: 11p.A5
 Notities over Europa, Luxemburg, nr. 15, okt., 1984, p. 1)., Maps. Re
 CATALOG NO.: BBH-15-1984.10 R
-Lang-
 Dutch
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Tussen de regio' s van de Europese Gemeenschap treden grote economische en
 sociale verschillen aan de dag. De uitbreiding met Spanje en Portugal zal de
 scherpte van die verschillen nog meer doen voelen vooral op het gebied van
 de landbouw en economie. Overzicht van de regionale onevenwichtigheid.
 Sectorgewijze ontwikkeling. Cijfers over BBP, werkloosheid, intensiteit van
 regionale problemen, 1977-81.
-Desc-
 *Regional economy; *Economic structure; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 711.2 338.4 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 39
-A-
 7720292 850100292
-W-
 Deindustrialization: restructuring the economy
 Summers, G.F.; Harris, C.S.; Yago, G.; a.o
 EDITION: 167p.A5
 Annals of the American academy of political and social science, Philadelphia
 , nr. 475, Sept., 1984, p. 1)., Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: APS-475-1984.09 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 The sluggish economy has drawn attention to plant closures and their
 consequences. Shutdowns are dramatically visible outcroppings in the
 restructuring of the American economy. Attention is focused on three aspects
 of the deindustralization debate: the nature of the restructuring, its
 effects on workers and communities, and alternative policy options to deal
 with economic restructuring. A comparison is made between the US
 conservative free-market policy, the French industrial policy, and the
 Swedish, social welfare emphasis. The British experience is also discussed.
 Contributions by C. Harris, G. Yago, H. Korman, Sen-Yuan Wu, M. Schwartz, B.
 Bluestone, K. Root, J. Prial Gordus, R. Fedrau, E. Blakely a.o.
-Desc-
 *Liquidation; *Unemployment; *Industrial policy; *Economic structure; *USA ;
 Social welfare; United Kingdom; France; Sweden
 UDC NO.: 658.11.016.8 331.56 338.45: 338.22 338.4 (73)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 40
-A-
 7720227 850100227
-W-
 Japanese metalworking machinery industry
 EDITION: 61p.A4
 Digest of Japanese industry and technology, Tokyo, nr. 200, 1984, p. 1)
 Graphs.Ill. Tabs CATALOG NO.: DJT-200-1984 S
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Ten contributions by Hideo Matsui, Shinshichi Abe and Takenori Tsuchiya.
 Japan produces annually about 800 billion yen (US.3.33 billion) worth of
 machine tools, which is the largest output in the world. Of Japan' s output,
 about 60% is NC machine tools. Exports amounted to 300 billion yen annually.
 Technological development. Domestic and international problems. Reasons for
 growth. Machine tool fair. Factory automation. Optical system. Activities of
 the Japan Overseas Development Corporation. Industrial policy. List of
 manufacturers. Key products. Statistics, 1970-84.
-Desc-
 *Machinery; *Appliances; *Machine tools; *Branches of industry; *Large-sized
 firms; *Japan; Technology
 UDC NO.: 621 621.9 338.45: 168.2 658.11.017.1 (520)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 41
-A-
 7720134 850100134
-W-
 European industry: public policy and corporate strategy (Ed. by Jacquemin,
 A. )
 United Kingdom, Oxford, Clarendon press, 1984. , 391p.A5 Figs. Graphs.Ref.
 Tabs ISBN: 0-19-828500-0 CATALOG NO.: 2-2338
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Fourteen contributions by J. Lesourne, C. Wilkinson, D. Metcalf, J.
 Waelbroeck, H. de Jong, G. White, G. Shepherd, A. de Lettenhove, M. Eng., C.
 Stoffaes, a.o., on Western European industrial policies, sectoral patterns
 of adjustment and corporate strategies. Trends, ex-and internal
 developments. Employment and industrial assistance. Logic of EC policy
 making. Sectoral development and policies. Intra-industry trade adjustment.
 Industrial change in six sectors. Case study in industrial policy in steel.
 European information technology industry. French industrial strategy in
 sunrise sectors. Micro foundations of industrial policy. Large firms in the
 European corporate economy. Statistics.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Corporate strategy; *Business policy*Western Europe;
 Steel; Micro electronics; Chips; France
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 658.011.1 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 42
-A-
 7718143 842400143
-W-
 Industrie manufacturiere, L', en Italie; quelques aspects structurels
 EDITION: 7p.A4
 Problemes economiques; selection de textes francais et etrangers, Paris, nr.
 1894, oct. 17, 1984, p. 17). , Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.:
 PBE-1894-1984.10.17 R
-Lang-
 French
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 La production industrielle en Italie a eu des phases de croissance tres
 fortes, notamment entre 1977 et 1980, et sur la periode 1970-1983 la
 croissance tendancielle a ete de pres de 3%, contre 2% pour les pays
 europeens de l' OCDE. Cette performance a ete rendue possible par une
 restructuration de l' industrie. Donnees sur la distribution de l' emploi
 par taille d' etablissements et par branche de l' industrie, la productivite
 du travail, les couts de production et les resultats financiers des
 entreprises, l' investissement, et le commerce exterieur des produits
 manufactures. Statistiques, 1971-1982. (OCDE, Etudes Economiques, Italie,
 mai 1984).
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Industrial products; *Employment; *Italy; OECD
 countries
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 62.002.6 331.6 (45)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 43
-A-
 7716171 842300171
-W-
 Comparative advantage and industrial restructuring the Belgian case,
 1970-1980
 Culem, C
 EDITION: 28p.A5
 Cahiers economiques de Bruxelles, Bruxelles , nr. 103, 3e trimestre, 1984,
 p. 457)., Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: CEK-103-1984.3e-trimestre R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 It is attempted to find an answer to a number of questions concerning the
 necessity of the restructuring of Belgian industry. Analysis of factors
 which determine Belgian industry' s comparative advantage vis-a-vis its EEC
 partners, other OECD countries and developing countries. It is investigated
 whether changes tool place in Belgium' s structure of industrial
 specialization, and which sectors of national industry does foreign
 competition, and especially competition from developing countries, threaten
 most. The conceptual framework of analysis is the neo-factor proportion
 theory; it involves regressing an index of revealed comparative advantage on
 the intensities of use of different factors of production. (R esume
 francais).
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Competition; *Economic structure; *Foreign trade
 theory; *Belgium
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 339.117.2 338.4 339.5.01 (493)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 44
-A-
 7714419 842200419
-W-
 Global competition and EEC policy in telecommunications; an Italian
 perspective
 Montella, L
 EDITION: 8p.A4
 Telecommunications policy, Haywards Heath, (8), nr. 3, Sept., 1984, p.
 205)., CATALOG NO.: TEC-3-1984.09
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Interpretation of the future development lines of EEC telecommunications,
 against the background of increasing US and Japanese competition. Europe' s
 subordinate position in this sector is explained in terms of the subdivision
 of services at the national level and the fragmentation of industrial areas
 within the respective countries. Proposition of a European scenario for
 recovery, referring to the Italian problems in testructuring and
 development.
-Desc-
 *Telecommunication; *Industrial policy; *EEC; *Italy; Competition; USA;
 Japan
 UDC NO.: 621.39 338.45: 338.22 339.543.62EEC (45)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 45
-A-
 7714258 842200258
-W-
 Energy demand and supply conditions in Japan
 Hideo Ishihara
 EDITION: 26p.A5
 OPEC review, Vienna , (8), nr. 3, autumn, 1984, p. 283)., Graphs.Ref. Tabs
 CATALOG NO.: OPO-3-1984.autumn R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 The availability of abundant and cheap imported crude oil was the very
 foundation upon which Japanese postwar economic growth was made possible.
 This prompted the shift of the energy source from coal to oil in almost
 every sector of industry, since the early postwar years, whereas in the US
 and Europe there was a reluctance to undertake rapid change to protect
 domestic coal and crude oil production. Development of the present oil
 industry as well as changes in the environment of the industry are analyzed.
 Trends in electric utilities are discussed and and outlook for Japan' s
 long-term energy demand and supply is given. Statistics, 1970-87.
-Desc-
 *Supply and demand; *Energy; *Energy policy; *Industrial policy; *Japan
 UDC NO.: 339.11 620.9 620.9: 338.22 338.45: 338.22 (520)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 46
-A-
 7714252 842200252
-W-
 Innovative strength and competitive position
 Beckurts, K.H
 EDITION: 7p.A4
 IFO digest; a quarterly journal on economic trends in the FR of Germany,
 Munich , (7), nr. 3, Sept., 1984, p. 3). , Portr CATALOG NO.: IGE-3-1984.09
 R
-Lang-
 German
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Development and innovative ability of the West-German industry. Review of
 current technological innovation in three key industrial branches
 (automobile-, chemical-, and electrical industry) supports the view that
 Germany' s industrial goods maintain an enviable position in the
 international arena and its competitive strength in classical, technically
 advanced areas remains largely intact. The roles of universities and
 governments in stimulating innovation efforts are reviewed.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Innovation; *New products; *Competition; *Technology;
 *Germany FR
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 658.624 339.117.2 60 (430.1)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 47
-A-
 7714204 842200204
-W-
 Economic survey of Europe in 1983
 Publ. by United Nations; Economic commission for Europe
 USA, New York, 1984., y. 252p.A4 Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: UNEC-1983
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Annual Report
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Economic development, short-term prospects and analysis of current policies
 in Western Europe and North America. Recession. Inflation. Output and
 demand. Costs and prices. Productivity. Labour market developments.
 Developments in Southern Europe, esp. Yugoslavia, Eastern Europe and the
 USSR. Growth of national output. Efficiency. Foreign relations. Resources
 for domestic use. Agriculture. Industry. Investment. Consumer incomes and
 supplies. Labour productivity. International trade and payments. East-West
 trade. Statistics, 1970/1983.
-Desc-
 *Economic development; *Economic policy; *Europe; *Canada ; *USA; World
 trade; Employment
 UDC NO.: 338.1 338.22 (4) (71) (73)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 48
-A-
 7714115 842200115
-W-
 Swedish economy
 Done, K.; Brown, D.; Montagnon, P
 EDITION: 8p.A2
 Financial times, London, Oct. 5, 1984, section IV, p. 1)., Graphs.Ill.
 Portrs.Tabs CATALOG NO.: FTS-1984.10.05
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 The Swedish economy performed better over the last few years than the
 government had expected, but inflation still looms as the main threat.
 Exports jumped by 12% in volume in 1983. The two devaluations in 1981 and
 1982 have given Swedish industry a competitiveness in international markets.
 Industrial production rose by 6% in 1983. R and D spending is expected to
 exceed SKr 19 br during 1984-85. Sweden has been by far and away the largest
 international borrower in Western Europe in 1984. Chemical and steel
 industry. Engineering. Forestry. Unemployment policy. Politics. Money
 market. Stock exchange. Foreign investors guide. Statistics, 1980-84.
-Desc-
 *Economic development; *Sweden
 UDC NO.: 338.1 (485)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 49
-A-
 7712360 842100360
-W-
 European multinationals in the telecommunications industry; a pilot study
 Tulder, R. van; Junne, G
 Publ. by Universiteit van Amsterdam; Vakgroep internationale betrekkingen en
 volkenrecht, FSW-A
 Netherlands, Amsterdam, 1984. , 88p.A4 Bibl. Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.:
 BROS-8296-1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Mkt Res Rpt
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Analysis of the position of European multinationals in the international
 telecommunication industry. Predominance of multinationals in the
 international telecommunication industry. International position of the
 European telecommunications industry, compared to the telecommunications
 industry of Japan and the USA. Structure of the telecommunications industry
 in different European countries. International cooperation among
 telecommunications equipment manufacturers. Policy of the EEC with regard to
 telecommunications. Statistics, 1980-85. (Bibl. 4p).
-Desc-
 *Telecommunication; *Multinationals; *Western Europe; Japan; USA; Industrial
 policy; EEC
 UDC NO.: 621.39 658.114.513.24 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 50
-A-
 7712357 842100357
-W-
 Fight, The, for Europe
 Jones, K.; Sharman, G.; Tinsley, T.; a.o
 EDITION: 19p.A4
 Electronic business, Boston , (10), nr. 11, Aug. 1, 1984, p. 103).,
 Graphs.Ill. Portrs.Tabs CATALOG NO.: EBI-11-1984.08.01
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Six contributions by K. Jones, G. Sharman, T. Tinsley, J. Gee and W. Arnold.
 Europes electronics manufacturers are cooperating with each other
 increasingly in the face of ever-growing competition from suppliers based in
 the USA and Japan. European governments have invested more than US. 3
 billion per year in supporting their electronics industries. Government
 initiatives both seperately and together with the EEC. Financial performance
 of the 100 largest companies in Western Europe, USA and Japan. Profiles of
 Motorala Inc. and Texas Instrument Inc. Cost of an office in Europe.
 Prospects. Statistics, 1981-87.
-Desc-
 *Electronics; *Private enterprises; *Company profiles; **Profitability;
 *Industrial policy; *Western Europe; USA; Japan
 UDC NO.: 621.38 658.114 658.155 338.45: 338.22 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 51
-A-
 7712002 842100002
-W-
 European multinationals in the robot industry; a pilot study
 Junne, G.; Tulder, R. van
 Publ. by Universiteit van Amsterdam; Vakgroep internationale betrekkingen en
 volkenrecht, FSW-A
 Netherlands, Amstedam, 1984. , 94p.A4 Bibl. Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.:
 BROS-8295-1984
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Mkt Res Rpt
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Analysis of the position of European multinational companies in the
 international robot industry. Increasing importance of multinationals in
 robot production worldwide. International position of the European robot
 industry, compared to the robot industry of Japan and the USA. Structure of
 the robot industries in different Western European countries. International
 cooperation agreements among robot manufacturers. Policy of the EEC with
 regard to robotics. Statistics, 1981-85. (Bibl. 5p).
-Desc-
 *Robots; *Multinationals; *Western Europe; Industrial policy; EEC; Japan;
 USA
 UDC NO.: 007.52 658.114.513.24 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 52
-A-
 7710313 842000313
-W-
 The future of international specialisation in the automotive industry
 Chew, E
 EDITION: 18p.A5
 Policy studies, journal of the policy studies institute, London, (5), nr. 1,
 July, 1984, p. 60)., Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: PST-1-1984.07 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Improvement of industrial competitiveness and adjustment of its economic
 structure to the new forces in the industry is the key challenge facing
 Western Europe. The challenge to its car industry comes not from the Third
 World but from Japan. The managerial techniques, technology and design
 skills of the Japanese industry are transferable. Outright protection would
 probably slow the reorganization of the European industry. Review of vehicle
 production in selected countries, OECD imports of cars and parts by source,
 factors explaining the US-Japanese productivity gap, e.a. Statistics,
 1930-80.
-Desc-
 *Automobiles; *Cars; *International division of labour; *Competition; *OECD
 countries; Management and organization; Technology; Western Europe; Japan;
 USA
 UDC NO.: 629.113 339.9.011.3 339.117.2 (100.3)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 53
-A-
 7710153 842000153
-W-
 Geef ons meer Europa; oproep van het Europese bedrijfsleven aan de
 kandidaten voor de Europese verkiezingen
 Uitg. door Raad van Nederlandse werkgeversverbonden VNO en NCW
 Netherlands, ' s-Gravenhage, 1984., 13p.A4 CATALOG NO.: BROS-8242-1984
-Lang-
 Dutch
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Er wordt weergegeven welk beleid de UNICE (Unie van Europese
 Industriefederaties) noodzakelijk acht om het economische herstelproces in
 de Europese Gemeenschap in goede banen te leiden en welke rol het Europese
 parlement daarbij kan vervullen: bevorderen van investeringen, kiezen voor
 nieuwe technologieen, tot stand brengen van een echte gemeenschappelijke
 markt, versterken van Europa om te kunnen concurreren met Japan en de VS,
 samenwerking van Europese industrieen, meer monetaire stabiliteit,
 harmonisatie van de wetgeving, milieubescherming, meer banen door bedrijven
 de ruimte te geven.
-Desc-
 *Economic policy; *Industrial policy; *Western Europe; EEC
 UDC NO.: 338.22 338.45: 338.22 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 54
-A-
 7708243 841900243
-W-
 Trade and structural changes in the market and centrally-planned economies
 of the ECE
 EDITION: 61p.A4
 Economic bulletin for Europe, New York, (36), nr. 2, June, 1984, p. 95)
 Bibl. Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: EBU-2-1984.06 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Examination of the main changes in the rates of growth of domestic output
 and foreign trade in centrally-planned and market-economies of the ECE.
 (Economic Commission for Europe). The evolution of the trade-output ratio
 (i.e. foreign trade dependence in a broad sence) both globally and by
 specific sectors and branches of activity is analysed. The main factors
 underlying increased foreign trade dependence and the prospects for a
 continuation of those trends in the new economic environment are also
 examined. Statistics, 30p., 1960-1981.
-Desc-
 *Foreign trade; *Market structure; *East Europe; *Western Europe; Foreign
 trade theory
 UDC NO.: 339.5 339.11.012 (4-11) (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 55
-A-
 7708167 841900167
-W-
 Economic survey of Europe in 1982; Prepublication text: Part 1+part 2
 Publ. by United Nations; Economic commission for Europe
 Switzerland, Geneva, 1983. , y. 614p.A4 Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.:
 UNEC--1-2--1982
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Annual Report
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Economic development, short-term prospects and analysis of current policies
 in Western Europe and North America. Recession. Inflation. Output and
 demand. Costs and prices. Productivity. Labour market developments.
 Developments in Southern Europe, esp. Yugoslavia, Eastern Europe and the
 USSR. Growth of national output. Efficiency. Foreign relations. Resources
 for domestic use. Agriculture. Industry. Investment. Consumer incomes and
 supplies. Labour productivity. International trade and payments. East-West
 trade. Statistics, 1960-85.
-Desc-
 *Economic development; *Economic policy; *Europe; *Canada ; *USA; World
 trade; Employment
 UDC NO.: 338.1 338.22 (4) (71) (73)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 56
-A-
 7706364 841800364
-W-
 Female-male earnings differentials in the founder countries of the European
 economic community; an econometric investigation
 Petraki Kottis, A
 EDITION: 20p.A5
 Economist, Leiden , (132), nr. 2, 1984, p. 204)., Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.:
 ECN-2-1984 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: University Level
 Attempt is made to find out whether the female-male earnings differentials
 in the six founder countries of the EEC are caused by the differences in the
 work characteristics of the two groups or by systematic bias against women.
 In cases where discrimination against women appears to exist, an estimate is
 made of its degree. It is found that in all countries considered, with the
 exception of the Netherlands, women have lower average earnings even after
 standardizing for their different work characteristics. A substantial part
 of the female-male earnings differential can not be explained by the
 differences in the work characteristics of women and can be attributed to
 other factors, such as sexual prejudice. Statistics, 1972.
-Desc-
 *Female labour; *Women; *Employees; *Male employees; *; *Wage structure;
 *EEC; *Western Europe; Labour theory; Labour market theory; Statistical
 analysis; Netherlands
 UDC NO.: 658.3-055.2 658.3-05 331.2: 330.564 339.543.62EEC (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 57
-A-
 7706191 841800191
-W-
 Investeren in de toekomst van Europa; nota inzake de Europese Gemeenschap
 van het Verbond van Nederlandse ondernemingen, het Nederlands christelijk
 werkge versverbond en het Cenrtraal orgaan voor de economische betrekkingen
 met het buitenland
 Netherlands, ' s-Gravenhage, Haagse Drukkerij, 1984., 21p.A5 CATALOG NO.:
 BROS-8277-1984
-Lang-
 Dutch
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Aspecten van het EG-beleid die van belang zijn voor het bedrijfsleven.
 Gestreefd wordt naar versterking van de interne markt door afbraak van
 non-tarifaire belemmering, totstandkoming van een Europees vervoersbeleid en
 versterking van het EMS. Industriepolitiek, handelspolitiek en
 mededingingsbeleid.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Foreign trade policy; *Transport policy; *Western
 Europe
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 339.54 656: 338.22 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 58
-A-
 7704170 841700170
-W-
 Strategie voor Europa' s industrie
 EDITION: 10p.A5
 Notities over Europa, Luxemburg , nr. 11, juni / juli, 1984, p. 3)., Graph.
 Ref CATALOG NO.: BBH-11-1984.06/07 R
-Lang-
 Dutch
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 De industriepolitiek van de EG is gericht op verbetering van het
 internationale mededingingsvermogen van de Westeuropese industrie. Enerzijds
 moet de integratie van de Europese markt worden doorgezet en anderzijds moet
 de aanpassing van de produktiestructuren worden bevorderd. De Europese
 Commissie pleit voor opheffing van belemmeringen zoals technische
 handelsbelemmeringen. Investeringen worden gestimuleerd en internationale
 samenwerking wordt uitgebreid. Optreden in bepaalde sectoren.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 59
-A-
 7702319 841600319
-W-
 The Japanese industrial system
 McMillan, C.J
 Germany FR, Berlin, de Gruyter, 1984 X., 368p.A5 Bibl. Figs. Graphs.Ref.
 Tabs ISBN: 3-11-008894-0 CATALOG NO.: 3-8814
 SERIES: (de Gruyter studies in organization/).
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Empirical study of management practices in Japan. The book examines the
 Japanese management ' model' at three levels, government, microeconomic
 sector analysis, and at the level of the corporation. The Japanese society.
 Social origins and structure of business-government relations. Industrial
 planning. Technology policies. Education and management recruitment.
 Management strategy and organization. Human resource strategies and work.
 Production and operations management. Trading firms and distribution.
 Japanese management abroad. Overview of Japan' s banking system. Japanese
 efficiency and learning from Japan. Statistics, 1950-2020.
-Desc-
 *Management and organization; *Industrial policy; *Corporate strategy;
 *Business policy; *Production management; *Japan; Management development;
 Management education; Distribution channels; Banks; Banking; Personnel
 management; Technology
 UDC NO.: 658.01 338.45: 338.22 658.011.1 658.5 (520)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 60
-A-
 7698322 841400322
-W-
 A comparison of management in American, Japanese and European firms, I
 Ikujiro Nonaka; Akihiro Okumura
 EDITION: 18p.A4
 Management Japan; the magazine of multinational businessmen, Tokyo, (17),
 nr. 1, spring, p. 23, Figs. Graph. Portrs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: MJP-1-1984
 spring
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 With the use of data collected by means of a questionnaire survey among
 large companies, 1980, a comparison is made of management practices in the
 USA and Japan, with additional data from Western Europe. Aspects compared
 are business environment, production technology, management objectives and
 -strategy, organizational structure and processes (leadership, conflict
 resolution, control and decision making), skills of top management, and
 differences between mechanistic adaptation (in the USA) and organic
 adaptation (in Japan) to the environment. Subsequently an interfirm
 comparison within the same industrial classification in the USA and Japan is
 presented, ie a comparison of the differences regarding strate y orientation
 and method of forming organizations, in terms of the two comprehensive
 planes of operation orientation vs product orientation, and group dynamics
 vs bureaucratic dynamics.
-Desc-
 *Management and organization; *Corporate strategy; *Business policy;
 *Organization; *USA; *Japan; Business environment; Production management;
 Management decision making; Western Europe; Theory of the firm
 UDC NO.: 658.01 658.011.1 658.013/.014 (73) (520)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 61
-A-
 7698005 841400005
-W-
 Robotics industry, The
 Publ. by U.S. department of commerce; International trade administration
 USA, Washington, USGPO, 1983., 54p.A4 Figs CATALOG NO.: BROS-8183-1983
 SERIES: (High technology industries: profiles and outlooks).
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Mkt Res Rpt
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Sales and production of robots in the USA are expanding at a vigorous 35-40%
 per annum rate, and most forecasters expect that trend to continue through
 1990. Producers and consumers. Principal uses. Price. Government policy in
 robotics. Robotic market in Japan, West Germany, Sweden, UK, France, Italy.
 World trade. International agreements between private firms. Standards and
 regulation. Labour and automation. Prospects. Statistics, 1975-90.
-Desc-
 *Robots; *USA; *OECD countries ; Industrial policy; Markets
 UDC NO.: 007.52 (73) (100.3)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 62
-A-
 7696234 841300234
-W-
 International biotechnology directory 1984, The; products, companies,
 research and organizations (Ed. by Coombs, J. )
 United Kingdom, London, MacMillan, 1983., ap. 436p.A4 ISBN: 0-333-35140-1
 CATALOG NO.: (100)62: 57, AD: BT-1984 LZ Not to be lent
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Directory
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Covers biotechnology (industrial microbiology) in Western Europe, North
 America and Japan. It provides both an overview of the extent of present
 interest with a summary of activities in the various geographical areas and
 a catalogue whereby suppliers of materials and services can be identified.
 Introduction to biotechnology: overview, international organizations,
 information services (databases, jounals, newsletters). National profiles
 arranged by country with information on government department and societies
 related to biotechnology. Non-commercial organizations and companies also
 arranged by country with detai led information (address, telephone/telex,
 activities, products. Products, research and services buyers' guide arranged
 classified. Buyers' guide classification index.
-Desc-
 *Engineering; *Biology; *Technology; Western Europe; USA; Japan; World;
 International
 UDC NO.: 62 57 60
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 63
-A-
 7694144 841200144
-W-
 European industrial policy; past, present and future
 Franko, L
 Publ. by Conference board in Europe
 Belgium, Brussels, 1980. , 71p.A4 Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.:
 CBEE-ER--2--1980
 SERIES: (Research report, ER 2).
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 The economic outlook for Western Europe and its business community is
 affected both directly and indirectly by the industrial policies of the
 national governments and of the EEC. These policies are in many instances
 aimed at stimulating growth in selected industries, or even supporting
 troubled industries or sometimes individual companies. The purpose of this
 report is to apprise planners and decision makers of the past, present, and
 declared future industrial policies of eight Western European countries, and
 of the EEC. Statistics, 1960-79.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 64
-A-
 7692144 841100144
-W-
 L' Europe industrielle a-t-elle un avenir?
 Messine, P.; Deville, G
 EDITION: 6p.A4
 Problemes economiques; selection de textes francais et etrangers, Paris, nr.
 1866, mars 21, 1984, p. 12)., Ref CATALOG NO.: PBE-1866-1984.03.21 R
-Lang-
 French
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Libre-echangisme et refus de la preference communautaire peuvent avoir des
 consequences particulierement graves dans les marches publics et de l'
 unification du marche interieur. Une vive hostilite a toute forme de
 volontarisme. Declin de l' Europe et les moyens du rattrapage. Creation d'
 un veritable marche continental qui profite prioritairement aux entreprises
 europeennes. (Le Monde diplomatique, dec. 1983).
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *EEC; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 339.543.62EEC (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 65
-A-
 7690321 841000321
-W-
 Industrial mobility and migration in the European Community (Ed. by
 Klaassen, L.H., Molle, W.T.M. )
 United Kingdom, Aldershot, Gower, 1983. , 449p.A5 Bibl. Figs. Graphs.Maps.
 Portr. Ref. Tabs ISBN: 0-566-00486-0 CATALOG NO.: 2-2222
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Study of the movement of manufacturing plants in the EEC by country.
 Relative importance of movement in quantitative terms. Characteristics of
 moving industries. Spatial patterns of movement. Motives for moving.
 Socio-economic effects. Employment. Theoretical aspects of industrial
 migration and mobility. International super-synthesis of the national
 synthetic studies. Comparison of the various aspects of the phenomenon in
 the ten countries. Industrial and regional policies. Statistics, 1945-81.
-Desc-
 *Plant relocation; *Occupational mobility; *Employment; *Migration; *Western
 Europe ; Management decision making; Industrial policy; Regional policy;
 Regional planning
 UDC NO.: 658.219.4 331.02: 325 331.6 325 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 66
-A-
 7690098 841000098
-W-
 Europe' s decline is not irreversible
 Richonnier, M
 EDITION: 17p.A5
 Journal of common market studies, Oxford, (22), nr. 3, March, 1984, p.
 227)., Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: JCT-3-1984.03 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Discussion of a number of questions regarding the formidable technological
 and socio-cultural challenge the EEC-countries are facing and for which they
 are not prepared. Outline of the EC' s technological and industrial decline
 in relation to the US' and Japan' s domination, the scientific decline, and
 inadequacies of industrial and commercial strategies. Statistical examples
 are given concerning the weakness of the EC' s electronics industries,
 mecatronics, computer industry, consumer- and professional electronics and
 telecommunication, robots, a.o. Statistics, 1970-82.
-Desc-
 *Recession; *Crises; *Industry; *Technology; *Western Europe; Electronics;
 Telecommunication; Robots; USA; Japan
 UDC NO.: 338.124 338.45 60 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 67
-A-
 7686192 840800192
-W-
 The common market and how it works
 Kerr, A.J.C
 EDITION: 2nd ed.
 United Kingdom, Oxford, Pergamon Press, 1983 X., 275p.A5 Bibl. Figs.
 Graphs.Ill. Maps. Tabs ISBN: 0-08-030207-6 CATALOG NO.: 2-2208
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Historical background of the Common market, basic details of ten EEC member
 states, and an outline of the main Community institutions and of the
 decision-making process. Common agricultural policy. Rules of competition.
 Social policy. Regional policy. Industry and technology policy. ECSC.
 Consumer protection. Transport. Energy policy. Economic, financial and
 fiscal affairs. Internal market. Customs union. Education. Science and
 research. External policy. Relation with developing countries. Statistics,
 1978-82.
-Desc-
 *EEC; *Economic policy; *Economic development; *Public decision making;
 *Western Europe K; International agreements
 UDC NO.: 339.543.62EEC 338.22 338.1 338.22: 658.012.122.2 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 68
-A-
 7686154 840800154
-W-
 Development plan 1983-1987
 Publ. by Industrial development corporation of Barbados
 Barbados, Z.pl., 1983., 27p.A4 Graphs.Tabs CATALOG NO.: BROS-8074-1983
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Outline of the Barbados industrial development corporation development plan
 for the period 1983-87. Contribution of manufacturing to GDP. Goals:
 increase GDP, manufacturing output and employment, maximize exports, upgrade
 jobs and expand local participation with special emphasis on four major
 industries: electronics, medical supplies, information services and apparel.
 Handicraft plan. Critical succes factors of the strategy for example human
 resources and promotion. Fiscal incentives. Import substitution. Anti-export
 bias. Planned projects and programmes. Statistics, 1971-88.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Economic plans; *Development plans; *Projects;
 *Barbados
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 338.26 69.05+351.712.2 (729.86)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 69
-A-
 7686153 840800153
-W-
 Portugal; credits et techniques
 EDITION: 3p.A4
 Moniteur du commerce international, MOCI, Paris, nr. 596, fev. 27, 1984, p.
 43)., Ill CATALOG NO.: MOI-596-1984.02.27 R
-Lang-
 French
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Credits et techniques pour dynamiser l' industrie et revitaliser le secteur
 prive en Portugal. Lourd endettement mais les experts du FMI sont
 impressionnes par le redressement. Assainissement des entreprises a capitaux
 prives. L' aide pre-adhesion de l' Europe. Nouvelle legislation en vue de l'
 adhesion a la CEE. Dynamisme industriel grace a un vaste programme de
 recherches technologiques. 6 Actions pour developper la technologie et l'
 innovation.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Industrial credit; *Portugal
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 336.77: 338.45 (469)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 70
-A-
 7686143 840800143
-W-
 Productivity; another Japanese export
 Williamson, N.C
 EDITION: 8p.A4
 Business; the magazine of managerial thought and action, Atlanta, (33), nr.
 4, Oct. / Nov. / Dec., 1983, p. 3). , Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.:
 ATX-4-1983.10/11/12
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 In 1979 Japanese industrial productivity increased by 10%. The increase in
 productivity of US companies was less than 2%. A Provisional Plan for
 Corporate Democratization was of particular importance in increasing the
 productivity of Japanese corporations. Its objectives concerned profit
 making, product quality and market share designated as more important to
 managerial success than profits. The Japanese government helps in the
 development of industries using a method assessing production growth for an
 industry.
-Desc-
 *Productivity; *Efficacy; *Production management; *Industrial policy;
 *Japan
 UDC NO.: 338.3.011.1 658.5 338.45: 338.22 (520)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 71
-A-
 7684261 840700261
-W-
 Agrarbericht 1984; agrar- und ernaehrungspolitischer Bericht der
 Bundesregierung
 EDITION: 48p.A4
 AGRA Europe, Bonn, (25), nr. 9, Feb. 27, 1984, Dokumentation, p. 1).,
 Graphs.Tabs CATALOG NO.: AGA-9-1984.02.27
-Lang-
 German
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Strukturanalyse der Land-, Forst-, Holz- und Fischwirtschaft der BRD.
 Arbeitskrafte. Betriebsgrossen. Gesamtrechnung. Investitionen.
 Betriebsergebnisse. Ernte. Soziale Situation. Lohne. Umfang der Waldschaden.
 Produktion von Holz und Holzwaren. Aussenhandel. Lage der Wirtschaft in der
 EG. Vorschatzung. Statistiken, 1949-84.
-Desc-
 *Agriculture; *Fish; *Fisheries; *Forestry; *Forest policy ; *Profitability;
 *Germany FR; Western Europe; Structure; branch of industry
 UDC NO.: 63 639.2 634.0 658.155 (430.1)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 72
-A-
 7682453 840600453
-W-
 Economie regionale europeenne
 Romus, P
 Publ. par Presses universitaires de Bruxelles
 Belgium, Bruxelles, 1983. , 342p.A4 Graphs.Maps. Ref. Tabs. CATALOG NO.:
 4-2735
-Lang-
 French
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Structures et politiques economiques regionales des Etats de la CEE.
 Problemes regionaux europeens. Population. Migrations. Emploi. Chomage.
 Politiques regionales nationales et de la CEE. Aides regionales des Etats et
 la libre concurrence dans la CEE. Tarifs de soutien de transport.
 Financement des activites industrielles et agricoles du developpement
 regional. Politique sociale. Role du FEDER. Statistiques, 1951-83.
-Desc-
 *Regional policy; *Regional planning; *Regional economy; *Subsidies and
 guarantees; *EEC; *Western Europe; Economic structure; Transport policy;
 Agricultural policy; Mining; Minerals; Ores; Infrastructure
 UDC NO.: 711.2: 338.22 711.2 338.246.062.2 339.543.62EEC (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 73
-A-
 7682011 840600011
-W-
 Europe' s changing markets
 Prep. by Business international
 Switzerland, Geneva, 1983., 130p.A4 Graphs.Tabs CATALOG NO.: 4-2720 Not to
 be lent
 SERIES: (Business international research report).
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Mkt Res Rpt
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 The size and shape of Western Europe' s future markets for consumer products
 and services will be determined by key demographic trends and changes in
 economic structure and consumer lifestyle brought about by new technologies,
 shifts in social structure and transformed attitudes. These factors affect
 companies selling consumer products and services and therefore must be taken
 into account in framing successful business strategies.
-Desc-
 *Consumer goods; *Population; *Consumer behaviour; *Consumer expenditure;
 *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 330.123.4 312 330.567.22 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 74
-A-
 7680209 840500209
-W-
 Industrial policy and southward enlargement of the European Community; the
 case of shipbuilding and repairs
 Eussner, A
 EDITION: 26p.A5
 Journal of common market studies, Oxford, (22), nr. 2, Dec., 1983, p. 147).,
 Graph. Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: JCT-2-1983.12 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Using the example of the shipbuilding industry, an important sector for both
 the EC and the acceding countries, particularly Spain, the conflicts likely
 to emerge during negotiations on EC accession and during the transitional
 periods, the structural differences underlying these conflicts and the
 chances of agreement being reached, are discussed. Overview of subsidization
 schemes for shipyards and shipowners in the EC and in the applicant
 countries (Spain, Portugal, Greece). It is concluded that even in the crisis
 sectors the powers of the EC Commission remain confined to their traditional
 areas of foreign trade an dcompetition policy. Structural programmes
 continue to be a matter for national governments. Statistics, 1968-80.
-Desc-
 *Economic integration; *Industrial policy; *Shipbuilding; *Western Europe;
 *Spain; Portugal; Greece
 UDC NO.: 339.922 338.45: 338.22 629.12 (4-15) (46)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 75
-A-
 7678486 840400486
-W-
 Excess capacity and rationalization in the West European synthetic fibres
 industry
 Shaw, R.W.; Shaw, S.A
 EDITION: 18p.A5
 Journal of industrial economics, Oxford, (32), nr. 2, Dec., 1983, p. 149).,
 Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: JIO-2-1983.12 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Examination of the process of rationalization in an international oligopoly
 confronted by persistent excess capacity and losses. Outline of developments
 in the West European synthetic fibres industry, 1967-80. Comparison of the
 actual pattern of rationalization achieved between 1975 and 1981 with the
 predicted patterns of rationalization based on theory, both under a cartel
 with government intervention and in a competitive solution free from such
 intervention. Statistics, 1975-81.
-Desc-
 *Man made fibres; *Oligopoly; *Production capacity; *Capacity utilization;
 *Anti trust policy; *Western Europe ; Rationalization; Forecasting;
 Forecasts; Competition; Statistical analysis
 UDC NO.: 677.4 338.5.014 338.32 658.114.5: 338.22 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 76
-A-
 7676489 840300489
-W-
 Organizing international trade in textiles
 Mahon, R.; Krieger Mytelka, L.; Dolan, M.B.; a.o
 EDITION: 93p.A5
 International organization, Madison-Wisc., (37), nr. 4, autumn, 1983, p.
 551)., Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: IOG-4-1983.autumn R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Three contributions by R. Mahon, L. Krieger Mytelka, M. Dolan, V. Aggarwal
 on international trade in textiles. Relationship between industrial
 restructuring and new protectionism. The response of two states, Canada and
 France, to recent changes is examined. European restructuring and import
 policies for a textile industry. Puzzles posed by the 1981 renewal of the
 Multi-Fiber Arrangement. Examination of international regime change.
 Statistics, 1948-80.
-Desc-
 *Textiles; *Foreign trade policy; *Industrial policy; *International
 agreements; *Western Europe; Canada; France
 UDC NO.: 677 339.54 338.45: 338.22 341.24 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 77
-A-
 7676244 840300244
-W-
 Current issues and progress in European shipping policy
 Boehme, H
 EDITION: 28p.A5
 World economy, Oxford, (6), nr. 3, Sept., 1983, p. 325)., Ref CATALOG NO.:
 WEV-3-1983.09 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Review of recent developments in shipping policy, notably concerning
 competition, in the EC, drawing on documents produced by Community
 institutions, governments of member countries, shipowners' associations,
 individual shipping lines or conferences, shippers' councils and other
 branches of industry.
-Desc-
 *EEC; *Shipping; *Competition; *Western Europe; Shipping conferences;
 Transport conferences
 UDC NO.: 339.543.62EEC 656.6 339.117.2 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 78
-A-
 7676162 840300162
-W-
 The European Community; our largest market
 Fields, A.K.; Linville, D.; Denman, R.; a.o
 EDITION: 23p.A4
 Business America, Washington, (6), nr. 25, Dec. 12, 1983, p. 3)., Fig. Ill.
 Map. Portrs.Tabs CATALOG NO.: COR-25-1983.12.12
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Importance of Europe for American business. Trade relations between the EC
 and USA. Organizational structure of the EC. Business law. Customs duties.
 Trade fairs. Market opportunities for US goods. Recommendations for US
 businessmen interested in entering the European market. Promising market
 sectors. Economic development of the EC and outlook for 1984. Business
 experiences of two companies. Statistics, 1982-83.
-Desc-
 *Investment climate; *Western Europe; EEC; Foreign trade
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 304 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 79
-A-
 7674147 840200147
-W-
 Industrial subsidies in Sweden; macro-economic effects and an international
 comparison
 Carlsson, B
 EDITION: 23p.A5
 Journal of industrial economics, Oxford, (32), nr. 1, Sept., 1983, p. 1).,
 Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: JIO-1-1983.09 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Discussion of industrial subsidies as an element of industrial policy,
 distinguishing between general and specific subsidies. Overview of the
 magnitude and orientation of the Swedish industry subsidy program in the
 1970' s. International comparison of industrial subsidy programs
 (EEC-countries). Investigation of the macro-economic effects of Swedish
 firm-specific subsidies. Use is made of a micro- (firm)-based simulation
 model. Statistics, 1970-94.
-Desc-
 *Subsidies and guarantees; *Industrial policy; *Firms and enterprises;
 *Sweden; *Western Europe ; Macro economics; Macro economics; Simulation
 models
 UDC NO.: 338.246.062.2 338.45: 338.22 658.11 (485) (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 80
-A-
 7674001 840200001
-W-
 The robotics challenge to European industry
 Farrands, C
 EDITION: 13p.A4
 European trends, London, nr. 77, 1983, p. 19)., Ref. Tab CATALOG NO.:
 EEB-77-1983
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 The great difficulties which the Japanese and to a lesser extent the US
 robotics challenge poses to the West European industry are examined. Surveys
 of individual countries show that the European community has some strong,
 but rather scattered, resources to meet that challenge. Suggestions for
 national measures, which policy makers should look at to strengthen European
 policy in robotics.
-Desc-
 *Robots; *Industry; *Western Europe; Industrial policy
 UDC NO.: 007.52 338.45 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 81
-A-
 7672313 840100313
-W-
 Government policy for the offshore supplies industry; Britain compared with
 Norway and France
 Cook, L.; Surrey, J
 Publ. by University of Sussex; Science policy research unit, SPRU
 United Kingdom, Bringhton, 1983. , 105p.A4 Bibl. Ref. Tabs ISBN:
 0-903622-22-X-OP-21 CATALOG NO.: 4-2684
 SERIES: (SPRU occasional paper series no. 21).
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Mkt Res Rpt
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Comparison of the British, Norwegian and French policy concerning the
 offshore supplies industry, against the background of the development of the
 oil industry especially the offshore industry. Development of the British
 offshore industry. Exploration. Exploration fields. Expenditure. Investment.
 UK share in supply. Participation in offshore activities such as
 construction of oil platforms. R and D. Projects. Policy comparison and
 impact and reasons for differences. Future directions of the British policy.
 Statistics, 1970-83.
-Desc-
 *Offshore industry; *Industrial policy; *United Kingdom; *Norway; *France;
 Offshore drilling; oil, gas; Research and development; Projects
 UDC NO.: 622.242.4: 338.45 338.45: 338.22 (410) (481) (44)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 82
-A-
 7670340 832400340
-W-
 The shaping of technological strategy; European chemical firms in South East
 Asia
 Boisot, M
 EDITION: 20p.A4
 Management international review, Wiesbaden, (23), nr. 3, 1983, p. 16).,
 Figs. Ref CATALOG NO.: MUY-3-1983 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Presentation of a framework which can be used to build up a meaningful
 description of a firm' s transactional posture as well as an approximate
 description of its technological strategy. It is argued that much detailed
 research is still needed to explore the links between this posture and
 strategy. Data are drawn on European chemical firms in South East Asia.
-Desc-
 *Corporate strategy; *Business policy; *Technology; *Management decision
 making; Chemical industry; Chemicals; Western Europ; South East Asia
 UDC NO.: 658.011.1 60 658.012.4.011.1
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 83
-A-
 7666255 832200255
-W-
 Industrial policies for growth and competitiveness; an economic perspective
 (Ed. by Adams, F.G., Klein, L.R. )
 USA, Lexington, D.C. Heath, 1983 X. , 442p.A5 Bibl. Figs. Ref. Tabs
 ISBN: 0-669-05412-7 CATALOG NO.: 3-8647
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Sixteen contributions by F. Adams, L. Klein, C. Bollino, P. Urban, M.
 Cherkes, R. Wescott, J. Behrman, W. Milne, F. DeWitt, G. Wagenhals a.o. on
 the present state of knowledge and experience on industrial policy.
 Theoretical justifications. Main literature and philosophies that underlies
 industrial policy in Western Europe and the USA. Role of this policy in
 developing countries. Major policy initiatives and their background.
 Evaluation of the success or failures of these policies. Statistics,
 1951-80.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Western Europe; *Developing countries ; *USA
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 (4-15) (5/9) (73)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 84
-A-
 7666218 832200218
-W-
 Towards European economic recovery in the 1980s; report presented to the
 European parliament
 Albert, M.; Ball, R.J
 Publ. by European communities
 Germany FR, Strassbourg, 1983., 128p.A4 Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.:
 BROS-7891-1983
 SERIES: (European parliament working documents 1983-1984).
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Analysis of the economic crisis in Westeuropean countries, and its effects
 on the EC, and of the ways and means of bringing about a recovery of growth.
 Crucial developments in the 70s and the 80s. Role of the individual member
 states. Industrial policy. Employment. Growth with stability. Creation of a
 European area for industry and research. European " Marshall Plan" for
 energy and regional policy. Flexibility of labour. Statistics, 1961-86.
-Desc-
 *Economic development; *Economic policy; *Recession; *Crises; *EEC; *Western
 Europe
 UDC NO.: 338.1 338.22 338.124 339.543.62EEC (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 85
-A-
 7664392 832100392
-W-
 Public policy
 Schultze, C.L.; Walters, K.D.; Monson, R.J
 EDITION: 32p.A5
 California management review, Berkeley, (25), nr. 4, summer, 1983, p. 5).,
 Ref CATALOG NO.: CMD-4-1983.summer R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Three contributions by C. Schultze, K. Walters, and J. Monsen. The view that
 the relationship between government and business in the USA is in need of
 fundamental reform, is criticized. Management of nationalized industries in
 Europe. Political and economic pressures that confront the managers of
 private-owned firms, in the context of recent policy changes by the British
 and French governments.
-Desc-
 *Business environment; *Industrial policy; *Nationalization; *Western
 Europe; *USA; Public enterprises; Management control
 UDC NO.: 658: 304 338.45: 338.22 338.242.4.025.87 (4-15) (73)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 86
-A-
 7662218 832000218
-W-
 An analysis of ACP-EEC trade after LOME I Convention
 Ogbonna, M.N
 EDITION: 20p.A5
 Acta oeconomica, Budapest , (29), nr. 3/4, 1982, p. 341)., Ref. Tabs
 CATALOG NO.: ACO-3/4-1982.vol.29
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Assessment of the performance of the Lome I Convention on the ACP-EEC trade
 patterns. Accessibility of the ACP-countries products to the EEC markets.
 Growth of trade for the ACP states. Structure of exports of the
 participants. Comparison with the Stabex-arrangement. Statistics, 1969-80.
 (Summary in Russian).
-Desc-
 *Foreign trade; *International economic relations; *Western Europe; *Africa;
 *Caribbean regions; Far East
 UDC NO.: 339.5 339.9 (4-15) (6) (729)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 87
-A-
 7662185 832000185
-W-
 Could a common industrial policy provide jobs?
 Bailey, R
 EDITION: 4p.A4
 Accountant, London, (189), nr. 5656, Aug. 25, 1983, p. 12)., CATALOG NO.:
 ACC-5656-1983.08.25
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 It is considered whether a common industrial policy as opposed to a
 collection of measures combined in an industrial strategy could be of real
 benefit to Western Europe.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *EEC
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 339.543.62EEC
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 88
-A-
 7662184 832000184
-W-
 General measures to assist workers and firms in adjusting to injury from
 freer trade; issues raised by various European approaches and some ad hoc
 industry measures adopted elsewhere
 Stein, L
 EDITION: 13p.A4
 American journal of economics and sociology, New York, (42), nr. 3, July,
 1983, p. 315)., Ref CATALOG NO.: AJE-3-1983.07
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Various European measures to alleviate hardships following structural
 changes, including those resulting from changes in international trade,
 particularly imports, are summarized. The characteristics of an ideal trade
 adjustment scheme are itemized along with some of the difficulties in
 maintaining them. Finally, suggestions are made to de-politicize the
 tariff-making process in the interest of freer trade.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Free trade; *Tariffs; *Customs duties ; *Subsidies and
 guarantees; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 339.5.015.22 339.543 338.246.062.2 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 89
-A-
 7660201 831900201
-W-
 Hidden goals in Chinese industrialization; lessons from early modernization
 attempts
 Mijers, H.E
 EDITION: 5p.A4
 Columbia journal of world business, the, New York, (17), nr. 4, winter,
 1982, p. 74)., Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: CJW-4-1982.winter R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 For corporations considering new business ties with China PR, an
 understanding of Chinese government' s goals and policies and the country' s
 cultural environment is provided. Historical tradition. Environmental
 contrasts. Contrasting business policies in the shipping industry.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Industrialization; *Trading practices ; *China PR
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 338.45: 330.35 339.16 (510)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 90
-A-
 7658483 831800483
-W-
 Structural adjustmet in the textile and clothing industries in EFTA
 EDITION: 6p.A4
 EFTA bulletin, Geneva , (24), nr. 2, Apr. / June, 1983, p. 8)., Ill. Tabs
 CATALOG NO.: EFE-2-1983.04/06
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Development of textile and clothing industries in the EFTA countries.
 Technological change. Industrial structure. International trade. Production.
 Trade balances. Output and employment. Industrial policies. Statistics,
 1963-79.
-Desc-
 *Textiles; *Clothing; *Ready-made clothing; *Western Europe; *EFTA
 countries
 UDC NO.: 677 687 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 91
-A-
 7658069 831800069
-W-
 Economic survey of Europe in 1982
 PUBL.: Prep. by UNO; Economic Commission for Europe; Secretariat. USA, New
 York N.Y., 1983., y. Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: UNEC-1982
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Annual Report
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Economic development of Western Europe, Southern Europe and Yugoslavia.
 Output, demand and employment. Cost and prices. Foreign trade. Prospects and
 policies. Developments in Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union. Agriculture.
 Industry. Investment. Foreign trade. Consumers' income. Structure of West
 European manufacturing industry in the 1970' 2.
-Desc-
 *Economic development; *East Europe; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 338.1 (4-11) (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 92
-A-
 7652145 831500145
-W-
 Les nationalisations
 Bauchet, P.; Bizaguet, A.; Vessillier, E.; a.o
 EDITION: 232p.A5
 Revue economique, Paris, (34), nr. 3, mai, 1983, p. 429)., Graphs.Ref. Tabs
 CATALOG NO.: RVU-3-1983.05 R
-Lang-
 French
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Sept contributions de P. Bauchet, A. Bizaguet, E. Vessillier, X. Greffe,
 J.-C. Asselain, C. Stoffaes, C. Leray. Importance des entreprises publiques
 dans l' economie francaise et europeenne apres les nationalisations en 1982.
 Aspects financiers des nationalisations. Entreprises publiques dans la
 politique de l' Etat. Dimension sociale des nationalisations. Objectifs
 economiques et criteres de gestion du secteur public industriel.
 Apprehension de l' efficacite dans les entreprises publiques industrielles
 et commerciales. Statistiques, 1973-81. (Summaries in Eng.).
-Desc-
 *Nationalization; *Public finance; *Industrial policy; *France; *Western
 Europe ; Public enterprises; Private enterprises; Social climate;
 Efficiency; Effectiveness
 UDC NO.: 338.242.4.025.87 336.1/.5 338.45: 338.22 (44) (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 93
-A-
 7646235 831200235
-W-
 Studies identify challenges to US high tech leadership
 EDITION: 5p.A4
 Business America, Washington , (6), nr. 9, May 2, 1983, p. 7)., Ill
 CATALOG NO.: COR-9-1983.05.02 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Role of high technology industries in US economic and military security.
 Importance to output growth, productivity and trade performance. Factors
 contributing to the decline in US leadership and recommendations to prevent
 further decline. US performance in world trade and competitiveness. Industry
 targeting. Industrial policy of USA, Japan, France and West-Germany.
 Prospects.
-Desc-
 *Technology; *Industrial policy; *USA; World trade
 UDC NO.: 60 338.45: 338.22 (73)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 94
-A-
 7646152 831200152
-W-
 De industriestrategie van de Europese Gemeenschap
 Maillet, P
 EDITION: 72p.A5
 Europese documentatie, Brussel , nr. 5, apr., 1982, p. 1)., Figs.
 Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: EHR-5-1982.05
-Lang-
 Dutch
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Dimensie, doeltreffendheid en algemen aanpassingsproblemen van de industrie
 van de Europese Gemeenschap. Communautaire beleid inzake het economisch
 milieu en de maatschappelijke begeleiding daarvan. Gemeenschapsbeleid ter
 bepaling van de koers en als stimulans. Overzicht van sectoren die kampen
 met relactieve of absolute teruggang (textiel, staal), van de geavanceerde
 technologie (electronica) en met mogelijke problemen (automobielindustrie).
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Western Europe; EEC
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 95
-A-
 7646032 831200032
-W-
 Modern liberatism; conversations with liberal politicians
 Netherlands, Amsterdam, Elsevier, 1982. , 298p.A5 Ill. Ref ISBN:
 0444-86484-9 CATALOG NO.: 2-2110
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Liberalisation in its European variety, analyzed through conversations with
 9 prominent liberal politicians, each from a different, West European
 country: J.-F. Deniau, P. Federspiel, J. Grimond, G. Malagodi, M. Masani, W.
 Mischnick, J. Rey, G. Thorn, E. Toxopeus. Industrial policy. protectionism.
 Trade unions. Decentralization. Function of Parliament. European integration
 and defence. Dilemmas of the welfare state.
-Desc-
 *Economic schools; *Liberalism; *; *Politics; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 330.8 32 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 96
-A-
 7644161 831100161
-W-
 Protectionism and structural adjustment: an overview
 Publ. by United Nations conference on trade and development; UNCTAD
 secretariat
 Switzerland, Geneva, 1983. , 50p.A4 Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.:
 BROS-7654-1983
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Trade-related adjustment in the Federal Republic of Germany, the USA, the
 United Kingdom, Sweden, and the Netherlands during the period 1968-78.
 Degree to which changing patterns of comparative advantage have influenced
 the structure of manufacturing production and employment. Consequences of
 the new protectionism which stems mainly from resistance to structural
 adjustment. Suggestions for an alternative to protection, managed
 adjustment. Statistics.
-Desc-
 *Economic structure; *Foreign trade; *Protectionism; *Western Europe; *USA;
 Industrial policy
 UDC NO.: 338.4 339.5 339.5.015.24 (4-15) (73)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 97
-A-
 7642232 831000232
-W-
 Intra-industry and inter-industry trade in Switzerland
 Greenaway, D
 EDITION: 13p.A5
 Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv, Tubingen , (119), nr. 1, 1983, p. 109)., Ref.
 Tabs CATALOG NO.: WEL-1-1983.Band 119 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: University Level
 Extent ot which intra-industry exchange took place in Switzerland over the
 period 1965-77 is ascertained, and comparisons with a number of West
 European countries are given. Reference is made to Grubel and Lloyd (1975),
 a.o. Statistics, 1965-77. (Zusammenfassung auf Deutsch. Resume en francais.
 Resumen espanol).
-Desc-
 *Trade-- domestic, inland; *Economic structure; *Trade theory; *Switzerland;
 Statistical analysis; Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 339.3 338.4 339.1 (494)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 98
-A-
 7638179 830800179
-W-
 Vereinigung oesterreichischer Industrieller; Jahresbericht
 Austria, Wien, y. Ill. Tabs CATALOG NO.: VEOIX
-Lang-
 German
-DocType-
 Annual Co Report
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Wirtschaftliche ntwicklung und Wachstum der Industrie in Oesterreich.
 Finanz- und Steuerpolitik. Industriepolitik. Handelspolitik und
 internationale Wahrungspolitik. Sozialpolitik. Verkehrspolitik.
 Bildungspolitik. Rechtspolitik. Publizistik. Wirtschaftswerbung. Organe der
 Vereinigung
-Desc-
 *Industry; *Economic policy; *Austria ; Employers' associations; Industrial
 policy; Social policy; Foreign trade policy; Tax policy
 UDC NO.: 338.45 338.22 (436)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 99
-A-
 7636363 830700363
-W-
 Knowledge, productivity and industrial policy. 1
 MacCharles, D.C
 EDITION: 5p.A4
 Cost and management, Hamilton, (57), nr. 1, Jan. / Feb., 1983, p. 14).,
 Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: CST-1-1983.01/02 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Analysis of costs of knowledge R and D, productivity and industrial policy
 in Canadian manufacturing. Policy implications. Number of corporations and
 sales values of the manufacturing sector.
-Desc-
 *Research and development; *Productivity; *Efficacy; *Industrial policy;
 *Canada; Cost acconting; Valuation
 UDC NO.: 658.012.1 338.3.011.1 338.45: 338.22 (71)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 100
-A-
 7634157 830600157
-W-
 DDR und Osteuropa; Wirtschaftssystem, Wirtschaftspolitik, Lebensstandard;
 ein Handbuch (Mit Beitragen von Bethkenhagen, J., Cornelsen, D., Gramatzki,
 E., u.a. )
 Germany FR, Opladen, Leske und Budrich, 1981., 372p.A5 Bibl. Figs.
 Graphs.Ref. Tabs ISBN: 3-8100-0385-9 CATALOG NO.: 3-8564
-Lang-
 German
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Funfzig Beitrage von J. Bethkenhagen, D. Cornelsen, H.-E. Gramatski, H.-H.
 Hoekman, R. Hopf, H. Lambrecht, M. Lodahl, H. Machowski, M. Melzer, M.
 Ruban, u.a. Wirtschaftliche Entwicklung und Politik in der DDR, und in den
 uebrigen osteuropaischen Landern. Lebensstandard. Industriepolitik.
 Preisbildung. Beschaftigung. Energie. Chemie. Elektrotechnik. Konsumgute.
 Bauwirtschaft. Agrarpolitik. Transportwesen. Einzelhandel. Staatshaushalt.
 Soziale Sicherung. Gesundheit. Aussenhandel. Wirtschaftliche Integration in
 den osteuropaischen Landern. Wirtschaftssystem. Strukturprobleme.
 Statistiken, 1950-' 90.
-Desc-
 *Economic development; *Economic policy; *Standard of living; *Germany DR;
 *East Europe; Comecon; Foreign trade; Industrial policy; Price policy;
 Employment
 UDC NO.: 338.1 338.22 330.59 (430.2) (4-11)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 101
-A-
 7626462 830200462
-W-
 Steel crisis and steel policy; a comparison
 Esser, J.; Fach, W.; Gierszewski, G.; a.o
 EDITION: 6p.A4
 Intereconomics; monthly review of international trade and development,
 Hamburg , (17), nr. 6, Nov. / Dec., 1982, p. 279)., CATALOG NO.:
 WSA-6-1982.11/12 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 The spectrum of national steel policies, together with its place in
 international regulation models, is illustrated by four examples: the
 Federal Republic of Germany, France, the United Kingdom and Austria.
-Desc-
 *Steel; *Industrial policy; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 669.14 338.45: 338.22 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 102
-A-
 7626279 830200279
-W-
 Flanders; orientated to industry and technology
 Overstraeten, R.J. van; Montagu, M. van; Schell, J.; a.o
 EDITION: 7p.A2
 Financieel ekonomische tijd, Antwerpen, (15), nr. 3686, dec. 2, 1982, katern
 2, p. 1)., Figs. Ill. Portrs.Tabs CATALOG NO.: VEB-3686-1982.12.02
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Inplementation of technology in Flanders. Research and development in the
 micro-electronic industry and ceramic industry. DIRV (Third industrial
 revolution in Flanders) campaign by the regional government as part of the
 innovative strategy. Activities at the Flanders' technology fair in Ghent.
 Economic data List of participants to the campaign. (Deutsche
 Zusammenfassung, resume francais).
-Desc-
 *Technology; *Research and development; *Industrial policy ; *Belgium;
 *Flanders; Trade fairs
 UDC NO.: 60 658.012.1 338.45: 338.22 (493)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 103
-A-
 7614146 822000146
-W-
 An Irish sweepstakes for American corporations
 Watzke, G.E
 EDITION: 9p.A5
 Journal of general management, London, (7), nr. 4, Summer, 1982, p. 31)
 Ref. Tab CATALOG NO.: JEP-4-1982 Summer
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Examination of the strategy which the Irish Republic has evolved for
 industrial development, the tactics of attracting foreign (mainly US-)
 investment, and the strategic rationale of American firms. Implications for
 competing UK-firms and government agencies.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Investment climate; *Ireland-- Eire Foreign investments
 in a country; USA; United Kingdom
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 338.45: 304 (417)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 104
-A-
 7610315 821800315
-W-
 Werkzeugmaschinenbau, Der, in der DDR
 EDITION: 7p.A4
 Deutsches Institut fur Wirtschaftsforschung. Wochenbericht, Berlin, (49),
 nr. 29, Juli 22, 1982, p. 384). , Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: WIK-29-1982.07.22
 R
-Lang-
 German
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Uebersicht der DDR-Kombinate und ihre Produktionsprogramme-Daten zur Export
 (besonders nach RGW-Landern), zum Industrieroboter- und
 Handhabungsgeratebestand. Entwicklungsvergleiche zwischen DDR,
 Bundesrepublik, und RGW-Landern. Statistiken, 1960-85.
-Desc-
 *Machine tools; *Robots; *Export; *Germany DR ; Industrial policy; Germany
 FR; East Europe
 UDC NO.: 621.9 007.52 339.564 (430.2)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 105
-A-
 7610196 821800196
-W-
 Two decades of IDCOL
 Mahanti, P.C
 EDITION: 18p.A4
 Commerce, Bombay , (145), nr. 3709, July 10, 1982, p. 2)., Graphs.Ill.
 Portr. Tabs CATALOG NO.: CWI-1982.07.10 Supplement
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Review of the activities of the Industrial development corporation of Orissa
 (IDCOL), India. Aspects of Orissa' s economic history. IDCOL' s
 subsidiaries. Export. Future development projects. Interview with the
 managing director. Statistics, mainly 1972-83.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Institutions; *India; Economic plans ; Development
 plans; Joint ventures; Subsidiaries
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 061 (540)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 106
-A-
 7606246 821600246
-W-
 National industrial strategies and the world economy (Ed. by. Pinder, J. )
 United Kingdom, London, Croom Helm, 1982., 302p.A5 Graphs.Ref. Tabs
 ISBN: 0-7099-2010-5 CATALOG NO.: 3-8455
 SERIES: (An Atlantic institute Pov international affairs Research Volume).
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Nine contributions by C. Saunders, J. Pinder, S. Woolcock, G. Edwards,
 Takashi Hosomi, Ariyoshi Okumura, W. Diebold Jr. and W. Hager. Changes in
 the distribution of world production and trade in manufactures. Causes and
 kinds of industrial policy. Recent development of five industrial sectors
 (steel, textiles, man made fibres, shipbuilding, aircraft) and policy
 responses of governments and international organizations. Industrial
 policies of Japan, the USA, Canada and Western Europe. Statistics, 1944-79.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *World economy; International division of labour; World
 trade; World; International
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 339.9 (100)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 107
-A-
 7606245 821600245
-W-
 Industrial policy; influencing the international marketplace
 Jones, T.M.; Holland, R.C.; Eberle, W.D.; a.o
 EDITION: 148p.A5
 Journal of contemporary business, Seattle, (11), nr. 1, 1982, p. I).,
 Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: BPT-1-1982 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Eleven contributions by Jones, R. Holland, W. Eberle, I. Magaziner, P.
 Tiffany, J. Calton, J. Johansson, S. Cohen, Tran Van Tho, T. Roehl, a.o., on
 aspects of US-industrial policy: political implications of the 1980' s, the
 development of a strategy of less market-interference, the need of a
 national consensus for economic rejuvenation, the problem of declination of
 the steel industry. Historical review of industrial policy developments in
 world auto industry (notably W. Europe and Japan). Examples of the Swedish,
 French, and Japanese economical models. he Japanese textile
 industry-experience. Industrial policy in developing countries. Statistics,
 1950-90.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *USA; *OECD countries ; Steel; Automobiles; Cars;
 Textiles; Developing countries
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 (73) (100.3)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 108
-A-
 7604364 821500364
-W-
 Electricity and industry
 Herve, E.; Robin, A.; Meller, E.; a.o
 EDITION: 282p.A4
 Revue de l' energie, Paris, (33), nr. 344, mai / juin, 1982, p. 371).,
 Figs. Graphs.Ill. Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: RFA-344-1982.05/06
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Twenty-six contributions by E. Herve, A. Robin, E. Meller, E. Decker, M.
 Thelwell, F. Prytz, T. Akselsen, R. Ouellette, O. Farah, T. Momota, a.o. Use
 of electricity in the industrial sector (OECD countries). Choice of
 electricity and its contribution to industrial development in the UK, Norway
 and the US. Conditions of Japanese energy plan and electric heating
 technology. Partners energy in France. Nuclear electricity. Electrical
 equipment industry. Electric furnaces. Automation and energy. Electricity to
 replace fossil fuels in the chemical industry. Use of electric energy in the
 transformation of ferrous metals . Agribusiness and energy. Innovation and
 rational use of electricity (esp for small business). Electricity' s place
 in the national energy context of France. Electricite de France' s rate
 making policy. Europe' s energy policy. Necessity of training and
 information. (Egalement texte francais). Figures.
-Desc-
 *Electricity; *Electric power; *Industry; *Heating; *Efficiency;
 *Effectiveness; *France; Energy policy; Pricing
 UDC NO.: 621.31 338.45 697 658.011.4 (44)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 109
-A-
 7604196 821500196
-W-
 Opleving van het communautaire beleid in verschillende sectoren; gevolgen
 van het mandaat van 30 mei 1980
 EDITION: 113p.A4
 Bulletin van de Europese gemeenschappen, Brussel, nr. 4, 1981, p. 1).,
 Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: BYH-4-1981
-Lang-
 Dutch
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Beleidslijnen, ter uitvoering van het mandaat van 30 mei 1980, op het gebied
 van de economische politiek, de energie, onderzoek en ontwikkeling, de
 industrie, deindustriele innovatie, het regionaal beleid en het
 gemeenschappelijk landbouwbeleid van de EEG.
-Desc-
 *Economic policy; *EEC; Energy policy; Industrial policy; Agricultural
 policy; Science policy; Research policy
 UDC NO.: 338.22 339.543.62EEC
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 110
-A-
 7602459 821400459
-W-
 La liberte d' etablissement et la libre prestation de services dans la
 Communaute economique europeenne
 Wendling, S
 EDITION: 24p.A4
 Revue du Marche commun, Paris , nr. 255, mars, 1982, p. 132)., Ref
 CATALOG NO.: RMD-255-1982.03 R
-Lang-
 French
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Evalution de vingt ans de realisation des programmes de liberation de l'
 etablissement et des service dans la CEE. Activites liberees. Beneficiaires
 de la liberte. Principe de non-discrimination et ses limites. Mesures
 destinees a favoriser lexcercise effectif de la liberte.
-Desc-
 *Business environment; *Services sector; *EEC; *Western Europe; Industrial
 policy
 UDC NO.: 658: 304 338.46 339.543.62EEC (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 111
-A-
 7602272 821400272
-W-
 Toward better Japan-Europe economic relations
 Hiroya Ichikawa
 EDITION: 6p.A4
 Intereconomics; monthly review of international trade and development,
 Hamburg , (17), nr. 3, May / June, 1982, p. 112)., Tab CATALOG NO.:
 WSA-3-1982.05/06 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 It is argued that present economic relations between Japan and Europe are
 marred by misunderstanding and ignorance of one another' s positions.
 Factors which could improve the basic structure of these relations.
-Desc-
 *International cooperation; *Western Europe; *Japan
 UDC NO.: 339.92 (4-15) (520)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 112
-A-
 7600210 821300210
-W-
 Resaerch and development; what role for the Communission
 EDITION: 10p.A4
 European trends, London, nr. 71, May, 1982, p. 37)., Tabs CATALOG NO.
 EEB-71-1982.05
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Examination of the present condition of R & D and industrial innovation in
 Western Europe. Promotion and stimulation activities. R & D financing.
 Comparison with Japan. Role of the European Commission. Statistics,
 1970-80.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Research and development; *Innovation ; *New products;
 *Western Europe; *Japan; EEC
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 658.012.1 658.624 (4-15) (520)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 113
-A-
 7600208 821300208
-W-
 EEC responce, The, tot ht US-Japanese challenge in microelectronics, data
 processing and numerically controlled machine tools
 EDITION: 12p.A4
 European trends, London , nr. 71, May, 1982, p. 24)., Graph. Tabs
 CATALOG NO.: EEB-71-1982.05
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Europe' s dependency on Japan and the USA in the field of microelectronics,
 data processing and numerically controlled machine tools. National
 strategies of individual EEC members. Largest manufacturers. Europe' s
 competitiveness and protectionist measures. Statistics, 1974-90.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Electronics; *Microelectronics; *; *Automation; *Data
 processing; *EDP; *Machine tools; *Western Europe; Japan; USA; Competition;
 Protectionism; Numerical control
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 621.38 651.011.56 621.9 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 114
-A-
 7600207 821300207
-W-
 Industrial policies in the European community
 Curzon Price, V
 Publ. for Trade policy research centre
 United kingdom, London, MacMillan, 1982. , 155p.A5 Bibl. Tabs ISBN:
 0-333-31911-7 CATALOG NO.: 2-2006
 SERIES: (World economic issues).
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Aspects of industrial policy in the context of the Tokyo round negotiations.
 Industrial policy, the market and the state. Industrial policy in France,
 West Germany, United Kingdom, Italy and the Netherlands. Sectoral problems:
 steel, shipbuilding, chemicals and textiles. Alternatives to delayed
 structural adjustment in " Workshop Europe" . Statistics, 1971-79.
 (Bibliogr. 4p.).
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *EEC; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 339.543.62EEC (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 115
-A-
 7596238 821100238
-W-
 Bedrijven in moeilijkheden 1981; globale en specifieke economische, sociale,
 ordepolitiek en juridische aspecten (Onder red. van Verloren van Themaat,
 P./ )
 Netherlands, Zwolle, Tjeenk Willink, 1982. , 272p.A5 Ref ISBN: 90-271-1872-8
 CATALOG NO.: 3-8403
 SERIES: (Uitgaven van het Molengraaff instituut voor privaatrecht te
 Utrecht, 8).
-Lang-
 Dutch
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Tien bijdragen van H. Leliveld, A. Jaspers, J. van Duijn, A. Stevers, A.
 Korthals Altes, A. Kaag, B. Hessel, J. Winter, L. Geelhoed, en D. Schouten,
 over macro-economische en structurele aspecten van bedrijfsmoeilijkheden in
 Nederland, alsmede loon- en arbeidsmarktproblematiek en
 sectorstructuurbeleid. Werkloosheid als gevolg van conflicterende stelsels.
 Orientatie vanuit vennootschaps-surceance- en faillissementsrecht. Rol van
 het Ministerie van economische zaken bij vennootschapsrecht. Nederlands
 steunverleningsbeleid, alsmede Europeerechtelijke aspecten. Democratie en
 economische orde in de verzorgingsstaat.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Subsidies and guarantees; *Company law; *Labour market
 policy; *Netherlands; Macro economics; Economic structure; Mixed economy;
 Welfare state; Small business subsidies; Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 338.246.062.2 347.72 331.6: 338.22 (492)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 116
-A-
 7590015 820800015
-W-
 URSS et Pays de l' Europe de l' Est; proliemes actuels
 Asselain, J.C.; Gicquiau, H.; Feuvel, G.R.; a.o
 EDITION: 238p.A5
 Economies et societes, Paris , (15), nr. 8/9, aout / sept., 1981, p. 1153).,
 Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: CBK-8/9-1981.08/09
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Anq contributions de J. Asselain, H. Gicquiau, G. Feiwel, J. Lipinski et V.
 Rigacev. Repartition des revenus en Hongrie. Direction de la qualite dans l'
 industrie sovietique. Strategie d' industrialisation de Bulgarie. Solutions
 parametriques et oligopolistiques dans une economie socialiste soumise a la
 planification centrale. Perfectionnement du systeme a plusiers niveaux d'
 optimisation des plans perspectifs de l' economie nationale.
-Desc-
 *Communist economy; *Income; *Income distribution; *Industry; *USSR;
 *Hungary; Bulgaria; Industrial policy; Oligopoly
 UDC NO.: 330.342.152 330.564 338.45 (47+57) (439)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 117
-A-
 7588541 820700541
-W-
 Condition d' emploi et cout de la main d' oeuvre dans les economies
 europeennes
 Sigogne, P
 EDITION: 22p.A4
 Economie et statistique, Paris , nr. 140, jan., 1982, p. 63)., Figs. Ref.
 Tabs CATALOG NO.: ETU-140-1982.01 R
-Lang-
 French
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Role de la qualite de la main-d' oeuvre dans l' efficacite dans l'
 industrie, les institutions financieres et les commerces en France et des
 differentes economies europeennes. Structure du cout de la main d' oeuvre.
 Repartition des salaries par groupe de qualification. Influence des
 conditions d' emploi et des pyramides des ages. Productivite remuneration et
 profit. Taux d' invertissement.
-Desc-
 *Working conditions; *Wage structure; *Economic structure*France; *Western
 Europe
 UDC NO.: 658.382 331.2: 330.564 338.4 (44) (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 118
-A-
 7582395 820400395
-W-
 Symposium on the public sector; a special supplement
 EDITION: 36p.A4
 Pakistan economist, Karachi, (21), nr. 48, Nov. 28, 1981, p. 17)., Ill.
 Portr. Tabs CATALOG NO.: PKE-48-1981.11.28
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Symposium on Public sector performence, Islamabad, Pakistan, November 1981:
 discussion of practical issues and problems in the framework on Pakistan' s
 economic development. Speech by mr Khan, Minister for finance, on public
 corporations. Patterns of management. Development of technology. Aspects of
 public enterprise behaviour. Public vs private sector. Design of a control
 system with regard to the monopolistic content of public enterprise
 activity. Role of the industry under the Ministry of production. Role of the
 Pakistan industrial development corporation (PIDC). Steel industry. Public
 enterprise in the market economy.
-Desc-
 *Public enterprises; *Private enterprises; *Management and organization;
 *Technology; *Pakistan ; Micro economics; Industrial policy; Development
 policy; Steel; Corporate strategy; Business policy
 UDC NO.: 658.115 658.114 658.01 60 (549)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 119
-A-
 7582035 820400035
-W-
 Europe' s durable unemployment woes
 Ball, R
 EDITION: 6p.A4
 Fortune, Chicago , (105), nr. 1, Jan. 11, 1982, p. 66)., Graphs.Ill
 CATALOG NO.: FOT-1-1982.01.11 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Problems and causes of structural unemployment in Western Europe. Structure
 of labour costs and fringe benefits. Stagnating job growth. Possible
 solutions to unemployment. Future economic prospects. Competitiveness. Steel
 industry.
-Desc-
 *Unemployment; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 331.6.063 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 120
-A-
 7580179 820300179
-W-
 Progres technique, croissance et emploi; un modele d' inspiration
 kaldorienne pour six industries europeennes
 Boyer, R.; Petit, P
 EDITION: 41p.A5
 Revue economique, Paris , (32), nr. 6, nov., 1981, p. 1113)., Figs.
 Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: RVU-6-1981.11 R
-Lang-
 French
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: University Level
 Un modele kaldorienne est elabore montrant l' importance relative des
 differents determinants de la productivite industrielle; croissance de la
 demande, rythmes d' accumulations et d' innovations techniques. Le modele
 est applique a l' evolution de six economies europeennes (Republique
 Federale d' Allemagne, France, Italie, Pays-Bas, Belgique et Royaume-Uni)
 dans la periode 1960-1976. Il est examine dans quelle mesure des politiques
 de relance ou de restructuration de l' offre pourraient enrayer le phenomene
 de des industrialisation.
-Desc-
 *Productivity; *Efficacy; *Technology; *Employment; *Western Europe;
 Industrial policy
 UDC NO.: 338.3.011.1 60 331.6 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 121
-A-
 7578272 820200272
-W-
 Industrial innovation and foreign trade in the 80' s
 Grewlich, K.W
 EDITION: 6p.A4
 Intereconomics; monthly review of international trade and development,
 Hamburg , (16), nr. 6, Nov. / Dec., 1981, p. 269)., Ref CATALOG NO.:
 WSA-6-1981.11/12 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Economic and trade relations between the EC, USA and Japan, Europe' s
 technological potential. Problems in the field of cars, steel, textiles,
 agriculture, technology trade against the background of agreements between
 the EC and the USA. Barriers to technology transfer. Industrial policy of
 Japan. Development of a common strategy by the EC-commission.
-Desc-
 *Foreign trade; *Technology transfer; *Western Europe; *Japan; *USA;
 Industrial policy
 UDC NO.: 339.5 60: 659.24 (4-15) (520) (73)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 122
-A-
 7578188 820200188
-W-
 Nigeria Survey
 Wiiliams, D.; Lukic, A.M.; Cotton, D.; a.o
 EDITION: 14p.A4
 African business, London, nr. 40, Dec., 1981, p. 51)., Ill. Portrs.Tab
 CATALOG NO.: AGC-40-1981.12
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Economic development of Nigeria. Political backgrounds. Fiscal situation.
 Revenue position. Industrial policy. Agricultural policy and credit. Grain
 Cocoa. Private sector code of conduct. Foreign trade. Investment climate.
 EEC aid. Statistics 1976-85).
-Desc-
 *Economic policy; *Nigeria; Grain; Cereals
 UDC NO.: 338.22 (669)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 123
-A-
 7574276 812400276
-W-
 Aussenhandels- und Strukturpolitik; komplementaere Zielvorstellungen
 Lukesch, D.; Moser, R.; Holzmueller, H
 EDITION: 10p.A4
 Creditanstalt Bankverein. Wirtschaftsberichte, Wien, (16), nr. 3, 1981, p.
 6)., CATALOG NO.: CRV-3-1981
-Lang-
 German
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Drei Vortrage von Lukesch, Moser und Holzmueller gehalten auf dem 1.
 osterreichischen Wirtschaftsakademiker-Tag am 29. Mai 1981 in Seefeld zum
 Generalthema Aussenhandels- und Strukturpolitik-komplementare
 Zielvorstellungen. Aussenwirtschaftlich induzierten Strukturproblemen und
 Strukturpolitik. Wahrungs- und Wechselkursproblematik und
 Aussenhandelsstruktur. Internationaler Medienstrome und Aussenhandel.
-Desc-
 *Foreign trade policy; *Industrial policy; *Austria; Exchange rates
 UDC NO.: 339.54 338.45: 338.22 (436)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 124
-A-
 7570283 812200283
-W-
 Strukturpolitik in marktwirtschaftlich orientierten Wirtschaftssystemen
 Meissner, W
 EDITION: 18p.A5
 Zeitschrift fur Wirtschaftswissenschaften und Sozialwissenschaften, Berlin,
 (101), nr. 5, 1981, p. 537)., Ref CATALOG NO.: SJB-5-1981 R
-Lang-
 German
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Darlegung der Moglichkeiten Staatlicher Einflussnahme auf die sektorale
 Struktur in westlichen Marktwirtschaften. Am Beispiel von vier westlichen
 Industrielandern (BRD, Grossbritannien, Frankreich und Schweden) werden
 Unterschiede und Gesamtheiten der Strukturpolitik gezeigt. Besondere Aspekte
 der Strukturpolotik: Abstimmung der Strukturpolitik innerhalb der EG;
 Forschungs- und Technologiepolitik. Beurteilung der Zielsetzung und
 Handlungsspielraum staatlicher Strukturpolitik (Summary in Eng.).
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Economic structure; *Western Europe Germany FR; United
 Kingdom; France; Science policy; Research policy
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 338.4 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 125
-A-
 7568775 812100775
-W-
 De Europese staalindustrie; strijd tussen " commonsense" en nationalisme
 (II); het beleid in de Europese Gemeenschap
 Hooglandt, J.D.; Heusdens, J.J.; Ven, J.M.M. van der
 EDITION: 7p.A4
 Economisch statistische berichten, ESB, Rotterdam, (66), nr. 3323, sept. 23,
 1981, p. 920)., Ref CATALOG NO.: ESB-3323-1981.09.23 R
-Lang-
 Dutch
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Vervolg op een artikel in Economisch statistische berichten, jrg. 66,
 no.3323, 23 sept. 1981. Bevoegdheden tot interventie in de staalindustrie
 die de Europese commissie op grond van het EGKS-verdrag bezit. EEG-beleid in
 de crisesperiode 1975-1980. Recente ontwikkelingen: markt-, prijs- en
 sociaal beleid, subsidiecodex. Mogelijkheden van een verschrottingspremie
 als instrument van het herstructureringsbeleid.
-Desc-
 *Steel; *Recession; *Crises; *Industrial policy; *EEC
 UDC NO.: 669.14 338.124 338.45: 338.22 339.543.62EEC
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 126
-A-
 7568691 812100691
-W-
 Richtingsaanwijzers voor produkt- en marktontwikkeling inzake de industriele
 bedrijvigheid in de EEG in het algemeen en Nederland in het bijzonder
 Bunt, J.; Tettero, J.H.J.P
 Uitg. door Erasmusuniversiteit Rotterdam; Centrum voor bedrijfseconomisch
 onderzoek, CBO; Vakgroep commerciele beleidsvorming
 Netherlands, Rotterdam, 1981. , 40p.A4 Fig. Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.:
 BROS-641-1981
-Lang-
 Dutch
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Historische analyses, toekomstverkenningen op wereldniveau, projecties,
 kwantitatieve en kwalitatieve analyses mbt produkt- en marktontwikkeling in
 de EEG en Nederland. Analyse van de ontwikkeling van 12 industriele
 bedrijfsklassen in de EEG, vergeleken met deze in Japan en de USA, over de
 periode 1960-1975. Analyse van de exportontwikkeling van de 9 EEG landen, en
 de plaats van Nederland. Aanbevelingen voor de ontwikkeling van de
 Nederlandse industry.
-Desc-
 *Product management; *Market research; *Western Europe; Export; Industrial
 policy
 UDC NO.: 658.62 658.8.012.1 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 127
-A-
 7566244 812000244
-W-
 Reviving sick industries; at what cost?
 Chattopadhyay, P
 EDITION: 10p.A4
 Commerce, Bombay , (143), nr. 3662, Aug. 22, 1981, p. 329)., Tabs
 CATALOG NO.: CWI-3662-1981.08.22
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Three contributions on the phenomenon of industrial sickness in India.
 Number of sick industrial units and credit outstanding. Industrial policy
 measures. Roles of the Reserve bank and the Industrial reconstruction
 corporation of India. Objectives of the soft loan scheme and of
 rehabilitation finance. Problems being faced by commercial banks and lending
 institutions lending to reviving industries. Statistics, 1978-1979.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Industrial credit; *Reorganization and reconversion;
 *India
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 336.77: 338.45 658.11.016.7 (540)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 128
-A-
 7566017 812000017
-W-
 Aspects of growth, structural change, and employment; a Schumpeterian
 perspective
 Giersch, H
 EDITION: 24p.A5
 Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv, Tubingen , (115), nr. 4, 1979, p. 629).,
 Graphs.Ref. Tab CATALOG NO.: WEL-4-1979 bnd 115 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: University Level
 In a Schumpeter framework the development of two new world economic centers
 outside the USA in Europe and Asia (Japan) in the postwar period is
 discussed. Catching-up process. Problems of transatlantic equilibrium.
 Policies towards growth and Employment. (Zusammenfassung, resume, resumen).
-Desc-
 *Economic growth; *Viennese school; *Schumpeter; *; *Western Europe; *Japan;
 Economic structure; Employment; Growth models; USA
 UDC NO.: 330.35 330.831.2 (4-15) (520)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 129
-A-
 7562250 811800250
-W-
 Industrieansiedlungen in der EG
 EDITION: 12p.A4
 Wirtschaftswoche, Dusseldorf , (35), nr. 32, Juli 31, 1981, p. 38)., Ill.
 Tab CATALOG NO.: WFZ-32-1981.07.31
-Lang-
 German
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Westeuropaische Forderungspraxis bei der Bekampfung der Arbeitslosigkeit
 dutch neue Investitionen. Rolle des EG Regionalfonds. Investitionschancen in
 den zehn EG Landern. Beispiel des Hoechst Konzerns in Italien.
 Konkurrenzkampfen bei der Werbung fur Industrieansiedlung in der BRD.
 Ansiedlungspolitik Irlands. Auskunfteadressen in den EG Landern.
-Desc-
 *Investment climate; *Location; *Western Europe; Business environment;
 Unemployment policy; Industrial policy
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 304 658.21 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 130
-A-
 7560286 811700286
-W-
 Specialisation internationale et crise
 Maldaque, R.; Lafay, G.; Aglietta, M.; a.o
 EDITION: 199p.A5
 Revue economique, Paris, (32), nr. 4, juil, 1981, p. 619)., Bibl. Figs.
 Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: RVU-4-1981.07 R
-Lang-
 French
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Anq contributions de Maldaque, Lafay, Aglietta, Orlean, Oudiz, Savary et
 Balassa. Politiques ' d' ajustement positif' dans la Communaute europeenne.
 Dynamique de specialisation des pays europeens. Politique de change,
 consequences des constraintes monetaires. La France dans la division
 internationale du travail: une approche par l' investissement direct
 international. Evolution de la structure des echanges de produits
 manufactures entre pays industriels et pays en development. Statistique,
 1973-1978. (Bibliogr. 2p.; resumes en francais, summaries in Eng.).
-Desc-
 *International division of labour; *International finance; *Foreign trade;
 *Western Europe; *France ; Foreign investments; International economic
 relations; Recession; Crises
 UDC NO.: 339.9.011.3 339.7 339.5 (4-15) (44)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 131
-A-
 7558477 811600477
-W-
 Die Suederweiterung der Europaeischen Gemeinschaft
 Musto, S.A
 EDITION: 32p.A5
 Kyklos; internationale Zeitschrift fur Sozialwissenschaften, Basel, (43),
 nr. 2, 1981, p. 242)., Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: KYK-2-1981 R
-Lang-
 German
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: University Level
 Folgerungen der Untersuchungen des Deutschen Instituts fur
 Entwicklungspolitik, die sich auf die strukturellen Implikationen der
 zweiten Erweiterung der EEG, fur die Gemeinwirtschaft beziehen. Die internen
 Folgen und die externen Folgen der ungleichen Entwicklung. Implikationen fur
 die gemeinsame Agrarpolitik. Strukturmerkmale der mediterranen
 Landwirtschaft. Implikationen fur die Industrie. (Summary in Eng.; resume en
 francais).
-Desc-
 *Agricultural policy; *Industrial policy; *EEC and associates
 UDC NO.: 63: 338.22 338.45: 338.22 339.543.62EECA
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 132
-A-
 7558244 811600244
-W-
 Ost-West-Vergleich interindustrieller Verflechtungsstrukturen auf der Basis
 von Input-Output-Tabellen
 Scholing, E.; Timmermann, V
 EDITION: 12p.A5
 Kyklos; internationale Zeitschrift fur Sozialwissenschaften, Basel, (34),
 nr. 2, 1981, p. 230)., Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: KYK-2-1981 R
-Lang-
 German
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: University Level
 Fur 13 westliche und 5 ostliche Lander 1959 und 1965 wird untersucht ob sich
 zwischen beiden Landergruppen ein systematischer Systemeinfluss nachweisen
 lasst. Die Stellung einzelner Sektoren im intersektoralen
 Verflechtungszusammenhang. Es wird untersucht ob die Aenderungen als
 Konvergenz- oder Divergenzentwicklungen interpretiert werden konnen.
 (Summary in Eng.; resume en francais).
-Desc-
 *Economic structure; *International economic relations; *East Europe;
 *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 338.4 339.9 (4-11) (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 133
-A-
 7556320 811500320
-W-
 The technologically-oriented Japanese economy; a way to a new international
 relationship, tri-lateralism
 Tetsuo Adachi
 EDITION: 8p.A4
 LTCB research; quarterly review of Japanese industry, Tokyo, nr. 47, 1981,
 special, p. 1)., Graphs.Tabs CATALOG NO.: CLK-47-1981 special
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Economic development of Japan, and the development of the Western industry
 compared with Japan. Impact of US industrial renovation. Advanced technology
 of Western countries (nuclear power, space development, aircraft industry,
 life science). Technical trade balance. Example of the Japanese aircraft
 industry. Programs for promotion of technological development. Statistics,
 1970-1981.
-Desc-
 *International cooperation; *Japan; *USA; *Western Europe ; Technology
 UDC NO.: 339.92 (520) (73) (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 134
-A-
 7556274 811500274
-W-
 Japan' s trade with the EEC; accommodate or retaliate; which way for the
 commission?
 EDITION: 23p.A4
 European trends, London , nr. 67, May, 1981, p. 19)., Fig. Graphs.Tab
 CATALOG NO.: EEB-67-1981.05
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Japanese foreign trade with Western Europe. Balance of trade. Invisible
 trade. Japan' s total import trade by country and by product group. Impact
 of the Japanese industrial policy. Comparison of economy and population of
 Japan and the EEC-countries. EEC protectionist responce to Japanese exports.
 Statistics, 1970-1985.
-Desc-
 *Foreign trade; *Western Europe; *Japan
 UDC NO.: 339.5 (4-15) (520)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 135
-A-
 7556246 811500246
-W-
 Industrial policy and innovation ( Publ. by National institute of economic
 and social research, Policy studies institute and Royal institute of
 international affairs. )
 Ed. by Carter, C
 United Kingdom, London, Heinemann, 1981 X., 241p.A5 Graph. Ref. Tabs
 ISBN: 0-435-83116 X CATALOG NO.: 2-1831
 SERIES: (Joint studies in public policy, 3).
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Thirteen contributions, with commentaries, by Shonfield, Carter, Silberston,
 Daly, Allen, Pavitt, Stout, Willott, Jones, White, Dosy and Northcott, Role
 of the UK government. Industrial policies in the UK, 1960-1980. Technology
 and R and D in the UK. Role of the National Enterprise Board. Role of
 industrial policy. Technology transfer. Institutions, markets and policies
 for micro-electronics in Europe. Case study of machine tool indistry in the
 UK. Industrial policy and innovation in Japan.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Innovation; *New products; *Research and development;
 *United Kingdom; Electronics; Technology; Japan
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 658.624 658.012.1 (410)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 136
-A-
 7556021 811500021
-W-
 Berechnung des industriellen Brutto-Anlagevermoegens in den EG-Laendern
 unter Anwendung einheitlicher Definitionen, Abgrenzungen und Verfahren
 Seidel, B
 Hrsg. Deutsches Institut fuer Wirtschaftsforschung
 Germany FR, Berlin, Duncker und Humblot, 1981., 363p.A4 Graph. Ref. Tab
 ISBN: 3-428-04821-0 CATALOG NO.: DIWB-62-1981
 SERIES: (Beitraege zur Strukturforschung Heft 62, 1981).
-Lang-
 German
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Bruttoanlageinvestitionen und Bruttoanlagevermogen nach Produktionsbereichen
 1960-1978. Ein Anlagevermogensmodell wird Verwendet zur Bestimmung der
 Nutzungsdauer der Anlageguter.
-Desc-
 *Capital; *Capital formation; *Investment theory; *National investments;
 *Western Europe; Statistics; Economic structure
 UDC NO.: 330.14 330.146 330.567: 330.14 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 137
-A-
 7554298 811400298
-W-
 Communautaire industriepolitiek en de aard van de industriele verandering
 Pelkmans, J.; Ven, H. van der
 EDITION: 19p. A5
 Maandschrift economie, Tilburg, (45), nr. 5, 1981, p. 193)., Bibl. Re
 CATALOG NO.: ERK-5-1981 R
-Lang-
 Dutch
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Verdeling van de stelling dat de competentieverdeling tussen het nationale
 en het communautaire niveau van industriepolitiek economisch inefficient is.
 Kenmerken van industriepolitiek. Relatie tussen industriepolitiek en
 industriele verandering. Bevoegdheden en instrumenten van de EEG: positieve
 of sturende - en negatieve of verbiedende industriepolitiek,
 handelspolitiek, flankerende fondsen en staalbeleid.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *EEC
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 339.543.62EEC
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 138
-A-
 7552654 811300654
-W-
 Textiles; l' Europe en mal de politique
 Hubert, A
 EDITION: 4p.A4
 Revue du Marche commun, Paris, nr. 244, fev., 1981, p. 67)., CATALOG NO.:
 RMD-244-1981.02 R
-Lang-
 French
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Probleme de la crise dans les industries europeennes du textile et de l'
 habillement. Renouvellement du Arrangement multifibre (9 decembre 1980).
 Marches proteges. Regles du Gatt. Perspectives pour une politique
 industrielle europeene.
-Desc-
 *Textiles; *Industrial policy; *EEC; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 677 338.45: 338.22 339.543.62EEC (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 139
-A-
 7552322 811300322
-W-
 Measures for saving materials in engineering industries
 Publ. by United Nations; Economic commission for Europe
 USA, New York, 1980., 1p. A4 Figs. Graphs.Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.: 4-2294
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Importance of saving materials in engineering industries in east Europe and
 western Europe. Economic and technical factors influencing the structure of
 the consumption of basic traditional and new types of materials. Ways and
 means of using materials efficiently. Possibilities of standardization.
 Statistics, 1970-78.
-Desc-
 *Engineering; *Waste materials; *Efficiency; *Effectiveness; *East Europe;
 *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 62 62.002.68 658.011.4 (4-11) (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 140
-A-
 7542278 810800278
-W-
 PIDC' s limits to growth
 EDITION: 25p. A4
 Pakistan economist, Karachi , (21) nr. 4, Jan. 24, 1981, p. 8)., Ill. Portr.
 Tabs CATALOG NO.: PKE-4-1981.01.24
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Role of Pakistan Industrial Development Corporation (PIDC) in Pakistan' s
 economy. Projects and companies involved: natural gas, woollen and cotton
 textiles, sugar, refractories, mining. Financial constraints. Interview with
 PIDC chairman.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *Projects; *Institutions; *Pakistan
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 69.05+351.712.2 061 (549)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 141
-A-
 7542127 810800127
-W-
 Austria. The strains on consensus
 EDITION: 8p. A4
 World business weekly, London, (4), nr. 9, March 9, 1981, p. 27)., Ill. Map.
 Portrs.Tabs CATALOG NO.: WBW-9-1981.03.09
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Economic development of Austria. Business environment. Industrial relations.
 Exchange rates. Role of foreign automobiles' industry. Energy-, small
 business-, and industrial policy. Bank profitability. Tourism.
-Desc-
 *Economic development; *Austria
 UDC NO.: 338.1 (436)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 142
-A-
 7540470 810700470
-W-
 Competitive position and future of inland waterway transport; report of the
 forthy-ninth round table on transport economics held in Paris on 31st
 january and 1st february 1980
 Publ. by European conference of Ministers of transport ECMT; Economic
 research centre
 France, Paris, 1980., 98p. A5 Graphs.Tabs ISBN: 92-821-1065-6 CATALOG NO.:
 ECMT-49-1980
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 L.W. Chini. Competitive position and future of inland waterway transport.
 Macro-economic aspects; supply structure, demand trends, competition and
 freight rates (Rhine and Danube basin), intermodal competition, impact on
 state economy. Micro-economic aspects: cost structure, marketing approach,
 pricing, (dis)advantages of inland waterway undertakings. Economy' s need of
 inland waterway operators. Profitability opportunities. Summary of
 discussion.
-Desc-
 *Shipping-- inland water transport; *Transport economics; *Competition;
 *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 656.62 656: 33 339.117.2 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 143
-A-
 7536233 810500233
-W-
 The need for structural change in Europe
 Wegner, M
 EDITION: 3p. A4
 IFO-digest; a quarterly journal on economic trends in the F.R. of Germany,
 Muenich, nr. 4, Dec., 1980, p. 3)., Portr CATALOG NO.: IGE-4-1980.12
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 The working of structural change. Role of OPEC in energy pricing. Major
 factors encouraging change and structural adjustment in the eighties. World
 trade 1950-' 80.
-Desc-
 *Economic structure; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 338.4 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 144
-A-
 7534213 810400213
-W-
 Europe
 Dale, R.; Wyles, J.; Rutherford, M.; a.o
 EDITION: 14p. A2
 Financial times, London , Jan. 12, 1981, Section III, p. 1)., Ill.
 Portrs.Tabs CATALOG NO.: FTS-1981.01.12
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 EEC-politics. Eastern Europe. US and Europe. Industrial production. Branch
 developments. Pollution. Communication. Steel. Energy and policy.
 Unemployment. Banking. Credit control. The EMS. Economic convergence.
 Harmonization. EEC developments per country. Profiles MNC-topmanagers of
 Saint-Gobain, Philips, GKH, Bayer and Arbed. Figures 1970-80.
-Desc-
 *Economic policy; *Structure-- branch of industry; *Western Europe; EEC
 UDC NO.: 338.22 338.45: 658.012.1 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 145
-A-
 7520285 802100285
-W-
 The future for European business-strategies for growth
 Franc, J.-D. le
 EDITION: 6p. A4
 Long range planning, London, (13), nr. 4, Aug., 1980, p. 18)., Tabs
 CATALOG NO.: LOR-4-1980.08 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 New economic relationships in the world economy since the oil shock.
 Prospects for raw material supply. Implications of technological
 proliferation. Economic policy actions of France. Consequences of opening
 borders and protectionism. Importance of specialization and innovation.
-Desc-
 *International economic relations; *Industrial policy; *Western Europe ;
 Commodities; Raw materials; Protection and free trade; Innovation; New
 products; Energy
 UDC NO.: 339.9 338.45: 338.22 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 146
-A-
 7520225 802100225
-W-
 Indien liberalisiert Industriepolitik
 EDITION: 1p. A4
 Nachrichten fur Aussenhandel, Koln, (43), nr. 166, Aug. 28, 1980, p. 5).
 CATALOG NO.: NFA-166-1980.08.28 R
-Lang-
 German
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Neutrale Beobachter sehen jedoch noch zahlreiche Investitionshemmnisse.
 Einzelheiten der industriepolitischen Erklarung vom 23.7.1980 u.a. Anhebung
 der Investitionsobergrenze fur die Kleinindustrie. Automatische Expansion
 fur 15 Industriebereiche. Exportindustrien. Modernisierung.
 Arbeitsnehmer/-geberbeziehungen.
-Desc-
 *Industrial policy; *India
 UDC NO.: 338.45: 338.22 (540)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 147
-A-
 7518293 802000293
-W-
 The Mediterranean challenge Part. 3. EEC enlargement-the southern
 neighbours
 Tovias, A
 Publ. by Sussex European research centre
 United Kingdom, Z.pl., 1979. , 102p. A5 Bibl. Ref. Tabs ISBN: 0-903422-25-5
 CATALOG NO.: SEUP-5-1979
 SERIES: (Sussex European papers nr. 5).
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Effects of the entry of Greece, Spain, and Portugal into the EEC on economic
 structure, agriculture and foreign trade of Morocco, Algeria, Tunesia,
 Malta, Libya, Egypt, Israel, Jordan. Lebanon, Syria, Turkey, Cyprus and
 Yugoslavia. Statistics 1960-77.
-Desc-
 *EEC and associates; *Western Europe; *Maghreb; *North Africa
 UDC NO.: 339.543.62EECA (4-15) (61)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 148
-A-
 7518233 802000233
-W-
 Ontwikkeling, De, van de bedrijfstakstruktuur in Europa sedert de oliecrisis
 1973-1978; Europa' s aanpassingsvermogen onder de bep
 Verslag van de groep deskundigen Sectorale analyses
 Uitg. door Commissie der Europese gemeenschappen; Directoraat generaal
 economische en financiele zaken
 Belgium, Brussel, 1979., 111p. A4 Tabs ISBN: 92-825-1463-3 CATALOG NO.
 4-2094
 SERIES: (Europese economie: speciale uitgave).
-Lang-
 Dutch
-DocType-
 Monograph
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Macro-economische achtergrond van de sectoriele veranderingen; verstoring
 wereldeconomie, verschillen tussen lid-staten. Binnenlandse vraag:
 particuliere consumptie en investeringen; trendbreuken als gevolg van de
 crisis. Buitenlandse vraag; algemene en wereld-vraag resultaten op de
 OPEC-markten, internationale industriele specialisatie en arbeidsverdeling.
 Produktieontwikkeling per bedrijfstak per land. Gebruik van de
 produktiefaktoren; werkgelegenheid, produktiviteit. Prijzen, lonen,
 winsten.
-Desc-
 *Economic structure; *Recession; *Crises; *Western Europe
 UDC NO.: 338.4 338.124 (4-15)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 149
-A-
 7516570 801900570
-W-
 The strategies of US multinationals in Europe
 Young, S.; Hood, N
 EDITION: 19p. A4
 Multinational business, London, nr. 2, 1980, p. 1)., Ref. Tabs CATALOG NO.:
 MQO-2-1980 R
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Higher Education
 Factors underlying US corporate strategy in Europe. Highlights of a Scottish
 economic planning department study on future investment trends and policy
 measures of US MNCs in order to sustain US multinational investments in
 Europe. European and Scottish business environment, industrial structure,
 product and market roles, reorganization.
-Desc-
 *Corporate strategy; *Business policy; *Multinationals; *Western Europe;
 *East Europe; *USA; Investments; corporate
 UDC NO.: 658.011.1 658.114.513.24 (4-15) (4-11) (73)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 036:090 150
-A-
 7506368 801400368
-W-
 Insurance. Many problems to be faced
 EDITION: 6p. A4
 Business and finance, Athens, nr. 83, March 29, 1980, p. 23)., Graph. Ill.
 Tabs CATALOG NO.: BUX-83-1980.03.29
-Lang-
 Eng.
-DocType-
 Article
 GRADE LEVEL: Popular
 Characteristics of the Greek insurance market. Car accidents in
 West-European countries. The Greek Committee of European Insurance.
 Distribution of insurance companies according to economic regions. World
 view. The activities of insurance companies abroad. Premiums according to
 economic regions, 1978. Structure of the insurance market in different
 countries.
-Desc-
 *Insurance; *Traffic accidents; *Western Europe; *Greece ; World;
 International
 UDC NO.: 368 656.08 (4-15) (495)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 1
-A-
 1323973
-W-
 Toxic spill training held inadequate; small urban and rural areas sees at
 risk. Chemical Marketing Reporter March 17, 1986 p. 7, 30
 Standards are needed to teach fire fighters and police officers to handle
 accidents involving hazardous material trasportation, according to OTA.
 Rural areas are more at risk from untrained personnel than urban areas, and
 there are no national training program standards. OTA would also like to see
 consistent penalties for violating regulations across governmental and
 jurisdictional levels, and substantial enough to discourage further
 infractions. Hazardous materials shipments total 180 million/yr, or 500, 000
 trips/d, according to DOT. Shipments can contain any of over 2, 400
 chemicals, explosives, wastes, and radioactive materials.
 *1USA *United States *4953700 *Hazardous Waste Treatmnt, Storge, Disposl *93
 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 2
-A-
 1322670
-W-
 SCRAP: RIGHT-TO-KNOW: NARI'S Phase II Compliance Aid Program Set. American
 Metal Market March 11, 1986 p. 9
 The National Association of Recycling Industries will introduce a
 right-to-know program designed to enable all processing and consuming firms
 to meet federal regulations at its Los Angeles, California, convention in
 early 1986. The Phase II program contains all of the materials necessary for
 scrap dealers and processors to comply with present right-to-know
 regulations and possible extension of pending federal rules, and for
 consumers to comply with regulatory requirements of the Occupational Safety
 and Health Administration that become effective on 5/25/86. NARI pointed out
 that the health and safety procedures similar to those mandated by the
 various regulations are already being enforced by unions and insurance firms
 in many cases. The program components, to be available at a moderate cost,
 include a right-to-know compliance manual tailored to each firm outlining
 its operational program, including material safety data sheets, labeling,
 employee training, health effects and exposure controls. The step-by-step
 compliance directions are designed for the general scrap industry,
 processors, merchants-borkers and consumers. In this manner all varying
 activities within a firm's operations can be fully convered as required by
 the OSHA regulations. The components also include a 35 milimeters
 audio-visual carousel slide/tape module for use in conducting OSHA-required
 employee training sessions.
 *1USA *United States *5093000 *Scrap & Waste Materials Whsle *36 *services
 data
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 3
-A-
 1320088
-W-
 SCRAP: NARI Urges Exemption of Dealers From Federal Right-to-Know Laws.
 American Metal Market March 4, 1986 p. 7
 The National Association of Recycling Industries urged the federal
 government to exempt scrap metal dealers from present and pending 'right to
 know' laws, contending that hazardous waste regulations are designed for
 chemical producers and distributors. NARI petitioned OSHA to exclude scrap
 dealers and processors from an expanded right-to-know program that as of
 RELEVANT_____ PARTIALLY RELEVANT_____ NOT RELEVANT_____ 5/25/86 will require
 the industry to conduct employee training programs and meet in-plant
 regulatory requirements. NARI said it is not rational or cost effective for
 scrap dealers essentially grading, processing and shipping non-hazardous
 metals to have to comply with the onerous and costly burdens planned for
 chemical producers and distributors. It believes that since dealers and
 processors typically handle non-hazardous materials, compliance with
 regulations enforced by OSHA is neither necessary nor economically feasible.
 The present economic plight of the recycled metals industry is severe, and
 any more cost burdens such as those inherent in the proposed regulations
 would impair the ability of many to continue operations on an economically
 viable basis.
 *1USA *United States *5093100 *Scrap Metals *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 4
-A-
 1312081
-W-
 Right-to-Know Package Will Save Members More Than $25M: ISIS. American Metal
 Market January 17, 1986 p. 7
 The right-to-know package established by the Institute of Scrap Iron and
 Steel will save its 1, 200 members $25 million+. The ISIS staff developed
 and distributed to the membership without charge a series of 15 Material
 Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for ferrous and nonferrous scrap. MSDS forms must
 be developed and filled out in accordance with the new right-to-know
 regulations. Employers must make an inventory of potentially hazardous
 substances to which employees may be exposed in the workplace. Employers
 must then obtain or develop MSDS forms on all hazardous substances in the
 workplace. Procedures must be developed to assure that the employees and
 other interested parties have access to records concerning exposures to
 hazardous substances. Employee training programs must be developed and
 initiated to inform employees about exposures to hazardous substances and
 about their legal rights. Containers of hazardous substances must be
 properly labeled and MSDSs must be provided to all purchasers of hazardous
 substances.
 *1USA *United States *3310000 *Primary Iron & Steel *97 *govt functions
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 5
-A-
 1309362
-W-
 NARI Developing 'Phase II' Of Right-to-Know Program. American Metal Market
 January 31, 1986 p. 9
 A comprehensive 'Phase II' of its right-to-know assistance program is being
 developed by the National Association of Recycling Industries for industry
 members who are required to meet new federal and state requirements coming
 into effect as early as 5/25/86. The 'Phase II' concept deals with plant
 operational and employee training programs that are mandated by OSHA in a
 second wave of regulatory requirements. The first phase of NARI's
 member-assistance program involved the distribution of Materials Safety Data
 Sheets (MSDSs) on all the major metals and alloys, and a series of 'how to'
 compliance clinics. The 'Phase II' program consists of a written compliance
 manual, an audio-visual slide employee training program and a series of
 technical clinics in 4 regions of the country. The program will enable any
 of the association's members--whether a processor-dealer or a
 consumer-manufacturer--to meet federal as well as state regulations
 involving plant management, operation and employee training.
 *1USA *United States *5093100 *Scrap Metals *60 *market data
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 6
-A-
 1307565
-W-
 Hazardous wastes in academic labs. Chemical & Engineering News February 3,
 1986 p. 21-31
 Changes in Resources Conservation and Recovery Act will apply to
 installations generating under 1, 000 kilogram per month of hazardous waste,
 affecting 1, 500 more schools. In addition, academic institutions must
 comply with the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and
 Liability Act (Superfund). While this law has applied mainly to companies,
 the U of Minnesota and N Carolina State U have been placed on Superfund's
 National Priorities list for cleanup of specific disposal sites used in the
 past. Colleges and universities must also be aware that even if they use a
 commercial disposal firm, they are still liable for any health or
 environmental damage the stored waste might eventually inflict. As part of
 their expanding waste management programs, many schools are recovering
 useful materials from hazardous wastes, reducing the disposal volume of such
 wastes. Many schools, especially chemistry depts, also recognize that
 training in the disposal of hazardous wzstes is an essential part of a
 chemistry student's education. While an industrial plant may generate only
 12 waste products, an academic lab may generate thousands of such products,
 some only in gram quantities. The U of Massachusetts (Amherst) disposes of
 2, 000 types per year of chemicals and chemical mixtures, ranging from as
 small as ampoule to 55- gallon drum amounts. This wide diversity of
 chemicals is a major problem, partly because Environmental Protection Agency
 requires that all chemicals buried in landfills be identified by chemical
 name. Also, the variety of waste requires academic labs to do a large amount
 of paperwork to keep tabs on what they ship to off-site disposal firms.
 Article discusses paying for hazardous waste disposal and use of lab packs,
 and hazardous waste handling by academic institution.
 *1USA *United States *4953700 *Hazardous Waste Treatmnt, Storge, Disposl *93
 *regulation 1USA United States 8220000 Colleges & Universities 93
 regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 7
-A-
 1304245
-W-
 Battelle develops hazardous chemical information system. American Paint &
 Coatings Journal November 25, 1985 p. 18
 Battelle's (Columbus, Ohio) Software Products Center has developed a
 database for maintaining and tracking information on hazardous chemicals.
 Chemtrak can be used to generate hazardous chemical reports to comply with
 government standards on hazard information programs for employees and to
 monitor chemical supplies for distribution and reordering. The cost of the
 Chemtrak package, including documentation training and installation, is $17,
 000.
 *1USA *United States *7375990 *Other Database Vendors NEC *33 *products;
 *Battelle-Columbus Labs
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 8
-A-
 1288478
-W-
 Forcing Chemical Makers To Come Clean On Hazards.Anew OSHA rule will cost
 chemical makers $604 million to start compliance and $159 million per year
 thereafter.
 #Business Week Industrial Edition December 9, 1985 p. 86H
 The ruling, issued in 1983 with a 2- year lead time, orders companies to
 give their workers and customers detailed safety sheets and levels for
 hazardous products. The OSHA rules also require both chemical and
 nonchemical employers to begin intensive safety training programs for their
 14 million workers by spring-1986. Also, on 12/9/85 the Environmental
 Protection Agency will issue a list of 400 chemicals it says will be
 hazardous if released into the air. The list is hoped to push state and
 local officials into demanding information on where those chemicals are used
 and preparation of emergency-response plans. Union officials are
 scrutinizing industry compliance, complaining that all companies do not
 always identify their products by chemical name.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 9
-A-
 1288352
-W-
 Business Bulletin.New OSHA regulations on safety labeling and training are
 expected to cost manufacturers $600 million/yr. Wall Street Journal 3 Star,
 Eastern (Princeton, NJ) Edition December 5, 1985 p. 1
 As of 12/1/85 chemical manufacturers must provide material safety data
 sheets and labels outlining possible hazards on chemicals they ship. By
 5/86, all manufacturers will have to maintain the sheets and start training
 workers in the use of hazardous materials.
 *1USA *United States *9108634 *Packaging & Labeling Regulation *93
 *regulation 1USA United States 9913500 Safety Management 93 regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 10
-A-
 1285129
-W-
 OSHA is revising two standards.OSHA has proposed major revisions of its
 standards for formaldehyde and benzene calling for significant reductions in
 allowable exposure limits for both chemicals. Chemical Week December 11,
 1985 p. 15, 16
 Current OSHA standards include short-term exposure limits (STELs) or
 ceilings and limits on average exposure/workday. OSHA now believes that
 there is no justification for STELs. It plans to lower workplace exposure to
 benzene over 8 hours from 10 parts per million of air to 1 parts per
 million, with monitoring and medical surveillance required at exposure
 levels of 0.5 parts per million. The new standard would cut the potential
 risk of deaths from leukemia 22 percent to 136/1, 000 workers. Petrochemical
 producers and plant operators would have to spend $29 million per year to
 comply with the new rules. Formaldehyde exposure levels would be reduced
 from 3 parts per million to 1-1.5 parts per million and monitoring,
 training, engineering controls and other protective measures would be
 required.
 *1USA *United States *2863100 *Benzene *94 *regulation 1USA United States
 2868520 Formaldehyde 94 regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 11
-A-
 1285128
-W-
 Pressure from the pulpit.Union Carbide and FMC must adopt a policy requiring
 the public disclosure of potential hazards of pesticides and other chemicals
 made, stored or used at its US or foreign pesticide plants, according to
 church investor groups and the Interfaith Center on Corporate Responsibility
 (ICCR). Chemical Week December 11, 1985 p. 14, 15
 Another resolution proposed by the groups ask the firms to publish a report
 by 7/86 detailing the actions taken as a result of the Bhopal accident. The
 reports should include information on whether the firms maintain identical
 health and safety standards and training programs at therir its domestic and
 foreign plants, but may exclude proprietary or competitive information.
 American Baptist Churches USA holds 8, 800 shares of FMC stock.
 *1USA *United States *2879000 *Pesticides & Other Ag Chemicals *29 *public
 affairs; *Union Carbide; Duns No: *00-128-9008; Ticker: *UK; CUSIP: *905581
 1USA United States 2879000 Pesticides & Other Ag Chemicals 29 public
 affairs; FMC
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 12
-A-
 1283085
-W-
 Are Those Labels Ready.As of 11/25/85, chemical firms must label shipped
 containers of hazardous chemicals and supply data sheets to companies that
 purchase the chemicals. Industry Week (formerly Steel Magazine) November 25,
 1985 p. 37-40
 By 5/25/86, manufacturing employees must comply with additional requirements
 for training and education. The laws are the first set of OSHA guidelines to
 comprehensively cover labeling of chemicals--previously, each state had its
 own laws. Though companies have no trouble determining the composition of
 their products, some are worried that divulging product information on
 labels could hurt their competitive advantage. The labeling and educational
 requirements, along with the massive amounts of paperwork that go along with
 them, has made it difficult for many firms to meet the stated deadlines.
 Companies that use chemicals are also required to abide by the new laws and
 are required to report to OSHA any chemical company that fails to properly
 label products.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *94 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 13
-A-
 1281450
-W-
 Toxic chemical listing to aid community response. Chemical Marketing
 Reporter November 25, 1985 p. 3, 53
 Environmental Protection Agency will list 403 hazardous chemicals
 'immediately dangerous to life and health' to help communities plan for
 emergencies such as industrial accidents. Release of the list was delayed by
 review by CDC. State officials complained that the list will force them to
 deal with a great deal of public concern for which they are not prepared.
 About 140 of the compounds on the list are pesticides and pesticide
 components. Major compounds on the list include sulfuric acid (the largest
 volume chemical produced in the US), ammonia (3rd) and nitric acid (11th),
 along with chlorine, formaldehyde, bromine, fluorine, sulfur dioxide,
 phenol, hydrogen peroxide and nitrobenzene. Several food, fragrance and
 flavoring materials are listed, as are 7 warfare agents. The list includes
 about 20 percent of all chemicals in commerce. Environmental Protection
 Agency will give local communities technical assistance and training, but it
 will be up to local agencies to determine which of the toxic chemicals are
 produced or handled nearby and to produce emergency response plans.
 Cooperation by chemical firms in such planning is now voluntary, although
 new Superfund legislation may require cooperation.
 *1USA *United States *4953700 *Hazardous Waste Treatmnt, Storge, Disposl *93
 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 14
-A-
 1280100
-W-
 Chemical companies face up to hazard communication. Chemical Week November
 20, 1985 p. 56-61
 Article discusses the 11/85 implementation of OSHA's hazard communication
 standard. After 11/25/85, shipments of chemicals that pose health or safety
 hazards of any kind must carry material safety data sheets (MSDS) describing
 the precise nature of those hazards. Companies in manufacturing industries
 must make available to employees MSDSs for all hazardous materials in the
 workplace, prepare a written hazard program explaining how they intend to
 keep employees apprised of workplace risks, and provide training and
 education programs for workers of specific hazards. They must also teach
 workers about how the hazard communication program overall.
 *1USA *United States *9108651 *Occupational Safety Regulation *93
 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 15
-A-
 1279353
-W-
 Electronic system solves labeling problem. Packaging (frmly Package
 Engineering incl Modern Packaging) November 1985 p. 62, 63
 Stepan identifies 400 of its chemical products with pressure-sensitive
 electronically printed labels, compared with its former use of stenciled
 markings, to comply with OSHA's right-to-know laws and DOT labeling
 regulations. The firm required thousands of labels per month for a wide
 diversity of products. Each product had to be labeled with detailed
 information specific to each chemical. The new labels are printed on a Weber
 Legitronic 2060 system, which requires a password for activation, and may
 only be used by certain personnel due to security considerations. The
 labels, complete with the proper DOT symbology, are printed up on demand,
 thus eliminating the need to keep stocks of different labels. The
 possibility of mislabeling or improper labeling information has been
 eliminated with the system, which requires no special training for use and
 keeps the proper information for each product on a diskette. Label copy
 includes product identification, weight, lot number, health hazard warnings,
 first aid, spill procedures and storage and handling instructions.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *35 *product
 standards; *Stepan 1USA United States 3573264 Computer Label Printers 61
 contracts received; Weber Marking Systems
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 16
-A-
 1278925
-W-
 Capping Trouble.
 #Wall Street Journal 3 Star, Eastern (Princeton, NJ) Edition November 11,
 1985 p. 1, 18
 Battered by bad publicity and facing growing regulatory pressure, chemical
 companies are taking a fresh look at plant hazards. They are reducing
 stockpiles of dangerous chemicals, installing sophisticated equipment to
 detect escaping chemicals and working with local officials to develop
 evacuation plans for nearby residents. Industry-sponsored studies by the
 American Institue of Chemical Engineers in the late 1970s confirmed that
 many safety systems were too small to neutralize large chemical leaks. In
 addition, the quality of valves and other basic parts vital to safety is
 declining, and the growing role of cost-conscious purchasing managers in
 choosing equipment is cutting quality. American Cyanamid, after a 1984
 malathion leak, initiated a saftey program whereby workers get 40 hours of
 classroom training, including courses in basic chemistry to help them better
 understand plant processes. Plant officials are drafting new guidelines to
 ensure that workers are trained for new assignments. However, chemical
 companies, including American Cyanamid, are only beginning to grapple with
 studies questioning the adequacy of plant safety systems. For example,
 emergency systems on chemical-plant tanks traditionally have been designed
 to neutralize only escaping gases. Industry supported studies confirm that
 chemical liquids also escape from tanks in runaway reactions.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *23 *productn
 mgmt
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 17
-A-
 1278261
-W-
 A Rise In Injuries On the Job. Business Week Industrial Edition November 25,
 1985 p. 46
 In 1984 there were 8 cases/100 full-time workers of job-related illness and
 injury compared with 7.6 in 1983, a significant jump after a 4- year decline
 in the injury rate. The number of lost workdays/case rose from 58.5 to 63.4.
 The new data will reinforce organized labor's calls for analysis of the
 Occupational Safety and Health Administration's 'voluntary' compliance
 program and for adoption of a 'get-tough' policy on employers. The
 government is investigating possible reasons behind the increased incidence
 of accidents on the job.
 *1USA *United States *8000500 *Employee Health & Safety *53 *labor use
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 18
-A-
 1276489
-W-
 NONFERROUS: Safety Training Ordered On Nickel, Chrome Jobs. American Metal
 Market November 4, 1985 p. 26
 OSHA has ordered nickel and chromium producers and fabricators to issue
 warnings and take other safety precautions to protect workers as of late
 1985. OSHA said essentially the regulation will require that the materials
 are labeled as hazardous and that employees handling the materials are given
 safety training. The regulation will affect primary US producers and
 stainless steel fabricators. Warnings will note what the content of each
 grade is and what precautions need to be taken in fabricating the materials.
 Stainless steel industry executives said the hazard warning will be more of
 an 'administrative paperwork' matter than change in production methods. OSHA
 has set a 5/25/86 deadline for firms to train personnel who work with the
 hazardous materials.
 *1USA *United States *3339650 *Chromium *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 19
-A-
 1270204
-W-
 Mobil Chemical laboratories cited for safety; OSHA inspectors to be trained
 at the facility. Chemical Marketing Reporter October 28, 1985 p. 3
 Mobil Chemical's Edison and Princeton, New Jersey, labs have been admitted
 to OSHA's STAR program, which contains the toughest safety and health
 standards set by government for industry. The Edison lab will provide OSHA
 compliance officers with hands-on training for a special inspection program
 that will focus on the 12, 000 US chemical plants. STAR program standards
 are tougher than OSHA's workplace rules and regulations. Each STAR applicant
 undergoes an OSHA review of the plant safety and health program, including
 an on-site inspection of its records and logs, a review of its inspection
 history, interviews with management and employees and an assessment of plant
 conditions. Plant employees are guided through each stage of the process to
 identify and learn how to handle each potential safety and health hazard.
 The OSHA inspectors will do the same, gaining valuable hands-on knowledge
 for their plant inspections. STAR plants and labs remain accountable to OSHA
 but are removed from OSHA's scheduled inspection list. Of the 29 industrial
 facilities enrolled in the STAR program, 15 are owned and operated by
 Mobil.
 *1234 *New Jersey *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *45 *R&D outlays;
 *Mobil Chemical
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 20
-A-
 1267995
-W-
 Complying with OSHA's hazard communication rule. PIMA (frmrly Amer Paper Ind
 & Paper Ind) October 1985 p. 38, 39
 OSHA will require employers to inform employees about potential hazards in
 the workplace and to offer self-protection training against these hazards.
 Beginning on 11/25/85, chemical manufacturers and distributors are required
 to label shipped containers of hazardous materials and to provide safety
 data sheets to manufacturing purchasers of the chemicals. By RELEVANT_____
 PARTIALLY RELEVANT_____ NOT RELEVANT_____ 5/25/86, all manufacturing
 employers classified in the SIC codes 20-39 must comply with all
 requirements of the standard. These requirements include proper labeling of
 hazardous materials in the workplace, supplying access to safety data sheets
 at all times, provide training and information to employees regarding
 chemicals in their workplace at the time of their initial assignment and
 whenever new hazards are introduced and development and implementation of a
 written hazard communication program for the workplace. Article discusses
 the specification for classifying hazardous materials or hazard
 determination, handling of material safety sheets, labeling standards,
 training requirements, formulation of a written plan and federal preemption
 of state work right-to-know laws.
 *1USA *United States *9108651 *Occupational Safety Regulation *93
 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 21
-A-
 1267968
-W-
 EPA details strategy to control hazardous air emissions. Chemical &
 Engineering News October 28, 1985 p. 16-17
 Environmental Protection Agency has unveiled its new 3-part program for
 controlling hazardous air emissions. The 1st part involves chemical
 emergency and preparedness planning and better coordination among the
 responsible agencies. The formal air toxics strategy proposal will include a
 guidance document for local and state authorities on handling emergencies.
 Environmental Protection Agency will give seminars and training programs on
 implementing the plan. The 2nd aspect of the plan involves regional
 environmental monitoring. Environmental Protection Agency will perform a
 multimedia survey of all pollutants in metropolitan areas to determine
 exposure levels and prepare a list of chemicals that pose the greatest risk.
 The 3rd part of the program involves federal, state and local cooperation.
 Environmental Protection Agency has established a computer-based
 clearinghouse for information on dealing with air toxics and a referral
 program of technical and financial support to help control local pollution
 sources that do not require federal regulation.
 *1USA *United States *4954000 *Air Pollution Control *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 22
-A-
 1264469
-W-
 Chemical Makers Prepare to Comply With New Rules. Wall Street Journal 3
 Star, Eastern (Princeton, NJ) Edition October 15, 1985 p. 1
 A new law requires chemical companies to fully disclose the nature of their
 products to users. As of 11/25/85, chemical manufacturers must comply with
 the new hazard communication standard of the Occupational Health and Safety
 Administration. The law requires chemical firms to label containers and
 provide data sheets to manufacturers who use chemicals. Worker training
 sessions must begin by 5/25/86. Some states will adopt laws tougher than
 those proposed by OSHA. Texas, for example, requires disclosure of hazardous
 materials to the community as well as manufacturers. Some companies, such as
 Dow Chemical and Union Carbide, plan to begin their worker training sessions
 well ahead of the deadline.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 23
-A-
 1264206
-W-
 'Olive branch' activity prevails after Institute. Chemical Week October 16,
 1985 p. 90-91
 Union Carbide hopes to reduce plant emissions 30-50 percent in 3 years and
 has already cut emissions of its 35 most hazardous chemicals 79 percent or
 3.6 million pound/yr. Inventories of these chemicals have been reduced 74
 percent or 39 million pound. Carbide has increased cleanup spending to $220
 million, mainly to reduce plant emissions. Due to the human errors involved
 in the Institute, West Virginia, accidents, the firm is intensifying its
 efforts to retrain plant employees and balance out technical and operations
 personnel. It has also established a manufacturing office to coordinate
 world plant activities. CMA's Community Awareness and Emergency Response
 Program (CAER), designed to increase the involvement of chemical plant
 managers in information handling and planning emergency response programs
 for plant communities, has been widely accepted by chemical companies and 1,
 700 plant managers have undergone training sessions, according to JC
 Holtzman of CMA. Some chemical firms are trying to improve community
 relations at plant locations. Others, such as Dow Chemical and Hoechst (W
 Germany), are introducing a series of ads to improve their public images.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *42 *pollution;
 *Union Carbide; Duns No: *00-128-9008; Ticker: *UK; CUSIP: *905581
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 24
-A-
 1264192
-W-
 No letup on right to know. Chemical Week October 16, 1985 p. 15
 Wolverine World Wide's Tru-Stitch Footwear Division is being sued by
 Attorney Gen R Abrams for 4 violations of right-to-know laws at its 5 plants
 at Malone, New York. Tru-Stitch allegedly failed to instruct and train its
 workers on handling hazardous substances, did not maintain proper records of
 worker exposure and neglected to post required right-to-know signs in its
 plants. Abrams is seeking $40, 000 in penalties and has ordered Wolverine to
 correct the violations. The suit was filed on behalf of Wolverine's
 cementers who glue soles onto slippers. The workers are exposed to hazardous
 chemicals such as MEK in poorly ventilated areas without being protected by
 respirators. Federal regulations require employees who are exposed to MEK at
 1, 000 parts per million concentrations to wear respirators.
 Abrams' case against Consolidated Edison over alleged use of oil that
 contained printed circuit boards is still pending. Employees claimed that
 they were ordered to burn contaminated oil. Pymm Thermometer allegedly
 failed to warn or protect workers against mercury exposure. New York State
 has charged that Vulcan Fuel and Resin Optics fired workers who requested
 workplace hazard information and training in the safe handling of these
 materials.
 *1USA *United States *3140000 *Nonrubber Footwear *93 *regulation;
 *Wolverine World Wide; Duns No: *00-601-5069; Ticker: *WWW; CUSIP: *978097
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 25
-A-
 1251642
-W-
 Transporting dangerous goods: the new laws. Process Industries Canada
 (formerly Canadian Chemical Processing) September 1985 p. 60-65
 Canada: New regulations governing the transport of hazardous goods have
 taken effect. Shipments by all carriers are now regulated by a single set of
 laws rather than the maze of separate rules for various carriers. Thus, no
 changes will be needed in documentation or classification when a cargo is
 transferred from 1 type of transport to another. Hazardous materials must
 now be classified into 1 of 9 categories, with special labeling and
 documentation requirements. The originator of each shipment must provide all
 necessary information to shippers. Training and certification will be
 required for handlers of hazardous goods. Rules have also been formulated to
 govern interprovincial waste shipments and emergency response plans.
 Implementation of the regulations on 7/1/85 was made difficult by the
 publishing of some amendments only 3 d earlier. Companies must now produce
 their own emergency response plans, or have them formulated on a contract
 basis. Bugs in the new regulations must still be worked out.
 *2CAN *Canada *4953700 *Hazardous Waste Treatmnt, Storge, Disposl *93
 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 26
-A-
 1247787
-W-
 CMA develops two community programs. Adhesives Age September 1985 p. 44
 The CMA has developed 2 new programs to aid the chemical industry in
 emergency planning, community health and safety protection procedures and to
 provide hazard information to the public. The programs were developed in
 response to OSHA Hazard Communication Standard that will take effect
 11/5/85. Health and safety information will be made available to communities
 where chemical manufacturing takes place, including instruction for response
 to chemical emergencies and a hazard information program to train those who
 are 1st to respond to chemical emergencies. The new programs, CAER
 (community awareness and emergency response) and NRIC are designed to enable
 dispersion of chemical related information to the community. CHEMTREC will
 continue to provide emergency response personnel and information and will
 expand to handle nontransport emergencies. CHEMNET will provide on-site
 assistance via a mutual aid network of industry and emergency response
 teams. The Chemical Referral Center will be a source for nonemergency
 information on chemical hazards. The Emergency Response Training program
 will provide training materials to industry personnel, firefighters, police
 and other emergency personnel.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *36 *services
 data
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 27
-A-
 1245222
-W-
 Safety: The top issue at AlChE. Chemical Week September 4, 1985 p. 13, 14
 The problem of safe operating procedures in the chemical industry is helping
 the risk assessment business. The American Institute of Chemical Engineers
 (AIChE) will begin fund raising for its planned Center for Chemical Plant
 Safety in 9/85. The center's 1st project, to develop acceptable industry
 procedures for evaluating hazards, is almost finished. The center will also
 address the issues of bulk storage and handling of toxic or reactive
 materials, safety training and plant operating procedures. AIChE has
 introduced a series of computer models that will enable engineers to size
 emergency relief systems from simple measurements. The technology was
 developed by the Design Institute for Emergency Relief Systems under AIChE's
 auspices. Some $1.6 million was spent to study the dynamics of emergency
 relief systems. According to CC Burns of Stone and Webster Engineering,
 before the Bhopal tragedy the chemical industry was not interested in
 projects that would link risk analysis to an emergency response plan. But
 concern over potential regulation has made companies more self-policing.
 Article discusses fault-tree analysis as a way to analyze potential
 accidents that could release toxic materials.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *23 *productn
 mgmt
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 28
-A-
 1241557
-W-
 Chemistry industry initiatives announced. Plastics Engineering August 1985
 p. 6
 New chemical industry initiatives will increase public access to hazard
 information under the Community Awareness and Emergency Response (CAER)
 program and the National Chemical Response and Information Center, according
 to CMA chairman EC Holmer. The National Chemical Reponse and Information
 Center will coordinate responses to requests for emergency and nonemergency
 information on chemicals and training for emergency service personnel at the
 local level. It will built around the Chemical Transportation Emergency
 Center (Chemtrec), the industry's 14- year old transportation emergency
 hotline service. Chemtrec provides information on chemicals to emergency
 service personnel.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *29 *public
 affairs
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 29
-A-
 1238996
-W-
 Carbide leak highlights defects in systems handling toxic matter. New York
 Times (National Edition) August 19, 1985 p. 1, 12
 Up to 50, 000 processing units at US chemical plants are not designed to
 prevent the leaking of hazardous substances if chemical processes get out of
 control, according to industry consultants. The possibility that defective
 systems could lead to a health emergency is small, because many human and
 equipment errors would have to occur sequentially to result in such an event
 and only 1 percent of the 5 million chemical processing units in the US
 handle hazardous materials that could lead to a runaway reaction. Leading
 chemical company and engineering society representatives have recommended
 changes in emergency systems for the processing of hazardous chemicals,
 after studying the issue for 10 years. The recommendations will be
 incorporated in a new manual of standards to be published in early 1986. The
 changes involve ways to relieve potentially dangerous increases in pressure
 and temperature in the processing of hazardous materials. Few firms have
 installed the necessary equipment due to ignorance, lack of technical
 expertise and high cost. As yet, such changes have not been required by
 government regulatory agencies or industry association. According to I Swift
 of Fike Technical Services, of over 100 emergency relief systems that he has
 checked in the past 10 years, all were inadequate and were too small to
 handle the flow of material resulting from very high temperatures and
 pressures. He believes that the cost of solving the design problems could
 reach $2 billion. Union Carbide spent $5 million to upgrade safety equipment
 used in the production of methyl isocyanate at its Institute, West Virginia,
 plant. Experts believe that emergency and safety systems are not given
 higher priority by the chemical industry because chemical engineering
 undergraduates are not required to study them. According to HG Fisher, a
 specialist in emergency systems, safety systems are no many fi Carbide's
 Institute, West Virginia, plant.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *34 *product
 specs
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 30
-A-
 1235562
-W-
 New law to affect firms that use naphthenic oils. Rubber & Plastics News
 July 15, 1985 p. 17
 OSHA has ruled that any product containing over 0.1 percent of untreated
 naphthenic oils must be listed on material safety data sheets as containing
 a carcinogen. The regulations, effective 11/85, also require manufacturers
 to include warning labels with ingredient information on materials found to
 be hazardous, and to conduct information and safety training programs to
 help employees understand the health effects of naphthenic oils. Naphthenic
 oils are used extensively as extenders in tire and rubber product
 production.
 *1USA *United States *2911812 *Naphthenic Oils *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 31
-A-
 1230829
-W-
 OSHA hazard communication standard: Major requirements for ink makers.
 American Inkmaker July 1985 p. 36, 37
 A summary of the requirements of OSHA's new Hazard Communication Standard is
 presented by the National Association of Printing Ink Mfrs. Article
 discusses a written hazard communication program, hazard determination,
 material safety data sheets, employee information and training and a
 hazardous materials identification system.
 *1USA *United States *2893000 *Printing Ink *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 32
-A-
 1210768
-W-
 Court decision--'victory for paint'. American Paint & Coatings Journal June
 17, 1985 p. 7, 8
 The Hazard Communication Rule issued by OSHA in 11/83 preempts all state and
 local worker right-to-know laws in the manufacturing sector, according to a
 ruling by the US Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. A suit by the
 United Steelworkers had challenged several provisions of the standard,
 inlcuding its preemptive authority. The National Paint and Coatings
 Association intervened on behalf of OSHA, and its counsel JA Doyle is
 calling the court ruling a major victory for the paint industry. OSHA will
 be required to expand application of the standard beyond Standard Industrial
 Codes 20-39, which deal with manufacturing, unless it provides the court
 with good reasons for not doing so. The standard's trade secrets provisions
 will have to be revised to include access by employees, their
 representatives and other nonhealth professionals. The provisions will no
 longer protect chemical identity. Doyle believes some states will ignore the
 court ruling and go ahead with their own right-to-know laws. NPCA will file
 motions to enjoin them from enforcing those laws.
 *1USA *United States *9108651 *Occupational Safety Regulation *93
 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 33
-A-
 1196729
-W-
 Brock Taking 'Intense Look' at OSHA, Says Improvement Needed in Job Safety.
 Wall Street Journal 3 Star, Eastern (Princeton, NJ) Edition May 9, 1985
 p. 16
 Labor Secretary W Brock will take an intense look at OSHA, which has been
 criticized for failing to regulate workplace hazards adequately. An
 ambitious agenda has been set to help put unemployed people to work and add
 strength to worker safety, pension and other labor programs. Brock has
 indicated that OSHA can do better at reducing workplace risks. In addition,
 he is lobbying in Congress for passage of a summer subminimum wage for
 teen-agers that is seen as a partial answer to minority youth
 unemployement.
 *1USA *United States *9125300 *Occupational Safety & Health Adm *22
 *planning-info
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 34
-A-
 1195464
-W-
 Court to OSHA: Rewrite right-to-know. Chemical Week June 5, 1985 p. 9, 10
 A federal appeals court has upheld OSHA's authority to preempt state
 right-to-know laws, but has ordered the agency to rewrite key provisions of
 the standard issued in late 1983. The court stated that it did not think
 that OSHA's standard provided enough protection for workers, while it might
 have overprotected company trade secrets. The standard requires
 manufacturing firms to inform workers of potential health risks from
 hazardous substances through training and labeling programs that must
 describe potential problems and outline procedures for reducing risk. The
 chemical industry is glad that the standard will override state actions.
 State officials support the part of the ruling that allows workers to gain
 access to trade secret data. Previously OSHA had limited access to trade
 secrets to health professionals only. It is unlikely that OSHA will appeal
 the court ruling, because it must now begin rewriting provisions defining
 trade secrets to make them wider in scope. However, the court upheld the
 portion of the standard allowing employers to require anyone seeking trade
 secret data in nonemergency situations to sign a confidentiality agreement
 with a liquidated damages clause.
 *1USA *United States *9125300 *Occupational Safety & Health Adm *93
 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 35
-A-
 1193271
-W-
 Dealing with right-to-know laws. American Inkmaker May 1985 p. 24-28
 A major consideration for companies planning compliance with OSHA's hazard
 communication standard is whether it preempts local and state right-to-know
 laws or whether they will have to comply with local as well as federal
 standards, according to KA Bownes of Inmont. One big difference between
 state and local standards and the OSHA standard is that the OSHA standard
 only applies to the workplace. The local and state laws frequently involve
 members of the community and fire and police depts. A community or state can
 regulate issues covered by OSHA's standard only by adopting and getting OSHA
 approval for a new state plan or an amendment to an existing state plan.
 Right-to-know laws have been adopted by 18 states and 31 localities. It is
 probable that when OSHA's standard takes effect it will be regarded as
 preempting right-to-know laws in non-state-plan states, at least as far as
 they effect the working conditions of employees in the manufacturing sector.
 OSHA's Hazard Communication Standard is performance-oriented, meaning that
 its requirements are given in terms of the goals to be achieved rather than
 the exact procedures to be used. Article discusses the OSHA standard and
 reviews product labeling, a system of numerical ratings to denote the
 severity of health, flammability and reactivity hazards, and implementation
 and communication.
 *1USA *United States *9108633 *Product Safety Regulation NEC *94
 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 36
-A-
 1191340
-W-
 Job safety agency accused of laxity by panel in House. New York Times
 (National edition) May 24, 1985 p. 26
 OSHA has been 'grossly inadequate' in protecting workers hired to clean up
 toxic waste sites, according to the House Government Operations Committee.
 OSHA reportedly inspected only 37 of the thousands of potentially dangerous
 sites in the US in 1984.
 *1USA *United States *9125300 *Occupational Safety & Health Adm *93
 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 37
-A-
 1181408
-W-
 Chemical plant safety: AIChE plans center to study issues. Chemical &
 Engineering News April 29, 1985 p. 6
 The American Institute of Chemical Engineers will set up a Center for
 Chemical Plant Safety due to safety concerns stemming from the Bhopal
 accident. The center will concern itself with hazard evaluation procedures,
 safety training, bulk storage and handling of toxic or reactive materials
 and plant operating procedures. Initially it will promulgate acceptable
 industry practices for hazard evaluation procedures. The center's budget
 will be about $1 million/yr. Its objective is to use the expertise of
 chemical engineers and professionals in related disciplines to evaluate
 existing procedures and research new technologies that can improve safety in
 processing, storage and handling of toxic or reactive materials.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *23 *productn
 mgmt
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 38
-A-
 1180038
-W-
 Plant safety center set in wake of Bhopal disaster. Chemical Marketing
 Reporter April 29, 1985 p. 5
 The American Institute of Chemical Engineers has formed a center for
 chemical plant safety to address hazard evaluation procedures, bulk storage
 and handling of toxic or reactive materials, plant operating procedures and
 safety training. The center, formed in the wake of the Bhopal, India,
 disaster, will minimize risks to chemical industry employees and the general
 public.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *36 *services
 data
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 39
-A-
 1180035
-W-
 Chemical transport called safer now because of program. Chemical Marketing
 Reporter April 29, 1985 p. 4
 The Motor Carrier Safety Program has favorably affected transportation
 safety of billions of pounds of hazardous and nonhazardous chemicals moving
 by truck, according to American Trucking Association, CMA and National Tank
 Truck Carriers. The audit reviewed driver training, emergency response
 capabilities, equipment maintenance, cargo tank inspection and testing,
 incident communications and safety organization.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 40
-A-
 1179417
-W-
 A headache for newspapers. Editor & Publisher April 6, 1985 p. 38, 39
 OSHA standards on the use of hazardous chemicals are confusing to the
 newspaper industry. Right-to-know laws generally require businesses using
 hazardous chemicals to notify employees of possible effects and to provide
 training in using them. Questions have arisen about regulations and the
 extent to which they will be applied at state and federal levels. The
 regulations directly require additional paperwork and related administrative
 costs, but could result in indirect costs for consulting and testing.
 Article details the OSHA standard and its implications in the newspaper
 industry.
 *1USA *United States *2711000 *Newspapers *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 41
-A-
 1178073
-W-
 Chemical plant safety center set. New York Times (National edition) April
 24, 1985 p. 13
 The Center for Chemical Plant Safety will be formed to improve procedures
 for dealing with hazardous chemicals by the American Institute of Chemical
 Engineers. It will have a budget of $1 million per year provided from grants
 from the government, industry and foundations. A board drawn from industry,
 government and universities will advise the new center. Unions may also play
 a role in the new safety center. The engineers will study hazard evaluation
 procedures, bulk storage and handling of hazardous materials, plant
 operating procedures and safety training.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *36 *services
 data
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 42
-A-
 1170029
-W-
 Newspapers must comply with new chemical regulations. Editor & Publisher
 March 16, 1985 p. 31
 Newspapers must inform employees of hazardous chemicals in the workplace
 under new federal right-to-know laws that go into effect 5/25/86. OSHA's
 Hazard Communication Standard requires employers to provide information on
 all the chemicals they use. Other provisions include maintaining a list of
 hazardous chemicals; collecting and making available to employees suppliers'
 material safety data sheets on hazardous chemicals; maintaining proper
 labels and signs; training employees on chemicals, exposures, toxic effects,
 handling, protection and emergency procedures; and setting up a written
 hazard communication program. The American Newspaper Publishers Association
 has recommended that papers compile a list of chemicals used, contacting
 manufacturers to request material safety data sheets, and reviewing state
 right-to-know laws, if in force, to determine if further action is needed.
 *1USA *United States *2711000 *Newspapers *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 43
-A-
 1167810
-W-
 Special effects from a polyfunctional alcohol. Chemical Week April 3, 1985
 p. 16
 Rosco Laboratories has introduced a nontoxic, nonflammable smoke and fog
 fluid for special effects use in movies. Commonly used pyrotechnic smoke,
 produced by smoke pots or smoke bombs, and oil smoke, made by vaporizing
 kerosene or mineral oil in an aerosol generator, has occasionally resulted
 in complaints of eye and throat irritation from personnel working in the
 smoke. Petroleum-based fluids produce an oily cloud that, when inhaled, can
 coat the lungs and cause respiratory problems. With the aid of a special
 'fogging' machine, 1 L of the polyfunctional alcohol-containing fluid
 produces up to 100, 000 cubic feet of smoke, including a swirling fog or
 light haze. Fire depts have begun using the smoke fluid and fogging machines
 for training exercises. The material has been proved safe 'even beyond
 OSHA's standards' for airborne contaminants.
 *1USA *United States *2899000 *Chemical Products NEC *33 *products; *Rosco
 Laboratories
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 44
-A-
 1162708
-W-
 Bhopal: A leak in chemical coverage. Chemical Business (Supplement to
 Chemical Marketing Reporter) February 1985 p. 7
 The Bhopal disaster will affect chemical company insurance coverage,
 reducing availability and increasing the cost, according to P Reid of
 Alewander and Alexander International. The insurance industry, plagued by
 low profit margins, severe underwriting losses and low interest rates, had
 been reevaluating corporate insurance policies even before Bhopal. The
 insurance crisis will have a devastating effect on multinational firms such
 as Union Carbide, especially those that produce hazardous materials abroad.
 Most chemical firms have policies that are split among several brokers, with
 brokers accepting risk in layers, for which they become liable only if the
 claims climb to the level at which they are responsible. If the Bhopal
 disaster was caused by human error, insurance firms might require more
 stringent training programs. If equipment was at fault, insurers will
 probably want improved safety equipment. Most observers say that Carbide
 will be able to handle any compensation claims, but punitive damages may be
 harder for the company to bear. Suits have already been filed against
 Carbide, which will argue that the case should be heard in India, rather
 than in the US.
 *1USA *United States *6330800 *Product Liability Insurance *36 *services
 data
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 45
-A-
 1156482
-W-
 Health and safety management: Working with right-to-know. Modern Casting
 February 1985 p. 22, 23
 American Steel Foundries (Chicago, Illinois) has modified its training
 programs to meet the requirements of Illinois' 'Right-to-Know' laws. The
 well-planned programs at 4 plants are also helping to prepare for the OSHA
 Hazard Communication Standard. Suppliers have given the purchasing
 department Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) describing potentially
 hazardous materials. Safe job procedures were modified to include
 information on health hazards and specific job safety precautions. Employees
 are kept informed of recent developments via books, periodicals and seminars
 on dealing safely with hazardous materials. Employee training and labeling
 have reduced the likelihood of errors, accidents and injuries and may
 prevent employee exposure and environmental and regulatory problems. The
 MSDS give objective information on control costs in relation to the cost of
 alternative materials.
 *1USA *United States *3743300 *Rail & Transit Cars NEC & Parts *28
 *personnel admin; *American Steel Foundries
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 46
-A-
 1150355
-W-
 Methyl isocyanate facilities in US found safe. Chemical & Engineering News
 February 25, 1985 p. 8
 The possibility of an uncontrolled reaction involving methyl isocyanate in
 the US is extremely remote, according to OSHA, which conducted a 10- week
 investigation of safety practices at 1 plant where MIC is made and 4 where
 it is used, including Union Carbide's plants at Institute, West Virginia,
 and Woodbine, Georgia, FMC's Middleport, New York, plant, Morton Chemical's
 plant at New Iberia, Louisiana, and DuPont's plant at La Porte, Texas. All
 of the plants were well equipped to deal with MIC leaks and spills and
 worker protection and training were more than adequate in all but 1 case.
 All plants were found to have good emergency response plans. OSHA found that
 the plants' redundant safety systems would prevent a substantial release of
 MIC into the atmosphere if an uncontrolled reaction occurred.>
 *1USA *United States *2868761 *Methyl Isocyanate *32 *mfr processes
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 47
-A-
 1146751
-W-
 SIDE LIGHTS: Dangerous Scrap Data Poses Dealer Challenge. American Metal
 Market January 23, 1985 p. 14
 Scrap dealers and the Institute of Scrap Iron and Steel are trying to take
 steps to cope with the right-to-know issue. With the right-to-know laws,
 dealers must obtain from suppliers a data sheet (MSDS) of the hazardous
 materials in the products purchased and must keep the MSDS on file
 indefinitely and provide access not only to employees but also to related
 parties as union officials and personal attorneys and doctors. There are
 similarities between the state right-to-know laws and previous edicts of
 OSHA requiring employers to allow workers access to lists noting hazardous
 substances in the workplace; scrap processors are required to be more
 'active, ' including putting together a training course to teach employees
 the safest way of dealing with the substances, forwarding MSDS to customers,
 and in some states, labeling containers holding toxic substances. According
 to DM Wassum, ISIS, director of safety, the laws' biggest impact on scrap
 processors will be in the early months of adapting to them. Among other
 steps ISIS is taking on the issue is supplying its ferrous scrap members
 with standard MSDS forms for use in selling scrap to customers. The types of
 hazardous materials that will be individually identified will be those
 elements making up 2 percent+ of the scrap's content.>
 *1USA *United States *5093000 *Scrap & Waste Materials Whsle *94
 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 48
-A-
 1145282
-W-
 Hazard communication labeling and training. Adhesives Age February 1985 p.
 22-24
 The Hazard Communication Standard will give employees enough information
 about the possible hazards of substances that they work with to protect
 themselves from accidents, injury or illness. This right-to-know law goes
 into effect in 11/85. Chemical manufacturers and importers must assess the
 physical and health hazards associated with their chemicals, and provide
 employers and employees in a manufacturing sector with this information in
 the form of material safety data sheets and container labels explaining the
 hazards of each product. Employers in manufacturing industries (SIC Codes
 20-39) must have hazard communication programs in place by 5/25/86. These
 programs must include container labeling, material safety data sheets for
 employees and employee safety training program. The programs must be
 described in written form, including a list of hazardous chemicals in each
 work area. A plan for communicating the hazards involved in nonroutine
 tasks, such as cleaning storage tanks, must be provided. Methods of
 informing contractors working in manufacturing areas of hazards to which
 their employees may be exposed must be listed. Article discusses the
 requirements of the Hazard Communication Standard in detail.>
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 49
-A-
 1134415
-W-
 The disaster in Bhopal: Workers recall horror.
 #New York Times (National edition) January 30, 1985 p. 1, 6
 Union Carbide's Bhopal, India, methyl isocyanate disaster is discussed in
 terms of management and equipment in the 2nd of a series. Union Carbide's
 technical manual for methyl isocyanate points out the hazards of the
 chemical, and states that it 'may cause pulmonary edema, ' an accumulation
 of fluid in the lungs. However, while the manual was distributed to managers
 that handle methyl isocyanate and was seen by some of the workers, most of
 the factory's employees did not read or understand it. A refrigeration unit
 designed to keep the methyl isocyanate (MIC) cool and nonreactive had been
 shut off, and the MIC was warmer than the manual suggests. The staff and its
 training had been reduced, and important instruments, including pressures
 gages, were unreliable. A gas neutralizer and flare tower to burn off gas
 were not designed to withstand the pressure the MIC had reached, and a water
 spray system was not high enough to reach and contain the escaping MIC. In
 addition, the storage tank had been overfilled. Article discusses plant
 operations the day of the disaster, and includes a map of the plant.
 *9IND *India *2868761 *Methyl Isocyanate *44 *facilities; *Union Carbide;
 Duns No: *00-128-9008; Ticker: *UK; CUSIP: *905581
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 50
-A-
 1128479
-W-
 Congressional outlook '85.
 #Chemical & Engineering News January 14, 1985 p. 10-15
 Congress must address a number of issues in 1985, including the budget and
 safety regulation of the chemical industry. The federal budget deficit will
 be the top priority, with the Admin proposing a spending freeze and cuts for
 some civilian programs. Simple budget cutting may not be enough to eliminate
 the federal deficit, since the budget cannot be balanced even by eliminating
 the Depts of Education, Health & Human Services, Labor, Agriculture, Energy,
 Interior and Transportation. The budget could be balanced by eliminating
 either the Defense Dept or Social Security and Medicare combined. Proposals
 for tax hikes are variations on the flat tax, which will close many current
 loopholes. The Admin will request funds for binary chemical weapons in the
 FY86 budget, and the potential use of genetic engineering in biological
 weapons research will be examined. Congress must act on only a few items
 concerning energy policy, including regional pacts to dispose of low-level
 radioactive wastes. Little further action is expected on gas deregulation or
 Synthetic Fuels Corp. The Clean Water Act and the Safe Drinking Water Act,
 Superfund, Federal Insecticide, Fungicide & Rodenticide Act and Toxic
 Substances Control Act are all due for renewal in 1985. New export control
 policy will be debated, as will proposals to improve govt efficiency.
 Congress may consider whether communities have the right to know what
 chemicals are produced within their boundaries and whether emergency
 response plans should be mandatory in case of an accident. A bill to
 reorganize NIH, which was vetoed in 1984, may be introduced, and amendments
 to food safety laws could be considered. Congress may also consider
 regulating products of genetic engineering.
 *1USA *United States *9100000 *National Government *90 *govt expenditures
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 51
-A-
 1125237
-W-
 Disaster at Indian Plant Renews Concern Over US Rules on Transporting
 Poisons. Wall Street Journal 3 Star, Eastern (Princeton, NJ) Edition
 December 20, 1984 p. 6
 The poison-gas leak in Bhopal is renewing concerns about the adequacy of
 federal regulations governing hazardous materials transportation in the US.
 The Natl Transportation Safety board indicated that under current federal
 regulations chemical companies could ship the chemical involved in the
 Bhopal disaster, methyl isocyanate, in railroad tankers or trucks that are
 only moderately protected. Transportation Dept classifies methyl isocyanate
 as a flammable liquid requiring a considerably lower level of safety
 precautions than class A poisons. In addition, Transportation Dept has no
 regulations governing rail shipments of perchlorethylene even though its
 leakage following a 1982 train derailment in Livingston, LA, forced a 2-wk
 evacuation and caused $10 mil to clean up. The safety board maintains that
 Transportation Dept's system to classify hazardous materials does not
 reflect real threats posed by different substances. The system is based
 mostly on actual accident experience and ignores more sophisticated
 analytical tools that are currently available.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 52
-A-
 1119397
-W-
 Court voids noise level amendment. Business Insurance November 19, 1984 p.
 2, 32
 The OSHA noise exposure standard of 1971 is not binding on employers, a
 federal court ruled. However, most large corporations have already met the
 new standards. The amendment, which became effective 3/1/84, specified
 permissible noise exposure for employees to 85 dB, down from the previous 90
 dB level. Employers were also charged to monitor noise in the workplace and
 conduct employee hearing tests of those exposed to louder noise than the
 standard. Firms were also required to present education in hearing
 conservation and keep records of these programs. The amendment elaborated on
 the original 1971 standard. The standard was challenged on the basis that
 hearing loss could be caused by factors outside the workplace, and did not
 address the problem of workplace hazards. No penalties were levied for
 failure to have an effective hearing conservation program.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93
 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 53
-A-
 1115803
-W-
 Bhopal: The endless aftershocks. Chemical Week December 19, 1984 p. 33-42
 World: Chemical industry execs are taking a look at their operations
 following the accident at Union Carbide India's Bhopal plant. and govt
 officials are seeking ways to prevent similar tragedies. Union Carbide (US)
 and its Indian subsidiary have offered to provide $1.84 mil in emergency aid
 to victims of the accident. OSHA sent teams of investigators to Carbide's
 plants at Institute, WV, and Woodbine, GA, to examine safety practices and
 plans to investigate the operations of other chemical firms that use methyl
 isocyanate to produce pesticides. A House Energy & Commerce subcommitte will
 hold hearings on EPA's activities to prevent chemical accidents in the US.
 Carbide is the only US producer of methyl isocyanate (MIC), and Bayer (W
 Germany) the sole European producer. According to SRI Intnl, US consumption
 of MIC reached 23-28 mil lb in 1982, although capacity is nearly 50 mil lb.
 Several US pesticide producers buy MIC from Union Carbide for use as an
 intermediate in methomyl, carbofuran and other pesticides. Carbide requires
 its customers to rigorously train their workers on the safe handling and
 storage of MIC and will not sell to any firm that violates procedures during
 operation or cleanup. FMC do Brasil will probably delay start-up of its $5
 mil, 500 m tpy carbofuran plant in Uberaba, Brazil, due to the Bhopal
 accident. The plant was scheduled to open in 1/85. Article discusses
 liability insurance coverage for the chemical industry, methyl isocyanate
 processes and US pesticides based on methyl isocyanate.
 *0 W *World *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *23 *productn mgmt
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 54
-A-
 1115730
-W-
 US Chemical Disclosure-Law Efforts Getting Boost From Tragedy in Bhopal.
 Wall Street Journal 3 Star, Eastern (Princeton, NJ) Edition December 14,
 1984 p. 22
 The Bhopal tragedy is boosting efforts to enact state and local
 right-to-know laws regarding hazardous chemicals. Business groups oppose
 such measures arguing that they should not have to comply with varying
 requirements when federal rules addressing disclosure will take effect in
 1985. But labor and environmental groups insist that the federal measures,
 set up by OSHA, do not go far enough. OSHA will require less detailed
 labeling of chemical containers than some local laws or proposed laws. They
 require workers be supplied with information and training but do not address
 community or public access. The local laws generally require firms to label
 hazardous chemicals and to inform workers about potential hazards. They also
 often require employers to train workers to deal with spills, leaks or other
 accidents that must in turn be reported to authorities.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 55
-A-
 1109200
-W-
 Design and operate waste incinerators. Hydrocarbon Processing October 1984
 p. 47-49
 Guidelines for design and operation of incinerators for disposal of chemical
 wastes are presented by W Hudson and KC Lee of Union Carbide. All
 incinerators that process hazardous waste must meet the following RCRA
 regulations: the efficiency of destroying and removing principal organic
 hazardous constituents must be at least 99.99%; the concentration of
 particulate emissions must not exceed 180 mg/m3, and efficiency of scrubbing
 hydrogen chloride from the flue gas must be 99%. The efficiency of
 destroying organic compounds depends strongly on incinerator design and
 operation, not on time and temperature. Achieving turbulent mixing in the
 incinerator is the most important factor in good destruction efficiency.
 Design and operating considerations must take into account physical and
 chemical properties of the waste, atomization equipment, the waste-air
 mixing pattern and potential operating problems. Procedures for designing,
 installing and operating an incineration system that meets RCRA
 specifications include waste characterization, preliminary test burn,
 preliminary engineering assessment, engineering design and equipment
 purchase, operator training and start-up, and burn test and permit
 applications. Union Carbide has developed an incineration system to treat
 waste from chlorinated hydrocarbon herbicide production. Article discusses
 potential operating problems, results of the preliminary test burn, waste
 characterization, engineering and purchasing and training and start-up.
 *1USA *United States *3569271 *Refuse Incinerators *34 *product specs
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 56
-A-
 1108032
-W-
 OSHA: Have noise rules been silenced permanently?. Industry Week (formerly
 Steel Magazine) November 26, 1984 p. 27, 28
 An OSHA rule requiring the use of protective equipment in noisy workplaces
 has been struck down by an Appeals Court. The rule would have also mandated
 monitoring and training of employees. It is surprising the rule was struck
 down because even OSHA's harshest critics had no problems with it. The case
 involved a suit brought by the Forging Industry Assn and the National
 Arborist Assn. The ruling states that OSHA cannot require employers to
 protect workers from non-occupational noise sources. Industry observers
 believe this court decision signals the beginning of the end of the
 regulation of safety and health.
 *1USA *United States *4955000 *Noise Abatement *93 *regulation 1USA United
 States 9913700 Environmental Management 93 regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 57
-A-
 1106697
-W-
 Keeping chemical records on track. Chemical Business (Supplement to Chemical
 Marketing Reporter) November 1984 p. 47-49
 The chemical industry must keep track of its chemicals to satisfy govt
 regulations. Some regulatory agencies offer on-site evaluation services to
 help firms satisfy regulatory requirements. For example, OSHA offers aid in
 detecting workplace hazards for firms too small to have their own in-house
 monitoring programs. Some private firms offer similar services, without the
 risk of having citations issued when the inspector finds violations, and may
 be able to provide more comprehensive services than the govt agencies.
 Dynamac (Rockville, MD) offers employee training, risk assessment for
 individual chemicals, and plant inspections. Occupational Health Services
 (Secaucus, NJ) offers a hazardous chemical database with first-aid and
 antidote information and applicable federal laws. SunHealth (Wayne, PA)
 offers data on employee medical records, industrial hygiene data, proper
 safety techniques, occupational illness and injury data, material safety
 data, employee profiles and work history, and an inventory of all hazardous
 chemicals used at a site. Pollution control data are also offered. Diamond
 Shamrock's Computerized Occupational Health & Environmental Surveillance
 System (COHESS) can record employee history and medical records, exposure
 monitoring data and a list of materials used.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *94 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 58
-A-
 1105390
-W-
 Monsanto's alachlor hit by EPA. Chemical Marketing Reporter November 26,
 1984 p. 3, 14
 Monsanto's alachlor herbicide is being restricted by EPA, which has
 determined that current use poses risks to public health. Stricter controls
 may be imposed in 1985. Monsanto produces alachlor under the name Lasso, and
 it is used by 500, 000 farmers to kill weeds in soybean and corn crops. It
 is the most widely used herbicide in the US. According to an EPA review of
 the data base for alachlor, the chemical caused nasal, bronchial and thyroid
 tumors in mice and rats. Because of the risk of cancer, Monsanto will be
 required to begin an education and training program for users, include a
 tumor hazard warning statement on the label, cancel aerial applications,
 establish protective clothing requirements and carry out a monitoring study
 of ground and surface water. Alachlor will undergo a special review process.
 EPA believes the potential cancer risk to persons working with alachlor is
 significant, based on its review of the available toxicity and exposure
 studies. Alachlor has been discovered in groundwater in Iowa and Nebraska,
 an indication of its leaching potential. Over 90 mil lb/yr of Lasso and
 other herbicides based on alachlor are used in the US. According to a
 chemical industry financial analyst, Lasso and Roundup herbicides accounted
 for over 50% of Mananto's $402 mil earnings in 1983. The company's total
 1983 sales reached $6.3 bil.
 *1USA *United States *2879600 *Herbicides *94 *regulation; *Monsanto; Duns
 No: *00-626-6803; Ticker: *MTC; CUSIP: *611662
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 59
-A-
 1098727
-W-
 Three occupational health and safety issues challenge the paint industry.
 American Paint & Coatings Journal October 22, 1984 p. 43, 44
 Occupational health and safety issues that challenge the paint industry
 include the neurotoxic effects of solvents, the toxicity of paint combustion
 products and hazard communication, according to DW Smith of Pratt & Lambert
 and the Natl Paint & Coatings Assn (NPCA). The reversible symptoms of
 overexposure to solvents include dizziness, nausea, headaches, giddiness and
 sleepiness. The irreversible effects of long-term exposure include loss of
 memory, personality change, peripheral neuropathy and intellectual decline.
 These effects show up years after the 1st exposure. Scandinavian studies
 have shown that painters exposed to solvents in paints have experienced
 neurological deficits. NPCA will soon issue precautionary labeling guidance
 for solvent-containing coatings. It is also working with other organizations
 to develop educational and training programs for professional paint users.
 NPCA is developing a program to control solvent exposure in paint plants,
 and planning research to verify the extent and magnitude of neurotoxic
 problems linked to solvents. The toxicity of paint combustion products is
 also being investigated. Most fire-related deaths are caused by toxic gases.
 NPCA believes that paint combustion products provide an insignificant
 contribution to the toxicity of fire-generated gases vs the contribution
 from furniture, draperies, bedding and floor coverings. NPCA a is sponsoring
 a study of the toxicity of combustion products. Article also discusses
 NPCA's reaction to the OSHA Hazard Communication Rule.
 *1USA *United States *2850000 *Paints & Allied Products *35 *product
 standards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 60
-A-
 1097395
-W-
 'Incredible advances' in worker safety and health. Chemical Week November 7,
 1984 p. 44
 General Motors and Ford Motor will establish funds for training, education
 and research on hazardous materials. Contracts with the United Auto Workers
 call for the funds.
 *1USA *United States *3711000 *Motor Vehicles *28 *personnel admin;
 *General Motors; Duns No: *00-535-6613; Ticker: *GM; CUSIP: *370442 1USA
 United States 3711000 Motor Vehicles 28 personnel admin; Ford Motor; Duns
 No: 00-134-4746; Ticker: F; CUSIP: 345370
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 61
-A-
 1091741
-W-
 Chemical Shipments Get Top Grades. Chemical Business (Supplement to Chemical
 Marketing Reporter) July 1984 p. 26-29
 The chemical industry has received high marks from law enforcement officials
 for their fast response and assistance in chemical transport accidents.
 However, training and certification of response teams needs to be
 standardized, while states should organize regional hazmat (hazardous
 materials) teams. Existing laws on labelling hazardous materials need to be
 more effectively enforced nd federal oversight of hazardous incidents should
 be coordinated under 1 agency. The deregulation of the trucking industry
 also has resulted in such competition that some truckers take shortcuts on
 safety and maintenance. Hazardous materials under the Hazardous Materials
 Transportation Act of 1974 includes flammable and combustible materials,
 explosives, poisons, oxidizing and corrosive agents, compressed gases,
 radioactive materials and disease-causing organisms. Chemtrec is a hotline
 founded by the Chemical Manufacturers Assn which provides 24-hr service for
 information on the chemicals involved in spills and puts authorities in
 contact with the producer and shipper. However, it can take up to 20 min for
 the shipping company to call the scene of the fire with detailed information
 on the chemical involved. UK Chemdata system supplies fire brigades with
 micro-computer disks listing the properties of 30, 000 chemicals and
 producers' names and emergency phone numbers for each substance. The
 industry sees Chemtrec being maintained as a back-up to such a system.
 *1USA *United States *2800610 *Toxic Chemical Wastes *42 *pollution
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 62
-A-
 1090011
-W-
 Ontario Hydro goes after US nuclear servicing deal. Financial Post October
 6, 1984 p. 34
 Ontario Hydro and Spar Aerospace will jointly service nuclear power plants,
 including remote handling of hazardous materials and nuclear plant personnel
 training with telerobotics. Spar is building a remote-controlled hydraulic
 manipulator to remotely position large tools for the later stages of
 retubing Ontario's Pickering reactors, a C$450 mil job. Robotic tools
 developed by Spar, Atomic Energy of Canada, and Canadian General Electric
 will dismantle and replace radioactive pressure tubes at Pickering from a
 safe, shielded distance. The equipment will be used at Pickering in 1984-87,
 then be available to other reactor operators on a loan or rent basis. Hydro
 paid Spar some $20 mil prior to 7/1/84 to develop the manipulating arm, to
 be ready in 1985. Hydro will pay Atomic Energy Canada C$28 mil and CGE C$28
 mil to supply 150 different tools to retube Pickering units. AEC is
 supplying tools to fit and secure new tubes, while CGE is supplying
 equipment to cut out and remove irradiated tubing.
 *2CAN *Canada *4953700 *Hazardous Waste Treatmnt, Storge, Disposl *14
 *parents-jt venture; *Ontario Hydro 2CAN Canada 4953700 Hazardous Waste
 Treatmnt, Storge, Disposl 14 parents-jt venture; Spar Aerospace; Ticker:
 SPRB; CUSIP: 846499 2CAN Canada 4953700 Hazardous Waste Treatmnt, Storge,
 Disposl 14 parents-jt venture
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 63
-A-
 1082536
-W-
 R/D NEWS IN BRIEF: Center for fire and hazardous materials research is set
 up on campus of Univ of Akron. Research & Development (formerly Industrial
 Research & Development) August 1984 p. 42
 A Center for Fire & Hazardous Materials Research has been established at the
 U of Akron (Ohio). It will combine research, continuing education and
 training in fire fighting and prevention. It wants to conduct research on
 fires and hazardous materials in a comprehensive way, paying particular
 attention to toxicity of combustion products and the effects of the
 increasing use of plastics and rubber in construction.
 *1639 *Ohio *8516300 *Educational & Nonprofit Labs *45 *R&D outlays
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 64
-A-
 1076232
-W-
 Hazardous chemicals: Program aims at cutting truck spills. Chemical &
 Engineering News September 10, 1984 p. 6
 A motor carrier safety survey will be conducted to help reduce the number of
 hazardous chemical spills from trucks. The program will encourage truck
 companies to maintain safety standards and inform chemical companies of
 their safety records. It is sponsored by the Chemical Manufacturers Assn,
 American Trucking Assns and the Natl Tank Truck Carriers. It will supplement
 existing DOT regulations on chemical transport. Some 180 mil/yr shipments of
 hazardous chemicals take place, mostly without incident. There were only 4,
 829 spills of hazardous chemicals in 1983, according to reports received by
 DOT, and 80% were not serious. The new program will include a 6-page survey
 covering company safety policies, driver training and qualifications and
 company emergency response practices. It will be filled out by the motor
 carrier or an independent 3rd party. The shipper can also conduct an
 independent audit of the carrier, and provide the latter with a copy. The
 trucking community supports the safety survey. CJ Harvison of Natl Tank
 Truck Carriers say it demonstrates that private industry can work with govt
 in achieving social objectives. JF Grimm of O'Boyle Tank Lines says most of
 the 4, 000-5, 000 carriers that handle hazardous chemicals will participate
 in the survey. CMA believes at least 90% of its members will take part.
 *1USA *United States *4953700 *Hazardous Waste Treatmnt, Storge, Disposl *36
 *services data
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 65
-A-
 1055716
-W-
 High Steel Structures Get OSHA Approval. American Metal Market July 16, 1984
 p. 4
 High Steel Structures, a steel fabrication firm, has been approved for
 OSHA's new voluntary protection program called Star. High Steel Structures
 (Lancaster, PA) thus became the first US firm to move from the experimental
 'Try' program for health into a fully voluntary health and safety protection
 program. The firm has met and in several instances exceeded the health goals
 set up when its participation in Try was approved, said PR Tyson, deputy
 assistant secretary for Labor. Under Try, the 600 employee firm upgraded its
 yearly training program for workers exposed to noise or lead and those who
 must wear respirators.
 *1USA *United States *3440000 *Fabricated Structurals *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 66
-A-
 1054616
-W-
 EPA Restricts Chemicals Used To Treat Wood. Wall Street Journal 3 Star,
 Eastern (Princeton, NJ) Edition July 12, 1984 p. 2, 28
 EPA has banned nearly all consumer uses of wood preservatives and imposed
 new restrictions on commercial applications of the suspected cancer causing
 chemicals. Consumers will not be able to purchase preservatives such as
 cresote, pentachlorophenol and a separate family of arsenic-based wood
 preservatives. The decision represents one of the most extensive and
 potentially costly regulatory actions by EPA in the past few years.
 Restrictions were based on the hazards to consumers from frequent and
 prolonged contact with outdoor furniture and other everyday items treated
 with the preservatives. To reduce health risks, EPA requires that protective
 coatings of shellac, epoxy or other materials be applied to seal in the
 harmful preservatives. Workers applying the preservatives must have some
 training and will be required to wear protective clothing, gloves and even
 respirators in certain cases. Consumers will still be able to buy lumber
 treated with the preservatives, but to preserve untreated wood or restore
 the resistance of old wood, consumers will have to hire certified commercial
 applicators.
 *1USA *United States *2491000 *Wood Preserving & Creosoting *94 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 67
-A-
 1045607
-W-
 Industry Issues: Concern Among Silver Recyclers. American Metal Market June
 1, 1984 p. 10a
 A new Illinois law could cripple or destroy the secondary silver reclamation
 industry in the state, many industry execs fear. The Illinois Toxic
 Substances Disclosure to Employees Act of 1983, also called the 'right to
 know' act, says that all employers must have material data sheets on hand
 and must label all containers of hazardous chemicals. Employers must also
 notify local fire departments about such chemicals and must train workers in
 safety precautions and accident procedures. Employees have the right, under
 certain conditions, to refuse to work with or in the vicinity of hazardous
 materials. This will have a negative impact on secondary gold or silver
 processors that use sodium cyanide solutions, or plating companies that use
 cyanide group chemicals, or heat-treaters that do custom case-hardening of
 steel products using molten cyanide baths. A 'community right to know' bill
 will be offered in the next Illinois general assembly; that will would
 require a constant monitoring of toxic substances in factories and to
 disclose to local govt officials the outcome of those tests.
 *1USA *United States *4953220 *Metals Recovery *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 68
-A-
 1039681
-W-
 Elements of An Effective Plant First-Aid Program. Plant Engineering February
 9, 1984 p. 47-49
 Proficient first aid treatment can reduce medical costs, lost time, and
 complications from improper or delayed treatment, according to WF Jenaway of
 INA Loss Control Services (Philadelphia, PA). Establishing an effective
 program begins with educating employees about the causes of accidents. First
 aid is a program that should include properly trained and designated
 first-aid representative on each shift; a first-aid kit or equivalent
 suppliers; a manual; posted emergency instructions; posted emergency
 transportation instructions; and an adequate record-keeping system.
 Pre-employment or periodic or special medical exams for workers exposed to
 hazardous materials or for employees with handicaps or health problems can
 help prevent potential injuries or indicate a person's ability to handle a
 job. Once employees have been trained in first aid and in what causes
 accidents, they can note and eliminate the causes to make the plant safer.
 First aid supplies should be reviewed by a physician for proper application
 in a given workplace, and controls should be instituted, particularly of
 medications. Supplies and equipment should be monitored and maintained,
 repaired or replenished, and procedures should be reviewed periodically.
 Records should be maintained even if OSHA does not require them to provide a
 legal record and raw statistics from which to derive expenses, injury
 trends, and program effictiveness.
 *1USA *United States *3646300 *Industrial Lighting *23 *productn mgmt
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 69
-A-
 1031391
-W-
 HUMAN RESOURCES: Asleep at the Wheel. Cable Television Business March 15,
 1984 p. 86-89+
 Drug and alcohol abuse may cause US business $40-85bil in lost time,
 injuries and less effective performance, according to estimates of the
 National Council on Alcoholism and Metropolitan Life. Employers cannot
 afford to ignore the drug and alcohol abuse problem because it leads to
 increased absenteeism, decreased productivity, and takes its toll on
 employee health. Employers have a legal responsibility to maintain a safe
 work environment for all employees. An employer must assess the extent of
 drug abuse in the company and methods for doing so have been used in large
 businesses, but little effort has been made to assess drug abuse in small to
 mid-size businesses. The most effective drug prevention tool available is a
 clear drug policy backed by consequences for violations. Top management
 should address drug abuse problems and clearly communicate disciplinary
 procedures in company health and safety directives and employee manuals. A
 policy should be clearly communicated, clearly written, and uniformly
 enforced. Observation, searches, referral to the police and urinalysis are
 methods of dealing with abuse. Information obtained in a drug detection and
 prevention program should be treated as confidential and its accuracy should
 be verified before being released to 3rd parties. Management has the right
 to employ competent workers but no action is guaranteed against legal
 challenges.
 *1USA *United States *9918670 *Health Problems *59 *handicaps
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 70
-A-
 1031212
-W-
 OSHA and EPA: Will the States take over?. Chemical Business (Supplement to
 Chemical Marketing Reporter) April 1984 p. 44-50
 Legislative and judicial problems have blurred the lines of authority over
 employee safety and hazardous waste disposal. One of the more emotional
 issues involves the right-to-know rule proposed by OSHA. Many states
 consider the rule inadequate, and 15 states have enacted their own
 right-to-know rules. OSHA says that its rule will preempt the state laws,
 unless the states demonstrate a compelling need for a different rule, and
 that their law will not unduly burden interstate commerce. The labor unions
 say that preemption of the state laws is unconstitutional. The Oil, Chemical
 & Atomic Workers Intnl Union, the United Steelworkers of America, 4 states
 and several trade organizations want to extend OSHA's standard to include
 all workers who come into contact with hazardous chemicals, not simply
 employees of manufacturers and importers. OSHA's list now has 400 hazardous
 substances on it, but 700 may eventually be added, and critics want OSHA to
 adopt an 800-substance list used by California. OSHA would let companies
 keep chemical names from workers if identifying the substance would give
 competitors proprietary information. About 31 states have specially funded
 programs to finance cleanup of spills and severely contaminated sites, and
 30 states encourage alternatives to land disposal by offering incentives
 including fees, tax incentives and bonds. As RCRA is implemented, and
 hazardous waste disposal costs rise, generators will be able to adopt new
 processes for disposing of hazardous wastes. The chemical industry is
 concerned about state legislation, since some states are considering barring
 the use of landfills and requiring chemical treatment plants or
 incineration. The courts must decide who will have final jurisdiction.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *94 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 71
-A-
 1030322
-W-
 OSHA Report: OSHA PROPOSES REVISIONS TO ASBESTOS STANDARD. Plant Engineering
 April 10, 1984 p. 13
 Permanent revision to the asbestos standard has been proposed by OSHA.
 Comments are being sought on the proposal that would reduce the permissible
 exposure level (PEL) from 2 fibers/cc of air to either 0.5 or 0.2 fibers/cc.
 The 11/83 emergency temporary standard (ETS) sought to lower the PEL to 0.5
 fibers/cc. The new proposal also requires annual employee training instead
 of one-time training, and requires the posting of warning signs wherever
 airborne concentrations may exceed the PEL and new respirator
 specifications.
 *1USA *United States *1499200 *Asbestos *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 72
-A-
 1017838
-W-
 Worker right to know: the struggle moves into the courts.
 #Chemical Week April 18, 1984 p. 38-44
 Organized labor and 5 states are suing OSHA for stronger federal hazard
 communication standards, or, alternately, for the right of individual states
 to establish stronger standards on their own. OSHA's standard, relased in
 11/83, covers 600 substances known to cause cancer or other health problems.
 It requires manufacturers to evaluate other substances they use or produce
 for possible health hazards, and report any negative effects on humans or
 animals. Hazardous substances must be labeled and a Material Safety Data
 Sheet provided. Labels must carry the name and address of the manufacturer,
 and education programs must be available to make sure workers understand the
 dangers of their working environment. Employers must identify materials
 covered by their trade secrecy rules to health professionals. The states and
 labor are upset, however, because the OSHA rules are only for manufacturing
 workers. They claim the provisions for trade secrecy can allow employers to
 hide important data. The states strongly oppose OSHA's position that its
 rule preempts stronger standards on the state and local level. The group
 suing OSHA includes the United Steelworkers of America and Public Citizen,
 and the AFL-CIO is commonly understood to be allied with the steelworkers'
 union. Illinois, New York and Massachusetts argue in their suits that the
 OSHA standard should not dilute their own stronger standards. New York has
 joined New Jersey and Connecticut in filing to intervene as petitioners with
 the steelworkers union. OSHA is receiving support from industry, which fears
 the prospect of having to comply with regulations that differ from state to
 state. Some 16 states already have right-to-know laws, and others are
 considering legislation. Atlantic Richfield, Exxon, CMA, the Natl Paint &
 Coatings Assn, the American Petroleum Inst and other industry organizations
 have filed to intervene as respondents on OSHA's side.
 *1USA *United States *9108651 *Occupational Safety Regulation *93
 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 73
-A-
 1006806
-W-
 Power plant safety: procedures, systems and equipment. Power Engineering
 September 1983 p. 38-46
 Electric utilities safeguard their employees by safety training programs,
 safety devices, personal equipment and incentives. The highest priority is
 being given to safety in confined spaces, protection of sight and hearing
 and prevention of falls. Article surveys various companies' ways for
 improving their safety records. Of high importance is a smooth transition in
 safety operations from the construction to the plant operating phase.
 Voluntary and/or cooperative safety programs have been encouraged by OSHA,
 which offers these programs to firms having above-average safety records.
 TVA is emphasizing safety management and greater personal involvement. Other
 firms are preplanning rescue operation. Electronic monitoring devices for
 confined spaces is one solution to the small space accident problem. Fall
 protection is increased when safety instructions are included with every
 piec of equipment. Protective suits that are more comfortable for the user
 have been developed, while mandatory safety glasses have improved the safety
 record or welders. Rewards such as plaques, cash and prizes have encouraged
 workers in several plants to improve their safety records.
 *1USA *United States *4910000 *Electric Utilities *23 *safety mgmt
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 74
-A-
 994940
-W-
 The right-to-know: is there middle ground. Adhesives Age January 1984 p. 28,
 29
 The chemical industry has an obligation to work with unions and other
 parties to find reasonable ways to safeguard personal safety while not
 endangering industry's ability to do business, or its investments in
 proprietary formulations and technology, according to D Theissen of 3M. The
 proliferation of right-to-know (RTK) legislation on the state and local
 level is one of the most crucial issues facing the adhesive and sealants
 industry. Many lawmakers and regulatory agencies believe the workforce and
 the public have the right to know exactly what each product that they are
 exposed to contains. This mentality conflicts with the justifiable
 protection of proprietary product information that is essential in
 maintaining a company's competitive edge. Manufacturers will not invest in
 advancing the performance and cost/benefit aspects of their products without
 reasonable protection of proprietary know-how. The result will be a
 stagnation of technological processes, with the customer as the ultimate
 loser. Some 14 states had adopted RTK legislation as of 10/83, with a major
 impact on manufacturers and employers. The nature and number of substances
 classified as hazardous or toxic typifies the disparity and confusion of
 these legislative efforts. New York uses the NIOSH Registry of Toxic Effects
 of Chemical Substances, which lists 45, 000 substances, including salt,
 sodium bicarbonate and sand. W Virginia, on the other hand, limits its list
 to 600 substances. Current legislation presumes that an employee can judge
 the degree of hazard by using only a listing of chemical entities. But the
 level of concentration and the method of use usually have a larger impact on
 the degree of hazard than the specific composition does. Proposed OSHA
 standards on hazards communication in the workplace would preempt state
 occupational
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *35 *product
 standards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 75
-A-
 983684
-W-
 A safety dispute settlement between a company and OSHA cannot be disputed by
 a union, according to a New Orleans appeals court decision in Donovan vs
 OCAW. Business Week Industrial Edition January 16, 1984 p. 72
 The situation arises when a company protests an OSHA citation and takes its
 case to the Occupational Safety & Health Review Commission. Unions are
 permitted by law to take part in the proceedings. If OSHA and the company
 compromise, and the company withdraws its protest, the case is considered to
 be closed. Without a case, the union has no forum for disputing the
 settlement terms.
 *1USA *United States *9125300 *Occupational Safety & Health Adm *98 *justice
 & safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 98 justice
 & safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 76
-A-
 981903
-W-
 OSHA's new rule requiring firms to inform workers of chemical occupational
 hazards will affect over 14mil workers at over 300, 000 US plants. Oil & Gas
 Journal December 12, 1983 p. 47
 The regulation will cost industry $603 mil or $43/employee in initial
 expenses and $159 mil/yr or $11 employee/yr thereafter. Within the refining
 industry, the most common chemicals affected by the new regulation are
 benzene, petroleum distillates and ethylene dibromide. The new regulation
 will require labels on containers of hazardous chemicals to provide warnings
 for workers. Employers must make more detailed information on the chemical
 and its hazards readily available to workers. Employees must be trained to
 interpret and understand labels and safety sheets and safely handle
 hazardous substances.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 77
-A-
 979576
-W-
 OSHA will back chemical companies seeking to overturn local right-to-know
 laws on the grounds that they are preempted by a new federal standard.
 Chemical Marketing Reporter December 19, 1983 p. 7, 43
 The new rule will protect workers by providing training and education rather
 than just labeling chemical containers.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 78
-A-
 978937
-W-
 OSHA issued a final standard on labeling hazardous substances. Plant
 Engineering December 22, 1983 p. 12
 Chemical makers, importers, and distributors must provide hazard information
 by warning labels on all containers of their products as well as material
 safety data sheets provided to employers in manufacturing establishments.
 Manufacturing employers are required to label inplant containers, inform
 workers of hazardous materials, make material safety data sheets available,
 and train workers to protect themselves when dealing with specific chemical
 hazards. Benefits of the standards are expected to include increased
 employee awareness of hazards and increased compliance with protective
 measures. As a result, lower numbers of chemically related injuries and
 illnesses should prevail.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 79
-A-
 973784
-W-
 The Labor Dept will issue a new ruling on toxic substances in the workplace,
 requiring US manufacturers to alert workers to the harmful effects of toxic
 substances through training and labeling. Wall Street Journal 3 Star,
 Eastern (Princeton, NJ) Edition November 10, 1983 p. 12
 The Reagan Admin's rule is less stringent than labeling requirements already
 adopted by 16 states and 3 cities. This may lead to litigation whether
 employers in those areas must comply with stricter local rules. To protect
 trade secrets, the Reagan Admin's standard will let companies use symbols
 indicating a substance's hazards rather than identifying the specific
 chemicals. By contrast, a New Jersey law requires industries to label all
 containers regardless of whether they contain hazardous chemicals, and
 indicate the 5 parts of a given substance that weigh the most.
 *1USA *United States *9106470 *Toxic Substances Regulation *93 *occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 80
-A-
 973722
-W-
 Ohio Hazardous Materials Bureau trains firefighters and backs them up with
 hazardous materials mobile units. Waste Age October 1983 p. 28-30
 As soon as a call for help comes in the office begins preparing by studying
 the materials involved, preplanning the treatment strategy, and providing
 the proper tools and equipment. The bureau takes steps to contain the spill
 but the ultimate responsibility is with the spiller. Mobile units are
 equipped with safety suits, detection equipment and computerized weather
 system data. The vehicles can be anywhere in Ohio in an hour.
 *1639 *Ohio *4953700 *Hazardous Waste Treatmnt, Storge, Disposl *42
 *pollutant disposal
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 81
-A-
 966393
-W-
 OSHA has lowered its lost-workday cutoff point for firms to be exempt from
 programmed safety inspections from 4.9/100 workers in 1981 to 4.3/100
 workers as of 11/4/83. Chemical Marketing Reporter November 14, 1983 p. 12
 This means that workplaces must continue to improve their safety records to
 qualify for an inspection that ends with a records check.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 82
-A-
 965204
-W-
 Quality meat assurance is concerned with actions taken to prevent and
 monitor product contamination, according B Prokop of the Natl Renderers
 Assn. National Provisioner October 29, 1983 p. 18-21
 Plant quality assurance programs should be concerned with all potential
 forms of contamination which can affect the acceptability and use of product
 by the customer. Product contamination can take place in varous sources,
 including airborne dusts or vapors, contaminated water, equipment leaks,
 accidental spills, improper use of chemicals in or around the plant, and
 people. The employee is the most important factor in any program initiated
 to prevent product contamination. It is essential that the employee be
 trained properly to recognize potential contamination problems and be able
 to take appropriate action. Housekeeping is also important. Finished product
 handling and storage areas should be maintained clean in order to prevent
 any accumulation of dust or solids on the floor, equipment, window sills,
 etc. A distinction should be made between toxic and hazardous chemicals.
 Toxic chemicals are harmful to humans and animals because their chemical
 properties are injurious or lethal upon contact with body cells. These
 effects can occur by oral ingestion, inhalation or absorption through the
 skin. There is a definite parallel between a quality assurance program to
 prevent product contamination and a safety program to prevent employee
 accidents. The objectives, the program elements and the employee training
 concepts are very similar. Article outlines an in-plant program to prevent
 product contamination and focuses on specific measures to prevent PCB
 contamination.
 *1USA *United States *2010000 *Meat Products *35 *product standards
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 83
-A-
 939869
-W-
 More states are forcing employers to take more steps to let employees know
 if they are working with hazardous substances. Business Insurance August 29,
 1983 p. 3, 4+
 Although an increasing number of states are adopting 'right-to-know' laws,
 employer groups hope that OSHA will approve a proposed federal standard
 regulation. Large corporations are finding it difficult to keep up with
 state-by-state standards, and would find it infinitely easier to work with a
 federal law, unless the state's own law was more restrictive. The proposed
 federal rules include: chemical manufacturers would be required to access
 the hazards of the chemicals produced and employees would have to be
 informed of these hazards; a 'hazardous chemical' would be defined as any
 chemical that is combustible, a compressed gas, explosive, flammable, a
 health hazard, an organic peroxide, an oxidizer, pyrophoric, unstable or
 water-reactive; container labels would have to have a hazard warning;
 employers would have to offer training sessions to inform employees about
 the hazardous substances and how to properly work with them; trade secrets
 would be protected either through use of generic names or through
 confidentiality agreements between manufacturers and industrial customers;
 documentation of hazard evaluation procedures and recordkeeping would be
 required; and compliance deadline would be 18-30 mos after the regulations
 are published in the Federal Registrar. Further proposed legislation is
 described.
 *1USA *United States *9913550 *Workplace Carcinogens *93 *occupatnl safety
 1USA United States 4958000 Toxic Substances Control 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 84
-A-
 913851
-W-
 The complexity of regulations governing transport of hazardous materials may
 discourage safe transport, according to the Natl Academy of Sciences.
 Chemical Week June 15, 1983 p. 13
 Many regulations are not based on rational risk-management needs.
 Regulations must be simplified and made uniform, according to sources in the
 chemical and transportation industries. NAS urges immediate action to
 improve training of local officials, inspectors, shippers and carriers to
 improve handling of emergencies. Enforcement of regulations is haphazard,
 partly because it is split between several agencies. There is also no
 consistent relation between the severity of an offense and the penalty
 imposed.
 *1USA *United States *4953700 *Hazardous Waste Treatmnt, Storge, Disposl *93
 *transport regulatn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 85
-A-
 911164
-W-
 Current regulations regarding land transportation of 4bil tpy of hazardous
 materials are characterized by unnecessary complexity, possibly discouraging
 the safety they are designed to ensure, according to a Natl Research Council
 committee, which called for a more active role for DOT. Chemical Marketing
 Reporter June 6, 1983 p. 4, 29
 A more rational risk assessment approach should be included in the federal
 govt's safety goals and overall regulatory role. The safety record regarding
 transport of 2, 400 hazardous materials ranging from gasoline to explosives
 is good vs that of general transportation. In 1980, there were 16, 115
 incidents involving hazardous materials shipped by rail or truck, resulting
 in 19 deaths and over $10 mil in property damage. To insure safe handling
 and transporation of the growing volume of hazarous materials, better
 coordination and definition of duties among the various agencies,
 simplification of regulations and more uniform training and enforcement are
 required.
 *1USA *United States *9108203 *Hazardous Material Regulation *93 *transport
 regulatn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 86
-A-
 903041
-W-
 OSHA increased workplace inspections 15% to 63, 914 sites in 1982, vs 55,
 593 sites in 1981, with over 45, 000 inspections for the most hazardous
 worksites, mostly construction sites, according to Labor Dept. Chemical &
 Engineering News May 9, 1983 p. 39
 Increased cooperation with labor and management has resulted in only 4% of
 citations being contested in 1982, vs 20% in 1980.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 87
-A-
 901208
-W-
 US chemical firms reduce dangers from chemical hazards by comprehensive
 company policies, training programs and emergency procedures, according to a
 CMA survey of 112 firms with chemical sales of $2 mil-7.9 bil/yr. Chemical
 Purchasing April 1983 p. 65, 66
 Some 90% of firms routinely involve senior execs in developing and managing
 health and environmental programs, and 1 person/55 employees is employed as
 a health or environmental specialist, including doctors, industrial
 hygienists, toxicologists, epidemiologists and pathologists. Each firm spent
 nearly $2 mil in 1981 to conduct toxicity testing for a total $255 mil.
 Incineration and recycling are preferred to waste disposal. Most of the
 companies registered products and emergency procedures with the Chemical
 Transportation Emergency Center, and 50% of firms maintain their own 'hot
 lines' for transportation emergencies. Occupational illness and injury in
 the chemical industry was 0.74 cases/100 full-time employees, vs 2.21 cases
 for total industry, making chemical workers 3X safer than the average US
 industrial employee.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *23 *safety mgmt
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 88
-A-
 897864
-W-
 Nearly all chemical companies have comprehensive chemical-hazard policies,
 according to Peat Marwick, Mitchell & Co in a study for the Chemical Mfrs
 Assn. Water Engineering & Management (combin- ing Water- & Sewage Works &
 Water & Was April 1983 p. 22
 The facts and figures of the report document organizational structures,
 training programs and emergency procedures that guide the day-to-day health
 and safety operation practices of nearly all chemical firms.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals *23 *safety mgmt
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 89
-A-
 885785
-W-
 OSHA made 61, 225 workplace inspections in FY82, the 2nd highest total in 6
 yrs, according to the Labor Dept. American Paint & Coatings Journal March
 14, 1983 p. 18
 Over 80% of the inspections were carried out at the potentially most
 dangerous worksites.
 *1USA *United States *9125300 *Occupational Safety & Health Adm *93
 *occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection
 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 90
-A-
 874033
-W-
 OSHA is extending for 6 more months its test program in the southern US that
 exempts companies from its 'general schedule' inspections. Daily News Record
 January 20, 1983 p. 21
 OSHA is extending the program, due to expire early Jan 1983, so that it can
 decide whether to apply the program nationwide. The experiment covers about
 835, 000 workplaces employing about 12.7 mil in Alabama, Georgia, Florida,
 Mississippi, Arkansas, Oklahoma and Texas. Under the test, firms which
 voluntarily submit to free, OSHA-funded, on-site consultations will be
 exempt for 1 yr from general schedule inspections. The consultations cover
 both safety and health, correct all serious identified hazards and establish
 and/or maintain an effective safety and health program. Companies that are
 not exempt and fail OSHA's general inspections can be penalized for any
 safety or health violations. (article contains little further information)
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 91
-A-
 873890
-W-
 N America: Nearly 44% of US and Canadian rubber molded goods manufacturers
 reported that sales fell in 1982, vs 16.7% in 1981, according to a survey of
 486 firms. Rubber & Plastics News February 14, 1983 p. 14
 Molded rubber firms reported fewer inspections by OSHA and EPA and claimed
 that govt inspectors are ordering fewer capital improvements to meet
 regulations. Some 46.6% of respondents were forced to make capital
 improvements in 1981, vs 40.6% in 1982 and 30.9% in 1983. The percentage of
 total sales that go to employee compensation has remained at about 30%. Some
 58.5% of US and Canadian molded rubber firms export products, with an
 average 7.4% of sales in foreign markets. Molders spend more time on quality
 control and R&D functions vs safety and health programs and training.
 Companies alloted an average 11.2% of their schedules for quality control,
 7.9% for R&D, 6.8% on training and 4.8% for safety and health.
 *1USA *United States *3069510 *Molded Mechanical Rubber Goods *65 *sales
 1USA United States 3069510 Molded Mechanical Rubber Goods 65 sales 2CAN
 Canada 3069510 Molded Mechanical Rubber Goods 65 sales 2CAN Canada 3069510
 Molded Mechanical Rubber Goods 65 sales
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 92
-A-
 863233
-W-
 OSHA has issued a final rule to clarify its authority to attach personal
 sampling devices to employees during worksite inspections. American Paint &
 Coatings Journal January 17, 1983 p. 8
 A new amendment to OSHA regulations specifically allows the agency to use
 such devices to measure the exposure of employees to toxic substances. OSHA
 clarified its position following several court cases, including a court of
 appeals ruling, that did not support agency use of the devices on the
 grounds that employers were not properly warned that the equipment could be
 used in the inspections. The noise dosimeter and the air sampling pump are
 the most common personal sampling devices.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 3842300 Personal, Industrl Safety Eqp 33
 applications 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93
 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 93
-A-
 856550
-W-
 Occupational Safety & Health Admin (OSHA) has no right in N Dakota to
 conduct job safety inspections without either the employer's consent or a
 valid search warrant, according to a federal district court ruling in that
 state. Home & Auto January 1, 1983 p. 3
 Thus far, the court ruling applies only in N Dakota. However, the decision
 could set a precedent that affects the power of OSHA inspectors across the
 US.
 *1738 *North Dakota *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *98 *law
 enforcement
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 94
-A-
 853742
-W-
 OSHA inspectors must have a subpoena to examine records a company will not
 show voluntarily, ruled the US Circuit Court of Appeals in Philadelphia,
 rejecting OSHA's claim that once its officials have a search warrant, they
 are authorized to go through a company's files. Business Week Industrial
 Edition December 13, 1982 p. 84H
 For business, the ruling means that there will be more opportunity to object
 to a subpoena or to persuade a judge to narrow its scope. (article contains
 little further information)
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *98 *civil
 rights
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 95
-A-
 852108
-W-
 The Occupational Safety & Health Admin has authorized attaching personal
 sampling devices to employees during workplace inspections, to become
 effective Jan 10, 1983. Daily News Record December 10, 1982 p. 10
 OSHA has always interpreted the Occupational Safety & Health Act as
 providing authority to use such devices, but decided to issue a rule after a
 federal court questioned whether the agency had given employers 'fair
 warning' of their intended use. The announcement states that 'reasonable
 investigative techniques' during workplace inspections include 'the use of
 devices to measure employee exposures and the attachment of personal
 sampling equipment such as dosimeters, pumps, badges and other similar
 devices to employees in order to monitor their exposures.' OSHA said
 personal sampling devices are generally the most efficient, accurate and
 safest way to determine an employee's exposure to toxic substances and
 harmful physical agents.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 96
-A-
 852048
-W-
 The US chemical industry is divided on endorsement of the DOT's chemical
 shipping regulations, due to increasing state and local chemical
 transportation restrictions and increasing chemical transport accidents,
 such as the 42-car train derailment in Livingston, La, which resulted in a
 persistent vinyl chloride fire. Chemical Business (Supplement to Chemical
 Marketing Reporter) December 13, 1982 p. 31-35
 However, chemical firms are generally happy with DOT's Materials
 Transportation Bureau for simplifying federal regulations. According to CMA,
 chemical firms ship over 250 mil tpy of mostly hazardous products via
 trains, trucks and barges, regulated by DOT, state and local govts. DOT is
 asking states to assume the formerly federal role of enforcing hazardous
 materials laws but is not supplying the money to train state officials for
 their new duties. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act of 1974 allows
 DOT to negate local and state laws that are inconsistent with federal law.
 Boston, Mass, bans all through traffic of trucks carrying 6 classes of
 hazardous materials from 6: 00 AM to 8: 00 PM and violators are subject to
 civil and criminal penalties. The ban can be legally ignored if shippers
 purchase $600 worth of permits. DOT defines flammable liquids as anything
 with a flash point of under 100~F and combustible as anything with a flash
 point of 100-200~F, but New York City, NY, extended the definition of a
 combustible to a flash point of 300~F, which makes more goods subject to
 special restrictions. Article examines other DOT regulations.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals *93 *transport regulatn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 97
-A-
 851180
-W-
 OSHA has lowered the injury rate cutoff figure by which it decides whether
 to conduct a safety inspection of a company. American Paint & Coatings
 Journal December 13, 1982 p. 18
 OSHA visits firms in hazardous industries and inspects those with an
 individual injury rate higher than the total US lost workday rate for
 manufacturing. The lost workday rate for manufacturing was 5.2/100 workers
 in 1980 and 4.9/100 workers in 1981. OSHA began inspecting companies with
 lost workday rates at or above the US rate in 10/81. Limited inspections may
 be conducted at other plants if the injury rate data indicate possible
 problems with particular areas or processes, or if serious hazards are
 observed.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9125300 Occupational Safety & Health Adm 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9125300 Occupational Safety & Health Adm
 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 98
-A-
 851041
-W-
 Groundwork is being laid for eventual overhaul or dismantlement of the
 Occupational Safety & Health Act, even though traditional business hostility
 toward OSHA has somewhat dissipated because of changes put in place by the
 anti-regulatory Reagan Admin.
 #Electronic News November 22, 1982 p. F
 Arguments for reform fall into 2 related subparts: the exorbitant cost of
 work accidents, and OSHA's alleged failure to substantially reduce accident
 rates in its 10 yrs of existence. Legislative reform proposals are taking 2
 basic shapes. One exempts all businesses in a given group in non-hazardous
 industries, while the other would exempt non-hazardous businesses regardless
 of the hazardousness of the industry to which they belong.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *96 *defense
 1USA United States 9125300 Occupational Safety & Health Adm 93 occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9125300 Occupational Safety & Health Adm 93
 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 99
-A-
 843425
-W-
 OSHA concentrates its inspections in the potentially most hazardous
 workplaces, according to T Auchter, OSHA chief. Business Insurance November
 8, 1982 p. 25
 During the first 9 mos of FY82, some 82% of the 44, 486 inspections OSHA
 performed were in workplaces in industries that are considered the most
 dangerous. In the same period in 1980, only about 50% of OSHA inspections
 were in these workplaces. Auchter noted that the figures bear out the
 agency's desire to make the most efficient use of its limited resources. In
 FY82, OSHA has also reduced follow-up inspections to only 2.6% of total
 inspections, vs 10.6% of total in FY80. (article contains little further
 information)
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9125300 Occupational Safety & Health Adm 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93
 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 100
-A-
 839406
-W-
 OSHA inspections fell 17%, follow-up inspections fell 86%, serious
 violations citations fell 50%, willful violations cited fell 86% and
 contested inspections fell 77% in 1-8/82, vs 1-8/80, according to the Public
 Citizen Health Research Group. Chemical Week November 17, 1982 p. 74
 OSHA administrator TG Auchter says that his agency has increased inspections
 of high-hazard work places from an average of 25, 000 in FY77-80 to over 50,
 000 in FY82. (article contains little further information)
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9125300 Occupational Safety & Health Adm 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93
 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 101
-A-
 833458
-W-
 Industrial Risk Insurers designed a 14-part plan to help clients control
 property losses.
 #Business Insurance November 1, 1982 p. 23, 24
 The system, called Overview, was introduced in 4/82 to help management of
 any facility to meet property loss-control responsiblilities. The 14
 sections are: impairments to protective systems; smoking regulations;
 maintenance; employee training; new construction; insurance company
 recommendations; pre-emergency planning; hazardous materials evaluation;
 cutting, welding and other hot work; loss-prevention inspections; fire
 protection and security surveillance; fire protection equipment inspection;
 process hazard evaluation; and proper housekeeping. Overview's new approach
 to the control programs is to gather all programs together in one document
 to be used as a reference guide. Each section is discussed.
 *1USA *United States *6330000 *Property & Liability Insurance *33 *product
 developmnt; *Industrial Risk Insurers
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 102
-A-
 833384
-W-
 Gillette's safety program is similar to the proposed OSHA program in
 preparation and distribution of material safety data sheets (MSDSs) and
 dissemination of information to employees through training sessions.
 #Chemical Times & Trends October 1982 p. 30-33
 Gillette's Medical Evaluation Labs prepare MSDSs for each chemical material
 and forward copies to the safety officers of the company units. Input for
 MSDSs is obtained from chemical suppliers; MEDLINE, TOXLINE, CHEMLINE, RTECS
 and NTIS computer retrieval systems; General Electric's and Oak Ridge Lab's
 MSDSs; and various reference books and materials. Information includes
 identification, physical data, reactivity, health hazard data, environmental
 impact, exposure control methods, work practices, emergency procedure and
 first aid procedures. Classifications are new product chemicals, increased
 risk chemicals and all other chemicals. The Gillette Occupational Medical
 Safety Committee, with diversified corporate-level management reps, approved
 the Chemical Safety Communications Program to provide data needed to protect
 employees from potential hazards from exposure to chemical materials,
 provide a consistent system of communicating data about chemicals that may
 be used by operating units, provide assurance to all employees that their
 safety is of prime concern to management and the most current technical data
 are being used for their protection. Article examines roles of the unit
 safety officer, employee's dept manager, plant manager, Medical Evaluations
 Dept and corporate Occupational Medical Safety Committee.
 *1USA *United States *3421200 *Razor Blades & Razors ex Electric *23 *safety
 mgmt; *Gillette; Duns No: *00-102-5931; Ticker: *GS; CUSIP: *375766
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 103
-A-
 832534
-W-
 The number of hazardous materials releases from rail cars has fallen 40%
 since 1978 to just over 200 in 1981, while injuries from such incidents
 dropped over 50%. Chemical & Engineering News November 1, 1982 p. 28-30
 The data were released by the Chemical Mfrs Assn in the wake of the 101-car
 Illinois Central Gulf freight train accident in Baton Rouge, La. Train
 derailments involving hazardous materials are very rare; 99.99% of rail
 shipments of hazardous materials are delivered without incident.
 Fortunately, safety devices retrofitted onto the cars worked effectively;
 thermal insulation, designed to keep the tank cars from exploding for
 several hours, lasted for days. Two cars did eventually explode, but after
 the area had been evacuated and police and firefighters were prepared for
 the thermal eruption. Investigation of the incident is discussed.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals *26 *traffic mgmt
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 104
-A-
 828805
-W-
 Office injuries are as painful and expensive as production line accidents.
 #Business Insurance September 13, 1982 p. 2, 54+
 Many companies are seeking to reduce office injuries and cut their worker
 compensation costs. According to OSHA, some 40, 000 office workers/yr are
 disabled by injuries, and some 200 of the 13, 000 accidental workplace
 deaths/yr result from office accidents. Other estimates show that 1 of every
 27 office workers is injured at work, and of every 22 injured workers making
 claims, 1 is for an office injury. The New York Workmen's Compensation Board
 reported that of the 4, 856 compensation cases in 1976 involving clerical
 office workers, 8 were deaths, 6 were permanent disabilities, 2, 107 were
 for partial permanent disabilities and 2, 735 were temporary total
 disabilities. Of 7, 492 claims made by professional personnel in 1976, 85
 involved deaths and 3, 036 permanent partial disabilities. The average
 compensation for clerical workers was $2, 895 and $2, 920 for professional
 workers. In addition, loss of a key person from the workplace can come to
 $10, 000-14, 000/d. Falls account for 55% of all days lost to office
 injuries; other causes are top-heavy filing cabinets; broken glass in
 wastebaskets; sharp objects; overwaxed floors; suddenly opened doors; hair,
 clothing or jewelry getting tangled in machinery; and overexertion. It is
 possible to design much potential danger out of new offices and equipment,
 but the biggest problem is human stress. Polaroid is among the firms using a
 safety program; audiovisual materials teach workers the 'why' as well as thq
 'what, ' since this has made them better at identifying hazards, unsafe
 actions and safety responsibilities. OSHA, the National Safety Council and
 other organizations offer assistance in identifying unsafe workplace
 conditions.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *25 *risk mgmt
 1USA United States E19911 Occupational Accident Victims
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 105
-A-
 824176
-W-
 The Natl Paint & Coatings Assn has developed a program to help employers
 meet OSHA requirements for respiratory protection standards.
 #Modern Paint & Coatings September 1982 p. 49, 50
 For a successful respiratory-protection program, employers should train
 workers in the proper selection, use and maintenance of respirators.
 Assessment of hazards is the most important aspect of the program. Medical
 surveillance entails conducting physical exams of all employees before they
 begin working in environments needing respirators. The medical surveillance
 screening process should be physical and psychological and should include
 routine, periodic exams such as urinalysis or bioassays. Respirators must be
 matched to the work environment. Air-purifying respirators remove
 contaminants from the atmosphere and can be used when sufficient oxygen is
 present. Supplied-air respirators deliver air via a supply hose connected to
 a facepiece. Self contained respirators have their own attached air supply
 in the form of an oxygen tank or a rebreathing unit and can be used for 1 hr
 or less to provide complete respiratory protection in toxic gas or
 oxygen-deficient atmospheres. The NPCA program consists of a manual and an
 audio-visual presentation and is aimed at all industrial users of
 respirators. It gives detailed instruction in conducting employee training
 programs and respirator fit tests. The manual describes test procedures,
 equipment needs, the audio visual presentation and how to choose a proper
 respirator.
 *1USA *United States *2850000 *Paints & Allied Products *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 2850000 Paints & Allied Products 93 occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 106
-A-
 818445
-W-
 Procedures to improve the safety of hazardous waste disposal operations are
 presented by WR Bunner, Safety & Training Dir, Associated Chemical &
 Environmental Services (Oregon, Ohio), a Fondessy Enterprises subsid. Waste
 Age September 1982 p. 55-58
 The development of workplace safety practices has the additional benefits of
 loss prevention and improved employee morale and productivity. Landfill
 operations can implement a safety program by first establishing a safety
 committee, which opens up an avenue of communication on safety matters in
 regularly scheduled meetings. Facility inspections, required by both OSHA
 and RCRA, can identify dangers to the operation and keep safety awareness
 sharp. In addition, RCRA has established strict guidelines for facilities
 either generating or disposing of hazardous wastes that mandate the presence
 of specific safety equipment on-site. Other features of an effective safety
 program may include employee training, medical surveillance of employees,
 contingency plans and response agreements with local emergency personnel,
 and regulatory agency review.
 *1USA *United States *4953700 *Hazardous Waste Treatmnt, Storge, Disposl *23
 *safety mgmt
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 107
-A-
 818295
-W-
 The number of accidents involving release of hazardous materials from
 railway cars has fallen from a high of 200 to under 100 in 1982 (estimate)
 due to increased investment in right of way, thermal insulation, shelf
 couplers, and head shield on tank cars that require such protection, and
 better instruction for train crews and emergency officials. Railway Age
 September 30, 1982 p. 10
 *1USA *United States *3743200 *New Railroad Cars *35 *product safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 108
-A-
 817902
-W-
 US chemical firms' innovative safety programs allow safer hazardous chemical
 transportation and handling. Chemical Marketing Reporter September 27, 1982
 p. 40
 Dow Chemical USA's Dowell Div offers hands-on training, running several
 training schools for employees. The school is 30% related to oilfield
 location safety and 70% with basic driver training. The school, which
 handled 2, 300 new employees in 1981, is equipped with the latest TV and
 movie projection equipment and complete computerization of test rating and
 scoring procedures. The school teaches the Natl Safety Council's defensive
 driving course and the American Red Cross multimedia first aid course and
 basics are covered on truck electrical systems, engines, transmissions and
 braking systems. Students cope with errors that often result in real-life
 accidents, including a 'spin' on a football field-sized 'skid pad.' Other
 lessons include how to avoid becoming a 'runaway' while descending steep
 downgrades and how to safely get back on the road when a wheel drops off the
 curb. Dowell's serious injury frequency rate was 1.19 in 1978, meaning 1.19
 serious injuries/1 mil work hrs were suffered, vs 0.07 as of 7/82. Dowell's
 OSHA injury rate fell from 2.98/200, 000 work hrs in 1978 to 1.81 in 1982.
 Rollovers, an extremely dangerous and frequent chemical trucking accident,
 have fallen from 24 in 1978 to 10 thus far in 1982. Dowell's total training
 time rose 10X in the past 6 yrs and the firm now dedicates over 35, 000
 man-days/yr to training employees. Hercules' Her-DOT in-house training
 program covers Federal Title No 49, governing handling of hazardous
 materials. DuPont's Rhythym program, originally designed as an internal
 training program, has since been developed into an 'extremely comprehensive
 and in-depth audio-visual teaching tool.'
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals *26 *traffic mgmt 1USA United
 States 2800000 Chemicals 28 employee training; Dow Chemical; Duns No:
 00-138-1581; Ticker: DOW; CUSIP: 260543
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 109
-A-
 811320
-W-
 OSHA will start three voluntary safety inspection programs along with its
 plan to rescind 194 standards. Business Insurance August 2, 1982 p. 26
 Companies approved for any of the three programs will be exempt from
 scheduled inspections, but will be subject to all laws and OSHA can still
 respond to any complaints against the participants. Officially to begin July
 6 are: STAR--for safety-conscious companies already having good safety
 records, established safety and health programs, joint labor/management
 safety committees and joint inspections; PRAISE--designed for companies with
 praiseworthy safety records but lacking joint labor/management committee
 structures; and TRY--designed for companies trying to build better safety
 and health records through joint labor/management committees, joint
 inspections and internal reviews. STAR participants must have both injury
 and lost workday rates equal to or less than the 3-yr national average for
 their industries and will be evaluated by OSHA every 3 yrs. PRAISE firms
 will not be evaluated on a regular basis, but injury incidents and lost
 workday rates will be examined annually. TRY will study the effectiveness of
 'alternative internal safety and health systems' and OSHA will waive
 participants' past records in view of the new commitment while monitoring
 the companies' progress.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 110
-A-
 811305
-W-
 Most employers support the OSHA's proposal to rescind 194 unenforceable
 safety and health standards, although at least one employer in the labor
 union publicly opposed the elimination of these rules.
 #Business Insurance August 2, 1982 p. 2, 26
 The provisions will be eliminated because they contain the word 'shall'
 instead of 'should, ' thus making them unenforceable. The regulations cover
 general safety areas.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 111
-A-
 809811
-W-
 Industrial Risk Insurers offers a new management system to control human
 errors and prevent expensive property losses. Business Insurance June 14,
 1982 p. 27
 The system of 14 interlocking programs, named OVERVIEW, offers suggestions
 on controlling losses and employee training to prevent property damage,
 based on devices to be found or implemented in-house, such as seminars on
 smoking regulations or how to handle hazardous materials. A brochure
 describing how the programs an work for a firm is available for $5 from
 Communications Dept, Industrial Risk Insurers, 85 Woodland St, Hartford,
 Conn 06102; 203-525-2601.
 *1USA *United States *9915300 *Asset & Risk Management *25 *financl
 controls
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 112
-A-
 809426
-W-
 OSHA will offer employers in 7 Southern states exemption from surprise
 inspections if they participate in on-site-consultation programs and it is
 verified that all health and safety problems have been fixed. American
 Machinist September 1982 p. 63
 Employers have up to 6 mos to sign up for the 1 yr program that could cover
 12.7 mil workers in 835, 000 workplaces. OSHA inspectors, separate from the
 consultants, could concentrate on workplaces that have chosen not to
 participate in the comprehensive consultation program.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 113
-A-
 807767
-W-
 Firms with safety and health programs that go beyond OSHA standards may be
 excused from general scheduled inspections. Plant Engineering August 5, 1982
 p. 12
 The 3 OSHA programs are STAR, a program for any industry, PRAISE, a program
 for low hazard industries, and TRY, a program for firms with active employee
 participation. Applicants can be one employer at one site, one employer with
 several sites, or a group of employers banning together to provide a safety
 and health program.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 114
-A-
 805175
-W-
 California can legally set worker exposure standards tougher than federal
 standards, according to a federal judge. Chemical Week August 18, 1982 p.
 88
 At issue was California's standard for worker exposure to fruit fumigant
 ethylene dibromide (EDB), which reduces acceptable levels to 1% of that
 allowed by OSHA. The chemical industry would prefer not to have to deal with
 50 separate sets of occupational safety regulations. Reagan supports the
 restoration of states rights, but in doing so he may increase the regulatory
 burden on industry. OSHA chief TG Auchter has hinted that his agency may tie
 up funding to states that issue their own health regulations. California has
 a long record of occupational safety regulation, and when OSHA was
 established in 1970, it adopted most of the state's safety standards and
 some of its health rules. California's occupational health administrator D
 Vial says that his agency works closely with industry and labor to establish
 standards that usually are not challenged in court.
 *1906 *California *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1906 California 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 115
-A-
 805169
-W-
 The Occupational Safety & Health Admin will emphasize voluntary compliance
 for companies with good records and will make health standards more flexible
 under Reagan appointee TG Auchter. Chemical Week August 11, 1982 p. 28-31
 OSHA has not been effective in reducing industrial injuries, since the rate
 rose from 40.4 lost workdays/100 workers in 1972 to 48.7 in 1980. Company
 officials in general applaud Auchter's work, but union leaders condemn his
 reconsideration of standards set on lead, cotton dust, hearing conservation
 and freedom of information during the Carter Admin. In Auchter's 1st 9 mos
 in office, OSHA monthly inspections were down 18%, vs the 1st 9 mos of the
 Carter Admin; inspections in response to worker complaints were down 33.5%;
 complaints filed by workers were down 30%; follow-up inspections were down
 70%; willful citations were down 80% and penalties levied were down 65%.
 Employers are challenging about 6% of OSHA citations, vs 22% under the
 Carter Admin. Inspector activity is closely monitored to curtail complaints
 of inconsistent treatment between OSHA's 80 field offices. Plants with less
 than the average lost workday rates have been exempted from surprise
 inspections. Auchter's goal is to concentrate on the most hazardous plants,
 since OSHA's 1, 100 inspectors have time to visit only 2% of the workplaces
 they are authorized to inspect. While OSHA's relations with business have
 improved, those with labor have deteriorated. Union leaders feel that great
 advances made during the Carter Admin are being swept away by the
 antiregulatory atmosphere at OSHA. Auchter replies that he is merely
 streamlining ill-conceived and confusing rules.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 116
-A-
 800817
-W-
 Eleven workers from steelmaking and drill bit producing firms in the
 Houston, Tex, area urged the US govt to encourage firms to label hazardous
 substances in the workplace and train their employees in safety practices.
 American Metal Market July 20, 1982 p. 3
 Testifying at a Houston hearing of the OSHA, the employees, members of
 various United Steelworkers of America locals, illustrated their requests
 with personal experiences of exposure to toxic chemicals such as PCBs due to
 allegedly inadequate labeling of barrels or inadequate training. The
 employees represented US Steel Corp's Baytown plant, Armco Inc's Houston
 Works, National Pipe & Tube Co (Liberty) and Hughes Tool Co and Reed Rock
 Bit Co (both Houston).
 *1USA *United States *3310000 *Primary Iron & Steel *93 *occupatnl safety
 1USA United States 9913500 Safety Management 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 117
-A-
 800781
-W-
 The Natl Hazards Control Inst has been acquired by COEVAL. News Release for
 further information apply to company indexed August 2, 1982 p. 1
 The firm plans to continue the safety and hazardous materials training
 programs of the Institute, and expand the programs it offers to other areas
 of management activities. (Natl Hazards Control Inst news release)
 *1USA *United States *4953700 *Hazardous Waste Treatmnt, Storge, Disposl *44
 *new capacity; *COEVAL
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 118
-A-
 798791
-W-
 OSHA has established a uniform policy for inspectors to use in citing
 repeated violations of OSHA standards. Plant Engineering July 22, 1982 p.
 12
 Under the new policy, a repeated violation citation can be issued at a
 'fixed' site--eg, a factory--when the transgression occurs at the same plant
 and not another plant operated by the same firm. For 'nonfixed' sites--eg,
 construction or drilling projects--repeated violation citations may be
 issued at any location within the local OSHA area office jurisdiction.
 Previously, nonfixed employers were liable for repeated violations anywhere
 within a state. A repeated violation is one that occurs within 3 yrs of a
 previous violation. In addition, inspectors have been directed to offer
 technical advice and information on the correction of any hazards found
 during safety and health inspections as well as issue citations.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 119
-A-
 791058
-W-
 Many companies and industrial unions are skeptical over OSHA's new plan to
 allow businesses to monitor their own safety and health inspections.
 Business Week Industrial Edition July 19, 1982 p. 62
 While the concept was endorsed early on by industry, unions felt that there
 would be too much opposition from firms if a complaint was made. OSHA will
 make no surprise inspections if a firm shows they are following safety
 regulations. OSHA Administrator TG Auchter claims industry and labor should
 both be happy with the new rules, as labor would be guaranteed continuous
 monitoring of safe conditions and business could be conducted without govt
 interference. This system would leave OSHA with 1, 100 inspectors that could
 concentrate on workplaces with poor records. Three programs--Star, Try and
 Praise--is hoped to tempt industry into improving safety records. A firm can
 qualify for Star if it bettered the national injury record for its industry
 over a 3-yr period and demonstated the effectiveness of its safety programs.
 To qualify for Try, a business would specify safety and health goals in
 writing and assure the federal agency that these could be met. Safety
 programs in low-hazard workplaces, such as an office, would gain the Praise
 rating. Labor believe surprise inspections keep employers on their toes, and
 fear that without them, safety conditions may worsen. Some unions fear other
 problems caused by labor-management committees. Auchter claims that OSHA
 will continue to have tight control over the program. The program may work
 if firms not following safety regulations understand that OSHA will be
 concentrating on them.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 120
-A-
 788585
-W-
 OSHA has proposed allowing companies with fair to good safety records to be
 exempt from certain safety inspections under a special program. Chemical
 Week July 7, 1982 p. 14
 Large chemical firms might view the paperwork and potential labor problems
 as deterrents to the program. Industrial unions, including Oil, Chemical &
 Atomic Workers, are opposed to any plan explicitly exempting employers from
 surprise safety checks. Companies could get exemptions from health & safety
 inspections by naming an OSHA-approved employee or committee to oversee
 on-site safety. In a union shop, the union's approval would be required for
 participation.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 121
-A-
 788559
-W-
 OSHA is setting up a uniform policy to standardize when an employer can be
 cited for repeated health and safety violations to replace diverse
 guidelines developed at individual local and regional OSHA offices. Chemical
 & Engineering News July 5, 1982 p. 13
 Companies with 'effective voluntary established safety and health programs
 that go beyond OSHA requirements' will be exempt from scheduled OSHA
 inspections 'to encourage more companies to start voluntary safety
 programs.' OSHA inspectors will offer employers assistance in correcting
 hazards found in work places.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 122
-A-
 782476
-W-
 OSHA and industry are debating the controversial right-to-know issue to
 determine how much information firms must give employees about workplace
 substances.
 #Chemical Week June 30, 1982 p. 36-41
 Chemical industry groups, which usually oppose across-the-board regulations,
 are backing the federal preemption of state and local right-to-know
 statutes, while S Krekel of Oil Chemical & Atomic Workers believes 'It's a
 right-to-conceal standard.' The proposed rule would require chemical
 manufacturers to inform workers and industrial customers about hazardous
 substances, providing an up-to-date list of hazardous substances, labeling
 all containers and training employees to handle them. According to unions
 and their allies, 25 mil workers are exposed to circumstances termed
 hazardous by NIOSH. State bills help to explain industry's adamant support
 of preemption; New York requires producers to identify the entire NIOSH list
 of 40, 000 substances commmonly used in industry to employees, and other
 states have very different requirements. Some manufacturers are concerned
 that lists of chemical components might inadvertently reveal the process
 used to make them. Some right-to-know advocates think that producers fear
 better-documented linkage between disease and occupational exposure, but
 industry counters that it does not want the expense or nuisance of keeping
 records. Local communities are beginning to push for strong right-to-know
 laws, with some requiring firms to provide the chemical substances used, how
 much is present and what the firm does with it.
 *1USA *United States *9913550 *Workplace Carcinogens *93 *occupatnl safety
 1USA United States 2800000 Chemicals 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States
 2800000 Chemicals 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913550 Workplace
 Carcinogens 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 123
-A-
 777321
-W-
 OSHA wants to exempt 474, 000 employers from keeping illness and injury logs
 under a new proposal which will take effect 1/1/83 if there is no
 substantial objection. Automotive News June 7, 1982 p. 59
 Since most businesses and service industries experience less than 2
 injuries/establishment/yr, most employers and employees would be able to
 recall any injury-producing accident without referring to OHSA
 injury/illness logs. OSHA will continue to inspect establishments in
 response to employee complaints and as part of its investigation of
 fatalities, multiple hospitalization incidents and imminent danger
 situations.
 *1USA *United States *5500000 *Automotive Sales & Service *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 5500000 Automotive Sales & Service 93 occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 124
-A-
 773213
-W-
 Organized labor and state officials are concerned about a federal govt move
 to restrict a state's power to set safety standards. Chemical Week June 2,
 1982 p. 62
 OSHA administrator TG Auchter sent a memo to state OSHA directors suggesting
 that states be severely restrained from issuing health and safety standards
 that differ from those of the federal govt because multistate employers may
 suffer 'unnecessary burdens' from differing state rules and states should
 not waste time and effort covering the same ground as the federal law. OSHA
 may respond to the problem by reviewing state standards more closely to
 determine if they 'unduly burden interstate commerce; ' requiring states to
 adopt OSHA rules before they adopt their own on a given hazard; and
 withholding OSHA funding for separate standards-setting activities.
 *1USA *United States *9108651 *Occupational Safety Regulation *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93
 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 125
-A-
 773212
-W-
 OSHA may revoke over 200 'unenforceable' regulations. Chemical Week June 2,
 1982 p. 62
 The difficulty arises from OSHA's verbatim adoption of standards used by
 American Natl Standards Inst. These standards use the advisory word 'should,
 ' rather than the mandatory word 'shall.' Employers have continually
 challenged the agency's attempts to enforce rules included in OSHA's general
 industry standards that are based on 'should.' The advisory rules in
 question include working surfaces, spray finishing, ventilation and
 materials handling.
 *1USA *United States *9108651 *Occupational Safety Regulation *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93
 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 126
-A-
 772281
-W-
 OSHA has revised policy to place more emphasis on preinspection
 consultation, which could foster a more cooperative, less adversarial
 relationship with industry, according to J Foster, OSHA director of
 information and consumer affairs. Package Engineering April 1982 p. 17
 Plant inspections will be targeted for plants classified as high hazard
 manufacturers and those in which the lost workday rate due to accidents is
 above the national 5.2/employee/yr average. OSHA will not initiate plant
 inspections based on informal complaints by employees; the area director
 will notify the employer by letter that a complaint was made regarding a
 particular health or safety hazard at the plant. If the employer responds
 satisfactorily, showing the director that the hazard has been abated or that
 the complaint was ungrounded, there will be no inspection in 90% of those
 cases. Formal complaints, submitted in writing and signed by employees, will
 not result in an inspection if the complaint 'does not establish reasonable
 grounds to believe that a violation threatening physical harm or an imminent
 danger exist. Finally, instead of contesting a citation, which could result
 in expensive and time-consuming legal action, a manufacturer may meet with
 the area director to discuss the citation and attempt to reach an
 information settlement agreement out of court. This procedure has already
 reduced the contest rate for citations from 22% to 8% nationally, freed
 compliance officers to concentrate on inspection duties, vs conferring with
 attorneys or appearing in court, and resulted in faster abatement of
 hazards. Article lists regional OSHA offices and examines criticisms of
 OSHA.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation
 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection
 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 127
-A-
 763554
-W-
 OSHA's amended standard on occupational exposure to lead allows for the use
 of respirators where engineering and work practice controls are infeasible
 for meeting the permissible exposure limit. Modern Paint & Coatings April
 1982 p. 69, 70
 The amendments set the PEL at 50 micro-g of lead/m3 of air averaged over 8
 hrs.
 *1USA *United States *3332000 *Lead *93 *occupatnl safety 1USA United States
 3332000 Lead 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational
 Safety Regulation 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9108651
 Occupational Safety Regulation 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States
 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States
 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 128
-A-
 763448
-W-
 OSHA's new 4-step program for setting and reviewing standards is described
 by OSHA Administrator T Auchter. Cosmetics & Toiletries March 1982 p. 17
 Since OSHA's regional directors were given the power to settle company
 violation citations, contested citations have dropped from 23% to 9%. The 4
 steps for setting health standards include showing that a significant risk
 exists, demonstrating that a standard will reduce that risk, setting an
 employee exposure level based on scientific and economic data and ensuring
 that the means of control are cost-effective.
 *1USA *United States *9215300 *Income Security-State *93 *occupatnl safety
 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl
 safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 129
-A-
 755047
-W-
 The Synthetic Organic Chemical Mfrs Assn (SOCMA) is supporting voluntary
 workplace standards that would require only one-time approval by OSHA for
 firms with good health and safety records. Chemical Marketing Reporter April
 12, 1982 p. 5, 16
 R Lang, SOCMA exec dir, believes that firms with sophisticated safety and
 health programs can and should be allowed to regulate themselves. Firms
 eligible for self-regulation should meet the following criteria: management
 and employee programs that provide training in health and safety protection
 and hazard recognition; planned self-audits; prescribed practices,
 procedures and rules aimed at protecting employees' safety and health;
 prompt and thorough investigation of accidents; use of protective equipment;
 and monitoring and complaint procedures.
 *1USA *United States *2860000 *Organic Chemicals *93 *occupatnl safety 1USA
 United States 2860000 Organic Chemicals 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United
 States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93 occupatnl safety 1USA
 United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 130
-A-
 752208
-W-
 OSHA critics have Congress' ear in hearings held on recent fatal mine
 accidents, the lack of OSHA regulation enforcement, and EPA enforcement
 activities.
 #Business Week Industrial Edition April 12, 1982 p. 44B-H
 OSHA penalties are down 65%, FDA enforcement actions have dropped 45% and
 case referrals from EPA to the Justice Dept have fallen 69%. The Reagan
 Admin's assumption that voluntarism will generate more compliance than
 compulsion and the agencies' regulatory review and relaxed standards have
 pushed more of the compliance enforcement role onto states. The debate
 between industry and critics is reviewed.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation
 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection
 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 131
-A-
 749487
-W-
 OSHA has issued a proposal calling for the labeling of hazardous substances
 present in the workplace. Chemical & Engineering News March 29, 1982 p. 6,
 7
 It requires chemical producers to assess the hazards of chemicals that they
 produce, and all employers having plants in the manufacturing sector, SIC
 Codes 20-39, to provide information to their employees about the hazards by
 means of hazard communication programs, including labels, placards, material
 safety data sheets, information and training and access to written records.
 Once employers determine which chemicals are hazardous, they are required to
 label every container in the workplace with the identity of the hazardous
 chemical contaied therein and with hazard warnings. Containers are defined
 as any bag, box, cylinder, drum, storage tank, reaction vessel or the like
 that contains a hazardous chemical. Generic names can be used to mask
 ingredients that are trade secrets unless the chemical is a carcinogen,
 mutagen or teratogen, or is a cause of significant damage to human organisms
 or body systems. P Joyce of the Chemical Mfrs Assn contends the proposal is
 a vast improvement over the one offered by the Carter Admin despite its high
 cost. S Samuels of the AFL-CIO Industrial Union Dept contends that the
 proposal doesn't meet the objectives spelled out in the OSHA Act that
 workers know the names of the chemicals to which they are exposed.
 *1USA *United States *4958000 *Toxic Substances Control *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 4958000 Toxic Substances Control 93 occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation
 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 132
-A-
 744244
-W-
 OSHA has issued a new proposal for a hazardous communications standard for
 chemical and other employers, which envisions a system of materials-safety
 data sheets, labeling and worker training that would be provided by all
 employers in manufacturing industries. Chemical Week March 24, 1982 p. 17,
 18
 Chemical process industries, which would be responsible for assessing
 potential safety and health hazards, and communicating the information to
 its workers and customers.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals *93 *occupatnl safety 1USA United
 States 2800000 Chemicals 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9108651
 Occupational Safety Regulation 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States
 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 133
-A-
 743532
-W-
 OSHA has issued a directive detailing when agency compliance officers can
 cite employers for violating the 'general duty clause, ' which requires a
 safe and healthful workplace. Chemical & Engineering News March 22, 1982 p.
 33
 First the hazard must be recognized--known to the employer's industry or the
 employers or be apparent on the basis of common sense. It must be a serious
 threat to worker health or safety, and there must be a feasible means to
 correct the problem. The directive warns against using the general duty
 clause to impose a stricter requirement than that set by a specific OSHA
 standard, to require a particular abatement method not set forth in a
 specific OSHA standard, or enforce standards adopted initially by OSHA as
 consensus standards that contained the word 'should' rather than 'shall.'
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation
 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection
 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 134
-A-
 741732
-W-
 The US Labor Dept has rewritten rules for enforcing the Occupational Safety
 & Health Act. American Metal Market March 22, 1982 p. 1, 21
 Federal safety and health inspectors received orders to limit their power to
 enforce the law requiring an employer to provide a generally safe workplace.
 The general duty clause had said an employer shall furnish employees a place
 of employment free from recognized hazards causing or likely to cause death
 or serious physical harm. Instructions now say that recognizing a hazard is
 not all that it takes to prompt a citation or orders to correct or remove
 the hazard; the hazard also must be 'serious and capable of being corrected
 by feasible means.' The new enforcement rules prohibit orders for
 engineering controls when equipment like gas masks, carplugs or gloves might
 be used; enforcement of standards that use the word 'should; ' and citations
 that rely on standards adopted by agencies or set by any group besides OSHA
 itself, such as standards commonly used by OSHA but established by the
 American National Standards Inst.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation
 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection
 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 135
-A-
 740813
-W-
 The US Office of Management & Budget is still branding a $500mil labeling
 program, proposed by OSHA, as too expensive. Chemical Engineering February
 22, 1982 p. 23
 The agencies are continuing to disagree over the plan's price after the
 Presidential Task Force on Regulatory Relief was called upon to referee the
 dispute. The AFL-CIO, some chemical firms and trade associations are calling
 for the release of the OSHA proposal for public comment. The present OSHA
 labeling plan is a scaled down version of a $2.5 bil plan offered by the
 Carter Admin. The current program would establish a system of placards,
 material-safety data sheets, training and educational programs to inform
 workers and employees of potential dangers from toxic or combustible
 agents.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals *94 *prod safety rules 1USA United
 States 2800000 Chemicals 94 prod safety rules 1USA United States 9108651
 Occupational Safety Regulation 94 prod safety rules 1USA United States
 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 94 prod safety rules
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 136
-A-
 740351
-W-
 The Occupational Safety & Health Admin said it will lessen the amount of
 inspections initiated by employee complaints. Wall Street Journal 3 Star,
 Eastern SP edition February 2, 1982 p. 37
 T Auchter, manager of the Labor Dept Div, said that OSHA would center its
 activities on investigating those complaints of workers who encounter the
 largest and most immediate chance of illness or injury. The agency is
 restricting standards it uses for instigating inspections. Now, the agency
 will just examine complaints which give evidence indicating a violation
 which endangers the worker. In addition, if a firm's safety history is
 acceptable, an inspection will be confined to the complaint zone. The OSHA
 is narrowing its inspections to companies with poor records. Auchter
 stressed that the organization do something about the majority of complaints
 it gets.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation
 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection
 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 137
-A-
 731108
-W-
 OSHA's new guidelines tighten its criteria for conducting inspections in
 response to worker complaints. Chemical & Engineering News February 8, 1982
 p. 25
 It will continue to respond to all complaints, but inspections will be
 targeted on workplaces with serious hazards. OSHA will continue to respond
 to written formal complaints made by current employees and their designated
 representatives (not former employees), who establish establish reasonable
 grounds to conclude that alleged violations threatening physical harm or
 imminent danger exist. Inspections will focus on the complaint area and
 inspections of whole plants will not be conducted unless an inspection of
 the records is warranted. OSHA conducted 57, 241 inspections in FY81, 23% of
 which were made in response to complaints. (article contains little further
 information)
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *94 *labor
 regulatn 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 94 labor
 regulatn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 138
-A-
 730639
-W-
 OSHA has issued new reguations to clarify when it may ask workers to wear
 sampling devices as a reasonable investigative technique. Chemical Week
 February 24, 1982 p. 62
 Former regulations were criticized as not making it clear that the devices
 such as noise dosimeters and air sampling pumps were reasonable
 investigative techniques. Some courts had maintained that OSHA had no power
 to force employees to wear the devices if a company had a policy against use
 of such devices.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation
 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection
 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 139
-A-
 730175
-W-
 OSHA wants employers and workers to set up their own routine safety
 programs, while OSHA would oversee them, halt routine inspections to allow
 itself to concentrate on more serious matters.
 #Business Insurance January 25, 1982 p. 6
 Voluntary inspection projects must contain one of 3 safety programs:
 employee participation programs, management initiative programs or private
 sector support for small business.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation
 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection
 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 140
-A-
 728459
-W-
 OSHA will reduce the number of workplace inspections resulting from employee
 complaints to deal with a large backlog of such inspections which built up
 during the previous Admin. Chemical Marketing Reporter February 8, 1982 p.
 7, 27
 OSHA has 1, 200 inspectors to monitor 3 mil workplaces, and will target its
 complaint inspections toward those facilities where the threat of physical
 harm or imminent danger exists. The agency will deal with complaints it
 deems serious by sending a letter to the firm involved directing that the
 hazard be eliminated. OSHA plans to spot-check some 10% of these firms to
 make sure that they have complied with its directives. Complaint inspections
 of companies with good records and hazardous industries will be limited to
 the specific area of the complaint.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation
 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection
 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 141
-A-
 725787
-W-
 National Hazards Control Inst (Alpha, NJ) has a new 30-min video tape,
 'Corrosive Chemical Safety, ' to improve employee awareness of proper
 handling techniques for various hazardous materials. News Release for
 further information apply to company indexed February 1982 p. 1
 (Natl Hazards new release)
 *1USA *United States *2800400 *Industrial Chemicals *23 *safety mgmt 1USA
 United States 9913520 Safety Training 28 employee training
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 142
-A-
 723557
-W-
 OSHA is trying to eliminate adversarial relationships by listening to all
 sides, not just organized labor. Chemical Business (Supplement to Chemical
 Marketing Reporter) February 8, 1982 p. 39-43
 Although worker safety and health continue to be the foremost goal of OSHA,
 Director TG Auchter has sought to streamline the agency and put it on a more
 businesslike and cost-accountable basis. 'The most dramatic and productive
 changes will occur in the areas of attitude, program mix and management, '
 according to Auchter. Organized labor argues that OSHA has retreated from
 its tough standards of enforcement involving carcinogens, cotton dust,
 benzene, lead, ethylene oxide, noise pollution and hazardous materials
 labeling. OSHA wants to eliminate the publication of lists of suspected
 carcinogens, on the premise that the lists are perceived by the public as
 official conclusions. Also, OSHA wants to use data that tend to prove a
 substance is noncarcinogenic and it plans to reconsider the
 cost-effectiveness of its standards. AFL-CIO claims that OSHA, through such
 programs as joint employer-employee committees, is trying to separate
 employee rights from union rights and, is seeking to reduce unions' role in
 workplace safety and health. AFL-CIO has had to rely on the Federal Register
 and newspapers to learn about OSHA's activities. Auchter is reconsidering
 regulations that may be overcomplicated, unworkable, unenforceable or don't
 provide sufficient benefits to justify the cost of implementing them, and is
 weighing requests to issue emergency temporary standards to reduce the
 allowable workplace levels of formaldehyde and ethylene oxide, suspected
 carcinogens. AFL-CIO's statics show the total number of occupational health
 and safety inspections fell 29%, 'serious' citations fell 30%, penalties 44%
 and the average number of employees covered by inspections fell 14% in 1981
 vs 1980. OSHA calls the figures misleading since the agency is eliminating
 unnecessary inspections and minor citations.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation
 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection
 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 143
-A-
 723302
-W-
 The new thrust of OSHA noise control in the Reagan era is toward performance
 standards, rather than specifying the steps the employer must take to
 protect workers from noise.
 #Compressed Air January 1982 p. 8-13
 The new rules, most of them written during the Carter Admin, will cut the
 costs of compliance to $181 mil, a substantial saving on the $234-269 mil
 cost estimates for the 1/81 hearing conservation amendments. The OSHA
 performance standard alternative to the current hearing conservation
 standard requires employer sponsored annual audiograms of employees exposed
 to noise in excess of an 8 hr time-weighted average sound level of 85 dBA
 which will be reviewed by qualified audiologists, otolaryngologists or
 physicians to identify employees whose hearing acuity has diminished more
 than normal. These employees are then instructed in the proper use of
 hearing protection when working in noisy areas.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 4955000 Noise Abatement 93 occupatnl safety 1USA
 United States 4955000 Noise Abatement 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States
 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United
 States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93 occupatnl safety 1USA
 United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 144
-A-
 721012
-W-
 OSHA will focus enforcement at multiemployer worksites on the employer
 responsible for a hazard, rather than the employer in overall charge of the
 project. Chemical Engineering January 11, 1982 p. 20
 Multiemployer worksites include construction projects managed by one firm
 but carried out by another. Previously, OSHA inspectors had cited the
 employer of a worker exposed to a hazard instead of the employer that
 controlled the harmful condition. Chemical plants that have maintenance or
 other types of contracts with outside firms could be affected by the ruling.
 (article contains little further information)
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation
 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection
 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 145
-A-
 718140
-W-
 OSHA will eliminate 75% of its present routine safety inspection visits,
 concentrating instead on some 27% of companies whose workday injury rate
 exceeds the national average of 5.7%. Cosmetics & Toiletries December 1981
 p. 22
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation 93
 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation
 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards & Inspection
 93 occupatnl safety
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 146
-A-
 706386
-W-
 Benefit-cost analysis of environmental health and safety regulation is
 needed to avoid both over- and underregulation, says J Mendeloff of U of
 Calif (San Diego).
 #Regulation (AEI Journal on Government & Society) October 1981 p. 47-52
 The intensiveness of some regulation has led to cost-inefficiency; OSHA
 standards for carcinogens have resulted in average costs/cancer death
 averted of $20.2 mil for arsenic, $18.9 mil for benzene, $4.5 mil coke-oven
 emissions, and $3.5 mil for acrylonitrile. For the asbestos standard,
 however, which accounts for almost 90% of all the estimated fatal cancers
 averted by all 5 standards, the average costs are below $200, 000 and
 perhaps below $100, 000, as determined by J Morrall and I Broder. While the
 overregulation argument has some credibility, the argument that regulation
 has not been extensive enough can also be made on a cost-benefit basis.
 Standards that cover 5 areas with a reduction of 50% are more likely to be
 cost-effective than a single standard calling for a reduction of 95%. The
 Toxic Substances Control Act (1976) authorizes EPA to regulate the use of
 55, 000 potentially hazardous chemicals. EPA has addressed only 3 of the 42
 items on the Interagency Testing Committee's list. The delay may be
 necessary to obtain information and achieve the desired inverse relationship
 between scope and intensity.
 *1USA *United States *9913510 *Safety Standards & Inspection *93 *occupatnl
 safety 1USA United States 9106400 Pollution Control & Abatement 93 pollution
 regulatn 1USA United States 9106400 Pollution Control & Abatement 93
 pollution regulatn 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety Regulation
 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9108651 Occupational Safety
 Regulation 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913510 Safety Standards &
 Inspection 93 occupatnl safety 1USA United States 9913700 Environmental
 Management 93 pollution regulatn 1USA United States 9913700 Environmental
 Management 93 pollution regulatn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 037:016 147
-A-
 696512
-W-
 Self-inspection by labor-management panels and good safety records will keep
 OSHA out of the workplace. Wall Street Journal 3 Star, Eastern SP edition
 September 22, 1981 p. 1
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 1
-A-
 806403 85/6403
-W-
 APOLLO-a catalyst for full text delivery in Europe
 Vernimb, Carlo
 8th International Online Information Meeting: London 4-6 December 1984
 541-545. table. 19 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 APOLLO project
 The Commission of the European Communities (CEC) having supported Euronet
 and the creation of data bases and thus contributed to the development of a
 European market for electronic references to documents, is now supporting
 the electronic delivery of full-text documents, e.g. by co-funding 10 pilot
 experiments. As present telecommunication means are not suitable for
 electronic document delivery the CEC, together with ESA, EUTELSAT, CEPT and
 interested PTTs developed the APOLLO concept for electronic document
 delivery by satellite and recently agreed on an APOLLO draft system
 requirements specification. APOLLO services are expected to start in 1986
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval;
 Information retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line information retrieval;
 Computerised information retrieval; Searching; Searching; Computerised
 information storage and retrieval; Document delivery
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Document delivery; APOLLO project
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmVtv
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 2
-A-
 806402 85/6402
-W-
 What the user wants in a document delivery service
 Fjallbrant, Nancy
 8th International Online Information Meeting: London 4-6 December 1984
 533-539. 15 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 APOLLO project
 Examines existing document delivery services against the criteria of
 satisfaction rate, speed of delivery and costs. Users needs for document
 supply systems are presented: straightforward easy to use system, high
 success probability, reliability, reasonable speed of supply with fast
 supply option, low costs, facility for assessing content, quality and cost
 before ordering, ability to obtain multi-media documents. Suggests that
 document transmission by satellite as in the APOLLO project could meet many
 of the requirements for a rapid document delivery system
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval;
 Information retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line information retrieval;
 Computerised information retrieval; Searching; Searching; Computerised
 information storage and retrieval; Document delivery
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Document delivery; APOLLO project
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmVtv
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 3
-A-
 806332 85/6332
-W-
 CompuServe and The Source: Databanks for the end-user
 O'Leary, Mick
 Database
 8 (2) June 85, 100-106. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 CompuServe; The Source
 Discusses the features of 2 end-user on-line services CompuServe and the
 Source, and the information and communications services they offer. Those
 services cater not for the professional on-line community, but for the
 amateur users. They are searched primarily by menus, the data bases are
 short and simple, the costs are relatively low, and the documentation
 extensive. Data bases cover investment, finance, general business and news,
 reference and entertainment. Communications services include transactional
 services, electronic mail, and a variety of user maintained services
-Desc-
 End users; Technical processes and services; Information storage and
 retrieval; Information retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line information
 retrieval; Computerised information retrieval; Searching; Searching;
 Computerised information storage and retrieval; Data bases; Information
 services; Computerised information services; Magnetic tape; External
 magnetic tape information services
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Data bases; Information services; End users;
 CompuServe and The Source
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmRnHz
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 4
-A-
 806259 85/6259
-W-
 The 3M experience: use of external databases in a large diversified company
 Flynn, Karen L.
 Special Libraries
 76 (2) Spring 85, 81-87
-Lang-
 Eng.
 3M Company (Minnesota)
 Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company is a large, highly diversified
 firm employing 85, 000 employees worldwide. The company's products range
 from the familiar SCOTCH brand tapes to surgical drapes, optical discs,
 abrasives, electrical connectors, and more than 40, 000 other products.
 Because of the broad technology base supporting development of these
 products, it is necessary that 3M's information access channels be able to
 reach an equally broad universe of informations resources, and that these
 resources be used within the company in the most flexible, far-reaching ways
 possible. Describes some of the services developed at 3M, both traditional
 and non-traditional, that exploit the power and value of on-line data bases
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval;
 Information retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line information retrieval;
 Computerised information retrieval; Searching; Searching; Computerised
 information storage and retrieval; Commercial firm libraries
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Commercial firm libraries; Minnesota; 3M
 Company
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmHm
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 5
-A-
 806247 85/6247
-W-
 OCLC Users Council meeting
 Hielkema, Arthur
 Action for Libraries
 11 (3) Mar 85, 3-4
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Online Computer Library Center. Users' Council meeting (1985)
 The OCLC Users' Council met on 20-22 Jan 85. Reports were given by various
 standing and ad-hoc committees. Discussion centred particularly on copyright
 and third party use. The interest of research libraries was noted. OCLC is
 currently researching electronic document delivery, subject access, very
 intelligent terminals and language normalisation. Outlines new hardware and
 software developments. OCLC will begin a subscription service on an OCLC
 Micro magazine, and is developing a guide to new products and services.
 Increased telecommunications costs are likely. The year was financially good
 for OCLC. Discussed the draft contracts with networks where there may be
 some irreconcilable differences
-Desc-
 Conferences; User groups; Use; Technical processes and services; Information
 storage and retrieval; Information retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line
 information retrieval; Computerised information retrieval ; Searching;
 Searching; Computerised information storage and retrieval; Conferences
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Conferences; Online Computer Library Center
 User's Council meeting (1985)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmAg
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 6
-A-
 806183 85/6183
-W-
 That bibliographic highway in the sky
 Glazer, Frederick J.
 Library Journal
 110 (2) 1 Feb 85, 64-67. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 West Virginia Library Commission. Library Automation Plan
 Part of an issue on information technology. Outlines developments leading to
 the West Virginia Library Commission, USA, Library Automation Plan. The plan
 comprises a central data base of academic, special and public library
 holdings, at the centre of a star type 4 tier hierarchical network. The
 Virginia Tech Library System (VTLS) was selected for implementation
 throughout the State. Describes the network and the telecommunications
 facilities including microwave and cable which are under test. Laser discs
 will hold all the MARC records. Discusses the benefits and anticipated new
 services provided by their electronic highway
-Desc-
 West Virginia; Telecommunications; Technical processes and services;
 Information storage and retrieval; Information retrieval; Catalogues by
 special characteristics; Union catalogues; Cooperation; Cataloguing;
 Computerised union catalogues; On-line union catalogues
-SectHd-
 UNION CATALOGUES; On-line; Telecommunications; West Virginia Library
 Commission; Library Automation Plan
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: UzhOts
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 7
-A-
 806174 85/6174
-W-
 Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules 1908-1978: a state of the art
 Tikku, Upinder Kumar
 Annals of Library Science and Documentation
 30 (3-4) Sept-Dec 83, 151-165. 123 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AACR
 Describes the development of the Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules in the
 light of various facts having important bearing on these rules. The salient
 features and weaknesses of each edition of the Code are highlighted. The
 Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules, 2nd edition, published in 1978 and
 implemented in 1981 have been discussed in detail. Their impact on
 cataloguing in general and on library automation in particular is the major
 focus of this study
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval;
 Information retrieval; Author cataloguing; Cataloguing; Rules; Codes; AACR
-SectHd-
 AUTHOR CATALOGUING; Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Uv (AACR)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 8
-A-
 806160 85/6160
-W-
 Library automation in the Netherlands and Pica
 Bossers, Anton; Van Muyen, Martin
 Electronic Library
 2 (2) Apr 84, 87-99. illus. table. 6 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Muyen, M.van; PICA (Project for Integrated Catalogue Automation)
 The Pica Library Automation Network originated from a research project on
 catalogue automation on behalf of some Dutch research libraries in the years
 1969-75. The name Pica derives from this project: Project for Integrated
 Catalogue Automation. Since 1976 Pica has been a non-profit-organisation,
 sponsored by the Dutch government, for the realisation of an on-line
 automated library network in the Netherlands, based on a centralised
 bibliographic data base in which information is stored only once. Satellite
 library systems as well as other associated systems are provided with
 information from this central data base. Duplication of efforts needs to be
 eliminated. In 1983 the following Pica-systems became operational: online
 shared cataloguing system; circulation control system; acquisition system;
 on-line Dutch union catalogue with interlibrary loan subsystem. They form a
 network based on a central Pica data base in connection with local data
 bases for circulation control and, in future, the online public access
 catalogue. Discusses the state-of-the-art of library automation in the
 Netherlands within the scope of Pica
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval;
 Information retrieval; Cataloguing; Computerised cataloguing; On-line
 cataloguing; Centralised on-line cataloguing; Netherlands
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING; On-line; Centralised; Netherlands; PICA (Project for Integrated
 Catalogue Automation)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Togs Njr D492
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 9
-A-
 806096 85/6096
-W-
 Interlending from the receivers' end: current user concerns
 Roberts, Dave
 Interlending & Document Supply
 13 (2) Apr 85, 42-44. 4 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 British Library. Lending Division
 The British Library Lending Division carries out visits to high-volume users
 in the UK in order to keep abreast of the practices, problems and concerns
 of the oranisations using the system. Out of 5, 800 registered UK users,
 only 300 account for 50% of total UK demand on BLLD. The following themes
 were found to dominate the thoughts of users: financial restrictions;
 library automation; internal interloans procedures; and document delivery
-Desc-
 User surveys; Technical processes and services; Interloans Cooperation;
 Acquisitions; National libraries; Lending libraries
-SectHd-
 INTERLOANS; National libraries; Lending libraries; British Library; Lending
 Division; User surveys
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ScmFsEqn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 10
-A-
 806065 85/6065
-W-
 Access of technical report literature in developing countries: the
 NTIS/USAID International Information Transfer Network
 Caponio, Joseph F.; Post, Frank
 Revista AIBDA
 5 (2) July-Dec 84, 109-120. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 NTIS; NTIS/USAID International Information Transfer Network
 In 1970 the US Agency for International Development asked the National
 Technical Information Service (NTIS) to cooperate in improving access in
 developing countries to US technical imformation. The NTIS/USAID
 International Information Transfer Network now comprises more than 40 local
 cooperating organisations which serve as local reference centres conduct
 user education, train reference librarians, conduct marketing and promotion
 campaigns and provide document order and fulfillment services. NTIS'
 recently expanded access to agricultural information constitutes a great
 opportunity for improved services by agricultural libraries as well as the
 complementary technical information services
-Desc-
 Developing countries; Technical reports; Reports; Technical processes and
 services; Acquisitions
-SectHd-
 ACQUISITIONS; Technical reports; Developing countries
 Role of NTIS
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SbLrDr
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 11
-A-
 806050 85/6050
-W-
 LSN local systems market survey
 Library Systems Newsletter
 4 (4) Apr 84, 25-30
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Reports the results of a survey of 27 companies selling library software and
 turnkey systems in North America. The companies surveyed were supporting 560
 operations worldwide with another 65 systems awaiting installation, a clear
 indication the library automation industry is alive and thriving
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Computerised technical processes and
 services
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; Computerised; USA
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaOqD73
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 12
-A-
 806044 85/6044
-W-
 How libraries obtain materials for their users
 Information Hotline
 16 (4) Apr 84, 1, 17 1 ref
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A recent study on Document Delivery in the United States, by the USA Council
 on Library Resources reveals that the document delivery service is presently
 weak. The report indentifies 4 likely trends over the next 5 years if no
 coordinated improvments take place. These are: increased electronic request
 transmission; increased number and percentage of documents provided by
 commercial services; increased use of surface courier services; and
 generally heightened awareness that document delivery is the time consuming
 element in an interlibrary lending system. As yet electronic technologies do
 not play a major role in document delivery. Processing time within libraries
 and document services appeared of greater concern to requestors than the
 time required for docment delivery
-Desc-
 Services; Reader services; Document delivery; Availability of documents
-SectHd-
 DOCUMENT DELIVERY; USA
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RxD73
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 13
-A-
 805967 85/5967
-W-
 The computer listing of archives: the British Antarctic Survey experiment
 Smith, G.Joan
 ADPA
 4 (1-2) 1982-83, 77-95. tables. 8 refs. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 British Antarctic Survey
 The records are relatively small in quantity but of very diverse types. When
 an archivist was appointed in 1979, the possibility of using a PDP 11/40
 in-house linked to the Cambridge University IBM 3081 was investigated. The
 variety of listings and the higher speed of indexing was indisputable. The
 FAMULUS program was used initially, but later transferred to the Museum
 Documentation Association GOS. However, input is slow and the absence of
 on-the-spot support causes problems. A system for the entry of current files
 which will enable records to be traced through their life is now being
 studied
-Desc-
 Services; Reader services; Information work; Computerised information work;
 Archives
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONTROL; Computerised; Archives; British Antarctic Survey
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RmOqLvxD1
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 14
-A-
 805905 85/5905
-W-
 A mare usque ad mare: the Canadian scientific and technical system: some
 historical notes
 MacDonald, Alan H.
 Revista AIBDA
 5 (2) July-Dec 84, 121-135. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The evolution of the Canadian scientific and technical information system is
 considered. The historical background is examined noting the extensive
 impact of foreign sources which provide some 95% of Canada's information.
 Comparisons are drawn between Canada and Brazil noting factors of size,
 distance and population concentration. Elements of the information system
 are identified and described noting the polycentric character of the
 Canadian system and the role of symbiosis in success. The Universities and
 their libraries are considered as are the political and professional roles
 of various library, university, scientific and professional associations in
 system evolution. The development of the important role of the National
 Research Council is considered through its instruments the National Science
 Library (NSL) and the Technical Information (CISTI), the largest single
 element of the Canadian sci/tech network. CISTI services are described with
 particular note being made of activities in selective dissemination of
 information (CAN/SDI), on-line services (CAN/OLE), numeric data bases
 (CAN/SND), document delivery (CAN/DOC) and technological developments such
 as application of DOBIS, the iNet Gateway intelligent network and electronic
 mail
-Desc-
 Canada; Services; Reader services; Information work; Science; Science and
 technology
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONTROL; Science and technology; Canada
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RmM (5/6)D71
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 15
-A-
 805876 85/5876
-W-
 Information brokers: complement or replacement?
 Cronin, Blaise; Lewis, Dennis
 Australian Special Libraries News
 16 (1) Mar 84, 30-32. illus. 10 refs. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Paper presented at the 6th National Special Libraries Conference organised
 by the Special Libraries Section of the Library Association of Australia and
 held in Perth, 25-29 Sept 83. The history of information brokers is briefly
 reviewed and their current role is put in the context of the development of
 the modern information industry. Ideas on the future development of the
 technology and the information brokers, who will be operating at the
 technological interface, are developed to the point where a number of key
 conclusions are proposed
-Desc-
 Information brokers; Brokers; Services; Reader services; Information work;
 Commercial firm services
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONTROL; Commercial firm services; Information brokers
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RmEqe
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 16
-A-
 805780 85/5780
-W-
 Managing research libraries: an interview with David Weber
 Fischer, Russell
 Wilson Library Bulletin
 59 (5) Jan 85, 319-323. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Briefly discusses the career of David Weber, director of Stanford University
 Libraries. Considers the following topics which were discussed in an
 interview with him: the director's main function in a large research
 library; the principal problems encountered and attempts to find solutions;
 keeping up with current issues and new developments; the preparation of
 librarians for careers in large academic libraries and shortcomings in
 library school programmes; lack of intellectual commitment by librarians to
 librarianship; the impact of affirmative action and the women's liberation
 movement on the library profession; diminishing financial support and
 collection development; lack of use of many books and periodicals; the most
 significant issues facing research libraries; and advice to aspiring
 directors of large research libraries
-Desc-
 Organisation and administration; Administration; Management ; Library
 administration; Library management; Research libraries
-SectHd-
 ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Research libraries
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NjEqr
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 17
-A-
 805582 85/5582
-W-
 The Guildhall Library
 Business Librarian
 2 (4) July/Sept 84, 1, 3. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Guildhall Library, London (UK); City of London (UK). Public libraries;
 London, City of (UK). Public libraries
 Describes the growth of the collection of the Guildhall Library (London)
 from its foundation in the 15th century to the present day. The Library is
 the most comprehensive source of information on London history anywhere in
 the world and contains 200, 000 books, 60, 000 prints, 40, 000 maps and
 countless manuscripts
-Desc-
 City of London (UK); London, City of; Public libraries; Municipal libraries
-SectHd-
 MUNICIPAL LIBRARIES; UK; London; Guildhall Library
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: FxD21
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 18
-A-
 805576 85/5576
-W-
 The public library 1985 plus
 Van Deventer, M.H.
 Cape Librarian
 Jan 85, 3-5. 6 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Deventer, M.H.Van
 The public librarian's biggest challenge is to meet the social, cultural,
 economic and political changes of the 80s which will in turn affect staff
 and users, and are shaped by people, circumstances, resources and changing
 technology. Examines the following issues: the survival of the free public
 library in South Africa today; the role of high technology in public
 libraries; and the availability of manpower and relevant training for tasks
 of the future. Discusses the activities of 2 bodies which might greatly
 influence the future of public libraries in South Africa: the Public
 Libraries Division of the South African Institute of Library and Information
 Science (SAILIS), and the Committee for Information Utilisation of the
 National Advisory Council for Library and Information Science (NACLIS)
-Desc-
 Future developments; South Africa; Public libraries
-SectHd-
 PUBLIC LIBRARIES; Public libraries; South Africa; Future developments
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: FvD68C3
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 19
-A-
 805552 85/5552
-W-
 Library profile: Oakland Schools, Pontiac, Michigan
 Kramp, Robert
 Education Libraries
 9 (3) Fall 84, 49-50
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Oakland County Schools (Michigan). Library
 In 1969 Oakland County schools, Michigan, opened a new 40, 000 volume
 professional library for teachers and education administrators. This
 included a large periodicals collection and an ERIC (Educational Resources
 Information Center) subscription. Despite an information campaign the known
 need for a professional library did not generate users for it. Word-of-mouth
 advertising has gradually rectified this. Computerised data base searching
 was introduced in 1975 and has increased the demand for periodicals at the
 expense of books. Demand has shifted the balance of the collection from the
 esoteric to the practical. Budgets reductions have led to cuts in services
 which provided bibliographies and copies
-Desc-
 Libraries by subject interest; Special libraries by subject interest; Social
 sciences; Education
-SectHd-
 LIBRARIES BY SUBJECT INTEREST; Education libraries; Michigan; Oakland County
 Schools
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Er (37)D774
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 20
-A-
 805465 85/5465
-W-
 The second twenty volumes of Notes; a retrospective re-cast
 Krummel, D.W.
 Notes
 41 (1) Sept 84, 7-25. 5 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Notes
 Reviews the history of the quarterly journal of the Music Library
 Association, Notes, during the last 20 years. Discusses the importance of
 the reviews in Notes and profiles the articles which have appeared in vols.
 21-40
-Desc-
 Librarianship; Library periodicals
-SectHd-
 LIBRARIANSHIP; Periodicals; Notes
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Ao (NOT)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 21
-A-
 805351 85/5351
-W-
 Special-purpose hardware and effective information processing
 Agosti, Maristella
 Information Technology: Research Development Applications
 3 (1) Jan 84, 3-14, illus. table. 64 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Studies the characteristics of current information processing systems, and
 considers if the introduction of special-purpose hardware can increase the
 range of functions supported by future systems. Concentrating particularly
 on less structured data systems (LSDS). Considers: the management of LSDS;
 evaluation criteria; their functionalities and functional requirements; the
 input/query component; and the processing and storage component. Considers
 whether conventional computer systems are suitable for information
 processing, and discusses whether special-purpose hardware under development
 would be suitable for the management of LSDS
-Desc-
 Less structured data systems; Technical processes and services; Information
 storage and retrieval; Information retrieval; Subject indexing; Computerised
 information retrieval; Computerised information storage and retrieval;
 Searching; Searching; Subject indexing; Computerised subject indexing
-SectHd-
 COORDINATE SUBJECT INDEXING; Less structured data systems
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Zk
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 22
-A-
 805344 85/5344
-W-
 Theological subject headings reconsidered
 Nichol, W.Thomas
 Library Resources & Technical Services
 29 (2) Apr/June 85, 180-188. tables. 11 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Library of Congress Subject Headings; Catholic Subject Headings
 The inadequate coverage of religious topics in early editions of the Library
 of Congress Subject Headings (LCSH) led to the creation of several special
 lists of theological subject headings. Although these lists are no longer
 widely used, lingering dissatisfaction with LCSH among theological
 librarians suggests that the case for theological subject headings should be
 reconsidered. In the study reported in this paper all headings in the 5th
 modified (1982) edition of Catholic Subject Headings (CSH) were compared
 with their closest counterparts, if any, in the 9th (1980) edition of LCSH
 to determine the extent of duplication and the nature of the differences. It
 was found that 59.7% of the headings are identical or differ only through
 the addition of an LCSH standard subdivision. The remaining 40.3% are unique
 to CSH. On the basis of these findings, recommendations are made for the
 future development of theological subject headings
-Desc-
 Religion; Technical processes and services; Information storage and
 retrieval; Information retrieval; Subject indexing; Alphabetical subject
 indexing; Subject heading schemes; Library of Congress
-SectHd-
 ALPHABETICAL SUBJECT INDEXING; Subject heading schemes ; Library of Congress
 Subject Headings and Catholic Subject Headings; Religion
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Ypd (LC)M (2)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 23
-A-
 805278 85/5278
-W-
 The Carnegie-Mellon experiment an electronic interlibrary loan local
 network
 Schieber, Phil
 Research Libraries In OCLC: A Quarterly (15) Autumn 84, 2-3. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Carnegie Mellon University (Pennsylvania). Libraries; Online Computer
 Library Center (OCLC)
 Since Spring 83 the resarch library of the Aluminium Company of America
 (ALCOA), the Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh, Science and Technology
 Division, and the Westinghouse Research Library have communicated through
 the Carnegie-Mellon University (CMU) electronic mail system. Since Summer 84
 they have been able to search the on-line public access catalogue (OPAC) of
 CMU libraries from terminals in their libraries. Requests for interloans
 from CMU could not be made on the OPAC so a separate request had to be made
 through CMU's electronic mail. Describes a project carried out by CMU in
 cooperation with the Online Computer Library Center (OCLC) to add electronic
 mail and interloans components to CMU's OPAC. Describes the experiences of
 local libraries who use CMU's OPAC for interloans. These components will be
 available to other OCLC members from 1985
-Desc-
 Electronic mail; Telecommunications; University libraries; Mail; Technical
 processes and services; Interloans; Cooperation; Acquisitions
-SectHd-
 INTERLOANS; Electronic mail; University libraries; Pennsylvania;
 Carnegie-Mellon University; Online Computer Library Center (OCLC)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ScmNx
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 24
-A-
 805254 85/5254
-W-
 How to evaluate integrated library automation systems
 Powell, James R.; Slach, June E.
 Online
 9 (2) Mar 85, 30-36. illus. 11 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Upjohn Company (USA). Corporate Technical Library
 The Upjohn Company's Corporate Technical Library, USA, has decided upon an
 integrated approach to automation which will link together key library
 service functions. Describes the methodology used in compiling a list of
 candidate systems, specifying detailed library requirements, and identifying
 criteria on which to base the selection. Library personnel compared the
 features of each system against a weighted, ranked list of specifications,
 resulting in the final choice of an integrated system, the Library
 Information System
-Desc-
 Commercial firm libraries; Technical processes and services ; On-line
 technical processes and services
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; On-line; Commercial firm libraries; USA; Upjohn
 Company; Corporate Technical Library
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaOtsHmD73
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 25
-A-
 805240 85/5240
-W-
 TELETEX-a new high speed communication service for text
 Ithell, Alan
 Information Media & Technology
 18 (2) Spring 85, 59-63. illus. 3 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 TELETEX
 State of the art review of telex system for document storage and facsimile
 transmission
-Desc-
 Telex; Services; Reader services; Document delivery; Availability of
 documents; Facsimile transmission
-SectHd-
 DOCUMENT DELIVERY; Facsimile transmission; Telex; TELETEX
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RxNxy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 26
-A-
 804857 85/4857
-W-
 Magazines as learning materials: tapping their potential in the elementary
 Keeney, Patrick
 Quill & Quire
 50 (5) May 84, 7-8. illus. table
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Reports the results of a survey of 40 elementary school teachers attending
 summer courses at Simon Fraser University, British Columbia, during 1983.
 The survey was designed to identify which periodicals teachers used in the
 classroom, to pinpoint the parts in the curriculum where periodicals were
 most likely to be beneficial learning material, and to glean information
 from teachers and librarians on how Canadian periodical publishers could
 make their produce more attractive for classroom use. Teachers considered
 current events copy to be the most useful element of periodicals for
 classroom use and frequently requested a current guide to methods for using
 periodicals in the classroom. Stresses that the onus for increasing
 periodical use in the classroom lies with the publishers
-Desc-
 Periodicals; Teaching aids; Aids; Education; Teaching methods
-SectHd-
 EDUCATION; Teaching aids; Periodicals
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: 232
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 27
-A-
 804852 85/4852
-W-
 OCLC and the Linked Systems Project's authorities protocol
 Jacob, Mary Ellen
 Research Libraries In OCLC: A Quarterly (14) Spring/Summer 84, 9-10
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Linked Systems Project (USA); Online Computer Library Center (OCLC)
 Briefly describes the Linked Systems Project's (LSP) authorities protocol
 project, its current status, and the Online Computer Library Center's (OCLC)
 plans for participating in it. LSP is a communications protocol enabling 1
 computer system to communicate data and commands to another. Library of
 Congress, Washington Library Network and Research Library Group are
 participating in LSP and the Council on Library Resources is coordinating
 the project. In Feb 84 OCLC decided to implement the protocol and
 participate in the authorities protocol project
-Desc-
 Computers; On-line computers; Telecommunications; Data transmission
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS; On-line and Telecommunications; USA;
 Linked Systems Project; Online Computer Library Center
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: 1675+181
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 28
-A-
 804847 85/4847
-W-
 Acquiring full-text documents: the information specialist's ongoing problem
 Gordon, Dena W.
 National Online Meeting Proceedings-1984. New York, April 10-12, 1984
 67-76. 28 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The efficient use of today's sophisticated research tools is impeded by the
 lack of equally sophisticated vehicles for acquiring the full text of the
 documents that are the object of the research. Currently available document
 delivery technologies include: facsimile transmission; full text data bases;
 and electronic mail. Document delivery will soon be furthered by the advent
 of full-scale electronic document delivery systems, increasing use of
 videodisc technology, and advances in computer graphics. However, the users
 of these tools will still encounter problems involving recordkeeping
 requirements, copyright laws, and the entire process of technology
 management. Until these problems are worked out, and until upcoming
 technologies are widely available, the information specialist can still find
 ways to improve document delivery. These methods include: making better use
 of electronic mail; building small facsimile transmission networks; and
 employing the services of commercial document suppliers
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval;
 Information retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line information retrieval;
 Computerised information retrieval; Searching; Searching; Computerised
 information storage and retrieval; Document delivery
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Document delivery
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmVtv
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 29
-A-
 804836 85/4836
-W-
 Training university faculty as end-use searchers: a CAI approach
 Grotophorst, Clyde W.
 National Online Meeting Proceedings-1984. New York, April 10-12, 1984
 77-82. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Fenwick Library. George Mason University (Virginia); George Mason University
 (Virginia). Libraries
 Discusses the faculty end-user training programme developed and recently
 implemented by the Information Services Division of Fenwick Libary, George
 Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia. The chief elements include: a BASIC
 language Computer-Assisted-Instruction package (for the IBM-PC), designed to
 introduce trainees to Boolean logic, truncation, proximity searching, and
 search strategy; demonstrate several extensively annotated searches on BRS,
 Dialog, and BRS/After Dark; and through simulation, teach log-on procedures
 for a variety of communications networks; consultations between trainees and
 appropriate staff searchers, discussing intricacies of searching data bases
 in the faculty member's area of interest; the purchase of several
 university-wide BRS/After Dark passwords, to allow end-users to search at
 home (using modem-equipped Osborne I's available on loan from the library);
 and the promotion of library search staff as consultants as well as
 intermediaries. Discusses evaluation and future directions of the programme
-Desc-
 University libraries; Faculty; Use instructions; Technical processes and
 services; Information storage and retrieval; Information retrieval; Subject
 indexing; On-line information retrieval; Computerised information retrieval;
 Searching; Searching; Computerised information storage and retrieval; Data
 bases; Information services; Computerised information services; Magnetic
 tape; External magnetic tape information services
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Data bases; Information services; Use
 instructions; Users; Faculty; University libraries; Virginia; George Mason
 University; Fenwick Library
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmRnRmi
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 30
-A-
 804820 85/4820
-W-
 COLLEAGUE: a comprehensive online medical library for the end user
 Baker, Carole A.
 Medical Reference Services Quarterly
 3 (4) Winter 84, 13-26. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 COLLEAGUE
 COLLEAGUE, from BRS/Saunders, is an on-line information service intended for
 use by health professionals. Describes both the data bases and services
 available through COLLEAGUE and shows specific search examples. Highlights
 special COLLEAGUE features as well as the differences between COLLEAGUE and
 both BRS/AFTER DARK and the BRS Search System. Discusses the role of the
 librarian in end user searching and future directions for COLLEAGUE
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval;
 Information retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line information retrieval;
 Computerised information retrieval; Searching; Searching; Computerised
 information storage and retrieval; Data bases; Information services;
 Computerised information services; Magnetic tape; External magnetic tape
 information services; Medicine
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Data bases; Information services; Medicine;
 COLLEAGUE
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmRnM (61)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 31
-A-
 804788 85/4788
-W-
 SANYO Technical Information Retrieval System - effectiveness of its
 introduction and its future direction (in Japanese)
 Kawata, K.
 Joho Kanri (Journal of Information Processing and Management)
 27 (7) Oct 84, 623-634
-Lang-
 Japanese
 Sanyo Electric Company (Japan)
 Outlines the Technical Information Retrieval System established by the Sanyo
 Electric Company in 1978 to provide information to Sanyo engineers in
 different divisions. Discusses the trends in local processing of information
 and describes the Optical Local Area Network System installed in Sanyo's
 Research Centre. Gives the key points to consider when setting up an
 information retrieval system
-Desc-
 Japan; Commercial firm libraries; Electrical engineering; Technical
 processes and services; Information storage and retrieval; Information
 retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line information retrieval; Computerised
 information retrieval; Searching; Searching; Computerised information
 storage and retrieval
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Electrical engineering
 Commercial firm libraries; Japan; Sanyo Electric Company
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmM (621.3)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 32
-A-
 804785 85/4785
-W-
 Meeeting business needs via online searching
 Roan, Tattie W.
 National Online Meeting Proceedings-1984. New York, April 10-12, 1984
 313-317. 4 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The proliferation of data bases and on-line services poses problems for the
 end-user of business information. Whether he performs searches independently
 or relies on a colleague or professional searcher, the end-user needs an
 awareness of options that are available. Corporate management also needs
 this awareness to insure information delivery of the highest quality at all
 levels of work. Reviews the information needs of corporate executives,
 managers, sales representatives, lawyers, and engineers; suggests
 appropriate on-line resources for meeting those needs; identifies various
 avenues for obtaining needed information in cost-effective ways; considers
 the relationship between the end-user and the searcher; and sets criteria
 for evaluating data bases, vendors, and service possibilities. Gives
 practical guidelines for companies with decisions to make about instigating
 on-line services, publicising existing capabilities, organising or
 reorganising libraries, or using an information company/broker
-Desc-
 User needs; Business information; Technical processes and services;
 Information storage and retrieval; Information retrieval; Subject indexing;
 On-line information retrieval; Computerised information retrieval ;
 Searching; Searching; Computerised information storage and retrieval
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Business information; User needs
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmM (38)Jd
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 33
-A-
 804780 85/4780
-W-
 Closing the gap: the role of the librarian in online searching
 Dalrymple, Prudence W.
 RQ
 24 (2) Winter 84, 177-185. 43 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 On-line searching has affected the librarian's traditional role of assisting
 users in their pursuit of information. With the recent introduction of
 user-friendly systems designed to promote end-user on-line searching, a new
 look at the librarian's role as a search intermediary is needed. Discusses,
 through a review of the literature, several key aspects of the librarian's
 changing role in the on-line search process including the reference
 interview, on-line search evaluation, user training, and information service
 management
-Desc-
 End users; Technical processes and services; Information storage and
 retrieval; Information retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line information
 retrieval; Computerised information retrieval; Searching; Searching;
 Computerised information storage and retrieval
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; End users
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmHz
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 34
-A-
 804738 85/4738
-W-
 The Lyle Wright American Fiction Series Cooperative Cataloging Project
 Tyner, Sue
 Research Libraries In OCLC: A Quarterly (14) Spring/Summer 84, 5-6
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Lyle Wright American Fiction Series. Cooperative Cataloguing Project; Online
 Computer Library Center (OCLC)
 Describes the cooperative project for the cataloguing of the Lyle Wright
 American Fiction Series vols. 1-3 carried out by 13 institutions who were
 members of the Online Computer Library Center (OCLC) during 1982-84. It is
 hoped to complete the cataloguing of vols. 4-5 with the aid of a grant.
 Stresses that it would have greatly assisted participants if OCLC had had
 some sort of electronic mail system
-Desc-
 Fiction; American literature; Technical processes and services; Information
 storage and retrieval; Information retrieval; Cataloguing; Computerised
 cataloguing; On-line cataloguing; Cooperation
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING; On-line; Cooperation; USA; Lyle Wright American Fiction Series;
 Cooperative Cataloguing Project; Online Computer Library Center (OCLC)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: TogsNcc
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 35
-A-
 804728 85/4728
-W-
 Library automation and overdues: a discussion of possibilities and
 potentialities
 McClintock, Patrick
 Library and Archival Security
 6 (2/3) Summer/Fall 84, 97-103
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Contribution to an issue devoted to library overdues. Intended as a guide
 for libraries that are considering automation and for which the overdues
 process is an area of concern. Manual and automated overdues procedures are
 compared, and special features of automated systems (sorting by ZIP codes,
 manual overrides) are examined. Minimum requirements for the automated
 handling of the overdues function are outlined. For example, such a system
 should be able to produce overdues notices in batch mode
-Desc-
 Computerised circulation control; Circulation control; Overdue materials;
 Technical processes and services; Services; Reader services; Circulation
-SectHd-
 CIRCULATION; Overdue materials; Computerised circulation control
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Sjgix
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 36
-A-
 804721 85/4721
-W-
 Baltimore County Public Library and the delinquent borrower
 Murray, Marilyn
 Library and Archival Security
 6 (2/3) Summer/Fall 84, 51-56. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Baltimore County (Maryland). Public library
 Contribution to an issue devoted to library overdues. Explains how the
 Baltimore County (Maryland) Public Library has employed small claims court
 measures in its overdues procedures. The library attempts to contact patrons
 with 40 or more in overdue materials. If the patron cannot be contacted and
 if the patron does not respond to letters, court action is initiated. The
 results of this approach are documented, and forms are appended
-Desc-
 Public libraries; Overdue materials; Technical processes and services;
 Services; Reader services; Circulation
-SectHd-
 CIRCULATION; Overdue materials; Public libraries; Maryland; Baltimore County
 Public library
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SjgFvD572
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 37
-A-
 804707 85/4707
-W-
 Computer-assisted binding preparation at a university library
 Kim, David U.
 Serials Librarian
 9 (2) Winter 84, 35-43. illus. table
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Library binding involves a large amount of repetitive clerical work. Despite
 notable progress in other areas of library automation during the past few
 years, only a little development has been made in automating binding
 preparation processes. By storing binding information in the computer
 memory, it is possible to generate binding slips, packing slips, and other
 necessary listings by computer with a greatly reduced need for clerical
 intervention. Discusses an automated binding preparation system that is
 currently used at Sam Houston State University, Texas
-Desc-
 Computers; Technical processes and services; Preservation; Conservation;
 Binding; Periodicals
-SectHd-
 PRESERVATION OF MATERIAL; Binding; Periodicals; Use of Computers
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SemLmAw
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 38
-A-
 804659 85/4659
-W-
 Telefacsimile in BCOP libraries: policy study
 Brunton, Stephen L.; Hadlow, James F.
 Birmingham, University of Aston, 1984, 16p. tables. (BLRD report 5820)
-Lang-
 Eng.
 British Library. Research and Development Department. BLRD report 5820;
 Birmingham Libraries in Cooperation (UK); B.C.O.P. (Birmingham Libraries in
 Cooperation)
 Describes the work carried out during a 3-month policy study in preparation
 for participation by the 4 major Birmingham libraries through their
 cooperative organisation, BCOP (Birmingham Libraries in Cooperation) in the
 nationwide facsimile project promoted by the British Library Research and
 Development Department. The study investigated the potential facsimile
 transmission traffic in BCOP, the likely costs of providing a facsimile
 service, methods of publicising the service, and the attitudes of staffs
 towards accommodating and operating such a service within the 4 libraries
-Desc-
 Services; Reader services; Document delivery; Availability of documents;
 Facsimile transmission
-SectHd-
 DOCUMENT DELIVERY; Facsimile transmission; UK; Birmingham Libraries in
 Cooperation
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RxNxy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 39
-A-
 804650 85/4650
-W-
 Marketing a subscription current awareness service
 Oliver, Kathleen B.
 National Online Meeting Proceedings-1984. New York, April 10-12, 1984
 273-277. 3 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 American College of Cardiology. Griffith Resource Library; Griffith Resource
 Library. American College of Cardiology
 In Spring 81, following a marketing survey of a sample of its membership,
 the Griffith Resource Library of the American College of Cardiology offered
 a cost recovery subscription service based on monthly retrievals of 15
 subject profiles stored at the National Library of Medicine and run against
 the SDILINE data base. In the 1st year the Monthly Literature Service (MLS)
 had 308 subscribers who had subscribed to 635 topics. A fee of 60 for the
 1st topic and 40 for additional topics was asked. At the end of the 1st year
 the Service had recovered all costs. In Dec 80 a questionnaire survey was
 made of 200 randomly selected members of the College. The questionnaire
 included a sample and description of the proposed Service. The purpose of
 the survey was to determine general interest, find out how members used
 their professional time, and elicit suggestions for topics to be covered. By
 Jan 10, 56% of the sample had responded and 23% expressed a willingness to
 subscribe to one or more topics at an estimated cost of 45 per topic. 23%
 was sufficient to warrant offering the Service. Legal issues were reviewed,
 topics selected, a brochure developed and a number of promotional techniques
 used
-Desc-
 Cardiology; Learned, society and institute libraries; Services; Reader
 services; Information services (Published and distributed services);
 Selective Dissemination of Information; S.D.I. (Selective Dissemination of
 Information); Computerised SDI; Medicine
-SectHd-
 SELECTIVE DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION; Cardiology; Use of SDILINE/MEDLINE;
 USA; Learned, society and institute libraries; American College of
 Cardiology; Griffith Resource Library
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RpM (616.12)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 40
-A-
 804557 85/4557
-W-
 The changing role of the information professional
 Bearman, Toni Carbo
 Library Trends
 32 (3) Winter 84, 255-260
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Contribution to a thematic issue on atypical careers and innovative services
 in library and information science. Paper adapted from presentations made at
 a conference cosponsored by the Information Institute, International Academy
 at Santa Barbara and the Association of American Library Schools, 6-8 May
 82. Examines the following changes which are taking place in the role of the
 information professional and their implications for his education: a
 blurring of the different elements in the information transfer chain; the
 harnessing of new technology and management tools; a shift to customised
 information services; changing patterns of library and information science
 education; a better image for the information professional; a change in the
 ethical commitment of information professionals; and increased international
 awareness
-Desc-
 Future developments; Staff; Information work; Staff; Documentalists;
 Information scientists
-SectHd-
 STAFF; Information work staff; Future developments
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: PydC3
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 41
-A-
 804547 85/4547
-W-
 New technology and working environments in Danish research libraries
 Ny teknologi og arbejdsmiljoet i danske forskningsbiblioteker
 Pedersen, Eva
 Tidskrift foer Dokumentation
 40 (2/3) Dec 84, 61-65. illus. 10 refs
-Lang-
 Swedish
 Describes the automation of Danish research libraries in relation to the
 working environment, using the Riso Library, Roskilde, as an example. The
 Riso Library introduced automation in 1965 and is planning the setting up of
 an integrated computerised library system. Emphasises that planning,
 resources and employee participation are fundamental to a successful change
 from traditional to integrated library system
-Desc-
 Denmark; Research libraries; Computers; Staff; Working conditions
-SectHd-
 STAFF; Working conditions: Influence of Computers; Research libraries;
 Denmark
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: PeAzOq
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 42
-A-
 804473 85/4473
-W-
 The laser sound in the library
 Laseraani kirjastossa
 Poroila, Heikki
 Kirjastolehti
 77 (10) 1984, 484-485. illus
-Lang-
 Finnish
 Sotkamo (Finland). Public library
 Sotkamo Public Library, Finland, has been offering a compact disc record
 player and a collection of laser records to users for 9 months. The
 equipment is easy to operate and produces the sound quality the
 manufacturers promise. The price of the system is prohibitive, especially
 the records, whose prices show no sign of dropping. The main problem is the
 scarcity of laser records: approximately 3, 500 laser records exist at
 present but only some hundreds can be bought in Finland. Nothing is
 available in ethnological or children's music. Manufacturers stress
 commercial aspects but do promise a more comprehensive supply
-Desc-
 Finland; Public libraries; Optical discs; Compact discs; Library materials;
 Stock; Audio-visual materials; Gramophone records; Sound records
-SectHd-
 AUDIO-VISUAL MATERIALS; Sound records; Compact discs; Public libraries;
 Finland; Sotkamo Public Library
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Mwj
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 43
-A-
 804428 85/4428
-W-
 The future of school library media centers: a look at the impact of
 technology upon library media program development
 Craver, Kathleen W.
 School Library Media Quarterly
 12 (4) Summer 84, 266-284. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Presents a scenario which is a standard method employed by library
 researchers for predicting and studying the future. Considers some of the
 present technological, economic, educational, social and organisational
 trends that are having an impact on or may impinge upon the school library
 media centre and may alter its future
-Desc-
 Future developments; Children; School libraries; School resource centres;
 Resource centres
-SectHd-
 SCHOOL LIBRARIES; School resource centres; Future developments
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: HykGpEqsC3
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 44
-A-
 804407 85/4407
-W-
 The Telecommunications Information Center at George Washington University: a
 prototype
 Sessions, Judith A.; Haworth, Cathy
 Library Hi Tech
 2 (1) 1984, 63-65. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 George Washington University (Washington D.C.). Telecommunications
 Information Center; Telecommunications Information Center. George Washington
 University (Washington D.C.)
 Describes the scope of collections, users and catalogue at the
 Telecommunications Information Center of George Washington University,
 Washington D.C.. The Center collects materials on the economics, technology,
 and regulation policy of broadcasting cable communications, common carrier,
 communications satellites, teletext-videotex services, electronic mail,
 mobile communications services and the computer-communications interface.
 The Center has been open 2 years and is becoming a major depository for
 telecommunications materials
-Desc-
 Telecommunications; Academic libraries; University libraries
-SectHd-
 UNIVERSISTY LIBRARIES; Telecommunications libraries; George Washington
 University; Telecommunications Information Center
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: GdEr (621.39)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 45
-A-
 804388 85/4388
-W-
 User's attitudes change during online search training session: a case study
 of inexperienced librarians
 Makiko Miwa; Kazuhiko Nakayama
 National Online Meeting Proceedings-1984. New York, April 10-12, 1984
 227-233. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Miwa, Makiko; Nakayama, Kazuhiko; Tsukuba University (Japan). Science
 Information Processing Center
 40 reference librarians of university libraries without experience in
 on-line bibliographic searching attended a 3-day on-line search training
 session using the UTOPIA system at the University of Tsukuba Science
 Information Processing Center in Aug 81. Changes in trainees' attitudes as a
 result of the training session were examined using Semantic Differencial
 Methods questionnaires. Each trainee was asked to fill out the same
 questionnaire twice, once at the beginning and once at the end of the
 training session. Answers to the questionnaires were analysed using SPSS
 (Statistical package for the Scoial Sciences). As a result, overall
 attitudes toward computers changes from negative to positive. The positive
 change in the trainees' attitudes reflects the success of the training
 session. The same study was done at a similar training session in 1983. This
 session was evaluated as unsuccessful because of improper selection of the
 data base used at the terminal session. Based on the 2 studies, the
 following factors were found to be very important for this kind of on-line
 training session: uniformity of the trainees' backgrounds; fitting the
 training contents to the trainees' interests; and proper selection of data
 bases for the terminal session. The method used was very powerful to
 evaluate the kind of training session under study
-Desc-
 Japan; Short courses; Information services; Data bases; Professional
 education; Curricula; On-line information retrieval
-SectHd-
 CURRICULA; Curriculum subject; On-line information retrieval; Data bases;
 Information services; Short courses; Japan; Tsukuba University; Science
 Information Processing Center
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Bw (ZmRn)Bvs
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 46
-A-
 8504307 85/4307
-W-
 The impact of electronics on publishing
 Poler, Ellen M.
 National Online Meeting 1983: proceedings of the fourth National Online
 Meeting New York, April 12-14, 1983
 429-437. 6 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Computers are becoming smaller, cheaper, and portable, while gaining memory
 capacity. They could spell the end of the printed word as a means of
 information storage and dissemination. The cost of preparing and
 distributing print material is rising and the cost of information processing
 is falling. The amount of print material in every discipline and specialty
 is proliferating rapidly. The computer revolution has enormous ramifications
 for education. Though textbook expenditures have declined in the last few
 years, spending for localised personal computing has risen in a soft
 economy. Changes in the workplace will occur. Fewer individuals will have to
 be physically present at a particular location for work to occur. In
 addition to uses such as electronic mail and conferencing, computers perform
 familiar functions such as calculating, library research and filing,
 word-processing, text editing, and instant delivery of information.
 Information received or generated by computers can be rearranged so that it
 can be used to make strategic decisions. Decision-making by future
 professionals is linked with electronic access to information. As the
 novelty of computers wears off, it will be seen that information and
 knowledge are power, and the information will begin to dominate the delivery
 vehicles
-Desc-
 Computers
-SectHd-
 ORGANISATION AND ADMINISTRATIO; General treatment
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: 16
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 47
-A-
 8504200 85/4200
-W-
 Online at Hunter: a first semester report card
 Library Hi Tech News
 1 (4) Apr 84, 1, 11. table
-Lang-
 Eng.
 City University (New York). Hunter College Library
 When Hunter College Library, City University of New York, USA, opened the
 doors to its new 9-floor library in Sept 83, it unveiled the newly installed
 CLSI public access catalogue. For a student population of around 17, 000
 there are 19 touch terminals in the main library, 11 in the reference area
 and 1 on each of the other 8 floors. There are currently 211, 000 titles in
 the data base produced from Hunters OCLC tapes. Discusses users reactions to
 the system. At the end of 1 semester of use the on-line catalogues get a
 positive evaluation from staff and users
-Desc-
 University libraries; On-line catalogues; OPACs (On-line public access
 catalogues); Technical processes and services; Information storage and
 retrieval; Information retrieval; Physical forms of catalogu Form of
 catalogue; Cataloguing; Computerised catalogues
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUES BY PHYSICAL FORM; On-line catalogues; University libraries; New
 York; City University; Hunter College
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: UegGd
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 48
-A-
 8504189 85/4189
-W-
 Cataloguing operations in Arab university libraries
 Nazir Ahmad
 Pakistan Library Bulletin
 15 (1-2) Mar-June 84, 1-17. illus. 20 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Ahmad Nazir; Petroleum and Minerals University (Saudi Arabia). Library
 Briefly describes catalogue automation developments in the UK. Outlines the
 computerisation of technical services which has taken place at the Library
 of the University of Petroleum and Minerals at Dharan, Saudi Arabia, which
 uses the DOBIS/LIBIS system. Discusses some of the problems (and solutions)
 of automation, including the need to standardise Arabic name headings.
 Assesses the value of library automation in Arab countries
-Desc-
 University libraries ; Arabic materials ; Technical processes and services ;
 Information storage and retrieval; Information retrieval; Cataloguing;
 Computerised cataloguing
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING; Computerised; Arabic materials; University libraries; Saudi
 Arabia; Petroleum and Minerals University
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: TogKz (61)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 49
-A-
 8504175 85/4175
-W-
 Telefacsimile as a mechanism for document delivery in interlibrary loan part
 III
 Reynolds, Dennis
 Action for Libraries
 10 (5), May 84, 1
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Most advantages of using telefacsimile for document delivery in interlibrary
 loan are service orientated. Considers the costs involved. Indicates that
 the price of high speed digital telefacsimile is decreasing. Compares
 purchases with rental and leasing. Notes a questionnaire on telefacsimile
 being undertaken in May 1984 by the Bibliographical Centre for Research,
 Rocky Mountain Region, USA, and being circulated in that region. For parts 1
 and 2 see 84/6753 and 84/6754
-Desc-
 Facsimile transmission; Technical processes and services Interloans;
 Cooperation; Acquisitions; Document delivery
-SectHd-
 INTERLOANS; Document delivery; Facsimile transmission
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ScmRxNxy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 50
-A-
 8504153 85/4153
-W-
 Ringling School of Art and Design builds a CASTLE
 Morse, Yvonne; Davis, Wendy
 Library Hi Tech
 2 (1) 1984, 47-55. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 CASTLE (Computer Automated Software for the Total Library Environment)
 Computer Automated Software for the Total Library Environment; Ringling
 School of Art and Design (Florida). Library
 Describes the development and installation of CASTLE (Computer Automated
 Software for the Total Library Environment) in the Ringling School of Art
 and Designs library from Mar-Sept 83. CASTLE provides an automated
 circulation system and user-friendly on-line catalogue with a capacity of
 20, 000 books and 200 periodicals titles. The CASTLE software is run on an
 ONYX C800IMU microcomputer with 256K memory, 40 megabytes hard disc, and
 streamer tape backup
-Desc-
 Art college libraries; Technical processes and services; On-line technical
 processes and services
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; On-line; Art college libraries
 Florida; Ringling School of Art and Design; Computer Automated Software for
 the Total Library Environment (CASTLE)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaOtsGjEr (7)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 51
-A-
 8503996 85/3996
-W-
 Identifying needed technical standards: the LITA TESLA Committee at work
 Carter, Ruth C.
 Library Hi Tech
 2 (1) 1984, 37-40. 5 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 American Library Association. Library and Information Technology
 Association. Technical Standards for Library Automation Committee
 Describes the current work of the Technical Standards for Library Automation
 Committee (TESLA) of the Library Information Technology Association (LITA)
 of the American Library Association. Identifies the existing standards in
 the field of library automation and TESLAs suggestions of areas where
 standards should but do not exist. TESLAs model of technical standards will
 feature at the Chicago 1985 Conference of the American Library Association.
 Invites suggestions for other areas in library automation which require
 standards
-Desc-
 Standards; Data processing; Computers
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERS; Standards for; American Library Association; Library and
 Information Technology Association; Technical Standards for Library
 Automation Committee
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: OqAs
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 52
-A-
 8503991 85/3991
-W-
 Direct broadcast satellites: an interview with Hartford Gunn
 Library Hi Tech
 1 (4) Spring 84, 7-12. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Gunn, H.; Satellite Television Corporation (USA)
 Reports on an interview with Hartford Gunn, Satellite Television Corporation
 (STC), a subsidiary of COMSAT. Discusses the concept of direct broadcast by
 satellite (DBS), and the involvement of COMSAT and STC. Considers the
 assignment of radio frequencies and discussions to reach international
 agreement. Discusses the security of broadcasts and the use of encryption
 and decoding. Considers the relationship with cable television (CATV).
 Discusses the development of new services and facilities particularly those
 of interest to libraries
-Desc-
 Satellites; Organisation and administration; Administration ; Library
 equipment ; Equipment ; Office equipment; Telecommunications; Data
 transmission; Management; Library administration; Library management
-SectHd-
 OFFICE AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS; Satellites
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Nx
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 53
-A-
 8503865 85/3865
-W-
 Library of Parliament Helsinki: a survey of its history and activities
 LIBER News Sheet (12) 1984, 40-43
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Briefly surveys the history of Finlands Library of Parliament. In 1978 the
 library moved to a new building and now occupies some 5, 500 sq.m. The
 librarys role is to acquire the relevant literature required for the
 Parliament to carry on its work and to serve as a national special library
 for jurisprudence and political science (it has legal deposit rights to
 Finnish literature in this field). Collections amount to about 440, 000
 vols. with subscriptions to 1, 200 periodicals. The library employs 40
 staff. The library also has responsibility for the upkeep of the Archives of
 Parliament (documents produced during Parliaments lifetime). The library has
 alphabetical and subject catalogues and publishes an annual bibliography of
 government publications in Finland. Cataloguing and information retrieval is
 automated
-Desc-
 Finland; Parliamentary libraries
-SectHd-
 PUBLIC, OFFICIAL AND GOVERNMEN; Finland
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: FgD471
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 54
-A-
 8503832 85/3832
-W-
 Prof. Abdul Moid (1920-84): father of Pakistan librarianship
 Syed Jalaluddin Haider
 Pakistan Library Bulletin
 15 (1-2) Mar-June 84, 26-59. 36 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Jalaluddin Haider Syed; Haider Syed Jalaluddin; Moid, A.
 Detailed biographical study of Abdul Moid who spent 40 years in the library
 profession in India, Pakistan and Nigeria and is known as the father of
 Pakistan librarianship because of his pioneering work
-Desc-
 Librarians; Biographies
-SectHd-
 BIOGRAPHIES OF LIBRARIANS; Moid, Abdul
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Bji (MOI)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 55
-A-
 8503678 85/3678
-W-
 Teaching MELVYL: a research study
 Ritch, Alan
 DLA Bulletin
 4 (2) Oct 84, 4-7. tables
-Lang-
 Eng.
 California University. Division of Library Automation. MELVYL; MELVYL.
 California University. Division of Library Automation
 In Mar 84, a questionnaire was distributed to 150 out of 550 librarians in
 the California University system to determine: how often librarians used
 MELVYL; how they had learned to use it; which methods of teaching seemed
 most effective; what instructional resources were most needed; and who
 should provide them. Results are tabulated and conclusions presented. A
 significant demand for an on-line tutorial mode is suggested with the
 Division of Library Automation as the preferred source for on-line
 instruction
-Desc-
 Surveys ; Use ; California ; University libraries; Technical processes and
 services ; Information storage and retrieval; Information retrieval ;
 Physical forms of catalogue; Form of catalogue; Cataloguing; Computerised
 catalogues
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUES BY PHYSICAL FORM; On-line; Use; University libraries; California
 University; Division of Library Automation; MELVYL; Surveys
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: UegJaGdD73
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 56
-A-
 8503671 85/3671
-W-
 Authority control in manual versus online catalogs: an examination of See
 references
 Thomas, Catherine M.
 Information Technology and Libraries
 3 (4) Dec 84, 393-398. tables
-Lang-
 Eng.
 California University at San Diego; California University. Division of
 Library Automation. MELVYL ; MELVYL. California University. Division of
 Library Automation
 Research was carried out by California University at San Diego to
 investigate some of its cataloguing authority control practices in the light
 of machine searching capabilities of the MELVYL system. The hypothesis that
 a substantial number of the cross-references cataloguers routinely make for
 searching manual files would be unnecessary for searching MELVYL was
 supported. Nearly one half of the cross-references required in manual files
 could be dispensed with in MELVYLs on-line keyword search environment
-Desc-
 Cross references; Authority files; On-line cataloguing; Technical processes
 and services ; Information storage and retrieval; Information retrieval;
 Cataloguing by special characteristics ; Cataloguing
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING BY SPECIAL CHARACT; Cross references; On-line cataloguing;
 Authority files; California University at San Diego; MELVYL
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Txf
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 57
-A-
 8503663 85/3663
-W-
 Consolidation of monograph records in the UC online catalog
 Colye, Karen
 DLA Bulletin
 4 (2) Oct 84, 10-13. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 California University. Division of Library Automation. MELVYL; MELVYL.
 California University. Division of Library Automation
 Consolidation is the process of merging records that represent the same
 bibliographic item. Since Oct 84, all monograph records entering MELVYL have
 been processed by a new consolidation algorithm. Before this, many records
 stayed apart in MELVYL, appearing on-line as multiple records of the same
 item. The algorithm involves assigning a numeric weight based on several
 characteristics of the record. A list of data elements (classification
 number, ISBN, title, author) used in matching records is given
-Desc-
 Merging; Consolidation; Duplicates; Technical processes and services;
 Information storage and retrieval; Information retrieval; Cataloguing;
 Computerised cataloguing; On-line cataloguing
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING; On-line; Duplicate records; Merging; MELVYL
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: TogsNan
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 58
-A-
 8503660 85/3660
-W-
 Transaction logs: gathering information about MELVYL
 Larson, Ray R.
 DLA Bulletin
 4 (2) Oct 84, 17-18
-Lang-
 Eng.
 California University. Division of Library Automation. MELVYL; MELVYL.
 California University. Division of Library Automation
 The transaction log system was developed concurrently with the prototype of
 MELVYL to monitor the catalogues performance and collect statistics on its
 use. With the advent of the production catalog, the transaction log system
 underwent considerable revision. The old and new versions of the system are
 compared and the reasons for the changes are discussed
-Desc-
 Transaction logs ; Technical processes and services; Information storage and
 retrieval; Information retrieval; Cataloguing; Computerised cataloguing;
 On-line cataloguing
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING; On-line; Transaction logs; MELVYL
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Togs
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 59
-A-
 8503659 85/3659
-W-
 Application of a personal/business computer in library automation. Updating
 a mainframe resident authority file
 Streensland, M.C.; Spaith, T.G.
 Electronic Library
 2 (4) Oct 84, 279-284. 14 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Keeping a library authority file up-to-date and therefore authoritative can
 be a cumbersome task even when the file is maintained in computer-readable
 form. When, in addition, it becomes necessary to do massive updating to
 bring the entire file into conformity with a changed or newly-adopted
 standard, the task becomes even more difficult. Describes an example of
 accomplishing such an update on the Chemical Abstracts Service Source Index
 (CASSI) using a relatively low level of human resources, and computer
 resources which had been placed in the library mainly for word-processing.
 The same strategy was re-used in a similar update of a related authority
 file
-Desc-
 Updating ; Authority files ; Technical processes and services ; Information
 storage and retrieval; Information retrieval; Cataloguing; Computerised
 cataloguing
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING; Computerised; Authority files; Updating
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: TogNah
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 60
-A-
 8503645 85/3645
-W-
 Automated circulation and beyond: an examination of choices. ALA-LAMA
 McKinley, Margaret
 Library Hi Tech
 1 (3) Winter 83, 87-88
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Salmon, S.; Matthews, J.R.; Tenunfeld, T.; Kershner, L.
 Briefly describes papers given at a 2-day pre-conference session on
 circulation services held in Los Angeles, California, 23-24 June 83. Stephen
 Salmon spoke on the development of integrated library systems and the
 advantages and disadvantages of using minicomputers for multiple library
 functions. Joseph Matthews presented a straightforward plan for selecting
 the right automated system. Kevin Hegarty and Jane Burke presented warnings
 for those negotiating contracts with vendors of turnkey systems. Thomas
 Tenunfeld discussed telecommunications. Lois Kershner offered guidelines for
 effective cooperation among libraries planning to share a circulation
 system. Summarises points made by speakers on library automation
-Desc-
 Conferences; Technical processes and services ; Circulation; Services ;
 Reader services ; Circulation control ; Computerised circulation control
-SectHd-
 CIRCULATION; Circulation control; Computerised; Conferences
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SixAg
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 61
-A-
 8503636 85/3636
-W-
 Improving interlibrary loan in the Research Libraries Group
 Smith, Malcolm
 Interlending Document Supply
 12 (4) Oct 84, 143-145. 1 ref
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Research Libraries Group (USA)
 Describes a project initiated by the Research Libraries Group (RLG) among 6
 of its members (Cornell University, Brigham Young University, University of
 California, Berkeley, Princeton University, University of Iowa and
 University of Michigan) to investigate the scope for improving interloans
 procedures and explore the potential of facsimile transmission for this
 purpose
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Interloans; Cooperatio Acquisitions;
 University libraries
-SectHd-
 INTERLOANS; University libraries; USA
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ScmGd
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 62
-A-
 8503611 85/3611
-W-
 Libramatic services to libraries
 Vine (53) Apr 84, 29
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Libramatic Systems Pty Ltd
 Briefly describes the role played by Libramatic Systems Pty Ltd., the
 Australian agent for the LIBS-100, in library automation in Australia
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services ; On-line technical processes and services;
 Australia
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; On-line; Australia; Role of Libramatic Systems Pty
 Ltd
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaOtsD941
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 63
-A-
 8503607 85/3607
-W-
 Library automation at UC Davis
 Vigil, Peter
 DLA Bulletin
 4 (2) Oct 84, 16, 18
-Lang-
 Eng.
 California University at Davis. Library
 Describes briefly the automation of library systems at California University
 at Davis. These included: retrospective conversion of cataloguing records;
 computerised circulation control; periodicals holdings lists; computerised
 cataloguing of the Higgins Collection; Automated Information Retrieval
 Service (AIRS); end-user training activities
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Computerised technical processes and
 services; University libraries
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; Computerised; University libraries; California
 University at Davis
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaOqGd
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 64
-A-
 8503604 85/3604
-W-
 A conversation with Steve Silberstein
 Freedman, Mitch
 Technicalities
 3 (12) Dec 83, 3-7. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Silberstein, S.; Innovative Interfaces Inc. (USA)
 Interviews Steve Silberstein, of Innovative Interfaces Inc., USA, about the
 development of their library automation systems. Discusses: their first
 installation, a black box interface between CLSI and OCLC; the development
 of the company and why they entered the library field; the creation of an
 acquisitions system; and their future plans
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Computerised technical processes and
 services
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; Computerised; Innovative Interfaces Inc
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaOq
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 65
-A-
 8503586 85/3586
-W-
 Library instruction integrated with patient managment
 Ben-Shir, Rya
 Bulletin of the Medical Library Association
 72 (3) July 84, 310-311. 8 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Shir, R.Ben-
 Reports an individualised library instruction programme for residents in
 training at MacNeal Memorial Hospital, a 427-bed community teaching hospital
 affiliated with Illinois University. The programme was directed toward some
 40 residents in internal medicine and family practice. 21 residents who
 participated in the scheme were surveyed to determine user satisfaction
-Desc-
 Doctors ; Medicine ; Services ; Reader services ; Information work; Use
 instructions
-SectHd-
 INSTRUCTIONS IN USE OF LIBRARI; Medicine; Users; Doctors
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RmiM (61)Hz (614.25)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 66
-A-
 8503473 85/3473
-W-
 A national university service: SUNIST
 Un serveur universitaire national: le SUNIST
 Dubray, Gerald
 Bulletin des Bibliotheques de France
 29 (3) May-June 84, 249-250
-Lang-
 French
 To provide universities with the resources necessary for developing
 scientific and technical information systems, the French Department of
 Libraries, Museums and Scientific and Technical Information (DBMIST) has set
 up a fully equipped national centre for automated information procesing,
 SUNIST (Serveur Universitaire National de Information Scientifique et
 Technique). Since it became operational in Mar 84 the service has compiled a
 collective catalogue of periodicals, established an interlibrary loan system
 using electronic mail and assisted in the creation of some 50 specialised
 data bases. Future projects include research on the possible applications of
 optical numeric discs, electronic publishing and computer translation
-Desc-
 France; Data processing; Computers; University libraries
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERS; University libraries; France
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: OqGdD44
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 67
-A-
 8503367 85/3367
-W-
 Family library link
 Crowthers, Lesley
 PLG News (19) Autumn 84, 5-8. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Havant (UK). Public libraries ; Family Library Link, Havant (UK); Hampshire
 (UK). Public libraries
 The Family Library Link mobile library service began in Aug 83 to serve the
 under-5s in Leigh Park, Havant, a housing estate with a population of 40,
 000 which has been designated an Area of Urban Deprivation. When equipment
 had been purchased an annual revenue of 20, 364 was needed to pay the
 salaries of a professional librarian and driver and cover the bookfund and
 running costs. The service now enjoys links with the local community centre,
 playgroups, childminders and clinics and community response has been
 encouraging
-Desc-
 Havant (UK) ; Mobile libraries ; County libraries; Hampshire (UK);
 Pre-school children
-SectHd-
 SCHOOL LIBRARIES; Libraries; Users; Pre-school children; County libraries;
 Mobile libraries; UK; Hampshire; Havant; Family Library Link
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: HymFwEqg
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 68
-A-
 8503228 85/3228
-W-
 Description of proposals for experiments in electronic supply of documents
 and electronic publishing (in English)
 Vernimb, M.
 Cahiers de la Documentation
 38 (1) 1984, 7-10
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Paper presented at the Belgian Documentation Associations General Assembly
 in Mar 83. The EEC Directorate General XIII, which is responsible for
 information marketing, is allocating financial support for research in
 electronic supply of documents and electronic publishing, both to develop
 existing information technology and to complement the available Euronet
 services. Following an initial study of potential user demand and technical
 feasibility an action programme calling for research proposals has been
 launched. Studies in using satellites for document delivery are already
 under way. The intention is to develop ultimately a more interactive
 information market, providing commercial services geared to established user
 needs and developing innovatory projects such as the electronic mailbox
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval ;
 Information retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line information retrieval ;
 Computerised information retrieval; Searching; Searching; Computerised
 information storage and retrieval; Document delivery
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Document delivery
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmVtv
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 69
-A-
 8503217 85/3217
-W-
 Labels from the Electronic Yellow Pages: a BASIC routine
 Wismer, Donald
 Online
 8 (4) July 84, 36-40. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 EYPLABEL; Electronic Yellow Pages; DIALOG. Electronic Yellow Pages
 Describes a BASIC program, EYPLABEL, for printing labels downloaded from
 Electronic Yellow Pages (EYP) files 501-510 on DIALOG. The program is
 necessary to weed unwanted labels or to control label spacing. Lists both
 the full and the compressed versions of the program, and gives a sample
 printout from file 504 with and without EYPLABEL. The program runs on a 48k
 RAM TRS-80 Model III with an RS-232 port, single disc drive, a C Itoh F10/40
 daisy wheel printer, 300 baud acoustic coupler and a data communication
 program MODEM 80
-Desc-
 Programs (Computers); Labels; Reprocessing; Downloading ; Output ; Technical
 processes and services; Information storage and retrieval ; Information
 retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line information retrieval ; Computerised
 information retrieval; Searching; Searching; Computerised information
 storage and retrieval; Data bases; Information services ; Computerised
 information services; Magnetic tape; External magnetic tape information
 services
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Data bases; Information services; Output;
 Reprocessing; Labels; Computer programs; DIALOG; Electronic Yellow Pages;
 EYPLABEL
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmRnOwf
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 70
-A-
 8503187 85/3187
-W-
 Information scientists and librarians as a market for viewdata in the UK
 Hayden, Virginia
 Journal of Information Science
 8 (4) May 84, 149-165. tables. 12 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Viewdata is both a means of storing, retrieving and disseminating
 information and of communication between individuals or organisations. As
 such, viewdata, whether a private system or the public system Prestel, is of
 direct relevance to information scientists and librarians. A research
 project is described which surveyed non-student members of the Institute of
 Information Scientists and of the Library Association working in the UK, as
 a market for viewdata services. The main objective was to see whether this
 market was homogeneous or whether it could be partitioned into a number of
 distinct segments. The market was segmented on the basis of perceived
 benefits of viewdata. Data were collected using a questionnaire which was
 constructed from items obtained during group discussions with information
 scientists and librarians. Cluster analysis showed that the market was not
 homogeneous and questionnaire respondents were classified into 4 segments.
 Segment 1 which had generally reserved or unfavourable perceptions of
 viewdata was assigned the descriptors unconcerned, reserved. Segment 2 which
 had the most favourable perceptions was given descriptors experienced,
 enthusiastic. Segment 3 with overall quite favourable perceptions was
 designated experienced-but-wary, user-oriented. Segment 4 which, due to very
 low awareness of viewdata was generally lacking in perceptions, was
 described uninformed, worried. Factors affecting perceptions were
 identified. These included lack of awareness of hard-copy facilities, lack
 of awareness of general characteristics of viewdata and perceptions which
 respondents had of British Telecom
-Desc-
 Surveys ; U.K. ; Librarians; Information scientists; Market research ;
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval ;
 Information retrieval ; Subject indexing ; On-line information retrieval ;
 Computerised information retrieval; Searching; Searching; Computerised
 information storage and retrieval; Telecommunications ; Data transmission ;
 Videotex; Viewdata systems; Interactive videotex; Telephone-based videotex
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Telecommunications and Computer systems;
 Videotex; Interactive; Viewdata systems; Users; Librarians and Information
 scientists; UK; Surveys
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmNxabH (02)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 71
-A-
 8503145 85/3145
-W-
 Pocket radio for library automation
 Brownrigg, Edwin B.; Lynch, Clifford A.; Pepper, Rebecca L.
 Information Technology and Libraries
 3 (3) Sept 84, 229-244. illus. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 MELVYL. Calfornia University. Division of Library Automation ; California
 University. Division of Library Automation. MELVYL
 Describes the experimental communications system introduced by California
 University, Division of Library Automation. The system uses packet radio, a
 blend of radio and digital packet switching technology, to transmit data
 between the on-line catalogue, MELVYL, and its terminals. The system
 eliminates the need for data cables
-Desc-
 Packet radio; Radio; Packet switching; Telecommunications ; Terminals;
 On-line catalogues; Technical processes and services; Information storage
 and retrieval; Information retrieval; Physical forms of catalogue ; Form of
 catalogue ; Cataloguing ; Computerised catalogues
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUES BY PHYSICAL FORM; On-line catalogues; Terminals;
 Telecommunications; Packet switching; Use of Radio; Packet radio; California
 University; Division of Library Automation; MELVYL
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: UegOwjNx
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 72
-A-
 8503144 85/3144
-W-
 Catalog use studies-since the introduction of online interactive catalogs:
 impact on design for subject access
 Cochrane, Pauline A.; Markey, Karen
 Library and Information Science Research
 5 (4) Winter 83, 337-363. illus. table. 59 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Cochrane, P.Atherton; Atherton Cochrane, P.
 Article based on Pauline A. Cochranes presentation at the Resources and
 Technical Services Division (RTSD)/Reference and Adult Services Division
 (RASD)/Library and Information Technology Association (LITA) of the American
 Library Association (ALA) Preconference on Prospects for the Online Catalog
 on 8 July 82 in Philadelphia. Describes the transition from card to on-line
 catalogues during 1981-82. Discusses methods for studying on-line catalogues
 and identifies 4 priority areas for study: analysing user requirements and
 behaviour; monitoring existing on-line public access catalogues (OPACs);
 developing cost management methods; and developing distributed computing and
 system linkages. Suggests that all of the techniques described have provided
 data and answers to some research questions. Outlines new directions for
 OPAC research. Concludes that how the user and the system interact is more
 important than that the interaction occurs on-line
-Desc-
 Evaluation ; On-line catalogues; Technical processes and services ;
 Information storage and retrieval; Information retrieval; Physical forms of
 catalogue ; Form of catalogue ; Cataloguing ; Computerised catalogues
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUES BY PHYSICAL FORM; On-line; Evaluation
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: UegNh
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 73
-A-
 8503077 85/3077
-W-
 Library automation at Presbyterian College
 Cox Yarborough, Cynthia; Thomason, James H.
 Small Computers in Libraries
 3 (9) Sept 83, 6-7. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Presbyterian College (South Carolina). Library; Yarborough, C.Cox
 The Presbyterian College Library, Clinton, South Carolina, USA, have
 produced several library automation programs for their 64K Apple II+4 with 2
 disc drives and an Okidata Microline 93 printer. Programs are: Card and
 Label Manager for original catalogue card production and book label
 production; Booklist which produces a new titles listing; and General
 Manager which is used for periodicals holdings. Word processing is used for
 materials needing frequent updating such as bibliographic instruction files,
 library procedure manuals and library handouts
-Desc-
 College libraries ; Microcomputers; Technical processes and services
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; Computerised; Microcomputers; College libraries;
 South Carolina; Presbyterian College
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaOunGic
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 74
-A-
 8502987 85/2987
-W-
 Information for industry: the next ten years
 London, Technical Change Centre, 1984, 92p. illus. tables. 19 refs (BLRD
 report 5802) (ISBN 0-946890-30-7)
-Lang-
 Eng.
 British Library. Research and Development Department. BLRD report 5802
 Davies, D.; Perry, B.; Rothwell, R.; Jones, A.; Dare, G.; Smith, C.;
 Finniston, M. ; Ward, S.; Lester, R.; Spreadborough, J.; Conference on
 information for industry: the next ten years (1983)
 Proceedings of a conference organised by the British Library Research and
 Development Department in association with the Technical Change Centre and
 held at the Oakley Court Hotel, Windsor on 17 and 18 Oct 83. Papers
 presented were: Chairmans welcome, by Dr. Duncan Davies; British Library
 welcome, by Brian Perry; Information and successful innovation, by Dr. Roy
 Rothwell; Information demand and supply in British industry 1977-1983, by
 Dr. Alun Jones; Information requirements of managers for decision-making, by
 Gillian Dare; Education and training of information staff-the current
 situation, by Christine Smith; Chairmans welcome, by Sir Monty Finniston;
 Pharmaceutical industry information services and the impact of new
 technology, by Dr. Sandra Ward; Planning for the end of libraries by Dr. Ray
 Lester; and Future dissemination of information, by Dr. John Spreadborough
-Desc-
 Conferences ; Future developments ; U.K.; Services; Reader services;
 Information work; Industrial users
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONTROL; Industrial users; UK; Future developments;
 Conferences; Conference on Information for industry: the next ten years
 (1983)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RmHzbwD1
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 75
-A-
 8502947 85/2947
-W-
 Data base management software in libraries information centers
 Herther, Nancy K.
 Small Computers in Libraries
 3 (10) Oct 83, 1-2. 3 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 dBase II
 Briefly conside 3 library-related applications using the Ashton-Tate dBase
 II data base management system (DBMS). DBMS are of particular importance to
 librarians because their goals and capabilities replicate many of those jobs
 done to data in libraries: creating; updating; retrieving; manipulating; and
 production of reports. A company is using dBase to produce a sophisticated
 directory for the daily sales usage and for mailing lists. An information
 centre used dBase for indexing internal publications, replacing card
 catalogue indexing and saving an estimated 40 of staff time. A corporate
 library is using dBase to create a file of pre-patented and other
 proprietary documents
-Desc-
 Data base management systems; Data processing; Computers
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERS; Data base management systems; Ashton-Tate dBase II
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Otc
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 76
-A-
 8502757 85/2757
-W-
 Reflections on the problems of access to archival literature
 Moltke-Hansen, David
 American Archivist
 47 (3) Summer 84, 293-295
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Hansen, D.Moltke-
 Archivists have little knowledge of international professional literature
 and very few journals are abstracted. The holdings of major libraries, even
 in London, cover only about 40 of the total available literature. A high
 proportion of archivists work in near-isolation from their colleagues and
 training courses are almost exclusively national in outlook. More needs to
 be done in abstracting journals and in involving archivists in international
 studies
-Desc-
 International relations ; Profession ; Librarianship; Profession; Archives
-SectHd-
 PROFESSION; Archives; International relations
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Bkbr
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 77
-A-
 8502672 85/2672
-W-
 Cabs - a new biological database
 Smith, H.; Brewis, J.M.
 International Journal of Micrographics and Video Technology
 2 (4) 1983, 305-307. table
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Pergamon InfoLine ; CABS Online ; Current Awareness in Biological Sciences
 Describes Pergamon Press new bibliographic data base, Current Awareness in
 Biological Sciences, soon to be available as CABS Online. Discusses format,
 on-line searching techniques, and terms of availability
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval ;
 Information retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line information retrieval ;
 Computerised information retrieval; Searching; Searching; Computerised
 information storage and retrieval; Data bases; Information services ;
 Computerised information services; Magnetic tape; External magnetic tape
 information services
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Data bases; Information services; Biology;
 Pergamon InfoLine; CABS Online
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmRnM (57)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 78
-A-
 8502573 85/2573
-W-
 Interlending activities in Canada
 Clement, Hope
 Interlending Document Supply
 12 (4) Oct 84, 140-143
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Discusses interloans activities in Canada during 1983-84, including: the
 work of the Resource Network Committee of the National Library Advisory
 Board on union catalogues and a central monograph collection; the
 publication of a study of Canadian interloans; extension of access to the
 DOBIS data base; improvements in the document delivery service; interloan
 statistics for the Canada Institute for Scientific and Technical Information
 (CISTI); the progress of the iNet trial of a nationwide decentralised
 voluntary library and information network; the inauguration of the
 University of Toronto Library Automation System (UTLAS), an electronic
 interloan facility; and the launching of 2 new data bases of materials for
 handicapped library users (CANUC: H and CANWIP)
-Desc-
 Canada ; Technical processes and services; Interloans; Cooperation;
 Acquisitions
-SectHd-
 INTERLOANS; Canada
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ScmD71
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 79
-A-
 8502560 85/2560
-W-
 The Sedna Information Management System
 McQueen, Judy
 Software Review
 2 (4) Dec 83, 230-244. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Sedna Information Management System; Minnesota University. Libraries; Diehl
 Bio-Medical Library. Minnesota University
 The Minicomputer-based Integrated Library System (MILS) was developed to
 support library activities at the University of Minnesotas Diehl Bio-Medical
 Library, with funds from the National Library of Medicine and the
 University. The Sedna Corporation has further developed the system producing
 the fully integrated Sedna Information Management System version 1 (SIMS-1).
 Describes: the bibliographic data base; the catalogue enquiry system; the
 acquisitions system; the cataloguing system; the circulation system; the
 interlibrary loan system; the on-line public catalogue system; the serial
 system; the audio-visual system; the electronic mail system; external data
 base searching; and the management information system
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services ; On-line technical processes and services;
 National libraries; University libraries
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; On-line; University libraries; Minnesota University;
 Diehl Bio-Medical Library; Sedna Information Management System
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaOtsGd
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 80
-A-
 8502547 85/2547
-W-
 Digital facsimile: Columbia Law Library and Pacific Northwest Library
 Facsimile Network
 Tracy, Janet; De John, William
 Library Hi Tech
 1 (3) Winter 83, 9-14. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Columbia University (New York). Law School Library; Pacific Northwest
 Library Facsimile Network; John, W.de
 In 1982 Columbia Universitys Law School Library rented Rapicom 6100
 telefacsimile equipment for sending periodical articles to New York
 University Law School Library and to law firms which subscribe to Columbias
 reference subscription service. Discusses Columbia Law Librarys equipment
 selection criteria and briefly evaluates the equipment chosen and the
 telefacsimile service. The 2nd half of the article evaluates the facsimile
 transmission project run between Jan-June 83 by the University of Washington
 libraries, involving libraries in Alaska, Idaho, Montana, Oregon, Washington
 and Utah, with particular reference to the experiences of the Alaskan
 libraries
-Desc-
 Services; Reader services ; Document delivery ; Availability of documents;
 Facsimile transmission
-SectHd-
 DOCUMENT DELIVERY; Facsimile transmission
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RxNxy
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 81
-A-
 8502283 85/2283
-W-
 Technology and the post-industrial society: the academic library in the
 1980s and beyond
 Turock, Betty J.
 Catholic Library World
 55 (7) Feb 84, 298-304. 29 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Paper presented at the 1983 Catholic Library Association (USA) Convention in
 Washington, D.C. Summarises the state of academic libraries at the beginning
 of the 1980s and the changes they have experienced as a result of the new
 technologies. Outlines strategies for educating future library professionals
 to cope with these changes. Forecasts further changes which will come about
 because of new technologies
-Desc-
 Technological innovations; Future developments; Academic libraries
-SectHd-
 HIGHER EDUCATION LIBRARIES; Future developments; Influence of Technological
 innovations
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: GcC3
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 82
-A-
 8502227 85/2227
-W-
 Challenges for the library and information profession
 Hwa-wei Lee
 Journal of Educational Media Library Sciences
 21 (3) Spring 84, 248-265. 18 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Lee, Hwa-wei
 This paper was also published in the commemorative volume of the Bulletin of
 the Library Association of China (35) 18 Dec 83, 235-246. Identifies 5
 challenges as important for the library and information science profession
 in the future and discusses them in terms of relevance to the Republic of
 China: the information explosion and the information pollution; new
 information technology; changing roles of libraries and information centres;
 requirements for new professional competencies; and global interdependence.
 While observing the problems inherent in these new situations, focuses on
 ways in which the profession can address and cope with the information age
-Desc-
 Future developments; Chinese Peoples Republic; Professio Librarianship
-SectHd-
 LIBRARY ASSOCIATIONS; Chinese Peoples Republic; Future developments
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: BkD511C3
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 83
-A-
 8502192 85/2192
-W-
 A conversation with Maurice B. Line
 Cargill, Jennifer; Alley, Brian
 Technicalities
 4 (8) Aug 84, 3-6. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Line, M.B.
 An interview with Maurice B. Line in which he talks about: the British
 Library Lending Division; electronic technology and document supply;
 cataloguing cooperatives; microform; the future of libraries; and library
 education
-Desc-
 Librarianship
-SectHd-
 LIBRARIANSHIP; General treatment
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: A
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 84
-A-
 8502164 85/2164
-W-
 Deciphering electronic mail: connecting and interconnecting services
 Oliver, Dennis
 Library Hi Tech
 1 (2) Fall 83, 29-32
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Gives a history of electronic mail services, describing characteristics and
 potential. Lists factors to consider in selecting an electronic mail system.
 Discusses means of communicating with different types of systems with
 particular reference to software for personal equipment and use of an
 interconnection service agency. Describes the features of International
 Electronic Mail Services Inc
-Desc-
 Electronic mail; Telecommunications; Data transmission
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERS AND TELECOMMUNICATIO; Electronic mail
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: 18
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 85
-A-
 8502162 85/2162
-W-
 Watch your language
 Which Computer?
 Sept 83, 106-107, 109. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Part 2 of an article on user friendly languages. For part 1, see Which
 Computer?, Aug 83, 36-37, 39-40, 45. Programming languages have
 traditionally been the preserve of researchers, software developers,
 programmers in large companies, and more recently home computer hobbyists
 who were quickly perceived as a promising market. Languages for the home
 computer include BASIC, Pascal, and the so-called user friendly languages
 such as APL, FORTH, and Logo. Logo, which is symbolic rather than algebraic,
 has its basis in the more difficult to learn LISP which offered powerful
 symbolic and list processing capabilities. Outlines the turtle graphics
 features of Logo, and features of the Digital Research 16-bit Logo
-Desc-
 Languages; Programs (Computers); Computers
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERS AND TELECOMMUNICATIO; Programming languages
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: 167
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 86
-A-
 8502095 85/2095
-W-
 Cataloguing problems and multilingualism in Kenya
 Arap Tanui, Tirong K.
 International Cataloguing
 13 (3) July/Sept 84, 35-36. 9 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Tanui, T.K.Arap
 The cataloguing of vernacular literature presents special problems to some
 of the large Kenyan public and academic libraries. Librarians may be from
 any one of over 40 major ethnic tribes of Kenya. This leads to problems in
 translating the contents of books in native dialects from the point of view
 of: African names; vernacular literature; literal translations. The
 advantages of English over the vernacular are noted
-Desc-
 Kenyan languages materials ; Technical processes and services ; Information
 storage and retrieval; Information retrieval; Cataloguing
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING; Kenyan language materials
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ThLd (967)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 87
-A-
 8502051 85/2051
-W-
 LIAS-library automation with an integrated design
 Cline, Nancy
 Library Hi Tech
 1 (2) Fall 83, 33-48. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Pennsylvania State University. Libraries
 Through a single computerised system, the Libraries Information Access
 System (LIAS) provides integrated access to a range of information functions
 in support of services at all libraries of the Pennsylvania State
 University. It supports both academic and administrative needs. Its design
 facilitates access to all components through a common terminal. In
 development since 1975 by the university libraries, LIAS is a fully
 interactive system, providing immediate information about collections and
 transactions. Describes: the Bibliographic Control System; cataloguing
 activities; the COM catalogues; the inventory control processor subsystem;
 and features and subsystems under development
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services ; On-line technical processes and services;
 National libraries; University libraries
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; On-line; University libraries; Pennsylvania State
 University; Libraries Information Access System (LIAS)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaOtsGd
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 88
-A-
 8501942 85/1942
-W-
 Library removal-it could happen to you
 Stoddart, Helen; Hughes, Lesley
 New Zealand Libraries
 44 (5) Mar 84, 83-84. illus. table
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries (New Zealand). Central Library;
 Agriculture and Fisheries, Ministry of (New Zealand). Central Library
 Describes the planning, organisation and execution of the removal in 1983 of
 the Central Library of the Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries, New
 Zealand, to a new location 40 sq. metres smaller than the old one
-Desc-
 New Zealand; Agriculture; Government department librarie Organisation and
 administration ; Administration and organisation ; Buildings ; Library
 buildings ; Architecture ; Equipment ; Library equipment; Removals to new
 buildings
-SectHd-
 BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT; Removals to new buildings; Government department
 libraries; Agriculture libraries; New Zealand; Ministry of Agriculture and
 Fisheries; Central library
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: QaFjEr (63)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 89
-A-
 8501769 85/1769
-W-
 Services to disabled users at WAIT
 Hillman, Jessica
 Link-up (21) July 83, 2-4. 2 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Western Australian Institute of Technology Library; Robertson Library.
 Western Australian Institute of Technology
 The Robertson Library of the Western Australian Institute of Technology
 (WAIT) is committed to assisting disabled students use its resources
 successfully. 2 qualified librarians share responsibility for services to
 the disabled. A survey was carried out to evaluate these services in order
 to gauge their current effectiveness as well as to suggest future
 developments. Outlines the findings of the survey which highlighted the fact
 that different physical disabilities faced different types of problems in a
 library
-Desc-
 Australia; Technical college libraries; Welfare services ; Handicapped ;
 Institutional libraries ; Isolated ; Disadvantaged; Handicapped; Physically
 handicapped
-SectHd-
 INSTITUTIONAL LIBRARIES; Libraries; Users; Physically handicapped; Technical
 college libraries; Western Australian Institute of Technology; Robertson
 Library
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: HxhGict
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 90
-A-
 8501630 85/1630
-W-
 Publishers and librarians: reflections of a research library administrator
 Lucker, Jay K.
 Library Quarterly
 54 (1) Jan 84, 48-60. tables. 12 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Contribution to an issue devoted to the proceedings of the 42nd conference
 of the University of Chicago Graduate Library School, 13-15 May 83 on
 publishers and librarians. Comments on the impact of photocopying,
 networking, and resource sharing on the acquisitions programmes of research
 libraries. These practices are seen as having relatively little effect when
 compared with that of the avilability of funds. The fiscal situation in
 academic institutions in general, and libraries in particular, is described
 with specific reference to the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
 libraries. Questions are raised about electronic publishing and the role of
 the research library as both subscriber and intermediary. Suggestions are
 made for improving communication between publishers and librarians
-Desc-
 Libraries; Publishers; Publishing; Publishers
-SectHd-
 PUBLISHING; Relationship with Libraries
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: 76Aw
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 91
-A-
 8501595 85/1595
-W-
 I A C's document delivery and more
 Tenopir, Carol
 Library Journal
 109 (10) 1 June 84, 1104-1105
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Information Access Company (USA)
 The Information Access Company (IAC) now offers 2 full text data bases,
 Magazine ASAP, and Trade Industry ASAP, that provide on-line search and
 retrieval of the complete texts of many publications indexed in the
 bibliographic parent files of Magazine Index and Trade Industry Index. All
 are available exclusively on DIALOG. Initially Magazine ASAP will offer the
 full texts of 40 general interest magazines and Trade Industry ASAP the full
 text of 80 business and trade publications. IAC has also made an equivalent
 of Magazine ASAP, the Magazine Collection, available on microfiche and also
 offers a Business Collection, the microfiche equivalent of IAC's Business
 Index
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval ;
 Information retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line information retrieval ;
 Computerised information retrieval; Searching; Searching; Computerised
 information storage and retrieval; Full text searching
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Full text searching; Data bases; Information
 services; USA; Information Access Company
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmVcd
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 92
-A-
 8501568 85/1568
-W-
 European notes: European networks
 Anthony, L.J.
 Online
 7 (5) Sept 83, 122-125
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Reports on the activities of the European networks. Notes that after 3 years
 of operation, in Mar 83, Euronet Diane recorded an average 30, 000 calls per
 month compared with 10, 000 in Mar 80; 2, 500 users in 14 countries compared
 with 250 in 1980; and 40 hosts offering 370 data bases, of which are factual
 and numeric data banks. Notes some of the European hosts and data bases.
 Comments on: Micronet 800; document delivery; cable T.V.; a study by Aslib
 for the British Library on education for information management; and the
 establishment of a European Institute for Information Management
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval ;
 Information retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line information retrieval ;
 Computerised information retrieval; Searching; Searching; Computerised
 information storage and retrieval; Telecommunications; Data transmission;
 Europe
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Telecommunications and Computer systems;
 Europe
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmNxD4
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 93
-A-
 8501536 85/1536
-W-
 Evaluation of a COM catalog in a community college
 Maclaren, Grant E.
 Community Junior College Libraries
 2 (4) Summer 84, 69-73. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 St. Louis Community College (Missouri). Libraries
 During the fiscal year 1979-80 St. Louis Community College, Missouri,
 conducted a questionnaire survey of 450 users at its 3 campus libraries to
 evaluate how well the new COM catalogues, viewed on ROM microfilm readers,
 were meeting user needs. 84 of respondents found the instructions for
 catalogue use easy to follow, 91 found the equipment easy to use, 92 found
 catalogue locations convenient, 62 rated catalogue legibility as good and 61
 checked author in the catalogue while 85 checked subject
-Desc-
 User surveys ; Community college libraries ; User satisfaction ; Technical
 processes and services; Information storage and retrieval ; Information
 retrieval; Physical forms of catalogue; Form of catalogue; Cataloguing; COM
 (Computer-Output-Microforms); Microforms
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUES BY PHYSICAL FORM; COM (Computer-Output-Microform) catalogues;
 User satisfaction; Community college libraries; Missouri; St; Louis
 Community College; Surveys
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: UehyhJf
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 94
-A-
 8501535 85/1535
-W-
 Microcomputers and MELVYL
 Engle, Mary
 DLA Bulletin
 3 (2 (5)) Oct 83, 6-13. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 MELVYL; California University. Division of Library Automation. MELVYL
 While the growing family of the University of California, USA, MELVYL
 terminals in libraries is the major access point to the catalogue, for many
 the alternative is the micro-computer. some micro-computers currently
 communicating with MELVYL are the APPLE, IBM PC, IBMXT, IBM Displaywriter,
 Zenith Z100, Heathkit H89 and Radio Shack TRS 80. Describes requirements to
 establish the link. Discusses the unique advantages of communicating with
 MELVYL by micro-computer. Once set up the micro-computer can then access
 other information providers and serve any number of other useful functions
 in the library
-Desc-
 Microcomputers; Searching; On-line catalogues; Technical processes and
 services ; Information storage and retrieval; Information retrieval ;
 Physical forms of catalogue; Form of catalogue; Cataloguing Computerised
 catalogues
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUES BY PHYSICAL FORM; On-line; Searching; Microcomputers; California
 University; Division of Library Automation; MELVYL
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Uegti
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 95
-A-
 8501533 85/1533
-W-
 Reports from the CLR Project
 Lawrence, Gary; Presley, Heather
 DLA Bulletin
 3 (2 (5)) Oct 83, 7, 18. illus. Bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Council on Library Resources (USA)
 The University of California (UC), USA was one of 5 organisations that
 conducted a national study, funded by the Council on Library Resources
 (CAL), of users and non-users of on-line catalogues for public access. The
 others were Joseph Matthews and Associates, the Library of Congress, the
 Online Computer Library Center (OCLC), and the Research Libraries Group
 (RLG). Describes 2 reports from the study. The 1st, University of California
 Users look at MELVYL, discusses the MELVYL user, the problems, and attitudes
 to MELVYL. The 2nd, users look at on-line catalogues, part 2: interacting
 with on-line catalogues, reports on a detailed analysis of 4 public access
 on-line catalogues compiled from their transaction logs
-Desc-
 Surveys ; U.S.A.; Research libraries; General public; OPACs (On-line public
 access catalogues); On-line public access catalogue On-line catalogues;
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval;
 Information retrieval; Physical forms of catalogue; Form of catalogue;
 Cataloguing; Computerised catalogues
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUES BY PHYSICAL FORM; On-line catalogues; Users; General public;
 Research libraries; USA; Surveys; Council on Library Resources
 investigation
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Ueghz
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 96
-A-
 8501527 85/1527
-W-
 DLA's computer-communications network: part 3
 Lynch, Clifford
 DLA Bulletin
 3 (2 (5)) Oct 83, 8-9, 17. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 California University. Division of Library Automation. MELVYL; MELVYL
 Last of a series of 3 articles on the University of California, USA,
 Division of Library Automation computer communication network. Considers the
 periphery of the network and looks at how access is actually provided to the
 user. Describes the use of dedicated and dial up terminals to access MELVYL.
 Discusses the use of switches to access computers, and the moves toward
 local area networks. Looks at the possibilities and impact of using personal
 computers to access MELVYL
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval ;
 Information retrieval; Cataloguing; Computerised cataloguing ; On-line
 cataloguing; Cooperation
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING; On-line; Cooperation; California University; Division of
 Library Automation; MELVYL
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: TogsNcc
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 97
-A-
 8501526 85/1526
-W-
 Automation at UCSC
 Dyson, Allan J.; Millsap, Larry
 DLA Bulletin
 3 (2 (5)) Oct 83, 4-5. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 MELVYL; California University at Santa Cruz. Library
 Outlines the development of library automation on the University of
 California, Santa Cruz, USA, Campus (UCSC). By Nov 80 all cataloguing was
 being done in OCLC. About 50, 000 records catalogued on OCLC will soon be
 loaded into MELVYL. The goal is to load all 320, 000 UCSC records into
 MELVYL. Much current automation activity is in the area of serials, and the
 serials file will appear on MELVYL when CALLS is loaded. There are plans for
 the automation of monograph acquisitions and accounting. Longer term
 planning includes expansion in the direction of integrated library
 automation
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval ;
 Information retrieval; Cataloguing; Computerised cataloguing ; On-line
 cataloguing; University libraries
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING; On-line; University libraries; California University at Santa
 Cruz Library; MELVYL
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: TogsGd
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 98
-A-
 8501519 85/1519
-W-
 Catalogue cataloguing: innocent pleasures and enduring controversies
 Malinconico, S.Michael
 Library Journal
 109 (11) 15 June 84, 1210-1213
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Contribution to a special issue devoted to information technology. The
 library catalogue has always been the object of passionate controversies.
 Identifies 4 main causes of such controversies as: catalogues are very
 costly items; the difficulty of predicting users' questions of a catalogue
 and designing it accordingly; the importance of the catalogue in shaping
 library services-what users receive and what they are encouraged to seek;
 and the apparently contradictory requirements of a catalogue-that it should
 be simple to use and yet be responsible for inventory control on a scale not
 known in any other context. Argues that the advent of on-line catalogues and
 networking amongst groups of libraries will reduce costs through shared
 cataloguing and help to solve retrieval failures through powerful computer
 searching capabilities. Further, computer literate users will conduct their
 own searches and leave library staff more time to help users in
 difficulties
-Desc-
 Future developments ; Technical processes and services; Information storage
 and retrieval; Information retrieval; Cataloguing
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING; Future developments
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ThC3
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 99
-A-
 8501496 85/1496
-W-
 Conservation: why the scientist can help
 Baynes-Cope, David
 Archives (UK)
 16 (70) Oct 83, 162-166. 2 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Cope, D.Baynes-
 Books and their climate have water in common. A vital part of conservation
 is ensuring that only a permissible quantity of water is attached to a book
 and that the relative humidity of its surroundings is controlled between 40
 and 65. Heat speeds up the process of decay from acid attack hence libraries
 should be kept as cool as possible (55F to 65F). Both humidity and heat
 should be kept as constant as possible. Light, particularly beyond the red
 end of the spectrum, can also be damaging as it causes chemical and heat
 reactions
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services ; Preservation ; Conservation
-SectHd-
 PRESERVATION OF MATERIAL; General treatment
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Se
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 100
-A-
 8501467 85/1467
-W-
 State of automation in Swiss art libraries
 Jost, Karl
 Inspel
 17 (4) 1983, 292-298. 5 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The state of library automation in Swiss art libraries is exemplified using
 3 of Switzerland's largest libraries which reflect 3 different levels of
 automation. Presently, library automation is used to administer
 acquisitions, circulation, cataloguing, serials control and subject
 searches. However, independent development, as well as little coordination
 between these systems, has inhibited the development of cooperative exchange
 of cataloguing information. New efforts for cooperation in the future will
 help strengthen these systems, as well as help building up others
-Desc-
 Switzerland; Fine arts; Technical processes and services ; Computerised
 technical processes and services
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; Computerised; Fine arts libraries; Switzerland
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaOqEr (7)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 101
-A-
 8501466 85/1466
-W-
 Computer-based library systems in Scandinavian countries with focus on the
 Danish libraries
 Sinding, Elisabet; Ornager, Susanne
 Program
 18 (4) Oct 84, 334-341. illus. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The development of computer-based systems in Scandinavian libraries began
 during the early 1970s. In the individual Nordic countries there are no
 approaches to formulating a joint policy to influence this development. The
 absence of a formalised policy implies that a kaleidoscopic picture of
 systems and development strategies in the 80s has emerged. The categories of
 computerised library automation systems operational in Scandinavian
 countries today are described just as consideration is given to the schemes
 for systems developed up to 1990
-Desc-
 Scandinavia; Denmark; Technical processes and services; Computerised
 technical processes and services
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; Computerised; Scandinavia
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaOqD48
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 102
-A-
 8501461 85/1461
-W-
 Automation and the future of technical services
 Freedman, Maurice J.
 Library Journal
 109 (11) 15 June 84, 1197-1203
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Contribution to a special issue devoted to information technology. Describes
 the traditional organisation of library technical services before the advent
 of the new technology. Considers the main developments in computer
 technology relevant to libraries and assesses the future of library
 technical services in relation to these developments. Predicts the effects
 of automation on: the positions and responsibilities of library staff; the
 organisation of technical services; the flexibility of personnel
 assignments; and the relationship between technical services and the rest of
 the library. Discusses how librarians should plan for future changes
-Desc-
 Technological innovations; Future developments; Technical processes and
 services
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; Future developments; Influence of Innovations;
 Technological
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaC3Az
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 103
-A-
 8501329 85/1329
-W-
 A central body on crutches
 Centralorgan pa krykker
 Hansen, Lone
 Bibliotek 70 (10) 1984, 262-263
-Lang-
 Danish
 Comments on plans for a new administrative structure for research libraries.
 The last 10 years have seen many proposals but now at last a decision on the
 overall control seems likely. It is planned to separate the office of
 national librarian from that of chief librarian of the Royal Library. The
 national librarian shall run the research libraries' joint services: the
 Exchange Institute, the Accession Catalogue and the Joint Council's computer
 office, and act as consultant for the government on research library
 matters. An advisory research library council will be set up by the Minister
 of Culture and chaired by the national librarian. A joint committee of
 public and research libraries will also be established. The budget for the
 council is set at 1.9 million. kr., a sum the author criticises for being
 too small for effective development of the research library service
-Desc-
 Denmark; Organisation and administration; Administration and organisation ;
 Management; Library administration; Administration; Library management;
 Research libraries
-SectHd-
 ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Research libraries; Denmark
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NjEqrD489
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 104
-A-
 8501311 85/1311
-W-
 Technology and the modern library
 Boss, Richard W.
 Library Journal
 109 (11) 15 June 84, 1183-1189
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Contribution to a special issue devoted to information technology. Asserts
 that dramatic changes in library automation have occurred since the 1960s.
 Suggests that although the integrated or total systems approach in which a
 single bibliographic file supports all functions (acquisitions, serials,
 cataloguing, circulation etc.) is technically sound, most institutions have
 developed their own in-house automated library systems and automated only
 those functions that appeared to lend themselves to rapid and less expensive
 automation. Discusses the implications of the following developments for
 libraries: turnkey vendors, bibliographic utilities; commercial suppliers of
 records; state and regional networks; electronic linkages; remote data base
 searching; the terminal is the system; micros as workstations; building
 local data bases; delivery of information; videotex systems; electronic
 delivery of hard copies; communications costs as a factor; microwave; cable
 TV to transmit data; and automating office procedures. Outlines the outlook
 for the future
-Desc-
 Technological innovations; Organisation and administratio Administration and
 organisation; Innovations
-SectHd-
 ORGANISATION AND ADMINISTRATIO; Technological innovations
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Nb
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 105
-A-
 8501191 85/1191
-W-
 Shifting gears: information technology and the academic library
 De Gennaro, Richard
 Library Journal
 109 (11) 15 June 84, 1204-1209. 4 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Gennaro, R.De
 Contribution to a special issue devoted to information technology. Outlines
 the major steps librarians must take to add a powerful new electronic
 dimension to the academic library's traditional collections in order to
 effect the change from a collection-centred to an access- and
 service-oriented institution which will function as part of a national and
 international library network. Academic libraries will need to convince
 universities that they must provide funds for 4 major changes: the creation
 of on-line catalogues with internal and external networking capabilities;
 the conversion of the old card-catalogues to machine-readable records; the
 strengthening of the library's book and periodicals collections and the
 provision of traditional and technological means of access to other
 institutions' collections; and the provision of more space to meet the
 library's growth and changing needs
-Desc-
 Technological innovations; Future developments; Academic libraries
-SectHd-
 HIGHER EDUCATION LIBRARIES; Future developments; Influence of Innovations;
 Technological
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: GcC3Az
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 106
-A-
 8501167 85/1167
-W-
 Art libraries in the Federal Republic of Germany
 Lersch, Thomas
 Inspel
 18 (2) 1984, 65-81. 30 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A comprehensive overview of the historical development of art libraries in
 West Germany. Refers to the large number (about 130) of special libraries
 which collect art literature of which some 40-50 are of more than local
 importance. Some individual libraries are described including their special
 collection areas and the respective supporting institutions. The lack of use
 of electronic data processing in art libraries is discussed. The issue of
 cataloguing the collection and/or extremely detailed documentation (content
 analysis) of the works is discussed. The cooperative accession policy of the
 large special libraries (Berlin, Cologne, Florence, Munich, Nuremberg, Rome)
 which have received considerable funds from the German Research Council
 since 1972, to carry out this programme, is presented in detail. Local
 cooperation among art libraries is outlined using the example of Munich
 where cooperative acquisition agreements exist. Remarks on the lack of a
 representative national art libraries society in line with those in
 Anglo-Saxon countries. Nevertheless there is in other countries a great
 interest in German art libraries
-Desc-
 Libraries by subject interest ; Special libraries by subject interest; Fine
 arts; West Germany
-SectHd-
 LIBRARIES BY SUBJECT INTEREST; Fine arts libraries; West Germany
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Er (7)D433
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 107
-A-
 8501132 85/1132
-W-
 In search of a name: information science and its conceptual antecedents
 Schrader, Alvin M.
 Library and Information Science Research
 6 (3) July-Sept 84, 227-271. tables. 57 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Sets out the chronology of disciplinary names which have been used in the
 scholarly literature over the past 80 years to characterise information
 science and its antecedents. 7 major categories among the 40 terms which
 have been proposed in the literature are revealed: bibliography;
 documentation; scientific information; information retrieval; information
 science; informatics; and bibliometrics
-Desc-
 Profession ; Librarianship ; Profession ; Information science; Definitions;
 Terminology
-SectHd-
 PROFESSION; Information science; Terminology; Definitions
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: BkbqAbt
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 108
-A-
 8501061 85/1061
-W-
 Electronic mail in libraries through bibliographic online vendors
 Online Libraries and Microcomputers
 2 (6-7) June 84, 1-3. 2 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Many bibliographic utilities have or are developing electronic mail
 subsystems for their clients in order to capture a part of the new market.
 Libraries have a broad range of choices for computer-based messaging systems
 through such options as on-line cataloguing networks (OCLC, RLIN, UTLAS),
 packet switching networks (OnTyme II on Tymnet or Telemail on Telenet),
 dedicated electronic mail networks (e.g. Dialcom), on-line bibliographic
 vendors (BRS, and in the near future DIALOG), microcomputer networks and
 many other institutional-specific systems. Outlines services being
 introduced by DIALOG, SDC, US Patent and Trademark CASSIS, and others such
 as Dow/Jones News Retrieval, The Source and Compuserve
-Desc-
 Electronic mail; Telecommunications; Data transmission
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERS AND TELECOMMUNICATIO; Electronic mail
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: 18
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 109
-A-
 8501023 85/1023
-W-
 Some observations on the use of teletext
 Elton, Martin C.J.; Harris, Lynda J.; Thompson, Joyce H.; Zimmerbaum,
 Stephen M.
 Videodisc Videotex
 3 (4) Fall 1983, 263-280. illus. tables. 1 ref
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A field trial was made of the use of broadcast teletext in Washington, D.C.,
 using decoders-40 in private homes and 10 at public locations-equipped to
 record the date, time and frame number of each page accessed. Uses the data
 collected to explore the following issues of importance to those designing
 services: the role of indexes in the way users move through the data base;
 the use of chained pages; and variations in the pattern of use during the
 day
-Desc-
 User surveys; Washington (DC); Use; Technical processes and services;
 Information storage and retrieval; Information retrieval; Subject indexing;
 On-line information retrieval; Computerised information retrieval ;
 Searching ; Searching; Computerised information storage and retrieval ;
 Telecommunications ; Data transmission; Videotex; Teletext systems;
 Broadcast videotex
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Telecommunications and Computer systems;
 Videotex; Teletext systems; Use; Washington, D; C
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmNxacJa
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 110
-A-
 8501017 85/1017
-W-
 The use of computer-monitored data in information science and communication
 research
 Rice, Ronald E.; Borgman, Christine L.
 Journal of the American Society for Information Science
 34 (4) July 83, 247-256. illus. 111 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 As computer based information retrieval and communication systems become
 more commonplace, researchers have a greater opportunity to evaluate the
 uses and impacts of new communication technologies. The systems and the
 kinds of data now available are discussed along with advantages and
 disadvantages of using computer-monitored data
-Desc-
 Evaluation; Technical processes and services; Information storage and
 retrieval; Information retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line information
 retrieval ; Computerised information retrieval; Searching; Searching;
 Computerised information storage and retrieval; Telecommunications; Data
 transmission
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Telecommunications and Computer systems;
 Evaluation
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmNxNh
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 111
-A-
 8501004 85/1004
-W-
 The National Online Meeting 1984
 Levine, Emil H.
 Bulletin of the American Society for Information Science
 10 (4) Apr 84, 8-9
-Lang-
 Eng.
 National Online Meeting (1984)
 Reports on the 5th National Online Meeting held in New York on 10-12 Apr 84.
 The main emphases in the meeting were on: new products to assist the user;
 the growth of new data bases, particularly the full text variety; and
 library automation
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Information storage and retrieval ;
 Information retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line information retrieval ;
 Computerised information retrieval; Searching; Searching; Computerised
 information storage and retrieval; Conferences
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Conferences; National Online Meeting (1984)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmAg
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 112
-A-
 8500976 85/976
-W-
 Serials cataloging on RLIN: a user's viewpoint
 Graham, Crystal
 Serials Review
 9 (3) Fall 83, 87-91. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Research Libraries Information Network
 Describes the Research Libraries Information Network (RLIN) system as used
 for serials cataloguing. There are 3 methods of record production and 3
 display formats. The serials file contains a large number of titles, not
 only contributed by members, but also garnered from other sources. RLIN
 offers sophisticated search keys enabling the user to search by title,
 personal name, corporate name, subject or number. As with most other
 bibliographic utilities, quality control on RLIN is generally a
 self-policing activity. Notes that system performance has improved. The
 quality of system documentation is probably the user's greatest frustration.
 RLIN is now attempting to provide more adequate documentation. Considers
 RLIN a powerful and effective tool for serials cataloguing
-Desc-
 Periodicals; Technical processes and services ; Information storage and
 retrieval; Information retrieval; Cataloguing; Computerised cataloguing ;
 On-line cataloguing ; Centralised on-line cataloguing
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING; On-line; Centralised; Periodicals; USA; Research Libraries
 Information Network
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: TogsNjrLm
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 113
-A-
 8500975 85/975
-W-
 American library network systems
 Les reseaux de bibliotheques americains
 Villard, Hubert
 Nachrichten Nouvelles Notizie
 59 (2) Mar 83, 93-105
-Lang-
 French
 Discusses US ADP networking in library information work which relates to
 telecommunications technology. Defines the functions of a network as:
 cooperation; dividing resources between several institutions; and the rapid
 exchange of bibliographic information. Discusses the cataloguing-ADP
 relationships with examples of systems like UTLAS (University of Toronto
 Library Automation System), WLN (Washington Library Network), RLIN (Research
 Libraries Information Network) and OCLC (Online Computer Library Center).
 The government networking through FEDLINK is discussed as well as regional
 and state systems like INCOLSA (Indiana), SOLINET (S.E. USA) and N.E.LINET
 (N.E. USA). Identifies editions of COM local catalogues and counselling on
 equipment for small libraries (CLASS in California). Discusses ADP
 exploitation using teletext and videotex, electronic mail, electronic
 publishing, videodiscs at Canada's National Library, MARC, INET and the US
 concept of networking
-Desc-
 U.S.A. ; Canada ; Technical processes and services; Information storage and
 retrieval; Information retrieval; Cataloguing; Computerised cataloguing ;
 On-line cataloguing ; Centralised on-line cataloguing
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING; On-line; Centralised; USA and Canada
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: TogsNjrD73
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 114
-A-
 8500935 85/935
-W-
 The growth of interlibrary loan among ARL university libraries
 Waldhart, Thomas J.
 Journal of Academic Librarianship
 10 (4) Sept 84, 204-208. illus. tables. 10 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Analyses the interloan activities of university libraries in the US
 Association of Research Libraries (ARL) between 1974-74 and 1982-83.
 Concludes that: ARL university libraries have not experienced a significant
 growth in their lending activities; the 1980-81 reduction in lending may
 result from the Online Computer Library Center (OCLC) interloan module
 allowing libraries to gain access to the holdings of more libraries thus
 reducing the demand on ARL libraries; and the significant increase in the
 volume of originals and photocopies borrowed by ARL university libraries in
 1982-83 may explain why ARL university libraries are finding interloan
 activities a growing burden
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Interloans; Cooperatio Acquisitions;
 University libraries
-SectHd-
 INTERLOANS; University libraries; USA
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ScmGdD73
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 115
-A-
 8500811 85/811
-W-
 Transmission of research-library development
 Forskningsformidling-biblioteksudvikling
 Hansen, Steen Stegeager
 Bibliotek 70 (9) 1984, 243-245
-Lang-
 Danish
 Comments on a report on research conditions in Denmark which the Research
 Planning Council handed to the Government on 20 Jan 84. The report, based on
 the view that a larger and better coordinated research effort can help solve
 the country's social problems, suggests that supplementary research grants
 should be available to universities whose normal research budget is often
 tied to declining student numbers. Non-university research institutes should
 be better coordinated by gathering all their grants under one ministry.
 Transmission of research results and methods of retrieval must be improved
 and the necessary means of developing not only use of computer based media
 and modern telecommunication in research libraries, but also traditional
 media must be forthcoming. Research libraries should be given resources for
 covering gaps in the literature provision. The report's part 2 surveys the
 present state of research. The section on external research transmission
 acknowledges the importance of public libraries for transmission of results
 to the wider public
-Desc-
 Denmark; Technical reports; Services; Reader services; Information work
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONTROL; Technical reports; Denmark
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RmLrD489
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 116
-A-
 8500764 85/764
-W-
 Research libraries and automation: Consequences for working conditions
 Forskningsbibliotekerne og edb: Konsekvenser for arbejdsforholdene
 Laursen, Annette
 Bibliotek 70 (9) 1984, 234-236
-Lang-
 Danish
 The Danish Group for Specification of Requirements of Automation in Research
 Libraries was set up in Mar 80 at a meeting where the staff was able to
 ensure that its terms of reference included investigation of consequences of
 introducing automation. But after the project's first phase resulting in a
 report on general effects of automation it was abandoned. A new start has
 been made with the allocation of 1.5 million kr. for 1984-86 for a
 technology evaluation project. It hopes to survey all the consequences of
 using computers in research libraries and will be carried out in 4-6
 selected libraries by groups of staff. Consultants together with the project
 groups will evaluate the results. Argues for strong support for this
 project. Now that introduction of automation is increasingly decentralised,
 the financial burden falls largely on the individual libraries. Analysis of
 the effects becomes important if employees are to retain control of their
 working conditions. As the results are presented at meetings and in reports
 employees will have an opportunity to gain knowledge of the systems on
 offer
-Desc-
 Denmark; Research libraries; Organisation and administration ;
 Administration and organisation ; Data processing; Computers
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERS; Research libraries; Denmark
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: OqEqrD489
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 117
-A-
 8500523 85/523
-W-
 Telecommunications equipment: Even a growth industry can have structural
 problems
 Information Hotline
 15 (6) June 83, 17-22. tables. 2 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 With the world telecommunications equipment market at $40 billion in 1981
 and estimated growing at 8 per annum, both the private sector and the
 telcommunications authorities are keen to expand into this area. The soaring
 cost of R D in basic systems and the proliferation of services and products
 are radically changing the business. There are trends towards separating
 telecommunications from postal services. Standards implemented too early or
 too late either hinder technical advance or allow incompatibility.
 Governments, which have the responsibility of revising regulations and
 procurement practices so that industry development and expansion are
 minimised, should encourage liberalising domestic markets and avoid measures
 which distort or hinder competitive mechanisms. Reprinted from The OECD
 Observer (119)
-Desc-
 Telecommunications; Data transmission
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERS AND TELECOMMUNICATIO; General treatment
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: 181
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 118
-A-
 8500440 85/440
-W-
 OCLC: time for a re-appraisal?
 Outlook on Research Libraries
 6 (5) May 84, 6
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Online Computer Library Center (OCLC)
 Discusses the view that the Online Computer Library Center (OCLC) is in some
 danger of becoming a victim of its own success and importance. OCLC's
 decision to copyright its data base, force home rigorous contracts with
 broken networks and member libraries, raise charges with little
 consultation, and the apparent lack of enthusiasm for national level
 cooperation in network development are all threatening to undermine OCLC's
 relationship with the research library community
-Desc-
 U.S.A. ; Research libraries ; Technical processes and services ; Information
 storage and retrieval; Information retrieval; Cataloguing ; Computerised
 cataloguing; On-line cataloguing; Centralised on-line cataloguing; U.S.A.
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING; On-line; Centralised; USA; Online Computer Library Center;
 Relationship with Research libraries
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: TogsNjrD73Aw
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 119
-A-
 8500426 85/426
-W-
 Copyright policies in ARL libraries. Kit 102
 Washington, D.C., Association of Research Libraries, Systems and Procedures
 Exchange Center, 1984, 98p. bibliog
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Contains 4 university copyright policies; 4 library general policies; 8
 reserve room policies; 4 photocopy guidelines; 3 interloans policies; 7
 media and music reproduction policies; and 4 manuscripts and archives
 policies
-Desc-
 U.S.A. ; Research libraries ; Policies ; Technical processes and services ;
 Copying services ; Photocopying services; Services; Reader services;
 Copyright
-SectHd-
 PHOTOCOPYING SERVICES; Influence of Copyright; Policies; Research libraries;
 USA
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: StAz752
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 120
-A-
 8500425 85/425
-W-
 Copyright: an ACRL resolution
 College Research Libraries News
 45 (5) May 84, 237-238. 3 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Association of College and Research Libraries (USA). Copyright Committee
 The Association of College and Research Libraries (ACRL) Copyright Committee
 resolves that their members need not conform to the guidelines set forth in
 the 1982 lawsuit settlement between New York University (NYU) and 9
 publishers, which the Association of American Publishers has urged other
 colleges and universities to adopt. The NYU guidelines are taken from the
 Agreement on Guidelines for Classroom Copying, which was developed for
 primary and secondary schools, and which ACRL's Copyright Committee sees as
 too limiting for the higher education sector
-Desc-
 Academic libraries ; U.S.A. ; Technical processes and services ; Copying
 services ; Photocopying services; Services; Reader services; Copyright
-SectHd-
 PHOTOCOPYING SERVICES; Influence of Copyright; Academic libraries; USA;
 Viewpoint of Association of College and Research libraries; Copyright
 Committee
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: StAz752
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 121
-A-
 8500421 85/421
-W-
 Circulation software for the IBM System III, System/34 and System/38
 Library Systems Newsletter
 3 (6) June 83, 41-45
-Lang-
 Eng.
 IBM System III
 Whilst restating concern about the suitability of the IBM Series/34
 minicomputer for library automation, reports the results of a recent
 investigation into the availability of software packages. The facilities and
 functions of the Rosemaries Baby package developed by the Grace A. Dowe
 Memorial Library, Midland, Michigan are listed and experiences of libraries
 using the package are briefly reviewed. Packages developed by J. K. Computer
 Systems Inc, Mesa, Arizona, and by East Brunswick Public Library (New
 Jersey) are also briefly reviewed
-Desc-
 Programs (Computers); Minicomputers; Technical processes and services ;
 Circulation ; Services ; Reader services; Circulation control; Computerised
 circulation control
-SectHd-
 CIRCULATION; Circulation control; Computerised; Minicomputers; IBM System
 III; Computer programs
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SixOun
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 122
-A-
 8500404 85/404
-W-
 Electronic mail service in the Pacific Northwest Region
 Schardt, Connie M.
 Bulletin of the Medical Library Association
 71 (4) Oct 83, 437-438. 1 ref
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Washington University Resource Sharing Program; ONTYME 2
 Describes the use of ONTYME 2, TYMNET's electronic mail system, by the
 Resource Sharing Program of Washington University (previously called the
 Pacific Northwest Bibliographic Center) for sending interloans requests to
 libraries within the region. It may also be used to transmit reference
 questions and information or messages
-Desc-
 Electronic mail ; Requests ; Technical processes and services; Interloans;
 Cooperation; Acquisitions
-SectHd-
 INTERLOANS; Requests; Use of Electronic mail; USA; Washington University
 Resource Sharing Program; ONTYME 2
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Scmnx
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 123
-A-
 8500393 85/393
-W-
 Planning the implementation of an integrated on-line acquisitions system
 Baldwin, Paul E.
 Canadian Library Journal
 41 (1) Feb 84, 31-36. tables. 7 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Revision of a paper prepared for the Technical Services Co-ordinating Group
 Workshop 'Impact of automation on technical services: staff and cost
 implications' held on 16 June 83 in Winnipeg. Addresses the problems of
 bringing new systems into libraries where other automated systems are
 already operational, and the political context of the decision-making
 process and how cost data should be presented in particular situations.
 Comments upon the use of cost studies for library automation projects.
 Outlines a case study on how cost data were presented to obtain management
 approval to proceed with the implementation planning for an integrated,
 on-line acquisitions and fund accounting system. The project was undertaken
 by Simon Fraser University library, a member of the British Colombia Library
 Network (BCLN)
-Desc-
 Planning; Technical processes and services; Acquisitions ; Computerised
 acquisitions
-SectHd-
 ACQUISITIONS; Computerised; Planning
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SbOqNbm
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 124
-A-
 8500367 85/367
-W-
 Short story classics
 Elliot, Paula
 College Research Libraries News
 45 (5) May 84, 228-232. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Kansas State University. Farell Library
 For 2 years the Farell Library at Kansas State University has run 'Short
 Story Classics' during July and August, a series of readings of short
 fiction which has attracted weekly audiences up to 40 in number. Reports on
 the process of selecting stories and readers, promotion and publicity, and
 public response to the series. Offers guidelines for the development of such
 a programme at other institutions
-Desc-
 University libraries; Literary activities; Short stories ; Readings ;
 Services ; Reader services ; Use promotion; Cultural activities; Library
 programmes; Programmes; Leisure; Extension work
-SectHd-
 CULTURAL ACTIVITIES; Literary activities; Short story readings; University
 libraries; Kansas State University; Farell library
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Ry
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 125
-A-
 8500359 85/359
-W-
 The development of techniques for transmission of complete texts
 L'evolution des techniques relatives a la transmission de textes complets
 Chauveinc, M.
 Cahiers de la Documentation
 38 (1) 1984, 3-6
-Lang-
 French
 Paper presented at the Belgian Documentation Association's General Assembly
 in Mar 83 surveying the new techniques which have been developed in response
 to the problems of obtaining copies of documents. Microfiche copies are
 relatively cheap but inconvenient for users and facsimile transmission is
 both slow and expensive. The best solutions are offered by the new systems
 of digital transmission: magnetic tape, videotape and videodisc. In addition
 to transmitting copies of documents these techniques offer new possibilites,
 such as videotext and image banks
-Desc-
 Technological innovations; Innovations; Services; Reader services; Document
 delivery; Availability of documents
-SectHd-
 DOCUMENT DELIVERY; Technological innovations
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RxNbo
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 126
-A-
 8500356 85/356
-W-
 Interlending and document supply: a review of recent literature: VI
 Bennett, Richard J.
 Interlending Document Supply
 12 (3) July 84, 95-100. 22 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Firstly interlending statistics from West Germany and France are summarised.
 Secondly papers on interlending of specialist materials (microform,
 audio-visual materials and music) are discussed. Thirdly looks at recent
 applications of new technology: the use of electronic mail for request
 transmission in Canada, 3 experiments with telefacsimile transmission of
 documents in the USA together with a proposal for high-speed telefacsimile
 transmission via satellite in Australia, and the use of microcomputers in
 interlibrary loan departments. A new article delivery service in the USA and
 the demise of the Pacific Northwest Bibliographic Center are reported.
 Finally, the publication of a draft version of guidelines on union
 catalogues of serials is mentioned
-Desc-
 State of the art reviews; Interloans; Services; Reader services; Document
 delivery; Availability of documents
-SectHd-
 DOCUMENT DELIVERY; And Interloans; State of the art reviews
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Rx+ScmAds
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 127
-A-
 8500344 85/344
-W-
 The 'bibliographic' control of microcomputer software
 Rorvig, Mark E.
 Electronic Library
 2 (3) July 84, 183-195. tables. 10 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 There are over 40, 000 microcomputer software packages available in the
 market place today. Explores some normative relationships between
 librarianship and computer software as intellectual works. A practical
 review of 7 software directories is performed. Directory features reviewed
 are indexes, entry composition, subject classifications, and coverage
 overlap
-Desc-
 Programs (Computers) ; Services ; Reader services ; Information work;
 Bibliographical control
-SectHd-
 INFORMATION WORK; Of Computer programs
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Rm
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 128
-A-
 8500084 85/84
-W-
 Trailer library service in Lincolnshire
 Lyle, R.M.
 Service Point (28) Apr 84, 4-5. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Lincolnshire (UK). Public libraries
 Lincolnshire County Council introduced a Trailer Library Service in 1979-80
 to provide services for communities with populations from 1, 500 to 4, 000.
 2 trailers serve 2 urban and 5 rural locations, the longest stop being 3
 days in 1 location. Trailers are 40 feet by 8 feet and hold 6, 000 volumes,
 a small staff kitchen and a flushing toilet. 1 part-time library assistant
 is employed at each location with additional assistance at 2 particularly
 busy stops. Each trailer is supervised by an Area Librarian who is
 responsible for other service points. The busier trailer uses photocharging
 and the other Browne. A contractor moves the trailer from location to
 location in the evening
-Desc-
 Lincolnshire (UK); Public libraries; County libraries; Mobile libraries
-SectHd-
 COUNTY LIBRARIES; Mobile libraries; UK; Lincolnshire
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: FwEqgD1
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 129
-A-
 8406871 84/6871
-W-
 A wider role for videotex in 1984 and beyond
 Communication Technology Impact
 5 (10) Jan 84, 4-8
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Videotex Europe (Conference, 1983)
 Reports on a conference and exhibition, Videotex Europe, held in Amsterdam,
 Nov 83. Notes the development of videotex as a method of presenting computer
 based information for mass access. Notes the growth of office and
 transaction oriented systems, for instance the use of 'smart cards' such as
 those used in Velizy, France. Notes the development of broadcast services,
 especially teletext in the UK. UK Prestel now operates a modified common
 carrier policy encouraging new services with greater vertical integration
 such as Homelink and Micronet 800 to attract new users. Technical
 improvements in user interface focus around equipment communications and
 retrieval. Discusses standards, downloading of telesoftware, and
 cryptography
-Desc-
 International conferences ; Technical processes and services ; Information
 storage and retrieval; Information retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line
 information retrieval; Computerised information retrieval ; Searching ;
 Searching; Computerised information storage and retrieval;
 Telecommunications; Data transmission; Videotex; Conferences
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Telecommunications and Computer systems;
 Videotex; Conferences; International; Videotex Europe (Conference, 1983)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmNxaAg
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 130
-A-
 8406796 84/6796
-W-
 Some pointers on retrospective conversion
 Library Systems Newsletter
 3 (3) Mar 83, 18-23
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Fundamental to any turnkey library automation project is the creation of a
 machine-readable file for loading into the system. The process of building
 this file represents a major effort in terms of both time and money.
 Emphasises that a data base is the most important part of an automated
 library system. Outlines: the steps which are involved in any bibliographic
 file conversion project based on the extraction of records from a resource
 bibliographic file; the problem of how much data to convert; techniques used
 by vendors and libraries to enter information in machine readable form; and
 factors governing costs
-Desc-
 Retrospective conversion; Conversion; Manual catalogues Technical processes
 and services ; Information storage and retrieval; Information retrieval ;
 Physical forms of catalogue; Form of catalogue; Cataloguing; Computerised
 catalogues
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUES BY PHYSICAL FORM; Computerised catalogues; Retrospective
 conversion from Manual catalogues
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Ueg
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 131
-A-
 8406774 84/6774
-W-
 Technical processing of U.S. Government Printing Offices publications:
 issues and prospects
 McClure, Charles R.; Harmon, Coy L.
 Technical Services Quarterly
 1 (1/2) Fall/Winter 83, 177-198. 21 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A review of library literature indicates a continuing concern for the lack
 of access to government publications. Among the many reasons suggested for
 the limited use of documents is the limited technical processing applied to
 documents in various libraries. Examines the historical development of the
 technical processing of documents and briefly reviews the potential
 application of computer-assisted techniques in processing and accessing
 government publications. Following a discussion of the Guelph Document
 System and CODOC as working models of documents control systems, considers
 additional automation strategies and examines such issues as the need to
 catalogue or otherwise process documents, the training of documents
 librarians for on-line processing, the increasing use of microforms in
 documents publications, and the role of equipment and materials vendors in
 the processing of documents. Concludes by discussing prospects for future
 technical processing of documents
-Desc-
 U.S.A.; Government publications; Technical processes and services ;
 Information storage and retrieval; Information retrieval; Cataloguing;
 Computerised cataloguing
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING; Computerised; USA government publications
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: TogKn (73)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 132
-A-
 8406771 84/6771
-W-
 Report of the RLAC Task Force on Cataloging Microform Sets Survey
 Laird, W.David
 Research Libraries In OCLC: A Quarterly (12) Oct 83, 1-3
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Online Computer Library Center (OCLC). Research Library Advisory Committee.
 Task Force on Microform Cataloging
 Report of survey carried out by the Research Library Advisory Committee of
 OCLC's Task Force on Microform Cataloging into cooperative cataloguing of
 microforms. A list of the 70 microform sets most frequently owned, and
 compiled by the ARL Microform Project, together with a questionnaire was
 mailed to 196 libraries in 1983. The purpose was to determine which sets
 would be most desirable to have catalogued title by title. The
 recommendations of the Task Force, based on the results of the survey, are
 presented
-Desc-
 Microforms; Cooperation; Technical processes and service Information storage
 and retrieval; Information retrieval; Cataloguing
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING; Cooperation; Microforms
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ThNccMi
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 133
-A-
 8406754 84/6754
-W-
 Telefacsimile as a mechanism for document delivery in interlibrary loan.
 Part 2
 Reynolds, Dennis
 Action for Libraries
 10 (4) Apr 84, 1-2
-Lang-
 Eng. (Part 2 of a 3 part article. For part 1, see previous abstract).
 In the 80s, the key to improved facsimile transmission has been the
 introduction of digital technology. The replacement of analogue by digital
 equipment has meant that higher transmission speeds, increased reliability,
 improved resolution, and lower costs have been made possible. Practical
 details are given of the application of facsimile transmission to library
 conditions with particular attention to transmission from bound materials
-Desc-
 Facsimile transmission; Technical processes and services Interloans;
 Cooperation; Acquisitions; Document delivery
-SectHd-
 INTERLOANS; Document delivery; Use of Facsimile transmission
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ScmRxAw
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 134
-A-
 8406753 84/6753
-W-
 Telefacsimile as a mechanism for document delivery in interlibrary loan.
 Part 1
 Reynolds, Dennis
 Action for Libraries
 10 (3) Mar 84, 3-4
-Lang-
 Eng. (Part 1 of a 3 part article).
 Computerised systems have played an important part in improving the process
 of interloans. However, a persistent stumbling block has been in the actual
 delivery of requested materials from one location to another. The early use
 of facsimile transmission, by libraries, for interloans is reviewed along
 with some current developments
-Desc-
 Facsimile transmission; Technical processes and services Interloans;
 Cooperation; Acquisitions; Document delivery
-SectHd-
 INTERLOANS; Document delivery; Use of Facsimile transmission
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ScmRxAw
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 135
-A-
 8406699 84/6699
-W-
 Library automation in the year 2000 A.D
 Upham, Lois N.
 Technical Services Quarterly
 1 (1/2) Fall/Winter 83, 73-78. 5 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 An indication is given of some major trends and developments in the area of
 library and information sciences. Library organisation and staffing are
 discussed, as are production and use of various kinds of non-print media.
 Some conjectures are made concerning the cost of electronic information
-Desc-
 Future developments ; Technical processes and services; Computerised
 technical processes and services
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; Computerised; Future developments
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaOqC3
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 136
-A-
 8406698 84/6698
-W-
 Technical services: the decade ahead
 Grarns, Theodore C.W.
 Technical Services Quarterly
 1 (1/2) Fall/Winter 83, 19-23. 9 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Traces the future direction of technical services, and explains that
 automation progress may be slowed by increased costs. Anticipates the
 interconnection of major bilbiographic utilities, access to Library of
 Congress authority files on-line, automated serials control, wide use of
 on-line library catalogues, and a common inquiry language. States that while
 publication formats may change, the book will remain a principal information
 element. Predicts upgrading of clerical staff to handle complex automated
 procedures, and describes related changes in acquisitions, cataloguing, and
 serials. Notes problems posed by curtailment of the individual's access to
 information and the abridgment of his right to privacy
-Desc-
 Future developments ; Technical processes and services; Computerised
 technical processes and services
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; Computerised; Future developments
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaOqC3
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 137
-A-
 8406693 84/6693
-W-
 Maximizing vendor support
 Morrell, Brian
 APLA Bulletin
 47 (4) Jan 84, 4-5
-Lang-
 Eng. (Based on a paper presented at a workshop: Private Files-Choices and
 Implementations: Developing In-House Bibliographic Databases, 9 Dec 83).
 Covers a selection of strategies designed to get the most in terms of
 support from vendors of library automation systems
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Computerised technical processes and
 services
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; Computerised
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaOq
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 138
-A-
 8406559 84/6559
-W-
 An integrated information system
 Sistema kompleksnogo informatsionnogo obespecheniya
 Slobodyanyuk, V.P.; Georgievskaya, K.N.; Kats, R.G.
 Nauchno-Tekhnicheskaya Informatsiya
 Series 1 (4) 1982, 17-18
-Lang-
 Russian
 All-Union Institute of Energy Engineering (USSR). Patent, Licensing and
 Scientific Information Section
 The Patent, Licensing and Scientific Information Section of the All-Union
 Institute of Energy Engineering bases its information service on a library
 of 121, 000 items. Information specialists sift new acquisitions, removing
 secondary data and analysing all new information. A detailed information
 retrieval catalogue is maintained on cards. An SDI service is provided to
 175 specialists and retrospective searches carried out. Since 1979, detailed
 profiles have been maintained for all research projects in progress in the
 institute, and about 6, 750 notifications are sent out annually in the form
 of photocopies of edge-punched cards. The compilation of detailed digests of
 information in particular subject areas is an important part of their work,
 and detailed analyses of information and patent searches is vital for
 preparing patent applications. Close personal contact between information
 scientists and researchers ensures accurate feedback. When each research
 project is completed, a report is submitted on the effectiveness of the
 information services received
-Desc-
 U.S.S.R ; Engineering ; Services ; Reader services; Information work;
 Learned, society and institute libraries
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONTROL; Learned, society and institute libraries;
 Engineering libraries; USSR; All-Union Institute of Energy Engineering;
 Patent, Licensing and Scientific Information Section
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RmHfEr (62)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 139
-A-
 8406514 84/6514
-W-
 New library for Bridgewater
 APLA Bulletin
 48 (1) July 84, 1. illus
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Bridgewater (Nova Scotia). Public library
 The town of Bridgewater, Nova Scotia, renovated an old bank using grants
 from the Canadian government to produce a new library of over 4, 000 sq ft.
 housing 18, 000 volumes and with seating for 40 people. The total cost of
 the building was $282, 485, with the town paying $162, 448
-Desc-
 Bridgewater (Nova Scotia); Organisation and administratio Administration and
 organisation ; Buildings ; Library buildings ; Architecture; Municipal
 libraries
-SectHd-
 BUILDINGS; Municipal libraries; Nova Scotia; Bridgewater
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: QiFxD71
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 140
-A-
 8406426 84/6426
-W-
 The impact of technology on users of academic and research libraries
 Jones, C.L.
 IFLA Journal
 10 (1) 1984, 49-56. 18 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 A review of library-adopted technologies suggests that few have dramatic
 effects upon library users until recently. Most technological innovations
 have focused on improving library operations, which while improving a
 library's performance, has had little impact on how users take advantage of
 libraries. But, with the advent of data base search services and on-line
 catalogues, library users are forced to modify their behaviour in order to
 use these services. However, the effect of technical innovation is not a one
 way street. Users have had their expectations for libraries and
 library-services raised through other experiences-especially experience with
 micro-computers. As users become more technically sophisticated, they make
 more complicated technical demands on libraries
-Desc-
 Academic libraries ; Organisation and administration; Administration and
 organisation; Innovations
-SectHd-
 ORGANISATION AND ADMINISTRATIO; Innovations; Technological; Academic
 libraries
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: Nbogc
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 141
-A-
 8406194 84/6194
-W-
 About an efficient strategy of development
 O skuteczna strategie rozwoju
 Cybulski, Radoslaw
 Bibliotekarz
 48 (5) 1981, 105-109
-Lang-
 Polish
 Polish readers and the general interest in books are dropping at an alarming
 rate and this had repercussions on the cultural devlopment of the country.
 Problems facing the publishing industry are contributing to the situation.
 In the 1970s there were many national conferences on automation in libraries
 and the state system for information SINTO was developed; but modernisation
 has not made any real strides into Polish libraries and Poland lags behind
 the rest of Europe. The building of the new National Library should herald
 the beginning of a new era in Polish librarianship. It is hoped that the
 possibilities for development including new electronic technology will not
 be missed as have been other opportunities in the past
-Desc-
 Future developments; Librarianship; Poland
-SectHd-
 LIBRARIANSHIP; Poland; Future developments
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: AD438C3
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 142
-A-
 8406147 84/6147
-W-
 Using an art data base in an academic library
 Baxter, Paula A.
 Art Documentation
 2 (3-4) Summer 83, 89-90. 11 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 ArtBibliographies Modern; DIALOG
 Describes experiences in using the on-line computer system DIALOG and its 1
 art data base ArtBibliographies Modern, at the State University of New York
 at Purchase. Covers: the search process: evaluation of the search; and
 promotion of the on-line service to undergraduates and staff. Stresses the
 need for the creation of more art data bases, and makes some suggestions for
 improving ArtBibliographies Modern and all future art data bases. These
 include: making some more specific chronological descriptors for historical
 searching purposes; and the creation of explicit user aids to help
 librarians and users construct more effective search strategies
-Desc-
 Fine arts; Technical processes and services; Information storage and
 retrieval; Information retrieval; Subject indexing; On-line information
 retrieval ; Computerised information retrieval; Searching; Searching ;
 Computerised information storage and retrieval; Data bases; Information
 services; Computerised information services; Magnetic tape; External
 magnetic tape information services
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Data bases; Information services; Fine arts;
 ArtBibliographies Modern; DIALOG
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmRnM (7)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 143
-A-
 8406125 84/6125
-W-
 Is the installation of Bildschirmtext feasible for libraries?
 Ist der Einsatz von Bildschirmtext (Btx) in Bibliotheken denkbar?
 Deider, Clemens
 Bibliotheksdienst
 17 (2) 1983, 83-89
-Lang-
 German
 Bildschirmtext
 Bildschirmtext is the viewdata service provided by the West German Federal
 Post Office. It is an open communications network, allowing every subscriber
 direct access to another. It has great potential for library users, giving
 them immediate access to catalogues, locations and availability of stock as
 well as information regarding opening hours and mobile library stops. It can
 link libraries with their suppliers and with each other and can be used to
 supply information from other sources e.g. timetbles, local events. A pilot
 scheme conducted in Ohio showed that teletext was most used for the on-line
 encyclopaedia and secondly for the on-line catalogues of the city and county
 libraries
-Desc-
 West Germany; Public libraries; Technical processes and services ;
 Information storage and retrieval; Information retrieval; Subject indexing;
 On-line information retrieval; Computerised information retrieval ;
 Searching ; Searching; Computerised information storage and retrieval ;
 Telecommunications ; Data transmission; Videotex; Viewdata systems;
 Interactive videotex; Telephone-based videotex
-SectHd-
 COMPUTERISED SUBJECT INDEXING; Telecommunications and Computer systems;
 Videotex; Interactive; Viewdata systems; Public libraries; West Germany;
 Bildschirmtext
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ZmNxabFvD433
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 144
-A-
 8406048 84/6048
-W-
 Original cataloging via microcomputer
 Adler, Elhanan
 Small Computers in Libraries
 3 (5) May 83, 2-3
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Haifa University (Israel). Library; ORICAT
 ORICAT, a means of original cataloguing, is a library automation project at
 the University of Haifa, Israel which supplements the library's Marc based
 cataloguing. The system is based on a Superbrain microcomputer, using the
 CP/M operating system. The system software, written inhouse in Microsoft
 Basic, provides 3 options: input of new cataloguing data; random revision
 and correction, and a mass data test. ORICAT, introduced in 1981, allows
 Hebrew and non-Hebrew input. The Technion, Ben-Gurion University of the
 Negev and Bar-Ilan University have joined the project
-Desc-
 Israel ; Technical processes and services; Information storage and
 retrieval; Information retrieval; Cataloguing; Computerised cataloguing;
 University libraries
-SectHd-
 CATALOGUING; Computerised; University libraries; Israel; Haifa University;
 ORICAT
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: TogGdD56
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 145
-A-
 8406037 84/6037
-W-
 Multidimensional mapping of book circulation in a university library
 McGrath, William F.
 College Research Libraries
 44 (2) Mar 83, 103-115. illus. tables. 21 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Circulated books classified according to academic subject areas and student
 majors were used to determine relative subject similarities in 40 academic
 departments. Multidimensional scaling was used to compute a best-fit
 solution of the similarities in 3 dimensions for undergraduate circulation,
 and 2 dimensions for graduates. Similarity, or distances, between
 departments is shown in 2 dimensional maps. The meaning of the dimensions
 and the tendency of departments to cluster within them is discussed. 5
 principal clusters are strongly apparent: quantitative; social services;
 chemistry and life sciences; humanities; and engineering and earth sciences.
 Implications for collection development and storage are discussed, including
 applications for area bibliography, allocation of the budget to departments,
 organisation of the collection, and on-line retrieval
-Desc-
 Multidimensional mapping; University libraries; Technical processes and
 services; Services; Reader services; Circulation
-SectHd-
 CIRCULATION; University libraries; Use of Multidimensional mapping
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ShcGdAw
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 146
-A-
 8406026 84/6026
-W-
 Telefacsimile in the Pacific Northwest
 De John, William
 Interlending Document Supply
 12 (2) Apr 84, 52-54
-Lang-
 Eng.
 John, W.De
 Since Dec 82 libraries in the Pacific Northwest have been participating in a
 project using facsimile transmission for document delivery. The first part
 of the project involved 7 academic libraries and 3 state library agencies in
 Alaska, Idaho, Montana, Oregon and Washington with an additional participant
 in Utah. Concentrates on that part of the project fully funded by the Alaska
 State Library and designed to improve document delivery to end users in
 Alaska by means of RAPICOM digital facsimile transmission equipment
-Desc-
 Alaska ; Facsimile transmission; Technical processes and services;
 Interloans; Cooperation; Acquisitions; Document delivery
-SectHd-
 INTERLOANS; Document delivery; Use of Facsimile transmission; Alaska
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: ScmRxAw
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 147
-A-
 8405973 84/5973
-W-
 OCLC acquires Avatar Systems, Inc
 Action for Libraries
 10 (2) Feb 84, 1-2
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Avatar Systems Inc. (USA); Online Computer Library Center (OCLC)
 OCLC have announced the acquisition of Avatar Systems, Inc., a library
 automation company involved in development and marketing of standalone,
 turnkey local library systems. Avatar will become a subsidiary of OCLC known
 as OCLC Washington Office
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Computerised technical processes and
 services
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; Computerised; USA; Avatar Systems Inc; and Online
 Computer Library Center (OCLC)
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaOq
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 148
-A-
 8405971 84/5971
-W-
 Predictions
 Berman, Sanford
 Technical Services Quarterly
 1 (1/2) Fall/Winter 83, 61-63
-Lang-
 Eng.
 The deleterious effects of library automation are explored and discussed
-Desc-
 Technical processes and services; Computerised technical processes and
 services
-SectHd-
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORDS; Computerised
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: SaOq
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 149
-A-
 8405954 84/5954
-W-
 The Architectural Periodicals Index-ten years on
 Kamen, Ruth H.
 Art Documentation
 2 (3-4) Summer 83, 93-95. illus. 3 refs
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Architectural Periodicals Index
 Discusses the history and future development of the Architectural
 Periodicals Index (API), compiled by the British Architectural Library of
 the Royal Institute of British Architects. The subject range of API includes
 architecture and allied arts, constructional technology, design and
 environmental studies, landscape, planning, and relevant theory and
 research. It covers about 12, 000 articles per year from the world's
 journals, resulting in about 44, 000 entries. Subject headings are derived
 from 'Architectural Keywords' published by the British Architectural
 Library. Compared with API the architectural coverage of indexing and
 abstracting services in general is exceedingly limited, the only other index
 in the field with which the API can be directly compared being the 'Avery
 Index to Architectural Periodicals'. Mechanisation has greatly increased the
 speed of the service and formats available and future computerisation of the
 British Architectural Library will allow the API to change from a
 periodicals indexing service to something similar to ARIS: Architectural
 Records Information Service
-Desc-
 Services; Reader services ; Information services (Published and distributed
 services); Indexing services; Architecture
-SectHd-
 INDEXING SERVICES; Architecture; Architectural Periodicals Index
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: RsM (72)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 038:061 150
-A-
 8405812 84/5812
-W-
 Under pressure: how can libraries survive and expand?
 Mann, Peter
 Library Association Record
 86 (4) Apr 84, 167
-Lang-
 Eng.
 Analyses 70 replies recieved from chief librarians in the UK to letters
 asking what they felt was likely to be the main problem facing them in the
 management of public libraries in the next 10 years. 3 main problems were
 identified in the following order of importance: the management of resources
 in the face of difficult financial conditions; adapting libraries to the new
 technology; and adapting libraries to a changing pattern of leisure
-Desc-
 Chief libraries; Future developments; U.K; Organisation and administration;
 Administration and organisation; Management; Library administration;
 Administration; Library management; Public libraries
-SectHd-
 ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT; Public libraries; UK; Future developments;
 Viewpoint of Chief librarians
 SECT. HEAD. CODES: NjFvD1C3
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 1
-A-
 86010483 The Sometimes Rocky Marriage Between Marketing and Operations
-W-
 Baggett, David W.
 Credit v12n1 PP: 14-16 Jan/Feb 1986
-ISSN-
 0097-8345
-JrnlCode-
 CRE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Prior to deregulation, most financial institutions possessed a
 function-oriented structure with a bias toward internal departments and
 efficient administration. Now, competition in the consumer finance market
 has led to development of market-oriented operations focusing on external
 departments and satisfaction of market needs. Conflict between marketing and
 operations often results from cross purposes. In successful organizations,
 the chief executive officer, with the participation of senior management,
 works to develop a realistic common objective, defined in qualitative and
 quantitative terms, which is then communicated to all employees. To promote
 cooperation, marketing can: 1. review the market plan with operations prior
 to implementation, 2. inform operations of media timing, and 3. provide
 operations with staff training and cross-selling support. Operations can
 remain open to ideas, motivate staff support for marketing efforts, and
 respect deadlines.
-Desc-
 Financial services; Financial institutions; Banking industry ; Deregulation;
 Relations; Marketing; Operations; Organizational structure
 CLASS. CODES: 2320 (CN=Organizational structure); 8100 (CN=Financial
 services industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 2
-A-
 86010013
-W-
 IBM's Protean Ways
 Jeffery, Brian
 Datamation v32n1 PP: 62-68 Jan 1, 1986
 -CODEN-
 DTMNAT
-ISSN-
 0011-6963
-JrnlCode-
 DAT
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 IBM Corp. is successful time and again despite strategic blunders and
 defiance of the principles of good planning. IBM manages by reacting faster
 than its competitors, both to markets and to its own mistakes. It
 reorganizes more frequently and more radically than its competition. IBM
 uses organizational structure as a tool to achieve a given objective at a
 given time. IBM has developed structures and techniques to make this
 possible. First, IBM is modular; building blocks of expertise can be
 shuffled to meet needs. Second, it uses contention management, which
 involves setting objectives for the divisions that, in some cases, create
 product and marketing overlap. Third, IBM tries to make sure that its units
 have enough clout for the tasks they are assigned. Fourth, the focus of
 IBM's approach to new markets has changed, concentrating resources on
 specific tasks and problems. In addition, IBM adheres to the principle that,
 in any given market, the longer the market has been in existence, the more
 difficult market entry is. Charts.
-Desc-
 Case studies; IBM-Armonk NY; Organizational plans; Corporate reorganization;
 Organizational structure; Lines of business reporting; Corporate management
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 8651 (CN=Computer industry); 2320
 (CN=Organizational structure)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 3
-A-
 86006196
-W-
 A Substantive Test for Sherman Act Plurality: Applications for Professional
 Sports Leagues
 Brock, James L., Jr.
 University of Chicago Law Review v52n4 PP: 999-1031 Fall 1985
 -CODEN-
 UCLRA2
-ISSN-
 0041-9494
-JrnlCode-
 UCL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 33 Pages
 AVAIL.: University of Chicago Law Review, 1111 E. 60th St., Chicago, IL
 60637
 The US Supreme Court decision in Copperweld Corp. versus Independence Tube
 Corp. (1984) adopts a new approach to the plural business conduct issue. The
 Court ruled that a parent and its wholly owned subsidiary must be viewed as
 a single entity for Sherman Act purposes. The Court's decision compels a
 fresh attempt to categorize joint firm conduct as either unilateral or
 concerted. Copperweld is examined, and a new approach is proposed to the
 plurality issue based on the case's reasoning. A brief outline is presented
 of the structure of sports leagues. Current approaches to the plurality
 description of sports leagues are reviewed. It is found that these
 approaches do not survive Copperweld. The proposed plurality test is applied
 to professional sports leagues by examining 3 kinds of league decisions that
 might be challenged on antitrust grounds. References.
-Desc-
 Sherman Antitrust Act 1890-US; Antitrust laws; Litigation; Supreme Court
 decisions-US; Professional sports; Organizational structure; Federal court
 decisions-US; Competition
 CLASS. CODES: 8330 (CN=Broadcasting & telecommunications); 4320
 (CN=Legislation); 4330 (CN=Litigation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 4
-A-
 86005575
-W-
 Thriving Like a Healthy Biotech Culture, Sweden's Pharmacia Is on a Growth
 Path
 Kaza, Juris
 ICC Business World (France) v4n1 PP: 19-20 Jan-Mar 1986
-ISSN-
 0756-4392
-JrnlCode-
 IBW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Sweden's Pharmacia, spurred by the success of its Healon gel, has been
 growing rapidly and changing its organizational structure to accommodate
 expansion. The firm's major strength lies in its tradition of producing
 biologically derived rather than chemically synthesized substances. Healon,
 for example, is derived from roosters' combs; it is used in eye cataract
 surgery. According to Pharmacia President Erik Danielsson, the company has a
 major presence in the US, where he would like to gain a strong position in
 the market for intraocular lenses, and is now moving into Japan. Danielsson
 explains that good communications with the customer necessitated periodic
 company reorganizations and predicts that Pharmacia's growing research
 efforts will further diversify internationally. Spending on research and
 development rose 36% in 1984, to around $50 million. Although Pharmacia has
 a leading role in several fields in global markets, Danielsson conceded that
 the firm faces competition.
-Desc-
 Genetic engineering; Sweden; Case studies; Pharmaceutical industry;
 Corporate growth
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 9170 (CN=Non-US); 8641
 (CN=Pharmaceuticals industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 5
-A-
 86005231
-W-
 Ecology and Society: A Lesson for Organization Theory, from the Logic of
 Economics
 Robins, James A.
 Organization Studies v6n4 PP: 335-348 1985
-ISSN-
 0170-8406
-JrnlCode-
 ORS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 14 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Recent research on organizational ecology has helped to clarify the
 discussion of organization-environment relations by making a precise,
 analytical distinction between the organization and its environment.
 However, the clarity of this distinction also discloses serious problems
 with the population perspective on organizations. Ecology's association with
 evolutionism hinders it in dealing with some of the central issues of
 organizational analysis. Ways in which the precision of ecology may be
 combined with social and economic theories other than evolutionism to
 analyze the organization in its social environment are examined.
 Neoclassical economics functions as a model for the type of theory that can
 be used in place of evolutionism. The underlying axiomatic structure of
 neoclassical economics is examined, and the general logic required to link
 ecological and social theories for organizational analysis is outlined.
 References.
-Desc-
 Organization theory; Organizational; Ecology; Studies; Efficiency;
 Organizational structure; Control
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 6
-A-
 86004356
-W-
 Standing Firm on Shaky Ground -- How to Guide Your Organization Through a
 Transition
 Shortell, Stephen M.; Mickus, Raymond F.
 Healthcare Forum v29n1 PP: 55-58 Jan/Feb 1986
 -CODEN-
 HOFOA6
-ISSN-
 0018-5663
-JrnlCode-
 HPF
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Recent trends in health care (such as increased competition and fiscal
 restraints) are forcing many hospitals to reverse their major orientations.
 This is likely to involve major changes in structure, strategy, and
 management practices. The principle underlying any effective strategy for
 the management of transitions is that a health care organization is a system
 of interdependencies, not merely an isolated part. Accordingly, they should
 develop collaborative arrangements with different organizations. New
 services and markets should be continuously under development. Transitions
 almost always cause structural changes within an organization. They may also
 cause reevaluation of the organization's values, goals, and expectations.
 With proper direction, ambiguity, uncertainty, and conflict can be converted
 into direct, positive energy. In the course of this effort, hospital
 policymakers must learn to take prudent risks and (sometimes) make bold
 decisions. Charts.
-Desc-
 Hospitals; Trends; Changes; Transitions; Strategy; Organizational structure;
 Organizational behavior; Reorganization
 CLASS. CODES: 8320 (CN=Health care industry); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior); 2320 (CN=Organizational structure)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 7
-A-
 86003859
-W-
 Revamping Organizations Through Cultural Intervention
 Vrakking, Willem J.
 Jrnl of Mgmt Consulting (Netherlands) v2n3 PP: 10-16 1985
-ISSN-
 0168-7778
-JrnlCode-
 JCS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Organizations that are not experiencing a crisis but are inefficient or
 ineffective may benefit from a program of cultural intervention. The
 organizational culture consists of a coherent system of values that is
 shared by members in some degree. Cultural intervention begins by diagnosing
 this culture. Other steps in the process include: 1. discussing with the top
 management notions about the culture, 2. emphasizing and building on the
 organization's strong points, 3. implementing an imaginative action plan, 4.
 immediately making any easily achieved changes, and 5. evaluating actual
 modifications in functioning. Cultural intervention also can begin by
 introducing normative exemplary behavior by other organizations. This method
 involves: 1. the bottom level learning to influence the top level, 2. groups
 receiving training together with their leader, and 3. an equilibrium between
 cooperation and competition. Tables. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Organizational structure; Corporate culture; Influence; Organizational;
 Design; Organizational change
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 2320 (CN=Organizational
 structure)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 8
-A-
 86003548
-W-
 Company Relocation: The Search for Pastures New
 Nash, Tom
 Chief Executive (UK) PP: 48-52 Nov 1985
 -CODEN-
 CEMODL
-ISSN-
 0140-8543
-JrnlCode-
 CEX
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Companies relocate for a variety of reasons, such as problems with space or
 inadequate facilities, endemic labor problems, or geographical shifts in
 markets. Company relocation is a complex undertaking and should be attempted
 only after a thorough self-analysis comparing the aspects of the current
 location with those of the proposed site. It is essential to establish an
 organizational structure to handle the tasks involved, including: 1. a
 steering committee to provide guidance on policy matters, 2. a small team to
 conduct initial feasibility studies until a course of action is selected,
 and 3. a project manager with overall responsibility for the day-to-day
 implementation of the relocation. Steps in relocation involve a search for
 and evaluation of locations, the selection of premises, the planning and
 execution of the actual move, and the consideration of existing and new
 staff.
-Desc-
 UK; Site selection; Relocation of industry; Location analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 9170 (CN=Non-US); 2310 (CN=Planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 9
-A-
 86001456
-W-
 Strategic Alternatives in Emerging Industries
 Macdonald, Roderick J.
 Jrnl of Product Innovation Mgmt v2n3 PP: 158-169 Sep 1985
 -CODEN-
 JPIMDD
-ISSN-
 0737-6782
-JrnlCode-
 JPI
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 12 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The implicit strategy embodied in a firm's day-to-day behavior determines
 its success in an emerging industry. A conceptual model is provided to show
 a firm's strategic relationships and to suggest how the strategic posture of
 a company develops. The model draws on literature and previous studies, but
 it remains heuristic since it is not based on an extensive and systematic
 empirical study. The model is applicable to new high-technology firms in
 emerging industries. Launching such a business poses a particular challenge
 regarding both the analysis of the wide range of vague data available on the
 future industry and the opportunity for triggering historical events that
 eventually define the industry structure. Options for meeting this challenge
 can shape the organizational processes and strategic management of the firm.
 These processes include: 1. entering an industry that is naturally
 fragmented or otherwise affording niches, 2. developing expertise in
 conjecture for the timely entry/exit in pioneering a series of industries,
 and 3. anticipating the evolution of industry competition. Tables. Graphs.
 References.
-Desc-
 High technology; Industries; Strategic planning; Start up; Companies;
 Organizational structure; Markets; Characteristics; Market strategy;
 Options
 CLASS. CODES: 2310 (CN=Planning); 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoreti- cal); 7000
 (CN=Marketing)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 10
-A-
 86000057
-W-
 Europe on $150 a Square Foot
 Heery, George T.
 Corporate Design & Realty v4n9 PP: 96-98 Nov 1985
-ISSN-
 8750-8206
-JrnlCode-
 CRD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 US businesses that plan to build or renovate office or plant space in Europe
 should be aware of the problems, higher costs, and delays that often occur.
 Each country has its own rules, regulations, and building profession
 organizational structure. The design and construction of buildings in Europe
 do not conform to the type of budgets and schedules commonly used in the US.
 In the UK, design and construction practices are unfamiliar to US
 businesses. In addition, higher costs and the lack of competition present
 problems to US firms. Labor productivity is lower in the UK, and
 professional services are fragmented. To overcome these problems, a
 centralized, integrated management approach is recommended. Also, projects
 that will preserve the facade and structural shell of an existing building
 may win approval more easily.
-Desc-
 Multinational corporations; Europe; UK; Facilities planning Design; Offices;
 Modifications; Renovations
 CLASS. CODES: 9170 (CN=Non-US); 9510 (CN=Multinational corporations); 5110
 (CN=Office management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 11
-A-
 85039452
-W-
 Organizational Acclimatization: An Analysis of the Selective Service System
 Bowman, Ann O'M.; Snyder, William P.
 Public Administration Qtrly v9n2 PP: 141-162 Summer 1985
-ISSN-
 0734-9149
-JrnlCode-
 SRP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 22 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Policy fluctuations have prompted organizational adjustments by the US
 Selective Service System (SSS) since its creation in the 1940s, and an
 examination shows that the agency faltered at some critical stress points,
 such as agency mission, leadership dimension, interagency relations, and
 agency adjustment capability. These pressure points contributed to the SSS'
 inability to defeat the opposition. The stages the SSS moved through
 include: 1. health, 2. declivity, 3. degeneration, 4. moribundity, and 5.
 resuscitation. Low morale was paradoxically accompanied by high efficiency
 during the 3rd and 4th stages, and the notion of mission as ideology was at
 work throughout both. While public agencies flourish in anonymity, threats
 to an agency are not just a matter of unpopularity. This agency's experience
 indicates that agency decline will result when organizational
 insufficiencies combine with an eroding policy climate. However, the SSS may
 represent an appropriate organizational form for the current fluid policy
 climate. Graphs. References.
-Desc-
 Military; Recruitment; Public policy; Trends; Government agencies;
 Organizational change; Organizational structure
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 12
-A-
 85038042
-W-
 On the Docket: Minuet in Maine
 Meadows, Laura
 Forbes v136n13 PP: 208 Nov 18, 1985
 -CODEN-
 FORBA5
-ISSN-
 0015-6914
-JrnlCode-
 FBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Mutual life insurance companies have trouble diversifying to counter
 increasing competition because they have no common stock. Union Mutual Life
 Insurance Co. (Portland, Maine) filed for conversion to a stock company in
 January 1985 but has had conflicts with Theodore T. Briggs, Maine's
 superintendent of insurance. Union Mutual wanted to give policyholders a
 choice between stock with a value equal to their share in the company's
 statutory surplus, or cash equal to half their share. However, Briggs had
 Maine change its law to require cash equal to 100% of policyholders' share.
 In addition, determining what constitutes a ''fair and equitable''
 demutualization and what price to set on new equity issues can be difficult.
 One solution is to give policyholders the right to cash out only at
 negligible amounts and prohibit new equity issues by the insurers for a
 while.
-Desc-
 Insurance industry; Case studies; Mutual life insurance companies;
 Organizational structure; Conversion; Corporate reorganization; State laws;
 Regulations
 CLASS. CODES: 8210 (CN=Life & health insurance); 9110 (CN=Company specific);
 4310 (CN=Regulation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 13
-A-
 85037994
-W-
 Manifesto of Excellence, Good Service Squelches DP Mediocracy
 Page-Jones, Meilir
 Data Mgmt v23n11 PP: 36-40 Nov 1985
 -CODEN-
 DTAMBZ
-ISSN-
 0148-5431
-JrnlCode-
 DMG
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Many data processing departments are ''mediocracies, '' or organizations in
 which the mediocre prevails. The 2 main causes are employee cliques working
 for their own good and the tendency of employees to advance through
 denigrating others. The primary causes of a mediocracy leading to these
 features are: 1. absence of well-defined objectives for the organization, 2.
 weakness of the formal organization, 3. employee competition for
 advancement, 4. departmental problems limiting ability of employees to
 perform well, and 5. the tendency to self-perpetuate. Those at a low level
 in the organization have little chance of affecting change and may find it
 best to resign. Those at the middle level can set a good example, but
 without allies, may be ineffective. Those at the top of the organization may
 be able to break down the mediocracy by setting a good example, but
 traditional superficial remedies should be avoided. Diagrams.
-Desc-
 Management; Skills; Problems; Guidelines; In house; Competition;
 Organizational structure
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior); 6500 (CN=Employee problems); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 14
-A-
 85037856
-W-
 Industry Cleans House
 Ehrlich, Elizabeth
 Business Week n2920 (Industrial/Technology Edition) PP: 32-33 Nov 11, 1985
 -CODEN-
 BUWEA3
-ISSN-
 0007-7135
-JrnlCode-
 BWE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Surplus capacity, low product prices, and foreign competition are partially
 responsible for a current wave of write-offs by US corporations. Corporate
 aftertax write-offs reached over $4.8 billion on discontinued operations
 alone so far this year. Companies are cutting back not as a strategy for
 growth, but as a means of managing decline. Monsanto Co., for example, plans
 to write off some $559 million in assets to cover the costs of closing
 chemical facilities and funding an early retirement program. Some write-offs
 represent a change in corporate strategy; a recent $142-million charge by
 TRW Inc. followed a decision to get out of industrial products and aircraft
 components. Write-offs can mean the removal of a nonperforming asset that
 may result in lower depreciation charges and improved future earnings.
 Restructuring can also discourage corporate raiders looking for bargains and
 a return on their assets. Tables.
-Desc-
 Corporate reorganization; Divestiture; Writeoffs; Manyindustries;
 Manycompanies; Organizational structure
 CLASS. CODES: 2320 (CN=Organizational structure)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 15
-A-
 85037351
-W-
 Strategic Management in an Enacted World
 Smircich, Linda; Stubbart, Charles
 Academy of Mgmt Review v10n4 PP: 724-736 Oct 1985
-ISSN-
 0363-7425
-JrnlCode-
 AMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 13 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A key debate within organization theory and strategic management is the
 issue of whether environments are objective or perceptual phenomena. A 3rd
 view is presented: environments are enacted through the social construction
 and interaction processes of organized actors. Three implications of the
 enacted environment concept for strategic management theory and practice are
 explored: 1. the abandonment of the prescription that organizations should
 adapt to their environments, 2. the rethinking of constraints, threats, and
 opportunities, and 3. the management of meaning as the primary role of
 strategic managers. It is contended that a strategic analyst should guide
 the strategic practitioner toward critical self-examination. The analysis
 presented guides the field of strategic management toward a critical
 examination of one of its major assumptions -- the nature of the
 organization-environment relationship. In both cases, success should be
 measured in terms of issues raised, not in terms of issues settled.
 References.
-Desc-
 Organization theory; Strategic management; Environment; Impacts
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 16
-A-
 85036755
-W-
 John Young's New Jogging Shoes
 Wiegner, Kathleen K.
 Forbes v136n12 PP: 42-44 Nov 4, 1985
 -CODEN-
 FORBA5
-ISSN-
 0015-6914
-JrnlCode-
 FBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Hewlett-Packard (HP), a major participant in the mid-size computer market,
 faces several challenges. HP (Palo Alto, California), with expected revenues
 of about $6.6 billion this year, faces strong competition. Moreover, chief
 executive John Young's attempts to reorganize the firm could depress the
 informality and risk-taking spirit that have made HP exceptional. However,
 Young believes the company's organizational structure must be centralized to
 meet the new demands of the computer market. Young has consolidated HP's
 computer division and instrument division. In addition, he is implementing a
 company-wide marketing effort. The firm plans to launch its Spectrum program
 next year to produce reduced instruction set computer products. HP also has
 a new group specializing in computer integrated manufacturing products for
 factory automation. Also, HP will begin developing computer-aided design,
 engineering, and manufacturing software.
-Desc-
 Hewlett Packard-Palo Alto Calif; Case studies; Computer industry;
 Competition; Business conditions; Corporate culture; Earnings per share;
 Stock prices; Corporate reorganization
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 8651 (CN=Computer industry); 3400
 (CN=Investment analysis); 2320 (CN=Organizational structure)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 17
-A-
 85035126
-W-
 The Government Securities Market: Playing Field for Repos
 Syron, Richard; Tschinkel, Sheila L.
 Economic Review (Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta) v70n8 PP: 10-19 Sep 1985
-JrnlCode-
 ECR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 10 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Repurchase agreements are important transactions in the US government
 securities market, which has grown considerably in recent years because of
 the rapid rise in Treasury debt. The market is characterized by a lack of
 comprehensive regulation, which has encouraged quick entry by many types of
 firms, keen competition, and unusual innovation. There are 5 broad
 categories of participants in the government securities market: 1. the US
 Treasury Department, 2. the Federal Reserve System, 3. primary securities
 dealers, 4. other dealers, and 5. a variety of investors. Government
 securities dealers perform 3 interrelated services: 1. They make markets for
 customers and offer information, analysis, and advice. 2. They maintain an
 inventory of securities. 3. They manage their positions in an attempt to
 profit from interest rate swings. The way a government securities operation
 fits into a company's overall organizational structure determines whether
 the operation is subject to the oversight and capital rules of the
 Securities & Exchange Commission. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Government securities; Capital markets; Repurchase; Agreements; Secondary
 markets; Treasury Dept-US; Federal Reserve System-US Brokers; Regulation
 CLASS. CODES: 8130 (CN=Investment services); 9550 (CN=Public sector); 4310
 (CN=Regulation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 18
-A-
 85035015
-W-
 John Young Speaks Out on HP's 'RISC': An Interview
 Wilder, Clinton; Frederick, Sharon
 Computerworld v19n40 PP: 15 Oct 7, 1985
 -CODEN-
 CMPWAB
-ISSN-
 0010-4841
-JrnlCode-
 COW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In a recent interview, John A. Young, president of Hewlett-Packard Co. (HP),
 said the firm is using the concept of Reduced Instruction Set Computing
 (RISC) technology to solve the problem of different architectures in various
 products. RISC is part of a long-term program called Spectrum that will
 cause basic changes in HP's organizational structure. Vectra, the new IBM
 Personal Computer AT-compatible product from HP, follows in the company's
 tradition of premium quality at a competitive price. The current computer
 slump is, to Young, more of an electronics slump, since all of HP's
 businesses have been equally affected. The biggest challenge facing the US
 in the area of world competition is developing a way to manage the process
 of international trade. HP's own products are selling well in Japan. HP did
 not join the Microelectronics and Computer Technology Corp. research
 consortium because to do so would have meant losing much competitive
 differentiation.
-Desc-
 Hewlett Packard-Palo Alto Calif; Computer industry; Case studies; R&D;
 Design
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 8651 (CN=Computer industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 19
-A-
 85034518
-W-
 Freedom of Information Changes the Rules
 Bradford, J. Allyn
 Jrnl of Mgmt Consulting (Netherlands) v2n1 PP: 26-31 Winter 1984/1985
-ISSN-
 0168-7778
-JrnlCode-
 JCS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The growing importance of information has substantially altered the
 structure of power within organizations. Networking structures linking
 organizational information centers are replacing traditional authority
 structures based on hierarchical position for organizational decision making
 and problem solving. Management consultants will no longer be required to
 simply provide recommendations to top management. Instead, they must develop
 a problem-solving climate in which it is acceptable to have problems and to
 expect help with them, and that encourages the organization to define its
 problems and institutionalize its own problem-solving process. Consultants
 will need to develop the subtle arts of in-depth listening (to understand
 the essence of a problem) and constructive responding (to define useful and
 promising aspects of what has been heard). Through use of these 2 skills,
 trust and communications between managers and their teams can be enhanced,
 thus improving their ability to deal with future problem situations.
 References.
-Desc-
 Organizational structure; Organizational behavior; Management consultants;
 Skills; Problem solving
 CLASS. CODES: 8310 (CN=Consultants not elsewhere classified); 2500
 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 20
-A-
 85032491
-W-
 Exit Barriers and Vertical Integration
 Harrigan, Kathryn Rudie
 Academy of Mgmt Jrnl v28n3 PP: 686-697 Sep 1985
 -CODEN-
 AMJOD6
-ISSN-
 0001-4273
-JrnlCode-
 AMA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 12 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 When firms are trapped in an industry by exit barriers, destructive
 competition and diminished profits result. Mobility barriers can prevent
 firms from changing their strategic postures so as to serve new customers.
 Questions concerning exit and mobility barriers are brought together with
 those concerning vertical integration strategies - the in-house production
 of goods and services that could be purchased from outsiders - to determine
 whether and when vertical integration represents an exit barrier. The
 analysis uses a sample of 192 strategic business units (SBU) from 16
 industries. Results indicate that a high degree of internal transfers from
 upstream sister SBUs raises the heights of exit barriers, and that exit
 barriers will be higher for firms participating in many stages of vertically
 related processing than for firms that are not. Firms can lower exit
 barriers by limiting the degree, stages, and percentage of ownership that
 characterize their vertical relationships. Tables. Equations. References.
-Desc-
 Exits; Barriers; Vertical integration; Studies; Models; Strategic business
 units; Organizational structure
 CLASS. CODES: 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical); 2320 (CN=Organizational
 structure)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 21
-A-
 85032480
-W-
 Strategic Goals, Perceived Uncertainty, and Economic Performance in Volatile
 Environments
 Bourgeois, L. J., III
 Academy of Mgmt Jrnl v28n3 PP: 548-573 Sep 1985
 -CODEN-
 AMJOD6
-ISSN-
 0001-4273
-JrnlCode-
 AMA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 26 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The normative strategic management literature holds that strategists should
 make decisions based on accurate assessments of their external environments,
 while the empirical organization theory literature assumes that high levels
 of perceived uncertainty hurt performance. Examination is made of the
 relationship between top management perceptions of uncertainty, corporate
 goal structures, and industry volatility in explaining economic performance
 in 20 firms. In particular, taking an approach between the 2 research
 traditions, coalignment is examined from the viewpoint of top management
 teams, with external environment treated as an objectively measured,
 industry attribute. Results indicate that attempts to avoid true
 environmental uncertainty and to seek high levels of goal congruence may be
 dysfunctional. Until strategy making can be brought into the laboratory,
 relationships inferred from data will have to suffice as bases for models of
 aspects of the strategy-making or coalignment process. Tables. Charts.
 Graphs. References.
-Desc-
 Studies; Strategic management; Environmental scanning; Executives; Decision
 making; Perceptions; Attitudes; Statistical analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 2310 (CN=Planning); 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoreti- cal)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 22
-A-
 85031536
-W-
 Flexibility and Integration at the Workplace
 Cross, Michael
 Employee Relations (UK) v7n1 PP: 3-7 1985
 -CODEN-
 EMREDQ
-ISSN-
 0142-5455
-JrnlCode-
 EMP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: MCB Publications Ltd., 198/200 Keighley Rd., Bradford, W. Yorkshire,
 England BD9 4JQ
 A number of companies in the UK are embarking on long-term programs of
 restructuring to: 1. increase the cost-effective use of human resources, 2.
 strengthen site and business identity, and 3. generally improve the quality
 of working life and employee relations. The need for such changes is the
 result of both economic and technical factors, such as increased competition
 and the increasing complexity of operational processes. The steps taken by
 companies in search of more flexible human resource arrangements include: 1.
 reduction in the numbers employed in all trades, 2. encouragement of core
 trades to form mechanical and electrical/instrument craft jobs through a
 series of productivity/flexibility agreements, 3. the combination of
 production and front-line maintenance resources under a common
 management/supervisory structure, and 4. further integration of these
 resources through the development of multidiscipline/multirole craftspeople.
 These trends will affect education and training, unions, employers, and
 contractors. Tables. Diagrams. References.
-Desc-
 Economic conditions; Technological change; Organizational structure;
 Corporate culture; Management styles; Human resources; Contract labor;
 Personnel management
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 6100 (CN=Human resource
 planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 23
-A-
 85031367
-W-
 Restructuring Organizations for Improved Productivity: A Case in Point
 Nienstedt, Phil; Wintermantel, Richard
 Personnel v62n8 PP: 34-40 Aug 1985
 -CODEN-
 PSNLAH
-ISSN-
 0031-5702
-JrnlCode-
 PER
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 It is thought that lean, flexible organizations are better able to keep up
 with trends, develop new ideas, and make the decisions needed in today's
 worldwide competitive environment. Motorola Inc. (Schaumburg, Illinois), one
 of the fastest-growing firms in the electronics category, asked its
 organization and human resources professionals to identify opportunities for
 shrinking the organizational structure to gain competitive advantage. Human
 resource managers at Motorola developed a simple process management used to
 reduce managerial layers and widen spans of control. The process involved:
 1. obtaining data, 2. analysis, 3. discussion, 4. goals negotiation, and 5.
 implementation and tracking. Top management support was an integral element
 in the successful implementation of the process. A computerized system was
 used to keep track of current information on spans and layers, to determine
 the precise improvements realized, and to access data to establish future
 goals. The program has realized significant annual savings, as well as other
 benefits. Charts.
-Desc-
 Case studies; Electronics industry; Motorola-Schaumburg Ill Organizational
 structure; Corporate reorganization; Efficiency
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 8650 (CN=Electrical & electronics
 industries); 2320 (CN=Organizational structure)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 24
-A-
 85030898
-W-
 Today's FIA: Voice of the Industry
 Anonymous
 Futures: The Magazine of Commodities & Options Special Issue PP: 16, 18
 1985
 -CODEN-
 CMMOD9
-ISSN-
 0279-5590
-JrnlCode-
 CMM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The nonprofit Futures Industry Association (FIA) today represents over 100
 futures commission merchant members, about 150 associate members, and about
 20 international members. The FIA's objectives are to: 1. provide a voice
 for the industry, 2. preserve the freedom and competition of futures
 markets, 3. protect public participants through high standards of integrity
 and conduct, 4. increase world awareness of the roles and benefits of
 futures trading, 5. monitor legislation and regulation and represent the
 industry, 6. compile market statistics and other information for public use,
 and 7. develop educational materials and training programs on futures
 trading. The FIA grew out of the Association of Commodity Exchange Firms,
 and it now has 7 divisions to act as board advisers: 1. operations, 2. law
 and compliance, 3. options and new products, 4. research, and 5. training
 and sales development. The last 2 divisions are the Chicago and Kansas City
 chapters, which represent FIA locally. There are also 2 board advisory
 members, the International Committee and the UK Committee, which are trying
 to extend FIA services outside the US.
-Desc-
 Associations; Brokerage industry; Case studies; History; Organizational
 structure
 CLASS. CODES: 9540 (CN=Nonprofit institutions); 9110 (CN=Company specific);
 9180 (CN=International); 8130 (CN=Investment services)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 25
-A-
 85030013
-W-
 A National Survey Study of Bank Services and Prices Arrayed by Size and
 Structure
 Rose, Peter S.; Kolari, James W.; Riener, Kenneth W.
 Jrnl of Bank Research v16n2 PP: 72-85 Summer 1985
-ISSN-
 0021-9215
-JrnlCode-
 JBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 14 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 This study investigates the theory that bank service offerings, pricing
 policies, organizational goals, and portfolio composition are significantly
 influenced by bank size and organizational structure. A questionnaire was
 mailed to a stratified, random sample of 2, 751 banks; 498 responses were
 usable. The results indicate that both bank size and organizational
 structure are important, statistically and economically, in influencing
 service offerings and prices. As banks expand into larger size groups,
 branch, or are acquired by holding companies, service offerings tend to
 expand, higher average thrift deposit rates are paid, and high
 representative loan rates are charged. Smaller, independent institutions
 concentrate more resources on basic transactions services and less on
 savings and credit programs. Demand and competition act together to
 stimulate more service offerings and more responsive pricing. Overall, the
 results indicate that large banks and those acquired by multiple-office
 organizations expand services, price more explicitly and aggressively, and
 are more oriented toward growth and profitability as key managerial
 objectives. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Bank services; Prices; Size; Organizational structure; Deregulation;
 Competition; Questionnaires; Fees; Interest rates; Banking industry
 CLASS. CODES: 8120 (CN=Retail banking)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 26
-A-
 85029998
-W-
 Why Companies Must Reorganize in the Age of Global Products
 Ohmae, Kenichi
 International Mgmt (UK) v40n9 (Europe Edition) PP: 117 Sep 1985
 -CODEN-
 ITMGAT
-ISSN-
 0020-7888
-JrnlCode-
 IMG
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Because of the growing number of products they are selling worldwide,
 multinational companies have begun to restructure and reassign
 responsibilities at the local, regional, and corporate levels. Increasingly,
 successful firms aim for a maximum number of commonalities in design, then
 try to be responsive to local tastes. In addition to the traditional
 multinational organization (heavily centralized) and the multilocal
 (primarily automonous), a 3rd type of organization, the multiregional, is
 emerging in response to the need for true economy of scale and competitive
 cost advantage. Multiregional companies may be the next logical step in the
 evolution of multinationals because they allow headquarters to exploit
 growing commonalities between regions while remaining responsive to
 differences in each market. Today, global products demand a more consistent
 and coordinated worldwide operation. Headquarters must provide that as well
 as the stimulus for identifying emerging technologies, products, and
 competition. A further role for global headquarters is to make room for
 future divisions within the corporation.
-Desc-
 Corporate reorganization; Multinational corporations; Organizational
 structure; Formal organization
 CLASS. CODES: 9510 (CN=Multinational corporations); 2320 (CN=Organizational
 structure)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 27
-A-
 85029471
-W-
 New York: The Fiscal Rebirth of the Big Apple
 Strugatch, Warren
 FE: The Magazine for Financial Executives v1n8 PP: 24-29 Aug 1985
 -CODEN-
 FIEXAW
-ISSN-
 0015-1998
-JrnlCode-
 FEX
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Ten years ago this fall, New York City leaders were engaged in an effort to
 convince the federal government of the city's impending bankruptcy. In
 return for its help, the government insisted that New York adopt generally
 accepted accounting principles. The move required only 6 years; by 1981 the
 city was being audited according to these accounting principles. The
 $16-million Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS) played a major
 role in the city's revival. Recording transactions on integrated databases,
 IFMS provides New York with budget, accounting, and payroll functions. The
 system identifies responsibility in line agencies and relates allocations
 and expenditures to organizational structure. Since the crisis, the
 relationship between the mayor and investors has become a critical issue.
 Besides financial controls, Edward Koch's administration has created a
 favorable economic climate. In April 1985, Koch refinanced its federally
 guaranteed debt, and there is now talk of disbanding some of 1975's
 mechanisms, such as the Financial Control Board.
-Desc-
 Cities; Financial management; MIS (MAN); Local government; Case studies;
 Budgeting; Financial planning; Refinancing; New York
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector); 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management);
 9110 (CN=Company specific); 5240 (CN=Software & systems)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 28
-A-
 85029426
-W-
 Analytical Models of Competition with Implications for Marketing: Issues,
 Findings, and Outlook
 Eliashberg, Jehoshua; Chatterjee, Rabikar
 Jrnl of Marketing Research v22n3 PP: 237-261 Aug 1985
 -CODEN-
 JMKRAE
-ISSN-
 0022-2437
-JrnlCode-
 JMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 25 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Marketing managers increasingly are recognizing the need to analyze
 competition in formulating strategic marketing plans. The present paper
 develops a marketing framework for competitive analysis and applies the
 framework in a review of a sample of analytical models of competition from
 the economics, management science, and marketing science literature. Models
 are reviewed in 3 groups, including: 1. deterministic models of competition
 among incumbent firms, subdivided according to the marketing variables they
 incorporate, 2. deterministic models of competitive entry, and 3. models of
 decision making under uncertainty. The major marketing implications of the
 models are summarized as a set of propositions for empirical testing.
 Finally, recommendations are made regarding future modeling efforts that
 will better cover marketing decision areas, such as: 1. development of
 dynamic models of multiple competitor entries, 2. marketing mix impacts on
 competition, 3. product line/segmentation decisions, and 4. organizational
 structure/distribution decisions. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Marketing; Competition; Models; Market strategy; Oligopoly; Supply & demand;
 Quality; Pricing; Marketing mixes; Decision making; Organizational
 structure; Hypotheses
 CLASS. CODES: 7000 (CN=Marketing); 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoret- ical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 29
-A-
 85028603
-W-
 Designing High Commitment - High Performance Organizations
 Huczynski, Andrzej A.
 Technovation (Netherlands) v3n2 PP: 111-118 Jun 1985
-ISSN-
 0166-4972
-JrnlCode-
 TCH
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Market competition and new technology render the continued use of the
 bureaucratic-scientific form of organizational design untenable. A basic
 review of company organization must consider the company as a sociotechnical
 system and as such will focus upon: 1. jobs and roles and their
 relationships, 2. the mechanisms for sharing goals and values, 3. the nature
 of communication and authority channels, 4. career, reward, and assessment
 schemes, and 5. norm setting and justice mechanisms. The goal is to create
 an innovative organization in which all employees can effectively perform a
 challenging role. A high commitment-high performance organization structure
 follows 3 key principles of organization: 1. The product or service is at
 the core of the organization. 2. The people who know most about the product
 or service are the employees on the spot, and it is they who are in the best
 position to manage it. 3. The employees need to understand the overall goals
 of the organization. The organizational design for high commitment-high
 performance can be visualized in 3 different models: autonomous work group,
 intrapreneurial group, and subcontracting group. References.
-Desc-
 Organizational structure; Design; Organizational behavior; Models
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 2320 (CN=Organizational
 structure)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 30
-A-
 85025600
-W-
 Increasing Trust Improves Productivity
 Dwivedi, R. S.
 Long Range Planning (UK) v18n3 PP: 82-90 Jun 1985
 -CODEN-
 LRPJA4
-ISSN-
 0024-6301
-JrnlCode-
 LRP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Management by trust (MBT) is a dynamic system that is based on definable,
 measurable, and developable units of trusting behavior involving the
 achievement of effective performance through optimization of organizational
 structure and processes, assimilation of conflicts, and integration of
 goals. Application of MBT at 2 plants in India is discussed: 1. A printing
 press has grown steadily, largely because of managerial concern and care for
 human resources and constant efforts to develop and maintain a climate
 marked by a high level of trust and confidence in the light of continuous
 research results. 2. A paper coating plant was characterized by fluctuations
 in trusting-distrusting relationships at different levels. Surveys were
 taken at each plant following implementation of MBT. Levels of trust
 increased while levels of distrust decreased. In addition, both plants
 experienced a substantially improved financial position. Tables. Charts.
 Graphs. References.
-Desc-
 Productivity; Management styles; Theory Y; Organizational structure;
 Organization development
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 31
-A-
 85024451
-W-
 Changing Management Trends in Atlantic Canada
 Sears, John T.
 Business Qtrly (Canada) v50n1 PP: 99-101 Spring 1985
 -CODEN-
 BUQUAL
-ISSN-
 0007-6996
-JrnlCode-
 BSQ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Changing management trends are starting to appear in Atlantic Canada.
 Sensitivity to marketing issues has increased as managers recognize the
 major shift to a buyer's market. Consequently, they are placing a higher
 priority on the marketing function and are paying more attention to
 merchandising and sales promotion. Firms that have survived the pressures of
 the recession, high interest rates, and competition are downsizing and
 retrenching across a broad spectrum of activities. This has resulted in a
 consolidation of responsibility and accountability. Firms are placing more
 emphasis on the financial dimensions of decisions. Also, the financial
 decisions are being made at higher levels in the organizational structure.
 Other trends include: 1. increased verbal recognition of the importance of
 human resources management, 2. increased emphasis on planning in general,
 and 3. recognition of the needs of employees and customers.
-Desc-
 Canada; Atlantic; Business conditions; Trends; Regions; Mining industry
 CLASS. CODES: 9170 (CN=Non-US); 8500 (CN=Extractive industries)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 32
-A-
 85023589
-W-
 Strong Medicine for General Nutrition
 Rothman, Matt; Dobrzynski, Judith H.
 Business Week n2902 (Industrial/Technology Edition) PP: 57-58 Jul 8, 1985
 -CODEN-
 BUWEA3
-ISSN-
 0007-7135
-JrnlCode-
 BWE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In 1984, General Nutrition Inc. (GNC), a company with a myriad of problems,
 had a 55% drop in earnings to $11 million. Problems include: 1. a grand jury
 indictment of 5 employees for misrepresentation, 2. an antitrust suit that
 cost the company $3.5 million, 3. an additional suit that could cost the
 company $27 million, 4. competition from mass merchandisers, and 5. a
 leveling in vitamin consumption. Chief executive Jerry D. Horn, who was
 installed after a power struggle and a firing, plans a new design that will
 assist in upgrading the company's image. Emphasis will be placed on
 specialty foods, and the number of GNC labels on vitamins will be cut from 7
 to 2 or 3. GNC is hoping to carve a niche in the market as an authority on
 health and nutrition. Horn's priorities include: 1. the formation of an
 organizational structure, and 2. better relations with the Food and Drug
 Administration.
-Desc-
 Case studies; Food processing industry; Vitamins; Nutrition Market strategy;
 Marketing; Litigation; False advertising; Pharmaceutical industry
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 8610 (CN=Food processing
 industry); 8641 (CN=Pharmaceuticals industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 33
-A-
 85022633
-W-
 Social Power Bases of Marketing Executives: The Relationship with
 Organizational Climate
 McDaniel, Stephen W.; Futrell, Charles M.; Parasuraman, A.
 Jrnl of Business Research v13n1 PP: 77-85 Feb 1985
 -CODEN-
 JBRED4
-ISSN-
 0148-2963
-JrnlCode-
 JBU
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A mail questionnaire survey of 343 marketing executives is reported. The
 association between organizational climate and social power of the
 executives is investigated. An attempt is made to determine whether certain
 conditions in the organizational environment are more conducive than others
 to a marketing executive's holding one social power base rather than
 another. Data were collected from a questionnaire mailed to 1, 637 marketing
 managers, with a response rate of 32.4%. The findings indicate that the 3
 desirable power bases - expert, referrent, and legitimate - are correlated
 with the 4 organizational climate dimensions considered - reward
 orientation, personnel policies, management by objectives orientation, and
 status orientation. These results tend to support the conventional wisdom of
 emphasizing these organizational climate attitudes. The undesirable power
 base of coercive power was correlated with none of these organizational
 climate dimensions. Recommendations for top executives are presented.
 Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Marketing; Executives; Power; Organization theory; Social research;
 Correlation analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 7000 (CN=Marketing); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 34
-A-
 85021103
-W-
 'Intrepreneuring': New-Age Fiefdoms for Big Business?
 Lee, Chris; Zemke, Ron
 Training v22n2 PP: 27-41 Feb 1985
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-5892
-JrnlCode-
 TBI
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 11 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Intrapreneuring - entrepreneuring within an established company - is
 corporate America's latest management scheme to awaken achievement,
 initiative, and innovation in the ranks. Intrapreneurs are those who know
 how to manipulate their organizations to meet their needs to do something
 different. Critics say that there are many inhibitions to entrepreneuring in
 a large company and that true entrepreneurs aren't ever likely to be found
 in large organizations. Still, there are a few corporations that openly
 nourish intracorporate entrepreneurship. Their chances of success are
 proportional to the degree to which the intrepreneurs can move out from
 under the corporate hierarchy and answer to management only in terms of
 bottom line results. Strategies an organization can follow to create a
 climate of entrepreneurship are: 1. Recognize that bureaucracy and hierarchy
 are not conducive to innovation. 2. Intrapreneurs' managers should be
 coaches and mentors, not authority figures. 3. Managers of intrapreneurs
 should be willing to tie compensation to results.
-Desc-
 Innovations; Product development; Entrepreneurs; Small business; Big
 business; Decentralization; Corporate culture; Guidelines; Organizational
 structure; Opinions
 CLASS. CODES: 2320 (CN=Organizational structure); 7500 (CN=Product planning
 & development); 9150 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 35
-A-
 85019006
-W-
 The Strategic Management of Canadian Multinationals: The Pulp and Paper
 Industry
 Rugman, Alan M.
 Multinational Business (UK) n1 PP: 18-26 1985
-ISSN-
 0300-3922
-JrnlCode-
 MTN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: Economist Intelligence Unit Ltd., 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY
 10019 or 27 St. James's Pl., London, England SW1A 1NT
 In a world of increasing global competition, the relatively small, open
 trading nation of Canada survives by having its own multinationals (MNC).
 The main advantage of the Canadian MNCs is that they have competitive
 strengths based on the national resources of the nation. In addition,
 Canadian MNCs have chosen to service foreign markets by subsidiary
 production rather than by other means of entry. The 4 largest Canadian pulp
 and paper firms are also MNCs. These are: 1. MacMillan Bloedel, 2.
 Abitibi-Price, 3. Domtar, 4. Consolidated-Bathurst. The success of these 4
 firms is largely based on their ability to control and manage Canada's
 timber resources, but it is also due to their development of manufacturing
 and marketing expertise. Vertical integration has helped internalize
 resource advantages, and diversification has helped the MNCs compete.
 Decentralized organizations, global competitive strategies, and product
 specialization are important characteristics all 4 MNCs possess. Finally,
 government protection, influence, and assistance are effective barriers to
 foreign rivals and provide financial and political power. References.
-Desc-
 Canada; Multinational corporations; Strategic management; International
 trade; Trade barriers; Diversification; Organizational structure
 CLASS. CODES: 9170 (CN=Non-US); 9510 (CN=Multinational corporations); 1300
 (CN=International trade & foreign investment); 2320 (CN=Organizational
 structure)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 36
-A-
 85019000
-W-
 Restructuring Accounting Firms for Better Client Service
 Gordon, Judith R.; Corsini, Louis S.; Fetters, Michael L.
 Sloan Mgmt Review v26n3 PP: 43-55 Spring 1985
 -CODEN-
 SMRVAO
-ISSN-
 0019-848X
-JrnlCode-
 SMZ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 13 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Accounting firms have implemented variations of 3 structural prototypes: 1.
 the functional structure, 2. project management, and 3. matrix design. An
 integrated structure, which has many of the advantages of a matrix
 structure, has characteristics that include: 1. flexible grouping of
 individuals, 2. market-oriented grouping of individuals, 3. decentralization
 of decision making, and 4. grouping across divisions. Interviews with a
 sample of managers and partners in 2 Big Eight accounting firms showed that
 the audit, tax, and management services operate with little prespecified
 interaction and coordination with other divisions. Factors that influence
 the extent and type of integration include: 1. the firm's strategy regarding
 industry specialization, market segmentation, and technical expertise, 2.
 the modus operandi of the office partner in charge, 3. office size, and 4.
 client requirements. The success of a firm in moving to a more integrated
 structure depends on the ability of and support provided for the audit
 manager and the nature of the interactions between audit, tax, and
 management services. Tables. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Accounting firms; Competition; Customer services; Organizational structure;
 Changes
 CLASS. CODES: 4110 (CN=Accounting firms & accountants); 2320
 (CN=Organizational structure)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 37
-A-
 85018018
-W-
 Planning for a Rapidly Changing Environment in SAS
 Stiwenius, Olle
 Long Range Planning (UK) v18n2 PP: 22-29 Apr 1985
 -CODEN-
 LRPJA4
-ISSN-
 0024-6301
-JrnlCode-
 LRP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 For a long time, Scandinavian Airlines (SAS) operated in a steadily
 expanding market very much protected by international airline agreements.
 Profitability was maintained by generally economizing and reciprocally
 dividing the markets. However, rising energy prices, price wars, declining
 demand, and liberalization of air-transport competition placed SAS in a
 loss-making position. It became clear that the competitive environment
 demanded a completely new corporate philosophy. The new objective was to
 adapt to market preferences, that is, to become attractive to passengers by
 meeting their demands. To monitor consumer tastes, increased emphasis was
 placed on feedback from ''front-line'' employees. This basic change
 necessitated a reorganization that achieved the greatest possible market
 contact and the greatest possible delegation of responsibility and authority
 to the front-line. Efforts were made to become a more market-oriented
 company, offering customers those services for which they were prepared to
 pay. To lower costs, the initiative was taken to decentralize managers
 closer to the market. The corporate culture changed as well, such that the
 customer is the center where opportunities are created for individual
 initiative. Charts. Graphs. Diagrams.
-Desc-
 Sweden; Airlines; Airline industry; Case studies; Organizational structure;
 Decentralization; Corporate culture; Strategic management; Strategic
 planning; Turnaround management
 CLASS. CODES: 8350 (CN=Transportation industry); 9110 (CN=Company specific);
 9170 (CN=Non-US); 2310 (CN=Planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 38
-A-
 85016406
-W-
 Redefining the Boundary Spanning-Environment Relationship
 Schwab, Robert C.; Ungson, Gerardo R.; Brown, Warren B.
 Jrnl of Mgmt v11n1 PP: 75-86 Spring 1985
 -CODEN-
 JOMADO
-ISSN-
 0149-2063
-JrnlCode-
 JOM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 12 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A study was done to determine whether boundary spanning is related to
 structural variables (size, industry, function, level, or perceived
 influence) or environmental changes. The wood products industry and
 high-technology industry were chosen for the study. The wood products
 industry is a mature stable industry, while the high-technology electronics
 industry is growing and innovative. The sample consisted of 379 people from
 36 companies whose primary role is to deal with the external environment
 (unions, distributors, competitors, etc.). Boundary spanning activities were
 split into acquiring and distributing transactions. There was a significant
 positive correlation between boundary spanning and environmental variables.
 Environmental predictability, control, and importance were the best measures
 of the relationship. No relationship was found between boundary spanning and
 hierarchical level. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Boundary spanning; Environmental accounting; Studies; Organizational
 behavior; Statistical analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 39
-A-
 85016357
-W-
 Managing New Ideas
 Dugas, Christine
 Ad Forum v6n4 PP: 34-38 Apr 1985
-ISSN-
 0274-6328
-JrnlCode-
 ADF
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 According to a study by Booz-Allen & Hamilton Inc., only 10% of all new
 products introduced between 1977 and 1981 were truly innovative. A major
 problem is a business' management climate that may fail to create conditions
 conducive to creative product development. Four contributing factors are: 1.
 the rapid turnover of marketing personnel, 2. the isolation from one another
 of research and development (R&D) and marketing units, 3. reward systems
 that inhibit risk taking, and 4. lack of contact between senior management
 personnel and members of the product development and marketing units.
 Several steps can be taken to create an environment supportive of innovative
 product development, including: 1. providing free time for R&D personnel to
 work on their own projects, 2. upgrading R&D personnel, 3. creating venture
 groups - small teams with representatives from each of a company's
 disciplines, 4. permitting access to senior managers for product development
 staff members, and 5. offering reward incentives for development of original
 products. Graphs.
-Desc-
 Product development; R&D; Innovations; Marketing management Corporate
 culture; Organizational structure; Manycompanies; Opinions
 CLASS. CODES: 5400 (CN=Research & development); 7500 (CN=Product planning &
 development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 40
-A-
 85015830
-W-
 Companies Need to Establish Climate That Fosters Innovation
 Greenwald, Ruth
 Industrial Engineering v17n4 PP: 10-12 Apr 1985
 -CODEN-
 IDLEB9
-ISSN-
 0019-8234
-JrnlCode-
 INE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Three conditions are necessary for companies to establish an innovative
 climate. The first is a structure that is neither too unstructured nor too
 rigid, both of which stifle innovation. A structure that does not provide
 adequate guidelines causes confusion and waste, whereas a bureaucratic
 structure resists change. The 2nd condition is that the organization provide
 a supportive culture in which innovative successes (or failures) are not met
 with hostility. Innovative ideas are risky but the company cannot force the
 innovative employee to ''play it safe, '' and this kind of supportive
 culture takes time to develop. The 3rd part of an innovative climate is if
 the organization holds the innovator responsible for not only new ideas but
 their implementation. Organizations should not encourage the idea that
 thinkers are not doers. Thinkers should also have contact with customers to
 get a first-hand view of users' needs. The successful companies of the
 future will provide innovative climates with appropriate structures, a
 supportive culture, and action oriented employees. References.
-Desc-
 Organizational behavior; Corporate culture; Creative; Innovations;
 Organizational structure; Implementations
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 5400 (CN=Research &
 development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 41
-A-
 85015813
-W-
 CEO Perspectives on Mission, Healthcare Systems, and the Environment
 Sussman, Gerald E.
 Hospital & Health Services Administration v30n2 PP: 21-34 Mar/Apr 1985
-ISSN-
 0364-4553
-JrnlCode-
 HHS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 14 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Interviews were conducted with chief executive officers (CEO) of major
 hospital systems to examine the changing mission, environmental demands, and
 organizational structures of healthcare corporations from the CEO's
 perspective. Moving to a corporate structure and competition were encouraged
 in the 1960s by the entry into the health care field of major proprietary
 chains. Thomas Frist, Jr., president of Hospital Corp. of America (HCA), is
 determined that HCA will become bigger and more innovative. The CEO and
 chairman of the board of American Medical International (AMI), Royce Diener,
 has a strong background in data processing and overseas finance. His
 leadership has led AMI to become the 2nd-largest proprietary system in the
 US. All of the hospital systems surveyed emphasize developing and recruiting
 management talent, an area where larger systems have an advantage. Hospital
 leaders must constantly be defining new markets based on new products and
 technology, opportunity, and population changes. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Health care industry; Multiple; Hospitals; Management; Chief executive
 officer; Surveys; Organizational structure
 CLASS. CODES: 8320 (CN=Health care industry); 2120 (CN=Chief executive
 officer)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 42
-A-
 85014548
-W-
 Equitable Expands Its Investment Horizons: Acquisitions Remain
 Independent/Real Estate Shifts Direction
 Derven, Ronald; Crighton, Kathleen N.
 Pension World v21n4 PP: 25-31 Apr 1985
 -CODEN-
 PEWODA
-ISSN-
 0098-1753
-JrnlCode-
 PWN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Because of new competition and the changing nature of the marketplace,
 obtaining and maintaining a substantial share of the pension investment
 business will be more difficult in future years. The Equitable Life
 Assurance Society of the US (about $50 billion-plus in pension assets)
 believes it has found a way to expand while keeping its entrepreneurial
 spirit. Equitable wants to be a strong, long-term investor, able to meet
 both customer and market needs at a high level. To accomplish this, it has
 gone through considerable reorganization, breaking out its businesses into
 an insurance complex, a distribution complex, and an investment complex and
 holding company. Each group has total independence and autonomy. Equitable
 Real Estate Investment Management buys existing real estate, joins with
 developers in creating new real estate, and also develops some real estate
 in-house on its own. Table. Chart.
-Desc-
 Equitable Life Assurance-New York; Insurance industry; Pension funds; Case
 studies; Investments; Investment advisors; Investment companies; Corporate
 reorganization; Subsidiaries; Organizational structure ; Managers;
 Competition; Market strategy; Holding companies; Real estate
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 8210 (CN=Life & health insurance);
 2320 (CN=Organizational structure); 8130 (CN=Investment services); 3600
 (CN=Pension fund management); 8360 (CN=Real estate)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 43
-A-
 85014536
-W-
 Moving to Prevention: An Industry in Transition
 Hoffer, Phillip
 Quality Progress v18n4 PP: 24-26 Apr 1985
 -CODEN-
 QUPRB3
-ISSN-
 0033-524X
-JrnlCode-
 QPR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The US automotive industry is in a state of transition. It has been forced
 by worldwide competition to examine its operating philosophies and systems
 and make changes to survive and prosper. Such changes are particularly
 apparent in the industry's approach to quality. Instead of depending on
 internal quality standards, automakers and their suppliers are concentrating
 on meeting customers' needs. Quality efforts today are focused on defect
 prevention. Adapting to a defect-prevention/continuous improvement mode of
 operation requires a company to make changes in organizational structure,
 technology, systems, and management styles. The defect-prevention process
 involves customer needs and expectations, continuous improvement, reduction
 of variation, and partnership relationships. Charts.
-Desc-
 Automobile industry; Quality control; Defects; Prevention; Systems
 CLASS. CODES: 8680 (CN=Transportation equipment industry); 5320 (CN=Quality
 control)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 44
-A-
 85013473
-W-
 Organization and Human Resource Professionals in Transition
 Sears, L. N., Jr.
 Human Resource Mgmt v23n4 PP: 409-421 Winter 1984
-ISSN-
 0090-4848
-JrnlCode-
 HRM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 13 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A critical issue confronting business management in the 1980s is how to
 successfully manage organizations and human resource concerns at a time of
 rapid changes in markets, products, technology, and competition.
 Organization and human resource (O&HR) professionals need to develop a more
 holistic approach and multifunctional orientation to their activities. Four
 factors mandate the new O&HR role: 1. business strategy, 2. firm
 performance, 3. firm capabilities, and 4. the external environment. The O&HR
 professional will be required to be much more and do much more in the
 future. The change will require new skills, such as: 1. business
 skills/knowledge, 2. human resource skills/knowledge, 3. self-awareness, 4.
 communication skills, and 5. planning skills. Understanding on the part of
 line management regarding the new O&HR role is also essential. An
 involvement in and an understanding of business strategy is a prerequisite
 for heightening the contribution of the human resource function. Likewise,
 human resource issues must be factored into and addressed by business plans
 and managers. The experience at General Electric Co. illustrates the newly
 evolving role of the O&HR professional. Tables. Diagrams. References.
-Desc-
 Personnel management; Human resources; Management; Trends; Organizational
 structure; Roles; Strategic management
 CLASS. CODES: 6100 (CN=Human resource planning); 2320 (CN=Organizational
 structure); 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 45
-A-
 85012953
-W-
 Toward an Integrative Framework of Organizational Control
 Flamholtz, Eric G.; Das, T. K.; Tsui, Anne S.
 Accounting, Organizations & Society (UK) v10n1 PP: 35-50 1985
 -CODEN-
 AOSOPB
-ISSN-
 0361-3682
-JrnlCode-
 AOS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 16 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 An integrative organizational control model is developed that synthesizes
 certain contributions of the administrative management school,
 organizational sociologists, and organizational psychologists. The nature of
 the concept of organizational control is first reviewed. The model is
 composed of a core control system embedded in the context of organizational
 structure, organizational culture, and the external environment. Control is
 defined as efforts by the firm to increase the likelihood that individuals
 will act in ways that will result in the achievement of organizational
 objectives. Control of work behavior is attained by 4 core control
 mechanisms: 1. planning, 2. measurement, 3. feedback, and 4.
 evaluation-reward. Propositions for each core control mechanism are
 presented, relating its effect to work behaviors and outcomes. The way in
 which the contextual factors operate as control mechanisms on work behavior
 is examined, and directions for future research are suggested. Together, the
 model and the propositions constitute the basis for an integrative framework
 of organizational control. Diagrams. References.
-Desc-
 Organizational; Control; Models; Control systems; Planning; Organizational
 behavior; Organizational structure
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 46
-A-
 85007483
-W-
 How Parker Pen Is Writing Its Way Out of the Red Ink
 Anonymous
 International Mgmt (UK) v40n2 (Europe) PP: 27-35 Feb 1985
 -CODEN-
 ITMGAT
-ISSN-
 0020-7888
-JrnlCode-
 IMG
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 James Peterson, former R. J. Reynolds executive and ex-president of the
 Pillsbury Co., took over as president of the Parker Pen Co. 3 years ago. At
 that time the international writing instrument group, with marketing
 operations in 154 countries, had consistently shown profit margins of 20% or
 better. Manpower Temporary Services, the world's largest temporary employee
 service, had just helped give Parker the best earnings years in its history.
 After only 3 months on the job, Peterson saw both dollar and unit sales
 decline until the following year, when Parker recorded its first overall
 loss in recent memory. In the following 18 months, Peterson reduced the
 company's product line from 500 to fewer than 100 items, closed or reduced
 10 or 18 production facilities, completely modernized key plants,
 {_cut world staff by one-third, peeled off 3 layers of management, and
 replaced half the executives in the writing-instrument group. Peterson
 discarded the tradition of decentralization, which had evolved to take into
 account the needs of different markets, for the centralization of such
 functions as consumer and market research and advertising. Tables. Graphs.
-Desc-
 Parker Pen-Janesville Wis; Corporate management; Organizational change;
 Revenue; Profits; Competition; Losses; Chief executive officer;
 Centralization; Market strategy; Sales; Organizational structure; Market
 positioning; Case studies; Consumer goods
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 7000 (CN=Marketing); 2120
 (CN=Chief executive officer); 2320 (CN=Organizational structure)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 47
-A-
 85007388
-W-
 All the Right Moves
 Cloninger, Kriss; Skidmore, Si
 Management Focus v32n1 PP: 28-30 Jan/Feb 1985
-JrnlCode-
 MFP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In today's business environment, insurers must be able to market services
 effectively, improve productivity, and control expenses. To do this,
 management can conduct a systematic productivity analysis to identify
 functions and activities that can be eliminated and to determine how
 organizational structures can be improved. Several computer programs are
 available to help with this analysis. The first step in the analysis is to
 collect and analyze information about the organizational structure. Then,
 conduct interviews with key managers. Computer programs can assess a variety
 of data, including: 1. activity priority reports, 2. work distribution
 reports, 3. work fragmentation reports, 4. profiles to analyze employees'
 responsibilities, and 5. and analysis of the corporate structure. These
 reports help identify areas where productivity can be improved. The analysis
 also requires that performance targets and benchmarks be devised to measure
 progress. Tables.
-Desc-
 Insurance companies; Financial services; Competition; Strategic planning;
 Methods; Productivity; Improvements; Reports
 CLASS. CODES: 8200 (CN=Insurance industry); 2310 (CN=Planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 48
-A-
 85007009
-W-
 Defensive Action Needed to Protect Industrial Market Share
 Anonymous
 Marketing News v19n3 PP: 16-17 Feb 1, 1985
 -CODEN-
 MKNWAT
-ISSN-
 0025-3790
-JrnlCode-
 MNW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 According to John R. Rhode, a vice-president at Combustion Engineering Inc.
 (Stamford, Connecticut), a company should begin to defend its market
 position as soon as it enters the market. At the Conference Board's 1984
 Marketing Conference, Rhode stressed that defensive tactics should be
 determined by an assessment of the competition's goals and strategies, its
 commitment to reach those goals, and the maturity of the market. A
 distinction should be made between cost-related pricing, which provides a
 normal margin over costs, and customer value-related pricing, which offers
 customers an economic incentive to switch from previous products. Continual
 efforts to understand customer problems are important. The best strategy,
 particularly for innovators and early market entrants, is to incorporate a
 unique feature of the firm's organizational structure that is difficult for
 competitors to imitate.
-Desc-
 Industrial; Marketing; Market positioning; Market shares; Competition;
 Protective; Strategy
 CLASS. CODES: 8600 (CN=Manufacturing industries not elsewhere classified);
 7000 (CN=Marketing)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 49
-A-
 85006602
-W-
 Banking 1984: Planning for Survival
 Freedman, Eugene M.
 Vital Speeches v51n7 PP: 199-202 Jan 15, 1985
 -CODEN-
 VISPAG
-ISSN-
 0042-742X
-JrnlCode-
 VSP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A revolution is changing the financial services and the banking industry in
 the US. Community banking can use its unique qualities and special
 relationship with customers to maintain its position in the community and to
 gain a competitive advantage. Even though the competition has created an
 unstructured, risk-taking, entrepreneurial, and aggressive environment,
 community bankers can work to better the foundation of their success. A
 community bank can implement a successful, long-range strategic plan that
 includes: 1. defining market segmentation, 2. establishing a product and
 service strategy, 3. deciding on the best way to deliver products and
 services, 4. redefining operations and systems support, 5. accurately
 pricing services, 6. establishing a strategic relationship with another
 organization to support the services offered to customers, 7. advertising
 and communicating, 8. having the right marketing structure, 9. having an
 overall organizational structure that will work, and 10. setting up adequate
 compensation plans.
-Desc-
 Banking industry; Trends; Financial services; Strategic planning; Market
 planning; Customer services; Bank services
 CLASS. CODES: 8100 (CN=Financial services industry); 2310 (CN=Planning);
 7000 (CN=Marketing)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 50
-A-
 85006575
-W-
 A Grim Fairy Tale of Government Regulations
 Koch, Leonard J.
 Public Utilities Fortnightly v115n2 PP: 18-23 Jan 24, 1985
 -CODEN-
 PUFNAV
-ISSN-
 0033-3808
-JrnlCode-
 PUF
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 6 Pages
 AVAIL.: Public Utilities Reports, Inc., Rosslyn Center Bldg., Suite 2100,
 1700 Moore St., Arlington, VA 22209
 Through its regulation of the nuclear power industry, the US government has
 developed extensive regulatory experience, which can be applied to other
 major activities conducted in the US. The experience is especially
 applicable to large, high-technology industries whose operations present
 some perceived risk to the personal safety of the public. Such experience
 suggests that the regulation of the aircraft industry could be increased
 significantly. For example, the organizational structure of the Nuclear
 Regulatory Commission could be applied to the aircraft industry in the form
 of an Aircraft Regulatory Commission, licensing process, and public
 hearings. Expanded regulation of the aircraft industry could be enhanced by
 the news media and by congressional legislation. In regulating any industry,
 including the nuclear industry, care must be taken to implement regulations
 that allow for effective competition. Government regulations have nearly
 destroyed the nuclear industry, but Congress can change this.
-Desc-
 Nuclear power plants; Regulation; Aircraft industry; Regulated industries;
 US Congress
 CLASS. CODES: 8340 (CN=Electric, water & gas utilities); 8680
 (CN=Transportation equipment industry); 4310 (CN=Regulation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 51
-A-
 85005998
-W-
 Faster Reshuffles: Why Data Companies Restructure Management
 Strauss, Paul R.
 Data Communications v13n14 PP: 71-78 Dec 1984
 -CODEN-
 DACODM
-ISSN-
 0363-6399
-JrnlCode-
 DCM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Data communications companies are changing more than most other firms
 because their industry must adjust to: 1. evolving technologies, 2. new
 customer awareness, 3. tougher competition, and 4. the breakup of the Bell
 System. IBM has been reducing the number of its semi-autonomous product
 groups called Independent Business Units. Most general corporate structures
 continue to use the old pyramid structure, whereby the chief executive is on
 top, senior managers are the next step down, and department managers are on
 the next lower level. The reason General Electric failed in the early 1950s
 in computers was that it had tried to impose a functional structure on an
 organization that needed to be streamlined and responsive. MCI's overhaul of
 its MCI Telecommunications subsidiary represents one of the most effective
 structural changes this year. According to Robert J. Cymbala, vice-president
 of the management consulting firm Booz Allen & Hamilton, a restructure that
 puts the instruments and computers specialists together without extensive
 retraining will pose a difficult problem. AT&T Information Systems'
 structure had the same salesforce selling public branch exchanges,
 computers, and specialized products. Its latest structure has received high
 marks. Charts.
-Desc-
 Organizational structure; Communications industry; Data communications;
 Corporate reorganization; Trends
 CLASS. CODES: 8330 (CN=Broadcasting & telecommunications); 2320
 (CN=Organizational structure)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 52
-A-
 85004833
-W-
 The Effects of Full-Time Versus Part-Time Employment Status on Attitudes
 Toward Specific Organizational Characteristics and Overall Job Satisfaction
 Eberhardt, Bruce J.; Shani, Abraham B.
 Academy of Mgmt Jrnl v27n4 PP: 893-900 Dec 1984
 -CODEN-
 AMJOD6
-ISSN-
 0001-4273
-JrnlCode-
 AMA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The attitudes of part-time employees toward specific organizational
 characteristics and their feelings of overall job satisfaction are compared
 with those of full-time employees. Questionnaires were filled out by 250
 employees of an 80-bed medical rehabilitation hospital. The major part of
 the survey consists of items from the Litwin and Stringer (1968) climate
 questionnaire. Subject attitudes toward 3 group processes (Myers, 1979) are
 also determined: 1. trust, 2. coopation, and
-Desc-
 Office automation; Total system (DP); Systems management; Integrated;
 Systems; Communications
 CLASS. CODES: 5240 (CN=Software & systems); 5210 (CN=Office automation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 53
-A-
 84031167
-W-
 Making Planning Work
 Shapiro, Robert D.
 Jrnl of the American Society of CLU v38n5 PP: 96-98 Sep 1984
-ISSN-
 0007-8573
-JrnlCode-
 CLU
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Strategic planning frequently fails because of: 1. overemphasis on the
 planning process, 2. inappropriate organizational structure, 3. inconsistent
 financial performance measurement systems, and 4. ineffective development of
 a mission statement. Some tips for developing an effective strategic plan
 are: 1. Establish a proper planning environment. 2. Confirm the mission
 statement. 3. Describe the internal and external environment and analyze
 strengths and weaknesses. 4. Establish long-term objectives. 5. Develop
 strategies for such areas as marketing, finance, and human resources. 6.
 Establish short-term goals and plans. 7. Design strategy implementation
 plans. Companies should consider strategic planning as a forum for resolving
 both current and future critical issues. Chart.
-Desc-
 Life insurance companies; Strategic; Planning; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 8210 (CN=Life & health insurance); 2310 (CN=Planning); 9150
 (CN=Guidelines)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 54
-A-
 84030146
-W-
 The Psychology of Corporation: How Identity Influences Business
 Ackerman, Laurence D.
 Jrnl of Business Strategy v5n1 PP: 56-65 Summer 1984
 -CODEN-
 JBSTDK
-ISSN-
 0275-6668
-JrnlCode-
 JST
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 10 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Understanding a corporation's identity improves strategic decision making
 and provides an awareness of what causes specific behaviors that result in
 corporate culture. Four trends have led management to the realization that
 they can use corporate identity as a way of better understanding and
 planning their businesses. These trends are: 1. an increase in both
 individualism and teamwork, 2. automation, 3. the reformulation of business
 and industry as a result of the changing environment, and 4. the
 internationalization of business. The experience of Curtis Publishing and
 The Saturday Evening Post shows how corporate identity influences goals and
 strategies. When The Post strayed from its basic identity, the magazine's
 status declined. Decision-making style and organizational structure provide
 clues as to how management views the corporation and what kind of identity
 results. There are several sources to help determine identity, including
 communications, internal documents, and public records. Analyzing the data
 provided by these sources will help in the evaluation and development of
 policies and plans that maximize the strength and influence of corporate
 identity. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Corporate identity; Impacts; Roles; Automation; International; Competition;
 Corporate management
 CLASS. CODES: 2420 (CN=Image)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 55
-A-
 84027586
-W-
 Toward an Appreciation of Collective Strategy
 Astley, W. Graham
 Academy of Mgmt Review v9n3 PP: 526-535 Jul 1984
-ISSN-
 0363-7425
-JrnlCode-
 AMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 10 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The area of business policy has variously characterized the job of managing
 organization-environment relations as: 1. responding to exogenous
 environmental threats and opportunities, 2. negotiating resource
 interdependencies with outside stakeholders, and 3. strategically
 maneuvering in relation to competitors in industrial arenas. An alternative
 method of characterizing the task of managing organization-environment
 relations is proposed that centers on the concept of collective strategy:
 the joint formulation of policy and implementation of action by the members
 of interorganizational collectivities. Business policy must recognize that
 organizational environments are primarily socially constructed environments
 that arise from the milieu of interactions occurring among the
 collectivities of organizations pervading modern society. Chart.
 References.
-Desc-
 Collective; Strategy; Strategic management; Organization theory
 CLASS. CODES: 2310 (CN=Planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 56
-A-
 84026043
-W-
 Monitoring Corporate Health
 Conrath, Jerry
 Management World v13n7 PP: 18-20 Aug 1984
-ISSN-
 0090-3825
-JrnlCode-
 MWL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Diagnosing organizational health requires both considered analysis and
 creative thinking. Organizations fit into 4 stages of health: 1. robust -
 characterized by growth and expansion, 2. maintaining - when there is high
 quality and optimism, 3. declining - characterized by a slight downhill
 slide, and 4. fragile - the firm is ''over the hill.'' There are 6 factors
 that determine effectiveness and stages of vitality within an organization:
 1. the tasks that employees perform on a regular basis and whether or not
 they require some imagination on the part of workers, 2. risks, the issue
 being whether organization structure and operation lead the employees to
 risk taking or remaining in ''cozy niches, '' 3. problem solving, the issue
 being whether the firm is a problem-solving or problem-avoiding operation,
 4. changing, the issue being whether the firm is open to change, 5. leaders,
 with the healthy organization having managers that are leaders rather than
 just persons in authority, and 6. a positive overall organizational
 climate.
-Desc-
 Organizational change; Leadership; Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 57
-A-
 84025741
-W-
 Goal Setting and Feedback in the Management of a Professional Department: A
 Case Study
 McCuddy, Michael K.; Griggs, Michael H.
 Jrnl of Organizational Behavior Mgmt v6n1 PP: 53-64 Spring 1984
-ISSN-
 0160-8061
-JrnlCode-
 JOR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 12 Pages
 AVAIL.: Haworth Press, 28 E. 22 St., New York, NY 10010
 A case study is presented of a goal setting and feedback intervention in the
 engineering department of a light truck manufacturing company. The
 intervention entailed subordinate participation in setting goals for
 completing special engineering projects and the public display of feedback
 concerning goal attainment. The intervention was also a catalyst for
 changing the manner in which the entire engineering department was managed.
 The intervention was designed to alleviate problems involving the engineers'
 missed completion dates and project design errors. Both of these objectives
 were accomplished. However, because of the nature of a case study, the
 results should be interpreted with caution. Graph. References.
-Desc-
 Goal setting; Feedback; Organizational behavior; Studies; Engineers; Case
 studies
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical); 9110 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 58
-A-
 84025088
-W-
 Foresight Activities in the U.S.A.: Time for a Re-Assessment?
 Lederman, Leonard L.
 Long Range Planning (UK) v17n3 PP: 41-50 Jun 1984
 -CODEN-
 LRPJA4
-ISSN-
 0024-6301
-JrnlCode-
 LRP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 10 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 An informal reconnaissance of ''foresight'' activities now being conducted
 in the US private sector and in the federal government survey such
 activities as: 1. external environment assessment, 2. direction setting, and
 3. performance evaluation and feedback. Data were gathered from existing
 literature and from discussions with more than 50 people in diverse private-
 and public-sector organizations. Major findings of the study include: 1.
 Interest in foresight activities is growing. 2. More people are aware of the
 need to carry out such activities on both broad and specific levels as a
 part of strategic management. 3. Current systems to carry out such
 activities are quite recent and are still evolving. 4. The breadth and
 degree of involvement seem far greater in the private sector than in the
 federal government. 5. Foresight activities are an art; as such, clear
 measures of benefits/costs or of success/failure do not exist. Tables.
 Charts. Appendix.
-Desc-
 Strategic management; Surveys; Private sector; Long term planning
 CLASS. CODES: 2310 (CN=Planning); 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoreti- cal)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 59
-A-
 84024676
-W-
 Steel Producers: Nerves of Steel
 Olive, David
 Canadian Business (Canada) v57n6 PP: 155-159 Jun 1984
 -CODEN-
 CABUAL
-ISSN-
 0008-3100
-JrnlCode-
 CB
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 While most of the world's steel producers continue to suffer from the
 recession and a slow recovery, 1983 profits for Canada's Dofasco Inc. almost
 doubled to C$120 million on sales of C$1.6 billion. The industry is
 suffering from idle capacity, a weak recovery, and threats from low-cost
 Third World producers. Dofasco has remained profitable by using technology
 to create new products and production processes, and by maintaining its
 commitment to customer satisfaction. Paul Phoenix, the firm's president,
 believes new technology is vital to fending off foreign competition. Unlike
 Canada's other major steel producers, Dofasco focuses production on consumer
 rather than capital goods. The firm makes sheet and galvanized steel for the
 resurging automobile and appliance industries. Dofasco's success is also a
 result of the family spirit within its centralized organizational structure.
 Workers who took advantage of the firm's profit-sharing plan received
 dividends of as much as C$2, 141 last year. Dofasco employees have resisted
 unionization attempts by the United Steelworkers of America. Tables.
-Desc-
 Steel industry; Case studies; Income; Rankings; Statistical data; Canada;
 Manycompanies; Dofasco-Canada
 CLASS. CODES: 8660 (CN=Metalworking industry); 9110 (CN=Company specific);
 9170 (CN=Non-US); 9140 (CN=Statistical data)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 60
-A-
 84023203
-W-
 Perspectives on Strategy: The Real Story Behind Honda's Success
 Pascale, Richard T.
 California Mgmt Review v26n3 PP: 47-72 Spring 1984
 -CODEN-
 CMNRAK
-ISSN-
 0008-1256
-JrnlCode-
 CMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 26 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Business strategy is the process by which a company searches and analyzes
 its environment and resources to: 1. select market opportunities, and 2.
 make resource investment decisions. The $500-million-a-year strategy
 industry that has emerged in the US and Europe has produced inflexible
 strategy models that do not coincide with the Japanese concept of strategy.
 In 1975, Boston Consulting Group prepared a report for the UK government on
 the demise of the British motorcycle industry. The study views the growth of
 Honda through an intercompany perspective that is abstract and based largely
 on microeconomic concepts. This approach is insufficient to explain Honda's
 strong performance in the US over the last 2 decades. A broader approach to
 understanding the nature of the successful firm was illustrated in a 1972
 study, which indicated that such firms focus on: 1. strategy, 2.
 organizational structure, 3. systems, 4. management style, 5. staff, and 6.
 shared values. Tables. Graphs. References.
-Desc-
 Honda Motor-Japan; Strategic management; Motorcycles; Motor vehicle
 industry; Case studies; Corporate histories; Market strategy; Competition
 CLASS. CODES: 8680 (CN=Transportation equipment industry); 2310
 (CN=Planning); 9170 (CN=Non-US); 9110 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 61
-A-
 84022059
-W-
 Environmental Boundary Spanning and Information Processing Effects on
 Organizational Performance
 Dollinger, Marc J.
 Academy of Mgmt Jrnl v27n2 PP: 351-368 Jun 1984
 -CODEN-
 AMJOD6
-ISSN-
 0001-4273
-JrnlCode-
 AMA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 18 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Boundary spanning is considered to be a strategic business activity of the
 small business owner/entrepreneur which influences firm performance. It is
 hypothesized that an entrepreneur's level of information processing
 capability, in terms of integrative complexity and tolerance for ambiguity,
 will influence both the degree to which boundary spanning activities are
 undertaken and their impacts on the financial performance of the business.
 To test the hypothesized relationships, 82 owners of small businesses were
 surveyed about the time they spend in boundary spanning activities with
 various constituents of the external environment. Respondents also completed
 measures of information processing capability and provided data on their
 firms' financial performance. Data analysis supported the positive
 relationships between information processing capability and boundary
 spanning, and between boundary spanning and performance. Boundary spanning
 impacts on financial performance were greatest when activities were
 intensive in terms of time spent rather than number of contacts made.
 Tables. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Strategic management; Small business; Entrepreneurs; Statistical analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 2310 (CN=Planning); 9520 (CN=Small business); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 62
-A-
 84019661
-W-
 Strategic Planning Could Improve Your Share Price
 Welch, Jonathan B.
 Long Range Planning (UK) v17n2 PP: 144-147 Apr 1984
 -CODEN-
 LRPJA4
-ISSN-
 0024-6301
-JrnlCode-
 LRP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Results of a study conducted to determine if strategic planning improves
 firm performance, as measured by its price/earnings (P/E) ratio, are
 reported. Firms from a variety of industries were surveyed about their
 strategic-planning activities, and their P/E ratios for the period 1975-1979
 were correlated with their strategic-planning attributes. Firms involved in
 strategic planning were found to achieve a much higher P/E ratio than firms
 in the same industry which lacked formal strategic-planning systems. In
 addition, the organization of the strategic-planning function was found to
 affect performance. Corporate-level strategic planning systems were found to
 improve P/E ratio performance over systems operating at the division level.
 The results suggest that corporate-level strategic planning is more
 effective than division-level planning, because corporate-level managers
 have greater contact with the firm's external environment and are more
 concerned with overall firm profitability than division-level managers.
 Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Strategic; Planning; Price earnings ratio; Stock prices
 CLASS. CODES: 3400 (CN=Investment analysis); 2310 (CN=Planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 63
-A-
 84019534
-W-
 Environmental Management: Revising the Marketing Perspective
 Zeithaml, Carl P.; Zeithaml, Valarie A.
 Jrnl of Marketing v48n2 PP: 46-53 Spring 1984
 -CODEN-
 JMKTAK
-ISSN-
 0022-2429
-JrnlCode-
 JMK
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Despite debate, 2 generally accepted conclusions emerge from the marketing
 literature: 1. Marketing involves facilitating the exchange relationship
 existing between an organization and its external environment. 2. Marketing
 principles and processes are applicable to exchanges beyond those involving
 the products and services of profit-oriented businesses. A 3rd conclusion is
 proposed: marketing theory adopts an essentially reactive position with
 regard to the external environment. Environmental management contends that
 marketing strategies can be used to change the context in which the
 organization functions. The current movement toward innovative,
 entrepreneurial management captures the basis of this perspective. The
 absence or understatement of this perspective within the marketing
 literature limits the contribution of marketing to the management of
 organization-environment relationships. The development of environmental
 management in allied disciplines is reviewed, a typology of strategies
 offered, and implications of the perspective presented. Table. References.
-Desc-
 Marketing management; Organization theory; Strategic management; Market
 strategy
 CLASS. CODES: 7000 (CN=Marketing); 2310 (CN=Planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 64
-A-
 84019072
-W-
 The CEO and Corporate Strategy in the Eighties: Back to Basics
 Lewis, W. Walker
 Interfaces v14n1 PP: 3-9 Jan/Feb 1984
 -CODEN-
 INFAC4
-ISSN-
 0092-2102
-JrnlCode-
 TIM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Corporations in the US have experienced a 20-year decline in market share
 due to such factors as rising inflation and increased competition. Interest
 focuses on the chief executive officers (CEO) of corporations as the key
 factors in reversing the decline. For many years, US corporations have
 emphasized one facet of the business, such as operations or finance, and
 have hired CEOs with expertise in that field. Now, however, CEOs must learn
 to integrate the strengths of their firms with the realities of the
 marketplace by means of a ''back to basics'' approach. To shape a strategic
 field theory, by which a corporation can identify future linkages to
 increase corporate value, the CEO must: 1. define the corporation's field or
 fields, 2. create or strengthen an organizational structure that supports
 those fields, and 3. ensure that the means exist for implementing the
 defined field strategies. Chart.
-Desc-
 Corporate management; Chief executive officer; Skills; Roles ; Strategy;
 Strategic management; Planning
 CLASS. CODES: 2310 (CN=Planning); 2120 (CN=Chief executive officer)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 65
-A-
 84018005
-W-
 A Comparison of Management in American, Japanese and European Firms (Part
 1)
 Nonaka, D. Ikujiro; Okumura, Akihiro
 Management Japan (Japan) v17n1 PP: 23-40 Spring 1984
-ISSN-
 0025-1828
-JrnlCode-
 MNJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 18 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Data collected from 229 US firms and 291 Japanese firms reveals several
 differences between US and Japanese management and organizational structure.
 US firms tend to be profit-oriented and to use flexible allocation of
 resources to improve short-term allocative efficiency. US organizations are
 also characterized by: 1. centralized mechanistic structures, 2. output
 control, 3. conflict resolution by confrontation, and 4. an emphasis on
 innovative initiative among top management. While US firms practice a
 mechanistic adaptation to their environments, Japanese firms rely more on
 organic adaptation. Japanese companies have growth-oriented objectives and
 achieve environmental adaptation through a long-term buildup of resources.
 Japanese companies are also characterized by: 1. collective decision making,
 2. shared values, 3. conflict resolution by authoritarianism or advanced
 coordination, and 4. an organizational climate geared to change. A
 comparison of US and Japanese firms in the same industry reveals 4 modes of
 environmental adaptation based on organizational and strategic differences.
 Japanese firms seem to be moving from a human relations mode to a strategic
 mode, while American firms are moving from a strategic mode to a human
 relations mode. Charts. Tables. Graph. References. Appendices.
-Desc-
 Japan; US; Corporate objectives; Corporate planning; Organizational plans;
 Management styles; Decision making; Comparative studies
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 2310 (CN=Planning); 9180
 (CN=International)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 66
-A-
 84015761
-W-
 Human Resources Planning Contributions to Corporate Planning at Ontario
 Hydro
 Rush, James C.; Borne, Laurie C.
 Human Resource Planning v6n4 PP: 193-205 1983
-JrnlCode-
 HRP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 13 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Ontario Hydro is one of the world's largest publicly owned utilities. From
 the early 1900s until 1970, it enjoyed steady growth and predictable demand,
 with human and financial resources readily available. In 1974, a task force
 was established to recommend responses to an environment characterized by
 decreasing demand for energy, increasing consumer conservation, rising
 interest rates, growing competition for human resources (HR), and changing
 employee attitudes. The organizational structure was changed from a
 commission to a board of directors, for emphasis on economic performance and
 progressive business enterprise. Corporate planning was initiated for long,
 intermediate, and short terms. HR components were included in each planning
 process to meet specific organizational needs. For the 1980s, attrition
 management, management of the internal labor force, and targeted external
 recruitment have been taken into account. HR issues have priority attention
 at all levels, and there is increased understanding that HR planning and
 management are critical to the success of the organization. Charts.
-Desc-
 Electric utilities; Canada; Corporate planning; Strategic; Planning; Case
 studies; Personnel administration
 CLASS. CODES: 8340 (CN=Electric, water & gas utilities); 9170 (CN=Non-US);
 6100 (CN=Human resource planning); 9110 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 67
-A-
 84015471
-W-
 Technology Restructures Office Planning Process
 Anonymous
 ComputerData (Canada) v9n4 PP: 8 Apr 1984
-ISSN-
 0025-9535
-JrnlCode-
 CPD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The concept of integrated office systems has resulted from the convergence
 of computers, communications, and office technology. Del Henderson, a
 founder of Trigon Systems Group Inc., said in a recent interview that
 unified planning has become more important because of the convergence of
 these 3 technologies. The nature of systems planning is changing, with
 traditional planning approaches no longer appropriate. Strategic business
 planning and systems planning are currently separate, but they are
 converging. Systems planning now includes social and environmental
 components as well as technology planning. Today's organizational structure
 will not be the right one for the office of the future. Starting
 implementation and planning at the same time is the best approach to
 creating a suitable office system. The trend when initiating an integrated
 planning process is toward new ad hoc organizational forms called coalitions
 that can cross traditional functional lines. Diagram.
-Desc-
 Office automation; Total system (DP); Systems management; Integrated;
 Systems; Communications
 CLASS. CODES: 5240 (CN=Software & systems); 5210 (CN=Office automation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 68
-A-
 84013398
-W-
 Specifying External Relations: Definition of and Actors in an Organization's
 Environment
 Ulrich, Dave
 Human Relations v37n3 PP: 245-262 Mar 1984
 -CODEN-
 HUREAA
-ISSN-
 0018-7267
-JrnlCode-
 HRL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 18 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Both academic researchers and organizational practitioners have become
 increasingly interested in organization-environment concerns. A 3-step
 process is proposed for bridging academic research and organizational
 practice around organization-environment relations. The first step involves
 making distinctions between environments as nonmanipulable elements and
 niches as manipulable elements. Resource dependence, efficiency, and
 uncertainty perspectives on environments are especially applicable to
 organization-niche interfaces. Ecology and uncertainty perspectives are
 relevant to the organization-environment interface. In the 2nd step, niches
 are, at least partially, identified through methods used to define strategic
 groups or populations. Two promising techniques that can be used to define
 populations and niches are classification and evolutionary analyses. In the
 3rd step, actors within a niche are identified, and specific relationships
 between an organization and actors are examined. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 External; Relations; Organization theory; Environment
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 69
-A-
 84005328
-W-
 Morale and Management
 Desrenne, Alain
 Computerworld v18n3A PP: 37-41 Jan 18, 1984
 -CODEN-
 CMPWAB
-ISSN-
 0010-4841
-JrnlCode-
 COW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A massive reorganization begun at International Business Machines Corp.
 (IBM) in October 1981 was accomplished without large-scale outside hiring.
 Internal competition between its 3 divisions had been the norm at IBM,
 although the firm's preoccupation with host mainframes created the
 appearance of a lack of competitiveness. Management dissatisfaction was one
 of the important factors leading up to the 1981 reorganization. The new
 organizational structure channels the competitive spirit to other companies
 rather than other divisions. IBM's corporate culture, which emphasizes
 quality, reliability, and service, was a great asset. American Telephone &
 Telegraph Co. (AT&T) competed as much as possible during the 1970s, but such
 factors as regulatory problems hampered it. The reorganization caused by the
 divestiture broke up much of the entrenched management hierarchy and
 eliminated many of the utility-minded. AT&T, unlike IBM, has deliberately
 tried to change parts of its culture. Morale is a sensitive issue at both
 companies.
-Desc-
 Case studies; Computer industry; IBM-Armonk NY; Communications industry;
 ATT; Employee morale; Corporate; Culture
 CLASS. CODES: 9110 (CN=Company specific); 8651 (CN=Computer industry); 8330
 (CN=Broadcasting & telecommunications)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 70
-A-
 84002402
-W-
 New Directions for Relocation
 Fearfield, Peter
 Chief Executive (UK) PP: 59-60 Nov 1983
 -CODEN-
 CEMODL
-ISSN-
 0140-8543
-JrnlCode-
 CEX
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A typical relocation project will involve: 1. feasibility studies from
 composing initial thoughts to shortlisting sites, 2. detailed planning which
 involves deciding on the site and planning the move, and 3. implementation.
 However, first an organizational structure must be decided on to administer
 the above tasks. A steering committee might be appointed to provide guidance
 on matters of policy. Other appointments might include: 1. a person or small
 team to handle initial feasibility studies, 2. a project manager with
 overall responsibility and the authority to make day-to-day decisions during
 implementation, and 3. a project coordinator to produce and update programs
 and analyze all planning information. The feasibility study should review
 company operations and finances. A clear statement of the reasons for and
 objectives of the move should be included along with major constraints such
 as lease terminations and expansion assumptions. Grant assistance from the
 UK's Department of Trade and Industry is available to companies moving to
 assisted areas. Map.
-Desc-
 Relocation of industry; UK; Site selection; Facilities planning; Feasibility
 studies; Personnel management
 CLASS. CODES: 2310 (CN=Planning); 9170 (CN=Non-US); 6100 (CN=Human resource
 planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 71
-A-
 83032323
-W-
 Managerial Frameworks for Innovative Responses in High-Tech Organizations
 Bleicher, Knut; Bleicher, Frank; Paul, Herbert
 Business Horizons v26n6 PP: 69-78 Nov/Dec 1983
 -CODEN-
 BHORAD
-ISSN-
 0007-6813
-JrnlCode-
 BHO
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 10 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Technological innovation will have an enormous impact on both the managing
 and the structuring of corporations. The rapid change surrounding high-tech
 will make many managerial decisions obsolete; as a result, technical efforts
 will require continual evaluation and supervision. High-tech business also
 requires more flexible, nontraditional management techniques that emphasize
 teamwork and problem solving. To respond in a high-tech environment,
 managers must create a climate of creativity and innovation and design an
 organizational structure that consists of small, flexible work units. A good
 flow of information, along with personnel policies that foster growth and
 promotion, can help organizations respond to the challenges of high tech.
 New enterprise groups and venture management can help companies make the
 transition to high-tech. Table. References.
-Desc-
 High; Technology; Innovations; R&D; Strategic management; Strategic;
 Planning; Management styles; Organizational plans; Structure; Joint
 ventures
 CLASS. CODES: 5400 (CN=Research & development); 2310 (CN=Planning); 2320
 (CN=Organizational structure); 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 72
-A-
 83031424
-W-
 The Separation of Banking from Commerce and the Securities Business in the
 United Kingdom, West Germany and Japan
 Daskin, Alan J.; Marquardt, Jeffrey C.
 Issues in Bank Regulation v7n1 PP: 16-24 Summer 1983
-ISSN-
 0164-7725
-JrnlCode-
 IRG
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Treasury Department's proposed expansion of permissible nonbanking
 activities for bank holding companies and other proposals for revision of
 the Glass-Steagall Act, which separates commercial and investment banking,
 invites comparison with the policy of separation of banking from other
 activities in the UK, Germany, and Japan. The experiences of these countries
 indicate a transitional risk to commercial banks in expanding into
 investment banking due to differences in organizational structure and
 personnel. Another risk can result from holding securities of nonfinancial
 firms. Efficiency concerns include reduced customer choice, the effect of
 commercial bank entry on securities industry competition, and the
 underdevelopment of equity markets resulting from bank ownership of
 corporate securities. Expansion into nonbanking activities also raises
 questions about concentration of resources and power. References.
-Desc-
 Financial institutions; UK; Germany; Japan; Banks; Regulation; Financial
 services; Bank services; Investment banking
 CLASS. CODES: 8100 (CN=Financial services industry); 4310 (CN=Regulation);
 9170 (CN=Non-US)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 73
-A-
 83029635
-W-
 The Adoption and Diffusion of New Industrial Products: A Literature Review
 Kennedy, Anita M.
 European Jrnl of Marketing (UK) v17n3 PP: 31-88 1983
-ISSN-
 0309-0566
-JrnlCode-
 EJM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 58 Pages
 AVAIL.: MCB Publications Ltd., 198/200 Keighley Rd., Bradford, W. Yorkshire,
 England BD9 4JQ
 The literature on the adoption and diffusion of new products is reviewed,
 with particular attention to contributions from the behavioral and social
 sciences. A recent focus of the new product adoption literature has been the
 influence of behavioral variables on the adoption process. The
 organizational, environmental, and individual factors which influence the
 adoption and diffusion of product innovations are discussed in detail.
 Significant developments in organizational theory are revealed which provide
 considerable insight into the adoption of new industrial products,
 suggesting how organizational and environmental factors constrain or
 facilitate the adoption behaviors of individual industrial buyers. Marketing
 theory has typically focused on the economic determinants of new product
 adoption. By expanding marketing theory to incorporate a multidisciplinary
 approach to innovation, new product adoption behavior can be more adequately
 explained and predicted. Equation. Chart. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Organizational behavior; Organizational plans; Structure; Effects;
 Innovations; Organization theory; Studies; Social psychology; Product
 development; Employee attitude (PER)
 CLASS. CODES: 7500 (CN=Product planning & development); 2500
 (CN=Organizational behavior); 2320 (CN=Organizational structure); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 74
-A-
 83027570
-W-
 Strategy-Making and Environment: The Third Link
 Miller, Danny; Friesen, Peter H.
 Strategic Mgmt Jrnl v4n3 PP: 221-235 Jul/Sep 1983
 -CODEN-
 SMAJD8
-ISSN-
 0143-2095
-JrnlCode-
 SMJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 15 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Although much has been written about the association between strategy-making
 and organizational structure, little is known about selecting proper
 strategies for a firm's environment. A sample of Canadian and US firms was
 divided into high- and low-performing groups. Longitudinal analysis was used
 to determine how changes in environmental challenges affected changes in
 strategy-making for each group. Respondents were asked to rate how 5 classes
 of variables - 3 environmental and 2 strategy-making classes - had changed
 in the past 5 years. Results indicate that successful firms increased their
 analysis and innovation when environmental dynamism increased. As
 environmental hostility increased, successful respondents increased
 analysis. Very little difference existed between high and low performers in
 the relationship between heterogeneity, or complexity, and analysis.
 However, successful firms showed a positive correlation between
 heterogeneity and innovation. Canadian firms tended to decrease innovation
 when environmental hostility increased, but US firms in general responded to
 hostility with innovation. Tables. Appendices. References.
-Desc-
 Strategic management; Effects; Environment; Studies; Organizational change;
 Organizational plans; Statistical analysis; Competition; Market strategy;
 Decision making
 CLASS. CODES: 2310 (CN=Planning); 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoreti- cal); 7000
 (CN=Marketing)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 75
-A-
 83019400
-W-
 Industry Self-Regulation: An Economic, Organizational, and Political
 Analysis
 Gupta, Anil K.; Lad, Lawrence J.
 Academy of Mgmt Review v8n3 PP: 416-425 Jul 1983
-ISSN-
 0363-7425
-JrnlCode-
 AMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 10 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In general, researchers have viewed nonmarket regulation of the behavior of
 a firm as synonymous with direct regulation by the government. However,
 industry self-regulation as an alternative can act as a supplement or
 complement to direct regulation by the government. The economic,
 organizational, and political aspects of the existence, operation, and
 outcome of industry self-regulation are analyzed. To be understood, industry
 self-regulation must be viewed from 3 perspectives: 1. industry and its
 external environment, 2. industry as an information processing and
 decision-making system, and 3. intraindustry competition and
 self-regulation. A number of alternative institutional arrangements may
 produce better results alone or in conjunction with direct regulation by the
 government. Chart. References.
-Desc-
 Self regulation; Studies; Classification; Economic impact; Organization
 theory
 CLASS. CODES: 4310 (CN=Regulation); 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theore- tical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 76
-A-
 83018985
-W-
 Effective Innovation Management: Missing Link in Strategic Planning?
 McGinnis, Michael A.; Ackelsberg, M. Robert
 Jrnl of Business Strategy v4n1 PP: 59-66 Summer 1983
 -CODEN-
 JBSTDK
-ISSN-
 0275-6668
-JrnlCode-
 JST
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The effective management of innovation should be integrated into corporate
 strategic planning. A review of the literature on corporate innovation
 reveals that a variety of environmental, organizational, and individual
 variables influence the innovation process. An uncertain external business
 environment and positive social attitudes toward change are conducive to
 innovation. At the internal organizational level, innovation is spurred in a
 loosely organized environment that promotes good working relationships, high
 standards of performance, goal ambiguity, and a problem-solving orientation.
 At the individual level, creative imagination, energy, autonomy, and
 achievement orientation determine innovative potential. Effective management
 of corporate innovation requires strategies that will create an
 organizational climate favorable to innovation and focused on the
 development of professional competence and diversity. The organization must
 be open to new ideas and concepts, have a flexible organizational structure,
 and foster a creative environment and free communication. Charts. Table.
 References.
-Desc-
 Strategic; Planning; Innovations; Management; Effectiveness Organizational;
 Structure
 CLASS. CODES: 2310 (CN=Planning); 2320 (CN=Organizational structure)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 77
-A-
 83018931
-W-
 Linking Organizational Effectiveness and Environmental Change
 Shipper, Frank; White, Charles S.
 Long Range Planning (UK) v16n3 PP: 99-106 Jun 1983
 -CODEN-
 LRPJA4
-ISSN-
 0024-6301
-JrnlCode-
 LRP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 While strategic planning commonly has been believed to result in improved
 organizational effectiveness, it has been difficult to measure the impacts
 on organizational effectiveness of adequate planning for environmental
 change. The input-throughput-output model is proposed as a means of validly
 measuring internal organizational effectiveness. With this model, the firm's
 acquisition of human and capital resources, and its conversion of raw
 materials into outputs is evaluated on the basis of the degree to which the
 firm meets sales volume, market share, and profit goals. External
 environmental effectiveness is measured on the basis of the firm's
 competitiveness in terms of product acceptance and market share, its rate of
 technological innovation, and the degree to which it experiences economic
 fluctuations. The role of the strategic planner is to direct the firm's
 resources to the internal processes that will increase the
 firm-effectiveness in its external environment. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Strategic; Corporate planning; Organizational; Effectiveness ; External;
 Changes
 CLASS. CODES: 2310 (CN=Planning); 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoreti- cal)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 78
-A-
 83016892
-W-
 Structural Constraints on Organizational Change: A Longitudinal Analysis
 Anderton, Douglas L.; Conaty, Joseph; Miller, George A.
 Jrnl of Business Research v11n2 PP: 153-170 Jun 1983
 -CODEN-
 JBRED4
-ISSN-
 0148-2963
-JrnlCode-
 JBU
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 18 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Contemporary organizational research is embroiled in debate over the causes
 and consequences of structural change. Traditionally, structural change
 within an organization has been considered a response to changing demands in
 the organizational environment. However, Meyer (1979) suggested that change
 may result from intentional manipulation of the structure in order to signal
 policy to those to whom the organization is accountable. His signaling
 metaphor shows how chaotic and unpredictable organizational change can be.
 Longitudinal study of causal models demonstrates some interesting reactions
 to attempted constraints on organizational change: 1. The varying resistance
 to change within core dimensions of the structure may be due to durable
 capital investments. 2. Resistance may lead to longitudinal persistence of
 centralized decision making. 3. Analysis of change may be misleading without
 consideration of the internal constraints on change. Charts. Tables.
 References.
-Desc-
 Organizational change; Organizational; Structure; Studies; Statistical
 analysis; Policy; Statistical data; Hypotheses; Stability; Causality
 CLASS. CODES: 2320 (CN=Organizational structure); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 79
-A-
 83016005
-W-
 Program and Project Purchasing
 DeRose, Louis J.
 Purchasing World v27n5 PP: 90 May 1983
-ISSN-
 0093-1659
-JrnlCode-
 PCW:
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 1 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Traditional purchasing stressed the advantages of multiple sourcing, with
 competitive bidding as the main instrument for achieving price, quality, and
 delivery goals. However, many buyers are encountering changing requirements;
 rather than buying commodities, the buyer is procuring engineering,
 manufacturing, and financial capabilities. Multiple sourcing is not always
 possible or desirable, and competition is often nonexistent or somewhat
 ineffective. Purchasing becomes more similar to project management in that
 objectives are limited, specific, or of a temporary nature, and their
 attainment is a team effort involving cross-functional activities guided by
 an acknowledged team leader. If purchasing understands this new environment,
 it can complete the role successfully. In a program or project environment,
 organizational structure is transitory, and functional activities exist
 simultaneously with less-defined beginnings and endings. Since the program
 or project is for a specific purpose, not part of a company's normal ongoing
 business, it competes for resources. All purchasing operates in a program or
 project mode when it attempts to achieve a temporary objective different
 from its continuing objectives that support ongoing business or production
 needs.
-Desc-
 Programs; Projects; Purchasing; Multiple; Sources; Negotiations
 CLASS. CODES: 5120 (CN=Purchasing)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 80
-A-
 83009491
-W-
 Scanning the Organizational Environment: Some Empirical Results
 Nishi, Kenyu; Schoderbek, Charles G.; Schoderbek, Peter P.
 Human Systems Mgmt (Netherlands) v3n4 PP: 233-245 Dec 1982
 -CODEN-
 HSMADU
-ISSN-
 0167-2533
-JrnlCode-
 HSM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 13 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Organizations make use of their scanning operations to acquire information
 regarding environmental changes, and different types of environments are
 expected to elicit different types of scanning activities. This review
 presents the analysis of an empirical investigation of the scanning process.
 The analysis has as its basis the proposed relationships between different
 environmental states (dynamic and stable) and scanning behaviors
 (surveillance and search) of the executives. Consideration is also accorded
 to hierarchical levels of executives (upper and lower) and to the functional
 specialties of these managers in such areas as marketing, government, and
 technical. The study is singular in that it focuses on scanning behavior in
 Japanese industries. It places emphasis on the vital corporate need to know
 where and how organizations acquire information. Tables. Appendices.
 References.
-Desc-
 Organization theory; Information; Needs; External; Environment
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 81
-A-
 83007456
-W-
 Strategies for Implementing Senior Advisor Programs
 Wolf, James F.; White, Orion F., Jr.
 Public Personnel Mgmt v11n3 PP: 192-198 Fall 1982
 -CODEN-
 PPMNCX
-ISSN-
 0091-0260
-JrnlCode-
 PPM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Although senior advisor and mentor programs are recognized as being useful
 in management development, insufficient attention has been given to how
 these efforts can be implemented. Thus, a framework is proposed for
 addressing the problem of implementing a successful senior advisor program.
 The basis for the methodology is experience with 2 federal agency senior
 advisory projects. In each agency, 3 strategies were employed: 1. creating
 organizational processes and structures to provide for continuance of the
 senior advisor program, 2. increasing interpersonal competencies, and 3.
 inaugurating the program with training. It is clear that establishing good
 senior advisor programs involves far more than designation of participants
 and provision of a job description. What is needed is a significant making
 or remaking of appropriate organizational structure and process for the
 program, including such factors as: 1. altering the organizational climate
 so that support relationships among executives are both valued and
 legitimate, and 2. making the program official by providing the means of
 institutionalizing it within the organization. References.
-Desc-
 Senior; Advisors; Programs; Mentors; Training; Management development;
 Federal; Government; Public administration
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development); 9550 (CN=Public sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 82
-A-
 83004947
-W-
 Hard-Hit Antiknocks Still Generate Cash
 Anonymous
 Chemical Week v132n3 PP: 50-51 Jan 19, 1983
 -CODEN-
 CHWKA9
-ISSN-
 0009-272X
-JrnlCode-
 CEM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The decline in demand for lead antiknocks has caused all but 3 US producers
 (Du Pont, Ethyl, and Nalco Chemical) to drop out of the business. However,
 despite stiff competition for sales, the export market remains strong to
 support the 3 remaining US producers. The decline of antiknock sales in the
 US is largely attributed to Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
 regulations against airborne lead. The 3 lead antiknock producers have had
 to cut capacity. Du Pont has changed its organizational structure to tighten
 the antiknock end. Antiknock sales impact Ethyl's profits more than Du
 Pont's, and to this end, Ethyl is emphasizing other octane-improvers.
 Although Nalco, with 15% of US capacity, is retaining its status quo, it is
 reducing the role of lead alkyls in its overall corporate strategy. The 3 US
 producers concur that lead antiknock production will remain worthwhile, at
 least in the near-term. Graph.
-Desc-
 Chemicals; Gasoline; Production capacity; Competition; Strategy
 CLASS. CODES: 8640 (CN=Chemical industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 83
-A-
 83002874
-W-
 LTX Is Chipping Away at Teradyne's Lead in Circuit Testing
 Adams, Jane Meredith
 New England Business v5n1 PP: 34-38 Jan 3, 1983
 -CODEN-
 NENBA3
-ISSN-
 0164-3533
-JrnlCode-
 NEN
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 4 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In a short time, LTX Corp. (Westwood, Massachusetts), producer of hardware
 and software for testing certain semiconductor circuits, has taken 50% of
 its specific market from Teradyne Inc. (Boston, Massachusetts). In 1976, the
 firm's president, Graham Miller, and a group of Teradyne executives left
 Teradyne to form LTX and to compete in the former's hottest product market.
 The 7-year-old firm is now moving into its second phase in which some of the
 entrepreneurial spirit has been curbed, with a second tier of management
 being created and new competition entering the field. Miller has centralized
 the firm and its 3 major fields integrated systems, analog systems, and
 computer systems. Its approach is to create some capability for a specific
 client and, once they have learned something from that effort, to generalize
 it for a number of clients. A formal organizational structure has been
 implemented to avoid the adverse effects of inordinate segmentation that
 plagued Teradyne in its developmental period. The market for linear test
 devices slowed somewhat in 1982, but LTX has had an easier time than
 Teradyne in organizing itself since it has only one product, whereas
 Teradyne has a number of items in its product mix.
-Desc-
 Electronics industry; Case studies; Semiconductors; Circuits ; Business
 conditions; Business growth; New England
 CLASS. CODES: 1110 (CN=Economic conditions & forecasts); 8650 (CN=Electrical
 & electronics industries); 9110 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 84
-A-
 82028839
-W-
 Conflicts Between Engineering and Marketing Units
 Weinrauch, J. Donald; Anderson, Richard
 Industrial Marketing Mgmt v11n4 PP: 291-301 Oct 1982
 -CODEN-
 IMMADX
-ISSN-
 0019-8501
-JrnlCode-
 IMM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 11 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Little is known about the reasons for conflict between the marketing and the
 engineering departments of organizations. Some of the common areas of
 conflict are: 1. product specifications, 2. packaging, and 3.
 interchangeability of components. An extensive list of potential conflicting
 areas are described. Conflict may be caused by a lack of communications or
 by the constantly changing states of both departments. The relationship
 between marketing and engineering can be improved by an audit. Its purpose
 is to identify problem areas. A participative problem-solving approach
 should be undertaken by management in solving this conflict. Conflict
 between these 2 departments can be solved through communication, workforce
 planning and development, management development programs, and improved
 organizational structure and climate. A certain amount of conflict is
 desirable, but it should be kept under control. Tables. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Industrial markets; Engineering; Conflicts; Organizational behavior;
 Communication; Problem solving
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 85
-A-
 82026273
-W-
 Marketing Strategies, Organisation and Performance Control in Insurance
 Meidan, Arthur
 Jrnl of Risk & Insurance v49n3 PP: 388-404 Sep 1982
-ISSN-
 0022-4367
-JrnlCode-
 JRI
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 17 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The ''strategic posture'' of any insurer depends partly on the competitive
 environment and partly on its allocation of marketing resources. In
 determining this posture, the strengths of the insurance company should be
 taken into account. This review presents 8 different marketing strategies
 for an insurance firm and proposes that the insurer's selection of the
 appropriate strategy be based on the internal conditions and external forces
 impacting the firm. A careful plan should be undertaken to implement the
 selected strategy. If the marketing strategy is to succeed, sufficient
 attention must be accorded the marketing organizational structure and its
 departmental responsibilities. Several alternative control systems are
 proposed which might enable insurers to evaluate the performance of the
 chosen marketing strategy. In view of existing dynamic conditions, it is
 necessary to conduct continuous appraisal of strategic objectives so that
 the insurer can retain the initiative in its market. Tables. Diagrams.
 References.
-Desc-
 Market strategy; Marketing; Insurance industry; Control systems; Corporate
 growth; Corporate planning; Market planning; Performance appraisal;
 Marketing management
 CLASS. CODES: 7000 (CN=Marketing); 2310 (CN=Planning); 8200 (CN=Insurance
 industry); 9130 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 86
-A-
 82023791
-W-
 The Management of Hard Times: Budget Cutbacks in Public Sector
 Organizations
 Jick, Todd D.; Murray, Victor V.
 Organization Studies v3n2 PP: 141-169 1982
-ISSN-
 0170-8406
-JrnlCode-
 ORS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 29 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Most literature on organizational change has focused on stability and
 growth, rather than decline. The current cutbacks in funding for public
 sector organizations require that research be focused on the theoretical
 dimensions of adaptation and decline. The existing literature is reviewed,
 and distinctions are made between strategic decision responses to funding
 cuts and behavioral responses to organizational change due to resource
 shortages. Strategic responses may be rational or political depending on
 organizational structure and the power status of key decision makers. The
 degree of organizational crisis is determined by the severity of the
 cutbacks, the extent of advance knowledge of funding cuts, and the
 organization's environment, design structure, and key decision makers'
 characteristics. There have been no research efforts to determine the
 long-term effects of repeated cutbacks. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Public sector; Organizational change; Budgets; Reduction; Strategic;
 Responses; Decisions; Choices; Factors; Organizational behavior
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 9550 (CN=Public sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 87
-A-
 82022531
-W-
 The Impact of Robotics Technology upon Human Resource Management
 Whaley, George L.
 Personnel Administrator v27n9 PP: 61-71 Sep 1982
 -CODEN-
 PEADAY
-ISSN-
 0031-5729
-JrnlCode-
 PAD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The increased use of robotics could affect equal employment opportunity
 (EEO), hiring decisions, compensation, and other areas of human resource
 management (HRM). Key environmental forces influencing the development of
 robotics technology are economic, technological, and behavioral in nature.
 The bottom-line economic argument for the use of robots is lower
 production/service costs than are required from human labor. In the
 technological area, it is possible that the basic infrastructure of the US
 economy could shift to dependence on new robotic technology which would be
 even greater than dependence on information processing technology. Overall,
 the most immediately recognizable effect of robotics will be on the behavior
 of work groups and individuals via changes in organizational structure.
 Change will come in many areas. Job specification statements concerning job
 hazards could diminish with robots performing more hazardous jobs, and
 increased competition between humans and robots could change the
 compensation philosophy of the firm. Robotics will also impact EEO
 decisions, and the personnel function itself cannot be assumed to be immune.
 Figures. References.
-Desc-
 Human resources; Robots; Technology; Economic impact; Comparative analysis;
 Organizational behavior; Performance evaluation; Job enrichment; Employment
 security; Affirmative action
 CLASS. CODES: 6100 (CN=Human resource planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 88
-A-
 82021464
-W-
 Organized Anarchies: Military Bureaucracy in the 1980s
 Sabrosky, Alan Ned; Thompson, James Clay; McPherson, Karen A.
 Jrnl of Applied Behavioral Science v18n2 PP: 137-153 1982
 -CODEN-
 JABHAP
-ISSN-
 0021-8863
-JrnlCode-
 JBS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 17 Pages
 AVAIL.: JAI Press, P.O. Box 1678, Greenwich, CT 06830
 A multilevel analysis suggests that the current military bureaucracy is
 characterized by a form of organized anarchy which inhibits its efficiency
 and responsiveness, and increases the likelihood of failure. In an organized
 anarchy, there is no logical connection between what actually emerges as
 policy and programs, and the preferences of both the individuals within the
 organization and the organization as a bureaucratic collective. There are 6
 factors in the military bureaucracy that reinforce its character as an
 organized anarchy: 1. the inherent ambiguity of the external environment, 2.
 a poorly defined and inconsistent national defense policy, 3. inefficient
 structural channels, 4. a misloaded and overloaded system, 5. a lack of
 procedural understanding, and 6. a varying participation in decision-making.
 The practical consequences of organized anarchy include: 1. routine
 malfunctions, 2. flawed planning, policy, and procurement, and 3. serious
 operational failures that risk war and cost lives. Several types of
 corrective measures are possible, but all are politically improbable.
 References.
-Desc-
 Military; Bureaucracy; DOD; Defense; Policy
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 89
-A-
 82020869
-W-
 The Definition of Market Segments for Banking Services
 Yorke, David A.
 European Jrnl of Marketing (UK) v16n3 PP: 14-22 1982
-ISSN-
 0309-0566
-JrnlCode-
 EJM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: MCB Publications Ltd., 198/200 Keighley Rd., Bradford, W. Yorkshire,
 England BD9 4JQ
 Market segmentation is becoming essential to banking success due to
 increased marketing competition. Market segments must be measurable,
 accessible, and substantial. Banks operate in several areas of customer
 needs, including cash accessibility, asset security, money transfer,
 deferred payment, and financial advice. Banks should recognize at which
 segments of the market each service should be developed and aimed to achieve
 optimum yields. Corporate customers may be segmented by type of
 organization, operating capital, and organizational structure. The personal
 banking segments may be identified by employment characteristics, sex, and
 family life cycle stage. A marketing strategy based on segmentation involves
 determining the market value of services, the current and forecasted market
 share of segments, and the budget for promotion and sales of the services.
 Figures. Table. References.
-Desc-
 UK; Banking industry; Banking law; Market segmentation; Bank services;
 Target markets (MKT); Market strategy
 CLASS. CODES: 7100 (CN=Market research); 8120 (CN=Retail banking 9170
 (CN=Non-US)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 90
-A-
 82019204
-W-
 Deregulation: Surviving the Transition
 Robertson, Thomas S.; Ward, Scott; Caldwell, William M., IV
 Harvard Business Review v60n4 PP: 20-24 Jul/Aug 1982
 -CODEN-
 HABRAX
-ISSN-
 0017-8012
-JrnlCode-
 HBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Industry deregulation requires a transition from the regulatory mentality to
 a market-oriented, competitive approach. The regulatory mentality is
 characterized by: 1. focus on the regulators, 2. little concern for costs,
 accountability, or growth, 3. paternalism toward employees, 4. cooperation
 with competitors, and 5. emphasis on the decision-making process. Increased
 competition brought about by deregulation must be met with strategic
 planning, risk-taking, and flexibility in organizational structure. The
 market-oriented approach requires that: 1. the customer be the focus of
 company direction, 2. growth be promoted, 3. costs be determined by product
 and market, 4. management be accountable for its actions, 5. employees be
 evaluated by productivity, 6. product superiority and cost efficiency be
 competitively promoted, and 7. outcomes of the decision-making process be
 stressed. Chart.
-Desc-
 Deregulation; Competition; Regulation; Business conditions; Planning
 CLASS. CODES: 4310 (CN=Regulation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 91
-A-
 82018828
-W-
 The World's Champion Marketers: The Japanese
 Kotler, Philip; Fahey, Liam
 Jrnl of Business Strategy v3n1 PP: 3-13 Summer 1982
-JrnlCode-
 JST
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 11 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Marketing skills have been neglected as a factor in explaining Japan's
 success. Japanese marketing strategy involves 3 stages of market
 competition: 1. entering a market, 2. taking over a market, and 3.
 sustaining an existing market. Both government and private industry play a
 role in selecting markets that exhibit strong economies of scale and strong
 experience curve effects. The Japanese then study vulnerable industries for
 the right segment to enter. In taking over a market, the Japanese
 concentrate on: 1. product improvement, 2. product proliferation, 3. market
 segmentation, 4. market sequencing, and 5. market flexibility. Now that they
 dominate many product-market sectors, Japanese companies are maintaining
 their positions through genuine product innovation and market development.
 However, Japanese companies are facing tough new competition and
 protectionist problems that may make it easier for US companies to compete
 with them. Japanese organizational structure and style in marketing are
 discussed, as are cultural factors that influence marketing style.
 References.
-Desc-
 Japan; Marketing; Market strategy; Market planning; Manycompanies
 CLASS. CODES: 9170 (CN=Non-US); 7000 (CN=Marketing)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 92
-A-
 82017156
-W-
 Climate and Performance in the Insurance Industry
 Gordon, George G.; Baker, David A.; Baird, Donald G.
 Best's Review (Life/Health) v83n2 PP: 12-16 Jun 1982
 -CODEN-
 BRLHB5
-ISSN-
 0005-9706
-JrnlCode-
 BIH
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 With pressures from changing business conditions, insurance has become an
 evolving industry. Externally, companies are tending to diversify into more
 financial service and insurance areas, while internally, many are developing
 a profit center or strategic business unit organizational structure.
 Management climate must be examined and then adjusted to meet the business
 needs of the company. A study of 11 large life insurance companies indicated
 a relationship between management climate and corporate performance. Some of
 the specific climate characteristics which relate to high performance are:
 1. high growth, 2. high profitability, 3. productivity, and 4. quality of
 business. Uncovering strengths and weaknesses can be done effectively
 through climate studies. Since climate changes can improve performance, the
 studies can serve as a valuable tool in the competitive environment of the
 insurance industry. Tables.
-Desc-
 Insurance industry; Insurance companies; Management; Work environment;
 Characteristics; Performance; Studies
 CLASS. CODES: 8210 (CN=Life & health insurance); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 93
-A-
 82016955
-W-
 Using Simulation for Leadership and Management Research: Through the Looking
 Glass
 McCall, Morgan W., Jr.; Lombardo, Michael M.
 Management Science v28n5 PP: 533-549 May 1982
 -CODEN-
 MSCIAM
-ISSN-
 0025-1909
-JrnlCode-
 MCI
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 17 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Most research on leadership has focused on the interaction between leaders
 and subordinates and has relied on the survey method. Theory advancement
 requires study of environmental and organizational influences and expansion
 of methodology. Looking Glass Inc. provides a simulated leadership
 experiment, involving 3 Looking Glass divisions operating in increasingly
 complex external environments. Each run has 20 individuals performing 6
 different leadership positions in 4 hierarchical levels. Looking Glass
 allows the assessment of naturally occurring phenomena of information
 processing, power patterns, organizational climate, and managers' use of
 organizational structure. A wide variety of interventions over runs are
 possible. With Looking Glass simulation, a variety of measures can be used,
 including observation, unobtrusive measures, self-reports, peer ratings,
 interviews, pretest questionnaires, audio/video tapes, and assessment center
 methods. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Management science; Simulation; Studies; Leadership; Research;
 Organizational behavior
 CLASS. CODES: 2600 (CN=Management science/Operations research); 9130
 (CN=Experimental/Theoretical)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 94
-A-
 82014388
-W-
 Strategies for Network Research in Organizations
 Fombrun, Charles J.
 Academy of Mgmt Review v7n2 PP: 280-291 Apr 1982
-ISSN-
 0363-7425
-JrnlCode-
 AMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 12 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Considerable attention has been paid to the analysis of networks in and
 among individuals, gaps, and organizations. Sophisticated analytical
 methodologies have been developed to offer researchers feasible strategies
 for data handling in large networks. An attempt is made to describe the
 alternative network strategies available to researchers interested in
 adopting a network for the study of organizations. The 3 basic methodologies
 under consideration are: 1. nodal, 2. dyadic, and 3. triadic. Each
 methodological approach has its peculiar strengths and weaknesses, and each
 is differentially suited to the analysis of particular networks and to the
 solution of specific types of problems. Nodal strategies may be most useful
 in dealing with power, innovation, and socialization, while dyadic
 strategies may best be applied to mentoring, superior-subordinate relations,
 organizational design, organizational elites, organizational change, and
 organization-environment linkages. Triadic strategies are best used to
 investigate organization design and organizational evolution. Tables.
 References.
-Desc-
 Organization theory; Organizational; Networks; Analysis; Research;
 Organizational behavior
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 95
-A-
 82012149
-W-
 How Aggressive Innovation Can Help Your Company
 MacMillan, Ian C.; McCaffery, M. L.
 Jrnl of Business Strategy v2n4 PP: 115-119 Spring 1982
-JrnlCode-
 JST
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 There are 2 kinds of response barriers, commitment barriers, which so commit
 a competitor to one course of action that it cannot make an appropriate
 strategic response, and inertia barriers, which delay or block rapid
 response. A competitor may be unable to make a countermove due to a large
 investment that would become obsolete. Also, competitors may have strong
 links with other organizations or products that would be endangered by
 making an appropriate countermove. Inertia barriers that slow response may
 be: 1. strategic, being a follower in entering new products or markets, 2.
 bureaucratic, slowed down by rigid operating procedures or highly
 centralized organizational structure, or 3. political, restrained by the
 competitor's traditions, values, and principles. These barriers can help an
 aggressive innovator launch new products and realize large profits before
 competitors can respond. For this to succeed, however, certain elements are
 needed: 1. entrepreneurial atmosphere, 2. low product development and
 startup costs, 3. strong market credibility, and 4. a way out as the product
 life cycle declines. References.
-Desc-
 Market entry; Barriers; Competition; Evaluation; Responses; Strategy;
 Aggressive; Innovations
 CLASS. CODES: 7000 (CN=Marketing)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 96
-A-
 82011677
-W-
 Perceived Environmental Uncertainty, Organizational Adaptation, and Employee
 Performance: A Longitudinal Study in Professional Accounting Firms
 Ferris, Kenneth R.
 Accounting, Organizations & Society (UK) v7n1 PP: 13-25 1982
 -CODEN-
 AOSOPB
-ISSN-
 0361-3682
-JrnlCode-
 AOS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 13 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The importance of the dependency between an organization and its environment
 has long been stressed by organization theorists. The theorists have argued
 that organizations must adapt to their environment if they are to remain
 viable. Organizational adaptation is expected to be a relatively important
 activity in professional accounting firms because they face such a
 relatively uncertain and turbulent environment. A study was performed to
 investigate the organizational response to the perception of environmental
 uncertainty and to evaluate the impact of this response on employee
 perceptions and performance. The organization is viewed as an open system
 subject to external influences. The study of the large professional
 accounting firms was restricted to a consideration of procedural coping
 behavior. Thus, the findings are not necessarily generalizable to other
 forms of coping. Results indicated that: 1. the perception of uncertainty by
 the domination coalition was not causally related to either the type or
 quantity of procedural coping undertaken, and 2. the effectiveness of the
 organization's coping effort was associated with the level of coping
 undertaken. It is reasonable to infer that the organization-environment
 dependency has important implications for professional accounting firms.
 Tables. Chart. References.
-Desc-
 Organization theory; Statistical analysis; Studies; Accounting firms;
 Uncertainty; Hypotheses; Variance analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 97
-A-
 82010373
-W-
 Management Factors in Budgeting
 Chastain, Clark E.
 Cost & Mgmt (Canada) v56n1 PP: 15-19 Jan/Feb 1982
 -CODEN-
 CSTMA9
-ISSN-
 0010-9592
-JrnlCode-
 RIA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Two extreme approaches to budgeting are possible: 1. authoritarian, in which
 top management formulates the budget without consulting middle and lower
 level managers, and 2. democratic-participative, in which organizational
 members who do the work called for by the budgeted resources exert
 significant influence in developing the budget. Where managerial style is
 highly directive in nature and where organizational structure involves
 external management controls, the authoritarian approach is appropriate. In
 such an organization, managers are likely to have a low level of goal
 congruence with the company and must be motivated primarily by extrinsic
 rewards. There are probably situations where either of the extreme processes
 would be highly effective in relating company resources to goal
 accomplishment. Managers should analyze several factors in seeking to
 improve the effectiveness of the budgeting process: 1. personality of
 members, 2. goal congruence, 3. organizational structure, 4. organizational
 climate, 5. motivation, 6. production technology, 7. environment, 8. state
 of the system, and 9. size of the organization. References.
-Desc-
 Budgeting; Management styles; Participatory management; Management
 accounting; Organizational; Factors
 CLASS. CODES: 3100 (CN=Capital & debt management); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior); 6100 (CN=Human resource planning); 4100 (CN=Accounting)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 98
-A-
 82010140
-W-
 Seeking Strategic Involvement
 Farmer, David H.
 Jrnl of Purchasing & Materials Mgmt v17n3 PP: 20-24 Fall 1981
 -CODEN-
 JOPUAS
-ISSN-
 0094-8594
-JrnlCode-
 JPR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 5 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The argument that purchasing should be involved in the management of
 strategy in manufacturing firms seems to be irrefutable. The position is
 based on the notions that strategies are concerned with obtaining
 sustainable advantages over competition, that some of these advantages can
 be obtained from the company's supply market, and that a successful business
 strategy requires effective balance and integration among the various
 elements in the company's system. In practice, there appear to be few
 organizations in which the purchasing function makes a significant
 contribution to strategy development. In this analysis, an attempt is made
 to identify some of the key reasons for lack of purchasing participation.
 The analysis suggests that some of the reasons for this situation include:
 1. the attitudes, knowledge, and values of the person doing the purchasing
 job, 2. the organizational structure, 3. an adequate view of the role of
 purchasing as taught by business schools, 4. resistance to change, and 5.
 self perception. Participation in purchasing can be increased by increasing
 professionalism, expanding skills, and developing enlightened attitudes in
 those within the function and in others with whom purchasing interfaces.
 References.
-Desc-
 Strategic; Planning; Barriers; Organizational behavior; Purchasing
 CLASS. CODES: 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 99
-A-
 82009027
-W-
 Key Elements of Productivity Improvement Programs
 Shetty, Y. K.
 Business Horizons v25n2 PP: 15-22 Mar/Apr 1982
 -CODEN-
 BHORAD
-ISSN-
 0007-6813
-JrnlCode-
 BHO
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 8 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A number of US companies have instituted a wide variety of productivity
 improvement programs, all of which have certain key elements. The key
 elements are: 1. top management support-top management must make a
 definitive policy commitment, and establish an appropriate mechanism for
 implementation of efforts, 2. organizational structure-many organizational
 forms have proved effective, but an effective arrangement headed by a person
 responsible to top management is essential, 3. company climate-awareness of
 productivity, effective communication throughout the organization, employee
 involvement, the sharing of benefits, and reasonable assurance of job
 security are critical, 4. productivity measurement and goals-measures of
 output per employee or man hour, output per asset dollar, and output per
 energy input are most useful, and such goals must be realistic, 5.
 productivity improvement techniques-each firm must employ a combination of
 techniques designed to meet its own specific situation and needs, and 6.
 implementation and evaluation-there must be a schedule for implementation,
 and monitoring and evaluating the feedback process is vital.
-Desc-
 Productivity; Improvements; Programs; Implementations; Management; Support;
 Employee; Communication; Productivity measurement; Goals; Manycompanies
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 100
-A-
 82003839
-W-
 Footnotes to Organizational Change
 March, James G.
 Administrative Science Qtrly v26n4 PP: 563-577 Dec 1981
 -CODEN-
 ASCQAG
-ISSN-
 0001-8392
-JrnlCode-
 ASQ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 15 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Organizational change can be described as the elementary ways in which
 participants respond to the environment, including management and
 leadership. By managing the process of change, one can influence the course
 an organization will take. Organizational action can be understood from 6
 perspectives: 1. rule following, 2. problem-solving, 3. learning, 4.
 conflict, 5. contagion, and 6. regeneration. These are the stable processes
 of change, to which there are complexities. Five ''footnotes'' to change are
 presented in this analysis, not as theory, but as comment on the need for
 additional research on leadership and organizational adaptiveness: 1.
 Organizations continually change, but not as planned. 2. Effecting change
 requires understanding the stability of processes as well as the changes
 produced. 3. Most organizational changes are simple responses to
 environmental forces. 4. Prosaic processes sometimes produce surprising
 results. 5. Rationality and foolishness both play a role in organizational
 change. References.
-Desc-
 Organizational change; Organizational behavior; Organization theory
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 101
-A-
 82003837
-W-
 Perceptions of Organizational Effectiveness over Organizational Life Cycles
 Cameron, Kim S.; Whetten, David A.
 Administrative Science Qtrly v26n4 PP: 525-544 Dec 1981
 -CODEN-
 ASCQAG
-ISSN-
 0001-8392
-JrnlCode-
 ASQ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 20 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Using the ''Organization Game'' as a simulation model, reactions of 650
 students from 2 universities were studied to evaluate measures of
 organizational effectiveness at different levels, and at different times,
 during the life cycle of an organization. In the early and creative stages
 of organizational life, emphasis is given to input and to the organization's
 prime mover as measures of effectiveness. In later stages, effectiveness
 measures concentrate more on output (efficient production) and procedures.
 The appropriateness of different models for measuring organizational
 effectiveness will depend on the organization's life cycle situation and the
 external environment. The system-resource model is feasible when uncertainty
 is high. The goal model is more appropriate in formalized organizations
 where emphasis on output is high. Graphs. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Organizational; Structure; Effectiveness; Life; Cycles; Models; Organization
 theory; Organization development; Simulation
 CLASS. CODES: 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior); 2600 (CN=Management science/Operations research)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 102
-A-
 82001468
-W-
 The External Organizational Environment and Its Impact on Management
 Information Systems
 Ewusi-mensah, Kweku
 Accounting, Organizations & Society (UK) v6n4 PP: 301-316 1981
 -CODEN-
 AOSOPB
-ISSN-
 0361-3682
-JrnlCode-
 AOS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 16 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The advent of computers, and the concomitant progress in information systems
 technology have been a boon for business. The literature concerning
 information systems investigations has dealt with internal organizational
 perspectives without considering the external environment surrounding the
 organization. The influence of traditional organization theory has
 contributed to this trend. An organization has been viewed as being
 independent of its environment and, therefore, isolated from problems of
 interaction with other organizations or entities outside its organizational
 boundaries. A change in the state of the organization may be produced by
 considering an organization's environment as consisting of all factors
 external to the organization. Organizations in different environments
 require different information variables, such as: 1. information quality, 2.
 information availability, 3. information value, 4. impact on
 decision-making, 5. organizational interaction, 6. organizational search, 7.
 response time, 8. time horizon, 9. information source, and 10. information
 type. A systematic approach to the general problem of collecting and using
 information about the environment is required for an organization to carry
 on a meaningful interaction with the environment. Chart. Tables.
 References.
-Desc-
 External; Organizational; Environment; Organizational behavior; MIS (MAN);
 Changes; Control; Information; Characteristics; Decision making
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 5200 (CN=Communications &
 information management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 103
-A-
 81027291
-W-
 Interorganizational Networks: A Case Study of Industrial Location
 Dunkerley, David; Spybey, Tony; Thrasher, Michael
 Organization Studies v2n3 PP: 229-247 1981
-ISSN-
 0170-8406
-JrnlCode-
 ORS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 19 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Comparative research has been the dominant methodology in organization
 studies, but during the 1970s, the trend has moved toward an enlarged
 emphasis on interorganization relationships and the analysis of
 organizations and their environments. It is evident that the field of
 organization-environment relationships has been short on empirical testing
 of these concepts. It is suggested that the ''political economy''
 perspective is a helpful approach to understanding the environments of
 organizations as a network in continuous negotiations. A case study of the
 negotiations between the UK Government and Ford Motor Co. over the siting of
 a major engine plant in South Wales serves to illustrate the perspective.
 The case study emphasizes: 1. the importance of choice and manipulation of
 environments, 2. the extent to which organizations are able to control their
 environments, 3. the importance of understanding organizational power, and
 4. the market position occupied by the organization. Graphs. Tables.
 References.
-Desc-
 Organization theory; Site selection; Location analysis; Organizational;
 Networks; Power; Government; Industry; Negotiations; Case studies;
 Relations; Regional; Planning; Organizational behavior
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 2300 (CN=Planning &
 strategy); 9110 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 104
-A-
 81020559
-W-
 Implementing Automated Office Systems
 Wetherbe, James C.; Davis, Charles K.; Dykman, Charlene A.
 Jrnl of Systems Mgmt v32n8 PP: 6-12 Aug 1981
 -CODEN-
 JSYMA9
-ISSN-
 0022-4839
-JrnlCode-
 JSM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 With the technology now available, it is possible to base office systems on
 4 functions: 1. document processing, 2. electronic mail systems, 3.
 executive support systems, and 4. management information systems interface.
 However, certain organizational/behavioral factors have caused the
 implementation of automated office systems to lag behind the availability of
 technology. Successful office automation requires motivating workers to use
 the system effectively. This necessitates that management study the impact
 of office automation on several areas, including: 1. group structure, 2.
 management style, and 3. job redesign. Within the organization, other
 factors influence successful office automation, including: 1. organizational
 structure, 2. organizational size, 3. organizational climate, 4. power
 distribution in the organization, and 5. organizational environment. It is
 possible to use the experiences of another company in office automation to
 avoid ''reinventing the wheel''. Table. Re.ezences.
-Desc-
 Office automation; Implementations; Planning; Organizational ; Factors;
 Systems design
 CLASS. CODES: 5200 (CN=Communications & information management)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 105
-A-
 81019521
-W-
 Competitive Bidding: An Effective Purchasing Tool
 Pauley, William E.
 Hospital Materiel Mgmt Qtrly v3n1 PP: 31-40 Aug 1981
-ISSN-
 0192-2262
-JrnlCode-
 HMM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 10 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In today's climate of escalating health care costs, the prudent
 administrator will move to ensure that the hospital's purchasing is done in
 a systematic manner which will aid in keeping costs under control. The best
 method for containing costs of supplies is to use competitive bidding. The
 first act in instituting a system of competitive bidding must be
 centralization. The materiel management department is the one most likely to
 be given control over purchasing. Second, the materiel manager must
 formulate a plan for systematic purchasing and an appropriate organizational
 structure for implementing new practices. A team approach is vital to
 successful competitive bidding, and the hospital should keep a list of
 acceptable sources for bidding, quotations, and negotiating purposes by
 using either a bidder's list application or vendor information form on which
 data pertaining to the vendor are ed in a microwave discharge? plasma. It
 was found that after annealing at 1000 DEGREE K the thermo-emf of these
 samples is increased almost f?vefold in comparison with that of sintered
 samples. 4 refs. In Russian. Desc.: *TITANIUM COMPOUNDS; POWDER ?ETAL
 PRODUCTS-- Electric Properties Classification Codes: 804 (Chemical
 Products); 536 (Powder Metallurgy); 80 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING); 53
 (METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING)
-Desc-
 Hospitals; Purchasing; Competitive; Bids; Health care expenditures; Cost
 control
 CLASS. CODES: 8320 (CN=Health care industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 106
-A-
 81018752
-W-
 Will DEC Feel Growing Pains?
 Anonymous
 Computer Decisions v13n7 PP: 36-37 Jul 1981
 -CODEN-
 CODCB8
-ISSN-
 0010-4558
-JrnlCode-
 COM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 2 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Digital Equipment Corp. (DEC) of Maynard, Massachusetts has the financial
 resources to sustain its rapid growth, but a report from International
 Resource Development suggests that DEC's decentralized organization may not
 be able to control and coordinate continued high growth rates. DEC's
 organizational structure has been cited as a factor in its growth, but is
 now being considered a potential weak link. In response to the need for more
 organizational control, DEC restructured end-user marketing groups in 1978,
 and each market group ceased functioning independently. DEC's customer
 service organization is a cornerstone of the firm's good user-vendor
 relations. Keeping users happy has been part of the firm's ongoing growth
 effort. DEC has been a pioneer in many aspects, such as interactivity of its
 products and customer service. It is now engaged in a joint venture with
 Xerox and Intel to develop a low cost, non-proprietary local communications
 network based on Ethernet. Its decentralized structure has been advantageous
 up to the present time, but increased competition may call for changes if
 DEC is to keep growing. Graph.
-Desc-
 Digital Equipment-Maynard Mass; Case studies; Corporate growth; Customer
 services; Strategy
 CLASS. CODES: 8651 (CN=Computer industry); 9110 (CN=Company specific); 2300
 (CN=Planning & strategy); 2400 (CN=Public relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 107
-A-
 81018461
-W-
 Environment, Strategy, and Power Within Top Management Teams
 Hambrick, Donald C.
 Administrative Science Qtrly v26n2 PP: 253-275 Jun 1981
 -CODEN-
 ASCQAG
-ISSN-
 0001-8392
-JrnlCode-
 ASQ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 23 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A closer examination of the sources of contingencies and their interactions
 is important to totally understand past research on intraorganizational
 power and to chart future research. Two complementary theoretical streams
 are drawn upon to propose that the environment of an organization and its
 strategy for navigating within that environment are distinctive yet
 intertwined factors that account for the ''critical contingencies'' that an
 organization is confronted with and, in turn, for the power patterns within
 the organization. Executives had high power if, by virtue either of their
 functional area of scanning behavior, they dealt with the dominant
 requirement imposed by their industry's environment. Power patterns within
 each industry were further affected by the degree to which executives coped
 with the contingencies posed by their organizations' particular strategies.
 A temporal critical contingencies model of power has been proposed. Chart.
 Tables. References. Appendices.
-Desc-
 Strategic; Contingencies; Upper; Management; Organization theory; Power;
 Statistical analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 108
-A-
 81015620
-W-
 Assessing the Effect of Competition in Weapon System Acquisition
 Drinnon, James W.
 Defense Mgmt Jrnl v17n2 PP: 29-31 Second Quarter 1981
 -CODEN-
 DMJOB3
-ISSN-
 0041-7599
-JrnlCode-
 DMJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 When analysts evaluate the effectiveness of competition in weapon system
 acquisition, it is necessary also to consider improving manufacturing
 efficiencies as well. At present it is impossible to precisely isolate the
 impact of competition from other factors involved in pricing. The other
 factors besides competition include: 1. technical problems, 2.
 personalities, and 3. organizational structure. The expected percentage
 savings in a program depends critically on the number of units produced
 since a firm's rate of learning shifts downward and steepens when
 competition is introduced. The relationship between price and quantity which
 indicates that an increase in production quantity leads to a lower unit
 price is the learning curve. It is necessary to consider the effect of
 quantities through the shifts and rotation of the learning curve in any
 projection or evaluation of competition. It is possible to perform
 sensitivity testing of key assumptions using the basic framework of the
 learning curve. References. Graphs.
-Desc-
 Weapons; Purchasing; Competition; Army-US
 CLASS. CODES: 9550 (CN=Public sector)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 109
-A-
 81013314
-W-
 Beat Productivity Rate Slide in Your Bank Your Own Way
 Stromquist, Al
 ABA Banking Jrnl v73n6 PP: 24, 26, 29 Jun 1981
 -CODEN-
 BNKGA2
-ISSN-
 0194-5947
-JrnlCode-
 BNK
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Two recently completed surveys indicate that US workers are concerned about
 their organizations' productivity and are willing to work hard, but they
 stressed the importance of recognition by supervisors and the case for more
 involvement in decision-making. Unfortunately, many white collar employees
 feel productivity relates only to factory workers. In the final analysis,
 productivity in a bank is managed at the department level. Any productivity
 examination must consider 4 areas which significantly impact productivity:
 1. automation, or replacing people with tools and technology-the computer
 and associated technology offer opportunities, 2. work methods-designing
 better work methods and procedures could render significant productivity
 gains, 3. removal of roadblocks, such as attitudes, excessive government
 regulation, and union contracts, 4. human resources-analysis of hiring and
 promotion, staff controls, the organizational structure, training and
 development, and ''climate'' or environment.
-Desc-
 Banking; Productivity; Growth rate; Performance; White collar workers;
 Clerical personnel; Human resources
 CLASS. CODES: 8100 (CN=Financial services industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 110
-A-
 81011682
-W-
 The Good Managers of Sichuan
 O'Toole, James
 Harvard Business Review v59n3 PP: 28-32, 36-40 May/Jun 1981
 -CODEN-
 HABRAX
-ISSN-
 0017-8012
-JrnlCode-
 HBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 7 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A number of Chinese factories in the Sichuan province are experimenting with
 managerial reform. These reforms, intended to overcome the problems of too
 much bureaucracy and too little productivity associated with tight central
 planning, allowed firms' retention of profits, expenditures with retained
 earnings, marketing to consumers other than the state, plans and budgets,
 merging with other enterprises, bonuses to productive employees, worker
 participation in decision making, and regulation of individual personnel
 matters. Observations of several of the 420 experimental companies reveals
 particular changes made. According to provincial authorities (whose numbers
 are not totally reliable), these experimental firms' output increased 50%
 more than that of their counterparts for the first 3 quarters of 1980. There
 are a number of problems at each of the experimental firms, but it seems
 that the greatest is still central planning, because most of the aspects of
 the managerial reforms pose threats to the overall system.
-Desc-
 Peoples Republic of China; Factories; Experiments; Case studies; Management;
 Reforms; Central; Planned economy; Employees; Motivation; Managers;
 Initiatives; Organizational behavior
 CLASS. CODES: 5300 (CN=Production management); 9110 (CN=Company specific);
 1100 (CN=Economics); 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 111
-A-
 81011250
-W-
 Interlocking Directorates: A Strategy for Reducing Environmental
 Uncertainty
 Schoorman, F. David; Bazerman, Max H.; Atkin, Robert S.
 Academy of Mgmt Review v6n2 PP: 243-251 Apr 1981
-ISSN-
 0363-7425
-JrnlCode-
 AMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 9 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Interlocking directorates have attracted considerable attention in both
 academic literature and the public press. Despite statutory attempts to
 limit them, interlocking directorates among corporations are common. By
 means of interlocking, companies can gain any of 4 benefits which reduce
 environmental uncertainty: 1. horizontal coordination linking competitors,
 2. vertical coordination linking an organization with suppliers of inputs or
 receivers of outputs, 3. expertise, and 4. enhanced reputation. Interlocking
 directorates may be characterized by a number of factors that differentiate
 them, as well. These include direct and indirect interlocks, strong and weak
 ties, and centrality of an organization, directionality and extent of
 benefits, and the intensity of the relationship between 2 organizations.
 There are a number of legal implications in the decision to interlock.
 Although antitrust legislation suggests that the maintenance of uncertainty
 in the marketplace through competition is a social good, reducing
 uncertainty by interlocking may be a profit-maximizing strategy of benefit
 to business firms and their shareholders. References.
-Desc-
 Interlocking directorates; Uncertainty; Competition; Antitrust laws;
 Organization theory; Advantages; Maximizing profits
 CLASS. CODES: 2100 (CN=Administrative & management personnel); 1100
 (CN=Economics); 4300 (CN=Law); 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 112
-A-
 81011247
-W-
 Toward a Model of Business Unit Performance: An Integrative Approach
 White, Roderick E.; Hamermesh, Richard G.
 Academy of Mgmt Review v6n2 PP: 213-223 Apr 1981
-ISSN-
 0363-7425
-JrnlCode-
 AMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 11 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 It has been difficult to obtain a satisfactory answer to the question of
 what factors determine the level of a business's performance. A number of
 largely independent areas of research have tried to explain business
 performance, often emphasizing different factors, using different conceptual
 schemes and language, and examining different organizational units. A model
 of performance is developed that integrates overlapping and common
 explanatory variables from industrial organization economics, organization
 theory, and business policy, such as business position, industry
 environment, strategy, and structure. The model works toward a testable
 synthesis of these elements. By using the business unit as the unit of
 analysis and by using concepts of strategy and structural context which
 correspond to the business unit, it is possible to take into account
 different industry conditions and competitive positions, while examining the
 effects of strategy and of structural context. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Business; Unit; Performance; Models; Organization theory; Effectiveness
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 113
-A-
 81010327
-W-
 Improving Productivity
 Stromquist, A. O.
 Trusts & Estates v120n4 PP: 29-30, 32 Apr 1981
 -CODEN-
 TRUSB9
-ISSN-
 0041-3682
-JrnlCode-
 TRE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng. LENGTH: 3 Pages
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 US productivity growth has dropped to less than 1% in the 1970s, putting
 this country behind most of its international competitors. Two recent
 surveys revealed that workers and employers alike are very concerned over
 the performance and productivity of their companies. White-collar
 productivity in banks is a great concern. However, it is complicated by the
 problem of measuring such productivity. No one solution or technique for
 boosting productivity applies to all banks. Four major areas must be
 analyzed in each department for their impact on productivity: 1. automation,
 which has resulted in great productivity improvements, 2. design of better
 work methods, which can be effective along with job enrichment, 3.
 impediments to productivity, mainly attitudes, excessive government
 regulations, and having to operate under union-negotiated contracts, and 4.
 management of human resources, which encompasses hirings and promotions,
 staff controls, organizational structure to facilitate work and
 communication, employee training and development, and the climate that
 fosters motivation.
-Desc-
 Productivity; White collar workers; Efficiency; Banking industry; Growth
 rate
 CLASS. CODES: 8100 (CN=Financial services industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 114
-A-
 81008302
-W-
 Market Conditions, Centralization, and Organizational Effectiveness:
 Contingency Theory Reconsidered
 Azma, Mahnaz; Mansfield, Roger
 Human Relations v34n2 PP: 157-168 Feb 1981
 -CODEN-
 HUREAA
-ISSN-
 0018-7267
-JrnlCode-
 HRL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A study was conducted in South Wales to examine one of the more specific
 propositions derived from the general framework of the structural
 contingency theory of organizations. The sample included 52 companies that
 were chosen from the broad industrial classifications of building and
 construction, food and beverages, and metal products. Data on
 centralization, behavioral measures of effectiveness, and market
 competition, were obtained by means of a postal questionnaire addressed to
 the chief executive of each company and from annual returns of statistics
 filed by each company. The results of the study indicate that, in the
 complete sample or in subsamples selected in terms of company size or the
 degree of competition, no consistent relationship exists between
 centralization and the different measures of organizational effectiveness.
 There are clear differences in the relationships between centralization and
 the different behavioral measures of effectiveness, which suggest the need
 for very considerable disaggregation of performance or effectiveness
 measures. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Contingencies; Theory; Organizational; Structure; Decision making;
 Centralization; Effectiveness; Competitive; Markets; Organization theory;
 Size of enterprise; Studies
 CLASS. CODES: 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 115
-A-
 81002247
-W-
 A Model for Diagnosing Organizational Behavior
 Nadler, David A.; Tushman, Michael L.
 Organizational Dynamics v9n2 PP: 35-51 Autumn 1980
 -CODEN-
 ORDYAM
-ISSN-
 0090-2616
-JrnlCode-
 ORD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 In the task of making organizations run effectively, the models used by
 management guide analysis and action. Organizations, as systems, possess
 critical characteristics such as internal interdependence, capacity for
 feedback, equilibrium, equifinality, and adaptation. They can be analyzed by
 using a congruence model of organizational behavior which is based on how
 well components fit together. Inputs for the model are organizational
 environment, resources, history, and strategy. The outputs are
 organizational performance and effectiveness. The process of diagnosing
 organizational behavior and determining its congruence (or the best ''fit''
 for its components) is discussed. Once organizational congruence has been
 assessed, hypotheses can be generated about problem causes, and action steps
 can be identified. The model and the analysis process are tools for dealing
 with the complex reality of organizations and can assist in decision making.
 Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Organizational behavior; Models; Organization theory; Analysis;
 Organizational change; Organization development
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 116
-A-
 80023327
-W-
 Public/Private Developers, a Successful Team
 Hayes, Kerry
 Management Focus v27n6 PP: 24-27 Nov/Dec 1980
-JrnlCode-
 MFP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The new strain of the real estate development fever is one involving joint
 ventures between private companies and government agencies. Such projects
 have shot up in Detroit, Seattle, Honolulu, and other cities. There are
 several valid reasons for the appeal of joint projects, including the fact
 that government bodies often control vast amounts of land where developable
 space is becoming scarce. Some benefits the public sector has to offer a
 private partner include: 1. site selection and acquisition, 2.
 organizational structure, and 3. financing. The private sector, in turn, has
 valuable benefits to offer a public/private partnership, including
 professional/technical expertise and management abilities. Both parties can
 speed up the progress of successful joint real estate ventures by treating
 present and potential partners with respect. The end result will be a fair
 deal for the government body, the entrepreneur, and the public. Charts.
-Desc-
 Developments (RE); Cities; Joint ventures; Government agencies; Private
 enterprise; Partnerships; Real estate
 CLASS. CODES: 8360 (CN=Real estate); 9550 (CN=Public sector); 1100
 (CN=Economics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 117
-A-
 80023044
-W-
 ''Plateau of Mediocrity'' Inhibits Great Advertising
 Schachte, Henry
 Advertising Age v51n49 PP: 105-106, 108 Nov 13, 1980
 -CODEN-
 ADVAAQ
-ISSN-
 0001-8899
-JrnlCode-
 ADA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 At one point in advertising history, the advertising manager supervised
 advertising as a fulltime and significant responsibility. However, the
 advent of the brand manager gave responsibility for advertising to a person
 who had many other responsibilities as well. The result is that in most
 companies today there is no mechanism in place for bringing the lessons of
 advertising into the routines that control advertising preparation.
 Advertising is suffering from: 1. diffusion of control in the contemporary
 business structure, 2. reliance on unreliable research, and 3. too many
 restrictions on creativity. There is no time for learning; there need to be
 ''centers for learning about advertising'' established in companies.
-Desc-
 Advertising; Control; Creative; Research; Competition
 CLASS. CODES: 7200 (CN=Advertising)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 118
-A-
 80021183
-W-
 Where to Put Operations: Suburbs or Center City? New Building or Renovated?
 West, Roy
 ABA Banking Jrnl v72n7 PP: 75-76 Jul 1980
 -CODEN-
 BNKGA2
-ISSN-
 0194-5947
-JrnlCode-
 BNK
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Banks have a great commitment to the future of the central core of large
 metropolitan areas. In many communities, the financial district is a
 stabilizing anchor of the downtown area, and banks are trying to rebuild the
 cities through support for urban renewal programs and financial assistance
 to local enterprise. However, urban problems create a dilemma for bankers
 planning expansion of their operations facilities. A bank that needs more
 space must consider the alternatives to expanding within the city. An
 expanding central complex is often not the most efficient, flexible, nor
 economic location for clerical operations departments and data processing
 functions. The concept of remote operations may mean rethinking the
 organizational structure, but satisfactory adjustments can be made when
 sufficient advantages are indicated. In order to decide on expansion, the
 existing operations must be surveyed and analyzed in terms of volume, work
 flow, and anticipated growth.
-Desc-
 Banks; Facilities planning; Design; Site selection; Renovations;
 Manycompanies; Building construction
 CLASS. CODES: 8100 (CN=Financial services industry); 5100 (CN=Facilities
 management); 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy); 8360 (CN=Real estate); 8370
 (CN=Construction industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 119
-A-
 80017543
-W-
 An Organizational Structure to Help You in the '80s
 Haller, Terry
 Advertising Age v51n36 PP: 45-46 Aug 25, 1980
 -CODEN-
 ADVAAQ
-ISSN-
 0001-8899
-JrnlCode-
 ADA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Despite its image as the ideal organizational environment in the best of
 companies, the product management system does not guarantee ultrahigh
 financial returns. The economic environment that has made the product
 manager effective in the past now makes him obsolete. His consumer focus is
 useful, but past corporate consumer preoccupation has produced dwindling
 cash reserves and lowered ability to finance future expansion from internal
 reserves. Recent studies have shown that it is the expected cash flow that
 governs the prices of stock. If the ultimate corporate purpose is increased
 economic wealth, then marketing strategies must assemble and deploy the
 resources that produce high positive levels of cash. The product management
 system of today does not do this. Business strategists with strong
 backgrounds in marketing who can apply both disciplines with equanimity are
 required. Strategic planning, the applied science of making profit happen,
 is hampered by the traditional product management system. The ''marketing
 department'' needs to be reorganized into a department where some are
 accountable for the design and direction of comprehensive business
 strategies and others are responsible for tactical implementation. Chart.
-Desc-
 Organizational; Structure; Strategic; Planning; Product management;
 Marketing management; Organizational plans
 CLASS. CODES: 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy); 7500 (CN=Product planning &
 development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 120
-A-
 80016290
-W-
 Industrial Organization, Corporate Strategy and Structure
 Caves, Richard E.
 Jrnl of Economic Literature v18n1 PP: 64-92 Mar 1980
 -CODEN-
 JECLB3
-ISSN-
 0022-0515
-JrnlCode-
 JEL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Considered here is the way in which the firm's rational selection of
 corporate strategy and internal organizational structure responds to the
 market structure surrounding it and the effect those choices have on the
 firm's behavior and hence, on the structure and performance of markets.Two
 symmetrical types of conclusions result. First, economists have something to
 learn from this literature. Second, economists have something to offer in
 this line of research. Well-trained economists could have carried out many
 of the cited research projects more proficiently than did their authors, who
 were less effectively equipped by their own disciplines. Table. References.
-Desc-
 Industrial; Corporate; Structure; Design; Organizational; Strategy;
 Organizational plans; Technology; Competition; Organizational behavior
 CLASS. CODES: 1100 (CN=Economics); 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy; 2500
 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 121
-A-
 80016275
-W-
 Energy and Competition: The Saga of Electric Power
 Fanara, Philip, Jr.; Suelflow, James E.; Draba, Roman A.
 Antitrust Bulletin v25n1 PP: 125-142 Spring 1980
 -CODEN-
 ATBUAU
-ISSN-
 0003-603X
-JrnlCode-
 ANB
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The organizational structure of the electric power industry is undergoing
 profound changes due to technological changes and legal decisions. It is
 suggested that these changes offer the possibility of a more competitive
 market structure in this industry. However, the trend has been just the
 opposite due to joint ownership of generating stations by investor and
 publicly-owned utilities. If this trend continues, the result may be even
 less competition and a subsequent change in the traditional regulatory
 framework and higher prices for electrical energy.It is ironic that the
 closer the technological conditions in the industry approach a competitive
 state, the closer the industry moves towards state ownership. If this trend
 continues, the consumer will be the loser, and society will lose the
 unquestionable economic efficiency that the competitive market brings to the
 allocation of the energy resource of electricity. It is recommended that any
 further public-private ownership joint venture pooling agreements be
 prohibited until the full effect of such agreements has been analyzed.
 Graphs.
-Desc-
 Electric power; Industry; Public policy; Public utilities; Regulated
 industries; Pool; Joint ventures; Electric utilities; Monopolies
 CLASS. CODES: 8340 (CN=Electric, water & gas utilities); 4300 (CN=Law); 1100
 (CN=Economics)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 122
-A-
 80012824
-W-
 Agency Problems and the Theory of the Firm
 Fama, Eugene F.
 Jrnl of Political Economy v88n2 PP: 288-307 Apr 1980
 -CODEN-
 JLPEAR
-ISSN-
 0022-3808
-JrnlCode-
 JPE
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The separation of security ownership and control is presented as an
 efficient form of economic organization. The presumption that a corporation
 has owners in any meaningful sense is set aside, along with the concept of
 the entrepreneur. The functions of management and risk bearing are treated
 as naturally separate factors within the set of contracts called a firm. The
 firm is disciplined by competition from other firms, which forces
 development of devices for efficiently monitoring the performance of the
 whole team and of individual members. Individual participants and managers
 face both the discipline and opportunities provided by markets for their
 services, both within and outside the firm.In any scenario where the weight
 of the wage revision process is at least equivalent to full ex post settling
 up, managerial incentive problems usually attributed to the separation of
 security ownership and control of the firm are resolved. Equations.
 References.
-Desc-
 Economic theory; Management; Organization theory; Ownership Risk aversion;
 Economic models; Incentives; Wages & salaries
 CLASS. CODES: 1100 (CN=Economics); 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 6400
 (CN=Employee benefits & compensation)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 123
-A-
 80011694
-W-
 Are Business Schools Doing Their Job?
 Prior, Peter J.
 Manchester Business School Review (UK) v4n2 PP: 8-11 Spring 1980
-ISSN-
 0308-5244
-JrnlCode-
 MEV
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The key to the UK's future wialth lies in educating the young men and women
 of today who will be responsible for managing industry and in striving to
 ensure that British firms are one step ahead of overseas competition. There
 is a great need for business schools to produce leaders who can manage well,
 increase prodictivity, perceive new areas of exploration, and build men into
 successful teams.In order for a new style of leadership to flourish, it is
 necessary to develop an organizational structure that does not inhibit
 initiative. Business schools can help achieve this through management
 science. Business schools can help revive team spirit and pride in
 workmanship by stressing human emotions and the environment in which
 personal leadership is exercised. Personal leadership needs to be encouraged
 by the business schools.
-Desc-
 Business schools; UK; Training; Leadership; Skills; Development
 CLASS. CODES: 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 124
-A-
 80003910
-W-
 Strategy and Environment: A Conceptual Integration
 Bourgeois, L. J., III
 Academy of Mgmt Review v5n1 PP: 25-39 Jan 1980
-ISSN-
 0363-7425
 Jrnl Code AMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Further empirical and theoretical development can be stimulated by
 suggesting an integration of the 2 approaches emphasized in business policy
 (BP) and organization theory (OT) literature regarding the
 organization-environment co-alignment process and strategic decision making.
 BP's approach has been to view management as a proactive or opportunistic
 agent and has focused much of its research on the strategy variable. OT has
 assumed a more reactive stance by viewing the environment as a deterministic
 force to which organizations respond.An elaboration of the notions of
 strategy and environment can be accomplished by categorizing environment
 into its objective and perceived states, and by subdividing strategy
 according to content (outcomes) or process. The objective environment can be
 further divided into ''task'' and ''general.'' An alternative subdivision of
 strategy is primary (domain selection) and secondary (competitive approach).
 The ideas of strategy and environment are integrated in that primary
 strategy concerns opportunities in the general environment and secondary
 strategy is associated with navigating within a task environemnt. The
 treatment of environment has often indiscriminately mixed objective and
 perceived attributes. The objective external environment and its variability
 are the source of the firm's opportunities and risks and as such must be
 included when strategies are made and executed, whereas managers'
 perceptions of the environment are part of the strategy-making process.
 Tables. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Organizational; Environment; Strategy; Organization theory; Business;
 Policy; Policy making; Decision making
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 125
-A-
 80001368
-W-
 Dimensions of Organizational Environments: An Exploratory Study of Their
 Impact on Organization Structure
 Tung, Rosalie L.
 Academy of Mgmt Jrnl v22n4 PP: 672-693 Dec 1979
 -CODEN-
 AMJOD6
-ISSN-
 0001-4273
-JrnlCode-
 AMA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A study was conducted in an attempt to develop and verify, on an empirical
 basis, a more comprehensive typology of organizational environments which
 would include the ''routineness of problem/opportunity states'' dimension.
 Operational measures for this construct were developed and modifications
 were made to existing measures of complexity and change rate dimensions. The
 study also attempted to analyze the relationships between the environmental
 properties, perceived environmental uncertainty, and certain organizational
 characteristics.The study found that the three environmental dimensions had
 a significant impact on organizational characteristics. Results indicate
 that it is possible to conceptualize and to operationalize organizational
 environments in terms of more than two dimensions. Figure. Tables.
 References.
-Desc-
 Organizational; Environment; Characteristics; Impacts; Structure;
 Organizational change; Regression analysis; Correlation analysis ;
 Organization theory; Studies
 CLASS. CODES: 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 126
-A-
 79019602
-W-
 Explaining Job Enrichment
 Champagne, Paul J.
 Supervisory Mgmt v24n11 PP: 24-34 Nov. 1979
 -CODEN-
 SPMNAU
-ISSN-
 0039-5919
-JrnlCode-
 SPM
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Most often, the theoretical justification for job enrichment programs is
 Frederick Herzberg's 2-factor theory of motivation, which is based on
 Abraham H. Maslow's hierarchy of needs. Thus, most job enrichment programs
 use common implementing concepts to evaluate and Desc.: 1. natural units of
 work, 2. client relationships, 3. job module design, 4. feedback systems,
 and 5. task advancement. A case in point was an outgrowth of an ongoing
 Operations Improvement Program aimed at productivity and efficiency.
 Participants were members of 2 different keypunch units. Both groups were
 administered a job attitude survey. Following a management seminar on job
 enrichment, a 3-day workshop was conducted for the unit leaders, the
 supervisor, and the assistant of the achieving group. The project's results
 produced cost savings of $65, 000 annually due to improved: 1. quantity of
 work, 2. attitudes toward work, 3. quality of work, 4. absenteeism, and 5.
 employee reaction. Such job enrichment programs are examples of the need for
 a new understanding of the redesign technique. Graphs.
-Desc-
 Job enrichment; Programs; Case studies; Implementations; Motivation;
 Employee attitude (PER); Quality of work; Absenteeism; Organizational
 behavior
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 6100 (CN=Human resource
 planning); 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 9110 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 127
-A-
 79015570
-W-
 The Management of Human Resources
 Weihrich, Heinz
 Arizona Business v26n6 PP: 17-23 June/July 1979
 -CODEN-
 ABBUA6
-ISSN-
 0093-0717
-JrnlCode-
 ABB
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Human resource planning must be considered with other factors in a
 systematic manner. Enterprise plans are the basis for organization plans,
 which are concerned with the structure and activities required to reach
 enterprise objectives. The present and predicted organization structure
 determines the number and qualifications of managers needed. The demand for
 managers is compared with manpower currently available through the
 management inventory. As a result of this analysis, internal and external
 sources of manpower are used in the processes of recruitment, selection, and
 promotion of managers. Manpower planning also affects leading and
 controlling as illustrated in a model. Well-trained managers exert
 leadership by creating an environment in which people, working together in
 groups, can reach enterprise objectives and simultaneously accomplish
 personal goals. Human resource planning, of course, is situational. It is
 carried out within the enterprise, but it is in turn associated with the
 external environment. Internal factors such as personnel policies,
 organizational climate, and the reward system must be considered. Similarly,
 the externals such as high technology must be accounted for in human
 resource planning. Charts. References.
-Desc-
 Human resources; Management; Personnel management; Planning
 Systems; Organizational plans
 CLASS. CODES: 6000 (CN=Human resource management); 2300 (CN=Planning &
 strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 128
-A-
 79013723
-W-
 Money Versus Merchandise: Which Is the Best Motivator-And the Best
 Incentive?
 Anonymous
 Training v16n7 PP: A10, A12 July 1979
 -CODEN-
 TRNGB6
-ISSN-
 0095-5892
-JrnlCode-
 TBI
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A major decision to be made in the design of an incentive program is whether
 to use money or merchandise as awards. Both are effective motivators and
 there are good arguments for each. The motivational benefits of merchandise
 awards are psychologically complex and highly symbolic, while money has
 direct and universal appeal. Money provides for an easier administered
 program, and program participants have the freedom of its use. However,
 merchandise awards have broader and stronger emotional appeal, are
 memorable, and afford many more opportunities for recognition. Thus, rather
 than place the decision strictly between cash or merchandise, it may be more
 appropriate to consider: 1. organizational structure and climate, 2.
 training, motivational, and communication needs and objectives, and 3.
 assessment of other structural features, as the current compensation system.
 As such data are gathered and understood, the incentive program can be
 reviewed to determine which are the most productive types of motivational
 needs.
-Desc-
 Incentives; Incentive plans; Cash; Merchandise; Employee awards; Motivation;
 Comparative analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 6400 (CN=Employee benefits & compensation); 6100 (CN=Human
 resource planning); 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 129
-A-
 79008489
-W-
 Legal Background of a Shared EFT Network
 Norris, Richard H., III
 Business Lawyer v34n2 PP: 527-536 Jan. 1979
-ISSN-
 0007-6899
-JrnlCode-
 BLW
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: Business Lawyer, American Bar Assn., 1155 E. 60th St., Chicago, IL
 60637
 Electronic funds transfer (EFT) has been the subject of numerous
 conferences, a National Commission Report, state legislation, and
 Congressional bills. Tyme, based in Wisconsin, is an EFT system whose legal
 problems serve as a framework of reference for future regional or national
 systems of similar design. Tyme, a nonprofit membership corporation,
 operates the switch which channels electronic messages between processors
 and prepares transaction reports. Tyme terminals are owned by the financial
 institution or merchant and are legally available for use by customers of
 all member institutions. In order to work out legal problems, a Tyme legal
 committee was established. The initial legal issue was organizational
 structure, and Tyme was finally organized as a nonstock, nonprofit
 membership corporation controlled by member institutions. Tyme's regulations
 for operation affect only the relationships among its members and with Tyme
 to avoid violating antitrust laws regarding competition. Other problems such
 as charge back and forgery were dealt with carefully. Enough progress has
 been made with EFT for lawyers to pinpoint major legal questions.
-Desc-
 Legal; Problems; Shared; EFTS; Networks; Financial institutions; Transfer of
 funds
 CLASS. CODES: 4300 (CN=Law); 8100 (CN=Financial services industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 130
-A-
 79007985
-W-
 Multinational Corporate Structures-The Next Stage
 Brooke, Michael Z.
 Futures (UK) v11n2 PP: 111-121 April 1979
 -CODEN-
 FUTUBD
-ISSN-
 0016-3287
-JrnlCode-
 FUR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Political and economic changes, including intensified competition, will
 cause present multinational structures to become obsolete. Whether by choice
 or as the result of increased pressures, organizations are likely to adapt
 to these changes by adopting, either partially or completely, 3 emerging
 types of organizational structure: 1. integrated, 2. collaborative, and 3.
 flexible. The process of adaptation will be determined by a range of
 influences. These may include the quickening pace of commercial and
 technological development and/or the tightening pace of business
 legislation. The most significant signs of the future in the structure of
 multinational corporations include: 1. greater decentralization or
 centralization, 2. more ad hoc organizations demanding more independence and
 initiative, and 3. the demise of organizational structures which lack the
 speed of decision making needed to cope with increased competition and
 innovation. Chart. References.
-Desc-
 Multinational corporations; Organizational change; Organization theory;
 Organizational behavior; Trends; Corporate plannqnH; Organizational plans;
 Structure; Changes
 CLASS. CODES: 1300 (CN=International trade & foreign investment) 2500
 (CN=Organizational behavior); 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 131
-A-
 79006861
-W-
 Action and Contingency Postulates in Organization-Environment Relations
 Gillespie, David F.; Mileti, Dennis S.
 Human Relations v32n3 PP: 261-271 March 1979
 -CODEN-
 HUREAA
-ISSN-
 0018-7267
-JrnlCode-
 HRL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A study examines 2 models of organization-environment relations. One model
 postulates organizational structure or behavior as contingent on
 environments; organizations are seen as adapting to environmental changes.
 The second model postulates environments as dependent upon organizations;
 organizations are considered as actively manipulating environments. A
 heterogenous sample of 27 business corporations were used to empirically
 assess and compare the 2 alternative models. Environmental manipulation was
 used in the contingency model to predict different dimensions of
 organizational technology. However, in the action model, the causal order is
 reversed, and technology is used to predict environmental manipulation. The
 results indicate a similar predictive power for both models. Illustration.
 Equations. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Studies; Models; Environment; Organizational behavior
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 132
-A-
 79006043
-W-
 The Recasting of British Aluminum
 Foster, Geoffrey
 Management Today (UK) PP: 42-49, 130-132 Feb. 1979
 -CODEN-
 MANTAI
-ISSN-
 0025-1925
-JrnlCode-
 MTO
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 At the primary end of metal manufacturing, the steelmakers have had a bad
 time lately, not just in the U.K. Other metals, copper as well as aluminum,
 have had fluctuating fortunes. The aluminum industry closely resembles that
 of steel in structure in that the raw material is shipped from remote areas
 to plants located near industrial centers. Capacity remains ahead of demand
 so the industry's performance fluctuates between indifferent and awful. For
 the aluminum industry, the bad years seem to outnumber the good, and, seen
 against this background, the performance of British Aluminium (BA) has been
 outstanding. In 1977, BA's turnover increased 20% while its profits before
 tax advanced 84%. In the 1960s, BA was unimpressive though it did avoid
 losses which can be attributed to the management which allowed the firm to
 settle into a comfortable period of inactivity. At the end of the 1960s, the
 company formed a chemical division and set out to market alumina chemicals.
 This move also led the company to an important change in its organizational
 structure, breaking down the heavy concentration in central management. It
 is in the area of market indentification that BA now has to make its mot
 crucial decisions since it has only a minute portion of the world market. It
 wants added value because downstream applications help alleviate the peaks
 of metal manufacturing, and it needs volume as well. This condition points
 to rolled products, but unfortunately, its domestic market contains Europe's
 sickest motor industry. Nevertheless, BA is one of the world's most
 profitable aluminum companies and can look for growth in the future.
-Desc-
 UK; Aluminum industry; Analysis; Corporate histories; Management; Metal
 industry; Manufacturing; Capacity; Competition
 CLASS. CODES: 8660 (CN=Metalworking industry); 9110 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 133
-A-
 79004161
-W-
 Managing External Dependence
 Kotter, John P.
 Academy of Mgmt Review v4n1 PP: 87-92 Jan. 1979
-ISSN-
 0363-7425
-JrnlCode-
 AMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Organizations can manage external dependence by: 1. reducing demands made by
 external elements, and 2. minimizing costs of complying with external
 demands. The can reduce external demands by 1. selecting the domain, 2.
 establishing favorable relationships with external elements, and 3.
 controlling who operates and how they operate in the selected domain.
 Organizations can control the cost of compliance through organizational
 design. Organizations select their domain by: 1. seeking environmental
 niches, 2. diversification, and 3. moving in small incremental steps.
 External linkages are established by: 1. using advertising and public
 relations to create a favorable attitude, 2. creating boundary spanning
 roles, 3. negotiating contracts, 4. co-opting key members of external
 elements, and 5. establishing joint ventures and coalitions. Organizations
 control who operates by: 1. forcing out competition, 2. creating and joining
 in trade associations, 3. influencing legislation and regulations, and 4.
 influencing informal industry norms. The strategy of organizational design
 is aimed at adapting to, not changing, the external environment. Charts.
 References.
-Desc-
 Management science; Organizational behavior; Organization theory; Management
 decisions; Corporate management; Controls
 CLASS. CODES: 2600 (CN=Management science/Operations research); 2500
 (CN=Organizational behavior); 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 134
-A-
 79003055
-W-
 Organizing for Effective New-Product Development
 Gordon, David; Blevins, E. Edward
 Jrnl of Business (W Paul Stillman School of Business) v17n1 PP: 21-26 Dec.
 1978
-ISSN-
 0021-9401
-JrnlCode-
 JBZ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 New product development if widely recognized as critical to the success of a
 business enterprise. However, the continued increase in competition in
 consumer markets demands that new product research be conducted on a
 cost-efficient basis. New product development efforts can be significantly
 influenced by the type of organizational structure under which research is
 conducted. Among the most commonly employed structures for product research
 are the project and program forms of management. Under the program form,
 funds are controlled by the participating operational departments. Program
 leaders are not granted direct control over research and development funds.
 Under the project approach, the leader is normally granted total authority
 over research activities. The 2 approaches are evaluated based on 3 major
 categories of criteria, including: 1. risk, 2. stability, and 3. timing.
 This analysis indicates that either of the methods may be preferable,
 depending on circumstances within the individual firm. Management should
 give consideration to these variables in selecting the most appropriate
 approach for their research activities. Tables.
-Desc-
 R&D; Market research; Product development; Research; Planning; Management;
 Structure; Management styles; Evaluation; Teams; Organizational plans
 CLASS. CODES: 5400 (CN=Research & development); 7100 (CN=Market research);
 7500 (CN=Product planning & development); 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior);
 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 135
-A-
 79002869
-W-
 The Financial System in an Age of Change
 Miller, G. William
 Jrnl of Commercial Bank Lending v61n5 PP: 11-19 Jan. 1979
-ISSN-
 0021-986X
-JrnlCode-
 CBL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Holding companies are becoming the dominant organizational form in banking,
 now controlling 71% of domestic deposits. These companies represent a
 response by banking to modify the framework of laws and regulations that
 restrict bankers' actions. The affiliated banks of holding companies seem to
 be less liquid than independent banks and also appear to be less
 capitalized. The question is whether this risk-taking is offset by greater
 diversification. The Federal Reserve has viewed holding companies as
 integrated organizations for purposes of determining bank capital adequacy
 and has reasoned that they are one way of providing needed competitive
 quality. Foreign banks are becoming a major part of the American scene,
 particularly with loans to large U.S. corporations. They are also rapidly
 purchasing domestic banks, and the trend appears to be increasing. The
 disadvantages of this situation to U.S. banks is that almost all of them are
 members of the Federal Reserve System and must hold sterile required
 reserves with vault cash or deposits. Secondly, most domestic banks cannot
 branch out beyond their home states. With liberalization of the McFadden
 Act, which prohibits federally-chartered banks from branching out across
 state lines, competitive inequities could be much reduced, but at the same
 time, competition may become more intense. There is evidence that banks with
 a number of branches are less prone to failure.
-Desc-
 Banking industry; Bank holding companies; Bank Holding Company Act 1956-US;
 Federal Reserve Board-US; International banking; Legislation; Competition;
 Interstate banking; Bank liabilities
 CLASS. CODES: 8110 (CN=Commercial banking); 4300 (CN=Law)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 136
-A-
 79002833
-W-
 There's a Big, New Telco in Town
 Brown, Charles L.
 Telephony v196n2 PP: 21-23 Jan. 8, 1979
 -CODEN-
 TLPNAS
-JrnlCode-
 TPH
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The Bell System has new facilities, new capabilities, a new organizational
 structure, and a new spirit. A "new realism" has developed in the telephone
 company business. Policy contentions that have bothered the business for a
 dozen years may not be resolved for many years more. Technology alone will
 not assure that the Bell System maintains its lead in this competitive
 market. More important is the ability to match technology to customer needs.
 To that end, the Bell System is restructuring its organization from the
 functionally organized departments of the past to a form that will match the
 major markets served. There is a new spirit pervading the telephone
 business, attributed to the new breed of telephone person coming to the
 forefront. Members of this new breed attach a high priority to competence.
 They are unawed by the complexities of the technological age, but they
 foresee great things in the future of this business and desire to get on
 with their development.
-Desc-
 ATT; Telephone companies; Changes; Competition; Reorganization; Customer
 relations
 CLASS. CODES: 8330 (CN=Broadcasting & telecommunications); 2400 (CN=Public
 relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 137
-A-
 79000317
-W-
 A Comparative Analysis of Local Union Democracy
 Anderson, John C.
 Industrial Relations v17n3 PP: 278-295 Oct. 1978
 -CODEN-
 IDRLAP
-ISSN-
 0019-8676
-JrnlCode-
 IDR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A study was conducted on union democracy at local levels with special
 emphasis on the external environment, internal processes, and organizational
 structure. Democracy was measured by close elections, participation, and
 membershipinfluence. The environmental factors that were examined were
 union-management relations and environmental uncertainty, structural factors
 were complexity and control mechanisms, and internal factors were the
 electoral and the communicative process. The study found that individual
 characteristics were more closely related to the level of participation than
 were organizational and environmental factors. Structural variables do,
 however, have a significant impact on membership influence in the local
 union. Structure has a large impact on the closeness of elections. Close
 elections help the right person get into office but do not give members
 influence over decision-making. Table. Appendix.
-Desc-
 Studies; Democracies; Factors; Behavior; Variables; Labor relations; Local;
 Unions; Structure; Participation; Correlation analysis; Regression analysis;
 Elections; Membership
 CLASS. CODES: 6300 (CN=Labor relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 138
-A-
 78017164
-W-
 The Organizational Structure of Newspapers in Relation to their Metropolitan
 Environment
 DuBick, Michael A.
 Administrative Science Qtrly v23n3 PP: 418-433 Sept. 1978
 -CODEN-
 ASCQAG
-ISSN-
 0001-8392
-JrnlCode-
 ASQ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Newspaper organizational structure is critical because it must be developed
 so that the many institutions and locales which generate news can be
 routinely covered. Differentiation of newspapers can be based on news
 sources, fiscal support considerations, consumer markets, and competition. A
 study was conducted of newspapers in 67 metropolitan areas to analyze the
 various differentiation factors. Environmental indicators used as factors
 included competition, social class, heterogeneity of the population, leisure
 services, and national and metropolitan dominance. The results of the study
 showed that natural dominance and the volume of leisure services were the
 primary factors affecting organizational differentiation. Two factors of
 population heterogeneity and occupation and race were also related to the
 degree of organizational differentiation. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Newspapers; Organizational plans; Organizational behavior; Environment;
 Metropolitan areas; Markets; Competition
 CLASS. CODES: 8690 (CN=Publishing industry); 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy);
 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 139
-A-
 78016376
-W-
 The Effects of Different Organizational Environments Upon Decisions about
 Organizational Structure
 Bourgeois, L. J., III; McAllister, Daniel W.; Mitchell, Terence R.
 Academy of Mgmt Jrnl v21n3 PP: 508-514 Sept. 1978
 -CODEN-
 AMJOD6
-ISSN-
 0001-4273
-JrnlCode-
 AMA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A recent study confirmed the hypothesis that when managers are faced with an
 unsettled, turbulent business environment, they will apply stringent
 mechanistic structures to maintain control. Also, when the environment is
 supportive and stable, the manager's style is looser and more organic. Three
 studies supported these conclusions, but it is undecided as to whether
 uncertainty causes structural changes or whether these changes cause
 uncertainty. It was not proven that when a stable environment becomes
 turbulent, managers shift from an organic to mechanistic structure nor that
 following turbulent conditions when the environment stabilizes, managers
 will change from a mechanistic to organic structure. This outcome is most
 likely due to the fact that change causes uncertainty and people seek to
 reduce uncertainty. Table. References.
-Desc-
 Leadership; Management styles; Studies; Uncertainty; Business conditions;
 Work environment; Task analysis; Organizational behavior
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 140
-A-
 78012899
-W-
 Performance and Autonomy in Organizations: Determining Dominant
 Environmental Components
 Aharoni, Yair; Maimon, Zvi; Segev, Eli
 Management Science v24n9 PP: 949-959 May 1978
 -CODEN-
 MSCIAM
-ISSN-
 0025-1909
-JrnlCode-
 MCI
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 The formulation of a strategy for an organization begins with identifying
 the opportunities and risks in the environment. A full and permanent search
 (scanning) of all environmental forces is both too costly and intractable in
 terms of management time. Findings indicate that managers do not try to
 identify all environmental forces. Identifying the dominant components of
 the environment focuses scanning efforts and saves energy and costs.
 Findings of the study clearly indicate that the achievement of autonomy may
 be advanced by organizational performance. An optimal strategy for a manager
 seeking to increase autonomy would be to concentrate efforts on dominant
 environmental components. this autonomy will be generalized by a spillover
 effect. Equations. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Management decisions; Management; Environment; Organization theory;
 Performance; Correlations; Managers
 CLASS. CODES: 2600 (CN=Management science/Operations research); 2300
 (CN=Planning & strategy); 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 141
-A-
 78010781
-W-
 Selling Is No Longer Mickey Mouse at AT&T
 Uttal, Bro
 Fortune v98n1 PP: 98-102, 104 July 17, 1978
 -CODEN-
 FORTAP
-ISSN-
 0015-8259
-JrnlCode-
 FOR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 AT&T's top managers have thrown their weight behind transforming the
 corporation from a dedicated monopolist, intent on preserving it privileges,
 into a vigorous marketing company, responsive to customers and capable of
 thriving on unfettered competition. The company is learning how to market,
 and one executive described the process as being the greatest challenge in
 American business, requiring nothing less than a fundamental revamping of
 the corporate ideology. AT&T's salesmen are not qualified enough to do
 systems selling. This deficiency along with other problems of change may
 somewhat slow the marketing plan. If it is to be successful, the sales force
 will have to change the way its customers perceive the system. Many
 corporate communications managers, focusing on cost control, will not accept
 higher communications bills unless there is a sophisticated
 cost/effectiveness analysis to justify them. In becoming a successful
 marketing company, AT&T will have to adopt a new organizational structure,
 new management methods, and new services and products.
-Desc-
 ATT; Marketing; Marketing management; Market strategy; Corporate planning;
 Corporate management; Work methods improvement; Product management; Changes;
 Innovations; Competition; Communications; Telephones; Customer services
 CLASS. CODES: 8330 (CN=Broadcasting & telecommunications); 7500 (CN=Product
 planning & development); 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy); 5300 (CN=Production
 management); 2400 (CN=Public relations)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 142
-A-
 78009840
-W-
 Increasing the People-Organization Fit in Mergers and Acquisitions
 Korman, Abraham K.; Rosenbloom, Arthur H.; Walsh, Richard J.
 Personnel v55n3 PP: 54-61 May-June 1978
 -CODEN-
 PSNLAH
-ISSN-
 0031-5702
-JrnlCode-
 PER
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 Specialists in the field of mergers and acquisitions have long known that
 transactions of this kind often have complex psychological and social
 ramifications that may slow or block the success of the process. Many have
 urged that management give greater consideration to the human resource
 aspects of such transactions and that companies make greater use of
 organizational specialists in this area. Succesful intervention techniques
 "fit" people to new organizational situations. One such plan is the merger
 assessment, training, and evaluation (MATE) strategy which involves
 maximizing 5 basic fits: 1. executive, 2. management, 3. employee, 4.
 organization climate, and 5. organization structure. Deciding when, during
 merger and acquisitions transactions, will be the best time to increase the
 fit between people and the organization is critical. The type of procedure
 used depends not only on the kind of fit that is most desired, but on when
 during the merger or acquisition a fit-maximizing strategy is implemented.
 Charts.
-Desc-
 Acquisitions & mergers; Psychological aspects; Strategy; Employee problems;
 Problem solving; Human resources; Changes; Organizational change;
 Acceptance
 CLASS. CODES: 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy); 6500 (CN=Employee problems);
 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 143
-A-
 78009238
-W-
 Market conditions, decentralization and managerial effectiveness in South
 African and American corporations
 Orpen, Christopher
 Management International Review (Germany) v18n1 PP: 61-68 1978
 -CODEN-
 MINRAY
-ISSN-
 0025-181X
-JrnlCode-
 MIR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 To examine the effect of market conditions on the relationship between
 decentralization and managerial effectiveness, 135 managers from U.S. and
 South African manufacturing firms were surveyed to assess the degree to
 which they perceived their market to be competitive. Measures were obtained
 of the degree of centralization in decision-making as well as the level of
 satisfaction of a sample of employees in each firm. Net profits and net
 growth over the previous 5 years were used to assess managerial performance.
 Under competitive conditions decentralization was positively related to
 employee satisfaction and managerial performance in both the U.S. and South
 Africa. However, in South Africa, under non-competitive conditions,
 centralized firms were superior to decentralized firms in these respects.
 The different results obtained in the 2 countries are explained in terms of
 the greater need of U.S. employees to participate in decision-making and
 hence to react positively to decentralization, irrespective of market
 conditions. References.
-Desc-
 Studies; Organization theory; Management; US; South Africa; Manufacturing;
 Markets; Decentralization; Competition; Decision making
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 144
-A-
 78009040
-W-
 The Structure of Organizational Environments: A Factor Analytic Approach
 Beard, Donald W.
 Organization & Administrative Sciences v8n4 PP: 85-105 Winter 1977/78
-ISSN-
 0146-1400
-JrnlCode-
 OAS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 This study identifies some common methodological problems in the
 investigation of organization-environment relationships, and it offers the
 results of an empirical study of variation in manufacturers' competitive
 environments that was designed as a response to these problems. The
 hypotheses tested in the research concerned 3 major dimensions of
 variations: 1. technological structure, 2. organization structure, and 3.
 market structure. These were present in manufacturers' competitive
 environments. The major question addressed was whether or not each of the 3
 dimensions could be measured by a factor composed of variables that have
 been validated in a number of important studies relevant to
 organization-environment relationships. A principal-factor analysis using
 signi*cance criteria was utilized both for factors and factor loadings in
 testing the hypotheses. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Organization theory; Case studies; Competition; Environment Discriminant
 analysis; Problems; Variance analysis; Correlation analysis; Technology;
 Economies of scale; Marketing; Structure
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 9110 (CN=Company specific);
 1100 (CN=Economics); 7000 (CN=Marketing)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 145
-A-
 78009034
-W-
 Organizational environment: antecedent for normative statements on
 organization design?
 Pennings, Johannes M.
 Organization & Administrative Sciences v8n4 PP: 1-14 Winter 1977/78
-ISSN-
 0146-1400
-JrnlCode-
 OAS
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 This presentation examines the question of whether the structure of
 brokerage offices is contingent upon environmental characteristics. A
 contextual analysis has been carried out to isolate the individual and
 structural effects of environmental characteristics on centralization and
 communication. The results indicate little support for the contention that
 the environment has any such structural correlates. The structural variables
 are related to measures of performance. The implication for organization
 design are identified. It is concluded that a structure which induces
 decentralization is preferable. The overall objective of the paper is to
 describe empirical results which are germane to the organization-environment
 relationship and to derive normative statements about the appropriateness of
 organizational design. Tables. References.
-Desc-
 Correlation analysis; Productivity; Management science; Organization theory;
 Models; Environment; Communication; Centralization; Decision making units;
 Power; Structure; Brokerage houses; Questionnaires; Regression analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 2600 (CN=Management science/Operations research); 2500
 (CN=Organizational behavior); 8130 (CN=Investment services)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 146
-A-
 78007350
-W-
 Multinational Corporations: Homebase-Affiliate Relations
 Alpander, Guvenc G.
 California Mgmt Review v20n3 PP: 47-56 Spring 1978
 -CODEN-
 CMNRAK
-ISSN-
 0008-1256
-JrnlCode-
 CMR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 As international markets and competition increase, MNCs are faced with a
 dilemma of allowing overseas operations enough flexibility while still
 maintaining centralized control. Generally, the organizational structure
 adopted is one in which corporate headquarters sets overall objectives,
 strategies, and policies while allowing affiliates to determine their
 individual activities in attaining these overall objectives. The better
 integrated into the corporate framework the affiliates are, the more
 effective their performance will be. Headquarters controls affiliates via
 organizational structure, such as by setting up international divisions,
 worldwide product divisions, divisions along functions lines, etc. Also,
 control is exercised by the degree of general supervision and by providing
 coordinated staff services. Tables. Chart. References.
-Desc-
 Multinational corporations; Organizational plans; Affiliates ; Functions;
 Surveys; Corporate management; Management controls; Coordination;
 Supervision; Operations
 CLASS. CODES: 1300 (CN=International trade & foreign investment) 2300
 (CN=Planning & strategy); 2200 (CN=Managerial skills)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 147
-A-
 78000254
-W-
 Organizational Design-A Situational Perspective
 Lorsch, Jay W.
 Organizational Dynamics v6n2 PP: 2-14 Autumn 1977
-JrnlCode-
 ORD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM An organizational design is management's formal and
 explicit attempt to indicate to organization members what is expected of
 them. It includes the following elements-1. organization structure, 2.
 planning measurement and evaluation schemes, 3. rewards, 4. selection
 criteria, and 5. training. The organization designer must create a
 structure, rewards and measurements, and other elements compatible with the
 external environment, strategy, tasks, organization members, top-management
 style, and existing culture.
 This requirement may seem like an impossible task, but it really resembles
 an architect planning a house. The architect starts with the character and
 shape of the land and the requirements of the occupants and then considers
 costs, building codes, and other relevant factors. Once the organizational
 designer understands what the deal structure is to meet these s can begin to
 consider alternatives and trade-offs more suitable to top management.
 Charts. Bibliography.
-Desc-
 Organizational plans; Design; Integration; Management; Behavior; Objectives
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 2300 (CN=Planning &
 strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 148
-A-
 77011095
-W-
 FACILITATING TOTAL APPLICATION OF EXPERIENCE TO WORK
 HOOK, RALPH C.
 Defense Mgmt Jrnl V13 N2 PP: 81-84 APRIL 1977
 -CODEN-
 DMJOB3
-ISSN-
 0041-7599
-JrnlCode-
 DMJ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 THE PYRAMIDAL ORGANIZATION IS ESSENTIAL FOR THE DEPT. OF DEFENSE AND ALL
 FEDERAL DEPARTMENTS TO ACHIEVE THE GREATEST PRODUCTIVITY. MODEL NETICS, A
 UNIQUE MANAGEMENT
 Lang., CAN PROVIDE AN OPERATIONAL CATALYST FOR THIS TYPE OF ORGANIZATION
 WHICH WILL RESULT IN GREATER EFFECTIVENESS AND EFFICIENCY AND
 CORRESPONDINGLY GREATER PRODUCTIVITY WHEN TAUGHT TO EMPLOYEES AT EVERY
 ORGANIZATIONAL LEVEL. MODEL NETICS IS ESPECIALLY USEFUL IN ENERGIZING
 INDIVIDUALS IN THE ORGANIZATION TO WANT TO MAKE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS WORK. THE
 COMMON
 Lang. IS THE KEY TO EXPLAINING THE SYSTEM IN A LOGICAL AND CONSISTENT WAY.
 ORGANIZATIONS THAT HAVE INTRODUCED IT TO THEIR PERSONNEL PROVIDE THE BEST
 EVIDENCE OF ITS WORTH. MODEL NETICS HAS AN IMPORTANT LEVERAGEE EFFECT THAT
 ENABLES THE MANAGER TO ORGANIZE AND CONTROL THE KNOWLEDGE HE ALREADY HAS
 WHICH HELPS HIM TO BE MORE EFFECTIVE AND EFFICIENT AND TO ATTAIN IMPROVED
 OPERATING RESULTS. CHARTS.
-Desc-
 Case studies; Software packages; Management; Motivation; Productivity;
 Organizational behavior
 CLASS. CODES: 5200 (CN=Communications & information management); 9110
 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 149
-A-
 77009847
-W-
 TOWARD A MULTILEVEL CONGRUENCE THEORY OF ORGANIZATION
 NIGHTINGALE, DONALD V.; TOULOUSE, JEAN-MARIE
 Administrative Science Qtrly V22 N2 PP: 264-280 JUNE 1977
 -CODEN-
 ASCQAG
-ISSN-
 0001-8392
-JrnlCode-
 ASQ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 A THEORY OF ORGANIZATION IS PROPOSED IN WHICH FIVE CONCEPTS - ORGANIZATIONAL
 ENVIRONMENT, MANAGERIAL VALUES, ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE, INTERPERSONAL AND
 INTERGROUP PROCESSES, AND THE REACTIONS ADJUSTMENTS OF ORGANIZATION MEMBERS
 - ARE LINKED IN AN OPEN SYSTEMS FRAMEWORK. IT IS HYPOTHESIZED THAT THE
 CONCEPTS ARE MUTUALLY INTERDEPENDENT. CONGRUENT AND PREDICTABLE RELATIONS
 ARE PRESUMED TO RESULT FROM RECIPROCAL RELATIONS AMONG THE CONCEPTS. AN
 ANALYSIS OF 1, 000 ORGANIZATION MEMBERS IN 20 ORGANIZATIONS IN TWO CULTURES
 SUPPORTS THE THEORY. OPERATIONAL ISSUES INVOLVED IN TESTING CONGRUENCE
 THEORIES AND IN STUDYING CONCEPTS FROM DIFFERENT LEVELS OF ANALYSIS ARE
 DISCUSSED. CHARTS. TABLES. REFERENCES.
-Desc-
 Hypotheses; Organizational; Structure; Environment
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 150
-A-
 77004389
-W-
 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT ARE DEAD
 STUART-KOTZE, R.
 Optimum (Canada) V6 N4 PP: 14-22 1975
-ISSN-
 0475-1906
-JrnlCode-
 OPT
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 MANAGERS ARE AWARE THAT MANY OF THE TRADITIONAL METHODS THAT WORKED SO WELL
 IN THE PAST ARE NO LONGER EFFECTIVE. A MANAGERIAL SITUATION CAN BE ANALYZED
 AT TWO LEVELS. ONE LEVEL CONCERNS THOSE ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS OUTSIDE THE
 BOUNDARIES OF THE ORGANIZATION. THE OTHER IS WHAT HE FACES WITHIN THE FIRM.
 THE MAJOR SITUATIONAL ELEMENTS WITH WHICH A MANAGER HAS TO DEAL WITHIN AN
 ORGANIZATION ARE FINANCES, TECHNOLOGY, ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE, AND PEOPLE.
 THE MAJOR EXTERNAL SITUATIONAL ELEMENTS WHICH AFFECT THE OUTCOMES OF
 DECISIONS MADE WITHIN AN ORGANIZATION ARE ECONOMIC CONDITIONS, THE NATURE OF
 COMPETITION, SOCIAL VALUES AND ATTITUDES, AND THE POLITICAL/LEGAL CLIMATE.
 THE KEY TASK OF A MANAGER IS TO MAKE DECISIONS. BECAUSE MANAGERIAL DECISIONS
 HAVE SIGNIFICANT AND FAR REACHING EFFECTS IN AN ORGANIZATION, THEY MUST BE
 MADE WITH CARE. THE EFFECTIVE MANAGER ANALYZES CAREFULLY ALL THE FACTORS
 WHICH MAY AFFECT THE OUTCOMES OF ALTERNATE DECISIONS AND PROCEEDS ON THE
 BASIS OF HIS FINDINGS. DIAGRAM.
-Desc-
 Organizational behavior; Decision making
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 151
-A-
 77000111
-W-
 OPTIMIZING THE UTILIZATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
 GIBLIN, EDWARD J.; ORNATI, OSCAR A.
 Organizational Dynamics V5 N2 PP: 18-33 AUTUMN 1976
 -CODEN-
 ORDYAM
-ISSN-
 0090-2616
-JrnlCode-
 ORD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 THERE ARE SIX MAJOR CONDITIONS THAT PERMIT OPTIMIZING THE USE OF HUMAN
 RESOURCES. TASK PERFORMANCE MUST BE RELATED TO THE GOALS OF THE
 ORGANIZATION, JOBS ARE RELATED TO OUTPUT REQUIREMENTS, JOBS MUST BE
 EFFICIENTLY PERFORMED, THE WORK CLIMATE MUST CREATE A POSITIVE DISPOSITION
 TO PERFORM, WORK FLOW IS STRUCTURED TO MINIMIZE SLACK AND DUPLICATION OF
 EFFORT, AND STRUCTURE AND TECHNOLOGY ARE INTEGRATED SO AS TO IMPROVE TASK
 PERFORMANCE. THESE SIX CONDITIONS ARE HIGHLY INTERDEPENDENT. PHILOSOPHIES
 AND APPROACHES FOR HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT MUST BE CONSIDERED WITHIN THE
 CONTEXT OF MANAGEMENT PROCESS AND ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE, AND PROCESS AND
 STRUCTURE INTERACT WITH TECHNOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS AS WELL AS SOCIETAL AND
 ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT. THESE LATTER VARIABLES POSE CONSTRAINTS OF HUMAN
 RESOURCES AND OF THE ORGANIZATION'S OTHER PRIMARY RESOURCES AS WELL.
 BIBLIOGRAPHY.
-Desc-
 Human resources; Optimization; Organizational behavior; Structure
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 152
-A-
 76004262
-W-
 MAKING STRATEGIC PLANNING WORK
 KOONTZ, HAROLD
 Business Horizons V19 N2 PP: 37-47 APRIL 1976
 -CODEN-
 BHORAD
-ISSN-
 0007-6813
-JrnlCode-
 BHO
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 STRATEGIC PLANNING PROGRAMS ARE OFTEN INEFFECTIVE BECAUSE OF - 1. MANAGERS'
 LACK OF COMMITMENT, 2. CONFUSING PLANNING STUDIES WITH PLANS, 3. LACK OF
 CLEAR OBTAINABLE OBJECTIVES, 4. UNDERESTIMATING THE IMPORTANCE OF PLANNING
 ASSUMPTIONS, 5. FAILURE TO PLACE STRATEGIES WITHIN THE TOTAL SCOPE OF PLANS,
 6. FAILURE TO DEVELOP CLEAR POLICIES, AND 7. INABILITY TO DIAGNOSE A
 SITUATION IN THE LIGHT OF LIMITING FACTORS. THE SEVEN MAJOR TYPES OF
 STRATEGIES ARE NEW OR CHANGED PRODUCTS AND SERVICES, MARKETING, GROWTH,
 FINANCIAL, ORGANIZATIONAL, PERSONNEL, AND PUBLIC-RELATIONS. STRATEGY
 REQUISITES INCLUDE CORPORATE SELF-APPRAISAL, ASSESSING THE FUTURE
 ENVIRONMENT, ASSURING PLANNING THROUGH ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE, ASSURING
 CONSISTENT STRATEGIES, AND THE NEED FOR CONTINGENCY STRATEGIES. TO IMPLEMENT
 STRATEGIES, COMMUNICATE THEM TO ALL KEY DECISION-MAKING MANAGERS, REVIEW
 THEM REGULARLY, CREATE A CLIMATE THAT FORCES PLANNING, AND DEVELOP PLANNING
 PREMISES.
-Desc-
 Strategic; Planning; Guidelines
 CLASS. CODES: 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 153
-A-
 76000046
-W-
 PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT A MATTER OF SIZE OR DESIGN
 LEVY, WALTER K.
 Retail Control V44 N3 PP: 2-14 NOV. 1975
 -CODEN-
 RETCAC
-ISSN-
 0034-6047
-JrnlCode-
 REC
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 BEING OF MANAGEABLE SIZE AFFORDS A STORE DISTINCT AND POSITIVE ATTRIBUTES
 SUCH AS A DIRECTNESS OF COMMUNICATIONS AND INTERPLAY BETWEEN PEOPLE, A
 SIMPLICITY OF ORGANIZATIONAL ARRANGEMENTS, A BUSINESS WORLD OF MANAGEABLE
 DIMENSION WHERE AN EXECUTIVE CAN BOTH PROJECT AND RECEIVE BACK VIBRATIONS
 FROM HIS OR HER DECISIONS. RETAILERS TODAY ARE FACED WITH OVERSTORED TRADING
 AREAS, DIRECT-MAIL COMPETITION, LONG-TERM INFLATION, CONSUMER SELECTIVITY,
 AN EXPANDING REQUIREMENT FOR ACCURATE AND TIMELY DATA AND AN INCREASE IN OUR
 BODY OF KNOWLEDGE. THESE TRENDS NECESSITATE THE IDENTIFICATION AND REVIEW OF
 THE COMPANY'S HUMAN-RESOURCES AND THE ORGANIZATIONAL ARRANGEMENTS AND
 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE. YOUR ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE IS DESIGNED TO ACHIEVE
 YOUR STATED GOALS AND IMAGE. PICK THE TARGET, SET THE PACE AND THEN DETAIL
 HOW TO ACHIEVE IT. EXHIBITS.
-Desc-
 Retail stores; Management; Structure
 CLASS. CODES: 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy); 8390 (CN=Retailing industry)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 154
-A-
 75011331
-W-
 DOING AWAY WITH THE FACTORY BLUES
 SCOBEL, DONALD N.
 Harvard Business Review V53N6 PP: 132-142 NOV./DEC. 1975
 -CODEN-
 HABRAX
-ISSN-
 0017-8012
-JrnlCode-
 HBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 EXPERIENCES AT EATON CORPORATION DEMONSTRATE THAT YOU DON'T NEED THEORIES
 AND EXPERTS TO REDESIGN THE ATMOSPHERE OF A WORKPLACE. EATON'S APPROACH IS
 SIMPLE - IDENTIFY WORKER-MANAGEMENT'S PROBLEMS AND RECOGNIZE THAT
 BLUE-COLLAR WORKERS CAN BE JUST AS TRUSTWORTHY AND HIGHLY MOTIVATED AS THEIR
 COUSINS IN THE OFFICE. THE HAPPY OUTCOME HAS BEEN A WARMER, MORE RESPONSIVE
 WORK CLIMATE AT EATON, WITH INCREASED WORKER SATISFACTION AND HIGHER
 PRODUCTIVITY. AT THE NEW EATON PLANTS, THE HIRING PROCESS IS A MEANINGFUL,
 TWO-WAY EXCHANGE. THERE IS NO PROBATIONARY PERIOD. THE PLANTS DO NOT USE
 TIME CLOCKS, BUZZERS, OR SIMILAR CONTROLS. ALL FACTORY AND OFFICE PEOPLE
 SHARE THE SAME BENEFIT PACKAGE. OFFICE AND FACTORY SUPERVISORS HOLD
 DEPARTMENTAL MEETINGS AT LEAST ONCE EVERY TWO WEEKS. AN OPEN FLOOR CONCEPT
 REPLACES THE OLD OPEN DOOR POLICY. THESE ARE JUST A FEW ASPECTS OF THE NEW
 APPROACH BEING TAKEN.
-Desc-
 Organizational behavior; Eaton-Cleveland; Case studies; Blue collar workers;
 Motivation; Job satisfaction
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 9110 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 155
-A-
 75010163
-W-
 THE IMPACT OF MARKET COMPETITION ON ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE AND EFFECTIVENESS
 - A CROSS-CULTURAL STUDY
 SIMONETTI, JACK L.; BOSEMAN, F. GLENN
 Academy of Mgmt Jrnl V18 N3 PP: 631-638 SEPT. 1975
-ISSN-
 0001-4273
-JrnlCode-
 AMA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 THIS STUDY SUPPORTS THE CONTINGENCY THEORY OF ORGANIZATIONS WHEN EXAMINED
 WITH RESPECT TO MEXICO AND ITALY. HOWEVER, CONTRARY TO THE FINDINGS OF
 NEGANDHI AND REIMANN IT WAS FOUND THAT LOW COMPETITIVE MARKET CONDITIONS
 MAKE DECENTRALIZATION MORE IMPORTANT FOR BEHAVIORAL EFFECTIVENESS.
 SOCIOCULTURAL VARIABLES HAVE SUBSTANTIAL INFLUENCES ON ORGANIZATIONAL
 STRUCTURES OF INDUSTRIAL ENTERPRISES IN DEVELOPING COUNTRIES. IN FACT,
 DECENTRALIZED STRUCTURE IS DYSFUNCTIONAL IN TERMS OF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF
 INDUSTRIAL ENTERPRISES IN DEVELOPING COUNTRIES. BOTH MEXICAN AND ITALIAN
 FIRMS WITH CENTRALIZED STRUCTURES IN LOW COMPETITIVE MARKET CONDITIONS WERE
 MORE ECONOMICALLY EFFECTIVE THAN THOSE WITH DECENTRALIZED STRUCTURES.
 TABLES. REFERENCES.
-Desc-
 Studies; Organizational; Structure; Competition; Mexico; Italy;
 Decentralization
 CLASS. CODES: 2300 (CN=Planning & strategy)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 156
-A-
 75007163
-W-
 MBO AFTER ALL THESE YEARS
 GIEGOLD, W. C.
 CONFERENCE BOARD RECORD V12 N7 PP: 49-52 JULY 1975
-ISSN-
 0010-5546
-JrnlCode-
 CBR
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 FREQUENTLY THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN SUCCESS AND FAILURE MERELY LIES IN FINDING
 THE TRUE ROLE FOR A PRODUCT WHICH, IN THE APPROPRIATE APPLICATION, WILL
 SERVE WELL. A CASE IN POINT IS MBO WHICH HAS A POOR TRACK RECORD TO DATE.
 THERE ARE SEVERAL PSYCHOLOGICAL BARRIERS TO MBO WHICH CAN LEAD TO ITS
 REJECTION BEFORE IT IS FULLY FUNCTIONAL - 1. IT CANNOT BE SUPERIMPOSED ON AN
 ONGOING SYSTEM OF POLICY AND PROCEDURE 2. IT IS NOT AN EASY ROAD TO
 ORGANIZATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS. 3. IT IS NOT JUST ANOTHER BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE.
 THE PREREQUISITES FOR AN IMMEDIATELY SUCCESSFUL MBO EFFORT INCLUDE - 1. A
 WELL THOUGHT OUT ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE IN WHICH RESPONSIBILITIES AND AREAS
 OF AUTHORITY ARE CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD 2. A HEAVY COMMITMENT TO IMPROVE
 EFFECTIVENESS BY HIGHER MANAGEMENT 3. AN ORGANIZATIONAL-CLIMATE WHERE
 INTERFUNCTIONAL COOPERATION IS AN ACCEPTED WAY OF LIFE 4. MANAGERS ABLE TO
 COMMUNICATE ON AN INFORMAL, PRODUCTIVE BASIS WITH EMPLOYEES, AND VICE
 VERSA.
-Desc-
 Management by objectives; Problems; Effectiveness; Management styles
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 157
-A-
 75006713
-W-
 COMPARATIVE MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION THEORY - A MARRIAGE NEEDED
 NEGANDHI, ANANT R.
 Academy of Mgmt Jrnl V18 N2 PP: 334-344 JUNE 1975
-ISSN-
 0001-4273 JRNL
 CODE: AMA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 AVAIL.: ABI/INFORM
 INTEGRATION BETWEEN THE CROSS-CULTURAL COMPARATIVE MANAGEMENT AND
 ORGANIZATION THEORY AREAS IS NEEDED. SUCH INTEGRATION WILL ENRICH RESEARCH
 STUDIES UNDERTAKEN BY SCHOLARS OF DIFFERENT ORIENTATIONS. AN ENLARGED
 PERSPECTIVE ON CONTINGENCY THEORY WITH THE INCLUSION OF CLOSED SYSTEM AND
 OPEN SYSTEM VARIABLES, CAN PROVIDE A COMPREHENSIVE UNDERSTANDING OF THE
 FACTORS AFFECTING THE STRUCTURING AND FUNCTIONING OF COMPLEX ORGANIZATIONS.
 ONE CAN CONCEPTUALIZE THESE VARIABLES BY VISUALIZING THREE SUCCESSIVE
 ENVIRONMENT ORGANIZATION BOUNDARIES - ORGANIZATIONAL ENVIRONMENT, TASK
 ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIETAL ENVIRONMENT. THE SYSTEMS FRAMEWORK ALSO DEMANDS
 THAT THE PATTERNS OF RELATIONSHIPS RATHER THAN THE CAUSAL LINKAGES BE
 STRESSED. THIS REQUIRES THAT MULTIVARIATE MODELS BE USED. THIS
 CLASSIFICATION SCHEME IS A BEGINNING STEP, BUT MORE RESEARCH ON BUILDING A
 COMPREHENSIVE INTEGRATING MODEL IS NEEDED. FIGURE, REFERENCES.
-Desc-
 Organization theory; Comparative; Management
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 158
-A-
 75000286
-W-
 SYSTEMS MODELS, ECONOMIC MODELS AND THE CAUSAL TEXTURE OF ORGANIZATIONAL
 ENVIRONMENTS - AN APPROACH TO MACRO-ORGANIZATION THEORY
 METCALFE, J. L.
 Human Relations V 27 N 7 PP: 639-663 SEPT. 1974
-ISSN-
 0018-7267
-JrnlCode-
 HRL
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 USING ANALOGIES FROM SYSTEM THEORY AND ECONOMIC THEORY, A MORE PRECISE
 SPECIFICATION OF THE NATURE OF THE PROBLEM POSED BY TURBULENT ORGANIZATIONAL
 ENVIRONMENT IS DEVELOPED. THIS ANALYSIS POINTS TO THE NEED FOR
 MACRO-ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY TO EXPLAIN THE BEHAVIOUR OF COMPLEX
 INTERORGANIZATIONAL SYSTEMS. MODELS FROM POLITICAL THEORY ARE USED AS A
 BASIS FOR STUDYING THE INTEGRATIVE PROBLEMS OF PLURALISTIC SYSTEMS AND THE
 PROCESS OF MACRO-ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT. THE ROLE OF SECOND ORDER AND
 NETWORK ORGANIZATIONS IN DEVELOPING THE CAPACITY OF A SYSTEM TO FORMULATE
 AND IMPLEMENT MACRO POLICIES IS DISCUSSED. THE PROBLEM OF ENVIRONMENTAL
 TURBULENCE APPEARS TO BE AT THE ROOT OF THE CRISES WHICH ORGANIZATIONS IN A
 VARIETY OF INSTITUTIONAL SPHERES ARE EXPERIENCING. BUT ISOLATED, PIECEMEAL
 ATTEMPTS TO COPE WITH IT ARE BOUND TO BE UNSUCCESSFUL. CHARTS.
-Desc-
 System theory; Economic theory; Organizational; Environment Organization
 theory
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 159
-A-
 74010238
-W-
 THE TOPEKA SYSTEM - BEATING THE BLUE-COLLAR BLUES
 ALLEN, A. DALE, JR.
 Personnel Administrator V19N1 PP: 49-52 JAN/FEB 1974
 -CODEN-
 PEADAY
-ISSN-
 0031-5729
-JrnlCode-
 PAD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 IF SOCIAL SCIENTISTS WOULD QUIT TELLING WORKERS HOW MISERABLE LIFE IS, THEY
 MIGHT COME TO BELIEVE THAT EARNING A LIVING IS WORTHWHILE. A NEW GAINES DOG
 FOOD PLANT IN TOPEKA, KANSAS, IS STRUCTURED TO INCLUDE INNOVATIVE ATTEMPTS
 AT REDUCING BEHAVIORAL PROBLEMS. A TEAM STRUCTURE HAS BEEN ADOPTED TO ALIGN
 EMPLOYEE NEEDS WITH ORGANIZATIONAL OBJECTIVES, AND TO ALLOW INDIVIDUALS TO
 IDENTIFY WITH OVERALL PLANT OPERATION. INDIVIDUAL AND TEAM RESPONSIBILITIES
 INCLUDE HIRING, FIRING, OPERATING DECISIONS, EVALUATING TEAM MEMBERS FOR
 WAGE INCREASES, AND COUNSELING. TRADITIONAL STATUS SYMBOLS HAVE BEEN
 SCRAPPED - SUCH AS JOB TITLES, RESERVED PARKING SPACES, DIFFERENTIATION IN
 OFFICE DECOR. THE PLANT IS EXPERIENCING SUCCESS, MUCH OF WHICH IS
 ATTRIBUTABLE TO HIGH EMPLOYEE MOTIVATION AND THEIR CONCERN FOR OVERALL
 OPERATIONS.
-Desc-
 Organizational behavior; Blue collar workers; Teamwork; Organizational
 plans; Case studies; Motivation; Work environment; Organizational change;
 Industrial democracy
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior); 9110 (CN=Company specific)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 160
-A-
 74009186
-W-
 ORGANIZATIONAL CLIMATE - RELATIONSHIP TO ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE, PROCESS
 AND PERFORMANCE
 LAWLER, EDWARD E., III; HALL, DOUGLAS T.; ET AL.
 Organizational Behavior & Human Performance V11N1 PP: 139-155 FEB 1974
 -CODEN-
 OBHPA5
-ISSN-
 0030-5073
-JrnlCode-
 OBP
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 THE PRESENT STUDY WAS DESIGNED TO TEST THE VIEW THAT ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE
 AND PROCESS ARE RELATED TO ORGANIZATIONAL CLIMATE WHICH IN TURN IS RELATED
 TO ORGANIZATION PERFORMANCE AND EMPLOYEE JOB-SATISFACTION. QUESTIONNAIRES
 WERE COMPLETED BY THE DIRECTORS OF 117 RESEARCH-AND-DEVELOPMENT
 ORGANIZATIONS AND BY 291 SCIENTISTS IN A SUBSAMPLE OF 21 OF THESE
 ORGANIZATIONS. RESULTS SHOWED THAT SEVERAL ORGANIZATIONAL PROCESS VARIABLES,
 BUT NO STRUCTURAL VARIABLES, WERE SIGNIFICANTLY RELATED TO THE CLIMATE OF
 THE ORGANIZATION AS PERCEIVED BY SCIENTISTS. PERCEIVED CLIMATE IN TURN WAS
 SHOWN TO BE SIGNIFICANTLY RELATED TO MEASURES OF ORGANIZATIONAL PERFORMANCE
 AND TO JOB-SATISFACTION. TABLES, REFERENCES.
-Desc-
 Studies; Organizational; Climates; Structure; Organizational behavior
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 161
-A-
 74008823
-W-
 CORRELATES OF DECENTRALIZATION - CLOSED- AND OPEN-SYSTEMS PERSPECTIVES
 NEGANDHI, ANANT R.; REIMANN, BERNARD C.
 Academy of Mgmt Jrnl PROCEEDINGS PP: 509-513 AUG 1973
-ISSN-
 0001-4273
-JrnlCode-
 AMA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 THE IMPACT OF BOTH CLOSED- AND OPEN-SYSTEMS VARIABLES ON THE ORGANIZATIONAL
 STRUCTURE ARE EXAMINED. MORE SPECIFICALLY, ATTEMPTS WERE MADE TO EXPLORE THE
 IMPACT OF SIZE TECHNOLOGY, DEPENDENCE, MARKET COMPETITION, AND TASK
 ENVIRONMENT ON THE DECENTRALIZATION IN DECISION-MAKING. TO SUMMARIZE THE
 RESULTS OF THE NON-PARAMETRIC ANALYSIS, THE DEGREE OF DECENTRALIZATION OF
 DECISION-MAKING WAS FOUND TO BE RELATED TO SEVERAL OF THE INDEPENDENT
 VARIABLES OF THE MODEL. THE RESULTS OF THIS PARAMETRIC, MULTIVARIATE
 ANALYSIS SUPPORTED THE NON-PARAMETRIC RESULTS IN THAT THE ORGANIZATIONAL
 CONCERN VARIABLE WAS BY FAR THE MOST IMPORTANT PREDICTOR OF A FIRM'S
 DECENTRALIZATION OF DECISION-MAKING.
-Desc-
 Decision making; Decentralization; Correlation analysis
 CLASS. CODES: 2600 (CN=Management science/Operations research)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 162
-A-
 74004715
-W-
 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE - HOW CHANGE WILL IMPACT THE ORGANIZATION
 CARROLL, JOHN P.
 Magazine of Bank Administration V50 N5 PP: 13-17 MAY 1974
 -CODEN-
 MBAAA5
-ISSN-
 0024-9823
-JrnlCode-
 BAD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 IN ADDITION TO EFTS, SOME OF THE MORE OBVIOUS DEVELOPING QUESTIONS RELATE TO
 THE EFFECT OF THE AUTOMATED BRANCH, THE ROLE OF THE MINI-COMPUTER IN
 RESOLVING THE CONTINUING DECENTRALIZATION VERSUS CENTRALIZATION QUESTIONS,
 THE EFFECTS OF EFFORTS TO IMMOBILIZE THE STOCK CERTIFICATE AND OTHER
 SECURITY INSTRUMENTS, THE SUCCESS OF THE BANKING INDUSTRY IN COMPETING
 EFFECTIVELY IN THE SECURITIES MARKETS BOTH FOR THE INDIVIDUAL AND
 INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR, THE EFFECT OF GROWING FOREIGN BANK COMPETITION IN
 DOMESTIC MARKETS, AND THE GROWING IMPACT OF THE BANK HOLDING-COMPANY
 ACTIVITIES. THE MAJOR IMPACTS WILL CONTINUE TO BE STRUCTURAL. THE AUTHOR
 DISCUSSES THE ROLE OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM'S IMPLEMENTATION OF THE
 HUNT COMMISSION RECOMMENDATIONS, LEGISLATION TO PROTECT THE CONSUMER,
 CHANGES IN THE REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT, THE PROPOSED FDIC REGULATIONS
 REGARDING FINANCIAL DATA REQUIREMENTS, STATE REGULATORY CHANGES -
 PARTICULARLY REGARDING BRANCHING AND HOLDING-COMPANY POWERS.
-Desc-
 Bank automation; Organizational change; Structure; Impacts
 CLASS. CODES: 8110 (CN=Commercial banking); 2500 (CN=Organizational
 behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 163
-A-
 74000498
-W-
 RELATIONSHIPS OF PERCEPTIONS OF ORGANIZATIONAL CLIMATE TO ORGANIZATIONAL
 STRUCTURE, CONTEXT, AND HIERARCHICAL POSITION
 PAYNE, ROY T.; MANSFIELD, ROGER
 Administrative Science Qtrly V18 N4 PP: 515-526 DEC 1973
 -CODEN-
 ASCQAG
-ISSN-
 0001-8392
-JrnlCode-
 ASQ
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 THIS STUDY CONSIDERS THE CONCEPT OF ORGANIZATIONAL CLIMATE AND EXAMINES THE
 RELATIONSHIPS TO BE EXPECTED BETWEEN DIFFERENT ASPECTS OF CLIMATE AND
 VARIOUS DIMENSIONS OF ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE AND CONTEXT. THE SUGGESTED
 RELATIONSHIPS ARE EXAMINED USING DATA FROM 387 RESPONDENTS WORKING AT ALL
 LEVELS IN 14 DIFFERENT WORK ORGANIZATIONS. EXAMINATION OF ORGANIZATIONAL
 CLIMATE SHOWED SIGNIFICANT VARIATIONS BY LEVEL. IT IS SUGGESTED THAT BEFORE
 THE CONCEPT OF ORGANIZATIONAL CLIMATE, OR ANY OTHER OPERATIONALIZATION,
 BASED UPON AGGREGATED PERCEPTIONS CAN BE FULLY USEFUL AS A DESCRIPTION OF
 THE STATE OF A SOCIAL SYSTEM, IT IS NECESSARY TO IDENTIFY THE FACTORS THAT
 ARE RELATED TO AN INDIVIDUAL'S PARTICULAR PERCEPTIONS AND TO TAKE THEM INTO
 ACCOUNT WHEN EXPLORING THE RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN CLIMATE AND OTHER
 DIMENSIONS OF THE SOCIAL SYSTEM. IF THIS IS DONE, IT MAY BE SHOWN THAT THE
 CONCEPT OF ORGANIZATIONAL CLIMATE IS TOO GROSS TO BE USEFUL IN THE
 PREDICTION OF THE BEHAVIOUR OF THE SOCIAL SYSTEM IT DESCRIBES.
-Desc-
 Studies; Organizational; Climates; Structure
 CLASS. CODES: 2500 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 164
-A-
 74000483
-W-
 PRIVATE FOREIGN-INVESTMENT IN LESS-DEVELOPED COUNTRIES PART I
 CROOKELL, HAROLD
 RIA COST & MGMT (CANADA) V47 N6 PP: 40-43 NOV-DEC 73
-JrnlCode-
 RIA
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 TWO REASONS ARE USUALLY GIVEN FOR INVESTING ABROAD - TO DEFEND OUR MARKET
 POSITION IN THE HOST COUNTRY, AND TO GET OUR COSTS DOWN. THE FIRST REASON
 REFLECTS A FIRM'S STAGE BY STAGE APPROACH TO FOREIGN-MARKETS, WHILE THE
 SECOND IS ALWAYS UNDERTAKEN AT THE FIRM'S INIATIVE AND ALWAYS INVOLVES
 PRODUCING ABROAD PRIMARILY FOR EXPORT. SEVERAL ACCUSATIONS ARE COMMONLY
 HEARD AGAINST FOREIGN INVESTORS - 1) PRIVATE INVESTMENT HURTS THE HOST
 COUNTRY'S BALANCE-OF-PAYMENTS, 2) FOREIGN INVESTORS WON'T EXPORT, 3) FOREIGN
 INVESTORS EXPLOIT HOST COUNTRIES AND RESIST LOCAL PARTNERS, 4) TECHNOLOGICAL
 AND MANAGERIAL SKILLS ARE NEVER REALLY TRANSFERRED, 5) FOREIGN INVESTORS
 CONSTITUTE UNFAIR COMPETITION FOR LOCAL NATIONALS, AND 6) FOREIGN-INVESTMENT
 CAUSES SOCIAL CHAOS IN HOST COUNTRIES. IT IS SUGGESTED THAT BOTH NATION
 STATES AND FOREIGN INVESTORS HAVE BEEN TOO RIGID. FOREIGN INVESTORS ARE
 ENCOURAGED TO DEVELOP MORE ADAPTIVE FORMS OF ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE, WHILE
 GOVERNMENTS NEED TO BE MORE FLEXIBLE AND REALIZE BENEFITS WHICH CAN BE
 REALIZED FROM FOREIGN-INVESTMENT.
-Desc-
 Private; Foreign investment; Problems; Unfair; Competition; Social impact
 CLASS. CODES: 1300 (CN=International trade & foreign investment) 2500
 (CN=Organizational behavior)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 165
-A-
 73003935
-W-
 PEOPLE, PRODUCTIVITY, AND ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
 ROSS, JOEL E.; MURDICK, ROBERT G.
 Personnel V50 N 5 PP: 8-18 SEPT - OCT, 73
 -CODEN-
 PSNLAH
-ISSN-
 0031-5702
-JrnlCode-
 PER
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 OF ALL THE CURRENT CONCERNS OF BUSINESS AND GOVERNMENT, THE MOST FAR -
 REACHING IS PRODUCTIVITY, CHIEFLY BECAUSE IT IS SO LINKED TO FOREIGN
 COMPETITION, AND, RELATED TO THAT, BECAUSE THE DECLINING RATE OF INCREASE IN
 PRODUCTIOVITY IS A PRIMARY CAUSE OF MONETARY PROBLEMS AND INFLATION. BY AND
 LARGE, MANAGERS HAVE OVERLOOKED OR UNDEREMPHASIZED TWO MAJOR SOURCES OF
 INCREASED PRODUCTIVITY. THE FIRST IS THE SALARIED SIDE OF THE COMPANY, THAT
 BROAD AREA KNOWN AS WHITE-COLLAR AND MIDDLE-MANAGEMENT. THE SECOND SOURCE OF
 INCREASED PRODUCTIVITY IS THE ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE, THE FRAMEWORK THAT
 FACILITATES ORGANIZATIONAL DYNAMICS AND GUIDES COMPANY OPERATIONS. MOST
 MANAGERS ARE HANDLING THEIR FINANCIAL ASSETS ACCEPTABLY BUT ARE OVERLOOKING
 THEIR HUMAN-RESOURCES. A CAREFUL ANALYSIS OF THE COSTS OF THE HUMAN
 RESOURCES WOULD VERY LIKELY LEAD TO BETTER MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION OF
 THESE RESOURCES.
-Desc-
 Productivity; Human resources; Personnel management
 CLASS. CODES: 6100 (CN=Human resource planning)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 039:015 166
-A-
 72000728
-W-
 MANAGING PEOPLE WITHOUT PLAYING GOD
 BRUNSTETTER, PHILIP H.
 Training & Development Jrnl VOL 26 NO 2 PP: 14-19 FEB 72
 -CODEN-
 TDEJA7
-ISSN-
 0041-0861
-JrnlCode-
 STD
-DocType-
 Jrnl Pap.
-Lang-
 Eng.
 MANIPULATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS DOES NOT CALL UPON A MANAGER TO PLAY
 GOD. BUT, IT DOES DEMAND THAT HE TAKE AN ACTIVE ROLE IN ARRANGING EACH
 ENVIRONMENTAL FACTOR WITHIN HIS CONTROL. BY THIS ACTION HE PROVIDES A WORK
 ENVIRONMENT WHICH WILL FREE THE WORKER TO GROW INDIVIDUALLY, WHILE MAKING A
 MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTION TO THE GOALS AND PURPOSES OF THE ENTERPRISE. ARTICLE
 EXAMINES FACTORS OF ORGANIZATINAL GOALS, MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY,
 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE, CLIMATE, COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK, REWARD SYSTEM,
 LEADERSHIP SKILLS AND PROCEDURES.
-Desc-
 Work environment; Organizational; Costs; Structure; Climates ; Rewards;
 Leadership
 CLASS. CODES: 2200 (CN=Managerial skills); 6200 (CN=Training & development)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 1
-A-
 1321227
-W-
 Bacteria did it. Industrial Chemical News January 0, 1986 p. 20
 The gene responsible for the ability of bacteria to invade cells has been
 discovered by R Isberg and S Falkow of Stanford U Medical Center. The large
 invasion gene was isolated from Yersinia pseudotubercolosis, 1 of a large
 class of bacteria that infect by penetrating cells and surviving within
 them. The best characterized disease-causing bacteria generally do not
 invade cells, but a large proportion of less understood and very pathogenic
 ones do, and these pathogenic bacteria tend to become increasingly resistant
 to antibiotics, according to Isberg. The gene seems to code for a large
 protein found on the bacterial surface, but researchers don't know yet if
 the protein aids invasion by facilitating bacterial binding to the animal
 cell or whether it has another role in the process. The gene may be useful
 in biotechnology by carrying other elements (eg drugs, other proteins or
 even pieces of DNA) into cells.
 *1USA *United States *8521214 *Cellular Biology *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 2
-A-
 1319018
-W-
 Ferro-Alloys: Production up, prices down. Metal Bulletin Monthly January 0,
 1986 p. 75, 79+
 World: Shippable ferrosilicon capacity is currently 2.5 million metric tons
 per year, and is 41 percent greater than consumption, at 1.8 million metric
 tons per year. This overcapacity, due to technological developments in the
 steel industry which have reduced FeSi requirements, is expected to last
 into the 1990s. World ferrochrome production totals 9-10 million metric tons
 per year, of which 60-70 percent is destined for the metallurgical market,
 chiefly stainless steel (70 percent) and high-alloy steels. The ferrochrome
 market is expected to grow at 3 percent/yr. Molybdenum demand and production
 balances at 165-175 million pound each in 1985, indicating excess stocks of
 30-40 million pound. Article discusses in detail ferro-alloy market trends,
 both national and international.
 *0 W *World *3313015 *Ferrosilicon *44 *facilities 0 W World 3313011
 Ferrochrome 62 production data 0 W World 3339740 Molybdenum 65 sales &
 consumptn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 3
-A-
 1318727
-W-
 A Special Report: Telecommunications. Wall Street Journal 3 Star, Eastern
 (Princeton, NJ) Edition February 24, 1986 p. 1d-44d
 A special report analyzes trends in the telecommunications equipment and
 services markets. Information included covers: Choosing a telecommunications
 system for a company in light of many technological developments and
 deregulation; graphic data on the telecom market; a discussion of the
 long-distance telephone market; regulations affecting the market; executive
 profiles; custom-made communications; new products and services;
 developments in France and Japan; telecom advertising; the battle between
 AT&T and IBM; security concerns in voice and data transmission; managing the
 telecom firm; effects of deregulation, and communications strategies for
 global companies.
 *1USA *United States *4810000 *Telecommunications *60 *market data 1USA
 United States 3661000 Telecommunications Equipment 60 market data
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 4
-A-
 1318289
-W-
 3Algae shuttle vector. Chemical Economy & Engineering Review (formerly Japan
 Chemical Quarterly) p. 5 3
 Japan: A new shuttle vector system between ocean algae and E coli has formed
 the foundation of algae rDNA technology, according to Tokyo U and Mitsubishi
 Kasei Institute of Life Sciences researchers. The shuttle vector was
 obtained by hybridizing PUC13 cloning vector of M13 pharge in E coli and
 plasmid separated from algae Synechococcus SP. Hybrid plasmid was inserted
 into E coli and algae, causing a transformation. If ocean algae with high
 production efficiency can be developed, it will improve output of
 photosynthesis-derived hydrogen, physiologically active substances such as
 chlorella and Spirulina algae rDNA and fisheries.
 *9JPN *Japan *8521212 *Genetic Engineering *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 5
-A-
 1317362
-W-
 Fairchild Is Back!. Electronics February 24, 1986 p. 72-75
 Fairchild Semiconductor now has a new management team, a vigorous
 product-introduction program, and a new strategy for survival. After a
 decade of decline, during which it lost top management and fell behind
 technologically, Fairchild is trying to leapfrog the competition and emerge
 as a leading supplier of high-performance components for the next
 generations of computer equipment, from desktops to supercomputers.
 Fairchild pres DW Brooks is trying to convince customers that their best
 chance of getting equipment to market in time to compete with Japanese
 manufacturers is to tie their systems' designs to Fairchild's device and
 technology development.
 *1USA *United States *3674000 *Semiconductor Devices *22 *planning-info;
 *Fairchild Semiconductor
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 6
-A-
 1315719
-W-
 A worldwide future for R&D?. Chemical Week February 26, 1986 p. 15, 17
 The US can retain its lead in the world economy via R&D, according to IM
 Ross of AT&T Bell Labs at an Research and Development conference sponsored
 by Conference Board. Ross does not expect the US to return to a
 'made-in-the-USA-only' era because of the importance of technology transfer,
 the need for global development and the international nature of business.
 Technological innovation accounts for 50-60 percent of economic growth. Ross
 says the US must use technology to reduce the labor content of its products,
 with US labor costs of $12.26/ hour, vs $6.48/ hour in Japan and $1.30/ hour
 in S Korea. Manufacturing, which produces 85 percent of US wealth, must not
 be abandoned in favor of high technology and service industries, but the US
 must excel in computers and telecommunications, which offer various services
 through systems engineering, aerospace and aviation. Chemicals and
 pharmaceuticals are fundamental to food, health and material needs, and
 biotechnology, including instrumentation and equipment, is also important. K
 Ohmae of McKinsey notes that Japan, West Europe and the US with 600 million
 consumers and $10, 000/capita in GNP make and use 85 percent of all
 high-technology goods.
 *1USA *United States *8510000 *Research & Development *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 7
-A-
 1315306
-W-
 Protein discovery. Cosmetics & Toiletries January 0, 1986 p. 19, 20
 Harvard researchers have isolated, purified and cloned a protein that
 induces new blood vessels to grow in living tissue. Angiogenin, the 1st
 human organ-forming substance ever chemically identified, consists of a
 single chain of 123 amino acids, many basic, and a molecular weight of 14,
 400. About 35 percent of the amino acid residues are identical to those in
 pancreatic ribonuclease.
 *1USA *United States *2831720 *Cellular Protein *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 8
-A-
 1313516
-W-
 Listening to the market before speaking up: GE. Business Marketing (formerly
 Industrial Marketing) February 0, 1986 p. 60, 61
 General Electric (Fairfield, Connecticut) utilizes focus groups before
 launching corporate image ad campaigns. The company launched a successful
 campaign in 1984 resulting in a Business Information Center that encourages
 an on-going communication with target markets. The company conducts
 pre-campaign research to determine possible trouble spots, such as slow
 growth in certain markets and rapid rates of technology development. One
 study found respondents viewed GE as 'somewhat abstract and close to
 arrogant, ' according to HM Snider, manager, business communications.
 Internally, the firm encourages employees to think of 'pulling new markets
 rather than pushing products, ' according to Snider.
 *1USA *United States *3600000 *Electrical & Electronic Equip *24 *marketing;
 *General Electric; Duns No: *00-136-7960; Ticker: *GE; CUSIP: *369604
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 9
-A-
 1312881
-W-
 R&D lessons to be learned from the Japanese--Battelle. American Paint &
 Coatings Journal February 3, 1986 p. 38, 40
 The US still leads in technology development, but there are several lessons
 to be learned from Japan, according to RS Paul of Battelle Memorial
 Institute. The Japanese take a more long-range view of Research and
 Development planning and are therefore better positioned to put significant
 technology to use. It takes 10 years from the time an invention is conceived
 until it produces any substantial income, but in the US there isstill great
 pressure for quarterly profits. The Japanese do a better job of developing a
 total Research and Development strategy and commercializing their results.
 They understand better than Americans that Research and Development is part
 of marketing strategy. Another lesson to be learned from the Japanese is the
 different attitude that their top management has toward R&D. In US firms,
 accounting results are too often the main factor in decisions on whether or
 not to produce innovative new products. The US is beginning to realize how
 successful the Japanese are at targeting a sector and launching a major
 national program bringing together government, industry and academia, and is
 responding with cooperative research efforts of its own.
 *1USA *United States *8510000 *Research & Development *22 *planning-info
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 10
-A-
 1312582
-W-
 New vectors for gene therapy. New Scientist January 23, 1986 p. 32
 United Kingdom: New vectors are being developed to carry cloned genes into
 the cells where they will work. The vectors are designed to ensure that the
 genes are expressed in host cells, and so could be prime tools in gene
 therapy. Techniques available up until now for inserting genes into
 mammalian cells killed most of the cells and produced gene expression in
 only 1 of 100, 000 of the surviving cells. The new vectors are based on
 retroviruses that can exist as proviruses in host DNA. R Mulligan of MIT has
 cloned the provirus of a mouse retrovirus and removed the retroviral genes,
 leaving the 2 Long Terminal Repeat (LTR) and Psi sequences needed for
 integration and gene expression. When this is combined with a 2nd provirus
 without the Psi sequence, the cells were able to produce the desired
 products. Most cells infected with the recombinant retrovirus vector end up
 with a single copy of the provirus integrated stably into the chromosomal
 DNA.
 *1USA *United States *8521212 *Genetic Engineering *39 *nonmanufacture tec
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 11
-A-
 1311695
-W-
 Viewpoint: The (Temporary?) Robotic Superpower. Dempa Digest January 20,
 1986 p. 10, 11
 Japan: Exports of robots will increase 20 percent to Y80bil of the Y400bil
 worth of robots produced in 1986, according to the Japan Industrial Robots
 Association. Development of robots to operate in extreme conditions will
 continue to be supported by the Ministry of International Trade and Industry
 until end FY90. Unless an independent organization is set up to seek
 donations and distribute funds to universities, research institutions and
 private firms, the development of robots will lose momentum, especially
 because the tax structure doesn't favor Research and Development donations.
 If Japan loses its competitive edge on robotics technology development,
 various industries that are currently competitive because of their use of
 robots will lose their edge. And Japan will become dependent on overseas
 supply of the machinery. Unemployment will also result if Research and
 Development of robots slows down.
 *9JPN *Japan *3569400 *Industrial Robots *64 *foreign trade
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 12
-A-
 1311330
-W-
 New Technology and R&D: Biotechnolgies: Dr Ohashi/. Chemical Correspondence
 December 5, 1985 p. 3
 Japan: Human cell life can be prolonged by a new process developed by Dr
 Ohashi of the Tokyo Metropolitan Institute of Gerontology. A foreign gene,
 derived from a virus infecting monkeys, is introduced into the normal
 diploid fibroblast. The normal cell with this gene maintains morphological
 characteristics of young cells almost indefinitely, and does not show signs
 of aging after 200 cell divisions.
 *9JPN *Japan *8521214 *Cellular Biology *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 13
-A-
 1311275
-W-
 New Technology and R&D: Biotechnologies: Asst Prof Matsunaga/. Chemical
 Correspondence November 20, 1985 p. 2
 Mitsubishi Chemical (Japan) has jointly developed a shuttle vector to
 transfer genes between blue-green algae and E. coli with researchers at
 Toyko U. The product is the hybrid of a cloning vector of PUC13 of M13-phase
 of E coli and plasmid separated from blue-green algae. The gene recombinant
 E coli and algae are both resistant to ampicillin.
 *9JPN *Japan *2831607 *Enzyme Fermentation *33 *products; *Mitsubishi
 Chemical Ind; Duns No: *69-056-6740
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 14
-A-
 1310518
-W-
 RUBBERY SHRUBBERY: CLONING THE GUAYULE BUSH. Business Week Industrial
 Edition February 3, 1986 p. 63
 Researchers have found a way to clone the guayule plant, which could lead to
 commercial cultivation for rubber production. The plant, which grows in the
 desert climate of S Texas, produces high-grade rubber that is almost
 identical to that of tropical rubber trees. However, its yields are
 generally too low to justify commercial production. DN Radin of the U of
 Southern California has developed a chemical stimulant that causes small
 pieces of the plant to send out shoots. Farmers could use the substance to
 quickly produce offspring of their most productive plants.
 *1USA *United States *8521212 *Genetic Engineering *31 *science 1USA United
 States 3001000 Rubber Products 33 products 1USA United States 0861000
 Natural Rubber 33 products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 15
-A-
 1309419
-W-
 Joint ventures: Solar Turbines. Iron Age-Metal Producing Mgmt Edition
 December 20, 1985 p. 18
 Solar Turbines (San Diego, California) and ASEA STAL AB (Fingspong, Sweden)
 will jointly package, distribute and service specific gas turbine units for
 each other. They will also share future technological developments of these
 products.
 *1USA *United States *3511150 *Gas Electric Turbines *38 *license
 agreements; *Solar Turbines 5SWE Sweden 3511150 Gas Electric Turbines 38
 license agreements; ASEA
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 16
-A-
 1309142
-W-
 AMM Magazine: ASSEMBLY: Integrating airplanes. American Metal Market
 February 3, 1986 p. s5
 The United States Air Force is starting a robotics project aimed at
 automating airframe assembly from design through planning and scheduling to
 the shop floor. The program that falls under the auspices fo the United
 States Air Force Aeronautical Systems division's materials lab at
 Wright-Patterson AFB (Dayton, Ohio) will be managed by the Computer
 Integrated Manufacturing branch of the lab's manufacturing technology
 division. The program's first phase, to include a needs analysis and a
 conceptual design, is slated to start in 10/87 and run through 1992. The
 phase will possibly involve a dual-contract award that would cover an
 optional second phase. The second phase would be geared toward technological
 development in such areas as assembly modeling, assembly planning and
 scheduling and shop floor technologies. As part of the second phase, the
 United States Air Force expects to have an assembly system in place by 1992
 to serve as the first demonstration of the automated technologies. A
 separate contact, to be let after 1992 and running into the late 1990s,
 would be for implementation of the auctual automated center. Under the
 materials lab's manufacturing science program, basic robotic technologies
 are now being developed to pave the way for the automated assembly center.
 *1USA *United States *3728130 *Aircraft Airframe Components *96 *intnl
 politics 1USA United States 3569450 Manufacturing & Assembly Robots 96 intnl
 politics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 17
-A-
 1307060
-W-
 Tropical diseases: treatment in sight. New Scientist January 2, 1986 p. 18
 World: Progress is rapidly being made on ways to control 6 of the world's
 most common tropical diseases, according to the Special Programme for
 Research and Training in Tropical Diseases funded by WHO, the UN Development
 Program and the World Bank. Malaria, schistosomiasis, leprosy, filariasis,
 African trypanosomiasis and Chagas' disease have affected the lives of 1
 billion people in the Third World. Synthetic sporozoite coats have been
 cloned for the malaria parasite, and antigens have been identified for other
 stages of the disease. Researchers have also developed a better
 understanding of how the immune system responds to malaria and possible new
 drugs have been identified. Schistosomiasis, which affects 200 million
 people in 74 countries, is generally controlled by eradication of snails
 that carry the pathogen, but early efforts at developing a vaccine have been
 promising. A leprosy vaccine of killed pathogen may be effective, based on
 tests on humans in Venezuela. Filariasis (a group of diseases caused by
 filarial worms transmitted by blood-sucking flies) has not yet yielded to
 treatment, but 2 compounds are nearly ready for testing in humans. Research
 on African trypanosomiasis is concentrating on techniques for early
 detection, but some potential drugs have also been identified. Research on
 Chagas' disease is focused on controlling the vector.
 *0 W *World *8000290 *Health Research NEC *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 18
-A-
 1306924
-W-
 Two new crops in the biotech harvest. Science News January 18, 1986 p. 42
 Human protein C and apolipoprotein (apo-E) have now been produced in
 genetically engineered bacteria. Integrated Genetics produced the
 anticoagulant protein C, which inactivates coagulation cofactors 5 and 8c
 and facilitates breakdown of clots by stimulating tissue plasminogen
 activator. Genetically engineered bacteria to produce protein C could allow
 treatment of patients at risk for clotting problems due to acquired and
 congenital protein C deficiencies. The protein could be commercially
 available in 1989. Apo-E, which is involved with cholesterol metabolism, was
 produced by genetic engineers at the U of California (San Francisco) in
 conjunction with Bio-Technology General (Israel). Apo-E facilitates binding
 of cholesterol-carrying lipoproteins, and so enhances the removal of
 cholesterol from the blood. Apo-E could allow reduction of cholesterol
 deposits on artery walls, lowering incidence of heart attacks. Further study
 could also help explain how apo-E interacts with cell receptors.
 *1USA *United States *2831860 *Recombinant DNA Products *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 19
-A-
 1306540
-W-
 Metals Forecasts: Aero up 10%. American Metal Market January 27, 1986 p. 4a,
 15a
 Aerospace activity is expected to improve 10 percent in 1986 over 1985 with
 military programs staying strong and increases in air passenger miles, in
 conjuction with lower fuel prices and reduction of available used aircraft,
 will give the impetus for improved business, according to JE Buser, pres,
 Cyclops Corporation's Cytemp Specialty Steel division. Deferred maintenance
 programs are now being implemented and require substantial spare parts.
 Despite the forecasted improvement in the aerospace market and rising costs
 in labor and energy, prices are expected to stay depressed. Effective cost
 management will be the key to profitability in 1986 and after. Quality is
 the key to success in aerospace and will be even more critical in 1986 with
 the industry's demand for improved consistency; also, technological
 developments are gaining acceptance.
 *1USA *United States *3720000 *Aircraft & Parts *60 *market data
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 20
-A-
 1305425
-W-
 Equipment insights: Technological advances spur vending industry's growth.
 Nation's Restaurant News January 13, 1986 p. 64
 Sales via vending machines totaled $16.5 billion in 1985, according to
 'Vending Times.' Besides requiring no on-site labor and being immune to
 market saturation, the industry's growth is also fueled by technological
 innovations the rest of the foodservice industry is just starting to
 experiment with. Among the innovations are: A machine that dispenses
 soft-serve ice cream cones right before a customer's eyes, developed by
 Twistee Treat; a drink box that dispenses bottles and cans, developed by
 Coca-Cola USA; 24- hour outdoor vending shelters which can be installed in 1
 d and easily moved; and credit card systems which can be retrofitted over
 existing coin-only units and react to magnetically striped cards which
 customers buy in advance. Vending margins are razor thin but quality,
 product diversity and convenience may soon make the vending sector a major
 competitor in the foodservice industry.
 *1USA *United States *5962000 *Vending *65 *sales & consumptn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 21
-A-
 1304419
-W-
 A plant resistant to herbicide. New Scientist December 26, 1985 p. 29
 Calgene has developed a strain of tobacco resistant to glyphosate herbicide.
 Glyphosate, which is rendered inactive when it touches soil, kills any plant
 by being absorbed through the leaf. It blocks the action of EPSP synthase,
 an enzyme needed in the production of amino acids phenylalanine and
 tryptophan. A slightly different form of the enzyme found in a strain of
 bacteria does not bind glyphosate, and so is not affected by the herbicide.
 The gene from the resistant bacterium is inserted into a bacterium
 (Agrobacterium rhizogenes) that naturally infects plants. This bacterium
 carries a large infectious plasmid, which inserts itself permanently into a
 plant's DNA. Plants grown from infected cells demonstrated herbicide
 resistance, especially if they had 2 or 4 copies of the gene per cell.
 *1USA *United States *8521210 *Biochemistry *31 *science; *Calgene 1USA
 United States 0132000 Tobacco 33 products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 22
-A-
 1304045
-W-
 Race On To Improve GaAs Process Scheme. Electronic Engineering Times January
 27, 1986 p. 1, 27
 Gallium arsenide crystal growth is not simple. This is a major inhibition in
 gallium arsenide technology development. Manufacturers have to create
 special environments to bring off the gallium arsenide reaction. It takes
 expensive equipment and results are often mediocre. Gallium arsenide wafers
 come in odd shapes and are riddled with impurities and other defects. The
 least expensive gallium arsenide wafers run 2-3-in in diameter and cost $50.
 A defect-free 4-in gallium arsenide wafer for digital applications can run
 $300--10X the silicon price. For all its difficulties, gallium arsenide has
 enormous advantages. Electron mobility through the gallium arsenide lattice
 is 6X faster than in silicon. But impurities and other defects cut this down
 to a maximum of about fourfold.
 *1USA *United States *3298531 *Gallium Arsenide Crystals *33 *products 1USA
 United States 3674115 Gallium Arsenide Semiconductors 33 products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 23
-A-
 1297746
-W-
 Follow, don't lead, hi-tech leaders urged. Computing Canada November 28,
 1985 p. 2
 Canada: The government should stay out of high technology development
 efforts, according to speakers at a symposium in Montreal, Que, on the
 Impact of New Information Technologies on the Workplace. The role of
 government is to create a climate of entrepreneurship, according to P
 Ducros, pres, DMR and Associates. The government should help companies
 during pilot projects so they can gain the experience to compete in the
 international market. The government should reorganize by gathering the
 people responsible for communications in various depts into one central
 department, to provide a focal point for informatics, according to C
 Williams, pres and chief executive officer, Geac Computer (Markham, ON).
 *2CAN *Canada *8510000 *Research & Development *60 *market data
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 24
-A-
 1297701
-W-
 Music video substantially larger than 3% of the market. Home Video Publisher
 (replaces CableNews) December 2, 1985 p. 2, 3
 The music video market is larger than 3 percent of the total videocassette
 market, according to participants on the panel 'Video Music: From Promises
 to Profits' at the Seventh Annual Billboard Video Music Conference in
 Universal City, California. Panelists also agreed that retailers who are
 music-oriented have better success with music videocassettes. What really
 drives music is radio, according to L Kwiker, chief executive officer,
 Wharehouse Entertainment, who contends that most video store operators have
 no familiarity with that medium. Technological developments that could
 change the music video business in the 1990s include 8 milimeters, because
 of its size and cost savings, and laser discs, which combine digital audio
 and video programming on a single disc.
 *1USA *United States *3652070 *Prerecorded Video Tapes *60 *market data
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 25
-A-
 1296425
-W-
 Air Products and Chemicals. Merrill Lynch Market Letter December 23, 1985 p.
 3
 Air Products and Chemicals has a market share of 20 percent in industrial
 gases vs 30 percent for leader Union Carbide. Demand for the company's
 principal gases--oxygen, nitrogen and argon--is typically strongest in
 advanced stages of economic cycles, as is the case now. In addition,
 industrywide capacity has been growing at a slow pace of only 2-3 percent
 per year since 1983 vs increases of 6-7 percent since 1975. That should lead
 to better operating rates and firmer pricing. The historical growth rate for
 industrial gases has been about 2X the overall economy and Air Products has
 used technological innovation to capture increasingly large shares of the
 market. The company should have about a 16 percent earnings gain in 1986 vs
 1985, and a 14 percent gain in FY87. The company's cryogenic equipment,
 waste treatment systems and heat exchangers should help in the surge, but
 gases will still account for 60 percent of its sales, which should reach $2
 billion in FY86. A diversified line of chemicals rounds out its product
 offerings.
 *1USA *United States *2813000 *Industrial Gases *60 *market data; *Air
 Products & Chemicals; Duns No: *00-300-1070; Ticker: *APD; CUSIP: *009158
 1USA United States 2813000 Industrial Gases 60 market data; Union Carbide;
 Duns No: 00-128-9008; Ticker: UK; CUSIP: 905581
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 26
-A-
 1295274
-W-
 Wyden proposes bill to let BOCs into info service & manufacture. Telephone
 Engineer & Management December 1, 1985 p. 17, 21
 Congressman R Wyden (D-OR) has proposed a bill to allow the Bell operating
 companies to provide information services and manufacture telecommunications
 equipment. State regulators would be charged with preventing cross-subsidy
 from revenues of basic local telephone or other regulated services.
 Announcing the initiative, Wyden said that to preserve affordable telephone
 service, there must be promotion of competition where the market will bear
 it and provision of basic protection in those areas where it will not. Wyden
 sees the bill as promoting universal service and technological innovation.
 Although he said it would not overturn the AT&T antitrust settlement, the
 bill uses definitions of the court's modified final judgement and lifts its
 restrictions on manufacturing and information services by Bell operating
 companies.
 *1USA *United States *4811000 *Telephone Communications *93 *regulation 1USA
 United States 3661000 Telecommunications Equipment 93 regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 27
-A-
 1294808
-W-
 General Corporation becomes Fujitsu General. Journal of the Electronics
 Industry (formerly Japan Electronic Industry) December 1985 p. 20
 General Corporation Japan has changed its name to Fujitsu General.The name
 reflects an affiliation with Fujitsu that encompasses capital investment as
 well as joint marketing and technology development. Specifically, the
 linkage entails the pooling of communications, computers, and semiconductor
 technology from Fujitsu with General's expertise in home electrical
 appliances.
 *9JPN *Japan *3651600 *Video Home Recorders & Players *11 *name change to;
 *General Corp (Japan) 9JPN Japan 3651600 Video Home Recorders & Players 11
 name change from; Fujitsu General
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 28
-A-
 1294016
-W-
 ECN Technology: Novo poised to construct gene-spliced insulin unit. European
 Chemical News December 30, 1985 p. 15
 Novo Industri (Denmark) will build a DKr3bil rDNA human insulin plant at
 Kalundborg. The company has received environmental approval for this
 fermentation plant, which will use gene-spliced baker's yeast cells, and,
 barring any successful appeals against the approval, production will start
 in 1987. Eli Lilly (US) is currently developing an rDNA human insulin using
 E coli, while Nordisk (Denmark) is also working in this area.
 *4DEN *Denmark *2833294 *Fermentation Insulin *44 *facilities; *Novo
 Industri; Duns No: *30-500-4285; Ticker: *NVO; CUSIP: *670100 1USA United
 States 2833294 Fermentation Insulin 33 products; Lilly (Eli); Duns No:
 00-642-1325; Ticker: LLY; CUSIP: 532457
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 29
-A-
 1293591
-W-
 India Bids for Business. Fortune January 6, 1986 p. 88-92
 India: PM R Gandhi's economic policy welcomes foreign investors and relies
 on market forces to invigorate a sluggish economy. After a decade of
 protective government interference, the administration is increasingly
 easing controls, cutting taxes, and promoting technological innovation and
 private enterprise. Gandhi's policy is divided into 2 types of measures:
 those that force government-controlled industries to become more
 competitive, and others to encourage foreign investment and technology
 transfers. The new measures allow foreigners to own up to 40 percent of
 Indian companies while establishing clearer government guidelines and
 opening more industries to foreign investors. The government's new economic
 policy is discussed in detail, with specific mention of the auto and
 computer industries.
 *9IND *India *9103600 *Regulation of Multi-Nationals *95 *intnl economics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 30
-A-
 1293590
-W-
 Who Will Survive the Microchip Shakeout.
 #Fortune January 6, 1986 p. 82-85
 Sales of integrated circuits fell 19 percent in 1985 compared with 1984,
 causing a $500 million loss for manufacturers. For 1986, the Semiconductor
 Industry Association expects sales to rebound to $20.2 billion, up 21
 percent compared with 1985. However, the industry is still plagued by
 overcapacity: In 1984, when sales were up 54 percent compared with 1983 to
 $20.6 billion, manufacturers worldwide invested $6 billion in plant and
 equipment, raising capacity by 60 percent. In 1985, companies have invested
 another $4.5 billion. According to very large scale integration Research,
 semiconductor companies could produce 4.5 billion in2 of silicon wafers,
 compared with worldwide demand of only 1.2 billion in2 in 1985. The result
 of this overcapacity has been an 88 percent drop in prices in 1985 compared
 with 1984. Japanese producers are mainly responsible for the increase in
 capacity: Their strategy has been to build market share in memory chips
 using high-volume manufacturing facilities. So far they have driven out most
 US chipmakers from the D-RAM chip market, and have stepped up efforts to
 dominate the E-PROMs segment. Observers believe the Japanese will be able to
 apply their experience in making high-volume memory chips to later
 manufacture more complex products. The 5 largest chipmakers have responded
 to the Japanese challenge by focusing on high-profit customized chips and
 forming technological alliances. Trade groups have also stepped up legal and
 political actions against the Japanese, including lobbying efforts and
 antidumping investigations. Experts believe the key to survival in the
 market is no longer technological innovation, but clever marketing. The
 industry is profiled in detail.
 *1USA *United States *3674110 *Integrated Circuits *65 *sales & consumptn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 31
-A-
 1292646
-W-
 British tories split by battle over ailing copter company. New York Times
 (National Edition) January 6, 1986 p. 3
 Westland Helicopters lost over $137.5 million in 1985. The firm is the only
 helicopter manufacturer in the UK. Fiat (Italy) and United Technologies (US)
 have made a joint $103.7 million bid for Westland Helicopters, but Defense
 Secretary M Heseltine opposes the bid on the grounds that United
 Technologies' Sikorsky Division would ultimately take over Westland's
 Research and Development operations, leaving the UK without an independent
 base for technological development. A consortium of 4 European firms has
 made a bid for Westland that is supported by Heseltine. No matter which bid
 is successful, control of Westland would remain in British hands. Westland
 shareholders will vote on the issue in 1/86.
 *4UK *United Kingdom *3721000 *Aircraft *16 *sought in merger; *Westland
 Helicopters 4UK United Kingdom 3720000 Aircraft & Parts 15 seeks to acquire;
 United Technologies; Duns No: 00-134-4142; Ticker: UTX; CUSIP: 913017 1USA
 United States 3721000 Aircraft 14 foreign operations; United Technologies;
 Duns No: 00-134-4142; Ticker: UTX; CUSIP: 913017 4UK United Kingdom 3710000
 Motor Vehicles & Parts 15 seeks to acquire; Fiat; Duns No: 42-800-3065;
 Ticker: FIAT; CUSIP: 315621
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 32
-A-
 1291864
-W-
 Daisy printer expecting more intelligent usage with application software.
 Office Equipment & Products November 1985 p. 26, 28
 Japan: The daisy printer market has entered into a period of reassessment to
 better respond to user needs.In developing new products, daisy wheel makers
 need to lower their cost by technological innovation, offer a higher
 printing speed, make the daisy printer quieter, make the printer useful in
 data processing or image processing, and increase its compatibility with the
 steadily growing number of software applications.
 *9JPN *Japan *3573261 *Impact Printers *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 33
-A-
 1291206
-W-
 How Genetics May Multiply The Bounty Of The Sea.Scientists are bent on
 altering the genetics of fish and other aquatic creatures, applying such
 techniques as recombinant DNA.
 #Business Week Industrial Edition December 16, 1985 p. 94, 95+
 By manipulating the genetic traits of marine organisms, they are trying to
 produce fish and shellfish that grow fast, resist disease, and thrive in
 polluted environments. Some experts fear that the release of modified fish
 could alter the entire marine ecosystem, while scientists argue that
 experiments are still at a very early stage. Moreover, their work is aimed
 at commercial production of fish in captivity and at sterile fish that could
 not breed in the wild. Ultimately, however, the marine biotechnologists may
 open up a new era in utilization of the sea. Aquaculture generates barely $1
 billion in worldwide revenues, while the US livestock business alone
 generates $70 billion/yr. Biotechnologists are already altering the sex of
 fish, using hormones to control the life cycle of shellfish, and
 experimenting with cloning new varieties of 'superfish.' Details of the
 experiments are provided.
 *1USA *United States *8521212 *Genetic Engineering *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 34
-A-
 1288793
-W-
 Packaging Survey: Strong growth predicted in rigid plastics market. Plastics
 & Rubber Weekly November 9, 1985 p. 16
 United Kingdom: Rigid plastics packaging market totalled 197, 000 metric
 tons or 10.8 billion units in 1984, and this will rise to 14.3 billion units
 by 1989, according to Consumer Plastics Packaging in the UK 1984-89
 published by Maurice Palmer Associates (UK). Growth sectors will be milk,
 yoghurt, dairy dessert, hot snack foods, ketchup, mayonnaise, jams, and
 preserves. Pet foods and other canned foods will present strong potential,
 but not in the immediate future. The most common material currently in use
 is high-density polyethylene, accounting for 33 percent of all materials'
 consumption, while PET, PVC, PP and PS are also used in large quantities.
 PET is dominant in the drinks market. Technological developments include
 aseptic packaging and controlled atmosphere, and the latter has potential in
 a wide range of fresh product areas. Other major material developments
 include crystallised PET trays for dual ovenable purposes.
 *4UK *United Kingdom *3074000 *Plastic Containers *65 *sales & consumptn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 35
-A-
 1288717
-W-
 Research: John Innes breakthrough with antibiotic is blueprint for
 technology transfer says AFRC. Agricultural Supply Industry November 15,
 1985 p. 4
 United Kingdom: John Innes Institute has produced a genetically engineered
 antibiotic. Molecular cloning techniques were used on the Streptomyces
 bacteria to isolate genes which control the production of antibiotic
 compounds. The development will impact the bulk manufacture of antibiotics
 for human and animal use.
 *4UK *United Kingdom *2833110 *Bulk Antibiotics *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 36
-A-
 1288587
-W-
 Xerox Has an Idea for Selling Ideas.Xerox will sell technological
 innovations from its Palo Alto Research Center to startups who can more
 effectively bring products to market, under a recommendation of its in-house
 Technology Innovation Board. Business Week Industrial Edition December 9,
 1985 p. 86a
 Under the plan, Xerox would exchange an equity position in the startups for
 technology licenses and some financing. The 1st such venture is one with
 Astra Communications, which plans to develop ways to make Xerox's Ethernet
 network more versatile.
 *1USA *United States *3861200 *Photocopy Equipment *38 *license agreements;
 *Xerox; Duns No: *04-959-1852; Ticker: *XRX; CUSIP: *984121
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 37
-A-
 1285573
-W-
 Genetically modified plant resists virus.Scientists at Washington U have
 succeeded in genetically engineering virus resistance into plants. Chemical
 & Engineering News December 9, 1985 p. 14
 The gene that encodes the tobacco mosaic virus (TMV) coat protein was
 isolated. The researchers used a Monsanto-supplied transformation vector to
 insert the coat protein gene into chromasomes of tomato and tobacco plant
 cells. These modified cells were regenerated into complete plants. The new
 plants and untransformed control plants were inoculated with TMV, and the
 expression of TMV coat protein in the modified plants was found to prevent
 or delay symptoms of infection.
 *1USA *United States *8521212 *Genetic Engineering *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 38
-A-
 1280937
-W-
 Switching-on genes in development. Science News November 9, 1985 p. 295
 Simple gene regulation systems in plants and animals are significantly
 different than in bacteria, according to DD Brown of Carnegie Institute
 (Washington, District of Columbia). Gene activation depends on DNA folding
 into chromatin structure and the attachment of proteins to the gene's
 center. Each gene in the African clawed toad, for example, codes for a small
 molecule of 5S ribosomal RNA. In the toad egg cell, all 5S ribosomal RNA
 genes are active, but in somatic cells, the somatic genes (which are
 outnumbered by the oocyte genes 20, 000 to 400) are 1, 000X as active as the
 oocyte genes. Activity of the oocyte genes is controlled by chromatin, in
 which the DNA is condensed with histones. Disrupting the chromatin structure
 results in the massive synthesis of 5S ribosomal RNA, indicating that the
 oocyte genes have again been activated. Three protein transcription factors
 (A, B and C) also must bind to the center of the gene to form a
 transcription complex before the RNA can be synthesized. The proteins
 attached to the gene form a stable transcription complex. The RNA polymerase
 that moves along the DNA as the gene is transcribed does not affect the
 attached factor at all. Factor A attaches more strongly to the somatic genes
 than to oocyte genes, which differ in 3 of 50 nucleotides. This allows
 somatic cells to operate with only 1 factor A molecule/5 genes. In the
 oocyte, there are 10 million factor A molecules/gene.
 *1USA *United States *8521210 *Biochemistry *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 39
-A-
 1280856
-W-
 Japan Optoelectronics Surges. Electronic Engineering Times November 18, 1985
 p. 20
 Japan: The optoelectronics market will grow 28 percent to $54 billion by
 2000, compared with growth of 41 percent to $3 billion in the FY ending
 3/85, according to the Optoelectronics Technology Development Association.
 The Association divides the optoelectronics market into 3 parts: systems,
 equipment, and parts. Otpoelectronic equipment and devices include optical
 measuring instruments, optical videodisc players and CD-players;
 optoelectronic parts include semiconductor lasers, optical fibers, solar
 batteries and optical connectors.
 *9JPN *Japan *3674400 *Optoelectronic Devices *65 *sales & consumptn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 40
-A-
 1280467
-W-
 DNA synthesizing enzyme cloned. Japan Chemical Week November 7, 1985 p. 1
 Japan: The genes for DNA polymerase beta, which synthesizes DNA, have been
 cloned by researchers at the Aichi Cancer Institute and independently by NIH
 in the US. Current theory is that DNA damage causes 70-80 percent of all
 cancers. DNA polymerase beta is involved in repairing DNA damage.
 *9JPN *Japan *2831640 *Enzymes for Synthesis *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 41
-A-
 1280463
-W-
 Shuttle vector system for marine algae successful. Japan Chemical Week
 November 7, 1985 p. 1
 Japan: A plasmid for transferring DNA in a marine alga has been discovered
 by researchers at Tokyo U and the Mitsubishi-Kasei Institute of Life
 Sciences. The vector was obtained by hybridizing a vector of E coli with a
 plasmid derived from the alga Synechococcus. Both the alga and E coli can be
 used to express a modified gene.
 *9JPN *Japan *8521210 *Biochemistry *39 *nonmanufacture tec
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 42
-A-
 1280012
-W-
 Field test of DNA bacteria OK. Journal of Commerce November 15, 1985 p. 21b
 Advanced Genetic Sciences has released a genetically engineered, or DNA,
 organism into the natural environment with approval from Environmental
 Protection Agency. The experiment is unlikely to pose unreasonable hazards
 to man or the environment. An experimental pesticide permit was issued to
 permit strains of bacteria, Pseudomonas syringae and related, P Fluorescens,
 that appear to protect plant surfaces against frost, into the environment.
 Nature makes the bacteria by the billions on plant leaves in 2 forms--about
 99.9 percent ice-plus and 0.1 percent ice-minus. Ice-plus produces a protein
 that becomes the nucleus around which dew freezes. Ice-minus is missing the
 section of genetic material that directs the bacterium to make the protein.
 Advanced Genetic is making the ice-minus form by gene-splicing techniques.
 Leaves slathered in ice-minus will survive temperatures as low as 22 F,
 enabling a farmer to extend the growing season. The practical problem is
 getting the ice-minus form to survive for a few weeks, because tests have
 shown that ice-plus overwhelms it.
 *1USA *United States *2831812 *Deoxyribonucleic Acid *31 *science; *Advanced
 Genetic Sciences
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 43
-A-
 1279868
-W-
 New GMF Robotics CIM System To Have Flexible Support Devices. American Metal
 Market November 18, 1985 p. 9, 11
 GMF Robotics will install a computer integrated manufacturing (CIM) system
 at its new corporate headquarters and technological development center in
 Rochester Hills, Michigan, in fall-1986. With flexible support devices to go
 along with flexible robots, computer numerically controlled and machining
 systems, and automated assembly and parts-handling equipment, GMF is hoping
 that the new CIM system will achieve all of the promised benefits of
 low-volume flexible manufacturing. The CIM system will be the first
 installation in the US where robots are used extensively in the production
 of other robots. The Computer-Integrated, Flexible Manufacturing System
 (CI/FMS) will be capable of operating unmanned to produce 40-60 of the
 firm's recently introduced P-150 painting robots/mo. The machining equipment
 in the system will be able to handle 60+ different workpieces or parts, and
 the assembly equipment will have the ability to accommodate 100+ parts.
 *1626 *Michigan *3569400 *Industrial Robots *43 *capital expend; *GMF
 Robotics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 44
-A-
 1279500
-W-
 Cold bacteria, warm enzyme. Industrial Chemical News November 1985 p. 14
 U of S California researchers have discovered a new alkaline phosphatase
 (APase) while studying the rapid growth of some Antarctic bacteria. APase is
 the enzyme that removes certain groups of phosphate from RNA and DNA, which
 could greatly reduce the time it takes to perform genetic engineering
 experiments. Bacteria taken from sea ice and from some Antarctic sea animals
 grew very rapidly at subzero temperatures. Since proteins are generally much
 more stable at lower temperatures, they would have a better chance of
 surviving in this bacteria than E coli. APase is 50X more potent than E
 coli, and is easily inactivated by heat.
 *1USA *United States *8521210 *Biochemistry *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 45
-A-
 1279499
-W-
 Better off dead than alive. Industrial Chemical News November 1985 p. 14
 Mycogen has developed a nonliving delivery system for a potent bacterial
 toxin (Bacillus thuringiensis) pesticide, anticipating Environmental
 Protection Agency's reluctance to approve field tests of live organisms. The
 toxin is used to fight most moth species and beetles. B thuringiensis is
 UV-sensitive and therefore has a short life-span outdoors. When the genes
 for B thuringiensis are inserted into the DNA of pseudomas, a leaf
 colonizing bacteria, the transformed bacteria are fermented until they
 produce a lot of toxin, then the organisms are killed. Their cell walls are
 fixed to make them very rigid, microencapsulating the toxin before crop
 application. The package is well adapted for field use since it protects the
 toxin from UV light and other environmental assaults. The natural pesticide
 is 5-10X more persistent than commercial B thuringiensis, and the toxin is
 slowly released after the pest eats it, creating a natural controlled
 release system.
 *1USA *United States *2879000 *Pesticides & Other Ag Chemicals *32 *mfr
 processes; *Mycogen
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 46
-A-
 1278157
-W-
 Vitamin C production to use genetic engineering. Chemical & Engineering News
 November 18, 1985 p. 6
 Pfizer will use Genentech's 2-step vitamin C process involving genetically
 modified bacteria. Commercialization of the process will mark the 1st use of
 genetic engineering to produce industrial quantities of chemicals. The older
 Reichstein-Grussner process uses 6 steps to make vitamin C. The new process
 uses a gene from a species of Corynebacterium that codes for 2,
 5-diketo-D-gluconate reductase. The enzyme catalyzes conversion of 2,
 5-diketo-D-gluconate to 2-keto-L-gulonate, an intermediate in ascorbic acid
 production. The gene is inserted into Erwinia herbicola bacteria with a
 plasmid for fermentation of D-glucose to 2, 5-diketo-D-gluconate.
 *1USA *United States *2833730 *Bulk Vitamin C *32 *mfr processes; *Pfizer;
 Duns No: *00-132-6495; Ticker: *PFE; CUSIP: *717081 1USA United States
 2833730 Bulk Vitamin C 38 license agreements; Genentech; Duns No:
 08-012-9000; Ticker: GENE; CUSIP: 368710
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 47
-A-
 1276196
-W-
 Genetic engineering: Progress on herbicide-resistant crops. Chemical &
 Engineering News November 11, 1985 p. 4, 5
 Monsanto has developed a genetic engineering technique to make crop plants
 resistant to herbicides. Resistance to the herbicide glyphosate (the active
 ingredient in Monsanto's Roundup) is imparted by implanting the gene for
 5-enol pyruvyl shikimate-3-phosphate synthase (EPSP synthase). Seeds for
 crops resistant to glyphosate could be on the market by 1990. The genes are
 inserted into plant cells using a modified Ti plasmid of Agrobacterium
 tumefaciens that will not cause crown gall disease. Whole tobacco plants
 were then regenerated from the infected cells. The EPSP synthatse catalyses
 a reaction in the shikimic acid metabolic pathway of plants and bacteria.
 Calgene scientists isolated the gene that codes for EPSP from Salmonella
 typhimurium, and have also isolated a gene that imparts resistance to
 Rhone-Poulenc's herbicide bromoxynil, which may inhibit a quinone binding
 protein needed in photosynthesis. Calgene hopes to produce sunflowers
 resistant to bromoxynil and cotton, soybean and turnip rape plants resistant
 to glyphosate. Molecular Genetics has developed corn plants resistant to
 American Cyanamid's imidazolinone herbicides. DuPont is developing tobacco
 plants resistant to its chlorosulfuron and sulfometuron herbicides, which
 are inhibitors of acetolactate synthase.
 *1USA *United States *8521210 *Biochemistry *31 *science; *Monsanto; Duns
 No: *00-626-6803; Ticker: *MTC; CUSIP: *611662
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 48
-A-
 1275576
-W-
 GMF Pioneers Making Robots With Robots. American Metal Market November 11,
 1985 p. 1, 20
 GMF Robotics (Troy, Michigan) will become the first to produce its robots
 using a highly automated robotic-based system. The firm is developing a
 computer-integrated flexible robot manufacturing system with unmanned metal
 cutting operations, automatic assembly and a guided-vehicle-based material
 handling setup. GMF Robotics will install the CIM system--the first in which
 robots are used extensively to produce robots--at its new corporate
 headquarters and technological development center in Rochester Hills,
 Michigan, and expects to have it in production in fall-1986. A just-in-time
 parts-delivery policy will be applied to the purchase of components for the
 robots manufactured by the system. GMF Robotics is a GM and Fanuc joint
 venture.
 *1USA *United States *3569400 *Industrial Robots *33 *products; *GMF
 Robotics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 49
-A-
 1275574
-W-
 Caterpillar, Asea Stal in Accord. American Metal Market November 11, 1985 p.
 1
 Solar Turbines has signed an agreement with Asea Stal (Finspong, Sweden) to
 package, distribute and service certain of each other's gas turbine units as
 well as share in the future technological development of those units. Solar
 Turbines will package and distribute Asea Stal's 22, 000 hp, GT-35 turbine
 under the name Jupiter, and Asea will package and market Solar's Mars
 turbine. Solar Turbines is a unit of Caterpillar Tractor.
 *1USA *United States *3511150 *Gas Electric Turbines *38 *license
 agreements; *Solar Turbines 5SWE Sweden 3511150 Gas Electric Turbines 38
 license agreements; ASEA
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 50
-A-
 1274207
-W-
 The House debates a donor's rights. Chemical Week November 6, 1985 p. 20
 Sandoz, Genetics Institute and the U of California (Los Angeles) are being
 sued by the donor of cells used in anticancer drugs. JL Moore, who developed
 a rare and potentially fatal leukemia, had his spleen surgically removed by
 Dr D Golde of the UCLA Medical Center, at which time he signed a standard
 consent form authorizing the hospital to cremate the excised tissue.
 Subsequent visits over 7 years involved blood tests to monitor Moore's
 progress. Moore was then presented with a consent form to grant UCLA any and
 all rights to 'any cell line or any other product which might be developed
 from the blood and/or bone marrow obtained' from Moore or his heirs. Dr
 Golde had patented a 'unique T-lymphocyte line and products derived
 therefrom, ' which Moore's lawyers say is based entirely on Moore's cells.
 Moore claims that Golde and UCLA reached an agreement with Genetics
 Institute to provide exclusive access to the 'blood cells, their products
 and the research being conducted on them.' Sandoz later acquired the same
 access. Attorneys for Genetics Institute and Golde argue that the patented
 cell line did not come from Moore's blood but his spleen, which was removed
 for therapeutic purposes, with Golde's attorney asserting that UCLA, not
 Golde, owns the cell line, and that the cell line exists only because of
 Golde's brilliance as a researcher.
 *1USA *United States *8521214 *Cellular Biology *37 *patents 1USA United
 States 2834140 Anticancer Drugs 37 patents 1USA United States 2834140
 Anticancer Drugs 37 patents; Sandoz US
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 51
-A-
 1273384
-W-
 Conquering inherited enemies. Time October 21, 1985 p. 59, 60
 Several genetic engineering labs are preparing to begin trials on human gene
 therapy, a new approach to treating inherited diseases. Scientists will
 inject healthy copies of the defective genes into bone-marrow cells of
 patients with genetic disorders. Hundreds of thousands of people suffer from
 3, 000 known genetic disorders. An NIH subcommittee has approved guidelines
 to be used by physicians during initial gene-therapy trials. One of the most
 challenging tasks that researchers face is designing an efficient delivery
 system or vector to transport the DNA from normal genes into bone marrow
 cells. Viruses can be used as DNA carriers, but first must be made
 completely benign before they infect the cells. Genetic diseases singled out
 for initial human gene therapy trials include immune system disorders such
 as adenosine deaminase deficiency and purine nucleoside phosphorylase
 deficiency, and Lesch-Nyhan syndrome. As researchers discover more about
 gene regulation, they may attempt to treat more complicated disorders such
 as sickle-cell anemia, diabetes and cancer. Since it is very difficult to
 isolate single genes, only several hundred of the 100, 000 human genes have
 been separated and cloned. One technique than can aid in isolating a
 particular gene is restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP), which
 employs enzymes that slice DNA into distinctive patterns. Biologists have
 recently discovered RFLP patterns or markers for cystic fibrosis,
 cardiovascular disease susceptibility, polycystic kidney disease and
 muscular dystrophy.
 *1USA *United States *8000439 *Therapeutic Procedures NEC *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 52
-A-
 1272388
-W-
 New Technology and R&D: Biotechnologies: Mitsui Toatsu Chemicals/. Chemical
 Correspondence September 20, 1985 p. 1
 Mitsui Toatsu Chemicals (Japan) has developed an interferon production
 process by vector. The vector is a plasmid, with a protease-producing gene
 derived from a Bacillus subtilis. Some 10 milligram human beta-interferon
 are produced/1 L of the vector, when human alpha-interferon-producing-gene
 is built into the vector and is introduced into a bacillus subtilis.
 *9JPN *Japan *2831331 *Interferon *38 *license agreements; *Mitsui Toatsu
 Chemicals
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 53
-A-
 1271994
-W-
 Chemicals help to improve quality and efficiency in US paper mills.
 #Pulp & Paper October 1985 p. 81-85
 Paper chemicals supply presently exceeds demand and prices are stable, but
 tight markets are expected in the late 1980s for some chemicals, including
 caustic soda, titanium dioxide and sulfur. Oversupply will continue for
 sodium chlorate, kaolin, calcium carbonate and hydrogen peroxide. Chemical
 use in the pulp and paper industry coincides with paper and board
 production, which is expected to fall 4 percent in 1985 compared with 1984.
 Increased chemical use for production of pulp and paper has been offset
 somewhat by the development of more efficient processes and increasing use
 of reprocessed chemicals. Article details chemical use by process,
 consumption, and technological developments for pulping, bleaching,
 papermaking and for coatings and inorganic fillers.
 *1USA *United States *2899630 *Paper Chemicals *65 *sales & consumptn 1USA
 United States 2620010 62 production data
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 54
-A-
 1271829
-W-
 Wheel Service Provides Numerous Opportunities for Tire Dealer Profits. Tire
 Review September 1985 p. 64, 65
 Wheel service provides numerous opportunities for tire dealer profits.
 Because they have the facilities and local reputation, tire dealers are best
 equipped to fill the service gaps in their local markets. As dealers have
 expanded their service capabilities, they have found profits in good work on
 many kinds of jobs, choosing areas of specialization best suited to their
 local situations. In most areas, new tools and equipment for turning out
 profitable jobs have kept pace with the technological development of vehicle
 systems. Similarly, advanced, more reliable and easier-to-use machines like
 some of the new brake lathes, which make mechanic expertise easier to
 acquire, have increased the profitability of such work. For the service
 dealer, the key to top economic performance is doing jobs quickly and
 efficiently--right the first time. With proper equipment that performs
 reliably with speed and accuracy, complete wheel balancing is a relatively
 easy job. Article further details selling wheel service, and discovering
 extra sales.
 *1USA *United States *3011000 *Tires *60 *market data
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 55
-A-
 1271592
-W-
 Pakistan: Auslandsinvestitionen: Das Antragsverfahren und der muehselige Weg
 durch die Instanzen sollen verkuerzt werden. Handelsblatt September 25, 1985
 p. 27, 28 Language: German
 Pakistan: Industrial investment will total PRs82bil in 1985-90, of which 18
 percent will be in the nonmetallic minerals, cement, ceramic and glass
 sectors, 17 percent in fertilisers, chemicals and pharmaceuticals, 13
 percent in crude oil processing and the petrochemicals sector and 11 percent
 for food and textiles. Large scale technological development has caused new
 products to be manufactured. For example, in the field of raw sugar,
 molasses are now being produced, from which ethanol, butanol, acetates,
 polymers and animal feed can be derived. From bagasse, paper, board and
 other products can be produced. Foreign cooperation is growing, and joint
 ventures with countries such as the UK, Malaysia, Indonesia, Bangladesh,
 Nepal and African countries, as well as with communist countries are being
 sought. West German exports to Pakistan totalled DM890.3 million in 1983,
 and West German imports from Pakistan totalled DM219.2 million.
 *9PAK *Pakistan *E46000 *New Plant & Equipment 9PAK Pakistan E57010 Foreign
 Trade (Exports & Imports) 4WGE West Germany E57010 Foreign Trade (Exports &
 Imports)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 56
-A-
 1270415
-W-
 New Technology and R&D: Biotechnologies: Meiji Seika Kaisha/. Chemical
 Correspondence September 5, 1985 p. 2
 Meiji Seika Kaisha (Japan) has developed a method to increase the
 productivity of alpha amylase bacteria 4-5X. This is achieved using an
 actinomycetes with recombinant DNA. Alpha amylase producing gene of a mutant
 streptomyces hygroscopicic numbered SF1084 is introduced into a vector, and
 the vectors are returned to streptomyces hygroscopicis 69-4 strain. The
 system produces 37, 900 units of alpha amylase in a unit period.
 *9JPN *Japan *2831621 *Alpha Amylase *32 *mfr processes; *Meiji Seika
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 57
-A-
 1260574
-W-
 Problems of biotechnology and their solution--establishment and application
 of excretion systems. Chemical Economy & Engineering Review (formerly Japan
 Chemical Quarterly) August 1985 p. 12-15
 The establishment and application of excretion systems for biotechnology
 processes are discussed by K Horikoshi of the Institute of Physical and
 Chemical Research. Article discusses the significance of excretion of
 proteins, cell surface layer of E coli, features of alkalophilic bacillus
 and genetic engineering, cloning of penicillinase gene of alkalopilic
 bacillus No 170, production of exopenicillinase in E coli, reason for
 secretion and effects on application.
 *9JPN *Japan *8521210 *Biochemistry *32 *mfr processes
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 58
-A-
 1258656
-W-
 Techniek: Duphar gaat in eigen lab starten met recombinant DNA-onderzoek.
 Nederlandse Chemische Industrie July 3, 1985 p. 17 Language: Dutch
 Duphar (Netherlands) has started up and Research and Development lab for
 rDNA veterinary vaccines. In accordance with strict government safety
 standards, the firm will initially conduct tests using so called 'safe
 microbiological technology', and will also start standard tests in
 conjunction with the virology department of the Utrecht U. Amongst other
 experiments, the firm will conduct Research and Development into cloning.
 *4NET *Netherlands *2834990 *Veterinary Drugs NEC *45 *R&D outlays; *Duphar
 Nederland
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 59
-A-
 1255277
-W-
 Lasers go to work in biotechnology. Chemical Week October 2, 1985 p. 17
 Ishikawajima-Harima Heavy Industries and Nippon Zeon have used a tunable
 laser in biotechnology to obtain cytochromes, nucleic acids including DNA,
 insulin and S-adenosylmethionine. The firms recovered 80 percent of a useful
 substance in an experiment in which a yeast was diluted with distilled water
 and irradiation conditions, including wavelength, power output (200-300
 kilowatt) and time--were delicately changed. The substances were produced by
 puncturing the cell walls of yeasts and bacteria.
 *9JPN *Japan *8521214 *Cellular Biology *31 *science; *Ishikawajima-Harima
 9JPN Japan 8521214 Cellular Biology 31 science; Nippon Zeon 9JPN Japan
 3832849 Lasers for Misc Uses 33 products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 60
-A-
 1254034
-W-
 Protein that sets off growth of a human organ is found. New York Times
 (National Edition) September 27, 1985 p. 1, 11
 A protein that stimulates the growth of human blood vessels has been
 discovered and produced in pure form by researchers at Harvard Medical
 School, who have named it angiogenin. It is the 1st known organ-forming
 protein to be identified and analyzed genetically and chemically. The
 researchers also detected and cloned a gene that is the genetic blueprint
 for making angiogenin. The protein consists of a single chain of 123 amino
 acids and is very similar in structure and chemistry to ribonuclease, an
 enzyme that cuts RNA. The discovery of angiogenin may lead to a new way to
 fight cancer, which must generate new blood vessels to survive. A better
 understanding of the production of blood vessels may make it possible to
 inhibit the process and thereby starve the cancer.
 *1USA *United States *2831720 *Cellular Protein *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 61
-A-
 1250365
-W-
 Gene recombination makes E coli secrete enzymes. Japan Economic Journal
 September 7, 1985 p. 16
 Japan: Genetic recombination technology has successfully been used to make E
 coli secrete enzyme products, according to researchers at the U of Tokyo's
 Agriculture Department. They transplanted the gene for the protein-degrading
 enzyme protease into the E coli cell. E coli belongs to the gram-negative
 bacteria family and does not secrete its products. The particular bacilli
 chosen by the Tokyo U researchers as a donor is also a member of the
 gram-negative group but is unique in that its protease is transported across
 the cell wall. It was decided to implant the secreting-type protease gene
 into the E coli by means of a plasmid vector to determine if this property
 would also show up in the host. Protease was successfully secreted into the
 culture. The enzyme was also of a form characteristic of the host, with the
 amino acid serine at its activation center instead of the zinc of the donor
 cell's metal protease.
 *9JPN *Japan *8521210 *Biochemistry *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 62
-A-
 1248644
-W-
 Why only some plants can fix nitrogen. New Scientist August 22, 1985 p. 23
 United Kingdom: Fundamental genetic research indicates that symbiotic
 relations with nitrogen-fixing bacteria can be established only in
 leguminous plants, according to researchers at John Innes Institute
 (Norwich) and Stanford U. Oxygen produced by photosynthesis poisons the
 nitrogen-fixing enzymes and so plants cannot themselves fix nitrogen.
 Disabling 2 genes in a plasmid in the Rhizobium bacteria prevents the
 formation of nodules in legumes. Altogether, 4 genes are involved in
 nodulation, but they are not active while the bacteria are living free in
 the soil. They are activated by a substance secreted by the plant, and
 produce a substance that causes plant cell division to begin, forming the
 nodule. Thus, creating nodulation in other crops may require engineering
 genes into the plant and the bacteria. Rhizobium might eventually be used to
 introduce not only nitrogen fixation, but other characteristics such as pest
 resistance to plants.
 *4UK *United Kingdom *8521210 *Biochemistry *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 63
-A-
 1248230
-W-
 Sea ice enzyme found. Chemical Marketing Reporter September 9, 1985 p. 19
 A new type of enzyme 50X times more potent than those now used in genetic
 engineering labs has been isolated from bacteria living in Antarctic sea
 ice, according to NSF. During an expedition to the Weddell Sea and McMurdo
 Sound, 765 mile from the South Pole, scientists found large concentrations
 of the bacteria, whose metabolism appears to be very efficient in
 synthesizing DNA, RNA, proteins, lipids and carbohydrates at sub-zero
 temperatures. Potential applications for the new enzyme include gene
 synthesis and cloning.
 *1USA *United States *2831640 *Enzymes for Synthesis *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 64
-A-
 1244679
-W-
 Managing technology: Technology leaders: a survey. IEEE Spectrum September
 1985 p. 29
 Industrial and technological competition will intensify between the US and
 Japan until 2000, with West Europe trailing in 3rd place, according to a
 joint study of 300+ US and Japanese CEOs and other senior executives
 conducted by Booz, Allen and Hamilton (San Francisco, California), and the
 Japan Economic Journal. Both US and Japanese executives ranked advancing
 technology as the major challenge their companies will face over the next 15
 years. The Japanese listed managing information more effectively through
 technology as the No 2 challenge thay expect to face while US and West
 European executives worried more about overseas competition. All 3 executive
 groups identified computer software and biotechnology as the 2 technologies
 that would have the greatest impact by 2000. US firms ranked first in
 telecommunications, new materials, biotechnology, aircraft and aerospace,
 and ocean development and Japanese firms led in applications technology
 development, manufacturing technology, worker productivity, quality control,
 and long-term strategic outlook. By 2000, Japan is expected to gain in every
 area where it is now weak and to lead the US in electronic devices, an area
 in which they are now equal.
 *1USA *United States *8511000 *Research & Development-Industry *60 *market
 data
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 65
-A-
 1244330
-W-
 Cetus renegotiates a genetic-engineering license. Chemical Week September 4,
 1985 p. 24
 Cetus (Emeryville, California) has renewed its $10, 000/ year licensing
 agreement with Stanford U concerning genetic engineering patents. It
 terminated the license in spring-1985 but has decided to renew it because of
 products it will introduce in early 1986. The patents cover gene-cloning
 methods and recombinant molecules.
 *1USA *United States *8521212 *Genetic Engineering *38 *license agreements;
 *Cetus; Duns No: *05-877-9620; Ticker: *CTUS; CUSIP: *157199
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 66
-A-
 1241158
-W-
 Integrated Genetics Unveils A Test Kit for Salmonella. Wall Street Journal 3
 Star, Eastern (Princeton, NJ) Edition August 13, 1985
 p. 40
 Integrated Genetics has introducted a test kit for detection of salmonella
 bacteria in food. The bio-tech firm said the test uses DNA probe technology
 and takes less than 2 da to detect the bacteria's presence. Currently
 available tests, which are based on culturing the bacteria from contaminated
 food, take 1 week to complete.
 *1USA *United States *3841303 *Diagnostic Test Kits & Reagents *33
 *products; *Integrated Genetics
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 67
-A-
 1233751
-W-
 Poultry: Biotechnology has become 'explosion' of ideas, techniques.
 Feedstuffs July 22, 1985 p. 14
 Biotechnology's impact on agriculture, especially in the animal sector will
 include advances in the production of diagnostic materials using monoclonal
 antibodies. Biotechnology has spureed new ideas and techniques in the
 poultry industry, according to Shaver Focus. Breeders have long made
 conscious decisions to breed certain individuals and not others and
 veterinarians have worked at inducing immunity in livestock and poultry.
 Genetic information transfers to the mass production of biochemical
 molecules for improving disease resistance and performance. The production
 of chemicals and pharmaceuticals using genetically modified bacteria, the
 productions of vaccines using recombinant DNA and the asexual transfer of
 genetic material using retroviral vectors are being studied.
 *1USA *United States *8521212 *Genetic Engineering *39 *nonmanufacture tec
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 68
-A-
 1233043
-W-
 Managing for Success: The Genentech Story. Technology Review June 1985 p.
 28-29
 Genentech is balancing scientific research with business opportunities and
 creating healthy profits. The company turned a profit in 1984 for the 6th
 year in a row and expanded operations, a rarity for genetic engineering
 companies. The company chose to stake its future on cloning and
 manufacturing insulin, a product with a large existing market, as its first
 venture and the step has paid off. The company is now researching cloned
 alpha interferon.
 *1USA *United States *2831000 *Biological Products *22 *planning-info;
 *Genentech; Duns No: *08-012-9000; Ticker: *GENE; CUSIP: *368710
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 69
-A-
 1230242
-W-
 Zapping DNA into plant cells. Science News July 13, 1985 p. 22
 High voltage electrical current may create pores in plant cell membranes to
 allow foreign DNA to enter the cells, according to researchers at Boyce
 Thompson Institute for Plant Research (Ithaca, New York).
 Electrotransformation or electroporation could make it unnecessary to use
 plasmids to introduce foreign genes into plant cells. Currently, bacteria
 are used to deliver the plasmid to the plant cells, but then the bacteria
 must be destroyed. The procedure is also limited to plants that the bacteria
 can infect, which are mostly dicotyledons. Electroporation could allow any
 gene to be directly introduced into plant cells. Experiments conducted so
 far used wild carrot cells treated with enzymes to remove the cell wall.
 Short pulses of 40-V direct current were then applied to a mixture of
 plasmid molecules and the treated carrot cells. About 2 percent of the
 carrot cells took up and expressed the foreign DNA, but without
 electroporation, only 0.0001 percent takes up foreign DNA molecules. Cells
 containing the plasmid regenerated into plant embryos, but then grew
 aberrantly because of the extra hormone encoded by the foreign genes.
 Electroporation could also be used to introduce RNA into plant protoplasts.
 *1USA *United States *8521210 *Biochemistry *39 *nonmanufacture tec
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 70
-A-
 1229033
-W-
 Scientists report progress in fight against leprosy. New York Times
 (National Edition) August 2, 1985 p. 9
 All of the 5, 000 genes in leprosy bacteria have been successfully grown in
 the lab, a development that should lead to a screening test for early
 diagnosis and a test for evaluating the effectiveness of treatment. Some
 12-15 million people worldwide suffer from leprosy. Research has been
 extremely difficult because scientists have been unable to grow the bacteria
 in the lab. Its genes control the production of various substances, among
 which researchers found 5 proteins that proved to be the most powerful ever
 isolated in terms of their ability to elicit attack by antibodies of animals
 immunized against leprosy. The proteins are regarded as good candidates for
 vaccines and diagnostic test materials. The leprosy bacteria were obtained
 from the liver and spleen of an armadillo inoculated with material from a
 leprosy patient. Various recombinant DNA methods were used to isolate the
 proteins. The authors of the report on leprosy research, which appeared in
 the UK journal Nature, included scientists from the Whitehead Institute for
 Biomedical Research, MIT, the Pacific Medical Center, Stanford U School of
 Medicine, Albert Einstein College of Medicine and Washington U. Article
 discusses the research and its implications.
 *1USA *United States *8000200 *Medical Research *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 71
-A-
 1228820
-W-
 Technology: Cool move helps to preserve living tissue. Financial Times
 (London Edition) July 25, 1985 p. 10
 Para (UK) has developed a living cell preserving process, eliminating the
 need for freezing. Living cells are despersed in a small amount of inert oil
 together with a small amount of growth medium. This maintains viablity. The
 cells are then mixed in a laboratory blender and transferred to plastic
 tubes for storage in a freezer. In the freezer, the oil sets to a jelly,
 which can then be returned to room temperature without special precautions.
 Yeast cells can be undercooled to below -20C for a least 16 week with no
 loss of viability. In traditional cell techniques, living cells are immersed
 in liquid nitrogen, which destroys these cells though formation of ice
 crystals.
 *4UK *United Kingdom *8521214 *Cellular Biology *31 *science; *Para
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 72
-A-
 1228429
-W-
 A peptide that could eventually be used to recover toxic metals. Chemical
 Engineering July 22, 1985 p. 10
 Los Alamos National Lab scientists have discovered a peptide that could be
 used to recover toxic metals from soil and effluent. The peptide is
 naturally produced by the monkey flower and jimson weed and has an affinity
 for zinc, cadmium, mercury and copper. It seems that the compound is made
 when a dormant gene is activated by the presence of a toxic metal, boosting
 production of an existing enzyme that stimulates peptide output. In tests
 with cultures of jimson weed, the peptide combined with over 80 percent of
 the cadmium that entered the cells. Whole monkey flower plants were found to
 tolerate 10X as much copper (in a hydroponic solution) as other plants of
 the same species. The genes could be placed in plasmids and injected into
 bacteria in a sewage treatment plant in an attempt to make bacteria produce
 the peptide. The peptide also could be placed on an inert structure to strip
 toxic compounds from effluent in a packed column.
 *1USA *United States *2860400 *Starch & Natural Chemicals *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 73
-A-
 1227692
-W-
 Gene travel: Plasmids around the world. Science News June 27, 1985 p. 410
 The exchange of genes is not limited to bacteria colonizing the gut of a
 single animal species, according to S Levy of Tufts U School of Medicine
 (Boston, Massachusetts). Genes can spread from bacteria colonizing the human
 gut to those of other animals. Baboons in a national park in Kenya often
 carry bacteria resistant to antibiotics, even though some of the baboons had
 little contact with people. Other baboons frequented a tourist lodge, with
 its refuse dumps and latrines. Almost all of the 'lodge' baboons and a few
 of the free-living baboons harbored bacteria resistant to 2-4 antibiotics.
 *1USA *United States *8521210 *Biochemistry *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 74
-A-
 1225618
-W-
 US sales of 'old' biotechnology products New & old biotechnology sales by
 mkt ($ mil, 1984 $) . News Release (for further information apply to company
 indexed) July 12, 1985 p. 2, 3
 old new*// 1984 1989 1984 1989 //Pharmaceuticals 7275.0 7460.0 55.3 186.0
 //Agriculture 30.0 70.0 -- 30.0 //Food industry 57710.0 68750.0 -- 25.0
 //Chemicals 1079.1 1333.3 -- 50.0 //Waste treatment 5.0 8.0 -- -- //Total
 66099.1 77621.3 55.3 291.0 *covers gene-splicing, cell-fusion, monoclonal
 antibody & tissue culture technologies; Business Communications news
 release
 *1USA *United States *8521210 *Biochemistry *65 *sales & consumptn 1USA
 United States 2830000 Drugs & Pharmaceuticals 46 use of materials 1USA
 United States 0101000 Agriculture 46 use of materials 1USA United States
 2000000 Food & Kindred Products 46 use of materials 1USA United States
 2800000 Chemicals & Allied Products 46 use of materials 1USA United States
 4950000 Pollution Control 46 use of materials
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 75
-A-
 1225131
-W-
 Products: Squibb's second-generation monobactam research. SCRIP-World
 Pharmaceutical News July 15, 1985 p. 20
 Squibb (US) will further develop its 2nd generation injectable monobactams,
 gloximonam. The drug, SQ-82531, is a prodrug ester of oximonam, and is an
 orally active monobactam which treats chromosomal infections and has a 30
 percent oral absoption rate in man. Gloximonam is extremely stable to
 plasmid and chromosomal betalactamases. Gloximonam is the 1st of Squibb's
 monobactams to be launched and is available in West Germany and Italy.
 *1USA *United States *2834829 *Systemic Antibiotics NEC *33 *products;
 *Squibb; Duns No: *04-151-4548; Ticker: *SQB; CUSIP: *852245
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 76
-A-
 1222789
-W-
 Technology: Cell cultures as 'factories'. New York Times (National Edition)
 July 18, 1985 p. 24
 Bio-Response is trying to grow human and other mammalian cells inside glass
 vessels that mimic body conditions. The se cell cultures promise to become
 factories of the future, producing the products of genetic engineering.
 Biotechnology's workhorse has been E coli, a type of bacterium, though the
 search is continuing for alternatives. E coli became the main host organism
 because it was the 1st species scientists learned to implant foreign genes
 into. However, it has several shortcomings. The substances they produce
 remain inside them, rather than being secreted. The bacteria must be split,
 adding to costs, to retrieve the product. E coli also produces certain
 toxins, which must be separated from the desired product. The human body
 also has had some problems accepting products made by E coli. E coli's
 fundamental drawback is its inability to produce certain highly complex
 substances that an animal can make. Proteins must be folded in a certain way
 to be active, and sugars must be attached to the proteins to help them
 function properly in the body. Bacteria cannot add the sugars and sometimes
 do not fold correctly. Yeast, an alternative, can add the sugars and can
 secrete the proteins it produces, making it easier to collect the desired
 product. Zymogenetics, once a specialist in yeast, is diversifying because
 yeast has not lived up to expectations. The firm hopes to become a leader in
 the use of filamentous fungi, used to produce industrial enzymes and
 antibiotics. Development work is also focusing on other bacteria like
 Bacillus subtilis, a soil-dwelling bacteria that can secrete products. Some
 scientists believe the only way to produce complex and human proteins with
 the proper folding and sugar coating, is to use genuine human or animal
 cells.
 *1USA *United States *2831860 *Recombinant DNA Products *32 *mfr processes;
 *Bio-Response; Ticker: *BIOR; CUSIP: *090575
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 77
-A-
 1220098
-W-
 Genetically Restructered Bacteria: 'Bugs' may solve local PCB
 problem.Canada: Genetically restructured bacteria that feed off
 polychlorinated biphenyls ( printed circuit boards) could be used to avert a
 major ecological crisis, according to J Ansell, microbiologist, and Microbe,
 a firm specializing in waste disposal. Canadian Research June 1985 p. 71
 He believes that a specific type of bacteria that he has isolated is able to
 digest printed circuit boards as part of its natural diet. If produced in
 large enough quantities, the bacteria could be used to clean up a PCB
 contaminated creek that flows through a residential area of London, Ont.
 *2CAN *Canada *2831860 *Recombinant DNA Products *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 78
-A-
 1220089
-W-
 Protamine expressed successfully in yeast by Albertan scientists.Alberta
 Research Council/ens BIO LOGICALS jointly has incorporated and expressed the
 genetic code for protamine in yeast cells, allowing a purer and more
 reproducible product. Canadian Research June 1985 p. 4
 *2CAN *Canada *2831862 *DNA Clones *33 *products; *Alberta Research Council
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 79
-A-
 1215085
-W-
 Marketing briefs: Genex Corp. Soap/Cosmetics/Chemical Specialties June 1985
 p. 26
 Genex's new Proto drain cleaner is the 1st OTC product made using
 recombinant DNA. The cleaner contains the enzyme alkaline protease. Genex
 has isolated the enzyme from the bacteria that produces it and expects to
 make an enzymatic product by reprogramming DNA.
 *1USA *United States *2842335 *Drain Cleaners *33 *products; *Genex; Ticker:
 *GNEX
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 80
-A-
 1213744
-W-
 ECN Technology: Celltech in antibody pact, readies growth hormone. European
 Chemical News June 24, 1985 p. 19
 Celltech (UK) will install a 2nd 1, 000 L monoclonal antibody fermenter by
 end-1985. APV (UK) will supply the UKL500, 000 fermenter. The plant will
 manufacture blood grouping antibodies. Ortho Diagnostic Systems (US) is
 developing simple, fast response, blood-groping tests using Celltech's
 monoclonal antibodies. World human blood group identification monoclonal
 antibody sales total over UKL7.5 million per year currently. Celltech is
 developing gene-spliced human growth hormone with Serono (Italy).
 *4UK *United Kingdom *2831234 *Monoclonal Antibodies for Therapeutics *44
 *facilities; *Celltech 0 W World 2831234 Monoclonal Antibodies for
 Therapeutics 65 sales & consumptn 4UK United Kingdom 3559143 Drugs, Soaps,
 Toiletries Ind Equip 61 contracts received; APV Hldg 4UK United Kingdom
 2834139 Hormones NEC 33 products; Celltech 4ITA Italy 2834139 Hormones NEC
 33 products; Farmacologico Sereno 1USA United States 2841330 Liquid Soaps 46
 use of materials; Ortho Diagnostic S (US)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 81
-A-
 1212622
-W-
 Meanwhile, Alberta Research Council announces its own recombinant-DNA.
 Chemical Engineering May 27, 1985 p. 17
 Alberta Research Council and Bio Logicals (both Canada) have jointly
 produced protamine, a protein with clotting capability in human blood. The
 firms cloned the genes responsible for producing protamine and have
 expressed it in yeast cells. Commercialization will not begin until better
 control over production is achieved and the human health effects of
 protamine are examined.
 *2CAN *Canada *2831720 *Cellular Protein *32 *mfr processes; *Alberta
 Research Council 2CAN Canada 2831720 Cellular Protein 32 mfr processes; Bio
 Logicals
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 82
-A-
 1210813
-W-
 Silkworm use in genetic engineering. Chemical & Engineering News June 24,
 1985 p. 25
 Japan: Silkworms challenge microorganisms as the only living systems for
 economical genetic engineering mass production, according to M Furusawa, S
 Maeda et al of Tottori U, the U of Tokyo and Daiichi Seiyaku Research
 Institute. Silkworms can be genetically altered to produce human alpha
 interferon, a potential antiviral and anticancer agent. The team used a
 baculovirus as the vector for the transformation. They found stable
 recombinant viruses replicating in the silkwork larvae, each of which
 synthesizes up to 50 micro-g of interferon. The material can be harvested 4
 d after infection by pricking the worm with a pin and collecting the
 interferon-rich material that seeps out.
 *9JPN *Japan *8521212 *Genetic Engineering *31 *science 9JPN Japan 2831331
 Interferon 32 mfr processes
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 83
-A-
 1210642
-W-
 DNA Plant Technology: Cloning Tastier Tomatoes.Campbell Soup will jointly
 develop a tomato through DNA cloning with DNA Plant Technology. High
 Technology July 1985 p. 75
 The cloning process generates new varieties of plants faster than
 traditional methods.
 *1USA *United States *2831860 *Recombinant DNA Products *33 *products;
 *Campbell Soup; Duns No: *00-128-8042; Ticker: *CPB; CUSIP: *134429 1USA
 United States 2831860 Recombinant DNA Products 33 products; DNA Plant
 Technology
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 84
-A-
 1196233
-W-
 Biotechnology: potentials and limitations. New Scientist May 23, 1985 p.
 22-24
 United Kingdom: The state-of-the-art of genetic engineering is discussed.
 Articles discuss the use of genetic engineering to produce vaccines,
 techniques to produce recombinant DNA, production of genetically engineered
 drugs, agricultural uses of genetic engineering, chemical waste treatment
 with engineered bacteria and government regulation.
 *4WGE *West Germany *8521210 *Biochemistry *39 *nonmanufacture tec
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 85
-A-
 1195489
-W-
 Bacteria may lick pesticides. New Scientist May 16, 1985 p. 5
 The genes regulating enzymes that break down pesticides have been identified
 in 2 bacteria, by J Karns of United States Department of Agriculture's
 Agricultural Research Service. Cloning the genes could allow production of
 more enzymes for safe pesticide disposal. The bacteria could be used in
 tanks in which farmers dump pesticides they have left over.
 *1USA *United States *2879590 *Insecticides NEC *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 86
-A-
 1193193
-W-
 New effort initiated to save US technology. Chemical & Engineering News May
 27, 1985 p. 38, 39
 Industrialists fear Japan is improving its technology faster than the US in
 electronics, autos, robots, machine tools and biotechnology, and say new,
 imaginative policies are needed. The National Academy of Engineering (NAE)
 will attempt to draw up an agenda for technology development. A brief
 overview of the situation has been prepared by NAE based on previous studies
 of steel, auto, machine tool, fibers/textiles/apparel, pharmaceutical,
 electronics and aviation industries. Only in steel did NAE cite any real
 technological lag compared with Japan, but in all areas the US lead has
 shrunk in terms of productivity, marketing and trade. All of the industries
 must be viewed on a world scale and public policy must reflect the reality
 of growing international competition. The committee says that government
 technology policy must be based on more information and must coordinate
 trade negotiations, monetary and fiscal policy, encouragement of capital
 formation, export support, education and restructuring of industry.
 Increased education in foreign languages and cultures is needed along with
 more rigorous standards for public literacy in science and technology.
 NAE will launch a $30 million project called Decade III to systematically
 review technology and trade issues. An NAE symposium has already discussed
 the failure of engineering schools and industry to work better together to
 train new technologists. A retired bank chairman says that we still do not
 understand the interface of engineering and service activities, and we need
 new ways to describe today's world. NAE also says the term competition is
 not entirely adequate, since competing firms often use each other's parts or
 technology.
 *1USA *United States *8510000 *Research & Development *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 87
-A-
 1193076
-W-
 Biotechnology firm buys into seed corn. High Technology March 1985 p.
 12, 13
 United Agriseed (Champaign, Illinois) has been 33 percent acquired by
 Genetics Institute for an undisclosed sum. The purchase shattered GI's image
 as a financially cautious research lab that lets its clients assume the cost
 and the risk of genetic engineering research. In exchange, for this
 protection, GI gave up all but modest royalties on its endeavors, such as
 the cloning of Factor VIII.
 *1USA *United States *0181110 *Seeds *16 *minority sold; *United Agriseed
 1USA United States 8521200 Chemistry 15 buys minority; Genetics Institute
 1USA United States 8521200 Chemistry 14 affiliates, 1-49%; Genetics
 Institute
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 88
-A-
 1189974
-W-
 Phillips to license yeast biotechnology system. Chemical & Engineering News
 May 20, 1985 p. 5
 Salk Institute Biotechnology/Industrial Associates has developed a new yeast
 rDNA expression system that combines a high level of gene expression/cell
 and good control. Pichia pastoris yeast metabolizes methanol and ethanol.
 Methanol promotes synthesis of alcohol oxidase and other enzymes by inducing
 transcription of the genes that encode the enzymes. When methanol is the
 only source of carbon, alcohol oxidase accounts for up to 30 percent of the
 cells' soluble protein. Three methanol-regulated genes have been cloned from
 P pastoris. Phillips Petroleum is licensing an rDNA expression vector using
 the regulatable promoter of the alcohol oxidase gene. The licensee can
 insert the gene of interest in the system or supply the gene to
 Phillips/SIBA, which will genetically engineer a yeast that can produce the
 desired protein. Phillips has obtained levels of protein expression/cell
 equal or superior to those of the commonly used Saccharomyces yeast
 expression systems. The high levels of expression combined with Phillips'
 high-cell-density fermentation technology provide efficient protein
 synthesis. Maximum expression is obtained when methanol is the sole carbon
 source.
 *1USA *United States *2831860 *Recombinant DNA Products *33 *products; *Salk
 Inst Biotechnology 1USA United States 2831860 Recombinant DNA Products 38
 license agreements; Phillips Petroleum; Duns No: 00-136-8265; Ticker: P;
 CUSIP: 718507
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 89
-A-
 1185149
-W-
 Mummy DNA intact after 2, 400 years. Science News April 27, 1985 p. 262
 Sweden: DNA isolated from an Egyptian mummy has been cloned in bacteria by S
 Paabo of the U of Uppsala. The segment, which is 3, 400 base pairs long
 shows little damage from its 2, 400 years of preservation. No genes have
 been identified in the DNA fragment, but it contains sequences which are
 characteristic of human DNA. DNA was detectable in 3 of 23 mummies examined.
 The yield of DNA from a mummified infant was about 5 percent of the yield
 generally obtained from fresh human tissue. Researchers could now study the
 evolution of DNA and the descent of ancient populations in the Nile Valley.
 *5SWE *Sweden *8521210 *Biochemistry *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 90
-A-
 1183781
-W-
 Genentech Product Might Get a Boost on US Drug Fears. Wall Street Journal 3
 Star, Eastern (Princeton, NJ) Edition April 23, 1985 p. 26
 Genentech Product Might Get a Boost on US Drug Fears. Genentech may get a
 boost due to a halt of federal shipments of a growth hormone after three
 deaths were linked to a rare drug. The deaths were from Kreuzfeld-Jacob
 disease. The deaths are thought to have been caused from contaminants in the
 government-supplied hormone. Genentech is currently seeking Food and Drug
 Administration approval of a synthetic version of human growth hormone,
 protropin, made in genetically engineered bacteria altered by recombinant
 DNA techniques.
 *1USA *United States *2834101 *Hormone Preparations *60 *market data;
 *Genentech; Duns No: *08-012-9000; Ticker: *GENE; CUSIP: *368710
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 91
-A-
 1183273
-W-
 German-Japanese bioprocess workshop ends with success.
 #Japan Chemical Week April 18, 1985 p. 7-9
 Japan: Research on enzyme engineering, applied genetics, bioprocessing and
 wastewater treatment technology were discussed at a German-Japanese
 Bioprocess Technology Workshop in 3/85. Article discusses research,
 including DNA of yeast acid phosphatase, development of genetic systems to
 analyze gram-negative bacteria, human beta-interferon production in
 bacterial and mouse cells, the molecular basis for acetylcholine receptor
 function, the efficient expression of eukaryotic genes in bacteria, the
 cloning of genes in streptomyces, the use of genetically engineered microbes
 to treat pollutants, enzyme reactions in organic solvents, regeneration of
 substrates for enzymatic reactions, the synthesis of nucleoside antibiotics,
 monitoring of the production of enzymes, bacteriophage use in recombinant
 DNA technology and monitoring of fermentation processes.
 *9JPN *Japan *8521210 *Biochemistry *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 92
-A-
 1178928
-W-
 Bacterial resistance on the rise, but new drugs are countering it.
 #Drug Topics April 1, 1985 p. 61-66
 Medical researchers are finding increased bacterial resistance to new
 antibiotics. Clinicians have observed an escalation of the 'microbial
 insurrection' to the point where it has now affected treatment for almost
 every common infection encountered. Many formerly susceptible microbes are
 resistant to an array of powerful antibiotics and once-benign bacteria have
 evolved into life-threatening pathogens. The emergence of large numbers of
 resistant bacteria has been driven by 2 major factors: Organisms' innate
 ability to adapt in order to survive; and antibiotic use itself. Since
 antibiotics are essentially naturally occurring substances that one
 microorganism secretes to ward off others, there evolved small numbers of
 mutant bacteria possessing a type of protective mechanism that enabled them
 to live in the vicinity of antibiotic-producers. Additionally,
 researchersdhave found the rapid emergence of many different bacterial
 strains. Not only were resistant bacteria being selected out by antibiotic
 administration, but other bacteria--which had never been exposed to
 antibiotics themselves--were acquiring resistance from microorganisms that
 were chromosomally adapted. The genes responsible for bacteria's resistance
 capabilities were being carried to neighboring microbes' chromosomes via
 plasmids--minuscule pieces of DNA that are transferred from bacterium to
 bacterium by phages. Another method of resistance transfer is called
 'jumping genes.' These are pieces of DNA called transopons that can
 literally jump out of a bacterium's chromosome to become a plasmid or jump
 directly into another bacterium. Once in a neighbor, the transopon almost
 instantaneously imprints its genetic message, how to resist antibiotics, on
 the recipient's chromosomes. Bacteria have learned to alter their
 cell-membrane permeability as yet another way of surviving an antibiotic
 administration. Some bacterium have even demonstrated combinations of
 resistance mechanisms.
 *1USA *United States *2834820 *Systemic Antibiotic Preparations *31
 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 93
-A-
 1178783
-W-
 A snub for the basic gene-splicing patents. Chemical Week April 24, 1985 p.
 9
 Cetus refused to renew its $10, 000/ year basic gene-cloning patent
 licensing agreement with Stanford U and the U of California (San Francisco),
 becoming the 4th company recently to drop the license while 11 previously
 unlicensed companies received licenses. The Cohen-Boyer patents cover the
 process and products of splicing and recombining genes to create a
 recombinate-DNA molecule.
 *1USA *United States *8521212 *Genetic Engineering *37 *patents; *Cetus;
 Duns No: *05-877-9620; Ticker: *CTUS; CUSIP: *157199
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 94
-A-
 1178598
-W-
 Genetic engineering: Enzyme function selectively altered. Chemical &
 Engineering News April 22, 1985 p. 4
 The function of the enzyme trypsin has been selectively altered for the 1st
 time by changing 1-2 amino acid residues near the enzyme's active site by
 researchers at the U of California (San Franscisco). The amino acid changes
 were carried out via site-specific mutagenesis of the trypsin gene. Trypsin
 is 1 of a large number of serine proteases, which catalyze the hydrolysis of
 peptide bonds. Trypsin splits peptide bonds on the carboxyl side of lysine
 and argenine residues. All serine proteases are believed to use the same
 catalytic mechanism. The 3-D structure of trypsin was determined by X-ray
 crystallography several years ago. Three mutant proteins were produced by
 changing the nucleotide sequence of the trypsin gene and cloning it into E
 coli. The mutant proteins showed changed specificities toward arginine- and
 lysine-containg substrates compared with the native enzyme, which
 preferentially catalyzes hydrolysis of the arginine peptide bond. In 1
 mutant enzyme in which glycine was changed to alanine, the preference for
 arginine rose 2.5X. The change results from an increase in the rate of the
 catalytic reaction rather than a change in substrate binding affinity. In
 another mutant enzyme with a single amino acid change, affinity for
 hydrolysis of the lysine peptide bond rose 20X due to altered relative rates
 of the catalytic reaction. The enzyme in which both glycine residues were
 changed showed increased affinity for lysine and arginine, but virtually no
 catalytic activity.
 *1USA *United States *2869500 *Enzymes *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 95
-A-
 1175696
-W-
 DNA from mummy is almost intact. New York Times (National edition) April 18,
 1985 p. 12
 DNA fragments extracted from the mummified body of an ancient Egyptian
 infant showed little or no damage in the past 2, 400 years, according to a
 Swedish scientist. The lack of damage would allow scientists to grow
 duplicates of the genetic material in the lab. The DNA yield from the
 specimen was described as being about 5 percent of what would be expected
 from fresh tissue. Also, portions of the DNA seemed to be largely intact. A
 specimen of skin taken from the lower left leg of the infant had undergone
 so little change that it was successfully cloned. The near-surface tissue
 seemed to be better preserved than those deeper inside the mummy, perhaps
 because the surface had dried more quickly in the mummification process. In
 the research, the DNA was spliced into plasmid, a carrier substance, and was
 inserted into lab bacteria where the ancient material was reproduced. The
 human mummy's tissues yielded some clones consisting of over 3, 000 DNA
 subunits each.
 *1USA *United States *8521210 *Biochemistry *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 96
-A-
 1173010
-W-
 Emphasis on strengthening technology development potential. Japan Chemical
 Week December 27, 1984 p. 4-10
 Japan: Research efforts are being focused on the development of new
 materials, including biotechnology and fermentation products. Chemical
 industry research spending totaled Y687.5 billion in 1982, equivalent to
 3.05 percent of sales, accounting for 17 percent of all industrial research.
 The chemical industry employs 35, 822 researchers. Basic research accounts
 for 10.1 percent of chemical research spending, development 63.3 percent,
 and applied research 26.6 percent. Articles discuss research by Catalysts
 and Chemicals Industries, Denka Kagaku, Eiwa Chemical Industries, Mitsui
 Petrochemical Industries, Nippon Polyurethane Industry, Nippon Zeon, Sanyo
 Kokusaku Pulp, Toagosei Chemical Industry, Toyo Engineering, Toyo Soda
 Manufacturing and Unitika.
 *9JPN *Japan *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 97
-A-
 1167827
-W-
 Agrichemical firms turn to genetic engineering.
 #Chemical Week April 3, 1985 p. 34-40
 Genetic engineering efforts will produce minor improvements in plant
 cultivation by 1990 and major improvements by 2000, according to R Kaufman
 of Monsanto. Ciba-Geigy, DuPont, Monsanto and Shell Chemical researchers are
 tring to isolate genes to protect crops against drought, cold, heat,
 insects, disease and herbicides. Some research seeks to control the solids
 content of plants to develop higher-protein, higher-carbohydrate plants.
 Plant tissue techniques are being used to rapidly screen new pesticides by
 applying new compounds to single cells or a cluster of cells taken from
 plants and trying to regenerate the cells into plants. Agrigenetics has
 isolated the phasolin gene--which accounts for 50 percent of the protein
 stored in a dry bean seed--from green and kidney beans and transferred it
 into alfalfa, tobacco, tomato and sunflower plants. Monsanto is studying the
 tumor-inducing (Ti) plasmid of Agrobacterium bacterial vector to disarm the
 bacterium's ability to form plant tumors and use its ability to get genes
 into a plant to transfer standard antibiotic-resistance marker genes into
 the cells of dicots--alfalfa, cotton and soybeans. Article discusses
 biotechnology research spending and projects by company, legal aspects of
 biotechnology, plant engineering overseas, BT-based prototype and boosters.
 *1USA *United States *8521212 *Genetic Engineering *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 98
-A-
 1164739
-W-
 High tech's race heats up. Chemical Week March 27, 1985 p. 17
 World: The race to develop high technology will affect industrial
 competitiveness, market share and financial performance, according to HW
 Coover, formerly of Eastman Chemicals. At a symposium sponsored by the
 National Academy of Engineering, Stanford Chemistry and Chemical Engineering
 Depts, and the Stanford Center for Economic Policy Research, D Okimoto of
 Stanford said Japan, the US and West Europe are in a 3-way race in the
 developing high technology. The Japanese government is doing all it can to
 organize national research projects in fields including telecommunications,
 electronic compounds, robotics, office automation, nuclear energy and
 biotechnology.
 Syntex chief executive officer A Bowers says Japan is now targeting
 pharmaceuticals and biotechnology for further development. The US, however,
 lacks Japan's commitment to leadership in international competition and has
 failed to target specific markets, set goals or timetables or develop
 long-term strategies. Japan is aided by a 'first-rate intelligence system'
 to keep abreast of foreign developments. Genentech chief executive officer R
 Swanson says the US government must provide tax incentives for research and
 capital formation, timely review of patents and new drug applications,
 improved export policies and more funding for process technology
 development. *0 W *World *8500000 *Science, Research & Development *31
 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 99
-A-
 1163149
-W-
 La vie des entreprises: Rhone-Poulenc. Revue Hebdomadaire des Industries
 Chimiques February 6, 1985 p. 9 Language: French
 Pasteur Vaccins (France) is a new vaccine firm, in which Institut Merieux
 (France) holds a majority stake. Institut Merieux is a 51 percent subsidiary
 of Rhone-Poulenc (France). Rhone-Poulenc and Institut Pasteur (France) will
 cooperate in the field of applied biotechnology in the therapeutic, drug,
 animal feed and fine chemicals sectors.
 *4FRA *France *2831200 *Vaccines & Antigens for Human Use *12 *formation;
 *Pasteur Vaccins 4FRA France 2831200 Vaccines & Antigens for Human Use 14
 subsidiary, 50-79%; Institut Merieux 4FRA France 8521214 Cellular Biology 33
 products; Rhone-Poulenc 4FRA France 8521214 Cellular Biology 33 products;
 Institut Pasteur Product
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 100
-A-
 1156879
-W-
 Quinolone agents spur optimism and concern. Medical World News February 11,
 1985 p. 58, 60
 W Europe: A new class of antibacterial agents has an extensive range of
 potential uses, according to researchers speaking at a seminar sponsored by
 Bayer Pharmaceuticals. Quinolone derivatives block the bacterial enzyme DNA
 gyrase, which is essential for replication and for supercoiling of the large
 bacterial chromosome. JT Smith of the U of London said quinolones are
 invulnerable to plasmid-induced resistance. F Follath of Switzerland says
 severe infection will be the most important setting for quinolone use. At
 least 7 US drug firms plan to make synthetic quinolone agents, which are
 structurally related to nalidixic acid. Quinolones are effective against
 gram-negative, gram-positive and aerobic organisms, with limited
 effectiveness against anaerobic organisms. If quinolones are put on Food and
 Drug Administration's fast track, some could be available in early 1986 in
 the US. US clinical trials are just beginning.
 *4 W *West Europe *2834870 *Antibacterial & Antiseptic Preps *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 101
-A-
 1155903
-W-
 Technology: Biotechnology in France: Elf invests in drugs for dwarfs, bugs
 for oil. Financial Times (London Edition) March 5, 1985 p. 14
 Elf-Aquitaine's (France) biotechnology activities represent F3.5bil/yr in
 sales. Its biotechnology activities are concentrated in areas such as
 agricultural and food products, glues, cosmetics and plastics. The firm's
 new Labege complex, costing F100 million and run jointly with its susidiary,
 Sanofi (France), is at the centre of French efforts to break down the
 distinctions between fundamental and applied research in biotechnology. The
 centre carries out genetic engineering research for development of drugs and
 aromas for food and perfumes, as well as experiments on in vitro plant
 multiplication, concentrating on crops such as maize, rapeseed and
 sunflower. The centre has a fermentation plant with 300 L per day capacity,
 and covers all of Elf's product interests. Its operating budget totals some
 F100 million/yr.
 *4FRA *France *8521214 *Cellular Biology *65 *sales & consumptn; *Elf
 Aquitaine
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 102
-A-
 1153711
-W-
 Bioenginereed cancer treatment now ready for large-scale trials. Chemical
 Marketing Reporter March 4, 1985 p. 7
 Beckman Research Institute and Asahi Chemical are ready for large-scale
 trials of their new cancer treatment, a natural human cancer destroying
 substance, tumor necrosis factor (TNF), obtained from a normal human gene by
 genetic engineering. TNF selectively attacks and destroys malignant cells
 with little or no effect on normal cells, and is effective against various
 types of solid tumors in lab animals. Asahi can produce high-purity human
 TNF economically under large-volume culturing culturing conditions, using E
 coli as the cloning medium.>
 *1USA *United States *2834140 *Anticancer Drugs *33 *products; *Beckman
 Research Inst 9JPN Japan 2834140 Anticancer Drugs 33 products; Asahi
 Chemical Industry
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 103
-A-
 1153709
-W-
 Arco planners set sights on markets with competitive advantage for late
 '80s. Chemical Marketing Reporter March 4, 1985 p. 5, 32+
 ARCO Chemical's new business strategy would place over 75% of sales in areas
 where it has a competitive edge by 1989, vs 50% in 1979. ARCO plans to
 maintain its position in olefins and aromatics, while concentrating capital
 spending in oxygenates, styrenics and functional chemicals. New product and
 technology development wil focus on building products,
 agricultural/biotechnology and advanced materials. It will build a $250 mil,
 180, 000 tpy propylene oxide and 430, 000 tpy gasoline-grade tert-butyl
 alcohol plant in Fos-sur-Mer, France, in 1986. ARCO's US propylene oxide
 capacity totals 1.64 bil lb/yr. It plans to increase its downstream
 integration to established a good market for PO. Article discusses other
 investments and expansions by product.
 *1USA *United States *2800000 *Chemicals & Allied Products *22
 *planning-info; *ARCO Chemical 4FRA France 2868847 Propylene Oxide 44
 facilities; ARCO Chemical 4FRA France 2869615 Methyl Tert-Butyl Ether 44
 facilities; ARCO Chemical
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 104
-A-
 1153241
-W-
 Natural substance may be cancer cure. Journal of Commerce March 1, 1985 p.
 21b
 Tumor necrosis factor (TNF), a natural human cancer-destroying substance,
 has been obtained from a normal human gene through genetic engineering, and
 is ready for long scale tests and a cancer treatment, according to City of
 Hope. E coli was used as the cloning medium. Asahi Chemical (Japan), which
 participated in the research, will produce the TNF to be used in the
 tests.>
 *1USA *United States *8521210 *Biochemistry *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 105
-A-
 1152291
-W-
 Biotechnology: Fermentation and downstream processing.
 #Chemical Engineering February 18, 1985 p. 126-158
 Fermentation and separation processes used in the field of biotechnology are
 discussed by E Bjurstrom of Fluor Engineers. Biotechnology is a collection
 of industrial processes involving the use of biological systems, mainly
 fermentation and associated processing. Genetic engineering involves
 modification of the hereditary code of a living cell to provide it with new
 or unique abilities. Major biotechnological product areas include human and
 veterinary drugs, such as antibiotics, vaccines, hormones and specialty
 drugs; agricultural chemicals such as pesticides, fungicides and herbicides;
 specialty chemicals such as vitamins, amino acids and enzymes, and foods and
 beverages. The main applications for biotechnology in the food and beverage
 industry include production of sweeteners, alcoholic beverages and single
 cell proteins. Article discusses fermentation systems, oxygen and heat
 transfer, control and instrumentation design, bioreactor types, downstream
 processing and separation, filtration and purification techniques, and
 provides a glossary of terms.>
 *1USA *United States *8521214 *Cellular Biology *32 *mfr processes
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 106
-A-
 1151947
-W-
 Journal: Japan: Biotechnologie im Blickpunkt. Chemische Industrie February
 1985 p. 61 Language: German
 Japan: Biotechnological product sales are expected to reach Y15tril in 2000,
 or Y4.2-6.78 trillion at 1975 prices. Sales of pharmaceuticals will account
 for Y2.1-2.36 trillion, biotechnological food additives Y808-920 billion and
 cellulose products Y269-454 billion.>
 *9JPN *Japan *8521214 *Cellular Biology *65 *sales & consumptn 9JPN Japan
 2831010 Biochemicals 65 sales & consumptn 9JPN Japan 2892000 Explosives 65
 sales & consumptn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 107
-A-
 1151867
-W-
 New products: System synthesizes single-stranded probes. Canadian Research
 November 1984 p. 12
 Promega Biotec's (Madison, Wisconsin) Riboprobe gene analysis system
 synthesizes large quantities of single-stranded nucleic acid probes for
 hybridization experiments. It analyzes gene structure, location and function
 for quick and easy synthesis as an alternative to techniques currently used
 to make labeled probes for gene identification and analysis. The Riboprobe's
 single-stranded probes can be detected in blot hybridizations with a 10X
 increase in sensitivity. The system can also synthesize full length,
 unprocessed, single-stranded RNA transcripts directly from genomic DNA,
 enabling researchers studying RNA processing to make large quantities of 1
 RNA species for experimental use. The system consists of 2 subcloning
 vectors, an enzyme that can transcribe numerous complementary RNA copies of
 any cloned insert and a positive control DNA transcription template. It
 provides enough components for 50 transcription experiments and offers
 several advantages compared with traditional nick translated or end labeled
 DNA probes.>
 *1USA *United States *2831861 *DNA Probes *33 *products; *Promega Biotec
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 108
-A-
 1149687
-W-
 Washington decides on biotechnology regulation. Chemical Engineering
 February 18, 1985 p. 37-39
 No changes in existing biotechnology regulations are needed at present, but
 the federal mechanism for scientific review should be revised, according to
 the Cabinet Council on Natural Resources and the Environment. Scientific
 review would be initially limited to rDNA, rRNA and cell fusion, and genetic
 engineering techniques such as mutation, fermentation and microinjection
 would not be reviewed until later. BH Bulkley of the Cabinet Council
 recommended that Environmental Protection Agency, Food and Drug
 Administration, United States Department of Agriculture and NSF create
 scientific advisory committees similar to the current Recombinant-DNA
 Advisory Committee (RAC), which would continue to monitor NIH-funded
 projects and voluntarily submitted applications. Jurisdiction would overlap
 in some cases, such as regulation of genetically altered bacteria proposed
 for protecting crops against frost damage. The new scientific review
 structure would be 2-tiered, with the 1st tier composed of Environmental
 Protection Agency, Food and Drug Administration, United States Department of
 Agriculture and NSF. The 2nd tier would be known as the Biotechnology
 Science Board (BSB) and would serve as the parent body to the 5
 organizations in the 1st tier. It would be comprised of 2 members from each
 scientific advisory committee. Article details functions of proposed BSB.>
 *1USA *United States *8521212 *Genetic Engineering *94 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 109
-A-
 1149378
-W-
 Europe: Insulin by gene synthesis developed by Hungarians. IMS
 Pharmaceutical Marketletter February 18, 1985 p. 8
 Hungary: Has developed a DNA-based human insulin manufacturing process. The
 new artificial gene synthesis technique uses longer DNA sections than is
 customary, and the gene can be used to produce human insulin if transplanted
 into bacteria. The Academy of Sciences has isolated bacteria which can
 produce human insulin.>
 *6HUN *Hungary *2833942 *Pancreatic Insulin *32 *mfr processes
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 110
-A-
 1146631
-W-
 Genetic engineering: Court asked to allow field testing. Chemical &
 Engineering News February 18, 1985 p. 6
 The U of California and the Justice Department have filed a court motion
 asking for a partial stay of an injunction that bars NIH from considering
 field tests of organisms modified by recombinant DNA technology. NIH
 recently prepared an environmental assessment of the U of California
 experiment. The idea behind the court motion is to allow NIH to approve or
 disapprove of the experiment on the basis of the environmental assessment
 and to allow the experiment to take place. The release of the bacteria has
 been delayed for 2 years due to concerns over the environment. The organisms
 were altered by removing a gene for a protein that functions as a nucleating
 agent for ice crystals. The NIH Recombinant DNA Advisory Committee approved
 the release of the bacteria in 6/83, but the Foundation on Economic Trends
 won an injunction against the field test in a District Court in the District
 of Columbia. The court maintained that NIH failed to make an environmental
 assessment of the experiment and thereby violated the National Environmental
 Policy Act.>
 *1USA *United States *8521212 *Genetic Engineering *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 111
-A-
 1141888
-W-
 Biotechnologie: Ein neuer Weg in die Zukunft.
 #Chemische Rundschau December 12, 1984 p. 10 Language: German
 World: Biotechnology is regarded as a key technology for the future, and R&D
 will raise living standards and the economy. Multidisciplinary R&D will
 transfer basic findings to industry, resulting in environmentally sound
 processes. The use of enzymes as biocatalysts accelerates biological
 processes, changing corn starch to sweet, low calorie sugar syrup. Enzyme
 technology will also be used to manufacture valuable amino acids and to
 release hydrogen from water for energy. Biotechnology will also develop
 bacteria to breakdown harmful substances in industrial, agricultural and
 household waste.
 *0 W *World *8521214 *Cellular Biology *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 112
-A-
 1141037
-W-
 Technology: Pharmaceuticals: Biotech agreement. Financial Times (London
 Edition) January 29, 1985 p. 9
 Biotechnology General (US) has been minority acquired by Pharmacia (Sweden).
 Pharmacia hopes to combine its technolgy with production of an eye treatment
 drug with the US firm's biotechnology techniques. Biotechnology General can
 produce hyaluronic acid by bacterial fermentation, by encouraging bacteria
 by recombinant DNA techniques to make a substance within their cells not
 normally produced. The joint venture will mean larger supplies of hyaluronic
 acid to Pharmacia.
 *1USA *United States *8521200 *Chemistry *16 *minority sold; *Biotechnology
 General 1USA United States 2830000 Drugs & Pharmaceuticals 15 buys minority;
 Pharmacia AB 5SWE Sweden 8521200 Chemistry 14 foreign operations; Pharmacia
 AB
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 113
-A-
 1137013
-W-
 Technology: Pharmaceuticals: Biotech agreement. Financial Times (London
 Edition) January 29, 1984 p. 9
 Biotechnology General (US) has been minority acquired by Pharmacia (Sweden).
 Pharmacia hopes to combine its technolgy with production of an eye treatment
 drug with the US firm's biotechnology techniques. Biotechnology General can
 produce hyaluronic acid by bacterial fermentation, by encouraging bacteria
 by recombinant DNA techniques to make a substance within their cells not
 normally produced. The joint venture will mean larger supplies of hyaluronic
 acid to Pharmacia.
 *1USA *United States *8521200 *Chemistry *16 *minority sold; *Biotechnology
 General 1USA United States 2830000 Drugs & Pharmaceuticals 15 buys minority;
 Pharmacia AB 5SWE Sweden 8521200 Chemistry 14 foreign operations; Pharmacia
 AB
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 114
-A-
 1134686
-W-
 Economia internazionale: /L'industria europea appoggia il progetto
 biotecnologie Cee. Il Sole 24ore December 13, 1984 p. 6 Language: Italian
 EEC: Will invest ILr123bil in a 5-yr biotechnology project, aiming to catch
 up on the lead which Japan and the US already have. This project follows an
 information technology project, where Japan and the US had greater lead.
 Firms involved included ICI, Glaxo and Unilever (all UK), Bayer and Hoechst
 (both W Germany), Elf-Aquitaine and Rhone-Poulenc (both France), Akzo
 (Netherlands), Solvay (Belgium) and Montedison (Italy). World biotechnology
 sales will rise to $27 bil in 1990 vs $25 mil in 1983. Some 40% of
 industrial countries' manufacturing output is based on natural or biological
 processes currently.
 *4 EC *European Community *8521214 *Cellular Biology *40 *expend & obligate
 0 W World 8521214 Cellular Biology 65 sales & consumptn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 115
-A-
 1132458
-W-
 Table 1--Annual bulk sales of biotechnology products by the year 2000.
 World: Estimated sales of biotechnology products, 2000 ($ bil) . Chemical
 Engineering Progress December 1984 p. 7
 low high //Medical products 7 45 //Chemical products 5 25 //Agriculture
 products 3 9 //Food/feed 3 4 //Equip & engineering sys 10 24 //Total 28 107
 *0 W *World *8521214 *Cellular Biology *65 *sales & consumptn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 116
-A-
 1132457
-W-
 Commercializing biotechnology: Challenge to the chemical engineer. Chemical
 Engineering Progress December 1984 p. 7-12
 World: The market for biotechnology-related products will reach $40-70mil/yr
 by 2000. By 1/84, 219 US firms were attempting to commercialize
 biotechnology, of which only 50% had been established in the past 10 yrs.
 Some 91 biotechnology companies were formed in 1980-82. By 1983, private
 sector investments to commercialize biotechnology exceeded $1 bil and
 capitalization $5 bil. DuPont is spending $125 mil on biotechnology R&D in
 1984 and Monsanto is spending $65 mil. The development of new biological
 products is based on rDNA and cell fusion technniques. Applications of
 biotechnology in the drug industry include production of proteins, immune
 regulators, antibiotics, vaccines and monoclonal antibodies for diagnostic
 uses. Biotechnology may also play an important role in other areas, such as
 agriculture, specialty and commodity chemicals, food, energy, environment
 and bioelectronics applications. Many believe that plant agriculture will
 benefit most from genetic manipulation techniques to improve drought, frost
 and pest resistance. Stable microbial clones that could be used as
 herbicides and pesticides are being developed. Chemical engineers must
 increase their knowledge of the design and scale-up of bioreactors,
 adaptation and creation of separation and purification techniques for
 bioproducts and development of biosensors, control algorithms and process
 models for control of bioprocesses. Article discusses international
 competition, the shortage of biochemical engineers, challenges in
 biochemical engineering, bioreactor design and operation, separation and
 purification processes, biosensors and bioprocess control.
 *0 W *World *8521214 *Cellular Biology *65 *sales & consumptn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 117
-A-
 1131499
-W-
 ECN Technology: Elf makes growth hormone. European Chemical News January 21,
 1985 p. 22
 Elf Aquitaine (France) has commissioned a F100mil biotechnology research
 centre near Toulouse. The staff of 100 will conduct R&D on healthcare,
 agriculture and chemicals. It aims to develop rDNA human growth hormone,
 interleuken-2 and hepatitis B vaccine among other products. Sanofi (France),
 an Elf subsidiary, has successfully produced gene-spliced human growth
 hormone in E coli and animal cells without using a methionine tag. France
 spends F1.3 bil\yr on agricultural biotechnology currently, but this is
 insufficient.
 *4FRA *France *8521214 *Cellular Biology *43 *capital expend; *Elf
 Aquitaine
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 118
-A-
 1129931
-W-
 Low-cost Penicillin Mass Production Method Bared. Japan Chemical Week
 November 22, 1984 p. 10
 Japan: Researchers have developed a low-cost penicillin mass production
 method, making the antibiotics, mederlysin, out of 2 conventional
 actinomyces by genetic engineering. Genes necessary for production of
 antibiotics were first removed from the streptomycescoelocolor and were
 implanted into the plasmid. Researchers then put the plasmid into another
 conventional streptomyces-AM-7161, which produced the new antibiotic method
 named mederlysin.
 *9JPN *Japan *2834823 *Penicillin Preparations *32 *mfr processes
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 119
-A-
 1128503
-W-
 McCormick uses biotech to spice up research. Washington Post January 7, 1985
 p. 3
 McCormick has agreed to a $2.5mil joint venture with NPI, an agricultural
 biotechnology firm to research new ways to develop seasoning sources. The 2
 companies will begin cooperative research on crops of mutual interest, which
 will involve a wide range of plants and seeds used by McCormick, whose
 previous research has produced synthetic sources of some flavors and strains
 of crops. New technologies such as tissue culture and gene mapping extend
 the reach and effect of conventional plant genetics. NPI was formerly known
 as Native Plants.
 *1USA *United States *2099930 *Spices *33 *products; *McCormick & Co; Duns
 No: *04-361-4130; Ticker: *MCCR; CUSIP: *579780 1USA United States 2099930
 Spices 33 products; NPI 1USA United States 8521214 Cellular Biology 32 mfr
 processes 1USA United States 8521200 Chemistry 11 name change from; NPI 1USA
 United States 8521200 Chemistry 11 name change to; Native Plants 1USA United
 States 8521200 Chemistry 11 name change from; NPI
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 120
-A-
 1127353
-W-
 Guidelines Planned For Outdoor Tests of Recombinant DNA. Japan Chemical Week
 September 27, 1984 p. 1
 Japan: The Science & Technology Agency will begin 2 yrs of investigation and
 research into development trends in recombinant-DNA technology. The agency
 will work out guidelines for outdoor recombinant-DNA experiments involving
 plants and microorganisms. The existing guidelines oblige researchers to
 confine genetically-engineered microbes within laboratories.
 *9JPN *Japan *8521214 *Cellular Biology *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 121
-A-
 1127308
-W-
 Hitachi Zosen, Suntory Tie Up For Joint Biotech, Research. Japan Chemical
 Week September 6, 1984 p. 7
 Hitachi Zosen will jointly study biotechnology with Suntory. Initial R&D
 efforts will center on biomass-generated energy. Suntory will supply
 microbes and Hitachi will supply equipment and technology.
 *9JPN *Japan *8521214 *Cellular Biology *31 *science; *Hitachi Zosen; Duns
 No: *69-053-6974 9JPN Japan 8521214 Cellular Biology 31 science; Suntory
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 122
-A-
 1126596
-W-
 Bean Gene Team. Technology Forecasts & Technology Surveys November 1984 p.
 1, 2
 Research has shown that only a few genes control yield performance, at least
 in the case of the common dry bean, according to F Bliss of the U of
 Wisconsin. In the past, scientists assumed that yield that shows continuous
 gradations in plant populations is controlled by many genes, each exercising
 a small and similar effect. Tests involving genetic control of phaseolin,
 the major storage protein in seeds of the common dry bean, indicated that a
 few genes may control measurable traits. The seeds from different breeding
 lines of such beans contain different amounts of protein; some plants
 produce seeds with 2X the protein content of others. The conclusion that
 only a small number of genes were involved came from analysis of data
 obtained from development of inbred backcross lines from selected bean
 parents. Analysis of these lines revealed that a few genes with large
 effects controlled most of the heritable variation.
 *1USA *United States *8521214 *Cellular Biology *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 123
-A-
 1119415
-W-
 THE GREAT GENETICS DEBATE.
 #Industry Week (formerly Steel Magazine) December 10, 1984 p. 43-48
 Issues surrounding the release of genetically engineered bacteria into the
 environment are discussed. In 1982, the Recombinant DNA Advisory Committee
 (RAC) of the National Insts of Health approved a proposal by scientists at
 the U of California to spray potato vines with a genetically altered
 bacteria which would reduce the freezing threshold of the plant to 23F.
 Afterwards, J Rifkin, an environmentalist and leader of the foundation on
 Economic Trends, sued the National Insts on grounds that no study had been
 made on the environmental impact of the experiment, and that therefore the
 experiment was not in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act
 (NEPA). Both sides of the issue of biotechnology experiments are examined in
 depth.
 *1USA *United States *8521214 *Biotechnology *93 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 124
-A-
 1118732
-W-
 Products: Subunit IBDV vaccine in research. Animal Pharm November 2, 1984 p.
 19
 Australia: CSIRO is developing a rDNA technology-base subunit vaccine for
 infectious bursal disease virus. The host-protective antigen has been
 identified and molecular cloning of the genome of the Australian strain
 002-73 characterised. The poultry industry loses A$100 mil/yr from disease,
 and infectious bursal disease virus (IBDV) holds a large proportion of this
 loss. Vaccine research to control IBDV is a top priority of the broiler and
 egg producing industry. The 10 major Western poultry producing countries use
 a minimum 130 mil dose/yr of the current inactivated IBDV vaccines, which is
 difficult and expensive to produce.
 *9AUS *Australia *2831500 *Biologicals for Veterinary *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 125
-A-
 1110495
-W-
 Blod-clotting protein: Two teams clone key gene. Chemical & Engineering News
 December 3, 1984 p. 6, 7
 Two independent research teams have cloned the gene that codes for human
 factor VIII, 1 of the proteins involved in blood clot formation, and its
 expression in mammalian cells. One team included a large group of
 researchers from Genentech and the Royal Free Hospital (London, England),
 and the other a team from Genetics Inst and the Mayo Clinic/Foundation.
 Factor VIII is a very large glycoprotein--the largest thus far for which the
 gene has been cloned--with molecular weight of 330, 000. It is present in
 low (100-200 ng/ml) concentrations in plasma. The factor VIII gene spans
 186, 000 base pairs representing 0.1% of the human X chromosome, of which 9,
 000 base pairs represent the functional genetic element, and are contained
 in 26 separate exons, the technical term for sections of genes that code for
 protein. It is the largest gene characterized to date.
 *1USA *United States *2831133 *Antihemophiliac Factor *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 126
-A-
 1108857
-W-
 ECN speciality chemicals supplement: October 1984: Secrets of trapping the
 'greased pig' in enzyme market.
 #Chemscope October 1984 p. 23, 24
 World: Chemical industry catalysts market is currently some $1bil/yr and
 site-specific catalysts for animation, hydroxylation and oxidation will be
 developed by the late-1990s. The world market for medical diagnostic
 products is currently some $4-5 bil/yr, and is growing at 15%/yr.
 Instrumentation accounts for some 33% of this total, with the remainder
 accounted for by reagents. In the long term, the medical diagnostics
 industry will be looking to the development of sensors incorporting specific
 enzymes which will respond quantitively to indicators in the body fluids,
 resulting in more rapid analysis of the condition of a patient. Sales of
 such devices are forecast to be $1 bil/yr by yr2000. The market for enzymes
 used in waste treatment is forecast to be some $500 mil/yr by yr2000, and
 will see the development of enzymes which speed up treatment processes and
 which are environmentally-friendly. Current developments in enzymes include
 research into the development of a 'plug-in' expression-secretion organism
 from which any enzyme could be produced regardless of its origin. In Japan
 and New Zealand enzymes are being developed from organisms found in hot
 springs. In the field of genetic engineering genes encoding a specific
 enzyme ar placed on a plasmid, and exposed to classic mutation techniques
 which enable the production of microorganisms which in turn produce new
 enzymes. R&D is also underway in the US and the UK to learn the rules of
 enzyme structure, and the industry forecasts that, by 1990, such research
 will enable the synthesis of new and high function enzymes. In the field of
 enzymes for cheese manufacture, genetic engineering has been used to produce
 a precise replica of natural chymosin. US consumption of 1: 22000 coagulant
 enzymes for cheese-making is currently some 4 mil L/yr. Henkel (W Germany)
 and Biochemie (Austria) will jointly produce detergent enzymes. Article
 discusses the history of enzyme use and current major uses of enzymes.
 *0 W *World *2899942 *Chemical Catalysts *65 *sales & consumptn 0 W World
 2833990 Diagnostic Chemicals 65 sales & consumptn 0 W World 2899570 Waste
 Treatment Chemicals 65 sales & consumptn 4WGE West Germany 2841002
 Detergents 33 products; Henkel 5AUT Austria 2841002 Detergents 33 products;
 Biochemie
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 127
-A-
 1107751
-W-
 Gene vector looks better and better. New Scientist November 1, 1984 p. 19
 Netherlands: The microorganism used for genetic transfer of DNA into plants
 may work on a far wider variety of crops than previously thought, according
 to researchers at U of Leiden. Agrobacterium tumefaciens causes cancer in
 plants by transferring a piece of plasma DNA into cells of the host plant.
 Once inside a host cell, the foreign DNA causes the production of a mass of
 undifferentiated cells known as a crown gall. Researchers have now
 discovered that the bacteria can infect some monocots although the plants do
 not produce tumors. It had been previously been thought that monocots were
 immune to A tumefaciens. A peculiar hormone metabolism in monocots may
 prevent them from responding to tumor-inducing genes in the bacterium.
 *4NET *Netherlands *8521210 *Biochemistry *32 *mfr processes
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 128
-A-
 1103474
-W-
 Wirtschaft: Neue Basis fuer staatliche Foerderung. Computerwoche July 6,
 1984 p. 45 Language: German
 Japan: Information processing equipment sales will amount to $105bil/yr in
 1984-90, due to demand for new technology. In new materials a $40 bil/yr
 turnover in 1984-2000 is expected. The fact that Japan is lying behind the
 US in new technology development has prompted the industry and trade min,
 MITI, to work on a new law, including tax and other financial concessions,
 according to the Daily Ashai Shimbun newspaper. The law for improving the
 infrastructure's technological development is expected to pass through
 parliament in 1985. It is to give financial backing to deveopments in
 microelectronics, new materials and biotechnology.
 *9JPN *Japan *3573000 *Computers & Auxiliary Equip *65 *sales & consumptn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 129
-A-
 1102381
-W-
 Enzyme dissolves coronary blood clots. Chemical & Engineering News November
 19, 1984 p. 30
 Genentech has found that tissue plasminogen activator (TPA), a human enzyme,
 can prevent heart attacks by dissolving blood clots that block coronary
 arteries. TPA is secreted in small amounts when closts form in blood
 vessels, initiating a series of reactions that eventually destroy the
 material that holds clots together. To obtain large amounts of TPA for
 testing, Genentech spliced the human gene for TPA into bacteria. TPA may be
 safer than other enzymes now used to dissolve blood clots because it works
 near the site of the clot and does not affect the body's entire coagulating
 system.
 *1USA *United States *2831050 *Recombinant DNA Products *33 *products;
 *Genentech; Duns No: *08-012-9000; Ticker: *GENE; CUSIP: *368710
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 130
-A-
 1101619
-W-
 ECN Technology: Novo plans human insulin prodution facility. European
 Chemical News November 12, 1984 p. 26
 Novo Industri (Denmark) will build a DKr100 mil rDNA human insulin
 fermentation plant at Kalundborg, when environmental agency approval is
 granted. The firm is already developing gene-spliced human insulin on a
 pilot-plant scale. Insulin accounts for 80% of Novo's drug sales, but the
 firm is developing brain peptides and estrogen hormones, which may also be
 produced at the new plant. Hoechst (W Germany) will begin building a $16.6
 mil gene-spliced insulin plant in 12/84. Nordisk (Denmark) is jointly
 developing a biosynthetic insulin with Chiron (US).
 *4DEN *Denmark *2833294 *Fermentation Insulin *44 *facilities; *Novo
 Industri; Duns No: *30-500-4285; Ticker: *NVO; CUSIP: *670100 4WGE West
 Germany 2833294 Fermentation Insulin 44 facilities; Hoechst; Duns No:
 31-501-6386; Ticker: FHAX; CUSIP: 434390 4DEN Denmark 2833294 Fermentation
 Insulin 33 products; Nordisk Insulinlaborator 1USA United States 2833294
 Fermentation Insulin 33 products; Chiron (US)
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 131
-A-
 1098312
-W-
 News: Microbes make a meal of food waste. Chemistry & Industry November 5,
 1984 p. 753
 UK: Food industry waste can be converted into methane using biotechnology
 and genetic manipulation techniques. The UK food industry now spends UKL50
 mil/yr on waste disposal. The UK Food Research Inst is investigating the use
 of immobilised bacteria to convert food industry effluent into methane. Some
 20-30 methanogenic bacteria species exist that are capable of combining
 carbon dioxide with hydrogen to form methane. Hydrogen is produced during
 methanogenesis. Acetic acid is also produced and this can be eliminated by
 genetic manipulation of methanothrix and methanosarcina archaebacteria,
 anaerobes with tough cell walls from which DNA extraction is difficult.
 *4UK *United Kingdom *2000000 *Food & Kindred Products *32 *mfr processes
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 132
-A-
 1091672
-W-
 Plant biotechnology experts assess hopes for long and short term.
 #Chemical & Engineering News October 29, 1984 p. 16-19
 Topics discussed at recent agricultural biotechnology symposiums include the
 incorporation of herbicide resistance into crop plants. One possible
 approach involves transferring a metabolic detoxification mechanism from a
 resistant plant into a susceptible one. Another is to modify the target site
 of the herbicide, and a 3rd approach would be to transfer a restricted
 uptake or translocation trait. CJ Arntzen of Michigan State U believes
 target site modification will be 1 of the 1st successes in genetic
 engineering for agronomic traits in crop plants. Researchers have been
 frustrated so far in their efforts to use recombinant DNA technology to
 transfer a herbicide-resistance gene into a susceptible plant. In the case
 of triazine resistance the gene has been isolated and cloned, but the
 ability to insert it into a crop plant is not yet available.
 The problems involved in transferring nitrogen fixation capability into crop
 plants are formidable. A research team led by FM Ausubel of Harvard medical
 school and Massachusetts General Hospital has successfully cloned nitrogen
 fixation genes. Ausubel is now concentrating on the symbiotic interaction
 between Rhizobium bacteria and legumes. He expects nitrogen-fixing corn
 plants to be developed within 50 yrs. If nitrogen fixation in soybeans could
 be engineered to take place at the maximum rate possible, yields could
 increase 10-20% or more. Article discusses target site modification for
 herbicide resistance and the raising of efficiency for nitrogen fixation in
 detail.
 *1USA *United States *8521214 *Biotechnology *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 133
-A-
 1090307
-W-
 Companies: Genentech's progress report. SCRIP-World Pharmaceutical News
 October 15, 1984 p. 11
 Genentech's (US) recombinant-DNA derived tissue plasminogen activator is
 being tested in 25 medical centres. The company has also cloned and
 expressed 2 tumour necrosis factors, 1 of which has been designated
 lymphotoxin. Genentech's gamma-interferon tests will be extended to studies
 for specific cancers and viral infections. Clinical trials are being carried
 out in Japan and Europe.
 *1USA *United States *2831050 *Recombinant DNA Products *33 *products;
 *Genentech; Duns No: *08-012-9000; Ticker: *GENE; CUSIP: *368710
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 134
-A-
 1089508
-W-
 Companies: Amersham reports on 1984. Clinica July 20, 1984 p. 5
 Amersham International (UK) will introduce monoclonal antibody products in
 FY84. The firm aims to expand into nonradioactive technology. Its research
 products div introduced 180 new products in FY83, including many
 nonradioactive DNA fragments, enzymes and cloning vectors. It introduced
 Pentetate 2, for brain and kidney imaging and technetium DMSA for kidney
 visualisation in 1984. The firm's turnover rose 98.5% to UKL87.6 mil in FY83
 vs FY82, while pretax profit rose 22% to UKL13.7 mil.
 *4UK *United Kingdom *2831232 *Monoclonal Antibodies *33 *products;
 *Amersham Intnl; Duns No: *21-715-2818
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 135
-A-
 1087842
-W-
 Stanford claims proprietorship over basic cloning techniques. Medical World
 News October 8, 1984 p. 36
 A patent on recombinant DNA molecules capable of replicating in bacteria has
 been awarded to Stanford U. The process patent covering basic techiques used
 in gene splicing and recombination was awarded to Stanford in 1980. Patent
 applications were submitted in 1974, based on work by SN Cohen of Stanford
 and HW Bower of the U of California (San Francisco). The patent was
 originally rejected because of a dispute over whether the claims should
 include hybrid plasmids that function in prokaryotes, as well as plasmids in
 eukaryotes. Stanford now has a separate application for a patent covering
 yeast plasmids.
 *1USA *United States *8521210 *Biochemistry *94 *regulation
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 136
-A-
 1086294
-W-
 Antibiotics in animal feed.
 #Chemical Week October 10, 1984 p. 44-48
 The practice of adding antibiotics to livestock feed has been blamed for an
 increase in the number of drug-resistant microbe strains, some of which are
 harmful to animals and people. Some opponents have claimed that use of the
 same antibiotics in medicinal and agricultural applications has resulted in
 development of strains of bacteria that are resistant to several drugs. Use
 of antibiotics in livestock feed represents a $250 mil/yr market. Nearly all
 poultry, 70% of the cattle and 90% of the pigs raised commercially in the US
 are fed subtherapeutic doses of antibiotics. Over 9 mil lb or 40% of all
 antibiotics produced in the US will be sold as feed additives for
 livestock.
 A recent study by the Centers for Disease Control claims that there is a
 link between use of antibiotics in feedstuffs and transmission of resistant
 microorganisms to 18 people afflicted with the same strain of Salmonella
 newport, which was resistant to the antibiotics ampillicin, carbenicillin
 and chlortetracycline. In each case, the bacteria displayed an unusual
 plasmid profile and had the same profile as a strain that was found in
 cattle from a S Dakota farm fed subtherapeutic levels of chlortetracycline
 throughout 1982. Thirteen patients had eaten beef from cattle grown on the
 farm and 3 had eaten meat from animals raised on an adjacent farm. Three
 other patients were relatives of those who ate the contaminated meat. Of
 those infected by the same S Newport strain, 12 had already been taking
 pencillin derivatives for medical problems. The CDC study postulated that
 the S newport strain was able to thrive due to the lack of competing
 bacteria in the patients' systems. The Animal Health Inst, a group
 representing 55 veterinary drug firms, disputed CDC's conclusions on the
 basis that the study was flawed. The susceptibility of 6 hospital-acquired
 bacterial infections to the 10 most commonly used antibiotics has not
 changed much over the past 12 yrs, according to a study of over 10 mil
 strains of bacteria isolated from patients in 250 US hospitals. However, the
 resistance of 2 other bacterial strains has increased. Article discusses the
 use of antibiotics by poultry farmers.
 *1USA *United States *2834981 *Veterinary Antibiotics *65 *sales &
 consumptn
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 137
-A-
 1085273
-W-
 Detoxify wastes with enzymes. Chemical Engineering September 17, 1984 p. 31
 Pacific Northwest Labs claims that enzymes could be used to detoxify or
 deactivate hazardous chemicals. In their soluble forms, enzymes could be
 used to clean up residues in pesticide containers and detoxify spray
 solutions or could be incorporated into contaminated soils to aid in
 reclamation. Enzymes offer several advantages vs existing chemical, physical
 and biological methods, since they are biodegradable and produce no harmful
 byproducts. Widespread use of enzymes will be feasible only when production
 costs are lowered. Genetic engineering may be used to reduce costs. Battelle
 Memorial Inst researchers are using a new DNA cloning vector and a
 genetically engineered bacterium to mass produce enzymes.
 *1USA *United States *2869500 *Enzymes *33 *products; *Pacific Northwest
 Labs
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 138
-A-
 1084804
-W-
 Biogenetically-produced drugs: Investments outpace profits.
 #Drug & Cosmetic Industry June 1984 p. 50-56+
 Biogenetically produced drugs have not yet become a major factor in
 pharmaceutical industry sales. However, industry continues to commit
 considerable resources to this segment, as shown by Schering-Plough's $106
 mil interferon plant in County Cork, Ireland. The industry's current
 frustrations with biogenetically produced drugs is illustrated by
 interferon, which from its development expected to become a remedy for
 cancer, the common cold, and various other virus infections, including AIDS.
 Schering-Plough and Hoffman-LaRoche are competing to become the leading
 interferon supplier if and when the material gets NDA approval for any of
 the target ailments. Interferon has been beset by problems to prove efficacy
 and by potential patent and regulatory problems. However, all research
 devoted to interferon has led pharmacologists into other avenues of
 biogenetically engineered drug research. Human hormones being produced at
 least experimentally via biogenetics include thymosin alpha, normally
 produced only by the human thymus, as a cancer treatment; calcitonin, which
 regulates deposition of calcium in human bones, as a treatment for Paget's
 disease and osteoporosis; tissue plasmogen activator, a dissolver of blood
 clots in heart attacks and strokes; and human serum albumen, a blood
 substance. Not far from commercial development could be flu type and cloned
 cholera vaccines. Completely apart from human hormones, vaccines and drugs
 is another class of biogenetically produced chemicals, raw materials. IGI
 Biotechnology will begin production of a polysaccharide via fermentation of
 raw cane or beet sugar to compete with arabic gum. Article discusses
 European interferon patent dispute between Schering-Plough and Roche.
 *1USA *United States *2831050 *Recombinant DNA Products *60 *market data
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 139
-A-
 1084412
-W-
 Clones put plant breeders in clover. New Scientist September 27, 1984 p. 21
 UK: Experiments on white clover could help development of efficient strains
 of nitrogen-fixing bacteria, according to researchers at the Welsh Plant
 Breeding Station (Aberystwyth). Rhizobium bacteria dwell in root nodules of
 legumes. The efficiency of nitrogen fixation depends on the genetics of the
 bacteria and the clover. Adding the proper strain of bacterium to a field
 can increase the yield of clover. In order to match the proper clover with
 the proper bacterium, researchers have developed a form of tissue culture
 which forms secondary embryos from a normal embryo, allowing cloning of
 clover. The technique may assist in the search for clovers resistant to
 pathogens.
 *4UK *United Kingdom *8521210 *Biochemistry *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 140
-A-
 1083837
-W-
 Grace's Amicron unit develops concentrator. Chemical Marketing Reporter
 October 1, 1984 p. 14
 Amicron's new Centricon microconcentrator concentrates and desalts small
 volumes of biological samples. The device is suitable for concentrating
 under 2-ml samples containing protein, enzymes, nucleic acids, viruses,
 bacteria and other macromolecular solutions. Applications include desalting
 and concentrating DNA preparations, monoclonal antibodies for tissue culture
 and proteins and enzymes from biological samples.
 *1USA *United States *3569342 *Microbiological Analysis Filters *33
 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 141
-A-
 1082794
-W-
 Live, Recombinant Virus Vaccine May Play Key Role in Disease Prevention.
 NTIS Life Sciences Tech Notes August 1984 p. 13
 Recombinant live virus vaccines that produce local infection are being
 developed by B Moss and GL Smith, National Inst of Allergy & Infectious
 Diseases (NIAID). The hybrid vaccine is made by inserting bits of genetic
 material from other disease-causing agents into the vaccinia virus to
 stimulate the immune system. Since one vaccinia virus can accommodate large
 amounts of foreign genetic material, one vaccine may be able to protect
 against several diseases. The foreign gene is hooked to the specific pieces
 of vaccinia DNA and inserted into a plasmid. The foreign gene is inserted
 into the vaccinia virus by introducing the plasmid into a cell that has been
 infected with ordinary vaccinia virus. Recombinant viruses are safe,
 effective and inexpensive.
 *1USA *United States *2831210 *Vaccines for Human Use *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 142
-A-
 1081199
-W-
 ECN special report: New hosts developed for gene spliced proteins.
 #European Chemical News September 24, 1984 p. 19, 20
 World: rDNA proteins can be produced using yeast and mammalian cells as well
 as bacteria other than E coli. Bacillus bacteria are potentially superior to
 E coli bacteria due to being gram positive and having a single cytoplasmic
 membrane while E coli is gram negative and has 2 membranes. Bacillus also
 secretes more protein than E coli but the genetic techniques for expressing
 cloned genes need further development before the can be profitably used.
 Mammalian cells can be adapted to secrete a specific protein in the correct
 conformation. Saccharomyces cerevisiae may replace E coli as the preferred
 hosts in rDNA technology to produce certain protein types, specifically
 those that can be secreted.
 *0 W *World *2831050 *Recombinant DNA Products *32 *mfr processes
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 143
-A-
 1080427
-W-
 Antibiotic foils penicillin resistance. Chemical & Engineering News
 September 24, 1984 p. 18
 Beecham Laboratories has FDA approval to market its amoxicillin and
 potassium clavulanate combination for oral treatment of infections by
 beta-lactamase-producing bacteria. Clavulanate inhibits beta-lactamases
 (enzymes that inactivate penicillin), rendering the penicillin-resistant
 bacteria susceptible to amoxicillin. One mechanism for the rising incidence
 of penicillin resistance is transfer of beta-lactamase genes to and from
 bacterial chromosomes by plasmids and between chromosomes and plasmids by
 transposons. A 2nd mechanism is evolution of such bacteria as the
 pneumococcus and gonococcus to give penicillin-resistant strains.
 Nonpathogenic bacteria like Branhammela catarrhalis, which occur normally in
 the nose and throat and which acquired beta-lactamase capability 4 yrs ago,
 can offer protection to pathogenic bacteria (eg those causing middle-ear and
 respiratory tract infections) against penicillin. Beecham seeks FDA approval
 for a combination of potassium clavulanate with ticarcillin as an injectable
 antibiotic for severe infections in hospitals.
 *1USA *United States *2834823 *Penicillin Preparations *33 *products;
 *Beecham Laboratories
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 144
-A-
 1079979
-W-
 Gene engineering: patent for products. Science News September 8, 1984 p.
 150
 A patent on recombinant DNA molecules containing foreign genes and on the
 uses of such molecules in bacteria has been awarded to researchers at
 Stanford U and the U of California (San Francisco). A process patent was
 awarded to the universities in 1980, covering basic splicing and recombining
 of genes. A patent on the use of recombinant DNA molcules in complex
 organisms such as yeast is still pending. The process patent has already
 brought in $3 mil in royalties, and 66 companies have licenses. The only
 product of genetic engineering now commercially available is human insulin
 produced in bacteria by Eli Lilly.
 *1USA *United States *8521210 *Biochemistry *37 *patents
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 145
-A-
 1076954
-W-
 In The News: Researchers Study Pine Clones. Paper Trade Journal July 1984 p.
 22
 Researchers at North Carolina State are studying cloned loblolly pines. The
 researchers have been able to produce 2-100 new loblolly trees by cloning
 tissue from a single loblolly plant and then treating it with hormones. The
 scientists are trying to improve the productivity of the South's forests by
 increasing forest yield, producing genetically superior trees and lessening
 disease. Trees cloned from a single seed are quite similar in height, branch
 structure and the appearance of needles, leading scientists and paper
 companies to hope that trees could be made to order for specific purposes.
 However, the current batch of pine clones will have to be studied for 20 yrs
 before it can be determined if the project is successful. Currently, pine
 cloning is far from becoming a viable alternative for the forestry industry,
 as a tissue cultured plant costs $0.75 cents vs $0.015 cents for a regular
 nursery seedling.
 *1USA *United States *8521212 *Genetic Engineering *31 *science 1USA United
 States 0811000 Standing Timber 31 science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 146
-A-
 1076834
-W-
 US researchers battle malaria with DNA technology, move toward vaccine.
 Medical World News August 27, 1984 p. 16, 21
 A key protein has been identified that could lead to the development of a
 vaccine against malaria, according to researchers at New York U and NIH. The
 vaccine will be aimed at the sporozoite of Plasmodium falciparum, which is
 responsible for 85% of the 220 mil cases/yr of the disease worldwide. The
 sporozoite is the early stage of the parasite, which develops in the
 mosquito and is injected into humans by the bite of an infected mosquito.
 The sporozoite spends only a few moments in the bloodstream before entering
 the liver, where it becomes the asexual erythrocytic parasite that causes
 the disease. The gene for the circumsporozoite protein has now been cloned
 and human trials of a malaria vaccine could begin in 1985. A commercial
 vaccine could be available by 1990. Malaria has become resistant to control
 efforts, since insecticides against the mosquito are no longer effective and
 the parasite itself is now resistant to commonly used prophylactic drugs
 such as chloroquine. Antibodies to the protein neutralize the parasites'
 infectivity. Other researchers continue to look for a vaccine against the
 blood stages of malaria. The vaccine under development at NYU could be
 produced by 1 of 3 methods. The 1st would be to produce a synthetic vaccine,
 the 2nd would be to induce bacteria to produce the CS protein, and the 3rd
 tactic would be to insert the gene into the vaccinia virus, which could then
 be injected into humans. *1USA *United States *2831210 *Vaccines for Human
 Use *33 *products
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 147
-A-
 1076269
-W-
 Gene recombination of amino acid producing bacterium. Chemical Economy &
 Engineering Review (formerly Japan Chemical Quarterly) April 1984 p. 44
 Ajinomoto has introduced gene recombination technology for brevis bacterium
 for amino acid production. The process will improve amino acid product
 efficiency and offer the possibility of pharmaceutical production by amino
 acid-producing bacteria. Brevis bacterium is a microorganism used for
 fermentation production of amino acids such as glutamic acid. Ajinomoto
 developed a vector by linking cycli gene plasmid derived from bacterium with
 plasmid derived from E coli and bacillus subtilis. The technology improves
 threonine amino acid output 1.5X that by the original bacteria. There are
 currently only 10 types of amino acids that can be produced by
 microorganisms.
 *9JPN *Japan *2831050 *Recombinant DNA Products *32 *mfr processes;
 *Ajinomoto; Duns No: *69-054-6163; Ticker: *AJNM; CUSIP: *009707
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 148
-A-
 1074931
-W-
 Diagnostic DNA. Science News August 18, 1984 p. 104-107
 Recently developed methods allow researchers to examine DNA for possible
 diagnosis of medical problems. DNA probe techniques are already being used
 in research and will soon be commercially available to hospital labs and
 doctors' offices. The method uses the strong binding that occurs between DNA
 molecules with complementary sequences. A DNA probe consists of a detector
 and a reporter (either radioactivity or fluorescence). The probes can detect
 a specific gene or segment of DNA even if the gene is not active. Probes
 have been developed for a variety of viruses and bacteria as well as for
 prenatal diagnosis of genetic diseases in humans. An identified gene is not
 necessary to create a probe. For example, a test for Salmonella identified 2
 fragments common to all Salmonella strains, but different from any DNA in
 normal intestinal bacteria. Finding that the fragments are present will thus
 indicate the presence of Salmonella, even though it is not known what genes
 are contained on the 2 fragments. DNA probes will allow rapid identification
 of the sex of a fetus. Probes can be labelled with biotin that can then bind
 to several proteins that can be used as markers. DNA hybridization is also
 useful in blood and tissue typing for transfusions and transplants.
 *1USA *United States *8521200 *Chemistry *31 *science
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 149
-A-
 1073521
-W-
 Two universities awarded gene patent. Chemical & Engineering News September
 3, 1984 p. 21
 Stanford U and the U of California have received a 2nd rDNA product patent,
 which will require users of rDNA molecules or bacteria that contain them
 based on methods developed by the universities to pay royalties. In 1980,
 the universities were awarded a process patent covering the use of a gene
 splicing method for producing rDNA compounds. The 2 patents cover nearly all
 DNA technology now employed by biotechnology firms and have already brought
 in $3 mil in licensing fees.
 *1USA *United States *2831050 *Recombinant DNA Products *37 *patents
-End-

-QSN:DBN-
 040:016 150
-A-
 1073007
-W-
 Stanford University Gets Patent for Products Make by Cloning Genes. Wall
 Street Journal 3 Star, Eastern (Princeton, NJ) Edition August 29, 1984 p.
 39
 Stanford U received a patent covering products produced by cloning genes.
 The patent is related to a broader patent received by the university in 1980
 covering the basic method of splicing genes and recombining them. The new
 patent gives Stanford a proprietary position until 1997 over the basic
 methods and tools used in the biotechnology industry. Products using the
 technology that are nearing commercial availability include a hepatitis
 vaccine, a human growth hormone and a drug for treating emphysema.
 *1USA *United States *8521212 *Genetic Engineering *37 *patents
-End-
